Skip to main content

Full text of "Cyclopedia of American horticulture, comprising suggestions for cultivation of horticultural plants, descriptions of the species of fruits, vegetables, flowers and ornamental plants sold in the United States and Canada, together with geographical and biographical sketches"

See other formats 


n 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF  AMERICAN  HORTICULTURE 


OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

Of 


<w  m  \MJ 


Plate  XX.    Various  types  of  garden  Narcissus 


CYCLOPEDIA  OF 
AMERICAN  HORTICULTURE 


COMPRISING  SUGGESTIONS  FOR  CULTIVATION  OF  HORTI- 
CULTURAL PLANTS,  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  SPECIES  OF 
FRUITS,  VEGETABLES,  FLOWERS  AND  ORNAMENTAL  PLANTS 
SOLD  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA,  TOGETHER 
WITH  GEOGRAPHICAL  AND  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES 


BY 

L.    H.   BAILEY 

Professor   of    Horticulture    in    Cornell    University 

ASSISTED    BY 

WILHELM  MILLER,  PH.D. 

Associate  Editor 

AND  MANY  EXPERT  CULTIVATORS  AND  BOTANISTS 


toft!) 

Cijottfant)  (Eig&t 
^Original 


IN  FOUR  VOLUMES 
VOL.  III—N-Q 


J!2eto  gotfe 
THE    MACMILLAN    COMPANY 

LONDON:     MACMILLAN  &  CO.,  LTD. 
1910 

The  rightt  of  reproduction  and  of  translation  are  strictly  reserved 


*»** 


COPYRIGHT,  1901 
BY  THE   MACMILLAN   COMPANY 


Set  up  and  electrotyped,  March,  1901 

Reprinted   June,  1903,  and  April,  1905 

October,  1907  May,  1910 


J.  HORACE  MCFARLAND  COMPANY 
HARRISBURQ  •  PENNSYLVANIA 


COLLABORATORS 


/.     PARTIAL  LIST  OF  CONTRIBUTORS  TO  THE   CYCLOPEDIA 

The  asterisk  designates  the  contributors  to  the  third  volume.     Many  of   the  contributors  have   also  assisted  in  reading 
proofs  and  in  other  ways. 

BLAIR,  Prof.  J.  C.,  Horticulturist,  111.  Exp.  Sta., 
Champaign,  111.  (Greenhouse  Glass.  Illinois.) 

*BRANDEGEE,  Mrs.  KATHARINE,  Botanist,  editor  of 
Zoe,  San  Diego,  Calif.  (Several  genera  of 
Cacti,  as  Mammillaria,  Melocactus,  Pelecyphora, 
Pereskia,  Phyllocactus,  Pilocereus,  Rhipsalis.) 

*BRANDEGEE,  T.  S.,  Botanist,  San  Diego,  Calif. 
(Nolina.) 

*BRAUNTON,  ERNEST,  Landscape  gardener,  Los 
Angeles,  Calif.  (Nerium,  Palms,  Phoenix, 
Pittosporum,  and  other  plants  cultivated  in 
California. ) 

BRUCKNER,  NICHOL  N.,  Dreer's  Nursery,  River- 
ton,  N.  J.  (The  article  " Fern."  Many  groups 
of  tender  ferns.) 

BUDD,  J.  L.,  Prof.  Emeritus  of  Horticulture,  Iowa 
Agric.  Coll.,  Ames,  la.  (Roses  for  the  Prairie 
States.  Has  read  proof  of  Iowa  and  of  articlet 
on  important  fruits. ) 

BUFFUM,  Prof.  B.  C.,  Horticulturist,  Wyo.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Laramie,  Wyo.  (Wyoming.) 

*BURBANK,  LUTHER,  Plant-breeder,  Santa  Rosa, 
Calif.  (Nicotunia.  Has  read  proofs  of  Gladi- 
olus, etc.) 

BURNETTE,  Prof.  F.  H.,  Horticulturist,  La.  Exp. 
Sta  ,  Baton  Rouge,  La.  (Louisiana.) 

*BURRILL,  T.  J.,  Prof,  of  botany  and  horticulture, 
Univ.  of  111.,  Urbana,  111.  (Protoplasm.) 

*BUTZ,  Prof.  GEO.  C.,  Horticulturist,  Pa.  Exp. 
Sta.,  State  College,  Pa.  (Carnation.  Penn- 
sylvania. ) 

*CAMERON,  ROBERT,  Gardener,  Botanic  Garden  of 
Harvard  Univ.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  ( Various 
articles  and  much  help  on  rare  plants.  Alpinia, 
Campanula,  Echinocactus,  Nemophila,  Primula, 
etc.) 

*CANNING,  EDWARD  J.,  Gardener,  Smith  College, 
Botanic  Gardens,  Northampton,  Mass.  (Many 
articles  and  much  help  on  rare  and  difficult 
plants.  Anthurium.  Echinocactus.  Epiphyllum. 
Gloxinia.  Peat.  Puya.) 

CARD,  Prof.  FRED  W.,  Horticulturist,  R.  I.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Kingston,  R.  I.  (Nebraska.  Botany  and 
culture  of  bush-fruits,  as  Amelanchier,  Berberis, 
Blackberry,  Buffalo  Berry,  Currant,  Loganberry, 
Raspberry.) 

(v) 


ADAMS,  GEO.  E.,  Asst.  Horticulturist,  R.  I.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Kingston,  R.  I.  (Rhode  Island.  Rhubarb.) 

AMES,  OAKES,  Asst.  Dir.  Botanic  Garden,  and 
Instructor  in  Botany  in  Harvard  Univ.,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.  (Several  genera  of  Orchids.) 
*ANDREWS,  D.  M.,  Nurseryman,  Boulder,  Colo. 
((Enothera.  Opuntia.  Native  western  plants, 
especially  hardy  Cacti.) 

ARCHDEACON  &  Co.,  Commission  merchants,  New 
York,  N.  Y.  (Mushroom.) 

ARNOLD,    Jr.,    GEO.,   Florist,    Rochester,   N.  Y. 

(China  Aster.) 

*ATKINS,  F.  L.,  Florist,  Rutherford,  N.  J. 
(Platy cerium.) 

ATKINSON,  GEO.  F.,  Prof,  of  Botany,  Cornell 
Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Mushroom.) 

BALMER,  Prof.  J.  A.,  Horticulturist,  Wash.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Pullman,  Wash.     (Washington.) 
*BARCLAY,  F.  W.,  Gardener,  Haverford,  Pa.    (Bot- 
any and  cultivation  of  Herbaceous  Perennials.) 

BARNES,  CHARLES  R.,  Prof,  of  Plant  Physiology, 
Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.  (Fertilisation. 
Flower.  Teratology.  Has  read  many  proofs  of 
physiological  subjects.) 

BARNES,  WILLIAM  H.,  Secretary  Kans.  State 
Hort.  Soc.,  Topeka,  Kans.  (Kansas.) 

BAYERSDORFER,  H.,  Dealer  in  florists'  supplies, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Everlasting  flowers.) 

BEACH,  Prof.  S.  A.,  Horticulturist,  N.  Y.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Geneva,  N.  Y.  (Corn.  Thinning.) 

BEADLE,  C.  D.,  Botanist  and  horticulturist,  Bilt- 
more,  N.  C.  (Bamboo.) 

BEAL,  Prof.  W.  J.,  Mich.  Agric.  College,  Agri- 
cultural College,  Mich.  (Grass.  Has  read 
proofs  of  many  genera  of  grasses.) 

BECKERT,  THEO.  F.,  Florist,  Allegheny  City,  Pa. 

( Bougainvillcea. ) 

*BERCKMANS,  P.  J.,  Pomologist  and  nurseryman, 
Augusta,  Ga.  (Lawns  for  the  South.  Magno- 
lia. Melia.  Michelia.  Persimmon.  Pome- 
granate. Has  read  proof  of  many  groups  of 
importance  in  the  South.) 

*BESSEY,  CHARLES  E.,  Prof,  of  Botany,  Univ.  of 
Nebr.,  Lincoln,  Nebr.  (Plant.  Trees  for  the 
Plains.  Has  read  several  articles  on  grasses  and 
native  plants.) 


VI 


COLLABORATORS 


CLINKABERRY,  HENRY  T.,  Gardener,  Trenton, 
N.  J.  (Certain  orchids,  as  Lcelia.) 

*COATES,  LEONARD,  Fruit-grower,  Napa  City,  Calif. 
(Olive.  Orange.  Has  helped  on  other  fruits.) 

*COCKERELL,  T.  D.  A.,  Entomologist,  East  Las 
Vegas,  N.  M.  (New  Mexico.) 

*COLLINS,  JOHN  S.,  Fruit-grower,  Moorestown, 
N.  J.  (Pear.) 

*CONARD,  HENRY  S.,  Fellow  in  Botany,  Univ.  of 
Pa.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Nymplicea.) 

*CooK,  O.  F.,  Special  Agent  for  Tropical  Agri- 
culture, Div.  of  Botany,  Dept.  of  Agric.,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  (Coffee.  Paritium.  Help  on 
Porto  Rico.) 

CORBETT,  Prof.  L.  C.,  Horticulturist,  W.  Va. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Morgantown,  W.  Va.  (West  Vir- 
ffinia.) 

*COULSTON,  Mrs.  M.  B.,  Formerly  assistant 
editor  of  Garden  and  Forest,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
( Various  native  plants.) 

COULTER,  JOHN  M.,  Professor  and  Head  of  the 
Dept.  of  Botany,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago, 
Illinois.  (Echinocactus.) 

*COWELL,  Prof.  JOHN  F.,  Dir.  Buffalo  Botanic 
Garden,  West  Seneca,  N.  Y.  (Odontoglos- 
sum.  Phormium.) 

COWEN,  J.  H.,  formerly  Assistant  in  Horticulture, 
Colo.  Exp.  Sta.,  died  1900.  (Certain  Colorado 
plants,  as  Lepachys,  Leucocrinum.  Verbena.) 

~*CRAIG,    JOHN,    Prof,    of   Extension   Teaching   in 

Agrrj.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.    (Canada. 

Gooseberry.        Sale.       Kohlrabi.       Pomology. 

Quince.     Rape.) 

CRAIG,  EGBERT,  Florist,  Philadelphia,  Pa.     (Arau- 

caria      Ardisia .     Codiceum . ) 
CRUG,  W.   N.,   Gardener,  North    Easton,  Mass. 

(Mushroom.) 

CRANDALL,  Prof.  C.  S.,  Div.  of  Forestry,  U.  S. 
Dept.  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Colorado.) 

*CULBERTSON,  H.,  El  Cajon  Packing  Co.,  El  Ca- 

jon,  Calif.     (Peach.) 

CUSHMAN,  E.  H.,  Gladiolus  specialist,  Sylvania, 
Ohio.  (Gladiolus.) 

*DARLINGTON,  H.  D.,  Wholesale  florist,  specialist 
in  heaths  and  hard- wooded  plants,  Flushing, 
N.  Y.  (Epacris.  Lep tosper mum.  Pimelea. 
Has  read  proof  of  many  articles  on  hard -wooded 
plants.) 

*DAVIS,  K.  C.,  Botanist,  State  Normal  School,  St. 
Cloud,   Minn.     (All   genera   in   Ranunculacece, 
e.  g.,  Clematis,  Nigella,  Pceonia,  Ranunculus.) 
*DAVY,  J.  BURTT,  Asst.  Botanist,  Univ.  of  Calif. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Berkeley,  Calif.     (Acacia.     Callis- 
temon.    Eugenia.    Eucalyptus.    Maytenus.     Va- 
rious Myrtacece.      Pittosporum.     Psidium.) 
*DEAN,  JAMES,  Florist,  Bay  Ridge,  N.   Y.     (Ne- 
phrolepis.) 


DEANE,  WALTER,  Botanist,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
(Herbarium.  Has  helped  on  various  botanical 
problems.) 

*DEWEY,   LYSTER   H.,   Div.   of    Botany,    Dept.   of 
Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.     (Mentha.     Phyto- 
lacca. ) 
DORNER,   FRED,  Carnation   specialist,   Lafayette, 

Ind.     (Carnation.) 

DORSETT, P. H., Associate  Physiologist  and  Patholo- 
gist, Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.C.    (Violet.) 
*DOUGLAS,  THOS.  H.,  of   R.  Douglas'    Sons,  nur- 
serymen and  specialists  in  conifers,  Waukegan, 
111.     (Larix.     Picea.     Pseudotsuga.) 
*DREW,    E.    P.,    Manager   Rocky    River   Nursery, 

Clifton  Park,  O.     (Picea.) 

*DUGGAR,    B.    M.,    Asst.    Prof,   of  Botany  (Plant 

Physiology),    Cornell    Univ.,    Ithaca,    N.    Y. 

(Photosynthesis.    Physiology  of  Plants.    Pollen.) 

DUNNING,  D.  M.,  Amateur,  Auburn,  N.Y.     (Grapes 

under  Glass.) 

DUPUY,  Louis,  Wholesale  florist  and  specialist  in 
hard-wooded  plants,  Whitestone,  L.  I.     (Erica. 
Has  read  other  articles  on  heath-like  plants.) 
*EARLE,  Prof.  F.  S.,  Horticulturist,  Ala.     Poly- 
technic   Institute,    Auburn,    Ala.      (Alabama. 
Packing.) 
*EARLE,  PARKER,  Horticulturist,  Roswell,   N.  M. 

(New  Mexico.) 
EGAN,    W.    C.,   Amateur,    Highland    Park',    111. 

(Eremurus.     Has  helped  on  hardy  plants. ) 
*EiSELE,  Jacob  D.,  Manager  of   Dreer's  Nursery, 
Riverton,  N.  J.     (Cordyline.     Pandanus.     Has 
read  proofs  of  several  important  subjects.) 
ELLIOTT,   WILLIAM  H.,  Florist,  Brighton,  Mass. 

(Asparagus  plumosus.) 

EMERY,  S.  M.,  Manhattan,  Mont.     (Montana.) 
ENDICOTT,    JOHN,    Bulb-grower,    Canton,    Mass. 

(Littonia.) 

ENDICOTT,  W.  E.,  Teacher,  Canton,  Mass.  (Achim- 
enes.    Acidanthera.    Ixia.    Has  made  important 
corrections  in  many  articles  on  bulbs.) 
EVANS,  WALTER  H.,  Office  of  Exp.  Stations,  Dept. 

of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.     (Alaska.) 
FAWCETT,  WM.,   Director  Dept.  Public   Gardens 
and  Plantations,  Kingston,  Jamaica.    (Tropi- 
cal fruits,  as  Cherimoya,  Marmalade  Plum,  Egg 
Fruit,  Mango,  Mangosteen,  and  others.) 
*FERNOW,  Prof.  B.  E.,  Director  College  of  Fores- 
try,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,   N.   Y.     (Conifers. 
Forestry.     Pine.) 
FINLAYSON,  KENNETH,  Gardener,  Brookline,  Mass. 

(Diosma. ) 

*FLETCHER,  Prof.  S.  W.,  Horticulturist,  Wash. 
Ex.  Sta.,  Pullman,  Wash.  (Ipomcea  and  va- 
rious other  Convolvulacew.  Hehanthus  and  re- 
lated genera.  Nemophila.  Nierembergia.  Nolana. 
Pollination.) 


COLLABORATORS 


VII 


*FooRD,  J.  A.,  Asst.  in  Dairy  Husbandry,  Cornell 
Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (New  Hampshire.) 

*FRANCESCHI,  Dr.  F.,  Manager  S.  Calif.  Acclima- 
tizing Ass'n,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.  (Bare 
plants  grown  in  S.  Calif.,  as  Dasylirion,  Fla- 
courtia,  Fouquiera,  Furcrcea,  Hazardia,  Park- 
insonia,  etc.  Has  read  many  proofs  and  made 
numerous  corrections. ) 

GALLOWAY,  B.  T.,  Dir.  of  Office  of  Plant  Indus- 
try, U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(Floriculture.  Has  read  various  important 
articles. ) 

*GANNETT,  FRANK  E.,  Editor,  "The  News,"  Ithaca, 
N.  Y. ;  formerly  Sec'y  to  President  of  the 
U.  S.  Philippine  Commission.  (Philippine 
Islands.) 

*GARCIA,   FABIAN,  Horticulturist  and  Asst.  Prof, 
of  Horticulture,  College  of  Agr.  and  Mechanic 
Arts,  MesillaPark,  N.  M.     (New  Mexico.) 
GARFIELD,  Chas.  W.,  Horticulturist,  Grand  Rap- 
ids, Mich.     (Michigan.) 

*GERARD,  J.  N. ,  Amateur,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.  (Many 
articles,  especially  on  bulbous  plants,  as  Crocus, 
'ris,  Muscari,  Narcissus.) 

GIL  ETT,  EDWARD,  Nurseryman,  Southwick,  Mass. 
(Hardy    Ferns.     Liparis.     Has  read   numerous 
proofs  on  native  plants. ) 
GOFF,  Prof.  E.  S.,  Horticulturist,  Wis.  Exp.  Sta., 

Madison,  Wis.     (Wisconsin.) 
GOULD,  H.  P.,  Acting    Entomologist    and  Asst. 
Horticulturist,  Md.  Exp.  Sta.,  College   Park, 
Md.     (Brussels  Sprouts.     Celeriac.) 

*GOULD,  Mrs.  THOS.,  Petunia  specialist,  Ventura, 

Calif.     (Petunia.) 

GREEN,  Prof.  S.  B.,  Horticulturist,  Minnesota  Exp. 
Sta.,  St.  Anthony  Park,  Minn.  (Minnesota.) 

*GREEN,  WM.  J.,  Horticulturist,  Ohio  Exp.  Sta., 
Wooster,  Ohio.  (Ohio.  Greenhouse  sub -irriga- 
tion . ) 

GREENE,  EDWARD  L.,  Prof,  of  Botany,  Catholic 
Univ.  of  America,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Dode- 
catheon.) 

GREENLEE,  Miss  LENNIE,  Bulb-grower,  Garden 
City,  N.  C.  (Ixia.) 

*GREINER,  T.,  Specialist  in  vegetables,  La  Salle, 
N.  Y.  (Garden  vegetables,  as  Artichoke,  Aspara- 
gus, Bean,  Cress,  Corn  Salad,  Kohlrabi,  Lettuce, 
Onion,  Parsley,  Parsnip.) 

*GREY,  ROBERT  M.,  Gardener,  North  Easton,  Mass. 
(Numerous  important  orchid  groups,  as  Cypripe- 
dium,  Epidendrum,  Lycaste,  Maxillaria,  Masde- 
vallia,  Odontoglossom,  Oncidium,  Orchid,  Phulce- 
nopsis.) 
GROFF,  H.  H.,  Gladiolus  specialist,  Simcoe,  Ont. 

(Gladiolus.) 

GURNEY,  JAMES,  Gardener,  Mo.  Botanical  Garden. 
St.  Louis,  Mo.  (Cacti.) 


*HALE,  J.  H.,  Nurseryman  and  pomologist,  South 
Glastonbury,  Conn.  (Connecticut.  Peach.) 

HALSTED,  Prof.  B.  D.,  Rutgers  College,  New 
Brunswick,  N.  J.  (Diseases.  Fungus.) 

HANSEN,  GEO.,  Landscape  architect  and  botanist, 
Berkeley,  Calif.  (Epidendrum.) 

HANSEN,  Prof.  N.  E.,  Horticulturist,  S.  Dak. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Brookings,  S.  Dak.  (South  Dakota.) 

HARRIS,     FREDERICK    L.,    Gardener,    Wellesley, 

Mass.     (Lisianthus.     Medinilla.) 
*HARRIS,  W.,  Acting  Dir.  Dept.    Public  Gardens 
and  Plantations,  Kingston,  Jamaica.     (Mam- 
mee    Apple,    Persea,  Pomelo  and  other  tropical 
fruits.) 

HARRIS,  W.  K.,  Florist,  Philadelphia,  Pa.    (Ficus 

elastica.     Help  on  Lilium  Harrisii.) 
^HARRISON,     C.     S.,     Nurseryman,     York,     Neb. 

(Pseudotsuga. ) 

*HASSELBRING,  HEINRICH,  First  Asst.  Horticultur- 
ist, N.  Y.  Exp.  Sta.,  Geneva,  N.  Y.  (Iris,  and 
most  orchids  from  Gongora  to  Zygopetalum.) 

HASTINGS,  G.  T.,  formerly  Asst.  in  Botany, 
Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. ;  now  Science 
Teacher,  Santiago,  Chile.  (Some  tropical 
plants,  as  Berria,  Bertholletia.  A  few  grasses, 
as  Hierochloe,  Holcus,  Hordeum.) 
*HATFIELD,  T.  D.,  Gardener,  Wellesley,  Mass. 
(Numerous  and  varied  contributions,  as  Gesnera, 
Gloxinia,  Lachenalia,  Leea,  Macrozamia,  (Enoth- 
era,  Oxalis,  Pelargonium.) 

*HEDRICK,  U.  P.,  Asst.  Prof,  of  Horticulture, 
Agricultural  College,  Mich.  (Evapoi'ation  of 
Fruit.  Prune.) 

^HENDERSON  &  Co.,  PETER,  Seedsmen,  New  York, 
N.    Y.      (Bulbs.     Eccremocarpus .     Polianthes. 
Much  proof  and  many  suggestions.) 
^HENDERSON,   Prof.  L.   F.,   Botanist,  Idaho  Exp. 
Sta.,  Moscow,  Idaho.     (Phacelia.) 

HERRINGTON,  A.  H.,  Gardener,  Florham  Farms, 
Madison,  N.  J.  (Chrysanthemum  coccineum. 
Hollyhock.) 

*HEWS,  A.  H.  Manufacturer  of  earthen  ware, 
North  Cambridge,  Mass.  (Pots.) 

HEXAMER,  Dr.  F.  M.,  Editor  "American  Agri- 
culturist," New  York,  N.  Y.  (Several  biograph- 
ical sketches,  as  Fuller,  Harris,  Thurber. ) 

HICKS,  G.  H.,  late  of  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric., 
Washington,  D.  C.  (deceased).  (Seed -testing.) 

HICKS,  HENRY,  Nurseryman,  Westport,  L.  I.  (Li- 
gustrum.) 

HIGGINS,  J.  E.,  Horticulturist  and  teacher,  Hono- 
lulu, H.  I.  (Hawaiian  Islands. ) 

HILL,  E.  G.,  Florist,  Richmond,  Ind.     (Begonia.) 
*HITCHCOCK,    A.    S.,    Asst.    Chief,    Div.  of   Ag- 
rostology,  U.    S.    Dept.    Agric.,    Washington, 
D.   C.    (Most   of  the    genera   of  grasses  from 
E  to  Z.) 


Vlll 


COLLABORATORS 


HOLLISTER,  E.  J.,  Specialist  in  celery  culture, 
Holley,  Colo.  (Celery.) 

HOOPES,  JOSIAH,  Nurseryman,  West  Chester,  Pa. 
(Hedges.) 

HOBSFORD,  FRED  H.,  Nurseryman  and  specialist 
in  Lilies,  Charlotte,  Vt.  (Alpine  Gardens. 
Lilium.  Has  read  proof  of  many  articles  on  na- 
tive plants  and  hardy  herbaceous  perennials.) 

HUNN,  CHARLES  E.,  Gardener,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta., 
Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Forcing  of  Vegetables.  Mign- 
onette. Strawberry.) 

HUNTLEY.  Prof.  F.  A.,  Horticulturist,  Idaho  Exp. 
Sta.,  Moscow,  Idaho.  (Idaho.) 

HUTCHINS,    Eev.  W.  T.,    Sweet  Pea   specialist, 

Springfield,  Mass.     (Sweet  Pea.) 
*!RISH,  H.  C.,  Horticulturist,  Mo.  Botanical  Gar- 
den,   St.    Louis,    Mo.     (Capsicum.     Lactuca. 
Pepper.) 

JACKSON  &  PERKINS  Co.,  Nurserymen  and   spe- 
cialists in  Clematis,  Newark,  N.  Y.     (Clem- 
atis.) 
*JAENICKE,  ADOLPH,  Manager  propagating  dept., 

J.  L.  Childs,  Floral  Park,  N.  Y.     (Primula.) 
*JEFFERS,  A.,   Editor  "Cornucopia,"  Norfolk,  Va. 

(Kale.     Potato.) 

*JORDAN,  A.  T.,  Asst.  Horticulturist,  New  Bruns- 
wick, N.  J.  (New  Jersey.) 

JUNGHANNS,  E.  L.,  Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y.  (Reseda.) 
*KAINS,  M.  G.,  Horticulturist,  School  of  Practical 
Agric.  and  Hort.,  Briar  Cliff  Manor,  N.  Y. 
(Minor  vegetables,  as  Horse -Radish  and  Okra. 
Herbs,  as  Hyssopus,  Origanum;  also  Ginstng 
and  Glycyrrhiza.) 

KEARNEY,  T.  H.,  Div.  of  Veg.  Phys.  and  Path., 
Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Three 
orchid  genera,  Grammangis,  Grammatophyllum, 
Habenaria.) 

*KELLER,  J.  B.,  Florist,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (Many 
groups  of  hardy  herbaceous  perennials.  Article 
on  Herbaceous  Perennials.) 

*KELSEY,  HARLAN  P.,  Landscape  architect,  Bos- 
ton, Mass.  (North  Carolina  plants,  as  Galax, 
Leucothoe  and  Paronychia.) 

KENNEDY,  P.  BEVERIDGE,  Horticulturist,  Nev. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Eeno,  Nev.  (Many  genera  of  grasses 
in  Vols.  I  and  II.  Begonia. ) 

KERR,  J.  W.,  Nurseryman,  Denton,  Md.  (Mary- 
land. Help  on  Plum.) 

KIFT,  EGBERT,  Florist,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Cut- 
flowers. 

KINNEY,  L.   F.,   Horticulturist,   Kingston,   E.  I. 

(Celery.) 

*KNAPP,  Dr.  S.  A.,  Special  commission  U.  S. 
Dept.  Agric.,  Lake  Charles,  La.  (Philippine 
Islands.) 

LAGER  &  HURRELL,  Orchid  cultivators,  Summit, 
N.  J.  (Cattleya.) 


*LAGER,  JOHN  E.,  Orchid  specialist,  Summit,  N.  J. 

(Oncidium.) 

*LAKE,  Prof.  E.  E.,  Horticulturist,  Ore.  Exp.  Sta.. 
Corvallis,  Ore.  (Oregon.) 

LANDRETH,  BURNET,  Seedsman,  Philadelphia. 
Pa.  (David  Landreth.) 

LAUMAN,    G.    N.,    Instructor    in    Hort.,  Cornell 
Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.    (Geranium.    Impatiens.) 
*LEWERS,  Eoss,   Fruit-grower,   Franktown,    Nev. 
(Nevada.) 

LONSDALE,  EDWIN,  Florist,  Wyndmoor,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.  (Conservatory.) 

LORD  &  BURNHAM  Co.,  Horticultural  architects 
and  builders,  Irvington  -  on  -  Hudson,  N.  Y. 
(Greenhouse  Construction. ) 

LOTHROP   &   HIGGINS,    Dahlia    specialists,    East 

Bridge  water,  Mass.     (Dahlia.) 
*LYON,  T.  T.,  Pomologist,  South   Haven,  Mich., 

(Died  1900).     (Pear.) 

*MCFARLAND,  J.  HORACE,  Horticultural  printer 
and  expert  in  photography,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
( Border.  Photography . ) 

*McKAY,  Prof.  A.  B.,  Prof,  of  Horticulture  and 
Station  Horticulturist,  Miss.  Exp.  Sta.,  Agri- 
cultural College,  Miss.  (Potato.) 

MCMILLEN,  EGBERT,  Wholesale  grower  of  migno- 
nette, Pearl  Eiver,  N.  Y.  (Mignonette.) 

Me  WILLIAM,  GEO.,  Gardener,  Whitinsville,  Mass. 

(Dipladenia.     Luculia.) 

*MACOMBER,  J.  T.,  Fruit-grower,  Grand  Isle,  Vt. 
(Peach.) 

MACPHERSON,  JAMES,  Landscape  gardener,  Tren- 
ton, N.  J.  (Euphorbia.  Has  read  proofs  of  sev- 
eral orchid  genera. ) 

^MANNING,  J.  WOODWARD,  Horticultural  expert 
and  purchasing  agent,  Boston,  Mass.  (Pachy- 
sandra.  Pyrethrum.  Hardy  herbs.  Has  read 
proofs  of  many  groups  of  perennials.) 

MANNING,  WARREN  H.,  Landscape  architect, 
Boston,  Mass.  (Herbaceous  Perennials.  Rock 
Gardens.) 

MASON,  Prof.  S.  C.,  Dept.  of  Horticulture  and 
Forestry,  Berea  College,  Berea,  Ky.  (Labeling. 
Layering.) 

*MASSEY,  Prof.  W.  F.,  Horticulturist,  N.  C.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Ealeigh,  N.  C.  (Fig.  North  Carolina.) 

MATHEWS,  Prof.  C.  W.,  Horticulturist,  Ky.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Lexington,  Ky.  (Kentucky.) 

MATHEWS,  F.   SCHUYLER,  Artist,  Boston,  Mass. 

(Color.) 

*MATHEWS,  WM.,  Florist  and  orchid  grower,  Utica, 
N.  Y.  ( Various  rare  and  important  orchids, 
as  Gongora,  Grammatophyllum,  lonopsis,  Lima- 
todes,  Miltonia,  Pholidota.) 

MAYNARD,  Prof.  S.  T.,  Prof,  of  Horticulture,  Mass. 
Agr.  Coll.,  and  Horticulturist,  Mass.  Hatch 
Exp.  Sta.,  Amherst,  Mass.  (Massachusetts.) 


COLLABORATORS 


ir 


*MEAD,  T.  L.,  Horticulturist,  Oviedo,  Fla.     (Cri- 
num.     Orange.     Has  helped  in  matters  of  ex- 
treme southern  horticulture.) 
MEEHAN,     JOSEPH,     Nurseryman,     Germantown, 

Philadelphia,  Pa.     (Idesia.) 

MEREDITH,  A.  P.,  Gardener,  South  Lancaster, 
Mass.  (Humea.) 

*MISCHE,  EMIL,  Asst.  to  Olmsted  Bros.,  Land- 
scape Architects,  Brookline,  Mass.  (Quisqualis.) 

*MooN,  SAMUEL  C.,  Nurseryman,  Morrisville,  Pa. 
(Oak.  Trees  for  ornament.) 

*MORRILL,  EOLAND,  Fruit-grower,  Benton  Harbor, 
Mich.  (Peach.) 

*MORRIS,   O.   M.,  Associate    Horticulturist,    Okla. 
Exp.    Sta.,  Stillwater,  Okla.    (Indian  Territory 
Oklahoma.) 
MUNSON,  T.  V.,  Nurseryman  and  grape  hybridist, 

Denison,  Tex.     (Grape  culture  in  the  South.) 
MUNSON,  Prof.  W.  M.,  Horticulturist,  Me.  Exp. 
Sta.,  Orono,  Me.     (Maine.     Vaccinium.) 

*NEHRLING,  H.,  Milwaukee,  Wis.  (Phwnix.  Has 
helped  on  other  plants  cultivated  in  his  garden 
at  Gotha,  Fla.) 

*NEWBURY,  H.  E.,  Specialist  in  tuberose  culture, 
Magnolia,  N.  C.  (Polianthes.) 

*NEWELL,  A.  J.,  Gardener,  Wellesley,  Mass. 
(Certain  orchids,  e.g.,  Odontoglossum.) 

*NORTON,  J.  B.  S.,  Botanical  Assistant,  Mo.  Bo- 
tanical Garden,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (Genera  of 
Euphorbiacea.  Phyllanthus.  Numerous  botan- 
ical puzzles.) 

OGSTON,  COLIN,  Gardener  and  orchid  cultivator, 
Kimball  Conservatories,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
(Dendrobium.) 

*OLIVER,  G.  W.,  Div.  of  Gardens  and  Grounds, 
U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Many 
articles  on  palms,  aroids,  succulents  and  rare 
plants,  and  much  help  on  proofs.  Alstrcemeria. 
Amaryllis.  Nepenthes.  Ochna.  Pennisetum. 
Petrea.  Sarracenia.) 

*OLMSTED,  Jr.,  F.  L.,  Landscape  architect,  Brook- 
line,  Mass.  (Park.) 

*O'MARA,  PATRICK,  of  Peter  Henderson  &  Co., 
New  York,  N.  Y.  (Potting.  Has  read  various 
important  articles,  suggested  contributors  and 
given  other  help.) 

ORPET,    EDWARD   O.,   Gardener,    So.    Lancaster, 
Mass.      (Many   articles.      Border.      Cyclamen. 
Dianthus,  and  certain  orchids.) 
PARSONS,  JR.,  SAMUEL,  Landscape  architect,  New 

York,  N.  Y.     (Lawn.) 

PEACOCK,  LAWRENCE  K.,  Dahlia  specialist,  Atco, 
N.  J.  (Dahlia.) 

*PENNOCK,  F.  M.,  Horticulturist,  San  Juan,  Porto 
Eico.  (Porto  Rico.) 

*PETERSON,  WM.  A.,  of  the  firm  of  P.  S.  Peterson 
&  Son,  Nurserymen,  Chicago,  111.  (Pceonia.) 


POWELL,  Prof.  G.  HAROLD,  Horticulturist,  Del. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Newark,  Del.  (Cherry.  Delaware. 
Help  on  Peach,  etc. ) 

*POWELL,  GEORGE  T.,  Dir.  School  of  Practical 
Agriculture  and  Horticulture,  Briar  Cliff 
Manor,  N.  Y.  (Pear.  Has  read  proofs  of  other 
important  fruits.) 

PRICE,  Prof.  E.  H.,  Horticulturist,  Tex.  Exp. 
Sta.,  College  Station,  Tex.  (Texas.) 

*PRINCE,  L.  B.,  Pres.  Board  of  Eegents,  New  Mex, 

Exp.  Sta.,  Mesilla  Park,  N.  M.     (Prince.) 
PURDY,    CARL,    Specialist    in    California    bulbs, 
Ukiah,    Calif.     (California    native    plants,    as 
Brodicea,  Calochortus,  Erythronium,  Fritillaria.) 

*EANE,  Prof.  F.  W.,  Horticulturist  and  Prof,  of 
Horticulture,  N.  H.   College,  Durham,  N.  H. 
( New  Hampshire . ) 
EAWSON,  GROVE  P.,  Florist,  Elmira,  N.  Y.    (Lan- 

tana.) 

EAWSON,  W.  W.,  Seedsman  and  market-gardenerr 
Boston,  Mass.  (Cucumber.  Lettuce.) 

*EEASONER,  E.  N.,  Nurseryman  and  horticulturist, 
Oneco,  Fla.  (Many  articles,  and  much  help  on 
extreme  southern  horticulture.  Ccesalpinia.  Cocos. 
Guava.  Kumquat.  Lemon.  Lime.  Mango. 
Musa.  Orange.) 

*EEHDER,  ALFRED,  Asst.  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum, 
Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.  (Botany  and  culture  of 
most  of  the  hardy  trees  and  shrubs.) 

*EOBERTS,  Prof.  I.  P.,  Dir.  College  of  Agric.,  Cor- 
nell Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Drainage.  Fer- 
tility. Manure.  Potato.) 

*EOLFS,  Prof.  P.  H.,  Botanist,  S.  C.  Exp.  Sta.r 
Clemson  College,  S.  C.  (Eggplant.  Florida* 
Okra.  Onion.  Pineapple.) 

*EosE,   J.  N.,  Asst.    Curator,  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb., 
Smithsonian  Institution,    Washington,    D.    C. 
(Agave.     Prochnyanthes.) 
EOSE,  N.  JONSSON,  Landscape  Gardener,   Dep't. 

of  Park,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (Various  exotics.) 
EOTH,   FILIBERT,  Asst.  Prof,   of  Forestry,  N.  Y. 
State    College    of    Forestry,    Cornell    Univ., 
Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (Fagus.) 

EOWLEE,  Prof.  W.  W.,  Asst.  Prof,  of  Botany, 
Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Definitions* 
Liatris.  Salix.) 

*EOYLE,    Mrs.  EMILY    TAPLIN,  Asst.    Ed.  "Eural 

New-Yorker,"  New  York,  N.  Y.     (Nepenthes.) 

SARGENT,   Prof.  C.  S. ,  Dir.   Arnold  Arboretum, 

Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.     (Abies.     Has  read  proof 

of  Picea,  Prunus,  etc.) 

SEAVEY,  Mrs.  FRANCES  COPLEY,  Landscape  gar- 
dener, Brighton,  111.  (Railroad  Gardening.) 

*SCOTT,  WM.,  Florist,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (Important flor- 
ists '  plants  and  flowers,  as  Acacia,  Convallariar 
Cyclamen,  Cytisus,  Smilax,  Metrosideros,  Peper- 
omia,Perilla,Piqueria,etc.  Also  Packing  Flowers.) 


COLLABORATORS 


SCOTT,  WM.,  Gardener,  Tarrytown,  N.  Y.     (Ber- 

tolonia  and  other  tender  foliage  plants.) 
SEMPLE,     JAMES,    Specialist    in     China    Asters, 

Bellevue,  Pa.     (Aster.) 
SEXTON,  JOSEPH,   Founder  of  the  pampas  grass 

industry,    Goleta,  Calif.     (Gynerium.) 
SHINN,    CHARLES   H.,    Inspector   of   Experiment 
Stations,    Univ.    of    Calif.,    Berkeley,    Calif. 
(California,  Fig,  Loganberry,  Sequoia,  etc.) 
SHORE,  ROBERT,  Head  Gardener,  Botanical  Dept., 
Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.    (Various  articles, 
as  Acalypha,  Bedding,  Dichorisandra,  Episcea, 
Fittonia,  Hymenophyllum. ) 

*SIEBRECHT,  HENRY  A.,  Florist  and  nurseryman, 
New  York  and  Rose  Hill  Nurseries,  New  Ro- 
chelle,  N.  Y.  (Much  help  on  rare  greenhouse 
plants,  particularly  orchids  and  palms .  Dracaena . 
Ficus.  Fuchsia.  Gardenia.  Ixora.  Lapageria. 
Laurus.  Nerium.  Nepenthes.  Puya.) 
SIMONDS,  O.  C.,  Landscape  Gardener,  Buena  Ave., 

Chicago,  111.     (Landscape  Cemeteries.) 
SLINGERLAND,  Prof.  M.  V.,  Asst.  Prof.  Economic 
Entomology,    Cornell    Univ.,    Ithaca,    N.    Y. 
( Insecticides .     Insects . ) 
SMITH,  A.  W.,  Americus,  Ga.     (Cosmos.) 
SMITH,    ELMER    D.,    Chrysanthemum    specialist, 

Adrian,  Mich.     (Chrysanthemum.) 
*SMITH,  IRVING  C.,  Market-gardener,  Green  Bay, 

Wis.     (Onion.     Help  on  Kohl-Rabi,  etc.) 
*SMITH,  JARED  G.,  Dir.  Hawaiian  Exp.  Sta.,  Hono- 
lulu, H.  I.    (Nearly  all  palms.     Various  other 
genera,  as  Centaurea,  Cerastium,  Cotyledon.} 
SPENCER,  JOHN  W.,  Fruit-grower,  Westfield,  Chau- 
tauqua  Co.,  N.  Y.    (Grapes  in  the  North.    Help 
on  important  fruits.) 

STARNES,  Prof.  HUGH  N.,  Prof,  of  Agriculture  and 
Horticulture,  Univ.   of  Georgia,   Athens,   Ga. 
(Georgia.     Sweet  Potato.) 
*STEELE,  E.  S.,  Div.  of  Botany,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric., 

Washington,  D.  C.     (Perfumery  Gardening.) 
STINSON,  Prof.  JOHN  T.,  Dir.  Mo.  Fruit  Exp.  Sta., 

Mountain  Grove,  Mo.     (Arkansas.) 
STRONG,    WM.   C.,    Nurseryman,    Waban,    Mass. 

(Kenrick.) 
*STUBBS,  W.  C.,  Dir.  La.  Exp.  Sta.,  Baton  Rouge, 

La.     (Orange.) 

*STUBENRAUCH,  ARNOLD  V.,  Fellow  in  Horticulture, 

Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.    (Olive.     Plum  in 

California.    Pilocarpus.    Pimelea.    Platycodon.) 

*TABER,  G.  L.,  Nurseryman,  Glen  St.  Mary,  Fla. 

(Persimmon.) 

TAFT,  Prof.  L.  R.,  Horticulturist,  Mich.  Agric. 
College,  Agricultural  College,  Mich.  (Green- 
house Heating.  Hotbeds.) 

*TAPLIN,  W.  H.,  Specialist  in  palms  and  ferns, 
Holmesburg,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  ( Culture  of 
many  palms,  ferns  and  foliage  plants.) 


*TAYLOR,  FREDERIC  W.,  Dir.  Dept.  of  Horticul- 
ture, Pan  American  Exposition,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
(Nebraska.) 

*TAYLOR,  WM.  A.,  Asst.  Pomologist,  Div.  of  Po- 
mology,  Dept.   of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(Various  articles  on  nuts,  as  Hickory,  Pecan.) 
THILOW,  J.  OTTO,  of  H.  A.  Dreer,  Inc.,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.     (Leek.     Muskmelon.) 
THOMPSON,  C.  H.,  formerly  Asst.  Botanist,  Mo. 
Botanical  Garden,  St.  Louis,  Mo.    (Some  genera 
of  cacti,  as  Echinocereus ,  Epiphyllum.) 
THORBURN  &  Co.,  J.  M.,  Seedsmen,  New  York, 
N.  Y.     (Hyacinth.     Have  read  many  proofs  of 
bulbs,  annuals,  vegetables,  herbs,  etc.) 
*TOUMEY,  Prof.  J.  W.,  Yale  Forestry  School,  New 
Haven,    Mass.       (Arizona.      Date.       Opuntia. 
Eoot- Galls.) 

TRACY,  S.  M.,  Horticulturist,  Biloxi,  Miss.    (Mis- 
sissippi.) 

*TRACY,  Prof.  W.  W.,  Seedsman,  Detroit,  Mich. 
(Cabbage.  Lettuce.  Michigan.  Pea.  Radish.) 
*TRELEASE,  Dr.  Wm.,  Dir.  Mo.  Botanical  Gar- 
den, St.  Louis,  Mo.  (Certain  desert  plants  of 
the  lily  family,  as  Aloe,  Apicra,  Gasteria, 
Haworthia.  Oxalis.  Yucca.) 

*TRICKER,    WM.,    Specialist   in   aquatics,    Dreer's 
Nursery,    Riverton,  N.    J.     (Aquarium.     Most 
Aquatics,  as  Limnanthemum,  Limnocharis,  Nym- 
phcea,  Nelumbo,  Ouvirandra,   Victoria,  etc.) 
*TROOP,  Prof.   JAMES,    Horticulturist,    Ind.   Exp. 
Sta.,   Lafayette,   Ind.  (Indiana.     Persimmon.) 
TURNER,  WM.,  Gardener,  Oceanic,  N.  J.     (Forc- 
ing of  Fruits.     Mushroom. ) 

TUTTLE,  H.  B.,  Cranberry -grower,  Valley  Junc- 
tion, Wis.     (Cranberry.) 
*UNDERWOOD,  Prof.  L.  M.,  Columbia  University, 

New  York,  N.  Y.     (Botany  of  all  ferns.) 
*VAN  DEMAN,  H.  E.,  Pomologist,   Parksley,  Va. 

(Date.     Nut  Culture.) 
VAUGHAN,  J.  C.,  Seedsman  and   florist,  Chicago 

and  New  York.     (Christmas  Greens.) 
VICK,    JAMES,    Horticulturist,    Rochester,   N.   Y. 

( Malvaviscus.     Melothria . ) 
VOORHEES,  Prof.  EDWARD  B.,  Dir.  N.  J.  Exp.  Sta., 

New  Brunswick,  N.  J.     (Fertilizers.) 
*WALDRON,  Prof.  C.  B.,  Horticulturist,   N.   Dak. 

Exp.  Sta.,  Fargo,  N.  Dak.     (North  Dakota.) 
WALKER,  Prof.  ERNEST,  Horticulturist,  Ark.  Exp. 
.Sta.,    Fayetteville,    Ark.      (Annuals.      Basket 
Plants.     Heliotrope.     Watering.) 
*WARD,   C.   W.,   Wholesale  florist,   Queens,  L.  I. 

(Pelargonium.     Help  on  carnation.) 
*WATROUS,    C.   L.,  Nurseryman    and    pomologist, 

Des  Moines,  la.     (Iowa.     Pear. ) 
WATSON,  B.  M.,  Instructor  in  Horticulture,  Bus- 
sey  Inst.,   Jamaica  Plain,   Mass.     (Colchicum. 
Cuttage.    Forcing  Hardy  Plants.    House  Plants.) 


COLLABORATORS 


XI 


WATTS,  R.  L.,  formerly  Horticulturist  of 
Tennessee  Exp.  Sta.  Scalp  Level,  Pa. 
(Tennessee.) 

*WAUGH,  Prof.  F.  A.,  Horticulturist,  Vt.  Exp.  Sta., 
Burlington,  Vt.  (Beet.  Carrot.  Cucumber. 
Greens.  Lilium.  Plum.  Salad  Plants.  Ver- 
mont. ) 

*  WEBBER,  HERBERT  J.,  In  charge  of  Plant  Breed- 
ing Laboratory,  Div.  of  Veg.  Phys.  and  Path., 
Dept.  of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Citrus. 
Pomelo.  Murray  a  and  other  citrous  genera. 
Plant -Breeding.) 

WELLHOUSE,  Col.  FRED,  Fruit-grower,  Fair- 
mount,  Kans.  (Kansas.) 

*WHEELER,  C.  F.,  Asst.  Prof,  of  Botany,  Michi- 
gan Agric.  College,  Mich.  (Pyrola.) 

WHEELER,  H.  J.,  Chemist,  R.  I.  Exp.  Sta., 
Kingston,  R.  I.  (Lime.) 

WHITNEY,  MILTON,  Chief.  Div.  of  Soils,  Dept. 
of  Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Irrigation. 
Soils.) 

WRITTEN,  Prof.  J.    C.,  Horticulturist,  Mo.  Exp. 

Sta.,  Columbia,  Mo.     (Missouri.) 
*WHYTE,  R.  B.,  Amateur,  Ottawa,  Ont.     (Hemero- 
callis.    Lilium.    Narcissus.    Papaver.) 


*WICKSON,  EDWARD  J.,  Prof,  of  Agricultural  Prac- 
tice, Univ.  of  Calif.,  and  Horticulturist,  Calif. 
Exp.  Sta.,  Berkeley,  Calif.  (Almond,  Apricot, 
Cherry,  Grape,  Lemon,  Lime,  Nectarine,  Pear, 
etc.,  in  California.) 

*WlEGAND,  K.  M.,   Instructor  in  Botany,  Cornell 
Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (Coreopsis.     Cordyline. 
Cyperus.  Dracaena.  Juncus.  Lysimachia.  Musa. 
Myosotis.  Potentilla,  Scirpus.) 
WOOLSON,  G.  C.,  Nurseryman,  Specialist  in  hardy 
herbaceous  perennials,  Passaic,  N.  J.     (Mer- 
tensia.     Has  read  numerous  proofs.) 
WORTMAN,  S.  W.,  Mushroom -grower,  Iselin,  N.  J. 
(Mushroom.) 

*WRIGHT,   CHARLES,  Fruit-grower,   Seaford,    Del. 

(Peach.  Help  on  Delaware.) 
WYMAN,  A.  P.,  Asst.  to  Olmsted  Bros.,  Landscape 
Architects,  Brookline,  Mass.  (Dirca,  Epigcea, 
Exochorda,  Halesia,  Hypericum,  Kerria,  Liquid- 
ambar,  and  other  hardy  trj?es  and  shrubs.  Also 
Lathy rus,  Lupinus.) 

*YEOMANS,  L.  T.,  Fruit-grower,  Walworth,  N.  Y. 
(Pear.  Help  on  Evaporation  of  Fruits.) 

*ZIRNGIEBEL,  DENYS,  Florist,  Needham,  Mass. 
(Pansy.) 


II.     PARTIAL  LIST   OF  THOSE    WHO  HAVE  ASSISTED    BY  READING    PROOF,  AND 

IN  OTHER    WAYS 


ALLEN,  R.  C.,  Fruit-grower,  Bonita,  Calif. 
(Olive.) 

ALVERSON,  A.  H.,  Specialist  in  cacti,  San  Ber- 
nardino, Calif.  (Cacti.) 

BALL,  C.  D.,  Wholesale  florist,  Holmesburg,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.  (Palms  and  decorative  plants.) 

BARKER,  CHARLES,  Fruit-grower,  Milford,  Del. 
(Peach.) 

BARKER,  MICHAEL,  Editor  "American  Florist," 
Chicago,  111.  (Many  suggestions.) 

BASSETT  &  SON,  Wm.  F.,  Nurserymen,  Hammon- 
ton,  N.  J.  (Native  plants,  as  Hibiscus.) 

BERGER  &  Co.,  H.  H.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (Japa- 
nese and  Californian  plants. ) 

BETSCHER  C.,  Florist,  nurseryman  and  seeds- 
man, Canal  Dover,  Ohio.  (Gladiolus.) 

BLANC,  A.,  Seedsman  and  plantsman,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.  (Cacti.  Canna.  Novelties.) 

BOARDMAN,  S.  L.,  Sec.  Maine  Hort.  Soc.,  Augusta, 
Me.  (Maine.) 

BRACKETT,  Col.  G.  B.,  Pomologist,  Dept.  of  Agric., 
Washington, D.C.  (Hicoria.  Hickory.  Juglans.) 

BRECK  &  SONS,  JOSEPH,  (Corporation),  Seedsmen, 
Boston,  Mass.  (Portrait  of  Joseph  Breck,) 

BREESE,  J.  S.,  Fayetteville,  N.  C.  (North  Caro- 
lina.) 


BROTHERTON,  WILFRED,  Mich.  Wild  Flowers, 
Rochester,  Mich.  (Native  hardy  herbaceous 
perennials.) 

BROWN,  O.  H.,  Bordentown,  N.  J.     (Aquatics.) 

BUDLONG  &  SON  Co.,  J.  A.,  Manufacturers  of 
pickles  and  vinegar,  Market-gardeners,  Provi- 
dence, R.  I.  (Cucumber.  Martynia.) 

BUSH  &  SONS,  Bushberg,  Mo.     (Grapes.) 

CALDWELL,  GEO.  C.,  Prof,  of  Agric.  Chemistry, 
Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Fertility.  Ferti- 
lizers. Lime.) 

CLARK,  Miss  JOSEPHINE  A.,  Librarian,  Dept.  of 
Agric.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Information  as  to 
species  after  the  date  of  Index  Kewensis.) 

CLARK,  J.  C.,  Dreer's  nursery,  Riverton,  N.  J. 
(Pansy.) 

CLINTON,  L.  A.,  Asst.  Agriculturist,  Cornell  Exp. 
Sta.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Lime.) 

COVILLE,  FREDERICK  V.,  Botanist,  Dept.  of  Agric., 
Washington,  D.  C,  (Juniperus.  Suggestions  in 
various  matters. ) 

CRANEFIELD,  FREDERIC,  Asst.  Horticulturist, 
Wisconsin  Exp.  Sta.,  Madison,  Wis.  (Irri- 
gation. ) 

DAILLEDOUZE  BROS.,  Wholesale  florists,  Flatbush, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (Mignonette.) 


Ill 


COLLABORATORS 


DAILEY,  CHARLES  L.,  Fruit-grower,  Salem,  Ore. 
(Prune.) 

DANBY,  CHARLES  E.,  Prune-grower,  Salem,  Ore. 
(Prune.) 

DANDRIDGE,  Mrs.  DANSKE,  Amateur,  Shepherds- 
town,  W.  Va.  (Hardy  plants.) 

DARLINGTON,  E.  D.,  Superintendent  of  Trials, 
Fordhook  Experimental  Farm,  Doylestown,  Pa. 
(Pea.) 

DAVENPORT,  GEO.  E.,  Botanist,  specialist  in  ferns, 
Medford,  Mass.  (Several  genera  of  ferns.) 

DAY,  Miss  MARY  A.,  Librarian,  Gray  Herbarium  of 
Harvard  Univ. ,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (Eare  books.) 

DEVRON,  Dr.  G.,  Amateur  in  bamboos,  New  Or- 
leans, La.  (Bamboo.) 

DOCK,  Miss  M.  L.,  Lecturer  on  plant  life,  for- 
estry and  village  improvement,  Harrisburg, 
Pa.  (JBartram.) 

DOSCH,  H.  E.,  Sec'y  State  Board  of  Hort., 
Hillsdale,  Ore.  (Oregon.) 

DOWNER'S  SONS,  J.  S.,  Fruit -growers,  Fairport, 
Ky.  (Kentucky.) 

DREER,  HENRY  A.  (Inc.),  Seedsmen  and  Plants  - 
men,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Many  and  varied 
services,  especially  in  aquatics,  ferns,  foliage 
plants  and  rare  annuals.) 

ELLIOT,  J.  WILKINSON,  Landscape  architect, 
Pittsburg,  Pa.  (Kochia,  Oak,  and  some  herba- 
ceous perennials.) 

ELLWANGER  &  BARRY,  Nurserymen,  Rochester, 
N.  Y.  (Hardy  plants.) 

FIELDS,  JOHN,  Dir.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Stillwater, 
Okla.  (Oklahoma). 

FISHER,  Dr.  JABEZ,  Fruit-grower,  Fitchburg, 
Mass.  (Massachusetts.) 

GANONG,  W.  F.,  Prof,  of  Botany,  Smith  College, 
Northampton,  Mass.  (Cacti,  and  many  sugges- 
tions. ) 

GIFFORD,  JOHN  C.,  Asst.  Prof,  of  Forestry,  Col- 
lege of  Forestry,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
(Poinciana.) 

GOODMAN,  L.  A.,  Fruit-grower,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
(Missouri.) 

HALLIDAY,  BOBT.  J.,  Florists,  Baltimore,  Md. 
(Azalea.  Camellia.) 

HARRIS,  J.  S.,  Fruit-grower,  La  Crescent,  Minn. 
(Minnesota.) 

HEIGES,  S.  B.,  York,  Pa.     (Pennsylvania.) 

HEISS,  J.  B.,  Florist,  Dayton,  Ohio.     (Palms.) 

HELLER,  A.  A.,  Botanist,  Lancaster,  Pa.  (Porto 
Rico. ) 

HEWSON,  WM.,  Orchid  grower  for  Wm.  Scott, 
Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (Odontoglossum.  Oncidium.) 

HILL,  ROBERT  T.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  (Porto  Rico.) 

HOSMER,  A.  W.,  Botanist,  Concord,  Mass.  (Po- 
lygala. ) 


HUTT,  H.  L.,  Prof,  of  Horticulture,  Ont.  Agric. 
College,  Guelph,  Ont.  (Kale.  Kohlrabi.) 

JACK,  Mrs.  ANNIE  L.,  Chateuguay  Basin,  Prov. 
Que.  (Native  plants.) 

JENNINGS,  E.  B.,  Specialist  in  pansies,  South- 
port,  Conn.  (Pansy.) 

JONES,  Rev.  C.  J.  K.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.  (Vari- 
ous Californian  plants.) 

JORDAN,  Dr.  W.  H.,  Dir.  N.  Y.  Exp.  Sta.,. 
Geneva,  N.  Y.  (Fertility.  Fertilizers.) 

KEDZIE,  Dr.  R.  C.,  Prof,  of  Chemistry,  Mich. 
Agric.  College,  Agricultural  College,  Mich. 
(Fertility.  Fertilizers.  Lime.) 

*KiNG,  F.  H.,  Prof,  of  Agricultural  Physics,  Univ. 
of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis.  (Irrigation^ 
Mulching,  etc.) 

LATHAM,  A.  W.,  Secretary  Minn.  Hort.  Soc., 
Minneapolis,  Minn.  (Minnesota.) 

LEIB,  S.  F.,  Prune-grower,  San  Jose",  Calif, 
(Prune.) 

LINDLEY,  J.  VAN,  Nurseryman,  Pomona,  N.  C. 
(North  Carolina.) 

LUPTON,  J.  M.,  Market -gardener,  Gregory,  L.  I, 
(Cabbage.) 

LYON,  WM.  S.,  Census  Bureau,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(Palms.) 

MACDOWELL,  J.  A.,  Nurseryman,  City  of  Mexico, 
Mex.  (Cacti.) 

MACFARLANE,  Prof.  J.  M.,  Dir.  U.  of  P.  Botanic 
Garden,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Nepenthes.  Pin- 
guicula.) 

MACKENZIE,  R.  R.,  Secretary  J.  M.  Thorburn 
&  Co.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (Many  important  bulbs.) 

MAKEPEACE,  A.  D.,  Cranberry -grower,  West 
Barnstable,  Mass.  (Cranberry.) 

MANDA,  W.  A.,  Horticultural  expert,  South. 
Orange,  N.  J.  (Orchid  pictures .) 

MANNING,  JACOB  W.,  Nurseryman,  Reading,  Mass. 
(Dried  specimens  of  herbaceous  perennial  plants  .> 

MANNING,  ROBERT,  Sec.  Mass.  Hort.  Soc.,  Bos- 
ton, Mass.  (Biographical  sketches.  Horticul- 
ture.) 

MAXWELL  BROS.,  Fruit-growers,  Geneva,  N.  Y. 
(Quince.) 

MAY,  JOHN  N.,  Florist,  Summit,  N.  J.  (Florists^ 
Flowers.) 

MCDOWELL,  Prof.  R.  H.,  Agriculturist  and  hor- 
ticulturist, Nev.  Exp.  Sta.,  Reno,  Nev.  (Ne- 
vada.) 

McTEAR,  JOHN,  Gardener,  Montecito,  Calif. 
(Some  plants  cult,  in  Calif.) 

MEEHAN,  THOS.,  Nurseryman,  Germantown,  Pa. 
(The  article  "Horticulture.") 

MERIAM,  DR.  HORATIO  C.,  Salem,  Mass.  (Pceonia. 
Papaver. ) 

MILLER,  E.  S.,  Specialist  in  bulbs,  Floral  Park.. 
L.  I.  (Many  articles  on  bulbs.) 


COLLABORATORS 


xin 


MOON,    WM.    H.,    Nurseryman,    Morrisville,    Pa. 

(Pennsylvania.) 
MOORHEAD,  JAMES  R.,  Specialist  in  Cacti,  Cactus 

Farm,  Moorhead,  Tex.     (Cacti.) 
MOSES,   WALLACE  R.,  Fruit-grower,  West   Palm 

Beach,  Fla.     (Orange.     Pineapple.) 
MUDGE,  W.  S.,  Hartland,  N.  Y.  (Muskmelon.) 
NANZ  &  NEUNER,  Florists,  seedsmen,    and  nur- 
serymen, Louisville,  Ky.     (Kentucky.) 
NASH,  GEO.  V.,  Asst.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Garden,  Bronx 

Park,  N.  Y.     (Genera  of  grasses.) 
NICKELS,    Miss  ANNA   B.,    Specialist    in    Cacti, 

Laredo,  Tex.     (Certain  genera  of  Cacti.} 
OHMER,  NICHOLAS,  Fruit-grower,   Dayton,  Ohio. 

(Ohio.) 
PARSONS,    SAMUEL    B.,    Nurseryman,    Flushing, 

L.  I.     (The  articles  "Horticulture"  and  "Po- 
mology." 
PENDERGAST,   W.  W.,  Pres.  Minn.   Hort.   Soc., 

Hutchinson,  Minn.     .(Minnesota.) 
PERICAT,   ALPHONSE,    Gardener,   West   Philadel- 
phia, Pa.     (Lceliocattleya.) 
PIERSON,    F.    R.,     Nurseryman,     Tarrytown-on- 

Hudson,  N.  Y.     (Bulbs.) 
RAG  AN,  W.  H.,  Div.  of  Pomology,  Dept.  of  Agric., 

Washington,  D.  C.     (Indiana.) 
RE  A,  FREDERIC  J.,  Nurseryman,  Norwood,  Mass. 

(Polemonium.) 
REBMANN,  JEREMIAH,  Lincoln,  Nebr.    (Philippine 

Islands.) 

RIDER,  Prof.  A.  J.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (Cranberry.) 
ROBINSON,  Prof.  B.  L.,  Curator   Gray  Herbarium 

of  Harvard  Univ.,  Cambridge,  Mass.    (Various 

articles  on  native  plants.) 
ROBINSON,  JOHN,  Author  of  "Ferns  in  their  Homes 

and  Ours,"  Salem,  Mass.     (Several  articles  on 

ferns.) 
ROCK,  JOHN,  Fruit-grower,   Niles,  Calif.     (Plum. 

Prune.) 

Ross,  J.  J.,  Fruit-grower,  Seaford,  Del.    (Peach.) 
SANDER  &  Co.  (A.  Dimmock,  Agent),  New  York, 

N.  Y.      (Recent  importations,  particularly   or- 
chids and  palms.) 
SANDIFORD,  ROBERT,  Specialist  in  pelargoniums, 

Mansfield,  Ohio.     (Pelargonium.) 
SCHULTHEIS,  ANTON,  Florist,  College  Point,  N.  Y. 

( Woody  plants  from  Australia  and  the  Cape,  as 

Erica.) 
SCOON,    C.     K.,     Fruit-grower,    Geneva,    N.    Y. 

(Cherry.) 


SCRIBNER,    F.    LAMSON,    Agrostologist,    Dept.   of 

Agric. ,  Washington,  D.  C .    ( Genera  of  grasses. ) 
SEARS,    Prof.    F.    C.,    School    of    Horticulture, 

Wolfville,  Nova  Scotia.     (Canada.) 
SHADY     HILL     NURSERY     Co.,     Boston,     Mass. 

(Herbaceous  perennials.) 
SHAW,  THOS.,  Prof,  of  Animal  Husbandry,  Univ.  of 

Minn.,  Minneapolis,  Minn.     (Medicago.    Meli- 

lotus.) 

SHINN,  J.  C.,  Fruit-grower,  Niles,  Calif.     (Pear.) 
SIEVERS,   JOHN  H.,   Specialist   in  pelargoniums, 

San  Francisco,  Calif.     (Pelargonium.) 
SLAYMAKER,  A.  W.,  Fruit-grower,  Camden,  Del. 

(Delaware.) 
SMALL,  JOHNK.,  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden,  Bronx 

Park,  N.  Y.     (Polygonum.) 
SOLTAV,   CHRIS.,   Grower  of  pansy  seed,   Jersey 

City,  N.  J.     (Pansy.) 
STANTON,    GEO.,    Ginseng     specialist,     Summit, 

N.  Y.     (Ginseng.) 
STEELE,  W.  C.,  Horticulturist,  Switzerland,  Fla. 

(Orange,  etc.) 
STORRS    &   HARRISON,   Nurserymen,   Painesville, 

Ohio.     ( Various  p  Ian  ts . ) 
STURTEVANT,  EDMUND  D.,  Specialist  in  aquatics, 

Station  E.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.     (Aquatics.) 
SUZUKI   &  IIDA,    Yokohama    Nursery   Co.,    New 

York,  N.  Y.     (Japanese  plants.) 
THOMPSON,  Mrs.  J.   S.  R.,   Spartanburg,    S.    C. 

(Perfumery  Gardening . ) 
THURLOW,    T.  C.,  Nurseryman  and  specialist  in 

paeonies,  West  Newbury,  Mass.     (Pceonia.) 
TODD,  FREDERICK  G.,  Landscape  architect,  Mon- 
treal, P.  Q.     (Hardy  trees  and  shrubs.) 
TROTH,    HENRY,    Photographer    of    plants    and 

landscapes,  Philadelphia,  Pa.    ( Photography.) 
VICK'S  SONS,  JAMES,  Seedsmen,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

( Various  plants.) 

WEBB,  Prof.  WESLEY,  Dover,  Del.    (Delaware.) 
WEDGE,    CLARENCE,    Fruit-grower,    Albert    Lea, 

Minn.     (Minnesota.) 

WHILLDIN  POTTERY  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (Pots.) 
WHITE,    J.  J.,   Cranberry -grower,   New  Lisbon, 

N.  J.     (Cranberry.) 
WILLARD,    S.    D.,    Nurseryman,    Geneva,    N.    Y. 

(Important  fruits,  as  Cherry.) 
WITTBOLD  Co.,  The  GEO.,   Florists,  Chicago,  111. 

(Palms  and  ferns.     Nephrolepis  Wittboldi.) 
YOUNG,  B.  M.,  Specialist  in  nut  culture,  Morgan 

City,  La.     (Pecan.) 


ABBREVIATIONS 


/.    OF  GENERAL  EXPRESSIONS 

cult cultivated,  etc. 

diam diameter 

E east. 

ft feet. 

in inches 

N north. 

S south. 

trop tropics,  tropical. 

W west. 

II.    OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 

fl flower. 

fls flowers. 

fid flowered. 

fr fruit. 

h height. 

If. leaf. 

Ift leaflet. 

Ivs leaves. 

st stem. 

sts.  .    . stems. 

syn synonym. 

var. variety. 

HI.    OF  BOOKS  AND  PERIODICALS 

To  aid  the  student  in  the  verification  cf  the 
work,  and  to  introduce  him  to  the  literature  of  the 
various  subjects,  citations  are  made  to  the  por- 
traits of  plants  in  the  leading  periodicals  to 
which  the  American  is  most  likely  to  have  access. 
These  references  to  pictures  have  been  verified  as 
far  as  possible,  both  in  the  MS.  and  in  the  proof. 
A  uniform  method  of  citation  is  much  to  be  de- 
sired, but  is  extremely  difficult,  because  periodi- 
cals rarely  agree  in  methods.  With  great  reluc- 
tance it  was  decided  to  omit  the  year  in  most 
cases,  because  of  the  pressure  for  space,  but  the 
student  who  lacks  access  to  the  original  volumes 
may  generally  ascertain  the  year  by  consulting  the 
bibliographical  notes  below. 

An  arbitrary  and  brief  method  of  citation  has 
been  chosen.  At  the  outset  it  seemed  best  to  indi- 
cate whether  the  cited  picture  is  colored  or  not. 
This  accounts  for  the  two  ways  of  citing  certain 
publications  containing  both  kinds  of  pictures, 
as  The  Garden,  Revue  Horticole,  and  Gartenflora. 


The  figures  given  below  explain  the  method  of 
citation,  and  incidentally  give  some  hints  as  to 
the  number  of  volumes  to  date,  and  of  the  number 
of  pages  or  plates  in  one  of  the  latest  volumes. 

A  few  works  of  the  greatest  importance  are 
mentioned  elsewhere  by  way  of  acknowledgment 
(p.  xv).  The  standard  works  on  the  bibliography 
of  botany  are  Pritzel's  Thesaurus  and  Jackson's 
Guide  to  the  Literature  of  Botany ;  also,  Jackson's 
Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Royal  Botanic 
Gardens,  Kew. 


A.F. 


A.G. 


B.B. 


B.F. 
B.H. 


B.M. 


B.R. 


Em. 


F.C. 


The  American  Florist.  Chicago.  A  trade 
paper  founded  August  15,  1885.  The  vol- 
umes end  with  July.  Many  pictures  re- 
peated in"  Gng."(  14: 1524=vol.  and  page.) 

American  Gardening.  New  York.  Represents 
14  extinct  horticultural  periodicals,  includ- 
ing The  American  Garden  (1888-1890). 
Founded  1879(?)  (20:89G=vol.  and  page.) 

The  Botanist.  Edited  by  Maund.  No  years 
on  title  pages.  Founded  1839.  8  vols., 
50  colored  plates  in  each  vol.  (8:400= 
vol.  and  col.  plate.)  Cumulative  index. 

Britton  &  Brown.  An  illustrated  Flora  of 
the  Northern  U.  S.,  etc.  New  York. 
1896-1898.  (3:588=vol.  and  page.) 

SeeF. 

La  Belgique  Horticole.  Ghent.  35  vols. 
(1851-1885.) 

Curtis'  Botanical  Magazine.  London. 
Founded  1787.  The  oldest  current  peri- 
odical devoted  to  garden  plants.  The 
vol.  for  1899  is  vol.  125  of  the  whole 
work.  Index  to  first  107  volumes  by  E. 
Tonks.  London.  (7690=col.  plate.) 

Botanical  Register  (1815-1847).  Vols.  1-14 
edited  by  Edwards:  vols.  15-33  by  Lind- 
ley.  In  vols.  1-23  the  plates  are  num- 
bered from  1-2014.  In  vols.  24-33  they 
are  numbered  independently  in  each  vol. 
There  are  688  plates  in  vols.  24-33.  "An 
Appendix  to  the  First  Twenty-three  Vol- 
umes" (bound  separately  or  with  the 
25th  vol.)  contains  an  index  to  the  first 
23  vols.  An  index  to  vols.  24-31  may  be 
found  in  vol.  31.  (33:70=vol.  and  col. 
plate.) 

,  Dana.  How  to  Know  the  Wild  Flowers. 
New  York.  1893.  (298=page.) 

.  Emerson,  G.  B.  Trees  and  Shrubs  of  Mas- 
sachusetts. Boston.  2  vols.  149  plates. 

.  The  Florist.  London.  1840-1884.  (1884: 
192=year  and  page  pp.  col.  plate. )  Editors 
and  title  pages  changed  many  times. 
Known  as  the  Florist,  Florist's  Journal 
and  Florist  and  Pomologist.  Sometimes 
improperly  called  British  Florist. 

.  Floral  Cabinet.  Knowles  &  Westcott.  Lon- 
don. 1837-1840.  (3:137  vol.  and  coL 
plate). 


(xiv) 


ABBREVIATIONS 


xv 


P.E.  .  .  .  The  Florists'  Exchange.  New  York.  A 
trade  paper,  whose  pictures  sometimes 
are  repeated  in  "A.G."  Founded  Dec.  8, 
1888.  ( 11 : 1298=vol.  and  page. ) 

F.J.    .    .    .See  F. 

F.M.  .  .  .  Floral  Magazine.  London.  Series  I.  1861- 
1871,  8vo.  Series  II.  1872-1881,  4to. 
( 1881 :450=y ear  and  col.  plate.) 

F.P.    ...  See  F. 

F.R.  .  .  .  Florists'  Review.  Chicago.  A  trade  paper. 
Vol.  1,  Dec.  2, 1897,  to  May  26,  1898.  Two 
vols.  a  year.  (4:660=vol.  and  page.) 

F.  S.    .    .    .  Flore    des    Serres.      Ghent.      (1845-1880.) 

Inconsistent  in  numbering,  but  the  plate 
numbers  are  always  found  on  the  plate 
itself  or  on  the  page  opposite.  Valuable 
but  perplexing  indexes  in  vols.  15  and  19. 
(23:2481= vol.  and  col.  plate.) 

G.  C.    .    .    .  The   Gardeners'    Chronicle.     London.     Se- 

ries I.  (1841-1873)  is  cited  by  year  and 
page.  Series  II.  or  K New  Series"  (1874- 
1886),  is  cited  thus:  II.  26:824=series, 
volume  and  page.  Series  III.  is  cited 
thus:  III.  26:416.  Two  vols.  a  year,  be- 
ginning 1874.  A  select  index  is  scattered 
through  1879  and,  1880.  Consult  II. 
12:viii  (1879),  and  similar  places  in  sub- 
sequent vols. 

G.  F.  .  .  .  Garden  and  Forest.  New  York.  1888-1897. 
(10:518=vol.  and  page.) 

G.M.  .  .  .  Gardeners'  Magazine.  London.  Ed.  by 
Shirley  Hibberd.  Founded  1860.  Vols. 
31-42  are  cited.  (42: 872= vol.  and  page.) 

Gn.  .  .  .  The  Garden.  London.  Founded  1871.  Two 
vols.  a  year.  (56:1254=vol.  and  col. 
plate.  56,  p.  458=vol.  and  page  contain- 
ing black  figure.)  An  Index  of  the  first 
20  vols.  was  separately  published.  Com- 
plete Index  of  Colored  Plates  to  end  of 
1897  in  vol.  54,  p.  334. 

Gng.  .  .  .  Gardening.  Chicago.  Founded  Sept.  15, 
1892.  Vols.  end  Sept.  1.  (7:384= vol. 
and  page.) 

Gt Gartenflora.  Berlin.  Founded  1852.  (Gt. 

48: 1470= vol.  and  col.  plate.  Gt.  48,  p. 
670=vol.  and  page  containing  black 
figure.) 

G.W.F.  .  .  Goodale's  Wild  Flowers  of  America.  Bos- 
ton, 1886.  (50=col.  plate.) 

EBK.  .  .  Humboldt,  Bonpland  &  Kunth.  Nova 
Genera  et  Species,  etc.  Paris.  1815-25. 
7  vols.  Folio. 

I.H.  .  .  .  L'lllustration  Horticole.  Ghent.  (1854-1896.) 
(43:72= vol.  and  col.  plate.)  The  volumes 
were  numbered  continuously,  but  there 
were  6  series.  Series  I.=1854-63.  Se- 
ries II.=1864-69.  Series  III. =1870-80. 
Series  IV.  =  1881-86.  Series  V.  =  1887- 
93.  Series  VI.  =1894-96.  The  plates 
were  numbered  continuously  in  the  first 
16  vols.  from  1  to  614:  in  vols.  17-33 
they  run  from  1  to  619:  in  series  V.  from 
1  to  190:  in  Series  VI.  they  begin  anew 
with  each  vol.  Valuable  indexes  in  vols. 
10  and  20.  Series  V.  in  4to,  the  rest  8vo. 

J.H.  .  .  .  Journal  of  Horticulture.  London.  Founded 
in  1848  as  The  Cottage  Gardener.  Series 
III.  only  is  cited,  beginning  1880.  (III. 
39: 504=  series,  vol.,  page.) 


K.W.  .   .    .See  F.  C. 

L In  vol.  1  of   this  work,  sometimes  means 

Lindenia,   sometimes     Lowe's    Beautiful 
Leaved  Plants.     See"Lind."  and  "Lowe." 

L.B.C.  .  .  The  Botanical  Cabinet.  Loddiges.  1817- 
33.  100  plates  in  each  vol.  Complete 
index  in  last  vol.  (20: 2000= vol.  and  col. 
plate.) 

Lind.  .  .  .  Lindenia,  Ghent.  Founded  1885.  Folio. 
Devoted  to  orchids. 

Lowe  .  .  .  Beautiful  Leaved  Plants.  E.  J.  Lowe  and 
Howard.  London.  1864.  (60=col.  plate./ 

M A.  B.  Freeman-Mitford.  The  Bamboo  Gar- 
den. London.  1896.  (224=page.) 

M.D.G.  .  .  Moller's  Deutsche  Gartner-Zeitung.  Erfurt. 
Founded  1886.  ( 1897 :425=year  and  page. ) 

Mn.  .  .  .  Meehan's  Monthly.  Germantown,  Phila- 
delphia. Founded  1891.  (9: 192  =  vol. 
and  page  opposite  col.  plate. ) 

N Nicholson.    Dictionary  of  Gardening.    Vols. 

1-4  (1884-1887).  Vol.  5  in  preparation. 

P.F.G.  .  .  Lindley  &  Paxton.  Flower  Garden.  Lon- 
don. 1851-53.  3  vols.  4to. 

P.G.  .  .  .  Popular  Gardening.  Buffalo.  1885-90. 
(5:270= vol.  and  page.) 

P.M.  .  .  .  Paxton's  Magazine  of  Botany.  London. 
1834-49.  i  (16:376  =  vol.  and  page  oppo- 
site col.  plate.)  Vol.  15  has  index  of  first 
15  vols. 

R Reichenbachia.  Ed.  by  Fred.  Sander.  Lon- 
don. Founded  1886.  Folio. 

R.B.  .  .  .  Revue  de  1' Horticulture  Beige  et  Etrangere 
Ghent.  Founded  1875?  (23:288= vol.  and 
page  opposite  col.  plate. )  In  the  first  vol.  of 
the  CYCLOPEDIA  "R.B. "sometimes  means 
Belgique  Horticole,  but  the  confusion  is 
corrected  in  later  vols.,  where  Belgique 
Horticole  is  abbreviated  to  "B.H." 

B.H.  .  .  .  Revue  Horticole.  Dates  from  1826,  but 
is  now  considered  to  have  been  founded  in 
1829.  ( 1899 :596=y ear  and  page  opposite 
col.  plate.  1899,  p.  596=year  and  page 
opposite  black  figure.) 

S Schneider.      The   Book   of   Choice   Ferns. 

London.    In 3  vols.     Vol.1, 1892.    Vol.2, 
1893. 

S.B.F.G.  .  Sweet  British  Flower  Garden.  London. 
Series  I.,  1823-29,  3  vols.  Series  II., 
1831-38,  4  vols. 

S.H.  .  .  .  Semaine  Horticole.  Ghent.  Founded  1897. 
(3:548=year  and  page.) 

S.M.  .  .  .  Semaine  Horticole.  Erroneously  cited  in 
this  fashion  a  few  times  in  first  vol. 

S.S.  .  .  .  Sargent.  The  Silva  of  North  America. 
13  vols.  Vol.  1,  1891.  Vol.  12,  1898. 
(12:620= vol.  and  plate,  not  colored.) 

S.Z.  .  .  .  Siebold  &  Zuccarini.  Flora  Japonica.  Vol. 
1,  1835-44.  Vol.  2  by  Miquel,  1870. 
(2:150=vol.  and  plate.) 

V.  or  V.  M.  Vick's  Magazine.  Rochester,  N.  Y.  Founded 
1878.  Vols.  numbered  continuously 
through  the  3  series.  Vols.  begin  with 
Nov.  (23:250=vol.  and  page.)  Some- 
times cited  as  "Vick." 


Additional  abbreviations  and  explanations  will  be  found  in  the  introductory  pages  of  Vol.  I. 


Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture 


NABALUS.    See  Prenanthes. 

NJEGELIA  (Karl  von  Naegeli,  late  professor  of  bot- 
any at  Munich).  Gesnerdcece.  About  half  a  dozen 
tropical  American  herbs  allied  to  Achimenes,  but  the 
fls.  arranged  alternately  in  a  leafless  terminal  panicle 
(in  Achimenes  the  fls.  are  axillary).  Because  of  the 
panicled  flowers,  Nsegelias  are  very  ornamental  plants. 
They  are  warmhouse  subjects,  propagating  by  stolons 
or  offsets.  In  cultivation  the  plants  are  oftener  called 
Gesnerias  than  Naegelias,  but  they  are  distinguished 
from  that  genus  in  usually  having  an  annular  or  ring- 
like  disk  at  the  base  of  the  corolla,  rather  than  a  deeply 
lobed  disk.  Tubers  usually  none.  Naegelias  hybridize 
with  other  Gesnerias.  One  hybrid  race  is  known  as 
Nfflgelio-Achimenes  and  another  (F.S.  10:987-8)  as 
Mandirola.  L.  jj.  B. 

In  general,  the  cultural  methods  given  under  Ges- 
neria  suit  Nsegelias  well.  The  bulbs  should  be  stored 
in  the  pots  in  which  they  have  been  grown.  It  is  a  bad 
plan  to  keep  any  bulbs  or  tubers  of  the  Gesneriacese  in 
dry  sand  in  a  dry  store-room.  After  being  well  ripened, 
Nsegelia  bulbs  should  be  kept  in  the  greenhouse  under 
the  benches.  Keep  them  out  of  the  drip,  but  water 
them  occasionally.  T.  D.  HATFIELD. 

A.    Fls.  nearly  scarlet,  or  brick-red,  marked  with 
white. 

cinnabarina,  Land.  (Gesneria  cinnabarina,  Lind.). 
Fine  winter-blooming  plant,  l%-2  ft.  tall,  soft-hairy: 
Ivs.  round-ovate  and  cordate,  crenate-dentate,  thickish, 
green,  with  red  or  purplish  hairs:  fls.  about  1%  in. 
long,  hanging  on  the  ends  of  spreading  pedicels,  gib- 
bous-tubular to  the  very  base,  the  calyx-lobes  acute  and 
spreading,  the  short  corolla-lobes  unequal  and  obtuse, 
the  flower  cinnabar-red  or  nearly  scarlet  on  the  upper 
side,  but  paler  and  spotted  on  the  under  side.  Mex. 
B.M.  5036.  Lowe,  33. 

AA.    Fls.  orange-scarlet    or  scarlet,  marked  with 
yellow. 

zebrina,  Regel  (Gesneria  zebrlna,  Paxt. ).  Fig. 
1454.  Much  like  the  above,  but  brighter  colored,  red- 
dotted  below,  and  yellow  within  and  on  the  under  side: 
calyx-lobes  short  and  appressed  :  corolla  contracted 
towards  the  base,  whereas  they  are  gibbous  or  swollen 
to  the  very  base  in  JY.  cinnabarina.  Brazil.  B.M. 
3940.  B.R.  28:16.  P.M.  271. -A  fine  plant,  of  which 
there  are  several  forms.  The  commonest  species. 
Names  belonging  here  are  Gesneria  regalis  and 
G.  splendens. 

achimenoides,  Hort.  Hybrid  of  ^V.  zebrina  and 
Achimenes  or  Gloxinia  (said  to  be  with  A.  glox- 
inifeflora) :  fls.  very  large  (often  2  in.  long),  yel- 
lowish rose  on  the  outside,  yellow  and  rose- 
spotted  on  the  inside,  the  segments  clear  rose. 
AAA.  Fls.  white,  cream  color  or  rose. 

amabilis,  Decne.  (JY.  multifldra,  Hook.).  Fls.  white 
or  cream  color,  numerous,  hanging,  the  tube  curved 
and  not  much  swollen,  the  obtuse  lobes  subequal: 
plant  bearing  long,  glandular  hairs  in  addition  to  the 
velvety  covering  :  otherwise  much  like  JV.  zebrina. 
Mex.  B.M.  5083.  F.S.  12:1192  (as  Achimenes  [Ncege- 
lia]  amabilis).  G.C.  III.  22:413. -The  tenable  name  of 
this  species  is  usually  held  to  be  Hooker's  JY.  multi- 
flont,  which  dates  from  1858;  but  Decaisne's  JY.  amab- 
ilis, or  JY.  amabilis,  Hort.,  is  older. 

hyacinthina,  Carr.  Of  horticultural  origin,  probably 
a  hybrid:  fls.  white  or  rose,  in  a  very  compact  pyra- 
midal panicle.  R.H.  1877:29. 

.V.  fiiJgida,  Ort.  Fls.  vermilion :  Ivs.  large,  oval,  deeply 
toothed.  Mex.— N.  Geroltidna,  Regel.  Continuous-flowering 


plant,  allied  to  N.  zebrina.  Mex.  F.S.  2:pl.  4,  for  April.— N. 
sceptre  corail,  Carr.  Fls.  many  in  an  open  panicle,  cinnabar- 
red,  yellow-spotted  inside.  R.H.  1869.  p.  154  and  col.  plate. 
For  pictures  of  varieties  and  hybrids,  see  F.S.  16:1671-2;  10, 
987-8.  L.  H.  B. 

N.BGELIO-ACHIMENES  is  a  trade  name  mentioned 
under  Nvegelia. 

NANDlNA  (Japanese  name).  Serberidacece.  A 
small,  tender  shrub,  with  bright  red  or  white  berries, 
said  to  be  cult,  in  every  little  garden  in  Japan.  "At  a 
distance,  says  Keempfer,  it  has  a  reed-like  appearance, 
many  simple  stems  springing  up  from  the  same  root, 
which  are  branched  toward  the  top  only,  and  are  termi- 
nated with  a  pyramidal  panicle  of  red  berries  the  size 
of  a  pea."— B.M.  The  stems  are  about  as  thick  as  a  fin- 
ger. The  foliage  is  evergreen,  and  graceful  at  all  times, 
being  twice  or  thrice  ternately  cut.  The  young  growth 
is  prettily  tinged  with  red,  and  the  bases  of  the  lower 
stalks  are  often  swollen  into  red  globular  bodies. 
The  fls.  are  small,  numerous,  white  and  panicled. 


1454.  Naegelia  zebrina. 
Generally  known  as  a  Gesneria. 

This  shrub  is  rarely  grown  North  under  glass.  Pot- 
grown  plants  or  seeds  are  procurable  from  Japanese 
dealers.  The  seeds  are  said  to  be  of  an  uncommon 
shape,  being  convex  on  one  side  and  concave  on  the  other. 
The  genus  contains  but  one  species.  It  is  the  only  erect- 
growing  shrub  in  the  barberry  family  outside  of  Berberis. 
It  agrees  with  the  common  barberries  in  having  6  stamens 
and  an  indehiscent  berry,  but  the  fls.  are  differently 


S7 


(1055) 


1056 


NANDINA 


NARCISSUS 


1455.    Narcissi. 

a  a,  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus;   fc,  N.  Jonquilla;   c,  N.  poeticus. 

colored  and  the  sepals  more  numerous.  There  are  about  6 
petals, but  the  numerous  sepals  gradually  pass  into  petals, 
the  outer  ones  being  small,  green  and  leathery,  the  inner 
larger  and  whiter.  Ovules  2,  ascending  from  the  base. 

domSstica,  Thunb.  Described  above.  Lfts.  entire. 
Japan  and  China.  B.M.  1109.  Gn.  23,  p.  329;  58,  p.  13. 

W.  M. 

Nandina  domestica  is  an  old  favorite  in  S.  Calif., 
and  many  fair-sized  specimens  may  be  seen,  though  8 
ft.  high  is  the  largest  the  writer  can  call  to  mind  now. 
Of  late  years  the  sale  of  Nandina  has  been  very  slight, 
as  it  is  not  very  desirable,  except  for  its  general  effect 
as  a  shrub,  and  it  takes  some  years  to  make  a  show. 
Many  faster  growers  and  better  bloomers  have  taken 
its  place.  It  does  not  produce  sufficient  foliage;  the 
stem  is  always  bare,  leaving  an  indistinct  whorl  of  Ivs. 
at  the  extreme  top.  The  fls.  are  inconspicuous.  It  is  of 
easy  culture,  and  does  best  in  a  position  shaded  from 
the  sun  during  the  hotter  part  of  the  day.  It  stools 
very  freely,  and  for  this  reason  is  somewhat  used  in 
shrubberies,  where  its  otherwise  naked  stems  would 
render  it  valueless.  ERNEST  BRAUNTON. 

NAPOLEON  A  (after  Napoleon  Bonaparte).  Myrtct- 
cece.  Napoleona  imperialis  is  a  truly  imperial  plant, 
and  worthy  of  being  named  after  the  distinguished 
military  leader.  It  is  a  tropical  African  tree,  with 
flowers  that  at  once  suggest  a  royal  crown.  They  look 
something  like  a  gorgeous  passion  flower,  with  equally 
rich  though  different  coloring,  and  the  same  simpli- 
city and  symmetry  of  design  expressed  in  the  same 
rich  multiplicity  of  detail.  They  are  shaped  like  a 
saucer,  about  2  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  dominant 
color  is  apricot.  Inside  the  saucer  are  two  crowns,  one 
within  the  other,  the  inner  one  smaller.  The  rim  of 
the  saucer  is  broken  up  into  about  35  blunt  teeth,  all 
regular  and  formal,  each  one  with  a  plait  running  down 
the  back  to  the  center  of  the  saucer,  and  each  tooth  mi- 
nutely serrate  around  its  margin.  In  the  bottom  of  the 
saucer  is  a  circular  fringe  of  green  threads,  all  of  equal 
length  and  fineness,  springing  from  the  base  of  the 
larger  crown.  This  fringe  is  displayed  against  a  rich, 
dark  red  background,  which  imitates  in  outline  the 
toothed  rim  of  the  saucer,  and  colors  perhaps  three- 
fourths  of  the  bottom  of  the  saucer.  In  the  Flora  of 
Tropical  Africa  the  fls.  are  said  to  be  red,  white  or  blue. 
Elsewhere  it  is  stated  that  the  fls.  turn  bluish  as  they 
decay.  This  interesting  tree  seems  never  to  have  been 
offered  in  America,  but  is  probably  procurable  from 
Europe.  B.M.  4387.  G.C.  1844:780.  R.H.  1853,  p.  301. 


NARCISSUS  (old  name,  thought  by  some  to  be  de- 
rived from  the  story  of  the  youth  Narcissus,  and  by 
others  from  the  Greek  word  for  narcotic,  in  allusion  to 
the  narcotic-poisonous  properties  of  the  plant ).  Ama- 
ryllidacew.  Plate  XX.  Figs.  1455-1462.  Narcissi  are 
amongst  the  choicest  of  hardy  spring-flowering  plants. 
They  have  long  been  favorites.  In  recent  years  some  of 
the  species  have  come  into  prominence  as  subjects  for 
winter  forcing.  Baker,  in  his  Handbook  of  the  Amaryl- 
lideae,  1888,  reduces  the  species  to  16,  but  garden  au- 
thors usually  recognize  thrice  that  many.  They  are 
mostly  native  to  southwestern  Europe  and  the  Medi- 
terranean region.  The  peculiar  characteristic  of  the 
Narcissi  is  the  conspicuous  crown  or  short  tube  in  the 
throat  of  the  corolla,  with  which  the  stamens  are  not 
united.  The  flowers  (Fig.  1456)  have  6  spreading  seg- 
ments, 3  of  which  are  exterior;  stamens  6,  attached  to  the 
corolla-tube;  fls.  single  or  several  from  a  dry  spathe, 
usually  standing  at  an  angle  on  the  pedicels :  bulbs  tuni- 
cated,  the  outer  scales  dark-colored  :  fr.  a  thin  dehis- 
cing capsule, containing  nearly  globular  or  angular  seeds : 
Ivs.  linear  or  even  awl-like,  appearing  with  the  flowers. 
Narcissi  are  spring-blooming  bulbs,  most  of  them  per- 
fectly hardy  in  the  northern  states  and  capable  of  being 
naturalized  in  cool  and  grassy  places.  Some 'of  the 
species  are  popular  bulbs  for  winter  forcing.  The  genus 
includes  the  Daffodils  (Daffy-down-dillies)  and  Jonquils. 
There  are  autumn-flowering  species,  but  they  are  little 
known  to  cultivators.  These  autumn  bloomers  are  of  3 
species :  JV.  viridiflorus,  Schousb.,  fls.  green  throughout, 
Ivs.  nearly  terete  and  usually  not  appearing  with  the  fls. ; 
N.  serotinus,  Linn.,  pure  white  with  yellow  corona,  the 
Ivs. nearly  terete  and  appear- 
ing after  the  fls. ;  N.  elegans, 
Spach,  greenish  white  with 
yellow  corona,  the  Ivs.  ap- 
pearing with  the  fls.  Many 
of  the  garden  Narcissi  are 
hybrids.  Some  students  sup- 
pose that  some  of  the 


1456.    Narcissus  incomparabilis. 

Corona  shorter  than  usual,    a  shows  the  corona;  c,  the 
ovary;  &,  the  spathe.    Natural  size. 


OF    THE 

UNIVERSITY 

Of 


NARCISSUS 

ognized  species  (as  3r.  iHcotnpdrabili*  and  ^V.  odorus) 
are  hybrids.  See  Engleheart,  Journ.  Roy.  Hort.  Soc. 
17,  p.  35. 

The  word  Daffodil  is  variously  tised.  In  this  country 
it  means  usually  the  full  double  forms  of  N.  Pseudo- 
A'tm'/.sxK.s,  plants  which  are  very  common  in  old  gar- 
dens. Modern  named  varieties  of  this  Daffodil  type  are 
Van  Sion  and  Rip  Van  Winkle.  In  England,  however, 
Daffodil  is  a  more  general  term,  used  for  most  species 
except  the  Poet's  Narcissus  (N.  poeticiis). 

There  are  numberless  forms  of  garden  Narcissi. 
Some  of  these  are  hybrids  and  others  are  direct  varia- 
tions from  the  pure  or  original  species.  Many  of  these 
forms  bear  Latin  names,  as  if  they  were  species,  and 
thereby  confusion  often  arises.  The  most  serviceable 
classification  is  based  on  the  size  and  shape  of  the  crown 
or  corona.  Baker  recognizes  three  great  sections,  which 
are  followed  below.  The  standard  works  on  the  Narcis- 
sus in  English  are  Burbidge's  "  The  Narcissus,"  with 
many  colored  plates,  and  Peter  Barr's  "Ye  Narcissus  or 
Daffodyl  Flowre,  and  hys  Roots."  Haworth  wrote  a 
Monograph  of  Narcissi  in  1831,  in  which  he  made  16 
genera  of  the  plants  which  are  now  referred  to  Narcis- 
sus. For  300  years  and  more,  some  of  the  species  have 
been  known  as  cultivated  plants.  In  the  following  ac- 
count, the  main  or  stem  species  are  given  ;  and  the 
most  common  trade  and  class  names  are  given  in  an 
introductory  paragraph,  with  notes  as  to  their  botanical 
positions. 

Following  are  the  common  and  important  Latin- 
form  trade  names  (see  the  main  list,  below) :  Albicans, 
a  form  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus,  var.  moschatus,  the 
segments  white  and  the  corona  primrose,  changing 
to  white.—  Ajax  is  an  old  generic  name  for  N.  Pseudo- 
Narcissus;  this  species  is  now  sometimes  called  the 
Ajax  Narcissus.  —  Backhousei  (Pseudo-Narcissus  x 
incomparabilis)  has  single  horizontal  yellow  flowers 
with  tube  nearly  equaling  the  segments.  —  Barrii 
(poeticus  x  Pseudo-Narcissus  or  incomparabilis  x  poet- 
icus), of  the  medium-crowned  section,  has  yellow  hori- 
zontal fls.  with  long,  slender  neck  ;  "covers  a  series  of 
forms  intermediate  between  incomparabilis  and  poeti- 
cus, nearer  the  former  than  the  latter"  (Baker);  Fig. 
1457.  —  Bernardi  is  like  N.  Macleaii.  but  with  a  more 
plicate  and  deeper-colored  corona.  —  Bunch-flowered 
Daffodils  are  N.  Tazetta.—  Burbidgei  (probably  incom- 
parabilis x  poeticus,  in  a  series  of  forms)  has  the  habit 
of  N.  poeticus,  with  a  solitary  drooping  flower  with 
white  segments  and  a  very  short  corona  with  a  yellow 
base  and  red  rim.  —  Carnbricus  is  an  early  whitish  bi- 
color.  —  Capax  plenus  is  an  old  name  for  a  double  form, 
now  undeterminable.  —  Cernu us,  form  of  N.  Pseudo- 
Narcissus,  var.  moschatus,  with  a  drooping,  silvery 
white  fl.;  e&rly.  —  Corbularia  Narcissi  are  the  N.  Bul- 
bocodium  forms.  Corbularia  is  an  old  generic  name 
for  this  species.  —  Cyclamineus  (B.M.  6950)  is  a  sub- 
species of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus,  with 
a  drooping  fl.  with  lemon-yellow  seg- 
ments and  orange  crenate  narrow  co- 
rona. —  Flat-leaved  Narcissi  are  the 
various  forms  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus. 


NARCISSUS 


1057 


—  Ganymedes  is  an  old  generic  name  for  N.  triandrus 
and  its  forms.  —  Giganteus  =  Sir  Wsitkm.  —  Graells ii  is 
a  form  of  N.  Bulbocodium  with 
small  cream-white  fls.  B.M.  6473 
l&.  —  Grandiflorus     is     applied 
to  a  large-fld.  white  form  of  N. 
Tazetta.  —  Humei    (incompara- 
bilis x  Pseudo-Narcissus)  has  a 
single    nodding    yellow    flower 


J457.    Narcissus  Barrii.    One  of  the  popular 


1458. 

Single  Trumpet  Daffodil — 
N.  Pseudo -Narcissus. 


with  long,  straight  cup  (often  equaling  the  segments, 
but  variable  in  size).— Leedsii  (probably  poculiformis 
x  incomparabilis)  has  slender-tubed  horizontal  or 
drooping  fls.  with  white  segments  and  yellow  to- 
whitish  corona  ;  one  of  the  medium-crowned  kinds  • 
Baker  mentions  a  var.  Leedsii  of  N.  incomparabilis. 
with  yellow  fls.  and  orange-red  rim  to  the  corona.— 
Lent  Lily=N.  Pseudo-Narcissus.  —  Lobularius  is'  a. 
confused  name,  usually  applied  to  the  deep  yellow  dou- 
ble Daffodil,  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus.—  Lorifolius  desig- 
nates forms  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus.  -Lusitanicus  is  a. 
name  for  a  bicolor  N. 
Pseudo-Narcissus.— Ma- 
cleaii (probably  Pseudo- 
Narcissus  x  Tazetta)  is 
a  1-  to  2-fld.  plant  of 
stout  growth,  bearing- 
horizontal  short  -  tubed 
fls.  with  white  segments 
and  yellow  crenate  co- 
rona half  or  more  the 
length  of  the  lobes.  B. 
M.  2588.  B.R.  12:987.- 
Major  (N.  major,  Curt; 
B.M.  51)  is  a  form  of  N. 
Pseudo-Narcissus,  very- 
robust,  with  deep  golden 
yellow  flower.  —  Master- 
sianus  is  a  hybrid  of  N. 
Tazetta  and  N.  poculi- 
formis.— Maximus  is  a 
large  -  fld.  form  of  N 
hybrids.  Pseudo  -  Narcissus  with- 


1058 


NARCISSUS 


NARCISSUS 


yellow  fls.  —  Milneri,  hybrid  of  N.  incomparabilis  and  N. 
Pseudo-Narcissus,  var.moschatus.  —  Minor  (N.  minor, 
Linn.)  is  a  very  dwarf  form  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus  (6 
in.  or  less  high)  ,with  sulfur-yellow  segments  and  deeper 
yellow  corona.  —  Montanus  =  poculiformis.  —  Muticus 
(Ajax  muticus,  Gay)  is  a  form  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus 
with  narrow  yellow  corona  and  sulfur-yellow  segments. 
—Nelsoni,  a  subtype  of  N.  Macleaii,  very  robust,  and 
fls.  larger  (2-3  in.  across),  the  corona  more  than  half  as 
long  as  the  segments.  —  Obvallar is  is  a  dwarf  form  of  N. 
Pseudo-Narcissus,  with  floriferous  habit,  bright  yellow 
fls.  and  rather  short  segments.  —  Ornatus  is  an  early 
form  of  N.  poeticus.  —  Pa llidiis,  a  white  form  of  N. 
Pseudo-Narcissus.— Peeress  Narcissi  are  the  forms  of 
N.  incomparabilis.  —  Pociiliformis  (or  N.  montanus, 
Ker;  B.E.  2:123)  has  1  or  2  nodding  white  fls.  and  a 


1459.    Paper  White  Narcissus-N.  Tazetta,  var.  alba  (X  %). 

straight  corona  about  half  the  length  of  the  segments ; 
origin  doubtful :  by  some  regarded  as  a  hybrid  and  by 
others  as  a  native  of  the  Pyrenees.  Princeps,  sulfur- 
yellow  and  yellow-crowned,  a  form  of  the  N.  Pseudo- 
Narcissus  type.  —  Queltia  is  an  old  generic  name  to  dis- 
tinguish the  group  comprising  N.  incomparabilis.  - 
Rip  Vd\i  Winkle  is  a  double  variety  of  N.  Pseudo- 
Narcissus.—  Roman  Narcissus  is  a  name  for  double- 
fld.  N.  Tazetta,  white  with  orange  cup.—  Rugilobus, 
large-fld.  pale  yellow  variety  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcis- 
sus.— Scoticus,  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus  with  deep  yellow 
corona  and  whitish  segments;  known  as  Scotch  Gar- 
land Lily.  —  Sir  Watkin  or  qicjanteus  is  a  very  large- 
fld.  form  of  N.  incomparabilis.  —  Spurius,  a  yellow  N. 
Pseudo-Narcissus,  a  subform  of  var.  major.  —  Telamo- 
nius,  a  yellow  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus,  usually  known 


as  Van  Sion.  —  Telamonius  plenus  is  a  double  form.— 
Tenuior  is  a  slender  form  of  N.  gracilis,  the  small  pale 
fls.  changing  to  white.  B.M.  379.  —  Tortuosus  has  twisted 
segments  :  a  form  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus,  var.  mos- 
chatus.— Tridymus  is  like  N.  Nelsoni,  but  has  2-3  fls., 
with  tube  usually  obconic.—  Van  Sion  is  a  large  pure 
yellow  and  very  double  form  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus, 
much  used  for  forcing.  There  is  also  a  single  Van  Sion. 
—  Variiformis  is  a  form  of  N.  Pseudo-Narcissus  with 
canary-yellow  corona  and  white  segments,  the  fls. 
variable. 

INDEX  TO  NAMES  IN  THE   MAIN  LIST. 


alboe,  76. 
albus,  4,  11. 

dubius,  76. 
gracilis,  9. 

pachybolbos,  76. 
Panizzianus.  76. 

aurantis,  4. 

Hoop-PetticoatDaf- 

Paper  White,  76. 

aureus,  le. 

fodil,  1. 

papyraceus,  76. 

Bertolonii,  le. 

Horsfieldii,  2  . 

patulus,  la. 

bicolor,  2,  la. 

incomparabilis,  4. 

Pheasant's  Eye,  12. 

biflorus,  11. 

intermedium,  8. 

poeticus,  12. 

breviflos,  2. 

Italicus,  le. 

polyanthus,  76. 

Bulbocodium,  1. 

Jonquil,  10. 

Polyanthus  Narcis- 

calathinus, 3. 

Jonquilla,  10. 

sus,  7. 

Canariensis,  76. 

juncifolius,  6. 

Primrose    Peerless, 

Chinese  SacredLily, 

lacticolor,  la. 

11. 

la. 

Lent  Lily,  2. 

Pseudo  -  Narcissus, 

citrinus,  1. 

lutece,  le. 

2. 

Clusii,  1. 

monophyllus,  1. 

radiiflorus,  12. 

Corcyrensis,  la. 

moschatus,  2. 

Tazetta,  7. 

cupularis,  le. 

ochroleucus,  la. 

triandrus,  3. 

Cyclamen  -  flowered 

odorus,  5. 

Trumpet     Daffodil, 

Narcissus,  3. 

orientalis,  la. 

2. 

Daffodils,  1,  2. 

A.  MAGNICORONATI  or  LARGE-CROWNED  species:  corona 
as  long  as  the  segments,  or  even  longer,  trumpet- 
shaped  or  cylindrical.  —  DAFFODILS.  (Forms  of  No. 
3  may  be  sought  here.) 

B.    Lvs.  green,   few  (often  only  l),very   slender  and 
nearly  terete,  channelled. 

1.  Bulbocddium,  Linn.     HOOP-PETTICOAT   DAFFODIL. 
A  slender  plant,  with  bulb  1  in.  or  less  in  diam.,  and 
the  very   slender  Ivs.   (usually  3  or  4  to  each   stem) 
mostly  overtopping  the  blossoms  :    fl.  1,  ascending  or 
horizontal  (not  declined),  1%  or  1%  in.  long  in  most 
forms,  normally    bright  yellow  in  all  parts,  the  very 
prominent   thin  corona   entire  or  crenulate  ;    stamens 
inserted  near   the  base  of  the  tube,  declined,  rather 
long.    S.  France  to  Morocco.   B.M.  88.  — Runs  into  many 
garden  forms  and  hybrids.    Fls.  usually  borne  5-8  in. 
above  the  ground. 

Var.  monophyllus,  Baker  (N.  monophyllus,  Moore. 
N.  Clusii,  Dunal).  An  Algerian  form,  now  in  cult., 
usually  with  1  If.,  and  fl.  sessile  and  white:  corona  cre- 
nate.  B.M.  5831. 

Var.  citrinus.  Baker.  Fls.  large,  pale  lemon-yellow, 
the  corona  crenulate. 

BB.    Lvs.  glaucous,  several,  flat. 

2.  Pseudo-Narcissus,     Linn.       COMMON     DAFFODIL. 
TRUMPET  DAFFODIL.     LENT  LILY.     Fig.  1458.     Strong 
plant,  12-18  in.  tall,  with  bulb  1/^-2  in.  in  diam.:    Ivs. 
narrow  but  flat,  erect,  usually  about  reaching  the  blos- 
soms :  fl.  about  2  in.  long,  horizontal  or  ascending,  pale 
yellow,  the   segments   and  corona  usually   of   different 
shades,  the  corona  deeply  crenate  or  almost  crenate- 
fimbriate,  more  or  less  plicate;  stamens  inserted  near 
the  base  of  the  perianth,  short.   From  Sweden  and  Eng- 
land to  Spain  and  Austria. —Exceedingly  variable  in 
size,  shape  and  coloring  of  fls.    There  are  full  double 
forms  (Common  Daffodil)  in  which   the  corona  disap- 
pears as  a  separate  body,  and  supernumerary  segments 
are  present.    It  is  one  of  the  hardiest  and  commonest  of 
Narcissi. 

This  species  is  the  Trumpet  Narcissus,  so  named 
from  the  long  corona.  The  normal  forms  are  Yellow 
Trumpets,  but  the  Bicolor  Trumpet,  var.  bicolor,  Hort. 
(N.  bicolor,  Linn.),  has  pure  white  segments  and  yel- 
low corona.  To  this  variety  Baker  refers  N.  breviflos, 
Haw.  (B.M.  1187),  and  N.  H6rsfieldii,  Burb.  The 
White  Trumpets  are  var.  moschatus,  Hort.  (N.  mos- 
chatus,  Linn.;  B.M.  1300),  which  has  cream  white  or 
white  flowers. 


NARCISSUS 


NARCISSUS 


1059 


LA.   MEDIOCORONATI    or    MEDIUM  -  CROWNED    species  : 
corona  usually  about    half  the  length  of  the  seg- 
ments, cup-shaped.    (Forms  of  N.  triandrus  may 
have  large  crowns.) 
B.    Segments  narrow,  standing  straight  backwards 

(reflexed). 

3.  triandrus,  Linn.  CYCLAMEN-FLOWERED  NARCISSUS. 
Slender    (scape    10-18  in.  tall),  bulb  %  in.  or  less  in 


1460.    The  Jonquil-Narcissus  Jonauilla{X  %). 

diam.,  the  Ivs.  few,  very  slender  and  semi-cylindrical 
and  not  overtopping  the  blossoms:  fls.  1-several,  hori- 
zontal or  drooping,  an  inch  long,  both  the  lanceolate 
segments  and  the  entire  cup-shaped  corona  pure  white 
in  the  type ;  stamens  sometimes  a  little  exserted. 
Spain  and  Portugal. 

Var.  calathinus  (N.  calathlnus,  Red.,  Burbidge,  etc., 
not  Ker-Gawl).  Corona  larger,  nearly  or  quite  as  long 
as  the  segments,  the  flower  pale  yellow.  Island  of  Brit- 
tany. 

BB.    Segments  oblong  or  broader,  spreading. 
c.   Lvs.  flat  (but  narrow)  and  glaucous. 

4.  incomparabilis,    Mill.      Figs.    1456.      Strong'    fine 
species,  with  large  bulb  (\%  in.  in  diam.)  and  3-5  Ivs., 
which  are  nearly  or  quite  the  length  ( 1  ft.  long)  of  the 
distinctly  2-edged  scape:  fl.  always  one,  not  fragrant, 
horizontal  or  somewhat  ascending,  on  a  very  short  pedi- 
cel, the  tube  usually  greenish,  the  segments  and  cer- 
nate-plicate  corona  pale  yellow  in  the  type  (but  varying 
to  other  color  combinations),  the  stamens  not  exserted. 
S.  France  and  Spain  to  the  Tyrol.     B.M.  121.  — One  of 
the  commonest  species  in  cult.,  the  fls.  often  3-4  in. 
across.     Double  forms  are  frequent.    Var.  albus,  Hort., 
has  white  fls.,  with  the  corona  usually  pale  yellowish. 
Var.  aurantis,  Hort.,  has  the  corona  orange  at  the  top. 

c.    Lvs.  linear  and  channelled,  green. 

5.  oddms,  Linn.   Lvs.  half  the  width  (%  in.)  of  those 
of  N.  incomparabilis,  the  bulb  nearly  or  quite  as  large, 
the  peduncle    terete  or  very  nearly  so  :    fls.  about  2 
(sometimes  4),  fragrant,  the  tube  more  slender  than  in 
JV.  incomparabilis,  and  the  corona  somewhat  smaller, 
the  fl.  bright  yellow  throughout.    France  and  Spain  and 
eastward.    B.M.  934  (as  2V.  calathinus).— A.  good  hardy 
species,  differing  from  2V.  incomparabilis  chiefly  in  its 
narrow  leaves,  2  or  more  blossoms  to  a  peduncle,  fls. 
fragrant. 


6.  juncifolius,  Lag.  Small,  slender  species,  with 
bulb  about  %  in.  in  diam.,  and  very  narrow,  rush-like 
Ivs.,  about  6  in.  long  and  about  equaling  the  terete 
scape:  fls.  1-4,  horizontal  or  ascending,  the  tube  slen- 
der-cylindrical (Yv  in.  long),  the  broad-ovate,  spreading 
segments  and  the  cup-shaped,  crenulate  corona  bright 
yellow.  S.  France  and  south.  —  A  choice  fancier's 
plant. 

AAA.    PARVICORONATI     or     SMALL-CROWNED     species  : 
corona  usually  much  less  than  half  the  length 
of  the  segments,  mostly  saucer-shaped. 
B.    Corona     soft     and    uniform    in    texture :     Ivs. 

various. 
c.   Lvs.  %  in.  or  more  broad,  flat,  somewhat  glaucous. 

I.  Tazetta,   Linn.      POLYANTHUS    NARCISSUS.      Fig. 
1459.    Strong  species,  the  bulb  often  2  in.  in  diam.,  the 
Ivs.  1%  ft.  or  less  long,  about  the  length  of  the  flat- 
tened peduncle  :    fls.  several  (4-12),  horizontal  or  de- 
clined on  slender  pedicels,  the   tube   less  than  1  in. 
long  and  greenish,  the  spreading,  broad  segments  pure 
white,  and   entire  corona  lemon-yellow,  the   whole  fl. 
about  1%  in.   across.    Canary  Isl.  to  China  and  Japan. 
—The  commonest  species  and  the  most  variable.    "  Of 
the  multiform  Tazetta  Narcissi  about  100  have  received 
specific  names."— .Safcer.    "The  numerous  forms  of  2V. 
Tazetta  are  so  extremely  variable  that  nothing  short  of 
fifty  folio  plates    would  do   the   plant   justice."— Bur- 
bidge.   All  this  mass  of  varieties  is  readily  grouped 
under  one  specific  type,  however,  which  is  recognizable 
by  the  many  small-crowned  fls.  and  the  broad  Ivs.    The 
variations  are  largely  in  color  and  in  size  of  fls.   Baker 
makes  three  groups : 

a.  bicolores,  the  perianth  white  and  the  corona  yel- 
low.    Here   are   to  be   placed   lacticolor,  Corey rensis, 
patulus,  ochroleucus  and  many  others.    It  is  probable 
that  the  "Chinese  Sacred  Lily"  (2V.  orientalis,  Linn. 
B.M.  948)  is  a  form  of  this  subtype,  although  Baker 
suggests  that  it  is  N.  incomparabilis  x  Tazetta.    It  is 
known  as  Tazetta,  var.  orient  alis,  Hort. 

b.  albce,  entire  fl.  white.    Here  belongs  the  "Paper 
White,"  very  popular  for  winter  bloom.    Here  are  to  be 
referred   the  names  papyraceus,  Panizzianus,  dubiust 
Canariensis,  pachybolbos,  polyanthos. 

c.  lutete,  entire  fl.  yellow.    Here  belong  aureus,  cupu- 
laris,  Bertolonii,  Italicus. 

cc.   Lvs.  %  in.  or  less  broad,  mostly  terete  or  subte- 
rete,  not  glaucous. 

8.  intermedius,   Lois.     A  yellow-fld.   species,  distin- 
guished from  2V.  Tazetta  chiefly  by  its  subterete,  deep- 
channeled    green    Ivs.,   which   are   only   34    in.    wide: 
peduncle     nearly     terete.       S. 

France  and  Spain. 

9.  gracilis,  Sabine.    Smaller, 
1  ft.  high,  the  peduncle  2-edged, 
the  bright  green  Ivs.  %  in.  or 
less  wide  and  very  convex  on 
the  back:    fl.  pale   yellow,  the 
corona  usually  somewhat  deeper 
colored  than  the  segments.    S. 
France  (?).     Known  chiefly  as 
an  old  garden  plant.     B.R.  10: 
816. 

10.  Jonquilla,  Linn.  JONQUIL. 
Fig.    1460.      Very    slender   and 
graceful   plant,  IK   ft.   or  less 
tall,  the  Ivs.  and  peduncle  about 
equal  in  height,  the  Ivs.  glossy 

dark  green  and  very  narrow  and  rush-like :  fls.  2-6,  fra- 
grant, the  slender  cylindrical  tube  greenish  yellow  and 
an  inch  or  less  long,  the  segments  yellow,  obovate  and 
scarcely  overlapping,  the  corona  very  short  (/£  in.  or 
less  long),  crenate,  the  same  color  as  the  segments.  S. 
Eu.  and  Algeria.  B.M.  15.  — One  of  the  old-fashioned 
fls.,  perfectly  hardy  in  N.  Y 

BB.    Corona    with   a  prominently    hardened  or  dry 
rim  :  Ivs.  broad. 

II.  bifldrus,    Curt.     PRIMROSE    PEERLESS.      Strong 
species,  with  bulb  2  in.  or  less1  in  diam. :    Ivs.  1-2  ft. 
long  and  nearly  or  quite  %  in.  broad,  and  slightly  glau- 
cous, usually  equaling    and  sometimes   exceeding  the 


1461.  Narcissus 
poeticus  (X  %). 


1060 


NARCISSUS 


NARCISSUS 


stout  2-edged  peduncle:  fls.  1-3,  usually  2,  white,  with 
a  pale  yellow  cup,  the  tube  greenish  white  and  1  in. 
long,  the  segments  broad-obovate  and  overlapping,  the 
corona  %  in.  long,  with  a  crisped  edge.  Var.  albus  has 
white  fls.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  197.— This  plant  has  a  wide 
range  in  the  wild  state,  but  some  persons  regard  it  as 
a  hybrid  of  If.  Tazetta  and  -ZV.  poeticus.  Apparently 
little  known  in  this  country. 

12.  poeticus,  Linn.  PHEASANT'S  EYE.  Figs.  1461, 1462. 
Strong-growing  species,  sometimes  IK  ft.  high,  the  bulb 
about  1  in.  thick,  the  Ivs.  equaling  or  exceeding  the  2- 
edged  peduncle  and  %  in.  broad,  somewhat  glaucous: 


1462.    Double  White  Narcissus  —  N.  alba  plena  ordorata, 
a  form  of  N.  poeticus  ( 


fl.  solitary  (rarely  2),  fragrant,  wide  open,  the  obovate 
overlapping  segments  white,  the  very  short,  yellowish 
corona  much  crisped  and  red-edged.  Mediterranean 
region.—  An  old  favorite,  recognized  by  the  red-mar- 
gined, short  corona.  A  double  form  of  this  (Fig.  1462) 
is  a  pure  white,  a  rare  color  amongst  double  narcissi. 

Var.  radiifldrus,  Burbidge  (2T.  radilflbrus,  Salisb.). 
More  slender  and  Ivs.  narrower:  corona  narrower  and 
more  erect:  segments  narrowed  below  so  that  they  do 
not  overlap.  L-  H.  B> 

Culture  of  the  Narcissus.—  Narcissi  are  among  the 
oldest  of  cultivated  plants,  but  were  much  neglected  for 
many  years.  During  the  last  two  decades  there  has 
spread  a  renewed  interest  in  the  family,  with  the  usual 
result  in  such  cases  that  the  habitats  have  been  closely 
searched  for  new  forms  ,  and  new  hybrids  have  been 
raised  till  we  have  now  a  surprising  number  of  beauti- 
ful flowers  available.  Recently  many  of  these  have 


become  so  plentiful  that  they  are  within  reach  of  the 
most  impecunious  gardener,  and  there  is  no  reason  why 
American  gardens  should  not  be  filled  with  good  collec- 
tions of  these  beautiful  flowers,  or  why  florists  should 
not  force  a  more  interesting  list.  With  few  exceptions 
the  Narcissi  are  hardy  and  strong-growing  under  ordi- 
nary cultivation.  The  "bunch-flowered"  or  Polyanthus 
Narcissi  and  Corbularias  are  better  grown  under  glass. 
The  Moschatus  varieties,  which  are  white  (or  properly 
sulfur-white)  forms,  seem  to  be  of  rather  tender 
constitutions  in  most  gardens.  Otherwise  the  Nar- 
cissi as  a  rule  succeed  in  good  turfy  loam,  but  no 
manure,  rotted  or  otherwise,  must  touch  the  bulbs.  Of 
course  drainage  should  be  good,  and  moisture  plentiful 
in  growing  season.  In  the  garden  it  is  well  to  plant  the 
bulbs  say  6  or  8  inches  deep,  and  3  inches  at  most  apart, 
and  allow  them  to  remain  till  they  form  strong  groups, 
or  till  they  show  signs  of  too  much  exhaustion  from 
numerous  offsets.  As  decaying  foliage  is  unsightly  in 
the  garden,  a  good  plan  is  to  dress  the  beds  in  the  fall 
with  some  rich  manure,  either  animal  or  chemical,  and 
in  early  spring  start  seedlings  of  annuals  to  cover  the 
beds  when  the  Narcissi  are  through  flowering,  the 
dressing  being  necessary  for  the  sustenance  of  the 
double  crop.  Too  strong  a  cultivation  of  the  Narcissi 
is  not  to  be  recommended,  an  extra  vigor  of  growth 
being  detrimental  to  the  purity  of  the  color  of  the 
flowers.  If  the  object  is  to  increase  one's  stock  as 
quickly  as  possible,  biennial  or  even  annual  lifting  and 
separation  of  bulbs  is  advantageous.  For  naturalizing 
in  waste  places,  in  the  grass,  or  near  water,  many  of  the 
strong-growing  kinds  will  succeed  perfectly.  What  to 
select  is  somewhat  experimental  for,  as  every  gardener 
knows,  plants  equally  hardy  and  vigorous  will  not  grow 
in  every  garden. 

The  proper  time  to  plant  is  in  late  summer  or  early 
fall,  and  the  Poeticus  kinds  should  not  be  kept  out  of 
ground  longer  than  possible;  knob-like  excrescences 
at  the  base  of  the  bulbs  indicate  that  growth  is  com- 
mencing and  that  planting  should  not  be  delayed.  All 
Daffodils  force  easily  after  being  well  rooted,  and  should 
be  brought  on  in  a  moderate  temperature,  as  they  are 
naturally  low  temperature  plants— so  much  so,  in  fact, 
that  in  the  open  the  flowers  are  very  apt  to  be  ruined 
under  our  sunny  skies,  especially  if  exposed  to  drying 
winds.  A  most  satisfactory  planting  of  Narcissi  for 
house  decoration  is  the  use  of  flat  lily  pots,  say  8  inches 
in  diameter,  placing  the  bulbs  closely  together.  The 
flowers  carry  best  and  keep  better  if  cut  when  half  open. 

The  intending  collector  will  perhaps  be  confused 
when  he  opens  a  list  of  say  200  varieties,  and  it  may  be 
as  well  to  say  that  a  moderate  commencement  may  be 
made  by  selecting  a  few  of  each  section  into  which  these 
are  usually  divided  in  good  lists,  bearing  in  mind  that 
price  is  not  an  indication  of  the  beauty  or  usefulness. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  lower  price  is  usually  an  indica- 
tion that  these  are  not  uncertain  and  are  probably  more 
valuable  in  the  garden.  There  are  a  few  forms,  such  as 
N.  Horsfieldii,  Emperor  Maximus,  Mrs.  J.  B.  M.  Camm, 
Stella,  and  all  forms  of  Poeticus,  which  no  well-consti- 
tuted garden  should  be  without,  but  one  can  scarcely  go 
amiss.  J.  N.  GERARD. 

In  Europe,  the  Narcissus,  next  to  the  tulip,  is  the 
most  extensively  grown  and  popular  of  the  spring-flow- 
ering bulbs  for  outdoor  culture.  Probably  owing  to 
many  varieties  not  proving  hardy  in  our  climate  of  ex- 
tremes of  temperature,  it  has  never  occupied  the  posi- 
tion it  deserves  in  American  gardens.  Though  many 
varieties  are  not  hardy  here,  there  are  enough  that  can 
be  successfully  grown  to  make  them  among  the  most 
desirable  of  our  spring-flowering  bulbs.  Though  our 
hot  suns  ripen  them  much  faster  than  in  the  equable 
climate  of  Britain,  still  a  good  selection  of  varieties 
will  produce  a  greater  profusion  of  bloom  for  a  season 
of  five  weeks  than  any  of  our  bulbous  plants. 

Most  varieties  are  very  accommodating  in  the  matter 
of  soil,  succeeding  well  in  any  good  garden  that  is  not 
very  sandy  or  a  stiff  clay,  but  good  drainage  is  always 
essential.  As  they  can  occupy  the  same  place  for  five 
or  six  years,  it  is  well  to  prepare  the  bed  by  deep  dig- 
ging and  liberal  fertilizing  with  well-rotted  stable  ma- 
nure. The  bulbs  should  be  planted  from  4  to  5  inches 
deep  from  the  upper  end  of  the  bulbs  to  the  surface, 


NARCISSUS 


NASTURTIUM 


1061 


and  from  4  to  6  inches  apart.  Those  that  increase  slowly, 
as  the  Trumpet  varieties,  should  be  4  inches,  and  the 
more  vigorous  Poeticus  and  Incomparabilis  sorts  should 
be  at  least  6  inches  apart,  as  they  increase  so  rapidly 
that  in  five  or  six  years  they  will  occupy  the  whole 
space.  No  variety  should  be  disturbed  till  the  bulbs 
are  so  crowded  that  they  force  themselves  to  the 
surface. 

In  the  northern  states  and  Canada  plant  in  Septem- 
ber, as  soon  as  the  bulbs  arrive  from  Europe,  or  during 
the  month  of  October,  not  later;  after  the  end  of  Octo- 
ber the  bulbs  cannot  make  roots  enough  before  winter 
to  produce  good  flowers  the  following  spring.  As  soon 
as-  the  surface  of  the  soil  is  frozen,  cover  with  strawy 
stable  manure  4  to  6  inches  deep,  which  should  be 
raked  off  and  removed  as  early  in  the  spring  as  possi- 
ble. After  flowering,  the  foliage  should  be  allowed  to 
die  naturally  each  spring;  if  cut  off  when  green  the 
bulbs  do  not  ripen  properly,  and  the  flowers  next  sea- 
son are  inferior  in  quality  ;  no  seed  pods  should  be 
allowed  to  form.  When  cutting  for  house  decoration, 
cut  as  soon  as  the  flower  bud  opens;  the  flowers  last 
much  longer  than  if  exposed  to  the  sun  after  opening.  If 
specimens  are  to  be  mailed  to  a  friend,  cut  before  the 
bud  opens;  they  will  travel  much  safer,  and  will  open 
out  perfectly  when  put  into  water. 

All  the  Poeticus  varieties  are  perfectly  hardy,  and 
profuse  bloomers,  except  Alba  plena  odorata,  which 
cannot  stand  the  hot  suns  of  our  average  climate,  and 
which  blooms  freely  only  in  a  cool,  wet  season.  Most 
years  the  flowers  are  formed,  but  the  spathe  does  not 
open.  .ZV.  poeticus,  with  white  perianth  and  reddish 
purple  crown,  is  the  sweetest  perfumed  and  freest 
bloomer  of  all  Narcissi,  and  should  be  in  every  garden. 
Its  season  is  the  last  half  of  May.  Poeticus  ornatus, 
not  so  sweet  perfumed,  but  a  larger  and  showier 
flower,  has  a  perianth  of  the  purest  white  and  an  orange 
crown,  in  bloom  the  first  half  of  May.  Another  very 
handsome  form  is  biflorus,  white,  with  pale  yellow 
crown,  flowers  always  in  pairs,  season  about  the  same. 
The  type  Burbidgei  and  its  numerous  varieties  are  all 
desirable,  but  the  above  three  kinds  are  the  best  of  the 
short-crowned  section. 

The  medium-crowned  Narcissi,  including  N.  incom- 
parabilis  and  the  hybrids  Barri,  Leedsi,  Humei,  Nel- 
soni,  etc.,  is  the  largest  of  the  three  sections,  many 
dealers  offering  over  one  hundred  varieties.  They  are 
all,  with  the  possible  exception  of  JV.  Humei  varieties, 
quite  hardy  and  very  desirable  garden  flowers,  many  of 
them  increasing  as  rapidly  as  .ZV.  poeticus.  The  pre- 
vailing color  is  yellow  in  varying  shades;  sometimes 
the  perianth  is  white,  though  never  so  pure  a  color  as 
JV.  poeticus.  They  vary  in  size  from  the  dainty  little 
.ZV.  Leedsi  elegans,  white,  with  a  pale  yellow  crown,  to 
the  Giant  Sir  Watkin,  golden  yellow,  with  a  darker 
crown,  a  magnificent  flower  that  should  be  in  every 
collection.  Other  very  satisfactory  sorts  are  Stella, 
Cynosure,  Sunray,  Circe  and  Golden  Gem.  The  best 
doubles  in  this  section  are  double  Incomparabilis,  a 
very  free  bloomer,  and  Sulphur  Phoanix,  the  most  beau- 
tiful of  all  double  Narcissi. 

The  large-crowned  or  Trumpet  Narcissi  are  the  most 
elegant  and  beautiful  of  all  spring  flowers  .  Unfortu- 
nately they  have  not  the  vigor  or  adaptability  of  the 
other  sections,  and  most  of  them  die  out  after  two  or 
three  years'  struggling  against  the  unfavorable  condi- 
tions of  our  climate ;  but  many  of  them  are  so  low  in 
price  now  that  they  are  well  worth  a  place  in  the  bor- 
der even  if  they  have  to  be  replanted  every  two  or  three 
years.  They  are  divided  into  three  groups  :  (1)  Yel- 
low-flowered, in  which  the  perianth  and  trumpet  are 
both  yellow,  though  sometimes  of  different  shades.  In 
this  group  Obvallaris  and  Emperor  (a  large  flower) 
are  quite  hardy,  while  Golden  Spur,  Henry  Irving, 
Trumpet  major,  Trumpet  maximus,  Shirley  Hibbard, 
Countess  of  Annesley  and  Von  Sion,  all  splendid 
flowers,  bloom  well  the  first  spring,  indifferently  the 
second,  and  generally  die  after  the  third  year,  except 
under  very  favorable  conditions.  (2)  The  Bicolor 
group,  in  which  the  perianth  is  white  or  pale  primrose 
and  the  trumpet  deep  yellow;  among  the  whites  Hors- 
fieldii,  Grandis  and  Empress  are  quite  hardy  and  very 
beautiful.  The  best  of  the  primrose  perianths  is  the 


well-known  Princeps,  so  cheap  that  it  should  be  largely 
planted  in  every  garden  for  cut-flowers.  N.  bicolor, 
Pseudo-Narcissus  Scotticus  and  Michael  Foster  are  not 
quite  hardy.  (3)  The  white-flowered,  in  which  both 
perianth  and  trumpet  are  white,  though  generally  with  a 
tinge  of  sulfur.  None  of  this  group  are  quite  hardy. 
Most  of  them  are  too  expensive  to  plant  for  one  season's 
bloom,  but  Moschatus,  Moschatus  albicans  and  Pallidus 
prcecox  are  low  enough  in  price  to  be  worth  trying.  The 
well-known  double  Von  Sion,  so  extensively  forced  by 
florists,  is  not  quite  hardy  in  the  Canadian  garden.  It 
blooms  well  the  first  year,  and  sometimes  the  second 
year,  but  in  the  third  or  fourth  year  it  turns  green  in 
color  and  gradually  dies  out. 

None  of  the  Polyanthus  Narcissus,  Jonquils,  or  Hoop- 
Petticoat  Daffodils  (N.  Bulbocodium)  are  hardy  enough 
to  be  worth  planting  in  the  colder  parts  of  the  northern 
states  or  Canada,  unless  in  very  favorable  locations. 

POT  CULTURE.  —  All  varieties  of  the  Narcissus  are 
suitable  for  pot  culture.  Those  of  the  Poeticus  section 
require  careful  handling  for  success,  but  all  the  other 
kinds  are  of  the  easiest  culture.  Especially  desirable 
for  their  beauty  and  delicious  odor  are  the  Jonquils, 
single  and  double,  Odorus  mgulosus  and  the  Polyan- 
thus or  bunch-flowered  Narcissus,  the  best  known  of 
of  which  are  the  Paper  White  and  the  so-called  Chinese 
Sacred  Lily. 

The  large-flowered  sorts  may  be  planted  three  in  a 
5-inch  pot,  and  the  smaller  bulba,  as  Jonquils  and  Bul- 
bocodiums,  five  in  a  5-inch  pot.  Set  the  bulbs  with  the 
neck  at  the  surface.  The  soil  and  treatment  given 
hyacinths  will  ensure  success.  If  enough  are  planted 
to  bring  fresh  pots  forward  every  two  weeks,  a  contin- 
uous succession  of  bloom  can  be  maintained  from 
December  to  May.  R.  3.  WHYTE. 

NAKTHECIUM  (an  anagram  of  Anthericum,  from 
the  Greek  Antherikos,  supposed  to  have  been  the  As- 
phodel). Liliacece.  BOG-ASPHODEL.  About  4  species  of 
perennial  rhizomatous  herbs,  with  linear,  equitant  basal 
[vs.,  wiry,  erect,  simple  stem,  and  terminal  racemes 
of  yellow  fls.  Natives  of  Eu.,  E.  Asia,  Atlantic  States 
and  Calif.  Stem  10  in.-2  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  3-8  in.  long,  2 
lines  or  less  wide:  fls.  on  bracted  pedicels;  bractlets 
linear  ;  perianth  of  6  narrowly  lanceolate  segments, 
reflexed  or  spreading  in  fl.,  soon  erect,  persistent;  sta- 
mens 6;  anthers  2-celled;  stigmas  small,  terminal  and 
slightly  lobed:  seeds  numerous,  ascending,  with  a  long 
bristle-like  tail  at  each  end. 

Califdrnicum,  Baker.  Stem  1-2  ft.  high:  basal  Ivs. 
l%-2  lines  broad;  cauline  Ivs.  2-3  in  number,  short: 
raceme  3-5  in.  long,  loose :  fls.  30-40,  yellowish  green: 
capsules  of  paper-like  texture,  slender  at  top,  3-valved, 
when  ripe  a  bright  salmon  color.  Swamps,  Calif.  Intro- 
duced by  dealers  in  native  plants  in  1888  or  1889. 

M.  B.  COULSTON. 

NASEBEEEY.    See  Sapodilla. 

NASTURTIUM  (classical  Latin  name  of  some  cress, 
from  nasus,  nose,  and  tortus,  distortion;  referring  to 
the  effect  of  its  pungency  upon  the  nostrils).  Crucif- 
erce.  This  genus  includes  the  familiar  Water  Cress, 
.ZV.  officinale.  It  is  too  well  known  to  need  much  de- 
scription, and  is  of  easy  culture.  (See  Cress.)  Water 
Cress  is  a  hardy,  aquatic,  perennial  plant,  which  grows 
in  pure  running  water,  and  has  a  delightful  peppery 
taste.  It  is  much  used  for  garnishing  and  for  salads. 
The  stems  are  spreading  and  take  root  at  the  lower 
joints.  The  Ivs.  are  usually  lyrately  or  pinnately  parted 
and  eared  at  the  base:  Ifts.  3-11,  more  or  less  rounded 
and  wavy:  fls.  small,  white.  An  allied  plant  is  the 
Common  Winter  Cress  or  Yellow  Rocket  (Barbarea 
vulgaris),  but  this  is  a  dry  land  plant,  with  yellow  fls. 
In  the  tropics  .ZV.  Indicum  is  a  desirable  cress.  This  is 
an  erect  annual,  with  yellow  fls.  It  is  said  to  have  been 
cult,  in  Europe,  but  Pailleux  and  Bois  say  it  is  useless 
outside  the  tropics.  Nasturtium  is  a  genus  of  20  or 
more  widely  scattered  species.  They  are  herbs  of  vari- 
ous habit  and  duration,  terrestrial  or  aquatic,  glabrous 
or  pubescent:  Ivs.  entire  or  variously  lobed  or  pinnati- 
sect:  fls.  usually  yellow;  petals  scarcely  clawed,  some- 
times lacking;  stamens  1-6:  pods  short  or  long;  seeds,', 
usually  in  1  series.  \v.  M. 


1062 


NATIVE     PLANTS 


NEBRASKA 


NATIVE  PLANTS.  It  has  been  said  that  Americans 
do  not  appreciate  the  indigenous  plants  of  the  country. 
This  may  have  been  true,  but  it  is  not  true  now.  The 
desire  for  native  and  natural  plants  is  one  of  the  promi- 
nent movements  of  the  present  time.  It  is  not  strange 
that  wild  plants  are  not  appreciated  in  a  new  country. 
The  first  necessity  of  our  civilization  was  to  fell  the 
trees  that  ground  might  be  tilled  and  habitations  be 
built.  The  necessities  of  life  were  imported;  the  litera- 
ture was  exotic;  the  plants  were  transported  from  other 
lands.  In  Europe  the  conditions  of  living  had  become 
established.  People  had  outgrown  the  desire  to  remove. 
They  appreciated  their  own  plants  and  also  those  from 
the  New  World.  American  plants  attracted  attention  in 
Europe  rather  than  in  America. 

Ten  years  ago,  the  writer  made  a  census  of  indige- 
nous American  plants  which  were  known  to  have  been 
introduced  to  cultivation.  The  statistics  were  published 
in  "Annals  of  Horticulture  for  1891."  It  was  found  "that 
there  are  in  North  America,  north  of  Mexico,  about 
10,150  known  species  of  Native  Plants,  distributed  in 
1,555  genera  and  168  families.  Of  these,  2,416  species 
are  recorded  in  this  census,  representing  769  genera 
and  133  families.  Of  this  number,  1,929  species  are  now 
offered  for  sale  in  America;  1,500  have  been  introduced 
into  England,  of  which  487  are  not  in  cultivation  in  this 
country."  All  these  species  are  catalogued  in  the  census. 
The  only  other  account  of  the  entire  cultivated  flora  is 
that  which  is  contained  in  this  Cyclopedia,  and  for 
which  the  lists  often  years  ago  were  a  preparation.  The 
final  summing  up  of  these  volumes  will  show  an  in- 
creased number  of  Native  Plants  in  cultivation  in  this 
country.  A  brief  sketch  of  the  history  of  recent  efforts 
towards  the  introduction  of  Native  Plants  is  given  in 
the  preface  to  the  census  above  mentioned. 

Formerly,  the  term  "American  Plants"  had  a  tech- 
nical meaning  in  England.  William  Paul  in  his  book 
on  "  American  Plants,"  published  in  London  in  1858, 
writes  as  follows :  «  The  history  of  American  plants 
may  be  briefly  told.  The  term  is  popularly  applied  to 
several  genera,  principally  belonging  to  the  natural 
order  Ericacese.  They  are  generally  'evergreen,'  pro- 
ducing their  flowers  for  the  most  part  in  the  months  of 
May  and  June."  The  book  is  devoted  largely  to  rhodo- 
dendrons, azaleas  and  kalmias,  although  European  and 
other  heaths  are  included. 

There  is  a  strong  tendency  towards  the  production  of 
peculiarly  American  types  and  races  even  in  Old  World 
domesticated  species,  as  of  the  carnation  and  sweet 
pea.  As  American  plant-breeders  come  to  give  greater 
attention  to  native  species,  the  divergencies  between 
the  horticulture  of  the  Old  World  and  that  of  the  New 
World  will  be  accentuated.  L  jj  B 

NAUMBURGIA  (after  Naumburg).  Primuldcece. 
SPIKED  LOOSESTRIFE.  A  monotypic  genus  of  the  north 
temperate  zone,  with  opposite  Ivs.  and  fls.  in  short, 
axillary,  peduncled  spikes;  corolla  5-7-parted,  rotate; 
stamens  5-7,  opposite  the  divisions  of  the  corolla:  cap- 
sule 1-loculed;  seeds  several  on  a  central  placenta.  Dif- 
fers from  Lysimachia  in  the  spiked  flowers,  nearly  sepa- 
rate stamens,  and  the  presence  of  tooth-like  staminodia. 

guttata,  Moench  (I/ysimdchia  thyrsifldra,  Ait.). 
Erect,  perennial  herb,  1-2%  ft.  high:  Ivs.  lanceolate, 
acute,  narrowed  at  the  base,  lower  cau- 
line  scale-like:  fls.  2-3  lines  broad, 
yellow,  purple-dotted  ;  lobes  of  the 
corolla  linear  -  oblong.  May -July. 
Swamps.  B.M.  2012.  — Grows  best  in 
shallow  water.  K<  M.  WIEGAND. 

NEBRASKA,  HORTICULTURE  IN. 

Fig.  1463.    The  state  of  Nebraska  pre- 
sents somewhat  peculiar  horticultural 
conditions.     It  consists,  for  the  most 
part,    of    gradually    rolling    prairies, 
slowly  ascending  toward  the  northwest. 
The   elevation  of  the  southeastern  part  of  the   state 
is  about  900  feet  above   sea-level,  while  that  of  the 
extreme  northwestern  part  approaches  5,000  feet,  the 
.t  highest  points  somewhat  exceeding  that.    The  south- 
'  eastern  portion  is  rolling  and  broken,  even  rough  in 


places,  but  affords  the  best  general  horticultural  condi- 
tions. This  is  in  part  owing  to  soil  and  the  possibility 
of  more  favorable  sites,  in  part  to  the  milder  climate, 
and  in  part  to  the  heavier  rainfall  of  the  region.  The 
central  part  of  the  state  is  more  even  in  surface,  and 
subject  to  a  high  rate  of  evaporation  from  dry  summer 
and  winter  winds,  therefore  less  favorable.  Beyond  the 
prairies,  to  the  westward,  lie  the  sand-hills,  which  are  in 
turn  followed  by  the  buttes  and  Bad  Lands  of  the  ex- 
treme western  part.  West  of  the  100th  meridian  fruit- 
growing of  all  kinds  is  difficult  and  uncertain,  though, 
as  the  conditions  come  to  be  better  understood  and 
guarded,  planting  is  being  pushed  farther  and  farther 
westward.  As  irrigation  develops,  fruit  will  be  far 
more  grown  than  now. 

Commercial  orcharding  under  irrigation  is  just  begin- 
ning in  the  western  and  central  portions  of  the  state. 
According  to  E.  F.  Stephens,  of  Crete,  Neb.,  who  has 
closely  followed  its  development,  only  about  300  acres 
have  been  planted,  the  largest  number  being  in  Lin- 
coln county,  which  has  about  180  acres.  A  beginning 
is  also  being  made  in  small  fruits  under  irrigation. 
Shipping  facilities  are  excellent,  since  several  fast 
freight  lines  already  run  through  the  state. 

The  State  Horticultural  Society  has  divided  the  state 
into  nine  fruit  districts,  which  are  very  generally  recog- 
nized in  the  discussions  and  recommendations  of  the  so- 
ciety. These  districts  are  indicated  on  the  accompany- 
ing map.  They  are  known,  in  the  order  numbered,  as 
the  (1)  Southeastern,  (2)  Northeastern,  (3)  East-central, 
(4)  West-central,  (5)  Lower  Republican,  (6)  South- 
western, (7)  Lower  Niobrara,  (8)  Northwestern  and  (9) 
Western  districts.  In  the  revised  fruit  list  published 
by  the  society,  apples  are  recommended  for  general 
planting  in  Districts  Nos.  1  and  2,  and  for  trial  in  the 
balance  of  the  state.  Peaches  are  recommended  for 
general  planting  in  District  No.  1  and  for  trial  in  Dis- 
tricts Nos.  5  and  6.  Plums  (native  varieties)  and  cher- 
ries are  recommended  for  Districts  Nos.  1,2,  5  and  6, 
and  for  trial  in  the  balance  of  the  state.  Black  rasp- 
berries are  recommended  in  Districts  Nos.  1  and  2,  and 
for  trial  elsewhere.  Grapes  are  recommended  in  Dis- 
tricts No.  1,  2,  5  and  6,  and  for  trial  in  the  other 
districts. 

The  fruits  which  thrive  best  in  the  state  are  apples, 
native  plums,  sour  cherries  and,  in  the  southeastern 
part,  peaches.  Extensive  apple  orchards  occur  adjacent 
to  the  Missouri  river,  both  north  and  south  of  the  Platte. 
In  some  respects  the  methods  in  vogue  differ  from  those 
in  the  eastern  states.  The  trees  are  shorter-lived  and  are 
planted  closer.  Low  heads  are  commonly  employed  as  a 
means  of  protection  against  the  high  winds  and  intense 
sun,  but  this  practice  is  not  uniform.  Trees  demand  less 
pruning  than  in  the  East,  for  the  climate  is  dry  and  the 
sunlight  so  intense  that  fruit  colors  well  even  in  shade. 
This  is  one  of  the  reasons  why  low-headed  trees  prove 
satisfactory.  Fungovis  diseases  seldom  cause  serious 
trouble.  In  a  series  of  wet  years  the  apple-scab  becomes 
noticeable,  but  it  is  usually  conspicuous  only  by  its 
absence.  Among  insect  enemies,  the  codlin-moth  is  par- 
ticularly troublesome,  because  several  broods  appear 
during  the  long,  warm  summer.  The  apple-maggot  and 
bud-moth  have  not  yet  become  prevalent.  Apples  tend 
to  mature  early,  and  most  varieties  do  not  keep  well. 
The  chief  problem  is  the  one  of  water  supply  ;  hence 


1463.  The  Nine  Pomologrical  Districts  of  Nebraska, 


NEBRASKA 


NECTARINE 


1063 


thorough,  continuous  cultivation  becomes  imperative, 
though  in  the  river  counties  sonic  measure  of  success 
may  be  attained  without  it.  In  varieties  the  Ben  Davis 
leads  all  others  for  market  purposes.  It  is  a  large  apple 
which  yields  well,  colors  well,  keeps  well  and  ships  well. 
Thus  far  it  has  always  sold  well  in  market,  notwith- 
standing its  poor  quality.  It  is,  therefore,  the  Nebraska 
apple  which  far  out-distances  all  competitors.  Other 
varieties  of  prominence  are  Winesap,  Janet,  Wealthy, 
Grimes,  and  Jonathan.  Duchess  is  the  leading  summer 
apple. 

In  the  100-acre  orchard  of  E.  T.  Hai-tley,  Lincoln, 
lath  screens  are  used  to  protect  the  trunks  from  the 
fierce  heat  of  the  afternoon  sun.  The  orchard  is  ten 
years  old,  and  Mr.  Hartley  reports  that  the  entire  ex- 
pense, including  ground  rental  value,  interest,  replant- 
ings,  and  all  the  operations  necessary  to  extensive  culture 
has  not  exceeded  $1  per  tree.  The  cost  of  cultivation  has 
been  greatly  reduced  by  the  use  of  a  broad,  heavy 
cutting-blade  devised  by  Mr.  Hartley,  which  is  attached 
behind  the  disk-harrow.  This  implement  takes  every- 
thing clean  and  leaves  a  fine,  loose  mulch  on  the  surface. 
By  its  use  140  acres  of  orchard,  containing  nearly  12,000 
trees,  were  kept  in  perfect  condition  from  the  latter  part 
of  April  to  the  middle  of  August  in  1898,  an  unusually 
wet  and  weedy  season,  at  a  cost  of  about  $225,  or  less 
than  two  cents  per  tree. 

The  native  plum  thrives  well  over  a  wide  range  of  the 
state.  Some  varieties  suffer  from  the  plum-pocket 
disease,  and  the  plum-gouger  is  a  troublesome  insect, 
but  the  results  are  generally  good.  The  leading  varieties 
are  Wild  Goose,  Miner,  DeSoto,  Wolf,  Forest  Garden 
and  others.  European  varieties  have  been  little  planted 
as  yet,  though  they  succeed  in  the  eastern  portion  of 
the*  state. 

Cherries  also  thrive  over  a  large  part  of  the  state. 
The  fruit  is  sometimes  deficient  in  size,  but  is  remark- 
ably free  from  insect  attack,  a  wormy  cherry  being 
almost  unknown.  Early  Richmond,  Montmorency,  and 
English  Morello  are  the  leading  varieties.  Sweet  cher- 
ries do  not  thrive. 

J.  M.  Russell  &  Son,  of  Wymore,  on  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  state,  have  made  a  decided  success  of 
peach-growing,  and  now  have  about  265  acres  planted  at 
Wymore  and  near  Lincoln,  80  acres  of  which  are  in 
bearing.  In  1896  they  harvested  12,000  bushels.  They 
head  low,  prune  but  little,  and  give  thorough  tillage  dur- 
ing the  early  part  of  the  season.  Among  the  varieties 
which  prove  most  .satisfactory  are  Alexander,  Hale 
Early,  Early  Rivers,  Cooledge  Favorite,  Champion,  Hill 
Chili  and  a  variety  locally  known  as  Wright.  The  early 
varieties  are  particularly  satisfactory,  owing  to  com- 
parative immunity  from  rot. 

Among  the  smaller  fruits,  grapes  thrive,  but  require 
more  bearing  wood  than  in  the  East  and  generally  yield 
less.  The  leading  eastern  varieties  are  popular.  Rasp- 
berries and  blackberries  suffer  from  drought.  They  may 
be  grown  for  home  use,  but  do  not  yield  satisfactory 
commercial  crops  without  water.  The  same  is  true  of 
strawberries.  Currants  and  gooseberries  thrive,  the 
latter  yielding  well,  though  the  fruit  is  not  large.  Cur- 
rants commonly  yield  but  little,  but  under  irrigation 
excellent  results  have  been  obtained. 

The  nursery  interests  of  the  state  are  important.  The 
actual  acreage  of  nursery  crops  is  estimated  at  about 
500  acres.  Apple  trees,  and  especially  apple  seedlings, 
are  largely  grown.  Root-grafting  is  the  method  used  in 
their  propagation.  This  is  partly  because  trees  on  their 
own  roots  are  found  best  adapted  to  the  conditions  pre- 
vailing on  the  plains  and  partly  because  the  weather  is 
likely  to  be  unfavorable  at  the  time  of  budding. 

Gradually,  floriculture  and  ornamental  gardening  are 
increasing,  particularly  about  the  cities.  Because  of 
the  clear  climate,  greenhouse  work  must  become  popu- 
lar as  soon  as  better  markets  develop.  Seed-growing 
has  already  made  the  state  considerable  reputation. 

FRED  W.  CARD. 

In  the  eastern  third  of  Nebraska,  conditions  are  prac- 
tically the  same  as  those  prevailing  in  Iowa  and  central 
Illinois.  The  most  trying  condition  which  has  to  be 
guarded  against  by  the'orchardists  is  the  scant  supply 
of  water  during  the  winter  time  which  leaves  the  soil, 
which  is  naturally  light  and  porous,  so  dry  that  the 


trees  are  frequently  winter-killed  or  injured.  The  rain- 
fall during  the  growing  seasons  averages  about  the 
same  as  that  of  Ohio,  while  the  rain-fall  during  the 
entire  year  is  very  little  over  one-half  that  of  the  latter- 
named  state. 

The  greatest  need  to  insure  better  results  for  the 
fruit-grower  is  a  better  stock  for  plums  and  cherries. 
The  Myrobalan  and  the  Mahaleb  are  both  widely  used, 
but  neither  is  adapted  to  the  dry  winters,  and  an 
earnest  effort  is  being  made  to  substitute  in  place  of 
these  something  which  shall  be  better  fitted  for  the 
conditions.  More  or  less  has  been  done  in  the  way  of 
experimentation  as  to  the  use  of  the  Sand  Cherry,  in 
the  sandy  parts  of  the  state,  as  a  stock,  and  with  some 
degree  of  success.  The-  effect  of  this  stock  is  to  dwarf 
the  trees  some  what  but  not  to  a  much  greater  extent  than 
does  the  Mahaleb.  The  native  plum  is  by  far  a  better 
stock  than  the  Myrobalan,  but  the  period  during  which 
it  may  be  budded  is  very  short,  and  it  is,  consequently, 
very  hard  to  use.  On  the  other  hand  root-grafting  of 
the  plum  is  a  process  which  has  never  come  into  very 
great  use  bjr  reason  of  the  small  percentage  which  the 
average  propagator  is  usually  able  to  make  unite  and 
grow. 

Root-grafting  is  practically  the  only  method  of  propa- 
gating the  apple,  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  the  work 
may  be  done  at  a  time  in  winter  when  there  is  little 
else  to  do,  and  because  the  process  can  be  carried  on 
much  more  rapidly  than  budding.  There  is  the  further 
very  important  reason  that  trees  grafted  on  piece- 
roots  grow  practically  as  cuttings,  thus  securing  the 
tree  on  its  own  roots,  lending  on  an  average  much  addi- 
tional hardiness. 

Grapes  thrive  extremely  well,  especially  in  the  eastern 
portion  of  the  state.  In  the  vicinity  of  Omaha,  Platts- 
mouth  and  Nebraska  City,  many  vineyards  are  estab- 
lished on  a  mercantile  scale  following  the  lead  of  the 
other  very  large  growers  located  just  across  the  Mis- 
souri river  in  Iowa. 

Raspberries  and  blackberries  produce  profitable  crops 
in  the  eastern  and  especially  in  the  southeastern  por- 
tion of  the  state. 

Strawberries  usually  produce  good  crops  of  fruit  of 
the  highest  quality.  As  a  commercial  venture  very 
little  has  been  done  in  growing  the  small  fruits,  by 
reason  of  the  fact  that  in  north  Arkansas  and  southern 
Missouri,  where  the  season  is  much  earlier,  immense 
quantities  are  produced  with  which  all  the  state,  prac- 
tically, is  supplied  long  before  the  home  product  is 
mature. 

Currants  and  gooseberries  are  indigenous  and  thrive 
well  in  the  eastern  portion  of  the  state,  but  bear  less 
bountifully  toward  the  west. 

Wherever  irrigation  has  been  practiced,  even  on  a 
small  scale,  anywhere  in  the  state,  the  success  in  the 
growth  of  fruit  has  been  very  marked.  In  the  parts 
of  the  state  where  there  is  insufficient  rain-fall,  the 
addition  of  water  is  all  that  is  required  to  bring  satis- 
factory results,  the  soil,  except  in  the  sand-hill  por- 
tions of  the  state,  being  extremely  rich. 

In  the  early  days  of  the  territory  and  state  the 
thickets  and  wooded  strips  along  the  streams  were 
abundantly  supplied  with  plums  of  delicious  quality, 
two  or  three  species  of  the  grape,  and  the  wild  crab. 
There  were  also  to  be  found,  occasionally,  gooseberries, 
currants  and  mulberries.  pt  ^rt  TAYLOR. 

NECTAEINE.  A  smooth -skinned  peach  (Prunus 
Persica,  var.  Icevis,  Gray).  Fig.  1464.  Formerly  it  was 
thought  that  the  Nectarine  was  a  distinct  species  of 
plant.  By  DeCandolle  it  was  called  Persica  Icevis. 
Roemer  in  1847  made  two  species  of  it,  Persica  violacea, 
the  freestone  Nectarines,  and  P.  Icevis,  the  clingstone 
Nectarines.  It  is  now  known,  however,  that  Nectarines 
often  come  from  seeds  of  peaches,  and  peaches  have 
come  from  seeds  of  Nectarines.  Either  may  originate 
from  the  other  by  means  of  bud-variation.  (See  Dar- 
win's "Animals  and  Plants  under  Domestication"  for 
historical  data.) 

The  cultivation  of  the  Nectarine  is  in  all  ways  like 
that  of  the  peach.  Because  of  the  smooth  skin  of  the 
fruit,  it  is  perhaps  more  liable  to  the  attacks  of  curculio. 
It  is  less  popular  in  the  market  than  the  peach,  and 


1064 


NECTARINE 


NELUMBO 


therefore  is  less  grown,  although  in  California  it  is 
planted  on  a  commercial  scale.  In  that  state  it  does 
well  on  almond  stocks.  Nectarines  are  usually  inferior 
to  peaches  in  quality,  probably  because  less  attention 
has  been  given  to  the  breeding  and  selection  of  varie- 
ties, and  from  the  fact  that  there  is  no  conventional 
standard  of  excellence.  Nectarines  thrive  wherever 
peaches  do.  Varieties  are  few,  as  compared  with 


1464.   Nectarines. 

peaches.  The  most  prominent  in  this  country  are  Bos- 
ton, Downton,  Hardwick,  Early  Newington,  Pitmaston 
Orange,  Stanwick,  Humboldt,  Lord  Napier,  Advance, 
Elruge.  In  color,  size  and  season,  Nectarines  vary  as 
peaches  do.  See  also  Peach,  and  forcing. 

L.  H.  B. 

The  Nectarine  is  grown  in  California  almost  exclu- 
sively for  drying  and  canning,  and  even  for  these  uses 
is  but  of  minor  importance.  As  compared  with  peaches 
for  canning,  the  product  of  Nectarines  is  only  about 
one-eighth  of  one  per  cent  that  of  the  peach,  and  for 
drying  only  about  one  per  cent  that  of  the  peach.  The 
varieties  grown  for  both  canning  and  drying  are  the 
white  varieties,  because  they  do  not  color  the  syrup  in 
canning,  and  because  when  sulfured  they  make  a  beau- 
tiful, amber-colored,  translucent  product. 

E.  J.  WICKSON. 

NEGRO'S  HEAD.  Unusual  name  for  the  ivory-nut 
palm,  Phytelephas  macrocarpa. 

NEGUNDO.  For  N.  aceroides,  Calif ornicum  and 
fraxinifolium,  see  Acer  Negundo;  also  Fig.  254. 

NEILLIA  (named  after  Patrick  Neill,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  nineteenth  century  secretary  of  the  Cale- 
donian Horticultural  Society  at  Edinburgh).  JRosdcece. 
Small,  deciduous  shrubs,  with  alternate,  stipulate,  usu- 
ally 3-lobed  Ivs.  and  rather  inconspicuous  whitish  fls. 
in  simple  or  panicled  racemes  at  the  end  of  the  branches. 
The  one  species  in  cultivation  is  not  hardy  North;  it 
requires  protection  even  in  the  Middle  States,  and  is 
often  killed  to  the  ground  in  severe  winters,  but  usually 
vigorous  young  shoots  spring  up  and  bloom  and  fruit 
in  the  same  season.  On  account  of  its  handsome  bright 
green  foliage  it  may  be  used  as  a  border  plant  for 
shrubberies.  It  grows  in  almost  any  moderately  moist 
soil.  Prop,  easily  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass, 
and  also  by  seeds.  Seven  species  in  the  Himalayas  and 
China.  Fls.  in  racemes,  with  the  pedicels  shorter  than 
the  bracts;  calyx-tube  rather  large,  campanulate  or 
almost  tubular,  with  5  erect  sepals  exceeding  the  5  oval 
petals;  stamens  10-30;  carpels  1  or  2:  pod  dehiscent 
only  at  the  inner  suture,  with  several  shining  seeds. 
From  Spiraea  it  differs,  like  the  allied  genera  Physo- 
carpus  and  Stephanandra,  by  its  stipulate  Ivs.  and 
shining  crustaceous  seeds. 

thyrsifldra,  D.  Don.  Upright  shrub,  to  6  ft.  high, 
but  usually  not  exceeding  2  ft.  if  annually  killed  to  the 
ground:  branches  angular,  glabrous:  stipules  rather 
large,  serrate:  Ivs.  ovate,  cordate  at  base,  long-acumi- 
nate, usually  3-lobed,  incised-serrate,  glabrous  above, 
pubescent  only  on  the  veins  beneath,  2-4  in.  long:  fls. 
in  panicled  or  sometimes  solitary  racemes;  calyx-tube 


campanulate,  pubescent,  with  the   sepals   about  %  in. 
long.    Aug.,  Sept.    Himalayas.    R.H.  1888,  p.  416. 

N.  Amurensis,  Nichols. =Physocarpus  Amurensis.— N.  opuli- 
fblius,  Brew.  &  Wats.=Physocarpus  opulifolius.— N.  Tandkoe, 
Franch.  &  Sav.= Stephanandra  Tanakue.— N.  Torreyi,  Wats.=* 
Physocarpus  monogynus.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

NELtTMBIUM.    The  prior  name  is  Nelumbo. 

NELtTMBO  (Ceylonese  name).  Nymphceacece.  Usu- 
ally written  Nelumbium.  Two  species  of  strong-grow- 
ing aquatics,  one  yellow-flowered  and  native  to  N. 
America,  the  other  white  or  cyanic-flowered  and  native 
of  the  Orient.  From  Nymphaea,  or  the  true  water  lilies, 
Nelumbo  differs  technically  in  having  distinct  carpels 
(which  are  imbedded  in  the  receptacle),  with  a  single 
ovule  in  each.  Nelumbiums  have  strong  and  thick 
and  usually  tuber-bearing  rhizomes,  which  creep 
in  the  earth  in  the  bottoms  of  ponds  and  slow  streams : 
Ivs.  peltate,  orbicular  or  nearly  so,  entire,  usually  very 
large  and  long-petioled  and  mostly  standing  high  above 
the  water  (sometimes  floating):  fls.  large  and  showy, 
single,  on  peduncles  which  equal  or  exceed  the  Ivs.; 
sepals  4  or  5;  petals  many,  erect  or  erect-spreading; 
stamens  many,  on  broad,  short  filaments:  fr.  a  large, 
flat-topped  perforated  receptacle  (Fig.  1465),  in  which 
are  immersed  the  many  carpels. 

Nelumbiums  are  bold  plants,  suitable  for  large  ponds 
and  for  masses.  The  oriental  species,  commonly  but 
incorrectly  known  as  Egyptian  Lotus,  is  one  of  the  best 
of  large  pond  plants,  being  grown  for  its  stately  habit 
and  showy  flowers.  Its  roots  should  not  freeze.  Cover- 
ing the  pond  with  boards  and  litter,  or  filling  it  with 
water,  may  be  made  to  afford  ample  protection  to  the 
roots. 

A.    Fls.  yellow. 

Ifttea,  Pers.  AMERICAN  LOTUS,  or  NELUMBO.  WATER 
CHINKAPIN.  Lvs.  usually  raised  2-6  ft.  out  of  shallow 
water,  cupped  or  depressed  in  the  center  over  the  at- 
tachment of  the  petiole,  1-2  ft.  across:  fls.  pale  sulfur- 
yellow,  4-10  in.  across,  with  obovate-obtuse  concave 
petals  and  hook-appendaged  anthers:  root-tubers  and 
seeds  edible.  In  ponds  and  slow  streams  from  S. 
Ontario  and  Mich,  to  Fla.  and  La. ;  usually  local.  Mn. 
10:113.— A  bold  and  useful  plant  for  colonizing,  deserv- 
ing to  be  better  known. 

AA.   Fls.  pink,  red  or  white. 

nucifera,  Gsertn.  (Nelumbium  spccidsum,  Willd. 
Nelumbo  Indica,  Pers.,  and  N.  Nelumbo,  Karst.). 
INDIAN  LOTUS.  Fig.  1465.  Lvs.  usually  larger  than 
those  of  N.  lutea,  glaucous:  fls.  fragrant,  usually  pink 
except  in  horticultural  varieties,  overtopping  the  Ivs. 
Warmer  parts  of  Asia  and  N.  Australia.  Gn.  28,  pp. 
426,  429;  43,  p.  463;  44,  pp.  229,  435;  50,  pp.  267,  469. 
G.M.  38:809;  40:34;  41:833-5.  I.H.  42:27.  Gng.  5:114; 
6:295;  15:334.  — This  plant  is  known  to  the  trade  as 
Egyptian  Lotus,  but  the  Lotus  of  the  ancient  Egyptians 
is  a  Nymphaea.  This  plant  is  not  native  to  the  Nile  re- 
gion. There  are  many  named  forms  in  cult.  Var.  alba 
(N.  album,  Hort.),  the  "Magnolia  Lotus, "has  white  fls. 
Gn.  28,  p.  427.  G.C.  III.  14:41.  A.G.  20:369.  Gng. 
7:146.  A.F.  14:726.  Mn.  9:73.  Var.  kermesina,  Hort., 
has  light  pink  fls.  Var.  rdsea,  Hort.,  has  rose-colored 
fls.  There  is  a  striped  form  known  as  var.  alba  striata. 
A  large  double  rose  form  is  rdsea  plena.  A  large  double 
white  form  is  known  in  the  trade  as  N.  Shiroman 
(F.E.  10,  Suppl.  Feb.  12).  A  free-flowering  early  sort 
with  white  fls.  shaded  pink  is  N.  Kinshiren  of  the  trade. 
There  are  other  forms  with  Latin  names.  L  jj  g 

Whilst  it  may  be  historically  true  that  the  Egyptian 
Lotus  is  not  a  Nelumbium,  the  Nelumbium  speciosum 
(or  more  properly  Nelumbo  nucifera)  is  everywhere 
known  under  that  name,  and  it  has  been  so  distributed 
in  good  faith.  In  fact,  it  is  doubtful  if  it  is  worthwhile 
to  change  the  common  name  at  this  time. 

America  may  be  honestly  proud  of  possessing  such  a 
fine  aquatic  plant  as  Nelumbo  lutea,  the  well-known 
American  Lotus.  While  China  and  Japan  are  the 
recognized  homes  of  the  splendid  Nelumbo  nuci- 
fera, they  do  not  possess  a  yellow  Lotus.  In  the 
Central  states  and  near  the  Great  Lakes,  N.  lutea  is 
found  in  abundance,  but  it  is  scarce  in  the  Middle  Atlantic 


NELUMBO 


NEMASTYLIS 


1065 


and  Eastern  states.  Where  well  established  it  is  a  mag- 
nificent plant,  and  when  in  blossom  it  is  a  sight  worth 
traveling  miles  to  see. 

Nelumbiums,  with  Nympheeas  and  other  aquatic 
plants,  were  among  the  few  flowers  known  or  cultivated 
by  the  ancients.  No  mention  is  made  in  history  of  a 
yellow  Lotus  prior  to  the  discovery  of  America  by  white 
men,  but  over  four  centuries  ago  it  was  well  known  to 
and  cultivated  by  the  Indians  in  the  waters  of  the  Ten- 
nessee and  Cumberland  rivers,  and  was  abundant  on 
the  tributaries  of  the  Mississippi.  It  was  carried  north- 
ward and  eastward  by  the  Indians,  and  was  established 
as  far  east  as  Connecticut.  At  the  present  time  (1900) 
it  is  established  and  cultivated  in  most  of  the  states  of 
the  Union. 

The  late  Isaac  Buchanan  received  tubers  of  JV.  nucifera 
from  Japan,  which  were  planted  in  a  stream  on  Long 
Island,  but  there  they  perished.  Later  other  efforts 
were  made,  and  some  tubers  from  the  same  source  were 
received  and  planted  by  Samuel  Henshaw  in  an  artifi- 
cial pond  in  the  gardens  of  the  late  Mr.  Green,  at  New 
Brighton,  Staten  Island,  N.  Y.,  where  they  grew  most 
satisfactorily,  some  of  the  original  stock  being  still  in 
evidence  on  the  estate. 

About  the  same  time  E.  D.  Sturtevant,  of  Borden- 
town,  N.  J,.  who  had  introduced  a  number  of  tender 


1465.    The  Indian  Lotus,  Nelumbium  speciosum    of  the 
trade,  but  properly  Nelumbo  nucifera. 

water  lilies  into  commerce,  and  knowing  of  its  being 
grown  in  the  Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris,  made  an  exami- 
nation of  the  condition  under  which  it  existed  there  and 
determined  to  experiment  in  the  culture  at  Bordentown, 
N.  J.  Roots  were  obtained  from  Kew  Gardens  and  after- 
ward planted  in  shallow  water  in  a  sheltered  spot  in  a 
mill-pond  near  Bordentown.  Here  the  plant  grew 
amazingly,  and  its  success  and  hardiness  were  fully  es- 


tablished. From  here  was  disseminated  the  now  famous 
Egyptian  Lotus,  Nelumbo  nucifera,  to  all  parts  of 
the.  United  States.  Several  varieties  have  since  then 
been  introduced  from  Japan,  including  white  and  deli- 
cately tinted  varieties,  also  deep  rose,  and  double  forms 
of  both  white  and  rose. 

The  cultivation  of  the  Nelumbium  is  of  the  simplest. 
The  roots  or  tubers  should  not  be  transplanted  until 
there  is  evidence  of  growth,  as  the  tubers,  being  usu- 
ally buried  deep  in  the  soil  below  the  water  and  out  of 
the  reach  of  frost,  are  not  affected  by  the  warm  rays  of 
sunshine  as  early  as  Nymphaeas  and  other  terrestrial 
plants.  If  Nelumbiums  are  dug  before  they  start  into 
growth,  the  tubers  should  be  kept  in  a  warm  place  or 
planted  where  the  temperature  is  such  that  growth  will 
begin  at  once.  In  the  Middle  Atlantic  states  and  east- 
ward and  westward,  May  is  the  best  time  to  transplant; 
southward  earlier.  Tubers  may  be  planted  in  shallow 
water  near  the  margin  of  the  pond  where  it  is  intended 
they  shall  grow.  The  tuber  should  be  placed  horizon- 
tally in  the  soil,  first  making  a  little  trench  or  opening 
to  receive  the  same  and  covering  with  about  three 
inches  of  soil.  Means  must  be  employed  to  keep  the 
tuber  securely  in  position  and,  if  necessary,  a  stone  or 
brick  laid  over  the  tuber.  In  artificial  ponds  a  walled 
section  should  be  built  to  hold  the  soil  and  keep  the 
roots  within  bounds.  The  walls  should  have  no  corners 
at  right  angles;  where  there  are  such  they  should  be 
rounded  off,  so  that  the  runners  are  not  intercepted  and 
crowded  in  bunches  at  the  corners.  The  natural  soil 
and  deposit  in  ponds  are,  in  most  cases,  all  that  is  re- 
quired for  these  plants.  They  will  flourish  equally  well 
in  a  stiff  or  tenacious  soil,  but  when  grown  in  artificial 
ponds  it  is  best  to  use  a  mixture  of  two  parts  turfy  loam 
and  one  part  thoroughly  rotted  cow  manure.  Do  'not 
use  fresh  or  green  manure,  and  when  possible  have 
sods  cut  in  the  fall  and  stacked  with  the  manure  (in 
this  case  it  may  be  fresh).  In  early  spring  have  the 
same  turned  over  two  or  three  times  before  using. 
Resort  may  be  had  to  cultivation  in  tubs,  but  the  Lotus 
being  such  a  gross  feeder  the  result  in  most  cases  is 
that  the  plants  are  starved  into  rest  at  an  early  date. 
The  leaves  turn  a  sickly  yellow  and  present  a  sorry  ap- 
pearance, and  in  many  cases  produce  no  flowers.  If  no 
other  method  can  be  adopted,  then  secure  the  largest 
tubs  possible  and  during  the  growing  season  use  liquid 
or  artificial  manure  liberally. 

It  must  be  understood  that  while  the  Nelumbiums  are 
hardy,  they  are  only  so  as  long  as  the  tubers  are  out  of 
the  reach  of  frost.  The  depth  to  which  frost  penetrates 
the  soil  or  water  may  be  termed  a  dead  line. 

The  tubers  are  farinaceous  and  edible,  and  are  of 
considerable  market  value  in  Japan,  but  a  taste  must 
first  be  cultivated  for  them  in  the  United  States.  The 
muskrat,  however,  has  developed  a  highly  cultivated 
taste  for  these  sacred  morsels,  and  it  is  necessary  to 
watch  these  animals  lest  they  take  up  their  abode  near 
ponds  where  the  Nelumbiums  grow.  There  are  now  in 
cultivation  in  th^United  States  a  dozen  or  more  varie- 
ties, including  single  and  double  forms,  pure  white  to 
deep  rose,  and  yellow. 

As  to  insect  pests,  black-fly  or  black  aphis  is  some- 
times troublesome.  The  best  remedy  is  the  lady-bird 
beetle  and  its  larvffi.  The  leaf -cutter,  or  roller,  is  preva- 
lent in  some  sections,  and  both  young  and  old  leaves 
are  attacked,  also  the  stems  of  the  leaves  and  flowers. 
These  have  their  natural  enemies  in  the  form  of  wasps 
and  even  sparrows,  and  as  no  liquid  insecticide  can  be 
used,  only  such  as  are  in  the  shape  of  a  dry  powder  can 
be  depended  on.  Paris  green,  mixed  with  land  plaster 
or  plaster  and  powdered  slake  lime,  is  excellent,  but  dry 
hellebore  in  powder-form,  applied  by  a  powder  bellows 
is  the  best  material  to  exterminate  them. 

WM.  THICKER. 

NEMASTYLIS  (Greek,  thread-like  styles;  because  the 
styles  are  not  united).  Syn.,  Nemastylus.  friddcece. 
A  few  species  of  tender  American  bulbs,  with  blue  6-lobed 
fls.  aboiit  an  inch  across  which  last  only  a  day.  Strictly 
Nemastylis  is  a  genus  of  3  species,  found  only  in  the 
southern  U.  S.  and  characterized  by  having  the  filaments 
nearly  free.  Baker,  however,  in  his  Handbook  of  the 
Irideee,  includes  Chlamydostylis  as  a  subgenus  of  14  spe- 


1066 


NEMASTYLIS 


NEMOPHILA 


cies  found  from  Mex.  to  S.  Amer.  and  characterized  by 
having  the  filaments  united  in  a  column  to  the  summit. 
Generic  characters  are:  root-lvs.  linear:  spathes  1  or 
more,  peduncled :  fls.  more  than  1  to  a  spathe ;  perianth 
without  a  tube ;  inner  segments  a  little  smaller  than  the 
outer:  ovary  3-celled;  ovules  many,  superposed;  style 
branches  alternate  with  the  anthers ;  capsule  loculicid- 
ally  3-valved.  Some  of  the  following  species  have  been 
rarely  advertised  by  dealers  in  native  plants ;  the  others 
by  Dutch  bulb-growers. 

A.  Filaments  nearly  free.  Subgenus  Nemastylis  proper. 

B.    Cluster  of  fls.  single:  spathes  usually  1-fld. 
ccel6stina,  Nutt.   Root-lvs.  1-2, 1  ft.  or  more  long:  stem 
l%-2  ft.  long,  bearing  3-4  reduced  Ivs.:    fls.  sky-blue. 
Pine  barrens,  Fla.  to  S.  C.  and  westward. 

BB.    Clusters  of  fls.  2-S:  spathes  2-S-fld. 
acuta,  Herb.  (2V.  geminiflbra,  Nutt.).     Root-lvs.  2-3, 
%-l  ft.  long:   stem  %-l  ft.  long,  bearing  1  large  linear 
leaf  at  the  fork,  and  sometimes  another  below  it:    fls. 
"bright  blue."   Tex.,  Ark.    B.M.  6666.    F.S.21:2171. 

AA.    Filaments  united  in  a  column  to  the  summit. 
Subgenus  Chlamydostylis, 

B.  Fls.  brownish  purple,  inner  segments  tipped  yellow. 
bninnea,  Wats.     Stem  bearing  a  single  leaf  6-8  in. 

long  and  a  sheathing  bract  at  the  base  of  the  peduncle : 
spathe  2%  in.  long:  outer  segments  obtuse,  inner  ones 
acuminate.  Mex. 

BB.    Fls.  pale  "blue. 

Fringlei,  Wats.  Stem  usually  simple,  with  a  single 
leaf  at  the  middle:  spathe  1%  in.  long:  fls.  fragrant; 
outer  segments  obtuse,  inner  ones  minutely  apiculate. 
Mexico.  w.  M. 

NEMESIA  (old  name  used  by  Dioscorides  for  some 
sort  of  snapdragon).  Scrophulariacece.  One  of  the 
horticultural  novelties  is  Nemesia  strumosa.  It  is  one 
of  the  most  interesting  annual  fls.  introduced  in  the 
last  decade  of  the  nineteenth  century.  The  flowers 
are  very  distinct  in  shape  and  have  a  wide  range 
of  color.  The  fls.  are  about  an  inch  across  and  borne 
in  great  profusion.  If  started  indoors  in  March  and 
transferred  to  the  open  in  May  the  plants  will  fur- 
nish a  continuous  sheet  of  bloom  from  June  through 
September.  The  colors  range  from  white,  through  pale 
yellow  and  rose,  to  orange  and  crimson,  with  numerous 
intermediate  shades  and  a  great  variety  of  throat  mark- 
ings. This  species  has  been  known  to  botanists  nearly  a 
whole  century;  it  grows  only  50  miles  from  Cape  Town, 
and  it  exhibits  all  these  colors  in  the  wild,  yet  it  was 
never  exploited  until  1893,  the  first  live  plants  seen  in 
Europe  being  shown  in  1892.  Sixteen  distinct  color  varie- 
ties were  recognized  in  the  first  batch  of  cultivated 
plants,  and  the  process  of  selecting  strains  has  barely 
begun.  The  lower  lip  of  the  flower  is  about  twice  as 
broad  as  long,  and  notched  at  the  point  farthest  from 
the  center  of  the  flower.  The  upper  lip  consists  of  4 
smaller,  nearly  equal  lobes,  the  side  lobes  being  usually 
more  nearly  separate  than  the  middle  ones. 

Nemesias  are  slender  annual  or  perennial  herbs,  some- 
times woody  at  the  base:  Ivs.  opposite:  fls.  in  racemes 
at  the  tips  of  branches  or  rarely  solitary  in  the  axils; 
calyx  5-parted ;  corolla-tube  short,  with  an  anterior  spur 
or  sac:  capsule  compressed,  septicidal,  with  navicular 
valves.  About  30  species,  all  S.  African.  The  following 
belong  to  the  group  with  fls.  in  racemes.  They  are  gla- 
brous or  nearly  so,  1-2  ft.  high,  and  branched  from  the 
base.  J.  N.  Gerard  thinks  that  Nemesias  are  not  des- 
tined to  become  popular.  He  finds  that  the  seed  is 
likely  to  germinate  poorly  and  that  the  young  seedlings 
are  quick  to  damp  off. 

A.   Fls.  with  a  sac  at  the  base. 

strumdsa,  Benth.  Root-lvs.  oblong-spatulate,  entire ; 
stem-lvs.  lanceolate  or  linear,  entire:  lobes  of  the  upper 
lip  relatively  shorter  and  broader  than  in  the  next  two 
species:  throat  with  a  long  beard  inside:  Ivs.  few,  the 
floral  ones  bract-like :  capsules  4-6  lines  long,  3-4  lines 
wide.  B.M.  7272.  G.C.  III.  12:  277.  R.H.  1898,  p.  87  (var. 
grandiflora}.  V.  16:7.— Var.  Suttoni  is  the  strain  com- 
monly offered.  G.M.  35:459. 


AA.    Fls.  with  a  spur  at  the  base. 

versicolor,  E.  Mey.  Lowest  Ivs.  stalked  and  ovate; 
upper  Ivs.  few,  sessile,  oblong,  lanceolate  or  linear,  entire* 
or  toothed:  lobes  of  the  upper  lip  equal  among  them- 
selves and  as  long  as  the  lower  lip ;  throat  with  2  callosi- 
ties, pubescent:  spur  incurved,  about  as  long  as  the 
lower  lip,  4  lines.  Not  advertised  by  name,  but  2V.  com- 
pdcta,  vars.  alba  and  ccerulea,  Hort.,  belong  here.  R.H. 
1898,  p.  87. 

floribunda,  Lehm.  Lower  Ivs.  stalked,  ovate,  dentate; 
upper  ones  few,  small,  ovate  or  lanceolate,  subsessile: 
lobes  of  the  upper  lip  not  quite  as  long  as  the  lower  lip : 
fls.  white;  throat  lined  with  blue,  the  callosities  of  the 
palate  yellow.  According  to  De  Candolle,  the  lobes  of 
the  upper  lip  are  about  equal  among  one  another,  but  in 
B.R,  24:39  the  middle  lobes  are  narrower  and  longer 
than  the  side  lobes.  Advertised  abroad.  Fls.  smaller 
and  with  a  narrower  range  of  colors  than  N.  strumosa. 

W.  M. 

NEMOPANTHUS  (Greek  words,  referring  to  the 
thread-like  flower-stalks).  Aquifoliacece.  MOUNTAIN 
HOLLY.  A  genus  of  one  species,  confined  to  eastern 
N.  America.  It  is  a  medium-sized,  hardy  shrub,  rarely 
cult,  for  its  showy  pendulous  red  berries,  which  are 
borne  in  autumn.  The  genus  is  distinguished  from  the 
common  holly  (Ilex)  as  follows:  calyx  often  obsolete,  . 
especially  in  the  fertile  fls. ;  petals  distinct,  linear,  acute; 
stamens  free.  (In  Ilex  the  calyx  is  present  and  persis- 
tent in  both  fertile  and  sterile  fls. :  petals  slightly  grown 
together  at  the  base,  oblong,  obtuse :  stamens  grown  to 
the  base  of  the  corolla. )  Nemopanthus  is  now  largely 
used,  and  the  plants  attain  10  ft.  in  cultivation. 

fascicul&ris,  Raf.  (N.  Canadensis,  DC. ).  Dense-grow- 
ing, purplish  barked  shrub,  attaining  6  ft. :  Ivs.  often 
clustered  on  spurs,  1-1  %  in.  long,  elliptical,  mucronate, 
entire  or  minutely  serrate,  thin  but  firm:  fls.  about  2 
lines  wide:  drupes  dull  red,  about  3  lines  thick.  B.B. 
2:393. 

NEM6PHILA  (Greek,  nemos,  a  grove,  and  phileo,  to 
love;  referring  to  the  habitat  of  some  species).  Hydro- 
phyllacece.  Nine  species  of  hardy  annual  herbs,  all 
from  N.  Amer.,  are  now  referred  to  this  genus.  They 
are  of  dwarf,  compact  habit,  and  produce  an  abundance 
of  showy  bell-shaped  fls.  from  early  spring  to  late  sum- 
mer; hence  they  are  valued  for  bedding  and  for  the 
border.  Whole  plant  more  or  less  hairy:  stem  diffuse, 
becoming  prostrate:  Ivs.  alternate  or  opposite,  pin- 
nately  lobed  or  divided,  petiolate:  flower-stalks  usually 
longer  than  the  Ivs.,  terminal  or  lateral,  slender,  1-fld.: 
fls.  blue,  white,  purple,  or  variously  spotted;  calyx  5- 
parted;  lobes  erect  or  spreading,  with  5  supplementary 
reflexed  lobes  alternating  with  them;  corolla  broadly 
bell-shaped .  or  wheel-shaped,  deeply  5-lobed,  with  10 
scaly  appendages  on  the  inside  of  the  throat. 

S.  W.  FLETCHER. 

All  the  species  are  propagated  by  seeds  sown  in  the 
fall  or  early  spring.  If  plants  are  desired  for  very  early 
flowering,  seeds  should  be  sown  in  Aug.  out-of-doors 
and  the  plants  transplanted  in  late  fall;  or  they  may  be 
started  under  glass  in  March.  Seeds  sown  in  April  in 
the  open  will  give  plants  for  summer  and  fall  flowering. 
These  are  preferably  transplanted.  If  a  later  sowing  is 
made  it  should  be  where  the  plants  are  to  flower.  Most 
species  seed  freely,  but  they  cannot  be  trusted  to  re-seed 
themselves  satisfactorily.  Nemophilas  love  a  moist  loam 
with  partial  shade,  but  accommodate  themselves  to  any 
good  garden  soil  and  a  sunny  site.  2V.  Menziesii,  how- 
ever, should  be  planted  in  a  moist  place  if  possible,  and 
2V.  aurita  is  impatient  of  intense  sun.  Few  hardy  an- 
nuals are  more  valuable  for  bedding  than  Nemophilas 
because  of  their  compact  habit  and  free-blooming  quali- 
ties. They  are  also  fine  for  cut-flowers,  window  boxes 
and  pot-plants.  2V.  insignis  and  2V.  Menzie sii, with  their 
many  garden  varieties,  are  most  popular. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

The  above  method  of  culture  is  not  adapted  to  all  parts 
of  the  country.  It  is  very  doubtful  whether  Nemophilas 
have  ever  been  successfully  grown  outdoors  during 
summer  in  the  vicinity  of  Boston.  The  writer  has 
tried  them  over  and  over  again  without  success.  His 


NEMOPHILA 


NEPENTHES 


1067 


best  results  have  been  attained  by  growing  them  in 
pots  in  a  cool  greenhouse.  Nemophilas  are  said  to 
do  beautifully  outdoors  in  Maine,  where  the  summer  is 
cooler  and  moister.  In  Scotland,  Nemophilas  are  es- 
teemed most  delightful  garden  plants.  An  odd  thing 
about  Nemophilas  is  that  cats  are  extremely  fond  of 
rolling  in  them  as  they  do  in  catnip. 

ROBERT  CAMERON. 

A.    Lvs.  mostly  alternate,  all  with  an  ear-shaped  and 

clasping  base  or  ivinged  petiole. 

aurita,  Lindl.  Stem  1-3  ft.  long,  weak,  with  stiff,  re- 
curved bristles  by  which  the  plant  tends  to  climb:  Ivs. 
deeply  cut  above  into  5-9  oblong  or  lanceolate  segments, 
which  are  usually  turned  back:  later  fls.  not  accom- 
panied by  Ivs.,  and  hence  appearing  to  be  in  loose  ra- 
cemes; corolla  about  1  in.  broad,  violet.  Low,  shady 
grounds.  Calif.  B.R.  19:1601. 


AA.  Lvs.  all  opposite,  base  not  ear-shaped. 
B.  Scaly  appendages  on  throat  of  corolla  narrow. 
Menziesii,  Hook.  &  Arn.  (N.  atomdria,  Fisch.  &  Mey. 
N.discbidalis,  Lem.).  Stem  straggling,  succulent:  Ivs. 
pinnatifid,  the  lobes  ovate,  nearly  entire,  slightly  hairy: 
fls.  light  blue  to  nearly  white,  marked  with  dark  brown 
spots  towards  the  center.  Low  grounds,  western  Amer. 
B.R.  23:1940.  B.M.  3774.  P.M.  5:99.  V.  2:267. -Under 
cult,  the  species  has  given  rise  to  var.  discoidalis  (N. 
discdidalis,  Lem.),  in  which  the  spots  on  the  corolla  are 
confluent  into  a  large,  brownish  purple  eye.  Garden 
forms  of  this  are :  var.  vittata,  velvety  black  margined 
with  white  (Gn.  9:232) ;  var.  61egans  (N.  atomdria,  var. 
elegans,  Hort. ),  fls.  pure  white,  with  chocolate  center 
(V.  2:268),  and  var.  oculata,  white,  with  purple  center. 

BB.  Scaly  appendages  very  broad  or  roundish. 

c.  Fls.  blue,  with  white  center. 

phacelioides,  Barton.  Leaf  segments  obtuse,  margin 
slightly  ciliate :  lower  Ivs.  narrowed  into  a  short  petiole ; 
lobes  notched  at  end :  corolla  bell-shaped.  Western  N. 
Amer.  B.R.  9:740.  B.M.  2373. 

cc.  Fls.  white,  with  a  purple  blotch  at  the  tip  of 

each  lobe. 

maculata,  Benth.  Lvs.  lyre-shaped,  the  5-9  short 
lobes  obtuse,  entire;  upper  Ivs.  wedge-shaped,  some- 
times only  3-lobed:  fls.  1-2  in.  wide,  showy;  sometimes 
the  purple  blotch  is  poorly  defined.  Common  in  west- 
ern and  central  Calif .  P.M.  16:6.  F.  8.5:431.  R.  H 
!StO:201.  V.2:267.-Good  garden  forms  of  this  are  var. 
albida  and  var.  grandifldra.  Var.  variegata  has  varie- 
gated leaves. 


coc.  Fls.  vivid  blue  (pure  white  or  lilac  in  vars.). 

insignia,  Benth.  Fig.  1466.  Lvs.  pinnately  parted  into 
7-9  oblong  segments,  which  are  sometimes  2-3-lobed  or 
toothed:  fls.  %-l  in.  wide.  Low  ground,  Calif.  B.R. 
20:1713.  B.M.  3485.  P.M.  3: 151.  V.  2:268;  5:168;  8:215. 
—There  are  many  garden  varieties  of  this  desirable 
species.  Among  these  are  var.  grandifldra,  with  large, 
clear  blue  fls.  (Gt.  34:370);  var.  Alba,  fls.  pure  white; 
var.  marginata,  fls.  blue,  edged  with  white. 

S.  W.  FLETCHER. 

NlSNGA  (Malayan  name).  Palmacece.  Two  or  three 
species  of  Malayan  palms,  one  of  which  is  cult,  as 
Areca  pumila.  In  Areca,  however,  the  ovule  is  erect 
and  fastened  at  the  base,  while  Nenga  belongs  to  a  large 
group  in  which  the  ovule  is  fastened  on  the  side  and 
more  or  less  pendulous.  Nenga  is  distinguished  from 
the  5  cultivated  genera  of  this  group  (which  are  listed 
under  Hedyscepe)  by  the  following  characteristics  : 
staminate  fls.  with  narrow  sepals  much  surpassing  the 
petals;  stamens  6;  anthers  erect.  Nengas  are  graceful 
spineless  palms  with  erect,  slender,  ringed  trunks:  Ivs. 
terminal,  equally  pinnatisect;  segments  linear,  acumi- 
nate or  obliquely  2-fid  or  3-fid;  margins  folded  back  at 
the  base;  primary  nerves  sparsely  scaly  below;  rachis 
3-sided;  petiole  short;  sheath  cylindrical,  strongly  ob- 
lique at  the  throat:  spadix  with  a  short  peduncle  and 
slender  pendent  branches:  spathes  2,  the  lower  sym- 
metrical, lanceolate,  folded,  2-crested,  the  upper  un- 
symmetrical,  persistent,  or  lacking  :  bracts  3-fld. ; 
bractlets  scaly:  fls.  white:  fr.  ellipsoidal,  smooth,  red- 
dish orange. 

Wendlandiana,  Scheff  (Areca  pumila,  Blume).  Stem 
10-20  ft.  high,  2-3  in.  in  diam. :  Ivs.  8-9  ft.,  pinnate 
nearly  to  the  base;  pinnae  alternate,  ensiform,  acumi^ 
nate,  2%  ft.  long,  %-!%  in.  wide,  bright  green,  cori- 
aceous, 2-ribbed;  petiole  slender;  sheath  sub-ventri- 
cose,  2  ft.  long.  Java.  JARED  a  SMITH> 

NEOTTdPTEBIS.    Consult  Thamnopteris . 

NEPENTHES  (name  explained  below).  Nepenthacece. 
About  35  species  of  insectivorous  pitcher  plants 
which  rank  among  the  wonders  of  the  vegetable  king- 
dom. The  word  Nepenthes  occurs  in  the  Odyssey, 
where  Helen  threw  a  drug  into  the  wine  which  was  sup- 
posed to  free  men  from  grief,  anger  and  all  ills.  In  de- 
scribing one  of  these  pitcher  plants,  Linnaeus  said:  "If 
this  is  not  Helen's  Nepenthes,  it  certainly  will  be  for 
all  botanists.  What  botanist  would  not  be  filled  with 
admiration  if,  after  a  long  journey,  he  should  find  this 
wonderful  plant  ?  In  his  astonishment  past  ills  would 
be  forgotten  when  beholding  this  admirable  work  of 
the  Creator." 

There  are  about  35  species  of  Nepenthes,  all  tropical 
and  mostly  Malayan.  They  are  all  remarkably  alike, 
and  different  from  anything  else  in  the  world.  They 
are  probably  supported  in  part  by  animal  matter  which 
is  caught  in  their  pitchers.  The  fluid  in  the  bottom  of 
the  pitchers  is  largely  secreted  by  the  plants  and  is  com- 
parable to  the  gastric  juice.  It  helps  to  decompose  and 
digest  the  food.  The  glands  which  secrete  this  digestive 
fluid  may  be  seen  with  the  aid  of  a  hand-lens.  This 
fluid  is  used  by  the  natives  of  Borneo  as  a  remedy  for 
indigestion,  as  fresh  ripe  figs  are  often  used.  It  has 
been  analyzed  and  found  to  contain  pepsin.  It  is  se- 
creted before  the  lids  open,  even  in  the  baby  pitchers, 
and  the  lid  is  believed  to  keep  the  rain  from  diluting 
the  viscid  fluid. 

It  is  supposed  that  insects  are  attracted  by  nectar 
glands  situated  near  the  mouth  of  the  pitchers,  and  per- 
haps also  by  the  odor  of  the  fluid.  Later,  the  odor  of 
decomposing  flies  is  thought  to  attract  flesh-eating  in 
sects,  and  thus  a  second  harvest  is  secured.  One  spe- 
cies is  said  to  be  still  further  specialized  in  its  tastes. 
Burbidge  relates  that  N.  Veitchii,  from  its  peculiar 
habit  of  growing  on  dead  trees,  catches  mainly  such* 
beetles  and  boring  insects  as  exist  in  decayed  timber, 
and  ants  innumerable.  There  is,  however,  a  species  of 
ant  which  outwits  one  of  the  pitcher  plants;  viz.,  N. 
bicalcarata.  «  This  ant's  object  is  water,  and  to  obtain 
this  it  bores  a  hole  through  one  of  the  large  sugar-se- 
creting glands  of  the  stalk  behind  the  pitcher,  just 


1068 


NEPENTHES 


NEPENTHES 


below  the  water-line,  seeming  to  know  by  instinct— or  is 
it  experience?— that  the  water  of  the  pitchers  so  operated 
upon  will  well  up  the  hole  as  it  does  in  a  syphon  pipe." 
The  two  species  of  pitcher  plants  just  mentioned  are 
constantly  robbed  by  insect-eating  birds.  The  Borneans 
call  the  pitcher  plants  "  monkeys'  cooking  pots."  Bur- 
bidge  was  presented  by  the  natives  with  delicious  rice 
daintily  cooked  in  clean  pitchers  of  JV.  ffookeriana. 

The  pitchers  of  Nepenthes  are  borne  at  the  ends  of 
the  leaves.  They  are  usually  flask-shaped,  sometimes 
mug-shaped,  rarely  cylindrical.  (For  examples  of  these 
3  shapes,  see  Figs.  1470-72.)  A  pitcher  always  has  a  lid, 


1467.    Nepenthes  Veitchii. 
Celebrated  for  its  wide  rim. 

a  mouth  surrounded  by  a  rim,  a  little  spur  at  the  back 
(which  is  usually  just  where  the  midrib  of  the  back  of 
the  pitcher  joins  the  lid)  and  two  wings  running  up  and 
down  the  front  of  the  pitcher.  The  broader  these  wings 
and  the  longer  their  fringes  the  handsomer  the  pitcher, 
as  a  rule.  The  rim  around  the  mouth  sometimes  bears 
numerous  downward-pointing  teeth,  which  have  been 
supposed  to  turn  back  insect  refugees. 

With  the  exception  of  about  half  a  dozen  very  distinct 
types  which  will  be  mentioned  later,  Nepenthes  species 
are  too  much  alike.  So  far  as  records  and  pictures  go, 
practically  all  the  hybrids  are  as  much  alike  as  so  many 
peas,  at  least  so  far  as  pitchers  are  concerned.  A  few 
exceptional  kinds  can  be  told  by  the  hairiness  or  broad 
bases  of  their  leaves,  or  by  venation.  Even  the  flowers 
furnish  little  help  in  distinguishing  species  and,  as  a 
rule,  the  cultivator  wants  pitchers,  not  flowers.  The 
pitchers  will  "hold  water,"  but  it  is  doubtful  if  the  pres- 
ent classification  of  them  will.  The  difficulties  of  the 
case  will  be  apparent  from  the  following  account  of  how 
the  pitchers  change  in  form  and  color  as  a  plant  de- 
velops. 

How  the  Pitchers  Change. —  When  a  Nepenthes  is 
grown  from  seed,  the  very  first  thing  that  develops  after 


the  cotyledons  is  a  little  pitcher.  "These  young  pitch- 
ers," according  to  Harry  James  Veitch,  "are  at  first 
continuous  with  the  blade  and  form  part  of  it  ;  then 
sessile,  and  later  separated  from  it  by  a  prolongation  of 
the  midrib;  they  are  produced  simultaneously  with  the 
blade,  not  after  it,  as  in  the  adult  plant.  *  *  *  As 
leaves  continue  to  be  produced,  so  a  gradual  change  in 
the  size  and  shape  of  the  pitchers  becomes  apparent. 
Instead  of  the  pitcher  being  produced  simultaneously 
with  the  blade,  it  lags  behind,  as  it  were ;  the  midrib  is 
perceptibly  prolonged  beyond  the  apex  of  the  blade  while 
the  pitcher  is  still  rudimentary,  and  this  continues  till 
leaves  are  produced  with  full-sized  pitchers.  If  the  stem 
is  allowed  to  grow  without  check,  the  pitchers  appended 
to  the  leaves  successively  produced  undergo  a  change  in 
shape  and  dimensions  still  more  remarkable  than  what 
takes  place  during  the  progress  of  development  from  the 
infantine  to  what  is  regarded  as  the  perfect  form  of  the 
pitcher.  *  *  *  [See  Fig.  1470.]  As  leaf  after  leaf  is 
produced  from  the  ascending  stem,  the  pitchers  first 
become  longer  and  narrower;  then  follows  a  gradual 
diminution  of  the  parts  while  the  pitchers  are  being 
modified  from  the  flask  shape  to  the  cylindric  shape; 
the  ventral  wings  constantly  diminish  in  breadth  and 
the  ciliate  fringe  disappears  until  the  place  of  the  wings 
is  denoted  only  by  two  narrow  keels,  and  instances 
have  been  observed  in  which  even  these  are  oblite- 
rated. The  pitchers  not  only  undergo  change  in  size, 
form  and  color,  but  they  also  change  their  position  in 
respect  to  the  prolonged  midrib.  By  the  time  the  seventh 
or  eighth  pitcher  has  been  produced  above  that  which 
we  have  already  referred  to  as  the  perfect  pitcher,  the 
prolonged  midrib  has  made  half  a  revolution  on  its  own 
axis,  so  that  the  pitcher  has  now  its  dorsal  side  toward 
it.  As  the  pitchers  diminish  in  size  with  the  ascent  of 
the  stem,  so  when  a  certain  stage  of  growth  is  reached, 
and  as  the  plants  arrive  at  the  time  of  flowering,  they 
cease  to  be  produced  altogether,  but  the  stem  continues 
to  grow  and  produces  leaves  with  prolonged  midribs, 
affording  a  support  to  the  plant  and  its  inflorescence 
while  maturing  its  seed.  Sir  Hugh  Low  observed  of 
N.  ampullaria,  which  he  saw  in  Sarawak,  that  the  first 
formed  leaves  have  no  blades  but  only  pitchers,  with 
which  the  ground  is  frequently  covered  as  with  a 
carpet." 

Other  habits  of  growth  are  no  less  interesting.  Some 
of  the  Nepenthes  keep  to  the  ground,  but  most  of  them 
climb  tall  trees.  The  species  are,  with  very  few  excep- 
tions, all  more  or  less  epiphytal,  and  N.  Veitchii  is  said 
to  be  wholly  so.  As  they  climb,  the  tips  of  the  leaves 
take  a  turn  or  two  around  a  nearby  twig.  Like  all  pitcher 
plants,  Nepenthes  are  poorly  supplied  with  roots,  and 
as  the  plants  grow  above  they  are  said  to  die  away  below. 
Thus  their  lowest  point  may  be  20  feet  above  ground. 
However,  they  can  send  out  new  roots  all  along  the  stem 
and  penetrate  the  thick  covering  of  moss  and  lichen 
often  found  on  the  trunks  of  trees  growing  in  hot, 
moist  regions.  As  to  size  of  pitchers  the  species  vary 
greatly.  The  kinds  first  known  to  cultivation,  as  N.  grac- 
ilis,  ampullaria  and  Phyllamphora,  have  pitchers 
about  as  large  as  a  man's  thumb.  Others,  as  N.  Northi- 
ana,  Veitchii,  Rafflesiana,  bicalcarata  and  sanguinea, 
may  be  6-12  in.  long  or  more.  The  great  Rajah,  which 
is  a  dwarf  plant  about  4  ft.  high,  with  its  pitchers  rest- 
ing on  the  ground  in  a  circle,  has  been  known  to  have 
pitchers  holding  2  quarts,  while  in  another  was  foiind 
a  drowned  rat.  The  fls.  of  a  Nepenthes  are  produced  in 
a  pseudo-terminal  fashion  on  old  plants.  The  male  and 
'female  fls.  are  borne  on  separate  plants.  They  are  green 
or  purple,  small,  a  hundred  or  so  in  a  raceme  or  panicle, 
with  4  perianth  segments.  Ordinarily  Nepenthes  are 
not  permitted  to  flower,  the  stems  being  stopped,  partly 
for  the  sake  of  taking  cuttings,  but  chiefly  because  the 
most  and  best  pitchers  are  produced  from  the  new 
growth  of  compact  plants  rather  than  from  tall  and 
straggling  specimens. 

"Of  the  36  species,  or  thereabouts,  known  to  science,' 
says  Veitch,  "14  are  confined  to  Borneo,  3  more  are 
common  to  that  and  adjacent  islands,  13  more  are  extra- 
Bornean  but  strictly  Malaysian,  the  remaining  6  are 
much  scattered  —  there  is  one  in  North  Australia,  one 
in  New  Caledonia,  one  in  Ceylon,  one  in  the  Seychelles, 
one  in  Madagascar  and  one  in  northeast  India."  The 


NEPENTHES 


NEPENTHES 


1069 


great  majority  of  the  species  are  found  on  equatorial 
islands  at  low  elevations  near  the  seacoast,  in  a  climate 
of  wonderfully  uniform  temperatures  and  a  yearly  rain- 
fall of  70-80  in.  As  a  general  rule  the  greatest  heat  of 
the  day  does  not  exceed  90-92°  F.,  while  it  seldom  falls 
during  the  night  below  74°  F.  The  usual  daily  range  is 
only  10°  and  the  extreme  15°.  During  a  large  part  of 
the  year  the  air  of  the  Nepenthes  region  is  nearly  satu- 
rated with  moisture,  so  that  a  very  slight  fall  of  tem- 
perature produces  copious  dews  and  showers  even  at 
high  temperatures  and  low  altitudes. 

The  species  which  grow  at  high  altitudes  form  a  most 
remarkable  and  exceptional  group.  There  are  four  of 
them,  which  grow  only  on  Kina  Balou,  a  mountain  in 
Borneo,  which  is  13,700  feet  high.  These  species  are 
found  at  altitudes  ranging  from  5,000  to  10,000  feet,  in 
the  following  order:  N.  Lowii,  Edwardsiana,  Rajah 
and  villosa.  These  four  are  amongst  the  largest  and 
most  distinct  of  all  Nepenthes.  .ZV.  Lowii  gapes  at  one 
like  a  sardonic  pelican  (see  Fig.  1472).  JY.  Rajah  has 
pitchers  of  immense  size  and  unique  shape  (Fig.  1472). 
N.  villosa  and  Edwardsiana  differ  from  all  other  species 
in  their  rim,  which  is  cut  up,  as  shown  in  Fig.  1472,  into 
rather  few  large  coarse  disks  instead  of  numerous  fine, 
crowded  rings.  Some  of  the  best  collectors  in  the  world 
have  been  sent  after  these  treasures,  and  the  history  of 
the  chase  for  them  rivals  the  most  romantic  and  excit- 
ing orchid  hunts.  Up  to  Sept.,  1897,  only  the  Rajah  had 
been  successfuly  brought  to  our  northern  hothouses, 
where  it  remains  an  unwilling  prisoner.  The  capture  of 
the  others  should  be  one  of  the  horticultural  triumphs  of 
the  twentieth  century.  In  the  particular  zone  in  which 
these  four  species  grow  there  is  a  peculiar  combination 
of  cold  and  wetness  in  the  air  rising  from  the  sea  which 
meets  the  cold  air  decending  from  the  peak.  There  is 
a  constant  state  of  "  Scotch  mist "  associated  with  a 
temp,  of  40-45°  F.  "When  plants  of  these  noble  species 
are  brought  down  to  the  hot  plains  they  soon  die  off,  and 
even  if  shipped  safely  in  Wardian  cases,  they  cannot 
withstand  the  heat  of  the  sea  voyage."  The  Rajah  was 
introduced  in  the  form  of  seeds. 

To  grow  the  Rajah  may  well  be  regarded  as  the  sum- 
mit of  tLc  gardener's  skill.  w  It  is  terrestrial  in  yellow 
loam  and  decomposed  granite,  with  its  great  basal 
pitchers  resting  and  often  buried  in  dead  leaves,  moss 
and  other  detritus  or  debris."  N.  villosa  is  also  terres- 
trial; JV.  Lowii  and  N.  Edwardsiana  epiphytal.  For 
the  Rajah  and  its  three  companions  Burbidge  proposes 
a  cold  greenhouse  surrounded  by  hot  ones,  so  arranged 
that  the  warm  moisture-laden  air  of  the  latter  could  be 
admitted  to  the  former,  thus  imitating  the  cold  mois- 
ture-saturated atmosphere  of  their  native  habitat.  In 
such  a  house  the  Odontoglossums  of  the  higher  slopes 
of  the  Andes  and  many  other  difficult  things  should  be 
able  to  thrive. 

As  a  whole,  Nepenthes  is  a  difficult  group  to  grow. 
Pitcher  plants  deserve  a  house  of  their  own,  and  they 
often  get  it.  Within  the  group,  however,  there  are  cer- 
tain kinds  which  are  relatively  easy  to  cultivate.  The 
hybrids,  as  a  rule,  are  easier  to  grow  than  the  species. 
Anyone  who  wishes  to  begin  in  a  small  way  should  start 
with  N.  Mastersiana,  which  is  often  said  by  connois- 
seurs to  be  the  largest,  best  colored  and  most  desirable 
of  all  Nepenthes.  This  fine  hybrid  is  named  after  Dr. 
Maxwell  T.  Masters,  editor  of  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle, 
who  has  done  more  to  preserve  careful  records  of  Ne- 
penthes hybrids  than  anyone  else.  Some  of  the  points 
of  a  good  hybrid  are:  It  should  be  easy  to  propagate 
and  easy  to  grow;  every  leaf  should  bear  a  pitcher;  the 
pitcher  should  be  large  and  highly  colored,  the  reddest 
ones  being  the  most  attractive;  the  wings  should  be 
broad  and  copiously  fringed ;  the  plants  should  never 
be  without  some  pitchers,  and  the  perfect  pitchers 
should  last  all  summer  at  least,  without  browning  at 
the  top.  All  or  nearly  all  these  points  are  met  in  N. 
Mastersiana,  pitchers  of  which  have  been  known  to 
last  two  years. 

Among  the  species  one  of  the  most  distinct  types  is 
N.  Rafflesiana,  which  is  remarkable  for  its  high  neck 
supporting  the  lid.  A  form  of  it,  known  as  N.  Hookeri- 
ana,  is  thought  to  be  a  parent  of  more  hybrids  than  any 
other  Nepenthes.  The  wide  rim  of  JV.  Veitchii  gives  its 
pitchers  a  strong  individuality  and  makes  it  a  favorite 


for  hybridizing.  The  four  Kina  Balou  species  are  very 
distinct,  but  for  most  people  impossible.  N.  albo-mar- 
ginata  and  a  supposed  hybrid  of  it  named  cincta  are  re- 
markable for  a  white  ring  just  below  the  rim.  The  rest 
are  for  the  hobbyist. 

The  literature  of  Nepenthes  is  very  extensive.  The 
only  botanical  monograph  is  that  by  J.  D.  Hooker  in 
DeCandolle's  Prodromus  17:91-105  (1873).  Thip  is  an 
account  in  Latin  of  34  species,  of  which  a  dozen  or  so 
are  cultivated.  For  the  origin  and  development  of  the 
pitchers,  see  J.  D.  Hooker  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  22:415- 
424  (1859).  For  the  horticultural  side,  see  Veitch  and 
Burbidge  in  Jour.  Roy.  Hort.  Soc.  of  London  21:226- 
262  (1897). 

Nepenthes  are  fanciers'  plants  par  excellence.  The 
problems  connected  with  their  insectivorous  habits  are 
of  perennial  interest  to  scientists,  students  and  the  gen- 
eral public,  but  to  the  gardener  the  fascination  of  Ne- 
penthes lies  chiefly  in  their  oddity  and  the  difficulty  of 
their  culture.  The  feeling  of  curiosity  soon  yields  to 
a  sense  of  their  beauty.  America  is  too  young  to  have 
made  many  contributions  to  fanciers'  groups  in  general, 
but  the  hybrid  Nepenthes  raised  in  America  by  the  late 
Mr.  Taplin  are  so  remarkable  for  their  continued  suc- 
cess on  both  sides  of  the  water  that  they  deserve  separ- 
ate notice.  ^  M. 

The  Taplin  Hybrids.— It  is  certainly  true  that  my 
father's  hybrids  were  superior  to  many  of  the  European 
hybrids.  He  worked  on  them  for  many  years,  but  left 
nothing  whatever  in  the  form  of  manuscript  concerning 
them.  He  never  wrote  for  publication,  and  the  notes  he 
made  from  time  to  time  were  distinctly  hieroglyphic, 
and  merely  concerned  the  period  of  blooming  of  different 
kinds.  He  began  his  work  in  this  line  while  at  Chats- 
worth,  but  many  varieties  did  not  flower  satisfactorily 
in  England,  or  did  not  ripen  viable  seed.  Consequently, 
he  succeeded  much  beyond  his  expectations  in  this 
warmer  climate.  Most  of  his  hybrids  resulted  from 
two  varieties  blooming  at  different  times,  and  the  under- 
signed has  vivid  recollections  of  an  array  of  little 
thumb-pots,  carefully  lined  and  sealed  with  tinfoil,  and 
kept  in  a  dry  place,  which  contained  pollen  saved  from 
one  period  of  blooming  to  another.  He  used  W.  Phyl- 
lamphora,  Hookeriana,  distillatoria  and  Sedenii  quite 
largely.  The  majority  of  his  hybrids  were  sold  to  B.  S. 
Williams,  of  London,  when  the  George  Such  collection 
at  South  Amboy  was  dispersed.  N.  Taplini  is  a  very 
richly  colored  one.  N.  Morganice,  Outramiana,  Wil- 
liamsii  and  Lawrenceana  are  his  varieties,  and  the 
writer  is  fairly  certain  that  Courtii  is  also,  Court  and 
Outram  both  being  warm  personal  friends.  Most  of  the 
plants  were  renamed  when  sent  out  in  England. 

EMILY  TAPLIN  ROYLE. 

Nepenthes  Culture  at  Washington,  D.  C. — Nepenthes 
ai-e  increased  by  cuttings  and  by  seeds.  The  ripened 
shoots,  with  4  or  5  leaves  attached,  make  the  best  cut- 
tings. They  may  be  put  in  to  root  from  December  till 
the  end  of  January,  but  under  proper  conditions  the 
operation  may  be  performed  at  any  time  during  the 
year.  Some  of  the  free-rooting  kinds,  such  as  N.  Dom- 
iniana,  N.  Icevis,  N.  gracilis,  W.  Phyllamphora  and 
N.  Mastersiana,  may  be  rooted  in  sand  under  a  glass 
with  a  little  moss  tied  around  the  base  of  each  cutting. 
Under  this  treatment  the  temperature  of  the  sand  should 
be  about  80°  F.  When  the  roots  show  through  the  moss 
they  should  be  put  in  small  pots  and  kept  close  for  a 
couple  of  weeks.  The  most  satisfactory  method  of 
propagation  is  to  put  the  base  of  each  cutting  through 
the  hole  of  an  inverted  2-inch  rose  pot,  plunging  the  pot 
in  sphagnum  moss  in  a  temperature  of  from  80-90°  F. 
See  Fig.  1468.  During  the  operation  of  rooting  they 
must  be  kept  in  a  close  propagating  frame  and  frequently 
syringed.  See  Fig.  1469.  When  the  roots  are  about 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  long  the  cuttings  should  be 
potted,  using  a  mixture  of  finely  chopped  fibrous  peat, 
moss  and  sand,  with  a  little  finely  broken  charcoal 
added.  They  should  be  replaced  in  the  moss  and  kept 
close  until  the  pots  are  fairly  well  filled  with  roots  and 
then  gradually  hardened  off.  All  of  the  kinds  do  best 
suspended  from  the  roof  of  a  hothouse,  the  temperature 
of  which  should  not  fall  below  65°  F.  in  winter.  The 
plants  may  be  grown  either  in  orchid  pots  or  baskets. 


1070 


NEPENTHES 


NEPENTHES 


In  potting  or  basketing  plants  from  4-in  pots,  large 
pieces  of  potsherd  and  charcoal  should  be  firmly  placed 
here  and  there  among  the  potting  material,  which  should 
consist  of  rough  fibrous  peat,  moss  and  sand.  The 
plants  should  not  be  allowed  to  grow  as  vines  unless 
they  are  intended  to  produce  seed.  When  large-sized 
pitchers  are  wanted  the  ends  of  the  shoots  should  be 
nipped  out  after  several  leaves  have  been  made  and  the 
pitchers  are  in  the  process  of  development;  this  throws 
strength  into  the  last-formed  leaves  and  produces  very 
large  pitchers.  When  the  plants  are  in  active  growth 
they  should  be  well  drenched  with  water  at  least  once 
each  day  and  syringed  frequently,  but  care  should  be 
taken  not  to  overwater  newly  potted  specimens.  They 
should  at  all  times  be  shaded  from  bright  sunshine,  and 
when  a  house  is  devoted  to  them,  or  partly  occupied 
with  plants  requiring  similar  treatment,  it  should  be 
shaded  with  cloth  fixed  to  rollers.  Well  pitchered  plants 
may  be  taken  from  the  growing  house  and  exhibited  in 
good  condition  for  a  long  time  in  a  house  under  condi- 
tions which  would  be  unfavorable  for  their  growth.  All 
of  the  hybrid  forms  are  of  easy  culture.  N.Mastersiana, 
JV.  Dominiana,  N.  Siebrechtii,  N.  Outramiana  and 
N.  Henryana  produce  pitchers  very  freely.  The  species, 
as  a  rule,  are  not  quite  so  free,  but  some  of  them  thrive 
equally  as  well  as  the  garden  forms.  N.  Rajah,  N.  Nor- 
thiana,  JY.  sanguinea,  N.  albo-marginata  and  N.  bical- 
carata  are  all  more  or  less  difficult  to  manage,  as  the 
conditions  under  which  they  grow  in  their  native  haunts 
are  sometimes  not  easily  imitated.  JY.  ampullaria, 
N.  Rafflesiana,  N.  Phyllamphora,  N.  distillatoria, 
N.  Icevis  and  N.  Kennedyana  are  usually  seen  well 
furnished  with  pitchers.  Gr.  w.  OLIVER. 

Nepenthes  Culture  at  New  Rochelle,  N.  F.  — In 
propagating  these  charming  plants  the  writer  prefers 
cuttings  of  well-ripened  wood,  not  too  hard,  and  of  2  or 
3  eyes  in  length.  The  Ivs.  are  trimmed  in  one-half  or 
more.  The  cuttings  are  placed  in  a  close  glass  case, 
with  a  steady  bottom  heat  of  at  least  80°  or  85°  in  a 
bed  of  cocoa  fiber  or  of  sphagnum  moss  and  sand 
mixed.  The  cuttings  are  always  kept  moist,  and  only 
enough  air  is  allowed  to  reduce  condensation. 

After  they  are  rooted,  which  takes  from  two  to  three 
months,  they  are  planted  into  shallow  pans  or  orchid 


1468.  Good  method  of  propagating  Nepenthes. 
The  ciitting  is  placed  in  an  inverted  pot.  The  stick 
at  the  right  wedges  the  cutting  and  keeps  it  tight;  it 
may  also  carry  the  label.  The  pot  is  cut  in  two  vertically 
to  show  how  the  roots  form  in  the  air,  without  the  aitl 
of  sand,  water  or  even  moss. 

cribs  in  a  mixture  of  fibrous  peat  and  sphagnum  moss, 
with  perhaps  some  pieces  of  charcoal  and  crocks  at  the 
bottom.  This  material  should  be  packed  in  firmly  and 
tied  down.  Then  set  the  plants  again  into  bottom  heat. 


in  order  to  have  them  firmly  established.  Increase  the 
air  gradually  until  the  plants  are  sturdy  enough  to  be 
placed  in  the  greenhouse,  either  upon  a  rack  or  sus- 
pended from  the  roof.  The  temperature  where  Ne- 
penthes are  grown  should  never  be  less  than  60°,  and  it 
might  be  as  high  as  80°  or  90°,  providing  plenty  of 
moisture  is  given.  Copious  syringing,  and  during  the 


1469.    A  simple  propagating  frame. 

Used  by  Robert  Shore  for  propagating  Nepenthes, 

Dracaenas  and  other  tropical  subjects. 

summer  months,  dipping  of  the  plants  in  water,  is  very 
beneficial.  When  the  plants  get  too  high,  say  above 
18  in.  or  2  ft.,  and  their  pitchers  become  smaller  and 
smaller,  as  they  grow  taller,  the  best  plan  is  to  cut  them 
back  to  within  4  or  5  eyes  of  the  crown.  Then  the  next 
growth  of  new  leaves  will  give  the  very  finest  and  best 
pitchers.  When  well  established  in  their  pans  or  cribs, 
and  while  in  good  growing  condition,  a  light  concoction 
of  liquid  manure  is  very  beneficial.  When  the  potting 
material  is  exhausted,  it  is  essential  that  it  be  renewed 
at  least  once  a  year.  Very  fine  plants  can  also  be 
raised  from  seeds.  When  the  plants  are  in  bloom  the 
miniature  flowers  should  be  carefully  examined,  to  see 
that  both  sexes  are  represented,  for  if  either  sex  be 
absent  there  can  be  no  fertilization.  The  seed,  when 
ripe,  should  be  sown  in  pans  in  much  the  same  material 
as  was  prescribed  for  cuttings,  the  pans  placed  in  about 
the  same  sort  of  a  place,  and  the  material  always 
kept  moist.  It  takes  from  six  weeks  to  two  months  to 
germinate  the  seed.  After  that,  care  must  be  taken  that 
the  young  seedlings  do  not  damp  off.  Once  they  are 
strong  enough,  with  2  or  3  leaflets,  they  can  be  pricked 
off  and  planted  into  other  pans  and  fresh  material,  at 
the  same  time  gradually  accustomed  to  the  air,  and  thus 
in  from  eighteen  months  to  two  years'  time  nice  little 
plants  may  be  had.  In  the  experience  of  the  writer  the 
following  kinds  are  more  easily  cult,  than  the  others: 
N.  Alleniana,  ampullaria  and  vars.,  bicalcarata,  Chel- 
soni,  Curtisii,  cylindrica,  distillatoria,  Dominiana, 
Eyermanni,  hybrida,  var.  maculata,  Hookeriana, 
Hookeriana  var.  elongata,  lanata,  Lawrenciana,  Mas- 
tersiana  (2  vars.),  Morganiana,  Outramiana,  Pater- 
sonii,  picturala,  Rafflesiana,  var.  insignis,  Savageana, 
Sedeni,  Siebrechtii,  Stewattii,  Taplini,  Tildeniana, 
Veitchii,  Zeylanica  var.  rubra.  jj  ^  SIEBRECHT. 


ampullaria,  7,  23. 

Henryana,  40. 

Outramiana.  43. 

atrosanguinea,  28. 

Hookeriana,  27. 

Phyllamphora,  13. 

bicalcarata,  1. 

hybrida,  9,  45. 

Rafflesiana,  27. 

Burkei,  15. 

intermedia,  30. 

Ratcliffiana,  42. 

Chelsoni,  25. 

Kennedyana,  5. 

Rajah,  24. 

cincta.  18. 

Khasiana,  14. 

•  rufescens,  8. 

coccinea,  32. 

laevis,  11. 

sanguinea,  3. 

Courtii,  31. 

lanata,  6. 

Sedeni,  36. 

Curtisii,  21. 

Lawrenciana,  37. 

Stewartii,  39. 

cylindrica,  10. 

Madagascariensis, 

Stuartii,  39. 

Dicksoniana,  29. 

2. 

Veitchii,  6,  16. 

distillatoria,  12. 

major,  7. 

villosa,  17. 

Dominii,  44. 

Mastersiana,  4. 

vittata,  7. 

Dormanniana,  35. 

mixta,  22. 

Williamsii,  33. 

Edinensis.  26. 

Morganiana,  34. 

Wrigleyana,  38. 

Eyermanni,  41. 

Northiana,  20. 

Zeylanica,  8,  12. 

gracilis,  19. 

Northisii,  22. 

bicalcarata 

Madagascariensis 
sanguinea 


NEPENTHES 

A.  Color  of  pitcher  wholly  or 

chiefly  red:   no  xi>ots. 

B.  Pitcher      icith     --*     iiucard- 

!><>intin</  s/tnrs 1. 

BB.  Pi  t  c  h  e  r  without  inwanl- 
j>ointin</  spurs. 

C.  Shape  of  pitcher   short- 

flask-  or  m  ug -shaped 2. 

cc.  Shape  of  pitcher  quit*  cylin- 
drical   3. 

CCC.  Shape  of  pitcher  cylindri- 
cal, but  narrower  above. 

D.  Length  of  pitcher  7  in.  or 

more 4.  Mastersiana 

DD.  Length  of  pitcher  5  in 5.  Kennedyana 

AA.  Color  of  pitcher  wholly  or 
chiefly   green:    spots    few 
if  any. 
B.  Wings  always  fringed. 

G.  Foliage  hairy  beneath 6.  lanata 

cc.  Foliage  not  hairy  beneath, 
unless  along  midrib. 

D.  Lid  smaller  than  the  mouth, 

erect  or  bent  back 7.  ampullaria 

DD.  Lid  as  large  as  the  mouth. 

E.  Upper    part    of  pitcher 

flushed  red:  neck  low...  8.  ruiescens 
EE.  Upper  part  of  pitcher  green: 

neck  high 9.  hybrida 

EEE.  Upper  part  of  pitcher  with, 

a    few    red    spots:    neck 

rather  high 10.  cylindrica 

BB.  Wings  not    fringed   (except 

sometimes  N.  Ifvvis). 

c.  Base  of  lid  notched 11.  Isevis 

CO.  Base  of  lid  not  notched. 

D.  Inflorescence  panicled 12.  distillatoria 

DD.  Inflorescence  racemose. 

E.  Lvs.  petioled 13.  Phyllamphora 

EE.  Lvs.  sessile 14.  Khasiana 

AAA.  Color  of  pitcher  more  or  less 
spotted. 

B.  Pitcher  wingless 15.  Burkei 

BB.  Pi teher  winged, 
c.  Foliage  hairy  beneath. 
D.  Him  composed  of  many  fine, 

close  rings 16.  Veitchii 

DD.  Rim  composed  of  few  coarse 

distant  disks 17.  villosa 

CO.  Foliage  not  hairii  beneath. 

D.  Base  of  Ivs.  rather  broad, 

the  Ivs.  sessile  or  nearly 
so. 

E.  Month    of   pitcher    with    a 

white   margin   below   the 

rim 18. 

EE.  Mouth  of  pitcher  without  a 
white  margin. 

F.  Back  of  pitcher  1-spurred.  .19. 
FF.  Back  of  pitcher  ^-spurred.  .20. 
DD.  Base  of  Ivs.  narrowed  into 

a  petiole,  which,  however, 
is  usually  margined. 

E.  Shape   of  pitcher    like   a 

tube,  i.e.,  cylindrical,  not 
constricted. 

p.  Under sideof  lid  2- spurred. 21. 
FF.  Under   side   of    lid    not 
spurred. 

G.  Lid  not  bent  back 22. 

GG.  Lid  bent  back <      ' 

EE.  Shape  of  pitcher  like  a  mug. 

F.  Mouth  of  pitcher  bigger  than 

the  bottom 24. 

FF.  Mouth  of  pitcher  smaller 
than  the  bottom. 

G.  Wing  fringes  sparse 25. 

26. 

GG.  Wing  fringes  copious 27. 

EEE.  Shape  of  pitcher  like  a  flask, 
i.e.,  inflated  below,  more 
or  less  cylindrical  above. 

6S 


NEPENTHES 


1071 


cincta 


gracilis 
NortMana 


Curtisii 


mixta 
ampullaria, 
var.  vittata 


Rajah 


Chelsoni 

Edinensis 

Kafflesiana 


Nos.  28  to  45.     FLASK-SHAPED  AND  SPOTTED  PITCHEK 
PLANTS,  a  key  to  which  will  be  found  on  page  1073. 

1.  bicalcarata,  Hook.  Young  pitchers  bowl-shaped, 
3Kx3  in.:  old  pitchers  8x6  in.,  including  a  neck  2  in. 
long:  color  of  pitchers  less  vivid  than  in  JV.  sanguinea. 
Borneo.  I. H.  28:408.  G.C.  II.  13:201.  Gn.  17:237;  33, 
p.  29.  — The  spurs  resemble 
the  fangs  of  a  snake.  Appa- 
rently no  other  species  has 
such  spurs.  G.  W.  Oliver 
writes  that  all  the  specimens 
he  has  seen  have  been  yellow- 
ish green,  covered  with  rust- 
colored,  downy  material. 


1470.  How  the  pitchers 

change  their  shape. 
The  earliest  and  best  are 
mug-shaped  ones ;  the  topmost 
pitchers  of  old  and  tall  plants 
are  cylindrical.  N.  Rafflesiana, 
both  from  same  plant.  Adapted 
from  B.  M.  4285. 


1471.  Three  old-time 

Nepenthes. 

Much  confused  in  collec- 
tions and  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish :  N.  Phyllam- 
phora above,  N.  Khasiana 
in  the  middle,  N.  distil- 
latoria below. 


2.  Madagascariensis,  Poir.     Lvs.  leathery,   reddish 
beneath,  5  x  134  in. :  pitcher  4-6  in.  long,  crimson,  flask- 
shaped  ;  mouth  nearly  circular,  with  scarcely  any  neck. 
G.C.  II.  16:685. 

3.  sanguinea,  Lindl.    Pitcher  12x2  in.,  quite  cylin- 
drical; no  neck.    Malaya.    F. 8.22:2343.    G.C.  1872:541; 
II.  11:13.    F.M.  1874: 128. -This  is  one  of  the  very  few 
species  that  has  a  sessile  leaf. 

4.  Mastersiana,  Veitch  (N.  sanguinea  x  JV.  Khasi- 
ana).   Pitcher  7x2  in.,  cylindrical,  but  the  upper  third 
narrower,  deep  claret  red,  sometimes  with  spots  of  darker 
red.    G.C.  II.  16:749;  21:249.    I. H.  33:618.    Gn.  23:390. 
Gng.  4:183.— This  superb  hybrid  has  the  sessile  leaf  and 
red  pitcher  of  N".  sanguinea,  with  a  form  of  pitcher  in- 
termediate between  its  two  parents.      There  is  a  dark 
colored  variety  and  a  lighter  colored  one. 

5.  Kennedyana,  F.  Muell.   Pitcher  5  x  1%  in.,  reddish, 
cylindrical,  but  narrower  above ;  lid  as  large  as  the  mouth 
and  nearly  horizontal.    Australia.    G.C.  II.  17:257. 


1072 


NEPENTHES 


6.  lanata,  Masters.    Here  used  for  the 
plant  with  the  green  pitcher  and  yellow 
rim  which  is  one  of  two  things  passing  in 
the  trade  as  N.  Veitchii.    The  name  N.  Ja- 
nata was  first  used  at  the  bottom  of  plate 
261,  vol.  23  of  I.H.,  but  the  accompanying 
text    is  headed   -ZV.  Veitchii,  and  Masters 
declares  that  the  text  refers  to  JV.  Veitchii 
and  not  to  the  plant  there  figured.  Masters 
gave,  therefore,  the  first  description  of  N. 
lanata  in  G.  C.  II.  17:178,  but  he  fails  to 
clearly  distinguish  the  two   plants.     He 
says  that  N.  lanata  has  blackish  hairs  on 
the  under  side  of  the  Ivs.    and   that  the 
rim  is  "ultimately  reddish  brown."    The 
typical  JV.   Veitchii    (B.M.  5080)   is    said 
to  have  "rufous"  hairs  on  the  under  side 
of  the  Ivs.     Borneo.     I.H.  23:261  (proba- 
bly a  poor  picture).     Gn.  17:  237  (as   N. 
Veitchii).    J\T.  lanata  should  perhaps  rank 

merely  as  a  variety  of  N.  Veitchii. 

7.  ampullaria,  Jack.      This  and  Nos.  2 
and  12  Hooker  distinguishes  from  all  other 
species   by   their  inflorescence,  which  is 
more  or  less  panicled,  instead  of  racemose. 
Pitcher  oblong,  3  in.  long;  lid  smaller  than 
the  mouth,  erect  or  bent  back.     Malaya. 
F. 8.22:2325  (copied  from  B.  M.  5109  and 
reversed.— Var.  vittata  is  a  spotted  var. 
I.H.  24:272.     Var.   major   also   has  been 
offered.     Burbidge  says  this  is  the  only 
kind  that  has  no  honey  glands,  but  J.  M, 
Macfarlane  declares  that  all  species  have 
honey  glands  on  the  rim,  though  this  spe- 
cies has  none  on  the  rudimentary  lid. 

8.  ruf6scens,  Veitch  (JV.  Zeylanica,  var. 
rubra  x  N.  Courtii) .    Stem  reddish,  closely 
covered  by   broad   decurrent   leaf-stalks, 
which  are  about  1  in.  long:  Ivs.  12  x  2%in. : 
pitcher  narrowly  flask-shaped,  7%x2in. 
—  Fresh  pitcher  sent  by  Siebrecht  differs 
from  G.C.  III.  4:  669  in  having  a  very  nar- 
row green  rim,  higher  neck  and  lid  faintly 
flushed    red    above    but    freely    spotted 
below. 

9.  hybrida,  Veitch.  Lvs.  8-9x2:  pitcher 
5  in.  long;  mouth  ovate;  lid  spotted;  neck 
rather  high.    N.  Khasiana  was  the  male 
parent.     Judging  from  the  structtire,  J. 
M.  Macfarlane  thinks  that  ^V.  gracilis  was 
the  female  parent.    Fully  described  in  G. 
C.  1872:541. 

10.  cylindrica,Veitch.  Hybrid  of  N.  Zey- 
lanica,  var.  rubra  x  .ZV.  Veitchii.     Pitcher 
6-8   in.  long,  1-1%   in.  wide,  pale  green, 
with  a  very  few  crimson  spots,  inflated  be- 
low, but  perhaps  not  quite  flask-shaped; 
lid  oblong,  much  spotted  at  least  beneath ; 
rim   is    shown  as   narrow   and   regularly 
rolled  back  in  G.C.  III.  2:521,  but  said  to 
be   frilled  and   somewhat  dilated  toward 
the  neck. 

11.  laevis,  Lindl.  Lvs.  narrow,  leathery, 
without    pubescence,    fringes    or    teeth  : 
pitcher  2-4  in.  long,  cylindrical  but  nar- 
rower  above  ;    wings   narrow-fringed  or 
not;  rim  entirely  without  ribs  (a  unique 
character,  if  constant).    Java,  Singapore. 
G.C.  1848: 655. 

12.  distillatdria,  Linn.    Fig.  1471.    This 
is  one  of  the  oldest  names  among  lovers 
of  the  pitcher  plants,  but   Masters    says 
the  plants  cultivated  under  this  name  are 
really  N.  Khasiana.     JV.  distillatoria   is 
one  of  very  few  species  that  has  pani- 
cled   fls.       Lvs.    narrowed    into    a 
broadly  winged,  half -clasping  stalk, 
which  is  scarcely  or  not  at  all  decur- 
rent;   texture    leathery  :    pitcher  4- 

6x  1-1%  in.,  cylindrical,  obscurely 
dilated  at  the  base,  more  or  less 
flushed  red  upwards  ;  lid  about  as 


1472.  Five  distinct  types  of  Nepenthes. 

Beginning  from  the  top  they  are  :  N. 
villosa,  Lowii,  Rajah,  Rafflesiana,  var. 
Hookeriana  and  Rafflesiana.  The  first 
three  belong  to  the  famous  Kina  Balou 
group.  The  fourth  is  the  parent  of  more 
hybrids  than  any  other  kind. 


NEPENTHES 

large  as  the  mouth  and  horizontal.  Ceylon. 
P.M.4:1.  L.B.C.ll:  1017.  Not  B.M.  2798. 
which  is  N.  Khasiana. 

N.  Zeylanica,  Rafin.,  is  referred  by  Index 
Kewensis  to  N.  distillatoria.  N.  Zeylanica, 
var.  rubra,  Hort.,  is  an  old  garden  name 
which  Veitch  in  G.C.  Ill,  2:521  refers  to  N. 
hirsuta,  var.  glabrescens.  An  abnormal  form 
of  JT.  Zeylanica,  with  2  midribs  and  2 
pitchers  from  the  same  leaf,  is  shown  in  G. 
C.  II,  13:309. 

13.  Phyllamphora,  Willd.  Fig.  1471.   Lvs. 
with  a  long  winged  petiole,  half-clasping  or 
less;    nerves   numerous  longitudinal;    tex- 
ture of  young  Ivs.  membranous :  pitcher  4-6 
in.  long,  subcylindrical;  lid  about  as  large 
as  the  mouth  and  horizontal.  Cochin  China, 
Moluccas.  — The  above  description  is  from 
Hooker,  not  from  B.M.  2629,  which,  accord- 
ing to  H.  J.  Veitch  (J.  H.  S.   21:232),  is 
really  JV.  gracilis.     In  R.  H.  1887,  p.  511,  is 
a  picture  labelled  N.  Phyllamphora,  which 
is  the  same  thing  as  the  one  in  R.  H.  1861. 
p.  173,  labelled  IT.  distillatoria. 

14.  Khasiana,  Hook.    Fig.  1471.    Not  ad- 
vertised, but  probably  common  in  cult,  un' 
der  the  name  of  JV.  distillatoria.  Lvs.  ses- 
sile, clasping,  shortly  decurrent;  nerves  pin- 
nate ;    texture   firm,    but   hardly   leathery: 
pitcher  4-7  x  l%-3  in.,  spotted  above,  larger 
than  those  of  JV.  distillatoria.    Himalayas. 
B.  M.  2798  (erroneously  as  JV.  distillatoria). 
In  B.M.  2798  the  pitcher  is  cylindrical  but 
narrow  at  the  bottom.   J.  M.  Macfarlane  ver- 
ifies this  description,  and  adds  that  the  true 
-ZV.  Khasiana   has  a  long,  narrow  pitcher 
which  is  green  or  tinged  with  brick  red. 

15.  Burkei,  Mast.    This  is   distinguished 
from  apparently   all  other   species    by   the 
absence  of  wings.    It  has  the  wide  rim,  with 
irregular  fluted  projections  of  JV.  Veitchii. 
Pitcher  8x2%  in.,  oblong,   but   swelled  in 
the  lower  third.     Borneo.     G.  C.  Ill,  6:493. 
Var.  prolifica,  Mast.,  has   a  more    slender 
habit,  narrower  Ivs.,  smaller  and  less  highly 
colored  pitchers,  produced  in  greater  pro- 
fusion. 

16.  VMtchii,  Hook.     Fig.  1467.     A  splen- 
did  plant,    remarkable    for    its    extremely 
wide  rim,  which  sometimes  attains  2  in.,  and 
is  often  boldly  scalloped  at  the  margin  in- 
stead of  being  rolled  neatly  back.    Being 
one  of  the  most  distinct  in  general  appear- 
ance, it  has  been  much  used  in  hybridiz- 
ing. The  name  has  been  endlessly  confused. 
It  is  commonly  said  that  there  are  two  forms 
of   1Y.   Veitchii    passing  in   the  trade— one 
with  a  spotted  pitcher  and  red  rim,  and  the 
other  with  a  green  pitcher  and  yellow  rim. 
The  latter  is  here  called  N.  lanata.     The 
former  is  indisputably  the  true  N.  Veitchii, 
since  the  original  description  of  N.  Veitchii 
consists  in  a  mere  citation  of  B.  M.  5080, 
which,   by   the   way,    bears   the  erroneous 
legend  of  N.  villosa.  B.M.  5080,  therefore,  is 
the  type  of  N.  Veitchii,  and  that  is  a  spotted 
pitcher  with  a  red  rim.    N.  Veitchii  has  a 
large  hairy   pitcher,  attaining  10x3%  in., 
which  tapers  toward  the  base,  is  nowhere 
bulged,  and  has  an  ovate  mouth,  surrounded 
by  a  wide,  high-necked  rim;  the  lid  seems 
small  in  comparison.    Borneo.    F.  M.  1877: 
265.  G.C.  II,  16:781.    Perhaps,  also,  G.C.  II, 
18:809  (as  N",  sanguinea).     Burbidge   says 
that  -ZV.  Veitchii  is  a  true   epiphyte,  grow- 
ing 20-100  ft.  above  ground  and  dif- 
fering from  most,  if  not   all,  other 
species  in  actually  claspingthe  trunks 
and   bearing   its    Ivs.  in  a  2-ranked 
fashion. 

17.  yilldsa,  Hook.  Fig.  1472.  This 
is  distinct  from  all  other  species  here 
described  by  its  rim,  which  is  com- 


NEPENTHES 

posed  of  distant  disks  which  are  circular  except  for  teeth 
which  project  down  into  the  pitcher.  JV.  Edicardxiana 
is  probably  the  only  other  kind  with  such  a  rim.  Bor- 
neo. Trans.  Linn.  Soc.,  plate  69,  not  B.M.  5080,  which  is 
JV.  Veitchii.  — Not  in  cultivation  anywhere  as  yet. 

18.  cincta,  Mast.    The  leaf  tapers  to  a  broad  dilated 
base,  which  is  "intermediate  between  the  sessile  leaf  of 
JV.  Northiana  and  the  long  tapering  stalk  of  N.  albo- 
tnarginata:"  pitcher  cylindrical,  rounded  at  the  base, 
7-8x2%  in.;  rim  lobed,  not  entire  as  in  JV.  albo-margi- 
nata  :    back  of  pitcher  2-spurred.     Borneo.     G.  C.  II. 
21:576.  — The  white  band  is  narrower  than  in  JV.  albo- 
marginata. 

19.  gracilis,   Korth.     Lvs.   sessile,  long   decurrent : 
pitcher  cylindrical   but  inflated  at  the  base  and  con- 
stricted at  the  middle,  2%-4  in.  long.   Borneo.  B.M.  2629 
(erroneously  as  N.  Phyllamphora).    V.  3:221  (poor  as 
to  shape  of  pitcher) .    Var.  major  is  the  only  form  offered. 

20.  Northiana,  Hook.    Remarkable  for  its  wide  rim, 
which  is  said  to  attain  2  in.  and  is  perhaps  nearly  as  wide 
as  in  JV.    Veitchii.    Pitcher  flask-shaped,  12-16  x  3%-5 
in.   Borneo.  Gn.  23,  p.  496.   R.B.  21,  p.  271.   S.H.I,  p.  107 
(all  the  same  cut).     G.C.  II.  16:717  is  misleading  as  to 
width  of  rim,  and  was  perhaps  done  from  a  very  young 
pitcher. 

21.  Ciirtisii,  Hook.    This  species  is  very  distinct  by 
reason  of  the  shape  of  the  pitcher.    Pitcher  7xl>£  in., 
as  nearly  cylindrical  as  in  any  species  of  the  genus. 
The  mouth  and  neck  are  like  JV.  Rafflesiana,  but  the 
pitcher  is  not  bulged  below  and  the  fls.  are  green  instead 
of  dark  red.     This  species  is  unique  by  reason  of  its 
spurs.    The  back  spur  is  borne  not  at  the  junction  of 
back  and  lid  as  usual,  but  on  the  back  of  the  pitcher. 
Moreover,  the  midrib  of  the  lower  surface  of  the  lid  is 
produced  into  2  spurs— one  near  the  base  and  a  longer 
one  near  the  apex.    Borneo.    B.M.  7138.    G.C.  III.  2:  689. 
I.H.  35,  p.  59   (same   cut).     G.C.  III.  6: 661. -A  fresh 
pitcher  sent  by  Siebrecht  shows  that  this  is  even  more 
distinct  and  splendid  than  the  pictures  show. 

22.  mixta,  Mast.  ( JV.  Northisii,  Veitch) .   Hybrid  of  JV. 
Northiana  and  JV.  Curtisii,  having  the  cylindrical  pitcher 
of  the  latter  but  not  the  2  spurs  on  the  lower  side  of  the 
lid.    The  Ivs.  are  remarkable  in  being  somewhat  notched 
at  the  apex  of  the  blade.    Pitcher  8  in.  long;  rim  deep 
crimson.    G.C.  III.  13:47.    G.M.36:754.    R.B. 21,  p.  268. 
—According  to  Veitch,  the  fls.  are  panicled. 

23.  ampullaria,  var.  vittata.    Here  may  be  sought  the 
spotted  var.  of  JV.  ampullaria  described  at  No.  7.    In 
I.H.  24:272  this  spotted  var.  is  represented  with  a  small, 
broadly  oblong,  unconstricted  pitcher  and  a  lid   bent 
back  to  a  wholly  exceptional  degree. 

24.  Eajah,  Hook.     Fig.   1472.    Distinguished  by  the 
immense  size  of  the  pitchers,  their  odd  shape,  the  great 
mouth,  the  disproportionately  large  lid,  and  also  by  the 
tendril  which  is  given  off,  not  from  the  apex  of  the  leaf, 
as  usual,  but  from  the  under  surface  a  short  distance 
below  the  apex.    Pitchers  a  foot  or  more  long  and  three- 
fourths  as  wide.    Borneo.     G.C.  II.  16:493.     Gn.  22,  p. 
122.    F.  1883,  p.  157. 

25.  Ch61soni,  Veitch  (JV.  Dominii  x  JV.  Rafflesiana). 
Pitcher    3-4x2>£in.      More    fully  described    in    G.C. 
1872:542. 

26.  EdinSnsis  (JV.  Rafflesiana  x  Chelsoni).      Raised 
at  the  Botanic  Gardens  of  Edinburgh,  but  not  described 
so  far  as  known.    A.F.  7:381.  — Cult,  at  U.  S.  Botanical 
Gardens,  Washington,  D.  C. 

27.  Bafflesiana,  Jack.    Fig.  1470.    This  is  one  of  the 
most   distinct   species    by  reason  of    its   high-necked 
pitchers  and  purple  fls.     The  young  pitchers  are  mug- 
shaped   (excluding  the  neck),  while  the  mature   ones 
(rarely  seen  in  cult.)  are  actually  wider  at  top  than  at 
bottom  and   taper   gradually  to .  the  base  without  any 
sudden  constriction.    Stem  green  and  glabrous :    young 
pitchers  often  5>£x3  in.;    old  ones  sometimes  7x2  in. 
India.    B.M.  4285  (copied  and  reversed  in  F.S.  3:213). 
F.S.  16:1698;    22:2343.     F.  1850:77;    1872,  p.  221.     G.C. 
III.  12:553;  ^1872:541.   R.H.  1869,  p.  130  (as  N.Raflesea). 
Var.  insignis,  Mast.,  is  a  more   robust   plant:     stems 
covered  when  young  with  white  chaffy  scales :  pitchers 
mug-shaped.  9  x  4  in.,  thickly  beset  with  small,  brownish, 


NEPENTHES 


1073 


stelliform  hairs.  G.C.  II.  8:425.  Var.  nivea  is  densely 
covered  with  white  down.  Var.  pallida  is  cult,  at  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  Var.  Hookeriana  (JV.  Hooker iana,  Low. 
JV.  Hodkeri,  Alphand).  Fig.  1472.  Said  to  be  the  parent 
of  more  hybrids  than  any  other  kind.  It  seems  to  be  a 
distinct  botanical  variety  from  Borneo,  differing  essen- 
tially in  having  a  low  neck.  According  to  Masters 
(G.C.  II.  16:812),  it  also  differs  in  having  a  short  petiole 
which  is  very  broad  at  the  base,  and  a  flatter,  not  hood- 
like  lid.  Also  the  Ivs.  are  thicker,  with  3-5  secondary 
nerves  on  each  side  of  the  midrib  and  parallel  to  it,  the 
tertiary  transverse  nerves  much  more  closely  arranged 
than  in  JV.  Rafflesiana.  The  figure  in  G.C.  II.  16:813 
(repeated  in  G.C.  III.  12:557,  I.H.  41,  p.  145,  and  S.H. 
1:57)  is  inaccurate  as  to  the  spur,  which  is  distinctly 
shown  as  a  prolongation  of  the  rim,  rather  than  of  the 
lid  or  the  midrib  of  the  back.  See  A.G.  18:877.  Also 
Alphand 's  Promenades  de  Paris,  last  colored  plate  of 
the  volume  of  plates. 

FLASK-SHAPED   AND   SPOTTED   PITCHER  PLANTS. 
(The  key  continued  from  page  1071.-; 

This  group  (Nos.  28  to  45)  is  composed  wholly  of  hybrids,  and 
the  blood  of  N.  Rafflesiana  enters  largely  into  them.  The  high- 
necked  kinds  are  more  like  typical  N.  Rafflesiana,  while  the 
low-necked  kinds  resemble  N.  Rafflesiana,  var.  Hookeriana. 
All  of  these  hybrids  seem  to  be  more  flask-shaped  than  2V.  Raf- 
flesiana, i.  e.,  they  are  proportionately  longer,  and  more  con- 
stricted above. 

F.  Neck  extremely  high,  associated 

with  a  very  oblique  mouth,  as 
in  Fig.  1472  (bottom). 

G.  Spots  red  and  yellow :  pitchers 

chiefly  red 28.  atrosanguinea 

GG.  Spots  red  and  green. 

H.  Rim  wide,  1  in.  or  so 29.  Dicksoniana 

HH.  Rim  narrow. 

i.  Wings  wavy  and  fluted  (as  well 

as  fringed) 30.  intermedia 

ii.  Wings  not  wavy 31.  Courtii 

FF.  Neck  shorter:  mouth  less  ob- 
lique.   See  Fig.  1472  (next  above  bottom). 
G.  Spots  red  and  yellow,  hardly 
green. 

H.  Rim  parti-colored 32.  coccinea 

33.  Williamsii 

HH.  Rim  self-colored,  dark 34.  Morganiana 

GG.  Spots  red  and  green. 

H.  Wings  wavy  (as  well  as  fringed)  35.  Dormanniana 
HH.  Wings  not  wavy. 

i.  Shape  of  lid  roundish  rather 

than  oblong. 
j.  Base  of  lid  heart-shaped,  i.  e., 

notched 36. 

jj.  Base  of  lid  not  notched. 

K.  Rim  green 37. 

38. 

KK.  Rim  dark  red  or  parti-colored. 39. 

40. 
41. 
42. 

n.  Shape  of  lid  oblong 43. 

44. 
45. 


Sedeni 

Lawrenciana 
Wrigleyana 
Stewartii 
Henryana 
Eyermanni 
Ratcliffiana 
Outramiana 
Dominii 
hybrida, 
var.  maculata 

28.  atrosanguinea,   Hort.    American  hybrid,   said  to 
resemble  JV.  Sedeni  and  JV.  r libra.     Said  to   be  muck 
richer  in  color  than  JV.  sanguinea.     Pitcher  6x2%  in.; 
rim  red  and  blackish.  G.C.  II.  17:827. 

29.  Dicksoniana,  Masters  (JV.  Rafflesiana  x  Veitchii). 
This  has  a  rim  almost  as  big  as  that  of  JV.  Veitchii,  but 
not  so  flat.     Pitcher  10x3>£  in.:    Ivs.  with  3  parallel 
nerves  between  midrib  and  margin.    G.C.  III.  4:541. 

30.  intermedia,  Veitch  (JV.  Rafflesiana  x  ?).     Stem 
covered  with  pale  rust-colored  down:  Ivs.  taper  to  both 
ends:  pitcher  6 x2%  in.;  rim  flattish,  parti-colored;  lid 
less  hooded  than  in  JV.  Rafflesiana.     G.C.  II.  17:179: 
III.  12:125.     F.  1875,  p.  257  (neck  too  low). 

31.  C6urtii,  Veitch  (JV.  ?  x  Dominii).     Stem  purplish, 
and   hairy:    pitcher   5x2%   in.,  of  very   firm   texture. 
G.C.  111.6:845. 


1074 


NEPENTHES 


NEPETA 


32.  coccinea,   Mast.     American   hybrid   of   unknown 
parentage.    Pitcher  6x3  in.,  crimson,  slightly  speckled 
with  yellow;  rim  red  and  black;    lid  spotted.     G.C.  II. 
18:169.     I.  H.  41,  p.  143.  — Cannot  be  distinguished  by 
original  descriptions  and  pictures  from  the  next.    The 
leaf -margins  of  both  have  numerous,  regularly  disposed, 
minute  teeth. 

33.  Williams!!,  B.  S.  Williams  (N.  Sedeni  x  N.  Hook- 
eri) .     Pitcher  4-5  in.  long,  intermediate  in  shape  between 
its  parents;  interior  spotted  red;  lid  reddish  brown  be- 
neath.    G.C.  II.  14:40.  — In  Gn.  27:494  the  rim  is  errone- 
ously shown  as  dark  and  self-colored,  but  a  fresh  pitcher 
sent  by  Siebrecht  has  a  beautiful,  shiny,  richly  parti- 
colored rim. 

34.  Morganiana,  Hort.  (N.  Mdrganice,  Hort.).    One 
of  Taplin's  American  hybrids,  supposedly  between  N. 
Hookeri  and  N.  Phyllamphora.    Lvs.  reddish,  margins 
entire :  pitcher  medium-sized.     Originally  said  to  have 
a  green  lid,  but  in  Gn.  23:390  the  lid  is  light  yellow, 
spotted  red,  at  least  below. 

35.  Dormanniana,    Masters.     Possibly    an   American 
hybrid;  parentage  unknown.    Lvs.  finely  ciliate  at  the 
edges:    pitcher  6x3;    lid   spotted.      G.  C.  II.  17:525.— 
Fresh  pitcher  sent  by  Siebrecht  has  a  parti-colored  rim. 

36.  Sedeni,  Veitch.    Masters,  in  his  careful  descrip- 
tion in  G.C.  1872:542,  says  that  the  lid  is  cordate,  but 
this  feature  is  not  shown  in  the  Veitchian  trade  cut  used 
in  F.  1872,  p.  54  and  S.  H.  1 :104.    Stem  terete,  glabrous : 
Ivs.  7x1%  in.:  pitcher  (probably  not  mature)  3x1  in 

37.  Lawrenciana,  B.  S.Williams  (W.  Sedeni  x  Hook- 
erii).     Pitcher  4-5  in.  long,  intermediate  in  shape  be- 
tween its  parents,  and  in  1880  said  to  be  a  brighter  red 
than  any  kind  except  JY.  sanguined.    Lvs.  slightly  ser- 
rate: lid  reddish  beneath.    G.  C.  II.  14:40.     I.  H.  29:460 
((lid  spotted  above). 

38.  "Wrigleyana,  Hort.    Said  to  be  another  hybrid  of 
JV.  Phyllamphora  and  JV.  Hookeri.      Lvs.  light  green, 
like  those  of  N.  Phyllamphora,  10-12  xl%-2  in.,  acute 
at  both  ends,  glandular  beneath,  and  with  2  or  more 
parallel  nerves  on  each  side  of  the  midrib.     G.C. II. 
17:143. 

39.  Stewartii,  Veitch  (N.  Stuartii,  Hort.?).     Same 
parentage  as  JV".  Morganiana.     Lvs.  said  to  have  the 
light  green  color  of  JY.  Phyllamphora, with  the  leathery 
texture  of  N.  Hookeri.     Pitcher  intermediate   in   size. 
F.  1879,  p.  157,  where  the  pitcher  is  said  to  have  a  "promi- 
nent rib  "on  the  back.    Specimens  cult,  at  Cornell  Univ. 
have  parti-colored  rims. 

40.  Henryana,  B.  S. Williams  (N. Hookeri xN. Sedeni). 
Pitcher  5x2.  I. H.  29:460.  Gn.  27:494.  Here  may  belong 
I.H.  34:15,  but  the  pitchers  are  larger  and  redder  except 
on  the  lid,  which  is  nearly  green  and  unspotted,  the  rim 
decidedly  parti-colored  and  the  wings  entirely  unfringecl, 
the  last  point  being  the  most  suspicious. 

41.  Eyermanni,  Hort.     Lvs.   10x2  in.,   dark   green, 
leathery,  with  a  few  minute  teeth  on  the  margin:  pitcher 
4x1%  in.,  handsome  dark  red,  with  relatively  few  green 
spots;  mouth  ovate,  rather  short-necked;  lid  roundish, 
as  large  as  the  mouth,  freely  spotted  above,  scarcely 
beneath;    rim  narrow,  slightly  parti-colored ;    wings  in 
the  specimen  sent  with  a  short  fringe  above  and  none 
below.    Described  from  fresh  pitcher  furnished  by  Sie- 
brecht. 

42.  Ratcliffiana,  Veitch  (If.  PhyllamphoraxN. Hook- 
eri).    Lvs.  light  green,  leathery,  12-15 xl%  in.:  pitcher 
5-6  x  2  in. ;   rim   parti-colored ;    lid  about  as  large  as  the 
mouth,  ovate,  glandular  and   spotted  below.     G.C.  II. 
17:178. 

43.  Outramiana,  B.  S.Williams  (N.  SedenixN.  Hook- 
eri).     Pitcher  5  in.  long;    interior  well   spotted;    rim 
parti-colored;  lid  spotted,  at  least  below.    G.C.  II.  14:41. 
F.  1880,  p.  156  (same  cut).    F  M.  1879:384. 

44.  Dominii,  Veitch  (N.  Dominiana,  Hort.?    N.Raf- 
flesianax?).  Stem  purplish,  slightly  downy:  Ivs.  16-18 
x  3  in. ,  1-nerved :  pitcher  6  x  2  in. ,  lid  spotted.  -  Siebrecht 
sends  a  small  pitcher  with  a  high  neck,  narrow,  parti- 
colored rim,  lid  faintly  flushed   above,  freely   spotted 
below.    There  is  more  green  than  red  in  the  pitcher. 

45.  hybrida,  var.  maculata,  Hort.  (2V.  Khasianax?). 
Stem  glabrous:  Ivs.  13x2%  in.,  1-nerved:  pitcher 5x1% 


in.,  cylindric,  but  slightly  contracted  above  the  middle. 
The  color  of  the  lid  is  not  recorded.  J.  M.  Macfarlane 
thinks  that  N.gyacilis  was  the  other  parent. 

The  following  kinds  have  been  offered  in  America  but  can- 
not at  present  be  distinguished  from  those  given  above:  N. 
Allenidna,  Hort.  Siebrecht.— N.  amabilis.  Hort.  Said  to  be  a 
hybrid  between  N.  Hookeri  and  N.  Rafflesiana;  int.  1886.— N. 
Amesidna,  Hort.  Said  to  be  a  hybrid  between  N.  Rafflesiana 
and  N.  Hookeriana;  int.  1893.—  N.  Cldytonii,  offered  1895  by 
Pitcher  and  Manda.— N.  compdcta.  Hort.,  is  figured  in  Gn.  27, 
p.  497,  but  can  hardly  be  distinguished  bv  the  figure  from  any 
other  spotted,  flask-shaped,  low-necked  kind.— A".  Craigidna, 
Hort.  Siebrecht.— A".  Edmundsii,  Hort.  Pitcher  and  Manda.— 
N.  Elmenhorstidna,  Hort.  Siebrecht.— A7,  excelsior,  Hort. 
Hybrid  of  Rafflesiana  and  N.  Hookeriana.  Pitcher  9  in.  long, 
spotted,  oblong,  rounded  at  base.— A".  Findleydna,  Hort.  A 
hybrid  with  medium-sized  spotted  pitchers:  int.  1886.— 2V. 
Hamiltonidna  is  said  to  be  the  same  as  N.  coccinea.— N.  Hib- 
berdii  is  probably  the  correct  name  of  the  hybrid  advertised  by 
Pitcher  &  Manda  as  N.  Hilberdii.  Pitcher  spotted;  lid  green 
above,  indistinctly  marked  with  red  below;  1883. — N.  Johnsonii, 
Hort.  Siebrecht.— N.  Ldnewoodii  or  N.  Lonewoodii,  Hort 
Siebrecht. -A".  Mdyi.  Hort.  Siebrecht.— N.  Osbornedna,  Hort, 
Pitcher  &  Manda.— A".  Paradlsce.  Hybrid,  1883.  Pitcher 
spotted,  much  narrowed  near  center,  4-5x2-2%;  rim  green; 
lid  green  above,  reddish  beneath.— A".  Pdtersonii,  Hort.  Saul. 
Spotted.  Pitcher  cylindrical  but  narrower  above.— A",  picturdta, 
Hort.,  is  figured  in  Siebrecht's  catalogue  with  an  oblong 
pitcher,  which  is  slightly  wider  below  but  not  flask-shaped.— 
A".  Pitcherii,  Pitcher  &  Manda.  Hybrid  between  N.  Paradisze 
and  N.  Henryana.  Pitcher  deep  pink;  1895.— A".  Rreblingii, 
Pitcher  &  Manda,  1895.  Pitcher  almost  globular,  medium- 
sized,  spotted.— A".  Savagedna,  Siebrecht,  has  mug-shaped, 
spotted  pitchers.— A".  Seemannii.  Hort.  Pitcher  &  Manda.— 
A".  Siebrechtidna  is  said  to  have  immense  pitchers,  resembling 
N.  Amesiana  but  lighter  colored  and  dented  on  one  side.— A". 
Seabrightii  of  Saul's  catalogue  is  probably  the  same  thing  as 
the  pi-eceding,  though  Saul  says  it  is  in  the  style  of  N.  Ruffle- 
siana.— A",  splendiaa,  Hort.  Pitcher  &  Manda.— A",  superba, 
Hort.  Hybrid  having  the  habit  of  N.  Hookeriana  and  pitcher 
intermediate  between  N.  Hookeriana  and  N.  Sedeni.  F.M. 
1881:434.— A".  Tdplini,  Hort.  Siebrecht.— A".  Thorpeiana.  Hort. 
Siebrecht.— A".  Tildenii,  or  Tildendidna,  Hort.  Pitcher  & 
Manda.— A".  Wddleyana,  Hort.  Siebrecht,  a  flask-shaped  pitcher 
which  is  much  redder  above.  -^y  ]yj 

NlSPETA  (Latin,  perhaps  from  Nepete,  an  Etrurian 
city).  Labiates.  This  genus  includes  Catnip,  Ground 
Ivy  and  some  other  hardy  perennial  herbs  of  the  easiest 
culture.  Catnip  is  a  familiar  weed  near  dwellings  and 
barns.  Cats  are  fond  of  it,  and  Catnip  tea  is  a  pungent 
memory  with  those  who  have  survived  the  era  of 
homely  simples.  The  seeds  of  Catnip  are  still  offered. 


1473.   Catnip— Nepeta  Cataria.    Enlarged. 

Ground  Ivy  also  grows  wild  "in  America,  and  a  form  of 
it  with  variegated  foliage  is  cult,  for  edging  flower- 
beds or  covering  banks  and  stones.  J.  W.  Manning 
writes  that  it  is  hardy  in  light,  well-drained  soils,  but 
sometimes  winter-kills  in  moist  soils.  It  is  also  used  in 


NEPETA 


NEPHROLEPIS 


1075 


1474.   Leaf  of  Catnip. 


vases  and  baskets.  Nepeta  is  a  genus  of  about  120  spe- 
cies, mostly  in  the  northern  hemisphere  outside  the 
tropics.  Perennial  or  annual  herbs,  tall  and  erect,  or 
dwarf  and  more  or  less  trailing:  Ivs.  dentate  or  incised, 
the  floral  ones  like  the  rest 
or  reduced  to  bracts  : 
whorls  of  fls.  crowded  in 
a  dense  spike,  or  in  a 
loose  cyme,  rarely  few- 
fld.  and  axillary:  fls.  blue 
or  white ;  calyx  15-nerved ; 
corolla  2-lipped;  perfect 
stamens  4:  ovary  4-parted. 
The  genus  is  placed  be- 
tween Lop  an  thus  and 
Dracocephalum,  and  is 
characterized  as  follows: 
calyx  tubular,  the  mouth 
straight  or  oblique,  5- 
toothed;  stamens  usually 
parallel,  ascending;  anther 
cells  divergent  or  divari- 
cate. See  Fig.  1473  . 

Nepeta  Glechoma  is  a 
perennial  creeping  plant 
of  easy  culture  in  any 
loose,  rich,  fairly  moist 
soil,  in  either  shade  or  full  sunlight,  but  to  be  luxuriant 
in  the  open  it  should  have  a  moist  soil.  It  is  a  very 
rapid  grower,  and  is  therefore  often  troublesome  when 
planted  with  other  low-growing  plants.  It  is  useful  as 
a  ground  covering  in  shrubbery  borders  and  shady 
places  generally. 

A.    Blooms  small,  inconspicuous. 
B.    Color  of  fls.  \vhite  or  nearly  so. 
Cataria,  Linn.    CATNIP  or  CATNEP.    CATMINT.     Figs. 
1473,  1474.     Tall  and   erect:    Ivs.  heart-shaped,    green 
above,  whitish  below,  crenate,  stalked.     Eu.,  Orient. 

BB.    Color  of  fls.  blue. 

Glechoma,  Benth.  GROUND  IVY.  GILL-OVER-THE- 
GROUND.  Makes  a  dense  mat:  Ivs.  roundish,  more 
deeply  notched  at  the  base  than  Catnip,  and  green  on 
both  sides,  the  floral  ones  like  the  others,  not  reduced 
to  bracts  as  in  the  other  kinds  here  described :  whorls 
axillary,  few-fld.  Nat.  from  Eu.,  Asia.  B.B.  3:87.— The 
green-lvd.  form  is  less  cult,  than  var.  variegata  (IV. 
htftlrracea,  Trev.,  var.  variegata,  Hort.). 

AA.    Blossoms  larger,  shoivy,  blue. 

B.   I/vs.  not  notched  at  the  base. 

macrantha,  Fisch.  Erect,  branching,  nearly  glabrous  : 
Ivs.  short- stalked,  ovate-lanceolate,  green  on  both  sides: 
cymes  peduncled,  few-fld.:  fls.  1  inch  long;  bracts 
minute.  Altai.  B.M.  2185  (Dracocephalum  Sibiricum). 

BB.    Lvs.  notched  at  base. 

c.    Fls.  pedicelled. 

betonicaefdlia,  C.  A.  Mey.  Upper  Ivs.  green  on  both 
sides:  bracts  a  half  shorter  than  the  calyx.  Caucasus. 

cc.    Fls.  sessile. 

Mussini,  Spreng.  Diffuse;  branches  ascending:  Ivs. 
green  above, whitish  below:  racemes  unbranched :  bracts 
much  shorter  than  the  calyx.  Caucasus,  Persia.  R.H. 
1891:300.  B.M.  923  (N.  longifolia).-Not  adv. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY  and  W.  M. 

NEPHELIUM  (old  name  of  the  burdock  applied  to 
this  genus  because  the  rough  fruits  were  supposed  to  re- 
semble those  of  burdock).  Sapindacece.  The  Litchi  nut 
can  be  obtained  in  the  dried  state  in  the  larger  markets 
of  the  eastern  states  and  is  often  seen  on  the  tables 
of  trans-Pacific  steamers.  The  tree  is  cult,  in  the 
West  Indies  but  not  in  the  U.  S.,  unless  in  Porto 
Rico.  The  whole  fruit  is  about  as  large  as  a  small 
walnut.  The  outer  covering  consists  of  a  thin,  brittle 
shell,  under  which  is  a  layer  of  soft,  aromatic  and 
delicious  pulp;  finally  in  the  center  is  a  rather  large, 
smooth,  hard-shelled  seed,  from  which  the  pulp  readily 
separates.  It  is  one  of  the  most  delicately  flavored 
fruits  that  the  tropics  produce.  In  dried  state  it  will 


keep  a  long  time,  and  can  be  transported  to  distant 
parts.  Thus  dried,  the  pulp  shrinks  from  the  shell  and 
becomes  tough  and  less  aromatic  and  delicate. 

The  tree  is  a  native  of  southern  China  and  the  Malay 
archipelago,  where  it  has  been  cult,  for  at  least  1,500 
years.  It  has  been  brought  to  the  extreme  south  of 
Japan  and  to  various  tropical  countries.  It  was  introduced 
to  southern  Fla.  in  1886.  Only  a  limited  area  is  suited 
to  its  growth,  as  it  does  not 'readily  adapt  itself  to  cli- 
mates which  differ  much  from  that  peculiar  to  its  orig- 
inal habitat.  It  is  a  good-sized  tree,  said  to  attain  a  di- 
ameter of  2-3  ft.  It  is  probably  cult,  under  glass  in  a 
few  European  botanic  gardens  for  its  economic  interest. 

The  preceding  account  is  abstracted  chiefly  from 
G.  C.  Georgeson's  article  in  A.G.  12:269.  W.  A.  Taylor 
writes  :  "The  Litchi  nut  is  also  sold  in  Chinese  stores 
in  the  larger  cities  in  the  form  of  preserves  packed  in 
syrup  in  glass  jars.  In  this  form  the  peculiar  fragrance 
and  flavor  of  the  fresh  fruit  are  well  preserved." 

Nephelium  is  a  genus  of  about  20  species  of  oriental 
trees:  Ivs.  alternate, 
abruptly  pinnate; 
Ifts.  not  quite  op- 
posite, oblong,  en- 
tire, rarely  serrate: 
panicles  axillary  and 
terminal,  many-fld.: 
fls.  small,  regular, 
polygamo  -  dioecious ; 
calyx  small,  cup- 
shaped,  4-6-cut;  pet- 
als none  or  4-6,  vil-  1475.  Litchi  Nut— Nephelium  (X  %). 
lous  or  with  2  scales; 
stamens  6-10:  ovary  2-3-lobed. 
is  allied  to  the  soap-berry. 

Litchi,  Cambes.  LITCHI  or  LEECHEE.  Fig.  1475.  Lfts. 
about  3  pairs,  lanceolate,  1-nerved  beneath.  China. 
A.  G.  12:269. 

NEPHKdDIUM.  A  name  used  at  Kew  for  species  of 
Dryopteris,  which  see.  N.  emersum,  var.  cristatum  is 
advertised,  but  unknown  to  botanists. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

NEPHROLEPIS  (Greek,  kidney  scale;  alluding  to  the 
indusia).  Polypodiacew.  A  genus  of  subtropical  ferns 
with  pinnate  Ivs.,  the  pinnae  articulated  to  the  rachis, 
free  veins  and  a  reniform  or  roundish  indusium  rising 
from  the  apex  of  the  upper  branch  of  a  vein.  See  Fern. 


Botanically  the  genus 


acuta,  3. 
Bausei.  3. 
Bostoniensis,  2. 
cordata,  1. 
cordifolia,  1. 
davallioides,  4. 


INDEX. 

Duffii,  1. 
exalt  at  a,  2. 
furcans,  4. 
Paradisce,  2. 
pectinata,  1. 
Philippensis,  2. 


plumosa,  2. 
rufescens,  3. 
tripinnatif.ida,  3. 
tuber osa,  1. 
Washingtonensis ,  2. 


A.    Rootstocks  bearing  tubers. 

1.  cordifdlia,  Presl.  (N.  tuberbsa,  Hook.).    Stalks  1-4 
in.  long:  Ivs.  1-2  ft.  long,  1K-2  in.  wide,  with  close,  often 
imbricated  pinnae,  usually  blunt  at  the  apex.    Mexico  to 
Japan-and  New  Zealand.    N.  pectinata,  Schott,  is  a  form 
with  auricled  Ivs.  and  no  tubers.    N.  Duffii,  Moore,  is 
apparently  a  monstrous  form  from  New  Zealand,  with 
tufted  habit  and  branching  fronds.  JV.  cordata  compacta, 
Hort.,  is  said  to  be  a  var.  of  N.  cordifolia. 

AA.    .Rootstocks  without  tubers. 
B.    Margins  entire  or  crenulate. 

2.  exaltata,  Schott.  SWORD  FERN.  Stalks  4-6  in.  long : 
Ivs.  1-2  ft.  or  more  long,  3-6  in.  broad;  pinnae  close,  usu- 
ally acute,  the  edge  entire  or  slightly  crenate,  the  upper 
side  auricled.   Fla.  to  Brazil,  Hong  Kong  and  East  Africa. 
The  "Boston  Fern,"  or  var.  Bostoniensis  (see  Plate  XI) 
of  the  horticulturists,  is  highly  valued  but  has  no  stand- 
ing as  a  botanical  variety.    It  is  sometimes  in  the  trade 
under  the  horticultural  name  N,  Paradisce.   N.  exaltata, 
var.  plumosa,  Hort.,  has  double,  overlapping  crests. 
JV.  Philippensis,  Hort.,  with  dark-lvd.,  dark  green  foli- 
age, probably  belongs  here.    N.  Washingtoniensis  and 
.2V.  Washingtoniensis,  var.  pendula,  Hort.,  are  said  to  be 
forms  of  this  species.  G.  W.  Oliver  says  that  their  fronds 
last  well  after  being  cut. 


1076 


NEPHROLEPIS 


NER1NE 


3.  actita,  Presl.  (N.  Bausei,  Hort.).   Lvs.  2-4  ft.  long, 
8-12  in.  wide,  on  short  slightly  scaly  stalks;  pinnae  K-l 
in.  wide,  acute,  with  entire  or  slightly  crenate  margins, 
the  lower  basal  angle  rounded,  the  upper  auricled:  in- 
<lusia  suborbicular.    Fla.  to  Brazil  and  in  the  tropics  of 
the  Old  World.— If.  ruftscens,  Presl.,  is  a  woolly  variety. 
JV.  tripinnatiflda  is  said  to  be  a  variety  of  this  species. 

BB.    Margins  pinnatifid. 

4.  davallioides,  Kunze.     Lvs.  drooping,  2-3  ft.  long, 
1  ft.  or  more  wide;  lower  pinnae  inciso-crenate,  the  upper 
:narrower,  with  deeper  lobes.    In  cultivation  the  pinnae 
.are  forked  often  several  times  and  are  sometimes  irregu- 
larly crested;  their  form  resembles  the  horticultural  va- 
riety furcans.    Java.  —  Var.  furcans  multiceps  is  also 
advertised. 

N.  serruldta  cristata,  once  advertised  by  John  Saul,  seems  un- 
known to  the  botanies.— #.  Wtttboldii,  F.R.  5:247  (1900) ;  6:525, 
is  a  variety  of  Boston  Fern  with  fronds  thrice  as  wide  as  the 
•type.  The  pinnae  are  said  to  .have  characteristic  convolutions. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 


be  procured  at  little  cost  and  is  easily  grown.  It  is  prop- 
agated by  division  or  by  the  creeping  rhizomes.  This  is 
best  done  in  early  spring.  The  rhizomes  may  be  pegged 
down  in  small  pots  and  when  well  rooted  may  be  de- 
tached from  the  parent  plant.  A  good  compost  for  pot- 
ting consists  of  soil  and  leaf  -mold,  with  some  well-rotted 
manure  added.  Shift  into  larger  pots  or  pans  as  the 
plants  require.  Secure  good  drainage  and  give  plenty 
of  water,  especially  during  the  summer  months.  This 
treatment  will  make  specimen  plants  of  3-5  ft.  in  diam- 
eter by  October,  with  graceful  fronds  drooping  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  hide  the  pot  or  pan.  A  well-grown  speci- 
men suspended  in  a  bay-window  is  a  sight  long  to  be  re- 
membered. There  are  many  plants  in  good  condition 
that  have  been  in  use  for  several  years  during  the  sum- 
mer on  the  veranda  and  in  the  house  during  the  winter 

JAMES  DEAN> 


1476.   Nerine  curvifolia,  var.  Fothereilli  (X  %). 

The  Boston  Fern,  JVephrolepis  exaltata,  var  Bostoni- 
en  sis,  is  without  doubt  the  most  valuable  ornamental 
foliage  plant  for  house  and  conservatory  decoration  that 
Tthe  trade  has  put  on  the  American  market  for  years. 
Its  many  good  points  made  it  a  welcome  addition  to 
our  list  of  plants,  and  the  flower-loving  public  soon  dis- 
covered that  it  was  a  fit  companion  for  the  palms,  en- 
during with  them  equally  well  the  dry  atmosphere  of  the 
house.  Thriving  under  indifferent  care,  it  has  proved 
itself  a  very  valuable  plant.  It  grows  where  many  of  our 
best  house  plants  had  been  failures.  It  is  a  plant  that  can 


NEPHTHtTIS  (name  borrowed  from  Egyptian  my- 
thology; Nephthys,  mother  of  Amibis,  wife  of  Typhon). 
Aracete.  About  half  a  dozen  species  of  tropical  African 
creepers,  2  of  which  are  cult,  in  hothouses  for  their  va- 
riegated foliage.  The  Ivs.  are  all  more  or  less  halberd- 
shaped  or  arrow-shaped,  with  scarcely  any  sheath  on 
the  petiole.  Inflorescence  terminal  :  spathe  concave-ex- 
panded: ovary  1-celled;  ovule  solitary,  pendulous. 

picturata,  N.  E.  Br.    The  white  markings  form  a  pat- 
tern resembling  the  tips  of  fern  fronds  laid  between  the 
nerves,  with  their  points  all  directed  towards  the  base 
of  the  midrib.    Plant  stemless,  spreading  by  runners: 
petioles  10-12  in.  long:  blade  6-12  in.  long,  5-9  in.  broad. 
Congo.    Var.  angustata,  N.  E.  Br.,  has  smaller  and  nar- 
rower Ivs.     Figured  in  catalogue  of 
U.  S.  nurseries  1895. 

triplrylla,  Hort.  "A  pretty  stove 
creeper  with  dark  green  thrice-di- 
vided Ivs.  marked  with  greenish 
white  in  the  exact  shape  of  the  leaf." 

NEPTtTNIA  plena  is  a  rare  sensi- 
tive plant  of  aquatic  habit  found  in 
the   East   and   West  Indies    and    S. 
Amer.  It  has  foliage  much  like  that 
of  the  common  sensitive  plant,  Mi- 
mosa  pudica.    The   fls.  are   so   odd 
that   no   one  at    first     sight    would 
imagine    that    they    belong   to   the 
legume   family.      They  are  more  or 
less  egg-shaped    in   outline,    1%  x  1 
in.,  and  borne  singly  on  stalks  6  in. 
long.    They  are  drooping  and  have 
numerous    stamens.      The    singular 
feature  of  these  fls.  is  a  mass  of  yel- 
low petalage  composed  of   6  or  more  tiers  of  reflexed, 
narrowly  lanceolate  strips,  which  are  really  transformed 
and  sterile    stamens.    The  plant  floats  on  the  water  and 
has  grooved  stems,  the  portion  under  water  being  white, 
spongy  and  full  of  air-cells.    It  is  of  difficult  culture 
and  can  probably  not  be  secured  in  Europe  at  present, 
but  would  make  an  interesting  addition  to  our  northern 
botanic  gardens.    B.M.  4695.  Leguminosce. 

NERINE  (a  nereid  of  Greek  mythology).  AmarylU- 
dacece.  A  remarkable  genus  of  tender  bulbous  plants, 
of  which  the  commonest  species  is  N.  Sarniensis,  long 
known  as  the  Guernsey  Lily  from  the  island  where 
these  bulbs  are  grown  to  perfection.  They  will  never 
become  popular  with  florists,  because  the  winter  is  their 
growing  season  instead  of  flowering  time.  They  belong 
to  the  very  small  class  of  autumn-blooming  bulbs.  The 
common  kinds  flower  from  Sept.  to  Nov.  without  any 
foliage,  and  the  Ivs.  are  developed  all  winter.  About 
May  the  Ivs.  die  down  and  the  bulbs  rest  from  May  to 
Aug.  The  fls.  range  from  scarlet  through  salmon  and 
pink  shades  to  white,  and  are  borne  in  umbels  of  4-20 
fls.,  on  scapes  varying  from  1-3  ft.  long  and  averaging  1% 
ft.  The  fls.  are  6-parted,  the  segments  more  or  less 
rolled  back  and  sometimes  crimped  or  fluted. 

There  are  10  species,  all  from  South  Africa.  A  com- 
mon trade  name  is  Nerine  Japonica,  which  is  really  a 
Lycoris  since  it  has  black  seeds,  while  all  the  true 
Nerines  have  green  seeds.  It,  however,  has  the  au- 


XERIXE 


XERIXE 


1077 


tumn-blooming  habit  and  fls.  of  the  same  general  ap- 
pearance as  true  ferine.  Xerines  have  two  distinct 
types  of  beauty,  illustrated  by  Figs.  1476  and  1477. 
The  kinds  with  the  narrow  perianth  segments,  which 
are  crisped  or  fluted,  have  a  spidery  look  and  are  not  as 
popular  as  the  kinds  with  broad,  flat  segments,  which 
make  a  showier  cluster  of  fls.  The  segments  vary  from 
one-twelfth  to  one-half  an  inch  in  width.  The  showiest 
kinds  are  hybrids  or  varieties  of  JV.  Sarniensis  and 
jy.  curvi folia,  the  former  species  being  the  most  pro- 
lific of  varieties.  In  these  two  species  the  strong,  ver- 
tical lines  of  the  erect,  long-protruded  stamens  make  a 
striking  feature.  The  fls.  of  the  other  species  have 
more  of  a  drooping  tendency  and  the  stamens  are 
shorter  and  declinate,  as  in  Fig.  1477.  N.  pudica  is 
perhaps  the  choicest  white-fld.  kind.  Nerines  have 
bulbs  1-2  in.  or  less  in  diam.,  and  about  6  Ivs.,  varying 
from  8-18  in.  in  length  and  4-9  lines  in  width.  Among 
the  uncultivated  kinds  are  some  with  short,  stout 
scapes  and  others  with  appendages  at  the  base  of  the 
filaments.  The  Ivs.  appear  after  the  fls.  in  the  first  two 
species,  but  with  the  fls.  in  the  others.  Baker,  Hand- 
book of  the  Amaryllideae,  1888,  and  Flora  Capensis, 
vol.  6,  1896-7. 

The  following  American  experience  is  condensed  from 
an  article  by  the  late  John  Robertson,  in  the  Florists' 
Review  1:675. 

Nerines  are  noted  for  the  sparkling  texture  of  their 
fls.  In  strong  light  they  have  the  appearance  of  being 
frosted  over.  Xo  flower  with  which  the  writer  is  ac- 
quainted appears  to  better  advantage  under  artificial 
light  than  N.  Fothergilli,  var.  major. 

The  secret  of  success  with  Nerines  is  to  secure  the 
fullest  possible  development  of  the  bulbs.    This  refers 
to  their  winter  treatment.     They  enjoy  abundance  of 
water  at  the  root  and  overhead,  with  occasional  appli- 
cations  of  liquid  manure.     This  treatment  should 
never  cease  until  the  Ivs.  turn  yellow,  which  is  a 
sign    that   the   plants   are    finishing  their  growth. 
Then  diminish  the  water  supply  gradually,  lay  the 
pots  on  their  sides  where  they  are  not  likely  to  get 
wet,  and  in  full  sunlight,  so  that  the  bulbs  may 
ripen  thoroughly. 

Nerines  do  not  like  to  have  their  roots  disturbed,  nor 
do  they  require  much  root  room :  they  grow  and  flower 
best  when  hard  pot-bound.  Three  bulbs  planted  in  good 
fibrous  loam  with  a  little  sand  may  remain  in  a  5-inch  pot 
for  five  or  six  years,  or  even  longer,  as  the  offsets  can  be 
rubbed  off  and  separately  potted  while  the  parent  bulbs 
go  on  increasing  in  size.  Each  year  as  the  flower-scape 
appears  pick  off  about  an  inch  of  the  surface  soil  with  a 
sharp-pointed  stick,  and  give  the  ball  of  roots  a  good 
soaking  and  a  slight  top-dressing. 


Amaryllis,  1,2,  5,6. 
carnosa,  1. 
corusea,  1. 
curvifolia,  2. 
flexiiosa,  3. 
Fothergilli,  2. 


INDEX. 

humilis,  6. 
insignis,  1. 
Manselli,  3. 
Plantii,  1. 
pudica,  4. 
pulchella.  3. 


rosea,  1. 
Sarniensis,  1. 
splendens,  6. 
undulata.  5. 
venusta,  1. 


A.    Stamens  and  style  nearly  erect. 
B.    Lvs.  green,  suberect. 

1.  Sarni6nsis,  Herb.  GUERNSEY  LILY.  Lvs.  linear,  not 
curved  laterally:  fls.  bright  crimson;  perianth  segments 
hardly  crisped.  B.  M.  294.- Var.  Plantii,  (N.  Pldntii, 
Hort. )  has  a  longer  scape,  duller  fls.,  and  more  distinctly 
clawed  segments.  Gn.  21:329.  Var.  venusta  has  bright 
scarlet  fls.  produced  earlier  than  any  of  the  other  varie- 
ties. B.M.  1090  (as  Amaryllis  venusta).  Var.  rdsea  has 
Ivs.  darker  green  than  the  type:  fls.  rose-red:  seeds  ob- 
long instead  of  globose.  B.M.  2124  (as  N.  rosea).  Var. 
corusca  (N.  cortisca,  Herb.)  has  bulb  tunics-not  chaffy: 
Ivs.  broader  than  in  the  type,  with  distinct  cross-bars 
between  the  main  veins :  fls.  large,  bright  scarlet.  B.M. 
1089  (as  Amaryllis  humilis).  Gn.  21:329.  N.  corusca 
major  has  rich  crimson-red  fls.  Var.  carndsa,  Van  Tu- 
bergen,  carmine  rosy.  Var.  insignis,  Hort.  Krelage,  is 
considered  by  Baker  synonymous  with  the  type,  but  is 
probably  horticulturally  distinct.  The  flowers  are  said 
to  be  rosy. 


BB.  Lvs.  glaucous,  sickle-shaped. 
2.  curvifdlia,  Herb.  Lvs.  strap-shaped,  curved  later- 
ally, thicker  than  in  N.  Sarniensis  :  fls.  bright  scarlet: 
perianth  segments  hardly  crisped.  B.M.  725  (as  Ama- 
ryllis curvifolia).  R.  B.  22:13.-Cult.  only  in  the  form 
of  var.  Fbthergilli  (N.  Fdthergilli,  Roem.),  which  is  more 
robust  in  all  parts  (Fig.  1476) :  fls.  more  numerous,  be- 
tween crimson  and  scarlet.  Gn.  22,  p.  463.  Var.  F6ther- 
gilli  major  (N.  Fothergilli  major,  Hort.)  is  a  form  with 
still  larger  fls.  F.R.  1 :  675. 


1477.   Nerine  Manselli  (X  %). 

AA.    Stamens  and  style  declined. 

B.  Outer  fls.  of  the  umbel  opening  before  the  inner  ones. 
c.    Segments  distinctly  crisped  or  fluted. 

3.  flexudsa,  Herb.    Scape  flexuous,  longer  than  in  the 
other  kinds,  sometimes  2-3  ft.  long:  fls.  generally  pale 
pink.  Var.  pulchella  has  glaucous  Ivs.,  firmer  than  in  the 
type :  scape  not  flexuous :  fls.  pale  pink,  keeled  rose-red. 
B.M.  2407 and  Gn.  21:329  (as N.  pulchella).  N.  flexuosa, 
var.  pudica  was  offered  in  1890  by  Reasoner  Bros.    N. 
Manselli,  O'Brien,  Fig.  1477,  is  a  fine  hybrid  between 
N.  flexuosa  and  Fothergilli.     Gn.  56:1460. 

cc.    Segments  hardly  crisped. 

4.  pudica,    Hook.     Lvs.  4-6,  glaucous:    umbels   4-6- 
fld.,  the  other  kinds  being  8-20-fld. :  fls.  white,  keeled 
pink  above,  %  in.  wide;  stamens  a  little  shorter  than 
the  perianth.     F.S.  22:2464.     Gn.  21: 329. -Showy,  not 
spidery. 

BB.    Outer  fls.  opening  after  the  inner  ones. 
c.    Length  of  perianth  segments  %-%  in. 

5.  undulata,    Herb.     Fls.    pale     pink,     very    much 
crisped.   B.M.  369  (as  Amaryllis  undulata). 

CO.    Length  of  perianth  segments  1-1%  in. 

6.  humilis,  Herb.     Scape  often   smaller  than  in  the 
other  kinds,  %-!%  ft.  high:  fls.  bright  pink  or  rose-red, 
somewhat  crisped.     B.M.  726  (as  Amaryllis  humilis). 
Gn.   21. -329. -Var.    splendens,   Hort.    Krelage,   is    pre- 
sumably the  best  form  of  this   species.     Fls.  purple- 
crimson. 

The  following  names  are  mostly  important  hybrids  which  in 
many  cases  are  more  popular  than  the  species:  N.  amdbilii 
(pudica  X  humilis),  rosy,  dark-striped.  Var.  grandiflora, 
Hort.  Van  Tubergen,  has  larger  fls.— N.  crispa,  Hort.  Thor- 
burn,  scarlet.— AT.  elegans  (flexuosa  X  Sarniensis,  var.  rosea), 
pink.  Var.  carminata,  cerise.  Var.  coerulea,  shaded  blue.— N. 
excellent,  Moore  (flexuosa  X  humilis,  var.  major),  carmine 
rosy,  dark-striped.— AT.  Haylocki  (curvifolia  X  flexuosa,  var. 
pulchella).  One  of  the  oldest  hybrids  in  cult.  Raised  by  Wm. 
Herbert.  The  others  in  this  list  are  more  modern.— N.  Japonica, 
Miq.=Lycoris  radiata.— N.  Manselli  (flexuosa  X  curvifolia, 
var.  Fothergilli),  warm  pink,  late.  See  No.  3.— N.  Meadow- 
bankii  (Sarniensis  X  curvifolia,  var.  Fothergilli). — N".  O'Brleni 
(pudica  X  Sarniensis,  var.  Plantii).  Var.  coerulea,  Van  Tu- 
bergen, pale  violet,  tinged  blue.— N.  tardiflbra,  Hort.  Van  Tu- 
bergen, not  accounted  for  by  Baker.  Fls.  bright  red  in  Dec. 

W.  M. 


1078 


NERIUM 


NERTERA 


NERIUM  (ancient  name  for  Oleander,  supposed  to 
be  from  Greek  neros,  "moist;"  alluding  to  the  places  in 
which  it  grows  wild).  Apocynacece.  The  Oleander  is 
an  old-fashioned  evergreen  shrub  known  to  everybody, 
and  cultivated  everywhere  in  southern  countries.  The 
Bermudas,  especially,  are  famous  for  their  Oleander 
hedges.  In  the  North  the  Oleander  is  a  common  house 
plant,  being  grown  in  tubs  for  summer  decoration,  and 
ranking  in  popularity  after  the  sweet  bay  and  hydrangea. 
It  attains  7-15  ft.,  and  blooms  in  summer,  the  fls.  being 
salver-shaped,  5-lobed  when  single,  l%-3  in.  across,  and 
commonly  pink  or  white,  though  the  colors  range  from 
white  through  creamy  white,  blush,  rose  and  copper 
color,  to  crimson  and  dark  purple,  with  variegated 
forms. 

The  genus  contains  only  2  or  3  species.  They  are 
glabrous  shrubs:  Ivs.  in  whorls  of  3,  rarely  4  or  2,  nar- 
row, leathery,  transversely  feather-veined:  fls.  in  ter- 
minal cymes;  calyx  with  many  glands  inside  at  the 
base;  corolla-tube  cylindrical  at  the  base;  throat  bell  - 
shaped  and  containing  5  wide  or  narrow  teeth;  lobes 
twisted  to  the  right;  anthers  2-tailed  at  the  base  and 
tapering  at  the  apex  into  a  long,  thread-like  appendage ; 
style  1:  ovaries  2,  forming  pods;  seeds  twisted. 

Oleanders  are  of  easy  culture,  and  are  well  adapted  to 
city  conditions.  Their  chief  troubles  are  scale  and  mealy 
bug.  The  scale  should  be  sponged  off;  the  mealy  bug 
is  easily  dislodged  by  the  hose.  Sometimes  a  plant 
forms  buds  which  open  poorly  or  not  at  all.  This  is 
often  due  to  the  imperfect  ripening  of  the  wood.  The  fls. 
are  borne  on  the  growth  of  the  year,  which  should  be 


1478.   Spray  of  Oleander— Nerium  Oleander. 

well  ripened  in  June  in  order  to  set  many  strong  buds. 
For  this  purpose  give  the  plants  plenty  of  light  and  air, 
and  water  more  sparingly  when  the  vegetative  growth 
seems  to  be  finished.  After  flowering,  give  the  plants 
less  water.  Protect  them  from  frost  in  winter;  keep 
them,  if  necessary,  in  a  light  shed.  In  April,  prune  back 
the  old  wood  which  has  borne  fls.  and  give  more  warmth 


and  water.  The  ripened  leading  shoots  can  be  rooted  in 
a  bottle  of  water.  Oleanders  are  poisonous,  and  some 
people  have  died  from  carelessly  eating  the  fls.  Cattle 
have  been  killed  by  eating  the  foliage.  E.  S.  Miller 
writes:  "We  have  good  success  in  rooting  ripe  wood  in 
the  winter.  The  cuttings  remain  3  to  4  weeks  in  the 
sand,  with  moderate  bottom  heat.  They  grow  like  weeds 
when  potted."  y?  -^ 

Oleanders  in  the  J2ast.  —  The  Oleander  is  becoming 
somewhat  fashionable  again,  especially  the  double- 
flowered  variety  of  cerise  color.  The  following  method 
of  Oleander  culture  has  been  pursued  by  the  writer 
with  success.  Propagation  is  performed  after  the  flow- 
ering period.  Good-sized  cuttings  are  taken,  and  every 
one  grows.  When  rooted,  the  cuttings  are  potted  in 
small  pots  and  kept  barely  alive  over  the  winter.  They 
will  need  scarcely  more  attention  than  geraniums  un- 
til February  or  March,  or  whenever  growth  becomes 
more  active.  Later  in  the  spring  the  young  Oleanders 
arc  planted  outdoors  in  the  open  ground,  in  good  rich 
loam  or  garden  soil.  (This  is  sometimes  done  with 
ivies  or  euonymus,  but  the  common  method  is  to 
plunge  the  pots  outdoors  during  summer).  Take  up 
the  Oleanders  in  September,  pot  them  and  bring  them 
indoors  for  their  second  winter.  The  following  spring 
the  plants  will  bloom,  but  they  will  not  be  shapely. 
The  time  has  now  arrived  to  train  them,  either  as  bush 
plants  or  crown  standards.  Top  them  at  whatever  height 
is  desired,  say  2  or  3  feet,  and  the  plants  will  make  good 
•  crowns  the  same  season (i.  e.,  their  second  summer).  Do 
not  allow  the  plant  to  bloom  the  following  spring, 
(which  is  its  third  spring),  and  the  result  will  be  a  fine 
specimen  in  full  flower  for  the  fourth  summer. 

H.  A.  SlEBRECHT. 

Oleanders  in  California.  — Oleanders  are  much  grown, 
in  S.  Calif,  and  would  be  extremely  popular  were  it  not 
for  black  and  other  scales,  which  seem  to  prefer  them 
to  everything  else.  We  have  five  colors  here,  perhaps 
all  of  the  same  species— white,  light  pink,  dark  pink, 
scarlet  and  buff.  Most  of  these  colors,  if  not  all,  can  be 
had  in  both  single  and  double  forms.  The  writer  has 
never  seen  an  Oleander  more  than  15  ft.  high,  but  he 
believes  they  will  grow  larger.  One  Los  Angeles  man 
planted  the  red  variety  thirteen  years  ago  for  sidewalk 
trees.  (For  this  purpose,  if  cleaned  of  scale  when  nec- 
essary, the  Oleander  is  one  of  the  very  best. )  The  trees 
are  heavily  pruned  and  topped  each  year.  They  are  now 
12  ft.  high  and  4-5  in.  in  diameter  at  base.  Oleanders 
need  no  attention  here,  and  are  as  readily  propagated 
from  hardwood  cuttings  as  willow.  They  are  very  flor- 
iferous,  and  the  inflorescence  comes  out  in  large,  heavy 
heads,  necessitating  a  close  pruning  to  make  them  self- 
supporting.  ERNEST  BRAUNTON. 
A.  Fls.  not  scented. 

Oleander,  Linn.     OLEANDER.     ROSE    BAY.    (Another 

?lant  called  Rose  Bay  is  Epilobium  angusti  folium.)  Fig. 
478.  Lvs.  in  2's  or  3' s,  lanceolate:  appendages  of  the 
anthers  scarcely  protruding:  segments  of  the  crown 
3-4-toothed.  Mediterranean  region,  Orient.  Gn.  51,  p. 
81  (fine  trees  in  vases).  A.F.  10:265  (Bermuda  shrub 
with  a  spread  of  25  ft.).  L.B.C.  7:666  (var.  Loddigesii, 
with  a  variegated  fl.  and  the  appendages  entire,  ovate 
and  obtuse).  JY.  albiim,  atropurpureum,  carneum  and 
roseutn,  Hort.,  are  doubtless  varieties. 

AA.    Fls.  scented. 

oddrum,  Soland.  SWEET-SCENTED  OLEANDER.  Lvs. 
in  3's,  linear-lanceolate:  appendages  of  the  anthers 
protruding:  segments  of  the  crown  4-7,  long  and  nar- 
row. Persia,  India,  Japan.  B.R.  1:74.  B.M.  1799  and 
2032.— A  less  robust  plant,  with  Ivs.  commonly  narrower 
and  more  distant,  and  angled  branches.  In  wild  plants 
the  calyx-lobes  of  N.  Oleander  are  spreading;  of  odorum 
erect.  Not  advertised  but  cult.  Has  some  range  of 
color  and  single  and  double  forms.  -\\r.  M. 

NEETfiEA  (Greek,  lowly  ;  referring  to  the  habit). 
RuMacece.  The  Bead,  or  Coral  Bead  Plant  (N.  depressa) 
is  a  hardy  perennial  Alpine  or  rock  plant  which  forms  a 
dense  mat  of  foliage  covered  with  orange-colored, 
translucent  berries  the  size  of  a  pea.  The  genus  com- 


NERTERA 

prises  6  species  of  similar  habit  found  in  the  mountains 
of  the  southern  hemisphere.  The  best  of  the  genus, 
probably,  is  JV.  depressa,  which  ranges  throughout  the 
Andes,  from  the  tropics  to  Cape  Horn.  It  also  inhabits 
Tristan  d'Acunha,  and  the  mountains  of  New  Zealand 
and  Tasmania.  The  Bead  Plant  is  prop,  by  seed  or  di- 
vision. It  needs  a  sandy  soil,  with  some  leaf -mold,  and 
prefers  shade  in  summer.  It  may  need 
some  winter  covering  in  the  North.  It  O 

makes  a  good  house  plant  and  well-fruited 
specimens  are  occasionally  used  abroad  in 
fancy  bedding  as  a  novelty.  The  fruit 
may  last  from  midsummer  well  into  the 
winter. 

Nerteras  are  slender  creepers,  with 
small,  opposite  Ivs.  which  are  stalked  or 
not,  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate;  stipules 
grown  into  a  sheath  with  the  petioles,  2- 
dentate  or  entire :  fls.  axillary,  incon- 
spicuous, sessile  ;  corolla  4-lobed;  sta- 
mens 4:  ovary  2-celled;  drupe  2-seeded. 

depressa,  Banks  and  Soland.  Almost 
glabrous:  stems  6-10  in.  long,  4-cornered: 
Ivs.  2-4  lines  long,  broadly  ovate,  acute 
or  obtuse,  leathery  or  almost  fleshy;  peti- 
oles about  as  long  as  the  blades ;  stipules 
very  small:  fls.  solitary,  greenish.  F.S. 
21:2167  (charming).  B.M.  5799.  w.  M. 

NES-ffiA.    SeeDecodon. 

NETTLE.  Urtica.  Dead  N.,  I/amiiim. 
False  N.,  Soehmeria.  Tree  N.,  Celtis. 

NEVADA,  HORTICULTURE  IN.    Fig. 
1479.     The  northwestern  part  of  the  state 
along   the   eastern   slope    of    the    Sierra 
Nevada  mountains  is  the  chief  fruit  sec- 
tion.    In  the  southern  part  of  the  state, 
which   is    also   near   the    Sierra    Nevada 
mountains,    some  very  fine  semi-tropical  fruits 
are  grown,  but  lack  of  transportation  facilities 
prevents  their  more  extensive  production  as  yet. 

There  are  possibly  1,500  acres  planted  in  apple 
trees,  a  great  many  of  these  being  young  trees,  not  yet 
in  bearing.  As  to  other  fruits,  the  acreage  planted  is 
small,  as  they  can  be  sold  only  in  our  home  market, 
which  is  very  limited.  Some  of  the  largest  apple  or- 
chards contain  30-50  acres  each.  An  orchard  of  30 
acres  in  full  bearing  would  produce  about  6,000  boxes 
of  marketable  apples,  worth  here  $1  per  box  ;  the  ex- 
pense of  everything  connected  with  them  would  be 
about  $1,000. 

All  fruit  and  other  crops  require  irrigation.  The  water 
for  irrigation  is  obtained  from  rivers  and  creeks,  and 
sometimes  from  reservoirs.  The  water  is  sometimes  run 
all  over  the  ground  and  sometimes  in  furrows. 

Black,  sandy  loam  with  a  granite  base  appears  to  be 
the  best  soil  for  apples,  pears,  plums,  raspberries  and 
strawberries.  Some  kinds  of  fruits,  such  as  peaches, 
plums,  prunes,  strawberries,  etc.,  do  well  in  more 
compact  soil  derived  from  slate  and  volcanic  rocks  All 
Nevada  soils  are  well  supplied  with  iron,  and  some  have 
a  very  high  percentage  of  potash.  An  elevation  of  from 
4,000  to  5,000  feet  seems  best  for  hardy  fruits.  The  price 
of  good  orchard  land  is  about  $200  per  acre,  and  of  bear- 
ing orchard  about  $500  per  acre  ;  this  includes  water. 

None  of  the  fruit  is  subject  to  injury  in  winter;  the 
only  time  it  is  liable  to  injury  is  in  May,  when  the  trees 
are  in  bloom. 

The  San  Jose"  scale  has  appeared  in  a  few  places. 
The  woolly  aphis  and  green  lice  are  sometimes  trouble- 
some on  young  trees  and  grafts.  The  codlin  moth  also 
is  present  in  some  places. 

Of  apples  the  following  are  cultivated:  Newtown 
Pippin  (both  yellow  and  green ),  York  Imperial,  Spitzen- 
burg,  Jonathan,  Pilot,  Smith  Cider,  Wagener,  Buck- 
ingham, Grimes  Golden  Pippin,  Northern  Spy,  Wine, 
Wine  Sap,  Strawberry,  Rome  Beauty,  Ben  Davis  and 
Pioneer.  Other  kinds  of  fruit  are  grown  only  for  the 
local  market,  and  their  production  is  very  limited. 
No  new  varieties  seem  to  have  originated  in  the  state 
fts  yet-  Ross  LEWERS. 


NEW     HAMPSHIRE 


1079 


NEVIUSIA  (after  Rev.  R.  D.  Nevius,  who  discovered 
it.).  RoscicecE.  This  is  a  very  rare  shrub  which  grows 
wild  only  on  some  shaded  cliffs  near  Tuscaloosa,  Ala. 
It  is,  however,  quite  hardy  as  far  north  as  Philadelphia. 
Its  long,  slender,  wand-like  branches  remind  one  of 
Kerria,  but  it  has  no  petals,  and  its  beauty  is  after  the 
Spiraea  kind.  The  fls.  are  about  an  inch  across,  6  or  8 


1479.    Nevada. 


in  a  cluster,  and  the  clusters  strung  along  2  or  3  ft.  of 
wand-like  stem,  forming  ropes  of  feathery  bloom.  This 
fringe-like  beauty  is  caused  by  the  numerous  white  fila- 
ments of  the  stamens.  Botanically  this  genus  is  a 
puzzle,  but  it  is  probably  nearer  Rubus  than  Spireea. 
Generic  characters  are :  calyx-tube  small,  flattish,  per- 
sistent; lobes  5,  large,  spreading,  leafy,  serrate,  imbri- 
cate; petals  0;  stamens  in  many  series,  persistent;  disk 
flattish,  enclosing  the  calyx-tube  ;  carpels  2-4,  small, 
sessile,  silky;  styles  incurved  at  the  apex;  ovules  soli- 
tary, hung  from  the  top  of  the  cell :  akene  drupaceous, 
small,  included  by  the  ample  calyx. 

Alabam6nsis,  Gray.  SNOW  WREATH.  Height  3-7  ft. : 
Ivs.  alternate,  petiolate,  1%-S%  in.  long,  pale  green, 
ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  usually  doubly  serrulate;  peti- 
oles 3-6  lines  long.  B.  M.  6806. -Alfred  Rehder  writes 
that  it  is  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  (at  least  in 
a  sheltered  position),  and  blooms  every  year. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  Fig. 
1480.  Horticulture  in  the  Granite  State  began  almost 
with  the  first  settlement.  In  1623  Ambrose  Gibbons  set 


1080 


NEW     HAMPSHIRE 


NEW    HAMPSHIRE 


the  first  vineyard,  together  with  other  fruits,  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Piscataqua  river,  now  Portsmouth.  There 
are  many  such  old  horticultural  landmarks. 

The  native  fruits  are  only  too  abundant  in  the  state 
at  the  present  time.  The  old  idea  that  the  destination 
of  the  apple  was  the  cider  barrel  got  so  strong  a  foot- 
hold in  some  sections  that,  as  the  virgin  soils  began  to 


1480.  New  Hampshire,  with  three  cultural  divisions. 

decline  and  the  wheat  crop  and  its  associates  in  agri- 
cultural operations  moved  on  to  the  West,  it  was  not 
thought  worth  while  to  adopt  modern  methods  of  fruit- 
growing. In  other  sections,  however,  quite  the  reverse 
is  true,  as  there  are  signs  of  awakening  at  later  dates. 
Some  towns  are  noted  for  their  large  areas  of  old  or- 
chards still  in  bearing  but  rapidly  declining.  In  one 
town  where  from  20,000  to  30,000  barrels  of  apples  have 
been  shipped  in  a  fruit  season,  the  industry  has  now 
nearly  run  out.  However,  the  land  containing  these 
old  trees  is,  it  is  said,  worth  twice  as  much  as  other 
land.  Comparatively  few  new  trees  have  been  set  in 
this  section,  and  it  is  found  that  the  whole  industry  is 
the  result  of  one  man's  interest  and  labor  two  genera- 
tions ago. 

In  some  places  grafting  the  native  apple  trees  to 
Baldwins  or  the  improved  fruits  has  been  very  exten: 
sively  practiced,  with  good  results.  Where  this  has 
been  done,  however,  the  trees  are  now  old,  and  as  cul- 
tivation and  renovation  of  orchards  have  scarcely  ever 
been  practiced,  they  are  naturally  on  the  decline. 

While  these  conditions  are  not  flattering,  they  never- 
theless show  what  must  be  overcome  in  the  future. 
However,  it  is  surprising  to  see  what  a  quantity  of  fruit 
is  raised  in  favorable  seasons,  and  this  goes  to  show 
that  under  intelligent  and  progressive  management 
success  will  be  assured. 

At  present  the  horticultural  interests  are  gradually 


being  better  understood,  and  the  trend  has  begun  in 
the  right  direction.  There  are  many  things  accountable 
for  this  awakening.  The  people  are  coming  to  realize 
that  there  are  newer  and  better  methods,  and  that  the 
new  agriculture  stands  for  more  business  and  energy. 
The  development  of  this  condition  is  coming  through 
the  efforts  of  the  grange,  experiment  stations,  the 
agricultural  press,  State  Board  of  Agriculture,  and 
agricultural  teaching  in  state  colleges,  — all  of  which 
have  in  the  main  the  same  objects  in  view. 

Here  and  there  young  orchards  are  being  set,  and  the 
predictions  are  that  the  near  future  will  find  New 
Hampshire  as  one  of  the  best  fruit  states.  The  Bald- 
win apple  is  the  standard  variety  throughout  the  south- 
ern part  of  the  state.  In  the  northern  part  of  the  state 
the  Bethel  is  being  planted  and,  it  is  thought,  will  be 
to  this  section  what  the  Baldwin  is  to  the  other.  Almost 
all  other  varieties  common  to  New  York  are  grown  with 
equally  good  success.  Even  in  the  White  Mountain  re- 
gion it  is  being  demonstrated  that  orcharding  is  a  worthy 
industry.  A  list  of  apples  adapted  to  the  northern 
part  of  the  state,  named  in  order  of  their  ripening,  as 
furnished  by  Mr.  J.  D.  Howe,  of  Lancaster,  a  large 
fruit-grower,  is  as  follows  :  Yellow  Transparent,  Tetof- 
sky,  White  Astrachan,  Red  Astrachan,  Peach,  Duchess 
of  Oldenburg,  St.  Lawrence,  Alexander,  Fall  Jennet- 
ting,  Fameuse,  Wealthy,  Nodhead,  Porter,  Talman 
Sweet,  Gideon,  Bethel,  Mclntosh  Red,  Twenty  Ounce, 
Yellow  Bellflower,  Northern  Spy,  Stark  and  Ben  Davis. 

Pears  and  plums  do  very  well  generally  throughout 
the  state.  Peaches  do  fairly  well  in  the  southern  part. 
During  1897  and  1898  there  was  a  very  fine  crop.  The 
varieties  of  greatest  value  are  Mountain  Rose  and  Early 
Crawford.  Small  fruits  generally  are  easily  grown  in 
the  state. 

The  wild  grapes  found  quite  commonly  on  the  stone 
walls  and  hedges  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state  are 
not  the  native  varieties,  but  wildings  showing  indica- 
tions of  Vitis  vinifera  blood.  Many  of  them  are  very 
palatable  and  valuable. 

New  Hampshire  has  many  advantages  for  horticul- 
tural work.  The  markets  are  usually  good  and  within 
easy  access  ;  and  the  great  number  of  summer  boarders 
also  makes  a  ready  market.  It  is  also  within  easy 
reach  of  exporting  stations,  which  in  seasons  of  large 
crops  is  an  advantage.  p  WM.  RANK. 

New  Hampshire  is  a  small  state,  and  may  well  be 
called  a  land  of  horticultural  possibilities  rather  than 
achievement.  With  some  of  the  best  markets  in  the 
country  within  a  day's  journey,  and  the  rapid  extension 
of  electric  railroads,  both  in  mileage  and  usefulness, 
there  seems  no  good  reason  why  all  the  hardier  kinds 
of  fruit  may  not  be  raised  at  a  profit. 

The  southern  half  of  the  state  is  hilly  but  can  hardly 
be  called  mountainous.  Through  it  run  several  fertile 
valleys  with  excellent  opportunities  for  gardening  and 
small-fruit  raising.  The  uplands  produce  apples  of  fine 
quality  even  under  the  present  system  of  neglect,  and 
it  would  seem  that  in  this  whole  region  commercial 
horticulture  must  become  more  and  more  profitable  and 
popular,  as  improved  methods  of  culture  are  adopted. 

The  White  Mountains  cover  the  greater  part  of  the 
northern  half  of  the  state ;  here,  the  entertainment  of 
tourists  and  visitors  in  summer,  and  lumbering  in  win- 
ter will  probably  continue  to  be  the  leading  industries, 
unless  rational  "methods  of  forest  management  are  too 
long  postponed. 

It  is  recorded  that  a  vineyard  and  other  fruits  were 
set  out  on  the  eastern  coast  of  New  Hampshire  as  early 
as  1623.  Doubtless  much  of  this  succumbed  to  the 
severity  of  the  long  winters,  and  it  is  the  apple  alone 
that  stands  out  preeminent  in  horticultural  history  as 
the  fruit  of  the  Granite  State.  Many  of  the  early  set 
tiers  came  from  the  southwestern  counties  of  England. 
To  them  cider  and  perry  seemed  almost  as  necessary 
as  food,  and  very  soon  after  their  arrival  they  began  to 
set  orchards  of  apples  and  pears.  Their  particular  ob- 
ject was  not  the  fruit  itself,  but  the  beverages  made 
from  it.  The  following  item  is  taken  from  one  of  the 
many  town  histories  that  have  been  published  in  New 
Hampshire,  and  although  it  may  be  slightly  exaggerated, 
it  gives  some  idea  of  the  apple  industry  one  hundred 
years  ago: 


NEW    HAMPSHIRE 


NEW    JERSEY 


1081 


"About  this  time- 1800  to  1810-the  apple  orchards  in 
town  which  had  been  early  set  out,  produced  apples  in 
abundance,  which  were  made  into  cider.  Every  man 
had  his  orchard,  and  every  tenth  man  his  cider-mill. 
Every  well-to-do  farmer  put  into  his  cellar  yearly  from 
20  to  50  barrels  of  cider  which  was  all  drunk  on  the 
premises.  Col.  John  Bellows  had  an  orchard  of  30 
acres,  the  largest  in  town.  In  1805  there  were  4,800  bar- 
rels of  cider  made  and  every  drop  drunk  in  town." 

At  the  present  time  a  good  many  old  and  somewhat 
neglected  apple  orchards  are  to  be  found,  and  these 
often  bear  good  crops  of  marketable  fruit.  At  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  New  Hampshire  Horticultural 
Society  in  January,  1899,  it  was  estimated  that  $2,000,000 
worth  of  apples  were  exported  from  the  state  in  1898. 
Of  these  about  one-half  were  raised  in  the  two  south- 
eastern counties— Straff ord  and  Rockingham. 

The  varieties  most  commonly  grown  for  export  are 
Baldwin.  Rhode  Island  Greening,  Northern  Spy, 
Fameuse,  Blue  Pearmain,  Yellow  Bellflower,  and  King. 
The  newer  varieties  are  of  course  being  introduced,  but 
very  few  large  orchards  are  being  set.  Summer  and 
fall  apples  are  abundant  for  local  consumption. 

Very  little  has  been  done  in  a  commercial  way  with 
the  drupaceous  fruits.  Plums  are  successfully  raised 
on  a  small  scale.  The  Lombard  is  undoubtedly  the 
favorite  variety,  although  the  Japanese  plums  appear 
to  be  able  to  withstand  the  climate,  and  are  rapidly 
growing  in  favor. 

Peaches  are  raised  in  a  few  somewhat  isolated  in- 
stances, and  it  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  peach-growers 
of  five  years  ago  are  still  in  the  business.  The  intro- 
duction of  this  fruit  as  a  money  crop  is  of  such  recent 
date  that  records  are  hard  to  obtain,  but  it  is  estimated 
'that  three  crops  in  five  or  possibly  six  years  is  about 
the  average  production.  Perhaps  hardier  varieties  will 
be  developed  as  time  goes  on.  The  Barnes  peach,  a 
New  Hampshire  seedling,  is  a  step  in  this  direction. 
Its  originator  describes  it  as  being  "of  good  size  and 
color,  a  freestone,  with  very  yellow  and  solid  flesh  of 
fine  flavor."  "It  ripens  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
state  about  Sept.  10,  and  is  the  hardiest  in  wood  and 
bud  of  anything  yet  fruited  here." 

Market  gardening  and  the  raising  of  small  fruits 
receive  some  attention,  especially  in  the  Merrimac 
river  valley. 

Greenhouse  gardening  is  carried  on  to  a  limited  ex- 
tent near  the  larger  towns  and  cities.  Flowers  receive 
their  full  share  of  attention,  but  a  good  many  winter 
vegetables  are  still  imported  from  the  neighboring 
state  of  Massachusetts. 

The  New  Hampshire  Horticultural  Society  was 
organized  in  December,  1893,  and  after  a  year  of  pros- 
perity was  granted  an  appropriation  of  three  hundred 
dollars  a  year  by  the  legislature.  This  sum  enabled 
the  society  to  hold  an  annual  exhibit  in  each  of  the 
two  following  years,  and  also  several  institutes  in  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  state.  The  legislature  which  met  in 
January,  1897,  however,  failed  to  make  the  appropria- 
tion, and  the  society  was  compelled  to  rely  upon  its 
officers  and  members  to  carry  on  the  work.  The  annual 
exhibits  were  then  held  in  connection  with  the  State 
Grange  Fair. 

A  department  of  horticulture  was  established  at  the 
New  Hampshire  College  of  Agriculture  and  the  Me- 
chanic Arts,  at  Durham,  in  1895  and  has  grown  in  both 
usefulness  and  influence. 

With  the  two  last-named  powers  for  good,  working 
for  the  advancement  of  horticulture  in  the  state,  and 
the  fact  that  emigration  from  the  farms  to  the  cities 
is  rapidly  decreasing,  if  not  already  reversed,  it  is  to 
be  hoped  and  expected  that  within  the  next  decade 
New  Hampshire  will  rank  as  a  horticultural  state, 
judged  not  so  much  by  the  gross  amount  of  the  output, 
as  by  the  quality  of  her  products,  and  the  intelligence 
of  the  producers.  j  A  pOORD. 

NEW  JEESEY,  HOBTICULTURE  IN.  Fig.  1481.  The 
state  of  New  Jersey,  situated  as  it  is  between  the  large 
markets  of  Philadelphia  on  the  one  side  and  Newark, 
Jersey  City  and  Greater  New  York  on  the  other,  is  almost 
necessarily  a  market-garden  and  fruit-growing  state.  The 
soils  found  in  the  different  sections  also  contribute  to  this 


end.  In  the  northern  part,  disintegrating  sandstone  and 
slaty  formations  abound  — a  soil  in  which  the  peach  does 
its  best.  The  sandy  soils  of  South  Jersey  make  that  part 
of  the  state  noted  for  its  truck,  berries,  etc.  Between 
these  two  classes  of  soils  are  found  others  of  all  grades, 
in  one  or  another  of  which  nearly  every  kind  of  fruit  and 
vegetable  finds  a  congenial  habitat. 

It  is  estimated  that  there  are  in  New  Jersey  approxi- 
mately 34,000  farmers.  A  little  more  than  one-tenth  of 
these  are  engaged  in  commercial  pomology— commer- 
cial in  that  they  are  growing  fruit  for  market,  depending 
on  their  fruit-product  for  the  money-crop  of  the  farm. 
Those  who  have  planted  larger  or  smaller  areas  primarily 
for  home  use,  yet  in  good  years  have  a  surplus  to  dispose 
of,  are  not  included  in  our  data.  The  total  area  repre- 
sented is  something  over  41,000  acres,  including  all 
counties  of  the  state  except  Ocean,  from  which  no  com- 
mercial orchards  are  reported,  and  gives  an  individual 
average  of  12%  acres.  This  average  acreage  may  be  all 
of  one  kind  of  fruit,  or  it  may  be  two  acres  each  of  a 
half-dozen  kinds,  as  the  case  may  be.  Individual  acre- 
ages range  from  one  acre  in  the  case  of  berries  to  100 
and  150  acres  for  peaches. 

The  fruit  of  fruits  for  the  state  is  the  peach.  The  area 
devoted  to  its  culture  exceeds  that  of  all  the  other  tree 
and  small  fruits  combined  by  nearly  100  acres.  In  the 
distribution  of  this  area,  a  little  over  83  per  cent  is 
found  in  the  five  northern  or  northwestern  counties, 
i.e.,  Hunterdon,  Sussex,  Warren,  Morris  and  Somerset. 


1481.  Horticultural  regions  in  New  Jersey. 

named  in  order  of  importance,  though  with  its  present 
rate  of  increase  Sussex  will  soon  be  first  in  area. 

The  second  fruit  in  importance  is  the  apple,  although 
the  area  devoted  to  its  culture  is  a  little  less  than  one- 
third  that  devoted  to  peaches.  The  other  fruits,  in  order 
of  importance  in  total  areas,  are  strawberries,  pears, 


1082 


NEW    JERSEY 


NEW    MEXICO 


blackberries,  raspberries,  grapes,  currants,  cherries, 
gooseberries,  quinces  and  plums. 

These  fruits  are  all  grown  to  a  greater  or  less  degree 
in  the  different  parts  of  the  state,  but  those  mentioned, 
except  peaches  and  apples,  are  more  largely  grown  in 
the  southern  sections.  The  central  part  of  the  state  is 
the  chief  apple  producer,  while  the  northern,  as  we 
have  seen,  is  the  peach  section.  In  the  accompanying 
skeleton  map  (Fig.  1481)  the  numbers  in  the  county 
indicate  its  relative  importance  in  total  acreage  devoted 
to  fruits,  1  being  the  largest. .  The  names  of  the  two 
fruits  most  largely  grown  in  the  different  counties  is 
also  given.  While  this  well  shows  the  general  distri- 
bution of  the  principal  fruits,  it  does  not  give  the  chief 
growing  centers  for  all  the  fruits,  which  are  as  follows 
(by  counties) : 

Apples.  Pears.  Peaches.          Strawberries. 

Monmouth,        Burlington,        Hunterdon,        Cumberland, 
Burlington.        Monmouth.        Sussex.  Atlantic. 

Blackberries.          Grapes.          Raspberries.          Currants. 
Atlantic,  Cumberland,     Atlantic,  Burlington, 

Cumberland.      Atlantic.  Monmouth.         Essex. 

Gooseberries.         Cherries.  Quinces.  Plums. 

Burlington,        Burlington,        Burlington.         Caraden, 
Camden.  Camden.  Cumberland.      Burlington. 

Only  in  two  counties,  Burlington  and  Camden,  are  all 
these  fruits  reported.  In  Cumberland  all  are  grown 
commercially  except  currants  and  gooseberries,  while 
in  Essex  the  exceptions  are  blackberries  and  plums. 

The  cranberry  industry  of  the  state  is  considered 
apart  from  the  above  fruits.  The  annual  yield  is  sec- 
ond only  to  the  output  of  the  New  England  bogs,  with 
an  occasional  year  when  it  exceeds  that  of  New  Eng- 
land. In  quality  of  fruit  New  England  does  not  bear 
the  palm.  Burlington  county  is  the  chief  center  of  the 
industry,  though  cranberry  bogs  are  scattered  through- 
out the  southern  half  of  the  state.  From  100,000 
to  125,000  bushels  is  the  approximate  annual  yield 
from  Burlington  county;  Ocean  county,  from  which 
no  other  fruits  are  reported,  is  second  in  cranberry- 
growing,  with  an  annual  yield  of  approximately  30,000 
bushels. 

The  truck  industries  of  the  state  are  large  and  varied, 
but  confined  chiefly  to  the  southern  half.  Monmouth 
county  is  a  section  producing  asparagus  and  tomatoes, 
as  well  as  other  vegetables  in  wholesale  quantities.  As 
an  illustration  of  the  extent  of  the  asparagus  industry, 
the  shipment  of  "grass"  from  one  little  way-station 
amounted  in  one  month  to  over  100  tons,  beside  quanti- 
ties sent  by  boat  from  a  near-by  landing. 

The  sweet  potato  is  another  of  Jersey's  noted  products 
that  is  grown  in  large  quantities.  They  are  admitted  to 
be  the  "sweetest  of  the  sweets." 

Vegetable-forcing  is  a  growing  industry  that  is  as  yet 
in  its  infancy.  Already  there  are  several  plants  ap- 
proaching in  size  those  that  have  made  Arlington, 
Mass.,  famous. 

The  growing  of  cut-flowers  is  another  horticultural 
industry  that  has  assumed  immense  proportions.  The 
northeastern  part  of  the  state  is  the  center  of  this  in- 
dustry. Roses,  carnations,  chrysanthemums,  violets, 
mignonette  and  smilax  are  probably  the  most  important 
ones  grown  to  supply  the  trade.  To  say  that  the  indus- 
try is  large  does  not  convey  the  right  idea  of  its  extent. 
The  fact  that  the  value  of  roses  alone  annually  reaches 
into  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  will  bear  out 
the  statement  that  "the  growing  of  cut-flowers  has  as- 
sumed immense  proportions."  j^  T.  JORDAN. 

NEW  JEKSEY  TEA.   See  Ceanothus. 

NEW  MEXICO,  HORTICULTURAL  PROSPECTS  OF. 

Fig.  1482.  New  Mexico  includes  so  many  diverse  con- 
ditions of  climate  and  soil  that  no  statements  can  be 
made  on  horticultural  subjects  which  are  applicable  to 
the  whole  area.  Indeed,  every  valley  has  its  own  special 
features,  and  the  problem  of  the  future  is  to  find  or  de- 
velop such  fruits,  vegetables,  cereals,  and  forage  plants 
as  are  best  adapted  to  the  several  localities,  so  that  each 
cultivated  area  may  produce  a  maximum  crop  of  the 
best  quality. 


While  it  is  impossible  to  enter  into  details  within  the 
limits  of  a  short  article,  it  may  be  said,  in  brief,  that  the 
following  zones  are  well  represented  and  of  horticul- 
tural importance  in  New  Mexico: 

(1)  Canadian  zone:   at  about  8,000  to  9,000  feet.    Ce- 
reals can  be  cultivated  successfully,  and  good  pasturage 
is  found;    but  fruit  trees,  with  one  or  two  possible  ex- 
ceptions, will  not  withstand  the  cold.    Irish  potatoes  do 
very  well   in   this  zone.     In   this  zone  crops  are  often 
grown  witho.ut  irrigation,  as  on  the  Sacramento  moun- 
tains in  Otero  county. 

(2)  Transition  zone:    at  about  7,000  feet,  as  at  Santa 
Fe.     The  deciduous  fruit  trees  and  all  sorts  of  small 
fruits  do  admirably.      Corn   also  does  very  well,  and 
sugar  beets  have  been  grown  with  much  success. 

(3)  Upper  Sonoran  zone:  at  about  5,000  to  6,000  feet, 
as  at  Albuquerque.    Sweet  potatoes  and  the  European 
grapes  do  very  well,  and  the  deciduous  fruit  trees  are 
largely  grown.    This  is  a  good  peach  region,  but  apples 
are  less  profitable  than  formerly,  owing  to  the  abun- 
dance of  the  codlin  moth,  which  increases  very  rapidly 
owing  to  the  warm  climate. 

(4)  Middle  Sonoran  zone:    somewhat  lower  than  the 
last,  as  in  the  Mesilla  valley  and  at  Deming.    Horticul- 
turally,  this  resembles  the  last,  but  its  native  products 
resemble  those  of  the  Lower  Sonoran.     ( See  American 
Naturalist,  April,  1900.)  Cotton  can  be  grown,  but  is  not 
considered  as  a  possible  source  of  profit. 

T.  D.  A.  COCKERELL. 

New  Mexico  lies  altogether  above  the  altitude  of 
3,000  feet.  Some  cultivated  valleys,  in  which  many 
fruits  and  vegetables  succeed,  are  as  high  as  7,000  feet. 
This  is  the  altitude  of  Santa  F£,  where  gardening  and 
orcharding  are  successful.  It  is  mostly  a  country  of 
mountains  and  mountain  valleys.  The  mountains  reach 
to  14,000  feet.  The  average  height  of  New  Mexican 
valleys  and  arable  areas  probably  exceeds  5,000  feet. 
While  the  territory  is  very  large,  the  area  of  the  moun- 
tain districts  and  of  the  arid  and  untillable  hillsides  is 
so  great  in  proportion  that  the  lands  suited  to  farming 
and  horticulture  which  can  be  irrigated  when  all  water 
resources  are  utilized,  will*  not  much  exceed  2,000,000 
acres.  A  small  proportion  of  this  amount  is  at  present 
in  actual  cultivation.  Of  the  acreage  under  cultivation, 
agriculture  claims  the  larger  share. 

There  is  a  possibility  that  as  much  as  500,000  acres 
may  ultimately  be  devoted  to  horticultural  uses.  The 
preeminent  adaptability  of  these  soils,  and  of  this  cli- 
mate, to  all  the  garden,  vineyard  and  orchard  crops  of 
temperate  latitudes,  leads  one  to  hope  that  the  laws  of 
supply  and  demand  will  finally  consign  a  large  portion 
of  these  arable  lands  to  the  uses  of  horticulture. 
The  precise  conditions  for  successful  horticultural  pro- 
duction are  found  in  narrower  areas  in  America  than 
those  that  favor  common  farm  crops;  hence  when  the 
demands  of  the  future  American  population  crowd 
the  resources  of  supply  of  the  higher  orders  of  human 
food,  it  will  of  necessity  follow  that  the  soils  and  con- 
ditions that  will  yield  the  largest  amounts  of  the  most 
valuable  foods  will  be  devoted  to  these  ends.  As  this 
time  draws  near— a  quarter  to  a  half-century  hence— the 
resources  of  New  Mexico  for  the  growth  of  the  most  im- 
portant crops  will  surely  be  developed.  The  soils  pos- 
sess inexhaustible  richness  of  mineral  elements,  and 
under  good  husbandry  are  permanently  fertile.  The 
great  average  elevation  above  sea-level  gives  exemp- 
tion from  most  of  the  destructive  plant  diseases  of  hu- 
mid climates,  hence  surer,  cheaper,  better  and  larger 
crops.  The  altitude  gives  moderate  summer  tempera- 
tures, while  the  latitude  protects  against  severe  winter 
cold,  The  grapes  of  Spain  and  Italy  are  grown  with 
little  or  no  protection.  In  fact,  the  perfect  salubrity  of 
the  climate  renders  horticulture  easy  in  nearly  all  its 
branches. 

It  must  be  understood  that  crop-growing  in  New 
Mexico  is  largely  dependent  on  irrigation.  There  are 
moderate  annual  rains,  which  mostly  fall  in  summer. 
The  average  rainfall  is  about  12  inches.  Most  of  the 
crops  require  as  much  more.  The  standard  of  water 
supply  of  the  irrigation  companies  is  12  inches.  The 
possible  limits  of  irrigation  farming  in  the  old  states 
are  very  narrow. 

Stated   in   brief  terms,  irrigation   costs   money  and 


NEW    MEXICO 


NEW    MEXICO 


1083 


energy  and  some  skill,  but  its  rewards  are  great  and 
sure.  The  farmer  in  the  rainfall  states  does  well  if  he 
makes  two  acres  of  land  keep  one  cow  or  horse  or  steer 
summer  and  winter.  Here  one  acre  will  carry  two 
animals.  In  a  great  measure  this  applies  to  the  crops 
of  the  garden  and  the  orchard.  There  need  be  no 
droughts  nor  floods;  the  land  can  be  made  to  do  its  full 
duty  every  season.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  the  aver- 
age weight  of  garden  and 
orchard  crops  in  any  ten 
years  under  wise  irriga- 
tion will  be  twice  as 
great  as  in  most  regions 
in  which  it  is  considered 
unnecessary  or  impossi- 
ble. Hence  it  seems  that 
within  the  limited  dis- 
tricts of  the  semi-arid 
belt  of  the  United  States 
that  are  susceptible  of 
irrigation,  there  is  an 
important  field  for  the 
horticulturist.  In  this 
field  he  will  find  his 
greatest  rewards.  Lands 
in  horticultural  crops 
will  produce  from  two  to 
ten  times  as  much  neces- 
sary human  food  as  lands 
under  the  common  crops 
of  agriculture.  The 
parts  of  this  continent 
in  which  irrigation  hor- 
ticulture is  possible  is 
but  a  small  fraction  of 
the  whole  area.  New 
Mexico  has  probably  a 
larger  proportion  of  irri- 
gable lands  adapted  to 
horticultural  use  than 
any  of  our  states  or  terri- 
tories. 

All  garden  crops  suc- 
ceed well  in  all  parts  of 
New  Mexico  where  water 
can  be  commanded  for 
the  land.  All  orchard 
crops  succeed  admirably 
iu  some  parts  of  the  ter- 
ritory, and  the  most  im- 
portant of  all,  the  apple, 
is  a  successful  crop  in 
nearly  all  parts.  In  that 
portion  of  the  territory 
lying  on  the  eastern 
slopes  of  the  Rocky 
mountains,  in  the  coun- 
ties of  Lincoln  and 
Chaves,  the  apple  seems 
to  reach  its  most  perfect 
development.  There  are 
beautiful  apples  without 
blemish  grown  in  many 
parts  of  the  arid  west  and 
along  the  Pacific  coast  ; 
but  in  too  many  cases  the  fruit  is  disappointing  in 
quality.  But  in  the  counties  named  all  varieties  of 
apples  that  have  been  fruited  show  a  very  high  apple 
quality.  .  The  freedom  from  defect  is  remarkable,  and 
the  unexampled  beauty  cf  color  and  clear  complexion  in 
bushel  after  bushel  as  they  come  from  the  trees  is  a 
constant  surprise.  The  Yellow  Bellflower  and  Newtown 
Pippin  reach  great  perfection. 

In  most  of  the  old  apple-growing  states,  the  apple  is 
subject  to  many  insects  and  diseases.  In  the  arid 
region  of  the  country  we  have  escaped  many  of  these 
evils.  While  we  shall  not  escape  all  the  troubles  of  the 
orchardist,  yet  the  elevation  of  the  country,  the  control 
of  the  water  supply,  the  purity  and  dryness  of  the  air 
and  the  everlasting  sunshine  will  combine  to  protect 
from  those  serious  evils  born  of  humid  climates  and 
low  altitudes,  or  that  result  from  weather  conditions 


where  man  has  destroyed  the  delicate  balance  of  the 
seasons  by  the  widespread  destruction  of  native  for- 
ests. It  is  apparent  to  some  of  us  that  this  wide,  high 
region,  which  never  had  great  areas  of  forest  to  be  de- 
stroyed, possesses  more  permanent  conditions  of  suc- 
cessful fruit-growing  than  are  possible  in  any  country 
where  the  vicissitudes  of  flood  and  drought,  of  great 


0 


I 

1 

}         r 

X           I           C 

M           E 

1482.    County  map  of  the  territory  of  New  Mexico. 


cold  and   great   heat,  are  the  inevitable  associates   of 
the  year.  PARKER  EARLE. 

In  New  Mexico  the  apple  grows  very  well.  The  coun- 
ties of  Chaves  and  Lincoln  in  the  southeast,  San  Juan  and 
Santa  Fe"  in  the  north,  and  Grant  and  Dona  Ana  in  the 
south,  are  well  known  for  their  fine  apples.  Four  varie- 
ties from  Mesilla  Park,  in  Dona  Ana  county,  received 
second  premium  at  the  World's  Exposition,  in  Paris, 
1900.  The  following  are  the  varieties :  Ben  Davis,  grown 
by  Frank  Burke  ;  Missouri,  Pippin,  grown  on  the  fa- 
mous Woodland  Orchard ;  and  the  Gano  and  Lawver,  from 
the  Agricultural  college.  At  present  the  apple  is  free 
from  the  common  diseases.  The  only  insect  enemy  is 
the  codlin  moth,  which  in  some  sections  is  coming  to  be 
a  serious  pest.  The  early  varieties,  such  as  the  Red 
June,  Red  Astrachan,  Early  Harvest  and  Yellow  Trans- 
parent, are  almost  free  from  the  codlin  moth,  while  on 


1084 


NEW    MEXICO 


NEW    YORK 


the  other  hand  the  late  kinds,  and  especially  the  winter 
apples,  are  more  largely  attacked  by  this  insect. 

The  pear  grows  as  well  as  the  apple,  but  not  in  such 
large  areas.  In  most  of  the  apple-growing  sections  the 
pear  can  be  found  in  very  limited  quantities.  However, 
there  is  a  bright  future  for  a  more  extensive  cultiva- 
tion of  this  fruit,  as  wherever  it  thrives  it  grows  to  a 
large  size,  and  is  fine  in  quality.  The  pear  blight,  which 
is  so  bad  in  other  states,  is  not  in  the  way  of  pear  cul- 
ture in  New  Mexico. 

Perhaps  the  fruit  that  is  second  in  importance  at 
present  is  the  peach,  which  is  grown  with  more  or  less 
success  throughout  the  territory.  In  the  agricultural 
districts  of  southern  New  Mexico  the  large  commercial 
peach  orchards  are  located,  and  the  Mesilla  valley,  on 
the  lower  Rio  Grande,  has  the  most  and  largest  of  them. 
From  this  valley  many  car-loads  of  early  peaches  are 
shipped  to  the  markets  of  Chicago,  Kansas  City  and 
Colorado.  The  early-ripening  kinds,  such  as  the  Alex- 
ander, Waterloo,  Hynes  Surprise,  are  the  most  success- 
ful. This  is  due  to  the  fact  that,  as  a  rule,  the  early- 
ripening  peaches  bloom  later  than  the  late-ripening  va- 
rieties, and  thus  they  escape  the  late  spring  frosts, 
which  are  so  common  in  this  territory  and  which  are 
often  so  fatal  to  the  late  peaches.  The  late  spring  frost 
is  the  worst  drawback  to  peach-growing  in  New  Mexico. 
No  diseases  or  insect  pests  have  yet  threatened  the 
peach  crop. 

While  the  apricot  grows  as  well  as  the  peach,  and  has 
no  insect  enemies  or  fungous  diseases,  it  has  failed  to 
be  a  commercial  success  on  account  of  its  blooming  too 
early.  If  some  late-blooming  variety  could  be  found, 
this  fruit  would,  no  doubt,  be  one  of  our  best  fruits  to 
grow.  The  trees  grow  to  a  great  age.  There  are  many 
apricot  seedlings  on  the  lower  Rio  Grande  that  were 
planted  by  the  Mexicans  forty  or  fifty  years  ago. 

The  plum  is  making  a  place  for  itself  in  New  Mexico. 
It  has  been  but  a  comparatively  short  time  since  plums 
were  considered  to  be  of  any  importance,  and  even  now 
the  areas  planted  to  plum  trees  are  very  small.  How- 
ever, conditions  are  changing,  and  there  is  a  growing 
demand  for  them.  The  plum  tree  seems  to  be  perfectly 
hardy  in  this  climate.  The  Japanese  plums  are  vigor- 
ous growers,  but  are  not  a  success  owing  to  the  liability 
to  late  spring  frosts.  Their  fruit  buds  seem  to  be  stimu- 
lated to  growing  during  the  warm  spells  in  February 
and  March,  and  thus  they  bloom  before  the  danger  of 
frost  is  over.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Prunus  domes  - 
tica  and  Prunus  Americana  varieties  are,  as  a  rule, 
late  bloomers.  The  former  group  is  gaining  in  popu- 
larity throughout  the  territory.  Imperial  Gage,  Yellow 
Egg,  Coe  Golden  Drop,  Damson  and  German  Prune  seem 
to  be  among  the  best  varieties  in  the  northern  part  of  the 
territory.  In  the  southern  part,  the  above-mentioned 
varieties,  with  the  addition  of  the  Silver  Prune,  Clyman, 
Pond  Seedling,  Jefferson,  and  Robe  de  Sergent,  are 
among  the  best. 

Cherries  grow  well  in  the  territory,  but  in  the  southern 
part  they  do  not  grow  as  large  nor  as  fine  as  they  do  in 
the  northern  part. 

Quinces  and  nectarines  thrive  in  many  of  the  horti- 
cultural districts,  but  as  yet  they  are  only  grown  for 
family  use. 

Perhaps  the  distribution  of  the  grape  is  less  extensive 
than  that  of  the  other  fruits .  Wherever  the  grape  is 
grown  it  thrives.  The  American  varieties  are  not  of  any 
commercial  value.  The  fruit  is  usually  small,  bunches 
loose,  and  vines  are  poor  bearers.  The  European  kinds 
are  a  success,  and  are  the  grapes  grown  for  market. 
Their  culture  is  confined  to  the  southern  and  hotter  val- 
leys, and  particularly  to  the  lower  Rio  Grande  valley. 
The  varieties  planted  in  the  commercial  vineyards  in 
this  valley  are  the  Mission  or  El  Paso  grape,  Muscat  of 
Alexandria,  and  more  or  less  the  Gros  Colman  and  Flame 
Tokay.  Other  varieties  are  being  introduced.  The  grape 
is  free  from  fungous  and  insect  pests.  Even  the  phyl- 
loxera has  not  yet  made  its  appearance.  The  Mission 
grape,  which  has  been  in  cultivation  for  over  a  hundred 
years,  shows  how  free  the  grape  is  from  any  pests.  The 
only  thing  that  injures  the  vines  is  the  dry,  cold  win- 
ters. In  order  to  obviate  this  trouble  the  vines  are 
heeled  up  with  earth  6  to  12  inches  above  the  last 
year's  growth.  The  stump  method  of  pruning  is  prac- 


ticed altogether  in  the  grape  culture.  Attempts  have 
been  made  to  trellis  the  vines,  but  have  not  been  very 
satisfactory. 

The  small  fruits  are  grown  with  more  or  less  success 
throughout  the  territory,  but  as  yet  they  are  of  minor 
importance  in  the  horticulture  of  New  Mexico. 

FABIAN  GARCIA 

NEW  TORE,  California  and  Florida  may  be  reckoned 
as  the  great  horticultural  states.  In  range  of  species 
which  can  be  grown,  California  and  Florida  excel. 
California  excels  in  tonnage  of  many  horticultural  pro- 
ducts. New  York,  however,  excels  in  the  great  variety 
of  its  commercial  horticultural  interests,  for  to  its  fruit- 
growing must  be  added  the  very  extensive  nursery  busi- 
ness, cut-flower  growing,  florists'  plant-trade,  seed-trade, 
and  a  great  development  of  the  vegetable  gardening 
interests. 

In  shape  and  position  New  York  (Fig.  1483)  may  be 
likened  to  a  ship  sailing  westward,  its  rudder  (Long 
Island)  in  the  Atlantic  and  its  prow  touching  the  Great 
Lakes.  Its  commercial  preeminence  is  supreme.  A 
population  of  more  than  six  million  lives  within  its  bor- 
ders, and  a  million  more  are  tributary  to  it  in  New 
Jersey  and  Connecticut.  It  has  more  than  40  cities  with 
populations  above  10,000.  Great  variety  of  soil  and 
surface  invites  a  varied  population.  Water-power  is 
abundant  and  unfailing.  All  this  means  extensive  mar- 
kets for  horticultural  produce. 

The  land  area  of  the  state  is  30,476,800  acres,  of  which 
about  one-half  is  readily  cultivable.  The  state  has  an 
extreme  length  east  and  west  of  412  miles,  and  north 
and  south  of  about  310  miles.  Excepting  a  small  area  in 
the  southwestern  part,  the  entire  surface  is  glaciated. 
In  the  northeastern  part  a  true  mountain  system  is  shown 
in  the  Adirondacks,  of  archaean  formation.  In  the  middle 
eastern  part,  the  Catskill  highlands  attain  the  dignity 
of  mountains,  although  they  are  in  reality  eroded  table- 
land-s,  having  been  laid  down  in  the  interior  sea  and  sub- 
sequently uplifted.  These  highlands  extend  westward 
entirely  across  the  state,  being  pronounced  and  almost 
mountainous  in  the  southern  half.  The  northern  part 
of  the  western  half  of  the  state  is  relatively  level, 
although  the  tract  from  Syracuse  to  Lyons  and 
westward  is  marked  by  very  bold  drumlins,  — the  work  of 
the  ice-sheet.  The  bar-beach  of  the  geological  Lake  Iro- 
quois  extends  from  near  Niagara  Falls  to  Oswego,  par- 
alleling Lake  Ontario  at  a  distance  of  about  10  miles. 
This  geological  beach  is  a  distinct  physiographical  fea- 
ture known  as  "the  ridge,"  and  it  is  the  location  of  one 
of  the  notable  highways  of  the  state.  This  ridge  marks 
the  southward  limit  of  the  best  natural  peach  region. 
There  are  fossil  beaches  on  the  Erie  shore,  and  these 
are  important  to  the  grape-growing  of  Chautauqua 
county.  ( See  Tarr,  «  Geological  History  of  the  Chautau- 
qua Grape  Belt,"  Bull.  109,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.)  Long 
Island  is  a  moraine,  with  an  ocean-floor  formation  on 
its  south,  and  this  latter  area  comprises  practically  the 
only  flat  land  in  the  state. 

There  are  five  great  watersheds  in  the  state.  (1)  the 
St.  Lawrence  system,  draining  the  Great  Lakes  and  the 
larger  part  of  central  and  western  New  York.  (2)  The 
Hudson  system,  draining  the  southern  slopes  of  the 
Adirondacks  and  the  Catskill  highlands,  with  its  great 
tributary,  the  Mohawk,  which,  in  pre-glacial  times,  was 
a  part  of  the  St.  Lawrence  system.  (3)  The  Delaware 
system,  draining  a  part  of  the  southeastern  area  into 
Delaware  bay.  (4)  The  Susquehanna  system,  draining 
some  of  the  southern-central  part  into  the  Chesapeake 
bay.  (5)  The  Mississippi  system,  which,  by  means  of 
the  Allegheny  river,  drains  the  extreme  southwestern 
part  of  the  state.  Chautauqua  Lake  drains  into  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  but  almost  in  sight  from  it  is  Lake  Erie, 
which  flows  into  the  St.  Lawrence.  Along  the  Hudson 
and  other  large  streams,  special  horticultural  interests 
have  developed.  The  broad  Mohawk  valley  is  one  of  the 
most  fertile  parts  of  the  state,  and  it  is  the  site  of  the 
hop  and  broom-corn  industries.  The  shores  of  the  cen- 
tral New  York  lakes  are  the  homes  of  highly  developed 
horticultural  interests,  particularly  those  of  Keuka  and 
Seneca.  These  central  lakes,  of  which  Cayuga,  the 
largest,  is  40  miles  long  and  one  to  five  miles  wide,  are 
deep  bodies  and  have  great  influence  in  ameliorating 


NEW    YORK 


1085 


1483.    County  map  of  New  York  State. 


the  climate  in  their  immediate  neighborhood.  The 
shores  of  Lakes  Erie  and  Ontario  conserve  horticultural 
interests,— the  former  being  famous  for  its  grapes,  the 
latter  for  its  strawberries,  peaches  and  apples.  Because 
of  its  snug  winters,  there  is  rarely  any  starting  of  fruit- 
buds  by  "warm  spells, "and  consequently  little  danger 
of  loss  from  spring  frosts.  The  fruit-growing  suffers 
less  from  frost  than  it  does  in  the  southern  states. 

New  York  contains  about  230,000  farms.  Agricultu- 
rally, the  most  important  industry  in  New  York  state 
(aside  from  general  mixed  farming)  is  dairying.  The 
second  industry  is  fruit-growing,  and  this  seems  to  be 
extending  more  rapidly  than  the  other.  The  leading 
fruit  is  the  apple.  Nearly  all  parts  of  the  state  grow 
apples  easily,  but  the  great  commercial  apple-growing 
regions  are  the  counties  of  Wayne,  Monroe,  Orleans, 
Niagara,  with  important  extensions  in  Ontario,  Gene- 
see  and  adjacent  counties  and  in  Columbia  and  other 
east-Hudson  counties.  A  full  crop  of  apples  in  New 
York  is  nearly  or  quite  7,000,000  barrels.  Baldwin  is 
the  leading  variety,  with  no  varieties  which  occupy  a 
close  second  place.  Northern  Spy,  Rhode  Island  Green- 
ing, and  American  Golden  Russet  are  important  com- 
mercial varieties.  Of  late,  Ben  Davis  has  been  widely 
planted,  but  it  is  probable  that  this  variety  will  always 
hold  a  secondary  place  in  the  northeastern  states.  Un- 
til within  the  last  decade,  most  New  York  apple  orchards 
have  been  in  sod;  but,  under  the  stimulus  of  rational 
horticultural  teaching,  75  per  cent  of  the  orchards 
in  the  apple-growing  counties  are  now  under  a 
most  thorough  system  of  clean  tillage.  Fig.  1485.  Most 
of  these  orchards  are  sprayed.  Crops  have  been  heavy 
in  recent  years  and  prices  have  averaged  good  ;  as  a 
result,  the  apple  industry  is  in  thriving  condition.  The 
most  thorough  business  methods  are  employed  in  car- 
ing for  the  orchards  and  in  disposing  of  the  crop.  A 
large  part  of  the  apple  crop  is  exported,  although  there 
is  a  very  large  business  in  evaporated  fruit. 


The  grape  occupies  second  place  in  New  York  po- 
mology. More  than  50,000  acres  is  devoted  to  this  in- 
dustry, of  which  about  half  the  area  is  in  Chautauqua 
county,  lying  in  a  narrow  strip  against  Lake  Erie.  The 
other  special  areas  are  the  central  lake  region  and  the 
Hudson  river  valley.  These  three  areas  stand  for  three 
types  of  viticulture— early  and  special  table  grapes  for 
near-by  markets  in  the  Hudson  valley;  staple  varieties 
for  wine  and  grape  juice  in  parts  of  the  lake  region, 
(particularly  on  Keuka  lake) ;  general-purpose  varieties 
for  distant  markets  in  the  Chautauqua  region.  In  the 
lake  region,  Catawba  is  a  leading  variety.  In  Chautau- 
qua, Concord  far  outstrips  all  others.  A  normal  out- 
put of  table  grapes  in  New  York  is  about  60,000  to 
70,000  tons;  of  wine  between  2,000,000  and  3,000,000 
gallons.  The  grape  areas  lie  close  to  the  lakes  or  large 
rivers,  thereby  receiving  the  benefit  of  the  ameliorated 
local  climate. 

New  York  is  known  also  for  its  pears.  The  apple 
counties  mentioned  above,  and  Oswego,  Onondaga,  and 
Columbia  counties  are  the  leading  pear  areas.  Bartlett 
is  the  staple  variety,  but  Kieffer  has  risen  to  near  the 
first  place  in  recent  years.  The  number  of  commercial 
varieties,  however,  is  relatively  large.  The  culture  of 
dwarf  pears  is  popular  and  has  reached  a  high  degree 
of  perfection.  Thrifty  and  productive  orchards  40  and 
50  years  old  stand  in  various  parts  of  the  state. 

The  plum  is  largely  planted  in  western  New  York,  in 
many  varieties.  In  acreage,  Lombard  probably  leads,  but 
several  other  varieties  excel  in  commercial  importance. 
The  Damsons  are  largely  grown;  also  the  German  and 
Italian  prunes  (but  the  latter  are  not  dried).  The 
Japanese  plums  are  now  widely  planted,  and  are  giving 
general  satisfaction.  They  are  rarely  injured  by  late 
spring  frosts.  The  improved  native  plums  are  relatively 
little  known. 

Peaches  are  grown  about  all  the  central  lakes  and  in 
the  Hudson  valley,  but  the  only  distinct  natural  peach 


1086 


NEW    YORK 


NEW    YORK 


1484.  Distribution  of  peach-growing  in  a  part  of 
The  shaded  parts  show  the  chief  peach-orchard  areas 

counties. 

region  is  near  the  Ontario  shore  west  of  Oswego.  In 
the  western  half  of  the  state,  about  10,000  acres  are  de- 
voted to  peach-culture.  Fig.  1484. 

Apricots  are  grown  with  little  trouble  in  the  peach 
regions,  and  there  are  several  commercial  plantations. 

Cherries  are  grown  both  for  the  fresh  fruit  and  for 
canning— the  former  chiefly  in  the  Hudson  valley  and 
the  latter  chiefly  in  western  New  York.  The  canning 
cherries  are  the  sour  type— chiefly  English  Morello  and 
Montmorency.  The  large  canning  factory  industry 
(some  25  factories  in  western  New  York)  makes  the 
sour  cherry  industry  profitable. 

Quinces  are  probably  more  largely  grown  than  else- 
where in  the  Union. 

The  small  fruit  interests  are  very  large,  but  there  are 
no  reliable  statistics.  In  the  northern  counties  of  west- 
ern New  York,  black  raspberries  are  grown  as  a  farm 
crop  and  the  product  is  mostly  evaporated.  The  annual 
output  of  dried  raspberries  five  years  ago  was  approxi- 
mately 1500  tons,  but  the  amount  is  now  less.  While 
the  strawberry  is  an  important  crop  in  all  parts  of  the 
state,  it  reaches  its  largest  acreage  in  Oswego  county 
(Fig.  1486),  where  about  1200  acres  are  devoted  to  it. 
This  region  supplies  the  late  markets,  producing  an- 
nually about  2,000,000  quarts.  In  Oswego 
county  there  are  about  250  acres  of  red 
raspberries,  mostly  Cuthbert.  Cranberry- 
growing  has  attained  some  importance  on 
Long  Island. 

Western  New  York  has  long  been  the 
center  of  the  nursery  business  of  North 
America.  Of  the  4,510  nurseries  reported 
in  the  United  States  census  of  1890,  530 
were  in  New  York.  Illinois  was  second, 
with  434,  and  Ohio  third,  with  393.  Not 
only  is  the  number  large,  but  the  variety 
of  stock  grown  is  also  significant.  Roches- 
ter and  Geneva  are  the  chief  nursery  cen- 
ters, although  the  stock  which  is  sold  in 
these  centers  is  grown  over  a  wide  range 
of  country.  In  acreage  in  1890,  New  York 
leads  with  24,840  acres,  followed  by  Illinois 
with  17,812  acres,  Ohio  16,790,  Nebraska, 
15,641,  Missouri,  15,190.  The  total  capital 
invested  was  nearly  $12,250,000  in  New 
York,  as  against  $4,750,000  in  Illinois. 

In  seed-farming,  New  York  stood  next 
to  New  Jersey,  in  1890,  in  amount  of  capi- 


tal  invested,— $2,176,076.72 
as  against  $2,333,066.68.  In 
number  of  seed-farms,  Con- 
necticut had  85,  New  York 
78,Tennessee  35,  New  Jersey 
34.  The  principal  seed-crops 
grown  in  New  York  are  bush- 
bean,  Brussels  sprouts,  cab- 
bage, sweet  corn,  cucumber, 
kale,  onion,  pea,  turnip,  as- 
paragus. 

The  trucking  interests  are 
very  large  because  of  the 
large  population  and  the 
many  means  of  transporta- 
tion. The  largest  single  geo- 
graphical region  is  Long 
Island,  which,  because  of  its 
light  soil,  warm  local  cli- 
mate, and  accessible  loca- 
tion, is  one  of  the  leading 
market-gardening  regions  of 
the  New  World.  Long  Island 
has  an  area  of  1,700  square 
miles,  of  which  the  western 
third  is  largely  devoted  to 
trucking  interests.  Parts  of 
the  eastern  end  are  also 
trucking  areas,  particularly 
for  cabbage  and  cauliflower. 
Cabbage  seed  is  extensively 
grown  in  this  eastern  ex- 
tremity of  the  island. 

The  floricultural  interests 
of  New  York  state  are  large 

and  growing.  Of  the  9,000  commercial  florists'  establish- 
ments that  Galloway  estimates  for  the  United  States, 
not  less  than  1,100  or  1,200  are  in  this  state,  with  glass 
amounting  to  nearly  4,500,000  square  feet.  New  York 
city  is  a  market  for  a  large  geographical  region.  As 
early  as  1885,  John  Thorpe  estimated  that  4,000,000 
roses  that  were  sent  to  the  New  York  market  by  nine 
growers  in  one  year  did  not  constitute  half  the  number 
sold  in  that  market.  The  census  of  1890  reports  the 
total  investment  of  New  York  in  floricultural  business 
to  have  been  about  $9,500,000  (although  only  793  estab- 
lishments are  accounted  for),  as  against  upwards  of 
5,500,000  in  Pennsylvania,  the  next  heaviest  state.  The 
lower  Hudson  region  is  the  center  of  the  violet  industry 
of  the  United  States.  Long  Island  grows  quantities  of 
bulbs. 

Because  the  horticultural  interests  of  New  York  are 
separated  in  more  or  less  distinct  geographical  regions, 
there  has  never  been  a  representative  state  horticultural 
society.  The  New  York  Horticultural  Society  was  es- 
tablished in  New  York  City  in  1818,  and  it  was  probably 
the  first  distinctly  horticultural  organization  in  North 
America;  but  it  was  really  a  local  society  and  it  is  long 
since  extinct.  Efforts  have  been  made  to  revive  it,  or 


•western  New  York, 
in  Niagara  and  Orleans 


1485.   A  New  York  apple  orchard. 


NEW    YORK 


NICOTIANA 


1087 


rather  to  organize  a  new  society  under  the  old  name, 
the  last  effort  being  made  the  present  year.  In  1829, 
the  Albany  Horticultural  Society  was  organized,  but  this 
;ilso  was  short  lived.  The  oldest  society  in  the  state  is 
the  Western  New  York  Horticultural  Society,  with  head- 
quarters at  Rochester.  The  preliminary  organization  of 
this  society  occurred  at  Rochester,  February  27, 1855,  un- 
der the  name  of  The  Fruit  Grower's  Society  of  Western 
N.-w  York,  to  comprise  the  counties  west  of  Onondaga. 


1486. 

An  Oswego  straw- 
berry field. 


The  late  John  J.  Thomas  was  the  first  President.  This 
society,  with  its  one  big  meeting  each  winter,  is  the 
greatest  American  organization  of  its  particular  type. 

One  of  the  earliest  experiment  stations  in  North 
America  was  organized  at  Ithaca  in  February,  1879,  as 
the  Cornell  University  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
In  1888  this  institution  was  reorganized  as  a  federal 
station,  but  previous  to  this  time  it  had  published  three 
reports.  The  New  York  Agricultural  Experiment  Sta- 
tion, supported  by  the  State  and  located  at  Geneva,  was 
established  in  March,  1882.  These  two  stations  give  con- 
siderable attention  to  horticultural  matters,  particularly 
the  State  Station  at  Geneva  which  is  located  in  one  of 
the  best  of  horticultural  regions.  Each  station  now 
receives  support  from  both  the  state  and  the  federal 
treasury. 

The  Agricultural  College  of  New  York  is  a  part  of 
Cornell  University  at  Ithaca.  It  is  practically  unique 
amongst  agricultural  educational  institutions  in  giving 
courses  of  true  university  grade,  and  its  postgraduate 
courses  lead  to  the  degree  of  Ph.D.  Short  course  in- 
struction of  elementary  character  is  also  afforded,  and 
the  university  is  the  center  of  a  movement  for  the  ex- 
tension of  agricultural  knowledge  amongst  the  people. 

L.  H.  B. 

NEW  ZEALAND  SPINACH.  Fully  treated  under 
Tutragonia. 

NICANDRA  (Nicander  wrote  on  plants  about  150 
A.D.).  Solan&cece.  One  Peruvian  herb  differing  from 
Physalis  chiefly  in  the  3-5-loculed  ovary  and  fruit  and 
in  the  larger  and  more  showy  fls.  N.  physaloides, 
Gaertn.,  known  as  APPLE  OF  PERU,  is  a  strong  spreading 
annual,  3-4  ft.  high,  grown  for  the  showy  blue  fls.  and 
odd  fruits :  glabrous :  Ivs.  elliptic  or  elliptic-ovate,  sinu- 
ate and  toothed,  narrowed  into  a  prominent  petiole:  fls. 
solitary  in  the  axils,  on  recurving  pedicels,  an  inch  or 
more  across,  shaped  like  a  potato  flower  :  fruit  a  thin- 
walled  and  nearly  or  quite  dry  berry,  inclosed  in  an  en- 
larged, strongly  5-winged  calyx.  B.M.  2458.— The  Apple 
of  Peru  is  an  old-fashioned  garden  annual,  now  rarely 
seen.  It  has  escaped  from  cultivation  in  some  places  in 
the  U.  S..  and  it  is  now  widely  distributed  in  the  tropics. 
It  is  often  confounded  with  the  ground  cherry  and  alke- 
kengi,  which  are  species  of  Physalis.  Not  advertised. 

L.  H.  B. 

NICOTIANA  (John  Nicot  was  French  ambassador  to 
Portugal  in  the  sixteenth  century,  and  was  instrumental 
in  spreading  a  knowledge  of  Tobacco).  SolancLcece.  Fifty 
or  more  herbs,  or  one  species  shrubby,  mostly  of  tropi- 
cal America.  The  Nicotianas  comprise  several  stately 
plants,  valued  for  their  rapid  growth  and  large  foliage. 
3tlier  species  produce  showy  flowers,  and  are  popular 
flower-garden  subjects.  They  are  mostly  viscid-pubes- 
cent herbs  of  strong  odor,  'and  possessing  narcotic- 

69 


poisonous  properties.  Lvs.  alternate,  never  compound, 
entire  or  undulate,  mostly  sessile  or  nearly  so  by  a 
tapering  base :  fls.  long-tubular,  mostly  opening  at  night 
and  most  fragrant  then,  in  terminal  racemes,  panicles 
or  thyrses  ;  calyx  usually  persisting  and  covering  the 
fr. ;  corolla  salverform  or  funnelform,  the  lobes  usually 
plicate  in  the  bud,  the  5-lobed  border  nearly  or  quite 
regular;  stamens  5,  inserted  on  the  tube,  generally  in- 
cluded, the  filaments  straight;  style  single,  with  a  capi- 
tate stigma:  fr.  a  capsule,  normally  2-loculed,  but  usu- 
ally splitting  into  4  valves;  seeds  numerous  and  minute. 

Nicotianas  are  of  the  easiest  culture.  They  love  a  hot 
exposure,  and  loose,  well-drained  soil.  They  are  all  ten- 
der to  frost.  For  subtropical  effects,  the  seeds  (by  which 
they  are  usually  propagated)  should  be  started  early 
under  glass.  The  seeds  are  so  small  that  they  do  not 
germinate  well  in  the  open  unless  the  ground  is  fine  and 
holds  moisture  near  the  surface.  N.  alata  is  the  only 
species  which  is  popularly  known  as  a  flower-garden 
plant,  being  grown  everywhere  under  the  name  of  N. 
af finis.  Of  the  robust  species  used  for  subtropical  bed- 
ding, N.  glanca,  N".  tomentosa  and  forms  of  JV.  Ta- 
bacum  are  best.  L.  H.  B. 

Nicotianas  are  tropical  herbs  requiring  in  northern 
latitudes  a  deep,  loamy,  rich  soil  and  full  sunlight.  The 
soil  should  be  especially  rich  in  lime  and  potash,  both 
of  which  maybe  supplied  by  the  addition  of  wood  ashes. 
Nicotianas  will  not  grow  well  in  very  moist  or  poorly 
drained  soils.  In  cool  weather  the  seeds  germinate 
slowly,  so  that  when  it  may  be  desired  to  raise  the 
plants  outdoors  in  early  spring  the  seeds  should  be 
"sprouted"  before  sowing  by  keeping  them  moist  and 
warm  until  growth  may  be  seen.  The  method  generally 
pursued  in  northern  tobacco-growing  regions  is  to  mix 
the  seed,  about  April  1,  with  very  fine  rotted  apple  tree 
wood  (apple  wood  is  preferable  to  others,  as  it  contains 
less  tannin,  which  would  be  destructive  to  germinating 
seeds),  and  to  place  the  mixture  after  moistening  in  a 
glass  jar,  and  seal.  The  jar  is  then  placed  in  a  tem- 
perature of  80°  to  90°  until  the  seed  is  seen  to  be  germi- 
nating, which  should  be  in  from  four  to  six  days.  The 
seeds  are  then  sown  in  frames  covered  with  cloth  or 
glass  and  rolled  in  with  a  light  roller,  or  simply  pressed 


1487.   Nicotiana  alata. 

in  with  a  board.  Another  method  of  sprouting  the  seed 
is  to  spread  it  on  a  thin  cloth  stretched  over  a  vessel  of 
water  placed  where  it  will  be  continually  warm.  When 
very  young,  Nicotianas  will  endure  severe  frost,  which 
property  they  lose  with  age,  becoming  quite  sensitive  to 


1088 


NICOTIANA 


NICOTIANA 


frost  when  mature.  Nicotianas  are  well  adapted  for 
culture  in  pots  or  tubs,  and  are  then  fine  plants  for 
summer  porch  decoration.  p  y?  BARCLAY. 

A.    Fls.  yellow  or  yellowish  white:   Ivs.  distinctly 

petioled. 
B.    Plant  glabrous  and  glaucous,  becoming  woody  (N. 

rustica  is  not  to  be  sought  here). 
glauca,  Grab.  Becoming  20  ft.  high  and  tree-like  in 
its  native  place  (Argentina),  glabrous,  glaucous-blue  all 
over  and  sometimes  developing  purplish  tints:  Ivs. 
large,  ovate,  sometimes  subcordate,  more  or  less  repand, 
the  petiole  conspicuous :  fls.  in  a  loose  panicle,  tubular 
and  constricted  below  the  very  short  limb,  curved, 
1-2  in.  long,  greenish  at  first  but  becoming  yellow,  soft- 
pubescent  on  the  outside.  B.M.  2837.  — Not  uncommon 
in  cult,  for  its  striking  glaucous-blue  foliage  and  stately 
habit;  also  run  wild  in  Texas  and  S.  Calif.  Usually 
does  not  bloom  in  the  northern  states.  Easily  grown 
from  seeds. 

BB.  Plant  pilose,  "herbaceous  or  half  shrubby. 
wigandioides,  Koch  &  Fint.  Tall -growing,  reaching 
6  and  7  ft.  high,  with  a  straight  central  shaft  and  bear- 
ing very  large  and  heavy  foliage:  Ivs.  ovate  and  pointed 
or  sometimes  acuminate,  often  undulate-margined  but 
not  toothed,  hairy:  fls.  yellowish,  short,  in  drooping 
panicles.  Colombia.— A  very  striking  plant,  sometimes 
used  for  bold  subtropical  effects. 

AA.  Fls.  white,  long -tubular:  Ivs.  mostly  not  petioled 
and  more  or  less  clasping:  annual  and  perennial 
herbs.  In  some  of  the  following  species  the  fls. 
are  green  or  purplish  on  the  outside. 

B.    Corolla-lobes  acute. 

alata,  Link  &  Otto  (If.  afflnis,  Hort.,  under  which 
name  it  is  universally  known  in  gardens).  Figs.  1487, 
1488.  Slender  but  strong-growing,  2-3%  ft.  tall,  viscid- 
pubescent:  Ivs.  lance-obovate  or  ovate-elliptic,  becoming 


1488.    Nicotiana  alata  (X  1-5). 
Commonly  known  as  N.  affinis. 

small  and  narrow  above,  clasping  and  sometimes  de- 
current,  entire  or  remotely  repand-dentate :  fls.  remote 
in  a  wand-like  raceme,  spreading,  the  very  slender  tube 
5-6  in.  long,  the  limb  oblique  and  2  in.  or  more  across, 
the  narrow  -  pointed  lobes  unequal.  Braz.  G.C.  II. 


16:141.  Gn.  34,  p.  520;  42,  p.  126;  50,  p.  212;  56,  p.  384 
Gng.  5:182.  B.R.  19:1592  (as  JV.  Persica).—  A  de- 
servedly popular  plant,  blooming  freely  all  the  season, - 
until  killed  by  frost.  It  is  well  to  plant  it  in  a  place 
which  is  protected  from  strong  winds.  It  is  apparently 
perennial,  but  is  treated  as  a  tender  or  half-hardy  an- 
nual. It  self -sows,  and  often  maintains  itself  from  year 
to  year  in  the  Middle  States  and  South.  In  the  warmer 
parts,  the  roots  live  over  winter  with  a  little  protec- 
tion. Fall-sown  seedlings  make  excellent  pot-plants  for 
the  window.  The  fls.  open  at  night-fall,  but  close  in  the 
daytime.  At  night  they  are  very  fragrant.  During  the 
last  ten  years  the  plant  has  become  very  popular. 

Var.  decurrens  (N.  decurrens,  Hort.)  is  lower,  branch- 
ing near  the  base,  very  floriferous. 

sylyestris,  Spegaz.  Fig.  1489.  Lvs.  larger  and  better 
than  in  N.  a  la ta,  rugose  and  veiny,  more  prominently 
undulate,  the  stem  well  furnished  near  the  ground :  fls. 
large,  hanging  in  whorls  or  fascicles  in  a  heavy  large 
panicle,  in  shape  like  those  of  J\~.  alata  but  the  limb  less 
oblique  and  the  tube  more  swollen,  and  not  closing  in 
the  morning  or  on  cloudy  days.  Argentina.  Gt.  47,  p. 
130.  G.C.  III.  26:357. -One  of  the  novelties  of  1899  and 
1900. 

longiflora,  Cav.  Erect,  2-3  ft.,  slender,  the  prominent 
foliage  radical :  Ivs.  oval-lanceolate  to  lanceolate,  promi- 
nently undulate,  pointed:  fls.  4  in.  long,  the  tube  green 
or  purplish,  but  the  limb  (lobes  about  %  in-  long)  white 
at  least  inside,  borne  in  simple  racemes.  Argentina.— 
Little  knawn  in  cult.,  being  inferior  to  iV.  alata.  The 
flowers  open  late  in  the  day.  Perennial,  but  annual  in 
gardens  and  in  northern  countries. 

BB.  Corolla-lobes  obtuse  or  rounded. 

suaveolens,  Lehm.  (.ZV.  undulata.  Vent.  JV.  longiflora^ 
var.  undtilata,  Voss).  Variable:  1-2  ft.,  annual  or  bi- 
ennial, usually  viscid:  lower  Ivs.  long-stalked  and  ovate 
or  spatulate,  the  upper  ones  narrow  and  sessile  and 
sometimes  clasping,  all  undulate-margined  as  a  rule: 
fls.  in  loose  terminal  racemes,  on  slender  pedicels,  sal- 
ver-shaped, the  narrow  cylindrical  tube  about  2  in.  long, 
the  circular  limb  1  in.  or  less  across,  pure  white  (or 
greenish  outside).  Australia.  B.M.  673.  Gn.  21,  p.  291.- 
The  broad  lobes  usually  overlap,  so  that  the  limb  often 
appears  as  if  entire.  Sweet-scented  at  night.  Plant 
pubescent  or  glabrous.  Not  rare  in  gardens.  It  is  said 
that  it  will  endure  moderate  shade. 

noctifldra,  Hook.  (N.  longifldra,  var.  noctiflora,  Voss). 
Very  like  the  last,  and  perhaps  a  geographical  form  of 
it:  Ivs.  lanceolate-undulate:  fls.  often  purplish  outside 
but  white  within,  the  spreading  lobes  notched  or  emar- 
ginate:  plant  very  viscid.  Argentina.  B.M.  2785.— A 
night  bloomer,  like  the  last.  There  is  a  var.  albifldra, 
with  pure  white  fls. 

AAA.    Fls.   distinctly  colored  (usually  with  shades  of 
red),  the  tube  relatively  broad  or  even  inflated: 
annual  and  perennial  herbs. 
B.    Lvs.  stalked. 

rustica,  Linn.,  was  cult,  for  Tobacco  by  the  Indians- 
and  is  run  wild  in  many  places,  but  its  nativity  is  un- 
known (probably  indigenous  to  the  Old  World,  accord- 
ing to  Gray) :  annual,  usually  not  over  3  ft.  tall,  viscid- 
pubescent:  Ivs.  large,  ovate  and  obtuse:  fls.  yellowish 
or  greenish,  1  in.  or  less  long,  the  base  narrow,  tube 
thereafter  inflated,  orifice  contracted,  the  lobes  short 
and  rounded.  The  fls.  are  open  by  day.  Inflorescence 
paniculate. 

BB.  Lvs.  sessile  and  decurrent. 

Tabacum,Linn.  TOBACCO.  Tall,  strong-growing  strik- 
ing plant,  3-5  ft.,  annual,  usually  glutinous:  Ivs.  mostly 
ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate-pointed:  fls.  2  in. 
long,  rose  or  purplish,  in  a  large  nearly  naked  panicle, 
the  tube  swollen  upwards  and  the  spreading  lobes 
pointed.  S.  Amer.  — Cult,  from  earliest  times  by  the 
Indians,  and  occasionally  run  wild.  Its  commercial 
cultivation  for  Tobacco  is  an  agricultural  subject,  and  ; 
therefore  is  not  discussed  in  this  work.  It  is  a  striking 
plant  in  the  garden.  There  are  several  forms  cult,  for 
ornament,  those  with  large  red  fls.  being  most  known.  • 
N.  grandifloriim,  N.  purpiireum.  etc.,  are  names  given  to 
these  forms.  The  fls.  are  diurnal.  See  Fig.  1077,  p.  757, 


NICOTIANA 


NIDULARIUM 


1089 


tomentdsa,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (JV.  colds  sea,  Andre").  Peren- 
nial, rarely  blooming  in  the  North,  but  easily  propagated 
by  cuttings  and  treated  as  a  tender  annual:  8  to  10  ft. 
and  more,  very  stout  and  branchy,  viscid  -  pubescent  : 
Ivs.  obovate-oblong  and  acuminate,  narrowed  to  clasping 
and  decurrent  base,  1-3  ft.  long,  pale  and  reticulate  be- 
neath :  fls.  short,  the  tube  inflated  at  the  top  and  slightly 
curved,  pubescent,  the  lobes  ovate  and  obtuse  and  nearly 


1489.    Nicotiana  sylvestris  (X  %). 


or  quite  equal,  the  color  of  the  tube  pale  green  and  of 
the  limb  yellowish  outside  and  pale  rose  within.  Brazil. 
B.M.7252.  G.C.  III.  9:83.  Gng.  1:97.  A.G.  11:117.-A 
most  remarkable  plant  for  large  and  rapid  growth.  Very 
useful  in  making  subtropical  effects.  The  plants  came 
up  in  soil  in  which  Brazilian  orchids  were  shipped  to 
France,  and  it  began  to  attract  general  attention  in  France 
about  1889.  It  usually  has  reddish  stems,  thereby  adding 
to  the  bold  effect.  Seeds  should  be  started  under  glass, 
There  is  a  var.  variegata,  Hort.,  with  mottled  and  mar- 
gined foliage.  R.  H.  1893,  p.  9.  G.M.  37:61. 

N.  acuminata,  Hook.  Slender:  Ivs.  petioled,  broad-lanceolate, 
acuminate:  fls.  long-tubular,  with  small  obtuse  lobes,  white. 
Argentina.  B.M.  2919.—  N.  fragrant,  Hook.  Three  to  4  ft.:  Ivs. 
sessile,  obovate  or  spatulate:  fls.  with  very  long,  slender  tubes 
(as  in  N.  sylvestris)  and  a  large  spreading  regular  limb  with 
emarginate  lobes,  white.  New  Caledonia.  B.M.  4865.—  A/".  Langs- 
dorfii,  Schrank.  Two  to  3  ft.,  viscid:  Ivs.  sessile,  oval  or  ovate: 
fls.  trumpet-shaped,  the  tube  enlarging  at  the  top,  the  limb  flar- 
ing and  nearly  entire,  yellowish  green.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  2221. 
2555.—  N.  paniculdta.  Linn.,  from  S.  Amer.,  is  allied  to  N. 
Langsdorfii,  but  is  smaller  and  all  the  Ivs.  are  stalked. 

Several  Nicotianas  are  native  to  the  Texan-Californian  region. 
One,  N.  guadrivdlvis  ,  Pursh,  B.M.  1778,  is  native  as  far  north 
as  Oregon,  and  was  cult,  by  the  Indians  for  tobacco.  j^  jj€  g^ 

NICOTtTNIA  is  a  name  given  by  the  undersigned  to 
hybrids  of  Nicotiana  and  Petunia  offered  in  1893.  They 
were  originally  described  as  follows:  "The  plants  have 
slender,  drooping  or  trailing  tomentose  green,  red  and 
purple  stalks  and  leaves  twice  or  three  times  as  large 
as  the  Petunia;  the  flowers  are  handsome,  white,  pink, 
carmine  or  striped  and  borne  in  plenteous  profusion. 
No  seed  is  ever  produced,  but  they  are  very  readily 
multiplied  by  cuttings." 

These  plants  have  unfortunately  vanished  from  culti- 
vation. They  were,  of  course,  annuals.  They  were 


semi-trailing  plants,  the  leaves  covered  with  abundant 
short,  woolly  hairs.  The  cross  was  Petunia  hybrida, 
var.  grandi flora  x  Nicotiana  wigandioides,  var.  nibra, 
the  former  probably  being  the  seed  parent.  The  singu- 
lar thing  about  the  cross  was  the  fact  that  the  root 
seemed  in  all  cases  to  be  paralyzed  and  very  defective, 
though  the  tops  in  all  the  many  hybrids  produced  grew 
with  much  vigor.  The  blooms  were  beautiful,  and  it  is 
a  pity  that  the  plants  were  not  grafted  on  tobacco  roots. 

LUTHER  BURBANK. 

NIDULAEIUM  (from  Latin  nidus,  a  nest).  Bro- 
meliacece.  About  15  Brazilian  epiphytes,  by  some  re- 
ferred to  Karatas  and  other  genera,  but  by  Mez  (DC. 
Monogr.  Phaner.  9)  kept  distinct.  The  flowers  are  per- 
fect, borne  in  simple  or  compound  heads,  the  petals 
joined  at  the  base  and  not  ligulate  (in  all  the  typical 
species) :  anthers  attached  mostly  on  the  back  (in  some 
related  plants  attached  mostly  at  the  base).  Leaves 
strap-shaped,  ovate  or  oval,  in  dense  rosettes,  the  flowers 
mostly  sessile,  red,  blue,  or  white.  The  inner  leaves  of 
the  rosette,  here  called  bract-leaves,  are  usually  highly 
colored  and  constitute  most  of  the  merit  of  some  species. 
Warmhouse  plants,  requiring  the  treatment  of  Billbergia, 
which  see. 

In  the  following  account,  the  genus  is  held  to  comprise 
the  species  referred  by  Mez  to  Aregelia,  having  simple 
flower-clusters,  whereas  Nidularium  proper  has  com- 
pound clusters. 

A.  Flower-cluster  simple  (Aregelia). 
B.  Length  of  flower  1%  in.  or  less. 

triste,  Regel  (N.  marmoratum,  Hort.,  not  Morr. 
Karatas  tristis,  Baker.  Aregelia  tristis,  Mez).  Lvs. 
6-12,  from  6-12  in.  long  and  half  as  broad  in  the  middle, 
green  dappled  with  brown,  somewhat  scurfy  beneath: 
flower  purple:  bract-1  vs.  narrow-linear:  fr.  oblong,  white. 

BB.  Length  of  flower  1%  in.  or  more. 

Morrenianum,  Makoy  (Karatas  Morreniana,  Ant. 
Aregelia  Morreniana,  Mez).  Lvs.  many  in  a  dense 
rosette,  with  few  very  minute  spines,  not  striped,  densely 
scurfy  beneath :  fls.  many,  dark  purple :  bract-lvs. linear- 
lanceolate. 

N.  Caroline,  Lem.  (N.  Meyendorfii,  Regel.  Karatas 
Carollnce,Ant.  Guzmdniapicta,Hort.  Billbergia  Caro- 
llnce,  Beer.  B.  blens,  Hook.).  Lvs.  several  to  many, 
strap-shaped,  rather  thick,  finely  spiny-toothed,  12  in. 
long,  bright  green  on  both  surfaces,  the  bract-lvs.  bright 
red:  fls.  blue-purple,  in  a  short  head  nestling  in  the 
bright  leaf -cup.  B.M.  5502.  I.H.  7:245. 

princeps,  Morr.  (N.  spectdbile,  Hort.  Karatas  prin- 
ceps,  Baker.  K.  Meyendorfii,  Ant.  Aregelia  princeps , 
Mez).  Lvs.  15-20,  about  10-12  in.  long,  broadest  at 
the  middle,  firm,  spiny-toothed,  lightly  glaucous:  fls. 
numerous,  violet-purple,  surrounded  by  about  8-10  oval, 
bright  red  bract-lvs. 

Bindti,  Morr.  (N".  Maltoyanum,  Regel.  Karatas  Binbti, 
Morr.  Aregelia  Binbti,  Mez).  Lvs.  15-20,  strong-spiny, 
scurfy  and  transversely  banded  on  the  back,  the  inner 
ones  similar  in  color:  fls.  many,  white.  Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  Bromelia  Binoti. 

AA.  Flower-cluster  compound. 

B.  Petals  joined  below. 

c.  Flowers  white. 

Innocentii,  Lem.  (Karatas  Innoctntii,  Ant.).  Stem- 
less  and  stolonif erous :  Ivs.  about  20,  in  a  dense  rosette, 
strap-shaped,  about  1  ft.  long,  broadest  near  the  middle, 
with  many  small,  spiny  teeth,  green  but  more  or  less 
tinted  brown  or  red,  the  oval  bract-lvs.  bright  red:  fls. 
in  a  dense  head,  white.  I.  H.  9:329.— Named  for  the 
Marquis  de  St.  Innocent,  amateur,  of  Autun,  France. 
There  is  a  form  with  yellow-striped  Ivs.  I.H.  41:5. 
This  species  is  one  of  the  best  Nidulariums. 

Striatum,  Baker  (N.  MaTcoyanum,  Morr.,  not  Hort. 
Karatas  negUcta,  Baker).  Lvs.  8-12  in.  long,  strap- 
shaped,  fine-toothed,  prominently  striped  with  central 
bands  of  white  and  shading  to  cream-color  towards  the 
margin,  the  body  color  deep  green  and  not  brown-tinted. 
G.C.  III.  8:183  (desc.).-A  good  species. 


1090 


NIDULARIUM 


NIGELLA 


CC.  flowers  blue  or  violet. 

Scheremettewii,  Regel  (Karatas  Scheremetiewii, 
Ant.)-  Lvs.  10-15,  in  a  short  rosette,  lanceolate,  10-18 
in.  long,  with  many  small  but  conspicuous  spiny  teeth, 
rather  firm,  bright  green  above  and  pale  green  beneath, 
the  bract-lvs.  bright  red  and  showy,  the  points  recurving: 
fls.  blue,  in  a  small  head. 

fulgens,  Lem.  (If.  pictum,  Hort.).  Lvs.  15-20,  in  a 
dense  rosette,  strap-shaped,  with  large,  strong  teeth, 
mottled  with  green  of  different  shades,  paler  and  scurfy 
beneath,  the  bract-lvs.  oval  and  scarlet:  fls.  blue. 

BB.  Petals  separate. 

Lindeni,  Regel  (^chmea  eburnea,  Baker.  Gtizmdnia 
frdgrans,  Hort.  Canistrum  Lindeni,  Mez).  Lvs.  about 
20,  in  a  dense  rosette,  tomentose,  green-spotted,  the 
bract-lvs.  cream-white :  fls.  white  or  greenish. 

Amaz6nicum,  Lind.  &  Andre"  (Karatas  Amazdnica, 
Baker.  Canistrum  Amazonicum,  Mez.  ^Echmea  Ama- 
zdnica, Hort.).  Lvs.  15-20,  10-20  in.  long,  and  rather 
wide  at  the  middle,  greenish  brown  above  and  light 
brown  beneath,  not  spotted  or  scurfy,  the  bract-lvs. 
greenish  brown:  fls.white,with  a  green  tube,  in  a  dense 
head. 

N.  Chantrieri,  Andre,  is  a  hybrid  of  N.  Inno^entn  and  N.  ful- 
gens, with  very  brilliant  red  bract-leaves,  obtained  by  Chan- 
trier  Freres,  France.  R.H.  1895:452.  L.  H.  B. 

NIEBEMBlSBGIA.  (for  John  E.  Nieremberg  [1590- 
1563],  a  Spanish  Jesuit  and  first  professor  of  natural 
history  at  Madrid).  Solanacece.  CUP-FLOWER.  About 
24  species  of  hardy  perennial  herbs  from  tropical  and 
subtropical  America,  allied  to  Petunia  and  characterized 
by  the  long  and  very  slender  tube  of  the  corolla.  The 
species  in  cultivation  are  valued  chiefly  for  the  open 
border  or  for  pot-plants,  and  are  mostly  of  prostrate 
habit,  with  showy  fls.  borne  freely  through  the  summer 
and  autumn.  Stem  decumbent  or  creeping,  rarely  sub- 
erect,  diffusely  branched,  the  branches  usually  slender 
and  nearly  glabrous  :  Ivs.  alternate,  scattered,  entire  : 
fls.  borne  singly  on  the  tips  of  young  shoots,  mostly 
white  with  a  purple  center  ;  calyx  5-parted,  tubular  or 
bell-shaped  ;  sepals  spreading  ;  tube  of  corolla  long, 
slender,  attenuated  below,  abruptly  expanded  above  into 
a  broad  bell -shaped,  saucer-shaped  or  funnel-shaped 
limb,  which  has  5  broad,  obtuse  lobes. 

Several  species  of  Nierembergia  have  distinct  value 
for  certain  purposes.  N.  gracilis  makes  an  excellent 
pot  or  basket  plant,  and.  is  also  popular  for  the  border. 
IV.  frutescens  does  finely  in  the  open,  but  is  more  desir- 
able as  a  pot-plant.  N.  rivularis  is  perhaps  the  most 
desirable  species  of  the  group,  and  is  adapted  to  a  wide 
range  of  conditions.  It  thrives  best  in  a  moist  soil  with 
a  half-shaded  exposure,  but  often  makes  fine  patches  on 
a  dry  bank,  or  even  in  the  rockery.  Both  a.  gracilis 
and  N.  frutescens  love  a  loose,  rather  moist  soil,  but  are 
not  impatient  of  dryness.  These  three  species  endure 
winters  without  protection  in  the  latitude  of  N.  Y. 

Nierembergias  are  propagated  chiefly  by  cuttings  taken 
in  the  fall,  or  by  seeds.  IV.  rivularis  is  most  readily 
increased  by  dividing  the  creeping  stem  where  it  has 
rooted  at  the  nodes. 

A.  Stem  prostrate  or  creeping  :  branches  ascending. 

B.  Fls.  creamy  white,  sometimes  slightly  tinted  with 

rose  or  blue. 

rivularis,  Miers.  WHITE-CUP.  Whole  plant  glabrous : 
stem  slender,  creeping,  rooting  freely  at  the  nodes,  form- 
ing a  dense  mat,  the  branches  seldom  rising  over  6  in. 
high:  Ivs.  oblong  to  oblong-spatulate,  obtuse  membra- 
naceous,  variable  in  size,  with  a  long,  slender  petiole: 
fls.  sessile  or  short-peduncled ;  calyx  cylindrical,  the 
lobes  oblong-lanceolate,  slightly  spreading:  corolla-limb 
broadly  bell-shaped,  1-2  in.  broad;  throat  golden  yellow. 
La  Platte  river,  S.  A.  B.M.  5608.  J.H.  III.  31:311.  Gn. 
23,  p.  188;  25,  p.  145.  — A  very  adaptable  and  desirable 
species  for  a  stream  bank,  dry  border  or  alpine  garden. 
The  fls.  are  large  and  beautiful.  It  is  difficult  to  eradi- 
cate after  once  established,  as  small  pieces  of  the  stem 
will  take  root  and  grow. 


BB.    Fls.  wJtite,  ivith  purple  center. 

gracilis,  Hook.  Fig.  1490.  Branches  very  slender, 
ascending  6-8  in.,  slightly  downy:  Ivs.  scarcely  %  in. 
long,  linear  or  slightly  spatulate,  those  on  the  younger 
branches  somewhat  hairy:  limb  of  corolla  spreading, 
convex,  white  tinged  and  veined  with  purple  towards 
the  center,  throat  yellow.  Argentine  Republic,  S.  A. 
B.M.  3108.  — A  charming  little  plant  for  the  hanging 
basket.  A  garden  var.,  Crozyana,  has  fls.  tinted  with 
lilac  and  appears  to  be  more  floriferous  than  the  type. 
F.S.  14:1410. 

BBB.    Fls.  pale  lilac. 

Veitchii,  Berkeley.  Stem  8-12  in.  long,  with  slender, 
glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent  branches:  Ivs.  %-l  in. 
long,  short-petioled  or  sessile,  the  upper  linear,  the 
lower  broadly  spatulate:  calyx-lobes  linear-oblong,  re- 
curved: corolla-tube  %-%  in.  long,  white,  the  limb 
broadly  bell-shaped.  Trop.  America.  B.M.  5599.  F. 
1872,  p.  141. 

AA.  Stem  nearly  erect. 

frutescens,  Dur.  TALL  CUP-FLOWER.  Stem  1-3  ft. 
high,  much  branched,  shrubby:  Ivs.  scattered,  linear: 
fls.  about  1  in.  broad,  the  limb  saucer-shaped,  white 
tinted  with  lilac  or  blue;  throat  yellow;  handsome. 
Chile.  — The  fls.  resemble  IV.  gracilis  in  color,  but  are 
much  larger.  Valuable  in  the  greenhouse  or  for  the 
border.  As  a  pot-plant  it  makes  a  fine  bush  and  bears 
fls.  almost  continuously.  It  can  be  used  as  a  bedding 


1490.    Nierembergia  gracilis  (X 


plant  with  excellent  results  if  started  under  glass  and 
transplanted.     A   garden   form,    var.    grandiflora    (IV. 
grandifldra,  Hort.),  has  somewhat  larger  fls.  than  the 
i  S.  W.  FLETCHER. 


NIGELLA  (diminutive  of  niger,  black  ;  referring  to 
the  color  of  the  seeds).  Hanunculacece.  LOVE-IN-A- 
MIST.  DEVIL-IN-A-BUSH.  FENNEL  FLOWER.  Hardy 
annuals  with''  erect  stems  and  finely  divided  alternate 
Ivs.:  fls.  showy,  white,  blue  or  yellow;  sepals  5,  regu- 
lar, petal-'like,  deciduous;  petals  5,  with  hollow  claws, 
notched  or  2-lobed  ;  carpels  3-10,  fusing  at  the  base 
into  one  cavity,  cells  opening  at  the  top  when  mature: 
seeds  many,  black  and  hard.  There  are  about  12  spe- 
cies, including  Garidella  ;  mostly  natives  of  the  Medi- 


NIGELLA 


NOLAXA 


1091 


terranean  region.  The  following  '_'  are  only  species  now 
ii-M-d  in  America.  They  require  little  care.  The  seed 
should  be  sown  in  the  open  border  in  good  soil  any  time 
after  the  middle  of  March,  and  the  seedlings  thinned, 
if  necessary,  to  a  distance  of  about  8  in  They  seldom 
succeed  well  if  transplanted.  If  the  seeds  be  sown  in 
early  autumn  the  plants  may  withstand  the  winter  and 


1491.    Love-in-a-Mist— Nigella  Damascer 


be  ready  to  flower  earlier  the  next  summer.  By  plant- 
ing at  different  seasons  the  plants  may  be  continued  in 
beauty  nearly  throughout  the  summer.  The  seeds  of 
N.  sativa,  Linn.,  or  black  cummin,  are  sometimes  used 
as  seasoning  in  the  Old  World. 

Damascena,  Linn.  Fig.  1491.  Height  1-2  ft.:  Ivs. 
bright  green,  very  finely  cut :  fls.  white  or  blue,  large : 
involucre  very  dense  and  fine:  styles  erect  in  the  fr., 
nearly  as  long  as  the  capsules:  fr.  not  divergent  at 
top.  Summer.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  22.  Gn.  37,  p.  130.  — Var. 
nana,  Hort.  A  dwarf  form  with  very  large  fls. 

Hispanica,  Linn.  Lvs.  much  divided,  but  less  so 
than  in  the  preceding  :  fls.  deeper  blue  than  the  last, 
with  deep  red  stamens;  involucre  absent;  styles  rather 
spreading  :  fr.  divergent  at  top.  July.  Spain  and  N. 
Africa.  B.M.  1265.  Gn.  37:739.-Var.  Fontanesiana, 
Hort.  (N.  Fontanesiana,  Hort.).  Much  like  the  type, 
but  said  to  flower  two  weeks  earlier.  g.  (^  DAVIS. 

NIGGER  TOE.   Nuts  of  Bertliolletia. 
NIGHT-BLOOMING  CEREUS.    See  Cereus. 

NIGHTSHADE.  Snlanitm  nigrum.  Deadly  N,, 
Atrofin  It>'l!ntJtn»Ki.  Enchanter's  N.,  Circcea.  Three- 
leaved  N.,  Trillium. 

NINE-BARK.    Physocarpus  opulifolia. 

NIPH.35A  (Greek,  triphos,  snow;  alluding  to  the  white 
color  of  the  fls.,  which  is  rare  in  this  family).  Gesner- 
Hcece.  N.  oblonga  i§  a  plant  something  like  a  Gloxinia, 
but  instead  of  a  large  spotted  throat  the  flowers  have 
so  small  a  tube  as  to  appear  almost  5-petaled.  Niphaeas 
are  tropical  American  stemless  or  dwarf  herbs,  with 
heart-shaped,  coarsely  serrate,  hairy  Ivs.  and  cluster's 
of  about  a  dozen  fls.  an  inch  or  s~o  across, *borne  singly 
on  reddish  stalks  about  2  in.  high.  For  general  cult, 
they  are  inferior  to  Gloxinia  and  Achimenes,  but  they 
are  desirable  for  botanical  collections  as  being  one  of 
the  most  distinct  types  of  the  gesneraceous  family. 
Th'-y  have  a  creeping  root,  and  no  tubers:  Ivs.  soft, 
wrinkled,  petiolate,  opposite:  corolla  nearly  wheel- 
shaped;  disk  absent;  filaments  shorter  than  the  an- 


thers, straight;  anthers  erect,  free,  the  cells  facing  in- 
ward, parallel,  confluent  at  the  apex:  glands  none. 

"Like  many  other  plants  from  Guatemala,"  says 
Lindley  in  B.R.  28:5,  speaking  of  N.  oblonga,  "it  seems 
to  require  a  temperature  between  that  of  a  greenhouse 
and  of  a  stove.  In  its  general  habits  it  resembles 
Achimenes  rosea.  It  flowers  in  the  autumn  and  winter, 
after  which  the  stems  die  off,  and  the  plant  remains  in 
a  dormant  state  until  the  following  season.  When  in 
this  state  it  ought  of  course  to  be  kept  perfectly  dry, 
on  a  light,  warm  shelf,  and  then  when  the  season  of 
rest  is  past,  which  will  be  indicated  by  the  young  stems 
making  their  appearance,  it  may  be  repotted  and  liber- 
ally supplied  with  water.  It  forms  a  great  number  of 
curious  imbricated  scaly  buds,  both  on  the  surface  and 
under  ground,  by  which  it  may  easily  be  multiplied  in 
the  same  manner  as  Achimenes;  it  also  strikes  readily 
by  cuttings.  Any  rich  light  soil  will  do  for  its  cultiva- 
tion." 

oblonga,  Lindl.  Lvs.  heart  shaped  or  perhaps  some- 
what oblong,  more  or  less  whorled:  fls.  drooping:  co- 
rolla about  1%  in.  across;  lobes  roundish,  concave  at 
first,  then  revolute.  Guatemala.  B.R.  28:5. 

NIPH6BOLUS  Lingua,  var.  corymbifera,  is  a  tough- 
leaved,  crested  fern,  recommended  by  G.  W.  Oliver  for 
window  boxes.  Oliver  writes  that  this  plant  can  be 
quickly  increased  by  division  of  the  stems,  which  grow 
near  the  surface  of  the  soil.  Niphobolus  appears  in  a 
few  trade  catalogues.  By  English  writers  it  is  gen- 
erally referred  to  Polypodium,  but  L.  M.  Underwood 
refers  it  to  the  genus  Cyclophorus.  The  typical  form 
of  Niphobolus  Lingua  has  the  sori  set  in  close  rows  of 
4-6  each  between  the  main  veins.  Rhizomes  wide  creep- 
ing, covered  with  rusty  scales:  stalks  3-6  in.  long,  firm, 
erect :  Ivs.  entire,  oblong  acuminate,  4-8  in.  long,  1—4 
in.  wide,  matted  beneath  with  close,  cottony,  somewhat 
rusty  down.  It  is  a  native  of  northern  India  and  Japan. 
Its  var.  corymbifera  has  the  Ivs.  much  divided  at  the 
apex,  forming  a  flattish,  corymb-like  cluster.  N.  N. 
Bruckner  writes  that  var.  variegata  is  also  cult.  "It 
has  light  yellow  lines  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch  wide 
and  three-fourths  of  an  inch  apart,  running  across  the 
fronds  at  right  angles  to  the  midrib." 

NITROGEN.  The  role  of  Nitrogen  in  horticulture  is 
discussed  under  Fertility,  Fertilizers,  Legumes  and 
Manures. 

NOLANA  (from  nola,  a  little  bell ;  referring  to  the 
shape  of  the  corolla).  Convolvulacece.  About  18  species, 
of  prostrate  annual  herbs  with  showy  blue  fls.,  opening 
only  in  sunshine,  all  native  to  Chile  and  Peru.  They 
are  valued  chiefly  for  covering  poor  or  rocky  soils. 
Stem  often  slightly  angulate,  usually  spotted  and 
streaked  with  purple  above,  much  branched,  the  ends 
of  the  branches  ascending  several  inches:  Ivs.  solitary 
or  in  pairs,  entire,  usually  fleshy,  the  lower  long-peti- 
oled;  the  upper  short-petioled,  sessile  or  attenuated  into 
a  winged  petiole  :  fls.  borne  singly  in  the  axils  of  the 
Ivs.,  mostly  short -peduncled,  commonly  blue  or  purple, 
rarely  white  or  rose  ;  calyx  5-parted  ;  corolla  funnel- 
shaped  or  bell-shaped,  entire,  5-angled  or  5-10-lobed  : 
ovaries  5  to  many,  1-5-seeded,  arranged  in  1-2  series  or 
clustered  irregularly  around  the  base  of  the  style. 

The  characters  by  which  several  species  of  Nolana 
have  been  separated  are  not  well  defined.  It  is  probable 
that  JV.  atriplici  folia ,  2V.  prostrata  and  JV.  paradoxa 
should  be  considered  as  one  species.  The  chief  char- 
acters which  have  been  used  to  distinguish  them  are  the 
number  of  ovaries  in  each  fl.  and  the  number  of  seeds 
in  each  ovary  ;  but  these  characters  vary  in  different 
plants  of  these  and  other  species  of  Nolana.  N.  atri- 
plicifolia  is  commonly  sold  under  the  names  of  the 
other  two.  Consult  Benth.  and  Hook.,  Genera  Plan- 
tarum  2 :  879.  Latest  monograph  D.C.  Prod.  13 :9  (1852 ) . 

Nolanas  grow  readily  from  seeds  sown  in  the  open  in 
May.  For  early  blooming  and  for  seed  production  they 
;  should  be  started  under  glass  in  March  and  transplanted 
in  May.  N.  atriplicifolia  is  used  with  fine  effect  when 
planted  in  large  patches  in  the  border  or  on  rocky  hill- 
sides. All  of  the  species  do  well  in  pots. 

They  prefer  a  light  soil  and  sunny  situation.  J\T.  atri- 
plicifolia is  well  suited  for  use  in  vases  and  baskets. 


1092 


NOLANA 


NORTH  CAROLINA 


A.  Stem  smooth  or  sparsely  hairy. 
B.  fls.  large  (1-2  in.),  dark  blue,  not  striped. 

paraddxa,  Lindl.  (N.  atriplicifblia ,  Hort.  N.  gran- 
diflora,  Lehm. ) .  Fig.  1492.  Root-lvs.  very  long-petioled, 
ovate;  stem-lvs.  ovate,  mostly  sessile  or  with  winged 
petiole,  fleshy:  sepals  ovate-lanceolate;  limb  of  corolla 
blue;  throat  white,  inside  of  tube  light  yellow:  ova- 
ries commonly  many,  1-seeded.  Peru  and  Chile.  B.R. 
10:865,  not  B.M.  2604,  which  is  IT.  tenella.-This  is  the 
most  common  species  in  cult.  Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has 
white  fls.  Var.  violacea  (JT.  paraddxa,  var.  violacea) 
has  violet  fls.  F.S.  13:1294. 


1492.   Nolana  paradoxa. 

(XH.) 


BB.  Fls.  small  (%  in.},  light  blue,  striped  with 

dark  purple. 

prostrata,  Linn.,  not  Hook.  Throat  of  corolla  marked 
with  violet-purple  veins;  sepals  triangular:  ovaries 
commonly  few,  2-4-seeded.  Perhaps  this  should  be 
united  with  the  preceding.  Chile  and  Peru.  B.M.  731. 

AA.  Stem  densely  hairy. 

B.  Stem-lvs.  lanceolate,  thick:  plant  hoary -pubescent. 
lanceolata,  Miers.  Stem-lvs.  mostly  in  pairs,  2-6  in. 
long,  the  base  obliquely  clasping  or  slightly  decurrent 
on  the  outer  side :  fls.  1-2  in.  broad,  with  a  spreading, 
5-lobed  limb,  each  lobe  deeply  notched ;  limb  of  corolla 
blue,  throat  yellowish  white.  Chile.  B.M.  5327. 

BB.    Stem-lvs.  ovate,  membranaceotis :  plant 

viscid-hairy. 

ten611a,  Lindl.  Stem  very  slender:  upper  Ivs.  obtuse, 
with  rounded  base  and  winged  petiole :  peduncle  long- 
hairy:  fls. violet-blue, with  a  white  throat;  limb  5-lobed, 
each  lobe  tipped  with  a  broad  point.  Chile  and  Peru. 
B.  M.  2604  (erroneously  as  JY.  paradoxa,  but  poorly 
drawn,  as  no  hairiness  is  indicated).— Not  advertised  in 
America.  g.  w  FLETCHER. 

NOLlNA  (after  P.  C.  Nolin,  joint  author  of  an  essay 
on  agriculture,  Paris,  1755).  Liliacece.  Syn.,  Beaucar- 
nea.  Nolinas  belong  to  the  remarkable  group  of  desert 
succulents  in  the  lily  family  known  as  the  Draceena  tribe, 
of  which  the  Yucca  is  the  best  known  example  in  our 
gardens.  JVolina  recurvata,  which  is  perhaps  the  most 
desirable  species,  has  a  striking  appearance.  It  has  a 
fleshy  trunk  5-6  ft.  high,  surmounted  by  a  crown  of  100 
or  more  leaves,  which  are  long,  linear  and  gracefully 
recurved.  The  base  of  the  trunk  is  swelled  into  a  sort 
of  tuber  a  foot  or  more  thick,  which  sits  on  the  ground 
like  a  huge  onion.  It  has  numerous  very  small,  green- 
ish white,  6-lobed  fls.,  borne  in  panicles  on  flower- 
stalks  several  feet  high.  Nolinas  are  essentially  Mexican 
plants.  They  are  cult,  in  S.  Calif.,  requiring  similar 
treatment  to  Agave,  Dasylirion  and  Yucca,  but  Ernest 
Braunton  writes  that  they  are  not  popular.  In  the  East 
a  few  kinds  are  offered.  They  are  desirable  plants  for 
fanciers  who  can  house  a  collection  of  succulents. 

Nolinas  are  nearest  to  Dasylirion,  but  their  Ivs.  are 
unarmed,  while  those  of  the  latter  usually  have  hooked 
spines.  Fls.  polygamo-dioecious,  the  loose  racemes  form- 
ing a  simple  or  compound  panicle.  Their  stamens  are 
included,  while  those  of  Dasylirion  are  exserted.  For 
differences  in  fruit  characters,  see  Dasylirion.  The 
species  of  Nolina  are  imperfectly  understood.  In  addi- 
tion to  those  given  below,  .ZV.  Beldingi  is  offered.  This 


was  lately  discovered  in  lower  Calif,  by  T.  S.  Brandegee 
on  mountains  above  Cape  St.  Lucas.  It  is  arborescent 
and  similar  in  habit  to  N.  longi folia,  but  with  glaucous 
Ivs.  (see  note  below).  Beaucarnea  glauca  of  the  trade 
doubtless  belongs  in  Nolina.  Franceschi  says  it  has 
a  crown  of  stiff  glaucous  Ivs.  on  a  slender  trunk  with 
a  bottle-shaped  base. 

A.    Lvs.  8-15  lines  wide. 

B.  Habit  of  foliage  recurved. 

C.    Trunk  scarcely  bulged  at  the  base. 
longifdlia,   Hemsl.    (Dasylirion     longifdlium,    Zucc. 
Beaucdrnea  longi  folia,  Baker).    Trunk  in  cult.  4-6  ft. 
high,  6  in.  thick  below  the  crown  of   Ivs. :    Ivs. 
100-200,  green,  4-6  ft.  long,  9-15  lines  wide,  per- 
ceptibly narrowed  from  middle  to  apex..  A  glau- 
cous form  has  been  cult.    G.C.  II.  7:493,  567;  III. 
16:67.    R.H._1876,  p.  454. 
CO.    Trunk  with  a  bulge  at  the  base  a  foot  or 

more  thick. 

recurvata,  Hemsl.  (Beaucdrnea  recurvata, 
Lem.).  Trunk  in  cult.  5-6  ft.  high, 
""  2-3  in.  thick  below  the  crown  of  Ivs. : 
Ivs.  green,  equally  wide  all  the  way, 
8-9  lines  wide  at  base.  G.F.  9:95.  G. 
C.  1870:1445.  F.S.  18,  p.  26.  I.H.  8, 
Misc.  p.  59.— Var.  intermedia,  Hort., 
has  Ivs.  which  are  less  recurved  and 
shorter.  Var.  rubra,  Hort.,  has  the 
Ivs.  tinged  red  near  the  base.  No 
varieties,  however,  are  advertised. 

BB.    Habit  of  foliage  strict. 

C.  Width  of  Ivs.  10-12  lines. 
Bigelovii,  Wats.     Trunk  unknown:    Ivs.  thick,   flat, 

3-4  ft.  long,  10-12  lines  wide  above  the  base,  with  a  red, 
horny  entire  margin. 

cc.    Width  of  Ivs.  5-6  lines. 

recurvata,  var.  stricta,  Lem.  (Pincenictitia  glauca , 
Hort.).  Lvs.  shorter  and  narrower  than  typical  JY.  re- 
curvata, 2-3  ft.  long,  glaucous. 

AA.    Lvs.  2  lines  wide. 

Hartwegiana,  Hemsl.  (Dasylirion  junceum,  Zucc.). 
Trunk  unknown:  Ivs.  2  ft.  long,  with  only  7-9  veins 
instead  of  about  50.  -^  ^ 

N.  Beldingi,  Brandg.  Aborescent,  branching  freely:  trunk 
columnar,  1-1%  ft.  in  diani.,  8-15  ft.  high  :  branches  short 
bearing  numerous  old  and  new  leaves  towards  the  ends :  leaves 
glaucous,  a  yard  or  more  long,  %  in.  wide,  flat,  thin,  tapering 
to  the  point,  serrulate  on  margins,  about  50-nerved,  weak  and 
recurved:  panicle  compound,  6  ft.  long  or  more:  fruit  emargi- 
nate:  seeds  round-ovate,  not  bursting  the  cells.  Mountains  of 
the  cape  region  of  Lower  California.  Apparently  nearest  N. 
Bigelovii,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  thinner,  more  flaccid 
leaves,  and  the  very  much  greater  size. 

T.  S.  BRANDEGEE. 

NONESUCH,  or  Black  Medick,  is  Medicago  hipulhia. 
Nonesuch  rarely  means  Lychnis  Chalcedonica. 

NOPALEA  (from  the  Mexican  name  of  the  Cochineal 
Cactus).  Cactacece.  A  genus  of  4  or  5  species,  often 
placed  with  the  Opuntias,  but  differing  from  the  latter 
in  having  leaves  longer  than  the  perianth,  as  well  as  in 
many  minor  details.  Natives  of  the  West  Indies  and 
Mexico.  N.  coccinellifera,  Salm.,  an  arborescent,  flat- 
stemmed  plant,  with  a  somewhat  cylindrical  trunk 
6-10  in.  in  diam.,  is  widely  grown  in  semi-tropical  coun- 
tries, but  is  rarely  found  in  the  U.  S.,  and  then  only  in 
the  largest  collections  of  Cacti.  It  is  chiefly  interesting 
in  being  one  of  the  important  food  plants  of  the  cochi- 
neal insect.  B.M.  2741,  2742  (as  Cactus  cochine llifer). 

J.  W.  TOUMEY. 

NORFOLK  ISLAND  FINE.    Araucaria  excelsa. 

NORTH  CAROLINA,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  Fig. 
1493.  Occupying  the  sunny  slope  eastward  from  the 
highest  mountains  east  of  the  Mississippi,  North  Caro- 
lina has  a  greater  variety  in  soil  and  climate  than  most 
other  states  ;  hence  the  horticultural  capabilities  are 
varied  accordingly.  In  the  region  of  high  -plateaus, 
ranges  and  valleys  lying  between  the  Blue  Ridge  and 
the  Great  Smokies,  which  mark  the  line  of  Tennessee, 


NORTH  CAROLINA 


NORTH  CAROLINA 


1093 


is  a  region  dear  to  botanical  collectors  for  its  wonderful 
flora  aiul  of  great  interest  to  the  horticulturist  on 
account  of  its  capacity  for  the  production  of  fruit,  espe- 
cially of  apples.  Here  the  apple  flourishes  and  pro- 
duct's the  most  wonderful  and  uniform  crops  under 
conditions  of  absolute  neglect.  What  could  be  done 
here  in  the  production  of  apples,  with  careful  and  intel- 
ligent culture  and  proper  handling  of  the  product,  has 
been  abundantly  shown  in  the  experience  of  the  few 
who  have  attempted  the  culture.  In  this  same  region 
the  French  wine  and  table  grapes  have  been  flourishing 
for  years,  grafted  on  the  native  stocks.  A  complete 
failure  of  the  apple  crop  has  never  been  known  in  the 
mountains  of  North  Carolina.  On  the  eastern  slope  of 
the  Blue  Ridge  are  found  the  thermal  belts.  These 
belts  are  on  the  mountain  slopes  and  are  singularly 
free  from  -the  effects  of  early  frosts  in  the  autumn  and 
late  frosts  in  the  spring;  in  fact,  hoar  frosts  are  almost 
unknown.  The  cold  air  settling  down  in  the  valleys 
pushes  up  the  warm  air  and  prevents  frost  above  a  cer- 
tain line,  thus  insuring  the  safety  of  fruit  above  the 
frost  line.  These  belts  are  peculiarly  marked  in  Polk 
and  Wilkes  counties.  In  the  high  valley  lands  of  Wa- 
tauga  and  Ashe  counties,  lying  3,500  to  4,000  feet  above 
the  sea,  are  meadows  where  the  finest  of  cranberries 
grow  wild,  and  on  the  northern  and  western  slopes  of 


and  Delawares;  they  go  north  early  in  July,  and  the 
business  has  been  a  profitable  one.  Later  it  was  found 
that  the  peach  flourished  on  the  sand-hills  even  better 
than  the  grape,  and  that  there  is  seldom  a  total  failure 
of  the  fruit.  In  the  same  neighborhood  there  are  now 
at  least  1,000  acres  in  peaches,— over  400  acres  in  one 
orchard.  Shipments  begin  here  about  the  first  week  in 
June,  and  in  some  seasons  the  Sneed  peach  is  ready 
the  last  of  May.  A  large  area  is  being  devoted  to  black- 
berries and  strawberries  also,  as  blackberries  can  be 
sent  from  here  before  strawberries  are  ripe  in  New 
York.  Here,  too,  it  is  being  found  that  the  bulbs  im- 
ported so  largely  for  the  use  of  florists  for  winter  forc- 
ing, such  as  lilies,  Roman  hyacinths  and  narcissus,  can 
be  grown  to  great  perfection.  Experiments  are  being 
made  with  the  Bermuda  lily,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the 
bulbs  can  be  produced  here  early  enough  for  the  early 
forcing,  and  that  we  may  be  able  to  grow  healthy  bulbs 
to  take  the  place  of  the  diseased  Bermuda  stock. 

Horticulturally,  the  most  interesting  part  of  the 
state  is  the  great  level  coast  plain.  Here  the  mellow 
soil,  mild  climate  and  abundant  rainfall  combine  to 
make  conditions  favorable  to  great  production,  espe- 
cially in  the  culture  of  small  fruits.  Along  the  line  of 
the  Atlantic  Coast  Line  R.  R.  strawberries  are  grown 
by  the  thousand  acres,  and  the  culture  has  brought 


the  mountains  in  Mitchell  county  there  are  acres  of 
lily-of-the-valley  and  Viola  tenella,  native  and  to  the 
manor  born.  On  the  exposed  uplands  of  this  section  the 
grape  and  the  peach  flourish  in  wonderful  luxuriance, 
though  nothing  has  been  done  with  these  in  the  way  of 
commercial  culture.  In  these  upper  mountain  counties 
of  late  years  the  cabbage  and  the  potato  have  become 
important  farm  crops,  the  produce  being  sent  to  the 
southern  coast  cities  in  winter.  The  mountain  section 
is  in  fact  a  vast  fertile,  but  undeveloped,  region  horti- 
culturally.  Coming  east  of  the  great  barrier  of  the 
Blue  Ridge,  we  reach  the  wide  rolling  uplands  of  the 
Piedmont  section,  stretching  its  billowy  swells  eastward 
to  the  line  of  the  coast  plain,  and  varying  in  altitude 
from  1,500  feet  above  the  sea-level  near  the  mountains 
to  about  350  where  it  drops  off  into  the  level  sandy 
plain  bordering  the  coast  for  125  to  150  miles  inland. 
Throughout  this  region  cotton  has  held  undisputed 
sway  for  many  years  except  on  the  northern  border, 
where  tobacco  has  taken  its  place,  and  each  has  shut 
out  much  enterprise  of  a  horticultural  nature.  Still,  in 
some  parts  of  the  vast  middle  section  there  have  been 
efforts  to  grow  fruits,  and  in  this  section  are  the  im- 
portant nurseries  of  the  state.  Near  the  edge  of  this 
upland  country,  where  the  clay  uplands  break  up  into 
the  rolling  forests  of  long-leaf  pine,  and  swelling  sand- 
hills take  the  place  of  the  red  clay,  it  has  been  found 
that  the  dry  soil  and  balmy  winter  climate  were  partic- 
ularly favorable  to  those  suffering  from  lung  and  throat 
troubles,  and  many  people  from  the  North,  having 
found  health  there,  remained  to  make  homes  on  the 
sand-hills.  And  making  homes,  they  wanted  to  grow 
fruit.  Then  it  was  discovered  that  the  sand-hill  coun- 
try could  be  made  to  grow  the  finest  of  grapes,  and 
now  about  the  town  of  Southern  Pines  there  are  fully 
1,000  acres  devoted  to  the  culture  of  grapes  for  ship- 
ment north.  These  are  table  grapes,  mainly  Niagaras 


1493.    North  Carolina,  showing  horticultural  regions, 

wealth  to  the  growers.  This,  too,  is  the  section  where 
the  greater  part  of  the  tuberose  bulbs  used  by  florists 
in  this  country  and  in  England  are  produced  on  con- 
tract for  the  dealers  in  New  York,  Philadelphia  and 
Chicago.  Some  attention  is  being  paid,  too,  to  the  cul- 
ture of  caladiums,  gladiolus  and  other  bulbous  and 
tuberous  crops.  The  winter  culture  of  lettuce  in  frames 
covered  with  cloth  and  glass  has  of  late  become  a  very 
important  item  in  the  gardener's  list  of  crops  in  this 
section.  It  takes  but  little  protection  here  to  grow  in 
winter  lettuce  as  fine  as  that  produced  in  heated  houses 
in  the  North,  and  the  rapid  railroad  communication 
makes  the  selling  a  sure  matter.  An  industry  that  will 
grow  here  is  the  shipping  north  in  winter  of  cut-flowers 
of  narcissus  and  Roman  hyacinths  from  frames  and 
the  open  ground,  and  of  gardenia  flowers  from  the 
great  bushes  in  the  open  ground  in  summer.  Near  the 
coast,  as  at  Newbern,  the  market-garden  business  ab- 
sorbs the  entire  attention  of  cultivators.  From  this 
section  there  are  shipped  of  vegetables  of  all  kinds  in 
the  spring  and  early  summer  over  $4,000,000  worth 
annually,  and  the  business  is  increasing  steadily.  With 
the  coming  of  a  dense  population,  the  great  swamps 
that  now  cover  hundreds  of  square  miles  will  be 
drained  and  more  land  of  inexhaustible  fertility  will 
be  added  to  this  fertile  region  ;  here  will  be  located  the 
future  bulb  farms  of  the  United  States,  and  the  dealers 


1094 


NORTH  CAROLINA 


NORTH  DAKOTA 


of  New  York  and  other  northern  cities  will  come  here 
to  make  their  contracts  instead  of  going  to  France, 
Italy  and  Holland.  Already  some  Holland  growers  are 
talking  of  coming  to  spy  out  the  land,  and  the  great 
development  of  the  future  in  North  Carolina  will  evi- 
dently be,  so  far  as  horticulture  is  concerned,  in  bulb 
culture.  W-  F>  MASSEY. 

NOETH  DAKOTA  (Fig.  1494)  lies  between  lat.  46° 
and  49°  N.  and  long.  96°  25'  and  104°  W.  The  special  ad- 
vantages of  soil  and  climate  for  the  production  of  grass 
and  the  small  grains  have  given  the  state  great  agricul- 
tural prominence,  but  little  has  been  done  along  horti- 
cultural lines.  While  it  possesses  undoubted  possi- 
bilities along  certain  lines  of  fruit  production,  and  in 
the  growing  of  certain  vegetables  can  hardly  be  excelled, 
yet  these  things  have  always  been  considered  incidental 
and  not  to  be  classed  with  the  leading  soil  industries. 
North  Dakota  settlers,  for  the  most  part,  did  not  come 
from  fruit  regions,  and  in  no  case  have  they  occupied 
the  land  with  other  intention  than  to  raise  stock  and 
grain.  At  the  same  time,  as  population  increases  and 
homes  become  established,  there  is  the  natural  ten- 
dency to  protect  these  homes  with  trees,  ornament  them 
with  shrubs  and  flowers,  and  furnish  the  tables  with 
vegetables  and  fruit.  Such  is  the  present  incentive  to 
activity  in  horticulture,  and  its  future  status  will  be 
controlled  by  the  following  natural  conditions: 

Physical  and  Geologic  Features.— \t&  distinctive  re- 
gions are  referred  to  as  the  Red  river  valley,  the  Tur- 
tle mountain,  country,  the  Devil's  Lake  region,  the 
Mouse  river  country,  the  James  river  valley,  the  Mis- 
souri slope  and  the  western  range  country,  including  the 
Bad  Lands.  The  Red  river  valley  is  a  level  plain  from 
20  to  30  miles  wide  on  the  North  Dakota  side  and  ex- 
tending across  the  state  north  and  south,  thus  embrac- 
ing an  uninterrupted  area  of  some  6,000  sq.  miles,  all 
level  and  of  great  fertility.  This  is  preeminently  the 
wheat  belt  of  the  state,  and  the  character  of  the  soil  is 
such  in  both  physical  and  chemical  properties  as  to  in- 
sure an  excellent  growth  of  such  plants  as  are  hardy 
and  will  mature  within  the  season.  The  soil  is  a  lacus- 
trine deposit  containing  about  33  per  cent  of  very  fine 
sand,  55  per  cent  clay  and  silt,  and  12  per  cent  organic 
matter  and  soluble  salts.  It  is  so  rich  in  nitrogen  and 
phosphoric  acid  as  to  be  quite  indifferent  to  fertilizers, 
even  when  applied  to  such  garden  vegetables  as  demand 
the  most  fertile  soils.  It  rarely  bakes  under  reasonable 
cultivation,  is  never  lumpy  and  is  very  retentive  of  mois- 
ture. It  is  unusually  well  adapted  to  the  cultivation  of 
practically  all  vegetables,  particularly  celery  and  other 
plants  requiring  a  deep,  fine,  easily  worked  soil. 

This  general  type  of  soil  is  not  confined  to  the  Red 
river  valley,  but  is  the  predominating  surface  soil  for 
most  of  the  state  lying  east  of  meridian  101  and  of 
considerable  tracts  still  further  west.  The  subsoil  in  the 
Red  river  valley  lying  under  three  or  four  feet  of  very 
dark  loam  is  uniformly  a  soft  yellowish  clay  extending 
to  a  great  depth.  Much  of  the  subsoil  outside  of  the 
valley  'is  largely  made  up  of  firmly  compacted  sand, 
with  a  small  percentage  of  clay.  Such  lands  are  not  so 
good  as  those  having  the  clay  subsoil,  but  with  the  good 
surface  soil  which  they  support  they  are  capable  of  pro- 
ducing large  yields  in  seasons  not  too  dry.  They  are 
naturally  not  so  well  adapted  to  horticultural  operations 
as  are  the  lands  having  the  clay  subsoil. 

Speaking  in  general,  the  soil  lying  west  of  the  100th 
parallel,  also  that  of  the  Missouri  slope,  Turtle  moun- 
tain and  Mouse  river  countries  is  all  well  suited  to  vege- 
table and  fruit  culture,  though  partial  failure  may  re- 
sult from  short  seasons.  This  is  especially  true  upon 
the  level,  rich  soil  of  the  Red  river  valley,  which  tends 
to  prolong  the  growth  of  such  plants  as  the  grape  and 
apple  beyond  the  season  in  which  they  should  mature. 
The  more  rolling  surface  of  the  land  along  the  Missouri 
river  affords  opportunity  to  select  favorable  sites  for 
fruit  plantations,  and  there  is  doubtless  some  advantage 
in  the  soil  itself.  This  is  apparent  in  the  cultivation  of 
the  grape,  or  such  vegetables  as  the  tomato,  squash  and 
melon.  So  far  attempts  to  grow  fruit  on  the  lighter  and 
more  rolling  soils,  avoiding  the  extremes,  has  met  with 
reasonable  success.  On  the  heavier  soils  and  level 
lands  success  has  been  confined  to  the  cultivation  of 


such  small  fruits  as  the  currant,  gooseberry ,  raspberry 
and  American  plum  and  vegetables  maturing  not  later 
than  the  earliest  sorts  of  tomato  or  second  early  sweet 
corn.  In  connection  with  the  fact  that  attempts  at 
apple  culture  have  generally  been  unsuccessful,  it 
should  be  remembered  that  plants,  as  a  rule,  cannot 
make  long  jumps.  The  line  of  apple  culture  is  gradu- 
ally moving  northwest,  the  successful  varieties  being 
those,  like  the  Wealthy  and  Peerless,  that  have  origi- 
nated in  the  newer  places.  A  region  so  far  removed 
from  the  apple  districts  as  North  Dakota  is  must  have 
the  time  and  opportunity  required  to  develop  varieties 
of  its  own. 

Climate  and  Ra in  fa  II. —  Removed  from  all  influence 
of  large  bodies  of  water,  North  Dakota  has  a  dry  climate 
subject  to  considerable  extremes  of  temperature.  The 
mean  annual  rainfall  at  Fargo  for  the  years  1892  to  1899, 
inclusive,  was  19.87  in. ,  distributed  by  seasons  as  follows : 
Spring,  5.49  in. ;  summer,  10.02  in. ;  fall,  3.61  in. ;  winter, 
.51  in.  Most  of  the  precipitation  is  in  spring  and  sum- 
mer, when  it  is  most  needed.  The  average  rainfall  for 
June  is  4.17  in.  The  fact  that  the  great  majority  of  agri- 
cultural lands  in  the  state  are  absolutely  flat,  as  near  as 
land  may  be,  and  composed  of  a  soil  very  retentive  of 
moisture,  makes  what  would  otherwise  be  a  light  rainfall 
generally  sufficient  for  ordinary  needs.  Further  west 
than  Fargo  the  rainfall  gradually  becomes  less.  For  the 
twenty  years  between  1870  and  1890"  the  annual  rainfall 
of  the  places  named  below  was  as  follows:  Bismarck, 
18.90  in. ;  Fort  Buford,  13.29  in. ;  Fort  Totten,  17.78  in. ; 
Pembina,  20.30  in. 

The  temperature  is  very  uniform  throughout  the  state, 
with  the  general  difference  that  the  range  country  in  the 
western  part  has  milder  and  more  open  winters,  and  the 
higher  altitude,  as  well  as  latitude,  of  the  northern  tier 
of  counties  gives  them  a  shorter  and  cooler  summer, 
more  inclined  to  frosts.  It  is  only  in  that  section  that 
corn  has  not  been  considered,  so  far,  as  a  possible  crop. 

At  Fargo  the  mean  temperature  for  the  different 
months  since  1892  is  as  follows: 

Jan 1.6  May 54.8  Sept 59.1 

Feb 6.2  June 65.9  Oct 42.3 

March 10.7  July 68.7  Nov 18.3 

April 40.7  Aug 66.2  Dec 9.4 

The  following  table  of  soil  temperatures,  comparing 

Fargo  with  Geneva,  N.  Y.,  is  instructive  and  shows  why, 

with  the  longer  hours  of  daylight,  vegetation  develops 

rather  more  rapidly  in  North  Dakota  than  in  New  York : 

1896  lin.          3  in.          6  in.          9  in. 

June  -  Fargo 65.1  62.2  59.6  58.6 

Geneva 67.3  66.5  65.5  6-') 

July  —  Fargo 75.9  68.8  64.8  64 

Geneva 76.6  72.4  69.3  67.8 

Aug.  — Fargo 76.5  68.1  67.3  63.6 

Geneva 73.2  70.8  69.3  68.3 

Sept.—  Fargo 60.1  56.1  53.9  55.5 

Geneva 64  63.1  62.1  61.2 

The  amount  of  soil  moisture  given  in  the  following 
table,  covering  the  years  from  1892  to  1896,  inclusive, 
shows  that  the  comparatively  high  soil  temperature  is  not 
due  to  extreme  dryness.  The  samples  were  taken  each 
week  to  a  depth  of  7  in.  from  a  cultivated  field  in  which 
wheat  was  grown  a  greater  part  of  the  time : 

Average  for  five  years 

May 29.66  per  cent 

June 23.61 

July 21.48 

Aug 20.19 

Sept 20.10 

Oct 19.78 

As  the  water  capacity  is  about  70  per  cent  and  the  land 
level,  there  is  practically  no  loss  from  leaching  or  drain- 
age. While  these  tables  represent  tests  in  a  single  lo- 
cality, yet  they  would  apply  with  exactness  to  6,000  square,, 
miles  and  approximately  to  some  4,000  more. 

Soil  Fertility.—  Samples  of  soil  taken  from  different 
parts  of  the  state  from  time  to  time  and  analyzed  by 
Prof.  E.  F.  Ladd,  of  the  experiment  station  at  Fargo, 
show  that  the  nitrogen  rarely  falls  below  .2  per  cent  and 
in  most  instances  reaches  from  .3  to  .5  per  cent,  with 
an  occasional  sample  yielding  .7  per  cent.  The  potash 
ranges  from  .25  to  1  per  cent,  the  average  sample  giving 
about  .5  per  cent.  The  phosphates  range  from  .15  to  .25 


NORTH  DAKOTA 


NORTH  DAKOTA 


1095 


per  cent  on  the  average,  with  many  samples  giving  as 
high  as  .30  per  cent. 

General  Climatic  Condition*.—  The  winters  are  cold 
but  dry  and  agreeable.  An  occasional  winter  with  too 
much  sunshine  kills  young  trees  of  the  thin-barked  va- 
rieties through  the  process  of  desiccation. 

The  springs  are  short,  the  warm  days  of  summer  com- 
ing very  soon  after  winter  and  some  time  before  the  frost 
is  out  of  the  ground.    In  summer  the  days  are  long  and 
sunny,    with   nights   invariably 
cool."  This  condition  gives  the 
most    perfect    development    of 
hardy  vegetables,  like  the  cab- 
bage  and    celery,    but   retards 
the   cucurbits  and   other  semi- 
tropical  species.     At  the  same 
time,  the  fruit  that  does  mature 
is  of  undoubtedly  high  quality 
and  rich  flavor,  while  the  sugar 
beet  and  sweet  corn  give  a  very 
high  sugar  content. 

The  fall  is  usually  dry  and 
very  pleasant,  favorable  to  the 
maturing  of  woody  plants,  but 
rather  liable  to  frosts.  The 
ground  freezes  permanently 
about  November  10. 

Fruit-growing.  —  General  set- 
tlement of  what  is  now  North 
Dakota  did  not  begin  till  the 
building  of  the  first  railroad  in 
1873,  and  any  effort  to  grow 
fruit  has  been  made  since  that 
time.  In  1874  Andrew  McHench, 
of  Fargo,  made  the  first  attempt 
at  fruit-growing  upon  any  ex- 
tended scale.  In  that  year  he 
bought,  at  a  nursery  in  Minne- 
apolis, a  car-load  of  young  apple 
and  crab  trees  of  such  varieties 
as  the  Wealthy,  Hyslop,  Trans- 
cendent, etc.,  and  the  year  fol- 
lowing planted  7,500  root-grafts  of  these  and  other  varie- 
ties. Though  Mr.  McHench  obtained  some  fruit  and  at 
different  times  grew  trees  that  were  models  of  thrift 
and  fruitfulness,  yet  the  venture  was  not  a  success. 

The  varieties  that  successfully  resisted  the  cold  win- 
ters succumbed  to  the  blight  (Bacillus  amylovorus) 
shortly  after  they  came  into  bearing.  Other  attempts  by 
different  men  made  along  the  Red  river  valley  since  then 
have  resulted  similarly.  In  other  sections  of  the  state, 
particularly  the  Missouri  slope,  experiments  in  apple- 
growing  have  been  more  successful,  this  being  due  espe- 
cially to  less  prevalence  of  blight.  It  is  rather  early  to 
make  the  prophecy,  but  it  seems  reasonable  that  with 
irrigation  the  southwestern  part  of  the  state  will,  in 
time,  become  the  apple  region.  Even  without  irrigation 
there  are  already  indications  of  success. 

The  strawberry  does  not  thrive  in  the  strong  sunshine 
and  winds  of  North  Dakota,  and  the  blackberry  finds  the 
winters  too  cold,  but  gooseberries  and  currants  grow  and 
bear  well  anywhere  and  the  hardy  varieties  of  the  rasp- 
berry thrive  with  winter  protection.  Grapes  have  never 
been  thoroughly  tried,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  their  cultiva- 
tion ever  becomes  general. 

Vegetable  Culture.— There  are  but  few  vegetables  that 
cannot  be  produced  abundantly  and  cheaply.  This  is 
particularly  true  of  celery,  onions,  parsnips,  etc.,  that 
require  a  deep,  mellow  soil.  The  season  is  long  enough 
for  the  earlier  sorts  of  corn,  but  tomatoes  do  not  always 
ripen  before  frost.  The  ease  with  which  the  soil  is  worked 
and  the  fact  that  no  fertilizer  is  required  reduces  the 
cost  of  production  to  the  minimum. 

The  Flora.—  So  far  as  collected,  the  flora  of  North 
Dakota  includes  about  600  spermaphytes  and  vascular 
cryptogams  running  through  80  families.  The  grass 
family  is  by  far  the  prevailing  one,  though  the  compos- 
ites present  the  largest  number  of  species.  About  85 
grasses  have  already  been  collected.  Forests  are  found 
only  along  streams  and  in  the  broken  areas  south  of 
Devil's  Lake  and  in  the  Turtle  and  Pembina  mountains. 
The  number  of  species  of  trees  is  very  limited.  The 
more  prominent  of  the  trees  as  regards  distribution  and 


size  are  the  bur  oak  and  white  elm  in  the  eastern  part 
of  the  state,  and  cottonwood  and  green  ash  in  the  western. 
The  box  elder,  linden,  aspen  and  hackberry  are  about  the 
only  other  trees  commonly  found.  The  red  cedar  is  found 
to  some  extent  along  the  Little  Missouri.  In  establish- 
ing tree  plantations,  the  white  ash,  white  willow,  box 
elder  and  cottonwood  are  the  trees  usually  employed. 
With  reasonable  cultivation  it  is  not  difficult  to  obtain  a 
thrifty,  rapid  growth  of  these.  In  proportion  to  the  trees 


4-9" 


8* 


1494.    North  Dakota,  to  show  some  of  the  physiographical  features. 

the  number  of  shrubs  is  large  and,  besides  several  of  the 
commoner  kinds  of  the  Middle  States,  includes  such 
striking  species  as  ShepJierdia  argentea  and  Elceagnus 
argentea.  Rosa  blanda  is  found  everywhere  in  great 
profusion,  exhibiting  a  variety  of  exquisite  colorings. 
Aside  from  the  grasses  the  composite  are  most  in  evi- 
dence, and  throughout  the  summer  and  fall  the  bright 
colors  of  Gaillardia,  Rudbeckia,  Echinacea,  Liatris,  sun- 
flowers and  asters  make  a  profusion  of  gaiety.  The 
legumes,  too,  are  very  common,  the  bright  Petalostemons 
and  Astragalus  adding  much  to  the  showiness  and  rich- 
ness of  the  landscape.  The  high  nitrogen  content  of  the 
soil  is  probably  due  in  large  measure  to  the  prevalence 
of  the  Amorphas  and  vetches.  The  prairie  fires  that 
swept  over  the  state  annually  for  many  hundred  years 
have  doubtless  greatly  modified  the  flora.  As  a  result, 
the  indigenous  flora  had  very  few  annuals  or  plants  with 
perennial  tops,  and  these  only  in  broken  places,  or  along 
streams  where  the  fires  did  not  penetrate.  In  the  west- 
ern part  of  the  state  insufficient  moisture  would  account 
for  lack  of  forests.  The  remains  of  large  trees  in  pet- 
refactions  and  lignite  deposits  tell  us  that  in  cretaceous 
times  the  conifers  found  a  most  congenial  home,  while 
towards  the  tertiary  period  the  angiosperms  appeared. 

Native  Fruits.  —  While  the  wild  fruits  occupy  an  in- 
considerable portion  of  the  total  area  of  the  state,  yet 
they  are  important  in  that  they  furnish  thousands  of 
families  with  their  yearly  supply  of  jellies  and  other 
fruit  products.  A  list  of  the  wild  fruits  in  order  of  their 
importance  would  be  about  as  follows:  plum,  buffalo 
berry  (Shepherdia  argentea ),  cherry  (Prumis  demissa), 
grape  (  Vitis  vulpina)  and  Juneberry  ( Antelanchier 
alnifolia).  The  red  raspberry  and  strawberry  are  also 
found  sparingly.  The  only  plum  in  the  state  is  P. 
Americana,  and  this  is  found  wherever  other  trees  or 
shrubs  grow.  It  is  sometimes  confined  to  thickets,  as  in 
the  Middle  States,  or  it  may  be  scattered  for  miles  along 
with  the  thorn  and  Juneberry.  It  is  strongly  variable 
in  almost  every  character  except  fruitfulness,  all  forms 
being  decidedly  prolific.  The  shrub  rarely  grows  more 
than  8  feet  high.  The  fruit  generally  is  of  good  quality, 


1096 


NORTH     DAKOTA 


NUPHAR 


sweet  and  rich  when  ripe,  but  too  soft  to  keep  well.  In 
a  domestic  way  wild  plum  jelly  is  recognized  as  a  staple 
article  of  superior  merit,  and  though  the  plums  are 
abundant  in  most  seasons,  yet  they  readily  bring  $2  per 
bushel  in  the  local  markets.  The  improved  strains  of 
this  plum,  like  the  DeSoto,  Weaver  and  Aitkin,  are 
being  introduced  and  successfully  cultivated.  The  buf- 
falo berry  is  found  from  the  James  river  westward, 
growing  in  thickets  along  streams  and  coulees.  The 
bright  red  acid  fruit  is  borne  in  the  greatest  profusion, 
but  is  rather  difficult  to  gather,  as  it  is  sessile  and 
thorns  are  plenty.  It  makes  a  clear  jelly  of  reddish 
amber  color  and  delicate  flavor.  The  choke  cherry  of 
North  Dakota  is  a  puzzle  botanically,  and  until  further 
studied  may  as  well  pass  for  P.  demissa.  It  is  nearer 
to  that,  in  superficial  characters  at  least,  than  to  P.  Vir- 
giniana.  The  fruit  is  used  to  some  extent  for  wine  and 
marmalade  and  with  other  fruit  in  making  jellies.  P. 
pumila  is  widely  scattered  but  not  abundant,  and  the 
fruit  is  used  but  little.  In  the  western  part  of  the  state 
the  Juneberry  produces  abundantly  a  large  fruit  of 
rich  flavor,  but  is  more  often  used  fresh  from  the 
bushes  than  in  a  culinary  way.  The  rapid  settling  of 
the  state  has  increased  the  demand  for  native  fruits  to 
such  an  extent  that  their  value  is  being  appreciated, 
and  private  ownership  even  in  wild  fruits  is  being  in- 
sisted upon  and  recognized.  This,  of  course,  leads  di- 
rectly to  the  development  and  preservation  of  the  better 
strains.  GLARE  BAILEY  WALDKON. 

NORTHWEST  TERRITORY.     See  Canada. 

NOTHOFAGUS  (Greek  words,  meaning  not  a  true 
beech).  Cupuliferce.  A  genus  of  about  12  species,  native 
of  S.  America,  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  closely  allied 
to  Fagus,  but  chiefly  distinguished  by  the  fls.,  both 
staminate  and  pistillate  ones  being  borne  in  3's  or  soli- 
tary. The  Ivs.  are  generally  small,  often  evergreen  and 
either  plicate  in  bud,  like  those  of  Fagus,  or  not.  The 
wood  of  some  species,  especially  that  of  N.  Dombeyi  and 
N.  procera,  in  Chile,  and  of  a.  Cunninghami,  in  Aus- 
tralia, is  much  valued.  They  are  not  hardy  in  the  North, 
and  but  little  known  in  cultivation;  they  are  probably 
not  cult,  in  this  country,  though  the  following  4  species 
have  been  introduced  into  European  gardens  and  have 
proved  fairly  hardy  in  England:  N.  Antarctica,  Oerst., 
TV.  obllqua,  Oerst.,  N.  betuloldes,  Oerst.,  N.  Cunning- 
hami,  Oerst.,  all  trees  or  sometimes  shrubby, with  small, 
ovate  or  elliptic,  crenate-dentate  Ivs.,  K-l  in.  long.  The 
2  first  named  are  deciduous,  the  other  2  evergreen. 
They  are  perhaps  oftener  enumerated  under  Fagus,  but 
besides  the  difference  in  the  fls.  they  are  strikingly  dif- 
ferent in  habit,  especially  on  account  of  their  very  small 
Ivs.,  large  only  in  N. procera.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

NOTHOL2ENA  (Latin,  spurious,  cloak;  from  the 
rudimentary  indusium).  Polypodiacece.  Often  written 
Nothochlcena,  but  the  above  is  Robert  Brown's  original 
orthography.  A  genus  of  mostly  warm  temperate  rock- 
loving  ferns,  differing  from  Cheilanthes  mainly  in  hav- 
ing no  marginal  indusium.  Some  of  the  species  are 
coated  with  a  golden  or  silvery  wax-like  powder.  The 
following  have  been  advertised  only  once  by  a  dealer  in 
native  plants.  See  Fern. 

A.   Fronds  densely  matted  beneath. 
B.    Lvs.  once  pinnate. 

sinuata,  Kaulf.  Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  1-2  in.  wide,  grow- 
ing on  short  stalks  from  thick,  scaly  rootstocks;  pinnae 
thick,  entire  or  deeply  pinnatifid  ;  lower  surface  with 
rusty  scales.  Southwestern  U.  S.  to  Chile. 

ferruginea,  Hook.  Lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  J^-l  in.  wide, 
growing  on  wiry  black  stalks  from  thick,  dark,  scaly 
rootstalks;  pinnae  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  blunt  lobes; 
texture  thinner  ;  lower  surface  densely  matted  with 
wool.  Southwestern  U.  S.  to  West  Indies  and  Chile. 

BB.    Lvs.  S-  to  4-pinnate. 

Newberryi,  D.  C.  Eaton.  COTTON  FERN.  Lvs.  3-5  in. 
long,  on  stalks  of  the  same  length  ;  ultimate  segments 
%-%  line  wide,  covered  on  both  sides  with  slender, 
entangled  hairs,  which  are  more  dense  on  the  under 
surface.  Calif. 


P&rryi,  D.  C.  Eaton.  LACE  FERN.  Lvs.  2-4  in.  long, 
tripinnate,  with  crowded  roundish  obovate  segments  1 
line  wide,  which  are  densely  covered  above  with  entan- 
gle.d  white  hairs,  beneath  with  a  heavier  pale  brown 
wool.  Utah  to  Calif. 

AA.    Fronds  with  white  or  yellow  powder  beneath. 

cretacea,  Liebm.  Rootstock  short,  with  rigid  scales: 
Ivs.  1-2  in.  each  way,  pentagonal  on  brownish  stalks 
2-7  in.  long;  ultimate  segments  oblong  or  triangular- 
oblong,  crowded.  Southern  Calif,  and  Ariz.  — Less 
handsome  than  the  similar  but  larger  and  less  divided 
N.  Hookeri  of  Texas  to  Arizona. 

Candida,  Hook.  Rootstock  creeping  :  Ivs.  3-6  in.  long, 
ovate  or  deltoid-ovate,  pinnate;  lowest  pinnse  with 
inferior  pinnules  elongated  and  again  pinnatifid;  upper 
surface  green.  Tex.  and  New  Mex. 

AAA.    Fronds  naked  below. 

tenera,  Gillies.  Lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  ovate-pyramidal, 
2-3-pinnate  ;  pinnae  distant,  with  ovate  or  subcordate, 
smooth,  naked  segments.  S.  Utah  and  Calif,  to  Bolivia. 
-Very  rare.  L.  Mt  UNDERWOOD. 

NOTH6SCJORDUM  (Greek,  false  garlic).  Liliacece. 
About  10  species  of  herbs  having  an  onion-like  bulb 
and  closely  related  to  Allium.  Most  of  the  species  are 
found  in  tropical  S.  Amer.,  1  in  China  and  1  in  the 
U.  S.,  ranging  from  Va.  to  Ind.,  Neb.  and  southward, 
in  open  woodlands  and  prairies.  The  bulb  is  without 
the  onion  odor  and  taste:  scape  6-12  in.  high:  Ivs. 
linear,  basal,  6-12  in.  long  :  fls.  yellow  or  white,  in  an 
umbel  :  capsule  oblong-obovate,  somewhat  lobed,  ob- 
tuse :  style  obscurely  jointed  :  ovary  3-loculed  ;  ovules 
several  in  each  locule. 

striatum,  Kunth.  YELLOW  FALSE  GARLIC.  STREAK- 
LEAVED  GARLIC.  Bulb  globular,  1  in.  through,  some- 
times bearing  bulblets  at  base  :  scape  1  ft.  or  less 
high  :  Ivs.  7-8  in.  high,  1-2  lines  broad  :  fls.  white,  6-7 
in  an  umbel  on  slender  pedicels,  the  segments  narrowly 
oblong,  4-6  lines  long  :  ovules  4-7  in  each  cell.  Early 
spring.  Va.,west.  B.B.  1:415.— Hardy.  Procurable  from 
dealers  in  native  plants.  Mi  B-  COULSTON. 

NOVA  SCOTIA.     See  Canada. 

N0PHAR  (from  the  Arabic).  Nyvnphceacece.  SPAT- 
TER-DOCK. YELLOW  POND  LILY.  Six  or  eight  aquatic 
plants  of  the  north  temperate  zone,  with  stout  root- 
stocks  creeping  in  the  mud,  and  large,  cordate-ovate  or 
sagittate  Ivs.,  some  of  which  are  floating  and  others 
either  floating  or  standing  erect  above  the  water:  fls. 
usually  standing  above  the  water,  yellow  or  purplish, 
single  on  the  scapes,  the  sepals  5  or  6  or  more  and  con- 
stituting the  showy  part  of  the  flower;  petals  numer- 
ous, small  and  usually  simulating  stamens,  the  latter 
numerous  and  short:  ovary  short  and  globular-ovoid, 
with  8-24  stigmas  forming  rays  on  its  top :  f r.  a  small, 
emersed  capsule.  The  largest  part  of  the  Nuphars  are 
North  American.  They  grow  in  stagnant  pools  or  on 
the  margins  of  slow-running  mud-bottom  streams. 
Although  several  species  have  been  offered  by  dealers, 
most  of  them  have  small  value  for  the  cultivator,  al- 
though the  foliage  effects  of  TV.  advena  may  be  striking. 
For  culture,  see  Nymphoza  and  Aquatics.  By  some  the 
Linnaean  Nymphaea  is  used  for  this  genus,  and  Castalia 
is  used  for  the  true  water  lilies.  See  Nymphcea. 
A.  Lvs.  mostly  cordate-ovate:  northern. 
B.  Plants  strong  and  large. 

advena,  Smith.  COMMON  SPATTER-DOCK.  Fig.  1"495. 
Lvs.  large  (about  1  ft.  long),  varying  from  cordate- 
ovate  to  cordate-oblong,  thick,  with  a  deep  and  mostly 
open  basal  sinus,  the  lower  surface  often  pubescent; 
submerged  Ivs.  usually  wanting:  fls.  2-3  in.  across, 
more  or  less  globular  (not  wide-opening),  yellow  or 
purple  tinged,  the  petals  fleshy  and  truncate,  the  sepals 
6:  stigma  with  12-24  rays.  N.  Brunswick  to  Fla.  and 
west.  Mn.  1:17.  G.C.  II.  20:557. 

rubrodiscum,  Morong.  Lvs.  somewhat  smaller;  sub- 
merged Ivs.  usually  present:  fls.  1-1%  in.  across,  yel- 
low, with  5  or  6  sepals,  the  stigmatic  disk  bright  red 
and  9-12-rayed,  the  petals  spatulate  and  fleshy.  Penn. 
to  Mich.,  and  north. 


NUPHAR 


NURSERY 


1097 


polysepalum,  Engelm.  Larger  than  2V.  advena,  Jthe 
Ivs.  three-fourths  as  broad  as  long,  erect  in  shallow 
water  and  floating  in  deep  water:  fls.  4-5  in.  across, 
ydlow,  the  sepals  8-12,  and  the  petals  12-18  and  broad. 
N.  Calif.,  northward  and  east  to  the  Rockies. 


1495.   Nuphar  advena  (X  %). 

Kiteum,  Sibth.  &  Smith.  EUROPEAN  YELLOW  LILY. 
Lvs.  cordate-ovate,  floating  or  rising  little  above  the 
water:  fls.  yellow,  somewhat  fragrant,  smaller  than 
those  of  2V.  advena,  the  sepals  5,  and  the  petals  very 
numerous :  stigma  10-30-rayed.  Europe. 

BB.    Plant  slender,  often  delicate. 

minimum,  Smith  (2V.  pumilum,  DC.).  Slender:  Ivs. 
small,  oblong,  with  a  deep  sinus  and  spreading  lobes: 
fls.  1  in.  or  less  across,  yellow:  stigmas  8-12,  prominently 
indented.  Eu.  — By  Bentham  considered  to  be  a  form  of 
2V.  luteum. 

Kalmianum,  R.  Br.  (2V.  luteum  of  American  authors, 
at  least  in  part) .  Slender, with  prominent  submerged  or- 
bicular, lettuce-like  Ivs.,  and  the  emersed  ones  floating, 
and  only  3  or  4  in.  long:  fl.  1  in.  or  less  across,  yellow, 
with  5  sepals,  and  thin  spatulate  petals:  stigmas  6-7. 
N.  Y.,  west  and  south.— A  very  interesting  plant. 

AA.  Lvs.  long-sagittate  or  narrow -oblong:  soutJiern. 
sagittaefolium,  Pursh.  Rather  stout:  emersed  Ivs. 
floating,  about  1  ft.  long  and  2-3  in.  wide:  submerged 
Ivs.  similar  in  shape,  numerous:  fls.  lin.  across,  yellow, 
the  sepals  5,  the  petals  spatulate:  stigmas  11-15. 
Southern  Indiana  and  Illinois  southward.  £J<  U  B 

NURSERY :  in  horticulture,  an  establishment  for  the 
rearing  of  plants.  Properly,  a  nursery  exists  for  the 
rearing  of  any  kind  of  plant,  but  in  America  the  word 
is  restricted  to  an  establishment  devoted  to  the  growing 
of  hardy,  more  particularly  woody  plants.  This  is  be- 
cause of  the  early  and  great  development  of  orcharding 
and  tree  planting  and  the  relative  infrequency  of  glass 
structures. 

In  North  America  the  nursery  business,  as  we  now 
know  it,  is  practically  an  institution  of  the  present 
century,  although  there  were  nurseries  more  than  a 
century  ago  (see  Vol.  II,  p.  766).  As  early  as  1768, 
according  to  J.  H.  Hale,  the  New  York  Society  for  Pro- 
motion of  Arts  awarded  Thomas  Young  a  premium  of 
£10  for  the  largest  number  of  apple  trees,  the  number 
being  27,123.  But  the  large  trading  nursery  developed 
simultaneously  with  the  great  orchard  planting  industry 


which  began  in  western  New  York  and  extended  west- 
ward, and,  since  the  civil  war,  to  the  southward. 

The  only  available  statistics  covering  the  general 
range  of  the  United  States  nursery  business  are  those 
published  in  Bulletin  109  of  the  Eleventh  Census  (figures 
for  1890),  by  J.  H.  Hale.  The  census  enumerated  the 
items  of  4,510  nurseries,  occupying  172,806  acres  and 
representing  a  valuation  of  $41,978,835.80.  The  total 
capital  invested  was  about  $52,500,000.  These  establish- 
ments employed  45,657  men,  2,279  women,  and  14,200 
animals.  The  total  number  of  plants  and  trees  was 
3,386,858,778,  which  figure  does  not  include  unenumer- 
ated  plants  on  1,477  acres  of  nursery  grounds.  Of  this 
enormous  total,  fruit  trees  comprised  518,016,612  plants, 
and  grape  vines  and  small  fruits  685,603,396.  Apple 
trees  alone,  the  highest  figure  given  for  a  single  species, 
numbered  240,570,666.  It  is  safe  to  assume  that  each 
plant  in  this  uncountable  number  was  the  subject  of 
thought  and  solicitude  on  the  part  of  the  propagator; 
yet  it  is  probable  that  not  one  in  a  hundred  has  lived  to 
bring  satisfactory  reward  to  the  buyer.  It  has  been  esti- 
mated that  the  apple  trees  now  standing  in  orchards  in 
the  United  States  are  100,000,000,  or  less  than  half  the 
number  growing  in  the  nurseries  in  1890.  The  elements 
of  loss  are  many,  but  the  greater  part  of  the  failures 
occur  after  the  stock  has  passed  to  the  hands  of  the 
final  purchaser. 

The  largest  nursery  center  of  North  America,  con- 
sidering the  number  of  persons  engaged  and  the  variety 
of  stock  grown,  is  western  New  York.  The  headquarters 
of  this  industry  is  Rochester.  See  New  York.  Nearly 
one-ninth  of  all  the  nurseries  enumerated  in  1890  were 
in  New  York  state,  and  these  establishments  employed 
a  capital  of  over  $12,000,000.  Very  extensive  nursery 
enterprises  are  now  established  in  many  other  parts  of 
the  country,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  center  of  the 
nursery  business  will  move  westward. 

In  America,  nursery  stock  is  grown  on  a  large  scale. 
This  is  particularly  true  of  fruit  trees.  These  trees  are 
to  be  set  in  wide  and  open  orchards,  and  the  nursery 
practices  are  therefore  very  unlike  those  which  obtain 
in  Europe.  In  the  latter  country,  for  example,  fruit 
trees  are  trained  in  the  nursery  row  to  assume  definite 
shapes.  Some  are  trained  for  standards,—  to  grow  to 
one  straight,  bare  trunk.  Others  are  trained  for  bush 
specimens,  some  for  growing  on  walls  and  espaliers, 
some  with  round  heads,  some  with  conical  heads,  and 
the  like.  It  is  the  pride  of  the  American  nurseryman, 
however,  that  his  rows  shall  be  perfectly  even  and  uni- 
form. Any  break  in  this  uniformity  is  considered  to  be 
a  blemish.  If  every  tree  could  be  a  duplicate  of  every 
other,  his  ideal  would  be  attained.  Ordinarily,  fruit 
trees  are  trained  to  single  stems,  the  top  starting  at  two 
or  three  feet  from  the  ground.  All  fruit  trees  are  bud- 
ded or  grafted.  In  the  older  parts  of  the  country,  bud- 
ding is  much  preferred.  In  early  days,  root-grafting  the 
apple  was  a  common  practice  in  the  eastern  states ;  but 
it  has  gradually  given  way  to  budding  and  thereby  a  top 
is  supplied  with  one  whole  strong  root.  In  the  western 
states,  however,  root-grafting  is  still  popular,  partly 
because  more  than  one  tree  may  be  made  from  an  indi- 
vidual root,  and  partly  because  it  allows  the  operator  to 
use  a  long  cion  and  to  put  the  foster  root  far  below  the 
surface,  thereby  allowing  the  cion  to  send  out  its  own 
roots  and  causing  the  tree  to  become  own-rooted  and  to 
have  a  known  hardiness. 

There  are  many  diseases  and  difficulties  in  the  grow- 
ing of  all  kinds  of  nursery  stock.  The  most  widespread 
and  fundamental  difficulty,  however,  is  the  inability  to 
grow  many  crops  of  trees  on  the  same  land  with  good 
results.  In  fact,  in  the  case  of  fruit  trees  it  is  usually 
considered  that  land  which  has  been  "treed  "is  therefore 
unfit  for  the  growing  of  other  fruit  stock  until  it  shall 
have  rested  in  clover  or  other  crops  for  a  period  of  five 
years  or  more.  Ornamental  stock  is  often  grown  con- 
tinuously on  the  same  land  with  good  results,  even  when 
the  same  species  is  grown.  This  is  largely  due  to  the 
fact  that  ornamental  stock  is  sold  by  its  size  and  not  by 
its  age,  and  therefore  rapidity  of  growth  is  not  so  im- 
portant as  it  is  in  the  case  of  fruit  trees.  It  has  been 
supposed  that  this  necessity  of  rotation  is  due  to  the 
exhaustion  of  certain  plant-food  elements  from  the  soil. 
It  has  been  found  by  careful  experiments,  however,  that 


1098 


NURSERY 


NUT -CULTURE 


such  is  not  the  case.  The  chief  difficulty  seems  to  be  a 
physical  one.  Lands  which  are  devoted  to  nursery  stock 
for  one  crop,  which  is  from  two  to  five  years,  becomes 
void  of  humus,  and  the  digging  of  the  stock  when  the 
land  is  wet  or  unfit  to  be  worked  tends  to  impair  the 
physical  character  of  the  soil.  Experiments  have  shown 
that  commercial  fertilizers  will  not  always  reclaim  lands 
which  have  been  treed,  whereas  barn  manures  and  green 
crops  mav  go  very  far  towards  revitalizing  them.  As  a 


1496.   View  in  an  American  appie-tree  nursery. 

result  of  inability  to  grow  vigorous  stock  on  treed  land, 
a  large  part  of  the  nursery  stock  of  the  country,  partic- 
ularly fruit  trees,  is  grown  on  rented  land.  On  the 
nurseryman's  central  grounds  a  variety  of  stock  may  be 
grown,  chiefly  ornamentals,  but  the  larger  part  of  the 
commercial  fruit  stock  is  farmed  out  to  persons  who  are 
willing  to  rent  their  land  for  this  purpose  and  who  will 
give  the  requisite  attention  to  the  growing  trees. 

The  nursery  interests  of  this  country  are  represented 
in  a  strong  organization  known  as  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Nurserymen,  which  holds  a  movable  annual 
meeting  in  June  and  publishes  a  report.  There  are  also 
societies  representing  geographical  regions.  At  the 
present  time,  there  is  one  periodical  devoted  to  the 
nursery  business,  "The  National  Nurseryman,"  pub- 
lished monthly  at  Rochester,  N.  Y.  The  American  cur- 
rent book  writings  devoted  specifically  to  the  business 
are  Fuller's  "Propagation  of  Plants  "and  Bailey's  "Nur- 
sery-Book." L  H  B 

NUT  in  common  language  usage  is  any  hard-shelled 
fruit  which  will  keep  for  a  more  or  less  indefinite  time 
without  special  efforts  at  preservation.  In  a  botanical 
sense,  a  Nut  is  a  hard  and  dry  indehiscent  1-seeded 
fruit  in  which  one  or  more  ovules  have  been  suppressed 
by  abortion.  In  this  sense,  walnuts,  hickory-nuts, 
acorns  and  cocoanuts  are  Nuts,  but  almonds,  peanuts 
and  Brazil-nuts  are  not.  L  jj  g 

NUT,  AUSTRALIAN.     Macadamia  ternifolia. 
NUT,  CHILEAN.     Gevuina  Avellana. 

NUT-CULTURE.  From  the  earliest  times  nuts  have 
been  used  as  an  article  of  food  in  North  America.  The 
prehistoric  tribes  left  evidences  of  their  use  in  the 
specimens  which  were  buried  with  their  remains.  When 
the  white  settlers  came  they  found  several  kinds  of  nuts 
growing  wild  and  bearing  abundantly,  and  thought  to 
introduce  the  cultivated  nuts  of  Europe  along  with  fruits 
and  farm  crops  that  seemed  to  flourish  in  the  virgin  soil. 
But  little  success  seemed  to  attend  their  early  efforts, 
largely  because  of  the  unsuitability  of  the  varieties 
tested.  The  sweet  almond  and  the  hazels  were  found  to 
be  of  this  character,  and  the  few  experiments  with  the 
European  walnut  and  chestnut,  where  they  did  succeed, 
were  not  followed  up  by  extensive  plantings  for  many 
years.  Nor  were  any  of  the  native  nuts  brought  under 
cultivation  until  very  recently.  Now  there  are  many 
orchards  and  groves  of  both  foreign  and  native  nuts, 
some  of  which  are  already  yielding  profitable  crops. 

THE  ALMOND  (Prunus  Amygdalus).—  Among  the  first 
nuts  to  be  tested  were  the  cultivated  almonds.  All  the 
experiments  up  to  the  present  day  lead  to  the  conclu- 


sion  that  the  choice  varieties  are  not  suited  to  any  section 
east  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  except,  perhaps,  in  south- 
western Texas  and  New  Mexico.  The  close  relationship 
to  the  peach  would  cause  us  to  expect  that  it  would 
succeed  wherever  that  fruit  does;  but  the  trees  of  the 
choice  varieties  are  too  tender  to  endure  any  but  very 
mild  climates,  and  the  fruit-buds  are  still  more  tender. 
The  chief  failing,  however,  is  the  habit  of  very  early 
blooming,  which  causes  the  crop  to  be  cut  off  by  spring 
frosts,  except  in  peculiarly  favorable  localities.  There 
are  differences  in  the  ability  of  the  varieties  to  endure 
cold  and  in  time  of  blooming,  even  where  they  are 
counted  a  success.  Not  until  seedlings  were  grown  and 
tested,  from  which  selections  were  made  of  suitable 
kinds,  did  the  growing  of  this  nut  prove  profitable. 

Regions  and  Methods  of  Culture.— At  the  present  time 
the  culture  of  the  almond  is  confined  chiefly  to  California, 
and  to  some  extent  in  Oregon,  Utah,  Idaho,  Arizona  and 
New  Mexico.  Fair  crops  of  almonds  of  the  highest 
quality  in  all  respects  are  grown  there.  There  are  single 
orchards  in  California  of  hundreds  of  acres  in  extent. 
The  crop  of  1899,  in  that  state,  was  estimated  to  be  about 
50  car-loads  of  20,000  pounds  each.  It  is  thought  that  the 
production  of  new  seedlings  will  still  further  overcome 
the  weak  points  already  mentioned,  and  materially  ex- 
tend the  culture  of  really  choice  varieties.  The  methods 
of  planting  and  cultivation  of  the  soil  are  about  the  same 
as  for  the  peach.  Twenty  feet  is  a  good  distance  apart 
for  the  trees  in  rich  soil.  Unlike  the  proper  treatment 
for  peach  trees,  the  almond  tree  should  have  but  little 
pruning,  owing  to  a  different  habit  of  the  fruiting 
branches.  See  also  Almond. 

THE  WALNUTS.— American  Walnuts.  —  The  kernels  of 
all  species  of  the  walnut  family  are  liked  because  of 
their  rich  and  delicious  flavor;  but  some  of  them  are  so 
small  and  difficult  to  get  out  of  the  shell  that  they  are 
of  little  or  no  commercial  value.  Our  native  black 
walnut,  Juglansnigra,  and  butternut,  J.  cinerea,  are  of 
this  character.  At  present  there  are  very  few  trees  of 
either  species  that  are  grown  for  their  nuts ;  but  there 
are  some  prospects  of  improvement  in  this  direction. 

Asiatic  Species.  — Within  the  last  25  years  there  have 
been  introduced  from  Japan  two  new  species  of  walnuts, 
J.  Seiboldiana  and  J.  cordiformis,  and  from  Manchuria 
one,  J.  Mandshurica.  These  make  beautiful  and  stately 
trees,  but  the  nuts  of  all  but  J.  cordiformis  have  too 
thick  shells  to  be  of  much  value.  See  Juglans. 

Persian  Species.  — The  Persian  walnut,  J.  regia,  which 
has  long  been  called  English  walnut  and  by  several 
other  titles,  has  been  cultivated  for  many  centuries  for 
its  thin-shelled  and  richly-flavored  nuts.  It  is  a  native 
of  Persia  and  the  regions  about  the  Caspian  Sea.  The 
Greeks  and  Romans  took  it  to  southern  Europe  before 
the  Christian  era.  It  was  brought  to  America  in  the 
early  settlement  of  the  country,  but  did  not  succeed 
everywhere,  and  the  few  trees  that  survive  in  the 
eastern  states  have  been  mostly  neglected.  Some  of 
them  have  borne  nuts  abundantly  and  others  have  not. 
Unproductiveness  has  generally  been  due  to  the  iso- 
lation of  the  trees  and  the  inopportune  times  of  the 
blooming  of  the  flowers  of  the  two  sexes.  These  isolated 
trees  are  scattered  over  the  eastern  states  from  New 
York  to  Georgia,  and  rarely  beyond  the  Appalachian 
mountain  chain,  because  of  the  more  uncongenial 
climate  there.  Whether  or  not  there  will  eventually  be 
orchards  of  this  nut  in  the  eastern  United  States  is 
doubtful.  , 

Regions  of  Siiccessful  Culture.  —  On  the  Pacific  coast 
the  Persian  walnut  is  a  great  success.  True  enough, 
there  are  some  failures,  but  they  are  mostly  due  to  lack 
of  proper  pollination,  a  matter  which  can  and  will  soon 
be  generally  understood  and  overcome.  There  are  ex- 
tensive orchards  already  in  bearing,  and  with  the 
advantages  which  are  now  being  afforded  by  the  intro- 
duction of  the  best  varieties  from  Europe  and  the 
origination  of  improved  seedlings,  the  walnut  industry 
is  sure  to  rapidly  advance  in  that  region.  The  soil  of 
the  richer  valleys  of  the  Pacific  slope  is  just  what  is 
needed,  and  where  there  is  an  abundant  supply  of  water 
a  few  feet  under  the  surface  there  is  no  need  of  irriga- 
tion. But  in  poor,  dry  soil  it  is  folly  to  expect  success. 
The  crop  of  California,  alone,  in  1899,  was  about  550 
car-loads  of  20,000  pounds  each.  It  is  confidently  ex- 


NUT -CULTURE 


NTT -CULTURE 


1099 


pected  that  California  will,  within  a  fe\v  years,  produce 
all  that  our  home  markets  require. 

Propagation  and  Tillage.  — The  larger  number  of  bear- 
ing trees  are  seedlings,  but  those  grafted  or  budded 
with  choice  varieties  are  far  preferable,  and  such  trees 
will  form  the  walnut  orchards  of  the  future.  The  dis- 
tance for  the  trees  to  stand  apart  in  the  orchard  is  from 
25  to  50  feet,  according  to  the  vigor  of  the  variety  and  the 
richness  of  the  soil.  Clean  tillage  is  best  for  the  trees 
until  they  reach  bearing  age,  when  the  ground  may  be 
seeded  to  some  grass  that  does  not  make  a  compact  sod. 
If  hoed  crops  are  grown  between  the  trees  until  that  time 
it  will  do  no  harm  and  economize  the  space.  Almost  no 
pruning  is  needed  for  this  tree,  except  to  keep  the 
branches  from  getting  so  low  as  to  interfere  with  tillage. 
See  Walnut. 

THE  CHESTNUTS.— American  Species.—  Like  the  wal- 
nuts, our  native  chestnuts  are  not  so  desirable  for  mar- 
ket purposes  as  those  from  foreign  countries.  The  wild 
American  chestnut,  Castanea  Americana,  is  richer  in 
quality  than  any  foreign  kind, but  the  size  is  less  than  half 
that  of  the  introduced  nuts.  Throughout  the  larger  part 
of  the  eastern  United  States,  and  extending  into  lower 
Canada,  there  are  untold  millions  of  native  chestnut 
trees,  yielding  a  wealth  of  nuts  that  find  ready  sale  in 
the  markets,  so  far  as  they  are  gathered;  but  the  prices 
are  only  about  half  those  of  the  large  cultivated  and  im- 
ported product.  At  the  present  time  there  are  but  few 
attempts  made  to  cultivate  this  species.  Some  of  the 
choice  varieties  with  the  largest  nuts  are  being  collected 
for  experiment,  and  there  is  reasonable  prospect  that  by 
hybridization  and  selection  of  seedlings  we  may  yet 
have  varieties  combining  the  vigor  and  hardihood  of  the 
wild  trees  with  the  characteristic  natural  sweetness  and 
large  size  of  the  foreign  nuts. 

The  chinquapin,  C.  pumila,  is  the  smallest  of  the 
chestnut  family,  in  size  of  both  nut  and  tree.  Rarely  is 
it  anything  more  than  a  mere  bush.  It  has  rarely  been 
cultivated,  although  the  bushes  are  productive  and  the 
nuts  of  good  quality. 

European  Species.  — The  Old  World  chestnut,  C.  sat- 
iva,  has  been  under  cultivation  almost  as  long  as  his- 
tory goes.  It  was  brought  to  America  in  the  first 
century  of  its  settlement  by  Europeans;  but  not  until 
within  the  last  25  years  has  there  been  more  than  an 
occasional  tree  found  on  our  shores.  The  accidental 
finding  of  a  chance  seedling,  which  was  finally  named 
Paragon  and  sent  out  to  the  public  about  1887,  and  the 
bringing  to  notice  of  the  Ridgeley  shortly  before  that 
time,  were  the  means  of  exciting  the  first  general  inter- 
est in  chestnut  culture  in  America.  Both  these  kinds, 
and  a  great  many  more  named  varieties,  are  now  being 
propagated  and  scattered  far  and  wide.  They  are  all  of 
large  size  but  not  as  sweet  as  our  native  chestnuts,  and 
generally  have  bitter  skins.  The  trees  are  of  robust 
character  and  vry  productive,  but  more  tender  than  our 
natives. 

Japanese  Species.— About  the  time  that  the  European 
species  was  becoming  popular  in  America  attention  was 
drawn  to  a  number  of  seedlings  from  nuts  that  had  been 
brought  from  Japan  during  several  previous  years.  The 
most  of  them  were  larger  than  any  that  had  been  known 
before,  either  in  this  country  or  in  Europe.  Many  of 
them  are  now  named  and  widely  distributed.  Some  of 
the  smaller  varieties  are  exceedingly  early  in  ripening. 
Nearly  all  of  them  begin  to  bear  at  an  early  age  and  are 
even  more  productive  than  the  average  of  the  European 
species.  In  quality,  the  nuts  of  most  of  them  are  not 
quite  so  sweet  as  the  European  kinds.  The  habit  of 
growth  is  less  vigorous  than  that  of  other  chestnuts. 

From  these  two  foreign  species  we  have  all  of  our  varie- 
ties that,  up  to  this  time,  are  worthy  of  general  cultiva- 
tion. They  vary  from  seed  much  as  do  most  other  im- 
proved varieties  of  fruits,  etc.,  and  grafting  and  budding 
must  be  practiced,  which  are  exceedingly  difficult  to  suc- 
cessfully perform  on  the  chestnut,  as  is  the  case  with 
all  other  nut  trees.  They  will  both  unite  fairly  well 
with  our  native  stocks ;  although  sometimes  the  union 
is  imperfect  and  the  top  breaks  off. 

Grafting.  — The  most  successful  method  of  propagat- 
ing nut  trees,  so  far  as  the  writer  has  experimented  or 
learned  otherwise,  is  late  bark-grafting.  This  requires 
that  the  cions  be  cut  before  there  is  any  possibility  of 


the  buds  starting,  and  put  in  some  very  cool  place  until 
after  the  stocks  have  begun  to  leaf  out.  The  stocks  are 
then  cut  off  as  for  cleft-grafting,  but  the  bark  only  is 
split  with  a  knife  for  an  inch  or  more  at  the  top  of  the 
stock.  The  cion  is  trimmed  to  a  long  wedge,  all  from 
one  side.  The  point  of  this  wedge  is  introduced  under 
the  bark  at  the  top  of  the  slit  and  gently  forced  down 
until  the  cut  surface  of  the  cion  is  even  with  the  top  of 
the  stump.  It  is  then  tied  fast  with  a  string  and  the 
wound  securely  waxed.  Large  trees  may  be  thus  top- 
worked  in  their  branches  with  considerable  success. 
Small  stocks  should  be  grafted  just  under  the  surface 
of  the  ground  and  banked  nearly  to  the  top  of  the  cion. 

Stump  Groves.  — In  several  cases  large  tracts  of  chest- 
nut stump  lands  have  been  grafted  over  to  the  improved 
varieties  of  the  foreign  species  with  good  success.  All 
other  trees  should  be  cleared  away  and  only  two  or  three 
of  the  strongest  sprouts  left  on  each  stump.  These 
should  all  be  grafted  and  allowed  to  grow  until  it  is  sure 
that  there  will  be  a  sufficient  stand,  when  those  that  are 
not  needed  should  be  cut  away.  In  future  years  more 
may  be  cut  away  to  give  the  remaining  trees  ample  room. 

Chestnut  Orchards.  — The  best  results  are  said  to  be 
attained  in  chestnut-culture  by  planting  grafted  trees 
on  open  land,  about  25  feet  apart  and  in  regular  orchard 
form.  This  plan  admits  of  giving  the  trees  good  tillage 
until  they  have  attained  large  size,  when  grass  may.be 
sown  and  stock  allowed  to  graze  it,  except  when  the 
nuts  are  falling.  Such  orchards  are  said,  by  those  who 
have  tried  them  in  comparison  with  grafted  sprouts,  to 
yield  more  than  twice  as  much  per  acre.  Well-drained 
sandy  or  shallow  lands  are  the  best  for  the  chestnut. 

Weevil.  —  The  worst  feature  of  chestnut-culture  is  the 
weevil.  In  some  cases  the  nuts  are  so  badly  infested 
that  they  are  practically  worthless.  The  eggs  from 
which  the  larva  develop  are  laid  by  a  long-snouted 
beetle  while  the  nuts  are  growing,  and  by  the  time  they 
are  mature  the  most  of  them  are  either  hatched  or 
nearly  ready  to  hatch.  By  treating  the  nuts  with  the 
fumes  of  bisulphide  of  carbon  the  eggs  or  larva?  can  all 
be  destroyed.  Scalding  with  boiling  water  for  about 
ten  minutes  will  also  kill  them,  but  it  also  destroys  the 
germinative  power  of  the  nuts  and  necessitates  drying 
them.  See  Castanea  and  Chestnut. 

THE  PECAN  (Ricoria  Pecan).— In  the  Wild  State.— 
Of  all  our  native  nuts  the  Pecan  is  the  best  Its  nat- 
ural habitat  is  the  lower  Mississippi  basin,  from  Iowa 
to  the  Gulf  coast,  but  it  will  grow  equally  as  well  in  any 
climate  and  soil  of  approximately  the  same  character. 
The  tree  is  almost  as  hardy  as  any  of  the  other  hickories, 
except  some  of  its  more  southern  varieties.  In  size  the 
tree  varies  from  medium,  on  land  of  ordinary  fertility, 
to  gigantic  proportions  on  the  rich  river  and  creek  bot- 
toms. The  nuts  vary  in  size  and  shape  from  round  and 
y<i  an  inch  in  diameter  to  oblong  andl%  inches  in  length. 
The  kernels  are  exceedingly  rich  and  sweet,  and  the 
shells  usually  thin.  Pecans  are  found  in  all  confec- 
tionaries,  and  bring  almost  as  high  prices  as  any  of  the 
imported  nuts.  The  largest  and  thinnest  shelled  varie- 
ties are  found  in  Louisiana  and  Texas.  Millions  of 
pounds  are  gathered  annually  in  those  states  and  sold 
to  dealers,  thus  bringing  a  handsome  revenue  to  many 
people  of  moderate  means. 

Under  Cultivation.— The  decrease  of  the  wild  prod- 
uct from  the  cutting  down  of  the  trees,  and  the  better 
prices  obtained  from  large,  thin-shelled  nuts,  have  in- 
duced the  planting  of  pecan  orchards.  The  nuts  sprout 
readily,  and  the  trees  are  of  easy  growth,  with  reason- 
able care,  in  proper  soil  and  climate.  In  Texas  there  is 
one  orchard  of  11,000  trees  planted  on  400  acres  and  grown 
from  the  best  nuts  procurable.  In  Florida  there  is  another 
of  4,000  grafted  trees  on  100  acres.  There  are  many 
smaller  orchards  planted  in  nearly  all  the  states  from 
Virginia  to  Missouri  and  California,  southward.  The 
line  of  40°  north  latitude  is  about  the  limit  of  success- 
ful pecan  culture,  and  the  region  from  35°  southward 
is  much  better.  The  nuts  do  not  fill  and  ripen  well 
where  the  growing  season  is  short. 

It  has  been  learned  that  by  cutting  back  the  tops  of 
wild  trees  (thus  causing  an  abundance  of  sprouts),  and 
then  budding  in  August  or  September,  large  trees  may 
be  quickly  transformed  into  such  as  will  produce  the 
highest  grade  of  nuts. 


1100 


NUT -CULTURE 


NUTTALLIA 


Planning  the  Orchard.  — There  are  two  ways  to  make 
a  pecan  orchard.  One  is  to  depend  on  seedlings.  If 
really  choice  nuts  are  planted  there  is  a  reasonable 
prospect  of  securing  trees  bearing  somewhat  similar 
nuts,  and  many  follow  this  plan.  The  other  is  to  de- 
pend on  budded  or  grafted  trees  instead  of  seedlings. 

There  is  also  a  division  of  opinion  as  to  the  advisa- 
bility of  planting  the  nuts  where  the  trees  are  to  stand 
and  rearing  them  for  a  year  or  more  in  a  nursery.  Both 
ways  are  good,  but  each  has  its  advantages.  If  the 
former  of  these  plans  is  followed,  then  two  or  three  nuts 
should  be  planted  where  each  tree  is  to  stand  and  a 
cedar  or  cypress  stake  driven  at  the  spot.  Pine  stakes 
are  said  to  induce  worms  to  attack  the  little  pecan  trees. 
A  still  safer  plan  is  to  enclose  the  little  seedlings  in 
narrow  boxes  about  afoot  high,  made  of  cypress  boards. 
This  secures  them  from  the  depredations  of  rabbits, 
which  sometimes  prove  very  destructive.  By  this  plan 
there  is  no  labor  or  danger  of  loss  by  transplanting. 
All  but  one  of  the  trees  should  be  removed  after  two  or 
three  years'  growth.  If  the  nursery  method  is  followed, 
the  transplanting  should  be  done  at  one  of  these  ages. 

Propagation.  —  Grafted  or  budded  trees  are  far  pref- 
erable to  seedlings,  because  of  the  certainty  of  the  va- 
riety, convenience  of  gathering  the  nuts  at  one  time,  and 
the  advantage  of  having  an  even  and  high  grade  to  sell. 
The  same  difficulty  is  met  with  as  in  case  of  the  chest- 


1497.   Cocoanut. 
The  most  important  of  tropical  nuts. 

nut  — the  trouble  and  expense  of  securing  grafted  or 
budded  trees.  However,  it  has  been  found  that  both 
these  methods  of  propagation  are  reasonably  successful 
in  skilful  hands.  Either  the  cleft-,  tongue-  or  bark-graft 
will  succeed,  but  all  styles  do  better  on  small  stocks 
just  below  the  surface  of  the  soil  than  above.  Ring-  and 
plate-budding  are  much  more  successful  than  the  shield 
method.  They  have  been  profitably  used  in  nurseries  of 
young  seedlings  and  on  sprouts  on  large  trees. 

Planting  and  Cultivation.  — The  distance  for  planting 


should  be  not  less  than  50  feet  between  trees,  because 
they  get  to  be  very  large.  It  might  be  well  to  put  them 
half  that  distance  and  cut  out  half  when  crowding  be- 
gins. Thorough  tillage  will  pay  abundantly  and  should 
never  be  neglected  while  the  trees  are  young.  Farm 
crops,  such  as  corn,  cotton  and  potatoes,  may  be  grown 
between  the  trees  until  they  begin  bearing,  which  is 
from  10  to  15  years  from  planting.  Then  the  ground 
may  be  seeded  to  grass.  See  Hicoria  and  Pecan. 

THE  COCOANUT  (Fig.  1497).—  Where  Grown  in  Amer- 
ica.—There  is  comparatively  little  territory  on  the  con- 
tinent of  North  America  where  the  cocoanut  will  grow; 
viz.,  a  small  portion  of  Florida  and  the  warmer  coast 
regions  of  Mexico.  In  the  warmer  parts  of  California 
the  climate  does  not  seem  to  be  sufficiently  humid.  In 
the  vicinity  of  Lake  Worth,  Florida,  there  are  many 
bearing  trees,  and  along  the  east  coast  and  adjacent 
islands  from  there  to  Key  West,  and  as  far  north  on  the 
west  coast  as  Charlotte  Harbor,  there  are  many  thousands 
of  cocoanut  trees  growing.  In  central  Florida  the  cli- 
mate does  not  seem  to  be  suitable.  Proximity  to  the  sea 
in  all  countries  seems  to  suit  the  cocoanut.  It  will 
flourish  in  almost  any  soil,  although  the  richer  the  bet- 
ter, but  a  warm  and  humid  atmosphere  is  indispensable. 
Origin  of  Cocoanut- Growing  in  America.  —  The  oldest 
cocoanut  trees  in  Florida  were  probably  chance  seed- 
lings which  came  from  nuts  that  washed  ashore  from 
the  sea  long  years  ago.  Such  trees  are  very  rarely 
found.  There  are  also  a  few  old  trees  that  grew  from 
nuts  planted  by  settlers  at  Key  West  and  other  places 
along  the  coast.  The  chief  cause  of  the  impetus  to  co- 
coanut-growing  was  the  wrecking  of  the  Spanish  bark 
Providencia  laden  with  cocoanuts  on  the  beach  near 
Lake  Worth,  Florida,  Jan.  9, 1878.  Many  thousands  of 
the  nuts  were  gathered  from  the  surf  and  planted  for 
many  miles  up  and  down  the  coast.  The  trees  grew  so 
'rapidly  and  began  to  bear  so  soon,  usually  at  from  six 
to  eight  years  from  seed,  that  visions  of  wealth  tempted 
many  more  into  planting  groves.  One  near  Biscayne  Bay 
consisted  of  about  4,000  acres,  in  which  were  300,000 
trees.  Another  at  Cape  Sable  contained  42,000  trees,  and 
there  are  many  more  of  less  extent. 

Present  Status.  — Gold  waves  and  occasional  frosts 
have  injured  many  of  the  cocoanut  trees,  in  some  cases 
killing  them  outright.  In  general,  the  trees  bear  good 
nuts  in  reasonable  quantity,  but  in  a  business  way  the 
industry  is  uncertain,  owing  to  danger  from  frosts  and 
the  cheapness  of  imported  nuts.  As  an  interesting 
novelty,  the  cocoanut  in  southern  Florida  is  an  eminent 
success.  See  Cocos. 

There  are  three  American  publications  devoted  to 
nuts:  "Nut  Culture  in  the  United  States,"  1896,  being  a 
bulletin  of  the  Division  of  Pomology,  U.S.  Dept.  Agric. ; 
Fuller,  "The  Nut  Culturist,"  1896;  Parry,  "Nuts  for 
Profit,"  1897.  H.  E.  VAN  DKMAN. 

NUT-GKASS.   Mentioned  under  Cyperus. 
NUTMEG.    Treated  under  Myristica. 

NUTTALLIA  (Thomas  Nuttall,  professor  of  natural 
history  at  Philadelphia;  author  of  "The  Genera  of  North 
American  Plants"  [1818],  "The  North  American  Sylva" 
[1842],  etc.).  Sosdcece.  A  genus  of  2  species  of  north- 
western American  plants,  one  of  which  is  the  Oso  Berry, 
N.  cerasiformis .  This  is  a  shrub  6-12  ft.  high,  with 
white,  5-petaled  fls.  It  is  one  of  the  earliest  shrubs  to 
bloom  in  spring.  It  is  rarely  cult,  in  the  East  and  of 
doubtful  hardiness,  but  is  esteemed  in  England,  where 
it  is  compared  to  a  flowering  currant.  Botanically,  how- 
ever, it  is  nearer  Prunus  than  Rubus.  Generic  charac- 
ters are:  fls.  polygamo-dicecious ;  calyx  between  top- 
shaped  and  bell-shaped,  deciduous;  petals  broadly 
spatulate;  stamens  15,  in  2  rows,  10  inserted  with  the 
petals  and  5  lower  down  on  the  disk  lining  the  tube; 
filaments  very  short;  carpels  5:  drupes  2-4,  oblong. 

cerasif6rmis,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Oso  BERRY.  Shrub  or 
small  tree,  2-15  ft.  high:  Ivs.  broadly  lanceolate;  petiole 
2-4  in.  long:  racemes  shorter  than  the  Ivs.:  fls.  K-l  in. 
across:  fr.  blue-black,  6-8  lines  long;  flesh  bitter;  stone 
somewhat  compressed.  Moist  places,  Calif.  Gn.  34,  p. 
78.  G.C.  II.  19:309:  III.  19:489. -Said  to  "exhale  a 


NUTTALLlA 


NYMPILffiA 


1101 


hydrocyanic  odor."    It  endures   the  winter  under  pro- 
tection at  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  Boston. 

JV.  splendidum,  adv.  1889  by  John  Saul,  is  presumably  an 
error.  Probably  some  other  genus. 

NYCTERtNIA.    See  Zaluzianskya. 

NYMPH.35A  (from  Nympha,  in  Greek  and  Roman 
mythology,  a  nature-goddess).  Syn.,  Castalla.  Nym- 
phceacece.  WATER-LILY.  POND-LILY.  Figs.  1498-1502. 
The  most  splendid  of  aquatics  (except  Victoria),  inhab- 
iting the  north  and  south  temperate  and  tropical  zones. 
About  32  well-marked  species, with  numerous  local  varie- 
ties and  many  cultivated  hybrids.  Herbs,  perennial  by 
horizontal  or  erect  rootstocks  or  tubers,  rooting  in  mud, 
covered  by  3  in.  to  6  ft.  of  water  (rarely  in  bogs  not 
submerged):  Ivs.  floating,  or  when  crowded  rising  a 
few  inches  above  the  water,  round  or  oval,  entire  or 
dentate  or  sinuate,  flssi-cordate,  often  sub-peltate,  2  in. 
to  2  ft.  in  diam. :  fls.  mostly  showy,  white,  yellow,  blue 
and  red,  in  all  shades,  1-12  or  14  in.  across  ;  sepals  4; 
petals  and  carpels  many;  stamens  very  numerous;  pis- 
til with  a  broad  cup-like  depression  in  the  center  of  the 
fl.,  surrounded  by  a  ring  of  fleshy  processes,  the  car- 
pellary  styles,  and  with  a  knob  at  the  center. 

The  petals  and  stamens  of  Nymphaea  appear  to  be  at- 
tached to  the  sides  of  the  ovary;  but  this  surface  is  to 
be  considered  as  the  outside  of  a  cup-like  receptacle,  its 
cavity  being  completely  filled  by  the  radially  placed  car- 
pels, with  whose  backs  it  is  fused.  Several  species  show 
easy  gradations  from  sepal  to  petal  and  from  petal  to 
stamen,  thus  illustrating  the  homology  of  floral  parts. 
The  peduncles  and  petioles  are  traversed  by  a  number 
of  longitudinal  air-canals,  from  whose  walls  star-shaped 
cells  and  rounded  cell-groups  project  inward;  in  the 
walls  of  these  stellate  internal  hairs  are  imbedded  num- 
berless minute  crystals  of  calcium  oxalate  ;  they  are 
objects  of  great  beauty  in  microscopical  sections.  The 
distribution  of  these,  as  also  of  the  air-canals,  differs 
in  different  species.  Three  types  of  leaf  may  be  dis- 
tinguished: (1)  very  thin  and  fragile  submerged  leaves 
on  short  petioles;  (2)  floating  leaves,  thicker  in  texture, 
with  storaata  and  palisade  cells  on  the  upper  surface 
only;  (3)  aerial  leaves,  leathery  in  texture,  sometimes, 
at  least,  bearing  stomata  on  the  under  surface. 

The  leaves  come  from  the  rhizomes  in  spiral  orders 
of  varying  complexity,  from  two-fifths  up;  the  growing 
apex  of  the  stem  is  protected  by  the  colorless  stipules 
and  a  dense  growth  of  long,  fine  hairs.  The  roots  spring 
usually  from  the  bases  of  the  leaves.  Flowers  are  extra- 
axillary,  arising  as  members  of  the  leaf  spirals  or  in  a 
spiral  of  their  own.  The  rhizomes  of  species  which 
dry  off  in  the  resting  season  (Lotos,  Hydrocallis,  Lyto- 
pleura)  become  protected  by  a  strong  corky  bark;  others 
remain  continually  in  a  state  of  more  or  less  active 
growth. 

Habits  of  Opening. —  The  flowers  of  every  species 
open  and  close  at  a  particular  time  each  day,  so  that  in 
a  pond  with  18  or  20  kinds  there  is  some  change  taking 
place  at  almost  all  hours.  The  hours  of  blooming  are 
quite  regular,  though  the  tropical  species  are  more 
sluggish  in  cool  weather,  and  the  hardy  ones  are  irregu- 
lar in  very  hot  times.  Each  flower  opens  in  from  one 
or  two  to  five  or  seven  successive  days  (or  nights),  be- 
ing about  an  hour  later  to  open  and  an  hour  earlier  to 
close  on  its  first  than  on  subsequent  days.  The  flower 
then  goes  down  into  the  water  by  a  spiral  coiling  of  the 
peduncle  (or  simply  bending  over  if  in  shallow  water) 
where  the  seed  ripens.  When  in  6  to  10  weeks  the  pod 
matures  and  bursts,  the  seeds  rise  to  the  water-surface 
and  float  for  several  hours  by  means  of  a  buoyant  aril; 
this  finally  decays  and  drops  the  seed  at  some  distance 
from  the  parent.  To  secure  these,  the  floating  seeds 
may  be  dipped  up  in  a  wire  sieve,  or  better,  the  pods 
may  be  inclosed  in  muslin  or  cheese-cloth  bags  before 
ripening,  all  of  the  seeds  being  thus  secured. 

The  Hybrids.—  The  species  of  a  single  group  hybrid- 
ize quite  readily  among  themselves,  and  in  the  Lotos 
group  the  hybrids  are  more  or  less  fertile.  By  means 
of  this  condition  all  shades  of  color  have  been  obtained, 
from  the  pure  white  N.  Lotus,  var.  dentata,  to  the  dark 
crimson-red  N.  rubra.  In  this  group  and  in  Castalia, 
varieties  have  so  multiplied  of  late  and  fanciful  names 


have  been  so  freely  given  that  an  accurate  classification 
of  all  of  them  is  no  longer  possible.  In  the  Brachyceras 
group,  hybrids  occur  almost  certainly  if  N.  Zanzibar- 
iensis  is  grown  in  the  same  pond  with  others  of  the 
group;  thus  have  originated  some  very  fine  varieties. 
Outside  of  single  groups  only  Castalia  and  Xanthantha 
have  yet  been  interbred.  Between  the  apocarpous  and 
syncarpous  species,  the  writer  ventures  to  suggest,  a 
hybrid  would  be  impossible.  Authorities  differ  as  to 
the  best  time  to  transfer  pollen;  certain  it  is  that  the 
flowers  are  pistillate  on  the  first  day  of  opening,  the 
pollen  being  shed  on  succeeding  days,  or  late  on  the 
first  day.  Some  say  that  pollination  should  take  place 
in  the  early  morning  hours,  about  daybreak  ;  others 
consider  the  time  most  favorable  just  as  the  flower  is 
closing  for  its  first  time. 

Trouble  with  the  Names.  — Great  confusion  has  existed 
from  the  beginning  in  the  naming— alike  scientific  and 
popular— of  certain  species  of  Nymphsea,  partly  from 
carelessness,  partly  because  of  the  great  variability  of 
some  species.  A  good  degree  of  order  was  introduced 
by  Caspary,  though  he  left  the  matter  still  incomplete. 
N.  ccerulea,  minutely  described  by  Savigny,  from 
Egypt,  in  1802  (Ann.  Mus.  Paris.  I  p.  366  ff.),  was  im- 
mediately confused  with  N.  Capensis,  of  South  Africa, 
by  the  editor  of  B.M.  and  several  other  writers.  It  was 
also  confounded  with  the  very  similar  N.  stellata,  of 
India.  Caspary,  in  Bot.  Zeit.  1877,  p.  200,  finally  set 
the  matter  straight,  though  American  gardens  are  as  yet 
not  all  corrected.  N.  ampla  and  N.  Amazonum  were 
confused  because  De  Candolle's  original  specimen  of  N. 
ampla  consists  of  a  leaf  of  the  first,  with  a  flower  of  the 
second  species;  and  N.  Amazonum  has  been  distrib- 
uted in  this  country  under  the  wrong  name.  Both  are 
fully  described  by  Caspary  in  Martius'  Flora  Brasilien- 
sis  (Fasciculus  77).  N.  blanda  of  our  gardens  is  prob- 
ably a  form  of  N.  tuberosa.  The  term  N.  blanda  was 
first  used  by  G.  F.  W.  Meyer  (1818)  in  a  most  faulty  de- 
scription of  a  member  of  the  Hydrocallis  group.  The 
name  was  attached  also  to  two  other  species  of  this 
group  by  later  writers.  See  full  description  and  syno- 
nymy in  Fl.  Brasil.,  1.  c. 

The  True  Egyptian  Lotus.—  Among  common  names 
the  term  "Lotus"  has  been  remarkably  misapplied. 
It  seems  to  be  consistently  used  among  us  for  the  genus 
Nelumbo,  Nelumbo  nucifera  being  generally  styled 
"Egyptian"  or  "Sacred  Lotus."  Historically  this  is 
entirely  wrong.  Nelumbo  is  not  native  in  Egypt,  and  is 
not  now  found  there  in  a  wild  state.  It  was  cultivated 
extensively  along  the  Nile  in  the  Roman  period,  prob- 
ably for  food,  and  the  flower  is  supposed  to  have  fur- 
nished one  form  of  capital  of  the  Egyptian  columns.  It 
is  a  native  of  southeastern  Asia;  is  found  near  temples 
and  carved  on  the  walls  of  cave-temples  in  Hindustan, 
showing  a  veneration,  which  it  shares,  however,  with 
Nymphcea  stellata,  rubra  and  Lotus.  Nelumbo  seems 
to  have  been  regarded  as  sacred  about  temples  in  Japan 
and  China.  In  Egypt,  however,  Nymphcea  ccerulea  and 
N.  Lotus,  the  "blue  lotus  "  and  "white  lotus,"  are  indige- 
nous. The  root  (rhizome)  of  the  former  is  said  to  have 
been  pointed  out  as  edible  by  Isis— or  by  Menes;  its 
flowers,  buds  and  leaves  are  often  depicted  on  the  monu- 
ments, the  first  sometimes  in  color.  The  flowers  are 
figured  among  offerings  under  the  IV.  dynasty  (3998- 
3721  B.C.),  and  the  plant  is  certainly  known  from  the 
V.  dynasty.  Petals  of  this  and  of  N.  Lotus  were  found 
in  the  tomb  of  Ramses  II.,  the  Pharaoh  of  the  Israelitish 
captivity.  N.Lotus  was  less  regarded  than  N.  ccerulea 
in  Egypt,  though  an  object  of  profound  veneration  in 
India.  Herodotus  and  other  ancient  writers  speak  of 
these  Water-lilies  indiscriminately  as  the  "lotos"  of  the 
Egyptians.  With  these  facts,  and  the  additional  one 
that,  except  as  referred  to  above,  Nelumbo  never  appears 
in  Egyptian  carvings,  the  identity  of  the  sacred  lotus 
cannot  be  doubted.  But  the  erroneous  use  of  the  word 
lotus  is  deeply  rooted,  and  may  never  be  supplanted. 
Personally,  the  undersigned  would  not  attempt  to  up- 
root it,  but  only  to  remember  that  the  so-called  "Egyp- 
tian Lotus  "  is  not  the  plant  of  the  tombs  and  monuments. 
(The  lotus  of  Tennyson's  poem,  "Lotus  Eaters,''  is  still 
another  plant,  a  shrub  or  tree  which  hangs  out  over  the 
water;  and  the  genus  Lotus  (q.  v.)  is  distinct  from  all 
these.) 


1102 


NYMPH^A 


NYMPH^EA 


Economic  Value.  — The  seeds  and  root-stocks  of  seve- 
ral Water-lilies,  being  very  rich  in  starch,  are  used  for 
food  in  parts  of  Africa,  Asia,  Australia  and  tropical 
America.  The  white-flowered  species  of  Europe  and 
America  have  been  reputed  medicinal.  The  herbage  of 
all  the  species  contains  considerable  tannin;  nine  sub- 
stances of  this  class  have  been  isolated  from  JY.  alba. 

The  Marline  Hybrids.  — Two  types  of  hardy,  free- 
flowering  hybrids  akin  to  JV.  alba  and  its  variety  rubra, 
but  of  uncertain  parentage,  have  been  introduced  in  the 
last  10  or  12  years,  one  of  sturdy  habit,  raising  its  Ivs. 
(4-8  in.  across)  and  fls.  (3-6  in.  across)  well  out  of  the 
water  when  crowded,  the  other  slender  in  growth,  the  Ivs. 
(3-6  in.  across)  and  fls.  (2%-4  in.  across)  usually  float- 
ing. Most  of  these  superb  varieties  were  introduced  by 
M.  Latour-Marliac,  of  Temple-sur-Lot,  France,  whose 
methods,  however,  remain  a  mystery.  It  seems  highly 
probable  that  excellent  culture  combined  with  careful 
selection,  and  wise  hybridization  have  brought  about 
these  magnificent  results.  The  first  group  seems  to  in- 
volve only  jV.  alba  (type)  and  JV.  alba,  var.  rosea.  The 
second  starts  with  a  hybrid,  probably  of  JV.  alba,  var. 
rosea  and  N.  tetragona,  giving  N.  Laydekeri,  var.  ro- 
sea, to  which  is  added,  in  varying  degrees,  blood  of  N. 
alba,  var.  rosea  and  N.  Mexicana  ;  but  this  does  not  by 
any  means  account  for  the  whole  group.  Nearly  all  of 
both  groups  are  entirely  sterile.  Believing  that  JY.alba, 
and  JV".  alba,  var.  rosea,  have  given  a  decided  tone  to 
both  groups,  we  have  described  them  as  an  appendage 
to  this  species,  though  some  have  more  the  habit  of  2r. 
tetragona. 

Important  Species.  — The  following  account,  which 
contains  93  varieties  and  about  30  synonyms,  will  seem 
rather  formidable  to  the  beginner,  but  the  species  of 
the  first  importance  are  only  7  in  number:  &.  Lotus, 
rubra,  odorata,  tuberosa,  alba,  Gnpensis  and  Zanzibar i- 
ensis.  The  great  majority  of  the  other  names  represent 
garden  varieties  and  hybrids.  It  is  impossible  for  any 
form  of  arrangement  to  be  clear  and  logical  on  the  one 
hand,  and  exhibit  natural  relationship  on  the  other,  at 
least,  not  in  a  genus  so  greatly  modified  in  cultivation. 
However,  the  true  species  are  prominently  indicated  by 
bold-faced  type  and  indention  as  usual,  while  their  de- 
rivatives are  thrown  into  the  background. 

HENRY  S.  CONAKD. 

WATER-LILIES  or  NYMPH^EAS  are  among  the  most  royal, 
gorgeous,  diversified  and  universally  admired  plants  in 
cultivation.  No  class  of  plants  in  our  public  parks  can 
compete  with  them  in  attracting  the  people.  Moreover, 
America  is  the  most  highly  favored  country  in  the 
world  for  the  cultivation  of  aquatic  plants.  Ours  is  the 
only  country  which  can  have  so  rich  and  continuous  a 
display  of  aquatics  in  flower  from  April  to  October  in 
the  open  without  artificial  heat. 

The  Procession  of  the  Water-lilies.  — In  our  parks  and 
private  gardens  are  to  be  seen,  flowering  early  in  spring, 
all  our  native  Nymphseas,  and  others  from  Europe  and 
Asia.  The  species  begin  to  flower  in  April  and  continue 
until  early  fall,  when  a  number  of  the  hardy  hybrids 
continue  to  flower  uninterruptedly  until  the  end  of  the 
season.  In  the  central  states  and  southward  the  hardy 
varieties  decline  when  tropical  weather  sets  in,  and  the 
nights  and  days  are  hot.  In  the  eastern  states,  and 
especially  near^the  coast,  where  the  nights  are  cool,  the 
season  is  much  longer,  and  the  color  of  some  of  the  pink 
varieties  is  more  intense.  Following  the  hardy  Nym- 
phaeas  come  the  Nelumbiums  in  all  their  oriental  splen- 
dor, brightening  the  summer  season,  and  bridging  over 
the  declining  period  of  the  hardy  Nymphasas,  and  the 
approaching  season  of  the  tropical  Nymphseas,  which 
arrive  at  maturity  toward  the  latter  end  of  July  or  be- 
ginning of  August,  and  continue  until  fall.  Finally  the 
grandest  of  all  aquatic  plants,  Victoria  regia,  may  be 
seen  in  America  growing  in  a  natural  pond,  and  produc- 
ing its  chaste  flowers  as  late  as  the  middle  of  October. 

The  American  Climate  and  American  Species.— 
America  is  rich  in  native  species  of  Nymphsea,  and  it  is 
the  only  country  which  has  native  white-,  pink-  and  yel- 
low-flowered species. 

Of  the  American  Nymphaeas  there  are  about  5  that 
are  best  known.  The  common  white  Water-lily  is 
Nymphwa  odorata.  Its  variety  rosea  is  the  Cape  Cod 
Pink  Water-lily.  JV.  tuberosa  (Syn.  iY.  reniformis)  is 


a  white-flowered  species,  inhabiting  the  western  lakes. 
The  yellow  kind,  JY.  flava,  is  indigenous  to  Florida  and 
other  southern  states,  but  is  hardy  in  New  Jersey  and 
southern  New  York.  Another  southern  kind  is  the 
white-flowered  JY.  odorata,  var.  gigantea.  In  addition 
to  the  above  well-known  kinds,  there  are  several  dis- 
tinct forms  and  hybrids. 

The  commencement  of  the  cultivation  of  aquatics  in 
America  led  to  the  commingling  of  species,  especially 
of  JY.  odorata  and  tuberosa.  The  result  is  that  in  sev- 
eral sections  are  to  be  found  many  similar  varieties, 
and  forms  of  both  white  and  pink,  some  of  which  are 
valuable,  being  distinct  in  color  and  having  large,  hand- 
some, fragrant  flowers,  while  a  host  of  others  are  worth- 
less, so  far  as  distinct  varieties  are  concerned.  N.  tu- 
berosa was  known  as  the  largest  and  purest  white 
Water-lily,  distinct  in  foliage,  flowers  and  rootstock. 
This  species  has  proved  to  be  the  most  susceptible  of 
cross-fertilization.  One  great  hindrance  to  the  cultiva- 
tion of  such  half  breeds,  is  that  most  of  them  produce 
seed.  The  seedlings  are  either  white  or  pink,  and  sel- 
dom, if  ever,  like  the  parent  plant.  There  are  in  differ- 
ent sections  of  the  country  distinct  forms  of  JY.  tuber- 
osa, some  having  long,  narrow  petals  and  slightly  fra- 
grant flowers,  others  again  having  broad,  incurving 
petals,  forming  handsome  cup-shaped,  highly  fragrant 
flowers;  still  others  have  very  full  flowers,  quite  dou- 
ble, the  numerous  petals  crowding  each  other  until  the 
reflexed  sepals  inclose  the  stalk,  forming  spherical  flow- 
ers like  balls  of  snow.  JY.  tuberosa,  in  any  of  its  forms, 
should  not  be  planted  in  a  small  pond  with  other  Nym- 
phseas,  for  it  is  such  a  rampant  grower  that  in  a  short 
time  it  will  smother  the  less  vigorous  kinds.  This  spe- 
cies delights  in  plenty  of  space,  and  water  2  to  3  feet 
deep,  with  soil  of  a  tenacious  character.  However,  it 
will  thrive  in  almost  any  soil,  and  is  well  adapted  for 
naturalizing  in  lakes  and  ponds.  Attempts  at  naturaliz- 
ing or  cultivating  on  a  small  scale  have  not  been  very 
satisfactory;  but  the  species  will  well  repay  any  extra 
care  to  establish  it  in  desirable  localities. 

Foreign  Species  and  Recent  Triumphs  in  Hybridiza- 
tion.—Two  or  three  species  are  indigenous  to  continen- 
tal Europe,  notably  N.  alba,  the  well-known  English 
white  Water-lily,  N.  Candida,  the  white  Bohemian  Wa- 
ter-lily and  N.  alba,  var.  rosea,  the  Swedish  Water-lily. 
The  last  named  is  the  only  distinct  or  true  red-flow- 
ered, hardy  species.  Still  another  species,  which  has 
played  a  very  important  part  with  specialists  of  the 
present  day,  is  JV.  tetragona  (N.  pygmcea),  from  China 
and  Japan. 

N.  odorata  was  introduced  into  England  during  the 
eighteenth  century,  and  was  probably  the  first  for- 
eign Nymphaea  to  reach  that  country.  Other  species 
followed  later,  mostly  tropical ;  but,  although  the  Eng- 
lish people  were  ardent  horticulturists  and  lovers  of 
the  beautiful  in  nature  over  a  century  ago,  Nym- 
phseas  never  became  popular,  and  remained  a  neglected 
class  of  plants  until  a  few  years  ago,  when  M.  Marliac, 
of  Temple-sur-Lot, France,  conceived  the  idea  of  crossing 
the  English  white  Water-lily  with  the  well-known  Cape 
Cod  pink  Water-lily,  and  the  Florida  yellow  variety. 
Nothing  in  the  horticultural  world  has  created  more  sur- 
prising results  in  the  blending  of  the  American  and 
English  species.  These  species  have  been  the  pro- 
genitors of  numerous  varieties,  which  have  made  this 
class  of  plants  the  most  popular  and  desirable  of  all 
aquatic  decorative  plants,  and  within  reach  of  all.  Their 
popularity  has  kept  constantly  increasing  and  ever 
brightened  by  new  additions.  America,  too,  has  contrib- 
uted its  quota  to  the  list  of  novelties,  and  some  of 
these  are  unsurpassed  by  any  European  introductions. 

The  General  Principles  of  Water-lily  Culture.— 
From  the  apparently  simple  conditions  under  which  our 
native  varieties  are  found  growing,  many  amateurs  have 
concluded  that  all  these  plants  require  is  water  and  pos- 
sibly some  mud  to  keep  the  roots  in.  Many  attempts 
have  been  made  to  grow  these  plants  in  pails  and  tubs, 
with  the  inevitable  result— failure.  Professional  gar- 
deners, also,  have  made  grievous  errors,  for,  while  they 
have  used  every  means  to  secure  fine  specimen  plants 
of  flowers,  vegetables  and  luscious  fruits,  they  have 
usually  given  meager  attention  to  Water-lilies,  and  have 
not  supplied  half  their  wants.  Water-lilies,  all  Nym- 


NYMPELEA 


NYMPH^A 


1103 


phaeas,  succeed  best  when  grown,  as  near  as  possible, 
tinder  their  existing  natural  conditions;  these  are  a  rich 
alluvial  soil  in  abundance,  water,  and  clear  uninter- 
rupted sunlight.  Where  natural  ponds  exist  these  con- 
ditions are  found,  but  often  there  is  a  deficiency  of  light, 
caused  by  shade  trees.  Let  the  trees  remain,  but  select 
open  spots  for  the  Nymphaeas.  They  maj*  be  planted  on 
the  margins  of  sluggish  streams,  in  bays  and  sheltered 
nooks. 

Construction  of  Artificial  Ponds,  etc.— Where  artifi- 
cial ponds  are  resorted  to,  the  most  satisfactory  method 
is  to  build  solid  walls  of  masonry,  with  a  concrete  bot- 
tom, provided  with  an  outlet  and  overflow.  In  all  cases 
make  the  pond  as  large  as  existing  means  will  allow, 
not  for  a  moment  considering  it  possible  to  be  too  large. 
One  method  of  providing  for  the  sustenance  of  these 
plants  is  to  place  a  layer  of  soil  in  the  bottom  of  the 
pond  from  9-12  or  more  inches  deep.  This  will  suit  the 


The  pond  should  be  2  to  2%  feet  in  depth.  The  soil 
should  be  a  strong  loam,  the  top-soil  from  a  pasture 
composted  with  cow  manure  in  proportion  of  one-third. 
This  should  be  prepared  six  months,  at  least,  before 
planting  time.  This  soil  is  suitable  for  all  aquatic 
plants.  In  any  case,  when  filling  the  boxes  or  placing 
the  soil  in  bottom  of  pond,  tread  moderately  firm  and 
cover  with  an  inch  of  sand. 

The  water  may  be  spring  water,  rain  water  or  that 
from  any  available  source.  The  clearest  spring  water 
will  soon  turn  green  from  exposure  to  the  sun  and  air, 
but  after  fermentation  settles  clear.  Do  not  place  the 
plants  in  a  newly  constructed  pond  or  basin  immediately 
after  it  is  finished,  as  the  caustic  property  of  the  cement 
will  injure  the  plants.  Let  the  water  stand  a  few  days, 
or  if  the  basin  is  small,  the  water  may  be  changed. 
Planting  of  the  hardy  varieties  may  be  done  in  April 
and  May,  according  to  the  latitude  and  earliness  or  late- 


1498.    Nymphaeas  in  an  effective  and  natural  setting. 


plants  admirably.  Artificial  ponds  are  usually  con- 
structed in  a  conspicuous  spot,  where  everything  is 
required  to  be  well  kept.  In  such  situations  it  is  neces- 
sary occasionally  to  take  off  some  dead  leaves,  or  cut  a 
few  choice  flowers,  and  if  they  cannot  be  reached  from 
the  edge  of  the  pond,  the  attendant  must  wade  in  after 
them.  The  result  is  that  the  water,  which  should  always 
be  clear,  is  muddy,  and  when  it  settles  there  is  a  muddy 
deposit  on  the  leaves  that  makes  them  very  unsightly. 
Moreover,  this  treading  in  the  soft  soil  breaks  numer- 
ous roots.  To  avoid  these  and  other  attendant  evils 
place  the  soil  in  boxes  from  3-4  feet  square,  and  1 
foot  deep,  and  in  these  plant  one  single  plant  of  the 
vigorous  and  moderate  growers,  allowing  ample  space 
between  the  boxes.  One  plant  of  any  tropical  Water 
Lily  grown  in  such  a  box  will  require  from  50  to  100 
square  feet  of  water  surface,  as  will  also  the  strong  va- 
rieties of  hardy  Nymphaeas,  since  these  may  remain 
two  years  undisturbed,  although  some  of  these  are  best 
replanted  every  season. 

70 


ness  of  season.  The  conditions  should  be  conducive  to 
active  growth  at  once.  Tropical  Nymphaeas  should  not 
be  planted  until  there  is  evidence  that  summer  has 
come.  Hardy  Nymphaeas  may  be  planted  during  spring 
and  summer;  late  planting  is  better  than  deferring  till 
next  spring,  as  the  plants  tinder  such  conditions  will 
get  established  before  autumn  closes,  and  the  plants 
will  start  naturally  in  spring,  receiving  no  check. 

The  above  method  of  construction  and  cultivation  is  to 
be  commended,  but  other  methods  are  adopted  with  a 
fair  amount  of  success,  but  with  attendant  evils  which 
are  discouraging  and  at  times  very  annoying  and  costly. 
Tanks  or  artificial  ponds  may  be  constructed  with 
cement,  digging  the  pond  the  desired  size,  having  slop- 
ing sides  and  afterward  lining  the  same  with  concrete 
and  finishing  with  a  facing  of  cement.  However,  such  a 
pond  will  not  stand  the  effects  of  hard  freezing  weather 
even  if  protected ;  and  what  is  worse,  the  new  or  freshly 
removed  soil  will  settle  during  the  season,  and  the  pond 
is  very  apt  to  spring  a-leak.  Some  morning  the  pond  is 


1104 


NYMPILS5A 


NY31PH.EA 


likely  to  be  found  empty  of  water  just  as  the  plants  are 
showing  their  first  flowers. 

Another  method  of  construction  which  is  better  than 
the  preceding  is  to  line  the  pond  with  well-tampered 
clay,  from  4-6  in.  thick,  afterward  covering  with  2  in.  of 
sand.  Such  a  pond  can  be  made  water-tight,  but  the 
sides  will  wash  and  repairs  are  needed;  the  water  is 
muddy  and  the  plants  are  dirty  and  anything  but  a 
thing  of  beauty  and  a  joy  forever. 

There  are  yet  the  advocates  for  tub  culture.  Yes, 
plants  will  grow  in  tubs,  and  as  soon  as  the  plant-food 
is  exhausted,  which  is  often  at  an  early  date,  the  plants 
exist  awhile  and  then  draw  out  a  miserable,  exhausted 
and  discouraging  career. 

Fountain  basins  are  often  made  the  receptacles  for 
Nymphseas.  There  they  may  be  grown  if  the  right  con- 
ditions are  accorded  them,  but  there  must  not  be  a 
stream  or  spray  of  cold  water  running  all  the  time,  as 
the  water  can  readily  be  made  cold,  chilling  the  plants 
and  checking  their  growth. 

-Enemies.— Nymphaeas  have  insect  pests  like  other 
cultivated  plants.  Aphides  are  sometimes  troublesome. 
The  best  remedy  is  their  natural  enemy,  the  "lady  bugs" 
or  "lady  birds."  A  colony  of  these  voracious  insects 
makes  short  work  of  the  aphides,  as  do  also  the  lace- 
winged  flies.  An  insect  of  recent  acquaintance  with 
Nymphseas  is  a  leaf -miner,  the  larva  of  a  small  fly, 
which  cuts  channels  through  the  leaf  in  all  directions. 
Sometimes  only  a  few  of  these  are  in  evidence,  at  other 
times  the  leaves  are  fairly  alive  with  them.  The  trouble 
is  easily  detected.  The  marks  suggest  Japanese  writing 
or  the  efforts  of  youthful  artists.  A  simple  and  effec- 
tive remedy  is  kerosene  emulsion,  applied  with  a  fine 
spray  at  evening  after  the  flowers  are  closed.  Another 
troublesome  insect  has  its  home  in  Florida,  and  has 
come  north  to  spend  the  summer  in  a  favored  clime. 
This  is  a  leaf -cutter,  Hydrocampa  proprialis.  The 
larva  cuts  out  pieces  of  the  leaf  and  hides  between  two 
pieces,  which  makes  a  kind  of  tent.  In  this  tent  the 
larva  moves  about.  At.  first  it  moves  slowly,  but  as  it 
nears  maturity  the  larva  becomes  ravenous  and  then 
eats  the  surface  of  the  leaves  near  the  center,  and  cuts 
off  much  larger  pieces  of  the  leaf  for  camping-out  pur- 
poses. The  best  remedy  for  this  pest  is  a  lamp  trap  for 
the  mature  insect.  Frogs  and  dragon-flies  will  catch 
numbers  of  them. 

Nymphseas  are  also  subject  to  a  fungous  disease,  a 
leaf -spot  which  is  easily  discerned  after  a  spell  of  warm, 
humid  weather.  After  such  a  spell  of  weather,  followed 
by  bright  sunshine,the  leaves  are  scorched  and  crumpled, 
and  as  a  result,  the  plant  is  sadly  crippled  by  being 
denuded  of  its  foliage;  new  leaves  are  weak  and 
smaller,  and  so  too  are  the  flowers,  if  indeed  there  are 
any.  This  disease  must  be  checked  at  once  or  the  plants 
will  be  severely  set  back,  if  not  ruined.  The  only  rem- 
edy is  Bordeaux  mixture,  or  any  of  the  various  mixtures 
with  sulfate  of  copper  as  the  basis.  Use  a  fine  spray, 
and  dilute  the  mixture  to  half  the  strength  recommended 
for  most  plants.  It  is  best  to  spray  twice  with  a  weak 
solution  rather  than  to  spray  once  with  too  strong  a  so- 
lution and  to  damage  the  foliage.  WM.  THICKER. 

WATER-LILIES  IN  CALIFORNIA.  — The  culture  of  Nym- 
phaea  in  California  presents  fewer  difficulties  than  in  the 
eastern  states.  The  varieties  which  are  hardy  in  the 
East  flourish  equally  well  and  bloom  for  a  longer  period. 
In  f restless  localities,  especially  where  the  lemon  tree 
is  free  from  injury,  such  tender  varieties  as  Nymphcea 
Devoniensis,  JV.  dentata  and  N".  Zanzibariensis  may  be 
left  in  the  open  pond  during  winter.  In  colder  locali- 
ties the  tubers  should  be  removed  to  warmer  quarters 
in  November  to  remain  until  spring.  If  a  greenhouse 
is  not  available,  a  small  pool  built  in  such  a  manner 
that  it  can  be  covered  with  hotbed  sash  will  afford 
suitable  protection.  Very  little  room  is  needed  for  these 
when  they  are  dormant.  The  manner  of  cultivating 
both  the  hardy  and  tender  varieties  is  much  the  same  in 
California  as  in  the  eastern  states.  For  growing  a  small 
collection  a  pool  8  or  10  feet  across  may  be  made  by 
excavating  2  or  3  feet,  making  the  walls  of  concrete, 
brick  or  stone,  and  covering  the  bottom  with  concrete. 
The  best  quality  of  cement  should  be  used  for  all  the 
work.  An  overflow  pipe  should  be  put  in  and  so  ar- 
ranged that  the  pool  may  be  emptied  when  occasion 


requires.  Basins  20  or  30  feet  in  diameter,  or  even 
larger  than  this,  are  desirable  for  growing  a  good  col- 
lection. In  a  small  pool,  wooden  boxes  10  inches  deep 
and  18  inches  to  2  feet  square  may  be  used  to  hold  soil 
for  the  plants.  In  a  large  basin  some  of  the  boxes  may 
be  3  or  4  feet  square.  While  most  aquatics  will  flower 
freely  in  contracted  quarters,  they  will  attain  greater 
perfection  and  produce  much  larger  flowers  if  they  have 
abundance  of  room  both  for  the  roots  and  the  leaves. 

The  majority  of  these  plants  are  gross  feeders,  and  it 
is  well-nigh  impossible  to  make  the  soil  too  rich  for 
them.  It  is  not  necessary  to  go  to  a  swamp  or  natural 
pond  to  obtain  what  is  suitable.  Any  soil  which  will 
grow  good  vegetables  will,  if  properly  enriched,  grow 
Water-lilies.  A  compost,  consisting  of  two-thirds  good 
soil  and  one-third  thoroughly  decayed  cow  or  stable 
manure,  with  a  sprinkling  of  bone  meal,  is  recom- 
mended. A  dark  friable  loam,  which  is  intermediate 
between  « adobe  "  and  sandy  loam,  is  desirable  for  this 
purpose.  The  tenderest  varieties,  such  as  N.  Devoni- 
ensis and  ^V.  dentata,,  will  flower  for  a  long  period  with- 
out any  forcing;  but  if  started  into  growth  in  March  in 
a  greenhouse  or  hotbed  and  planted  in  the  pond  in  May, 
there  will  be  a  great  gain  in  the  length  of  the  flowering 
season.  The  soil  for  the  tender  varieties  should  be 
renewed  every  year,  and  that  for  the  hardy  ones  every 
two  years. 

If  aphides  or  the  worm  known  as  the  leaf-roller  make 
their  appearance  the  leaves  should  be  sprayed  with 
kerosene  emulsion  very  much  diluted,  using  1  part 
emulsion  to  15  of  water.  If  large  ponds  or  lakes  with  a 
natural  earth  bottom  are  used  for  growing  Water-lilies, 
care  must  be  taken  that  noxious  weeds  do  not  get  a 
foothold.  Cat-tails  (Typha  lati folia)  and  "tules"  or 
bulrushes  are  troublesome  if  not  destroyed  when  they 
first  make  their  appearance.  In  California  the  number 
of  tropical  and  subtropical  trees,  shrubs  and  plants 
which  may  be  planted  out  permanently  is  very  great. 
Palms,  both  fan-leaved  and  feathery,  giant  bamboos, 
Musas,  Strelitzias,  Papyrus,  giant  grasses,  Fatsia  and 
Caladiums  are  among  the  things  which  can  be  used  to 
ornament  the  surroundings  of  the  water-garden. 

EDMUND  D.  STURTEVANT. 

THE  GENUS  NYMPH^A  divides  itself  readily  into  2 
main  divisions,  which  again  are  subdivided  into  6 
groups,  according  to  Caspary  (Ann.  Mus.  Lugd.-Bat.  2, 
p.  240  ff. ;  Engler-Prantl.  Pflanzenf amilien  3,  2,  p.  7  ff. ) : 

Section  I.  Syncarpous  Nymphceas,  i.  e.,  carpels  en- 
tirely fused  together.  (Symphytopleura,  Gasp.) 

Subgenus  I.  LOTOS.  Sepals  prominently  veined:  a 
space  between  the  insertion  of  the  petals  and  stamens: 
stamens  broad,  flat,  rounded  at  apex:  carpellary  styles 
linear:  Ivs.  sharply  dentate :  rhizome  ovate,  stolonifer- 
ous.  — Tender  night-bloomers:  fls.  red  or  white  on  strong 
scapes  3-12  in.  above  the  water,  opening  on  4  successive 
nights.  Two  or  3  species  in  S.  Europe  and  Asia  and  N. 
and  Central  Africa. 

Subgenus  II.  HYDROCALLIS.  Sepals  not  evidently 
nerved:  carpellary  styles  long,  club-shaped:  petals  in 
alternating  circles  of  4:  stamens  much  as  in  CASTALIA, 
all  opening  about  the  same  time:  rhizome  ovate,  stolon  - 
iferous.  — Tender  night  -  bloomers :  fls.  creamy  white. 
About  9  species  in  tropical  America. 

Subgenus  III.  XANTHANTHA.  Sepals  not  evidently 
nerved:  plant  spreading  rapidly  by  runners  (except  in 
hybrids):  fls.  yellow  throughout;  stamens  as  in  CAS- 
TALIA: rhizome  short,  erect.— Day-bloomers,  half-hardy. 
Two  species  in  S.  North  America. 

Subgenus  IV.  CASTALIA.  Sepals  not  evidently 
nerved:  carpellary  styles  flat,  not  clavate:  outer  sta- 
mens petaloid,  becoming  narrower  inward :  inmost  sta- 
mens first  to  ripen,  their  filaments  short,  narrower  or  but 
slightly  wider  than  the  anthers:  rhizome  horizontal 
(except  in  N.  tetragona),  with  no  bark  or  other  protec- 
tion against  drought.— Hardy  day -bloomers :  fls.  white, 
pink  or  red.  Mostly  natives  of  temperate  climates. 
About  6  species  in  Europe,  N.  Asia,  and  America. 

Section  II.  Apocarpous  Nymphceas,  i.  e.,  carpels  free 
at  the  sides,  united  at  their  edges  to  the  central  column 
of  the  fl.  and  at  their  backs  to  the  receptacle.  — Outermost 
stamens  ripening  first,  inmost  last  :  rhizome  ovate, 
stoloniferous.  — Tender  day -bloomers  :  fls.  on  strong 


NYMPH.EA 


NYMPH^A 


1105 


scapes  4-12  or  14  in.  above  the  water.  (Li/t<>/>!>  urn, 
('asp.) 

Subgenus  V.  BRACHYCERAS.  Outermost  stamens  witli 
an  appendage  above  the  anther:  carpellary  styles  short, 
triangular:  fls.  white,  blue  or  pink. —About  12  species 
in  the  tropics  all  round  the  world. 

Submenus  VI.  ANECPHYA.  Stamens  all  slender,  half 
as  long  as  the  petals,  almost  without  any  appendage: 
carpellary  styles  wanting:  fls.  blue,  rosy  or  white.  One 
species  in  Australia. 

INDEX. 


advena,  see  Nuphar. 

flavescens,  31. 

plena,  45. 

alba,  48. 

Froebelii,  50. 

pubescens,  3. 

albida,  52. 

fulva,  63. 

pulcherrima,  78. 

Amazonum,  25. 

Geo.  Huster,  13. 

pygmcea,  32. 

ampla,  25,  80. 
Andreana,  65. 

gigaiitea,  37,  93. 
(Tladstoniana,  53. 

reniformis,  43. 
Richardsonii,  45. 

Arnoldiana,  19. 

gloriosa,  68. 

Robinsoni,  62. 

Astraea,  92. 

gracilis,  83. 

Robinsoniana,  62. 

Aurora,  66. 

grandiflora,  14. 

rosacea,  41. 

azurea,  90. 

Greyae,  87. 

rosea,  11,  36,  46,  56, 

biradiata,  47. 

helvola,  30. 

91,  92. 

blanda,  24,  26,  43. 

ignea,  72. 

"  rubicunda,  23. 

Boucheana,  16. 

James  Gurney,  69. 

rubra,  10,  17,  36. 

caerulea,  76,  81,  84. 

Jubilee,  4. 

rubra-punctata,  73. 

Candida,  47. 

Kalmiana,  see  Nu- 

Rudgeana, 24. 

candidissima,  51. 

phar. 

sanguinea,  74. 

Capensis,  81,  88. 

Kewensis,  21. 

scutifolia,  76,  81. 

earnea,  54. 

Ljelia,  8. 

Seignoreti,  64. 

Carolinensis,  38. 

Laydekeri,  57-60. 

semiaperta,  47. 

Caroliniana,  38. 

Lotus,  1. 

Smithiana,  5. 

chromatella,  31. 

Lueiana,  39. 

spkcerocarpa,  49. 

colorans,  8. 

lucida,  61. 

stellata,  76,  79. 

Columbiana,  12. 

Marliacea,  31,  52-74. 

Sturtevantii,  22. 

Deaniana,  7. 

Mauvii,  86. 

sulphurea,  29. 

delicatissima,  6. 

maxima,  44. 

superba,  38. 

dentata,  2. 

Mexicana,  27. 

tetragona,  32. 

Devoniensis,  15. 

micrantha,  77. 

thermalis,  1. 

Diana,  14. 

minor,  35. 

tuberosa,  43. 

Eastonensis,  9,  82. 

Mrs  .  C  .  W.  Ward  ,  85. 

Union,  35. 

edulis,  1. 

Niobe,  20. 

versicolor,  79. 

elegans,  75. 

nitida,  33. 

Wm.  Doogue,  55. 

Ellisiana,  67. 

odorata,  34. 

Wm.  Falconer,  70. 

exquisita,  40. 

O'Marana,  18. 

Wm.  Stone,  84. 

flammea,  71. 

Ortgiesiana,  2,  17. 

Zanzibariensis,  89. 

flava,  28. 

Parkeriana,  42. 

SECTION  I.     SYNCARPOUS  NYMPH^EAS. 

SUBGENUS  I.    LOTOS. 
A.    Fls.  white  or  light  pink. 

1.  Lotus.  Linn.  (iY.  edulis,  DC.   N.  thermalis,  DC.,  ot 
the  hot  springs  of  Hungary).    WHITE  LOTUS.   Fig.  1499. 
Lvs.  orbicular,  dark  green  above,  under  surface  brown- 
ish, smooth  or  slightly  pubescent;  diam.  12  to  20  in.: 
fls.  white,  the  broad  outer  petals  suffused  pink,  5  to  10 
in.  across,  open  7:30  p.  M.  to  11  A.  M.  ;  sepals  pure  green; 
petals  concave,  19  or  20;  stamens  96-103,  yellow;  anthers 
shorter  than  the  filaments.     Egypt.     B.M.   797.     F.S. 
7:706-7. 

2.  Var.  dentata,   Schumacher  &  Thonning  (N.  Ort- 
(jiesidna,  Planch.).    Lvs.  glabrous  or  somewhat  puberu- 
lent  beneath :  fls.  pure  white,  8  to  10  in.  across,  open  until 
1  P.M.  ;  petal  narrower  than  in  the  type,  ovate,  opening 
out  horizontal ;  anthers  longer  than  the  filaments.    Cen- 
tral Africa,  Sierra  Leone.     B.M.  4257  (as  JV.  dentata). 
F.S.  6:627-8. 

3.  Var.   pub6scens,  Willd.     Lvs.   densely    pubescent 
beneath:  fls.  white;  outer  petals  tinged  pink.    India. 

GARDEN  VARIETIES  OP  NYMPH^EA  LOTUS. 

N.  Lotus  and  varieties  seed  freely,  and  are  valuable  seed- 
parents  for  hybrids,  of  which  the  following  may  best  be  classed 
here:  4.  Jubilee,  with  fls.  delicate  pinkish  white:  lys.  blotched 
with  brown.crumpled  at  margin.  Distributed  by  Henry  A.Dreer, 
Riverton,  N.  J.,  in  1899.— 5.  Smithiana  (N.  Lotus  X  N.  Lotus 
var.  dentata).  A  shade  more  pink  than 4:  petals  broadly  ovate : 
Ivs.  plain  dark  green,  lying  flat  at  margin.  Distributed  by  W. 
Tricker  from  Clifton,  N.  J.,  in  1893.— 6.  C.  delicatissima  (N. 
Lotus  var.  dentata  X  N.  rubra).  Light  pink  ;  a  shade  darker 
than  5  :  Ivs.  slightly  bronzy,  a  little  crumpled  at  margin.  Dis- 
tributed by  W.  Tricker  from  Clifton,  N.  J.,  in  1894.— 7.  Dean- 
iana. Hybrid  same  as  6.  Pure  light  pink;  darker  than  6: 
sepals  deep  rose  pink ;  petals  broadly  ovate ;  stamens  red:  Ivs. 
dark  green,  scarcely  bronzy,  much  crumpled  at  margin.  Sent 
out  by  W.  Tricker,  from  Clifton.  N.  J.,  in  1894.-8.  Lcelia  (N. 
Columbiana  X  N.  Smithiana).  White  or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  bright 
green,  Var.  colorans,  smaller  than  type:  fls.  shaded  pink:  Ivs. 


with  open  sinus.    Orighiiitcd  witli  ().  Ames   N   Easton    M-tss 
1900.-9.  Eastoni'.mix    (N.  <>  Marana  X  N.  Sffitthittllft)'.      Lvs' 
dark     green,  bronzy  when    young ;    sinus    wide :    fls.   white 
Originated  with  O.  Ames,  N.  Easton,  Mass.,  1900. 

A  A.    Flowers  red. 

10.  rubra,  Roxbg.     Lvs.  orbiculate,   reddish   brown, 
bronzy,  becoming  greenish,  pubescent  beneath,  12  to  18 
in.  across  :    tts.  deep  purplish  red,  6  to  10  in.  across, 
open  3  or  4  nights  from  8  p.  M.  to  11  A.  M.  ;  sepals  dull 
purplish   red,  7-nerved,  never  opening  more  than  10° 
above  horizontal ;    petals  12-20,  narrowly  oval,  rounded 
at   apex  ;     stamens   about  55,    cinnabar-red,   becoming 
brownish.    India.   B.M.  1280.    F.S.  6:629.  — Only  distin- 
guishable from  iV.  Lotus,  var.  pubescens,  by  color  of  fls. 
The  two  run  into  each  other  and  may  not  be  specifically 
distinct. 

11.  Var.  rosea,  Sims.   Lvs.  bronzy  green,  blotched  with 
brown :  fls.  large,  magenta  to  dark  red,  open  from  8  p.  M. 
to  10:30  A.  M. ;    petals    narrow,   pointed;    stamen   tips 
orange-brown.    India.    B.M.  1364. 

GARDEN  VARIETIES  OF  NYMPILEA  RUBRA. 
FIRST  GROUP. 

12.  Columbiana,  with  deep   red   fls.,  darker  than  the  type, 
of  medium  size  (6  in.  across) :  foliage  dark  bronzy  red.  Chance 
seedling  from  N.  rubra.    Sent  out  by  W.  Tricker  from  Clifton, 
N.  J.,  in  1894.— 13.  George  Huster.   Fls.  deep  red,  8-10  in.  across, 
closing  about  11  A.M.:    Ivs.  bronzy  green.    Sent  out  by  Henry 
A.  Dreer  from  Riverton,  N.  J.  in  1899.— 14.    Diana  (N.  Sturt- 
evantii  X  Amazonum) .  Intense  magenta  shaded  with  crimson ,- 
Ivs.  deep  olive-brown,  sinus  open.  A.G.  21,  p.  517.   Var.  grandi- 
flbra  is  larger  and  deeper  in  color.    Originated  with  O.  Ames, 
N.  Easton,  Mass.,  1900. 

SECOND   GROUP. 

15.  Devoniensis,  Hook.  Fig.  1500.  Lvs.dark  bronzy  green.mod- 
erately  peltate,  lying  flat  on  the  water,  18  in.  across;  under  sur- 
face greenish  brown,  puberulent:  fls.  pure  red,  10-12  in.  across, 
open  from  8  P.  M.  to  1  P.  M.  of  next  day;  petals  ovate,  4  or  5  in. 
long  by  l%in.  wide.  B.M.  4665.  The  first  hybrid  of  note  (if 
hybrid  at  all) ;  said  to  be  N.  Lotus  X  N.  rubra,  raised  at  Chats- 
worth,  Eng.,  in  1851.  A  universal  favorite.— 16.  JBoucheana. 
Very  near  15;  hybrid(?),  of  same  parentage;  color  of  fls.  a 
little  lighter.  F.S.  10:1033-4.— 17.  Ortgiesiano-rubra.  Much 
like  15:  fls.  dark  red.  F.S.  8:775-6. 


1499.   Nymphaea  Lotus. 

Redrawn  from  the  old  figure  in  Botanical  Magazine  (1804),  show- 
ing an  historical  picture  of  the  true  white  Egyptian  Lotus. 

THIRD   GROUP. 

18.  O'Marana.  Lvs.  bronzy  green,  margin  occasionally 
crumpled:  fls.  10-12  in.  across,  open  from  7:30  P.  M.  to  1  or  2 
p.  M.  of  next  day;  sepals  reflexed  when  fully  open;  petals  pink- 
ish red,  with  a  nearly  white  streak  up  the  middle:  stamens 
orange.  N.  Lotus  X  N.  Sturtevantii,  sent  out  by  P.  Bisset, 
Washington,  D.C.,  about  1894.— 19.  Arnoldiana.  Much  smaller 
than  18:  Ivs.  somewhat  crumpled:  petals  crumpled.  N.  Lotus 
var.  dentata  XN.  rubra,  by  G.  W.  Oliver,  Washington,  D.  C.— 

20.  Niobe   (N.  rubra X ).     Bright  carmine  pink:    Ivs. 

undulate  and  dentate  margined,  dark  green  above,  sinus  open. 
Originated  with  O.  Ames,  N.  Easton,  Mass.,  1900. 


1106 


NYMPHJEA 


ftYMPH^EA 


AAA.    Fls.  pure  pink. 
GARDEN  HYBRIDS  OF  N.  LOTUS  AND  N.  KUBRA. 

21.  Kewensis,  Hook.  f.   Lvs.  orbicular,  dark  green  with  a  few 
brown  patches,  slightly  bronzy,  lying  nearly  flat  on  the  water, 
rather  broadly  peltate:  fls.  6  to  8  in.  across,  light  pink;  petals 
broadly  ovate;  sepals  light  brownish  green.   N.  Lotus,  var  den- 
tata  X  N.  Devoniensis,  raised  at  Kew  in  1885.   B.M.  6988.   Said 
to  have  died  out,  but  a  plant  of  that  name  and  description  is 
still  found  in  American  gardens. 

22.  Sturtevdntii,  Hort.  Lvs.  light  bronzy  green,  rather  broadly 
peltate,  much  crumpled  at  margin:  fls.  8-12  in.  across,  quite  dou- 
ble, pure  pink  to  bright  red,  closing  about  11 : 30  A.  M. ;  petals  very 
broad,  concave,  incurved  ;  stamens  incurved,  tips  light  brown- 
ish orange.   G.F.  7:355.    A  huge  massive  flower  ;  varies  greatly 
in  color  of  leaf  and  bloom,  according  to  culture.    Chance  seed- 
ling from  N.  Devoniensis,  raised  in  1884  by  E.  D.  Sturtevant 
at  Bordentown,  N.  J.— 23.  rubicunda,  Ames  (N.  Sturtevantii  X 
N.  Lotus).    Deep  rich  pink:  Ivs.  dark  green.    Originated  with 
O.  Ames,  N.  Easton,  Mass.,  1900. 

SUBGENUS  II.     HYDROCALLIS. 

24.  Kudgeana,  G.  F.  W.  Meyer  (2V.  bldnda,  Planch., 
not  of  gardens).     Lvs.  elliptic  to  suborbicular,  18  in. 
long,  margin  coarsely  and  irregularly  sinuate-dentate : 
fls.  3-6  in.  across,  imperfectly  open  2  or  3  nights  from 
twilight  until  dawn.    Usually  only  the  sepals  and  4,  8  or 
12  outer  petals  open,  the  remaining  parts  forming  a 
closed   ovoid   bud;    occasionally   a   slight   aperture   is 
formed  by  drawing  apart  of  the  tip  of  the  bud,  which 
occurs  before  midnight.    Petals  usually  16-20;  stamens 
43-83.    Trop.  Amer.    Flora  Erasiliensis  77,  pi.  32,  34,  35, 
38.   Not  in  cultivation  here. 

25.  Amazdnum,  Mart.  &  Zucc.  (2V.  dmpla,  of  Ameri- 
can gardens).    Lvs.  ovate,  entire;  lobes  rounded ;  upper 
and  lower  surfaces  spotted  brownish  or  blackish,  under 
surface  reddish  brown ;  petiole  with  a  ring  of  long  hairs 
at  the  point  of  joining  the  leaf:  fls.  3-6  in.  across,  im- 
perfectly open  1  or  2  nights ;  the  bud  opens  about  half 
and  closes  again  between  3  and  6  A.M.  the  first  night; 
the  second  night  the  sepals  and  outer  row  of  petals  open 
about  7  P.  M.,  the  .other  parts   remaining   as  a   tight, 
white  bud  until  3.30  A.  M.,  when  the  fl.  opens  fully  from 
4.30  to  5  A.  M.,  then  closes  by  6.30  A.  M.  and  draws  down 
into  the  water ;    petals   usually    20  ;    stamens   93-297. 
Tropical  America.    Fl.  Brasil.  77,  pi.  35.    B.M.  4823. 

26.  blanda,  G.  F.  W.  Meyer  (not  of  American  gardens) . 
Lvs.  small,  membranous,    entire,  suborbicular  ;    lobes 
slightly  produced,  sub  acuminate  and   subhastate  :    fls. 
4  in.  across  ;    habits  of  opening  unknown  ;    petals  16; 


1500.   Nymphsea  Devoniensis  (X  1-20).    No.  15. 

stamens  about  65.    Central  and  S.  Amer.,  in  the  tropics. 
Fl.  Brasil.  77,  pi.  36.— Not  in  cultivation. 

SUBGENUS  III.   XANTHANTHA  (and  hybrids). 

A.  Spreading  by  runners  (type  species). 
27.  Mexicana,  Zucc.  Floating  Ivs.  ovate,  margin  ob- 
scurely and  finely  sinuate,  dark  green  above,  beauti- 
fully blotched  with  brown ;  under  surface  dark  crimson- 
brown,  with  small  blackish  dots,  when  crowded  the  Ivs. 
rise  3-5  in.  above  the  water,  are  orbicular,  cup-shaped 
by  overlapping  of  the  straight  sinus-margins,  entire, 
3-5  in.  across,  dark  green  and  shining  above,  under 
surface  bright  green,  with  fine  purplish  brown  mot- 
tlings:  fls.  4  in.  across,  raised  4-5  in.  above  the  water, 
bright  canary  yellow,  open  from  11  A.  M.  to  4  p.  M. ;  pet- 
als 23,  grading  in  size  and  shape  insensibly  into  the 


stamens,  which  are  about  50,  light  golden-yellow;  rhi- 
zome erect,  tuber-like,  discoid,  plane  beneath,  3-5  in.  in 
diam. ;  runners  terete,  %  in.  thick,  white,  rooting  at  the 
tip  and  sending  \ip  Ivs.;  the  young  plant  flowers  in  a 
few  weeks  and  again  sends  ovit  runners.  Mexico. 

28.  flava,  Leitiier.    Like  27,  but  more  slender,  weaker 
grower,  less  free  bloomer,  fls.  paler  yellow.     Probably 
only  a  variety.     Florida,  in  St.  John's  and  Miami  rivers. 
B.M.  6917. -Hardy  as  far  north  as  New  York,  "in  2  ft. 
of  water,  covered  with  boards  and  a  few  leaves ; "   Ge- 
rard, in  G.F. 

AA.     Without  runners  (hybrids). 

29.  odoratd,  var.  sulphured.    Lvs.  all  floating,  4-6  in.  across, 
like  N.  odorata,  but  blotched  with  brown:  fls.  light  yellow,  4-5 
in.  across,  borne  2-4  in.  above  the  water ;    open  during  the 
morning.   One  of  Marliac's  hybrids,  doubtless  N.  odorata  X  N. 
flava.   Hardy.   Shown  in  Paris  in  1889. 

30.  tetragona,  var.  helvbla  (N.  pygmaea,  var.  helvola,  Marliac) . 
Lvs.  floating,  oval,  3-4  in.  across,  similar  in  shape  to  those  of 
N.  tetragona,  blotched  all  over  with  brown:  fls.  floating,  small, 
yellow,  2  in.  across,  open  during  the  afternoon.    Hybrid,  prob- 
ably N.  tetragona  X  N.  Mexicana.     Hardy.   Introduced    into 
America  about  1892. 

31.  Marlidcea,  var.  chromatella  (N.  tuberosa,  var.  flavescens 
of  Kew.=N.  Marliacea) .  Floating  Ivs.  orbicular,  much  blotched 
with  brown,  3-8  in.  across;  when  crowded  the  Ivs.  rise  as  much 
as  8  in.  above  the  water,  are  dark  green  above,  lighter  beneath; 
petioles  sometimes  with  longitudinal  brown  stripes;  fls.  bright 
yellow,  3-6  in.  across;  petals  numerous,  broad,  concave:  sta- 
mens deep  yellow.    Hybrid,  raised  by  Marliac ;    probably  N. 
Mexicana  X    N.   tuberosa    (or    alba).     Strong    grower,    free 
bloomer;  a  general  favorite.    Flowered  in  this  country  in  1889. 

SUBGENUS  IV.  CASTALIA. 
A.    Rhizome  erect :  fls.  pure  white. 

32.  tetragona,  Georg.  (N.pygmcea,  Ait.).   Lvs.  horse- 
shoe shape,  entire,  the    lobes  diverging,  slightly  pro- 
duced   and    subacute,   dark    green    above,  inclined    to 
brown  blotching,  reddish  beneath,  3  to  4  in.  across :    fls. 
l%-2^  in.  across,  open  on  3  or  4  days  from  noon  until 
5  P.  M.  ;  base  of  fl.  square;  petals  13-17;  stamens  about 
40,  yellow.    E.  Siberia,  China  and  Japan  ;    also  in  N. 
Idaho,  U.  S.,  and  Ontario,  Canada.     B.M.  1525. -The 
smallest  of  the  genus  ;    free  bloomer;  makes  no  side 
shoots  from  the  single  crown,  but  grows  readily  from 
seed.    Seed  next  to  the  largest  of  the  genus. 

33.  nftida,  Sims.    Lvs.  entire,  suborbicular;  lobes  ob- 
tuse: fls.  white,  cup-shaped:  tender.    Described  in  B.M. 

1359  without  habitat,  and  never  positively 
identified  since. 

AA.    Rhizome  horizontal  or,  if  not, 

fls.  pink  or  red. 

B.    Lvs.  scattered  loosely  on  the  rhizome. 
— -  _      34.  odorata,  Ait.  SWEET-SCENTED  WATER- 
LILY.    Lvs.  nearly  orbknilar,  entire,  some- 
what coriaceous,  dark  green  above,  pur- 
plish  red    when    young ;    under   surface 
deep  red  to  reddish  green  or  almost  pure 
green;    diam.  5-10  in.;    lobes  usually  di- 
verging, but  often  touching   or   slightly 
overlapping;    petioles  greenish  or  brown- 
ish: fls.  (in  the  type)  white,  3-5  in.  across, 
open  three  days  from  6  A.  M.  till  12  M. ;  se- 
pals  green,   tinged  with  reddish  brown; 
petals   23-32,   ovate   to  lance-ovate  ;    sta- 
mens  55-113,  yellow;  outer  filaments  broad,  white,  peta- 
loid;  seed  medium  sized.    Eastern  U.  S.,  common.    B. 
M.  819  (small).— Varies  greatly  in  size  and  color,  ap- 
proaching 2V.  tuberosa. 

35.  Var.  minor,  Sims  ( 2V.  Union).  Lvs.  deep  red  beneath 
(or  green  when  aerial) :  lobes  diverging;  diam.  2-5  in.  ; 
fls.  white,  234-334 in.  across;    sepals   strongly  purple, 
colored ;    petals    17-24  ;     stamens    37-78.      Sometimes 
growing  where  water  recedes  entirely  in  summer ;  usu  - 
ally  in  shallow  water.    Same  range  as  type ;  often  a  shy 
bloomer.    B.M.  1652. 

36.  Var.  rosea,  Pursh  (var.  rubra ) .    CAPE  COD  WATER- 
LILY  or  POND-LILY.    Lvs.  dark  reddish  on  both  sides  when 
young,  becoming  green  above:  fls.  pink,  fading  on  the 
successive  days  of  opening,  4  in.  across.    Southeastern 
Massachusetts.    B.M.  6708  (too  pale). 


NYMPH^A 


NYMPH-ffiA 


1107 


37.  Var.   gigantea,  Hort.      RICE-FIELD  WATER-LILY. 
Lvs.  large,  12-10  in.  across,  green  beneath,  at  times  tinged 
purplish  toward  margin;  edge  often  turned  up;  petioles 
green:    fls.  4-7  in.  across,  pure  white;    sepals   green; 
petals    24-31;    stamens  69-120.     Del.  to    Fla.  and   La. 
Approaches  N.  tnberosa. 

GARDEN  VARIETIES  OF  THE  N.  ODORATA  TYPE. 

38.  Carolinidna,  Hort.  (var.  Carolinensis  =  var.  superba=N. 
tuberosa,  var.  superba).   Lvs.  entire,  12  in.  across,  sinus  barely 
closed;    green  above,  red  beneath:    fls.  fragrant,  7  in.- across; 
petals  narrow,  abundant   (42?),  delicate    rosy  pink:  rhizome 
stout.    A  robust  plant,  raised  by  Dr.  Bahnsen.     Salem,  N.C., 
about  1890.    Probably  N.  pdorata,  var.  rosea  X  N.  tuberosa.— 39. 
lAtciana,  Hook.   Like  38  in  habit,  etc.,  fls.  rosy  pink.— 40.  exqui- 
slta,  Marliac.  Lvs.  green  above,  intense  red  beneath:  fls.  large, 
rosy  carmine,  darkest  of  this  group;  very  near  to  36.    Intro- 
duced about  1890.— 41.  rosdcea,  Marliac.  Fls.  salmon  pink,  more 
delicate  in  tint  than  36.   Int.  by  Marliac  in  1891. 

42.  Parkeriana,  Lehm.     Habit  and  foliage  of  34:  fls. 
large,  pure  white  with  bright  yellow  stamens  and  16-20- 
rayed    stigma;    petals    broader   and    shorter   than   34. 
Guiana. 

43.  tuberdsa,  Paine(iV.rem7oVmis,Walt. 
(Gray)  iV.  blanda  of  gardens?).  Fig.  1501. 
Distinguished  from  No.  34  chiefly  by  the 
numerous  slenderly  attached  and  spontane 
ously  separating  tubers,  1-3   in.  long  on 
the    rhizome.      Lvs.    when   floating   less 
coriaceous  than   in   34,   and   more   veiny 
above;  petioles  marked  with  longitudinal 
brown   stripes  ;    no   purple   or   red  color 
about  Ivs.  or   sepals:    fls.  4-9  in.  across, 
pure  white,  open  three  or  four  days  from 
8  A.  M.  to  1  P.  M. ;  petals  broad,  concave: 
seeds  the  largest  of  the  genus.    North  cen- 
tral U.  S.    G.  F.  1:366,  367;    6:416  (good). 
B.M.  6536  (poor).     A   luxuriant   grower; 
when  crowded  or  in  shallow  water  the  Ivs. 
and    fls.    rise   4-6   in.    above   the   water; 
spreads  rapidly  by  tubers.     Moderate  bloomer. 

44.  Var.  maxima  (N. odorata, v&r.  maxima  of  gardens ) . 
A  form  with   round  Ivs.  and  closed    sinus,  the   lobes 
curved  out  at  apex  to  a  short  point;  petioles  pubescent, 
with  long  hairs,  with  a  few  faint  longitudinal  brown 
stripes:    fls.  medium  to   large,  pure  white,   somewhat 
cup-shaped.     Lake  Hopatkong,  N.  J.     Rather   smaller 
than  the  type !    Possibly  a  natural  hybrid  of  N.  tuberosa 
and  odorata. 

GARDEN  VARIETIES  OF  N.  TUBEROSA. 

45.  Hichardsonii,  Tricker  (=var.  plena) .  Fls.  very  double,  pure 
•white,  standing  well  above  the  water;  sepals  and  outer  petals 
drooping.    Int.  by  Geo.  Richardson  of  Lordstown,  Ohio,  about 
1894.— 46.  rbsea,  Hort.    Fls.  pink,  standing  above  the  water, 
Probably  N.  tuberosa  X  N.  odorata,  var.  rosea. 

BB.    Lvs.  crowded  on  the  rhizome. 

47.  Candida,  Presl.  (N.  biradiata,  Sommerauer.    N. 
semiaptrta,  Klinggraef).    Similar  to  48.    Angles  of  at- 
tachment of  sepals  projecting;  all  the  filaments  broader 
than  the  anthers :  fr.  ovoid ;  seed  large.    Forms  sterile 
hybrids  with  48.    Central  and  northern  Europe. 

48.  alba,  Linn.   Lvs.  roundish,  entire,  floating,  4-12  in. 
across,  red  when  very  young:  rhizome  black:  fls.  white 
(in  the  type),  4-5  in.  across,  open  from  7  A.  M.  to  4  p.  M. ; 
petals  broad,  ovate,  somewhat  concave;    angles  of  at- 
tachment of  sepals  rounded;  filaments  of   inmost  sta- 
mens  not   wider  than   the   anthers:    fr.  more  or  less 
spherical;  seed  small.    Eu.,  Siberia.— A  robust  species. 

49.  Var.  rdsea,  Mast.  (IT.  alba, var. rubra=N.  alba,v&r. 
sphcerocdrpa=N .  alba,  var.  Cdsparii).      Outer   petals 
rosy,  intermediate  ones  intensely  rosy,  inmost  petals 
with  the  filaments  and  processes  of  carpels  deep  red- 
brown;  variable  in  purity  of  color.    Fagertarn,  Sweden; 
rare.    B.M.  6736  (stamens  poor).    R.H.  1879: 230. -Diffi- 
cult to  manage  in  this  country. 

50.  Var.  Frcebelii,  Hort.    A  dark-fld.  form  of  49;  also 
hard  to  succeed  with  in  this  country. 

51.  Var.  candidissima, Hort.  (N.candidtssima^Hort.). 
Lvs.  orbicular;  lobes  strongly  curved,  overlapping;  yel- 
lowish when  very  young:  rhizome  brownish,  sometimes 
3  in.  through :  fls.  large,  pure  white,  sterile.    The  first  to 


bloom  in  spring,  continuing  until  frost;    very  robust. 
Most  desirable  white  variety. 

GARDEN  VARIETIES  AND  HYBRIDS  OF  N.  ALBA  AND  OF 

N.  ALBA,   VAR.  ROSEA. 

FIRST  GROUP. 

52.  Marlidcea,  var.  dlbida.  Fl.  large,  dazzling  white;  petals 
narrow,  numerous  ;  stamens  with  a  tendency  to  be  flushed 
pink.  Int.  about  1889.  Gn.  52:1147,  p.  444.— 53.  Gladstonidna 
Tricker,  is  much  like  52,  larger  and  of  more  open  growth  Int. 
by  Geo.  Richardson,  Lordstown,  Ohio,  in  1898. 


1501. 

Nymphaea  tuberosa. 
(X%.)    No.  43. 


54.  Marlidcea,  var.  cdrnea,  like  52  except  in  color,  which  is  a 
soft  flesh  pink,  deepening  toward  the  base  of  the  petals;  fra- 
grance of  vanilla.  Int.  about  1889.  55.  Wm.  Doogue,  like  54, 
but  of  more  open  growth:  petals  evenly  colored,  broader  and 
more  concave.  Int.  by  Henry  A.  Dreer  in  1899. 

56.  Marlidcea,  var.  rosea.    Fls.  large,  deep  rose  color;  young 
Ivs.  purplish  red,  changing  to  deep  green.    Int.  about  1889. 

SECOND    GROUP. 

57.  Ldydekeri,  var.  rosea  (N.  Laydekeri),  with  a  thick  erect 
rootstock,  forming  no  offsets:  fls.  small,  rosy  pink,  changing  to 
purplish,  opening  about  11  A.  M.    Int.  by  Marliac  about  1893; 
probably  N.  tetragona  X  N.  alba,  var.  rosea.— 58.  Ldydekeri 
lildcea  (N.  liliacea  =  N.lilacina),  color  soft  rosy  lilac,  with  yel- 
low stamens;  odor  of  a  tea  rose:   Ivs.  with  occasional  dark 
blotches.    Int.  in  U.  S.  in  1895. 

59.  Ldydekeri,  var.  fulgent.  Petals  concave,  crimson  pink: 
stamens  dark  red.  Very  brilliant.  Int.  in  1895.— 60.  Ldydekeri, 
purpurata  (N.  L.  purpurea).  Fl.  rosy  crimson ;  stamens  orange 
red.  Int.  in  1895. 

61.  Ifidda.     Fls.  large,  rosy  vermilion:    Ivs.  blotched  with 
reddish  brown.    Int.  by  Marliac  in  1895. 

62.  Robinsoni  (N.  Robinsoniana) .   Fls.  large,  floating;  a  yel- 
low ground  color,  overlaid  witn  purplish  red:    Ivs.  blotched. 
May  be  N.  alba,  var.  rosea  X  N.  Mexicana.    Marliac  hybrid,  in- 
troduced into  U.  S.  in  1895.     Gn.  52:1147. 

63.  fulva  closely  resembles  62:  Ivs.  spotted  brown  above,  red 
beneath.  Int.  by  Marliac  in  1895. 

64.  Seignoreti.    Fls.  delicate  yellow  shaded  with  rose  and 
carmine;   borne  about  6  in.  above  the  water:    Ivs.  mottled. 
Probably  N.  alba,  var.  rosea  X  N.  Mexicana.    Int.  by  Marliac 
about  1897. 


1108 


NTMPH^EA 


NYMPHJCA 


65.  Andredna.   Outer  petals  dull,  whitish  at  apex,  red  below; 
inner    petals   dull   dark    red  :    stamens   bright    orange:    Ivs. 
blotched;    lobes  overlapping.     Shows    blood  of  N.  Mexieana. 
Int.  by  Marliac  about  1897. 

66.  Aurora.   Fls.  rose-yellow  on  first  day,  becoming  deep  red 
on  the  third;  general  effect  orange:  sinus  of  leaf  open.  Int.  by 
Marliac  about  1897. 

67.  Ellisiana.   Fls.  brilliant  carmine  purple.   Int.  about  1897. 
68.  gloriosa.     Very  dark  red;  much  like  67.    Int.  in  1899.   69. 
James  Gurney.     Fls.  5-6  in.  across,  dark  rose  color.     70.   Win. 
Falconer.   Fls.  6-7  in.  across,  bright  garnet  color.    (Nos.  69  and 


1502.   Nymphsea  gracilis  (X  1-12).     No.  83. 

70  resemble  67).  Int.  by  Henry  A.  Dreer  in  1899.  71.  Marlidcea, 
var.  fldmmea  (N.  flammea).  Very  similar  to  67.  Int.  in  1895. 
72.  Marlidcea,  var.  ignea  (N.  ignea).  Similar  to  67.  Int.  in 
1895.  73.  Marliacea,  var.  rubra-punctata.  Fls.  deep  rosy  pur- 
ple, spotted  carmine.  Int  about  1897.  74.  Sanguinea.  Similar 
to  73.  Int.  by  Marliac  in  1898. 

SECTION  II.    APOCARPOUS  NYMPILEAS. 
SUBGENUS  V.     BBACHYCERAS. 

A.    Lvs.  entire  or  slightly  wavy  at  base. 

75.  elegans,  Hook.    Lvs.  narrowly  peltate,  orbicular  to 
ovate,   margin  entire  or  with  5  or  6   small   scattered 
teeth;  under  surface  dark  purple;  diam.  7  in.:  fls.  pale 
violet,  3-6  in.  across,  open  three  days  from  8  A.  M.  to  1 
P.M.;  buds  ovate;  sepals  marked  with  black  lines  and 
dots;  petals  ovate,  obtuse,  12-20;  stamens  stout,  about 
75,  yellow;    appendage    a  mere  tip;    filaments   broad. 
Mex.  B.M.  4604. 

76.  caerulea,  Savigny  (N.  stellata,  Caspary.   N.  scuti- 
folia  of  gardens).    BLUE  LOTUS  OP  EGYPT.     Lvs.  nar- 
rowly peltate,  oval,  entire  or  slightly  sinuate  at  base; 
under  surface  green  with  dark  purple  blotches,  purplish 
at  margin,  12-16  in.  across:  fls.  3-6  in.  across,  open  three 
days  from  7:30  A.  M.  to  12  M.  ;    buds    conical  ;    sepals 
thickly  marked  with  black  lines  and  dots ;  petals  14-20, 
lanceolate,  acute,  light  blue  above,  lower  half  dull  white ; 
stamens  50-70;  outer  filaments  broad,  yellow  :    appen- 
dage long  (three-sixteenths  in.  on  outer  stamens),  pale 
blue.    Egypt,  northern  and  central  Africa.    Ann.  Mus. 
Paris,  vol.  1  (1802), p.  366c.p.    F.S.  7:653.-Free  grower 
and  bloomer  but  not  showy. 

77.  micrantha,  Guillemin  &  Perottet.     Lvs.  elliptic, 
entire    in   apical  half,  rest  of   margin   sinuate;    sinus 
deep;  lobes  spreading,  much  produced  and  acuminated, 
bearing  bulbs  which  produce  new  plants  at  the  top  of 
the   petiole!     Under  side   of   leaf   green,  tinged  with 
purplish  brown  and  minutely  dotted:  fls.  small,  white, 
3-5   in.  across;    calyx  pale   green,    unspotted;    petals 
lanceolate  and  very  acute.    West  coast  of  Africa.     B.M. 
4535.  — Not  yet  introduced  into  America. 

AA.    Lvs.  distinctly  or  deeply  sinuate. 
B.    Sepals  spotted  with  blackish  dots  and  lines. 

78.  pulcherrima,  Tricker.    Lvs.  somewhat  peltate,  or- 
bicular-ovate, strongly  sinuate,  angle  of   lobes   acumi- 
nate; under  surface  green,  densely  blotched  with  pur- 
plish black;  margin  purplish  red;  diam.  16  in. :  fls.  light 
blue,  10-12  in.  across:  buds  sharply  conical;  petals  22, 
lance-ovate,  whitish  at  base;  stamens  about  140,  appen- 
daged;  filaments  yellow,  outer  ones  broad;  appendage 


and  back  of  outer  anthers  blue.  Probably  N.  Capensis 
x  N.  ccerulea.  Raised  by  W.  Tricker. 

79.  stellata,  Willd.  (including  N.  versicolor,  Roxbg. 
B.M.  1189).  BLUE  LOTUS  OP  INDIA.  Lvs.  elliptic-orbieu- 
late,  rather  broadly  peltate;  margin  irregularly  repand- 
dentate;  lobes  hardly  produced;  green  above;  deep  blue- 
violet  beneath:  fl.  3-7  in.  across,  pale  blue  (rarely  pink 
or  white),  open  three  days  from  8  A,  M.  to  2  p.  M. ;  buds 
ovate;  sepals  with  niimite  blackish  dots;  petals  11-14, 
dull  white  at  base;  stamens  33-54;  appendage  blue; 
anthers  and  filaments  pale  yellowish.  Southern  and 
eastern  Asia.  Andrews  Bot.  Rep.  5:330.  B.M.  2058. 

80.  ampla,  DC. (not  of  gardens).  Lvs.  narrowly 
peltate,    sub-orbicular,  sinuate  or  nearly  entire, 
with  small  black  spots  above  and  below,  6-15  in. 
across:    fls.  white,    diam.  3-8  in,;     sepals  cori- 
aceous, ovate-lanceolate,  acute;  petals 7-21,  lance- 
ovate  ;  stamens  30-190,  outmost  ones  much  longer 
than  inmost.     Texas,    south  to  the  West  Indies 
and  Brazil.    Fl.  Brasil,  77,  p.  129  pi.  28-30.    B.M. 
4469.  — Very  near  of  kin  to  iV.  gracilis. 

BB.    Sepals  without  blackish  markings. 

81.  Capensis,  Thunb.   (N.  scuti folia,  DC.     If. 
ccerulea  B.M.  552  and  American  gardens).    CAPE 
BLUE  WATER-LILY.    Lvs.  rather  narrowly  peltate, 
orbicular-ovate,  strongly  sinuate-dentate,  angle 
of  lobes  produced,  acuminate;    12-16  in.  across: 
fls.  rich  sky-blue,  6-8  in.  across:  open  four  days 
from  7  A.  M.  to  4  p.  M.  ;  buds  ovate;  sepals  pure 

green  outside,  whitish  within;  petals  20-30,  lower  third 
nearly  white,  narrowly  elliptic;  stamens  about  150  (97- 
221,  Casp.);  filaments  yellow,  outmost  ones  broad,  in- 
most filiform;  appendage  and  back  of  outer  anthers 
blue.  S.Africa.  Andr.  Bot.  Rep.  pi.  197.  P.S.  6:645.- 
A  very  desirable  species.  82.  Var.  Eastoniensis,  Ames 
(.ZV.  stellata,  var.  Eastoniensis).  Fls.  steel-blue;  pet- 
als broader  and  more  rounded  than  in  the  type,  rather 
larger:  Ivs.  longer,  oval,  more  deeply  toothed.  Seed- 
ling from  the  type,  raised  by  C.  Blomberg,  gardener 
to  O.  Ames,  N.  Easton,  Mass.,  in  1896.  G.F.  9:475. 

83.  gracilis,  Zucc.  Fig.  1502.  Lvs.  narrowly  peltate, 
deeply  and  irregularly  sinuate  or  nearly  entire,  subor- 
bicular;  angle  of  lobes  rounded;  under  surface  pure 
green  (or  suffused  purple  in  hybrids),  15-17  in.  across: 
fls.  white,  6-8  in.  across;  sepals  pure  green;  petals 
16-20,  acuminate;  stamens  about  60,  deep  yellow;  out- 
most filaments  short,  broad,  petaloid;  anthers  with  long 
yellowish  appendage.  Mexico. 


1503.   Nyssa  sylvatica  (X  %). 

Garden  forms  of  N.  gracilis  :  84.  Wm.  Stone  (and  var.  coeru- 
lea).  Habit  and  form  of  83:  fls.  large,  open  from  early  morning 
till  evening;  sepals  green  outside,  blue  within;  petals  dark 
blue,  with  a  purplish  cast;  stamens  very  numerous.  Doubtless 
a  hybrid  of  N.  gracilis  and  N.  Zanzibariensis.  Raised  by  W. 
Tricker,  Riverton,  N.  J..  1899.— 85.  Mrs.  C.  W.  Ward,  like  84, 
except  in  color.which  is  a  beautiful  pink.  A  charming  variety, 
exhibited  by  W.  Tricker,  in  1900.— 86.  Mauvii, «  fls.  delicate  pale 
mauve,  sweet  scented;"  seedling  raised  by  S.  Henshaw,  at  W 
Brighton,  N.  Y.,  about  1892.— 87.  Greyce,  a  form  of  83,  raised  by 
Benj.  Grey,  Maiden,  Mass.,  with  bhie  fls.  shading  to  white. 


NYMPH^A 

88.  Capensis  X  Zanzibariensis.    Lvs.  somewhat   pel- 
tare,  orbicular-ovate,  strongly  sinuate,  angle  of  lobes 
acuminate;  under  surface  dark  purple:  8-16  in.  across. 
Us.  rich  blue,  open  3-5  days,  from  9  A.  M.  to  4  or  5  p.  M., 
6-8  in.  across:  sepals  green  outside,  blue  within;  petals 
15-20,  narrow,  acute:  stamens  60-100:  appendage  blue. 

•Cult,  about  Phila.     Free  bloomer,  strong  grower. 

89,  Zanzibariensis,  Gasp.    Lvs.  somewhat  peltate,  or- 
bicular or  orbicular-ovate,  margin  closely  sinuate-den- 
tate; angle  of  lobes  hardly  pointed,  under  surface  more 
or  less  suffused  violet;  diam.  8-15  in. :  Us.  6-12  in.  across, 
open  three  to  five  days  from  11  A.  M.  to  5  P.  M. ;  sepals 
green    outside,    margins    purple,  deep    purplish    blue 
within;    petals   18-24,  oblong,  obtuse,  deep   blue;    sta- 
mens  136-242,  appendage   dark  blue;    back  of  anther 
dark  crimson-violet;    outer  filaments   obovate,  yellow. 
Zanzibar,    B.M.  6843  (as  N.  stellata,  var.  Zanzibarien- 
sis).. On.  25:431  (small).     90.  Var.  azurea,  light  blue, 
and  91,  var.  rosea,  pink,  are  otherwise   like  the  type, 
but  open  earlier  in  the  morning;    they  come  up  pro- 
miscuously from  seed  of  the  type  or  of  one  another. 

92.  Astraea,  Grey  (N.  gracilis  xN.  ZanzlbarUnsis}. 
Leaves  floating,  with  general  habit  of  a  strong-growing 
N.  gracilis,  green,  tinged  purple  beneath.     Fls.  stand- 
ing well  above  water,  stellate,  with  a  resemblance  to  2V. 
gracilis,  but  much  larger;  sepals  green,  shading  to  yel- 
low at    base,  the    inner   surface  bright    blue,  shading 
through  white  to  translucent  at  the  base;  petals  blue, 
shading  to  white  at  base,  usually  about  17  in  number; 
stamens   less  than  70,  linear-lanceolate,  yellow,  tipped 
with  blue-purple;  stigma  less  than  20-celled,  with  blunt- 
toothed,  yellow  apices.     Both  parents   hybridize  freely 
either  way,  but  the  hybrid  is  sterile.    Unites  the  Ameri- 
can (Mexican)   with  the  African    species.     Var.  rdsea, 
Grey,  is  like  the  preceding,  but  the  color  is  rose-pink 
instead  of  blue;  it  is  hybridized  with  2V.  Zanzibarien- 
sis rosea  instead  of  the  type. 

SUBGENUS  VI.    ANECPHYA. 

93.  gigantea,  Hook.    Lvs.  narrowly  peltate,  elliptic  or 
ovate,  margin  sinuate-dentate,  sinus  open;    under  sur- 
face brownish  pink,  becoming  purple;  18  in.  across:  fls. 
light  blue  to  violet  (rarely  rose  color  or  white),  open 
seven  days  from  9  A.  M.  to  6  p.  M. ;  diam.  6-12  in. ;    se- 
pals  pure  green;  petals  very  many,  dark  blue  at  tip, 
shading   to   nearly  white   at   base;    stamens   680-745; 
filaments    mostly    filiform  ;     anthers     bright    yellow. 
Australia.    B.M.  4647.    F.S.  7:751.  — The  most   delicate 
and  lovely,  and  withal  one  of  the  largest  of  the  genus. 

HENRY  S.  CONARD. 

NYSSA  (name  of  a  water  nymph  ;  these  trees  grow 
in  swamps).  Corndcece.  TUPELO.  PEPPERIDGE.  SOUR 
GUM.  Tupelos  are  bold  and  picturesque,  hardy  decidu- 
ous trees,  valued  for  the  flaming  scarlet  of  their  autumn 
foliage  and  for  the  distinctness  of  their  winter  aspect. 
They  grow  in  swamps  and  are  usually  40-60  feet  high, 
attaining  a  maximum  of  100  feet.  Old  specimens 
often  have  a  melancholy  appearance  by  reason  of  the 
drooping  habit  of  the  lower  limbs.  The  upper  branches 
of  a  Tupelo  are  often  twiggy,  crooked  or  "kinky."  The 
foliage  is  leathery,  and  as  glossy  as  if  varnished. 


NYSSA 


1109 


Tupelos  are  hard  to  transplant  from  the  wild,  even 
when  heavily  pruned,  because  they  have  remarkably 
long  roots  with  few  rootlets.  Nursery-grown  trees  that 
have  been  frequently  transplanted  are  preferable,  but 
seedlings  are  easily  raised.  Of  the  7  species,  2  are  na- 
tives of  eastern  Asia,  the  rest  of  North  America.  The 
only  species  offered  by  American  nurserymen  is  2V. 
sylvatica. 

Nyssas  are  trees  or  shrubs  with  petiolate,  usually  en- 
tire Ivs.  and  small  fls.  borne  in  short  racemes  or  dense 


1504.   Pepperidge— Nyssa  sylvatica. 

heads.  Unlike  the  Dogwoods  (Cornus),  they  belong  to 
a  group  in  which  the  fls.  are  unisexual,  instead  of  her- 
maphrodite. From  Aucuba  and  Garry  a  they  differ  in 
having  alternate  Ivs.  Nyssa  is  distinguished  from  its 
immediate  allies  by  the  following  characters:  petals 
of  the  male  fls.  none,  or  4  to  many,  imbricated;  stamens 
4  to  many:  ovary  1-celled;  style  1,  simple  or  2-parted. 

sylvatica,  Marsh.  (N.  multifldra,  Wang.).  TUPELO. 
PEPPERIDGE.  BLACK  GUM.  SOUR  GUM.  Figs.  1503-4. 
Lvs.  usually  entire,  obovate  or  oval,  mostly  acute  or 
acuminate,  2-4  in.  long:  staminate  fls.  in  compound 
heads ;  pistillates  larger,  2-14  together:  fr.  3-7 lines  long, 
nearly  black,  acid,  with  an  ovoid  stone,  little  flattened. 
Me.  and  Ont.  to  Mich.,  to  Fla.  and  Tex.  G.F.  3:491;  7:275. 
B.B.  2:547.  W.  M. 


o 


OAK.  Plate  XXI.  Strength,  solidity,  durability  are 
symbolized  in  the  Oak.  The  tree  is  connected  with  the 
traditions  of  the  race,  and  it  is  associated  with  litera- 
ture. It  is  a  tree  of  strong  individuality,  with  bold,  free 
growth  and  massive  framework.  Its  longevity  appeals 
to  every  person,  even  though  he  has  no  feeling  for 
trees.  It  connects  the  present  with  the  past.  It  spans 
the  centuries. 

This  feeling  that  the  Oak  represents  a  long  span  of 
years  is  itself  the  reason  why  we  should  consider  the 
tree  with  veneration  and  let  it  live  its  full  time;  and 
this  is  the  particular  lesson  which  the  writer  would  im- 
press. Spare  the  isolated 
Oak  trees !  Of  whatever 
kind  or  species,  a  mature 
Oak  is  beyond  price.  To 
allow  it  to  remain  be- 
speaks culture  and  kind- 
ly feeling. 

Many  species  of  Oak 
are  now  available  in  nur- 
series. There  are  per- 
haps 25  species  that  can 
be  relied  on  for  planting 
in  the  northeastern 
states,  and  there  are  par- 
ticular varieties  adapted 
to  almost  every  habitable 
part  of  North  America. 
The  planting  of  cheap, 
quick  -  growing  willows 
and  poplars  is  so  com- 
1505.  Variable  foliage  of  the  mon  that  one  almost  de- 
Oak.— Pin  Oak  type.  spairs  of  the  time  when 
such  strong  and  expres- 
sive trees  as  Oaks  shall  be  planted.  There  is  little  diffi- 
culty in  the  planting  of  Oaks  if  one  secures  nursery- 
grown  stock.  They  grow  more  slowly  than  some  other 
trees,  but  what  they  lack  in  rapidity  of  growth  they  make 
up  in  character  and  foliage  color.  If  quick  effects  are 
wanted,  some  fast-growing  tree  may  be  planted  with 
them,  to  be  removed  as  the  Oaks  need  the  space.  Some 
of  the  species  grow  nearly  or  quite  as  rapidly  as  hard 
maples,  when  young.  Other  species  are  mere  bushes 
and  make  an  excellent  border-mass  on  the  farther  side 
of  large  grounds.  Of  such  is  the  native  Scrub-Oak 
(Quercus  ilicifolia)  of  the  eastern  states.  The  native 
species  are  usually  the  best  for  any  region,  from  the 
fact  that  they  are  adapted  to  climate  and  soil ;  and 
then,  a  feeling  for  common  native  plants  is  an  indica- 
tion of  the  highest  appreciation  and  of  the  keenest  re- 
sponse to  the  conditions  in  which  one  lives. 
For  a  full  sketch  of  the  kinds  of  Oaks,  see  Quercus. 

L.  H.  B. 

Among  the  native  deciduous  trees  of  the  eastern 
United  States  no  kinds  are  more  useful  or  attractive, 
either  in  economic  value  or  for  ornamental  planting, 
than  the  various  species  of  Oaks.  Hardiness,  lon- 
gevity, beauty  of  foliage  and  fruit,  exemption  from  the 
injurious  attacks  of  disease  or  insect  pests,  and  beauty, 
strength  and  durability  of  the  lumber  are  among  their 
especially  valuable  characteristics.  The  family  of  Oaks 
is  a  large  one,  but  they  mix  and  vary  so  much  by 
natural  hybridization  and  geographical  variations  that 
their  botany  is  puzzling  to  all  but  the  most  astute 
scientific  students.  Casual  observers  and  amateur  bot- 
anists who  attempt  their  study  find  them  an  interesting 
but  difficult  family  to  identify.  A  sprig  from  a  tree 
which  is  probably  a  hybrid  between  the  willow  and  Pin 
Oaks,  Fig.  1505,  is  a  fair  sample  of  the  kind  of  variations 
which  are  frequent  in  Oak  forests.  Experienced  woods- 
men, who  are  quite  familiar  with  all  the  Oaks  in  their 
neighborhood,  find  that,  a  few  miles  from  home,  on  dif- 
ferent soil  and  elevation,  they  meet  with  varietal  differ- 
ences of  bark,  foliage,  fruit  and  general  appearance  of 


trees  which  they  can  scarcely  associate  with  the  species 
as  they  have  known  them. 

That  Oaks  have  been  esteemed  and  admired  from 
time  immemorial  is  evidenced  by  the  numerous  forms 
in  which  their  leaves  and  fruit  appear  in  all  kinds  of 
ornamentations  in  all  ages. 

Acorns  of  all  species  are  objects  of  interest,  but  the 
larger  forms,  especially  those  of  the  Fringed  or  Mossy- 
cup  Oak,  are  particularly  attractive. 

In  autumn  the  foliage  of  Oaks  remains  green  until 
many  other  trees  have  shed  their  leaves ;  then  they  as- 
sume rich  shades  of  red,  bronze  and  brown,  presenting 
a  splendor  of  ripening  foliage  less  brilliant  but  not  less 
beautiful  than  that  which,  a  few  weeks  before,  arrayed 
some  of  their  forest  companions  so  gorgeously. 

It  has  been  said  that  "Who  plants  Oaks,  plants  for 
posterity."  Too  often  this  has  been  interpreted  to  mean 
that  Oak  trees  grow  and  develop  so  slowly  that  a  planter 
may  not  reasonably  expect  to  realize  much  benefit  from 
his  own  plantings,  but  that  long  after  he  has  passed 
away  posterity  will  reap  the  harvest  which  he  has  sown. 
Judged  from  a  lumberman's  standpoint,  this  is  nearly 
correct.  The  Pin  Oak  and  some  other  species  are  ma- 
ture at  from  75  to  80  years  of  age,  and  seldom  live  more 
than  100  years,  but  the  White  Oaks  are  not  fit  for 
sawing  into  lumber  until  they  have  passed  125  years  of 
age,  and  most  of  the  large  valuable  trees  are  much  older 
than  this. 

The  White  Oak,  found  naturally  on  low  lands  and  clay 
soil,  is  unquestionably  the  patriarchal  aristocrat  among 
native  trees  of  the  eastern  U.  S.  While  it  is  a  sorrow- 
ful fact  that  nearly  all  the  tall  forest  Oaks  with  large 
trunks  have  fallen  before  the  march  of  human  progress, 
still  there  are  a  few  venerable  specimens  left,  with  very 
large,  spreading  heads,  bvit  whose  trunks  are  so  short 
as  to  have  little  commercial  value.  These  have  un- 
doubtedly stood  for  several  centuries,  and  are  still  in 
unimpaired  strength  and  vigor,  being  typical  speci- 
mens of  the  natural  development  of  their  species  when 
allowed  time  and  room  for  growth  in  open  clearings. 
One  notable  example  is  a  White  Oak  in  the  Friends' 
graveyard  in  the  city  of  Salem,  N.  J.  Its  trunk  is  19  ft. 
in  circumference  3  ft.  from  the  ground,  and  its  branches 
cover  an  area  118  ft.  in  diameter  north  and  south,  and 
105  ft.  east  and  west.  Another  specimen  in  North  Mt. 
Moriah  Cemetery,  in  Delaware  county,  Pa.,  in  the  sub- 
urbs of  Philadelphia,  measures  28  ft.  4  in.  in  circumfer- 
ence of  trunk  a  foot  above  ground,  and  22  ft.  4  in.  at  3 
ft.  above  ground,  the  branches  spreading  96  and  106  ft. 
in  diameter. 

A  few  years  ago  one  such  white  Oak  was  ruthlessly 
destroyed  near  South  Glastonbury,  Conn.,  by  its  vandal 
owner  for  the  value  of  the  fire-wood  it  contained.  These 
trees  were  no  doubt  well 
established  in  the  soil  be- 
fore Christopher  Columbus 
discovered  America.  Such 
specimens  are  now  so  scarce 
it  is  a  pity  that  they  cannot 
be  protected  by  law,  and 
unappreciative  owners  be 
taught  to  regard  such  vener- 
able trees  for  the  pleasure 
which  their  presence  affords 
to  an  intelligent  public,  if 
from  no  other  motive.  A 
fine  old  pasture  Oak  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1506. 

Considered  from  a  gar- 
dener's or  planter's  stand- 
point, the  Oaks  are  among 
the  most  valuable  of  our  na- 
tive trees.  An  idea  that  they  are  very  difficult  to  trans- 
plant and  slow  of  growth,  for  many  years  almost  barred 
them  from  cultivation,  but  experiments  made  within 
the  past  20  years  have  done  much  to  correct  this  popu- 


1506. 
Field-grown  white  Oak. 


(1110) 


It 


OF   THE 

I   UNIVERSITY    ) 


OAK 

lar  prejudice,  and  have  shown  that  by  using  good  trees 
and  by  giving  proper  subsequent  care  and  attention, 
Oaks  will  grow  as  easily  and  develop  as  rapidly  as 
many  other  species,  and  are  very  satisfactory.  A  Pin  Oak 
in  the  grounds  of  the  writer,  about  65  years  old,  is  more 
than  70  ft.  in  height,  60  ft.  in  spread  of  branches,  and 
11  ft.  in  circumference  of  trunk  3  ft.  from  the  ground. 
A  Swamp  White  Oak  in  the  same  lawn  is  about  50  years 
old,  and  is  50  ft.  in  height,  54  ft.  in  spread  of  branches 
and  7  ft.  in  circumference  of  trunk  3  ft.  from  ground. 
These  trees  are  growing  on  a  rich,  sandy  loam,  which 
is  well  drained  by  a  substratum  of  gravel  and  sand. 

A  notable  object  lesson  in  the  use  of  Oaks  in  orna- 
mental planting  is  found  in  Fairmount  Park,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.  After  the  close  of  the  Centennial  Exhibition 
which  was  held  there  in  1876,  the  buildings  were 
removed,  the  grounds  cleared,  and  from  1880  to  1884 
thousands  of  Oaks  were  planted  in  this  section;  a  ma- 
jority of  them  Pin  Oaks,  but  interspersed  with  them 
White,  Swamp  White,  Red,  Scarlet,  Black,  Chestnut, 
Willow,  Bur,  Shingle,  etc.,  as  well  as  maples,  ash,  lin- 
dens, elms,  poplars,  buttonwoods  and  some  others. 
These  Oaks  are  now  from  20  to  40  ft.  high,  and  from  2% 
to  3%  ft.  in  circumference  measured  at  3  ft.  above  the 
ground,  and  are  equal  or  superior  in  size  and  develop- 
ment to  most  of  the  other  trees,  which  were  planted  at 
the  same  time,  excepting  Carolina  poplar  and  button- 
wood.  These  trees  are  on  level  land  and  in  heavy  clay 
soil,  which  appears  to  be  a  favorite  condition  for  most 
of  the  larger  growing  species  of  Oaks.  Fig.  1507  may 
suggest  an  idea  of  the  remarkable  progress  and  devel- 
opment which  these  trees  have  made  in  from  16  to  20 
years.  There  are  few  trees  even  among  those  which  are 
considered  fast-growing  varieties  that  will  show  better 
measurements  or  more  symmetrical  developments  at 
the  same  age. 

If  seedling  Oaks  are  taken  up  when  one  or  at  most 
two  years  old,  transplanted  every  three  years,  and 
well  cultivated  on  good  land,  they  will  form  fine  trees, 
with  root  systems  which  can  be  moved  with  but  little 
risk  until  they  attain  considerable  size,  but  unless  they 
have  had  such  culture,  the  transplanting  of  any  but 
very  small  trees  is  usually  unsatisfactory.  Attempts  at 
moving  trees  which  have  stood  too  long  without  trans 
planting  or  which  have  grown  without  cultivation  have 
generally  resulted  in  failure,  and  such  experiences  have 
caused  the  prejudice  which  has  prevented  their  more 
general  use.  Under  favorable  circumstances  most  Oaks 
are  rapid  growers,  but  unless  conditions  are  favorable 
their  roots  do  not  become  readily  reestablished  in  the 
soil  after  transplanting,  and  for  this  reason  they  are 
often  slow  to  start  into  vigorous  growth.  For  this  rea- 
son judicious  nursing,  with  plenty  of  manure  and  water 
and  cultivation  of  the  soil,  will  be  abundantly  rewarded 
by  shortening  the  period  of  convalescence. 

While  many  soft-wooded  trees  transplant  more  readily 
than  Oaks  and  will  grow  more  rapidly  immediately 
after  transplanting,  still  the  Oaks  will  in  time  outgrow 
most  of  them,  and  will  be  in  their  prime  when  many  of 
the  companions  of  their  youth  are  declining  or  gone. 
The  best  Oaks  for  planting  in  the  northeastern  and 
middle  section  of  the  U.  S.  are  White,  Swamp  White, 
Mossy-cup,  Scarlet,  Pin,  Red,  Willow,  Laurel  or  Shin- 
gle and  Chestnut.  Of  these  the  Pin  is  at  present  the 
most  popular,  because  it  develops  quickly  a  thick,  com- 
pact head,  forming  a  beautiful  symmetrical  tree  while 
quite  young;  but  after  it  is  25  or  30  years  old  the  in- 
terior branches  of  this  dense  head  begin  to  die  and  a 
tangled  mass  of  dead  brush  soon  accumulates.  Unless 
this  is  removed  (and  it  is  not  an  easy  task),  it  gives 
the  tree  a  neglected  and  unsightly  appearance.  Other 
species  of  this  type  have  this  tendency  also.  The  White 
and  Chestnut  Oaks  and  their  allies  have  more  spread- 
ing branches,  are  more  open-headed,  and  are  not  sub- 
ject to  this  objectionable  characteristic,  but  they  con- 
tinue to  increase  in  size,  with  unimpaired  beauty  and 
symmetry  of  form,  for  centuries. 

Plate  XXI  shows  a  group  of  Oaks  familiar  to  many 
who  have  traveled  between  Philadelphia  and  New 
York  via  the  Pennsylvania  railroad.  The  trees  stand 
about  100  yards  north  of  the  railroad  track  in  a  field  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  east  of  a  small  station  called  Anda- 
lusia, 7  miles  west  of  Bristol.  The  large  tree  is  a  White 


OAKESIA 


1111 


Oak,  measxiring  15  ft.  in  circumference  3  ft.  from  the 
ground,  with  branches  spreading  78  ft.  in  diameter.  It 
is  a  typical  specimen  of  the  habit  of  this  tree  as  it 
grows  in  open  land.  The  middle  tree  is  a  Pin  Oak  prob- 
ably 50  or  60  years  old.  It  has  several  dead  branches 
and  is  evidently  declining.  The  next  tree  is  a  Willow  Oak. 
They  stand  in  heavy  clay  soil  on  rather  low  land,  but 
not  swampy.  There  are  numerous  fine  specimens  of 
Oaks  in  this  locality,  which  for  many  years  have  at- 
tracted the  attention  of  travelers.  The  Black  Jack  and 
Scrub  Oaks,  which  as  bushes  and  small  trees  cover 
large  areas  of  the  sandy  belt  stretching  along  the  At- 
lantic coast  from  Long  Island  to  Florida,  and  the  Rock 


1507.    Avenue  of  Pin  Oaks. 
Fairmount  Park,  Philadelphia,  planted  about  1884. 

Chestnut  and  other  species,  which  find  subsistence  on 
the  steep  and  rocky  hill-sides  of  the  eastern  states,  do 
not  often  attain  large  size.  Nevertheless  their  presence 
is  of  great  economic  value  in  covering  barren  wastes 
with  vegetation,  where  few  other  trees  can  find  enough 
to  support  life.  In  many  other  situations  these  dwarf 
Oaks  are  admirably  adapted  for  producing  desirable 
effects. 

The  "grand  old  Oaks  of  England " have  been  admired 
and  venerated  for  centuries,  but  in  this  country  the 
American  Oaks  are  far  superior  to  any  of  the  Euro- 

Sean  species,  as  they  develop  faster  and  are  more  en- 
uring.    Quercus  Hobur,  which  is  the  European  spe- 
cies most  commonly  planted  in  this  country,  appears  to 
be  short-lived  here,  usually  declining  before  it  reaches 
50  years  of  age. 

Everywhere  in  the  southern  states  the  Live-Oak  is 
popular  (Fig.  1508).  It  is  associated  with  every  old 
plantation.  It  is  the  characteristic  tree  of  the  country 
from  the  Carolinas  south  and  west. 

SAMUEL  C.  MOON. 

OAKfiSIA  (Wm.  Oakes,  New  England  botanist). 
Lili&cece.  A  genus  of  2  species  of  American  hardy  per- 
ennial herbs,  having  the  graceful  habit  of  such  choice 
wild  flowers  as  the  Solomon's  Seal  and  more  particularly 
the  common  bell-wort,  Uvularia  perfoliata.  In  moist 
woods  it  grows  about  a  foot  high  and  bears  one  or  few 
pendulous,  yellow,  6-parted  fls.  about  %  in.  long.  The  2 
kinds  can  be  transferred  from  the  woods.  O.  sessili- 
folia  is  also  offered  by  a  few  dealers  in  hardy  plants. 
It  prefers  a  rich  light  soil  in  a  rather  moist,  partially 
shaded  position,  and  improves  greatly  under  cultivation. 

The  Oakesias  can  be  easily  told  from  Uvularias  by 
their  leaves,  which  are  merely  sessile  instead  of  per- 
.  foliate,  i.  e.,  the  base  of  the  leaf  does  not  surround  the 
stem  as  it  does  in  Uvularia.  Oakesias  were  formerly 
placed  in  Uvularia,  but  in  1879  Watson  removed  them, 
largely  because  of  the  seeds,  which  are  brown  and 
nearly  spherical  in  both  groups,  but  in  Oakesia  they 
have  a  very  much  swollen,  spongy,  brown  ridge,  while 
in  Uvularia  they  are  covered  by  a  thin  white  aril  (an 
appendage  growing  from  near  the  point  where  the  seed 
is  attached  to  the  ovary) .  Other  generic  characters  are : 
fls.  few,  solitary  on  s'hort  pedicels  opposite  the  Ivs.; 
segments  without  callosities  :  capsule  membranous, 
elliptical,  acutish  at  each  end,  very  tardily  dehiscent: 
Ivs.  more  or  less  rough  on  the  margins. 


1112 


OAKESIA 


ODON  TOGLOSSUM 


sessilifolia,  Wats.  Stem  once  forked:  Ivs.  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acute  at  each  end  ;  margins  minutely  sca- 
brous: capsule  borne  on  a  distinct  stipe.  Canada  to  Fla. 
and  Ark.  B.M.  1402.  L.B.C.  13:1262.  G.W.F.  16.  D.  51. 
F.  W.  BARCLAY  and  W.  M. 

OAT.     Arena  safira. 

OBELISCAKIA.     See  Lepacliys. 


1508.    The  wide-spreading  Live  Oak  of  the  South. 
(See  Oak,  page  1111.) 

6CHNA  (old  Greek  name  for  a  wild  pear,  which  some 
of  these  plants  were  thought  to  resemble  in  foliage). 
Ochnacece.  O.  multiflora  is  a  cool  greenhouse  shrub 
cult,  by  a  few  fanciers  for  its  remarkable  appearance 
when  in  fruit.  The  fls.  are  yellow,  appear  in  spring, 
and  are  borne  to  the  number  of  10-15  in  racemes  ter- 
minating short  lateral  branches.  The  blossoms  are 
short-lived,  but  the  calyx  is  persistent.  Its  5  sepals  are 
greenish  in  flower,  but  become  a  bright  red  in  fruit.  The 
receptacle  increases  until  it  becomes  an  inch  or  so  thick, 
globular  and  bright  red.  Upon  it  are  borne  black  seed- 
like  bodies,  which  are  the  carpels.  The  red  and  black 
make  a  fine  contrast.  This  rare  plant  is  best  prop,  by 
cuttings  struck  in  autumn.  It  is  cult,  in  America,  but 
not  advertised. 

Ochna  is  a  genus  of  about  25  species  of  trees  and 
shrubs  from  tropical  Asia  and  Africa:  Ivs.  deciduous, 
alternate,  minutely  serrate,  leathery,  shining  :  fls.  yel- 
low, rarely  greenish,  jointed  to  the  pedicels;  sepals  5, 
colored,  imbricate,  persistent ;  petals  5-10 ;  stamens 
indefinite;  anthers  opening  longitudinally  or  by  pore- 
like  slits  :  ovary  deeply  3-10-lobed ;  lobes  1-celled, 
1-ovuled;  styles  connate;  drupes  3-10,  sessile. 

multifldra,  DC.  Glabrous  shrub,  4-5  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
oblong-elliptical  to  oblanceolate-oblong:  petals  sessile: 
anthers  as  long  as  the  filaments,  opening  longitudinally: 
sepals  in  fruit  about  4  lines  long.  Upper  Guinea. 

G.  W.  OLIVER  and  W.  M. 

OcJma  multiflora  is  a  remarkably  handsome  shrub 
for  conservatory  decoration.  It  is  usually  regarded  as 
a  stove  shrub,  but  has  done  well  with  us  in  a  green- 
house temperature  of  55°  (min.).  It  has  a  unique  effect, 
and  to  be  properly  appreciated  specimens  should  stand 
out.  The  drupelets  are  black,  making  a  striking  contrast 
with  the  enlarged  red  receptacle,  at  a  glance  reminding 
one  of  a  spindle  tree.  In  a  good  bottom  heat,  seeds  ger- 
minate in  a  month,  and  make  neat  little  plants  in  a 
year.  We  have  not  been  so  fortunate  with  cuttings. 
Unfortunately  for  us,  cat -birds  appropriated  all  the 
berries  as  soon  as  they  became  ripe.  They  entered 
through  the  open  spaces  in  the  annex  to  our  conserva- 
tory- T.  D.  HATFIELD. 

6CIMUM.     See  Basil. 

OGOTILLO.    Fouquieria  splendens. 

ODONTADfiNIA  (Greek,  toothed  glands).  Apocy- 
nacece.  Here  belongs  the  fine  tropical  yellow-fld. 
climber  sold  as  Dipladenia  Harrisii,  which  rivals  in 
beauty  the  well  known  greenhouse  Allamandas.  The 
fls.  are  fragrant,  about  3  in.  across,  funnel-shaped,  with 
5  rounded,  spreading  lobes,  and  are  more  or  less 
streaked  with  red  in  the  throat,  at  the  base  of  the  lobes, 
and  on  the  back  of  the  tube.  The  treatment  which  George 


Mo  William  has  given  Dipladenias  with  such  good  results 
(see  Dipladenia,  Vol.  I)  should  be  attempted  for  Odon- 
tadenia,  but  O.  speciosa  perhaps  grows  at  lower  alti- 
tudes, and  may  require  the  treatment  usually  given  to 
hothouse  vines.  All  Odontadenias  have  yellow  fls., 
while  Dipladenias  are  yellow  only  in  the  throat. 

Odoutadenia  is  a  genus  of  about  8  species  of  tall, 
shrubby,  tropical  American  climbers  :  Ivs.  opposite  : 
cymes  loose,  usually  ample,  rarely  few-fld.  and  scarcely 
branched :  calyx  5-parted,  the  lobes  remarkably  blunt  or 
rounded;  corolla-lobes  twisted  in  the  pointed  bud,  over- 
lapping to  the  right  and  twisted  to  the  left;  stamens 
fixed  at  the  top  of  the  narrow  part  of  the  tube.  The 
genus  is  distinguished  from  Dipladenia  by  the  shape  of 
the  calyx-lobes  and  by  the  cup-shaped  group  of  toothed 
glands  below  the  pistil. 

speciosa,  Benth.  (Dipladenia  Harrisii,  Hook.). 
Shrubby,  branched  climber:  largest  Ivs.  10-15  by  4-;~> 
in.,  oblong,  tapering,  scarcely  leathery,  feather-veined, 
often  purplish  beneath;  petioles  stout,  scarcely  1  in. 
long:  racemes  axillary  and  terminal;  pedicels  red,  of  ton 
1  in.  long,  curved  downwards :  corolla-tube  with  a  round- 
ish base  about  %  in.  long  and  thick,  then  suddenly  con- 
stricted, then  gradually  widening  into  a  funnel-shaped 
fl.  Brazil,  Guiana,  Trinidad.  B.M.  4825.  W-  M 

ODONTOGLOSSUM  (Greek,  tooth-tongue;  in  allusion 
to  the  crest  on  the  labellum).  Orchiddcece.  A  genus 
of  orchids  embracing  about  100  species,  natives  of  the 
higher  regions  of  the  Andes  from  Mexico  and  Guatemala 
to  Colombia  and  Bolivia.  On  account  of  their  hand- 
some flowers  these  plants  are  among  the  most  favorite 
orchids  of  cultivators.  O.  crispum  is  one  of  the  finest  of 
all  orchids. 

Plants  epiphytic,  with  short  rhizomes  and  2-lvd. 
pseudobulbs,  often  with  sheathing  leaves  at  the  base: 
fls.  in  few-  tomany-fld.  racemes  or  panicles  arising  from 
the  base  of  the  pseudobulb;  sepals  and  petals  spread- 
ing, free,  or  the  lateral  sepals  rarely  somewhat  united 
at  the  base;  base  of  the  labellum  ascending  parallel  to 
the  column  and  sometimes  adnate  to  the  latter;  lateral 
lobes  small,  often  erect;  middle  lobe  large,  spreading, 
variously  shaped ;  column  clavate,  narrowed  at  the  base, 
longer  than  in  Oncidium. 

This  genus  is  closely  related  to  Oncidium  and  Mil- 
tonia,  some  of  the  species  of  the  latter  being  generally 
cultivated  as  Odontoglossums.  These  two  genera  are 
easily  distinguished  from  Odontoglossum  by  the  label- 
lum, which  expands  directly  from  the  base  of  the  col- 
umn. There  is  perhaps  no  genus  of  orchids  in  which 
the  species  are  more  variable  and  more  closely  related 
than  in  Odontoglossum.  Numerous  varieties  connect 
the  species  by  intermediate  links,  and  the  occurrence  of 
many  natural  hybrids  makes  the  limitation  of  species  in 
this  genus  almost  impossible.  However  much  this  may 
add  to  the  perplexity  of  the  botanist,  it  gives  the  genus 
an  additional  horticultural  value  and  interest  resulting 
in  the  production  of  numerous  garden  hybrids  and  in 
the  selection  of  many  varieties,  one  species,  O.  crispum, 
having  over  a  hundred  named  kinds. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

Odontoglossums  follow  the  high  western  mountain 
ranges  from  southern  Mexico  to  southern  Peru,  and 
usually  grow  at  great  altitudes.  With  few  exceptions, 
they  are  found  in  extremely  moist  situations  where  the 
annual  rainfall  is  excessive  and  the  temperature  more 
or  less  even  and  cool  throughout  the  year. 

The  extreme  heat  of  our  summer  interferes  somewhat 
with  the  culture  of  Odontoglossums  in  America,  espe- 
cially those  of  the  O.  crispum  section,  and  it  is  neces- 
sary to  use  every  precaution  during  that  season  to 
insure  success. 

A  lean-to  or  half -span  roof  structure  of  northern  ex- 
posure, protected  by  a  brick  or  stone  wall  on  the  south 
side,  and  with  ample  means  of  ventilation,  is  best  suited 
to  Odontoglossum  culture.  Moreover,  it  should  be  pro- 
vided with  rolling  shades  elevated  on  framework  18  or 
20  in.  above  the  glass,  to  afford  abundance  of  light,  free 
access  of  air  and  requisite  shade,  with  the  additional 
assistance  of  keeping  down  the  temperature  in  summer. 
The  interior  is  best  fitted  with  solid  beds,  if  possible, 
but  benches  of  stone  flags  or  wood  covered  with  ashes 
or  gravel  an  inch  or  two  deep  will  answer  very  well. 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 


1113 


These,  with  the  floors,  should  be  hosed  down  two  or 
three  times  daily,  to  keep  the  house  as  cool  and  as 
moist  as  possible. 

Ventilation  is  highly  essential  at  all  times,  especially 
in  dull  or  wet  weather.  When  the  atmosphere  is  over- 
charged with  moisture,  the  quantity  must  be  governed 
by  outside  conditions.  Top  ventilation  is  most  satis- 
factory, because  it  allows  the  heated  air  to  escape,  gives 
less  direct  draft  on  the  plants,  and  does  not  have  the 
drying  effect  produced  by  side  currents. 

The  temperature  during  winter  should  never  rise 
above  65°  F.,  even  with  mild  sun  heat,  and  may  fall  to  48° 
or  50°  at  night,  or  even  lower,  without  injury;  during 
summer  it  must  be  kept  as  low  as  the  outside  tempera- 
ture will  admit.  Fire  heat  should  be  dispensed  with  as 
early  as  possible  in  spring. 

Odontoglossums  do  well  under  pot  culture,  excepting 
a  few,  such  as  O.  Jjondesboroughianum  and  O.  coro- 
')«()•(!<  Hi,  with  long  creeping  rhizomes;  O.  citrosmum, 
which  has  pendulous  flower-scapes,  and  some  of  the 
smaller  growing  species,  such  as  the  O.  IZossi  section, 
which  are  more  easily  cared  for  under  basket  culture. 

Repotting  should  be  attended  to  in  October  and  No- 
vember, never  during  the  summer  months.  Chopped 
fibrous  peat,  live  sphagnum  and  clean  decayed  leaves 
in  equal  quantity,  well  mixed  together,  afford  a  very 
satisfactory  compost.  About  one-half  of  the  pot  space 
should  be  devoted  to  drainage  of  charcoal  or  broken 
potsherds.  The  plants  should  be  firmly  potted,  leaving 
the  surface  slightly  convex,  thus  elevating  the  base  of 
the  plant  a  little  above  the  rim  of  the  pot  when  finished. 

The  O.  crispum  section,  which  includes  O.  Coradinei, 
O.  gloriosum,  O.  cirrhositm,  O.  luteo-purpureum,  O, 
Pescatorei,  and  kindred  species,  require  an  abundance 
of  water  at  all  seasons  ;  in  fact,  the  compost  should 
never  dry  out,  and  judicious  light  overhead  syringing 
once  a  day  is  beneficial  in  bright  weather,  but  on  very 
warm  days  it  should  be  applied  in  the  evening,  at  the 
same  time  allowing  free  ventilation  to  ensure  good 
atmospheric  action.  Weak  liquid  cow  mamire  during 
the  flowering  period  is  also  of  assistance. 

Species  of  the  O.  grande  section  do  not  require  as 
much  water  at  the  roots  as  the  O.  crispum  type  ;  the 
compost  should  be  allowed  to  dry  out  frequently.  They 
are  also  benefited  by  a  little  sun  during  winter. 

O.  citrosmum  is  an  exception  to  the  genus  as  regards 
temperature,  and  should  be  grown  10°  warmer.  It  does 
very  well  in  the  Cattleya  department,  enjoys  a  good 
supply  of  water  at  the  roots  at  all  seasons,  and  may  be 
easily  induced  to  flower  freely  by  giving  it  a  sunny  loca- 
tion during  winter. 

Very  few  of  the  species  can  be  satisfactorily  propa- 
gated by  division  ;  the  trade  depends  principally  on 
fresh  importation. 

Among  the  worst  enemies  of  Odontoglossums  are 
slugs  and  the  small  shell  snails.  They  destroy  the  ten- 
der flower-scapes,  often  attacking  them  even  in  the  leaf 
sheath.  A  piece  of  cotton  wrapped  about  the  base  of 
the  pseudobulb  will  afford  a  means  of  protection,  and 
many  may  be  caught  by  distributing  bits  of  apple, 
potato,  or  saucers  containing  dry  bran  freely  among  the 
plants.  Look  them  over  morning  and  evening  with  a 
lantern. 

For  other  cultural  notes  on  Odontoglossums,  see 
Orch.  Rev.  4:22.  ROBERT  M.  GREY. 

Cool  Odontog  loss  iimtt.  — T\\e  management  of  the  tropi- 
cal Odontoglossums  foxind  in  high  altitudes  is  one  of 
the  most  difficult  and  fascinating  problems  in  orchid 
culture.  Nearly  all  American  collections  of  them  have 
decreased  and  have  had  to  be  refreshed  from  the  tropics. 
The  collection  of  H.  H.  Hunnewell,  at  Wellesley,  Mass., 
has  long  been  noted,  although  it  has  decreased  in  the 
last  twelve  years.  The  undersigned  has  been  asked  to 
give  an  account  of  the  methods  by  which  F.  L.  Harris 
long  maintained  this  fine  collection  with  perhaps  less 
decrease  than  in  any  other  collection  in  the  country. 

The  great  problem,  of  course,  with  these  plants  is  to 
keep  them  cool  enough  in  summer.  The  difficulty  will 
probably  never  be  wholly  solved  until  the  advent  of 
artificial  refrigeration.  Shading  alone  is  insufficient. 
The  best  principle  to  take  advantage  of  is  the  coolness 
produced  by  the  rapid  and  excessive  evaporation  of 


water.  An  example  is  the  wet  rag  wrapped  around  a 
canteen  in  a  hot  desert,  which  keeps  the  drinking  water 
cool. 

How  to  produce  a  great  and  constant  evaporation  is, 
then,  the  particular  problem,  and  Mr.  Harris'  device 
was  an  exceedingly  ingenious  one.  Back  of  his  Odon- 
toglossum  house  he  had  a  brick  wall  covered  with  Eng- 
lish ivy,  and  he  had  water  dripping  over  the  whole  vine 
during  hot  weather.  This  gave  him  an  extraordinarily 
large  evaporating  surface. 

In  general,  it  may  be  pointed  out  that  the  conventional 
water  pan  gives  a  relatively  small  evaporating  surface. 
A  gravel  bed  yields  a  far  greater  evaporating  surface. 
As  an  illustration,  the  undersigned  would  cite  his  own 
experience  at  the  Buffalo  Botanic  Garden.  There  was 
a  house  built  for  Victoria  regia  and  other  tender  aquatics, 
which  was  unoccupied  during  winter.  An  attempt  was 
made  to  utilize  this  space  in  growing  palms.  The  water 
tank  was  boarded  over  for  the  palms,  but  the  water 
below  did  not  furnish  enough  atmospheric  moisture  for 
the  palms,  and  they  had  to  be  removed.  The  trouble 
was  that  the  water  in  the  big  tank,  being  colder  than  the 
air,  actually  acted  as  a  condenser.  The  next  winter  the 
tank  was  again  boarded  over,  but  the  water  in  the  tank 
was  drawn  off  and  the  floor  covered  with  a  6-inch  layer 
of  gravel.  The  results  were  entirely  satisfactory. 

J.  F.  COWELL. 

With  Odontoglossums  we  have  had  good  results  the 
past  season  by  using  what  we  call  the  Cookson  formula, 
recommended  by  Mr.  Norman  C.  Cookson  in  the  "Orchid 
Review "  for  May,  1899.  The  formula  is  as  follows  : 
Three  ounces  of  potassium  nitrate  and  2  ounces  of  am- 
monium phosphate,  dissolved  in  a  3-gallon  jar  of  soft 
water.  In  watering  any  orchids  when  making  their 
growth,  or  when  flowering,  1  ounce  of  the  solution  is 
added  to  each  gallon  of  water  used.  In  the  experience 
of  the  writer,  the  above  mixture  is  the  best  food  met 
with  for  cool  orchids.  In  time  it  will  probably  bring 
the  plants  into  such  a  vigorous  state  that  they  will  be 
able  to  stand  our  hot  summers  without  so  much  suffering. 

A.  J.  NEWELL. 
INDEX. 


album,  27,  40. 

facetum,  9. 

naevium,  30. 

Alexandrce,  34. 

Gouvilleanum,  34. 

nebulosum,  36. 

Andersonianum,  34. 

gloriosum,  13. 

Nevadense,  21. 

Anderson!,  39. 

grande,  3. 

nobile,  33. 

apiatum,  34. 
A  shworthianum  ,  34  . 

grandiflorum,  6. 
guttatum,  34,  36. 

odoratum,  14. 
Oerstedii,  38. 

aspersum,  10,  24. 

Hallii,  16. 

pardinum,  1. 

bellulum,  18. 

Harryanum,  19,  20. 

Pescatorei,  33. 

Bictoniense,  27. 

hastilabium,  28. 

pulchelluni,  41. 

Bluntii,  34. 

Hebraicum,  10. 

punctaturn,  40. 

brevifolium,  2. 

hystrix,  8. 

radiatum,  8. 

candidulum,  36. 

Insleayi,  4,  5. 

ramosissimum,  29. 

castaneum,  15. 

Krameri,  37. 

Reichenheimii,  17. 

Cervantesii,  39. 

Iseve,  17. 

rosellum,  40. 

cirrhosum,  31. 

latemaculatum,  14. 

roseum,  40. 

citrosmum,  40. 

Lehmannii,  34. 

Rossii,  43. 

constrictum,  15. 

leopardinum,  5. 

rubescens,  43. 

Coradinei,  6. 

Lindleyanum,  7. 

Ruckerianum,  32. 

cordatum,  26. 

Londesboroughian- 

Sanderianum,  22. 

coronttrium,  2. 

um,  1. 

sceptrum,  8. 

crispatum,  8. 

luteo-purpureum,  8. 

Schlieperianum,  4. 

crispum,  34. 

macranthum,  4. 

Schroederi,  34. 

cristatum,  25. 

maculatum,  11,  34. 

splendens,  5,  27. 

Dawsonianum,  44. 

Madrense,  35. 

super  bum,  6. 

Dayanmn,  25. 

majus,  39,  41,  43. 

Trianse,  34. 

decorum,  39. 

Marise,  34. 

tripudians,  19. 

Edwardi,  45. 

maxillare,  35,  36. 

triumphans,  23. 

Egertoni,  42. 

membranaceum,  39. 

Veitchianum,  33,  34. 

Ehrenberghii.,43,44. 

mirandum,  12. 

Wallisii,  18. 

SYNOPSIS  OF  SECTIONS. 

A.  Fls.  yellow,  variously  spotted 'icith  brown,  crimson, etc. 
Section  I.    Ground  color  of  the  labpllum  yellow. 

Species     1-14 

Section  II.     Ground  color  of  the  labellum  white, 
rarely  pale  yellow  or  changing  to  yellow.   Species  15-28 

AA.  Fls.  white,  sometimes  shaded  with  rose  or  cream, 
never  with   a    bright  yellow  or  greenish   yellow 
ground  color. 
Section  III.     Plants  not  dwarf:  fls.  numerous,  in 

branched  panicles  much  exceeding  the  Ivs 

Species  29-34 


1114 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 


Section  IV.  Plants  manifestly  of  dwarf  habit: 
fls.  few,  in  slender  racemes,  with  the  scape  (and 
often  the  whole  inflorescence)  shorter  than  the 
Ivs.,  rarely  exceeding  them Species  35-44 

AAA.  Fls.  dark  purple. 

Section  V.  Fls.  numerous,  small,  in  large, 
branched  panicles Species  45 


SECTION  I. 

A.  Labellum  reniform,  lar- 
ger than  the  rest  of  the 
flower 

A.  Labellum  oblong  or  fan- 

shaped,  shorter  than 
the  sepals:  apex 
rounded,  emarginate, 
or  acute:  margin  en- 
tire. 

B.  Apex  rounded  or  emar- 

ginate. 

c.  Sepals  sub-rotund 2. 

cc.  Sepals  oblong  to  lanceo- 
late. 
D.  Column    with    2    blunt 

auricles 3. 

4. 
DD.  Column  with  2  cirrhous 

teeth 5. 

BB.  Apex  acute 6. 

7. 

AAA.  Labellum  variously 
shaped,  fimbriately 
toothed,  and  having  a 

pectinate  crest 8. 

9. 

LAAA.  Labellum  triangular  or 
triangular  -  oblong, 

long -acuminate 10. 

11. 

AAAA.  Labellumlanceolate, cor- 
date or  hastate  at  base. 
B   Cohimn  with   rhomboid 

wings 12. 

BB.  Column  with  2  subulate 

awns  at  apex 13. 

14. 


1.  Londesboroughianum 


brevifolium 


grande 
Schlieperianum 

Insleayi 

Coradinei 

Lindleyanum 


luteo  -  purpureum 
Jacetum 


Hebraicum 
maculatum 


mirandum 

gloriosum 
odoratum 


1.  Londesboroughianum,     Reichb.   f.        Pseudobulbs 
roundish  ovate,  1-2-lvd.:    raceme  3-6  ft.  long,  bearing 
as  many  as  30  fls.:  sepals  oblong,  undulate,  apiculate; 
petals  obtuse,  apiculate,  wider;  both  light  yellow,  with 
many   abrupt,    narrow,    concentric     brown    markings: 
blade  of  the  labellum  extending  beyond  the  sepals,  over 
1  in.  across,  light  yellow,  with  few  brown  blotches  at 
base.     Autumn.      Mex.      I. H.  30:497.      Gn.  16,  p.  502. 
F.M.  1877:246.— A  distinct  plant  resembling  an  Oncid- 
ium.    Var.  pardinum,  Hort.     Lip  profusely  dotted  with 
brownish  crimson.     Gn.  16,  p.  503. 

2.  brevifdliutn,  Lindl.  (O.  corondrium,  Hort.).   Plants 
with  leathery,  ovate-oblong,   spreading  Ivs.  and   erect 
racemes,  about  1  ft.  high,  bearing  10-20  fls.  2-2%  in.  in 
diameter:    sepals    subrotund  -  unguiculate,    undulate: 
petals  similar,  smaller;  labellum  smaller  than  the  sepals, 
cuneate-emarginate,  yellow  in  front,  marked  about  the 
column  with  yellow  and  purple, with  a  3-toothed  tubercle 
on  the  base.    Colombia.     I. H.  21:170.     G.C.  II.  24: 177; 
111.18:489;  19:79.     G.M.  34:819;  38:127. 

3.  grande,  Lindl.    BABY  ORCHID.    Fig.  1509.    Pseudo- 
bulbs  2-lvd. :  Ivs.  broadly  lanceolate:  scape  few-fid., twice 
as  long  as  the  Ivs. :   sepals  lanceolate,  the  lateral  ones 
keeled,  yellow,  banded  with  rich  reddish  brown  spots; 
petals  oblong,  broader,  obtuse,   subundulate,  apex  yel- 
low; labellum  almost  rotund,  apex  slightly  emarginate, 
yellow,  banded   and    spotted   with   rusty  blotches,  and 
with   a   large-lobed    tubercle   on  the    claw.     Autumn. 
Guatemala.       B.M.  3955.       F.S.  1:24-26.       P.M.  8:49. 
Gn.  48,  p.  219;  51:1105.     G.C.  III.  17:41  (abnormal  fls.). 
—A  magnificent  species  with  half-drooping  racemes  a 
foot  long,  bearing  few  large,  brilliantly  colored  fls.  5-6 
in.  in  diameter.    Fig.  1509  is  redrawn  from  "The  Garden." 

4.  Schlieperianum,  Reichb.  f.  (O.  Insleayi,  var.  ma- 
crdnthum,  Lindl.).     Fls.  on  erect  racemes,  pale  yellow, 


blotched  and  barred  with  deeper  yellow  mostly  on  the 
lower  half  of  the  segments.  Autumn.  Costa  Rica. 
G.C.  1865:  1082;  II.  25:269.  F.S.  17,  p.  78. -Resembles 
a  small  pale  O.  grande,  but  fine  for  summer  flowering. 

5.  Insleayi,  Lindl.  ( Oncidium  Insleayi,  Barker) .   Lvs. 
leathery,  oblong,  shorter  than  the  raceme  :   fls.  3X-4  in. 
across,  yellow,  spotted  with   brown,  borne   in  a  stiff, 
erect  raceme;  sepals  and  petals  oblong,  undulate,  nearly 
equal  ;    labellum   shorter,  ovate,  retuse,  sagittate  and 
tuberculate  at  base,  orange-yellow,  spotted  with  reddish 
brown.     Oct.-Dec.      Mex.     F.S.  1:49.     Gt.  39,  p.  474.— 
Free-flowering.    Resembles  O.  grande.    Var.  splendens, 
Reichb.  f.     Fls.  larger,  labellum  and  segments  clouded 
with  brown,  yellow  only  at  the  tip.     Gn.  25:428.     G.C. 
11.25:305.     Var.  leopardinum,  Hort.     A  highly  colored 
form.    Segments  pale  yellow,  heavily  barred  with  chest- 
nut-brown.   R.B.  14:61. 

6.  Coradinei,  Reichb.  f.  (O.  Lindleyanum,  Reichb.  f. 
and  Warsz.x  O,  crispum,  Lindl.).     A  supposed  natural 
hybrid  with  the  habit  of  O.  crispum.     Raceme  arching, 
few-fld. :  fls.  stellate,  3  in.  across,  dark  sulfur  color,  with 
few  chestnut-brown  spots;  sepals   and   petals   oblong, 
acuminate,  undulate  ;    labellum   shorter,  oblong-acute, 
whitish,  with  a  large  oblong  red-brown  blotch  near  the 
center  and    several   smaller  ones   on   the   disk;    crest 
3-toothed   on    each   side.     Resembles    O.    triumphans, 
but    of    more    slender    growth.      Winter.       Colombia. 
G.C.  1872:1068  ;    II.  24:200  ;   25:269  ;  III.  25:315.-Var. 
sup6rbum,  Hort.    A  more  robust  var.  with  richly  colored 
fls. :  panicle  much  branched,  2  ft.  long.     Mexico.     Var. 
grandifldrum,  Reichb.  f.   Fls.  yellow,  blotched  and  spot- 
ted with  dark  brown,  large  and  handsome.    Colombia. 

7.  Lindleyanum,  Reichb.  f.  and  Warsz.     Lvs.  linear: 
raceme  lax:  fls.  2-3  in.  across,  thin;  sepals  and  petals 
yellow,  blotched  and  striped  with  brown;  lateral  lobes 
of  the  labellum  small,  white,  with  purple  spots;  middle 
lobe  red-brown,  tipped  with  yellow.    Spring.    Colombia. 
—A  variable  species,  supposed  to  be  the  parent  of  many 
hybrids. 

8.  luteo- purpureum,  Lindl.     Lvs.  ensiform,  narrowed 
at  base:  fls.  showy,  2-3  in.  across,  in  a  robust  horizontal 
raceme ;  sepals  ovate-oblong,  undulate,  brownish  purple, 
with  a  yellow  margin ;  petals  similar,  toothed  and  spotted 
with  purple  brown ;  labellum  quadrifid,  cordate  or  oblong, 
fimbriate  yellow,  spotted  with  purple  and  rose;  crest  on 
the   claw   pectinate.      Winter  and    spring.      Colombia. 
G.C.  11.21:585;  25: 140. -Owing  to  its  wide  geographical 


1509.     Odontoglossum  grande. 

scope,  this  species  is  extremely  variable.  A  very  mixed 
progeny  has  resulted  from  the  crossing  of  this  with  other 
species,  and  the  intermixture  of  the  descendants.  Var. 
radiatum,  Hort.  (O.  radiatum,  Reichb.  f. ).  Sepals  and 
petals  narrow,  yellow,  heavily  spotted  with  dark  brown; 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 

labellura  expanded  in  f ront,white,  shading  into  a  brown- 
ish blotch  at  base.  G.  C.  II.  25:76.  Var.  crispatum, 
Reichb.  f .  Front  half  of  the  labellum  convolute  into  deep 
folds,  flmbriate.  G.C.III.  5:  233.  Not  advertised.  Var. 
sc6ptrum,  Reichb.  f.  Sepals  creamy  yellow,  barred  and 
washed  with  brown;  petals  broader- toothed,  densely 
spotted  with  brown ;  labellura  whitish.  I.  H.  18:73;  37:99. 
Not  advertised.  Var.  Hystrix,  Hort.  ( O.  Hystrix,  Hort. ) . 
Labellum  much  fringed,  and  crests  very  spiny. 

9.  facetum,  Reichb.  f.  (O.  Hdllii  Lindl.x  O.  luteo-pur- 
pureum,  Lindl.).     Natural  hybrid.     Sepals  lanceolate, 
straight,  light  yellow,  with  very  large  cinnamon-colored 
blotches ;  petals  lanceolate,  straight,  finely  toothed, with 
numerous  small  spots ;  labellum  almost  circular,  short, 
finely  fringed,  convolute,  undulate,  light  yellow,  with  a 
semi-circle  of  radiating  keels,  some  of  which  are  fringed 
and  in  front  of  which  is  a  horseshoe-shaped  spot. 

10.  Hebraicum,  Reichb.  f.  (O.  cristatum,  Lindl.x  O. 
cirrhosum,Liiudl,).    Natural  hybrid.    Fls.  2%  in.  across, 
borne  in  a  panicle;  sepals  lanceolate;  petals  wider,  un- 
dulate, all  prettily  marked,  lemon-yellow,  whitish  in  the 
center  and  spotted  with  red-brown  markings  suggesting 
Hebrew   characters  ;     labellum    triangular   or   oblong, 
acuminate,    erose-dentate,    darker   yellow    toward    the 
base,  with  a  large  maroon  blotch  and  several   smaller 
ones.    Winter.    Colombia.    Gn.  21:339.    G.C.  II.  16:173. 
—  Var.  aspersum,  Rolfe.    Differs  slightly  from  the  type 
in  its  lax  racemes  of  golden  yellow  fls.,  blotched  with 
purple-brown. 

11.  maculatum,    La    Llave.    &     Lex      Pseudobulbs 
ovate,  1-lvd. :    Ivs.  lanceolate,  acute,  6-8  in.  long:    ra- 
ceme pendulous,  loosely  many-fld.,  longer  than  the  Ivs.: 
sepals    narrowly    linear    or    lance-oblong,    acuminate, 
brown  ;    petals    ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,   undulate, 
yellow,  spotted  with  brown;  labellum  wide  triangular, 
acuminate,  crisp,  yellow,  brown-spotted,  claw  short,  2- 
crested:  column  white.     Mexico.    B.M.  6455  (not  4878, 
which  is  O.cordatum,  Lindl.).    B.R.  26:30.  — Fls.  freely 
in  June.    Racemes  a  foot  long,  with  stellate  fls.  3  in.  in 
diameter.     Var.  splendens  and  var.  superbum  are  recom- 
mended. 

12.  mirandum,  Reichb.  f.     Lvs.   lanceolate:    raceme 
stiff,  1-sided:    sepals  and  petals  lanceolate-acuminate, 
almost  wholly  red-brown,  with  yellow  margins;    label- 
lum  linear-lanceolate,  similarly  marked,  and   having  a 
few  purple  lines  at  base,  callus  horned:    wings  of  the 
column  rhomboid-serrate.    Colombia. 

13.  gloridsum,  Linden    and    Reichb.   f.     Fls.    pallid 
ochre,    spotted    with    brown,    paniculate;    sepals    and 
petals  oblong-ligulate,  acuminate;  labellum  lanceolate- 
acuminate,  cordate  at  base,  denticulate,  about  as  long 
as  the  petals;    claw  with   a  4-lobed,  4-toothed   callus; 
column   toothed   below    the   middle.     Colombia.     G.C. 
1865:578;  II.  24:680. 

14.  odoratum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs  2-3  in.  long,  nar- 
rowly ovoid,  compressed  :   Ivs.  1  ft.  long,  narrowly  en- 
siform  :     panicle    sometimes    2-3    ft.    long,   copiously 
branched    and    many-fld.  :    fls.  l%-2    in.  across,    dull 
golden  yellow,  blotched  with  brownish  red ;  sepals  and 
petals  similar,  narrowly  lanceolate,  acuminate,  waved; 
labellum  hastate,  lateral  lobes  short,  rounded;  terminal 
lobe   broadly   subulate,   narrowed,    pubescent,    waved; 
disk  with  2  pairs  of  longitudinal,  obtuse,  erect  teeth. 
Winter  and  spring.  Mexico.    B.M.  6502.    G.C.  II.  15:337. 
-Var.  latemaculatum,  Andre".  Fls.  larger;  spots  purple- 
brown,  larger  and  more  intense.    July,  Aug.    I.H.  17:39. 
Ot.  37,  p.  492.     Free-flowering. 

SECTION  II. 

A.  Labellum     more    or    less     con- 

stricted in  the  middle,  fiddle- 
shaped. 

B.  Column  not  \cinged,  but  "having 

2  projecting  horns  at  the  apex.lt>.  constrictum 
BB.  Column  winged:  wings  pecthxitf 
or  consisting  of  fen'   decurved 

spines 16.  Hallii 

BBB.  Column  winged:   wings  toothed 

<>>•  ait'i  >•<  . 

c.  Crest  obsolete,  5-ridged 17".  laeve 

CC.  Crest  falcate-pectinate 18.  Wallisii 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 

ccc.  Crest  of  radiating  keels  toothed 


19. 

cccc.  Crest  a  bifid  callosity  ..........  f  ?.' 

±->. 

AA.  Labellum  u-tth  an  ovate  or  oblong 
blade,  often  cordate  at  the  base. 
B.  Lateral  lobes  not  upright:  label- 
lum with  a  toothed  crest  ......  23. 

24. 
25. 

BB.  Lateral  lobes  on  the  claw  fleshy, 
upright:   labellum  with  obtuse 
crest  or  none  ..................  26. 

27. 
AAA.  Labellum  hastate  ...............  28. 


11  15 

tripudians 

Ne^densT 
Sanderianum 


triumphans 

aspersum 

cristatum 


cordatum 

Bictoniense 

hastilabium 


15.  constrictum,  Lindl.    Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  elon- 
gate:    panicle    long,    slender,    loosely    branched:    fls. 
1-1%    in.;    sepals  and   petals   nearly   similar,   oblong- 
lanceolate,   acuminate,    bright    yellow,   blotched    with 
orange-brown;    labellum  fiddle-shaped,  with  rounded  or 
truncate,  apiculate  blade,   white,  with   a  rose-colored 
blotch   on   each   side,  toothed.     Small-flowered,  but   a 
profuse  bloomer,  often  bearing  4-5  many-flowered  pani- 
cles   1-1%  ft.  in  length.    Venezuela.    B.M.  5736.  -Var. 
castaneum,  Hort.    Spots  on  sepals  and  petals  covering 
nearly  the  entire  surface.    I.H.  35:66. 

16.  Hdllii,  Lindl.  Lvs.  a  foot  long,  ensiform,  narrowed 
at  the  base:  scape  1-2  ft.  long,  with  a  many-fld.  raceme 
of  equal  length:    fls.  3  in.  across;    sepals   and   petals 
spreading,  sub-similar,  oblong-lanceolate,   long-acumi- 
nate with  recurved  points,  golden  yellow,  with  trans- 
verse bands  and  spots  of  yellowish  brown;    labellum 
white,  with  a  blood-red  spot  on  the  middle  lobe  and  few 
spots  on  the  lateral  ones,  erose-dentate,  mid-lobe  emar- 
ginate,  with  a  short  awn   in  the  sinus,  with  2  spinous 
crests  on  the  claw.    July.    Ecuador.    B.  M.  6237     I  H 
18:58.     F.S.  17,  p.  81.     G.C.  1865:962;  11.25:140.—  The 
spots  on  the  labellum  are  sometimes  scattered. 

17.  laeve,  Lindl.  (O.  Relchenheimii,  Linden  &  Reichb. 
f.).    Lvs.  6-10  in.  long,  oblong-lanceolate:    sepals   and 
petals  oblong-linear,  acute,  plane,  yellow,  blotched  with 
cinnamon;    labellum  smaller,  white  in  front,  violet  on 
the  upper  half.    Spring.    Guatemala.    B.M.  6265.    I.H. 
6:213.    B.R.  30:39.  —  Plants  bear  4-6  strict,  stout  pani- 
cles, 3  ft.  long,  with  numerous  fls.  2  in.  in  diameter. 
Not  much  esteemed. 

18.  Wallisii,    Linden    &    Reichb.  f.    (O.   Ullulum, 
Hort.).    Lvs.  linear-lanceolate:  sepals  and  petals  ligu- 
late,  honey-colored,  marked  with  brown  streaks:  label- 
lum white,  with  a  violaceous  anterior  part  and  marked 
with  similar  streaks  at  the  base,  with  3-falcate  calli  on 
the  base.   December.    Colombia.     I.H.  18:56;  38:127.— 
Elegant,  with  slender,  drooping,  mostly  unbranched  ra- 
cemes, bearing  few  large  flowers. 

19.  tripudians,  Reichb.  f.  and  Warsz.     Lvs.  7-9  in. 
long,  linear-lanceolate:  raceme  stiff,  erect,  longer  than 
the  Ivs.,  8-10-fld.  :  fls.  2  in.  across,  dull  yellow-green  on 
the  back;    sepals  oblong-acute  or  subacuminate,  dark 
brown,  with  yellowish  green  tips  and  bases;  petals  simi- 
lar, with  yellowish  bands;  labellum  short,  panduriform, 
as    long    as    the    segments,   white,  with    rose-colored 
blotches,  with  about  10  keels  radiating  from  the  disk; 
lateral  lobes  rounded,  crenulate  ;  central  lobe  subreni- 
form,  erose-dentate.    Peru.    B.M.  6029.    F.M.  1876:208; 
1880:407. 

Var.  Harryanum,  Reichb.  f  .  Sepals  and  petals  almost 
blackish  inside,  tipped  with  light  yellow,  with  a  few 
similar  marks  at  the  base  of  the  petal:  labellum  light 
yellow,  with  the  base  covered  with  rich  mauve  purple. 

20.  Harryanum,  Reichb.  f  .    Lvs.  about  2,  oblong-ligu- 
late, obtuse,  6-12  in.  long:  raceme  up  to  3  ft.  long,  bear- 
ing 6-12  large  fls.:  sepals  and  petals  ligulate-oblong, 
acute,  wavy,  brown  with  irregular,  transverse,  greenish 
yellow  markings  ;  the  petals  project  forward;  labellum 
large,  flat,  undulate,  somewhat  panduriform,  lower  half 
white,  changing  to  yellow;  upper  half  brownish  marked 
with  mauve  lines  and  having  about  7  serrated  crests  : 
column  with  2  very  small  toothed  wings.     Colombia. 
Gn.  33:633.    G.C.  III.  2:169.    Same  as  var.  of  No.  19 


1116 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 


21.  Nevad6nse,  Reichb.  f.   Pseudobulbs  ovate,  acumi- 
nate: Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  base  narrow,  keeled:  sepals 
and   petals     similar,    lanceolate,    long-acuminate,   dark 
brown  with  a  golden  margin,  outside  dark  green;  limb 
of  the  labellum  wide,  hastate,  deflexed,  flmbriate,  white- 
spotted;    apex  acute,    subincurved,   appendage  on   the 
claw  bifid.    Spring.     Colombia.    I.H.  17:45.     Gn.  19,  p. 
425;  32,  p.  589;  39,  p.  250.     G.C.  II.    16:461;    24:201.- 
A  showy  plant,  with  slender,  arching,  6-10-fld.  panicles, 
and  fls.  3-4>2  in.  across. 

22.  Sanderianum,  Reichb.  f.     Resembling   O.  Nera- 
dense.    Fls.  stellate;  sepals  and  petals  lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, yellow,  with  numerous  chocolate-brown  mark- 
ings; labellum  cuneate,  panduriform,  apiculate,  toothed, 
white  or  pale  yellow,  with  a  purple  blotch   in  front; 
lateral  lobes  erect.  Early  spring.  Trop.  America.  — Free- 
flowering. 

23.  triumphans,  Reichb.  f.    Pseudobulbs  3-4  in.  long: 
Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,   1-134  ft.  long:    scape   arching, 
branched  and  many-fld.,  2-3  ft.  long:  fls.  3-4  in.  across; 
sepals  and  petals  lance-oblong,  subacuminate,  undulate, 
yellow,  blotched   with   deep  crimson -brown;    labellum 
ovate,  cordate,  acute,  toothed  and  undulate,  white  with 
a  roseate  tip;  crest  of  yellow  or  white  teeth.     March, 
April.     Colombia.     I.H.   16:609.      G.C.     1867:516;    II. 
24:205;  25:141;  III.  27:213  (var.).     R.B.  18:121.     G.M. 
34:89.    F.  1877:217. 

24.  aspersum,  Reichb.  f.  (O.  maculatum,  La  Llave  & 
Lex.  x  O.  Hossii,  Lindl. ) .   Natural  hybrid.   Lvs.  oblong, 
acute:    raceme  few-fld.:  sepals  ligulate,  acute,  keeled, 
pale  yellow,  mottled  with   numerous  brown  blotches; 
petals   oblong,  acute,  much  broader,  similar  in  color; 
labellum  with  a  cordate,  acute  blade   wholly  whitish, 
callus,  toothed,  yellow,   with    brown  lines,   pubescent. 
Feb.,  March.  — Free-flowering. 

25.  cristatum,  Lindl.    Lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  a  little 
shorter  than  the   many-fld.   scape:    sepals    and   petals 
lanceolate-acuminate,  yellow,  spotted  with  brown;  label- 
lum oblong-lanceolate,  white;  apex  and  margin  brown, 
with  purple  striee,  with  a  digitate  crest  on  the  disk; 
wings  of  the  column  semi-ovate  or  subquadrate.    Peru. 
I.H.   17:21.  — Var.  Dayanum,  Reichb.     This  is  colored 
like  the  type,  but  the  lip  is  rhomboid,   apiculate,  ser- 
rate,  and    the    teeth    of   the  crests    on    the   labellum 
cross  each  other  like  the  bristles  on  the  nearly  closed 
leaf  of  Diomea  muscipula. 

26.  cordatum,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  oblong,  1-lvd.:  Ivs. 
oblong,  acute,  6-8  in.  long:    fls.  large  and  handsome, 
with   the    sepals    and    petals    yellowish    green,   richly 
blotched   with    brown  ;     hrbellum   cordate,    acuminate, 
subcrenate,  white,  with  a   purplish  crest  at  base  and 
spotted  with  brown  on  the   limb;  sepals   lance-linear, 
acuminate ;  petals  broader  and  longer,  undulate.  Mexico. 
B.M.  4878  (asO.maculatum).  I.H.  26:355.    P.M.  13:147. 
Gn.  27:475.      F.C.  3: 100. -Stem  2-3  feet  high:  few  or 
many-flowered. 

27.  Bictoni6nse,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  oblong,  2-3  in. 
long,    2-3-lvd.:     Ivs.    1    ft.    long,    ensiform,    undulate, 
spreading:  raceme  3  ft.  long:  fls.  1%  in.  across;  sepals 
and  petals  subequal,  linear-lanceolate,  greenish  yellow, 
blotched  with  brown;  claw  of  the  labellum  bilamellate, 
blade   cordate,  acuminate,  undulate,  white  or  roseate. 
Autumn.      Guatemala.     B.M.    3812    (as    Zygopetalum 
Africanum) .  —  This  was  the  first  Odontoglossum  to  reach 
England  in  a  living  state.    It  is  free-flowering,  but  not 
as  good  as  plants  subsequently  introduced.   Var.  album, 
Hort.    Like  the  type,  but  labellum  pure  white  instead  of 
wine-red;  sepals  and  petals  brown.    I.H.  19:91. 

Var.  splendens,  Ch.  Lem.  Labellum  rose-lilac;  other 
segments  spotted.  Seems  to  be  like  the  type,  with  more 
pronounced  color.  I.H.  12:449. 

28.  hastilabium,    Lindl.     Lvs.  linear-oblong:    scape 
l%-2  ft.:  bracts  long,  deciduous:   fls.  numerous,  large, 
handsome,  varied  with   pale  green,  purple  and  white, 
fragrant;  sepals   and  petals  spreading,  lanceolate,  very 
acuminate,  pale  green,  with  transverse  purple  dots  and 
lines;    labellum  large,  the  lateral  lobes  forming  2  horns 
at  base,  the  central  one  with  a  purple,  crested  claw,  and 
orbicular-ovate,  white,  acute    blade  :    column   slender, 
winged,  purple.    Summer.    Colombia.    B.M.  4272. 


SECTION  III. 

A.  Column  without  wings 29.  ramosissimum 

AA.  Colummvith 2 spreading  <IICHX.'.W.  naevium 

31.  cirrhosum 
AAA.  Column     phtricirrhose :      *<'<i- 

ments   lanceolate 32.  Euckerianum 

AAAA.  Column     with      fimbriate      or 
toothed  wings:  segments  ovate 

or  rhomboid 33.  nobile 

34.  crispum 

29.  ramosissimum,  Lindl.  Lvs.  linear-oblong,  acute, 
1  ft.  long:  panicle  much  branched  and  many-fld.,  2  ft. 
long:  fls.  2  in.  across,  white,  spotted  with  pale  purple 
or  violet  ;  sepals  and  petals  very  undulate,  narrowly 
ligulate,  the  latter  wider  ;  labellum  rhomboid,  acumi- 
nate, cordate  at  base,  crested,  tomentose.  March,  Apr. 
Colombia.  J.H.  III.  29:77.  I.H.  40:170  (var.  coelSste, 
Linden  &  Rod.).— A  distinct  and  beautiful  plant  whose 
fls.  have  been  likened  to  large  spiders. 


1510. 

Odontoglossum 
crispum. 

(xy3.) 


30.  naevium,  Lindl.   &  Paxt.      Pseudobulbs    oblong: 
Ivs.    thin,    lanceolate:    panicle    erect,    arching,    much 
branched,   bearing   numerous    star-shaped    fls.:  sepals 
and  petals  2  in.  long,  narrowly  lanceolate,  beautifully 
crenate-undulate,  white,  profusely   spotted   with   rose- 
purple;  labellum  shaped  nearly  like  the  petals,  shorter 
and  broader,  with  2   large  crests   on  the  yellow  base. 
May,    June.     Colombia.      F.S.    6:594.     G.M.    31:559.- 
Closely  allied  to  O.  cirrhosum. 

31.  cirrhdsum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs  lanceolate,  com- 
pressed, 2-3  in.  long:  Ivs.  4-6  in.  long,  linear-ensiform, 
leathery:  panicle  often  over  2  ft.  long,  drooping  or  in- 
clined: fls.  3  in.  across,  snow-white,  blotched  with  crim- 
son or  brown,  base  of  the  labellum  yellow,  with  brown 
lines  at  the  sides ;  sepals  narrowly  lanceolate,  ending  in 
long,  curved  points;  petals  wider;  labellum  two-thirds 
the  length  of  the  petals,  with  2  ciliate  lateral  lobes  and 
a  narrow  acuminate  middle  lobe.    Apr.,  May.    Ecuador, 
Peru.    B.M.  6317.    I.H.  25:301.     Gt.  41:1383.     Gn.  9,  p. 
401;  16,  p.  19.    G.C.  II.  5:501,  503;    9:181;  25:12.    F.M. 


ODONTOGLOSSUAI 

1876:222.  — This  species  sometimes  produces  stout  few- 
fld.  stems,  which  should  be  cut  to  save  the  vigor  of  the 
plant. 

32.  Euckerianum,  Reichb.  f.  Related  to  O.  crispum  : 
sepals  and  petals  lanceolate,  acute,  creamy  white, 
bordered  with  violet  and  spotted  with  brown,  waved; 
labellum  rather  narrow,  oblong,  angular-lobed  on  each 
side  of  the  base,  yellow  at  base,  with  few  chestnut- 
brown  blotches  ;  callus  rhomboid  serrate.  Colombia. 
G.C.  1873:105;  II.  24:204,  748  (var.  insigne).  J.H.  III. 
30:455  (var.  splendens). 


ODONTOGLOSSUM  1117 

rose  and  having  a  large  rose  patch  on  the  disk.    B.M. 


1511.    Habit  sketch  of  Odontoglossum  crispum. 

33.  ndbile,  Reichb.  f.  (O.  Pescatbrei,  Linden).    Pseu- 
dobulbs  ovate,  bearing  two  strap-shaped  Ivs.:    panicle 
2-3  ft.  long,  diffuse,  bearing  numerous  white,  membra- 
naceous    fls.  slightly  tinged  with  rose  :    sepals   ovate- 
oblong,   slightly    undulate  ;    petals   similar  but  much 
wider;  labellum  cordate-oblong,  pandurate,  with  a  yel- 
low   fimbriate    crest   and    a   few    rose -colored    spots. 
Spring.     Colombia.     F.S.   16:1624.     I.H.   28:407.     Gn. 
21:330.    G.C.  II.  24:212;  111.3:245;  7:200;  25:69.    A.P. 
5:183.— A  fine  species  producing  numerous  large,  erect 
panicles.    Var.  Veitchianum,  Reichb.  f.    Like  the  type, 
but  the  parts  of  the  flower  have  large,  crimson-purple 
spots.    Gn.  26:452. 

34.  crispum,  Lindl.  (0.  Blilntii,  Reichb.  f.     O.  Alex- 
andra, Batem. ) .  Figs.  1510  and  1511.  Pseudobulbs  ovate, 
compressed,  about  3  in.  long:    Ivs.  linear,   1  ft.  long: 
panicles  rather  short,  but  attaining  a  length  of  2%  ft., 
with  few  short  branches  and  crowded  fls. :  fls.  white, 
variously  spotted  with  crimson,  brown,  etc.,  or  tinged 
with  rose,  2-3  in.  across;  sepals  ovate  to  ovate-lanceo- 
late, often  undulate;  petals  ovate  to  rhomboid,  toothed 
and    undulate-crisp  ;    labellum    oblong-ovate,    fringed 
with  teeth,  wavy  and  crisp.    Fls.  are  produced  at  any 
season  of  the  year.    Colombia.    F.S.  16:1652.    Gn.  4,  p. 
241;  20:291;  21,  p.  95;  23,  p.  210;  40,  p.  596;  46,  p.  149; 
53,  p.  297.     R.B.  21:3.     Gng.  6:24.     J.H.  III.  34:499. 
G.C.  III.  21:363,  379;  23:165,  390;  25:67,  179,  187.    A.F. 
13:34.    F.E.  9:327.— As  was  stated  in  the  introduction, 
this  species  has  probably  more  than  a  hundred  named 
varieties.     Many  besides  those  cited  have  been  figured 
in  horticultural  and  botanical  works.    Very  few  varie- 
ties  are  found  in  American  trade  lists,  but  some  of  the 
most  distinct  are  given  below: 

Var.  Andersonianum,  Hort.  (O.  Andersonianum, 
Reichb.  f. ).  Fls.  creamy  white,  with  broad,  longitudinal 
bands  of  cinnamon.  F.M.  1872:45.  G.C.  II.  24:680,  681; 
III.  17:739.  — Listed  in  America. 

Var.  apiatum,  Ballantyne.  Fls.  very  large;  sepals 
and  petals  laciniate  on  the  edges,  white,  with  rich  choco- 
late-brown blotches.  G.C.  III.  15:375. 

Var.  Ashworthianum,  J.  O'Brien.  Fls.  almost  entirely 
rose-purple,  with  white  margins  and  a  few  white  marks 
on  the  sepals  and  petals.  G.C.  III.  19:197. 

Var.  Gouvilleanum,  Ed.  Andre".  Fls.  large,  white; 
petals  irregularly  toothed,  with  few  small  crimson 
blotches;  sepals  heavily  blotched.  R.H.  1888:132. 

Var.  gfuttatum,  Hort.  (0.  Alexandra,  var.  guttatum, 
Hook.).  Sepals  linear-oblong,  with  several  pale  purple 
blotches;  petals  broader,  similarly  spotted;  labellum 
oblong-quadrate,  contracted  in  the  middle,  spotted  with 


Var.  L6hmannii,  Hort.  Labellum  broadly  ovate,  bright 
ruby  red,  broadly  edged  with  white;  crest  yellow: 
sepals  and  petals  tinged  with  rose,  with  few  red  snots 
G.C.  III.  24:  147.  -In  American  trade. 

Var.  maculatum,  Hort.  Fls.  white,  spotted  with  pur- 
plish brown  ;  petals  suborbicular,  laciniate-toothed. 
G.C.  III.  16:248. 

Var.  Marise,  Ed.  Andre.  Fls.  pure  white,  except  a  few 
red  spots  on  the  base  of  the  sepals.  I.H.  25:325. 

Var.  Schrcederi,  Hort.  Fls.  with  1  or  2  large  an<l  sev- 
eral small,  brownish  red  spots  on  the  white  segments. 
Advertised  in  America. 

Var.  Trianae,  Hort.  (0.  Alexandra,  var.  Triance, 
Hook.  )  .  Dorsal  sepals  with  a  single  roseate  spot  ;  lateral 
sepals  suffused  and  spotted  with  rose  ;  petals  pure  white  ; 
labellum  with  a  large  2-lobed  spot.  B.M.  5691. 

Var.  Veitchianum,  Hort.  Sepals  ovate,  undulate, 
white  with  several  brownish  crimson  spots;  petals 
broader,  color  like  the  sepals  but  mostly  in  one  large 
central  blotch  ;  margins  undulate  and  toothed.  G.C.  III. 
1:799.  F.  1884:177. 

SECTION  IV. 

A.  Sepals    and    petals    similarly 

colored. 

B.  Column  without  icings. 

c.  Pseudobulbs    compressed    and 

edged. 
D.  Labellum  white  or  colored  like 

the  petals  ....................  35.  Madrense 

36.  nebulosum 
DD.  Labellum  violet  ................  37.  Krameri 

cc.  Pseudobulbs  smooth,  terete  ____  38.  Oerstedii 

BB.  Column  with  entire  wings  .....  39.  Cervantesii 

BBB.  Column  with  toothed  or  crenate 

wings. 
c.  Labellum  reniform  ............  40.  citrosmum 

cc.  Labellum  oblong  -quadrate  .....  41.  pulchellum 

42.  Egertoni 
AA.  Sepals  and  petals  dissimilar  in 

color  ........................  43.  Rossii 

44.  Dawsonianum 

35.  Madrense,  Reichb.  f.  (0.  maxillare,  Hook.). 
Pseudobulbs  long-ovoid:  Ivs.  strap-shaped,  10  in.  long: 
fls.  2%  in.  across,  4-10  in  a  raceme;  sepals  and  petals 
lanceolate,  keeled,  white,  with  a  purple  blotch  at  the 
base;  labellum  shorter  than  thj  sepals,  the  lateral  lobes 
forming  2  acute  recurved  appendages  on  the  claw,  mid- 


1512.    Odontoglossum  Cervantesii  var.  decorum  (X/a). 


die  lobe  trowel-shaped,  white,  with  a  yellow  base  and 
an  orange  blotch.  Summer.  Mexico.  B.M.  6144.  I.H. 
30:480.  F.M.  1875:158.  Gn.  10,  p.  443.  G.C.  II.  25:116 
(seed  pod).  G.M.  39:117. 


1118 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 


36.  nebulosum,  Lindl.  (O.  maxilla-re,  Lindl.).     Pseu- 
dobulbs  2-3-lvd. :  Ivs.  oblong,  acute,  9  in.  long:  scape 
about  as  long  as  the  Ivs.,  5-6-fld. :  fls.  3  in.  across,  pure 
white,  with  the  bases  of  all  the  parts  profusely  spotted 
with  brown;  sepals  membranaceous,  oblong;  petals  simi- 
lar but  wider,  all  pubescent  at  the  base;  labellum  with 
2  large,  erect   lobes  on  the  yellow  claw  ;    limb  ovate, 
acute,  dentate,  pubescent.     Mexico,  at  an  elevation  of 
10,000  ft.     I.H.    6:200.     G.C.   1867:572  and  II.  25:597. 
Not  B.M.  6144,  which  is  O.  Madrense.  —  Var.   candidu- 
lum,  Eeichb.  f.    Sepals  and  petals  pure  white,  with  a 
brown  blotch  and  a  few  spots  on  the  la- 
bellum.    G.C.  1867:710;  II.  25:596.    Var. 
guttatum,  Reichb.  f.    Sepals   and  petals 

spotted  to  above  the  middle.    I.H.  31:524. 

37.  Krameri,  Reichb.    f.     Pseudobulbs 
subrotund,    compressed    and     sharply  2- 
edged,  1-lvd.:  Ivs.  7-9  in.  long,    l%-2  in. 
broad,  keeled:  scape  4-8  in.  long,  inclined 
or  pendulous,  3-5-fld. :    fls.   1%  in.  in  di- 
ameter;  sepals  and   petals   subequal,  ob- 
long-acute, pale  violet-red  in  the  center, 
with  broad  white  margins ;  labellum  with 
a  stout  yellow  excavated  claw  bearing  2 
erect  calli  ;    middle  lobe   subquadrate,  2- 
lobed,  pale  violet,  with  white  and  brown 
streaks  at  base.    Costa  Rica  and  Mexico. 
B.M.   5778.     I.H.    32:562.     F.  S.    23:2469. 
G.C.  1868:98;  II.  25:756. 

38.  06rstedii,  Reichb.  f.   Plants  small: 
Ivs.   linear-oblong, 

4-5   in.   long,    nar- 
rowed to  a  petiole  r 
raceme   sub  -  erect, 
few-fld. :  fls.  1%  in.     <J 
across,  white,  with 
the  base  of  the  la- 
bellum golden  yel- 
low; sepals  and  petals  broadly 
oblong,  the  latter  narrowed  to 
a  short  claw;  labellum  sessile; 
lateral   lobes  small,  auriculate; 
middle  lobe  suborbicular,  plane, 
deeply  bifid.    Feb.-May.    Costa 
Rica.     B.M.  6820.     Gn.  26:454. 
G.  C.    II.    7:811;    25:757;    III. 
19:77. 

39.  Cervantesii,  La  Llave  & 
Lex.(0.  membran&ceum, Lindl). 
Pseudobulbs   usually  4-angled, 
2  *in.    long,    bearing    a    single 
oblong  leaf  4-6  in.  long:  scape 
sheathed     with     large     bracts, 
bearing  2-6  membranaceous  fls. : 
fls.  2  in.  across,  pure  white,  with 
transverse  streaks  of  red  near 
the  bases  of  the  segments;  se- 
pals  broadly   lanceolate   to  ob- 
long;   petals  ovate-rotund;    la- 
bellum with  a  yellow  claw ;  lat- 
eral lobes  small;    middle  lobe 
large,    broadly    cordate.      Fls. 
produced   in  winter,   very  fra- 
grant and  lasting  several  weeks. 
Mex.     B.M.  4923.     B.R.  31:36; 
32:34.    I.H.  1:12.    P.M.  12:193. 
Gn.  19,  p.  333;  32,  p.  323.    G.C. 
11.15:753.   F.  1881,  p.  43. -Var. 

inajus,  Hort.  Fls.  larger,  with  brighter  spots.  I.H. 
25:313.  Var.  d6corum,  Hort.  Fig.  1512.  Fls.  large, 
spotted  inside  and  outside  with  bright  red.  I.H.  36:90. 
Gn.  32:617.  J-.H.  III.  30:423.  F.M.  1877:254.  Var.  An- 
dersoni,  Hort.  Fls.  white;  base  of  the  sepals  and  petals 
barred  with  reddish  brown  ;  labellum  bordered  with 
spots  of  the  same  color.  Mexico. 

40.  citr6smuin,  Lindl.    Fig:  1513.    Pseudobulbs  subro- 
tund, compressed,  smooth,   1-lvd.:  Ivs.  oblong,  obtuse, 
thick,  somewhat  shorter  than  the  raceme:    scape  pen- 
dent, 8-12-fld. :  fls.  large  and  full  in  outline,  3  in.  across, 
white  to  rose,  with  a  violet  labellum;  sepals  and  petals 
oblong,  obtuse;    labellum  unguiculate,  reniform.     May, 
June.    Guatemala.    R.R.  29:3.    R.B.  21:265.    F.S.  6:633. 


Var.  album,  Veitch.  Fls.  white,  except  the  yellow 
claw  of  the  labellum.  Gn.  24:413.  Var.  ros611um,  Le- 
maire.  Fls.  rose-colored,  except  the  yellow  claw  of  the 
labellum.  I.H.  2:59.  Var.  rdseum,  Veitch.  Blade  of 
the  labellum  deep  rose.  Var.  punctatum,  Veitch.  Fls. 
pale  rose;  sepals  and  petals  spotted  with  purple.  A 
variety  called  maximum  is  also  advertised. 

41.  pulch611um,  Batem.  Pseudobulbs  oblong,  com- 
pressed, 2-lvd. :  Ivs.  grass-like,  rather  stiff  or  rigid, 
9-12  in.  long:  scape  weak,  6-7-fld. :  fls.  white,  except  the 
yellow  crest  of  the  labellum;  sepals  ovate,  acute;  petals 
obovate,  acute,  somewhat 
undulate;  lateral  lobes  of 
the  labellum  triangular, 
middle  lobe  oblong,  sub- 
quadrate,  apex  recurved; 
column  very  short,  with  3 
fimbriate  wings.  Spring. 
Guatemala.  B.  M.  4104. 
B.R.27 :48. —Easily  grown, 
and  never  fails  to  blos- 
som. The  flower-spikes 
suggest  the  lily-of-the-yal- 
ley.  Fragrant.  Var.  majus, 
Hort.  More  robust  than 
the  type,  with  larger  fls. 
Var.  grandifldrum  is 
listed. 

42.  £gertoni,Lindl.  Like 
O.  pulchellum,  but  with 
the  fls.  only  half  as  large: 
labellum  acute,  not  almost 
truncate,  excavated  at 
the  base  and  with  2  teeth 
inflexed  over  the  excava- 
tion. Guatemala.  — This  is 
probably  only  a  form  of  O.  pulchellum. 

43.  Rossii,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs    small,    much    com- 
pressed, 1-lvd.:  Ivs.  about  6  in.  long:  raceme  about  as 
long  as  the  Ivs.,  2-5-fld. :  fls.  2-3  in.  in  diameter;  sepals 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  cream-colored  to  greenish  yellow, 
with  short  bars  of  dark  brown;  petals  white,  with  a  few 
brown  spots  at  base,  oblong,  obtuse,  revolute;  labellum 
round-ovate,  emarginate,  undulate,  pure  white,  except 
the   yellow    claw.     Winter.     Mex.     F.C.   3:129.      B.R. 
25:48.    B.  5:222.    Gn.  19,  p.  306;  28:507.    F.S.  20:2110.- 
This  is  an  extremely  variable  species,  and  probably  in- 
cludes the  forms  cultivated  as  O,  JEhrenbergii  and   O. 
Dawsonianum,  which  are  united  with  this  species  by 
some  authors.     The  name  majus  has  been  applied  to 
several   varieties.     Probably  I.H.   1:30   (as  O.  Ehren- 
bercfii)  and  F.S.  8:846  (as  O.Ehrenbergii  =  O.  apterum, 
ex-Index  Kewensis)  also  belong  here. 

Var.  rubescens,  Carr.  (O.  Rossii  majus  rubescens, 
Hort.).  Fls.  large;  petals  clear  rose,  with  dark  brown 
spots  at  the  base.  R.H.  1886:492.  Gn.  28:507;  39,  p. 
345.  G.C.  II.  21:345. 

44.  Dawsonianum,  Reichb.  f.  (O.  Ehrenbergii,  Hort., 
not  Link,  Klotzsch  &  Otto).     Raceme  few-fld.:  sepals 
lanceolate,  subacute,  rose-colored,  blotched  with  crim- 
son to  the  apex;  petals  oblong,  acute,  pure  rose;  label- 
lum broadly  ovate  to  subrotund,  crenulate;  apex  retuse, 
colored  like   the  sepals;    callosity  with  2  teeth  at  the 
apex.  Mexico.  G.C.  1865:1226;  11.25:469.  F.S.  17,  p.  76. 

SECTION    V. 

45.  ISdwardi,  Reichb.  f .    Lvs.  2  ft.  long,  strap-shaped : 
panicle  suberect,  curved,  2  ft.  long,  the  rachis  bearing 
many  horizontal  branches  covered  with  many  rather 
small   dark  purple  flowers  :    sepals  and   petals  oblong 
to  ovate-obtuse,  reflexed  and  wavy;  labellum  tongue- 
shaped,  obscurely  lobed,  with  a  prominent  yellow  lobu- 
late  callus  on  the  disk.    Spring.    Ecuador.    B.M.  6771.— 
A  distinct  plant,  easily  cultivated. 

Supplementary  list  of  synonyms  and  imperfectly  known 
kinds:  O.  Arnoldianum. —  O.  blandum,  Reichb.  f.  Sepals  and 
petals  cuneate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  pale  yellowish  white, 
spotted  with  crimson-brown;  labellum  ovate,  acuminate, 
crisp.  Resembling  O.  nseveum,  with  the  labellum  much 
broader.  Winter  and  spring.  Colombia.  Fls.  in  a  nodding 
raceme,  creamy  white,  spotted  with  reddish  purple;  labellum 
white,  spotted  like  the  petals  and  stained  with  yellow  at  the 
base.— O.  Dawianum.  Perhaps  a  misprint  for  Dawsonianum 


One  of  the  evening  Primroses.  —  (Enothera 


ODONTOGLOSSUM 

—  O.  delicatum.— O.  Edyertoniitiuun   is  probably  Egertoni.— 
O.  Karwtnskii,  Reichb.  f.,  is  probably  a  synonym  of  O.  Iseve. 

—  O.    leopardlnum.      See    No.   5.  —  O.    Phalcenopsis,    Linden 
&   Reichb.  t'.=  Miltonia  Phalsenopsis.—  O.  Rcezlii,  Reichb.  f. 
=Miltonia  Rcezlii.— O.  splendens.—  O.  vexillarium,  Reichb.  f.= 
Miltonia  vexillaria. —  O.  Victoriense  and  vars.  album  and  su- 
perbum.— O.  Wdrneri.  Lindl.=Oneidium  Warneri.—  O.  Warsce- 
wiczii,  Reichb.  f.=Miltonia  Endresii.  —  O.  Weltoni,  Hort.=Mil- 
tonia  Warscewiczii.  HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

CEC6CLADES.    See  under  DendropJiylax. 

(ENOTHfiRA  (said  to  be  Greek  for  wine-scenting;  in 
allusion  to  the  ancient  use  of  the  roots).  Onagrdcece. 
EVENING  PRIMROSE.  Herbs,  or  sometimes  shrubby  at 
the  base,  with  alternate  simple  or  pinnatisect  leaves  and 
mostly  showy  fls.,  which  are  yellow,  white  or  rose-color: 
calyx  with  a  tube  prolonged  beyond  the  angled  or  cylin- 
drical ovary,  with  4  usually  strongly  reflexed  lobes; 
petals  4,  mostly  obovate  or  spatulate;  stamens  8,  with 
narrow  mostly  versatile  anthers :  fruit  a  4-valved  locu- 
licidal  capsule.  The  CEnotheras  are  mostly  dry-soil 
plants  and  are  chiefly  North  American.  Some  of  them 
are  South  American,  and  Bentham  &  Hooker  admit  one 
plant  which  grows  in  Tasmania.  The  genus  is  poly- 
morphous, and  there  is  consequently  great  difference  of 
opinion  as  to  generic  bounds.  What  is  commonly  re- 
garded as  one  genus  is  broken  up  into  ten  or  a  dozen 
genera  by  some  authors.  These  minor  genera  are  here 
treated  as  subgenera,  for  the  group  is  fairly  homoge- 
neous from  the  horticultural  point  of  view,  and  an  en- 
tirely new  set  of  names  in  several  strange  genera  could 
scarcely  be  forced  on  the  trade.  The  Godetia  section 
contains  some  excellent  flower-garden  plants,  and  some 
of  the  true  CEnotheras  make  glowing  displays  of  yellow 
in  the  border;  but  the  greater  number  of  the  species 
are  of  only  secondary  importance  to  the  cultivator. 
Amongst  the  best  of  the  border-plant  species  are  CE. 
fruticosa,  var.  Youngii,  CE.  glauca,  var.  Fraseri,  CE. 
ccespitosa,  CE.  Missouriensis,  CE.  speciosa.  For  a 
botanical  revision  of  the  North  American  species,  see 
Sereno  Watson,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  &"Sci.  8:573 
(May  13,  1873).  L>  H.  B. 

There  is  nothing  special  to  say  about  the  culture  of 
CEnotheras  except  to  note  the  tender  kinds  and  the  bi- 
ennials. All  do  well  in  ordinary  garden  soil,  enjoying 
sunshine.  They  are  easily  raised  from  seeds  and  cut- 
tings. CE.  acaulis,  eximia  (properly  CE.  ccespitosa)  are 
low-growing  biennials  which  do  well  treated  as  annuals. 
They  will  not  endure  the  winter.  CE.  Missouriensis  is 
a  splendid  trailer,  with  enormous  yellow  flowers,  and 
seed  vessels.  It  is  quite  hardy,  and  a  fine  rock  garden 
plant.  CE.  biennis,  the  common  Evening  Primrose,  is 
rather  weedy,  and  only  fit  for  the  wilder  parts  of  the 
garden.  CE.  biennis,  var.  grandiflora,  is  a  better  form. 
CE.  fruticosa  and  CE.  Fraseri  are  two  of  our  best 
border  kinds,  with  stiff,  branching  stems.  CE.  linearis 
is  a  pretty  little  species,  often  naturalized  but  well 
worth  growing.  Childs'  Mexican  Primrose  is  tender, 
but  makes  a  pretty  plant  for  hanging  pots.  CE.  speciosa 
is  a  very  fine  species,  but  spreads  so  quickly  by  under- 
ground stems  as  to  become  a  weed  in  favorable  situa- 
tions: it  is  good  for  naturalizing  in  wild  grounds. 

T.  D.  HATFIELD. 

CEnothera  is  represented  in  Colorado  by  a  diversity 
of  specific  forms  which  have  been  segregated  into  no 
fewer  than  six  genera.  Of  these  nearly  all  are  peren- 
nial, CE.  albicanlis,  Pursh,  being  an  interesting  excep- 
tion. Of  the  perennials,  CE.  serrulata  will  bloom  the 
first  season  from  seed,  and  probably  some  others  will  if 
sown  early.  A  few  kinds  are  slow  to  germinate,  notably 
CE.  brachycarpa  and  CE.  ccpspitosa,  which  usually  pro- 
duce some  plants  the  first  season,  but  most  of  the  seeds 
remain  dormant  until  the  second  year.  CE.  brachycarpa 
includes  two  forms  of  specific  rank,  the  typical  form 
belonging  to  the  western  slope  of  the  Rocky  mountains 
and  agreeing  with  Britton  &  Brown's  description  and 
illustration,  but  flowers  2  inches  broad,  seeds  purplish 
black.  The  CE.  brachycarpa  of  the  eastern  slope,  so 
called  by  botanists  and  collectors,  has  flowers  4  to  5 
inches  broad,  capsule  1%  to  2  inches  long  (!),  broadly 
winged,  seeds  larger  than  of  any  other  species,  of  angu- 
lar form,  light  brown.  Foliage  resembling  that  of  CE. 
Missouriensis  and  seems  to  be  most  nearly  related  to 

71 


CENOTHERA 


1119 


the  latter  species.    The  western  type  seems  not  to  be  in 
the  trade. 

As  to  culture,  most  sorts  seem  to  prefer  a  porous  soil 
with  a  rather  large  proportion  of  sand,  an  ideal  soil 
consisting  largely  of  decomposed  granite  with  some 
vegetable  matter.  They  seem  to  be  quite  adaptive,  and 
CE.  brachycarpa,  Missouriensis,  etc.,  are  found  some- 
times in  stiif  clay  soil.  An  abundance  of  sunshine  is 
natural  to  most  sorts.  D>  M>  ANDREWS- 


acaulis,  17. 

glauca,  10. 

pumila,  13. 

albicaulis,  7. 

gloriosa,  21. 

purpurea,  20. 

amoena,  20. 
biennis,  5. 

grandiflora,  5,  21. 
Lamarckiana,  5. 

quadrivulnera 
riparia,  12. 

,22. 

bifrons,  20. 

Lindleyi,  20. 

rosea,  16. 

bistorta,  2. 

linearis,  12. 

roseo-alba,  20. 

brachycarpa,  19. 

macrocarpa,  9. 

rubicunda,  20. 

csespitosa,  18. 

major,  11. 

serrulata,  4. 

Californica,  8. 

marginata,  18. 

speciosa,  14. 

cheiranthifolia,  3. 

Mexican  Primrose, 

taraxacifolia, 

17. 

Childsii,  15. 

15. 

tetraptera,  15 

Drummondi,  6. 

Missouriensis,  9. 

Veitchiana2.' 

eximia,  18. 

Nivertiana,  20. 

vinosa,  20. 

Fraseri,  10. 

ovata,  1. 

Whitneyi,  21. 

fruticosa,  11. 

pinnatifida,  1. 

Youngii,  11. 

M  Stigma  capitate  or  disk-like,  entire 

B.  Calyx-tube  filiform I.  TARAXIA,  below. 

BB.  Calyx-tube  short,  obconic  or  funnelform. 

II.  SPH^EROSTIGMA,  below. 
AA.  Stigma  deeply  4-cleft  or  at  least  4-toothed. 
B.  Stamens  of  equal  length. 

c.  Calyx-tube  shorter  than  the  ovary 

III.  MERIOLIX,  p.  1120 

CO.  Calyx-tube  'Usually  much  exceeding   the 
ovary . 

D.  Seeds  angled,  horizontal  in  the  pod 

IV.  ONAGRA,  p.  1120 
DD.  Seeds  not  angled,  ascending. 

E.  Fls.   yellow,    erect   in    bud:    seeds   in  2 

rows  in  each  locule V.  CENOTHERA,  p.  1120 

EE.  Fls.    white   or  pink,   drooping   in   bud: 

seeds  in  1  row VI.  ANOGRA,  p.  1120 

BB.  Stamens  of  unequal  length. 
c.  Anthers  versatile. 

D.  Plant  caulescent  (with  stem). 

E.  Fls.  yellow. 

F.  Seeds  crested VII.  MEGAPTERIUM,  p.  1120 

FF.  Seeds  not  crested VIII.  KNEIFFIA,  p.  1120 

EE.  Fls.  ivhite,  pink  or  reddish 

IX.  HARTMANNIA,  p.  1121 
DD.  Plant  stemless. 

E.  Capsule  with  wrinkled  wing-angles 

X.  PACHYLOPHUS,  p.  1121 
EE.  Capsule  with  plane  or  entire  wing-an- 
gles  XI.  LAVAUXIA,  p.  1121 

cc.  Anthers  attached  at  base,  erect  or  nearly 

so XII.  GODETIA,  p.  1121 

I.  SUBGENUS  TARAXIA.     Stemless,  usually  perennial: 

stigma  capitate:  calyx-tube  filiform:  capsule 
sessile,  narrow  to  ovate,  usually  not  winged:  fls. 
yellow. 

1.  ovata,  Nutt.    Perennial,  slightly  pubescent:    Ivs. 
ovate  to  lance-oblong,  8  in.  or  less  long,  acute,  serru- 
late:   calyx-tube  sometimes  4  in.  long,  the  petals  less 
than  1  in.  long  and  yellow:  fl.-bud  erect:  capsule  %  in. 
long.   Calif. 

II.  SUBGENUS  SPH^EROSTIGMA.    Stem-bearing:  stigma 

capitate:  calyx-tube  short,  inversely  conic  or  fun- 
nelform: capsule  sessile,  linear,  not  winged:  fls. 
various. 

2.  bistdrta,  Nutt.   One  to  2  ft.,  the  base  decumbent, 
hairy  and  pubescent:  radical   Ivs.  spatulate  to  lanceo- 
late and  petiolate,  dentate:    stem  Ivs.  mostly  sessile- 
ovate  to  narrow-lanceolate  and  about  1  in.  long,  dentate: 
fls.  yellow,  turning  green,  the  petals  (about  %  in.  long) 
usually  with  a  brown  spot  at  the  base :  calyx-tube  1-3 
in.  long  :    capsule   %  in.  or  less   long,  4-angled,  con- 
torted.   S.  Calif. 

Var.  Veitchiana,  Hook.  More  slender:  radical  Ivs. 
narrow-oblanceolate  and  long-petioled :  capsule  longer 
and  narrower  (1-1%  in.  long)  and  little  contorted. 
S.  Calif.  B.M.  5078. 


1120 


CENOTHERA 


CENOTHERA 


3.  cheiranthifdlia,  Hornem.    Stems  decumbent  or  as- 
cending, 2  ft.  or  more  tall,  canescent:  Ivs.  thick,  about 
1-2  in.  long,  broad -ovate  to  lanceolate  or  the  lower  ones 
spatulate,  the  upper   ones    becoming   sessile,  most  of 
them  entire:  petals  yellow,  %-%  in.  long:  capsule   % 
in.  or  less  long,  curved,  somewhat  hairy.    Calif.    B.R. 
12:1040. 

III.  SUBGENUS  MERIOLIX.  Stem-bearing:  stigma  disk- 
like  but  4-toothed :  calyx-tube  shorter  than  the 
ovary,  enlarging  upward:  capsule  linear  or 
nearly  cylindrical,  sessile:  fls.  yellow,  axillary. 

4.  serrulata,   Nutt.      Slender,    simple    or    branched, 
about  1  ft.  high  but  variable  in  stature,  nearly  glabrous 

to  canescent:  Ivs.  linear  to  lanceolate, 
1-3  in.  long,  usually  acute,  attenuate  to 
the  base,  sharply  dentate :  petals  broad - 
obovate,  34  in.  long,  wavy -margined. 
Minn.,  west  and  south.  Biennial  or 
perennial.  Mn.  7:41. 

IV.  SUBGENUS  ONAGRA.  Stem-bear- 
ing :  stigma  4-cleft :  calyx-tube 
elongated  and  cylindrical,  en- 
larging at  the  throat:  capsule 
linear-oblong  to  long-conic,  4- 
angled:  fls.  yellow,  opening  in 
evening.  —  TRUE  EVENING  PRIM- 
ROSES. 

5.  biennis,  Linn.  COMMON  EVENING 
PRIMROSE.  Fig.  1514.  Tall,  strong, 
simple  or  branching  biennial  (often 
4—5  ft.),  closely  pubescent  or  some- 
what hairy:  Ivs.  lanceolate  to  oblong 
to  ovate-lanceolate,  often  6  in.  long, 
acute,  remotely  denticulate,  the  low- 
est ones  petioled:  calyx-tube  1-2  in. 
or  more  long:  petals  bright  yellow,  % 
in.  or  less  long:  capsule  pubescent  or 
hairy,  often  1  in.  long.  Generally  dis- 
tributed, and  now  a  common  weed  in 
the  Old  World.  Gn.  26,  p.  480. -The 
fls.  open  suddenly  at  nightfall.  It  is  a 
weedy  plant  and  has  little  to  recom- 
mend it  to  cultivation,  although  it  is 
offered  by  dealers.  In  France  the 
thickened  roots  are  mentioned  as  an 
edible  vegetable,  to  be  used  after  the 
manner  of  salsify  or  vegetable  oyster. 
The  root  should  be  eaten,  according  to 
Vilmorin,  "at  the  end  of  the  first  year 
of  its  growth." 

Var.   grandifldra,    Lindl.    ((E.  La- 
1514.  Capsules  of    marckidna,  Ser.).     Fls.  much  larger, 
evening    Prim-      the  petals  1-2%  in.  long.    Very  showy 
rose  (X  %).         when  the  fls.  open.     Commoner  west- 
ward.    B.M.  2068.     B.R.  19:1604.    Gn. 
26,  p.  482;  46,  p.  64. 

V.  SUBGENUS     CENOTHERA.      Stem  -  bearing :     stigma 

deeply  4-cleft:  calyx-tube  very  long  and  filiform 
or  linear:  capsule  narrow -cylindric,  obtusely 
4-angled,  with  numerous  seeds  in  2  rows  in  each 
locule:  fls.  yellow,  mostly  showy. 

6.  Drummondii,  Hook.    Fig.  1515.    One  to  2  ft.,  from 
an  oblique  or  decumbent  base,  loosely  pubescent:    Ivs. 
lance-oblong  or  oblanceolate,  acute,  either  gradually  or 
abruptly  tapering  into  a  short  petiole,  entire  or  slightly 
toothed:  calyx-tube  usually  2  in.  long  and  very  narrow: 
fls.  2-3  in.  across,  nocturnal,  bright  yellow,  showy:  cap- 
sule 1-2  in.  long.    Texas.    B.M.  3361.  — Perhaps  biennial, 
but  grown  as  an  annual. 

VI.  SUBGENUS  ANOQRA.     Stem-bearing:  stigma  deeply 

4-cleft:  calyx-tube  elongated  and  enlarging  up- 
wards: capsule  oblong  or  linear:  fls.  white  or 
pink,  opening  by  day. 

7.  albicaulis,  Pursh  (CE.  pinnatifida,    Nutt.).    Low 
(1  ft.  or  less  tall),  stems  white  and  shreddy,  the  branches 
ascending,  slightly  pubescent  or  sparsely  hairy:  Ivs. 
lanceolate,    oblanceolate    or    lance-oblong    in    outline, 
deeply   pinnatifld   or    some   of    the    larger   ones   only 
strongly  toothed,  4  in.  or  less  long,  sessile  or  nearly  so : 


fls.  large  (3  in.  or  less  across),  diurnal,  white  and  fading 
to  rose,  the  petals  obcordate.  Prairies,  west.  B.R. 
14:1142  (as  (E.  pallida). 

8.  Calif 6rnica,  Wats.  ((E.  albicaulis,  var.  Califdrnica, 
Wats.).     Smaller  and  hoary-pubescent  or  villous,  the 
stems  only  3  or  4  in.  long:  Ivs.  narrow-oblanceolate  and 
acuminate,  usually  stalked,  toothed  or  pinnatitid:    fls. 
often  larger,  fragrant,  the  petals  lobed.     Central  and 
southern  Calif. 

VII.  SUBGENUS  MEGAPTERIUM.     Stem-bearing:  stigma 

4-cleft:  calyx-tube  very  long  and  slender,  en- 
larging at  the  top:  capsule  very  broad  and 
strongly  4-winged:  fls.  yellow,  showy. 

9.  Missouri6nsis,     Sims    ((E.    marrocdrpa,    Pursh). 
Low,  with  a  hard  base,  the  ascending  stems  usually  not 
over  1  ft.  long,  usually  pubescent:  Ivs.  thick,  varying 
from  oval  to  linear  to  narrow-lanceolate,  5  in.  or  less 
long,  acuminate,  narrowed  to  a  petiole,  entire  or  re- 
motely denticulate:  petals  1-2  K  in.  long,  very  broad, 
yellow:  capsule  2-3  in.  long  and   nearly  as  wide,  broad- 
winged.    Mo.  and  Neb.  to  Tex.    B.M.  1592.    Gn.  26,  p. 
480.    R.H.  1857,  p.  598. 

VIII.  SUBGENUS    KNEIFFIA.      Stem  -  bearing  :    stigma 

deeply  4-lobed:  calyx-tube  very  slender,  some- 
what dilated  at  the  top:  capsule  rather  small, 
club-shaped,  4-angled  or  narrowly  4-winged: 
fls.  yellow,  diurnal. 
A.    Plant  more  or  less  glaucous,  glabrous. 

10.  glauca,  Michx.  Erect  perennial,  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  ovate 
to  ovate-oblong,  4  in.  or  less   long,  acute  or  somewhat 
obtuse,  sessile,  remotely  denticulate :  fls.  large,  in  short 
leafy  clusters,  the  calyx-tube  about  %  in.  long;  petals 
an  inch  long,  more  or  less  emarginate:  capsule  oblong, 
broad  winged,  short-stalked.   Va.,  Ky.,  and  south.  B.M. 
1606. -Var.  Fraseri,  Torr.  &Gray  ((E.  Fraseri,  Pursh), 
is  a  form  with  ovate-lanceolate  often  slightly  petioled 
Ivs.    Southern  states.    B.M.  1674. 


1515.    CEnothera  Drummondii  (X%). 

AA.  Plant  not  glaucous,  usually  hairy  or  pubescent. 
11.  fruticdsa,  Linn.  SUNDROPS.  Perennial  (or  some- 
times biennial),  erect  and  more  or  less  branchy,  rather 
stout,  1-3  ft.  high,  the  terete  usually  reddish  stems 
somewhat  villous :  Ivs.  ovate  to  narrow-lanceolate,  3  in. 
or  less  long,  firm,  usually  acute,  remotely  denticulate 
or  entire,  mostly  sessile:  fls.  l%-2  in.  across  and  showy, 
in  an  elongating  cluster,  with  linear  bracts:  capsule 
oblong  to  obovate,  short-stalked  or  sessile,  strongly 
winged.  Dry  soil,  Nova  Scotia,  south  and  west.  B.M. 


CENOTHERA 

332.— Very  variable.  Var.  Youngii  ((E.  Youngii,  Hort.) 
is  common  in  cultivation,  and  is  prized  for  its  stocky 
growth  and  profusion  of  bloom.  It  is  a  strong,  larger- 
leaved  plant,  with  firm,  shiny,  slightly  glaucous  foliage, 
and  bearing  many  bright  lemon-yellow  flowers:  2  ft., 
much  branched  and  somewhat  decumbent  at  base.  Ex- 
cellent. Var.  major,  Hort.,  is  a  strong-growing  florifer- 
ous  form,  forming  a  dense  bush-like  specimen. 

12.  linearis,  Michx.  ((E.  fruticbsa,  var.  linearis, Wats. 
(E.  riparia,  Nutt.).    Usually  lower  and  more  slender: 
Ivs.  linear  to  narrow-lanceolate:    capsule  mostly  less 
broadly  winged,  clavate.    Conn.,  south.    Gn.  26,  p.  481. 

13.  pumila,  Linn.     Slender,  erect  biennial:    Ivs.   ob- 
lanceolate  or  oblong,  usually  glabrous,  entire,  the  radi- 
cal spatulate :  fls.  an  inch  or  less  across  in  a  loose,  leafy 
spike  or  raceme,  the  calyx-tube  shorter  than  the  ovary, 
the  petals  obcordate:    capsule    mostly  clavate,  short- 
stalked  or  sessile.    Nova  Scotia,  south. 

IX.  SUBGENUS  HARTMANNIA  (including  Xylopleurum, 

etc.).  Stem -b earing :  stigma  4-lobed:  calyx-tube 
funnel  form,  often  very  long:  capsule  club-  shaped 
or  oborate,  broad-winged:  fls.  white,  pink  or  red, 
diurnal. 

A.  Plant  canescent  or  villous,  usually  erect,  or  at  least 
prominently  ascending. 

14.  specidsa,  Nutt,    Perennial,  with  a  rootstock,  erect 
or  ascending  branches,  2  ft.  or  less  high,  canescent: 
Ivs.  linear  to  lance-oblong,  4  in.  or  less  long,  remotely 
or  sinuately  dentate,  or  the  lower  ones  pinnatifid,  at- 
tenuate at  base:  calyx -tube  as  long  as  the  ovary;  pet- 
als   large,  obcordate,  white  :    capsule    %-%    in.  long, 
8-winged,  acute  at  top.   Mo.,  W.  and  S.   B.M.  3189.    Gn. 
26,  p.  482. 

15.  tetraptera,   Cav.     Villous  :    capsule    larger    and 
more  broadly  winged,  very  abruptly  contracted  at  top: 
calyx-tube  shorter  than  the  ovary: 'fls.  white,  becoming 
rose.     Texas,  south.     B.M.  468.     Var.  Childsii  ( (E.  rb- 
sea  Mexicana,  Hort.)  is  a  handsome  form  introduced 
from  Texas  by  John  Lewis  Childs  in  1892.    It  was  found 
in  the  wild.   "We  first  secured  the  pink,"  Mr.  Childs 
writes,  "and  afterwards  someone  else  sent  us  the  white, 
blush  and  the  other  shades,  all  from  Texas."   In  some 
respects  it  differs  markedly  from  (E.  tetraptera,  and  it 
is  not  impossible  that  it  is  a  distinct  species.     In  culti- 
vation it  is  a  trailing  plant.    The  Ivs.  tend  to  be  broader 
and  less  pointed  than  in  (E.  tetraptera.    It  does  not  pro- 
duce seed  in  the  North,  but  is  readily  propagated   by 
cuttings.     It  is  an  excellent  plant  either  for  the  flower 
garden  or  for  pots  in  the  conservatory.    It  is  popularly 
known  as  the  "Mexican  Evening  Primrose." 

16.  rdsea,   Ait.     Koot  biennial    or    perennial  :    stem 
erect  or  ascending,  1-2  ft.,  branching  from  the  base: 
Ivs.  lanceolate  to  narrow  ovate-lanceolate,  mostly  acumi- 
nate, rather  abruptly  narrowed  to  a  petiole,  entire  or  re- 
motely denticulate  or  the  larger  ones  small-lobed  at  the 
base:    calyx -tube   shorter   than  the  ovary:    fls.    small, 
fuchsia-like,  purple  or  rose,  the  petals  rounded  and  en- 
tire: capsule  like  that  of  (E.  speciosa.     Texas  and  New 
Mexico,  south.    B.M.  347.  — Offered  by  seedsmen. 

AA.  Plant  glabrous  or  essentially  so,  nearly  stemless 
or  else  prostrate. 

17.  acaulis,  Cav.  ((E.  taraxacifdlia,  Hort.).     Tufted 
perennial  or  biennial  plant,  at  first  stemless,  but  pro- 
ducing prostrate,  somewhat  zigzag  stems:    Ivs.  oblong 
in  outline,  5-8  in.  long,  petioled,  divided  into  many  un- 
equal narrow  divisions  (like  a  dandelion  leaf) :  fls.  usu- 
ally opening  white,  but  changing  to  rose,  large  (2-3  in. 
across ) ,  the  very  slender  tube  3-5  in.  long :  capsule  short- 
obovate,  broadly  triangular-winged  above.    Chile.    B.R. 
9:763.    Gn.  26,  p.  480. -A  very  interesting  plant. 

X.  SUBGENUS  PACHYLOPHUS.     Stemless  or  essentially 

so:  stigma  4-cleft:  calyx-tube  very  slender  but 
enlarging  upwards,  longer  than  the  ovary:  cap- 
sule with  wrinkled  or  contorted  wings:  fls.  white 
or  pink. 

18.  csespitdsa,  Nutt.     ((E.  ex{mia,Gr&y.     (E.margi- 
nata,  Nutt.).    Crown  2—4  in.  high,  perennial  or  biennial: 
Ivs.  clustered,  oblong  to  narrow-lanceolate  or  spatulate, 


CENOTHERA 


1121 


sometimes  1  ft.  long,  attenuate,  repand-toothed,  pubes- 
cent: fls.  white  or  pink,  1^-3  in.  across,  the  petals  ob- 
cordate; calyx-tube  2-6  in.  long:  capsule  oblong-pointed, 
1-2  in.  long.  Neb.,  west  and  south.  B.M.  1593  5828 
Gn.  26:469;  47,  p.  46. 

XI.  SUBGENUS  LAVAUXIA.  Stemless  or  essentially  so: 
calyx-tube  very  slender,  enlarging  upwards, 
longer  than  the  ovary:  capsule  with  plane  or 
entire  wings:  fls.  white,  pink,  or  even  pale  yel- 
low. 

19.  brachycarpa,  Gray.  Perennial,  densely  pubescent: 
Ivs.  thickish,  ovate  to  very  narrow-lanceolate,  about  6  in. 
long,  long-stalked,  entire  or  notched  or  lyrately  pin- 
natifid:  calyx-tube  2-3  in.  long;  petals  about  1>£  in. 
long,  purplish:  capsule  ovate,  often  1  in.  long,  the 
wings  not  wrinkled.  Kansas,  west  and  south. 


1516.    Godetia  amcena. 
G.  rubicunda  splendens  of  the  trade  (X  %). 

XII.  SUBGENUS  GODETIA.  Stem-bearing :  calyx-tube 
short  and  usually  broad:  capsule  ovate  or  lin- 
ear, 4-sided,  not  winged:  fls.  lilac,  purple  or 
rose,  showy. 

The  Godetias  are  very  showy  garden  annuals,  with 
brilliant  pink  or  red-purple  flowers  of  satiny  luster. 
They  are  generally  of  easy  culture  in  any  warm  garden 
spot,  although  sometimes  subject  to  what  appears  to  be 
a  disease  of  the  root.  They  are  excellent  subjects  for 
pot  culture,  either  under  glass  or  in  the  open.  The  gar- 
den forms  are  derived  from  two  species. 

20.  amoena,  Lehm.  ((E.  Lindleyi,  Dougl.  (E.  rbseo- 
dlba,  Hornem.  (E.  blfrons,  Lindl.,  not  Don.  (E.pur- 
purea,  Hort.,  not  Curt.  Godetia  rubicunda  and  G. 
vinbsa,  Lindl.  G.  Lindleyana,  Spach.  G.  Xh-crtiana, 
Goujon).  Fig.  1516.  Rather  small,  often  slender,  small- 
leaved,  the  Ivs.  usually  linear  to  narrow-lanceolate  or 


1122 


CENOTHERA 


OHIO 


small-oblong,  entire  or  nearly  so:  fls.  1-1%  in.  across, 
white  or  rose  or  light-purple,  rarely  conspicuously 
spotted  in  the  throat,  scattered  on  leafy  branches: 
stigma  lobes  about  1%  lines  long:  capsule  1%  in.  or 
less  long,  tapering  at  both  ends,  on  a  pedicel  %  in.  or 
less  long,  the  seeds  in  one  row  in  each  locule.  Pacific 
coast,  from  Vancouver  Island  southward.  B.M.  2832. 
B.R.  17:1405,22:1856,1880.  R.H.  1872:430. -The  com- 
mon old-time  garden  Godetia,  and  much  given  to  dwarf 
forms.  One  of  the  best  forms  is  known  in  the  trade  as 
Godetia  rubicunda  splendens  (Fig.  1516).  A  common 
form  is  known  as  Bijou.  There  are  double  forms. 


1517.  CEnothera  Whitneyi. 
Godetia  Whitneyi  of  the  trade  (X  %). 

21.  Whitneyi,  Gray  (<E.  grandifldra,  Wats.,  not  Hort. 
Godetia  grandifldra,  Lindl.     G.  Whitneyi,  Moore.     G. 
gloridsa,  Hort.).    Stouter,  broader-leaved,  compact  in 
growth:  fls.  2-4  in.  across,  light  purple,  with  dark  pur- 
ple spot  at  the  throat  on  each  petal,  borne  in  a  short, 
dense,  not  leafy  spike  or  raceme;  stigma  lobes  3  lines 
long:  capsule   about  1  in.  long,  oblong  or  linear,   the 
seeds  in  two  rows  in  each  locule.    N.  Calif.    B.M.  5867. 
B.R.  28:61.     R.B.- 21:193.— The  large-flowered  Godetia 
of  gardens,  giving  rise  to  such  varieties  as  Lady  Albe- 
marle,  Duke  of  Fife,  Duchess  of  Fife,  Duchess  of  Al- 
bany, Grandiflora  maculata,  Brilliant. 

22.  quadrivulnera,   Dougl.    (Godetia    quadrivtilnera, 
Spach).    A  very  slender  species  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  linear  or 
nearly  so,  sessile,  or  with  a  very  short,  narrowed  base, 
entire  or  nearly  so:  fls.  about  %  in.  across,  purple,  with 
eroded  petals;   stigma-lobes   short:    capsule    /^-/4  in. 
long,  2-ribbed  at  the  alternate  angles,  sessile,  with  seeds 
in  1  row.    Calif.   B.R.  13: 1119. -Once offered  by  Orcutt. 

(E.  splendens,  "light  yellow,"  appears  in  trade  lists,  but  its 
identity  is  unknown  to  the  writer.  The  name  splendens  is  also 
commonly  used  for  a  form  of  Godetia  amoena.  L  H.  B. 


OHIO,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  Fig.  1518.  Ohio  lies  in 
nearly  a  square  body,  about  200  miles  from  north  to 
south  and  the  same  from  east  to  west.  The  surface  is 
undulating,  being  somewhat  hilly  in  some  portions, 
particularly  in  the  southeast  and  along  the  Ohio  river, 
and  quite  level  in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  state. 

There  are  no  great  elevations  nor  large  bodies  of 
water  in  the  interior  to  modify  the  climate.  Lake  Erie, 
on  the  north,  exerts  considerable  influence  for  some  dis- 
tance along  its  shores,  but  there  are  no  wide  climatic 
variations  between  different  parts  of  the  state.  The 
range  in  temperature  is  considerable,  sometimes  reach- 
ing 98°  in  summer  and  falling  as  low  as  30°  below  zero 
in  winter,  although  such  extremes  seldom  occur  in  the 
lake  region.  Some  of  the  more  tender  fruits  and  orna- 
mental plants  often  suffer  because  of  low  temperatures, 
but  all  horticultural  products  which  can  be  grown  in  the 
same  latitude  are  successfully  cultivated  within  the 
state.  The  annual  rainfall  is  about  38  inches,  and  severe 
droughts  seldom  occur. 

Ohio  has  great  horticultural  possibilities,  none  of 
which  are  fully  developed,  but  along  some  lines  the 
limit  seems  to  be  almost  reached;  at  least  until  wider 
markets  are  opened.  The  market  for  Ohio's  horticul- 
tural products  is  mostly  within  the  borders  of  the  state, 
the  most  notable  exceptions  being  grapes,  strawberries 
and  celery,  these  articles  being  snipped  to  other  states 
in  large  quantities.  The  outside  trade  in  nursery  prod- 
ucts is  also  considerable,  the  exports  of  trees  and 
plants  being  much  more  than  the  imports. 

To  the  awakening  of  interest  in  horticulture  and  dis- 
semination of  horticultural  knowledge,  much  is  due  to 
the  efforts  of  such  men  as  Kirtland,  Warder,  Elliot, 
Bateham,  Campbell  and  Ohmer.  The  first  united  efforts 
of  early  horticultural  workers  was  in  the  organization 
of  the  Ohio  Pomological  Society,  in  1847.  The  name 
was  afterward  changed  to  the  Ohio  State  Horticultural 
Society.  This  organization  remains  active  at  the  pres- 
ent time,  and  during  the  entire  period  of  its  existence 
has  numbered  among  its  members  many  of  the  foremost 
horticultural  workers  in  the  state.  Its  influence  has 
been  widely  felt,  both  directly  through  its  members  and 
publications,  and  indirectly  through  the  county  and 
local  societies,  a  number  of  which  are  offspring  of  the 
state  society. 

The  State  University  and  State  Experiment  Station 
have,  in  recent  years,  exerted  a  decided  influence  on  the 
horticulture  of  the  state  in  helping  to  a  better  knowl- 
edge of  plant  diseases  and  insects,  and  to  methods  of 
controlling  them,  as  well  as  in  special  horticultural 
work,  pertaining  to  methods,  varieties,  etc. 

Anything  like  a  complete  statistical  review  of  the  hor- 
ticultural products  of  the  state  would  be  impossible,  for 
such  statistics  have  not  been  gathered  for  all  crops. 
Statistics  of  this  kind  have  only  a  transient  value,  how- 
ever, and  hence  may  well  be  dispensed  with,  except  in  a 
few  cases  where  comparisons  need  to  be  made. 

Apples  are  grown  in  all  parts  of  the  state,  and,  while 
some  sections  are  better  adapted  to  apple  culture  than 
others,  there  can  hardly  be  said  to  be  any  well-defined 
apple  belts  within  its  borders,  as  shown  by  the  orchards 
planted.  There  are  commercial  orchards  in  all  parts  of 
the  state  where  alluvial  soils  abound,  except  in  limited 
areas  of  the  northwest.  But  few  large  orchards  are 
found  in  any  part  of  the  state.  Orchards  exceeding  50 
acres  in  extent  are  rare.  The  apple  crop  of  the  state 
is  of  considerable  commercial  importance,  however,  as 
shown  by  the  fact  that  it  often  reaches  a  total  of 
17,000,000  bushels.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  majority 
of  the  orchards  are  not  planted  for  commercial  purposes, 
much  of  the  fruit  produced  is  inferior  in  quality.  Com- 
mercial orchardists,  however,  are  giving  considerable 
attention  to  spraying  and  other  necessary  details  in 
orchard  management,  and  are  securing  very  satisfactory 
results. 

Although  the  state  is  but  little  more  than  200  miles 
across  from  north  to  south,  there  is  a  notable  difference 
in  the  varieties  of  winter  apples  grown  in  the  extreme 
northern  and  southern  portions.  The  Baldwin  is  the 
leading  variety  in  two  or  three  tiers  of  counties  lying 
along  the  lake;  Rhode  Island  Greening  finds  a  congenial 
home  in  this  section  also,  and  the  Northern  Spy  in  the 
northern  tier  of  counties.  None  of  these  varieties  is 


OHIO 

satisfactory  below  the  central  portion  of  the  state. 
Rome  Beauty  is  the  leading  sort  in  the  southern  part 
and  is  most  at  home  in  the  counties  lying  along  the  Ohio 
river.  Ben  Davis  is  well  adapted  to  the  same  section 
also.  The  Willow  Twig  is  very  satisfactory  along  the 
river  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  state.  Grimes  Golden, 
Jonathan, York  Imperial,  and  Hubbardston  are  found  to 
be  very  satisfactory  winter  sorts  in  nearly  all  parts  of 


OHIO 


1123 


Ml  CHICKS 


Areas  of  largest  peach  production. 
fH|      Areas  of  largest  celery  and  onion  production. 
Ml       Areas  of  largest  grape  production. 

1518.    Ohio,  to  show  horticultural  regions. 

the  state.  Of  early  varieties,  essentially  the  same  sorts 
are  grown  in  all  sections. 

The  conditions  for  successful  peach  culture  are  more 
favorable  along  the  shore  of  Lake  Erie  than  any  other 
part  of  the  state.  Ottawa  county  is  the  center  of  peach 
culture  in  this  section,  Catawba  Island  taking  the  lead. 
In  this  locality  the  vineyards  have  been  almost  wholly 
replaced  by  peach  orchards.  The  same  state  of  affairs 
exists  in  a  less  marked  degree  on  the  adjacent  islands 
and  peninsula.  Athens,  Muskingtmi  and  Coshocton 
counties,  in  the  southern  and  central  parts  of  the  state, 
produce  large  quantities  of  this  fruit  also.  There  are 
about  half  a  dozen  other  counties  in  which  peach  cul- 
ture is  made  a  special  feature  of  fruit-growing,  but  the 
industry  is  not  developed  to  the  extent  that  it  is  in  those 
above  named.  In  1896  the  total  peach  crop  of  the  state 
was  nearly  2,000,000  bushels,  and  of  this  Athens,  Mus- 
kingum,  Coshocton  and  Ottawa  counties  produced  more 
than  one-fourth.  Mountain  Rose,  Oldmixon,  Elberta, 
Smock,  and  Salway  are  the  varieties  most  commonly 
grown. 

There  are  no  large  areas  of  pear,  plum  and  cherry 
production  in  the  state,  although  a  considerable  number 


of  cherry  orchards  have  been  planted  near  Clyde,  in 
Sandusky  county.  Japan  plums  have  not  generally 
proved  reliable.  Red  June,  Burbank  and  Chabot  have 
proved  the  most  satisfactory  of  any.  None  are  reliably 
hardy.  Of  grapes,  there  are  about  15,000  acres  within 
the  state,  nearly  all  of  which  are  along  the  lake  shore 
and  on  the  islands  near  Sandusky,  Cuyahoga  county 
taking  the  lead  with  about  4,000  acres  of  vineyards. 
Owing  to  low  prices  of 
grapes,  plantings  have 
been  limited  in  recent 
years,  but  not  many  vine- 
yards have  been  de- 
stroyed, except  to  give 
place  to  peach  orchards. 
Concord,  Worden,  Dela- 
ware and  Catawba  have 
been  planted  more  than 
any  others. 

Small  fruits  sufficient 
for  the  home  demand  are 
grown  in  nearly  all  sec- 
tions, but  the  shipping 
trade  is  less  than  form- 
erly ;  hence  the  acreage 
devoted  to   these  fruits 
has  fallen  off  in  some  lo- 
calities.   The  total  acre- 
age   has   not  fallen  off, 
but  there   has   been   an 
increase  rather,  and  the 
cultivation  of  these 
fruits  has  become  more 
general.     In    both    area 
and  product  strawberries 
take    the  lead,  followed 
by     black      raspberries, 
blackberries,    red    rasp- 
berries,    currants     and 
gooseberries,    in   the   order   named. 
The  demand  for   black    raspberries 
has  fallen  off  considerably  of  late, 
and  the    acreage  has   decreased   in 
consequence.      Market-gardening  is 
carried   on   mostly    to   supply   local 
markets,  but  there  are  a  few  special- 
ties which  are  grown  on  a  large  scale 
in  a  number  of  localities. 

Early  tomatoes  and  cucumbers  are 
grown  in  large  quantities  along  the 
Ohio  river  for  northern  markets,  and 
^  ^  •       the  same  is  true,  to  a  less  extent,  of 

melons.       Large    celery    and    onion 
£.  farms  exist  in  Hardin,  Huron,  Me- 

dian, Wayne,  Cuyahoga,  Summit  and 
Stark  counties.  Reclaimed  swamps  consisting  of  muck 
are  used  for  this  purpose.  In  Ross  county  the  grow- 
ing of  onion  sets  has  become  a  large  industry,  the  soil 
in  this  case  being  alluvial. 

Several  pickling  establishments  are  in  operation  in 
various  parts  of  the  state,  and  for  these  are  grown 
many  thousands  of  acres  of  cucumbers  and  cabbage. 
A  number  of  canning  factories  are  found  within  the 
state,  and  these  take  the  products  of  large  areas  of 
tomatoes  and  sweet  corn.  Fruit  is  not  used  in  the  can- 
neries very  largely,  nor  are  peas,  except  in  a  few  cases. 
Vegetable-growing  under  glass  is  practiced  in  or  near 
nearly  all  towns  of  a  few  thousand  inhabitants.  The 
business  has  assumed  very  large  proportions  near  To- 
ledo, Cleveland  and  Ashtabula.  In  nearly  all  cases 
greenhoiises  of  the  best  form  of  construction  are  used, 
and  are  mostly  heated  by  hot  water.  About  Cincinnati, 
hotbeds  are  more  common  than  elsewhere.  This  is  the 
center  of  radish  production,  but  lettuce  is  the  leading 
crop  in  greenhouses.  The  houses  are  occupied  with  the 
crop  from  September  until  May,  and  about  the  middle 
of  February  tomatoes  or  cucumbers  are  planted  in  the 
lettuce  beds.  These  crops  are  in  bearing  during  May 
and  June.  Tomatoes  and  cucumbers  are  seldom  grown 
as  winter  crops,  as  lettuce  is  more  profitable  and  more 
easily  grown  in  midwinter  than  either  of  the  others. 
Grand  Rapids  lettuce  is  grown  almost  exclusively. 
Floricultural  establishments  are  found  in  all  parts  of 


O 


1124 


OHIO 


OKLAHOMA 


the  stata,  in  most  localities  the  products  being  for  the 
home  demand  only,  but  large  concerns  at  Painesville, 
Calla,  Springfield  and  Dayton  have  an  immense  ship- 

Eing  trade  of  plants,  the  mailing  trade  being  particu- 
irly  large.  Cut-flowers  are  grown  in  considerable 
quantities  also,  the  principal  centers  being  Cleveland 
and  Cincinnati.  Large  nursery  centers  exist  at  Paines- 
ville, on  the  lake  shore,  and  in  the  Miami  valley,  near 
Dayton  and  Troy.  The  stock  grown  in  these  and  other 
nurseries  of  the  state  consists  mainly  of  fruit  trees  and 
small  fruit  plants.  Ornamental  trees  and  plants  are 
grown  in  comparatively  limited  quantities,  for  the  rea- 
son that  landscape  gardening  and  ornamental  planting 
have  not  been  given  due  attention.  More  or  less  pre- 
tentious park  systems  are  in  a  state  of  development  in 
some  of  the  larger  cities,  Cincinnati,  Cleveland  and 
Toledo  leading  in  this  respect.  A  number  of  cemeteries 
show  considerable  care  in  maintenance  and  some  skill 
in  planting,  but  well-arranged  private  grounds  are  rare. 
Spring  Grove  cemetery,  in  Cincinnati,  was  one  of  the 
first  large  landscape  cemeteries  in  the  world.  Mount 
Auburn,  in  Cambridge,  was  the  first  rural  cemetery  in 
this  country.  See  Landscape  Gardening  and  Strauch. 

While  landscape  art  is  in  a  rather  backward  condition 
within  the  state,  there  is  quite  a  fund  of  accumulated 
knowledge  regarding  the  adaptability  of  species  and 
varieties  of  trees  and  plants  to  this  climate.  It  would 
be  too  broad  a  statement  to  say  that  foreign  species  do 
not  succeed  here,  but  so  many  have  been  disappointing 
that  there  seems  to  be  little  of  any  value  left.  Fortu- 
nately there  is  an  abundance  of  suitable  material  in  our 
own  and  neighboring  states. 

Ohio  is  a  great  agricultural  state,  and  this  fact  has 
somewhat  retarded  horticultural  development,  but,  on 
the  other  hand,  large  manufacturing  interests  have  had, 
and  will  continue  to  have,  the  opposite  effect,  and  Ohio 
will  in  the  near  future  take  high  rank  as  a  horticul- 
tural state.  W.  j.  GREEN. 

OKLAHOMA,     HOETICULTUEAL    POSSIBILITIES 

OF.     Fig.  1519.     The  northern  boundary  of  Oklahoma 

is  37°  north  latitude.     The  southern 

boundary  is   an  irregular   line,  but 

does  not  extend  far  south  of  the  35th 

parallel.    Except  a  small  strip  which 

•extends  to  the  103d  meridian,  most  of 

the  territory  lies  between  96°  30'  west 

and  100°  west  longitude.  The  greater 

portion  of  the  country  has  an  altitude 

of  800  to  1,400  feet.     The  surface  of 

the  country  is  rolling  prairie,  with 

numerous   small    rivers   and   creeks 

flowing  east.  The  longer  streams  are 

wide,  shallow,  and  very  sandy.    The 

shorter  streams  are  narrow  and  have 

high,  steep  banks.     In  the  eastern 

half    there    are    considerable    areas 

covered  with  timber,  the  greater  part 

of  which  is  black-jack  and  post-oak. 

Elm,  cottonwood,  pecan,  hickory,  red 

cedar,  walnut,  hackberry  and  honey - 

locust  are  common,  but  do  not  form 

separate  forests  as  the  oaks  do.     In 

the  western  part  timber  belts  follow 

the  streams,  and  in  the  extreme  western  part  only  brush 

and  small  trees  are  found.     The  soil  is  usually  a  fine 

sand,  the  particles  lying  very  compactly. 

Previous  to  the  settlement  of  the  country,  in  1889,  the 
prairies  were  burned  off  each  year.  This  kept  the  soil 
poor  in  humus.  There  is  very  little  clay  soil  in  the  terri- 
tory except  along  the  small  streams,  the  bottomlands  of 
which  contain  considerable  clay.  The  soil  is  fertile  and 
contains  a  good  supply  of  plant-food.  The  subsoil  is 
very  compact,  usually  joint-clay,  where  the  surface  soil 
is  a  black  or  gray  color;  but  the  red  or  brown  loam  sur- 
face soil  is  usually  underlaid  with  a  more  loose  and 
mellow  subsoil.  The  black  and  gray  soils  are  usually 
found  at  greater  altitudes,  and  are  seldom  covered  with 
timber.  Often  these  soils  contain  large  quantities  of 
alkali,  and  the  well  and  spring  water  in  such  localities  is 
very  poor.  Stone  is  abundant  in  some  sections  and 
very  scarce  in  others,  but  there  is  not  enough  surface 
rock  to  be  a  factor  in  controlling  the  amount  of  till- 


able land.  Red  and  gray  sandstone  are  the  most  abun- 
dant. 

The  extremes  of  temperature  between  summer  and 
winter  are  great.  In  some  places  the  temperature 
reaches  zero  during  the  most  severe  storms  of  winter. 
Except  during  occasional  storms,  the  winter  is  mild  and 
usually  dry.  A  snowfall  of  more  than  six  inches  in  depth 
is  arre,  and  soon  melts.  Plowing  and  other  such  farm 
work  may  be  done  nearly  all  winter.  During  the  sum- 
mer a  maximum  of  100°  F.  is  frequently  reached.  The 
high  temperature  is  nearly  always  accompanied  by  a 
dry  wind.  In  the  hottest  weather  the  nights  are  cool 
and  refreshing.  The  average  mean  temperature  is 
about  60°.  The  wind  is  a  prominent  factor  in  the  climate 
of  Oklahoma.  The  prevailing  wind  is  from  the  south 
during  most  of  the  year.  The  air  is  dry,  and  the  wind 
and  hot  sun  dry  the  soil  rapidly.  The  rainfall  usually 
is  light  during  July  and  August,  and  the  warm,  dry 
winds  from  the  south  and  southwest  make  this  the  most 
trying  season  for  vegetation.  The  wind  is  so  strong  and 
constant  that  it  does  considerable  damage  to  young  trees 
and  vines  unless  they  are  protected  by  some  form  of 
wind-break.  Many  snow  and  rain  storms  are  accom- 
panied by  hard  winds,  which  are  seldom  destructive. 

The  average  annual  rainfall  for  the  territory  is  about 
30  in.  For  the  eastern  half  it  is  about  33  in.,  and  gradu- 
ally decreases  to  about  20  in.  in  the  extreme  western 
part.  The  rainfall  for  any  one  year  varies  greatly  in 
different  localities,  and  these  areas  of  light  and  heavy 
precipitation  are  variable  in  size,  shape  and  location 
from  year  to  year.  The  line  of  average  equal  rainfall 
runs  almost  north  and  south,  bearing  to  the  west  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  territory.  The  winter  and  late 
summer  are  dry.  Light  snows  fall  during  January, 
February  and  March,  but  usually  melt  in  two  or  three 
days.  Snow  storms  seldom  reach  the  southern  portion, 
and  are  light  when  they  do.  The  rain  and  snow  storms, 
almost  without  exception,  travel  from  west  and  north  to 
east  and  south.  They  travel  very  rapidly  and  last  only 
a  short  time;  the  heaviest  rains  last  only  a  few  hours. 
Slow  rains  are  rare,  and  come  only  during  the  colder 


1519.    Geographical  features  of  Oklahoma. 

part  of  the  year.  In  1897  there  were  about  250  days  of 
sunshine,  which  is  about  the  average.  There  is  very 
little  dark,  foggy  weather  ;  and  heavy  dews,  though 
common,  are  much  lightened  by  the  almost  constant 
breeze. 

The  flora  of  Oklahoma  may  be  said  to  be  a  mixture 
of  the  floras  of  Kansas  and  Texas,  there  being  few  spe- 
cies found  here  that  are  not  found  in  one  or  both  of 
these  states.  The  predominance  of  yellow  flowers  is 
one  of  its  most  prominent  characteristics.  The  botani- 
cal collections  of  the  country  are  far  from  complete, 
but  are  complete  enough  to  justify  the  statement  that 
the  flora  is  not  a  very  extensive  one.  The  number  of 
perennial  species  is  very  small,  and  only  a  small  por- 
tion of  these  are  trees.  The  trees  are  usually  low  and 
much  branched,  and  give  a  poor  quality  of  lumber, 
which  is,  no  doubt,  partly  due  to  the  annual  burning, 
and  neither  represents  the  quality  or  quantity  of  tim- 
ber which  the  country  is  capable  of  producing  when 


OKLAHOMA 

protected  from  the  fire.  Wild  fruit  plants  are  abundant 
in  nearly  all  parts  of  the  territory,  and  usually  bear 
moderately  well.  The  plum,  persimmon,  grape,  black- 
berry and  dewberry  are  most  common.  With  a  reason- 
able amount  of  cultivation,  most  orchard  fruits  do  well. 
Young  orchards  are  beginning  to  bear  in  nearly  all 
parts  of  the  territory.  These  orchards  contain  only  a 
short  list  of  varieties,  but  most  of  these  seem  well 
adapted  to  the  country.  Most  varieties  show  a  strong 
tendency  to  early  bearing.  The  fruit  is  of  good  form, 
size  and  quality,  and  promises  to  become  one  of  the 
leading  crops.  See  Indian  Territory.  Q.  M.  MORRIS. 

OKRA,  or  GUMBO  (Hibiscus  esculentus).  Introduced 
into  United  States  and  West  Indies  from  Africa,  and 
cultivated  for  its  fruit  pods,  which  are  used  in  soups, 
stews,  catsups,  etc.  In  soups  and  catsup,  it  gives  body 
to  the  dish;  stewed,  it  is  mucilaginous,  and  while  at 
first  not  agreeable  to  many  people,  a  taste  for  it  is  easily 
acquired.  It  is  also  dried  and  canned  for  winter  use. 
Sow  in  spring  after  the  ground  is  thoroughly  warmed, 
in  good  vegetable  land.  Make  the  rows  3  to  5  feet  apart, 
according  to  variety,  and  drop  seeds  about  2  inches 
apart  in  the  row;  cover  1  or 2  inches  deep.  After  plants 
are  six  inches  high,  thin  to  1  foot  apart  for  dwarf  varie- 
ties and  to  about  3  feet  for  the  largest  varieties.  The 
seedlings  transplant  with  considerable  difficulty,  so  they 
need  to  be  started  in  flower-pots  if  an  extra-early  crop 
is  desired.  The  pods  must  be  gathered  before  the  fiber 
develops  in  them:  the  size  will  vary  with  the  variety, 
but  if  it  is  too  "  stringy  "  to  cut  with  a  dull  case-knife  it 
is  too  old.  Keep  all  old  pods  cut  off.  The  dwarf  varie- 
ties are  in  greater  favor  in  the  South  because  of  their 
habit  of  bearing  early.  A  plant,  constantly  cropped,  re- 
mains in  bearing  condition  until  frost  kills  it,  but  al- 
lowed to  retain  pods  it  suspends  growth  until  the  seeds 
have  matured,  when  a  second  growth  may  take  place. 
Okra  will  grow  for  years  if  not  killed  by  frost  or  other 
adverse  conditions,  i.  e.,  it  makes  an  indeterminate 
growth  like  cotton,  malva,  hibiscus,  etc.  For  shipping, 
•cut  the  stems  (peduncles)  an  inch  or  so  long  as  to  pre- 
vent wilting  in  transit.  Pack  firmly  in  vegetable  crates. 
The  demand  for  this  vegetable  is  increasing,  especially 
in  New  York  City.  Seed  is  easily  grown  and  saved. 
The  plant  is  subject  to  several  diseases  to  such  an  ex- 
tent that  it  is  impracticable  to  raise  a  crop  on  certain 
pieces  of  land.  Rotation  is  the  best  remedy. 

P.  H.  ROLFS. 

Okra  is  a  half-hardy  annual  in  the  North,  originally 
from  Africa,  introduced  into  the  United  States  from  the 
West  Indies.  It  is  cultivated  for  its  young  green  pods, 
which  are  used  in  soups,  stews  and 
catsups,  to  impart  a  thick,  viscous 
consistency,  like  tapioca  or  sago. 
When  ripe,  the  black  or  brown 
white -eyed,  globular  seeds  are 
sometimes  roasted  and  used  as  a 
coffee  substitute.  Okra  should  be 
sown  in  a  dry,  warm  soil,  of  me- 
dium fertility  and  texture,  after 
danger  of  frost  has  passed.  For  an 
early  crop  the  plants  may  be  started 
in  a  hotbed  four  weeks  earlier  than 
sowings  in  the  open  ground.  The 
seeds  should  be  covered  about  an 
inch  deep,  1-2  ft.  asunder,  and  in 
rows  2-3%  ft.  apart,  according  to 
the  variety,  whether  dwarf  or  tall. 
In  the  South  Okra  is  very  generally  cultivated;  in  the 
North  it  is  almost  unknown  and  only  the  dwarf  varieties 
(Fig.  1520)  succeed.  M.  G.  KAINS. 

OLD  MAN.  Another  name  for  the  Southernwood, 
Artemisia  Abrotamim  ;  also  for  the  Rosemary,  Ros- 
marinus  officinalis. 

OLD-MAN-AND-WOMAN,  or  common  Houseleek. 
Sempervivum  tectorum. 

OLD  MAN  CACTUS.     Pilocereus  senilis. 

OLD  MAN'S  BEARD.  In  Europe,  Clematis  Vitalba; 
in  America  our  common  Wild  Clematis,  C.  Viryiniana; 
also  Saxifraga  sarmentosa  ;  rarely  the  Fringe  Tree, 
Chionanthus. 


OLIVE 


1125 


1520. 

Dwarf  Density  Okra. 
A  small  variety  valu- 
able for  the  North. 


OLE  A  (classical  name  for  Olive).  Oleacece.  OLIVE. 
Between  30  and  40  trees  or  shrubs  of  the  tropical  and 
warm-temperate  parts  of  the  Old  World  to  New  Zealand. 
Lvs.  evergreen  and  thick,  opposite,  usually  entire,  and 
often  rusty-tomentose  beneath:  fls.  small,  usually  im- 
perfect, white  or  whitish,  in  forking  panicles  or  fascicles, 
the  short  calyx  4-toothed  (corolla  sometimes  none),  the 
short-tubed  corolla  with  4  valvate  lobes,  the  stamens  2: 
ovary  2-loculed,  bearing  a  short  style  and  capitate 
stigma:  fr.  an  oblong  or  ovoid  drupe.  The  best  known 
species  is  0.  Europaea,  Linn,  (see  Olive).  It  is  a  small 
tree,  rarely  exceeding  20  or  25  ft.  in  height,  and  bearing 
small  lanceolate  Ivs.  and  axillary  forking  racemes  of 
yellowish  white  fragrant  fls.  It  is  probably  native  to  the 
Mediterranean  region.  It  has  been  in  cultivation  from 
the  earliest  times.  0.  chrysophylla,  Lam.,  from  tropical 
Africa,  has  been  introduced  by  F.  Franceschi,  Santa 
Barbara.  It  is  a  small  tree,  noteworthy  because  of  the 
golden  color  of  the  under  surface  of  the  Ivs.  The  drupe 
is  large  and  blackish :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  acute,  entire, 
shining  above.  For  O.  fragrans,  illicifolia,  Aquifol- 
lum,  and  for  garden  treatment  of  the  true  Oleas,  see 
Osmanthus.  ^  jj  g 

OLEANDER.     See  Nerium   Oleander. 

OLEARIA  (derivation  uncertain).  Compdsitce.  O. 
Haastii  in  New  Zealand  forms  a  small  bushy  tree  of 
rounded  form,  with  very  stout  branches  densely  clothed 
with  deep  green  foliage  and  covered  with  numerous 
small  white  flowers.  The  genus  is  a  very  large  one,  and 
is  confined  to  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  where  many 
of  the  species  are  known  as  Daisy  trees.  O.  Haastii, 
however,  is  far  removed  from  our  common  idea  of 
either  a  daisy  or  a  composite.  The  heads  are  about 
three-eighths  of  an  inch  across,  and  look  like  an  ordi- 
nary small  4-petaled  white  flower.  They  are  borne  in 
flattish  branched  clusters  of  a  dozen  or  so.  The  rays 
vary  from  3  to  5  in  number,  and  the  disk  is  reduced  to 
4-6  yellow  fls.  This  rare  plant  is  said  to  be  hardy  in 
eastern  England.  It  was  offered  in  America  in  1899. 

Olearia  is  a  genus  of  85  or  more  species.  Shrubs, 
sometimes  arborescent  or  suffrutescent,  rarely  branch- 
ing herbs:  Ivs.  alternate,  rarely  opposite,  feather-veined 
or  1-nerved,  entire  or  dentate:  heads  large,  medium  or 
small,  solitary,  corymbose  or  panicled  :  rays  white  or 
blue:  disk  yellow  or  rarely  purplish  blue.  For  generic 
characters,  see  Flora  Australiensis  3:463,  where  the 
genus  is  split  into  5  sections. 

Haastii,  Hook.  Lvs.  %-l  in.  long,  elliptic  or  ovate- 
oblong,  obtuse,  short  -  petioled,  very  leathery,  dark 
green  above,  white,  but  not  shiny  below.  B.M.  6592. 
G.C.  III.  20:533.  Gn.  38,  p.  149.  F.  1874,  p.  198.  w.M. 

OLEASTER.     Popular  name  of  Elceagnus  hortensis. 
OLERICULTURE.     See  Vegetable  Gardening. 

OLIVE.  Figs.  1521,  1522.  California  is  the  principal 
state  in  the  Union  in  which  the  Olive  is  grown,  although 
there  are  portions  of  Arizona  and  New  Mexico  in  which 
the  climatic  conditions  are  such  that  it  is  probable  that 
the  industry  will  in  time  become  permanently  estab- 
lished on  a  rather  large  scale. 

The  history  of  the  Olive  is  of  peculiar  interest,  not 
alone  because  it  is  so  closely  interwoven  with  the  eco- 
nomics of  the  ancients,  as  well  as  with  the  daily  life  of 
the  people  in  Asia  Minor  and  in  southern  Europe,  but 
because  of  the  vicissitudes  of  cultivation,  the  difficulties 
to  confront-not  yet  overcome- and  the  great  possi- 
bilities for  the  culture  of  the  fruit  commercially.  Bo- 
tanically,  the  Olive  is  known  as  Olea  Europcea  (which 
see),  belonging  to  the  natural  family  Oleacete.  Olea 
is  a  genus  of  trees  and  shrubs  "having  opposite,  ever- 
green, leathery  Ivs.,  which  are  generally  entire,  smooth, 
and  minutely  scaly;  small  fls.  in  compound  axillary  ra- 
cemes, or  in  thyrsi  at  the  end  of  the  twigs  ;  a  small 
4-toothed  calyx,  a  4-cleft  corolla,  2  stamens,  a  2-cleft 
stigma:  the  fr.  a  drupe."  It  is  a  native  of  Syria  and 
other  Asiatic  countries,  and  has  for  many  centuries  be- 
come naturalized  in  the  south  of  Europe. 

In  the  Mission  San  Diego,  in  the  far  southern  part  of 
California,  were  planted  the  first  Olives,  according  to 


1126 


OLIVE 


OLIVE 


the  early  historical  accounts,  which  are  more  or  less 
authentic.  It  is  known  that  in  1769  sundry  fruit  and 
vegetable  seeds  were  imported  into  California  from 
Mexico  by  Jose"  de  Galvez,  and  it  is  assumed  that  among 
them  were  seeds  of  the  Olive,  for  in  after  years,  as  new 
missions  were  built,  the  Fathers  planted  Olive  trees 
grown  from  cuttings  taken  from  trees  at  the  old  San 
Diego  Mission.  Hence  the  name  "Mission "by  which 
this  variety  became  known ;  and  it  was  the  only  variety 
with  which  Californians  were  familiar  until  about  1880, 


1521.    Olive  in  flower  and  fruit. 


after  which  time  many  trees  were  annually  imported 
from  Italy,  Spain  and  Prance,  though  some  were  im- 
ported in  smaller  numbers  previous  to  this  time. 

There  is  an  immense  area  in  California  suited  to  the 
cultivation  of  the  Olive,  both  as  to  climate  and  soil.  It 
extends  from  the  southernmost  extremity  to  the  foot  of 
Mount  Shasta,  nearly  600  miles,  and  in  width  from  the 
foot-hills  of  the  Sierra  Nevadas  to  the  coast, varied  accor- 
ding to  soil  and  other  local  conditions.  Theoretically  this 
range  is  true,  the  Olive  requiring  a  mean  annual  tem- 
perature of  57°,  the  mean  for  the  coldest  month  to  be  41°, 
and  at  no  time  must  the  temperature  fall  below  14°.  But 
while  the  Olive  will  grow  and  bear  fruit  under  these  condi- 
tions, as  with  all  other  fruits  there  are  certain  peculiar 
localities  where  soil  and  climate  combined  are  best 
adapted  to  its  production  in  the  greatest  degree  of  ex- 
cellence and  in  the  most  remunerative  form.  As  with 
other  fruits,  there  was  formerly  much  misconception 
regarding  the  requirements  of  the  Olive,  which  has  re- 
sulted in  a  great  deal  of  disappointment  and  pecuniary 
loss.  Pessimists  proclaimed  that  the  culture  of  the  Olive 
was  a  failure,  that  it  "did  not  pay,"  but  they  forgot  that 
lack  of  success  might  be  due  to  errors  in  judgment  on 
the  part  of  the  planter. 

The  Olive  thrives  best  in  a  warm,  dry  atmosphere, 
where  the  soil  is  rich  and  well  drained.  However,  it 
will  grow  and  bear  crops  in  a  greater  variety  of  soils 
than  most  trees.  While  the  tree  may  live  when  the 
temperature  falls  to  14°,  the  chances  are  against  it,  and 
any  frost  during  blossoming,  or  great  heat  or  strong 
winds  at  this  time  or  while  the  fruit  is  young,  is  likely 
to  destroy  prospects  of  a  crop,  or  to  materially  diminish 
them.  Because  the  Olive  was  said  to  be  able  to  grow 
anywhere  in  California,  and  to  prefer  a  rocky  hillside, 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  trees  have  been  planted  in 
such  uncongenial  surroundings,  which  of  itself  is  suffi- 
cient reason  why  the  present  crop  returns  do  not  at  all 
come  up  to  expectations  according  to  the  published  esti- 
mate of  acreage  in  trees  compiled  from  the  books  of 
the  county  assessors.  Such  estimate  shows  the  number 
of  Olive  trees  in  California  to  be  nearly  3,000,000,  but  a 
large  number  of  these  trees  are  neglected,  being  un- 


profitable because  planted  where  neither  plant-food  nor 
water  is  available  in  sufficient  quantity.  Many  other 
groves  were  planted  too  near  the  coast,  where  the  ocean 
fogs  are  prevalent  during  the  summer  months.  This 
condition  was  not  right,  for  while  the  trees  would  grow 
and  bear  crops,  the  fruit  was  not  of  the  same  quality  as 
that  produced  under  a  sunny  sky,  and  the  trees  suffered 
more  from  attacks  of  scale  (Lecanium)  in  a  foggy  cli- 
mate than  in  the  warmer  interior  valleys. 

The  Olive  grows  to  perfection  in  good  soils  through- 
out the  length  and  breadth  of  the  San  Joaquin  and  Sac- 
ramento valleys ;  in  many  of  the  smaller  Coast  Range 
valleys,  and  up  to  an  elevation  of  1,000  feet  or  more  in 
this  range,  and  in  the  warm  belt  of  the  foot-hills  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada  mountains.  As  fine  trees  for  their  age 
and  as  fine  fruit,  either  for  oil  or  for  pickling,  may  be 
seen  as  far  north  as  Oroville  and  Palermo,  in  Butte 
county,  and  all  through  the  northern  Sacramento  valley, 
as  in  the  counties  in  the  extreme  south. 

The  Olive  is  propagated  in  various  ways:  from  the 
seed,  from  tips,  from  long  cuttings,  from  sprouts, 
suckers,  and  by  layering.  The  seeds  require  some  time 
to  germinate,  frequently  two  seasons,  and  the  growth  of 
tne  young  plants  is  slow  at  first.  This  method,  includ- 
ing the  after-budding  or  grafting,  is  tedious,  and  there- 
fore not  popular,  although  a  tree  on  a  seedling  root 
will  be  more  robust  and  long-lived.  Nurserymen  usu- 
ally adopt  the  "tip  "  system.  "Tips  "  are  small  branches 
or  ends,  usually  the  laterals,  taken  from  the  tree  when 
it  is  in  its  most  dormant  state,  cut  4  or  5  inches  long, 
the  upper  Ivs.  partially  trimmed,  while  the  lower  ones 
are  cut  off  close  to  the  stem.  These  are  then  planted  in 
a  sand-bed  or  the  propagating  box  until  sufficiently  well 
rooted  to  transplant  to  the  nursery  row.  Many  growers 
prefer  to  grow  their  trees  from  cuttings  14  inches  long, 
made  from  2-  or  3-year-old  wood,  and  up  to  1%  inches 
in  diameter. 

The  Olive  requires  irrigating  to  the  same  extent  as 
other  trees.  In  other  words,  if  there  is  not  sufficient 
moisture  by  rainfall,  then  water  must  be  applied  artifi- 
cially. As  it  thrives  best  in  the  warmer  regions  of  the 
state,  where  evaporation  is  very  rapid,  the  inference 
must  be  that  irrigation  is  generally  necessary  for  the 
Olive.  There  is  a  saying  in  Italy,  "No  manure,  no  oil," 
which  means  that  the  Olive  needs  suitable  food,  and 
without  water  it  cannot  obtain  it. 

Almost  every  known  variety  has  been  imported  into 
California,  and,  unfortunately,  planted  too  extensively 
before  it  had  been  determined  by  experiment  which 
was  the  better  adapted  to  the  varied,  and  to  some  ex- 
tent foreign,  conditions.  Hence  many  orchards  are  un- 
profitable because  the  varieties  planted,  from  whatever 
cause,  do  not  bear  crops  in  paying  quantity.  The  "Mis- 
sion" is  still  more  largely  planted  than  any  other  va- 
riety, as  it  seems  more  universally  adaptive,  and  is 
valuable  both  for  oil  and  for  pickling.  Some  of  the 
other  varieties  which  are  known  to  be  good,  and  which 
may  supersede  the  Mission,  are,  for  oil,  Atrorubens, 
Manzanillo,  Nevadillo  Blanco,  Pendoulier,  Precox, 
Razzo,  Rubra;  for  pickling,  Ascolano,  Lucques,  Macro- 
carpa,  Polymorpha,  Regalis,  Sevillano.  Atroviolacea  is 
valuable  for  drying,  losing  its  bitter  taste  in  the  pro- 
cess; also  the  Sweet  Olive,  which  has  no  bitterness. 

For  extracting  the  oil  the  same  methods  are  employed 
which  were  in  vogue  thousands  of  years  ago,  with  this 
difference,  that  the  improved  machinery  of  the  present 
day  with  steam  power  reduces  the  question  of  labor  to  a 
minimum.  It  is  essential  that  the  Olives  be  perfectly 
ripe  and  sound ;  when  picked  they  are  spread  upon  trays 
piled  one  above  the  other,  allowing  for  free  circulation  of 
air,  until  the  water  in  them  is  mostly  evaporated.  Crush- 
ing is  done  under  stone  or  iron  rollers  that  are  made  to 
revolve  in  a  large  stone  or  iron  basin  in  which  about  350 
pounds  of  Olives  are  placed.  From  this  pulp  the  first 
or  "virgin"  oil  is  extracted  by  gentle  pressure,  the 
pomace  is  removed  and  again  pressed  to  secure  a  sec- 
ond grade  of  oil,  and  sometimes  a  third  grade  is  se- 
cured. The  oil  left  still  in  the  pomace  is  used  by  the 
soap-maker  in  the  manufacture  of  Castile  soap,  and  the 
residuum  is  valuable  as  a  fertilizer.  There  are  many 
details,  all  being  important  in  themselves,  absolute 
cleanliness  and  scrupulous  care  being  observed  in  all 
the  operations. 


OLIVE 

Pickling  Olives  is  a  simple  matter  in  theory,  but  even 
more  judgment  is  needed  than  in  the  oil-extracting  pro- 
cess. The  "bitter"  is  withdrawn  by  the  use  of  lye,  or 
else  by  long  and  daily  immersions  in  fresh  water.  There 
is  an  increasing  demand  for  Californian  ripe  pickled 
Olives,  the  crop  invariably  being  sold  before  ready  for 
delivery.  In  quality  and  flavor  they  are  distinctly  supe- 
rior to  the  best  imported  green  Olives.  The  most  dis- 
couraging feature  connected  with  the  marketing  of 
Olive  oil  is  the  fact  that  the  imported  oils  are  nearly  all 
adulterated  more  or  less  either  at  foreign  ports  or  in  the 
United  States,  some  showing  80  or  90  per  cent  of  cotton- 
seed. Until  some  national  law  is  passed  by  which  cot- 
tonseed oil  shall  be  labeled  and  sold  as  such  and  not 
under  names  designed  merely  to  deceive,  such  as  "Pure 
Lucca  Oil,"  "Pure  California  Oil, ""Sweet  Olive  Oil," 
etc.,  the  prospects  for  the  California  Olive-grower  will 
not  brighten  as  far  as  the  production  of  oil  is  concerned. 
Given  such  a  law,  California  can  and  will  produce  all 
.the  Olive  oil  that  is  needed  in  the  United  States. 

See  report  on  the  Condition  of  Olive  Culture  in  Cali- 
fornia by  A.  P.  Hayne,  Bull.  129  of  Calif.  Exp.  Sta., 
issued  May,  1900.  LEONARD  COATES. 

OLIVE  PRODUCTS.  — Olives  are  almost  entirely  used  for 
making  oil  and  pickles ;  some  varieties  are  prepared  by 
simple  drying,  but  the  quantity  so  used  in  the  U.  S.  is 
very  small  and  need  hardly  be  considered  a  market  prod- 
uct as  yet.  The  general  use  of  Olive  oil  in  this  coun- 
try has  been  somewhat  retarded  by  the  introduction 
and  sale  of  refined  (clarified)  cottonseed  oil  under  vari- 
ous names  and  brands  as  substitutes  for  the  more  ex- 
pensive genuine  oil.  In  some  cases  Olive  oil  is  adul- 
terated, to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  with  the  cheaper 
cottonseed  oil,  and  sold  as  "pure  Olive  oil."  This  state 
of  affairs  is  owing  almost  entirely  to  the  fact  that  the 
general  American  public  does  not,  as  yet,  appreciate  the 
delicate  flavor  of  a  properly  prepared  pure  Olive  oil.  At 
present  the  market  demands  that  an  oil  must  be  clear 
and  brilliant,  without  reference  to  its  quality  or  flavor, 
and  consequently  even  pure  Olive  oil  is  "clarified"  and 
filtered  until  it  loses  its  delicate  and  characteristic 
aroma.  It  is  then  no  better  than  the  cheaper  cotton- 
seed product  with  which  it  has  to  compete.  But  grad- 
ually the  differences  are  being  appreciated,  and  the  de- 
mand for  the  true  article  is  slowly  but  surely  increasing. 

Pickled  ripe  Olives  have  steadily  grown  in  favor,  and 
the  more  their  value  as  a  food  material  is  appreciated 
the  greater  will  be  the  demand  for  a  properly  prepared 
product.  As  yet  little  or  no  pickled  green  .Olives  are 
prepared  in  California.  These  do  not  serve  as  food, 
however,  as  do  the  ripe  Olives,  but  merely  as  a  relish, 
and  must  be  considered  as  a  delicacy  rather  than  as  a 
staple  article  of  diet;  hence  their  preparation  can  only 
be  undertaken  under  special  conditions,  each  manufac- 
turer having  his  own  particular  process  or  recipe. 

The  manufacture  of  Olive  oil,  though  apparently  a 
simple  process,  requires  the  most  painstaking  care,  and 
the  closest  attention  to  every  detail,  for  the  production 
of  high-grade  oil.  To  begin,  the  fruit  must  be  carefully 
picked  by  hand,  avoiding  all  unsound  drupes,  and  han- 
dled as  little  as  possible  in  order  to  avoid  bruising.  In 
some  of  the  orchards  in  Europe  the  fruits  are  dropped 
into  pails  half  filled  with  water,  thus  reducing  to  a  mini- 
mum the  danger  of  bruising.  This  is  specially  im- 
portant when  the  Olives  have  to  be  kept  for  any  length 
of  time  before  crushing.  It  is  by  far  the  best  plan  to 
crush  immediately,  but  this  is  not  always  possible. 
Then  the  Olives  must  be  dried,  and  stored  in  layers  not 
over  three  inches  in  depth,  with  a  free  circulation  of 
air  between  the  layers,  in  order  to  prevent  molding 
or  fermenting.  In  no  case  must  unsound  fruit  be 
used,  as  even  a  few  slightly  moldy  or  fermented  ber- 
ries will  impart  a  disagreeable  odor  and  flavor  to  the 
entire  product.  When  Olives  have  been  frosted  they 
must  be  picked  and  crushed  immediately  ;  a  delay  of 
twenty-four  hours  will  render  them  unfit  for  use.  The 
proper  stage  of  ripeness  is  an  important  factor.  The 
tendency  is  to  allow  the  Olives  to  overripen.  This  is  a 
mistake,  as  the  quality  of  the  oil  is  thereby  deteriorated. 
Just  after  changing  color  has  been  found  to  be  the 
proper  stage  for  picking,  for  then  the  maximum  oil-con- 
tent and  keeping  qualities  of  the  oil  have  been  reached. 


OLIVE 


1127 


Various  devices  have  been  used  for  crushing.  Formerly 
it  was  the  practice  to  crush  fruit  and  pits  together  be- 
tween heavy  millstones;  but  it  has  been  found  that  the 
oil  from  the  kernels  not  only  imparts  its  characteristic 
flavor  to  the  flesh  oil,  but  also  impairs  its  keeping  quali- 
ties. At  present  crushers  are  used  with  the  stones  set 
far  enough  apart  to  avoid  breaking  the  pits.  Roller 
crushers  are  sometimes  used,  but  these  are,  as  a  rule, 
objectionable  on  account  of  the  liability  of  chemical 
action  between  the  acids  of  the  Olive  juice  and  the  iron, 
resulting  in  an  inky  color  and  taste.  In  Europe  the 


1522.    California  Olives,  showing  one  method  of  pruning. 

crushed  pulp  is  pressed  in  special  mats  made  of  esparto 
grass,  holding  about  twenty -five  pounds  each;  but  in 
California  these  mats  have  been  found  to  be  too  expen- 
sive, and  linen  or  sail-cloth  has  been  successfully  used 
instead.  The  best  form  of  press  is  a  screw-press,  so 
arranged  that  the  pressure  is  very  gradual,  and  pro- 
vided with  a  perforated  steel  basket  (wood  would  not 
do  on  account  of  the  absorbed  oil  becoming  rancid),  and 
all  exposed  cast-iron  carefully  covered  with  tin.  The 
steel  basket  is  filled  with  pulp  in  layers  of  about  twenty- 
five  pounds  each,  each  layer  being  surrounded  by  cloth, 
and  as  much  direct  screw  pressure  as  possible  applied 
very  gradually.  After  all  the  juice  has  run  out,  the 
resulting  cakes  of  pulp  are  taken  out,  mixed  with  pure, 
cool  water,  and  again  pressed,  this  time  as  much  as 
possible  with  the  screw  lever.  This  operation  may  be 
repeated  a  third  and  even  a  fourth  time,  the  resulting 
oil  being  each  time  of  inferior  quality.  In  California,  as 
a  rule,  but  two  pressings  are  made,  forming  first-  and 
second-grade  oil;  in  some  cases  the  oils  from  the  two 
pressings  are  mixed,  and  but  one  grade  marketed.  The 
oil  can  be  recovered  from  the  juice  by  simply  allowing 
it  to  rise  and  accumulate  on  the  surface,  as  it  will  nat- 
urally, being  lighter  than  the  watery  juice.  But  this 
process  is  both  slow  and  dangerous,  because  fermenta- 
tion is  liable  to  start  in  the  juice,  and  greatly  impair 
the  quality  of  the  oil.  It  thus  becomes  important  to 
separate  the  oil  as  quickly  as  possible  from  the  acrid 
juice.  Several  means  have  been  devised  for  accom- 
plishing this.  The  most  satisfactory  (of  Italian  inven- 
tion), and  one  which  has  been  tried  at  the  California 
Experiment  Station,  is  the  washing  out  of  the  impurities 
by  means  of  pure  water.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a 
tin  tank  about  4  feet  high  and  2  feet  in  diameter,  pro- 
vided with  a  perforated  false  bottom,  below  which  a 
running  stream  of  pure,  cool  water  is  admitted.  Just 
above  this  false  bottom  a  small  stream  of  juice  is  run 
in.  The  water  thus  washes  through  the  juice,  the  oil 
rising  at  once  to  the  surface,  passes  through  the  long 
4-foot  column  of  water,  and  is  thus  freed  from  most  of 
the  vegetable  matter,  which  falls  to  the  bottom,  where 
it  is  drawn  off  through  an  outlet  provided  for  that  pur- 
pose. The  oil  as  it  comes  from  this  "separator,"  or  the 
hand-skimmings  from  the  surface  of  the  juice,  has  still 
fine  particles  of  pulp  mixed  with  it,  which  impart  a 
"prickly"  taste,  and  it  must  be  allowed  to  stand  in  a 
cool  (about  50°  F.)  room  until  these  impurities  settle. 
It  is  then  "racked  "  off,  and  can  be  sold  as  "new  oil;"  or 
again  allowed  to  stand  for  further  precipitation  and 
racking  until  no  more  dregs  are  visible.  This  will  give 


1128 


OLIVE 


ONCIDIUM 


a  clear  oil  of  the  true  Olive  flavor  and  color.  But  the 
American  market  demands  a  perfectly  clear  and  bril- 
liant oil  put  up  in  glass,  and  this  is  usually  obtained  by 
filtering.  This  is  detrimental  to  the  flavor  of  the  oil, 
for  the  more  it  is  filtered  the  more  neutral  and  "greasy" 
will  the  taste  become.  This  practice,  therefore,  should 
be  discouraged,  and  the  desire  for  the  true  Olive  flavor 
cultivated,  making  it  impossible  for  cheap,  neutral, 
greasy  substitutes  (such  as  cottonseed  oil)  to  take  its 
place  in  the  taste  of  the  consumer.  Of  the  highest 
importance  throughout  the  entire  process  is  the  item 
of  cleanliness.  The  mill,  press,  floors,  trays  and  all 
apparatus  should  be  scalded  daily— when  in  use  — and 
no  strong  odor  permitted  about  the  premises;  for  so 
absorptive  is  pure  Olive  oil  that  it  will  immediately 
"take  up  "  all  unpleasant  odors,  and  thus  impair  its  deli- 
cate flavor. 

For  making  pickles,  no  set  rules  can  be  laid  down 
except  to  emphasize  the  importance  of  careful  picking 
and  handling  (to  avoid  bruising)  and  cleanliness.  Here, 
again,  the  Olives  should  not  be  allowed  to  overripen; 
if  they  are,  they  are  likely  to  soften,  and  a  first-class 
pickle  will  be  impossible.  The  Olives  as  they  come 
from  the  trees  contain  a  most  acrid  and  bitter  principle. 
This  is  extracted  by  means  of  pure  water,  changed 
daily,  or  by  a  weak  solution  of  lye.  The  latter  is  almost 
universally  used,  though  the  water-extracted  pickles 
are  considered  the  best.  The  extreme  length  of  time 
required  (from  30  to  90  days),  and  the  consequent  dan- 
ger from  bacterial  and  fungoid  contamination  in  the 
water  process,  renders  its  use  impossible,  except  in 
special  cases.  For  lye -extraction  a  solution  containing 
from  1  to  2  per  cent  of  lye  is  used,  and  the  Olives 
allowed  to  stand  in  this  until  nearly  all  the  bitter  prin- 
ciple is  extracted.  Then  they  are  soaked  in  pure  fresh 
water  (changed  two  or  three  times  daily)  until  all  the 
lye  has  been  dissolved  out.  They  are  now  ready  for 
salting.  This  is  done  gradually,  i.  e.,  a  start  is  made 
with  a  weak  brine,  and  the  strength  gradually  increased 
from  time  to  time  until  it  is  strong  enough  to  float  an 
egg.  This  prevents  shrinking  and  consequent  toughen- 
ing. The  pickles  are  now  ready  for  storing,  and  if  prop- 
erly prepared  and  put  into  boiled  brine  will  keep  for 
years.  This  is  the  process  in  outline  ;  but  in  actual 
practice  each  detail  will  require  modification  brought 
about  by  varying  conditions,  and  no  "rule-of -thumb" 
can  be  laid  down  to  suit  all  cases. 

See  Bulletins  104  and  123,  and  the  annual  reports  of 
the  California  Experiment  Station. 

ARNOLD  V.  STUBENRAUCH. 

OLIVE-BARK  TREE.    Terminalia  Catappa. 

OLIVE,  WILD,    Olea  Europcea  ;  also  Elwagnus. 

OMPHALODES  (Greek,  navel-shaped ;  referring  to 
the  seeds)  Borraginacece .  NAVEL  WORT.  Of  this 
genus  we  cultivate  3  low-growing,  hardy  herbs,  with 
fls.  much  like  those  of  forget-me-not,  but  larger  and 
usually  with  a  white  5-pointed  star  dividing  the  corolla- 
lobes.  The  fls.  are  often  more  or  less  pinkish,  particu- 
larly toward  the  center.  They  like  moist  situations,  but 
in  deep  shade  grow  too  luxuriantly;  also  the  fls.  are 
fewer  and  of  a  weaker  blue.  Partial  shade  or  full  sun- 
light is  preferable.  The  commonest  kind  is  the  "Creep- 
ing Forget-me-not,"  O.  verna,  which  is  a  spring-bloom- 
ing perennial  of  easy  culture,  producing  runners  freely 
and  easily  prop,  by  division.  It  can  be  grown  by  the 
yard  in  a  rockery  and  can  be  easily  naturalized  in  wild, 
moist,  half-shaded  spots.  It  is  also  fine  for  fringing 
walks.  It  is  said  to  like  best  a  cool,  moist  loam,  with  a 
few  bits  of  sandstone  among  which  the  roots  may  ram- 
ble and  from  which  they  may  derive  coolness  and 
moisture.  The  choicest  kind  is  O.  Lucilice,  also  a 
spring-blooming  perennial,  but  of  tufted  habit  and  im- 
patient of  division.  It  is  a  typical  "uncertain"  alpine: 
for  some  it  flourishes  like  a  weed;  others  have  tried 
time  and  again  to  establish  it  permanently  without  suc- 
cess. It  is  a  native  of  two  localities  in  Asia  Minor  at  a 
height  of  8,000  ft.,  and  grows  in  fissures  of  vertical 
cliffs.  It  is  said  to  like  a  loose  limestone  soil,  deep  and 
well  drained.  When  once  established  it  self-sows.  In 
America  O.  Lucilice  has  been  successfully  grown  by  J. 
B.  Keller,  but  the  plant  is  not  now  advertised  in  this 


country.  O.  lini folia  is  a  summer-blooming  annual  of 
easy  culture.  O.  verna  has  a  white-fld.  form,  which  is 
pretty  but  lacks  the  interest  of  a  blue-fld.  forget-me-not. 
Omphalodes  is  a  genus  of  about  10  species,  native  to 
the  Mediterranean  region,  middle  Asia  and  Japan.  An- 
nual or  perennial  herbs  of  low  growth,  glabrous  or 
sparsely  and  minutely  villous  :  root-lvs.  long-stalked, 
lanceolate,  ovate  or  cordate;  stem-lvs.  few,  alternate: 
racemes  lax,  with  or  without  a  leafy  bract  at  the  base: 
calyx  5-parted;  corolla-tube  very  short;  lobes  5,  imbri- 
cated, broad,  obtuse;  stamens  5,  affixed  to  the  tube, 
included:  ovary  4-lobed.  From  Myosotis  it  differs  in 
having  depressed  nutlets  and  nearly  horizontal  seeds, 
while  in  the  forget-me-not  genus  the  nutlets  are  ovoid, 
and  the  seeds  erect.  The  descriptions  given  below  are 
adapted  from  DeCandolle's  Prodromus,  vol.  10  (1846). 
with  which  the  pictures  cited  agree  rather  poorly. 

A.  Plant  a  summer-blooming  annual. 
linifolia,  Moench.  Erect,  slightly  glaucous,  1  ft.  high: 
radical  Ivs.  wedge-shaped;  stem-lvs.  linear-lanceolate, 
margin  remotely  ciliate:  corolla  twice  as  long  as  the 
calyx:  nutlets  dentate,  inflexed  at  the  margin.  Dry, 
stony  hills  of  Spain  and  Portugal.  June-Sept.  Accord- 
ing to  DeCandolle,  the  fls.  are  normally  white,  and  it  is 
var.  caerul6scens  which  has  bluish  fls.,  sometimes  tinged 
with  rose.  This  belongs  to  a  group  in  which  the  nut- 
lets are  affixed  laterally  and  lengthwise  to  the  style, 
which  is  pyramidal  and  has  a  square  base. 

AA.    Plants  spring -blooming  perennials. 

B.   Habit  creeping  by  runners. 

v6rna,  Moench.  CREEPING  FORGET-ME-NOT.  Stolo- 
niferous:  flowering-stem  erect:  Ivs,  sparsely  puberu- 
lous;  radical  ones  long-petioled,  ovate  or  subcordate; 
stem-lvs.  short-petioled,  sublanceolate ;  all  Ivs.  acumi- 
nate, callous  at  the  apex:  fls.  borne  in  pairs  in  a  ra- 
ceme. April,  May.  Eu.  B.M.  7  (Cynoglossum  Ompha- 
lodes). Gn.  26,  p.  315;  40: 818, -Flowers  light  blue,  ac- 
cording to  DeCandolle.  Var.  alba  is  also  offered. 

BB.  Habit  tufted,  not  creeping. 

Luciliae,  Boiss.  Glabrous,  tufted:  Ivs.  oblong,  obtuse, 
the  radical  Ivs.  narrowed  into  a  long  petiole,  the  stem- 
lvs.  sessile,  upper  ones  ovate:  pedicels  longer  than  the 
nearest  floral  leaf,  erect,  then  arcuate  -  recurved :  fls. 
blue;  calyx-lobes  ovate-oblong,  somewhat  obtuse,  about 
one-fourth  as  long  as  the  pedicels ;  corolla  broadly  fun- 
nel-shaped, about  four  times  as  long  as  the  calyx:  nut- 
lets with  an  entire  membranaceous  margin.  Mt.  Sypilus 
near  Manesis,  and  in  Cilicia  near  Gulf  of  Scanderoon, 
at  8,000  ft.  B.M.  6047  (some  fls.  light  blue,  others  pink- 
ish purple,  all  with  a  white  eye).  Gn.  27:482;  p.  194.- 
This  and  O.  verna  belong  to  a  group  in  which  the  nut- 
lets are  depressed,  shorter  than  the  persistent  style, 
scarcely  adhering  to  it  at  the  base,  and  smaller  than  the 
calyx,  to  which  it  is  adnate.  Fls.  about  %  in.  across, 
twice  as  large  as  those  of  O.  verna.  y?.  M. 

ONClDITJM  (Greek,  a  tubercle  ;  alluding  to  the  crest 
on  the  labellum) .  Orchiddcece.  A  large  genus  of  orchids 
with  over  300  species  distributed  in  Mexico,  Central 
and  tropical  America,  and  in  the  West  Indies.  In  range 
of  altitude  the  genus  extends  from  the  hot  coast  regions 
to  elevations  of  12,000  ft.  in  the  Andes.  The  fls.  of  this 
genus  show  a  remarkable  diversity  of  form.  In  O.  vari- 
cosum,  O.  tigrimim  and  related  species,  the  labellum  is 
greatly  developed,  forming  the  most  conspicuous  part 
of  the  flower,  while  in  O.  serratum  and  O.  macranthiim 
it  is  inconspicuous.  The  sepals  and  petals  vary  in  size 
in  relation  to  each  other  and  to  the  rest  of  the  flower. 
A  remarkable  instance  is  O.  Papilio,  in  which  the  petals 
and  dorsal  sepal  have  been  transformed  into  linear-erect 
segments,  recalling,  on  a  large  scale,  the  antennae  of 
some  insect.  The  general  habit  of  the  plants  is  no  less 
variable  than  the  fls.  They  range  in  size  from  small, 
erect  forms  scarcely  6  inches  in  height  (O.  pumilum]  to 
those  resembling  O.  altissimum,  with  immense  climb- 
ing panicles  9  to  12  ft.  high,  and  covered  with  numerous 
medium-sized  fls.  The  prevailing  color  of  the  fls.  is  yel- 
low, spotted  and  barred  with  brown.  White  or  rose- 
colored  fls.  occur  in  a  few  rare  instances  (O.  inciirvum, 
O.  ornithorhynchtim) . 


ONCIDIUM 

Pseudobulbs  usually  present,  wanting  in  a  few  spe- 
cies, 1-2-lvd.,  with  sheathing  Ivs.  at  the  base:  Ivs.  plane, 
terete  or  triangular:  petals  like  the  dorsal  sepal  but 
often  much  larger;  lateral  sepals  either  free  or  par- 
tially united;  labellum  variable,  but  never  with  its  base 
parallel  to  the  column  (Odontoglossum),  spreading 
nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  column :  column  short, 
winged. 

As  a  class,  Oncidiums  are  short-lived  under  cultiva- 
tion. Few  growers  succeed  in  maintaining  them  in 
good  condition  for  any  great  length  of  time.  The  stock 
is  constantly  renewed  from  the  tropics. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBBING. 

The  genus  Oncidium  embraces  a  great  number  of 
species  which  are  found  growing  under  such  peculiar 
and  varied  conditions  in  their  native  homes  that  imita- 
tion of  the  same  is  usually  impracticable  and  often  quite 
impossible.  A  fair  degree  of  success,  however,  may 
T)e  obtained  by  careful  observation  and  distribution  of 
the  exceptionally  difficult  species  among  the  several 
orchid  departments. 

The  Sarcoptera  section,  which  embraces  such  species 
as  O.  Cavendishianum,  O.  Lanceanum,  O.  luridum,  O. 


ONCIDIUM 


1129 


1523.    Oncidium  serratum  (X  K). 


pulvinatum  and  others  of  similar  structure,  and  the 
O.  Papilio  section,  with  O.  ampliatum,  may  be  suc- 
cessfully grown  in  a  bright,  warm  portion  of  the 
Cattleya  department  in  small  baskets  suspended  from 
the  roof,  using  for  a  compost  a  mixture  of  clean  chopped 
peat  and  sphagnum  moss,  freely  interspersed  with 
lumps  of  broken  charcoal. 

O.  cucullatum,  O.  incurvum,  O.  macrawthum,  O. 
ornitJiorhynchum,  O.  Phalcenopsis,  O.  varicosum,  with 
a  few  others  of  like  nature,  do  well  under  treatment 
similar  to  that  given  for  Odontoglossums,  which  see. 

When  a  large  collection  of  species  is  cultivated,  a 
majority,  including  many  of  the  above,  can  be  readily 
grown  in  one  house  if  it  be  especially  adapted  to  them. 
Such  a  house  should  be  a  span-roof  structure  of  east 


and  west  exposure,  at  an  angle  of  about  40°,  which  will 
admit  the  longest  possible  light.  The  early  morning 
and  late  afternoon  sun  striking  the  glass  at  right  angles 
produces  and  prolongs  the  natural  sun  heat  for  a  greater 
portion  of  the  day,  while  at  midday,  when  the  outside 
temperature  is  highest,  the  sun's  rays  strike  the  glass 
obliquely,  giving  less  heat,  with  little  danger  of  the 
plants  becoming  sunburned  from  lenses  in  the  glass. 
Oncidiums  require  more  sun  and  air  than  most  orchids. 

The  benches  may  be  of  either  wood  or  stone,  and 
should  be  covered  an  inch  or  two  in  depth  with  sand 
ashes  or  gravel.  The  benches  and  paths  should  be 
wet  down  once  or  twice  daily  to  insure  a  moist  atmos- 
phere. Ventilators  should  be  arranged  on  both  sides  of 
the  roof:  air  may  then  be  freely  admitted  without  caus- 
ing direct  drafts  on  the  plants  by  using  the  ventilators 
on  the  sheltered  side.  In  winter  the  temperature  should 
range  from  50°  to  55°  F.  at  night  and  60°  to  65°  by  day, 
or  a  few  degrees  more  with  sun  heat  and  ventilation.  In 
summer  it  must  be  kept  as  low  as  outside  conditions 
will  permit.  From  March  until  October  shading  must 
be  applied  to  the  glass  sufficiently  heavy  to  keep  down 
the  temperature  without  excluding  indirect  solar  in- 
fluence. A  good  shading  is  made  of  turpentine  and 
white  lead;  it  stands  well  and  is  easily  removed.  It  can 
be  applied  rapidly  with  a  whitewash  brush  on  a  long 
pole,  and  removed  with  a  hard  brush  in  the  fall. 

Oncidiums  may  be  grown  in  either  pots  or  baskets, 
but  as  many  species  are  of  rambling  habit,  the  latter  are 
preferable.  The  tiny  species,  such  as  O.  Limminghii, 
do  best  on  blocks  with  little  compost  beneath  them. 
Clean  chopped  peat  fiber  and  live  sphagnum  moss,  equal 
parts,  make  the  best  general  growing  material,  and 
this  should  be  liberally  interspersed  with  broken  pieces 
of  charcoal.  The  plants  in  all  cases  must  be  securely 
fastened,  and  the  compost  must  be  pressed  in  moder- 
ately firm,  but  should  be  used  sparingly.  Overhead 
syringing  should  be  given  frequently,  once  or  twice  a 
day  in  bright  weather,  but  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
keep  the  compost  too  wet,  or  the  roots  are  liable  to  de- 
cay: it  is  advisable  to  let  them  dry  out  occasionally. 

Stock  is  increased  by  division  or  notching  the  rhizome 
between  the  pseudobxilbs  just  before  the  growing  season, 
allowing  three  or  four  pseudobulbs  to  each  piece  and 
separating  the  parts  after  the  first  growth  is  matured. 

For  other  cultural  notes  on  the  genus,  see  Veitch's 
Man.  of  Orch.  Plants,  vol.  2,  Section  Oncidium,  page  5; 
Orchid  Review  1:296,  and  Nicholson's  Diet,  of  Gard. 
2:483-  ROBERT  M.  GREY. 

Owing  to  the  wide  geographical  distribution  of  the 
Oncidiums,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  give  any  general 
cultural  directions  for  the  whole  group.  We  find  that 
the  greater  bulk  of  the  Oncidiums  succeeds  admirably 
in  a  Cattleya  house,  and  by  placing  such  varieties  as 
enjoy  more  heat  and  moisture  in  the  warmest  part  of 
the  house,  the  balance  of  the  Oncidiums  are  compara- 
tively easy  to  take  care  of  in  any  part  of  the  structure 
wherever  light,  air  and  moisture  are  maintained.  The 
following  are  a  few  enjoying  more  heat  than  the  others: 
Oncidium  ampliatum,  O.  bicallosum,  O.  Carthaginense, 
O.  Cavendishianum,  O.  J^anceanum  and  O.  luridttm. 

Oncidium  varicosum,  the  most  popular  and  most  use- 
ful of  all  the  Oncidiums,  delights  in  a  position  close  to 
the  glass,  especially  under  the  ridge  of  the  house,  where 
it  receives  an  abundance  of  light  and  air,  and  in  such  a 
position  this  plant  will  grow  well  and  flower  profusely. 
Oncidium  Papilio  and  O.  Krameriawum  do  best  grown 
in  baskets  or  on  blocks  and  kept  rather  dry. 

The  following  thrive  well  in  a  cool  house,  such  as  an 
Odontoglossum  house:  Oncidium  macranthum,  O.  orni- 
thorhynchum,  O.  incurwim,  O.  tigrimim  and  O.  cuculla- 
tum. The  first  mentioned  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
of  the  entire  genus,  but  being  a  plant  very  difficult  to 
import,  very  few  are  seen  in  collections  in  this  country. 
It  occurs  at  a  very  high  elevation  in  the  Cordilleras  of 
Ecuador. 

Oncidium  cucullatum  is  another  plant  which  is  diffi- 
cult to  grow  successfully  here  on  account  of  our  hot 
summers.  It  occurs  in  several  places  in  the  Colombian 
Cordilleras,  but  always  at  a  very  high  elevation.  With 
these  few  exceptions  mentioned,  the  greater  part  of  the 
Oncidiums  will  succeed  in  a  Cattleya  house.  Indeed, 
most  of  the  species  are  found  in  the  Cattleya  and  Laelia 


1130 


ONCIDIUM 


ONCIDIUM 


regions  under  more  or  less  similar  conditions.  A  tem- 
perature of  55°  to  60°  at  night,  and  correspondingly 
higher  during  the  day,  will  suit  most  species.  An  abun- 
dant supply  of  air  and  light,  though  in  partial  shade,  is 
indispensable.  Water  must  be  used  freely  during  the 
growing  season  and  somewhat  reduced  during  their 
respective  resting  seasons.  An  occasional  dipping  in 
manure  water  (either  cow  or  sheep  manure)  will  greatly 
assist  these  plants  in  bringing  to  perfection  their 
flower-spikes,  which  are  oftentimes  very  large.  In  a 
good  many  species  the  flower-spikes  are  out  of  all  pro- 
portion to  the  size  of  the  plants,  and  unless  they  are 
assisted  as  indicated,  they  will  very  soon  run  out. 

For  potting,  use  very  soft  fibrous  peat,  with  a  sprink- 
ling of  live  sphagnum.    Pot  firmly,  or  the  plants  will  be 


very  slow  in  taking  hold. 

INDEX. 

albiflorum,  31.  excavatum,  20. 

album,  31.  flexuosum,  13. 

altissimum,  24,  25. 
ampliatum,  19. 
aurosum,  20. 
Karkeri,  21. 
Batemannianum, 
28.  hastiferum,  5. 

Henchmannii,  43. 

ineurvum,  23. 

iridifolium,  39. 

Janeirense,  16. 

Jonesianum,  47. 

iuncifolium,  48. 

Kramerianum,  46. 

Lanceanum,  42. 

leucoehilum,  30. 

Limminghii,  36. 

longipes,  16. 

Louvrexianum,  42. 

luridum,  44. 

macranthum,  5. 


JOHN  E.  LAGER. 


Baueri,  24. 
bicallosum,  40. 
bicolor,  12. 
Carthaginense,  43. 
Cavendishianum, 

41. 

Cebolleta,  48. 
cheirophorum ,  37. 
concolor,  18. 
cornigerum,  10. 
crispum,  9 
Crista-galli,  39. 
cucullatum.  11. 
curtum,  8. 
dasystyle,  17. 
divaricatum,  32. 
Eckhardtii,  45. 


micropogon,  1. 

nubigenum,  11. 

Forbesii,  7.  ornithorhy  nchum, 

grandiflorum,  9,  21.        31. 
guttatum,  44.  Papilio,  45. 

Harrisianum,  29.        Phalaenopsis,  15. 
Harrisonianum,  29.    phymatochilum,  2. 

pulvinatum,  33. 

pumilum,  38. 

reflexum,  27. 

Rogersii,  14. 

roseum,  43. 

sangtiineum,  43. 

serratum,  3. 

sphacelatum,  26. 

splendidum,  22. 

superbiens,  4. 

superbum,  1,  42. 

tigrinum,  21. 

triquetrum,  49. 

undulatum,  43. 

unguiculatum,   18, 
21. 

varicosum,  14. 


maculatum,  35. 
Marshallianum,  6. 
Martianum,  12. 


Warned,  34. 


SYNOPSIS  OP  SECTIONS. 

A.  Leaves  plane,  not  terete. 

B.  Labellum   smaller   than    the    sepals    and 

petals Species       1-5 

BB.  Labellum  at   least  as    large  as   the  other 

segments,  often  greatly  exceeding  them. 
c.  Lateral  sepals  more  or  less  united  at  base. 

Species    6-18 

CO.  Lateral  sepals  free. 

D.  All  the  segments  having  a  distinct  blade, 

none  of  them  linear-subterete. 

E.  Pseudobulbs  present Species  19-37 

BE.  Pseudobulbs  wanting  or  obsolete.  ..Species  38-44 
DD.  Only   lateral  sepals   with  distinct  blade; 

dorsal  sepal  and  petals  elongate,  linear, 

erect,  with  an  obsolete  blade Species  45-46 

AA.  Lvs.  terete  or  subterete Species  47-48 

AAA.  Lvs.  subtriangular  in  section Species        49 

DESCRIPTION  OF  SPECIES. 

A.  Lateral  sepals  united  at  base..\.  micropogon 
AA.  Lateral  sepals  free. 

B.  Sepals    and    petals     linear, 

flaccid 2.  phymatochilum 

BB.  Sepals  and  petals  broad,  ser- 
rate  3.  serratum 

BBB.  Sepals  and  petals  broad,  entire 
or  subentire. 

c.  Fls.  brown 4.  superbiens 

cc.  Fls.  yellow 5.  macranthum 

1.  micropdgon,  Reichb.  f.     Pseudobulbs  almost  in  2 
rows  on  the  rhizome,  broadly  ovoid  :  Ivs.  4-6  in.  long, 
linear-oblong,   rounded    at   the   top,    leathery:    raceme 
8-10  in.  long,  on  a  long  stalk,  flexuous,  pendulous:  fls. 
1%  in.  across  ;    sepals   linear-oblong,  undulate,  yellow, 
barred  with  brown  ;    petals  clawed,  orbicular,  yellow, 
with  a  deep  red-brown  claw;  labellum  yellow,  smaller 
than  the  petals,  having  3  almost  equal,  rounded,  clawed 
lobes.    Aug.    Trop.  Amer.    B.M.  6971.— Var.  sup6rbum, 
Hort.,  is  advertised. 

2.  phymatochilum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs  broadly  fusi- 
form, 4-5  in.  long,  purplish   brown,  with   several  large 


scales  at  the  base:  Ivs. membranous,  oblanceolate,  12-14 
in.  long  :  scape  rather  slender,  over  1  ft.  long,  with  a 
pendent  panicle  more  than  a  foot  long  :  sepals  and 
petals  linear-subulate,  flaccid  and  somewhat  twisted, 
greenish  yellow,  with  deep  orange  blotches ;  labellum 
shorter  than  the  sepals,  white,  with  a  yellow  and  orange 
crest ;  the  middle  lobe  triangular-ovate,  acuminate. 
Brazil.  B.M.  5214.  F.S.  23:2465.  G.C.  1848:139. 

3.  serratum,  Lindl.     Fig.  1523.     Pseudobulbs  4-6  in. 
long,  partly  enclosed  by  sheathing  Ivs.,  1-2-lvd.:  Ivs. 
about  1  ft.  long  and  2  in.  broad:  inflorescence  a  long, 
twining,  loosely-branched    panicle,  6-10  ft.  long  :    fls. 
numerous,  3  in.  across;  upper  sepals  broad,  reniform, 
the  lateral  ones  very  much  longer,  obovate,  all  chocolate- 
brown,  with  yellow  tips  and  margins,  strongly  undulate, 
serrate;  petals  shorter,  oblong,  wavy  and  curled  so  that 
they  almost  meet  over  the  column,  yellow  with  brown 
spots,  margins  serrate;  labellum  small,  hastate,  fleshy, 
with  a  crest  of  5  ridges.     Winter.     Peru.     B.  M.  5632. 
F.S.  6,  p.  167. 

4.  superbiens,  Reichb.  f.    Pseudobulbs  3-4  in.  long, 
ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  much  flattened:    Ivs.  linear, 
14  in.  long  and  1/^-13^  in.  broad,  some  sheathing  the 
pseudobulb:  panicle  2-3  ft.  long,  loosely  branched  and 
flexuous,  bearing  20-30  fls.  each  2%  in.  in  diam. :  sepals 
long-clawed,  undulate,  chocolate-brown  with  yellow  tips; 
the  upper  one  trowel-shaped,  with  a  cordate  base,  the 
lower  pair  more   ovate  ;    petals   rather   smaller,  with 
shorter,  broader  claws,  much  recurved  and  wavy,  yellow 
with  brown  bars ;  labellum  less  than  half  as  large  as  the 
sepals,  revolute,   trowel-shaped,  with    auriculate    side 
lobes,  brown  with  a  yellow  crest.     Spring.     Venezuela, 
Colombia.   B.M.  5980. 

5.  macranthum,  Lindl. (O.  hastiferum,  Hort.).  Pseudo- 
bulbs  ovoid  or  flask-shaped,  3  in.  long:   Ivs.  narrowly 
lanceolate,    acuminate,  1   ft.  long :    panicle   climbing, 
loosely  branched  and  many-fld. :  fls.  3-4  in.  across ;  se- 
pals rounded-oblong,  with  green  claws,  the  upper  one 
yellowish  brown,  the  lower  pair  orange-yellow;    petals 
similar,  golden  yellow,   streaked  with  blood-red  at  the 
base;    labellum   small,  hastate,  purple-brown,  with   a 
prominent  white  crest.     Spring  and  summer.     Cent. 
Amer.     B.M.  5743.     Gn.  24:416.    F.  1871,  p.  187.     J.H. 
III.  34:337.— A  magnificent  orchid,  of  which  there  are 
several  varieties,  some  of  secondary  merit. 

A.  Petals  clawed,  with  a  broad, 

obovate  or  rounded  blade, 
not  tmich  smaller  than  the 
labellum. 

B.  Fls.    yellow:    column    wings 

short,  quadrate 6.  Marshallianum 

BB.  Fls.  red-brown:  column  wings 

narrow,  angular 7.  Forbesii 

BBB.  Fls.  dull   brown,  with  yellow 
markings. 

C.  Column  wings  small,  truncate.  8.  curtum 
cc.  Column  wings  large,  sharply 

serrate 9.  crispum 

AA.  Petals  and  dorsal  sepals  obo- 
vate, cucullate,  not  clawed..  10.  cornigerum 
AAA.  Petals  and  dorsal  sepals  sub- 
similar,  very  small:   label- 
lum larger  than  the  rest  of 
the  flower. 
BB.  Labellum  ivhite,  spotted  with 

rose-purple 11.  cucullatum 

BB.  Labellum  yellow. 

c.  Blade  bifid 12.  Martianum 

13.  flexuosum 

cc.  Blade  quadrifid 14.  varicosum 

AAAA.  Petals  and  sepals  lanceolate, 
ovate,  etc.,  at  least  one-half 
as  long  as  the  labellum  and 
of  a  different  form. 

B.  Fls.  white,spotted  with purple.15.  Phalaenopsis 
BB.  Fls.  yellow  or  greenish,  spot- 
ted and  barred  with  brown. 

c.  Crest  serrate 1  <>.  longipes 

cc.  Crest  a  smooth,  heart-shaped 

callus 17.  dasystyle 

BBB.  Fls.  entirely  yellow 18.  concolor 


ONCIDIUM 

6.  Marshallianum,    Reichb.    f.     Pseudobulbs    ovoid, 
2-4  in.  long:   Ivs.  narrowly  oblong,  G-8  in.  long:   fls.  nu- 
merous, 2%  in.  across,  borne  on  a  stout  panicle  1-2  ft. 
high;    the  upper    sepals  oblong-apiculate,  the  lateral 
ones  united,  yellow,  with  purplish  bands;  petals  much 
larger,  fiddle-shaped,  wavy  and  2-lobed,  golden  yellow, 
with  few  blotches  of  chocolate-brown;  labellum  with  a 
very  large   spreading  2-lobed  middle  lobe  and  ear-like 
side  lobes,  yellow,  with  orange-red  spots  on  the  base. 
May.    Brazil.    B.M.  5725.    F.M.  1877:285. -A  very  effec- 
tive and  showy  plant  related  to  O.  crispum. 

7.  Fdrbesii,  Hook.    Pseudobulbs  rather  small,  oblong, 
compressed  and  sulcate:    Ivs.  lanceolate,  dark   green, 
9  in.  long:  panicle  about  1  ft.  high,  bearing  numerous 
handsome  fls.  2  in.  across:  fls.  rich  reddish  brown,  mar- 
gined with  yellow;  sepals  small,  obovate;  petals  twice 
as  large,  obovate-rotund;    side  lobes  of  the  labellum 
small ;    middle  lobe  spreading,  fan-shaped.     Autumn. 
Brazil.    B.M.  3705.     G.C.  II.   11:525.— A  rare  but  very 
ornamental  orchid. 

8.  curtum,  Lindl.     Lvs.  and  pseudobulbs  like  those 
of  O.  cri spurn  :  inflorescence  an  erect,  much-branched 
pyramidal  panicle:  fls.  1-1%  in.  across:  lateral  sepals 
united,  rather  small;  dorsal  sepals  and  petals  obovate- 
obtuse,  yellow,  with  reddish  brown  bars  and  blotches; 
labellura    with    small    lateral    lobes    and   a    roundish, 
notched  middle  lobe,  yellow  bordered  with  brown;  crest 
lobed  and  warted,  yellow,  with  red  spots.    Brazil.    B.R. 
33:68.    Gn.  10,  p.  131;    31,  p.  198;    34,  p.  87. -Blossoms 
in  spring,  the  flowers  remaining  fresh  for  several  weeks. 

9.  crispum,  Lodd.   Pseudobulbs  oblong,  sulcate,  rough 
and  usually  dark  brown:  Ivs.  leathery,  lanceolate,  about 
9  in.  long:    flower-stem  1-1%  ft.  high,  arched,  bearing 
20-50  large  fls.  l%-3 in.  across:  fls.  shining  brown,  with 
few  yellow  and  red  marks  at  the  bases  of  the  segments; 
sepals  obovate,  obtuse,  recurved  and  undulate,  the  lat- 
eral ones   united;    petals   twice  as  large,  broadly  obo- 
vate. obtuse,  much  waved  and  crisped;  middle  lobe  of 
the  labellum  large,  rotund -cordate,  waved  and  crisped; 
lateral  lobes  small,  horn-like.    Fls.  at  various  seasons. 
Brazil.    B.M.  3499.    B.R.  23:1920.    L.B.C.  19:1854.   F.S. 
21:2147-48.     F.C.  2:64.     B.   1:26. -Var.  grandiflorum, 
Hort.    Fls.  very  large,  the  segments  edged  with  yellow. 

10.  cornigerum,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  oblong,  sulcate, 
3  in.  long,  1-lvd. :   Ivs.  dark  green,  broadly  ovate  to  ob- 
long, fleshy,  ribbed,  4  in.  long:  panicle  about  18  in.  long, 
drooping,  branched  and  crowded  with  fls.  above:    fls. 
small  but  numerous,  yellow,  spotted  with  red;  dorsal 
sepals  and  petals  obovate,  concave,  undulate,  the  lateral 
.sepals   smaller  and  united;    labellum  with  long-linear 
Literal  lobes  and  2  horn»like  processes  at  the  base;  mid- 
dle lobe  obovate,  subrepand.    April,  May.    Brazil.    B.M. 
3486.      B.R.   18: 1542. -A   compact   free-flowering  plant 
which  is  very  attractive  when  grown  in  baskets  so  that 
the  long  racemes  can  hang  over  the  sides. 

11.  cucullatum,  Lindl.   Pseudobulbs  oval,  IK  in.  long, 
smooth,  becoming  ribbed:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  6  in. 
long:  raceme  almost  simple,  8-12  in.  long,  bearing  6-12 
ils.  1%  in.  across:  dorsal  sepals  and  petals  small,  oval, 
greenish,  shaded  with  rose-purple;  lateral  sepals  almost 
entirely  united;  labellum  cordate-panduriform,  with  the 
middle  lobe  much  dilated  and  2-lobed,  white  to  rose  and 
spotted   with   dark  purple.     Spring.     Colombia.     F.S. 
8:835;    23:2457.    I. H.  25:305.     Gn.  22:350   (var.  gigan- 
tenm).—A  species  with  many  varieties,  which  differ  in 
shape  and  coloring  of  the  fls.    It  is  one  of  the  coolest  of 
the  Andean  orchids.    Var.  nubigenum.  Lindl.    Raceme 
suberect:  sepals  and  petals  white  or  light  purple,  with 
green  tips;  labellum  white,  with  a  pxirple  blotch  around 
the  crest.    B.M.  5708. 

12.  Martianum,  Lindl.  (O.  bicolor,  Lindl.).     Pseudo- 
bulbs    ovate,    compressed    and    ribbed :    Ivs.    oblong, 
striate  :    fls.   yellow,    spotted  ;    lateral    sepals   united, 
ovate,  acute  ;    petals  obovate,  concave;  middle  lobe  of 
the  labellum  larger  than  the  rest  of  the  flower,  2-parted 
by  the  deep  sinus  in   front,   clear  yellow.      Autumn. 
Brazil.    B.R.  29:66.— A  beautiful  yellow  species,  with  a 
panicle  2  ft.  high. 

13.  flexudsum,  Sims.     Pseudobulbs   ovate,  flattened, 
2  in.  long:   Ivs.  linear-oblong,  6  in.  long:  fls.  scarcely  1 
in.  across;    sepals  and  petals  small,  recurved,  yellow, 


ONCIDIUM 


1131 


with  chestnut  bars;  labellum  yellow,  with  few  reddish 
spots;  side  lobes  small;  middle  lobe  reniform   notched 
Brazil.     B.M.  2203.     L.B.C.  5:424. -The  plant  blooms 
freely  at  various  seasons.     The  fls.  open  in  succession 
on  a  loose  spreading  panicle  about  2  ft.  high. 

14.  varicdsum,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  angled, 
2-4  in.  long:  Ivs.  rigid,  linear-lanceolate,  9  in.  long: 
fl.-spikes  strong,  arching,  3  ft.  long,  with  numerous  fls. 
1  in.  across:  sepals  and  petals  small,  green,  with  brown- 
ish blotches;  labellum  very  large  in  proportion  to  the 
flower,  bright  yellow,  with  a  curiously  toothed  crest; 


1524.    Oncidium  varicosum.  var.  Rogersii  (X  %). 

lateral  lobes  rotund;  middle  lobe  reniform,  obscurely 
4-lobed.  Winter  and  spring.  Brazil.  — One  of  the  most 
attractive.  Var.  Bdgersii,  Reichb.  f.  (O.  Rddgersii, 
Hort.).  Fig.  1524.  The  best  variety.  Specimens  have 
borne  150  fls.,  with  the  lip  over  2  in.  across,  rich  yel- 
low, with  a  few  red  bars  at  base.  G.C.  1870:277.  F.S. 
18,  p.  150.  F.  1870:25.  Gn.  55:1226.  G.M.  39:366. 

15.  Phalaendpsis,  Linden  &  Reichb.  f.    A  small-grow- 
ing plant,  with  pseudobulbs  oblong,  somewhat  ribbed, 
1-2  in.  high:  Ivs.  narrow  at   the  base,  broadening  up- 
ward, about  6  in.  long:    fls.  3-6  on  a  slender  raceme, 
gaily  colored,  creamy  white,  with  the  sepals  and  petals 
barred  with  reddish  purple,  and  the  base  of  the  lip  pro- 
fusely spotted  with  the  same  color;  sepals  and  petals 
quite  similar,  oblong,  acute;  labellum  pandurate,  with 
2  rounded  lobes  in  front.   Blooms  at  various  seasons, 
and  lasts  a  long  time.   Ecuador.    I.H.  17:3.    Gn.  41:859. 
J.H.  111.  28:515.— A  beautiful  little  plant,  worthy  of  ex- 
tended cultivation.     Much  like  O.  cucullatum. 

16.  16ngipes,    Lindl.     (O.   Janeirfnse,    Reichb.    f.). 
Pseudobulbs  narrowly  ovate.  2-lvd. :  Ivs.  narrow:  scape 
several-fld.,  equaling  the  Ivs.:    fls.   on  long  pedicels; 
lateral  sepals  elongate,  pendulous,  united  at  the  base; 
dorsal  sepals  shorter  and  wider,  recurved;  petals  ob- 
long, plane;  all  yellowish  green,  barred  with    brown; 
labellum  yellow,  spotted  with  brown  at  the  base;  lat- 
eral   lobes    small,   obtuse;    middle    lobe    transversely 
broadened,  apiculate,  the  narrow  part  serrated.     Sum- 
mer.   Brazil.    I. H.. 2:54.    B.M.  5193,  called  O.  longipes, 
is  O.  Crcesus,  Reichb.  f.— A  small  species. 

17.  das^style,   Reichb.    f.     Pseudobulbs    ovate,  flat- 
tened, strongly  rugose:  Ivs.  4-5  in.  long,  linear-lanceo- 


1132 


ONCIDIUM 


ONCIDIUM 


late:  scape  very  slender,  6-7  in.  long,  bearing  2-5  fls., 
each  \Yz  in.  across:  dorsal  sepals  and  petals  subequal, 
lanceolate,  pale  yellow,  blotched  with  purple-brown; 
lateral  sepals  larger,  united  half-way;  labellum  large, 
sulfur-yellow,  with  a  blackish  purple  callus;  lateral 
lobes  small,  triangular;  middle  lobe  round-fan-shaped, 
membranous  and  undulate.  Jan.,  Feb.  Organ  Mts., 
Brazil.  B.M.  6494. 

18.  c6ncolor,  Hook.  (O.  unguiculdtum,  Klotzsch). 
Pseudobulbs  small,  oval-oblong,  slightly  furrowed:  Ivs. 
lanceolate:  fls.  1-2  in.  in  diam.,  rich  yellow,  borne  on 
pendulous  racemes  1-2  ft.  long;  lateral  lobes  united  for 
half  their  length,  smaller  than  the  dorsal  sepals  and 
petals,  which  are  obovate;  labellum  twice  as  long  as 
the  sepals,  broad,  flat,  bilobed,  with  2  reddish  ridges 
running  down  on  the  base.  April-June.  Organ  Mts. 
B.M.  3752.  I.H.  30:487.  R.H.  1881:30.  Gn.  13:111. -A 
plant  of  close  and  compact  habit,  making  one  of  the 
most  attractive  yellow  coolhouse  orchids. 

A.  Labellum  with  a  large  rent- 

form   mid-lobe :     latera  I 
lobes  small  or  none. 

B.  Petals  much  broader  than  the 


EE. 
F. 


FF. 

FFF. 

FFFF. 

DD. 

DDD. 

E. 
EE. 
AA. 


CO. 
D. 


DD. 
DDD. 


Petals  and  sepals  nearly  of 
the  same  size. 

Fls.  over  3  in.  across:  label- 
lum large,  forming  the  most 
conspicuous  part  of  the 

flower:  panicle  stout 21. 

22. 

Fls.  medium-sized,  numer- 
ous, in  long,  climbing  pan- 
icles. 

Sepals  and  petals  linear- 
lanceolate,  acute. 

Fls.  white  and  purple 23. 

Fls.  yellow  and  brown. 

Column  wings  very  truncate: 
crest  of  several  interrupted 
ridges 24. 

Column  wings  rounded , 
slightly  crenulate 25. 

Column  wings  erose,  sphace- 
late  26. 

Column  wings  falcate,  den- 
tate  27. 

Sepals  lanceolate:  petals 
spatulate 28. 

Sepals  and  petals  linear  to 
oblong,  obtuse. 

Color  of  labellum  yellow 29. 

Color  of  labellum  white 30. 

Labellum  with  the  middle 
lobe  variously  shaped, 
rarely  reniform,  but  more 
so  than  the  lateral  lobes, 
large. 

Fls.  rose-colored 31. 

Fls.  yellow,  variously 
marked  and  spotted. 

Crest  pulvinate,  pubescent.  .32. 
33. 

Crest  not  pulvinate. 

Apex  of  labellum  deeply 
2-lobed  34. 

Apex  of  labellum  apiculate, 
lateral  lobes  tooth-like 35. 

Apex  of  labellum  merely 
emarginate,  lateral  lobes 
large. 

Middle  lobe  broadly  reni- 
form, clawed 36. 

Middle  lobe  not  clawed,  sepa- 
rated from  the  lateral  lobes 
merely  by  a  sharp  constric- 
tion   ...37, 


ampliatum 
excavatum 


tigrinum 
splendidum 


incurvum 

Baueri 

altissimum 

sphacelatum 

reflexum 

B  atemannianum 


Harrisonianum 
leucochilum 


ornithorhynchum 


divaricatum 
pulvinatum 


Warneri 
maculatum 

Limminghii 
cheirophorum 


long-lanceolate,  9  in.  long:  inflorescence  a  large  panicle 
1-3  ft.  long,  with  numerous  fls.,  which  are  yellow,  spotted 
with  red  at  the  bases  of  the  segments;  sepals  and 
petals  small,  the  former  entirely  free;  labellum  reni- 
form, spreading,  wavy,  1%  in.  across,  narrow  at  the 
base,  with  two  small  lateral  lobes  and  a  prominent  lobed 
crest.  March-May.  Throughout  the  coast  of  Nicaragua. 
B.R.  20:1699.  — The  flowers  are  produced  in  magnificent 
panicles.  In  var.  majus,  Hort.,  they  are  half  again  as 
large  as  in  the  type.  F.S.  20:2140.  G.C.  III.  17:173. 
Gn.  45,  p.  491.  G.M.  37:475. 


19.  ampliatum,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  subrotund,  com- 
pressed, bright  green  with  purple  spots,  becoming 
blackish  purple  and  wrinkled  with  age:  Ivs.  plane,  ob- 


1525.    Oncidium  tigrinum  (O.  Barkeri).  to  show  habit. 

20.  excavatum,   Lindl.    (O.   aurbsum,   Reichb.    f.   & 
Warsz. ) .   Pseudobulbs  oblong,  compressed,  3-5  in.  long : 
Ivs.  1%  ft.  long,  leathery,  shining  green:  panicle  3-5  ft. 
long,  with  numerous  fls.  1%  in.  across,  yellow,  spotted 
with  brown:  sepals  obovate,  obtuse,  free;  petals  oblong, 
retuse;    labellum  sessile,  with   several    broken    ridges 
near  the  base,  pandurate,  excavated  on  the  under  side; 
middle  lobe  rotund,  emarginate.    Autumn.    Peru.    B.M. 
5293.    I.H.  17:34.  — Strong  plants  produce  as  many  as 
100  flowers  on  each  panicle. 

21.  tigrinum,   LaLlave    &   Lex.   (O.  SdrJceri,  Lindl. 
O.  ungiiiculdtum,   Lindl.).      Fig.   1525.      Pseudobulbs 
oval,  compressed,  2-lvd.:    Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  thick, 
1  ft.  long:    panicle    erect,  stout,  3  ft.  high  :  fls.  2%  in. 
across;  sepals  and  petals  similar,  lanceolate,  undulate, 
rich  reddish  brown,  with  few  bars  and  spots  of  yellow; 
labellum  yellow,  with  a  very  large,  orbicular-reniform 
blade   supported  on  a  long  claw,  lateral  lobes  oblong. 
Winter.    Mex.    I.H.  1:2;  22:221.   P.M.  14:97.    R.H.  1889, 
p.  176.— Very  much  like  O.  splendidum,  from  which  it 
differs  by  the  longer  claw  of  the  labellum  having  a  thick 
keel,  and  the  oblong  lateral  lobes  of  the  labellum.    Both 
are  among  the  most  showy  Oncidiums   in  cultivation. 
Var.  grandifldrum,  Hort.,  is  advertised. 

22.  splendidum,  A.  Rich.     Pseudobulbs  small,  roiind, 
compressed,  1-lvd.:  Ivs.  leathery,  oblong-ovate,  6-12  in. 
long:  fl. -stalk  erect,  2  ft.  long:  fls.  3  in.  across;   sepals 
and  petals  similar,  lance-oblong,  acute,  recurved,  yellow- 
green,  with  broad  brown  bands;    labellum  very  large, 
yellow,  the  broad  claw  of  the  middle  lobe  expanding  into 
a  large  reniform  blade  ;    lateral   lobes   small,  rotund. 
Spring.     Guatemala  and  Mex.     B.M.  5878  as  (O.  tigri- 
num, var.  splendidum).     F.S.  18:1825.      Gn.  51:1121. 
R.B.  17:108.     G.C.  1871:42;  III.  3:108. 

23.  incurvum,  Barker.  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  compressed 
and  ribbed,  2  in.  long:  Ivs.  9  in.  long,  ensiform,  acute: 
panicle  2-3  ft.  long,  slender,  much  branched  and  grace- 
fully arched:  fls.  1%  in.  across,  numerous;  sepals  and 
petals   linear-lanceolate,  undulate,  white,  banded  with 
purple  ;    labellum  white,  with  a  purple  blotch  ;    lateral 
lobes  rotund,  small;  middle  lobe  subreniform,  concave. 
Bears  numerous  panicles  in  autumn.     Mex.    B.M.  4824. 
B.R.  31:64.     I.H.  2:49;  29:444  (white  variety). 

24.  Baueri,  Lindl.   (O.  altissimum,  Lindl.).     Pseudo- 
bulbs  oblong,  compressed:  Ivs.  ensiform,  rigid,  keeled: 
panicle  with  numerous  branches  and  rather  dingy  fls. : 
sepals  and  petals  about  as  long  as  the  labellum,  linear- 
lanceolate,  undulate,  yellow,  with  red  spots  ;    labellum 
with  2  spreading  lateral  lobes  and  a  reniform  emargi- 
nate mid-lobe,  yellow,  with  a  reddish  band.  Trop.  Amer. 
B.R.  19:1651  (as  O.  altissimum).— A  gigantic  epiphyte 


OXCIDIUM 

with  flower-stems  6-9    ft.  long  and  "Ivs.  as    long."     It 
has  been  confused  with  O.  aUissimitm. 

25.  altissimum,  Swartz.     Pseudobulbs  nearly  rotund, 
much  compressed  and  edged:  Ivs.  1-2  at  the  top  and 
several  at  the  base  of  the  pseudobulb,  ensiform,  keeled, 
l%-2  ft.  long:  inflorescence  an    almost  simple,  droop- 
ing raceme,  4-6  ft.  long;  sepals  and  petals  free,  similar, 
spreading,  linear-lanceolate,  undulate,  pale  yellow,  with 
olive-brown   blotches;    labellum  nearly  as  long  as  the 
petals,  fiddle-shaped,  with   the  middle   lobe   reniform, 
spreading,  yellow,  with  a  brown  band  near  the  center, 
prominently    crested.     Aug.     W.   Indies.     B.M.    2990. 
B.K.  22:1851. 

26.  sphacelatum,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  elongate-ovate, 
compressed:  Ivs.  long,  ensiform,  apex  recurved:  scape 
strict,  bearing  a  many-fld.  panicle:    sepals  and  petals 
linear-lanceolate,  undulate,  yellow,  spotted  with  brown ; 
labellum   about   as  long  as    the   sepals  ;    lateral  lobes 
auriculate  ;    middle  lobe  with  2   rotund  lobes,  yellow, 
with    brown  spots  at  the    base.      Spring.      Honduras. 
B.R.  28:30.  — Var.  grandifldrum,  Hort.,  is  a  better  va- 
riety. 

27.  refl6xum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs  ovate,  1-lvd. :  Ivs. 
narrowly  lanceolate,  acute:  panicle  with   its   stalk   3-4 
ft.  long,  pendulous:  sepals  and  petals  linear-lanceolate, 
undulate   and    reflexed,   yellowish,   shaded    with    pale 
brown;  labellum   with   a   large,   reniform,   emarginate 
middle  lobe  and  rotund  lateral  lobes,  yellow,  with  few 
reddish  spots  on  the  base.    Mex.    B.  3:116. 

28.  Batemannianum,  Parmentier.   Pseudobulbs  large, 
4-5  in.  long,  with  sheathing  Ivs.  at  the  base:    Ivs.  ob- 
long-ensiform,    2   ft.  long:  scape  erect,   6-8    ft.   long: 
sepals    lanceolate,   undulate,    reddish   brown,    slightly 
marked  with  yellow;  petals  similarly  colored,  spatulate 
and  very  much   undulate;    labellum   brilliant   yellow, 
with  the  crest  marked  with  brown;  lateral  lobes  small, 
rounded  ;    middle    lobe    large,   reniform,    emarginate. 
Brazil.    F.C.  3:137.  — Related  to  O.  altissimum. 


ONCIDIUM 


1133 


1526.    Oncidium  ornithorhynchum  (X 


29.  Harrisonianuin,  Lindl.  (O.  Harrisianum,  Hort.). 
Pseudobulbs  subglobose,  1-lvd.  :  Ivs.  linear  -  oblong, 
acute,  fleshy  and  recurved:  panicle  about  a  foot  high, 
erect,  with  the  stem  and  branches  gracefully  curved: 
sepals  and  petals  linear,  obtuse,  yellow,  spotted  with 
purple-brown;  labellum  yellow,  longer  than  the  sepals, 
with  small  lateral  lobes  and  a  subreniform,  emarginate 
middle  lobe.  Autumn.  Brazil.  B.R.  19:1569.  L.B.C. 
20:1917.  R.B.  18:253. 


30.  leucochilum,  Batem.     Pseudobulbs  sulcate,  ovate, 
compressed,  2-4  in.   long:   Ivs.   sword-shaped,  1    ft.   or 
more   in  length:    scape   3-4    ft.   high,   with   numerous 
branches  on  which  the  fls.  are  loosely  scattered :  sepals 
and  petals  oblong,  obtuse,  green,  blotched  with  reddish 
brown  ;    labellum    pure    white  ;    lateral    lobes    small, 
rounded;    middle  lobe  broadly   reniform,  emarginate. 
Autumn.     Guatemala.      Batem.  1.      F.  8.5:522.      P.M. 
7:241.— A  noble  species,  with  the  habit  of  O.  Baueri. 
Panicles  6-9  ft.  long.     Var.  spl6ndens  is  listed. 

31.  omithorhynchum,  HBK.    Fig.  1526.    Pseudobulbs 
oblong,  compressed,  2-3  in.  long,  2-3-lvd. :  Ivs.  grass- 
like,  8-12  in.  long:  stalks  1  ft.  long,  slender  and  arched, 
many-fld.:  fls.  scarcely  1   in.  across,    soft  rose-purple; 
sepals  linear-oblong,  wavy;    petals  oblong  and  a  little 
broader;  labellum  pandurate,  with  small  lateral  lobes 
and  a  larger  dilated,  emarginate  middle  lobe.   Fragrant. 
Autumn  and  winter.     Mex.     B.M.  3912.     B.R.  26:10. 
F.C.  3:136.     R.H.  1876:230. -This  is  an  easily  grown, 
free-flowering  plant  of  dwarf,  compact  habit.    Its  soft 
rose-purple  color  is  very  delicate  and  unusual  in  the 
genus.    Var.  albifldrum,  Reichb.  f.  (var.  dlbum,  Hort.). 
Fls.  whitish,  with  only  the  calli  yellow.     F.M.  188:398. 
G.C.  III.  16:781.    J.H.  III.  29:399.    G.M.  38:18.     There 
is  also  a  variety  called  majus. 

32.  divaricatum,  Lindl.      Pseudobulbs    compressed, 
each  with  a  fleshy,  oval,  apiculate  leaf:  scape  1%  ft. 
high,  with  the  branches  of  the  panicle  extremely  divari- 
cate: sepals  and  petals  oblong-spatulate,  greenish  yel- 
low, spotted  with  purple  toward  the  base ;  labellum  yel- 
low, spotted  with  red;  lateral  lobes  large,  half -rotund; 
middle   lobe   smaller,   emarginate.      Autumn.      Brazil. 
B.R.  13:1050.    L.B.C.  13:1212.    P.M.  3:4.-A  floriferous 
species  easily  recognized  by  its  singular  oval,  fleshy 
leaf  and  the  divaricate  panicle. 

33.  pulvinatum,  Lindl.    Panicle  very  much  branched, 
in  a  loose,  spreading  manner,  weak,  8-9  ft.  long:  fls. 
yellow,  with  the  sepals  and  petals  blotched  with  red; 
segments  obovate,  acute;   the  2  parts  of  the  labellum 
nearly  equal;    lateral  lobes  rotund -crenate  and  crisp; 
middle  lobe  undulate,  crest  a  villous  cushion.   Summer. 
Brazil.    B.R.  25:42. -One  of  the  largest  of  the  Oncid- 
iums.    The  fls.  last  a  long  time.    Var.  majus,  Hort.,  is 
said  to  be  desirable. 

34.  Warneri, Lindl.  (OdontogUssum  Wdrneri, Lindl.). 
Pseudobulbs    ovate,    somewhat    angular:    Ivs.    linear- 
lanceolate:    raceme     short,    few-fld. :     sepals    oblong; 
petals  a  little  wider;    all  white  or  yellowish,  striated 
with   rose-purple;    labellum    brilliant   yellow;     lateral 
lobes  subquadrate ;  middle  lobe  deeply  divided  into  two 
rounded  lobes.     Autumn.    Mex.    B.R,  33:20  (var.  pur- 
puratum,  Lindl.). 

35.  maculatum,    Lindl.     Pseudobulbs     ovate,     com- 
pressed, 4-angled,  2-lvd.:    Ivs.  broadly   linear-oblong: 
fls.  1M  in.  across,  yellow,  spotted  with  deep  purple;  se- 
pals and  petals  subequal,  rather  fleshy,  ovate-subacumi- 
nate;  labellum  oblong-apiculate,  the  lateral  lobes  form- 
ing 2  large  teeth  near  the  middle;  middle  lobe  ovate, 
sulfur-yellow,  base  marked  with  few  red  lines,   claw 
with  4  horn-like  plates.   Winter.    Mex.    B.M.  3836  (var. 
ecornutum)  and  3880.   B.R.  24:44.  F.C.  2:57  (all  as  Cyr- 
tochilum  maculatum). 

36.  Limminghii,  C.  Morr.     Pseudobulbs   oval,  com- 
pressed:   Ivs.  oblong,  acute,  mottled:    raceme  1-2-fld., 
erect,  several  times  longer  than  the  small  Ivs. :  fls.  yel- 
low, spotted  and  banded  with  brown ;  sepals  and  petals 
lanceolate,  the  lower  pair  larger;  labellum  with  large, 
auriculate  lateral  lobes  and  a  transversely  broadened, 
subreniform,   emarginate   mid-lobe,  spotted   with   red. 
June,  July.     Caracas.     F.S.   18: 1827. -A  pretty  dwarf 
plant  with  the  habit  of  a  Sophronitis. 

37.  cheir6phorum,  Reichb.  f.    Pseudobulbs  1  in.  long, 
ellipsoid  :    Ivs.  3-6   in.  long,   linear-lanceolate  :    scape 
bearing  a  dense  panicle  longer  than  the  Ivs. :  fls.  about 
%  in.  across,  entirely  bright  yellow,  with  greenish   se- 
pals; sepals  and  petals  small,  rounded-ovate,  spreading 
or   reflexed;    labellum  much  larger,  with  three   large 
lobes,  the  middle  lobe  notched.    Colombia.     B.M.  6278. 
G.C.  1871:168  (description). 


1134 


ONCIDIUM 


ONCIDIUM 


Plants  dwarf,  scarcely  over  8 

in.  high. 

Labellum  with  3  equal  lobes. 38. 
Labellum  with  small  lateral 

and  a4-parted  middle  lobe. 39. 
Plants  large. 
Wings  of  the  column  narrow, 

falcate 40. 

41. 
Wings  of  the  column  fleshy, 

rotund,  reniform,  etc. 
Labellum    pandurate,    with 

triangular  lateral  lobes 42. 

43. 
Labellum      reniform,      with 

small  blunt  lateral  lobes.  .44. 


pumilum 
Crista-galli 


bicallosum 

Cavendishianum 


Lanceanum 
Carthaginense 

luridum 


38.  pumilum,  Lindl.     A  small  plant  about  6  in.  high, 
without  pseudobulbs,  and  with  oblong,  leathery  Ivs.: 
inflorescence  a  small,  branched  panicle,  scarcely  longer 
than  the  Ivs. :  sepals  and  petals  obovate,  yellow,  spotted 
with  brown;  labellum  yellow,  rounded,  trifld.      Spring. 
Brazil.     B.M.3581.    B.R.11:920.    L.  B.C.  18:1732. 

39.  Crista-galli,   Reichb.  f.  (O.  iridifblium,  Lindl., 
not  HBK. ).      Lvs.  radical,  cuneiform -ligulate,  2-3  in. 
long:   fl. -stems  several,  1-2-fld.,  slightly  exceeding  the 
Ivs. :  fls.  yellow,  with  few  red  spots  at  the  base  of  the 
segments  and  labellum;  sepals  lanceolate,  acute;  petals 
oblong,  crisp,  much  wider;  labellum  large ;  lateral  lobes 
oblong-cuneate ;  middle  lobe  divided   into  4   lobes,  of 
which  the  inner  2  are  smaller.    B.R.  22: 1911.— A  very 
small,  neat  plant. 

40.  bicalldsum,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  none:  Ivs.  large, 
oblong-lanceolate,  keeled,  thick   and  leathery:   panicle 
many-fld.,  variable  in  size :  fls.  2  in.  in  diam. ;  sepals  free, 
obovate,  concave;    petals  oblong-obtuse,  undulate;    all 
rich  yellow  or  honey-colored,  bordered  with  cinnamon 
color;  labellum  with  small,  narrow  lateral  lobes,  and 
a  pair  of  tubercles    for   a  crest  ;    middle    lobe    large, 
transversely  expanded,  emarginate,  subcordate.  Autumn 
and  winter.    Guatemala.    B.M.  4148.     B.R.  29:12.     l.H. 
12:458. 

41.  Cavendishianum,  Batem.    Pseudobulbs  none:  Ivs. 
fleshy,  broadly  lanceolate,  1-1%  ft.  long  :    scape  4  ft. 
high,  erect,  with  a  dense  panicle  about  1  ft.  long:  sepals 
and  petals  oblong-obtuse,  greenish  yellow,  with  bright 
chestnut  spots;   labellum  yellow;  lateral  lobes  rather 
large,  spreading,  rounded,  narrowed  to  a  claw;    mid- 
lobe  broadly  reniform  and  deeply  emarginate.    Guate- 
mala.—Grows  very  slowly. 

42.  Lanceanum,  Lindl.     Pseudobulbs  wanting  :    Ivs. 
fleshy,  oblong,  acute,  1  ft.  long  and  about  3  in.  broad: 
scape  stiff,  erect,  branched  above  and  1  ft.  or  more  in 
length:  fls.  2-3  in.  across,  numerous;  sepals  and  petals 
oblong,   obtuse,   fleshy,   concave,   yellow,   marked   and 
barred  with  chocolate-brown  or  crimson ;  labellum  nar- 
row in  the  middle,  with  the  2   lateral  lobes   forming  a 
hastate  base,  middle  lobe  broadly  expanded,  cuneate. 
The  color  of  the  labellum  is  variable,  usually  rose  in 
front,    becoming   violet    toward    the    base.      Summer. 
British  Guiana.     B.R.  22:1887.     F.S.  18:1842-43.     P.M. 
4:169.  F.C.2:79.  G.C.  II.  21:609. -Var.  superbum,  Hort., 
is  described  as  a  superior  variety.    Var.  Louvrexianum, 
Hort.  (O.  Louvrexianum,  Hort.).     A  var.  with  yellow 
fls.,  prettily  spotted  and  marbled  ;   labellum  yellow  at 
the  base,  white  in  front. 

43.  Carthagin6nse,  Swartz.  ( O.  mnchmanni,  Lodd.  O. 
roseum,  Lodd.    O.  undulatum,  Salisb.    O.  sanguineum, 
Lindl.).     Pseudobulbs   obsolete:  Ivs.   solitary,  oblong, 
acutish:  panicle  3  ft.  long  and  loose:  fls.  small,  whitish, 
marked  and  blotched  with  red  and  bordered  with  yel- 
low; sepals  and  petals  oblong-ovate,  free,  waved;  label- 
lum with  horizontal,  triangular  lateral  lobes  and  a  fan- 
shaped   middle   lobe,  crimson,  with   a   yellow   border. 
Summer.    Trop.  Amer.    B.M.  3806  (as  O.  Hunteamim ) . 
P.C,3:97  (as  O.  luridum,  var.  Henchmanni). 

44.  luridum,  Lindl.     Lvs.  elliptical,  thick,  rigid,  dull 
green,    15  in.  long:    scape    slender,   3  ft.  high,  much 
branched  and  many-fld.:    fls.  nearly  1%  in.  in  diam., 
dark  green  or  olive-green,  with  indistinct  darker  spots; 
sepals  clawed,  undulate,  crenate,  obtuse,  warted  on  the 
back,  the  upper  one  rotund,  the  others  spatulate-oblong; 


petals  larger  and  without  warts;  labellum  reniform, 
almost  plane.  S.Amer.  B.M.  3608.  B.R.  9:727.-The 
panicle  is  said  to  grow  to  a  height  of  9  ft.  Avar,  rdseum, 
Hort.,  is  said  to  have  rose-colored  fls.,  spotted  with 
white  and  bordered  with  yellow.  Var.  guttatum,  Lindl., 
has  yellow  fls.  spotted  with  orange.  B.R.  25:16. 

45.  Fapilio,  Lindl.  BUTTERFLY  ORCHID.  Fig.  1527. 
Lvs.  oblong,  very  leathery,  olive- green,  mottled  with 
purplish  brown,  6-8  in.  long:  peduncle  2-3  ft.  long,  flat- 
tened and  jointed,  producing  fls.  several  years  in  suc- 
cession: fls.  4-5  in.  long  and  2%  in.  across;  dorsal 
sepals  and  petals  erect-linear,  with  a  small  lanceolate 
expanded  portion,  brown,  with  bands  of  yellow;  lower 
sepals  lanceolate-falcate,  curved  downwards,  yellow, 
with  heavy  bands  of  brown,  labellum  pandurate,  usu- 
ally plane,  with  the  middle  lobe  rounded,  transversely 
broadened,  emarginate,  yellow,  with  a  broad  band  of 
brown  around  the  margin;  wings  of  the  column  toothed. 
Fls.  at  any  season.  West  Indies.  B.M.  2795  and  3733 


1527.    Oncidium  Papilio(X 


(vxt.limbatum).  B.R.11:910.  L.  B.  C.  11:1086.  F.S. 
9:920.  P.M.  5:  175.  -Variable  in  color  of  fls.  and  Ivs. 
Lvs.  sometimes  green  on  the  upper  surface.  F.C.  1:12. 
F.  1842:49.  Var.  fickhardti,  Linden.  All  parts  of  the 
flower  very  large;  sepals  and  petals  golden  yellow, 
barred  with  red  ;  labellum  yellow,  with  a  broad  margin 
of  brown.  l.H.  30:500. 

46.  Kramerianum,  Reichb.  f.    This  species   is  much 
like    O.   Papilio.     Pseudobulbs    rounded,   4-7-angled: 
stem  terete:  petals  and  dorsal  sepals  shorter  than  in  O. 
Papilio,  apex  more   distinctly  dilated;    lateral    sepals 
golden  yellow,  spotted  (not  banded)    with   cinnamon- 
brown,  crisp,  undulate,  finely  toothed;   labellum  very 
crisp  and  undulate,  finely  toothed,  pale  yellow,  with  a 
narrow  band  of  cinnamon  -brown  spots  around  the  mar- 
gin; column  wings  entire.     Cent.  Amer.    F.S.  19:1956. 
l.H.  41,  p.  206. 

47.  Jonesianum,  Reichb.     Plants   with   fleshy,  rush- 
like  Ivs.  3-12  in.  long  and  usually  hanging  downwards: 
fl.  -stems  6  in.  to  2  ft.  long,  the  largest  bearing  about  a 
dozen  fls.  2  in.  across:  sepals  and  petals  oblong,  wavy, 
cream-colored,  with  sepia-brown  spots;  labellum  white, 
yellow  at  the  base,  with  a  few  crimson  spots  near  the 
isthmus;  middle  lobe  large,  subreniform,  2-lobed,  wavy  ; 
lateral  lobes  toothed.     Fls.  at  various  seasons.     Para- 
guay.   B.M.  6982.    R.B.  15:7.    Gn.  31:583.  -The  hand- 
somest of  the  round-leaved  species. 

48.  Cebolleta,  Swartz.  (  O.  juncifblium,  Lindl.).  Pseu- 
dobulbs very  small,  each  with  a  single,  terete,  obscurely 
furrowed  leaf:  Ivs.  1  ft.  long,  spreading,  harsh  in  tex- 
ture: panicle  rigid,  erect,  about  2  ft.  high:  sepals  and 
petals  nearly  equal,  obovate,  greenish  yellow,  spotted 
with  red;  labellum  large,  bright  yellow;    lateral  lobes 


ONCID1UM 

broadly  obovate ;  middle  lobe  broadly  obovate  or  subreni- 
form,  undulate,  notched  in  front.  Spring  and  summer. 
Brazil.  B.M.3568.  B.R.  23:1994;  28:4  (as  O.  longifolium). 
49.  triquetrum,  R.Br.  (Cymbidium  triquetrum,  Swz. 
jBpidfndrum  triquetrum,  !S\vz.).  Pseudobulbs  none: 
Ivs.  few,  4-6  in.  long,  triquetrous  and  grooved:  scape 
about  as  long  as  the  Ivs.,  purplish,  bearing  a  raceme  of 
10-12  medium-sized  fls. :  sepals  broadly  lanceolate,  the 
lower  pair  united,  purplish  green;  petals  ovate,  white, 
tinged  with  green  and  spotted  with  purple;  labellum 
cordate-ovate,  constricted  near  the  middle,  white  spotted 
with  purple;  crest  orange.  Autumn.  Jamaica.  B.M. 
3393. 

A  supplementary  list  of  synonyms  and  imperfectly  known 
kinds  advertised  in  America:  O.  ansifenun,  Reichb.  f.  Sepals 
ami  petals  oblong-obovate,  free,  crisp;  labellum  with  ligulate 
lateral  lobes  and  a  reniform,  emarginate  middle  lobe,  golden 
yellow,  with  2  dark  brown  bars  at  the  base,  tiaccid.  The  sepals 
and  petals  are  greenish,  with  yellow  tips.— O.  Baldeviamce, 
Reichb.  f.  (O.  Balderramae,  Reichb.  f.).  Panicle  ample:  dorsal 
sepals  rounded,  clawed,  crisp,  yellowish  olive-brown  with  a 
yellow  border;  lower  sepals  longer  clawed,  cuneate-oblong, 
unicolored;  petals  oblong,  short-clawed,  crisp,  nearly  compli- 
cate, smaller  than  the  sepals,  yellow,  with  brown  blotches: 
labellum  hastate,  ligulate,  obtuse.  Summer.  Colombia.— O. 
Bictoniense,  Hort.  ex-Lindl.=Odontoglossum  Sp.— O.  Forster- 
manni.—O.  fuscdtum,  Reichb.  f.  =  Miltonia  Warszewiczii.— O. 
Gdrdneri,  Lindl.  (O.  Gardnerianum,  Hort.).  Resembles  O. 
crispum  and  O.  Forbesii.  Fls.  lemon-yellow,  spotted  and  barred 
with  chestnut-brown  011  the  sepals  and  petals;  labellum  broad, 
yellow,  margined  with  the  same  color;  all  segments  undulate, 
crisp.  Brazil.  G.C.  II.  16:86.  F.M.  1880:401.  This  is  probably 
O.  curtum,  Lindl.,  which  should  be  referred  to  this  species.— 
O.  Geertidnum,  C.  Morr.  (O.  cesium,  Reichb.  f.).  A  species 
probably  based  on  a  variety  of  O.  reflexum.— O.  Oravesianum, 
Rolfe.  Pseudobulbs  broadly  oblong-compressed,  3  in.  long:  lys. 
elliptic-oblong,  4  in.  long:  panicle  large,  branching:  fls.  2  in. 
across,  yellow,  spotted  with  brown;  dorsal  sepals  spatulate; 
lateral  sepals  lanceolate-oblong,  united  at  base;  petals  obo- 
vate, wider  than  the  sepals ;  labellum  pandurate,  with  small 
spatulate  lateral  lobes  and  a  broadly  orbicular-ovate,  undulate 
middle  lobe.  Brazil.  R.B.  21:73.  G.C.  III.  11:651.  Near  O. 
crispum.  — O.  hastdtum,  Lindl.  Sepals  and  petals  yellow, 
spotted  with  brown;  labellum  pale  yellow.  Mex,— O.  lancifo- 
lium,  Lindl.  (O.  sessile,  Lindl.  &  Past.).  Pseudobulbs  oblong: 
Ivs.  short,  pale  green:  panicle  much  branched  and  bearing  a 
large  number  of  fls.:  sepals  and  petals  large,  obtuse,  yellow, 
spotted  with  cinnamon-brown  at  the  base;  labellum  large,  of 
the  same  color.  Ecuador.— O.  Lavenderi.—O.  Lawrencidnum, 
Reichb.  f .  =Brassia  Lawrenciana.—  O.  murlnum,  Reichb.  f. 
A  species  with  numerous  small  yellow  fls.  borne  in  panicles.— 
O.  obryzdtum,  Reichb.  f .  &  Warsc.  Fls.  golden  yellow,  spotted 
with  brown,  borne  in  a  much-branched  panicle.  Peru.  Said  to 
be  an  elegant  winter-flowering  orchid. — O.  JRelchenbachii^mdl. 
Colombia.— O.  rbseum,  Beer.=Cochlioda  rosea.— O.  rupestre, 
Lindl.  Fls.  numerous,  in  a  branched  panicle  2  ft.  high,  brilliant 
yellow,  spotted  with  brown.  Peru.  Said  to  be  desirable.— O. 
Russellidnum,  Lindl. =  Miltonia  Russelliana.—  O.  sarcbdes, 
Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  subcylindrical,  3  in.  long,  2-3-lvd.:  Ivs. 
lanceolate:  panicle  branched,  many-fld.,  slender:  fls.  large, 
yellow,  spotted  with  brown ;  sepals  free,  obovate  ;  petals 
larger,  clawed,  obovate-spatulate,  repand;  labellum  with  small 
serrate  lateral  lobes;  middle  lobe  large,  emarginate,  undulate. 
Brazil.  I.H.  21:165.  Near  O.  ampliatum.— O.  Schilleridnum, 
Reichb.  f.  Trop.  Amer.—  O.  Schlimii,  Linden.  A  large, 
rampant  species,  with  yellow  fls.  marked  with  brown,  about 
1  in.  in  diam.  Nov.  Cent.  Amer.— O.  spaculdtum. — O.  stel- 
ligerum,  Reichb.  f.  Sepals  and  petals  oblong-ligulate,  stellate, 
yellowish,  with  many  brown  dots;  labellum  with  short,  obtuse- 
angled  lateral  lobes,  a  narrow  isthmus,  and  a  cordate,  rotund, 
cuspidate  middle  lobe,  pale  yellow,  with  a  darker  callus. 
Mex.  Near  O.  hastatum.— O.  Yolvox,  Reichb.  f.  Venezuela.— 
O.  War szeiviczii,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs  rounded,  compressed: 
Ivs.  1  ft.  long,  thin:  scape  stout,  with  an  8-13-fld.  panicle:  fls. 
yellow,  with  purple  spots  and  the  middle  of  the  labellum  blood- 
red;  upper  sepals  lanceolate,  acute,  crisp;  lower  pair  oblong, 
shorter  than  the  labellum,  iinited;  petals  oblong,  much  wider 
than  the  dorsal  sepals;  labellum  with  auricxilate  lateral  lobes 
and  a  reniform  bifid  middle  lobe.  Colombia.— O.  Weltoni, 
Hort.=Miltonia  Warszewiczii.  HEINRICH  HASSELBBING. 

ONCOBA  (Arabian,  onkob ;  name  of  a  North  African 
species).  Bixdcece.  Shrubs  or  small  trees  of  tropical 
and  subtropical  Africa,  sometimes  spiny.  Lvs.  alternate, 
without  stipules  :  fls.  terminal,  solitary,  white,  large 
for  this  order,  bisexual;  sepals  and  petals  5;  stamens 
very  numerous,  inserted,  in  many  rows  on  a  fleshy  wing 
beneath  the  ovary;  filaments  filiform;  anthers  linear, 
2-celled,  attached  to  the  base,  erect, opening  at  the  sides; 
stigma  dilated,  notched:  ovary  free,  1 -celled;  style  cylin- 
drical: berry  leathery,  pulpy  within;  seeds  numerous, 
used  as  ornaments  by  the  natives. 


ONION 


1135 


Kraussiana,  Planch.  A  branching  shrub  without 
thorns,  the  older  branches  having  a  rough  ash-colored 
bark:  Ivs.  elliptic-oblong,  obtuse  or  subacute,  entire,  2 
in.  long,  with  midrib,  pinnate  and  netted  veins,  some- 
what pale  on  under  side:  peduncles  terminal  or  opposite 
the  Ivs.,  2-3  in.  long:  fls.  erect,  solitary,  more  than  an 
in. -across,  white  ;  sepals  roundish  and  very  concave; 
petals  twice  as  long,  spreading,  with  narrow  claws, 
cuneate  at  base,  broadly  obovate,  with  scattered,  woolly 
hairs;  anthers  pointless ;  stigma  5-6-rayed :  ovary  hairy. 
Procurable  in  S.  Calif.  —  This  makes  a  very  fine  pot- 
plant  in  a  greenhouse  temperature,  flowering  in  spring. 
It  is  also  useful  for  subtropical  bedding.  Prop,  from 
ripewood  cuttings,  also  from  seeds.  Give  the  plant  a 
sunny  position,  and  plenty  of  water  while  new  growth 
is  making.  M>  B  COULSTON  and  H.  A.  SIEBRECHT. 

ONCOSPERMA  (Greek,  tumor-shaped  seed).  Pal- 
mdcece.  Stoloniferous  palms,  with  low,  very  spiny 
trunks:  Ivs.  equally  pinnate;  Ifts.  ensifonn-acuminate, 
entire,  equidistant  or  somewhat  clustered,  the  veins 
scaly  beneath;  rachis  convex  on  the  back,  with  a  blunt 
keel  above:  fr.  small.  Oncosperma  differs  from  Eu- 
terpe in  the  small,  acute  sepals :  stamens  6-12,  the  an- 
thers erect;  albumen  ruminate.  Species  6.  Trop.  Asia. 

fasciculfctuin,  Thwaites.  Caudex  at  length  30-40  ft. 
high,  5-6  in.  in  diam.:  Ivs.  18  ft.  long;  pinnae  fascicled, 
12-18  in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide,  lanceolate,  long-acuminate, 
the  tips  drooping;  sheath  2%  ft.,  armed  and  scurfy:  fr. 
globose,  black-purple,  %  in.  in  diam.  Ceylon. 

JARED  G.  ^MITH. 

ONION.  Plate  XXII.  All  the  Onions  of  common  or 
general  cultivation  are  forms  of  one  variable  species, 
Alllum  Cepa.  This  plant  is  probably  native  to  south- 
western Asia,  but  it  has  been  domesticated  so  long  and 
has  varied  so  much  that  its  aboriginal  form  is  not 
well  understood.  It  was  grown  by  the  ancient  Egyp- 
tians. It  is  grown  primarily  for  its  bulbs,  but  the 
leaves  are  sometimes  used  as  seasoning  and  in  stews 
Under  long-continued  cultivation  and  selection,  the 
bulbs  have  developed  into  large  and  shapely  organs. 
Now  and  then  the  bulb  does  not  develop  and  the  neck 
(or  stalk  just  above  the  bulb)  remains  relatively  thick: 
such  onions  are  "scullions."  Seeds  from  poorly  selected 
or  deteriorated  stock  may  be  the  cause  of  scullions: 
they  are  to  be  considered  as  reverted  or  run-down 
forms.  Sometimes  scullions  result  from  very  wet  soil, 
whereby  the  plants  grow  too  much  to  top.  Seeds  grown 
in  the  South  or  in  a  long-season  climate  tend  to  pro- 
duce plants  in  short-season  regions  that  do  not  "bot- 
tom "  before  caught  by  frost. 

The  Onion  is  one  of  the  hardiest  of  vegetable  garden 
plants.  In  the  southern  climates  it  is  grown  largely  as  a 
winter  crop.  In  the  northern  states  and  Canada  the 
seeds  are  sown  or  the  bulbs  planted  as  soon  as  the 
ground  can  be  fitted  in  the  spring.  It  is  always  best,  if 
possible,  to  prepare  the  ground  in  the  fall  in  order  that 
the  seeds  may  be  sown  on  the  first  approach  of  warm 
weather.  When  Onions  are  grown  from  seeds,  it  is 
essential  that  the  ground  be  fine  and  loose,  and  all  sur- 
face stones  and  litter  removed.  The  seeds  are  small  and 
do  not  germinate  quickly.  The  young  plants  are  surface 
feeders.  If  the  seed  is  sown  late  or  if  the  ground  is 
droughty,  the  plants  will  either  perish  or  make  no 
headway.  Land  which  is  foul  with  weeds  should  not  be 
planted  to  Onions,  for  the  young  Onion  plants  cannot 
withstand  such  competition.  In  the  old-fashioned 
gardens,  it  was  the  custom  to  plant  Onions  in  short 
rows  crosswise  of  raised  beds,  as  in  Fig.  1528.  This 
entailed  an  endless  amount  of  small  hand  labor  and 
usually  resulted  in  the  expenditure  of  more  time  and 
effort  than  the  Onions  were  worth.  The  better  method 
is  to  grow  the  plants  in  long  rows  which  are  far  enough 
apart  to  admit  of  the  use  of  a  wheel  hoe.  Fig.  1529. 
Even  when  a  small  quantity  of  Onions  is  desired,  it 
is  better  to  place  them  all  in  one  row  than  to  have 
many  short  rows.  With  the  best  of  land  and  manage- 
ment, and  with  the  use  of  wheel  hoes,  more  or  less 
finger  work  will  be  necessary  in  order  to  bring  the  crop 
to  full  perfection.  The  seed  may  be  sown  thick  in  the 
home  garden,  and  as  the  young  plants  begin  to  crowd,  they 
should  be  thinned.  The  plants  taken  out  in  the  second 


1136 


ONION 


ONION 


and  third  thinnings  may  be  used  on  the  table.  Fig. 
1530.  It  is  very  important  that  the  best  grade  of  seed 
be  used,  for  the  Onion  deteriorates  rapidly  from  seed 
which  is  not  well  grown  nor  carefully  selected.  There 
are  great  numbers  of  varieties.  The  most  popular 
standard  field  kinds  are  Southport  Red  and  Yellow 


1528.  The  old-time  Onion  bed. 

Globe,  and  these  are  also  to  be  advised  for  the  main 
reliance  in  the  home  garden.  For  early  use  and  for 
variety,  great  numbers  of  kinds  may  be  selected  from 
reliable  seed  catalogues.  Some  of  the  quick-growing 
southern  Onions  are  excellent  for  early  use. 

There  are  two  general  methods  of  propagating  the 
Onion— by  seeds  and  by  bulbs.  Onion  seed  is  ordinarily 
known  as  "black  seed,"  although  there  is  no  Onion  seed 
which  is  not  black.  The  main  field  crop  is  grown  from 
seeds,  as  explained  in  the  articles  which  follow.  The 
Onion  seed  of  the  market  is  produced  from  full  grown 
and  typical  bulbs  of  the  desired  variety.  These  bulbs 
are  grown  from  seed  and  are  kept  over  winter  as  other 
Onions  are.  In  the  spring  they  are  planted  out  in  rows 
two  feet  apart  and  as  near  together  in  the  row  as  they 
will  stand.  They  send  up  a  flower  stalk  which  blooms 
in  early  summer,  and  the  seed  is  harvested. 

Propagation  by  bulbs  is  employed  for  the  purpose  of 
securing  early  Onions  for  home  use  or  for  the  special 
early-season  trade.  Until  within  recent  years,  all  the 
very  early  or  bunch  Onions  were  raised  from  bulbs,  but 
recently  a  so-called  "new  Onion  culture"  has  come  into 
vogue,  which  consists  in  sowing  seeds  in  hotbeds  or 
coldframes  and  transplanting  the  young  plants.  Bulb- 
propagation  is  of  three  general  categories:  (1)  The  use 
of  bulblets  or  "top  Onions"  which  appear  on  the  top  of 
the  flower-stalk  in  the  place  of  flowers;  (2)  the  use 
of  bulbels  or  separable  parts  of  an  Onion  bulb,  known 
as  "multipliers,"  or  "potato  Onions";  (3)  the  use  of 
ordinary  bulbs  which  are  arrested  in  their  growth, 
known  as  "sets." 

Bulblets,  or  top  Onions,  are  shown  in  Fig.  1531.     If 
one   of    these    bulblets   is    planted   in  the    spring,    it 
quickly  produces  a  young  bulb,  and  the  growing  bulb 
.  maybe  pulled  at  any 

«     A  A  A        time  and  eaten.    If 

allowed  to    remain 
in  the  ground,  how- 
ever,   it   sends    up 
V.    a  stalk  (either  the 


1529,  The  new-time  Onion  field. 


•^  first  or  second  year) 
:v  which  bears  a  clus- 
ter of  bulblets, 
sometimes  mixed 
with  flowers,  on  its 
top.  There  are  two 
or  three  strains  of  top  Onions  on  the  market,  although 
the  leading  ones  are  the  white  and  the  red,  these  names 
applying  to  the  color  of  the  bulblets.  The  so-called 
"Egyptian  Onion"  is  a  top  Onion;  also  the  "tree  Onion." 
Multipliers  are  shown  in  Fig.  1532-3.  Instead  of  con- 
taining a  single  "heart"  or  core,  as  in  most  Onions,  it 
contains  two  or  more.  When  the  Onion  is  planted,  each 
of  these  cores  or  bulbels  sends  out  leaves  and  grows 
rapidly  for  a  time;  that  is,  the  old  or  compound  bulb 
separates  into  its  component  parts.  The  growing 
bulbels  may  be  pulled  and  eaten  at  any  time.  If  allowed 
to  remain  in  the  ground,  each  of  these  bulbels  will  make 


a  compound  bulb  like  that  from  which  it  came.  Some- 
times flower-stalks  are  produced  from  multiplier  or 
potato  Onions.  The  best  results  with  multipliers  are 
secured  when  the  bulbels  are  separated  on  being 
planted,  for  each  one  has  room  in  which  to  grow.  Two 
or  three  kinds  of  multiplier  Onions  are  known,  the 
variation  being  chiefly  in  the  color  of  the  bulb. 

Onion  sets  are  merely  ordinary  Onions  which  are 
arrested  in  their  growth,  and  when  planted  will  resume 
growth.  They  are  grown  from  seed.  The  seed  is 
sown  very  thick  on  rather  poor  land,  so  that  the  young 
bulbs  soon  reach  the  possibilities  of  their  growth:  they 
mature  when  still  very  small.  These  small 
bulbs  or  sets  are  then  harvested  and  kept 
over  winter,  and  used  for  planting  the  follow- 
ing spring.  When  planted  they  grow  rapidly 
and  may  be  pulled  and  used  for  the  table. 
If  allowed  to  remain  in  the  ground,  they 
send  up  flower-stalks  and  produce  seeds, 
as  common  Onions  do.  Sets  are  not  allowed 
to  seed,  however,  since  the  seeds  from  sets 
would  probably  produce  an  inferior  race  of 
Onions.  Any  variety  of  seed-bearing  Onion 
may  be  grown  and  propagated  as  sets,  al- 
though there  are  relatively  few  that  give  uni- 
formly good  results.  In  the  trade,  Onion  sets  are  usu- 
ally designated  as  yellow,  red  or  white.  In  order  to 
secure  good  results  from  Onion  sets,  it  is  essential  that 
the  sets  be  small  and  firm.  They  should  not  be  over 
one-half  inch  in  diameter,  if  they  are  of  the  best.  If 
they  are  much  larger  than  this,  they  tend  to  run  to  seed 
rather  than  to  produce  bulbs.  Sometimes  the  very  small 
and  inferior  Onions  are  saved  from  the  regular  crop 
and  are  used  as  sets  the  following  spring.  Such  sets 
are  generally  known  as  "rareripes."  Usually  they  do 
not  give  the  best  results. 

The   varieties   of    Onions    are    numerous.      In    1889 
(Annals    Hort. )    78  varieties   of    "seed"  Onions    were 


1530.   Bunch  Onions  from  the  early  spring  sowing. 

offered  by  American  dealers,  and  also  about  20  kinds 
of  multipliers,  potato  Onions  and  sets.  For  purposes  of 
careful  scientific  study,  the  varieties  may  be  classified 
into  geographical  races,  but  for  purposes  of  description 
they  may  be  assembled  into  groups  characterized  by 
such  arbitrary  features  as  form  and  color  of  bulb* 


ONION 

Goff  (6  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Exp.  Stu.,  for  the  year  1887), 
classifies  first  by  shape  of  bulb  and  then  by  color.  He 
makes  four  primary  groups:  bulb  oblate,  spherical,  top- 
shape,  oval  or  pear-shape.  Each  of  these  groups  is 
divided  in  three  sections:  color  white,  yellow  or  brown- 
ish, red  or  reddish.  Another  classification  (Bailey 
Bull.  31  Mich.  Agric.  College,  1887),  makes  three  pri- 
mary sections  on  methods  of  propagation :  propagated 


ONION 


1137 


1531.   Top  Onions  (X%). 

by  division  (multipliers),  by  bulbletsor  "tops,"  by  seeds 
(or  sets).  The  last  section  (seed  Onions)  is  divided 
into  bulbs  silvery  white  and  bulbs  colored,  and  these 
groups  are  again  divided  on  shape  of  bulb. 

Aside  from  the  chapters  on  Onions  in  the  vegetable- 
gardening  manuals,  there  are  special  treatises,  as  Grei- 
ner's  "Onions  for  Profit,"  and  "The  New  Onion  Cul- 
ture," Greiner  and  Arlie's  "How  to  Grow  Onions,"  and 
the  Orange  Judd  Company's  "Onion  Book." 

The  cultivated  onion-like  plants  may  be  named  under 
six  species,  as  follows: 

A.  Leaves  terete  and  hollow. 
B.  Plant  annual  or  biennial,  the  bulbs  evident. 

Allium  Cepa,  Linn.  COMMON  ONION.  Bulbs  various, 
but  distinctly  rounded  at  top  and  bottom :  scape  tall  and 
stout  (usually  2-3  ft.),  enlarging  in  the  middle,  glau- 
cous, much  exceeding  the  large  soft  hollow  leaves :  fls. 
in  round  umbels  (Fig.  1534)  white  or  blush.  Persia  and 
adjacent  regions. 

Var.  bulbellifera,  Bailey.     Top  or  tree  Onion. 

Var.  multiplicans,  Bailey.    Multiplier  or  potato  Onion. 

Allium  fistulosura,  Linn.  WELSH  ONION.  CIBOULE. 
Pig.  1535.  No  distinct  bulb,  but  only  an  enlargement 
at  the  base:  Ivs.,  scape  and  fls.  much  as  in  the  Common 
Onion,  except  that  the  plant  is  usually  lower  when  in 
bloom  and  the  leaves  are  more  clustered.  Siberia.  B.M. 
1230.  — Grown  for  its  leaves,  which  are  used  as  season- 
ing. It  is  as  hardy  as  the  Onion.  It  is  grown  prefer- 
ably from  seeds,  but  the  roots  may  be  divided.  The 


seeds  are  usually  sown  in  the  fall,  unless  the  climat.-  is 
severe,  and  the  leaves  are  ready  for  early  spring  use. 

Allium  Ascal6nicum,  Linn.  SHALLOT  (which  see)  A 
small  plant,  with  short  awl-shaped  leaves,  and  an  umbel 
of  lilac  fls.,  but  distinguished  chiefly  by  the  small  ob- 
long-pointed clustered  bulbs.  These  bulbs  are  borne  on 
a  common  disk,  forming  a  more  or  less  compact  com- 
pound bulb  that  reminds  one  of  a  multiplier  onion  or 
garlic.  It  is  native  to  Syria. -The  Shallot  is  rarely  seen 
in  this  country.  It  is  grown  for  the  little  bulbs  or  "  cloves" 
which  are  used  as  Onions  are.  The  young  leaves  are 
sometimes  used  for  flavoring.  The  bulbs  or  cloves  may 
be  planted  in  early  spring,  the  same  as  onion  sets.  The 
true  Shallot  rarely  blooms.  A  small  strain  of  Onion  is 
often  known  as  Shallot. 

BB.    Plant  truly  perennial,  producing  a  dense  sod-like 

clump. 

Allium  Schoen6prasum,  Linn.  CIVE  (which  see).  Fig. 
1536.  One  ft.  or  less  high,  in  a  tough  clump,  scarcely 
bulbous,  producing  umbels  of  rose-purple  fls.  in  spring. 
N.  Eu.  and  the  northern  part  of  N.  Amer.  Grown  for 
its  leaves,  which  are  used  for  seasoning. 

AA.   Leaves  flatfish,  not  hollow. 

Allium   sativum,    Linn.     GARLIC  (which   see).     Fig. 
894,  page  628.    Bulbs  small,  breaking  up  into  many  small 
bulbs   or  "cloves:"  Ivs.  very  narrow,   keeled:  fls.  pur- 
plish, but  usually  not  forming  or  replaced  by  bulb- 
lets.     Eu.  — Grown  for  the  bulbs,  and  cultivated  like 
Onions  grown  from  seeds. 

Allium  Pdrrum,  Linn.    LEEK   (which  see).    Fig. 
1537.    Strong,  robust  plant,  with  the  simple  bulb  lit- 
tle thicker  than  the  stout  neck :  Ivs.  very  broad  and 
strongly  conduplicate  or   keeled:    scape  produced  the 
second  season,  bearing  a  large  umbel  of  white  or  blush 
fls.   Eu.   Grown  from  seed,  after  the  manner  of  Onions. 
The  leaves  and  bulb  are  eaten.  L   H   B 

THE  NEW  ONION  CULTURE  (Transplanting  Process).— 
The  idea  of  raising  Onions  by  growing  seedlings  in  beds 
and  transplanting  to  the  open,  which  are  the  essential 
features  of  what  has  been  termed  "the  new  Onion  cul- 
ture," is  not  new.  It  has  long  been  put  in  practice  in  the 
Bermudas,  among  the  Portuguese  growers  in  Califor- 
nia, and  in  various  places  in  Europe.  This,  however, 
does  not  detract  from  the  credit  due  to  the  writer,  as  well 
as  to  Prof.  W.  J.  Green,  of  Ohio,  for  the  rediscovery 
(about  1889)  of  this  old,  but  in  their  localities  and  in 
most  portions  of  the  United  States  before  that  wholly 
unknown,  plan  of  Onion-growing.  There  are  only  few, 
if  any,  modern  innovations  which  have  left  an  equally 
deep  impression  on  our  garden  practices.  The  trans- 
planting method  is  admirably  adapted  to  the  character 
of  the  large  foreign  Onions,  especially  those  of  the 
Spanish  type,  and  by  it  the  American  grower  is  enabled 
to  produce  bulbs  in  every  way  the  equal  of  those  large 
sweet  Onions  which  are  imported  from  Spain  and  other 
foreign  countries,  and  sold  in  our  groceries  at  5  to  10 
cents  per  pound.  A  portion  of  the  Onions  now  palmed 
off  on  the  unsuspecting  buyer  in  various  places  as  "im- 


1532.  A  multiplier  Onion. 


1533.  Section  of  a  mul- 
tiplier Onicn. 


ported  Spanish"  are  really  nothing  more  than  these 
home-grown  bulbs  of  the  Prizetaker  variety,  and  the 
buyer  is  not  the  loser  by  any  means.  This  Prizetaker 
is  perhaps  the  best  of  this  class  of  Onions  to  be  grown 
by  the  transplanting  process  at  the  present  time— large, 
of  good  shape,  perhaps  a  little  darker  in  color  than  the 
imported  Spanish,  and  its  equal  in  mildness  of  flavor. 
The  newer  Gibraltar  is  still  larger,  milder,  a  little  later, 


1138 


ONION 


ONION 


not  as  good  a  keeper,  but  altogether  one  of  the  best 
Onions  which  the  home  grower,  as  well  as  the  market- 
gardener  who  can  sell  his  crop  before  late  fall  and  at 
good  prices,  could  produce. 

Start  the   plants   under  glass  (preferably  in   green- 
house) during  January  or  February,  sowing  seed  rather 


1534.  Onion  in  flower. 

thickly  in  drills  an  inch  and  a  half  or  two  inches  apart, 
and  using  about  an  ounce  of  seed  to  ten  square  feet  of 
bed  surface.  The  soil  should  be  sandy  and  very  rich. 
Keep  the  plants  in  good  growth,  and  as  soon  as  the  patch 
outdoors  can  be  properly  prepared  in  spring,  set  the 
seedlings  in  rows  about  14  inches  apart,  and  from  3  to  4 
inches  apart  in  the  rows.  Little  hand-weeding  will  be 
necessary,  but  the  wheel-hoe  should  be  used  freely.  We 
also  grow  a  portion  of  our  green  or  bunching  Onions  in 
this  way.  For  that  purpose  the  plants  are  set  more 
closely  in  the  rows,  say  not  over  2  inches  apart.  Seed 
of  the  Prizetaker  is  mostly  grown  in  the  United  States, 
while  that  of  the  Gibraltar  is  as  yet  all  imported. 

T.  GKEINER. 

COMMERCIAL  ONION  CULTURE  IN  THE  NORTH.— 
Soil.— The  soil  should  be  a  rich,  moist,  but  not  wet, 
loam  with  a  subsoil  of  clay,  or  close  compact  sandy  loam, 
not  coarse  gravel,  as  that  lets  the  water  leach  out  too 
quickly.  Onions  will  stand  a  large  amount  of  fertiliza- 
tion, and  there  is  little  danger  of  getting  the  soil  too  rich. 
Soil  that  has  been  under  cultivation  for  three  or  four 
years  at  least  is  much  better  than  new  land.  The  ten- 
dency of  the  latter  is  to  produce  too  much  top-growth 
and  improperly  ripened  bulbs. 

To  prepare  the  soil,  plow  10  or  12  inches  deep,  if  the 
soil  is  of  sufficient  depth,  or  down  to  the  subsoil.  Care 
should  be  taken  not  to  turn  up  much  subsoil,  or  the  crop 
will  not  mature  evenly. 

Fertilizers.  —  If  the  soil  is  poor,  plow  in  5  to  10  cords 
of  stable  manure  to  the  acre,  and  spread  on  an  equal 
amount  of  well-rotted  manure  after  plowing,  to  be  har- 
rowed in.  Unleached  hard  wood  ashes  is  also  a  good 
fertilizer,  especially  on  rather  dry  land,  as  it  aids  in  the 
conservation  of  moisture.  The  action  is  quick,  which 
makes  it  valuable  where  a  little  of  the  subsoil  has  been 
turned  up  in  plowing,  giving  the  young  plants  a  good 
start,  when,  without  it,  they  would  be  too  light-colored 
and  weak  in  growth.  Ashes  should  be  spread  as  evenly 
as  possible,  75  to  100  bushels  per  acre  on  the  ground 
after  plowing,  and  harrowed  in. 

Tillage.  — The  harrowing  should  be  thorough,  using 
some  kind  of  a  disk  or  spring-tooth,  for  the  first  time 
over,  with  a  Meeker  or  some  other  smoothing  harrow 
for  the  finish.  It  is  impossible  to  get  a  good  even  stand 


of  plants  if  the  ground  is  rough  or  lumpy,  while  those 
that  do  grow  are  weak  and  puny  on  rough  ground.  Hand- 
raking  is  sometimes  necessary  to  insure  germination  of 
seed  in  a  satisfactory  manner. 

Drainage.  — The  drainage  must  be  nearly  perfect  to 
get  best  results.  There  should  be  no  hollow  places  in  the 
beds.  Even  on  a  sloping  piece  of  land,  the  dead  fur- 
rows or  alleys  should  be  kept  open.  If  there  is  a  natural 
sag  in  the  land  which  cannot  be  surface-drained,  it  is 
often  practicable  to  underdrain  so  as  to  get  satisfactory 
results;  for  there  is  no  crop  grown  in  the  ordinary 
market-garden  which  will  pay  a  larger  percentage  of  re- 
turn for  underdraining,  in  nearly  all  locations.  If  the 
foliage  is  of  a  light  color,  and  the  crop  does  not  ripen 
evenly,  an  underdrain  will  usually  correct  the  trouble. 
The  time  to  drain  is  when  the  ground  is  being  pre- 
pared for  planting,  not  after  a  heavy  rain,  when  water 
is  standing  in  pools  over  the  field. 

Onion  Seed.— There  are  a  few  growers  who  can  profit- 
ably grow  their  own  seed,  but  the  masses  should  buy. 
This  should  be  done  early,  so  that  there  may  be  no  delay 
at  planting  time,  and  also  that  one  may  get  the  best 
stock  obtainable.  If  one  wants  10  pounds  or  more  it  is 
sometimes  advisable  to  order  from  some  one  of  the  large 
seed  houses  of  the  country,  but  if  there  is  a  reliable 
local  dealer  who  buys  seed  in  bulk,  go  to  him  and  make 
your  wants  known  and  you  can  often  do  better  than  to 
send  direct  to  the  large  seed  house,  even  on  quantities 
of  50  to  100  pounds.  Be  sure  to  know  where  the  seed  comes 
from,  and  if  possible  test  it  before  planting.  In  any  case 
always  buy  the  best  seed  obtainable,  no  matter  if  it  costs 
double  the  price  of  other  stock. 

The  sowing  of  the  seed  should  be  done  with  one  of  the 
standard  garden  seed  drills,  the  first  essentials  of  which 
are  that  the  machine  can  be  regulated  to  sow  evenly  and 
in  the  quantity  desired  without  clogging.  The  machine 
should  open  a  row,  sow,  cover,  roll,  and  mark  the  next 
row,  all  at  one  operation.  The  machines  which  have  a 
sliding  piece  at  the  bottom  of  the  hopper,  which  opens 
and  closes  a  diamond-shaped  opening,  are  the  best,  as 
the  operator  can  regulate  exactly  the  amount  of  seed 
sown. 

The  seed  should  be  sown  in  rows  12-14  in.  apart,  and 
at  the  rate  of  334-4%  pounds  per  acre,  according  to  soil 
and  seed.  A  soil  which  produces  heavy  tops  requires 
less  seed  than  the  drier,  sandy  soil  which  grows  small 
tops.  The  plants  should  stand  from  1-3  in.  apart  in  the 
row.  The  seed  should  be  sown  from  %-l  in-  deep, 
according  to  soil. 

Tillage  should  begin 
as  soon  as  the  plants  are 
up  enough  for  the  rows 
to  be  seen.  Begin  with 
a  double-wheel  straddle' 
cultivator  if  one  is  at 
hand,  setting  the  knives 
as  closely  as  can  be 
worked  without  covering 
the  young  plants,  and 
continue  as  often  as  nec- 
essary to  keep  weeds  de- 
stroyed and  the  ground 
loose  on  top  until  the 
plants  are  too  large  to  get 
through.  The  last  time 
through  may  be  done 
with  a  single-wheel  ma- 
chine, which  will  throw 
a  little  earth  up  to  the 
plants.  A  single-wheel 
machine  may  be  used 
throughout  the  season, 
but  the  double-wheel  is 
preferable  for  the  first 
part  of  the  work. 

A  hand-weeder  may  be 
used  with  profit  after  the 
young  plants  have  gotten 
3-5  in.  high.  This  works  two  rows  at  one  passage,  stir- 
ring the  soil  in  the  rows  where  the  wheel-hoes  do  not 
work,  and  greatly  reduces  the  amount  of  hand-weeding 
to  be  done.  Of  course,  hand-weeding  must  be  done  as 
often  as  necessary  to  keep  the  beds  clean. 


1535.    Alhum  fistulosum— 
Welsh  Onion. 


ONION 

Harvesting  may  be  done  in  the  following  manner:  If 
the  crop  ripens  evenly,  so  that  there  are  no  green  tops 
standing,  the  topping  can  be  done  most  rapidly  before 
the  Onions  are  pulled.  By  using  a  thin,  sharp  knife, 
taking  the  dry  tops  in  one  hand  and  cutting  from  the 
person,  the  work  can  be  done  quickly  and  well.  Be 
careful  not  to  tear  the  skin  down  the  side.  The  length 
to  cut  the  tops  is  a  point  of  importance  and  must  not 
be  overlooked.  If  the  tops  are  left  too  long  they  have 
a  ragged  appearance,  and  if  too  short,  there  is  danger 
of  causing  the  Onions  to  rot  in  the  tops,  because  of 
bruising  or  because  of  water  having  gone  to  the  inside 
of  the  Onions.  The  proper  length  is  about  half  an  inch 
from  the  bulb;  or,  take  an  Onion  by  the  top,  with  the 
thumb  and  forefinger  close  to  the  bulb,  and  cut  the  top 
close  to  the  fingers.  The  pulling  may  be  done  by  hand, 
but  a  puller  made  to  fit  a  hand-cultivator  is  much  more 
rapid  and  does  not  injure  the  bulbs.  The  puller  is 
simply  a  knife  with  one  or  more  fingers  to  move  the 
bulbs  slightly  as  the  roots  are  cut.  In  light,  dry  soil  it 
works  very  well  without  any  fingers. 

Many  growers  prefer  to  pull  the  Onions  first,  allowing 
them  to  dry  a  few  days  before  topping.  This  is  what 
should  be  done  if  the  tops  do  not  dry  evenly,  or  if  the 
crop  is  late  and  needs  to  be  hurried ;  and  is  all  right  in 
any  case,  though  not  quite  so  rapid  as  the  other  way. 

Storage.—  After  the  Onions  are  topped  they  should  be 
gotten  under  cover  as  soon  as  possible.  Let  them  dry 
a  day  or  two  if  the  weather  is  favorable  and  then  pick 
them  up  and  store  in  the  curing  shed.  If  allowed  to  lie 
too  long  on  the  ground  the  skin  peels  off  too  much.  The 
shed  should  have  doors  or  ventilators  at  each  end  from 
top  to  bottom,  so  that  the  air  can  pass  through  freely 
and  be  free  under  the  floor.  If  the  floor  is  tight,  with 
no  circulation  under  it,  lay  some  2x4  scantling  on  the 
floor  and  lay  a  loose  board  floor  over  them  without  nail- 
ing; then  take  some  pieces  of  2x4  sawed  just  1  ft. 
long  and  nail  them  to  the  floor  at  even  distances  for 
posts  to  carry  stringers  for  the  next  floor.  Use  2x4  for 
the  stringers;  set  them  on  edge,  nail  them  to  the  posts 
and  all  is  ready  for  the  Onions.  This  gives  a  space  of 
16  inches.  Fill  12  inches  (the  length  of  the  posts)  and 
leave  the  4  inches  for  air  space.  Lay  another  floor  and 
proceed  as  before,  being  careful  to  get  the  upper  posts 
directly  over  the  lower  ones,  or  the  stringers  will  break 
after  two  or  three  floors  are  in. 

In  handling  the  Onions,  bushel  boxes  are  the  most 
convenient.  Pick  them  up  in  common  baskets,  leaving 
all  small,  defective,  or  odd-colored  bulbs  on  the  ground, 
to  be  picked  up  separately  and  sorted  as  occasion  may 
require.  Dump  in  the  boxes,  then  drive  along  the  side 
of  the  bed  with  a  platform  wagon,  and  load.  Have  a 
screen  about  4  ft.  long  by  2  ft.  wide  made  of  narrow 
strips  %-l  in.  wide  and  about  1  in.  apart.  Put  legs  on  one 
end  about  14  or  15  in.  long  and  on  the  other  end  long 
enough  to  give  it  a  sufficient  incline  to  make  the  Onions 

roll  down  freely.  With 
an  old  coffee  sack  make 
a  bag  like  a  sheet  hung 
by  the  corners  with 
hooks,  to  hang  under  the 
screen,  in  order  to  catch 
the  dirt  and  leaves. 
Carry  the  boxes  of 
Onions  directly  from  the 
wagon  to  the  screen  and 
pour  them  over  it.  This 
will  take  out  all  the  dirt 
and  most  of  the  loose 
leaves,  and  make  the 
Onions  come  out  of  the 
shed  in  much  better 
shape.  They  should  lie 
in  the  shed  until  they 
are  dry  enough  to  peel  off 
another  skin,  and  rattle 
and  crackle  when  the  arm 
is  run  in  among  them. 
If  all  has  gone  well  the  crop  should  average  500 
bushels  to  the  acre  on  good  land,  or  600  bushels  on  very 
rich  land,  and  700  or  800  bushels  on  a  single  acre  selected 
from  the  best  part  of  a  ten-acre  field. 

Marketing.—  There  is  an  old  saying,  "The  time  to  sell 


ONIQN 


1139 


1536.   Allium  Schcenoprasum— 
Give. 


is  when  someone  wants  to  buy."  This  is  a  very  good 
rule  to  apply,  unless  one  is  prepared  for  cold  weather 
or  is  reasonably  sure  of  an  advance  in  price.  In  a 
general  way  it  is  best  to  ship  in  sacks  of  even  size  and 
not  too  large,  one  and  three-fourths  to  two  and  one- 
fourth  bushels.  These  points  must  be  governed  by  the 
market.  In  sacking  to  ship,  always  throw  out  all  de- 
fective bulbs  and  all  of 
another  color.  In  size 
down  to  about  1%  to  1% 
inches  in  diameter  is  a 
good  scale  to  use  in  a 
general  way,  but  this 
point  must  also  be  gov- 
erned by  the  market. 
Sell  by  sample  as  far  as 
possible. 

Va rieties.— There  are 
three  varieties  of  Onions 
which  take  the  lead 
clearly  above  all  others 
in  the  big  markets  of  the 
country,  —  the  White 
Globe,  Yellow  Globe,  and 
Red  Globe.  These  come 
under  different  names, 
as  Southport  Yellow 
Globe  and  Michigan  Yel- 
low Globe,  but  the  object 
in  view  among  seed- 
growers  is  to  get  bulbs 
as  nearly  globe-shaped  1537.  Leek-Allium  Pomun. 
as  possible.  The  skin 

should  be  thick  and  two  or  three  layers  deep,  to  prevent 
bruising.  IRVING  C.  SMITH. 

ONION  CULTURE  IN  THE  SOUTH.— Twenty  years  ago 
Onion-growing  from  seed  was  not  considered  practicable, 
and  by  many  it  was  considered  impossible  south  of  the 
Potomac.  The  introduction  of  varieties  from  South 
Europe  and  more  careful  attention  to  details  of  the 
work  have  made  Onion-growing  not  only  possible  but 
often  exceedingly  profitable. 

The  eastern  South  consumes  large  quantities  of  the 
mild  forms,  such  as  the  Bermudas.  In  the  markets  at 
Jacksonville,  Fla.,  these  are  sold  by  the  piece,  frequently 
retailing  at  5  cents  and  10  cents  each.  Nowhere  in  the 
South  are  Onions  grown  exclusively  on  an  extensive 
scale,  but  they  form  a  supplementary  crop,  or  may  be 
grown  extensively  at  times.  The  southern  Onion-grower 
must  keep  in  close  touch  with  the  northern  and  foreign 
Onion  markets.  As  there  are  no  extensive  cold  storage 
plants,  the  crop  must  be  sold  soon  after  ripening.  The 
extensive  Onion-grower  of  this  section  must  therefore 
keep  his  land  in  proper  tilth  and  wait  for  the  year  when 
the  price  of  Onions  will  warrant  his  planting. 

Soil.  —  The  soil  should  be  alluvial,  sandy,  and  of  a 
fine  texture.  A  level  tract,  freed  of  all  debris,  and  one 
that  can  be  plowed  deeply,  is  desirable.  In  the  coast 
region  such  land  maybe  obtained  in  great  abundance. 
It  is  frequently  used  for  vegetable-growing,  but  large 
areas  are  still  uncleared  or  are  used  for  farm  crops.  In 
the  hilly  regions  of  the  interior,  Onion  lands  must  be 
sought  mainly  along  rivers  or  old  river  beds. 

Fertilizer.— Undecomposed  vegetable  matter  should 
not  be  applied  immediately  preceding  the  crop.  Even 
cotton-seed  meal  should  be  used  three  weeks  or  more 
before  the  seed  is  sown  and  then  carefully  incorporated 
with  the  soil  where  the  rows  are  to  be,  or  if  the  rows  are 
to  be  a  foot  or  14  inches  apart  the  cotton-seed  meal 
may  be  sown  broadcast  and  cultivated  in. 

When  the  land  is  deficient  in  the  three  ingredients 
considered  essential  in  fertilizers,  the  following  formula 
will  supply  the  approximate  proportion  taken  off  by  a 
crop  of  Onions: 

Nitrogen 5* 

Phosphoric  acid,  available 6* 

Potash 9* 

From  one  to  two  tons  of  the  above  formula  will  not 
be  found  excessive,  but  the  amount  that  will  give  the 
greatest  profit  will  be  different  on  each  field. 

The  following  table  gives  the  amounts  of  different 


1140 


ONION 


ONOCLEA 


substances   which    are    required    to   give   the   desired 
amounts  of  each  of  the  three  elements: 

c  1,600  to  3.200  Ibs.  cotton-seed  meal. 

I  1,400  to  2,800  Ibs.  guano.* 
Nitrouen.  <  1,000  to  2,000  Ibs.  dried  blood. 

I     700  to  1,400  Ibs.  nitrate  of  soda. 

I    500  to  1,000  Ibs.  sulph.  ammonia. 

DK          -^  J  1  20°  to  2,400  Ibs.  acid  phos. 
los.  acia  dissolved  bon6t 


f  2,200  to  4,400  Ibs.  kainit. 

-p  ,     ,         1     700  to  1,400  Ibs.  low-grade  sulf  ate  of  potash. 
otasn.  .  .  i     36Q  to     72Q  lbg  hign.grade  suifate  of  potash. 

I    360  to     720  Ibs.  muriate  of  potash. 

*  If  guano  is  used,  reduce  the  potash  33  per  cent  and  the 
phosphoric  acid  50  per  cent,  since  guano  contains  large  per- 
centages of  these  elements. 

Seeding.  —  Seed-sowing  in  the  field  occurs  in  the 
upper  districts  as  early  as  the  first  of  April  or  a  little 
earlier,  in  the  central  district  about  the  last  of  Febru- 
ary, while  in  the  Gulf  region  it  may  occur  late  in  fall  or 
any  time  during  the  winter,  being  gauged  largely  by  the 
time  required  for  the  variety  to  mature,  and  the  market 
to  be  met.  It  is  a  good  rule  to  put  on  an  abundance 
of  seed,  about  twice  as  much  as  recommended  in  gen- 
eral, especially  in  the  Gulf  region.  Many  fields  suffer 
from  deficient  stand  more  than  from  any  other  cause, 
and  in  some  years  it  is  the  only  cause  for  an  unprofi- 
table crop. 

Sets.  —  Good  crops  may  be  grown  from  sets,  but  the 
labor  involved  and  cost  of  the  «  seed  "  is  usually  so 
great  as  to  deter  many  from  planting  them.  In  using 
sets  they  should  be  separated  into  three  or  four  grades, 
the  largest  size  maturing  earliest  and  the  smallest 
last.  In  most  cases  the  smallest  sets  grow  such  inferior 
Onions  that  they  would  better  be  discarded.  This  takes 
for  granted  that  the  sets  were  all  grown  at  the  same 
time  and  from  the  same  seed  in  one  field. 

Growing  Sets.  —  Nearly  all  the  sets  used  in  the  South 
are  shipped  in,  while  they  may  be  grown  as  well  here 
as  anywhere.  In  the  Gulf  region  there  is  time  enough 
to  grow  a  crop  of  sets  after  the  northern  crop  has  been 
harvested  and  marketed.  Thus  in  case  of  shortage  in 
northern-grown  sets,  it  is  entirely  practicable  to  ship 
the  seed  south,  grow  sets,  and  ship  sets  back  in  time 
for  spring  market. 

The  New  Onion  Culture.—  Much  has  been  written 
and  spoken  about  raising  the  plants  in  a  seed-bed  and 
then  transplanting  to  the  field.  While  this  may  be  prac- 
ticed successfully,  the  greater  quantity  of  Onions  is 
raised  by  the  old-fashioned  method,  i.  e.,  by  seeding  in 
the  drills  where  the  plants 
are  to  mature  bulbs. 

In  certain  localities  it  is 
advantageous  to  plant  out  a 
seed-bed  before  the  general 
field  will  permit  working, 
and  then  transplant  as  soon 
as  all  conditions  are  favor- 
able. In  the  upper  districts 
of  the  South,  seed  may  be 
sown  in  hotbeds  as  early  as 
the  first  of  February,  and 
the  plants  may  usually  be 
set  out  by  the  first  of  April. 
In  the  central  South,  seed 
may  be  sown  in  protected 
coldframes  as  early  as  the 
middle  of  December,  or  in 
an  open  bed  in  February. 
The  earlier  plants  may  be 
transferred  to  the  field  by 
the  last  of  February,  or  as 
soon  as  danger  from  frosts 
is  past.  In  the  Gulf  region 
the  seed  may  be  sown  dur- 
ing the  fall  in  an  open  bed. 
and  transplanting  to  the 
field  may  occur  when  plants 
are  of  proper  size  and  favor- 
able condition  of  weather  prevails. 

Harvesting  is  often  attended  with  considerable  diffi- 
culty, and  in  some  cases  special  drying  houses  have  to 
be  constructed  to  secure  the  crop  in  first-class  condi- 


1538.   Creole  Onion. 


tion.  The  crop  is  a  perishable  one,  and  must  be  pulled, 
gathered  and  shipped  in  as  short  a  time  as  possible, 
when  sufficiently  mature. 

There  seems  to  be  no  generally  accepted  plan  for 
marketing,  the  crop  being  placed  in  boxes,  barrels  or 
bags  for  shipping. 

Varieties.  —  The  following  varieties  have  given  good 
crops  in  the  hands  of  expert  growers  and  may  be  recom- 
mended for  the  entire  South  :  White  Bermuda,  Red 
Bermuda,  Prizetaker,  Yellow  Danvers,  Giant  White 
Italian,  Giant  Rocco,  and  Large  Tripoli.  Other  varieties 
than  those  named  here  have  given  as  good  or  better  re- 
turns, but  do  not  seem  to  have  been  so  generally  success- 
ful. In  addition,  are  Creole  (Fig.  1538)  for  Gulf  region 
and  Red  Wethersfield  for  central  and  upper  district. 

Diseases.  — Black  Mold  (Macrosporium  Porri):  This 
disease  spreads  rapidly  over  the  field,  especially  late  in 
the  season.  Some  good  may  be  done  by  spraying  with 
Bordeaux  mixture,  but  its  application  is  limited  almost 
to  the  diseased  portion. 

Smut  (  Urocystis  Cepulce) :  The  name  of  this  fungus, 
smut,  describes  it  fairly  well.  About  all  that  can  be  done 
is  to  subject  the  field  to  rotation,  and  to  sow  seed  from 
smut-freedistricts.  Some  years  nearlyall  southern- grown 
Onions  brought  to  market  will  be  more  or  less  infected. 

Rotting  is  especially  severe  in  wet  seasons  when  the 
crop  cannot  be  properly  handled,  and  is  caused  by  a 
number  of  fungi.  Best  preventive  is  to  store  in  a  dry 
place,  and  consume  as  soon  as  practicable. 

Insects.—  Onion  fly,  or  Onion  maggot,  is  one  of  the 
most  severe  pests  when  it  enters  the  field.  There 
seems  to  be  but  little  encouragement  in  combating  the 
pest.  It  often  leaves  the  field  as  mysteriously  as  it 
appeared.  This  disappearance  has  been  coincident  with 
the  application  of  some  supposed  remedy,  and  has  con- 
sequently led  to  the  recommending  of  unreliable  reme- 
dies. A  thorough  application  of  ground  tobacco  stems 
down  the  row  seems  to  act  as  an  insecticide  and  a  repel- 
lent, besides  being  of  value  as  a  fertilizer. 

Thrips:  These  insects  attack  the  leaves  at  times,  and 
become  so  numerous  as  to  cause  the  tips  to  turn  brown 
and  finally  destroy  the  whole  leaf.  Besides  the  insect 
injury  they  open  the  way  for  such  fungi  as  Macrospo- 
rium. This  insect  may  be  treated  successfully  with 
kerosene  emulsion,  tobacco  decoction,  resin  wash  and 
possibly  with  kerosene-water  mixture,  p  jj.  ROLFS. 

ONION,  SEA.  Urginea  maritima;  also  applied  to 
Ornithogahim  caudatum. 

ON6BBYCHIS(  Greek,  asses  'food).  Leyuminbsce.  This 
genus  includes  the  forage  plant  called  Sainfoin  or  Holy 
Clover.  It  is  a  perennial  herb,  which  grows  a  foot  or 
two  high,  and  has  numerous  small,  oblong  Ifts.  forming 
an  odd-pinnate  leaf,  and  spikes  of  light  pink  fls.,  borne 
in  summer  on  long,  axillary  peduncles.  Its  stipules  are 
thin,  brown  and  pointed.  The  pod  is  semi-circular, 
flattish,  wrinkled,  and  bordered  with  short  prickles  or 
teeth.  Sainfoin  requires  a  limestone  soil,  and  in  the 
U.  S.  is  grown  chiefly  in  the  southern  states.  In 
some  sections  it  is  considered  indispensable,  as  it  in- 
creases the  flow  of  milk.  The  seeds  are  thought  to  be 
more  nutritious  than  oats,  and  are  eaten  by  fowls.  A 
hundred  pounds  of  seed  is  sown  to  the  acre. 

viciaefdlia,  Scop.  (O.  satlva,  Lam.  Hedysarum  Ow6b- 
rychis,  Neck.).  SAINFOIN  or  SAINTFOIN.  HOLY  CLO- 
VER. Described  above.  Eu.,  Asia.  For  a  picture  and 
further  information,  see  Bull.  2,  Div.  Agrost.  IT.  S. 
Dept.  of  Agric.,  by  Jared  G.  Smith. 

ONOCLEA  (Greek  closed  vessel;  alluding  to  the 
closely  rolled  sporophylls).  Polypodiacece.  A  small 
genus  of  coarse  ferns  of  north  temperate  regions,  with 
creeping  rootstocks,  anastomosing  veins  and  two  sorts 
of  leaves,  the  segments  of  the  sporophylls  being  closely 
rolled  about  the  sporangia  into  bead-like  bodies.  For 
O.  Strnthiopteris,  see  Matteiiccia. 

sensibilis,  Linn.  SENSITIVE-FERN.  Fig.  1539.  Our 
native  species,  with  broad  triangular  Ivs.,  growing  in 
low,  wet  places.  L>  M>  UNDERWOOD. 

Onocleas  are  tenacious  of  life,  and  will  grow  under 
almost  any  conditions,  especially  O.  sensibilis,  but 


ONOCLEA 


ONOSMODIUM 


1141 


they  prefer  a  moist,  rather  heavy  loam,  in  a  cool  but 
not  necessarily  shaded  position.  O.  Struthiopteris  (a 
Matteuccia)  in  the  sunny  border  is  likely  to  burn 
during  severe  drought.  It  is  a  suitable  deciduous  fern 
for  the  greenhouse,  and  may  easily  be  had  in  foliage 
before  their  natural  season.  p\  \V.  BARCLAY. 


1539.  Sensitive-fern— Onoclea  sensibilis. 
Fruiting  frond  at  A. 

ONONIS  (old  Greek  name  of  dubious  meaning). 
Leguminosce .  REST-HARROW.  About  60  species  of  half- 
shrubby  or  rarely  shrubby  herbs,  natives  of  the  Medi- 
terranean countries,  annual,  biennial  or  perennial.  Lvs. 
usually  pinnately  trifoliolate,  the  stipules  attached  to  the 
petiole:  fls.  yellow,  purple,  pink  or  rarely  white,  soli- 
tary, 2-3  in  the  axils  or  in  peduncled  racemes ;  calyx 
bell-shaped,  5-parted,  deeply  cut,  narrow ;  standard 
large,  striped;  stamens  united  in  a  tribe,  the  members 
sometimes  partly  free;  pedicel  awn-like:  pod  usually 
swollen,  few-seeded,  without  foot-stalk. 

A.    Fls.  in  groups  of  2-3,  rose-colored. 

rotundifolia,  Linn.  ROUND-LEAVED  REST-HARROW.  A 
neat,  attractive,  shrubby,  hardy  plant  1%  ft.  high.  Lvs. 
trifoliolate;  If ts.  subrotund  to  ovate,  serrate:  peduncles 
axillary:  racemes  2-3  fls. :  fls.  pea-like,  bright  rose,  not 
bracted ;  standard  striped  with  lines  of  a  deeper  shade. 
Of  easy  cultivation  in  border  and  rockery,  not  liking 
too  much  shade.  Prop,  by  division  or  seed.  Summer. 
B.M.  335. 

AA.   Fls.  solitary,  yellow. 

Natrix,  Linn.  GOAT  ROOT.  YELLOW-FLOWERED  REST- 
HARROW.  Low,  much -branched  perennial:  stem  1-1 K 
ft.  high:  Ivs.  trifoliolate;  Ifts.  elliptical  or  oblong,  ser- 
rated near  the  apex  or  sometimes  entire ;  stipules  large : 
fls.  axillary,  the  standard  finely  striped  with  red.  Mid- 
summer to  fall.  B.M.  329.  M.  B.  COULSTON. 

ONOPORDON  (ancient  Greek  name).  Compdsitw. 
The  Scotch  Thistle,  O.  Acanthium,  is  a  vigorous  bien- 
nial plant,  growing  5-7  ft.  high,  with  cottony  white, 
spiny  foliage,  and  heads  of  pale  purple  fls.  l%-2  in. 
across,  borne  singly  on  the  branches.  It  is  not  adver- 
tised for  sale  in  America,  but  is  sometimes  cultivated 
for  "auld  lang  syne,"  and  occasionally  it  is  used  with 
striking  effect  by  some  lover  of  hardy  plants.  It  is 
then  placed  against  a  background  of  dark  shrubbery, 
which  sets  off  the  silvery  foliage  and  bold  habit  of  the 
Scotch  Thistle.  The  plant  is  rarely  found  growing  wild 
in  the  Atlantic  States,  having  come  from  Europe.  The 
Scotch  Thistle  will  probably  never  be  a  weed  of  the 
first  importance  in  America,  as  is  the  Canada  Thistle. 
Nevertheless,  care  should  be  taken  not  to  let  it  go  to 
seed.  A  white-fld.  Scotch  Thistle  was  advertised  in 
Germany  in  1894  as  a  horticultural  novelty. 

Onopo'rdon  is  a  genus  of  about  12  species  of  coarse, 
woolly,  Old  World  herbs,  with  stout  stems  winged  by 


the  decurrent  bases  of  the  Ivs.,  which  are  large,  alter- 
nate, prickly,  dentate  or  pinnately  cut:  involucre  glo- 
bose, the  bracts  imbricated  in  many  series,  and  in  some 
cases  spiny:  receptacle  flat,  fleshy,  honeycombed,  not 
bristly:  pappus  not  plumose,  but  with  bristles  in  sev- 
eral series. 

Acanthium,  Linn.  SCOTCH  THISTLE.  Much-branched, 
3-9  ft.  high:  Ivs.  oblong,  lobed  and  dentate,  acute,  the 
lower  often  1  ft.  long.  July-Sept.  B.B.  3:491.  Gn.  46. 
p.  9.  R.B.  20,  p.  200.  Var.  Alba,  Hort.  Gt.  45,  p.  107.- 
The  Scotch  Thistle  is  often  called  the  Cotton  Thistle; 
sometimes  also  Argentine,  Asses',  Down,  Oat,  Queen 
Mary's  or  Silver  Thistle.  ^  j^j 

ON6SMA  (onos,  an  ass,  and  osme,  smell ;  the  odor 
reputed  to  be  liked  by  that  animal).  Borra.gind.ceoe. 
About  70  species  of  bristly  hardy  herbs  or  undershrubs, 
with  long,  narrow,  alternate  Ivs.  and  one-sided,  simple 
or  cymose,  bracted  racemes:  the  fls.  yellow  or  purple, 
tube-like,  or  inflated  on  one  side,  sessile,  or  with  short 
pedicel;  calyx  5-parted  or  cut;  corolla-throat  dilated  or 
contracted;  lobes  5,  very  short;  stamens  5. 

stellulatum,  Waldst.  &  Kit.  GOLDEN  -  DROP.  Cult, 
only  in  var.  Tauricum  (O.  Tauricum,  Pall.).  Stems 
branching  from  ground  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  with 
revolute  edges;  scape  branching,  leaning,  6-9  in.  high; 
raceme  terminal,  pendulous  :  fls.  yellow,  tubular,  ex- 
panding above,  8-12  in  a  raceme,  1%  in.  long.  July,  Aug. 
Perennial.  Succeeds  well  on  high  ground  or  on  sunny 
rockery,  with  light,  open,  deep  soil.  Prop,  by  cuttings 
generally,  or  by  seed.  B.M.  889.  G.C.  II.  16:21.  J.H. 
III.  35:11.  Gn.  50,  p.  251. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  M.  B.  COULSTON. 

ONOSMODIUM  (like  Onosma,  a  European  genus  of 
this  family).  Borraginacece.  FALSE  GROMWELL.  Five 
or  6  species  of  North  American  and  Mexican  branching 
herbs,  generally  perennial,  bristly,  1-4  ft.  high.  Lvs. 
oblong,  sessile,  ribbed-veined  :  fls.  white,  greenish  or 
yellowish,  in  long,  erect,  leafy,  raceme-like  clusters  ; 
corolla  tubular  or  oblong-funnel-shaped,  with  throat 
naked,  the  lobes  erect,  acute;  the  sinuses  more  or  less 
inflexed;  style  filiform  or  capillary,  very  long;  stigma 


1540.  Onychium  Japonicum. 

(XM-) 

Showing  fertile  and  sterile  fronds. 
(See  Onychium,  p.  1142.) 

exserted  before  the  corolla  opens :  nutlets  ovoid  or  globu- 
lar, bony,  smooth  and  polished,  white.  Closely  related 
to  Lithosperraum. 

Carolinianum,  Torr.  Stout,  branched,  1-3  ft. :  Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong-ovate,  sessile,  5-9-ribbed,  2-4 
in.  long:  fls.  yellowish  white.  June.  Can.  and  western 
N.  Y.,  west  and  southward.  — Offered  by  western  dealers 
in  hardy  plants.  Prop,  by  seeds.  M.  B.  COULSTON. 


1142 


ONTARIO 


OPHRYS 


ONTARIO.    See  Canada. 

ON^CHIUM  (Greek,  onyx,  a  claw;  referring  to  the 
shape  of  the  lobes  of  the  Ivs.j.  Polypodidcece.  A  genus 
of  small,  mainly  Asiatic  ferns,  with  the  sori  arranged 
on  a  continuous  linear  receptacle,  as  in  Pteris,  but  with 
narrow  segments  in  which  the  indusia  extend  nearly  to 
the  midrib.  For  culture,  see  Fern.  The  orchids  occa- 
sionally advertised  as  Onychiums  are  Dendrobiums. 

auratum,  Kaulf.  Lvs.  ovate,  a  foot  or  more  long  by 
"lalf  as  wide,  quadripinnatifid,  with  membranous  indusia 
and  abundant  sporangia  of  a  golden  color;  divisions  of 
the  sporophylls  pod-like.  India  and  adjacent  islands. 

Jap6nicum,  Kunze.  Fig.  1540.  Lvs.  ovate,  a  foot  or 
more  long  by  half  as  wide,  quadripinnatifid,  with  pale 
indusia  and  brown  sori  ;  divisions  of  the  sporophylls 
linear-mucronate,  similar  to  those  of  the 
sterile  leaf.  India,  China,  and  Japan. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 
OPHELIA.    See  Swertia. 

OPHIOGL6SSUM  (Greek,  serpent's 
tongue).  Ophioglossdcece.  A  genus  of 
small,  fern-like  plants  of  wide  distribution, 
with  a  more  or  less  elongated  terminal 
spike  formed  of  two  rows  of  coalescent 
sporangia,  and  bearing  a  single  leaf  at  or 
below  the  middle  of  the  stem.  Rather  diffi- 
cult of  cultivation,  and  mainly  of  interest  as 
curiosities. 

vulgatum,  Linn.  ADDER'S  TONGUE  FERN. 
Fig.  1541.  Six-12  in.  high,  with  a  spike  %-\ 
in.  long,  bearing  a  single  ovate  leaf  near 
the  middle  of  the  stem.  In  low  places, 
Europe  and  North  America.— May  be  cult, 
in  moist  peat  in  a  partially  shaded  spot. 
Occasionally  found  in  large  numbers  in 
peaty  meadows. 
L.  M.  UNDERWOOD  and  F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

OPHIOPOGON  (Greek,  snake's  beard;  a 
translation  of  the  Japanese  name).    Hcema- 
dordcece.    Of  this  genus  we  cultivate  2  spe- 
cies of  hardy,  low-growing  herbaceous  per- 
ennials  from  Japan,    with   linear   foliage, 
1541.        which  is  often  striped  or  spotted  with  white 
Ophioglos-    or  yellow,  and  racemes  of  small,  6-parted, 
sum   vul-    pendulous  fls.,  varying  from  white  through 
^""I'T    lilac   to  violet-purple.      The   species   men- 
Tongue,      tioned  below  are  not  very  exciting.    They 
are  procurable  from  a  few  dealers  in  hardy 
perennials,    from   specialists    in   Japanese    plants   and 
from  Dutch   bulb-growers.    J.  B.  Keller  writes  that  the 
most  popular  form   is  O.  Jaburan,  var.  aureus   varie- 
gatus,  which  is  chiefly   used  as   a  greenhouse  foliage 
plant.     The  fls.  of  O.  Jaburan  are  followed  by  large, 
showy,  shining  dark  blue  berries.    It  is  easy  to  manage 
in  the  window,  and  is  almost  hardy.    O.  spicatus  is  prop- 
erly Liriope  spicata. 

The  genus  is  an  oriental  one  of  aboxit  7  species  of 
herbs.  The  plants  have  a  short,  thick  rhizome,  and  the 
fibrous  roots  sometimes  act  like  runners,  and  sometimes 
are  thickened  into  tubers:  Ivs.  linear  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late and  narrowed  into  a  petiole:  bracts  small,  scari- 
ous:  perianth -tube  none;  stamens  6,  fixed  at  the  base  of 
the  segments ;  filaments  erect,  distinct,  shorter  than  the 
linear  anthers:  cells  of  ovary  2-ovuled:  seeds  in  the 
form  of  a  globose  berry. 

A.    Lower  fls.  in  groups  of  2-3. 

Jap6nicus,  Ker.  Perennial,  stemless,  glabrous  herb, 
with  a  stolonif erous  rhizome:  fibrous  roots  long,  slen- 
der, often  nodulose:  root-lvs.  numerous,  erect,  narrowly 
linear,  %-l  ft.,  1-1  %  lines  wide,  5-7-nerved:  scape  2-4 
in.  long:  raceme  lax, few-fid.,  2-3  in.  long:  fls.  droop- 
ing, violet-purple  to  lilac  or  more  or  less  whitish.  Jap., 
Corea,  northern  China.  B.M.  1063.  — Var.  variegatus, 
Hort.,  has  variegated  foliage. 

AA.    Lower  fls.  in  groups  of  6-9.    - 
Jaburan,  Lodd.    Habit  of  the  above,  but  more  robust: 
Ivs.  1^-3  ft.  long,  4-6  lines  wide,  many -nerved:  scape 


>a-2  ft.  long:  raceme  3-6  in.  long:  fls.  white  to  lilac. 
Japan.  L.B.C.  19:1876  (a  fine  pure  white).— Var.  cceru- 
leus,  Hort.,  has  "blue  "  fls.  Var.  aureus  variegatus  has 
foliage  striped  golden  yellow.  Var.  argenteus  variega- 
tus has  foliage  spotted  white.  Var.  argenteus  vittatus 
has  foliage  striped  with  white.  -^  ]yj 

Ophiopogons  are  said  to  be  hardy,  but  they  are  not 
reliably  so.  O.  Japonicus  lived  for  three  winters  in  an 
exposed  position  on  our  rock  garden,  so  that  we  felt  in- 
clined to  believe  it  would  continue  so.  One  severe  win- 
ter every  plant  died.  O.  Jaburan  will  occasionally  live, 
but  its  foliage  gets  badly  spoiled,  so  that  we  now  lift  it 
and  store  in  coldframes.  The  variegated  form,  espe- 
cially the  one  with  blue  flowers,  is  very  ornamental.  It 
may  be  used  effectively  in  a  variety  of  ways.  It  com- 
bines nicely  with  dwarf  foliage  plants  in  the  make-up 
of  mixed  vases  for  parlor  decoration.  It  has  a  perma- 
nent value,  as  after  its  new  growth  is  made  in  spring- 
time its  variegation  does  not  change  nor  its  growth  in- 
crease. Its  leaves  are  leathery  and  durable,  and  thus  it  is 
effective  the  whole  season.  Spikes  of  blue  flowers  sent 
up  in  August  add  much  to  its  beauty,  combining  most 
effectively  with  the  yellow  and  green  variegation.  It  is 
increased  by  divisions  of  the  rhizomatous  roots.  Any 
soil  and  situation  will  suit  it.  We  have  had  it  do  well 
in  peaty  soil  and  also  in  ordinary  loam  and  shady  cor- 
ners, where  scarcely  anything  else  will  grow.  But,  of 
course,  the  plants  have  been  put  out  after  their  season's 
growth  has  been  made  in  coldframes  in  spring. 

T.  D.  HATFIELD. 

OPHRYS  (Greek,  eyebrow).  Orchiddcece.  A  genus  of 
terrestrial  orchids  mostly  in  the  north  temperate  zone 
in  Europe,  Asia  and  N.  Africa,  the  greater  number  be- 
ing found  in  the  Mediterranean  region.  They  have  the 
habit  of  Goodyera,  bearing  a  basal  rosette  of  Ivs.  with  an 
erect  flower-stem  terminating  in  a  raceme  or  spike  of 
fls.  Sepals  similar,  spreading:  petals  smaller,  often 
pubescent:  Jabellum  generally  convex  with  incurved 
margins,  not  spurred,  entire  or3-lobed:  column  short. 
Culture  as  for  Habenaria. 

The  following  are  advertised  by  Dutch  bulb  dealers : 

A.    Margin  of  the  labellum  brown  or  purple-brown. 

B.    Labellum  scarcely  longer  than  tlie  sepal. 

c.    Sepals  green. 

aranifera,  Huds.  SPIDER  ORCHIS.  Resembles  O.  apif- 
era.  Sepals  green;  petals  very  short;  labellum  dull 
brown,  marked  with  paler  spots,  obscurely  lobed.  Spring 
and  early  summer.  Europe.  B.M.  5712.  B.R.  14:1197. 

fiisca,  Link.      Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,   those   on   the 
stem  narrower:    sepals  green,  ovate-oblong,  the  upper 
one  smaller,  oblong;  petals  half  as  long,  lanceolate-ob- 
tuse ;  labellum  oblong,  dark  purple  and  hairy  on  the  mar- 
fln,  disk  light  blue,  polished.      Mediterranean  region. 
.R.  13:1071. 

cc.    Sepals  rose-colored  or  white. 

arachnites,  Lam.  Stem  erect,  leafy:  Ivs.  ovate-lan- 
ceolate: fls.  distant;  sepals  ovate  concave,  rose-colored, 
tinged  with  green ;  petals  conical,  fleshy,  smaller  than  the 
sepals  and  colored  like  them;  labellum  round,  with 
the  sides  reflexed,  black-purple,  with  yellow  marks  and 
green  appendages.  Cent.  Europe.  B.M.  2516. 

apif era,  Huds.  (O.arae7mi?es,Reichard).  BEE  ORCHIS. 
Stem  9-18  in.  high,  with  few  oblong  or  lanceolate  Ivs. : 
fls.  3-6,  rather  large;  sepals  ovate,  pale  pink  or 
white;  petals  smaller,  erect;  labellum  broad,  convex, 
lobes  all  turned,  velvety  brown,  marked  with  paler  lines 
or  spots.  Fls.  early  summer.  Dry  pastures,  Cent,  and 
S.  Europe. 

BB.   Labellum  longer  than  the  sepals. 

Speculum,  Link.  LOOKING-GLASS  ORCHIS.  Stem  4-12 
in.  high,  3-6-fld. :  Ivs.  linear-oblong:  fls.  %-l  in.  across; 
sepals  linear-oblong,  green,  with  purple  bands ;  petals 
very  small,  triangular-lanceolate,  dark  purple-brown; 
labellum  quadrate,  oblong,  very  convex;  disk  shining 
blue,  with  a  yellow  edge;  margin  pilose  and  fimbriate, 
maroon -purple.  Mediterranean  region.  B.  M.  5844. 
B.R.  5:370. 

muscifera,  Huds.  (O.  myddes,  Jacq.)-  FLY  ORCHIS. 
Stem  very  slender,  3-4-fld.:  sepals  oblong  or  narrowly 


OPHRYS 


OPUNTIA 


1143 


ovate,  greenish;  petals  narrowly  linear;  labellum  long, 
oblong,  purplish  brown,  with  pale  white  or  blue  marks 
in  the  center;  central  lobe  notched.  Spring  and  early 
summer.  Cent,  and  E.  Europe.  R.B.  21:241. 

AA.    Margin  of  the  labellum  yellow  or  greenish  yellow. 

tenthredinilera,  Willd.  SAWFLY  ORCHIS.  Stem  6  in. 
high:  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceolate :  spike  3-8-fld. :  fls.  nearly 
1  in.  across  ;  sepals  oblong,  obtuse,  concave,  varying 
from  rose  to  white;  petals  very  small;  labellum  broadly 
obcordate,  greenish  yellow,  pubescent,  with  a  large 
chestnut  -  colored  spot  on  the  disk.  Mediterranean 
region.  B.R.  3:205;  13.1093.  B.M.  1930,  F.  1872,  p.  128. 

lutea,  Cav.  Stem  4-7  in.  tall,  many-fld.:  Ivs.  linear- 
oblong:  fls.  %  in.  across  ;  sepals  oblong,  obtuse,  in- 
curved, green  ;  petals  much  smaller,  linear-oblong; 
labellum  quadrate,  golden  yellow,  with  a  purple  disk. 
Mediterranean  region.  B.M.  5941. 

Aceras  anthropophora,  Br.  Advertised  as  Ophrys  anthro- 
pophora,  Linn.  MAN  ORCHIS.  Stem  about  9  in.  high,  the 
spike  being  2-4  in.  long:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong  or  lanceolate:  fls. 
dull  yellowish  green ;  sepals  and  petals  converging  over  the 
column;  labellum  much  longer  than  the  sepals;  side  lobes  long, 
narrow,  and  the  middle  lobe  split  into  two  narrow  lobes.  Early 
summer.  Pastures,  S.  Europe.  Ophrys  differs  from  Aceras  in 
having  a  very  convex  labellum.  Both  genera  are  distinguished 
from  Orchis  by  the  absence  of  a  spur. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

OPLfSMENUS  (Greek,  awned;  referring  to  the  awns). 
Graminece.  A  genus  allied  to  Panicum,  containing  4 
species  of  the  warmer  regions,  one  of  which  is  cult,  in 
conservatories  for  ornament.  Spikelet  1-fld. ;  first  and 
second  glume,  and  often  the  third,  awned. 


1342.   Oplismenus  Burmannii. 

Burmannii,  Pal.  (Panicum  variegatum  of  florists). 
Pig.  1542.  A  half-creeping  perennial,  with  small,  simple 
panicles,  the  common  form  with  neatly  white  and  pink 
striped  leaves.  Trop.  Asia.— Popular  for  edges  of  beds 
and  for  hanging  baskets.  Propagated  by  divisions  of 
the  rooting  stems.  Gn.  47,  p.  68.  ^  g.  HITCHCOCK. 

OPIUM  is  the  product  of  Papaver  somniferum,  the 
common  annual  summer-blooming  poppy  of  our  gar- 
dens with  smooth,  glaucous  leaves. 

OPOPANAX.    See  Acacia. 

OPUNTIA  (old  Latin  name  used  by  Pliny,  later  used 
for  the  Indian  Fig,  thought  by  some  to  be  derived  from 
Opus,  a  town  in  Greece:  by  some  authors  the  name 
is  said  to  have  been  derived  from  a  small  port,  Opus, 
in  South  America,  from  whence  plants  of  the  Indian 
Fig  were  early  exported  to  the  Old  World).  Cactacece. 


Opuntia  is  a  genus  of  great  variation  in  habit  and  ap- 
pearance, and,  from  the  frequency  of  natural  hybrids 
and  ill-defined  specific  lines,  one  of  the  most  difficult 
genera  of  flowering  plants  to  satisfactorily  present  in 
systematic  order.  Opuntias  vary  from  small,  prostrate 
plants  a  few  inches  above  the  ground  to  trees  with 
spreading  tops  20  or  more  feet  high.  The  steins  are  flat, 
clavate  or  cylindrical,  and  bear  more  or  less  elevated 
areolro,  from  each  of  which  appears  a  small  caducous 
pointed  leaf,  rarely  spreading  and  foliar.  An  oval  or 
circular  area,  more  or  less  covered  with  soft  wool,  inter- 
mixed with  barbed  bristles  and  usually  a  variable  num- 
ber of  spines,  occurs  in  the  axil  of  each  leaf.  The 
flowers  are  borne  singly  toward  the  upper  portion  of 
the  joints  or  stems,  on  the  bristle-bearing  part  of  the 
areola,  and  have  spreading,. showy  corollas.  The  usually 
many-ovuled  inferior  ovaries  are  not  of  foliar  develop- 
ment, and  sometimes  differ  but  slightly  in  appearance 
from  normal  stems.  They  are  usually  bristle-  and  spine- 
bearing.  Fr.  dry  or  succulent,  frequently  edible;  seeds 
large,  flattened,  discoid  and  often  margined.  Some  of 
the  forms  of  Opuntias  are  seen  in  the  illustrations 
(Figs.  1543-1549). 

Some  of  the  largest  Cacti  are  Opuntias,  while  nearly 
all  that  are  of  economic  value  belong  to  this  genus.  The 
genus  numbers  about  130  species  and  many  varieties 
and  hybrids.  It  extends  from  British  America  south- 
ward through  the  United  States,  Mexico,  West  Indies  and 
Central  Americato  the  southern  portion  of  South  America. 
The  species  are  confined  mostly  to  arid  and  semi-arid 
regions;  however,  some  are  found  in  regions  of  heavy 
rainfall.  They  are  found  in  greatest  quantity  and  variety 
of  species  in  southwestern  United  States  and  northern 
Mexico,  where  they  are  often  trees  and  form  the  most 
conspicuous  part  of  the  flora.  A  few  species  are  ex- 
tensively cultivated  in  warm  regions  for  their  large, 
edible  fruits,  while  others  are  grown  as  hedges.  Where 
introduced,  many  species  have  escaped  from  cultiva- 
tion and  become  dangerous  and  troublesome  weeds. 
Although  the  Opuntias  are  less  attractive  as  pot-plants 
and,  on  account  of  their  barbed  spines  and  bristles, 
more  difficult  to  handle  than  most  other  Cacti,  they  are 
coming  into  favor  on  account  of  their  unique  appear- 
ance, rapidity  of  growth  and  attractive  fls.  They  grow 
best  with  an  abundance  of  heat  and  sunlight,  the  char- 
acter of  the  soil  being  a  secondary  consideration.  Like 
all  other  Cacti,  they  require  perfect  drainage.  They  are 
readily  grown  from  cuttings,  and  also  from  seed  under 
proper  management. 

Economic  Value.—  Economically  considered,  the 
Opuntias  are  by  far  the  most  important  of  the  Cacti. 
Although  originally  confined  to  the  New  World,  the 
more  important  species  are  now  in  cultivation  or  have 
escaped  from  cultivation  and  become  wild  in  every  arid 
and  semi-arid  region  of  the  globe  where  the  tempera- 
ture permits  their  being  grown.  Wherever  grown,  their 
tendency  is  to  escape  from  cultivation  and  become  per- 
sistent and  troublesome  weeds.  In  this  respect  they 
are  much  more  to  be  dreaded  iri  foreign  countries  than 
in  America,  the  place  of  their  nativity. 

Ornamental  Value.— As  ornamental  plants,  Opuntias 
are  unique  rather  than  pleasing.  From  their  stiff,  for- 
mal aspect  they  do  not  harmonize,  as  a  rule,  with  other 
plants,  and  on  account  of  their  spines  and  bristles  they 
are  difficult  to  handle  and  are  considered  by  most  gar- 
deners as  a  nuisance  in  decorative  planting.  It  is  as 
hedges  and  as  groups  of  mixed  species  that  they  are 
most  effective. 

Most  species  grow  rapidly  and  bloom  profusely.  The 
fls.,  as  a  rule,  are  large  and  showy  and  of  various  colors, 
although  yellow  predominates.  They  soon  wither  after 
blooming  and  remain  at  their  best  only  for  a  few  days. 
The  spines  and  bristles  which  usually  cover  the  base  of 
the  fls.  render  them  of  no  value  as  cut-flowers.  With 
many  species,  such  as  O.'  leptocaitlis,  O.  tetracantha, 
and  some  forms  of  O.  Tuna,  the  bright-colored  fruits, 
which  remain  on  the  plants  for  a  long  time  after  ripen- 
ing, render  them  more  attractive  in  fruit  than  in  flower. 
Crested  or  fasciate  forms  (Fig.  1543)  are  common. 

The  Fruit  of  theOpuntias. —Although  extensively  culti- 
vated for  their  fruit  in  many  countries,  where  they  fur- 
nish an  important  article  of  diet  for  4-5  months  each 
year,  they  do  not  as  yet  take  a  pomological  rank  with  the= 


1144 


OPUNTIA 


OPUNTIA 


horticulturist,  though  they  are  much  more  widely  used 
and  of  far  more  economic  importance  than  many  plants 
which  have  an  established  place  in  pomological  litera- 
ture. From  the  fact  that  Opuntias  flourish  best  in 
regions  where  experimental  horticulture  receives  little 
or  no  attention,  the  development  of  desirable  economic 
varieties  has  not  been  what  might  be  expected  of  plants 
which  respond  so  readily  to  cultivation  and  selection, 
and  which  may  be  hybridized  with  so  little  difficulty. 

Botanically  considered,  the  fruit  is  a  kind  of  berry, 
varying  from  dry  to  fleshy  and   succulent.     Morpho- 


1543.   Opuntia  ramosissima. 

To  illustrate  fasciation,  which  is  of  frequent  occurrence 
in  nearly  all  species  of  Cacti. 

logically,  it  is  a  modified  stem  with  the  true  seed  capsule 
sunken  into  its  apex;  hence  it  bears  leaves  and  spines, 
and  usually  under  suitable  conditions  and  frequently  in 
the  natural  state,  when  it  becomes  detached,  will  bud 
and  grow  like  a  normal  stem-cutting. 

History.  —  Opuntias  were  cult,  by  the  aborigines  of 
America  at  the  time  of  its  discovery,  and  were  early 
taken  by  the  Spanish  explorers  to  Spain  and  Spanish 
colonies  in  other  parts  of  the  world.  After  becoming 
established  in  the  Canaries,  Azores,  and  Madeira  islands, 
it  was  not  long  before  their  culture  extended  to  Portu- 
gal, Spain  and  the  whole  littoral  region  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean. From  there  they  spread  to  Egypt,  India,  and 
other  parts  of  southern  Asia.  In  comparatively  later 
times  they  reached  South  Africa,  Australia,  and  New 
South  Wales,  where  they  are  fast  becoming  a  serious 
menace  to  agriculture  and  grazing.  In  all  the  regions 
above  noted  they  have  escaped  from  cultivation  and 
have  become  pestiferous  weeds. 

Varieties  in  Cultivation.  — The  want  of  fixed  charac- 
ters, the  great  variations  in  most  species  under  different 
soil  and  climatic  conditions,  and  the  readiness  with 
which  natural  hybrids  occur,  make  the  identification  of 
cultivated  and  introduced  species  so  difficult  that  the 
considerable  literature  on  this  subject  is  extremely  un- 
certain as  to  nomenclature.  The  common  names  Indian 
Fig,  Barberry  Fig,  Prickly  Pear,  arid  Tuna,  are  applied 
indiscriminately  by  most  people  to  any  flat-jointed  Opun- 
tias, but  more  particularly  to  the  kinds  with  edible 
fruits. 

The  two  most  widely  distributed  and  extensively  cul- 
tivated are  O.  ficus-Indica  and  O.  Tuna.  These  plants 
have  often  been  confused  by  authors.  Much  that  has 
been  written  under  the  name  of  one  species  really  applies 
to  the  other.  They  are  closely  linked  together  by  hybrids, 
and  each  has  been  in  cultivation  for  so  long  a  period 
that  numerous  cultural  varieties  have  developed,  par- 
ticularly in  Mexico  and  Sicily.  It  is  possible  that  the 
many  cultivated  forms  of  both  species  originated  from 
the  same  source. 

Although  the  Mexicans  and  Indians  eat  the  fruit  of 


more  than  a  score  of  indigenous  species,  the  two  named 
above,  with  their  many  cultivated  forms,  are  by  far  the 
most  desirable  and  palatable.  O.  ficus-Indica  is  prefer- 
able in  most  respects  to  O.  Tuna  on  account  of  its  fewer 
and  smaller  spines  and  usually  larger  fruit.  The  latter, 
however,  makes  a  more  formidable  hedge,  and  is  more 
frequently  planted  in  the  United  States.  Hedges  of 
this  plant  are  to  be  seen  at  many  of  the  old  Spanish 
missions  in  Arizona  and  California,  where  they  were 
probably  first  introduced  into  the  United  States.  O. 
Ficus-Indica  is  frequently  grown  by  the  Mexican  popu- 
lation of  New  Mexico,  Arizona  and  California.  In  south- 
ern Florida  it  has  escaped  from  cultivation  and  become 
naturalized.  The  fruits  are  usually  larger  and  fewer- 
seeded  than  in  O.  Tuna,  and  are  commonly  yellow.  They 
frequently  measure  3  or  4  in.  in  length  and  2-3  in.  in 
width.  Forms  of  this  species  about  the  old  missions  of 
southern  California  vary  considerably.  One  form, 
known  as  Tuna  Colorado,  has  an  insipid,  light  crimson- 
colored  fruit,  while  another,  Tuna  manse,  has  a  yellow- 
ish fruit,  irregularly  mottled  with  crimson. 

The  Fruit  Economically  Considered.  — These  two 
Opuntias,  and  possibly  a  few  other  closely  allied  ones, 
are  extensively  grown  in  Mexico.  The  fruit  begins  to 
ripen  in  June  and  July,  while  the  later  varieties  last 
until  December.  The  fruit  is  consumed  by  all  classes 
and  conditions  of  people.  The  fine  bristles  which  invest 
the  fruit  are  usually  removed  before  picking  by  rubbing 
them  with  straw,  grass  or  leaves.  The  fruit  is  later 
picked  by  the  hand,  or,  in  some  instances,  with  wooden 
tongs.  In  large  plantations,  when  the  fruit  is  raised  for 
commercial  purposes,  it  is  usually  harvested  with  a 
heavy  knife,  the  workman  first  cutting  off  the  joint 
bearing  the  fruit,  and  later  detaching  the  separate  fruits. 
In  preparing  the  fruit  for  the  table,  a  thin  slice  is  cut 
from  each  end  and  a  slit  made  through  the  paring,  join- 
ing the  cut  surfaces.  The  thin  paring  is  easily  sepa- 
rated from  the  mealy  but  juicy  pulp,  and  quickly  re- 
moved with  the  fingers. 

To-day  the  finest  Opuntia  fruits  are  grown  in  Sicily, 
where  they  are  one  of  the  most  important  crops  that  the 
island  produces.  From  July  to  November  the  peasants 
live  almost  entirely  on  this  fruit,  and  considerable 
quantities  are  yearly  exported  to  other  countries,  some 
of  which  finds  its  way  to  New  York  and  other  American 
cities.  It  is  grown  extensively  by  the  Arabs  throughout 
northern  Africa,  and  forms  an  important  part  of  their 
food  for  a  portion  of  each  year. 

Nutritive  Value  of  the  fruit.  — The  nutritive  value  of 
this  fruit  ranks  high,  as  shown  by  the  following  analy- 
sis by  Wolff: 

Per  cent 

Dry  substance 21.60 

Ligneous  matter 3.70 

Proteid  substances 59 

Fatty  bodies 1.80 

Sugar 14. 

Yield  per  Acre.  — It  has  been  ascertained  that  some 
of  the  best  varieties  are  capable  of  producing  on  lean, 
sandy  or  rocky  soil,  ill-suited  for  growing  ordinary 
crops,  as  much  as  18,000  Ibs.  of  fruit  per  acre.  When 
we  consider  that  this  is  equal  to  2,500  Ibs.  of  sugar,  as 
well  as  other  valuable  food  constituents,  it  may  be 
readily  seen  that  the  food  value  from  the  standpoint  of 
nutrition  is  considerable. 

Method  of  Cultu re.  —  Plantations  are  usually  made  on 
dry  slopes  of  hills,  as  the  plants  do  not  thrive  where 
there  is  much  moisture  or  on  heavy  clay  soils.  Joints, 
cut  or  broken  from  the  plants,  are  used  instead  of  seeds, 
and  are  planted  at  distances  of  6  to  8  ft.  in  furrows  from 
6  to  15  ft.  apart.  No  tillage  is  practiced,  as  they  grow 
rapidly,  and  in  a  few  years  shade  and  smother  out 
all  other  growth.  Before  planting,  the  cuttings  are 
exposed  in  half  sunlight  from  seven  to  fifteen  days, 
that  the*y  may  partially  wither,  in  order  to  facilitate 
rooting. 

An  important  advantage  in  the  culture  of  these  plants 
is  the  regiilarity  of  the  yearly  crop.  They  begin  to  bear 
in  about  three  years  after  planting,  and  continue  in 
bearing  for  many  years. 

Of  the  Opuntias  indigenous  to  the  United  States,  none 
as  yet  have  been  grown  for  fruit,  or  with  an  effort  to 
improve  them.  O.  Enqelmannii  has  a  large  but  poorly- 


OPUNTIA 


OPUNTIA 


1145 


flavored  fruit,  rarely  eaten  even  by  the  Indians.  O.  Icevis 
has  one  of  the  largest  and  most  palatable  fruits  of  any 
of  the  species  found  growing  wild  within  the  United 
States.  This  plant  also  has  the  advantage  of  having 
but  few  spines.  O,  CamancJiica,  O,  Hafinesquii,  O. 
chlorotica,  O.  phceacantha  and  O.  macrocentra  have 
medium-sized  fruits,  insipid  and  unpalatable  to  the  cul- 
tivated taste,  but  eaten  by  Indians  and  Mexicans. 

Wherever  grown  extensively,  the  Opuntia  fruits  are 
used  for  making  a  weak  alcoholic  drink.  The  juices  of 
the  highly  colored  sorts  are  sometimes  used  to  color 
confectionery. 

OpuHtiax  as  Forage.— Many  of  the  Opuntias  have 
considerable  forage  value,  particularly  during  periods 
of  long  drought  when  other  forage  crops  are  short. 
The  range  cattle  of  the  southwestern  United  States  feed 
on  either  the  branches  or  fruits,  or  both,  of  nearly  all 
the  indigenous  species,  the  flat  stems  of  O.  Engelmanuii 
and  the  pendulous  fruit  clusters  of  O.  fulgida  being  most 
largely  consumed.  When  cattle  feed  largely  upon  spiny 
Opuntias  the  spines  and  bristles  often  collect  in  their 
stomachs,  forming  large  phyto-bezoars.  During  years 
of  scarcity  of  other  forage,  thousands  of  cattle  die  in 
Texas,  New  Mexico  and  Arizona,  where  the  cause  as- 
signed is  starvation,  when  in  reality  the  direct  cause  of 
death  has  been  the  perforation  of  the  alimentary  canal 
by  the  numerous  spines  of  Opuntias. 

In  northern  Africa  the  flat  joints  of  the  forms  with 
few  spines  are  used  as  forage  for  cattle  during  the  dry 
season,  after  being  allowed  to  ferment  slightly.  In 
Tunis,  plantations  are  sustained  by  dairymen  for  the 
purpose  of  feeding  their  cows  upon  the  fleshy  stems. 

O.  Tuna  has  run  wild  to  a  remarkable  extent  in  south- 
ern Africa.  It  has  spread  rapidly  during  the  past  cen- 
tury, and  in  many  places  has  crowded  out  the  grasses 
and  become  a  nuisance.  Two  forms  of  the  plant  are 
recognized  by  the  Dutch  farmers;  viz.,  a  thorny  variety 
growing  on  the  open  country  and  on  stony  hillsides 
known  as  Doornblad,  and  a  fewer-spined  larger  variety 
with  thicker  stems  known  as  Kaalblad.  It  is  probable 
that  these  two  varieties  originated  from  the  same  intro- 
duction, for,  according  to  Mr.  Macdonald,  the  seed  from 
the  Doornblad  or  Kaalblad  variety  may  give  rise  to 
plants  resembling  either  or  both  of  them.  It  is  exten- 
sively used  as  feed  for  cattle,  ostriches  and  pigs,  either 
alone  or  when  mixed  with  other  forage.  Here,  however, 
much  harm  has  come  from  range  cattle  eating  it  in 
times  of  little  or  no  other  forage,  and  ostriches  become 
blind  from  the  spines  and  bristles  getting  into  their 
eyes  in  eating  the  fruits. 

In  New  South  Wales  and  Australia,  where  several 
species  have  escaped  from  cultivation  and  spread  over 
large  areas  of  arable  land  and  driven  out  more  valuable 
forage  plants,  the  land  has  depreciated  50  per  cent  in 
value.  Here,  however,  some  of  the  worthless  species, 
such  as  O.  viilgaris  and  O.  monacantha,  are  more 
widely  spread  than  the  more  valuable  varieties  of  O. 
Ficus-Indica  and  O.  Tuna. 

Possible  Improvement  of  Present  Varieties.  — From 
what  has  been  said  it  may  be  seen,  first,  that  varieties 
of  O.  Ficus-Indica  and  O.  Tuna  produce  large  crops  of 
edible  and  nutritious  fruits;  second,  that  plants  with 
few  or  no  spines  are  the  general  rule  in  O.  Ficus-Indica 
and  of  not  infrequent  occurrence  in  O.  Tuna ;  third, 
that  Opuntias  are  strong,  vigorous  plants  that  will  grow 
in  situations  in  which  few  other  plants  will  thrive ;  fourth, 
that  spineless  forms  make  valuable  forage. 

With  these  and  more  qualities  to  recommend  them,  it 
yet  remains  for  horticultural  enterprise  to  develop  a 
spineless  and  bristleless  variety  that  will  not  only  be  of 
value  for  forage  but  will  produce  large  crops  of  fruits 
as  attractive  to  the  educated  palate  as  to  the  savage. 
Prom  the  experience  gained  in  establishing  a  garden  of 
nearly  70  species  and  varieties  of  Opuntias,  comprising 
about  .300  plants,  and  watching  their  growth  and  be- 
havior for  several  years,  the  writer  believes  that  they 
offer  great  possibilities  in  the  way  of  improvement  in 
the  hands  of  a  careful  plant-breeder.  j.  w.  TOUMEY. 

Hardy  Opuntias  satisfy  a  rather  general  desire  for 
something  unique  or  grotesque,  while  at  the  same  time 
they  possess  enough  ornamental  value  to  recommend 
them  to  everyone,  and  especially  to  those  lovers  of  cac- 
taceous and  succulent  plants  whose  space  indoors  is 


limited.  Being  natives  of  the  western  plains  and  foot- 
hills of  the  mountains,  they  can  scarcely  suffer  from 
long-continued  drought,  and  the  sunny  side  of  the 
rockery  will  suit  them  exactly,  as  it  will  allow  all  sur- 
plus moisture  to  drain  off,  and  no  artificial  watering 
will  be  necessary.  Mr.  William  Falconer,  who  has  used 
large  quantities  at  Schenley  Park,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
writes  as  follows:  "In  certain  localities,  as  on  bleak, 
exposed  banks  and  about  rocky  knolls,  Opuntias  and 
Yucca  angustifolia  can  be  used  unsparingly  with  per- 
fect success."  He  also  says,  "All  have  been  planted  out- 
of-doors,  remaining  unprotected  summer  and  winter, 
and  all  have  been  perfectly  hardy."  They  have  suc- 
ceeded also  at  Kew  Gardens,  in  the  very  humid  climate 
of  England,  without  protection.  Their  requirements 
seem  to  be  as  follows:  a  porous,  well-drained  soil,  a 
sunny  exposure,  and  a  season  long  enough  in  which  to 
ripen  the  fruit  and  annual  growth;  these  conditions 
being  complied  with,  they  will  endure  almost  any  degree 
of  cold  to  be  experienced  even  in  the  most  northern 
portions  of  the  U.  S.  Their  altitude-limit  in  Colorado 
indicates  that  they  will  succeed  as  far  north  as  Indian 
corn  can  be  matured.  The  following  kinds  have  been 
used  successfully,  as  above  indicated:  O.  arenaria, 
with  small,  round  to  oblong,  very  spiny  joints,  the 
spines  varying  much  in  color  from  gray  and  straw  color 
to  purplish  brown.  O.  arborescens,  the  Tree  or  Cande- 
labrum Cactus,  the  tallest  of  this  list,  is  of  cylindrical 
branching  growth,  with  bright  purple  flowers  and  yellow 
fruit.  O.  Camanchica  has  very  large,  orbicular  joints, 
the  upper  half  thickly  beset  with  spines,  fruit  purple. 
O.  fragilis  resembles  O.  arenaria,  but  is  smaller.  O. 
mesacantha  includes  a  multitude  of  forms,  all  of  which 
are  very  hardy.  O.  phceacantha,  var.  major,  is  one  of 
the  most  striking  sorts,  with  immense,  glaucous  joints, 
dark  purple  spines,  yellow  flowers,  and  purple  fruit. 
O.polycantha  is  one  of  the  most  variable,  as  well  as  one 
of  the  most  showy.  The  spines  vary  from  ivory  white 
to  purple  and  brown,  and  from  short  and  stout  to  long 
and  slender.  Nearly  all  the  Opuntias  have  very  showy 
flowers,  usually  in  various  shades  of  yellow  and  orange. 

D.  M.  ANDREWS. 

In  the  following  synopsis  it  has  not  been  possible  in 
all  instances  to  group  the  species  so  as  to  show  re- 
lationships. A  purely  artificial  key  has  not  been  at- 
tempted, as  the  species  at  best  are  separated  by  a  great 
variety  of  characters.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  list  runs 
to  61  species,  or  practically  half  of  all  the  known  kinds. 
It  will  be  noted,  also,  that  a  large  part  of  the  species  in 
the  trade  are  from  Mexico  and  other  southern  regions. 
The  Cochineal  plant,  often  referred  to  Opuntia,  must  be 
sought  under  Nopalea.  For  the  relationship  of  Opuntias 
to  other  cactaceous  plants,  and  for  additional  hints  on 
culture,  see  the  article  Cactus  in  Vol.  I. 


acanthocarpa,  46. 

fragilis,  32. 

prolifera,  50. 

albispina,  14,  29. 

frutescens,  60. 

puberula,  8. 

arborescens,  54. 

fulgida,  51. 

pulchella,  39. 

arbuscula,  59. 

fulvispina,  9. 

pycnacantha,  17. 

arenaria,  31. 

Galapageia,  2. 

Rafinesquii,  24. 

aurantiaca,  4. 

glauca,  12. 

ramosa,  7. 

basilaris,  7. 

Grahamii,  41. 

ramosissima,  61. 

Bernardina,  48. 

gigantea,  20. 

rufida,  6. 

Bigelowii,  52. 

Greenii,  24. 

rufispina,  29. 

brachyarthra,  32. 

Grizzly-bear,  27. 

rutila,  30. 

Brasiliensis,  1. 

horrida,  15. 

Salmiana,  36. 

Camanchiea,  20. 

hystricina,  28. 

Schottii,  42. 

candelabrif  ormis  , 

imbricata,  53. 

senilis,  5. 

11. 

invicta,  44. 

serpentina,  49. 

chlorotica,  16. 

leptocaulis,  60. 

spinosior,  55. 

clavarioides,  35. 

leucotricha,  9. 

splendens,  29. 

clavata,  40. 

macrocentra,  21. 

stellata,  54. 

cocdnellifera,  61. 

macrorhiza,  24. 

stenochila,  24. 

crassa,  12. 

mamillata,  51. 

tessellata,  61. 

crinifera,  5. 

mesacantha,  24. 

tetracantha,  58. 

cylindrica,  33. 

microdasys,  6. 

Treleasii,  7. 

cymochila,  24. 
Darwinii,  37. 

microsperma,  29. 
Missouriensis,  29. 

triacantha,  10. 
tricophora,  29 

Davisii,  45. 

inonacantha,  3. 

Tuna,  15. 

diademata,  38. 

nigricans,  22. 

ursina,  27. 

echinocarpa,  47. 
Emoryi,  43. 

oplocarpa,  24. 
papyracantha,  38. 

variegata,  3. 
versicolor,  57. 

Engelmannii,  18. 

Pes-corvi,  26. 

vulgaris,  25. 

ferox,  29. 

phaeacautha,  19. 

vestita,  34. 

Ficus-lndica,  13. 

platycarpa,  29. 

Whipplei,  56. 

filipendula,  23. 

polyantha,  14. 

1146 


OPUNTIA 


OPUNTIA 


A.  Articulations  or  joints  strik- 

ingly different,  flat  to  cy- 
lindrical    1.  Brasiliensis 

AA.  Articulations  or  joints  sim- 
ilar, more  or  less  flat- 
tened. 

B.  Species  from  S.  America...  2.  Galapageia 

3.  monacantha 

4.  aurantiaca 

5.  crinifera 
BB.  Species  from  JV.  America. 

c.  Joints  pubescent 6.  microdasys 

7.  basilaris 

8.  puberula 
cc.  Joints  not  pubescent  (except 

sometimes  in  O.  pycna- 
cantha ) . 

D.  Fruit  fleshy  or  succulent. 

E.  Size  of  joints  large:   plants 

mostly    large    (O.   crassa 
moderately  small). 
p.  Color  of  spines  white 9.  leucotricha 

10.  triacantha 

11.  candelabriformis 
FP.  Color  of  spines  yellow  (some- 
times red  to  white  in  O. 
Engelmannii,   polyantha. 

crassa, and  Ficus-Indica. ) 

G.  Spines  none  or  few 12.  crassa 

13.  Ficus-Indica 
GG.  Spines  always  present,  few 
to  many.  (One  form  of 
O.  macrocentra  has  no 
spines,  and  occasional 
plants  of  O.  chlorotica  are 
without  spines.) 14.  polyantha 

15.  Tuna 

16.  chlorotica 

17.  pycnacantha 

18.  Engelmannii 
?FF.  Color  o  f  spines   reddish 

brown   to    black,    usually 

with  purplish  joints 19.  phseacantha 

20.  Camanchica 

21.  macrocentra 

22.  nigricans 
BE.  Size  of  joints  small:  joints 

variable  in  shape:  plants 
mostly  low  or  prostrate. 
(Some  forms  of  O.  Rafin- 
esquii  have  moderately 
large  joints.) 23.  filipendula 

24.  Rafinesquii 

25.  vulgaris 

26.  Pes-corvi 
DD.  Fruit   dry,    more   or    less 

spiny 27.  ursina 

28.  hystricina 

29.  Missouriensis 

30.  rutila 

31.  arenaria 

32.  fragilis 

AA.  Articulations  or  joints  simi- 
lar, more  or  less  cylindri- 
cal. 

B.  Species  from  S.  America. 
c.  Joints    cylindrical,    mostly 

elongated 33, 

34, 
35, 
36 

cc.  Joints  globose  to  broadly 
obovate..,  ...37, 


cylindrica 
vestita 

clavarioides 
Salmiana 

Darwinii 
diademata 


BB.  Species  from  N.  America. 
c.  Spines   without    sheaths: 
plants  mostly  small,  with 
clavate  joints 39.  pulchella 

40.  clavata 

41.  Grahamii 

42.  Schottii 

43.  Emoryi 

44.  invicta 


CC.  Spines  sheathed:  joints  cy- 
lindrical or  nearly  so, 
more  or  less  elongated. 

D.  JViimber  of  spines  variable, 

always  more  than  one. 

E.  Fruit  dry,  usually  spiny... 45. 

46. 
47. 
48. 
49. 
.50. 
51. 


BE.  Fruit  fleshy ,  proliferous . 


EEE.  Fruit   fleshy,  rarely  prolif- 
erous  52. 

53. 

54. 

55. 

56. 

57. 

58. 

DD.  Number  of  spines  few,  usu- 
ally one,  rarely  more  or 
wanting 59. 

60. 

61. 


Davisii 

acanthocarpa 

echinocarpa 

Bernardina 

serpentina 

prolifera 

fulgida 

Bigelovii 

imbricata 

arborescens 

spinosior 

Whipplei 

versicolor 

tetracantha 


arbuscula 

leptocaulis 

ramosissima 


1.  Brasili6nsis,  Haw.    A  large,  tree-like  plant  reach- 
ing a  height  of  15-18  ft.,  numerously  branched,  with  a 
thick,  roundish  crown  and  an  upright  trunk,  4-6  in.  in 
diam.,  and   bearing  numerous  spines  1   in.  or  less   in 
length:   joints  of  two  kinds,  cylindrical,  unarticulate, 
elongate  ones  and  others  which  are  shorter  and  much 
flattened  and  which  arise  as  offshoots  from  the  former; 
the  latter  leaf -like,  thin,  2-6  in.  long,  oblong,  rarely  ob- 
long-lanceolate or  orbicular,  dark  green,  margin  angu- 
lar, sometimes  irregular:  areolse  with  short,  gray  wool 
and  numerous  brown  bristles;  spines  usually  1,  some- 
times 1-3  small  additional  ones,  1-2 /^  in.  long,  mostly 
from  the  marginal  areolse,  white,  with  brownish  tips : 
fls.  numerous,  citron-yellow,  2  in.  wide:  fr.  globose  or 
ellipsoidal,  yellow,  about  1%   in.  in  diam.     Brazil  and 
southward.  — One  of  the  species  most  frequent  in  cult. 

2.  Galapageia,  Hemsl.     An  upright,  tree-like   plant 
6-10  ft.  high,  with  a  circular,  spreading  crown  and  a 
very   spiny   trunk,  6-8  in.  in  diam.,  and  light-colored 
bark  becoming    loosened    and   hanging   in   fragments 
from  the  older  stems:  joints  elliptical  to  oblong,  thick, 
10-14  in.  long:    spines  at  first  3-4,  spreading,  flexible, 
increasing  in  number  and  size  with  age.  finally  cover- 
ing the  joints  with  long,  brush-like  bundles :  fls.  small, 
less  than  1  in.  wide,  red:  fr.  subglobose,  red.     Galapa- 
gos Islands. 

3.  monacantha,   Haw.     An  upright  plant  branching 
from  the  ground  and  reaching  a  height  of  6  or  more 
feet:  joints  oblong  to  elliptical,  rather  thick,  terminal 
ones  much  thinner,  5-12  in.  long,  3-6  in.  wide,  bright 
green:  areolae  with  uniformly  short  wool  and  yellowish 
brown  bristles;  spines  1-2,  seldom  more,  erect,  %-!% 
in.  long,  yellow  to  dark  reddish  brown:  fls.  yellow,  3 
in.  wide :    fr.  ellipsoidal  to  pyriform,  occasionally  pro- 
liferous, red,    somewhat   spiny.     Argentine   Republic. 
—  The  horticultural  variety  variegata  is  in  the  trade. 

4.  aurantiaca,  Gill.     A  numerously  branched,  rather 
weak,  semi-prostrate  plant  3-5  ft.  high:  joints   linear- 
lanceolate  to  lanceolate,  2-10  in.  long,  %-l  in.  wide,  ellip- 
tical in  transverse  section,  dark  green,  turgid:  areolse 
with  a  tuft  of   grayish  white  wool  and   bright  yellow 
bristles  ;    spines  4-6,  spreading,  straight,  stiff,  brown 
to  yellow,  the  longest  less  than  1  in.  in  length :  fls.  yel- 
low, l>2-2  in.  wide:  fr.  carmine-red,  globose,  with  short 
spines;  seed  with  woolly  hairs.    Argentine  Republic. 

5.  crinifera.    Pfeiff.    (O.   senllis,   Farm.).     A   much- 
branched,  wide-spreading  plant,  about  3  ft.  high:  joints 
obovate  to  elliptical,  6  in.  long  and  3-4  in.  wide,  dark 
green,  occasionally  glossy:  areolse  crowded,  small,  with 
white   wool,   numerous   golden  yellow  bristles,    and  a 
variable  number  of  long  silky  hairs;    spines  6-8.  later 
more,  white,  glistening,   reaching   1  in.  in   length,  the 
long  silky   hairs    particularly  developed  on  the  under 
side  of  the  young  joints  •    fls.  3K-4  in.  wide,  golden 
yellow,  often  reddish.    Brazil(?). 


OPUNTIA 


OPUNTIA 


1147 


6.  microdasys,  Lehni.  An  erect,  wide-spreading  plant, 
rarely  exceeding  3  ft.  in  height:  joints  elliptical  to  obo- 
vate,  3-4  in.  long  and  nearly  as  wide,  thick,  bright 
green,  densely  pubescent  :  areolae  with  short,  whitish 
wool  and  numerous  golden  yellow  bristles  of  variable 
lengths;  spines  wanting:  fls.  greenish  to  lemon-yellow, 
about  2  in.  wide:  fr.  comparatively  small,  oval,  less 
than  1  in.  in  diam.,  armed  with  numerous  yellow  bris- 
tles: flesh  whitish.  Northern  Mexico  southward. 

Var.  rufida,  K.  Sch.  Of  more  robust  growth:  joints 
rounder  and  larger,  paler  green,  the  bristles  inclined  to 
reddish  brown.  Mex. 


1544.  Fruit  of  Opuntia  Ficus-Indica  (X  %).    No.  13. 

7.  basilans,  Engelm.  and  Begel.    A  low,  spreading 
plant,  rarely  1  ft.  high:  joints  thick,  variable,  usually 
broadly  obovate,  with   more   or  less  truncate  top  and 
branching  from  the  base,  4-7  in.  long  and  2-4  in.  wide, 
bluish  green,  and  very  minutely  pubescent:  areolae  de- 
pressed, close  together,  and  with  brownish  yellow  wool 
and  numerous  short,  yellowish  brown  bristles  ;  spines 
wanting,  rarely  present:  fls.  dark  purple,  rarely  white, 
3  in.  or  more  in  diam. :  fr.  short,  thick,  green,  becoming 
white  and  dry  at  maturity  and  filled   with  many  large 
white  seeds.    Southwest  U.  S.  and  northern  Mex. 

Var.  ramdsa,  Parish.  A  smaller  plant,  with  joints 
branching  from  the  upper  end,  and  usually  glabrous. 
S.  Calif. 

Var.  TrelSasii,  Coult.  Differs  from  the  species  in 
having  larger  orbicular  or  obovate  joints,  with  terete 
base,  and  larger  leaves.  S.  Calif. 

8.  pub6rula,  Pfeiff.    A  numerously  branched  and  up- 
right plant,  2-3  ft.  high  :    joints  obovate  or  somewhat 
rounder,  when  young  covered  with  very  soft  pubescence 
which   becomes  bright  green   with   age  :    areolae  with 
short,  brownish  yellow  wool  and  numerous  short,  am- 
ber-colored bristles;  spines  5-7,  1  in.  or  more  in  length, 
straight,  cylindrical,  white,  with  amber-colored   base, 
shining,  the  lower  ones  the  longer:  fls.  l%-2  in.  wide, 
greenish  jrellow:  fr.  oval,  IK  in.  in  diam.,  the   many 
areolae  bearing  short  wool  and  many  bright  amber-col- 
ored bristles ;  flesh  sweetish  ;   seeds  many,  correspond- 
ingly small.    Mex. 

9.  leucdtricha,  P.  DC.  (O.  fiilvispina,  Salm.).    An  up- 
right, numerously  branched  plant,  sometimes  reaching 
the  height  of  10  ft. :  joints  elliptical  or  narrower,  mostly 
rounded  at  the  end,  8-10  in.  long  and  half  as  wide,  dark 
green:  areolae  small,  with  white  or  whitish  gray  wool 
and  numerous  short  brown  bristles;  spines  very  slen- 
der, mostly  4  at  first,  but  later  as  many  as  10-12;  some 
reach  the  length  of  3-4  in.,  becoming  bristle-like  and 
very  flexible  :    fls.  2-3  in.  wide,  yellow,  with   reddish 
center:    fr.  spherical,  1-1%  in.  in  diam.,  pale  green  to 
white,  thickly  beset  with  velvety   wool  and  brownish 
yellow  bristles;  pulp  sweet,  edible.   Mex. 

10.  triacantha,  P.  DC.     An  upright,  tree-like  plant, 
reaching  10-12  ft.  in  height:    joints  often  very  large, 
occasionally  18  in.  long  and  10  in.  wide,  obovate,  thick, 
grayish  green:    areolae  remote,  from  1%-lK  in.  apart, 
with  short,  grayish  wool   and   yellow  bristles  ;    spines 
3-4,  white,  with  yellow  points  and  bases,  an  in.  or  less 
long:    fls.  2K-3  in.  wide,  carmine  to  orange-yellow:  fr. 
elliptical,  l%-2  in.  long;  pulp  acid.    West  Indies. 

11.  candelabrifdrmfs,    Mart.     An    upright,   sparingly 
branched  plant,  2-4  ft.  high :  joints  elliptical  to  obovate, 
thick,  dark  green,  6-10  in.  long  and  half  as  wide:  areo- 


lae  with  brownish  white  wool,  later  becoming  gray,  and 
numerous  white  bristles  ;  spines  4-5,  of  which  3  are 
very  strong,  white,  IK  in.  or  less  in  length:  fls.  2%-\\ 
in.  wide,  carmine-red:  fr.  spiny.  Mex. 

12.  crassa,    Haw.    (O.  glauca,    Hort.).     A   sparingly 
branched,  upright  plant,  4-6  ft.  high:  joints  oblong  to 
ovate,  3K-5  in.  long  and  two-thirds  as  wide,  glaucous, 
greenish  blue,  thick:    areolae  with  brownish  wool,  and 
few  bristles   of   same   color;    spines  usually    \v;intinir. 
sometimes  1-2  an  inch  or  less  long,  straight  and  needle- 
like.    Mex. 

13.  Ficus-tndica,  Mill.     INDIAN  FIG.     Fig.  1544.    An 
erect,  tree-like  plant,  reaching  the  height  of  10-15  ft.,  and 
with  a  woody  cylindrical  trunk :  joints  elliptical  or  ob- 
long, often  with  bluish  bloom,  thick,  often  18  in.  long  and 
one-third  as  wide :  areolae  orbicular  and  sparingly  cov- 
ered with  white  wool  and  yellow  bristles  ;  spines  usually 
wanting,  occasionally  1-2  small,  weak  ones  are  present: 
fls.  yellow,  expanding  to  3-4  in.  in  diam.:   fr.  yellow, 
with  reddish  pulp,  bristly,  2  in.  in  diam.,  edible.     Mex. 
—A  species  widely  grown   throughout   the  warm  tem- 
perate regions  of  the  world.    In  some  regions,  escaping 
from  cultivation,  it   has  become  a   troublesome  weed. 
Frequently  cultivated  for  its  fruit  under  the  name  of 
Indian  Fig. 

14.  polyantha,   Haw.     A   much-branched,   spreading 
plant,  3  ft.  or  less  in  height:  joints  oblong  to  obovate, 
dark  green,  weak-spined,  4-6  in.  long  and  3-4  in.  wide: 
areolse  with  white  wool  and  brown  bristles;  spines  3-8, 
slender,  golden  yellow,  seldom  over  %  in.  long:  fls.  2% 
in.  wide:  fr.  broadly  oval,  deep  red.     West  Indies  (?). 
For  var.  albispina  consult  0.  Missouriensis,  No.  29,  of 
which  it  is  perhaps  a  form. 

15.  Tuna,  Mill.  (O.  hdrrida,  Salm.).    Figs.  1545,  1546. 
An  erect,  wide-spreading,  tree-like   plant,  rapid-grow- 
ing and  frequently  10-12  ft.  high  :  joints  deep  green, 
mostly  elliptical,  10-14  in.  long  and  6-10  in.  wide:  areo- 
lse>  with  whitish  wool  which  later  becomes  dirty  gray, 
and  a  fascicle  of  long  brownish  yellow  bristles ;  spines 
4-6,  rigid,  stout,  yellow,  frequently  subulate,  spreading, 
unequal  in  length,  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  3-4  in.  wide,  yellow, 
fading  to  red:  fr.  pear-shaped  or  rounder,  1-1%  m-  *n 
diam.,  sweet,  edible,  dark  reddish  purple.    West  Indies 
and  Mexico.  — Probably  the  most  extensively  cultivated 
of  all  the  Opuntias.    Under  the  name  of  "Tuna"  it  has 
been  grown  in  southwestern  United  States,  West  Indies 
and  Mexico  since  the  earliest  Spanish  possession.    It  is 
extensively   grown  both   for  its  fruit  and  as  a  hedge 
plant.     It   has   escaped   from  cultivation  and   become 
naturalized  in  North  and  South  Africa,  southern  Europe, 
southwestern  Asia  and  Australia,  and  in  some  places  has 
become  a  troublesome  weed. 


1545.  Opuntia  Tuna.    No.  16 

16.  chlordtica,  Engelm.  A  compact,  upright,  moder- 
ately branched  plant,  from  3-6  ft.  high,  the  trunk  and 
main  stems  becoming  woody  and  terete,  and  densely  cov- 
ered with  long  straw-colored  bristles  and  spines:  joints 
orbicular,  somewhat  glaucous,  6-10  in.  in  diam. :  areolw 


1148 


OPUNTIA 


OPUNTIA 


crowded,  with  fine,  gray  wool  and  very  numerous  golden 
yellow  bristles  of  unequal  length  ;  spines  3-6,  rarely 
none,  on  old  stems  occasionally  40  or  more,  unequal, 
angular,  golden  yellow,  deflexed,  usually  1  in.  or  less 
lon»r:  fls.  yellow,  2-3  in.  in  diam:  fr.  deep  purple,  moder- 


1546.  Hedge  of  Opuntia  Tuna.    No.  15. 

ately  bristly,  edible,  1>2  in  in  diam.,  broadly  obovate  to 
globose;  seeds  comparatively  small,  sometimes  sterile. 
Southwest  U.  S. 

17.  pycnacantha,  Engelm.    An  upright,  moderately 
branched  plant,  3-5  ft.  high:  joints  oval  to  orbicular, 
occasionally   somewhat   pointed   at   the   ends,    4-8   in. 
long,  sometimes  pubescent,  armed  with  a  densely  inter- 
woven  covering    of    mostly   deflexed    spines  :     areolae 
crowded,  approximately  %  in.  apart,  with  dark  brown 
wool  and  numerous  long,  yellow  bristles ;  spines  3-7,  on 
old  stems  20  or  more,  straw-colored  to  ashy,  mostly  less 
than  1  in.  long:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  2-3  in.  broad:  fr. 
obovate,   1%  in.  in  diam.  and  covered  with  numerous 
spines  and  bristles.    Lower  Calif. 

18.  Engelmannii,  Salm.  Fig.  1547.    An  erect  to  semi- 
prostrate,    profusely   branching,  coarse   plant,  2-5   ft. 
high,    forming    large,    impenetrable   thickets,    usually 
with  a  short,  more  or  less  terete,   woody  trunk,  with 
grayish  bark  which  becomes  unarmed  with  age:  joints 
broadly  obovate  to  orbicular,  pale  to  bluish  green,  very 
variable  in  size,  in  large  specimens  12-14  in.  long  and 
nearly  as  wide,  moderately  thick  :  areolae  remote,  about 
1  in.  apart,  with  gray  wool  and  large,  rigid,  gray  to  yel- 
low, unequal  bristles ;  spines  mostly  2-4,  sometimes  1-3 
small  additional  ones,  very  variable,  horny,  variously 
colored,  mostly  yellow,   or  white  with   reddish   base, 
usually  compressed  or  angular  and  curved  or  twisted: 
fls.  yellow,  red  within,  fading  to  red,  2%-3  in.  in  diam. : 
fr.   broadly  pyriform  to   globose,    frequently  2  in.   in 
diam.,  dark  purple,   with  insipid  purple  flesh.     U.  S. 
and  Mex.  — This  species,  with  its  numerous  varieties,  is 
the  most  widely  distributed  and  abundant  of  the  large, 
flat-stemmed  Opuntias  in  the  United  States.    It  varies 
greatly  in  different  localities,  and  its  many  forms  have 
not  as  yet  been  adequately  defined. 

19.  pheeacantha,  Engelm.     A  diffuse,  semi-prostrate 
plant,  1-2  ft.  high,  and  freely  rooting  from  lower  mar- 
gin of  joints:  joints  broadly  obovate,  moderately  thick, 
4-6  in.  long  :  areolae  about  1  in.  apart,  with  short  wool 
and  reddish  or  brownish  bristles ;  spines  mostly  toward 
margin  or  on   apex  of  joints,   2-5,    straight  and  stiff, 
reddish  brown  to  almost  black  with  lighter  tips,  1-2 /^ 
in.  long:    fls.  2%  in.  broad,  yellow:  fr.   usually  long- 
pyriform,  1  in.  or  less  in  diam.  and  twice  as  long,  pur- 
ple,   with   greenish  acid  pulp.     Southwest  U.   S.  and 
Mex.— This  species  and  a  number  of  the  following  be- 
come deep  purplish  green  during  autumn  and  winter. 
In  the  spring  they  lose  their  purplish  color  to  a  large 


extent  and  take  it  on  again  in  the  fall.     The  spines  are 
also  much  darker  in  winter  than  in  summer. 

20.  Camanchica,   Engelm.   and   Begel.     A  prostrate, 
widely  spreading  plant  1-2/4  ft.  high,  and  freely  rooting 
at  the  lower  margin  of  the  joints :  joints  broadly  obovate 
to  orbicular,  4-6  in.  long,  moderately  thick:  areolse  about 
1  in.  apart,  with  light  brown,  short  wool  and  yellowish 
brown  bristles,   mostly  armed  ;    spines  very  variable, 
usually  1-3,  sometimes  3-6,  on  marginal  areolae,  reddish 
to  blackish  brown  with  lighter  tips,  variable  in  length, 
sometimes  2%  in.  long  :  fls.  2%-3  in.  wide,  yellow,  with 
reddish  center:    fr.   oval  to   globose,  sometimes  pyri- 
form, deep  red,  sweet,  edible,  1-1%  in.  in  diam.    South- 
west U.  S.— Var.  gigantea  of  the  trade  proves  to   be 
O.  phceacantha, 

21.  macrocentra,  Engelm.  A  semi-prostrate,  spreading 
plant,  2-3  ft.  high  :  joints  strikingly  purple-green,  very 
thin,  broadly  obovate  to  nearly  orbicular,  5-9  in.  in  diam., 
with  a  few  remarkably  long  spines  on  the  marginal  are- 
olae:   areolse  about  1  in.  apart,  with   grayish  wool  and 
short,  grayish  yellow  bristles;  spines  rarely  wanting, 
usually  1-2,  reddish  brown  to  almost  black,  annulate 
3-5  in.  long,  slender  and  straight  or  variously  twisted, 
sometimes  1-3  much  smaller,  lighter  colored,  secondary 
spines:    fls.   3  in.   wide,   yellow:    fr.   oval  to   globose, 
rarely  ovate,  1  in.  in  diam.,   red  ;  pulp  sweet,  edible. 
Southwestern  U.  S.,  Mex.  — This  species  is  remarkable 
for  its  exceedingly  long,  dark  spines  and  purple  joints. 

22.  nigricans,  Haw.    A  large,  robust,  upright  plant, 
2-5  ft.  high :  joints  usually  obovate,  dark  green,  rarely 
tinged  with  purple,  about  10  in.  long  and  6  in.  wide, 
moderately  thick :  areolae  with  short,  grayish  wool  and 
yellowish  brown  bristles;    spines  1-2,  awl-shaped,  1-2 
in.  long,   strong,  dark  brown,  at  first  yellowish  :    fls. 
l%-2  in.  wide,  yellow  with  red  center.    Mex.  — Frequent 
in  cultivation. 

23.  filipendula,  Engelm.  A  small,  semi-prostrate  plant, 
freely  branching  from  the  base  of  the  joints,  rarely  10 
in.   high  and  with  thick,   tuberous,  moniliform  roots: 
joints  small  and  thin,  bluish,  glaucous,  rarely  3  in.  in 
greatest  diam.,  orbicular  to  broadly  obovate,  sometimes 
diamond-shaped,   frequently  flattened   at   the  top   and 
broader  than  long:  areolae  orbicular  and  with  an  abun- 
dance of  whitish  wool  and  many  long,  slender,  yellowish 
green  bristles,  which  are  very  conspicuous,  particularly 
on  the  older  joints;    spines  sometimes  wanting,  when 
present  usually  1-3,  rarely  more,  white,  very  slender 
and  flexible,  1-2  in.  long,  mostly  marginal:  fls.  yellow,. 


1547.  Opuntia  Engelmannii  (X%).   No.  18. 

l%-2  in.  in  diam. :  fr.  clavate  to  narrowly  obovate,  1% 
in.  long  and  half  as  wide,  greenish  yellow,  with  few 
seeds.  Texas  to  Ariz.,  extending  into  Mexico. 

24.  Rafinesquii,  Engelm.  (O.  mesacdntha,  Rafin.).  A 
wide-spreading,  prostrate  plant,  freely  rooting  from  the 
lower  margin  of  the  joints,  roots  sometimes  tuberous: 
joints  obovate  to  orbicular,  usually  2-5  in.  long  and  2-4 


OPUNTIA 


OPUNTIA 


1149 


in.  wide,  sometimes  twice  as  large,  dark  to  light  green: 
areola?  with  gray  wool  and  bright  reddish  brown  bris- 
tles; spines  sometimes  wanting,  when  present  1-3  and 
mostly  marginal,  stout,  1  in.  long,  white  with  darker 
tips  and  bases,  frequently  1-3  small  secondary  spines 
also  present :  fls.  3  in.  or  less  in  diam.,  golden  yellow, 
frequently  with  reddish  center:  fr.  slender-clavate  or 
broader,  l%-2  in.  long,  yellowish  red  to  purple,  with 
insipid  purplish  pulp;  seeds  comparatively  large.  West 
central  U.  S.  —  An  exceedingly  variable  species  of  wide 
distribution  and  imperfectly  known.  Many  varieties 
have  been  described,  some  of  which  are  in  the  trade. 
The  extreme  forms  vary  greatly  from  the  type.  Of 
these  forms  vars.  GreSnii,  oplocarpa,  cymochlla,  steno- 
chila  and  macrorhiza  have  appeared  in  the  trade. 
Hardy  in  Mass. 

LM.  vulgaris,  Mill.  BARBERRY  FIG.  A  diffuse,  pros- 
trate plant  a  foot  or  less  high:  joints  usually  resting  on 
the  ground  and  rooting  from  the  lower  margin,  obovate 
to  suborbicular,  thick,  2-4  in.  in  greatest  diam.,  pale 
green :  areolae  with  grayish  wool  and  a  few  short,  greenish 
yellow  bristles;  spines  rarely  present,  when  present 
usually  1,  stout,  erect,  less  than  1  in.  long,  yellow,  often 
variegated:  fls.  2  in.  wide,  pale  or  chrome-yellow:  fr. 
obovate  to  spherical,  1  in.  in  diam.,  red,  flesh  insipid. 
Eastern  U.  S.  Hardy  in  Mass. 

26.  Pes-c6rvi,  LeConte.     A  small,  diffuse,  prostrate 
plant,   rarely  reaching  1  ft.  in  height:    joints  fragile, 
somewhat  tumid,  narrowly  ovate  to  obovate  or  oblong, 
2-4  in.  long  and  less  than  half  as  wide,  frequently  much 
smaller,  very  thick,  broadly  oval  in  transverse  section, 
bright  green  with  a  bluish  tinge:  areolae  circular,  with 
short,    whitish   wool   and   a   few    short,    slender,    pale 
bristles;  spines  rarely  exceeding    2,  frequently   none, 
slender,  white,  often  brownish,  less  than  1  in.  long:  fls. 
yellow,  1%  in.  wide:  fr.  obovate,  bristly,  purplish,  1  in. 
or  less  in  diam;  seeds  comparatively  large,  very  few. 
Florida. 

27.  ursina,  Web.  (Grizzly-bear  Opuntia).    Fig.  1548. 
An  upright,  diffuse  plant,  1-2  ft.  high:  joints  oblong  to 
obovate,  grayish  green,  thick,  3-6  in.  long  and  2-4  in. 
wide:    ariolae   with  white  wool   and   numerous   yellow 
bristles;  spines  12-20,  reddish  white,  very  slender  and 
bristle-like,   sometimes   4   in.  long,   frequently  almost 
completely  hiding  the  epidermis  of  the  plant:  fls.  2%-3 
in   wide,  reddish  yellow.     Calif.  — Popularly  known  as 
"Grizzly  Bear"  Cactus. 

28.  hystricina,  Engelm  and  Bigel.    A  semi-prostrate, 
spreading  plant,  %-!%  ft.  high:    joints  obovate  to  or- 
bicular, 3-5  in.  long,  moderately  thick  and  very  spiny : 
areolae  with  grayish  wool  and  yellowish  red  bristles; 
spines  10-15,  2  in.  long  or  shorter,  white  or  dusky,  slen- 
der, flexile,  angular  and  twisted :   fls.  light  purple,  2-3  in. 
wide:    fr.  broadly  obovate,  1  in.  in  diam.,  armed  with 
many  long  spines.    Southwest  U.  S. 

29.  Missouri6nsis,  P.  DC.  (0.  ferox,  Haw.    O.  spUn- 
dens,  Hort.).    A  prostrate,  wide-spreading  plant,  rarely 
rising  1    ft.  above  the  ground:    joints  variable,  from 
elongate-obovate  to  orbicular,  usually  bright  green,  fre- 
quently wrinkled  and  tuberculate,  2-6  in.  long:  areolae 
about  %  in.  apart,  with  short,  grayish  wool  and  long, 
reddish  brown  bristles;  spines  0-12,  very  variable  in 
length,  number  and  color  on  different  forms  and  plants 
from  different  localities,  mostly  marginal,  white  or  va- 
riously tinged  with  red  or  brown,  slender,  twisted  and 
flattened,  some  reaching  a  length  of  3  in. :    fls.  yellow, 
darker  within,  2-2 %  in.  wide:  fr.  broadly  ovate  or  sub- 
globose,  %-l  in.  in  diam.,  armed  with  numerous  rather 
short  spines;  seeds  comparatively  large.    West-central 
U.  S.— A  species  of  wide  distribution  and  very  variable, 
some   high   mountain  forms    entirely  without   spines, 
while  other  forms  are  armed  with  a  close  network  of 
closely  interwoven  ones.    A  number  of  the  forms  have 
been  segregated  as  varieties,  of  which  the  best  known 
are  rufispina,  platycarpa,    microsperma,  albispina    and 
trichophora.    All  the  forms  appear  to  run  together  and 
the  varietal  distinctions  are  of  doubtful  value.    Hardy 
in  Massachusetts. 

30.  rutila.  Nutt.    A  low,  diffuse  plant,  X  to  1  ft.  high: 
joints  tumid,  readily  becoming  detached,  and  covered 
with  a  close  network  of  slender,  interwoven,  light  gray 
spines,    thick,    elongate-ovate,    2-4   in.    long:     areolae 


crowded,  less  than  %  in.  apart,  with  short,  white  wool 
and  yellow  bristles;  spines  .'{-5,  sometimes  a  few  short 
accessory  ones,  slender,  reddish  gray  to  white,  with 
darker  tips,  1%  in.  or  less  in  length,  larger  ones  often 
flattened  and  twisted:  tts.  red,  l%-2  in.  wide:  fr.  broadly 
ovate  to  subglobose,  usually  armed  with  very  long,  in- 
terwoven spines;  seeds  comparatively  large.  South- 
west United  States. 

31.  arenaria,  Engelm.     A  diffuse  plant  with  upright 
terminal  joints,  rarely  reaching  1  ft.  in  height:  joints 
thick,  obovate,  2-5  in.  long  and  half  as  wide,  tumid, 
strongly  tuberculate:    areolae  crowded,  34-%  in.  apart, 
with  sparse  white  wool  and  numerous  yellowish  brown 
bristles;  spines  very  variable  in  number  and  size,  3-10, 
slender,  flexible,  white  to  ashy  gray,  usually  1  in.  or  less 
long:  fls.  yellow,  2-2%  in.  broad:  fr.  ovate  to  globose, 
very  spiny;  seeds  large  and  irregular.  Southwest  U.  S. 

32.  fragilis,  Haw.     A   small,  prostrate  plant,  rarely 
more  than  4  in.  high :  joints  tumid,  fragile,  easily  de- 
tached, oval,  elliptical,  or  subglobose,  1-2  in.  long  and 
nearly  as  thick  as  broad, 

bright  green :  areolae  34- 
%  in.  apart,  with  whitish 
wool  and  a  few  white 
to  yellow  bristles,  which 
are  much  longer  ana 
more  abundant  on  older 
joints;  spines  1-4,  occa- 
sionally a  few  small  ad- 
ditional ones,  weak,  dark 
brown,  the  upper  one 
usually  longer  and 
stronger  than  the  others, 
rarely  an  inch  in  length: 
fls.  greenish  yellow,  1- 
134  in.  wide:  fr.  ovate 
to  subglobose,  with  few 
spines  or  bristles,  mostly 
sterile,  an  inch  or  less 
long ;  seeds  few  and 
large.  Rocky  mountain 
region  from  British 
Amer.  to  New  Mex.  — 
Var.brachyarthra,Coult. 
A  plant  with  more  swol- 
len joints,  more  numer- 
ous and  stronger  spines, 
smaller  fls.  and  more 
spiny  fruit.  Colo.,  New 
Mex. 


1548.  Opuntia  ursina.    No.  27. 


33.  cylindrica,  P.  DC.  A  moderately  branched  upright 
plant,  10-12  ft.  high,  with  main  stem  2-2%  in.  in  diam., 
new  growth  dark  green,  the  comparatively  long  (%  in.) 
Ivs.  persisting  for  some  time:  areolse  depressed,  with  a 
little  white  wool,  a  few  white  bristles  and  some  long 
white  hairs:  spines  at  first  2-3,  erect,  rather  ptiff,  %  in. 
or  less  long,  at  first  whitish  yellow,  later  grayish:  fls. 
rose-red,  2-2%  in.  wide  from  end  of  joints :  fr.  pyriform, 
2-2%  in.  long,  yellowish  green,  somewhat  spiny.    Chile. 
— Var.  cristata  is  offered. 

34.  vestita,   Salm.     A    small,    upright,    numerously 
branched,  ramifying  plant  a  foot  or  more  in   height: 
joints  rather  short,  1-2  in.  long  and  half  as  thick,  usu- 
ally dark  green :  areolse  with  white  to  grayish  wool  and 
a  number  of  long,  rather   soft,  grayish   white   hairs; 
spines  4-8,  either  short,  flexible  and  grayish  yellow  or 
four  times  as  long  ( %-%  in. ) ,  stiff  and  red :  fls.  1-1%  in. 
wide,  mostly  lateral,  dark  red:  fr.  ellipsoidal,  34-%  in. 
long,  bright  red  and  covered  with  grayish  wool.    Bolivia. 

35.  clavarioides,    Link  &  Otto.     A  low,  numerously 
branched,  spreading  plant,  1-1%  ft.  high:  joints  rather 
fragile  and  slender,  %  in.  thick,  cylindrical  or  somewhat 
clavate,  frequently  cristate,  with  numerous    terminal, 
slender  branches :  Ivs.  extremely  small :  areolae  close  to- 
gether, small,  with  white  wool;  spines  4-10,  sometimes 
fewer,  very  small  and  appressed,  white:  fls.  1-1%  in. 
wide  and  twice  as   long,  greenish   red:    fr.  elliptical, 
%-%in.  long;    seeds  with  woolly  hairs.     Chile. -Var. 
cristata  is  offered. 

36.  Salmiana,   Parm.     A   numerously  branched,  up- 
right plant,  about  3   ft.  high,  with  very  long,  propor- 


1150 


OPUNTIA 


OPUNTIA 


tionately  slender  branches :  stems  about  three-fifths  of 
an  inch  in  diana.,  with  rough,  fissured  or  cracked,  gray- 
ish brown  or  lead-colored  bark,  the  terminal  joints  pen- 
cil-like, 3-10  in.  long  and  %-%  in.  wide:  areolae  on 
young  growth  with  sparse  white  wool  and  few  bristles, 
on  older  growth  the  bristles  are  very  numerous  and 
somewhat  spine-like;  spines 3-5,  spreading,  about  %  in. 
long,  grayish:  fls.  1  in.  wide,  red:  fr.  pyriform,  1-134  in. 
long,  scarlet-proliferous,  rarely  fertile.  Brazil. 

37.  Darwinii,  Hemsl.    A  small,  numerously  jointed, 
prostrate,  ramifying   plant  a  few  inches  high:    joints 
globose  to  broadly  obovate,  1%  in.  in  greatest  diam., 
olive-green :  areolae  with  yellowish  wool  and  few  bristles ; 
spines  rigid,  l%-2  in.  long,  the  lower  ones  shorter  and 
darker:  fls.  only  on  top  of  terminal  joints,  1-1%  in.  wide, 
yellow:    ovaries  as  large  as  the   joints.     Southern  S. 
America. 

38.  diademata,   Lem.    (O.  papyracdntha,  Phil.).     A 
low,  moderately  branched,  spreading  plant,  rarely  more 
than  4  in.  high  and  forming  dense  patches  several  feet 
in  diam. :  joints  1-1%  in.  long  and  nearly  as  thick,  glo- 
bose to  broadly  clavate,  usually  growing  several  in  suc- 
cession, one  above  the  other,  young  growth  bright  green, 
soon   becoming  grayish :    areolae  with  abundant  white 
wool  and  brownish  black  bristles;  spines  1-2,  papery, 
flexible,  white  or  brownish  with  darker  tips,  one-fifth  (?) 
in.  long  and  half  as  wide:  fls.  rather  small,  pale  yellow. 
Argentine  Republic. 

39.  pulchella,  Engelm.  A  small,  spreading,  numerously 
branched  plant,  seldom  more  than  6  in.  high:  joints  as- 
cending, 2%  in.  long  and  %  in.  thick,  obovate  to  clavate: 
areolae  crowded,  with  white  wool,  and  yellowish  bristles 
which  become  more   numerous   and   larger  with   age; 
spines  10-15,  of  variable  length,  the  central  one  flattened, 
flexible,  somewhat  papery,!  in.  long:  fls.  from  the  top 
of  the  joints,  purplish  to  rose-red,  1-1%  in.  wide:    fr. 
broadly  clavate,  1  in.  long,  with  long,  hair-like,  flexible 
white  spines,  dry.    Nev.,  Ariz. 

40.  clavata,  Engelm.    A  low,  spreading  plant,  4-6  in. 
high,  forming  dense  mats  of  ascending  joints  4—5  ft.  in 
diam. :  joints  1-3  in.  long  and  1  in.  thick,  armed  with  nu- 
merous short,  flat  spines :  areolae  with  white  wool  and 
rigid, white  bristles;  exterior  spines  6-14, white,  %-%  in. 
long,  interior  4-7,  larger,  flattened,  scabrous  and  %-134 
in.  long,   1  of  the  central  spines  usually  very  broad:  fls. 
yellow,  1%  in.  wide;    fr.  long-clavate,  yellowish,  dry, 
134-1%   in.  long,  armed   with    many   white    radiating 
bristles.    Nev.,  New  Mex. 

41.  Grahatnii,  Engelm.   A  low,  spreading  plant  4-8  in. 
high,  with  thick,  fusiform  roots:  joints  2-3  in.  long  and 
%  in.  thick,  armed  with  long,  dark  spines,  bright  green: 
areolae  with  white  wool  and  numerous  long,  yellowish 
brown,  rigid  bristles  which  become  very  conspicuous  on 
old  joints;  exterior  spines  4-8,%  in.  long,  interior  4-7, 
more  rigid  and  'longer   (l%-2   in.),  reddish    to    ashy 
brown:  fls.  yellow,  13^-2  in.  wide:  fr.  ellipsoidal,  !%-!% 
in.  long  and  half  as  wide,  armed  with  many  large,  radi- 
ating spine-like  bristles.    New  Mex.,  Tex. 

42.  Sch6ttii,    Engelm.     A   wide-spreading,    prostrate 
plant,  4-6  in.  high,  with  numerous  short,  curved  branches : 
joints  short-clavate,  rarely  more  than  2   in.   long  and 
armed  with  numerous  dark-colored  spines :  areolae  with 
white  wool  and  very  few  bristles ;  exterior  spines  6-10, 
very  variable,  %  in.  long;  interior  usually  4,  flattened 
or  irregular,  l%-2  in.  long,  brownish  red:  fls.  greenish 
yellow  to  reddish,  1%  in.  wide:   fr.  short-clavate,  the 
numerous  areolae  covered  with  white  wool   and  many 
short  bristles.    Texas,  Mexico. 

43.  Emoryi,  Eugelm.    A  prostrate  and  spreading  plant 
with  comparatively  large,  long-clavate,  curved   joints 
and  reaching  a  height  of  8-12  in.:   joints  4-7  in.  long 
and   1-1%   in.  thick,   with  large,  elongated  tubercles: 
areolaa  remote,  with  white  wool  and  a  few  long  ( %  in. ) 
yellow  bristles;  spines  numerous,  exterior  10-20,  %  in. 
or  less  long,  very  bulbous  at  base;  interior  5-10,  brown- 
ish to  reddish  black,  more  or  less  flattened  and  some- 
times 3  in.  long:  fls.  yellow,  reddish  within,  l%-2  in. 
wide:    fr.  ellipsoidal,   yellow,  2-2%  in.  long  and  1  in. 
wide,  armed  with  numerous  bristles  and  spines.    South- 
western U.  S.,  northern  Mex. 


44.  invicta,  Brand.    A  numerously  branched,  spread- 
ing plant,  10-14  in.  high,  bluish  green  and  armed  with 
many  rigid,  erect  spines:  joints  4—6  in.  long  and  2-2% 
in.  thick,  nearly  cylindrical:  areolse  with  whitish  wool 
and  yellowish  red  bristles;  spines  15-25,  exterior  6-12, 
%  in.  or  less  long ;    interior   10-15,   very  strong  and 
rigid,  1-2  in.  long,  more  or  less  flattened  :  fls.  yellow, 
l%-2  in.  wide:  fr.  broadly  obovate,   dry,  armed  with 
numerous  reddish  spines  and  bristles.    Lower  Calif. 

45.  Davisii,  Engelm.  and  Bigel.  A  procumbent,  spread- 
ing shrub,  with  firm,   woody  skeleton,   1-2   ft.   high  : 
joints  4-7  in.   long  and  %-%  in.  thick  :    areolae  with 
short,  white  wool  and  numerous  straw-colored  bristles ; 
spines  usually  8-13,  exterior  %  in.  or  less  long;  interior 
4-7,  triangular,  brownish,  with  lighter  tips,  %-134  in. 
long,  very  loose-sheathed  :    fls.  greenish  yellow,  2-234 
in.  wide:  fr.  clavate,  1  in.  or  more  long,  often  sterile, 
spiny.    Tex.  to  Calif. 

46.  acanthocarpa,  Engelm. "and  Bigel.  An  arborescent, 
erect  plant,  4-8  ft.  high,  with  dense  reticulate-tubular 
skeleton   and   ascending,    spreading   branches  :    joints 
usually  4-10  in.   long,    sometimes   20,  and  /4-1   in.  in 
diam. :  areolae  with  short,  white  wool  and  scanty  bright 
yellow  bristles;    spines   very   variable    in   length   and 
numbers  on  different  plants,  usually  8-25,  1%  in.  or  less 
long,  with   loose   straw-colored  or  brownish    sheaths: 
fls.  greenish  yellow,  with  reddish  centers,  conspicuous 
for  stamens  with  stout  red  filaments,  134-1%  in.  wide: 
fr.  subglobose  to  pyriform,  1  in.  in  diam.  and  usually 
armed  with  many  long,  stiff  spines.    Ariz,  and  Calif.— 
A  factory  has  been  established  at  Tempe,  Ariz.,  where 
the  wood  of  this  species  is  made  into  light  furniture, 
picture  frames,  etc. 

47.  echinocarpa,  Engelm.  and  Bigel.  A  low,  spreading 
shrub,  with  reticulate  woody  skeleton,  rarely  exceeding 
134  ft.  in  height:  joints  l%-3  in.  long,  rarely  4-6  in., 
%  in.  thick,  somewhat  clavate:  areolae  with  short  white 
wool  and  a  few  coarse,  straw-colored  bristles:  spines 
very  variable  in  length  and  number,  exterior  8-16,  134 
in.  or  less  long;  interior  usually  4  forming  a  cross,  1-1% 
in.  long,    with   loose  white  or  straw-colored   sheaths: 
fls.  greenish  yellow,  134-1%  in.   wide:   fr.  depressed- 
globose   or   hemispherical  and  armed  with  many  long 
(1-1%  in.)  spines  on  the  upper  areolae.    Utah,  Ariz,  and 
Calif.  — The  fruit  of  this  species,  like  most  others  with 
dry  fruit,  ripens  in  the  early  summer,  while  most  spe- 
cies with  fleshy  fruit  do  not  mature  them  until  fall  or 
the  following  spring. 

48.  Bernardina,  Engelm.  A  slender,  branched,  upright 
shrub,  3-5  ft.  high,  usually  with  several  long,  straight 
stems  arising  from  the  base:   joints  4-24  in.  long  and 
%  in.  thick,  armed  with  numerous  short  spines :  areolae 
with  grayish  white  wool  and  numerous  yellow  bristles; 
spines  yellow  or  brownish,  8-14,  usually  with  inconspic- 
uous sheaths,  %  in.  or  less  long  ;    fls.  greenish  yellow, 
1-1%  in.  wide:  fr.  obovate,  1  in.  long,  armed  with  nu- 
merous rather  short  spines.    S.  Calif. 

49.  serpentina,  Engelm.  A  prostrate, rarely  ascending, 
sparingly   branched   shrub,  a   few   inches   to  2    ft.   in 
height:  joints  much  elongated,  6-20  in.  long  and  %-l  in. 
thick:  areolae  with  short,  white  wool  and  whitish  bris- 
tles :  spines  comparatively  short,  usually  7-9,  sometimes 
15  or  more,  yellowish  or  rusty,  %  in.  or  less  long-  fls. 
greenish  yellow,  1-1%  in.  wide:  fr.  hemispherical,  %-/4 
in.  in  diam.,  armed   with  numerous  short   spines   and 
long  woolly  hairs.    S.  Calif.,  Lower  Calif. 

50.  prolffera,  Engelm.    An  arborescent,  thick-stemmed 
plant,  3-8  ft.  high,  with  numerous  horizontal,  spread- 
ing branches,  the  erect  trunk  sometimes  8  in.  in  diam.  : 
joints  short-cylindrical,  rounded  at  the  ends,  very  succu- 
lent, tumid  and  readily  detached,  bright  green,  2-6  in. 
long  and   134-2  in.  thick:    areolae  with  white  wool  and 
on  older  joints  with  numerous   straw-colored  bristles; 
spines  variable,  usually  6-10,  with  conspicuous,  loose, 
yellowish   or   rusty  sheaths  and  much-barbed,  usually 
about  1  in.  long:  fls.  134-1%  in.  wide,  greenish  red:  fr. 
subglobose,  M-134  in.  in  diam.,   light  green,  with  few 
small  spines  and   bristles,  pendulous   in  clusters,  fre- 
quently sterile.    Calif.,  Lower  Calif. 

51.  fulgida,  Engelm.   A  numerously  branched  arbores- 
cent plant,  often  10-12  ft.  high,  with  erect  trunk  8-14  in. 


OPUNTIA 


OPUNTIA 


1151 


in  diam.,  having  a  thick,  grayish,  scaly,  unarmed  bark: 
joints  congested  toward  the  ends  of  the  larger  branches, 
ovate  to  ovate-cylindrical,  2-8  in.  long  and  often  2  in. 
thick,  very  fragile  and  tumid,  easily  becoming  detached 
and  taking  root,  bluish  green,  somewhat  glaucous :  areo- 
Ise  with  white  wool  and  bright  straw-colored  bristles; 
spines  on  young  growth  5-8,  increasing  yearly  until 
ultimately  30-50,  finally  deciduous,  with  loose,  glisten- 
ing, white  or  straw-colored  sheaths  1%  in.  or  less  long: 
fls.  %-l  in.  wide,  pink  :  fr.  obovate  to  globose,  light 
green,  pendulous,  in  large,  proliferous  clusters,  some- 
times 50  in  a  single  cluster.  Southwestern  U.  S.  and 
North  Mexico.  — The  common  "Cholla"  of  the  Arizona 
plains,  where  it  often  becomes  a  fair-sized  tree  and  nota- 
ble for  its  formidable  armor  of  barbed  spines  completely 
hiding  the  surface  of  the  plant. 

Var.    mamillata,    Coult.      Differs   in   having  fewer, 
shorter  spines. 

52.  Bigeldvii,  Engelm.  An  erect,  compact  plant,  4-6  ft. 
high,  rarely  higher,  with  fragile  woody  skeleton  which 
does  not  appear  in  joints  of  the  first  year's  growth,  the 
most  densely  spine-covered   and  difficult  to  handle  of 
the  cylindrical  Opuntias  :    joints  readily  detached  and 
forming  formidable  burs,  ovate,  short  elliptical  to  long 
and  cylindrical,  with  rounded   ends,   readily  breaking 
from  the  plant  and  taking  root,  pale  green,  fragile,  tu- 
mid, terminal  ones  frequently  3-5  in.  long  and  half  as 
thick :  areolae  close  together,  with  white  wool  and  pale 
yellow  bristles ;  spines  10-20,  some  very  small,  increas- 
ing in  number  as    stems   become  older,   straw-colored, 
loose-sheathed,  1  in.  or  less  long,  completely  hiding  the 
surface  of  the  plant:  fls.  greenish  red,  1  in.  broad:  fr. 
very  spiny,  ovate,  lJ^-2  in.  long  and  one-third  as  wide, 
few-seeded,  mostly  sterile.   Ariz.,  Calif. 

53.  imbricata,  P.  DC.    A  wide-spreading,  irregularly 
branching  shrub,  rarely  more  than  5  ft.  high,  the  trunk 
and  larger  branches  with  dark,  rough,  unarmed  bark: 
joints  frequently  12  or  14  in.  long  and  1-1%  in.  thick, 
with  very  prominent  long,  cristate  tubercles  :    areolae 
with  yellowish  wool  and  straw-colored  bristles ;  spines 
2-5,   of    variable    length,    1   in.    or    less   long,   loosely 
sheathed,  white   to   straw-colored:    fls.  2-2%  in.  wide, 
light  purple :  fr.  unarmed,  depressed  globose,  with  large 
tubercles,  yellow,  1-1%  in.  in   diam.,  adhering  to  the 
plant  and  drying  on  the  stems  during  the  winter.    Tex. 
and  northern  Mex.— Usually  confused  with  0.  arbores- 
cens,  from  which  it  differs  in  its  smaller  growth,  differ- 
ent habit,  much  longer  joints,  larger,  more  prominent 
tubercles,  and  fewer  spines.    The  fruit  and  flower  also 
show  marked  differences. 

54.  arbor6scens,  Engelm.  (O.steU(lta,$a,lm.).  An  arbor- 
escent, numerously-branched  plant,  4-8  ft.  high,   with 
trunk  of  larger  plants  having  very  rough,  dark,  unarmed 
bark:  joints  with  moderately  prominent,  narrow,  cristate 
tubercles,  verticillate,  horizontally  spreading  on  mostly 
pendulous,  moderately  spiny  branches,  mostly  3-6  in. 
long  and  ]    in.  or  less  thick:    areolae  with  dirty-white 
wool  and  small  yellow  to  light  brown  bristles;  spines 
6-LM,  variable  in  length,  1  in.  or  less,  central  ones  more 
loosely   sheathed,  horny   or  reddish   brown,   white    to 
strasv-colored    sheaths  :    fls.  purple,  2-3  in.  wide:    fr. 
unarmed  or  with  few  spines,  conspicuously  tuberculate, 
subglobose,  1  in.   in  diam.,   yellow  to   yellowish   red. 
Southwest  U.  S.  — Frequently  "confused  with  O.  imbri- 
cata    and  O.  spinosior,  intermediate  between  the  two. 
Differs  from  the  latter  in   having  much  larger,  more 
cristate  tubercles,  fewer  spines  and  different  fruit. 

55.  spindsior,  Tourney.  A  small  tree,  6-12  ft.  high, 
with  numerous  verticillate  branches,  forming  a  rounded 
head,  the  cylindrical  trunk  usually  branching  a  few 
feet  above  the  ground,  and  with  rough,  dark  brown  or 
grayish  unarmed  bark :  joints  verticillate  and  pendulous, 
ultimate  ones  usually  4-8  in.  long  and  about  1  in.  thick, 
dark  green,  frequently  more  or  less  purplish,  with 
short,  crowded  rhombic  tubercles :  areolae  with  white  to 
reddish  brown  wool  and  usually  few,  small,  variously 
colored  bristles;  spines  10-30,  increasing  in  number 
yearly  as  the  joints  become  older  until  finally  deciduous, 
short*  and  rarely  conspicuously  sheathed,  usually  %-/£ 
in.  long:  fls.  showy,  bright  to  dark  purple,  2-2%  in. 
wide,  in  whorls  at  the  ends  of  the  joints :  fr.  elliptical  to 
oblong,  rarely  obovate  to  globose,  l%-2%  in.  long,  yel- 


low, frequently  remaining  on  the  stems  during  the  sec- 
ond year.    Ariz.,  northern  Mex. 

56.  Whipplei,  Engelm.  and  Bigel.    A  spreading,  sub- 
prostrate  shrub,  rarely  exceeding  2  ft.  in  height,  with 
numerous  ascending  secondary  branches,  having  short, 
crowded,  prominent  tubercles:  joints  variable,  terminal 
ones  clavate,  2-5  in.  long   and  %-%  in.  thick,  mostly 
armed  on  upper  half:  areolae  with  short  white  wool  and 
a  few  short,  light-colored  bristles ;    spines  white,  very 
variable,  on   terminal    joints,   usually   from    1-3    con- 
spicuous   loose  -  sheathed    interior    ones    and    several 
small,  deflexed  or  radiating  ones:  fls.  greenish  yellow, 
crowded  at  the  ends  of  the  joints,  1-1%  in.  wide:  fr. 
unarmed  or  with  few  spines,  pyriform  to  subglobose, 
densely  tuberculate,  yellow  or  tinted  with  scarlet,  %-l 
in.  in  diam.,  drying  and  remaining  attached  to  the  plant 
during  the  winter.    Southwest  U.  S.  and  northwest  Mex. 
—  This  plant  is  frequently  confused  with  O.  spinosior, 
probably  from  confusion  in  the  original  description. 

57.  versicolor,  Engelm.   A  small,  numerously  branched 
tree,  6-10  ft.  high,  with  rounded  head  and  a  short  trunk, 
having  smooth,  light  brown  or  reddish  brown,  unarmed 
bark:  joints  much  elongated,  usually  6-12  in.  long,  some- 
times 20,  %-%  in.  thick,  deep  green,  more  or  less  colored 
with  red  and  purple :  areolae  with  short  gray  wool  and 
lighter  colored  bristles;     spines  variable,  on   terminal 
joints,  usually  from  5-13,  older  joints  with  10-20,  rarely, 
however,  increasing  in  numbers  after  the  second  year, 
reddish  brown, with  inconspicuous,  close-fitting  sheaths, 
%  in.  or  less  long:  fls.  bronze-colored,  1-1%  in.  wide: 
fr.  pyriform  to  clavate,  of  same  color  as  joints,  never 
yellow,  sometimes  tinged  with  red  or  purple,  unarmed 
or  with  a  few  persistent    short   spines,    1-2    in.  long. 
Ariz.,  northern  Mex. 

58.  tetracantha,  Tourney.     An  irregularly  branching 
shrub,  2-5  ft.  high,  primary  branches  from  a  stout,  up- 
right trunk  2-4  in.  in    diam.,  and    bearing  numerous 
short  lateral  ones  at  irregular  intervals  :    joints  very 
variable  in  length,  usually  4-10  in.  long  and  %  in.  thick: 
areolse  with  whitish  wool  and  a  crescent-shaped  tuft  of 
light  brown  bristles;  spines  4,  rarely  more  or  less,  %- 
1%    in.    long,   stout,    loosely    sheathed,   straw-colored, 
flattened,  strongly  deflexed,  not  increasing  in  numbers 
on  older  joints :  fls.  greenish  purple,  %-l  in.  broad :  fr. 
obovate  to  subglobose,  %-l  in.  long,  juicy,  scarlet,  un- 
armed, or  with  a  few  stiff  deflexed  spines.     Arizona.— 
One  of  the  most  attractive  of  the  cylindrical  Opuntias 
on  account  of  its  numerous  bright  scarlet  fruits. 

59.  arbuscula,  Engelm.  A  short,  numerously  branched, 
round-headed,  arborescent  plant,   rarely  reaching   the 


1549.  Opuntia  ramosissima.    No.  61. 


height  of  5  ft.,  but  always  with  an  upright,  well-defined 
trunk,  having  rough,  brown,  unarmed  bark:  joints  usu- 
ally 2-4  in.  long  and  %  in.  wide,  easily  broken  from  the 
plant:  areolae  comparatively  large,  with  white  wool  and 
brush-like  tufts  of  long,  slender,  yellow  bristles:  spines 
yellow,  usually  1,  frequently  a  small,  slender,  additional 
one  at  either  side,  %-!%  in.  long,  loosely  sheathed: 
bronze-colored,  %-l  in.  wide:  fr.  unarmed,  of  same  color 


1152 


OPUNTIA 


ORANGE 


as  joints,  long,  clavate,  1-2  in.  long  and  one-third  as  wide, 
mostly  sterile,  fertile  ones  with  a  few  remarkably  large, 
irregular-spheroidal  seeds.  Arizona,  Sonora. 

60.  leptocaulis,  P.  DC.  (O.  fruttscens,  Engelm.).    An 
erect  shrub,  2-4  ft.  hierh,  with   long,  slender,  flexible 


1550.    Orange  (Satsuma;. 
Showing  the  multiplication  of  locales  or  compartments 

stems  branching  from  near  the  ground,  and  numerous 
lateral  secondary  ones,  very  short,  usually  unarmed  and 
easily  detached:  joints  about  one-fifth  to  M  in.  thick: 
areolae  with  short,  white  wool  and  numerous,  reddish 
brown,  conspicuous  bristles :  spines  usually  1,  sometimes 
wanting,  erect,  stout,  frequently  2  in.  long,  brownish  or 
horny,  with  a  loose  yellow  sheath:  fls.  greenish  yellow, 
%-%  in.  wide,  with  deflexed  perianth:  fr.  scarlet,  suc- 
culent, obovate  to  oblong,  rarely  globose,  %-%  in.  long, 
frequently  proliferous,  armed  with  tufts  of  long,  red- 
dish brown  bristles.  Southwestern  U.  S.  and  Sonora. 
Var.  major,  Hort.,  is  advertised.  — One  of  the  slenderest 
of  the  Opuntias.  It  differs  from  other  species  in  that 
the  fls.  do  not  open  until  late  in  the  afternoon.  Several 
forms  of  this  plant  occur  throughout  its  range,  some  of 
which  have  been  separated  as  varieties.  One 
of  the  most  frequent  of  the  cylindrical  Opun- 
tias in  cult. 

61.  ramosissima,  Engelm.  (  O.  tesselUta, 
Engelm.).  Figs.  1543,  1549.  A  spreading  bush, 
2-5  ft.  high,  with  numerous  slender  branches 
arising  from  a  short  trunk, 1-3  in.thick,and  hav- 
ing dark,  scaly  bark :  joints  ashy  to  bluish  gray, 
variable  in  length,  ultimate  ones  2-6  in.,  %-% 
in.  thick  :  areolee  with  sparse  white  wool  and 
a  few  small  yellow  bristles :  spines  sometimes 
wanting  (Fig.  1537),  usually  1,  stiff,  erect,  l%-2 
in.  long,  loosely  sheathed:  fls.  reddish  purple, 
%-%  in.  wide,  dry,  narrowly  obovate,  1  in.  long, 
%  in.  wide,  with  lor  2  seeds,  frequently  sterile, 
armed  with  numerous  long,  grayish  bristles. 
Ariz.,  Calif.,  Sonora. 

O.  cocdnellifera,  Mill.  =  Nopalea.  —  O.  corrugdta, 
Salm.,  is  advertised,  but  little  known. —  O.  glauco- 
phylla.  —  O.  KlelnioK,  DC.  is  also  advertised.  —  O. 
lurida  is  probably  O.  arborescens. 

J.  W.  TOUMEY. 

ORACH,  or  French  Spinach,  is  a  pot-herb  cult,  and 
used  much  like  spinach.  It  is  an  annual,  grows  5-6  ft. 
high,  has  furrowed  stems  and  arrow-shaped,  slightly 
crimped  Ivs.  of  soft  texture.  The  inflorescence  sug- 
gests that  of  amarantus-like  plants.  The  individual 
fls.  are  very  small,  devoid  of  petals,  and  greenish  or 
reddish  according  to  variety.  For  a  more  technical  de- 
scription, see  Atriplex  hortensis. 

There  are  three  main  types  of  Orach,  based  on  the 
color  of  the  Ivs.  The  white  variety  is  the  one  most 
commonly  grown.  The  Ivs.  are  pale  green,  almost  yel- 
low. The  red  or  dark  red  variety  has  stems  and  foliage 
of  dark  red  color,  which  disappears  in  cooking.  It  is 
occasionally  cult,  as  an  ornamental  foliage  plant  under 
the  name  var.  atrosanguinea.  The  green  variety  is  per- 
haps the  most  vigorous  type.  The  Ivs.  are  rounder  than 
those  of  the  white  var.  and  less  toothed.  So  far  as  is 
known,  only  the  red  and  white  varieties  are  offered  in 
America.  The  seed  is  usually  drilled  into  the  open 


ground  in  early  March.  The  plants  are  used  in  their 
young  state.  They  bear  hot  weather  fairly  well,  but 
soon  run  to  seed.  Monthly  successional  sowings 
are  therefore  desirable.  Orach  is  little  known  in 
America.  ^y  ]yj 

OKANGE.  Plate  XXIII.  The  Orange  is  one  of 
the  oldest  of  cultivated  fruits.  Its  nativity  is  still 
in  doubt,  but  it  is  probable  that  it  is  indigenous 
to  the  Indo-Chinese  region.  It  is  now  widely 
distributed  in  all  warm-temperate  and  tropical 
countries,  in  many  of  which  it  has  run  wild  and 
behaves  like  a  native  plant.  In  parts  of  Florida 
the  Orange  was  found  wild  when  permanent  set- 
tlements were  made,  but  it  had  probably  spread 
from  stock  that  was  introduced  by  the  early 
Spaniards.  In  stature  of  tree  and  character  of 
fruit,  the  Orange  has  varied  immensely.  Nor- 
mally, the  fruit  contains  ten  compartments  or 
locules  ;  but  under  the  influence  of  domestica- 
tion these  compartments  have  been  increased, 
and  in  some  cases  a  secondary  axis,  with  its 
accompanying  locules,  has  been  thrust  into  the 
center  of  the  fruit,  causing  the  "navel"  appear- 
ance of  some  varieties.  Fig.  1550;  also  Fig.  476, 
p.  322.  These  navel  Oranges,  of  which  the 
Washington  Navel  or  Bahia  is  the  best  known,  are 
chance  seedling  varieties,  as  other  varieties  are.  The 
immediate  cause  of  this  particular  kind  of  variation 
is  unknown.  The  Washington  Navel  was  introduced 
from  Brazil  in  1870  by  the  late  Wm.  Saunders,  of  the 
U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  and  by  him  distributed  as  the 
Bahia  (see  Van  Deman,  Rept.  Dept.  Agric,  1886,  p. 
267).  In  recent  years,  some  of  the  odd  and  grotesque 
types  of  Japanese  Oranges  have  been  introduced  into 
this  country,  but  they  will  probably  always  be  curiosi- 
ties rather  than  commercial  pomological  products.  See 
Figs.  1551-2  and  cf.  Shinn,  A.G.  1890,  333-6. 

There  are  three  well-developed  Orange  regions  within 
the  confines  of  the  United  States :  central  and  southern 
Florida;  the  delta  region  of  the  Mississippi;  California. 


1551.    The  Natsu-dai-dia,  or  Summer  Orange  of  Japan. 

The  fruit  is  large,  suggesting  a  shaddock.    It  is  not  eaten  till 
the  second  summer. 

Parts  of  Texas  and  the  Mexico-Arizona  region  will  no 
doubt  develop  into  commercial  Orange  sections  in  the 
near  future.  Until  within  recent  years  a  large  part  of 
the  Oranges  consumed  in  this  country  have  come  from 


ORANGE 

Mediterranean  regions,  but  the  Florida  Orange  has 
taken  the  place,  to  a  large  extent,  of  the  imported  fruit. 
Since  the  great  Florida  freeze  of  1895,  however,. the 
California  Orange  has  come  to  be  much  better  known 
in  the  eastern  states. 

Fifty  years  and  more  ago,  Oranges  were  commonly 
grown  under  glass  in  England  and  parts  of  the  conti- 
nent. At  that  time  there  was  no  rapid  transportation 
between  the  Orange-growing  regions  and  northern 
countries,  and  the  Orange  fruit  was  a  luxury.  Special 
houses,  known  as  orangeries,  were  devoted  to  the  cul- 
ture of  the  fruit.  The  trees  were  ordinarily  grown  in 
large  tubs  or  boxes  (Fig.  1553),  and  were  kept  in  the 
open  in  summer  and  were  placed  in  the  orangery  in 
winter.  These  orangeries  were  scarcely  greenhouses 
in  the  modern  understanding  of  the  term.  In  many 
cases  they  had  slate  or  shingle  roofs,  the  sides  only 
being  provided  with  an  extra  amount  of  glass  in  the 
shape  of  windows.  Some  of  them,  however,  were 
houses  with  glass  roofs.  As  imported  Oranges  came  to 
be  more  common,  these  Orange  houses  gradually  fell 
into  disuse.  It  is  doubtful  if  there  are  any  of  these 
establishments  now  standing  in  this  country,  but  one 
sees  them  occasionally  in  Europe.  As  the  Orange  trees 
disappeared,  other  plants  were  grown  in  the  house,  so 
that  an  orangery  came  to  mean  a  particular  kind  of 
house  in  which  plants  are  grown  that  will  thrive  in  con- 
ditions suited  to  the  Orange.  It  came  to  be  no  uncom- 
mon thing  to  see  orangeries  in  which  there  were  no 
Oranges. 

The  Orange  tree  is  still  a  popular  subject  in  conser- 
vatories, however,  and  in  window-gardens.  In  the  latter 
conditions  it  rarely  produces  fruit  of  any  consequence, 
but  the  shining  evergreen  foliage  and  the  very  fragrant 
flowers  make  the  plant  interesting  and  desirable.  The 
plant  is  subject  to  scale  and  mealy  bug,  and  constant 
attention  must  be  given  to  syringing  and  sponging  the 
foliage.  The  leading  difficulty  in  the  growing  of  an 
Orange  tree  in  the  dwelling  house  is  a  tendency  to  keep 
it  growing  the  entire  year  and  to  keep  it  too  wet  at  the 
roots.  After  the  fruiting  season,  in  late  fall  or  early 
winter,  the  plant  should  be  allowed  to  rest  for  a  time 
in  order  to  harden  its  wood  for  the  next  year's  bloom. 
It  may  then  be  kept  at  a  temperature  of  40°  to  50° 
and  fairly  dry  at  the  roots.  Water  should  not  be  with- 
held entirely,  however,  because  the  plant  should  be 
kept  in  such  condition  that  the  foliage  will  not  drop. 
After  a  period  of  relative  inactivity  of  one  or  two  months, 
the  plant  may  be  set  in  a  sunny  place  and  given  a  some- 
what higher  temperature,  and  water  and  liquid  manure 
may  be  applied  at  the  roots.  It  should  be  in  bloom  dur- 
ing the  summer  and  early  fall.  Best  results  are  secured 
if  the  roots  are  somewhat  confined.  When  the  plant  is 
small,  it  may  be  potted  on  from  time  to  time;  but  after 
it  has  attained  the  height  of  five  or  six  feet,  it  should 
not  be  given  more  root  room  than  a  small  tub  or  a  half 
barrel.  Ordinarily,  it  will  not  need  repotting  for  several 
years  at  a  time  after  it  has  attained  this  size.  Some  of 
the  surface  soil  may  be  removed  from  time  to  time  and 
fresh  soil  added  and  liquid  manure  applied.  Usually 
the  stocks  which  are  used  are  grown  from  seeds,  and 
the  plants  vary  as  peaches  or  apples  do.  Seme  of  the 
plants  may  give  desirable  fruit,  but  the  larger  part  of 
them  will  give  fruit  of  indifferent  or  even  inferior 
quality.  If  the  best  kind  of  fruit  is  wanted,  the  young 
plants  should  be  budded  after  they  are  well  established 
in  the  pots.  Buds  may  be  secured  from  any  tree  that 
bears  a  desirable  fruit,  or  they  may  be  obtained  from  the 
South. 

In  recent  years  the  Otaheite  Orange  (described  in 
Vol  I,  page  323)  has  come  into  prominence  as  a  pot- 
plant.  Fig.  1554.  It  is  a  dwarf  form  of  the  common 
Orange  species.  It  is  undoubtedly  the  best  form  of  Or- 
ange for  growing  in  the  house.  The  fruits  are  small 
and  handsome,  and  the  flowers  have  a  pinkish  tinge 
and  are  very  fragrant.  These  plants  will  bloom  and 
bear  when  not  more  than  a  foot  high  if  the  roots  are 
somewhat  confined  or  the  plants  not  overpotted.  Usually 
they  will  bloom  the  greater  part  of  the  year,  but,  like 
most  hard- wooded  plants,  the  best  results  are  secured 
if  they  have  a  period  of  rest,  as  described  above.  The 
temperature  for  all  Oranges  should  be  relatively  low; 
that  is,  it  should  be  the  temperature  of  the  intermediate 


ORANGE 


1153 


house   or   one   which   will    grow   carnations,    chrysan- 
themums, geraniums,  and  the  like. 

There  is  much  literature  on  the  Orange,  but  there  is 
no  full  and  comprehensive  treatise  on  Orange  culture  in 
North  America.  An  authoritative  general  work  on 
Oranges  is  Risso  and  Poiteau,  "Histoire  et  Culture  des 


1552.  Japanese  types  of  Orange. 
Top,  Sakura-jima,  small,  dwarf  in  growth,  coarse 
in  quality.  Second  from  top,  Shiriwa-koji,  sweet  and 
solid,  of  good  quality,  the  rind  thin  and  yellow.  Oon- 
shiu  or  Satsuma,  one  of  the  "kid-glove  "  class.  Ka- 
wachi,  also  a  "kid-glove  "  Orange. 

Oranges,"  Paris.  On  the  oriental  forms  and  histories 
of  Oranges,  one  should  consult  Bonavia,  ''The  Culti- 
vated Oranges  and  Lemons  of  India  and  Ceylon,"  London, 
1890.  The  American  books  on  the  Orange  are  as  fol- 


1154 


ORANGE 


ORANGE 


lows:  Garey,  "Orange  Culture  in  California,"  San  Fran- 
cisco, 1882  ;  Moore,  "Treatise  of  Orange  Culture  in 
Florida,  Louisiana  and  California,"  New  York  and 
Jacksonville,  Third  Edition,  1883;  Manville,  "Practical 
Orange  Culture:  including  the  Culture  of  the  Orange, 
Lemon,  Lime,  and  other  citrous  fruits  as  grown  in 
Florida,"  Jacksonville,  1883  ;  Spalding,  "The  Orange: 
Its  Culture  in  California,"  Riverside,  1885.  One  should 
also  consult  Wickson's  "California  Fruits,"  and  the  pub- 
lications of  the  California  State  Board  of  Horticulture. 
For  an  account  of  the  Orange  from  the  botanical 
point  of  view,  see  Citrus.  L  H.  B. 

ORANGE  CULTURE  IN  FLORIDA.  — The  foundation  of 
Orange  culture  in  Florida  was  laid,  it  is  believed,  by 
the  accidental  distribution  of  sour  Orange  seeds  by  the 
Indians,  who  obtained  the  fruit  from  trees  planted  by 
the  Spaniards  in  early  days,  and  which  were  probably 
grown  from  imported  seeds. 

These  sour  Oranges  were  carried  from  camp  to  camp, 
and  the  seeds  thus  scattered  through  the  northern  and 
central  parts  of  peninsular  Florida  found  congenial  soil 
and  conditions  in  the  open  hardwood  forests  and  live- 
oak  groves  of  that  region,  and  in  time  formed  wild  groves 
of  great  extent,  always  in  places  where  more  or  less 
protected  from  sun  and  radiation  by  towering  live-oaks, 
magnolias  and  similar  trees. 

Sweet  Oranges  were  grown  to  some  extent  for  family 
use  even  before  the  civil  war,  but  in  the  absence  of 
transportation  facilities  were  considered  of  no  commer- 
cial value. 

Between  1865  and  1870,  however,  the  Orange  trees 
along  the  banks  of  the  St.  John's  river  began  to  attract 
attention  as  a  profitable  investment,  and  a  little  later 
an  enterprising  horticulturist  bought  a  portion  of  a  wild 
grove  in  the  interior,  near  Orange  Lake,  and  budded 
the  tops  of  the  sour  trees  to  sweet  varieties.  The  prof- 
its were  prompt  and  large,  so  much  so  that  this  pioneer, 
who  began  with  an  investment  of  only  $1,000,  had  a  crop 
valued  at  $231,000,  for  the  year  of  the  great  freeze, 
1894-5. 

Many  of  these  wild  groves  were  injured  or  destroyed, 
however,  by  the  removal  of  the  protecting  live-oaks, 


Indian  river  hammocks  being  justly  celebrated  for  the 
quality  and  abundance  of  the  fruit,  while  almost  every 
kind  of  soil  and  exposure  had  its  champions  as  best  for 
Orange  culture.  The  winters  for  several  years  prior  to 


1553.    Tub-grown  Orange  tree. 

and  being  located  on  about  the  30th  parallel  of  latitude, 
the  Oranges  themselves  had  to  be  marketed  early  in 
the  season  to  avoid  destruction  by  frost.  By  1880  culti- 
vated groves  spread  over  all  parts  of  Florida  where 
railroad  or  steamboat  transportation  was  accessible;  the 


1554.   Otaheite  Orange  in  a  pot. 

1880  were  almost  frostless,  and  the  rains  abundant  all 
the  year  round,  so  that  the  growth  of  well-cultivated 
young  groves  was  phenomenal,  and  the  whole  northern 
half  of  peninsular  Florida  gave  itself  up  to  Orange  cul- 
ture with  reckless  enthusiasm— it  was  estimated  that 
the  Orange  at  12  years  of  age  would  pay  from  10  to  150 
per  cent  interest  on  a  valuation  of  $100  for  each  tree, 
and  in  the  case  of  individual  trees  even  the  highest 
figure  was  sometimes  realized. 

The  first  check  to  this  state  of  affairs  was  received  in 
1886,  when  a  three  days'  blizzard  from  the  northwest 
swept  over  the  state  and  cut  back  or  at  least  defoliated 
all  the  Orange  trees  down  to  the  29th  degree,  and  still 
further  south  in  all  but  the  most  protected  stations. 
This  injury,  however,  was  only  temporary  inmost  cases, 
and  while  much  of  the  crop  of  1885-6  was  lost,  there 
was  no  diminution  in  the  crop  of  the  following  year, 
although  the  trees  themselves  had  received  an  evident 
check. 

From  1886  on,  there  has  been  a  succession  of  frosts, 
generally  not  sufficient  to  hurt  old  trees  but  enough  to 
destroy  or  seriously  cripple  nearly  all  the  young  groves 
north  of  the  latitude  of  Tampa,  so  that  few,  if  any,  new 
groves  have  been  brought  into  successful  bearing  north 
of  that  point  since  1886. 

In  December,  1894,  a  still  more  severe  northwest  bliz- 
zard defoliated  all  the  trees  as  far  south  as  the  Manatee 
river,  and  this  was  followed  in  February  by  another 
similar  freeze,  which  caught  the  trees  covered  with 
tender  shoots  and  young  foliage,  with  active  sap,  and 
killed  most  of  them  to  the  ground  from  Tampa  north, 
and,  moreover,  so  enfeebled  them  from  the  repeatc'd 
shocks  that  the  majority  were  unable  to  rally,  and  are 
to-day  either  dead  or  worthless.  The  loss  to  the  Florida 
Orange  industry  by  this  double  freeze  is  reasonably 
estimated  at  $100,000,000. 

The  crop  of  1894-5  was  the  largest  hitherto  produced, 
and  estimated  at  6,000,000  boxes,  each  of  2  cubic  feet. 
The  following  year  about  75,000  boxes  were  produced, 
all  from  south  of  the  latitude  of  Tampa,  and  the  crop 
has  been  increasing  till  that  of  1900-01  is  estimated  at 
1,000,000  boxes,  95  per  cent  of  this  coming  from  regions 
south  of  Orange  county,  which  just  about  reverses  the 
proportion  observed  "before  the  freeze." 

The  following  table  was  supplied  by  Mr.  E.  O.  Painter, 
editor  of  the  "Florida  Agriculturist,"  after  consultation 
with  the  officers  of  the  Florida  Fruit  Exchange,  and  may 
be  relied  on  as  substantially  correct: 


ORANGE 


ORANGE 


1155 


FLORIDA  ORANGE  CROPS. 

Boxes 

1884-85 600,000 

1885-86 900,000 

1886-87 1,260,000 

1887-88 1,450,000 

1888-89 1,950,000 

1889-90 2,150,000 

1890-91 2,450,000 

1891-92 3,761,843 

lS'rj-93 3,400,000 

1893-94 5,055,367 

1894-95 6,000,000  (Est.) 

1895-96 100,000 

1896-97 250,000 

1897-98 216,579 

1898-99 225,000 

1899-1900 400,000 

1900-1901 1,000,000  (Est.) 

Many  groves  in  Orange  county  and  northward  have 
been  brought  into  fair  condition  by  banking  the  trunks 
with  earth  during  the  winter  so  as  to  limit  the  injury  by 
frost,  and  if  another  series  of  frostless  winters  like 
those  between  1870  and  1880  were  to  occur,  these  groves, 
with  others  newly  planted,  would  gain  sufficient  age  and 
size  to  defy  the  ordinary  frosts  and  make  this  region 
aijain  productive.  Many  acres  have  recently  been 
shedded  over  with  slats  or  canvas— usually  removed  in 
summer  —  and,  thus  pro- 
tected from  the  cold,  are 
promising  large  returns  on 
the  heavy  investment  re- 
quired to  build  the  sheds 
—  from  $600  to  $1,000  per 
acre.  Figs.  1555-6.  They 
are  usually  heated  during 
the  coldest  nights,  either 
with  open  wood  fires  or 
•^-'<.#.»  stoves  burning  coke  or 

•^^Bfcivw-^g-r*^^        coal.     The  most  extensive 
shedding    operations     are 
555.  Movable  shed  to  protect    thoge  of  John  B.  Stetson, 

of    Deland,    who    has    37 


an  Orange  tree  from  cold. 
It  Las  a  board  top  and  cloth 
sides.     The    sides    can   be    re- 
moved, allowing  the  trees  full 
light. 


Deland,  who  has 
acres  covered,  various  sys- 
tems of  protection  being 
employed  on  different 
plots. 

The  Orange  has  been  grown  on  the  most  varied  soils 
in  Florida,  but  successful  groves  have  been  mainly  on 
"high  hammock"  and  "high  pine,"  and  the  greatest 
profit,  as  a  rule,  has  been  from  the  hammock  groves, 
where  seedling  trees  came  into  bearing  much  earlier 
than  on  pine-land,  and  both  seedling  and  budded  trees 
produce  more  abundant  crops. 

The  Orange  groves  of  California  and  Arizona  are  sub- 
jected to  greater  winter  cold  than  those  of  Florida,  but 
suffer  comparatively  little  damage  from  it,  since  the 
winters  are  more  uniformly  cool  and  dry  and  the  trees 
are  consequently  dormant,  while  the  usual  warmth  of  a 
Florida  winter  keeps  vegetation  constantly  in  more  or 
less  active  growth,  and  hence  more  sensitive  to  sudden 
frosts.  Thus  in  1894-5  not  only  Orange  trees  but  peach 
and  mulberry  trees  and  old  Wistaria  vines— all  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Canada  when  dormant— were  frozen  to  the 
ground.  The  mean  temperature  has  changed  little,  if 
at  all,  during  this  alternation  of  mild  and  frosty  cycles 
of  years ;  indeed,  the  mean  of  maximum  and  minimum 
observation  taken  daily  at  Mount  Dora,  Fla.,  for  six 
comparatively  frostless  years  prior  to  1886  was  half  a 
degree  F.  colder  than  the  mean  of  six  years  of  injurious 
frosts  subsequent  to  1886. 

The  Orange  tree  is  a  gross  feeder,  and  in  the  sandy 
soils  best  adapted  to  its  culture  in  Florida  can  use  to 
advantage  large  amounts  of  commercial  fertilizer,  pro- 
vided the  ammonia  is  balanced  by  abundant  potash  and 
care  is  taken  to  avoid  an  excess  of  crude  fermentable 
materials  containing  nitrogen,  such  as  cottonseed-meal 
and  dried  blood. 

On  the  moister  grades  of  hammock  land,  such,  for  ex- 
ample, as  those  bearing  the  fine  groves  near  the  Manatee 
river,  it  is  considered  unsafe  to  give  more  than  10 
pounds  of  commercial  fertilizer  a  year,  even  to  the  oldest 
bearing  trees,  on  account  of  its  liability  to  produce  dis- 
&ase;  and  additional  sulfate  of  potas:h  is  used,  even 
with  standard  brands  of  fertilizer  rich  in  potash.  On 


the  high  pine-land  at  Deland,  profit  has  been  found  in 
applications  of  80  pounds  to  the  tree,  or  2  tons  to  the 
acre,  but  the  average  amount  used  by  successful  grow- 
ers is  20  to  30  pounds  to  the  tree  of  special  brands, 
costing  from  $30  to  $37  per  ton. 

So  long  as  the  soil  is  not  unduly  depleted  of  humus, 
frequent  cultivation  is  an  important  factor  in  producing 
rapid  growth  of  Orange  trees.  As  an  experiment,  a  seed 
was  planted  and  hoed  every  day  except  Sundays  for 
four  years.  It  was  then  about  the  size  of  an  average 
eight-year-old  tree  in  the  region— one  celebrated  for  its 
fine  and  fast-growing  Orange  groves— and  bore  four 
boxes  of  Oranges— about  what  would  be  expected  from 
an  eight-year-old  seedling  in  that  place. 

Soils.  —  The  surface  soils  of  peninsular  Florida  are 
almost  wholly  of  subaerial  origin— that  is,  are  composed 
of  particles  cast  up  by  the  waves  of  the  sea  and  carried 
to  their  present  positions  by  the  wind.  The  process 
may  be  observed  at  the  present  day  in  some  places  on 
the  coast,  for  example,  where  a  gentle  slope  inland  from 
the  beach  ends  in  a  thicket  of  underbrush  and  small 
trees.  At  such  a  place  the  slope  abruptly  ends  at  an 
angle  of  45  degrees,  and  whenever  a  breeze  blows  from 
the  sea  on  a  dry  day  a  continuous  stream  of  sand  may 
be  seen  blowing  over  the  crest  and  falling  down  the 
steep  angle,  gradually  engulfing  and  burying  the 
thicket  in  a  layer  of  sand  sometimes  15  feet  in  depth. 
The  trees  and  bushes  form  a  wind-break  and  thus  check 
the  blowing  of  the  sand  towards  the  sea  when  a  land 
breeze  prevails.  As  might  be  expected,  the  elevations 
in  peninsular  Florida  are  small,  the  highest  point  of  the 
peninsula  being  but  300  feet  above  the  sea-level. 

The  result  of  long  ages  of  wind  action  on  a  soil  com- 
posed wholly  of  fine  particles  has  been  to  assort  these 
articles  according  to  weight  and  size  and  other  physi- 
cal characteristics  into  innumerable  patches,  small  and 
great,  each  of  which  has  its  own  peculiarities  in  its  re- 
action upon  the  vegetation  which  it  bears.  This  makes 
the  soil  capabilities  of  any  tract  of  land  a  bewildering 
puzzle  to  the  newcomer,  and  the  only  certain  clue  to  its 
solution  is  found  in  the  character  of  the  vegetation  al- 
ready growing  on  it.  Chiefly  in  accordance  with  this 
natural  growth,  the  soils  are  classified  as  high  ham- 
mock and  low  hammock,  high  pine  and  low  pine,  or 
flatwoods,  prairies,  scrubs,  bays  and  shell-mounds.  Any 
land  bearing  an  abundant  growth  of  hardwood  trees— 
live-oaks,  hickories,  magnolias,  etc.,  is  hammock  land, 
and  if  not  less  than  3  or  4  feet  above  water  is  suitable 
for  Orange  culture.  The  larger  and  denser  the  hard- 
wood growth  the  better  the  Orange  will  flourish  on  it. 
An  elevation  of  8-10  feet  above  water  is  preferable  to 
lower  hammock.  The  word  hammock  is  the  aboriginal 
Indian  name  for  hardwood  forest. 

"High  pine"  land  is  characterized  by  the  predominant 
growth  of  the  long-leaved  or  yellow  pine.  This  is  also 


1556.    One  method  of  protecting  Orange  trees  in 
Florida.— A  slat  shed. 

suitable  for  Orange  culture;  the  larger  the  pines  the 
better  the  land.  If  the  pines  are  intermixed  with  willow- 
oaks  and  an  occasional  hickory  and  cabbage  palmetto, 
the  land  is  sometimes  called  half -hammock,  and  such 
land  is  more  fertile  than  ordinary  pine  land.  Blackjack 
oaks,  on  the  contrary,  are  an  indication  of  poverty  of 
soil. 


1156 


ORANGE 


ORANGE 


As  fires  sweep  over  the  pine  lands  annually,  burning 
the  resinous  pine  straw,  there  is  a  good  deal  of  finely 
divided  charcoal  in  these  soils  but  very  little  humus, 
while  in  hammock  soil  the  percentage  of  humus  is  often 
very  large. 

Flatwoods  (low  pine  land)  is  characterized  by  several 
small-coned  species  of  pine,  which  otherwise  very  much 


1557.   Florida  Orange  grove. 

resemble  the  long-leaved  pines.  This  land  is  often  un- 
derlaid with  hardpan  a  foot  or  two  below  the  surface. 
Much  of  it  is  subject  to  overflow  in  the  rainy  months, 
and  when  overgrown  with  gallberry  bushes  it  is  useless 
for  Orange  culture. 

A  prairie  is  a  tract  in  the  flatwoods  overgrown  with 
grass  only  and  covered  by  standing  water  during  a 
part  of  each  year. 

A  scrub  is  a  tract  of  white  sand— often  like  clean 
granulated  sugar— overgrown  with  dwarfed  live-oaks 
and  other  bushes,  mostly  of  the  heath  family  and  usu- 
ally only  a  few  feet  high,  with  scattered  spruce-pine 
trees,  the  open  spaces  often  covered  with  reindeer 
moss  and  allied  lichens.  It  is  entirely  worthless  for 
Orange  culture,  though  suited  for  pineapples  if  richly 
and  constantly  fertilized. 

A  bay  or  bayhead  is  a  deep  accumulation  of  humus  — 
muck  and  peat.  When  drained,  such  lands  make  the 
best  vegetable  gardens. 

The  shell-mounds  are,  as  their  name  implies,  accumu- 
lations of  the  shells  of  marine  or  fresh-water  mollusks, 
intermixed  with  a  little  sand  and  humus.  They  are  apt 
to  be  thirsty,  though  fertile  when  plenty  of  water  is 
supplied,  and  although  the  Orange  will  grow  upon  them 
and  produce  fine,  silky-skinned  fruit,  the  trees  are  not 
long-lived,  as  a  rule,  and  seem  subject  to  disease.  The 
finest  silky-skinned  fruit  is  rarely,  if  ever,  produced  by 
trees  in  vigorous  health  and  rugged  growth. 

The  tendency  of  Orange  trees  on  pine  land,  especially 
bottomless  pine  lands  — those  not  underlaid  with  clay— 
is  to  wood  growth,  and  the  postponement  of  abundant 
fruiting  till  a  great  age  has  been  reached;  this  is  es- 
pecially the  case  with  seedling  trees.  The  coarser  the 
pine  land  soil  in  texture,  the  longer,  as  a  rule,  will  the 
Orange  tree  take  to  reach  a  bearing  age,  sometimes 
requiring  twenty  or  thirty  years,  even  with  abundant 
fertilizing,  on  the  coarser  sands.  On  the  hammocks, 
seedlings  fruit  at  a  much  earlier  age,  and  budded  trees 
often  dwarf  themselves  from  overbearing. 

South  of  the  27th  degree  of  latitude  there  are  some 
rich,  red,  loamy  soils,  while  the  sand  consists  largely  of 
coral  debris  instead  of  quartz.  In  these  southern  re- 
gions the  Orange  is  supposed  to  flourish  only  upon  the 
scrub  lands,  being  dwarfed  and  subject  to  disease  on 
the  otherwise  rich  and  fertile  red  soils. 

When  not  injured  by  frost,  the  Florida  Orange  tree  is 
immensely  productive  of  thin-skinned  delicious  fruits. 
A  good  Florida  orchard  or  grove  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1557.  A  new  tree  arising  from  the  stump  of  a  frozen 
tree  is  shown  in  Fig.  1558.  Many  groves  have  been  re- 
newed in  this  way. 

Varieties.  —  Of  the  leading  varieties,  Homosassa 
may  be  taken  as  the  type  of  the  finest  seedlings  origi- 
nating in  Florida;  other  Florida  seedlings  have  been 


named,  but  they  are  much  alike.  Jaffa  and  Majorca 
are  typical  of  the  best  thornless  foreign  varieties;  the 
Washington  is  the  only  navel  Orange  sufficiently  pro- 
ductive to  warrant  planting  in  Florida,  where  none  of 
the  navel  Oranges  are  as  prolific  as  other  sorts.  Of  the 
kid  glove  Orange,  the  Tangerine  has  quite  displaced 
the  Mandarin  in  Florida,  the  brighter  color  of  the  for- 
mer always  ensuring  a  higher  market  price.  Satsuma 
has  the  merit  of  being  earlier  than  the  Tangerine  and 
possibly  being  hardier,  hence  is  largely  planted,  though 
not  equal  in  appearance  or  quality  to  the  Dancy  Tan- 
gerine. Of  the  two  varieties  of  Kumquat  or  Cherry 
Orange,  the  "oblong"  is  the  best  market  fruit,  the 
"round"  being  too  variable  in  size  and  often  too  small. 

THEODORE  L.  MEAD. 

ANOTHER  VIEW  OP  ORANGE  CULTURE  IN  FLORIDA.— 
In  primitive  Orange  culture  the  tree  was  a  seedling 
from  selected  fruit,  and  even  at  this  time  the  majority 
of  bearing  trees  in  Florida  are  seedlings.  Seedlings 
are  late  in  coming  into  bearing,  their  fruit  is  of  variable 
quality,  and  the  roots  of  sweet  Orange  trees  are  likely 
to  get  the  "foot-rot,"  or  mal-di-goma.  Therefore  grow- 
ers are  now  more  careful  as  to  stocks  used  and  seldom 
plant  the  sweet  seedling  tree,  but  graft  or  bud  on  more 
suitable  roots.  On  very  high  land  of  best  quality  which 
is  deeply  drained,  it  is  possible  to  raise  the  sweet  seed- 
ling without  great  danger  from  foot-rot.  As  long  as 
the  roots  are  healthy  the  trees  produce  fruit  in  abun- 
dance, and  many  growers  contend  that  the  fruit  pro- 
duced, whether  of  Orange,  lemon  or  pomelo,  on  sweet 
Orange  stocks  is  better  in  quality  of  juice,  has  less 
"rag"  and  a  thinner  skin,  and  hangs  on  the  tree  in  per- 
fection longer  than  when  grown  on  other  roots. 

The  sour  Orange  as  a  stock  for  other  citrous  trees  is 
a  contestant  with  the  longer  grown  sweet  Orange,  and 
as  it  is  free  from  gum  disease,  commonly  called  "foot- 
rot,"  and  yields  abundant  crops,  it  is  planted  on  eoils 
which  naturally  suit  it ;  these  are  low,  rich  lands  of 
both  pine  and  hammock.  In  the  central  part  of  Florida 
it  has  run  wild,  and  grows  in  the  open  hammock  woods 
where  some  years  ago  the  best  thickets  were  budded  or 
grafted  to  the  sweet  Orange,  and  up  to  1895  bore  enor- 
mous crops  of  fruit.  The  sour  Orange  does  not  do  so 
well  on  higher  land,  though  sometimes  planted  there, 
and  will  not  grow  at  all  in  dry,  coarse  sand,  where  the 
"rough  lemon"  manages  to  exist  and  produce  fruit. 

This  "rough  lemon"  seems  to  be  a  natural  hybrid 
citrus,  with  leaves  and  flowers  somewhat  resembling 
the  commercial  lemon  and  with  large,  round,  coarse 


1558.   Sprout-grown  Change  tree. 

fruit  with  a  lemon's  acidity,  but  with  the  appearance  of 
a  coarse  sour  Orange. 

For  quickness  of  growth  and  prolific  fruiting,  no 
citrous  tree  compares  with  the  "rough  lemon  "  as  a  stock 
for  Oranges,  lemons,  etc.,  and  growers  are  more  suc- 
cessful with  it  than  with  any  other  stock  on  diverse 
soils  so  far  tried. 


ORANGE 


ORANGE 


1157* 


Another  prominent  stock  for  citrous  trees  is  the  wild 
hardy  Citrus  trif»linta  of  Japan.  It  is  a  very  thorny 
deciduous  tree  of  somewhat  dwarf  habit,  succeeding 
well  on  good  Orange  land  not  too  dry.  It  influences  the 
cion  growing  upon  it  to  a  great  extent  and  causes  a 
considerable  increase  of  hardiness  against  cold,  as  well 
as  earlier  ripening  of  fruit ;  the  tree  itself  blooms  very 
late  in  the  spring  and  ripens  its  fruit  comparatively 
early.  In  north  Florida  and  along  the  Gulf  coast  it  is 
now  being  largely  planted,  worked  to  all  varieties  of 
Orange,  pomelo,  kumquat,  etc.,  with  more  or  less  like- 
lihood of  successful  fruition.  It  will  probably  never 
he  wanted  as  a  stock  in  localities  free  from  frosts.  The 
Orange  tree  is  also  worked  to  a  small  extent  on  the 
roots  of  other  citrous  trees,  as  pomelo,  lime,  bitter-sweet 
Orange,  etc.,  with  more  or  less  success,  as  the  nature 
of  the  land  determines. 

Propagation  of  these  various  trees  is  usually  effected 
by  seed.  For  sweet  seedlings  intended  for  orchard 
planting,  the  seed  is  carefully  selected  from  the  fruit 
of  very  best  qualities,  and  only  the  vigorous  plants  are 
saved  ;  for  the  nursery,  to  be  worked  by  budding  or 
grafting  to  various  sorts,  the  seed  is  taken  from  any 
fruit  available,  whether  good  in  quality  or  not.  The 
seeds  are  squeezed  out  of  the  fruit  by  hand,  after  cut- 
ting the  skin,  and  not  allowed  to  dry.  The  seed  of 
Citrus  trifoliata  may  be  dried,  as  it  keeps  longer 
without  loss  of  vitality. 

Seed-beds  are  prepared  by  thoroughly  digging  and 
pulverizing  the  soil,  which  should  be  of  a  light  or 
sandy  nature,  and,  unless  of  very  good  quality  nat- 
urally, should  be  manured  slightly  with  composted 
stable  manure  or  chemical  fertilizer.  Seed  should  be 
sown  thickly  on  the  loose  soil  and  pressed  down  well 
before  covering  ;  soil  of  the  same  light  nature  should 
now  be  thrown  evenly  over  the  surface  to  a  depth  of 
about  an  inch,  and  if  the  bed  is  considerably  exposed  to 
the  sun  should  be  mulched  lightly  with  straw  or  leaves. 
Planters  usually  provide  a  temporary  shading  for  the 
beds  or  else  select  a  situation  shaded  by  trees  or  walls, 
although  the  seedlings  will  grow  in  full  sunshine  if 
only  mulched,  but  require  more  attention  in  watering. 
After  two  to  six  weeks,  according  to  the  warmth  of  the 
weather,  the  seedlings  will  appear  above  the  surface 
and  must  be  kept  as  free  as  possible  from  weeds,  in- 
sects and  fungous  diseases.  "Damping  off"  causes 
much  trouble,  and  whole  beds  may  be  lost  unless 
sprayed  in  time  to  check  the  spread  of  this  fungous 
trouble.  Bordeaux  mixture  seems  to  be  the  best  prepa- 
ration to  use,  although  thorough  dusting  with  flowers 
of  sulfur  sometimes  is  effectual. 

The  seedlings  at  the  age  of  six  months,  or  say  during 
the  summer  rainy  season,  may  be  planted  in  nursery 
rows,  about  10  x  48  in.  apart.  Less  risk  of  loss,  how- 
ever, results  when  transplanting  is  done  in  midwinter 
with  one-year-old  plants,  which  at  this  age  should  be 
6-18  in.  high,  according  to  variety.  Watering  is  neces- 
sary both  at  time  of  setting  and  occasionally  afterward, 
unless  rains  are  frequent  enough  to  keep  the  ground 
well  moistened. 

Fertilizer  is  used  on  poor  soil  about  three  times  per 
year  in  the  nursery,  and  clean  tillage  is  a  necessity  to 
produce  healthy  trees  quickly.  At  the  age  of  three  or 
four  years  the  seedlings  are  usually  budded  to  the 
•desired  varieties  just  before  the  growth  ceases  in  the 
autumn.  In  spring  the  tops  are  cut  off  a  few  inches 
above  the  live  buds,  which  quickly  push  out  and  grow 
strongly  the  first  few  months.  Care  is  now  essential  in 
keeping  down  sprouts  from  the  stock  and  in  training 
the  young  bud.  Most  growers  drive  a  small  stake  at 
«ach  stem  and  tie  the  shoot  thereto  with  soft  twine, 
topping  it  to  induce  branching  at  the  desired  height. 
After  a  full  season's  growth  the  young  budded  trees 
will  be  well  hardened  and  available  for  planting  out  in 
the  permanent  orchard  during  the  winter  months. 

Grafting  the  Orange,  as  well  as  all  citrous  trees,  is 
not  so  certain  a  process  as  budding,  the  hardness  of  the 
wood  and  heat  of  a  warm  climate  being  against  success. 
Bark-grafting,  or  sprig-budding,  is  practiced  on  old 
stumps  fairly  successfully,  but  other  forms  of  grafting 
usually  fail. 

In  starting  an  orchard,  the  character  of  soil  and 
drainage  must  determine  the  kind  of  stock  to  be  used. 


The  distance  apart  for  standard  trees  should  be,  ample, 
25-30  ft.  seeming  about  right.  Trifoliata  stock  may  be 
set  closer.  The  land  must  be  staked  off  and  holes  thor- 
oughly prepared  some  time  before  setting  trees.  If 
land  is  newly  cleared  and  somewhat  acid,  the  soil 
thrown  out  of  the  holes  may  be  sweetened  by  a  liberal 
mixture  of  fresh  lime,  and  will  be  benefited  if  allowed 
to  remain  exposed  to  sun  and  air  for  two  or  three 


1559.    Mandarin,  a  Kid-glove  Orange. 


nonths,  after  which  it  may  be  thrown  back  and  the 
surface  fertilized  (if  necessary)  a  week  or  more  before 
setting  trees. 

The  young  trees  ought  to  be  judiciously  pruned  at 
the  top  to  counterbalance  loss  of  roots  in  digging,  and 
part  or  all  of  the  leaves  may  be  removed  if  transplant- 
ing takes  place  in  cool  weather;  the  removal  of  leaves 
is  additional  security  against  loss,  less  water  being 
needed  to  establish  the  roots.  In  summer,  however,  the 
hot  sunshine  makes  it  advisable  to  leave  on  some 
foliage  to  avoid  burning  or  scalding.  Winter  trans- 
planting is  preferable  in  almost  every  case. 

After  transplanting,  the  trees  will  be  greatly  benefited 
by  a  mulching  of  straw,  leaves,  or  trash,  which  will 
keep  the  ground  cooler  and  moister,  and  in  rotting  add 
humus  to  the  soil.  Fertilizer  during  the  first  years  may 
not  be  needed  if  the  natural  soil  is  rich,  but  by  the  time 
fruiting  commences  some  elements  will  probably  be 
needed.  If  the  grower  is  undecided  as  to  what  his  soil 
lacks,  a  series  of  soil  analyses  may  be  useful  in  giving 
a  suggestion.  Potash,  phosphoric  acid  and  nitrogen  are 
the  main  elements  in  manures,  and  the  formulae  used 
in  mixing  chemical  fertilizers  may  be  readily  varied  to 
suit  each  particular  orchard.  The  fertilizer  may  be 
purchased  ready  mixed,  or  the  grower  by  care  and  study 
can  make  his  own  mixtures,  buying  the  various  ingre- 
dients to  best  advantage.  Sulfate  of  potash,  bone- 
black,  and  sulfate  of  ammonia  are  safe  and  favorite 
chemicals  for  all  citrous  trees.  Fertilizing  is  usually 
done  in  December  and  again  in  May  or  June;  some- 
times a  third  application  may  be  necessary  in  early  au- 
tumn to  properly  fill  out  the  fruit. 

Cultivation  has  been  for  some  years  along  the  same 
lines:  light  plowing  about  the  time  of  the  winter  fertil- 
izing followed  by  thorough  harrowing  all  through  ne 
spring  and  early  summer,  keeping  weeds  and  grass  well 
under,  and  conserving  the  moisture  through  the  spring 
drought.  After  the  rains  settle  down  in  earnest,  all  cul- 
tivation is  suspended  and  the  orchard  is  sown  to  various 
soil-enriching  forage-plants,  or  allowed  to  develop  crab- 
grass.  The  abundant  foliage  of  the  forage-plants  keeps 
the  ground  cooler  and  renders  the  tree  less  liable  to  scald 
during  extremes  of  heat  and  moisture;  the  forage  may 
be  cut  and  cured  for  hay,  but  when  so  doing  a  return  of 
such  loss  ought  to  be  made  to  the  orchard,  to  some  ex- 
tent, from  the  barn  lots,  or  in  applications  of  mulching 
or  leaf-mold.  At  all  events  the  orchard  should  be 
mowed  previous  to  the  time  of  fruit-gathering. 

Since  the  destructive  freezes  of  1894-95  and  the  fol- 
lowing three  cold  winters,  growers  in  the  upper  portion 
of  Florida  have  used  various  forms  of  protection  against 
frost,  for  Orange  trees.  The  most  general  work  along 


1158 


ORANGE 


ORANGE 


this  line  nas  been  the  banking  of  tree-trunks  with  soil 
up  to  a  height  of  1-4  ft.,  which  in  the  event  of  freezing 
carries  the  budded  stem  safely  through  the  winter  and 
saves  considerable  growth.  This  is  only  a  makeshift, 
however,  to  preserve  the  budded  variety  and  does  not 
protect  the  top  or  bearing  part  of  the  tree,  so  that  many 
forms  of  tents  for  covering  the  whole  tree  have  been 
devised,  with  heating  apparatus.  Sheds  have  also  been 
made  with  tight  walls,  covering  large  areas  of  trees  and 
having  either  slatted  or  movable  roofs :  during  severe 
cold,  open  fires,  aided  by  the  high  walls,  keep  the 
temperature  above  the  freezing  point.  There  is  also 
the  possibility  of  warming  the  air  by  means  of  sprays 
of  water,  forced  from  set  nozzles  by  a  steam  pump,  as 
the  temperature  of  well  water  in  Florida  is  constantly 
about  75°  Fahr.  or  warmer.  Under  sheds  trees  may  be 
set  closer  and  kept  at  the  very  highest  state  of  growth, 
removing  crowded  trees  from  time  to  time  as  it  may  be 
expedient. 

The  gathering  of  the  Orange  crop  may  proceed  some- 
what at  the  will  of  the  owner;  picking,  of  course,  pro- 
ceeds with  the  ripening  of  the  different  varieties,  the 
early  sorts  being  fit  to  gather  in  October,  weeks  or 
months  before  medium  and  late  ripening  sorts:  all 
varieties  will  keep  in  perfection  for  several  weeks  while 
hanging  on  the  trees. 

The  fruit  from  all  citrous  trees  should  be  cut  off,  and 
never  pulled,  as  a  rough  treatment  would  cause  early 
decay.  Packing  is  carried  on  quite  uniformly  in  a 
great  degree  of  perfection  through  all  the  Orange  sec- 
tions of  the  country;  the  main  essentials  to  success 
are  a  slight  wilting  of  the  fruit  (two  or  three  days), 
and  a  firm,  but  not  extreme  degree  of  pressure,  in  each 
package.  E.  N.  REASONER. 

ORANGE  CULTURE  IN  THE  MISSISSIPPI  DELTA.  —From  the 
early  settlement  of  Louisiana  to  the  present  day  Orange 
culture  has  received  attention  in  the  lower  Mississippi 
valley.  Until  recently  the  seeds  of  sweet  Oranges  were 
planted  and  the  young  trees  transplanted  in  and  around 
the  yards  and  gardens.  No  extensive  groves  were  grown 
until  after  the  close  of  the  civil  war.  At  first  groves  of 
seedling  trees  only  were  planted  and  these  proved  ex- 
ceedingly profitable  up  to  the  very  cold  spell  of  1895, 
which  destroyed  nearly  every  one  in  the  state.  In  the 
meanwhile  extensive  experiments  had  been  made  in 
budding  the  choice  varieties  of  sweet  Oranges  on  various 
kinds  of  stocks,  and  many  of  the  experiments  demon- 
strated the  power  of  resisting  the  cold  by  certain  kinds 
of  stocks,  notably  the  Citrus  trifoliate.  Accordingly 
many  of  the  old  groves  and  a  number  of  new  ones 


1560.   The  banking  of  Orange  trees  on  the  Mississippi  delta. 

were  planted  in  budded  stocks,  using  the  buds  of  se- 
lected trees  of  sweet  Oranges  and  establishing  them 
upon  the  Citrus  trifoliata. 

Budded  stock  has  thus  entirely  superseded  sweet  seed- 
lings. The  sour  Orange,  the  bitter-sweet  Orange,  the 
rough  lemons,  the  grape-fruit  or  pomelo  and  the  Citrus 
trifoliata  have  all  been  used  successfully  as  stock  for 
the  sweet  Orange.  In  the  meanwhile  several  hardy 
Japanese  varieties,  including  the  Satsuma,  Mandarins 
and  Tangerines,  were  introduced  and  budded  upon  va- 
rious kinds  of  stock.  In  1895,with  the  temperature  going 


down  to  15°  F.  in  New  Orleans,  it  was  found  that  the 
combination  of  the  hardy  Japanese  varieties  upon  the 
Citrus  trifoliata  alone  withstood  the  cold.  This  experi- 
ence caused  an  adoption  of  the  Citrus  trifoliata  as  the 
chief  stock  for  future  groves.  Accordingly  nearly  all  of 
the  groves  planted  since  that  time  have  been  with  this 
stock. 

But  there  is  a  frost  limit  beyond  which  this  combina- 
tion is  destroyed.  This  was  evidenced  by  the  unprece- 
dented freeze  of  February,  1899,  which  again  destroyed 
nearly  every  grove  in  the  state.  Since  that  time  Orange 
planting  has  made  very  slow  progress,  and  only  a  few 
large  groves  are  to-day  to  be  found  in  the  state.  The 
industry  is,  however,  so  profitable  that  a  renaissance 
may  be  expected  at  an  early  day.  The  budded  trees 
bear  early  and  yield  profitable  returns  in  three  to  five 
years  after  being  transplanted  in  the  grove.  The  city 
of  New  Orleans  furnishes  a  home  market  for  all  that 
can  be  raised,  and  the  Louisiana  Orange  is  about  one 
month  ahead  of  those  of  Florida  and  several  months  ahead 
of  California  in  ripening,  and,  therefore,  reaches  the 
market  when,  on  account  of  scarcity,  good  prices  prevail. 
These  facts,  coupled  with  the  readily  productive  soil, 
requiring  no  fertilizers,  and  the  abundant  rainfall,  dis- 
pensing with  irrigation,  make  Orange  culture  exceed- 
ingly profitable  in  Louisiana,  and  the  only  drawback  is 
an  occasional  blizzard  from  the  northwest,  which  drives 
gulf-ward  the  usually  balmy  climate  and  temporarily 
chills  the  groves.  At  rare  intervals  these  blizzards  are 
so  intense  as  to  destroy  tree  and  fruit. 

How  to  protect  groves  against  these  destructive 
frosts  is  to-day  the  "burning  question "writh  the  Orange 
growers.  Flooding  the  orchard  with  water  from  the 
river  upon  the  approach  of  a  freeze  has  been  practiced 
upon  a  large  scale  without  complete  success. 

The  practice  of  banking  the  tree— piling  the  soil  around 
the  stem  to  a  height  of  a  few  feet  (Fig.  1500)— on  the 
approach  of  a  blizzard  whose  intensity  and  time  of  coming1 
are  usually  predicted  by  the  government  weather  bureau, 
is  now  almost  universally  adopted  as  the  best  protection 
against  excessive  cold.  This  banking  retainsvitality  inthe 
main  trunk,  and  while  the  outer  limbs  are  killed  young 
shoots  will  start  from  the  tree  when  the  soil  is  removed 
and  spring  advances.  This  practice  gives  only  partial 
protection.  The  tree  is  virtually  destroyed,  but  new 
shoots  from  the  protected  trunk  will  soon  appear  and 
in  a  year  or  two  the  tree  has  resumed  shape  and  is  ready 
to  bear  a  crop.  The  crop  for  the  ensuing  year  or  years 
is  destroyed,  but  by  skilful  care  the  grower  is  enabled 
to  secure  a  renewed  plantation  quickly. 

The  sweet,  the  sour,  the  Mandarin  (Fig.  1559), 
Tangerine  and  Satsuma,  the  Shaddock,  the  grape- 
fruit, the  Kumquat  and  the  trifoliata,  are  all 
grown  quite  largely  in  Louisiana.  The  Myrtle 
and  the  Otaheite  are  occasionally  found  as  orna- 
mental trees. 

The  Orange  is  grown  in  this  state  directly 
from  seed  and  from  buds.  Budding  is  done  at 
any  time  of  the  year  from  early  spring  to  late 
fall.  When  performed  in  the  fall,  the  buds  re- 
main dormant  through  the  winter.  The  various 
stocks  have  particular  merits  for  special  soils 
and  other  conditions,  and  several  kinds  are  used, 
as  already  said ;  but  when  the  chief  obstacle  to 
successful  Orange  culture  is  cold,  all  other 
considerations  must  be  dispensed  with  and  only 
the  most  resistant  stocks  used.  These  are, 
first,  Citrus  trifoliata,  and,  second,  sour  Orange. 
Hence  nearly  all  the  Louisiana  groves  are  on 
these  two  stocks,  a  large  majority  being  on  the 
former. 

Planting  a  grove  is  always  preceded  by  a  nur- 
sery. The  latter  is  made  by  planting  the  seed  of  the 
Citrus  trifoliata  or  sour  Orange.  WThen  the  young 
trees  are  one  to  two  years  old  they  are  shield-budded 
with  buds  from  selected  varieties.  One  year  after, 
these  buds  are  large  enough  to  be  transplanted  to  the 
grove. 

The  soil  of  the  grove  is  thoroughly  prepared  and  pul- 
verized, and  well  drained.  The  trees  are  planted  at  in- 
tervals of  20  to  40  feet  apart  both  ways,  and  the  grove  is 
cultivated  until  the  trees  are  large  enough  to  shade  the 
ground.  After  that  only  the  weeds  and  bushes  are  kept 


Plate  XXIII.      Citrous  fruits   (about  one-half  natural  size) 
ORANGES,  Nonpareil  and  Parson  Brown;  MA>DARIX,  Cleopatra;  KUMQUAT, 


;  POMELO,  Roj-al 


THE 
I   UNIVERSITY    ) 

Of 


ORANGE 

down.  Late  and  early  cultivation  of  an  Orange  grove 
is  usually  discouraged  as  having  a  tendency  to  induce  a 
too  luxuriant,  sappy  growth,  which  may  be  injured  by 
subsequent  frosts.  The  cultivation  is  usually  per- 
formed with  light  plows  or  suitable  cultivators. 

In   three  years   after  a  grove    is    planted  the   trees 
should  begin  to  bear,  increasing  its  products  every  year 


ORANGE 


1159 


1561.    Satsuma  Orange  (X  %). 

thereafter  and  becoming  exceedingly  profitable  at  5  to  6 
years.  It  has  been  found  best  here  to  head  the  Orange 
tree  low,  and  prune  it  only  for  shape  and  comfort.  Ex- 
cessive pruning  is  never  followed. 

When  ripe,  the  Oranges  are  gathered  by  hand  from 
ladders,  assorted  and  packed  in  boxes  or  barrels  and 
shipped  to  New  Orleans.  Before  the  late  excessive 
cold  the  crop  of  the  state  was  estimated  at  500,000 
boxes.  It  was  quite  small  last  year,  as  the  result  of  this 
freeze. 

A  fertilizer  containing  50  pounds  nitrogen,  50  pounds 
potash,  and  25  pounds  phosphoric  acid  per  acre  is  the 
one  usually  recommended  in  this  state.  It  is  usually 
applied  in  March  or  April.  The  following  varieties  have 
been  grown  in  this  state,  which,  for  convenience,  are 
here  divided  into  three  classes:  first,  early  ripening; 
second,  medium;  third,  late! 

Of  the  first  class  there  are  numerous  Creole  strains,— 
Beach  Nos.  1  and  2,  Boone  Early,  Brazil- 
ian, Centennial,  Early  Oblong,  Foster, 
Homosassa,  Nonpareil,  Parson  Brown, 
Peerless,  Pride  of  Malta,  and  Whitaker,  of 
the  sweet  varieties ;  and  the  Satsuma  (Fig. 
1561)  and  Mandarin,  of  the  dulcis  type.  In 
the  second  class  are  Acapulco,  Baldwin 
Nos.  1,  2  and  4;  Beach  No.  3,  Bessie,  va- 
rieties of  Blood  Orange,  Circassian,  Cun- 
ningham, Dulcissima,  Exquisite,  Jaffa, 
Joppa,  Magnum  Bonum,  Majorca,  Mad- 
nine's  Vinous,  varieties  of  Navel  Orange, 
old  Vini,  St.  Michael,  Portugal,  Prata, 
Queen,  Ruby,  Selecta,  Star  Calyx,  Stark 
Seedless,  Sweet  Seville,  Tahiti  and  Trav- 
eler, of  the  sweet  Orange,  and  Tangerine, 
of  the  dulcis  type.  The  third  class— late 
maturing  varieties  —  which  are  unpop- 
ular here  on  account  of  danger  of  frost 
during  winter,  are  Acis,  Beach  Nos.  4 
and  5,  Dorr,  DuRoi,  Higley  Late,  Lamb 
Summer,  Long,  Maltese  Oval,  Mediterra- 
nean Sweet,  Mott,  Pineapple,  Rio,  Rivers 
Late,  Simms  Summer,  Hart  Tardif,  and 
White,  of  the  sweet,  and  King,  of  the 
dulcis  type. 

The  Kumquat  is  grown  both  in  the  round  and  the  ob- 
long. A  dozen  pr  more  varieties  of  the  pomelo  are  also 
Jfrownj while  a  few  varieties  of  the  sour  Orange  and  shad- 
dock are  occasionally  to  be  found.  \\  (<  STUBBS. 


ORANGES  IN  CALIFORNIA  (Fig.  1562).  — In  1769  the 
Franciscans  moved  northward  into  what  is  now  known 
as  California.  In  connection  with  the  Missions  which 
they  established  they  planted  gardens  and  orchards, 
and  the  lirst  Orange  trees  planted  were,  from  seeds, 
cuttings,  or  plants  introduced  by  these  worthy  and 
thrifty  padres. 

The  Missions  were  scattered  over  a  wide  range  of 
country,  as  far  up  as  Sonoma,  some  fifty  miles  north 
of  San  Francisco.  The  planting  and  care  of  orchards  of 
both  citrous  and  deciduous  fruits  was  encouraged,  but 
after  the  secularization  of  the  Missions,  in  1834,  interest 
waned  and  they  were  neglected,  so  that  in  1846  Fremont 
wrote  of  them  that  "little  remains  of  the  orchards  that 
were  kept  in  high  cultivation  at  the  Missions.  *  *  * 
Fertile  valleys  are  overgrown  with  wild  mustard;  vine- 
yards and  olive  orchards  are  decayed  and  neglected." 

At  the  Mission  San  Gabriel,  in  what  is  now  Los  Ange- 
les county,  were  the  most  extensive  orchards;  and  it 
was  86  years  afterwards  that  the  seed  of  an  Acapulco 
Orange  was  planted  at  Sacramento,  and  four  years  later 
transplanted  to  Bidwell's  Bar  in  Butte  county,  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  state,  and  more  than  five  hundred 
miles  from  the  locality  selected  by  the  Mission  Fathers 
for  their  first  plantings. 

While  the  climate  of  California,  from  San  Diego  in  the 
south  to  Shasta  in  the  north,  is  more  or  less  suited  to 
the  Orange,  and  there  are  localities  especially  well 
adapted  to  its  culture,  there  are  some  regions  in  the 
coast  range  as  well  as  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  mountains 
where  the  low  winter  temperature  prohibits  its  growth. 
The  question  of  soil  also  enters  largely  into  this  prob- 
lem, and  considerable  special  knowledge  is  required  in 
order  to  make  a  judicious  selection. 

The  southern  portion  of  the  state  was  first  selected  as 
most  promising,  but  since  about  1890  every  year  has 
shown  a  vast  wictening-out  and  extension  of  the  Orange 
belt.  The  business  did  not  assume  any  commercial  im- 
portance till  1880,  when,  and  for  some  years  afterwards, 
Orange  groves  were  plante^i  with  feverish  haste,  conse- 
quent upon  the  enormous  prices  obtained  for  the  product. 
As  a  natural  outcome  thousands  of  inferior  trees  were 
set  out,  unsuitable  varieties  in  unsuitable  localities,  and 
seedlings  which  were  of  little  value.  The  nurserymen 
could  not  grow  stock  fast  enough,  and  the  stock  was 
often  bought  a  year  in  advance.  In  a  few  years,  however, 


1562,    A  California  Orange  grove. 

Orange  culture  became  better  understood,  until  in  1899 
the  returns  made  by  the  county  assessors  showed  an  acre- 
age in  Orange  trees  alone,  not  including  lemons,  of  35,000, 
or  3,500,000  trees,  nearly  half  of  which  were  in  bearing. 


1160 


ORANGE 


ORCHID 


The  foot-hill  region  of  the  Sierras  was  soon  found  to 
be  capable  of  producing  fine  Oranges,  notably  in  Placer 
county;  later  on  in  Kern,  Tulare,  and  Fresno  counties, 
and  in  the  whole  of  the  Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin 
valleys  were  found  large  areas  where  Oranges  could  be 
grown  as  fine  as  those  in  southern  California,  and  in 
some  instances  they  were  found  to  ripen  earlier. 

In  some  places,  notably  about  Oroville  in  Butte 
county,  near  the  extreme  northern  part  of  the  Sacra- 
mento valley,  the  citrous  industry  thrives,  side  by  side 
with  gold-mining.  The  red,  mineral  lands,  with  abun- 
dance of  water  carried  in  ditches  from  the  high  moun- 
tains, grow  to  perfection  the  Washington  Navel  and 
other  Oranges. 

Though  the  temperature  of  the  great  San  Joaquin 
valley  is  lower  in  winter  than  at  points  nearer  the  coast, 
the  summers  are  warmer,  and  the  Orange  thrives  in  the 
sunshine,  away  from  the  coast  fog,  and  the  trees  are 
healthier  and  less  affected  by  scale  insects. 

The  so-called  "thermal  belt"  comprises  some  1.500,000 
acres  of  land  adapted  to  the  cultivation  of  the  Orange 
commercially,  and  in  every  part  of  California,  with  ex- 
ceptions above  noted,  Oranges  may  be  grown  in  a  small 
way,  to  satisfy  the  taste  and  embellish  the  home 
surroundings.  This  "belt"  runs  from  San  Diego  to 
Teharna,  and  is  nearly  700  miles  long,  and  from  two  or 
three  to  twenty-five  miles  wide.  Its  altitude  does  not 
exceed  1,800  feet  above  sea-level,  and  from  that  down 
to  30  feet. 

Orange  seedlings  were  grown  mostly  from  seed  of 
imported  Tahiti  Oranges,  and  later  from  miscellaneous 
seed  from  any  varieties.  Seed  from  the  Florida  Sour 
stock  has  been  largely  used,  but  does  not  give  general 
satisfaction.  The  young  plants  are  budded  in  the  nur- 
sery at  two  years  old,  and  transplanted  one  or  two  years 
later  to  the  orchard.  Very  many  large,  old  trees  have 
been  "worked  over,"  because  the  variety  was  found  to 
be  unprofitable.  There  are  several  ways  of  doing  this, 
perhaps  the  most  successful  being  to  cut  back  the  top  of 
the  tree,  and  to  bud  into  the  young  shoots  that  will  grow 
as  a  result  of  this  cutting.  In  three  years  the  old  tree  will 
have  a  new  top,  frequently  with  a  good  crop  of  fruit. 

The  Orange  is  a  gross  feeder,  throwing  out  many  and 
widely-spreading  roots,  and  for  this  reason,  though  the 
soil  may  be  naturally  rich,  it  is  necessary  that  it  be 
plentifully  supplied  with  fertilizers  as  well  as  water. 
This  is  done  systematically  and  regularly,  the  trees  be- 
ing irrigated  not  less  than  once  a  month  through  the 
summer  by  means  of  shallow  furrows  opened  by  the 
plow  on  either  side  of  the  row. 

The  varieties  considered  most  valuable  for  market  are 
Washington  Navel,  Paper-rind,  St.  Michael,  Malta  Blood, 
Jaffa,  Mediterranean  Sweet,  Parson  Brown,  Homosassa, 
and  some  of  the  Tangerine  varieties.  Of  all  these  the 
Washington  Navel  is  by  far  the  most  valuable.  The  first 
trees  were  imported  from  Brazil  by  William  Saunders, 
of  Washington,  D.  C.,  in  1870,  and  by  him  sent  from 
there  to  California  in  1873.  The  fruit  is  seedless,  which 
adds  to  its  value.  Oranges  are  cut  from  the  tree  with 
small  shears  in  preference  to  being  pulled.  After  they 
have  been  kept  in  the  packing-house  for  a  few  days  to 
allow  the  rind  to  shrink,  they  are  graded  and  packed  in 
the  regulation  case,  which  is  ll/^x  11^x26  inches. 
This  work  is  done  with  the  utmost  care,  and  by  exper- 
ienced, skilled  hands. 

The  output  of  Oranges  from  California,  for  the  last  two 
seasons  (1897-8  and  1898-9),  has  reached  the  enormous 
amount  for  each  season  of  14,000  car  loads,  or  4,000,000 
boxes,  representing  a  value  of  about  $6,000,000,  f.  o.  b. 
California.  LEONARD  COATES. 

ORANGE,  OS  AGE.     See  Toxylon. 

ORANGE  ROOT.  Same  as  Golden  Seal,  Hydrastis 
Canadensis. 

ORCHARD.  In  America  the  word  Orchard  is  used 
for  any  laid-out  plantation  of  fruit  trees.  It  is  not  ap- 
plied to  bush-fruit  plantations,  as  it  is  sometimes  in 
England.  The  Orchard  is  apart  of  every  typical  Ameri- 
can homestesd,  although  it  may  be  of  very  small  extent. 
The  universal  Orchard,  except  in  the  warmest  parts,  is 
the  apple  Orchard ;  pears  and  plums  are  probably  next 
in  domestic  importance.  Consult  Pomology, 


ORCHARD  GRASS.     Dactylis  glomerata. 

ORCHARD  HOUSE,  a  name  frequently  used  in  Eng- 
land for  glasshouses  devoted  to  fruit  trees.  Consult  the 
article  on  Forcing  of  Fruits,  p.  598  (Vol.  II.)  of  this 
work. 

ORCHID.  The  Orchids  are  perennial  herbs  distin- 
guished from  other  monocotyledons  by  the  union  of  the 
stamens  and  pistils  with  the  floral  axis,  forming  a 
unilateral  column.  With  the  exception  of  the  Cypri- 
pedineae  only  1  anther  and  2  stigmas  are  fertile;  in 
the  Cypripedinese  2  anthers  and  all  3  stigmas  are 
fertile.  The  nearest  relatives  of  the  Orchids  are  the 
Scitaminaceae.  The  Orenids  form  a  vast  group  of  plants 
(about  10,000  species)  which,  on  account  of  the  unusual 
transformation  of  their  flowers,  their  strange  shapes 
and  glowing  colors,  and  their  varied  adaptations  for 
securing  cross-pollination,  are  amongst  the  most  fasci- 
nating of  all  families  of  plants. 

PART  I.     POPULAR  ACCOUNT  OF  ORCHIDS. 

The  peculiar  interest  which  attaches  to  Orchids  is  due, 
in  a  great  measure,  to  the  endless  variation  of  the 
flowers.  Few  Orchids  not  in  flower  are  remarkable  for 
their  beauty.  The  barren  canes  of  Dendrobium  or  the 
shriveled  leafless  pseudobulbs  of  Pleione  are  curious 
but  scarcely  beautiful.  In  many  groups  the  color  of  the 
flower  is  of  secondary  importance.  Many  of  the  highly 
prized  Cypripediums  have  only  modest  colors,  while 
some  cacti  have  brilliantly  colored  and  lasting  flowers, 
yet  these  have  not  become  general  favorites. 

The  great  variety  of  the  Orchid  flower  is  produced, 
not  by  the  creation  of  new  organs,  but,  as  everywhere 
else  in  nature,  by  the  modification  of  parts  already 
existing.  The  general  plan  of  the  Orchid  blossom  is  like 
that  of  most  of  the  flowering  monocotyledons,  as,  for 
example,  the  lily. 

The  Sepals.  — Of  all  the  floral  organs  the  sepals  are 
usually  least  modified.  They  can  be  easily  recognized. 
In  some  cases,  however,  they  are  sufficiently  modified  to 
change  the  appearance  of  the  flower.  Often  the  lower 
pair  are  more  or  less  or  entirely  united  (Oncidium, 
Cypripedium).  In  Masdevallia  all  the  sepals  are  united 
into  a  short  tube  and  then  expand  into  blades  terminat- 
ing in  long  curious  tails. 

The  Petals.  — Of  the  second  whorl  of  floral  organs  two 
only  are  generally  petal-like,  the  third  being  trans- 
formed into  the  labellum.  The  two  similar  petals  usually 
resemble  the  dorsal  sepal.  This  resemblance  is  often 
carried  out  to  a  striking  degree,  which  is  most  remark- 
able in  cases  in  which  these  organs  are  unusually  modi- 
fied (Oncidium  Papilio).  Some  peculiar  modifications 
of  the  petals  exist.  In  Selenipediiim  caudatum  ( Fig.  1563 ) 
they  are  elongated  to  an  almost  ludicrous  extent,  often 
attaining  a  length  of  three  feet.  In  this  species  peloric 
flowers  occur  in  which  the  third  petal  or  lip  is  also 
petal-like  (Uropedlum  Lindeni).  In  many  other  in- 
stances the  petals  differ  greatly  in  size  and  form  from 
the  sepals  ( Bullophyllum,  Masdevallia). 

The  I/abellum.—The  form  or  type  of  the  flower 
depends  greatly  on  the  character  of  the  labellum.  This 
is  the  most  wonderful  and  most  modified  of  all  the 
floral  organs.  It  is  often  the  most  conspicuous  part  of 
the  flower  and  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to  the 
plants,  as  Darwin  has  shown,  in  attracting  insects  and 
guiding  them  to  the  nectar,  and  hence  to  the  pollen  and 
stigmas  of  the  plants.  In  Cypripedium  and  related 
genera  the  lip  has  the  form  of  a  sac  often  compared  to 
a  shoe,  as  the  name  Lady's  Slipper  indicates.  The  sides 
of  the  sac  are  folded  inward,  surrounding  the  column  in 
such  a  way  that  an  insect  which  has  entered  the  label- 
lum must  crawl  out  through  a  narrow  opening  near  the 
anther,  which  is  thus  brushed.  Some  of  the  pollen 
adhering  to  the  body  of  the  insect  is  thus  carried  to  the 
stigma  of  another  flower. 

One  of  the  most  common  forms  which  the  labellum 
assumes  is  that  of  a  trumpet-like  tube  inclosing  the 
column.  The  front  portion  is  expanded  into  a  large, 
variously-shaped  blade,  which  is  often  of  a  deeper  color 
than  the  rest  of  the  flower.  The  color  becomes  more 
intense  toward  the  tube  or  throat  of  the  labellum,  which 
is  further  ornamented  by  ridges,  crests,  and  markings, 
all  of  which  serve  to  guide  insects  to  the  pol-len  masses 


OECHID 

and  stigmas.  The  trumpet  form  of  the  lip  is  character 
istic  of  many  of  the  most  beautiful  South  American 
Orchids,  as  Sobralia,  Leelia,  Cattleya,  etc.  In  other 
genera  the  labellum  is  variously  modified.  Sometimes 
it  is  small  and  petal-like,  sometimes  greatly  expanded, 
forming  the  most  conspicuous  part  of  the  flower  ( On- 
cidiuni  ti(jriniun,Odontoglossiim  Londesboroughiamim). 


ORCHID 


1161 


1563.    Selenipedium  caudatum. 

In  other  instances  it  is  almost  indescribably  transformed 
(Stanhopea,  Gongora). 

In  nearly  all  cases  the  labellum  is  provided  with  raised 
lines,  crests,  and  markings  for  guiding  the  insects.  In 
many  genera  the  base  is  produced  into  a  sac  or  spur, 
which  secretes  honey,  or  whose  walls  contain  juices 
which  are  sought  by  insects.  In  the  curious  Madagascar 
Orchid,  Angrcecum  sesquipedale,  the  spur  attains  the 
astonishing  length  of  10  or  11  inches  (Fig.  1564). 

TJie  habit  of  Orchid  plants  is  almost  as  varied  as  that 
of  the  flowers  themselves.  It  is  dependent  upon  the 
mode  of  life  of  the  plants,  which,  in  this  respect,  may 
be  divided  into  three  classes,  — saprophytes,  epiphytes, 
and  terrestrial  Orchids.  True  parasites  are  not  known 
to  occur  in  this  family. 

The  saprophytic  Orchids  are  the  most  reduced  forms, 
devoid  of  chlorophyll,  and  depending  for  their  carbon 
food  |upon  the  organic  matter  of  the  humus  in  which 
they  grow.  The  subterranean  stem  or  rhizome  consists 
of  a  much-knotted  coral-like  mass  which  takes  the  place 
of  roots.  In  most  species  the  rhizome  has  been  found 


to  be  invested  with  a  fungus  by  means  of  which  organic 
matter  of  the  humus  is  absorbed  and  transformed  into 
compounds  available  to  the  plant.  The  annual  shoot  is 
a  brownish  or  yellowish  stem  bearing  a  few  scales  and  a 
simple  terminal  inflorescence.  Few,  if  any,  of  these 
plants  are  successfully  cultivated,  as  it  seems  impos- 
sible to  reproduce  all  the  natural  conditions.  Common 
examples  are  the  North  American  Corallorhizas. 

The  epiphytic  Orchids  exhibit  the  most  varied  forms. 
These  inhabit  branches  of  trees,  dead  trunks,  and  often 
barren  rocks  in  exposed  places.  They  grow,  without 
exception,  in  tropical  or  subtropical  countries  where  a 
part  of  the  year  is  iinfavorable  to  growth.  As  a  result 
of  this,  they  have  developed  special  food  reservoirs, 
pseudobulbs,  terminating  each  season's  growth.  In  this 
group  there  are  comparatively  few  plants  of  attractive 
habit.  They  are  generally  devoid  of  graceful  foliage, 
each  pseudobulb  bearing  a  few  stiff,  leathery  leaves.  The 
older  pseudobulbs  become  shriveled  and  leafless,  detract- 
ing from  the  appearance  of  the  plants,  and  in  Pleione  the 
plants  are  entirely  leafless  at  the  flowering  time.  In 
some  of  these,  however,  the  pseudobulbs  are  numerous 
and  closely  crowded,  and  retain  their  foliage,  making 
plants  of  neat,  compact  habit  (Coelogyne,  Miltonia). 

The  terrestrial  species  include  some  of  the  largest  and 
most  stately  Orchids  of  the  tropics  as  well  as  most  of 
the  Orchids  of  the  temperate  zone  (Habenaria,  Orchis, 
etc.).  Many  of  these  are  ornamental  even  when  not  in 
flower.  The  species  of  Sobralia  are  noted  for  their  tall, 
reed-like  stems  well  clothed  with  graceful  foliage.  In 
the  tropics  they  often  form  dense  thickets  from  6-12  ft. 
in  height.  Most  of  the  species  of  Selenipedium  also 
have  luxuriant  foliage,  which  is  attractive  at  all  times. 

Foliage  Plants.  — The  Physurese,  a  small  group  of 
Orchids  distributed  in  tropical  Asia  and  the  Malay 
Islands,  with  a  few  spe- 
cies in  Africa  and  North 
America,  are  remarkable 
for  their  beautifully 
variegated  leaves  (Phy- 
surus,  Anoectochilus). 
The  plants  themselves 
are  usually  small,  with 
the  habit  of  Goodyera,  a 
North  American  repre- 
sentative of  the  group. 
Variegated  or  mottled 
leaves  occur  also  in 
some  otner  groups  (Cy- 
pripedium,  Phaleenopsis, 
and  Oncidium). 

Historical  Sketch.  — 
Species  of  Orchids  have  long 
been  known  to  botanists,  but 
the  first  plants  were  introduced 
into  hothouses  scarcely  over  a 
century  ago.  Plants  were  sent 
by  missionaries  and  officers 
who  visited  tropical  countries. 
In  1731,  Bletia  verecunda  was 
received  in  England  from  the 
West  Indies.  In  1789.  Commo- 
dore Gardner  sent  plants  otEpi- 
dendrum  fmgrans  from  the 
woods  of  Jamaica.  One  of 
these  flowered  two  years  after 
and  was  the  first  Orchid  figured 
in  the  "Botanical  Magazine," 


1564. 

Angrraecum 
sesquipedale. 
To  show  very 

long  spur. 


plate  152,  as  E.  cochleatum. 
Phaius  grandifolius  had  been 
introduced  nine  years  before 
and  the  Vanilla  was  also  known 
in  English  conservatories.  In 
1807  Martyn's  edition  of  Mil- 
ler's "Gardeners'  Dictionary" 
enumerated  124  Orchids. 

At  first  the  wants  of  these 
plants  were  little  understood, 
and  many  perished  from  irra- 
tional treatment.  But  as  more  species  were  introduced 
and  their  natural  climatic  conditions  became  better 
known  the  plants  were  treated  in  accordance  with  their 
requirements. 


1162 


ORCHID 


ORCHID 


The  middle  part  of  this  century  is  remarkable  for  the 
great  number  of  new  and  striking  kinds  of  Orchids  dis- 
covered. Immense  sums  were  paid  for  single  new  plants. 
The  fabulous  prices  paid  for  novelties  caused  collectors 
to  scour  every  part  of  the  tropics,  risking  their  lives  in 


1565.    Vanda,  an  example  ot  monopodial  growth 
in  Orchids. 

the  mountains,  jungles  and  fever-haunted  swamps  in 
search  of  these  wondrous  plants.  At  the  present  time 
collectors  are  still  engaged  in  searching  the  tropics,  but 
striking  novelties  are  rarely  introduced.  Large  quanti- 
ties of  Orchids  are  annually  imported  to  replenish  north- 
ern hothouses.  It  is  probable  that  large  sums  for  single 
plants  have  been  paid  more  frequently  for  Orchids  than 
for  any  other  class  of  plants.  A  thousand  dollars  for  a 
unique  plant  is  perhaps  paid  less  frequently  nowadays 
than  in  the  middle  of  the  century.  Nevertheless  the 
interest  in  Orchids  is  not  declining.  On  the  contrary,  the 
love  for  Orchids  is  becoming  more  widespread.  There 
never  has  been  any  distinct  Orchid  craze  followed  by  a 
severe  reaction,  as  in  the  case  of  the  tulip,  dahlia,  zinnia, 
camellia,  etc.,  but  the  interest  has  gradually  extended 
and  is  likely  always  to  increase  steadily. 

Cut- Flowers.  —  The  use  of  Orchids  as  cut-flowers  is 
slowly  becoming  more  and  more  general.  Many  kinds 
are  easily  cultivated  with  general  florists'  plants  and  are 
thus  becoming  widespread  in  cultivation  ( Cypripedium, 
Cattleya,  Laelia).  As  yet  none  of  the  Orchids  can  be 
regarded  as  florists'  flowers  in  the  same  sense  as  roses 
and  carnations.  Their  use  is  mostly  restricted  to  special 
purposes,  although  they  are  gaining  in  popularity.  Cat- 
tleya, Cypripedium  and  Dendrobium  are,  perhaps,  the 
only  genera  listed  in  the  wholesale  market  during  mid- 
winter. The  wonderful  keeping  qualities  of  Orchids  as 
cut-flowers  are  well  known.  An  Orchid  flower  loses  its 
beauty  within  a  few  hours  after  fertilization. 

Orchid  Hybrids.  — One  of  the  most  fascinating  phases 
of  Orchid  culture  is  the  production  of  hybrids.  By 
crossing  of  different  species  and  even  genera  numerous 
new  Orchids  have  been  produced,  many  of  which  are 
superior  to  the  natural  species.  In  some  genera  the 
hybrids  now  far  outnumber  the  original  species,  notably 
Leeliocattleya. 

A  large  and  special  literature  on  Orchids  has  grown 
up.  Magnificent  periodicals,  with  descriptions  and 
colored  plates,  have  been  entirely  devoted  to  Orchids. 
Notable  among  these  are  "Lindenia,"  Ghent,  1895  and 
continuing;  "Reichenbachia."  published  by  Sander. 


"The  Orchid  Album,"  by  R.  Warner  and  B.  S.  Williams, 
London,  1882-96;  "L'Orchidophile,"  Paris,  1881-1893, 
and  the  "Orchid  Review,"  London,  1893  and  continuing, 
are  more  popular  journals  devoted  to  Orchids.  Among 
the  larger  monographs  are  Bateman's  "The  Orchidace» 
of  Mexico  and  Guatemala, "and  "A  Monograph  of  Odon- 
toglossum,"  by  the  same  author.  Many  plates  and 
descriptions  of  Orchids  occur  in  the  "Botanical  Maga- 
zine" and  in  the  "Botanical  Register."  Many  of  Reich- 
enbach's  new  species  were  described  in  the  "Gardener's 
Chronicle."  Among  the  manuals  which  have  appeared 
are  "A  Manual  of  Orchidaceous  Plants  Cultivated  under 
Glass  in  Great  Britain,"  by  A.  H.  Kent,  issxied  in  parts 
by  James  Veitch  and  Sons,  and  "  Orchids :  Their  Culture 
and  Management,"  by  W.  Watson.  No  comprehensive 
American  work  has  as  yet  appeared.  A  list  of  all  known 
hybrids,  however,  is  given  by  Geo.  Hansen,  "The  Or- 
chid Hybrids,"  1895,  including  first  supplement;  second 
supplement,  1897.  This  is  an  American  work. 

Species  in  the  American  Trade.  —  Orchids  are  mostly 
advertised  in  special  catalogues.  All  the  names  found 
in  the  catalogues  of  Wm.  Mathews  (1890),  John  Saul 
(1893-6),  Pitcher  &  Manda  (1895),  and  Siebrecht  & 
Wadley  are  accounted  for  in  this  Cyclopedia  so  far  as 
possible.  Some  catalogues  of  European  dealers  who 
have  American  agents— as  Sander  &  Co.— are  included. 
The  Mathews  collection  has  fewer  species  now  than  in 
1890,  but  it  is  larger  in  a  general  collection  of  commer- 
cial kinds.  The  collections  of  Saul  and  of  Pitcher  & 
Manda  are  dispersed,  and  many  of  the  rarer  and  more 
difficult  subjects  have  doubtless  perished.  In  the  na- 
ture of  the  case  it  is  impossible  to  determine  at  any 
given  time  what  species  of  Orchids  are  cultivated  in 
America.  Ths  great  private  collections  contain  many 
rare  kinds  imported  through  foreign  dealers.  Many 
species  which  are  known  to  be  cultivated  by  American 
amateurs,  have  been  included  in  this  work,  although  the 
species  are  not  listed  in  American  catalogues. 

PART  II.    BOTANICAL  ACCOUNT  OF  ORCHIDS. 

All  Orchids  are  perennial  herbs  which  increase  in  one 
of  two  ways.  The  simplest  form  which  the  vegetative 
axis  may  assume  is  that  of  a  monopodial  stem  which 
increases  by  the  continual  growth  of  the  terminal  bud. 
Monopodial  stems  occur  in  Angraecum,  Vanda  (Fig. 
1565),  Phalsenopsis,  etc.  Lateral  branches  may  be 
formed,  but  they  do  not  interrupt  the  growth  of  the 
main  axis,  and  never  exceed  it  in  length.  The  growth 
may  be  interrupted  by  a  period  of  rest,  but  this  is  not 
manifested  on  the  stem  by  the  formation  of  scales,  etc. 


1566.    Dendrobium  ;   a  sympodial  Orchid  with 

lateral  flower  shoots. 

The  dark  and  light  parts,  a  a  and  6  6,  represent  each 
the  growth  of  one  shoot. 

All  the  leaves  are  similar.  The  inflorescence  consists 
of  a  separate  axillary  branch  bearing  bracts  and  flowers. 
In  the  greater  number  of  Orchids  the  terminal  bud 
ceases  to  grow  at  the  end  of  the  season,  either  terminat- 
ing in  the  inflorescence  or  blindly.  The  new  growth. 


ORCHID 


ORCHID 


1163 


is  continued  by  an  axillary  bud  originating  in  the  axil  of 
one  of  the  leaves.  The  whole  plant  is  thus  built  up 
of  branches  sympodially  united.  The  lower  part  of 
each  new  axis  is  prostrate  at  first  and  bears  only  scales. 
It  is  known  as  the  rhizome.  Later  the  apex  turns 
upward  and  bears  ordinary  leaves.  In  many  the  erect 
portion  of  the  stem  becomes  thickened  into  a  food 
reservoir  known  as  a  pseudobulb.  The  pseudobulb 
itself  may  consist  of  several  internodes,  as  in  Laelia, 
Cattleya.  It  is  then  clothed  with  leaves,  at  least  when 
young,  and  bears  the  scars  of  the  fallen  leaves.  In 
other  cases  only  a  single  internode  is  thickened.  This 
bears  1  or  2  Ivs.  at  the  summit,  but  has  no  leaf-scars. 
The  new  shoot  which  continues  the  growth  of  the  plant 
arises  in  the  axil  of  one  of  the  scales  below  the  pseudo- 
bulb.  The  manner  of  growth  is  shown  in  Figs.  1566  and 
1567,  in  which  the  parts  marked  a  a  and  b  b,  respectively, 
represent  the  growth  of  a  branch  with  its  basal  portion 
or  rhizome  and  the  terminal  portion  or  pseudobulb.  In 
the  terrestrial  Orchids  pseudobulbs  are  usually  not 
formed  and  the  erect  portion  is  a  long  or  short  stem 
clothed  with  leaves  (Sobralia,  Selenipedium) .  The  in- 
florescence is  either  axillary  (Dendrobium,  Fig.  1566) 
or  terminal  (Cattleya,  Fig.  1567). 

The  habit  of  the  plants  depends  in  a  great  measure 
upon  the  rhizome.  When  this  is  long  the  plants  are 
loose  and  straggling,  and  when  it  is  short  they  are  com- 
pact in  habit.  In  some  the  rhizome  becomes  suberect  or 
climbing  (species  of  Lycaste). 


aba 
1567.    Cattleya. 

The  light  and  shaded  parts,  a  a  and  b  b,  each  represent 
one  year's  growth. 

The  Orchid  flower  exhibits  perhaps  the  greatest 
specialization  and  adaptation  found  anywhere  in  the 
vegetable  kingdom.  The  2  outer  whorls  of  floral  organs, 
the  sepals  and  petals,  have  been  sufficiently  described. 

In  the  monocotyledons  there  are  normally  present  2 
whorls  of  stamens.  In  the  Orchids  only  1  or  2  of  these 
are  fertile.  In  the  Monandrae  (Cypripedium,  etc.)  the 
odd  stamen  of  the  outer  whorl  is  developed  into  a  wing- 
like  staminodium  (Figs.  1568, 1569,  st).  The  similar  sta- 
mens of  the  inner  whorl  are  fertile,  and  form  2  anthers, 
1  on  each  side  of  the  staminodium  (Figs.  1568,  1569,  a). 
In  all  the  other  Orchids,  except  in  abnormal  cases,  only 
the  odd  stamen  of  the  outer  whorl  is  fertile,  bearing  an 
anther  situated  at  the  top  of  the  column  (Fig.  1570,  a). 
The  similar  two  of  the  inner  whorl  are  developed  as 
staminodia,  forming  the  sides  of  the  clinandrum  or 
anther-bed.  Often  they  are  developed  into  crests  or  ears 
on  the  column.  Traces  of  the  other  stamens  are  rarely 
found  in  the  flower.  Compare  Figs.  642-644,  Vol.  I. 

The  3  pistils  are  developed  in  Cypripedium  and  a  few 
related  genera.  In  these  the  stigma  is  clearly  3-lobed, 
showing  the  union  of  3  pistils  (Figs.  1568,  1569,  s).  In 
most  of  the  other  genera  only  2  of  the  stigmas  are 
receptive,  the  third  being  developed  into  the  curious 
rostellum.  In  some  cases  the  stigmatic  surfaces  are 
confluent  into  one,  while  in  others  they  remain  more  or 
less  distinct.  Generally  they  appear  as  flat  surfaces 
often  sunken  in  a  depression  in  the  column  (Lseliineee, 
Fig.  1570,  s,  and  many  others).  In  a  few  cases  the 
sti<j:'iias  are  more  or  less  elevated  on  stalks  (Habena- 
riai.  In  Sophronitis  they  extend  partially  along  two 
wing-like  projections  of  the  column. 

The  odd   pistil,   the  rostellum,  is  situated  above  the 


stigmas,  separating  them  from  the  anther-bed.  In  the 
Lffiliinera  its  lower  surface  is  still  continuous  with  the 
stigmatic  surface  (Figs.  1570,  A,  B,  r).  The  principal 
function  of  the  rostellum  is  the  secretion  of  a  viscid 
fluid,  by  means  of  which 

the  pollen  masses  adhere  to       \  .^  s^ 

insects  visiting  the  flowers. 


1568.  Cypripedium. 

st,  staminodium;  a,  anther; 

s,  stigma. 


1569. 

Selenipedium  caudatum. 

st,  stain  medium;  a,  anther; 

s,  3-lobed  stigma. 


The  anther  lies  above  the  rostellum,  within  a  depres- 
sion or  anther-bed  (Fig.  1570,  a).  Its  cells  vary  from 
2-4  or  8.  In  nearly  all  the  Orchids  the  pollen  cohere? 
in  masses  or  pollinia  (Fig.  1570,  p),  the  number  oi 
pollen  masses  corresponding  to  the  number  of  anther 
cells.  Often  the  viscid  substance  uniting  the  pollen 
grains  is  prolonged  into  a  stalk  (caudicle),  which  ex- 
tends beyond  the  anther  and  comes  into  contact  with 
the  viscid  substance  secreted  by  the  rostellum,  which 
forms  an  adhesive  disk  by  means  of  which  the  pollinia 
become  attached  to  insects.  In  many  Orchids  the  outer 
layer  of  the  rostellum  itself  separates  by  a  dissolution 
of  the  underlying  cells,  and  thus  forms  a  stalk  (stipe), 
which  becomes  attached  to  the  pollinia  by  means  of  the 
product  of  the  dissolved  cells.  Whatever  its  origin, 
the  stalk,  with  its  viscid  disk,  forms  one  of  the  most 
important  parts  of  the  mechanism  by  means  of  which 
pollen  is  transported  from  flower  to  flower,  insuring 
cross-pollination  of  the  group.  The  details  of  the 
mechanism  by  which  this  is  accomplished  have  been 
beautifully  explained  by  Darwin  in  his  classical  work, 
"The  Various  Contrivances  by  which  Orchids  are  Fer- 
tilized by  Insects." 

The  relation  of  the  parts  of  the  flower  to  one  another 
is  often  greatly  changed  by  the  peculiar  growth  of  the 
floral  axis.  This  is  convex  in  the  very  young  stages  of 
development,  but  it  soon  becomes  cup-like  and  finally 
tubular,  inclosing  the  ovary.  Special  lateral  outgrowths 


B.  Section  through  the  col- 
Column  of  Cattleya.  umn  of  Cattleya. 
a,  anther  ;  r,  rostellum;           p,  pollinium;  r,  rostellum; 
*,  stigma  *,  stigma 
1570.    Details  of  the  column  of  Cattleya. 

near  the  top  of  the  ovary  form  the  "foot"  of  the  column 
found  in  many  orchids  (Pescatoria,  Phaius).  When  the 
foot  is  present  the  labellum  is  attached  to  its  apex,  and 
often  the  sepals  are  decurrent  upon  it,  forming  a  men- 


1161 


ORCHID 


ORCHID 


turn.  In  nearly  all  Orchids  the  stigmas  and  anther  are 
carried  up  by  an  elongation  of  the  floral  axis,  to  which 
in  this  instance  the  name  "column"  is  applied.  In  Gon- 
gora  the  petals  and  dorsal  sepal  are  carried  far  away 
from  their  normal  position. 

The  fruit  of  Orchids  is  a  dry  capsule  requiring  a  long 
time  to  ripen,  so  that  if  an  Orchid  is  fertilized  during 
one  rainy  season  its  seeds  are  not  disseminated  until 
the  next  wet  season.  Very  few  fleshy  fruits  occur  in 
this  family.  The  seeds  are  minute  and  extremely  nu- 
merous, thus  compensating,  perhaps,  for  the  uncer- 
tainty of  fertilization. 

The  Orchids  are  distributed  over  the  entire  world. 
They  are  most  numerous  in  the  tropics,  becoming  rare 
in  the  cold  zones.  They  are  chiefly  collected  in  three 
regions,  the  South  American  region  embracing  Mexico, 
South  America  and  the  neighboring  islands.  Most  of 
the  large  genera  are  found  in  this  region  (Epidendrum, 
Pleurothallis,  Oncidium,  Odontoglossum,  etc.).  The 
second  region,  embracing  India  and  the  Malay  Islands 
to  Australia,  is  rich  in  genera,  but  most  of  them  are 
small,  containing  far  less  than  one  hundred  species. 
The  largest  genus  of  this  region  is  Dendrobium,  with 
300  species.  The  South  African  region  contains  few 
terrestrial  Orchids,  of  which  Disa  is  the  only  one  of 
importance  in  cultivation.  HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PART  III.     THE  CULTURE  OF  ORCHIDS. 

Introductory.— During  the  early  days  of  Orchid  cul- 
ture the  treatment  of  the  plants  under  glass  was  imper- 
fectly understood,  and  with  the  meager  knowledge  of 
the  natural  conditions  surrounding  them  in  their  native 
habitats,  little  successful  progress  was  made  for  many 
years.  The  few  cultural  directions  to  be  found  were  in 
works  of  foreign  publication,  scarcely  applicable  to 
plants  grown  in  our  houses  in  America,  where  the 
winters  are  severe  and  changeable  and  the  heat  of  our 
summers  more  intense  and  less  humid,  necessitating  a 
different  mode  of  treatment.  With  a  more  satisfactory 
understanding  of  their  requirements  during  the  last 
25  or  30  years,  Orchid  culture  here  has  made  a  rapid  ad- 
vance and  most  of  our  best  collections  have  come  into 
existence,  many  of  which  offer  a  very  favorable  com- 
parison in  fine,  well-grown  specimens  with  those  of  the 
Old  World. 

Orchid  Houses  and  Their  Construction.  —  Various  are 
the  opinions  of  cultivators  regarding  the  proper  con- 
struction of  Orchid  houses  to  obtain  the  best  results. 
Twenty-five  or  more  years  ago  many  fine  specimens  of 
Orchids  were  grown  without  a  special  house,  along  with 
general  stove  and  greenhouse  plants,  and  we  still  find 
many  good  plants  cultivated  in  this  manner,  but  where 
a  general  collection  of  Orchids  is  grown  four  separate 
houses  or  divisions  will  be  found  necessary  to  obtain 
the  best  results.  These  are  known  as  the  "  East  Indian," 
"Brazilian,"  "Mexican"  and  "New  Granadan,"  or  Odon- 
toglossum departments. 

The  East  Indian  department  requires  a  winter  tem- 
perature of  65°  to  70°  F.  by  night  and  70°  to  75°  P.  by 
day;  a  few  degrees'  rise  with  sun  heat  will  do  no  harm. 
The  temperature  should  be  gradually  increased  10  de- 
grees toward  midsummer  and  gradually  decreased  toward 
late  fall.  This  is  the  warmest  house  and  is  used  for  the 
cultivation  of  Aerides,  Angra3cums,  the  warmer  tropical 
Cypripediums,  Phalsenopsis,  Calanthes,  Dendrobiums 
and  Thunias  while  growing. 

The  Brazilian  department  should  range  during  winter 
from  60°  to  65°  F.  at  night  and  about  70°  F.  during  the 
day,  allowing  a  few  degrees  more  with  solar  heat,  and  a 
rise  of  10  degrees  toward  midsummer.  This  department 
is  for  Bulbophyllums,  Cattleyas,  warm  Epidendrums, 
Brazilian  Lselias,  Miltonias  of  the  cuneata  and  specta- 
bilis  sections,  Odontoglossum  citrosmum,  Stanhopeas, 
and  various  genera  and  species  requiring  a  like  tem- 
perature. 

The  Mexican  department  is  used  chiefly  for  the  culti- 
vation of  Ccelogyne  cristata,  Mexican  Lselias,  growing 
Lycastes,  Anguloas  and  Acinetas,  many  species  of  Max- 
illaria,  a  majority  of  the  Oncidiums  and  warm  Odonto- 
glossums,  Phaius  and  allied  species  which  require  a  few 
degrees  lower  night  temperature  and  usually  a  little 
more  sunlight  to  ripen  their  tissue  for  flowering  than  is 


afforded  in  the  Brazilian  department.  It  is  also  invalu- 
able for  resting  Dendrobiums  and  many  other  deciduous 
and  terrestrial  Orchids. 

The  New  Granadan  or  Odontoglossum  department 
must  be  kept  as  cool  as  possible  in  summer,  and  during 
winter  should  range  from  55°  to  60°  by  night  and  60°  to 
65°  F.  by  day,  and  as  cool  as  possible  during  summer; 
it  is  used  principally  for  Masdevallias,  Odontoglossums, 
more  especially  O.  crispum,  and  allied  genera,  Disas, 
cool  Oncidiums,  such  as  O.  ornithorhynchum  and  O. 
varicosum,  Lycastes  in  warm  weather,  and  many  other 
individual  species  from  high  altitudes  which  require  a 
cool  house  at  all  seasons  or  they  suffer  from  the  heat 
of  our  summer. 

The  fundamental  principle  in  building  an  Orchid  house 
is  to  get  a  structure  that  can  be  easily  heated  and  which 
has  a  naturally  moist  atmosphere,  without  excavating 
deeply,  for  houses  built  much  below  ground  lack  circu- 
lation and  almost  always  prove  detrimental  to  Orchid 
culture.  The  houses  ( excepting  the  New  Granadan  house) 
should  be  built  to  run  north  and  south  with  an  east  and 
west  exposure,  in  order  that  they  may  receive  the  bene- 
fit of  the  early  morning  and  late  afternoon  sun,  with  the 
least  possible  heating  effects  from  it  at  noonday,  thus 
making  little  ventilation  necessary;  atmospheric  mois- 
ture will  be  more  easily  retained  in  such  a  structure. 
The  houses  maybe  as  long  as  required  (with  the  potting- 


1571.    Section  of  a  small,  well-constructed  Orchid   house 
heated  by  hot  water. 

shed  at  the  north  end  to  avoid  unnecessary  shade  and 
protect  the  houses  in  winter  against  severe  north  wind), 
and  about  16  ft.  wide,  which  will  allow  two  side  beds  of 
2%  ft.  each,  two  walks  of  the  same  width,  and  a  center 
pit  6  ft.  wide.  From  floor  to  ridge  should  be  10  ft.  and  to 
the  eaves  4/^-5  ft.  Top  ventilators  should  extend  along 
both  sides  at  ridge,  thus  affording  protection  from  direct 
cold  winter  drafts  in  airing  by  using  the  sheltered  side. 
Side  ventilation  is  unnecessary  and  often  injurious, 
the  direct  drafts  causing  plants  which  are  out  of  condi- 
tion to  shrivel. 

In  glazing  Orchid  houses  the  glass  used  should  not  be 
less  than  12  x  14  in.,  and  larger  if  possible.  It  is  also  im- 
portant that  only  the  best  quality  procurable  be  used,  free 
from  lenses  which  would  burn  the  leaves  when  shading 
is  removed.  Plate  glass  is  much  to  be  preferred  when 
it  can  be  had,  as  it  contains  no  lenses  and  gives  a  pure 
even  light.  If  this  is  used  a  size  about  16x24  in.  will 
be  found  very  serviceable.  Poor  glass  should  not  be 
used  in  any  case,  as  it  necessitates  shading  long  before 
this  is  beneficial  to  the  plants. 

The  outside  walls  should  be  built  of  brick  or  stone 
when  possible,  and  the  beds  and  pits  within  should  be 
of  the  same  material,  8  in.  thick  and  about  3  ft.  in  height, 
filled  solid  to  the  top,  using  stone  or  rubble  for  drainage 
in  the  bottom,  following  it  up  with  finer  material  and 
finishing  with  an  inch  or  two  of  fine  gravel.  Wooden 
benches  may  be  used  if  desired,  often  with  first-class 
results,  by  covering  them  2  or  3  inches  deep  with  ashes, 
sand  or  gravel,  but  the  solid  benches  are  more  sure  to 
give  better  satisfaction.  They  give  off  moisture  more 
gradually  and  offer  a  cool  footing  for  the  plant  both 
winter  and  summer,  which  is  essential  and  natural. 

Good  results  will  follow  from  either  steam  or  hot  water 
heating  when  both  are  properly  conducted,  steam  neces- 
sitating, perhaps,  more  care.  Unless  the  range  of 
glass  is  large  and  a  night  fireman  is  kept,  the  old-fash- 


ORCHID 


ORCHID 


1165 


ioned  method  of  hot  water  under  natural  circulation  will 
be  found  best,  using  the  regulation  S^-inch  pipe,  run- 
ning the  flows  along  the  back  beneath  the  eaves  and  re- 
turning along  the  floors  beneath.  See  Fig.  1571,  which 


1572.    Lean-to  house  with  northern  aspect  for  Odontoglos- 
sum  crispum  and  other  New  Granadan  Orchids. 

fairly  illustrates  a  properly  constructed  house.  The 
quantity  of  pipe  required  for  heating  a  house  depends 
upon  the  location  and  degree  of  heat  desired.  A  slab  or 
board  should  be  placed  along  the  back  of  the  side  beds 
to  throw  the  heat  against  the  eaves  and  protect  the 
plants  from  direct  heat  before  it  has  assimilated  with 
the  moisture  of  the  house. 

The  New  Granadan  house  should  be  a  lean-to  struc- 
ture of  northern  aspect,  with  a  wall  of  stone  or  brick 
along  the  south  side  to  protect  it  from  solar  influence  as 
much  as  possible  (see  Fig.  1572).  The  glass  should  be 
protected  by  canvas  roller  shades  raised  15  or  20  inches 
above  the  glass  on  framework.  One  side  of  the  canvas 
should  be  tacked  along  the  top  of  the  house,  and  the 
other  to  a  round  wooden  roller  3  or  4  inches  in  diameter 
and  as  long  as  convenient  to  draw  up;  the  two  ropes 
should  be  fastened  to  the  ridge,  carried  down  beneath 
the  shade  around  the  roller,  and  up  over  the  top  to  a 
single  pulley  near  the  ends;  thence  through  a  double 
pulley  in  the  center  and  down  over  the  top  of  the  shade 
to  the  ground.  By  these  ropes  the  shade  can  be  raised 
and  lowered  in  cloudy  and  bright  weather  at  will  (see 
Fig.  1573).  Solid  beds  and  piping  similar  to  the  other 
Orchid  houses  can  be  used,  or  as  in  Fig.  1571;  viz.,  a 
flow  and  return  down  each  side  connected  with  valves 
so  that  either  or  both  sides  may  be  used  as  desired. 

Shading  of  some  sort  on  the  glass  is  necessary  for  all 
Orchid  houses  from  early  February  until  November, 


1573.    Cross-section  of  New  Granadan  Orchid  house  to  show 
solid  beds  and  methods  of  heating  and  shading. 

and  in  some  cases  also  during  the  winter  months,  to 
protect  the  plants  from  the  sun.  It  may  be  either  of 
canvas,  as  in  Fig.  1574,  or  consist  of  whitewash  or  paint 
applied  directly  to  the  glass.  Whitewash  made  from 


fresh  lime  is  perhaps  the  best  to  use,  as  it  is  easily  re- 
moved in  the  fall.  The  first  application  in  February 
should  be  light,  following  it  with  a  second  coat  a  month 
later,  and,  if  necessary,  a  third  one  in  July.  This  will 
wear  off  gradually  and  in  most  cases  should  be  entirely 
removed  during  December.  It  is  easily  removed  with  a 
stiff  brush.  There  are  also  patented  shadings. 

The  Two  Great  Horticultural  Groups.  — Orchids  are 
horticulturally  divided  into  two  large  sections;  viz., 
terrestrial  and  epiphytal,  the  former  embracing  those 
which  grow  on  the  ground  and  derive  their  nutriment 
more  or  less  directly  from  it;  and  the  latter  those  which 
usually  attach  themselves  to  rocks  and  trees,  and  derive  a 
greater  portion  of  their  nutriment  from  the  atmospheric 
gases  and  accidental  deposit  of  decaying  leaves,  or  grow 
among  the  various  ferns  and  vines,  which  grow  in 
abundance  on  the  rocks  and  trees  of  the  moist-wooded 
tropics,  absorbing  the  various  elements  of  their  slowly 
decomposing  humus. 

Terrestrial  Orchids  grow  at  various  altitudes,  and 
are  widely  distributed  throughout  both  hemispheres, 
the  polar  regions  and  arid  deserts  excepted.  Many  are 
deciduous  and  tuberous-rooted;  some  grow  from  under- 
ground rhizomes;  others  are  pseudobulbous  and  decid- 
uous, while  not  a  few  have  reed-like  stems.  Examples 
of  terrestrial  Orchids  are  Catasetum,  Calanthe,  Cyrto- 
podium,  most  Cymbidiums,  some  of  the  Cypripediums, 
Disa,  Goodyera,  Govenia,  Habenaria,  Lissochilus,  many 
Masdevallias,  Microstylis,  Neottia,  Orchis,  Pogonia, 
Peristeria,  Phaius,  Sobralia,  Spathoglottis,  etc.,  all  of 
which  should  be  sought  under  their  special  genus  head- 
ings in  other  portions  of  this  work  for  cultural  direc- 
tions. They  differ  very  essentially  in  structure,  and  in 


1574.  Method  of  shading  Orchid  houses. 


many  cases  require  a  special  method  of  treatment  for 
individual  plants  of  the  same  genus,  as  Habenaria  for 
example,  where  some  are  found  growing  in  rich,  turfy 
loam  exposed  to  sun,  while  others  inhabit  wooded, 
swampy  locations. 

Many  species  of  terrestrial  Orchids  nearly  or  quite 
defy  successful  treatment  under  cultivation  from  lack 
of  knowledge  regarding  the  mineralogy  of  their  native 
habitats, or  from  the  plants  being  practically  saprophytic 
on  certain  species  of  decaying  vegetation,  or  growing 
only  in  connection  with  the  mycelium  of  special  fungi, 
which  may  assist  them  in  making  proper  growth. 

The  hardy  species,  where  a  general  collection  is 
grown,  should  be  cultivated  in  pots  in  coldframes,  as 
many  need  protection  during  winter  and  others  require 
shade  which  can  be  supplied  by  painting  the  glass. 
Our  native  hardy  species-,  however,  do  best  planted  out 
in  a  properly  constructed  rockery,  laid  out  in  pockets 
so  that  each  may  receive  its  proper  compost. 

The  more  tropical  species— Cymbidiums,  Cypripe- 
diums such  as  insiffne,  Phaius  grandifolius,  P.  tnacti- 
latus  and  P.  Wallichii,  Sobralias  and  some  other  ever- 
green species— thrive  best  in  the  Mexican  or  cool  end 
of  the  Brazilian  house. 

Ansectochilus,  tropical  Goodyeras  and  Cypripediums, 
Spathoglottis,  and  several  genera  of  like  nature,  re- 
quire the  same  general  treatment  as  epiphytal  Orchids, 
with  temperature  of  the  East  Indian  department  at  all 
seasons. 

Bletias,  Catasetums,  Cyrtopodiums,  Calanthes,  many 
Lycastes,  tropical  Liparis  and  Microstylis,  Phaius 
Humblotii  and  P.  tuberosus,  Thunias  and  many  other 
deciduous  and  semi-deciduous  species,  should  be  grown 
in  the  East  Indian,  or  warm  end  of  the  Brazilian  de- 
partment, and  during  the  resting  period  should  be  placed 


1166 


ORCHID 


ORCHID 


in  the  Mexican  department,  allowing  them  only  suffi- 
cient water  to  keep  the  plants  in  sound  condition. 
'  Epiphytal  Orchids  are  found  chiefly  in  the  humid 
forests  of  tropical  countries,  often  along  streams  where 
they  receive  their  condensing  moisture  during  the  dry 
season.  A  few  grow  in  open  grassy  situations  or  among 
brush.  These  consist  chiefly  of  climbing  Epidendrums 
of  the  E.  evectiim  section,  a  few  Oncidiums  of  the  cau- 
lescent type  (the  distance  between  the  pseudobulbs 
often  denoting  a  year's  growth),  and  some  of  the  terete 
Vandas,  etc. 

Aerides,  Phalsenopsis,  Vanda  and  the  epiphytal  Cyp- 
ripediums  are  distributed  throughout  India,  Malay 
Peninsula,  Cochin  China,  Celebes,  Borneo,  Philippine 
Islands,  Java  and  some  of  the  Oceanic  islands,  usually 
following  the  moist  forests  of  mountain  ranges,  occa- 
sionally at  high  elevations.  With  one  or  two  exceptions, 
as  Vanda  ccerulea,  all  do  satisfactorily  in  the  East 
Indian  department,  reserving  the  warmest  part  for  Pha- 
lsenopsis, which  as  a  rule  grows  nearest  the  sea-level. 

Angrsecums  are  natives  of  Madagascar  and  tropical 
Africa,  with  one  isolated  species,  A.  falcatum,  which  is 
from  Japan.  They  grow  in  humid,  shady  locations, 
where  they  can  receive  a  copious  supply  of  water  at  all 
seasons,  and  are  closely  allied  to  Vanda,  requiring  the 
same  general  temperature  and  treatment. 

Dendrobiums  are  most  common  throughout  India, 
Moulmein  being  a  central  district,  but  they  are  also 
plentiful  and  widely  distributed  throughout  eastern 
Australia,  New  Guinea,  the  islands  of  the  west  Pacific 
and  Oceanica  under  various  climatic  conditions.  A  ma- 
jority of  them,  especially  the  deciduous  species,  are 
subjected  to  long  droughts  and  long  resting  periods, 
but  as  they  lose  their  foliage  at  that  time  their  evapor- 
ating surface  is  reduced  to  a  minimum,  and  the  effect 
of  the  dry  heat  through  the  day  is  more  than  counter- 
acted by  heavy  dews  and  the  condensing  vapors,  which 
arise  during  the  early  mornings  in  those  countries. 

Bulbophyllums  and  Coelogynes  have  their  homes 
principally  in  the  mountainous  forests  of  East  India  and 
Borneo,  where  they  are  copiously  supplied  by  frequent 
rains.  Nearly  all  grow  best  in  the  Brazilian  department. 

Cattleyas  and  Laelias  inhabit  the  humid  forests  of  the 
various  mountain  ranges  of  tropical  America,  from 
Mexico  south  through  the  U.  S.  of  Colombia  to  Peru, 
the  North  Amazon  valley,  through  Venezuela  and 
Guiana,  and  the  mountain  belt  of  eastern  and  southern 
Brazil,  usually  at  an  altitude  of  2,000  to  5,000  ft.,  except- 
ing the  Mexican  species  L.  albida,  L.  anceps,  L.  autum- 
nalis  and  L.  majalis,  which  grow  at  from  5,000  to  8,000 
feet,  commonly  among  Polypodium  fern. 

Cattleyas  and  Laelias  grow  on  rocks  and  trees  often 
devoid  of  other  vegetation  along  the  margins  of  rivers 
and  ravines  usually  in  shade,  where  they  receive  a  copi- 
ous supply  of  water  from  heavy  dews  and  condensation 
of  morning  fogs  which  saturate  the  forests  during 
the  dry  season,  and  often  excessive  rains  while  growing. 
They  should  be  grown  in  the  Brazilian  department, 
excepting  Gattleya  citrina,  the  Mexican  Laelias  and  L. 
Jongheana,  which  thrive  best  in  the  Mexican  depart- 
ment or  warm  end  of  the  New  Granadan  house. 

Stanhopeas  are  found  from  southern  Mexico  south  to 
Peru,  Venezuela,  Guiana  and  Brazil  at  rather  low  eleva- 
tions, often  in  dense  forests,  the  individual  species  hav- 
ing a  very  wide  range.  The  Brazilian  house  affords 
them  the  best  temperature,  but  they  may  be  grown  in 
any  of  the  departments  with  success. 

Epidendrum  is  a  large  and  varied  genus,  widely  dis- 
tributed throughout  tropical  America,  from  South  Car- 
olina to  southern  Peru,  and  one  of  the  few  epiphytal 
genera  inhabiting  the  United  States.  They  are  found  at 
all  elevations  from  sea-level  to  10,000  ft.  or  more.  The 
writer  found  E.  Ibaguense  growing  in  quantity  on  the 
margin  of  perpendicular  clay  ridges  fully  exposed  to 
the  sun  at  this  altitude  in  the  U.  S.  of  Colombia  in  a 
robust,  healthy  state,  and  the  same  species  below  5,000 
feet  in  the  same  condition.  Many  of  the  individual 
species  cover  a  wide  range  of  distribution.  They  require 
the  same  general  treatment  as  Laelias  and  Cattleyas. 
Few  species  are  worthy  of  cultivation  except  for  botan- 
ical purposes. 

Maxillarias  cover  much  the  same  range  as  the  last 
^enus,  but  are  not  quite  so  widely  distributed.  They 


grow  equally  well  in  either  the  Brazilian  or  Mexican 
departments. 

Oncidiums  are  distributed  along  the  mountain  ranges 
from  southern  Mexico  to  Peru,  in  the  southern  and 
northern  portions  of  Brazil  chiefly  along  the  coast,  the 
Spanish  Main  and  Islands  of  the  Caribbean  sea.  The  O. 
Carthaginense  and  Papilio  sections  are  found  at  sea- 
level  and  seldom  above  500  ft.  elevation.  These  grow 
best  in  the  Brazilian  house.  Nearly  all  of  the  other 
species  may  be  grown  in  the  Mexican  department, 
except  a  few,  such  as  O.  cucullatum,  O.  Phalcenopsis 
and  the  O.  macranthum  section,  which  are  found  at  high 
altitudes ;  these  should  be  grown  in  the  New  Granadan 
department. 

Odontoglossums  follow  the  higher  wooded  mountain 
ranges  from  southern  Mexico,  Central  America  and  the 
Central  Andes  of  U.  S.  of  Colombia  south  to  Peru  and 
the  northwestern  portion  of  Venezuela,  ail  at  high 
altitudes.  They  usually  grow  in  the  moist  shady  forests, 
where  the  rainy  season  is  long  continued  or  condensing 
fogs  and  dews  are  very  heavy,  keeping  many  of  the 
species  in  an  almost  perpetual  state  of  saturation,  their 
only  relief  of  excessive  moisture  appearing  to  be  from 
the  frequent  heavy  winds  that  prevail  in  these  regions. 
The  Mexican  species  grow  well  in  the  cool  end  of  the 
Mexican  department,  while  those  of  the  O.  luteo-pur- 
pureum  and  crispum  type  require  the  new  Granadan 
house. 

Lycastes  are  distributed  from  southern  Mexico  to 
Peru  along  the  mountain  ranges,  usually  at  an  altitude 
of  4,000  feet  in  rather  shaded  locations;  they  are  most 
common  from  southern  U.  S.  of  Colombia  to  their 
northern  limit.  L.  tetragona  is  from  southern  Brazil 
and  far  removed  from  the  general  area  of  distribution, 
with  little  resemblance  to  any  other  species.  Its  4-an- 
gled  monophyllous  pseudobulbs  produce  semi-pendent 
scapes  carrying  often  as  many  as  eight  flowers,  not  un- 
like a  Cymbidium  in  general  appearance.  Lycastes 
grow  well  in  either  the  Mexican  or  New  Granadan 
department. 

Selenipediums  are  the  South  American  representatives 
of  Cypripedium.  They  are  distributed  from  Costa  Rica 
south  to  Bolivia,  through  Venezuela,  Guiana  and  eastern 
Brazil,  at  from  3,000  to  8,000  ft.  elevation,  in  wet 
marshes  and  on  the  branches  of  trees  in  shaded  forests, 
in  all  cases  where  they  get  a  bounteous  supply  of  water 
at  all  seasons.  The  Brazilian  or  Mexican  department 
suits  them  equally  well. 

Masdevallias,  Restrepias,  and  Pleurothallis  s?row  at 
high  elevations  in  Venezuela,  Mexico  and  south  to 
Peru,  with  a  few  in  the  Organ  mountains  of  Brazil, 
their  principal  center  being  U.  S.  of  Colombia  near  the 
Odontoglossum  district.  They  always  follow  the  moun- 
tain ranges,  growing  on  trees,  rocks  and  on  wet,  marshy 
slopes,  in  extremely  wet  locations.  The  Chimaera  sec- 
tion is  found  at  the  lowest  elevation.  They  all  grow 
best  in  the  New  Granadan  department. 

Newly  Imported  Orchids.  — On  arrival  of  cases  of 
Orchids  from  their  natural  habitats  they  should  be  care- 
fully unpacked  as  speedily  as  possible,  in  an  isolated 
room  where  insect  pests  that  often  arrive  in  the  cases 
may  be  destroyed,  and  laid  carefully  and  loosely  against 
one  another,  on  the  bench  of  a  shady,  well-ventilated 
house  or  packing-shed.  Should  they  all  be  found  in 
good  condition,  the  pseudobulbous  species,  such  as 
Cattleyas  and  Laelias,  should  be  hosed  over  thoroughly 
and  allowed  to  remain  for  about  a  week,  at  the  end  of 
which  time  they  should  be  examined  for  any  signs  of 
decay  and  bruises.  All  such  parts  should  be  removed 
with  a  sharp  knife.  The  plants  should  be  cleaned  and 
sponged  to  remove  dust,  potted  or  basketed,  as  the 
case  requires,  and  placed  in  a  shady  portion  of  their 
respective  departments,  allowing  them  sufficient  water 
to  gradually  start  them  into  action,  after  which  time 
they  will  require  the  same  treatment  afforded  established 
plants  of  their  kind. 

Cypripediums,  Masdevallias,  Phalsenopsis,  Vandas, 
the  Batemannia  and  Bollea  sections  of  Zygopetalum  and 
other  non-pseudobulbous  genera  should  be  placed  on 
damp  sphagnum  in  a  well-shaded,  airy  department  for 
a  week  or  ten  days,  without  syringing,  until  it  is  ascer- 
tained what  amount  of  damage  they  have  received  in 
transit.  After  sponging  the  leaves  carefully  and  remov- 


ORCHID 


ORCHID 


1167 


Ing  any  decayed  and  bruised  parts,  they  may  be  potted 
and  basketed,  and  removed  to  their  proper  quarters, 
watering  sparingly  until  they  start  new  action. 

It  is  customary  in  some  establishments  to  hang  newly 
imported  Orchids  by  the  roots,  tops  down,  from  the  roof 

of  the  house  or  beneath 
the  benches  until  they 
show  signs  of  new  action, 
but  they  invariably  suf- 
fer more  or  less  from 
this  practice  and  are  bet- 
ter treated  as  above. 

Pots,  Baskets,  etc.— 
Many  Orchids  are  best 
cultivated  in  the  ordinary 
earthen  pots  and  pans, 
more  especially  terres- 
trial species  and  a  few 
of  the  epiphytal  kinds, 
which  grow  on  rocks  in 
marshes,  and  among 
quantities  of  humus  and 
fern  roots.  A  majority 
of  the  epiphytal  species, 
however,  need  special 
structures  that  will  ad- 
mit air  to  circulate  freely 
to  the  roots;  otherwise, 


1575.  Commonest  and  best  style 
of  basket  for  general  culture 
of  Orchids  with  pendulous 
scapes. 


1576.    An  Orchid 

cylinder. 

Used  for  very  tall 

species. 


these  are  liable  to  decay  through  excess  of  water  if  con- 
fined in  close  pots  when  inactive  during  winter,  which 
must  eventually  weaken  the  constitution  of  the  plants. 
Figures  1575-1583  fairly  illustrate  the  best  and  most 
practical  pots  and  baskets  for  successful  cultxire.  Fig. 
1575  shows  the  Orchid  basket  most  commonly  used ;  it 
is  the  best  adapted  for  the  general  cul- 
ture of  Cattleyas,  Coryanthes,  Den- 
drobiums,  Epidendrums,  Laelias,  Mas- 
devallias  of  the  Chimsera  section,  On- 
cidiums,  and  a  majority  of  Orchids  with 
pendulous  flower-scapes.  They  can  be 
made  of  cedar,  teak-wood,  cypress,  or 
any  durable  wood.  The  wood  is  cut 
into  square  (or  round)  sticks  of  any 
length  desirable  and  in  proportionate 
thickness  from  %-l  in.,  and  carefully 
perforated  at  each  end.  Through  the 
holes  is  inserted  a  strong  wire,  which 
is  looped  at  the  upper  end  when  finished 
in  order  to  receive  the  wire  hanger. 
These  baskets  can  be  as  deep  as  de- 
sired, but  three  sticks  on  each  of  the  four  sides  are 
-usually  enough  for  most  Orchids,  with  two  or  three 
placed  crosswise  through  the  bottom,  to  hold  the  com- 
post. The  hanger  is  made  by  twisting  together  and 
bending  down  in  the  middle  two  pieces 
of  galvanized  or  copper  wire,  forming 
four  ends  to  insert  in  the  basket-loops 
and  a  loop  or  hook  at  the  top  by  which 
to  suspend  it. 

The  Orchid  cylinder  (Fig.  1576)  is 
very  useful  for  standing  on  the  bench 
or  pit,  and  is  used  for  Renantheras, 

ITfftTlr'l  A6rides>  Vandas,  Angrsecums,  Epi- 
dendrums, and  many  other  tall  plants 
I  I  I  I  that  are  too  tall  or  difficult  to  suspend. 
Cylinders  are  made  in  all  sizes  and  any 
diameter  desired,  with  either  square  or 
round  sticks.  They  are  bored  a  short 
distance  from  the  ends  and  a  wire  in- 
serted through  them,  with  a  small 
block  between  each  stick,  to  make  an 
opening  for  air.  When  large  enough 
the  sides  are  brought  together  and 
fastened.  The  depth  is  adjusted  by 
movable  cross-pieces. 

The  Orchid  raft  (Fig.  1577)  is  made 
in  much  the  same  way  as  the  cylinder, 
but  is  left  flat  with  the  openings  be- 
tween closer  together.  Oblong-square 
blocks  of  hard,  rough  wood,  an  inch  or  less  thick, 
answer  much  the  same  purpose.  The  Orchid  raft  or 
block  is  very  useful  for  many  species,  such  as  Cctttlej/a 
titrina,  Barkerias,  Epidendrum  falcatum,  Dendrobium 

74 


1577. 

An  Orchid  raft. 
Used  for  much 
the  same  purpose 
as  the  cylinder. 


1578. 

Earthen  basket. 
For  Stanho- 
peas  and  other 
Orchids,  whose 
pendulous 
scapes  issue 
through  the 
holes  in  the  bot- 
tom. 


Jenkinsii,    Oncidium  Limminghii  and  Papilio,  Scuti- 
carias,  etc. 

The  earthen  basket  (Fig.  1578)  is  useful  when  the 
compost  is  fine  and  when  the  roots  do  not  require  much 
atmospheric  action;  also  to  properly  mature  tissue  in  a 
few  terrestrial  species,  thereby  inducing  them  to  flower 
more  freely.  The  earthen  basket  is  especially  useful 
for  Acinetas,  Peristerias  with  pendulous  scapes,  Stan- 
hopeas,  etc. ;  it  is  made  with  ovate  openings  around  the 
sides  and  a  round  one  in  the  center  to 
admit  pendulous  scapes. 

The  perforated  pan  (Fig.  1579) is  usu- 
ally made  only  in  small  sizes  and  used 
for  Bulbophyllums,  the  concolor  type 
of  Cypripedium,  Dendrobiums,  and 
many  other  small-growing  species  that 
do  well  suspended  from  the  roof. 

The  perforated  Orchid  pot  (Fig. 
1580)  is  for  bench  use  and  is  useful 
for  many  epiphytal  Orchids  that  are 
not  to  be  suspended,  the  perforations 
or  holes  supplying  abundant  air  to  the 
roots,  a  safeguard  against  losing  them 
through  overwatering  in  winter. 

Figs.  1581  and  1582  show  the  stand- 
ard earthen  pot  and  pan  for  terrestrial 
species.  They  should  have  the  drain- 
age holes  made  on  the  side  at  the  base, 
instead  of  directly  underneath,  as  a 
preventive  against  earth-worms  enter- 
ing from  the  benches. 

Potting,  Soil,  etc.,  for  Terrestrial  Orchids.  — Terres- 
trial Orchids  as  a  general  rule  grow  best  under  pot  cul- 
ture. Potting  material  for  the  following  genera— Acan- 
thephippium,  Bletia,  Calanthe,  Cymbidium,  Cypripe- 
dium insigne  and  most  of  the  hardy  species,  Cyrtopo- 
dium,  Habenaria,Liparis,  Microstylis,Peristeria,Phaius, 
Pleione,  Sobralia,  Thunia,  and  some  others— should  con- 
sist of  about  one-third  each  of  chopped  sod  with  some 
of  the  fine  soil  removed,  chopped  live  sphagnum  and 
leaf -mold,  adding  a  little  ground  bone  for  some  of  the 
strong- growing  kinds.  One -third  of  the  pot  space 
should  be  devoted  to  clean  drainage,  covered  with  sphag- 
num or  rough  material  to  keep  it  open.  After  removing 
all  decayed  portions,  the  roots  should  be  carefully  dis- 
tributed and  the  compost  worked  in  gently  but  firmly 
around  them,  leaving  the  surface  a  little  convex  and 
slightly  below  the  rim  of  the  pot  as  in  Fig.  1581  (the 
dotted  lines  denote  drainage  required).  The  convex 
surface  gives  the  rhizome  an  opportunity  to  dry  out  fre- 
quently, thus  avoiding  fungi,  which  are  troublesome  to 
some  species. 

In  repotting  terrestrial  Orchids  sufficient  pot  room 
should  be  given  to  last  a  year  or  two  if  possible,  as  they 
dislike  to  have  their  roots  disturbed  oftener  than  is 
necessary.  The  best  time  to  repot  is  just  before  the 
rooting  period,  or  when  they  are  starting  their  new 
growths  in  spring.  The  deciduous  species  of  Calanthe 
can  be  easily  increased  at  this  time, 
if  desired,  by  removing  the  old  bulbs 
and  placing  a  number  together  in  a 
pan  or  shallow  box,  covering  them 
partly  with  compost  and  placing  them 
in  a  warm  house  until  they  start  action, 
after  which  time  they  should  be  potted 
as  desired,  two  or  three  together. 

Anosctochilus,  Arpophyllums,  Cypri- 
pediums,  Disas,Goodyeras, Spathoglot- 
tis,  and  many  allied  genera,  grow  best 
under  pot  culture,  but  otherwise  re- 
quire compost  and  treatment  similar 
to  the  epiphytal  kinds. 

Potting,  Basketing,  and  Compost 
for  Epiphytal  Orchids.— The  roots  of 
epiphytal  Orchids  are  usually  very 
porous,  and  many  are  covered  with  a 
corky  substance  (velamen),  capable  of 
absorbing  and  retaining  water  for  con- 
siderable time.  In  their  native  homes  a  great  many  of 
the  roots  are  aerial  or  grow  in  loose,  fibrous  material, 
such  as  moss  and  the  fine  roots  of  Polypodiums  and  other 
ferns,  where  they  have  free  access  of  air  at  all  times. 
It  is  important  that  they  receive  similar  treatment  un- 


1579. 

Perforated  pan. 
Adapted  t  o 
small  Orchids 
that  do  well 
when  suspended 
from  the  roof. 


1168 


ORCHID 


ORCHID 


1580.  Perforated 
Orchid  pot. 
Adapted  to  ep- 
iphytes    which 
need  plenty    of 
air  at  the  roots 
and  are  in  dan- 
ger   of    over- 
watering. 


der  cultivation  so  far  as  is  consistent,  with  the  differ- 
ence of  their  environment  taken  into  consideration. 
Thus  it  is  apparent  that  one  of  the  special  features  in 
the  culture  of  epiphytal  Orchids  lies  in  the  proper 
selection  of  compost  and  the  method  of  potting  and 
basketing  for  the  best  results  in  after- 
cultivation. 

Peat  fiber,  sphagnum  moss  and  leaf- 
mold  constitute  the  principal  materials 
of  good  compost,  usually  lasting  one  or 
two  years  without  renewal,  which  is 
important,  as  the  roots  suffer  more  or 
less  in  being  disturbed.  By  peat  fiber 
is  meant  the  fibrous  roots  of  various 
wild  ferns,  with  the  fine  soil  removed 
by  first  chopping  it  into  small  pieces, 
then  rubbing  it  across  a  coarse  sieve. 
The  several  species  of  Osmunda  fur- 
nish us  with  the  best  Orchid  peat. 
The  sphagnum  moss  used  for  Orchids 
should  consist  of  Sphagnum  squarro- 
sum,  S.  macrophyllum  and  the  coarse- 
leaved  species  only ;  S.  acutifolium 
and  other  weak-growing  species  should  never  be  used, 
as  they  soon  decay  and  become  detrimental  to  the  roots. 
Leaf-mold  is  made  from  decomposed  leaves.  The 
leaves  of  almost  any  tree  will  do,  but  those  of  hard- 
wood trees  are  most  desirable,  especially  oak.  When 
collected  in  the  fall  the  leaves  should  be  heaped  up  to 
decay  for  a  year  or  more,  and  turned  over  at  least  twice 
during  that  time. 

Charcoal  is  the  best  material  to  use  for  drainage  and 
for  mixing  or  interspersing  with  the  compost.  It  is 
best  made  from  hard  wood  and  should  not  be  over- 
burned.  Broken  potsherds  are  often  used,  but  they  are 
not  as  good;  being  porous,  they  either  absorb  too  much 
water  at  times  or  become  overdry  too  often  and  are 
liable  to  prove  injurious.  Charcoal  is 
lighter  in  weight,  and  contains  more 
useful  properties. 

Where  closed  pots  are  used,  nearly 
one-half  of  the  space  should  be  devoted 
to  drainage  and  the  balance  to  com- 
post, consisting  of  about  equal  parts 
of  peat  fiber,  chopped  sphagnum  and 
leaf-mold  for  most  genera,  adding  a 
few  pieces  of  charcoal  in  potting,  and 
a  piece  beneath  the  rhizome  of  the  ten- 
der ones.  Care  must  be  exercised  in 
potting  to  distribute  the  roots  properly 
and  make  the  compost  moderately  firm 
about  them,  leaving  the  finished  sur- 
face convex,  to  throw  off  surplus  water 
and  protect  the  rhizome  from  an  over- 
abundance of  wet.  Top  dressing  with  live  sphagnum 
is  beneficial  to  many  Orchids,  such  as  Odontoglossum 
crispum  and  allies,  and  gives  the  surface  a  neat  appear- 
ance. Fig.  1583  illustrates  a  finished  pot,  the  dotted  line 
in  Fig.  1581  indicating  the  amount  of  drainage  re- 
quired. 

When  perforated  or  open-work  pots  or  baskets  are 
used,  no  direct  drainage  is  necessary.  Rough,  broken 
pieces  of  charcoal  should  be  freely  used  in  the  compost 
while  potting,  as  it  helps  to  keep  the  mass  firm  and  the 
roots  of  nearly  all  species  attach  to  it  freely;  also  it 
lessens  the  quantity  of  compost  and  so  modifies  its  tex- 
ture as  to  allow  it  to  dry  out  more 
readily  than  when  packed  in  a 
solid  body. 

Cattleyas  of  the  C.  intermedia 
type,  Coryanthes,  Cypripediums  of 
the  Lowii  and  Stonei  sections, 
some  Dendrobiums,  Oncidium  Car- 
thaginense,  O.  crispum,  O.  ma- 
cranthum,  O.  Papilio  and  their  al- 
lies should  have  the  leaf  -|mold 
omitted,  while  Aerides,  Phalae- 
nopsis,  Saccolabiums,  Vandas  and 

kindred   genera  require  only    chopped   live   sphagnum 
and  charcoal  as  a  compost. 

Watering,  Humidity.  — li  is  impossible  to  lay  down 
any  hard  and  fast  rules  for  watering  Orchids.  Watering 
is  a  very  important  operation  and  requires  more  or  less 


1581.    Standard 
earthen  pot. 
For  terrestrial 
Orchids,    with 
drainage    holes 
at  the  side   in- 
stead of  at  the 
bottom. 


1582.    Standard 

earthen  pan. 

For  terrestrial 

Orchids,      showing 

side  drainage  holes. 


practical  experience,  connected  with  a  knowledge  of  the 
general  conditions  surrounding  the  plants  in  their 
native  homes.  As  a  rule  most  Orchids  need  a  liberal 
supply  while  growing,  but  the  condition  of  the  plant 
and  compost  and  the  manner  in  which  it  is  potted  or 
basketed  have  much  to  do  with  this. 

The  evergreen  terrestrial  species,  which  grow  chiefly 
in  loam  fiber,  as  Cymbidium,  Cypripedium  inxiyne, 
Phaius,  Sobralias,  etc.,  require  water  whenever  the 
surface  of  the  compost  is  becoming  dry,  with  occasional 
light  overhead  syringing  in  fine  weather,  which  will 
assist  in  keeping  down  red  spider,  thrips  and  other 
pests.  An  occasional  application  of  weak  liquid  cow  or 
sheep  manure  is  of  great  benefit  while  the  plants  are 
growing. 

The  deciduous  species  have  a  decided  period  of  rest, 
at  which  time  they  are  practically  inactive  and  need 
very  little  water,  enough  only  to  keep  the  stems  and 
pseudobulbs  in  sound  condition.  When  growing,  how- 
ever, they  reqiiire  a  good  supply  and  should  have  a 
thorough  watering  to  the  bottom  whenever  the  soil  is 
becoming  dry,  but  should  not  be  kept  in  a  wet  condition 
at  all  times,  or  the  soil  soon  becomes  sour  and  infested 
with  worms,  under  which  condition  no  Orchid  can  do 
well. 

Epiphytal  Orchids,  or  a  greater  part  of  them,  in  their 
native  habitats  grow  in  locations  where  heavy  rains  are 
frequent  or  of  almost  daily  occurrence  during  their 
growing  season,  and  where  condensing  vapors  settle  on 
them  like  dripping  rain,  while  the  early  morning  fogs 
rise  among  the  forests,  charging  the  atmosphere  almost 
to  saturation  during  the  early  part  of  the  day  in  the 
resting  season.  Such  species  as  are  subjected  to  a  se- 
vere dry  resting  season  are  often  deciduous  (see  Den- 
drobium,  and  also  p.  11C6).  Many  of  the  extremely 
alpine  species,  such  as  the  Masdevallias  and  Odonto- 
glossum crispum,  are  subjected  to 
two  annual  rainy  seasons,  and  where 
these  seasons  are  much  prolonged 
the  undersigned  has  observed  the  last- 
mentioned  species  in  its  native  habi- 
tat mature  as  many  as  three  pseudo- 
bulbs  in  the  year.  Thus  the  pseu- 
dobulb  is  no  indication  of  annual 
growth,  but  a  reservoir  of  supply  in 
case  the  plant  is  overtaken  by  severe 
or  sudden  droughts,  each  "pseudo- 
bulb  being  supplied  with  a  mature 
secondary  bud  for  further  reproduc- 
tion should  the  proper  lead  be  de- 
stroyed. 

Such  genera  as  Aerides,  Cypripe- 
diums, Masdevallia,  Vanda,  etc.,  which  have  no  pseu- 
dobulbs, rely  more  or  less  directly  on  a  daily  supply 
at  all  seasons.  These,  with  many  of  the  extreme  al- 
pine species,  should  have  a  liberal  supply  of  water  at 
all  times. 

Many  of  the  pseudobulbous  kinds,  including  Cattleyas 
and  Laelias,  are  also  constantly  in  action  perfecting  new 
roots  or  maturing  their  flower-buds,  after  the  pseudo- 
bulbs  are  completed  and  they  are  apparently  at  rest. 
For  this  reason  careful  observation  of  each  species  is 
necessary  to  make  their  cultivation  successful. 

Under  basket  culture  there  is  least  liability  of  injury 
through  overwatering,  and  excepting  genera  like  the 
Oncidiums  and  Dendrobiums  (which  need  a  dry  and  cool 
resting  period  to  induce  them  to  flower),  and  decidu- 
ous species  at  rest,  nearly  all  should  receive  a  good  sup- 
ply of  water,  weather  permitting,  whenever  the  compost 
is  becoming  dry,  with  frequent  syringing  overhead  in 
fine  weather,  when  the  temperature  is  normal  and  ven- 
tilation can  be  given.  A  stimulant  of  weak  sheep  or  cow 
manure  applied  occasionally  to  plants  in  action  will 
benefit  them. 

On  cold,  cheerless  days,  when  the  temperature  is  below 
normal  and  the  atmosphere  is  overcharged  with  mois- 
ture, very  little  watering  or  damping  is  needed,  and  un- 
less it  be  some  particular  species  which  cannot  endure 
drying,  or  tiny  seedlings,  it  is  safest  to  withhold  water, 
as  at  these  times  the  stomata  cease  action  and  the 
plants  become  overcharged  with  water;  thus  those  with 
weak  constitutions  and  immature  growths  are  liable  to 
attacks  of  wet-spot  and  rot.  The  best  means  of  coun- 


1583.  Method  of 
pottin  gan 
epiphytal  Or- 
chid. 
Showing    the 

raised       and 

round     top     of 

sphagnum. 


UNIVERSITY 


ORCHID 

teraction  in  such  cases  is  to  apply  fire  heat  and  ventila- 
tion. A  close,  stagnant  atmosphere  is  always  to  be 
avoided. 

As  a  safeguard  against  excessive  changes  in  humidity 
a  hygrometer  should  be  kept  in  each  department  to  as- 
certain and  regulate  the  degrees  of  moisture,  especially 
during  fall  and  winter.  When  overabundant,  moisture 
can  be  reduced  by  applying  fire  heat  and  ventilation, 
and  if  insufficient  by  wetting  down  the  paths  and 
shelves,  or  pits,  and  reducing  the  ventilation.  Well 
regulated  departments  should  be  kept  as  near  as  pos- 
sible to  70°  or  75°  through  the  day  or  80°  to  85°  with 
free  ventilation,  and  about  80°  at  night.  Just  after 
damping  and  watering  it  will  often  rise  to  85°,  but  this 
is  of  no  consequence,  as  it  soon  recedes.  Orchids  at 
rest,  such  as  Calanthes  and  Dendrobiums,  should  be 
held  at  65°  to  75°.  In  no  case,  where  it  can  be  avoided, 
should  it  go  below  60°  nor  rise  above  90°  for  any  length 
of  time,  as  serious  results  are  very  liable  to  follow. 

Ventilation.  —  The  ventilators  should  extend  the  en- 
tire length  on  both  sides  of  the  ridge,  and  be  supplied 
with  the  best  modern  lifting  apparatus.  Extending 
them  continuously  along  the  roof  necessitates  raising 
them  but  a  small  height  to  afford  proper  circulation 
to  the  plants  and  egress  of  overheated  air,  without  los- 
ing too  much  moisture.  Having  them  on  both  sides 
assists  in  avoiding  direct  drafts,  by  using  the  side  pro- 
tected from  the  direct  wind. 

One  essential  point  to  be  considered  is  this:  When 
should  ventilation  be  applied  so  as  to  be  of  the  most 
possible  benefit  to  the  plants?  Air  must  be  given  at  all 
times,  when  possible,  to  keep  the  atmosphere  active,  as 
well  as  to  lower  temperature,  also  to  reduce  the  density 
of  moisture  when  excessive  in  close,  inclement  weather 
and  during  the  night.  In  bright  weather  ventilate 
enough  to  allow  egress  of  the  heated  air. 

It  is  customary  with  some  cultivators  to  close  down 
ventilators  in  wet  weather  and  during  the  night  to  help 
retain  heat,  etc.  This  is  a  serious  mistake.  It  may  show 
no  visible  injury  in  bright  weather,  when  the  density  of 
moisture  in  the  atmosphere  is  at  a  minimum,  but  this 
bad  practice  surely  accounts  for  the  decaying  of  many 
young  growths,  which  are  lost  during  wet,  close  and 
cloudy  nights. 

Prop agation.— Many  species  of  Orchids  can  be  propa- 
gated by  division  and  from  cuttings.  This  is  usually 
resorted  to  when  it  is  desired  to  increase  the  stock  of 
rare  and  unique  species  and  varieties.  With  the  more 
common  species,  however,  it  is  cheaper  and  better  to 
buy  freshly  imported  stock,  as  it  often  takes  two,  three 
or  more  years  to  bring  the  young  plants  up  to  the  flow- 
ering stage. 

The  pseudobulbous  species,  such  as  Cattleyas,  Odon- 
toglossums,  Coslogynes,  etc.,  are  propagated  by  cutting 
part  way  through  the  rhizome  three  or  more  pseudo- 
bulbs  behind  the  lead  with  a  sharp  knife.  This  will 
usually  retard  the  sap  and  force  the  dormant  eye  behind 
the  cut  to  grow.  The  back  portion  may  then  be  removed 
and  potted  or  basketed  separately,  or  left  on  the  plant 
to  mature  the  new  growth,  and  be  removed  when  it 
starts  action  the  following  season. 

With  the  deciduous  Calanthes,  the  old  bulbs  should 
be  removed  when  potting  them  in  spring  and  put,  sev- 
eral together,  in  pans  or  flats  and  partly  covered  with 
sphagnum  or  potting  compost  until  they  start  to  grow, 
when  they  should  be  potted  in  the  regular  way.  Thu- 
nias  are  easily  propagated  after  the  young  growths  are 
well  advanced,  by  cutting  the  last  year's  stems  into 
pieces  4  or  5  inches  long  and  inserting  the  ends  in 
chopped  sphagnum  and  sand,  placing  them  in  the  propa- 
gating house  until  they  grow,  when  they  may  have  their 
normal  heat.  Dendrobiums  are  managed  in  much  the 
same  way,  or  the  old  canes  can  be  laid  on  wet  sphag- 
num, when  many  will  produce  new  growths  from  the 
side  eyes  on  the  nodes.  Aerides  and  Vandas  are  in- 
creased by  removing  the  upper  portion  with  a  sharp 
knife,  leaving  a  few  roots  and  at  least  a  foot  of  stem  to 
each  top.  The  old  bases  of  the  stems  usually  break  new 
growths  freely,  often  producing  several  new  shoots 
from  each.  Cypripediums  should  be  divided  between 
the  older  growths,  leaving  at  least  one  old  growth  with 
each  lead,  and  potted  separately,  allowing  them  a  little 
extra  moisture  ^intil  they  start  to  grow.  Masdevallias 


ORCHID 


1169 


and  allied  genera  can  be  separated  in  the  same  manner, 
leaving  several  leaves  and  one  or  more  new  growths  or 
leads  to  each  piece.  All  species  should  be  propagated 
at  the  commencement  of  the  growing  season. 

Reproduction  of  Orchids  from  Seed.— The  reproduc- 
tion of  Orchids  from  seed  through  crossing  and  hybrid- 
izing has  been  carried  on  for  many  years  successfully  by 
a  limited  number  of  hybridists,  principally  abroad,  and 
it  is  only  within  the  past  10  or  15  years  that  it  has  re- 
ceived much  attention  in  America,  but  in  that  limit  of 
time  very  many  beautiful  hybrids  have  sprung  into  cul- 
tivation, and  to  the  late  firm  of  Pitcher  &  Manda,  of 
Short  Hills,  N.  J.,  much  credit  is  due  for  the  fine  work 
they  carried  on  in  this  line.  Many  of  our  establishments, 
both  private  and  commercial,  are  now  paying  much  at- 
tention to  this  branch  of  Orchid  culture,  with  various 
degrees  of  success.  The  fertilization  of  Orchids  is  very 
easy  and  requires  no  special  skill,  but  judgment  should 
be  exercised  in  the  selection  of  proper  species  for  the 
work,  in  order  that  the  results  may  be  an  improvement 
over  both  parents,  if  possible. 

The  seed-bearing  parent  should  possess  a  good,  vig- 
orous constitution,  of  free-growing  and  flowering  habit, 
as  the  hybrids  usually  follow  this  parent  in  form  of 
growth,  and  the  pollen  parent  in  color  of  flower.  Fer- 
tilization is  effected  by  placing  one  or  more  of  the  pol- 
linia  or  pollen  masses  on  the  stigma  of  the  flower  to  be 
fertilized,  selecting  always  plants  of  relatively  the  same 
genus  for  the  operation.  Crosses  between  genera  widely 
removed  from  each  other  in  general  character  usually 
prove  fruitless,  for  though  the  ovary  may  become  stimu- 
lated by  foreign  pollinia  and  an  apparently  successful 
cross  be  effected,  the  seeds  will  either  fail  to  mature  or 
the  results  will  follow  the  seed  parent  in  every  detail. 
It  takes  about  a  year  to  ripen  the  seed  of  most  Or- 
chids in  our  climate,  with  exceptions  in  a  few  genera. 
Masdevallias  mature  in  about  six  months  and  Selenipe- 
diums  in  about  three  months. 

The  seeds  germinate  best  when  sown  soon  after  ma- 
turity, and  many  lose  their  vitality  in  a  few  months  if 
kept  too  dry  and  warm.  When  sowing  the  seeds  the 
best  results  are  often  obtained  when  they  are  dusted 
on  the  surface  of  pots  or  baskets  containing  a  plant  of 
the  same  genus  as  the  seed  and  carefully  watered  with 
a  very  fine  rose  until  they  become  attached,  watching 
carefully  for  snails,  slugs,  and  depredators  in  general 
that  infest  the  compost.  The  pots  or  baskets  selected 
should  have  a  favorable-looking  surface,  with  the  com- 
post in  good  condition,  firm  and  free  from  fungi.  Use 
pots  or  baskets  that  will  not  have  to  be  disturbed  for  a 
year  or  more,  as  it  often  takes  that  length  of  time  for 
the  seedlings  to  come  through.  Seed  sown  in  early 
spring  seems  to  germinate  soonest.  The  writer  has  had 
Selenipedium  seedlings  up  in  three  months  from  sow- 
ing, and  again  has  waited  for  Cypripedium  twenty-three 
months  before  the  seedlings  appeared. 

After  the  seedlings  have  perfected  2  or  3  leaves  it  is 
quite  safe  to  remove  them  to  small  pots,  singly,  or  ser- 
eral  to  a  small  pan,  using  compost 
of  the  same  material  as  that  for  the 
parent,  but  cut  a  trifle  finer. 

Many  tiny  seedlings  are  lost  short- 
ly  after    germinating,   through    the 
soil  becoming  sour  or  through  fungi. 
When     thus     at- 
tacked     they 
should    be  trans- 
ferred    to    other 
pots    or    baskets 
not  infested. 

Fig.   1584  illus 
trates     a     newly 
germinated  seed- 
ling of  P  h  a  i  u  s 
hybridus:    Fig.  1585  a  three-months  -  old    seedling   of 
Cypripedium   insigne,    var.    Sanderce,    in  proper   con- 
dition  to  be   transferred   to    a   pot ;    Fig.   1586,  eight- 
months-old  plant  of  Phaius    Wallichii ;    Fig.   1587   a 
twelve-months-old  hybrid  Cattleya  ( C.  intermedia  x  C. 
labiata);  Fig.  1588  a  Cypripedium  thirteen  months  old; 
Fig.  1589  a  two-year-old  hybrid  between  a  Cattleya  and 
Lselia  ((7.  intermedia  x  L.  prcestans). 
The  raising  of  Orchids  from  seed  should  be  encour- 


1584. 
Newly  germinated 

seedling. 
(Phaius  hybridus.) 


1585.  Three  months 
from  seed,  and 
ready  to  transfer 
to  a  pot.  ( Cypri- 
pedium insigne, 
var.  Sanderce.) 


1170 


ORCHID 


ORCHID 


aged,  and  enlist  the  energy  of  every  Orchid  culturist, 
not  necessarily  for  the  production  of  hybrids  alone,  but 
also  for  the  reproduction  of  rare  species  and  varieties,  and 
a  number  of  species  which  are  fast  decreasing  or  becom- 
ing extinct  in  their  native  homes.  Aside  from  the  finan- 
cial inducement  offered  the  commercial  grower,  it  will 


apices  and  on  new  growths  of  deciduous  and  plicate- 
leaved  species,  indicate  either  lack  of  sufficient  water 
at  the  roots  or  an  overdry  atmosphere,  both  of  which 
conditions  can  be  easily  changed. 

Snails  and  Insects,  — Orchids   are  attacked  by  many 
forms  of  snails.     Insect  pests   are  a  great  annoyance 


1586.    Eight  months  from  seed. 
(Phaius  Wallichii.) 


1587.    A  year  from  the  seed. 

(Cattleya  intermedia  X  C.  labiata.) 


1588.    Thirteen  months  from  seed. 
(Cypripedium.) 


prove  instructive  to  the  botanist  and  afford  infinite 
pleasure  and  pastime  for  the  amateur. 

Diseases.  — Orchids  are  subject  to  many  diseases. 
Those  having  importance  from  a  cultural  standpoint  and 
most  troublesome  to  the  grower  are  known  as  wet-  and 
dry-rot  and  spot.  Wet-rot  is  caused  by  an  overmoist  or 
stagnant  atmosphere,  and  is  usually  first  detected  by  a 
semi-transparent  appearance  of  the  parts  affected,  which 
soon  become  dark  brown.  It  spreads  slowly  along  the 
tissue.  If  noticed  at  the  commencement  it  can  be 
readily  checked  by  slitting  the  epidermis  with  a  sharp 
knife  and  removing  the  plant  to  a  more  airy  position  in 
the  house  for  a  few  days.  Dry-rot  is  caused  by  a  fun- 
gus which  attacks  the  rhizome  of  the  plant.  It  is  often 
produced  through  burying  the  rhizome  or  base  of  the 
plant  with  compost.  Cypripediums  are  subject  to  it. 
Large,  healthy  growths  when  attacked  quickly  show  a 
sickly  pale  color  in  the  foliage,  which,  on  examination  of 
the  base,  will  be  found  discolored,  and  with  a  light 
brown  appearance.  If  the  portion  attacked  is  quickly 
removed  with  a  sharp  knife  it  will  usually  give  no  fur- 
ther trouble;  otherwise  it  will  travel  through  the  en- 
tire rhizome  and  destroy  the  plant  in  a  very  short  time. 

Spot  comes  from  various  causes:  the  appearance  of 
small  dark  brown  spots  on  the  succulent  leaves  and 
pseudobulbs  is  usually  an  indication  of  cold  and  over- 
watering.  Spot  also  arises  through  weak  tissue,  espe- 
cially in  Phalaanopsis,  Saccolabiums  and  Angrsecums 
during  winter,  which  have  been  grown  too  warm,  shady 
and  moist.  The  affected  parts  should  be  slit  with  a 


1589.    Two-year-old  hybrid  between  a  Cattleya 
and  Lselia. 

sharp  knife  and  a  little  flowers  of  sulfur  should  be 
rubbed  over  the  wound.  When  they  make  new  growth 
the  plants  should  be  placed  in  a  brighter  and  more  airy 
position  to  induce  a  better  growth.  The  brown  dots  which 
make  their  appearance  on  the  leaves,  especially  at  the 


to  the  cultivator.  They  can  be  kept  in  subjection  only 
by  constant  attention.  Slugs  and  shell  snails  are  very 
destructive.  If  allowed  to  increase  they  devour  young 
shoots,  roots  and  flower-buds.  The  best  means  of  captur- 
ing them  is  to  place  saucers  of  dry  bran  on  the  shelves 
among  the  pots,  and  look  them  over  morning  and  even- 
ing. By  this  means  many  will  be  destroyed.  Various 
species  of  scale  insects  attach  themselves  to  the  leaves, 
pseudobulbs  and  rhizomes  of  nearly  all  species  of  Or- 
chids,and  can  be  eradicated  only  by  the  use  of  a  soft  brush 
and  washing  with  a  sponge  and  water.  A  little  whale- 
oil  soap  added  to  the  water  is  of  great  assistance,  and 
also  useful  in  destroying  red  spider  and  green  and  yel- 
low fly.  Black  and  red  thrips  attack  the  young  growths 
of  many  species  and  often  become  very  troublesome. 
Fumigating  the  houses  with  tobacco  stems  lightly  about 
three  times  during  the  week  will  soon  cause  them  to  dis- 
appear. Fumigation  is  also  a  sure  remedy  for  green  fly. 

The  Cattleya  fly  is  very  injurious  to  young  growths  of 
Cattleyas,  Lffilias  and  some  Epidendrums.  The  flies 
lay  their  eggs  in  the  very  young  growth  at  the  base, 
causing  an  enlargement  which  is  easily  distinguished. 
The  only  remedy  is  to  remove  the  growth,  and  burn  it. 
The  mature  fly  can  be  eradicated  by  fumigating  the 
house  with  tobacco  stems  about  three  times  each  week 
during  early  spring. 

The  Dendrobium  beetle  larva  burrows  in  the  stems  of 
various  species  of  the  genus,  and  is  detected  by  a  small 
discolored  spot.  There  is  no  remedy,  except  to  cut 
awav  and  destroy  the  parts  attacked.  An  insect  which 
is  much  more  to  be  dreaded  is  the  Dendrobium  mite, 
which  perforates  the  canes  and  rhizomes  of  Dendro- 
biums  and  many  other  Orchids,  laying  a  number  of 
eggs  in  each  perforation.  On  hatching,  these  eat  away 
a  part  of  the  plant  around  them,  causing  that  portion  to 
decay.  They  can  be  found  only  by  careful  and  close 
observation,  and  this  often  after  the  plant  is  beyond 
redemption.  There  is  no  remedy  but  cutting  them  out, 
and  unless  the  plant  attacked  is  valuable  it  is  best  to 
burn  it  and  keep  the  pest  from  spreading. 

Mealy  bug  is  usually  not  very  troublesome  to  Or- 
chids. It  is  readily  seen  and  destroyed  without  much 
injury  to  the  plant. 

Roaches  are  usually  very  troublesome,  and  hard  to 
eradicate,  as  they  feed  at  night  and  remain  hidden 
through  the  daytime.  They  destroy  roots,  growing 
shoots  and  young  flower-buds  and  scapes.  Bran,  pow- 
dered sugar  and  Paris  green,  mixed  together  and  placed 
around  the  houses  in  saucers,  will  usually  keep  them  in 
subjection,  and  they  should  be  hunted  down  at  night 
by  the  aid  of  a  lantern.  Many  can  be  caught  in  this 
manner. 

Sow  bugs  or  wood  lice  are  usually  common  in  every 
part  of  Orchid  houses,  pots  and  baskets.  They  do  a 
great  deal  of  damage  to  young  leaves,  roots  and  the  ten- 
der portions  of  flower-scapes.  The  Paris  green  mixture 
used  for  roaches  is  very  effectual  in  reducing  their 
number,  but  it  is  impossible  to  be  entirely  freed  from 
them.  ROBERT  M.  GREY. 


ORCHIS 


OREGON 


1171 


ORCHIS  (Greek  word,  referring  to  the  shape  of 
the  tuberous  roots  of  certain  species).  Orchidacece. 
Orchis  is  the  typical  genus  of  the  great  family  of  Or- 
chids. It  contains  about  70  species,  all  terrestrial  and 
natives  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  chiefly  in  Europe 
and  Asia,  with  2  species  in  North  America.  Plants  per- 
ennial by  means  of  simple  or  palmate  tubers  :  stem 
simple,  erect,  terminating  in  a  raceme  or  spike,  with 
few  to  many  rather  small  fls.,  and  bearing  several  Ivs., 
with  long  sheaths;  bracts  often  foliaceous:  sepals  all 
similar,  connivent  or  spreading:  petals  often  smaller, 
entire:  labellum  3-lobed,  middle  lobe  entire  or  parted, 
base  spurred  :  column  very  short  or  none  :  stigma 
plane,  not  produced  (Habenaria). 

Orchises  are  not  showy,  and  they  have  no  horticul- 
tural standing,  but  lovers  of  our  native  Orchids  are 
always  collecting  them  and  trying  to  cultivate  them, 
usually  with  little  success.  F.  W.  Barclay  writes: 
"The  American  species  of  Orchis  are  woodland  plants, 
requiring  rich  leaf  soil,  with  rather  heavy  shade,  and 
that  even  condition  of  moisture  characteristic  of  deep 
woods.  Where  these  conditions  cannot  be  supplied  the 
plants  invariably  prove  short-lived."  See  also  discus- 
sion on  terrestrial  orchids,  page  1165. 

hircina,  Crantz  (Himantoglds  sum  hirclnum, 
Spreng. ).  Flower  stems  1-2  ft.  high,  bearing  a  loose 
raceme  4-8  in.  long:  fls.  greenish  white,  exhaling  a 
disagreeable  odor;  middle  lobe  of  the  labellum  long, 
strap-like  and  twisted,  lateral  lobes  much  smaller:  Ivs. 
few  near  the  bottom  of  the  scape,  oblong-lanceolate. 
May,  June.  Europe  and  northern  Africa.  Adver- 
tised by  Dutch  bulb-growers. 

spectabilis,  Linn.     Fig.  1590.     A  native  species 
with   2    large  obovate,  shining   Ivs.   4-8    in.  long 
borne  near  the  ground,  and  a  stem  4-7  in.  high 
bearing  a  raceme   of  3-6  small   pale  purple  and  white 
fls.     April-June.     In  rich  woods,  northeastern  U.  S. 

The  following  species  are  advertised  in  America  by  Euro- 
pean dealers,  but  are  not  known  to  be  cultivated  in  America. 
Most  of  them  are  hardy  European  plants.  The  synonomy  of 
the  group  is  somewhat  confused.  O.  Brancifortii,  fls.  purple. — O. 
folibsa,  large,  leafy  spikes  of  purple  fls. — O.  fusca,  purple-  and 
rose-colored  fls. — O.  latifblia,  spotted  Ivs.  and  purple  fls.  -  O. 
longicornis,  fls.  rich  purple.  Xorth  Africa.— O.  maculata,  fls. 
lilac-purple.  — O.  mdscula,  fls.  purple,  in  long  spikes. — O.  mili- 
taris,  fls.  purple. — O.  Mbrio,  fls.  purple  and  green. — O.pdllens, 
pale  sulfur-yellow. — O.  papilionacea,  fls.  purple  and  white.— 
O.  provincialis,  long  spikes  of  pale  lemon-yellow  fls.— O.  Ro- 
bertidna,  fls.  purple,  brown  and  white,  in  large  spikes.— O. 
srtnthiiclna,  fls.  yellow.— O.  undulatifblia,  tts.  white-  and  rose- 
HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

ORCHIS,  Rein.    Habenaria. 

OREGON,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  Fig.  1591.  Oregon, 
located  between  42°  and  46°  15'  N.  and  116°  45'  and  124°  30' 
W.,  with  an  area  of  94,560  square  miles,  has,  horticultur- 
ally  speaking,  four  quite  distinct  districts,— the  valleys  of 
the  Rogue,  Umpqua,  Willamette  and  Columbia  rivers, 
together  with  their  tributaries.  There  is  climatically 
a  very  wide  difference  between  these  various  sections. 
In  the  Rogue  river  valley  the  annual  rainfall  is  20-35 
inches.  The  mean  temperature  for  the  winter  months' is 
39°,  spring  months  57°,  the  summer  months  67°,  the 
autumn  months  52°.  The  Umpqua  valley  has  a  rainfall 
of  22-43  inches.  The  average  temperature  for  the  sea- 
sons in  the  same  order  as  the  above  is,  41°,  51°,  65°,  54°. 
In  the  Willamette  valley  the  rainfall  is  35-50  inches, 
the  average  temperature,  41°,  50°,  63°,  53°.  In  the  Co- 
lumbia valley  it  ranges  from  an  average  rainfall  of  75 
inches,  in  the  lower  part,  to  one  of  15  inches  in  the  up- 
per part;  and  the  temperature  as  above  ranges  from  a 
mean  annual  average  of  50°,  varying  from  39°-61°  for 
the  lower  part,  to  one  of  48°  for  the  upper  part,  with 
hot  summer  months  and  cold  winter  months. 

Not  only  does  the  difference  of  climate  exi&t,  but 
there  is  also  a  corresponding  difference  in  the  character 
of  the  soils  of  these  different  localities.  In  the  Rogue 
river  valley  the  soil  is  largely  one  of  decomposed  gran- 
ite. A  warm  and  open  soil  predominates,  though  in 
places  the  soil  is  remarkably  heavy  and  of  the  same 
origin  as  a  large  part  of  the  soils  of  the  state,  namely, 
basaltic.  In  the  Umpqua  valley  the  soil  is  generally  of 
a  medium  character;  clays  predominate  on  the  hills  and 


on  the  higher  parts  of  the  valley  proper,  while  on  the 
river  bottoms  sand  and  open  sedimentary  soils  are  the 
more  common.  In  the  Willamette  valley  the  soils  are 
generally  heavy,  though  there  are  occasionally  streaks 
of  light  sandy  or  gravelly  soil,  usually  along  the  streams. 
The  soils  of  the  Columbia  region  embrace  all  grades, 
from  the  light  drifting  sand  of  its  upper  basin  to  the 
cold  clays  of  its  lower  basin. 

The  transportation  facilities  are  good  in  all  these  dis- 
tricts, except  the  Rogue  and  Umpqua  valleys,  which 
have  only  one  railroad;  while  the  other  sections,  except 
the  extreme  eastern  portion  of  the  Columbia  basin, 
have  both  railroads  and  river  transportation  facilities. 

In  all  these  districts  the  hardy  fruits  grow  to  perfec- 
tion one  year  with  another,  and  this  without  irrigation, 
though  in  some  of  the  newer  territory  being  tested  for 
horticultural  purposes  irrigation  is  practiced. 

The  apple  finds  in  Oregon  a  most  congenial  home, 
and  while  only  a  small  part  of  the  crop  is  marketed  it 
is  in  no  wise  due  to  the  climate  and  soil.  Our  best  va- 
rieties are  Baldwin,  Esopus  Spitzenberg,  Ben  Davis, 
Newtown  Pippin,  Red  Cheek  Pippin,  Northern  Spy,  and 
Jonathan.  The  apple  thrives  best  in  the  higher  alti- 
tudes and  especially  in  Hood  river  valley,  an  offshoot 
of  the  Columbia  river  valley,  and  in  the  Rogue  river 
valley.  Lately  car  lots  have  been  shipped  from  the 
hitherto  little  known  sections  of  eastern  Oregon. 

Pears  grow  to  perfection  in  all  parts  of  the  state. 
The  Bartlett,  White  Doyenne,  Winter  Nelis,  Duchesse 


1590.   Orchis  spectabilis  (X 


d'Angouleme,  Easter  and  Clairgeau  are  the  leading  va- 
rieties. 

The  peach  grows  vigorously  and  fruits  in  the  more 
favored  portion  of  all  districts,  i.e.,  sheltered  places 
along  the  river  bottoms.  But  in  the  Rogue  river  valley, 
and  to  a  limited  extent  in  upper  Columbia  valley,  it  is 
grown  as  a  commercial  crop.  Large  quantities  of  the 
choicest  fruits  are  shipped  to  the  Willamette  valley 
towns,  two  hundred  and  fifty  or  more  miles  by  rail. 
The  leading  varieties  are  early  and  late  Crawfords  and 
Salway.  In  the  upper  Columbia  region  the  Crawfords 
and  Salway  are  favorites. 

The  cherry  reaches  perfection  in  Oregon's  mild, 
moist  climate,  and  especially  the  sweet  cherries.  Such 
varieties  as  the  Napoleon,  locally  known  as  Royal  Ann; 
Lewelling,  locally  known  as  Black  Republican,  and 
several  local  seedlings,  as  the  Lambert,  Hoskins,  Occi- 


1172 


OREGON 


OREODOXA 


dent  and  Lake,  develop  into  the  choicest  of  fruits.  The 
Late  Duke,  Late  Kentish,  Richmond  and  Montmorency 
Ordinary,  in  fact  all  cherries,  do  well,  though  these  latter 
are  of  no  particular  commercial  importance. 

The  plums,  and  especially  those  varieties  of  Prumis 
domestica  which   have   come   into   general    cultivation 


1591.  Oregon,  showing,  by  the  shaded  areas,  the  horticultural  regions 

in  the  more  favorable  sections  of  the  country,  thrive 
throughout  the  state,  though  there  are  particular  locali- 
ties where  those  varieties  cultivated  as  prunes  do  much 
better  than  in  others.  As  a  commercial  crop  the  prune 
has  become  of  much  importance  to  the  state,  the  output 
for  1898  on  a  conservative  basis  being  put  at  400  car- 
loads of  30,000  pounds  each  and  valued  at  3%  and  3/4 
cents  per  pound.  For  green  fruit  for  local  market  the 
Yellow  Egg,  Peach,  Columbia  and  Bradshaw  are  grown. 
Several  attempts  have  been  made  to  ship  the  Peach 
variety  in  a  fresh  state  to  the  East,  but  thus  far  all  such 
efforts  have  ended  in  failure.  It  will  not  keep  long 
enough  and  stand  up  under  the  jar  of  transportation. 
For  the  prune  crop  two  varieties  are  grown,  the  Italian 
and  the  Agen,  locally  known  as  the  French  or  Petite. 
At  present  there  is  a  much  larger  acreage  of  Italians 
than  of  Petites.  There  is  a  limited  acreage  of  Golden 
Drop,  locally  known  as  Silver  Prune,  but  as  the  tree  is 
not  robust,  and  as  the  fruit  needs  sulfuring  before  it  is 
cured,  this  variety  is  given  much  less  attention  now 
than  formerly,  and  only  a  limited  quantity  is  grown. 
The  curing  of  the  prune  is  all  done  by  means  of  driers 
or  evaporators,  of  which  there  are  numerous  designs. 
(See  .Evaporating  of  Fruits.)  . 

Of  small  fruits  it  may  be  said  that  they  grow  and  fruit 
most  abundantly  in  all  parts  of  the  state.  Only  about 
the  larger  cities  are  they  grown  as  commercial  crops, 
though  at  Hood  river,  which  is  a  favored  locality,  large 
quantities  of  strawberries  (the  Clarke  variety)  are  grown. 
In  1898  about  fifty  car-loads  of  these  berries  were  shipped 
to  the  Rocky  mountain  states,  returning  to  the  growers 
something  like  $37,000.  Blackberries,  gooseberries, 
strawberries  and  raspberries  do  well  in  nearly  all  locali- 
ties. Usually  it  is  necessary  to  select  favored  sites  for 
blackberries  and  strawberries:  the  former  on  account 
of  water,  our  long,  dry  summers  being  uncongenial ;  the 
latter,  on  account  of  our  heavy  soils,  will  not  generally 
do  best  on  other  than  river  bottoms  or  sandy  ravines. 
Of  currants  the  chief  varieties  are  Cherry,  Fay,  White 


werp  and  Marlboro;  of  strawberries,  Wilson,  Sharp- 
less,  Clarke,  Magoon  and  Everbearing;  of  gooseber- 
ries, Champion,  Downing  and  Chautauqua.  The  wine 
grape  is  grown  in  southern  Oregon  and  particular  lo- 
calities along  the  Columbia  river,  but  the  output  can 
hardly  be  said  to  have  commercial  significance  as  yet, 
though  it  is  rated  as  of  ex- 
cellent quality.  During  the 
past  few  years  some  large 
plantings  of  wine  grapes 
have  been  made  in  the 
Rogue  river  valley. 

In  the  Willamette  valley 
the  Moore  Diamond,  Con- 
cord, Worden,  Delaware  and 
Isabella  are  the  most  gener- 
ally grown.  Along  the  Co- 
lumbia, the  Sweetwater,  the 
Muscats  and  Tokays  are  con- 
sidered best.  In  southern 
Oregon  both  the  American 
and  foreign  grapes  flourish. 
The  Mission  grape  of  Cali- 
fornia, Sweetwater,  Ham- 
burg and  Muscats  fully  ma- 
ture in  this  section. 

Chestnuts  of  the  American 
and  Japan  varieties  have 
been  planted  in  numerous 
localities,  and  are  just  be- 
ginning to  bear  fine  crops. 
French  walnuts  and  filberts 
are  likewise  grown  in  many 
localities  by  amateurs,  and 
much  interest  is  being  mani- 
fested in  this  fruit  and  in 
the  near  future  commercial 
plantings  will  undoubtedly 
be  made.  From  the  experi- 
ence of  the  past  and  the 
character  of  the  nuts  pro- 

duced, it  is  confidently  predicted  that  the  nut  crop  of 
the  future  will  be  one  of  much  value  on  the  foothill 
land  of  the  state.  The  almond,  the  apricot,  the  black 
fig  and  the  loquat  grow  and  fruit  quite  freely  in  the 
southern  sections  of  the  state.  The  cranberry  thrives 
along  the  coast,  and  there  are  a  few  small  bogs  under 
cultivation  in  favorite  spots.  g  j 


1 


ORE6COME.     See  SeUmim. 

OREODOXA  (Greek,  mountain  glory}.  Palmdcece. 
This  genus  includes  the  Royal  Palm,  the  pride  of  Florida, 
and  the  only  tall  palm  native  within  the  borders  of  the 
United  States  b(  fore  the  annexation  of  Porto  Rico  and 
Hawaii;  also  the  Cabbage  Palm,  which  is  cut  down 
when  three  years  old  for  the  central  leaves,  which  are 
tender  and  edible.  Oreodoxa  contains  5  species  of  pin- 
nate palms  from  tropical  America.  The  nearest  culti- 
vated allies  are  Euterpe  and  Acanthophrenix,  but  in 
these  the  petals  of  the  pistillate  fls.  are  free,  while  in 
Oreodoxa  they  are  grown  together  at  the  base.  Oreo- 
doxas  are  spineless  palms,  the  solitary,  erect,  robust 
trunk  cylindrical  or  swollen  at  the  middle:  Ivs.  termi- 
nal, equally  pinnatisect;  segments  narrowly  linear-lan- 
ceolate, narrowed  at  the  apex,  unequally  bifid  ;  midnerve 
rather  thick,  scaly  beneath;  margins  not  thickened,  re- 
curved at  the  base;  rachis  convex  on  the  back,  sulcate 
toward  the  base,  and  acute  toward  the  apex  above; 
petiole  half-cylindrical,  sulcate  above:  sheath  long: 
spadix  rather  large,  with  long,  slender,  pendent 
branches:  spathes  2,  entire,  the  lower  semi-cylindri- 
cal, equaling  the  spadix,  the  upper  ensiform,  ventrally 
fissured:  bracts  and  bractlets  scaly:  fls.  small,  white, 
in  scattered  glomerules:  fr.  obovoid  or  oblong-ovoid, 
small,  violet. 

Of  the  Royal  Palm  Reasoner  writes:  "It  is  one  of  the 
grandest  of  pinnate  palms,  growing  to  a  height  of  over 
100  ft.,  with  immense,  plumy,  feathery  leaves  and  a 


Grape  and  Black  .Naples;  of  blackberries  the  chief  va-       straight  white  trunk.    It  is  a  grand  tree  for  extreme  S. 


rieties  are  Lawton,  Kittatinny,  Erie;  of  the  dewberry, 
Lucretia;    of  raspberries,  Cuthbert,   Gregg,   Red  Ant- 


Fla.  for  avenue  planting,  and  is  valuable  in  all  sizes, 
but  especially  when  4  ft.  or  over  in  height.'" 


OREODOXA 

A.  Z/eaf-segments  not  tcrhikled  or  wavy. 
B.   Trunk  swollen  at  or  above  the  middle. 

,  HBK.  ROYAL  PALM.  Fig.  1592.  Caudex  40-60 
ft.  high:  leaf  segments  2%  ft.  long,  1  in.  or  less  wide, 
linear,  acuminate:  fr.  ovoid,  Yz  in.  Everglades  of  Fla., 
Cuba,  Antigua.  G.F.  9:155.  S.S.  10:505.  G.C.  III. 
17:239;  27:297.  A.F.  12:311.  G.M.  supp.  Oct.  1,  1892. 

BB.   Trunk  not  swollen  at  the  middle. 
oleracea,Mart.(4r<?ca  olerdcea,J&cq.).  CABBAGE  PALM. 
Caudex  100-120  ft.  high :  leaf-segments  lanceolate-linear, 
acuminate,  3  ft.  long,  1%  in.  wide:    fruit  obovoid-ob- 
loug,  %  in.   West  Indies.    Cult,  in  S.  Fla. 

AA.  Leaf-segments  wrinkled  and  wavy. 

Sancdna,  HBK.  Stem  120-150  ft.,  smooth,  glabrous, 
grayish  black:  Ivs.  pinnate;  Ifts.  membranaceous  : 
wood  very  hard,  used  in  building  houses.  Colombia. 
Cult,  only  in  S.  Calif.  — Franceschi  says  it  has  brownish 
leaf-stalks  and  is  more  tender  than  the  other  2  species. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

OREOPANAX  (i.e.,  mountain  Panax).  Araliacece. 
Some  eighty  species  names  have  been  referred  to  this 
genus,  but  the  number  of  species  is  probably  not  one- 
half  this  number.  In  the  trade,  the  species  of  Oreo- 
panax  are  usually  known  as  Aralias,  but  in  the  Aralia 
tribe  the  petals  are  imbricate  in  the  bud,  whereas  in 
Oreopanax  they  are  valvate.  The  Oreopanaxes  are  tropi- 
cal American  trees  and  shrubs, with  simple  or  compound 
entire  or  toothed  thick  Ivs.,  and  fls.  in  dense  heads 
which  are  arranged  in  racemes  or  panicles:  calyx  with 
minute  or  obsolete  limb :  petals  4-7,  usually  5,  the  sta- 
mens of  the  same  number  and  with  ovate  or  oblong 
anthers:  ovary  3-7-loculed,  the  styles  rather  long  and 
bearing  a  flat,  not  thick,  stigma:  fr.  globose  and  berry- 
like.  Few  species  of  Oreopanax  are  known  in  cultiva- 
tion. They  are  hothouse  subjects,  requiring  the  treat- 


ORIGANUM 


1173 


1592.   Royal  Palm,  Oreodoxa  regia. 

ment  given  tropical  Aralias.  Harms  (Engler  &  Prantl, 
Pflanzenfamilien)  divides  the  species  into  3  groups,— 
Ivs.  digitate,  Ivs.  lobed,  Ivs.  not  lobed.  The  species 
described  beyond  are  those  which  are  now  most  often 
mentioned  in  gardening  literature,  but  the  writer  has 
seen  only  the  first  in  American  collections. 


A.  Lvs.  all  simple. 

reticulatum,  Decne.  &  Planch.  (Aralia  reticulata 
Willd.).  Fig.  1593.  Small  tree,  with  alternate,  thick' 
entire,  oblanceolate  Ivs.  12-18  in.  long,  somewhat  revo- 
lute  on  the  margin,  strongly  alternate-veined  and  re- 
ticulated with  shades  of  green:  fl. -heads  spherical, 
nearly  or  quite  an  inch  in  diam.  S. 
Arner.  —  A  handsome  plant  for  foliage. 

AA.  Some  of  the  Ivs.  strongly  digi- 
tately  lobed  or  angled. 

Sanderianum,  Hemsl.  Shrub  or  small 
tree,  with  habit  of  Fatsia  papyrifera  : 
Ivs.  glabrous,  thick 
and  glossy,  1  o  n  g- 
stalked,  triangular- 
ovate  in  outline,  on 
young  shoots  deeply 
3-lobed  but  on  flow- 
ering plants  cordate 
and  entire:  fls.  mi- 
nute, in  small,  glo- 
bose heads,  which  are 
arranged  in  racemose 
panicles.  Guatemala. 
G.C.  III.  13:451.  A. 
F.  8:1283. 

AAA.    Some  or  all  of 

the  Ivs.  digitate. 

Epremesnili  a  n  u  m , 
Andre.  Shrub  of  striking  habit 
Ivs.  large,  long-stalked,  digitate, 
the  leaflets  7-9,  oblong  or  lanceo- 
late and  usually  tapering  at 
either  end,  the  middle  ones  deep- 
lobed:  fl. -heads  in  a  spike.  Ori- 
gin unknown;  perhaps  a  garden 
form  of  O.  dactylifolium,  Hort., 
in  which  each  of  the  7  lobes  is 
usually  lobed.  R.  H.  1884,  pp. 
320,321.  Gn.  29,  pp.  354,  355;  30, 
p.  447.— Named  for  Count  Epre~- 
mesnil,  Dieppe,  France.  Well- 
grown  plants  resemble  Fatsia 
Japonica  (Aralia  Sieboldii). 

Andre anum,  March al.  Shrub, 
with  variable  foliage:  Ivs.  ellip- 
tic to  roundish,  stalked,  the  lower 
surface  and  petioles  red-tomen- 
tose,  varying  from  angled  to  deeply  digitate  and  the 
divisions  pinnatifid:  fl. -heads  globular,  in  a  terminal 
raceme.  Ecuador.  R.H.  1882,  pp.  524,  525. 

Thibautii,  Hook.  Small  tree,  stellate-pubescent  on 
the  young  parts:  Ivs.  long-stalked,  5-7-foliolate,  the 
leaflets  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate,  entire,  6  in.  or  less 
long,  dark  green:  fl. -heads  %  in.  in  diam.,  in  a  terminal 
raceme  1  ft.  long.  Mex.  B.M.  6340. 

pedunculatum  was  once  listed  in  Calif.,  with  follow- 
ing description:  "Ivs.  palmate,  tinged  with  red;  makes 
a  fine  foliage  plant.  Guatemala."  It  turns  out  to  be 
Kcelreuteria  paniculata.  L.  jj^  g. 

ORIGANUM  (ancient  Greek  name  said  to  mean  delight 
of  mountains).  Labiatce.  This  includes  several  plants 
known  as  Marjoram  which  are  fully  described  below 
from  the  popular  and  horticultural  points  of  view. 
Botanically  these  plants  are  closely  allied  to  the  thyme, 
but  the  fls.  of  Marjoram  are  borne  in  heads  surrounded 
by  an  involucre,  while  those  of  thyme  are  borne  in  few- 
fld.  whorls  which  are  axillary  or  spicate  above. 

Origanum  is  a  genus  of  about  25  species  of  subshrubs 
and  herbs  mostly  natives  of  the  Mediterranean  region. 
Whorls  2-fld.,  rarely  6-10-fld.,  crowded  into  globose  or 
oblong  spikelets:  bracts  colored  and  larger  than  the 
calyx,  or  green  and  smaller  than  the  calyx;  calyx  va- 
rious, 5-toothed  or  2-lipped:  corolla  2-lipped. 

Authorities  differ  as  to  whether  the  common  Pot  Marjo- 
ram is  O.vulgare  orO.Onites;  Vilmorin's  Vegetable  Gar- 
den holding:  to  the  first  opinion,  while  Nicholson's  Dic- 
tionary of  Gardening  and  J.  M.  Thorburn&Co.  take  the 
latter.  The  two  plants  are  very  distinct,  as  the  following 


1593. 
Oreopanax  reticulatum. 


1174 


ORIGANUM 


ORNITHOGALUM 


descriptions  show,  and  the  point  can  be  easily  settled 
by  each  reader  for  the  particular  plants  which  he  is  cul- 
tivating. 

A.  Calyx  of  5  equal  teeth:  bracts  colored. 
vulgare,  Linn.  WILD  MARJORAM.  Lvs.  stalked, 
broadly  ovate,  subserrate,  broadly  rounded  at  the  base, 
villous:  fls.  purplish,  in  corymbed  clusters  or  short 
spikes.  — Cult,  in  old  gardens;  also  wild  along  eastern 
roadsides,  being  naturalized  from  Eu.  B.B.  3:111. 

AA.  Calyx  2-lipped:  bracts  not  colored. 
B.  Lvs.  stalked. 

Majorana,  Linn.  Lvs.  oblong-ovate,  entire,  tomen- 
tose :  fls.  purplish  or  whitish :  spikelets  oblong,  3-5  in  a 
cluster. 

BB.    Lvs.  not  stalked. 

Onites,  Linn.  Lvs.  ovate,  subserrate,  villous  or  to- 
mentose,  mostly  cordate  at  the  base:  fls.  as  in  O. 
Majorana  but  a  little  larger:  spikelets  ovoid,  very 
numerous  in  a  cluster.  Southeastern  Eu.,  Asia  Minor, 
Syria.  W.  M. 

Origanum  Majorana,  Sweet  or  Annual  Marjoram,  is 
a  native  of  the  countries  bordering  the  Mediterranean 
sea.  It  is  an  erect,  branching  perennial,  bearing  grayish 
green,  rounded  or  oval  leaves,  small,  whitish  flowers  in 
terminal  clusters  which  appear  in  midsummer,  and 
little,  oval,  dark  brown  seeds.  The  plant  has  a  pleasing 
odor  and  warm,  aromatic,  bitterish  taste,  due  to  a  vola- 
tile oil  which  is  soluble  in  water,  is  omcinally  credited 
with  tonic  and  gently  excitant  properties,  and,  as  an 
infusion,  is  employed  in  domestic  medicine  to  "bring 
out  the  rash"  in  such  diseases  as  measles.  More  fre- 
quently than  in  medicine,  however,  its  green  parts  are 
used  as  a  condiment,  being  highly  esteemed  as  a  season- 
ing for  soups,  stews,  meat  pies  and  dressings.  In  the 
garden  this  plant  is  treated  as  an  annual,  hence  the 
name  "Annual  Marjoram."  This  practice  became  neces- 
sary since  the  plants  are  prone  to  winter-kill  unless 
carefully  protected.  Its  propagation  is  also  somewhat 
precarious,  owing  to  the  small  size  of  the  seeds  and  the 
tenderness  of  the  seedlings  when  exposed  to  the  sun. 
Shade,  therefore,  until  the  plants  are  well  rooted  is  usu- 
ally necessary.  Sucrfessional  plantings  may  be  made 
throughout  the  spring;  sometimes  transplanting  from 
hotbeds  or  coldframes  in  May  or  June  is  practiced. 
The  plants  should  stand  6  inches  asunder  in  rows  12 
inches  apart,  in  light,  dry,  but  good  soil,  be  kept  clean 
throughout  the  season,  and  harvested  for  winter  use 
just  before  flowering,  the  plant  being  cut  close  to  the 
ground  and  hung  in  a  cool,  airy  place  to  dry.  If  planted 
early,  leaves  may  be  gathered  in  late  spring.  Accord- 
ing to  Dreer,  American-grown  seed  is  better  than  im- 
ported seed  for  winter  use,  as  it  makes  more  bulk,  while 
imported  seed  is  better  when  the  plants  are  to  be  cut 
green  for  summer  use. 

Origanum  viilgare,  Pot  Marjoram,  a  branching, 
hardy  perennial,  about  2  feet  tall,  bearing  in  mid- 
summer pink  or  purple  flowers,  and  small,  brown,  oval 
seeds,  grows  wild  on  the  skirts  of  European  woods. 
The  highly  aromatic  leaves  and  the  young  shoots  gath- 
ered just  before  blossoming  are  used  like  those  of 
Sweet  Marjoram.  The  plant  is  of  easy  culture,  succeed- 
ing in  all  warm  garden  soils.  It  may  be  propagated  by 
seed,  but,  where  established,  division  in  spring  or 
early  autumn  is  generally  practiced.  The  plants  should 
be  set  10  inches  asunder  in  rows  15  inches  apart,  and 
kept  well  cultivated.  Dwarf  Pot  Marjoram,  a  variety 
that  comes  true  from  seed,  bears  large  heads  of  whitish 
flowers,  and  is  often  used  as  an  edging  plant. 

M.  G.  KAINS. 

ORfXA  (Japanese  name).  Rutacece.  Deciduous 
shrub,  with  alternate,  petioled,  almost  entire  Ivs.,  and 
greenish  inconspicuous  fls.  It  has  proved  hardy  in 
Mass.,  but  has  no  decorative  merit  besides  its  bright 
green  foliage,  which  is  not  attacked  by  insects  or  fungi, 
and  has  a  strong  disagreeable  odor  like  that  of  Ptelea. 
Orixa  seems  to  grow  in  almost  any  soil.  Propagated  by 
greenwood  cuttings ;  also  by  layers  and  root  cuttings 
and  by  seeds.  The  genus  has  but  one  species.  Fls.  dioe- 
cious, appearing  with  the  Ivs.  on  the  branches  of  the 
previous  year;  sepals  and  petals  4,  staminate  fls.  in  ra- 


cemes, pistillate  fls.  solitary:  fr.  consisting  of  4  dehis- 
cent pods,  each  containing  1  black,  subglobose  seed. 
Pistillate  fls.  and  fr.  are  described  as  solitary  as  stated 
above,  and  so  they  are  on  Japanese  specimens,  but  a 
plant  in  the  Arnold  Arboretum  has  the  pistillate  fls.  and 
fr.  in  short  racemes. 

Jap6nica,  Thunb.  (Celdstrus  Orixa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc. 
Ilex  Orixa,  Spreng.  Othera  Orixa,  Lam.).  Shrub,  to 
8  ft.,  with  spreading  branches  pubescent  when  young: 
Ivs.  obovate  to  oblong,  obtusely  pointed,  entire  or  finely 
crenulate,  bright  green  above,  finely  pubescent  beneath, 
translucently  glandular-punctate,  2-4  in.  long :  fls. 
small,  greenish:  pods  about  %  in.  long,  light  greenish 
brown.  April,  May.  Japan.  Gt.  35:1232. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ORNAMENTAL  GARDENING,  or  ornamental  horti- 
culture, is  that  branch  of  horticulture  which  is  concerned 
with  cultivating  plants  of  all  kinds  for  ornament  rather 
than  for  food.  It  includes  floriculture  and  also  the  cul- 
ture of  trees  for  shade  and  display.  ( The  culture  of  trees 
on  a  large  scale  for  timber  and  for  other  profitable  pur- 
poses aside  from  ornament  is  forestry.  The  culture  of 
trees  in  general  is  arboriculture. )  Ornamental  gardening 
includes  carpet-bedding  and  formal  gardening  in  gen- 
eral, while  landscape  gardening  is  concerned  with  mak- 
ing nature-like  pictures,  or  at  least  with  the  general 
plan  of  the  place. 

OKNITH6GALUM  (Greek,  bird  and  milk ;  application 
unknown).  Liliacece.  This  genus  includes  the  Star  of 
Bethlehem,  a  dwarf,  hardy  bulbous  plant  which  bears 
umbels  of  green  and  white  fls.  in  May  and  June.  Orni- 
thogalum  is  one  of  the  largest  genera  in  the  lily  family, 
containing  about  100  species  scattered  over  Europe,  the 
Orient,  North  and  South  Africa.  In  1873,  when  Baker 
monographed  the  genus  (in  Latin)  in  the  Journal  of  the 
Linnean  Society,  he  recognized  73  species  altogether, 
but  in  1897  he  gives  an  account  (in  English)  in  Flora 
Capensis  of  an  equal  number  from  South  Africa  alone. 
Baker  made  7  subgenera,  based  chiefly  upon  the  color 
of  the  fls.  and  the  shape  of  the  cluster,  though  one  sub- 
genus  was  cut  off  from  all  the  rest  by  having  the  sta- 
mens perigynous  instead  of  hypogynous.  The  majority 
of  the  species  seem  to  have  more  or  less  green  in  the 
fls.  either  on  the  face  or  back  or  both,  and  often  the 
green  is  prettily  set  off  by  a  narrow  white  margin. 
Some  species  have  pure  white  fls.  and  a  few  have  yel- 
low or  yellowish  ones.  Some  of  the  dominant  forms  of 
flower-clusters  are  oblong-cylindrical,  broadly  triangu- 
lar, subcorymbose  and  lanceolate.  Ornithogalurn  is  dis- 
tinguished from  other  genera  as  follows :  perianth  per- 
sistent; tube  none;  segments  6,  usually  spreading: 
filaments  more  or  less  flattened  and  in  many  species 
unequal ;  alternate  ones  being  broader  at  the  base : 
ovary  sessile,  3-celled;  ovules  many  in  a  cell,  super- 
posed :  style  short  or  long :  capsule  membranous, 
loculicidally  3-valved  :  seeds  globose,  usually  not 
crowded  nor  compressed :  often  the  perianth  segments 
are  keeled  and  the  green  color  follows  the  keel. 

Horticulturally,  Ornithogalums  may  be  divided  into 
hardy  and  tender  groups,  and  each  of  these  may  be  sub- 
divided into  dwarf  and  tall.  The  hardy  kinds  are  con- 
sidered by  English  amateurs  amongst  the  choicest 
summer-blooming  bulbs  for  wild  gardening.  With  the 
remarkable  increase  of  wild  gardens  now  going  on  in 
America,  arrangements  should  be  made  so  that  ama- 
teurs may  procure  these  bulbs  cheaply  and  scatter  them 
with  a  free  hand  along  woodland  walks  and  in  the  grass. 
The  common  Star  of  Bethlehem,  O.  umbellatum,  a 
dwarf  kind,  is  the  only  Ornithogalum  that  is  at  all  com- 
mon in  our  gardens.  O.  nutans  has  escaped  from  a  few 
old  gardens  but  seems  never  to  be  advertised  in  America, 
and  rarely  even  by  the  Dutch  bulb-growers,  but  in  Eng- 
land "  it  is  a  very  popular  species  and  one  of  the  most 
easily  managed  of  all  the  Ornithogalums.  In  borders 
amongst  other  named  bulbs,  however,  it  becomes  a 
great  nuisance,  an  account  of  the  freedom  with  which 
its  innumerable  bulbils  are  formed.  In  a  semi-wild  or 
uncultivated  spot  it  is  a  capital  subject  for  groundwork ; 
it  requires  no  attention  whatever,  and  flowers  freely  all 
through  April  and  May." 

Of  the  taller  hardy 'kinds  O.  latifolium  and  O.  pyra- 


ORNITHOGALUM 

middle  seem  to  be  the  most  desirable.  These  are  the 
best  to  place  among  shrubbery  and  leave  undisturbed 
for  years.  A  particularly  robust  clump  of  O.  latifoUutn  is 
recorded  as  bearing  over  a  hundred  spikes  of  flowers 
on  stalks  3  ft.  high.  O.  pyramidale  is  here  doubtfully 
referred  to  O.  Narbonense,  but  there  is  no  doubt  about 
the  beauty  of  the  plant  which  English  gardeners  call  O. 
pyramidale.  For  formal  beauty  it  is  hard  to  excel.  It 
sometimes  makes  a  perfect  pyramid  of  starry  white 
flowers,  the  spike  12-18  in.  long,  the  fls.  an  inch  across, 
and  a  hundred  or  more  fls.  in  a  spike. 

The  tender  kinds  in  cultivation  are  chiefly  from  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  though  O.  Arabicum  is  found  in 
the  Mediterranean  region.  Connoisseurs  are  divided  be- 
tween O.  Arabicum  and  O.  revolutum,  but  the  former 
has  been  more  picttired  and  has  a  greater  number  of 
admirers.  When  well  grown  it  Is  probably  the  showiest 
plant  of  the  whole  genus.  O.  Arabicum  is  a  fickle  plant. 
It  grows  to  perfection  in  Guernsey,  with  stalks  3  ft. 
high  and  fls.  2  in.  across,  borne  in  free,  informal  clus- 
ters. The  tall-spiked  waving  masses  of  white  remain  in 
good  condition  for  some  weeks.  In  Guernsey  they  are 
esteemed  for  cut-flowers.  The  white  of  the  large,  broad- 
petaled  fls.  is  set  off  by  a  gleaming  black  pistil,  which 
makes  a  striking  and  pretty  feature.  O.  Arabicum  is 
suitable  for  pot  culture  in  northern  conservatories,  but 
perhaps  the  best  way  to  grow  it  is  in  quantity  in  a  frame. 
The  bulbs  have  a  way  of  remaining  dormant  for  a  season 
or  two,  a  difficiilty  possibly  to  be  associated  with  their 
insufficient  ripening.  W.  Goldring  writes  :  "To  keep 
the  pots  with  the  bulbs  in  them  in  a  greenhouse  and 
not  watered  is  not  sufficient;  they  should  be  kept  in  a 
dry  atmosphere,  and  if  baked  in  the  sun,  so  much  the 
better.  Autumn  is  the  best  time  to  get  bulbs,  and  after 
potting  they  should  be  kept  dry  till  spring,  and  with  the 
signs  of  growth  plenty  of  water  should  be  given,  and 
occasional  weak  manure  water."  It  is  suspected  that 
there  are  two  varieties,  a  shy-blooming  and  a  free-bloom- 
ing kind.  This  may  explain  some  of  its  reputation  for 
capriciousness.  O.  thyrsoides  is  easier  to  grow  and  earlier 
to  bloom.  With  gentle  forcing  it  may  be  had  for  Christmas 
in  a  moderately  warm  house.  O.  revolutum  is  very  dis- 
tinct by  having  re  volute  instead  of  spreading  segments. 
It  was  cult,  by  a  Cincinnati  amateur  in  1883,  but  to-day 
one  may  search  a  dozen  of  the  largest  bulb  catalogues 
without  finding  it  offered.  O.  caudatum  is  similarly  rare 
in  trade  catalogues,  but  it  is  still  cultivated  in  dwelling 
houses  under  the  erroneous  name  of  Sea  Onion.  The 
Sea  Onion  is  Urginea  maritima,  'a  plant  of  the  same 
general  appearance  but  distinguishable  in  leaf,  flower 
and  fruit  as  follows:  Urginea  maritima  has  Ivs.  2-3  in. 
wide:  raceme  l%-2  ft  long:  bracts  3-4  lines  long:  fls. 
white  with  a  brown  keel:  seeds  crowded,  disk-like. 
Ornithogalum  caudatum  has  Ivs.  1-1%  in.  wide;  raceme 
3^-1  ft.  long:  bracts  6-9  lines  long:  fls.  keeled  with 
green:  seeds  not  crowded  nor  compressed. 

Perhaps  the  best  purely  horticultural  reviews  of  this 
group  are  to  be  found  in  The  Garden :  the  tender  kinds 
by  Goldring  in  Gn.  49,  p.  308;  the  hardy  kinds  by  «D.K." 
in  Gn.  41,  p.  376. 

A.   Fls.  self-colored,  both  front  and  back. 
B.  Pistil  prominent,  shining,  greenish  black. 

Arabicum,  Linn.  Fig.  1594.  Bulb  ovoid,  1-1%  in. 
thick,  proliferous  :  Ivs.  5-8,'  glaucous  green,  1-1%  ft. 
long,  %-l  in.  wide:  scape  1-2  ft.  long:  raceme  6-12-fld., 
roundish  or  deltoid  in  outline,  3-5  in.  long  and  wide: 
fls.  self-colored,  odorous;  filaments  lanceolate,  not  cus- 
pidate, alternate  ones  distinctly  broader,  but  not  quad- 
rangular on  the  base.  Mediterranean  region.  B.M.  728. 
IGn.  49: 1063  (good).  B.M.  3179  and  B.R.  11:906  (as  O.  co- 
rymbosum).  G.C.  II.  19:665.  Gn.  22,  p.  249;  32,  p.  145; 
41,  p.  377;  48,  p.  309. -The  pistil  is  a  beautiful  and  strik- 
ing feature. 

BB.  Pistil  not  a  striking  feature,  dull,  smaller. 
c.  Number  of  flowers  in  a  cluster  12-30. 

thyrsoides,  Jacq.  Bulb  globose,  l%-2  in.  thick:  Ivs. 
5-6,  lanceolate,  6-12  in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide:  scape  %-!% 
ft.  high:  raceme  12-30-fld.,  dense,  triangular  in  outline, 
3-4  in.  wide:  fls.  self-colored;  filaments  alternately 
longer  and  lanceolate,  alternately  shorter,  dilated  above 


ORNITHOGALUM 


1175 


the  base  and  bicuspidate.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  1164  (tts.  white, 
with  a  brown  eye). 

Var.  aureum,  Ait.  (O.  aureum,  Curt.),  has  golden 
yellow  fls.  B.M.  190  (fls.  saffron). 

Var.  flavescens,  Ker.,  has  pale  yellow  fls.  B.R. 
4:305. 

CC.  Number  of  flowers  in  a  cluster  50-100. 
latifdlium,  Linn.  Lvs.  5-6,  ascending,  glabrous, 
fleshy  herbaceous,  broadly  lorate,  12-15  in.  long,  l%-2 
in.  wide  in  cult.  :  filaments  about  equal,  lanceolate. 
Tauria,  Caucasus,  Kurdistan,  Arabia,  Egypt.  B.M.  876. 
B.R.  23:1978  (fls.  green  only  at  tip  of  keel,  and  borne 
in  a  perfect  pyramid). 

AA.  Fls.  with  a  green  face,  the  outer  segments   nar- 
rowly margined  white. 
B.  Cluster  inversely  pyramidal  in  outline. 
tenuifdlium,  Guss.    Bulb  ovoid,  1  in.  thick,  simple: 
Ivs.  5-6,  narrowly  linear,  5-6  in.  long,  1-2  lines  wide, 
unspotted:  scape  2-3  in.  long:  raceme  6-10-fld.,  corym- 
bose or  inversely  triangular  in  outline,  2-3  in.  long  and 
wide:  pedicels  ascending:  fls.  with  outer  perianth  seg- 
ments margined  white.    Mediterranean  region. 

BB.  Clusters  quadrangular  in  outline. 

C.  Number  of  flowers  12-W. 

umbellatum,  Linn.  STAR  OF  BETHLEHEM.  Bulb  sub- 
globose,  1  in.  thick,  bearing  numerous  bulbils:  Ivs. 
6-9,  narrowly  linear,  6-12  in.  long,  2-4  lines  wide,  deeply 
channeled,  distinctly  spotted  white:  scape  4-6  in.  long: 
raceme  12-20-fld.,  quadrangular  in  outline,  4-6  in.  long, 
6-9  in.  wide:  lower  pedicels  in  fr.  spreading:  fls.  with 
outer  perianth  segments  margined  white.  Mediter- 
ranean region.  Escaped  from  old  gardens  in  U.  S. 

CC.  Number  of  flowers  8-12. 

exscapum,  Tenore.  Bulb  ovoid,  %-l  in.  thick,  not 
proliferous :  Ivs.  5-6,  narrowly  linear,  4-6  in.  long,  1-2 
lines  wide,  glabrous,  spotted,  disappearing  after  the 
fls.:  scape  1-1%  in.  long:  raceme  3-12-fld.,  quadran- 
gular in  outline,  1%  in.  long,  2%-3  in.  wide  :  lowest 
pedicels  in  fr.  deflexed  :  bracts  %-l  in.  long,  shorter 
than  the  pedicels:  fls.  with  outer  perianth  segments 
margined  white:  style  very  short.  S.  Eu. 


1594.  Ornithogalum  Arabicum  (X%). 

AAA.  Flowers  more  or  less   white-faced,  but   keeled 

with  green  on  the  back. 

B.  Blossoms  nodding. 

nutans,  Linn.  Bulb  ovoid,  1-1%  in.  thick,  producing 
offsets  freely:  Ivs.  pale  green,  1-1%  ft.  long,  3-6  lines 
wide,  disappearing  after  the  fls.:  scape  8-12  in.  long: 
raceme  3-12-fld.,  oblong-cylindrical  in  outline  pedicels 


1176 


ORNITHOGALUM 


OETHROSANTHUS 


shorter  than  the  bracts:  fls.  green,  margined  white  on 
back,  the  lower  ones  nodding.  Eu.,  Asia  Minor.  B.M. 
269.  Gn.  32:621  &  p.  77;  41,  p.  376.  — Karely  escaped  in 
U.  S. 

BB.  Blossoms  erect  or  ascending. 

c.    Width  of  leaves  3-6  lines. 

Narbon6nse,  Linn.  Bulb  ovoid,  9-15  lines  thick:  Ivs. 
strap-shaped,  1-1%  ft.  long,  3-6  lines  wide,  glabrous, 

flaucous  green,  scarcely  disappearing  before  the  end  of 
owering:  scape  1-1  %  ft.  long:  raceme  20-50-fld.,  ob- 
long-cylindrical, 4-8  in.  long,  l%-2  in.  wide  :  lowest 
pedicels  9-15  lines  long:  fls.  whitish,  keeled  green  on 
the  back ;  filaments  lanceolate  at  base,  not  squared.  S. 
Eu.  B.M.  2510  (striped,  green  back  and  front).  —  O.  py- 
ramidale,  Linn.,  is  considered  by  Baker  to  be  a  robust, 
large-fid,  garden  form,  but  it  is  .said  to  grow  wild  in 
Spain  and  Portugal  and  may  be  a  distinct  species.  Fls, 
white,  with  a  green  stripe  on  back.  Gn.  41:854. 

cc.   Width  of  leaves  9-18  lines. 
D.  Filaments  alternately  linear  and  lanceolate. 
longebracteatum,  Jacq.    Lvs.  rather  fleshy,  glabrous, 
lanceolate,   l%-2  ft.  long,  %-!%    in.  wide,  persistent 
until   after   flowering:    scape  -l%-2   ft.    long :    raceme 
dense,  30-60-fld.,  oblong-cylindrical,  6-9  in.  long,  15-18 
lines  wide:  lowest  pedicels  9-12  lines  long:  fls.  whitish, 
keeled  green' on  the  back:  bracts  9-15  lines  long;  fila- 
ments alternately  linear  and  lanceolate  at  the  base.    S. 
Afr.— Baker  says  the  bulb  is  3-4  in.  thick. 

DD.  Filaments  alternately  lanceolate  and  quadrate 
at  the  base. 

caudatum,  Ait.  Lvs.  lorate,  l%-2  ft.  long,  1-1%  in. 
wide:  scape  l%-3  ft.  long:  raceme  dense,  %-l  ft.  long: 
fls.  banded  green  on  face,  and  keeled  green :  bracts  6-9 
lines  long.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  805.  Window  plant. 

AAAA.  Fls.  white,  with  a  brown  or  greenish  yellow 
eye:  perianth  segments  revolute. 

revolutum,  Jacq.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  6-9  in.  long,  6-9 
lines  wide :  fls.  not  keeled  with  green,  many  in  a  sub- 
corymbose  cluster;  style  very  short  and  stout.  S.  Afr. 
B.M.  653.  B.R.  4:315.  w.  M> 

6BOBUS  is  considered  a  subgenus  of  Lathyrus,  but 
for  O.  formosuSj  see  Pisum,  and  for  O.  lathyroides,  see 
Vicia.  Since  Lathyrus  was  written  for  this  work,  the 
names  of  3  other  species  of  Orobus  have  been  promi- 
nently mentioned  in  this  country:  O.  aurdntius=  Vicia 
aurdntia;  O.  flaccidus— Lathyrus  vernus,  var.  flacci- 
dus,  Ser.,  which  is  distinguished  from  the  type  by  its 
very  narrow,  flaccid  Ivs. ;  and  O.  Pannonicus,  a  puzzling 
name,  which  is  discussed  in  the  next  paragraph. 

Orobus  Pannonicits,  Jacq.,  is  by  Index  Kewensis  re- 
ferred to  Laihyrus  Pannonicus,  Garcke,  but  older  au- 
thorities, as  DeCandolle  and  Koch,  refer  it  to  Lathyrus 
albus,  Linn.  f.  L.  albus  differs  from  other  species  as 
follows  :  root  of  clustered,  club-shaped  fibers  :  stem 
angled,  unbranched,  narrowly  winged  above:  Ifts.  2-3 
pairs,  linear-lanceolate  and  linear:  style  linear.  Nor- 
mally it  has  white  or  yellowish  fls.,  with  the  standard 
often  flushed  rose  color  on  the  back;  but  var.  versicolor, 
Koch,  has  a  purple  standard,  with  yellow  wings  and 
keel.  This  is  B.M.  675  (as  O.  varius)  and  probably  the 
form  in  cult. 

ORONTIUM  (one  of  many  names  arbitrarily  applied 
by  Linnaeus  ;  he  probably  had  in  mind  some  water 
plant  growing  in  the  Syrian  river  Orontes).  Aracece. 
GOLDEN  CLUB.  Orontium  aqiiaticum,  or  Golden  Club,  is 
a  hardy,  native,  aquatic  plant,  which  bears  in  early 
spring  yellow  "clubs  "  on  white  stalks.  The  "club  "  is  a 
cylindrical  spadix  1-2  in.  long.  The  Ivs.  are  ascending 
or  floating,  according  to  the  depth  of  the  water.  They 
are  oblong-elliptic,  with  a  blade  5-12  in.  long,  and  no 
distinct  midrib,  but  numerous  parallel  veins.  The  fo- 
liage is  handsome,  dark  velvety  green  above,  silvery 
below.  The  plant  is  very  strong  and  deeply  rooted,  grow- 
ing in  water  10-18  in.  deep.  On  account  of  "its  firm  hold  on 
the  soil  it  may  be  planted  in  swifter  water  than  most 
aquatics.  It  has  the  fault  of  being  difficult  to  eradicate 
when  firmly  established. 


Orontium  is  a  genus  of  one  species,  which  is  found  in 
swamps  and  pools  from  Mass,  to  Fla.,  mostly  near  the 
seacoast,  but  extending  as  far  inland  as  central  Pa.  and 
La.  Spathe  usually  soon  deciduous  :  fls.  hermaphro- 
dite, covering  the  whole  spadix  ;  sepals  scale-like,  im- 
bricated upon  the  ovary,  usually  4  in  the  upper  and  6 
in  the  lower  fls.;  ovary  1-celled;  ovule  solitary,  semi- 
anatropous :  fr.  a  green  utricle. 

aquaticum,  Linn.  GOLDEN  CLUB.  Blade  of  Ivs.  5-12  x 
2-5  in.:  stalk  4-20  in.  long:  scape  %-2  ft.  long.  B.B. 
1:364.  L.B.C.  5:402.  B.H.  1888:85.  Gn.  27,  p.  213. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

OB6XYLON  (Greek,  a  mountain  tree;  nevertheless 
it  grows  anywhere  from  sea-level  to  an  altitude  of  3,000 
ft.).  Also  written  Oroxylum.  Bignoniacece.  A  genus 
of  one  species,  an  Indian  tree,  which,  as  Franceschi 
says,  is  "remarkable  for  the  large  size  and  striking  form 
of  its  leaves,  almost  black  flowers,  and  long,  sword- 
shaped  pods."  This  tree  is  cult,  outdoors  in  S.  Calif. 
and  under  glass  in  Europe.  It  attains  25-40  ft.  in  In- 
dia, has  Ivs.  2-4  ft.  across,  which  are  shining  and  twice 
or  thrice  ternately  pinnate;  Ifts.  5x3-4  in.:  raceme  10 
in.  long:  fls.  fleshy,  2%  in.  long,  2-3%  in.  across,  bell- 
shaped,  and  white  or  purplish  according  to  the  Flora  of 
British  India. 

This  tree  has  no  near  ally  of  garden  value.  It  might 
be  roughly  compared  to  a  Catalpa  for  its  long  pods  and 
winged  seeds,  and  for  its  much-cut  foliage  to  Jacaran- 
da  ovalifolia,  which  is  one  of  the  most  striking  and 
elegant  trees  cultivated  in  subtropical  countries.  Ge- 
neric characters  are :  calyx  large,  leathery,  truncate  or 
obscurely  toothed  :  corolla-lobes  5,  subequal,  round, 
crisped,  toothed  :  stamens  5  :  capsule  septicidally  2- 
valved:  seeds  thinly  discoid,  with  a  broad,  transpar- 
ent wing. 

tndicum,  Vent.  Lvs.  opposite  ;  Ifts.  ovate,  entire: 
peduncle  1  ft.  long:  capsule  1-3  ft.  long,  2-3  in.  wide, 
hardly  4  lines  thick.  India,  Ceylon,  Cochin  China,  Ma- 
laya. 

OKPINE  or  STONE  CBOP.  See  Sedum,  particularly 
S.  Telephium. 

OBBIS-BOOT  or  IBIS-BOOT.  See  Iris  Florentina 
and  Perfumery  Gardening. 

OBTHOCABPUS  (Greek,  straight  fruit,  which  distin- 
guishes this  genus  from  Melampyrum).  Scrophularia- 
cece.  O.  pu'rpurdscens ,  Benth.,  is  a  plant  something 
like  the  Painted  Cup  (Castilleia).  It  is  a  Californian 
annual,  growing  a  foot  or  less  high,  with  yellow,  crim- 
son-tipped fls.  and  gaudy  bracts.  Gray  says  it  is  "com- 
mon along  the  hills  and  mountains  of  the  coast,  from 
San  Diego  to  Humboldt  Co.,  so  abundant  as  to  give  the 
ground  a  purple  hue  for  miles  in  some  places;  occasion- 
ally, with  duller  or  only  pallid  color,  in  salt  marshes. 
The  reddish,  soft  and  copious  beard  of  the  narrow  and 
hooked  upper  lip  which  marks  this  species  is  composed 
of  many-  and  close-jointed  hairs."  This  plant  was 
offered  in  1891  by  Orcutt.  For  fuller  description  see 
Gray's  Syn.  Flora  of  N.  Amer.  In  Orthocarpus  the 
calyx  is  4-cut ;  in  Castilleia  many-cut. 

OBTHBOSANTHUS  (Greek,  morning  flower;  because 
the  fls.  open  in  the  morning  and  fade  before  noon). 
Iridacece.  O.  miiltiflorus  is  a  charming  plant  some- 
thing like  our  blue-eyed  grass  or  Sisyrinchium.  It  has 
a  tuft  of  grassy  foliage  a  foot  or  two  high,  and  sky-blue, 
6-parted  fls.  an  inch  or  more  across,  which  open  one 
after  another  for  a  week  or  so.  Horticultural] y  it  is 
classed  among  tender  bulbs,  though  its  rootstock  is  a 
short,  thick  rhizome.  This  choice  plant  comes  from 
Australia,  which,  unlike  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  is  very 
poor  in  showy  bulbous  plants  of  the  iris,  lily  and  ama- 
ryllis  families. 

Orthrosanthus  is  a  genus  of  7  species,  2  from  tropical 
America  and  5  from  Australia.  Lvs.  firm,  linear,  equi- 
tant:  clusters  many-fld.,  panicled:  fls.  pale  blue;  pedi- 
cels so  short  that  the  capsule  is  not  protruded  from  the 
spathe;  perianth  tube  very  short  or  none;  segments 
oblong,  nearly  equal,  spreading;  filaments  free  or  con- 
nate only  at  the  base:  ovary  3-celled;  ovules  many, 


ORTHROSANTHUS 

superposed;  style-branches  alternating  with  the  an- 
thers: seeds  minute,  very  near  Sisyrinchium,  which  is 
a  more  variable  genus,  and  has  longer  pedicels.  See 
Baker's  Handbook  of  the  Iride®  (1892). 

There  seems  to  be  no  recorded  American  experience 
with  O.  mult  if  torus.  Krelage  lists  it  among  bulbs  suit- 
able for  frame  culture.  Nicholson  says  it  thrives  and 
does  best  when  planted  in  the  border  of  a  cold  conser- 
vatory, and  adds  "if,  however,  it  is  necessary  to  grow 
them  in  pots,  use  turfy  loam  and  leaf -mold,  and  insure 
sufficient  drainage." 

multifldrus,  Sweet  (Libtrtia  azurea,  Hort.).  Lvs.  a 
dozen  or  more,  1-1%  ft.  long,  Y&  to  %  of  an  inch  wide: 
panicle  4-6  in.  long:  capsule  obtuse.  Southern  and 
western  Australia.  L. B.C.  15:1474.  B.R.  13:1090  (as 
Sisyrinchium  cyaneum).  •yy  ]yj 

OR^ZA  (derived  from  the  Arabic  name,  Eruz). 
Graminece.  Six  species  of  the  tropics,  including  0. 
sativa,  Linn.,  the  well-known  rice  of  commerce.  This 
is  a  native  of  the  Old  World  tropics,  and  is  naturalized 
in  Brazil;  cultivated  extensively  in  China  and  India 
and  more  recently  in  the  coast  region  of  our  southern 
states.  A  marsh  plant,  with  flowers  in  panicles;  spike- 
lets  1-fld. ;  empty  glumes  2,  small;  fl. -glume  and  palet 
about  equal,  laterally  compressed,  keeled,  the  former 
usually  more  or  less  awned.  Contrary  to  the  usual  sup- 
position, rice  paper  is  not  made  from  rice,  but  from 
Paper  Mulberry  or  Bamboo.  .  A.  g.  HITCHCOCK. 

ORYZOPSIS  (Greek,  rice-like;  from  a  fancied  re- 
semblance to  that  grain).  Graminece.  MOUNTAIN  RICE. 
Contains  about  24  species  of  temperate  regions.  Mostly 
tufted  perennials,  with  narrow  panicles  of  rather  large 
greenish  1-fld.  spikelets.  Empty  glumes  thin,  nerved, 
nearly  equal:  fl. -glume  coriaceous,  becoming  involute, 
provided  at  base  with  a  short  callus,  and  at  apex  with  a 
simple  untwisted  deciduous  awn.  Three  of  our  native 
species  are  offered  by  dealers  in  wild  plants. 

melanocarpa,  Muhl.  Distinguished  by  its  leafy  culm, 
the  Ivs.  being  broad  and  flat  :  panicle  simple  or  com- 
pound; fl. -glume  blackish:  awn  about  1  in.  long.  Rocky 
woods,  New  Eng.  to  Mo.  — Blooms  late  in  summer. 

asperifdlia,  Michx.  This  and  the  next  have  tufted, 
naked  culms,  with  flat,  concave  or  involute  Ivs. :  culms 
9-18  in.  high,  bearing  sheaths  with  rudimentary  blades: 
Ivs.  rough-edged,  evergreen:  awn  %  in.  long.  Northern 
states  to  Colorado.  — Blooms  early  in  spring. 

Canad6nsis,  Torr.  Culm  6-15  in. :  lowest  sheaths 
leaf -bearing:  Ivs.  involute,  thread-shaped:  awn  very 
short,  deciduous  or  wanting.  Me.  to  Minn.,  on  rocky 
hills;  rare.  A  g  HITCHCOCK. 

OSAGE  ORANGE.     See  Toxylon. 

OSIERS  are  willows  used  for  baskets  and  willow-ware 
in  general.  Some  dogwoods  are  also  called  Osiers. 
The  various  kinds  are  described  under  Salix  and  Cor- 
nus.  Osier  culture  is  generally  considered  as  belonging 
to  sylviculture  rather  than  to  horticulture,  and  is  there- 
fore not  treated  here,  but  the  interested  reader  should 
procure  "Osier  Culture, "by  John  M.  Simpson,  a  pam- 
phlet of  27  pages,  issued  in  1898  as  Bulletin  19  of  the 
Div.  of  Forestry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture. 

OSMANTHUS  (fragrant  flower).  Oleacew.  The  cul- 
tivated members  of  this  genus  are  usually  known  as 
Oleas,  but  Osmanthus  is  distinguished  from  Olea  by  its 
imbricate  rather  than  valvate  obtuse  corolla-lobes:  fls. 
fascicled  or  in  short,  perfect  or  imperfect  racemes :  Ivs. 
generally  opposite,  entire  or  serrate,  thickish  :  ever- 
green trees  or  shrubs,  of  7  or  8  species  in  eastern  Asia, 
Pacific  islands,  and  one  in  North  America.  O.  fragrans 
is  the  only  common  species  in  cult.,  and  this  is  a  green- 
house plant  in  the  North,  being  grown  for  its  very  fra- 
grant fls.  It  is  of  the  easiest  culture  in  an  intermediate 
temperature.  It  is  almost  a  continuous  bloomer,  al- 
though ordinarily  it  should  be  rested  in  late  winter  or 
summer  in  order  to  ripen  the  wood  for  fall  and  winter 
bloom.  Be  careful  not  to  overpot,  and  keep  the  plant 
free  from  mealy  bug.  In  the  South  and  in  California, 
it  thrives  when  planted  out  in  a  place  shaded  from  the 
middav  sun. 


OSMOREIZA 


1177 


A.  Lvs . ^small-toothed  or  entire. 

fragrans,  Lour.  (Olea  fragrans,  Thunb.).  Fig.  1595. 
Small  tree  or  shrub,  usually  cult,  as  a  pot-plant:  Ivs. 
oval  to  oblong  and  lanceolate,  finely  sharp-toothed 
(said  to  be  entire  in  the  wild  plant),  thick,  lighter  col- 
ored and  veiny  beneath :  fls.  small,  white,  the  corolla 
divided  nearly  to  the  base,  in  clusters  in  the  upper  ax- 
ils, very  fragrant:  fr.  not  produced  on  the  cult,  plant, 
but  on  the  wild  plant  said  to  be  ellipsoid  and  %  x  %  in. 
India,  China,  Japan.  B.M.  1552.  L. B.C.  18:1786. 


1595.  Osmanthus  fragrans  (X%). 
Olea  fragrans  of  gardens. 

Americanus,  Benth.  &  Hook.  DEVIL-WOOD.  FLORIDA 
OLEA.  Glabrous  small  tree  or  tall  shrub,  with  whitish 
bark :  Ivs.  thick,  evergreen,  lance-oblong,  with  a  short 
petiole,  entire,  shining  above:  fls.  polygamous  or  dioe- 
cious, dull  white,  in  panicles  which  are  shorter  than  the 
Ivs.,  fragrant:  fr.  a  small  dark  purple  drupe.  Blooms 
in  spring.  N.  Car.,  south.  S.S.  6:279,  280.— This  Dlant 
is  in  cult,  in  choice  collections  south,  but  it  is  not  now 
advertised. 

AA.  Lvs.  usually  spiny-toothed  and  holly-like. 

Aquif  olium,  Sieb.  Small,  evergreen  tree,  with  elliptic 
or  oblong-ovate,  stiff  spiny-toothed,  shining  Ivs.,  3-4  in. 
long  :  fls.  white,  in  short  axillary  clusters  appearing 
in  autumn,  very  fragrant,  larger  than  in  O.  fragrans. 
Japan.  G.C.  II.  6:689.  Very  variable.  Var.  ilicifdlius, 
Hort.  (Olea  ilicifblia,  Hassk.),  is  a  compact  dense 
shrub,  with  smaller  Ivs.  There  are  variegated-leaved 
forms  (as  O.  Aqiiifolium,  vars.  aureum  and  argenteum). 
Var.  myrtifdlius,  Hort.,  has  compact  habit,  with  rigid, 
spineless  Ivs.  Osmanthus  Aquifolium  is  hardy  with 
some  protection  as  far  north  as  Baltimore  and  Phila- 
delphia. Variegated  forms  are  sometimes  grafted  on 
privet,  but  they  lack  in  constitution. 

O.  latifolia  and  O.  ligustrifolia  of  the  trade  are  probably 
Phillyreas.  O.  buxifolid,  Hort.,  is  probably  Olea  Capensis. 
Linn.,  a  shrub  from  S.  Africa.  £,.  H.  B. 

OSMORHlZA  (Greek  ;  referring  to  the  sweet,  aro- 
matic, edible  roots).  UmbelUferce.  A  small  genus  of 
perennial  herbs,  1-3  ft.  high,  with  ternately  decompound 
foliage  and  white  fls.  in  few-rayed  umbels.  They  are 
sometimes  called  Sweet  Cicely,  but  the"  true  Sweet 
Cicely  is  Myrrhis  odorata,  a  closely  allied  European 
plant,  the  Ivs.  of  which  have  the  scent  of  anise  seed  and 
are  used  in  flavoring.  Two  western  species  were  once 
advertised  in  the  eastern  states,  and  2  eastern  species 
are  rarely  offered.  F.  W.  Barclay,  who  has  charge  of  a 
very  large  collection  of  native  plants,  writes  that  the 
eastern  species  require  a  loose,  rich,  rather  moist  loam. 
He  adds  that  they  are  usually  to  be  found  in  shady 
places,  but  where  soil  conditions  are  suitable  they  do 
well  in  the  sun.  Wilfred  Brotherton  remarks  that  their 
foliage  turns  a  handsome  purple  in  autumn. 

Generic  characters:  Calyx-teeth  obsolete:  fr.  linear. 


1178 


OSMORHIZA 


OSTROWSKIA 


glabrous  or  bristly;  carpel  slightly  flattened  dorsally  or 
not  at  all;  styles  long  or  short;  seed-face  from  slightly 
concave  to  deeply  sulcate.  Coulter  and  Rose,  Monograph 
of  North  American  Umbelliferae,  1900.  The  generic 
name  is  also  spelled  Osmorrhiza. 

A.    Fr.  ivith  prominent  caudate  attenuation  (2-4  lines 

long)  at  base,  very  bristly. 
B.    Style  a  line  or  more  long. 

longistylis,  DC.  Stout,  glabrous  or  slightly  pubes- 
cent. Canada  to  Va.  and  west  to  Dakota.  B.B.  2:530.— 
Roots  with  a  stronger  smell  and  taste  of  anise  than  O. 
brevistylis.  Brotherton  says  it  is  a  much  prettier  plant 
than  the  next,  with  larger  umbels. 

BB.    Style  half  a  line  or  less  long, 
c.    Lfts.  2-3  in.  long:  rays  stout,  1-2  in.  long. 
brevistylis,    DC.     Rather    stout,    villous-pubescent: 
Ivs.  2-3-ternate:  style  and  stylopodium  half  a  line  long. 
Canada  to  N.  C.    B.B.  2:530. 

oc.    Lfts.  ~%.-2  in.  long:  rays  slender,  2-4  in.  long. 

nuda,  Torr.  Rather  slender,  somewhat  pubescent  or 
glabrous:  Ivs.  twice  ternate:  style  and  stylopodium  % 
line  long.  Mts.,  Calif. 

AA.  Fr.  without  caudate  attenuation  at  base. 
occidentalis,  Torr.  (Myrrhis  occidentalis ,  Benth.  & 
Hook.).  Rather  stout,  puberulent  or  pubescent:  Ivs. 
2-3-ternate;  Ifts.  1/^-4  in.  long:  umbel  5-12-rayed: 
rays  1-5  in.  long:  stylopodium  and  style  %-l  line  long. 
Calif,  to  Wash.,  east  to  Montana.  -yy  ]yj 

OSMtJNDA  (from  Osmunder,  aname  of  a  Saxon  god). 
Osmundacece.  A  small  genus  of  showy  native  ferns, 
with  rather  coarse  foliage,  but  highly  ornamental  from 
their  clustered  habit.  The  sporangia  are  formed  in 
panicles  borne  on  the  veins  of  reduced  Ivs.,  provided 
with  a  rudimentary  transverse  ring  and  opening  verti- 
cally. 

A.    Lvs.  fully  bipinnate. 

regalis,  Linn.  ROYAL  FERN.  Growing  in  clumps  2-5 
ft.  high,  some  of  the  leaves  bearing  panicles  at  their 
summits;  pinnae  1-2  in.  long,  rounded  at  the  base  and 
usually  blunt.  Well  adapted  for  open,  moist  places. 


1596.    Royal  Fern— Osmunda  cinnamomea. 

Eu.,  N.  Amer.  and  Japan.  — Commonly  called  Flowering 
Fern  or  King-fern.  O.  Japonica,  Thunb.,  is  a  form  with 
the  sporophylls  forming  distinct  leaves  and  soon  with- 
ering away;  various  crested  forms  appear  in  cultivation. 


AA.    Lvs.  bipinnatifid 

cinnamdmea,    Linn.      CINNAMON    FERN.     Fig.    1596. 

Plate  XI.    Growing  in  clusters  2-4  ft.   high  or  even 

more,  the  sporophylls  appearing  earliest,  at  first  green, 


but  becoming  pale,  long  and  narrow,  cinnamon-colored 
at  maturity  of  the  spores,  the  Ivs.  growing  about  a 
crown  from  a  large,  mostly  vertical  rootstock.  N.  Amer. 
—Very  handsome  for  decorative  purposes,  especially  for 
low  grounds. 

Claytoniana,  Linn.  Growing  in  crowns,  with  the 
sporangia  confined  to  a  few  (4-10)  of  the  central  pinnae 
of  the  leaf,  and  of  a  dark  brown  color.  Similar  to  the 
last,  but  lacking  the  little  tuft  of  wool  in  the  axils  of 
the  pinnae  which  characterizes  the  Cinnamon  Fern.  N. 
Amer;  said  also  to  grow  in  India. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

Osmundas  are  strong  -  growing  ferns  of  vigorous 
constitution,  and  well  adapted  for  general  culture  in 
any  fertile  soil  which  is  not  over  dry.  They  are  deep- 
rooted  ferns  and,  therefore,  require  considerable  depth 
of  soil.  All  the  species  do  well  in  full  sunlight, 
but  the  most  satisfactory  position  for  all  the  species 
would  be  a  deeply  dug,  thoroughly  enriched  border  ly- 
ing north  of  a  wall.  O.  regalis  reaches  perfection  only 
in  rich,  wet  swamps  in  full  sunlight  or  thin  shade, 
where  it  may  attain  a  height  of  8  ft.  O.  Claytoniana 
prefers  rich,  peaty  soil  in  moist  but  not  wet,  open  or 
partially  shaded  positions.  It  may  attain  a  height  of  6 
ft.  O.  cinnamomea  is  naturally  a  fern  of  the  swamp, 
though  not  in  such  wet  positions  as  O.  regalis.  It 
grows  most  luxuriantly  in  partial  shade.  In  a  wild  state 
it  occasionally  attains  a  height  of  6  ft. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

OSTEOMELES  (Greek,  stone  apple  or  stone  fruit). 
Rosacece.  The  plant  which  bears  the  uncomfortable 
name  of  Osteomeles  anthyllidifolia  is  a  white-fid.,  red- 
fruited  bush,  ranging  from  China  through  the  Pacific 
islands  as  far  south  as  Pitcairn's  island.  It  has  pin- 
nate foliage,  silvery  beneath,  each  leaf  2-4  in.  long  and 
composed  of  about  25  Ifts.  The  specific  name  of  the 
plant  records  its  resemblance  in  foliage  to  Anthyllis 
JBarba-Jovis ,  a  plant  with  pea-like  fls.,  known  as  Ju- 
piter's Beard,  which  is  considerably  used  for  seaside 
planting  in  frostless  countries.  Botanically  Osteomeles 
is  closest  to  our  shad  bush  (Amelanchier),  but  inferior 
in  hardiness  and  in  beauty  of  fls.  All  the  other  species 
of  Osteomeles  (about  7)  are  natives  of  the  Andes,  and 
have  simple  Ivs.  The  silvery  nature  of  O.  anthyllidi- 
folia varies  considerably  in  the  wild,  and  glabrous  speci- 
mens have  been  collected. 

Generic  characters:  trees  and  shrubs:  Ivs.  alternate, 
stalked,  leathery,  evergreen,  entire  or  serrate  :  fls. 
white,  few  or  numerous,  in  flattish  clusters:  calyx-tube 
bell-  or  top-shaped,  adnate  to  the  carpels;  lobes  5,  per- 
sistent; petals  5,  oblong;  stamens  10  or  more,  inserted 
on  the  throat  of  the  calyx;  carpels  5,  more  or  less  grown 
together  and  to  the  calyx:  drupes  5-stoned. 

anthyllidifdlia,  Lindl.  Evergreen  bush,  5-6  ft.  high, 
much  branched:  bark  brownish  black:  Ivs.  spreading 
and  recurved;  Ifts.  more  or  less  in  pairs,  yellowish 
green:  fls.  about  %  in.  across,  a  dozen  or  so  in  a  clus- 
ter. B.M.  7354.  w  M> 

OSTEOSPERMUM  moniliferum  is  a  shrubby  yellow- 
fld.  composite,  growing  2-4  ft.  high,  which  was  offered 
in  1891  by  Reasoner  Bros..  Oneco,  Fla.  It  has  dropped 
out  of  cult.  It  is  fully  described  in  Flora  Capensis 
3:433,  where  the  entire  genus  of  38  species  is  mono- 
graphed. 

OSTROWSKIA  (after  N.  ab  Ostrowsky,  Russian  pa- 
tron of  science).  Campanulacece.  The  GIANT  BELL- 
FLOWER,  O.  magnifica,  ranks  among  the  two  dozen  most 
interesting  "hardy  perennials"  introduced  during  the 
last  two  decades  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Each  stem 
grows  4  or  5  ft.  high,  is  branched  only  at  the  top,  and 
bears  3-6  bell-shaped,  pale  lilac  fls.  4-6  in.  across  and 
4  in.  deep.  A  healthy  clump  may  throw  up  as  many  as 
6-10  stems.  Before  the  discovery  of  this  plant, Platycodon 
grandiflorum  was  generally  considered  the  showiest  of 
all  the  large  bell-flowers,  but  J.  N.  Gerard  declares  that 
the  Platycodon  is  very  commonplace  beside  Ostrowskya. 
In  the  colored  plates  the  flowers  have  a  rather  washed- 
out  appearance,  except  in  "Garden,"  which  shows  pink- 
ish tints.  Gerard  describes  the  color  as  a  very  light 
lavender  or  mauve,  almost  white,  with  deeper  veinings. 


OSTROWSKIA 

A  dark  blue  variety  was  thought  to  exist,  but  unfortu- 
nately nothing  of  the  kind  has  been  seen  in  cultivation. 
Altogether  it  is  a  very  singular  plant,  with  its  great  fleshy 
roots,  sometimes  2  ft.  long,  its  whorled  Ivs.,  and  the 
conspicuous  pores  of  the  capsule,  which  are  twice  as 
numerous  as  the  sepals— a  generic  character.  Unlike 
Platycodon,  its  Ivs.  are  membranous  and  light  green. 
It  is  the  only  species  in  the  genus.  'As  a  genus  Ostrow- 
skya  is  close  to  Campanula,  being  distinguished  by  the 
whorled  Ivs.  and  the  floral  parts  numerically  greater. 

The  Giant  Harebell  needs  a  deeply  worked,  perfectly 
drained,  sandy  soil.  Soon  after  flowering  the  plants  go 
to  rest  and  nothing  is  left  of  them  above  ground.  Their 
place  should  be  carefully  marked  to  protect  the  brittle 
roots  from  careless  digging.  Our  dry  summers  and  au- 
tumns seem  to  suit  the  plants  well,  but  frequently  in  a 
moist  October  growth  starts  and  this  seriously  weakens 
the  old  plants.  When  only  a  few  plants  are  grown,  a 
tight  board  covering  will  be  found  convenient  for  keep- 
ing the  roots  dry  and  dormant.  For  winter  protection 
it  is  advisable  to  give  a  liberal  covering  of  litter.  Ex- 
cessive moisture  will  destroy  the  crown.  Flowering 
specimens  can  hardly  be  expected  within  4  years  from 
seed,  and  seeds  are  slow  to  germinate  unless  fresh. 
Nurserymen  now  propagate  the  plant  by  cuttings  of 
the  young  growths  taken  with  a  heel  in  spring;  ama- 
teurs by  root-cuttings. 

magnifica,  Regel.  GIANT  BELL-FLOWER.  Tall,  strict, 
glabrous  herb,  with  tuberous  roots:  Ivs.  in  distant 
whorls  of  4  or  5,  ovate,  toothed,  short-stalked,  4-6  in. 
long:  calyx-lobes  2  in.  long,  spreading  or  recurved: 
floral  parts  5-9,  usually  7:  style  large,  thick,  yellow. 
Eastern  Bokhara,  at  7,000  ft.  Gn.  34:681;  52,'p.  481. 
B.M.  7472.  G.F.  6:276.  A.F.  4:331.  V.  11:305.  G.M. 
31:459,  461.  R.H.  1893:472  and  p.  473;  1888,  p.  344. 
I.H.  35:71.  G.C.  III.  4:65.  S.H.  1:437. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

6STRYA  (ancient  name).  Cupuliferce.  Ostrya  Vir- 
ginica,  commonly  known  in  America  as  Hop  Hornbeam, 
Ironwood  or  Leverwood,  is  a  small-  to  medium-sized 
tree,  with  birch-like  foliage,  slender  yellow  male  cat- 
kins borne  in  spring,  and  female  catkins  which  look 
like  clusters  of  hops,  and  ripen  in  July  and  August.  In 
the  eastern  states  the  Hop  Hornbeam  usually  grows 
about  15  to  18  ft.  high,  but  in  the  Middle  West  it  grows 
much  higher,  sometimes  attaining  50  ft.  The  bark  is 
beautifully  furrowed.  The  species  has  a  wide  range, 
but  is  not  common.  O.  carpinifolia,  Scop.,  and  O.  Ja- 
ponica,  Sarg.,  have  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arbore- 
tum. 

Ostrya  is  a  genus  of  4  species-the  following,  one  in 
southwestern  U.  S.,  one  in  Eu.  and  Asia  and  one  in  Ja- 
pan. •  Catkins  borne  with  the  Ivs.  or  before:  males 
drooping,  sessile  at  the  ends  of  branchlets  of  the  pre- 
vious year,  their  fls.  solitary  in  the  axil  of  each  bract; 
females  terminal,  solitary,  erect,  their  fls.  2  to  each 
bract,  enclosed  by  a  bractlet,  which  in  fruit  enlarges 
into  a  closed  membranous  bladder:  male  fls,  without 
bractlets:  stigmas  2:  nut  compressed,  sessile  in  the 
base  of  the  bladder-like  sac. 

Virginica,  Willd.  Fig.  1597.  Lvs.  ovate  or  oblong- 
ovate,  acuminate,  doubly  serrate  :  bladders  6-8  lines 
long,  4-5  lines  wide  in  fruit;  female  catkins  l%-2%  in. 
long.  Dry  woods,  Cape  Breton  to  Minn.,  south  to  Fla. 
.and  Tex.  S.S.  9:445.  B.B.  1:507.  Gn.  24,  pp.  230,  231. 

OSWEGO  TEA.    Monarda  didyma. 

OTHERA  Japdnica,  imported  by  Berckmans,  Au- 
gusta, Ga.,  is  an  evergreen  shrub,  with  obovate  or  ob- 
long-obovate  glabrous  Ivs.,  entire  or  nearly  so,  and  2-3 
in.  long.  There  can  be  but  little  doubt  that  it  is  a  species 
of  Ilex,  but  the  shape  of  the  Ivs.  does  not  agree  exactly 
with  the  figure  given  by  Thunberg  of  his  O.  Japonica, 
which  was  subsequently  referred  to  Ilex  by  Sprengel 
under  the  name  /.  Othera.  In  none  of  the  more  recent 
publications  on  the  Japanese  flora,  however,  is  either 
name  njentioned,  and  it  is  likewise  omitted  in  the 
monograph  of  Ilex  by  Maximowicz.  As  the  genus 
Othera  has  no  botanical  standing  it  is  perhaps  the  best 
to  use  Ilex  Othera  as  a  provisional  name  for  the  culti- 


OTHONNA 


1179 


vated  plant  until  it  has  borne  fls.  and  fr.,  and  thus  en- 
abled us  to  determine  its  exact  botanical  position.  In 
foliage  it  resembles  very  much  /.  Integra,  and  it  may 
probably  prove  to  be  this  species  when  the  fruits  are 
known.  The  Othera  Japonica  of  Thunberg  as  figured 
in  his  Icones  Plantarum  Japonicarum,  pi.  13,  is  much 
like  /.  rotunda,  and  may  represent  a  plant  of  this  species 
with  staminate  fls.  The  hardiness  of  the  cultivated  Ilex 
Othera  is  probably  the  same  as  that  of  I.  latifolia  and 
Integra,  and  also  its  cultivation  and  propagation.  See 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

Othera  Japonica,  a  very  beautiful  ornamental  ever- 
green shrub  or  small  tree,  is  well  established  in  several 
Florida  gardens.  In  the  late  E.  H.  Hart's  garden,  at 
Federal  Point,  Fla.,  there  is  a  small,  bushy,  dense  tree, 
about  22  feet  high,  which  has  flowered  and  fruited  abun- 
dantly. Two  plants  in  my  own  garden,  one  on  high  pine 
land,  the  other  in  richer  soil  near  the  lake,  have  done 
exceedingly  well,  though  the  one  in  moist  ground  is  by 
far  the  larger  and  very  dense.  They  were  planted  out  in 
the  fall  of  1896,  and  the  most  vigorous  one  is  now  7  feet 
high,  and  as  much  in  diameter,  provided  with  branches 
from  the  ground.  The  plant  resembles  Ilex  Integra, 
but  is  different  in  habit  and  growth.  Whatever  its  cor- 
rect botanical  name  may  be,  it  is  a  very  beautiful  plant 
for  the  extreme  South,  and  it  well  responds  to  good  cul- 
tivation and  fertilizing.  H  NEHRLING. 

OTHONNA  (ancient  Greek  name,  of  no  particular 
application  here).  Compdsitce.  About  80  South  African 
herbs  and  shrubs,  of  which  one  (Fig.  1598)  is  in  general 
cultivation  as  a  window-garden  plant.  The  heads  are 
usually  yellow,  with  fertile  rays  and  sterile  tubular 
disk  florets:  torus  convex  or  somewhat  conical,  usually 
honeycombed:  scales  of  involucre  in  one  series,  more 
or  less  united  to  the  base,  valvate  :  style  of  disk  fls. 
not  divided  :  akenes  oval,  with  bristle-like  pappus  in 
many  rows  or  series.  Only  one  species  of  Othonna  ap- 
pears to  be  in  general  cultivation,  and  this  has  no  es- 
tablished vernacular  name  in  this  country,  although  it 
is  sometimes  dubbed  « Little  Pickles "  because  of  its 
cylindrical,  pulpy  leaves. 

The  plant  shown  in  Fig.  1598  is  commonly  known  as 


1597.    Hop  Hornbeam-Ostrya  Virginica  (X  M). 

Othonna  crassifolia,  but  thereby  arises  a  puzzle  in  no- 
menclature. By  Linnaeus  a  certain  flat-leaved  plant  was 
called  Othonna  crassifolia.  Subsequently  some  of  the 
species  of  Othonna  were  separated  by  Jaubert  &  Spach 
into  a  distinct  genus,  Othonnopsis,  distinguished  by  in- 
volucral  scales  distinct  and  style  of  the  disk  florets  2- 
parted.  One  of  the  plants  relegated  to  this  new  genus 
was  Othonna  cheirifolia, Linn., which  then  became  Othon- 
nopsis cheirifolia,  Jaub.  &  Spach.  Benthara  &  Hooker 
consider  Linnaeus'  Othonna  crassifolia  to  be  a  horticul- 
tural form  of  Othonnopsis  cheirifolia.  It  was  therefore 
a  natural  sequence  to  say  that  the  Othonna  crassifolia 
of  horticulturists  is  properly  Othonnopsis  cheirifolia, 
a  statement  which  the  writer  made  in  the  revision  of 
Gray's  "Field,  Forest  and  Garden  Botany."  It  turns 
out,  however,  that  the  Othonna  crassifolia  of  horticul- 
turists is  not  the  Othonna  crassifolia  of  Linnaeus  (if  he 
has  been  correctly  reported).  The  former  plant  is  a 
true  Othonna.  It  is  the  Othonna  crassifolia  of  Har- 
vey; but  since  this  name  crassifolia  was  used  by  Lin- 
naeus, it  cannot  be  used  again  in  the  same  genus,  and 
Harvey's  plant  must  take  some  other  name.  In  fact, 
before  Harvey's  time,  the  name  Othonna  crassifolia 
was  used  by  Meyer  for  still  another  species.  The  O. 


1180 


OTHONNA 


OUVIRANDRA 


cras'si folia  of  Harvey  was  once  described  as  O.  filicau- 
lis,  but  this  name  also  has  been  previously  used  in  the 
genus.  It  seems,  therefore,  as  if  a  new  name  must  be 


1598.  Othonna  Capensls.  known  to    \  Jj\,fc 
gardeners  as  O.  crassifolia.  \     \A 

A  yellow-flowered  trailing  plant 

with  succulent  leaves.  p 

given  to  the  O.  crassifolia  of  Harvey  and  of  the  horticul- 
turists, and  this  is  done  below.  What,  now,  is  Linnaeus' 
Othonna  crassifolia  ?  As  early  as  1771,  this  plant  was 
figured  in  color  by  Philip  Miller  as  the  "Otlionna  foliis 
lanceolatis  integerrimis  "  of  Linnseus'  Hortus  Cliff  ort- 
>anus.  It  was  figured  again  by  Edwards  in  1818  (B.R. 
4:266).  It  is  an  upright  or  ascending  undershrub,  with 
flat  leaves  reminding  one  of  leaves  of  the  stock.  It  is 
described  in  the  European  books,  but  is  probably  not 
in  commercial  cultivation.  It  is  native  to  the  north  of 
Africa.  A  reproduction  of  part  of  Philip  Miller's  pic- 
ture of  the  plant,  reduced  in  size,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1599. 
Capensis  (Ot7i6nna  crassifolia,  Harv.,  not  Linn.,  nor 
Meyer.  Othonndpsis  cheirifolia,  Bailey  in  "Field,  For- 
est, and  Garden  Botany,"  not  Jaub.  &  Spach).  Fig. 
1598.  Perennial,  becoming  shrubby  at  base  in  its  native 
country,  glabrous,  with  slender  trailing  or  drooping 
stems:  Ivs.  1  in.  or  less  long,  fleshy  and  cylindrical-ob- 
ovoid,  sharp -pointed,  either  scattered  or  in  clusters: 
pedicels  2-6  in.  long,  ascending,  slender:  heads  nearly 
or  quite  %  in.  across  when  well  grown,  the  narrow, 
bright  yellow  rays  wide-spreading.  S.  Africa.— An  ex- 
cellent plant  for  hanging  baskets,  for  it  withstands  ex- 
tremes of  moisture  and  temperature.  It  is  readily  prop- 
agated by  planting  pieces  of  the  stems.  It  blooms  in 
nearly  all  seasons.  Fls.  open  only  in  sun .  L  jj.  B. 

OURtSIA  (Gov.  Ouris,  of  the  Falkland  islands). 
Scrophularidcece.  O.  coccinea  is  a  choice  alpine  of 
tufted  habit,  heart-shaped  Ivs.,  and  scarlet,  narrowly 
funnel-shaped  fls.  1-1%  in.  long.  The  general  appear- 
ance of  the  inflorescence  is  distinct.  The  fls.  are  borne, 
in  opposite  pairs  to  the  number  of  12  on  a  scape  a  foot 
or  more  high.  Each  flower  points  at  a  sharp  downward 
angle  from  its  slender  red  fl. -stalk,  which  is  as  long  as 
the  flower.  The  fls.  are  2-lipped,  5-lobed  and  bulged  at 
the  very  base.  This  rare  and  charming  plant  is  culti- 
vated in  America,  but  not  advertised  at  present.  The 
secret  of  its  culture  is  a  stiff  soil  combined  with  deep 
shade.  (See,  also,  Alpine  Gardens.) 

Botanically,  Ourisia  is  allied  to  the  foxglove,  to  which 
it  has  no  casual  resemblance.  It  is  a  genus  of  23 


species,  mostly  natives  of  the  Chilean  and  Peruvian 
Andes.  Herbs,  rarely  somewhat  woody  at  the  base,  usu- 
ally dwarf,  decumbent  or  creeping  a  short  distance, 
glabrous  or  sparsely  hairy:  fls.  either  axillary  and  soli- 
tary, or  in  a  raceme  at  the  apex  of  a  scape,  usually 
scarlet-  or  rose-colored  ;  corolla-tube  cylindrical  or 
slightly  bell-shaped  at  the  throat,  lobes  nearly  equal: 
stamens  4,  didynamous :  style  entire. 

coccinea,  Pers.  Hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  sparsely 
hairy:  Ivs.  mostly  radical,  long-stalked,  heart-shaped, 
unequally  lobed  and  crenate:  scape  furnished  with  1-  or 
2-stalked  Ivs.  at  the  base,  and  pairs  of  toothed  bracts, 
from  which  the  pedicels  arise  :  calyx-lobes  5,  short, 
spreading.  Chile.  B.M.  5335. 

J.  B.  KELLER  and  W.  M. 

OUVIRANDRA  (Madagascar  name  meaning  water 
yam,  referring  to  the  edible  tubers).  Naiadacece.  The 
Lace-leaf  or  Lattice-leaf  plant,  O.  fenestralis,  is  one  of 
the  most  distinct  and  interesting  plants  in  the  vegeta- 
ble kingdom.  It  grows  in  Madagascar,  its  skeletonized 
leaves  floating  just  under  the  surface  of  the  water. 
The  Ivs.  are  merely  a  tracery  of  nerves  and  cross-veins, 
but  despite  their  lace-like  delicacy  they  can  be  handled 
with  considerable  roughness.  The  plant  is  cultivated 
in  all  the  finest  collections  of  tender  aquatics.  The  Ivs. 
are  oblong  in  shape,  and  in  fine  specimens  6-18  in.  long 
and  2-4  in.  broad.  See  Fig.  1600. 

The  genus  and  even  the  family  of  this  plant  is  a  sub- 
ject of  much  debate.  If  it  were  not  for  the  skeletonized 
foliage  the  plant  would  be  referred  by  all  to  Aponoge- 
ton.  However,  the  venation  of  the  Lace-leaf  plant  is 
exactly  that  of  Aponogeton,  and  now  and  then  a  leaf 
occurs  in  which  the  spaces  between  the  veins  are  partly 
or  wholly  filled  with  green  matter.  Edgeworth  declared 
that  if  Ouvirandra  were  kept  distinct  then  4  species  of 
Aponogeton  must  go  with  it.  O.  fenestralis  is  all  but 
unique.  There  is  another  species  with  skeletonized 
leaves  (O.  Bernieriana) ,  but  the  open  spaces  are 
smaller  and  the  plant  is  less  desirable  for  cult.  The 
prevailing  tendency  of  the  day  is  to  refer  both  these 
plants  to  Aponogeton. 

The  Lace-leaf  plant  can  be  grown  in  a  tub  in  a  warm 
greenhouse.  For  some  unknown  reason  the  plant  seems 
rarely  to  succeed  in  a  jar  or  glass  aquarium.  In  Mada- 


1599.   Othonnopsis  cheirifolia. 

A  flat-leaved  plant  which  has  been  confused  with  Othonna 

Capensis.    For  comparison  with  Fig.  1598. 


OUYIRANDRA 


OXALIS 


1181 


gascar,  according  to  the  Botanical  Magazine,  the  plant 
grows  in  running  water.  Some  cultivators  think  that 
the  water  must  be  changed  every  day,  but  this  is  not 
necessary.  If  confervas  appear,  introduce  a  few  tad- 
poles and  snails;  these  will  devour  the  green  scum,  and 


1600.    Lace-leaf  plant  —  Ouvirandra  fenestralis. 

help  to  keep  the  plant  in  good  health  by  furnishing 
oxygen.  (See  Aquarium.)  The  plant  should  be  potted, 
and  plunged  not  more  than  18  inches  below  the  sur- 
face of  the  water.  For  potting  soil  use  a  rich  compost, 
such  as  is  recommended  for  Nymphaeas.  The  water 
should  be  kept  clean  and  sweet,  and  a  temperature  of 
65°  to  75°  provided.  Avoid  direct  sunlight. 

In  Madagascar  the  streams  often  dry  up,  and  the 
tubers  carry  the  plant  over  the  dry  season.  In  imitation 
of  nature  some  cultivators  take  the  tubers  out  of  the 
soil,  and  leave  them  on  a  shelf  in  a  hothouse  during 
the  month  of  February.  It  is  doubtful  whether  this  is 
necessary.  Potting  should  be  done  while  the  plant  is 
in  active  growth,  not  dormant.  Prop,  by  division. 

fenestralis,  Poir.  (Aponogeton  fenestrale,  Hook.). 
Fig.  1600.  The  fls.  are  small,  and  consist  of  6  stamens, 
3  pistils  and  2  white  petal-like  bodies.  The  fls.  are 
numerous,  and  borne  in  2  spikes,  each  about  2  in.  long, 
which  are  united  at  the  base,  and  borne  on  the  top  of  a 
scape  a  foot  or  so  long.  A.F.  7:67.  A.G.  15:169.  B.M. 
4894.  G.M.  38:830.  Gn.  30,  pp.  344,  345.  Mn.  6,  p.  231. 
F.S.  11:1107.  I.H.  8:300. 

O.  Bernieriana,  Decne.,  differs  in  having  smaller  open  spaces 
in  the  Ivs.,  and  pinkish  4-parted  spikes. 

WM.  THICKER  and  W.  M. 

OXALIS  (sharp ;  referring  to  the  usual  acidity  of 
the  foliage).  Geraniacece,  sometimes  treated  as  a  fam- 
ily, Oxalidacece.  Over  200  species,  mostly  of  South 
Africa  and  tropical  and  subtropical  America.  A  few 
are  weeds  or  woodland  plants  through  the  northern 
countries  of  both  hemispheres.  Mostly  bulbous  or 
tuberous  herbs,  with  clover-like  Ivs.,  cultivated  in  bor- 
ders and  rockeries  or  especially  as  hanging-basket  or 
window  plants  for  their  flowers;  a 
few  used  in  salads,  and  several  of 
the  South  American  species  grown 
for  their  edible  roots  or  tubers. 
The  fls.  usually  close  at  night  and 
in  cloudy  weather,  and  the  leaves 
"sleep"  at  night  (Fig.  16011. 

O.  Acetosella  produces,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  showy  flowers,  others, 
concealed  by  the  leaves,  which  are 
fertilized  in  the  bud,  like  those  of 
our  native  blue  violets.  The  bul- 
bous and  tuberous  species  com- 
monly consist  of  three  otherwise 
similar  forms,  in  the  flowers  of 
which  the  styles  are  respectively 
longer  than,  intermediate  between, 
<xnd  shorter  than  the  two  sets  of 


stamens;  but  the  native  O.  violacea  produces  only  the 
first  and  last  of  these  three  forms  of  flowers,  which  are 
designated  as  long-styled,  mid-styled  and  short-styled. 
Several  species,  often  treated  as  belonging  to  a  separate 
genus,  Biophytum,  possess  pinnate  sensitive  Ivs. 

Prop,  by  division  of  the  compound  bulbs 
or  separation  of  the  young  bulbs  produced 
at  the  ends  of  underground  roots  by  some 
species,  or  division  of  the  clumps  of  those 
which  are  tuberous,  the  fibrous  -  rooted 
caulescent  species  prop,  by  cuttings  or 
division.  Nearly  all  may  be  grown  from 
seed,  but  this  process  is  slower,  and  some 
rarely  seed  in  cultivation. 

Planted  in  rich,  well-drained  sandy  loam 
in  spring,  they  bloom  continuously  through 
the  season,  and  are  lifted  for  winter  bloom- 
ing ;  sometimes  dried  off  in  spring,  and 
started  into  growth  in  autumn  for  indoor 
baskets,  etc.  The  caulescent  species  are 
kept  in  continuous  growth  like  Pelargo- 
niums, usually  in  the  temperate  house. 

The  classical  works  on  Oxalis  are  Jac- 
quin's  "Oxalis,  Monographia,  iconibus 
illustrata"  (1794),  with  exquisite  plates; 
and  Zuccarini's  "Monographic  der  Ameri- 
kanischen  Oxalis- Arten,"  and  "Nachtrag 
zu  der  Monographie  der  Amerikanischen 
Oxalis-Arten  "  ( 1825-1831 ) .  The  69  Chilean 
species  are  reviewed  by  Karl  Reiche  in 
Engler's  Bot.  Jahrb.  18:259-306  (1894). 
WM.  TRELEASE. 

None  of  the  cultivated  kinds  are  hardy,  at  least  in 
the  North.  The  bulbous  or  tuberous  kinds  grown  in 
greenhouses  make  handsome  pot-plants  for  autumn  and 
winter  decoration.  They  are  also  favorite  house  plants, 
and  one  frequently  sees  them  displayed  as  hanging 
plants.  They  are  easily  grown,  clean,  healthy,  and  con- 
tinue a  long  time  in  bloom.  The  roots  are  started  in 
August  or  September,  and  commence  growth  quickly. 
Good  rich  soil  is  recommended.  The  crowns  should  be 
kept  near  the  surface,  and  deep  pots  used,  as  the  plants 
are  liable  to  lift  themselves  out.  Abundance  of  water 
will  be  required  during  the  growing  season,  and  a  little 
liquid  stimulant  will  help  them  when  in  bloom.  When 
going  to  rest,  less  water  will  be  required,  until  finally 
the  pots  may  be  laid  on  their  sides  until  another  season. 

T.  D.  HATPIELD. 


Acetosella,  6. 
alba,  8. 
arborea,  8. 
atropurpurea,  2. 
bipunctata,  9. 
Bowiei,  13. 
caprina,  14. 
cernua,  14. 
corniculata,  2. 
delieata,  5. 
Deppei,  11. 
elongata,  17. 
esculenta,  11. 
flava,  14. 
floribunda,  9. 
fulgida,  16. 
grandiflora,  15. 
hirta,  16. 
hirtella,  16. 


INDEX. 

Japonica,  7. 
lasiandra,  12. 
laxula,  15. 
lilacina,  8. 
lutea  14. 
maritima,  9. 
Martiana,  9. 
multiflora,  16. 
Ortgiesi,  4. 
ptirpurea,  15. 
rigidula,  15. 
rosacea,  16. 
rosea,  1. 


rubella,  16. 
rubra,  8. 
spedosa,  15. 
suggillata,  15. 
tetraphylla,  11. 
tropaeoloides,  2. 
urbica,  9. 
Valdiviana,  3. 
Valdiviensis,  3. 
variabilis,  15. 
venusta,  15. 
versicolor,  17. 
violacea,  10. 


1601.     Leaves  of  Oxalis  tetraphylla,  showing  day  and  night  positions. 


1182 


OXALIS 


OXALIS 


A.  Plants  without  bulbs  or  scaly 
rootstocks  :  stem  usually  elon- 
gated, leafy. 

B.  Lfts.   palmately     placed,    not 
separated,  notched. 

c.  Color  of  fls.  rosy 1.  rosea 

cc.   Color  of  fls.  chiefly  yellow. 
D.  Peduncles     shorter    than 

Ivs 2.  corniculata 

DD.  Peduncles  longer  than  Ivs. 

E.  Foliage  clustered 3.  Valdiviensis 

EE.  Foliage  scattered 4.  Ortgiesi 

BB.  Lfts.  pinnately  placed,   some- 
what separated,  entire 5.  delicata 

AA.  Plants   with  underground   stems 
thickened    and    scaly    at    end, 
forming  a   sort  of  tuber:    stem 
scarcely  any:   Ivs.  of  3  Ifts. 
B.  Fls.  white,  with  rosy  veins. 

c.  Lfts.  obcordate 6.  Acetosella 

cc.  Lfts.     broadly     triangular, 

scarcely  notched 7.  Japonica 

BB.  Fls.  rosy,  lilac,  or  white 8.  rubra 

AAA.  Plants   from    loose,   scaly,   ovoid 
bulbs:  stem  scarcely  any:   fls. 
iimbelled  on   elongated  scapes. 
American  species. 
B.  Lfts.  3. 

c.  Bulb  composed  of  numerous 

small  ones 9.  Martiana 

cc.  Bulb  simple 10.  violacea 

BB.  Lfts.  4  or  3 11.  tetraphylla 

BBB.  Lfts.  5-10 12.  lasiandra 

AAAA.  Plants  from  hard,  mostly  fusiform 

bulbs:   Ifts.  3.    Cape  species. 
B.  Fls.  umbelled :    stems  scarcely 
any. 

c.  Color  of  fls.  rose 13.  Bowiei 

cc.  Color  of  fls.  yellow 14.  cernua 

BB.  Fls.  solitary  on  the  peduncles. 
c.  Stem    scarcely    any :      Ifts. 

broad 15.  variabilis 

cc.  Stem    distinct,    leafy:    Ifts. 
narrow. 

D.  Lvs.  nearly  sessile 16.  birta 

DD.  Lvs.  mostly  long-stalked. 17.  versicolor 


1602.   Oxalis  Ortgiesi. 


1.  rdsea,  Feuil.  Stem  elongated,  erect:  Ivs.  scattered, 
rather  short-petioled  ;  Ifts.  obcordate  :  fls.  in  open, 
irregularly  forked  cymes  on  elongated  axillary  pedun- 
cles, rather  large,  rosy,  with  deeper  veins.  Chile.  B.M. 
2830.  B.R.  13:1123  (as  O.  floribunda).  O.  Simsii, 


Sweet,   scarcely  differs,  except  in  its  darker  red   fls. 
Chile.    B.M.  2415  (as  O.  rosea). 

2.  corniculata,  Linn.     Slender,  prostrate,  often  root- 
ing, loosely  hairy:    Ifts.  obcordate:    fls.  usually  2  to  3 
together,  small,  yellow.  — A  tropical  form  of  this  poly- 
morphous species  is  universal  as  a  greenhouse  weed, 
especially  in  Agave  and  Cactus  tubs. 

Var.  atropurpurea,  Planch.  (O.tropceololdes,  Schlach- 
ter).  Ascending,  tufted,  with  deep  purple-red  stems 
and  foliage.  Sometimes  used  for  beds  or  borders,  and 
for  carpeting  large  tubs,  etc.  Eu.  F. 8.12:1205;  19:1968. 
R.H.  1897,  p.  499. 

3.  Valdivi6nsis,  Barn.  (O.  Valdividna,  Hort.).   Short- 
stemmed:  Ivs.  clustered,  long-petioled;  Ifts.  obcordate: 
fls.  closely  umbelled  on  erect,  elongated  peduncles,  yel- 
low, with  reddish  veins.    Chile. 

4.  Ortgiesi,  Regel.    Fig.  1602.    Stem  elongated,  erect, 
rather  fleshy  and  usually  reddish:  Ivs.  scattered,  often 
on  long,  colored  petioles;  Ifts.  red  below,  cuneate,  with 
broad  V-shaped  notch  at  end:  fls.  very  short-stalked,  in 
forked   cymes  on  elongated   peduncles,  small,   yellow, 
with  deeper  veins.    Peru.    Gt,  1875:817. 

5.  delicata,   Pohl.     Stem    erect,   elongated,    slender, 
branching  :    Ifts.   ovate   or  lance-ovate,  acute  :    fls.  in 
forked  cymes  on  elongated  peduncles,  small,  pale  rose. 
Brazil. 

6.  Acetosella,  Linn.  WOOD  SORREL.   Rhizome  slender, 
the  ends  scarcely  thickened,  densely  scaly:  Ifts.  obcor- 
date,  not   orange-dotted:    fls.    solitary   on   the  scapes, 
white,  with  rosy  veins.   Eu.,  N.  Amer.    Gn.  47,  p.  129.— 
While  a  charming  plant  for  the  wood-garden,  this,  which 
is  sometimes  held  to  be  the  original   Irish  Shamrock, 
scarcely    enters    into   ordinary    gardening.      G.C.    II. 
25:685. 

7.  Japonica,  Franch.  &  Sav.   Lfts.  broadly  triangular, 
scarcely  notched,  truncate.     Otherwise    similar  to   the 
last.    Japan. 

8.  rubra,  St.  Hil.     Rhizome   thickened  at  ends  into 
loosely  toothed  tubers,  sometimes  nearly  an  inch  thick, 
and  often  clustered:  Ifts.  obcordate,  more  or  less  hairy, 
orange-dotted  beneath :  inflorescence  mostly  compound : 
fls.  numerous,  umbelled,  rosy,  with  deeper  veins.    Bra- 
zil.   Gn,  50,  p.  511  (as  O.  floribunda).  —  Usually  cult,  as 
O.    floribunda,  which    name    properly   belongs  to  the 
next,  and  sometimes,  but  also  erroneously,  as  O.  arbo- 
rea.     A  lilac-flowered  form  passes  erroneously  for  O. 
lilaclna,  and  a  white  form  for  O.  arborea,  var.  alba  or 
O.  alba  ;  and  O.  violacea  and  O.  violacea  var.  alba   of 
the  trade  seem  to  be  this  species  and  its  variety. 

9.  Martiana,  Zucc.  (O.  urbica,  St.  Hil.     O.  Upunc- 
tata,  Grah.    O.  floribunda,  Lehm.).    Bulbs  composed  of 
numerous  small  ones:  Ifts.  obcordate,  somewhat  hairy, 

with  a  marginal  row  and  some  scattered  dots  of 
orange  color  beneath :  umbels  usually  compound: 
fls.  rose-purple.  Trop.  Amer.  B.M.  2781;  3938. 
—  By  a  misprint  this  is  sometimes  advertised  as 
O.  maritima. 

10.  violacea,  Linn.  Bulb  simple:  Ivs.  rather 
fleshy,  glabrous:  fls.  in  simple  umbels,  rose-vio- 
let. Eastern  U.  S.  B.  M.  2215.  Mn.  5:121.- 
Scarcely  useful,  except  for  hardy  borders,  rock- 
eries, etc.,  and  transient. 

11.  tetraphylla,  Cav.  (O.  D6ppei,  Lodd.).  Lfts.  3  or 
4,  deltoid,  truncately  notched,  each  crossed  by  a  pur- 
plish band:  fls.  rather  few,  lilac  to  deep  rosy.  Mexico. 
L.B.C.  8:790;  15:1500.  G.M.  39,  p.  403.  Gn.  8,  p.  43.- 
Sometimes  called  O.  esculenta,  because  of  the  large 
fusiform  roots  beneath  the  bulbs.  See  Fig.  1601. 

]_».  lasiandra,  Zucc.  Lfts.  5  to  10,  oblong-spatulate, 
not  notched,  several  inches  long,  radiately  pendent 
about  a  reddish  disk  at  end  of  petiole:  fls.  crowded, 
rosy  crimson.  Mexico.  B.M.  3896. 

13.  Bdwiei,  Herbert.  Plant  low:  Ivs.  large;  Ifts. 
rather  fleshy,  broadly  obcordate,  deep  green:  fls.  large, 
loosely  clustered,  bright  rose-red.  Cape.  B.R.  19:1585. 
B.  1:25.  R.H.  1858,  p.  120.  Gn.  10,  p.  159. 

14.  cernua,  Thunb.  Fig.  1603.  Lfts.  broadly  obcor- 
date, deeply  notched,  often  purplish:  fls.  large,  com- 
pactly clustered,  bright  yellow.  Cape.  L.B.C.  12:1154. 


OXALIS 


OXYDENDRUM 


1183 


P..M.  237(as  O.  caprina).  A  double-fld.  form  naturalized 
about  the  Mediterranean  is  also  commonly  cult.  F.S. 
19:1964.  — Both  the  single  and  double  forms  are  fre- 
quently but  wrongly  listed  as  O.  lutea  and  O.  flam. 
and  sometimes  as  O.  caprina,  and  the  popular  name  of 
Bermuda  Buttercup  is  becoming  attached  to  them 


1603,  Oxalis  cernua. 

15.  variabilis,   Jacq.    (O.   varidbilis,  var.  albifldra, 
Lindl.    O.  grandiflbra,  Jacq.     O.  Idxula,  Jacq.    O.pur- 
phrea,  var.  Idxula,  Hort.    O.  rigidula,  Jacq.    O.suggil- 
lata,  Jacq.).    Lvs.  large,  rather  fleshy,  sometimes  pur- 
plish, petioled:  fls.  large,  white   or  slightly  variegated 
with  rose  color,  yellowish  at  base.     Cape.     B.M.  1683. 

Var.  rubra,  Jacq.  (O.  purpurea,  Jacq.  O.  specibsa, 
Jacq.  O.  venusta,  Lowe).  Pis.  rosy  to  deep  rose-pur- 
ple. Cape.  B.R.  18:1505.  B.M.  1712. 

16.  hirta,   Linn.    (O.  rosacea,   Jacq.     O.  multifldra, 
Jacq.     O.  rubella,  Jacq.    O.  hirUlla,  Jacq.     O.  fulgida, 
Lindl.).    Lvs.  nearly    sessile;  Ifts.  spatulate:  fls.  from 
lavender  or  pale  rosy  (var.  rosea)  to  deep  rose  color. 
Cape.    B.R.  13:1073.    B.M.  1031.  L.B.C.  3:213. 

17.  versicolor  (O.  elongata,  Jacq.).     Glandular:    Ivs. 
and  peduncles  clustered  at  end  of  simple  stems ;  petioles 
mostly  elongated;  Ifts.  linear-wedge-shaped:  fls.  white, 
yellowish  below,  the  petals  bordered  with  red,  opening 
only  in  full  sunshine.    Cape.    B.M.  155.    P. S.  8:834. 

WM.  TRELEASE. 

OXER  A  (meaning  dubious).  Verbendcece.  It  needs 
but  a  glance  at  any  of  the  colored  portraits  of  Oxera 
coccinea  to  show  that  it  is  one  of  the  most  interesting 
climbers  cultivated  in  our  hothouses.  It  has  ivory- 
white,  trumpet-shaped,  sweet-scented  fls.  2  in.  long  and 
1  in.  across,  borne  profusely  in  clusters  of  a  dozen  or 
more.  A  plant  2  years  old  from  cuttings  will  com- 
pletely clothe  the  rafters  and  bloom  freely,  the  weight 
of  the  clusters  causing  the  fls.  to  droop  gracefully.  The 
prominent  calyx  reminds  one  of  Clerodendron  Thomp- 
sons, a  distinguished  favorite  and  near  relative.  As 
the  cylindrical  part  of  the  corolla-tube  leaves  the  calyx 
it  makes  a  sharp  bend  and  then  broadens  out  into  a 
funnel-shaped  flower,  with  the  4  lobes  scarcely  spread- 
ing. The  spirited  appearance  of  the  fls.  is  enhanced  by 
the  long  style  and  the  2  stamens,  which  are  thrust  out 
and  strongly  curved. 

75 


Oxrra  is  a  genus  of  10  species  of  shrubs,  often 
climbers,  all  from  New  Caledonia.  Lvs.  opposite,  en- 
tire, leathery:  fls.  whitish  or  yellowish,  in  twice-  or 
thrice-forked  cymes,  varying  greatly  in  form  of  calyx 
and  corolla,  but  the  latter  always  4-lobed,  and  wide- 
throated  :  drupes  4-parted  or  by  abortion  reduced  to  a 
single  segment. 

pulchella,  Labill.  Lvs.  2-5  in.  long,  stalked,  the  lower 
ones  oblong-lanceolate:  calyx  conspicuous,  loose,  com- 
posed of  4  more  or  less  united  greenish  yellow  sepals, 
each  %-%  in.  long.  Gn.  33:651;  45,  p.  333.  I.H.  36:76. 
J.H.  III.  30:33.  B.M.  6938.  G.C.  III.  3:209.  R.H.  1890, 
p.  274.  — Once  offered  by  John  Saul,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Also  cult,  outdoors  in  S.  Calif. 

OX-EYE.  In  America,  Heliopsis  ;  in  Europe,  Buph- 
thalmum.  Ox-eye  Daisy.  Chrysanthemum  Lt,ucanthe- 
mtim  and  Rudbeckia  hirta. 

OXLIP.   Primula  elatior. 

OXYANTHUS  (Greek,  sharp  flower;  referring  to  the 
acute  lobes  of  the  corolla  and  calyx).  Rubiacece.  A 
genus  of  15  species  of  African  trees  and  shrubs,  allied 
to  the  Cape  Jasmine  and  to  Gardenia  citriodora.  They 
are  remarkable  for  their  extremely  long  and  slender 
corolla-tubes,  which  are  topped  by  a  5-pointed  star  of 
spreading,  narrow  lobes.  The  fls.  are  sometimes  5-6  in. 
long,  and  2  in.  across  in  cultivation.  Lvs.  opposite:  fls. 
usually  white,  in  axillary  racemes  or  panicles;  calyx- 
tube  truncate,  or  with  5  short  teeth;  corolla  salver- 
shaped,  throat  glabrous  ;  stamens  5,  inserted  at  the 
mouth  of  the  tube :  ovary  2-celled,  except  in  1  species ; 
style  usually  exserted;  stigma  usually  spindle-shaped 
or  club-shaped,  2-cut  at  the  top :  ovules  numerous,  not 
immersed  in  the  2  fleshy  placentae:  fr.  a  sort  of  berry. 
Twelve  species  are  described  in  the  Flora  of  Tropical 
Africa,  3  in  Flora  Capensis. 

Natalensis,  Sond.  Branches,  Ivs.  and  calyx  glabrous: 
Ivs.  elliptic-oblong  or  ovate-lanceolate,  shortly  acumi- 
nate, 7-8  in.  long,  3  in.  wide :  racemes  axillary,  loosely 
16-20-fld. :  fls.  white;  corolla-tube  about  half  the  length 
of  the  Ivs.  Wet  places  in  woods  near  Durban,  Natal. 
Cult,  outdoors  in  S.  Fla.  and  in  Eu.  under  glass. 

O.  tubiflbrus,  DC.  Hispidulous-puberulous  :  Ivs.  obtusely 
rounded  or  somewhat  eared  at  the  base:  fls.  6-7  in.  long,  at 
first  creamy  white,  then  tawny  or  ochrous:  fr.  terete,  not 
grooved.  Trop.  Africa.  B.M.  4636.  F.S.  7:737.  B.M.  1992  (as 
O.  speciosus).  W.  M. 

OXYCOCCUS.    See  Vaccinium. 

OXYDENDRUM  (Greek,  sour  tree;  from  the  acid 
taste  of  the  foliage).  Also  written  Oxydendron.  Eri- 
caceae. SOUR- WOOD  or  SORREL-TREE.  A  genus  of  one 
species,  a  North  American  tree  15-40  ft.  high,  bearing 
numerous  small  white  tubular  fls.  in  early  summer.  Its 
chief  beauty  lies  in  the  character  of  its  inflorescence 
(see  Fig.  1604),  which  is  a  panicle  composed  of  6  or  more 
racemes,  each  about  3-6  in.  long  and  bearing  as  many 
as  two  dozen  pendent  fls.  It  is  also  valued  for  its  highly 
colored  autumn  foliage.  It  is  of  rather  slow  growth  and 
is  useful  in  shrubberies,  along  the  borders  of  woods,  or 
even  within  the  woodland,  since  it  endures  shade  fairly 
well.  It  is  of  easy  culture  in  any  moderately  good  soil, 
but  rather  slow  in  becoming  established. 

This  tree  is  one  of  many  known  to  nurserymen  as 
Andromedas.  The  prevailing  tendencies  among  botan- 
ists to-day  distribute  these  species  in  many  different 
genera,  leaving  only  A.  polifolia  in  Andromeda  as 
strictly  defined.  Andromeda  arborea  is  made  a  mono- 
typic  genus  called  Oxydendrum,  based  on  the  following 
characters :  calyx  cut  into  5  separate  sepals  which  over- 
lap more  or  less  in  the  young  buds :  corolla  ovoid-cylin- 
drical, crowned  with  5  short  teeth:  anthers  long,  linear, 
blunt  on  the  back,  opening  by  long  chinks  down  the 
front:  capsule  woody;  seeds  numerous,  needle-shaped. 

arbdreum,  DC.  (Andrdmeda  arbbrea,  Linn.)  SOUR- 
WOOD.  SORREL-TREE.  Fig.  1604.  Smooth-barked  tree 
attaining  a  maximum  height  of  60  ft.,  with  trunk  15  in. 
thick:  Ivs.  deciduous,  membranous,  oblong  or  lanceo- 


1184 


OXYDENDRUM 


OYSTER  PLANT 


late,    3-6   in.    long,    glabrous,    veiny,    slender-stalked: 
clusters  borne  on  leafy  shoots  of  the  season:  fls.  open- 
ing slowly.    Rich  woods,  Pa.  and  Ohio,  along  the  Al- 
leghenies  to  Fla.    B.M.  905.    B.B.  2:571.    S.S.  5:235. 
F.  W.  BARCLAY  and  W.  M. 


1604,   Sour-wood  or  Sorrel-tree,  Oxydendron  arboreum 


OXYLOBIUM  (  Greek,  sharp  pod).  Leguminbsw.  This 
is  one  of  many  genera  of  Australian  shrubs  with  pea- 
like  fls.  which  are  little  known  in  cultivation.  For 
winter  bloom  under  glass  none  of  them  equals  Cytlsus 
Canariensis  .  Oxylobium  is  a  genus  of  28  species,  of 
which  perhaps  a  dozen  have  been  cult,  in  Europe.  Their 
fls.  are  yellow,  or  more  or  less  flushed  with  red  on  the 
keel  or  the  base  of  the  standard.  O.  Callistachys  is  per- 
haps the  best  for  conservatories.  In  America  it  is  cult. 
only  in  S.  Calif. 

Generic  characters:  Ivs.  very  short-stalked,  opposite 
or  more  or  less  whorled,  rarely  scattered  or  alternate: 
fls.  in  terminal  or  axillary  racemes;  petals  clawed;  sta- 
mens free  :  ovary  villous,  sessile  or  stalked,  4-30-ovuled. 
Nearest  to  Chorizema,  but  the  keel  is  about  as  long  as 
the  wings,  while  in  Chorizema  the  keel  is  much  shorter. 
The  following  species  was  considered  the  type  of  another 
genus  ;  it  is  distinguished  from  all  other  species  of  Oxy- 
lobium by  the  incomplete  dehiscence  of  the  pod.  See 
Flora  Australiensis  2:14  (1864). 

Callistachys,  Benth.  Tall  shrub:  Ivs.  mostly  in  ir- 
regular whorls  of  3,  varying  from  ovate-oblong  and 
l%-2  in.  long  to  lanceolate  and  4-5  in.  long,  leathery, 
silky-pubescent  beneath  when  young:  racemes  oblong 
or  pyramidal,  2-6  in.  long.  B.R.  3:216  (as  Callistachys 
lanceolata).  B.M.  1925  (as  C.  ovata).  P.M.  8:31  (as  C. 
longifolia).  L.B.C.  20:1983  (as  C.  retusa).  J.H.  III. 
35:35. 

OXYPfiTALUM  (Greek,  sharp  petal).  Asclepiadacece. 
O.  cceruleum  is  a  tender  twining  herb  from  the  Argen- 
tine Republic  with  changeable  5-lobed  fls.  about  an  inch 


across.  The  fls.  are  said  to  be  pale  blue  when  they  first 
open,  then  purplish,  and  when  withered  lilac.  Not  cult, 
in  America,  but  apparently  desirable  for  cultivation  here. 
The  following  are  perhaps  obtainable  from  Europe:  O. 
appendiculatum,  with  pale  yellow,  fragrant  fls.;  O. 
Banksia,  with  purple  fls.,  and  O.  solanoides,  blue, 
tinged  rose. 

Oxypetalum  is  a  genus  of  about  50  species,  mostly 
South  American  and  largely  Brazilian  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs,  twining  or  not :  Ivs.  opposite:  calyx  5-parted: 
corolla  deeply  5-cut,  short-tubed:  scales  of  the  corona  5, 
fastened  at  the  base  of  the  corolla  and  staminal  tube. 

caeruleum,  Dene.  Downy:  Ivs.  short-petioled,  oblong, 
one  of  each  pair  of  the  upper  Ivs.,  3-4-fld. :  corolla-lobes 
but  cordate-hastate  at  the  base :  peduncles  axillary  from 
spreading  :  scales  of  the  corona  5,  erect,  darker  blue, 
fleshy,  exserted,  recurved  and  notched  at  the  apex. 
B.M.  3630  (Tweedia  versicolor) . 

OXYTROPIS  (Greek,  sharp  keel).  Leguminosce. 
Three  Colorado  wild  flowers  are  offered  under  this 
name.  The  fls.  are  pea-shaped,  borne  in  spikes,  and 
range  from  white  through  blue  and  purple  to  crimson. 
The  plants  are  tufted,  and  the  Ivs.  are  odd-pinnate, 
have  7-16  pairs  of  Ifts.,  and  are  often  woolly  white 
beneath.  O.  Lamberti  is  one  of  many  plants  that  have 
been  charged  with  being  the  "Loco  weed''  which  ruins 
western  horses.  This  genus,  according  to  E.  L.  Greene 
(Pittonia  3:208),  should  be  referred  to  Aragallus. 
Aragallus  is  reviewed  in  Erythea  7:57-64  (1899),  but 
the  genus  is  not  defined.  It  is  closely  related  to  Astrag- 
alus, and  differs  essentially  in  the  pods  being  usually 
2-celled  instead  of  1-celled.  About  a  dozen  kinds  of 
Old  World  Oxytropis  said  to  be  cult,  in  Europe,  mostly 
in  rockeries.  They  are  hardy,  easily  prop,  by  seed  or 
by  division,  and  prefer  a  dry,  sandy  loam.  These 
plants  are  of  very  minor  value  horticulturally. 

A.   Stipules  free:  pod  1-loculed. 

deflexa,  DC.  (Aragallus  defUxus,  Heller).  A  foot  or 
less  high:  Ifts.  crowded  in  12-16  pairs,  lanceolate  to 
oblong,  3-6  lines  long  :  fls.  about  3  lines  long  :  pod 
1-celled.  Mts.,  Brit.  Amer.  to  Colo,  and  Utah.— Very 
distinct  species,  by  reason  of  its  stipules. 

AA.    Stipules  adnate  to  the  petiole:  pod  S-loculed. 

Lambertii,  Pursh  (Aragallus  Ldmberti,  Greene). 
Lfts.  about  7  pairs,  4-16  lines  long:  spike  sometimes 
short-oblong,  densely  fld.,  often  long  and  sparsely  fld.: 
fls.  1  in.  across,  typically  purple  or  violet;  calyx  not 
inflated,  distinctly  surpassed  by  the  mature  pod  :  pod 
turgid  but  not  membranous-inflated,  more  or  less 
leathery,  subterete,  neither  glandular  nor  viscid,  im- 
perfectly 2-loculed  or  less.  Common  on  the  prairies. 
B.M.  2147  (dark  blue).  B.R.  13:1054  (blue).  V.  3:138. — 
Aven  Nelson, in  Erythea  7 :62,  says  that  the  species  should 
be  restricted  to  the  purple-  and  violet-fld.  forms.  D.  M. 
Andrews  offers  a  crimson-fld.  form,  and  also  var.  spi- 
cata,  which  has  large  spikes  of  white  fls.  \\rf  ]\f 


OXYtRA.    Sec  L«>j!«. 

OYSTER  PLANT  or  SALSIFY. 

folius. 


Tragopogon   porri- 


PACHlKA  (native  Guiana  name).  Malvacece.  A  genus 
of  about  80  species  of  tropical  American  trees  with 
odd  and  showy  flowers.  The  fls.  may  have  a  spread  of 

9  inches.     Their  chief  beauty  is  their  immense  mass  of 
stamens;  but  their  petals  are  also  striking.     These  are 
very  long  and  narrow,  e.g.,  6x1  in.,  and  gracefully  re- 
curved, with  wide  spaces  between.     The  finger-shaped 
foliage   also    gives   the   trees    a    distinct    appearance. 
Pachiras  are  all  natives  of   South  America,  except  2 
species  which  are  found  in  Mexico  and  2  in  the  West 
Indies.    One  is  offered  in  S.  Fla.    The  others  here  men- 
tioned have  been  cult,  under  glass  abroad,  but  as  a 
group   Pachiras  are  not  suitable  for  conservatory  cul- 
ture, because  they  grow  too  high  and  require  too  many 
years'  growth  before  they  flower.    They  are  of  easy  cul- 
hire   in   a  warmhouse  and   grow  rapidly.     Sometimes 
called  Silk  Cotton  Trees. 

Generic  characters:  Ivs.  palmate,  cup-shaped,  truncate 
or  sinuate:  column  divided  above  into  very  many  fila- 
ments: petals  downy  outside:  capsule  5-celled,  loculici- 
dal:  seeds  many,  glabrous.  Pachira's  nearest  allies 
are  Adansonia  (the  baobab  tree)  and  Bombax,  both  of 
which  are  cult.  Bombax  differs  from  the  other  two 
genera  in  having  its  capsule  densely  woolly  inside. 
Adansonia  has  a  5-cut  calyx,  while  in  the  o'ther  two 
genera  the  calyx  is  truncate. 

aquatica,  Aubl.  Lfts.  glabrous,  5-9  (usually  5),  ellip- 
tic-oblong, obovate-oblong,  or  elliptic-lanceolate,  subses- 
sile:  calyx  truncate,  warty-wrinkled;  petals  8  in.  long, 
6-8  lines  wide,  greenish  white :  column  divided  above  into 

10  paired  outer  and  5  inner  bundles  of  filaments,  each 
forking  and  bearing  10-30  stamens  in  pairs:  color  of 
filaments  yellowish  purple:  stigma  obscurely  5-lobed. 
Trop.  Amer.,  West  Indies. 

P.  alba,  Wa.\v.  Less  desirable  because  it  flowers  at  a  time 
when  the  tree  has  no  foliage.  Petals  yellowish  white  inside:  fila- 


1605.   Pachysandra  procumbens. 
Leaves  X  %.    Flowers  natural  size. 


'  ,Wi?*erV  Brazi,1  (o,r  New  Granada ?).  B.M.  4508. 
(as  Carolines  alba).  Odor  powerful  and  some- 
what unpleasant.— P.  msignis,  Savign.  Petals  crimson-  fila- 
ments white.  Mex.  L.B.C.  11:1004  (as  Carolines  insignis) 
Fragrance  powerful.  Fruit  said  to  be  as  large  as  a  child's 
head;  the  seeds  of  the  size,  appearance  and  taste  of  chestnuts 
—P.  longifolia,  Walp.  Evergreen,  and  has  flowered  under  glass 
at  a  height  of  only  4  ft.  Petals  white:  filaments  yellow  below 
red  above  Mex.  B.M.  4549 -P.  macrocdrpa,  of  Nicholson's 
Diet.  Gard.  (not  of  Walpers),  seems  to  be  P.  longifolia.— P 
minor,  Hemsl.  Petals  much  narrower  than  in  the  others 
here  described,  and  green:  filaments  red.  Mex.  B.M  1412  (as 
Carolinea  minor).  -^  -^ 

PACHlSTIMA  (said  to  be  derived  from  Greek,  pachys, 
thick,  and  stigma;  alluding  to  the  slightly  thickened 
stigma;  spelled  also  Pachystima  and  Pachy stigma). 
Celastrdcece.  Low  evergreen  shrubs  with  small  oppo- 
site Ivs.  and  inconspicuous  reddish  fls.  in  the  axils  of 
the  Ivs. :  f  r.  a  small  oblong  capsule.  They  are  hardy  with 
slight  protection  in  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  Boston, 
and  are  handsome  dwarf  evergreens  for  rockeries  or 
rocky  slopes,  but  still  rare  in  cultivation.  They  seem 
to  grow  in  any  well-drained  soil  and  prefer  sunny  posi- 
tions. Prop,  by  seeds  or  by  layers;  also  by  cuttings  of 
half-ripened  wood  under  glass.  Two  species  in  the 
mountains  of  North  America,  allied  to  Euonymus. 
Branches  somewhat  quadrangular,  verrucose:  Ivs.  with 
minute  stipules:  fls.  perfect,  small,  in  few-fld.  axillary 
cymes ;  calyx-lobes,  petals  and  stamens  4 :  ovary  2-celled, 
usually  only  one  cell  developing  into  a  small,  oblong, 
1-seeded  capsule. 

Myrsinites,  Raf.  (Myginda  myrtifdUa,  Nutt.  Ore6- 
phila  myrtifdUa,  Nutt.).,  Spreading  shrub,  to  2  ft.:  Ivs. 
broadly  elliptic  to  oblong-obovate,  slightly  revolute  at 
the  margin  and  serrulate  or  almost  entire,  %-l  in.  long: 
fls.  short-stalked,  reddish :  fr.  about  %  in.  long.  May- 
July.  Brit.  Col.  to  Calif,  and  North  Mex. -Resembles 
the  small-leaved  form  of  JSuony- 
mus  radicans,  but  of  more  rigid 
and  stiff  growth. 

Canbyi.Gray.  Dwarf  shrub  with 
trailing  and  rooting  branches: 
Ivs.  narrow-oblong,  occasionally 
obovate,  revolute  and  usually  ser- 
rulate above  the  middle,  %-% 
in.  long:  fl. -stalks  filiform,  longer 
than  half  the  leaf:  fls.  reddish. 
April,  May.  Mts.  of  Va.  Meeh. 
Nat.  Flow.  I,  1:44.  — This  is  some- 
what similar  in  habit  and  foliage 
to  Euonymus  nanus,  but  less  vig- 
orous. Sometimes  called  Rat 
Stripper.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

PACHYEHlZUS  (thick-rooted).    Legumindsce. 
Probably  only  2  species.     They  are  strong  twining 
plants  with  axillary  fascicles  or  racemes  of  blue  or 
reddish   narrow   fls.  and   3-foliolate,    pinnate   Ivs.: 
fr.  a  compressed  legume,  with  depressed  spaces  be- 
tween the  seeds.     They  bear   very  large  tuberous 
roots,  which  are  used  for  food  and  as  a  source  of 
starch.     P.  anguldtus,  Rich.,  is  widely  spread  in  the 
tropics  of  both  hemispheres.     The  thick  tuberous  root 
often  weighs  50  to  70  Ibs.,  and  attains  a  length  of  6-8  ft., 
increasing  in  size  for  four  or  five  years.    Some  writers 
describe  the  root  as  turnip-shaped,  and  it  is  so  figured 
in  Blanco's  "Flora  de  Filipinas."  When  young,  the  roots 
are  palatable.   The  Ifts.  of  this  species  are  3-4  in.  across, 
the  standard  of  the  papilionaceous  fls.  roundish  ovate, 
and  the  legume  nearly  smooth,  straight,  6-9  inches  long. 
P.  tuberdsus,  Sprengel,  is  tropical  American,  producing 
edible  pods  larger  than  those  of  P.  angulatus,  and  with 
rather  smaller  tubers.  L.  H.  B. 

PACHYSANDRA  (Greek,  thick  stamen).  Buxacece, 
which  is  often  united  with  EnphorMacece.  Prostrate 
perennials  from  rootstocks,  6-12  in.  high,  scaly  below, 
with  alternate,  usually  deeply  toothed,  evergreen  or  de- 


(1185) 


1186 


PACHYSANDBA 


PACKING 


ciduous,  3-nerved  broad  Ivs.  above:  spikes  staminate 
above,  with  a  few  pistillate  fls.  at  the  base  of  each:  stam- 
inate fls.  with  4  sepals  and  stamens  and  a  rudimentary 
pistil ;  sepals  variable  in  number  in  the  pistillate  flowers ; 
petals  none;  pistil  3-celled,  2  ovules  in  each  cell:  seeds 
smooth.  Two  species  known;  of  low  and  dense  growth. 
Very  early  flowered  and  attractive  to  bees.  Of  little 
value  in  gardens  except  for  the  masses  of  bright  green 
Ivs.  Easily  prop,  by  division  in  ordinary  soils.  Good 
for  rockeries. 

prociimbens,  Michx.  MOUNTAIN  SPURGE.  Fig.  1605. 
With  spikes  of  white  or  purplish  fls.  from  the  base  of 
the  stems.  March-May.  W.  Va.  to  Fla.  B.  M.  1964. 
L. B.C.  10:  910.  B.R.I:  33. 

terminalis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.,  has  the  small  spikes  of 
whitish  fls.  terminal,  and  the  Ivs.  obovate-cuneate; 
dwarf.  May.  Japan.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.,  with  white 
variegated  Ivs.,  is  in  the  trade. 

P.  coridcea,  Hook.,  cult,  in  Europe,  is  referred  to  Sarco- 
cocea-  J.  B.  S.  NORTON. 

P.  procumbens  is,  in  the  vicinity  of  Boston,  decidu- 
ous, and  is  only  desirable  from  the  feature  of  its  curi- 
ous flowers  borne  so  extremely  early  in  the  spring.  The 
foliage  is  of  a  dingy  color  and  deciduous,  whereas 
P.  terminalis  is  a  true  evergreen  with  thick,  glossy 
foliage  forming  a  dense  mat,  making  a  very  desirable 
low-growing  cover  plant,  succeeding  admirably  either 
in  full  sun  or  partial  shade.  The  variety  variegata  is  a 
very  choice  cover  plant  for  ornamental  effects. 

J.  WOODWARD  MANNING. 

PACEtfSTIMA.     See  Pachistima. 

PACKAGES.     See  Packing. 

PACKING.  The  operation  of  placing  fresh  fruits  and 
vegetables,  cut-flowers  or  living  plants  in  suitable  bas- 
kets, boxes,  barrels  or  bales  for  safe  transportation.  (The 
term  is  also  sometimes  used  for  the  process  of  canning 
or  preserving  cooked  fruits  and  vegetables  when  done 
on  a  commercial  scale. )  The  term  is  especially  employed 


1606.  Packing  of  cut-flowers. 

when  perishable  horticultural  products  are  prepared  for 
long  shipment.  Much  of  the  value  of  such  products  for 
distant  markets  depends  on  proper  packing.  With  trans- 
ported nursery  stock  of  all  kinds  the  life  of  the  plants 
depends  on  it,  while  with  fruits,  vegetables  and  cut- 


flowers  the  attractiveness  and  salability  of  the  product 
are  very  largely  determined  by  the  care  and  judgment 
with  which  the  goods  are  packed. 

The  requisites  for  the  proper  packing  of  living  plants 
are:  (1)  that  the  roots  be  protected  from  injurious  dry- 
ing by  a  covering  of  some  damp  material,  (2)  the  par- 
tial exclusion  of  the  air,  and  (3)  that  ventilation  be  suf- 
ficient to  prevent  the  heating  of  the  contents  of  the 
package.  Bog  moss  (sphagnum)  is  the  material  com- 


1607.   Berry  crate,  holding  32  boxes. 

monly  used  to  prevent  the  drying  out  of  the  roots. 
Moistened  hay,  straw,  chaff,  planer  shavings,  or  other 
similar  material  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  moss, 
or  used  in  connection  with  it. 

Small  plants,  as  strawberries,  cabbages,  etc.,  are  often 
packed  upright,  one  layer  deep,  in  light,  paper-lined 
baskets,  with  the  roots  bedded  in  moist  sphagnum,  the 
plants  being  crowded  together  so  closely  as  to  prevent 
undue  drying.  Small  plants  in  pots  may  be  shipped  in 
the  same  way,  or,  if  the  time  occupied  in  transit  does 
not  exceed  3  or  4  days,  they  may  be  knocked  from  the 
pots  and  wrapped  in  paper  with  the  ball  of  earth  still 
adhering  to  the  roots.  Paper  pots  are  also  manufac- 
tured for  this  and  other  purposes.  These  paper  bundles 
are  then  placed  in  any  convenient  box  or  crate. 

Fruit  trees  and  most  other  dormant  nursery  stock 
are  packed  in  large  boxes,  or  in  bales  covered  with  straw 
and  bagging,  enough  sphagnum  and  other  packing  ma- 
terial being  used  to  keep  the  contents  slightly  moist. 
Large  shipments  of  nursery  stock  are  often  made  by 
packing  in  bulk  in  the  car,  thus  saving  the  expense  of 
boxes. 

Cut-flowers  are  necessarily  perishable,  but  the  kinds 
most  used  by  florists  may  be  kept  in  good  condition  for 
several  days  if  they  are  so  packed  as  to  avoid  crushing 
and  to  maintain  a  cool,  water-saturated  atmosphere. 
This  condition  is  best  secured  by  placing  the  flowers  a 
single  layer  deep,  in  light,  shallow  boxes  or  trays  that 
are  placed  one  on  top  of  another  and  strapped  together 
for  shipment.  Each  tray  is  lined  with  a  sheet  of  oiled 
paper  large  enough  to  fold  over  the  top  and  to  protect  the 
contents  from  drying.  Suffi- 
cient moisture  is  secured  by 
using  damp  paper  for  packing 
about  the  stems.  A  cool  tem- 
perature is  essential,  and 
should  be  secured  by  refriger- 
ation if  necessary.  Fig.  1606. 

The  methods  of  packing 
fruits  and  vegetables  neces- 
sarily differ  widely  with  the 
nature  of  the  articles  to  be 
packed,  and  for  the  same  prod- 
uct custom  often  has  estab- 
lished different  practices  in 
different  parts  of  the  country. 
Formerly,  it  was  the  habit  in 
many  markets  to  return  empty 
packages  to  the  shipper,  so  that  they  could  be  used 
over  and  over  again.  With  the  vast  increase  in  distant 
shipments,  due  to  improved  transportation  facilities, 
this  became  impossible,  and  now  cheap  gift  packages 
intended  to  be  used  but  once  are  coming  into  favor  and 
in  some  regions  are  used  exclusively. 

For  berries  of  all  kinds,  and  other  small  fruits,  quart 


1608.    Delaware  peach 
basket. 


PACKING 


PACKING 


1187 


boxes  or  baskets,  made  of  thin  veneers  fastened  together 
•with  tacks  or  with  wire  staples,  are  generally  used, 
though  pints  and  even  smaller  sizes  are  popular  in  some 
markets,  especially  for  such  delicate  fruits  as  rasp- 


1609.   Bushel  basket  with  cover. 

berries.  Square  baskets,  a  little  larger  at  the  top  than 
at  the  bottom,  are  preferred  at  the  East,  while  in  the 
Mississippi  valley  the  square  "Hallock"  or  oblong 
"Leslie"  boxes  are  mostly  used.  In  either  case  a  cer- 
tain number,  usually  either  16,  24  or  32,  are  placed  in  light 
slat  crates  for  shipment.  Fig.  1607.  The  boxes  or  baskets 
are  filled  in  the  field  by  the  pickers.  They  are  inspected 
more  or  less  thoroughly  at  the  packing  house,  where  the 
process  of  packing  usually  consists  in  arranging  the  top 
layers  so  that  the  box  or  basket  shall  be  evenly,  but 
slightly,  rounding  full,  so  as  to  avoid  crushing,  and  yet 
not  seem  slack-filled  on  reaching  market. 
In  some  cases,  notably  in  Florida,  the 
boxes  are  emptied  and  repacked  from 
the  bottom. 

Peaches  are  regularly  marketed  in  a 
greater  variety  of  packages  than  any  of 
our  fruits.  In  Georgia  and  neighboring 
southern  states,  a  light  crate  holding  6 
4-quart  baskets  is  used.  In  Delaware 
and  throughout  the  peninsular  region,  a 
round,  rather  deep  basket  holding  five- 
eighths  of  a  bushel  is  used.  Fig.  1608. 
It  has  no  handle  and  usually  no  cover, 
and  cars  have  to  be  specially  shelved  for 
carrying  it.  In  New  Jersey,  the  Hudson 
River  country,  and  New  England,  a  similar  basket  is 
used,  but  holding  only  16  quarts.  In  Michigan  custom 
varies,  but  the  bulk  of  the  shipments  are  in  long,  flat- 
handled  baskets  of  various  sizes  —  quarter,  third,  and 
half  bushel.  The  fruit  is  usually  covered  with  colored 
netting,  and  it  is  sometimes  further  protected  by  slat 
covers.  Another  Michigan  package  is  a  rather  heavy, 
round  bushel  basket,  with  small  side  handles  and  a  stout 
cover,  held  in  place  by  a  projecting  slat  that  is  sprung 
under  the  handles.  Fig.  1609.  In  southern  Illinois  and 
the  Mississippi  valley  generally,  the  popular  package  was 
for  many  years  a  third-bushel  box  with  sawn  ends  and 
middle-piece  5  x  8  in.,  with  veneer  sides  22  in.  long.  Of 
late  years  it  has  been 
replaced,  to  some  ex- 
tent, by  4-quart  bas- 
kets like  those  used 
in  Georgia,  but 

Sacked  one  layer 
eep  in  4 -basket 
crates.  California 
peaches  always  come 
in  rectangular  20- 
pound  boxes,  each 
fruit  carefully  se- 
lected and  wrapped 
in  paper.  With  the 
larger  of  these  pack- 
ages, like  the  bushel 
and  five  -eighths 
bushel  baskets,  the 
act  of  packing  con- 
sists, as  with  straw- 
berries, in  simply  ar- 
ranging the  top  so  as  1610.  Six-basket  crate, 
to  secure  the  desired  Used  for  tomatoes  and  peaches  in 
fulness,  but  with  the  Georgia  and  Florida. 


smaller  packages  it  becomes  a  rather  difficult  art  to 
so  place  each  fruit  that  the  package  shall  be  full,  and 
yet  have  none  of  the  top  layers  stand  high  enough  to 
be  crushed  by  the  cover.  If  the  fruits  chance  to  run  of 
just  such  size  that  the  package  can  be  evenly  filled  by 
packing  in  uniform  layers,  one  on  top  of  another,  the 
problem  is  comparatively  simple.  Thus,  with  the  Geor- 
gia 4-quart  basket,  some  of  the  small  early  kinds,  like 
Tillotson,  often  run  so  that  three  layers  deep  just  fills 
the  basket  properly.  Again,  with  the  largest  Elbertas, 
two  layers,  one  on  top  of  the  other,  are  sufficient,  but  the 
great  bulk  of  the  crop  will  not  pack  on  either  of  these 
plans,  and  it  is  necessary  to  introduce  a  broken  layer 
between  the  bottom  and  top  layers.  Such  packing  re- 
quires skill  and  experience  in  order  to  produce  satisfac- 
tory results.  When  the  fruits  run  unevenly  in  size  they 
must  be  assorted  or  they  cannot  be  packed  conveniently. 
It  is  slower  and  more  expensive  than  simply  dumping 
the  fruit  into  large  baskets,  but  delicate  fruits,  like 
peaches,  endure  distant  shipment  much  better  in  small 
than  in  large  packages,  and  experience  is  constantly 
demonstrating  that  extra  care  in  assorting  and  packing 
fruit  is  always  well  paid  for  by  increased  market  prices. 
All  of  these  packages,  or  modifications  of  them,  are 
also  used  for  plums,  pears,  early  apples,  tomatoes  and 
many  other  products.  Which  one'to  select  for  use  in  any 
given  case  will  depend  on  the  character  of  the  product, 
the  distance  from  market,  the  available  supply  of  skilled 
labor  and  on  the  usages  and  preferences  of  the  market 
to  be  supplied.  The  latter  is  an  important  factor  and 
one  that  sometimes  changes  in  the  same  market  with 


1611.   Forms  of  Climax  baskets. 

different  seasons  of  the  year.  Thus,  with  tomatoes  in 
Chicago  and  other  western  markets,  the  supply  early  in 
the  spring  is  largely  from  Florida,  where  the  custom  is 
to  pick  green,  wrap  in  papers  and  pack  in  the  Georgia 
6-basket  crate.  Fig.  1610.  This  style  of  package  and  of 
packing  now  dominates  the  market  and  is  the  recognized 
standard  for  tomatoes  during  March  and  April.  During 
the  last  of  May  and  first  of  June,  Mississippi  tomatoes  be- 
gin to  appear  in  these  markets  in  increasing  quantities. 
These  are  packed  without  wrapping,  in  flat  4-basket 
crates.  Being  fresher  than  the  Florida  stock,  they  are 
preferred  by  the  trade,  and  from  this  time  on  wrapped 
tomatoes  in  6-basket  crates  are  distinctly  at  a  discount, 
even  if  of  good  quality. 

Grapes  are  likewise  marketed  in  a  variety  of  packages. 
At  the  South  they  are  often  shipped  in  the  6-basket 
crate.  Fancy  kinds  are  sometimes  packed  in  round  3- 
pound  boxes  that  are  crated  for  shipment.  The  great 
bulk  of  the  grape  crop  outside  of  California  is,  however, 
packed  in  5-10-pound  Climax  baskets.  Fig.  1611.  These 
are  oblong  baskets  with  a  handle.  They  are  made  with 
sawn  bottoms  and  solid  veneer  sides,  with  a  solid  veneer 
cover  fastened  down  with  wire  hooks.  California  grapes 
are  packed  in  square  5-pound  baskets  made  of  two  pieces 
of  thin  veneer  crossed  over  the  bottom,  and  bent  up  to 
form  the  sides,  with  the  top  ends  of  the  veneer  held  in 
place  by  a  light  tin  binding.  Four,  or  sometimes  eight,  of 
these  baskets  are  placed  in  a  crate,  making  a  20-  or  40- 
pound  package.  In  many  places,  the  grapes  are  cut 
from  the  vines  some  hours  in  advance  of  packing,  so  that 
the  stems  may  lose  their  brittle  freshness  and  become 
limp  enough  to  lie  close  together,  thus  preventing  undue 
shrinking  in  transit.  Each  bunch  is  carefully  exam- 
ined and  all  imperfect  berries  are  removed  with  sharp- 
pointed  clippers.  The  packer  should  incline  the  basket 
in  such  a  way  that  the  packing  may  begin  in  one  end, 
thus  allowing  the  top,  or  face,  to  be  made  of  the 


1188 


PACKING 


P^ONIA 


1612.   A  bushel  box. 

Useful  for  fruits  and  vegetables^ 


smoothly  overlapping  tips  of  the  clusters  with  no  stems 
showing. 

Pears  at  the  East  are  packed  in  barrels,  half  barrels 
or  kegs,  or  in  some  of  the  various  peach  packages.    In 
California  they  are  all  wrapped  in  paper  and  are  care- 
fully packed  in  40-pound 
boxes. 

Until  within  the  last 
few  years  the  barrel  was 
the  almost  universal  ap- 
ple package,  and  it  is 
still  used  for  handling 
the  great  bulk  of  the 
crop.  Early,  perishable 
kinds  have,  however, 
long  been  shipped  in  the 
various  peach  packages. 
Recently,  the  growers  of 
the  Pacific  coast  have  led 
the  way  in  packing  win- 
ter apples  in  boxes. 
They  are  wrapped  after  the  manner  of  California  pears. 
Some  eastern  growers  are  finding  it  to  their  advantage 
to  follow  this  western  fashion  for  their  fancy  fruits,  and 
it  seems  probable  that  the  better  grades  of  apples  at 
least  will  come  more  and  more  to  be  marketed  in  smaller 
packages.  In  Boston,  a  bushel  box  is  now  popular  for 
apples  and  other  products.  Fig.  1612.  In  packing  apples 
in  barrels  it  is  customary  to  place  the  first  one  or  two  lay- 
ers by  hand,  turning  the  stem  ends  all  down.  This  is 
called  facing.  The  barrel  is  now  filled,  a  basketful  at  a 
time,  by  lowering  the  basket  into  the  barrel  and  carefully 
turning  out  the  fruit.  The  barrel  is  shaken  occasionally 
so  as  to  settle  down  the  fruit,  and  when  the  top  is  reached 
it  is  rounded  up  enough  so  that  the  head  has  to  be  pressed 
into  place  with  considerable  force,  a  long  lever  or  a  spe- 
cial barrel  press  being  used  for  the  purpose.  The  barrel 
is  now  turned  over,  and  what  was  the  bottom  is  marked 
as  the  top,  so  that  the  hand-laid  "face"  may  be  exposed 
on  opening.  For  vegetables,  various  open-work  or  venti- 
lated barrels  are  in  use.  Fig.  1613. 

The  requisites  for  the  proper  packing  of  any  fruit  or 
vegetable  are:  (1)  that  the  package  selected  be  inex- 
pensive, attractive,  favorably  known  in  the  market,  and 
suited  to  carrying  the  given  product  in  good  condition ; 
(2)  that  great  care  be  taken  in  assorting,  so  that  only 
goods  of  one  even  quality  go  in  each  package;  (3)  that 
skill  be  used  in  so  placing  the  goods  that  the  package  is 
evenly  and  solidly  filled,  thus  preventing  the  shifting  and 
chafing  of  the  contents  in  transit 
and  yet  avoiding  crushing  by 
undue  pressure;  (4)  that  while 
an  attractive  display  of  the  con- 
tents is  not  only  allowable  but 
highly  desirable,  no  attempt  at 
misleading  as  to  the  nature  of 
the  contents  is  permissible. 
Nothing  in  the  past  has  done 
more  to  break  down  prices  and 
curtail  the  sales  of  horticultural 
products  than  the  pernicious 
habit  of  dishonest  packing. 
This  fact  is  now  fully  recog- 
nized by  all  progressive  grow- 
ers. F.  S.  EARLE. 
Flowers.—  While  flowers  should  not  be 
shipment,  it  is  more 


1613.  Ventilated  barrel. 


Packing 

crushed   by  being   crowded 

often  that  damage  is  done  by  their  being  too  loosely 
packed  and  being  able  to  move  and  shake  against  one 
another.  In  this  way  the  petals  are  often  damaged.  The 
Harrisii  and  Longiflorum  lilies,  in  fact  all  the  true 
lilies,  are  the  most  difficult  of  all  flowers  to  pack.  They 
should  be  so  packed  that  no  part  of  the  flower  will  touch 
either  bottom,  top  or  sides  of  the  box.  Several  dozen 
spikes  can  be  tied  together  and  if  the  flowers  are  closely 
interwoven  they  will  do  no  harm  to  each  other  as  they 
will  all  move  together.  If  this  plan  is  not  followed  then 
they  must  be  entirely  enveloped  in  cotton  batting. 

Orchids,  particularly  of  the  Cattleya  type,  are  difficult 
to  pack  but  travel  finely  if  each  spray  is  fastened  to 
the  bottom  of  the  box.  Wrap  a  piece  of  soft  paper  around 
the  stem  and  fasten  to  the  bottom  of  the  box  with  a 
small  staple 


The  highest  grade  of  roses,  especially  of  the  light- 
colored  varieties,  should  be  wrapped,  each  flower  being 
in  a  piece  of  soft  tissue  paper.  It  arrests  development 
of  the  flower  and  prevents  injury  to  the  outer  petals. 

The  finest  blooms  of  carnations,  commanding  a  high 
price,  should  not  be  tied  in  bunches  of  25,  as  we  have 
been  accustomed  to  do  with  cheap  flowers.  The  petals 
are  easily  crushed  and  the  flowers  have  to  be  kept  several 
hours  in  water  before  they  assume  their  perfect  form. 
These  fine  flowers  should  be  laid  in  layers  with  a  roll  of 
paper  between  each  layer.  Good  and  perfect  packing 
will  always  be  rewarded  with  the  highest  price  for  the 
product.  WILLIAM  SCOTT. 


(Latin,  pcedor,  bad  smell;  referring  to 
P.  foetida).  Hubidcece.  Fourteen  species  of  tropical 
shrubby  twiners,  mostly  natives  of  India,  Burma  and 
the  Malay  Archipelago,  but  one  from  Madagascar  and 
one  from  Brazil.  P.  foetida  is  cultivated  by  G.  W. 
Oliver  at  thelj.  S.  Botanic  Gardens,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Oliver  writes  ("Plant  Culture,"  p.  76)  that  it  is  "usu- 
ally grown  as  a  stove  and  greenhouse  climber,  but  it 
is  hardier  than  is  generally  supposed.  It  is  rather 
an  attractive-looking  but  not  free-blooming  vine.  The 
leaves,  or  any  part  of  the  plant,  when  bruised  emit  a 
most  offensive  odor.  Cuttings  should  be  put  in  any  time 
after  the  growths  are  matured." 

Psederias  are  slender  plants:  Ivs.  opposite,  rarely  in 
whorls  of  3,  petioled:  fls.  in  axillary  and  terminal  di- 
chotomous  or  trichotomously  branching  panicled  cymes, 
bracteolate  or  not;  corolla  tubular  or  funnel-shaped; 
throat  glabrous  or  villous;  lobes  4-5,  valvate,  with  in- 
flexed,  crisped  margins,  tip  often  3-lobed.  Distinguished 
from  allied  genera  by  the  2-locular  ovary  and  2  capillary, 
twisted  stigmas. 

foetida,  Linn.  Glabrous  or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  opposite, 
long-petioled,  ovate  or  lanceolate,  base  acute,  rounded 
or  cordate  :  cyme  branches  opposite  :  fr.  broadly  elliptic, 
much  compressed;  pyrenes  black,  with  a  broad  pale 
wing,  separating  from  a  filiform  carpophore. 

PJEONIA  (after  the  mythical  physician  Paeon).  Ranim- 
culdcece.  PEONY.  PINEY.  P^EONY.  Peonies  are  among 
the  dozen  commonest  and  best  hardy  herbaceous  per- 
ennials. There  is  also  one  shrubby  species,  P.  Moutan, 
called  the  Tree  Peony.  Natives  of  Europe  and  Asia, 
only  a  single  species,  P.  Brownli,  being  found  in  North 
America,  on  the  Pacific  coast.  Boots  thickened  to  form 
upright  rootstocks:  Ivs.  large,  alternate,  pinnately  com- 
pound or  dissected:  sepals  5,  persistent;  petals  con- 
spicuous, broad,  5-10,  but  doubling  may  take  place  in 
any  species  by  the  numerous  stamens  becoming  petals: 
carpels  2-5  on  a  fleshy  disk;  follicles  dehiscent;  seeds 
large,  fleshy.  Common  garden  forms  are  shown  in  Figs. 
1614,  1615.  Extended  accounts  of  the  genus  are  by  J.  G. 
Baker  in  Gard.  Chron.  II.,  21:732;  22:9  (1884),  and  R. 


1614.   A  good  clump  of  Peony. 

I.  Lynch,  in  Journ.  Royal  Hort.  Soc.  12:428  (1890).  A 
botanical  monograph  by  E.  Huth,  occurs  in  Engler's 
Jahrbiicher,Vol.  14(1891).  According  to  Peter  Barr,  every 
species  mentioned  in  Index  Kewensis  has  been  intro- 
duced to  cultivation  in  Europe,  except  P.  obovata,  a 
native  of  Manchuria,  which  Mr.  Barr  hopes  to  obtain  by  a 
personal  visit  to  China.  K.  C.  DAVIS. 


P^OXJA 


P.EONIA 


1189 


Peonies  are  rarely  attacked  by  any  insect,  animal  or 
fungous  disease,  neither  do  they  require  any  covering 
during  the  severest  weather:  in  fact,  they  are  among 
the  most  hardy,  showy,  and  easily  grown  of  all  the 
garden  flowers.  In  delicacy  of  tint  and  fragrance,  the 
Peony  more  nearly  approaches  the  rose  than  any  other 
dower.  The  old-fashioned  early  red  "piny,"  cultivated 
since  the  time  of  Pliny,  is  still  a  favorite  in  our  gardens. 
Nearly  all  of  the  one  thousand  or  more  named  double 
varieties  grown  at  present  have  been  obtained  by  cross- 
ing the  various  forms  of  P.  albiflora  and  officinalis.  In 
1855  only  24  double  kinds  were  known  in  one  of  the  best 
collections  in  England.  The  single-flowering  sorts  are  not 
so  popular  as  the  double  ones,  for  they  do  not  keep  as 
long  when  cut  and  fade  more  rapidly  when  on  the  plant. 

Soil.  —  Peonies  grow  in  all  kinds  of  soil,  but  do  best 
in  a  deep,  rich,  rather  moist  loam.  A  clay  subsoil,  if 
well  drained,  is  very  beneficial  when  blooms  are  desired, 
but  the  tubers  ramify  more  in  lighter  soil  if  grown  for 
propagating  purposes.  In  preparing  the  bed  trench  the 
soil  thoroughly  two  or  more  feet  deep,  working  in  a 
great  quantity  of  good  rich  cow  manure,  as  the  plants 
are  gross  feeders.  The  ground  should  be  kept  well 
tilled,  and  an  annual  top-dressing  put  above  the  plants 
in  November;  this  should  be  forked  into  the  soil  the 
next  spring.  Peonies  should  have  a  liberal  supply  of 
water  at  all  times,  and  especially  while  in  bloom. 
Liquid  manure,  when  applied  during  the  growing  sea- 
son and  at  a  time  when  the  ground  is  dry,  gives  good 
returns,  both  in  the  growth  of  the  plant  and  size  of  the 
bloom. 

Planting.  — The  crowns  should  be  set  2  inches  below 
the  surface.  In  transplanting,  it  is  a  good  idea  to  re- 
move all  the  old  earth  so  as  to  start  with  fresh,  unirn- 
poverished  soil  next  to  the  roots.  The  flowers  produced 
on  small  divided  plants  are  likely  to  be  imperfect,  but 
when  thoroughly  established  a  plant  will  continue  to 
bloom  if  undisturbed  for  upwards  of  twenty  years. 
During  the  period  of  blooming  an  inconspicuous  wire 
support  is  desirable,  as  a  heavy  rain  often  beats  down 
the  flowers. 

Grouping.  — The  host  of  ancient  and  modern  varieties 
available,  ranging  from  purest  white  to  deepest  crim- 


ranges  from  tne  middle  of  May  through  the  month  of 
June.  They  grow  from  1-3  feet  high,  and  are  therefore 
suitable  for  planting  in  front  of  shrubbery,  along  drive- 
ways, and  are  especially  pleasing  when  entering  into  a 
distant  vista.  When  planted  in  a  border  with  f  all-bloom- 


1615.  Single  Peony 

son,  in  such  a  diversity  of  form  and  size,  afford  great 
opportunity  for  the  carrying  out  of  extensive  color 
schemes.  Peonies  do  well  in  partial  shade,  which  pro- 
longs and  intensifies  the  color  of  the  bloom,  and  there- 
fore can  be  used  to  advantage  to  brighten  up  somber 
nooks.  The  period  of  blooming  for  herbaceous  Peonies 


1616.   Peeonia  albiflora. 

ing  perennials,  such  as  phlox,  funkia,  etc.,  their  rich 
glossy  foliage  is  very  effective. 

forcing.  —  Lift  the  plants  in  October  and  place  in  a 
coldframe  where  they  will  be  accessible  when  the  time 
for  forcing  arrives.  When  brought  under  glass,  a  uni- 
form temperature  of  55°  to  60°  should  be  maintained. 
By  feeding  well  with  liquid  manure,  strong  blooms  can 
be  produced  in  eight  weeks.  A  two-years'  rest  is  nec- 
essary for  the  plants  before  being  forced  again.  To 
secure  extra  fine  blooms  on  double-flowering  varieties, 
remove  the  lateral  buds  as  soon  as  formed.  When  the 
first  lateral  bud  is  retained  instead  of  the  terminal  one, 
a  later  period  of  blooming  is  obtained.  The  old  flowers 
should  be  cut  off,  so  that  no  unnecessary  seed  follicles 
will  be  formed,  and  thereby  exhaust  the  plant.  It  is 
also  important  to  remove  the  faded  foliage  on  all  Peo- 
nies in  November,  so  that  it  may  not  interfere  with  the 
next  season's  shoots. 

There  are  three  methods  by  which  Peonies  are  propa- 
gated :  by  division  of  roots  (the  most  prevalent),  by 
grafting,  to  increase  rare  sorts,  and  by  seeds,  to  obtain 
new  varieties. 

Division  of  Roots.  —  This  is  the  easiest  and  most  sat- 
isfactory method.  The  roots  may  be  lifted  and  divided 
any  time  from  the  middle  of  August  until  the  stalks 
appear  again  in  the  spring.  The  best  time,  however,  is 
in  the  early  fall,  when  the  cut  surfaces  soon  callus 
over  and  new  rootlets  form  before  the  frost  sets  in. 
Take  a  large  stool,  cut  off  the  leaves  and  separate  into 
as  many  divisions  as  can  be  made  with  an  eye  to  each 
tuber.  In  digging,  care  should  be  taken  that  all  of  the 
tubers  are  dug  up,  for  if  not  they  may  remain  dormant 
a  season  and  then  produce  a  shoot,  giving  rise  to  the 
many  stray  plants  which  are  frequently  found  in  old 
beds.  Tubers  divided  without  an  eye  should  also  be 
planted,  as  they  often  act  in  a  similar  manner  and  make 
a  showing  above  ground  in  two  years'  time.  Peonies, 
like  most  tuberous  plants,  when  dormant  stand  con- 
siderable exposure  and  can  be  shipped  long  distances 
with  safety. 

Grafting.  —  This  method  is  resorted  to  in  herbaceous 
Peonies  when  new  and  rare  varieties  are  to  be  rapidly 
increased.  An  eye  of  the  desired  sort  is  inserted  into 
the  tuber  of  some  strong-growing  variety,  from  which 
all  the  previous  eyes  have  been  removed.  This  opera- 
tion is  generally  performed  in  August.  They  should  be 
placed  in  frames  for  the  winter  and  transplanted  the 
next  year  into  nursery  rows. 

Seeds.  —  Propagating  by  seed  is  somewhat  tedious, 
and  is  only  resorted  to  for  increasing  distinct  species 
and  for  obtaining  new  varieties  by  hybridization.  The 
seeds  should  be  gathered  as  soon  as  ripe  and  kept  damp 
until  sown  in  November.  A  mulch  during  the  first  sea- 
son will  keep  the  ground  moist  and  prevent  weeds  from 
growing.  Generally  two  years  are  required  for  the  seed 
to  germinate  and  three  more  before  a  well-developed 
bloom  can  be  expected.  \VM.  A.  PF.TF.RSON. 


1190 

P.EONIA 

INDEX; 

alba-plena,  6. 

Double     Anemone- 

Old  Double  Flesh- 

albiflora,  3. 

fld.  Red,  6. 

White,  6. 

amaranthescens,  8. 

Double     Anemone- 

Otto  Froebel,  6. 

Andersonii,  10. 

fid.  Rose,  6. 

Pallasii,  7. 

anemoneflora,  6. 

edulis,  3. 

papaveracea,  1. 

anomala,  5. 

elatior,  7. 

paradoxa,  9. 

arborea,  1. 

Excelsior,  10. 

Penelope,  10. 

arietina,  10. 

Exquisite,  8. 

peregrina,  8. 

atrorubens,  6. 

festiva,  3,  6. 

pulcherrima,  8. 

Banksii,  1. 

jfimbriata,  9. 

Purple  Emperor,  10. 

Baxter!,  10. 

flore-pleno,  4. 

Reevesiana,  3. 

blanda,  6. 

fulgida,  6. 

Keevesii,  3. 

Blushing  Maid,  8. 

Gertrude  Jekyll,  7. 

rosea,  6. 

Brilliant,  8. 

hybrida,  4. 

rosea-superba,  1. 

Brownii,  2. 

insignis,  5. 

Rosy  Gem,  10. 

Byzantina,  8. 
Calif  ornica,  2. 

intermedia,  5. 
lobata,  6. 

rubra-plena,  1. 
Ruby  Queen,  8. 

Ohinensis,  3. 

Matador,  10. 

Sabini,  6. 

compacta,  8. 

Monte  Gear,  7. 

Seraph,  8. 

Cretica,  10. 
Crown  Prince,  10. 

Moutan,  1. 
Northern  Glory,  10. 

Sinensis,  3. 
Sunbeam,  6. 

decora,  7. 

offlcinalis,  6. 

tenuifolia,  4. 

Diogenes,  10. 

Old  Double  Red,  6. 

vittata,  1. 

Old  Double  Rose,  6. 

A.  Plants  shrubby  :   disk  enveloping  the 

base  of  the  carpels 1.  Moutan 

AA.  Plants  herbaceous:  disk  not  produced 

to  envelop  the  base  of  the  carpels. 
B.  Petals  short  and  leathery,  scarcely 

exceeding  the  sepals 2.  Brownii 

BB.  Petals  not  leathery,  large  and  ex- 
panding, much  exceeding  the 
sepals. 

o.  Follicles   and  plant    quite   gla- 
brous    3.  albiflora 

CO.  Follicles     tomentose,     er&ct     or 

slightly  spreading. 
D.  Lvs.  and  stem  glabrous  through- 
out. 

E.  Lfts.  finely  dissected 4.  tenuifolia 

5.  anomala 

BE.  Lfts.  not  so  finely  divided. .  6.  officinalis 
DD.  Lvs.    and   stem    pubescent   in 

the  upper  part. 
E.  Middle  lobe  of  terminal  Ift. 

trifid 7 

8 


decora 

peregrrina 

paradoxa 


EE.  Middle  lobe  of  terminal  Ift. 

rarely  bifid,  never  trifid..  10.  arietina 

1.  Moutan,  Sims  (P.  arborea,  Donn).    TREE   PEONY. 
Stem   3-6   ft.   or  even  higher  if  not  cut  back,  much 
branched:  Ivs.  glabrous;  Ifts.  more  often  entire  at  the 
base  of  the  plant  than  above:    fls.  as  in  P.  officinalis, 
but   various  in  color  :    follicles  numerous,  very  hairy, 
rather   small.     May,  June.    China.     Long  cult,  there, 
where  varieties  are  numbered  by  the  hundreds.     Var. 
rubra-plena,  Hort.   Rose-colored,  almost  single.   L.B.C. 
11:1035.     Var.  rosea-superba,  Hort.     Fls.  much  more 
doubled.     Gn.    31:580    (as    Reine     Elizabeth).      F.S. 
14:1395-6   (Triomphe   de  Grand).    Var.  vittata,  Hort. 
Fls.  single,  white,  rose  and  flesh  color,  striped,  fragrant. 
F.S.  7:747.     Var.  papaveracea,  Andr.     Petals  thin  and 
poppy-like,  white,  with  red  at  center  of  flower.    L.B.C. 
6:547.     Gn.  38:775;  52:1141,  and   pp.  324,  325.     Var. 
Banksii,  Andr.     Fls.  much  doubled,  rose-colored,  and 
large.    B.M.  1154. 

2.  Brdwnii,  Dougl.  (P.  Califdrnica,  Torr.  &  Gray). 
Low:  Ivs.  glaucous  or  pale,  lobes  obovate  to  nearly  lin- 
ear: fls.  dull  brownish  red;  petals  5  or  6,  thickish,  little 
longer  than  the  concave  sepals ;  outer  sepals  often  leaf- 
like  and  compound;  flower-stem  reclining  or  recurved; 
disk  many-lobed :    follicles   4-5,   nearly   straight,   gla- 
brous; seeds  oblong.    Early  spring  or  summer.    Pacific 
states.    B.R.  25:30. 

3.  albifldra,  Pallas  (P.  6dulis,  Salisb.).    Figs.  1616, 
1617.    Stem  2-3  ft.,  often  branching  and  bearing  from 
2-5  fls. :  Ifts.  3-4  in.  long,  oblong,  deeper  green  than  P. 
Brownii,  veiningred:  peduncle  longer  than  in  P.  offi- 
cinalis, often  with  a  large  simple  bract:    outer  sepals 
large,  leaf -like:    petals  large,  various  in  color,  usually 
white  or  pink  :    follicles  often  3-4,  ovoid,  with  spiral 


P/EOXIA 

stigmas.  June.  Siberia.  B.M.  1756.  F.S.  8:812.  Gn. 
30:576  (var.  Adrian);  50,  p.  170;  51:1123. 

Var.  Reevesiana,  Loud.  (P.  fieevesii,  Hort.).  A 
double  form,  with  deep  red  petals.  P.M.  1:197. 

Var.  Sinensis,  Steud.  (P.  Chinensis,  Vilni.).  A  tall 
Chinese  variety,  with  large,  double,  crimson  flowers. 
One  of  the  commonest  forms  in  gardens.  B.M.  1768. 

Var.  festiva,  Planchon.  Fls.  double,  white,  with  a  few 
marks  of  carmine  in  the  center.  F.S.  8:790. 

4.  tenuifolia,  Linn.     Fig.  1618.     Stem  1-1%  ft.  high, 
1-headed,  densely  leafy  up  to  the  flower:  Ivs.  cut  into 
numerous   segments,  often  less  than  1  line  broad:    fl. 
erect ;    petals  dark  crimson,  elliptic-cuneate,  1-1  %   in. 
long;  anthers  shorter  than  the  filaments;  stigma  red, 
spirally  recurved :  follicles  2-3,  about  K  in.  long.    June. 
Caucasus  region.  B.M.  926.  A.G.  17,  p.  658.  — Var.  flore- 
pleno,  Hort.     Fls.  dense,  double,  crimson.     F.S.  4:308. 
Var.  hybrida,  Hort.    Fls.  rich  crimson:  Ivs.  very  pretty. 

5.  andmala,  Linn.   As  tall  as  P.  officinalis,  glabrous: 
Ivs.  cut  into  numerous,  confluent,  lanceolate,  acute  seg- 
ments :  fl.  solitary,  single,  bright   crimson,  very  large; 
outer    sepals    often    produced    into    compound     leafy 
points;  petals  obovate  to  oblong:  follicles  3-5,  ovoid,  ar- 
cuate, tomentose  or  glabrous.  Eu.  and  Asia.  B.M.  1754. 

Var.  insignis,  Lynch.  This  is  the  variety  of  the  above 
which  is  most  cult.  Stems  1K-2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  about  10, 
the  lower  ones  very  large,  gradually  reducing  to  the  fl. : 
carpels  with  red  pubescence.  The  name  Peter  Barr  is 
given  to  a  form  of  this  in  which  the  Ivs.  do  not  so  grad- 
ually reduce  to  the  flower. 

Var.  intermedia,  C.  A.  Meyer.  Lvs.  deeply  lobed:  fls. 
rosy  crimson. 

6.  officinalis,  Linn.  (P.  fulgida,  Sabine).     Fig.  1619. 
Stem  stout,  2-3  ft.  high,  1-headed:  Ivs.  dark  above,  pale 
beneath,  the  lowest  more  divided  than  the  others,  hav- 
ing 15-20  oblong-lanceolate  Ifts.,  1  in.  or  more   broad; 
outer  sepals  leaf -like:    petals  dark  crimson,  l%-2  in. 
broad,  obovate  :    stigmas  crimson,  recurved  :    follicles 
2-3,  becoming  1  in.  long.    May,  June.    Europe.    One  of 
the  commonest  in  gardens.     B.M.  1784;  2264  (as  P.  pu- 
bens).  Gn.  53,  p.  233. 


1617.  Paeonia  albiflora. 


Var.  alba-plena,  Hort.  Fls.  double,  white,  tinged 
with  red.  Gn.  19:265.  Garden  forms  are  given  trade 
names,  as  :  rosea  maxima,  rosea  pallida,  rubra,  and 
many  others.  These  vary  in  color  from  nearly  pure 
white  to  pink  and  beautiful  shades  of  red. 


P.EONIA 

Some  horticultural  forms,  with  nearly  single  flowers  of 
recent  importation  and  not  yet  much  used,  are:  anem- 
onaeilora,  crimson,  globular  fls.,  with  a  mass  of  twisted 
crimson  stamens,  edged  with  yellow.  A.G.  17:663.  Gn. 


PAL^UA 


1191 


1618.  Pseonia  tenuifolia  (X 


31:599;  blanda,  pale  pink;  lobata,  Ivs.  distintly  lobed:  fls. 
cerise-salmon,  a  very  unusual  color;  Otto  Froebel,  deep 
salmon-red;  rdsea,  rich  deep  rose;  Sablni,  rich  deep 
crimson  petals  and  yellow  stamens.  L.B.C.  11:1075; 
Sunbeam,  rich  cerise-salmon.  Some  of  the  largest  flow- 
ered Peonies,  with  double  flowers,  are  :  atrorubens 
plena,  deep  blood-red;  Double  Anemone-flowered  Red; 
Double  Anemone-flowered  Rose;  Old  Double  Red;  Old 
Double  Rose;  Old  Double  Flesh-White. 

Var.  festiva,  Tausch.  Fls.  white,  with  red  centers. 
Native  of  Europe. 

7.  decora,  Anders.     Stems  2-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  horizon- 
tal, diminishing  to  the  top  ;    Ifts.  oblong-obtuse  :    fls. 
rather  small:  petals  few,  small,  narrow:  peduncle  long: 
follicles  hairy,  large,  spreading  from    the    base  when 
mature.    S.  Eu.     Two  garden  forms  are:  Gertrude  Je- 
kyll,  rich  crimson;  Monte  Gear,  pink. 

Var.  Pallasii,  Anders.  Lvs.  narrow-oblong:  fls.  rich 
crimson. 

Var.  elatior,  Anders.  Lvs.  broadly  oblong:  fls.  rich 
crimson,  very  large:  receptacle  with  few  processes,  and 
a  connection  between  the  carpels  at  their  base  of  similar 
surface  and  appearance  to  that  of  the  carpels. 

8.  peregrrina,  Mill.    Stems  about  1K-2  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
5-6  on  a  stem,  deep   green   and  glabrous   above,  pale 
green  and  pilose  beneath;  otherwise  the  Ivs.  and   fls. 
are  much  like  those  of  P.  officinalis.     Europe.     Two 
beautiful  garden  forms  with  double  fls.  are:  amaran- 
the'scens  sphSrica  and  pulchSrrima  plena,  the  latter  dif- 
fering from  the  former  in  the  purple  shade  of  crim- 
son fls.    The  7  following  have  recently  been  imported 
from  England.     They  have  fls.  with  usually  a  single 
whorl  of  petals:  Blushing  Maid,  blush  pink;  Brilliant, 
bright  purple-crimson;  Byzantina,  crimson;  compdcta, 
plant  dwarf  and  bushy:    fls.  crimson;   JSxquisite,  soft 
satiny  pink  ;   Ruby  Queen,  bright  ruby  red  ;    Seraph, 
bright  pink. 

9.  parad6xa,  Anders.    Plant  one  of  the  dwarfest:  Ivs. 
in  a  dense  tuft;  Ifts.  3-lobed  and  incised:    fls.  purple- 
red:    carpels  pressed  closely  together.     Trieste.  —  Dif- 
fers from  P.  peregrina  by  smaller  ovate  and  more  glau- 
cous leaves,  leaflets  more  divided  and  crowded.     Var. 
fimbriata,  Hort.     Double  purple   fls.,  with   projecting 
purple  stamens  ;    very  pretty,  but  not  much  cult,  in 
America. 


10.  arietlna,  Anders.  Stem  2-3  ft.  high,  hairy  toward 
the  top:  Ivs.  5-6  on  a  stem,  rather  glaucous  and  pubes- 
cent beneath  ;  segments  oblong  to  oblong-lanceolate 
strongly  confluent,  decurrent:  fls.  always  solitary  dark 
red,  large  :  follicles  3-4,  densely  tomentose,  ovoid, 
spreading  widely,  becoming  1  in.  long,  strongly  arched- 
stigma  recurved.  Southern  Europe.  B.R.  10:819  (as 
P.  Cretica).— There  are  a  number  of  horticultural  va- 
rieties. Eleven  of  these  are:  Andersonii,  bright  rose; 
Bdxteri,  crimson;  Cretica,  blush-pink;  Crown  Prince, 
deep  rich  crimson  ;  Diogenes,  bright  crimson;  Excel- 
sior, brilliant  rose;  Matador,  pure  rose;  Northern 
Glory,  large,  soft  rose-pink;  Penelope,  bright  rose; 
Purple  Emperor,  crimson-purple  ;  Rosy  Gem,  rose- 
pink. 

P.  Brbteri,  Boiss.  &  Reut.  Fls.  red,  varying  to  white.  Allied 
to  P.  officinalis  and  corallina  in  Ivs.  and  habit. — P.  coralllna, 
Retz.  Tall:  lower  Ivs.  only  biternate:  fls.  crimson;  petals 
rounded:  follicles  ornamental.— P.  coriacea,  Boiss.  Allied  to 
P.  albiflora:  Ifts.  very  broad:  fls.  bright  crimson  ;  stigma 
purple:  follicles  glabrous.— P.  Corsica,  Sieber.  Much  like  the 
preceding.— P.  Embdi,  Wall.  Closely  related  to  and  sometimes 
called  a  synonym  of  P.  anomala.  B.M.  5719.  Gn.  45:946.— P. 
humilis,  Retz.  Rather  low:  fls.  bright  red:  carpels  glabrous 
B.M.  1422.— P.  microcdrpa,  Boiss.  &  Reut.  Allied  to  the  pre- 
ceding, but  dwarf er.  Var.  Jonathan  Gibson  is  a  garden  form, 
with  very  downy  Ivs.— P.  mollis,  Anders.  Low:  fls.  deep  red 
and  subsessile.  L.B.C.  13:1263.— P.  obovata,  Maxim.  Lower 
Ivs.  not  more  than  twice  ternate:  fls.  large,  red-purple:  folli- 
cles glabrous.— P.  pubens,  Sims.  Allied  to  P.  arietina:  Ivs. 
hairy  below,  margins  red.  B.M.  2264.— P.  Rdssi,  Bivon.  Allied 
to  P.  corallina,  but  with  the  Ivs.  decidedly  hairy  below.— P. 
sessiliflora,  Sims.  Nearly  related  to  P.  mollis ;  very  low:  fls. 
subsessile,  white.— P.  triterndta,  Pallas.  Differs  from  P.  coral- 
lina in  its  rounded  Ivs.,  green  stem,  and  rose  fls.  B.M.  1441  (P. 
Daurica).— P.  Whitleyi,  Hort.  Fls.  single,  white,  large;  should 
be  considered  as  a  variety  of  P.  albiflora.  Gn.  36:708.— P.  Witt- 
manidna,  Stev.  Beautiful  pale  yellow  fls.:  follicles  glabrous. 
B-M-  6645-  K.  C.  DAVIS. 

PAINTED  CUP.     Castilleia." 

PAINTED  LEAF.     Euphorbia  heterophylla. 
PALAF6XIA  Hookeriana.     See  Polypteris. 


1619.  Paeonia  officinalis  (X  %). 

PALAUA  (after  A.  Palau  y  Verdera,  professor  of  bot- 
any at  Madrid  the  latter  half  of  the  eighteenth  century). 
Also  written  Palava.  Malvaceae.  P.  flexuosa  is  a  half- 
hardy  annual,  with  prettily  cut  foliage  and  5-petaled 
pale  rose  fls.  about  1%  in.  across,  borne  in  summer  and 
fall.  Palaua  is  a  genus  of  5  species,  4  from  Peru  and  1 
from  Burma.  They  are  annual  or  perennial  herbs,  to- 
mentose or  somewhat  glabrous:  Ivs.  usually  lobed,  dis- 
sected or  sinuate:  bractlets  0:  fls.  axillary,  peduncled, 


1192 


PALAUA 


PALM 


solitary;  calyx  5-cut:  ovary  many-celled;  style  stigma- 
tose  at  the  apex;  carpels  crowded  without  order. 

flexuosa,  Mast.  Slender,  branched  from  roots :  stems 
8-10  in.  long,  ascending,  flexuous  above :  leaf-stalks  1-2 
in.  long;  blades  1-2  in.  long  and  broad,  triangular  in  out- 
line, pinnatifld,  the  segments  lobed;  lobes  obtuse:  fls. 
mauve,  paler  towards  center,  with  bright  red  anthers 
which  are  very  numerous  and  arranged  in  5  longitudinal 
series;  styles  25-30.  Peru.  B.M.  5768. 

PALAVA.     See  Palaua. 

PALltTKUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Rhamndcece. 
Spiny  trees  or  shrubs  with  alternate,  2-ranked,  3-nerved 
Ivs.,  small  greenish  yellow  fls.  in  axillary  clusters  and 
orbicular  broadly  winged,  curiously  shaped  fruits  resem- 
bling ahead  with  a  broad-brimmed  hat.  The  one  species 
cultivated  in  this  country  is  not  reliably  hardy  north  of 
Washington,  D.  C.;  in  Mass,  it  is  killed  every  winter 
almost  to  the  ground  even  with  protection,  and  the  young 
shoots  flower  but  bear  no  fruit.  It  is'not  very  ornamental, 
but  the  dark  green  foliage  is  pretty  and  the  curious  fruits 
are  interesting.  It  thrives  in  any  well-drained  soil  and 
prefers  a  sunny  and  warm  position.  Prop,  by  seeds 
stratified  or  sown  in  autumn  and  by  layers  or  root-cut- 
tings. Four  species  from  S.  Europe  to  China  and  Japan. 
Stipules  usually  changed  into  spines :  fls.  small,  perfect, 
in  axillary  or  sometimes  terminal  cymes;  petals  5,  2- 
lobed;  stamens  5:  fr.  woody,  3-celled,  depressed  sub- 
globose,  with  a  broad,  orbicular,  horizontal  wing;  cells 
1-seeded. 

Spina-Christi,  Mill.  (P.  austrdlis,  G«ertn.  P.  aculea- 
tus,  Desf.  Zisyphus  Paliurus,  Willd.  Rhdmnus  Pali- 
urus, Linn.).  JERUSALEM  THORN.  CHRIST'S  THORN. 
Spreading,  spiny  shrub  to  10  ft.,  sometimes  procumbent: 
1  of  the  2  spines  at  the  base  of  the  petioles  straight,  the 
other  hooked  and  recurved:  Ivs.  rather  slender-petioled, 
ovate,  usually  unequal  at  the  rounded  base,  obtuse,  mi- 
nutely serrulate,  glabrous,  dark  green  above,  pale  or 
grayish  beneath,  %-!%  in.  long:  fls.  in  axillary  short- 
peduncled  cymes:  fr.  brownish  yellow,  about  %  in. 
across,  glabrous.  June,  July.  S.  Eur.  to  Himal.  and  N. 
China.  B.M.  1893  (as  Zizyphus  Paliurus)  and  2535  (as 
P.  virgatus).— This  plant  is  supposed  to  have  furnished 
the  crown  of  thorns  which  was  placed  on  the  head  of 
Christ  before  his  crucifixion;  others  believe  Zizyphus 
Spina-Christi  to  be  the  shrub  the  crown  was  made  of. 
These  two  shrubs  resemble  each  other  so  closely  that 
they  hardly  can  be  distinguished  without  frs.  which  are 
berry-like  in  Zizyphus ;  the  shape  of  the  thorns  is  ex- 
actly the  same  in  each  species. 

P.  orientalis,  Hemsl.  Tree,  to  30  ft.:  Ivs.  2-4  in.  long,  gla- 
brous: fr.  1-1  j-2  in.  across,  glabrous,  purplish.  China.  This 
but  recently  introduced  species  is  perhaps  the  most  ornamental 
of  the  genus ;  it  has-  not  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arbor- 
etum.—P.  ramosissimus,  Poir.  (P.  Aubletia,  Roem.  &  Schult,). 
Shrub  similar  to  P.  Spina-Christi,  but  with  both  spines  straight, 
larger  Ivs.  pubescent  beneath,  and  smaller  tonlentose  frs. 
China,  Japan.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

PALM.  Plate  XXIV.  Palms  are  amongst  the  most 
striking  plants  in  tropical  floras.  Their  tall,  straight, 
unbranched  trunks  surmounted  by  a  spreading  canopy 
of  huge  pinnate  or  digitate  foliage  distinguish  them 
from  nearly  all  other  forms  of  vegetation.  They  are 
widely  spread  in  tropical  regions,  being  most  abundant 
in  America  and  few  in  Africa.  They  are  particularly 
conspicuous  in  the  Pacific  islands.  Although  the  Palms 
are  such  bold  and  interesting  plants,  the  species  are 
very  imperfectly  understood.  This  is  due  to  the  great 
difficulty  of  making  herbarium  specimens,  to  the  fact 
that  the  greater  number  of  botanists  are  residents  of 
regions  in  which  Palms  do  not  grow,  and  to  the  differ 
ences  of  opinion  as  to  the  relative  importance  of  the 
various  botanical  characters.  Many  of  the  Palms  have 
been  named  first  from  cultivated  specimens,  and  often 
before  the  flowers  and  fruits  are  known.  When  the 
specimens  finally  come  to  fruit,  the  names  are  usually 
shifted,  causing  much  confusion.  The  proper  generic 
position  of  a  Palm  may  be  unknown  for  several  years 
after  it  becomes  popular  in  the  horticultural  trade. 
Consider  the  changes  in  nomenclature  which  have 
occurred  in  Palms  that  have  been  referred  to  the 
genera  Areca  and  Kentia. 


The  species  of  Palms  are  not  very  numerous.  They 
probably  do  not  exceed  1,000,  although  more  than  that 
number  have  been  described.  Bentham  &  Hookes  accept 
132  genera,  and  Drude,  in  Engler  &  Prantl's  "Pflanzen- 
familien,"  accept  128  genera.  Most  of  the  genera  are 
small,  and  many  of  them  are  monotypic.  The  largest 
genera  are  Calamus,  with  about  200  species,  all  Old 
World,  mostly  Asian;  Geonoma,  with  about  100  species, 
all  American;  Bactris,  about  100,  American;  Chamse- 
dorea,  with  about  GO,  all  American;  Licuala,  with  30, 
ranging  from  eastern  Asia  to  Australia;  Desmoncus, 
about  25,  American ;  Cocos,  30,  all  confined  to  America  but 
the  cocoanut,  which  is  now  cosmopolitan ;  Pinanga,  with 
about  25  species,  of  the  Oriental  tropics;  Areca,  nearly 
two  dozen,  Oriental.  Many  of  the  species,  particularly 
in  the  small  genera,  are  restricted  to  very  small  geo- 
graphical regions,  often  to  one  island  or  to  a -group  of 
islands.  The  Palms  represent  an  old  type  of  vegeta- 
tion, and  they  are  now,  no  doubt,  on  the  decline. 

Palms  have  been  favorite  greenhouse  subjects  from 
the  period  of  the  first  development  of  the  glass  plant- 
house.  The  stereotyped  form  of  conservatory  is  a 
broad  or  nearly  square  structure,  with  narrow  benches 
around  the  sides  over  the  heating  pipes  and  a  Palm  bed 
in  the  center.  In  these  conservatories  a  variety  of 
Palms  will  succeed,  requiring  neither  a  very  high  tem- 
perature nor  much  direct  simlight.  In  fact,  Palms  usu- 
ally succeed  best  under  shaded  roofs.  The  Palms  are 
most  satisfactory  in  their  young  state,  before  the  trunks 
become  very  prominent,  and  before  the  crowns  reach 
the  glass.  The  larger  number  of  Palms  have  pinnate  or 
pinnatisect  leaves,  and  these  species  are  usually  the 
more  graceful  in  habit.  Small  Palms  are  now  in  great 
demand  for  room  and  table  decoration,  and  a  few  spe- 
cies are  grown  in  enormous  qviantities  for  this  trade. 
They  are  sold  when  small.  They  usually  perish  before 
they  are  large  enough  to  be  cumbersome.  Amongst  the 
most  popular  of  these  Palms  are  Chrysalidocarpus 
lutescens,  Howea  Belmoreana  and  Forsteriana,  Cocos 
Weddelliana,  Livistona  Chinensis,  and  possibly  one  or 
two  species  of  Phoenix. 

Some  Palms  endure  considerable  frost  without  injury. 
Of  such  are  the  Sabals  and  the  Palmettoes  of  the  south- 
ern states.  The  Saw  Palmetto  (Serenoa  serrulata)  and 
the  Blue  Palmetto  (Rhapidophylhim  Hystrix)  occur  as 
far  north  as  South  Carolina.  In  Asia,  Nannorhops  grows 
naturally  as  far  north  as  34°,  and  in  Europe,  Chamse- 
rops  (the  only  Palm  indigenous  to  Europe)  reaches  44°. 

In  the  tropics,  Palms  furnish  houses,  clothing,  food 
and  ornaments.  The  range  of  the  economic  uses  is  well 
indicated  by  the  following  extract  from  Drude  ( in  Engler 
&  Prantl):  «In  a  family  which,  like  the  Palms,  is  of 
such  extraordinary  importance  in  satisfying  so  many 
human  wants,  it  seems  well  to  make  a  few  general  re- 
marks on  this  subject  as  an  introduction  to  special  re- 
marks under  the  different  \genjera^~^&.  European  does 
well  to  distinguish  between  rneproducte  of  the  Palms 
which  are  imported  from  the  tropics,  and  those  which 
are  used  by  the  civilized  peoples  and  more  especially  by 
the  natives  in  the  tropics.  Of  the  first,  there  should  be 
noted  a  few  fruits,  as,  for  example,  dates  and  cocoanuts, 
whose  use  gives  us  a  slight  picture  of  the  importance  of 
Palm  fruit  of  the  tropics.  Then  follows  the  Indian  sago 
coming  from  the  pith  of  the  stems,  which  surpasses  in 
quality  the  European  product,  and  then  the  oil  made 
from  fruits  of  oil  Palms  which,  considering  its  almost 
unlimited  supply,  is  of  more  importance  than  the  olive 
oil.  In  Europe  a  great  role  is  played  by  the  fibers  com- 
ing from  many  Palms,  as  the  Piacaba  and  Cocoa  fibers. 
Perhaps,  in  the  course  of  time,  one  or  other  of  the 
Palm-leaf  products  will  find  greater  use  in  the  produc- 
tion of  paper.  The  numerous  kinds  of  'Spanishschen 
Rohres,'  that  is,  those  thin  stems  of  the  genus  Calamus 
which  have  a  silicious  covering,  are  necessary  in  the 
making  of  bent-wood  furniture  and  baskets.  Wax  (from 
Copernicia,  probably  not  from  Ceroxylon)  plays  in 
Europe,  as  a  competitor  of  beeswax,  but  a  small  role. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  stone  nuts,  seeds  of  Phytelephas 
and  the  stony  kernels  of  some  Cocoineae,  are  imported 
from  America  in  ton  quantities,  to  be  used  in  making 
small  articles.  To  these  products,  of  considerable 
influence  on  the  European  trade,  must  be  added  num- 
berless others  used  in  the  tropics,  where  the  numerous 


PALM 


PALM 


1193 


sweet  as  well  as  the  starch-hold- 
ing fruits  are  at  the  command  of 
the  inhabitants.  From  many  spe- 
cies are  cut  out  the  soft  terminal 
bud  (heart),  which  is  eaten  as 
Palm  salad,  and  from  other  very 
large  species  the  young  stems  are 
cut  off  and  the  great  quantity  of 
sweet  sap  is  worked  to  sugar,  or 
arrac,  or  is  used  as  Palm  wine. 
Many  stems  furnish  excellent 
building  wood,  and  in  the  artistic 
industries  of  the  Malays  and  Pa- 
puas  as  well  as  that  of  the  natives 
of  Brazil,  such  Palms  furnish  not 
only  the  main  timbers  of  their 
huts,  but  the  leaves  are  plaited 
and  used  for  the  sides  and_  the 
roof.  Other  leaves  cut  in  small 
strips  give  them  coverings,  mats, 
fans,  shields,  complete  clothing 
and  hats.  Even  the  spines  are 
used  as  tips  for  spears,  for  tat- 
tooing -  paints  and  for  hooks  ; 
whereas  the  fish-line  itself  is 
made  of  the  strong  fibers  of 
other  species.  Other  uses,  as 
that  of  the  betel  nut  (Areca),  in 
chewing,  are  worthy  of  mention 
also." 

As  the  trunk  of  the  Palm  rises, 
the  leaves  xmderneath  the  crown 
die  and  fall.  Usually  the  old 
petioles,  or  their  bases,  remain 
for  some  time,  forming  a  shaggy 
capital  to  the  column ;  this  is  well 
marked  in  the  large  or  Cabbage 
Palmetto  of  the  South.  The 
Palms  are  mostly  trees,  and  some 
of  them  rise  to  the  height  of 
nearly  200  ft.,  but  some  are  climb- 
ing and  others  are  low  shrubs. 
In  some  species  the  steins  are 
prickly.  Usually  they  make  very 

straight,  comely  boles,  but  a  few  species  produce 
branches  above.  The  flowers  of  Palms  usually  arise 
underneath  or  in  the  crown,  from  the  axils  of  the 
leaves.  The  clusters  are  really  spadices,  although  often 
branched,  and  are  covered  in  the  bud  by  a  dry  spathe 
composed  of  one  or  several  leaves  or  parts.  The  re- 
mains of  these  spathes  are  well  shown  in  Fig.  1497,  p. 
1100.  In  the  upper  cluster  on  the  left  the  spathe  is 
arching  over  the  fruits.  The  blossoms  are  relatively 
small,  and  usually  dull -colored  and  not  showy.  The 
flowers  are  perfect  or  unisexual,  3-merous,— the  seg- 
ments usually  6  in  two  series,  stamens  usually  3  or  6, 
ovary  usually  3-loculed  or  the  3  carpels  wholly  separate, 
stigmas  3  and  usually  sessile.  The  fruit  is  various, 
being  either  a  drupe  or  hard  berry-like  structure,  often 
edible. 

The  genera  chiefly  known  to  horticulturists  are  the 
following: 

TRIBE  ARECE^E.  Lvs.  pinnatisect,  the  leaflets  free  or 
joined  so  as  to  form  a  plaited  limb,  the  sides  in  ver- 
nation reduplicate:  fls.  monoecious  or  dioecious:  seeds 
umbilicate,  with  ventral  raphe  and  dorsal  embryo. 

Areca,  Pinanga,  Kentia,  Hydriastele,  Kentiopsis, 
Hedyscepe,  Nenga,  Archonthophcenix,  Rhopalostylis, 
Dictyosperma,  Ptyehosperma,  Cyrtostachys,  Drymo- 
phloeus,  Cyphophoenix,  Clinostigma,  Cyphosperma, 
Euterpe,  Acanthophoenix,  Oreodoxa,  Bacularia,  Lino- 
spadix,  Howea,  Ceroxylon,  Verschaffeltia,  Dypsis. 
Chamaedorea,  Hyophorbe,  Roscheria,  Geonoma,  Calyp- 
trogryne,  Wallichia,  Didymosperma,  Arenga,  Caryota, 
Phytelephas. 

TRIBE  PHCEKICE^E.  Lvs.  pinnatisect,  segments  acumi- 
nate and  with  induplicate  sides  in  vernation:  spa- 
dices  interfoUar,  the  spathe  solitary:  fls.  dioecious: 
carpels  3,  only  one  maturing,  the  stigma  terminal: 
seed  strongly  ventralhj  silicate,  the  embryo  dorsal. 
Phoenix. 


1620.    A  Palm  house  , 

TRIBE  CORYPHE^E.  Lvs.  fan-shaped,  wedge-shaped  or 
orbicular,  plaited,  more  or  less  cut,  the  lobes  with 
induplicate  sides:  spadices  interfoUar,  the  spathes 
many:  fls.  iisually  perfect:  ovary  entire  or  S-lobed, 
or  sometimes  the  1-3  carpels  distinct,  the  ovule  erect: 
pericarp  usually  smooth:  seeds  with  ventral  raphe 
and  small  hilum. 
Corypha,  Sabal,  Washingtonia,  Chamserops,  Rhapido- 

phyllum,  Acanthorhiza,  Brahea,  Erythea,  Pritchardia, 

Licuala,  Livistona,  Trachycarpus,  Rhapis,  Thrinax. 

TRIBE  LEPIDOCARYE^.  Lvs.  pinnatisect  or  fan-shaped, 
the  segments  with  reduplicate  sides  in  vernation: 
spadices  terminal  or  axillary,  the  spathes  numerous: 
fls.  polygamo-monoecious:  ovary  entire,  more  or  less 
3-loculed:  fr.  clothed  with  reflexed,  shining,  imbri- 
cate, oppressed  scales:  seed  with  dorsal  raphe  and 
ventral  embryo. 
Calamus,  Ceratolobus,  Raphia. 

TRIBE  BORASSKS:.  Lvs.  orbicular,  the  segments  fan-* 
shaped  and  the  sides  induplicate:  spadices  inter- 
foliar,  the  spathes  many  and  sheathing:  fls.  dioecious, 
the  male  minute  and  sunk  in  cavities  on  the  spadix, 
the  female  very  large:  ovary  entire,  3-loculed,  the 
ovule  ascending:  fr.  various. 
Borassus,  Lodoicea,  Latania,  Hyphsene. 

TRIBE  COCOINE^:.  Lvs.  pinnatisect,  the  leaflets  with 
reduplicate  sides:  spadices  interfoUar,  unisexual  or 
androgynous,  the  spathes  2  or  more:  inferior  fls.  often 
in  3's,  the  middle  one  female:  ovary  1-7-loculed:  fr. 
large,  drupe-like,  1-7-loculed,  the  stigma  terminal, 
the  endocarp  or  shell  hard  and  woody  and  provided 
with  3-7  pores. 
Bactris,  Astrocaryum,  Acrocomia,  Martinezia,  EI»is. 

Diplothemium,  Cocos,  Maximiliana,  Scheelea,  Attalea, 

Jubaea. 

There  is  very  little  accessible  monographic  literature 

on  the  Palms.    Martius'  "Historia  Natural  is  Palmarum." 


1194 


PALM 


Munich,  3  vols.,  1823-1850,  is  a  standard  work.  Ker- 
chove  de  Denterghem's  "Les  Palmiers,"  Paris,  1878,  is 
an  important  work.  A  popular  running  account  of 
Palms  and  the  various  kinds,  by  William  Watson,  wrill 
be  found  in  the  following  places  in  Gardeners'  Chronicle: 
1884  (vol.  22),  pp.  426,  522,  595,  728,  748;  1885  (vol.  23), 
pp.  338,  410,  439;  1885  (vol.  24),  pp.  362,  394,  586,  748; 

1886  (vol.  25),  pp.  75,  557;  1886  (vol.  26),  pp.  491,  652; 

1887  (vol.  2,  ser.  3),  pp.  156,  304;  1891  (vol.  9),  pp.  234, 
298,  671;  1893  (vol.  13),  pp.  260,  332.  L>  H   B 

HARDY  PALMS  IN  CALIFORNIA.  — Palms  grown  in  the 
open  in  California  gardens  do  not  exceed  in  number  20 
genera,  and  numbering  about  60  species.  The  following 
17  genera  of  about  40  species  may  be  found  in  our  best 
Palm  collections,  and  all  these  species  are  growing  in 
the  gardens  of  Los  Angeles  and  vicinity,  and  may  be 
found  throughout  southern  California  in  limited  num- 
bers from  San  Diego  to  Santa  Barbara.  Occasional 
plants  of  species  not  mentioned  are  found  in  some  old 
gardens,  but  are  not  so  plentiful  as  to  be  considered  in  a 
general  list  of  our  hardy  Palms.  In  enumerating  these 
plants  they  are  placed  as  to  their  importance,  or  rather 
as  to  their  numerical  strength  in  California.  Our  native 
Fan-Palms,  the  Washingtonias,  natives  of  San  Ber- 
nardino and  San  Diego  counties,  have  been  most  exten- 
sively planted,  and  may  be  found  everywhere,  serving, 
in  some  instances,  a  variety  of  purposes.  Fig.  1622.  In 
growing  this  Palm  water  is  of  the  first  importance.  When 
planted  along  a  street,  those  adjoining  vacant  lots  often 
remain  nearly  at  a  standstill,  except  in  case  of  an  un- 
usually wet  winter,  while  those  along  the  cultivated 
lots  or  lawns  grow  faster  than  any  other  Palm.  When 
one  in  its  native  habitat  blows  over  by  the  force  of  the 
desert  winds,  the  hole  left  by  the  roots  and  stump 
invariably  fills  with  water.  Washingtonias  are  hardy 
600  miles  north  of  Los  Angeles.  It  may  be  well  to 
state  that  hardiness  in  Palms  is  principally  a  ques- 
tion of  size,  the  larger  ones  passing  through  the  most 
severe  winter  unharmed,  while  the  small  ones  may 
perish.  So,  too,  some  Palms  supposed  to  be  very  ten- 
der need  protection  from  sun  more  than  from  frost. 
This  is  particularly  the  case  with  the  so-called  Kentias 
and  Rhapis.  A  certain  Howea  (or  Kentia  Forsterlana) 
is  protected  only  by  a  large  overhanging  branch  of  a 
sycamore,  which  is  of  course  leafless  in  cold  weather, 


1621.    Date  Palms  at  Old  Town,  San  Diego. 


1622.  A  Sentinel  Palm. 

Washingtonia  filifera,  San  Jacinto  Mts.,Cal. 

yet  it  has  reached  a  height  of  12  feet,  with  a  diameter 
at  base  of  12  inches,  and  it  has  never  been  injured  by 
frost,  yet  water  hydrants  10  feet  away  have  been  frozen 
so  hard  as  to  burst  them.  In  Los  Angeles  is  a  Kentia 
15  feet  high,  growing  on  the  north  side  of  a  house, 
protected  from  sun  alone,  being  20  feet  from  the  build- 
ing, where  for  several  winters  the  ground  near  by  has 
frozen  to  the  depth  of  1  inch.  This  is  in  the  bottom- 
lands, the  coldest  part  of  the  city. 

Phoenix  dactylifera,  though  not  so  ornamental  as 
others  of  the  genus,  was  extensively  planted  in  early 
days  and  is  one  of  the  hardiest  of  Palms.  Fig.  1621.  The 
most  popular  Palm  for  the  masses,  who  look  for  grace 
and  beauty  combined  with  cheapness,  is  Phoenix  Cana- 
riensis.  More  of  these  are  planted  at  present  than  any 
other  three  species.  In  Los  Angeles  and  vicinity  they 
may  be  counted  by  tens  of  thousands.  Like  these 
two  for  hardiness  is  P.  reclinata;  and  all  may  be  seen 
growing  north  of  San  Francisco  some  200  miles.  All  the 
genus  is  hardy  in  southern  California.  Trachycarpus 
excelsus  and  Chwmerops  humilis,  the  latter  varying 
greatly  in  appearance,  will  grow  as  far  north  ,as  any 
Palms  and  are  popular  everywhere.  The  former  in 
thirty  years  will  grow  to  the  height  of  25  feet,  while  the 
latter  will  make  8-10  feet  of  trunk  in  the  same  time. 
Livistona  australis  and  L.  Chinensis  are  both  popular, 
though  not  hardy  outside  the  southern  part  of  the  state, 
and  the  latter  must  be  shaded  from  noonday  sun. 
Erythea  armata  and  E.  edulis  (often  known  as  Braheas) 
grow  around  San  Francisco  bay  luxuriantly.  Cocos  eri- 
ospatha  is  hardy  even  farther  north  than  the  Ery- 
theas,  and  is  by  far  the  most  ornamental  Palm  to  be 
found  in  that  section.  Other  Cocos  in  southern  Cali- 
fornia are  C.  flexuosa,  plumosa,  coronata,  Romanzof- 
fiana,  and  many  others.  Any  Cocos  will  grow  here  in 
protected  places  except  Weddelliana.  C.  plumosa  is 
without  doubt  the  most  graceful  Palm  grown,  and  at 
present  very  extensively  planted  in  the  southern  citrous 
belt,  sometimes  for  street  or  sidewalk  trees.  It  is  also 
one  of  the  fastest  growers,  and  will  reach  20  feet  in  fif- 


PALM 


PALM 


1195 


teen  years,  with  ordinary  care.  Archontophcenijc  A  lex- 
<in<lri«'  and  .1.  Ctuini ni/lnunii,  the  most  elegant  of  our 
Palms  after  Cocos  ]>lumosd,  are  not  quite  so  hardy  hut 
will  thrive  from  Santa  Barbara  southward,  in  warm 
locations.  The  same  exposures,  with  shade  during  the 
hottest  part  of  the  day,  will  do  for  Hedyscepe  €<(»!<>•- 
bur iiana  and  Hoivea  Forata-iana  and  If.  Belmorcmui ; 
t&BO' SkopalogtyU*  Jiaut'ri  and  R.  sapida.  The  four 
species  of  Sabals  seem  to  thrive  and  seed  well  in  this 
section,  though  S.  Palmetto  and  S.  Black'bumi<nuuii 
grow  much  faster  than  the  others.  HhapidopJiylliun 
Hystrix  is  perfectly  hardy,  but  on  account  of  its  dwarf 
habit  is  not  so  extensively  planted  as  its  merits  deserve. 
Rhapls  fla  belli  formis  and  JR.  humilis  need  protection 
from  sun  alone,  though  there  is  a  Rhapis  growing  for 
ten  years  without  protection  from  either  sun  or  frost, 
and  in  the  coldest  section  of  Los  Angeles,  but  its  color  is 
not  all  that  could  be  desired.  Chamoedoreas  are  planted 
only  where  they  can  be  protected  from  both  frost  and 
sun,  though  they  thrive  better  under  such  circumstances 
than  they  do  under  glass.  In  such  situations  they  are 
just  the  plant  for  the  purpose,  as  they  do  not  grow 
away  from  the  protecting  tree  as  do  sun-  and  light- 
loving  Palms,  but  remain  erect.  Braliea  dulcis  may 
occasionally  be  seen  but  grows  too  slowly  to  be  popu- 
lar. One  of  our  grandest  and  hardiest  Palms,  one  that 
deserves  for  many  reasons  to  be  more  extensively 
planted,  is  Jubcpa  spectabilis.  We  have  a  few  20  feet  in 
height  with  a  bole  4  feet  in  diameter,  and  are  much 
more  striking  in  appearance  than  any  of  the  Phoenix, 
which  latter  they  somewhat  resemble. 

ERNEST  BBAUNTON. 

The  word  Palm  is  a  popular  designation  of  one  of  the 
largest  and  most  important  families  among  the  mono- 
cotyledons, about  1,200  species  of  Palms  having 
been  recorded,  though  many  of  these  are  not  yet 
in  cultivation.  The  members  of  this  family  are 
essentially  tropical  in  habitat,  are  highly  orna- 
mental in  appearance,  and  many  of  them  also  of 
very  great  economical  value,  their 
fruits,  stems  and  leaves  not  only 
entering  largely  into  the  manufac- 
tured products  of  both  Europe  and 
America,  but  also  providing  both 
food  and  shelter  for  thousands  of 
the  inhabitants  of  tropical  coun- 
tries. One  notable  characteristic 
of  Palms  in  general  is  their  un- 
branched  stems,  the  exceptions  to 
this  rule  being  very  few,  and 
mostly  limited  to  the  members  of 
one  genus,  Hyphcene,  of  which  the 
Doum  Palm  of  Egypt,  H.  Thebaica, 
is  the  best  example.  While  these 
unbranched  stems  form  a  promi- 
nent feature  in  connection  with 
this  order  of  plants,  yet  great  va- 
riations are  found  in  size  and  habit; 
some  of  them  towering  up  like  a 
slender  marble  shaft  to  a  height  of 
rrio're  than  100  feet  and  then  termi- 
nating in  a  crown  of  magnificent 
plume-like  leaves,  while  others  may 
reach  a  height  of  only  3-1  feet 
when  fully  developed.  In  some  in- 
stances the  stems  are  so  long  and 
slender  that  a  scandent  habit  is 
the  result ;  these  rope-like  stems 
of  the  Rattan  Palms  in  particular 
are  described  as  wandering  through 
the  tops  of  some  of  the  great  trees 
of  the  Malayan  Peninsula  to  a 
length  of  several  hundred  feet. 

The  foliage  of  the  Palms  is  of 
two  chief  kinds,  the  fan  -  veined 
leaves,  in  which  the  venation  radi- 
ates from  a  common  center,  and 
the  feather-veined,  in  which  the 
veins  run  out  from  the  sides  of  a 

long  midrib,  the  leaf  being  frequently  divided  into  long, 
narrow  segments.  Of  the  first  group  the  common  Fan 
Palm,  I/ivistona  Sinensis,  is  a  good  example,  while  the 
Date  Palm,  Phcenix  dactylifera,  and  also  the  Cocoanut, 


Cocos   nucifera,  are  common  examples  of  the  feather- 
veined  class. 

There  are  also  minor  characteristics  of  foliage  that 
mark  many  of  the  genera,  some  having  pinnate  leaves 
with  erose  tips,  a  few  having  bipiunate  leav. 
Caryota  tit-ens),  others  with  flabellate  leaves  having 
erose  segments,  and  many  with  the  segments  of  the 
leaves  bifid  or  split  at  the  tips. 

The  flowers  of  Palms  in  general  are  not  specially  at- 
tractive either  in  size  or  coloring,  many  of  them  being 
greenish  white  or  yellow,  and  some  orange  or  red;  but 
these  flowers  are  produced  in  prodigious  quantities  by 
some  of  the  species,  perhaps  the  most  prolific  in  this 
respect  being  the  Talipot  Palm  ( Corypha  umbracullf- 
era),  which  throws  up  a  branching  inflorescence  to  a 
height  of  30  ft.  above  the  foliage,  such  an  inflorescence 
having  been  estimated  to  include  fully  sixty  millions  of 
flowers ! 

The  seeds  of  Palms  are  also  found  in  many  sizes  and 
various  shapes,  ranging  from  the  size  of  a  pea  in  some 
of  the  Thrinax  to  the  unwieldy  fruits  of  the  Double 
Cocoanut,  Lodoicea  Sechellarum,  which  will  sometimes 
weigh  40  Ibs.  each  and  require  several  years  to  reach 
maturity. 

As  a  rule,  the  members  of  any  single  genus  of  Palms 
are  found  in  one  hemisphere,  either  the  eastern  or 
western  as  the  case  may  be,  probably  the  greater  num- 
ber of  species  being  of  Asiatic  origin,  and  compara- 
tively few  being  found  in  Africa.  An  apparent  excep- 
tion is  found  to  this  system  of  hemispheric  distribution 
in  the  case  of  the  Cocoanut,  this  plant  being  so  very 
widely  distributed  throughout  the  tropical  world  that 
its  original  habitat  is  still  in  doubt.  On  the  other  hand, 
some  species  are  found  to  be  very  local  in  their  natural 


1623. 


A  digitate-leaved  Palm,  and  one  of  the  best  Palms  for  small  conservatories- 
Rhapis  flabelliformis. 

state,  in  proof  of  which  the  Howeas  may  be  cited;  this 
genus  has  been  found  only  within  the  circumscribed 
area  of  Lord  Howe's  Island,  which  from  a  comparative 
point  of  view  may  be  termed  merely  a  fragment  of  land 


1196 


PALM 


PALM 


1624. 

Germination  of 
Chrysalidocar- 
pus  lutescens. 


(probably  of  volcanic  origin),  a  mere  dot  on  the  broad 
bosom  of  the  South  Pacific. 

Few  Palms  are  found  within  the  limits  of  the  United 
States  as  natives,  the  most  common  being  the  well- 
known  Palmetto,  Sabal  Palmetto,  a  member  of  the  fan- 
leaved  section,  to  which  possibly  all  of  our  native  Palms 
belong.  But  while  the  species  of  Palms 
found  native  in  the  United  States  are 
limited  in  numbers,  yet  there  is  at  least 
one  unique  species  in  the  group  in  the 
form  of  Pseudophcenix  Sargenti,  a 
monotypic  Palm,  that  is  only  known  to 
exist  in  a  wild  state  on  certain  of  the 
Florida  Keys,  and  in  quite  limited  num- 
bers even  there. 

Europe  is  even  less  favored  as  to  na- 
tive Palms,  there  being  but  one  species 
known  there  in  that  condition,  Chamce- 
rops  humilis,  also  a  fan-leaved  species 
and  comparatively  hardy,  being  capable 
of  enduring  moderate  frosts. 

The  Palm  tree  of  the  Bible  is  doubt- 
less the  Date  Palm,  Phoenix  dactylifera,  which  is  found 
in  large  numbers  throughout  Syria  to  this  day ;  and  in 
fact  the  small  grove  of  dates  within  easy  reach  of  the 
Syrian  householder  forms  one  of  his  most  valuable 
assets,  for  it  provides  food  not  only  for  his  family,  but 
frequently  for  his  horses  or  camels  also. 

The  act  of  producing  flowers  does  not  necessarily  ter- 
minate the  life  of  a  Palm,  though  in  some  instances 
such  an  effect  may  be  produced  by  this  cause;  but  a 
singular  habit  has  been  noted  in  regard  to  the  flowering 
of  the  Fish-tail  Palm,  Caryota  urens,  which  when  it 
reaches  maturity  begins  to  throw  out  a  flower-spike 
from  the  top  of  the  stem,  this  being  followed  by  succes- 
sive spikes  of  flowers,  and  ultimate  bunches  of  seeds 
from  the  top  of  the  plant  downwards,  the  flower-spikes 
appearing  at  the  joints  of  the  stem,  and  when  this  pro- 
cess of  flowering  has  proceeded  down  to  the  ground,  or 
until  the  vitality  of  the  plant  has  been  exhausted,  death 
ensues. 

There  are  also  a  number  of  species  of  Palms  that  de- 
velop a  soboliferous  habit,  throwing  up  a  number  of 
shoots  from  the  base  of  the  plant,  Rhapis  flabellifor- 
mis,  sometimes  known  as  the  Ground  Rattan,  being  a 
good  example  of  this  class,  among  which  the  widely 
grown  and  elegant  Chrysalidocarpus  lutescens  is  also 
found,  together  with  the  Geonomas,  some  of  the  Phoe- 
nix and  various  other  genera.  Many  of  the  Palms  are 
unisexual,  but  there  are  also  many  others  in  which  both 
male  and  female  flowers  are  produced  on  the  same 
spadix,  in  some  instances  the  males  being  groxiped  to- 
gether near  the  ends  of  the  branches  of  the  inflores- 
cence and  the  females  nearer  to  the  main  stem,  while 
in  others  a  female  is  placed  between  two  males,  thus 
arranging  the  flowers  in  threes. 

Cross-pollination  of  Palms  by  artificial  means  has 
probably  been  seldom  practiced,  there  being  few  culti- 
vated collections  in  which  the  opportunity  for  such  an 
operation  has  presented  itself;  but  it  seems  highly  prob- 
able that  such  cross-fertilization  has  been  accidentally 
effected  among  wild  plants,  for  in  large  lots  of  seed- 
lings intermediate  forms  are  frequently  seen,  this  pe- 
culiarity having  been  noted  among  Howea  seedlings, 
where  forms  intermediate  between  H.  JBelmoreana  and 
H.  Forsterlana  are  found,  and  sometimes  seedlings 
that  seem  to  combine  the  characteristics  of  H.  Belmo- 
reana  and  those  of  its  near  relative  Hedyscepe  Canter- 
buryana.  Similar  variations  from  a  given  type  have 
also  been  noted  among  the  Phoenix,  several  so-called 
species  being  most  likely  merely  varieties. 

Many  Palms  are  armed  with  stout  thorns  or  prickles, 
not  only  the  stems  but  also  the  leaves  and  even  the 
fruits  in  some  species  being  thus  guarded,  these  prickles 
being  usually  very  hard  and  tough.  In  some  cases, 
notably  Acanthorhiza  stauracantha,  the  prickles  around 
the  stem  are  often  branched,  and  are  decidedly  un- 
pleasant to  come  in  contact  with.  In  the  case  of  Des- 
moncus,  this  being  the  western  representative  of  the 
Rattan  Palms,  the  tip  of  the  midrib  of  the  leaf  is  con- 
tinued in  the  form  of  a  hooked  spine,  and  helps  to  sup- 
port the  plant  in  its  scandent  career.  The  sharp  spines 
of  certain  Palms  are  used  for  poisoned  arrows  by  some 


of  the  South  American  tribes,  these  arrows  being  pro- 
jected through  a  blow-pipe  formed  from  a  section  of  the 
hollow  stem  of  another  Palm.  Among  the  species  of 
Phoenix  it  is  often  found  that  several  of  the  leaflets 
nearest  to  the  base  of  the  leaf  are  developed  as  spines, 
these  thorny  leaflets  becoming  stiff  and  hard,  and  capa- 
ble of  making  a  very  sore  wound. 

The  very  great  economical  value  of  many  of  the  Palms 
can  only  be  touched  upon  within  the  limits  of  the  pres- 
ent article,  the  uses  to  which  not  only  the  fruits  but  afso 
the  stems  and  leaves  are  put  by  the  natives  of  many  tropi- 
cal countries  being  enough  of  themselves  to  fill  volumes. 
One  prominent  instance  of  this  great  utility  is  the 
Palmyra  Palm,  of  which  a  Hindoo  poet  enumerated  over 
800  different  uses.  Other  notable  examples  include  the 
Cocoanut  Palm,  the  fruits  of  which  are  imported  by 
hundreds  of  tons  every  year,  and 
in  addition  to  providing  a  valuable 
food,  either  fresh  or  in  a  desiccated 
condition,  also  produce  that  very 
valuable  fiber  from  which  cordage, 
matting  and  a  great  variety  of 
goods  are  manufactured.  Also  the 
Phoenix  family,  which  produces 
the  dates  of  commerce  in  appar- 
ently endless  supply,  and  the  date 
sugar  of  Bengal,  this  being  con- 
tributed by  Phoenix  sylvestris, 
while  the  stems  of  Date  Palms  .are 
often  used  in  house-building  in  the 
East.  Another  very  valuable  Palm 
product  is  found  in  Palm  oil,  this 
being  largely  derived  from  the 
fruits  of  Elceis  Guineensis,  the  oil 


1625.  Livistona 
Chinensis. 


1626.   Germination  of  Cocos 
Weddelliana. 


being  expressed  from  the  ripe  fruits  in  much  the  same 
manner  that  olive  oil  is  manufactured.  The  rattan  of 
commerce  is  chiefly  composed  of  the  flexible  stems  of 
various  calami,  the  plentiful  supply  of  this  material  be- 
ing sufficiently  attested  by  the  great  variety  of  articles 
manufactured  therefrom.  Various  Palms  have  been 


PALM 


PALMEBELLA 


1197 


mentioned  under  the  name  of  "Wine  Palm,"  but  it 
seems  likely  that  some  species  of  Raphia  are  most  used 
for  liquors,  some  portions  of  these  Palms  giving  a  large 
amount  of  sap  when  tapped,  and  as  the  juice  is  rich  in 
sugar,  the  sap  soon  ferments  and  may  become  strongly 
alcoholic.  The  best  sago  is  produced  from  the  pith  of 
Metroxylon  or  Sagus,  the  trees  being  cut  down  and  split 
into  segments  for  the  removal  of  the  pith,  the  latter 
being  then  prepared 
in  a  rough  granulated 
form  for  export.  Sago 
is  also  procured  from 
Caryota  and  some  other 
species,  but  the  prod- 
uct is  not  equal  to  that 
of  Metroxylon.  The 
so  -  called  whale  -  bone 
brooms  frequently  used 
in  stables  and  f orstreet- 
cleaning  are  mostly 
made  from  Piassaba 
(  or  Piacaba  )  fi  b  e  r, 
this  being  gathered 
from  around  the  base 
of  plants  of  Attaleas, 
mostly  A.  f  tin  if  era. 

The  Attaleas  also  produce  large  seeds  or  nuts, 
those  of  A.  funifera  being  known  as  Coquilla 
nuts,  and  quite  largely  used  for  ornamental 
purposes,  being  very  hard  and  capable  of  receiv- 
ing a  fine  polish.  Many  small  articles  are  manu- 
factured from  vegetable  ivory,  this  being  had 
from  the  nuts  of  Phytelephas  macrocarpa,  a 
singular  Palm  from  South  America,  bearing  a 
large  fruit  in  which  are  contained  from  6  to  9  of 
the  ivory  nuts,  the  plant  itself  having  a  short 
and  sometimes  creeping  stem  from  which  pro- 
ceeds a  noble  head  of  pinnate  fronds  that  are 
frequently  15-20  ft.  in  length.  The  seeds  of  Areca 
Catechu,  after  preparation  with  lime  and  the 
leaves  of  the  pepper-plant,  become  the  betel  nut 
of  the  East  Indies,  so  much  used  by  the  natives 
of  that  portion  of  the  world  as  a  mild  stimulant. 
The  Cabbage  Palm  of  the  West  Indies  is  Euterpe 
oleracea,  the  smooth  and  straight  stems  of  which 
are  frequently  80-100  ft.  high,  and  the  removal  of 
the  "cabbage,"  so-called,  means  the  destruction 
of  such  a  tree,  for  the  portion  eaten  is  composed 
of  the  central  bud  in  which  the  young  leaves  are 
compactly  gathered  together. 

Palm  culture,  for  decorative  purposes  in  the 
United  States,  has  made  its  greatest  progress 
during  the  past  10  years,  and  now  seems 
to  be  a  well-established  business,  with 
the  prospect  of  a  steady  increase  as  the 
adaptability  of  these  plants  becomes 
better  understood.  A  great  area  of  glass 
is  now  in  use  for  Palm  culture  alone,  the 
Middle  States  being  the  center  of  this 
industry,  though  large  numbers  are  also 
grown  in  a  few  southern  states;  and 
owing  to  a  favorable  climate  and  gradu- 
ally improving  business  methods,  it 
seems  probable  that  American  growers 
will  soon  be  able  to  compete  with  their 
more  experienced  brethren  of  Europe  in 
this  class  of  plants. 

The  species  most  used  in  commercial 
horticulture  in  the  United  States  are  contained  in  a 
very  short  list,  the  greater  quantity  being  confined  to 
five  species,  namely,  Llvistona  Chinensis,  Howea  Bel- 
moreana,  Howea  Forsteriana,  Clirysalldocarpus  lutes- 
cens  and  Cocos  Weddelliana,  while  less  quantities  of 
Caryota  urens,  several  species  of  Phoenix,  P.  Canari- 
ensis  being  quite  largely  planted  outdoors  in  the  South 
and  on  portions  of  the  Pacific  coast,  Seaforthia  elegans 
and  some  others  of  the  Ptychosperma  group,  and  some 
few  Livistonas  cover  the  extent  of  the  catalogue  for 
many  growers. 

Of  these,  the  seeds  are  imported  in  a  majority  of 
cases,  and  on  the  quality  of  these  seeds  the  success  of 
the  grower  depends,  so  far  as  getting  up  a  stock  is  con- 
cerned. Most  of  these  species  germinate  readily  in 


1627.   Germination 
of  Howea  Belmoreana. 


a  warm  greenhouse,  providing  the  seeds  are  fresh,  the 
slowest  of  the  common  commercial  Palms  being  the 
Howeas.  In  small  quantities  these  seeds  are  usually 
sown  in  about  6-inch  pots,  the  pots  being  well  drained 
and  nearly  filled  with  light  soil,  then  the  seeds  sown 
thickly  and  covered  with  half  an  inch  of  soil,  watered 
thoroughly  and  placed  where  they  may  receive  the  bene- 
fit of  some  bottom  heat,  and  at  no  time  should  they  be 

allowed  to  become 
very  dry,  The  period 
required  for  germi- 
nation varies  greatly 
with  different  spe- 
cies, Livistona  Chi- 

/  I  /      /  nensis     germinating 

in  2  or  3  weeks  if 
fresh,  and  being 
ready  for  potting  in 
about  2  months, while 
seeds  of  some  of  the 
Attaleas  have  been 

f/,7 /  known  to  remain  in 

the  earth  for  fully  3 
years  before  starting. 
The    seedlings    of 
many      species      are 

very  much  alike,  the  seed-leaf  in  many  instances 
being  a  long,  narrow,  simple  leaflet,  this  de- 
scription often  applying  equally  to  the  seedlings 
of  both  fan-leaved  and  pinnate-leaved  species; 
and  from  this  fact  it  is  somewhat  difficult  to 
recognize  a  species  while  in  the  juvenile  form. 
Figs.  1624-7  show  stages  in  the  germination  of 
common  Palms.  Special  cultural  notes  for  par- 
ticular species  of  Palms  will  be  found  through- 
out the  Cyclopedia,  but  at  this  time  a  few  general 
remarks  regarding  treatment  of  Palms  as  a  whole 
may  be  admissible.  It  has  already  been  noted 
that  Palms  in  general  are  tropical  in  nature,  and 
while  there  are  a  number  of  species  that  are  found 
at  considerable  elevations,  where  the  nights  are 
decidedly  cool,  yet  in  a  young  state  the  same 
species  may  make  more  progress  in  a  night  tem- 
perature of  60°  F. ;  and  with  this  in  view,  a  mini- 
mum temperature  during  the  winter  of  56-60  °  is 
safest  for  young  and  growing  Palms,  while  an 
advance  of  15-20°  during  the  day  will  not  hurt 
them. 

An  abundance  of  water  is  required,  for  many 
Palms  grow  on  the  banks  of  rivers  or  in  swampy 
ground ;  and  even  those  found  6n  high  and  rocky 
ground  send  their  roots  down  to  such  a  depth 
as  to  find  a  liberal  water  supply. 

Some  shading  throughout  the  summer  is  best, 
the  foliage  grown  under  glass  being  more  tender 
than  that  naturally  produced  outdoors.  Repot- 
ting should  be  done  during  the  spring  and  sum- 
mer months,  preferably,  there  being  compara- 
tively little  root  action  on  the  part  of  most  Palms 
between  November  1  and  March  1.  Give  only 
moderate-sized  shifts,  that  is,  use  pots  only  1  or 
2  inches  larger,  and  always  ram  the  soil  firmly. 

Rotted  sod  is  the  basis  for  the  best  soil  for 
Palms,  and  a  fair  proportion  of  stable  manure  is 
a  safe  fertilizer,  such  a  soil  being  mixed  with 
various  proportions  of  peat  or  sand,  to  make  it 
lighter  and  more  open  for  some  delicate  species. 

Insects  are  frequently  troublesome  if  allowed 
to  gain  headway,  various  scale  insects  doing  the  great- 
est damage,  while  red  spiders  and  thrips  may  become 
established  unless  forcible  syringing  is  persisted  in. 
The  most  successful  practice  requires  close  observation 
on  the  part  of  the  grower,  and  the  prompt  removal  of 
all  insects  W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

PALM  A  Christi  is  Castor  Oil  Plant,  Bicinus. 

PALMEKfiLLA  (Dr.  Edward  Palmer,  contempora- 
neous American  botanical  collector).  Lobeliaceas.  A 
genus  of  one  species,  a  rare  herb  found  in  Lower  Calif., 
with  small  blue  fls.  like  those  of  a  Lobelia.  The  genus 
differs  from  Lobelia  in  the  remarkable  adnation  of  the 
stamens,  as  well  as  in  the  integrity  of  the  corolla-tube, 


1198 


PALMERELLA 


PANAX 


at  least  its  upper  part.  It  soon  splits  from  the  base  up- 
ward for  a  good  distance,  and,  indeed,  before  withering 
the  lower  part  of  the  corolla  is  much  disposed  to  sepa- 
rate into  five  claws  (liberating  also  the  lower  part  of 
the  filaments).  The  filaments  are  adnate  to  the  corolla- 
tube  for  a  long  distance  and  then  monadelphous  and 
adnate  on  one  side  or  the  other. 

debilis,  Gray.  Slender,  glabrous,  branching  herb: 
Ivs.  alternate,  linear-lanceolate,  entire,  sessile,  2-3  in. 
long  ;  floral  ones  gradually  reduced  to  bracts :  raceme 
lax,  few-fld. :  corolla-tube  whitish,  9  lines  long,  lobes 
light  blue,  2  of  them  smaller  than  the  others,  the  larger 
ones  3-4  lines  long.  Var.  serrata,  Gray, was  offered  in  1881 
by  E.  Gillett,  but  it  is  probably  not  in  cult,  anywhere. 

PALMETTO.     See  Sabal. 

PALMS,    POPULAR    NAMES    OF.       Alexandra    P., 

Archontophoenix  Alexandra.  Assai  P.,  Euterpe  edulis. 
Betel-nut  P.,  Areca  Catechu.  Blue  P.,  Erythea  ar- 
mata.  Bourbon  P.,  Latania.  BroomP.,  Attalea  funifera 
and  Thrinax  argentea.  Cabbage  P.,  Euterpe  oleracea. 
Club  P,,  Cordyline.  Cocoanut  P.,  Cocos  nucifera; 
Double  Cocoanut  or  Sea  Cocoanut  P.,  Lodoicea. 
Coquito  P.,  Jubcea  spectabilis.  Corojo  P.,  Acrocomia 
sclerocarpa.  Curly  P.,  Howea  Belmoreana.  Date  P., 
Phoenix  dactylifera.  European  P.,  Chamcerops  humilis. 
Fan  P.,  any  species  with  fan-shaped,  rather  than  pin- 
nate Ivs.  Fern  P.,  Cycas.  Fish-tail  P.,  Caryota  urens. 
Flat  P.,  Howea  Forsteriana.  Guadeloupe  P.,  Erythea 
edulis.  Gru-gru  P-»  Astrocaryum  vulgare  and  Acro- 
comia sclerocarpa.  Hemp  P.,  Chamcerops  excelsa.  Ivory- 
nut  P.,  Phytelephas  macrocarpa.  Norfolk  Island  P., 
JRhopalostylis  Baueri.  Oil  P.,  Elceis  Giiineensis  ;  also 
Cvcos  butyracea,  etc.  Palmetto  P.,  Sabal.  Panama-hat 
P.,  Carludovica  palmata.  Para  P.,  Euterpe  ednlis. 
Raffia  P.,  Raphia.  Royal  P.,  Oreodoxa  regia.  Sago  P., 
various  species  of  Sagus  and  Cycas.  Savanah  P.,  Sabal 
mau ritice formis.  Talipot  P.,  Corypha  umbraculifera. 
Thatch  P.,  Sabal  Blackbumiana  ;  Howea  Forsteriana. 
Toddy  P.,  Caryota  urens.  Umbrella  P.,  Hedyscepe 
Canterbury  ana.  Walking-stick  P.,  Bacularia  mono- 
stachya.  Wine  P.  of  E.  Indies,  Caryota  urens,  Phoenix 
sylvestris  and  Borassus  flabelli formis;  of  New  Granada, 
Cocos  butyracea. 

PALUMBtNA  (said  to  be  from  pa'lumbes,  wood-pig- 
eon; from  a  supposed  resemblance  of  the  fls.).  Orchi- 
dacece.  A  monotypic  genus  greatly  resembling  Oncid- 
ium,  with  which  it  was  formerly  united.  It  differs 
principally  in  having  the  lateral  sepals  entirely  united, 
forming  a  single  segment  resembling  the  dorsal  sepal 
in  shape  and  size,  the  labellum  scarcely  larger  than 
the  petals  and  resembling  them  in  shape. 

Candida,  Reichb.  f .  The  only  species  is  a  small  plant 
with  narrow,  compressed  pseudobulbs,  each  with  a  sin- 
gle slender  leaf,  6-12  in.  long:  fls.  few,  small,  white, 
in  a  slender  raceme  ;  sepals,  petals  and  labellum  ob- 
long, acute,  differing  but  little  in  size  and  shape.  Gua,te- 
maja.  B.M.  5546.  G.  C.  1865:793;  II.  20:233  (as  On- 
cidium  candidiim).—~M.ay  be  easily  grown  in  a  temper- 
ate house.  Blooms  in  summer,  the  fls.  lasting  a  long 
time-  HEINRICH  HASSELBKING. 

PAMPAS  GRASS.    See  Gynerium. 

PAN  AX  (old  Greek  name,  meaning  all -healing). 
Araliacece.  Thirty  to  40  trees  or  shrubs,  mostly  of  the 
tropics  of  Asia,  Africa,  Australia  and  the  Pacific  islands, 
as  defined  by  Bentham  &  Hooker  ( including  Nothopanax ) , 
some  of  which  are  grown  in  warmhouses  for  their  inter- 
esting habit  and  foliage.  The  genus  is  confused  in  gar- 
dens with  Aralia,Acanthopanax,Fatsia,Eleutherococcus, 
Polyscias,  and  others.  From  the  Aralia  group  it  is  dis- 
tinguished by  having  the  petals  valvate  (applied  edge- 
to-edge)  in  the  bud.  From  Polyscias,  Pseudopanax  and 
Eleutherococcus  it  is  known  by  its  gynoecium  (or  pis- 
tils) being  usually  in  2's,  rather  than  in  5's  or  higher 
numbers.  From  Fatsia  it  is  distinguished  by  having 
the  pedicel  articulated  beneath  the  flower.  See  Fatsia 
for  another  discussion  of  relationships.  Panax  has  a 
calyx  with  entire  or  5-toothed  margin,  5  valvate  petals, 


5  stamens  with  oblong  or  ovate  anthers,  usually  2-lo- 
culed  ovary  which  ripens  into  a  drupe-like  compressed 
fruit,  and  with  mostly  compound,  often  much-divided 
leaves:  fls.  small,  sometimes  polygamous,  in  umbels, 
heads,  racemes  or  panicles.  The  Panaxes  are  to  be 
grown  in  the  warmhouse,  where  they  should  have  the 
treatment  given  tropical  Aralias  (see  p.  87). 

As  defined  by  others,  the  genus  Panax  includes  only 
7  or  8  herbaceous  species,  natives  of  the  temperate  re- 
gions of  North  America  and  Asia,  while  the  woody  spe- 
cies are  referred  mostly  to  Polyscias  and  Nothopanax; 
the  species  of  the  Polyscias  have,  according  to  Harms, 
pinnate  leaves,  and  those  of  the  other  have  digitate 
or  simple  leaves.  As  thus  understood,  the  genus  Panax 
includes  the  ginseng,  P.  quinquefolium,  for  which  see 
Ginseng.  The  dwarf  ginseng  or  ground-nut  of  the 
northern  states  is  P.  tri  folium.  It  is  not  in  the  trade. 
These  two  plants  are  often  described  in  the  genus 
Aralia  as  A.  quinquefolia  and  A.  tri  folia. 

fruticdsum,  Linn.  (Nothopanax  fruticdsum,  Miq. 
Polyscias  fruticosa,  Harms).  Shrub  3-6  ft.  in  cult., 
with  pinnately  compound  Ivs.,  the  Ifts.  stalked,  ovate- 
oblong,  acuminate,  coarsely  serrate,  the  ultimate  ones 
incised,  3-lobed:  fls.  in  paniculate  umbels.  Java,  etc.— 
Prized  for  its  fern-like  foliage,  but  known  mostly  in  its 
cultivated  varieties. 

Var.  Victdriee  (P.  Victorice,  Hort.).  Fig.  1628.  A 
compact  form  which  constantly  sends  up  new  stalks: 
foliage  recurving,  cut,  curled  and  tasselled.  light  green, 
with  white  -  variegated 
margins.  G.C.  II.  19: 
405.  I.H.  31:521?  An 
excellent  table  plant. 
Through  inadvertence, 
Fig.  1628  was  used  in 
the  place  of  Aralia 
Guilfoylei,  p.  87,1st  ed. 

Var.  laciniatum  (P. 
laciniatum,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  twice  -  pinnate, 
drooping,  about  as 
broad  as  long,  tinted 
with  olive-brown,  the 
leaflets  and  divisions 
narrow.  Very  grace- 
ful. 

Var.  exc61sum  (P. 
excelsum,  Hort.?). 
Lvs.  very  finely  cut  and  fern-like,  margined  with  white. 

Var.  plumatum  (P.  plumdtum,  Hort.).  More  finely 
cut  than  var.  laciniatum,  and  differing  from  var.  excel- 
sum in  having  no  white  on  the  foliage. 

ISpidum,  Bull.  Compact:  Ivs.  biternately  divided, 
the  end  division  largest;  pinnules  or  ultimate  leaflets 
obliquely  obovate,  the  central  one  in  each  case  small 
(sometimes  almost  rudimentary)  and  more  or  less  cov- 
ered by  its  two  lateral  ones,  the  margins  spiny-toothed 
and  cut.  Brazil.  Recent. 

nitidum,  Bull.  Compact :  Ivs.  roundish  obovate, 
toothed  and  somewhat  spiny,  sometimes  with  deep  in- 
cisions. Brazil.  Recent. 

aureum,  Sander.  "A  distinct  elegant  and  highly  at- 
tractive Panax,  the  whole  leafage  being  suffused  with  a 
delicate  golden  green  variegation.  The  habit  is  similar 
to  that  of  P.  Victorice,  quite  as  compact  and  bushy,  but 
not  heavy  in  the  slightest  sense  of  the  word.  Individ- 
ually the  leaves  are  small,  the  edges  finely  serrated, 
while  near  the  margins  are  several  splashes  of  clear 
green."—  Sander. 

Balfourii,  Sander.  "A  decided  acquisition  for  all  dec- 
orative requirements,  strikingly  and  profusely  varie- 
gated. Its  luxuriant  pinnate  leafage  renders  its  deep 
green  and  creamy  white  coloring  the  more  attractive. 
Each  of  the  pinnae  forming  the  leaf  is  orbicular  in 
outline  and  deeply  serrated,  of  a  rich  ivy  green,  abun- 
dantly splashed  with  creamy  white,  the  edges  of  the 
leaves  being  entirely  white.  The  stems  are  bronze- 
green,  specked  with  gray.  The  habit  is  compact  and 
bushy,  well  feathered  from  base  to  apex  with  foliage. 
Intro'duced  by  us  through  our  collector,  Micholitz,  from 
New  Caledonia."— 


1628.  Panax  fruticosum, 
var.  Victoriae. 


PAN  AX 

The  above  comprise  all  the  Panaxes  known  to  have  been  of- 
fered in  the  American  trade,  but  there  are  many  novelties  in 
Old  World  collections,  which  may  appear  here  at  any  time. 
The  garden  plants  are  often  named  before  they  have  bloomed, 
and  are  therefore  sometimes  referred  to  the  wrong  genus. 
Some  of  the  names  are  here  given:  P.  crispittum,  Bull.  Dwarf: 
Ivs.  triangular,  pinnate,  the  Ifts.  deeply  incised  and  toothed, 
the  lateral  ones  overlapping.  Brazil.— P.  Deleauanum,  Hort., 
is  properly  P.  fruticosum,  var.  Deleauanum,  N.  E.  Brown.  A 
remarkable  variation  with  digitate  Ivs.,  the  divisions  ternate 
or  2- ternate,  the  ultimate  segments  variable,  but  cuneate  at 
base,  toothed  and  cut  and  white-toothed.  Polynesia,  I.H. 
30:492.  Known  also  as  Aralia  Deleauana.— P.  diffitsum,  Bull. 
Form  of  P.  fruticosum,  with  bright  green,  crisped  Ifts.,  which 
are  linear-oblong  and  spiny  -  toothed.  Polynesia.— P.  dissec- 
tum,  Bull.  Erect,  branching,  the  2-pinnate  Ivs.  drooping,  the 
Ifts.  cuneate-obovate  and  toothed  and  often  2-lobed.— P.  dumb- 
sum,  Bull.  Short-stemmed:  Ivs.  roundish  ovate,  pinnately 
divided,  the  variable  ultimate  divisions  spine-toothed.— P.  fis- 
sum.  Bull.  Stem  marked  with  pallid  spots:  Ivs.  3-pinnate,  the 
Ifts.  linear-lanceolate  and  whitish  toothed.  Polynesia.— P. 
Mastersidiiitm,  Sander.  Of  climbing  habit,  with  long-stalked 
drooping  pinnate  Ivs.  about  3  ft.  long,  the  petiole  greenish, 
tinged  with  pink  and  marked  with  white,  the  Ifts.  oblong-lan- 
ceolate and  toothed.  Solomon  islands.  G.C.  III.  23:242.— P. 
multifidum,  Hort.,  is  properly  P.  fruticosum,  var.  multifidum, 
N.  E.  Brown.  Compact  plant,  with  3-pinnatisect  Ivs.  and  lin- 
ear^or  linear-lanceolate  segments  %  in-  or  less  long,  with  bris- 
tly teeth.— P.  Murray  i,  Muell.  (Aralia  splendidissima,  Hort.). 
Tree  in  its  native  place,  with  drooping,  shining  green  pinnate 
Ivs.  3-4  ft.  long,  and  many  oblong-lanceolate  Ifts.  3-6  in.  long: 
umbels  of  brownish  fls.  in  long,  terminal  panicles.  S.  Sea 
islands,  Austral.  B.M.  6798.— P.  orndtum,  Bull.  Lvs.  long, 
pinnate,  the  Ifts.  narrow-lanceolate  and  deeply  blunt-toothed. 
Brazil. — P.  sessiliflorum,  Rupr.  &  Max.,  is  described  in  Acan- 
thopanax,  its  proper  genus.  L.  H  B 

PANCRATIUM  (Latin,  all-power fill;  referring  to  sup- 
posed medicinal  value).  AmarylliddLcece.  Pancratiums 
and  Hyuienocallis,  sometimes  called  Spider  Lilies  or 
Spirit  Lilies,  form  a  beautiful  group  of  bulbs,  hardy  or 
tender,  some  blooming  in  winter,  others  in  summer, 
and  all  characterized  by  the  singular  and  beautiful  floral 
structure  known  as  a  staminal  cup  and  pictured  in  Vol. 
II  at  page  788.  This  cup  is  white  and  has  the  texture  of 
petals.  It  is  fringed  or  toothed  in  a  great  variety  of 
ways.  The  filaments  growing  out  of  the  cup  are  long 
or  short.  The  perianth  segments  are  generally  long, 
slender  and  gracefully  recurved.  Thus  many  fanciful 
variations  of  the  Spider  Lily  type  are  produced. 

The  names  of  these  charming  plants  have  been 
shifted  back  and  forth  between  Pancratiums  and  Hy- 
menocallis  until  horticulturists  have  come  to  despair. 
The  latest  monographer  of  the  Amaryllis  family  (J.  G. 
Baker,  in  Handbook  of  the  Amaryllidese,  1888),  distin- 
guishes the  two  genera  as  follows:  Pancratium  has 
many  ovules  in  a  cell  and  the  seeds  are  black  and 
angled  by  pressure;  Hymenocallis  has  few  ovules  in  a 
cell,  and  the  seeds  are  usually  solitary,  large,  and  with 
a  thick,  green,  spongy  coat.  Pancratium  is  an  Old 
World  genus :  Hymenocallis  is  a  New  World  genus,  H. 
Senegambica,  an  African  species,  being  an  exception. 

For  generic  description  and  culture,  see  Hymenocallis . 
Also  notes  by  Miss  L.  Greenlee  in  Vick's  Mag.  20:181, 
where,  however,  the  picture  labeled  P.  ornatum  prob- 
ably represents  P.  or«/»w, which  is  Hymenocallis  ovata. 

A.    Perianth-tube  1-3  in.  long. 

B.    Staminal  cup  small,  3-4  lines  long. 

Illyricum,  Linn.     Fig.  1629.     Lvs.  5-6,  strap-shaped, 

glaucous,  l%-2  in.  wide:  scape  1  ft.  or  more  long:  fls. 

6-12  in  a  centripetal  umbel;  perianth -tube  1  in.  long; 

segments  1%  in.  long;   staminal  cup  with  long,  narrow, 

2-cut  teeth;    free  portion  of  filaments  6-9  lines  long: 

seeds   not    compressed.     Summer.     Corsica,    Sardinia, 

Malta,  S.  Italy.     B.M.  718.     On.  48,  p.  246. -Hardiest, 

commonest  and  best. 

BB.    Staminal  cup  large,  1  in.  long. 

maritimum,  Linn.  Fig.  1629.  Lvs.  5-6,  linear,  glau- 
cous, persistent,  finally  2-2 %  ft.  long:  fls.  very  fra- 
grant; perianth-tube  2-3  in.  long;  Staminal  cup  very 
prominent,  the  teeth  short,  triangular  and  regular ; 
free  part  of  filaments  3  lines  long.  Spain  to  Syria. 
B.R.  2:161. 

AA.    Perianth-tube  5-6  in.  long. 

tortuosum,  Herb.  Same  section  as  P.  I'erecundum, 
shown  in  Fig.  1629,  but  not  in  the  trade.  Lvs.  6-12, 

76 


PANDANUS 


1199 


linear,  spirally  twisted:  fls.  2-4  in  an  umbel;  staminal 
cup  over  1  in.  long,  distinctly  toothed  between  the  short 
free  tips  of  the  filaments.  Autumn  and  winter.  Arabia 
and  Egypt. 


1629.  Pancratium :  types  of  three  sections  of. 

At  the  right,  the  short  perianth-tube  and  small  stam- 
inal cup  of  P.  Illyricum.  At  the  left,  the  relatively 
short  tube  and  large  cup  of  P.  maritimum.  At  the 
top,  the  long  tube  and  small  cup  of  P.  verecundum,  to 
which  P.  tortuosum  is  very  closely  allied.  (From  B.M. 
and  B.R.) 

P.  Amdncces,  Ker.=  Hymenocallis  Amancaes. —  P.  amaenum, 
Andrv=H.  ovata.  — P.  calathlnum,  Ker.  =  H.  calathina.  — P. 
Caribceum,  Linn.=  H.  Caribsaa. —  P.  corondrium,  Le  Conte  = 
H.  crassifolia.  — P.  floribundum,  Hort.  Saul,  1893,  is  not  ac- 
counted for  by  Baker.— P.  frdgrans,  Salisb.=H.  ovata,  but  P. 
fragrans,  Willd.=  H.  Caribaaa. —  P.  Qalvestonense,  Hort.,  pre- 
sumably =H.  Galvestonensis.— P.  Hdrrisii,  Hort.,  is  presum- 
ably H.  Harrisiana.  —  P.  littordle,  Jacq.  =  H.  littoralis.— P. 
Mexicanum=  H.  lacera. — P.  ovdtum,  Mill.  =  H.  ovata.—  P.  ro- 
tdtum,  Ker.  =  H.  lacera.  —P.  undulatum,  HBK.=  H.  undulata. 

W.  M. 

PANDANUS  (Latinized  Malayan  name).  Pandanacece. 
SCREW  PINE.  Screw  Pines  are  tropical  plants  often  at- 
taining the  size  of  trees,  and  remarkable  for  their  stilt- 
like  aerial  roots,  and  the  perfect  spiral  arrangement  of 
their  long,  sword-shaped  Ivs.  Their  general  appearance 
is  singular.  See  Fig.  1633.  They  hold  aloft  a  few 
long,  scarred,  naked  branches,  each  one  of  which  is 
crowned  by  a  tuft  of  Ivs.  The  aerial  roots  gradually 
lift  the  trunks  out  of  the  ground,  but  they  doubtless 
anchor  the  trees  also.  They  are,  however,  difficult 
organs  to  explain.  Pandanuses  are  also  remarkable  for 
their  spines,  which  are  rather  small  but  very  numer- 
ous, all  the  same  size  and  arranged  at  regular  intervals 
along  the  whole  of  each  gracefully  recurved  sword- 
shaped  leaf  —  a  perfect  expression  of  formal  linear 
beauty. 

Two  species  of  Pandanus  are  of  the  first  importance, 
P.  Veitchii  and  P.  utilis,  the  former  variegated,  the 
latter  not.  ( See  Figs.  1630-32. )  Young  plants  of  these  are 
amongst  the  most  popular  of  all  foliage  plants  for  home 
decoration.  They  are  especially  suited  for  fern  pans 
and  table  decoration.  They  are  grown  to  a  very  large 
extent  by  wholesale  florists  and  palm  specialists.  Every 
conservatory  has  them,  and  occasionally  P.  utili*  is 


1200 


PANDANUS 


PANDANUS 


grown  to  a  considerable  age  and  height  for  the  sake  of 
a  perfect  specimen  of  the  spiral  habit  of  growth  on  a 
large  scale.  See  Fig.  1631.  In  the  tropics  P.  utilis  is 
as  valuable  to  the  natives  as  many  palms.  The  fruits 
are  edible,  and  the  roots  furnish  fiber  for  ropes,  bas- 
kets, mats  and  hats,  as  do  also  the  leaves,  which  are 
used  in  making  paper  and  nets.  In  Mauritius  the  leaves 
of  P.  odoratissimus  are  used  to  make  the  bags  in  which 
coffee,  sugar  and  grain  are  exported. 

Screw  Pines  are  widely  distributed  in  the  tropics,  but 
they   are   most   plentiful    in    the   Malay   Archipelago. 


1630.   Pandanus  Veitchii. 

There  are  more  than  50  species.  Trees  or  shrubs,  rarely 
stemless  or  prostrate  herbs:  trunk  slender  or  robust: 
Ivs.  very  long  or  moderately  so.  There  is  only  one 
other  genus  in  the  order,— Freycinetia.  This  has  nu- 
merous ovules  in  the  locules,  while  those  of  Pandanus 
are  solitary  in  the  carpels.  Also  Freycinetias  are  usu- 
ally scandent. 

The  botany  of  Pandanus  is  almost  hopeless.  Panda- 
nus presents  an  acute  example  of  the  stock  difficulties 
with  foliage  plants :  flowers  and  fruits  rarely  produced 
in  cultivation  ;  no  monograph  ;  original  descriptions 
scattered  through  many  rare  and  costly  books,  and 
often  faulty;  geographical  distribution  too  wide  ever 
to  permit  them  to  be  accounted  for  in  one  flora;  fls.  and 
fr.  too  complicated  and  out  of  the  ordinary  to  describe 
within  reasonable  limits;  species  coming  and  going; 
mixtures  in  the  trade.  Even  the  standard  botanical 
works  are  of  little  help  to  the  horticulturist,  for  the  two 
points  of  view  have  scarcely  anything  in  common.  But 
Pandanus  has  peculiar  difficulties,  for  the  plants  are 
dioscious,  and  one  never  knows  what  the  sex  will  be 
until  the  plants  flower.  There  is  a  good  horticultural 
review  of  Pandanus  in  Gn.  25,  p.  134  (1884),  but  the 
best  account  is  that  written  by  W.  H.  Taplin  for  the 
Florists'  Review  2:387,  which  has  been  revised  for 
the  present  occasion  by  Mr.  Taplin.  -y?  M. 

In  general,  the  species  of  Pandanus  are  not  difficult 
to  manage  and  under  favorable  conditions  they  are  rapid 
growers.  They  require  a  high  temperature,  65-70°, 
and  little  or  no  shading  during  the  winter  month  s,  es- 
pecially for  the  variegated  kinds.  A  satisfactory  soil  is 
good  loam  enriched  with  old  manure.  As  the  plants 
make  many  coarse  roots,  it  is  best  not  to  pot  them  too 
firmly,  and  during  the  summer  to  give  them  abundance 
of  water.  If  the  atmosphere  is  moist  there  is  little  need 
for  syringing  overhead,  and  particularly  during  winter. 
Overwatering,  if  coupled  with  an  accidental  low  tem- 
perature, may  lead  to  an  attack  of  "spot." 

Certain  species>  as  P.  Veitchii,  produce  suckers  freely. 
Cuttings  of  these  root  easily  at  any  season.  Rooting  is 
hastened  (as  in  the  case  of  the  pine-apple)  by  keeping 
the  cuttings  somewhat  on  the  dry  side  until  they  are 


callused,  meanwhile  giving  them  a  fair  amount  of  bot- 
tom heat. 

P.  utilis  is  propagated  by  seeds,  which  are  a  regular 
commodity  and  sure  to  germinate  well.  Seeds  should 
be  planted  in  light  soil  and  placed  in  a  warmhouse. 
The  seeds  should  be  set  "bottom  up,"  as  this  is  the  end 
from  which  the  germs  emerge.  The  seeds  are  odd-look- 
ing, being  closely  set  in  a  more  or  less  globular  mass 
that  hangs  down  on  a  stout  stem,  while  the  individual 
seeds,  or  rather  fruits,  are  compound  and  often  contain 
8  or  10  germs,  the  latter  being  inclosed  in  cells  of  a 
tough,  horny  substance  within  the  body  of  the  fruit. 
Some  gardeners  soak  the  seeds  before  planting,  but 
the  writer  has  found  no  gain  after  soaking  seeds  of  P. 
utilis  for  48  hours  in  tepid  water. 

P.  Veitchii  is  one  of  the  very  best  variegated  plants 
for  decorative  purposes.  Its  endurance  as  a  house 
plant  depends  largely  on  the  conditions  under  which 
it  has  been  grown.  Soft  and  sappy  specimens  are  liable 
to  rot. 

P.  utilis  is  second  in  importance  in  the  trade,  but  is 
usually  obtainable  in  much  larger  quantities  owing  to 
the  readiness  with  which  the  seeds  may  be  obtained  and 
germinated.  Plants  in  3-inch  pots,  8  inches  high,  retail 
at  about  25  cents;  plants  in  6-inch  pots,  18  inches  high, 
about  $1.  Handsome  specimens  3  feet  or  more  high, 
with  the  screw  character  well  developed,  are  worth 
from  $5  to  $10.  P.  utilis  is  a  rapid  grower  and  requires 
generous  treatment  as  regards  soil  and  water,  and  gives 
little  trouble  unless  spot  develops.  The  spot  is  caused 
by  the  burrowing  of  a  minute  insect  in  the  leaf.  Its  pro- 
gress seems  to  be  favored  by  overwatering.  Badly 
affected  plants  should  be  thrown  away,  as  they  are 
likely  to  be  permanently  disfigured.  In  case  of  a  light 
attack,  keep  the  plants  somewhat  drier  and  dose  them 
with  sulfur. 

Among  variegated  kinds  P.  Candelabrum,  var.  varie- 
gatus,  is  perhaps  second  in  beauty  only  to  P.  Veitchii, 
but,  unfortunately,  it  is  too  spiny  and  the  spines  on  the 
lower  side  are  reversed,  so  that  the  plant  is  difficult  to 
handle.  It  suckers  freely. 

Among  dwarf  kinds  P.  graminifolius  excels.  It  is 
only  2-3  ft.  high  when  fully  developed,  and  it  is  at  its 
best  in  a  4-  or  5-inch  pot.  It  is  suitable  for  the  center  of 
fern  pans  and  is  readily  increased  by  cuttings. 

For  large  specimens  P.  heterocarpus  is  a  noble  plant. 
It  is  rather  susceptible  to  overwatering  in  winter.  The 
writer  has  never  seen  it  produce  suckers.  The  same 
is  true  of  P.  Vandermeeschii.  Theoretically,  any  Pan- 
danus will  produce  suckers  if  one  has  the  patience  to 
wait  for  them  to  develop  on  old  specimens,  or  if  the  cen- 
tral growth  be  cut  out. 

Among  the  more  spiny  kinds  P.  reflexus  is  unique  in 
habit,  the  leaves  of  a  well-grown  plant  being  so  much 
recurved  as  to  hide  the  pot. 

P.  Baptistii  and  P.  caricosus  are  newer  sorts.  The 
former  is  variegated.  P.  caricosus  is  dwarfer  than 
P.  Baptistii,  and  has  narrow,  green  leaves  but  little 
armed  with  spines.  It  branches  freely  and  might  be 
briefly  described  as  a  very  strong  P.  graminifolius r 
though  perhaps  less  useful  for  trade  purposes. 

W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

Pandanus  Sanderi,  or  as  it  has  been  termed  the 
"Golden  Pandanus,"  will  not  only  become  a  great  rival 
to  the  popular  Pandanus  Veitchii,  but  will,  as  soon  as 
it  is  introduced  and  can  be  produced  in  quantity,  out- 
rank it  as  a  commercial  plant  on  account  of  its  more 
decided,  intense  and  attractive  markings.  The  variega- 
tion of  P.  Sanderi  is  of  a  pleasing  creamy  yellow,  dis- 
tributed in  some  instances  with  alternate  bands  of 
green,  while  in  others  the  half  of  an  entire  leaf  will  be 
marked  with  this  creamy  yellow  variegation,  while  the 
young  growth  in  the  center  assumes  an  orange  bronze 
color.  The  entire  plant  is  suffused  with  a  golden  sheen 
in  a  manner  difficult  to  describe. 

The  variegation  throughout  the  plant  is  more  decided 
than  in  P.  Veitchii,'  this  especially  appears  to  be  the 
case  in  larger-sized  specimens,  say  in  plants  3  to  4  feet 
high,  where  the  lower  or  older  leaves  attain  a  much 
more  brilliant  color,  while  in  P.  Veitchii  this  lower  foli- 
age loses  much  of  its  original  brightness,  and  under 
ordinary  circumstances  frequently  turns  entirely  green. 


PANDANUS 


PANDANUS 


1201 


The  growth  of  the  plant  also  appears  more  graceful, 
the  leaves  being  recurved  in  a  more  pleasing  manner, 
and  suckers  very  freely.  j.  D.  EISELE. 

INDEX. 

Baptistii,  3.  graminifolius,  8.  reflexus,  13. 

Candelabrum,  2.  14,  heterocarpus,  10.  Sanderi,  4. 

caricosus,  11.  Javanicus,  2.  utilis,  5. 

Forsteri,  6.  odoratissimus,  12.  Vandermeeschii,  15. 

Fosterianus,  6.  ornatus,  10  variegatus,  2,  12. 

furcatus,  9.  pygmseus,  7.  Veitehii,  1. 

A.  Foliage  variegated. 

B.  Lvs.  variegated  with  white. 

c.  Midrib  not  white 1.  Veitehii 

cc.  Midrib  white 2.  Candelabrum 

var.  variegatus 

BB.  Lvs.  variegated  with  yellow. 
c.  Yellow  stripe  down  the  cen- 
ter    3.  Baptistii 

cc.  Yellow    stripes    alternating 

with  green 4.  Sanderi 

AA.  Foliage  not  variegated. 
B.  Spines  reasonably  short, 
c.  Habit  of  Ivs.  stiff,  erect. 

D.  Color  of  spines  red 5.  utilis 

DD.  Color  of  spines  yellowish 

green 6.  Forsteri 

cc.  Habit  of  Ivs.  more  or  less 
recurved:  color  of  spines 
usually  white. 

D.  Growth  dwarf 7.  pygmaeus 

8.  graminifolius 
DD.  Growth  strong 9.  furcatus 

10.  heterocarpus 

11.  caricosus 

12.  odoratissimus 
BB.  Spines  disagreeably  long. 

c.  Habit  of  Ivs.  very  much  re- 
flexed  13.  reflexus 

cc.  Habit  of  Ivs.  more  or  less  re- 
curved   14.  Candelabrum 

CCC.  Habit   of   Ivs.   stiff,   nearly 

erect 15.  Vandermeeschii 

1.  Veitehii,  Hort.    Fig.  1630.    Lvs.  2  ft.  long,  broader 
than  in  P.  utilis,  somewhat  recurved,  spiny,  dark  green 
in  the  center,  margined  with    broad   bands   of  white. 
Polynesia.   A.F.  4:570.    F.  1871,  p.  177.    Gn.  2,  p.  501. 

2.  Candelabrum,  var.  variegatus,  Hort.  (P.  Javanicus, 
var.  variegatus,  Hort.).    Lvs.  3-6  ft.  or  more  long,  mar- 
gined white;    marginal    spines   white;    spines  on  the 
midrib  of  the  lower  surface  reversed.    Java.    F.R.  2 :389. 
V.  9:20.    Lowe   36.  — Perhaps  ranks   second    in   beauty 
only  to  P.  Veitehii,  but  unfortunately  it  is  too  spiny. 
Lvs.  drooping,  narrower  than  in  P.  Veitehii.    See  No.  14. 

3.  Baptistii,    Hort.,    offered    by    Saul    and 
Pitcher  &  Manda ;  has  a  yellow  stripe  down  the 
center.    Taplin  says  it  is  a  rapid   grower.     Not 
in  Index  Kewensis. 

4.  Sanderi,  Hort.  Sander.    Habit  tufted :  Ivs. 
30  in.  long,  with  minute  marginal  spines,  not 
unlike  those  of  P.  Veitehii  but  of  denser  habit, 
and  differing  much  in  the   variegation,  which 

in  this  case  is  golden  yellow,  and  in  place  of  being  con- 
fined to  the  margin,  or  nearly  so,  it  is  distributed  in 
narrow  bands  of  yellow  and  green  in  alternation  through- 
out the  length  of  its  leaf.  G.C.  III.  23:249.  R.H.  1898, 
p.  230.  G.M.  41:686.  A.G.  19: 455. -Taplin  says  it  is  a 
rapid  grower. 

5.  utilis,  Bory.    Figs.  1631-3.    Attains  60  feet  in  Mada- 
gascar:   Ivs.  glaucous,  erect,  1-2%  ft.  long,  spines  red. 
Madagascar.     Here  may  belong  I.  H.  7:265  (P.  mauri- 
tianus);   B.M.  5014  (P.  Candelabrum);    R.H.  1866:270 
(P.  flageUiformis,  or  flabelliformis) .   A.F.  4:571. -Nich- 
olson refers  P.  odoratissimus  to  P.  utilis. 

6.  F6rsteri,  Moore  (P.  Fosterianus,  Hort.  Siebrecht). 
Lord  Howe's   Island.     Better  accounted  for  in  Voss' 
scheme  on  next  page. 

7.  pygmaeus,  Thore.    Low,  spreading  shrub,  not  over 
2  ft.  high  in  the  center,  but  sending  out  from  the  base 
numerous  horizontal,  rooting,  annulated  branches:  Ivs. 


about  4  ft.  long,  spirally  arranged  in3's,  linear-subulate, 
with  a  clasping  base;  margins  and  keels  fringed  with 
small  white  spines.  Mascarenes.  The  above  descrip- 
tion taken  from  B.M.  4736,  which  is  a  doubtful  specimen. 

8.  graminifdlius,  Kurz.     Lvs.  12-18  in.  long  by  3-4 
lines  wide;  marginal  spines  minute,  straight.    Burma. 
P.  graminifolius  of  the  trade  has  never  been  carefully 
distinguished   from   P.   pygmceus,    and,    according    to 
Nicholson,  it  is  a  species  of  Freycinetia.    F.R.  2:388, 
where  Taplin  says  it  has  a  tufted,  much-branched  habit, 
dark  green  Ivs.  about  K  in.  wide,  not  so  stiff  as  most 
species;  spines  short,  whitish. 

9.  furcatus,    Roxb.     Tree,  attaining  30-40   ft.:    Ivs. 
15-20  ft.  long,  somewhat  glaucous  beneath ;  spines  1-2 
lines  long,  curved.    India.     R.H.   1879:290;    1881,   pp. 
174,  175. 

10.  heterocarpus,  Balf.  f.    Branching  tree,  with  slen- 
der trunk,  very  numerous  roots  and  spreading  branches : 
Ivs.  lanceolate-acuminate,  dilated  and  clasping  at  the 
base,  erect-spreading,  leathery,  strict,  greenish,  often 
somewhat  glaucous  at  the  base,  rather  flat  margin  cov- 
ered with  small  red,  slightly  incurved  spines;    lower 
midrib  furnished  from  the  middle  with  distant  spines 
of  the  same  character.    Mascarene  Islands.— A  very  va- 
riable species,  approaching  P.  utilis,  but  distinguished 
by  habit.    Taplin  says  that  P.  ornatus  of  the  trade  is 
synonymous  with  P.  heterocarpus :    "  Strong-growing, 
with  broad,  dark  green  foliage;    spines  white;    under 
side  of  Ivs.  slightly  glaucous." 

11.  caricdsus,  Spreng.    Shrub:  Ivs.  5-8 ft.  by 2-2 Kin., 
slightly  glaucous;  spines  minute,  white,  relatively  few: 
male  inflorescence  erect.    Moluccas.    R.H.  1878,  p.  405. 
—Offered  by  Van  Geert,  of  Belgium. 

12.  odoratissimus,  Linn,  f .    Height  20  ft. :  Ivs.  light 
green,  3-5  ft.  long;  spines  short,  white.    India,  Arabia. 
G.C.  III.  17:14.— A  scent  which  is  much  esteemed  in  Java 
is  obtained  from  the  male  fls.   The  above  description  is 
from  Nicholson.    The  species  is  not  satisfactorily  ac- 
counted for  in  the  Flora  of  British  India.    Var.  varie- 
gatus, Hort.,  secured  by  Reasoner  from  the  West  Indies, 
is  identical  with  what  the  florists  call  P.  Javanicus. 

13.  refl6xus,Lodd.  Lvs.  more  completely  recurved  than 
in  other  common  species,  5-6  ft.  long,  dark  green,  shin- 
ing;   spines  long,  white,  those  on  the  midrib  of  the 
lower  side  reversed.    Mascarene  Islands.    F.R.  2:387. 
—Adv.  1895  by  Pitcher  &  Manda. 


1631.  Pandanus  utilis. 

A  young  Screw  Pine  just  beginning  to  show  the  spiral 
character. 

14.  Candelabrum,  Beauv.  CANDELABRUM  TREE. 
CHANDELIER  TREE.  Tree,  attaining  30  ft.  "Lvs.  3  ft. 
by  2  in.,  dark  green ;  spines  brown  "  (Nicholson ) .  Trop. 
A'frica.  B.M.  5014  is  doubtful,  referred  to  P.  utilis. -Not 


1202 


PANDANUS 


PANICULARIA 


advertised  in  Arner.,  but  for  the  popular  variegated 
form,  see  No.  2. 

15.  Vandermeeschii,  Balf.  f.  Lvs.  stiff,  suberect, 
2%-3  ft.  long,  l%-2  in.  broad,  very  glaucous;  margins 
red  and  thickened;  spines  strong,  red;  midrib  red, 
prominent,  spiny.  Attains  20  ft.  in  Mascarenes.  G.C. 
III.  18:237.  — Taplin  says  it  is  stouter  and  usually  more 
upright  than  P.  Veitchii;  its  Ivs.  are  dark  green  and  the 
plant  does  not  produce  suckers.  The  spelling  Vander- 
meerschii  is  probably  incorrect. 

ANOTHER  VIEW  OF  PANDANUS. 

In  the  third  edition  of  Vilmorin's  Blumengartnerei, 
Voss  gives  a  very  different  treatment  of  Pandanus.  It 
has  every  evidence  of  being  based  upon  living  plants  in 
German  conservatories.  A  portion  of  it  is  here  trans- 
lated a'nd  rearranged.  Voss  makes  the  species-endings 
feminine  because  of  the  old  Latin  rule  about  the  gender 
of  trees. 

INDEX  TO  VOSS'  SCHEME. 

Candelabrum,  3.  laevis,  5.  pygmaea,  6. 

caricosa,  2.  Madagascariensis,  reflexa,  4. 

Forsteri,  1.  1.  utilis,  1. 

furcata,  2.  nitida,  7.  Vandermeeschii,  1. 

graminifolia,  6,  7.  odoratissima,  1,  5.  Veitchii,  8. 

Javanica,  8.  ornata,  4. 

A.   Young  plants  with  imbranched  stems. 
B.   Upper  side  of  Ivs.  flat  on  each  half. 

1.  utilis,  Linn.  (P.  odoratissima,  Jacq.).    Margin  of 
Ivs.  purplish  red,  strongly  spiny:  lower  side  of  Ivs.  with 
a  keel.    Var.  Madagascariensis,  Van  Houtte  (P.  Van- 
dermeeschii, Balf. ) .    Lvs.  thickly  white -powdered  at  the 
base.   P.  Forsteri,  Moore,  from  Lord  Howe's  Island :  Ivs. 
light  green  and  shining  above,  bluish  green  beneath; 
spines  yellowish  green. 

BB.   Upper  side  of  Ivs.  more  or  less  keeled  on  each  half. 

2.  furcata,  Roxb.  (P.  caricdsa,  Hort. ) .   A  fast  grower; 
large  specimens  occasionally  flower  in  German  conser- 
vatories and  then  branch.     Lvs.  light  green;    spines 
lighter,  marginal  ones  erect,  those  of  the  keel  below 
recurved. 

3.  Candelabrum,  Beauv.    In  this  and  No.  2  the  stems 
are  thin  and  the  aerial  roots  very  thick.   Lvs.  blue-green ; 


1632.  Young  specimen  of  Pandanus  utilis, 
(Rather  narrower-lvd.  than  the  type). 

spines  light  colored,  tipped  brown.  The  inference  is 
that  this  species  is  distinguished  from  No.  2  by  the 
spines  of  the  lower  keel  not  being  recurved. 


AA.   Young  plants  with  scarcely  any  stem. 
4.  reflexa,  de  Vriese.    Lvs.  strongly  reflexed;  spines 
on  margin  and 'lower  keel  strong;  no  keels  above.    P. 
ornata,  Lam.,  lacks  the  spines  on  the  lower  keel,  but  is 
otherwise  the  same. 


1633.  Pandanus  utilis. 


An  old  Screw  Pine  in  the  tropics. 
The  Garden.) 


(Adapted  from 


AAA.   Young  plants  freely  branched  from  the  ground. 
B.  Spines  absent  or  only  a  few  at  the  apex  of  Ivs. 

5.  laevis,   Roxb.    (P.   odoratissima,   Noronha).     (Not 
adv.  in  America,  but  inserted  because  of  its  synonym 
and  the  interest  attaching  to  a  spineless  Pandanus.) 

BB.  Spines  present  and  sharp. 
c.   Upper  side  of  Ivs.  flat  on  each  half. 

6.  pygmaea,  Thouars  (P.  graminifdlia,  Hort. ) .   Dwarf, 
and  densely  bushy,  with  many  aerial  roots:    Ivs.  dark 
green;  marginal  spines  whitish. 

CC.   Upper  side  of  Ivs.  more  or  less  keeled  on  each  half. 

7.  nitida,  Kurz^.  (P.  graminifdlia,  Hort.).    Shrubby, 
attaining  8  ft.   Lvs.  remarkably  shiny  on  both  sides ;  the 
lower  keel  lacks  spines. 

8.  Javanica,  Hort.     Bushy:    Ivs.  dark   green   above, 
only  slightly  shining,  beautifully  striped  with  white; 
marginal  spines  straight;  spines  of  the  lower  keel  bent 
back.     P.   Veitchii,  Lem.     Lvs.  shining  on  both  sides, 
striped  yellowish  white,  sometimes  all  yellowish  white; 
spines  not  half  as  long  as  in  P.  Javanica.          ^  ]\j 

PANICULARIA  (Latin  name  referring  to  the  pani- 
cled  spikelets).  Glyceria  of  the  trade.  Graminece.  A 
large  genus  of  swamp  grasses  inhabiting  all  parts  of 
the  temperate  zone,  and  characterized  by  ample  pani- 
cles, many-fld.  spikelets  with  only  the  2  lower  glumes 
empty;  the  others  firm  in  texture,  obtuse,  strongly  5-7- 
nerved,  rounded  on  the  back,  and  without  cobwebby 
hairs;  styles  present.  Only  the  following  are  in  the 
American  trade : 

Americana,  MacM.  ( Glyceria  grdndis,Wa,ts.,  also  Hort. 
Glyceria  aq^ldtica,  Amer.  authors).  REED  MEADOW- 
GRASS.  Tall,  erect  and  stout  (3-5  ft.  high),  glabrous: 
Ivs.  large  and  broad  (3-8  lines  broad),  spreading:  pani- 
cle very  large  (8-15  in.  long),  mostly  dark  brown,  its 


PANICULARIA 

branches  long  and  spreading:  spikelets  4-7-fld.,  2-3 
lines  long:  flowering  glumes  1  line  long.  North  America. 
—  Good  for  planting  in  wet  places  for  the  margins  of 
aquatic  gardens,  etc. 

nervata,  Kuntze  (Glyceria  nervata,  Trin.,also  Hort.). 
NERVED  MANNA-GRASS.  Lower  and  more  slender  (1-3 
ft.  high),  erect,  glabrous:  Ivs.  much  smaller  (2-3  lines 
wide) :  panicle  3-8  in.  long,  greenish,  its  branches  long 
and  spreading:  spikelets  3-7-fld.,  1-1%  lines  long; 
flowering  glumes  three-fourths  of  a  line  long.  North 
America.— A  graceful  native  grass  growing  in  damp 
ground  or  shady  places.  K.  M>  WIEGAND. 

PANICUM  (old  Latin  name  of  Italian  millet,  Setaria 
Jf ulica,  said  to  be  derived  from  paniculum,  a  panicle; 
alluding  to  the  usual  form  of  the  inflorescence). 
Gramlnece.  An  immense  genus  of  grasses  scattered 
over  the  world,  especially  in  the  tropics.  Several  hun- 
dred species  have  been  described,  while  conservative 
authorities  place  the  number  at  about  300.  Several  of 
our  bad  weeds  belong  to  this  genus,  such  as  crab  grass 
(P.  sanguinale),  and  barnyard  grass  (P.  Crus-galli), 
also  several  food  plants,  as  Indian  millet  (P.  miliaceum), 
Sonwa  millet  (P.  frumentaceum),  and  Shama  millet 
(P.colonum).  Their  importance  as  forage  grasses  is 
very  insignificant  when  the  number  of  species  is  taken 
into  consideration.  This  is  largely  from  the  fact  that 
the  species,  as  a  rule,  are  not  gregarious,  and  to  the 
fact  that  they  are  not  well  represented  in  the  meadows 
and  prairies  of  temperate  and  northern  regions.  An 
important  forage  grass  of  the  warmer  regions  is,  how- 
ever, guinea  grass  (P.  maximum).  Spikelets  with  one 
terminal  perfect  flower,  and  below  this  a  second  flower 
which  may  be  staminate,  neutral  or  reduced  to  a  glume; 
therefore  4  glumes,  the  2  lower  and  often  the  third 
being  empty.  The  flowering  glume  is  characterized  by 
being  of  a  much  firmer  texture. 

virgatum,  Linn.  An  upright  grass  with  stiff  culms, 
2-6  ft.  high:  spikelets  in  loose,  compound  panicles, 
usually  more  or  less  purplish,  sharp-pointed;  first 
glume  half  as  long  as  spikelets,  5-7-nerved,  second 
and  third  glumes  of  about  equal  length,  5-7-nerved.  A 
hardy  perennial  used  for  ornamental  purposes.  Native 
of  eastern  U.  S.  K.H.  1890,  p.  525;  1896,  p.  572.  M.  14, 
p.  215;  29,  p.  235;  37,  p.  245. 

sulcatum,  Aubl.  A  tall  perennial,  4-6  ft.,  native  of 
tropical  America:  Ivs.  large,  1  in.  or  more  broad,  some- 
what hairy,  conspicuously  plicate:  panicle  narrow, 
about  1  ft.  long,  with  many  ascending  branches,  bearing 
short-pedicelled  spikelets  throughout  their  length,  and 
also  scattered  bristles :  spikelets  pointed :  lower  glume 
one-half,  second  glume  two-thirds  the  length  of  third 
and  fourth,  all  strongly  nerved. 

plicatum,  Lam.  Called  "palm  grass"  in  the  South, 
where  it  is  cultivated  for  ornament.  Native  of  East 
Indies.  Resembles  the  preceding,  but  Ivs.  broader  and 
nearly  smooth,  and  panicle  larger  and  more  bristly: 
spikelets  similar.  R.H.  1862,  p.  290;  1896,  p.  572.  Gn. 
12,  p.  517;  31,  p.  487;.  37,  p.  245.-Woolson,  of  Passaic, 
N.  J.,  says  it  grows'  4-6  ft.  high  in  the  hardy  border 
and  makes  a  fine  stately  grass;  useful  for  winter 
bouquets.  A  variegated  form  is  figured  in  F.S.  17:1743 
under  the  name  folius  niveo-vittatis. 

Crus-galli,  Linn.  BARNYARD  GRASS.  The  cultivated 
form  is  known  as  Japan  Barnyard  millet.  The  ordinary 
form  is  a  weed  in  cultivated  soil.  The  form  in  the  trade 
is  used  for  fodder.  Another  form  or  closely  allied  spe- 
cies (P.  frumentaceum)  is  used  in  India  for  its  grain. 
Panicle  made  up  of  numerous  dense  alternate  spikes: 
spikelets  crowded  on  two  sides  of  a  3-sided  axis:  sec- 
ond and  third  glumes  more  or  less  awned.  Annual. 

capillare,  Linn.  OLD  WITCH  GRASS.  A  common 
native  annual  grass  and  weed,  recommended  for  culti- 
vation on  account  of  its  ornamental  purple  panicle, 
which  is  ample  and  loose,  the  spikelets  being  borne  on 
slender  hair-like  pedicels.  R.H.  1890,  p.  525;  1896,  p.  572. 

miliaceum,  Linn.  TRUE  MILLET.  BROOMCORN MILLET. 
Spikelets  all  pedicellate  in  an  umbel-like,  drooping  pan- 
icle, each  with  3  empty  glumes  and  1  flower.— A  tall  an- 
nual grass  (3-4  ft.)  with  soft  Ivs.,  grown  for  fodder,  but 
not  in  common  use  in  this  country.  Cultivated  from 


PANSY 


1203 


1634. 


*.-•*'-•' 

Viola  tricolor. 


prehistoric  times.  Grown  somewhat  extensively  in 
China  and  Japan,  and  southeast  Russia.  Native  coun- 
try unknown,  but  probably  East  Indies.  More  fully  dis- 
cussed in  Farmer's  Bulletin,  No.  101  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric. 
What  is  usually  grown  in  the  United  States  under  the 
name  of  Millet  is  Setaria  Italica  and  its  varieties. 
P.  variegdtum='Oviismejms  Burmanni.  For  P.Germanicum 
see  Setaria.  A  g  HITCHCOCK. 

PANSY.  The  Pansy  is  everywhere  a  familiar  flower. 
There  is  much  character  in  it,  The  flower  is  often 
likened  to  a  face.  It  appeals  to  personal  feeling.  In 
fact,  the  word  Pansy  is  only  a  corruption  of  the  French 
pensee,  meaning  thought,  The  old  folk-name,  heart's- 
ease,  is  also  associated  with  the  familiar  place  which  the 
plant  has  occupied  ;  it  signifies  remembrance.  The 
Pansy  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  garden  flowers.  Parkinson 
mentions  it  as  a  flower-garden  subject  in  1629.  When 
critical  study  began  to  be  given  to  the  kinds  of  plants, 
the  Pansy  was  so  dis- 
tinct from  wild  species 
that  its  specific  iden- 
tity could  not  be  deter- 
mined with  precision, 
and,  in  fact,  this  is  the 
case  to  the  present 
day.  It  is  generally 
considered,  however, 
that  it  has  descended 
from  Viola  tricolor  (see 
Viola),  a  small  peren- 
nial violet  native  to  the 
cooler  parts  of  Europe. 
In  its  nearly  normal  or 
unimproved  forms, 
Viola  tricolor  is  now 
grown  in  gardens.  Fig. 
1634.  It  is  a  most  in- 
teresting plant,  be- 
cause handsome-flow- 
ered and  variable.  The 
flowers  of  this  violet 
usually  have  three 
colors  or  shades,  mostly  blue,  whitish  and  yellow,  but  in 
the  different  varieties  one  of  the  colors  strongly  pre- 
dominates. A  form  with  very  small  and  inconspicuous 
flowers  (var.  arvensis)  has  run  wild  in  many  parts  of 
the  country. 

Pansies  are  perennial,  but  they  are  grown  practically 
as  winter  or  spring  annuals.  Commercial  growers  sow 
the  seeds  in  fall,  and  sell  great  quantities  of  the  seedling 
plants  before  winter  sets  in.  These  plants  are  bloomed 
in  frames  or  cold  greenhouses,  or  they  are  planted  in 
the  open  for  spring  bloom.  Plants  are  also  started  in- 
doors in  late  winter  for  spring  bloom.  Pansies  delight 
in  cool,  moist  weather;  hence  the  American  summer  is 
not  to  their  liking,  and  they  usually  perish.  A  new 
stock  of  plants  is  started  every  year. 

The  modern  improved  Pansies  run  in  strains  or  fami- 
lies rather  than  in  definite  varieties.  These  strains  are 
maintained  at  a  high  grade  by  the  best  cultivation  and 
the  closest  attention  to  selection.  The  seed  of  the  best 
strains  is  necessarily  expensive,  for  it  represents  much 
human  care.  The  stock  usually  runs  down  quickly  in 
other  hands.  It  should  be  renewed  from  the  seed- 
breeder  each  year  if  the  best  results  are  to  be  main- 
tained. These  fancy  and  high-bred  strains  require  extra 
care  in  the  growing.  Most  of  the  best  strains  are  of 
European  origin.  They  are  usually  known  by  the  name 
of  the  breeder.  The  chief  points  of  merit  in  the  high- 
bred Pansy  are  size  of  flower,  brilliancy  of  coloring, 
arrangement  of  colors.  The  flowers  may  be  self-colored 
(of  only  one  color)  or  parti-colored.  The  parti-colored 
flowers  are  of  three  general  types :  2  banner  petals  and 
3  central  petals  of  different  colors ;  petals  all  margined 
with  lighter  color;  petals  all  striped.  There  are  all  grades 
of  intermediate  differences.  The  colors  which  are  now 
found  in  Pansies  are  pure  white,  purple-black,  pure  yel- 
low, different  shades  of  blue,  purple,  violet,  red-purple. 
Pansy  flowers  are  now  grown  3  in.  across.  Fig.  1635. 

With  the  above  account  may  be  compared  Gerard's 
description  of  Pansies  in  1587.  He  pictures  the  Hearts- 
ease or  Viola  tricolor  with  small  violet-like  flowers,  the 


Nearly  or  quite  the  original  form 
of  Pansy. 


1204 


PANSY 


PANSY 


petals  standing  apart  from  each  other.  The  "Upright 
Heartsease,"  or  Viola  assurgens  tricolor,  is  represented 
as  a  stouter  and  more  erect  plant,  with  rounder  but 
scarcely  larger  flowers.  These  are  described  as  follows: 
"The  Hearts-ease  or  Pansie  hath  many  round  leaves  at 
the  first  comming  up;  afterward  they  grow  somewhat 
longer,  sleightly/nit  about  the  edges,  trailing  or  creeping 
upon  the  ground:  the  stalks  are  weake  and  tender, 
whereupon  grow  floures  in  form  &  figure  like  the  Vio- 
let, and  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  bignesse,  of  three 
sundry  colours,  whereof  it  tooke  the  syrname  Tricolor, 
that  is  to  say,  purple,  yellow  and  white  or  blew;  by  rea- 
son of  the  beauty  and  braverie  of  which  colours  they 
ftre  very  pleasing  to  the  eye,  for  smel  they  have  little 
or  none  at  all.  The  seed  is  contained  in  little  knaps  of 
the  begnesse  of  a  Tare,  which  come  forth  after  the 
floures  be  fallen,  and  do  open  of  themselves  when  the 
seed  is  ripe.  The  root  is  nothing  else  but  as  it  were  a 
bundle  of  threddy  strings. 

"The  upright  Pansie  bringeth  forth  long  leaves 
deeply  cut  in  the  edges,  sharp-pointed,  of  a  bleake  or 
pale  green  colour,  set  upon  slender,  upright  stalks, 
cornered,  jointed,  or  kneed  a  foot  high  or  higher ; 
whereupon  grow  very  faire  floures  of  three  colours, 
viz.,  of  purple,  blew  and  yellow  in  shape  like  the  com- 
mon Hearts -ease,  but  greater  and  fairer;  which  colours 
are  so  excellently  and  orderly  placed,  that  they  bring 
great  delight  to  the  beholders,  though  they  have  little 
or  no  smell  at  all :  for  oftentimes  it  hapneth  that  the 
uppermost  floures  are  differing  from  those  that  grow 
upon  the  middle  of  the  plant,  and  those  vary  from  the 
lowermost,  as  Nature  list  to  dally  with  things  of  such 
beauty.  The  seed  is  like  that  of  the  precedent." 

L.  H.  B. 

The  Pansy  is  truly  a  "plant  for  the  million."  Its  ease 
of  cultivation,  hardiness  and  cheapness  have  made  it  one 
of  the  most  popular  plants  in  this  country.  The  under- 


1635.    Modern  Pansies.    Nearly  K  natural  size. 

signed  is   inclined  to  believe  that  as  many  plants  of 
Pansies  are  sold  as  of  all  other  plants. 

Pansies  were  first  improved  from  the  original  type  in 
Great  Britain,  where  the  cool  and  moist  climate  is  well 
adapted  to  their  cultivation,  and  new  varieties  were 
gradually  brought  out  with  larger  flowers  of  varied 
colors.  For  many  years  England  and  Scotland  bore  the 


reputation  of  growing  the  best  Pansies.  About  twenty- 
five  years  ago,  however,  three  French  specialists,  Bug- 
not,  of  St.  Brieuc,  and  Cassier  and  Trimardeau,  of 
Paris,  made  immense  strides  in  developing  the  Pansy, 
and  their  productions  were  a  revelation  to  the  horti- 
cultural world.  Such  sizes  and  colors  were  previously 
thought  impossible.  Trimardeau  created  a  new  race  with 
immense  flowers  and  very  hardy  constitution.  His  strain 
crossed  with  those  of  Cassier  and  Bugnot  has  given  a 
Pansy  which  is  superseding  the  older  English  varieties. 
It  must  be  admitted,  however,  that  the  best  results  can 
be  obtained  only  at  the  expense  of  much  care  and  culti- 
vation and  selection,  and  specialists  only  can  be  ex- 
pected to  reach  the  greatest  degree  of  perfection.  The 
strains  degenerate  very  soon  unless  constant  attention 
and  care  are  bestowed  on  the  plants.  Contrast  the  flow- 
ers grown  by  Cassier  and  Bugnot  themselves  with  the 
strains  sold  nowadays  generally  under  their  names !  The 
choicest  flowers  are  removed  so  far  from  the  type  that 
they  produce  but  little  seed  and  that  of  short  vitality. 
The  seed  has  to  be  gathered  by  hand,  and  it  is  neces- 
sary to  go  over  the  seed-beds  every  day.  With  the  cheap 
and  common  strains  less  careful  methods  of  seed-gather- 
ing are  used.  At  the  time  of  harvesting  the  plants 
are  all  pulled  out  and  laid  in  the  shade  for  the  seed  to 
slowly  ripen,  when  the  seeds  are  all  cleaned  at  once. 

In  this  country,  with  more  extremes  in  temperature, 
more  care  must  be  exercised  than  in  Europe  in  the  se- 
lection of  localities  and  exposure,  and  with  the  best  of 
care  Pansies  will  not  last  very  long  in  bloom.  A  posi- 
tion sheltered  from  high  winds  and  exposed  to  the 
morning  sun  will  be  found  the  most  favorable,  and  soil 
of  a  clayish  nature  well  enriched  will  grow  the  best 
Pansies.  Frequent  sprinklings  also,  to  keep  the  ground 
and  foliage  moist,  will  be  of  great  benefit.  The  general 
sowing  for  the  production  of  early  spring  bloom  is  made 
out  of  doors  in  August,  while  seeds  sown  indoors  from 
February  to  June  will  produce  plants  to  flower  inter- 
mittently during  late  summer  and  the  fall  months. 

When  sowing  Pansy  seed  on  a  considerable  scale  in 
August,  sow  the  seed  broadcast  in  a  seed-bed  out  of 
doors,  cover  very  lightly  with  fine  soil  or  well-rotted 
manure,  and  press  the  seed  in  with  a  small  board;  then 
mulch  the  seed-bed  with  long,  strawy  horse  manure, 
from  which  the  small  particles  have  been  shaken  off,  to 
the  thickness  of  one  inch,  so  as  to  have  the  soil  well 
and  evenly  covered.  At  the  end  of  two  weeks  the  plants 
will  be  up.  Then  remove  the  straw  gradually,  a  little 
at  a  time,  selecting  a  dull  day  if  possible.  Keep  the  bed 
moist.  This  process  for  germinating  Pansy  seed  is 
recommended  by  Cassier,  and  the  undersigned  from  his 
own  experience  recommends  it  above  all  others.  In 
England  and  Scotland  the  choicest  varieties  are  perpet- 
uated by  means  of  cuttings,  but  it  seems  to  be  impos- 
sible to  maintain  the  size  for  any  length  of  time  by  this 
means  in  North  America. 

If  Pansies  ate  desired  for  winter  bloom,  plant  them 
as  soon  as  they  are  large  enough  on  beds  or  benches 
near  the  glass  in  the  greenhouse.  The  temperature  for 
violets  suits  them  very  well.  They  are  grown  to  a  slight 
extent  for  cut-flowers. 

If  wanted  for  exhibition  purposes,  keep  them  in  a 
lower  temperature  till  January;  some  freezing,  even, 
will  benefit  them.  Start  them  slowly  into  growth  at  a 
temperature  of  between  30-40°  at  night,  as  a  higher 
temperature  will  diminish  the  size  of  the  flowers.  A 
weak  solution  of  guano  or  hen  manure  once  every  two 
weeks  will  help  them  wonderfully.  Flowers  4  in.  across 
can  be  grown  for  exhibition.  During  growth  and  bloom 
maintain  a  rather  low,  even  temperature,  without  actual 
freezing,  carefully  avoiding  extremes  in  temperature. 

In  favored  localities  Pansies  designed  for  early  spring 
bloom  receive  no  glass  protection  during  winter,  the 
plants  from  the  August  sowing  being  transplanted  in 
the  fall  from  the  seed-bed  directly  into  their  permanent 
quarters.  Good  Pansies  can  be  grown  out-of-doors  with- 
out glass  protection  as  far  north  as  Nova  Scotia.  Gen- 
erally, however,  it  is  much  better  to  winter  Pansies  in 
a  coldframe,  especially  the  finer  strains.  Pansies  in 
bloom  should  be  partially  shaded  from  the  hot  midday 
sun,  particularly  the  fancy-colored  strains,  the  petals  of 
which  are  more  delicate  in  texture. 

DENYS  ZIRNGIBBBL. 


PAPAVER 

PAPAVEE  (old  Latin  name  of  dubious  derivation). 
Papaveracece.  POPPY.  Poppies  rank  among  the  most 
popular  annual  flowers  in  cultivation.  From  their  as- 
tonishing range  of  color,  and 
from  the  formidable  list  of 
names  given  below,  one  might 
suppose  their  botany  very 
complicated.  It  is,  however, 
easy  to  understand.  There 
are  only  4  species  commonly 
cultivated  and  these  are  all 
remarkably  distinct.  They 
are  (1)  the  Opium  Poppy,  (2) 
the  Corn  Poppy,  (3)  the 
Iceland  Poppy  and  (4) 
the  Oriental  Poppy. 

1.  The  Opium  Poppy, 
P.  somniferum,  one  of 
the  commonest  and  the 


PAPAVER 


1205 


most  variable.  It  is  an  an- 
nual, of  tall,  stately  habit, 
and  recognized  at  once  by 
the  glaucous  hue  of  its  foli- 
age. The  flowers  are  the 
largest  of  any  of  the  annual 
species,  but  unfortunately 
they  are  useless  as  cut-flow- 
ers because  they  drop  their 
petals. 

2.  The     Corn    Poppy    of 
Europe,  P.  Hhceas,  is  also 

an  annual,  but  a  dwarf er  plant,  with  green,  hairy,  finely 
cut  foliage  and  smaller  flowers.  This  is  the  delight  of 
every  American  that  visits  Europe.  The  Shirley  Pop- 
pies are  the  best  strain  of  this  species ;  in  our  gardens 
the  flowers  last  longer  than  the  common  Poppies  and 
the  plants  are  neater  when  out  of  bloom. 

3.  The  Iceland  Poppy,  P.  nudicaule,  is  the  glory  of 
the  Arctic  regions.    It  ranges  over  an  immense  territory 
and  varies  remarkably  both  in  the  wild  and  the  garden. 
Orange,   red  and  white   are  the  chief  colors,  besides 
shades   of  yellow,   but  the  flowers    never   attain  the 
brilliant   scarlet   of  the   Corn    Poppy.      Although   the 
Iceland   Poppy  is  a  perennial,  it  is  short-lived  and  is 
commonly  treated  as  an  annual.      It  is  known  for  the 
satiny  texture   and   crimpled  character  of    its   petals. 
The    flowers    are    excellent   for   cutting,  especially   if 
the  young  flowers   are   selected  and  cut  in  the  early 
morning,   a  principle  which  applies   to  many  flowers 
often  supposed  to  be  useless  for  home  decoration. 

4.  The  Oriental  Poppy,  P.  orientale,  is  a  longer-lived 
perennial,  and  although  it  has  the  largest  flowers  of 
any  species  in  the  genus  it  has  nothing  like  the  fame 
of  the  Opium  Poppy.    However,  it  has  the  double  ad- 
vantage of  being  easily  propagated  by  either  seed  or 
division,  and  it    has   a  considerable    range   of   color, 
which  is  said  to  be  largely  due  to  crosses  with  P.  brac- 
teatum.    The  latter  may  be  only  a  botanical  variety;   it 
differs  in  having  large  bracts  below  the  flower. 

The  other  species  are  for  the  fancier.  The  Alpine 
Poppy,  P.  alpinum,  was  considered  by  Linnaeus  to 
be  a  distinct  species  from  the  Iceland  Poppy.  How- 
ever, every  gradation  has  been  discovered  between  the 
typical  form  of  P.  nudicaule  of  the  arctic  regions  and 
the  common  Poppy  found  in  the  Alps.  The  former  has 
a  yellow  flower,  while  the  common  Alpine  Poppy  is 
white.  Botanically,  the  Poppy  of  the  Alps  is  generally 
regarded  as  an  extreme  form  of  P.  nudicaule,  char- 


acterized by  a  dwarf  er  habit  and  more  finely  divided 
foliage.  For  horticultural  purposes  P.  nudicaule  and 
(ilpinum  should  be  considered  to  be  distinct  species. 
The  Iceland  Poppy  can  be  easily  grown  in  the  border, 
while  the  Alpine  Poppy  demands  rock-garden  treatment! 
The  former  does  best  in  a  moderately  rich  and  light  loam 
while  the  latter  does  better  in  a  rather  poor  soil.  Botli 
need  full  exposure  to  the  sun,  and  P.  alpinum  probably 
needs  better  drainage.  The  form  of  P.  alpinum  which 
has  white  petals  with  a  green  spot  at  the  base  may  be 
considered  the  typical  one.  This  is  shown  in  color  in 
Gn.  24:410,  and  also  in  Correvon's  pocket  guide  to 'the 
wild  flowers  of  the  Alps,  entitled  Flore  Coloriee  etc 
Correvon  states  that  the  yellow-fid,  form  (var  flaviflo- 
rum)  is  found  in  the  granitic  Alps,  the  inference  being 
that  the  white-fid,  form  is  characteristic  of  the  calca- 
reous Alps.  An  orange-red  Poppy  is  also  found  in  the 
Alps  and  on  the  continent  is  often  called  P.  Pyrenai- 
cum.  The  tendency  in  England  is  to  make  it  a  variety 
of  P.  nudicaule.  Whether  all  these  plants  are  species 
or  varieties  and  how  they  should  be  named  are  matters 
of  opinion.  The  range  of  color  has  been  indicated 
above.  Aside  from  color,  the  important  points  on  which 
these  varieties  are  made  and  unmade  are  as  follows :  the 
degree  of  hairiness  of  stem  and  capsule;  whether  the 
hairs  are  appressed  or  spreading;  the  manner  in  which 
the  foliage  is  cut,  and  the  shape  of  the  capsule,  which 
varies  from  short,  thick  and  subglobose  to  long,  nar- 
row and  club-shaped. 

Papaver  is  a  genus  of  about  50  species,  mostly  natives 
of  the  Mediterranean  region.  There  is,  however,  one  in 
South  Africa  and  another  in  Australia.  Also  a  true 
Papaver  has  been  discovered  in  California,  and  has 
been  named  P.  Californicum.  (The  "California  Poppy" 
of  gardens  is  Eschscholzia.)  Papa- 
vers  are  herbs  with  a  milky  juice, 
bristly  or  smooth  and  often  glau- 
cous :  Ivs.  usually  lobed  or  dissected : 
peduncles  long:  buds  nodding:  fls. 
every  shade  of  red,  violet,  yellow 
and  white;  sepals  2;  petals  4;  sta- 
mens numerous;  stigmatic  lobes  4— 
many:  capsule  globose,  obovate  or 
top-shaped,  dehiscing  under  the  ver- 
tex by  transverse  pores  between  the 
placentas;  openings  very  small  and 
valve-like. 

Opium  is  made  from  the  milky 
juice  of  P.  somni- 
ferum, which  oozes 
from  shallow  cuts 
made  in  the  young 
capsules.  The 
seeds  have  no  nar- 
cotic properties  and 
are  sold  for  bird 
food  under  the  name 
of  "  ma w  seed." 
They  also  produce 
a  valuable  oil. 


Five  flowers  from 
Hortus  Eystet- 
tensis,  (redrawn 
and  reduced,  in- 
dicating the  an- 
tiquity of  some 
of  the  main 
types  that  are 
popular  today. 
P.  somniferum. 


nial  plants  are 

rare  and  inter- 

esting. "At  the 

hybrid   confer- 

ence   at    Chis- 

wick    in    July 

last,  the  late  M.   Henri  Vilmorin,   of 

Paris,  gave  a  very  interesting  account 

of  a  successful  attempt  at  hybridizing 

the  Opium  Poppy(P.  somniferum)with 

P.    orientale   or   P.    bracteatum,    the 


1206 


PAPAVER 


PAPAVER 


hybrids  of  which  did  not  produce  seed  until  they  were 
again  cross-fertilized  with  P.  orientale,  when  a  perma- 
nent race  of  showy  plants  that  grow  freely  from  seeds 
was  obtained."  F.  W.  BurUdge,  in  Gn.  56,  p.  321  (1899). 
There  is  no  garden  monograph  of  Poppies,  but  the 
student  may  find  an  account  of  38  species  in  Boissier's 
Flora  Orientalis  1:105-118  (1867). 
The  species  are  there  arranged  in 
3  primary  groups,  — annuals,  bi- 
ennials and  perennials.  Ordinar- 
ily this  is  an  excellent  arrange- 
ment for  the  horticulturist, though 
not  for  the  botanist.  In  the  case 
of  the  Poppies  it  is  not  very 
useful.  The  duration  of  several 
kinds  is  doubtful,  species  which 
are  annual  in  the  South  behaving 
as  biennials  in  northern  botanic 
gardens.  Moreover,  for  garden 
purposes  all  Poppies  are  to  be 
treated  as  annuals  for  best  re- 
sults, with  the  exception  of  P. 
orientale  and  bracteatiim,  which 
the  gardener  thinks  of  as  one 
group.  The  Oriental  Poppy  is, 
in  fact,  the  only  long-lived  peren- 
nial Poppy.  The  Iceland  Poppy 
may  live  for  several  years,  but 
after  the  third  year  it  usually  de- 
generates. It  blooms  the  first  year 
from  seed  and  the  best  results 
are  usually  secured  the  second 
year. 

The  following  account  of  Shir- 
ley Poppies  is  given  by  the  Rev. 
W.  Wilks  in  The  Garden  57,  p. 
385 :  "  In  1880,  I  noticed  in  a  waste 
corner  of  my  garden,  abutting  on 
the  fields,  a  patch  of  the  common  . 
wild  field  Poppy  (Papaver Rhceas), 
one  solitary  flower  of  which 
had  a  very  narrow  edge  of  white. 
This  one  flower  I  marked  and 
saved  the  seed  of  it  alone.  Next 
year,  out  of  perhaps  two  hundred 
plants,  I  had  four  or  five 
on  which  all  the  flowers 
were  edged.  The  best  of 
these  were  marked  and 
the  seed  saved,  and  so 
on  for  several  years,  the 
flowers  all  the  while  get- 
ting a  larger  infu- 
'  sion  of  white  to  tone 
down  the  red  un- 
til they  arrived  at 
quite  pale  pink  and 
one  plant  absolute- 
ly pure  white.  I 
then  set  myself  to 
change  the  black 
central  portions  of 
the  flowers  from 
black  to  yellow  or 
white,  and  having 
at  last  fixed  a  strain 
with  petals  varying 
in  color  from  the 
brightest  scarlet  to 
pure  white,  with  all 
shades  of  pink  between  and  all  varieties  of  flakes  and 
edged  flowers  also,  but  all  having  yellow  or  white  sta- 
mens, anthers  and  pollen,  and  a  white  base."  *  *  *  Mr. 
Wilks  then  distributed  it  freely  to  all.  "My  ideal,"  he 
continues,  "is  to  get  a  yellow  P.  Rhceas,  and  I  have 
already  obtained  many  distinct  shades  of  salmon.  The 
Shirley  Poppies  have  thus  been  obtained  simply  by 
selection  and  elimination.  *  *  * 

Let  it  be  noticed  that  true  Shirley  Poppies  (1)  are 
single,  (2)  always  have  a  white  base  with  (3)  yellow  or 
white  stamens,  anthers  and  pollen,  (4)  never  have  the 
smallest  particle  of  black  about  them.  Double  Poppies 
and  Poppies  with  black  centers  may  be  greatly  admired 


1637.  Oriental  Poppy, 
Papaver  orientale  (X  1-5). 


by  some,  but  they  are  not  Shirley  Poppies.  It  is  rather 
interesting  to  reflect  that  the  gardens  of  the  whole 
werld— rich  man's  and  poor  man's  alike— are  to-day  fur- 
nished with  Poppies  which  are  the  direct  descendants 
of  one  single  capsule  of  seed  raised  in  the  garden  of 
the  Shirley  Vicarage  so  lately  as  August,  1880." 

W.  M. 

There  is  no  way  in  which  the  lover  of  color  in  flowers 
can  gratify  his  taste  so  cheaply  and  so  fully  as  by  grow- 
ing a  good  selection  of  Poppies.  No  other  flower  will 
make  such  a  gorgeous  show  in  the  border  during  the 
months  of  July  and  the  first  half  of  August.  To  grow 
the  finest  Poppies,  plant  the  seed  as  early  in  the  spring 
as  the  ground  can  be  worked.  Cover  very  lightly,  for 
if  planted  deep  the  seed  does s not  germinate.  The  best 
way  is  to  make  the  bed  smooth  and  fine,  scatter  the 
seed  thinly,  then  rake  gently,  and  firm  the  soil  well  with 
a  board  or,  better  still,  with  the  back  of  a  hoe.  When 
the  plants  are  up  2  or  3  in.,  thin  to  6  in.  apart  for 
the  weaker  growing  varieties  and  12  in.  for  the  strong 
growing  P.  somniferum.  Pick  all  the  pods  as  soon  as 
the  petals  drop,  unless  one  desires  to  save  seed.  This 
treatment  lengthens  the  blooming  season  and  saves  a  lot 
of  trouble  the  next  year.  The  seed  is  quite  hardy,  and  if 
left  to  ripen,  the  seedlings  come  up  in  countless  numbers 
the  following  spring.  An  advantage  of  self-sown  seed 
is  that  the  plants  bloom  two  weeks  earlier  than  if 
planted  in  the  spring.  Poppies  must  always  be  planted 
where  they  are  to  bloom,  as  no  annual  Poppy  will  bear 
transplanting.  Poppies  are  so  susceptible  to  cross-fer- 
tilization that  'new  strains  are  constantly  arising.  The 
ease  with  which  they  can  be  originated  has  led  to  much 
confusion  in  the  seed  catalogues. 

P.  somniferum,  the  Opium  Poppy,  is  the  commonest 
kind  in  cult,  and  is  sufficiently  described  elsewhere. 

P.  Rhwas,  the  scarlet  field  Poppy  of  Great  Britain,  is 
the  parent  of  many  beautiful  forms.  Fig.  1638.  Of  these 
the  best  is  the  Shirley,  the  loveliest  of  all  Poppies ;  the 
flowers  are  of  the  most  delicate  silky  texture  and  in  every 
imaginable  shade  and  combination  of  white,  pink,  and 
red, with  yellow  anthers.  Var.  umbrosum,the  Fire  Dragon 
of  some  catalogues,  is  dark  cardinal,  with  a  black  blotch 
at  the  base  of  each  petal,  and  purplish  black  anthers. 
P.  Icevigatum  resembles  P.  umbrosum,  the  fls.  being  the 
same  color,  but  the  black  blotch  is  margined  with  white 
and  the  petals  are  more  upright,  not  opening  out  so  flat 
as  in  P.  Rhceas.  Sometimes  P.  Icevigatum  comes  semi- 
double,  but  with  this  exception  all  the  smaller  double 
Poppies  are  forms  of  P.  Rhoeas.  The  ranunculus-fld.  has 
all  the  gracefulness  of  the  single  form,  with  a  wonderful 
diversity  of  color,  white  through  pink  to  the  deepest  crim- 
son, and  in  every  degree  of  doubleness  from  2^pr  3  rows 
of  petals  to  perfectly  double.  The  varieties  umbrosum 
and  Shirley  show  a  tendency  to  come  double, though  never 
so  completely  as  the  ranunculus-fld.  The  Rosebud  and 
New  Japanese  Pompone  are  selections  from  the  ranun- 
culus-fid, type.  "Golden  Gate"  is  a  mixture  of  P.  um- 
brosum, P.' Icevigatum  and  P.  ranunculi florum  in  single 
and  double. 

The  best  of  the  perennial  Poppies  are  P.  nudicaule 
and  orientale.  P.  nudicaule,  the  Iceland  Poppy,  is  one 
of  our  most  desirable  perennials.  Fig.  1639.  If  the  flowers 
are  cut  regularly  and  no  seed-pods  allowed  to  form,  it  is 
in  bloom  from  May  to  October.  The  fls.  are  on  wiry  stalks 
12  in.  or  more  long,  and  well  adapted  for  cutting.  The 
colors  are  white,  yellow,  and  orange-red;  they  are  easily 
grown  from  seed,  and  will  bloom  the  first  year  if  sown 
early.  It  is  well  to  grow  new  plants  every  second  year, 
as  in  the  colder  parts  of  the  country  it  is  subject  to 
winter-killing  when  the  plants  get  old. 

Very  different  from  the  dainty  Iceland  is  the  gorgeous 
Oriental  Poppy,  one  of  our  most  striking  and  showy  gar- 
den plants.  Fig.  1637.  The  great  fls.,  6-8  in.  across,  deep 
scarlet  with  a  bluish  purple  base  and  stamens,  are  held 
well  above  the  foliage  on  stout  leafy  stalks.  Unfortu- 
nately, the  flowering  season  is  short :  2  or  3  weeks  in  June 
and  their  glory  is  gone.  They  also  are  easily  grown 
from  seed  and  are  very  hardy.  P.  bracteatum,  deeper  in 
color  and  more  robust,  is,  strictly  speaking,  a  variety  of 
P.  orientale.  Other  varieties  have  orange,  pink,  and 
salmon-colored  flowers,  but  none  of  them  are  so  effec- 
tive in  the  garden  border  as  the  type. 
P.  glauc^(,m,  the  Tulip  Poppy,  is  a  weak,  spindly 


PAPAVER 


PAPAVER 


1207 


grower  if  planted  thickly.  The  fls.  are  of  an  intense 
cardinal  color,  without  black  blotch;  the  outer  petals 
much  larger  than  the  inner,  overlapping  at  the  edges, 
giving  itthe  appearance  of  a  tulip.  P.  arena  rintn,  in  the 
writer's  experience,  is  scarcely  worth  growing. 

R.  B.  WHYTE. 


INDEX. 

aculeatum,  12. 

French,  4. 

Peacock,  16. 

albitiorum,  15. 

Gariepinum,  12. 

Persicum,  17. 

album,  14,  15. 

glaucum,  11. 

pilosum,  13. 

alpinum.  15. 

grandinorum,  2. 

plenum,  2. 

arenariurn,  7. 

Greenlandicum,  14. 

praecox,  X 

Atlanticum,  5. 

Hookeri,  4. 

puniceum,  14. 

aurantiacurn,  14,  15. 

horridum,  12. 

Pyrenaicum,  15. 

t>r;i<-te;ttum,  3. 

hybridum,  2,  3. 

ranunculiflorum,  4. 

Bride,  1. 

immaculatum,  2. 

Rhoeas,  4. 

Californieum,  9. 

involucratum,  3. 

roseum,  3,  15. 

cardinale,  1. 

Japanese,  4. 

rubro-aurantiacum, 

Caucasicum,  6. 

Japonicum,  4. 

14. 

Chinese,  1. 

laevigatum,  8. 

rubrum,  15. 

coccineum,  14. 

luteum,  14,  15. 

rupifragum,  10,  5. 

coHunutattnn,  4. 

Mephisto,  1. 

semiplenum,  2. 

Corn,  4. 

Mikado,  1. 

setigerum,  1. 

croceum,  14. 

Murselli,  1. 

Shirley,  4. 

Danebrog,  1. 

nanum,  2. 

Siutenisii,  2. 

Danish  Cross,  1. 

nudicaule,  14. 

somniferum,  1. 

Danish  Flag,  1. 

Opium,  1. 

splendens,  2. 

fimbriatum,  1. 

orientale,  2. 

striatum,  14. 

Flag  of  Truce,  1. 
flaviflorum,  15. 

paeoniaenorum,  1. 
paeony-flowered,  1. 

sulphureum,  14. 
Tulip,  11. 

flavum,  15. 

Parkmaimi,  2,  3. 

umbrosum,  4. 

floribundum,  6. 

Pavoninum,  16. 

Victorian  Cross,  1. 

Pavonium,  16. 

A.    Capsule  not  bristly. 

B.  Filaments  dilated  at  apex. 

c.  Foliage  glaucous 1.  somniferum 

CO.  foliage  green. 

D.  Fls.  net  bracted 2.  orientale 

DD.  Fls.    with    large,    leafy 

bracts 3.  bracteatum 

BB.  Filaments    not    dilated    at 

apex. 

c.  Stem-lvs.  not  clasping. 
D.  Herbage      decidedly 

bristly  or  hairy. 

E.  Stigmatic  rays  8-10.  4.  Khosas 
EE.  Stigmatic  rays  6-8. .  5.  rupifragum, 

var.  Atlanticum 

EEE.  Stigmatic  rays  3-6. .  6.  Caucasicum 
DD.  Herbage     sparingly 
bristly    or   merely 
pilose-pubescent. 
E.  Petals  purple,  spotted 

dark. 

p.  Lvs.  bipinnalisect.  1.  arenarium 
FF.  Lvs .   pinnately 

parted 8.  laevigatum 

BE.  Petals    brick -red, 

spotted  green 9.  Californieum 

EEE.  Petals     orange  -  red, 

unspotted 10.  rupifragum 

cc.  Stem-lvs.  clasping 11.  glaucum 

D.  Herbage  bristly 12.  aculeatum 

DD.  Herbage  soft-hairy  ....13.  pilosum 

AA.   Capsule  bristly 

B.  Stems  leafless 14.  nudicaule 

15.  alpinum 
BB.  Stems  leafy. 

c.  Sepals  appendaged:  cap- 
sule minute 16.  Pavoninum 

cc.  Sepals   not    appendaged: 

capsule  large 17.  Persicum 

1.  somniferum,  Linn.  OPIUM  POPPY.  Fig.  1636.  Ro- 
bust, glaucous  and  glabrous  plant,  3-4  ft.  high,  with  fls. 
4-5  in.  across,  much  larger  than  those  of  any  annual 
kind.  Lvs.  oblong,  unequally  toothed  at  the  base;  stem- 
Ivs.  cordate  at  the  base:  petals  orbiculate,  every  shade 
from  white  through  pink  and  red  to  purple,  but  not  yel- 
low or  blue:  capsule  obovate,  stalked,  with  a  flat  disk. 
Greece,  Orient.  Gn.  9,  p.  197.  Gt.  40,  p.  609;  44,  p. 
593.  R.H.  1893.  p.  349.  S.H.  2:272. 

Among  the  double  forms  there  are  two  main  strains 
or  types,  the  carnation-fld.  and  the  paeony-fld.  (the  lat- 
ter P.  pceoniceflbrum,  Hort.).  The  former  has  fringed 


petals;  the  latter  not.  Both  include  a  wide  range  of 
color,  and  even  a  yellow  form  is  advertised,  but  this 
form  is  of  doubtful  authenticity.  P.  Murselli  is  an- 
other strain  of  double  fringed  kinds,  of  which  Mikado 
is  a  favorite.  P.  fimbriatum  is  another  trade  name  for 
double  fringed  varieties.  P.  cardinale  is  not  a  botanical 
name.  It  is  the  French  name  of  Cardinal,  another  strain 
of  double  fringed  fls.  Chinese  Poppies  are  a  double-fld. 
race  introduced  from  Chinese  gardens  in  the  early  nine- 
ties and  comprising  dwarf er  than  strains  previously 
known.  R.H.  1893,  p.  349.  An  exceptionally  interesting 
monstrosity  has  occurred  in  which  there  are  no  petals, 
and  the  stamens  are  supposed  to  be  transformed  into 
pistils  which  actually  ripen  seed.  It  was  figured  as  long 
ago  as  1851  in  F.S.  6,  p.  242  and  again  in  R.H.  1893, 
p.  349.  It  seems  to  be  no  longer  advertised,  but  it  was 
considered  constant. 

Among  the  single  varieties,  Danebrog  is  one  of  the 
most  striking  and  popular.  The  white  spots  at  the  base 
of  the  petals  form  a  cross.  This  var.  is  also  known  as 
Danish  Cross,  Danish  Flag  and  Victorian  Cross.  Of  the 
pure  white  kinds,  Flag  of  Truce  and  The  Bride  are  favor- 
ites. Mephisto  is  scarlet,  spotted  black.  About  a  dozen 
other  varieties  are  advertised  by  name. 

Var.  setigerum  (P.  setigerum,  DC.).  P.  setigerum  is 
no  longer  advertised,  but  according  to  Nicholson  numer- 
ous fine  strains  have  originated  from  it.  P.  setigerum 
is  now  considered  a  hairy  form  of  P.  somniferum.  It  is 
a  violet-fld.  plant  native  to  Corsica  and  Hyeres.  It  dif- 
fers in  having  oblong  Ivs.  which  are  incised-toothed,  the 
teeth  being  narrower  and  more  pointed;  also  the  cap- 
sule is  not  stalked,  as  it  sometimes  is  in  P.  somniferum. 
S.B.F.G.  172. 

2.  orientale,  Linn.  ORIENTAL  POPPY.  Fig.  1637-8.  This 
and  the  next  are  the  most  robust  and  large-fld.  Poppies; 
also  the  best,  commonest  and  longest  lived  of  the  per- 
ennials.   Plants  grow  3-4  ft.  high  and  bear  fls.  6  in.  or 
more  across.    Lvs.  hispid,  pinnately  parted;  lobes  ob- 
long-lanceolate,  serrate:    capsule  obovate,  with  a  flat 
disk:   Stigmatic  rays  11-15.    In  P.  orientale  the  petals 
are  originally  scarlet  with  a  black  spot.    It  was  not  until 
late  in  the  eighties  that  this  species  made  a  decided 
break  in  color.    A  considerable  class  of  hybrids  with  P. 
bracteatum  has  arisen  which  extends  the  color  range 
through  several  shades  of  red  to  orange,  salmon  and 
pale  pink.     Some  are  unspotted,  some  are  adapted  to 
cutting,  and  doubling  has  made  some  progress.    Among 
the  Latin  names  of  varieties  belonging  to  this  class  are 
grandifldrum,  hybridum,  immaculatum,  nanum,  splen- 
dens, Parkmanni,  plenum,  semiplenum,  and  Sintenisii. 
About  a  dozen  have  received  common  or  personal  names. 
Asia  Minor.    Persia.   Gn.  24,  p.  459;  42:890.   V.  12:33.- 
T.  D.  Hatfield   makes  the  following  notes:  "Oriental 
Poppies  are  better  divided  after  blooming,  in  late  July 
or  August.    They  always  grow  in  the  autumn,  and  these 
divided  plants  would  start  away  and  make  good  growth. 
If  divided  in  spring,  they  would  not  recover  in  time  to 
bloom.   Any  extra  good  variety  can  be  increased  largely 
by  cutting  the  roots  into  short  pieces.    This  also  is  best 
done  in  the  summer  time." 

3.  bracteatum,  Lindl.  (P.  orientale,  var.  bracteatum). 
Differs  from  the  preceding  in  having  large,  leafy  bracts. 
According  to  Boissier  the  color  of  this  species  in  the 
wild  is  blood-red  and  of  P.  orientale  scarlet.     Also  the 
fls.  of  P.  bracteatum  are  said  to  be  earlier,  the  Ivs.  con- 
cave instead  of  flat  and  the  stigmatic  rays  16-18  instead 
of  11-15.    Caucasus,  Persia.    B.R.  8:658.    G.C.  1860:647. 
—A  variety  with  petals  more  or  less  united  into  one  was 
mentioned  in  1862-5  in  F.S.  15,  p.  186,  but  it  seems  to  be 
unknown  now.   Vars.  hybridum,  Parkmanni,  praecox  and 
roseum  are  advertised.    See  also  species  No.  2.    P.  in- 
volucratum, var.  maximum,  Haage  &   Schmidt,  seems 
to  be  a  new  and  undescribed  kind.    The  name  suggests 
that  it  may  belong  here. 

4.  BhoBas,  Linn.      CORN   POPPY.      This   is   typically 
a  dwarf,  green,  bristly  plant,    with    pinnately   parted 
foliage  and   fls.  about  2    in.  across,  two  of   the   petals 
smaller  than  the  others,  all  scarlet  and  spotted  black. 
Height  2  ft.  or  less.     In  cultivation  every  shade  known 
to  the  Opium  Poppy  has  been  reproduced  in  the  Corn 
Poppy,  but  the  fls.  are  always  smaller.    In  the  wild  it 
varies    greatly,  the    foliage    once  or   twice    pinnately 


1208 


PAPAVER 


PAPAVER 


Earted,  the  bristles  many  or  few,  appressed  or  spread- 
ig,  the  fls.  spotted  or  not.  Eu.,  Orient.  Gn.  30,  p.  297. 
—  Up  to  1886  the  French  Poppies  were  considered  the  best 
strain.  Since  then  the  lovely  strain  known  as  Shirley 
Poppies  has  surpassed  all  others.  This  strain  was  de- 
veloped by  the  Rev.  W.  Wilks,  secretary  of  the  Royal 
Horticultural  Society.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  contribu- 
tions to  floriculture  ever  made  by  an  amateur  (see  p. 
1206).  Var.  ranunculifldrum,  Hort.,  is  a  strain  with 


1638,   Oriental  Poppy.  Papaver  orientale  (X 


double  fls.  in  various  colors,  self  and  variegated,  with 
the  petals  entire,  rounded  and  somewhat  reflexed.  Var. 
Jap6nicum,  Hort.,  is  a  strain  introduced  about  1893  from 
Japanese  gardens,  and  said  to  have  smaller  and  fuller 
fls.  than  ordinary  and  of  more  varied  shades.  They  are 
called  Japanese  or  Japanese  Pompons.  Rhoeas  was  the 
name  used  by  the  ancient  Greeks  and  Romans  for  the 
Corn  Poppy. 

Var.  umbrdsum,  Mottet(P.wm&rdswm,  Hort.) ,  is  a  plant 
with  petals  of  a  darker  red  than  the  typical  P.  Bhoeas 
and  blackish  spots.  It  was  introduced  by  Vilmorin 
about  1891,  and  was  considered  a  marked  gain  in  pro- 
ductiveness. The  habit  is  dwarf,  compact,  much 
branched.  Soon  after  a  double  form  was  distributed. 
Mottet  considers  it  a  form  of  P.  Hhoeas,  but  some  bot- 
anists consider  it  a  form  of  P.  commutatum.  Judging 
from  a  single  trade  specimen,  the  undersigned  supposes 
it  is  a  nearly  glabrous  form  of  P.  JRhoeas  ;  the  buds  are 
bristly,  but  otherwise  the  plant  has  only  a  very  few 
appressed  hairs  on  the  peduncles  and  on  the  Ivs.  along 
the  midribs.  P.  umbrosum  was  found  growing  wild  in 
Attica.  P.  commutatum  is  a  species  closely  allied  to 
P.  Rhoeas ,  and  differs  in  having  the  petals  obovate 
and  not  overlapping  instead  of  orbicular  and  overlap- 
ping, while  the  anthers  are  ovate  instead  of  oblong. 
R.H.  1891,  p.  431;  1893:12;  1893,  p.  350.  G.C.  II.  22:49. 
V.  9:187. 

Var.  Hodkeri  (P.  ffodkeri,  Baker).  A  puzzling  plant 
found  in  the  gardens  of  India,  and  of  unknown  parent- 
age. It  is  nearest  to  P.  Rhwas,  and  "differs  in  its  great 
size,  for  it  forms  a  bushy  herb  4  ft.  high  and  upwards, 
and  in  the  great  number  of  the  stigmatic  rays,  which 


are  12-20,  i.e.,  nearly  double  those  of  P.  Rhwas;  the 
fls.,  capsule  and  seeds  also  are  much  larger  and  the 
stigma  broader  in  proportion."  The  tts.  attain  3%  in. 
in  diam.,  and  vary  from  pale  rose  to  bright  crimson, 
with  a  white  or  black  spot  at  the  base.  B.M.  6729.  Gn. 
29,  p.  139.  G.C.  II.  25:9.  Procurable  from  England.— 
Said  to  revert  occasionally  to  P.  Hhoeas. 

5.  mpifragum,  var.  Atlanticum,  Ball  (P.  Atldnticum, 
Haage  &  Schmidt).    Hoary  and  everywhere  covered  with 
copious  spreading  hairs  except  the  glabrous  capsule: 
height  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  oblanceolate ;  hairs  spreading:  fls. 
2-3  in.  across;   petals  orange-red  or  scarlet;  stigmatic 
rays  6-8:  capsule  club-shaped.    Morocco,  6,000-7,000  ft. 
B.M.  7107. 

6.  Caucasicum,  Bieb.  (P.  floriMndum,  Desf.).    Bien- 
nial, more  or  less  setose:  Ivs.  bipinnately  parted  or  dis- 
sected: buds  ovate:  calyx  glabrous  or  sparsely  setose: 
petals  somewhat  in  pairs :  stigmatic  rays  3-6.    Caucasus. 
B.M.  1675  (brick-red,  not  spotted).    B.R.  2:134. 

7.  arenarium,   Bieb.     Annual,    sparingly  beset  with 
bristles  which  are  spreading  on  the  stem  and  appressed 
on  the  foliage:   Ivs.  twice  pinnatisect  into  minute  linear 
strips :  fls.  purple,  with  a  dark  spot  at  the  base  of  each 
petal;    filaments  not  dilated:   capsule  obovate  or  top- 
shaped,  with  a  convex  disk:  stigmatic  rays  7-9.    Sandj 
places  in  Caucasus  and  Caspian  region.  — Procurable  in 
England. 

8.  laevigatum,  Bieb.     Glabrous  or  with  a  few  smai: 
bristles:    fls.   purple,   usually   spotted;    petals  minute, 
obovate:  capsule  narrowly  top-shaped  or  club-shaped: 
stigmatic   rays   8-10.    Greece,   Orient.  — It   is    doubtfu 
whether  the  plant  sold  under  this  name  is  true,  for  ii 
G.C.  III.  5:21   it  is  shown  with  large,  roundish,  over 
lapping  petals. 

9.  Calif  ornicum,  Gray.   Annual,  sparsely  pilose-pubes 
cent,  1-2%  ft.  high:  Ivs.  pinnately   parted  or  dividec 
into  acutish  toothed  or  3-lobed  or  entire  segments :  fls 
2  in.  across;  petals  brick-red,  with  a  green  spot  at  th< 
base  bordered  with  rose-red :  capsule  between  club-  anc 
top-shaped,  flat  on  top.    Santa  Inez  Mountains  and  north 
ward  in  California.  Offered  in  1891  by  Peter  Henderson 
who  described  it  as  "pinkish  orange  with  center  of  sul 
phur-yellow."   Probably  procurable  from  Calif. 

10.  mpifragum,  Boiss.  &  Reut.     Dull   green,   nearlj 
glabrous.    Spain.    The  typical  form  offered  in  England 
See  No.  5. 

11.  glaucum,  Boiss.  &  Hausskn.   TULIP  POPPY.    Per 
ennial,  glaucous  and   glabrous  except  a  few  small,  ap 
pressed  bristles  along  the  peduncles,  branched  at  th< 
base:  stem-lvs.  broadly  cordate  at  the  base,  pinnatelj 
lobed  or  parted;  the  lobes  triangular,  dentate;  the  teetl 
obtuse,  callous,  muticous:   petals  large,  scarlet,  spottec 
at  the  base:  capsule  ovate,  stalked :  stigmatic  rays  abou 
12.    Syria.    Gt.  40,  p.  608,  repeated  in  G.C.  III.  10:527 
R.B.  20,  p.  58.    S.H.  2:467  and  V.  15:37.    R.H.  1892,  p 
463;  1893,  p.  350.    Int.  1891  by  Benary,  of  Erfurt. -Th( 
charming  plant  sold  under  this  name  reminds  one  im 
mediately  of  a  tulip  because  of  the  color  and  texture  oj 
the  flower,  but  especially  because  of  its  cup-like  shape 
The  two  inner  petals  are  smaller,  erect,  and  make  a  loose 
cup.    The  plants  grow  about  12-14  in.  high  and  produc( 
50-60  large  fls. 

12.  aculeatum,  Thunb.   (P.  Garieplnum,  Burch.     P 
hdrridiim,  DC.).    Annual,  1-4  ft.  high:  stem  branched 
densely  covered  with  spreading,  rigid,  unequal  bristles 
Ivs.  green,  sinuately  pinnatifid,  the  laciniations  spine 
tipped:  fls.  scarcely  2  in.  across;  petals  scarlet-orange 
unspotted:  capsule  glabrous,  oblong-obovate.    S.Africa 
Australia.    B.M.  3623.  — The   only  Poppy  known  to  in 
habit  the  southern  hemisphere.    Procurable  in  England 
Annual  in  S.  Africa,  but  said  to  be  biennial  in  northeri 
botanic  gardens. 

13.  pildsum,  Sibth.  and  Sm.    Perennial.   This  flower  ii 
about  3  in.  across,  brick-red,  the  petals  all  of  a  size  anc 
with  a  pale  spot  at  the  base:  stems  tall  and  scabrous 
freely  branched :  Ivs.  covered  with  velvety,  appressec 
hairs;    stem-lvs.  clasping,  broadly    oblong,  lobed    anc 
serrate:  capsule  glabrous, oblong-club-shaped :  stigmatic 
rays    6-7.     Rocky  alpine  heights   of  Mt.   Olympus   ir 
Bithvnia.    B.M.  4749.     Gn.  41,  p.  277;  42,  p.  585. 


PAPAVER 


PAPHIOPEDILUM 


1209 


14.  nudicaule,  Linn.  ICELAND  POPPY.  Fig.  1639. 
Typically  a  yellow-fld.  arctic  perennial,  more  robust 
than  the  next,  with  divisions  of  the  Ivs.  entire  or  spar- 
ingly cleft,  and  capsule  short,  thick  and  roundish.  In 
America  this  form  is  found  as  far  south  as  southern 
Colo,  on  the  peaks  of  the  Rockies.  Gn.  26:464;  24,  p. 
342;  28,  p.  58;  42,  p.  584.  V.  18:297.  B.M.  1633;  3035 
and  R.H.  1890:60  (P.  croceiim).  F.S.  10:1017  (as  var. 
croceum).  The  following  varieties  are  advertised  in 
the  trade  :  album,  aurantlacum,  coccineum,  crdceum, 
Striatum  and  sulphureum.  Double  forms  in  the  various 
colors  are  advertised.  Older  names  which  are  likely  to 
reappear  are  vars.  luteum,  puniceum,  and  rubro-auran- 
tiacum,  B.M.  2344.  P.  crdceum,  Ledeb.,  a  native  of  the 
Altai  Mts.,  is  a  form  nearer  to  P.  nudicaule  than  it  is 
to  alp i num.  The  name  "nudicaule"  refers  to  the  lack 
of  Ivs.  on  the  stem  which  distinguishes  this  and  the 
Alpine  Poppy  from  the  common  Corn  Poppy  of  Europe. 
P.  Greenlandictim,  Hort.,  is  possibly  a  catalogue  name 
for  P.  nudicaule. 


1639.  Iceland  Poppy,  Papaver  nudicaule  (X%). 

15.  alpinum,  Linn.  ALPINE  POPPY.  Typically  a  fra- 
grant white-fld.  perennial  of  the  European  Alps,  of 
dwarfer  habit,  with  divisions  of  the  Ivs.  cut  into  many 
fine  and  narrow  secondary  divisions,  and  a  longer  and 
narrower  capsule  approaching  club  shape.  Gn.  24:410. 
L.B.C.  5:434.  The  following  varieties  are  advertised: 


albifldrum,  album,  aurantiacum,  flavifldrum,  flavum, 
Pyrenaicum,  rdseum  and  rubrum.  P.  luteum,  Hort.  Ell- 
wanger  and  Barry,  belongs  here,  but  P.  luteum  of  the 
botanists  is  the  Welsh  Poppy,  Meconopsis  Cambrica. 

16.  Pavoninum,  Fisch.  &  Meyer  (P.  Pavdnium,  Nichol- 
son Diet.  Gard.).     PEACOCK  POPPY.     Annual,  sparsely 
hispid-pilose:    Ivs.  pinnately  parted,  the  divisions   ob- 
long-linear and   incised-toothed:    petals   scarlet,  dark- 
spotted  :    capsule   minute,  ovate:    stigmatic    rays  4-5. 
Sandy    places    of   Turkestan   and   Afghanistan.     G.C. 
II.   26:329.  — Botanically  it   is   very  distinct   by  reason 
of  2  short,  horn-like    appendages,  one  on   each    sepal 
near  the  tip  on  the  back.     Int.  1886  by  W.  Thompson, 
Ipswich,  Eng.,  who  added  the  following  points:  "dwarf, 
1  ft.  high,  neater  and  less  weedy  than  most  annual  Pop- 
pies :  petals  with  a  gray  spot  at  the  base  and  a  horse- 
shoe-shaped band  of  black.     In  the  early  part  of  the 
day  the  flower  seems  to  have  a  white  eye,  surrounded 
by  one  complete  ring  of  black."    A  good  plant  produced 
100  flowers. 

17.  Persicum,  Lindl.     Biennial,  setose-hispid:    stem 
tall,    branching,    pyramidate  :    Ivs.  pinnately    parted  : 
buds  oblong:    calyx  setose:    petals  overlapping  at  the 
margin  :    capsule    large:    stigmatic  rays   5-6.     Persia. 
B.R.  19:1570  (petals  brick-red,  with  or  without  a  white 
spot  at  the  base).   This  has  been,  and  may  still  be,  con- 
fused in  the  trade  with  P.  Caucasicum.   Both  are  glau- 
cous, and   both  advertised  in  England,  but  they  are 
biennials. 

P.  album,  Hort.  Bridgeman,  is  presumably  a  double  white- 
fld.  variety  of  the  Opium  Poppy. — P.  coccineum,  Hort.  Bridge- 
man, is  presumably  a  double  scarlet-fld.  variety  of  the  common. 
Poppy.— P.  maculdtum,  var.  superbum,  Haage  &  Schmidt,  is 
presumably  a  form  of  one  of  the  common  species.  ^_  j^ 

PAP  AW  is  Carica  Papaya  ;  also  Asimina. 
PAPEE  MULBEBRY.     See  Broussonetia. 

PAPER  PLANT.  See  Cyperus  Papyrus  and  Papyrus 
antiquorum. 

PAPHlNIA  (Paphos,  city  of  Cyprus,  sacred  to  Venus). 
Orchidacece.  A  rare  and  pretty  genus  of  orchids,  having 
the  habit  of  small  Lycastes.  The  curiously  shaped  fls. 
are  borne  on  pendent  scapes  which  are  mostly  2-fld. 
Sepals  and  petals  similar,  spreading;  mentum  obsolete:, 
labellum  uppermost  in  the  flower.  They  may  be  easily 
grown  with  Lycastes,  and  should  be  planted  in  fibrous 
peat  and  moss.  During  the  growing  period  they  require 
a  liberal  supply  of  water. 

cristata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  1-3-lvd.:  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  4-6  in.  long:  scapes  pendent,  1-2-fld. :  sepals 
and  petals  lanceolate,  acuminate,  spreading,  the  latter 
a  little  smaller  ;  all  streaked  above  and  transversely 
banded  below  with  deep  crimson  or  chocolate-brown 
markings  on  a  whitish  ground ;  labellum  much  smaller, 
chocolate-purple;  the  2  lateral  lobes  oblong,  pointed, 
half  spreading,  separated  from  the  middle  lobe  by  a 
deep  constriction;  middle  lobe  triangular-rhomboid, 
with  an  erect  crest  and  clavate  glands  on  the  disk,  and 
bordered  in  front  by  a  fringe  of  clavate  hairs.  June- 
Aug.  Trinidad.  B.M.  4836.  B.R.  21:1811  (as  Maxil- 
laria  cristata). 

rugdsa,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs  small,  rounded:  Ivs. 
small,  linear,  acuminate:  fls.  waxy,  creamy  white,  cov- 
ered with  red  spots,  which  run  together  in  blotches. 
Colombia. 

grandifldra,  Rodrig.  (P.  grdndis, Reichb. f.).  Fls.  choc- 
olate-brown, striated  on  the  lower  half  of  the  sepals  and 
petals  with  greenish  yellow  and  cream  color,  margins 
cream:  labellum  dark  purple  at  the  base,  with  an  ob- 
long, cream-colored  middle  lobe,  and  a  pair  of  small 
lobes  on  each  side.  Brazil.  G.C.  III.  14:561. -A  curi- 
ous orchid. 

P.  Lawrenciana  =  Lycaste  Lawrenciana  ? 

HEINBICH  HASSELBEING. 

PAPHIOPEDILUM  (Paphinia  (above)  and  word  for 
sandal).  Orchidacece.  A  section  of  Cypripedium  sepa- 
rated by  Pfitzer.  It  is  distinguished  by  the  3-loculed  ovary 
and  by  the  conduplicate  arrangement  of  the  Ivs.  in  the 


1210 


1-APH1OPED1LUM 


PARASITE 


bud.  Pfltzer  writes  in  Engler&  Prantl's  Pflahzenfamilien 
that  the  "ovary  is  completely  3-loculed,  or  1-loculed  be- 
low and  only  the  tip  divided  into  3  locules."  The  species 
have  not  been  revised  and  will  be  found  under  Cypripe- 
dium  and  Selenipedium. 

P.  barbdtum,  Pfitz.  (Cypripedium  barbatum,  Lindl.).— P. 
Boxalli,  Pfitz.  (Cypripedium  Boxalli,  Reichb.  f.).— P.  cauda- 
tum,  Pfitz.  (Selenipedium  caudatum,  Reichb.  f.). 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PAPPOOSE  BOOT  or  BLUE  COHOSH  is  Caulophyllnm 
thalictroides ,  a  native  plant  that  does  not  appear  to  be 
in  the  general  trade. 

PAPYRUS  antiquorum  (Fig.  1640),  the  Egyptian 
Paper-plant,  is  Cyperus  Papyrus,  which  see  for  tech- 
nical description.  It  is  a  tall-growing,  graceful  aquatic, 
bearing  an  umbel  of  long  and  slender  branchlets.  It 
does  not  endure  frost.  It  is  much  used  for  bedding  out 
about  ponds  in  the  summer.  The  plants  for  bedding  are 


1640.   Papyrus  antiquorum. 

propagated  in  January  and  February,  by  division  of  the 
roots  that  were  brought  in  from  the  open  in  autumn. 
The  plants  are  kept  quiet  until  the  roots  are  divided. 
The  roots  are  divided  into  small  pieces,  and  the  divi- 
sions are  started  in  a  warm  sand  propagating  bed.  As 
the  plants  grow,  they  are  potted.  By  late  spring  the 
plants  should  be  ready  for  use  in  shallow  pools  in  the 
°Pen-  L.  H.  B. 

PARACHUTE  FLOWER,  adv.  by  Blanc,  1900,  is  Cero- 
pegia  Sdndersoni,  Decaisne,  from  So.  Africa.  Asclepia- 
dacece.  It  is  a  tall-twining  plant  with  fls.  of  most  un- 
usual shape  and  structure.  It  is  figured  in  B.M.  5792, 
from  which  the  following  extracts  are  taken:  "Stems 
stout,  succulent,  as  thick  as  a  goose-quill.  .  .  .  Lvs. 
small  and  distant  for  the  size  of  the  plan^  shortly 
stoutly  petioled,  l/^-2K  in.  long,  ovate-cordate,  obtuse, 
thick  and  succulent,  nerveless,  deep  green  like  the 


stems.  .  .  .  Corolla  2%  in.  long,  curved  at  the  base, 
tube  2  in.  broad  across  the  top;  tube  slightly  inflated 
and  green  at  the  base,  expanding  into  a  funnel-shaped, 
5-angled  transparent  limb  with  opaque  green  reticulated 
veins;  this  presents  5  short  distant  lobes  on  its  margin, 
which  bears  the  5  curious  horizontal  appendages  that 
togetner  form  the  umbraculiform  cap  to  the" flower:  this 
cap  is  a  bright  verdigris-green,  pitted  on  the  surface 
and  formed  of  5  confluent  convex  lobes  with  a  conical 
central  papilla;  each  lobe  is  2-lobed  at  its  outer  margin, 
and  the  margins  are  turned  up  and  bear  a  series  of 
transparent,  flat,  erect  hairs  within  the  border." 

Ceropegia  contains  about  80  species,  mostly  African. 
Several  species  are  known  in  European  collections,  but 
when  the  first  volume  of  this  Cyclopedia  was  written 
none  had  been'offered  in  the  American  trade.  Some  of 
them  are  bulbous-rooted.  They  demand  a  warm  or  in- 
termediate house,  and  are  propagated  by  cuttings  of 
the  stems.  All  the  species  are  odd.  L.  fj.  B. 

PARADISEA  (said  to  be  from  Paradise,  of  which  this 
plant  is  supposed  to  be  a  fit  inhabitant).  Often  written 
Paradisia.  ST.  BRUNO'S  LILY.  Liliacece.  St.  Bruno's 
Lily  and  St.  Bernard's  Lily  are  advertised  in  nearly 
every  good-sized  catalogue  of  hardy  herbaceous  plants, 
as  Anthericum  Liliastrum  and  Anthericum  Liliago, 
but  the  former  should  be  called  Paradisea  Liliastrum. 
Both  these  plants  have  white,  lily-like  fls.,  borne  in 
early  summer  on  scapes  a  foot  or  more  high.  The  fls.  of 
both  are  tipped  green  outside.  The  Ivs.  are  linear,  all 
radical,  and  a  foot  or  so  long.  Both  plants  are  natives 
of  middle  Europe,  and  by  their  popular  names  recall 
the  life-saving  monks  of  the  Alps.  It  is  no  wonder, 
then,  that  they  are  often  confused.  The  Paradisea  has 
larger  fls.,  which  are  funnel-shaped  rather  than  rotate, 
but  the  fundamental  differences  upon  which  Paradisea 
is  made  a  separate  genus  lie  in  the  stamens.  In  Para- 
disea (according  to  Bentham  &  Hooker),  the  anthers 
are  attached  at  the  middle  of  the  back  and  are  versatile; 
in  Anthericum  the  anthers  are  attached  at  their  base 
and  are  erect.  Moreover,  the  stamens  of  Paradisea 
are  hypogynous ;  of  Anthericum,  perigynous.  Following 
are  some  of  the  other  differences  as  given  by  Baker  in 
Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  15:286,  287,  301  (1877): 

Paradisea  Liliastrum^  Bertol.,  has  6-8  Ivs. :  scape  12- 
24  in.  high:  raceme  2-lO-fld. :  bracts  lanceolate:  perianth 
18-21  lines  long:  style  15-18  lines  long;  ovary  and  cap- 
sule oblong. 

Anthericum  Liliago,  Linn.,  has  12-20  Ivs. :  scape  6-15 
in.  high:  raceme  (sometimes  panicled)  10-20-fld. :  bracts 
linear:  perianth  6-9  lines  long:  style  5-6  lines  long: 
ovary  and  capsule  globose.  Some  of  the  above  char 
acters  will  not  hold  for  cultivated  plants. 

P.  Liliastrum,  var.  major,  Hort.,  is  said  to  be  a  much 
larger  and  better  form  than  the  type,  growing  2-3  ft. 
high  and  bearing  more  and  larger  fls.  Gn.  9:1  (as  An- 
thericum Liliastrum  var.)  has  fls.  2  in.  long  and  2%  in. 
across.  w  M. 

PARADISE  FLOWER.     Strelitzia  reghicc. 


PARAGUAY  TEA. 

Amer.  trade. 


Ilex  Paraguariensis,  not  in  the 


PARA  NUT.     Bertholletia. 

PARASITE.  A  parasitic  plant  is  one  which  fastens 
itself  upon  another  plant  (or  other  organism),  and, 
stimulated  by  the  latter,  either  grows  into  its  interior, 
or  sends  certain  sucking  organs  into  its  tissues  by  means 
of  which  a  part  or  all  the  nourishment  necessary  for.  the 
Parasite  is  obtained.  A  plant  which  lives  upon  dead 
organic  substance  is  termed  a  saprophyte  (which  see). 
The  most  common  Parasites  are  to  be  found  among  the 
fungi,  which  are  the  abundant  causes  of  plant  diseases, 
—  such  as  rusts, .smuts,  and  mildews.  These  fungous 
Parasites  secure  all  of  their  nourishment  from  the  host, 
or  plant  attacked,  and  most  commonly  grow  within  the 
tissues  until  ready  to  form  their  reproductive  bodies, .or 
spores.  There  are  also  Parasites  among  flowering 
plants.  Of  these  there  are  two  principal  classes:  (1) 
those  green  in  color,  or  chlorophyll-containing^ such  as 
the  mistletoe  and  the  bastard  toad-flax;  and  (2)  those 
practically  devoid  of  chlorophyll,  such  as  the  dodder 


PARASITE 

and  the  broom-rape.  Members  of  the  first  class  are  ac- 
tive photosynthetically,  and  may  manufacture  their  own 
carbonaceous  material  from  CO2  and  water,  while  mem- 
bers of  the  second  class  must  receive  all  or  nearly  all 
similar  foods  from  the  host.  There  are  all  gradations 
between  Parasites  and  saprophytes;  there  are  plants 
parasitic  at  one  stage  and  saprophytic  at  another,  and 
there  are  those  which  are  at  once  parasitic  and  sapro- 
phvtic.  B.  M.  DUGGAK. 

PARASOL,  CHINESE.     Sterculia  platanifolia. 
PARASOL  FIE  or  TREE.     Sciadopitys  verticiUata. 
PARASOL  PINE.     Finns  Pinea. 
PARDANTHUS.     See  Belemcanda. 

PARIS  (name  discussed  below).  HERB  PARIS.  LOVE 
APPLE.  Lfiliacece.  Everyone  who  knows  and  loves  a 
Trillium  will  be  interested  in  the  Herb  Paris,  which 
differs  from  a  Trillium  in  having  its  floral  parts  in 
4's  instead  of  3's.  There  are  about  8  species  alto- 
gether, and  in  some  of  them  the  floral  parts  are  in 
higher  numbers  than  four.  They  resemble  Trilliums  in 
being  small,  hardy,  rhizomatous  plants,  found  in  moun- 
tainous countries  of  the  north  temperate  zone,  and  even 
in  the  arctic  regions.  Also  they  have  a  single  whorl 
of  Ivs.  at  the  top  of  the  scape  and  a  single  flower,  but 
in  Paris  the  outer  perianth  segments  are  more  herba- 
ceous and  calyx-like,  while  the  inner  ones  are  much 
narrower  and  less  showy,  being  mere  strips  of  petal  or 
even  entirely  absent. 

The  name  Paris  is  an  interesting  one.  The  berry  of 
the  plant  is  compared  to  the  apple  of  discord,  while  the 
four  leaves  surrounding  it  are  likened  to  Paris  and  the 
three  envious  goddesses,  Juno,  Minerva  and  Venus. 
Others  think  the  name  is  derived  from  par,  equal,  refer- 
ring to  the  agreement  in  number  between  leaves  and 
floral  parts. 

quadrifdlia,  Linn.  HERB  PARIS.  TRUE  LOVE.  Height 
9-12  in.:  Ivs.  netted-veined  (very  exceptional  among 
monocotyledons):  peduncle  rising  1-2  in.  above  Ivs.: 
perianth  segments  yellowish  green,  the  4  inner  ones 
rather  more  yellow:  berry  bluish  black.  Rarely  the  Ivs. 
and  floral  parts  are  in  5's.  The  dominant  European 
type,  scattered  all  over  Eu.  and  Siberia  from  the  Arctic 
circle  to  the  Mediterranean,  in  woods  and  shady  places, 
but  usually  very  local.  Fls.  in  spring  or  early  summer. 
Gn.  31,  p.  165.— Not  advertised  in  America  at  present. 

W.  M. 

PARIS  DAISY.     Chrysanthemum  frutescens. 

PARlTIUM  tiliaceum  is  referred  to  Hibiscus  in  this 
work.  It  is  a  handsome  shrub  or  small  tree,  of  10  to  30 
feet,  bearing  considerable  general  resemblance  to  the 
cotton  plant,  for  which  travelers  have  sometimes  mis- 
taken it.  In  Porto  Rico  it  is  often  planted  for  hedges 
along  roadsides,  and  is  very  abundant  in  waste  places 
near  the  sea.  It  was  already  widely  distributed  in 
America  in  prehistoric  times,  and  has  now  been  intro- 
duced throughout  the  tropics. 

It  is  valued  for  its  very  strong  bast  fiber,  which  has 
much  similarity  to  jute,  but  differs  in  the  peculiar  prop- 
erty of  maintaining  or  even  increasing  its  strength 
after  long  maceration  in  water.  The  extraction  of  the 
fiber  for  the  manufacture  of  cordage  and  other  pur- 
poses offers  no  special  difficulties.  It  has  also  been 
recommended  for  paper-making.  At  present  it  is  uti- 
lized in  Porto  Rico  for  domestic  purposes  only,  all  the 
home-made  ropes  being  twisted  from  it.  The  conditions 
are,  however,  very  favorable  for  the  cultivation  of 
fmujngna  on  a  large  scale,  should  more  extensive  indus- 
trial uses  be  found  for  it.  Q  p  COOK. 

PARK.  Plate  XXV.  A  tract  of  considerable  size  set 
apart  primarily  for  enjoyment.  Meaning  originally,  in 
England,  a  place  for  the  preservation  of  deer  for  the 
chase,  the  word  is  often  used  now  to  denote  the  land- 
scape character  commonly  associated  with  such  deer 
parks.  In  the  United  States,  when  the  original  signifi- 
cation is  meant,  the  word  is  modified,  as  deer  park, 
game  park,  etc.  As  a  type  of  landscape  the  park  is 
characterized  by  comparatively  broad  stretches  of  pas- 


PARK 


1211 


ture  lying  between  irregularly  and  rather  widely  spaced 
masses  of  tree  foliage.  It  is  extremely  simple  and  quiet 
in  character,  and  while  it  often  contains  many  other 
elements,  such  as  ponds  or  running  water,  thickets  of 
bushes  under  the  trees  or  occasionally  outstanding 
houses,  bridges  or  other  artificial  structures,  these  fea- 
tures are  all  subordinate  as  well  as  harmonious  if  the 
scene  can  be  called  typically  park-like. 

Private  Parks  attached  to  country  houses,  in  America, 
are  usually  so  called  because  they  have,  or  are  intended 
to  have,  something  of  this  park-like  type  of  scenery.  A 
place  departing  very  widely  from  this  type  is  called, 
according  to  its  character,  a  wood  or  grove,  a  garden,  a 
farm,  or  more  vaguely  by  the  general  term  country-place. 

Public  Parks  are  so  called,  not  because  their  scenery 
is  necessarily  of  the  type  properly  associated  with  the 
word  "park,"  but  because  converted  Royal  Parks  were 
the  most  notable  public  pleasure  grounds  of  English 
cities  at  the  time  when  they  began  to  feel  the  need  of 
making  municipal  provision  for  the  outdoor  recreation 
of  their  growing  populations.  The  earliest  important 
pleasure  grounds  of  municipal  construction  were  based 
upon  these  and  upon  private  parks  as  models,  and  the 
name  "park  "  came  to  be  so  attached  to  municipal  under- 
takings in  the  way  of  outdoor  recreation,  that  it  is  now 
almost  indiscriminately  applied  to  any  tract  of  land  set 
apart  for  public  enjoyment,  regardless  of  the  kind  of 
enjoyment  or  the  character  of  its  scenery ;  but  the  best 
usage  appears  to  confine  the  meaning  of  public  park  to 
a  tract  of  considerable  size,  leaving  the  lesser  spaces  to 
be  called  squares,  gardens,  playgrounds,  places,  etc. 
Another  special  use  of  the  word  in  America  is  its  ap- 
plication to  tracts  of  land  in  the  West,  many  square 
miles  in  extent,  either  set  apart  by  government,  as 
Yellowstone  Park,  or  naturally  distinguished  by  the 
presence  of  comparatively  gentle  grazing  land  in  the 
midst  of  rougher  country.  "Park"  is  also  used  in  a 
more  general  way  to  indicate  the  general  purpose  of  any 
open  land  devoted  to  public  recreation,  or  of  the  organi- 
zation controlling  it,  etc.,  as  "park  system,"  "park  de- 
partment," etc. 

A  large  city  park  system  usually  contains  parks  of 
varying  size  and  character  and  many  smaller  pleasure 
grounds.  No  rigid  classification  can  be  made,  but  the 
following  may  be  regarded  as  reasonably  distinct  types, 
each  having  its  own  field  of  usefulness, its  own  merits  and 
its  own  limitations.  In  practice  the  lines  between  these 
types  cannot  be  distinctly  drawn,  but  poor  results  are 
often  due  to  losing  sight  of  the  distinct  and  often  con- 
flicting motives  which  have  given  rise  to  these  types. 

1.  The  large  rural  Park  (Plate  XXV.  Figs.  1641-3), 
generally  from  200  to  1,000  acres,  is  in  most  cases  the 
chief  feature  of  a  city  park  system.  It  is  seldom  under- 
taken except  by  large  cities  or  cities  so  rapidly  growing 
that  the  need  of  such  provision  can  be  clearly  foreseen. 
Its  main  object  is  to  provide  conveniently  in  some  de- 
gree for  the  inhabitants  of  large  cities  that  sort  of  rec- 
reation which  is  to  be  obtained  by  strolling  or  driving 
in  a  pleasant  country  district.  There  is  no  doubt  that 


1641.   Vista  in  a  large  rural  Park. 

the  enjoyment  of  beautiful  natural  scenery  is  to  the 
majority  of  city  dwellers  one  of  the  most  refreshing 
antidotes  for  the  wearing  influences  of  city  life.  Where 
cities  are  of  moderate  size  and  are  surrounded  by  a 
beautiful  country  district,  this  enjoyment  is  readily 
accessible  to  the  mass  of  the  population,  and  it  has  for- 


1212 


PARK 


PLAN  OF 

PROSPECT   PARK 

BROOKLYN 
CIT-V 


BOROUGH   OF 


NEW    VOPtK 


1642.    Plan  of  Prospect  Park,  Brooklyn,  to  illustrate  the  large  rural  park. 


tunately  become  more  so  in  proportion  to  the  size  of 
the  cities  within  the  last  fifteen  years  through  the  de- 
velopment of  trolley  car  lines  and  the  use  of  the  bicycle ; 
but  this  increased  accessibility  of  the  country  has  been 
in  part  offset  by  the  growth  of  the  cities  during  the  same 
period,  and  by  the  serious  impairment  of  the  rural  quiet 
of  the  suburban  regions  through  the  same  cause— im- 
proved cheap  transportation.  It  is  therefore  necessary, 
if  the  people  of  large  cities  are  to  have  easy  access  to 
refreshing  rural  scenery,  that  the  municipality  should 
withdraw  from  its  taxable  area  a  tract  sufficiently  large 
to  provide  such  scenery  within  its  own  limits.  The  cost, 
both  directly  in  money  and  indirectly  through  interfer- 
ence with  the  street  system  and  with  the  normal  com- 
mercial development  of  the  land,  is  necessarily  very 
great,  and  only  the  purpose  of  providing  beautiful  scen- 
ery, thoroughly  contrasting  with  the  city  life  and 
measurably  sequestered  from  all  its  sights  and  sounds, 
can  justify  this  cost,  because  almost  all  the  other 
purposes  served  in  public  recreation  grounds  can  be 
met  more  economically  and  far  more  conveniently  in 
smaller  areas  distributed  throughout  the  city.  The 
essential  characteristics  of  a  well-designed  and  well- 
managed  park  of  this  class  are,  therefore,  that  all  of 
the  numerous  other  objects  which  it  may  serve  are 
subordinated  to  the  provision  of  beautiful  scenery  and 
to  rendering  this  scenery  accessible  and  enjoyable  by 
large  numbers  of  people,  and  that  the  subordinate  ob- 
jects are  met  only  in  such  ways  and  to  such  a  degree 
as  will  not  interfere  with  the  simplicity  and  the  rural 
and  natural  quality  of  the  scenery. 

Although  Central  Park,  in  New  York,  is  the  most 
noted  park  of  this  class  in  America,  it  can  hardly  be 
taken  as  the  most  typical  example  on  account  of  its 
rocky,  complicated  topography,  its  unfortunately  nar- 
row shape,  owing  to  which  the  surrounding  high  build- 
ings to  a  great  extent  dominate  its  scenery,  and  to  the 
interruption  offered  by  the  great  reservoirs  which  cut  it 
into  two  independent  parts.  Prospect  Park,  in  Brook- 
lyn, begun  in  1866,  is  here  described  in  some  detail  for 
the  purpose  of  affording  a  concrete  example  of  the 
principles  that  the  writer  wishes  to  illustrate  respect- 
ing rural  parks.  Fig.  1642  and  Plate  XXV. 

Prospect  Park  has  an  area  of  526%  acres.  Its  main  en- 
trance is  about  3%  miles  from  New  York  City  Hall,  or 
\%  miles  from  Brooklyn  City  Hall.  It  is  approached  from 
the  city  by  four  lines  of  trolley  cars,  but  is  at  the  city 


end  of  the  Parkway  System,  so  that  it  must  be  reached 
through  ordinary  streets.  The  chief  features  of  its  de- 
sign are:  1st,  the  open,  park-like  landscape  of  the  Long 
Meadow;  2d,  the  woodland  section,  hilly  and  rising  to 
an  elevated  outlook;  3d,  the  lake  and  its  surroundings; 
4th,  a  series  of  minor  passages  of  scenery  and  ele- 
ments of  interest  fitted  in  at  points  not  appropriated 
for  the  main  effects.  The  most  characteristic  and  most 
valuable  part  of  the  park  is  the  Long  Meadow  with 
its  surrounding  masses  of  wood,  from  the  shade  of 
which  the  outlook  ranges  over  one  of  the  most  beauti- 
ful and  simple  park  landscapes  in  the  country.  But 
one  is  not  brought  directly  to  the  Meadow  from  the 
outside  streets.  One  goes  at  first  through  a  formal  plaza, 
then  through  a  retired,  shady  ante-chamber,  just  long 
enough  to  give  a  sense  of  retirement  from  the  city,  then, 
if  on  foot,  through  an  archway  under  the  drive,  that 
does  away  with  the  nervousness  of  crossing  a  throng  of 
carriages,  and  then  one  comes  out  suddenly  upon  the 
joyous,  sunny  greensward.  Its  extent— over  50  acres- 
is  enough  to  secure  an  effect  of  breadth  and  enlarged 
freedom  without  bringing  its  whole  expanse  into  a  sin- 
gle view.  One  can  see  that  it  reaches  beyond  the  pro- 
jecting groves  and  scattered  trees  that  form  the  back- 
ground of  the  main  composition,  and  he  is  tempted  to 
stroll  on  and  open  up  the  prospects  thus  suggested.  The 
surrounding  groves  are  freely  used  for  picnic  parties, 
and  although  much  of  the  ground  is  tramped  bare 
beneath  the  trees,  but  little  serious  harm  is  done.  A 
carrousel  or  merry-go-round  with  its  loud,  mechanical 
organ,  the  only  discordant  feature  of  the  place,  was 
removed  to  this  point  a  few  years  ago.  This  piece  of  ap- 
paratus was  originally  designed  to  be  in  a  retired  section 
devoted  to  children's  games,  where  all  sorts  of  amusing 
apparatus  might  be  placed  without  intruding  on  the  park 
at  large.  The  children's  playground,  not  being  shady 
or  attractive  for  its  purpose,  has  now  been  transformed 
into  a  rose  garden.  On  the  lower  edge  of  the  Long 
Meadow  are  the  pools  which  are  at  the  source  of  the 
park  ornamental  water  system.  They  illustrate  both  the 
value  of  water  in  a  park  landscape  and  the  practical 
difficulty  of  securing  and  maintaining  agreeable  natural 
shores  within  the  confines  of  a  large  city.  Where  the 
banks  are  clothed  with  shrubs  the  effect  is  admirable, 
but  wherever  the  grass-land  comes  to  the  water's  edge 
and  in  many  places  where  shrubs  once  grew,  the  ground 
has  become  foot-worn  to  utter  bareness.  Little  iron 


PARK 

railings  in  parks  are  in  themselves  no  protection  in  great 
public  resorts,  and  even  wire  fences  may  entirely  fail 
to  prevent  people  from  trampling  some  of  the  shady 
banks  and  rockeries  into  barrenness.  Adequate  policing 
and  prompt  repair  of  points  that  cannot  withstand  too 
free  use  is  the  only  remedy,  and  these  should 
never  be  lacking  in  all  city  parks.  Leaving 
the  Meadow,  the  water  flows  down  through  a 
ravine  in  the  woodland  portion  of  the  park, 
wholly  overshadowed  by  trees  with  a  varied 
undergrowth.  Through  this  woodland  sec- 
tion the  paths  and  drives  are  comparatively 
narrow,  numerous  and  intricate,  as  befits 
the  intricacy  and  detail  of  sylvan  scenery, 
and  points  of  special  interest  are  marked 
by  simple  rustic  seats,  shelters,  outlooks, 
and  the  like.  In  the  southern  part  of  the 
park  is  a  lake  62  acres  in  extent,  of  arti- 
ficial formation,  but  of  natural  appearance. 
It  is  large  enough  to  afford  good  boating  in 
summer  and  skating  in  winter  for  large  num- 
bers, as  well  as  providing  innumerable  broad 
and  beautiful  water  views.  Electric  launches 
carry  passengers  around  a  2% -mile  circuit  for 
ten  cents.  The  shores  of  the  lake  are  for  the 
most  part  wooded  with  tree  plantations,  now 
well  grown,  and  are  very  attractive  except 
where  indiscriminate  use  has  worn  them  bare 
or  where  the  originally  intended  wild  under- 
growth is  lacking.  Parts  of  the  shore  have  for 
contrast  the  open  meadow  character,  a  char- 
acter which  will  be  emphasized  when  some 
of  the  planted  trees  are  cut,  as  necessary.  Several  im- 
portant points  were  chosen  in  the  design  of  the  park  as 
places  for  the  gathering  of  large  and  dense  crowds,  and 
were  planned  with  that  end  in  view.  The  first  of  these 
was  the  concert  grove  near  the  east  end  of  the  lake. 
The  great  breadth  of  bare  ground  or  pavement  wherever 
large  crowds  gather  frequently,  makes  absurd  any 
attempt  to  simulate  natural  scenery  in  such  a  place,  and 
in  the  design  of  the  concert  place  a  grove  of  formally 
planted  trees  with  architectural  accessories  was  made 
upon  gently  rising  ground,  arranged  radially  at  one 
side  of  a  little  bay  in  the  lake,  upon  an  island  in  which 
the  band-stand  was  to  be  placed.  Upon  another  side  of 
the  bay  a  large  concourse  for  carriages  was  also  pro- 
vided, and  in  connection  with  the  formal  treatment  of 
the  concert  grove  was  built  a  shelter,  a  restaurant  and 
a  terrace  overlooking  the  main  drive.  While  the  grove 
was  still  so  young  as  to  be  unattractive  a  band-stand 
was  erected  in  a  natural  grove  near  the  Nether- 
mead,  a  place  in  which  the  intricate  woodland  scenery 
with  its  brook  and  pools  and  shrubbery,  and  the  cor- 
respondingly intricate  arrangements  of  narrow  paths 
and  bridges,  bridle  path  and  drive,  were  unfitted  for 
accommodating  a  large  crowd.  Here  the  people  are 
now  drawn  in  thousands,  wheelmen,  carriages,  horses 
and  people  on  foot,  all  trampling  about  together  among 
the  trees  and  where  the  grass  and  bushes  once  grew, 


PARK 


1213 


and  blocking  the  narrow  bridges.  The  unused  concert 
place  now  has  a  display  of  bedding  plants.  The  second 
gathering  place  was  at  the  top  of  Lookout  Hill,  which 
rises  100  feet  above  the  surrounding  country  and  com- 
mands a  noble  view  extending  out  to  sea.  Here  is  a 


1643.    Water  scene  in  a  large  rural  Park. 


1644.    Edge  of  the  concert  grove  in  Prospect  Park. 

large  carriage  concourse,  although  a  shelter  and  other 
provisions  designed  for  those  on  foot  are  not  provided. 
The  plantations  upon  the  flanks  of  the  hill  have  now 
become  so  high  and  so  continuous  that  the  views  are 
nearly  closed.  A  third  point,  the  Breeze  Hill  Con- 
course, which  originally  enjoyed  a  good  view  of  the 
lake  as  well  as  a  good  breeze,  has  now  grown  up  so  that 
it  is  no  longer  attractive  as  a  view-point  and  has  been 
converted  into  a  plantation  for  perennials,  as  a  Colonial 
Garden.  Of  the  other  subordinated  features  of  inter- 
est may  be  mentioned  the  Deer  Paddock,  the  Wild  Fowl 
Pond,  the  Vale  of  Cashmere,  the  Archery  Grounds  and 
the  Greenhouses.  The  space  set  apart  on  the  plan  for  a 
Deer  Paddock  is  a  detached  open  area  of  suitable  park- 
like  kind ;  this  land  is  now  used  as  a  nursery  ground, 
and  the  deer  have  been  introduced  on  steep  and  broken 
ground  in  the  midst  of  the  woodland  section.  The  Wild 
Fowl  Pond  is  in  such  a  situation  that  there  is  little 
temptation  to  go  down  and  injure  its  steep  banks  by 
walking  along  them,  and  the  effects  of  the  views  from 
path,  road  and  shelter  across  its  surface  to  the  pictur- 
esque foliage  of  its  opposite  margin  are  admirable, 
especially  when  it  is  enlivened  by  moving  birds.  The 
Vale  of  Cashmere  is  a  narrow  valley  containing  a  little 
winding  pool  and  filled  with  a  rich  and  varied  massing 
of  rhododendrons  and  other  flowering  shrubs  and  ever- 
greens, growing  in  an  irregular  and  picturesque  man- 
ner. However  a  visitor  may  be  impressed 
by  any  of  these  special  features  with  their 
strong,  individual  characters,  he  need  see 
none  of  them  that  he  does  not  particu- 
larly care  for,  as  they  are  all  self-contained 
and  do  not  obtrude  themselves  upon  the 
dominant  park  landscape,  for  the  sole  ob- 
ject of  securing  which  the  limits  of  the 
park  were  extended  to  their  present  size. 
The  above  remarks  illustrate  the  type  of 
changes  that  are  likely  to  occur  in  all  pub- 
lic parks,  and  for  this  reason  they  may  be 
suggestive  to  the  reader. 

2.  The  small  city  park  (Fig.  1644-5),  from 
ten  to  two  hundred  acres  or  thereabouts,  is 
usually  an  effort  in  the  same  general  direc- 
tion as  the  large  rural  park,  with  a  limita- 
tion fixed  by  the  difficulty  of  setting  apart  a 
large  body  of  land  in  one  piece  at  a  point  of 
access  to  a  large  population.  It  is  almost 
impossible  to  attain  within  so  small  a  space 
the  degree  of  seclusion  from  the  city  and 
the  sense  of  breadth,  simplicity  and  free- 
dom that  are  the  essential  features  of  the 


PARK 


PARK 


landscape  of  a  rural  park ;  yet  small  passages  of  inter- 
esting and  agreeable  scenery  are  often  attainable,  and 
the  obviously  artificial  objects  which  may  intrude  upon 
them  can  often  be  so  treated  as  to  harmonize  with  the 
effect.  The  scenery  can  seldom  be  quite  natural  in  ap- 
pearance, but  it  can  often  be  very  beautiful,  a  certain 
elaboration,  elegance  and  even  magnificence  taking  the 
place  of  the  more  quiet  and  restful  simplicity  of  the  large 
park,  in  a  way  that  appeals  very  obviously  to  many  peo- 
ple, and  there  is  therefore  more  or  less  tendency  to 
develop  large  parks  in  the  same  direction.  It  is  un- 
fortunate that  it  should  be  so,  for  as  these  ends  can 
be  attained  almost  as  well  upon  small  parks  as  upon 
large,  it  is  clearly  a  mistake  to  treat  one  large  park  in 
this  style  instead  of  several  of  smaller  size  so  distrib- 
uted as  to  serve  conveniently  a  larger  population.  It 
is  because  more  cities  have  small  parks  of  this  elabor- 
ate and  what  might  almost  be  called  gardenesque  treat- 
ment than  have  large  and  simple  rural  parks,  that  so 
many  people  have  a  perverted  conception  of  what  con- 
stitutes a  park. 

Morningside  Park,  New  York  (Fig.  1645),  is  an  ex- 
ample of  a  small  city  park  upon  an  extremely  rugged 
and  picturesque  site,  planned,  in  order  to  enhance  this 
quality,  with  an  avoidance  of  decorative  elaboration.  It 
occupies  a  craggy  hillside  strip  from  200  to  500  feet  wide 
and  %  of  a  mile  long, with  a  difference  of  elevation  of  from 
50  to  100  feet  between  one  side  and  the  other,  rendering 
the  land  unfit  for  streets  or  buildings.  From  its  situa- 
tion as  well  as  its  narrow  shape  it  is  essentially  unse- 
cluded;  indeed  one  of  its  most  notable  features  is  the 
impressive  and  utterly  unrural  view  which  it  offers 
over  the  busy  streets  and  houses  of  Harlem,  that 
stretch  away  from  its  base.  This  view  and  the  boldness 
of  the  crags  is  emphasized  by  a  stone  terrace  along  the 
upper  edge,  supporting  a  promenade  and  a  tree -lined 
boundary  street.  Convenience  of  passage  is  met  by 
numerous  broad  paths,  with  masonry  steps  fitted  to  the 
irregularities  of  the  ledges.  The  planting  among  the 
ledges  was  designed  to  be  of  the  tangled  sort  such  as 
often  clothes  broken  ledges  naturally,  while  the  more 
level  land  at  the  base  of  the  crags  is  treated  by  contrast 
as  a  smooth  lawn,  with  scattered  trees.  The  natural 
boldness  of  the  crags  is  partly  lost  by  an  effort  to  ex- 
tend turf  over  every  possible  area,  and  the  shrub  plant- 
ing is  possibly  rather  too  garden-like  in  style  to  be  in 
entire  accord  with  the  situation,  but  in  general  the  park 
is  treated  in  a  manner  approaching  that  of  the  large 
parks,  although  without  any  attempt  at  complete  rural 
seclusion.  It  contains  a  little  over  thirty  acres,  ex- 
clusive of  the  various  boundary  streets  and  prome- 
nades. 

More  commonly  small  parks  are  used  for  the  display 
of  interesting  and  showy  flowering  shrubs  and  trees, 
and  make  a  feature  of  fountains,  statues  and  other 
sculpture  more  or  less  good.  In  moderation  and  skil- 
fully used  such  objects,  together  with  terraces  and 
other  architectural  work,  are  entirely  appropriate  and 
desirable  in  parks  of  this  class,  and  add  much  to  the 
effect  of  elegance  and  richness.  The  predominant  pur- 
pose is  to  please  the  eye,  as  in  the  large  parks,  but  in  a 
way  that  has  often  a  little  of  the  element  of  spectacular 
effect  and  certainly  more  of  interest  in  the  individual 
objects  than  in  the  case  of  the  quiet  rural  park.  The 
enjoyment  is  more  closely  related  to  that  offered  by 
architecture  and  decorative  design  and  other  pleasures 
forming  a  part  of  the  daily  city  life. 

3.  Neighborhood  pleasure  grounds  are  spaces  of 
varying  size  coming  within  the  scope  of  the  park  sys- 
tem, and  including  numerous  aims  other  than  the  en- 
joyment of  scenery.  Sometimes  the  leading  feature  is 
a  "playgroun(l  for  athletic  sports,  sometimes  a  sort  of 
outdoor  kindergarten  for  little  children,  sometimes  a 
concert  grove  and  promenade,  sometimes  a  menagerie, 
sometimes  a  public  bathing  place  or  boating  place.  The 
area  is  usually  restricted,  and,  as  the  name  indicates,  the 
object  is  to  offer  the  maximum  of  outdoor  recreation 
for  the  people  of  a  single  neighborhood,  when  they 
have  not  the  time  to  go  far  afield.  As  children  out  of 
school  hours  are  most  in  need  of  such  provision,  play- 
grounds form  an  important  feature  in  many  grounds 
of  this  class;  but  in  all  the  best  examples  the  means 
of  meeting  the  various  practical  requirements,  whether 


athletics,  band  concerts  or  what  not,  are  so  arranged  as 
to  produce  a  pleasing  effect  on  the  eye  as  well.  This  is 
the  more  difficult  from  the  fact  that  these  grounds  get 
very  hard  usage:  and  it  is  practically  impossible  to 
maintain  a  respectable  turf  on  the  area  devoted  to  a 
playground.  This  is  sometimes  left  in  loam  worn  bare 
in  streaks  and  patches  by  the  playing,  but  it  is  better 
surfaced  with  well-compacted  gravel.  So  far  as  any 
single  example  can  represent  this  class,  which  must 
vary  in  every  element  with  local  conditions,  Charles- 
bank,  in  Boston,  may  be  taken  as  an  illustration.  This 
playground  occupies  a  tract  of  about  ten  acres  upon  the 
borders  of  the  Charles  river  at  a  point  near  a  district  of 
considerable  congestion,  and  occupied  by  a  population 
of  a  poor  class.  A  promenade  was  established  on  the 
edge  of  the  sea  wall  about  two  thousand  feet  in  length, 
and  between  it  and  the  undisturbed  streets  a  play- 
ground was  laid  out,  having  an  average  width  of  about 
two  hundred  and  fifty  feet.  Within  this  long,  narrow 
belt  of  public  ground  were  established  two  outdoor 
gymnasia,  each  with  a  running  track  and  a  building  for 
dressing  and  bathing.  One  of  these  outdoor  gymnasia 
was  designed  for  women  and  children  and  the  other  for 
men  and  boys,  and  they  are  at  the  opposite  extremities  of 
the  playground.  The  tract  between  them  was  laid  out 
with  walks,  trees,  shrubs  and  turf,  and  was  intended  pri- 
marily to  appeal  to  the  aesthetic  senses.  The  Charles- 
bank  has  well  proved  the  practicability  of  maintaining, 
within  the  very  heart  of  the  city,  a  tract  of  ground  oc- 
cupied by  greensward  and  trees  despite  the  fact  that  it 
is  frequented  by  thousands  of  men,  women  and  chil- 
dren. The  city  of  Boston  provides  free  instruction  in 
gymnastics  upon  the  playground,  and  yearly  over  70,- 
000  women  and  girls,  and  200,000  men  and  boys  have 
made  use  of  the  facilities  offered.  The  total  cost  of 
this  playground  for  land  and  improvements  to  date  is 
$382,000,  and  the  yearly  cost  of  maintenance  is  $10,000. 

4.  Squares,   places,   gardens,  and  the  like,   usually 
of  small  area,  are  scattered  about  a  city  at  street  inter- 
sections and  the  like.    Their  principal  functions  are  to 
furnish  agreeable  sights  for  those  passing  by  them  or 
through  them  in  the  course  of  their  daily  business,  and 
to  provide  a  pleasant  resting  place  or  promenade  for 
the  much  smaller  number  who  take  the  time  to  use  them 
so.    On  account  of  the  almost  constant  passing  through 
such  squares  the  best  arrangements  all  provide  for  rea- 
sonably  direct   and  convenient   paths  along   the   lines 
most  used.    Where  this  is  not  done  many  of  those  who 
use  the  square  are  likely  to  be  so  irritated  by  the  indi- 
rectness as  to  miss  much  of  the  pleasure  they  might 
otherwise  receive.     A  formal  plan  of  walks,  either  on 
straight  lines  or  curved,  is  generally  adopted  for  such 
squares,  and  is  well  suited  to  the  conditions  and  to  the 
decorative  treatment  of  the  area,  providing  much  more 
effectively   than  an   irregular  plan   for  the  numerous 
statues,  fountains  and  gay  flower  beds  which  have  their 
most  appropriate  location  in  such  a  place.    Shade  trees, 
either  as  a  complete  grove,  or  in  rows  along  the  paths, 
or  grouped  in  some  more  complex  plan,  are  almost  es- 
sential features  of  such  squares,  but  where  displays  of 
flowers  are  to  be  made  open  spaces  must  be  left  for  sun- 
light. A  modification  of  this  type  of  square  is  sometimes 
met  with   where  the  space,  instead  of  being  used  as 
a  short  cut  and  for  enjoyment  from  within,  is  designed 
primarily  to  present  an  agreeable  picture  to  those  pass- 
ing it  upon  the  adjacent  streets.    When  the  area  is  very 
small  and  the  passing  is  almost  wholly  along  one  side, 
and  in  other  special  cases,  this  treatment  is  most  effec- 
tive, because,  where  the  only  aim  is  a  beautiful  picto- 
rial effect  from  a  limited  point  of  view,  better  results  can 
be  obtained  than  when  appearances  must  be  reconciled 
with  other  uses  of  the  land.   Nevertheless  there  are  few 
cases  in  which  a  small  square  will  not  have  a  greater 
recreative  value  to  the  public  if  its  pictorial  aspect  is 
somewhat  sacrificed  to  such  uses  as  resting  and  prom- 
enading. 

5.  Parkways    and    boulevards    as    parts   of   a   park 
system  serve  usually  as  pleasant  means  of  access  to 
parks  from  other  parts  of  the  city,  or  from  one  park 
to  another,  and  also  as  agreeable  promenades  in  them- 
selves.    Commercial  traffic  is   usually   excluded   from 
them.    Boulevards  are  arranged  formally,  usually  upon 
straight  lines,  with  rows  of   shade   trees   and   parallel 


PARK 

ways  for  those  on  foot  and  on  wheels. 
The  simplest  type  has  a  broad  drive  in  the 
center  with  a  walk  on  either  side  separated 
from  the  drive  by  a  belt  of  turf  and  it  is 
always  shaded  by  trees.  Frequently,  two 
driveways  are  provided  with  a  broad  space 
between  containing  trees  and  turf,  and 
sometimes  foot  paths, bicycle  paths,  bridle 
paths  or  other  conveniences,  and  often 
shrubs,  flowers,  statues  and  other  decora- 
tions. A  further  development  is  arranged 
like  the  first  form,  with  the  addition  of 
narrow  streets  for  house  frontage  on  each 
side  and  with  an  enlargement  and  elabo- 
ration of  the  planting  spaces  between  the 
middle  and  side  drives.  Of  recent  years 
some  boulevards  have  been  made  to  pro- 
vide for  electric  car  tracks  upon  a  special 
turfed  reservation  with  rows  of  trees, 
where  the  cars  can  attain  high  speed  with 
little  danger  of  collision  with  other  vehi- 
cles. Such  reservations  are  generally  be- 
tween two  roadways,  but  in  some  sub- 
urban districts,  notably  in  the  city  of 
Rochester,  a  single-track  reservation  is 
placed  on  either  side  of  a  single  roadway 
between  the  curb  and  the  sidewalk.  A 
parkway,  so  far  as  it  can  be  discriminated 
from  a  boulevard,  includes  more  breadth 
of  turf  or  planted  ground  and  includes, 
usually,  narrow  passages  of  natural  scen- 
ery of  varying  width,  giving  it  a  some- 
what park-like  character  and  inducing  a 
less  formal  treatment  of  the  roads,  paths 
and  accessory  features.  Parkways  are 
frequently  laid  out  along  streams  so  as 
to  include  the  natural  beauties  of  brook  or 
river  scenery  and  to  preserve  the  main 
surface-water  channels  in  public  control, 
thus  providing  for  the  adequate,  economi- 
cal and  agreeable  regulation  of  storm 
drainage  and  floods. 

6.  Outlying  reservations  of  almost  un- 
developed country  scenery,  usually  from 
500  to  5,000  acres  in  extent,  are  wisely 
included  in  the  park  systems  of  some  of 
the  larger  cities  on  account  of  the  in- 
creasing difficulty  of  reaching  the  un- 
spoiled scenery  of  the  open  country,  and 
because,  otherwise,  the  increasing  num- 
bers of  people  seeking  such  scenery  upon 
the  outskirts  of  the  suburbs  secure  their 
pleasure  at  a  constantly  increasing  dis- 
comfort to  themselves  and  to  the  private 
landowners  upon  whose  property  they  are 
forced  to  trespass.  The  most  notable  of 
such  reservations  in  America  are  those 
of  the  Boston  Metropolitan  District,  com- 
prising four  forest  reservations  with  a 
total  area  of  a  little  over  10,000  acres,  with 
17  miles  of  connecting  parkways.  The 
most  notable  of  such  reservations  in 
Europe  are  those  of  London,  especially 
Epping  Forest  (5,346  acres)  and  Rich- 
mond Park  (2,358  acres);  and  those  of 
Paris,  amounting  to  about  20,000  acres, 
chiefly  maintained,  not  by  the  city,  but  by 
the  national  government. 

Management.—  The  most  generally 
adopted  and  most  successful  method  of 
managing  city  parks  in  the  United  States 
is  by  an  unpaid  commission  of  three  to 
five  members  appointed  for  terms  of  three 
or  five  years  and  retiring  successively, 
so  as  to  maintain  continuity  of  policy 
and  comparative  independence  of  local 
political  changes.  The  commission  ap- 
points as  executive  officers  a  secretary 
and  a  superintendent,  the  latter  having 
some  technical  skill,  and  each  devoting 
his  whole  time  to  the  work  and  receiving 
a  salary.  Under  the  orders  of  the  super- 
intendent, who  receives  his  instructions 


PARK 


1215 


77 


1216 


PARK 


PARKINSONIA 


direct  from  the  board,  are  employed  an  engineer,  local 
superintendents,  gardeners,  foremen,  etc.  The  engineer 
is  generally  an  assistant  of  the  city  engineer,  assigned 
temporarily  to  park  work.  When  new  parks  are  to  be 
acquired  or  plans  are  to  be  made  for  their  development, 
a  professional  landscape  architect  is  employed  to  advise 


1646.   A  park-like  effect  in  a  private  garden. 

the  board  and  to  make  plans,  and  is  usualljT  retained  at 
least  in  a  consulting  capacity  during  the  period  of  con- 
struction. Some  large  cities  retain  a  consulting  land- 
scape architect  permanently  to  advise  them  with  regard 
to  questions  of  improvement  and  maintenance  affecting 
the  design  of  the  parks. 

Statistics.  —  Reliable  statistics  of  parks  are  almost 
unattainable.  The  accompanying  incomplete  compila- 
tion (see  foot  of  page)  was  made  in  1897  by  the  secre- 
tary of  the  Louisville  Park  Commission.  Some  items 
are  corrected  to  1900. 

.Bibliography.—  "Park"  in  American  Cyclopedia,  En- 
cyclopedia Americana,  Johnson's  Cyclopedia ;  Park 
Reports  of  the  various  cities,  especially  New  York, 


1857-1868,  special  report  accompanying  plan  of  Central 
Park,  1858;  Brooklyn,  1867-1873,  special  report  accom- 
panying plan  of  Prospect  Park,  1866;  Boston,  1879, 1880, 
1885,  city  document  125  of  1880;  Boston,  Metropolitan 
District,  1893 ;  Buffalo,  1871,  1886,  1888;  Chicago,  report 
on  plan  of  South  Park,  1871  ;  Montreal,  report  on 
Mount  Royal,  with  plan,  1881.  See  Pro- 
ceedings American  Social  Science  Asso- 
ciation, 1870,  1880  ;  "Mass.  Park  Law," 
state  printers,  1894  ;  Proc.  Amer.  Park 
and  Outdoor  Arts  Assoc. 

F.  L.  OLMSTED,  Jr. 

PARKINSONIA  (John  Parkinson,  1567- 
1629,  London  apothecary,  author  of  the  de- 
lightful Paradisus  Terrestris  and  Thea- 
trum  Botanicum).  Leguminbsce .  Seven 
or  8  species  of  tropical  trees  or  shrubs, 
often  armed  with  short  spines:  Ivs.  bi- 
pinnate,  with  1  or 2  pairs  of  pinnae;  the 
common  petiole  short,  often  obsolete  or 
spinescent;  stipules  minute  or  none:  fls. 
yellow  or  whitish,  on  slender  pedicels  in 
short,  loose  axillary  or  terminal  racemes; 
calyx  5-parted,  produced  at  base  and 
jointed  upon  the  pedicel;  petals  5,  clawed, 
the  upper  one  within  and  broader  than  the 
rest,  somewhat  cordate,  the  claw  pubes- 
cent and  nectariferous  on  the  inner  side ; 
stamens  10,  free,  the  upper  one  gibbous 
outside:  ovary  several -ovuled,  shortly 
stipitate  :  pod  compressed,  2-valved,  lin- 
ear to  linear-oblong,  more  or  less  twisted :  seeds  com- 
pressed, albuminous.  Bot.  Calif.  1:161. 

The  dominant  type,  both  in  the  wild  and  in  cult.,  is 
P.  aculeata,  the  Jerusalem  Thorn,  which  is  probably  a 
native  of  America,  but  is  naturalized  or  cult,  in  all  tropi- 
cal countries.  Another  species  is  S.  African,  3  are 
S.  American,  and  the  rest  belong  to  the  region  between 
Texas  and  S.  Calif.  P.  aculeata  is  a  thorny  evergreen 
tree  with  feathery  drooping  branches  and  handsome  yel- 
low fls. ;  it  is  admirable  for  hedges,  thrives  in  the  driest 
places  and  can  endure  some  cold.  It  has  been  cult,  in 
European  conservatories,  being  usually  raised  from  im- 
ported seeds,  but  it  is  of  difficult  culture.  P.  Torreyana, 
though  generally  destitute  of  Ivs.,  is  known  in  northern 


Name  of  City. 


No.  large 
parks. 


Other  Total 

Acreage.       spaces.  Acreage.  Acreage. 

Albany,  N.  Y  ........................  3  280  8  15               295 

Baltimore.  Md  ......................  9  1,100  20  37  1,137 

SBoston,  Mass.,  proper  ...............  9  1,894  28  465.57  2,359.57 

gBoston  Metropolitan-  Reservations.  13  9,279.46) 

Parkways  ........................  7  17.1M  \ 

gBuffalo  ...............................  6  955  20  70.5  1,025.5 

Cambridge.  Mass  ....................  1  137  2  21               158 

Chicago,  111  .........................  9  2,097  23  497  2,594 

Cincinnati,  Ohio  ....................  6  400                                            400 

Cleveland,  Ohio  .....................  8  1,178  8  36  1,214 

Des  Moines,  Iowa  ...................  4  400  35                405 

Denver,  Colo  .......................  9  520  2  20                530 

Duluth,  Minn  .......................  4  400  10  25                425 

gEssex  County,  N.  J  ..................  3  969.7  3  83.43  1,053.13 

Hartford,  Conn  .....................  6  1,060  9  7  1,067 

Indianapolis,  Ind  ....................  1  89  2  27               116 

Kansas  City,  Mo  ....................  3  1,338  1,338 

LoparkweayKy:::::::::::::::::::::::  3  1)055  }  11}  l>m 

Milwaukee,  Wis'.  !.'.'.'!.'.*.*.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'."  7  400  9  61               461 

MiBnolaievarsdsM!nn::::::::::::::::"  "}  l-m  25  40  1-54° 

New  York  City'p'ark  System  '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.  5,190 

Borough  of  Brooklyn  ............  2  1,052  29  523  1,575 

Omaha,  Neb  ........................  6  550  3  2               552 

Peoria,  111  ...........................  4  322  3  12                334 

Pittsburgh,  Pa  ......................  1  767                                              767 

Philadelphia,  Pa  ....................  1  3,300  22  318  3,618 

Richmond,  Va  .......................  4  354  9  31                385 

St.  Louis,  Mo  .......................  10  2,134  10  43  2,177 

St.  Paul,  Minn  ......................  2  802  44  87                889 

San  Francisco,  Cal  ..................  3  1,090  14  224  1,314 

Springfield,  Mass  ....................  1  1,463  24  20                483 

Toledo,  Ohio  ........................  8  695  17  5 

Washington.  D.  C  ....................  18  328  283  76                404 

Wilmington,  Del  ....................  3  239.49  10  29.69           269.18 


Total  appropria 
(ion  and  cost. 

$2,135,700 
10,000,000 
16,627,033 
Q  -._  ,OQ, 
9,545,5281 

4,971,769 

1,021,500 

29,561,660 

2,000,000 

2,000,000 

116,000 

387,608 

550,000 

1,500,000 

290,000* 
100,000  ** 


1,140,000 

2,750,000 

50,000,000 
30,000,000 

750,000 

350,000 
3,000,000 
6,250,000 

132,000 
5,100,000 

296,415*** 
3,744,605 

169,000 

625,000 
4,495,237 

422,351.46 


Population. 
100,000 
600,000 
530,000 


350,000 

81,650 

1,800,000 

300,000 

350,000 
75,000 

150,000 
67,000 

70,000 
183,000 
160,000 

215'500 

300,000 

200,000 

2,000,000 

1,300,000 

140,000 

60,000 

290,000 

1,250,000 

100,000 

638,000 

133,200 

360,000 

50,000 

125,000 

277,000 

70,000 


No.  in- 
Cost          habitants 
per  capita,    per  acre. 

$21  35  339 

16  66  527 

31  37  224 


1143 
1251 
1642 
666 
571 
155 
258 
820 


158 
063 

466 
380 
1375 

2500 

2307 

535 

583 

1035 

500 


1040 
338 
500 

1622 
603 


516 
694 
750 
288 
185 
278 
158 

65 

1,578 
119 

194 
651 
130 


254 
180 
378 
345 


174 
274 
104 


|  Figures  corrected  to  1900. 

T  Includes  maintenance  7  years. 


*  Condemnation  on  hand  for  more  land. 
**  Condemnation. 


***  Maintenance. 


PARKINSONIA 


PA  RON  YC  HI  A 


1217 


Mexico  as  palo  verde,  from  the  bright  green  color  of  the 
branches.  It  stands  drought  even  better  than  P.  acu- 
leata.  These  plants  belong  to  the  same  tribe  with  such 
fine  northern  trees  as  Gleditschia  and  Gymnocladus  and 
such  southern  kinds  as  Caesalpinia,  Poinciana  and 
Colvillea. 

A.   Lfts.  numerous:  rachis  flat,  long. 

aculeata,  Linn.  JERUSALEM  THORN.  Small,  glabrous 
tree,  the  slender  branches  often  pendulous :  spiny  peti- 
oles K-l  in.  long:  Ifts.  very  small,  oblong;  rachis 
%-l%  ft.  long:  racemes  axillary,  3-6  in.  long:  fls.  fra- 
grant, pendulous.  S.S.  3:131. 

AA.    Lfts.  few:  rachis  terete. 

Torreyana,  Wats.  Small  tree:  Ifts.  2  or  3  pairs:  ra- 
cemes terminating  the  branches:  pedicels  jointed  near 
the  middle,  the  joint  not  evident  until  in  fr.  Valley  of 
the  Colo,  and  eastward.  p.  FRANCESCHI  and  W.  M. 

PARNASSIA  (after  Mt.  Parnassus).  Saxifragacece. 
GRASS  OF  PARNASSUS.  About  a  dozen  species  of  low- 
growing,  moisture-loving,  hardy  perennial  herbs,  of 
tufted  habit,  each  scape  bearing  a  solitary,  5-petaled, 
white  or  yellowish  flower  %-!/<£  in-  across.  They  are 
suitable  for  shady  positions  along  the  water's  edge,  and 
are  prop,  by  seeds  or  division.  They  generally  grow 
about  6  in.  high,  but  attain  2  ft.  They  bloom  from  June 
to  September;  the  petals  are  conspicuously  veined  with  9 
or  more  green  lines.  The  plant  which  Dioscorides  called 
"Grass  of  Parnassus"  is  P.palustris,  the  only  species 
that  is  common  in  Europe.  This  is  perhaps  the  best 
one  for  cult.,  but  they  are  all  much  alike.  Parnassias 
are  suitable  plants  for  moist,  sunny  or  partially  shaded 
positions.  They  prefer  a  peaty  soil,  but  such  is  not 
necessary.  The  species  are  generally  tenacious  of  life 
and  are  good  perennials.  The  North  Carolinian  species 
are  hardy  North. 

Parnassias  are  natives  of  the  north  temperate  and 
arctic  zones.  Calyx  5-parted  :  petals  withering,  but 
persistent:  fertile  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the  pet- 
als: ovary  1-celled:  style  very  short  or  none:  stigmas 
usually  4:  ovules  many  :  capsule  1-celled,  with  4  pla- 
centae projecting  within,  4-valved. 

A.   Petals  not  clawed. 
B.    Rudimentary  stamens  9-20  at  the  base  of  each 

petal. 
c.    Scape-leaf  clasping. 

palustris,  Linn.  GRASS  OF  PARNASSUS.  Lvs.  ovate, 
usually  cordate  at  the  base:  fls.  %-\  in.  across:  rudi- 
mentary stamens  9-15  at  the  base  of  each  petal.  Eu., 
Asia.,  N.  Amer.  Gn.  41,  p.  500.  A.G.  13:696.  — In  Eu. 
considered  the  commonest  and  best  species,  but  in  this 
country  it  seems  to  be  advertised  only  by  dealers  in 
Japanese  plants. 

cc.    Scape-leaf  not  clasping. 

Calif6rnica,  Greene.  Height  1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  ovate  or 
ovate-oblong,  1-2  in.  long;  scape-leaf  very  small,  and 
borne  much  above  the  middle:  fls.  1%  in.  across;  rudi- 
mentary stamens  about  20  at  the  base  of  each  petal. 
Calif.  Int.  1900,  by  Horsford. 

BB.    Rudimentary  stamens  3-5  at   the  base  of  each 
petal. 

Caroliniana,  Michx.  Height  8-16  in.:  Ivs.  ovate, 
broadly  oval  or  orbicular,  more  or  less  cordate  at  the 
base;  scape-leaf  borne  below  the  middle:  fls.  %-VA  in. 
across  ;  rudimentary  stamens  usually  3  in  each  set. 
Swamps  and  low  meadows,  New  Brunswick  to  Manitoba, 
south  Va.  to  la.  B.B.  2:182.  B.M.  1459. -Commonest 
in  cult. 

AA.    Petals  clawed. 
B.    Rudimentary  stamens  3  at  the  base  of  each  petal. 

asarifolia,  Vent.  Height  10-16  in.:  Ivs.  orbicular, 
kidney-shaped  at  the  base,  often  2-3  in.  wide;  scape- 
leaf  clasping,  borne  at  about  the  middle:  petals  not 
fringed.  Wet  places  in  high  mts.  of  Va.  and  N.  C. 
B.B.  2:184. 


BB.    Rudimentary  xt<i)n<'H8  5-9  at   the  base  of  each 
petal. 

fimbriata,  Banks.  Lvs.  kidney-shaped  to  cordate- 
ovate:  petals  fringed  below  the  middle.  Colo,  to  Calif, 
and  Brit.  N.  Amer.  Int.  by  Gillett  in  1881,  and  still 
cult. 

P.  nubicola,  Wall.  The  largest  and  coarsest  of  all  the  spe- 
cies, and  lacks  the  delicate  beauty  and  white  petals  of  P.  pa- 
lustris.  Lvs.  elliptic-ovate;  scape-leaf  borne  below  the  middle: 
petals  shorter  than  in  the  other  kinds  as  compared  with  calyx 
lobes:  rudimentary  filaments  3,  not  topped  by  anthers.  Hima- 
layas. B.M.  6609.  F>  w>  BARCLAY  and  W.  M. 

PARNASSUS,  GRASS  OF.   See  Parnassia. 

PAROCHfiTUS  (Greek,  near  a  lake).  Leguminbsat. 
This  plant  was  offered  recently  by  A.  Blanc,  of  Phila- 
delphia, under  the  name  of  Shamrock  Pea  or  Blue 
Oxalis.  It  is  a  half-hardy  perennial  trailer,  with  foli- 
age like  the  shamrock,  but  with  each  of  the  3  Ifts. 
marked  at  the  base  with  a  handsome  brown  crescent; 
the  pea-shaped  fls.,  have  a  cobalt  blue  standard  and 
pink  wings.  It  is  desirable  for  hanging  baskets,  pots 
and  rockeries.  Blanc  says  it  blooms  the  year  round.  It 
is  a  native  of  tropical  Asia  and  eastern  Africa,  ascend- 
ing the  Himalayas  from  4,000  to  13,000  feet.  If  seeds 
could  be  secured  from  the  greatest  altitude  the  plants 
might  be  hardy  in  the  North. 

Parochetus  is  a  genus  of  one  species.  It  is  allied  to 
the  clovers,  sweet  clover,  medick  and  rest-harrow,  and 
differs  from  them  in  having  a  more  acute  keel,  a  2- 
valved  pod,  and  the  Ifts.  not  stalked. 

communis,  Hamilt.  SHAMROCK  PEA.  BLUE  OXALIS. 
Height  2-3  in.:  rhizome  thread-like,  wide-creeping: 
petiole  2  in.  long:  Ifts.  obovate.  emarginate,  glabrous 
or  slightly  pubescent:  peduncles  1-2-fld. :  fls.  %-%  in. 
across,  axillary.  F.S.  15:1575. 

PARONt'CHIA  (old  Greek  name  used  by  Dioscorides, 
meaning  whitlow-wort,  or  a  cure  for  a  disease  of  the 
fingers  or  toes).  WHITLOW-WORT.  Illecebrdcece  ;  by 
Britton  and  Brown  referred  to  Caryophyllacece.  About 
40  species  of  annual  or  perennial  herbs,  natives  of  the 
Mediterranean  region,  erect  or  diffuse,  often  dichoto- 
mously  branching:  Ivs.  opposite,  broad  or  narrow,  en- 
tire, the  margins  flat  or  very  rarely  recurved  ;  stipules 
prominent,  scarious,  shining:  fls.  minute, without  petals, 
axillary  or  rarely  in  terminal  cymes,  usually  densely 
clustered  and  hidden  among  the  stipules.  A  few  are 
cult,  in  the  hardy  border,  and  2  are  said  to  be  much 
used  in  bedding.  The  two  European  species  here  given 
do  not  appear  in  the  leading  catalogues,  domestic  or 
foreign,  but  P.  serpyllifolia  is  said  to  be  much  used  for 
carpet  bedding  abroad.  Allied  to  Herniaria,  which  see 
for  generic  differences.  The  species  described  below 
are  perennials.  P.  argentea  furnishes  the  Algerian  tea 
of  medicine. 

A.    Lvs.  rather  broad,  obovate  or  nearly  so. 
B.    Foliage  nearly  glabrous. 

argentea,  Lam.  Prostrate,  diffuse:  Ivs.  obovate  to 
oblong  or  lanceolate:  fls.  lateral  and  terminal,  dense, 
intermixed  with  Ivs. :  bracts  ovate,  acute,  much  longer 
than  the  fl. ;  calyx-lobes  semi-scarious,  hooded,  mucro- 
nate  on  the  back  near  the  apex.  Common  in  dry  places, 
Mediterranean  region. 

BB.    Foliage  ciliate  at  the  margin. 

serpyllifdlia,  DC.  Prostrate,  creeping:  Ivs.  obovate, 
flat,  rather  fleshy:  fls.  terminal;  calyx -lobes  blunt. 
Arid  parts  of  southern  and  eastern  Eu. 

AA.    Lvs.  narrow,  linear  or  awl-shaped. 
B.   Awns  of  the  calyx-segments  erect. 

argyr6coma,  Nutt.  Erect  or  ascending,  3-8  in.  high, 
clothed  with  silvery,  appressed,  scale-like  hairs  :  Ivs. 
linear;  stipules  silvery  white,  scarious,  entire,  usually 
shorter  than  the  Ivs. :  fls.  in  forking  cymes :  bracts  large, 
silvery,  membranous.  Rocky  places.  Me.  and  N.  H.  to 
Ga.  and  Tenn.  Also  called  Silver  Chickweed,  Silver- 
head,  and  Silver  Whitlow-wort.  B.B.  2:38. 


1218 


PARONYCHIA 


PARSNIP 


BB.  Awns  of  the  calyx-segments  divergent. 
dichdtoma,  Nutt.  Woody  at  the  base,  glabrous  or 
puberulent,  4-14  in.  tall;  stipules  entire,  often  5-6  lines 
long,  tapering  into  a  slender  awn:  fls.  in  forking  cymes. 
Dry  soil,  Md.  and  N.  C.  to  Ark.  and  Tex.  B.B.  2:39. 
Adv.  1883,  by  Woolson,  Passaic,  N.  J.  W.  M. 

Paronychia  argyrocoma  is  an  interesting  little  plant 
which  shows  remarkable  geographical  distribution;  it 
occurs  rather  abundantly  on  the  high  rocky  summits 
of  the  Carolina  and  Tennessee  mountains,  but  does  not 
appear  northward  in  the  Appalachian  system  till  the 
peak  of  Mt.  Washington  is  reached,  where  it  grows 
sparingly;  stations  are  also  reported  on  several  lower 
mountain  tops  in  Maine.  It  is  not  difficult  of  culti- 
vation and  is  prized  for  rockeries,  its  silvery  tufted 
appearance  lending  a  distinct  charm  to  the  collection 
for  this  purpose.  Propagated  by  seeds  and  division. 

HAKLAN  P.  KELSEY. 

PAEKOTIA  (after  F.  W.  Parrot,  a  German  natural- 
ist and  traveler,  afterwards  professor  of  medicine 
at  Dorpat;  1792-1841.).  ffamameliddcece.  Ornamental 
deciduous  shrubs  or  small  trees,  with  alternate,  short- 
petioled,  orbicular  to  oblong  Ivs.,  small  fls.  in  dense 
heads  appearing  before  the  Ivs.,  and  with  fr.  similar  to 
those  of  the  Witch  Hazel.  The  Persian  species  is  hardy 
as  far  north  as  Mass.  Its  chief  beauty  consists  in  the 
brilliant  autumnal  tints  of  the  foliage,  which  changes 
to  golden  yellow,  orange  and  scarlet  and  remains  a 
long  time  on  the  branches.  The  early  appearing  fls., 
with  the  purple  pendulous  stamens,  are  also  attrac- 
tive. The  Himalayan  species  is  much  more  tender  and 
its  foliage  turns  only  to  pale  yellow,  but  the  fls.  are 
somewhat  more  showy  from  their  rather  large  white 
•bracts.  The  Parrotias  grow  in  any  well-drained  soil  and 
like  a  sheltered  position.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  layers  and 
.also  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass.  Two  species 
in  N.  Persia  and  the  Himalayas.  The  short  petioles 
ihave  large  deciduous  stipules  :  fls.  small,  in  dense 
heads,  surrounded  by  an  involucre  of  several  bracts; 
petals  wanting;  calyx  5-7-lobed,  embracing  the  pubes- 
•cent  ovary  about  one-half;  stamens  5-15;  styles  2:  cap- 
sule 2-eelled,  with  2  beaks,  dehiscent  between  the 
Ibeaks,  with  one  oblong  shining  seed  in  each  cell.  The 
wood  is  very  close-grained,  hard  and  strong,  and  P. 
Persica  bears  therefore  the  name  Ironwood.  The  tough 
pliable  branches  of  the  Himalayan  species  are  exten- 
sively used  for  basket-work  and  are  also  twisted  into  thick 
ropes  used  for  the  construction  of  twig-bridges  over  the 
great  rivers  of  its  native  country. 

Persica,  C.  A.  Mey.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  15  ft.,  with 
spreading  branches  :  Ivs.  oval  to  obovate-oblong,  ob- 
tuse, coarsely  and  crenately  dentate  above  the  middle, 
dark  green  above,  pubescent  beneath  when  young,  3-4 
in.  long :  bracts  of  flower-heads  covered  with  dark 
brown  tomentum:  stamens  5-7,  pendulous,  with  linear- 
oblong,  purple  anthers:  fr.  with  recurved  beaks.  N. 
Persia.  B.M.  5744. 

Jacquemontiana,  Decaisne  (Fothergilla  involucr&ta , 
Falc.).  Spreading  shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft. :  Ivs.  or- 
bicular, crenately  toothed,  stellate-pubescent  on  both 
sides,  2-4  in.  long:  heads  many-fld.,  with  spreading 
white  bracts  sprinkled  with  a  purplish  scurf  on  the 
back :  stamens  about  15,  erect,  with  yellow,  oval-oblong 
anthers.  Himalayas.  B.M.  7501.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

PABKOT'S   BILL.   See  Clianthus. 

PABBYA  ( Capt.  W.  E.  Parry,  Arctic  explorer) .  Cruci- 
ferce.  Four  or  five  North  American  and  a  few  Asiatic  low 
perennial  scape-bearing  herbs,  with  thick  roots  or  cau- 
dices,  narrow  leaves  and  mostly  racemose,  white  or  pur- 
plish showy  flowers:  pod  broad  and  flat,  mostly  elliptic, 
with  orbicular  seeds.  The  Parryas  are  alpine  or  boreal, 
often  arctic  plants,  and  some  of  them  will  no  doubt  prove 
useful  for  the  alpine  garden.  So  far  they  are  practi- 
cally unknown  in  American  gardens.  In  1881,  Gillett 
Introduced  P.  Menziesii,  Greene  (as  Cheiranthus  Men- 
ziesii,  Benth.  &  Hook. ) .  It  has  a  leafy  scape  3-8  in. 
high,  with  a  raceme  of  many  flowers,  the  petals  nearly 
%  in.  long  and  bright  purple.  N.  Calif.,  north  to  the 
JLower  Columbia  river.  L.  jj_  g> 


PABSLEY.  Fig.  1647.  While  indispensable  in  the  mar- 
ket garden,  Parsley  is  but  rarely  found  in  our  home 
gardens.  The  addition  of  a  bit  of  Parsley  foliage, 
finely  chopped,  heightens  the  flavor  of  soups,  fish, 
etc.  The  principal  use  of  this  vegetable,  however,  is 


1647.    Curl-leaved  Parsley. 

for  garnishing  meats  and  fish,  and  for  this  purpose  it 
seems  to  be  the  vegetable  par  excellence,  equally  desir- 
able in  the  home  as  on  the  hotel  table.  A  very  few  plants 
will  staffice  for  the  home  garden,  and  any  spot  of  good 
soil  will  do  for  starting  them  from  seed.  Sow  as  early 
in  spring  as  practicable,  either  in  an  early  hotbed  or 
coldframe,  or  in  open  ground.  Parsley  seed  germinates 
somewhat  slowly,  and  the  plants  are  feeble  at  first.  In 
open  ground,  early  sowing  aids  the  plants  to  get  ahead 
of  the  weeds.  In  larger  patches  the  rows  should  be  a 
foot  apart,  and  seed  sown  rather  thinly  in  shallow  drills. 
Thin  the  plants  to  stand  a  few  inches  apart,  and  culti- 
vate same  as  carrots.  Gather  the  leaf-stalks  as  needed. 
For  use  during  winter  and  early  spring,  start  plants 
in  open  ground  in  early  fall,  and  on  the  approach  of 
cold  weather  set  them  in  a  corner  of  the  greenhouse 
bench,  or  in  a  box  or  keg  filled  with  rich  loam  placed  in 
a  light  kitchen  or  cellar  window. 

When  the  plant  is  a  year  old  (sooner  or  later),  it 
throws  up  seed-stalks,  and  produces  seed  in  abundance, 
even  under  glass  protection.  By  keeping  the  seed-stalks 
closely  cut  out,  the  season  of  leaf -yield  may  be  prolonged 
for  a  time.  Seed  is  easily  gathered  and  cleaned. 

The  varietal  differences  appear  chiefly  in  the  foliage, 
which  in  some  sorts  is  rather  coarse,  as  in  the  Plain  or 
Common,  or  more  finely  divided,  as  in  the  Curled, 
Double  Curled,  Moss  Curled  and  Fern-Leaved. 

For  the  botany  of  Parsley,  see  Carum  Petroselinum. 

T.  GREINER. 

PAESNTP  (Pastinaca  sativa).  Fig.  1648.  The  average 
home  gardener  thinks  much  of  quick  results.  The 
drawback  to  Parsnip  growing,  in  his  estimation,  is  the 
length  of  time  which  the  crop  requires  for  its  develop- 
ment. When  seed  is  sown, 
in  early  spring,  the  harvest 
seems  a  long  way  off.  To  off- 
set this  disadvantage,  how- 
ever, Parsnips  become  avail- 
able as  green  material  when 
other  things  fresh  from  the 
garden  are  very  scarce  or  en- 
tirely absent,  namely,  during 
open  spells  in  winter,  and  in 
the  very  early  spring  months. 
A  crop  of  good,  straight  roots 
may  not  be  quite  as  easily 
produced  as  a  crop  of  smooth 
carrots,  but  when  once  grown, 
it  does  not  burden  one  with 
much  responsibility  in  regard 
to  storage  or  keeping,  which 
is  an  important  point  in  its 
favor.  The  roots  may  be  left 
in  the  ground  where  they 
grew  or  stored  in  moss  or  sand 
in  the  cellar.  This  feature 
makes  them  valuable  also  as 
food  for  cattle,  sheep,  hogs 
and  poultry  in  the  early  spring 

in  case  the  table  or  market  should  not  call  for  them  a( 
that  time. 

The  best  soil  for  Parsnips  is  a  clean,  rich  loam,  which 
offers  no  obstruction  to  the  uniform  expansion  of  the 
roots.  Prepare  it  the  same  as  for  beets  or  carrots,  or 


1fi48.  Parsnip. 


PARSNIP 


PASSIFLORA 


1219 


for  any  other  garden  crop.  The  seed  should  be  strictly 
fresh,  as  it  soon  loses  its  vitality.  Sow  it  in  early  spring, 
preferably  with  a  garden  seed-drill,  K-l  in.  deep,  in 
rows  15-20  in.  apart  in  the  garden,  and  somewhat  far- 
ther in  field  culture.  Be  prompt  in  thinning  the  young 
seedlings  to  3-4  in.  apart  in  the  row;  at  the  same  time 
pull  up  or  cut  out  all  weeds.  The  free  use  of  the 
hand  wheel-hoe  will  keep  the  patch  clean  until  the  en- 
tire surface  of  the  ground  is  covered  with  foliage,  thus 
preventing  further  growth  of  weeds.  Cultivation  may 
then  cease. 

The  varieties  are  few  in  number.  For  shallow,  stony 
or  otherwise  unfavorable  soils  we  have  the  Round  or 
Early  Short  Round ;  for  better  soils  the  Half-Long, 
Student,  or  Hollow  Crown;  and  for  deep,  clean  soils  the 
Long  Smooth. 

Seed  is  easily  grown.  Plant  the  roots  in  spring  in  any 
good  soil,  and  gather  the  seed  heads  when  most  of  the 
seeds  in  them  are  mature.  Dry  them  on  sheets,  and 
then  thrash  or  strip. 

For  botanical  account  of  Parsnip,  see  Pastinaca, 

T.  GREINER. 

PARTHENIUM  integrifolium,  the  American  Fever- 
few or  Prairie  Dock,  has  been  offered  by  one  dealer 
in  hardy  herbaceous  perennials,  but  the  plant  is  de- 
sirable only  for  foliage  effects  ;  and  the  fls.  are  not 
showy.  It  is  pictured  in  B.B.  3:411  and  described  in 
American  manuals.  The  genus  has  little  horticultural 
value. 

PARTRIDGE -BERRY.  Mitchellarepens.  Sometimes 
applied  to  Gaultheria  procumbens. 

PASCALIA  glauca  is  a  composite  from  Chile  which 
is  probably  not  in  cult.  The  plant  cult,  under  this  name 
in  England,  and  once  offered  by  John  Saul,  is  probably 
the  plant  shown  in  P.M.  8:125,  which  is  believed  to 
be  a  Helianthus.  It  is  not  hardy  and  there  seems  to  be 
little  reason  for  cultivating  it  here,  because  we  have  so 
many  hardy  sunflowers. 

PASQUE  FLOWER.     Anemone  Pulsatilla. 

PASSIFLORA  (i.e.,  Passionflower).  Passiflordcece. 
PASSION-FLOWER.  A  large  tropical  genus  of  highly 
interesting  herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  but  most  of  them 
climbing  by  means  of  tendrils.  The  peculiar  charm  of 
these  plants  lies  in  the  odd  flowers,  the  parts  of  which 
were  fancied  by  the  early  Spanish  and  Italian  travelers 
to  represent  the  implements  of  the  crucifixion  (whence 
both  the  technical  and  popular  names).  The  flower  is 
usually  subtended  by  2  or  3  calyx-like  bracts.  The  calyx 
has  5  petal-like  lobes.  The  corolla  is  of  5  petals.  The 
ten  colored  parts  of  the  floral  envelope  were  thought 
to  represent  the  10  apostles  present  at  the  crucifixion, 
Peter  and  Judas  being  absent.  Inside  the  corolla  is  a 
showy  crown  or  corona  of  colored  filaments  or  fringes, 
taken  to  represent  the  crown  of  thorns,  or  by  some 
thought  to  be  emblematic  of  the  halo.  The  stamens  are 
5,  to  some  suggestive  of  the  -five  wounds,  by  others 
thought  to  be  emblematic  of  the  hammers  which  were 
used  to  drive  the  three  nails,  the  latter  being  repre- 
sented by  the  3  styles  with  capitate  stigmas.  The  long 
axillary  coiling  tendrils  represented  the  cords  or  the 
scourges.  The  digitate  leaves  suggested  the  hands  of 
the  persecutors.  Fig.  1649  is  an  old  representation  of 
the  Passion-flower.  Consult  Tacsonia. 

The  following  sketch  of  the  Passion-flower  legend  is 
from  Folkard's  "Plant  Lore,  Legends  and  Lyrics,"  and 
the  illustration  (Fig.  1649)  is  also  reproduced  from 
that  book:  "The  Passion-flower  (Passi flora  ccerulea)  is 
a  wild  flower  of  the  South  American  forests,  and  it  is 
said  that  the  Spaniards,  when  they  first  saw  the  lovely 
bloom  of  this  plant,  as  it  hung  in  rich  festoons  from  the 
branches  of  the  forest  trees,  regarded  the  magnificent 
blossom  as  a  token  that  the  Indians  should  be  converted 
to  Christianity,  as  they  saw  in  its  several  parts  the  em- 
blems of  the  passion  of  our  Lord.  In  the  year  1610, 
Jacomo  Bosio,  the  author  of  an  exhaustive  treatise  on 
the  cross  of  Calvary,  was  busily  engaged  on  this  work 
when  there  arrived  in  Rome  an  Autrustinian  friar, 
named  Emmanuel  do  Ville^as.  a  Mexican  by  birth.  He 
brought  with  him,  and  showed  to  Bosio,  the  drawing  of 


a  flower  so  '  stupendously  marvelous,  tnat  he  hesitated, 
making  any  mention  of  it  in  his  book.  However,  some 
other  drawings  and  descriptions  were  sent  to  him  by 
inhabitants  of  New  Spain,  and  certain  Mexican  Jesuits, 
sojourning  at  Rome,  confirmed  all  the  astonishing  re- 
ports of  this  floral  marvel;  moreover,  some  Dominicans 
at  Bologna  engraved  and  published  a  drawing  of  it,  ac- 
companied by  poems  and  descriptive  essays.  Bosio, 
therefore,  conceived  it  to  be  his  duty  to  present  the 
Flos  Passionis  to  the  world  as  the  most  wondrous 
example  of  the  Croce  trionfante  discovered  in  forest  or 
field.  The  flower  represents,  he  tells  us,  not  so  directly 
the  cross  of  our  Lord,  as  the  past  mysteries  of  the 
passion.  It  is  a  native  of  the  Indies,  of  Peru,  and  of 
New  Spain,  where  the  Spaniards  call  it  '  the  Flower  of 
the  Five  Wounds,'  and  it  had  clearly  been  designed  by 
the  great  Creator  that  it  might,  in  due  time,  assist  in 
the  conversion  of  the  heathen  among  whom  it  grows. 
Alluding  to  the  bell-like  shape  assumed  by  the  flower 
during  the  greater  part  of  its  existence  (i.  e.,  whilst 
it  is  expanding  and  fading),  Bosio  remarks:  'And  it 
may  well  be  that,  in  his  infinite  wisdom,  it  pleased  him 
to  create  it  thus  shut  up  and  protected,  as  though  to 
indicate  that  the  wonderful  mysteries  of  the  cross  and 
of  his  passion  were  to  remain  hidden  from  the  heathen 
people  of  those  countries  until  the  time  preordained  by 
His  Highest  Majesty.'  The  figure  given  to  the  Passion- 


1649.  Old  conception  of  the  Passion-flower. 
From  Folkard's  "Plant  Lore,"  and  there  taken  from  Zahn. 

flower  in  Bosio's  work  shows  the  crown  of  thorns  twisted 
and  plaited,  the  three  nails,  and  the  column  of  the  flag- 
ellation just  as  they  appear  on  ecclesiastical  banners, 
etc.  '  The  upper  petals,'  writes  Bosio  in  his  description , 
'  are  tawny  in  Peru,  but  in  New  Spain  they  are  white, 
tinged  with  rose.  The  filaments  above  resemble  a 
blood-coloured  fringe,  as  though  suggesting  the  scourge 
with  which  our  blessed  Lord  .was  tormented.  The  col- 
umn rises  in  the  middle.  The  nails  are  above  it;  the 
crown  of  thorns  encircles  the  column;  and  close  in  the 
center  of  the  flower  from  which  the  column  rises  is  a 
portion  of  a  yellow  colour,  about  the  size  of  a  reale,  in 
which  are  five  spots  or  stains  of  the  hue  of  blood,  evi- 


1220 


PASSIFLORA 


PASSIFLOEA 


dently  setting  forth  the  five  wounds  received  by  our 
Lord  on  the  cross.  The  colour  of  the  column,  the  crown, 
and  the  nails  is  a  clear  green.  The  crown  itself  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  kind  of  veil  or  very  fine  hair,  of  a  violet 
colour,  the  filaments  of  which  number  seventy-two, 
answering  to  the  number  of  thorns  with  which,  accord- 
ing to  tradition,  our  Lord's  crown  was  set;  and  the 
leaves  of  the  plant,  abundant  and  beautiful,  are  shaped 
like  the  head  of  a  lance  or  pike,  referring,  no  doubt,  to 


1650.  Fruit  of  the  May-pop.— Passiflora  incarnata. 

Natural  size. 

that  which  pierced  the  side  of  our  Savior,  whilst  they 
are  marked  beneath  with  round  spots,  signifying  the 
thirty  pieces  of  silver.'" 

With  the  exception  of  a  few  Malayan  and  Chinese 
species,  the  true  Passifloras  are  natives  of  tropical 
America.  Many  of  them  are  cultivated  as  curiosities, 
and  some  of  them  for  the  beauty  of  their  flowers  and 
for  their  festooning  foliage.  The  leaves  are  either  digi- 
tately  lobed  or  angled  or  perfectly  entire.  The  large, 
showy  flowers  are  solitary  in  the  axils  or  on  axillary 
racemes.  The  fruit  is  oblong  or  globular  and  usually 
fleshy  or  berry-like,  3-carpeled  but  1-loculed,  the  seeds 
being  borne  on  parietal  placentee.  The  fruit  is  allied  to 
the  pepo  of  the  Cucurbitacese.  The  ovary  is  supported 
on  a  long  stalk  which  is  inclosed  in  or  usually  united 
with  the  tube  formed  by  the  union  of  the  bases  of  the 
filaments.  The  structure  of  the  fruit  is  well  shown  in 
Fig.  1650;  the  remains  of  the  floral  envelopes  have 
broken  from  the  attachment  on  the  torus  and  rest  on 
the  fruit.  The  petals  are  borne  on  the  throat  of  the 
calyx,  but  in  some  species  they  are  absent.  Nearly  or 
quite  a  dozen  Passifloras  are  native  to  the  U.  S.,  and 
one  of  them,  P.  lutea,  grows  naturally  as  far  north 
as  southern  Pa.  and  Illinois.  From  Virginia  south,  the 
Maypop,  P.  incarnata,  is  a  very  common  plant  in  fields 
and  waste  places.  Both  these  species  are  herbaceous 
perennials.  The  fruit  of  some  Passifloras  is  edible. 

In  cultivation,  the  Passifloras  have  been  considerably 
hybridized,  and  they  are  also  confused  with  Tacsonia. 
In  1871  Masters  enumerated  184  species  (Trans.  Linn. 
Soc.  27),  and  a  number  of  species  have  been  discovered 
since  that  time. 


Most  of  the  Passion-flowers  are  yellow  or  green  in 
color  of  envelopes,  but  there  are  fine  reds  in  P.  race- 
mosa,  P.  Baddiana,  P.  coccinea,  P.  alata,  P.  vitifolia, 
and  two  or  three  others.  L  H  B 

P.  ccerulea  and  Constance  Elliott  are  both  hardy  at 
Washington.  In  summer  time  we  use  P.  foetida  (raised 
from  seed  annually),  and  during  the  last  two  seasons, 
P.  Colimensis,  for  trellis  work.  The  last  named  is  a 
good  thing  for  this  line  of  work  ;  the  fls.  are  white, 
purple  center,  about  2  in.  in  diameter;  native  of  Mexico; 
very  easy  to  prop,  from  cuttings  of  soft  wood.  Not  many 
of  the  tender  species  and  hybrids  are  grown  to  any  great 
extent  in  this  country.  P.  alata  and  P.  quadrangularis 
are  desirable  climbers  for  a  roomy,  warm  greenhouse. 
P.  quadrangularis,  var.  aiicubifolia ,  seems  to  flower 
quite  as  freely  as  the  green-leaved  one.  Passifloras 
are  prop,  from  cuttings  of  the  half -ripened  growth,  with 
bottom  heat.  P.  racemosa  and  P.  Loudoni  are  a  trifle 
difficult  to  root  from  cuttings;  the  growths  should  be  as 
ripe  as  possible  for  this  purpose.  Keep  the  under  sur- 
face of  the  leaves  flat  on  the  sand  while  rooting.  The 
native  jP.  incarnata  grows  very  freely  at  Washington, 
becoming  more  or  less  of  a  weed  and  hard  to  eradicate. 

G.  W.  OLIVER. 

INDEX. 


acerifolia,  2. 

foetida:  see  supple- 

oviformis, 11. 

adenopoda,  2. 

mentary  list. 

Pfordtii,  23. 

alata,  11. 

fulgens,  15. 

phoenicea,  11. 

alato-cserulea,  23. 

gracilis,  1. 

princeps,  7. 

alba,  20. 

grandiflora,  22. 

pruinosa,  19. 

amabilis,  7,  13. 

Hahnii,  3. 

pubescens,  16. 

atomaria,  20. 

incarnata,  17, 

quadrangularis,  10. 

Brasiliensis  ,  11. 

kermesina,  8. 

raeemosa,  7. 

Buchanani,  16. 

latifolia,  11. 

Raddiana,  8. 

cserulea,  22. 

laurifolia,  14. 

sanguined,  16. 

coccinea,  15. 

Lawsoniana,  11. 

tinifolia,  14. 

Colimensis  :    see 

ligularis,  6. 

trifasciata,  4. 

supplementary 

Loudoni,  8. 

variegata,  10. 

list. 

Lowei,  6. 

velutina,  15. 

Constance  Elliott 

lutea,  5. 

violacea,  21. 

22. 

maliformis,  11. 

vitifolia,  16. 

Decaisneana,  12. 

Mauritiana,  11. 

Watsoniana,  9. 

edulis,  18. 

Mascarensis,  11. 

A.  Corona  with  sharp  folds,  and  crinkled  at  the  edge. 
B.  Fls.  apetalous,  usually  with  no  bracts. 

1.  gracilis,  Jacq.    Slender  annual:  Ivs.  rather  small, 
broadly   deltoid-ovate,   very   shallowly   and   bluntly  3- 
lobed:  fls.  solitary,  pale  green  or  whitish,  considerably 
surpassed  by  the  Ivs.,  the  calyx-lobes  oblong  or  lanceo- 
late, the  -filiform  rays  of  the  corona  in  a  single  row  and 
equal:  seeds  with  6  elevated  ridges.  Brazil.  B.R.  11:870. 
—  Fl.  about  1  in.  across.   Easily  grown  either  indoors  or 
in  the  open,  as  a  garden  annual. 

BB.  Fls.  petal^fero^ls ,  with  large  bracts. 

2.  aden6poda,  Moc.  &  Sess.  (P.  acerifolia,  Cham.  & 
Schlecht.).     Lvs.   glabrous,   cordate,    3-nerved   and   5- 
lobed,  the  lobes  ovate-acuminate  and  somewhat  serrate: 
bracts  cut-serrate.    Mex.  to  S.  Amer.  —  Once  advertised 
by  Saul. 

3.  Hahnii,  Mast.     Tall,  glabrous  climber,  with  very 
slender  terete  branches:    Ivs.  ovate,   peltate   at  base, 
strongly  3-nerved  and  each  of  the  side  nerves  ending  in 
a  tooth,  but  the  leaf-margin  otherwise  entire  but  bearing 
minute  red    glands:    stipules   kidney-shaped,   dentate, 
purplish,  nearly  or  quite  1  in.  across:  fl. -bracts  2,  en- 
tire: fl.  about  3  in.  across,  solitary,  whitish,  the  corona 
shorter  than  the  envelopes,  the  outer  filaments  being 
orange.    Mex.    B.M.  7052.     R.H.  1869,  p.  430  (as  Dis- 
emma  Hahnii).    G.C.  II.  12:504. 

BBB.  Fls.  with  minute  petals  and  small  linear  distinct 

bracts, 
c.  Leaves  oblong-ovate. 

4.  trifasciata,  Lem.    Lvs.  3-lobed  to  one-third  or  one- 
half  their  depth,  the  margins  entire,  with  an  irregular 
reddish  purple  band  along  each  of  the  three  midribs: 
fls.  yellowish,  fragrant,  small.     Brazil.    I.H.  15:544.— 
Interesting  for  its  ornamental  foliage. 

cc.  Leaves  broader  than  long. 

5.  lutea,   Linn.      Herb,  5-10  ft.  tall,  glabrous  :    Ivs, 
broader  than  long,  shallowly  3-lobed,  cordate  at  base: 


PASSIFLORA 


PASSIFLORA 


1221 


fs.  solitary,  about  %  in.  across,  greenish  yellow:  fr.  a 
globular  berry   about    VA  in.   in  diam.     Pa.  south   and 
west.    B.R.  1:79.  — It  has  been  offered  by  dealers  in  na- 
tive plants. 
AA.    Corona  not  crinkled  or  folded  on  the  edge,  plane  or 

nearly  so. 

B.  Bracts  grown  together. 

6.  ligularis,  Juss.  (P.  Lbwei,  Heer).  Woody  below, 
tall,  branchy  :  Ivs.  large,  cordate,  ovate-acuminate, 
neither  lobed  nor  toothed:  tts.  solitary,  the  petals  and 
sepals  greenish,  the  corona  white,  with  zones  of  red- 
purple:  fr.  said  to  be  the  size  of  an  orange.  Trop.  Amer. 
B.M.  29G7.- Young  foliage  has  metallic  hues. 

BB.  Bracts  free. 

c.  Tube   of  flower  evident  and  cylindrical,  swollen  at 
the  base. 

1.  racemosa,  Brot.  (P.  princeps,  Hort.  P.  amdbilis, 
Hort.,  in  part).  Lvs.  glabrous,  usually  truncate  at  base, 
mostly  deeply  3-lobed,  the  margins  entire:  fls.  4  in.  or 
more  across,  the  narrow  petals  deep  red  and  wide- 
spreading,  the  short,  upright  crown  purplish;  calyx 
keeled  on  the  lower  side:  fls.  solitary,  but  the  peduncles 
usually  2  from  an  axil,  becoming  racemose  on  the  ends 
of  the  shoots:  bracts  3.  Brazil.  B.M.  2001.  B.R.  4:285. 
L. B.C.  1:84.  Gn.  39:793.  —  A  fine  old  species  and  a  parent 
of  various  garden  hybrids.  The  best  of  the  red-flowered 
Passifloras.  Summer  and  fall. 

8.  Raddiana,  DC.  (P.  kermeslna,  Hort.).  Rather 
slender:  Ivs.  shallow-cordate,  3-lobed  and  sparingly  den- 
tate, purplish  beneath:  fls.  with  very  narrow  distinct 
sepals  and  petals  of  a  bright  crimson-red, which  are  wide- 
spreading  at  first  but  finally  turning  almost  straight 
back :  crown  black-purple,  upright,  with  smaller  whitish 
filaments  inside.  Summer  and  fall.  Brazil.  B.M.  3503. 
B.R.  19:1633.— An  old  and  well-known  species,  and  de- 
servedly popular.  P.  Loudoni,  Hort.,  is  considered  to 
be  a  hybrid  of  this  and  P.  racemosa. 


1651.  Granadilla,  Passiflora  quadrangularis 


9.  Watsoniana,  Masters.  Stems  wiry,  purplish,  with 
leafy  dentate  stipules  :  Ivs.  shallow  •  cordate,  rather 
broader  than  long,  3-lobed  to  the  middle,  with  a  few 
teeth  :  peduncles  1-fld.  :  fls.  about  3  in.  across,  the  sepals 
linear  and  shaded  with  violet  ;  petals  also  very  narrow, 


lilac:  crown  of  many  rows  of  filaments,  violet  with  bars 
of  white  below  the  middle,  the  inner  and  shorter  set  deep 
violet.  Probably  Brazilian.  G.C.  II.  26:648-9.  I. H. 36:74. 
Gn.  33:638.  A.F.  6:571. -Good  grower. 

cc.    Tube  of  flower  very  short,  thick  or  fleshy  in  sub- 
stance. 

D.  Stems  and  branches  strongly  4-angled  or  even  winged: 
Ivs.  simple. 

10.  quadrangularis,  Linn.     GRANADILLA.     Fig.  1651. 
Tall  strong  climber,  glabrous :  Ivs.  ovate  or  round-ovate, 
cordate  at  base,  mucronate,  entire,  the  petiole  with  2  or 
3  pairs  of  glands:    stipules  large:  fl.  large  (3  to  5  in. 
across)  and  interesting,  fragrant,  with  ovate  sepals  and 
petals  (the  former  white  within  and  the  latter  reddish), 
the  crown  composed  of  5   series  of  white-and-purple 
parti-colored  filaments,  of  which  the  outermost  exceed 
the  floral  envelopes :  fr.  oblong,  5-9  in.  long,  yellowish 
green,  pulpy  and   edible.     Tropical  Amer.     B.R.  1:14. 
Gn.  51,  p.  313.    R.H.  1898,  p.  569.     Gn.  59,  pp.  4,  7.— 
Widely  grown  in  the  tropics,  and  variable,  both  as  a 
vine  and  for  its  edible  fruits.    Frequent  in  collections 
of  economic  plants  in  the  North.    It  is  a  good  climber 
for  covering  a  greenhouse  roof.    Best  results  are   se- 
cured if  the  temperature  does  not  fall  below  50°.     The 
fruit  ripens  in  summer.     The  fls.  usually  need  to  be 
hand  -  pollinated   if   fruit   is  wanted   on   house  -  grown 
plants.     Var.  variegata,  Hort.   (P.  variegata,  Hort.), 
has  foliage  blotched  with  yellow. 

11.  alata,  Dryand.     Stem  winged :  Ivs.  glabrous,  oval 
to  ovate,  somewhat  cordate  at  base,  the  margin  often 
undulate  but  otherwise  entire,  the  petiole  with  2  pairs 
of  glands :  fl.  3-4  in.  across,  very  fragrant,  the  interior  of 
the  sepals  and  petals  carmine;  corona  nearly  or  quite  as 
long  as  the  envelopes,  the  numerous  filaments  parti- 
colored with  red,  purple  and  white:  fr.  yellow,  ovoid- 
pointed,  about  5  in.  long,  very  fragrant  and  one  of  the 
most  edible.      S.  Amer.     B.M.  66.     G.C.  III.  15:19; 
22:449-51.    R.B.  20,  p.  104.— An  excellent  old  species, 
ripening  its  fr.  in  midsummer.    It  is  very  variable.   P. 
phanicea,  Lindl.  (B.R.  19: 1603),  P.  Brasiliensis,  Desf., 
P.  maliformis,  Flor.,  P.  oviformis,  Roam.,  P.  latifolia, 
DC.,   P.   Mauritiana,  Thouars,  and   P.   Mascarensis, 
Presl.,  are  all  considered  to  be  forms  of  this  species. 
P.  Lawsoniana,  Hort.,  not  Mast.,  is  a  hybrid  of  P.  alata 
and  P.  racemosa:    Ivs.  oblong-oval,  somewhat  peltate, 
entire  :    fls.  3-4  in.  across,  brownish  inside,  the  corona 
with  filaments  in  several  series. 

12.  Decaisneana,  Hort.,  is  a 
hybrid  of  P.  quadrangularis  and 
P.  alata  :  fls.  bright  carmine  in- 
side, about  4  in.  across;  corona 
as  long  as  or  longer  than  the  en- 
velopes, the  more  or  less  tortu- 
ous filaments  banded  with  deep 
blue  and  white  :  Ivs.  bearing 
about  6  glands.  R.H.  1855:281.  F.S.  8:848. 

DD.  Stems  and  branches  terete,  or  at  least 

not  winged. 
E.   Leaves  not  lobed. 

13.  amabilis,  Hook.     Stem  slender  and  terete:   Ivs. 
ovate,  very  sharp-pointed,  entire,  rather  thin,  the  petiole 
with  about  2  pairs  of  glands:  fl.  solitary,  about  3  in. 
across,  the  sepals  and  petals  alike  and  bright  brick-red 
within;  corona  or  white  filaments  in  4  series,  the  2  inner 
series  being  short.    Brazil.    B.M.  4406.    Gn.  55:1219. 

14.  laurifdlia,   Linn.  (P.   tinifdlia,  Juss.).    JAMAICA 
HONEYSUCKLE.     WATER    LEMON.      Stem    terete,   plant 
glabrous:  Ivs.  oval  to  oval-oblong,  thickish,  entire,  with 
a  short  sharp  point;  petiole  with  2  glands:  fl.  about  2% 
in.  across,  white,  with  red   spots  or  blotches  ;    corona 
somewhat  exceeding  the  petals  or  at  least  about  equal- 
ing them,  in  3  series,  violet  with  white  bands:  fr.  about 
3   in    long,  yellow,  spotted  with  white,  edible.     Trop. 
Amer.     B.R.  1:13.     B.M.  4958. 

15.  coccinea,   Aubl.   (P.  velutina,    DC.     P.   fulgens, 
Morr. ) .     Glabrous  :    Ivs.  ovate  and   coarsely   toothed  ; 
petiples  with  2-3  pairs  of  glands:  fl.  scarlet;   corona 
orange:  fr.  pulpy  and  edible.    S.  Amer.    The  fr.  is  said 
to  contain  "a  chemical  principle  of  hypnotic  value." 


1222 


PASSIFLORA 


PASSIFLORA 


EE.    Leaves  3-7-lobed. 
F.   Blossoms  bright  red. 

16.  vitifdlia,  HBK.  (P.  sanguinea,  Smith.  P.  pu- 
bescens,  DC.  Tacsbnia  Buchdnani,  Lem. ) .  Stem  terete : 
Ivs.  cordate-ovate  in  outline,  deeply  3-lobed  or  divided 
and  the  divisions  coarsely  toothed,  strong-veined,  usu- 
ally pubescent  beneath  :  fl.  4-6  in.  across,  nearly  flat, 
the  linear-oblong  sepals  and  petals  bright  scarlet,  the 
sepals  with  a  spine  at  the  tip;  outer  corona  filaments 
red,  the  inner  ones  white,  all  of  them  upright  or  spread- 
ing and  much  shorter  than  the  envelopes.  Brazil. 
F.M.  1878:317.  G.C.  III.  8:213.-An  old  species,  but 
not  common  in  cult.  Said  not  to  be  free-flowering. 


1652.   Passiflora  edulis  (X  %). 


PF.    Blossoms   white,  greenish,  purplish,  or  variously 

tinted,  but  not  red. 
G.   Rays  of  corona  (or  the  outer  ones)  aboiit  as  long  as 

the  floral  envelopes:  leaf-margins  strongly  serrate 

(except  sometimes  in  No.  19). 

17.  incarnata,  Linn.  MAY-POP.   Fig.  1650.  Tall-climb- 
ing strong  vine,  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  Ivs   3-lobed  to 
about  half  their  depth,  broadly  cordate-ovate  in  outline, 
serrate,  the  petiole  bearing  2  glands  near  the  top:  fl. 
axillary  and  solitary,  about  2  in.  across,  white,  with  a 
light  purple  corona  banded  at  its  center:  fr.  oblong, 
about  2  in.  long,  with  3  sutures,  yellow  when  ripe.    Dry 
places,  Va.,  south  and  west.    B.M.  3697.    Mn.  9:17.— A 
weedy  plant,  but  offered  by  dealers  in  native  plants. 
With  protection,  the  roots  will  survive  the  winter  as  far 
north  as  Baltimore,  and  the  strong  herbaceous  vines  will 
make   a  fine   cover  for  arbors   and  verandas.     Easily 
grown  from  seeds. 

18.  edulis,  Sims.    Fig.  1652.  More  woody  and  stronger : 
Ivs.  large,  deeply  3-lobed  and  serrate  :    fl.  white,  often 
tinted  with  purple,  the  rays  nearly  as  long  as  the  envel- 
opes, white  for  the  upper  half  but  purple  at  the  base: 
fr.  globular-oblong,  thicTdy  purple-dotted  when  ripe,  the 
rind  hard.    Brazil.    B.M.  1989.    R.H.  1857,  p.  224;  1883, 
p.  489.     Gn.  50:1093.     G.C.  III.  23:101.     A. G.  13:120.- 
Runs  into  several  forms.   The  fruit  is  fragrant  and  edi- 
ble, but  there  is  little  pulp,  the  seeds  occupying  most  of 
the  interior.    Readily  grown  from,  seeds.    Naturalized  in 
tropical  countries. 

19.  pruindsa,  Mast.    Climbing,  the  stems  terete,  gla- 
brous :  Ivs.  broad  in  outline,3-lobed  beyond  the  middle, the 
lateral  lobes  diverging,  the  margins  remotely  glandular- 
toothed,  glaucous  beneath:  stipules  very  large  and  leaf- 
like,  cordate,  2  in.  long:  fl.  3  in.  across,  pale  or  pearly 


violet,  the  corona  of  numerous  filaments,  the  outermost 
of  which  are  nearly  as  long  as  the  petals  and  are  deep 
violet  at  the  base,  yellowish  in  the  middle  and  curly  at 
the  top.  British  Guiana.  G.C.  III.  22:393.  — First  de- 
scribed in  1897,  and  now  offered  in  this  country  by  San- 
der &  Co. 

GG.    Hays  distinctly  shorter  than  envelopes  :    leaf- 
margins  nearly  or  quite  entire. 

20.  alba,  Link  &  Otto.  (P.  atomaria,  Planch.).  Stem 
terete:  stipules  very  large  and  leaf -like:  Ivs.  broad- 
ovate  and  somewhat  cordate,  rather  shallowly  3-lobed, 
glaucous  beneath,  the  margins  entire  :  peduncles  ex- 
ceeding the  Ivs.,  1-fld. :  fl.  little  more  than  2  in.  across, 
clear  white:  fr.  obovoid,  the  size  of  an 
egg,  green  at  first,  but  becoming  yellow- 
ish. Mex.  to  S.  Amer.  G.C.  II.  19:693. 
R.H.  1883,  p.  201;  1884:36. 

21.  yiolacea,  Veil.    Tall,  glabrous,  with 
drooping  branches:  Ivs.  straight  at  base 
and  somewhat  peltate,  with  3  long,  nar- 
row lobes,  of  which  the  side  ones  stand 
at  nearly  right  angles  to  the  central  one, 
the  margins  entire  or  with  a  few  teeth  in 
the  bottom  of  the  sinus,  the  under   sur- 
face   slightly   glaucous  :    fl.  about    3    in. 
across,   the   petals   and  sepals    lilac-pink 
inside  (sepals  ending  in  a  long  spur),  the 
numerous  filaments  of  the  corona  white- 
tipped  and  barred  with  violet  and  white. 
Brazil.   B.M.  6997.    R.H.  1885:468. 

22.  caerulea,  Linn.   Fig.  1653.    Slender, 
but  a  strong  grower,  glabrous  and  some- 
what glaucous:  Ivs.  divided  nearly  to  the 
petiole  into  5  lanceolate  or  lance-elliptic 

entire  sharp-pointed  segments  of  which  the  2  lower  ones 
are  sometimes  again  lobed:  fl.  3-4  in.  across,  slightly 
fragrant,  greenish  white,  the  sepals  tipped  with  a  short 
point,  the  rays  of  the  corona  in  2  series,  blue  at  the  tip, 
white  in  the  middle  and  purple  at  the  base,  the  styles 
light  purple.  Brazil.  B.M.  28.  Gn.  31,  p.  421;  34,  p. 
114;  46,  p.  369.  — The  commonest  of  Passion-flowers  in 
American  greenhouses,  and  now  represented  by  several 
named  forms  and  hybrids.  Can  be  grown  in  "the  open 
in  the  South  and  in  Calif,  as  far  N.  as  San  Francisco. 
Var.  grandifldra,  Hort.,  is  only  a  somewhat  larger-fld. 
form.  Constance  Elliott  (P.  ccerulea,  var.  alba),  is  a 
white-fld.  fragrant  form.  Gn.  31:595.  There  are  hy- 
brids with  P.  Raddiana,  P.  racemosa,  P.  alata,  and 
others.  P.  ccerulea  grows  readily  from  seeds. 

23.  aiato-caenilea  (P.  Pf6rdtii,  Hort. )  is  a  white-fld. 
form,  with  calyx  tinted  rose  inside,  and  corona  of  3 
series,  the  outer  filaments  being  white  at  tip,  blue-pur- 
ple in  the  middle,  and  black-purple  at  the  base.  B.R. 
10:848.  R.H.  1847:121. 

Passifloras  in  the  Amer.  trade,  but  not  accounted  for  botani- 
cally,  are:  P.  cardinalis,  "scarlet  flowers;"  P.  Paranuayi, 
Blanc,  1900;  P.  Paxtoni;  P.rosea;  P.  Schmittii,  "bright  car- 
mine." P.  insi.gnis,  Jamesoni,  manicata,  Parritce  are  to  be 
sought  in  Tacsonia. 

Species  which  may  be  expected  in  the  trade  are:  P.  cheli- 
dbnea,  Mast.  Lvs.  oblong,  forked  at  the  end  to  one-fourth  the 
length  and  with  a  small  middle  lobe,  marked  with  dots:  n.  2  in. 
across,  greenish,  with  a  folded  corona.  Ecuador.  G.C.  II. 
12:40.— P.  cinnabarlna,  Lindl.  Branches  terete:  Ivs.  broad- 
ovate,  3-lobed,  margins  entire:  fl.  solitary,  2%  in.  across,  red; 
corona  short,  folded,  yellowish.  Australia.  G.C.  1855:724. 
B.M.  5911. — P.  Colimensis,  Mast.  &  Rose.  A  Mexican  species 
first  described  in  1899,  but  cult,  for  several  years  in  Wash- 
ington. It  is  an  herbaceous  species,  with  shallow-lobed  ob- 
tuse denticulate  Ivs.  and  small  whitish  blue-marked  fls.  on 
single  peduncles.  Promising  as  an  outdoor  climber,  p.  i220. 
~^P.  fcetida,  Linn.  (P.  hirsuta  and  P.  hircina,  Hort.).  Allied 
to  P.  adenopoda:  annual  or  sometimes  perennial:  Ivs.  pubes- 
cent, 3-lobed,  the  margins  entire  or  obscurely  angled :  fls. 
whitish,  small,  the  corona  as  long  as  the  petals  and  colored 
purple  and  blue:  fl. -bracts  pinnatifid.  Trop.  Amer.  L.B.C. 
2:136.  B.M.  3635,  the  form  known  as  var.  nigelliflora,  Mast.; 
and  288,  the  var.  ciliata,  Mast.  In  cnlt.  in  this  country,  but 
apparently  not  in  the  trade.  Variable.— P.  galbana,  Mast. 
Stems  terete:  Ivs.  lance-oblong,  short-petioled,  entire:  stipules 
ovate-pointed  :  fl.  solitary  on  a  long  peduncle,  3  in.  across, 
greenish  yellow,  the  sepals  and  petals  very  narrow,  the  not 
folded  corona  short.  Brazil.  G.C.  III.  20:555.— P.  Im  Thitr- 
nii,  Mast.  Lvs.  broad-oblong,  acute,  entire,  thick,  glabrous 
above,  but  not  beneath:  fl.  erect,  4-5  in.  across,  brilliant  scnr 
let  and  rose  color,  with  white  in  the  center;  corona  very  short. 


PASSIFLORA 


PAULOWNIA 


1223 


British  Guiana.  G.C.  III.  23:307.  Very  showy.— P.  Kewensis, 
Hort.  "  It  is  a  cross  raised  1  > y  .Mr.  Watson,  the  assistant  cura- 
tor, between  the  hardy  Passifiora  ccerulea  and  the  Brazilian 
P.  Raddiana.  The  flowers  are  larger  than  those  of  P.  Raddi- 
ana,  the  petals  and  fringe  longer,  while  the  color  is  carmine 
suffused  with  blue,  which,  though  perhaps  not  so  bright  and 
pleasing  as  it  is  in  the  parent,  is  a  lovely  color."— P.  Mlersii, 
Mast.  Stems  slender  and  wiry:  Ivs.  lance-ovate  and  entire, 
claret-colored  beneath:  fl.2in.  across,  white,  shaded  with  pink, 
the  corona  half  the  length  of  the  petals,  white,  barred  with 
purple.  Brazil.  G.C.  III.  4:353.— P.  triloba,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs. 
large,  cordate-ovate,  3-lobed  or  entire:  fl.  3  in.  across,  with  vio- 
let reflexed  sepals  and  petals,  and  a  long  cup-like  corona,  with 
filaments  banded  white  and  purple.  Peru.  I.H.  36:83. —  P. 
Wcfx'riana,  Andre.  Glandular-hairy:  Ivs.  large,  3-lobed,  the 
margin  usually  toothed:  fl.  solitary,  2  in.  across,  white,  the 
corona  banded  with  white:  fr.  setose,  purple.  Argentina. 
R.H.  1887:324.  L.  H.  B. 

PASSION  FLO  WEE.     See  Passifiora. 

PASTINACA  (name  from  the  Latin  pastus,  food). 
Cinhelliferce.  About  a  half  dozen  species  of  tall  herbs 
native  to  Europe  and  Asia,  but  by  Bentham  &  Hooker 
united  with  the  genus  Peucedanum.  It  is  distinguished 
from  Heracleum  and  Peucedanum  by  technical  charac- 
ters of  the  fruit.  Pastinaca  is  known  to  horticulturists 
in  the  Parsnip  (which  see),  P.  sativa,  Linn.  It  is  a  na- 
tive of  Europe,  but  is  now  grown  in  nearly  all  cool-tem- 
perate countries  for  its  large  edible  root.  In  deep  moist 
soil  and  a  cool  climate,  the  edible  roots  become  18-20 
inches  long  and  four  inches  or  more  in  diameter  at  the 
crown.  It  was  cultivated  before  the  Christian  era.  It 
has  run  wild  from  gardens,  often  becoming  a  bad  weed 
in  neglected  fields  and  on  roadsides.  P.  sativa  is  a  robust 
plant,  sending  up  a  grooved  stem  (which  becomes  hollow) 
3-5  ft. :  Ivs.  odd-pinnate,  with  3-4  pairs  of  sessile  ovate- 
oblong  sharp-toothed  and  notched  leaflets,  the  terminal 
leaflet  3-lobed :  fruit  ("seed")  thin  and  flat,  retaining  its 
vitality  only  a  year  or  two.  When  run  wild,  it  loses  its 
thick  root,  and  sometimes  it  becomes  annual. 

L.  H.  B. 

PATCHOULI  PLANT.     See  Pogostemon. 

PATIENCE.      Patience    Dock    or   Herb   Patience   is 

J^itmcjr  1'atientia. 

PATRlNIA  (E.  L.  Patrin,  1742-1814,  French  traveler 
in  Siberia).  Valerianacew.  About  10  species  of  yellow- 
or  white-fld.,  valerian-like,  hardy  herbaceous  peren- 
nials from  extra-tropical  Asia.  They  grow  a  foot  or  so 
high,  bloom  in  early  summer  and  may  have  about  20 
small  fls.  in  clusters  2  in.  across.  Two  species  are  of- 
fered by  dealers  in  Japanese  plants. 

Patrinia  is  distinguished  from  the  other  8  genera  in 
the  Valerian  family  by  4  stamens  and  mostly  yellow  fls. 
Valeriana  has  3  stamens.  Nardostachys,  with  4  stamens, 
has  purple  fls.  Patrinias  are  glabrous  or  loosely  villous : 
Ivs.  once  or  twice  pinnatifid  or  -sect,  the  radical  ones 
rarely  entire:  cymes  corymbose-panicled :  bracts  nar- 
row, free,  but  sometimes  appendaged  with  a  large,  2- 
nerved  and  netted-veined  bracteole  which  is  appressed 
to  the  f r. :  corolla- tube  very  short;  lobes  5,  spreading: 
sterile  locules  of  the  fruit  nearly  as  large  or  larger  than 
the  fertile  ones. 

A.    Stem  glabrous. 

scabiosaefdlia,  Fisch.  Radical  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong,  in- 
cised-serrate  and  lyrate  :  cauline  Ivs.  pinnatifid,  the 
lobes  lunceolate-linear,  acute,  terminal  one  longest:  fls. 
yellow:  corymb  loosely  subpaniculate :  fr.  3-cornered. 
Dahuria.  L.B.C.  14:1340. 

AA.    Stem  villous. 

villdsa,  Juss.  Radical  Ivs.  villous,  petiolate,  auricled : 
cauline  Ivs.  sessile,  dentate:  corymb  panicled.  Japan. 
—  The  plant  offered  by  the  Yokohama  Nursery  Co.  is 
said  to  have  white  fls. 

PAULLlNIA  (probably  after  Simon  Paulli,  1608-1680, 
professor  of  anatomy,  surgery  and  botany  at  Copenha- 
gen). SapindacecK.  P.  thalictrifolia  is  a  handsome  stove 
foliage  plant,  with  much  divided  Ivs.  somewhat  resem- 
bling a  rue,  maidenhair,  or  a  davallia.  The  fls.  are  in- 
conspicuous, pinkish  and  borne  in  autumn.  In  the  early 
seventies,  when  the  interest  in  foliage  plants  was  at  its 
height,  this  plant  was  widely  distributed.  It  used  to  be 


trained  to  a  trellis  for  exhibition  or  grown  on  the  pillars 
and  rafters  of  hothouses.  It  is  now  a  rare  but  choice 
plant  for  clothing  the  tops  of  unsightly  tubs  in  \\liich 
palms  are  growing.  G.  W.  Oliver  says  it  is  also  excel- 
lent for  large  vases  and  stands  the  sun  well.  The  young 
leaves  have  a  pretty  bronze  tint  unless  they  are  shaded 
too  much.  The  plant  is  prop,  by  cuttings  of  young 
shoots  taken  in  early  spring.  If  the  tops  are  pinched 
the  young  plants  will  branch  out  and  make  handsome 
specimens  in  4-  or  5-in.  pots.  For  potting  soil  an  Eng- 
lish gardener  recommends  compost  of  two-thirds  fibrous 
peat  to  one-third  of  loam,  with  a  liberal  sprinkling  of 
silver  sand. 

Paullinia  is  a  genus  of  about  80  species,  mostly  tropi- 
cal American.  Twining  shrubs :  Ivs.  alternate,  stipulate, 
compound,  1-3-ternate  or  pinnate,  or  decompound;  peti- 
ole often  winged  ;  Ifts.  usually  dentate,  dotted  or  mi- 
nutely lined:  racemes  axillary,  usually  with  2  tendrils: 
sepals  5,  the  2  upper  larger,  connate:  petals  4,  but  there 
is  a  fifth  abortive  one:  stamens  8:  ovary  3-celled.  Dis- 
tinguished from  allied  genera,  as  Cardiospermum,  by  the 
septicidal  fr.,  which  is  often  pear-shaped. 

thalictrifdlia,  Juss.  Lvs.  4-10  in.  long,  triangular  in 
outline,  3-ternately-pinnate ;  pinnae  in  6-8  pairs;  pin- 
nules 4-8  pairs,  4-8  lines  long.  Brazil.  B.M.  5879.  Gn. 
51,  p.  160.  F.  1873,  p.  124.  Var.  argSntea,  Hort.,  has 
foliage  suffused  silvery  gray. 


1653. 


Passifiora  ccerulea,  the  commonest  cultivated 
Passion-flower  (X%). 


PAULO  WNIA  (after  Anna  Paulowna,  princess  of  the 
Netherlands).  Scrophulariacece .  Ornamental  decidu- 
ous trees,  in  habit  and  foliage  similar  to  Catalpa,  with 
ample,  long-petioled,  opposite  Ivs.,  and  pale  violet  large 
fls.  resembling  those  of  the  foxglove  in  shape,  in  ter- 
minal panicles  opening  before  the  Ivs.  The  species 
in  cultivation  is  fairly  hardy  in  sheltered  positions  as 
far  north  as  Mass.,  but  the  fl.-buds  are  usually  killed  in 
winter,  and  it  does  not  flower  regularly  north  of  New 
York  city.  As  an  ornamental  foliage  plant  it  may  be 
grown  as  far  north  as  Montreal,  where  it  is  killed  to  the 
ground  every  winter,  but  throws  up  from  the  root  vigor 
ous  shoots  attaining  10-14  ft. .with  Ivs.  over  1  ft.  and  occa- 
sionally even  2  ft.  long.  If  used  as  a  foliage  plant  and 


1224 


PAULO  WNIA 


PAVONIA 


cut  back  to  the  ground  every  spring,  the  young  shoots 
should  be  removed,  except  one  or  very  few  on  each 
plant;  during  the  first  years  of  this  treatment  they  will 
grow  more  vigorous  every  year,  but  afterwards  they 
will  decrease  in  size,  weakened  by  the  continuous  cut- 
ting back ;  they  should  then  be  replaced  by  strong  young 


1654.    Paulownia  imperialis. 
To  show  the  verdurous  growth  of  the  young  shoots. 

plants.  Where  the  fl.-buds  which  are  formed  the  pre- 
vious year  are  not  killed  by  frost  the  Paulownia  is  one 
of  the  most  conspicuous  flowering  trees  in  spring,  and 
in  summer  the  foliage,  though  it  is  of  somewhat  dull 
color,  attracts  attention  by  the  size  of  the  Ivs.  In  tem- 
perate climates  it  is  sometimes  used  as  an  avenue  tree. 
It  thrives  best  in  a  light  deep  loam,  and  in  a  sheltered 
position.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  in  spring  or  by  root- 
cuttings,  and  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass  ;  it 
may  be  grown  also  from  leaf -cuttings ;  the  young  unfold- 
ing Ivs.  when  about  1  in.  long  are  cut  off  close  to  the 
stems  and  inserted  in  sand  under  a  hand-glass  in  the 
propagating  house.  Two  species  in  China  and  Japan;  a 
third  one  with  evergreen  foliage  is  reported  by  Dr. 
Henry  from  South  China  and  pronounced  one  of  the 
most  magnificent  flowering  trees.  Trees  with  stout 
spreading  branches:  fls.  in  terminal  panicles;  calyx 
campanulate,  5-lobed;  corolla  with  long,  slightly  curved 
tube,  and  spreading,  oblique  5-16bed  limb;  stamens  4: 
fr.  a  2-celled  capsule,  loculicidally  dehiscent,  with  nu- 
merous small  winged  seeds. 

imperialis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (P.  tomentdsa,  Steud.).  Fig. 
1654.    Tree,  to  40  ft.,  with    stout  spreading  branches 
forming  a  round  head :  Ivs.  rather  long-petioled,  broadly 
cordate -ovate,  entire  or  sometimes  3-lobed,  acuminate, 
pubescent  above,  tomentose  beneath,  5-8  in.  long  or  on 
vigorous  shoots  even  larger;  panicles  to  10  in.  long:  fls. 
fragrant,  pale  violet,  l%-2  in.  long;  pedicels  and  calyx 
densely  rusty  tomentose:  capsule  woody,  broadly  ovoid, 
pointed,  1  in.  or  somewhat  longer.    April,  May.    China, 
Japan.    S.Z.  1:10.    B.M.  4666.    P.M. 
10:7.  Gn.34,p.79;  54,  p.  476.    Mn.  7, 
p.  171.    It  is  sometimes  escaped  from 
cult,  in  the  S.  States. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

Paulownia  imperialis  in  southern 
California  reaches  a  height  of  40  ft. 
in  25  years,  with  a  spread  nearly  as 
great.  When  in  full  leaf  it  makes 
a  dense  shade.  It  starts  to  bloom 
before  the  leaves  come  and  all  is 
over  before  the  tree  is  in  full  leaf. 
For  this  reason  it  is  not  a  favorite. 
The  Jacaranda  is  a  prettier  blue, 


more  florif  erous,  lasts  three  times  as  long,  the  blooms  con- 
tinuing until  the  tree  is  in  full  leaf.  It  is  out  of  leaf  not 
more  than  half  as  long  as  Paulownia  is.  It  makes  as 
dense  shade  as  the  Paulownia,  has  a  prettier  leaf  and  is 
more  desirable  in  every  way.  The  growth  of  the  two 
trees  is  about  the  same  at  the  end  of  a  quarter  century. 
The  habit  of  the  Paulownia  in  retaining  dry  seed-pods 
on  dead  limbs  3  or  4  ft.  long  is  very  unpleasing,  and 
necessitates  a  thorough  cleaning  each  year  to  the  tip 
end  of  the  uppermost  branch— often  a  hard  work  to  ac- 
complish. ERNEST  BRAUNTON. 

PAVlSTTA  (Malabar  name  of  P.  Indica).  Hubiacece. 
About  60  species  of  tropical  shrubs  and  small  trees 
closely  allied  to  the  brilliant  Ixoras  but  far  less  showy, 
the  fls.  smaller,  and  the  clusters  looser;  also  they  have 
a  much  more  conspicuous  style,  which  is  often  thrust 
out  of  the  flower  an  inch  or  so.  The  fls.  are  white  or 
greenish,  salver-shaped,  4-lobed  (rarely  5-lobed),  and 
borne  in  trichotomous  corymbs,  containing  as  many  as 
30  fls.,  which  at  best  may  be  1  in.  long  and  %  in.  across. 
Pavettas  generally  have  membranaceous  Ivs.,  while 
those  of  Ixora  are  leathery.  In  Pavetta  the  style  is 
longer  and  spindle-shaped  at  the  top;  in  Ixora  the  style 
generally  has  2  short  branches  at  the  top.  Other  generic 
characters  of  Pavetta  are:  calyx-lobes  short  or  long: 
stamens  4  or  5,  barely  exerted:  disk  tumid,  fleshy: 
ovary  2-locular:  drupe  2-stoned. 

A.    Foliage  variegated. 

Borb6nica,  Hort.  Foliage  plant  with  unknown  fls.  Its 
position  in  this  genus  is  a  mere  guess.  Lvs.  about  9  in. 
long,  oblong-acuminate,  rounded  at  the  base,  with  a 
salmon-red  midrib,  mottled  with  light  green  on  a  dark 
green  ground.  Bourbon  Island.  Lowe  5. 
AA.  Foliage  not  variegated. 

Natalensis,  Sond.  Lvs.  lanceolate-acuminate,  petio- 
late,  glabrous :  calyx-teeth  bristle-shaped,  thrice  as  long 
as  the  calyx-tube:  fls.  white.  Natal. 

P.  Cdffra,  Haw.  &  Sond.  Lvs.  obovate,  almost  sessile,  gla- 
brous: calyx-teeth  twice  as  long  as  the  tube:  fls.  white.  S.Afr. 
B.M.  3580.— P.  Indica,  Linn.  Glabrous  to  tomentose:  Ivs. 
varying  greatly  in  shape:  calyx-teeth  much  shorter  than  the 
tube:  fls.  white.  India.  B.R.  3:198.  W.  M. 

PA  VIA.     Included  with  ^Esculus. 

PAVONIA  (J.  Pavon,  joint  author  of  Ruiz  and  Pavon's 
Flora  Peruviana  et  Chilensis;  died  1844).  Malvdcece. 
About  60  species  of  tropical  herbs  or  shrubs,  tomentose, 
hispid  or  glabrescent:  Ivs.  often  angled  or«lobed:  fls.  of 
various  colors,  peduncled  or  crowded  into  a  sort  of  head 
at  the  tips  of  the  branches :  bractlets  5-many,  distinct 
or  more  or  less  connate;  calyx  5-cut  or  5-toothed;  pet- 
als spreading  or  convolute-connivent :  staminal  column 
truncate  below  the  apex  or  5-dentate:  ovary  5-loculed, 
1-ovuled. 

Perhaps  the  most  desirable  species  is  P.  multiflora, 
known  to  gardeners  as  P.  Wioti.  This  has  many  showy 


1655.    Pavonia  intermedia  (X%). 


PAVONIA 

red  bractlets,  which  are  linear,  erect,  hairy,  whorled,  and 
nearly  2  in.  long.  Within  the  cup-shaped  group  of  bract- 
lets  lies  a  cartridge-shaped  mass  of  dull  brown,  tightly 
rolled  petals.  From  the  body  of  petals  protrudes  the 
staminzil  column,  which  may  be  3  in.  long  and  bears  nu- 
merous violet-blue  anthers. 


PEA 


1225 


1656.    Pea.  American  Wonder  (X  1-5). 

The  illustration  shows  an  entire  plant,  cut  off  at  the  surface 
of  the  ground. 

P.Makoyana,  Morr.,ot  the  trade,  is  Gbethea  Makoyana, 
Hook.,  B.M.  6427,  a  Brazilian  plant  with  a  dark  purple 
mass  of  petals  set  off  by  about  5  large,  broad,  showy 
red  bractlets.  The  only  difference  between  Pavonia  and 
Gcethea  lies  in  the  bractlets,  which  are  narrow  in  the 
former  and  broad  in  the  latter. 

P.  intermedia,  St.  Hil.,  Fig.  1655,  is  a  Brazilian  plant 
int.  by  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.  for  economic  reasons. 
Its  bractlets  are  intermediate  in  breadth  between  the 
two  genera  Pavonia  and  Gcethea. 

multifldra,  A.  St.  Hil.  (P.  Wloti,  E.  Morr.).  Robust, 
probably  shrubby,  usually  with  a  simple  stem:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, 6-10  in.  x  l%-2  in.,  obovate-lanceolate,  serrulate: 
fls.  in  a  short,  terminal  corymb.  Brazil.  B.M.  6398.  F. 
M.  1877:276.  W>M. 

PAWPAW.     Asimina  and  Carica  Papaya. 

PEA.  The  garden  Pea  is  the  most  important  member 
of  the  genus  Pisum  (which  see).  It  is  native  to  Europe, 
but  has  been  cultivated  from  before  the  Christian  era 
for  the  rich  seeds.  The  field  or  stock  Pea  differs  little 
from  the  garden  Pea  except  in  its  violet  rather  than 
white  flowers  and  its  small  gray  seeds.  There  are 
many  varieties  and  several  well-marked  races  of  garden 
Peas.  Whilst  Peas  are  grown  mostly  for  their  seeds, 
there  is  a  race  in  which  the  thick,  soft  green  pods,  with 
the  inclosed  seeds,  are  eaten.  The  common  or  shelling 
Peas  may  be  separated  into  two  classes  on  the  character 
of  the  seed  itself.— those  with  smooth  seeds  and  those 
with  wrinkled  seeds.  The  latter  are  the  richer,  but  they 
are  more  likely  to  decay  in  wet,  cold  ground,  and  there- 
fore are  not  so  well  adapted  to  very  early  planting.  Peas 
may  also  be  classified  as  climbing,  half-dwarf  or  show- 
ing a  tendency  to  climb  and  doing  best  when  support  is 
provided,  and  dwarf  or  those  not  requiring  support. 
Again,  the  varieties  may  be  classified  as  to  season,— 
early,  second-early,  and  late;  examples  of  these  classes 
are  shown  in  the  pictures,  1656,  1657,  1658,  respectively. 


Vilmorin's  classification  (Les  Plantes  Potageres)  is  as 
follows  : 

A.  The  Pea  round  (smooth). 
B.  Plant  climbing. 
C.  Seed  white, 
cc.  Seed  green. 
BB.  Plant  half -dwarf. 

c.  Seed  white, 
cc.  Seed  green. 
BBB.  Plant  dwarf. 

c.  Seed  white, 
cc.  Seed  green. 
AA.  The  Pea  wrinkled  (divisions  as  above). 

The  Chinese  gardeners  about  New  York  city  grow  a 
Pea  which  is  described  as  follows  by  the  writer  in  Bull 
67,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta. :  "The  Pea  (Ga-lon-ow)  of  the 
Chinese  gardens  behaves  like  a  little  improved  or  per- 
haps ancient  type  of  the  common  Pea.  It  is  the  same 
species  as  ours.  It  differs  chiefly  in  having  somewhat 
knotty  or  constricted  pods,  as  shown  in  the  illustration 
(Fig.  1659).  The  pods  'shell'  very  hard,  and  there  is  a 
tendency  to  develop  a  broad  border  or  margin  along 
the  lower  side.  The  Peas  are  small  and  are  variable 
in  color,  and  they  generally  turn  dark  in  cooking.  In 
quality  they  are  sweet  and  excellent,  but  they  do  not 
possess  any  superiority  over  our  common  varieties. 
The  seeds  which  we  have  obtained  from  the  New  York 
Chinamen  are  mixed.  In  color,  the  Peas  run  from  nearly 
white  to  dark  brown.  The  brown  seeds,  however,  have 
given  us  much  earlier  pickings  than  the  light  ones.  In 
one  instance  the  seeds  were  sorted  into  three  grades- 
light,  medium  light,  and  dark  brown— and  all  were 
planted  in  sandy  soil  on  the  20th  of  April.  On  the  5th 
of  July  the  dark-seeded  plot  gave  a  good  picking,  while 
the  light-seeded,  and  even  the  medium  plots  produced 
much  taller  plants  and  very  few  of  the  pods  had  begun 
to  fill.  The  dark-  and  medium-seeded  plots  produced 
plants  with  colored  flowers  — the  standard  being  rose- 
purple  and  the  keel  black-purple  and  splashed.  The 
light-colored  seeds,  on  the  other  hand,  gave  pure  white 
flowers,  larger  leaves  and  broader  pods.  These  facts 
are  interesting  in  connection  with  the  evolution  of  the 
garden  Pea  and  its  relationship  to  the  red-flowered  field 
Pea." 

Left  to  themselves,  the  varieties  of  Peas  soon  lose 
their  characteristics  through  variation.    They  are  much 


1657.   Pea.  Nott  Excelsior  (X  %). 


influenced  by  soil  and  other  local  conditions.  There- 
fore, many  of  the  varieties  are  only  minor  strains  of 
some  leading  type,  and  are  not  distinct  enough  to  be 


1226 


PEA 


PEA 


recognized  by  printed  descriptions.  This  accounts  for 
the  confusion  in  varieties  of  Peas,  particularly  in  the 
dwarf  or  extra-early  types.  The  varietal  names  are 
many.  In  1889  (Annals  Hort.)  American  dealers  cata- 
logued 154  names.  L.  H.  B. 

1.  Peas  for  the  Home  Garden.  —  Green  Peas  are  at 
their  best  when  perfectly  fresh,  and  should  come  to  the 
table  within  5  or  6  hours  from  the  vine.  Those  bought 
in  the  market  can  rarely  be  served  until  24-48  hours 


1658.  Pea,  Champion  of  England  (X 


after  picking,  when  they  necessarily  have  lost  much  of 
their  good  quality.  It  is,  therefore,  a  great  advantage 
to  have  a  home-grown  supply.  Though  they  are  of 
easy  culture,  it  is  not  always  feasible  to  give  them  a 
place  in  one's  own  garden,  because  they  require  consid- 
erable space,  1-2  yards  of  row  being  necessary  to  produce 
a  single  "portion,"  and  it  is  rare  that  more  than  2  or  3 
pickings  can  be  made  from  the  same  vines.  Peas  need 
a  rich,  friable  soil,  but  an  over-supply  of  nitrogen  or 
the  use  of  coarse  and  fresh  manure  will  result  in  a  rank 
growth  of  vines,  with  few  pods  and  Peas  of  inferior 
quality.  The  best  manurial  condition  for  Peas  is  found 
where  a  heavy  dressing  of  fertilizer  has  been  applied 
the  previous  year.  If  such  a  soil  is  not  available,  the 
application  of  3-6  bushels  of  well-rotted  stable  manure, 
or,  in  place  of  this,  about  one-half  bushel  of  wood  ashes, 
3  or  4  pounds  of  salt  and  5-10  pounds  of  ground  bone 
or  other  commercial  fertilizer  to  the  square  rod,  and 
well  worked  into  the  surface  soil  just  before  planting, 
will  give  good  results.  Most  of  the  cultivation  for 
Peas  should  be  done  before  they  are  planted,  and  it 
is  more  important  for  this  crop  than  for  most  that  the 
ground  should  be  well  worked  and  made  as  friable  as 
possible  before  the  seed  is  sown.  While  Pea  vines  will 
be  killed  by  a  hard  freeze,  they  will  endure  a  slight 
frost  with  but  little  injury,  and  thrive  best  in  a  cool, 
damp  soil  and  atmosphere.  It  is,  therefore,  desirable 
to  plant  as  early  in  the  spring  as  the  soil  can  be  worked. 
The  writer  likes  best  to  plant  in  double  rows  about  6 
inches  apart,  with  the  distance  between  the  pairs  about 
equal  to  the  height  to  which  the  variety  grows.  If  the 
soil  is  sandy  and  well  drained,  form  a  trench  4-6  inches 
deep  and  drop  10-20  seeds  to  the  foot  according  as  the 
variety  is  a  tall-  or  dwarf  -growing  one,  and  cover  about 
an  inch  deep,  gradually  filling  the  trench  as  the  plants 
grow.  In  proportion  as  the  soil  is  heavier  and  less 
porous  and  well-drained  the  trench  should  be  shallower 
until,  on  tenacious  clay  soils,  the  seed  should  be  within 
an  inch  of  the  surface. 

All  the  garden  varieties,  if  planted  in  the  way  sug- 
gested, will  give  a  fair  return  without  trellising,  but 
those  growing  over  2  feet  high  will  do  better  if  sup- 
ported. There  is  nothing  better  for  this  purpose  than 
brush,  but  this  is  not  always  available,  and  the  vines 
can  be  well  supported  by  driving  stakes  2-4  inches 


wide  12-20  feet  apart  in  the  double  rows,  and  as  the 
vines  grow  inclosing  their  tops  between  wires  or  wool 
twine  stretched  opposite  each  other  on  either  side  of 
the  stakes. 

Anything  more  than  mere  surface  tillage  is  apt  to  do 
the  Pea  crop  more  harm  than  good,  but  any  crust 
formed  after  rain  should  be  broken  up,  and  the  vines 
will  be  greatly  benefited  by  frequent  stirring  of  the  sur- 
face soil. 

2.  Peas  for   Market.  — The   above  notes  will  suggest 
the  best  methods  of  culture  for  market,  and  profit  will 
depend  largely  upon  the  selection  of  varieties  suited  to 
the  needs  of  the  trade,  and  the  use  of  pure  and  well- 
grown  seed. 

3.  Peas  for  Canning.  — The  quantity  of  Peas  canned, 
and  the  popularity  of  such   goods,  has  been  largely  in- 
creased by  the  use  of  the  machines  known  as  viners, 
in  the  use  of  which  the  vines  are  cut  when  the  green 
Peas  are  in  the  best  condition  for  use,  and  fed  into  the 
machine,  which  by  a  system  of  revolving  beaters  and 
cylinders  separates  the  green  Peas  as  effectually  as  a. 
threshing  machine  does  those  which  are  ripe  and  dry. 
As  the  vines  will  begin  to  heat  and  spoil  within  a  few 
hours  after  cutting,  it  becomes  essential  to   get  them 
through  the  viner  and  the  Peas  into  the  cans  the  same 
day  they  are  gathered,  and  the  canned  Peas  come  to  the 
table  fresher  and  better  in  quality  than  from  most  of 
the  pods  obtainable  in  market.     When  grown  for  can- 
ning or  for  seed,  Peas  are   usually  sown  broadcast  or 
with  grain  drills  and  no  farther  culture  given,  though 
the  crop  is  improved  by  a  judicious  use  of  the  roller 
after  sowing  and  a  weeding  harrow  just  after  the  plants 
are  up. 

4.  Varieties   and   the  Growing   of   Seed.  — There   are 
few  vegetables  in  regard  to  which  there  is  greater  dif- 
ference in  tastes  as  to  desirable   qualities.     To  some 
people   tenderness  is   the  most   essential   quality  ;    to 
others  sweetness,  while  still  others  care  most  for  a  rich 
flavor  and  marrow-like  texture.    Varieties  have  been  de- 
veloped to  meet  all  these  wants,  as  well  as  those  vary- 
ing in  growth  from  6  inches  to  6  feet  in  height  and  of 
great  diversity  in  the  size,  form  and  color  of  the  pods. 
In  this  vegetable  the  quality  and    purity  of  the  seed 
used  is  of  great  importance,  for  every  "mess"  of  Peas 
consists  of  the  product  of  many  seeds,  and  as  the  pods. 
are  so  near  alike  that  it  is  impracticable  to  separate  them 
in  gathering,  the  product  of  a  single  inferior  seed  may 
injure  the  entire  picking.    Again,  Peas  grown  for  seed 
return  a  very  small  fold,  very  rarely  as  much  as  20  and 
more  often  less  than  5  times  the  seed  planted ;  so  that  it. 
is  impracticable  for  the  seedsman  to  offer  his  customers 
seed  grown  direct  from  the  seed  of  individually  selected 
plants,  as  can  readily  be  done  in  the  case  of  tomato, 


1659.    Pea  grown  by  the  Chinese  gardeners  in  the 
neighborhood  of  New  York  City  (X%). 

squash  or  other  vegetables,, which  give  a  larger  seed 
return.  The  most  that  can  be  done  is  to  use  the  greatest 
pains  to  keep  the  varieties  pure  and  of  high  quality  by 
constantly  renewing  stocks  by  selection  and  the  pre- 
venting of  deterioration  or  mixing  while  growing  and 
handling.  With  none  of  our  common  vegetables  is  the 


PEA 


PEACH 


1227 


planter  more  dependent  upon  the  ability  and  honesty  of 
his  seedsman. 

Some  of  the  most  distinct  types  of  the  hundreds  of 
varieties  of  garden  Peas  are: 

(1)  The  earliest  kinds,  such  as  Alaska  and  First  and 
Best,    which    produce    early-maturing,    comparatively 
small  pods  filled  with  Peas  of  rather  low  quality,  on 
vines  about  2  feet  high. 

(2)  A  long  list  of  dwarf -growing  sorts  like  American 
Wonder  (Fig.  1656)  and  Premium  Gem,  which  produce 
small-  or  medium-sized  pods   generally  crowded  with 
Peas  of  fine  quality  on  vines  ranging  from  6-18  inches 
in  height. 

(3)  A  large  class  like  Strategem  and  Heroine,  which 
produce  very  large  pods  containing  large,  rich-flavored 
Peas  on  thick,  heavy  vines  growing  18-30  inches  high. 

(4)  Lastly,  there   are  the  taller  growing  sorts,  like 
Telephone  and  Champion  of  England  (Fig.  1658),  which 
yield  large  crops  of  large-  or  medium-sized  pods  on  vines 
growing  from  4-6  feet  high. 

In  addition  to  the  above-named  sorts  grown  exclu- 
sively for  use  as  green  Peas,  there  are  a  number  of  kinds 
with  hardy,  vigorous,  tall-growing  and  usually  branched 
vines  which  produce  in  great  abundance  smooth,  hard 
Peas  which  are  used  when  ripe  for  split  Peas  or  other 
form  of  "soup  stocks"  or  for  stock-feeding;  though 
some  of  them,  like  the  Marrowfats  and  the  "Turkey"  or 
French  Canner,  are  quite  extensively  used  for  canning, 
most  of  the  celebrated  Petit  Pois  of  France  being  put 
up  from  the  last-named  variety.  In  field  culture  for 
stock  the  ground  should  be  made  ready  in  the  fall  and 
the  surface  simply  "fined"  with  a  cultivator,  disk  or 
gang  plow  in  the  spring.  As  early  as  the  surface  can 
be  got  into  good  condition  sow  broadcast,  carefully  cov- 
ering with  a  gang  plow  or  disk  harrow,  from  1%  to  3 
bushels  of  seed  to  the  acre,  according  to  the  variety 
used;  or  they  can  be  put  in  rows  better  with  an  ordi- 
nary grain  drill,  provided  it  be  of  a  pattern  with  the 
feed  so  arranged  that  it  will  not  crack  the  Peas,  many 
a  poor  stand  being  due  to  the  seed  being  injured  by  the 
drill.  It  is  generally  an  advantage  to  roll  after  sowing, 
and  in  some  cases  a  weeding  harrow  can  be  used  to  ad- 
vantage when  the  plants  are  an  inch  or  two  high.  The 
crops  should  be  harvested  before  the  vines  are  so  ripe 
that  the  Peas  will  waste  by  shelling,  and  it  can  be  done 
by  pea  harvesters,  which  are  attachments  to  ordinary 
mowing  machines,  or  cut  and  "rolled  "  into  windrows  or 
bunches  with  a  short  scythe.  They  are  easily  threshed. 
The  ordinary  yield  is  from  20  to  50  bushels  to  the  acre. 

W.  W.  TRACY. 

PEA.  Everlasting  P.,  Lathy rus  lalifolius.  Glory  P., 
Cliatifhus  Dampieri.  Hoary  P.,  Pigeon  P.,  Cajanus 
Imlicus.  Scurfy  P.,  Psoralea.  Sweet  P.,  Lathyrus  odo- 
ratus  and  Sweet  Pea. 

PEACH.  Plate  XXVI.  The  Peach  is  essentially  a  lux- 
ury. Its  cultivation  is  attended  with  much  risk.  The 
areas  in  which  it  can  be  grown  with  success  are  scattered, 
particularly  in  the  northern  states.  The  Peach  is  tender 
to  frost,  and  the  liability  of  the  buds  and  blossoms  to 
injury  constitute  the  greatest  risk  in  the  growing  of  the 
fruit.  Strangely  enough  these  risks  of  frost  are  greater 
in  the  South  than  in  the  North,  because  the  buds  are 
likely  to  be  swollen  by  the  "warm  spells"  of  the  south- 
ern winter,  and  to  be  killed  by  sudden  freezes.  In  the 
northeastern  states  the  Peach  areas  are  determined 
chiefly  by  mildness  of  winter  temperature.  They  lie 
near  large  bodies  of  water,  in  which  places  the  tempera- 
ture is  considerably  ameliorated.  In  close  proximity  to 
the  seacoast  the  winds  are  usually  too  strong  to  allow 
of  the  growing  of  Peaches,  but  some  distance  inland 
and  on  the  margins  of  the  Great  Lakes  and  other  inte- 
rior bodies  of  water,  the  fruit  may  be  grown  without  dif- 
ficulty. While  Peaches  are  grown  over  a  very  large 
range  of  country  in  the  United  States,  still  the  great 
commercial  regions  are  relatively  few.  One  of  these  re- 
gions lies  in  proximity  to  the  southernmost  members  of 
the  Great  Lakes,  particularly  along  the  southeastern 
part  of  Lake  Ontario  in  New  York  and  Canada,  along 
the  southern  shore  of  Lake  Erie  and  on  the  eastern 
shore  of  Lake  Michigan.  In  this  latter  belt,  known  as 
the  Michigan  "fruit  belt,"  the  Peach  reaches  its  highest 
northern  limit  in  the  eastern  states,  being  grown  with 


profit  as  far  north  as  Grand  Traverse,  on  the  44th  parallel. 
Another  large  area  begins  near  Long  Island  Sound,  in 
Connecticut,  and  follows  the  seaboard  as  far  south  as 
the  southern  part  of  the  Chesapeake  peninsula  and  ex- 
tending approximately  one  hundred  miles  inland.  In 
the  southern  Atlantic  states  there  is  another  commer- 
cial Peach  area,  comprising  the  upper  lauds  of  Georgia, 
Alabama  and  adjacent  states.  Farther  south  than  this, 
where  the  soil  does  not  freeze  to  the  depth  of  the  roots, 
the  root-knot  disease,  caused  by  a  nematode  worm,  is  so 
serious  as  often  to  interfere  with  the  raising  of  the  crop. 
In  this  southern  part,  also,  the  old-time  varieties  of 
Peaches  do  not  thrive  to  perfection,  but  some  of  the 
Chinese  types  are  now  giving  good  satisfaction.  Another 
large  Peach-growing  area  lies  in  southern  Illinois,  extend- 
ing westward  across  Missouri  and  into  Kansas.  Eastern 
Texas  has  also  developed  a  large  commercial  peach-grow- 
ing business.  Part  of  western  Colorado  is  now  becoming 
known  as  a  peach  country.  Nearly  the  whole  of  Cali- 
fornia, except  the  mountains,  is  admirably  adapted  to 
the  Peach,  and  the  fruit  is  grown  there  on  a  large  basis. 
There  are  isolated  places  all  over  the  United  States  in 
which  Peach  growing  is  profitable,  but  the  above  outline 
designates  the  areas  of  largest  commercial  importance 
at  the  present  time. 

In  regions  that  are  too  cold  for  the  normal  develop- 
ment of  the  Peach,  the  tree  may  be  grown  with  some 
satisfaction  by  laying  it  down  in  winter.  For  this  pur- 
pose the  tree  is  usually  trained  with  a  thin  or  rather  flat 
top  so  that  it  will  lie  upon  the  ground  when  the  tree 
is  bent  over.  When  the  tree  is  to  be  laid  down,  earth 
is  dug  away  from  the  roots  on  one  side,  the  ball  of 
earth  which  holds  the  roots  is  loosened  somewhat,  and 
the  tree  is  bent  over  until  it  reaches  nearly  or  quite  the 
level  of  the  ground.  It  may  remain  in  this  position 
without  covering,  being  protected  by  its  proximity  to 
the  earth  and  by  the  snow  which  drifts  into  the  top ;  or 
sometimes  the  tree  is  covered  with  litter  or  even  with 
earth,  — if  with  litter,  care  must  be  taken  that  mice  do 
not  nest  therein  and  gnaw  the  trees. 

Although  the  Peach  has  many  forms,  it  is  all  one  spe- 
cies, Prunus  Persica.  See  Prunus.  It  is  probably  na- 
tive to  China,  but  it  has  been  in  cultivation  from  the 
earliest  times,  and  it  came  into  Europe  by  way  of  Per- 
sia, whence  the  name  Persica,  and  also  Peach.  From 
this  Persian-European  source  have  come  the  common 
Peaches  of  the  United  States.  These  Peaches  do  not 
thrive  well  in  the  extreme  south,  however.  In  more  re- 
cent years  introductions  have  been  made  directly  from 
China,  and  these  types,  of  which  the  Honey  (Fig.  1661) 
is  the  chief  example,  thrive  well  in  the  far  south.  Still 
another  type  of  Peach,  which  is  hardy  and  productive 
in  the  South,  is  the  Indian  type  sometimes  called  the 
"native  peach."  This  is  probably  derived  from  the 
Peaches  which  the  early  Spaniards  brought  into  North 
America.  It  has  run  wild  over  a  wide  range  of  country 
in  the  South.  As  early  as  1812  the  botanist  Nuttall 
found  Peaches  growing  wild  as  far  west  as  Arkansas. 
Still  another  type  of  Peach  is  the  Peen-to,  or  the  flat 
Peach  of  China.  This  is  adapted  only  to  the  extreme 
southern  part  of  the  country,  thriving  well  in  the  north- 
ern part  of  the  citrous  belt.  It  is  much  too  early-bloom- 
ing for  even  the  middle  south.  It  is  a  very  early  Peach, 
much  flattened  endwise,  so  that  it  has  the  shape  of  a 
very  flat  apple.  (Fig.  1660.)  It  has  been  described  as  a 
distinct  species,  Prunus  platycarpa,  but  there  is  every 
reason  to  believe  that  it  is  only  a  modified  form  of  the 
ordinary  Peach  species.  Price  (Bulletin  39,  Texas  Ex- 
periment Station)  divides  all  Peaches  which  are  known 
in  North  America  into  five  general  groups  :  ( 1 )  The 
Peen-to  or  flat  Peach  race,  comprising  the  variety  known 
as  the  Peen-to  (Fig.  1660),  and  also  the  Angel  and 
Waldo;  (2)  the  South  China  race,  with  oval,  long-pointed 
fruit  with  deep  suture  near  the  base,  represented  by 
the  Honey  (Fig.  1661);  (3)  the  Spanish  or  Indian  race, 
with  very  late,  yellow,  firm,  often  streaked  fruit,  repre- 
sented by  various  southern  varieties,  as  the  Cabler  (Fig. 
1662),  Columbia,  Galveston,  Lulu,  Texas  and  Victoria; 
(4)  the  North  China  race,  with  large,  mostly  cling  or 
semi-cling  fruit  and  very  large,  flat  leaves,  represented 
by  the  Chinese  Cling,  Elberta  (Fig.  1663),  Mamie  Ross, 
Smock  and  Thurber  ;  (5)  the  Persian  race,  including 
the  common  varieties  of  the  mid-country  and  the  North. 


1228 


PEACH 


PEACH 


as  Crawford  (Fig.  1604),  Oldmixon,  Salway,  and  the 
like.  The  varieties  of  Peaches  are  many,  although  less 
numerous  than  those  of  apples.  An  inventory  of  73 
catalogues  of  American  nurserymen,  in  1900,  showed 
291  varieties  on  the  market. 

The  Peach  is  a  showy  tree  when  in  bloom.    There  are 
double  -  flowered   varieties   (Fig.   1065),   which    are    as 


1660.   Peen-to  Peach  (X 


handsome  as  the  dwarf  flowering  almond,  and  they  are 
more  showy  because  of  the  greater  size  of  the  tree. 
These  double  -  flowered  varieties  have  never  become 
popular,  however,  owing  to  risks  of  winter  injury  and 
spring  frosts,  depredation  of  borers,  and  the  short  sea- 
son in  which  they  remain  in  bloom.  The  flowers  of  the 
Peach  are  naturally  variable  in  both  size  and  color. 
Peach-growers  are  aware  that  there  are  small-flowered 
and  large  -  flowered  varieties.  The  character  of  the 
flower  is  as  characteristic  of  the  variety  as  size  or  color 
of  fruit  is.  Fig.  1606  shows  two  extremes.  The  Craw- 
fords  are  small-flowered  ;  the  Alexander  and  Amsden 
are  large  flowered. 

Propagation.—  The  Peach  is  always  propagated  by 
means  of  seeds.  The  first  year  the  seedlings  are 
budded  to  the  desired  variety.  The  seed  is  planted  on 
the  first  opening  of  spring  in  rows  far  enough  apart  to 
allow  of  horse  tillage,  and  the  seeds  are  dropped  every 
6  to  8  inches  in  the  row.  These  seeds  should  have  been 
kept  moist  during  the  winter.  Usually  they  are  piled 
out  of  doors,  being  mixed  with  sand  or  gravel,  and  al- 
lowed to  freeze.  The  shells  are  then  soft  when  plant- 
ing time  arrives  and  many  of  the  pits  will  be  split. 
Then  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  crack  the  pits.  In  the 
northern  states  the  trees  will  be  ready  for  budding  in 
August  and  early  September.  The  buds  are  set  close  to 
the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  they  do  not  start  until 
the  following  spring.  The  year  succeeding  the  bud- 
ding, the  bud  should  make  a  tree  3  to  6  feet  in  height, 
and  at  the  end  of  that  season  it  is  ready  for  sale  ;  that 
is,  the  tree  is  sold  when  it  is  one  season  from  the  bud. 
In  the  southern  states,  Peach  seedlings  may  be  large 
enough  to  bud  in  June  or  early  July  of  the  year  in 
which  the  seeds  are  sown.  The  buds  will  then  grow 
that  season,  and  the  trees  be  ready  for  sale  that  fall. 
That  is,  the  whole  process  is  completed  within  the  space 
of  one  season.  These  "June-budded  trees  "  are  popular 
in  the  South,  but  they  have  never  become  thoroughly 
established  in  popular  favor  in  the  North.  They  are 
very  likely  to  be  injured  by  the  first  winter,  since  the 
trees  are  not  so  well  matured,  as  a  rule,  as  the  one-year- 
old  trees  grown  in  the  North.  If,  however,  they  with- 
stand the  first  winter,  they  should  make  as  good  trees 


it  may  be  more  juicy.  The  soil  in  the  great  Peach  sec- 
tions of  Michigan  and  the  North  Atlantic  region  is  light 
and  loose.  On  heavy  lands  the  Peach  is  likely  to  grow 
too  late  in  the  fall  and  to  make  too  much  wood.  The 
fruit  is  usually  somewhat  lower  in  color  and  tends  to 
be  later  in  ripening.  The  low  color  may  be  corrected, 
however,  by  planting  the  trees  far  apart,  and  by  prun- 
ing to  open  tops  to  admit  the  sun. 

Since  the  Peach  blooms  very  early  and  the  flowers 
are  liable  to  be  killed  by  late  spring  frosts,  it  is  import- 
ant that  the  site  on  which  the  orchard  is  planted 
should  either  be  relatively  free  from  late  spring  frosts 
or  such  as  to  retard  the  bloom.  In  proximity  to  large 
bodies  of  water,  late  spring  frosts  are  less  likely  to 
occur,  and  the  tree  blooms  relatively  late  because  the 
water  equalizes  the  climate  and  adjacent  areas  do  not 
warm  up  so  quickly  in  the  spring.  This  is  particularly 
true  along  such  large  bodies  of  water  as  the  Great 
Lakes.  In  interior  places  it  is  well  to  choose  a  northern 
slope  or  other  backward  site,  on  which  place  the  trees 
are  retarded  in  bloom.  In  warm  exposures  in  cities 
Peaches  are  very  likely  to  be  caught  by  late  spring 
frosts  because  they  bloom  too  early.  It  is  usually  better 
in  such  cases  to  plant  the  trees  on  the  north  side  of  a 
building. 

Peach  trees  are  always  set  when  not  more  than  one 
year  from  the  bud.  The  distance  apart  varies  with  dif- 


1661.  Honey  Peach  (X  %). 

as  others.    For  the  details  of  propagation,  see  the  article 
on  Graftage  in  Vol.  II. 

Soil  and  Planting.  — The  Peach  will  thrive  on  most 
any  soil,  providing  the  climate  and  site  are  congenial. 
The  best  Peach  land,  however,  is  that  which  is  light  and 
sandy.  On  such  lands  the  Peach  develops  its  highest 
color  and  its  richest  flavor,  although  on  heavier  lands 


1662.   Cabler  Peach  (X  % 


ferent  soils,  different  parts  of  the  country  and  with  dif- 
ferent growers.  The  standard  and  maximum  distance 
is  twenty  feet  apart  each  way.  If  trees  are  planted  at 
this  distance,  they  maybe  tilled  with  ease,  andheading- 
in  may  not  be  necessary.  Many  growers,  however,  plant 
closer  than  this  with  excellent  results.  By  giving  extra 
good  tillage  and  fertilizing  they  force  trees  to  bear  young, 
and  by  the  time  the  trees  begin  to  crowd  the  orchard 
has  paid  for  itself,  and  some  of  the  trees  may  be  re- 
moved. Whilst  this  practice  may  be  advised  in  special 
cases,  the  case  depending  on  the  energy  and  ability  of 
the  owner,  it  is  not  to  be  advised  for  general  purposes. 
Tilling  and  Fertilizing.—  Having  selected  his  land, 
the  Peach-grower  must  look  with  the  greatest  care  to 
the  cultivation  and  fertilizing  of  the  orchard.  Peach 
orchards  should  not  be  cropped  after  the  third  year;  and 
if  they  are  planted  on  sandy  lands,  and  particularly  if 
set  less  than  20  feet  apart,  they  should  not  be  cropped 
from  the  time  they  are  set.  Very  frequent  stirring  of 
the  surface  soil  from  May  until  August,  and  thereafter, 
perhaps,  a  green  crop  which  shall  be  plowed  under  the 
next  spring,  is  the  best  general  plan  of  tillage.  Never 
seed  down  a  Peach  orchard  nor  sow  it  to  grain.  If  there 
is  any  fruit  that  should  never  be  neglected,  it  is  the 
Peach;  and  this  is  why  careless  men  do  not  succeed 
with  it,  and  why  so  many  of  the  orchards  produce  only 
debts  and  discouragement.  But  it  is  easy  to  produce  an 
overgrowth  on  strong  lands.  The  trees  grow  to  a  great 
size  during  the  first  few  years,  their  tops  are  full  of 
heavy  leaves  and  the  foliage  holds  very  late  in  the  fall. 
These  trees  generally  bear  tardily  and  in  some  cases 
they  are  not  productive.  They  run  to  wood.  The  winds 
tear  them  to  pieces.  The  trouble  lies  first  in  the  land: 


PEACH 

it  is  too  strong  for  the  Peach.  The  second  trouble  may 
be  the  too  free  use  of  barn  manures  or  other  nitrogenous 
fertilizers,  or  too  late  tillage  in  the  fall. 

The  keynote  to  the  proper  fertilizing  of  Peach 
orchards  is  liberal  use  of  potash  and  phosphoric  acid 
and  sparing  use  of  nitrogen.  Ashes,  muriate  of  potash, 
bone  fertilizers,— these  are  some  of  the  best  fertilizers 
for  Peach  trees.  Tillage,  with  green  manure  crops  at 
the  end  of  the  season,  can  be  relied  upon  to  furnish  the 
nitrogen  in  most  instances;  and  it  is  even  possible  to 
plow  under  too  much  vetch  or  crimson  clover  in  the 
course  of  years.  Peaches  which  overgrow  are  likely  to 
suffer  in  winter. 

PntnitKj  Peach  Trees.  — The  methods  of  pruning  Peach 
trees  are  the  occasion  of  much  discussion  amongst  po- 
mologists.  The  differences  of  opinion  turn  chiefly  about 
three  practices,  — short  trunks  with  rapidly  ascending 
branches;  high  trunks  with  more  horizontal  branches; 
and  shortening-in  or  heading-back  the  annual  growth. 
Each  of  these  three  methods  has  ardent  advocates  and 
opponents.  It  is  probable  that  each  system  has  distinct 
merits  for  particular  cases.  The  nature  and  fertility  of 
the  soil  are  often  the  dominating  factors  in  these  oppos- 
ing methods.  A  system  of  pruning  which  fits  the  slow 
growth  and  hard  wood  of  sandy  soils  may  not  be  adapted 
to  the  rapid  growth  and  heavier  tops  of  trees  on  strong 
soils.  Fig.  16G7  shows  what  is  believed  to  be,  in  gen- 
eral, the  best  method  of  pruning  Peach  trees  on  sandy 
or  what  may  be  called  Peach  soils.  It  is  the  natural 
method.  The  tree  is  allowed  to  spread  its  top  at  will, 
with  no  heading-in.  The  foliage  is  comparatively  light 
and  does  not  place  great  weight  upon  the  branches,  and 
the  trees,  on  such  lands,  do  not  grow  quickly  to  such 
great  size  as  on  heavy  lands.  This  method  of  allowing 
a  tree  to  make  its  natural  top  is  the  common  one  in  the 
Chesapeake  peninsula  (Pig.  1668)  and  in  the  Michigan 
Peach  belt  (Fig.  1669).  It  will  be  observed,  also,  that 
the  pictures  show  trees  with  short  trunks  and  forking 
branches.  It  is  a  prevalent  opinion  that  such  trees  are 
more  likely  to  split  with  loads  of  fruit  than  those  which 
have  more  horizontal  branches,  but  this  is  an  error.  Of 
course,  much  care  should  be  exercised  to  see  that  the 
branches  do  not  start  off  from  the  trunk  at  exactly  the 
same  height,  thus  making  a  true  fork  or  Y.  With  this 
precaution,  the  crotchy  trees  are  no  more  likely  to  split 
than  the  others,  while  they  allow  of  a  much  better  form 
of  top,  unless  the  tree  is  to  be  headed-in.  The  horizontal 
branches  of  the  high-topped  trees  often  appear  to  carry 
a  load  of  fruit  with  less  ease  than  the  more  upright 
branches  of  the  other  style  of  training.  This  danger 
of  breaking  is  greatly  lessened  if  the  fruit  is  properly 
thinned.  The  low  trunk  permits  a  more  open  top,  and 
this  seems  to  be  an  advantage.  One  is  often  surprised 
at  the  thinness  of  top  in  the  best  Peach  orchards  of 
Michigan  and  Delaware.  In  such  tops,  the  Peach  should 
color  better,  and  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  less  trouble 
from  fungi. 

Yet  there  is  much  to  be  said  for  the  high-topped  trees. 
They  are  more  easy  to  till  and  it  is  quite  as  easy  to  pick 
their  fruit;  and  there  is  less  tendency  to  make  long  and 
sprawling  branches  as  a  result  of  careless  pruning.  On 
rich  lands,  it  is  perhaps  the  better  method.  And  here 
is  the  chief  reason  for  heading-back  in  £he  North,— 
the  necessity  of  checking  the  growth  and  keeping  the 
tree  within  bounds  when  it  is  growing  in  a  strong  soil. 
Whether  one  shall  head-in  his  trees  or  not,  therefore, 
must  depend  on  circumstances.  In  sandy  Peach  lands 
it  is  generally  unnecessary,  but  it  may  be  a  good  prac- 
tice when  trees  make  an  over-exuberant  growth.  This 
heading-in  is  usually  done  in  the  winter,  from  a  third 
to  half  the  annual  growth  being  removed. 

Heading-in  the  branches  always  tends  to  make  a  thick- 
topped  tree.  The  best  growers  usually  give  much  atten- 
tion to  cutting  out  the  small  unprofitable  wood  from  the 
center  of  the  tree  (compare  Figs.  1670, 1671).  This  labor- 
may  be  greatly  increased  if  heading-in  is  practiced.  If 
not  persistently  thinned  of  the  inner  growths,  headed-in 
trees  tend  to  produce  fruits  of  lighter  color  and  of  later 
ripening.  Many  orchards  have  suffered  from  twig- 
blight  in  these  central  shoots. 

The  pruning  may  be  made  a  thinning  process.  The 
fruit  of  the  Peach  is  borne  on  the  wood  of  the  previous 
year.  The  Peach  makes  true  flower-buds,— those  con- 
taining no  leaves.  Two  flower-buds  are  borne  together 


PEACH 


1229 


as  a  rule,  on  either  side  of  a  leaf-bud.  These  buds 
often  show  plainly  as  early  as  August,  or  even  earlier. 
At  that  time  the  position  of  some  of  the  fruit-buds  may 
be  distinguished  by  the  triple  leaves  (Fig.  1672).  When 


1663.    Elberta  Peach  (X  nearly  %). 

the  leaves  have  fallen,  the  twiu  fruit-buds,  with  the 
leaf -bud  between,  present  the  appearance  shown  in 
Fig.  1673.  Not  always  do  the  two  buds  develop:  one  of 
them  may  be  aborted  or  injured  so  that  a  single  flower- 
bud  and  a  leaf-bud  stand  together.  These  flower-buds 
are  borne  on  both  the  strong  terminal  shoots  and  on 
the  weak  growths  in  the  interior  of  the  tree  top.  The 
fruits  in  the  interior  of  the  top  are  for  the  most  part 
poor;  therefore  it  is  good  practice  to  remove  the  weak 
shoots  on  the  inside  of  the  top,  thereby  thinning  the 
fruit  and  allowing  the  energy  of  the  tree  to  go  to  the 
development  of  the  fruit  nearer  the  outside.  Any  sys- 
tem of  pruning,  therefore,  which  removes  the  annual 
growth  thins  the  fruit.  Heading-back  the  tree  also  may 
be  a  thinning  process.  The  fruit-buds  are  borne  some 
distance  below  the  tips  of  the  shoots,  however,  and  un- 
less the  heading-in  process  is  somewhat  severe,  there  is 
little  result-  in  thinning  the  fruit. 

Thinning  the  Fruit,  — There  is  very  general  neglect 
in  thinning  the  fruit.  It  should  be  a  rule  that  no  two 
Peaches  should  stand  closer  on  the  same  branch  than 
five  or  six  inches.  No  work  of  the  orchard  pays  better 
than  this  thinning,  either  in  the  price  which  the  remain- 
ing produce  brings  in  the  market  or  in  the  vital  energy 
which  is  saved  to  the  tree.  Peach  trees  that  are  regu- 
larly thinned  should  bear  every  year,  barring  injuries 
from  winter  or  spring  frosts.  Growers  seem  to  forget 
that  this  fruit  must  all  be  picked  sooner  or  later,  and 


1664.    Crawford  Peach  (X  1-5) 

that  the  work  is  more  easily  done  in  June  or  July  than 
in  September.  The  thinning  should  be  delayed  until 
the  fruit  is  the  size  of  the  end  of  one's  thumb,  for 
by  this  time  the  "June  drop"  has  occurred,  and  the 


1230 


PEACH 


PEACH 


Peaches  can  be  readily  seen  and  handled.  The  fruit 
from  well-thinned  trees  usually  sells  for  twice  as  much 
as  that  from  overloaded  trees,  and  the  vigor  of  the 
trees  is  conserved  at  the  same  time;  and  the  grower 
has  the  satisfaction  of  selling  a  superior  product. 
There  are  two  rules  for  the  workman  to  observe  in  the 
thinning  of  fruit:  (1)  removal  of  injured  or  inferior 
fruits;  (2)  allow  no  two  fruits  to  stand  closer  together 
than  the  distance  which  has  been  decided  on— say  about 
six  inches  for  Peaches. 

Marketing.— If  growers  are  negligent  in  thinning  the 
fruit,  they  are  too  often  positively  careless  in  marketing 
it.  Even  in  years  of  low  prices,  honestly  and  tastefully 
packed  fruit  brings  good  prices.  The  handsome  boxes 
of  California  Peaches,  containing  60  wrapped  fruits,  will 
sell  readily  for  $2  to  $4,  whilst  home-grown  fruit  sells 
for  25  to  75  cents  a  half  bushel;  and  yet  the  latter  may 
be  the  better  by  the  time  it  reaches  the  consumer. 

There  are  several  faults  with  common  methods  of 
handling  Peaches.  The  packages  are  too  large.  The 
fruit  is  not  graded  and  selected ;  in  fact,  it  is  not  well 
grown.  There  are  often  no  wooden  covers  on  the  bas- 
kets, and,  as  a  consequence,  that  part  of  the  package 


1665.   Bloom  of  double-flowered 
Peach 


1666. 

Bloom  of  large-  and 
small-flowered  Peaches. 


which  should  look  the  best  is  usually  the  most  jammed 
and  crushed.  In  observing  the  markets,  one  finds  that 
quite  half  the  packages  are  not  full  when  they  reach 
the  salesman.  The  Peach  is  a  dessert  fruit  and  should 
command  a  fancy  price.  Therefore,  it  should  be  packed 
in  dainty  baskets,  and  the  packages  should  be  sold  with 
the  fruit.  Peaches  in  bushel  baskets  is  a  contradiction 
of  ideals:  the  bushel  package  is  for  apples,  potatoes, 
and  turnips. 

In  New  Jersey  and  Michigan  the  staple  Peach  pack- 
age has  been  the  tall,  wide-topped  basket.  Of  late  years, 
however,  different  forms  of  the  Climax  basket  (Fig.  1674) 
have  come  to  be  popular,  and  in  some  parts  of  the  country 
they  are  used  exclusively.  The  fruit  always  should  be 
packed  after  it  is  picked,  the  best  grade  being  carefully 
placed  in  the  packages  by  hand. 

Insects.  —  The  two  most  serious  insect  enemies  of  the 
Peach  are  the  borer  and  curculio.  The  borer  usually 
works  in  the  crown  of  the  tree  near  the  surface  of  the 
ground.  The  borer  itself  is  the  larva  of  a  wasp-like 
moth.  It  is  an  annual  insect,  completing  its  life-cycle 
within  a  twelvemonth.  The  eggs  are  laid  in  summer. 
By  October,  in  most  parts  of  the  country,  the  larva 
is  large  enough  to  be  detected.  In  September  or  Octo- 
ber, therefore,  it  is  well  to  grub  the  trees.  The  earth 


is  removed  from  the  crown  with  a  hoe  or  strong  iron 
trowel,  and  whenever  a  hole  is  discovered  in  the  bark 
or  gum  is  exuding,  the  bark  is  cut  away  with  a  knife 
until  the  grub  is  discovered.  Not  all  the  grubs  can 
be  detected  at  any  one  grubbing.  It  is  well  to  go  over 
the  trees  again  the  follo\ving  May  or  June,  to  catch  the 
large  grubs  before  they  pupate.  The  grubbing  of  trees 
may  seem  like  a  laborious  operation,  but  it  is  not  ex- 
pensive if  done  frequently  and  thoroughly.  It  does  not 
compare  with  pruning  in  cost  or  labor.  It  is  the  only 
sure  and  satisfactory  way  to  avoid  injury  by  borers. 

The  curculio  attacks  the  fruit.  Soon  after  the  blos- 
soms fall  the  small  weevil  or  beetle,  which  resembles 
a  pea-bug,  lays  its  eggs  in  the  fruit;  and  from  these 
eggs  a  grub  soon  hatches,  and  the  Peach  becomes 
wormy.  The  eggs  are  laid  during  a  considerable  period 
—  from  two  to  four  weeks  — depending  on  the  location 
and  the  season.  The  insect  is  more  or  less  dormant  in 
the  cool  of  the  morning  and  will  drop  when  the  tree 
is  jarred,  and  this  allows  the  peach-grower  a  chance  of 
catching  it.  A  large  sheet,  covering  the  spread  of  the 
top,  is  laid  under  the  tree  and  the  tree  is  jarred  quickly 
two  or  three  times,  when  the  curculio  falls,  and  it  is  then 
picked  from  the  sheet.  There  are  various  apparatus  for 
catching  the  curculio,  all  working  on  the  above  principle. 
One  of  the  best  of  these  is  a  2-wheeled  rig,  something 
like  a  wheelbarrow,  which  carries  a  large  canvas  or 
muslin  hopper.  There  is  an  opening  in  the  hopper  op- 
posite the  operator,  to  allow  the  hopper  to  be  wheeled 
under  the  tree  so  that  the  trunk  may  stand  near  the 
middle  of  the  machine.  When  the  machine  is  in  place, 
the  operator  gives  the  tree  two  or  three  quick  thumps, 
and  the  insects  drop.  Usually,  there  is  a  tin  or  zinc 
receptacle  at  the  apex  of  the  hopper  into  which  insects 
may  be  shaken.  This  bugging  operation  is  begun  early 
in  the  morning,  usually  by  five  o'clock.  The  first  explo- 
ration with  the  bugging-machine  is  made  within  a  week 
after  the  blossoms  fall.  If  insects  are  found  the  opera- 
tion is  continued.  If  the  insects  are  very  abundant  the 
bugging  will  need  to  be  done  every  morning;  but  if  they 
are  not  abundant  it  may  be  necessary  to  go  over  the 
plantation  only  two  or  three  times  a  week.  The  bugging 
is  continued  as  long  as  the  insects  are  found  in  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  do  much  damage.  Two  or  three  weeks 
will  usually  cover  the  egg-laying  season;  but  sometimes 
the  catching  must  be  continued  even  longer  than  this. 
This  bugging  is  a  laborious  operation,  but  it  is  the  only 
sure  method  of  combating  the  curculio.  The  work  can 
be  made  much  more  easy  and  expeditious  if  the  ground 
is  hard  and  firm,  to  allow  the  machines  to  be  wheeled 
readily.  It  is  well,  therefore,  to  till  the  orchard  as  early 
as  possible,  and  if  the  ground  is  very  soft  to  go  over  it 
with  a  slicker  or  other  compacting  implement  just  be- 
fore the  bugging  operation  begins.  After  the  curculio 
catching  is  done,  one  may  begin  the  thinning  of  the 
fruit.  All  Peaches  which  give  evidence  of  having  been 
attacked  by  the  curculio  are  then  picked ;  this  is  an  im- 
portant means  of  keeping  the  pest  in  check. 

Diseases.  — The  Peach  is  subject  to  many  insidious 
and  inexplicable  diseases.  Of  these  the  worst  is  yel- 
lows. The  yellows  is  a  distinct  disease.  It  is  not  a 
condition.  It  attacks  Peach  trees  of  all  ages  and  in  all 
conditions  of  vigor,  seeming  to  have  a  preference  for 
those  that  are  thrifty.  It  is  incurable,  and  its  termi- 
nation is  always  fatal.  It  is  communicable  from  tree  to 
tree.  The  means  of  communication  is  unknown,  but  it 
is  not  spread  through  the  soil,  it  probably  does  not 
originate  in  the  roots,  it  is  evidently  not  conveyed 
from  flower  to  flower,  and  it  is  probably  not  transferred 
by  means  of  pruning  tools.  It  may  be  disseminated 
by  buds,  even  by  those  from  branches  that  do  not  yet 
show  signs  of  the  disease.  The  one  unmistakable 
symptom  of  yellows  is  the  red-spotted  character  of  the 
fruit.  The  flesh  is  commonly  marked  by  red  lines  or 
splashes  beneath  the  spots.  These  Peaches  generally 
ripen  prematurely,  and  in  the  second  year  they  are 
usually  smaller  and  often  more  fuzzy  than  the  normal 
fruit.  The  second  symptom  to  appear— or  the  first  in 
trees  not  in  fruit— is  the  "tip "  growth  (Fig.  1675).  This 
is  a  short  growth  starting  from  the  upper  or  terminal 
buds,  usually  late  in  the  season,  and  is  characterized 
by  narrow  stiff  yellowish  small  leaves  which  stand  at 
nearly  right  angles  to  the  shoot.  Sometimes  these  tips 


PEACH 


PEACH 


1231 


appear  late  in  autumn,  after  the  leaves  have  fallen,  or 
in  spring  before  normal  growth  begins.  They  are  often 
first  seen  upon  the  ends  of  waters prouts.  This  "tip" 
growth  is  sometimes  little  pronounced,  and  then  only  a 
practiced  eye  will  detect 
it.  The  third  mark  of 
the  disease  is  the  push- 
ing out  of  slender  stiff- 
leaved  yellowish  shoots 
from  the  body  of  the 
tree  or  the  sides  of  the 
large  limbs  (Fig.  1676). 
In  pronounced  cases,  or 
when  the  tree  is  about 
to  die,  these  shoots  may 
branch  into  close  bunchy 
tufts.  These  symp- 
toms are  frequently 
wholly  absent  in  this 
1667.  state  throughout  the  en- 

The  Michigan  vase-form  tree. 


-;;=*• 


dis- 


tire    course  of  the 

ease. 

In  its  final  stage,  the  yellows  is  marked  by  small  and 
slender  growth  of  all  new  wood,  small,  narrow,  yellow 
or  reddish  foliage,  and  occasionally  by  a  great  pro- 
fusion of  slender  and  branchy  growths  in  the  center  of 
the  tree.  As  a  rule,  yellows  trees  die  in  five  or  six 
years  from  the  first  visible  attack,  sometimes  sooner. 
The  yellow  and  stunted  condition  following  neglect  or 
the  work  of  borers— both  of  the  common  borer  and  the 
pin-hole  borer— is  often  mistaken  for  yellows.  Ex- 
termination of  all  affected  trees— root  and  branch— is 
the  only  method  of  keeping  the  disease  at  bay.  This 
work  should  be  done  vigorously  and  thoroughly.  The 
entire  community  should  unite.  Trees  may  be  set  in 
the  places  from  which  the  diseased  trees  are  removed, 
without  fear  of  contamination.  The  cause  of  the  disease 
is  wholly  unknown.  Almost  every  ascribed  cause  has 
been  disproved  upon  careful  investigation.  Even  when 
the  cause  shall  have  been  discovered,  the  remedy  will 
probably  remain  the  same— extermination.  The  disease 
has  no  uniform  preference  tor  varieties,  soils,  climate, 
nor  methods  of  propagation  or  cultivation.  No  fertiliza- 
tion of  the  soil  will  cure  the  disease  or  check  its  spread. 
The  disease  sometimes  attacks  the  almond,  apricot,  and 
Japanese  plum.  Yellows  has  been  recognized  for 
about  a  century.  It  is  peculiar  to  North  America,  and 
is  generally  distributed  north  of  the  Carolinas  and  east 
of  the  Mississippi.  For  more  specific  information  on 
Peach  yellows,  consult  the  writings  of  E.  F.  Smith, 
published  by  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric. 

Rosette  is  a  very  serious  disease  of  Peach  trees  in 
the  southern  states,  characterized  by  dense  rosettes 
or  bunches  of  foliage  on  the  young  shoots.  It  soon 


1668.   Peach  trees  in  Eastern  Maryland. 

proves  fatal.  The  cause  is  unknown.  The  remedy  is 
to  exterminate  the  trees  as  soon  as  the  disease  appears. 
The  leaf  curl  has  been  the  subject  of  more  concern 
amongst  Peach-growers  during  the  past  few  years  than 
any  other  disease,  except  the  yellows.  It  has  a  decided 


preference  for  some  varieties,  particularly  those  with 
large,  soft  arid  dark-colored  leaves.  It  is  also  influ- 
enced greatly  by  the  season,  although  it  is  rarely  wholly 
absent.  A  moderate  attack  does  not  perceptibly  injure 
trees  in  full  vigor.  In  many  cases,  however,  the 
larger  part  of  the  leaves  fall  from  the  tree  in  June,  and 
the  fruit,  deprived  of  nourishment,  may  also  fall.  Leaf 
curl,  the  curculio  and  lack  of  pollination  are  the  chief 
causes  of  the  "June  drop"  of  Peaches.  The  leaves 
"curl,"  or  become  puckered,  early  in  the  season,  and 
soon  die.  Experiments  have  demonstrated  that  a  thor- 
ough spraying  with  full-strength  Bordeaux  mixture  just 
before  the  buds  swell  in  spring  is  very  nearly  a  spe- 
cific. If  long-continued  wet  weather  follows,  it  may  be 
advisable  to  spray  again,  when  the  petals  have  fallen, 
with  Bordeaux  mixture,  consisting  of  2  pounds  of  cop- 
per sulfate,  2  pounds  of  quick-lime,  and  50  gallons  of 
water.  If  the  weather  of  April  and  early  May  is  warm 
and  dry,  this  second  spraying  will  be  unnecessary.  For 
full  account  of  Peach  curl,  see  Newton  B.  Pierce,  Bull. 
20,  Div.  Veg.  Phys.  and  Path.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1900 
(pp.  204). 

"  Little  Peach  "  is  a  recent  disease  which  has  appeared 
in  Michigan  and  western  New  York.  It  is  ordinarily 
characterized  by  the  Peaches  remaining  small  and  hard, 
the  trees  losing  vigor  and  the  leaves  becoming  small. 
After  a  time  the  tree  dies.  It  seems  to  spread  when 
once  established  in  an  orchard.  The  cause  of  the  diffi- 


1669.    View  in  a  young  Michigan  Peach  orchard. 

culty  is  quite  unknown.  By  some  it  is  thought  to  be 
due  to  a  root  fungus.  Others  have  associated  it  with 
dry  seasons,  the  lack  of  fertility  in  the  soil,  overbearing 
and  other  exhausting  processes.  It  has  every  appear- 
ance, however,  of  being  a  distinct  disease.  No  remedy 
is  yet  known.  Growers  are  advised  to  pull  out  the  trees 
and  burn  them  as  if  they  had  yellows.  Some  growers 
think  that  they  can  overcome  the  disease  partially  or 
wholly  by  liberal  applications  of  nitrogenous  fertilizers 
and  by  extra  attention  to  tillage.  All  these  questions, 
however,  yet  remain  to  be  demonstrated. 

Fruit-rot  and  twig-blight,  due  to  the  fungus  Manilla 
fructlgena,  is  a  serious  disease  of  Peaches.  The  rot- 
ting of  the  early  Peaches  on  the  tree  is  too  familiar  to 
need  description,  but  it  is  not  generally  known  that  this 
decay  is  not  a  normal  process  and  peculiar  to  the  va- 
riety, but  is  caused  by  a  distinct  fungous  disorder. 
Very  often  these  same  trees  that  show  the  fruit-rot  have 
the  young  growth  blighted,  as  if  attacked  by  something 
like  pear-blight.  This  death  of  the  shoots  is  due  to  the 
same  fungus  that  causes  the  fruit  to  rot.  The  decayed 
Peaches  sometimes  dry  up  and  hang  on  the  tree,  and  be- 
come a  prolific  source  of  infection  for  the  coming  year. 
These  mummified  Peaches  can  be  found  in  orchards  all 
over  the  country,  even,  in  many  cases,  a  year  following 
the  attack.  They  are  likely  to  be  most  abundant  in  the 
center  of  the  top,and  the  fungus  often  kills  the  twigs  that 
bear  the  diseased  fruits.  The  same  fungus  attacks  the 
cherry  and  plum.  Prof.  F.  D.  Chester,  of  the  Delaware 
Experiment  Station,  found  that  the  fungus  sometimes 
destroys  the  flowers  in  spring,  and  this  injury  may 
pass  for  the  effects  of  frost.  He  also  found  that  thor- 
ough spraying  with  copper  fungicides  greatly  reduced 
the  injury.  His  advice  for  the  treatment  of  the  dis- 
ease is  as  follows:  (1)  Gather  and  burn  all  mummified 
fruit.  (2)  Early  in  the  spring,  before  the  fruit-bud* 


1232 


PEACH 


PEACH 


begin  to  swell,  spray  the  trees  with  a  solution  con- 
taining 1  pound  of  copper  sulfate  to  25  gallons  of 
water.  (3)  As  soon  as  the  fruit-buds  begin  to  swell, 
spray  the  trees  with  Bordeaux  mixture  or  copper  car- 
bonate, Follow  this  by  another  spraying  before  the 
buds  open.  (4)  As  soon  as  the  fruit  shall  have  reached 
full  size,  make  a  third  application.  This  may  be  fol- 
lowed by  two  or  three  applications  at  intervals  of  five  or 
seven  days  during  the  ripening  period.  It  will  proba- 
bly not  be  often  necessary  to  make  more  than  one  late 
application.  Thorough  thinning  of  the  fruit  is  a  good 
preventive  of  the  spread  of  the  rot. 

There  are  no  up-to-date  American  books  on  the  Peach. 
Three  works  have  been  published:  Fulton's  "Peach 
Culture,"  1870,  new  edition,  1889;  Rutter's  "The  Culture 
and  Diseases  of  the  Peach,"  Harrisburg,  Pa.,  1880; 
Willcox's  "Peach  Culture,"  Bridgeton,  N.  J.,  1886. 
There  are  several  excellent  experiment  station  bulletins 
on  the  Peach.  See  also,  Fitz's  "Southern  Apple  and 
Peach  Culturist,"  and  Black's  "Cultivation  of  the  Peach 
and  the  Pear  on  the  Delaware  and  Chesapeake  Penin- 
sula." L.  H.  B. 

PEACH  CULTURE  IN  THE  SOUTH  (Fig.  1677).  — Peaches 
have  been  abundant  in  the  southern  states  since  the  very 
earliest  settlement,  the  so-called  Spanish  varieties  be- 
ing first  distributed  by  the  early  settlers  in  Florida,  and 
to  this  day,  all  through  the  South  Atlantic  states  the  old 
"Spanish  Blood,"  or  "Tinsley"  Peach,  is  spoken  of  as 
one  of  the  choice  fruits  of  the  earth.  From  time  to  time 
all  the  improved  varieties  were  scattered  through  the 
South  by  the  more  progressive  horticulturists  and  nur- 
serymen, and  these  and  their  seedlings  were  abundant 
on  nearly  every  plantation.  The  South  being  strictly 
an  agricultural  country,  there  was  little  chance  for  com- 
mercial Peach  culture  until  along  between  1870  and  1875, 
when  the  introduction  of  a  number  of  new  extra-early 
varieties  of  the  Alexander  type,  seedlings  of  Hale  and 
Rivers,  gave  such  bright,  showy  Peaches  the  latter  part 
of  May  and  early  June  that  attempts  were  made  to 
market  them  at  a  profit  in  our  Northern  cities. 

A  lack  of  quick,  through  railway  -  express  service 
caused  them  to  be  three  and  four  days  on  the  way,  and 
usually  to  be  delivered  in  bad  order.  Occasional  lots, 
arriving  in  fair  to  good  condition  and  selling  at  from 
$12  to  $20  per  bushel  convinced  a  few  of  the  shippers  that 
the  extra-early  Peaches  of  the  South  were  appreciated  at 
the  North,  and  persistent  efforts  were  continued  to  get 
them  to  market  in  sound  condition.  Every  conceivable 


\\ 


and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  ice,  with  strong  caster  wheels 
under  them  so  they  could  be  trundled  in  and  out  of  freight 
cars,  were  utilized  to  bring  Peaches  north  by  Savannah 
and  Charleston  steamers ;  and  by  re-icing  on  the  steamers 
much  of  the  early  fruit  came  through  in  good  order  and 
sold  at  such  satisfactory  prices  as  to  encourage  the 


1670.    Unpruned  thick-topped  Peach  tree. 

style  of  shipping  package  was  used,— paper-wrapped 
fruit  placed  between  layers  of  cotton,  excelsior,  paper, 
etc.,  and  sent  by  express  or  steamer,  — and  all  brought 
about  the  same  returns,  "Arrived  in  bad  order."  Only 
occasional  lots  paid  a  profit.  Finally,  heavy  refrigerator 
boxes  that  would  hold  about  6  bushels  of  fruit  in  packages, 


1671.   The  interior  weak  branches  are  removed. 
(Compare  Fig.  1670.) 

sending  of  the  large  midsummer  Peaches  to  market  in 
the  same  way,  and  the  planting  of  moderate  sized  or- 
chards and  the  further  experimenting  with  seedlings 
and  varieties  best  suited  to  long  shipments. 

The  perfection  of  the  refrigerator  car  for  fruit  trans- 
portation, improved  machinery  for  the  cheap  manufac- 
ture of  ice,  the  consolidation  of  various  small  railway 
lines  into  great  through  routes  of  transportation,  and  a 
full  appreciation  by  their  managers  of  the  importance 
of  a  successful  Peach  industry,  and  last  but  not  least, 
the  originating  of  the  Elberta  Peach  by  Mr.  Rumph, 
were  the  final  factors  in  rapidly  developing  the  great 
commercial  Peach  industry  in  Georgia,  and  its  smaller 
counterparts  in  S.  C.,  Ala.,  Miss.,  Ark.  and  Texas. 

The  year  1889  saw  the  first  large  Peach  crop  success- 
fully harvested  and  marketed.  Profits  were  large,  and 
being  reported  in  the  press  many  times  greater  than  they 
really  were,  stimulated  much  planting  by  those  entirely 
unfamiliar  with  fruit  culture,  and  with  no  special  love 
for  it  except  the  money  that  might  be  made  out  of  it. 
Cheap  lands  and  the  abundance  of  good,  low-priced 
labor  were  encouragements  to  extensive  plantings.  In 
nearly  every  state  of  the  South,  land  in  vast  tracts 
suitable  for  Peach  culture  may  be  had  at  from  $3  to 
$10  per  acre,  and  labor  from  sun  to  sun  at  from  40  to  60 
cents  per  day.  Along  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coast,  vary- 
ing from  one  to  two  hundred  miles  inland,  most  of  the 
land  being  low  and  flat,  early  blooming,  followed  by 
spring  frost,  makes  the  Peach  industry  too  uncertain  to 
be  profitable.  The  hill  lands  in  western  sections  of  At- 
lantic coast  states,  and  northern  sections  of  the  Gulf 
states,  is  really  the  Peach  country  of  the  South.  Fort 
Valley  and  Marshallville,  the  great  Peach  centers  of 
Georgia,  though  on  tablelands  about  two  hundred  miles 
from  both  ocean  and  Gulf,  and  at  an  elevation  of  a 
little  over  500  feet,  are  not  in  what  might  strictly  be 
called  the  hill  country,  being  just  below  the  southern 
edge  of  it.  In  this  section  of  Georgia,  most  of  the  Peach 
orchards  have  been  planted  on  old  cotton-land,  much  of 
which  has  been  in  cultivation  a  century  or  more,  and 
while  the  surface-soil  is  worn  and  poor,  down  deep  in 
the  red  clay  soil  underlying  the  6  or  8  inches  of  sandy, 
gray  loam  of  the  surface,  there  must  be  a  vast  amount 
of  fertility  from  the  way  Peach  trees  grow  when  once 
started  and  a  reasonable  amount  of  culture  is  given. 

A  majority  of  the  orchardists,  who  are  cotton-planters 
as  well,'  plant  second-  and  third-class  yearling  trees,  or 


PEACH 

else  small  .lime-budded  trees  any  time  from  October  to 
March:  opening  farrows  for  the  trees  and  cross-check- 
ing the  rows  18  to  22  feet  apart;  later  plowing  this  land 
and  planting  it  in  cotton,  continuing  it  for  three  and 
often  four  years.  Two  to  four  hundred  pounds  of  low- 
grade  fertilizer  is  applied  in  drills  for  the  cotton  and 
usually  very  thorough  culture  given;  trees  are  allowed 
to  grow  at  will,  their  culture  being  incidental  to  the 
cotton  crop.  In  such  orchards  very  little  if  any  pruning 
is  ever  attempted.  After  the  trees  become  so  large  as 
to  drive  out  the  cotton,  one  plowing  is  given  in  winter, 
then  anything  from  fairly  good  culture  to  none  at  all 
the  rest  of  each  season.  Such  a  system  results  in  many 
"scrub  orchards,"  that  are  not  very  profitable  after  six 
or  seven  years. 

Specialists,  who  devote  almost  their  entire  time  to  the 
Peach  business,  plant  their  trees  mostly  16x16  or  18x18 
feet  and  give  them  entire  use  of  the  land.  The  under- 
signed, being  a  rather  close  pruner,  has  about  150,000 
trees  planted  13  x  13  feet  and  about  175,000  planted  15 
x  15  feet. 

All  land  is  plowed  deep,  and  sometimes  subsoiled 
before  planting.  Young  orchards  are  given  frequent 
and  thorough  tillage  up  to  mid-season,  when  2  or  3 
rows  of  cow-peas  are  drilled  in  at  least  4  feet  away  from 
the  rows  of  trees;  these  and  the  trees  are  cultivated 
frequently,  until  the  peas  have  taken  almost  full  pos- 
session of  the  ground,  and  it  is  time  for  both  the  land 
and  trees  to  have  a  rest  from  cultivation.  In  the  fall 
when  peas  are  ripe,  enough  are  gathered  for  next  year's 
seed,  after  which  hogs  or  mules  may  be  turned  in  to 
pasture  for  a  time.  The  stubble  furnishes  a  fine  winter 
cover,  and  is  turned  down  at  first  plowing  in  February 
or  March,  when  summer  culture  begins,  and  at  proper 
time  the  orchard  is  again  seeded  to  cow-peas,  across  the 
former  direction  of  the  rows.  Three  years  of  this  usu- 
ally builds  up  a  perfect  orchard  without  the  aid  of  any 
other  fertilizers,  except  possibly  a  very  little  about  the 
trees  at  time  of  planting  to  give  them  a  start. 

Low-headed  trees  are  the  rule,  the  trunks  seldom 
branching  over  18  inches  up,  and  often  8  inches  to 
a  foot  from  the  ground.  In  one  section  of  the  writ- 
er's orchard  at  Fort  Valley,  Georgia,  he  has  100,000 
trees  8  years  old,  headed  so  low  that  in  a  full-crop 
season  like  1900,  a  man  sitting  on  the  ground  could 
have  gathered  fully  one-half  the  fruit  from  each  tree. 


PEACH 


1233 


1672.   Tne  three  leaves  at  a  joint,  where  some  of  the 
fruit-buds  are  forming. 

As  a  rule,  the  close  cutting-back  at  time  of  planting, 
and  a  general  shortening-in  of  the  leading  branches  for 
the  first  2  or  3  years,  is  about  all  the  pruning  given, 
even  in  the  best  orchards.  Our  own  plan  is  to  shorten- 
in  every  year  much  of  the  past  season's  growth,  and 
from  the  central  head  often  cut  back  2  or  3  seasons' 
growth;  but  under  no  circumstances  are  any  of  the 


good  side  shoots  cut  out,  that  force  tlu-msoh «  s  on  all 
the  main  stems  when  the  top  is  properly  headed  back. 
Figs.  ]<;,s,  n;7!».  These  little  side  branches  have  given 
the  writer  several  full  crops  of  fruit,  when  without  them 
there  has  been  failure. 

Soil  and  climate  favor  the  very  brightest  of  color  on 
all  Peaches  in  the  South;  qualities  of  the  soil  and  the 
long,  hot  summer  sun  give  a  richness  and 
sweetness  of  flavor  superior  to  any  other 
section  of  America,  though  the  same  varie- 
ties are  not  as  juicy  or  luscious  as  when 
grown  further  North.  The  writer's  obser- 
vation leads  him  to  believe  that  there  is 
more  water  and  less  of  solid  matter  in  the 
Peach  the  further  one  goes  North  with  its 
production,  and  while  one  can  eat  more  of 
the  northern  Peaches  ripe  from  the  tree  it 
takes  the  southern-grown  Peach  to  put  fat 
on  one's  ribs.  During  the  past  ten  years, 
besides  very  heavy  plantings  by  southern 
landowners,  northern  fruit  men  singly  and 
in  corporations  have  planted  extensively  of 
Peaches  all  through  the  South,  most  largely 
in  Georgia  to  the  south  and  west  of  Macon, 
within  a  radius  of  50  miles. 

The  orchards   in  connection  with   cotton 
plantations  run  all  the  way  from  10  to  100 
acres   in   extent,   while   the   "straight-out 
Peach  farm  "  seldom  has  as  few  as  50  acres 
in  fruit,  more  of  them  having  from  100  to 
200  acres,  while  orchards  all  the  way  from 
300  to  nearly  3,000  acres  in  extent  are  no 
uncommon    sight.     Samuel   H.  Rumph,  at 
Marshallville,  Georgia,  has  more  than  1,000 
acres   superbly   cultivated  in  orchard;   the 
writer's   orchard  at    Fort   Valley,  Georgia, 
has  considerably  more  than  2,000  acres  in    1673.  Fruit- 
fruit  trees,  335,000  of   which  can  be  seen       :lu  p8    ' 
from   an  outlook    on   the  central   packing       withleaf- 
house.    Rows  of  trees  l%-2  miles  in  length       bud     be_ 
stretching   away   in   all    directions   give   a       tween. 
powerful  impression  of  the  Georgia  Peach 
industry,  which  turns  out  2,500  to  3,000  car-loads  of 
Peaches  in  the  6  or  7  weeks  of  a  busy  picking  season, 
and  yet  has  not  one-half  its  planted  trees  in  really  full 
fruitage. 

Growth  usually  ceases  early  in  August,  and  the  trees 
shed  their  leaves  the  last  of  September,  a  month  or  6 
weeks  before  any  frosts  come.  Should  the  fall  be  warm 
and  wet,  some  fruit-buds  will  be  forced  into  bloom,  while 
the  great  majority  will  remain  dormant  until  late  Jan- 
uary or  early  February,  when  spring  growth  commences. 
The  season  of  full  bloom  is  usually  about  the  first  week 
in  March,  though  it  varies  all  the  way  from  February  15 
to  March  25,  and  no  matter  whether  early  or  late,  the 
entire  blooming  season  of  most  varieties  covers  a  period 
of  nearly  3  weeks.  While  spring  frosts  are  the  greatest 
menace  to  southern  Peach  culture,  this  long  blooming 
period  often  gives  a  chance  for  a  setting  of  fruit  be- 
tween the  various  frosts,  or  after  the  last  one,  from 
some  belated  buds.  Even  with  these  varying  chances 
of  escaping  between  frosts,  about  one  year  in  three 
Jack  Frost  is  master  of  the  situation,  and  there  is  no 
Peach  crop.  Two  other  serious  troubles  hamper  the 
southern  Peach  cultivator  —  curculio  and  monilia  or 
brown  rot.  Curculios  are  very  abundant ;  beginning  early 
in  April,  they  keep  up  their  destructive  work  until  the 
end  of  the  fruiting  season.  When  the  crop  is  abundant 
frequent  thinning  of  the  stung  specimens  and  burn- 
ing them  prevents  serious  harm,  although  the  extra 
expense  is  considerable  ;  but  in  seasons  of  short  or 
moderate  crops  trees  must  be  jarred  daily  and  the  cur- 
culio gathered  on  sheets  or  canvas  trays  and  destroyed. 
During  the  season  of  1893,  in  the  Hale  orchard,  100,000 
trees  were  freed  from  the  curculio  by  jarring  50,000  trees 
every  other  day  for  7  weeks.  A  practically  perfect 
crop  of  fruit  was  harvested,  and  the  orchard  shipped 
more  sound  fruit  than  any  other  500,000  trees  in  the 
state,  or  nearly  one-quarter  of  Georgia's  Peach  crop  of 
that  year. 

The  early  spring  months  at  the  South  are  inclined  to 
be  pleasant  and  very  dry,  and  the  summer  rains,  which 
are  frequent  and  abundant  when  they  do  come,  often  do 


1234 


PEACH 


PEACH 


not  set  in  until  the  latter  part  of  July  or  early  August, 
near  the  end  of  the  Peach  shipping  season.  Often, 
however,  they  begin  in  June,  and  continue  for  2  or  3 
weeks,  and  in  the  case  of  the  season  of  1900  it  rained  for 
6  weeks  right  through  the  main  part  of  the  Peach  har- 
vest. Hot  sun  between  showers  and  the  general  mug- 
giness  of  a  warm  climate  rapidly  breed  the  monilia 
fungus,  and  brown  rot  is  prevalent  on  every  fruiting 
tree.  Spraying  with  straight  Bordeaux  mixture  just 
before  the  buds  swell  in  the  spring,  and  once  or  twice 
more  when  the  fruit  is  developing  with  Bordeaux  hav- 


1674.   Peach  packing.   The  Climax  basket  (Michigan). 

ing  an  excess  of  lime,  is  practiced  by  a  few,  and  holds 
the  rot  in  check  to  a  considerable  extent.  Besides  the 
sprays  in  the  Hale  orchard,  if  rot  appears,  we  go  over 
the  fruiting  trees  every  day  or  two,  and  gather  and  burn 
all  fruit  showing  even  the  smallest  speck  of  rot,  and  in 
this  way  secure  much  more  sound  fruit  than  when 
only  the  spraying  is  practiced.  In  a  majority  of  orchards, 
however,  neither  spraying  nor  picking  the  rot  is  prac- 
ticed, and  the  loss  of  fruit  is  often  from  50  to  80  per 
•cent  of  the  entire  crop. 

The  first  great  crop  of  Georgia  Peaches  that  made  a 
strong  impress  on  all  northern  markets  was  in  1889, 
when  the  Elberta  variety  by  its  large  size,  great  beauty 
and  fine  keeping  qualities  showed  up  so  strongly  for 
the  first  time  as  to  outclass  all  other  varieties.  Great 
profits  were  made  and,  being  reported  as  even  greater, 
there  was  a  mad  rush  to  plant  Elberta,  and  Elberta 
only.  This  was  kept  up  until  1896-7  before  it  came  to 
be  realized  that  there  could  be  too  much  of  even  a  good 
thing.  The  rushing  of  a  great  volume  of  fruit,  no  mat- 
ter how  choice,  into  the  markets  in  2  or  3  weeks,  before 
they  had  been  "toned  up  "  to  at  least  a  liberal  supply  of 
good  fruit,  was  a  business  mistake.  To  remedy  this 
there  has  been  for  the  past  four  years  a  hnnt  after  a 
good  -early  variety  to  precede  the  Elberta,  as  well  as 
later  ones  to  follow  it.  So  that  while  prior  to  1896  more 
than  75  per  cent  of  the  plantings  were  of  Elberta,  since 
that  time  not  more  than  15  to  20  per  cent  of  Elberta 
have  been  planted.  There  is  a  better  balance  of  varie- 
ties, and  a  longer  and  more  profitable  season  of  mar- 
keting has  been  assured.  A  few  Alexanders  are  yet 
planted  and  open  the  season  late  in  May.  Triumph, 
ripening  a  few  days  later,  has  been  largely  planted ;  it 
suffered  most  from  rot  in  1900,  and  while  of  good  size 
and  very  fine  quality,  from  its  "woolly"  appearance  and 
early  decay,  it  thoroughly  demoralized  the  early  mar- 
kets; and  when  the  thousands  upon  thousands  of  Tri- 
umph trees  not  yet  in  fruiting  come  into  bearing  a  de- 
moralization of  early  southern  Peaches  is  sure  to  result, 
that  will  take  several  weeks  of  each  Peach  season  for  the 
markets  to  recover  from,  after  better  varieties  begin 
to  come  along.  Early  Kivers,  coming  to  much  higher 
color  in  the  South  than  in  central  and  northern  states, 
has  always  been  very  profitable. 

The  little  Tillotson,  that  mildews  its  foliage  in  the 
North  so  as  to  be  a  general  failure,  conies  to  a  perfec- 
tion of  tree  and  fruitage  in  the  South;  the  bright  red 


little  Peaches,  seldom  more  than  an  inch  and  a  half  in 
diameter,  rich,  sweet  and  delicious,  are  really  the  first 
extra  good  Peaches  to  find  their  way  to  market.  Greens- 
boro a  little  earlier,  and  Hieley  and  Waddell  a  few  days 
later,  are  all  very  large  and  beautiful  early  Peaches, 
that  are  being  extensively  planted.  Carman,  of  extra 
size  and  great  beauty,  follows  a  little  later;  while  St. 
John,  Mountain  Rose.  Tlmrber,  Belle  of  Georgia,  El- 
berta and  Stump,  make  up  most  of  the  rest  of  heavy 
planting  ;  while  Emma  and  Frances  are  being  most 
largely  planted  to  close  up  the  season  from  the  1st  to 
the  10th  of  August.  Some  Peaches  of  the  Crawford 
type  are  grown  all  through  the  South,  but  they  do  not 
succeed  as  well  as  most  others  of  the  Persian  strain, 
and  none  of  the  Persians  do  as  well  in  the  far  South  as 
the  North  China  strains,  to  which  Waddell,  Thurber, 
Belle  and  Elberta  belong.  The  South  China  Peaches, 
to  which  the  Peen-to,  Honey  and  Angel  belong,  suc- 
ceed best  in  Florida  and  close  along  the  Gulf  coast. 
While  their  bitter-sweet  flavor  is  appreciated  by  some, 
they  are  not  generally  profitable  for  market. 

In  preparation  for  marketing  the  fruit  crop,  many  of 
the  large  orchards  have  railroad  side-tracks  running  to 
their  packing  houses  in  the  orchard;  refrigerator  cars 
are  brought  South,  and  every  available  bit  of  side-track 
for  three  or  four  hundred  miles  about  is  filled  with 
these  cars.  At  leading  centers,  refrigerator  car  people 
have  constructed  great  ice  storage  houses,  with  every 
convenience  for  quickly  icing  and  re-icing  cars.  Agents 
of  these  refrigerator  car  companies,  by  frequently  driv- 
ing about  among  the  orchards  and  keeping  in  touch 
with  the  managers,  plan  to  have  enough  cars  iced  up 
and  cooled  off  so  as  to  be  ready  for  each  day's  demand, 
and  by  placing  an  order  with  the  railroad  agent  the 
night  before,  the  orchardist  may  have  one  or  a  dozen 
refrigerator  cars  delivered  on  his  side-track  in  the 
morning.  For  smaller  shippers,  who  cannot  load  in  car 
lots,  the  railroads  keep  at  all  times  in  season  refrigera- 
tor cars  on  siding  at  each  station  in  the  Peach  district, 
into  which  any  number  of  shippers  may  load  ;  more 
often  there  will  be  a  number  of  such  cars  loading  at  the 
same  time,  so  that  a  shipper  may  have  a  choice  as  to 
which  market  he  will  consign  his  fruit.  Except  in  the 
height  of  the  season,  these  cars  are  often  two  and  seme- 
times  three  days  in  loading,  and  the  continued  opening 
of  the  car  to  put  in  small  lots  of  fruit  prevents  perfect 
refrigeration;  consequently  fruit  from  small  shippers 
more  often  goes  to  market  in  bad  order  than  from  the 
larger  orchards,  where  a  car  can  be  quickly  loaded  and 
at  once  closed  up,  not  to  be  opened  until  ready  for  sale 
in  some  northern  market.  In  the  Hale  orchards  a  car 
is  often  loaded  in  an  hour,  and  very  little  of  the  fruit 
is  ever  so  long  as  two  hours  passing  from  the  tree 
through  the  assorting  and  packing  houses  to  the  car. 
For  ten  successive  mornings,  season  of  1900,  there  were 
picked,  graded  and  nailed  up  in  crates,  and  the  doors 
closed  and  sealed  up,  three  car-loads  before  eight  o'clock 
in  the  morning;  seven  o'clock  and  fifty-four  minutes 
was  the  latest,  and  seven  thirty-five  the  earliest  finish. 
Only  by  a  lively  start  at  daylight  can  such  work  be  ac- 
complished. 

In  some  of  the  smaller  orchards,  fruit  is  packed  in 
crates  or  baskets  right  under  the  trees,  and  then  hauled 
in  open  wagons,  often  without  springs,  to  the  railroad 
station.  In  others,  some  of  the  old  farm  buildings  are 
used  as  packinghouses;  more  often  special  fruit  houses 
are  used,  their  size  depending  upon  the  requirements 
of  the  orchards,  while  in  style  and  convenience  more 
depends  upon  the  intelligence  of  the  orchardists  and 
desire  to  handle  the  fruit  rapidly  in  best  possible  man- 
ner. The  picking  basket  most  generally  used  is  a  shal- 
low, round  basket,  with  a  drop  handle,  and  holding 
about  a  half -bushel.  With  good  refrigerator  cars  and 
prompt  railroad  service,  fruit  is  now  allowed  to  come 
to  full  maturity  on  the  tree,  and  is  picked  just  before  it 
begins  to  soften. 

In  the  Hale  orchard  expert  pickers  instruct  all  new 
workers  how  to  judge  by  the  color  on  the  shady  side 
of  a  Peach,  when  it  is  ripe  for  the  harvest ;  then 
each  picking  gang  is  in  charge  of  a  foreman,  who  is 
ever  on  the  alert  to  secure  uniformity  in  the  work. 
Each  picker  is  numbered,  and  has  a  little  canvas 
bag  with  his  number  stenciled  on  it,  and  filled  with 


PEACH 

tickets  of  same  number;  one  of  these  tickets  is  placed 
in  the  bottom  of  each  basket  as  he  begins  to  fill  it,  so 
that  when  any  basket  reaches  the  assorting  table  and 
proves  not  to  be  up  to  the  standard,  the  inspector  of 
grading  is  notified,  the  ticket  number  given  to  a  field 
inspector,  who  on  horseback  gallops  away  to  tone 
up  the  careless  picker.  Picking  3,000  bushels  or  more 
of  Peaches  in  a  day,  it  is  possible  at  any  time  to 
locate  the  picker  of  every  basket.  This  great  orchard 
is  all  blocked  off  by  avenues  running  north  and  south 
every  500  feet  into  about  12-acre  tracts,  with  cross 
streets  every  1,000  feet,  so  that  250  feet  is  the  greatest 
distance  from  any  tree  to  an  avenue  of  travel.  Each 
picking  gang  has  its  required  number  of  "basket  boys" 
and  "toters,"  who  keep  the  gang  supplied  with  empty 
baskets,  and  "tote"  the  full  baskets  to  the  avenues, 
where  they  are  loaded  on  broad,  low-down  wagons,  hold- 
ing about  80  baskets,  and  hauled  to  the  packing  house, 
which  is  a  two-story  building  40  x  112  feet.  The  sec- 
ond story  is  used  for  storage  of  crates  and  baskets,  all 
labeled  and  finished  for  immediate  use,  while  the  first 
floor  is  a  platform  3  feet  high,  sides  open  all  .around 
but  protected  from  sun  and  rain  by  a  lean-to  shed  about 
it,  under  which  the  wagons  drive  as  they  come  from  the 
fields  with  the  fruit. 

Two  wide  packing  benches  run  the  entire  length  of 
the  shed;  through  the  center  of  these  benches,  raised 
nearly  a  foot,  runs  a  line  of  canvas  trays  or  pockets, 
about  18  inches  wide,  and  divided  into  sections  about 
every  2  feet.  Along  the  outside  of  these  benches,  with 
room  enough  back  of  them  to  receive  the  fruit 
from  the  wagons,  stand  the  graders— bright 
young  men  and  women  from  the  best  white  fam- 
ilies of  the  South.  There  is  room  enough  on  the 
sides  of  the  bench,  in  front  of  the  canvas  trays, 
for  a  row  of  picking  baskets,  filled  with  the 
fruit  just  as  it  came  from  the  tree.  With  one  or 
two  expert  graders  along  this  line  to  instruct  in 
the  work  and  consequently  keep  it  toned  up,  the 
sound  fruit  is  assorted  direct  from  the  picking 
baskets  into  three  sizes:  extras,  No.  1's  and  sec- 
onds, all  carefully  placed  in  the  canvas  trays  in 
front.  Overripe  and  bruised  fruit  goes  in  baskets 
at  the  feet  of  the  grader  and  finally  reaches  the 
evaporator,  while  the  decayed  or  otherwise  worth- 
less fruit  goes  to  the  dump  and  is  destroyed  by 
fire.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  bench,  facing 
the  graders,  stand  the  packers,  with  just  room 
enough  on  the  edge  of  the  bench  in  front  of  the 
trays  for  the  6  basket  carriers  to  stand  length- 
ways (this  carrier  from  long  experience  having 
been  found  to  be  the  one  best  and  most  profit- 
able package  to  handle  the  southern  Peaches). 
Removing  the  top  layers  of  baskets  and  division 
trays,  the  bottom  tier  of  baskets  is  quickly  and 
firmly  packed  solid  full  of  whatever  standard 
size  fruit  happens  to  be  in  the  trays  in  front  of 
each  packer.  The  division  rack  and  top  tier  of 
baskets  are  then  replaced,  and  filled  in  the  same 
uniform  way.  Instructors  and  inspectors  of 
packing  are  constantly  working  up  and  down  the 
line,  encouraging  and  assisting  in  the  work,  so 
that  uniform  results  may  be  secured. 

As  each  package  is  finished  a  card  with  the 
packer's  number  is  placed  on  top,  and  call  of 
"Crate!"  promptly  brings  a  "toter,"  who  hurries 
it  to  an  inspection  table,  one  of  which  is  at  each 
end  of  the  shed.  Here  an  inspector,  who  is  trained 
to  know  good  Peaches  and  good  packing  at  sight, 
either  approves  it  and  orders  on  the  cover,  or 
if  poorly  packed,  not  full  enough,  or  in  any  way  defec- 
tive, sends  it  back  to  the  packer  to  be  righted.  Some 
packers  will  not  put  up  more  than  40  or  50  crates  per 
day,  while  very  expert  ones  put  up  as  many  as  150  and 
in  some  cases  200;  while  the  average  is  from  75  to  80 
crates  per  day  when  the  work  is  done  under  the  most 
careful  inspection.  The  name  of  the  variety  and  grade 
of  fruit  is  stenciled  on  the  cover,  as  it  is  nailed  on,  and 
the  packer's  number  is  penciled  on  the  red  label,  on 
each  end  of  the  crate  ;  then  away  to  the  car.  Here, 
placed  side  by  side  about  2%  inches  apart  across  the 
car,  it  takes  7  crates.  Then  two  strips  of  inch-square 
stuff,  just  long  enough  to  reach  across  the  cur,  are  put 


PEACH 


1235 


on  top  of  the  crates  at  each  end  and  are  lightly  nailed 
down.  Tier  upon  tier  is  built  up  in  this  way,  "either  5 
or  6  crates  high,  until  the  car  is  full.  Spacing  of  the 
crates  and  the  slatting  provides  space  for  cold  air 
around  each  and  every  crate.  In  dry  seasons,  when 
fruit  is  free  from  rot  germs,  cars  as  now  constructed 
can  with  safety  be  loaded  6  crates  high,  but  in  wet  sea- 
sons, with  rot  prevalent,  they  arrive  in  market  in  much 
better  order  when  loaded  only  5  high.  Besides  the  ori- 
ginal icing,  which  requires  4-6  tons  to  a  car,  a  re-icing 
after  loading  takes  1-3  tons,  depending  upon  how 
long  the  car  is  loading.  In  going  to  New  York,  cars  are 
re-iced  at  Atlanta,  Charlotte,  N.  C.,  and  Alexandria,  Va., 
and  if  to  New  England  points  again  at  Jersey  City. 
For  Chicago  and  the  Northwest,  they  are  re-iced  at  At- 
lanta, Cincinnati  or  Louisville.  A  car  will  hold  525-650 
crates,  according  to  the  size  of  the  car  and  whether 
loaded  5  or  6  crates  high.  Handled  along  best  modern 
lines,  with  careful  inspection  from  start  to  finish,  it 
costs,  including  freight  and  all  incidental  expenses, 
from  26  to  28  cents  to  take  Peaches  ripe  from  the  tree 
and  place  them  in  the  car.  Freight  averages  about  42 
cents  to  the  various  northern  markets,  refrigeration  13 
cents,  cartage  3  cents,  and  commission  7-10  per  cent  of 
gross  sales,  bringing  the  actual  cost  up  to  about  $1  to 
pick  and  market  a  crate  of  Georgia  Peaches,  holding 
six  4-quart  baskets.  The  bulk  of  the  fruit  sells  at  $1  to 
$1.50,  a  little  sells  as  high  as  $2.50  and  $3,  while  con- 
siderable is  sold  at  less  than  a  dollar,  down  to  as  low  as 
25  cents;  this, of  course,  for  fruit  arriving  in  bad  order. 


1675. 

'Tip  growth" 
of  yellows. 


Left-hand  specimen  shows  two  small-leaved  tips  appearing  in 
October,  2  or  3  of  the  normal  leaves  still  remaining  near  the  top. 
The  middle  specimen  shows  numerous  tips  appearing  in  August. 
Right-hand  specimen  is  a  healthy  twig,  for  comparison.  P.  1231. 


Sales  at  anything  above  $1  per  crate  can  be  counted  in 
towards  cost  of  production  and  as  profit,  j   TT 


PEACH  CULTURE  IN  THE  FAR  NORTH.  —  Having  tasted 
Peaches  that  were  thoroughly  ripened  on  the  tree,  the 
writer  became  very  desirous  of  growing  this  fruit  at  his 
home  in  northern  Vermont,  and  knowing  that  the  fruit 
buds  of  the  Peach  tree  are  not  of  sufficient  hardiness  to 
endure  the  rigor  of  this  climate  without  protection,  he 
exercised  himself  for  some  cheap  and  effective  way  to 
cover  them.  He  remembered  that  when  a  boy  his  father 
had  some  Peach  trees  near  the  house  that  had  been  al- 
lowed to  branch  at  about  a  foot  from  the  ground.  One 


1236 


PEACH 


PEACH 


winter,  in  a  severe  snow  storm,  a  branch  of  one  of 
them  was  weighted  down  by  the  snow  and  partly  split 
from  the  trunk  and  lay  there  until  spring.  Though  the 
thermometer  during  the  storm  fell  to  30°  below  zero, 
that  branch  bore  fruit  the  next  season.  Remembering 
this,  the  undersigned  felt  confident  that  if  he  could 
train  Peach  trees  so  that  the  tops  could  be  easily 
brought  down  to  the  ground  and  covered,  he  could  grow 


1676.   The  tufted  shoots  of  Peach  yellows.    (  See  p.  1231.) 

this  most  delicious  fruit.  After  experimenting  some 
time  the  following  method  was  found  to  be  efficient. 

Secure  a  very  young  tree,  preferably  a  seedling  from 
seed,  planted  where  a  tree  is  desired,  and  train  the 
trunk  of  it  horizontally  8-10  inches  from  the  ground, 
and  suffer  no  branches  to  grow.  Break  off  the  tender 
branches  when  they  are  not  more  than  3  inches  long  by 
bending  them  sideways,  not  down  over  the  leaf,  as  that 
would  be  likely  to  break  off  the  leaf  also.  The  trunk  is 
kept  horizontal  while  it  is  growing  by  tying  it  loosely 
to  a  slender  pole,  which  is  fastened  horizontally.  Of 
course  the  tendency  of  the  tree  is  to  grow  upward  at 
the  end,  and  therefore  one  must  look  to  it  about  once  a 
week  that  the  branches  are  broken  off  and  the  trunk 
tied  down.  When  trained  in  this  way  the  tree  will  con- 
tinue to  grow  vigorously  until  frost  stops  it,  but  it  is 
necessary  that  the  young  wood  has  time  to  ripen  suffi- 
ciently to  endure  the  winter.  The  writer  finds  that  if  he 
ceases  to  break  off  the  branches  for  4-6  weeks  before 
the  usual  time  of  frost,  the  wood  at  the  end  of  the  trunk 
will  be  sufficiently  ripened  to  stand  the  winter  when 
protected. 

To  protect  the  tree  the  first  winter,  take  some  half- 
inch  boards  about  3  inches  wide,  and  nail  their  edges 
together  so  they  will  be  like  a  wooden  eave-trough. 
Then  cut  the  tree  trunk  loose  from  the  pole  to  which 
it  is  tied,  put  2  or  3  shovelfuls  of  earth  around  the 


roots  and  place  some  evergreens  on  the  ground  under 
the  trunk  (just  enough  to  keep  it  from  the  soil) ;  lay  the 
tree  upon  the  evergreens  and  place  the  trough  over  the 
tree,  covering  it  completely  from  root  to  tip.  Finally 
place  a  few  evergreen  boughs  over  the  whole.  If  the 
butts  of  the  boughs  are  thrust  a  little  into  the  ground 
they  will  be  frozen  in  and  held  firmly. 

In  the  spring  when  danger  from  frost  is  past  uncover 
the  tree,  fasten  the  little  pole  in  its  place,  tie  the  tree  to 
it  and  place  the  trough  over  the  whole  of  the  tree,  ex- 
cept a  little  of  the  tip.  This  is  important,  for  if  this 
horizontal  trunk,  which  now  has  no  leaves,  is  not  cov- 
ered from  the  sun  the  bark  will  surely  be  killed  along 
its  top.  After  the  buds  at  the  tip  have  grown  a  little, 
break  off  all  but  the  strongest,  and  train  as  in  the  pre- 
vious year  and  so  continue  until  the  desired  length  of 
trunk  is  obtained.  If  the  tree  is  in  good  soil  and  well 
cultivated  it  will  in  2  or  3  years  make  a  trunk  10-15  feet 
long.  When  this  latter  length  is  attained  the  trunk  is 
long  enough  to  be  pliable  for  a  good  many  years,  as  its 
thickness  does  not  increase  very  fast.  Now,  while  keep- 
ing the  horizontal  trunk  in  its  place,  allow  its  end  to  grow 
up  and  form  a  head,  which  may  be  trained  in  a  fan-shaped 
fashion,  parallel  with  the  trunk.  A  stout  stake  is  driven 
at  the  place  where  the  head  is  formed,  to  which  it  is  tied 
during  the  growing  season.  When  freezing  weather 
comes  the  head  is  loosened  from  the  stake  and  turned 
over  sideways  on  some  evergreens  placed  to  keep  it  off 
the  soil.  Over  the  head  of  the  tree  put  a  few  more  ever- 
greens and  over  these  some  boards  to  keep  snow  from 
sifting  in,  which  will  melt  during  a  mild  time,  and  later 
form  ice  about  the  twigs  and  kill  them. 

From  this  time  the  treatment  of  the  tree  is  the  same 
as  that  of  any  fruit  tree,  except  that  it  must  be  covered 
each  fall  and  tied  up  each  spring.  The  writer  was 
warned  that  he  would  be  troubled  with  mice  under  tho 
coverings,  but  he  has  practiced  plowing  between  the 
trees  each  fall,  turning  the  furrows  toward  the  trees, 
and  has  not  been  troubled  with  the  rodents.  Trees 
treated  in  this  way  never  fail  to  bear  and  produce  as 
abundantly  as  when  grown  upright  from  the  start. 

J.  T.  MACOMBEB. 

THE  MICHIGAN  PEACH  INDUSTRY.  — The  history  of 
commercial  Peach-growing  in  Michigan  would  be  a  fas- 
cinating tale  indeed  if  it  could  be  written  in  detail. 
The  eras  of  prosperity  bringing  on  in  many  cases  the 
wildest  speculation  in  property,  followed  sometimes 
by  severe  depressions,  have  given  our  prominent  Peach 
centers  some  of  the  features  of  a  western  mining  camp. 
Frequently  some  shrewd  painstaking  grower  rises  to 
affluence  with  a  few  crops  from  a  well-grown  orchard, 
on  a  wisely  selected  location,  and  there  immediately  fol- 
lows a  class  of  men  who  take  money  out  of  other  lines 
and  plunge  into  the  mysteries  of  Peach-growing  with 
the  recklessness  of  a  gambler,  often  purchasing  most 
unsuitable  locations,  planting  large  quantities  of  ill- 
chosen  varieties,  cultivating  them  for  a  few  years,  only 
to  learn  in  the  end  that  Peach-growing  is  a  profession, 
and  the  production  of  large  quantities  of  luscious,  beau- 
tiful fruit,  and  getting  them  to  market  at  their  highest 
stage  of  excellence,  is  no  mean  art. 

The  so-called  Peach  belt  of  Michigan  is  a  strip  of 
country  located  on  the  east  shore  of  Lake  Michigan, 
varying  in  width  from  five  to  ten  miles.  In  three  or 
four  locations,  owing  to  the  favorable  contour  of  the 
lake  and  topography  of  the  land,  Peaches  are  grown 
with  a  marked  degree  of  success,  even  as  far  as  forty 
miles  inland.  This  belt  begins  probably  fifteen  miles 
south  of  St.  Joseph,  in  Berrien  county,  and  extends 
northward  to  the  northern  shores  of  Traverse  bay,  Lee- 
lanaw  county,  a  distance  of  some  190  miles ;  but  not  all 
of  this  belt  is  successful  even  though  near  the  lake,  it 
being  a  notable  fact  that  the  most  successful  regions 
are  where  the  land  line  extends  nearest  the  center  of 
the  lake,  while  it  is  noticeable  that  where  the  lake  is 
broadest,  extending  into  the  land,  the  least  success  is 
attained. 

The  wonderful  success  of  this  region  can  be  ac- 
counted for  by  just  two  conditions,  a  suitable  soil  and 
the  thermal  influence  of  Lake  Michigan.  The  combina- 
tion is  so  good  that  this  region  has  not  seen  an  entire 
failure  of  the  crop  in  thirty  years,  and  very  few  light 
crops.  Usually  there  are  three  to  five  heavy  crops  to 


PEACH 

one  light  one  where  orchards  are  properly  located  and 
correctly  handled. 

The  history  of  the  industry  can  probably  be  dated  to 
some  year  prior  to  I860,  but  it  did  not  reach  any 
prominence  until  about  18G4  and  was  at  high  tide  by 
1867.  At  this  time  and  up  to  this  date  the  commercial 
orchards  were  in  a  small  radius  around  St.  Joseph  and 
Benton  Harbor,  the  sales  being  almost  entirely  made  in 
Chicago,  as  there  were  no  railroad  communications  with 
other  cities  and  the  steamboat  service  to  Chicago  was 
fairly  good.  During  the  year  1867  yellows  was  first 
noticed  by  men  who  knew  the  disease,  although  it  no 
doubt  existed  here  a  year  or  two  previous.  However, 
little  attention  was  paid  to  this  disease  until  it  gained 
such  impetus  and  virulence  that  these  orchards,  valued 
at  and  selling  as  high  as  $1,000  per  acre,  were  swept  out 
of  existence.  So  thoroughly  did  this  disease  do  its  work 
that  there  were  probably  not  as  many  as  ten  live  Peach 
trees  in  a  whole  township  in  1880.  The  pioneers  of  the 
Peach  industry  gave  up  in  despair  and  either  left  the 
country  or  turned  their  attention  to  farm  crops  or  small 
fruits,  which  latter  industry  soon  gave  this  port,  Benton 
Harbor,  the  distinction  of  being  the  heaviest  shipping 
point  for  small  fruit  in  the  United  States. 

While  this  destruction  of  the  orchards  was  going  on 
at  this  point  a  few  men  at  South  Haven,  30  miles  north 
on  the  high  banks  of  Lake  Michigan,  with  perfect  soil 
and  slopes  and  most  beautiful  surroundings,  had  be- 
gun the  planting  of  orchards,  and  with  wisdom  born 
of  misfortunes  and  with  a  higher  intelligence,  began 
to  investigate  the  dread  disease;  and  so  well  and  cor- 
rectly did  they  learn  its  treatment  that  to  this  day 
the  yellows  has  never  gotten  the  start  of  them  and  the 
orchards  were  never  better  nor  larger  than  they  are  to- 
day, while  the  yellows  had  been  constantly  with  them 
since  1875.  In  sharp  contrast  to  this  case,  another  point 
within  30  miles  began  setting  Peaches  about  1880,  nearly 
the  entire  country  being  covered  with  beautiful  orchards 
for  miles  around,  but  when  the  yellows  appeared  many 
owners,  with  strange  perversity,  refused  to  destroy 
diseased  trees  or  allow  it  to  be  done  under  the  law  then 
recently  enacted  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  orchards 
from  destruction  by  this  or  other  contagious  disease. 
They  even  went  into  the  courts  to  save  dying  trees  from 
the  ax  and  fire  of  the  legal  commissioners.  The  inevi- 
table result  was  that  in  a  few  years  this  beautiful  pros- 
perous region  was  practically  out  of  the  Peach  business. 

During  these  years  it  had  been  discovered  that 
Peaches  could  be  grown  with  success  and  profit  at  points 
far  north,  and  in  some  cases  far  inland,  where  the  ele- 
vation was  great,  until  now  immense  quantities  are 
marketed  in  Kent,  Oceana,  Mason,  Benzie,  Grand  Trav- 
erse and  Leelanaw  counties,  while  Berrien  is  rapidly 
regaining  her  lost  prestige  as  the  heavy  producing 
county,  an  honor  long  held  by  Allegan  county. 

In  all  these  counties  the  yellows  now  exists  in  nearly 
all  orchards  over  four  years  old,  but  only  in  the  hands  of 
a  careless  few  is  it  allowed  to  gain  enough  headway  to 
menace  an  orchard.  All  men  now  know  that  as  soon 
as  the  disease  appears  the  tree  affected  should  be  de- 
stroyed by  fire  as  commanded  by  law,  and  if  neglected 
the  entire  orchard  must  pay  the  penalty.  Commissioners 
clothed  with  power  to  act  stand  guard  over  the  careless 
ones  in  every  township,  compelling  them  to  destroy 
immediately  all  affected  trees  or  do  it  themselves, 
charging  up  all  cost  and  collecting  it  with  other  taxes. 
So  well  does  this  law  work  and  so  few  are  our  other 
difficulties  that  this  Peach  belt  is  now  beyond  doubt  the 
best  in  America,  the  crops  being  more  profitable  than 
those  of  California  and  more  reliable  than  those  of  any 
other  section. 

It  is  impossible  at  this  date  to  give  statistics  as  to  the 
acreage  of  yield,  as  the  business  is  extending  so  very 
rapidly  and  the  census  report  of  1900  is  not  yet  issued. 
In  a  general  way  it  may  be  said  that  this  entire  region 
is  one  of  small  orchards.  Nothing  like  the  mammoth 
orchards  of  Georgia  can  be  found  in  the  state,  but  or- 
chards can  be  found  in  every  neighborhood  producing 
more  Peaches  from  one  acre  than  these  mammoth  or- 
chards do  from  four,  and  giving  regular  annual  crops. 
Trees  well  cared  for  usually  begin  producing  at  two 
years  old,  and  at  four  years  old  should  and  do  produce 
4  to  5  bushels  per  tree,  while  the  best  orchards  some- 


PEACH 


1237 


times  produce  as  high  as  8  or  10  bushels  on  trees  6  to  8 
years  old  and  with  trees  set  20  by  L'D  it.,  which  is  com- 
mon practice,  the  yield  varies  from  200  to  800  bushels 
per  acre. 

The  cultivation  and  care  of  the  Peach  orchard  have  un- 
dergone great  change  in  the  past  10  years.  What  might 
be  styled  modern  methods  prevail  now  in  nearly  every 
neighborhood;  fine  and  thorough  tillage,  careful  timely 
pruning  and  rigid  thinning  previous  to  the  pit-hardening 
period  are  the  rule  among  our  best  growers.  They  know 
that  a  tree  overloaded  cannot  produce  choice  fruit  nor 
can  a  tree  weakened  by  an  excessive  crop  of  fruit  pro- 
duce a  good  crop  the  following  year. 

The  best  fertilization  for  our  soils  for  Peach-growing 
seems  to  be  phosphoric  acid  in  the  form  of  bone,  and 
potash  in  the  form  of  carbonate  or  muriate,  with  vege- 
table mold  furnished  every  year  by  a  growth  of  oats  or 
other  winter  cover-crop  sown  after  tillage  ceases  in 
August.  This  cover-crop  holds  all  the  Peach  foliage 
where  it  falls.  In  the  spring  it  furnishes  a  decomposed 
mass  ready  to  be  turned  under  to  a  shallow  depth  by 
gang  plows. 

The  packages  used  are  of  various  kinds,  but  the  prin- 
cipal ones  are  the  one-fifth  bushel  or  10-pound  basket, 
the  Yz  -bushel  or  25-pound  basket  and  the  bushel  basket 
for  medium  grades,  while  the  6-basket  carrier  crate, 
holding  30  pounds  of  fruit,  is  a  favorite  package  for 
strictly  fancy  grades. 

The  markets,  as  well  as  the  market  facilities,  are  un- 
surpassed. With  only  3-6  hours'  run  the  lake  steamers 
land  the  freshly  picked  fruit  in  Chicago  or  Milwaukee, 
where  sales  are  made  during  the  earlier  morning  hours, 
and  shipment  made  by  refrigerator  trains  and  express 
for  all  the  cities  of  the  great  west  and  northwest  region 
where  Peaches  cannot  grow.  In  this  manner  is  the  sup- 
ply for  the  smaller  cities  distributed,  while  the  larger 
cities  are  supplied  by  refrigerator  cars  loaded  where  the 
fruit  is  grown  and  sold  to  spot  buyers  or  consigned  to 
the  commission  trade.  In  addition  to  this  five  or  six  great 
railway  systems  take  solid  trains  of  refrigerators  out  of 
this  region  every  evening  on  rapid  schedules  for  points 
east  and  south,  the  favorite  markets  being  Buffalo,  Pitts- 
burg,  New  York  and  Boston  in  the  east,  Indianapolis 
and  Cincinnati  in  the  south,  while  there  has  sprung  up 
during  the  past  two  years  a  very  large  direct  car-load 
trade  with  cities  in  Iowa  and  Missouri  river  points. 

The  profits  of  this  crop  vary  so  much  according  to  the 
skill  and  judgment  of  the  grower  that  it  is  well-nigh 
impossible  to  give  accurate  information,  but  it  is  proba- 
bly a  safe  estimate  to  put  the  average  net  profit  at 
$100  to  $150  per  acre  for  a  term  of  years  with  ordinary 
care,  but  the  best  growers  realize  far  greater  returns. 
Indeed,  in  1899,  when  all  other  regions  except  California 
had  an  entire  failure,  the  region  about  Benton  Harbor 
and  St.  Joseph  had  a  fair  crop  and  net  returns  of  $300 
to  $500  per  acre  were  common,  while  in  one  orchard  over 
$35,000  was  taken  from  40  acres,  and  one  block  of  four 
acres  of  Elbertas  gave  a  return  of  $6,700,  or  $1,675  per 
acre,  following  with  a  crop  in  1900  that  gave  a  net  re- 
turn of  more  than  $600  per  acre  in  a  year  of  great  plenty 
and  low  prices.  Such  yields  and  prices  are  phenomenal, 
and  should  only  be  considered  as  indicating  the  possi- 
bilities of  the  crop  under  most  favorable  circumstances 
and  with  skilful  management. 

Several  attempts  at  organization  for  commercial  pur- 
poses have  been  attempted,  but  so  far  none  have  been 
entirely  successful  unless  what  is  known  as  the  central 
packing-house  system  now  being  worked  at  two  points 
in  the  Peach  belt  may  be  said  to  be  a  success.  This  plan 
is  one  by  which  several  growers  combine  and  build  a 
packing  house  on  the  railroad,  hauling  all  their  fruit  to 
this  central  point,  where  it  is  all  packed  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  superintendent  and  loaded  directly  into  the 
cars,  selling  in  car  lots  by  grade  either  to  spot  buyers 
or  in  distant  markets  by  wire  so  far  as  possible,  con- 
signing the  balance  to  promising  markets.  This  plan 
has  the  advantage  of  relieving  the  grower  of  the  burden 
of  operating  a  packing  house,  thereby  reducing  cost  of 
packages  and  packing  to  a  minimum  and  facilitating 
sales.  The  disadvantage  is  in  hauling  loose  Peaches 
several  miles,  and  in  the  extra  handling,  which  causes 
bruising  and  injury  to  quality  if  fruit  is  ripe.  This  last 
fact  necessitates  picking  the  fruit  rather  green  and 


1238 


PEACH 


PEACH 


makes  it  unsatisfactory  to  the  best  trade,  so  that  it  be- 
comes an  open  question  as  to  the  desirability  of  the 
plan.  It  is  noticeable,  however,  that  the  largest  and 
best  growers  almost  invariably  pack  and  ship  their  own 
product,  believing  that  there  is  greater  profit  in  a  high 
individual  reputation  than  in  combination. 

In  another  manner  has  the  State  Horticultural  Society 
and  an  excellent  system  of  State  Farmers  Institutes 
worked  r.  vast  benefit  to  the  industry.  They  have  held 
meetings  singly  and  in  series  in  every  Peach-growing 
locality  in  the  state.  At  these  meetings  every  detail  of 
modern  high-class  Peach  culture  and  marketing  has 
been  freely  given  by  the  most  successful  growers  of 
this  and  other  states.  These  meetings  have  been  fol- 
lowed by  complete  printed  reports  placed  in  the  hands 
of  every  grower.  In  this  connection  it  should  not  be 
considered  too  extreme  to  state  that  the  help  received  by 
our  growers  from  a  few  able  practical  and  scientific  men 
cannot  be  estimated  in  dollars.  Suffice  it  to  say  that 
nearly  every  practicable  idea  given  by  these  men  has 
been  quite  generally  acted  upon  with  great  financial  ad- 
vantage, and  the  improvement  in  handling  this  crop  has 
been  so  marked  during  the  past  five  years  as  to  be  really 
phenomenal.  Nature  having  done  its  full  duty  to  this 
region,  the  elements  required  for  success  are  a  careful 
selection  of  location  with  regard  to  soil,  elevation  and 
shipping  facilities,  a  willingness  to  learn,  and  a  love  for 
the  business,  coupled  with  a  high  sense  of  honor  in  mar- 
keting. The  adverse  conditions  are  improper  selections 
of  location  or  varieties  and  the  diseases,  yellows  and  curl 
leaf,  both  of  which  are  quite  easily  managed  by  ener- 
getic men.  Trees  affected  with  yellows  are  promptly 
removed  and  destroyed,  and  replaced  immediately  by 
young  trees.  The  curl  leaf  is  not  regular  in  its  appear- 
ance, but  occasionally  a  season  comes  when  its  attacks 
on  certain  varieties  are  serious.  It  is  easily  controlled 
by  preventive  spraying. 

The  writer  has  visited  many  of  the  noted  Peach  re- 
gions, but  nowhere  has  he  ever  seen  such  success  attained 
by  men  of  modest  means  as  in  the  Michigan  Peach  belt. 
Its  future  looks  even  brighter  than  its  past. 

R.  MORBILL. 

PEACH  CULTURE  IN  DELAWARE.  —  1.  Historical 
Sketch.—  No  one  knows  when  the  first  Peach  trees  were 
planted  in  Delaware,  but  undoubtedly  there- were  many 
before  the  Revolutionary  period.  The  trees  were  seed- 
lings, and  every  old  garden  contained  a  sufficient  num- 
ber to  supply  the  family  with  preserved  and  dried 
Peaches  during  the  winter  months.  There  was  also  a 
surplus,  which  the  "lord  of  the  manor"  had  distilled 
into  Peach  brandy,  in  which  all  gentlemen  of  the  old 
school  delighted.  We  read  that  as  early  as  1814,  a  Mr. 
Bayley,  of  Accomack  county,  Va.  (a  county  south  of  Del- 
aware on  the  peninsula),  had  63,000  Peach  trees,  the 
product  of  which  was  converted  into  brandy.  The  trees 
at  6  years  of  age  yielded  about  15  gallons  of  fourth-class 
brandy  per  100  trees,  which  sold  at  $2  per  gallon.  The 
profits  could  not  have  been  large,  unless  the  trees 
were  planted  much  closer  than  they  are  now  planted. 
It  is  possible  that  the  seed  was  sown  in  rows,  and  the 
seedlings  allowed  to  remain  as  they  grew. 

The  first  Peach  orchard  for  commercial  purposes  in 
Delaware  was  planted  in  the  spring  of  1832,  by  Isaac 
Reeves  and  Jacob  Ridgeway  on  a  farm  belonging  to  the 
latter,  about  one  mile  from  Delaware  City,  on  the  Dela- 
ware and  Chesapeake  canal.  It  consisted  of  20  acres  of 
budded  trees,  and  by  1836  they  had  planted  110  acres. 
In  a  single  season  Messrs.  Reeves  and  Ridgeway  re- 
ceived $16,000  gross  from  their  Peach  crop,  the  fruit 
then  bringing  from  $1.25  to  $3  per  3-peck  basket  in 
the  Philadelphia  market.  This  success  induced  others 
to  embark  in  the  business,  among  whom  was  Major 
Philip  Reybold,  who  in  1842  had  12,960  trees.  James 
Thompson  was  another  pioneer  in  the  business.  In  1846 
he  stated  that  New  Castle  county  contained  about  3,000 
acres  in  Peach  trees.  Major  Reybold  and  his  sons  alone 
had  117,720  trees  covering  1,090  acres,  from  which 
63,344  baskets  were  shipped  in  August  of  1845.  In  1848, 
the  Peach  crop  was  estimated  at  500,000  baskets,  chiefly 
from  New  Castle  county,  of  which  the  Reybolds  grew 
about  one-fourth.  In  Kent  county,  Jehu  Reed  had 
planted  an  orchard  of  Red  Cheek  Melocoton  as  early, 
perhaps,  as  1829,  and  several  years  later  had  10,000 


trees.  J.  G.  Brown  in  the  seventies  had  one  of  the  most 
extensive  orchards  in  Kent  county.  In  Sussex  county, 
Capt.  Chas.  Wright  was  one  of  the  first  to  plant  trees 
on  an  extended  scale,  and  in  the  sixties  sold  the  product 
of  a  10-acre  orchard  for  $5,000  net.  The  varieties  were 
Troth,  Early  York,  Golden  Rareripe,  Oldmixon  Free, 
Stump,  Crawford  Late,  Mammoth  Melocoton,  Crockett 
White  and  Smock.  Ex-Governor  Ross  and  J.  P.  Collins 
were  also  extensively  engaged  in  the  Peach  business, 
but  the  orchards  in  Sussex  at  that  time  generally  con- 
sisted of  from  1,000  to  5,000  trees  each. 

Governor  B.  T.  Biggs,  Governor  John  P.  Cochran  and 
J.  B.  Fennimore  were  among  the  largest  growers  around 
Middletown  in  1871,  and  Seerick  Shallcross,  also  of  Mid- 
dletown, marketed  125,000  baskets,  valued  at  $150,000. 
This  orchard  contained  more  than  100, 000  trees,  and  was 
said  at  that  time  to  be  the  largest  in  the  world. 

Delaware  was  the  first  state  to  develop  Peach  culture 
on  a  large  scale,  and  for  years  produced  more  fine 
Peaches  than  any  other  locality  in  the  world.  The  qual- 
ity, appearance  and  size  of  the  fruit  when  grown  under 
favorable  conditions  have  never  been  excelled,  if 
equaled,  by  any  other  section  of  the  United  States,  but 
the  appearance  of  the  yellows  in  New  Castle  and  Kent 
counties,  the  frequent  destruction  of  the  crop  by  un- 
timely frosts,  and  the  opening  of  other  sections  has 
taken  some  of  the  glory  away  from  the  once  famous 
Peach  districts  of  Kent  and  New  Castle  counties.  The 
center  of  the  industry  was  Middletown  in  the  late  sixties. 
Then  it  moved  to  Smyrna.  After  a  few  years  Wyoming 
was  the  great  Mecca  towards  which  all  the  commission 
men  looked  for  their  supply  ;  now  it  is  Bridgeville. 
The  Peach  belt  has  been  moving  southward  for  several 
years,  until  now  Sussex  county  raises  the  largest  part  of 
the  crop.  The  trees  do  not  attain  the  mammoth  size  of 
those  on  the  heavier  soils  of  New  Castle  and  Kent 
counties,  but  Sussex,  except  in  northern  parts,  has  es- 
caped that  bugbear  of  Peach-growers,  the  "yellows." 

There  are  probably  about  four  million  Peach  trees  in 
Delaware,  though  no  accurate  statistics  have  been  made 
since  1890.  The  Delaware  railroad  company  estimated 
that  there  would  be  4,500,000  baskets  of  fruit  along  its 
various  lines  in  1900,  but  its  records  for  the  crop  are 
not  yet  completed.  On  August  25,  35  car-loads,  mostly 
of  yellow  fruit,  were  shipped  from  Bridgeville  alone. 
There  would  have  been  at  least  60  cars  had  there  been 
a  demand  for  white  fruit,  but  a  large  proportion  of  the 
white  Peaches  were  not  picked  in  1900.  The  Peaches 
are  shipped  to  all  of  the  large  cities  where  freight  rates 
are  not  prohibitive,  and  to  smaller  interior  cities  of 
Pennsylvania,  New  York  and  New  England. 

2.  Culture.  —  Most  of  the  trees  are  set  in  the  fall. 
Where  fall  planting  is  practiced  the  tree  pushes  out 
young  roots  all  winter  during  mild  weather,  and  as  a 
rule  grows  better  than  when  set  in  the  spring  and  is 
compelled  to  grow  roots  and  leaves  at  the  same  time. 
The  ground,  preferably  a  clover  sod,  high  and  dry,  is 
plowed  deep,  thoroughly  harrowed  and  checked  into 
rows  generally  20  x  20  feet  apart.  Some  planters  set  22 
feet,  others  closer.  A  hole  is  dug  of  sufficient  size  to 
admit  the  roots  without  crowding,  and  in  November  the 
tree  is  planted  about  the  depth  it  formerly  stood  in  the 
nursery,  with  soil  heaped  a  little  to  allow  for  settling. 
For  planting,  the  writer  prefers  a  good  one-year  tree 
of  the  second  or  third  grade,  2-3  feet  in  length,  without 
many  branches.  The  small  nursery  stock  will  make  good 
trees  if  properly  cared  for  and  will  last  as  long,  bear  as 
much  fruit  and  come  into  bearing  as  young  as  trees 
4-6  feet  high.  It  is  a  great  mistake  to  suppose  the 
larger  tree  is  better.  It  is  more  sightly,  but  that  is  its 
chief  merit.  It  will  not  develop  as  many  roots,  nor  will 
it  pack  in  as  good  shape  for  shipping,  and  the  shock  of 
transplanting  is  far  less  to  the  small  tree;  it  can  be  cut 
back  root  and  top ;  it  is  nmch  easier  to  plant ;  and  the 
percentage  of  loss  is  much  smaller,  for  if  in  good  con- 
dition and  well  planted,  99  per  cent  will  grow.  The  un- 
dersigned says  this  after  having  grown  several  million 
trees  in  the  nursery  and  many  thousand  in  the  orchard 
of  his  own  propagation  and  from  other  nurseries  all 
over  this  country.  On  light  lands  a  shovelful  of  wood 
ashes  or  of  well-rotted  manure  gives  the  tree  a  good 
start.  Either  is  applied  at  the  base  of  the  tree  during 
the  winter.  Before  the  sap  starts  the  trees  are  usually 


PEACH 

headed-back  to  a  whip  18-24  inches  high,  and  all  young 
shoots  are  afterwards  rubbed  off  except  4  or  5  for  the 
top.  Young  orchards  are  usually  well  cultivated  tintil 
from  August  1  to  15.  Aphids,  if  they  attack  the  top, 
are  destroyed  by  strong  tobacco  water  or  kerosene 
emulsion.  If  the  aphids  attack  the  roots  a  handful  of 


PEACH 


1239 


Dissolved  South  Carolina  rock  and  muriate  of  potash 
makes  one  of  the  best  fertilizers.  Raw  bone  is  more 
expensive,  and  it  is  doubtful  if  it  is  better  than  South 
Carolina  rock.  From  600-1,000  Ibs.  may  be  applied  per 
acre  broadcast  in  the  winter  or  early  spring.  Wood 
ashes  are  good  but  hard  to  obtain.  Bearing  orchards 
are  generally  plowed  in  April,  3-4  inches  deep,  harrowed 
thoroughly  with  a  smoothing  harrow,  and  afterward 
kept  in  clean  culture.  The  gang-plow  and  the  sulky- 
cultivator  are  frequently  used.  Under  favorable  condi- 
tions orchards  live  and  bear  good  crops  20-25  years, 
though  the  best  crops  are  obtained  between  the  years  of 
five  and  fifteen. 

Thinning  of  the  fruit  is  not  generally  practiced  in 
Delaware,  but  this  is  one  of  the  problems  that  is  receiv- 
ing more  serious  thought  and  will  be  given  greater 
attention  in  the  future.  In  1900  the  trees  and  prices 
suffered  severely  from  lack  of  thinning.  The  pickers 
and  packers  are  paid  8-12  cents  an  hour.  In  the  orchard 
the  fruit  is  picked  in  five-eighths  baskets,  taken  to  a 
central  packing  house  where  it  is  carefully  graded,  then 
loaded  on  spring  wagons  holding  about  150  baskets  and 
taken  directly  to  the  station  for  shipment,  or  for  sale 
to  the  buyers.  The  fruit  is  generally  graded  into  two 
grades,  the  first  containing  the  largest  fruit,  and  the 
second  good-sized  perfect  Peaches.  The  smaller  grades 
are  taken  to  the  canning  factories. 


1677.    Peach  growing  in  Georgia.    View  in  the  Hale  orchards,  Fort  Valley.     (Seep.  1232.) 


good  tobacco  dust  applied,  after  removing  the  surface 
soil,  will  generally  kill  them.  Orchards  are  cultivated 
in  corn,  potatoes,  tomatoes,  etc.,  or  any  other  hoed  crop 
until  they  come  into  bearing  at  3-5  years  ;  after  this 
they  should  have  the  entire  ground,  with  no  other  crop 
except  crimson  clover  or  cow-peas  for  humus  in  years 
when  there  is  no  fruit.  Corn  is  not  as  desirable  as 
some  low-growing,  cultivated  crop,  like  potatoes  or 
tomatoes,  which  can  be  manured  highly  and  at  the 
same  time  not  interfere  with  the  trees.  Under  no  con- 
dition should  the  trees  be  seeded  in  grain  or  grass,  and 
clean  cultivation  should  be  given  each  year.  The  trees 
are  usually  examined  for  borers  at  least  once  a  year  and 
sometimes  twice. 

The  pruning  is  done  in  fall  or  winter.  No  heading- 
back  of  bearing  trees  is  practiced,  but  no  doubt  many  of 
the  young  orchards  now  being  planted  will  be  grown  in 
this  manner.  Dead  wood  is  removed  annually  and  the 
top  kept  open  to  admit  the  sun  so  as  to  color  the  fruit. 
A  low  wagon  is  often  used  for  hauling  out  the  brush. 


In  the  nursery  the  trees  are  always  propagated  by 
budding.  At  one  time  it  was  supposed  that  natural 
seeds  produced  the  best  and  healthiest  trees,  but  expe- 
rience has  shown  that  no  trees  are  better  or  healthier 
than  those  grown  from  seed  taken  from  the  most  vigor- 
ous orchards. 

3.  Marketing.  —  Formerly  all  of  the  fruit  was  picked 
in  baskets,  packed  in  crates  holding  three  pecks,  and 
shipped  to  the  commission  men  of  the  various  markets. 
At  the  present  time  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  crop 
is  sold  in  five-eighths  baskets  to  the  buyers  at  the  rail- 
road station.  This  method  of  marketing  is  the  most 
satisfactory  way  to  dispose  of  a  Peach  crop.  The  buyers 
generally  pay  cash,  and  the  grower  with  the  money  in 
his  pocket  is  relieved  of  all  the  worry  connected  with 
freights,  commission  men,  and  the  like.  Some  of  the 
finest  fruit  is  packed  in  carriers  holding  6  baskets,  and 
is  sold  at  fancy  prices,  either  at  the  station  or  in  the 
general  market.  Refrigerator  cars,  holding  600  to  800 
baskets,  are  used  for  fruit  that  requires  two  days  to 


1240 


PEACH 


PEACH 


reach  its  destination  and  plain  cars  for  near-by  points. 
The  cost  per  basket  on  refrigerator  cars  to  Boston, 
Providence,  Hartford,  and  other  eastern  points  is  about 
40  cents,  and  to  New  York,  Elmira  or  Syracuse  about 
35  cents  each.  In  plain  cars  the  cost  to  New  York  is 
19  cents,  and  to  Philadelphia  about  12  cents  each. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  smaller  fruit  is  used  by  can- 
ning factories,  of  which  there  are  one  or  two  in  every 


1678.  Hale  Peach  tree  before  pruning.   (Seep.  1233.) 

town.  A  factory  in  Seaford  uses  about  3,000  baskets  per 
day  when  running  its  full  capacity.  The  Peaches  are 
peeled  by  women,  and  the  factories  of  the  state  employ 
several  thousand  hands.  Formerly  a  good  many  of  the 
smaller  Peaches  were  evaporated,  and  evaporators  were 
built  throughout  the  Peach-growing  belt.  The  present 
low  price  of  evaporated  fruit  and  the  competition  of 
California  and  the  West  have  caused  this  phase  of  the 
Peach  business  to  be  abandoned.  Numerous  factories 
have  converted  large  forests  of  gum  and  of  pine  trees 
into  carriers  and  baskets.  In  1900  the  baskets  cost 
from  3  to3>£  cents  and  carriers  from  14  to  17  cents  each. 

4.  Varieties.— In  no  other  fruit  have  the  standard 
orchard  varieties  changed  more  than  in  the  Peach. 
Many  of  the  Delaware  orchards  planted  not  more  than 
ten  years  ago  are  now  unprofitable  because  varieties  in 
demand  then  are  now  out  of  date.  Formerly  the  white 
Peaches,  such  as  Oldmixon  and  Mountain  Rareripe, 
were  in  strong  demand ;  now  the  call  is  for  yellow  fruit, 
and  the  finest  white  varieties  have  to  be  sold  at  low 
prices.  Early  kinds  also  used  to  pay,  but  now  they 
come  in  competition  with  the  best  varieties  from 
Georgia.  Late  varieties,  which  were  also  very  profitable, 
are  now  ripe  when  the  best  fruit  from  New  York,  New 
Jersey  and  western  Maryland  is  in  the  market.  The  old 
orchards  comprise  Troth,  Hale,  Crawford  Early,  Moun- 
tain Rose,  Reeve,  Oldmixon,  Mt.  Rareripe,  Crawford 
Late,  Stump,  Smock,  Couper  Late,  Garey  Hold-on,  and 
others,  and  as  in  other  fruits,  most  of  them  contain 
too  many  kinds.  A  large  proportion  of  these  old  kinds 
have  to  go  to  the  canning  factories  at  low  prices  when- 
ever there  is  a  general  Peach  crop,  as  the  market  will 
not  take  them.  In  the  new  orchards  the  yellow  fruit 
will  predominate,  with  a  few  white  varieties.  Probably 
the  kinds  most  often  found  in  orchards  under  five  years 
old  are  Foster,  Mountain  Rose,  Reeves,  Oldmixon, 
Moore  Favorite,  Elberta,  Chair  Choice,  Crawford  Late 
and  Smock.  The  Elberta  is  being  planted  more  heavily 
than  any  other  variety.  If  the  writer  were  to  set  a  new 
orchard  his  own  choice  would  be  as  follows:  Connett 
Early,  perhaps  Mountain  Rose,  Foster,  Reeves,  Elberta, 
Chair,  perhaps  Crawford  Late,  Prize  and  Townsend. 
Nearly  all  growers  would  always  include  Crawford  Late, 
and  many  of  them  Moore  Favorite  and  Thurber. 

Of  the  newer  varieties   in  Delaware,  Connett  Early, 


Carman,  Waddell,  Greensboro,  Champion,  Mamie  Ross 
and  Lady  Ingold  are  the  most  promising,  with  prefer- 
ence for  the  first  three  and  the  fifth  and  sixth.  The 
Delaware  Experiment  Station  has  an  experimental 
orchard  of  300  varieties  ten  years  old  at  Seaford,  on  the 
writer's  place,  and  another  orchard  of  75  varieties  at 
Bridgeville,  most  of  which  fruited  in  1900.  In  the  Sea- 
ford  orchard  a  number  of  Tasmanian  trees  were  planted 
to  determine  their  orchard  value  and  their  suscepti- 
bility to  Peach  yellows.  A  number  were  also  planted  at 
the  Delaware  Experiment  Station  grounds  and  in  other 
parts  of  New  Castle  county.  In  Sussex  county  they  are 
vastly  inferior  to  home-grown  stock  in  the  quality  of 
the  fruit  and  in  the  growth  of  the  trees,  while  in  New 
Castle  county  they  practically  all  died  from  the  yellows. 

5.  Peach  Yellows.  — The  yellows  swept  the  orchards 
out  of  New  Castle  county  and  from  the  northern  part  of 
Kent  county,  but  it  has  not  advanced  for  ten  years  much 
beyond   the  borders  of   northern    Sussex.     The  most 
intelligent  growers  hold  it  in  check  by  cutting  out  the 
trees  on  the  first  indication  of  disease   and   burning 
them,  but  there  is  no  systematic  attempt  on  the  part  of 
all  growers,  nor  on  the  part  of  the  state,  to  stamp  out 
the'  troxible.    There  is  a  yellows  law  on  the  statutes,  but 
it  is  not  enforced,  though  in  the  past  its  enforcement 
did  much  good.    For  several  years  the  disease  has  not 
been  so  severe,  though  there  has  been  a  good  deal  of 
complaint  about  it  in  1900.     New  orchards  are  again 
being  planted  on  a  large  scale  in  Kent  county  and  some 
are  again  planting  around   Middletown  in  New  Castle 
county.     Many  believe   that   the   yellows  has   run   its 
course  in  Delaware,  and  that  by  careful  attention  in 
taking  out  trees  the  Peach  can  again  be  set  in  places 
where  the  yellows  has  wiped  out  the  orchards. 

6.  General  Remarks.  — The   geographical  location  of 
Delaware  is  such  that  no  other  market  can  approach  it 
in  nearness  to  the  great  consuming  centers.     It  is  at 
the   gateway  of  the  greatest  cities  on  the  continent. 
One  night  on  the  railroad  will  reach  most  of  them,  and 
two  nights  all  of  the  desirable  markets.    The  soils  are 
excellent,  heavy  in  northern  Delaware,  a  medium  loam 
in  the  central  part,  and  a  sandy  loam  in  Sussex  county. 
It  is  easily  and  cheaply  worked,  not  stony,  and  responds 
kindly  to  treatment.    Of  the  new  lands,  those  recently 
cleared  of  chestnut  and   sassafras   are  preferred,  but 
pine-land  makes  excellent   orchards.     Crimson  clover, 
cow-peas  or  other  cover-crops  grow  readily  and  furnish 
humus  and  nitrogen  to  the  soil,  and  with  the  natural 
ease  of  working  and  cheapness  of  labor  make  it  possible 
to  bring  an  orchard  into  bearing  and  to  maintain  it  at  a 


1679.  Hale  tree  after  pruning. 

very  low  cost.  Late  spring  frosts  are  the  most  serious 
drawback  to  the  business.  Sometimes  several  crops 
will  come  through  in  succession,  then  for  three  or  four 
years  the  crop  will  be  killed.  In  the  past  decade  there 
have  been  four  crops  in  the  state.  Other  drawbacks  are 
the  large  orchards,  making  intensive  culture  without  a 
large  capital  impossible,  while  still  another  is  the  ten- 
ant system  of  working  the  land,  which  makes  it  difficult 


PEACH 

to  introduce  into  general  practice  the  most  improved 
methods  df  culture. 

The  Peach  business  on  the  whole  has  been  profitable 
to  Delaware.  The  days,  however,  when  fortunes  were 
made  from  a  single  crop,  when  a  farm  was  bought  or  a 
large  mortgage  lifted  in  a  single  season,  have  passed. 
Once  those  times  were  known  in  Delaware,  but  that  was 
before  Georgia,  the  Carolinas,  Arkansas,  the  Ozark 
region  of  Missouri,  Michigan,  New  Jersey,  New  York, 
or  Connecticut  had  entered  into  the  business  on  their 
present  scale.  Peach  -  growing  is  still  attractive  to 
planters  in  Delaware.  More  money  can  be  made  in  it 
than  in  general  farm  crops.  More  attention  is  being 
given  to  the  selection  of  varieties,  to  the  care  and  plant- 
ing of  orchards,  the  picking  and  handling  of  the  crop, 
and,  last  but  not  least,  to  the  marketing  of  the  fruit, with 
as  many  middlemen  eliminated  as  modern  business 
methods  will  allow. 

Peaches  Carried  by  Pennsylvania  Railroad,  Delaware 
Division. 


PEACH 


1241 


Year. 
1867.. 

Baskets. 
.  .1,233,600 

Year. 
1879.. 

Baskets. 
2,598,000 

Year. 

1890.. 

Baskets. 
5 

1868 

13800 

1880 

.  2  050  200 

1891 

3  196  717 

1869 

0  411  400 

1881 

46  800 

1892 

2o5  893 

1870  . 

.  .  .1,624,200 

1882.. 

2,731,770 

1893.. 

...4,208,596 

1871 

3  200  400 

1883 

1  783  447 

1894 

29  690 

1872.. 

2,454,000 

1884.. 

1,936,617 

1895.  . 

2,100,334 

1873 

1  721  800 

1885.. 

1,870,496 

1896 

...  .3,513413 

1874 

759  000 

1886 

.1  099  738 

1897 

234  876 

1875 

5  443  200 

1887 

848  347 

1898 

173  502 

1876 

1  721  200 

1888.. 

3,177,447 

1899 

3  157 

1877.. 

2,401,800 

1889.. 

840,577 

1900.. 

2,634,203 

1878.. 

.  521.400 

The  figures  for  1900  include  the  peninsula,  but  not 
two  small  side  lines.  It  is  estimated  that  1,000,000 
baskets  were  carried  by  other  means  and  that  500,000 
were  used  by  the  canneries.  Probably  two-thirds  of  the 
Peaches  included  in  this  estimate  were  grown  in  Dela- 
ware. CHARLES  WEIGHT. 

THE  PEACH  IN  CALIFORNIA.  — There  is  no  distinct 
Peach  belt  in  California,  but  the  Peach  is  grown  suc- 
cessfully over  a  wide  area  and  under  varied  climatic 
conditions.  Tourists  generally  talk  of  "the  California 
climate  "  as  if  it  were  one  thing,  but  a  glance  at  the 
article  California  in  this  work  will  give  the  reader 
some  idea  of  the  immense  variety  of  climate  and  crop 
conditions. 

A  narrow  strip  along  the  coast  is  too  cold  for  the 
best  quality  of  Peaches,  even  where  frost  is  unknown. 
A  very  few  miles  inland  and  up  to  an  elevation  of  2,000- 
3,000  ft.,  the  Peach  is  at  home  when  the  grower  has 
done  his  part.  In  a  large  part  of  the  state  the  best 
results  are  attained  only  by  irrigation.  In  some  places  no 
rain  falls  from  the  time  the  trees  bloom  until  the  latest 
fruit  is  gathered.  There  are  some  localities,  however, 
where  the  water  in  the  soil  is  close  enough  to  the  sur- 
face to  give  an  ideal  supply  of  moisture  without  irriga- 
tion. It  is  an  odd  fact  that  Peaches  in  the  central  part 
of  the  state  ripen  before  those  in  the  southern  part. 
The  time  of  ripening  in  the  extreme  southern  part  does 
not  vary  much  from  that  of  southern  Ohio,  while  500 
miles  north  in  the  Sacramento  valley  they  ripen  two  to 
four  weeks  earlier.  In  some  of  the  warm  foothill  regions, 
Alexander  begins  to  ripen  the  latter  part  of  May. 

All  kinds  of  care  are  given  orchards,  as  one  will  find 
in  any  state,  but  on  the  whole  orchards  probably  re- 
ceive much  more  attention  in  California  than  elsewhere 
in  the  United  States.  The  successful  orchardist  has 
learned  well  the  lesson  that  there  is  room  at  the  top. 
The  less  careful  have  learned  that  there  is  little  money 
in  the  orchard  business. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  soil,  deep  plowing  is  all 
that  is  usually  done.  California  soils  are  generally 
about  the  same  all  the  way  down,  but  vary  much  in 
depth.  Good  Peach  orchard  soils  should  be  not  less 
than  4  feet  deep,  and  a  greater  depth  is  desirable. 

The  trees  are  usually  planted  20-25  feet  apart.  In  the 
southern  part  of  the  state  the  best  practice  is  to  grow 
nothing  between  the  trees,  even  the  first  year.  The  till- 
age is  thorough,  deep  and  frequent.  After  February  1, 
tillage  is  given  in  two  directions  after  each  rain,  care 
being  taken  to  complete  the  work  before  the  soil  can 


bake  or  get  hard.  This  double  cultivation  is  Kept  \.\>  at 
least  once  a  month  after  rains  cease,  which  is  n>uall\  in 
March.  Thorough  surface  tillage  is  practiced  after  each 
Irrigation.  Tillage  may  be  much  deeper  without  injury 
in  California  than  in  most  states,  for  the  reason  that 
there  is  a  much  warmer  subsoil  which  permits  the  roots 
to  go  down  deeply  to  reach  the  moisture  necessary  to 
carry  them  over  the  long  periods  without  rain  or  irriga- 
tion. Orchards  should  be  perfectly  free  of  weeds  from 
March  1  to  the  end  of  the  growing  season.  Clean  til- 
lage is  not  sufficient.  The  ground  must  be  in  fine  tilth 
from  4-6  inches  deep  and  kept  so  all  summer. 

Ihe  low-headed  tree  has  the  preference.  At  planting, 
the  nursery  tree  is  cut  back  to  12-18  inches.  The  first 
six  weeks  after  growth  begins  the  trees  are  gone  over 
at  least  once  a  week  to  rub  off  all  sprouts  that  are  not 
desired.  Four  or  five  are  left  to  form  the  main  branches ; 
these  should  be  as  evenly  distributed  around  the  tree  as 
possible.  Also  they  should  be  as  far  apart  in  a  vertical 
direction  as  possible,  as  two  growths  should  not  come 
from  one  place.  Three  or  4  feet  of  new  growth  for  each 
branch  the  first  year  is  considered  fair.  The  first  prun- 
ing occurs  the  following  winter.  About  three-fourths 
of  the  season's  growth  is  cut  back  and  all  small  shoots 
are  taken  off  from  what  is  left.  This  facilitates  even 
and  better  growth  of  the  secondary  branches  that  start 
the  second  year.  There  should  be  2-3  of  these  branches 
from  each  primary  branch,  being  careful  to  keep  all 
others  rubbed  off  by  at  least  weekly  visits  to  the  tree 
for  a  month  or  more  after  growth  begins.  The  second 
winter's  pruning  consists  in  cutting  back  one-half  to 
three-fourths  of  the  length  of  the  main  growths  and 
cutting  out  most  of  the  small  side  shoots.  A  few  are 
left  to  bear  some  fruit  the  third  year.  Each  fall  or  win- 
ter at  least  one-half  the  length  of  the  main  growths  is 
cut  back  and  a  number  of  the  remaining  small  bearing 
shoots  are  taken  out.  If  these  bearing  shoots  have 
plenty  of  fruit-buds  near  the  base,  it  is  best  to  cut  off 
one-half  the  length  of  these.  If  they  have  no  fruit- 
buds  near  the  base  (as  they  are  not  likely  to  have  if  the 
tree  is  growing  very  fast)  they  are  left  whole.  This 
cutting  back  of  the  bearing  shoots  aids  very  much  in 
the  thinning  of  the  fruit.  The  best  practice  is  to  cut 
out  all  shoots  which  fruited  the  previous  season.  They 
nearly  all  die  anyway.  The  tree  looks  much  better 
without  them  and  is  supposed  to  be  more  healthy. 
Nothing  short  of  severe  pruning  secures  the  best  results 
under  ordinary  circumstances. 

There  is  no  single  operation  of  more  importance  than 
the  thinning  of  the  fruit,  even  after  such  thorough 
pruning  as  above  described.  There  are  many  methods 
of  thinning.  The  one  that  can  be  communicated  the 
easiest  and  possibly  the  best  (because  anyone  can  do 
it)  is  to  pull  off  all  but  two  Peaches  from  each  bearing 
shoot.  A  dozen  or  more  may  be  on  the  shoot,  but  they 
must  be  taken  off.  The  usual  size  of  such  shoots  is 
about  an  eighth  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  If  they  should 
be  about  M  inch  in  diameter,  three  or  four  Peaches  are 
left.  The  time  to  thin  is  when  the  Peaches  are  about 
%  inch  in  diameter.  At  this  size  they  are  likely  to  re- 
main on  the  tree  (the  "May  drop"  being  past),  and  if 
thinning  is  promptly  done  the  tree's  waste  of  strength 
will  be  small.  Those  who  think  this  is  severe  thinning 
shoxild  remember  that  any  fruit,  both  in  bulk  and 
weight,  is  eight  times  as  large  as  one  that  has  only  half 
its  diameter.  The  above  method  of  pruning  and  thinning 
saves  the  tree  from  breaking  down.  The  fruit  is  all  mar- 
ketable. The  tree  makes  a  good  growth  and  is  in  fine 
condition  for  the  succeeding  crop.  And,  finally,  it  pays. 

The  varieties  planted  in  California  are  largely  Foster 
Early  and  Late  Crawford,  Muir  and  Sal  way  for  free- 
stones. The  Orange  and  Lemon  Clings,  for  clings,  are 
largely  used  by  the  canneries.  Levi  Cling  is  largely 
planted  in  some  of  the  foothill  regions.  There  are 
many  other  varieties  planted  in  a  small  way.  Some  of 
the  newer  kinds  give  promise  of  taking  a  place  among 
the  regulars.  A  good  variety  of  Peach  for  California 
must  have  large  fruits  and  plenty  of  them,  which  will 
ship  well  and  dry  well.  White  Peaches  are  but  little 
used.  The  canneries  are  paying  the  best  prices  for  good 
yellow  clings. 

Three  or  four  irrigations,  about  a  month  apart,  are 
usually  given.  The  furrow  system  is  the  prevalent  one. 


1242 


PEACH 


PEAR 


Three  to  six  furrows  are  made  between  the  rows  of 
trees,  and  in  these  the  water  runs  in  a  small  stream 
24-48  hours  for  each  irrigation.  The  length  of  time 
depends  on  the  soil,  some  soils  taking  in  water  much 
more  freely  than  others.  The  amount  applied  each  time 
should  equal  a  rainfall  of  3  or  4  inches.  One  irrigation 
after  the  crop  is  off  is  excellent  for  the  succeeding  crop. 
There  are  four  ways  of  disposing  of  the  crop— drying, 
shipping,  local  markets  and  canneries  —  though  it  is 
seldom  that  all  of  them  are  available  in  one  locality. 
The  usual  net  return  to  the  grower  is  a  little  less  than 
one  cent  per  pound  for  the  best  fruit. 

Drying  is  the  largest  opening  for  the  disposal  of  the 
crop.  The  drying  is  all  open-air  sun  drying,  requiring 
5-8  days  to  complete  the  work.  The  fruit  is  all  well 
sulfured  after  cutting.  The  time  required  for  exposure 
to  the  sulfur  fumes  is  3  or  4  hours.  For  best  results  the 
fruit  should  be  just  about  ripe  enough  to  eat.  Drying 
without  sulfur  would  make  the  business  unprofitable  as 
market  standards  now  are.  The  sulfuring  preserves  the 
color  and  quality  of  the  fruit.  Eipe  fruit  dried  without 
it  would  be  black  and  taste  burned.  In  cooking  sul- 
fured fruit  first  apply  hot  water  for  a  minute  or  two, 
then  pour  off,  cover  the  fruit  again  with  water  and  after 
half  an  hour  or  more  pour  off  again.  Fruit  cooked  in  this 
way  may  be  eaten  in  quantity  without  any  bad  effects, 
and  there  will  not  be  enough  sulfur  even  to  tarnish  the 
silverware.  The  usual  net  price  to  the  drier  is  5-7  cents 
per  pound  for  Peaches  dried  from  large,  well-ripened 
fruit  and  well  sulfured  to  preserve  a  fine  color. 

H.   CULBEBTSON. 

PEACOCK  FLOWER.    See  Poinciana  regia. 

PEANUT  is  described  under  Arachis  hypogcea,  but 
Peanut  culture  is  not  included  in  this  work  because 
Peanuts  are  an  agricultural,  rather  than  a  horticultural 
crop.  See  Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  25,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric., 
by  R.  B.  Handy,  24  pp.,  1896. 


basin,  Pear  culture  always  has  been  precarious,  due  pri- 
marily to  the  great  liability  of  the  trees  to  blight.  In  the 
southern  states,  the  climate  is  too  hot  for  the  best  de- 
velopment of  the  tree  and  the  best  quality  of  the  fruit. 
In  the  north  prairie  states,  the  winter  climate  is  so 
severe  that  the  Pear  tree  will  not  grow.  Some  time  be- 


1680.   The  Sand  Pear.  Pyrus  Sinensis  (X%). 

PEAR.  Plate  XXVII.  The  cultivated  Pear,  as  known 
in  North  America,  is  derived  from  two  distinct  sources, 
the  European  Pyrus  communis  and  the  Oriental  Pyrus 
Sinensis.  Pears  of  the  European  stock  have  been  grown 
in  North  America  from  the  earliest  settlement  of  the 
country.  (  They  thrive  particularly  well  in  the  New  Eng- 
land states  and  New  York,  and  west  to  the  Great  Lakes, 
and  again  on  the  Pacific  slope.  In  the  great  interior 


1681.  LeConte  Pear  (X%). 

fore  the  middle  of  the  century  the  Sand  or  Chinese  Pear 
(Pyrus  Sinensis),  Fig.  1680,  was  introduced  into  the 
eastern  states,  although  it  attracted  little  attention.  It 
soon  hybridized  with  the  common  Pear,  and  a  race  of 
mongrel  varieties  was  the  result.  Of  these  hybrids  only 
two  have  gained  great  commercial  prominence.  These 
are  LeConte  and  Kieffer.  Figs.  1681-3.  The  LeConte 
was  found  to  be  well  adapted  to  the  southern  states  and 
its  general  introduction  there  after  the  close  of  the  civil 
war  was  the  beginning  of  commercial  Pear  culture  in 
the  south.  It  was  first  supposed  to  be  blight-proof,  but 
in  recent  years  the  orchards  have  been  nearly  deci- 
mated by  the  blight  with  the  result  that  the  LeConte  is 
gradually  lessening  in  importance  and  its  place  is  being 
taken  by  the  Kieffer,  although  the  latter  is  by  no  means 
blight-free.  The  Kieffer  Pear  originated  with  Peter 
Kieffer,  of  Roxborough,  Philadelphia,  an  Alsatian  gar- 
dener, who  died  in  1890.  He  grew  the  Chinese  Sand  Pear 
and  sold  the  seedlings  as  ornamental  trees,  for  this  spe- 
cies is  of  very  distinct  and  handsome  growth  and  the 
fruit  is  ornamental  and  fragrant.  Alongside  the  Sand 
Pears  were  Bartletts.  Amongst  one  of  the  batches  of 
seedlings  from  the  Sand  Pear  he  noticed  a  plant  with 
different  foliage,  and  this  he  saved.  Its  fruit  was  found 
to  be  superior  to  the  Sand  Pear,  and  it  was  introduced 
as  the  Kieffer.  The  Kieffer  Pear  is  now  very  popular 
in  many  parts  of  the  country  because  of  its  great  vigor, 
healthfulness,  productiveness,  and  the  keeping  quali- 
ties of  the  fruit.  In  point  of  quality,  the  fruit  is  dis- 
tinctly inferior,  but  it  meets  the  demands  of  the  market 
and  is  an  excellent  fruit  for  canning.  In  the  cold  prairie 
countries  and  other  parts  of  the  cold  north,  Russian 
Pears  have  gained  some  headway  in  recent  years.  These 
are  merely  hardy  types  of  Pyrus  communis.  The  fruit 
is  usually  of  low  quality,  but  the  trees  are  considerably 
hardier  than  the  ordinary  Pear.  Pyrus  Sinensis  itself 
bears  a  very  hard  Pear  which  is  inedible  in  the  raw  state, 
but  it  is  excellent  when  used  as  quinces  are.  It  is  fra- 
grant and  ornamental.  The  tree  is  a  most  vigorous  and 
clean  grower.  The  plant  is  well  worth  growing  as  an 
ornamental.  It  is  used  for  stock  for  ordinary  Pears, 
particularly  in  the  southern  states.  See  Pyrus. 

The  Pear  thrives  on  a  variety  of  soils,  but  it  succeeds 
best  on  those  which  are  rather  hard  clay.  On  sandy 
and  loamy  lands  it  tends  to  be  short-lived.  This  is  due, 
in  part,  to  the  fact  that  trees  grow  rapidly  on  such  lands, 
and  are,  therefore,  more  liable  to  the  attacks  of  blight. 
It  is  now  generally  accepted  that  trees  which  are  making 
a  strong  and  soft  growth  are  more  susceptible  to  blight 
than  those  which  grow  rather  slow  and  firm,  although 
all  trees  are  liable  to  attack.  Some  varieties  are  much 
more  immune  than  others.  Caution  must  be  exercised, 
therefore,  in  the  tilling  of  the  Pear  orchard.  Whilst 
Pears  profit  by  the  best  tillage,  as  apples  and  potatoes 
do,  it  is  easy  to  carry  the  tilling  and  fertilizing  so  far 
as  to  produce  too  vigorous  growth  and  thereby  invite 


PEAR 


PEAR 


1243 


1682.  Section  of  the  Kieffer 
Pear,  to  show  its  ordinary 
form  in  the  North. 


the  blight.  Therefore  the  most  careful  Pear  growers  use 
sparingly  of  stable  manure  and  of  nitrogenous  cover- 
crops.  They  prefer  to  supply  fertility  by  means  of  con- 
centrated fertilizers  which  are  not  very  rich  in  nitrogen. 
If,  however,  the  trees  are 
not  making  a  strong  and 
steady  growth,  it  is  as  nec- 
essary to  apply  nitrogenous 
fertilizers  to  the  Pear  tree 
as  to  any  other.  In  the  in- 
terior country.  Pears  are 
likely  to  sutler  from  sun- 
scald,  and  therefore  the  tops 
are  started  very  low,  usually 
not  more  than  two  or  three 
feet  from  the  ground.  Stand- 
ard Pears  are  pruned  much 
AS  apple  trees  are,  except 
not  so  severely.  Heavy 
pruning  tends  to  open  the 
top  and  to  invite  sun-scald, 
and  it  also  tends  to  make 
too  strong  and  sappy  growth. 
After  the  top  of  the  Pear 
tree  is  well  formed  and  es- 
tablished, it  is  customary  to 
do  little  pruning,  only  keep- 
ing the  top  fairly  free  and 
open.  The  Pear  bears  on 
spurs  which  continue  to  branch  and  to  bear  for  a  number 
of  years,  and  in  pruning  it  is  important  that  these  spurs 
be  not  removed  unless  it  is  desired  to  thin  the  fruit. 
The  flowers  are  borne  in  umbel-like  cymes  (Fig.  1684), 
but  in  most  cases  only  one  fruit  sets  in  a  cluster.  Pear 
trees  are  usually  planted  much  closer  than  apple  trees. 
The  customary  distance  is  18-20  feet.  Fig.  1686  shows 
an  average  east-American  Pear  orchard. 

Many  of  the  varieties  of  Pears  are  infertile  with  them- 
selves :  they  need  the  pollen  of  other  varieties  in  order 
to  cause  them  to  set  fruit  freely.  Probably  any  variety 
will  fertilize  any  other  variety  in  case  the  two  bloom 
simultaneously.  Such  varieties  as  Kieffer  and  Bartlett 
are  usually  classed  as  self-sterile  kinds,  but  the  degree 
•of  sterility  varies  in  different  places  and  with  different 
conditions.  The  safest  plan  in  the  setting  of  a  Pear 
orchard  is  to  plant  not  more  than  two  rows  of  one  va- 
riety together,  and  to  alternate  with  one  or  two  rows  of 
another  variety. 

Good  varieties  of  Pears  are  numerous.    The  one  most 
important  variety  is  the  Bartlett  (Fig.  1685),  which  was 
early  introduced  into  the  United   States  from  Europe, 
where  it  is  known  as  the  Bonchretien.  At  the 
present  time  the  Kieffer  probably  holds  sec- 
ond place.    In  the  eastern  states,  the  Seckel 
( Fig.  1687)  is  a  prominent  variety,  and  is  the 
standard  of  quality.     Other  prominent  varie- 
ties are  Anjou  (Fig.  1688),  Clairgeau,  Hardy, 
Howell,  Sheldon,  and  Diel.     The  list  might 
be  almost  indefinitely  extended.     In  the  Gulf 
region  the  oriental  hybrids  alone  are  success- 
ful,  and   the   leaders    are   Kieffer,  LeConte, 
Garber,  and  Smith.     The  season  of  the  ma- 
turity of  Pears  runs  from  midsummer,  when 
it  is   introduced   by   Summer   Doyenne   and 
Manning  Elizabeth,  to  late  winter,  when  it  is 
closed  with  such  late  winter  varieties  as  Nelis, 
Josephine  de  Malines  and  others.    The  winter 
Pears  are  relatively  little  known  in  the  east- 
ern states.    As  a  rule,  they  come  into  bearing 
late  or  are  not  very  prolific;  but  there  is  no 
reason  why  they  should  not  be  better  known. 
Winter  Pears  are  kept  as  winter  apples   are, 
although  somewhat  greater  care  is  necessary. 
They   should   be    kept   in   a  uniformly   cool 
temperature.     If  allowed  to  hang  too  long  on 
the  tree,  they  become  over-ripe;  and  then  if 
placed  in  an  ordinarily  warm  cellar,  they  do 
not  keep  more  than  one  or  two  months.    Un- 
like most  other  fruits,  all  Pears  are  greatly  improved  in 
quality  if  they  are   ripened  indoors.     They  should   be 
picked  as  soon  as  they  have  reached  their  full  size  and 
have  begun  to  color,  but  before  they  have  become  soft, 
and  be  placed  in  a  dry  and  rather  cool  room.    If  the  wind 


is  allowed  to  blow  over  them,  they  are  likely  to  .shrivel. 
If  kept  too  warm,  they  ripen  too  quickly  and  soon  fot. 
The  best  quality  is  secured  when  they  are  picked  about 
two  weeks  in  advance  of  their  normal  ripening. 

When  worked  on  the  quince  root,  the  Pear  is  easily 
grown  as  a  dwarf.  It  then  comes  into  bearing  ear- 
lier, and,  since  the  trees  are  small,  the  fruit  can  be 
thinned  and  the  trees  sprayed,  and  the  fruit  therefore 
should  be  of  the  highest  quality.  Dwarf  Pear  trees  re- 
quire more  care  than  the  ordinary  standards,  however. 
and  they  should  not  be  planted  unless  the  cultivator 
understands  this  fact  and  is  willing  to  give  the  atten- 
tion that  they  need.  Although  the  trees  are  by  nature 
dwarf,  since  they  are  worked  on  a  smaller-growing  spe- 
cies, they  nevertheless  tend  to  become  half  standard  if 
left  to  themselves.  Therefore  they  must  be  very  severely 
headed-in  every  year.  A  dwarf  Pear  tree  should  never 
reach  a  greater  height  than  twelve  feet.  In  order  to 
keep  it  down  to  this  stature,  from  one-half  to  two-thirds 
of  the  annual  growth  is  removed  late  each  winter.  The 
trees  are  often  planted  as  close  together  as  ten  feet  each 
way,  but  this  is  too  close.  With  the  ordinary  broad-top 
pruning,  which  nearly  all  American  growers  give,  one 
rod  apart  each  way  is  not  too  great.  A  good  dwarf 
Pear  tree  is  one  in  which  the  union  with  the  quince 
stock  is  very  close  to  the  ground.  When  the  tree  is 
planted,  this  union  should  be  from  four  to  six  inches  be- 
low the  surface  after  the  ground  has  settled.  This  deep 
planting  prevents  the  breaking  of  the  union  and  places 
the  quince  beyond  the  reach  of  borers.  If  planted 
deeper  than  this,  the  Pear  cion  may  throw  out  roots  of 
its  own;  in  fact,  it  sometimes  does  this  if  planted  only 
six  inches  deep.  This -rooting  of  the  stock  is  no  par- 
ticular disadvantage,  although  the  tree  thereafter  tends 
to  grow  stronger  and  greater  pruning  is  necessary.  An 
expert  grower  can  pick  out  the  trees  which  are  rooted 
from  the  Pear  stock  by  their  more  vigorous  growth: 
if  he  desires  to  check  this  redundant  growth  he  may  cut 
off  the  Pear  roots.  It  is  the  common  opinion  that  dwarf 
Pear  trees  are  short-lived.  This  may  be  true  as  regards 
the  greater  number  of  specimens  which  one  sees  about 
yards  and  on  uritilled  areas,  but  a  dwarf  Pear  orchard 
on  good,  well-drained  ground,  which  is  well-tilled  and 
given  regular  pruning,  will  last  a  lifetime.  There  are 
dwarf  Pear  orchards  in  New  York  state  which  are  fifty 
years  old  and  are  still  thrifty  and  productive.  The  va- 
riety that  is  oftenest  grown  as  a  dwarf  is  the  Duchess 
(Duchess  de  Angouleme).  Fig.  1689.  This  is  a  large 
Pear  of  irregular  shape  which  sells  well  because  of  its 
size,  but  it  is  of  indifferent  quality  and  may  not  be  good 
enough  for  a  special  or  personal  market.  Other  varie- 


1683. 


The  Kieffer  Pear,  now  one  of  the  most  important  commercial 
varieties  (X%). 

ties  popular  for  dwarfs  are  Louise  Bonne,  Anjou,  Clair- 
geau, Manning  Elizabeth,  and,  to  a  less  extent,  Bartlett 
and   Seckel.     The  Kieffer  is  now  and  then  grown  on 
dwarf  stock  with  very  good  results. 
The  insect  enemies  of  the  Pear  are  numerous,  but, 


1244 


PEAE 


PEAR 


1684.  Cluster  of  Pear  flowers. 


with  two  or  three  exceptions,  are  not  very  serious.    The 
tree  is  attacked  by  borers,  although  to  a  less  extent  than 
peaches  and  apples.    These  are  kept  in  check  by  digging 
them  out  once  or  twice  a  year  as  on  other  fruit  stocks. 
The  fruit  is  attacked  to  some  extent  by  the  codlin-moth, 
but  the  arsenical  sprays  keep  this  insect  in  check.     Of 
late    years    the    psylla, 
attacking    the     growing 
parts,  has  been  serious 
in  parts  of  the  East,  al- 
though it  is  very  irregu- 
lar in  its  outbreaks.     It 
can  be  controlled  by  thor- 
ough work  with  a  spray 
of   whale  -  oil    soap,  one 
pound   in  three   to   five 
gallons  of  water,  begin- 
ning soon  after  the  fruit 
has    set,    and    repeating 
the  application  whenever 
the   psyllas  become  nu- 
merous.   In  some  parts 
of  the  East  the  fruit  is 
attacked     by    the    Pear 

midge,  a  minute  fly  whose  maggots  work  in  the  very 
young  fruit.  Thorough  cultivation  will  check  this  seri- 
ous pest,  but  its  complete  control  often  involves  the 
destruction  of  all  the  young  fruit  on  the  infested  trees ; 
in  some  sections  the  application  of  kainit  to  the  soil  is 
said  to  kill  the  insect  after  it  leaves  the  fruit  to  un- 
dergo its  transformations. 

The  foliage  and  fruit  of  the  Pear  are  attacked  by  para- 
sitic fungi,  which  cause  the  leaves  to  drop  and  the  fruit 
to  become  scabby.  These  diseases  are  readily  held  in 
check  by  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture.  Fifty  years 
ago  the  White  Doyenne  Pear  was  the  most  popular  va- 
riety for  growing  on  the  quince  root,  but  because  of 
the  Pear  scab  it  passed  away.  It  was  supposed  that  the 
disease  was  due  to  uncongenial  climate.  Since  the  ad- 
vent of  the  sulfate  of  copper  sprays,  however,  it  has 
been  found  that  the  White  Doyenne  can  be  grown  as 
well  as  ever.  Flemish  Beauty  is  also  an  example  in 
point.  Years  ago  it  was  one  of  the  most  popular  stand- 
ard varieties,  but  of  late  years  it  has  been  little  grown 
because  of  the  cracking  of  the  fruit.  It  is  now  likely  to 
come  into  vogue  again  for  home  planting.  The  Bor- 
deaux mixture  is  a  specific  for  the  disease. 

Pear  blight  or  fire  blight  is  the  most  serious  disease 
of  Pear  trees.  It  is  an  American  disease.  It  is  caused 
by  a  microbe  which  enters  through  the  growing  points 
(flowers  and  tips  of  shoots)  and  thrives  in  soft  or  "suc- 
culent" parts.  Gradually  the  micro-organism  works 
down  the  stems,  killing  the  tissues  and  causing  the 
leaves  to  die.  In  the  leaf-blight,  which  is  a  distinct 
disease,  the  leaves  are  more  or  less  spotted  and  they 
fall;  in  the  Pear  blight,  the  leaves  turn  black  and  hang 
on  the  tree.  The  fire  blight  attacks  apple  trees, 
particularly  in  the  Plains  region.  It  is  probably  ab- 
original on  hawthorns  and  related  plants.  There  is 
no  perfect  preventive  of  the  disease.  Some  varieties 
seem  to  be  relatively  immune,  as,  for  example,  the 
Duchess.  It  is  now  generally  believed  that  trees  are 
more  subject  to  the  disease  when  they  are  making  ex- 
cessive growth;  therefore  it  is  advised  that  tillage  and 
the  application  of  stimulating  manures  be  moderate. 
As  soon  as  the  disease  appears,  cut  out  the  affected 
parts,  severing  them  some  inches  below  the  lowest 
point  of  visible  attack.  Do  not  allow  blighted  branches 
to  remain  on  the  tree  over  winter.  Pear  blight  is  not 
equally  prevalent  or  virulent  every  year. 

There  are  no  recent  American  books  on  the  Pear. 
Two  books  have  been  written  on  this  fruit:  Thos.  W. 
Fields'  "Pear  Culture,"  New  York,  1858;  P.  T.  Quinn's 
"Pear  Culture  for  Profit,"  New  York,  1869,  New  ed., 
1883. 

Some  years  ago  the  writer  secured  from  the  ven- 
erable T.  T.  Lyon,  of  Michigan,  since  deceased,  an 
article,  for  publication,  on  the  Pear.  The  article  was 
not  published,  however,  and  it  is  reproduced  below, 
omitting  only  the  parts  on  insects  and  diseases.  The 
writer  is  glad  to  place  this  article  alongside  the  others 
in  order  to  contrast  the  view-points  of  two  generations. 
Mr.  Lyon's  article,  which  is  most  excellent  and  cautious 


and  characterized-  by  beauty  of  style,  is  of  the  type  that 
we  no  longer  see.  The  person  who  is  familiar  with 
present-day  points  of  view  will  discover  that  it  lays  the 
emphasis  on  formal  presentation,  propagation,  pruning, 
varieties,  whereas  little  or  no  attention  is  given  to  sys- 
tems of  tillage,  pollination,  spraying,  and  commercial 
methods.  L  H  B 

THE  PEAR.  1.  Its  Importance.  — So  far  as  cultivators 
generally  are  concerned,  this  fruit  is  less  important 
than  its  near  relative  the  apple,  for  the  reason  that, 
while  the  two  begin  to  ripen  at  nearly  the  same  season, 
there  are  few,  if  any,  desirable  varieties  of  Pears  in 
season  later  than  December  (if  we  except  a  few  austere 
ones,  suitable  only  for  culinary  purposes),  while  apples 
are  abundant  for  four  or  five  months  longer.  Moreover, 
during  its  entire  season,  the  Pear  is  supplemented  by 
the  mass  of  luscious,  though  perishable,  summer  and 
autumn  fruits.  The  liability  of  very  many  usually  ex- 
cellent varieties  to  be  rendered  indifferent  in  quality 
by  unfavorable  seasons,  neglect  or  unsuitable  soil,  is 
also  a  serious  detriment  to  the  general  popularity  of 
this  fruit.  The  liability  to  the  loss  of  the  trees  by 
blight,  beyond  question  detracts  greatly  from  the  value 
of  the  Pear,  especially  for  commercial  purposes ;  while 
it  al-so  exerts  a  discouraging  influence  upon  amateur 
planting.  To  the  careful  and  discriminating  amateur, 
as  well  as  to  the  man  of  wealth,  with  a  fondness  for 
fruit  culture,  whether  in  person  or  by  proxy,  this  fruit 
often  assumes  a  prominence  over  any,  if  not  all,  others. 

2.  Extent    of   Cultivation.  —  Doubtless,   for    reasons 
heretofore  stated,  Pear  trees  are  but  sparingly  planted 
by  most  persons.     The  fruit  sent  to  the  market  comes- 
largely  from  the  plantations  of  specialists  who,  with 
soils  adapted  to  the  purpose  and  the  necessary  knowl- 
edge of  varieties,  have   undertaken   the  business   as  a 
commercial  enterprise.    In  the  climates  of  the  seaboard, 
and,  to  a  considerable  extent,  in  the  region  of  the  Great 
Lakes,  the  Pear  is  exceptionally  successful;  while  away 
from  the   influence  of  large  bodies  of  water,  and    es- 
pecially in  the  prairie  regions  of  the  Mississippi  valley, 
from  unsuitableness   of  climate  or  soil,  or   both  com- 
bined, the  trees  are  liable  to  be  either  killed  or  seriously 
injured  in  winter,  and  hence  are  short-lived  and  un- 
profitable. 

3.  Aspect.  —  Perhaps  in  no  other  important  particular 
does  the  climate  of  eastern  and  central  North  America 
differ  more  widely  from  that  of  the  Pear-growing  re- 


1685.   Bartlett  Pear  (X%). 

gions  of  Europe  than  in  its  liability  to  sudden  and 
extreme  variations  of  temperature.  Owing  to  this  cli- 
matic peculiarity,  aspect  becomes  an  important  consid- 
eration in  the  selection  of  a  location  for  a  plantation  of 
Pear  trees.  As  a  means  of  avoiding  the  full  influence 
of  exposure  to  the  rays  of  the  sun,  during  the  severer 
paroxysms  of  summer  heat,  while  the  trees  are  in  actual 


PEAR 


PEAK 


1245 


growth,  ami  al«>  to  mitigate  tlie  liability  to  alternate 
freezing  and  thawing  in  winter,  a  northerly  or  north- 
easterly slope  is  to  be  preferred  ;  which,  however, 
should  be  so  gradual  as  not  to  seriously  interfere  with 
the  convenience  of  cultivation.  As  we  approach  the 
northern  limit  of  practicable  Pear  culture,  however, 
a  modification  of  this  rule  of  selection  may  be  found 
desirable,  since,  with  the  shorter  growing  season,  a 
warmer  exposure  may  prove  necessary  as  a  means  of 
hastening  maturity. 

4.  Soils.—  While  the  Pear  tree  will  yield  more  or  less 
satisfactory  results  in  a  variety  of  soils,  it  is  found  to 
succeed  niost  perfectly  in  a  strong  loam,  of  moderate 


m  it  such  peculiarity  to  its  offspring.  Seeds  resulting 
from  known  or  artificial  cross-fertilization,  and  then- 
fore  of  known  and  selected  parentage  on  both  sides, 
offer  increased  probability  of  valuable  results.  Seeds 
intended  for  the  origination  of  new  varieties  should  be 
planted  very  thinly  in  strong,  rich,  deeply  prepared 
soil,  in  a  single  row,  and  covered  with  not  more  than  an 
inch  of  earth,  so  that  the  young  plants  shall  have  ample 
space  for  development. 

Seeds  intended  for  the  growing  of  stocks  for  nur- 
sery purposes  should  be  collected  from  varieties  in 
which  the  seeds  are  plump  and  well  developed,  as  well 
as  from  healthy,  vigorous  trees.  American  nurserymen 


^X/j-V 

1686.    Orchard  of  standard  Pears  as  grown  in  the  northeastern  states. 


i.\  *^c\     - — ^??«E^*»^-,  ••C^TS^:  • 

IN^V  ^s^^^r*- 


depth,  overlying  a  porous  subsoil.  Soils  which  are  lia- 
ble to  be  wet  during  any  considerable  portion  of  the 
growing  season  are  unfit  for  this  purpose,  unless  deeply 
and  thoroughly  underdrained  ;  while  even  then  they 
are  quite  liable  not  to  prove  fully  satisfactory.  A  few 
varieties  are  found  to  be  moderately  successful  on 
sandy  soils,  but  for  general  planting  such  soils  should 
be  avoided. 

5.  Manures.—  The  liability  of  the  Pear  tree,  in  this 
climate,  to  the  attacks  of  blight  is  thought  to  be  in- 
creased by  excessive  growth.    It  is,  therefore,  desirable 
that  the  annual  growth  be  completed  and  ripened  at  as 
early  a  date  as  practicable;  and  the  more  so,  since  the 
liability  to  blight  apparently  exists  only  while  growth  is 
in  actual  progress.     Stable"  and  other  nitrogenous  ma- 
nures should,  for  this  reason,  be  applied  in  moderate 
quantities,  in  autumn,  after  the  liability  to  excite  re- 
newed growth  shall   be  past.    Potash,  lime  and   phos- 
phorus, which  enter  more  or  less  largely  into  the  com- 
position of  both   tree  and   fruit,  and  which  rarely  ex- 
ist in  excess  in  the  soil,  may  be  profitably  applied  in 
either  autumn  or  spring.     Salt  may  also  be  profitably 
applied  to  the  comparatively  dry  soils  recommended  for 
the  Pear,  but  with  care  not  to  apply  in  excess.    One  or 
even  two  quarts  may  be  safely  applied  to  each  tree,  be- 
fore the  commencement  of  growth  in  the  spring,  if  well 
distributed  upon  the  surface  over  a  space  of  at  least  6 
or  8  feet  in  diameter,  and  left  to  be  carried  gradually 
into  the  soil  by  dew  and  rain.    It  is  believed  to  possess 
little,  if  any,  manurial  value;  but  to  act  rather  as  a  con- 
servator of  moisture,  and  probably  also  as  a  repellent  of 
insects.    Coarse  mulch  may  be  placed  about  the  trees, 
covering  the  soil  as  far  out  as  the  roots  extend,  for  the 
purpose  of  keeping  the  earth  cool,  and  also  to  check 
evaporation  from  the  soil ;  but  this  should  not  be  done 
as  a  substitute  for  cultivation;  and  the  soil  beneath  the 
mulch  should  be  kept  well  pulverized. 

6.  Propagation.  — (a)  By  seedlings:    Seeds,  when  to 
be  planted  for  the  origination  of  new  varieties,  should 
be  selected  from  well-grown  and  fully  matured  fruits, 
of  such  varieties  as  possess  in  a  high  "degree  the  quali- 
ties sought  to  be  reproduced  or  improved,  since  a  va- 
riety in  which  a  characteristic   is    strongly  developed 
and  persistently  manifested  is  the  more  likely  to  trans- 


obtain  Pear  seeds  mostly  from  Europe.  Seeds  intended 
for  nursery  stocks  are  usually  planted  in  broad,  shallow 
drills.  In  our  American  climate  the  foliage  and  un- 
ripened  wood  of  seedling  Pears  is  very  liable  to  be  at- 
tacked during  midsummer  by  leaf-blight  or  mildew, 
which  prematurely  arrests  their  growth.  For  this  reason 
European  stocks  are  generally  preferred  by  nurserymen. 
This  attack  of  mildew  may  often  be  partially  or  wholly 
avoided  by  planting  in  virgin  soil  remote  from  other 
cultivated  grounds.  Pear  seedlings  form  a  very  long 
tap-root  during  their  first  year,  with  few,  if  any,  side- 
roots.  For  this  reason  they  are  taken  up  preferably  in 
autumn,  and  the  tap-roots  shortened  to  6  or  8  inches, 
when  they  may  be  replanted  in  nursery  rows,  and 
earthed  up,  or  otherwise  protected  from  heaving,  or 
other  injury  during  winter;  or,  preferably,  they  may 
be  heeled-in,  in  a  frost-proof  cellar,  and  planted  in 
spring,  to  be  budded  during  the  ensuing  summer  or 
left  to  become  more  fully  established  for  budding  a 
year  later. 

Seedlings  intended  for  fruiting  are  usually  trans 
planted  in  rows,  about  8  feet  apart  each  way,  with  the 
expectation  that  many  will  be  found  worthless,  and 
either  removed  or  destroyed.  Seedling  Pears  usually 
require  to  be  fruited  several  years  before  their  charac- 
teristics become  fully  developed.  This  generally  recog- 
nized fact  may  be  taken  as  a  warning  that  the  occa- 
sional effort  to  hasten  the  puberty  of  a  seedling  by 
fruiting  a  cion  from  it  upon  a  bearing  tree  of  different 
variety  cannot  be  trusted  to  indicate  the  ultimate  char- 
acter of  the  fruit  of  the  yet  incipient  variety,  since  it 
is  impossible  to  foresee  to  what  extent  such  transfer 
may  interfere  with  the  occult  formative  processes 
through  which  its  ultimate  qxialities  would  have  been 
developed. 

(6)  By  budding  :  Seedlings  of  one  or  two  years' 
growth,  intended  for  standard  trees,  are  usually  planted 
from  6  to  10  inches  apart  in  the  nursery  row;  for  the 
reason  that  space,  as  well  as  cultivation,  must  be  econo- 
mized to  correspond  with  prices,  although  it  is  impos- 
sible to  grow  trees  of  good  form  and  properly  branched 
of  the  size  and  age  demanded  by  most  planters  when 
thus  closely  planted.  Trees  thus  closely  planted  should 
be  removed,  or  at  least  thinned,  after  having  made  one 


1246 


PEAR 


PEAR 


year's  growth  from  the  bud;  while  trees  intended  to  be 
grown  two  or  more  years  in  the  nursery  row,  and  prop- 
erly branched,  should  be  given  twice  or  even  three 
times  the  space  mentioned. 

The  budding  of  Pear  stocks  may  be  done  during  July 
and  August  if  they  continue  in  a  growing  condition,  but 
they  are  liable  to  be  attacked  by  mildew  of  the  foli- 
age, for  which  reason  they  must  be  closely  watched, 


1687.   Seckel,  the  standard  of  quality  (X%). 

and  should  the  malady  prove  troublesome  the  budding 
must  be  done  as  soon  as  properly  matured  buds  can  be 
obtained.  Such  stocks  as,  for  any  cause,  were  left  un- 
budded  at  budding  time,  together  with  any  in  which 
buds  shall  have  failed,  may  be  grafted  the  following 
spring;  but  this,  as  well  as  any  and  all  grafting  of  the 
Pear,  must  be  done  very  early,  before  the  earliest  move- 
ment of  the  sap  in  spring.  In  the  spring,  as  soon  as  the 
swelling  of  the  buds  indicates  that  the  germs  are  alive, 
the  stocks  are  cut  back  to  force  them  into  growth.  Often 
to  insure  the  formation  of  straight,  upright,  symmetrical 
trees,  careful  nurserymen  leave  3  or  4  inches  of  the 
stock  above  the  insertion  of  the  bud,  to  which  the  young 
shoot  may  be  tied,  if  it  shall  fail  otherwise  to  take  an 
upright  direction.  Shoots  may  also  be  thus  tied  to  pre- 
vent their  being  blown  out,  or  otherwise  injured  by  the 
wind.  These  stubs  should  be  cut  back  to  the  bud  when 
no  longer  needed  for  the  purposes  indicated.  Such 
sprouts  as  spring  from  the  stock  in  consequence  of  the 
cutting  back  must  be  removed  from  time  to  time  to 
encourage  the  growth  of  the  bud.  This  should  be  done 
while  they  are  yet  tender  and  succulent  and  can,  there- 
fore, be  taken  off  without  the  use  of  a  knife.  This  process 
must  be  repeated  as  they  reappear,  unless  it  is  rendered 
unnecessary  by  the  failure  or  loss  of  the  bud.  See 
Graftage. 

1 .  Pruning.  —Beyond  that  described  under  the  head  of 
budding,  little  pruning  is  reqiiired  during  the  first  sea- 
son, except  to  pinch  in  such  side  shoots  as  threaten  to 
rob  the  one  intended  to  become  the  trunk  of  the  future 
tree.  Early  in  the  spring  of  the  second  year,  all  lateral 
shoots  must  be  wholly  cut  away,  and  since  the  Pear 
tends  strongly  to  renew  its  growth  from  the  terminal 
buds  of  the  previous  year,  the  shoot  intended  to  become 
the  trunk  of  the  future  tree  must  be  cut  down  to  the 
point  at  which  the  top  is  to  commence,  when  the  branches 
to  form  the  head  will  start  from  the  buds  nearest  the 
top.  The  uppermost  shoot  must,  if  needful,  be  confined 
in  an  upright  position  to  constitute  the  continuation  of 
the  trunk. 

The  habits  of  growth  of  varieties  differ  so  widely 
that  no  inflexible  rule  can  be  laid  down  to  determine 


the  height  at  which  the  top  of  a  Pear  tree  should  be 
commenced,  unless  it  be  that  the  heads  of  the  more 
spreading  varieties  should  be  started  higher  than  those 
of  a  more  upright  habit.  The  preferences  of  the  ma- 
jority of  purchasers  have  begotten  among  nurserymen 
the  practice  of  forming  the  heads  of  all  varieties  at  a 
height  of  3  or  4  feet.  This  height  is  open  to  the  objec- 
tion that,  while  not  seriously  faulty  in  the  case  of  such 
spreading  varieties  as  Onondaga,  Osband  Summer,  or 
Flemish  Beauty,  it  is  essentially  unsuited  to  such  very 
upright  growers  as  Buffum,  Sterling,  Clapp  Favorite, 
and  even  Anjou.  In  this  particular,  as  in  various  others, 
the  practice  of  nurserymen,  begotten  by  the  preferences 
of  the  average  of  their  customers,  fails  to  adapt  itself 
to  the  needs  of  the  more  intelligent  and  considerate 
orchardist,  and  to  those  of  even  smaller  planters,  who 
regard  the  health  and  productiveness  of  their  trees  as 
of  higher  importance  than  the  possibly  increased  con- 
venience of  cultivation. 

A  proper  system  of  primary  branches,  upon  which  to 
grow  a  permanent  head,  should  be  provided  from  the 
growth  of  the  second  season.  Probably  the  most  satis- 
factory provision  for  this  purpose  consists  of  a  central 
shoot,  with  from  3  to  5  laterals  diverging  from  the  trunk 
at  its  base.  A  head  should,  in  no  case,  be  grown  upon 
two  shoots,  forming  a  crotch,  since  this  will  be  very 
liable  to  split  and  thus  ruin  the  tree.  A  few  varieties, 
of  which  Rostiezer  is  a  notable  example,  have  the  habit 
of  producing  but  few  branches,  and  also  of  making 
successive  annual  growths,  mainly  from  the  terminal 
buds* of  the  previous  year,  thus  forming  a  too  open  or 
straggling  head.  Such  tendency  is  best  overcome  by 
cutting  back  the  branches  in  spring,  the  effect  being  to 
increase  their  number,  though  at  the  expense  of  vigor. 

After  the  primary  branches  have  been  developed,  and 
the  growth  of  the  third  year  is  in  progress,  compara- 
tively little  pruning  will  be  found  necessary  beyond  the 
occasional  cutting  away  of  a  straggling  or  crossing 
branch,  although  there  is  a  class  of  varieties,  of  which 
Summer  Doyenne  and  Winter  Nelis  are  types,  which, 
especially  when  growing  vigorously,  incline  to  twist  and 
straggle  so  awkwardly  that  the  branches  must  fre- 
quently be  tied  in  position  to  insure  the  formation  of  a 
satisfactory  head. 

Prior  to  the  third  or  fourth  year,  all  pruning  must 
necessarily  have  for  its  object  the  direction  and  en- 
couragement of  wood  growth,  for  which  purpose  it  is 
most  effective  when  performed  in  late  winter  or  early 
spring,  while  the  trees  are  yet  dormant. 

The  fact  should  not  be  forgotten  that  pruning,  in  pro- 
portion to  its  extent  or  severity,  may  be  a  tax  upon  the 
vigor  and  health  of  the  tree,  and,  therefore,  to  be  prac- 
ticed as  sparingly  as  possible.  Such  necessity  may  be 
to  a  considerable  extent  avoided,  if  the  orchardist,  with 
a  well-defined  ideal  in  mind  of  a  tree  such  as  he 
desires  to  produce,  will,  during  the  growing  season, 
pass  frequently  through  his  plantation  and  pinch  out, 
while  yet  small  and  succulent,  all  growths  not  needed 
for  his  purpose,  at  the  same  time  "stopping"  such  of 
the  reserved  ones  as  may  be  too  far  outgrowing  their 
fellows.  With  the  efficient  performance  of  this  process 
while  the  framework  of  the  top  is  being  developed,  very 
little  prvining  will  remain  to  be  done  on  the  arrival  of 
spring,  while  nearly  the  entire  growth,  which  would 
otherwise  have  been  pruned  away  in  spring,  will  have 
been  employed  in  developing  the  reserved  branches. 

While  the  cutting  away  of  an  occasional  small  branch 
may  be  done  at  almost  any  time,  large  branches  should 
be  removed  only  in  case  of  actual  necessity,  and  at  a 
period  early  enough  to  permit  the  thorough  drying  and 
hardening  of  the  cut  surface  prior  to  the  movement  of 
the  sap  in  spring,  as  a  means  of  preventing  bleeding 
and  consequent  decay. 

Summer  pruning  tends  to  check  rather  than  encour- 
age wood  growth,  and  since  it  acts  to  a  greater  or  less 
extent  as  an  obstruction  to  the  circulation,  it  also  tends, 
as  does  the  permanent  bending  of  the  branches  and  the 
hardening  of  the  tissues,  to  hasten  the  formation  of 
fruit-buds  and  the  production  of  fruit. 

The  Pear  may  be  successfully  grafted  upon  the  white 
thorn,  the  mountain  ash  and  the  apple,  and  such  grafts 
have  occasionally  proved  more  or  less  productive  for  a 
time,  but  in  such  cases  the  union  between  stock  and 


PEAR 


PEAR 


1247 


cion  is  generally,  if  not  always,  imperfect;  and  such 
uncongenial  combinations  are  therefore  usually  short- 
lived. The  quince  is  the  only  dissimilar  stock  upon 
which  the  Pear  is  extensively  grown.  Quince  stocks  for 
this  purpose  are  largely  imported  from  France.  The 
Angers  quince  is  generally  preferred  for  this  purpose. 
These  stocks  aie  usually  planted  in  nursery  rows  at  the 
age  of  two  years,  to  be  budded  during  the  following 
summer,  in  the  same  manner  as  Pear  stocks.  When 
intended  for  dwarf  trees,  nurserymen  usually  cut  them 
back  after  one  year's  growth  from  the  bud  to  the  nearly 
uniform  height  of  18  inches,  although  with  the  more 
upright-growing  varieties  it  is  by  many  deemed  prefer- 
able to  branch  them  even  6  or  8  inches  lower.  Aside  from 
the  height  at  which  they  should  be  branched,  the  prun- 
ing and  management  should  be  identical  with  that  pre- 
scribed for  standards,  with  the  important  exception  that 
when  planted  out  for  fruiting  the  junction  between  the 
quince  and  the  Pear  should  be  3  or  4  inches  below  the 
surface  to  encourage  the  formation  of  roots  from  the 
Pear.  Trees  thus  planted  will  commence  to  bear,  while 
yet  growing,  solely  from  the  quince  stock,  and  will  con- 
tinue to  produce  fruit  after  rooting  from  the  Pear,  thus 
affording  the  early  fruiting  of  the  dwarf,  as  well  as  the 
permanency  of  the  standard. 

Not  more  than  a  specimen  or  two  should  be  per- 
mitted to  grow  upon  a  dwarf  the  first  and  second  years 
after  planting.  Such  trees,  if  left  to  fruit  freely,  will 
almost  certainly  be  ruined  from  overbearing  before 
they  are  fully  established.  Many  varieties  when  grown 
as  dwarfs  can  never  be  safely  allowed  to  mature  more 
than  a  small  portion  of  the  fruit  which  they  will  natur- 
ally set. 

While  several  varieties  are  found  to  be  especially  suc- 
cessful when  grown  upon  the  quince,  most  others  prove 
only  moderately  so,  requiring  careful  and  expert  man- 
agement to  insure  satisfactory  results.  A  few  others, 
of  which  Bosc  nray  be  named  as  a  prominent  case,  are 
obstinately  unsuccessful  upon  the  quince,  and  even 
when  double  -  worked  upon  a  dwarf  of  a  congenial 
variety,  their  success  appears  to  be  by  no  means  as- 
sured. 

Dwarf  trees  trained  as  hereinbefore  specified,  are 
commonly  known  as  half-standards.  Other  and  more 
elaborate  forms  are  known  as  pyramids,  cordons, 
etc.,  descriptions  of  which  are  not  deemed  necessary 
here. 

8.  Choice  of  Trees.  — Aside  from  the  selection  of  the 
location  for  an  orchard,  the  first  important  particular 
is  the  selection  of  the  trees,  leaving  the  choice  of  varie- 
ties for  subsequent  consideration.    Trees  of  one  year's 
growth  from  the  bud  are  to  be  preferred  for  the  follow- 
ing reasons:   (1)  Fewer  roots  need  be  injured  or  lost  in 
the  process  of  lifting  and  replanting,  for  which  reason 
the  tree  may  be  expected  the  more  promptly  to  recover 
from  the  shock  of   removal.      (2)  The  single  season's 
growth  may  be  cut  back  and  the  top  commenced  to  suit 
the  preferences  of  the  planter.    (3)  The  top  will  present 
little  or  no  obstacle  to  the  force  of  the  wind  until  the 
roots  shall  have   gained  such  hold  upon  the   soil  that 
there  will  remain  little  liability  to  displacement  from 
this   cause.     (4)  The  risk   of   failure   from   removal  is 
greatly  diminished,  while  the  more  prompt  recovery  and 
increased  rate  of  growth  of  the  trees  in  the  more  open 
orchard  rows  may  be  expected  to  fully  compensate  for 
one  or  two  years  more  of  growth  in  crowded  nursery 
rows.    (5)  Something  will  also  be  saved  in  the  cost  of 
the  trees  and  in  the  expense  of  transportation,  as  well 
as  in  the  labor  of  planting. 

If  older  or  high-branched  trees  are  not  objected  to,  it 
will  usually  be  found  that  they  are  but  imperfectly 
branched  from  having  been  grown  in  crowded  rows. 

9.  Preparation  of  the  Soil.— When  the  late  Dr.  John 
A.  Warder  was  asked   how  large  the  holes  should  be 
dug   for  planting  orchard  trees,  he  replied,  "Of  the 
full  size  of  the  orchard;"  and  it  may  also  be  remarked 
that  when  the   ground  for  an  orchard   has  been  well 
tilled  and  fertilized  to  a  depth  at  least  equal  to  that 
at  which  trees   are  to   be  planted,  there   is   no  longer 
occasion  for  holes  larger  than  shall  be  necessary  to  re- 
ceive the  roots  in  their  proper  position.    If  the  subsoil 
be  not  freely  pervious  to  water   the  ground   must   be 
deeply  and  thoroughly  underdrained,  and   in   no   case 

79 


should  the  hole  in  which  a  tree  is  to  be  planted  be  sunk 
into  a  subsoil  so  impervious  as  to  retain  water  beneath 
or  about  its  roots.  If  such  retentive  subsoil  occurs  too 
near  the  surface,  and  is  not  considered  suitable  to  be 
mixed  wTith  the  surface  soil,  it  should  be  thoroughly 
disintegrated  to  the  requisite  depth  by  means  of  a 
subsoil  plow  or  other  equivalent  device.  In  all  nearly 
level,  retentive  soils,  it  will  be  found  advantageous  to 
"back-furrow"  a  land  along  the  line  of  each  row  in 
the  direction  of  the  surface  drainage,  so  that  when  the 
trees  have  been  planted  the  drainage  will  be  away  from 
them. 

10.  .Laying  Out,  Staking  and  Planting.—  The  most 
economical  mode  of  laying  out  and  planting  an  orchard, 
so  far  as  space  is  concerned,  is  doubtless  that  com- 
monly, but  erroneously,  designated  as  quincunx,  and 
more  correctly  as  hexagonal;  but  whether  planted  thus, 
or  in  rectangles,  the  work  may  be  most  rapidly  and  ac- 
curately done  by  planting  a  stake  where  each  tree  is  to 
stand,  and  using  what  is  known  as  a  planting  board, 
consisting  of  a  strip  of  board  6  or  7  feet  long,  with  a 
hole  for  a  stake  near  each  end,  and  a  notch  or  slot  in- 
termediate and  in  line  between  them  to  receive  the 
stake,  and  to  support  the  tree  while  the  earth  is  being 
carefully  filled  in,  under,  among  and  above  its  roots. 


1688.  Anjou,  one  of  the  popular  late  fall  and  early  winter 
Pears  (X  %).     (See  page  1243.) 

The  following  are  good  general  rules  to  be  observed 
in  the  digging,  handling,  preparing  and  planting  of 
trees : 

1st.  In  digging  trees  aim  to  secure  as  many  of  the 
main  fibrous  roots  as  possible. 

2d.  Expose  the  roots  as  little  as  possible  to  the  dry- 
ing influence  of  sun  and  wind. 

3d.  Prepare  the  roots  for  planting  by  cutting  away 
the  bruised  and  broken  portions. 

4th.  If  the  roots  have  been  essentially  shortened  in 
lifting,  cut  away  the  superfluous  branches  and  also  cut 
back  such  as  are  to  remain  till  a  proper  balance  of  root 
and  top  is  secured. 

5th.  In  heavy,  retentive  soil,  plant  the  tree  very  little 
if  any  deeper  than  it  stood  in  the  nursery,  and,  in  addi- 
tion, raise  a  slight  mound  about  the  trunk  to  avoid  the 
occurrence  of  standing  water  at  that  point. 

6th.  In  strong  but  dry  soil,  a  tree  may  be  planted  an 
inch  or  two  deeper  than  it  stood  in  the  nursery. 

7th.  In  light  sand,  with  dry  subsoil,  a  tree  should  be 
planted  3  or  even  4  inches  deeper  than  it  stood  in  the 
nursery. 


1248 


PEAR 


PEAR 


8th.  Dig  the  hole  in  which  a  tree  is  to  be  planted 
deep  enough  to  receive  2  or  3  inches  of  fine  soil,  before 
putting  the  tree  in  place,  making  it  large  enough  to 
allow  the  roots  to  be  spread  out  in  their  natural  posi- 
tion. 

9th.  See  that  good,  friable  surface  soil  is  well  filled 
in  beneath,  among  and  over  the  roots. 

10th.  Should  the  soil  be  dry,  with  no  immediate  pros- 
pect of  rain,  it  will  be  well,  after  nearly  filling  the  hole 
with  earth,  to  apply  a  pail  of  water,  and  after  it  shall 
have  settled  away,  to  fill  up  the  hole]  with  earth  and 


1689.  Duchess  Pear,  the  most  popular  variety  for  growing 
quince  roots.     (See  page  1243.) 

tramp  it  down  firmly.  Staking  will  rarely  be  found 
necessary,  except,  possibly,  in  the  case  of  trees  old 
enough  to  have  been  already  branched,  but  such  stake 
must  be  watched  and  the  tree  protected  against  injury 
by  rubbing  against  it. 

11.  Subsequent  Cultivation,  —  (a)  Newly  planted  trees : 
Ground   occupied  by  young  trees  must  be   kept  well 
cultivated  during  the  spring  and  early  summer.    If  hoed 
crops  are  planted   larger  quantities  of  manure  will  be 
required,  but  in  either  case  cultivation  should  cease  as 
early  as  the  beginning  of  August  in  order  to  hasten  the 
ripening  of  the  young  wood.     This  process  should  be 
continued  during  at  least  five  or  six  years,  after  which 
green   crops  may  be  grown   and   plowed   under   as  a 
means,  in  part,  of  maintaining  the  fertility  of  the  soil. 

(6)  Mulching:  Especially  during  the  first  few  years 
after  planting,  in  case  of  hot,  dry  weather  during  the 
growing  season,  mulch  may  be  applied  to  check  evap- 
oration from  the  soil  and  to  keep  it  cool,  but  it  should 
not  be  permitted  to  take  the  place  of  cultivation.  The 
soil  should  be  well  pulverized  before  applying  it. 

(c)  Manuring:  As  stated  under  that  head  (5),  manures 
should  be  applied  sparingly  but  regularly,  preferably 
in  late  autumn,  and  should  be  plowed  under,  or  other- 
wise mixed  with  the  soil  at  that  time  or  in  the  early 
spring,  as  a  means  of  promoting  early  growth  and  the 
thorough  ripening  of  the  wood  in  advance  of  severe 
cold.  Thorough  maturing  of  the  wood  should  also  be 
assisted,  as  already  said,  by  ceasing  cultivation  the 
early  part  of  August. 

12.  Gathering  and  Ripening  the  Fruit.—  All  selected 
Pears,  whether  intended  for  the  market  or  for  use  at 
home,  should  be  carefully  hand-picked. 

(a)  Gathering  summer  and  autumn  Pears:  With  very 
few  exceptions  all  Pears  acquire  a  higher  quality  if 
gathered  before  they  are  fully  ripe.  The  generally  ac- 
cepted rule  is  to  gather  the  crop  when  an  occasionally 
full  grown,  wormy  specimen  is  ripe,  or  when  there  is  a 
perceptible  change  in  the  color  of  the  maturer  speci- 
mens, or  when  the  stem  parts  readily  from  the  branch 
if  the  fruit  is  slightly  lifted. 

(&)  Ripening  summer  and  winter  Pears:  When  gath- 
ered the  fruit  should  be  placed  in  a  cool  room  devoted  to 
the  purpose,  and  spread  upon  shelves, or  in  lack  of  a  suit- 
able room  they  may  be  placed  in  shallow  boxes  or 
drawers,  where  in  due  time  they  will  acquire  their  full 
color  and  flavor.  Since  this  fruit  parts  with  moisture 
quite  freely,  it,  and  especially  the  later  ripening  varie- 
ties, should  be  protected  from  a  drying  atmosphere,  par- 
ticularly from  drafts  of  air,  which  will  cause  the  fruit 
to  shrivel  and  become  tough  and  leathery.  It  is  also 


true  of  at  least  very  many  varieties  that  even  if  blown 
off  or  gathered  when  but  two-thirds  grown,  the  fruit  if 
put  away  as  already  described  will  usually  acquire  a 
satisfactory  quality.  Fruits  thus  gathered  and  ripened 
are  found  to  have  less  tendency  to  decay  rapidly  at  the 
core. 

(c)  Gathering  and  ripening  of  winter  dessert  Pears: 
These  should  remain  upon  the  tree  as  long  as  practi- 
cable without  danger  from  frost.  When  gathered,  they 
should  be  placed  in  a  cool,  frost-proof  room,  and  it  will 
be  well  also  to  wrap  each  separately  in  soft  paper. 
Some  varieties  are  found  to  ripen  perfectly 
without  further  attention,  but  the  quality  of 
most  kinds  will  be  much  improved  if  they  are 
brought  into  a  temperature  of  00°  or  70°  a  fort- 
night before  their  usual  season  of  maturity. 

(d)  Winter  cooking  Pears:  These  should  be 
gathered  and  put  away  in  close  packages  in  a 
cool,  frost-proof  room,  in  the  same  manner  as 
russet  apples,  like  which  they  will  shrivel,  and 
become  tough  and  leathery,  if  left  exposed  to 
the  air.  They  may  remain  in  this  condition 
until  needed  for  use. 

13.  Packing  and  Marketing.— In  America, 
Pears  are  generally  packed  for  market  directly 
from  the  tree,  without  awaiting  the  process  of 
ripening.  Barrels  are  largely  used  as  packages, 
although  this  fruit  is  frequently  put  up  in  half- 
barrels  and  sometimes  in  bushel,  peck  and  even 
°n  in  half -peck  baskets.  American  growers  rarely 

ripen  their  fruit  before  marketing  it.  This,  if 
done  at  all,  is  more  generally  accomplished  by 
the  dealer,  doubtless  with  decided  profit,  since  in  the 
larger  cities  fully  fifty  dollars  have  been  known  to  be 
paid  for  a  single  barrel  of  selected  fruit,  and  yet  the 
same  fruit  ripened  and  offered  in  quantities  to  suit  cus- 
tomers has  been  sold  at  two  or  three  times  the  original 
cost.  The  marketing  of  unripened  Pears  is  obviously 
unprofitable  so  far  as  the  producer  is  concerned. 

In  Europe,  the  choicest  fruits  are  carefully  selected 
and  house-ripened.  When  approaching  their  best  con- 
dition the  fruits  are  separately  wrapped  in  soft  paper, 
and  are  then  put  up  in  packages  of  perhaps  one  or  two 
dozens,  and  sent  so  as  to  appear  upon  the  market  when 
in  the  best  possible  condition.  Such  fruits  command 
prices  quite  in  excess  of  what  they  would  have  realized 
had  they  been  offered  in  an  immature  condition. 

14.  Varieties.  —  Since  the  popular  and  desirable  va- 
rieties of  Pears  may  be  found  fully  described  in  stand- 
ard pomological  works,  such  descriptions  here  are  not 
deemed  necessary.  Among  the  very  numerous  varieties 
of  Pears  described  in  such  works  there  are  doubtless 
many  possessing  high  quality  and  other  valuable  char- 
acteristics, which,  for  some  unexplained  reason,  have 
failed  to  attract  the  attention  of  growers. 

Since  varieties  vary  in  their  season  of  ripening  with 
change  of  latitude,  and  often,  to  some  extent,  with 
change  of  location,  even  in  the  same  latitude,  the  desig- 
nation of  such  season  becomes  a  matter  of  more  or  less 
difficulty.  In  the  following  lists  the  season  given  will 
be  approximately  that  between  the  forty-second  and 
forty-third  parallels  of  north  latitude. 

(a)  Amateur  Pears :  It  is  as  true  of  the  Pear  as  of  most 
other  species  of  fruits,  that  very  many  varieties  are  of 
small  size,  unattractive  appearance,  or  of  such  delicate 
texture  when  ripe  as  to  disqualify  them  for  the  market, 
although  they  may  possess,  in  an  eminent  degree,  the 
peculiar  characteristics  which  render  them  desirable, 
and  to  persons  of  cultivated  taste,  indispensable  for  the 
supply  of  the  family.  Such  are  termed  amateur  Pears. 
The  following  is  a  list  of  a  few  of  the  most  popular  of 
these,  arranged  approximately  in  the  order  of  maturity: 

Name.  Season*  Remarks. 

Madeleine m.  e.  July Earliest  good  Pear. 

Summer  Doyenne e.  July 

Bloodgood e.  July.  m.  Aug. 

Giffard m.  Aug Excellent,  but  very  per- 

Dearborn m.  e.  Aug.  [ishable, 

Rostiezer m.  Aug.  m.  Sept. 

Manning  Elizabeth — e.  Aug. 
Brandy  wine e.  Aug.  b.  Sept. 


*e,  early;  m,  middle;  b,  beginning. 


PEAR 


PEAR 


1249 


Name.  Season.  Remark*., 

Tyson e.  Aug.  b.  Sept. .  A  tardy  bearer. 

Stevens  Genesee b.  Sept Rots  soon  at  the  core. 

Clapp b.  m.  Sept Rots  soon  at  the  core. 

Washington m.  Sept. 

Belle  Lucrative m.  e.  Sept. 

Bosc e.  Sept.  Oct. 

White  Doyenne e.  Sept.  Nov Liable  to  crack  badly. 

Seckel Oct. 

Sarah Oct. 

Anjou Oct.  Nov. 

Gray  Doyenne m.  Oct.  Nov. 

Reeder Nov. 

Emiled'Heyst Nov.  Dec. 

Mount  Vernon Nov.  Dec. 

Dana  Hovey Nov.  Jan. 

Langelier Nov.  Feb. 

Prince  St.  Germain Nov.  March. 

Lawrence Dec. 

Winter  Nelis Dec.  Jan. 

Easter Jan.  March 


[South. 
Succeeds  best   at   the 


(b)  Culinary  Pears:  Very  few  dessert  Pears  are  found 
to  be  satisfactory  for  culinary  uses,  since  they  too  gen- 
erally lose  at  least  a  portion  of  their  flavor  and  aroma 
in  the  process  of  cooking.  There  are,  however,  several 
varieties  of  high,  austere  character  which  prove  adapted 
to  this  purpose,  among  which  are  the  following: 


Remarks. 

...Occasionally    good 
[enough  for  dessert. 


Name.  Season. 

Vicar Nov.  Jan 

Black  Worcester Nov.  Feb. 

Catillac Nov.  March. 

Pound Dec.  Feb. 

(c)  Market  Pears:  The  markets  demand  varieties  of 
attractive  appearance,  of  at  least  medium  size  and  of 
fine  texture.  To  the  grower,  productiveness  and  vigor 
of  tree  are  also  of  primary  importance.  If  possessing 
the  foregoing  characteristics,  a  variety  may  prove  at 
least  temporarily  popular,  even  though  of  comparatively 
low  quality.  The  following  varieties,  some  of  which 
may  also  be  found  in  the  amateur  list,  are  all  more  or 
less  popular  as  market  fruits: 


Name. 


Season. 


Tyson e.  Aug.  b.  Sept. , 

Sterling e.  Aug,  m.  Sept. 

Clapp b.  m.  Sept 

Bartlett b.  e.  Sept 

Souvenir  du  Congress,  .b.  e.  Sept 

Buffum m.  Sept 

Howell m.  Sept.  Oct. 

Flemish  Beauty m.  e.  Sept 

Bosc e.  Sept.  Oct 

Boussock e.  Sept.  Oct. 

Louise  Bonne e.  Sept.  Oct. . . . 

Onondaga e.  Sept.  Nov. 

Superfin Oct. 

Sheldon Oct 

Rutter Oct.  Nov. 

Anjou Oct.  Nov. 

Kieffer Oct.  Nov 

Le  Conte Oct.  Nov 


Remarks. 

.Excellent,  but  a  tardy 
bearer. 

.  Productive,  and  ex- 
ceedingly beautiful. 

.  Rots  soon  at  the  core. 

.Leading  market  Pear. 

.Sometimes  very  large. 

.  Variable  in  quality. 

.  Rots  soon  at  the  core. 
.Excellent  for  all  pur- 
[poses. 
.  Grown  only  as  a  dwarf. 


.Is  russeted  and  dull  in 
[color. 
[43°. 

.Not  valuable  north  of 
.Succeeds    best  at   the 

extreme  south. 
.Grown  only  on  quince 
[stocks. 


Angouleme Oct.  Nov. 

Die! Oct.  Dec. 

Clairgeau Oct.  Jan. 

Columbia Nov.  Jan. 

McLaughlin Nov.  Jan. 

Lawrence Dec. 

Josephine  of  Malines..Jan.  Feb. 


15.  Relative  Desirableness  of  Dwarfs.—  There  are 
a  few  varieties,  among  which  Louise  Bonne  and  An- 
gouleme may  be  especially  mentioned,  which  on  free 
(Pear)  stocks  are  either  tardy  bearers  or  require  to  be 
fruited  several  years  before  developing  their  ultimate 
qualities,  but  which  succeed  unusually  well  upon  the 
quince,  developing  at  once  upon  that  stock  their  ulti- 
mate qualities.  These,  especially  the  Angouleme,  are 
valued  as  market  varieties  when  grown  as  dwarfs. 

Angouleme,  and  perhaps  some  other  varieties  as 
dwarfs,  occasionally  bloom  so  profusely  as  apparently 
to  prove  unable  to  develop  the  fruit,  which  in  conse- 
quence proves  abortive.  The  natural  and  obvious  rem- 
edy in  such  case  is  disbudding,  or  its  equivalent,  cutting- 
back  the  fruit-bearing  shoots  before  growth  is  com- 
menced. 


The  fact  that  very  many  varieties  are  not  perma- 
nently successful  when  grown  upon  the  quince  is 
doubtless  partially,  if  not  in  many  cases  even  wholly, 
due  to  their  increased  tendency  to  early  and  excessive 
productiveness  when  grown  upon  that  stock,  which, 
owing  to  the  very  common  unwillingness  of  the  grower 
to  remove  the  excess  of  fruit,  is  allowed  to  consume  the 
material  needed  for  wood  growth,  and  thus  to  occasion 
exhaustion  before  the  tree  has  gained  a  thorough  hold 
upon  the  soil. 

If,  with  any  variety  capable  of  forming  a  satisfactory 
union  with  the  quince,  and  with  the  tree  planted  in  the 
manner  heretofore  described,  the  entire  crop  of  bloom 
or  incipient  fruit  of  the  first  one,  two  or  even  three 
years  (dependent  upon  the  vigor  of  the  tree)  were  re- 
moved, and  if  subsequent  crops  were  carefully  and 
thoroughly  thinned,  it  is  at  least  highly  probable  that 
permanent  health  and  longevity  would  prove  nearly  or 
quite  as  general  with  dwarfs  as  with  standards,  thus 
permitting  the  more  extensive  growth  of  the  Pear  in 
greater  variety  in  small  or  amateur  plantations  and  in 
limited  grounds  than  is  practicable  with  the  use  of 
standards.  .  T  LYON> 


1690.  Ladders  used  in  New  Jersey  for  picking  Pears. 
(Seep.  1250.) 

PEARS  ON  THE  NORTHERN  PLAINS.  — The  culture  of 
Pears  in  the  middle  west  follows  the  general  lines  of 
Pear  growing  in  the  Atlantic  States,  but  there  are  some 
radical  points  of  difference.  The  difficulties  of  Pear 
growing  in  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley  are  many  and 
grievous.  Above  the  fortieth  parallel  and  west  of  the 
Great  Lakes,  nearly  all  efforts  have  been  failures.  The 
best  successes  have  been  on  high,  rather  steep  ridges 
and  bluffs  near  watercourses,  with  light  colored  clay 
soils  and  northerly  exposures.  Pear  trees  are  not  planted 
to  the  bottom  or  to  the  top,  but  in  belts  midway  around 
the  slopes.  Plums  may  be  used  lower  down  and  cherries 
above. 

The  ground  should  be  already  set  in  clover  or  blue 
grass.  Small  circles  are  spaded  out  for  the  trees.  These 
are  cultivated  with  the  hoe  and  widened  with  the  growth 
of  the  tree.  Small  trees  branched  very  low  are  best. 
The  trees  may  be  cut  back  the  second  year  to  within  a 
few  inches  of  the  ground.  Only  a  very  moderate  annual 
growth  is  desirable. 

Use  no  manure  until  the  tree  has  borne  several  crops 
of  fruit,  and  then  only  with  extreme  care.  Rich,  black 
soils,  plenty  of  manure  and  clean  culture  are  deadly  to 
Pear  trees  in  this  region. 

The  critical  period  is  that  of  the  first  fruit  crop.  The 
deadly  enemy  is  blight,  which  is  sure  to  appear  then. 
The  successful  Pear  grower  must  not  neglect  his  orchard 
a  single  day  during  the  season  of  blight,  but  watch  for 
the  enemy  and  cut  out  and  burn  every  blighted  twig  as 
soon  as  seen.  Sultry,  damp  weather  in  June  is  most 
critical. 

Such  varieties  as  Warner, Longworth,  Vermont  Beauty, 
Koonce,  Kieffer,  etc.,  are  said  to  succeed  further  north 
and  resist  blight  better  than  any  others.  Under  slightly 
more  favorable  conditions,  Clairgeau,  Howell,  Seckel, 
Tyson,  Washington,  Flemish  Beauty,  etc.,  may  be  used. 

The  hardiest  and  blight-resistant  varieties  may  be 
grown  and  when  in  bearing  a  branch  or  two  grafted  with 
a  more  delicate  sort  with  success.  c.  L.  WATROUS. 


1250 


PEAR 


PEAR 


THE  PEAR  IN  CALIFORNIA.  — Visitors  at  the  old  Cali- 
fornia missions  during  the  early  part  of  the  century 
noted  the  presence  of  seedling  Pear  trees  in  the  mis- 
sion gardens.  Many  of  these  trees  survived  the  neglect 
which  came  upon  the  mission  properties  after  the  secu- 
larization, and  were  in  thrifty  growth  and  bearing  at 
the  time  of  the  American  occupation.  The  first  Pears 
sold  in  San  Francisco  and  in  the  mines  in  1849-50  were 
gathered  from  old  mission  trees,  and  some  of  these  old 
trees  grafted  over,  gave  the  first  California  product  of 
the  popular  European  and  American  varieties  of  half  a 
century  ago.  From  this  beginning  the  growth  of  Pears 
increased  until  the  commercial  product  of  1899  included 
the  following:  1684  carloads  sent  overland  to  eastern 
and  foreign  markets  (about  the  same  as  for  the  five 
years  preceding) ;  5,760,000  Ibs.  dried  Pears  shipped  to 
the  same  destination  (a  million  pounds  less  than  the 
preceding  year) ;  483,384  cases  of  canned  Bartletts  and 
24,772  cases  of  other  Pears  canned,  which  was  140,000 
cases  more  than  the  preceding  year.  There  are  about 
one  and  one-half  million  Pear  trees  in  California  or- 
chards. , 

It  is  a  most  interesting  fact  that  a  single  variety  fur- 
nishes a  very  great  part,  perhaps  even  as  much  as 
four-fifths,  of  the  Pear  products  of  the  state,  and  that  is 
the  Bartlett.  Whatever  it  may  lack  in  high  quality  is 
more  than  compensated  for  by  its  commercial  servicea- 
bility. It  is  handsome  and  of  good  size,  endures  long 
carriage,  cans  well  and  dries  well,  and  is  of  sufficiently 
good  quality  to  please  consumers :  in  fact  the  California 
grown  Bartlett  is  said  to  be  better  than  the  same  va- 
riety grown  in  the  Atlantic  states  and  in  the  west  of 
Europe.  This  is  not,  however,  the  chief  reason  why  the 
Bartlett  so  largely  preponderates  in  California.  The 
ruling  condition  is  found  in  the  fact  that  owing  to  the 
marked  differences  in  localities  not  widely  distant  and 
yet  differing  in  elevation,  in  exposure  to  coast  influ- 
ences and  away  from  them,  and  other  local  causes,  the 
Bartlett  has  a  very  long  ripening  season,  and  valley, 
coast  and  mountain  Bartletts  follow  each  other  through 
nearly  three  months  and  thus  make  succession  of  dif- 
ferent varieties  during  this  period  unnecessary.  There 
is,  however,  at  present  a  greater  disposition  than 
hitherto  to  extend  the  season  by  growing  other  varie- 
ties, but  they  are  selected  for  resemblance  to  the  Bart- 
lett type.  Clapp  Favorite  is  sold  as  an  "Early  Bart- 
lett," and  a  Winter  Bartlett,  an  Oregon  seedling,  is  now 
being  planted  to  carry  the  same  style  of  a  Pear  as  late 


1691.  Dwarf  Pear  trees  45  years  old,  in  the  Yeomans  orchard. 

as  possible.  Still  some  progress  is  being  made  in  ex- 
tending the  California  list  of  popular  Pears  and  some 
of  local  and  of  distant  origin  will  probably  achieve 
prominence,  especially  in  the  shipments  to  distant 
markets. 

California  Pears  are  grown  on  Pear-seedling  roots- 
very  little  recourse  being  had  to  rooted  cuttings  or  to 
dwarfing  stocks.  A  dwarf  Pear  tree  is  almost  a  curi- 
osity. The  heavier  loams  and  even  clays  are  sometimes 
planted  with  Pear  trees,  not  because  they  are  best  for 


Pears  but  because  other  fruits  do  worse  than  they.  To 
fully  plant  the  area  intended  for  fruit,  Pears  will  go  on 
the  intrusions  of  heavy  or  too  moist  soils,  while  the 
freer  soil  will  be  given  to  other  fruits.  Still  the  chief 
product  of  Pears  is  from  the  best  loams  California 
affords,  and  the  profits,  from  the  tree  warrant  the  use 
of  such  land.  Pear  trees  are  regularly  pruned  to  a  low 
vase  form,  but  seldom  opened  in  the  center,  the  inte- 
rior being  used  for  bearing  wood,  and  foliage  enough 
retained  to  partially  shade  the  fruit.  The  fruit  is 
thinned  to  favor  size  and  to  relieve  the  tree  from  over- 
bearing. Irrigation  is  employed  in  some  parts  of  the  state. 
The  varieties  chiefly  grown  are  the  following :  Bartlett, 
Anjou,  Clairgeau,  Clapp,  Cornice,  Dana  Hovey,  Easter, 
Hardy,  P.  Barry  (a  California  seedling),  Seckel,  and 
Winter  Nelis.  E.  J.  WICKSON. 

THE  KIEFFER  PEAR  was  grown  from  seed  of  the  Chinese 
Sand  Pear,  probably  crossed  with  the  Bartlett,  by  Peter 
Kieffer,  a  horticulturist,  who  lived  near  Philadelphia. 
He  first  exhibited  the  fruit  at  the  Centennial  Exhibition, 
in  1876,  in  that  city.  See  p.  1242.  The  planting  of  or- 
chards of  this  valuable  Pear  began  soon  after  this  time 
and  has  continued  ever  since,  more  largely  in  the  past 
2  or  3  years  than  ever  before.  The  Kieffer  being  won- 
derfully productive,  the  planting  having  gone  on  apace, 
and  none  of  the  earlier  planted  orchards  having  ceased 
to  exist,  the  question  may  properly  arise,  with  the  great 
probable  increase  in  the  production  of  the  fruit,  What 
of  the  markets? 

We  in  the  East  have  been  shipping  Kieffer  Pears  by 
car-loads,  sometimes  packed  in  barrels,  at  other  times 
loose  or  in  bulk  to  be  packed  at  destination,  to  cities  in 
the  middle  West,  but  those  cities  in  the  future  will  be 
largely  supplied  with  fruit  grown  near  by.  This  Pear 
has  grown  in  favor  with  consumers,  to  an  extent  fully 
equal  to  the  increased  production.  It  was  observed 
in  the  Philadelphia  and  New  York  retail  markets 
and  fruit  stands  that  during  the  months  of  October 
and  November,  in  1898  and  1899,  there  were  very 
few  Pears  offered,  except  the  Kieffer.  It  is  excellent 
for  canning  and  preserving,  and  it  is  fortunate  that 
such  is  the  case,  so  that  a  large  part  of  future  crops 
may  be  used  in  this  manner.  The  Kieffer  will  flourish 
on  almost  any  ordinary  farm  land,  but  sandy  loam  is 
preferred  with  gravel  or  clay  subsoil,  and  prefer  plant- 
ing, what  would  generally  be  considered  close,  150  to 
200  trees  per  acre,  leaving  a  driveway  of  22  to  24  feet 
every  3  or  5  rows,  on  which  to  cart  the  fruit  from  the 
orchard.  By  close  planting  the  trees  protect  each  other 
from  the  winds  to  a  great  extent.  Two-year  trees  are 
best  for  planting;  let  them  head  low,  2  or  3  feet,  cut 
back  at  planting  and  annually  for  several  years  one- 
half  of  preceding  year's  growth,  and  keep  top  thinned 
so  it  will  not  be  too  dense.  In  this  way  one  will  have  a 
sturdy  tree  that  will  carry  two  or  more  barrels  of  fruit 
in  such  shape  that  the  orchard  can  be  cultivated  until 
the  Pears  are  of  marketable  size.  In  the  season  of  1899 
a  yield  of  over  16,000  barrels  of  Kieffers  was  had  from  80 
acres  of  land,  and  now,  on  August  30,  1900,  there  is  a 
prospect  of  a  similar  yield.  An  8-foot  Clark  cutaway, 
drawn  by  4  mules,  is  still  running  .in  the  orchard.  In 
our  first  orchard  planting  of  the  Kieffer  we  were  not 
advised  of  the  importance  of  pollination,  and  planted 
large  blocks  without  mixing  in  other  sorts ;  the  results 
were  very  little  fruit,  except  on  trees  near  to  or  adjoin- 
ing orchards  of  other  varieties ;  there  Kieffer  trees  pro- 
duced uniformly  good  crops.  It  was  a  heavy  loss  to 
have  an  orchard  in  this  shape  for  several  years;  the 
remedy  seemed  to  be,  and  was,  to  top-graft  some  of  the 
Kieffer,  and  also  to  replant  to  other  sorts  blossoming  at 
the  same  time.  A  mixture  of  not  less  than  one-tenth  of 
Le  Conte  or  Garber  answered  the  purpose.  One  to  3 
per  cent  of  the  orchard  trees  die  annually  from  a  sort 
of  body  blight;  the  spaces  are  reset  with  other  trees, 
which  bear  fruit  in  a  few  years.  In  picking  the  fruit 
we  use  ladders  hung  on  wheels  (old  carriage  wheels), 
which  are  readily  handled  and  safe.  Ladders  12  to  24  or 
even  30  feet  can  be  used,  but  with  one  of  18  feet,  properly 
hung,  a  man  can  pick  Pears  from  the  top  limbs  20 
feet  high  and  the  ladder  need  not  touch  the  tree.  Fig. 
1690.  The  orchard  can  be  gone  over  quickly  and  the  high 
Pears  picked  first,  these  being  most  likely  to  be  blown 
off  and  to  be  bruised  in  falling.  We  use,  in  handling 


TEAR 


PEAR 


1251 


our  fruit  from  the  orchard,  baskets  holding  %  bushel,  and 
cart  into  packing  house  on  low  wagons,  the  platform  of 
which  is  made  of  2-inch  hemlock  plank  18  feet  long  and 
hung  as  low  as  will  permit  a  2-foot  front  wheel  to  turn 
under;  being  low  it  is  very  convenient  to  load  from  the 
ground.  A  man  can  readily  load  70  to  80  baskets  with- 
out getting  on  the  wagon,  and  the  packing  house  floor 
is  about  the  same  height  as  the  low  wagon  for  conven- 
ience of  unloading  and  reloading  on  other  wagons  for 
carting  to  markets.  JOHN  S.  COLLINS. 


1692.   Packing  Pears  for  export. 

DWARF  PEARS.  — Dwarf  Pear  trees  are  produced  by 
budding  the  Pear-wood  upon  the  French  quince.  The 
point  of  union  should  be  so  low  that,  when  the  young 
trees  are  transplanted  into  the  orchard,  this  point  will 
be  3  or  4  inches  below  the  surface  of  the  ground.  The 
quince,  being  naturally  of  a  slower  growth  than  the 
Pear,  will ,  by  the  moisture  of  the  ground  and  its  protec- 
tion from  the  drying  effects  of  the  atmosphere,  be  kept 
more  nearly  equal  to  the  size  of  the  Pear.  As  the  tree 
becomes  older  the  Pear  will  throw  out  Pear  roots  at  the 
union,  which  will  give  increased  vigor  and  strength  to 
the  tree  in  its  years  of  maturity  when  producing  heavy 
crops  of  fruit. 

The  soil  best  adapted  to  dwarf  Pears  is  a  rich  loam, 
with  a  subsoil  which  requires  thorough  underdraining— 
a  tile  drain  within  5  feet  of  every  tree  in  the  orchard 
would  be  thorough  draining.  The  soil  should  be  good 
strong  corn  or  potato  ground,  and  kept  in  such  condi- 
tion of  fertility  from  year  to  year,  for  which  purpose 
good,  well  composted,  barnyard  manure  has  no  equal, 
but  may  be  supplemented  by  other  fertilizers  — as  ground 
bone  and  potash.  Small  crops,  as  beans  and  potatoes, 
may  be  grown  between  the  trees  the  first  few  years  after 
planting,  but  never  should  they  be  allowed  in  the  least 
to  interfere  with  thorough  tillage,  or  to  rob  the  trees  of 
proper  and  desirable  nourishment.  The  growth  of  the 
tree  is  of  far  greater  value  than  any  farm  crops  which 
can  be  grown  between  the  trees.  The  soil  should  be 
thoroughly  cultivated  at  least  every  10  to  15  days  during 
the  growing  season  till  about  August  15  to  September  1. 
It  should  cease  in  time  that  the  wood  may  fully  ripen. 
Suitable  cultivation  can  hardly  be  given  with  any  crop 
on  the  ground,  except,  possibly,  when  sufficient  space 
is  left  without  a  crop  next  to  the  trees. 

The  trees  should  be  planted  in  rows  15  feet  each  way, 
or  in  rows  20  feet  apart  each  way  with  one  tree  in  the 
center  of  each  square.  As  the  trees  become  older  the 
entire  ground  should  be  given  up  to  frequent  cultiva- 
tion, and  under  no  conditions  should  a  dwarf  Pear  or- 
chard be  seeded  to  grass,  unless  to  clover  for  the  pur- 
pose of  plowing  it  under  for  fertilization. 

Dwarf  Pears  require  thorough  annual  pruning,  which 
may  be  done  at  any  convenient  time  after  the  falling  of 
the  foliage  and  before  the  buds  become  in  the  least 
swollen  in  the  spring;  but  where  the  cold  is  severe  it  is 
better  not  to  prune  till  about  the  first  to  middle  of 
March.  This  pruning  should  begin  with  the  first  year, 
and  be  continued  annually  during  the  life  of  the  tree, 
cutting  back  all  of  the  new  growth  to  within  4  to  8  buds, 


and  thinning  out  all  surplus  branches  which  will  not  be 
wanted  for  limbs  to  the  tree,  so  that  at  maturity  the 
tree  shall  be  open-headed,  with  opportunity  for  plenty 
of  air  and  sunshine  all  through  the  tree,  without  which 
superior  quality  of  fruit  cannot  be  grown.  The  lower 
limbs  should  be  within  20  to  24  inches  of  the  ground. 
Trees  when  20  to  50  years  old  should  not  be  more  than 
12  to  14  feet  high,  and  the  diameter  of  the  branches 
about  12  to  16  feet.  See  Fig.  1691.  It  is  a  very  errone- 
ous impression  that  a  dwarf  Pear  orchard  under  proper 
conditions  is  short  lived.  There  are  in  the  United 
States  orchards  in  vigorous  condition,  and  now  produc- 
ing annual  crops,  that  are  from  thirty  to  fifty  years 
old. 

Some  of  the  advantages  of  dwarf  over  standard  Pears 
are:  more  trees  can  be  planted  to  the  acre,  they  com- 
mence bearing  much  younger,  the  fruit  is  not  so  liable 
to  be  blown  off  by  early  winds  before  maturity,  it  is 
much  more  quickly  and  easily  gathered  than  from  high 
trees,  the  fruit  is  larger  and  of  better  quality  than  that 
on  standards.  All  varieties  do  not  succeed  equally  well 
as  dwarfs,  because  they  do  not  all  form  an  equally  per- 
fect union  with  the  quince.  Duchess  is  the  leading  and 
most  profitable  variety  now  grown  as  dwarf,  although 
many  others  succeed  well.  L.  T.  YEOMANS. 

PEARS  FOR  EXPORT. — Pears  have  not  been  grown  for 
the  export  trade  to  any  large  extent,  but  there  is  no  good 
reason  for  it.  As  France  supplies  the  English  market 
with  the  finest  Pears  that  are  grown,  the  American 
shipper  needs  to  study  the  varieties,  season,  and  extent 
of  the  French  supplies  to  avoid  a  difficult  competition 
which  has  to  be  met  in  seasons  of  full  production.  When 
the  Pear  crop  has  been  light  on  the  continent,  as  often 
occurs,  we  have  successfully  exported  the  Louise  Bonne, 
Anjou,  Bosc,  and  Winter  Nelis.  Later  varieties,  as  the 
Easter  and  Josephine  de  Malines,  with  their  very  fine 
quality,  would  meet  with  ready  sale  in  foreign  markets. 

As  size  and  quality  are  important  factors  with  Eng- 
lish buyers,  Pears  for  export  should  be  grown  upon 
dwarf  trees,  that  close  pruning  may  be  done,  the  fruit 
judiciously  thinned,  and  the  much  higher  culture  given 
that  the  dwarf  tree  requires. 

The  fruit  should  be  gathered  when  it  has  reached  its 
most  perfect  development,  but  not  allowed  to  come  to 
its  full  maturity,  or  approximate  ripening.  This  is  the 
right  condition  of  fruit  when  it  is  to  be  shipped  without 
refrigeration.  With  refrigeration,  a  little  fuller  maturity 
may  be  allowed.  Each  specimen  should  be  wrapped  in 
paper.  A  layer  of  excelsior  should  be  placed  on  the  bot- 
tom of  the  box,  which  is  marked  to  be  opened;  over  this 
place  a  sheet  of  paper.  Pack  the  Pears  in  single  layers, 


1693.   Box  of  fancy  Pears  for  the  domestic  market, 
each  Pear  wrapped  in  paper. 

covering  each  with  paper  and  excelsior  until  the  box  is 
filled,  nailing  cover  securely  under  considerable  pres- 
sure. Boxes  should  hold  36  large  Pears,  and  60  of  me- 
dium size.  Fig.  1692.  This  is  a  refinement  of  even  the 
best  packing  for  the  common  domestic  trade.  Fig. 
1693.  The  risk  in  exporting  is  in  the  lack  of  proper 
facilities  on  steamers  that  are  not  fitted  with  refrigera- 
tion. The  fruit  often  becomes  overheated  and  decays 


1252 


PEAR 


PECAN 


in  passage.  Another  cause  for  loss  is  rough  handling. 
In  unloading,  the  boxes  are  slid  on  planks,  and  if  they 
are  not  removed  promptly  at  the  bottom  of  the  gang- 
way, one  box  .strikes  heavily  against  the  side  of  another, 
bruises  the  fruit  and  its  sale  is  injured.  The  best  efforts 
and  work  of  an  entire  season  may  be  sacrificed  at  this 
point.  When  the  fruit  arrives,  and  opens  in  perfect 
condition,  the  prices  received  are  usually  40  per  cent 
greater  than  those  of  the  home  market.  The  best  re- 
sults are  obtained  when  the  Pears  are  packed  and 
shipped  direct  from  the  orchard. 

With  fruit  of  superior  quality,  better  steamer  facili- 
ties, and  more  careful  handling,  a  large  quantity  of 
American  Pears  can  be  exported,  for  foreign  markets 
are  steadily  demanding  and  receiving  increased  sup- 
plies. GEORGE  T.  POWELL. 

PEAR  Alligator  P.,  Persea  gratissima.  Avocado  P., 
Persea  gratissima.  Balsam  P.,  Momordica,  CJiarantia. 
Oar  lie  P.,  Cratceva  gynandra.  Prickly  P.,  Opuntia. 

PEARL  BUSH,  Exochorda  grandiflora.  Pearl  Fruit, 
Margyricarpus  setosus.  Pearl  Weed  or  Pearl  Wort,  Sa- 
gina. 

PEAT  is  a  kind  of  soil  formed  by  the  partial  decay  of 
plants  in  the  swamps  of  the  temperate  zone.  It  is  a 
standard  potting  material  in  greenhouse  work  for  cer- 
tain classes  of  plants,  as  ferns,  orchids,  heaths,  rhodo- 
dendrons and  other  ericaceous  plants,  woody  plants  from 
Australia  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  many  other 
choice  and  difficult  subjects.  American  gardeners  com- 
plain that  they  are  handicapped  in  growing  such  plants 
because  American  Peat  is  poorer  than  European,  the 
lack  of  fiber  being  chiefly  deplored. 

The  Peat  bogs  of  England  are  often  5  or  6  feet  deep,  and 
some  of  the  Irish  ones  are  said  to  be  as  deep  as  40  feet. 
They  have  been  forming  ever  since  the  glacial  period, 
but  are  now  on  the  decline,  owing  largely  to  natural 
causes.  Peat  bogs  represent  the  decay  of  many  kinds 
of  aquatic  and  marsh  plants,  but  chiefly  sphagnum 
(which  see).  This  moss  grows  upward  and  decays 
below.  Near  the  top  the  Peat  is  brown,  fibrous,  light 
and  porous :  lower  down  it  tends  to  be  black,  heavy,  dense 
and  without  indication  of  its  vegetable  origin.  The  ash 
varies  from  1  or  2  per  cent  in  newly  formed  Peat  to  10, 
20,  or  even  30  per  cent  in  the  older  Peat.  Peat  is  com- 
monly used  for  fuel  by  the  Irish  peasantry,  but  almost 
never  in  America.  In  greenhouse  work  Peat  is  valued 
more  for  its  porous,  moisture-holding  properties  than 
for  its  plant-food.  If  dried,  it  may  be  used  as  an  ab- 
sorbent for  liquid  manure,  "not  so  much  for  its  inher- 
ent value,"  says  Roberts  (in  his  "Fertility  of  the  Land") , 
"as  for  conserving  the  nitrogen  in  the  manure,  and  for 
improving  the  condition  of  the  stables." 

The  transformation  of  Peat  bogs  into  arable  land  is 
rarely  a  pressing  problem  in  America.  It  is  usually  too 
costly  for  a  new  country.  The  notion,  however,  is  very 
common  that  Peat  lands  are  extraordinarily  rich  in 
plant-food.  Nevertheless,  according  to  Roberts,  swamp 
muck  and  Peat  are  not  richer  in  plant-food  than  the 
good  soils,  with  the  exception  of  the  nitrogen  in  the 
Peat,  which,  without  doubt,  is  far  less  available  than  it 
is  in  good  soils.  (American  Peat  contains  about  .67  per 
cent  nitrogen,  .21  per  cent  phosphoric  acid,  and  .13  per 
cent  potash.)  Peat  lands  differ  from  good,  arable  soil 
in  being  cold,  sour,  and  too  wet.  To  reclaim  them  one 
must  drain  off  the  superfluous  water  and  apply  lime 
freely  to  destroy  the  harmful  organic  acids.  Sometimes 
sand  or  clay  may  be  added  to  improve  the  texture. 
Tillage  opens  the  soil  to  air,  warms  it,  makes  it  uncon- 
genial for  nitrites,  and  congenial  for  nitrates.  It  takes 
time  to  reclaim  Peat  lands.  Thoroughly  decayed  Feat 
is  muck.  W.  M. 

Peat  is  chiefly  composed  of  vegetable  matter  in  what 
might  be  termed  a  state  of  suspended  or  partial  decay. 
The  soil  which  covers  the  greater  portion  of  the  earth's 
surface  has  been  made  by  the  disintegration  of  rocks 
and  stones,  through  the  agency  of  frost,  water,  and  the 
atmosphere,  and  is  composed  mostly  of  sand  and  clay, 
these  differing  in  proportions  according  to  locality. 
Such  soils  are  spoken  of  as  inorganic  soils,  since  they 


contain  but  a  small  percentage  of  organic  or  vegetable 
matter.  Peat,  on  the  other  hand,  is  spoken  of  as  an 
organic  soil,  since  it  is  composed  largely  of  vegetable 
matter,  often  as  much  as  97  per  cent.  It  is  formed  either 
in  the  presence  of  water  or  peculiar  climatic  conditions. 
That  which  has  been  formed  under  the  influence  of 
water  is  found  in  swamps  or  the  places  from  which 
water  cannot  pass  away  readily.  Aquatic  plants  and 
mosses  flourish,  and  at  the  end  of  the  growing  season 
they  die  down;  vegetation  is  renewed  the  following 
season,  and  so  on  until  the  layers  of  decaying  vegeta- 
tion rise  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  when  ferns  and 
plants  of  a  more  ligneous  character  generally  establish 
themselves  and  give  firmness  to  the  surface. 

That  which  is  dominated  by  climatic  conditions,  as 
on  the  silicious  sands  of  some  parts  of  England,  and  on 
the  heathy  sands  in  the  north  of  Germany,  is  composed 
principally  of  the  roots  of  heaths,  mosses,  and  other 
cryptogams  which  grew  among  the  heaths.  It  forms  a 
stratum  of  what  might  be  spoken  of  as  a  very  fibrous 
and  elastic  turf,  usually  not  more  than  3  or  4  inches  in 
thickness.  This  Peat  is  not  often  found  in  this  country; 
at  least  the  writer  presumes  not,  as  he  has  not  seen  it 
offered  in  commercial  catalogues  which  offer  orchid 
supplies,  though  they  offer  fern-root, .  bog  Peat,  and 
occasionally,  "imported  Peat  for  orchids."  The  fiber  is 
very  fine  and  uniform,  and  is  the  ideal  material  for 
orchids,  anthuriums  and  other  tropical  subjects  with 
roots  of  a  more  or  less  aerial  character,  as  it  may  be 
broken  into  small  nodules  of  fiber  which  do  not  decay 
readily  with  the  abundance  of  water  and  humid  condi- 
tions that  such  plants  must  have  at  certain  seasons. 
From  its  porous  nature,  the  surplus  water  not  only  passes 
off  readily,  but  there  is  also  free  entrance  of  air,  which 
is  as  essential  as  water  for  the  supply  of  oxygen  to  the 
roots;  and  by  the  admission  of  air,  the  material  is  kept 
in  good  physical  condition.  For  these  reasons,  also,  it  is 
the  ideal  material  in  which  to  grow  ericas,  epacris,  and 
other  genera  of  the  family  Ericacese,  though  owing  to 
the  hot  summers  of  this  country  these  last-named  plants 
cannot  be  grown  to  the  perfection  which  they  attain  in 
England.  Peat  which  is  found  in  swamps  is  abundant 
in  this  country.  It  differs  from  the  European  product 
in  not  having  the  necessary  fiber.  Though  not  of  much 
use  for  orchids,  anthuriums,  etc.,  it  is  useful  in  potting 
ferns,  and  in  preparing  beds  for  planting  rhododen- 
drons, kalmias,  and  other  larger-growing  plants  of  the 
Ericaceae.  It  is  also  useful  in  mixing  soils  for  vases 
which  have  to  stand  in  exposed  positions  outdoors  dur- 
ing the  summer,  since  it  is  more  retentive  of  moisture 
than  ordinary  soil.  As  a  substitute  for  the  European 
Peat  in  orchid  culture,  etc.,  American  gardeners  use 
kalmia-root  and  fern-root,  especially  the  latter,  which 
may  generally  be  found  in  quantity  upon  the  surface  of 
the  Peat  which  has  risen  above  the  water.  When  choice 
can  be  had  the  roots  of  the  more  slender-growing  ferns 
are  preferable  to  the  larger  and  stronger  -  growing 
species,  since  the  roots  are  correspondingly  finer. 

EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

PEA-TKEE.    Caragana ;  also  Sesbanea. 

PECAN  (Hicdria  Pecdn,  Britt.  Carya  olivcefdrmis , 
Nutt.).  Of  the  10  or  more  species  of  hickory,  the  Pe- 
can is  the  most  important  from  the  horticultural  stand- 
point. Possessing,  as  it  does,  the  desirable  qualities  of 
rapid  growth,  reasonable  precocity  and  productiveness, 
and  producing  a  nut  with  thin  shell,  good  cracking 
quality,  full  kernel  and  delicate  flavor,  it  may  well  rank 
first  among  our  native  nuts  in  value  and  cultural  im- 
portance. Its  probable  cultural  value  has  long  been 
recognized,  but  only  within  the  last  twenty-five  or 
thirty  years  has  there  been  systematic  planting  of  the 
trees  in  orchard  form  with  a  view  to  deriving  profit 
from  the  sale  of  the  crops  of  nuts.  By  far  the  larger 
part  of  the  commercial  prodxict  of  Pecans  is  still  ob- 
tained from  the  wild  trees  of  Texas,  Louisiana  and  Mis- 
sissippi. 

The  species  is  indigenous  on  lowlands  and  river  bot- 
toms throughout  most  of  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi 
and  its  larger  tributaries.  It  is  found  as  far  north  as 
Davenport,  Iowa,  in  the  main  valley,  Covington,  Ky.,  in 
that  of  the  Ohio,  and  Terre  Haute.  Ind.,  in  that  of  the 


PECAN 


PECAN 


1253 


Wabash.  It  is  also  abundant  througiiout  eastern  and 
central  Texas,  extending  southward  into  Mexico,  but 
nowhere  reaching  the  immediate  coast  of  the  Gulf.  The 
area  of  natural  distribution,  therefore,  covers  consider- 
able portions  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Iowa,  Missouri, 
Kansas,  Oklahoma,  Indian  Territory,  Arkansas,  Ken- 
tucky, Tennessee,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana  and 
Texas.  Commercial  plantations  of  considerable  size 
have  been  made  in  most  of  these  states,  and  outside  of 
this  area  in  North  and  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida, 
New  Mexico,  California  and  Oregon.  Small  experimen- 
tal plantings  have  been  made  in  most  of  the  middle  and 
northern  states.  The  cultural  era  of  the  Pecan  may, 
therefore,  be  considered  as  now  fairly  entered  upon. 

Under  favorable  conditions  of  soil  within  its  natural 
range,  the  tree  attains  majestic,  dome-like  proportions, 
reaching  a  trunk  diameter  of  4  to  6  ft.,  with  a  height  of 
100  to  175  ft.  and  a  spread  of  top  of  60  to  70  ft.  Some 
of  the  largest  trees  recorded  are  found  in  Illinois  and 
Indiana  in  the  valley  of  the  Wabash  river,  near  the 
northern  limit  of  its  natural  distribution.  This  ten- 
dency to  attain  great  size  under  favorable  conditions 
gives  rise  to  puzzling  questions  regarding  the  proper 
distance  for  planting  in  orchard  form  to  insure  the 
health,  vigor  and  productiveness  of  the  trees  as  they 
approach  maturity.  It  has  also  given  rise  to  much 
speculation  as  to  the  possibility  of  dwarfing  the  tree  by 
propagating  upon  other  species  and  thus,  by  reducing 
the  size  of  top  and  trunk,  to  render  the  tree  more  tract- 
able and  if  possible  increase  its  proportional  productive- 
ness. Little  careful  and  systematic  work  has  been  done 
on  this  line,  however,  most  of  the  planted  orchards 
still  consisting  of  seedling  trees. 

Commercial  Importance  of  the  Pecan.— The  import- 
ance of  the  Pecan  as  an  article  of  commerce  seems  not 
to  have  been  generally  recognized  until  after  the  civil 
war.  As  in  the  case  of  the  Florida  orange,  the  favor 
which  it  met  with  from  the  soldiers  of  the  Union  army 
doubtless  did  much  to  spread  its  reputation  in  northern 
cities,  and  to  pave  the  way  for  a  favorable  reception 
when  first  shipped  in  large  quantities,  during  the  pe- 
riod of  1870  to  1880.  Since  then  the  increase  in  demand 
has  been  rapid  and  steady,  and  for  many  years  the 
large,  thin  -  shelled  varieties  have  retailed  at  higher 
prices  than  are  obtained  for  any  other  American-grown 
nut.  Choice  Pecans  of  large  size  rarely  retail  in  north- 
ern cities  at  less  than  40  cents  per  pound  and  fre- 
quently rise  to  75  cents  for  a  fancy  article. 

Accurate  statistical  data  on  the  total  yield  and  value 
of  the  crop  are  lacking,  but  the  yield  often  runs  into 
the  millions  of  pounds  per  annum,  single  firms  in 
Texas  having  handled  upwards  of  500,000  Ibs.  in  a  sea- 
son. A  large  and  growing  demand  for  Pecan  meats  has 
developed  among  confectioners,  one  New  York  dealer 
having  prepared  and  marketed  100,000  Ibs.  of  these  in  a 
year. 

From  the  favor  with  which  exhibits  of  this  nut  in  the 
American  section  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1900  were 
received,  it  seems  probable  that  a  considerable  export 
trade  can  be  developed  whenever  the  supply  of  choice 
nuts  exceeds  the  demand  for  domestic  consumption. 

Climatic  and  Soil  acquirements.  —  From  its  wide 
area  of  natural  distribution,  covering,  as  it  does,  more 
than  fifteen  degrees  of  latitude,  the  species  may  be  ex- 
pected to  thrive  in  most  of  the  regions  adapted  to  the 
culture  of  the  common  tree  fruits  of  the  north  temper- 
ate zone.  Trees  from  different  latitudes  are  found  to 
vary  greatly  in  hardiness,  as  would  be  expected.  Seed- 
lings from  the  lower  Mississippi  valley  succumb  to  the 
winters  of  Massachusetts  and  Michigan,  when  trees 
grown  from  Indiana,  Illinois  and  Iowa  seed  survive  un- 
injured. On  account  of  lack  of  productiveness  and  the 
small  size  of  nuts  in  the  North,  the  area  of  probable 
profitable  planting  east  of  the  Rocky  mountains  is  not 
likely  to  extend  north  of  the  Potomac  and  Ohio  rivers. 
In  portions  of  California  and  Oregon  the  trees  are  re- 
ported to  make  a  strong  and  thrifty  growth,  but  there 
is  general  complaint  there  of  lack  of  productiveness. 
Within  the  area  in  which  the  species  succeeds,  most  of 
the  profitable  trees  at  this  time  are  on  moist  and  rela- 
tively fertile  soil. 

The  moist,  clayey  and  sandy  loams  of  river  bottoms 
subject  to  occasional  overflow,  are  peculiarly  adapted  to 


this  tree.  It  thrives  on  fertile  uplands  that  are  suffi- 
ciently moist  and  rich,  and  even  on  light,  sandy  soils 
when  well  fertilized,  but  the  cost  of  the  fertilizing 
necessary  on  light  soils  is  probably  too  great  to  leave  a 
possible  profit  in  the  culture  of  the  Pecan.  In  Texas, 
certain  soils  underlaid  with  hard-pan  are  reported  to 
have  been  fitted  for  planting  by  exploding  a  charge  of 
dynamite  in  the  hole  where  the  tree  is  to  be  planted, 
thus  loosening  the  soil,  affording  drainage  and  prepar- 
ing it  for  easy  penetration  by  the  roots. 

Propagating.  —  During  the  earlier  years  of  Pecan  or- 
charding none  but  seedling  trees  were  planted.     Many 


1694.  Top-crafted  Pecan. 

Four  years  after  the  operation.     (Page  1254.) 

of  the  planters  believed  (as  some  still  contend)  that  the 
seedlings  would  come  true  to  type  and  that  efforts  to 
perpetuate  valuable  varieties  by  budding  or  grafting 
were  unnecessary.  As  larger  numbers  of  trees  of 
known  parentage  have  come  into  bearing  it  has  become 
evident  that  the  variation  among  seedlings  of  this  spe- 
cies is  very  great  and  that  a  large  proportion  of  the 
seedlings  of  choice  varieties  fail  to  equal  the  parent  in 
vigor  and  productiveness  of  tree  or  size  and  quality  of 
fruit.  Fig.  1695  shows  an  instance  of  such  variation, 
the  thirteen  forms  illustrated  having  been  produced  by 
thirteen  different  seedling  trees  grown  from  one  crop  of 
nuts  from  a  single  isolated  tree,  by  B.  M.  Young,  Mor- 
gan City,  La.  Mr.  Young  states  further  that  other 
seedlings  from  the  same  tree  showed  even  greater  varia- 
tion, and  that  with  few  exceptions  the  nuts  of  the  seed- 
lings were  smaller  than  those  of  the  parent  tree.  These 
seedlings  show  little  variation  in  vigor  of  growth,  but 
vary 'as  greatly  in  productiveness  as  in  size  of  nut,  the 
largest  crop  yet  borne  by  the  least  productive  consist- 
ing of  less  than  five  pounds  of  nuts,  while  the  most 
productive  has  for  two  years  borne  upwards  of  one 
hundred  and  fifty  pounds  of  nuts. 

The  early  attempts  to  propagate  the   Pecan  by  the 
methods  of  budding  and  grafting  practiced  on  the  more 


1254 


PECAN 


PECAN 


common  orchard  trees  were  rarely  successful,  and  the 
opinion  became  prevalent  that  this  species  could  not  be 
budded  or  grafted.  Various  devices  for  propagating 
by  layers,  by  upturned  roots  and  root-cuttings  were 
suggested  and  tested  at  different  times,  but  none  of 
these  proved  of  permanent  value. 

The  first  really  successful  work  in  graft-propagation 
seems  to  have  been  by  crown-grafting  on  Pecan  stocks. 
This  is  most  commonly  practiced  in  early  spring  on 
stocks  in  place,  having  a  crown  diameter  of  from  1  inch 
to  2  or  3  inches.  The  stock  should  be  cut  off  smoothly 
at  the  crown  and  grafted  either  by  splice,  or  side-cleft 
graft,  according  to  size  of  stock.  Cions  with  terminal 
buds  are  preferable,  and  they  should  in  all  cases  be  so  cut 
that  but  one  scarf  exposes  the  pith.  In  this  method  no 
wax  is  used,  but  the  grafted  stump  is  carefully  mounded 
up  with  moist  earth  to  the  top  bud  of  the  cion,  to 
prevent  drying  out.  In  the  humid  and  mild  climate  of 
the  Gulf  states,  this  is  probably  the  most  promising 
method  for  the  inexperienced  amateur.  Bench-splice 
root-grafting  on  6-inch  top  sections  of  one-year-old  seed- 
lings has  been  fairly  successful  in  some  cases,  but 
grafts  set  on  lower  sections  of  root  are  not  considered 
worthy  of  planting  out.  Annular  budding  on  the  new 
wood  of  second-year  seedlings  yields  a  considerable 
proportion  of  success  when  favorable  climatic  condi- 
tions prevail,  but  in  unfavorable  seasons,  as  of  extreme 
drought  or  heavy  rainfall,  it  results  in  almost  total  fail- 
ure even  with  expert  operators. 

Top-working  of  the  Pecan  is  generally  difficult,  only 
a  small  percentage  of  success  usually  being  obtained 


1695.  Outlines,  showing  variation  in  the  Pecan  (X%). 
All  grown  from  nuts  from  one  tree. 

with  any  method.  On  young  trees  of  Pecan,  Water 
Hickory  (H.  aquatica)  or  Mocker  nut  (H.  alba),  not 
exceeding  one  inch  in  diameter,  occasional  success  by 
splice-grafting  is  obtained  in  Florida.  Diagonal  side- 
grafting  on  various  hickory  stocks  is  also  occasionally 
successful  in  Florida,  but  no  orchards  of  commercial 
importance  have  as  yet  resulted  from  any  of  these 
methods  of  propagation. 

The  most  promising  results  in  the  top-working  of 
Pecan  trees  that  have  yet  been  obtained  are  probably 
those  of  E.  E.  Risien,  San  Saba,  Texas,  who  finds  annu- 
lar budding  in  June  or  July  of  strong  shoots  of  the 
growth  of  the  current  season  the  best  method.  An 
abundant  crop  of  such  shoots  is  secured  by  cutting 
back  the  trees  severely  in  March,  using  a  cross-cut  saw 
if  necessary,  as  is  sometimes  the  case  on  large  trees. 
If  the  tree  is  old  and  the  bark  hard,  the  pushing  of  buds 
is  stimulated  by  hacking  the  bark  of  the  stubbed  trunk 


and  branches  with  a  hatchet.  The  budding  is  done 
when  the  shoots  attain  the  size  of  an  ordinary  lead  pen- 
cil. Budding  done  on  dry  days  is  found  to  yield  much 
the  best  results,  especially  if  followed  by  several  days 
of  dry  weather.  The  cions  must  be  thoroughly  pro- 
tected against  drying  out  between  removal  from  the 
tree  and  budding,  however;  and  the  "tying  in,"  for 
which  strips  of  old  cotton  cloth  are  used  'in  preference 
to  stronger  material,  must  be  thoroughly  done,  to  insure 
success.  When  all  conditions  are  favorable,  thrifty 
seedling  trees  are  quickly  transformed  to  choice  varie- 
ties in  this  way,  and  begin  to  bear  good  crops  within 
three  or  four  years  after  the  operation  is  performed. 
Fig.  1694  shows  such  a  tree  during  the  fourth  season 
after  budding.  The  tin  guards  about  the  trunks  are 
found  necessary  in  that  section  to  protect  both  young 
nuts  and  tender  shoots  from  destruction  by  squirrels 
during  the  summer. 

Distance,  Method  of  Planting,  and  Cultivation.  —  From 
its  large  size  it  is  clear  that  the  Pecan  should  not  be 
crowded.  Most  of  the  orchards  planted  have  been  at 
distances  of  40  or  50  feet,  but  experience  would  indicate 
that  60  feet  is  a  safer  distance.  Where  seedling  trees 
are  depended  upon  it  is  probably  advisable  to  plant 
closer  together  on  the  start,  with  a  view  to  cutting 
out  the  trees  bearing  inferior  nuts  as  soon  as  their  true 
character  is  discovered.  As  at  least  half  of  the.  seed- 
lings of  any  given  lot  may  be  expected  to  yield  nuts  very 
much  inferior  in  size  to  the  seed  planted,  it  is  probably 
wise  to  plant  about  double  the  number  that  are  desired 
as  permanent  trees.  The  subsequent  thinning  out  will 
leave  the  trees  irregularly  placed,  but  until  bud  propa- 
gation of  the  species,  both  in  nursery  and  orchard,  is 
better  understood  and  more  successfully  done  than  at 
present  this  is  probably  the  safest  and  most  economi- 
cal method  for  the  orchard  planter  to  adopt.  In  the 
earlier  days  many  planters  advocated  and  practiced 
planting  the  nuts  where  the  trees  were  to  remain  in  the 
orchard,  usually  planting  two  or  three  in  a  place  to  in- 
sure a  "stand."  The  difficulty  of  protecting  the  young 
trees  from  injury  and  the  consequent  uneven  character 
of  the  orchards  have  caused  most  of  the  later  plantings 
to  be  made  from  the  nursery  row  at  the  age  of  one  or 
two  years.  If  planted  on  strong  and  well-prepared  soil 
to  insure  a  vigorous  growth  the  first  season  after  re- 
moval to  the  orchard,  one-year-old  trees  are  probably 
preferable.  The  tap-root  of  the  one-year-old  Pecan  tree 
is  usually  two  or  three  times  as  long  as  the  top,  and 
more  care  in  digging  from  the  nursery  rows  is  neces- 
sary than  with  most  trees.  No  harm  will  result  from 
a  moderate  shortening-in  of  the  tap-root,  however.  In 
fact,  the  tree  is  probably  benefited  by  the  more  spread- 
ing root  system  that  results  from  this  practice. 

If  the  nuts  are  to  be  planted  either  in  nursery  row  or 
orchard  they  should,  if  of  valuable  varieties,  be  stratified 
in  sand  during  the  winter  and  planted  out  as  early  in 
spring  as  the  ground  can  be  worked.  If  of  common 
sorts  or  in  regions  where  mice  and  squirrels  do  not 
abound,  they  may  safely  be  planted  in  well-drained  soil 
before  winter  sets  in.  Ordinary  nursery  cultivation  will 
usually  suffice,  but  nothing  necessary  to  insure  a  strong 
and  vigorous  growth  the  first  season  should  be  left 
undone.  Digging  from  nursery  row  is  most  easily  done 
with  a  horse  tree-digger,  which  cuts  the  roots  at  a  suf- 
ficient depth  to  avoid  injuring  the  trees. 

The  soil  for  orchard  planting  should  be  thoroughly 
prepared,  and,  if  not  naturally  rich,  should  be  well  fer- 
tilized with  well-rotted  stable  manure  or  some  fertilizer 
rich  in  available  nitrogen.  Much  depends  upon  securing 
a  strong  growth  of  both  root  and  top  the  first  year  after 
transplanting.  If  proper  care  is  taken  to  cultivate  and 
fertilize  the  trees  they  are  probably  not  injured  by  crop- 
ping with  ordinary  hoed  crops  for  four  or  five  years, 
especially  if  occasional  leguminous  crops,  like  crimson 
clover,  cow  pea  or  velvet  bean,  are  plowed  in.  After 
trees  reach  maturity  in  thrifty  condition,  cultivation  is 
probably  less  important,  though  some  of  the  most  pro- 
ductive trees  reported  are  in  fields  regularly  planted 
with  cultivated  crops. 

Harvesting  and  Marketing.  — The  common  method  of 
harvesting  is  to  gather  the  nuts  at  intervals  of  a  few 
days  as  they  fall,  sometimes  hastening  the  dropping  by 
beating  the  bunches  lightly  with  bamboo  or  other  light 


PECAN 


PECAN 


1255 


rods.  The  nuts  should  not  be  left  on  the  ground  long 
enough  to  become  wet  or  discolored  by  storms,  as  both 
appearance  and  quality  are  injured  thereby.  Most  Pe- 
cans of  medium  size,  and  below,  are  now  polished  by 


1696.  Named  varieties  of  the  Pecan.    Natural  size. 


friction  in  revolving  barrels  before  being  placed  with 
retail  dealers.  This  process  cleans  and  brightens  the 
nuts,  and  renders  them  more  attractive  in  appearance. 
Unfortunately,  it  has  the  same  effect  on  stale  nuts  as 
on  fresh  ones,  and  makes  possible  the  working  off  of 
old  stock  for  new.  Dealers  have  been  quick  to  take 
advantage  of  this  and  frequently  mix  old  polished  nuts 
with  new  at  the  beginning  of  the  season.  It  is  therefore 
not  advisable  to  polish  or  otherwise  manipulate  high- 
grade  fresh  Pecans  at  the  present  time.  The  demand 
for  large,  thin-shelled  nuts  for  seed  has  consumed  so 
large  a  proportion  of  the  product  up  to  the  present  time 
that  market  prices  on  large  nuts  for  table  use  are  hard 
to  fix.  For  fresh  nuts,  running  approximately  50  or  less 


to  the  pound,  the  retail  price  is  rarely  below  50  cents  per 
Ib.  in  the  large  cities,  while  for  seed,  such  nuts,  if  of 
well-authenticated  varieties,  usually  bring  from  $1  to 
$2.50  per  Ib. 

Probably  at  least  95  per  cent  of  the  market  supply  is 
still  from  wild  trees  and,  as  the  crop  varies  greatly  in 
quantity  from  year  to  year,  the  wholesale  price  is  sub- 
ject to  wide  variation;  3  to  5  cents  per  Ib.  for  ordinary 
wild  Pecans  is  about  the  average  price  paid  by  buyers. 
In  recent  full-crop  years,  considerable  quantities  have 
been  held  over  in  refrigerated  storage,  and  large  profits 
have  been  realized  in  some  instances  in  this  way. 

Large  quantities  of  the  medium  sizes  are  cracked  in 
special  establishments  in  different  cities,  notably  in  San 

Antonio,  Texas,  and  New 
York,  and  marketed  in 
neat  cardboard  cartons 
in  the  form  of  meats 
ready  for  the  domestic  or 
commercial  confectioner. 
Such  meats  usually  re- 
tail at  50  to  60  cents  per 
Ib.,  and  at  a  somewhat 
lower  price  their  con- 
sumption will  undoubt- 
edly be  largely  increased. 
Insect  Enemies.— 
Among  the  most  trouble- 
some enemies  of  the  Pe- 
can are  certain  leaf-eat- 
ing caterpillars,  includ- 
ing the  fall  webworm 
(Hyphantria  cimea, 
Drury),  which  is  con- 
trolled by  burning  the 
webs  with  a  torch  at- 
tached to  a  pole  as  soon 
as  it  is  discovered. 
Spraying  with  Paris 
green  would  doubtless  be 
more  effective  in  case 
this  pest  should  appear 
in  large  numbers.  The 
hickory  twig-girdler(  On- 
cideres  cingulatus,  Say) 
is  sometimes  trouble- 
some on  Pecan.  The  fe- 
male beetle  deposits  her 
eggs  in  twigs  which  she 
afterwards  girdles  to 
such  an  extent  that  they 
are  broken  off  by  autumn 
winds  and  fall  to  the 
ground.  These  should 
be  immediately  gathered 
and  burned,  to  prevent 
the  larvae  from  entering 
the  ground.  Certain  bor- 
ers, notably  the  painted 
hickory  borer  (Cyllene 
pict us, Drury,)  and  allied 
species,  sometimes  work 
havoc  by  tunneling  the 
cambium  layer  and  inner 
bark,  but  their  attacks 
are  believed  to  be  con- 
fined to  old  or  feeble 
trees.  The  hickory 
bark  borer  (Scolytus  4- 

spinosiis,  Say)  also  works  upon  trees  that  have  lost 
their  vitality  through  advanced  age  or  other  cause.  The 
only  known  remedy  for  these  is  the  prompt  removal  and 
destruction  of  infested  trees  as  soon  as  discovered. 

Probably  the  most  serious  insect  enemy  to  the  com- 
mercial Pecan  -  grower  is  the  hickory  -  shuck  worm 
(Grapholitha  caryana,  Fitch),  the  larvae  of  which  pene- 
trate the  hull  and  young  nut,  causing  premature  drop- 
ping. So  far  as  recorded,  it  is  less  troublesome  on 
Pecan  than  on  the  shellbark  hickory  (H.  laciniosa)  and 
its  hybrids.  No  remedy  except  prompt  destruction  of 
the  infested  nuts  by  burning  has  been  discovered. 

Varieties  (Fig.  1696).— Under  the  stimulus  of  the  high  prices 
paid  for  choice  seed  nuts  of  good  reputation,  many  varieties  of 


1256 


PECAN 


PEDICULARIS 


Pecan,  mostly  selected  wildlings,  have  been  dignified  by  the 
application  of  names  more  or  less  appropriate,  during  the  past 
ten  years.  In  most  instances  these  have  been  published  with 
but  brief  and  imperfect  descriptions  which  do  not  serve  to 
identify  the  varieties.  As  but  a  small  proportion  of  them  have 
ever  been  propagated  by  other  means  than  by  seed,  the  future 
production  of  nuts  under  these  names  may  be  expected  to  show 
great  variation.  The  wisdom  of  applying  varietal  names  to 
Pecans  not  propagated  by  some  method  of  bud-propagation 
may  well  be  questioned,  as  it  is  certain  to  result  in  a  confused 
nomenclature  when  seedlings  grown  from  them  come  into  bear- 
ing. Out  of  more  than  70  sorts  that  have  been  thus  dignified 
with  names  it  is  very  doubtful  whether  more  than  20  have 
been  offered  by  nurseries  except  in  the  form  of  seedlings. 
Of  those  that  have  been  so  propagated  and  are  obtainable  in 
southern  nurseries,  the  following  are  probably  the  most  im- 
portant sorts.  Little  has  yet  been  determined  regarding  their 
adaptability  to  other  regions  than  those  in  which  they  origi- 
nated. The  price  of  trees  ranges  from  50  cents  to  $1.50  per  tree 
for  one-  or  two-year-old  grafted  or  budded  stock: 

Century  (Pig.  1696,  a) .—Introduced  by  Herbert  Post,  Fort 
Worth,  Texas.  One  of  the  largest  Pecans  yet  brought  to  no- 
tice, selected  nuts  measuring  2%  x  3%  inches  in  circumference, 
and  running  25  to  the  pound. 

Columbian  (Fig.  1696,  6;  syns.,  Mammoth,  Rome,  Pride  of 
the  Coast).— Originated  at  Convent,  La.,  and  disseminated  un- 
der the  above  names  by  different  nurseries.  Large,  cylindrical, 
slightly  constricted  at  middle  and  tapering  at  apex,  which  is 
frequently  four- sided;  shell  moderately  thin ;  of  good  cracking 
quality  and  delicate  flavor.  Tree  reported  to  be  vigorous,  but 
irregular  in  bearing  and  yielding  nuts  varying  greatly  in  size 
and  plumpness  of  kernel. 

Frotscher  (Pig.  1696,  c) .—Originated  at  Olivier,  La.,  and  in- 
troduced by  the  late  Richard  Frotscher,  of  New  Orleans.  One 
of  the  largest  and  best  in  all  respects.  Nut  cylindrical,  taper- 
ing slightly;  shell  thin,  parting  easily  from  kernel,  which  with 
a  little  care  can  be  removed  entire;  flavor  delicate,  quality  ex- 
cellent. Tree  thrifty  and  productive. 

Jewett  (Fiar.  1696,  d).— Introduced  by  the  late  W.  R.  Stuart, 
Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Very  large,  oblong,  often  constricted  and 
usually  rather  angular;  shell  of  medium  thickness,  parting 
easily  from  kernel,  which  does  not  always  fill  well;  quality 
very  good. 

Pabst  (Fig.  1696,  e).— Origin,  Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Dissemi- 
nated by  Chas.  E.  Pabst,  Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Cylindrical, 
moderately  large;  shell  medium,  parting  well;  kernel  plump, 
bright  and  of  excellent  quality.  Tree  vigorous  and  productive. 


1697.  Pedicularis  procera 


Paragon  (Fig.  1696,  ^.—Introduced  by  Herbert  Post,  Fort 
Worth,  Texas.  Loug-obovate,  with  pyramidal  apex,  large,  with 
moderately  thin  shell,  cracking  well;  kernel  plump,  but  with 
rather  deep  convolutions;  quality  very  good. 

Russell  (Fig.  1696,  g).— Origin,  Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Intro- 
duced by  Chas.  E.  Pabst,  Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Oval,  pointed, 
medium  to  large  in  size,  with  very  thin  shell  and  plump,  bright 
kernel;  cracking  quality  excellent;  flavor  delicate,  quality  very 
good.  Tree  productive. 

San  Saba  (Fig.  1696,  h) .—Origin,  San  Saba,  Texas.  Intro- 
duced by  E.  E.  Risien,  San  Saba,  Texas.  Nut  cylindrical,  small 
to  medium  in  size,  with  very  thin  shell,  fine  cracking  quality, 
very  bright  kernel  and  delicate  flavor.  This  little  nut  is  of  the 
highest  quality  for  dessert  use  and  but  for  its  small  size  would 
be  one  of  the  most  promising  yet  brought  to  notice. 

Sovereign  (Fig.  1696,  i).— Origin,  San  Saba,  Texas.  A  seed- 
ling of  San  Saba,  grown  and  introduced  by  E.  E.  Risien,  San 
Saba,  Texas.  Cylindrical,  medium  to  large,  with  very  thin 
shell  and  full  kernel  of  fine  quality.  A  new  variety  of  much 
promise. 

Stuart  (Fig.  1696,  j).— Origin,  Pascagoula,  Miss.  Introduced 
by  the  late  W.  R.  Stuart,  Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Cylindrical, 
large  to  very  large,  selected  nuts  running  35  to  the  pound; 
shell  moderately  thin,  cracking  quality  good;  kernel  plump, 
quality  good.  Tree  thrifty  and  productive. 

Van  Deman  (Fig.  1696,  *).— Introduced  by  the  late  W.  R. 
Stuart,  Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Oblong,  large,  running  45  to  the 
pound;  shell  moderately  thin,  cracks  well  and  yields  plump 
meats  of  good  quality. 

Hybrids.— Several  evident  hybrids  of  the  Pecan  with  other 
species  of  Hicoria  have  been  brought  to  notice,  the  most  con- 
spicuous being  the  McCallister  (syn.,  Floyd)  from  southern 
Indiana,  and  the  Nussbaumer  from  southern  Illinois,  both  evi- 
dently hybrids  between  H.  Pecan  and  H.  laciniosa.  Neither 
these  nor  others  of  similar  character  give  promise  of  immediate 
cultural  value,  however. 

For  detailed  descriptions  of  varieties  and  fuller  discus- 
sion of  Pecan,  see  Kept,  on  Nut  Culture,  Div.  of  Pom. 
U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  pp.  49-64,  PL  4,  8,  9,  Fuller's  Nut 
Culturist,  chapter  on  Hickory  Nuts,  pp.  147-202;  Kept. 
Mo.  Bot.  Garden  7,  pp.  28-42,  PL  1-23.  See  Hicoria. 

WM.  A.  TAYLOR. 

PEDICULARIS  (Latin,  louse;  long  supposed  to  breed 
lice  in  sheep  that  fed  on  these  plants).  Scrophular- 
idcece.  LOUSEWORT.  About  125  species  of  herbs,  mostly 
natives  of  the  northern  hemisphere, with  terminal  spikes 
of  yellow,  reddish  purple  or  white  fls.  The  few  kinds 
cult,  in  hardy  borders  are  chiefly  esteemed  for  the 
beauty  of  their  fine-cut  foliage.  A  good  many  species 
have  been  tried,  but  they  seem  to  be  short-lived  and 
it  is  conjectured  that  their  roots  are  more  or  less  para- 
sitic on  other  plants.  A  few  are  annuals  or  biennials, 
but  the  great  majority,  including  those  described  below, 
are  perennials.  They  are  procurable  from  dealers  in 
native  plants.  P.  Canadensis  seems  to  be  the  only 
American  species  cult,  in  European  gardens.  A  good 
plant  of  it  has  6-8  fls.,  each  %  in.  long,  in  a  spike  1%  in. 
long,  which  becomes  5-8  in.  long  in  fruit. 

Generic  characters:  Ivs.  alternate  or  whorled,  rarely 
subopposite,  1-many  times  pinnately  divided,  rarely 
merely  dentate:  calyx  anteriorly  cut,  variously  2-5- 
toothed;  corolla  2-lipped,  the  upper  one  (or  galea)  with 
or  without  a  long  beak :  stamens  4,  didynamous :  capsule 
ovate  or  lanceolate,  oblique:  seeds  usually  few. 

A.  Galea   (upper  Up  of  the  corolla)  with  a  long  beak 

(%in.  long). 

racemdsa,  Dougl.  Height  1  ft.:  Ivs.  undivided,  mi- 
nutely and  doubly  crenulate:  fls.  white;  beak  circinate- 
incurved,  nearly  reaching  the  lower  lip.  Colo,  to  Brit.  Col. 

AA.   Galea  witJi  very  short  beak  or  none. 

B.  Bracts  mostly  longer  than  the  fls. 
prdcera,  Gray.    Fig.  1697.    Robust,  1^-4  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
pinnately  divided:  spike  6-15  in.  long:  fls.  sordid  yel- 
lowish and  greenish  striate.    Mts.  of  Colo,  and  New  Mex. 

BB.  Bracts  shorter  than  the  fls. 
c.  Capsule  ovate,  scarcely  longer  than  the  calyx. 

lanceolata,  Michx.  SWAMP  LOUSEWORT.  Glabrous  or 
nearly  so,  1-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  alternate  and  opposite,  pin- 
nately lobed,  upper  ones  sessile:  fls.  yellow.  Aug.-Oct. 
Swamps,  Conn,  to  Manitoba;  south,  Ohio  to  Neb.  B.B. 
3:185. 
CC.  Capsule  lanceolate,  three  times  as  long  as  the  calyx. 

Canadensis,  Linn.  WOOD  BETONV.  The  common 
American  Lousewort,  usually  more  or  less  hairy:  stems 


PEDICULARIS 


PELARGONIUM 


1257 


commonly  tufted,  %-\lA  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  mostly  alternate,  pinnately 
parted,  all  but  the  uppermost  peti- 
oled:  fls.  yellow  or  reddish,  rarely 
white.  April-June.  Dry  woods  and 
thickets,  Nova  Scotia  to  Manitoba; 
south,  Fla.  to  N.  Mex.  B.  B.  3:180. 
B.M.  2506.  W.  M. 

PEDILANTHUS(s7toe-«<w;er).  Eu- 
phorbiticew.  Mostly  small  succulent 
shrubs,  having  the  characters  of  Eu- 
phorbia, except  that  the  involucre 
is  irregular  and  enlarged  into  a  short 
spur  on  the  upper  side.  About  15 
species  in  tropical  America.  They 
are  easily  grown  with  the  fleshy  Eu- 
phorbias in  sandy  loam,  well  drained 
and  manured.  Propagated  by  cut- 
ting dried  at  the  base,  then  inserted  in 
occasionally  moistened  sand. 

tithymaloides,  Poit.   BIRD  CACTUS. 
JEW  BUSH.  Stem  4-6  ft.  high,  green : 
Ivs.  lanceolate,    1-3   in.    long,    dark 
green :  involucres  bright  red,  pointed, 
declined,  K-%  in.  long,  in  terminal 
cymes:    stamen   and  style   long   ex- 
serted.    West  Indies.    B.R. 
10:837.    L.B.C.  8:727    (Eu- 
phorbia canaliculata).  B.M. 
2514  (Euphorbia  carinata ) . 

P.  mdcropus,  Benth.,  with 
whitish  stems  and  minute 
leaves,  from  Calif.,  is  occasion- 
ally cultivated. 

J.  B.  S.  NORTON. 

PEEN-TO,  or  Flat  Peach 
of  the  South  is  Prunus  Persica,  var. 
See  Peach  and  Prunus. 

PEEPUL  TBEE.    Ficus  religiosa. 
PEIRESKIA.     SeePereskia. 

PELARGONIUM    (stork,   because 
the  fruit  is  long  and  slender  like  a 
stork's    bill).     Geraniacece.     GERA- 
NIUM   of    gardens.      PELARGONIUM. 
The  person  who  wishes  to  study  the 
contemporaneous  evolution  of  plants 
may  find  his  heart's  desire  in  Pelar- 
gonium. With  great  numbers  of  spe- 
cies and  many  of  them  variable  and 
confusing  in  a  wild  state,  with  plant- 
breeding   in   many  places  and   con- 
tinued through   two   centuries,   and 
with   a  large  special  literature,  the 
genus  offers  exceptional  advantages 
and  perplexities  to  the  student.    Most 
of   the   species    are   South   African, 
whence  they  early  came  into  culti- 
vation  by  the   English  and   Dutch. 
P.  cucullatum,  the  dominant  parent 
in   the   florist's    Pelargoniums,  was 
known  in  England  as  early  as  1690. 
The  two  originals  of  the  race  of  zonal 
or  bedding  Geraniums  were   intro- 
duced into  England  in  1710  and  1714. 
Early  in  that  century,  a  half  dozen 
species   were    grown   at  Eltham,    in  the  famous   gar- 
den  of  James    Sherard,    and   these   were  pictured   in 
1732   in   Dillenius'    account   of   that   garden,    "Hortus 
Elthamensis,"  a  sumptuously  illustrated  work  in  quarto. 
Even  at  that  time,  P.  inquinans  had  varied  markedly 
(see    Fig.  1698).     In   his  "Species    Plantarum,"   1753, 
Linnaeus   described   the   few  species  which   he   knew 
(about  25)  under  the  genus  Geranium.  In  1787,  L'Herit- 
ier  founded   the  genus    Pelargonium,  and  transferred 
many  of  the  Linnsean  species.  L'Heritier's  work  "Gera- 
niologia,"  a  quarto,  appeared  in  Paris  in  1787  to  1788,  with 
44  full-page  plates.  Early  in  the  nineteenth  century,many 
species  were  in  cultivation  in  Europe,  and  experiments 
in  hybridizing  and  breeding  became  common.    There 


covcineo  Peixi. 


1698.  Pelargonium  inquinans  (and  a  variety  of  it)  as  figured  by  Dillenius  in  1732. 
One-half  size  of  the  original  plate 

seems  to  have  been'something  like  a  Geranium  craze. 
The  experiments  seem  to  have  been  confined  chiefly  to 
the  development  of  the  show  or  fancy  Pelargoniums,  as 
greenhouse  subjects.  The  Geranium  interest  seems  to 
have  culminated  in  Robert  Sweet's  noble  work  on  "Gera- 
niaceae,"  published  in  five  volumes  in  London,  1820  to 
1830,  containing  500  well  -  executed  colored  plates  of 
geraniaceous  plants.  At  that  time  many  distinct  garden 
hybrids  were  in  cultivation,  and  to  these  Sweet  gave 
Latin  botanical  names.  His  fifth  volume  is  devoted 
chiefly  to  garden  forms  of  the  show  Pelargonium  type, 
to  which  the  name  P.  domesticum  is  given  in  the  follow- 
ing sketch.  The  development  of  the  zonal  or  bedding 
Geraniums  had  begun  in  Sweet's  time,  and  he  includes 


1258 


PELARGONIUM 


PELARGONIUM 


them  in  his  pictures,  but  the  larger  part  of  their  evolu- 
tion is  subsequent  to  his  history.  Various  small  works 
on  Pelargonium  have  appeared.  De  Jonghe's  "Traite" 
Me"thodique  de  la  Culture  du  Pelargonium,"  Brussels, 
1844,  contains  good  bibliographical  and  cultural  data. 

Most  of  the  cultivated  forms  of  Pel- 
argonium can  be  grouped  into  four 
general  horticultural  classes : 

I.  The  zonal,  horse-shoe,  fish,  orbed- 
ding  types,  known  to  gardeners  as 
Geraniums.  They  comprise  a  mongrel 
class,  lately  designated  (Bailey,  "Bot- 
any," p.  314)  as  Pelargonium  Tiorto- 
rum.  This  race  seems  to  be  derived 
from  P.  zonale  and  P.  inquinans. 
These  species  were  made  by  Linnaeus 
in  1753,  but  he  founded  them  on  de- 
scriptions in  earlier  works  rather  than 
directly  on  the  plants.  In  America, 
the  zonal  Geraniums  are  very  popu- 
lar, for  they  develop  their  colors  well 
in  the  bright  climate.  They  are  popu- 
lar in  all  countries,  however.  They 
probably  stand  closer  to  the  lives  of 
a  great  number  of  people  than  any 
other  ornamental  plant.  If  a  window 
or  a  garden  can  have  but  one  plant, 
that  plant  is  likely  to  be  a  Geranium. 
The  old  race  of  large  -  flowered  and 
large-clustered  Geraniums  was  known 
as  Nosegay  Geraniums,  because  they 
were  bouquet-like,  but  this  term  is  not 
known  in  America.  Another  race  has 
been  developed  for  its  zone-marked 
leaves.  There  is  also  a  race  of  double- 
flowered  zonals,  which  have  appeared 
chiefly  since  1860.  The  very  full  dou- 
ble and  close-clustered  forms  lose 
much  of  the  grace  and  charm  of  the 
single  types.  Some  of  them  are  little 
better,  to  a  sensitive  eye,  than  balls  of 
colored  tow  or  wadding.  In  the  devel- 
opment of  the  individual  flower  of  the 
Geranium,  there  have  been  two  ideals 
—the  English  ideal  for  a  circular  flower 
with  the  petals  broadened  and  over- 
lapping, and  the  continental  ideal  with 
a  somewhat  2-lipped  flower  and  the 
petals  well  separated.  In  the  Gar- 
deners' Chronicle  in  1841,  p.  644,  the 
proper  form  is  set  forth  in  an  illustra- 
tion, and  this  is  contrasted  with  the 
"original  form;"  the  picture  is  repro- 
duced, somewhat  smaller,  in  Fig.  1699. 
"The  long,  narrow,  flimsy  petals  of  the 
old  varieties, "the  writing  says, "moved 
by  every  breath  of  wind,  and  separated 
to  their  very  base  by  broad,  open 
spaces,  have  been  succeeded  by  the 
flowers  of  the 
present  day,  with 
broad  stout  pet- 
als so  entirely 
overlapping  each 
other  as  to  leave 
scarcely  an  inden- 
tation in  the  out- 
line of  the  flower; 
while  the  coarse- 
ness which  pre- 
vailed in  the 
larger  of  the  old 
sorts  is  replaced 
by  a  firmer  sub- 
stance, and  a  far  more  delicate  text- 
ure." Fig.  1700  shows  contrasting 
ideals,  although  the  picture  does 
not  represent  the  extremes. 

In  recent  years  a  French  type  has 
appeared  under  the  name  of  "gros 
bois,"  or  « large-wood  "  race.    It  is 
characterized  as  follows  by  Dauthe- 
as  depicted  in  1841.      nay:  umbels  ordinarily  4-5  in.  in 


beautiful    compact 


The 

ideal.     Uppermost  is  Mrs.  E.  G.  Hill 
middle  one,  Maculatum;  lowest.Wistre. 


diam. :  fls.  very  large  ;  petals  roundish,  or  sometimes 
triangular,  the  limb  always  very  large  and  giving  the 
corolla  a  remarkably  round  contour:  Ivs.  very  large, 
thick  and  coriaceous,  plane  or  incurved,  more  or  less 
indented,  strongly  nerved,  their  diam.  averaging  about 
5  in. :  pedicels  large  and  short :  pe- 
duncles large,  rigid,  and  projecting  be- 
yond the  foliage:  wood  soft,  fleshy, 
very  large,  often  1%  in.  around.  To 
this  type  Dauthenay  refers  the  Bruant 
Geraniums,  dating  from  1882. 

A  special  handbook  is  devoted  to 
these  plants:  Dauthenay,  "Les  Gera- 
niums," Paris,  1897. 

II.  The   ivy-leaved   Geraniums,   the 
products    of    Pelargonium    peltatum. 
Fig.  1702.    The  species  is  said  to  have 
been  introduced  into  England  in  1701. 
It  is  a  weak  and  straggling  plant,  used 
mostly  in  vases,  hanging  baskets,  and 
other  places  in  which  an  overhanging 
subject  is  desired.   The  foliage  is  thick 
and  shiny,  slightly  peltate  and  promi- 
nently  angle-lobed,  and   the   pink  or 
reddish   2-lipped    flowers   are   always 
admired.    Much-improved  and  double 
forms  are  now  in  commerce,  and  the 
plant  is  probably  more  popular  than  at 
any  time  in  its  history. 

III.  The    show    or   fancy    type    is 
known  to  gardeners  as  Pelargonium, 
and  in  this  country  also  as  Lady  Wash- 
ington  Geraniums.    Fig.  1705.    These 
plants    are   very   popular   in   Europe, 
being   grown   in  numerous   varieties. 
They  are  prominent  at  the  exhibitions. 
Because   of  the   hot,   trying   summer 
climate,  these  plants  are  of  very  sec- 
ondary   importance    in    America,    al- 
though there  are  many  gardeners  who 
succeed   well   with    them.     This   race 
of,  Pelargoniums    seems   to   have   de- 
scended chiefly  from   P.  cucullatum, 
although  P.  angulosum  may  be  nearly 
equally  concerned  in   it.     P.   grandi- 
florum  is  also  thought  to  have  been  a 
formative  parent.     It  is  probable  that 
two   or  three   other   species  are  con- 
cerned in  the  evolution.      In  fact,  the 
late  Shirley  Hibbard  once  wrote  (G.C., 
July  3,  1880)  that  "it  must  be  evident 
to   every  cultivator   of  these   flowers 
that  the  blood  of  a  score  or  so  of  spe- 
cies is  mingled  in  them."   This  marked 
garden  race,  which  represents  no  sin- 
gle  wild  species,  is  designated  below 
as  P.  domesticum. 

IV.  Various    scented-leaved    Gera- 
niums, known  mostly  as  Rose  Gera- 
niums.    These  are  of  several  species, 
with  their  hybrids  and  derivatives.  The 
common  Rose  Geraniums  are  nearest 
P.  graveolens  and  P.  JRadula.  The  Nut- 
meg Geranium  is  P.  odoratissimum. 

Aside  from  the  above  groups  there 
are  several  species  which  appear  spo- 
radically in  the  trade,  as  P.  tomento- 
sum,  P.  echinatum,  P.  triste,  P.  quin- 
quevulnerum,  P.  fitlgidum  and  P. 
quercifolium  or  the  derivatives  of 
each.  The  other  species  mentioned  in 
the  following  account  (and  not  men- 
tioned above)  are  not  known  by  the 
writer  to  be  in  the  American  trade,  but 
they  are  of  interest  as  parents  of  garden  forms  or  for 
other  special  reasons.  Many  of  the  true  species  of  Pel- 
argonium are  very  satisfactory  plants,  and  they  deserve 
to  be  better  known.  Few  great  collections  of  Pelargo- 
nium species  and  varieties  have  been  made  in  this 
country.  The  late  John  Saul,  Washington,  once  had  a 
very  large  collection.  Robert  Sandiford.  Mansfield, 
Ohio,  is  a  prominent  grower  of  the  zonal  and  ivy- 
leaved  class;  also  the  Cottage  Gardens,  Queens,  N.  Y., 


1700. 
Three  forms  of 

earden 
Geranium. 


upper    two    show  the    2-lipped 
.  G.  H 


PELARGONIUM 


PELARGONIUM 


1259 


ami  E.  G.  Hill  &  Co.,  Richmond,  Ind.  Jolm  H.  Sie- 
vers,  San  Francisco,  has  a  large  collection  of  the 
Lady  Washington  class.  The  Horticultural  Department 
of  Cornell  University  has 
had  about  1,000  varieties 
and  species,  representing 
all  groups. 

Bentham    and    Hooker 
estimate   that  the   genus 
Pelargonium   contains 
about  170  species.  Nearly 
all  of  them  are  from  South 
Africa.      All  the  species 
mentioned  in  this  article 
are     from    that     region. 
Harvey,  in  Vol.  I  of  Har- 
vey   &    Sonder's     Flora 
Capensis     (1859-60),    ad- 
mits 163  species;  and  his 
descriptions  are  followed 
closely  in  the  characterizations  of 
species    given   below.       Pelargo- 
nium is  distinguished   from  the 
genus  Geranium  by  technical  char- 
acters.    In  most  cases,  the  flow- 
ers of  Geranium  are  regular,  but 
those  of  Pelargonium  are  irregular,  the 
two   upper  petals   differing   from  the 
others  in  size  and  shape  and  often  in 
coloring.     The   most  constant   differ- 
ence between  the  two  genera  is    the 
presence  in  Pelargonium  of  a  nectar- 
tube,  extending  from  the  base  of  one 
of  the  sepals  and  adherent  to  the  side 
of  the  calyx-tube  or  pedicel.    This  tube 
is   not   seen   by  the   casual  observer, 
but  it  can  be  discovered  by  making  a 
longitudinal  section  of  the  flower  and 
pedicel.     In  Pelargonium  the  calyx  is 
5-parted  ;  petals  5,  mostly  obovate  or 
spatulate,  in  2  sets  or  series  comprising  2 
upper  and  3  lower  ;  stamens  really  10,  but 
3  or  more  of  them  merely  sterile  filaments. 

L.  H.  B. 

CULTURE  OP  ZONAL  GERANIUMS.— While 
the  general  florist  may  consider  Geranium 
culture  the  easiest   of   all  gardening,  the 
fact  remains  that  it  is  as  necessary  to  ob- 
serve the  requirements   of   the  Geranium 
as  it  is  to  observe  the  requirements  of  any 
other  plant,  in  order  to  succeed  and  pro- 
duce  the   best   effects    attainable.     While 
it  is  true  that  the  Geranium  will  grow  and 
make  a  good  showing  with  comparatively 
little  care,  there  is  as  much  difference  between 
a  skilfully  grown  Geranium  plant  and  one  care- 
lessly grown  as  there  is  between  a  fancy  and 
a  common  rose  or  carnation. 

In  order  to  secure  the  best  results  it  is  nec- 
essary to  propagate  from  perfectly  healthy 
stock.  The  dangers  of  over-propagation  are  as 
great  with  the  Geranium  as  with  most  other 
plants.  In  order  to  keep  the  majority  of  the 
varieties  in  good  health  it  is  necessary  to  plant 
the  stock  intended  for  propagation  in  the  field 
and  to  propagate  either  from  the  field-grown 
wood  in  August  or  early  September,  or  to  lift 
the  plants  in  the  month  of  September  and  plant 
them  on  benches  in  the  greenhouse,  where 
they  will  become  established  and  will  main- 
tain a  vigorous  constitution  throughout  the 
winter  season.  The  propagation  from  field- 
grown  wood  is  far  less  successful  than  from 
wood  grown  inside,  and  when  the  field-grown 
cuttings  are  placed  in  sand,  a  large  percentage 
of  them  is  likely  to  damp  off,  especially  if 
there  has  been  a  comparatively  abundant  rain- 
fall during  the  month  of  July.  The  best  method 
that  the  writer  has  found  for  striking  the  field- 
grown  cuttings  is  to  put  them  in  2-inch  pots, 
using  a  light,  sandy  soil  free  from  all  manure  and  chem- 
icals, and  to  place  the  pots  in  the  full  sunlight  either  in 
a  coolhouse  or  a  frame.  These  cuttings  must  be  kept  on 


the  dry  side  until  the  calluses  have  been  well  formed, 
although  they  should  not  be  allowed  to  shrivel  at  any 
time.  If  the  cuttings  show  signs  of  shriveling,  a  light 
syringing  is  preferable  to  a  heavy  watering.  After  the 
roots  have  started  to  grow,  the  treatment  of  the  plants 
is  the  same  as  if  the  cuttings  had  been  rooted  in  the 
sand  and  repotted.  The  writer  considers  wood  grown 
inside  superior  to  field-grown  wood,  as  the  cuttings  are 
much  shorter- jointed  ;  most  of  them  can  be  taken 
from  the  plant  with  a  heel  and  95-100  per  cent  of  them 
will  root  in  sand  in  the  ordinary  cutting-bench. 

A  good  temperature  for  the    Geranium  propagating 
house  is  56-60°,  with  a  bottom   heat  of  65-68°.    While 
the  cuttings  are  in  the  sand  and  before  they  are  rooted, 
care  must  be  taken  about  keeping  them  too  moist 
for  fear  of    "damping   off,"  or  what   Geranium 
growers  know  as    "black   rot."    As   soon  as  the 
Geranium  cutting  is  thoroughly  callused  and  be- 
gins to  emit  roots  it  should  be  potted  up  at  once. 
The  best  soil  for  Geraniums,    according  to  the 
writer's  experience,  is  a  firm,  pliable  clay  loam; 
this  is  best  if  used  absolutely  without  any  ma- 
nure, especially  fresh  manure.   After  potting  the 
cuttings    they    should    be   lightly    watered   and 
shaded  for  a  day    or  so  if  the  sun  is  extremely 
hot,  until  the  roots  take  hold  and  the  foliage  fills 
up  and  the  stems  begin  to  look  plump. 
The  Geranium  should  not  be  grown  at 
any  time   in   its  young  state  in   a   soil 
that  is  too  rich,  and  care  must  also  be 
taken  that  the  plants  are  not  kept  too 
wet. 

The  Geranium  is   subject  to  few  dis- 
eases,   and   so    far   as    the    writer    has 
been  able  to  observe  these  diseases  are 
brought  on  by  improper  treatment,  such 
as  having  too  much  fresh  rank  manure 
in  the  soil  or   keeping    the    plants  too 
wet.    Too  much  strong  plant-food  in  the 
soil    combined    with    too    much 
moisture  produces  a  spotted  con* 
dition    of    the   leaves    ordinarily 
called  "spot."    It  usually  appears 
in  the  hottest  weather  or  imme- 
diately after  extreme  heat  accom- 
panied   by    copious    showers    or 
rains. 

Excellent  specimen  Geranium 
plants  may  be  grown  in  pots, 
especially  of  some  of  the  newer 
French  and  English  round-flow- 
ered varieties.  In  order  to  pro- 
duce the  best  results,  select 
young,  vigorous  plants  that  have 
been  propagated  either  in  the 
latter  part  of  August  or 
the  fore  part  of  Septem- 
ber, and  that  have  shown 
a  disposition  to  take  hold 
immediately,  both  in  root- 
ing and  in  starting  to 
grow  after  being  potted. 
The  soil  should  not  be  too 
rich,  and  it  is  best  to  start 
with  the  plant  in  a  rather 
small  pot,  say  2%  in.,  and 
proceed  onward  with  light 
shifts,  — that  is,  shifting 
the  plant  from  a  2% -in. 
to  a  3% -in.  pot,  and  so  on, 
letting  the  sizes  increase 
an  inch  at  each  shift  un- 
til a  7-,  8-  or  9-in.  pot  is 
reached,  which  will  usu- 
ally be  large  enough  to 
flower  the  finest  speci- 
mens. Whenever  potting 
the  Geranium,  be  sure  to 
pot  firmly,  as  a  firm  soil 
produces  a  short-jointed, 
stocky  growth,  and  far  more  bloom  than  a  loose  or  over- 
rich  soil.  When  the  plants  reach  a  5-  or  6-in.  pot  they 
may  be  regularly  fed  with  manure  water.  The  mos't 


1701.   Leaves  of  various  fancy-leaved  Gera- 
niums'—  P.  hortorum 


1260 


PELARGONIUM 


PELARGONIUM 


critical  time  for  these  specimen  Geranium  plants  will  be 
during  the  months  of  July,  August  and  September; 
during  these  periods  exposure  to  intense  sunshine  should 
be  avoided.  Too  much  water  and  a  close  temperature 
are  always  detrimental  to  the 
Geranium.  Syringing  the  foli- 
age frequently  in  order  to 
keep  down  the  temperature 
is  also  detrimental.  If  these 
plants  are  kept  under  glass, 


1702.  Pelargonium  peltatum  (X 


a  light  shading  or  stripping  upon  the  glass  is  bene- 
ficial. Probably  the  best  position  for  such  plants  dur- 
ing these  three  extreme  months  is  on  the  north  side 
of  a  row  of  trees,  some  distance  away  from  the  trees, 
where  the  plants  will  have  the  benefit  of  the  subdued 
shading  of  the  foliage.  If  kept  under  glass  and  shaded, 
abundant  ventilation  should  always  be  provided.  As 
the  winter  approaches,  a  night  temperature  of  60°  and 
day  temperature  of  70°-75°,  with  plenty  of  ventilation 
during  the  daytime,  especially  in  bright  weather,  seems 
to  best  suit  the  plants.  Syringing  ruins  the  flowers, 
and  too  much  moisture  either  in  the  pot  or  upon  the 
foliage  causes  the  spotting  of  the  foliage  known  as 
"dropsy."  In  planting  the  Geranium  in  the  field  or  in 
beds  always  avoid  an  over-rich  soil.  The  soil  should  be  in 
good  condition  and  fertile,  but  must  not  be  loaded  with 
either  chemical  or  animal  fertilizer.  Too  much  water 
at  any  period  during  the  hot  weather  produces  a  rank 
growth,  reduces  the  quantity  of  bloom  and  in  the  ma- 
jority of  instances  causes  the  spotted  foliage  to  appear. 

Another  disease,  which  is  sometimes  serious,  espe- 
cially in  extremely  hot  seasons  accompanied  with  a 
superabundance  of  moisture,  is  "stem  rot."  This  fre- 
quently attacks  imported  stock.  Just  what  produces 
this  disease  the  writer  is  unable  to  say,  but  it  is  most 
serious  during  intensely  hot  seasons ;  the  entire  plant 
turns  black  and  fades  and  withers  away.  The  stem  rot 
occurs  in  varieties  that  have  been  very  heavily  propa- 
gated. 

The  insects  that  affect  the  Geranium  are  also  compar- 
atively few.  The  red  spider  is  sometimes  a  serious 
pest  during  the  summer  and  is  difficult  to  get  rid  of 
when  it  is  once  well  established.  The  only  method  that 
the  undersigned  has  found  efficacious  is  to  syringe  the 
plants  with  an  extremely  fine  spray,  and  also  to  pick  off 
the  leaves  that  are  seriously  affected  and  burn  them. 
The  greenfly  is  also  troublesome  at  times,  but  is  eas- 
ily managed  with  the  ordinary  fumigation  of  tobacco. 
There  is  a  small  caterpillar  that  eats  the  foliage  and 
sometimes  proves  a  serious  pest.  If  one  can  induce  a 
few  ground  sparrows  or  any  of  the  warblers,  or  even 
English  sparrows,  to  make  their  home  in  the  green- 
house, they  will  put  a  speedy  end  to  these  caterpillars. 
Another  remedy  is  to  go  over  the  plants  carefully  and 
pick  the  caterpillars  off  and  destroy  them.  This  is  tedi- 
ous, as  it  must  be  done  frequently. 

In  the  way  of  bedding  Geraniums,  as  a  rule  the  Bru- 
ant  section  produces  the  best  results,  but  there  are  a 
number  of  English  and  French  varieties  that  do  espe- 
cially well  in  our  hot  climate.  The  greatest  difficulty 
that  we  have  in  successful  Geranium  culture  in  America 


is  the  intense  he'at  of  the  summer  months,  chiefly  July 
and  August.  The  writer  has  found  that  the  following 
varieties  grow  especially  well  in  the  field  as  well  as  in 
beds  on  lawns.  In  the  Bruant  section:  Mme.  Landry, 
Beaute  Poitevine,  Mme.  Charotte,  Mme.  Chas.  Molin, 
and  C.  W.  Ward,  all  of  varying  shades  of  salmon-pink; 
Jean  Viaud,  pure  clear  pink;  Mme.  Jaulin,  peach-pink; 
John  Doyle,  A.  Riccard  and  General  Grant,  scarlet; 
Thos.  Meehan,  magenta-pink  ;  Count  de 
Castellane,  a  deep  crimson-scarlet.  Among 
the  French  varieties:  Mme.  Barney,  Mme. 
Philip  La  Brie  and  Francis  Perkins,  pure 
pink;  Rene  Bazin,  bright  rosy  salmon; 
Gertrude  Pearson  and  Grandville,  pure 
pink ;  Marvel,  S.  A.  Nutt,  Richelieu,  Cha- 
teaubriand and  De  La  Vigne,  brilliant  crimson-scarlet; 
Pasteur  and  John  P.  deary,  bright  orange  -  scarlet ; 
Eulalie  and  Mme.  Buchner,  snow  white ;  Ctesar  and  Duke 
de  Montmart,  brilliant  aniline-purple. 

A  much  larger  list  of  varieties  suitable  for  pot  culture 
may  be  mentioned,  for  when  growing  in  pots  a  larger 
collection  is  desirable.  Among  the  Bruants  may  be  men- 
tioned: Mme.  Charotte,  Jean  Viaud,  Mme.  Landry, 
Mme.  Jaulin,  Mme.  Chas.  Molin,  Count  de  Castellane, 
Beaute"  Poitevine,  Mme.  des  Bordes  Valmore,  and  Thos. 
Meehan.  In  the  English  round-flowered  section:  Hall 
Caine,  Han  Maclaren,  Wm.  Ewing,  Gertrude  Pearson, 
Mrs.  Chas.  Pearson,  Barbara  Hope,  Lillian  Duff,  Mary 
Beton,  Dorothy  Burroughs,  and  Rudyard  Kipling.  In 
the  Fancy  or  Aureole  section:  Andrew  Lang,  Jean  Re- 
meau,  Grandville,  La  Fraicheur,  Mark  Twain,  Hubert 
Charron,  J.  B.  Varrone,  Mme.  Bruant,  Mme.  Blanche 
Jamet,  George  Sand  and  Daumier,  crimsons  and  scar- 
lets; Rasphail  Improved,  John  P.  Cleary,  Richelieu, 
Chateaubriand,  Dr.  Despres,  Ryecroft  Pride,  Pasteur; 
in  salmons,  Modesty,  Nydia  and  in  purple  Due  de  Mont- 

mart-  C.  W.  WARD. 

SHOW  PELARGONIUMS. — What  we  know  as  show  Pelar- 
goniums have  enjoyed  a  long  popularity.  By  the  gen- 
eral public,  and  by  old  people  especially,  they  are  known 
as  Lady  Washington 
Geraniums.  They  are 
not  so  commonly  grown 
as  Geraniums,  chiefly 
on  account  of  their 
limited  season  of  bloom 
and  the  fact  that  they 
cannot  endure  our  hot 
midsummer  suns. 
Through  the  greater 
part  of  the  summer 
they  are  liable  to  be 
neglected.  They  also 
require  different  treat- 
ment from  Geraniums, 
and -if  skill  there  be— 
more  skill  in  cultiva- 
tion. 

We  will  commence  at 
the  end  of  the  bloom- 
ing season.  They  are 
past,  and  require  rest, 
—  a  season  of  ripening 
the  growth  already 
made,  During  this 
time  very  little  water 
will  be  needed,  and 
they  may  be  stood  out 
in  the  full  sun.  We 
need  only  cut  off  the 
old  flower -stems.  In 
no  sense  should  they 
be  cut  back  at  this 
time,  neither  should 
water  enough  be  given 
to  encourage  new 
growth.  All  the 
leaves  should  stay  on 
until  they  naturally 
turn  yellow  with  age,  thus  securing  a  thoroughly  ripened 
growth.  In  September,  one  may  prune  them  into  shape; 
sometimes  rather  severely,  but  in  any  case  cut  out  all 
weak  and  soft  shoots.  They  should  then  be  shaken  out 


1703.  A  good  Pelargonium  (X 

P.  cordatum  of  botanists  or  an 
offshoot  of  that  species. 


PELARGONIUM 


PELARGONIUM 


1261 


and  repotted  in  a  light  compost,  not  rich,  into  the  small- 
eat  sized  pots  that  will  hold  them,  for  the  process  of 
growing  them  on  has  to  be  gone  over  every  season.  After 
potting,  a  good  soaking  will  be  necessary,  and  they  may 
be  placed  in  a  well-lighted  coldframe.  There  is  no  need 
to  keep  them  close;  the  stimulation  of  water,  and  the 
slight  protection  of  a  frame  being  usually  enough  to 
start  them  into  new  growth.  No  forcing  will  ever  be 
needed  at  any  season,  and  if  one  wished  he  might  keep 
them  in  a  coldframe  until  very  late  in  the  season,  so 
long  as  adequate  protection  against  frost  is  afforded. 
With  us  they  are  at  their  best  in  late  May  and  June, 
and  to  have  them  in  good  condition  we  grow  them 
slowly  in  a  house  averaging  about  50°  night  tempera- 
ture (slightly  less  in  midwinter),  from  October  onward. 

After  the  turn  of   the  days— in  January  —  we  repot 
them,  using  now  a  richer  compost.     We  give  a  fairly 
good  shift,  depending  in  part  on  the  size  of  plants  de- 
sired, the  vigor  they  show,  and  the  difference  in  varie- 
ties.    If  we  had  wanted  them  to  bloom  in  April  or,  as 
some  florists  might,  at  Easter,  we  should  have  potted 
them  at  once— in   late  August  or  September,  into   the 
size  they  should  bloom  in,  — a  medium  size,  probably  the 
same  as  they  had  lately  occupied,  and  have  taken  them 
indoors  to  grow  on  continuously.     But  for  our  display, 
in  May  and  June,  they  are  potted  again  in  January,  and 
some  may  be  given  another  shift  when  extra  vigor  or 
the  possible  need  of  a  few  extra  large  specimens  de- 
mand it.    They  will  need  careful  stopping.     Some  rub- 
bing out  of  weak  shoots,  when  they  break  abundantly, 
will  help  those  that  remain,  and  we  may  even  have  to 
do  a  little  pruning.      Stopping,    however,   must 
be  discontinued  as  soon  as  the  flowering  stems 
begin  to  show,  which  is  about  the  end  of  Febru- 
ary in  the  writer's  practice.    These  stems  can  be 
distinguished  easily  by  a  slightly  different  man- 
ner of  growth.    Up  to  this  time  the  plants  may 
be  allowed  to  grow  naturally;   but  if  we  want 
trained  specimens  we  must  begin  to  bend  them 
as  we  wish  them  to  grow,  as  their  growth  speed- 
ily hardens  and  the  plant  will  readily  take  and 
keep  the  form  to  which  it  is  shaped. 

Water  should  be  given  sparingly  through  the 
dead  of  winter.  February  and  March  are  the 
months  when  the  most  growth  is  made,  and  at 
this  time  we  can  stimulate  them  materially  by 
the  judicious  use  of  artificial  manures,  which 
may,  if  necessary,  be  continued  until  they  come 
into  bloom.  They  are  much  subject  to  the  at- 
tacks of  greenfly  and  red  spider;  and  as  the  foli- 
age is  fairly  tender  and  liable  to  injury  from  to- 
bacco smoke,  we  are  compelled  to  rely  upon  fluid 
insecticides  almost  wholly.  The  blooming  season 
is  very  much  lengthened  by  giving  a  slight  de- 
gree of  shade. 

The  best  time  to  take  cuttings  is  soon  after  the 
flowering  season.  Often  towards  the  last  of  the 
season,  the  plants  make  a  few  "growing"  shoots, 
and  these  we  take ;  but  off  and  on  during  the  summer  we 
can  get  cuttings,  and  any  time  until  August  will  do.  Cut- 
tings taken  during  winter  time  with  a  heel  make  pretty 
little  plants  in  4-  or  5-inch  pots  without  stopping.  Cut- 
tings taken  at  the  usual  time  and  grown  on  in  6-  or  7- 
inch  pots  come  in  handy  in  grouping  for  the  front  lines. 
It  is  necessary  to  raise  a  few  plants  every  season  to  re- 
place older  plants  which  have  grown  too  large.  New 
varieties  are  raised  from  seed,  which  is  freely  produced. 
In  hybridizing  it  does  not  appear  that  hand-pollination 
has  any  effect,  as  the  seedlings  seldom  show  any  par- 
ticular affinity  to  either  parent. 

There  is  a  dwarf  strain  of  show  Pelargoniums  known 
as  "fancy."  The  plants  are  usually  heavily  blotched 
and  very  free-blooming.  The  writer  has  never  seen 
any  in  this  country.  T  D.  HATFIELD. 

INDEX  TO  THE   SPECIES  NAMES. 


A.    Plant  with  thick,  succulent  branches,  and  strong 
fishy  odor:    Ivs.  orbicular   or  reniform,  shal- 
lowly  if  at  all  lobed :  inflorescence  umbellate: 
good  stamens  7,  the  2  upper  ones  short.     (Cico- 
nium.)    FISH  OR  BEDDING  GERANIUMS. 
1.  zonale,    Willd.      ZONAL,   or    HORSE -SHOE   GERA- 
NIUM.   Shrubby  in  its  native  place  and  in  warm  coun- 
tries, becoming  woody  at  the  base  even  in  pots,  the 


angulosum,  8. 
hetulinum,  5. 
capitatum,  11. 
cordatum,  6. 
crispum,  17. 
cucullatum,  7. 
denticulatum,  16. 
domesticum,  9. 
echinatum,  20. 

exstipulatum,  19. 
fragrans,  21. 
fulgidum,  24. 
grandiflorum,  10. 
graveolens,  14. 
hortorum,  3. 
inquinans,  2. 
Limonium,  18. 
odoratissimnm,  21. 

peltatnm,  4. 
quercifolium,  13. 
quinque  vulnerum  , 
23. 
Radula,  15. 
tomentosum,  12. 
triste,  22. 
zonale,  1. 

j  " 

1704.  Pelargonium  angulosum. 
From  Dillenius'  figure  in  1732.     One-half  the  size  of  the  original  plate. 


young  branches  somewhat  hispid:  Ivs.  round-cordate, 
glabrous  or  pubescent,  long-stalked,  usually  with  a  zone 
or  horse-shoe  mark  of  deeper  color  on  the  upper  sur- 
face, the  margin  crenate-dentate,  with  several  very 
shallow  rounded  lobes:  stipules  broad,  cordate-oblong: 
peduncles  long,  the  fls.  nearly  sessile:  calyx -tube  gla- 
brous or  nearly  so,  4-5  times  longer  than  the  lanceolate 
segments  ;  petals  separated,  narrow-wedge  shape  or 
spatulate.— "Among  shrubs  and  on  hillsides.  .  .  .  The 
flowers  vary  from  scarlet  and  crimson  through  all  shades 
of  red  to  pure  white."— Harve y.  Probably  originally  red. 
P.  zonale  was  introduced  into  England  in  1710.  Linnaeus 
described  it  in  1753  as  Geranium  zonale,  founding  the 
species  on  previous  descriptions,  not  on  specimens.  It 
is  probable  that  the  species  had  been  considerably  modi- 
fied by  domestication  when  Linnaeus  wrote.  There 
seems  to  be  no  accepted  portrait  of  the  original  form  of 
the  plant. 

2.  inquinans,  Ait.  FISH  GERANIUM.  Fig.  1698.  Plant 
more  velvety  than  P.  zonale,  sometimes  more  or  less 
viscid,  the  leaves  not  zoned:  calyx-tube  densely  gland- 
ular and  viscid,  3-4  times  longer  than  the  lanceolate 
segments ;  petals  broadly  obovate,  scarlet,  but  now 
varying  to  lighter  colors.— "Among  shrubs  and  on  hill- 
sides." This  is  the  Geranium  inquinans  of  Linnaeus, 


1262 


PELARGONIUM 


PELARGONIUM 


who  founded  the  species  on  previous  descriptions.  One 
of  the  descriptions  (Dillenius,  in  "Hortus  Elthamensis," 
1732)  was  accompanied  by  a  picture,  and  this  picture, 
reduced  one-half,  is  reproduced  in  Fig.  1698.  It  will  be 
seen  that  even  in  that  early  day  the  species  had  varied 
into  a  form  with  short-notched  petals  and  short  pedi- 
cels. Introduced  into  England  in  1714. 

3.  hortdrum,  Bailey.   COMMON  FISH  or  BEDDING  GERA- 
NIUM.    Figs.    1699-1701.      The    common    Geranium    in 
great  numbers  of  forms,  derived  from  the  blending  of 
P.  zonale  and  P.  inquinans  in  more  than  a  century  of 
careful  selection.     The  original  species  are  not  now  in 
cultivation.    Practically  all  garden  Geraniums  have  the 
zonal  marks  on  the  leaves  or  bands  or  a  central  blotch 
of  variegation.    Some  of  them  have  intermingled  colors 
of  green,  white  and  red  on  the  same   leaf.     Some  are 
"  silver-banded  "  and  some  " gold-banded."  See  Fig.  1701. 

AA.  Plant  weak  and  usually  trailing,  the  branches 
slender  and  not  succulent:  Ivs.  fleshy  and 
glossy,  lobed,  marginally  peltate  :  inflorescence 
umbellate :  good  stamens  7,  2  upper  shorter. 
(Dibrachya.)  IVY-LEAVED  GERANIUMS. 

4.  peltatum,  Ait.  (P.  scutdtum,  Sweet.     P.  hedercefb- 
lium,  Hort.).    Fig.  1702.     Plant  with  slender- jointed, 
more  or  less  zigzag  stems  which  are  glabrous  or  very 
nearly  so  (except  at  the  top) :  Ivs.  glabrous  or  minutely 
pubescent,  fleshy,  the  petiole  inserted  just  inside  the 
margin  at  the  base,  about  5-nerved,  with  about  5  short 
wide,  mostly  obtuse  main  lobes  and  often  with  smaller 
miuor  lobes  or  angles  and  notches:  peduncle  very  long, 
originally  4-8-fld.,  but  now  bearing  many  greatly  modi- 
fled  fls.,  the  calyx -tube  slender  and  stalk-like  and  often 
longer  than  the  pedicel  and  2-3  times  longer  than  the 


pointed  nerved  and  mostly  ciliate  lobes ,  petals  twice  as 
long  as  calyx-lobes,  red  to  white  or  purplish,  the  2 
upper  ones  erect  and  purple-blotched  or  striped,  the  3 


1705.  Pelargonium 

domesticum  (X 


One  of  the  Show  or  Lady 
Washington  Pelargoniums. 


1706.  Pelargonium  quercifolium 


lower  ones  usually  smaller  and  not  marked  and  sepa- 
rated from  the  upper  as  if  the  flower  were  2-lipped. 
B.M.  20.  —  Parent  of  the  Ivy-Leaved  Geraniums,  now 
much  improved  and  varied.  Prized  for  baskets. 
There  are  forms  with  double  fls.  and  colors  of  various 
kinds.  It  is  a  most  desirable  plant  and  very  floriferous 
in  most  of  the  garden  sorts. 

AAA.  Plant  woody,  not  succulent,  the  foliage  often 
scented  but  not  "fishy:"  Ivs.  various,  but  not 
distinctly  pinnately  parted:  inflorescence  pan- 
iculate or  umbellate:  good  stamens  ?  or  6.  (Pel- 
argium.) 

B.  Stipules  present  and  conspicuous. 

0.  Lvs.  not  distinctly  lobed,  though,  often  angled,  mostly 
oval  or  ovate  and  cordate.  Exceptions  in  P.  do- 
mesticum. 

5.  betulinum,  Ait.    Erect  and  shrubby,  downy  only  on 
the  young  growths:  Ivs.  stalked,  oval  or  ovate,  obtuse 
or  not  prominently  acute,  rounded  or  truncate  at  base, 
the  stipules  sharp  and  deciduous:  fls.  light  purple,  the 
broad  upper  petals  with   dark   streaks.     B.M.  148. — A 
handsome  and  neat  plant. 

6.  cordd-tnm,  Ait.    Fig.  1703.    Shrubby  and  erect,  vil- 
lous  or  nearly  glabrous :  Ivs.  long-stalked,  cordate-acute, 
denticulate  and  sometimes  obscurely  lobed:   peduncles 
usually   branched,  the  pedicels    and  calyx  soft-hairy: 
fls.  purplish,  the  petals   twice   as   long  as  the  sepals. 
B.M.  165  (as  P.  cordifolium).  —  Told  from  P.  cucullatum 
by  its  flat  cordate-acute  Ivs.    It  is  a  handsome  plant  in 
bloom.     The  plant  in  cultivation  as  P.  cordatum  (Fig. 
1703),  has  leaves  more  truncate  at  the  base  than  the  de- 
scriptions and  old  pictures  call  for,  although  on  some 
shoots  the  leaves  may  be  typically  cordate. 

7.  cucullatum,   Ait.     Tall  and  shrubby  plant,   much 
branched,  softly  and  densely  villous :  Ivs.  long-stalked, 
kidney-shaped   and   cupped   or   cucullate,   denticulate, 
very  soft-pubescent,  the  stipules  ovate-acute  and  with- 
ering:   fls.  purple,  in  many-fid,  panicles,  the  pedicels 
and   calices   densely   silky-hairy,   the   petals   twice   as 
long   as   the   lance-acuminate   sepals. — "Very  common 
round  Capetown  and  in  the  western  districts,  where  it 
is  often  used  as  an  ornamental  hedge-plant."— Harvey. 
Known  in  England  from  1690,  and  the  parent,  with  P. 
angulosum  and  probably  others,  of  the  fancy  or  show 
Pelargoniums  of  gardeners.     Not  known  in  cult,  in  its 
pure  or  original  form. 

8.  anguldsum,  Ait.    Fig.  1704.    Differs  from  P.  cucul- 
latum   in   its   harsh-hairy   covering   and   rigid   angled 
leaves:  the  Ivs.  are  short-stalked,  truncate  or  broadly 
cuneate  at  base,  with  3-5  shallow  angular  and   acute 
short  lobes;  panicles  with  fewer-fld.  umbels.  — Linnaeus 


PELARGONIUM 


PELARGONIUM 


1263 


Included  this  plant  in  his  Geranium  cucullatum,  but 
Aiton  separated  it  as  a  distinct  species.  Linnaeus' 
G.  cucullatum  was  founded  on  literature.  One  of  his 
sources  of  information 
was  Dillenius'  "Hortus 
Elthamensis,"  with  a  pic- 
ture ;  but  this  picture, 
which  is  reduced  one- 
half  in  Fig.  1704,  is  what 
i.s  now  known  as  P.  an- 
gulosum. This  is  one  of 
the  species  which  has 
entered  largely  into  the 
Pelargoniums  of  florists. 
9.  domesticum.  COM- 
MON, SHOW,  FANCY  and 
LADY  WASHINGTON  GE- 
RANIUMS (or  PELARGO- 
NIUMS). Fig.  1705.  The 
writer  proposes  this 
name  for  the  garden  type 


1707. 

Pelargonium  Radula  (above) 
and  P.  eraveolens  (X  %)• 


1708.   Pelargonium  denticulatum. 
(XK.) 


of  fancy  Pelargonium. 
The  race  is  said  to  be 
derived  chiefly  from  .P. 
cucullatum  ,  P.  angu- 
losum  and  P.  grandi- 
florum,  but  the  writer 
can  see  little  evidence 
of  the  blood  of  P.  gran- 
diflorum.  It  seems 
to  be  nearest  to  P.  cu- 
cullatum, having  the 
cucullate  or  disk- 
shaped  not  lobed  Ivs.  and  mostly  the  soft-hairiness  of 
that  species.  In  many  of  them,  however,  the  leaves  are 
distinctly  angle-lobed,  suggesting  P.  angulosum.  It  is  a 
fair  question  whether  P.  cucullatum  and  P.  angulosum 
are  themselves  to  be  considered  specifically  distinct.  P. 
domesticum  is  meant  to  comprise  the  whole  range  of 
garden  forms  of  the  Show  or  Lady  Washington  Pelar- 
goniums. The  name  will  enable  one  to  talk  about  these 
garden  plants  with  precision.  To  many  of  these  garden 
forms  specific  botanical  names  have  been  given,  so  that 
P.  domesticum  is  not  the  first  name  that  has  been  ap- 
plied in  this  group,  but  the  writer  is  not  aware  that  any 
collective  or  group  name  has  been  given.  Sweet,  in 
particular,  has  given  Latin  names  to  various  forms. 
These  old  names,  however,  apply  to  particular  histori- 
cal forms,  and  it  would  be  violence  to  enlarge  their 
application  to  cover  the  entire  group,  and  it  would  be 
difficult  to  select  any  one  of  them  as  more  applicable, 
under  botanical  rules,  than  others.  It  is  also  inaccurate 
to  call  this  garden  form  either  P.  cucullatum  or  P.  an- 
gulosum. 

cc.    Lvs.  sharply  S-7-lobed  and  sharply  toothed  or 
serrate. 

10.  grandifldrum,    Willd.      Shrubby,    glabrous     and 
glaucous:    Ivs.  long-stalked,  strongly  3-7-nerved  from 
the  top  of  the  petiole,  deeply  5-7-lobed,  the  lobes  broad 
and  .sharp-toothed,  the   stipules  ovate  and  mucronate: 
fls.  about  3  on  each  peduncle,  the  stalk-like  calyx-tube 
3-4  times  as  long  as  the  lanceolate  segments,  the  obo- 
vate  white  petals  (upper  2  with  red  lines)  3  times  as 
long  as  calyx-segments.  —A  handsome  and  distinct  spe- 
cies, not  now  in  cult,  in  its  pure  form. 

11.  capitatum,  Ait.     Stems  weak  and  trailing,  with 
long  white  hairs,  woody  at  the  base:  Ivs.  long-stalked, 
cordate.  3-5  lobed  and  the  lobes  rounded  and  toothed: 
peduncles  longer  than  the  Ivs.,  densely  many-fid.,  the 

80 


fls.  sessile,  rose-purple,  with  calyx-tube  much  shorter 
than  the  hairy  mucronate  calyx-lobes.  — Plant  rose- 
scented,  but  not  in  general  cultivation  in  its  pure  form. 

ccc.    Lvs.  cordate-lobed,  soft  and  velvety. 

12.  tomentdsum,  Jacq.     Plant  rather  thick-  and  soft- 
stemmed,   long   white-hairy   all   over:    Ivs.  very  long- 
stalked,    very   broadly   cordate-ovate,   3-5-7-lobed   and 
small-toothed,  soft  and  velvety:  stipules  ovate-acumi- 
nate, withering:  fls.  small,  white,  with  red  near  the  cen- 
ter, in  a  lax  panicle.  — Scent  like  peppermint,  and  for 
that  reason  it  is  somewhat  grown.    The  stems  are  long 
and  straggly. 

cccc.  Lvs.  deeply  several-many -lobed,  with  narrow 
divisions  rather  rough  or  stiff,  strong -scented. 
ROSE  GERANIUMS. 

13.  quercifdlium,  Ait.  OAK-LEAVED  GERANIUM.    SCAR- 
LET-FLOWERING ROSE  GERANIUM.     Fig.  1706.     Shrubby 
and  branchy,  somewhat  hairy  and  glandular:  Ivs.  with 
stalks  2-4  in.  long,  cordate-ovate  in  outline,  with  2-3 
pairs  of  oblong  side  lobes  (Ivs.  pinnatifid),  which  ex- 
tend nearly  to  the  midrib  and  are  again  toothed   and 
notched:  stipules  small,  2  pairs  at  each  node:  fls.  few- 
several  rather  small,  red  or  purplish,  in  umbels  and 
with   short    pedicels.— A   rather  common    greenhouse 
plant,  the  Ivs.  often  with  a  dark  spot. 

14.  gravdolens,  Ait.     Fig.  1707.     Much  like  the  last, 
but   Ivs.  longer  -  petioled   and   palmately   5-7-lobed   or 
parted,  the  broad  lobes  flat  and  pinnatifid  into  many 
mostly  obtuse  lobes:  stipules  cordate-acute:  fls.  many 
on  mostly  long  peduncles,  pink  or  light  purple,  small, 
the  calyx  hairy  and  nearly  sessile,  the  calyx-lobes  half 
as  long  as  the  petals.— This  is  one  of  the  commonest 
forms  of  Rose  Geranium.     A  typical  leaf  is  well  de- 
picted in  Fig.  1707  (lower  figure). 

15.  Radula,  Ait.  Fig.  1707.  Differs  from  P.  graveolens 
in  the  narrower  divisions  with  revolute  margins  of  the 
Ivs.:  the  Ivs.  are  deeply  palmately  parted,  the  lobes 
narrow-linear  and  pinnatifid,  all  rough-hispid   on  the 
upper  surface  and  soft-pubescent  beneath:   fls.  small, 
pale  purple,  with  dark  streaks.  — Does  not  appear  to  be 
in  the  trade  in  a  pure  form,  bu£  the  narrow-lvd.  Rose 
Geraniums  are  probably  hybrids  between  this  and  P. 
graveolens. 

16.  denticulatum,   Jacq.     Fig.   1708.     Much  like  P. 
Radula,  but  the  leaf -lobes  very  denticulate  and  flat:  Ivs. 
glabrous     and     viscid 

above,  plant  weaker.— 

It  has  a  balsamic  odor.  # 

Perhaps  it  has  entered 

into  the  garden  forms 

of  Rose  Geranium. 

ccccc.  Lvs.  small) 
round  -  cordate,  S- 
lobed  half  their 
depth  and  the  mar- 
gins toothed  or  jag- 
ged. 

17.  crispum,    Ait. 
Much     branched     and 
very  scabrous  or  rough; 
Ivs.  2-ranked, small  and 
rigid,     short  -  stalked, 
cuneate,     truncate    or 
slightly    cordate     at 
base,  coarsely  toothed : 
fls.   2-3    on    short  pe- 
duncles,violet,  the  low- 
er petals    narrow.  —  A 
neat,    strict  -  growing    .*.,-*•%• 
plant     with     lemon-  /-*'''  '*•[ 
scented  foliage.    Prob-'' 
ably  not  in  general  cul- 

tivation  now  in  a  pure        1709>  Pelareonium  Limonium. 

18.  Limdnium, Sweet. 

LEMON  GERANIUM.  Fig.  1709.  Lvs.  larger  than  in  the 
last,  not  2-ranked,  soft:  fls.  purple  and  lilac.— A  garden 
hybrid,  P.  crispum  apparently  being  one  of  its  parents. 
There  is  a  form  with  variegated  Ivs.  Sometimes  known 


1264 


PELARGONIUM 


PELL^EA 


to  gardeners  as  P.  odoratum.  It  is  a  neat  and  worthy 
plant,  and  showy  when  in  flower.  It  has  a  lemon  or 
palm  scent.  The  variety  known  as  Lady  Mary  is  of  this 
group. 

B.    Stipules  very  minute  and  adnate. 

19.  exstipulatum,    Ait.     Resembles   P.    crispum    in 
habit   and  foliage  :    Ivs.   round-ovate,    small,   velvety, 
about  3-lobed,  the  lobes  cut-toothed  or  lobed:  peduncles 
slender,  with  very  small  bracts:  fls.  small,  white,  with 
short  spatulate   petals.— Lvs.  about  %  in.  across,  with 
odor  of  pennyroyal.     Appears  not  to  be  in  the  trade,  at 
least  not  in  a  pure  form. 

AAAA.  Plant  with  a  short  and  thick  more  or  less 
fleshy  stem  or  caudex,  from  which  arise  slender 
branches,  the  Ivs.  long-stalked  and  reniform  or  cor- 
date and  obscurely  lobed:  stamens  6  or  7.  (Cor- 
tusina.) 

20.  echinatnim,  Curt.     The  fleshy  caudex  armed  with 
persistent    spine-like  stipules  :    Ivs.    white-tomentose, 
cordate-ovate    and    obtuse,    about    3-5-shallow-lobed  : 

calyx  downy,  the  tube  sev- 
eral times  longer  than  the 
calyx-lobes :  fls.  white,  with 
a  spot  near  the  center  (vary- 
ing to  all  purple),  the  petals 
notched.  B.  M.  309.  -  Now 
and  then  advertised.  The 
5.  are  said  to  change  color 
during  the  day. 


1710.  Pelargonium 

odoratissimtrm.    Natural  size. 


21.  odoratissimum,   Ait.     NUTMEG   GERANIUM.     Fig. 
1710.     Stem  or  caudex  very  short,  throwing  up  many 
slender  and  weak  soft-pubescent  branches:   Ivs.  very 
long-stalked,  soft,  round-cordate  and  very  obtuse,  ob- 
scurely 3-  or  more-lobed,  the  margins  dentate-crenate : 
peduncles  long  and  borne  opposite  the  Ivs.,  5-10-fld. :  fls. 
small,  white,  the  petals  about  twice  longer  than  the 
calyx-lobes.— A  common  plant,  cult,  for  its  pleasant- 
scented  foliage.    The  plant  known  to  gardeners  as  P. 
fragrans   is  either  this  species  or  a  close  derivative 
from  it. 

AAAAA.  Plant  with  short  stem  and  tuberous  roots,  the 
Ivs.  pinnate  or  pinnately  parted,  the  fls.  in  many- 
fid,  umbels.  (Polyactium.) 

22.  triste,  Ait.    Stem  or  caudex  very  short,  succulent: 
Ivs.  large,  2-3-pinnately  compound  pubescent,  the  ulti- 
mate teeth  gland-tipped:  calyx-tube  long  and  stalk-like, 
much  exceeding  the  pedicel,  the  lobes  half  as  long  as 
the  petals:   fls.  brown-yellow  with  dark  spots.     B.M. 
1641.— A  well-marked  species,  occasionally  offered  in 
the  trade. 

23.  quinquevulnentra,  Willd.     Somewhat  shrubby  at 
base,    sparingly    branched,    hirsute :    Ivs.    2-pinnatifld 
with  linear  toothed  segments,  the  stipules  broadly  cor- 
date and  mucronate:   fls.  purple,  scentless,  the  petals 
obovate,  velvety  and  pale-edged ;  calyx -tube  as  long  as 
the  pedicels,  somewhat  hairy,  the  lobes  obtuse.  — Once 
offered  by  Saul. 


24.  fulgidum,  Willd.  Stem  shrubby,  densely  pubes- 
cent: Ivs.  pinnately  3-parted,  silky  on  both  sides,  the 
central  segments  3-lobed,  all  deeply  toothed :  peduncles 
usually  branched,  many-fld. :  fls.  small,  bright  scarlet, 
the  petals  obtuse;  calyx-tube  conspicuously  swollen  at 
the  base  and  again  just  underneath  the  flower,  thrice  as 
long  as  the  pedicel,  the  lobes  linear-obtuse.  — Not  now 
seen  in  its  pure  form,  but  it  is  probably  a  remote  parent 
in  various  small-flowered  scarlet  Geraniums. 

L.  H.  B. 

PELECtPHORA  (Greek,  hatchet-bearing;  from  an 
alleged  resemblance  in  the  tubercles).  Cactdcece. 
HATCHET  CACTUS.  Stems  globular,  short-cylindric  or 
clavate,  small,  often  cespitose:  tubercles  strongly  com- 
pressed from  the  sides ;  areolae  very  long  and  narrow, 
bordered  on  each  side  by  a  row  of  about  20  very  short, 
appressed  comb-like  spines:  fr.  naked.  A  genus  of  2 
species  closely  allied  to  Mammillaria. 

asellifdrmis,  Ehrb.  (from  a  fancied  resemblance  to 
Asellus,  the  wood-louse) .  Fig.  303,  Vol.  I.  Juice  watery : 
tubercles  ashy  green,  more  or  less  deeply  grooved  to 
the  woolly  axil;  spines  not  projecting  beyond  the  mar- 
gin of  areola:  fls.  purple  with  paler  sepals:  fr.  near  the 
center,  red.  Nuevo  Leon  and  San  Luis  Potosi,  Mex. 
I.H.  5:186. -Var.  cbncolor  has  pure  purple  fls.  B.M.  6061. 

pectinata,  Schum.  Juice  milky :  tubercles  bright 
green  with  naked  axils  ;  spines  projecting  a  little 
beyond  the  margin  of  tubercle:  fls.  yellow,  lateral. 
Oaxaca,  Mex.  KATHARINE  BRANDEGEE. 

PELICAN  FLOWEK.     Aristolochia  grandiflora. 

PELL2EA  (Greek,  pellos,  dusky;  from  the  usually 
dark-colored  leaf-stalks).  Polypodiacece.  A  genus  of 
small,  rock-loving  ferns,  with  the  sori  at  the  ends  of 
free  veins  forming  a  mostly  continuous  marginal  band 
around  the  segments  and  covered  by  the  more  or  less 
changed  margin  of  the  segments.  Most  species  thrive 
best  on  limestone  rocks. 

A.  Lvs.  simply  pinnate. 

B  .    Lifts .  4-5  pa  irs . 

Pringlei,  Dav.  Lvs.  with  4-5  pairs  of  large  triangular 
hastate  stalked  Ifts.  1  in.  or  more  either  way:  sorus 
forming  a  wide  marginal  band.  Mexico. 

BB.    Lfts.  5-8  pairs. 

Bridges!!,  Hook.  (Platyldma  Bridgesii,  J.  Sm.).  Lfts. 
subsessile,  orbicular  or  subcordate,  4-5  lines  long:  sori 
confluent  in  a  broad  intramarginal  band.  Calif. 

BBB.    Lfts.  20-40. 

rotundifdlia,  Hook.  Lfts.  short-stalked,  oblong  or 
roundish,  entire,  obtuse.  New  Zealand. 

falcata,  Fe"e  (Platyldma  falcatum,  J.  Sm.).  Lfts. 
nearly  sessile,  lanceolate  or  lanceolate-oblong,  mucronate 
and  often  slightly  falcate,  sori  in  broad  lines.  India  to 
Australia  and  New  Zealand. 

AA.  Lvs.  bipinnate. 
B.  Pinnce  formed  of  3  sessile  Ifts. 
ternifolia,  Fe"e.     Lvs.  6-12  in.  long  on  strong  dark 
chestnut  stalks,  narrow,  with  6-12  opposite  pairs  of  pin- 
nae; Ifts.  closely  rolled  together,  linear.    Trop.  Amer. 

BB.  Pinnce  (at  least  the  lower  ones)  pinnate. 
Wrightiana,  Hook.     Lvs.  3-6  in.  long,  1-3  in.  wide, 
deltoid;   pinnae  with  several  linear-oblong  pinnules  on 
each  side  34  in.  long,  with  inrolled  edges  and  a  sharp 
mucronate  point.    Texas  to  California. 

atropurpurea,  Link.  Lvs.  4-12  in.  long,  2-6  in.  wide, 
lanceolate  to  ovate -lanceolate,  with  several  pinnules 
which  are  sessile,  auricled  or  heart-shaped  at  the  base, 
the  broad  line  of  sporangia  nearly  hiding  the  narrow 
marginal  indusium.  Eastern  America  to  the  Rocky 
mountains. 

AAA.  Lvs.  at  least  tripinnatifid. 

c.  Shape  of  Ivs.  triangular-deltoid,  with  narrow  ulti- 
mate divisions. 

d6nsa,  Hook.  CLIFF  BRAKE.  Lvs.  2-3  in.  long,  1-1% 
in.  wide,  on  slender  brown  stalks;  segments  linear  with 
enrolled  edges  sharp-pointed;  indusium  permanently 
covering  the  sori.  Pacific  North  America. 


PENNISETUM 


1265 


CC.  Shape  of  It's,  elongate,  ovate  or  lanceolate. 

andromedaefdlia,  Fe"e.  Lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  3-6  in.  wide ; 
ultimate  divisions  l%-2  lines  long,  linear-oblong,  with 
enrolled  edges.  California.  — Sometimes  known  as  the 
Coffee  Fern. 

hastata,  Link.  Lvs.  6-24  in.  long,  6-12  in.  wide;  ulti- 
mate divisions  ovate  or  lanceolate,  1-2  in.  long,  nearly 
sessile:  sori  in  a  narrow  marginal  line.  Eastern  and 
south  Africa.  Small  Ivs.  are  sometimes  only  bipinnate. 

P.  Stelleri,  Beddome  (P.  gracilis,  Hook.),  a  rare  membranous 
species  of  the  eastern  states,  is  more  closely  allied  to  the  genus 
Cryptogramma,  to  which  Prantl  lias  referred  it. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

PELLlONIA  (J.  Alphonse  Pellion,  officer  in  Frey- 
cinet's  voyage  round  the  world).  Urticacece.  Of  this 
genus  we  cultivate  2  choice  tender  creeping  foliage 
plants,  suitable  for  baskets  and  for  the  borders  of 
greenhouses  under  the  benches.  The  genus  contains 
about  20  species  of  herbs,  often  creepers,  rarely  sub- 
shrubs  from  tropical  and  eastern  Asia  and  the  Pacific 
islands.  They  have  alternate,  2-ranked  Ivs.  which  are 
unequal  at  the  base,  entire  or  serrate:  fls.  monoecious 
or  dioecious,  in  dense  cymes;  perianth  segments  5, 
rarely  4,  in  fruit  sometimes  unchanged  but  usually  in- 
creased and  investing  the  fruit.  The  following  are  gla- 
brous plants  from  Cochin  China,  with  Ivs.  about  an 
inch  long  and  half  as  wide,  and  slightly  crenate  at  the 
margin.  All  the  species  known  to  science  are  oriental. 
One  of  the  species  was  once  advertised  as  a  Peperomia. 

Daveauana,  N.  E.  Br.  Lvs.  dark  bronzy  olive-green 
more  or  less  flushed  violet  or  red,  with  a  fern-like  figure 
of  light  green  down  the  middle  of  the  leaf,  the  figure 
being  narrowly  oblong  and  crenate.  This  figure  is  some- 
times absent  from  some  of  the  Ivs.  The  Ivs.  are  more 
acuminate  than  in  the  next.  R.H.  1880:290  (as  Begonia 
Daveauana,  a  charming  picture).  I.H.  29:472  (poor). 

pulchra,  N.  E.  Br.  Lvs.  dull  blackish  along  the  mid- 
rib and  veins,  the  inter-spaces  being  light  green,  the 
under  surface  pale  purplish.  I.H.  30:479.  A.G.  15:4. 

W.  M. 

PELLITOBY.  Parietaria;  also  an  uncommon  name 
of  Feverfew,  Chrysanthemum  Parthenium. 

PELOBIA.     See  Teratology. 

PELTANDRA  (Greek,  referring  to  the  peltate  an- 
thers). Aroidece.  ARROW  ARUM.  An  east  American 
genus  with  two  species  which  have  been  much  con- 
fused. They  are  stemless  herbs,  the  glossy  arrow- 
shaped  leaves  arising  from  strong  underground  parts: 
fls.  monoecious  and  naked,  the  staminate  ones  on  the 
upper  part  of  the  long  spadix,  the  anthers  sessile  and 
imbedded  and  opening  by  terminal  pores,  the  1-loculed 
ovaries  attended  by  4  or  -5  scale-like  bodies  or  stami- 
nodia:  spathe  usually  exceeding  the  spadix:  fr.  a  1-3- 
seeded,  mostly  leathery  berry,  borne  in  large  globose 
clusters.  Peltandras  are  excellent  subaquatic  plants, 
their  large  thick  sagittate  leaves  always  adding  variety 
and  interest  to  margins  of  ponds  and  to  bog  gardens. 
Single  specimens  or  clumps  are  usually  most  prized. 
Peltandras  are  easy  to  colonize. 

undulata,  Raf.  Lvs.  narrow-sagittate,  the  basal  lobes 
long  and  nearly  or  quite  acute:  spathe  4-8  in.  long, 
green,  convolute  around  the  spadix  for  its  whole  length: 
sterile  part  of  the  spadix  much  longer  than  the  pistil- 
late part:  fr.  green,  1-3-seeded.  In  shallow  pools  or  bog 
margins,  N.  Eng.  to  Fla.  and  W.  A.G.  1893:111.— The 
root  is  composed  of  thick  cords  or  fibers. 

alba,  Raf .  Lvs.  broader,  the  basal  lobes  short:  spathe 
white,  the  upper  part  expanded  and  calla-like :  sterile 
part  of  spadix  little,  if  any,  longer  than  pistillate  part : 
fr.  red,  1-seeded.  Va.,  S.  —  Root  tuberous.  L.  jj.  3. 

PELTOPHORUM  (Greek,  shield-shaped;  referring  to 
the  peculiar  stigma).  Jjegumlnbsce.  Six  species  of 
splendid  tropical  trees,  belonging  to  the  same  tribe 
with  the  gorgeous  Poinciana  and  Ceesalpinia,  all  of 
which  represent  a  type  of  structure  widely  different 
from  our  northern  pea-shaped  flowers,  as  they  have  5 
distinct  petals  which  are  all  about  the  same  size  and 
shape.  There  is  a  fine  colored  plate  of  a  Peltophorum  in 


Blanco's  "Flora  of  the  Philippines,"  where  the  golden 
yellow  fls.  are  nearly  1%  in.  across,  a  dozen  of  them  in 
each  raceme,  and  4  racemes  uniting  to  form  a  great 
panicle.  The  Philippine  species,  P.  inerme,  is  probably 
the  same  as  the  Australian  one,  P.  ferrugineum,  which 
Franceschi  has  introduced  at  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.,  but 
reports  so  far  unsuccessful.  Peltophorums  have  the 
Mimosa  type  of  foliage.  Each  leaf  of  P.  ferrugineum 
has  8-10  pairs  of  pinnae,  and  each  pinna  10-20  pairs  of 
leaflets. 

Generic  characters:  petals  5,  roundish;  stamens  10, 
free,  declinate;  filaments  pilose  at  base:  ovary  sessile, 
2  to  many-ovuled:  pod  flattish,  indehiscent,  with  nar- 
rowly winged  margins. 

Peltophorum  is  distinguished  from  Caesalpinia  and 
Poinciana  by  the  valvate  calyx  segments  of  the  latter, 
while  the  two  former  have  their  calyx  segments  strongly 
imbricated.  The  peculiar  stigma  of  Peltophorum  readily 
distinguishes  it  from  its  close  allies,  Csesalpinia  and 
Hsematoxylon  ( log- wood ) . 

ferrugineum,  Benth.  (P.  inerme,  Naves).  Tree  attain- 
ing 100  ft.,  taking  its  specific  name  from  the  dense  rusty 
tomentum  which  covers  the  young  branches,  petioles 
and  inflorescence:  pod  3-4  x  %-l  in.  wide,  bearing  1-3 
seeds.  Australia,  Philippines.  \y€  jyj. 

PENNISETUM  (penna,  a  feather;  seta,  a  bristle). 
Graminece.  Contains  about  40  species  of  the  tropical 
regions.  One  species,  Pearl  Millet,  is  cultivated  for 
fodder.  The  genus  is  allied  to  Panicum  and  Setaria,  the 
spikelets  being  1-fld.,  with  usually  4  glumes,  surrounded 
at  base  by  a  cluster  of  bristles  and  arranged  in  spikes 
or  spike-like  racemes.  First  glume  very  small,  second 
longer  than  fl. -glume.  The  bristles  fall  with  spikelets 
instead  of  remaining  attached  to  rachis  as  in  Setaria. 


\ 


1711.  Pennisetum  villosum. 
P.  longistylum  of  gardeners. 


villdsum,  Brown  (P.  longistylum  of  florists,  not  of 
Hochst.).  Fig.  1711.  Spike  broad,  2-4  in.  long,  and 
feathery  from  the  bearded  bristles:  culm  1-2  ft.  high, 
pubescent  below  the  spike.  Abyssinia.  R.H.  1890,  p. 
489. 

Ruppellii,  Steud.  (P.  Rupelianum  of  some  works). 
Culms  taller  and  spikes  longer  and  more  graceful  than 
the  preceding.  Abyssinia.  R.H.  1897,  pp.  54,  55.  I.H. 
42,  p.  206  (1895). 


1266 


PENNISETUM 


PENNSYLVANIA 


typhoideum,  Rich.  (Penicilhlria  spicdta,  Willd.). 
PEARL  MILLET.  Culm  3-8  ft.,  bearing  a  close  cylindri- 
cal spike  3-10  in.  long,  %  in.  thick,  pubescent  below 
the  spike:  Ivs.  long  and  broad.  Native  country  un- 
known. Occasionally  grown  in  the  southern  states, 
where  it  ripens  seed.  May  be  grown  farther  north  for 
forage. — A  luxuriant  annual  long  cult,  in  the  Old  World 
for  forage  and  more  or  less  for  the  fruit,  which  is  used 
as  food. 

Japdnicum,  Trin.  (P.  compressum,  R.Br.  Gymnbfhrix 
Japdnica,  Kunth.).  A  low  annual  with  long  narrow 
Ivs.  cult,  for  ornament.  Culm  2-3  ft.,  scabrous,  espe- 
cially under  the  dense  cylindrical  spike;  bristles  une- 
qual, naked.  Australia. 

macrourum,  Trin.  (Gymnbthrix  caudclta,  Schrad.).  A 
tall  perennial  with  stout  culm  bearing  a  dense  pointed 
spike  about  a  foot  long.  Bristles  naked.  South  Africa. 
—  Cult,  for  ornament. 

latifdlium,  Spreng.  (Gymnbfhrix  latifblia,  Schult.). 
An  ornamental  perennial.  Culm  3-4  ft.,  bearing  several 
nodding  spikes  1-2  in.  long:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  %  in.  broad: 
bristles  short,  naked.  Argentine  Republic.  R.H.  1890, 
P-  546-  A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

The  fine  plumy  grass  known  to  gardeners  as  Penni- 
setum  longistylum  is  much  used  for  bedding.  It  is,  per- 
haps, the  finest  dwarf  grass  which  is  grown  chiefly  for 
its  flowers.  It  sometimes  survives  the  winter  at  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  but  should  always  be  treated  as  a  tender 
subject.  Plants  raised  every  year  from  seed  are  satis- 
factory if  seed  is  sown  early  enough,  but  divisions  of 
old  plants  will  give  larger  pieces  which  flower  sooner 
and  require  less  attention  than  seedlings.  The  old  plants 
may  be  wintered  anywhere  out  of  reach  of  frost.  About 
February  1,  in  the  latitude  of  Washington  (a  month  later 
North),  cut  off  the  old  leaves  to  within  6  in.  of  the 
crowns:  divide  the  clumps  into  small  pieces,  trim  the 
roots  so  that  they  will  ultimately  go  into  3-  or  4-in. 
pots,  and  place  the  pieces  thickly  together  in  boxes  of 
sandy  soil  in  a  greenhouse  with  a  temperature  of  about 
60°.  As  soon  as  new  roots  have  started  pot  the  young 
plants.  They  may  be  removed  to  a  coldframe  long  be- 
fore the  soft  bedding  material  demands  all  the  available 
indoor  space.  Q.  w.  OLIVER. 

PENNSYLVANIA,  HORTICULTURE  IN.  Fig.  1712. 
During  the  past  century  Pennsylvania  has  been  promi- 
nently before  the  world  because  of  its  mineral  wealth. 
The  ruins  of  many  iron  works  located  in  rural  districts 
are  now  reduced  to  the  primitive  stone  masonry  of  the 
smelting  furnace,  but  mark  the  places  of  great  activity 
previous  to  1850.  Later,  these  industries  were  concen- 
trated in  towns  and  cities,  where,  with  improved  ap- 
pliances, new  methods  of  transportation  and  greater 
facilities  for  handling  labor  and  capital  greatly  lessened 
cost  of  production  and  increased  the  capacity  of  fur- 
naces. Now,  at  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century,  a 
vast  majority  of  the  once  profitable  iron-ore  beds  is 
exhausted  or  forsaken  because  of  richer  fields  discovered 
in  other  states.  Coal,  both  bituminous  and  anthracite,  is 
still  most  actively  mined,  and  extensive  areas  are  sac- 
rificed by  farmers  to  the  coal  digger  in  the  western 
counties  and  in  the  anthracite  region  in  the  northeast. 
The  same  may  be  said  of  the  northwestern  section, 
yielding  petroleum  and  gas. 

The  forest  operations  in  Pennsylvania  have  long  ago 
passed  the  high-water  mark  of  their  activity.  The  white 
pine  forests  of  the  Alleghany  mountains,  the  stretch  of 
hemlock  spruce  which  covered  the  belt  of  counties 
touching  the  western  slope  of  the  Alleghany  mountains, 
and  the  groves  of  cherry  and  black  walnut  are  fast  dis- 
appearing. Formerly  Pennsylvania  stood  first  among 
the  states  in  the  output  of  forest  products.  Originally 
the  state  was  essentially  covered  with  forest,  but  now 
Dr.  J.  T.  Rothrock,  Forestry  Commissioner  of  Pennsyl- 
vania (Report  of  1895),  declares  that  less  than  36  per 
cent  of  the  area  of  the  state  is  in  timber. 

Pennsylvania  has  an  area  of  45,215  square  miles, 
nearly  rectangular  in  outline— 157.76  miles  broad  be- 
tween the  northern  and  southern  boundaries  by  an  aver- 
age length  of  285.85  miles  running  due  east  and  M-est. 
This  area  is  crossed  slantwise  by  the  broad  band  of 


Appalachian  mountains,  making  three  distinct  topo- 
graphical regions. 

The  eastern  region  comprises  all  that  territory  lying 
southeast  of  the  Kittatinny  mountains,  or  a  line  drawn 
from  Franklin  to  Northampton  counties.  It  is  gently 
undulating,  rising  in  places  to  great  hills  which  assume 
the  proportions  of  a  mountain  in  the  South  mountain 
range.  This  region  was  first  settled  and  is  now  mostly 
cleared  and  cultivated.  The  richest  lands  of  the  state 
are  found  in  this  section. 

The  central  or  mountain  region  is  a  belt  about  50 
miles  broad,  made  up  of  parallel  mountains  and  nar- 
row valleys  comprising  one-fourth  the  area  of  the  state. 
The  western  boundary  of  this  region  is  the  Alleghany 
mountains,  the  greatest  of  them  all.  The  valleys  are 
covered  for  the  most  part  with  excellent  grain  land, 
but  the  hills  and  mountain  slopes  are  stony  and  more 
or  less  barren. 

The  western  and  largest  region  has  an  area  of  24,861 
square  miles,  or  about  55  per  cent  of  the  entire  state. 
It  is  essentially  a  high  plain,  marked  in  the  north, 
where  the  elevation  is  greatest,  by  deep-seated  streams 
or  canons,  some  of  them  500-800  feet  deep.  The  eleva- 
tion gradually  decreases  toward  the  southwest.  There 
is  much  land  so  recently  cleared  that  no  attempt  has 
yet  been  made  to  utilize  it  for  agricultural  or  horticul- 
tural purposes.  There  is  no  question,  however,  but  that 
much  of  it  could  be  easily  put  into  condition  for  fruit 
culture. 

The  statistics  of  1890  show  that  Pennsylvania  has  18 
seed  farms,  covering  an  area  of  6,066  acres.  The  seeds 
extensively  produced  here  are  beans,  cabbage,  carrot, 
field  corn,  cucumber,  lettuce,  parsnip,  onion  sets  and 
potatoes.  Several  of  the  largest  seed  houses  of  the 
United  States  are  located  in  Philadelphia,  that  of  David 
Landreth  having  been  established  in  1784.  There  were 
reported  for  1890  311  nurseries,  with  a  total  area  of 
6,598  acres,  representing  a  value  of  more  than  $3,000,000. 
The  stock  chiefly  grown  is  made  up  of  apples,  cherries, 
peaches,  pears,  plums,  deciduous  and  evergreen  trees 
and  shrubs.  In  the  cultivation  of  ornamental  plants  and 
the  production  of  cut-flowers  Pennsylvania  takes  a 
prominent  place.  The  census  of  1890  was  the  first  to  take 
notice  of  this  industry  and  shows  544  establishments,  with 
a  total  of  6,066,144  square  feet  of  glass,  being  second  only 
to  New  York.  The  size  of  these  establishments  ranges 
from  300  to  100,000  square  feet  of  glass.  The  largest 
number  of  roses  was  propagated  in  Pennsylvania  in  the 
year  these  statistics  were  gathered.  The  largest  total 
values  of.  plant  sales  were  respectively  in  New  York, 
Pennsylvania  and  California;  and  the  largest  total  val- 
ues of  cut-flower  sales  were  respectively  in  New  York, 
Illinois  and  Pennsylvania.  In  truck  farms  Pennsylvania 
joins  with  New  Jersey  and  New  York  in  forming  the 
most  important  district  of  America.  This  district  ex- 
cels all  others  in  the  production  of  beets,  cabbage  and 
tomatoes,  and  has  large  acreages  in  asparagus,  beans, 
celery,  cucumbers,  melons,  peas,  Irish  and  sweet  po- 
tatoes. 

The  fruit  interests  of  the  state  are  not  as  great  as 
they  should  be.  Apples  are  grown  successfully  in  the 
larger  part  of  the  territory,  but  mainly  for  home  or 
local  consumption.  A  few  orchards  of  commercial  ex- 
tent have  been  planted  in  the  last  quarter  century.  The 
best  varieties  for  market  are  York  Imperial,  Smith 
Cider,  Fallawater  (all  of  Pennsylvania  origin),  Baldwin, 
R.  I.  Greening  and  Ben  Davis.  Peaches  are  now  grown 
extensively  in  two  sections  in  and  about  Franklin  and 
Juniata  counties,  known  respectively  as  the  "South 
Mountain"  and  the  "Juniata"  peach  belts:  each  belt 
reports  an  area  of  3,000  acres  devoted  to  peaches. 
W.  G.  Waring  has  observed  that  "peach  trees  in  Penn- 
sylvania grow  to  a  much  larger  size  and  greater  age 
than  along  the  Atlantic  shore."  Plums  and  cherries  are 
not  extensively  grown.  Grapes  are  adapted  to  this  state, 
but  nowhere  except  in  Erie  county  has  the  extension 
of  vineyards  been  rapid,  and  there  it  was  due  to  the  in- 
fluence of  the  Chautauqua  grape  belt  of  New  York,  of 
which  the  Erie  county  vineyards  form  a  part.  More 
attention  was  given  to  pears  40  years  ago  than  now  on 
account  of  the  present  fear  of  the  "fire  blight."  Penn- 
sylvania has  contributed  some  of  the  most  valuable  vari- 
eties of  pears  now  in  cultivation,  such  as  the  Seckel, 


PENNSYLVANIA 


PENTAS 


1267 


Tyson,  Brandy  wine,  Ott,  Jones  and  Kingsessing;  also 
the  Kieffer,  now  a  leading  commercial  variety. 

In  floriculture  a  portion  of  Chester  county  has  become 
noted  as  the  "carnation  belt"  because  of  the  numerous 
establishments  there  making  specialties  of  producing 
the  cut-flowers  and  breeding  improved  varieties. 

The  Bartram  Garden  was  the  first  attempt  in  the 
United  States  to  gather  plants  and  trees  for  the  pur- 
pose of  study.  See  p.  758.  It  was  established  in  1728 
by  John  Bartram  along  the  Schuylkill  river.  It  is  now 
in  that  part  of  Philadelphia  known  as  Kingsessing. 


1712.  Pennsylvania,  to  illustrate  some  of  the  horticultural  regions. 


Through  the  untiring  and  zealous  efforts  of  that  broad- 
minded  horticulturist, Thomas  Meehan,  the  city  of  Phila- 
delphia in  1891  purchased  12  acres  of  land  from  the 
Eastwick  estate,  which  contained  the  original  garden, 
and  thus  the  preservation  of  this  old  horticultural  mon- 
ument seems  to  be  assured.  It  is  now  only  one  of  many 
small  parks  possessed  and  cared  for  by  the  city  of  Phil- 
adelphia. The  principal  parks  of  the  state  are  Fairmount 
Park  in  Philadelphia,  in  which  definite  work  was  begun 
aoout  1860;  the  buildings  of  the  Centennial  Exposition 
were  placed  on  these  grounds  in  1876.  It  has  an  area 
of  2,200  acres  and  is  well  maintained.  Allegheny  parks 
occupy  the  ground  formerly  known  as  the  Commons  in 
Allegheny  City.  Of  more  recent  establishment  are 
Schenly  and  Highland  Parks,  in  Pittsburg.  The  ceme- 
teries of  the  larger  cities  are  in  the  hands  of  competent 
superintendents,  and  the  park  ideas  of  landscape  and 
ornamentation  are  becoming  tne  prominent  features  of 
these  sacred  grounds.  GEO  c  BuTZ 

PENNYROYAL  of  Europe,  Mentha  Pulegium;  of 
America,  Hedeoma  puleqioides.  Bastard  P.,  or  Blue 
Curls,  is  Trichostema  dichotomum.  All  are  members 
of  the  Mint  family. 

The  garden  Pennyroyal,  Mentha  Pulegium,  is  a  Euro- 
pean perennial,  used  for  seasoning,  it  is  one  of  the 
"sweet  herbs."  It  is  easily  grown,  profiting  by  a  win- 
ter protection  of  leaves  or  litter.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  di- 
vision. Beds  should  be  renewed  frequently. 

PENTACHJETA  (Greek,  referring  to  five  bristles  at 
the  base  of  the  pappus).  Compdsitce.  Six  species  of 
low,  slender,  Calif ornian  annuals  with  thread-like,  al- 
ternate Ivs.  and  small  or  medium-sized  heads,  the  rays 
when  present  usually  yellow,  sometimes  white:  the 
disk-fls.  sometimes  turning  purple.  P.  aurea,  Nutt., 
growing:  3-12  in.  high  and  with  7-40  deep  golden  rays, 
was  offered  by  Orcutt  in  1891  and  was  pictured  in  Gt. 
1153,  but  has  no  horticultural  standing. 

PENTAPETES  (Greek,  having  5  leaves;  an  ancient 
name  of  some  cinquefoil,  transferred  by  Linnaeus  to 
this  plant,  which  has  5  leafy  growths  (staminodes)  ac- 
companying the  stamens).  Sterculidcece .  A  pretty  red- 
fld.  tender  annual,  widely  distributed  in  tropical  Asia 


and  beautifully  figured  in  Blanco's  "Flora  of  the  Phil- 
ippines," but  rare  in  European  gardens  and  unknown  in 
America.  It  is  a  branched  plant  growing  2-5  ft.  high, 
with  fls.  which  open  at  noon  and  close  at  the  following 
dawn.  The  fls.  are  nearly  1%  in.  across,  5-petaled, 
axillary,  short-peduncled.  Recommended  to  lovers  of 
rare,  tender  annuals. 

A  genus  of  one  species.  Bractlets  3,  caducous:  sepals 
5,  lanceolate,  connate  at  the  base;  petals  5;  stamens  20, 
connate  at  the  base,  15  fertile  in  5  groups  of  3  each, 
alternating  with  5  staminodes  which  are  nearly  as 
long  as  the  petals:  ovary  5- 
celled  ;  cells  many-ovuled ; 
capsule  loculicidally  5- 
valved  :  seeds  8-12,  in  2 
series  in  each  cell. 

phoenicea,  Linn.  Lvs.  3-5 
in.  long,  1-nerved,  crenate- 
serrate;  petiole  1  in.  long; 
stipules  awl-shaped.  B.  R. 
7:575. 

PtNTAS  (Greek,  five,-  re- 
ferring to  the  floral  parts; 
which,  however,  is  not 
strictly  true  of  the  genus 
nor  a  rarity  in  the  family). 
JKubidcece.  Nine  species  of 
tender  herbs  and  subshrubs, 
resembling  Bouvardias  of 
the  same  family,  but  not 
their  closest  ally.  They  are 
all  natives  of  tropical  Africa, 
except  one  which  comes  from 
Madagascar.  The  favorite 
species  is  P.  carnea,  whose 
color  varieties  range  through 
lilac  and  flesh  color  to  crim- 
son-pink and  rosy  purple. 
A  good  cluster  is  3  in.  across  and  contains  20  or  more 
fls.,  each  of  which  is  %  in.  across.  The  fls.  are  about  % 
in.  long,  funnel-shaped,  and  generally  have  5  spreading 
lobes,  sometimes  4  or  6.  It  is  usually  grown  like  Bou- 
vardia  in  warm  conservatories  for  winter  bloom,  but  it 
is  sometimes  used  for  bedding  in  warmer  countries,  as 
it  gives  three  months  of  rather  showy  bloom  when 
treated  like  Lantana.  In  general,  the  species  seem  to 
be  less  worthy  than  Bouvardias. 

Generic  characters  :  Herbs  or  subshrubs,  erect  or 
prostrate,  hispid  or  tomentose:  Ivs.  opposite,  stalked, 
ovate  or  ovate -lanceolate  ;  stipules  multifid  or  multi- 
setose:  inflorescence  usually  corymbose  :  calyx-lobes 
4-6,  inequal;  corolla  pilose,  the  long  tube  dilated  and 
villous  in  the  throat;  lobes  valvate;  stamens  4-6,  in- 
serted below  the  throat;  filaments  short  or  long;  an- 
thers fixed  at  the  back,  included  or  exserted:  disk  tu- 
mid or  annular,  often  produced  into  a  cone  after  anthe- 
sis:  ovary  2-loculed:  ovules  numerous:  style-branches 
papillose:  capsule  membranous  or  leathery,  2-loculed, 
loculicidal;  seeds  minute.  Six  species  are  given  in  the 
Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  3:45  (1877). 
A.  Fls.  not  white. 

carnea,  Benth.  Erect  or  decumbent,  1-2  ft.  high, 
shrubby  at  base,  merely  puberulous,  not  at  all  rusty- 
hairy:  Ivs.  1-6  in.  long,  4%  lines  to  2  in.  broad,  ovate, 
elliptic  or  lance-oblong:  cymes  peduncled  or  not.  B.M. 
4086.  B.R.  30:32.  R.B.  21:217.  Gn.  21,  p.  329.  J.H. 
III.  30:209.  R.H.  1870:130  (var.  kermesina).  Var. 
Quartiniana  (P.  Quartini&na,  Oliv.)  is  a  rosy-fld.  var. 
said  to  be  much  better  than  the  type.  Gt.  45,  p.  464. 

AA.    Fls.  white. 

lanceolata,  Hort.  This  novelty  of  1900  is  figured  in 
Dreer's  catalogue,  which  says,  "A  pretty  half-shrubby 
greenhouse  plant,  not  unlike  a  Bouvardia  in  general  ap- 
pearance, but  flowering  more  profusely  and  continuously. 
It  may  be  planted  in  the  open  border  during  the  sum- 
mer, but  it  is  valuable  chiefly  as  a  winter-flowering 
pot-plant,  for  which  purpose  it  is  especially  well  suited, 
being  in  flower  all  the  time.  The  pure  white  flowers 
are  produced  in  flat  heads  of  15  to  30  flowers  each, 
similar  to  a  Bouvardia,  but  much  larger,  and  last  in 
perfection  a  long  time."  \vt  ^ 


1268 


PENTLANDIA 


PENTSTEMON 


PENTLANDIA,    See  Urceolina. 

PENTSTEMON  (Greek  for  five  stamens,  all  5  stamens 
being  present,  whereas  related  genera  have  only  4;  but 
in  Pentstemon  one  of  the  stamens  is  commonly  sterile). 
Scrap  hulariacece.  PENTSTEMON.  BEARD-TONGUE.  For 
the  hardy  border,  Pentstemons  are  most  satisfactory 
plants,  and  the  great  number  of  showy  species  allows 
much  latitude  in  choice  of  color  and  habit.  All  are  per- 
ennial, but  some  of  them  bloom  the  first  year  from 
seed.  In  a  dry  and  hot  place  they  are  likely  to  be 
short-lived,  although  nearly  all  the  species  thrive  best 
in  full  exposure  to  sun.  They  are  not  particular  as  to 
soil.  -They  are  propagated  by  division  and  by  seed. 
Many  of  the  species  are  not  hardy  in  the  northern 
states,  but  P.  barbatus  and  its  varieties,  P.  pubes- 
cens,  P.  Icevigatus  and  variety,  P.  confertus  and  va- 
riety, P.  diffusus,  P.  ovatus,  P.  grandiflorus,  P.  acu 
minatus,  P.  cceruleus,  P.  glaber  and  varieties,  and  also 
others,  may  be  expected  to  stand  in  the  North,  par- 
ticularly if  given  a  protection  of  leaves.  An  excellent 
garden  race  has  been  produced,  here  designated  as  P. 
gloxinioides.  This  seems  to  be  a  product  of  hybridiza- 
tion and  selection.  It  is  little  known  in  American  gar- 
dens, although  it  is  a  handsome  and  deserving  plant. 
Some  of  the  forms  of  it  are  treated  as  annuals. 

Pentstemon  is  a  typical  American  genus.  One  species 
is  native  to  northeastern  Asia  and  several  to  the  cooler 
parts  of  Mexico,  but  the  larger  number  of  the  100  species 
inhabit  the  United  States  and  Canada,  particularly  the 
western  parts.  They  are  all  herbs,  although  some  species 
are  somewhat  woody  at  the  base.  They  bear  long-tubu- 
lar often  2-lipped  flowers  in  terminal  usually  inter- 
rupted or  leafy  clusters.  The  anther-bearing  stamens 
are  4,  the  cells  of  which  are  united  or  confluent  at  the 
apex  but  separate  at  the  base;  the  fifth  stamen  is  repre- 
sented by  a  prominent  sterile  filament  (which  rarely 
bears  an  anther).  The  style  is  filiform  and  the  stigma 
entire;  the  fruit  is  a  globular-pointed  capsule,  contain- 
ing wingless  seeds. 

It  is  difficult  to  so  arrange  the  species  of  Pentstemon 
as  to  make  them  easy  of  determination  by  the  horticul- 
turist. There  is  no  monograph  of  all  the  species,  but 
Gray's  account  in  the  Synoptical  Flora  (Vol*  2,  Part  1) 
describes  the  American  species  north  of  Mexico;  and 
this  account  has  been  closely  followed  here.  The  ar- 
rangement of  species,  however,  has  been  modified  con- 
siderably to  admit  the  Mexican  species  and  to  make  the 
group  easier  for  the  beginner.  The  following  account 
contains  all  the  Pentstemons,  with  one  exception,  known 
to  be  in  the  Amer.  trade/  This  exception  is  "P.  rubi- 
caulis;  1  ft.,  rich  crimson,  from  Oregon,"  which  is  in 
the  trade  but  unknown  to  the  writer.  Other  species  are 
mentioned  in  Old  World  literature.  Other  native  spe- 
cies will  appear  in  the  Amer.  trade :  these  may  be  found 
in  Gray. 

INDEX. 


aeuminatus,  14. 
angustifolius ,  19. 
antirrhinoides,  3. 
atropurpureus,  19. 
azureus,  38. 
barbatus,  5. 


diffusus,  34. 
Digitalis,  23. 
Douglasii,  1. 
gentianoides,  6. 
glaber,  9. 
glandulosus,  32. 


caeruleo-purpureus,  gloxinioides,  7. 

17.  Qordoni,  9. 

caeruleus,  15.  gracilentus,  36. 

campanulatus,  19.  gracilis,  21. 

centranthifolius,  8.  grandiflorus,  12. 

Cleveland!,  25.  Hartwegi,  6. 

Cobsea,  28.  heterophyllus,  39. 

coccineus,  5.  humilis,  20. 

confertus,  17.  J  affray  anus,  38. 

cordifolius,  2.  Isetus,  37. 

erassifolius,  1.  laevigatus,  23. 

cristatus,  29.  Lemmoni,  4. 

cyananthus,  9.  Lobbii,  3. 

cyanthus,  9.  Menziesii,  1. 

deustus,  26.  Murrayanus,  13. 

A.  (Jells  of  anthers  dehiscent  for  nearly  or  quite  their 
whole  length,  united  or  connivent  at  the  apex  and 
soon  spreading  from  each  other.  (AA.  No.  32.) 

B.  Anthers  covered  with  long  wool. 
1.  M6nziesii,  Hook.   Woody  at  base,  1  ft.  or  less  high : 
Ivs.  thick,  obovate  to  oblong,  serrate  or  entire,  mostly 
glabrous,  the  lower  ones  short-stalked:  cluster  a  raceme, 


Newberryi,  1. 
ovatus,  30. 
Palmeri,  24. 
procerus,  17. 
pubescens,  31. 
pulchellus,  19. 
puniceus,  10. 
Richardsoni,  35. 
Robinsoni,  1. 
roseus,  19. 
rotundifolius,  18. 
Scouleri,  1. 
secundiflorus,  16. 
speciosus,  9. 
spectabilis,  27. 
statitifolius,  32. 
Torreyi,  5. 
tubiflorus,  22. 
vesustus,  33. 
Wrightii,  11. 


pubescent:  fls.  1  in.  or  more  long,  violet-blue  to  purple, 
usually  1  on  each  pedicel,  the  upper  lip  2-cleft  and  the 
lower  2-cleft.  Wyo.,  west  and  northwest. 

Var.  Newberryi,  Gray  (var.  Robinsoni,  Mast.).  Fls. 
pink  or  rose-purple.  Calif.  G.C.  1872:969. 

Var.  Douglasii,  Gray  (P.  Douglasii,  Hook.  P.  erassi- 
folius, Lindl.).  Fls.  lilac-purple,  pink  at  base:  Ivs.  ob- 
long or  obovate-lanceolate,  entire.  Ore.,  north.  B.R. 
24:16. 

Var.  Scouleri,  Gray  (P.  Scouleri,  Lindl.).  Fls.  violet- 
purple:  Ivs.  lanceolate  to  linear-lanceolate,  sparsely  ser- 
rulate. Ore.,  north.  B.R.  15:1277.  B.M.  6834.  G.C.  III. 
7,  p.  204.  Gn.  52,  p.  42. 

BB.  Anthers  glabrous  or  only  hairy  (not  woolly). 

c.  Plant  semi-scandent  (somewhat  climbing)  by  means 

of  long,  slender  branches. 

2.  cordifolius,    Benth.     Plant  very   leafy,   somewhat 
pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate,  serrate,  1  in.  or  less  long:  clus- 
ter or  thyrse  short  and  leafy,  the  peduncles  several-fid. : 
corolla  tubular,  scarlet,  the  tube  1  in.  long  and  the  limb 
half  as  long.    S.  Calif.    R.H.  1850:221. 

cc.  Plant  erect,  self-supporting. 
D.  Corolla  lemon-yellow  to  yellow-red. 

3.  antirrhinoides,  Benth.  (P.Ldbbii,  Hort.).   Plant  1-5 
ft.,  glabrous  or  nearly   so,   branched    and  leafy:   Ivs. 
small,  oval  or  spatulate,  entire:  fls.  in  leafy  panicles, 
the  peduncles  1-fld.,  the  broad  fls.  about  1  in.  long,  the 
lower  lip  deeply  2-lobed ;  sterile  filament  bearded  on  one 
side.    S.  Calif.    B.M.  6157.    I.H.  9:315. 

4.  Lemmoni,  Gray.    Slender  shrub,  5  ft.  or  less  tall, 
bright    green    and     glabrous  :     Ivs.    ovate-lanceolate, 
toothed :  panicle  loose  and  branchy,  the  long  peduncles 
2-7-fld. :    fls.  small,  dull  yellowish   and   red,   the  seg- 
ments nearly  equal.    Central  Calif. 

DD.  Corolla  not  yellow  (unless  occasionally  in  P.  con- 
fertus), mostly  in  shades  of  red  or  purple,  some- 
times white. 

E.  Stem  and  Ivs.  glabrous,  at  least  up  to  the  inflores- 
cence.   (EE.  No.  28.)  / 
F.  Corolla  long  and  slender,  not  swollen  near  the  base 
or  greatly  widened  at  the  mouth:  straight- flowered 
species. 

5.  barbatus,  Nutt.     Tall,  erect,   branching,  glabrous 
and  more  or  less  glaucous   herbs  :    Ivs.  firm,  varying 
from    lanceolate    to    linear,  entire,  strong-veined,   the 
radical  ones  oblanceolate  or  spatulate:  fl. -cluster  long 
and  open,  narrow,  the  peduncles  about  2-3-fld. :  fls.  slen- 
der, about  1  in.  long  in  wild  forms,  strongly  2-lipped, 
varying  from   light  pink  and   flesh   color  to   carmine, 
the  lower  lip  usually  bearded.    Colo.,  south.   B.R.  25:21. 
R.H.  1896,  p.  347.     Mn.  7:141.— A  showy  perennial,  and 
common  in  cult.    One  of  the  best. 

Var.  T6rreyi,  Gray  (P.  Tdrreyi,  Benth.),  is  a  scarlet- 
fld.  form,  with  almost  no  beard  on  the  lower  lip;  the 
commonest  form  of  the  species  in  cult.  Excellent. 

Var.  coccineus,  Hort.,  is.  a  scarlet-fld.  horticultural 
form. 

6.  Hartwegi,  Benth.    (P.  gentianoides,  Lindl.).    Tall 
and  erect  (3-4  ft.  high),  somewhat  branched,  the  stems 
dark  purple:    Ivs.  lanceolate  to  lance-oblong-linear,  or 
the  upper  ones  broader,  sessile,  glabrous  and  entire: 
fl. -cluster  somewhat  pubescent,  long  and  open,  the  pedi- 
cels  3-6-fld. :    fls.  drooping,  dark   rich    purplish    red, 
slightly  curved,  the  limb  somewhat   2-lipped  and   the 
lobes  acute.    Cool  regions  in  Mexico.    B.M.  3661.    B.R. 
24:3.     Gn.  37,  p.  603;  49,  p.  406.— A  fine  garden  plant, 
now  much  modified  by  domestication. 

7.  gloxinioides,  Hort.  A  race  of  garden  hybrids,  issu- 
ing largely  from  P.  Hartwegi  ;  the  other  most  important 
parent  being  P.  Cobcea.     Probably  other  species  have 
entered  into  the  amalgamation,     The  grpup  needs  criti- 
cal study  from  the  growing  plants.     The  fls.  are  large, 
with  a  broad  nearly  regular  limb,  and  in  many  colors. 
The  plants  are  strong  and  floriferous.    Flowers  some- 
times measure  2  in.  across.    Some  of  the  strains  bloom 
freely  from  seed  the  first  year.    Not  hardy  in  New  York, 
unless  very  thoroughly  protected  ;  itris  probably  better 
to  winter  it  in  deep  coldframe. 


PENTSTEMON 


PENTSTEMON 


1269 


8.  centrantliifdlius,  Benth.     Plant   strict    and   leafy, 
1-3  ft.  tall,  very  glaucous:  Ivs.  thick  and  entire,  from 
ovate-lanceolate  to  linear,  mostly  sessile  and  clasping: 
inflorescence  long  and  narrow,  the  peduncles  2-3-fld. : 
fls.  about  1  in.  long,  scarlet,  narrow-tubular,  the  lobes 
short  and  acute;    sterile  filament  naked.     Calif,  to  W. 
Ariz.    B.M.  5142.    P.S.  22:2309. 

FF.  Corolla  (except  in  P.  rotundifolius)  with  a  promi- 
tutttlfi  enlarging  tube,  which  is  often  contracted 
»«tr  the  base:  thick-flowered  species.  Corolla 
nearly  straight,  but  short  in  P.  confertus. 

G.  Leaves  entire  (sometimes  serrulate  in  P.  confertus). 

H.  Dehiscence  of  anther  cells  extending  from  base  but 
not  through  the  apex. 

9.  glaber,  Pursh   (P.  Gdrdoni,  Hook.    P.  speciosus, 
Dough).    Erect  herb  (1-2  ft.),  with  simple  stems,  gla- 


<M? 


1713.  Pentstemon 
grandiilorus  (X  ^ 


1714.  Pentstemon 
caeruleus  (X  %). 
A  slender  form. 

brous  and  somewhat  glaucous  :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate 
to  ovate-lanceolate :  fl.  1  in.  or  more  long,  broad  and 
wide  at  the  mouth,  bright  blue  to  purplish.  Mo.  river 
west.  B.M.  1672  (as  P.  glabra)  and  4319.  B.R.  15:1270. 
Gn.  27,  p.  42.  R.H.  1895,  p.  383;  1896,  p.  347. -A  very 
handsome  plant,  known  by  its  large  blue  fls. 

Var.  cyananthus,  Gray  (P.  cydnthus,  Hort.).  Tall 
and  less  glaucous,  the  Ivs.  broader  (ovate  or  cordate- 
ovate  to  lance-ovate) :  fl.-cluster  dense:  fls.  bright  blue. 
Rocky  Mts.  R.H.  1851 :453.— Preferable  to  the  type. 

HH.    Dehiscence  of  anther  cells  extending  from  the  base 

to    the  very  apex  and   through    the  junction  or 

confluence  of  the  two  cells  at  the  apex. 

I.    Inflorescence  rather  close  and  compact. 

J.    Shape  of  some  or  all  of  the  leaves  as  broad  as 

ovate  or  obovate. 

10.  puniceus,  Gray.  Very  glaucous,  with  short  ovate 
sometimes  connate  Ivs.:  fl.  about  1  in.  long,  more  fun- 


nelform  (or  widening  upwards)  and  with  wide-spread- 
ing rounded  lobes,  scarlet ;  sterile  filament  bearded 
down  one  side.  Ariz.  R.H.  1892,  p.  448. 

11.  Wrightii,  Hook.     Rather  stout,  2  ft.  or  less  tall, 
more  or  less  glaucous:    lowest  Ivs.  obovate,  the  upper 
ones   oblong    and    clasping  :    inflorescence    long    and 
loosely  fld.,  to  peduncles   about  2-fld. :  fls.  about  %  in. 
long,  bright  red,  the   mouth    broad    and   the   rounded 
lobes  spreading  %  in.    W.  Tex.  and  N.  Mex.    B.M.  4601. 
F.S.  7:G85. 

12.  grandifldrus,  Nutt.     Fig.  1713.     Stout,  very  glau- 
cous: Ivs.  thick,  broad  and  obtuse,  the  floral  ones  with 
very  broad  bases :  peduncles  very  short  or  almost  none : 
fls.  nearly  or  quite  2   in.  long,  lilac  or  blue,  enlarging 
near  the  base,  somewhat  2-lipped  and  the  upper  lip  the 
smaller;  sterile  filament  minutely  pubescent  at  the  tip: 
fr.  large.   Wisconsin,  south  and  west.— Handsome. 

13.  Murray  anus,  Hook.   Erect,  3ft.:  Ivs.  broad-ovate, 
clasping,  and  the  upper   pairs  grown   together  into  a 
cup-shaped  body  (connate):  pedicels  2-3  in.  long:  fls. 
deep  scarlet,  with   rather  small  lobes;    sterile  filament 
glabrous.    Tex.    B.M.  3472.    Gn.  26,  p.  229.    R.H.  1896, 
p.  348. 

14.  acuminatus,  Dougl.    Glaucous,  strict  and  usually 
stiffish,  2  ft.  or  less  tall:  Ivs.  thickish,  the  lowermost 
broadly  ovate  to  obovate,  the  uppermost  lance-ovate  to 
short-ovate  and    clasping  and    usually  acuminate,  the 
floral  Ivs.  shorter  than  the  fls. :  inflorescence  narrow,  the 
peduncles  1-3-  or  more  fld. :  fls.  nearly  1  in.  long,  lilac  to 
violet,  wide  at  the  throat,  the  obtuse  lobes  spreading; 
sterile  filament  bearded  at  the  tip.    Mo.  river,  west  and 
south.    B.R.  15:1285.— Very  satisfactory. 

jj.    Shape  of  leaves  lanceolate  to  linear. 

15.  caeruleus,  Nutt.     Fig.  1714.     Mostly    lower:    Ivs. 
linear  to  lanceolate,  those  at  the  base  of  the  fl.-cluster 
usually  exceeding  the  fls.:  inflorescence  usually  close: 
fls.  blue,  varying  to  lilac  or  white.     Dakota  to  Colo.— 
Seems  to  run  into  P.  acuminatus. 

16.  secundifldrus,  Benth.     About  2  ft.  tall:    Ivs.  nar- 
row-lanceolate,  somewhat    glaucous,   the   radical   ones 
spatulate :  inflorescence  long  and   strict,  the  peduncles 
1-3-fld. :  fls.  lilac  or  purple,  the  basal  tube  about  twice 
the  length  of  the  calyx,  the  throat  broad  and  bell-shaped 
and   about  equaled   by  the    spreading  rounded  lobes; 
sterile    filament   glabrous  or  bearded   only  at  the  top. 
Colo.  —Handsome. 

17.  confertus,  Dougl.     One  to  2  ft.,  pubescent  in  the 
inflorescence:    Ivs.  oblong  to  lanceolate  to  linear,  usu- 
ally entire  but  sometimes  minutely  serrate  :    inflores- 
cence a  narrow  interrupted  spike,  the  peduncles  sessile 
or  the  lower  ones  stalked:  fls.  %  in.  or  less  long,  cream- 
white  to  sulfur-yellow,  narrow,  2-lipped,  the  lower  lip 
bearded  within.    Rocky  Mts.  to  Ore.    B.R.  15:1260. 

Var.  caeruleo-purpureus,  Gray  (P.  prdcerus,  Dougl.). 
Fls.  blue-purple  to  violet.  Colo.,  west  and  north.  B.M. 
2954.  L.B.C.  17:1616.— A  common  form  in  gardens,  and 
a  reliable  and  satisfactory  plant. 

ii.  Inflorescence  very  open  and  loose,  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  peduncles  are  3-6  in.  long  and  the  pedi- 
cels 1  in.  or  more  long  &nd  the  fls.  drooping. 

18.  rotundifolius,  Gray.     About  2  ft.  tall,  branching 
from  the  base,  glaucous:  lower  Ivs.  thick  and  leathery, 
orbicular-ovate  and  obtuse,  long-petioled,  stem-lvs.  ses- 
sile and  cordate-orbicular:  fls.  1-1  %  in.  long,  narrow- 
tubular,  yellow-red,  the  lobes  short   and  acute;  sterile 
filament  glabrous.  Northern  Mex.   B.M.  7055.  G.C.  HI. 
4:265.    G.F.  1:473. 

GG.    Leaves  serrate  or  dentate. 
H.    Sterile  filament  bearded  at  the  tip  or  along 

one  side.    (HH.  No.  26.) 

i.    Color  of  fls.  purple,  blue  or  rose,  incidentally  rang- 
ing to  white. 

19.  campanulatus,  Willd.     Branching  from  the  base, 
2  ft.  or  less  tall:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  the  upper  ones  ovate- 
lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  broad  at  the  base  and  ses- 
sile, strongly  serrate:    inflorescence  long  and  narrow, 
the  peduncles  usually  2-fld. :  fls.  1  in.  long,  rose-purple, 
the  narrow  base  of  the  tube  about  the  length  of  the 


1270 


PENTSTEMON 


PENTSTEMON 


calyx,  the  upper  part  broad  and  ventricose,  the  sub- 
equal  lobes  rounded  and  spreading,  the  throat  hairy; 
sterile  filament  hairy  at  the  top.  Mex.  B.M.  3884.— An 
old  garden  plant  which  is  variable  in  color  and  which 
has  received  many  names,  as  P.  angustifolius ,  atro- 
purpureus,  pulchellus ,  roseus.  See  B.R.  13:1122  and 
14:1138.  L.B.C.  15:1429,  1438. 

20.  humilis,  Nutt.     Low,  usually  not  over  6  in.  tall, 
pubescent  in  the  inflorescence:    Ivs.  oblong  to  lanceo- 
late, somewhat  glaucous,  the  upper  ones  small-toothed: 
inflorescence  3-4  in.  long,  with  2-5-fld.  peduncles :    fls. 
%   in.  long,  rather    narrow,  deep   blue  or   sometimes 
ranging  to    white,    the    lower    lip 

bearded  within.    Rocky  Mts.,  west. 
F.  1875:241. 

21.  gracilis,  Nutt.    Taller,  some- 
times  minutely    puberulent,   slen- 
der :    Ivs.   linear-lanceolate,  some- 
times   nearly    entire,    the    radical 
ones  spatulate  or  oblong:  inflores- 
cence   strict,   the    peduncles   2-  or 
more-fld. :     fls.   nearly    1  in.  long, 
mostly    narrow-funnelform,    lilac- 
purple  ranging  to  white.    Colo,  and 
Wyo.,  north.     B.M.  2945.     L.B.C. 
16: 1541. -Pretty  species. 

ii.  Color  of  fls.  nearly  or  quite 
white,  but  sometimes  shaded 
with  red  or  purple. 

22.  tubifldrus,  Nutt.  Stem  2-3  ft., 
erect,  not  leafy  above:   Ivs.  oblong 
to   ovate-lanceolate,    barely    serru- 
late,   passing     into     small     bracts 
above  :    inflorescence    of   densely- 
fld.,   somewhat  whorled    clusters: 
fls.  about  %   in.  long,  scarcely  2- 


1715.  Beard-tongue— Pentstemon  laevigatus,  var.  Digitalis  (X  34). 


spreading,  the  small  lower  lip  bearded  at  the  base.  Pa., 
west  and  south.  B.M.  1425.— A  common  plant,  best 
known  in  the  form 

Var.  Digitalis,  Gray  (P.  Digitalis,  Nutt.).  Fig. 
1715.  Very  tall,  4-5  ft.,  with  larger  white  abruptly  in- 
flated flowers.  B.M.  2587.  — Sometimes  becomes  a  weed 
in  old  fields.  It  is  in  ciiltivation  as  a  border  plant. 

24.  Palmeri,  Gray.  Plant  2-3  ft.  tall,  the  foliage 
glaucous  :  Ivs.  thick,  ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  the 
lower  petioled  and  the  upper  connate,  very  sharp-den- 
tate or  sometimes  almost  entire  :  inflorescence  long, 
mostly  glandular:  fls.  cream-white  tinted  with  pink,  the 
narrow  part  of  the  tube  about  as  long  as  the  " 
calyx,  the  upper  part  very  wide  and  open,  the 
mouth  %  in.  across  and  2-lipped;  sterile  fila- 
ment yellow-bearded.  Utah,  south  and  west. 
B.M.  6064.  F.S.  20:2094.  F.  1874:37. 

in.    Color  of  flowers  red. 

25.  Cleveland!,   Gray.     Two    ft.  or    more, 
more  or  less   glaucous,   becoming  woody   at 
the  base:    Ivs.  rigid,  oblong  or  ovate,  sharp- 
toothed,  the  upper  ones  usually  connate  by 
their  bases:    inflorescence  long  and  narrow: 
fls.  %  in.  long,  crimson,  with  narrow  throat; 
sterile    filament  bearded    at  top.     S.  Calif. 
G.M.  36:626.  F.  1878,  p.  149. 

HH.    Sterile  filament  glabrous. 

26.  deustus,  Dougl.    Stems  1  ft.  or  less  tall 
from  a  woody  base,  glabrous  throughout:  Ivs. 
thickish,  varying  from  nearly  linear  to  lance- 
olate to  ovate,  some  or  all  of  them  serrate,  the 
uppermost   sessile:    inflorescence  many-fld., 
loose  and  open:  fls.  not  over  %  in.  long,  dull 
white    or    yellowish    white    and    sometimes 
tinged  with  purple,  wide-mouthed,  the  lobes 
wide-spreading.    Montana  to  Calif .    B.R.  16: 
1318. 

27.  spectabilis,  Thurber.     Two-4  ft.,  erect, 
somewhat  glaucous:    Ivs.  ovate  to  ovate-lan- 
ceolate or  sometimes  oblong,  acute,  the  up- 
per ones   acuminate   and    connate   by  their 
bases,  very  sharp  serrate-dentate  :    inflores- 
cence long  and  many-fld. :    fl.  1  in.  or  more 
long,  rose-purple  or  lilac,  the  narrow  part  of 
the  tube  about  twice  the  length  of  the  calyx, 
the   upper   part    broad    and    full,   the   lobes 
rounded.    N.  Mex.  to  S.  Calif.     B.M.  5260.— 
A  beautiful  species. 

BE.    Stem  and  Ivs.  more  or  less 
pubescent  or  hirsute. 
p.    Corolla  2  in.  long. 

28.  Cobaea,  Nutt.  Fig.  1716. 
Straight  and  erect,  stout,  about 
2  ft.,  minutely  pubescent:  Ivs. 
thick,  ovate-oblong  to  oblong  to 
broad-lanceolate,  the  upper  ones 
clasping:  inflorescence  mostly 
simple  and  open:  fls.  very  large, 
reddish  purple  to  white,  the 
base  very  narrow  but  the  upper 
part  of  the  flower  broad  and 
open,  the  limb  only  obscurely  2- 
lipped;  sterile  filament  bearded. 
Prairies,  Kans.,  south.  B.M. 
3465.  Gn.  49:1068.  Mn.  4:113. 
—Very  showy,  and  probably  one 
of  the  parents  of  the  garden 
race  of  hybrid  Pentstemons. 


lipped,  the  spreading  limb  nearly  as  long  as  the  tube, 
white  or  nearly  so  and  sometimes  tinged  with  purple. 
Kans.  and  Ark. 

23.  laevigatus,  Solander.  Tall  and  slender,  2-4  ft., 
more  or  less  glaucous:  Ivs.  rather  firm,  purplish,  some 
what  glossy,  ovate  to  ovate-oblong-lanceolate  and  clasp- 
ing, the  radical  ones  oblanceolate  or  broader,  all  small- 
toothed:  inflorescence  long  and  loose:  fls.  about  1  in. 
long,  white  and  sometimes  tinged  with  color,  rather 
slender,  narrow  at  the  base,  the  short  lobes  not  wide- 


FF.    Corolla  1  in.  or  less  long. 

29.  cristatus,  Nutt.  Only  a  few  inches  high,  pubes- 
cent, usually  viscid  above:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  to  nar- 
row-oblong: inflorescence  erect,  leafy  below:  fls.  about 
1  in.  long,  purplish,  rather  abruptly  dilated  above,  the 
lower  lip  bearded  ;  sterile  filament  strongly  yellow- 
bearded.  Dakota  to  Colo,  and  N.  — Good. 
'30.  ovatus,  Dougl.  Stem  slender  but  erect,  2-4  ft., 
more  or  less  pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate,  rather  thin,  bright 
green,  serrate,  the  upper  ones  clasping:  inflorescence 


PENTSTEMON 


PEPEROMIA 


1271 


erect  but  lax,  the  peduncles  2-several-fld. :  fls.  about  % 
in.  long,  blue  changing  to  purple,  2-lipped  and  the  lower 
lip  bearded.  Idaho,  west  and  north.  B.M.  2903.  — Good. 
31.  pubSscens,  Solander.  Loose-growing,  the  slender 
often  decumbent  stems  reaching  2  ft.,  usually  viscid- 
pubescent:  Ivs.  oblong  to  oblanceolate,  small-toothed, 
the  radical  ones  ovate  to  spatulate:  inflorescence  loose 
and  open,  the  peduncles  2-3  in.  long  and  the  pedicels 


1716.    Pentstemon  Cobeea  (X 


often  1  in.  long:  fls.  about  1  in.  long,  drooping,  dull 
purple  or  violet  or  varying  to  flesh-color,  rather  narrow, 
with  2  short  lobes,  bearded  on  the  palate;  sterile  fila- 
ment densely  bearded.  Dry  fields  and  banks  from  On- 
tario south  and  west.  B.M.  1424.  —  The  common  Pent- 
stemon of  the  East,  and  useful  in  cult. 

AA.    Cells  of  anthers  not    dehiscing   or  opening   to   the 
base,  the  basal  part  remaining  saccate. 

B.    Leaves  dentate  or  serrate. 
c.    Plant  viscid  and  soft-piibescent. 

32.  glanduldsus,    Lindl.     (P.    staticifolius  ,    Lindl.). 
Rather  stout,  2-3  ft.  tall:  Ivs.  rather  thin,  ovate-lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  the    upper   ones  clasping,  the  radical 
ovate  or  oblong,  all  toothed  or  serrate:    inflorescence 
narrow,  leafy    below,  the   peduncles    f  ew-several-fld.  : 
fls.  large,  somewhat  over  1  in.  long,  lilac,  with  inflated 
throat,  the  lips  short  and  broad  ;    sterile  filament  gla- 
brous.  Idaho  to  Wash,  and  Ore.    B.R.  15:1262;  21:1770. 
B.M.  3688.  -Showy. 

cc.    Plant  not  viscid,  either  glabrous  or  puberulent. 

33.  venustus,  Dougl.  Stem  erect,  nearly  simple,  leafy, 
2  ft.  or  less  tall,  glabrous:  Ivs.  thickish,  oblong-lanceo- 
late   to   ovate-lanceolate,  very   sharply   serrate  :    inflo- 
rescence narrow,  not  leafy,  the  peduncles  1-3-fld.  :  fls. 
usually  exceeding  1  in.   in  length,  somewhat  2-lipped, 
light  purple,  somewhat  hairy  within;    sterile  filament 
hairy  above.    Idaho  and  Ore.    B.R.  16:1309. 

34.  diffusus,  Dougl.     Stems   about  2  ft.  tall,  diffuse: 
Ivs.   ovate    to  oblong-lanceolate    to   cordate-ovate,  un- 
evenly  and    deeply    serrate  :    inflorescence    leafy,   the 
pedicels  very  short:    fls.  %   in.  long,  light  purple,  2- 
lipped;  sterile  filament  hairy  above.    Ore.,  north.    B.M. 
3645.    B.R.  14:1132.    R.H.  1872:410. 

BB.    Leaves  deep-cut. 

35.  Richardsoni,  Dougl.     Rather  loosely  branching: 
Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate  to  narrow  lanceolate,  deeply  cut  or 


pinnatifid,  the  upper  ones  not  opposite  :  inflorescence 
loose:  fls.  %  in.  long,  light  purple;  sterile  filament 
somewhat  hairy  at  top.  Ore.  and  Wash.  B.M.  3391. 
B.R.  13:1121.  L.B.C.  17:1641. 

BBB.    Leaves  entire. 
c.    Sterile  filament  somewhat  bearded. 

36.  gracilentus,  Gray.     A  foot   or  more   tall  from  a 
woody  base,  naked  above:  Ivs.  lanceolate  to  linear  or 
oblong,  glabrous:  inflorescence  loose,  the  viscid  pedun- 
cles 2-5-fld. :  fls.  %  in.  long,  violet-blue,  the  lobes  very 
short.    N.  Calif.,  Nev.,  and  Ore. 

cc.    Sterile  filament  glabrous. 

37.  Isetus,  Gray.     About  1  ft.  tall,  from  a  woody  base, 
closely  pubescent:  Ivs.  lanceolate  to  linear-lanceolate, 
the  radical  ones  spatulate:  fls.  1  in.  long,  blue.   Calif. 

38.  azureus,  Benth.     Erect  or  ascending,  3  ft.  or  less, 
glaucous,  sometimes  minutely  pubescent;  Ivs.  narrow- 
ovate    to    narrow-lanceolate:    inflorescence    loose   and 
open:  fls.  1%  in.  or  less  long,  blue  to  violet,  sometimes 
reddish  at  the  base,  the  limb  about  1  in.  across.    Calif. 
B.M.  7504. 

Var.  Jaffrayanus,  Gray  (P.  Jaffrayanus,  Hook.). 
Lower  (about  1  ft.  tall),  young  stems  tinged  with  red: 
Ivs.  oblong  to  oval  or  the  upper  ones  ovate-lanceolate, 
glaucous :  fls.  large  and  showy,  rich  blue  and  reddish  at 
base  and  in  the  throat.  Utah  to  Calif.  B.M.  5045. 
R.H.  1874:430. 

39.  heterophyllus,  Lindl.     Stems    reaching  3-5   ft., 
from  a  woody  base,  the  plant  mostly  green:  Ivs.  vary- 
ing from  oblong-lanceolate  above  to  lanceolate  and  linear 
below:  inflorescence  loose  and  open,  the  peduncles  usu- 
ally 1-  or  2-fld. :  fls.  about  1  in.  long,  pink  or  rose-pur- 
ple, very  slender  at  the  base  but  full  or  inflated  above, 
the  lips  well  marked.    Calif.    B.R.  22:1899.    B.M.  3853. 
R.H.  1875:110;  1896,  p.  348.  L.  H.  B. 

PEONY.    See  Pceonia. 

PEPEROMIA  (Greek, pepper-like}.  Piperdceoe.  An 
enormous  genus  of  tropical  herbs,  mostly  American,  in- 
cluding some  small  but  choice  foliage  plants  for  con- 
servatory or  house  decoration.  See  Pig.  1717.  Annual, 
or  perennial  by  a  creeping  caudex  or  by  tubers  formed 
at  the  base:  stems  prostrate,  creeping  and  thread-like, 
or  erect  and  slender,  or  short,  thick  and  succulent:  Ivs. 
alternate,  opposite,  or  in  whorls  of  3-4  (rarely  5-6), 
entire,  fleshy  or  membranous,  often  with  pellucid  dots : 
fls.  minute,  usually  disposed  in  a  dense  spike,  as  in 
Pig.  1718  ;  stamens  2 ;  anther  cells  confluent ;  stigma 
sessile  in  the  ovary. 

Speaking  of  P.  arifolia,  var.  argyreia,  3.  D.  Hooker 
says  (B.M.  5634) :  «It  is  a  very  beautiful  plant,  and  like 


1717.   Peperomia  arifolia,  var.  argyreia. 
A  choice  little  house  plant  with  variegated  foliage. 

so  many  of  its  congeners,  is  well  adapted  for  placing 
along  the  edge  of  a  shelf  in  a  tropical  house,  both  be- 
cause of  its  beautifully  marbled  leaves  and  the  length 
of  time  which  these  keep  in  good  condition.  In  fact, 


1272 


PEPEROMIA 


PEPEROMIA 


few  plants  are  better  adapted  for  permanent  bordering 
in  tropical  houses  than  Peperomias,  their  leaves  vary- 
ing so  much  in  depth  of  colour,  in  marbling,  in  the  dif- 
ferent hues  of  their  upper  and  under  surfaces,  and  in 
the  colour  of  their  stalks;  then,  too,  they  are  not  attrac- 
tive to  insects,  make  no  litter,  and  give  very  little 
trouble  in  propagating  and  cultivating." 

The  plant  which  seems  to  be  the  commonest  in  cult, 
here  is  the  one  figured  in  B.M.  5634  as  P.  arifolia,  var. 
argyreia.  However,  DeCandolle  thought  that  this  plant 
was  not  the  true  P.  arifolia,  and  he  renamed  it  P.  San- 
dersii  ( after  Wilson  Sanders) ,  but  the  name  is  invariably 
spelled  Saundersii  in  trade  catalogues.  The  distinctions 
which  DeCandolle  makes  are  technical.  The  main  ones 
are  that  P.  arifolia  has  a  short  stem  and  catkins  much 
longer  than  the  Ivs.,  while  P.  Sander  sii  has  no  stem  and 
the  catkins  are  about  as  long  as  the  Ivs.  In  some  collec- 
tions is  a  plant  known  as  Peperomia  crassifolia,  a  name 
that  does  not  appear  in  botanical  monographs.  It  is  a 
very  distinct  species  with  dark  green,  ovate,  fleshy  Ivs.  3 
x  5  inches,  becoming  very  hard  when  old ;  stems  branched 
and  upright  in  habit,  a  foot  in  height:  fls.  in  insignificant 
catkins.  It  is  a  very  good  species  and  deserves  to  be 
more  generally  known.  It  is  not  in  the  trade,  at  least 
not  under  this  name. 

The  names  of  Peperomias  are  much  confused,  partly 
owing  to  the  vast  size  of  the  genus,  which  always  in- 
creases the  difficulties  of  discrimination,  and  partly  to 
the  minuteness  of  the  fls.  Moreover,  the  duration  of 
many  kinds  is  uncertain,  while  great  numbers  are 


1718.    Catkins  of  Peperomia  arifolia.  var.  argyreia. 

monocarpic,  that  is,  they  flower  and  fruit  once  and  then 
die.  The  latest  monograph  is  in  Latin,  DC.  Prod. 
16,  part  1,  392-468  (1869).  For  important  criticisms  on 
the  key  characters  used  by  DeCandolle,  see  Hillebrand's 
"Flora  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands."  W.  M. 

Peperomias  are  very  attractive  little  plants,  and  their 
fleshy  leaves  enable  them  to  endure  the  dry  air  of  a  liv- 


ing room  much  better  than  the  great  majority  of  plants. 
While  they  are  essentially  warmhouse  plants,  they  will 
endure  a  coolhouse  temperature  for  weeks  without  any 
apparent  harm.  They  need  shade  in  summer,  but  none 
in  winter,  and  require  less  water  than  the  general  run  of 
warmhouse  subjects.  Never  keep  them  too  wet.  A 
loose,  lumpy  soil  with  a  mixture  of  broken  charcoal  suits 
them  well.  A  pan  3  or  4  in.  deep  is  better  for  them  than 
a  deep  pot.  They  are  easily  prop,  in  sand  or  sandy  soil 
in  a  bottom  heat  of  75°,  either  by  the  leaf,  as  with 
Begonia  Hex,  or  with  an  inch  of  stem  attached.  Early 
spring  is  the  best  time  to  propagate.  P.  pubifolia  is 
well  adapted  for  a  hanging  basket.  P.  maculosa  makes 
a  fine  subject  for  a  pan.  These,  together  with  P.  ari- 
folia, var.  argyreia,  and  P.  marmorata,  are  the  best 
kinds  for  the  florist.  WM.  SCOTT. 


argyrea,  1. 
argyreia,  1. 
arifolia,  1. 
brevipes,  9. 
latifolia,  7. 


INDEX. 

maculosa,  4. 
magnolice  folia,  3. 
marmorata,  6. 
metallica,  5. 
nummularifolia,  8. 


prostrata,  8,  9. 
pubifolia,  10. 
Sandersii,  1. 
tithymaloides,  3. 
Verschaffeltii,  2. 


A.  Plants  for  pots  or  pans. 
B.  Lvs.  alternate. 

c.  Stems  short  or  wanting. 
D.  Foliage  variegated. 
E.  Base  of  Ivs.  rounded, 

not  cut 1.  arifolia 

EE.  Base   of  Ivs.   heart- 
shaped 2.  Verschaffeltii 

EEE.  Base  of  Ivs.  acute 3.  tithymaloides 

DD.  Foliage  not  variegated  . .  4.  maculosa 
CO.  Stems  numerous,  long,  slen- 
der   5.  metallica 

BB.  Lvs.  opposite  or  in  whorls. 
C.  Base  of  Ivs.  with  2  round- 
ish, overlapping  lobes...  6.  marmorata 

cc.  Base  of  Ivs.  acute 7.  latifolia 

AA.  Plants  for  hanging  baskets. 

B.  Lvs.  roundish 8.  nummularifolia 

9.  brevipes 
BB.  Lvs.  ovate 10.  pubifolia 

1.  arifolia.  Miq.  (P.  argyrea   or  argyrwa,  Hort.     P. 
Sdndersii,  C.DC.).    Figs.  1717,  1718.    Stemless:  Ivs.  al- 
ternate, peltate,  5  x  3%  in. ;    petioles  dark  red,  4-8  in. 
long.     Cult,    only  in  the   form  var.  argyreia,  Hook., 
which  differs  from   the  type  in  having  broad,  parallel 
longitudinal  bands  of  white  between  the  nerves.   Brazil. 
B.M.   5634.    F.S.  23:2438.     A.G.  19:17.     F.R.    1:637.- 
Monocarpic  annual  or  biennial. 

2.  Verschaffeltii,  Lem.     Distinguished  from  P.  mar- 
morata  by  the  basal  lobes   of  the  Ivs.,  which  do  not 
overlap,  but  are   separated  by  a  notch  as  in  a  typical 
cordate  leaf.    A  smaller  and    more  delicate  but  more 
branched  plant:    stem  short :    stem,  branches,  petioles 
and  peduncles  much  longer,  translucent  and  pale  rose 
(not  green).    Upper  Amazon,  Brazil.    I.H.  16:598. 

3.  tithymaloides,  A.    Dietr.    (P.    magnolice folia,    A. 
Dietr. ).    Lvs.  alternate,  subovate,  acutish,  2-3  in.  long, 
base  acute,  more  than  9-nerved;    nerves  subopposite; 
petiole  1  in.  long,  keeled  beneath :  stem  rooting  below. 
Santo  Domingo.— Monocarpic  annual  or  biennial. 

4.  maculdsa,  Hook.     Lvs.  alternate  (?)  ovate-lanceo- 
late, bright  shining  green,  very  fleshy;  petioles  beauti- 
fully spotted  with  purple.     Santo   Domingo.— A  good 
subject  for  a  pan.    Perennial. 

5.  metallica,  Lind.  &  Rod.,  is  distinct  from  all  others 
here  described  by  its  numerous    slender,  unbranched 
stems  12-16  in.  high  and  lanceolate  Ivs.    It  probably  be- 
longs in   some  other  genus  or  family.    It  was  int.  in 
1892  before  the  fls.  were  known,  and  there  seems  to  be 
no  subsequent  record  of  fls.   Lvs.  blackish  green,  painted 
white  down  the  middle,  red-veined  below;  petioles  short, 
reddish  brown.    Peru.    I.H.  39:157. 

6.  marmorata,  Hook.     Stem    short,  much -branched, 
nearly  %  in.  thick:  Ivs.  opposite,  ovate-cordate,  deeply 
2-lobed  at  the  base,  the  lobes  rounded  and  overlapping. 
The  Ivs.  are  3-5  in.  x  l>£-2/4   in.,  not  as  broad  as  P. 
arifolia  and  less  concave.     Not  adv.,  but  has  been  un- 
necessarily confused  with  P.  arifolia. 


PEPEROMIA 


PEPPEE 


127;* 


7.  latiidlia,  Miq.     Stem  10  in.  high,  decumbent:  Ivs. 
obovate  or  obtusely  ovate,  5-7-nerved,  opposite  or  in 
whorls  of  3,  base  acute,  glabi-ous  above,  pubescent  be- 
neath ;    petiole   7-8    lines  long.     Sandwich    Islands.— 
Monocarpic  annual  or  biennial. 

8.  nummularifdlia,  HBK.    Delicate  creeper,  with  long, 
thread-like,  rooting  stems  and  small  orbicular  Ivs.,  pu- 
berulous  or  glabrate:    Ivs.  alternate,  ciliate,  obscurely 
palmately  3-nerved,  3-4  lines  in  diam.    Trop.  Amer.— 
The  above  description  is  from  Grisebach.     Five  other 
species  in  the  West  Indies   have  the  same   habit.     P. 
prostrdta,  Hort.,  is  probably  a  syn.,but  see  P.  brevipes. 
P.  prostrata    is   a  stove  basket  plant  figured  in  G.C. 
II.  11 :717  and  F.  1881,  p.  103,  with  a  good-sized  petiole. 
The  Ivs.  are  very  small  for  the  genus,  and  are  said  not 
to  exceed  two-fifths  of  an   inch.     Lvs.   bordered   and 
nerved  with  greenish  white.    Annual. 

9.  br6vipes,  C.  DC.  Lvs.  alternate,  orbiculate,  younger 
ones  hirsute,  older  ones  glabrate,  ciliate,  1-nerved:  style 
none:  berry  with  a  very  short  stipe.     Trop.  Amer.— 
The  above  description  from  DC.     Not  advertised,  but 
inserted  because  Nicholson  refers  P.  prostrata  to  this 
species  and  keeps  P.  nummularifolia  distinct. 

10.  pubifolia,  Veitch.    Perennial  creeper  of  unknown 
habitat,  suitable  for  hanging  baskets.    Lvs. small,  ovate, 
marked  with  a  central  gray  bar. 

P.  resedcefldra,  Andre,  int.  in  1865,  was  "  found  in  all  stoves  " 
2  years  later  and  said  to  be  "a  plant  for  the  million."  It  dif- 
fers from  all  the  above  in  being  a  flowering  plant  rather  than 
a  foliage  plant,  for  the  Ivs.  are  merely  bordered  lighter  green 
and  the  fls.  are  about  as  showy  as  those  of  a  mignonette,  each 
one  3-4  lines  long,  and  100  or  so  in  a  raceme.  Stem  1-1%  ft. 
high,  red,  forked :  Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  cordate.  Colombia. 
B.M.  6619.  w.  M. 

PEPINO  or  MELON  SHRUB  is  Solanum  muricaium. 

PEPONIA  (Greek,  melon,  gourd).  Cucurbit  acece. 
Seven  species  of  tropical  perennial  herbs,  prostrate  or 
scandent,  often  villous,  with  fibrous  roots:  Ivs.  lobed  or 
rarely  entire,  dentate  :  fls.  large,  yellow  or  whitish, 
monoecious,  the  males  solitary  or  racemose  ;  petals  5, 
free,  obovate ;  stamens  3;  female  fls.  solitary:  fr.  large 
or  medium.  One  species  from  Madagascar  ;  the  rest 
African.  P.  Mackennii  was  int.  in  southern  California 
with  the  remark  that  it  is  an  immense  grower  and  has 
thick  dark  green  foliage  and  yellow  fls. ;  but  it  seems  to 
have  been  lost  from  the  trade  for  the  present. 

Mackennii,  Naud.  Distinguished  from  its  congeners 
by  the  following  characters:  Ivs.  broadly  ovate-cordate, 
5-lobed  to  the  middle:  male  fls.  solitary;  calyx-tube 
subglabrous,  narrowed  from  apex  to  base.  It  is  hardly 
scandent,  densely  villous  and  the  stem  grows  K-6  ft. 
long:  Ivs.  4  in.  long:  petals  over  1  in.  long:  fr.  oblong- 
ovoid,  about  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg,  green  at  first,  then 
marbled  with  white,  finally  all  red;  pulp  orange-col- 
ored, insipid.  Natal. 

PEPPER.  The  black  and  white  Pepper  of  commerce 
are  treated  under  Piper.  With  American  horticultur- 
ists "Pepper"  usually  means  the  red  Pepper  (Capsicum, 
which  see)  of  which  the  green  Pepper  is  merely  the 
unripe  stage. 

The  red  Pepper  is  doubtless  a  native  of  the  New 
World  tropics,  as  there  is  no  record  of  its  having  been 
known  prior  to  the  discovery  of  America.  According  to 
Irving's  "Life  of  Columbus,"  this  plant  was  first  men- 
tioned by  Martyr  in  1493,  who  says  Columbus  brought 
home  "Pepper  more  pungent  than  that  from  Caucasus," 
evidently  comparing  it  with  the  black  Pepper  of  com- 
merce from  the  oriental  countries.  It  was  cultivated  by 
the  natives  in  tropical  and  southern  America  before  this 
time,  and  about  a  century  later  Gerarde  speaks  of  its 
being  brought  into  European  gardens  from  Africa  and 
southern  Asia.  The  ease  with  which  the  plant  spreads 
in  warm  latitudes,  together  with  the  increased  commer- 
cial trade  immediately  following  the  discovery  of  Amer- 
ica, doubtless  caused  a  rapid  dissemination  through 
tropical  Asia  and  Africa,  where  it  was  supposed  by 
many  to  be  indigenous  and  from  there  introduced  into 
European  gardens. 

The  first  record  of  the  use  of  Pepper  is  apparently 
by  Chauca,  physician  to  the  fleet  of  Columbus,  who  in 


1494  alludes  to  it  as  a  condiment.  Writers  about  a  cen- 
tury later  considered  it  valuable  as  an  aid  to  digestion 
and  also  mentioned  its  use  in  dressing  meats,  dyeing, 
and  other  purposes.  Medicinally  it  was  much  used  for 
various  ailments,  such  as  dropsy,  colic,  ague  and  tooth- 
ache, and  when  mixed  with  honey  and  applied  exter- 


1719,  Pepper. 
The  Ruby  King  variety. 

nally  was  used  as  a  remedy  for  quinsy.  A.  a  later  date 
preparations  were  given  for  black  vomit  and  various 
tropical  fevers  and  for  a  tonic,  also  for  gout,  paralysis  and 
other  diseases.  Its  modern  use  is  largely  as  a  condiment, 
forming  a  seasoning  in  almost  every  dish  eaten  by  the 
inhabitants  of  warm  countries.  The  smaller  varieties 
are  mostly  used  for  this  purpose.  The  cayenne  Pepper 
of  commerce  consists  of  the  small  pungent  sorts  re- 
duced to  a  powder.  The  unground  fruit  is  also  made 
into  Pepper  sauce  of  various  brands  by  preserving  in 
brine  or  strong  vinegar.  The  Tabasco  variety  furnishes 
the  well-known  Tabasco  Pepper  sauce  and  Tabasco  cat- 
sup. "Chilli  con  carnie"  consists  of  the  small  pungent 
varieties  finely  ground  and  mixed  with  meat.  These  hot 
varieties  are  often  eaten  raw  by  native  Mexicans,  as  we 
do  radishes,  and  also  form  an  important  ingredient  of 
tomales  so  common  in  that  country  and  fairly  well 
known  in  the  southern  United  States.  The  large,  thick- 
fleshed  sweet  varieties  are  desired  more  by  people 
farther  north,  who  use  them  in  various  ways,  served 
like  tomatoes  in  either  ripe  or  green  state,  with  vinegar 
and  salt,  or  made  into  mangoes  by  cutting  one  side,  re- 
moving seeds  and  filling  with  chow-chow  pickles.  The 
parts  are  then  tied  together,  placed  in  jars  with  vinegar 
and  kept  until  wanted.  The  fruit  is  often  used  in  stuff- 
ing pitted  olives  after  being  cooked  in  olive  oil.  In 
Spain  some  are  canned  after  being  thus  cooked  and 
eaten  with  French  salad  dressing.  The  seed  of  Peppers 
is  more  or  less  used  as  a  bird  food ;  and  the  plants  of 
some  varieties,  like  Little  Gem  and  Celestial,  are  grown 
more  especially  for  ornamental  purposes. 

Some  30  varieties  are  recorded  by  American  seeds- 
men. They  differ  from  one  another  mainly  in  the  form 
and  pungency  of  fruit  and  habit  of  growth.  There  are 
endless  forms  among  Peppers,  but  certain  types  are 
well  fixed,  as  indicated  by  the  botanical  varieties  under 
Capsicum.  While  all  kinds  are  more  or  less  pungent 


1274 


PEPPER 


about  the  seeds,  the  pungency  of  most  of  the  smaller 
sorts,  like  Coral  Gem,  Tabasco,  Chilli,  Cayenne,  and 
Cherry  extends  to  the  fleshy  portion,  but  as  a  rule  the 
large  kinds,  like  Ruby  King  (Fig.  1 719),  Squash,  Bell, 
Sweet  Mountain,  and  Golden  Queen  are  sweet  or  very 
moderately  pungent  with  the  seeds  removed.  Some 
medium-sized  varieties,  like  Long  Red,  Celestial,  and 
Oxheart,  are  hot;  others,  like  County  Fair  and  Kaleido- 
scope, are  mild. 

As  a  rule  Peppers  are  not  grown  in  large  quantities 
in  any  particular  locality,  but  most  gardens  near  large 
cities  in  the  central  and  southern  states  grow  a  few  to 
supply  local  markets. 

In  growing  Peppers  the  seed  is  usually  planted  under 
glass  in  February  or  March,  and  the  young  plants  trans- 
planted to  pots  or  boxes  when  of  sufficient  size  to  han- 


1720.    Pepper  plant  ready  to  transplant  to  the  field. 

die.  From  12  to  20  days  are  required  for  the  seed  to 
germinate,  the  time  varying  according  to  the  age  of  the 
seed  and  the  manner  in  which  it  has  been  kept.  Its 
germinating  power  is  said  to  last  four  years,  and  if  kept 
in  pods  until  sown  will  grow  when  6  or  7  years  old.  A 
light,  warm  soil,  heavily  charged  with  humus  and  one 
that  will  not  quickly  dry  out,  appears  to  be  the  best. 
In  May  or  June,  or  after  all  danger  of  frost  is  past, 
the  plants  (Fig.  1720)  are  set  in  the  field  in  rows  about 
2%  ft.  apart  and  18  in.  apart  in  the  rows.  The  ground 
is  kept  thoroughly  cultivated,  not  only  to  keep  down 
weeds  but  to  maintain  an  even  but  not  excessive  moist- 
ure at  all  times,  which  is  very  essential  for  best  results 
in  growing  this  plant.  By  keeping  the  soil  well  worked 
up  around  the  plants  they  stand  up  much  better  against 
the  winds  and  weight  of  their  own  fruit.  Pruning  or 
pinching  the  tip  ends  after  the  fruit  begins  to  mature 
is  occasionally  recommended,  but  is  rarely  practiced 
except  when  specimens  of  especially  fine  fruit  are  de- 
sired, in  which  case  the  fruit  is  thinned,  leaving  only  a 
few  on  each  plant  of  the  larger  sorts.  In  gathering,  the 
fruit  should  not  be  torn  off  but  cut  with  a  knife  or  scis- 
sors, leaving  at  least  one  inch  of  stem.  The  usual  vege- 
table crate  is  used  for  packing  and  marketing  the  crop. 

Insects  do  not  injure  Peppers  growing  in  the  field. 
Red  spider  and  greenfly  (aphis)  frequently  attack 
plants  growing  under  glass.  The  red  spider  may  be 
kept  in  check  by  repeatedly  syringing  with  water,  and 
the  greenfly  may  be  killed  by  fumigating  with  tobacco 
dust.  Two  fungous  diseases  frequently  occur  on  the 
large  varieties  growing  outdoors.  One  is  a  pink  an- 
thracnose  (Gloeosporium  piperatum),  which  causes  the 
fruit  to  rot  about  the  time  it  begins  to  ripen ;  the  other 
is  a  dark  anthracnose  (Collelotrichum  nigrum). 

In  preparing  Peppers  for  table  use,  handle  them  with 
gloves  to  prevent  burning  the  fingers.  Neither  soap 
nor  water  will  soothe  hands  burned  by  Peppers,  but 


milk  will. 


PEPPEE  GRASS.    Lepidium. 


H.  C.  IRISH. 


PEPPEEIDGE  or  TUPELO.    See  Nyssa. 


PERESKIA 
PEPPEEMINT.    SeeMentha. 

PEPPEEMINT  STEINGY  BAEK.  Hucalyptii*  pi- 
perita. 

PEPPEE  EOOT.   Dentaria  diphylla. 

PEEAPHYLLUM  (from  Greek  pera,  beyond,  and 
phyllon;  alluding  to  the  crowded  leaves).  Ros&cea'. 
The  only  species  is  a  much-branched  rigid  shrub,  with 
deciduous,  alternate,  rather  small  and  narrow  Ivs., 
white  fls.  similar  to  apple-blossoms,  in  few-fld.  upright 
corymbs  appearing  with  the  Ivs.,  and  berry-like  edible 
fr.  Hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass.,  but  seems  to  possess 
only  little  ornamental  value.  It  is  of  very  slow  growth 
and  blooms  only  when  rather  old.  It  grows  in  well- 
drained  soil  and  in  sunny  position,  and  is  best  suited  to 
be  planted  on  rocky  slopes  of  southern  aspect.  Prop, 
by  seeds  and  layers  and  by  grafting  on  Amelanchier  or 
Crataegus.  It  is  closely  allied  to  Amelanchier,  but  dis- 
tinguished by  its  corymbose  fls.,  cylindric  calyx-tube, 
orbicular  petals,  and  also  by  its  narrow  Ivs.  The  only 
species  is  P.  ramosissimum,  Nutt.,  a  rigid  shrub,  2-6 
ft.  high:  Ivs.  oblong  to  oblanceolate,  almost  sessile;  en- 
tire or  sparingly  serrulate,  silky  pubescent  when  young, 
%-2  in.  long:  fls.  in  few-fld.  erect  corymbs,  white  or 
slightly  tinged  pink,  with  rose-colored  disk,  %  in. 
across  ;  petals  orbicular  spreading;  styles  2-3:  ovary 
2-  or  incompletely  4-celled  :  fr.  pendulous,  globose", 
brownish  yellow,  about  V^  in.  across.  May.  Ore  to 
Calif,  and  Colo.  B.M.  7420.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

FEEENNIALS  tend  to  live  from  year  to  year,  as  op- 
posed to  annuals  and  biennials,  which  die  root  and  branch 
the  first  or  second  year  after  flowering  and  fruiting.  Per- 
ennials include  trees,  shrubs  and  herbs,  the  two  former 
being  woody,  the  latter  not.  "Perennials  "  as  commonly 
used  by  gardeners  is  a  convenient  shortening  of  the 
phrase  "hardy  herbaceous  perennials,"  which  includes 
Peony,  Phlox  and  other  non-woody  plants  whose  roots 
live  over  the  winter  while  their  tops  may  die  to  the 
ground.  The  phrase  "hardy  herbaceous  perennials" 
is  also  shortened  in  common  speech  to  "herbaceous 
plants;"  or  one  speaks  of  his  "hardy  border."  See 
Herbs  and  Border. 

A  popular  fallacy  about  Perennials  lies  in  the  com- 
mon statement  that  "they  die  down  every  year  and 
come  up  again  in  the  spring."  Many  of  them  never 
come  up.  Peonies  are  as  long-lived  as  shrubbery,  and 
a  clump  of  Fraxinella  has  been  known  to  outlive  father, 
son  and  grandson  in  the  same  spot.  But  these  are 
exceptions.  The  general  practice  with  Perennials  is 
to  divide  them  every  second  or  third  year.  Nearly  all 
hardy  herbaceous  plants  should  be  lifted  now  and 
then,  because  the  crowns  which  give  the  flowers  in 
most  desirable  kinds  flower  only  2  or  3  seasons  and 
then  die;  but  the  plant  may  be  continually  spreading 
and  making  new  growths,  which  furnish  the  flowers,  and 
unless  lifted  and  divided  the  stocks  become  scattering 
and  unattractive.  Another  very  good  reason  for  lifting 
and  dividing  the  Perennials  is  that,  being  mostly  strong- 
rooted  plants,  they  deplete  the  soil. 

PEEESKIA  (Nicolaus  Fabricius  Peireskius,  of  Aix, 
France).  Cact&cece.  Also  written  Peireskia.  Shrubby, 
the  slender,  often  very  long  branches  spreading  or 
climbing;  spinose,  but  the  spines  not  barbed  and  setae 
wanting:  Ivs.  broad,  sometimes  much  like  those  of  the 
lemon  tree:  fls.  wheel-shaped,  more  or  less  paniculate 
at  the  ends  of  twigs;  ovary  leafy:  seeds  dark,  thin- 
shelled,  with  two  coverings. 

aculeata,  Mill.  LEMON  VINE.  BLAD  APPLE.  BAKBA- 
DOES  GOOSEBERRY.  Branches  woody,  rather  slender, 
becoming  10-20  ft.  long:  Ivs.  pinnate-veined,  2-3  in. 
long,  1-2  in.  broad:  spines  at  first  2  intra-axillar,  short 
and  hooked,  later  numerous  and  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  very 
pale  yellow,  sometimes  pinkish,  1-1  %  in.  broad,  some 
what  panicled  at  the  ends  of  the  branches :  f r.  lemo 
color,  the  size  of  an  olive,  at  maturity  nearly  or  qui 
smooth.  Widely  spread  in  tropical  America.  B.M.  7147 
G.C.  III.  20:625. -This  species  is  much  used  as  st< 
on  which  to  graft  other  species  of  Cacti. 


PERESKIA 


PERFUMERY    GARDENING 


1275 


Bleo,  DC.  Fig.  309,  Vol.  I.  Stems  stouter,  more  suc- 
culent, less  branching:  Ivs.  often  5  in.  long  by  half  as 
wide:  spines  at  first  commonly  solitary  in  the  axils, 
later  more  numerous,  all  straight:  fls.  purple,  1/^-2  in. 
broiul:  fr.  2  in.  long,  pear-shaped.  New  Granada,  Brazil. 
B.M.  3478.  G.C.  III.  20:427. 

subulata,  Muehl.  Stem  2  ft.  or  less  high,  below  half 
wood,  above  fleshy  and  branching:  Ivs.  persisting  a  few 
\var-.  dark  green,  shiny,  as  thick  as  a  pencil,  about  3 
in.  long,  half  cylindrical  and  ending  in  a  spine :  areolse 
felted,  in  the  young  plant  with  a  few  hair-bristles 
later  with  2-4  straight,  pale  yellow  spines  3-4  in.  long. 
Chile.  — Can  be  used  as  stock  for  Epiphyllum. 

spathulata,  Otto.  Stem  upright,  with  few  horizontal, 
spatulate,  shiny  green  leaves:  the  diffuse  areolse  at 
first  somewhat  woolly,  later  felted,  above  with  a  bunch 
of  short  bristles,  below  with  1-2  yellowish  white,  straight 
ipines.  Mex.  KATHARINE  BRANDEGEE. 

PERFUMERY  GARDENING.  The  perfumes  of  the 
market  are  derived  in  part  from  animal  secretions 
(musk,  civet),  in  part  from  artificial  chemical  com- 
pounds, and  in  part,  and  chiefly,  from  the  class  of  vege- 
table products  loosely  called  essential  oils.  "Synthetic" 
or  chemical  perfumery  materials  are  the  more  or  less 
perfect  artificial  reproductions  of  organic  compounds 
used  in  perfumery.  If  it  were  possible  in  all  cases  and 
with  perfect  success  to  compound  these  substances  the 
production  of  floral  perfumes  would  soon  be  at  an  end, 
as  the  chemical  process  would  be  sure  to  be  cheaper 
than  the  horticultural.  But  nature  knows  how  to  add 
some  touches  which  the  chemist's  art  cannot  imitate, 
and  even  where  synthetic  manufacture  is  possible,  the 
result  is  in  general  regarded  as  a  cheaper  substitute. 
At  the  same  time,  sentimental  reasons  count  consider- 
ably in  favor  of  the  natural  perfume,  and  considering, 
further,  that  some  perfumes  cannot  be  imitated  chemi- 
cally, there  is  no  present  cause  to  apprehend  the  ex- 
tinction, or,  in  view  of  increasing  demand,  even  the 
decline,  of  the  industry  of  producing  natural  perfumery 
oils. 

The  essential  oils  used  in  perfumery  are  secreted  in 
different  parts  of  the  plant.  The  flowers  are  naturally 
thought  of  first,  being  the  seat  of  the  fragrance  of  the 
rose,  violet,  cassie,  jasmine,  tuberose,  the  orange  in  part, 
and  numberless  other  plants  whose  perfume  is  extracted 
or  only  enjoyed  as  naturally  exhaled.  The  oil  of  laven- 
der is  yielded  more  by  the  green  parts  of  the  flower-head 
than  by  the  corollas.  In  rose  geranium,  thyme,  winter- 
green  and  patchouli  the  foliage  is  the  fragrant  part.  A 
number  of  essences  are  derived  from  woods,  as  those 
of  sandalwood,  red  cedar  and  rhodium.  The  oil  of  sweet 
birch  comes  partly  from  the  wood,  but  mainly  from  the 
inner  bark,  and  the  same  is  true  of  sassafras.  In  the 
case  of  the  latter,  however,  the  roots  only  are  used ;  in 
the  case  of  the  former  the  young  tops.  Several  herba- 
ceous roots  also  furnish  oils,  as  orris  root,  Canada 
snakeroot  and  sweet  flag.  The  rinds  of  the  orange  and 
other  citrous  fruits  contain  important  perfumery  oils, 
and  the  oil  of  bitter  almonds  comes  from  the  fermented 
kernel  of  the  nut. 

The  standard  methods  of  extracting  essential  oils  are 
four,  namely,  the  use  of  mechanical  means  (chiefly  ex- 
pression), distillation,  enfleurage  or  inflowering,  and 
maceration.  Expression  appears  to  be  applied  only  to 
the  rinds  of  the  citrous  fruits.  These  are  placed  under 
pressure  in  a  screw  press,  or  sections  turned  wrong  side 
out  are  squeezed  in  the  fingers,  the  oil  being  taken  up 
with  a  sponge,  or  the  fruit  is  rubbed  in  a  cup  lined  with 
spikes  (ecuelle  &  piquer),  the  oil  collecting  in  a  hollow 
handle.  An  ecuelle  on  a  larger  scale  in  the  shape  of  a 
hollow  drum  has  also  been  used. 

In  distillation,  the  oil-bearing  material  is  heated  with 
water  or  subjected  to  hot  steam,  and  the  oil,  being  vola- 
tile, passes  off  with  the  steam.  The  oil  would  be  lost 
if  the  vapor  were  not  condensed,  and  this  is  accomplished 
by  passing  it  through  a  coil  or  equivalent  arrangement 
of  pipe  kept  cool  by  a  flow  of  water.  The  condensed 
steam  and  oil  fall  into  a  "Florentine  recipient,"  a  vessel 
with  a  spout  coming  out  at  the  base  but  rising  to  the 
level  of  the  top,  so  that  the  heavier  liquid,  sometimes 
oil,  sometimes  water,  alone  will  enter  it  and  can  be 


poured  off  separately.  After  the  water  and  oil  have 
mainly  separated,  the  water  will  still  contain  enough 
oil  to  make  it  highly  fragrant,  and  in  this  state  it  goes 
to  market  as  rosewater,  orange-flower  water,  etc.,  or  is 
returned  to  the  still  to  be  redistilled  with  the  next 
charge. 

The  remaining  two  methods  depend  on  the  fact  that 
grease  has  the  power  of  absorbing  essential  oils.  In 
enfleurage  the  grease,  without  heating,  is  spread  over 
both  surfaces  of  panes  of  glass  which  are  set  in  frames 
(chdssis),  so  that  they  can  be  piled  one  over  another 
with  spaces  between.  In  these  spaces  are  placed  the  flow- 
ers, the  charge  being  renewed  daily  until  the  grease  is 
sufficiently  impregnated,  when  it  constitutes  a  "  pomade." 
"Extracts  "  are  made  by  digesting  the  pomade  in  alcohol, 
which  has  a  still  stronger  attraction  for  the  perfume 
than  has  the  grease.  The  alcohol  must  first  be  deodor- 
ized to  save  perverting  the  floral  perfume,  and  is  then 
known  as  "Cologne  spirit."  The  grease  used  in  this 
and  the  next  process,  moreover,  must  be  freed  from  all 
corruptible  matter  by  a  special  process.  Tallow  and 
lard,  commonly  mixed,  and  sometimes  the  fat  of  the 
deer  and  other  animals,  are  employed. 

In  maceration  the  pomade  is  produced  by  immersing 
repeated  charges  of  the  flowers  in  melted  grease  or  fine 
olive  oil. 

In  recent  times  various  chemical  processes  for  ex- 
tracting perfumery  have  been  tried,  apparently  with 
some  practical  success;  but  they  have  not  yet  sup- 
planted the  old  methods.  Carbon  bisulfld  and  pe- 
troleum ether  are  among  the  solvents  employed.  These 
methods  would  be  less  easily  practiced  by  beginners 
and  amateurs  than  the  ordinary  ones. 

The  art  of  distilling  is  not  only  not  difficult  to  learn, 
but  is  already  in  practice  in  this  country  in  the  case  of 
peppermint,  sweet  birch,  sassafras,  eucalyptus,  etc. 
More  care  and  better  apparatus  would  be  required  for 
distilling  roses  and  other  flowers,  but  the  process  is 
essentially  the  same.  'Nor  do  the  grease  processes  in- 
volve any  difficulties  which  may  not  be  overcome  by 
the  application  of  a  little  American  ingenuity  and 
capital.  In  fact,  the  production  of  the  raw  materials 
of  perfumery  might  proceed  almost  at  once,  so  far  as 
the  difficulty  of  the  processes  is  concerned.  But  can 
we  grow  the  requisite  plants? 

That  many  of  the  standard  perfumery  plants  will 
grow  in  this  country  needs  no  proof,  and  there  is  no 
reason  to  doubt  that  their  fragrance  in  properly  chosen 
localities  will  equal  that  of  the  same  plants  in  the 
European  centers.  In  general,  success  in  this  line 
must  be  looked  for  only  southward,  even  in  dealing 
with  hardy  plants,  though  there  may  be  exceptions  to 
this  rule.  Cool  trade-winds  and  fogs  at  flowering  time 
are  to  be  shunned.  The  natural  conditions  in  Florida 
seem  not  very  different  from  those  of  the  south  of 
France,  the  great  center  of  perfumery  farming  in 
Europe,  and  in  fact  the  feasibility  of  successful  per- 
fumery farming  in  Florida  has  been  demonstrated  by 
actual  trial.  California  has  also  been  the  scene  of  ex- 
periments, some  of  them  seeming  to  promise  success 
as  soon  as  economic  conditions  admit.  A  large  terri- 
tory between  these  two  points  is  available  for  some 
lines  of  the  industry. 

Among  the  particular  plants  to  be  noticed,  the  citrous 
fruits  deserve  a  leading  place.  Nearly  or  quite  all  of 
the  trees  of  this  group,  including  the  sweet,  the  bitter  or 
Seville,  and  the  bergamot  oranges,  the  sweet  and  sour 
limes,  the  lemon,  the  citron,  and  the  shaddock,  contain 
valuable  perfumes  either  in  the  peel  of  their  fruit,  or  in 
their  flowers,  or  in  their  leaves,  or  in  more  than  one 
of  these.  Of  the  fruit  oils,  that  of  lemon  is  imported 
into  this  country  in  largest  quantity,  followed  by  oil  of 
bergamot,  oil  of  orange  bitter  and  sweet,  oil  of  limes 
and"cedrat"  or  citron  oil,  the  last  two  in  very  small 
quantities,  but  the  cedrat  at  a  very  high  price.  These 
oils  are  extracted  by  expression,  the  distilled  being 
inferior,  though  it  is  asserted  that  when  the  "rag,"  or 
inner  soft  layer,  Is  removed,  the  distilled  oil  equals 
the  other.  The  oil  of  the  bitter  orange  is  superior  to 
that  of  the  sweet;  the  oil  of  bergamot  is  far  more  val- 
uable than  either,  but  can  rarely  be  had  in  an  unadul- 
terated state.  The  flowers  of  the  orange  treated  by 
distillation  yield  "neroli."  The  scent  of  neroli,  however, 


1276 


PERFUMERY  GARDENING 


PERFUMERY  GARDENING 


is  not  that  of  the  flowers,  an  alteration  taking  place 
during  the  distillation.  Orange-flower  water,  consist- 
ing of  the  condensed  vapor  of  water  with  a  little  un- 
changed oil  adhering,  affords  the  true  odor  of  the 
flowers.  By  maceration,  likewise,  the  true  floral  fra- 
grance is  obtained.  The  abortive  flowers  which  fall 
from  the  trees  are  available  for  perfumery  use,  but  the 
flowers  are  also  sometimes  picked,  presumably  with  a 
better  result.  Besides  the  product  of  fruit  and  flowers, 
the  leaves  and  young  twigs  pruned  from  the  sweet 
and  bitter  oranges  yield  to  distillation  the  oil  of  "petit 
grain,"  of  considerable  though  minor  value.  There  is 
no  reason  to  doubt  the  perfumery  capacity  of  American 
orange  groves.  Indeed  it  has  been  asserted  that  the 
orange  flowers  of  Louisiana  excel  in  sweetness  those  of 
foreign  parts.  In  Los  Angeles,  California,  something 
has  been  done  towards  utilizing  the  peel,  and  in  Florida 
a  beginning  has  been  made  with  both  peel  and  flowers, 
but  for  the  most  part  these  resources  are  at  present 
suffered  to  go  to  waste. 

The  lemon  verbena,  Lippia  citriodora  (Fig.  1721), 
may  be  mentioned  in  passing  as  furnishing  an  attrac- 
tive perfume  of  the  citrous  order,  and  as  available  at 
least  in  Florida  and  California. 

The  perfumery  products  of  the  rose  and  its  allies 
merit  next  attention.  The  value  of  the  importation  of 
attar  of  roses— to  say  nothing  of  rose  perfume  in  other 
forms  ^exceeds  that  of  any  single  citrous  perfume,  and 
at  the  same  time  the  capacity  of  this  country  for  pro- 
ducing this  and  the  other  rose  perfumes  can  scarcely 
be  called  in  question.  The  present  supply  of  the 
European  and  American  markets  is  derived  chiefly  from 
Turkey  and  from  the  perfumery  region  of  the  south  of 
France.  The  attar  or  otto  of  roses  is  produced  most 
largely  in  Bulgaria  and  other  parts  of  European  Turkey, 
from  the  damask  rose.  It  is  obtained  by  distillation, 
which  is  there  conducted  in  a  rude  manner.  In  the 
Grasse  district  (south  of  France),  the  rose  water,  ob- 
tained as  explained  above,  yields  more  profit  than  the 
attar,  which  is  regarded  as  a  by-product  of  the  distilla- 
tion. But  the  rose  perfume  is  here  largely  extracted 
by  maceration,  finishing  with  enfleurage,  processes 
which  secure  the  true  rose  odor,  which  is  not  repre- 
sented by  the  attar  or  water.  The  pomade  and  its 
alcoholic  extract  are  perhaps  the  finest  of  rose  prod- 
ucts. The  Provence  rose  is  here  employed,  a  hybrid 
or  variety  of  the  hundred-leaf,  Rosa  centifolia,  the 
type  to  which  the  cabbage  and  moss  roses  belong. 
Pictures  of  this  rose  present,  not  the  well-known  door- 
yard  variety  with  short  and  crowded  petals  forming  a 
flat  disk  without  visible  stamens,  but  a  variety  with 
larger  and  looser  petals  of  a  deeper  color,  with  stamens 
in  the  middle.  Both  this  and  the  damask  rose  are 
spring  bloomers,  the  latter  yielding  also  a  small  crop  in 
the  fall. 

The  luxuriance  of  roses  on  the  Pacific  coast  and 
through  the  South  invites  experiments  in  those  regions 
to  ascertain  their  perfumery  worth.  Affluent  vegeta- 
tion cannot  be  taken  as  sure  proof  of  a  rich  perfumery 
content,  but  this  must  be  directly  investigated  by  the 
nostrils  and  better  by  experimental  distillation.  There 
is  practically  no  doubt,  however,  that  in  properly 
chosen  localities  American  roses  can  compete  in  sweet- 
ness with  the  European.  How  far  north  the  rose  can 
be  utilized  for  perfume  cannot  be  settled  in  advance  of 
experiment.  The  rose  must  have  a  hot  sun,  but  the 
June  sun  is  hot  far  to  the  north ;  and  as  at  most  only 
two  harvests  are  gathered  each  year  the  advantage  of 
the  South  may  not  be  as  great  as  might  be  supposed. 
Still  the  presumption  is  that  our  coming  rose  industry 
will  be  conducted  in  our  warmer  sections.  The  soil  for 
the  rose  must  not  be  poor,  but  there  is  a  possibility  of 
its  being  too  rich  for  the  best  perfumery  results. 
While  distillation  seems  to  be  practically  confined  to 
the  two  roses  mentioned  above,  other  kinds  whose  odor 
is  attractive  are  available  for  treatment  by  the  grease 
processes.  There  appears  to  be  little  in  the  methods  of 
cultivating  roses  for  this  purpose  which  would  not  sug- 
gest itself  to  an  experienced  gardener.  It  takes  some 
3,000  pounds  of  petals  to  yield  a  pound  of  oil,  but  that 
pound  should  be  worth  at  retail  about  ninety  dollars,  and 
more  if  of  extra  quality. 
The  oil  distilled  from  the  green  parts  of  the  common 


rose  geraniums,  Pelargonium  ciipitatiim  (?)  and  P.  Ka- 
dula,  resembles  in  fragrance  the  oil  of  roses  and  is  largely 
used  as  a  substitute  for  it.  Though  generally  not  sold 
at  retail  under  its  own  name,  it  is  in  itself  a  legitimate 
perfume,  and  its  production  should  be  undertaken  in 
this  country— only,  however,  in  the  South,  where  the 
long  season  admits  of  three  crops  of  leaves  and  where 
the  stumps  with  the  soil  heaped  around  them  will  sur- 
vive the  winter.  The  largest  crop  is  to  be  had  on  rich 
lowland,  but  the  finest  quality  is  produced  on  drier  and 
less  fertile  ground.  In  France,  it  is  now  grown  mainly 
on  irrigated  land,  but  the  product  has  to  be  ameliorated 
by  the  admixture  of  oil  from  drier  locations.  The  rose 
geranium  is  largely  grown  in  Algeria,  and  in  Spain, 
Sicily,  etc. ,  as  well  as  in  France.  Geranium  oil  in  turn 
has  its  substitutes,  among  which  the  oil  of  lemon  grass 
from  India  is  conspicuous. 

The  European  sweet  violet,  Viola  odorata,  affords 
the  finest  example  of  a  favorite  type  of  odors  quite 
different  from  the  citrine  and  the  rose.  The  oil  of  the 
violet  itself  is  necessarily  so  expensive  as  to  be  little 
used.  The  large  amount  of  flowers  required  and  the 
amount  of  hand  labor  necessary  for  gathering  such 
small  flowers,  each  growing  on  a  separate  stem,  are 
apparently  insurmountable  obstacles  to  the  extensive 
use  of  true  oil  of  violet.  Still  it  may  be  presumed  that 
there  will  permanently  be  a  class  of  buyers  willing  to 
pay  the  necessary  cost  of  so  choice  a  perfume.  The 
violet  yields  its  full  fragrance  only  southward,  but  it 
must  be  grown  in  partial  shade.  When  labor  conditions 
admit,  true  violet  perfume  may  be  produced  in  Cali- 
fornia 'and  in  the  South.  An  expert  grower  of  violets 
has  even  thought  that  they  might  be  grown  under  glass 
for  this  purpose. 

Of  the  same  general  type  and  in  some  wise  a  substi- 
tute for  violet  perfume,  is  that  of  Acacia  Farnesiana, 
the  "cassie"  of  the  French,  known  in  the  South  as 
"opoponax."  The  small  yellow  balls  of  flowers  are 
treated  by  the  grease  processes,  particularly  macera- 
tion. While  not  ranked  as  high  as  violet,  the  perfume 
is  in  entirely  good  standing  and  produced  in  large 
quantities.  The  flowers  dried  with  proper  care  have  a 
market  value  for  sachets.  The  opoponax  tree  grows 
freely  in  Florida,  is  apparently  native  in  Texas,  and  is 
suited  to  the  climate  of  Arizona  and  southern  Cali- 
fornia. The  labor  of  picking  the  flowers  would  be 
somewhat  expensive.  Several  other  acacias  are  eligible 
for  perfumery  use. 

To  the  same  group  belongs  the  perfume  of  orris  or 
iris  root.  It  is  afforded  by  the  rootstocks  of  three 
species  of  Iris,  formerly  gathered  wild  and  now  culti- 
vated near  Florence  and  at  other  points  in  Italy.  The 
species  are  Iris  Germanica  (Fig.  1178),  /.  pallida,  and 
/.  Florentina  (Fig.  1721),  the  first  of  these  being  our 
common  garden  Iris,  with  deep  blue  flowers,  the  second 
a  paler-flowered  species,  the  third  having  white  flowers. 
High  authority  affirms  that  the  use  of  the  first  two 
species  is  only  a  falsification,  and  in  fact  that  the  root 
of  /.  Germanica  causes  serious  inflammations.  It  is 
certain  that  the  first  two  are  extensively  grown  ;  but 
/.  Florentina  alone  appears  to  be  much  used  for  dis- 
tillation. When  cultivated  the  Iris  is  generally  propa- 
gated by  root  division,  the  cuttings  being  placed  for 
the  first  year  in  a  nursery,  afterward  set  in  rows  a  foot 
apart.  It  is  grown  in  stony  dry  soils  on  hillsides  or 
mountains.  The  crop  is  gathered  once  in  two  or  three 
years.  The  cuticle  is  scraped  from  the  root,  which 
after  being  dried  in  the  sun  is  stored  in  a  dry  place  for 
the  development  of  its  fragrance.  This  is  wanting  in 
the  fresh  root,  and  does  not  reach  its  maximum  under 
three  years.  When  distilled  the  root  yields  "orris  but- 
ter," but  it  is  more  largely  xised  in  the  form  of  an  alco- 
holic tincture  or  ground  up  for  sachets.  There  is  no 
reason  why  orris  root  should  not  be  grown  in  many 
parts  of  this  country,  but  the  returns  at  present  are 
not  large. 

Another  important  group  of  perfumery  plants  con- 
sists of  several  members  of  the  mint  family.  Pepper- 
mint and  spearmint  (Fig.  1392)  can  hardly  be  placed  in 
the  perfumery  class,  but  lavender,  thyme  and  rosemary 
could  not  easily  be  spared  from  the  perfumer's  re- 
sources. Lavender  is  native  on  dry  slopes  in  the  Medi- 
terranean region,  and  the  oil  is  most  largely  produced 


PERFUMERY     GARDENING 


PERFUMERY    GARDENING 


1277 


in  the  region  of  the  maritime  Alps.  The  plant  has 
been  introduced,  however,  into  some  of  the  southern 
counties  of  England  (Mitcham  and  Hitchin  being  the 
centers),  and  found  to  produce  there  an  oil  which  has 
commonly  been  regarded  as  far  superior  to  the  French, 
and  at  any  rate  is  different  in  kind  (see  Mentha).  The 
English  lavender  is  grown  in  light  and  well-drained 
calcareous  soils.  In  well-drained  ground  lavender  will 
bear  some  cold,  especially  if  protected,  but  profit  can- 
not be  looked  for  far  north.  Lavender  of  the  French 
type  may  be  expected  to  succeed  in  California  out  of 
the  reach  of  the  trade-winds,  and  may  perhaps  not 
require  irrigation.  There  are  shallow  calcareous  soils 
in  the  "black  belt"  of  the  Gulf  states  which  might  per- 
haps yield  an  oil  like  the  English,  and  the  same  may  be 
true  of  some  tracts  northward  on  the  Pacific  slope. 
Lavender  is  treated  by  distillation,  and  it  is  said  in 
England  that  direct  contact  with  the  water  yields  better 


for  fine  soaps.  This  so-called  oil  is  a  poisonous  com- 
pound formed  in  the  process  of  fermenting  the  cake  of 
the  kernels  from  which  the  fixed  oil  has  been  expressed. 
Its  production  should  be  considered  in  our  almond- 
growing  regions,  especially  California. 

Of  our  native  growths  there  are  some  which  are 
already  utilized  as  the  source  of  scenting  materials. 
The  root  of  sassafras  is  or  has  been  distilled  in  Penn- 
sylvania, Maryland  and  Virginia,  and  in  other  northern 
states,  and  sparingly  southward.  Wintergreen,  Gaul- 
theria  procumbens,  was  formerly  distilled  in  the  North, 
but  has  given  place  to  sweet  or  cherry  birch,  Betula  lenta, 
which  yields  the  same  oil  less  expensively.  The  wood 
of  the  red  cedar,  Juniperus  Virginiana,  has  long  been 
distilled  in  Germany,  and  latterly  in  this  country.  It 
furnishes  a  finer  cedar-of-Lebanon  perfume  than  the 
cedar  of  Lebanon  itself. 

The  root  of  the  wild  ginger  or  Canada  snakeroot, 
Asarum  Canadense,  yields  a  fragrant  oil  quoted  in 
market  reports,  and  said  to  be  used  especially  for 
strengthening  other  perfumes.  The  sweet  goldenrod, 
Solidago  odora,  furnishes  an  oil  which  has  a  market 


1721.    Perfumery  plants  :    Iris  Florentina ;   Jasminum  grandiflorutn  ;    Lippia  citriodora. 


results  than  the  application  of  dry  steam.  (See,  also, 
Lavandula.) 

Thyme  (chiefly  the  garden  thyme,  Thymus  vulgaris) 
furnishes  a  perfume  particularly  suited  to  soaps  and 
imported  into  this  country  in  large  quantities.  Kose- 
mary  has  a  stimulating  property  and  is  an  essential 
ingredient  in  Cologne  water.  Both  of  these  could  quite 
possibly  be  grown,  say  in  California,  but  might  not  be 
able  to  compete  well  with  the  spontaneous  product  of 
Europe. 

Some  notice  should  be  taken,  too,  of  the  rather  hum- 
ble group  of  odorous  plants  belonging  to  the  parsley 
family,  including  anise,  caraway  and  fennel.  Not  only 
are  the  oils  of  these  three  (chiefly  anise)  largely  im- 
ported, but  also  their  seeds  (chiefly  caraway).  Caraway 
runs  wild  northerly,  fennel  has  established  itself  on  the 
lower  Potomac,  and  anise  could  doubtless  be  grown,  but 
there  is  no  reason  to  expect  large  profits  from  these 
plants. 

There  are  several  plants  deserving  consideration 
which  do  not  fall  into  any  of  these  groups.  One  is  the 
jasmine  (Jasminum  grandiflorum  and  J.  Sambac). 
Fig.  1721.  This  furnishes  almost  the  only  odor  which 
cannot  be  imitated  by  combinations  of  others.  The  oil 
of  jasmine  is  very  valuable.  The  plants  can  be  grown 
in  our  warmest  regions.  The  tuberose  furnishes  another 
choice  perfume  and  has  been  very  successfully  grown 
for  the  purpose  in  Florida.  (See  Polianthes.)  The  helio- 
trope (Fig.  1032),  jonquil  (Fig.  1460),  and  mignonette 
are  also  to  be  named.  Of  a  quite  different  scent  from 
.any  of  these  is  the  oil  of  bitter  almond,  so  important 


standing.  The  rich  odor  of  the  yellow  jessamine  of 
the  South  has  been  successfully  extracted  in  Florida. 
The  common  market  perfume  of  magnolia  is  doubtless 
mostly  or  entirely  an  imitation,  and  the  same  is  probably 
true  of  Clethra  alnifolia  perfume.  The  great  magnolia, 
Magnolia  grandiflora,  abounds  in  the  South,  but  its 
flowers  might  be  difficult  to  secure  in  quantity.  Clethra 
is  abundant  enough  in  the  Atlantic  coast  region,  but 
some  difficulty  might  be  experienced  with  it  owing  to 
the  fact  that  only  a  part  of  the  flowers  in  the  raceme 
open  at  one  time.  The  flowers  of  the  swamp  magnolia 
or  sweet  bay,  Magnolia  Virginiana  or  M.  glauca  (Fig. 
1347),  should  be  tried.  The  spice  bush,  Benzoin  odor- 
iferum,  affords  several  scents.  The  sweet  and  copious 
bloom  of  Azalea  arborescens  in  the  southern  mountains 
has  been  suggested  for  treatment.  It  is  to  be  feared 
that  the  delicious  odor  of  the  native  crab  apples  would 
be  too  expensive,  considering  the  difficulty  of  collecting 
enough  petals.  The  bloom  of  the  wild  grape  might  well 
be  thought  of.  Many  of  our  plants— these  are  only 
examples— will  eventually  be  tried  and  a  few  will  be 
found  steadily  valuable.  It  is  useless  to  expect  com- 
mercial success  with  small  and  scanty-flowered  plants 
like  trailing  arbutus,  JSpigcea  repens,  however  pleasing 
in  their  natural  state. 

The  production  of  perfumery  oils  may  be  conducted 
on  large  farms  by  capitalists;  or  a  central  establish- 
ment may  contract  with  individuals  for  flowers  and 
other  materials  ;  or  the  business  may  be  carried  on 
cooperatively;  or  individuals  may  operate  on  a  small 
scale  in  connection'with  other  lines  of  farming.  Some 


1278 


PERFUMERY    GARDENING 


PERIPLOCA 


competent  women  to  whom  other  avenues  are  closed 
may  find  this  work  available  and  congenial. 

Intending  experimenters  should  seek  further  informa- 
tion in  one  or  more  of  the  books  which  are  before  the 
public.  With  regard  to  methods  of  extraction,  Askin- 
son's  "Perfumes  and  their  Preparation"  may  be  con- 
fidently recommended.  Sawer's  "  Odorographia  "  (espe- 
cially the  first  series)  is  valuable  both  to  the  extractor 
and  the  grower.  Piesse's  "Art  of  Perfumery  "  will  also 
be  found  useful  on  both  sides  of  the  subject.  Gilde- 
meister  and  Hoffman's  "Volatile  Oils"  is  also  very  valu- 
able. E.  S.  STEELE. 

Also  consult  E.  S.  Steele's  article  on  "Perfumery 
Gardening"  in  the  Yearbook  of  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agric.,  for  1898.  Vol.  22,  part  2  of  the  Journal  of  the 
Royal  Hort.  Soc.  (London,  1898)  contains  a  list  of  per- 
fumes and  'plants  that  yield  them,  and  also  a  list  of 
books  on  perfumes. 

PERlLLA  (said  to  be  a  native  name  in  India). 
LaMatce.  Perilla  Nankinensis  is  distinct  among  all 
tender  bedding  plants  by  the  color  of  its  foliage.  The 
leaves  are  a  dark,  wine-purple,  with  a  bronzy  luster. 
These  colors  are  more  or  less  toned  with  green,  espe- 
cially in  young  plants.  The  Perilla  is  an  annual  herb, 
growing  about  1%  ft.  high.  It  is  considerably  used  in 
subtropical  beds  and  for  the  back  of  ribbon  borders. 
It  is  sometimes  planted  next  to  a  dusty  miller  or  other 
white-leaved  plants  for  the  sake  of  contrast.  The 
foliage  has  an  odor  suggesting  cinnamon.  In  Japan 
the  Perilla  is  of  economic  importance  for  the  production 
of  oil.  Perillas  need  a  sunny  or  at  least  half -sunny 
position.  They  thrive  under  the  treatment  given 
half-hardy  annuals.  Sow  the  seeds  thinly  and  cover 
nearly  an  inch.  Avoid  planting  Perillas  too  closely; 
leggy  specimens  are  wretched.  The  fls.  are  incon- 
spicuous and  produced  in  autumn.  Before  the  intro- 
duction of  the  Coleus,  this  plant  was  much  used  as  an 
ornamental  flower-garden  plant,  and  is  still  used  largely 
in  the  gardens  of  northern  Europe,  where  the  Coleus 
makes  but  a  stunted  growth.  But  in  our  warmer  sum- 
mers it  is  displaced  by  the  more  brilliantly  colored  and 
free-growing  Coleus. 

Perilla  is  placed  by  Bentham  and  Hooker  next  to  the 
American  genus  Collinsonia,  with  which  it  agrees  in 
the  following  characters:  flowering  calyx  of  5  nearly 
equal  teeth ;  fruiting  calyx  declinate,  2-lipped ;  anterior 
lobe  of  the  corolla  larger;  perfect  stamens  4.  The 
main  point  of  difference  lies  in  the  nutlets;  those  of 
Perilla  are  netted-veined,  while  those  of  Collinsonia  are 
smooth.  Also  the  anther  cells  of  Collinsonia  are  divari- 
cate, while  those  of  Perilla  are  finally  merely  divergent. 
Perilla  is  placed  in  the  same  subtribe  with  Mentha,  but 
belongs  to  a  group  in  which  the  whorls  of  fls.  are  not 
axillary  (as  is  usually  the  case  in  the  Mentha  group), 
but  are  spicate  or  racemose. 

ocymoides,  Linn.  Also  spelled  ocimoides.  The  typical 
form  has  Ivs.  green  on  both  sides  and  is  worthless  for 
gardens.  Lvs.  opposite,  rarely  speckled  with  brownish 
purple,  only  slightly  wrinkled,  base  wedge-shaped  or 
narrow;  blade  broadly  ovate  or  roundish,  pointed  or 
blunt,  hairy  or  not,  entire  or  variously  cut  at  the  mar- 
gin. In  the  wild,  it  is  a  coarse,  often  shaggy  plant,  2-4 
ft.  high,  with  Ivs.  3-6  in.  long,  petioles  1-3  in.  long: 
racemes  3-8  in.  long:  corolla  white  or  reddish,  2  lines 
long:  fruiting  calyx  ^  in.  long.  Himalayas,  Burma, 
China,  Japan.  B.M.  2395.  — Sparingly  run  wild. 

Var.  Nankinensis,  Voss  (P.  Nankinensis,  Decne.  P. 
aryuta,  Benth.).  Slightly  hairy,  rarely  glabrous:  Ivs. 
dark  purple-brown,  with  a  bronzy  luster;  base  wedge- 
shaped  (rounded  in  strong-growing  specimens);  blade 
ovate,  acute,  coarsely  and  deeply  saw-toothed,  margin 
wavy.  Occasionally  seedlings  are  green  when  young. 
R.H.  1852:60;  1879,  p.  272.  Forms  of  this  variety  are: 
(1)  Var.  laciniata  (P.  laciniata,  Hort.  Thorburn.  P. 
Nankinensis  fdliis  atropurpureis  laciniatis,  Hort.  Be- 
nary)  has  Ivs.  cut  nearly  to  the  middle,  foliage  un- 
dulate, wrinkled  or  crisped.  Colors  said  to  be  more 
intense.  Int.  about  1872.  P.G.  2:77.  (2)  Var.  macro- 
phylla  (P.  Nankinensis  macropnylla  compdcta,  Hort.) 
is  a  large-lvd.  form  characterized  by  its  almost  "bell- 
shaped  "form.  The  Ivs.  are  wavy -fringed.  Habit  com- 


pact. (3)  Var.  elatior  (P.  Nankinensis  macrophylla 
eldtior,  Hort.  Benary)  is  a  taller  form  of  var.  macro- 
whylla.  (4)  Var.  variegata  (P.  Nankinensis  foliis  varie- 
gatis,  Hort.)  differs  in  having  the  foliage  spotted  with 
white.  (5)  Var.  microphylla  (P.  Nankinensis  micro- 
phylla nlgricans,  Hort.  Benary)  is  a  small-lvd.  form 
int.  about  1899.  WM-  ScOTT  and  w  M 


1722.   Pensteria  elata— Holy  Ghost  Plant. 
(Flower  X  %.) 

PERlPLOCA  (Greek,  peri,  around,  and  plekein,  to 
twine;  alluding  to  the  twining  habit).  Asclepiadacece. 
Twining,  rarely  upright,  glabrous  shrubs,  with  opposite, 
deciduous  or  evergreen  entire  Ivs.  or  sometimes  leafless, 
and  with  rather  small  usually  dark-colored  fls.  in  axillary 
or  terminal  cymes.  Most  of  the  species  are  subtropical, 
but  the  only  species  cult,  in  this  country  is  hardy  north 
to  New  York,  and  can  be  grown  even  in  Canada  when 
trailing  on  the  ground  and  somewhat  protected  during 
the  winter.  It  is  a  vigorous  and  high -growing  climber, 
with  handsome  dark  green  and  shining  foliage,  and  is 
well  suited  for  covering  arbors,  trellis  work  and  .trunks 
of  trees.  It  bears  fragrant  fls.  in  summer  and  keeps  its 
foliage  until  late  in  fall.  It  thrives  in  any  well-drained 
soil  and  prefers  sunny  positions.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  by 
greenwood  cuttings  in  summer  under  glass  ;  also  by 
layers. 

Twelve  species,  distributed  from  S.  Eu.  to  trop.  Africa, 
China  and  E.  India.  Shrubs,  with  milky  juice:  fls.  in 
axillary  or  terminal  cymes;  calyx  5-lobed;  corolla  5- 
parted,  bearing  inside  at  the  base  a  5-  or  10-lobed 
crown;  stamens  5,  with  very  short  filaments  and  with 


PERIPLOCA 


PERNETTYA 


1279 


the  anthers  connected  at  the  apex  and  villous ;  style 
short,  with  broad  stigma:  fr.  consisting  of  2  follicles, 
containing  numerous,  small,  winged  seeds. 

Graeca,  Linn.  SILK  VINE.  Deciduous  shrub,  twining 
to  40  ft.  :  Ivs.  petioled,  ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  dark  green  and  glossy  above,  2-4  in.  long: 
fls.  in  loose,  long-peduncled  cymes,  brownish  purple 
inside,  greenish  at  the  margin  and  outside,  %-l  in. 
across;  petals  oblong,  villous;  crown  with  5  slender 
thread-like  incurved  glabrous  appendages  :  follicles 
narrow,  about  4  in.  long.  July,  Aug.  S.  Eu.,  W.  Asia. 
B.M.  2289.  B.R.  10:803.  L.B.C.  14:1389.  Gn.  34,  p.  78. 
—  Under  the  name  of  P.  angustifolia  a  narrow-leaved 
form  is  sometimes  cultivated,  but  it  is  P.  Grceca,  var. 
angustifolia,  Jag.  The  true  P.  angustifolia,  Labill.,  is 
synonymous  to  P.  l&vigata,  Ait.,  from  the  Canary  Isl. 
and  N.  Africa,  with  persistent  Ivs.  and  pubescent  ap- 
pendages of  the  crown.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

PERISTERIA  (Greek,  dove,  from  the  form  of  the 
column  and  wings).  Orchidacece.  A  genus  of  stately 
South  American  orchids,  having  large  plicate  leaves 
unfolding  successively,  and  tall,  erect  or  hanging 
flower-spikes.  The  flowers  are  nearly  globose  or  cup- 
shaped,  of  a  waxy  texture,  with  broad,  concave  seg- 
ments. The  genus  is  distinguished  from  the  related 
genera  Acineta,  Sacsena,  Gongora,  etc.,  by  the  curious 
shape  of  the  labellum  and  column.  The  base  of  the 
labellum  (hypochil)  is  united  with  the  column  by  broad 
wings  (pleuridia).  The  upper  part  of  the  labellum 
(epichil)  is  movably  joined  to  the  hypochil.  Five 
species,  of  which  two  are  commonly  cultivated. 

These  plants  are  easily  kept  alive,  but  difficult  to 
flower.  When  growth  begins  they  should  be  planted  in 
well-drained  compost  of  fibrous  loam,  leaf-mold  and 
sand,  and  carefully  watered  until  the  plants  become 
vigorous.  Later  liquid  manure  or  bone-dust  may  be 
given  them  in  order  to  obtain  large  and  vigorous  flower- 
spikes.  Liberal  treatment  will  produce  fine  specimens, 
but  poorly  fed  plants  often  fail  to  flower  at  all.  When 
resting,  they  should  be  removed  from  the  tropical 
house  to  a  cooler  room.  P.  data  is  often  grown  as  a 
purely  terrestrial  orchid. 

elata,  Hook.  DOVE  FLOWER.  HOLY  GHOST  FLOWER. 
Fig.  1722.  Pseudobulbs  4-5  in.  high,  bearing  several 
strongly  veined  Ivs.  2-3  ft.  high:  fl.-stem  3-4  ft.  high; 
fls.  in  a  raceme  covering  about  one-third  the  length  of 
the  flower-stalk,  cup-shaped,  creamy  white,  wax-like  and 
fragrant,  2  in.  across;  sepals  broadly  ovate  to  rotund; 
petals  more  delicate;  labellum  fleshy,  broadly  obovate, 
truncate,  sprinkled  with  deep  purple ;  column  with  large, 
curious  wings,  supposed  to  bear  resemblance  to  a  dove, 
June-Sept.  Panama.  B.M.  3116.  Gng.  5:151.  V.  8:163. 
Gn.  12,  p.  153;  30,  p.  574;  42,  p.  324.  R.H.  1876,  p.  133; 
1877:110.  — The  labellum  and  wings  of  the  column  are 
sometimes  spotted  with  purple. 

p6ndula,  Hook.  Pseudobulbs  ovate-oblong,  4-5  in. 
high,  bearing  lanceolate,  strongly  veined  Ivs.:  scape 
pendulous,  from  the  base  of  the  pseudobulb,  bearing  as 
many  as  20  fls.:  fls.  globular  in  outline,  1%  in.  across, 
fragrant,  greenish  white  outside,  tinged  with  rose  and 
thickly  dotted  with  purple  within;  sepals  roundish  con- 
cave, united  at  base;  petals  rather  smaller;  labellum 
fleshy,  curiously  shaped,  enclosed  within  the  flower. 
Guiana.  B.M.  3479.  G.C.  II.  25: 11 6. -Requires  tropical 
treatment,  but  rarely  flowers  in  cult. 

P.  Humboldtii,  Lindl.= Acineta  Humboldtii,  Lindl. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PERlSTROPHE  (Greek,  peri,  around,  and  strophos, 
belt;  alluding  to  the  involucre).  Acanthaceoz.  Erect 
branched  or  loosely  creeping  herbs  or  half-shrubby 
greeiiuouse  plants  cult,  for  their  flowers.  Lvs.  entire: 
fls.  solitary  or  in  clusters  of  2-3  surrounded  by  an 
involucre,  in  loose  cymes  or  cymose  panicles,  or  distant 
on  slender  branches;  bracts  of  the  involucre  narrow; 
calyx  deeply  5-parted,  shorter  than  the  bracts,  scariose 
or  hyaline;  corolla-tube  long,  slender,  slightly  enlarged 
above,  limb  deeply  bilabiate,  the  posterior  lip  narrow, 
erect,  concave,  entire  or  emarginate,  lower  lip  spread- 
ing, apex  3-parted ;  stamens  2,  a  little  shorter  than  the 
corolla  lips;  anthers  2-celled;  sterile  stamens  none; 

81 


style  filiform:  capsule  oblong,  contracted  into  a  solid 
stalk.  About  15  species,  ranging  from  tropical  Africa 
through  the  Malay  Islands  and  Australia  to  India. 

The  plants  are  cult,  like  Jacobinias  or  Justicias,  of 
the  same  family.  Cuttings  taken  at  any  time  when  the 
wood  is  soft  will  root  in  a  warm  bed  in  3-4  weeks,  after 
which  the  potted  plants  may  be  removed  to  a  house  of 
lower  temperature.  They  require  a  rich  loam  mixed 
with  some  leaf -mold,  and  plenty  of  air. 


1723.  Peristrophe  speciosa  (X  %). 

specidsa,  Nees  (Justicia  speciosa,  Roxb.).  Fig.  1723. 
Plants  erect,  spreading  and  branched,  becoming  2-3  ft. 
high:  Ivs.  opposite,  petioled,  ovate-acuminate,  smooth: 
fls.  in  clusters  of  2-3  on  slender  branches,  violet-purple, 
1%  in.  long.  Fls.  for  a  long  period  in  winter.  India. 
B.M.  2722.  L.B.C.  20:1915.  B.  2:74. -A  pot-plant  of 
bushy,  compact  habit  when  well  grown.  Good  for  the 
window.  Usually  thrives  best  in  partial  shade. 

angustifdlia,  Nees.  Plants  low,  erect,  very  much 
branched:  branches  nearly  horizontal,  pubescent  above: 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  pointed  at  both  ends:  fls.  sparse,  in  ter- 
minal cymes,  rose-colored.  Flowers  freely.  Java.— A 
var.  aurea  variegata  has  the  center  of  the  Ivs.  varie- 
gated with  yellow.  Useful  for  vases  and  baskets. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PERIWINKLE.    Vinca. 

PERNETTYA  (after  A.  J.  Pernetty  (1716-1801);  he 
accompanied  Bougainville  on  his  voyage  and  wrote  "A 
Voyage  to  the  Falkland  Islands  ").  Ericaceae.  Ornamen- 
tal low  evergreen  shrubs,  with  small,  alternate,  usually 
serrate  Ivs.  and  small,  white  or  pinkish,  nodding  fls., 
usually  solitary  in  the  axils  and  followed  by  very  deco- 
rative berries  varying  in  color  from  white  to  purplish 
black  or  bluish  black  and  remaining  on  the  branches 
all  winter.  These  exceedingly  pretty  shrubs  are  great 
favorites  in  England,  but  are  little  known  in  this  coun- 
try. P.  mucronata  and  P.  angustifolia,  the  hardiest,  are 
probably  hardy  in  sheltered  positions  as  far  north  as 
New  York.  They  are  well  suited  for  rockeries  and  bor- 
ders of  evergreen  shrubberies  and  also  make  very  hand- 
some pot-plants.  They  grow  best  in  a  peaty  and  porous 
moderately  moist  soil  and  prefer  sunny  positions,  but 
seem  to  grow  almost  as  well  in  any  other  well-drained 
soil ;  in  shade  they  will  not  fruit  as  profusely  as  in  the 
full  sun.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened 


1280 


PEENETTYA 


PERSEA 


wood  in  summer  under  glass ;  also  by  means  of  layers 
and  suckers.  Grown  chiefly  for  the  ornamental  fruit. 

About  25  species  from  Mexico  to  the  Magellan  region, 
mostly  in  the  mountains  and  1  species  in  Tasmania  and 
New  Zealand.  Fls.  axillary,  usually  solitary  on  slender 
nodding  pedicels,  rarely  in  racemes;  calyx  5-parted; 
corolla  urceolate,  with  short  5-lobed  limb;  stamens  10, 
the  anthers  4-awned  at  the  apex:  fr.  a  5-celled  many- 
seeded  berry.  Allied  to  Gaultheria,  but  the  calyx  not 
enlarged  and  rarely  fleshy  after  flowering. 

mucronata,  Gaudich.  (Arbutus  mucronatus,  Linn.  f. ). 
Much-branched  shrub,  to  2  ft.,  with  glabrous  or  spar- 
ingly hairy  branches:  Ivs.  almost  two-ranked,  ovate, 
spiny-pointed,  serrate,  dark  green  and  shining  above, 
glabrous,  /<$-%  in.  long:  fls.  solitary,  nodding,  subglo- 
bose,  white  or  slightly  tinged  pink,  about  one-fifth  in. 
long:  fr.  white  to  dark  purple,  %-J£  in.  across,  red  in 
the  typical  form.  May,  June.  Magellan  region  to  Chile. 
B.M.  3093.  B.E.  20:1695.  L.B.C.  19:1848.  Gn.  23:389; 
59,  p.  41.  Gt.34,  p.  214.  G.M.  40:811,  M.D.G.  1898:397. 
—Many  vars.  partly  originated  by  hybridizing  with  the 
following  species  are  cult,  in  English  and  Dutch  nur- 
series, mostly  differing  in  the  color  of  the  fr.,  which  is 
usually  indicated  by  the  name  of  the  var.,  as,  var.  alba, 
atropurpurea,  coccinea  (F.M.  1879:339),  lilacina  (F.M. 
1879: 339  ),nigra,  purpurea  (F.M.  1879:339),  rdsea,  san- 
guinea.  Also  P.  Drummondi,  Cummingi,  speciosa, 
floribunda  (G.C.  II.  18:649  and  III.  28:465),  belong 
here.  P.  mucronata  and  its  vars.  are  among  our  most 
ornamental  fruiting  shrubs  in  winter-time,  when  they 
are  loaded  with  bright-colored  berries  contrasting  well 
with  the  dark  glossy  foliage;  they  are  also  very  hand- 
some in  spring  when  covered  with  their  numerous  white 
flowers. 

angustifolia,  Lindl.  (P.  mucronata,  var.  angustifolia, 
Nichols.).  Closely  allied  to  the  preceding:  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late to  linear-lanceolate,  usxially  arched  backwards, 
smaller:  fls.  somewhat  smaller,  on  slender  pedicels; 
anthers  twice  as  long  as  filaments;  style  as  long  as 
ovary.  May,  June.  Chile.  B.R.  26:63.  B.M.  3889. 

P.  cilidris'Don.  Spreading  shrub:  Ivs.  oblong  to  narrow-ob- 
long, serrulate,  %-l  in.  long:  fls.  solitary,  ovate,  white:  fr. 
almost  black.  Mexico.— P.  cilidris,  Lindl.  G.C.  II.  10:89,  and 
III.  28:463,  belongs  probably  to  P.  furens.— P.  fur  ens,  Klotzsch. 
Upright  shrub:  Ivs.  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  ciliate,  to  1%  in. 
long:  fls.  in  axillary,  secund,  rather  dense  racemes:  fr.  brown- 
ish red.  Peru,  Chile.  B.M.  4920.— P.  Pentlandii,  DC.  Similar  to 
P.  mucronata,  but  Ivs.  not  spiny-tipped:  fr.  dark  purplish  blue, 
with  the  calyx-lobes  fleshy.  Venez.  to  Chile.  B.M.  6204.— P. 
phillyrecefolia,DG.  Similar  to  P.  mucronata:  branches  spar- 
ingly hispid:  corolla  ovate,  pubescent  inside;  anthers  twice  as 
long  as  filaments.  Peru,  Chile.— P.  pilbsa,  Don  (Arbutus  pi- 
losa,  Grab.).  Prostrate  shrub,  with  densely  hispid  branches: 
Ivs.  elliptic-oblong,  serrate,  to  %  in.  long:  fls.  ovate,  white, 
solitary.  Mexico.  B.M.  3177.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

PEBOTTIA  of  a  trade  catalogue  is  an  error  for  Par- 
rotia . 

PERSEA  (pre-Linnsean  name,  ultimately  derived 
from  Persia).  Lauraceiv.  As  understood  by  Bentham 
&  Hooker,  Persea  contains  about  100  species,  but  Meiss- 
ner  (DC.  Prodr.  15,  pt.  1,  43)  distributes  some  of  the 
species  in  other  genera,  and  retains  only  50  in  Persea. 
The  Perseas  are  trees  or  shrubs  of  the  tropics  or  warm- 
temperate  parts  of  America  and  the  Old  World,  with 
thick  alternate  leaves  and  small  white  or  greenish  flow- 
ers, mostly  in  panicled  fascicles;  the  flowers  are  usu- 
ally perfect,  with  deeply  6-parted  calyx,  no  corolla,  and 
stamens  usually  12  in  4  series,  but  one  series  sterile. 
The  pistil  is  single,  the  ovary  being  sessile  and  taper- 
ing into  a  style  which  bears  a  disk-like  stigma.  Three 
species  are  in  the  American  trade,  all  being  prized  for 
their  clean  evergreen  foliage,  and  one  of  them,  P.  gra- 
tissima,  for  its  large  edible  fruit.  P.  Carolinensis 
grows  naturally  as  far  north  as  North  Carolina,  and  P. 
Catesbyana,  a  shrubby  species  which  is  not  in  the 
trade,  grows  naturally  in  south  Florida. 

A.  Outer  calyx-lobes  distinctly  shorter  than  the  inner. 
Carplin6nsis,  Nees.  RED  BAT.  BULL  BAY.  Tree, 
reaching  40  ft.,  with  smoothish  branches:  Ivs.  2-3  in. 
long,  oblong  to  lance-oblong,  glabrous  and  deep  green 
above,  glaucous  beneath:  fls.  pubescent,  the  peduncles 


of  the  clusters  shorter  than  the  petioles :  fr.  a  small, 
blue  drupe.  Woods,  N.  Car.  to  Fla.  — A  handsome  ever- 
green, with  wood  useful  for  cabinet  work  and  other 
purposes. 

AA.   Outer   calyx-lobes    equaling    the    inner,    or   vcn/ 

nearly  so. 

Indica,  Spreng.  Handsome  tree,  with  elliptic-oblong 
or  lance-oblong  attenuate-acute  glabrous  Ivs.  3-8  in. 
long:  panicle  3-6  in.  long,  the  peduncles  compressed, 
and  the  branches  3-5-fld.,  the  fls.  white  and  %  in.  long: 
fr.  scarcely  fleshy.  Canary,  Madeira  and  the  Azores 
Islands.  — Offered  by  F.  Franceschi,  Santa  Barbara. 


1724.    Alligator  Pear.    Persea  gratissima 


gratfssima,  Gaertn.  f.  ALLIGATOR  PEAR.  AVOCADO 
PEAR.  AQUACATE.  MIDSHIPMAN'S  BUTTER.  Fig.  1724. 
Native  to  the  American  tropics,  but  now  widely  distrib- 
uted: fls.  greenish,  downy,  in  dense  fascicles  which  are 
arranged  in  leafless  panicles:  ovary  downy,  ripening  into 
a  large  pear-shaped,  green  or  purplish  drupe,  contain- 
ing one  large  seed.  B.M.  4580.  B.R.  15:1258.  I.H. 
36:75.  —  Offered  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  Cali- 
fornia. The  fruit  is  occasionally  seen  in  northern 
markets.  In  Southern  California  and  Mexico  the  fruit 
is  common  in  the  markets.  It  is  grown  to  a  small  ex- 
tent as  far  north  as  Los  Angeles,  but  it  requires  a 
hotter  climate  to  render  the  fruit  certain  and  palatable. 
It  will  thrive  in  climates  to  which  Anonas  are  adapted. 

L.  H.  B. 

The  Avocado,  or  Alligator  Pear,  is  a  native  of  the 
West  Indies,  Mexico  to  Peru  and  Brazil.  It  is  very 
common  in  Jamaica,  being  found  in  every  settlement  or 
plantation.  The.  tree  grows  to  a  height  of  25  to  30  ft.  ; 
it  has  elliptical  or  elliptical-oblong  leaves,  4-7  in.  long, 
glabrate  and  pale  beneath;  the  fruits  are  large,  more  or 
less  pear-shaped,  and  covered  with  a  green  or  deep  pur- 
ple skin,  and  containing  a  large  quantity  of  a  firm,  yel- 
lowish green  pulp,  enclosing  a  single  large  seed.  This 
fruit  is  highly  esteemed  by  all  classes  in  the  West 
Indies.  The  pulp  is  marrow-like,  and  is  eaten  as  a 
salad,  usually  with  the  addition  of  pepper,  salt  and 
vinegar.  Europeans  as  a  rule  do  not  like  the  fruit  at 
first,  but  once  the  taste  is  acquired  they  become  ex- 
ceedingly, often  excessively,  fond  of  it.  The  pulp  con- 
tains an  abundance  of  oil  which  may  be  used  for  illu- 


PERSEA 


PERSIMMON 


1281 


urinating  purposes,  also  for  soap-making.  The  seeds 
yield  a  deep,  indelible  black  stain,  and  are  used  for 
marking  linen.  Plants  are  easily  raised  from  seeds, 
and  in  good  soil  in  warm  situations  they  grow  rapidly, 
and  begin  to  fruit  when  about  five  years  old.  There 
are  a  good  many  varieties,  differing  from  each  other  in 
size,  shape  and  quality  of  fruit.  These  differences  are 
nor  due  to  careful  cultivation  and  selection  in  all  cases, 
however,  but  to  natural  variation  and  accidental  inter- 
crossing. W.  HARRIS. 

PERSIAN  INSECT  POWDER.  Chrysanthemum ,p.312. 
PERSIC  A.     See  Pr  units. 
PERSICARIA.     Referred  to  Polygonum. 

PERSIMMON.  Plate  XXVIII.  Of  the  Persimmon, 
two  types  are  known  in  cultivation  for  their  fruit, -the 
native,  and  the  Japanese  or  Kaki.  The  former  is  yet 
little  improved,  although  it  has  possibilities.  See 
Jtiospyros. 

The  native  Persimmon.or  date  plum,  Diospyros  Vir- 
giniana  (Fig.  1725),  is  found  growing  wild  in  most  of 
the   southern  states  and   as  far  north   as  38°  lat.      It 
will  thrive  and  ripen  its  fruit,  however,  as  far  north  as 
the  Great  Lakes.     The  fruit  is  little  known  except  to 
those  who  live  in  localities  in  which  it  grows  wild,  and 
even  there  but  little  attention  has  been  given  to  its  cul- 
tivation and  improvement.    The  tree  is  usually  of  small 
size  when  grown  in  the  open  ground,  reaching  a  height 
of  20-30  ft. ;  when  grown  in  the  forest  it  often  reaches 
a  height  of   60-80   ft. :    and  in  the  rich  alluvial  river 
bottoms,    from    2-3   ft.   in   diam.      The   wood  is   hard 
and   elastic,    and  very  durable    when  used   for   inside 
work,  but  it  will  rot  very  quickly  when  placed  under 
ground.      The  fruit  is  subglobose  and   ranges   in  size 
from  Yt-1  in.  in  diam.,  depending  largely  on  the  num- 
ber of  seeds  which  it  contains,  although  seedless  vari- 
eties an  inch  in  diameter  are  sometimes  found.     The 
fruit  has  a  very  disagreeable,  astringent  quality  when 
green,  but  this   disappears  in  most  varieties  when  it 
becomes  fully  ripe.    The  date  of  ripening  in  the  central 
states  varies  from  Aug.  1  to  Dec.  1.     The  old  notion  of 
early  botanists  that  this  fruit  must  be  subjected  to  the 
action  of  frost  before  it  becomes  edible  is  erroneous; 
many  of  the  very  best  varieties  ripen  long  before  the 
appearance  of  frost,  while  others  never  become  edible, 
bein^c  so  exceedingly  astringent  that  neither   sun  nor 
frost   has  any  appreciable  effect  on   them.      The  Per- 
simmon is  readily  propagated  from  seeds,  which  should 
be  procured  in  the  fall  or  early  winter  and  planted  in 
the  same  manner  as  peach  pits;  but  as  the  seedlings, 
especially  from  cultivated  varieties,  cannot    be   relied 
upon  to  reproduce  themselves,  they  should  be  budded 
or  grafted  when  2  or  3  years  old.     This  should  be  done 
in  the  spring  as  soon  as  the  bark  will  slip  freely.     This 
I  tree  is  more  difficult   to  transplant  successfully  than 
almost  any  other    kind  of   fruit.     If  too  much   of  the 
;  long  tap-root  is  cut  off   the  tree  will  be  sure  to  die. 
Transplant  in  the  autumn,  cut  back  most  of  the   top, 
I  but   preserve  as  much  of   the  root   as  possible.     The 
I  Persimmon  will  do  fairly  well  on  almost  any  kind  of 
si>il   not  too  wet,  but  it  will  show  its  appreciation   if 
planted  on  a  rich,  warm  soil,  well  exposed  to  the  sun- 
light, and  kept  well  cultivated  for  the  first  few  years 
after   planting,  until   it   becomes   adapted   to   its   new 
surroundings.  j.  TROOP. 

TJie  Japanese  Persimmon,  Diospyros  Kaki,  is  con- 
sidered by  the  Japanese  as  their  best  native  pomological 
product.  Although  cultivated  in  the  south  of  France 
for  more  than  75  years,  there  is  no  record  of  its  success- 
ful introduction  into  the  United  States  previous  to  about 
1870.  Trees  were  first  sent  to  California  and  subse- 
quently to  Augusta,  Ga.,  but  owing  to  defective  roots 
and  long  delay  in  transit,  the  first  and  second  shipments 
proved  a  failure,  and  not  until  1876  came  the  first  suc- 
-.\-ith  a  few  trees.  All  early  importations  of  trees 
grown  in  Japan  consisted  of  trees  of  small  sizes  with 
long  tap-roots  and  no  laterals;  this,  with  imperfect 
packing,  caused  their  loss  and  subsequent  disappoint- 
ment. American  enterprise,  however,  remedied  this, 
as  nurseries  were  at  once  established  near  Yokohama 


and  well-grown  trees  of  the  best  varieties  were  exported 
to  the  United  States.  Experiments  were  made  at  the 
South  by  grafting  upon  native  stocks.  This  proved 
successful  when  the  graft  was  inserted  upon  the  collar 
of  the  root,  3  to  4  inches  below  the  surface  of  the  soil; 
but  top-grafting  or  budding  upon  side  branches  of  large 
trees  was  seldom  free  from  failure.  The  best  method 
of  propagating  Japan  Persimmons  is  by  collar-grafting 
upon  seedlings  of  the  native  species  (Diospyros  Vir- 
giniana),  which  are  grown  either  by  planting  the  seed 
in  nursery  rows  or  transplanting  the  young  seedlings 
from  seed-beds  early  in  the  spring.  The  seedlings  can 
be  budded  during  summer,  and  in  favorable  seasons  a 
fair  proportion  of  the  buds  will  succeed. 

The  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  received  a  large 
quantity  of  trees  from  Japan  about  1878  or  1879,  and 
fearing  that  the  winter  of  Washington  might  prove  too 
cold  the  trees  were  sent  to  Norfolk,  Va.,  where  many 
bore  fruit  the  following  year.  The  first  fruiting  of 
which  there  is  any  record  was  at  Augusta,  Ga.,  in  1879, 
upon  trees  grafted  upon  native  seedlings  growing  in 
the  forest.  As  regards  the  hardiness  of  the  Japanese 
Persimmons,  an  experience  of  twenty-five  years  demon- 
strates that  some  varieties  are  more  resistant  to  exces- 
sive cold  than  others;  but  few  can  withstand  a  temper- 
ature of  zero;  and  as  a  rule  they  are  more  successful 
below  the  32d  degree  of  latitude  than  farther  north. 
Many  seedlings  have  been  produced  that  seem  to  have 
increased  frost  -  resisting  powers.  Instances  are  re- 
ported in  which  some  of  these  trees  have  withstood  the 
winters  of  east  Tennessee.  By  successive  sowing  of 
seeds  from  these  hardier  seedlings  we  may  look  for  a 
race  of  trees,  either  of  pure  Japanese  blood  or  crosses 
with  our  best  native  sorts,  that  will  be  adapted  to  the 
middle  sections  of  the  U.  S.,  or  as  far  north  as  is  the 
habitat  of  the  American  species. 

Seedlings,  so  far  as  proved  by  many  experimenters, 
have  a  tendency  to  produce  male  flowers  only  during 
the  first  three  years  of  blossoming.  After  that  period 
a  few  female  flowers  appear  in  very  small  proportion, 
sometimes  one  female  flower  to  200  male  flowers.  Fully 
one-half  of  the  seedlings  produce  nothing  but  male 
flowers ;  consequently  the  proportion  of  fertile  trees  is 
seldom  more  than  2  to  5  per  cent  at  first  blossoming, 
in  cases  in  which  subsequent  female  flowers  appear  not 
above  10  per  cent.  Again  a  large  proportion  of  the  fruit 
is  small,  austere  and  uneatable.  This  accounts  for  the 
small  list  of  the  really  good  sorts  cultivated  in  Japan 
or  exported  here. 

There  is  a  great  difference  in  the  habit  of  growth 
and  foliage  of  the  varieties.  All  have  broad  and  shiny 
leaves.  Some  varieties  make  a  growth  of  5-7  feet  the 
first  year  from  graft,  and  at  10  years  form  a  tree  10 
ft.  in  height.  Others  assume  a  dwarf,  compact  habit 
and  seldom  grow  above  5-6  ft.  in  height;  this  class  is 
more  precocious  in  reaching  the  bearing  age  than  the 
taller-growing  sorts,  which  are  also  apt  to  overbear. 
It  is  not  uncommon  for  a  three-year-old  tree  to  yield 
several  hundred  perfect  fruits.  Thinning  the  fruit  as 
soon  as  set  in  early  summer  will  prevent  an  early 
demise  of  the  tree.  Trees  thrive  in  any  soil  in  which  the 
native  species  grow,  but  usually  fail  in  wet  soils. 

The  fruit  of  all  the  varieties  is  very  attractive,  both 
as  to  size  and  color.  The  latter  is  usually  of  a  bright 
orange-red  or  vermilion,  which  is  more  or  less  intensi- 
fied according  to  variety.  The  fruits  begin  to  color 
when  half  grown,  but  should  not  be  gathered  until  just 
before  frost  for  the  late-ripening  varieties,  or  until  soft 
with  the  early  kinds.  Some  varietios  begin  to  ripen  in 
the  middle  South  as  early  as  September,  but  a  part  of 
the  crop  upon  the  same  tree  can  be  left  to  hang  until 
frost  and  kept  sound  in  a  cool  room  until  January.  The 
round-shaped  varieties  ripen  first,  the  oblong  last  and 
keep  the  longest;  these  latter  should  be  slowly  house- 
ripened  to  remove  the  slight  astringency  inherent  to 
these  varieties. 

The  flesh  varies  according  to  varieties,  but  is  usually 
of  a  bright  orange  color,  soft,  rich  and  sweet  and  with 
an  apricot  flavor;  when  soft,  the  pulp  should  be  eaten 
with  a  spoon.  Some  varieties  have  dark  brown-red  flesh, 
and  are  usually  edible  when  quite  solid.  A  peculiarity  of 
these  consists  in  both  red  or  half  red-  and  half  brown- 
fleshed  specimens  being  produced  upon  the  same  tree. 


1282 


PERSIMMON 


PERSIMMON 


This  is  frequently  the  case  when  several  varieties  are 
grown  near  each  other,  possibly  showing  the  effect  of 
cross-pollination.  This  variation  in  the  color  of  the 
flesh  has  caused  some  confusion  in  reaching  a  correct 
nomenclature.  The  earlier  shipments  of  trees  from 
Japan  usually  consisted  of  about  12  names,  but  no  reli- 
ance could  be  placed  upon  these  names.  The  same 
name  was  often  found  to  apply  to  several  distinct 
varieties,  or  one  variety  had  several  synonyms.  After 
years  of  fruiting  the  so-called  40  varieties  originally 


1725.  The  native  Persimmon,  Diospyros  Virginiana  (X 


Introduced,  a  more  or  less  correct  nomenclature  has 
been  attempted;  but  from  the  many  local  names  found 
in  various  localities  this  has  been  a  difficult  task. 

In  the  annexed  list  of  the  most  desirable  varieties 
such  synonyms  are  added  thereto  as  have  been  ascer- 
tained after  several  years'  trial.  Many  names  refer  to 
Japanese  localities,  others  to  their  shape,  size,  color, 
etc. ;  their  significance  in  Japanese  has  as  far  as  possi- 
ble been  translated  in  English  by  Mr.  Irata,  a  highly 
educated  Japanese  artist,  to  whom  the  writer  is  also 
indebted  for  vahiable  information  as  to  the  use  of  this 
fruit  in  his  native  country. 

Among,  or  Yemon  (name  of  a  Japanese  ornament).— Round, 
flattened,  deeply  ribbed,  dark  orange-red,  and  sometimes  yel- 
lowish red,  2^-3  in.  in  diam.;  average  weight  6  ounces,  and 
occasionally  a  specimen  weighing  16  ounces  is  produced.  Very 
sweet;  flesh  red  and  edible  while  still  solid;  quality  improves 
as  it  becomes  soft.  Maturity  Sept.  to  end  of  Nov.  Tree  of 
moderate  height. 

Hachiya  ("Beehive"  in  Japanese).— Synonyms,  Costata,  Im- 
perial, Yomato,  etc.  Oblong,  with  blunt  apex,  slightly  ribbed, 
2%  by  3  in. ;  average  weight  5  ounces.  Flesh  deep  orange-red, 
astringent  while  solid,  but  sweet  and  very  good  when  soft. 
Should  be  house-ripened,  and  can  be  kept  until  March.  Tree 
of  vigorous  and  tall  growth.  This  variety  is  usually  dried  in 
the  manner  of  Smyrna  figs  and  is  of  excellent  quality;  is  often 
exported  in  the  dried  state. 

Hiyakume  orHyakume  (one  hundred  "  me,"  a  unit  of  Japanese 
weight).  Plate  XXVIII.— This  is  perhaps  the  most  desirable 
of  the  round,  red-fleshed  varieties,  and  as  the  fruit  affects  va- 
rious shapes,  it  is  known  tinder  many  names,  such  as  Pound, 
Tane-nashi,  or  Seedless,  etc.  The  Agricultural  Bureau  of  To- 
kio  gives  the  latter  name  to  a  variety  with  black  mottled  apex, 
but  we  find  both  round  and  elongated  forms  upon  the  same 
tree,  as  also  uniformly  orange  and  orange-yellow  colored  speci- 
mens, while  many  are  heavily  tipped  with  black.  The  varia- 
tion of  forms  and  colors  doubtless  led  to  its  array  of  syno- 
nyms. Fruit  large,  averaging  3  inches  in  diam.,  and  5  ounces 
in  weight ;  usually  flattened,  but  elongated  forms  are  quite  com- 
mon upon  the  same  branch.  Flesh  bright  orange-red.  Keeps 
very  late.  Must  be  soft  before  being  edible.  Tree  of  moderate 


height;  apt  to  be  of  dwarf  growth.     Sometimes  seedless, but 
frequently  with  from  6  to  8  seeds. 

loyama  Oaki  (name  of  locality).— Medium  to  large,  round, 
but  somewhat  narrower  at  the  apex,  yellowish  orange,  with 
dark  or  black  pencilings  at  apex.  Flesh  dark  brown  or  grayish 
brown;  very  sweet.  Can  be  eaten  when  solid;  4  to  6  ounces. 

Kurokume  (this  may  possibly  be  Goshio-hira,  or  Palace  Per- 
simmon).—Very  large,  round,  somewhat  flattened;  3  to  3%  in. 
in  diam.;  average  weight  10  ounces,  and  sometimes  yields 
specimens  16  ounces  in  weight;  keeps  late.  Flesh  red.  Tree 
erect  grower. 

Minokaki  (Persimmon  from  Mino,  name  of  a  locality) . — Syno- 
nym, Large  Stork  Egg.  Large  to  very  large,  oblong,  pointed, 
frequently  weighing  10  to  12  ounces ;  skin  bright  vermilion-red ; 
flesh  red,  rich  but  astringent  unless  softened  by  house-ripen- 
ing. The  foliage  is  very  long,  narrow  and  distinct  from  any 
other  variety.  Immensely  productive,  a  6-year-old  tree  having 
produced  upwards  of  500  specimens.  Usually  prepared  in 
Japan  for  winter  use  by  being  placed  in  a  closed  barrel  until 
the  astringency  is  removed.  Also  valuable  for  drying. 

Mi.yo-tan  (Mazelli). -Plate  XXVIII.  Round  or  slightly  ob- 
long, 2/4  in.  diam.;  average  weight,  5%  ounces;  slightly  ribb ed ; 
deep  orange -red;  flesh  usually  deep  brown-red,  but  bright 
red-  or  half  red-  and  half  brown-fleshed  specimens  are  often 
produced  upon  the  same  tree,  the  results  of  cross-fertilization 
by  other  varieties.  Tree  of  medium  or  dwarf  growth ;  exceed- 
ingly prolific.  Fruit  keeps  very  late.  The  brown-fleshed  speci- 
mens are  edible  while  solid,  and  as  early  as  October  1. 

Okame  ("Stout  young  girl  "in  Japanese).— Synonyms,  Ob- 
long Hyakume,  Mikado,  etc.  Medium  to  large,  2%x3%  in-, 
oblong,  deep  red,  nearly  always  seedless  ;  keeps  late. 

Tsuru-no-ko  («  Stork  Egg  ")  .-Plate  XXVIII.  Large,  oblong, 
pointed,  2/^x3^  in.;  weight  4-5  ounces,  sometimes  10  ounces; 
skin  bright  red;  some  specimens  covered  with  black  at  apex; 
flesh  red,  very  good.  Keeps  late ;  edible  only  when  soft. 
Foliage  long  and  shiny;  tree  compact  and  vigorous  grower. 
This  variety  varies  very  much  as  to  size  at  different  seasons. 

Tedo-Ichi  (also  written  "  Yeddo-Ichi  No.  1,"  or  "best  in  Yedo," 
latter  being  the  old  name  of  Tokio).— Syn.,  Maru-Gata  ("round 
shape").  Medium,  round,  some  specimens  slightly  oblong, 
flattened  at  base  and  narrowing  at  apex;  skin  dark  red,  often 
with  black  mottlings  near  apex;  flesh  mahogany  brown,  with 
darker  spots,  brittle,  and  is  edible  while  solid  as  early  as  Oct. 
1.  Very  prolific,  and  bears  fruit  in  large  clusters.  Tree  an  up- 
right grower. 

Zengi,  or  Zingi  (name  of  Japanese  village)  .—Plate  XXVIII. 
Small,  I%x2  in.;  weight  3  to  4  ounces;  flesh  dark  brown,  with 
darker  spots;  very  sweet;  edible  as  early  as  middle  of  Septem- 
ber while  still  solid,  and  lasts  throughout  October. 

P.  J.  BERCKMANS. 

Another  Estimate  of  the  Japanese  Persimmons.— 
Grafted  on  our  native  Persimmon,  Diospyros  Vir- 
giniana, the  Japanese  varieties  seem  perfectly  at 
home  and  make  much  longer-lived  trees  than  those 
imported  from  Japan.  All  varieties  come  into  early 
bearing  and  many  of  them  are  too  prolific  for  the  best 
welfare  of  the  trees.  This  tendency  to  overbear  should 
be  corrected  by  thinning  the  fruit.  Several  of  the 
varieties  produce  very  large  fruit,  single  specimens 
often  weighing  over  a  pound. 

Some  of  the  varieties  ripen  in  August,  some  in 
November,  and  others  intermediate  between  these 
dates.  It  requires  some  experience  to  determine  just 
when  the  fruit  has  reached  the  proper  stage  to  be 
marketed,  and  this  varies  with  the  different  varieties. 
Some  of  the  varieties  have  dark  flesh,  others  light 
flesh,  still  others  a  mixture  of  the  two.  The  light  and 
dark  flesh  differ  radically  in  texture  and  consistency,  as 
well  as  appearance,  and  when  found  in  the  same  fruit 
are  never  blended,  but  always  distinct.  The  dark  flesh 
is  never  astringent;  the  light  flesh  is  astringent  until 
it  softens.  The  dark-fleshed  fruit  is, crisp  and  meaty, 
like  an  apple,  and  is  edible  before  it  matures.  Some  of 
the  entirely  dark-fleshed  kinds  improve  as  they  soften. 
The  light-fleshed  kinds,  and  those  with  mixed  light  and 
dark  flesh,  are  very  delicious  when  they  reach  the 
custard-like  consistency  of  full  ripeness.  In  some,  the 
astringency  disappears  as  the  fruit  begins  to  soften; 
in  others  it  persists  until  the  fruit  is  fully  ripe.  Seeds 
accompany  the  dark  flesh.  The  light-fleshed  kinds  are 
seedless.  The  kinds  with  mixed  flesh  have  seeds  in 
proportion  to  the  quantity  of  dark  flesh. 

The  market  value  of  the  fruit  is  at  present  more  or 
less  erratic.  A  large  proportion  of  the  fruit-eating 
people  of  the  North  do  not  yet  know  what  a  fine  fruit 
the  Japanese  Persimmon  is.  The  fruits  have  to  be 
shipped  while  hard  and  allowed  to  ripen  after  reaching 
destination.  Commission  men  are  likely  to  sell  them 
and  the  public  to  eat  them— or  attempt  to  do  so— a  week 
or  two  ahead  of  the  proper  stage  of  ripeness;  hence  the 


PERSIMMON 


PETASITES 


1283 


Japan  Persimmon  in  its  best  condition  is  comparatively 
iittie  known. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  most  prominent  varie- 
ties (as  understood  by  the  writer)  arranged  in  order  of 
ripening,  beginning  with  the  earliest;  although  it  must 
be  borne  in  mind  that  some  of  the  varieties  are  more 
or  less  interchangeable,  in  different  seasons. 

/I'nifi..  —  The  smallest  of  all;  round  or  roundish  oblate; 
diameter  1/4  in.  longitudinal ly  and  254  in.  transversely;  skin 
yellowish  red;  flesh  very  dark,  quality  good;  seedy;  edible 
when  still  hard;  one  of  the  earliest  to  ripen.  Vigorous,  prolific. 

Taber  No.  U'J.—  Medium,  roundish,  flattened  at  base;  has  a 
small  but  well-defined  point  at  the  apex;  diain.  about  2%  in. 
both  ways;  skin  dark  yellow-red,  with  peculiar  roughened  sur- 
face, somewhat  resembling  alligator  leather  in  appearance  and 
markings,  except  that  the  marks  are  usually  very  small  and 
uniform;  flesh  light  brown,  crisp,  sweet,  meaty,  free  from  as- 
tringency;  excellent;  a  good  keeper  and  shipper. 

Yeddo-Ichi.  —  Large,  oblate;  diameter  2%  in.  longitudinally 
and  3  i'n.  transversely;  very  smooth  and  regular  in  outline, 
with  dinted  appearing  surface  and  slight  depression  at  end  op- 
posite the  stem;  skin  darker  red  than  most  varieties,  with 
heavy  bloom;  flesh  very  dark  brown,  verging  toward  purplish; 
sweet,  rich,  crisp;  in  quality  one  of  the  best.  The  fruit  is  good 
to  eat  when  still  hard.  A  heavy  bearer  and  exceedingly  thrifty. 

Hyakume.  —  Large  to  very  large,  varying  from  roundish 
oblong  to  roundish  oblate,  but  always  somewhat  flattened  at 
both  ends;  generally  slightly  depressed  at  the  point  opposite 
the  stem;  diameter  2%  in-  longitudinally  and  3%  in.  trans- 
versely; skin  light  huffish  yellow,  nearly  always  marked  with 
rings  and  veins  at  the  apex;  flesh  dark  brown,  sweet,  crisp  and 
meaty,  not  astringent;  good  while  still  hard;  a  good  keeper; 
one  of  the  best  market  sorts.  Of  good  growth  and  a  free  bearer. 

Yemon.— Large,  flat,  tomato-shaped,  somewhat  four-sided; 
diarn.  2%  in.  longitudinally  and  3%  in.  transversely;  skin  light 
yellow,  changing  to  dull  red,  mottled  with  orange-yellow;  dis- 
tinct in  color;  flesh  deep,  dull  red,  brown  around  the  seeds,  of 
which  there  are  usually  a  few;  some  specimens  are  entirely 
light-fleshed  and  seedless;  there  is  no  astringency  after  the 
fruit  begins  to  soften;  quality  fine;  one  of  the  best.  In'form 
some  of  the  fruits  have  the  corrugations  converging  to  the  de- 
pressed apex,  as  it  is  usually  figured,  but  most  do  not. 

Hachiya.  —  Very  large,  oblong,  conical,  with  short  point; 
very  showy;  diameter  3%  in.  longitudinally  and  3%  in.  trans- 
versely; skin  dark,  bright  red,  with  occasional  dark  spots  or 
blotches  and  rings  at  the  apex;  flesh  deep  yellow,  sometimes 
having  occasional  dark  streaks,  with  seed.'  Astringent  until 
ripe,  then  very  fine.  The  largest  and  handsomest  of  all.  Tree 
vigorous  and  shapely;  bears  fairly  well,  but  is  not  as  prolific 
as  some  of  the  other  varieties. 

Taber  No.  23.—  Medium,  oblate,  flat  or  depressed  point ; 
diam.  1%  in.  longitudinally  and  2%  in.  transversely;  skin 
rather  dark  red,  with  peculiar  stipple  marks  ;  flesh  dark 
brown,  sweet  and  not  astringent;  seedy;  good.  Prolific. 

Tane-Nashi.-Lta.Tge  to  very  large,  roundish  conical,  pointed, 
very  smooth  and  symmetrical;  diam.  3%  in.  longitudinally  and 
3%  in-  transversely;  skin  light  yellow,  changing  to  bright  red 
at  full  maturity;  flesh  yellow  and  seedless;  quality  very  fine; - 
perhaps  the  most  highly  esteemed  of  the  light-fleshed  kinds. 
Tree  is  vigorous  and  bears  well. 

Okame.  —  Large,  roundish  oblate,  with  well-defined  quarter 
marks,  point  not  depressed  ;  diameter  2%  in.  longitudinally 
and  3%  in.  transversely;  skin  orange-yellow,  changing  to  bril- 
liant carmine,  with  delicate  bloom  and  waxy,  translucent  ap- 
pearance; the  most  beautiful  of  all;  light,  clear  flesh  when 
ripe,  with  light  brown  center  around  the  seeds,  of  which  it  has 
several ;  loses  its  astringency  as  soon  as  it  begins  to  ripen; 
quality  fine.  Tree  vigorous  and  good  bearer. 

Triumph.— Medium;  tomato-shaped;  skin  yellow;  flesh  yel- 
low; generally  has  a  few  seeds;  very  productive;  quality  of 
the  best.  Ripens  from  Sept.  till  Nov. 

Tsuru.— Large,  slender,  pointed;  longest  in  proportion  to  its 
size  of  all;  diam.  3%  in.  longitudinally  and  2%  in.  transversely; 
skin  bright  red;  flesh  orange-yellow,  some  dark  flesh  around 
the  very  few  seeds;  astringent  until  fully  ripe,  then  good. 

Costata.—  Medium  size,  conical,  pointed,  somewhat  four- 
sided;  diam.  2%  in.  longitudinally  and  2%  in.  transversely; 
skin  salmon-yellow;  flesh  light  yellow,  dark  flesh  and  seeds 
occurring  seldom;  astringent  until  ripe,  then  very  fine;  a  good 
keeper.  Tree  distinct;  a  rapid,  upright  grower;  foliage  luxu- 
riant; the  most  ornamental  of  all  the  varieties  mentioned. 

G.  L.  TABER. 

PERU,  MARVEL  OF.     Mirabilis  Jalapa. 

PERUVIAN  BARK.     Cinchona. 

PESCATORIA  (after  M.  Pescatore,  who  had  a  large 
collection  of  orchids  at  St.  Cloud,  near  Paris).  Orchi- 
dacece.  A  group  often  united  with  Zygopetalum,  but  in 
horticultural  works  usually  treated  as  a  distinct  genus. 
The  Ivs.  are  equitant,  tufted,  without  pseudobulbs:  fls. 
solitary  on  stems  3-6  in.  long,  from  the  axils  of  the  Ivs., 
mostly  large  and  showy,  and  fragrant;  sepals  and  petals 


broad,  concave,  spreading;  the  lateral  sepals  forming  a 
meiiturn;  labellum  clawed,  lateral  lobes  small,  middle 
lobe  rounded,  spreading;  crest  thick,  consisting  of  a 
number  of  keels  arranged  in  a  semi-circle  near  the  base 
of  the  lip;  column  slender,  not  boat-shaped.  About  10; 
species.  For  culture,  see  Zyyopetalum. 

Klabochdrum,  Reichb.  f.  Lvs.  strap-shaped,  1  ft.  or 
more  long:  fls.  3-3 %  in.  across,  variable  in  color;  sepals 
oblong,  obtuse;  petals  shorter,  all  white  with  chocolate- 
purple  points;  labellum  3-lobed,  yellowish  or  white,  and 
having  many  purple-tipped  hairs;  callus  sulfur-colored, 
with  brown  keels.  Ecuador.  Gn.  22:344. 

Dayana,  Reichb.  f.  Lvs.  tufted,  6-10  in.  long:  fls.  on 
short  scapes;  sepals  oblong-obovate,  acute,  white,  with 
green  tips  ;  petals  rhomboid-rotund  ;  labellum  clawed, 
angled  on  each  side  of  the  base;  limb  oblong,  emargi 
nate,  revolute  on  the  sides,  white  with  a  callous  ring 
which  is  purple- violet,  the  base  being  of  the  same  color; 
column  yellow,  with  a  red  band  near  the  base  and  the 
anther  of  the  same  color.  Late  autumn.  Colombia. 
Var.  rhodacra,  Reichb.  f.  Sepals  and  petals  with  rose 
tips ;  labellum  orbicular,  suffused  crimson.  B.M.  6214. 

cerina,  Reichb.  f.  Lvs.  in  tufts  of  4  or  5,  cuneate- 
oblong,  pointed,  1  ft.  long:  peduncles  2-6  in.  long,  1-fld. : 
sepals  and  petals  nearly  equal,  the  latter  somewhat 
clawed,  fleshy,  rounded,  concave,  pale  straw  color; 
labellum  ovate,  yellow,  with  a  thick  semicircular  crest. 
Flowers  at  various  seasons,  the  fls.  lasting  a  long  time. 
Chiriqui.  B.M.  5598  (^Huntleya  cerina).  F.S.  17:1815 
(as  Zygopetalum  cerinum). 

HEINBICH  HASSELBRING. 

PETALOSTEMON  (named  from  the  peculiar  relation 
of  the  petals  and  stamens).  Leguminbsce.  About  22  spe- 
cies of  American  herbs,  mostly  western  and  perennial, 
glandular-dotted,  with  small  odd-pinnate  Ifts.  and 
spikes  which  are  terminal  or  opposite  the  Ivs.  and  bear 
many  small  fls.  ranging  from  white  through  rose  to 
purple  and  violet.  P.  violaceus  is  a  charming  plant, 
thriving  in  any  light  soil  and  forming  a  broad,  low  bush 
with  finely  cut  foliage,  and  bearing  a  constant  succes- 
sion of  showy  spikes  of  deep  violet  flowers.  Well 
adapted  for  the  front  of  the  border  or  the  rockwork. 

Petalostemon  and  Dalea  are  characterized  by  having 
the  lower  petals  longer  than  the  standard,  with  their 
claws  adnate  to  the  staminal  tube;  but  Petalostemon 
has  only  5  stamens,  while  Dalea  has  9-10.  Other  generic 
characters :  calyx-teeth  or  lobes  about  equal :  standard 
cordate  or  oblong,  with  a  free,  slender  claw,  the  4 
lower  petals  distinct  and  subsimilar:  ovary  sessile, 
2-ovuled:  pod  included  by  the  calyx,  membranous, 
usually  indehiscent  and  1-seeded. 

A.  Fls.  white. 

candidus,  Michx.  WHITE  PRAIRIE  CLOVER.  Height 
1-2  ft. :  Ifts.  5-9,  oblong  or  oblanceolate,  8-12  lines  long. 
Ind.  to  N.  W.  Terr.,  south  to  La.  and  Tex.  B.B.  2:289. 

AA.  Fls.  rosy  purple  or  violet. 

B.  Habit  decumbent. 

decumbens,  Nutt.  Stem  about  1  ft.  long:  Ifts.  7-9, 
linear-oblong:  fls.  deep  violet-purple.  Red  River,  Ark. 

BB.  Habit  erect. 
o.  Bracts  glabrous. 

violaceus,  Michx.  VIOLET  PRAIRIE  CLOVER.  Height 
1K-3  ft. :  Ifts.  3-5,  narrowly  linear,  often  mucronate  at 
apex  :  fls.  violet  or  purple;  corolla  about  2  lines  long. 
Prairies,  Ind.  to  Texas.  B.B.  2:290.  B.M.  1707. 

cc.  Bracts  silky -pubescent. 

tenuifdlius,  Gray.  SILKY  PRAIRIE  CLOVER.  Height 
1-2  ft.:  Ifts.  3-5,  linear,  obtuse  at  apex:  fls.  rose-pur- 
ple. Dry  soil,  Kans.  to  New  Mex.  B.B.  2 :291. 

J.  W.  MANNING  and  W.  M. 

PETASITES  (Greek,  a  broad-brimmed  hat;  referring 
to  the  large,  broad  Ivs.).  Compdsitce.  About 8-12  species 
of  hardy  perennial  herbs  much  like  the  common  colts- 
foot (Tussilago  Farfara),  having  large  Ivs.  of  the 
same  general  shape  and  more  or  less  covered  with 
the  same  white  felt,  but  the  fls.  range  from  purple  to 
white,  not  yellow,  and  are  borne  in  corymbs  instead  of 


1284 


PETASITES 


PETUNIA 


singly.     They  are  rather  coarse  and  weedy,  but  the  fol- 
lowing are  desirable  for  special  purposes. 

P.  fragrans,  the  Winter  Heliotrope  or  Sweet  Colts- 
foot, has  the  merit  of  blooming  in  winter  and  its  fls. 
have  a  delightful  vanilla-like  odor.  The  fls.  are  small 
and  vary  from  pale  lilac  to  purple.  A  few  sprays  are 
desirable  for  cutting  during  winter.  The  plant  also 
differs  from  the  common  coltsfoot  in  having  darker 
colored  and  evergreen  foliage.  It  is  suitable  for  carpet- 
ing shrubberies  and  for  dry  banks  of  stiff  clay  where 
choicer  subjects  will  not  thrive.  Like  most  others  of 
the  genus,  it  spreads  rapidly  by  underground  runners. 
This  plant  seems  to  be  unknown  to  American  commerce ; 
the  above  points  being  taken  from  Gn.  23,  p.  113,  and 
53,  p.  328,  where  the  plant  is  well  pictured. 

P.  palmata  blooms  from  April  to  June,  its  fls.  varying 
from  nearly  white  to  pale  blue  or  purplish.  It  is  found 
in  rich  dark  swamps  or  sphagnum  bogs  from  Newfound- 
land to  Alaska  and  south  to  N.  Y.,  Wis.  and  Calif.  It 
has  been  offered  by  two  dealers  in  native  plants. 

P.  Japonica,  var.  gigantea  has  recently  appeared  in 
European  and  American   garden  literature.     The  cata- 
logue of  the  Yokohama  Nursery  Company  states  that 
the  leaf-stalks  grow  6  ft.  high  and  1-1%  in.  thick.    The 
stalks  are  eaten  as  a  vegetable  after  being  boiled, 
and  are  also  preserved  in  salt  or  sugar.     The 
flower-buds,  which  appear  in  February,  are  used 
as  a  condiment,  as  they  have  a  slightly  bitter  but 
agreeable  flavor.     The  plant  has  been  advertised 
in  America  since  1900  by  several  dealers. 

The  genus  is  widely  distributed  in  north  tem- 
perate and  subarctic  regions.  The  number  of 
species  is  uncertain,  but  the  essential  character 
of  the  genus  (as  distinguished  from  Tussilago) 
is  that  the  heads  are  nearly  or  quite  dioecious, 
and  rayless  or  with  very  short  and  not  showy 
rays;  also  the  fact  that  the  scapes  usually  have  many 
fls.  instead  of  one.  The  Ivs.  are  orbicular  or  reniform, 
always  with  a  deep  heart-shaped  base  and  the  scapes 
are  covered  with  scales  like  a  coltsfoot  but  sometimes 
the  lower  ones  are  more  leafy. 

A.  Size  of  Ivs.  gigantic,  3%-4  ft,  across. 
.  Japonica,  F.  W.  Schmidt.    Island  of  Sachaline.    Var. 
gigantea,  Hort.     Lvs.  orbicular  margin  wavy.     Sacha- 
line Isl.  — Grows  as  high  as  a  man 

AA.    Size  of  Ivs.  S-12  in. 
B.  Blooming  December  to  MarcJi. 
fragrans,  Presl.  WINTER  HELIOTROPE.    SWEET  COLTS- 
FOOT.   Height  8  in. :  Ivs.  appearing  during  or  after  an- 
thesis,    orbicular,    margined   with   small   cartilaginous 
teeth,    glabrous    above,    pubescent   and    green    below: 
heads  fragrant,  the  marginal  fls.  of  the  female  heads 
in  the  form  of  short  rays.    Mediterranean  region. 

BB.  Blooming  April  to  June. 

palmata,  Gray.  Height  6-24  in. :  Ivs.  orbicular  in  out- 
line, deeply  7-11-cleft  beyond  the  middle,  and  the  lobes 
sharply  dentate,  green  and  glabrous  above,  densely 
white-tomentose  beneath  :  heads  fragrant,  4—6  lines 
across,  the  marginal  fls.  of  the  female  heads  in  the 
form  of  short  rays.  E.  Asia,  N.  Amer.  B.B.  3:469. 

W.  M. 

PETREA  (Robert  James,  Lord  Petre",  1710-1742,  a 
patron  of  botany  who  had  the  finest  collection  of  exotic 
plants  in  Europe).  Verbenacece.  Petrea  volubilis,  or  the 
Purple  Wreath,  is  one  of  the  rarest,  most  distinct  and 
beautiful  of  tender  climbers.  The  flower  is  like  a  5-pointed 
star  of  lilac  with  a  good-sized  violet  in  the  middle.  See 
Fig.  1726,  which  indicates  the  graceful  raceme  7-8  in. 
long,  containing  perhaps  two  dozen  flowers.  The  flowers 
begin  to  open  at  the  base  of  the  raceme  and  the  showy 
5-pointed  star  is  the  calyx,  whose  sepals  are  colored 
like  petals.  The  calyx  spreads  open  while  the  corolla 
is  still  a  round  bud  in  the  middle,  and  it  remains  after 
the  corolla  has  fallen,  so  that  the  vine,  at  first  glance, 
seems  to  bear  two  kinds  of  flowers.  The  blooms  appear 
in  March  and  April.  It  should  be  in  every  greenhouse 
collection,  although  it  is  of  very  irregular  growth.  It 
does  not  bloom  freely  in  small  plants;  it  probably  has 
other  drawbacks,  for  it  has  always  been  a  rare  plant  in 
Europe,  though  often  enthusiastically  commended.  The 


fls.  seem  to  vary  considerably  in  color  :  The  Purpie 
Wreath  is  suitable  for  rafters.  Propagated  by  cuttings 
of  dormant  wood  taken  just  before  the  new  growth  be- 
gins. Give  the  cuttings  bottom  heat. 

Petrea  is  a  genus  of  about  16  species  of  tropical 
American  twining  or  arborescent  shrubs:  Ivs.  opposite, 
leathery:  fls.  violet,  purple  or  bluish  in  long,  termi- 


1726.  Petrea  volubilis. 
From  a  cluster  7  or  8  in.  long. 

nal  racemes;  calyx-lobes  colored  during  anthesis  but 
often  becoming  green  in  fr. ;  corolla  usually  a  little 
more  intensely  colored;  limb  5-cut,  oblique;  stamens 
4,  didynamous:  ovary  imperfectly  2-loculed;  locules  1- 
ovuled. 

volubilis,  Linn.  PURPLE  WREATH.  Fig.  1726.  Lvs. 
3-4  in.  long,  short-stalked,  ovate,  elliptic  or  oblong,  acu- 
minate or  obtuse,  entire  or  wavy.  Cuba  to  Brazil.  B.M. 
826.  F.C.  3:108.  Gn.  12:82. 

G.  W.  OLIVER  and  W.  M. 

PE-TSAI  or  Chinese  Cabbage.  Brassica  Pe-Tsai. 

PETTERIA  (after  Franz  Petter,  a  Dalmatian  botan- 
ist; died  1853).  Leguminbsoe.  Only  one  species,  very 
similar  in  habit  to  Laburnum,  but  with  the  yellow  fls. 
in  upright  dense  racemes,  terminal  on  leafy  branchlets. 
It  is  but  rarely  cultivated,  since  it  is  less  showy  in 
bloom  than  Laburnum  or  many  species  of  Cytisus.  It 
is  probably  hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass.,  and  requires 
the  same  culture  as  Laburnum,  which  see.  If  grafted, 
Laburnum  is  to  be  used  as  a  stock.  This  monotypic  ge- 
nus is  closely  allied  to  Laburnum,  but  differs  by  its  up- 
right racemes,  by  the  wings  and  keel  being  at  the  base 
adnate  to  the  stamens  and  by  the  sessile  ovary.  It  is 
said  to  possess  the  same  poisonous  properties  as  that 
genus. 

ramentacea,  Presl.  (Cytisus  frdgrans,  Weld.  C. 
We"ldeni,  Vis.  Laburnum  ramentdcenm,  C.  Koch). 
Upright  shrub,  to  6  ft. :  Ivs.  3-foliolate,  almost  glabrous 
or  sparingly  pubescent  when  young,  on  about  1  in.  long 
stalks;  Ifts.  cuneate,  obovate  to  oblong,  usually  obtuse, 
%-2  in.  long:  fls.  fragrant,  very  short-pedicelled,  in  1-3- 
in.  long,  dense  racemes;  calyx  3-lobed,  silky;  keel 
silky:  pod  linear-oblong,  sparingly  silky,  to  1%  in.  long. 
May,  June.  Dalmatia,  Istria.  B.R.  29:40. 

ALFRED  REHDEE. 


PETTIGREE,  Pettigrue,  or  Butcher's  Broom. 

ens  aculeatus. 


Bus- 


PETtTNIA  (South  American  aboriginal  name,  said  to 
have  been  applied  to  tobacco).  Solandcea1.  There  are 
twelve  or  more  species  of  Petunia,  mostly  native  of  the 
southern  part  of  South  America.  One  or  two  grow  in 
Mexico  and  another  (P.  parviflora)  is  naturalized  in 
the  southern  parts  of  the  U.  S.  Petunias  are  small 


PETUNIA 


PETUNIA 


1285 


herbs  of  straggling  or  decumbent  habit,  pubescent  and 
usually  viscid,  with  opposite  entire  Ivs.  and  large  showy 
axillary  flowers.  The  genus  is  closely  allied  to  Salpi- 
glossis.  being  distinguished  by  having  5  perfect  sta- 
mens, whereas  that  genus  has  4.  The  calyx  is  5-parted, 
and,  in  the  cultivated  species,  several  times  shorter 
than  the  corolla,  which  is  long-salverform  or  somewhat 
funnelform  and  indistinctly  5-lobed.  The  colors  are 
white  to  light  purple,  not  blue,  clear  red  nor  yellow. 

Petunias  are  of  the  easiest  culture.  They  demand  a 
warm,  open,  sunny  place.  Seeds  may  be  sown  directly 
in  the  open,  or  the  plants  may  be  started  in  flats  or  pots 
indoors  for  early  results.  The  plants  are 
tender  and  therefore  should  not  be  trusted 
in  the  open  until  settled  weather  comes. 
Thin  the  plants  to  12-18  in.  apart.  They 
bloom  when  very  small,  and  continue  to  blos- 
som as  they  grow  until  destroyed  by  frost. 
The  common  Petunias  are  rather  weedy  in 
habit,  but  their  great  profuseness  of  bloom 
under  all  conditions  makes  them  useful  and 
popular.  They  are  particularly  useful  for 
mussing  against  shrubbery,  for  they  make 
a  florid  undergrowth  with  almost  no  care. 
Some  of  the  modern  improved  named  varie- 
ties are  very  choice  plants,  and  one  would 
scarcely  believe,  if  he  were  ignorant  of  the 
genus,  that  they  represent  the  same  species 
as  the  flowers  of  25  years  ago.  These  high- 
bred types  require  more  care  in  the  grow- 
ing. They  would  best  be  started  indoors, 
and  be  given  the  choicest  positions  in  the 
open  garden.  Petunias  are  tractable  as 
winrer  subjects  under  glass.  The  best  pro- 
cedure is  to  sow  seeds  in  late  summer  or 
early  fall  and  to  grow  stocky  plants  in  pots; 
but  old  plants  can  be  lifted  on  the  approach 
of  cold  weather,  cut  back,  and  taken  inside 
for  winter  bloom.  They  require  cool  treat- 
ment, a  night  temperature  of  45°  to  50°  seem- 
ing to  suit  them  well. 

nyctaginifl6ra,  Juss.  Fig.  1727.  Tall 
and  relatively  stout,  usually  growing  erect: 
Ivs.  large  and  rather  thick,  oval-oblong,  up- 
per ones  nearly  or  quite  sessile  and  the 
lower  ones  narrowed  into  a  distinct  petiole: 
fls.  dull  white,  long-tubed  (the  tube  three 
or  four  times  the  length  of  the  calyx),  fra- 
grant at  evening.  Argentina.  B.M.  2552.  — Occasionally 
seen  in  old  gardens. 

violacea,  Lindl.  Stems  slender:  Ivs.  oval  or  ovate, 
sessile  or  very  short-stalked  :  fls.  smaller,  broad-tubed 
(the  tube  twice  or  less  the  length  of  the  linear  calyx- 
lobes),  rose-red  or  violet,  the  limb  relatively  short. 
Argentina.  B.R.  19:1626.  B.M.  3113  (as  Salpiglossis 
inteyrifoUa).  —  Not  now  in  cult,  in  its  pure  form. 

hybrida,  Hort.  Figs.  1728-30.  The  common  Petunia, 
a  hybrid  derivative  of  the  two  preceding.  For  history, 
see  Bailey,  "Survival  of  the  Unlike,"  Essay  29.  P.M. 
2:173  (as  P.  nyctagini  flora  violacea).  B.M.  3556.  — This 
type  is  wonderfully  variable,  but  it  differs  markedly 
from  either  stem  parent:  from  P.  nyctaginiflora  in  its 
broader  tube  and  many  colors;  from  P.  violacea  in  its 
longer  tube,  wider  limb,  and  many  colors;  from  both  in 
its  much  larger  and  multiform  flowers  and  more  stocky 
growth.  In  some  of  the  strains,  the  flower  is  very  broad 
and  open,  measuring  4  or  5  in.  across.  There  are  types 
with  the  flowers  deeply  fringed  ;  others  with  star-like 
markings  radiating  from  the  throat  and  extending  nearly 
or  quite  to  the  margin  of  the  limb;  others  with  full 
double  flowers.  The  colors  range  from  white  to  deep 
red-purple,  and  variously  striped  and  barred.  There  are 
forms  of  very  dwarf  and  compact  habit.  Only  a  small 
proportion  of  the  seedlings  of  the  double  strains  bear 
doable  flowers;  but  the  single  flowers  are  usually  of 
superior  size  or  color.  The  reason  for  this  small  per- 
centage of  doubles  is  the  fact  that  the  seed  must  be 
selected  from  single  flowers,  because  the  full  double 
oii.'s  do  not  produce  seeds.  Single  flowers  carefully  pol- 
linated with  pollen  from  double  flowers  will  give  seed 
that  will  produce  an  average  of  25  per  cent  doubles,  and 
single  flowers  bearing  petaloid  anthers  will  give  an  aver- 


age of  40  per  cent  doubles.  Usually  the  weaker  seed- 
lings, in  any  batch  of  a  double  strain,  are  most  likely  to 
produce  double  flowers.  Fancy  varieties  may  be  propa- 
gated by  cuttings  from  plants  that  are  carried  over 
winter,  although  cuttings  of  double  forms  do  not  always 
come  true.  L  H  B 

Petunias  in  California.  — The  Petunia  is  one  of  the 
most  variable  of  all  flowers  and  shows  a  very  strong 
tendency  to  revert  to  the  natural  type.  The*  plant- 
breeder  cherishes  not  one,  but  many,  ideals.  It  is  the 
perfect  habit  of  a  certain  plant  that  one  wishes  to  com- 


1727.   Petunia  nyctaginiilora  (X  %). 

bine  with  the  flowers  of  another.  Or  the  object  is  to 
give  to  this  flower  a  little  heavier  texture;  to  another 
an  added  frill  upon  this  blossom;  a  richer  color  there,  a 
greater  depth  to  this  throat,  a  more  distinct  ring  here, 
an  absolutely  pure  tone  of  color  in  another,  to  intensify 
the  rainbow  tints  in  another,  to  deepen  the  color  of 
those  blotches  while  retaining  the  pure  white  back- 
ground. In  an  ideal  Petunia  the  first  requisite  is.  color, 
while  form,  size,  texture,  marking  and  habit  are  all  of 
nearly  equal  value. 

The  California  Giant  Petunias  originated  with  the 
undersigned  at  Ventura,  Calif.,  in  1888,  and  in  their 
present  condition  are  the  result  of  very  careful  study 
through  a  long  series  of  continuous  cross-fertilizations. 
They  are  grown  in  the  open  ground,  and  usually  trans- 
planted directly  from  the  seed  boxes.  We  have  new 
seedling  stock  each  year,  but  retain  plants  the  second 
year  for  seeding  purposes.  The  strain  comprises  19 
varieties,  including  the  Ruffled  Giants  seen  in  Fig. 
1730.  The  blossoms  are  all  hand-pollinated  and  in  the 
case  of  the  New  Fancy  Fringed  Perfection  Double  each 
seed-pod  is  handled  from  7-12  times. 

To  those  persons  who  are  willing  to  take  the  most 
pains  to  raise  the  best  Petunias,  the  undersigned  would 
say  that  the  germination  of  eavch  seed  is  of  utmost  im- 
portance, for  every  seed  represents  an  individual  plant. 
No  two  Petunia  plants  give  blossoms  of  the  same  kind, 
and  there  are  invariably  points  of  excellence  and  differ- 
ence in  all.  In  a  packet  of  seed  containing  say  200 
seeds,  the  purchaser  may  feel  satisfied  if  he  bring  20 
plants  to  the  blooming  stage,  and  may  think  he  has  ex- 
hausted the  possibilities  of  the  strains,  whereas  the 
Petunia  specialist  would  know  that  in  those  180  seeds 
which  did  not  come  to  the  blooming  stage  a  wealth  of 
beauty  had  escaped  him.  Then  the  writer  emphatically 


1286 


PETUNIA 


PEUMUS 


urges  all  to  care  for  each  seed.  Fill  shallow  boxes  with 
fine,  light  soil,  say  an  even  mixture  of  leaf -mold  and 
sand,  and  wet  thoroughly  by  pouring  on  boiling  water 
—to  prevent  trouble  from  insects  and  to  heat  the  soil. 
When  the  soil  has  cooled  sufficiently  but  is  still  warm, 
sow  the  seeds  very  thinly  in  the  boxes,  so  that  the 
plants  may  be  1  in.  apart.  Cover  seeds  very  slightly 


1728.  Petunia  hybrida  (X 
Form  with  short  conduplicate  foliage. 

with  a  little  sifted  sand,  and  place  a  piece  of  slate  or 
glass  on  top  of  the  boxes.  If  the  white  root  points  of 
germination  appear  before  the  leaves,  sift  on  more 
sand,  and  watch  closely.  When  the  small  leaves  ap- 
pear, remove  slats  and  give  plenty  of  light,  to  produce 
strong,  stocky  plants.  The  soil  may  now  need  water, 
which  should  be  applied  very  gently,  that  the  tiny  seed- 
lings may  not  be  displaced.  Later  the  larger  plants 
may  be  transplanted  from  seed-boxes  into  other  boxes 
or  pots.  As  the  weakest  plants  frequently  give  the 
finest  blossoms,  care  should  be  taken  to  preserve  every 
plant  until  the  blossoms  appear. 

MRS.  THOS.  GOULD. 

PEUCEDANUM  (ancient  Greek  name) .  Umbelliferce. 
There  are  many  views  as  to  the  limits  of  the  genus 
Peucedanum,  which  is  equivalent  to  saying  that  it  has 
no  limits.  Bentham  &  Hooker  made  it  a  most  complex 
group,  comprising  about  100  Old  World  and  New  World 
species,  and  including  such  genera  as  Petroselinum, 
Anethum,  Imperatoria,  Tommasinia,  Pastinaca,  Tied- 
mannia,  Lomatium.  Coulter  &  Rose,  the  latest  Amer- 
ican monographers  (Monogr.  of  the  N.  A.  Umbell.,  U.  S. 
Dept.  Agric.  1900),  remove  the  American  species  and 
accept  Raflnesque's  genus  Lomatium.  With  this  view 
we  agree,  and  the  cult,  species  are  referred  to  this  genus 
in  the  following  account.  For  Tommasinia,  verticillaris , 
of  southern  Europe,  offered  by  American  seedsmen,  see 


Tommasinia.     For  P.  graveolens,  which  we  prefer  to 
call  Anethum  graveolens,  see  Dill. 

Lomatiums  are  all  western  American  plants,  of  about 
60  species,  growing  in  dry  soil.  They  are  stemless  (or 
nearly  so)  perennial  herbs  from  tuberous  or  fusiform 
roots,  and  compound  (ternate,  pinnate  or  dissected) 
leaves.  From  Peucedanum  the  genus  differs,  according 
to  Coulter  &  Rose,  as  follows:  "Peucedanum  consists  of 
tall  and  branching  mesophytic  plants  of  low  fertile 
meadows  of  the  Old  World,  with  several  umbels,  coni- 
cal stylopodium,  and  solitary  oil  tubes;  while  Lomatium 
consists  of  low  xerophytic  plants  of  acaulescent  habit 
belonging  to  the  arid  regions  of  western  North  Amer- 
ica, with  usually  single  umbels  terminating  simple 
elongated  peduncles,  no  stylopodium,  and  often  several 
oil  tubes."  Horticulturally,  the  Lomatiums  are  of  small 
value,  and  they  have  not  been  cultivated  sufficiently  to 
have  given  rise  to  cultural  forms.  A  few  of  the  species 
have  been  offered  by  dealers  in  native  plants.  They 
seem  to  thrive  well  in  dry,  exposed  places.  They  are 
interesting  for  the  front  row  of  hardy  borders  and  for 
colonizing  in  wild  open  places,  and  for  use  in  rockwork. 

A.  Peduncles  usually  slender,  never  swollen  at  the  top. 

B.  Bractlets  ot  involucel  conspicuous,  often  broad  or 

united  at  base. 

L.  dasycarpum,  Coult.  &  Rose  (Peucedanum  dasy- 
cdrpum,  Torr.  &  Gray).  Stem  very  short  or  wanting: 
peduncles  several,  stout,  pubescent,  2  in.  or  less  high: 
Ivs.  rather  small,  pinnately  decompound,  the  numerous 
segments  short-linear:  umbel  6-15-rayed,  bearing  white 
fls. :  fr.  nearly  orbicular.  Southern  Calif. 

BB.  Bractlets  small  or  wanting. 
c.  Lvs.  narrow  in  outline,  pinnate. 

L.  Hillii,  Coult.  &  Rose  (P.  Hdllii,  Wats.).  Very 
short-stemmed,  the  peduncles  6-16  in.  tall  and  glabrous: 
Ivs.  oblong  in  outline,  the  segments  ovate  and  deep- 
toothed  or  pinnatifid:  umbel  3-6-rayed,  bearing  yellow 
fls. :  fr.  broadly  elliptical,  glabrous.  Ore.  and  WasL. 

C.  Lvs.  broad  in  outline,  1-3-ternate. 

L.  platycarpum,  Coult.  &  Rose  (P.  simplex,  Nutt.). 
Often  tall  and  stout,  but  sometimes  nearly  stemless: 
Ivs.  ternate  or  2-ternate,  the  Ifts.  almost  filiform  to 
linear-lanceolate :  umbel  3-15-rayed,  bearing  yellow  fls. : 
fr.  broadly  oblong  to  nearly  orbicular,  sometimes  emargi- 
nate  at  each  end.  Colo,  and  Utah  to  Mont,  and  Wash. 

L.  triterna,tum,  Coult.  &  Rose  (P.  tritemdtum,  Nutt.). 
Sometimes  2-2%  ft.  high:  Ivs.  2-3-ternate,  the  Ifts.  nar- 
row-linear to  linear-lanceolate:  fls.  deep  yellow:  fr. 
narrowly  oblong,  glabrous.  N.  Calif,  to  B.  C. 

AA.  Peduncle  stout,  swollen  at  the  top. 

L.  nudicaule,  Coult.  &  Rose  (P.  nudicaiile  and  P. 
leiocdrpitm,Nutt.).  Stemless,  glabrous:  peduncle  12-16 
in.  tall,  from  a  long,  fleshy  root:  Ivs.  1-2-ternate  or  3- 
quinate,  the  Ifts.  thickish  and  ovate  to  narrow-lanceo- 
late: umbel  unequally  5-20-rayed,  bearing  yellow  fls.: 
fr.  narrowly  oblong.  Calif,  north  and  west. 

L.  H.  B. 

PEUMUS  (said  to  be  a  Chilean  name).  Syn.,  Boldda, 
Boldea.  Monimiacece.  A  genus  of  one  species,  the 
Chilean  Boldo,  a  small  tree  of  considerable  economic 
interest.  It  has  exceedingly  hard  wood,  which  is  used 
for  making  many  kinds  of  implements;  it  also  makes  a 
charcoal  said  to  be  prized  by  smiths  above  all  others. 
The  bark  is  used  in  tanning  and  dyeing.  The  Ivs.  are 
used  in  medicine.  The  fruits  are  edible;  they  are  small 
berries,  sweet  and  aromatic.  Finally  it  has  some  orna- 
mental value,  being  evergreen  and  fragrant  throughout. 
The  fls.,  which  are  not  very  showy,  are  white,  Kin. 
across,  and  borne  in  small  panicles,  each  branch  of 
which  is  parted  into  three.  This  tree  has  been  adver- 
tised in  southern  California.  The  male  tree  has  been 
cult,  under  glass  in  Europe,  but  scarcely  outside  of 
botanic  gardens  and  only  for  its  economic  interest. 

Generic  characters:  male  fls.  with  10-12  perianth- 
lobes,  overlapping  in  2-3  series,  the  outer  ones  herba- 
ceous or  membranous,  the  inner  ones  more  petal-like; 
disk  investing  the  calyx-tube  pilose  within;  stamens 
numerous:  female  fls.  smaller,  the  lobes  more  inequal, 


PEUMUS 

after  anthes-is  circumscissile  above  the  disk-bearing 
ba>t-  and  deciduous:  drupes  2-5:  seeds  pendulous; 
albumen  copious. 

B61dus,  Molina  (Boldba  fragrans,  C.  Gay).  Attaining 
20  ft.:  Ivs.  opposite,  leathery,  very  rough  and  warty. 
Chile.  B.R.  31:57. 

PFAFFIA  (C.  II.  Pfaff,  1774-1852,  German  chemist). 
AnKirnnttlfece.  Nine  species  of  slender  perennial  herbs 
from  Brazil,  tomentose  or  villou.s,  rarely  glabi-ate:  Ivs. 
opposite,  sessile  or  nearly  so,  entire:  heads  or  spikes 
dcnscly-fld. :  bracts  and  bractlets  transparent:  fls.  usu- 
ally in  solitary,  long-peduncled  heads,  bracteate  and 
with  2  bractlets;  perianth  5-parted;  staminal  tube  long, 
5-cut  to  the  middle,  the  anther-bearing  teeth  ciliate 
at  the  margin:  stigma  discoid  or  head-like,  entire  or 
2-lobed. 

Pfaffia  gnaphalioides  (syn.,  Gomphrena  gnaphalioi- 
des)  has  been  slightly  known  to  European  gardens  for 
a  good  many  years.  In  1899,  Peter  Henderson  &  Co. 
offered  «  Gomphrena  gnaphalioides^,  or  the  Trailing  Am- 
aranth," with  the  remark  that  it  is  a  desirable  trailer 
for  covering  embankments  and  rocks,  thrives  on  poor, 
dry  soil  and  has  white  fls.  like  small  clover  blossoms. 
Because  of  the  failure  of  the  seed  crop,  however,  the 
plant  did  not  become  established  in  the  American  trade. 
The  probability  is  that  the  plant  in  the  trade  at  pres- 
ent as  Gomphrena  gnaphalioides  is  incorrectly  named. 
In  catalogues  the  trade  plant  is  figured  with  the  flower- 
heads  in  clusters  of  three  and  on  short  stalks,  while 
DeCandolle  describes  the  heads  as  solitary  and  long- 
stalked.  Moreover,  the  true  plant  has  always  been  re- 
garded as  a  stove  plant  in  Europe,  and  at  best  it  could 
be  treated  in  America  only  as  a  tender  annual  and  not 
as  a  hardy  and  permanent  subject. 

gnaphalioides,  Mart.  (Gomphrena  gnaphalioides , 
Vahl).  Stems  subshrubby  below :  Ivs.  lanceolate,  10-15 
lines  long,  2-4  lines  wide,  soft,  ashy  gray  above,  woolly 
beneath :  peduncles  5-7  in.  long  :  heads  globose,  6-9 
lines  across  :  bracts  unequal,  ovate,  mucronate,  scar- 
tous,  the  lower  one  villous,  lateral  ones  longer,  glabrous 
at  the  base;  stigma  globose.  \y\  ]\jt 

PFElFFEKA.    See  Rhipsalis. 


PHACELIA 


1287 


genus  includes  the  old  genera  "Whitlavia,  Eutoca,  Mi- 
crogenetes,  Cosmanthus,  and  several  others.  About  50 
species  exist  in  North  America,  the  region  west  of  the 
Mississippi  furnishing  by  far  the  greater  number.  The 
flowers  are  mainly  of  a  handsome  blue  or  violet,  many 


1729.    Petunia  hybrida  (X 
A  double  form. 

PHACELIA  (Greek,  cluster;  on  account  of  the 
crowded  flower-clusters  of  the  first  described  species). 
Hydrophyllacece.  Annual  and  perennial  plants  of  the 
western  hemisphere,  chiefly  North  American.  The 


1730.  A  modern  race  of  fringed  Petunia.   ' 

CX&) 

species  and  varieties  running  through 
lighter  shades  to  pure  white.  The  an- 
nuals are  of  easy  cultivation,  requir- 
ing, to  bring  them  to  perfection,  a  soil 
warm,  sunny,  and  not  too  moist. 
Some  species  like  a  sandy  soil,  others 
a  firmer  clay.  Some  are  erect  and  give 
the  best  effects  when  planted  thickly; 
others  are  more  spreading  and  hence  require  consider- 
able space.  In  height  they  vary  from  only  a  few  inches 
to  several  feet.  The  flowers  are  borne  on  more  or  less 
recurved  racemes  that  straighten  as  the  flowering  pro- 
ceeds. They  vary  from  an  inch  long  in  some  species  to 
less  than  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  others.  In  addition  to 
those  described  below  there  are  many  other  beautiful 
species  of  Phacelia,  annuals  as  well  as  perennials,  that 
should  be  in  the  trade. 

Generic  description:  Annual  or  perennial  plants,  with 
alternate  simple  or  compound  leaves,  and  inflorescence 
in  more  or  less  scorpioid  cymes  or  spikes:  corolla  de- 
ciduous as  the  capsule  enlarges,  with  various  shades  of 
blue,  purple  or  white;  tube  with  or  without  interval  ap- 
pendages, these  when  present  in  the  form  of  10  vertical 
folds  or  projections,  adnate  to  or  free  from  the  bases  of 
the  filaments:  calyx-lobes  commonly  narrow,  often  en- 
larged upwards,  especially  in  fruit:  seed-coats  reticu- 
lated or  pitted.  The  plants  are  hairy,  nearly  smooth,  or 
glandular,  in  whole  or  in  part.  The  herbage  of  some  of 
the  glandular-hairy  species  has  an  offensive  odor. 


alba,  4,  5. 
campanularia,  6. 
campanulata,  6. 
congesta,  3. 
divaricata,  11. 
fimbriata,  9. 


INDEX. 

glandulosa,  2. 
gloxinioides,  5. 
grandiflora,  5. 
humilis,  1. 
Menziesii,  10. 
multiflora,  10. 


POPULAR  KEY. 


Orcuttiana,  12. 
Parryi,  7. 
tanaeetifolia,  4. 
viscida,  8. 
Whitlavia,  5. 
Wrangeliana,  11. 


A.  Plants  viscid-glandular,  at   least 

above. 
B.  Foliage  simple. 

c.  Base  of  Ivs.  usually  cordate.  6.  campanularia 
cc.  Base  of  Ivs.  obscurely  or  not 

at  all  cordate. 

D.  Corolla  cleft  above  the  mid- 
dle. 
E.  Fls.  blue,  with  a  purple 

or  white  center 8.  viscida 

EE.  Fls.    blue   or  white    all 

through 5.  Whitlavia 

DD.  Corolla  cleft  below  the  mid- 
dle: fls.  deep  violet 7.  Parryi 


1288 


PHACELIA 


PHACELIA 


BB.  Foliage  pinnatifid  to  compound. 
c.  Lvs.  pinnatifid,   with   entire 

lobes 12.  Orcuttiana 

cc.  Lvs.,  at  least  lowest,  lyrate..  9.  fimbriata 

ccc.  Lvs.  twice  pinnatifid 2.  glandulosa 

AA.  Plants    not    viscid -glandular,   or 

hardly  so. 

B.  Foliage  entire,  or  a  few  of  the 
lower  Ivs.  pinnately  lobed. . . 

c.  Habit  erect 1.  humilis 

10.  Menziesii 

cc.  Habit  spreading 11.  divaricata 

BB.  Foliage  parted  to  compound. 

c.  Lvs.  pinnately  3-7-parted. ...  3.  congesta 
cc.  Lvs. pinnately  9-17-divided..  4.  tanacetifolia 
For  fear  that  this  purely  artificial  key  may  not  be  found 
to  apply  with  all  garden  plants,  which  are  so  much  more 
liable  to  variation,  there  is  given  below  a  key  based  on 
more  technical  characters,  derived  from  Gray's  Synop- 
tical Flora: 

BOTANIST'S  KEY. 

1.  SECTION  EUPHACELIA.     Ovules  4,  a  pair  to  each 
placenta;  seeds  generally  fewer,  with  reticulate  or  pit- 
ted testa:  corolla-tube  with  10  laminate  appendages  in 
pairs  at  the  base  of  the  stamens. 

A.  Lvs.    all    simple    and    entire,   or 

nearly  so 1.  humilis 

AA.  Lvs.  oblong  or  narrower,  pinnately 

toothed  to  compound. 
B.  Calyx  not  setose-hispid. 

c.  Plant  viscid-pubescent,  glan- 
dular    2.  glandulosa 

CC.  Plant  pubescent,  not  viscid, 

or  hardly  so 3.  congesta 

BB.  Calyx  more  or  less  setose-hispid.  4.  tanacetifolia 

2.  SECTION  WHITLA VIA.    Fls.  showy:  seeds  and  ovules 
few  to  numerous :  appendages  5,  small  and  truncate  or 
emarginate  and  attached  to  the  base  of  each  filament. 

A.  Corolla  purple  or  "blue,  varying  to 
white  in  cultivation,  the  tube 
longer  than  the  lobes. 

B.  Lvs.  ovate  or  deltoid 5.  Whitlavia 

BB.  Lvs.  cordate 6.  campanularia 

AA.   Corolla  violet,  rotate -campanulate, 

the  lobes  longer  than  the  tube. . .  7.  Parryi 

3.  SECTION  COSMANTHUS.     Ovules  and  seeds  few  to 
numerous :  appendages  to  the  corolla  none. 

A.  Plant  viscid 8.  viscida 

AA.  Plant  sparsely  hirsute 9.  fimbriata 

4.  SECTION  EUTOCA.     Ovules    several  to  numerous: 
appendages  to  corolla  10,  vertical  and  salient. 

A.  Plant  erect 10.  Menziesii 

AA.  Plant  diffusely  spreading 11.  divaricata 

5.  SECTION  MICROGENETES.     Ovules   not  pitted   nor 
favose  -  reticulated,  as    in   the   previous    sections,  but 
strongly  transversely  corrugated. 

12.  Orcuttiana 


1.  humilis,  Gray.  Annual,  unbranched  or  branched 
from  the  base,  2-6  in.  high,  pubescent  or  inflorescence 
often  hirsute:  Ivs.  spatulate  oblong  or  oblanceolate, 
generally  obtuse,  the  lower  rarely  with  1-2  ascending 


1731.  Phacelia  Whitlavia  (X  %). 


1732.    Phacelia  viscida  (X 


lobes  :  spikes  loosely  paniculate  or  solitary :  corolla 
indigo-blue,  rather  deeply  lobed,  surpassing  the  usually 
linear  calyx-lobes;  filaments  moderately  exserted,  gla- 
brous or  sparingly  bearded  above.  Calif,  to  Wash.  — This 
pretty  little  plant  seems  to  be  unknown  to  the  trade,  but 
it  is  to  be  hoped  it  will  not  so  remain. 

2.  glanduldsa,    Nutt.    (Eutbca    glanduldsa,    Hook.). 
Viscid-pubescent  and  glandular,  softly  if  at  all  hirsute, 
9-12  in.  or  more  high:  Ivs.  irregularly  and  interruptedly 
2-pinnatifid,  or  below  divided ;  the  numerous  lobes  ob- 
long,  small,    somewhat    incised,   obtuse  :    calyx  -  lobes 
oblong  or  spatulate :  corolla  about  2  lines  long,  bluish, 
purplish  or  white,  with  lobes   shorter  than  the  tube; 
stamens  and  2-cleft  style  moderately  or  conspicuously 
exserted  :    seeds  with   the   minute   reticulations   even. 
Northwest  Tex.  to  Ariz,  and  Mex. 

3.  congesta, Hook.  Pubescent  and  commonly  cinereous, 
hardly  viscid  or  glandular  in  the  least,  a  foot  or  more 
high  :   Ivs.  pinnately  3-7-divided  or  parted,  and  with  a 
few  interposed  small  lobes,  the  main  divisions  oblong  or 
oval,  incisely  pinnatifid  or  irregularly  lobed,  the  lower 
ones  mostly  petiolate  and  the  upper  confluent;  calyx- 
lobes  linear  or  somewhat  spatulate ;  corolla  blue,  3  lines 
long,  the  lobes  as  long  as  the  tube;  stamens  more  or 
less  exserted:  seeds  reticulate  scabrous,  the  fine  sharp 
meshes  being,  as  it  were,  toothed  at  the  junctions.   Tex. 
B.M.  3452.    V.  5:154;  12:140. 

4.  tanacetifolia,  Benth.     Erect  annual,  roughish  hir- 
sute or  hispid,  not  glandular,  or  above  slightly  so,  l-.'i  ft. 
high:  Ivs.  pinnately  9-17-divided  into  linear  or  oblong- 


PHACELIA 


PH^DRANASSA 


1289 


Jim-ar  once  or  twice  pinnately  parted  or  cleft  divisions, 
all  sessile  or  nearly  so,  the  lobes  mostly  linear  oblong: 
spikes  cyraosely  clustered,  at  length  elongated  :  very 
short  fruiting  pedicels  ascending  or  erect:  calyx-lobes 
linear  or  linear -spatulate,  not  twice  the  length  of  the 
ellipsoidal  capsule;  stamens  and  style  conspicuously 
exserted :  seeds  with  very  narrow  pits  bounded  by  thick 
walls.  Calif,  and  northward.  B.M.  3703.  — Var.  alba, 
Hort.,  has  been  offered. 

5.  Whitlavia,  Gray  (\VJntlai-ia   grandifldra,  Harv.). 
Fig.  1731.    About  a  foot  h'igh,  loosely  branching,  hirsute 
and  glandular:  Ivs.  ovate  or  deltoid,  incisely  toothed: 
corolla  with  cylindraceous  ventricose  tube  usually  an 
inch  long,  thrice  the  length  of  the  lobes:  appendages  to 
the  filaments  hairy.     Southern  Calif.     B.M.  4813.     F.S. 
11:1085.    G.C.  1854:679.— A  beautiful  species  and  much 
cultivated,  with  flowers  an  inch  long  and  nearly  as  wide. 
Var.  gloxinioides  (  Whitldvia  gloxinioldes,  Hort.)  and 
var.    alba    (  Wkitl&via    dlba,    Hort.)    are    horticultural 
forms  with  spotted  and  white  fls.  respectively. 

6.  campanularia,  Gray.     Lower  than  the  last:    Ivs. 
subcordate  or  cordate,  less  deeply  dentate:  tube  of  the 
truly   campanulate    corolla    %    in.    long,   expanded   at 
throat,  barely  twice  the  length  of  the  lobes :  appendages 
to  the  filaments  glabrous  and  smaller,  otherwise  much 
like  the  last  and  almost  as  showy.    S.  Calif.   B.M.  6735. 
G.C.  II.  20:135.      F.  1883:145.      Gn.  31,  p.  554;  55:1206. 
—  P.  campanulata  of  some  is  presumably  this  plant. 

7.  Parryi,  Torr.     Rather  slender,  9-18  in.  high :  Ivs. 
ovate,  irregularly  and  incisely  double-toothed  or  lacin- 
iate,   or  the  lowest   sometimes    pinnately   parted;    the 
upper  continue  longer  than  their  petioles :  corolla  cleft 
beyond  the  middle,  deep  violet,   8   lines   across;  fila- 
ments bearded:  ovules  on   each   placenta  20-30;  seeds 
15-20.    Calif.    B.M.  6842.    G.C.  II.  24:716. 

8.  viscida,  Torr.  (Eutbca  viscida,  Benth.).    Fig.  1732. 
A  foot  or  2  high,  branching,  hirsute  at  base,  very  glan- 
dular above:  Ivs.  ovate  or  obscurely  cordate,  doubly  or 
incisely  and   irregularly   dentate,  1-2  in.  long:  corolla 
deep  blue,  with   purple  or  whitish  center,  from  half  to 
nearly  an  inch  in  diam.     Calif.     B.R.  21:1808.     B.M. 
5572.    R.H.  1851:361.    J.H.  III.  29:183. 

9.  fimbriata,  Michx.  (Cosmdnthus  fimbri&ttis,  Nolte). 
Weak  and  diffuse,  a  span  high,  somewhat  hirsute:  cau- 
line  Ivs.  3-7-cleft  or  lobed  or  the  lower  lyrately  divided, 
the  lobes  obtuse  or  roundish :    racemes  few-fid. :   pedi- 
cels  filiform:    calyx-lobes   linear-oblong  or   spatulate; 
corolla   white,  only  3-4  lines  broad,  shorter  than   the 
stamens,  its  lobes  fimbriate.     Alleghany  Mts.,  Va.  to 
Ala. 

10.  M6nziesii,   Torrey  (Eutbca    multiflora,   Dougl.). 
Plant  9-12  in.  high,  at  length  paniculate-branched,  his- 
pid or  roughish  hirsute,  usually  also  minutely  cinere- 
ous-pubescent: Ivs.  mostly  sessile,  linear  or  lanceolate, 
•entire  or  a  few  of  them  deeply  cleft,  with  few  or  single 
linear  or  lanceolate  entire  lobes:    spikes  or  spike-like 
racemes  thyrsoid-paniculate,  at  length    elongated    and 
•erect:  corolla  bright  violet  or  sometimes  white:  ovules 
12-16:  capsule    shorter   than  the  calyx;  seeds    oblong, 
coarsely  favose-reticulated.     Calif,  to  Wash.,  and  east 
t.>  Montana  and   Utah.     B.R.  14:1180.     B.M.  3762  (E. 
Menziesii).—A  beautiful  species,  and  easily  cult. 

11.  divaricata,    Gray    (Eutdca     divaricata,  Benth.). 
•iffusely  spreading,  a  span  high,  more  or  less  hirsute 

and  pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong,  mostly  longer  than 
the  petiole,  occasionally  1-2-toothed  or  lobed  at  base, 
the  rims  curving  upwards:  spikes  or  racemes  at  length 
loose;  the  pedicels  usually  much  shorter  than  the  ca- 
lyx: style  2-cleft  at  apex:  ovules  12-20  on  each  placenta. 
Calif.  B.M.  3706.  B.R.  21:1784. 

Var.  Wrangeliana,  A.  DC.    Fig.  1733.    Differs  from 
tin-  Type  only  in  having  the  Ivs.  inclined  to  be  lobed  or 
-J-toothed.    It  is  known  to  the  trade  as  Eutoca  Wran- 
yli'imi,  F.  &  M.    P.M.  5:199. 

12.  Orcuttiana,  Gray.     Viscid,  puberulent,  about  1  ft. 
Kb:   Ivs.  pinnatitid,  somewhat  lyrate,  the  lobes  short- 
blong  and  entire:  fls.  sessile  in  the  at  length  elongated 

lense  spikes  ;  corolla  rotate-campanulate,  double  the 
gth  of  the  calyx,  with  limb  3-4  lines  broad,  white, 
Ii  yellow  eye,  nearly  or  quite  destitute  of  internal 

appendages;  capsule  oval,  nearly  equaling  the  narrowly 


spatulate  (barely  2  lines  long)  sepals,  12-14-seeded; 
seeds  oval,  obscurely  favose-reticulated  between  the 
transverse  corrugations.  Lower  Calif. 

L.  F.  HENDERSON. 

PKffiDKANASSA  (Greek,  gay  queen).  Amarijlli- 
dclcece.  Five  or  6  species  of  tender  summer-blooming 
bulbs,  with  fls.  that  are  tubular  in  appearance,  borne  in 
umbels,  generally  drooping  and  usually  bright  red  with 
green  tips.  They  are  all  found  in  the  Andes  at  7,000- 
12,000  ft.,  except  P.  Carmioli,  a  native  of  Costa  Rica, 
which  differs  from  all  other  species  in  having  the  peri- 
anth segments  much  shorter  than  the  tube.  Probably 
the  choicest  species  is  P.  chloracra,  the  tube  of  which 
seems  at  first  sight  over  2  in.  long;  however,  the  seg- 
ments are  merely  connivent  most  of  the  distance  and  it 


1733.    Phacelia  divaricata,  var. 

Wraneeliana(X^). 


is  only  for  a  distance  of  a  third  of  an  inch  at  the  base 
that  they  are  really  grown  together  into  a  tube.  This 
species  has  6-12  fls.  in  an  umbel.  Judging  from  descrip- 
tions, the  showiest  species  should  be  P.  Lehmanni, 
which,  however,  has  only  3-4  fls.  in  an  umbel  and  seems 
to  have  dropped  out  of  cult.  P.  gloriosa,  Hort.,  recom- 
mended by  some  American  dealers,  seems  to  be  un- 
known to  botanists. 

Generic  characters  :  perianth  subcylindrical ;  seg- 
ments 6,  equal,  regular,  spreading  only  at  the  tip:  sta- 
mens inserted  at  or  below  the  throat  of  the  tube:  ovary 
3-celled;  ovules  many,  superposed;  capsule  globose, 
loculicidally  3-valved;  seeds  many,  small,  black.  The 
Ivs.  are  petioled,  oblong  or  lanceolate,  produced  after 
the  fls.  according  to  Baker,  but  this  point  is  doubtful 
for  all  species.  Baker,  Amaryllideae. 

A.  Fls.  chiefly  red. 

chloracra,  Herb.  Bulb  globose,  2-3  in.  thick:  Ivs. 
produced  after  the  fls. :  blade  8-12  in.  long,  2-3  in.  wide; 
petiole  %  ft.  long,  according  to  Baker:  fls.  scarlet,  tipped 
green.  Andes  of  Ecuador,  to  12,000  ft.  B.R.  31:17 
(petiole  1-3  in.  long). 

AA.  Fls.  chiefly  green. 

viridifldra,  Baker.  Bulb  ovoid,  1%  in.  thick:  leaf 
solitary;  blade  %-2  in.  broad;  petiole  short,  fls.  about 


1290 


PH^DRANASSA 


PHAL^NOPSIS 


4  in  an  umbel,  green  towards  the  tip,  without  any  red, 
passing  into  whitish  towards  the  base.  Andes  of  Ecua- 
dor.—Possibly  a  mere  color  variety  of  P.  chloracra. 

W.  M. 

PHAIUS  (Greek,  dark;  referring  to  the  color  of  the 
fls.).  Orchidacece.  Often  spelled  Phajus.  Very  large 
terrestrial  orchids  with  ample  foliage  and  tall  clustered 
stems  terminating  in  racemes  of  showy  fls. :  sepals  and 
petals  similar,  spreading  or  half -spreading;  labellum 
large,  with  the  lateral  lobes  enclosing  the  column, 
usually  gibbous  or  spurred  behind;  column  slender; 
pollinia  8.  Distinguished  from  Calanthe  by  the  free 
labellum;  from  Thunia  by  the  leafless,  bracted  scape 
which  does  not  terminate  the  leafy  axis.  Natives  of 
tropical  Asia,  Africa,  Australia,  China,  Japan,  and  the 
South  Sea  Islands.  HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

Phaius  is  a  genus  of  terrestrial  orchids,  few  species 
of  which  are  commercially  valuable,  though  they  are  all 
interesting  and  worthy  of  culture  in  general  orchid 
collections.  The  Phaius  grandifolius  group  comprises, 
besides  the  type,  several  well-marked  species  and  varie- 
ties such  as  P.  Wallichii,  P.  maculatus,  etc.,  all  large- 
growing  sorts  of  easy  culture.  These  grow  best  in  a 
moist  situation  at  a  temperature  of  55°  to  60°  F.  at  night, 
with  an  advance  of  10°  by  day,  during  winter  months,  and 
a  moist,  shady  location  with  an  active  atmosphere  during 
summer,  allowing  a  good  supply  of  water  whenever  the 
compost  is  getting  dry,  especially  during  the  growing 
season.  Good  potting  material  consists  of  equal  parts  of 
chopped  sod,  sphagnum  and  well-rotted  cow  manure  or 
leaf -mold.  One-third  of  the  pot  space  should  be  devoted 
to  drainage,  covered  with  sphagnum  or  rough  material 
to  keep  it  free  and  open,  and  the  plant  should  be  kept  a 
little  below  the  rim  of  the  pot  to  allow  space  for  water. 
They  grow  very  well  at  the  cool  end  of  the  Cattleya 
department. 

P.  tuberculosus ,  P.  Humblotii,  P.  Mishmensis  and 
kindred  species,  with  their  hybrids,  need  a  very  moist, 
active  atmosphere  and  a  trifle  more  heat  than  is 
required  for  the  last  group.  They  grow  well  in  open, 


creased  by  dividing  the  plants  between  the  pseudobulbs. 
After  potting,  give  them  an  extra  amount  of  water, 
atmospheric  moisture  and  heat  until  they  start  new 


action.     See  also  Thiinia. 


R.  M.  GREY. 


1734.    Outline  of  Phaius  Wallichii  (X  nearly  %). 
To  show  botanical  structure. 

well-drained  pots  or  baskets,  in  rough  material  com- 
posed of  equal  parts  peat  fiber,  rough  decaying  leaves 
and  sphagnum,  chopped  and  mixed  well  together  with  a 
few  nodules  of  charcoal.  They  enjoy  a  liberal  supply 
of  water  at  the  roots  at  all  seasons  and  should  never  be 
allowed  to  remain  long  dry.  In  bright  weather  syring- 
ing over  the  foliage  will  be  found  beneficial  and  assists 
in  keeping  down  red  spider  and  thrips.  Stock  is  in- 


A.  Fls.  yellow  to  brown. 

maculatus,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  2  in.  high :  Ivs. 
3-4,  broadly  lanceolate,  plicate,  l%-2  ft.  long,  varie- 
gated with  numerous  yellowish  spots  :  flower-stems 
about  2  ft.  high,  bearing  a  raceme  of  10-15  yellow  fls. 
each  2-3  in.  in  diam. ;  sepals  and  petals  half  spreading, 
oblong,  obtuse ;  labellum  erect,  with  the  apex  recurved, 
streaked  with  orange,  wavy  and  crenate,  sides  convolute 
over  the  column,  and  the  base  prolonged  into  a  spur 
half  as  long  as  the  ovary.  Spring.  Northern  India  and 
Japan.  B.M.  2719  (as  Bletia  Woodfordii) ;  3960.  L.B.C. 
19:1803. 

Wallichii,  Lindl.  (P.  bicolor,  Lindl.  P.  grandifolius, 
Lindl.,  not  Lour.  P.  grandifldrus,  Reichb.  f.).  Fig. 
1734.  Tall:  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic-lanceolate,  3-4  ft.  long: 
flower-stems  erect,  3-5  ft.  high,  clothed  with  scales:  fls. 
4  in.  across,  varying  in  color  from  chocolate-brown  to 
primrose-yellow;  sepals  and  petals  spreading,  lanceo- 
late, long-acuminate;  labellum  with  an  ample  elongate 
tube;  limb  oblong,  acute  or  acuminate,  recurved,  margin 
crisp;  spur  slender,  incurved.  The  labellum  is  less 
variable  in  color  than  the  sepals  and  petals.  The  base 
of  the  tube  is  yellow,  dull  reddish  beyond,  with  the 
throat  purple  with  yellow  or  red  edges  on  the  disk; 
apex  white.  Feb.-May.  Trop.  India,  northward  to  the 
lower  Himalaya.  B.M.  4078;  7023.  P.M.  6: 193. -P. 
Blumei,  Lindl.,  is  a  form  that  cannot  be  distinguished 
by  any  botanical  character.  Ceylon.  B.M.  6032. 

grandifdlius,  Lour.  (Bletia  Tdnkervillice,  R.  Br.). 
One  of  the  oldest  orchids  in  cultivation.  It  has  smaller 
fls.  than  P.  Wallichii,  with  less  acuminate  sepals  and 
petals  and  a  shorter  obtuse  lip  and  spur:  sepals  and 
petals  reddish  brown,  but  variable,  white  on  the  out- 
side; labellum  white  at  the  apex,  throat  and  disk  yel- 
low, sides  crimson.  China,  Australia.  B.M.  1924.  F.S. 
7:738.  L.B.C.  1:20.  G.C.  1872:733;  II.  18:565;  III. 
3:112.  Gn.  3,  pp.  183,  221.  A.G.  20:279. 

AA.   Fls.  white  to  rose-color. 

Humbldtii,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs,  Ivs.  and  habit 
like  P.  grandifolius  but  smaller:  flower-stem  18-20  in. 
high,  erect :  fls.  white  and  rose-colored,  tinged  and' 
streaked  with  darker  red;  sepals  oblong-acute;  petals 
twice  as  wide;  labellum  spurless,  lateral  lobes  striped 
with  brown  on  .a  whitish  ground,  middle  lobe  light  pur- 
ple, with  a  yellow  callus.  Spring.  Madagascar.  R.H. 
1891:204.  G.C.  II.  26:173.  A.G.  12:161.  A.F.  6:609. 

tuberculdsus,  Blume.  Rhizome  thick:  pseudobulba 
small,  bearing  several  lanceolate  Ivs.  6-9  in.  long:  fls. 
2-3  in.  across,  in  erect  spikes;  sepals  and  petals  ovate- 
oblong,  white;  lateral  lobes  of  the  labellum  recurved, 
yellow,  almost  covered  with  brownish  crimson  spots, 
margin  crenately  lobed ;  middle  lobe  bifid,  white, 
spotted  with  purple,  having  3  thick,  yellow  keels;  mar- 
gin crisp  and  crenate.  Feb.  Madagascar.  B.M.  7307. 
R.B.  18:145.  G.C.  II.  15:341;  18:565;  21:520;  III. 
13:237.— Difficult  to  grow,  requiring  a  higher  temp,  than 
the  other  species. 

Mishm6nsis,  Reichb.  f.  Stem  2-3  ft.  high,  leafy 
above:  Ivs.  6-10  in.  long,  elliptic-lanceolate,  plicate: 
scape  from  the  axils  of  the  lower  Ivs.,  together  with  the 
loose  raceme  about  2  ft.  long:  fls.  2  in.  across,  pale  or 
dark  rose-colored  ;  sepals  linear-oblong,  acuminate; 
petals  narrower;  labellum  with  rounded  side  lobes  and 
a  subquadrate,  spotted  middle  lobe,  which  is  somewhat 
3-parted;  spur  slender,  yellow.  Himalaya  Mts.  B.M. 
7479. 

P.  Ashworthidnus ,  Sander.  A  garden  hybrid  (P.  Mannii  X 
P.  maculatus).  Fls.  large;  sepals  and  petals  clear  old  gold; 
labellum  large,  of  the  same  color,  with  many  radiating  choco- 
late lines,  outer  surface  clear  yellow.  Gr.M.  40:551. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PHAJUS.    See  Phaius,  above. 

PHAL.EN6PSIS  (Greek,  moth-like;  suggested  by 
the  large  white  fls.  of  some  species).  Orchid dcece. 
This  genus,  called  by  Lindley  "the  grandest  of  all 
orchids,"  contains  some  of  the  most  magnificent  species 


PHALuEXOPSIS 


PHAL^NOPSIS 


1291 


to  be  found  in  the  orchid  family.  The  plants  are  natives 
of  the  hot  regions  of  India  and  the  Malay  Archipelago, 
growing  on  trunks  of  trees  and  sides  of  rocks  under 
conditions  of  high  temperature  and  great  moisture. 
The  flowers  are  remarkably  beautiful  in  form  and  color. 
Those  of  the  larger  species  are  borne  in  graceful 


exclude  indirect  solar  influence,  as  plants  grown  with 
overabundant  shade,  heat  and  moisture  make  weak 
tissue  and  a  thin  cuticle  incapable  of  withstanding 
extremes  in  temperature  and  humidity  to  which  they 
are  subjected  more  or  less  during  the  winter  months. 
Such  careless  treatment  invariably  results  in  either  wet 
or  dry  spot,  and  the  plants,  having  no  pseudobulbs,  are 
liable  to  perish. 

Basket  or  cylinder  culture  suits  them  best,  and  they 
should  receive  all  necessary  attention,  such  as  rebasket- 
ing  and   top-dressing,  at  the  commencement  of   their 
growing  season  in  Feb.  or  Mar.,  but  they  do  not  require 
much  root  space  at  any  time.     Chopped   live   coarse 
sphagnum  makes  the  best  compost;  this  should  be  lib- 
erally interspersed  with  rough  pieces  of  charcoal,  to 
which    the    roots    cling    freely.       The    compost 
should  be  worked  in  firmly  about  the  roots  to 
make  the  plant  steady.    During  the  resting  period 

§'ve  water  when  the  compost  is  becoming  dry. 
uring  the  growing  season  water  freely  and  give 
an   occasional   overhead    syringing.     When   the 
plants  are  flowering  profusely  weak  liquid 
cow  or  sheep  manure  may  be  given  once 
a  week  with  good  effect. 

There  is  no  special  means  of  propa- 
gation; young  plants  are  often  produced 
on  the  flower-scapes,  and  the  old  flower- 
scapes  if  bent  down  on  the  wet  sphag- 
num can  sometimes  be  induced  to  send 
up  young  plants.  R.  M.  GREY. 


amabilis,  1,  2. 
amethystina,  8. 
antennifera,  1. 
Aphrodite,  2. 
aurea,  1. 
casta,  2. 
Cornu-cervi,  10. 
Dayana,  2. 
Esmeralda,  7. 
gloriosa,  2. 
grandiflora,  1. 
Harriettse,  1. 
intermedia,  3. 
leucorrhoda,  2. 


INDEX. 

Lowii,  6. 

Liiddemanniana,13. 
ochracea,  13. 
Parishii,  14. 
Portei,  3. 
Porteri,  3. 
punctatissima,  4. 
rosea,  15. 
Sanderiana,  2. 
^Schilleriana,  5. 
speciosa,  11. 
Stuartiana,  4. 
Sumatrana,  12. 
violacea,  9. 


1735.    Phalsenopsis  amabilis  (X  34).   See  No.  1. 


drooping  panicles,  on  which  they  usually  all  face  in  one 
direction. 

The  plants  are  of  monopodial  growth,  having  short 
stems  which  increase  slowly  in  length:  Ivs.  few,  thick, 
leathery,  often  mottled:  inflorescence  a  raceme  or 
panicle,  large,  or  not  longer  than  the  Ivs. :  sepals  spread- 
ing, the  lateral  ones  more  or  less  united  with  the  base 
of  the  column:  petals  about  as  large  as  the  sepals  or 
very  much  broader;  labellum  variously  shaped  but 
united  with  the  base  of  the  column.  About  40  species. 
HEINRICH  HASSELBRIKG. 

The  species  of  Phalaenopsis  are  all  truly  epiphytal, 
and  are  found  growing  in  their  native  habitats  on  rocks 
and  trees  at* very  low  altitudes  or  at  sea-level  in  moist 
but  often  exposed  situations  where  the  rains  during 
their  growing  season  are  frequent  and  excessive,  and 
the  temperature  registers  70°-75°  F.  during  the  night 
and  as  high  as  90°-95°  F.  during  the  day.  They  are 
principally  natives  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  eastern 
India,  Malaya,  Sumatra,  Java  and  Borneo,  many  of 
the  individual  species  growing  over  a  wide  range  of 
territory. 

With  but  few  exceptions,  they  grow  best  in  the  warm 
portion  of  the  East  Indian  house  where  a  temp,  of 
65°-70°  F.  at  night  and  about  75°  F.  during  the  day,  or 
85°  with  solar  heat,  can  be  maintained  'through  the 
winter  months.  The  summer  temp,  may  range  about 
70°  F.  at  night  and  80°  or  85°  by  day.  Air  should  be 
admitted  in  greater  or  less  degree  at  all  times  to  keep 
the  atmosphere  active,  but  direct  drafts  must  always  be 
avoided.  Shade  is  necessary  except  in  December  and 
January,  but  should  never  be  sufficiently  heavy  to 


A.  Petals  much  broader  than  the 

sepals. 

B.  Labellum  with  apical  appen- 
dages: rostellum  short. 
c.  Apical    appendages 

cirrhoiis. 

D.  Middle   lobe  very   nar- 
row    1.  amabilis 

DD.  Middle    lobe    trowel  - 

shaped 2.  Aphrodite 

cc.  Apical  appendages  short, 
horn-like. 

D.  Lvs.  green 3.  intermedia 

DD.  Lvs.    mottled,    at   least 
when  young. 

E.  Fls.  white 4.  Stuartiana 

EE.  Fls.  rose-purple 5.  Schilleriana 

BB.  Labellum    without    apical 
appendages:  rostellum 

long 6.  Lowii 

AA.  Petals   scarcely   or  not  at   all 

broader  than  the  sepals. 
B.  Claw  of  the   labellum  with 
horn -like  appendages  be- 
low the  lateral  lobes 7.  Esmeralda 

BB.  Claw  of  the  labellum  without 

appendages. 
C.  Apex   of   the    lab  ell  u  in 

notched 8.  amethystina 

CC.  Apex  of  the  labellum  en- 
tire. 
D.  Rachis     compressed: 

bracts  fleshy. 
E.  Middle    lobe    of  the 
labellum  fleshy, 

rounded 9.  violacea 

EE.  Middle  lobe  of  tJu> 
labellum  crescent- 
shaped  10.  Cornu-cervi 


1292 


PHAL^NOPSIS 


PHAL^NOPSIS 


DD.  Sacliis  terete. 

E.  Labellum    laterally 

compressed,  fleshy  .11.  speciosa 
EE.  Labellum  expanded. 
p.  Middlelobe densely 

hairy 12.  Sumatrana 

FF.  Middlelobe  pilose.  13.  Luddemanniana 
FFF.  Middle  lobe  smooth. 

G.  LabeUum  crested..  14.  Parishii 
GG.  Label  I  it  m     not 
crested,  but  pro- 
v  ided    w  ith    a 
fleshy  callus 15.  rosea 

1.  amabilis,  Blume,  not  Lindl.  (P.  grandiflbra,  Lindl.). 
Fig.  1735.  Lvs.  long,  pale  green:  fls.  variable  in  size, 
sometimes  nearly  5  in.  across,  pure  white  with  stains  of 
deep  yellow  and  a  few  purple  spots  on  the  labellum  and 
on  the  column;  dorsal  sepals  ovate  to  oblong,  lateral 
sepal  lanceolate ;  petals  rounded-f  an-shaped ;  lateral  lobes 
of  the  labellum  obliquely  cuneate,  incurved,  middle  lobe 
very  narrow  with  yellow  cirrhi.  Autumn.  Malay  Arch. 
B.M.  5184.  G.C.  1848:  39  ;  II.  26:  213.  Gn.  19,  p.  305  ; 
24,  p.  560  ;  34,  pp.  516,  517.  R.  H.  1860,  pp.  238,  239  ; 
1897,  p.  151.  A.G.  16:271.— Var.  aurea,  Rolfe  (P.  gran- 
diflbra, var.  aurea,  Warner).  Front  half  of  the  lateral 
lobes  of  the  labellum  and  the  entire  middle  lobe  stained 
deep  yellow.  Borneo.  P.  Harriett*,  Rolfe,  is  a  garden 
hybrid  between  P.  amabilis  and  P.  molacea.  Fig.  1736. 
Fls.  intermediate  between  the  parents,  4%  in.  across; 
sepals  and  petals  pale  yellowish  white,  suffused  and 
dotted  with  amethyst-purple  toward  the  base;  labellum 
crimson  with  an  orange  crest;  cirrhi  slightly  developed. 
G.C.  III.  2:9.  Gn.  38:766. 


1736.    Phalsenopsis  Harrietts  (X  M).    See  No,  1. 

2.  Aphrodite,  Reichb.  f.  (P.  amabilis,  Lindl.,  not 
Blume).  Lvs.  elliptic  -  lanceolate,  1  ft.  or  more  in 
length,  dark  green,  obliquely  retuse:  fls.  3  in.  in  diam., 
pure  white,  with  the  labellum  streaked  and  spotted  with 
yellow  and  red;  sepals  elliptic  -  ovate  ;  petals  large, 
rhomboid  ;  lateral  lobes  oblong,  middle  lobe  trowel- 
shaped,  with  white  cirrhi.  Fls.  at  various  seasons,  but 
most  freely  during  summer.  Philippines.  B.M.  4297. 
B.R.  24:34.  P.M.  7:49.  F.  S.  1:40.  G.C.  1848:39; 
11.26:213.  Gn.  31,  p.  273;  35,  p.  362;  38,  p.  157;  48,  p.  484. 
R.H".  1897,  p.  150.  A.F.  6:89. 

Var.  Dayana,  Hort.(P.  amabilis,  var.  Dayana,  Hort.), 
has  regular  flowers  with  the  lower  sepals  minutely  dotted 
with  crimson,  the  labellum  also  being  heavily  marked 
with  bright  crimson.  A.G.  21:457. 

Var.  casta,  Rolfe  (P.  cdsta,  Reichb.  f.).  Lvs.  thinly 
spotted:  fls.  like  the  type,  with  a  rosy  tint  especially  at 


the  base  of  the  sepals  and  petals,  and  a  few  spots  at  the 
base  of  the  lateral  sepals.  — Scarcely  distinct  from  the 
following,  but  distinct  from  the  type. 

Var.  leucorrhdda,  Rolfe  (P.  leiicorrlibda,  Reichb.  f.). 
Lvs.  blotched  with  gray  in  irregular  bands:  sepals  and 
petals  flushed  with  rose,  the  former  yellowish  outside: 
callus  yellow,  spotted  with  purple.  Philippines.  F.M. 
1875:166.  R.H.  1896:500. 

Var.  Sanderiana,  Rolfe  (P.  Sanderiana,  Reichb.  f.). 
Fls.  suffused  with  rose;  labellum  variegated  with  brown, 
purple,  and  yellow.  Island  of  Mindanao.  Gn.  24;  407; 
57,  p.  44. 

Var.  gloridsa  (P.  gloribsa,  Reichb.  f.).  Fls.  white, 
with  a  rose-colored  spot  on  the  labellum.  Gn.  35:697. 

3.  intermedia,  Lindl.    A  natural  hybrid  between  P. 
Aphrodite  and  P.  rosea.     Resembles  P.  Aphrodite  in 
habit  but  the  fls.  are  smaller.     Sepals   oblong,  acute, 
white;   petals  rhomboid,  much  larger,  white  with   few 
rose  spots   at  the  base;    labellum  small,  lateral   lobes 
erect,   rose-purple   spotted  with  crimson,   middle  lobe 
rich  crimson,  terminating  in  2  short  horns.    Philippines. 
—  The    same   type   has    been    artificially   produced   by 
crossing  the  two  parent  species. 

Var.  P6rtei,  Reichb.  f.  (P.  Pdrteri,  Hort.).  Fls.  large, 
stained  with  rose-purple:  Ivs.  about  1  ft.  long,  deep 
green.  G.C.  II.  5:369,  371.  F.M.  1875:162.  J.H.  III. 
30:179.  Gn.  21:326.  G.M.  38:111. 

4.  Stuartiana,  Reichb.  f .    Lvs.  elliptic-oblong,  obtuse, 
about  1  ft.  long,  mottled  when  young,  becoming  dull 
green  above  and  reddish  below;  panicle  large,  branched, 
drooping:  fls.  2  in.  across;  sepals  elliptic,  obtuse,  white 
or  greenish  white,  the  lateral  ones  speckled  with  red  • 

petals  rounded  but  obscurely  quadrangular, 
white  with  few  purple  dots  at  base;  labellum 
golden  yellow  or  orange  spotted  with  crimson, 
white  at  the  tip,  lateral  lobes  obliquely  obo- 
vate,  obtuse,  with  a  pair  of  cuneate  calli  be- 
tween them;  middle  lobe  orbicular,  ending  in 
2  white  cirrhi.  Jan.,  Feb.  Philippines.  B.M. 
6622.  I.H.  31:540.  F.  1882:49.  Gn.  22:348; 
45,  p.  426.  G.C.  II.  16:753;  III.  4:389.  J.H. 
III.  34:157.  F.  E.  ll:393.-Very  near  P.  Schil- 
leriana,  but  very  different  in  color.  Var. 
punctatissima,  Hort.,  has  the  sepals  and  petals 
profusely  spotted  with  purplish  red. 

5.  Schilleriana,  Reichb.  f.    Fig.  1737.    Lvs. 
6-18  in.  long,  oblong,  dark  green  and  mottled 
with  gray  above,  purple  below:  panicle  droop- 
ing, flat,  as  much  as  3  ft.  long  and  nearly  as 
broad,  bearing  often  over  100  fls.  each  2K-3  in. 
across:  dorsal  sepals  obovate,  acute,  the  lateral 
ones  ovate,  rich  rose-lilac;   petals  large,  rhom- 
boid, colored  like  the  sepals ;  labellum  colored 
like  the  rest  of  the  flower  or  paler  and  often  spotted  with 
reddish  brown  and  having  a  yellow  callus;  lateral  lobes 
rounded  -  oblong,    with   2   quadrangular    calli    between 
them,  middle  lobe  oval,  ending  in  two  divergent  horns. 
Jan.-March.     Philippines.      B.M.   5530.     F.S.    15:1559. 
I  H.  10:348;  35:56;  43,  p.  154.    S.H.  2,  p.  47.    Gn.  3,  p. 
183;   22:348;  33,  p.  615;    35,  p.  363;    38,  p.  157;    48,  p. 
484     G.C.  II.  12:301;  III.  3:529;  17:367.  F.M.  1877:257. 
R.H.  1886:396.    A.G.  14:65.   G.F.  4:390.    A.F.  11:1081. 

6.  Ldwii,  Reichb.  f.     Lvs.  4-5,  oblong,  fleshy,  deep 
green,  tinged  with  purple:  panicle   slender,  5-20-fld.: 
fls.  \Vz  in.  in  diam.,  white  flushed  with  purple;  dorsal 
sepals  broadly  ovate,  lateral  sepals  oblong;  petals  fan- 
shaped,  with  a  rounded   apex;  labellum  violet-purple, 
lateral  lobes  small,  reflexed,  middle  lobe  oblong;  rostel- 
lum  very  long-beaked.     Fls.  during  summer  months. 
Moulmein(  India).    B.M.  5351.    F.S.    18:1910.    Gn.  9:14. 
G.C.  III.  2:745. 

7.  Esmeralda,  Reichb.  f.  (P.  antennifera,  Reichb.  f. 
Lvs.  oblong,  acute,  4-8  in.  long,  gray-green  with  few 
dull  purple  spots:  raceme  erect,  6-10-fld.,  6-18  in.  high: 
fls.  about  1  in.  in  diam.,  dark  or  pale  purple  to  white 
with  red   streaks;    lateral  sepals   ovate,   dorsal  sepals 
obovate  ;    petals   obovate  ;    labellum    clawed,    3  lobed, 
lateral  lobes  ovate  to  rotund,  erect,  yellowish;  middle 
lobe  broad,  obtuse,  deep  purple;  claw  with  a  slender 
appendage  on  each  side.    Cochin  China,  etc.    B.M.  7196. 
F.M.  1879:358.    R.H.  1877,  p.  107. 


PHAL^NOPSIS 


PHARBITIS 


1293 


8.  ameth^stina,  Reichb.  f.    A  small  species  with 
euneate-oblont;:  Ivs.:   rts.  small,  cream-colored  with 
an  amethyst  labellum;    sepals  cuneate-oblong,  ob- 
tuse;   petals  subequal  or  a  little  smaller;    lateral 
lobes  of  the  labellum  cuneate;  middle  lobe  obovate, 
notched.    Malay.    G.C.  1870:1731. 

9.  violacea,  Terjsm   &   Binn.    Lvs.  oblong,  8-12 
in.    long,   light   shining   green  :    flower-stalks   not 
longer  than  the  Ivs. :  fls.   few,  2  in.  across;    sepals 
and    petals    broadly   lanceolate,    yellowish    white, 
changing  to  rose-violet  toward   the   base;    middle 
lobe  of  the  labellum  fleshy,  deep  purple,  with  a  yel- 
low  callus;  side    lobes    small,   erect,    purple    and 
orange.     May-Oct.     Sumatra.     F.  M.  1879:342.    G. 
C.  II.  16: 145. -Plant  of   dwarf  habit.    The  fls.  re- 
main on  the  plant  a  long  time. 

10.  Cornu-cervi,  Blume  &  Reichb.  f.   Lvs.  about 
9  in.  long,  leathery,  oblong:    flower-stem  about   as 
long  as  the  Ivs.,  erect,  clavate,  bearing  6-12  fls.: 
fls.  yellowish  green,  barred  with  reddish  brown  ; 
sepals  and  petals  fleshy,  lanceolate,  the  latter  small- 
er ;    labellum  whitish,  lateral   lobes   erect   on  the 
irregular,  fleshy,  excavated  claw,  middle  lobe  cres- 
cent-shaped, apiculate.    Summer.    Trop.  Asia,  Java 
ap.d  Sumatra.  B.M.  5570  (&sPolychilos  Cornu-cervi). 

11.  specidsa,  Reichb.  f.   Lvs.  oblong:  fls.  stellate, 
in  racemes  or  panicles,  white,  blotched  with  rose- 
madder;  sepals  oblong;   petals  narrower;  labellum 
with  erect,  linear,  toothed,  yellow  side  lobes,  and 
a  fleshy,  purple  and  white  middle  lobe  ending  in  a 
hairy  cushion.    Andaman  Islands  (Bay  of  Bengal). 
G.C.  11.  18:745;  26:277. 

12.  Sumatrana,  Korth.  &  Reichb.  f .  Lvs.  pointed, 
about  6  in.  long:  inflorescence  about  as  long  as  the 
Ivs.,  6-10-fld. :  sepals  oblong,  pointed,  1  in.  or  more 
in  length;  petals  more  cuneate;  all  yellowish  white 
barred,  with  bands   of    reddish   brown  ;    labellum 
short,  clawed;  lateral  lobes  erect,  meeting  and  each 
having  a  short  curved  tooth  pointing  backwards  ; 
middle  lobe   oblong,  fleshy,   white,   streaked   with 
violet,  very  hairy  in  front.    Sumatra  and  Borneo.    B.M. 
5527.     F.S.  16:1644.     G.C.  1865:507. 

13.  Luddemanniana,  Reichb.  f.    A  small  plant,  with 
thick,   oblong   fleshy   Ivs.   6-8   in.   long:    inflorescence 
about  as  long  as  the  Ivs.,  with  few  handsome  fls.  near 
the  top:    fls.  2-3  in.  across;    sepals  and  petals  oblong- 
acute,  white,  marked  with  transverse  bars,  those  at  the 
base  being  amethyst,  while  the  upper  ones  are  brown; 
labellum  deep  violet,  with  yellow  blotches  on  the  side 
lobes;  middle  lobe  oblong;    side  lobes  erect,  ligulate, 
deeply  2-toothed.   Feb.,  March.   Philippines.  B.M.  5523. 
F.S.    16:1636.     R.H.   1872:390.     F.    1865: 257. -The  old 
flower-stems  of  this   plant   produce  young   plants    by 
which  the  species  may  be  easily  increased. 

Var.  ochracea,  Reichb.  f.     A  form  with  yellowish  fls. 
and  ochre-colored  bars.    R.H.  1872:390. 

14.  Parishii,  Reichb.  f.     Dwarf:    Ivs.    oblong-lanceo- 
late,   acute,    2-4   in.   long  :    fls.    in   6-10-fld.    racemes 
scarcely  longer  than  the   Ivs.,  crowded;    dorsal  sepals 
oblong,  lateral  broadly  ovate,   white  ;    petals  obovate- 
spatulate,  white;    lateral   lobes  of  the  labellum  small, 
horn-like,  yellow,  with  purple  spots,  middle  lobe  broadly 
triangular,  red-purple,  often  white  on  the  disk;  crest 
semilunar,  broken  up  into  subulate  filaments  in  front; 
the  disk  has  a  peculiar  appendage  ending   in  4  long 
subulate  filaments.     Burma  and  Moulmein.    B.M.  5815. 

15.  rdsea,  Lindl.     Lvs.  oblong,  dark  green,  obliquely 
retuse :    scape  about  a  ft.  long,  nodding,  dark  purple, 
bearing   12-14    fls. :    sepals   and    petals   ovate,  obtuse, 
white,  tinged  with  pink  in  the  center;  labellum  rose- 
colored,  scarcely  longer  than  the  sepals;    lateral  lobes 
small,  lunato.  middle  lobe   ovate.     Philippines.     B.M. 
5212.    F.S.  16:1645.    G.C.  1848:671. 

P.Ltsterii.  Advertised, but  doubtful.— P.  Vdlentini,  Reichb. 
f.  Plant  of  the  habit  of  P.  violacea,  with  narrower  Ivs.:  sepals 
cuneate-oblong,  purple,  with  the  lateral  sepals  white  at  the 
base;  petals  like  the  lateral  sepals  or  barred  with  purple;  la- 
>ellum  short,  clawed,  mauve,  white  and  yellow.  Malay. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRINQ. 

PHALANGIUM  Liliastrum.  See  Paradisea  Lili- 
a  strum. 


1737.   Phalaenopsis  Schilleriana  (X  %).    See  No.  5. 


PHALAKIS  (old  Greek  name  used  by  Dioscorides, 
probably  from  phalos,  shining;  in  allusion  to  the  shin- 
ing seed).  Graminece.  Ten  species,  mostly  of  southern 
Europe,  one  native  throughout  the  northern  part  of 
North  America,  a  variety  of  which  is  the  Ribbon  Grass. 
P.  Canariensis,  Canary  Grass,  which  is  cultivated  in 
Europe  for  bird -food  or  sometimes  as  a  cereal,  is  occa- 
sionally found  in  this  country  along  roadsides.  This 
annual  species,  on  account  of  its  variegated  ovate 
spikes,  is  worthy  of  cultivation  as  an  ornamental  grass. 
Spikelets  1-fld.,  collected  in  heads  or  spike-like  panicles. 
Empty  glumes  4,  but  the  second  and  third  minute. 
Outer  glumes  boat-shaped,  awnless. 

arundinacea,  Linn.  REED  CANARV  GRASS.  A  tall  per- 
ennial (2-6  ft.)  with  flat  %  in.  wide  Ivs.  and  an  elongated 
spike-like  panicle  (open  in  anthesis)  of  whitish  spikelets, 
native  through  northern  America  in  wet  ground,  where 
it  is  an  important  forage  grass.  Recommended  for 
planting  in  parks  and  grounds  along  the  banks  of 
streams  or  artificial  ponds.  A  very  striking  native 
grass. 

Var.  variegata  (var.  picta).  RIBBON  GRASS.  GAR- 
DENER'S GARTERS.  Fig.  1738.  Lvs.  longitudinally  striped 
with  white.  Commonly  cult,  for  ornament  and  some- 
times run  wild  about  old  places. 

A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

PHALOCALLIS  (Greek  words  referring  to  the  delicacy 
of  the  cone  formed  by  the  crests).  Irid&cece.  Referred 
by  Baker  to  Cypella.  The  plant  offered  as  P.  phimbea, 
Herb.,  by  Dutch  bulb-growers  is  Cypella  plumbea, 
Lindl.,  a  South  Brazilian  species  differing  from  those 
described  at  p.  429  as  follows:  conn  large:  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late: stem  stout,  2-4  ft.  long:  fls.  dull  lilac;  outer  seg- 
ments 1K-2  in.  long;  inner  with  a  small  obovate  blade 
and  long  claw;  style-branches  2-fid,  each  fork  with  1 
erect  and  2  spreading  spurs.  B.M.  3710  (fls.  chiefly 
lilac).  F.S.  4:395  (chiefly  light  blue).  F.S.  14:1466 
(flore  striato,  veined  and  flushed  with  rich  purple 
shades  on  a  white  ground). 

PHARBITIS.    See  Ipomcea. 


1294 


PHASEOLUS 


PHASEOLUS 


1738.   Ribbon  Grass— Phalaris  arundinacea,  var.  variegata. 
(See  page  1293.) 

PHASfiOLTTS  (ancient  Latin  name,  somewhat  altered, 
of  a  bean).  Legumindsat.  BEAN.  Annual  or  perennial 
mostly  twining  herbs,  or'  some  of  them  woody  at  the 
base,  with  mostly  pinnately  3-foliolate  stipellate  leaves, 
axillary  peduncles  bearing  clusters  of  white,  yellow, 
red  or  purplish  papilionaceous  flowers,  and  more  or  less 
compressed  (flat-sided)  several  to  many-seeded  2-valved 
pods.  Many  species  have  been  described,  all  of  warm 
countries,  but  there  are  probably  not  more  than  100 
kinds  that  can  be  clearly  separated  as  species.  From 
its  allied  genera,  Phaseolus  is  separated  by  minute 
characters  of  calyx,  style  and  keel.  In  Phaseolus  the  style 
is  bearded  along  the  inner  side,  and  the  stigma  is  oblique 
or  lateral  rather  than  capitate  on  the  end  of  the  style ; 
the  keel  is  coiled  into  a  spiral  body,  including  the  10 
diadelphous  stamens  (in  9  and  1). 

Since  Phaseoli  are  tropical  or  warm-country  plants, 
they  must  not  be  subjected  to  frost.  Most  of  them  are 
garden  annuals  which  are  given  a  warm  place  after  all 
danger  of  frost  is  past.  One  of  them,  P.  Caracalla,  is 
sometimes  grown  as  a  greenhouse  climber,  but  in  Cali- 
fornia and  other  warm  parts  it  thrives  in  the  open  and 
climbs  hedges  and  trees,  often  smothering  them.  The 
culture  is  set  forth  under  Sean,  but  the  species  are 
contrasted  below.  See,  also,  Canavalia,  Glycine, 
Miicuna,  Vicia,  Vigna. 


aeonitifolius,  5. 
adenanthus,  2. 
amoznus,  2. 
Caracalla,  1. 
carinatus,  8. 
cirrhosus,  2. 
compressus,  8. 
ellipticus,  8. 
foecundus,  7. 
glaber,  6. 


INDEX. 

gonospermus,  8. 
inamoenus,  1. 
latisiliquus,  7. 
Limensis,  7. 
lunatus,  7. 
macrocarpus,  7. 
multiflorus,  3. 
Mungo,  6. 
nanus,  8. 


oblongus,  8. 
puberulus,  7. 
radiatus,  6. 
retusus,  4. 
saccharatus,  1. 
sphcericus,  8. 
Truxillensis,  2. 
vulgaris,  8. 
Xuarezii,  7. 


light  purple  to  yellowish,  very  fragrant,  the  large  keel 
coiled  like  a  snail  shell.  Tropics,  probably  of  the  Old 
World.  B.R.  4:341.  V.  2,  p.  370.  — Naturalized  in  parts 
of  California,  where  it  grows  20  or  more  feet  high,  some- 
times becoming  a  nuisance.  It  is  an  old-fashioned 
glasshouse  plant  in  cold  climates,  but  is  now  rarely 
seen.  It  is  sometimes  planted  out  in  summer. 

2.  adenanthus,  Meyer  (P.  amcenus,  Soland.   P.  Trux- 
ilUnsis,  HBK.     P.  cirrhosus,  HBK.).     Foliage  much 
like  that  of  the  last,  the  Ifts.  ovate  and  somewhat  acute: 
fls.  very  showy,  red  (or  light  blue  ?),  fragrant,  in  dense 
almost  capitate  clusters:  pod  4-6  in.  long,  usually  curved. 
Tropics ;  grown  sparingly  in  southern  California. 

AA.  Perennial  from  tuberous  roots  (but  P.  multiflorus 
grown  as  an  annual  -ZV.),  the  fls.  either  large  or 
small,  the  Ivs.  pubescent  or  scabrous. 

3.  multifldruSjWilld.  SCARLET  RUNNER  BEAN.  DUTCH 
CASE-KNIFE  BEAN  (a  white  variety).     Fig.  1739.     Root 
thickened  and  tuberous,  perennial  in  the  South  but  per- 
ishing in  the  North:    plant  tall-twining  and   slender, 
minutely  pubescent:  Ifts.  thin,  rhombic-ovate  and  acute, 
scabrous  -  pubescent :    fls.  rather  large   and  showy,  in 
racemes,  in  the  Scarlet  Runner  type  red,  in  the  Dutch 
Case-Knife  white,  the  keel  not  distinctly  projecting :  pods 
long  (3-6  in.),  with  a  curved  slender  type:  beans  large 
and  plump,  much  flattened  or  nearly  cylindric,  red  and 
black  in  the  Scarlet  Runner,  white  in  the  many  other 
forms.     South  American  or  Mexican,  but  now  widely 
spread.— The  Scarlet  Runner  form  is  popular  as  an  orna- 
mental vine  for  arbors  and  to  cover  windows,  sometimes 
being  known  as  Flowering  Bean  or  Painted  Lady.    The 
Dutch  Case-Knife  is  a  vegetable-garden  plant,  grown  for 
its  beans.   Various  forms  of  the  plant  are  grown  for  food 
by  the  Mexicans,  and  these  sometimes  appear  in  our  west- 
ern country.  Melde's Perennial  and  Irvine'sHybrid  beans 
are  apparently  white-fld.  forms.    The  color  of  flower  and 
seed  seems  always  to  be  associated  in  this  species.    A 
dwarf  or  "bush"  form,  probably  of  P.  multiflorus,  was 
introduced  a  few  years  ago  as  Barteldes'  Dwarf  Lima 
(see  Bull.  87,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.).  Fig.  1740.  It  is  not  un- 
likely  that   more 

than  one  species 
is  passing  as  P. 
multiflorus ,  some 
of  the  Mexican 
forms  being  im- 
perfectly under- 
stood. 


A.   Perennial  tall-twining  species,  with  large,  fragrant, 

showy  fls.,  and  nearly  or  quite  glabrous  Ivs. 
1.  Caracalla,  Linn.  CARACOL.   SNAIL-FLOWER.  CORK- 
SCREW-FLOWER. Leaflets  broadly  rhombic -ovate,  pointed 
or  acuminate:  fls.  large  and  fleshy,  in  axillary  racemes, 


1739.  Phaseolus 
multiflorus  (X  %). 
White-seeded  form. 


1740.  Barteldes  Bush  Lima  (X 
Probably  a  form  of  Phaseolus  multiflorus. 


PHASEOLUS 


PHASEOLUS 


1295 


4.  retusus,  Benth.  METCALFE  BEAN.  Root  very  large, 
said  sometimes  to  weigh  30  Ibs.,  running  deep  into  the 
ground:  stem  trailing,  roughish:  Ifts.  rhombic  to  oblong, 
mostly  obtuse  and  often  retuse,  rough  on  both  sides:  fls. 
in  loose,  interrupted  racemes, 
rather  small,  purple :  pod  flat, 
short,  broadly  oblong,  some- 
what curved.  Tex.,  west  and 


1741.   Sieva  Bean— 
Phaseolus  lunatus  (X  %) 


1742.  Pods  of  Sieva,  Large  Lima. 

Potato  Lima  (X  %). 
The  two  last  are  forms  of  P.  lu- 
natus, var.  macrocarpus. 


south.  —  Lately  recommended  as  a  forage  plant  in  the 
dry  regions  of  the  Southwest.  The  Ivs.  are  thick  and 
heavy  and  well  adapted  to  dry,  hot  climates.  Stems 
grow  8-10  ft.  or  more  long. 

AAA.  Annual  (at  least  in  the  .ZV.),  either  twining  or 
"?y».s//,"  (lie  Ivs.  mostly  pubescent,  cult,  for  food. 
—  Garden  beans  of  various  kinds. 

B.  Pod  usually  %  in.  or  less  broad:  usually  not  climbing. 
5.  aconitifolius,  Jacq.  MOTH  BEAN.  A  diffuse,  bushy 

or  somewhat  trailing  plant  with   loosely  brown  hairy 


1743.    Henderson  Dwarf  Lima,  a  form  of  Phaseolus 
lunatus  (X%). 

slender  stems,  growing  1-2  ft.  tall:  Ifts.  mostly  ovate 
to  rhombic-ovate,  2-3-lobed  at  the  apex  for  one-fourth 
to  one-half  their  length,  the  lobes  narrow  and  obtuse; 

82 


stipules  small,  narrow  and  pointed:  fls.  very  small,  yel- 
lowish, in  heads  on  the  ends  of  hairy  axillary  peduncles : 
pod  becoming  2  in.  long,  nearly  cylindrical,  glabrous. 
India,  where  it  is  cult,  for  human  food  and  for  forage, 
but  only  rarely  seen  in  collections  in  this  country.  It  is 
said  to  be  able  to  withstand  much  dry  weather. 

6.  Mungo,  Linn.  GRAM.  Erect  or 
nearly  so,  1-2  ft.,  stout, with  the  fur- 
rowed stems  densely  clothed  with 
long  brown  hairs:    Ivs.  large  and 
long-stalked ;     Ifts.   very    broadly 
ovate  or  nearly  rhomboid-orbicular, 
usually   entire,  thin,   short-acute; 
stipules  large,  ovate  :    fls.   rather 
small,  yellowish,  in  a  capitate  clus- 
ter of  5  or   6  on  the   end   of    the 
stout  hairy  peduncle:  pod  3  in.  or 
less  long,  nearly  cylindrical,  some- 
what curved,  bearing  10-15  beans. 
S.  Asia,  where  it  is  everywhere  cul- 
tivated   for  human  food.— Rarely 
seen  in  this  country.    In  habit  it 
somewhat  resembles  the  Soy  bean 
(Glycine).      The    slender    pod    is 
hairy  at  first,  but  the  hairs  are  de- 
ciduous.  It  is  very  variable.    From 
botanists    it    has    received    many 
names. 

Var.  glaber,  Roxbg.  Lvs.  and 
pod,  and  sometimes  the  stem,  gla- 
brous.—A  domestic  form.  This  is 
probably  the  Adzuki  bean  of 
Georgeson,  Bull.  32,  Kans.  Exp. 
Sta.,  where  it  is  praised  for  the 
high  quality  of  the  bean.  He  de- 
scribes 2  forms,  the  White-podded 
and  Black-podded  Adzuki,  both 
with  small  red  or  brownish  seeds 
with  truncated  ends  and  a  long 
narrow  scar.  Pods  3-5  in. 
long. 

Var.  radiatus,  Hook.  f. 
(P.  radiatus,  Linn.).  Stems 
twining,  all  parts  densely 
hairy. 

BB.  Pod  usually  %  in.  or 
more  broad:  plants  nat- 
urally climbing,  but 
giving  rise  to  nbush" 
forms. 

C.   Beans  large  and  usu- 
ally flat. 

7.  lunatus,  Linn.     SIEVA 
or  CIVET  BEAN.  Figs.  1741- 
4.    Small  and  slender,  usu- 
ally not  climbing  very  high  : 
Ifts.  thin,  short  and  broad, 
ovate  -  pointed     (except     in 
special  forms,  as  the  Willow- 
leaf)  :    fls.  of  medium  size, 
white  or  whitish,  in  axillary 
racemes :    pods    small   and 
papery,  2-3  in.  long,  much 
curved  on  the  back  and  pro- 
vided with  a  long  tip,  split- 
ting open  when  ripe  and  the    Leaf,  a  very  narrow  -  leaved 
valves    twisting:    beans    *iorm  of     e  Sieva  type  ;  mid 
small  and  flat,  white,  brown    dle  °?e 

or  mottled.    Trop.  America. 

—Widely  cult,  in  warm  coun-    carpus. 

tries,  and  prized  for  its  earli- 

ness   and   prolificacy.     It  gives  rise  to  dwarf  or  bush 

forms,  as  the  Dwarf  Carolina,  Henderson  Bush  Lima 

(Fig.  1743).     Common  in  American  gardens. 

Var.  macrocarpus,  Benth.  (P.  inamfenus,  Linn.  P. 
Lim6nsis,  saccharatus,  fcecundus,  latisiliquus ,  Mac- 
fadyen.  P.  pubtrulus,  HBK.  P.  Xuarezii,  Zucc.). 
LIMA  BEAN.  Figs.  1742,  1744.  Distinguished  from  the 
Sievas  by  tall,  robust  growth  and  late  ripening:  Ifts. 
large  and  thick,  ovate-lanceolate:  pods  fewer  to  the  ra- 
ceme, straight  or  nearly  so,  without  a  prominent  tip, 


1744.   Leaves  of  Phaseolus 

lunatus. 
Two   upper   ones,  Willow 


1296 


PHASEOLUS 


PHELLODENDRON 


not  readily  splitting  at  maturity  :  beans  very  large, 
white,  red,  black  or  speckled.  South  Amer. — Widely 
grown  in  the  tropics,  and  one  of  the  richest  of  beans. 
Unreliable  in  the  northern  states  because  of  the  short, 
cool  seasons.  There  are  two  forms  in  cult,  in  the  U.  S. : 
Flat-  or  Large-seeded  Limas,  with  seeds  very  flat  and 


1745.   Leaf  of  Phaseolus  vulgar!*. 

veiny  and  more  or  less  lunate  in  shape,  and  very  broad 
flat  pods,  with  a  distinct  but  not  prominent  pod,  and 
broad-ovate  Ifts.;  Potato  Limas,  with  smaller  tumid 
seeds,  shorter  and  thicker  pods,  with  a  very  short  point, 
and  long-ovate,  tapering  Ifts.,  with  angular  base.  In 
both  these  groups  there  are  dwarf  or  bush  forms,  — Bur- 
pee Dwarf  Lima  in  the  former,  and  Kumerle  Dwarf 
Lima  in  the  latter.  The  Lima  Bean  is  perennial  in  the 
tropics. 

cc.    Beans  relatively  small,  oblong  and  nearly  cylin- 
drical. 

8.  vulgaris,  Linn.  COMMON  BEAN.  KIDNEY  BEAN  of 
the  English.  HARICOT  of  the  French.  Figs.  1745-7. 
Slender,  twining,  more  or  less  pubescent:  Ifts.  rhombic- 
ovate  or  ovate,  acuminate:  peduncles  shorter  than  the 
petioles,  few-fld.  at  or  near  the  apex:  fls.  small,  white, 
yellowish  or  blue -purple  :  pod  slender,  somewhat 
curved,  provided  with  a  straight  or  curved  tip.  Now 
believed  to  be  tropical  American.— Here  belong  all  the 
common  garden  pole  beans,  aside  from  the  Lima  types, 
including  the  Pole  Cranberry  (Fig.  1747),  and  so-called 
Horticultural  Lima.  Runs  into  very  many  forms. 

Var.  nanus  (P.  nanus,  Linn.).  BUSH  BEAN.  A  do- 
mesticated race,  differing  only  in  its  dwarf  or  "bush" 
habit.  It  is  now  the  more  popular  type,  particularly  in 
America,  since  it  requires  no  labor  in  providing  poles 
or  other  support.  This  includes  all  the  common  gar- 
den and  field  beans. 


1746.  Long-podded  forms  of  Phaseolus  vulgaris. 

For  a  history  of  garden  or  kidney  beans,  see  Georg 
von  Martens,  "Die  Gartenbohnen,"  1869.  He  makes  7 
specific  types  and  many  subtypes  or  botanical  varieties. 
His  species  are:  P.  vulgaris,  Savi.  Pod  straightish  and 
subtorulose,  long-mucronate ;  seeds  somewhat  com- 
pressed, oblong-reniform.  P.  compressus,  Martens 
Climbing:  pods  compressed  and  broad,  short-mucronate ; 
seeds  strongly  compressed,  oblong-reniform.  P.  gono- 
sperrmis,  Savi.  Climbing:  pod  subincurved,  torulose 
and  short-mucronate;  seeds  somewhat  compressed  and 


irregularly  angular-truncate.  P.  carinatus,  Martens. 
Climbing:  pod  falcate  and  rugose;  seeds  teretish,  elon- 
gated, somewhat  truncate-carinate.  P.  oblongus,  Savi. 
Dwarf,  erect:  pod  subcylindrical,  straightish,  long- 
mucronate;  seeds  subreniform-cylindric,  twice  longer 
than  broad.  P.  ellipticus,  Martens.  Low,  erect  or 
somewhat  climbing:  pod  straightish,  more  or  less 
torulose;  seeds  small,  tumid-elliptic.  P.  sphcericus, 
Martens.  Nearly  erect,  or  climbing:  pod  straightish 
and  constricted;  seeds  large  and  subglobose. 

L.  H.  B. 

PHEASANT'S  EYE.  Narcissus  poeticus,  Dianthus 
plumariiis,  and  Adonis. 

PHEG6PTEKIS  (Greek,  leech-fern}.  Polypodiacece. 
BEECH,  OAK  or  SUN  FERN.  A  genus  of  ferns  allied  to 
Dryopteris  in  habit,  but  with  no  indusium,  the  sori  being 
entirely  naked.  There  are  numerous,  tropical  American 
and  Sandwich  Island  species  worthy  of  cultivation  in 
warmhouses.  Three  of  our  native  species 
are  sometimes  offered  in  the  trade.  For 
culture,  see  page  575. 

A.  Fronds  (Ivs.)  small  or  medium-sized, 
at  most  tripinnatifid.  (Native  spe- 
cies.) 

B.    Lvs.  bipinnatifid,  broadly  tri- 
angular. 

hexagondptera,  Fee  (Polypbdium  Jiex- 
agondptewim,  Michx.).  Lvs.  9-15  in. 
long,  usually  broader  than  long,  pale 
green;  lower  pair  of  pinnae  deflexed 
and  set  forward;  sori  marginal.  East- 
ern U.  S. 

polypodioides,  Fe"e.  Lvs.  5-9  in.  long, 
longer  than  broad,  dark  green,  slightly 
hairy  beneath  ;  sori  nearer  the  margin 
than  the  midrib.  Eu.  and  northeastern 
N.  Amer. 

BB.    Lvs.  tripinnatifid,  lanceolate. 

alp6stris,  Fe"e.  Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  6-8 
in.  wide,  with  numerous  finely  cut  lance- 
olate pinnae,  the  lobes  toothed  ;  thinly 
herbaceous.  Eu.  and  northwest  Amer. 
Has  the  habit  ofAsplenium  filix-fcemina 

BBB.  Lvs.  ternately  tripinnatifid. 
Dry6pteris,  Fee.  OAK  FERN.  Lvs. 
triangular,  3-9  in.  each  way,  the  lowest 
pinnae  nearly  equal  to  the  central  (ter- 
minal) portion,  giving  the  leaf  a  ternate 
appearance.  Eu.  and  N.  Amer. 

AA.    Fronds  (Ivs.)  several  feet  long, 
decompound. 

Kerandreniana,  Gaud.  Lvs.  several 
feet  long,  decompound  with  light  brownish  polished 
stalks,  and  straw-colored  rachides;  texture  herbaceous; 
sori  near  the  margins  of  the  segments.  Sandwich 
Islands.  Also  advertised  under  Polypodium. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

The  American  species  are  of  easy  culture  in  shady 
places,  and  increase  rapidly  by  creeping  rootstocks. 
The  fronds  are  light  green,  of  a  distinct  and  attractive 
hue.  They  have  the  fault  of  dying  down  for  the  sea- 
son before  the  summer  is  over,  especially  when  grow- 
ing in  rather  dry  positions.  P.  polypodioides  prefers 
a  moist,  shaded  place.  It  is  not  so  quickly  deciduous 
as  the  other  two  species.  P.  hexagonoptera  is  suited 
for  almost  any  shaded  position.  The  fronds  often  die 
down  in  August,  and  at  this  season  are  occasionally 
much  and  handsomely  variegated  with  pure  white.  P. 
Dryopteris  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  small  Ameri- 
can hardy  ferns.  It  is  eminently  suited  to  shady  rock- 
work,  though  it  completes  its  growth  early  in  the  season. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

PHELLODENDRON  (Greek,  phellos,  cork,  and  den- 
dron,  tree;  alluding  to  the  corky  bai'k).  Rutacea*. 
Ornamental  deciduous  trees  with  large,  opposite,  odd- 
pinnate  Ivs.,  inconspicuous  greenish  fls.  in  short 
terminal  panicles  and  black  frs.  P  Amurense  is  quite 


1747.  Cranberry 
Pole  Bean  — 
Phaseolus  vul- 
garis (X  %). 


PHELLODENDRON 


PHILADELPHIA 


1297 


hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass.,  but  P.Japoniciim  is  some- 
what tender;  the  first  has  been  recommended  as  a  street 
tree  for  western  cities,  as  it  resists  drought  and  heat  in 
summer  and  seems  to  be  not  attacked  by  insects.  It  is 
of  rapid  growth  when  young  and  forms  a  rather  low, 
round  head.  It  seems  to  grow  in  almost  any  kind  of 
soil  except  in  a  very  moist  one.  Prop,  by  seeds,  which 
are  produced  freely  when  both  sexes  are  planted  and  by 
root  cuttings,  dug  up  in  fall  and  stored  during  the 
winter  in  moist  sand  or  sphagnum.  Two  closely  related 
species  in  E.  Asia  and  Japan.  Fls.  dioecious,  in  terminal 
short  panicles;  sepals  and  petals  5-8,  ovate-lanceolate; 
stamens  5-6,  longer  than  petals:  ovary  5-celled,  with  a 
short,  thick  style:  fr.  a  black  drupe  with  5  small  one- 
sgiMled  stones. 

Amur6nse,  Rupr.  CHINESE  CORK  TREE.  Tree,  to 50 ft., 
with  spreading  branches  forming  a  broad,  round  head; 
bark  of  the  trunk  light  gray,  corky;  almost  glabrous: 
h'ts.  7-17,  ovate  to  ovate -lanceolate,  narrowed  or 
rounded  at  the  base,  long-acuminate,  minutely  crenu- 
late, dark  green  and  somewhat  shining  abo've,glaucescent 
and  glabrous  beneath  or  pubescent  only  on  the  midrib: 
fr.  globose,  black,  about  %  in.  across,  with  a  strong 
turpentine-like  odor  when  bruised.  June.  N.  China, 
Amurland,  Japan. 

Jap6nicum,  Maxim.  Closely  allied  to  the  preceding. 
Lfts.  ovate,  rounded  or  truncate  at  base,  acuminate  dull 
green  above,  pubescent  beneath,  with  rather  prominent 
veins;  leaf-stalk  and  inflorescence  pubescent.  June. 
Japan.  — Less  hardy  than  the  preceding  and  probably 
only  a  variety  of  it;  but  sometimes  thrives  in  New 
England.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

PHENOLOGY  (contraction  of  phenomenology;  that 
is,  the  science  of  phenomena) :  the  study  of  the  rela- 
tionships between  the  climate  of  any  place  and  the 
annual  periods  of  plants  and  animals.  Plants  vege- 
tate, bloom,  and  ripen  fruit  at  more  or  less  definite 
seasons,  each  after  its  kind;  animals  mate,  bear  young, 
migrate  and  hibernate  each  also  after  its  kind;  but 
these  recurring  events  are  related  to  the  climate  in 
which  these  things  live:  with  these  inter-relationships 
Phenology 'has  to  do.  The  most  complete  means  of 
comparing  the  climate  of  one  year  with  that  of  another 
are  the  life-events  of  the  animals  and  plants  of  the 
years.  Thermometrical  readings  are  the  customary 
measures,  but  the  thermometers  record  only  tempera- 
ture, whereas  local  climate  is  modified  by  conditions 
of  humidity,  cloudiness,  the  sequence  of  atmospheric 
changes,  and  many  subtle  agencies  which  cannot  be 
measured  by  means  of  instruments.  Living  things  are 
the  agents  that  really  measure  climate.  A  record  of 
the  life-events  of  living  things,  therefore,  even  though 
imperfect,  should  contribute  to  the  science  of  clima- 
tology; and  incidentally  it  should  contribute  much  to 
the  science  of  biology.  Records  of  plant-events  are 
more  comparable  than  those  of  animal-events,  because 
plants  are  stationary  and  have  no  volition  to  adapt 
themselves  to  inclemencies  by  means  of  change  of  po- 
sition, diet,  or  otherwise;  therefore,  plants  emphati- 
cally express  climatal  influence.  A  record  of  the  first 
blooming  of  a  given  apple  tree,  for  example,  during  a 
^i-rics  of  years  woiild  give  comparable  measures  of  the 
lateness  or  earliness  of  the  different  seasons.  Most 
so-called  phenological  observations  in  this  country  have 
hem  mere  records  of  dates  of  blooming,  leafing,  migra- 
tion of  birds,  peeping  of  frogs,  and  the  like,  without 
correlative  data  respecting  the  local  climate.  They  are 
therefore  of  relatively  little  consequence  to  science.  In 
this  country  the  literature  of  Phenology  is  very  meager. 
See  Bailey,  Essay  17,  "Survival  of  the  Unlike,"  and 
"Instructions  for  taking  Phenological  Observation," 
"W.uther  Review,"  Sept.,  1896,  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau. 

L,  H.  B. 

PHILADlSLPHUS  (name  of  an  ancient  Egyptian 
kiny::  applied  to  this  genus  with  no  obvious  reason). 
Saxifragacece.  MOCK  ORANGE.  SYRINGA.  Ornamental 
deciduous  or  rarely  half -evergreen  shrubs  with  opposite 
entire  or  serrate  Ivs.  and  white  showy  fls.  in  terminal  ra- 
(•'•mes  or  solitary  on  short  branchlets,  appearing  mostly 
in  June  and  often  very  fragrant.  Most  of  them  are 
hardy  North  except  P.  Coulteri,  Mexicanus  and  the 


other  Mexican  species;  P.  tomentosus  and  Billardi  are 
only  half-hardy.  They  are  well  adapted  to  shrubberies 
and  are  mostly  of  medium  height,  the  tallest  being  P. 
pubescens,  which  grows  to  about  20  ft.;  P.  Gordoni- 
anus  and  P.  inodorus  grow  nearly  as  high,  while 
P.  microphyllus  hardly  exceeds  3  ft.  They  thrive  well 
in  almost  any  well-drained  soil  and  even  under  trees. 
If  pruning  is  needed  it  should  be  done  after  flowering, 
since  the  fls.  appear  on  the  wood  formed  the  previous 
year.  Prop,  usually  by  hardwood  cuttings,  or  by 
suckers  and  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass;  also  by 
layers  and  by  seeds,  but  they  are  very  apt  to  hybridize 
when  several  species  are  growing  together. 

About  30  species  have  been  described.  They  are  dis- 
tributed through  the  northern  hemisphere ;  in  N.  Amer. 
south  to  Guatemala  and  from  southeast  Europe  to 
Himalayas  and  Japan.  All  are  shrubs  with  exstipulate, 
petioled  more  or  less  distinctly  3-nerved  Ivs. :  fls.  solitary 
or  racemose;  calyx-lobes,  petals  and  styles  usually  4; 
stamens  20-40:  fr.  a  dehiscent,  4-valved,  many-seeded 
capsule.  Owing  to  the  absence  of  well-marked  charac- 
ters the  species  are  often  rather  difficult  to  distinguish, 
and  this  difficulty  is  much  increased  by  the  numerous 
hybrids  which  have  originated  in  cultivation.  The 
latest  account  of  this  genus  is  a  short  monograph  by 
E.  Koehne  in  Gartenflora,  Vol.  45  (1896),  p.  450,  etc., 
where  33  species  are  distinguished,  of  which  20  are 
American. 

It  seems  strange  that  Philadelphus  is  popularly 
known  under  the  name  of  Syringa,  a  very  different 
genus  of  no  botanical  affinity  and  little  resemblance; 
but  this  is  only  continuing  the  usage  of  the  old 
herbalists  who  used  to  unite  under  Syringa  species  of 
Philadelphus,  Syringa  and  Jasmine.  Thus  we  find  in 
Gerarde's  "Herball,"  first  published  in  1597,  descrip- 
tions and  figures  of  Syringa  alba,  White  Pipe,  S. 
ccerulea,  Blue  Pipe,  and  S.  Arabica,  Arabian  Pipe,  the 


1748.    Philadelphus  coronarius—  Mock  Orange  (X 


first  being  Philadelphus  coronarius,  the  second  Syringa 
vulgaris  and  the  third  Jasminum  Sambac.  This 
accounts  also  for  the  German  popular  name  Jasmine 
for  Philadelphus.  In  French  Syringa  has  been  changed 
to  Seringa,  and  is  used  in  this  form  as  the  popular 
name  for  Philadelphus.  Linnaeus  decided  to  take  up 
the  name  Syringa  for  the  S.  ccerulea  of  the  older 
botanists  and  Syringa  alba  he  called  Philadelphus,  a 
name  previously  used  for  the  same  plant  by  some  of  the 
old  herbalists. 


argenteo-margin- 

Gordoniamis,  2. 

Pekinensis.  6. 

ata,  8. 

grandiflonts,  1,  12. 

primulseflorus,  8. 

aureus,  8. 

hirsutus,  13. 

pubescens,  1. 

Avalanche,  10. 

inodorus,  12. 

rosaeflorus,  8. 

Boule  d'argent,  10. 

latifolius,  1. 

salicifolius,  8. 

Calif  ornicus,  5. 

laxus,  11. 

Satsumi,  4. 

Candelabre,  10. 

Lemoinei,  10. 

speciosissimus,  9. 

coronarius,  6,  8. 

Lewisi,  3. 

speciosus,  11. 

dianthiflorus,  8. 

microphyllus,  14. 

spectabilis,  1. 

erectus,  10. 

Mont  Blanc,  10. 

trinervius,  13. 

Falconeri,  7. 

multiflorus  plenus, 

undulatus,  11. 

floribundus,  1,  and 

8. 

Tokohamce,  4. 

suppl.  list. 

nan  us,  8. 

Zeyheri,  9. 

Gerbe  de  Neige,  10. 

ni  ral  is,  1. 

1298 


PHILADELPHIA 


PHILADELPHUS 


A.  Bark  of  last  year's  brandies  not  peeling  off:   fls.  in 
racemes. 

B.  Calyx  pubescent  outside:  bark  gray. 

1.  pubescens,  Loisel.  (P.  latifblius,  Schrad.  P.  grandi- 
florus,va,r.  floribundus,  A.  Gray).  Shrub,  to  20  ft.  high: 
mature  branches  of  this  year  yellowish  brown,  those  of 
last  year  light  gray:  Ivs. "broadly  ovate,  dentate,  pubes- 
cent beneath.  2-4  in.  long:  racemes  rather  loose,  5-11- 


1749.   Philadelphia  coronarius. 

fld. :  fls.  creamy  white,  scentless,  l%-2  in.  across.  June, 
July.  Tennessee.  B.R.  7:570  and  Gn.  40,  p.  289  (as  P. 
grandiflorus).  B.R.  23:2003  and  G.C.  II.  16:81  (as  P. 
speciosus}.— The  figures  quoted  above  do  not  represent 
typical  plants;  they  are  probably  partly  hybrids  of  this 
species  with  P.  grandiflorus  and  inodorus,  but  the  figure 
accompanying  the  original  description  by  Loiseleur  in 
Herbier  gen.  de  1'amateur,  Vol.  IV,  t.  2G8,  agrees  well 
with  wild  plants  from  Tennessee.  A  dwarf  form  with 
double  fls.,  cult. as  P.  nivalis  spectabilis  florepleno,  prob- 
ably belongs  to  this  species.  P.  pubescens  of  Koch  and 
of  Koehne  is  P.  verrucosus;  see  supplementary  list. 

BB.    Calyx  glabrous  outside :    bark    brown  or  grayish 
brown. 

2.  Gordonianus,  Lindl.    Shrub,  to  12  ft.,  with  grayish 
brown  branches:  Ivs.  broadly  ovate  to  elliptic,  coarsely 
dentate,    especially  those    of   the  young    shoots,  light 
green,  pubescent  beneath,  thin,  l%-3  in.  long:  racemes 
dense,  5-7-fld. :    fls.  pure   white,  scentless,  l%-l%  in. 
across;  petals  oval-oblong:  ovary  half -superior.    June, 
July.    Wash,  to  Ore.    B.R.  25:32.    Gn.  3,  p.  233. 

3.  Lewisi,  Pursh.     Upright   shrub,  to  8  ft.:   bark  of 
branches  dark  or  grayish  brown,  usually  with  numer- 
ous horizontal  cracks:    Ivs.  broadly  ovate   or   elliptic- 
ovate,  entire  or  sparingly  dentate,  glabrous  or  some- 
what hairy  beneath,  thickish  at  maturity,  l%-3  in.  long: 
racemes    short  and    dense,  5-9-fld.:    fls.  short-stalked, 
1-1%  in.  across,  scentless.     June,  July.     Brit.  Colo,  to 
Calif. 

4.  Satsumi,  Sieb.    (P.  Yokohdmw,  Hort,).     Shrub,  to 
8ft.,  erect:  branches  of  last  year  with  grayish  brown 
bark,  usually   marked   with   whitish,   longitudinal   fis- 
sures: Ivs.  ovate,  long-acuminate,  dentate  or  sometimes 
entire,  almost  glabrous,  3-6  in.   long:  racemes  loose, 
erect,  7-9-fld. :  fls.  about  1  in.  across,  slightly  fragrant. 
May,  June.    Japan. 


AA.    Bark  of  last   year's  brandies   peeling  off  in   thin 

flakes,  brown. 
B.  Fls.  in  many-fid,  panicles,  biit  sometimes  racemose 

on  weaker  branches. 

5.  Calif6rnicus,  Benth.  Upright  shrub,  to  8  ft.,  with 
brown  branches:  Ivs.  ovate,  with  few  teeth  or  almost 
entire,  glabrous  or  somewhat  pubescent  beneath,  thick- 
ish at  maturity,  l%-2%  in.  long:  fls.  %-l  in.  across, 
scentless;  petals  oblong.  June,  July.  Wash,  to  Calif. 
—  Similar  in  habit  to  P.  Lewisi,  to  which  it  is  usually 
referred  as  a  variety. 

BB.    Fls.  in  5-9-fld.  racemes,  rarely  3. 

c.    Lvs.  glabrous  or  nearly  so  beneath,  ovate-lanceo- 
late :  pedicels  glabrous. 

G.  Pekinensis,  Rupr.  (P.  coronarius,  var.  Pekinensis, 
Maxim.).  Upright  shrub,  to  5  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  denticulate,  thickish  at  maturity,  l%- 
3  in.  long;  petioles  purplish:  racemes  short  and  dense, 
usually  5-11-fld. :  fls.  \%  in.  across,  slightly  fragrant; 
style  divided  only  at  the  apex.  May,  June.  Mongolia, 
N.  China.— Dense,  upright,  but  rather  low,  free-flower- 
ing shrub. 

7.  Falconeri,  Sarg.     Shrub,   to   8   ft.,   with   slender, 
arching    branches  :    Ivs.   ovate-lanceolate,    acuminate, 
denticulate,  l%-3  in.  long,  thickish  at  maturity:  fls.  3- 
7,  slender-pedicelled,  fragrant,  pure  white,  about  1%  in. 
across;    calyx-lobes    lanceolate;    petals    oblong,  acute; 
style  much  longer  than  stamens,  deeply  divided.    June. 
Origin    unknown  ;    probably    Japanese.      G.F.     8:497. 
M.D.G.  1899:231.     Gng.  8:340.  — Very  graceful   shrub, 
wide-spreading. 

CC.    Lvs.  more    or    less    pubescent    beneath,   usually 
ovate. 

8.  coronarius,  Linn.    Fig.  1748,  1479.    Shrub,  to  10  ft., 
with  upright  branches:  Ivs.  ovate  to  ovate-elliptic,  usu- 
ally acute  at   both  ends,  denticulate,  sparingly   pubes- 
cent beneath,  2-4  in.  long:  fls.  5-9  in  rather  dense  ra- 
cemes, creamy  white,  very   fragrant,  on   rather  short 
pubescent  pedicels;  petals  oval;  style  divided  about  one- 
half.  May,  June.  S.  E.  Eu.,  Caucasus.  B.B.  2:186. -This 
is  the  common  Mock  Orange,  less  showy  than  the  follow- 
ing species  and  of  somewhat  stiff  habit,  but  deliciously 
fragrant.     There  are  several  vars.  in  cultivation.     Var. 
argenteo-marginata,  Hort.     Lvs.  edged  creamy  white, 
and  other  variegated  forms.     Var.  aureus,  Hort.     Foli- 
age yellow.  Var.  nanus,  Schrad.   Dwarf,  compact  shrub, 
with  dark  green  foliage;  flowers  but  rarely.     Var.  sa- 
licifolia,  Hort.     Lvs.    lanceolate    or    linear-lanceolate. 
There  are  also   several  vars.  with  double   fls.,  as  vars. 
dianthifldras,   multiflorus  plenus,  primulsefldrus  (R.H. 
1870,  p.  305),  rossefldrus,  mostly  of  dwarfer  habit  than 
the  type. 

9.  ZSyheri,  Schrad.   Probably  hybrid  of  the  preceding 
and  P.  inodorus:    lower  than  P.  coronarius  and   more 
spreading,   with    sometimes    arching    branches  :    Ivs. 
ovate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base:  fls.  usually  5,  pure 
white,  slightly  fragrant  or  scentless,  !%-!%  in.  broad; 
style  sometimes  longer  than  stamens,  divided  one-half 
or  less.    June.     Of  garden  origin.     The  different  forms 
of  P.  Zeyheri  are,  besides  those  of -the  following  hy- 
brid, the  most  showy  of  the  genus,  bearing  the  large, 
pure  white  fls.  in  great  profusion  along  the   branches. 
P.  speciosissimus,  Hort.,  belongs  here. 

10.  Lem6inei,  Lemoine.     Hybrid  of  P.  microplii/llus 
with  P.  coronarius,  of  varying'habit:  Ivs.  ovate  to  ovate- 
elliptic  or  ovate-lanceolate,  usually  pubescent  beneath 
and   %-2%   in.  long:    fls.  3-7  in    short   racemes,  very 
sweet-scented  ;    petals  oval  to  oblong,  mostly  dentate 
at  the  apex.     G.F.  2:617.  — Some  of  the  best  forms  of 
this  hybrid  are  Avalanche.     Graceful  shrub,  with  slen- 
der arching  branches,  covered  almost  the  whole  length 
with  showy  white  fls.    G.C.  III.  21:89.    M.D.G.  1896:293. 
Gerbe  de  Neige  is  similar,  but  the  fls.  are  larger.    Boule 
1'argent  has  large,  double  fls.  and  the  habit  of  P.  coro- 
narius.    G.C.  III.  18:19  and  23,  suppl.  28  May.     Can- 
delabre.  Low  shrub,  with  upright  branches  covered  with 
large  fls.     M.D.G.  1896:294.    Var.  erectus.    Upright,  to 
5  ft.,  covered  with  white  fls.    Mont  Blanc  is  similar  in 
habit,  but  fls.  larger  and  showier. 


PHILADELPHIA 


PHILIPPINE     ISLANDS 


1299 


BBS.    Fls.  1-3,  occasionally  5. 

C.  flowering  branchlets  2  in.  or  more  long,  with  2  or  3 
pairs  of  rather  large  h-s.:  pedicels  and  calyx 
glabrous. 

11.  laxus,  Schrad.  (P.  undulatus,  Hort.    P.  specidsus, 
Schrad.).     Shrub,   to    8    ft.,   with    spreading    slender 
branches:  Ivs.  elliptic-ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  entire 
or  sparingly  denticulate,  often  slightly   recurved  and 
pendulous,  sparingly  appressed  pubescent  beneath,  2-4 
in.  long:   fls.  oftener  solitary,  scentless,  1-1%  in.  across ; 
style  as  long  as  stamens.    May,  June.    S.  C.  to  Tenn.  and 
Fla.    B.R.  2:186.    Gng.  8:340.  — This  species  is  closely 
allied  to  the  following,  and  perhaps  best  considered  a 
mere  variety  of  it. 

12.  inoddrus,  Linn.  (P.  grandifldrus,V?md.).    Shrub, 
similar  to  the  former,  but  usually  more  upright  and 
more  vigorous:  Ivs.  broadly  ovate  to  elliptic-ovate,  usu- 
ally dentate,  bearded  in  the  axils  of  the  veins  beneath, 
3-5   in.  long:    fls.  1-3,  occasionally  5,  1/4-2   in.  broad, 
scentless  ;    calyx-lobes  ovate -lanceolate,  twice  as  long 
as  ovary;   style  often  longer  than  stamens.     May,  June. 
N.  C.   and  Tenn.  to   Ga.     B.R.  25:39   (as   P.   laxus). 
B.M.  1478.     The   P.   inodorus    of  Gray   differs    in   its 
smaller,  often  entire  Ivs.  and  smaller,  usually  solitary 
fls.  with  short  ovate  calyx-lobes.  — Some  forms  of  this 
species,    and    especially   the   preceding    species,    have 
proved  tender  north,  but  most  are  hardy.    ' 

cc.    Flowering   branchlets   usually  1  in.  or  less  long, 
with  rather  small  Ivs. 

13.  hirsutus,  Nutt.  (P.  trintrvius,  Schrad.).    Upright 
or  spreading  shrub,  to  6  ft. :  Ivs.  ovate -acuminate,  ser- 
rate, pubescent  above,  grayish  tomentose  beneath,  1-2% 
in.  long:  fls.  1-3,  on  short  branchlets  with  usually  1  pair 
of  Ivs.,  creamy  white,  1-1%  in.  across,  scentless;  calyx 
pubescent;  style  short,  with  connate  stigmas.    N.  C.  to 
Ala.  and  Texas.     Gn.  26,  p.  375;  34,  p.  138.     S.B.F.G. 
II.  2:119.    B.R.  24:14.-This  species  is  less  decorative 
than  most  of  the  others.     It  differs  from  all  Asiatic  and 
most  N.  American  species  by  its  winter-buds  being  not 
enclosed  in  the  base  of  the  petioles,  while  all  others  ex- 
cept a  few  southwestern  species  have  the  small  winter- 
bud  enclosed  in  the  base  of  the  petioles,  and  they  are 
therefore  not  visible  until  the  Ivs.  have  fallen  off. 

14.  microphyllus,  Gray.     Shrub,  to  3   ft.  high,  with 
spreading  slender  or  rigid  branches:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate, 
entire,  appressed  pubescent  on  both  sides  or  almost 
glabrous,  glaucescent  beneath,  %-l  in.  long:    fls.  1-3, 
white,  about  1  in.  across,  very  fragrant;  calyx  glabrous 
or  appressed-pubescent.     New  Mex.  to  Calif,  and  Colo. 
G.C.  III.  2:156.     Gn.  40:824.     P.G.  5: 109. -One  of  the 
most  distinct  species,  deliciously  fragrant;  likes  sunny, 
well-drained  position. 

P.  acuminatus,  Lange,  is  hardly  different  from  P.  Satsumi, 
but  Ivs.  larger  ;md  broader.— P.  Billdrdi,  Koehne  (P.  pubescens 
Souvenir  de  Billard,  Hort.).  Lvs.  broadly  ovate,  pubescent  be- 
neath, large :  fls.  in  many-fld.  panicles,  rather  large ;  calyx 
pubescent.  Origin  unknown.— P.  Chinensis,  Hort.  =  P.  Sat- 
sumi.— P.  Columbidnus,  Koehne.  Closely  allied  to  P.  Gordon- 
ianus,  but  Ivs.  smaller,  with  only  1-4  coarse  teeth  on  each  side. 
Calif.— P.  cordifblius,  Lange.  Closely  allied  to  P.  Californicus, 
but  panicle  very  mauy-fld.,  leafy  near  the  base.  Origin  un- 
known.—P.  Coulteri,  Wats.  Allied  to  P.  Mexicanus,  but  calyx 
and  Ivs.  densely  covered  with  grayish  pubescence.  N.  Mex. 
G.F.  1:233.— P.  floribundus,  Schrad.  Similar  to  P.  coronarius: 
Ivs.  more  pubescent  beneath,  fls.  larger  and  less  fragrant. 
Probably  hybrid  of  P.  pubescens  and  P.  inodorus.— P.  Godo- 
hbkeri,  Kirchn.=P.  hirsutus  ;  but  also  P.  laxus  is  someti=i3S 
cult,  under  this  name.— P.  Kochidnus,  Koehne,  is  a  form  of 
P.  Zeyheri,  with  the  style  exceeding  the  stamens.— P.  Mexi- 
canus, Schrad.  Half -evergreen  shrub  with  spreading  branches, 
allied  to  P.  hirsutus:  Ivs.  sparingly  pubescent:  fls.  2  in.  across, 
fragrant;  stigmas  not  connate.  Mex.  to  Guatemala.  B.R.  28:37. 
R.H.  1852:381.  G.C.  II.  19:753.  B.M.  7600.  Not  hardy  north. 
—P.  Nepalensis,  Koehne.  Allied  to  P.  Pekinensis:  Ivs.  broader, 
pubescent  in  the  axils  of  the  veins  beneath;  petioles  not  pur- 
plish. Himalayas. — P.  Schrenkii,  Rupr.  Allied  to  P.  coronarius. 
Upright.:  Ivs.  large  and  thin:  fls.  scentless,  smaller;  style 
appressed  pubescent  at  the  base;  petals  narrow.  Manchuria. 
— P.  tennifblius,  Rupr.  Allied  to  P.  coronarius:  with  slender 
spreading  branches :  Ivs.  almost  glabrous,  thin :  fls.  small, 
•  scentless  ;  petals  narrow.  Manchuria,  Amurland.— P.  tomen- 
tdsus,  Wall.  Allied  to  P.  coronarius :  Ivs.  pubescent  on  both 
sides,  tomentose  when  young.  Himalayas.—  P.  umbelldtus, 
Koehne.  Probably  hybrid  of  P.  inodorus  and  P.  coronarius, 
or  an  allied  species:  fls.  in  broad  2-15-fld.  panicles,  compound 


of  long  -  peduncled  cymes.  Origin  tinknown.—  P.  verrucbsus, 
Schrad.  (P.  pubescens,  Koch,  not  Loisel.).  Allied  to  P.  pu- 
bescens, bxit  bark  brown:  Fls.  smaller.  Origin  unknown. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 
PHILAGERIA.     Consult  Lapageria  and  Philesia. 

PHILESIA  (Greek,  lovely).  Liliacece.  A  member  of 
the  lily  family  with  the  general  appearance  of  some 
common  northern  shrub  is  certainly  an  extraordinary 
thing.  Philesia  is  such  a  shrub,  growing  3-4  ft.  high, 
near  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  and  bearing  showy  pen- 
dulous, red,  Lapageria-like  fls.  about  2  in.  long.  It  is 
far  removed  from  the  ordinary  lily  types  with  6  similar 
perianth-segments,  for  it  has  a  distinct  calyx  of  3  sepals 
and  3  petals.  It  is  closely  allied  to  Lapageria,  but  differs 
in  habit,  in  the  calycine  character  of  the  outer  perianth 
and  the  monadelphous  stamens.  This  plant  is  very  rare 
in  cultivation.  It  is  said  to  live  outdoors  in  the  most 
favored  localities  of  England  and  Ireland. 

Magellanica,  J.  F.  Gmel.  (P.  buxifblia,  Lam.).  Much 
branched:  Ivs.  alternate,  linear-oblong,  1-1%  in.  long, 
leathery,  evergreen,  feather-veined,  glabrous,  glaucous 
beneath;  margins  reflexed;  petiole  jointed  at  the  junc- 
tion of  the  blade:  fls.  solitary,  bright  rosy  red;  petals 
wavy;  filaments  united  into  a  tube  below  the  middle, 
then  free:  ovary  1-celled,  with  3  short  parietal  placentae 
which  bear  several  ovules :  fr.  a  berry.  B.M.  4738.  F 
1854:65.  G.C.  II.  18:105.  w>  M.  ' 

Philesia  is  too  slow-growing  ever  to  become  very 
popular.  The  undersigned  cultivated  this  plant  more 
than  20  years  ago,  but  has  not  seen  a  specimen  of  it  for 
many  years,  and  does  not  know  where  to  find  one  at  the 
present  time.  It  is  a  short-jointed,  hard- wooded  shrub, 
with  rather  leathery,  box-like  leaves,  and  will  grow  to 
about  4  feet  in  height  in  time.  It  is  an  Andean  species 
closely  related  to  Lapageria,  which  fact  will  account  for 
that  bigeneric  hybrid  known  as  Philageria  Veitchii. 
Philesia  is  said  to  be  found  from  Chile  down  nearly  to 
the  Straits  of  Magellan,  and  should,  therefore,  be  nearly 
or  quite  hardy.  In  the  writer's  experience  with  it  this 
plant  was  grown  in  a  Camellia  house,  in  which  a  night 
temperature  of  45°  was  maintained,  the  plants  being 
firmly  potted  in  a  light,  peaty  soil.  It  flowered  but 
sparingly  in  the  latter  part  of  the  summer.  The  flowers 
were  borne  only  singly  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves.  Cut- 
tings may  be  rooted  when  taken  from  ripened  growth, 
but  require  careful  management  in  a  cool  temperature, 
and  are  usually  several  months  in  rooting.  If  one  tries 
to  grow  Philesia  in  too  high  a  temperature  the  general 
result  is  a  good  crop  of  thrips  and  a  case  of  general 
debility,  much  as  with  Pernettya  tnucronata  xinder  sim- 
ilar conditions.  The  writer  does  not  consider  Philesia 
extraordinarily  hard  to  manage,  provided  it  is  kept  cool 
and  in  a  dewy  atmosphere,  but  it  will  positively  rebel 
against  forcing.  w  H  TAPLIN. 

PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS,  HORTICULTUBAL  CAPA- 
BILITIES OF.  Fig.  1750.  The  Philippine  Archipelago 
occupies  about  700  miles  of  longitude  and  1,000  miles  of 
latitude  (from  4.40°  to  20°  north  lat.,  and  from  116.40° 
to  126.30°  east  long.),  just  across  the  China  Sea  from 
the  mainland  of  Asia.  The  equatorial  current  passes 
its  southern  border,  the  Kuroshiwo  originates  near  the 
northern  limit,  the  eastern  portion  is  influenced  by  the 
Pacific  drift,  and  over  the  whole  the  summer  monsoon 
bears  its  rain-laden  clouds.  Of  the  1,200  or  1,300  islands 
constituting  the  group,  many  are  scarcely  more  than 
mountain  peaks  thrust  above  the  sea,  and  less  than  30 
have  an  area  worthy  of  special  consideration.  In  gen- 
eral the  mountains  bear  in  a  northerly  direction  and 
rise  to  such  height  as  to  materially  influence  the  rain- 
fall. The  mountains  are  not,  in  the  main,  abrupt  and 
forbidding,  but  the  elevations  are  gradual  and  deeply 
indented  with  valleys,  affording  innumerable  fertile 
plats  along  the  slopes.  The  area  of  the  islands  is  given 
as  114,356  square  miles,  of  which  a  large  percentage  is 
arable.  Luzon  has  about  36  per  cent  of  the  total  area 
and  Mindanao  29  per  cent.  The  temperature  is  not 
extreme  and  is  remarkably  uniform  on  the  islands  of 
the  archipelago.  The  observatory  at  Manila  reports 
that  the  average  temperature  of  December— the  coldest 
month— for  the  17  years  prior  to  and  including  1896  was 


1300 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


77°,  and  for  May— the  warmest  month— 82.9°,  while  the 
mean  temperature  during  that  period  was  80.42°.  The 
rainfall  averages  for  February  .46  in.  For  the  5  dry 
months,  Dec.,  Jan.,  Feb.,  Mar.  and  Apr.,  the  total 
average  is  5.47  in.,  and  for  the  6  wet  months,  June, 
July,  Aug.,  Sept.,  Oct.,  and  Nov.,  the  total  average  is 
65.65  in.  Observations  show  that  the  islands  differ 


1750.  Philippine  Islands,  to  show  the  general  form  of  the  archipelago. 


from  one  another  but  slightly  in  temperature,  while 
there  is  considerable  variation  on  the  same  island  due 
to  altitudes.  Portions  of  Luzon  are  cool  the  entire  year. 
Upon  the  basis  usually  allowed  in  tropical  countries  for 
decrease  in  temperature  due  to  elevation,  an  elevation 
of  5,000  ft.  would  give  an  annual  mean  of  60.42°.  There 
are  tablelands  where  the  mean  would  not  be  over  70°  F. 
Different  portions  of  the  same  island  show  also  wide 
divergence  in  rainfall  owing  to  mountain  ranges. 

The  soils  are  quite  varied,  including  not  only  all  the 
grades  from  sandy  to  stiff  clay,  but  limestone,  slaty, 
volcanic,  alluvial,  etc. 

While  the  Philippines  are  adapted  by  climate  and  soil 
to  the  production  of  almost  everything  that  can  be 
grown  in  the  tropics,  the  Spaniards,  pursuing  their 
usual  policy,  limited  their  production  to  very  narrow 
lines.  North  Luzon,  including  the  extensive  valley  of 
the  Rio  Grande  de  Cagayan  and  its  affluents,  was 
chiefly  devoted  to  tobacco;  the  low,  flat,  clay  loam  lands 
east  and  north  of  Manila,  including  most  of  the  prov- 
inces of  Manila  and  Bulacan  and  a  portion  of  Pampanga, 
is  farmed  in  rice.  To  the  south  of  Manila  the  provinces 
of  Batangas,  Cavit6  and  Laguna  produce  considerable 
coffee;  while  the  long,  irregular  promontory  forming 


the  southeast  of  Luzon,  with  its  moist,  volcanic  soils,  is 
the  hemp  region.  Some  of  the  smaller  islands  south  of 
Luzon,  particularly  Masbate  and  Ticao,  produce  hemp 
principally.  Large  quantities  of  sugar  are  produced  in 
Luzon,  chiefly  on  the  sandy  loam  and  alluvial  lands  in 
the  provinces  of  Pampanga,  Cavite  and  Laguna,  though 
sugar  estates  may  be  found  in  nearly  all  portions  of 
this  island.  Sugar  is  the  principal  product 
of  Panay,  Negros  and  Cebu.  The  following 
report  of  the  principal  exports  of  the  Philip 
pines  for  1897  gives  a  condensed  statement 
of  the  present  agricultural  situation : 

.     Manila  hemp  $8,571,850 

Sugar 6,911,535 

Coffee 45,648 

Tobacco  and  cigars 2,128,380 

Cocoanuts  and  copra 2,687,978 

Sapan  wood 23,323 

Indigo  50,825 

Liquid  indigo 21,554 

Ylang  Ylang  oil 24,937 

Candlenut  oil 15,755 

Candlenuts 19,464 

Copal 22,562 

Fruits 8, 393 

Aloe  fiber 13,687 

Sesame 2,592 

Betel-nuts 382 

The  principal  cereals  that  can  be  pro- 
duced are  rice,  corn,  barley  and  tropical 
wheat.  The  general  plan  for  producing 
rice  is  very  crude.  The  rice  is  planted  in 
a  seed-bed,  properly  prepared,  the  last  of 
April.  The  fore  part  of  June,  after  the 
rainy  season  has  saturated  the  soil,  the  na- 
tive takes  his  water  buffalo  and  plows 
a  small  field,  previously  surrounded  by  a 
levee.  The  water  and  soil  make  a  thin 
mud;  into  this  he  sets  the  rice  plants  from 
a  seed-bed,  or  he  occasionally  sows  his  rice 
broadcast.  The  heavy  succeeding  rains 
flood  the  field  and  perfect  the  crop,  which 
usually  matures  and  is  harvested  in  Decem- 
ber. At  harvest  the  rice  is  hand-cut  with 
an  implement  similar  to  a  corn  hook,  but 
lighter.  The  rice  is  bound  in  small  bun- 
dles, and  when  partially  dry  is  laid  upon 
the  levees  in  rick's  with  the  heads  hanging 
over  the  bank.  When  cured  the  grain  is  re- 
moved with  the  hatchel  or  by  tramping. 

There  are  large  areas  adapted  to  the  pro- 
duction of  maize,  but  the  Indian  rarely 
gives  much  attention  to  cultivation;  hence 
the  results  are  small,  except  upon  new 
lands.  With  more  knowledge  of  the  maize 
plant  and  with  more  industry  it  should  be 
a  profitable  crop.  Barley  and  glutinous 
wheat  are  winter  crops,  suited  to  the  cli- 
mate and  well  adapted  to  supplement  the 
food  supply.  Limited  quantities  of  beans 
are  produced.  It  is  not  probable  that  any  of  the  cereals 
will  be  raised  in  surplus  quantities,  sufficient  for  export. 
Fiber  material,  sugar,  tobacco,  fruits  and  nuts  will  con- 
tinue to  be  the  leading  exports,  with  a  rapid  increase 
of  the  last  two,  under  American  control. 

The  Philippines  are  more  celebrated  for  their  fiber 
than  for  any  other  product.  The  best  known  is  Manila 
hemp  (Musa  textilis),  though  there  is  some  export  of 
Aloe  fiber  (maguey)  and  pineapple  cloth  (pina).  Manila 
hemp  grows  luxuriantly  on  the  rich  volcanic  soils  of 
the  soxithern  Luzon  peninsula.  It  belongs  to  the  same 
family  with  the  banana,  and  its  growth  is  similar.  The 
trunk  is  8-10  in.  in  diam.  and  is  formed  entirely  of  con- 
centric leaf -stems  or  petioles.  It  is  8-10  ft.  high  at 
maturity.  It  is  renewed  by  offshoots  that  spring  from 
the  base  of  the  old  plant,  which  are  also  used  to  set  new 
fields.  One  setting  of  a  plantation  is  good  for  ten 
years.  As  soon  as  the  trunk  is  mature  it  is  cut  and 
each  of  the  thick,  fleshy  leaf-sheaths  of  which  it  is 
composed  is  removed.  The  leaf-stem  is  then  placed  on 
a  bench;  a  bar  of  wood  with  teeth  on  the  under  side  is 
firmly  pressed  upon  it  while  two  men  pull  the  stem, 
scraping  the  pulpy  material  from  the  fiber.  The  fiber  is 
then  hung  up  to  dry.  Four  men  will  clean  150  pounds 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


1301 


oi  fiber,  worth  $12,  per  day.     They  receive  one-half  for 
cleaning. 

Vegetables.  —  The  great  variety  of  vegetables  that  can 
be  grown  in  the  Philippines  and  the  constant  supply 
that  might  be  had  from  a  well-tended  garden,  indicate 
the  source  from  which  the  people  should  obtain  their 
principal  food.  As  far  as  can  be  observed,  gardening 
is  not  especially  in  the  line  of  the  Filipino.  The 
Japanese  accomplish  marvels  in  gardening  by  the  use 
of  human  excreta,  both  solid  and  liquid;  the  Filipino 
has,  in  addition,  the  excreta  of  the  water  buffalo,  but  he 
rarely  has  what  can  be  properly  called  a  garden.  He 
may  have  small  patches  of  beans,  sweet  potatoes  and 
taro,  but  nothing  approaching  a  garden,  except  culti- 
vated for  the  city  market.  The  traveler  in  the  Philip- 
pines is  impressed  with  the  high  culture  of  the  people 
along  some  lines  and  their  total  lack  in  others.  Gar- 
dening is  one  of  their  deficiencies,  and  it  is  the  more 
surprising  from  their  proximity  to  China  and  Japan. 
The  following  well-known  vegetables  are  produced  in 
the  islands: 

Beans  of  many  varieties,  beets,  carob  bean,  celery, 
cabbage,  cassava,  carrot,  cucumber,  eggplant,  garlic, 
gourd,  lettuce,  lentil,  muskmelon,  onion,  okra,  pump- 
kin, pea,  pepper  of  all  kinds,  peanut,  potato,  radish, 
sesame  weed,  sweet  potato,  turnip,  taro,  tannier, 
tomato,  watermelon,  yam. 

Fruits.— The  banana,  fruit  of  Musa  sapientum  (Figs 
187,  188),  is  abundant  in  all  portions  of  the  islands. 
Except  on  the  coffee  plantations  it 
is  mainly  produced  close  to  the  na- 
tive huts,  where  it  supplies  shade 
and  furnishes  food.  The  principal 
variety  sold  in  the  local  markets  is 
the  Guinea.  The  fruit  of  this  va- 
riety is  4-5  in.  long,  peeling  thin, 
flesh  rich,  yellow  and  firm,  mainly 
eaten  fresh.  The  plantain  (Musa 


tains  bordering  the  western  coast  of  Luzon.  In  flavor 
it  is  similar  to  the  Java  and  is  highly  prized  in  the 
markets  to  which  it  has  been  shipped.  There  is  a 
variety  of  coffee  produced  in  Mindanao  called  Zam- 
boanga.  It  has  a  larger  berry  than  the  Manila  and  is 
not  so  highly  prized.  Its  principal  market  is  Singapore. 
Coffee-growing  requires  high-class  agriculture,  and  for 
this  reason  it  has  never  flourished  in  the  Philippines 
as  the  climate  and  the  conditions  warrant.  Several 
things  should  be  carefully  observed  in  coffee-farming: 
the  young  plant  should  be  root-pruned  and  transplanted 
once  or  twice  before  final  setting  in  the  orchard;  holes 
2%  ft.  square  and  2  ft.  deep  should  be  dug  and  filled 
with  soil,  for  each  plant  in  the  permanent  orchard— 
holes  8  ft.  apart;  coffee  trees  should  be  pruned  an- 
nually; the  shade  trees  or  plants  should  not  be  such  as 
will  draw  heavily  upon  the  soil  and  should  not  be  so 
dense  as  to  give  more  than  a  partial  shade.  The  best 
and  the  poorest  coffee  are  the  product  of  the  same  tree, 
hence  the  necessity  of  great  care  in  production  and 
grading.  With 
a  full  develop- 
ment of  the  cof- 
fee industry  the 
Phili  pp  ines 
probably  could 
supply  the  en- 
tire annual  im- 
ports  of  the 


1752.  A  typical  laborer's  hut  in  Manila. 
Also  made  of  Nipa  Palm,— a  casa  de  nipa. 


1751.    Typical  house  near  Manila. 
Roof  made  of  the  Nipa  Palm. 


paradisiaca) 
may  be  treated 
in  the  same  con- 
nection. It  is 
larger  and  a 
more  vigorous 
producer  than 
the  banana  and 
is  usually  eaten 

cooked.  With  rice  it  constitutes  the  principal  food 
of  the  Filipino.  First  it  is  produced  with  little  labor, 
an  important  consideration  in  tropical  countries;  sec- 
ond, it  adds  an  agreeable  flavor  to  the  rice;  third,  it 
ripens  almost  continuously  throughout  the  year;  fourth, 
it  produces  more  food  per  acre  than  any  other  fruit  or 
any  cereal.  Cases  are  reported  in  which  40,000  Ibs.  of  the 
edible  portions  of  the  plantain  have  been  produced  per 
acre.  This  would  give  nutritive  material  per  acre  as 
follows:  protein,  520  Ibs. ;  fat,  240  Ibs.;  carbohydrates, 
8,400  Ibs.  Fifteen  hundred  Ibs.  of  cleaned  rice  per  acre 
(larger  than  any  Philippine  crop)  would  furnish  pro- 
tein 120  Ibs.,  fat  45  Ibs.,  carbohydrates  1,182  Ibs.  The 
plantain  is  dried  and  ground  or  pounded  into  flour  for 
food.  To  transport  bananas  and  plantains  to  the  United 
States  would  require  steamers  with  some  refrigeration, 
or  the  fruit  would  be  too  ripe  on  arrival. 

The  coffee  plant,  Coffea  Arabica  (Fig.  514),  grows 
luxuriantly  in  the  sheltered  ravines  of  the  mountains  of 
the  entire  group;  but  the  principal  portion  for  export  is 
grown  in  Cavite,  Batangas,  Laguna  and  in  the  moun- 


1753.  A  hay  (rice  grass)  carrier  in 
Manila. 

United  States  (831,827,063  Ibs.  in 
1899)  to  the  mutual  profit  of  both 
countries. 

Oranges,  lemons  and  limes  are 
produced  abundantly.  They  are, 
however,  of  an  inferior  quality,  due 
to  variety  and  lack  of  cultivation  and 
of  pruning.  The  orange  trees  are 
exceedingly  healthy  and  vigorous. 

In  the  hands  of  the  Filipino  the  orange  is  practically  a 
product  of  nature.  No  effort  has  been  made  to  improve 
the  fruit  by  the  general  introduction  of  better  varieties, 
nor  to  improve  the  quality  by  selection,  cultivation, 
fertilization  and  pruning.  There  is  scarcely  any  limit 
to  the  supply  of  this  luscious  fruit  that  could  be  produced 
annually  if  science  and  industry  should  be  directed  to 
planting  it  upon  the  elevated  tablelands  of  these  islands. 
The  soil  on  large  areas  is  well  adapted  to  the  citrous 
fruits.  The  abundant  rainfall  during  the  fruit-growing 
season  and  the  dry  weather  during  the  period  of  ripen- 
ing, are  conditions  that  will  not  be  overlooked  by  the 
intelligent  horticulturist  in  the  future.  What  has 
been  said  of  oranges  is  equally  applicable  to  lemons, 
limes  and  grape  fruit. 

The  shaddock,  Citrus  Decumana,  of  which  grape 
fruit  or  pomelo  is  the  best  variety,  is  a  native  of  the 
Malayan  and  Polynesian  islands  and  is  at  home  in  the 
Philippines.  This  fruit  sometimes  attains  great  size 
(15  Ibs.),  but  is  too  coarse  for  commerce.  The  demand 
for  the  large,  juicy,  subacid  pomelo  has  always  been 
much  in  excess  of  the  supply,  and  this,  if  it  could  be 
obtained  abundantly,  would  rank  in  consumption  with 
oranges  and  lemons.  See  Citrus  and  Pomelo. 

Pineapple,  the  collective  fruit  of  Ananas  sativus  (Fig. 
83),  finds  a  congenial  habitat  on  the  sandy  coast  lands 
and  in  the  warm,  rich  valleys  of  these  islands.  Under 
these  conditions  the  plant  with  care  attains  large  size 
and  the  rich,  saccharine  juice  develops  its  highest 
flavor.  The  pineapple  is  propagated  by  setting  the 


1302 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


suckers,  which  spring  from  the  base,  in  rows  4  ft. 
apart  and  2  ft.  in  the  row.  This  requires  about  5,000 
plants  per  acre.  It  bears  fruit  in  18  to  20  months.  Care- 
fully cultivated  the  fruit  should  weigh,  on  an  average, 
6-8  Ibs.  Occasionally  specimens  are  found  weighing 
16  Ibs.  There  are  many  cultivated  varieties  and  they 
vary  much  in  size  and  quality.  With  encouragement  it 
would  soon  become  an  important  branch  of  commerce. 
Up  to  this  time  they  have  been  grown  simply  for  home 
consumption  and  for  the  exquisite  fiber,  sometimes 
called  "pineapple  silk,"  obtained  from  the  leaves. 

Guava,  fruit  of  Psidium  Guava,  has  been  acclimatized 
and  finds  genial  conditions.  The  beauty  of  the  tree, 
the  fragrance  of  the  flowers  and  the  utility  of  the  little, 
subacid,  juicy  fruit,  make  it  a  favorite  garden  tree 
wherever  it  can  be  grown.  Its  excellence  for  jelly  is 
known,  but  it  has  not  yet  attained  commercial  import- 
ance in  the  Philippines.  See  Guava  and  Psidium. 

Chocolate  bean,  fruit  of  Theobroma  Cacao,  is  a  small 
tropical  evergreen,  bearing  an  elongated,  egg-shaped 
fruit  5-10  in.  long,  containing  numerous  seeds  the  size 
of  a  chestnut,  imbedded  in  a  sweet  pulp.  These  seeds 
are  known  in  commerce  as  chocolate  beans,  and  both  in 
the  green  and  dry  state  are  used  by  the  natives  as  food. 
They  contain  about  50  per  cent  of  oil  and  have  an  agree- 
able flavor.  For  manufacture,  the  seeds,  after  the  re- 
moval of  the  husk,  are  roasted,  then  ground  into  an  oily 
paste  which  is  mixed  with  sugar  and  flavored,  forming 
the  chocolate  of  commerce.  As  yet,  the  bean  has  been 
produced  in  a  limited  quantity,  but  the  industry  could  be 
developed  into  a  large  business.  See  Theobroma. 

All  the  spices  are  at  home  in  these  islands.  Allspice, 
fruit  of  the  Pimenta  officinalis  (Figs.  1804-5),  a  beau- 
tiful evergreen,  attaining  a  height  of  30  ft.;  nutmeg, 
fruit  of  the  Myristica  fragrans  (Figs.  1452,  1453),  a 


1754.  Ylang  ylang,  yielding  a  famous  oil  (X  %). 

bushy  evergreen  40-50  ft.  high ;  and  ginger,  the  rhizome 
of  Zingiber  officinale  (which  see),  a  perennial  plant, 
reed-like,  with  annual  stem  3-4  ft.  high,  have  been  tested 
and  are  or  can  be  produced  in  the  islands.  Cinnamon, 
inner  bark  of  Cinnamomum  Zeylanicum ;  cloves,  the 
fruit  of  Eugenia  caryophyllata  (Fig.  500),  a  beautiful 
evergreen  15-30  ft.  high;  and  pepper,  the  fruit  of  Piper 
nigrum,  a  short  shrub,  find  a  natural  habitat  in  Min- 
danao and  the  Sulu  group.  Spices  to  the  amount  of 
$2,782,301  were  imported  into  the  United  States  in  1899, 
all  of  which  could  be  supplied  by  the  Philippines  under 
a  proper  development  of  this  industry. 


Vanilla,  Vanilla  planifolia  (which  see),  is  a  climber. 
It  has  a  long,  fleshy  pod  with  numerous  seeds,  from 
which  are  obtained  by  fermentation  the  vanilla  of  com- 
merce. It  commences  to  bear  at  3  years  old  and  con- 
tinues for  30  years  or  more.  In  1899,  the  value  of 
$1,235,412  was  imported  into  the  United  States.  This 
plant  can  be  grown  luxuriantly  on  all  the  Visaya  and 
Sulu  islands. 

Cocoanut  palm,  Cocos  nucifera  (Figs.  506,  507,  1497), 
is  an  almost  universal  coast  product  of  these  islands. 
Its  certain  germination,  vigorous  growth,  number  of 
months  in  fruitage,  and  long  life  without  cultivation, 
give  it  value  in  the  estimation  of  the  natives.  The  tree 
in  full  bearing  produces  about  150  nuts  annually  and 
continues  in  fruit  nearly  the  entire  year.  The  fiber  of 
the  thick  husk  enveloping  the  nut  is  manufactured  into 
cordage,  matting,  brushes,  bags,  etc.;  the  shell  of  the 
nut  is  made  into  drinking  cups ;  the  kernel  or  meat  of 
the  nut  is  manufactured  into  sweetmeats  or  becomes 
the  copra  of  commerce;  the  pint  or  quart  of  sweetish 
liquid  in  the  center  of  the  nut  is  used  for  drink,  fresh 
or  fermented.  For  copra,  the  ripe  nuts,  after  gathering 
and  removing  the  husk,  are  allowed  to  remain  in  the 
sun  till  the  milk  is  dissipated  and  the  kernel  shrinks 
from  the  shell.  The  shell  is  then  broken  and  the  meat, 
further  dried,  becomes  the  copra  of  commerce.  This  is 
largely  transported  as  ballast  to  Europe,  where  the  oil 
is  expressed.  In  1897  the  export  of  copra  from  the 
Philippines  amounted  to  113,178,240  Ibs.,  and  this  amount 
could  be  increased  indefinitely  to  meet  the  demands  of 
trade  without  trenching  upon  other  products. 

Ylang  ylang,  Cananga  odorata  (Fig.  1754),  a  native  of 
the  Philippines,  is  a  tall  tree  with  large,  generally  droop- 
ing, yellow  flowers,  from  which  is  obtained  the  oil  of 
commerce.  The  average  annual  export  from  1886  to  1890 
was  $21,937,  used  by  perfumers. 

Candlenut  or  candleberry— the  fruit  of  Aleurites  tri- 
loba,  &  tree  30-40  ft.  high,  — is  exported  in  considerable 
quantities,  averaging  about  16,000  Ibs.  annually.  The 
berry,  when  dry,  burns— hence  called  candlenut.  The  oil 
has  the  property  of  drying  rapidly,  and  is  used  by  artists. 

Betel-nut,  the  fruit  of  the  Areca  palm,  Areca  Catechu, 
is  about  as  large  as  a  hen's  egg.  When  the  tough, 
fibrous  shell  is  removed,  a  nut  about  %  in.  in  diameter, 
having  an  albuminous  rind,  remains.  This  is  chewed  to 
aid  digestion  and  sweeten  the  breath.  It  is  supposed  to 
strengthen  the  gums.  Previous  to  chewing,  it  is  boiled 
and  wrapped  in  a  betel-leaf  with  a  small  quantity  of 
lime.  The  annual  export  has  not  averaged  more  than 
300-400  Ibs.,  mainly  to  India. 

Many  fruits,  valuable  only  for  home  consumption,  are 
produced  in  the  Philippines.  The  best  known  of  these 
are  bread-fruit,  custard  apple,  mango,  mangosteen  and 
mulberry. 

Bread-fruit,  fruit  of  Artocarpus  incisa,  is  found  in 
all  of  the  principal  islands.  It  is  about  6  in.  in  diameter. 
When  nearly  ripe  it  is  gathered  and  baked.  The  crust 
is  then  removed  and  the  farinaceous  pulp  is  eaten  alone 
or  with  cocoanut  milk.  If  mashed,  packed  in  a  bundle 
and  covered  with  earth,  it  undergoes  a  slight  fermenta- 
tion at  first,  which  soon  ceases,  and  it  will  then  keep  for 
some  time.  In  some  islands  it  is  one  of  the  principal 
foods. 

Custard  apple,  fruit  of  Anona  reticulata,  a  large,  dark 
brown  fruit  with  a  soft,  creamy  pulp  like  custard,  must 
be  eaten  soon  after  it  ripens.  This  variety  was  intro- 
duced by  the  Spaniards. 

The  mango,  fruit  of  Mangifera  Indica  (Figs.  1360, 
1361) ,  a  large,  spreading  ornamental  tree,  is  about  3  in. 
long  and  generally  obovate,  flattened  on  one  side— light 
yellow  when  ripe.  The  flesh  is  subacid,  rich  and  juicy, 
somewhat  fibrous,  attached  to  a  large  stone  in  the  cen- 
ter. There  is  a  slight  turpentine  flavor,  not  observed 
after  a  taste  for  the  fruit  has  been  acquired.  The  tree 
is  a  constant  and  prolific  bearer,  which,  with  its  value 
and  beauty  as  a  shade,  makes  it  a  desirable  home  tree, 
especially  with  the  better  class  of  people.  It  is  abun- 
dant in  uncultivated  places.  The  fruit  is  picked  when 
partially  ripe  and  made  into  sweet  pickles  or  is  pre- 
served, but  it  is  principally  eaten  in  the  natural  state. 

The  mangosteen,  fruit  of  Garcinia  Mangostana  (Fig. 
893),  is  esteemed  the  most  delicious  of  the  oriental 
fruits.  It  is  about  the  size  and  shape  of  the  apple,  with 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


1303 


a  rind  like  a  pomegranate.  The  interior  is  divided  by 
thin  partitions  into  cells,  which  contain  the  seeds  sur- 
rounded by  a  white  or  red  juicy  pulp  of  a  most  delicious 
flavor,  combining  the  finer  qualities  of  the  strawberry 
and  the  grape.  Unfortunately  this  fruit  is  too  delicate 
for  transportation.  In  addition  to  its  use  as  a  hand 
fruit  the  pulp  is  preserved  or  fermented. 

The  mulberry,  both  white  and  black,  is  grown  in 
Luzon,  but  it  has  not  attracted  the  attention  which  its 
valuable  wood  and  abundant  fruitage  warrant. 

Tamarind,  known  as  Manila  tamarind  (fruit  of  Pithe- 
colobium  dulce),  was  introduced  from  Mexico.  The 


Additional  Notes  on  the  Products  of  the  Philippines.— 
The  land  in  the  Philippines  is  seldom  given  good  atten- 
tion. Crops  are  planted  in  the  easiest  possible  way  and 
allowed  to  grow  about  as  they  will.  Plows  of  a  modern 
make  were  two  years  ago  unknown  there.  The  natives 
utilize  a  crooked  limb  or  a  rudely  made  wooden  contriv- 
ance to  scratch  the  ground.  Probably  the  production  of 
sugar  will  be  the  first  to  increase  under  American  con- 
trol. There  are  only  a  few  haciendas  or  plantations 
with  anything  like  modern  sugar-making  machinery. 
Fully  30  per  cent,  it  is  estimated,  is  lost  in  the  crude 
processes  generally  employed.  There  is  no  sugar  re- 
finery in  the  islands.  The  establishment  of  one  would 
greatly  stimulate  production.  The  island  of  Negros  is 
ideal  for  sugar  production. 

Hemp  is  the  most  developed  industry  in  the  Philip- 
pines. The  cocoanut  industry  is  fairly  well  developed. 
We  may  also  look  for  remarkable  growth  of  the  cultiva- 
tion of  the  plant  from  which  rubber  is  made.  Mindanao 
and  the  southern  islands  are  especially  fitted  for  it,  so 
experts  say. 

Our  own  grasses  are  seldom  seen  in  the  Philippines. 
Hay  is  never  used.  Rice  grass  is  substituted,  being 


1755.  Fruit  of  the  Durian.  exterior  view  and  cross-section.    Reduced  one-half  from  a  plate  of  « a  middle-sliced  "  specimen. 


sweetish  subacid  pulp,  inclosing  its  seed,  is  boiled  and 
eaten,  is  made  into  a  cooling  drink  or  is  preserved  in 
sugar.  The  tree  is  valuable  for  shade  and  for  timber, 
and  is  noted  for  the  fragrance  of  its  flowers. 

The  sapodilla  plum,  fruit  of  the  Achras  Sapota  (see 
Sapodillo),  a  small,  somewhat  acid  fruit,  becoming  very 
sweet  when  overripe,  is  cultivated  to  some  extent. 

The  Mammee  apple  or  South  American  apricot,  fruit 
of  Mammea  Americana  (Fig.  1354),  is  produced  in  a 
limited  way.  The  fruit  is  yellow,  5-6  in.  in  diam.,  rind 
and  pulp  near  the  seeds  bitter,  intermediate  portion 
sweet,  aromatic  and  agreeable. 

Grapes  can  be  grown  successfully  in  some  of  the  drier 
parts  of  the  islands,  and  there  is  no  doubt  of  the  success 
of  the  strawberry  and  the  blackberry  in  some  localities. 
Importation  of  tropical  fruits  into  the  United  States 
in  1899,  much  of  which  could  soon  be  supplied  by  the 
Philippines  with  proper  encouragement : 

Coffee $55,475,470.00 

Cocoanuts,  copra  and  figs 5,985,905.00 

Bananas 5,665,588.00 

Lemons 4,398,004.00 

Oranges 1,097,596.00 

Spices 2.782.301.00 

$75,204,864.00 
S.  A.  KNAPP. 


harvested  in  bunches,  the  sod  and  soil  attached.  It  is 
freshened  with  water  before  fed  to  horses  and  cattle. 
Spanish  books  say  that  cotton  is  grown  to  considerable 
extent  in  Ilocos  provinces  of  northern  Luzon.  Straw- 
berries can  be  found  in  the  higher  altitudes  of  Benguet 
province.  It  is  said  that  all  efforts  to  cultivate  the 
rose  in  the  Philippines  have  failed.  More  than  thirty 
varieties  of  bananas  are  grown  in  the  Philippines,  some 
of  which  are  superior  to  any  in  our  own  markets. 

FRANK  E.  GANNETT. 

Circular  No.  17  of  the  Div.  of  Bot.,  U.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agric.,  contains  8  pp.  of  notes  on  the  plant  products  of 
the  Philippine  Islands. 

A  most  remarkable  fruit  of  the  Philippines  and  other 
parts  of  Malaya  is  the  durian,  shown  half  size  in  Fig. 
1755  (reduced  from  plates  in  vol.  7  of  the  Trans,  of  the 
Linn.  Soc.,  illustrating  Charles  Konig's  account  of  the 
fruit).  It  is  the  Durio  zibethinus  of  botanists,  one  of 
the  Malvaceae.  The  reader  may  find  an  entertaining 
account  of  this  fruit  in  Alfred  Russel  Wallace's  "Malay 
Archipelago,"  chapter  5.  It  grows  on  a  "lofty  forest 
tree,  somewhat  resembling  an  elm.  *  *  *  The  fruit 
is  round  or  slightly  oval,  about  the  size  of  a  large 
cocoanut,  of  a  green  color,  and  covered  all  over  with 
short  stout  spines,  the  bases  of  which  touch  each  other, 


1304 


PHILIPPINE    ISLANDS 


PHILODENDRON 


and  are  consequently  hexagonal,  while  the  points  are 
very  strong  and  sharp."  It  has  five  compartments  or 
cells  filled  with  cream-colored  pulp  in  which  are  imbed- 
ded two  or  three  seeds  the  size  of  chestnuts.  The  liking 
for  the  durian  is  an  acquired  taste.  "To  eat  durians," 
writes  Wallace,  "is  a  new  sensation,  worth  a  voyage  to 
the  East  to  experience." 

PHILLYBfiA  (its  ancient  Greek  name).  Oleacece. 
Ornamental  evergreen  shrubs,  with  opposite  short- 
petioled,  entire  or  serrate  Ivs.,  small  white,  usually  fra- 
grant fls.  in  axillary  clusters  and  small  berry-like, 
dark-colored  fruit.  Most  species  are  hardy  only  South, 
but  P.  decora,  the  handsomest  of  all  the  species,  is 
probably  hardy  in  sheltered  positions  as  far  north  as 
New  York.  The  Phillyreas  may  be  used  in  the  southern 
states  and  Calif,  for  evergreen  shrubberies  in  drier  and 
more  exposed  localities.  They  grow  in  almost  any  soil 
and  prefer  sunny  positions;  P.  decora  alone  seems  to 
grow  better  if  partly  shaded.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  by 
cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  glass  in  summer 
or  by  layers;  they  are  also  sometimes  grafted  on  Li- 
gustrum  ovali folium.  Five  species  in  the  Mediterranean 
region.  Lvs.  entire  or  serrulate,  thick  and  leathery, 
quite  glabrous:  fls,  small,  in  axillary  short  racemes; 
calyx  4-toothed;  corolla  4-lobed,  with  short  tube;  sta- 
mens 2,  with  very  short  filaments;  style  shorter  than 
tube:  ovary  2-celled-  fr  a  1-seeded  black  drupe. 

A.    Lvs.  %-2  in.  long:  fr.  small. 

latifolia,  Linn.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  30  ft.,  with 
spreading,  somewhat  rigid  branches:  Ivs.  ovate  or  oval 
to  ovate-oblong,  rounded  or  slightly  cordate  at  the  base, 
dark  green  and  shining  above,  pale  beneath,  %-l^in. 
long'  fr.  globose,  concave  at  the  apex.  May,  June.  S. 
Eu.,N.  Afr.  There  are  several  varieties.  Var.  Isevis, 
Ait.  Lvs.  ovate,  almost  entire  or  slightly  serrulate. 
Var.  rotundifdlia,  Arb.  Kew.  Lvs.  broadly  ovate  or 
roundish  ovate.  Var.  spindsa,  Ait.  (P.  ilicifolia,  Willd.). 
Lvs.  ovate  or  ovate-oblong,  sharply  serrate. 

media,  Linn.  Spreading  shrub,  to  20  ft. :  young 
branchlets  puberulous:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  entire  or  serrate,  dark  green  and  shining 
above,  %-2  in.  long:  fr.  ovoid,  pointed.  May,  June. 
Mediterranean  region.  — The  most  important  of  the 
many  varieties  are  the  following:  Var.  buxifolia,  Ait., 
with  oblong-ovate,  obtusish  Ivs.  Var.  oleaefdlia,  Ait. 
(P.  olecefblia,  Hort. ).  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  almost 
entire;  branches  erect.  Var.  pendula,  Ait.  Branches 
spreading  and  somewhat  pendulous:  Ivs. lanceolate. 

angustifolia,  Linn.  Spreading  shrub,  to  15  ft.,  with 
glabrous  branchlets:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate  to  linear- 
lanceolate,  dull  green  above,  1-2  in.  long:  fr.  globose 
or  ovoid-globose,  pointed.  May,  June.  Mediterranean 
region.  Var.  rosmarinifdlia,  Ait.,  has  linear-lanceolate 
Ivs.,  sometimes  over  2  in.  long,  and  erect  branches. 
The  3  preceding  species  are  very  closely  related  to  each 
other  and  considered  by  some  botanists  to  be  varieties 
of  only  one  species. 

AA.  Lvs.  8-5  in.  long:  fr.  %in.  long. 
decora,  Boiss.  &  Bal.  (P.  Vilmoriniana ,  Boiss.  & 
Bal.  P.laurifdlia,Hori.  P.  Medwedewi,  Sred.).  Shrub, 
to  10  ft.,  with  spreading  branches:  Ivs.  oblong  to  ob- 
long-lanceolate, acuminate,  usually  entire  or  remotely 
serrulate,  dark  green  and  shining  above,  yellowish- 
green  beneath :  fr.  oblong-ovoid,  purplish  black.  June, 
July.  W.Asia.  B.M.  6800.  G.C.  III.  4:673;  16:369. 
R.H.  1889,  p.  199;  1895,  p.  204,  205.  M.D.G.  1898:349. 
S.H.  2:523.  Gn.  24,  p.  490.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

PHILODlSNDRON  (Greek  compound  for  tree-loving). 
Ardcece.  Shrubby  or  tree-like,  with  short  internodes, 
usually  climbing,  rarely  arboreous:  leaves  from  entire 
to  bipinnatifid.  Differs  from  Schismatoglottis  in  floral 
characters.  The  flowers  are  monoecious,  on  spadices, 
with  no  perianth,  the  sterile  with  2-6  stamens  united 
into  a  sessile  obpyramidal  body,  the  pistillate  fls.  with 
a  2-10-loculed  ovary  and  some  staminodia,  the  ber- 
ries inclosed  in  the  involute  spathe.  The  species  are 
all  tropical  American.  They  are  monographed  by  En- 
gler  in  DC.  Phaner.  Monogr.  2:355  (1879),  and  more  re- 


cently by  the  same   author  in   Botanische   Jahrbucher 
26:509  (1899).     In  the  latter,  167  species  are  accepted. 

Only  a  few  Philodendrons  can  be  grown  to  have  an 
ornamental  appearance  in  a  small  state.  One  which 
goes  under  the  name  of  P.  elegantissimum,  with  finely 
cut  leaves,  makes  a  good  pot  specimen,  although  it  will 
reach  a  good  height  where  suitable  opportunities  are 
afforded.  The  same  may  be  said  of  P.  Selloum,  a  beau- 
tiful species  with  pinnatifid  leaves.  The  arborescent 
kinds  should  have  a  very  porous  rooting  medium  and 
copious  supplies  of  water  while  in  active  growth.  When 
climbing  they  must  have  provision  made  for  the  roots, 
which  are  produced  along  the  stems.  Some  of  the  spe- 
cies do  well  climbing  up  the  stems  of  tall  palms,  such 
as  Arenga  and  Livistona  ;  otherwise  dead  trunks  of 
tree  ferns  make  admirable  rooting  substances  for  the 
roots  to  penetrate  and  cling  to.  Propagation  is  by  divi- 
sion of  the  climbing  stems.  P.  elegantissimum  is  an 
unidentified  trade  name. 

A.    Leaves  bipinnate. 
B.    Terminal  leaf-segment  8-lobed,  the  lobes  unequal. 

Selldum,  C.  Koch  (P.  Stllowi,  Hort.).  Blade  pinnat- 
isect,  the  segments  again  pinnate  or  lobed;  terminal 
segment  3-lobed,  the  cuspidate  middle  lobe  about  equal- 
ing the  obtuse  lateral  ones ;  spathe  slightly  cuspidate, 
its  tube  longer  than  the  ovate  hooded  blade,  green  with- 
out, white  within.  Distinguished  from  P.  bipinnatifi- 
dum  by  the  very  numerous  parallel  translucent  spots, 
which  are  visible  on  both  sides  of  the  leaf  and  are  often 
excurrent  on  the  margin.  Brazil  to  Paraguay. 

BB.    Terminal   leaf-segment   3-5-lobed,  the  middle   lobe 
much  longer  than  the  lateral  ones. 

bipinnatifidum,  Schott.  Blade  pinnatisect,  the  seg- 
ments again  pinnate  or  lobed:  terminal  segment  3-5- 
lobed,  the  middle  lobe  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  much 
longer  than  the  obtuse  lateral  ones;  spathe  oblong- 
ovate,  its  tube  scarcely  distinct  from  its  blade,  purple 
without,  white  within.  S.  Brazil. 

AA.    Leaves  simple. 
B.    Leaf-blade  lanceolate. 

crassin6rvium,  Lindl.  Climbing:  Ivs.  lanceolate-acu- 
minate, the  midnerve  very  thick  and  inflated:  spathe 
obtuse  and  hooded,  apiculate  at  the  tip.  Brazil.  B.R. 
23:1958.  —  P.  ndbile,  Hort.,  is  much  like  this  and  per- 
haps a  form  of  it.  It  is  larger:  Ivs.  obovate-lanceolate: 
tube  of  spathe  rosy  crimson  inside  and  outside,  the 
limb  white  inside  and  spotted  outside. 

BB.  Leaf-blade  sagittate. 

speciosum,  Schott.  Stem  tall,  arborescent;  petioles 
terete  at  the  base,  concavo-convex  above,  twice  as  long 
as  the  midrib;  blade  triangular-oblong-ovate,  bright 
green,  acuminate,  deeply  sagittate,  the  basal  lobes 
rhomboidal,  obtuse,  abruptly  narrowed  on  the  inner 
side  above  the  middle;  spathes  thick,  green  with  pur- 
ple margins  ;  spadix  finger-shaped,  shorter  than  the 
spathe.  Central  Brazil. 

BBB.  Leaf-blade  oblong  to  ovate -cordate. 
c.    Color  of  leaf  milky  white  above,  with  reddish  veins. 
Sddiroi,  Hort.    Lvs.  cordate,  ovate,  milky  white  with 
reddish  veins  above;  petiole  cylindrical,  pink.    U.  S 
Colombia. 

cc.  Color  of  leaves  some  shade  of  green  above. 

D.   Petioles  tomentose. 

verrucosum,  Mathieu  (P.  Cdrderi,  Hort.).  Stem  long, 
branching,  climbing,  ashy  gray,  scabrous,  angular-cvlin- 
drical,  swollen  at  the  nodes;  petioles  stout  cylindrical 
or  somewhat  angled,  bright  metallic  red,  cohered  with 
soft,  erect,  twisted,  fleshy  bristles  and  greenish  hairs; 
blade  glabrous,  green  above,  brilliantly  polished,  or 
with  paler  lines  and  immersed  nerves,  bright  green 
beneath  with  salmon-violet  lines  between  the  lateral 
nerves;  ovate-cordate,  the  semicircular  basal  lobes  one- 
third  as  long  as  the  slightly  undulate  apical  one.  Inter- 
nodes  of  the  stem  3-6  in.  long:  petioles  4-6  in.;  blades 
6-8  in.  long,  4-6  in.wide.  Venezuelan  Andes.  I.H.  18:79 
(as,,  P.  Daguense). 


PHILODENDRON 

DD.  Petioles  glabrous. 

giganteum,  Schott.  Climbing:  petioles  3  ft.  long, 
thick,  cylindrical;  blade  cordate-ovate,  24-28  in.  long, 
16-20  in.  wide,  the  basal  lobes  slightly  introrse,  semi- 
ovate  or  obliquely  semicircular,  one-fourth  as  long  as 
the  apical  one,  separated  by  a  broad  parabolic  sinus; 
spathe  tube  2  in.  long,  oblong,  purple;  spadix  very 
thick.  Trop.  America. 

Irabe,  Schott  (P.  Sellowianum,  Kunth).  Branches 
rusty  purple:  petioles  of  young  plant  semicylindrical, 
terete,  sparsely  brown-spotted,  1K-2  times  longer  than 
the  midrib;  blade  like  parchment,  cordate-oblong,  the 
oblong  basal  lobes  one-half  as  long  as  the  apical,  sepa- 
rated by  a  wide  parabolic  sinus,  retrorse  or  sub-introrse ; 
apical  lobe  cuspidate;  spathe  green  outside,  red  within, 
its  broadly  ovate  blade  dirty  yellow;  spadix  shaped  like 
a  finger.  Rio  de  Janeiro.— According  to  Engler,  the 
Mexican  P.  sanguineum  has  been  called  P.  Imbe  in 
gardens.  P.  8a*g*inewn  differs  in  having  more  elon- 
gated Ivs.  which  are  red  beneath. 

spectabile,  Linden.  Large,  of  vigorous  habit:  Ivs. 
12-15  in.  long,  nearly  as  broad,  silky  or  velvety  green. 
Hab.? 

Andreanum,  Devans.  Lvs.  rather  large,  cordate-ovate, 
with  short  basal  lobes,  bronzy  green.  Colombia.  R.H. 
1886:36.  — Sparingly  grown.  Looks  like  a  narrow-lvd. 
Anthurium. 

P.  Devansayanum,  Lind.,  is  a  scandent  species  with  rather 
small  glossy  green  Ivs.  which,  even  to  the  petioles,  are  blood- 
red  when  young.  Peru.  I.H.  42:48.— P.Glazidvii,  Hook,  f.,  is  a 
climber  something  like  P.  crassinervium :  Ivs.  oblong-acute, 
deep  green,  12-18  in.  long,  3-5  in.  broad:  spathe  open,  yellowish, 
crimson  within  the  tube.  Brazil.  B.M.  6813.— P.  imperidle  is 
mentioned  in  European  trade  lists.  Engler  accounts  for  only 
one  P.  imperiale  (of  Schott)  and  that  he  makes  a  synonym  of 
P.  asperatum,  Koch.  Sander  &  Co.  advertise  P.  imperiale,  var. 
Laucheana:  "a  lovely  trailing  stove  foliage  plant,  which  is  ad- 
mirably adapted  for  growing  on  pillars  or  wire  shapes.  It  is 
quite  distinct  from  and  greatly  superior  to  the  well-known 
P.  imperiale.  The  habit  is  much  more  graceful,  the  heart- 
shaped  foliage  smaller  and  more  elegant.  Down  the  center, 
from  either  side  of  the  broad  light  green  midrib,  extend  irregu- 
lar blotches  of  dark  green,  projecting  into  a  clear  glaucous 
color,  the  edges  of  which  are  relieved  by  green  blotches.  The 
bases  of  the  petioles  bear  bright  red  and  green  phyllodes."  P. 
asperatum  is  a  short-jointed  climbing  Brazilian  species  with 
cordiite-ovate  entire  dull  green  Ivs. — P.  Mamei.  Andre.  Lvs. 
eordste-ovate,  acute,  variegated  with  white:  spathe  partly  open 
above  and  whitish,  the  tube  blood-red.  Ecuador.  R.H.  1883,  p. 
104;  1883:492:  1897,  p.  573.  I.H.  43:66.— P.  pertusum  is  Mon- 
stera  deliciosa.  JARED  G.  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 

PHLEBODIUM  (Greek,  a  vein).  Polijpodidcece.  A 
genus  of  ferns  related  to  Polypodium  and  sometimes 
united  with  it,  but  differing  widely  in  the  venation, 
which  is  broken  up  into  ample  areolae,  each  of  which 
contain  2  or  more  free  veinlets  which  bear  the  sori  on 
their  united  tips. 

aureum,  R.  Br.  (Polypodium  aureum,  Linn.).  Lvs. 
2-!5  ft.  long  rising  from  large,  scaly  wide- creeping  root- 
stocks  ;  divisions  5-9  in.  long,  nearly  an  inch  wide,  with 
copious,  large,  bright  yellow  sori.  A  rich  ornamental 
species  from  tropical  America,  with  glaucous  green 
leaves.  In  Florida  it  grows  on  palmettos. 

P.  glaucum,  var.  Mayii  or  P.  Mayii.    See  Phymatodes. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

PHLEUM  (phleos,  an  old  Greek  name  for  a  kind  of 
reed).  Graminece.  A  genus  of  10  species  in  temperate 
zones.  Spikelets  1-fld.,  in  a  close  cylindrical  spike-like 
panicle  :  empty  glumes  2,  persistent,  keeled,  short- 
awned :  fl. -glume  shorter,  delicate,  awnless.  Perennials. 

pratense,  Linn.  TIMOTHY.  HERD'S  GRASS.  Figs. 
1756,  1757.  Commonly  cult,  for  hay  and  for  pastures, 
either  alone  or  in  company  with  red  clover  or  other 
grasses.  It  was  introduced  into  Maryland  about  1720, 
from  Europe,  where  it  is  native,  by  Timothy  Hanson,  and 
hence  called  Timothy.  The  other  name  is  said  to  come 
from  a  man  by  the  name  of  Herd,  who  found  it  growing 
in  New  Hampshire  and  began  its  cultivation.  It  is  bet- 
ter adapted  for  hay  than  for  pasture,  and  for  the  latter 
is  suited  to  temporary  rather  than  permanent  pasture. 

A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 


PHLOM1S 


1305 


PHLOGACANTHUS  (Greek  for  flame,  and  acanthus). 
Acntithacece.  Tall  half -shrubby  herbs  with  entire  or 
somewhat  toothed  Ivs.:  fls.  white,  red  or  greenish  in 
long  terminal  or  short  lateral  spikes;  calyx  5-parted, 
segments  linear,  awnlike,  acuminate;  corolla-tube  long, 
broad,  curved,  limb  2-lipped,  upper  lip 
erect,  entire  or2-lobed;  lower  lip  3-parted; 
perfect  stamens  2,  inserted  on  the  lower 
part  of  the  tube,  anthers  with  2  parallel 
cells;  ovary  many-ovuled;  capsule  round  or 
obtusely  4-angled. 

Used  like  the  others  of  the  family  as  deco- 
rative pot-plants  in  the  greenhouse.  They 
require  a  rather  warm,  damp  atmosphere 
and  a  soil  rich  in  humus.  Propagated  by 
cuttings  or  seeds. 

thyrsifldrus,  Nees.  Shrub,  3-7  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  7x  1%,  lanceolate,  glabrous :  fls.  orange, 
in  long,  dense,  villous  thryses  ;  corolla  % 
in.  wide,  tubular,  2-lipped.  India.  Cult,  in 
S.  Fla.  Native  to  India. 

No  description  is  available  of  P.  cardinalis, 
advertised  1893  by  Saul,  nor  of  P.  Drummondii, 
recently  offered  by  Childs. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 


1756. 

fl       Phleum  pratense— 
Timothy  (X  %). 


1757. 

Phleum  pratense— Timothy. 
To  show  habit  of  root  and  top. 


PHLOMIS  (old  Greek  name  used  by  Dioscorides). 
Labiate?..  JERUSALEM  SAGE.  About  50  species  of  herbs 
and  shrubs  native  to  the  Mediterranean  region  with 
dense  axillary  whorls  of  rather  large  yellow,  purple  or 
white  fls.  Perhaps  a  dozen  species  have  been  cult.,  but 
they  are  rather  coarse  plants  except  for  wild  gardening 
and  among  shrubbery.  They  are  of  the  easiest  culture. 
The  genus  is  placed  by  Bentham  and  Hooker  next  to 
Leonotis  (Lion's  Ear),  which,  however,  has  an  exces- 
sively long  upper  lip.  Phlomis  plants  are  more  or  less 
woolly,  and  some  of  the  species  not  cult,  in  America  are 
conspicuously  white- woolly.  Lvs.  all  alike,  or  the  up- 
permost reduced  to  bracts:  whorls  many-  or  few-fid.: 
fls.  sessile;  calyx  usually  plicate,  truncate  or  with  5  equal 
teeth;  upper  lip  of  the  corolla  (galea)  broad  and  com- 
pressed or  strongly  concave,  rarely  narrow  and  falcate; 
stamens  4,  didynamous.  The  first  three  species  described 
below  belong  to  the  section  Euphlomis,  in  which  the 
galea  (upper  lip  of  the  corolla)  is  only  shortly  bearded 
and  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  lower  lip  are  small  and 
appendaged  ;  the  last  species  belongs  to  the  section 
Phlomidopsis,  in  which  the  galea  is  long-bearded  in- 
side and  at  the  margins  and  the  lateral  lobes  of  the 
lower  lip  are  nearly  as  large  as  the  middle  one.  P. 
tuberosa  has  run  wild  sparingly  in  the  East.  It  is  a 
vigorous  and  hardy  species,  propagating  by  subter- 
ranean tubers. 


1306 


PHLOMIS 


PHLOX 


A.  Fls.  yellow. 
B.  Plants  shrubby:  bracts  not  sharp  and  rigid  at  the 

apex. 

c.   Whorls  20-30-fld. 

fruticdsa,  Linn.  Shrub,  2-4  ft.  high,  divaricately 
much-branched:  Ivs.  rounded  or  wedge-shaped  at  the 
base:  bracts  broadly  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate.  S.  Eu. 
B.M.  1843.  — In  the  East  it  blooms  from  June  to  July. 
In  S.  Calif.,  according  to  Franceschi,  it  blooms  in  win- 
ter, and  has  the  merits  of  withstanding  drought  and 
heavy  sea  winds.  In  New  England  it  needs  protection 
in  winter. 

cc.   Whorls  about  16-fld. 

viscdsa,  Poir.  Lvs.  truncate  or  subcordate  at  the  base : 
bracts  lanceolate-linear.  Syria.  Not  in  the  trade,  but 
inserted  to  show  the  differences  between  this  and  P. 
Russelliana  as  recognized  by  DeCandolle. 

BB.  Plants  "herbaceous:  bracts  very  sharp  and  rigid  at 

the  apex. 

Kusselliana,  Lag.  Herb,  3-5  ft.  high:  lowest  Ivs. 
deeply  cordate:  whorls  40-50-fld.  Syria.  B.M.  2542  (as 
P.  lunarifolia,  var.  Russelliana) . 

AA.  Fls.  purple. 

tuberdsa,  Linn.  Herb,  3-5  ft.  high:  Ivs.  deeply  cor- 
date; lowest  ones  6  in.  or  more  long;  floral  Ivs.  2-3  in. 
long,  6-8  lines  wide:  whorls  30-40-fld.  S.  Eu.,  eastern 
and  northern  Asia.  B.M.  1555. 


1758.    Quedlinburg  or  Star  Phlox. 

A  horticultural  form  of  Phlox  Drummondii. 

Natural  size. 

PHL0X  (Greek  for  flame,  once  applied  to  species  of 
Lychnis).  Polemoniacece.  Phloxes  are  amongst  the  most 
satisfactory  of  garden  plants.  Their  neat  habit,  bright- 
colored  flowers,  profuseness  of  bloom,  and  ease  of  cul- 
ture make  them  favorites  everywhere.  The  Phloxes  are 
herbs,  of  about  30  species  all  North  American  (except 
perhaps  one  Chilean),  although  P.  Sibirica  also  grows 
in  Asiatic  Russia.  There  are  two  classes  of  Phloxes, 
the  annuals  and  the  perennials.  The  annuals  are  deriva- 
tives of  Phlox  Drummondii,  of  Texas,  which  has  now 
risen  to  first  place  as  a  garden  annual.  It  has  been  im- 
mensely modified  by  domestication,  so  that  the  named 
garden  varieties  are  numbered  by  scores.  These  garden 
forms  differ  in  stature,  color,  size  and  shape  of  flower. 
Some  are  semi-double.  An  effort  has  been  made  to  pro- 
duce a  yellow  flower,  but  nothing  nearer  than  a  buff  has 
yet  been  secured.  The  Phlox  colors  run  to  the  cyanic 
series,  and  it  is  probable  that  a  pure  yellow  is  unattain- 
able. Phlox  Drummondii  is  of  the  easiest  culture. 
This  fact,  together  with  the  profusion  and  long  season 


of  its  bloom,  is  an  important  reason  for  its  popularity. 
It  needs  a  warm,  sunny  place.  It  will  grow  even  in 
poor  soil,  but  in  order  to  develop  to  its  highest  perfec- 
tion it  must  have  rich  soil  and  the  individual  plants 
must  be  given  room  (say  1  ft.  apart  each  way ) .  Seeds  are 
usually  sown  in  the  open  as  soon  as  the  weather  is 
settled;  sometimes  they  are  sown  indoors,  but  the  plants 
bloom  so  young  that  this  is  rarely  practiced.  If  the 
ground  is  poor  and  dry,  the  plants  usually  cease  bloom- 
ing by  midsummer,  but  if  plant-food  and  moisture  are 
abundant  they  may  be  expected  to  continue  their  bloom 
until  late  fall. 

The  perennial  Phloxes  comprise  many  species.  P. 
paniculata  and  P.  maculata  have  given  rise  to  the 
common  perennial  Phloxes,  whereas  most  of  the  other 
species  are  planted  sparingly  and  have  not  been  greatly 
modified  by  domestication.  The  garden  perennial  Phlox 
(of  the  P.  paniculata  and  P.  maculata  type)  is 
amongst  the  most  showy  of  garden  herbs.  The  terminal 
panicles  have  become  1  ft.  long  in  some  forms,  and  as 
densely  filled  as  a  hydrangea.  The  colors  are  most  fre- 
quent in  reds,  but  there  are  many  purple,  white,  salmon 
and  parti-colored  varieties.  This  perennial  Phlox  should 
have  a  rich  and  rather  moist  soil  if  it  is  to  be  grown  to 
perfection.  Let  each  clump  have  a  space,  when  fully  de- 
veloped, of  2-3  ft.  across.  The  plants  as  purchased  from 
nurseries  usually  do  not  come  into  full  floriferousness 
until  their  third  or  fourth  year.  They  will  continue  to 
thrive  for  several  years  with  little  attention,  as  is  at- 
tested by  the  fine  clumps  of  old-fashioned  forms  about 
homesteads.  For  the  highest  satisfaction  in  blooms, 
however,  the  plants  should  be  relatively  young  or  at 
least  often  renewed  by  dividing  the  clump.  The  stool 
gradually  enlarges  outwards.  From  the  young,  vigor- 
ous shoots  on  the  outside  of  the  clump  the  new  plants 
should  be  reared,  if  one  desires  to  propagate  the  variety 
to  any  extent.  Old  stools  should  be  taken  up  every  year 
or  two,  and  divided  and  transplanted.  This  work  is 
done  in  the  fall,  after  the  growth  has  ceased.  By  this 
process,  the  plants  do  not  become  weak  and  root-bound. 
Inferior  and  vigorous  seedlings  are  often  allowed  to 
grow  about  the  old  plant,  causing  the  named  varieties 
to  "run  out."  The  perennial  Phloxes  usually  bloom  in 
early  summer,  but  if  the  tips  of  the  shoots  are  pinched 
out  once  or  twice  in  early  summer,  the  bloom  may  be 
delayed  until  late  summer  or  fall. 

Phlox  is  allied  to  Gilia  and  Polemonium.  Some 
species  are  more  or  less  shrubby  at  the  base.  The 
corolla  is  salverform,  the  lobes  5  and  mostly  obtuse, 
the  throat  narrow  or  nearly  closed.  The  stamens  are  5 
and  inserted  on  the  corolla-tube,  the  anthers  usually  in- 
cluded in  the  tube.  The  fruit  is  a  small  capsule  with 
3  locules  and  few  to  several  small  usually  flattish  seeds. 
Leaves  mostly  opposite  (upper  ones  sometimes  alter- 
nate), entire.  See  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  vol.  ii,  pt.  1,  p.  129. 


acuminata,  2. 
adsurgens,  14. 
alba,  12. 
amoena,  8. 
aristata,  9, 12. 
bifida,  10. 
Canadensis,  6. 
Carolina,  4. 
carnea,  5. 
decussata,  2. 
divaricata,  6. 
Douglasii,  13. 
Drummondii,  1. 
frondosa,  12. 
glaberrima,  5. 


INDEX. 

grandiflora,  1. 

Heynoldiana,  1. 

hortensiceflora,  1. 

Leopoldii.  1. 

maculata  3. 

nana,  16. 

Nelsoni,  12. 

nitida,  5. 

nivalis,  12. 

omniflora  is  an  old 
garden  name  of 
some  hybrid 
Phlox  of  the  P. 
paniculata  s  e  c  - 
tion. 


ovata,  4. 
paniculata,  2. 
pilosa,  9. 
procumbens,  8. 
reptans,  7. 
setacea,  12. 
speciosa,  15. 
Stellaria,  11. 
stellata,  1. 
stolonifera,  7. 
subulata,  12.  i 
suffruticosa,  5. 
triflora,  4. 


A.    Annual  garden  Phlox,  pubescent,  upper  Ivs.  often 

alternate. 

1.  Drummondii,  Hook.  Figs.  1758-60.  Erect,  branch- 
ing, 6-18  in.  tall  :  Ivs.  oblong-acute  or  lanceolate,  the 
upper  ones  more  or  less  clasping:  fls.  showy,  in  broad 
mostly  flat-topped  cymes,  the  calyx-lobes  long  and  nar- 
row and  spreading  or  recurving  in  fruit,  the  corolla- 
lobes  broad-obovate.  Texas.  B.M.  3441.  B.R.  23:1949. 
—  This  is  the  common  annual  garden  Phlox,  now  culti- 
vated in  numerous  varieties,  some  of  them  having 
deeply  cut  petals  (the  "star"  Phloxes).  Fig.  1758.  The 
seeds  were  received  in  England  in  the  spring  of  1835, 


PHLOX 


PHLOX 


1307 


from  Texas,  having  been  collected  by  Druramond.  In 
October  of  that  year  it  was  described  and  figured  in 
Botanical  Magazine,  by  W.  J.  Hooker,  as  Phlox  Drum- 
mondii.  The  flower  was  described  as  "pale  purple  with- 
out, within,  or  on  the  upper  side,  of  a  brilliant  rose-red 
or  purple,  varying  exceedingly  on  different  individuals 
in  intensity,  and  in  their  more  or  less  red  or  purple 
tinge,  the  eye  generally  of  an  exceedingly  deep  crim- 
son." Lindley  described  and  figured  it  in  Botanical 
Register,  1837,  describing  the  flowers  as  "either  light  or 
deep  carmine  on  the  inner  surface  of  their  corolla,  and 
a  pale  blush  on  the  outside,  which  sets  off  wonderfully 
the  general  effect.  A  bed  of  this  plant  has  hardly  yet 
been  seen ;  for  it  is  far  too  precious  and  uncommon  to  be 

nssessed  by  any  one,  except  in  small  quantities;  but 
lave  had  such  a  bed  described  to  me,  and  I  can  readily 
believe  that  it  produced  all  the  brilliancy  that  my  in- 
formant  represented."      At  the    present   time,   Phlox 
Drummondii  is  one  of  the  most  popular  annuals,  and 
it  has  varied  into  many  shades.     P.  hortensice  flora,  P. 
stella  ta,  P.  Leopoldii,  P.  grandi  flora,  P.  Heynoldiana, 
and  many  other  names,  belong  here. 
AA.    Perennial  Phloxes  of  various  habit,  either  pubes- 
cent or  glabrous. 

B.   Flowering  stems  erect  and  usually  stiffish. 

c.    Plant  glabrous  (exceptions  in  var.  of  No.  5). 

D.    Inflorescence  large  and  thyrse-like:  plants  tall. 

2.  paniculata,  Linn.  (P.  decussata,  Hort.).     Fig.  1761. 

PERENNIAL  PHLOX  of  gardens,  in  many  forms.     Plant 

stout  and  erect.  2-4  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate 

and  mostly  tapering  at 
the  base  :  calyx-teeth 
awl-like.  Woods,  Pa., 
W.  and  S.  B.M.  1880 
(as  P.  acuminata).— 
The  parent  of  the  great 
number  of  perennial 
Phloxes  of  gardens,  al- 
though some  of  these 
may  be  hybrids  with 
the  next.  "Fls.  pink- 
purple,  varying  to 
white,"  according  to 
Gray.  In  cult,  varying 
much  in  color. 

3.  maculata,  Linn. 
Slenderer,  usually  with 
a  spotted  stem :  Ivs. 
very  smooth  and  usu- 


DD.   Inflorescence  small  and  loose  or  flat-topped:  plants 

lower. 

4.  ovata,  Linn.  (P.  Carolina,  Linn.  P.  triflbra, 
Sweet).  A  foot  or  two  tall,  the  stems  erect  from  a 
short,  decumbent  base  :  Ivs.  narrow-ovate  to  oblong- 
lanceolate,  the  lower  ones  tapering  to  base  and  the  upper 


1759.   Phlox  Drummondii. 

(X  %.) 


1760.   Phlox  Drummondii. 

(XKJ 


ully  thicker  than  those  ot  tue  above,  the  upper  ones 
usually  clasping:  calyx-teeth  short:  fls.  as  in  above. 
Ranire  of  the  last,  and  in  cult.,  but  less  important  horti- 
culturally  than  P.  paniculata 


1761.  Phlox  paniculata. 

ones  somewhat  clasping:  fls.  pink  or  light  red,  about  1 
in.  across,  the  straight  or  slightly  curving  tube  twice  or 
more  longer  than  the  rather  short  and  broad  calyx-teeth. 
Pa.,  south,  mostly  in  elevated  regions.  B.M.  528. 

5.  glaberrima,  Linn.    Fig.  1762.    Differs  in  somewhat 
taller   growth,   linear-lanceolate    to   narrow-lanceolate, 
taper-pointed,   firm,   nearly   veinless    Ivs.  which   have 
revolute  margins,  and  in  the  narrow,  very  sharp-pointed 
calyx -teeth.    Va.  to  Wis.,  and  south. 

Var.  suffruticdsa,  Gray  (P.  suffruticbsa,  Willd.  P. 
nitida,  Pursh).  Stiffer,  sometimes  pubescent  above: 
Ivs.  considerably  broader:  fls.  varying  to  flesh  color. 
Ga.  and  Tenn.,  south  and  west.  B.M."  2155  (as  P.  carnea). 
B.R.  1:68. 

cc.    Plant  distinctly  hairy  or  pubescent  (exceptions  in 

JTo.  9). 

D.    Sterile,  prostrate  or  running  shoots  arising  from  the 
base  of  the  plant. 

6.  divaricata,  Linn.  (P.  CanadSnsis,  Sweet).     WILD 
SWEET  WILLIAM.    Stems  slender,  pubescent,  10-18  in. 
tall :  Ivs.  varying  from  linear-oblong  to  ovate-lanceolate, 
mostly  acute:    fls.  in   small   cymes  terminating   short 
branches,  1  in.  across,  blue  or  pinkish  blue,  handsome 
and  somewhat  fragrant,  the  corolla-lobes  often  notched, 
the  calyx-lobes  narrow  and  subulate.    Woods  and  copses, 
in  lowish  grounds  western  Ontario,   west  and   south. 
B.M.  163.    G.F.  7:256.— A  very  attractive  early  spring 
flower,  often  coloring  the  fields  in  Michigan  and  other 
parts.    Prefers  rich  soil. 

7.  r6ptans,  Michx.  (P.  stolonifera,  Sims).     Low  and 
weak,  the  flowering  stems  reaching  6-12  in.,  the  sterile 
ones  long  and   prostrate,  the   plant   thinly  glandular- 
hairy:  Ivs.  short-ovate  or  obovate,  more  or  less  obtuse: 
fls.  few  in  each  cyme,  purple  or  violet,  the  lobes  mostly 
entire,  the  calyx-lobes  narrow  and  subulate.    Pa.  and 
Ky.  to  Ga.,  mostly  in  the  upper  regions.    B.M.  563. 

DD.    Sterile  prostrate  shoots  none. 

8.  amoena,  Sims  (P.  proctimbens,  Gray).    Stems  6  in. 
or  less  high  from  a  decumbent  base,  pubescent  or  hairy : 
Ivs.  numerous,  mostly  in  rosettes   at  the  base,  few  on 


1308 


PHLOX 


PHCENIX 


the  flowering  stems,  small,  oblong-lanceolate  to  linear- 
oblong,  mostly  obtuse  but  sometimes  nearly  or  quite 
acute :  fls.  numerous  for  the  size  of  the  plant,  purple, 
pink  or  white,  the  lobes  usually  entire,  the  calyx-lobes 
narrow  and  sharp-aciite.  Dry  lands,  Va.  to  Ky.  and 
south.  B.M.  1308. 

9.  pilosa,  Linn.  (P.  arista,  Michx.).  Stems  slender 
but  erect,  2  ft.  or  less  tall,  pubescent  or  hairy  (nearly 
glabrous  forms  occur) :  Ivs.  small,  linear  or  linear- 
lanceolate,  widest  near  the  base,  acuminate:  fls.  numer- 


1762.  Phlox  glaberrima  (X  1%). 

ous  in  rather  loose  cymes,  varying  through  purple,  pink 
and  white,  the  lobes  entire,  the  calyx-lobes  awn-like. 
Dry  fields,  woods  and  prairies,  British  Amer.  to  Fla. 
and  Tex.,  growing  as  far  east  as  New  Jersey.  B.M. 
1307.  L.B.C.  13:1251. 

BB.   Flowering    stems    diffuse    and    branching,   often 
creeping,    low:   plants   of   more  or   less    tufted 
habit, 
c.    Corolla-lobes  4-parted  or  very  strongly  notched. 

10.  bifida,  Beck,    Low,  the  stems  stiff  and  sometimes 
almost  woody  and  often  1  ft.  long  and  rising  3-8  in. 
from  the  ground,  minutely  pubescent:  Ivs.  linear  and 
rigid,  2  in.  or  less  long:  fls.  scattered,  violet-purple,  the 
lobes  2-  or  3-cleft  as  far  as  the  middle  or  farther  into 
narrow  spreading  segments.    Prairies,  111.   and  Mo.— 
Rarely  cultivated. 

11.  Stellaria,  Gray.    Glabrous:  Ivs.  linear,  sparingly 
ciliate  towards  the  base:  fls.  scattered,  usually 
long-peduncled,  pale  blue  to  whitish,   the  lobes 

cleft  only  at  the  apex  into  short  oblong  parts. 
Lexington,  Ky.,  to  southern  111.    G.F.  1:257. 

cc.    Corolla-lobes  very  shallow -notched  or  entire. 

D.    Peduncles  usually  bearing  few  to  several 

slender-pedicelled  fls. 

12.  subulata,  Linn.  (P.nivalis,  Lodd.).  GROUND 
PINK.  Moss  PINK.   Fig.  1763.    Tufted  or  matted, 
the  depressed    stems   more  or   less   pubescent: 
Ivs.  crowded  or  fascicled  (except  on  the  flower- 
ing  stems),   narrow-linear  to   linear-lanceolate, 
very  sharp  and  usually  stiff,  ciliate:  fls.  nearly  1 
in.  across,   light  blue,  pink  or  white,    in    small 
clusters  standing  2-6  in.  above  the  ground,  the 
lobes  obcordate  or  entire.    Dry  banks  and  fields, 
New  York  W.  and  S.    B.M.  411;  415  (as  P.  seta- 
cea).    L.B.C.  8:780;    18:1731  (as  P.  aristata).— 
A  much  prized  old  garden  plant,  useful  for  col- 
onizing where  it  is  desired  to  cover  the  earth 
with  a  mat.    It  is  much  used  in  cemeteries.     It 
blooms  profusely  in  spring.     The  plant  is  very 
variable.    P.  Nelsoni,  Hort.,  and  P.  nivalis,  Lodd.,  are 
white-fld.   forms.     Var.  alba  is  a  common  white  form. 
There  are  striped  forms.     Var.  frondosa  is  a  vigorous 
garden  form  with  rose-colored  fls. 


DD.  Peduncles  chiefly  axillary  and  mostly  1-  to  8-fld.r 

or  the  fls.  nearly  sessile. 

E.  Lvs.  crowded  or  fascicled:   plant   forming   a   dense 
evergreen  mat  or  tuft. 

13.  Douglasii,  Hook.    Very  low  and  densely  tufted, 
pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous :  Ivs.  very  narrow,  pointed, 
the  margins  at  base  often  ciliate:  fls.  small  and  short- 
stalked,  purple,  lilac  or  white,  about  %  in.  across,  the 
lobes  obovate  and  entire,  the  tube  little  exceeding  the 
calyx.    Utah  and  Mont.,  W. 

EE.  Lvs.  little  if  at  all  fascicled:  plant  only  loosely 

tufted 
F.  Style  nearly  or  quite  equaling  the  corolla -tube. 

14.  adsurgens,  Torr.    Stems  3-6  in.  long,  diffuse  and 
ascending,  glabrous  except  the  peduncles   and  calyx: 
Ivs.   ovate-lanceolate   or  ovate,  acute,  less  than   1   in. 
long:  fls.  rose-colored  or  whitish,  nearly  or  quite  1  in. 
across,  the  obovate  lobes  entire,  the  tube  nearly  twice 
longer  than  calyx.    Oregon.    G.F.  1:66. 

FP.  Style  very  short. 

15.  speciosa,  Pursh.    Variable  in  size,  sometimes  as- 
cending to  3  ft.,  more  or  less  glandular  above:  Ivs.  2  in. 
or  less  long,  linear  to  lanceolate,  the  uppermost  broad 
at  base:  fls.  rose-pink  or  whitish,  in  corymbs,  the  lobes 
obcordate,  the  tube  little  surpassing  the  calyx.    Calif., 
north. 

16.  nana,  Nutt.    Only  a  few  inches  high,  glandular- 
pubescent:    Ivs.  2  in.  or  less  long,  linear,   sometimes 
alternate:  fls.  light  red  or  rose  to  white,  scattered  or 
somewhat  corymbose,  about  1  in.  across,  the  lobes  usu- 
ally entire  and  roundish,  the  tube  somewhat  surpassing 
the  calyx.    Colo.,  New  Mex.,  Tex.    G.F.  1:413. 

L.  H.  B. 

PHCENICOPHOKIUM  Sechellarum.  See  Stevensonia 
grandi  folia. 

PHCENIX  (Theophrastus  gave  this  name  to  the  Date- 
palm,  perhaps  thinking  of  Phoenicia,  where  the  Greeks 
were  supposed  first  to  have  seen  it,  or  of  the  Phoenician 
purple,  or  of  the  fabled  bird  of  Egypt).  Palmacece.  An 
exceedingly  distinct  and  popular  genus  of  palms,  whose 
horticultural  merits  are  discussed  below. 

Spineless  palms,  without  trunks,  or  with  stout  or 
slender,  short  or  long,  often  cespitose  erect  or  inclined 
trunks,  clothed  above  with  the  persistent  bases  of  the 
leaves  :  Ivs.  terminal,  spreading,  recurved,  unequally 
pinnate;  segments  somewhat  fasciculate  or  almost  equi- 
distant, elongated-lanceolate  or  ensiform,  acuminate, 
rigid,  inserted  by  the  wide  base;  margins  entire  or 
folded  in  their  entire  length;  rachis  laterally  com- 
pressed, convex  on  the  back;  petiole  plano-convex,  usu- 
ally spiny,  with  very  short  rigid  pinnae;  sheaths  short, 


1763.   Phlox  subulata,  or  Moss  Pink. 

fibrous  :  spadices  usually  many,  erect  or  nodding  in 
fruit,  or  pendent  :  peduncle  strongly  compressed: 
branches  usually  somewhat  umbellate:  spathe  basilar, 
entire,  long,  compressed,  2-edged,  coriaceous,  ventrally 


PHCEXIX 


IMKKXIX 


1309 


and  at  length  dorsally  divided  :  bracts  usually  obso- 
lete: ils.  yellow:  t'r.  a  berry  or  drupe,  oblong,  orange, 
brown  or  black  Species  10  to  12,  perhaps  more.  Tropi- 
cal and  subtropical  Asia  and  Africa. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

rii'i  »is  in  ('>n<  fit/.—  The  latest  botanical  monograph 
of  Phu'iiix  (by  Heccari  in  Malesia  3:345)  admits  only  10 
species,  altho'ugh  there  are  about  GO  names.  Such  a 
lumping"  of  species  is  very  unwelcome  to  the  horti- 
culturist, and  it  is  probable  that  nearly  all  the  synonyms 
cited  below  represent  forms  that  are  abundantly  dis- 
tinct for  horticultural  purposes. 

A  good  horticultural  appreciation  of  Phoe- 
nix is  that    by  William   Watson,  of  Kew,  in 
U.C.  III.  9:234,  298,  from  which  liberal   ex- 
tracts are  made  below.    Phoenixes  differ  from 
all  other  pinnate-leaved  palms  in  having  the 
Ivs.   t'olded  upwards   and  lengthwise,  and  in 
the  peculiar  form  of  the  seed,  as  seen  in  the 
Date  stone.     The  plants  are   either  male  or 
female.     The  fruits  of  only  one  species  are 
»sed  for  food;  viz.,  P.  dactylifera.   (For  Date 
culture,  see  Date. )    In  England  only  P.  rupi- 
whi  ranks  among  popular  decorative  plants. 
Of  all  palms,  the  cultivated  species  of  Phoe- 
nix are  the   most  difficult  to   define.     Many 
hybrids  have  been  raised  in  the  gardens  of 
the  Riviera,  where  many  species  flower  and 
fruit  every  year.    It  is  almost  impossible  to 
keep  these  pure.     Kerchove  records  the  won- 
derful fecundity  of  a  Phoenix;    P.  recUnata 
at  Nice  fertilized  with  pollen  from  P.  tennis, 
recUnata  and  pumila  produced  20,000  seeds.    The  rais- 
ing of  Phcenixes  from  seed  is  done  on  a  large  scale  on 
the  Riviera.    The  seeds  are  sown  in  beds  in  the  open 
and  the  seedlings  transplanted   into  shallow  trenches, 
like   celery,   so   that    the    trenches   may   be   regularly 
flooded  during  the   summer  drought.     Watson  thinks 
that  next   to   the  coco-palm,  the   Date   is   perhaps   the 
most  useful  tree  in  the  world. 

P.  Cnnariensis  is  the  noblest  of  all  Phoenixes,  and 
one  of  the  most  majestic  palms  in  cultivation.  Its  rate 
of  growth  is  astonishing:  a  tree  supposed  to  be  only  10 
years  old  had  a  trunk  4  feet  high,  3  feet  in  diam.  at  the 
base,  with  about  100  Ivs.  forming  a  head  25  feet  across. 
Another  specimen  of  about  the  same  size  bore  8 
bunches  of  fruit,  each  weighing  about  50  Ibs. 

P.  sylvestris  is  the  Wild  Date  of  India,  where  it  is 
cultivated  for  its  sap,  which  yields  sugar  and  "toddy." 
The  trunk  attains  a  height  of  about  4  feet  when  7  years 
old.  and  it  is  then  tapped  by  cutting  a  notch  in  the  stem 
at  the  top  and  catching  the  sap  as  it  mns  out.  The  tree 
continues  to  yield  annually  15-18  gallons  of  sap  for  20- 
25  years,  or  8  Ibs.  of  sugar  per  year.  Fifty  thousand 
tons  of  date-sugar  are  produced  every  year  in  Bengal 
alone  from  this  and  other  palms. 

"P.  recUnata  and  P.  spinosa  are  united  under  the  for- 
mer name  by  Beccari.  Taking  the  dwarf,  cespitose, 
shiny-leaved  elegant  plant  found  in  Caffraria  as  far 
south  as  Grahamstown,  and  comparing  it  with  the  tall, 
solitary-stemmed,  huge-headed,  gray-green-leaved  plant 
of  the  tropical  regions  of  Africa,  it  is  difficult  to  believe 
that  they  are  merely  forms  of  one  species." 

The  following  are  grown  at  Kew  in  greenhouse  tern 
perature  (others  require  stove  treatment) :    P.  Canar- 
,dactylifera,  h  tun  ilia  and  var.  Hanceana,  inter- 
nii'ilin.  rcfUnafa  and  spinosa. 

The  most  interesting  novelty  in  Phoenix  during  the 
la*t  decade  is  P.  Bcebelenii,  the  pygmy  Phoenix.  Fig. 
17»;.~).  Specimens  20-30  yrs.  old  have  stems  not  over 
2  ft.  high.  Watson  says:  "It  is  by  far  the  smallest  of 
all  the  many  kinds  of  Phoenix  known,  and  is  also  excep- 
tional in  the  form  of  its  stem  and  in  the  elegance  and 
soft  texture  of  its  bright  green  leaves."  Watson  adds 
that  it  deserves  to  rank  with  Cocos  Weddelliana  and 
Genntmn  araciUs  for  usefulness  in  a  small  state.  This 
palm  suckers  freely  and  in  a  wild  state  grows  in  clumps. 

ut  of  deference  to  the  latest  monographer,  P.  Koebel- 
emi    is  here  treated   as   a  variety  of  P.  humilis;  but 
:  Watson  declares  that  it  is  a  distinct  species  and  that  in 
the  form  and  texture  of  its  Ivs.  it  resembles  P.  rupicola 
more  than  any  other  species.  -^y   ]yj 


Phoenix  in  Florida.  —  No  palms  in  the  writer's  Florida 
garden  can  vie  in  beauty,  staieliness,  and  massive  growth 
with  some  of  the  members  of  the  genus  Phoenix.  The 
undersigned  cultivates  specimens  of  all  the  kinds  of- 
fered by  the  trade.  All  the  palms  for  this  Florida  gar- 
den, with  a  few  exceptions,  have  been  raised  during 


1764.  Date  Palm— Phoenix  dactylifera. 
An  unusually  straight -trunked  specimen. 

the  last  ten  years  from  seed  in  the  writer's  greenhouse 
in  Milwaukee.  Most  of  them,  although  planted  on  high 
and  dry  sandy  pineland,  begin  to  show  an  elegance, 
stateliness  and  beauty  entirely  beyond  all  expectations, 
especially  the  species  of  Sabal  and  hardy  Cocos,  but  the 
Phcenixes  are  far  ahead  of  them  all.  As  soon  as  the 
seedlings  began  to  show  their  characteristic  leaves  they 
were  sent  to  Florida.  The  first  ones  were  set  out  in  the 
fall  of  1891.  Of  these  Phcenixes  several  have  attained  a 
height  of  10-15  ft.  and  a  spread  of  Ivs.  15-25  ft.  in  diam. 
The  massive  trunks  are  almost  as  thick  as  a  water  barrel 


1310 


PHCENIX 


PHCENIX 


and  the  height  above  the  ground  is  4-5  ft.,  while  at  least 
3  feet  more  are  buried  in  the  ground  like  a  post  to 
keep  the  exceedingly  heavy  top  in  position.  The  trunk 
all  around  and  up  from  the  ground  is  provided  with 
strong  Ivs.  10-15  ft.  long.  In  the  lower  extremity  of 
each  frond  the  leaflets  are  replaced  by  long  formidable 
spines,  which  perhaps  serve  the  purpose  of  protecting 
the  trunk  and  the  earth  of  the  plant  from  the  attacks 
of  man  and  beast. 

The  type  of  the  genus,  the  common  Date-palm, 
Phoenix  dactylifera,  is  the  least  ornamental  of  all,  and 
its  growth  is  disappointingly  slow.  The  writer  has  seen 
a  plant  16  years  old  which  just  now  begins  to  form  a 
trunk.  Well-grown  specimens  are  very  fine,  but  they 
cannot  be  considered  rivals  in  beauty  of  the  four  kinds 
which  are  the  subjects  of  the  four  following  para- 
graphs. Phoenix  dactylifera,  var.  excelsa,  is  much  more 
robust  and  rapid-growing  than  the  typical  Date. 

The  East  Indian  Wild  Date,  Phoenix  sylvestris,  though 
having  the  same  glaucous  foliage  as  the  common  spe- 
cies, is  a  rapid  grower  and  an  exceedingly  beautiful  and 
stately  palm.  The  writer  has  seen  specimens  12  years 
from  the  seed  that  had  assumed  a  height  of  25  ft.,  with 
Ivs.  12-15  ft.  long  and  a  spread  of  the  crown  25-30  ft.  in 
diameter.  It  is  perfectly  hardy,  having  stood  a  frost  of 
15°  above  zero,  and  it  grows  equally  well  on  high  and 
low  land,  though  its  growth  is  much  quicker  in  fairly 
moist  soil. 

The  stateliest  of  all  the  palms  that  can  be  grown  in 
the  gardens  of  Florida  is  the  Canary  Island  Date, 
Phoenix  Canariensis,  a  species  with  huge  trunk  and 
immense  Ivs.  12-15  ft.  long,  with  a  spread  of  the  crown 
averaging  30  ft.  in  diameter.  The  leaflets,  which  are 
densely  set  along  the  midrid  of  the  frond,  are  flattened 
and  are  of  a  glossy  dark  green  color.  At  an  age  of  8 
or  10  years  this  species  begins  to  form  a  trunk  and  to 
show  its  true  character.  The  trunk  is  now  about  3  feet 
in  diameter  and  its  massiveness  reminds  one  of  a  water 
barrel.  At  an  age  of  about  12-15  years  this  palm  is  a 
grand  and  noble  object,  a  perfect  picture  of  symmetrical 
beauty.  There  is  no  palm  in  the  Florida  gardens  that 
can  compare  with  it  in  stateliness  and  grandeur  and  in 
rapidity  of  growth.  Its  beauty  is  much  enhanced  if 
planted  in  groups  or  if  arranged  with  specimens  of  Sabals 
and  Cocos  and  the  grand  JSambusa  argentea.  Land- 
scape effects  can  be  obtained  in  this  way  that  will  be 
not  only  unique  but  at  the  same  time  enchantingly 
beautiful. 

Perhaps  of  equal  beauty  and  almost  of  the  same  state- 
liness and  vigorous  growth  is  a  hybrid  said  to  have 
been  raised  by  the  late  E.  H.  Hart,  between  P.  Canar- 
iensis and  P.  sylvestris.  It  has  the  beautiful  glaucous 
color  of  the  latter  and  the  flattened  leaflets  as  well  as 
the  sturdy  growth  of  the  former.  A  plant  received 
by  the  writer  in  the  fall  of  1891  is  now  13  ft.  high, 
with  a  diam.  of  the  trunk  of  3  ft.  The  lower  leaves, 
which  almost  rest  on  the  ground,  are  over  12  ft.  long, 
while  the  upper  ones  gracefully  arch  to  all  sides.  Most 
of  the  writer's  visitors  from  the  North  pronounce  this 
the  most  beautiful  of  all  his  palms.  It  is  indeed  a  grand 
and  beautiful  plant. 

Another  palm  of  great  beauty  is  P.  tennis.  It  is 
similar  to  the  Canary  Island  Date,  but  it  has  a  more 
slender  trunk  and  narrower  and  more  arching  leaves, 
which  have  a  much  lighter  green  color.  It  is  of  a  very 
strong  growth  and  soon  forms  fine  specimens.  This 
species  belongs  to  the  group  of  large-growing  kinds 
forming  a  single  stem.  They  produce  no  suckers  at  the 
base  of  the  trunk  to  speak  of.  Most  of  the  other  kinds 
are  smaller,  more  tender,  bushy,  and  produce  suckers 
freely. 

According  to  Drude,  in  "Die  Naturlichen  Pflanzen- 
familien,"  there  are  only  about  eleven  good  species  of 
Phoenix,  but  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  limits  of  the 
various  species  are  at  present  not  well  understood,  and 
considerable  confusion  prevails  among  the  synonyms. 
P.  Leonensis  and  P.  spinosa  are  apparently  not  to  be 
separated,  the  latter  being  perhaps  a  synonym.  The 
glossy  green  Ivs.  are  provided  on  their  edges  with 
soft  white  threads.  It  is  a  strong-growing  palm  with 
long  and  slender  Ivs.,  and,  as  suckers  are  pushed  up 
profusely,  it  soon  forms  dense  clumps  of  great  beauty 
which  eventually  attain  a  height  of  15-18  feet.  P. 


reclinata,  with  arching  leaves,  perhaps  never  grows 
higher  than  10-12  ft.  It  is  a  bushy  palm  of  a  glossy 
dark  green  color.  P.  Natalensis  and  P.  Zanzibarensis 
seem  to  be  identical  with  P.  reclinata.  P.  farinifera  is 
a  low  bushy  palm  of  great  elegance  from  East  India, 
and  P.  rupicola  and  P.  cycadifoua  are  also  very  grace- 
ful and  fine  species-.  The  latter  species  has  the  most 
beautiful  and  elegant  foliage  of  all  the  species  of 
Phoenix.  P.  pumila  and  P.  acaulis  are  very  small 
kinds,  while  P.  palndosa,  being  provided  along  the 
leaves  around  the  stem  with  formidable  spines,  forms 
dense  and  impenetrable  thickets.  P.  glauca  is  a  small- 
growing  species  with  glaucous-green  foliage.  These  are 
all  tender  palms,  but  they  grow  well  on  high  pineland. 


1765.   Phoenix  Roebelenii  of  horticulturists, 

but  considered  by  botanists  to  be  a  form  of  P.  humilis. 
See  species  No.  6,  on  p.  1311. 

All  these  Date-palms  grow  with  great  luxuriance  in 
south  Florida;  but  P.  Canariensis,  P.  sylvestris,  P. 
tenuis  and  the  hybrid  between  P.  Canariensis  and  P 
sylvestris  are  not  only  the  hardiest  and  the  most  beauti- 
ful of  all  but  they  form  extremely  elegant  and  stately 
specimens  in  about  ten  years  from  the  time  of  planting. 
They  grow  most  luxuriantly  in  low,  moist,  rich  soil,  but 
they  also  do  exceedingly  well  on  high  pineland  if  well 
fertilized  during  the  rainy  season.  In  fact,  they  will 
thrive  under  an  application  of  nitrogenous  fertilizers  in 
quantities  sufficient  to  kill  almost  any  other  plant.  The 
lower  leaves  of  P.  Canariensis  often  suffer  from  rusty 
spots  which  disfigure  them  badly,  but  the  spots  will 
soon  disappear  if  the  plants  are  well  watered,  cultivated, 
and  fertilized. 

All  the  members  of  the  bushy-growing  group  of  Date- 
palms  are  rather  tender,  and  they  have  suffered  severely 
by  the  heavy  freezes  which  have  visited  Florida  of  late 
years.  Though  losing  all  their  foliage,  they  will  be  as 
fine  as  ever  the  next  fall  if,  immediately  following  the 
frost,  the  heart- leaf  is  pulled  out.  If  left  in  its  position 
it  will  soon  rot  and  injure  the  center  of  the  plant  be- 
yond recovery. 

Deep  planting  is  very  essential  with  all  palms,  but 
especially  with  the  large  and  massive  Dates.  Each 
plant  should  be  set  in  a  basin -like  excavation  about  6-8 
ft.  in  diam.  and  2  ft.  deep  in  the  center.  If  this  precau- 
tion is  not  taken  the  heavy  palm  would  very  likely  be 
blown  over  by  strong  winds.  The  young  palm  after 
planting  works  its  way  down  until  it  stands  about  234-3 
ft.  deep  in  the  soil;  then  the  trunk  grows  upward. 
There  it  stands  like  a  post,  smoothly  rounded  at  the 
bottom,  emerging  its  long,  rope-like  roots  in  all  direc- 
tions but  particularly  downward.  The  writer  knows  of 
a  specimen  in  which  the  ends  of  the  roots  at  a  depth, 
of  15  ft.  could  not  be  found  and  they  evidently  went 


PHCENIX 


PHCEXIX 


1311 


down  many  more  feet  until  they  had  reached  the  clay- 
bank  or  the  water.  There  are  quite  a  number  of  small 
feeding-roots  found  in  dense  masses  all  along  the  rope- 
like  main-roots  near  the  surf  ace  of  the  soil,  but  not  such 
a  network  of  surface-roots  as  we  find  in  all  the  hardy 
species  of  Cocos  (of  the  C.  australis  type),  in  which 
almost  all  the  roots  run  horizontal  and  are  mostly  found 
near  the  surface,  while  in  the  species  of  Phoenix  they 
run  downward.  The  large-growing  species  flower  pro- 
fusely in  the  fall  and  winter,  while  the  bushy  species  all 
flower  during  the  spring  months.  In  all  the  species  of 
Phoenix  the  male  and  female  flowers  are  borne  on  differ- 
ent individuals,  and  the  various  species  flowering  at  the 
same  time  hybridize  readily.  H.  NEHBLING. 

Phoenix  in  California.  — The  undersigned  now  has 
growing  in  the  ground  the  following  species:  P.  Canar- 
iensis,  dactylifera,  reclinata.  all  large;  cycadifolia, 
farinifera,  pumila,  rupicola,  tennis,  2-4  ft.  high; 
Hanceana,  Juboe,  sylvestris  and  Zeylanica,  all  in  pots. 
Much  confusion  exists  here,  and  few  dare  recognize 
more  than  the  three  first  named.  We  have  P.  dactyl- 
ifera as  high  as  100  ft.  Some  specimens  grown  from 
seed  saved  from  commercial  dates  have  made  50  ft.  of 
trunk  in  30  years,  while  others  of  the  same  seeding 
have  made  but  8  ft.  Either  we  have  numerous  hybrids 
here  or  else  some  species  that  no  one  knows.  We  have 
them  in  all  shades  of  green  and  glaucous-green,  all 
habits  of  growth,  stiff  and  upright,  pendulous  and  soft, 
narrow  leaves  and  broad  ones,  slim-folded  and  wide- 
spreading,  the  latter  like  an  inverted  leaf  of  Jubcea 
spectabilis.  No  one  here  has  attempted  to  straighten 
them  out.  The  only  species  easily  recognized  every- 
where and  by  every  one  is  P.  Canariensis,  the  gem  of 
the  genus.  This  is  regarded  by  one  eminent  Calif ornian 
nurseryman  as  a  garden  hybrid,  but  it  always  produces 
fertile  seeds,  and  seedlings  from  it  do  not  vary,  which 
cannot  be  said  of  any  other  Phrenix  here.  Next  in  popu- 
larity comes  P.  reclinata;  the  others  are  only  found  in 
collections.  P.  dactylifera  is  seldom  planted  now,  and 
few  nurseries  ever  grow  it.  All  species  of  Phoenix  are 
hardy  here  as  far  as  the  writer  knows.  P.  Canariensis 
is  most  easily  removed  from  the  ground,  and  the  best 
time  is  Aug.  and  Sept.,  the  hottest  weather,  as  then  they 
recuperate  faster.  The  only  other  time  to  remove  is  in 
the  early  spring,  before  growth,  and  then  if  the  weather 
turns  cold  it  is  risky.  ERNEST  BRAUNTON. 

Phoenix  in  the  North.—  Although  Phoenixes  cannot  be 
considered  to  be  as  decorative  subjects  as  the  Howeas 
and  Chrysalidocarpus,  they  are  among  the  hardiest  of 
palms.  For  any  unfavorable  situation  where  any  palm 
can  be  expected  to  thrive,  recommend  a  Phoenix.  Out- 
doors they  endure  the  hottest  sunshine  without  losing  a 
particle  of  color,  whether  placed  in  jars,  vases  or  beds. 
As  house  plants  they  are  unequaled  for  resistance  to 
neglect.  They  also  bear  the  tying  and  untying  and  the 
crowding  and  wear  and  tear  of  public  decorative  work 
better  than  any  other  palms.  The  writer  has  a  pair  of 
specimens  of  Phoenix  rupicola,  which  within  the  past 
six  years  have  been  packed  and  unpacked  five  hundred 
times;  they  have  withstood  excessive  heat  and  cold, 
gas  and  dust,  and  still  stand  to-day  in  the  broad  sun 
with  their  arching  fronds  perfect.  The  Date-palm  is  not 
quite  so  graceful.  P.  Leonensis  or  spinosa  is  slightly 
stiff er  than  P.  rupicola,  but  very  handsome.  Other 
kinds  useful  to  the  florist  are  P.  Canariensis,  farinifera, 
pumila  and  tenuis.  (This  paragraph  has  been  adapted 
from  an  article  in  Scott's  Florists'  Manual  which  em- 
bodies the  experience  of  Mr.  Scott  and  of  the  under- 
signed.) W.  H.  TAPLIN. 

INDEX. 

(Various  other  names  will  be  found  in  horticultural  litera- 
ture, but  the  following  comprise  those  known  to  the  Ameri- 
can trade.) 


acaulis,  7. 
Andersoni,  1. 
Canariensis,  9. 
cycadifolia,  11. 
dactylifera,  11. 
excelsa,  11. 
farinifera,  4. 
Hanceana,  6. 
humilis.  6. 

83 


Jubce,  9. 
Leonensis,  2. 
Lourierii,  6. 
macrocarpa,  9. 
melanocarpa,  2. 
paludosa,  3. 
pumila,  8. 
pusilla,  5. 
reclinata.  2. 


Roebelenii,  6. 
rupicola,  1. 
Senegalensis,  2. 
spinosa,  2. 
sylvestris,  10. 
tenuis,  9. 
Zanzibar -ensis,  2. 
Zeylanica,  5. 


A.  Texture  of  Ifts.  flaccid 1.  rupicola 

AA.   Texture  of  Ifts.  rigid. 

B.  Arrangement  of  Ifts.  2-ranked. 

c.  Form  of  Ifts.  lanceolate 2.  reclinata 

CO.  Form    of    Ifts.    ensiform,    with 

filiform  tips 3.  paludosa 

BB.  Arrangement  of  Ifts.  2-4  or  many- 

ranked. 
C.  Position  of  Ifts.  equidistant. 

D.  Color  of  Ivs.  dark  green 4.  farinifera 

DD.  Color  of  Ivs.  light  green 5.  pusilla 

cc.  Position     of    Ifts.    grouped    or 

fascicled. 

D.  Stem  bulbiform:  Ivs.  short. 
E.  Lfts.  scattered,  irregularly 

fascicled 6.  humilis 

EE.  Lfts.    in    nearly    opposite 

fascicles 7.  acaulis 

DD.  Stem  erect:  Ivs.  long. 

E.  Lvs.  very  slender 8.  pumila 

9.  Canariensis 
EE.  Lvs.  more  robust. 

p.  Foliage  glabrous 10.  sylvestris 

FF.  Foliage  glaucous 11.  dactylifera 

1.  rupicola,   T.   Anders.   (P.   Andersoni,  Hort.   Cal- 
cutta).   Stem  15-20  ft.x8  in.,  solitary,  slender,  naked: 
Ivs.  10  ft.,  quite  glabrous;    petiole  compressed;    seg- 
ments 1%  ft.,  2-ranked,  not  fascicled,  flaccid,  bright 
green.    Sikkim,  Himalaya.    G.C.  II.  8:45.    F.  1887,  p. 
165.      I.H.    25:318.     F.E.    1:143.     A.G.    13:141.     A.F. 
4:569.— "The  numerous  bright  green  decurved  Ifts.  all 
in  one  plane  are  peculiar  to  this  beautiful  species."  A 
form  with  some  of  the  Ifts.  white  is  figured  in  I.H  34:3. 

2.  reclinata,  Jacq.  (P.  Leonensis,  Lodd.    P.  Senega 
Unsis,  Van  Houtte.     P.  spinbsa,  Schum.  &  Thorn.    P. 
Zanzibar  6nsis,  Hort.).     Stem  short  (3-4  ft.):    Ivs.  \2- 
ranked,  bright  green,  obliquely  arcuate-recurved  toward 
the  apex;    Ifts.  rigid,  approximate,  strict,  12  in.  long, 

1  in.  wide,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  pungent,  the  terminal 
9  in.  long,  slightly  bifid,  the  lowest  spinescent.   Trop. 
and  S.Africa.    F.  1871,  p.  135.    A.F.  4:568.   A.G.  13:141; 
14:410;  16:346.    Gn.  39,  p.  140. -P.  melanocdrpa,  Naud., 
has  black  edible  fruits,  and  was  found  in  a  garden  at 
Nice .    It  is  "  supposed  to  be  a  variety  of  P.  Senegalensis . " 
E.H.  1894,  pp.  493,  496,  497. 

3.  paluddsa,  Roxb.   Gregarious,  subarboreous :  trunks 
8-25  ft.  high,  12-18  in.  in  diam.,  often  reclining,  annu- 
late: Ivs. 8-10  ft.;  Ifts.  1-2  ft.,  opposite  and  alternate, 
2-ranked,  ensiform,  with  filiform  tips,  whitish  or  mealy 
beneath ;  petiole  3-5  ft.  long,  slender,  scurfy,  with  many 
long  spines;  sheath  fibrous :  fr.  black-purple.   Seashore, 
tropical  Asia. 

4.  farinifera,  Roxb.    Shrubby:  caudex  at  most  4  ft., 
thickly  clothed  with  old  leaf -sheaths :  petiole  with  1  or 

2  pairs  of  spines;  Ifts.  subopposite,  4-ranked, ensiform, 
rigid,   pungent,   dark  green:    fr.  black.     Ceylon    and 
southern  India.— "The  caudex  has  a  farinaceous  pith" 
(Roxb.).    "The  foliage  is  so  spiny  that  it  is  impossible 
to  walk  through  clumps  of  it"  (Steavenson). 

5.  pusilla,  Gaertn.  (P.  Zeyldnica,  Hort.).    Stem  10-14 
ft.:  Ivs.  rather  short;  Ifts.  very  many,  subequidistant, 
7-10  in.,  spreading  at  right  angles,  4-ranked,  rigid,  pun- 
gent, bright  green.    Ceylon. 

6.  humilis,  Royle.     Stems  short,  tufted,  bulbiform, 
rarely  elongated:  Ivs.  subglaucous;    Ifts.  scattered,  in- 
terruptedly fascicled.     Very  close  to  P.  acaulis,  but 
distinguished  by  the    very    long-peduncled,  fruiting 
spadix.    Hilly  districts  of  India.  — Var.  Hanceana,  Becc. 
(P.  Hanceana,  Hort.),  from  China,  is  cultivated. 

Var.  Lourierii,  Becc.  (P.  Hcebelenii,  O'Brien).  Fig. 
1765.  Lvs.  1  ft.  long;  Ifts.  5-7  in.  long,  shining,  dark 
green,  soft,  curved,  subglaucous,  often  approximate, 
mostly  falcate,  not  spinous  at  the  tip.  Assam  to  Cochin 
China.  G.M.  38:80.  A.G.  15:201.  G.C.  III.  6:475; 
11:731.  G.F.  3:273. 

7.  acaulis,  Buch.    Caudex  bulbiform,  8-10  in.  in  diam., 
densely  clothed  with  sheaths  and  bases  of  the  petioles : 
Ivs.  2-6  ft. ;  Ifts.  in  subopposite  fascicles,  many-ranked, 
J^-1%  ft.  long,  very  rigid,  somewhat  glaucous,  marginal 
nerve  very   strong;    petiole  1   ft.  or  more,  with  many 
spines :  fr.  bright  red  to  blue-black.    India. 


1312 


PHGENIX 


PHORMIUM 


8.  pumila,  Hort.    Stem  slender,  graceful.  6-10  ft. :  Ivs. 
10-16  ft.  long,  recurved,  drooping;    Ifts.  8-12  in.  long, 
4-ranked.     Gt.  20,  p.  173  (description).    Fla.  Farm.  & 
Fr.  Gr.  1898:67. 

9.  Canariensis,  Hort.  (P.  Unuis,  Versch.     P.  Jubce, 
Webb).     Resembling  P.  dactylifera,  but  more  slender 
and  graceful  in  all  its  parts:  Ivs.  more  numerous.     Ca- 
nary  Islands.     R.H.    1838:181.     G.C.    III.    15:405.     V. 
19:51.    Gng.  5:215.     Gn.  57,  p.  255.     R.H.  1893,  pp.  126, 
127.— Var.  macrocarpa  is  cult,  in  Florida. 

10.  sylvestris,  Roxb.     Stem   solitary,  stout,  25-40  ft. 
high,  clothed  with  persistent  petiole  bases:    Ivs.  10-15 
ft.,  glabrous;  petiole  spiny ;  segments  1-2  ft.,  fascicled, 
2-4-ranked,  rigid,  light  green.    Very  close  to  P.  dactyl- 
ifera and  perhaps  the  origin  of  that  plant.    India".    I.H. 
10:351.    V.  16:101.    F.  1872,  p.  29.   Gn.  54,  p.  117.     G.C. 
III.  10:105.— A  hybrid  of  P.  sylvestris  and  Canarien- 
sis  secured  by  E.  H.  Hart  is  highly  praised  by  Ameri- 
can connoisseurs. 

11.  dactylifera,  Linn.  (P.  cycadifolia.  Hort.).    DATE- 
PALM.      Fig.    1764.      Stem   tall,   erect :    Ivs.   glaucous, 
arcuate-ascending ;    Ifts.    linear-lanceolate    acuminate, 
strongly  complicate,  the   lower  4-ranked,  the  upper  2- 
ranked,  irregularly  and  remotely  aggregate:  fr.  cylin- 
drical-elliptical, 1-2  in.  long.    Arabia,  N.  Afr.    R.H.  1893, 
p.  127.— Var.  excelsa  is  cult,  in  Florida.    See  Date. 

P.  dumbsa,  Hort.  Saul,  1893.  Of  "dwarf  habit."  Seems 
unknown  to  botanists.— P.  glauca,  cult,  by  H.  Nehrling,  is  a 
name  not  in  the  texts.— P.  Natalensis  and  var.  variegata  are 
offered  by  Reasoner,  but  no  description  is  available. — P.  San- 
deridna.  Presumably  introduced  within  recent  years  by  San- 
der &  Co.,  St.  Albans,  Eng.— P.  spinulbsa,  Hort.  Saul,  1893,  is 
an  obscure  name.— P.  tomentbsa,  cult,  by  H.  Nehrling,  is  an 
obscure  name.  JARED  G.  SMITH. 


1766.  American  mistletoe—  Phoradendron  flav 


PHOLIDdTA  (Greek,  scale  and  ear;  the  scales  of  the 
unopened  raceme  are  said  to  recall  the  rattle  of  a 
snake).  Orchiddcece.  A  small  genus  containing  about 
20  species,  natives  of  India,  S.  China  and  the  Malay 
Archipelago.  Mostly  of  the  habit  of  Coalogyne,  with 
creeping  rhizomes  and  pseudobulbs  consisting  of  a  sin- 
gle internode.  Fls.  small,  short-pedicelled,  in  slender 
racemes,  each  with  a  large  bract;  sepals  arid  petals  short, 
broad;  labellum  excavated  or  sac-like  ;  column  very 
short,  winged  around  the  top.  For  cultivation,  use 
strong,  light,  rich  potting  material,  broken  pots,  old  dry 
cow  manure,  plenty  of  drainage.  Do  not  allow  to  be- 
come very  dry.  Temperature,  55-65°. 

imbricata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  oblong  sulcate:  Ivs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  plicate,  6-12  in.  long:  raceme  long- 


peduncled,  3-8  in.  long:  fls.  small,  rather  crowded  on. 
the  raceme,  white  or  yellowish,  with  a  shade  of  violet. 
Feb. -May.  India.  B.R.  14:1213;  21:1777.  L.B.C. 
20:1934. 

Chin6nsis,  Lindl.  A  small  creeping  epiphyte.  Pseu- 
dobulbs cespitose,  1-2-lvd. :  Ivs.  oblong-undulate,  acu- 
minate, fls  greenish  white,  in  drooping  racemes  not 
more  than  2-3  in.  long;  sepals  ovate;  petals  linear;  la- 
bellum oblong,  recurved.  — This  plant  has  long  been 
known  from  Chinese  drawings. 

WM.  MATHEWS  and  HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PHORADENDRON  flavescens,  Nutt.,  is  the  Mistletoe 
of  eastern  North  America.  Fig.  1766.  It  is  parasitic  on 
deciduous  trees,  as  far  north  as  New  Jersey  and  south- 
ern Indiana  and  extending  southwards  to  Florida  and 
Texas.  F.R.  3:590.  It  makes  dense  bunches  1-3  ft. 
across,  with  thick  oval  or  obovate  yellowish  green  ever- 
green Ivs.  The  forking  twigs  are  terete,  and  break 
easily  at  the  base.  The  fls.  are  dioecious,  borne  in  very 
short  spikes  or  catkins:  berries  amber-white,  globular, 
small.  The  plant  is  collected  for  Christmas  greens  (see 
Greens,  Christmas).  The  Old  World  Mistletoe  is  Vis- 
cum. 

PHORMIUM  (Greek,  phormos,  basket;  referring  to 
one  use  to  which  this  fiber  plant  is  put) .  Liliacew.  NEW 
ZEALAND  FLAX.  The  New  Zealand  Flax,  Phormium 
tenax,  is  a  tender  herbaceous  plant,  3-6  ft.  high,  with  a 
tuft  of  2-ranked,  sword-shaped  Ivs.  and  panicles  of  6- 
lobed  fls.  varying  from  red  to  orange.  It  is  a  choice 
plant  for  conservatory  decoration  and  for  subtropical 
bedding.  It  is  a  very  formal  plant,  its  lines  being 
strong,  stately  and  rather  stiff,— perhaps  too  much  so  in 
immature  specimens.  The  genus  is  easily  distinguished 
by  its  fls.,  which  are  erect,  numerous,  panicled,  the 
perianth  with  a  top-shaped  tube,  and  the  somewhat 
incurved  segments  loosely  connivent  above.  Phormium 
belongs  to  the  tribe  of  which  the  day-lilies  (Hemero- 
callis  and  Funkia)  are  representatives  in  the  northern 
hemisphere  and  the  poker  plants  (Kniphofia)  in  the 
southern,  its  nearest  "ally  being  the  Australian  Bland- 
fordia  with  fls.  of  similar  colors  but  pendulous  and  with 
stamens  affixed  at  the  middle  of  the  tube  instead  of  at 
the  apex,  as  in  Phormium.  Phormiums  have  a  short, 
thick  rhizome  and  clusters  of  thickened  fibrous  roots. 
There  are  three  species,  all  from  New  Zealand.  The 
common  species,  P.  tenax,  is  the  tallest  plant  and  gen- 
erally has  redder  fls.  than  P.  Cookianum.  The  rarest 
species,  P.  ffookeri  (not  in  trade),  differs  in  having 
Ivs.  which  bend  back  until  they  reach  the  ground. 

Phormiums  are  perhaps  too  slow  of  propagation  to  be 
ranked  among  the  few  most  popular  plants  for  subtropi- 
cal bedding,  but  they  are  esteemed  choice  subjects  by  con- 
noisseurs. They  are  a  prominent  feature  of  many  fine 
establishments  in  California.  When  Phormiums  are  to 
be  prop,  by  division  G.  W.  Oliver  recommends  that  they 
be  planted  outdoors  in  very  sandy  soil  during  May  and 
divided  during  September.  yy  ]yj 

For  certain  combinations  and  in  places  where  it  can 
have  plenty  of  moisture  Phormium  tenax  is  a  valuable 
plant,  having  a  very  distinct  and  unusual  character  all 
its  own.  The  type  is  easier  of  cultivation  than  the 
variegated  kinds.  Much  better  results  can  be  obtained 
by  raising  the  typical  form  from  seeds  than  by  division. 
Seed  sown  in  Feb.  and  grown  on  rapidly  will  make  good 
plants  for  bedding  purposes  the  spring  of  the  following 
year.  The  seedlings  maybe  either  planted  out  or  grown 
in  pots;  in  the  latter  case  give  a  rich  compost  and 
plenty  of  water  after  the  plants  have  taken  hold.  With 
good  treatment  one  may  expect  at  the  end  of  a  year  and 
a  half  a  well -furnished  specimen  3-3%  ft.  high  in  a 
6-in.  pot.  If  one  can  afford  room  in  a  warm  house,  so 
much  the  better.  The  variegated  forms  require  partial 
shade  and  even  moisture;  they  do  not  come  true  from 
seed-  J.  F.  COWELL. 

A.  Lvs.  2-3  in.  wide,  split  at  apex. 

tenax,  Linn.  NEW  ZEALAND  FLAX.  Fig.  1767.  Ro- 
bust: Ivs.  attaining  4  ft.  or  more,  2-3  in.  wide,  dark 
green,  margin  and  keel  bright  red  or  brownish :  scape 
5-7  ft.  high,  much  overtopping  the  Ivs. :  fls.  typically 


OF    THE 

UNIVERSITY 

Of 


Plate  XXIX.    Photography 

The  Milkweed  pod  in  the  upper  left  corner  was  photographed  on  a  "backed"  plate  to  counteract  halation;  the  view 
he  right  shows  the  same  subject  photographed  without  "backing."    The  yellow  Narcissus  to  the  left  below  was  photo- 
graphed on  an  isochromatic  plate  (without  color  screen);  the  same  flower  in  the  same  lighting,  made  on  an  ordinary  plate, 


PHORMIUM 


PHOTOGRAPHY 


1313 


scarlet,  but  in  natural  forms  varying1  almost  to  pure 
yellow;  perianth  18-21  lines  long.  B.'M.  :ns»«J.  Gn.  50, 
p.  369.  A.F.  13:748.  R.H.  1848:5.  V.  13:340.  Gn.  26, 
p.  397.  — Var.  atropurpureum  has  reddish  purple  foliage. 
R.H.  1877,  p.  389.  Var.  atropurpureum  variegatum  is 
alleged  to  be  a  "veritable  fountain  of  white,  purple  and 
rose  color."  Var.  nigro-pictum  (JV.  purpureum  nigro- 
li  mint  urn,  Hort.  Saul?).  Lvs.  deep  green,  with  a  nar- 
row margin  of  blackish  purple,  which  becomes  broader 


1767.   Phcrmium  tenax. 

and  more  distinct  towards  the  base,  making  in  mature 
plants  a  zigzag  line  which  outlines  the  2-ranked  habit 
of  the  Ivs.  Var.  variegatum  has  fls.  striped  creamy 
yellow  and  white.  R.H.  1878,  p.  86.  Var.  Veitchianum 
(var.  Vritchii  and  P.  Veitchidnum,  Hort.)  has  broad 
creamy  white  stripes  on  a  light  green  ground.  A.F.  5:39. 
The  type  and  varieties  all  have  the  red  margin  and  the 
variegated  forms  are  all  smaller  than  the  type. 

AA.  Lvs.  %-lVv.  in.  wide,  scarcely  split  at  apex. 
Cookianum,   Le  Jolis.     A  smaller  plant:    Ivs.  2-3  ft. 
long:   scape  3-6  ft.  high:  perianth  12-15  lines  long,  yel- 
lower than  the  above.    Var.  variegatum  has  yellowish 
white  stripes.    F.M.  1874:112.  ^   jyj. 

PHOSPHATE.  This  word  is  often  used  by  farmers 
as  synonymous  with  commercial  fertilizers.  Consult 
Fertility,  Fertilizers  and  Manures. 

PHOTlNIA  (Greek,  pJioteinos,  shining;  alludingto  the 
•hining foliage).  Including  Heteromeles  and  Pourthicea. 
Ttosacea*,  tribe  Pbmece.  Ornamental  evergreen  or  de- 
ciduous shrubs,  with  alternate,  usually  serrate  Ivs., 
white  fls.  in  sometimes  very  large  corymbs,  and  very  dec- 
orative red  or  scarlet  fr.  The  evergreen  species  are  ten- 
der in  X.  Eng.,  and  bear  only  a  few  degrees  of  frost;  but 
the  deciduous  P.  villosa_ is  hardy  asfarnorth  as  Massa- 
chusetts, and  is  very  conspicuous  in  fall  by  the  scarlet 
fall  coloring  of  the  foliage  and  afterwards  by  the 
numerous  scarlet  fruits,  which  retain  their  bright  color 
until  midwinter  and  are  not  eaten  by  birds.  Of  the 
evergreen  species,  P.  arbutifolia,  which  is  very  similar 
to  P.  serrulata  and  also  to  P.  glabra,  is  the  best  known; 
it  is  a  very  striking  object  in  winter,  with  its  large 
clusters  of  bright  red  fr.  ripening  in  December  and 
contrasting  well  with  the  glossy  dark  green  foliage. 
The  Photinias  are  not  very  particular  as  to  soil,  but 
thrive  best  in  a  rather  light,  sandy  loam,  and  the  de- 
ciduous ones  prefer  sunny  positions.  Prop,  by  seeds 
or  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  glass  and 
by  layers  :  also  by  grafting  on  hawthorn  or  quince. 
About  20  species  distributed  from  Japan  and  China  to 
India  and  Java,  2  species  in  Calif,  and  Mex.  Shrubs, 
rarely  small  trees  with  stipulate  Ivs.:  fls.  in  corymbs  or 
short  panicles;  petals  5,  orbicular;  stamens  10-20; 
Styles  2.  rarely  3  or  4,  connate  at  the  base:  fr.  a  small 


1-  or  2-seeded  pome.  Closely  allied  to  the  Aria  group  of 
Sorlms  and  only  distinguished  by  the  top  of  the  fr. 
being  rounded  and  hollow. 

A.    Lvs.  deciduous:   fls.  in  corymbs. 

villdsa,  DC.  (P.  varidUlis,  Hemsl.  Pourthicea 
vilUixa,  Decne.  S6rbus  termindlis,  Hort.).  Upright 
shrub,  to  15  ft.,  with  slender  spreading  or  upright 
branches:  Ivs.  short-petioled,  broadly  obovate  to  oblong, 
cuneate,  acuminate,  sharply  serrate,  dark  green  and 
glabrous  above,  more  or  less  pubescent  beneath  when 
young,  13^-3  in.  long:  fls.  white,  in  1K-2  in.  broad-, 
glabrous  or  villous  corymbs  terminal  on  short  lateral 
branchlets:  peduncles  warty:  fr.  about  %  in.  long, 
bright  scarlet.  June.  Japan,  China.  G.F.  1:67.— A 
very  variable  species.  Var.  laevis,  Rehd.  (P.  Icfvis, 
DC.  Poitrthicea  arguta,  Hort.),  has  narrower  Ivs.,  only 
sparingly  pubescent  when  young  and  soon  glabrous, 
glabrous  inflorescences  and  somewhat  larger  fr.  G.F. 
4:377.  . 
AA.  Lvs.  evergreen,  glabrous:  fls.  in  large  panicles 

serrulata,  Lindl.  (P.  glabra,  var.  Chine'nsis,  Maxim. 
Cratlr.gus  gldbra,  Sims,  not  Thunb.).  Shrub,  to  20  ft.: 
Ivs.  with  petioles  about  1  -in.  long,  oblong,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate,  serrulate,  dark  green 
and  shining  above,  yellowish  green  beneath,  5-7  in.  long: 
panicles  to  6  in.  broad:  fls.  %  in.  across;  stamens  20: 
fr.  globose,  %  in.  across,  red.  May-July.  China.  B.M. 
2105.  L.B.C.  3:248.  Stands  fairly  well  in  Washington. 

glabra,  Maxim.  (Cratcegus  glabra,  Thunb.).  Shrub, 
to  8  ft.:  Ivs.  on  about  3^-in.  long  petioles,  elliptic  or 
obovate  to  oblong-obovate,  cuneate  at  the  base,  acumi- 
nate, serrulate,  2-4  in.  long:  panicles  2-4  in.  across: 
fls.  %  in.  across;  stamens  20:  fr.  subglobose,  red.  May- 
July.  China,  Japan. 

arbutifdlia,  Lindl.  (Heteromeles  arbutifolia,  Roem. 
Cratcegus  arbutifolia,  Ait.).  TOYON.  TOLLON.  Shrub  or 
small  tree,  to  20  ft. :  young  branches  and  inflorescences 
usually  tomentulose:  Ivs.  oblong  to  oblong-lanceolate, 
acute  at  both  ends,  sharply  serrate,  shining  above,  2-4 
in.  long:  fls.  white,  in  2-5-in.  broad  panicles;  stamens 
10  :  fr.  bright  red,  %  in.  across.  June,  July.  Calif. 
S.S.  3:193.  B.R.  6:491. -Called  Christmas  Berry  in 
Calif.,  where  the  fruits  are  much  used  for  Christmas 
decoration. 

P.  arguta.  Wall.  (Pottrthisea  arguta,  Decne.).  Closely  allied 
to  P.  villosa:  Ivs.  longer  and  narrower,  firmer,  densely  wbite- 
tomentose  beneath  when  young:  corymbs  larger.  Himal.— P. 
elliptica,  Nichols.,  is  Eriobotrya  elliptica,  Lindl.,  a  Himalayan 
species  not  in  cult,  in  this  country. — P.  Japonica,  Nichols. = 
Eriobotrya  Japonica.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

PHOTOGRAPHY,  HORTICULTURAL.  Plate  XXIX. 
As  a  means  of  description  and  of  record,  photography 
is  of  great  importance  to  horticulture  in  all  its  branches. 
A  reference  to  magazines  and  to  trade  catalogues  of  the 
day  shows  a  growing  use  of  the  "half-tone"  engraving 
process ;  and  these  engravings  are  merely  photographs 
transferred  to  a  copper  plate,  and  by  means  of  minute 
chemically-etched  dots  given  a  printing  surface  for  the 
typographic  press.  Many  other  illustrations  —  notably 
many  in  this  Cyclopedia  —  are  adapted  from  or  drawn 
directly  from  photographs,  being  then  engraved  by  an- 
other photographic  etching  process  on  hard  zinc.  To  a 
limited  extent,  photographs  are  also  printed  on  the  pre- 
pared surface  of  boxwood  blocks,  and  used  in  lieu  of  a 
drawing  as  a  sketch  for  the  wood-engraver. 

Every  experiment  station  and  agricultural  college 
finds  in  photography  an  indispensable  adjunct  both  to 
its  records  and  to  its  descriptive  work.  For  the  botanist, 
photography  provides  both  an  uniquely  accurate  means 
of  recording  plant  details,  and  of  portraying  the  appear- 
ance of  the  growing  plant  in  its  habitat.  A  photographic 
herbarium  represents  the  living  plant  more  adequately 
than  the  usual  dried  specimens.  Some  of  the  larger 
nursery  and  seed  establishments  are  also  coming  to 
maintain  photographic  equipments,  in  order  that  they 
may  readily  preserve  views  of  the  varieties  which  it 
is  desired  to  advertise.  In  horticultural  journalism 
photography  is  of  prime  importance.  In  advanced 
collegiate  institutions  and  at  the  meetings  of  various 
progressive  horticultural  societies  and  institutes,  the 
presentation  of  photographs  by  means  of  the  stereopti- 


1314 


PHOTOGRAPHY 


PHOTOGRAPHY 


con  is  found  to  be  of  enormous  advantage,  and  the  teach- 
ing or  entertainment  is  made  more  efficient  through  this 
means.  Therefore,  all  branches  of  horticultural  activity 
are  concerned  with  photography,  and  the  progressive 
instructor  dealing  with  horticultural  problems  in  an 
educational  institution,  or  handling  the  government's 
money  in  the  experiment  station  work,  must  be  able 
to  practice  photography  with  a  fair  degree  of  profi- 
ciency, if  he  is  to  accomplish  the  best  results. 

As  Horticultural  Photography  differs  essentially  from 
the  line  of  work  in  which  the  ordinary  portrait  photog- 
rapher is  engaged,  some  special  skill  and  certain  items 
of  equipment  are  desirable  for  the  tradesman,  or  experi- 
menter, or  teacher  who  wants  to  make  his  illustration 
effective.  Those  who  deal,  as  does  the  writer,  with  many 
photographs  from  many  "artists,"  come  to  know  and 
abhor  the  thoroughly  inadequate  work  of  the  ordinary 
professional,  who  is  fitted  both  as  to  equipment  and  skill 
only  for  the  picturing  of  the  human  face  and  form.  Not 
once  in  twenty  times  does  satisfactory  and  efficient  horti- 
cultural photographic  work  come  from  the  professional ; 
and,  therefore,  the  horticultural  instructor  or  tradesman 
is  best  served  by  taking  up  photography  in  an  indepen- 
dent manner. 

Apparatus.—  For  views  outdoors  of  trees,  plants,  etc., 
any  view  camera  of  the  regulation  or  of  the  "  folding  " 
type  will' answer,  though,  as  it  is  often  desirable  to 
obtain  relatively  large  details  of  fruits  or  flowers  or 
plants  in  situ,  a  bellows  of  more  than  the  usual  focal  ca- 
pacity or  length  is  preferred.  The  modern  "long-focus" 
cameras  are  suitable,  and  the  size  most  used  by  horti- 
culturists is  that  taking  a  plate  5x7  inches  in  dimen- 
sions. For  such  size  a  rectilinear  lens  with  a  focal  length 
of  seven  or  eight  inches  is  advisable ;  and  if  one  of  the 
two  lenses  forming  the  combination  is  available  as  an 
objective  of  about  double  the  focal  length  of  the  com- 
bination, and  the  camera  is  provided  with  a  bellows 
which  draws  out  several  inches  beyond  the  focal  length 
of  this  single  lens,  much  facility  in  operation  is  provided. 
Any  of  the  modern  high-class  view  lenses  are  suitable, 
and  those  of  the  anastigmatic  type,  which  are  not  only 
rectilinear  but  also  render  views  in  a  flat  and  correct 
perspective,  are  preferable.  It  need  not  be  assumed, 
however,  that  the  very  highest  grade  lens  is  essential, 
for  in  the  hands  of  a  thoughtful  and  reasonably  skilful 
operator,  an  ordinary  rectilinear  lens,  costing,  for  the 
size  mentioned,  but  $15  or  $20,  will  often  do  satisfactory 
work.  Whatever  lens  is  used,  it  should  be  fitted  into 
a  quick  -  working  shutter,  as  outdoor  exposures,  with 
modern  rapid  plates,  must  be  made  in  small  fractions 
of  a  second.  The  shutter,  it  may  be  explained  to  the 
unacquainted  reader,  is  merely  a  convenient  device  for 
opening  and  closing  the  lens  to  the  light  for  the  inter- 
val of  time  desired  by  the  photographer. 

As  there  is  frequent  misconception  of  the  work  done 
by  a  lens,  and  as  even  lens-makers  sometimes  give 
faulty  advice  as  to  the  proper  objectives  for  any  specified 
uses,  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  suggest  to  the  inquiring 
horticultural  photographer  an  investigation  on  his  own 
account.  Photo -Miniature  No.  1,  "Modern  Lenses,"  is 
a  brief,  clear  and  concise  statement  of  the  principles, 
properties  and  construction  of  lenses,  which  may  be 
consulted  to  advantage.  The  focal  length  of  any  lens, 
in  connection  with  the  size  of  the  plate  upon  which  it  is 
to  be  used,  determines  the  angle  and  amount  of  view  in- 
cluded. The  human  eye  is  a  lens  of  about  16  inches 
focal  length,  and  to  have  a  photograph  render  perspec- 
tive as  seen  by  the  average  eye,  an  objective  of  the 
same  focal  length  is  required.  Thus,  on  a  5x7  plate,  a 
lens  of  8  inches  focal  length  will  include  twice  as  much 
in  the  view,  and  show  it  in  half  the  size  as  seen  by  the 
eye.  This  forced  perspective  is  sometimes  desirable 
and  sometimes  unpleasant.  If  the  8-inch  lens  is  com- 
posed of  two  elements  on  what  is  known  as  the  symmet- 
rical plan,  the  rear  element,  may  usually  be  used  alone 
(by  screwing  out  the  front  lens),  and  it  will  have  ap- 
proximately double  the  focus  of  the  combination.  This 
will  give  about  the  perspective  seen  by  the  human  eye, 
and  will  need  to  be  used  in  connection  with  a  bellows 
of  at  least  the  same  length  or  "draw  "  as  the  focal  length 
of  the  lens.  Some  of  the  high-grade  lenses  are  now 
made  on  what  is  termed  the  "convertible  "  plan,  each  of 
the  two  elements  being  of  a  different  focal  length.  Thus 


a  certain  lens  which  as  a  whole  is  of  7%  inches  focus, 
includes  one  element  of  12  inches  focus  and  one  element 
of  18  inches  focus.  Either  of  these  single  lenses,  or  the 
combination,  may  be  used  separately,  so  that  from  a 
given  position  three  views,  including  proportions  dif- 
fering as  5,  8,  and  12,  may  be  made. 

To  photograph  an  object  in  natural  size,  the  double  lens 
is  preferable.  If  the  lens  be  of  8  inches  focus,  it  will  give 
natural  size  when  placed  equidistant  between  the  object 
and  the  ground-glass  focusing-screen  of  the  camera,  at 
double  its  focal  length.  Thus  the  bellows  would  need 
to  be  drawn  out  so  as  to  have  16  inches  between  the 
ground  glass  and  the  lens,  while  the  object  to  be  photo- 
graphed should  be  maintained  in  position  16  inches 
from  the  lens. 

A  tripod,  capable  of  adjustment  as  to  height,  and  of 
sufficient  rigidity  to  sustain  the  camera  in  a  moderately 
high  wind,  is  easily  obtained.  The  cheaper  forms  are 
fairly  efficient,  but  the  photographer  who  has  much 
traveling  to  do  finds  it  preferable  to  obtain  one  of  the 
more  expensive  and  carefully  fitted  types,  which  fold 
into  a  smaller  compass. 

For  indoor  work,  including  the  making  of  photographs 
of  fruits,  flowers  or  plants  in  large  detail,  a  special 
form  of  camera-stand  is  very  desirable.  One  arranged 
so  that  the  camera  may  be  maintained  in  an  inclined  or 
nearly  vertical  plane,  while  the  object  to  be  photographed 
rests  on  a  plate-glass  exposing  stand  in  front  of  the  lens, 
gives  great  facility  and  ease  of  operation,  and  does  away 
with  many  difficulties  of  illumination.  A  few  experiment 
stations  possess  devices  of  this  kind.  A  form  which  has 
been  found  exceedingly  satisfactory  in  practice  is  de- 
scribed in  No.  13  of  the  Photo-Miniature,  "Photographing 
Flowers  and  Trees, "and  is  here  reprinted  by  permission 
in  Figs.  1768  and  1769,  showing  the  camera-stand  both 
as  arranged  for  horizontal  and  for  vertical  work.  In 
operation  with  this  device,  the  flower,  fruit  or  plant  to  be 
photographed  is  laid  upon  the  plate-glass  stand,  and  the 
camera,  fastened  by  its  tripod  screw  upon  a  movable 
bed,  is  moved  backward  or  forward  as  a  whole,  or 
through  its  bellows,  until  the  desired  size  and  focus 
are  obtained.  The  background  may  be  varied  to  any 
extent  desired  by  cardboards  or  cloths  placed  below 
or  back  of  the  plate-glass  stand,  out  of  focus.  The 
camera-stand  is  mounted  on  casters,  so  that  it  may 
be  readily  moved  about  to  secure  the  most  favorable 
lighting.  Objects  which  can  best  be  handled  on  a  hori- 
zontal plane  may  be  disposed  somewhat  as  shown  in 
Fig.  1768.  For  work  of  this  sort  a  north  side-light  is 
found  vastly  preferable  to  the  conventional  sky-light.  A 
greater  mistake  in  the  equipment  of  a  studio  for  hor- 
ticultural work  could  not  be  made  than  to  provide  the 
sky-light  deemed  essential  by  old-fashioned  professional 
photographers,  although  now  happily  abandoned  by  the 
more  progressive  workers  for  a  "single-slant"  light, 
which  gives  far  better  results.  There  should  be  pro- 
vided in  the  work-room  of  the  horticultural  photog- 
rapher several  good  reflecting  surfaces,  so  that  the  side 
of  the  object  opposite  the  main  source  of  light  may  be 
properly  illuminated. 

Plates  and  color-values.— As  practically  all  Horticul- 
tural Photography  has  to  do  with  the  tints  of  growing 
things,  the  well-known  color  inaccuracy  of  the  ordinary 
dry-plate  is  a  serious  disadvantage.  The  ordinary  plate 
responds  most  actively  to  the  rays  at  the  blue  end  of 
the  spectrum,  and  is  very  sluggish  in  taking  an  im- 
pression from  green,  yellow  and  red,  the  latter  color, 
indeed,  being  rendered  practically  the  same  as  black. 
Yellow,  which  in  actual  color  value  is  on  a  par  with 
light  bhie,  and  only  a  few  shades  less  intense  than 
white,  is  rendered  by  the  ordinary  plate  as  a  dark  color, 
as  all  operators  who  have  photographed  yellow  roses, 
yellow  apples,  yellow  plums,  and  the  like,  will  have  ob- 
served. Fortunately,  there  are  available  photographic 
plates,  known  as  isochromatic  or  orthochromatic  plates, 
which,  to  a  certain  extent,  correct  these  difficulties,  and 
the  skilful  operator  may,  by  the  use  of  the  proper  plate 
and  in  some  cases  a  suitable  ray-filter,  give  approxi- 
mately correct  values  to  all  the  colors  of  the  spectrum. 
For  all  ordinary  horticultural  uses,  where  blue  and  yel- 
low are  not  found  in  the  same  subject,  the  isochromatic 
plate  of  the  most  rapid  speed  is  satisfactory.  It  gives 
yellow  its  proper  value,  at  the  same  time  improving  the 


PHOTOGRAPHY 


PHOTOGRAPHY 


1315 


rendering  of  the  green  foliage  and  slightly  increasing 
the  truth  of  representation  in  pink,  lavender,  and  the 
lighter  red  shades.  It  is  very  much  better,  then,  for  the 
photographer  who  has  to  do  with  horticultural  work  to 
confine  himself  exclusively  to  these  isochromatic  plates 
for  all  his  work.  If  he  has  a  subject  including  blue 
flowers,  the  especial  activity  of  the  blue  rays,  which 
otherwise  would  render  the  photographic  impression  as 
intense  as  if  the  object  was  white,  can  be  restrained  by 
a  suitable  ray-filter,  which  is  applied  in  front  of  the  lens. 
This  ray-filter  is  either  a  glass  cell  filled  with  a  one  per 
cent  solution  of  potassium  bichromate,  or  a  piece  of 
plane  optical  glass  covered  with  a  suitably  stained  col- 
lodion film  sealed  with  another  optical  glass  and  pro- 
vided with  a  convenient  mounting  for  slipping  on  the 
lens.  With  this  ray-filter  and  the  isochromatic  plate  be- 
fore alluded  to,  the  yellow  is  slightly  over-valued,  but 
the  blue  is  given  its  proper  relation.  The  beauty  of 
outdoor  photographs  is  vastly  increased  by  the  use  of 
the  plate  and  ray-filter  mentioned,  because  a  proper 
color  value  is  given  to  the  sky,  and  the  cloud  forms  are 
preserved  in  all  their  attractiveness.  If  the  subject  be 


of  the  isochromatic  plate  as  compared  with  the  ordi- 
nary plate  in  photographing  yellow  tulips.)  Halation  is 
caused  by  the  reflection  of  brilliantly  lighted  objects 
from  the  back  of  the  glass  plate  carrying  the  sensitive 
emulsion.  Light  possesses  enormous  velocity,  and 
there  is  a  constant  and  almost  inconceivably  rapid  play 
back  and  forth  between  the  two  surfaces  of  the  glass 
plate,  which  is  covered  only  on  its  face  by  the  sensitive 
photographic  emulsion.  This  results  in  a  thickening  of 
all  the  finer  lines  which  should  be  rendered  in  the  posi- 
tive as  white.  It  is  best  counteracted  by  "backing"  the 
plate  with  a  composition  which  will  absorb  all  the  rays 
of  light  that  pass  through  the  emulsion  on  the  face. 


1768.  Adjustable  camera-stand,  horizontal  position. 

a  heavily  loaded  peach  tree,  for  instance,  the  accentua- 
tion of  the  yellow,  brought  about  by  the  use  of  the  ray- 
filter,  will  give  a  needed  slight  exaggeration  of  color 
value  to  the  fruit,  which,  under  treatment  by  an  ordinary 
plate,  will  be  almost  indistinguishable  from  the  mass  of 
foliage.  With  the  ray -filter  the  exposure  required  is 
practically  trebled.  In  this  Cyclopedia,  advantage  has 
been  taken  of  isochromatic  plates  in  photographing 
some  of  the  subjects.  The  carnations,  Plate  IV,  Vol.  I, 
show  a  variety  of  shades  properly  rendered  by  the 
means  indicated.  The  dahlia,  Plate  IX,  shows  the 
rendering  of  dark  red  shades  in  connection  with  green 
foliage  by  the  isochromatic  plate.  The  persimmon 
plate  (XXVIII)  in  this  volume  also  shows  orange,  yel- 
low and  red  fruits  as  properly  rendered  under  this 
isochromatic  handling,  and  the  oranges  (Plate  XXIII), 
including  fruits  from  the  light  lemon-yellow  Pomelo  to 
the  deep  orange-red  Tangierine,  prove  also  the  useful- 
ness of  the  plate  suggested. 

A  difficulty  known  in  photographic  practice  as  hala- 
tion must  also  be  counteracted  if  the  fine  detail  of  sub- 
ts  involving  much  light   is  to  be  preserved.     Plate 
XXIX  shows  a  milkweed  pod,  first  as  photographed  with 
a  plain  isochromatic  plate  and  second  as  photographed 
with  the  same  plate,  treated  so  as  to  eliminate  halation. 
The  two  lower  figures  on  the  same  plate  show  the  value 


1769.   Adjustable  camera-stand,  vertical  position. 

Any  dark  substance  which  can  be  brought  into  absolute 
optical  contact  with  the  posterior  surface  of  the  glass 
plate  will  answer,  but  the  most  efficient  backing  is 
provided  by  an  alcoholic  solution  of  soap,  to  which  has 
been  added  a  mixture  of  erythrosin  and  aurin,  two  red 
aniline  pigments  having  high  absorptive  powers.  This 
coating  is  easily  applied,  and  easily  removed  before 
development;  and  the  writer  in  his  practice  of  Horti- 
cultural Photography  uses  isochromatic  plates  backed 
with  this  dyed  soap-solution  for  all  important  work. 

Even  with  the  aid  of  the  isochromatic  plate  and  the 
ray-filter  the  photography  of  shades  of  red  is  difficult, 
because  of  the  lack  of  actinic  or  chemical  quality  in  the 
red  rays  of  the  spectrum.  In  practice  it  is  found  neces- 
sary to  give  a  very  much  prolonged  exposure  to  objects 
containing  red,  and  then  to  restrain  the  overexposure 
upon  development  by  means  of  a  suitably  compounded 
developing  solution.  Details  regarding  this  are  out  of 
place  here,  but  may  be  obtained  from  the  works  cited  at 
the  end  of  this  sketch. 

Lantern-slides.— A  few  words  may  be  added  concern- 
ing the  production  of  lantern-slides,  now  of  the  greatest 
importance  in  illustrative  work.  A  lantern-slide  is  a 
positive  on  glass,  and  therefore  is  made  from  a  nega- 
tive. It  is  made  preferably  on  a  special  plate,  much 
slower  than  the  regular  photographic  dry-plate,  because 


1316 


PHOTOGRAPHY 


PHRYNIUM 


coated  with  a  silver  chloride  rather  than  a  silver  bromide 
emulsion.  The  slide  is  usually  faced  with  a  paper  mask, 
so  as  to  include  only  the  desired  portions  of  the  picture, 
and  protected  by  a  cover  glass.  Negatives  of  any  size 
may  be  used  if  a  suitable  arrangement  is  provided  for 
reduction.  This  can  readily  be  arranged  by  an  adapta- 
tion of  the  camera-stand  illustrated  in  Fig.  1768.  A  pair 
of  light  bars  are  added,  running  from  the  top  of  the 
plate-glass  frame  to  a  support  at  the  other  end  of 
the  stand,  and  a  piece  of  heavy  muslin  or  light  canvas 
thrown  over  this  serves  to  exclude  the  excess  of  light. 
A  ground-glass  frame  is  added  back  of  the  plate-glass, 
which  latter  is  removed  to  give  place  to  a  turn-table 
arrangement,  made  to  take  and  hold  negatives  of  vari- 
ous sizes.  In  practice,  the  ground  glass  end  is  turned 
toward  the  strong  light,  the  negative  to  be  used  is  ad- 
justed in  the  turn-table,  and  the  image  focused  in  the 
camera  as  usual.  The  5x7  size  largely  used  by  hor- 
ticulturists is  in  just  the  right  proportion  for  the 
ordinary  lantern  plate  of  American  practice,  which  is 
3%  x  4  inches.  Slides  may  also  be  made  by  contact,  if 
the  negative  to  be  used  is  of  suitable  size.  The  familiar 
4x5,  3%  x3%  and  3%  x  1%  hand-camera  films  are  often 
so  used,  being  placed  in  contact  with  a  lantern  plate  in 
an  ordinary  printing  frame,  and  given  a  short  exposure 
to  an  artificial  light.  Such  slides  are  seldom  of  good 
quality.  If  it  is  required  to  make  lantern-slides  from 
diagrams,  engravings  or  any  positive  material,  a  nega- 
tive must  be  first  prepared,  for  making  which  the  verti- 
cal position  of  the  camera  stand  (Fig.  1769)  is  very 
convenient. 

In  making  lantern-slides,  it  is  important  to  learn  the 
proper  exposure,  for  errors  in  exposure  cannot  be  cor- 
rected in  development  to  any  great  extent.  The  careful 
worker  will  expose  several  plates  upon  the  same  subject, 
give  all  the  same  development,  and  act  upon  the  ex- 
perience thus  gained. 

The  only  work  treating  specifically  of  the  photography 
of  flowers  and  trees  is  a  previously  mentioned  mono- 
graph in  The  Photo-Miniature,  No.  13,  published  by 
Tennant  &  Ward,  New  York.  In  the  same  series  of 
monographs  is  an  excellent  treatise  on  the  production 
of  lantern-slides  (No.  9),  and  another  on  modern  lenses 
(No.  1),  previously  cited,  j.  HORACE  MCFARLAND. 

PHOTOSYNTHESIS.  The  term  Photosynthesis  is 
derived  from  Greek  words  signifying  "light"  and  "put- 
ting together."  It  is  applied  to  that  process  by  means 
of  which,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  green  plants 
build  up  organic  or  carbon  -  containing  compounds. 
Carbon  is  the  element  which  as  a  rule  denotes  organic 
substance.  It  is  an  essential  constituent  of  the  cell 
wall,  or  fiber,  and  of  the  protoplasm;  likewise  of  starch 
and  of  sugar.  Green  plants  manufacture  practically  all 
of  the  organic  matter  which  may  eventually  furnish 
food  for  plants  and  animals,  so  that  all  life  is  ulti- 
mately dependent  upon  them. 

Ordinary  air  contains  only  about  .04  per  cent  of  car- 
bon dioxid ;  yet  the  green  plant  as  a  rule  obtains  all  of 
its  carbon  from  the  air.  Chlorophyll  and  light  are  abso- 
lutely essential  in  order  that  organic  sub  .fcance  may  be 
manufactured.  Chlorophyll,  the  substance  which  gives 
the  green  color  to  leaf  and  branch,  usually  occurs  in  defi- 
nite plasmic  bodies,  which  are  commonly  oval  in  form. 
These  chlorophyll  bodies  absorb  radiant  light  and  thus 
obtain  energy  or  power  to  work.  This  energy  cannot  be 
obtained  by  the  common  plant  in  any  other  way,  as  by 
the  absorption  of  radiant  heat  from  a  stove.  The  cell 
sap  absorbs  the  carbon  dioxid  which  has  diffused  into 
the  leaf  (see  Physiology  of  Plants),  and  the  energy 
obtained  from  light  works  upon  the  molecules  of  carbon 
dioxid  (COg)  and  water  (H2O)  of  the  cell  sap  in  such 
a  way  that  these  molecules  are  rearranged  and  united. 
A  molecule  of  some  simple  carbohydrate,  perhaps 
formaldehyde  (CH2O),  is  formed;  and  some  of  these 
molecules  are  perhaps  immediately  condensed  to  sugar 
(C6H12O6).  In  this  process  more  oxygen  is  supplied 
by  the  water  and  carbon  dioxid  than  can  enter  into  the 
organic  product,  and  this  surplus  oxygen  is  thrown  off. 
This  whole  process  is  called  photosynthesis. 

An  accumulation  of  sugar  in  the  leaf  would  hinder  the 
further  manufacture  of  this  product  and  much  of  the 
sugar  formed  is,  indeed,  immediately  diffused  to  other 


cells.  The  leaf  assimilates  very  rapidly  in  sunlight, 
and  the  surplus  sugar  formed  is  changed  to  starch,  an 
insoluble  product.  This  starch  is  usually  removed  from 
the  leaf  at  night.  In  some  way  potassium  salts  seem  to 
be  necessary  in  the  first  manufacture  of  sugar,  perhaps 
aiding  in  the  condensation  changes. 

It  is  probable  that  no  plant  containing  chlorophyll  in 
genetic  connection  with  its  protoplast  remains  long 
entirely  inactive  in  assimilation,  when  illuminated. 
The  red  end  of  the  spectrum  embraces  the  colors  which 
are  principally  concerned  in  the  activity  of  the  chloro- 
phyll function.  Photosynthesis  is  most  rapid  under 
those  conditions  of  temperature  and  food  supply  which 
best  stimulate  growth.  The  process  is  more  rapid,  how- 
ever, when  the  amount  of  carbon  dioxid  in  the  air  is 
slightly  increased.  The  presence  of  other  coloring  mat- 
ters, such  as  brown  and  red,  in  the  assimilating  organs 
does  not  mean  that  chlorophyll  is  absent,  and  that  other 
substances  may  replace  it.  Chlorophyll  may  be  present 
but  veiled  by  a  more  prominent  color.  It  is  improbable 
that  any  other  coloring  matter  besides  chlorophyll  and 
a  related  substance,  etiolin,  is  effective  in  carbon  dioxid 
assimilation. 

Photosynthesis  may  be  inhibited  by  too  intense  light, 
by  extremes  of  temperature,  and  by  deleterious  chemical 
agents.  It  ceases  immediately  in  darkness,  and  is  very 
feeble  in  weak  light. 

The  results  of  photosynthetic  activity  may  be  noted 
in  this  way:  An  active  branch  of  elodea  or  other  pond 
weed  may  be  kept  in  a  vessel  of  water  in  the  dark  until 
it  shows  no  starch  with  the  iodine  test.  The  branch  is 
then  placed  in  spring  water,  which  contains  consider- 
able air.  On  placing  the  experiment  in  sunlight, 
bubbles  of  oxygen  will  immediately  be  given  off.  This 
indicates  that  photosynthesis  is  active ;  and  after  a  time 
starch  may  be  found  in  the  leaves.  gt  M.  DUGGAR. 

PHRAGMITES  (Greek,  growing  in  hedges,  which, 
however,  does  not  apply  to  this  grass).  Graminece. 
Species  3,  one  in  tropical  Asia,  one  in  South  America, 
and  one,  our  species,  cosmopolitan.  Tall  and  stout  per- 
ennial reed  grasses  with  long  running  rootstocks  and 
terminal  panicles  with  aspect  of  Arundo.  Spikelets 
3-7-fld.  Differs  from  Arundo  chiefly  in  having  the  low- 
est fls.  staminate,  the  flowering  glume  sharp-pointed 
but  not  bifid,  and  the  hairs  of  the  spikelet  confined  to 
the  rachilla. 

communis,  Trin.  COMMON  REED.  Culm  usually  8-12  ft. 
high :  Ivs.  2  in.  wide.  Marshes  and  along  edges  of  ponds. 
The  ornamental  feathery  drooping  panicles  appear  in 
late  summer  or  autumn.  Gn.  31,  p.  33. 

A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

PHRYMA  (one  of  the  many  names  which  Linnaeus 
never  explained).  Verben&cece.  A  genus  of  one  species, 
a  hardy,  perennial  herb  of  little  horticultural  value.  It 
has  slender  branches,  coarsely  toothed  ovate  Ivs.  and 
small  purplish  or  rose-colored  opposite  fls.  borne  in 
long,  slender  terminal  spikes.  It  seems  to  have  been 
rarely  cult,  in  Europe  and  is  offered  by  one  American 
dealer  in  native  plants. 

Phryma  is  an  outlying  member  of  the  Verbena  family, 
and  is  by  some  authors  made  the  sole  example  of  a 
family  of  its  own.  This  is  because  its  ovary  is  1-celled, 
while  the  rest  of  the  Verbenacese,  as  a  rule,  have  a  2- 
or  4-celled  ovary.  There  is  some  evidence  for  regarding 
it  as  a  2-celled  verbenaceous  plant  in  which  only  half  of 
the  ovary  develops.  This  plant  has  the  inflorescence  of 
the  Verbena  tribe  and  the  habit  of  Priva.  Generic  char- 
acters are:  ovule  solitary,  erect,  orthotropous,  laterally 
affixed  at  the  base:  seed  without  albumen;  cotyledons 
convolute;  radicle  superior. 

Leptostachya,  Linn.  LOPSEED.  Height  2-3  ft.:  Ivs. 
3-5  in.  long,  thin,  the  lower  long-stalked:  fls.  at  first 
erect,  soon  spreading  and  the  calyx  in  fruit  closed  and 
abruptly  reflexed  against  the  axis  of  the  spike,  the  teeth 
long,  slender  and  hooked  at  the  tip.  June- Aug.  Com- 
mon in  moist  and  open  woods,  Canada  to  Minn.,  South 
to  Fla.  and  Kans.  B.B.  3:205. 

PHRYNIUM  (from  Greek  word  for  toad,  because  the 
plant  inhabits  marshes ) .  Scitamindcece.  About  20  herbs 
of  the  Old  World  tropics  with  creeping  rootstocks  and 
large  oblong  showy  radical  leaves.  The  genus  is  closely 


PHRYMl.M 


PHYLLANTHUS 


1317 


allied  to  Calathea  and  Maranta  and  is  often  confused 
with  them.  The  Marantas  an-  New  World  plants  with  1 
seed-bearing  locule  in  the  fruit,  whereas  Calathea  and 
Phrynium  usually  have  3  seed-bearing  locules.  In  Cala- 
tln-a,  the  (lower-cluster  is  terminal  on  a  leafy  stem  or 
rarely  on  a  leafless  scape  arising  directly  from  the  rhi- 
zome; in  Phrynium,  the  cluster  is  lateral  from  the 
sheathing  petiole.  In  Calathea  the  corolla-tube  i.s  usu- 
ally slender;  in  Phrynium  it  is  usually  short.  Phry- 
niums  are  grown  the  same  as  Calatheas  and  Marantas 
(which  see).  It  is  probable  that  there  are  no  true  Phry- 
niuius  in  the  Amer.  trade.  P.  variegatum,  N.  E.  Brown, 
is  .\fiu-(tnf<t  xrn n>fi mtreii ,  var.  ruriegntft.  It  is  a  stove 
plant  of  dwarf  habit  with  ovate-lanceolate  acuminate 
green  leaf-blades  which  are  marked  with  cream-white 
or  white  stripes  and  bands.  I.H.  33:606.  F.R.  3:469. 
(Jt.  4*5,  p.  581.  J.H.  III.  28:27.  It  is  a  worthy  plant, 
now  coming  to  be  popular.  For  Phrynium  eximium, 
see  Calathcd  i-sintco.  L<  jj.  B. 

PHYGfiLIUS  (flight  and  sun,  because  it  was  said  to 
love  the  shade).  Scrophularid.cea>.  Two  species  of 
south  African  shrubs,  one  of  which  is  in  the  trade. 
The  flowers  are  long  and  tubular,  not  unlike  those  of  a 
Pentstemon  in  looks,  scarlet,  with  exserted  stamens  in 
2  pairs,  and  a  long,  filiform  declined  style:  fr.  a  many- 
seeded  capsule.  The  Ivs.  are  opposite  and  petiolate, 
•crenate-dentate. 

CapSnsis,  Meyer.  CAPE  FUCHSIA.  Fig.  1770.  Erect, 
becoming  woody  at  the  base,  glabrous,  the  stem  with  4 
angles  or  narrow  wings:  Ivs.  ovate,  rounded  at  the  base, 
firm  and  veiny,  bluntly  small-toothed:  fls.  slender,  2  in. 
long,  somewhat  curved,  2-lipped,  purple  -  scarlet,  1-4 
together  on  the  ends  of  straight-spreading  peduncles, 
drooping.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  R.H.  1857,  p.  599;  1886, 
p.  473.  B.M.  4881.  F.S.  11:1111. -A  fine  subshrub 
blooming  in  summer  and  hardy  in  protected  places  as 
far  north  as  Philadelphia.  In  the  North  it  is  lately 
becoming  known  as  a  greenhouse  plant.  It  is  excellent 
for  planting  out,  enduring  heat  and  dry  weather  as  well 
as  geraniums,  or  even  better.  It  is  propagated  by  seeds 
and  also  by  cuttings.  The  cuttings  may  be  taken  from 
the  late  fall  shoots  of  outdoor  plants.  Phygelius  is  a 
showy  plant,  deserving  to  be  better  known.  L  jj_  3. 

PHYLL.4.GATHIS  (Greek,  divine  leaf).  Melasto- 
mdcece.  Four  species  of  herbs  from  the  Malay  Archi- 
pelago belonging  to  a  family  noted  for  its  numerous 
stove  foliage  plants.  The  Ivs.  of  P.  rotundifolia  are 
praised  for  their  colors,  both  above  and  below,  their 
venation,  their  plaited  character,  and  their  strong  shad- 
ows and  reflected  lights.  The  Ivs.  are  glossy  green 
above,  tinted  along  the  nerves  with  metallic  blue  and 
purple;  beneath  they  are  a  rich  coppery  red,  with  the 
prominent  nerves  of  a  brighter  co.or.  About  10  strong 
nerves  sweep  with  graceful  curves  irom  base  to  apex. 

These  plants  have  short,  thick  stems:  Ivs.  opposite  or 
the  terminal  solitary,  large-petioled,  roundish,  cordate 
at  the  base,  entire  or  denticulate:  fls.  crowded  into  a 
short-peduncled  head,  rosy,  about  %  in.  across;  petals 
6,  rarely  3;  stamens  8,  rarely  6:  ovary  4-celled,  rarely 
3-celled;  capsule  top-shaped,  4-valved.  The  nearest 
ally  in  cult,  is  Sonerila,  which  ordinarily  has  3  stamens, 
rarely  6. 

"  PhyUdgathis  rotundifolia  belongs  to  the  same  family 
as  the  better  known  Splicerogyne  latifolia  and  Cyano- 
phyllnm  spectabiJe.  It  somewhat  resembles  the  former 
in  general  appearance.  A  few  plants  of  it  were  given  a 
test  outside  during  the  summer  at  Washington,  D.  C., 
in  1899,  in  a  position  partly  shaded  from  the  sun. 
They  behaved  well,  and  in  such  a  situation,  where 
the  surface  of  the  soil  is  covered  with  some  low-grow- 
ing plant,  as  Hydrocotyle  or  Lysimachia,  to  keep  the 
sun  from  the  roots,  it  may  become  a  valuable  feature 
for  outdoor  decoration.  But  for  indoors,  it  may  be  used 
as  a  substitute  for  the  more  gaudy-leaved  Sphaerogyne, 
a-;  it  succeeds  in  an  atmosphere  in  which  the  majority  of 
greenhouse  plants  can  be  grown.  Propagation  for  small 
plants  is  by  the  leaf,  the  petiole  of  which  is  inserted  in 
sand,  the  blade  lying  flat  on  the  surface,  and  the  ribs 
severed  in  several  places.  From  the  cut  parts  nearest 
the  petiole,  numerous  small  growths  are  made;  these 
may  be  potted  when  an  inch  or  so  high.  For  making 


specimen  plants  quickly,  old  subjects  which  have  been 
encouraged  to  branch  may  be  cut  up,  and  the  pieces 
inserted  in  pots  in  bottom  heat.  They  send  out  roots 
very  quickly."— Oliver's  "Plant  Culture." 

rotundifolia,  Blume.  Stem  rooting  at  intervals,  4-sided, 
dark  purple :  1-vs.  6  in.  or  more  by  4%  in.,  roundish  ovate, 
abruptly  acuminate,  denticulate:  floral  parts  in  3's  or 
4's.  Sumatra.  B.M.  5282. 


1770.  Phygelius  Capensis  (X 


PHYLLANTHUS  (  Greek,  phyllon,  leaf,  anthos,  flower; 
because  the  flowers  are  apparently  borne  on  leaves). 
JSuphorbidcece.  Herbs  or  shrubs,  without  milky  juice: 
Ivs.  small,  alternate,  entire,  usually  in  2  lateral  rows  on 
the  small  branchlets  which  then  appear  like  pinnate 
Ivs.:  fls.  axillary,  apetalous,  monoscious  or  dio?cious, 
the  staminate  in  small  clusters  without  a  rudimentary 

Sistil,  pistillate  solitary;  sepals  4-6,  separate  from  the 
isk,  imbricated;  stamens  2-6  or  more,  usually  3:  cap- 
sule with  3  to  many  2-seeded  cells,  often  fleshy;  embryo 
large:  cotyledons  broad. 

More  than  400  species,  mostly  in  tropical  regions.  A 
few  only  are  cult.,  mostly  for  their  graceful  foliage. 
Monographed  by  Mueller  in  DC.  Prod.  15,  11:274,  where 
he  divided  the  genus  into  44  sections,  some  of  which, 
as  Emblica,  Cicca  and  Xylophylla,  have  been  considered 
by  others  as  separate  genera. 


1318 


PHYLLANTHUS 


PHYLLOCACTUS 


1771.  Otaheite  Goose- 
berry —  Phyllanthus 
distichus. 

(Foliage  X  1-10;  fr. 


A.    Foliage  of  large,  broadly  ovate-elliptical  varie- 
gated Ivs.,  not  pronouncedly  distichous. 

nivdsus,  Smith.  SNOW-BUSH.  Shrub  of  loose  habit, 
with  dark  wiry  somewhat  zigzag  branches :  Ivs.  1-2  in. 
long,  obtuse,  white  and  green  mottled:  fl.  small,  green- 
ish, discoid,  hanging  by  long  pedicels  from  the  leaf 
axils.  S.  Sea  Islands.  F.M.  1874:120.  I.H.  25:332.- 
Var.  rdseo-pictus,  Hort.  Lvs.  mottled  with  pink  and  red 
as  well  as  white  and  green.  Gn.  10,  p.  261.  F.  1878,  p.  13. 
—Used  in  the  house  and  for  bedding  out  in  summer. 
AA.  Foliage  of  narrowly  elliptical  or  ovate,  distinctly 
distichous  green  Ivs. 

fimblica,  Linn.  EMBLIC  MYROBOLAN.  A  much- 
branched  shrub  or  small  tree:  foliage  branches  with 
many  linear-elliptical,  obtuse  Ivs.,  which  are  close  to- 
gether and  K-%  in.  long:  fls.  small,  short-pedicelled 
in  the  axils  of  the  lower  Ivs. :  capsule  baccate,  %-l  in. 
in  diam.  E.  Indian  region.  L.B.C.  6:548.— Fruit  used 
raw  or  preserved:  foliage  handsome. 

dfstichus,  Muell.  (Cicca  disticha,  Linn.).  OTAHEITE 
GOOSEBERRY.  Fig.  1771.  Shrub,  with  ovate  acute  Ifts. 
1-2  in.  long:  fls.  on  separate  branches  below  the  foliage: 
fr.  fleshy,  edible.  India  and  Madagascar.  — W.  Harris, 
of  Hope  Gardens,  Jamaica,  W.  I.,  writes  that  the  Ota- 
heite gooseberry  is  an  elegant  shrub  or  small  tree  often 
cultivated  in  gardens  in  the  lowlands  of  Jamaica  and 
the  West  Indies.  The  fruit  is  very  acid  and  astringent; 
the  root  is  an  active  purgative,  and  the  seed  is  also 
cathartic.  The  fruit  is  occasionally  pickled,  qr  made 
into  preserves.  Plants  are  raised  from  seeds. 

pulcher,  Wall.  (P.  pallidifdlius ,  Miill.  P.  glauc^s- 
cens,  Hort.  ?  Reidia  glaucSscens,  Miq.).  A  small 
shrub:  Ivs.  much  like  the  last,  but  ovate-elliptical,  K- 
1%  in.  long,  glaucous  below:  fl.  small,  red  and  yellow, 
the  pistillate  near  the  end  of  the  foliage  branches,  on 
long  pedicels,  the  staminate  below;  sepals  laciniate: 
capsule  small,  globose,  puberulent.  Java.  B.M.  5437. 
G.F.  4:161. 

AAA.    Foliage    of  flattened   stems   bearing   scale-like 
Ivs.  and  fls.  on  the  margin. 

specidsus,  Jacq.  (P.  arbuscula,  Gmel.).  A  small 
shrub:  floriferous  branches,  lanceolate,  striate,  crenate, 
2-3  in.  long.  Jamaica.  B.M.  1021  (as  Xylophylla  lati- 
folia). 


P.  angustifblius,  Sw.  B.M.  2652.  Near  speciosus.  Fls.  small 
and  yellowish  on  the  margins  of  the  branches.  Known  as 
Xylophylla  montana.  Native  to  Jamaica. —  P.  atropurpureus, 
Hort.=  var.  of  P.  nivosus,  with  dark  purple  Ivs. —P.  Chantrieri, 
Andre.  R.H.  1883,  p.  537.  Sepals  fringed.  Cochin  China— P. 
salvicefblius,  HBK.  R.H.  1883,  p.  176.  Leaflets  truncate!  Fls. 
small,  somewhat  globular.  S.  Amer. 

J.  B.  S.  NORTON. 

PHYLLIRfiA.   See  Phillyrea. 

PHYLLITIS  (Greek,  a  leaf ;  from  the  simple  foliage). 
Polypodidcete.  A  genus  of  ferns  popularly  known  as 
the  Hart's-tongue  fern,  with  simple  Ivs.  and  elongated 
sori  at  right  angles  to  the  midrib;  indusium  appearing 
double  from  the  coalescence  of  two  sori,  one  produced 
on  the  upper  side  of  a  veinlet  and  the  other  on  the 
lower  side  of  the  veinlet  next  above. 

Scolopgndrium,  Newman  (ScolopSndrium  vulgare, 
Sm.).  HART'S-TONGUE.  Lvs.  10-15  in.  long,  heart- 
shaped  at  base,  1-2  in.  wide,  growing  in  tufted  clus- 
ters. Widely  distributed  in  Europe,  where  there  are 
many  curious  varieties  in  cultivation;  and  local  on 
coruiferous  limestone  in  central  New  York  ;  also  in 
Canada  and  Tennessee.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

PHYLLOCACTUS  (Latin,  phyllum,  a  leaf  ;  from  the 
flattened  leaf -like  stem).  Cactacece.  Branches  flat,  two- 
edged,  crenate  on  the  margins,  the  crenatures  bearing 
the  flowers,  and  bristles  rather  than  spines.  The  fruit 
is  often  angled,  usually  scaly,  but  without  spines  or 
wool.  About  a  dozen  species  are  recognized  by  botan- 
ists, but  few  are  known  in  the  wild  state,  and  most  of 
them  have  so  profusely  hybridized  with  each  other 
and  with  species  of  Cereus,  especially  C.  speciosus,  and 
even  with  Echinopsis,  that  many  of  the  forms  in  culti- 
vation are  wholly  doubtful.  In  strict  priority  the  genus 
should  be  called  by  the  older  name  Epiphyllum,  under 
which  nearly  all  the  species  have  received  names. 

In  their  native  haunts  Phyllocacti  are  often  epiphytic ; 
consequently  in  cultivation  they  do  not  require  as  much 
sunlight  as  most  other  genera  of  Cactaceee,  and  water 
can  be  more  freely  supplied  to  them.  See  also  Cacti. 

There  are  hundreds  of  Latin  names  in  the  catalogues 
which  seem  to  represent  species,  but  they  are  horticul- 
tural varieties  or  hybrids.  One  of  the  hybrid  forms  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1772. 


1772.   One  of  the  many  hybrid  Phyllocacti  (X 


A.    Tube  of  fl.  4-8  in.  long:  flowers  white  or  yellowish 
white  within,   often  rosy  on  the  tube  and  outer 
sepals,  4-10  in.  in  expansion. 
B.    Style  white. 

grandis,   Lem.     Very  large,  sometimes   20  ft.  long: 
stems   slender,   round   or  2-edged,  with  flat,    leaf-like, 


PHYLLOCACTUS 


PHYMATODES 


1319 


lanceolate,  often  very  long  and  large,  undulate  branches : 
fls.,  including  the  tube,  nearly  1  ft.  long,  5-6  in.  in  ex- 
pansion, opening,  according  to  Schumann,  in  the  day- 
time. Honduras;  also  said  to  be  found  in  Cuba. 

crenatus,  Lem.     In  cult,  commonly  not  much  more 
than  3  ft.  high,  freely  branching  from  the  lower  part  of 
the  stem:  branches  thick,  with  a  strong 
midrib,  but  thinning  to  the  edges,  which 
are  rather  deeply  crenate:    fls.  greenish 
yellow  outside,  6-10  in.  long,  and  about 
as   much   in   expansion,    day-blooming. 
Honduras. 

anguliger,  Lem.  About  3  ft.  high, 
many-stemmed:  basal  stems  cylindrical, 
hard  and  woody,  the  large  leafy  branches 
deeply  cut  in  the  margins,  like  the  teeth 
of  a  very  coarse  saw:  fls.  5-8  in.  long, 
the  tube  very  slender.  South  Mexico. 
B.M.  5100. 

BB.    Style  red. 

stenop6talus,  Salm-Dyck.  (P.  Idtifrons, 
Zucc.  ?).  Branches  very  long  and  large, 
crenate  or  somewhat  serrate,  acute  or 
acuminate:  midrib  and  usually  side  ribs 
evident;  areolse  with  rather  large  scales 
and  dark  bristles:  fl.  8-10  in.  long, 
spreading  and  in  full  bloom  bent  back- 
wards; petals  narrow.  Perhaps  from 
Mexico.— Much  advertised  as  the  Queen 
Cactus. 

Hookeri,  Salm-Dyck.  Branches  long 
but  narrow,crenate-serrate,  in  age  dark  or 
bluish  green,  often  reddish  on  the  mar- 
gins; midrib  strong  and  side  ribs  evi- 
dent: fls.  6-8  in.  long,  yellowish  white 
within,  reflexed  in  full  bloom.  Brazil 
and  Guiana. 

strfctus,  Lem.  Erect,  branching, 
reaching  a  height  of  10  ft.,  with  long 
cylindrical  branches  and  shorter,  leaf- 
like  secondary  branches:  creiiatures  or 
teeth  rather  deep,  unequal  011  the  oppo- 
site sides;  bristles  wanting:  tube  of  the 
fl.  very  long  and  slender,  outer  sepals 
brownish,  inner  pure  white  ;  the  flower 
opens  late  in  the  evening  and  closes  be- 
fore dawn;  in  full  bloom  the  sepals  are 
very  strongly  recurved.  Said  to  come 
from  the  island  of  Cuba.  — Often  found 
in  collections  under  the  name  of  P. 
latifrons. 

AA.    Tube  of  fl.  very  short:  fls.  red. 
Day  bloomers. 

Ackermanni,  Salm-Dyck.  Fig.  1773. 
Stems  numerous,  sometimes  reaching 
3  ft.,  somewhat  recurved :  branches  usu- 
ally less  than  a  foot  long,  with  evident 
middle  and  side  ribs ;  areolse  on  the  lower  and  younger 
shoots  bearing  short  bristles  :  fls.  scarlet-red  outside, 
carmine-red  within,  the  throat  greenish  yellow,  tube 
very  short,  the  limb  wide-spreading,  4-6  in.  in  diam. 
B.R.  16: 1331. -Not  known  in  the  wild  state. 

phyllanthoides,  Link.  Branches  at  length  hanging, 
cylindrical  at  base,  lanceolate  above:  serratures  obtuse; 
middle  and  side  ribs  evident;  bristles  few:  fl.-tube  2  in. 
long  or  less,  with  spreading  scales,  the  limb  somewhat 
longer,  often  striate.  South  Mexico. 

bif6rmis,  Lab.  Soon  pendulous,  the  branches  cylin- 
drical: short  branches  leaf -like,  the  lower  egg-shaped, 
the  upper  more  lengthened:  fls.  small,  purple-red,  less 
than  2  in.  in  expansion:  ovary  without  scales  or  angles. 
Honduras.  B.M.  6156.  V.  2:159. 

In  addition  to  the  species  described  above,  the  following  are 
recognized  by  Schumann:  P.  acuminatus,  caulorrhizus,  Qcert- 
neri,  phyllanthus,  Russelianus  and  Thomasianus.  Of  these, 

.  Goertneri  and  Russelianns  are  usually  included  in  Epiphyl- 
lum;  P.  caulorrhizus  is  perhaps  an  unusual  state  of  some  other 
species  ;  P.  Thomasiamis  described  from  a  garden  plant  is 
almost  certainly  a  hybrid.  Epiphyllum  Guedneyri  is  by  some 
referred  to  Phyllocactus.  KATHARINE  BRANDEGEE. 


PHYLL6STACHYS  is  treated  under  Bamboo.  P. 
heterocycla,  now  in  the  trade,  is  in  the  supplementary  list 
on  page  130.  Since  the  Bamboo  article  was  printed, 
P.  Marliacea  has  been  introd.  to  American  trade.  It 
is  a  rare  bamboo,  hardy  in  England,  of  which  Mitford 
says :  "It  presents  such  a  marked  resemblance  to  Phyl- 
lostachys  Quilioi  that  I  do  not  think  any 
expert  could  tell  them  apart  without  ex- 
amining the  wrinkled  base  of  the  stem,  to 
which  Phyllostachys  Marliacea  owes  its 


1773.  Phyllocactus  Ackermanni  (X 


Japanese  name,  Shibo-chikee,  'the  wrinkled  bamboo,' 
and  -which  makes  it  so  useful  for  canes  and  umbrella 
sticks." 

PHYLLOT.ENIUM.     See  Xantnosoma. 

PHYMATODES  (Greek,  a  close  network).  Polypo- 
dicLcece.  A  genus  of  ferns  allied  to  Polypodium  and 
sometimes  united  with  that  genus,  but  differing  in  the 
fine  copious  irregular  areolse  formed  by  the  anastomos- 
ing veinlets  and  the  free  included  veinlets  spreading  in 
every  direction.  For  culture,  see  Fern. 

A.    Lvs.  simple. 

Swartzii,  Underw.  (Polypbdium  Swdrtzii,  Baker). 
Lvs.  2-4  in.  long,  %-l  in.  wide,  narrowed  gradually 
toward  both  ends  :  sori  in  a  single  row  each  side  of  the 
midrib.  Florida  Keys  and  tropical  America. 

musaefdlium,  Blume.  Lvs.  1-3  ft.  long,  3-4  in.  wide, 
with  an  acute  point,  the  lower  part  winged  to  the  base  ; 
main  veins  very  distinct,  with  numerous  small  sori 
almost  covering:  the  whole  surface.  East  Indies.  —  Known 
also  as  Drynaria  and  Polypodium  musct  folium. 


1320 


PHYMATODES 


PHYSALIS 


AA.    Lvs.  deeply  pinnatifid. 

nigrescens,  Blunie  (Polypbdium  nigrescens,  Blume). 
Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  1  ft.  or  more  broad,  cut  nearly  to  the 
rachis  into  numerous  entire  lobes  1-2  in.  wide ;  surfaces 
naked,  dark  green;  sori  in  a  single  row  nearer  the  mid- 
rib than  the  edge,  sunk  in  deep  cavities  which  are  promi- 
nent on  the  upper  side.  India  to  Polynesia. 

glaucum,  Kunze  (Polypbdium  glauc^lm,  Kunze).  Lvs. 
12-18  in.  long,  6-8  in.  broad,  cut  down  to  a  winged  rachis 
into  entire  lobes  %  in.  or  more  wide,  both  sides  naked, 
glaucous;  veinlets  indistinct  :  sori  forming  a  single 
row  close  to  the  midrib.  Philippine  Islands.— Phlebo- 
dium  Mayii,  Hort.,  A.G.  19:455.  F.E.  10:600,  is  a  horti- 
cultural form.  G.C.  III.  23:328,  fig.  21. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

PHYSALIS  (Greek  for  bladder,  because  the  thin 
calyx  enlarges  and  incloses  the  fr. ).  Solanacece.  HUSK 
TOMATO.  GROUND  CHERRY.  Herbs  of  warm  or  tem- 
perate countries,  the  larger  number  American.  They 
are  variable  and  therefore  confusing  to  the  systematise 


usually  with  zigzag  mostly  simple  angled  pubescent 
stems:  Ivs.  ovate,  with  broad  base,  angular,  the  peti- 
ole widening  at  the  top:  fls.  whitish,  the  anthers  vel- 
low:  fr.  red  (sometimes  eaten),  the  ripe  large  calyx 
blood-red  and  very  showy.  Seems  to  be  native  from 
southeastern  Europe  to  Japan,  but  now  adventive  or 
naturalized  in  many  parts  of  the  world.  Gn.  41,  p.  577; 
49,  p.  233;  57,  pp.  28,  432.— The  Strawberry  Tomato  is 
an  old  garden  plant,  grown  for  its  highly  colored  blad- 
ders. The  plant  grows  12-18  in.  tall.  Of  easiest  culture. 
In  the  North,  plants  are  usually  started  indoors.  It  is  a 
perennial,  the  roots  withstanding  much  frost  if  pro- 
tected, but  it  is  usually  grown  as  an  annual.  Not  hardy 
in  the  northern  states. 

Francheti,  Mast.  (P.  A  lkekengi,v&r.  Francheti,  Hort. ). 
CHINESE  LANTERN  PLANT.  Differs  from  P.  Alkekengi 
chiefly  in  its  greater  size,  making  a  plant  2  ft.  tall  and 
bearing  calyxes  2  in.  in  diam.  In  his  original  descrip- 
tion of  the  species,  Masters  (G.C.  III.  16,  p.  434)  makes 
the  following  characters:  "It  differs  from  P.  Alkekengi 
in  being  an  unbranched  annual,  not  a  perennial,  with  a 
fibrous  root,  with  erect  branches,  not  creeping  at  the 
base,  glabrous  instead  of  setose,  in  its  much  larger  size, 
in  the  leaf-stalks  being  considerably  shorter  in  propor- 
tion to  the  blade."  Japan.  G.C.  III.  16:441.  Gn.  48,  p. 
435;  49:1059;  57,  p.  28;  58,  p.  196.  G.M.  37:626. 
J.H.  III.  29:343.  R.H.  1897:376  and  p.  35.  E.B. 
22:61;  23,  p.  91.  Gt.  45,  p.  636;  46,  p.  193.  A.G. 
18:81.  F.R.  1:426.  — One  of  the  most  profusely 
advertised  novelties  of  recent  years.  It  is  a 
most  striking  and  showy  plant.  It  was  brought 


1774.  Physalis  ixocarpa  in  its  cultivated  form 
(fruits  Y.Y*). 

The  species  number  anywhere  from  30  to  100 
or  more,  depending  on  the  author.  The  genus 
is  allied  to  Nicandra,  and  more  remotely  to 
Capsicum,  Lycopersicum  and  others.  The  flow- 
ers are  usually  not  showy,  and  are  much  like 
those  of  Solanum  in  structure;  corolla  rotate 
or  short  bell-shaped,  plicate  in  the  bud,  5-lobed 
or  5-angled,  usually  blue  or  yellowish,  borne 
solitary  in  the  leaf  axils;  stamens  not  united 
or  connivent.  The  calyx  greatly  enlarges  in 
fruit,  becoming  a  bladder  inclosing  the  2-loculed  mostly 
yellow  or  greenish  berry.  Lvs.  alternate,  mostly  angled 
and  usually  distinctly  stalked.  Most  of  the  species  are  of 
little  consequence  horticulturally,  although  P.  A  Ikekengi 
and  P.  Francheti  are  much  prized  for  the  glowing  red 
very  large  calyxes,  and  P.  pubescens  and  P.  Peruviana 
are  grown  for  their  edible  fruits.  Several  of  the  species 
are  known  for  their  fruits  where  they  grow  in  a  wild  state. 
In  most  parts  of  the  U.  S.  and  Canada  one  or  more  spe- 
cies grow  about  gardens,  in  fields,  and  in  waste  places. 
These  species  are  popularly  known  as  Ground  Cherry. 
The  fruits  are  usually  made  into  preserves,  although 
they  are  sometimes  eaten  raw.  The  common  cultivated 
species  are  annuals,  or  are  usually  treated  as  such  in 
this  country.  They  require  no  extra  care.  Usually  the 
seeds  are  sown  indoors  in  the  North,  in  order  to  secure  as 
much  of  the  crop  as  possible  before  frost.  Most  of  the 
cult,  species  are  long-season  plants,  and  therefore  need 
to  be  forwarded  in  the  spring.  The  high*  colors  of  P. 
Alkekengi  and  P.  Francheti  do  not  develop  until  the 
fruit  is  ripe.  Give  a  warm,  sunny  exposure.  The  plants 
do  not  withstand  frost.  Let  the  plants  stand  1-2  ft. 
apart  in  the  row. 

A.  Plants  with  large  red  calyxes  in  fruit. 

Alkekengi,  Linn.   ALKEKENGI.    STRAWBERRY  TOMATO. 
WINTER  CHERRY.    BLADDER  CHERRY.    Diffuse  grower, 


1775.  Physalis  pubescens  (fruits  X 


to  England  from  Japan  by  James  H.  Veitch,  and  first 
described  with  a  name  by  Masters  in  1894.  In  1879,  how- 
ever, it  had  been  described  by  Franchet,  of  the  Jardin 
des  Plantes,  Paris,  as  a  form  of  P.  Alkekengi,  but  with- 
out name.  The  fruits  are  very  brilliant  orange-red  in 
the  fall.  The  berry  is  said  to  be  edible.  Some  writers 
describe  the  plant  as  perennial. 

AA.  Plant  with  green  or  yellow  or  at  most  only  red- 
veined  calyxes.    Mostly  grown  for  the  edible  berry. 

B.  Stems  glabrous  or  very  nearly  so. 
ixocarpa,  Brot.  Fig.  1774.  Erect,  3  or  4  ft.  tall,  bear- 
ing smooth  branches  and  Ivs.,  the  latter  thin,  ovate  or 
lance-ovate  and  variously  toothed  or  notched :  fls.  large 
and  open  (%  in.  or  more  across),  the  border  bright  yel- 
low and  the  throat  bearing  5  black-brown  spots ;  anthers 
purplish :  husk  purple-veined  and  entirely  filled  by  the 
large  round,  purplish  sticky  berry,  and  is  sometimes 
torn  open  by  it.  Mexico,  and  introduced  northwards  to 
the  northern  states.  — The  form  in  cult.,  described  here, 
is  probably  P.  capsicifolia,  Dun.,  now  regarded  by  some 
as  a  form  of  the  cosmopolitan  P.  angulata.  The  writer 
prefers,  however,  to  refer  the  plant  to  P.  ixocarpa  as 
outlined  in  Britton  &  Brown,  although  there  is  doubt  as 
to  the  identity  of  the  cult,  plant  with  this  species.  Al- 
though the  cult,  plant  is  sometimes  sold  as  P.  ednlis 
(erroneously),  the  fruits  are  usually  too  mawkish  to  be 


PHYSALIS 


PHYSIANTHUS 


1321 


eaten  from  the  hand  (at  least  as  grown  in  the  N.).  It 
is  a  very  vigorous  and  productive  plant  and  is  of  some 
consequence  as  an  ornamental,  but  it  is  too  weedy  to  be 
of  much  value.  The  fr.  is  larger  than  in  the  native  P. 
(i)njnl(it(i.  The  plant  tigiuvd  l»y  Carriere  as  P.  riolacea 
(R.H.  1882:216)  is  the  one  here  described.  In  Mexico, 
the  fruits  are  said  to  be  used  in  the  making  of  chilli 
sauce  and  as  a  dressing  for  meats,  usually  under  the 
name  of  "tomatoes."  The  Mexican  forms  are  confused. 

BB.  Stems  pubescent  or  hairy. 

pubescens,  Linn.  STRAWBERRY  TOMATO  of  vegetable 
gardens.  DWARF  CAPE  GOOSEBERRY.  HUSK  TOMATO. 
GROUND  CHERRY.  Fig.  1775.  Low,  trailing  flat  on  the 
ground,  or  sometimes  ascending  to  the  height  of  a  foot: 
Ivs.  rather  thin  and  nearly  smooth,  more  or  less  regu- 
larly and  prominently  notched  with  blunt  teeth:  fls. 
small  ( %  in.  or  less  long) ,  bell-shaped,  the  limb  or  border 
erect  and  whitish  yellow,  the  throat  marked  with  5  large 
brown  spots;  anthers  yellow:  husk  smooth  or  nearly  so, 
thin  and  paper-like,  prominently  5-angled  and  somewhat 
larger  than  the  small,  yellow,  sweetish  and  not  glutinous 
fruit.  X.  Y.  to  the  tropics.  — The  plant  is  very  prolific, 
and  the  fruits  are  considerably  earlier  than  in  the  other 
species.  When  ripe  the  fruits  fall,  and  if  the  season  is 
ordinarily  dry  they  will  often  keep  in  good  condition 
upon  the  ground  for  3  or  4  weeks.  The  fruits  will  keep 
nearly  all  winter  if  put  away  in  the  husks  in  a  dry 
chamber.  They  are  sweet  and  pleasant,  with  a  little 
acid,  and  they  are  considerably  used  for  preserves,  and 
sometimes  for  sauce.  The  plant  is  worthy  a  place  in 
every  home  garden.  It  is  grown  more  or  less  by  small 
gardeners  near  the  large  cities,  and  the  fruits  are  often 
seen  in  the  winter  markets.  The  chief  objection  to  the 
plant  is  its  prostrate  habit  of  growth,  which  demands  a 
large  amount  of  ground  for  its  cultivation.  In  good  soil 
it  will  spread  4  feet  in  all  directions  if  not  headed  in. 
The  plants  are  set  in  rows  3  or  4  feet  apart  and  2  or  3 
feet  apart  in  the  row.  This  Physalis  has  been  long  in 
cultivation.  It  was  figured  by  Dillenius  in  1774,  in  his 
account  of  the  plants  growing  in  Dr.  Sherard's  garden 
at  Eltham,  England.  In  1781-6  it  was  figured  by  Jacquin, 
and  by  him  called  Physalis  Barbadensis,  from  the  island 
of  Barbadoes,  whence  it  was  supposed  to  have  come  into 
cultivation.  In  1807,  Marty n  also  described  it  under  the 
name  of  Barbadoes  Winter  Cherry,  or  Physalis  Barba- 
densis, and  says  that  it  is  a  native  of  Barbadoes.  None 
of  these  authors  say  anything  about  its  culinary  uses. 
Dunal,  in  1852,  described  it  as  var.  Barbadensis  of 
Physalis  hirsuta,  but  later  botanists  unite  Dunal's 
P.  hirsuta  with  Linnaeus'  P.  pubescens,  of  which  this 
-common  Husk  Tomato  is  but  a  cultivated  form. 


1776.   Physalis  Peruviana  (fruits  X 


Peruviana,  Linn.  (P.  fdulis,  Sims).  CAPE  GOOSE- 
BERRY. Fig.  1776.  As  compared  with  P.  pubescens, 
this  is  a  much  stronger  grower,  the  plant  standing  par- 
tially erect  and  attaining  a  height  of  l%-3  ft.:  Ivs. 
thicker,  less  regularly  toothed,  more  pointed,  heart- 
jshaped  at  the  base,  and  very  pubescent  or  fuzzy:  fls. 


larger  (%  or  %  in.  long),  open-bell-shaped,  the  limb  or 
border  widely  spreading  and  light  yellow,  the  interior 
or  throat  blotched  and  veined  with  5  purple  spots,  the 
anthers  blue-purple:  husk  thicker  and  larger  than  in 
the  last,  somewhat  hairy,  and  has  a  much  longer  point. 
Tropics.  B.M.  1068.  — This  species  is  too  late  for  the 
northern  states.  The  berry  is  yellow,  not  glutinous,  and 
much  like  that  of  P.  pubescens  in  appearance,  but  it 
seems  to  be  less  sweet  than  of  that  species.  This  plant 
has  been  cultivated  for  two  centuries,  probably.  It  was 
described  and  figured  by  Morison  in  1715  in  England. 
In  1725  Feuillee  gave  a  description  of  its  cultivation  in 
Peru,  saying  that  it  was  then  cultivated  with  care  and 
was  greatly  esteemed  as  a  preserve.  The  particular 
form  of  the  species  cultivated  in  our  gardens  is  that 
which  was  described  and  figured  by  Sims  in  1807  as 
Physalis  edulis,  the  "edible  Physalis."  Sims'  account 
says  that  "this  plant  is  a  native  of  Peru  and  Chili,  but 
is  cultivated  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  in  some  parts 
of  the  East  Indies,  and  more  especially  at  the  English 
settlement  of  New  South  Wales,  at  which  latter  place  it 
is  known  by  the  name  of  the  Cape  Gooseberry,  and  is 
the  chief  fruit  the  colonists  at  present  possess ;  is  eaten 
raw,  or  made  into  pies,  puddings  or  preserves."  The 
plant  is  rarely  sold  by  American  seedsmen. 

P.  lobata  offered  by  dealers  is  not  known  to  the  writer.  It  is 
advertised  as  one  of  the  Ground  or  Winter  Cherries,  with  vio- 
let fruit.  It  is  probably  not  P.  lobata,  Torr.  Perhaps  a  form  of 
the  ctdtivated  P.  ixocarpa.— P.  Philadelphia,  Lam.,  a  native 
species,  is  said  by  Britton  &  Brown  to  have  been  "formerly 
cultivated  for  its  fruit."  JJ<  jjt  g^ 

PHYSIANTHUS  (Greek,  bladder  flower;  referring  to 
the  base  of  the  corolla -tube).  Asclepiadacece.  This 
genus  was  long  ago  referred  to  Araujia,  but  the  plants 
are  still  known  to  our  trade  under  the  names  of  Physi- 
anthus  and  Schubertia.  Araujia  is  a  genus  of  about  13 
species  of  shrubby  twiners  from  the  American  tropics, 
closely  resembling  in  superficial  characters  the  popular 
Stephanotis,  having  the  same  large  white  waxy  fragrant 
5-lobed  fls.  A.  graveolens,  in  particular,  has  been  sug- 
gested as  a  rival  to  the  Stephanotis,  especially  as  it 
requires  less  winter  heat,  but  its  foliage  when  bruised 
emits  a  strong  and  offensive  odor,  especially  with  young 
plants.  A.  sericofera  has  considerably  smaller  fls.  and 
is  one  of  several  plants  advertised  as  "Cruel  Plants," 
because  they  entrap  insects,  though  they  may  not  digest 
their  dead  bodies  as  in  the  case  of  Nepenthes.  These 
Cruel  Plants  are  mostly  members  of  the  milkweed  and 
dogbane  families,  which  have  essentially  the  same  kind 
of  floral  structure— a  highly  complicated  and  specialized 
type  adapted  to  cross-fertilization  by  insects.  In  Fig. 
149  of  this  work,  an  insect  is  seen  struggling  in 
the  clutch  of  a  common  milkweed,  with  a  pair 
of  pollen-masses  hung  over  one  of  his  hind  leg» 
like  saddle-bags.  Araujia  sericofera  catches 
moths  in  a  slightly  different  fashion.  See  G.  C. 
III.  20:523.  For  other  "Cruel  Plants,"  see  Cyan- 
anchum  and  Vincetoxicum. 

When  well  grown,  Araujias  bloom  freely 
throughout  Sept.  and  Oct.  They  seem  to  have 
no  special  soil  requirements  and  may  be  flow- 
ered outdoors  from  seed  sown  indoors  in  early 
spring,  or  they  may  be  kept  permanently  in  a 
cool  greenhouse  and  grown  from  cuttings.  It  is 
seldom  that  we  see  A.  graveolens  grown  well 
in  greenhouses,  the  plants  being  usually  sickly 
and  infested  with  mealy  bug.  As  a  summer  vine 
in  the  open  it  makes  vigorous  growth,  and  after 
midsummer  it  usually  blooms  profusely.  The  fls. 
are  larger  than  those  of  Stephanotis.  Cuttings 
make  the  best  flowering  vines.  These  may  be 
taken  from  the  ripe  wood  before  cool  weather. 
Seeds  are  freely  produced,  and  germinate  well 
s6on  after  being  sown.  Araujias  are  considered 
hardy  in  the  most  favored  parts  of  England,  and 
are  grown  outdoors  in  Calif.  A.  graveolens  can 
be  flowered  in  pots,  but  the  border  of  the  greenhouse 
is  better. 

There  are  about  13  species  of  Araujia,  all  with  oppo- 
site Ivs.  and  whitish  or  rosy  fls. :  corolla-tube  short  or 
long,  inflated  at  the  base;  lobes  5,  very  wide  or  narrow, 
overlapping  toward  the  right  in  the  bud;  crown  with 


1322 


PHYSIANTHUS 


PHYSIOLOGY 


5  scales  attached  to  the  middle  of  the  tube  or  lower,  flat 
and  erect  or  convex  and  appressed  to  the  staminal  tube : 
seeds  long,  bearded.  Schubertia  and  Physianthus  should 
perhaps  be  considered  as  subgenera,  the  former  contain- 
ing the  hairy  plants  with  somewhat  funnel-shaped  fls. ; 
the  latter  nearly  glabrous  plants  with  somewhat  salver- 
shaped  fls. 

A.  Fls.  2-2%  in.  across,  umbellate. 
Araujia  graveolens,  Masters  (Physidnthus  graveolens, 
Hort.  P.  auricomus,  R.  Grah.  Schubertia  graveolens, 
Lindl.  S.  grandifldra,  Mart.).  Densely  covered  with 
harsh,  spreading  yellow  hairs  :  Ivs.  3-4%  x  2-2%  in., 
obovate,  acuminate,  greatly  narrowed  and  cordate  at  the 
base,  hairy  on  both  sides:  fls.  funnel-shaped,  i.  e., 
swelled  at  the  throat.  S.Brazil.  B.M.3891.  B.R.  32:21. 
G.F.  3:369.  G.C.  III.  4:271.  Gn.  32:607.  A.G.  13:695. 

AA.    Fls.  1  in.  across,  cymose. 

Araujia  sericdfera,  Brot.  ( A.  dlbens,  G.  Don.  A.  seri- 
cifera,  Ind.  Kew.  Araujia  sericdfera,  Mottet.  Physi- 
dnthus dlbens,  Mart. ) .  Nearly  glabrous :  Ivs.  3  x  1%  in., 
oblong-acuminate,  wide  and  square  at  the  base,  minutely 
pubescent  below:  fls.  salver-shaped,  i.  e.,  not  swelled  at 
the  throat,  pale  rose  in  the  bud  and  only  faintly  odorous. 
S.  Brazil.  B.M.  3201.  B.R.  21:  1759.  G.C.  III.  2:653; 
20:523.  R.H.  1857,  p.  89;  1883,  p.  488.  Gn.  24,  p.  409; 
34,  p.  397.  Mn.  6,  p.  206.— The  plant  as  above  described 
is  the  Physianthus  albens  or  Araujia  albens  of  the 
trade-  G.  W.  OLIVER  and  W.  M. 

PHYSIC  NUT,  FRENCH.    Jatropha  Curcas. 

PHYSIOLOGY  OF  PLANTS.  What  Plant  Physiology 
Means.  — The  very  fact  of  cultivating  plants  presup- 
poses some  knowledge  of  how  the  plant  lives,  i.  e.,  of 
plant  physiology.  The  pristine  cultivator  sought  to 
imitate  nature,  and  by  a  system  of  selection  and  in 
favoring  by  cultivation  the  few  plants  which  seemed 
best  suited  to  his  wants,  he  really  improved  and  devel- 
oped what  he  demanded  for 
use.  Thus  with  but  little 
knowledge  of  how  the  plant 
lives,  improvement  in  definite 
directions  has  gone  forward 
from  the  earliest  times.  Never- 
theless, the  limitations  in  im- 
Krovement  have  been  regu- 
ited  rather  by  limitations  in 
man's  knowledge  of  plant-life 
than  by  any  lack  of  capacity 
for  development  in  the  plant 
itself.  Every  new  discovery 
in  plant  physiology  must 
eventually  be  of  value  to  the 
horticulturist  in  one  way  or 
another,  and  the  fundamentals 
of  physiology  are  of  prime  im- 
portance. 

A  study  of  plant-life  in  field 
and  garden  alone  would  hardly 
have  given  foundation  for 
plant  physiology  as  a  science. 
With  a  knowledge  of  the  inti- 
mate structure  of  the  plant 
the  experimental  method  must 
be  applied  both  in  the  field 
and  in  the  laboratory.  Neither 
actions  nor  processes  can  be 
intimately  known  unless  the 
separate  activities  are  in  some 
way  isolated  and  each  for  it- 
self investigated  by  a  study 
of  cause  and  effect.  From  the 
germination  of  the  seed,  and 
the  interesting  changes  which 
this  involves,  through  all  of 
the  intricate  living  processes 
of  breathing,  taking  in  of  food,  digestion  and  assimila- 
tion of  food  material,  and  the  formation  of  new  plant 
substance,  we  have  the  plant  living,  the  plant  in  ac- 
tion. Similarly,  as  a  sensitive  organism,  it  is  to  be 
studied  as  acted  upon  by  all  of  the  external  conditions 
about  it,  and  as  responsive  to  every  change  of  environ- 


ment. In  the  broader  sense  of  the  term,  physiology  is  a 
study  of  this  living,  sensitive,  adaptable,  reproductive 
plant. 

Every  living  process  and  every  change  produced  by 
season  or  other  condition  has  its  charm  and  interest  if 
the  underlying  principles  are  understood.  A  knowledge 


1777. 

Root  system  of  s quash 
plantlet  showing  adher- 
ence of  soil  particles. 


1778.  Cross-section  of  rootlet  showing  root-hairs. 

of  these  broadens  the  sympathies  for  the  general  ob- 
server of  plants  and  gives  the  reflective  cultivator  a 
truer  appreciation  of  the  buoyant  living  organism  with 
which  he  deals. 

The  Functions  of  Organs  Differ.— "Root,  stem,  leaf 
and  flower  are  definite  organs  or  parts  of  the  common 
cultivated  plant,  and  as  distinct  organs  each  of  these 
has  definite  physiological  functions,  more  or  less  pecu- 
liar to  itself.  The  root  of  the  soil,  bog,  water,  or  epi- 
phytic plant  has  in  each  case  peculiarities  and  modifica- 
tions of  structure,  permitting  it  to  do  best  the  slightly 
differing  functions  which  each  is  called  upon  to  per- 
form. In  the  same  way  there  are  variations  in  the  re- 
quirements of  leaf,  stem  and  other  parts  commensurate 
with  the  conditions  of  growth  and  the  functions  of  the 
parts  in  their  relations  to  external  conditions. 

Desert  vegetation  consists  generally  of  very  curiously 
modified  plants.  There  are,  in  general,  wonderfully 
thickened  and  reduced  green  stems.  Many  of  these  plants 
may  store  up  large  quantities  of  food  in  their  stems, 
and  in  some  a  large  supply  of  water  may  be  stored  to 
tide  the  plant  over  long  periods  of  drought.  Except 
in  the  novel  interest  afforded,  these  modifications  are 
more  or  less  meaningless  unless  it  is  remembered  that 
here  physiological  conditions  have  been  seriously  modi- 
fied, and  the  plants  have  met  their  needs  in  the  most 
serious  way.  As  compared  with  other  vegetation,  struct- 
ure has  here  been  violently  subordinated  to  function. 

Oxygen  Supply  and  Respiration.— Even  the  plant  of 
ordinary  culture  is  not  such  a  dependent  organism  as 
its  lack  of  general  locomotion  would  imply.  It  lives, 
moves  and  works  every  day.  In  every  living  process 
work  is  accomplished.  There  is  work  in  maintaining 
the  rigidity  of  its  structure,  in  absorbing  food  material, 
in  supporting  and  accomplishing  the  various  complex 
internal  processes  of  assimilation,  growth,  and  devel- 
opment. The  forcing  of  its  roots  through  the  soil  and 
rock,  and  the  resistance  tathe  stress  of  winds  and  other 
agencies  are  examples  of  the  energy  daily  expended  in 
maintaining  itself.  In  order  to  accomplish  this  work, 
oxygen  is  necessary,  as  with  the  animal,  the  energy  be- 
ing secured  from  the  breaking  down  of  organic  com- 
pounds. Ordinarily,  the  leaf  and  stem  are  bathed  in 
the  atmosphere,  and  so  the  superficial  presence  of  oxy- 
gen is  always  assured.  By  the  leaves  and  green  stems 
oxygen  is  absorbed  mainly  through  pores  (called  storn- 
ates,  or  stomata)  in  the  epidermis.  The  stem  may  also 
secure  a  further  supply  through  certain  corky  cushions 
known  as  lenticels,  found  abundantly  in  sumac,  walnut, 
elder,  etc.  Roots  also  require  a  constant  supply  of  oxy- 
gen, and  terrestrial  or  soil  roots  suffer  greatly  if  de- 
prived of  it  for  short  periods  of  time.  A  field  of  Indian 
corn  flooded  with  water  will  soon  present  a  very  un- 
healthy appearance,  on  account  of  the  fact  that  water 
forces  the  air  out  of  the  soil.  Cultivation  is  in  part 
a  means  of  aerating  the  roots.  Many  greenhouse  dim- 


PHYSIOLOGY 


PHYSIOLOGY 


1323 


•culties  are  directly  traceable  to  over-watering,  or  "cold 
feet,"  the  effect  of  too  much  water  being  partially  to 
prevent  aeration.  Water  plants  have  adapted  them- 
selves to  getting  oxygen  in  other  ways,  and  many  bog 
plants  send  to  the  surface  special  roots  for  aerating 
purposes. 

No  plant  can  live  without  oxygen.  In  some  way  or 
other  oxygen  must  be  secured.  The  more  active  a  plant 
is,  whether  in  growth  or  in  movement,  the  more  oxygen 
will  it  require.  Even  dry  seeds  must  respire  slightly, 
and  in  some  kinds  respiration  may  be  so  rapid  that  after 
a  single  season  death  may  ensue.  This  use  of  oxygen, 
whether  by  the  germinating  seed  or  by  the  growing 
or  assimilating  part,  is  accompanied  by  the  giving  off 
of  carbon  dioxid,  or  foul  gas.  This  whole  process  is 
respiration;  and  in  its  ultimate  effects  it  is  similar  to 
respiration  in  animals. 

The  Role  of  Water  in  the  Plant.— Even  quicker  to 
manifest  itself  than  the  action  of  suffocation  by  lack  of 
oxygen  is  the  injury  which  most  plants  may  suffer  from 
an  insufficiency  of  water.  The  rigidity  of  an  herbaceous 
or  succulent  plant  is  due  largely  to  its  water  content; 
and  without  a  substantial  degree  of  this  rigidity,  growth 
would  cease  and  life  soon  become  extinct.  The  plant 
pulled  up  by  its  roots  or  cut  down,  wilts  almost  imme- 
diately. The  wilting  of  plants,  then,  is  due  to  a  lack  or 
loss  of  water  supply. 

The  way  in  which  the  ordinary  plant  may  constantly 
obtain  a  quantity  of  water  from  the  soil  is  worthy  of 
full  discussion.  On  pulling  from  the  soil  a  growing 
plantlet  of  squash,  we  find  a  tap-root  and  a  number  of 
small  rootlets.  To  the  latter  cling,  perhaps,  small  par- 
ticles of  the  soil,  as  in  Fig.  1777.  If,  however,  seeds 
are  germinated  between  pieces  of  moist  paper  or  cloth 
so  that  there  will  be  no  disturbance  of  the  delicate  grow- 
ing parts,  further  structures  will  be  evident.  From  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  or  so  behind  the  root-tip,  and  ex- 
tending backward  for  a  considerable  distance,  the  root- 
lets are  clothed  with  numerous  delicate  hairs  (shown  in 
Figs.  1778  and  1788) .  These  are  the  root-hairs,  arid  it  was 
to  such  as  these  that  the  soil  clung  in  Fig.  1777.  They 
are  simple,  long,  tube-like  cells  consisting  of  a  cell  wall 
with  living  protoplasm  and  cell  sap.  The  inner  proto- 
plasmic lining  of  this  cell  wall  permits  water  and  salts 
in  solution  to  pass  inward  by  the  interesting  process 
of  osmosis. 

The  root-hairs  are  temporary  structures  which  never 
grow  into  rootlets,  but  which  die  away  as  the  roots 
become  old  or  woody.  While  living  they  perform  the 
important  function  of  absorbing  from  the  soil  nearly  all 
of  the  water  needed  by  the  plant.  Being  numerous  and 
extremely  delicate,  they  come  into  the  closest  touch  with 
the  surface  film  of  water  adhering  to  the  little  particles 
of  soil,  and  from  such  film  water  they  more  readily 
satisfy  their  needs  than  from  free  soil  water.  They 
can  extract  water  until  the  soil  contains  only  a  very 
small  per  cent,  or  until  it  is  dust-dry. 

The  root-hairs  absorb  water  freely,  and  during  active 
growth  it  is  forced  upward  into  root  and  stem  so  vigor- 
ously that  a  pressure  (root  pressure)  of  considerable 
extent  may  be  manifest.  If  the  plant  be  severed  and  a 
tube  applied  to  the  stump,  this  pressure  manifests  itself 
l>y  lifting  a  column  of  the  liquid  absorbed,  and  often  to  a 
considerable  height.  In  any  herbaceous  plant  it  may  be 
tested,  as  in  Fig.  1779.  In  the  grape  vine  36  ft.  of  water 
may  be  maintained.  The  bleeding  of  plants  is  an  evi- 
dence of  root  pressure. 

Water  is  actually  absorbed  in  much  greater  quantity 
than  is  required  merely  as  a  constituent  of  the  plant 
body.  In  fact,  to  form  one  ounce  of  plant  substance  it 
is  estimated  that  15-25  pounds  of  water  must  pass 
through  the  plant.  This  surplus  water  passes  off 
through  the  leaves  and  other  succulent  parts,  princi- 
pally through  the  stomata  previously  mentioned.  This 
process  is  one  of  evaporation  from  living  membranes, 
and  it  is  called  transpiration.  That  transpiration  is  not 
merely  an  evaporation  process  may  be  roughly  shown 
by  an  experiment  with  two  similar  leafy  branches 
freshly  severed.  One  of  these  is  dipped  in  hot  water 
to  kill  the  protoplasm,  then  the  two  are  left  to  dry  out. 
Transpiration  from  the  living  twig  will  be  less  rapid 
than  evaporation  from  the  dead  one.  The  demonstra- 
tion of  transpiration  is  an  easy  matter.  A  leafy  branch 


of  any  plant  may  be  cut  off  and  the  end  inserted  through 
a  bored  cork  into  a  bottle  of  water.  Over  the  whole  may 
be  placed  a  larger  jar  or  bell-glass,  and  in  a  short  time 
a  mist  will  collect  on  the  inside  walls  of  the  latter. 
Transpiration  is  facilitated  by  dry  air,  wind,  high  tem- 
peratures, movement  of  the  plant,  etc.  If  on  a  hot  day 
or  in  dry  weather  transpiration  is  greater  than  the 
amount  of  water  absorbed  by  the  roots,  the  plant  wilts. 
A  very  slight  shower  will  refresh  a  wilted  plant,  but 
not  because  the  leaves  have  absorbed  water.  The  plant 
recovers  because  the  air  is  saturated,  and  transpiration 
is  thereby  so  much  lessened  that  the  roots  can  catch  up 
in  furnishing  the  necessary  supply. 

Fully  a  quart  of  water  is  daily  transpired  from  a  form- 
ing cabbage  head,  and  the  number  of  tons  of  water  daily 
given  off  per  acre  by  forest  or  even  meadow-land  may 
reach  an  astonishing  figure.  The  amount  of  water  tran- 
spired by  a  small  potted  plant  may  be  readily  weighed. 
Place  the  pot  in  a  glass  jar  as  seen  in  Fig.  1780,  tying 
over  the  top  and  snugly  around  the  plant  some  soft  rub- 
ber cloth.  Water  the  plant  through  the  glass  tube  and 
then  weigh.  After  standing  6  or  12  hours  in  a  dry 
atmosphere  th'e  weight  will  be  consid- 
::  ;:«;  erably  reduced,  due  to  the  loss  by 
transpiration. 

The  path  of  the  ascending  water 
current  or  sap  current  is  through  par- 
ticular vessels  of  the  young  woody 
parts.  In  trees  it  ascends  in  the 
youngest  wood  rings,  not  between  bark 
and  wood.  In  herbaceous  netted-veined 
(dicotyledonous)  plants  the  path  is  in 
the  ring  of  woody  tissue  or  bundles 
between  the  bark  and  pith.  In  the 
Indian  corn  (mpnocotyledonous)  it  is 
in  the  thread-like  groups  of  fibers 
(fibrovascular  bundles )  scattered  rather 
irregularly  throughout  the  pith.  That 
the  current  is  always  through  these 


1779. 
To  test  root  pressure. 


1780.  Experiment  to  determine  the 
amount  of  water  transpired. 


woody  bundles  in  the  above  plants  may  be  demonstrated 
by  placing  branches  of  the  plants  in  a  tumbler  contain- 
ing some  eosin  solution.  In  a  few  hours  the  bundles 
will  be  colored  for  a  considerable  extent.  The  current 
will  rise  much  faster  if  the  branch  to  be  used  is  cut  un- 
der water.  This  prevents  the  access  of  air  and  the  par- 
tial stoppage  of  the  conducting  channels.  For  the  same 
reason  flowers  wilt  less  rapidly  when  the  stems  are  cut 
under  water. 

The  total  amount  of  water  in  plants  varies  from  a  very 
small  percentage  in  dry  seeds  to  about  50  per  cent  in 


1324 


PHYSIOLOGY 


PHYSIOLOGY 


green  wood,  and  often  as  much  as  95  per  cent  in  the 
pumpkin. 

The  Food  Supply  of  Salts  from  the  Soil.  —  Besides  se- 
curing from  the  soil  its  water  supply,  the  plant  must 
secure  in  the  same  way  all  of  its  ash  constituents,  and 
usually  all  of  its  nitrogen,  as  soluble  salts.  The  salts 
furnishing  food  are  such  well-known  food  ingredients, 
or  constituents  of  fertilizers,  as  potash  compounds, 


1781.  Sweet  pea  grown  in 
soil  containing  the  tuber- 
cle-forming organism. 


1782.  A  similar  plant  in  a 
soil  freed  from  the  tu- 
bercle bacteria. 


phosphates,  nitrates,  etc.  The  various  mineral  elements 
generally  necessary  for  the  plant  are  potassium,  phos- 
phorus, sulfur,  calcium,  magnesium,  and  iron  in  small 
quantities.  These,  as  well  as  other  inessential  elements, 
are  the  constituents  that  remain  in  the  form  of  ash  when 
the  plant  is  burned  in  air.  That  each  one  of  these  ele- 
ments, as  well  as  nitrogen,  is  necessary  for  the  full 
development  of  the  higher  plant  has  been  repeatedly 
demonstrated.  For  this  demonstration  seedlings  are 
supported  and  grown  in  jars  containing  culture  solu- 
tions. One  or  more  of  the  above  elements  may  be  left 
out  in  certain  cases  to  be  compared  with  one  in  which 
all  are  present,  and  it  will  then  be  found  that  growth 
and  development  will  soon  be  arrested  where  even  one 
necessary  element  is  entirely  absent. 

Nitrogen  Sometimes  Furnished  by  the  Air.  —  Plants 
ordinarily  get  their  nitrogen  from  the  soil  as  nitrate  of 
soda,  saltpeter,  or  other  soluble  salts.  This  is  the  rule, 
and  although  the  air  contains  about  75  per  cent  by  weight 
of  the  free  gas  nitrogen,  it  is  in  this  form  entirely  inert 
to  most  plants.  Leguminous  plants  (Leguminosae)  form 
a  great  exception  to  this  rule.  On  the  roots  of  such 
plants  are  found  swellings  or  tubercles,  as  in  Fig.  1781, 
caused  by  the  growth  of  parasitic  bacteria.  By  the  aid 
of  these  bacteria,  the  plant  is  able  to  appropriate  the 
free  nitrogen  of  the  atmosphere  and  to  thrive  in  a  soil 
almost  free  of  nitrates.  This  has  been  demonstrated 
repeatedly  with  plants  in  sand  or  water  cultures.  Utiliz- 
ing the  free  nitrogen  of  the  air,  leguminous  crops, 
whether  used  as  green  manure  or  not,  restore  the  land 
by  returning  to  it  more  nitrogen  than  is  taken  away. 
They  necessarily  enter  into  any  thorough  system  of 
rotation  upon  weak  lands,  and  represent  an  important 
economic  factor  in  horticulture,  particularly  in  orchard 
culture. 

The  Association  of  Roofs  with  Fungi.  —  Other  plants 
are  also  aided  by  an  association  of  the  root  with  certain 
filamentous  fungi.  In  connection  with  the  roots  of  the 
oak,  beech  and  other  woody  as  well  as  herbaceous 
plants,  this  association  of  root  and  fungus  (termed 
mycorhiza)  is  of  much  aid  in  the  absorption  of  solu- 
tions from  the  soil.  In  such  cases  it  is  thought  that  the 


fullest  development  of  the  plant  is  dependent  upon  the 
presence  of  the  fungus. 

The  Formation  of  Organic  Stibstance.—Next  to  the 
elements  of  water  (hydrogen  and  oxygen)  carbon  forms 
the  bulk  of  the  plant  substance.  It  is  a  constituent  of 
all  starchy,  sugary  or  nitrogenous  (organic)  products, 
and  of  all  woody  fiber.  It  is,  in  fact,  the  element  whose 
presence  indicates  organic  substances.  When  plants 
are  burned  in  an  atmosphere  more  or  less  devoid  of 
oxygen,  the  bulk  of  the  remaining  charcoal  is  pure 
carbon,  for  the  ash  present  would  be  so  small  in  volume 
that  it  might  be  neglected.  The  ordinary  green  plant 
obtains  this  carbon  only  from  the  carbon' dioxid  of  the 
atmosphere.  Carbon  dioxid  forms  only  .04  to  .05  per  cent 
by  weight  of  the  atmosphere,  and  in  order  to  enter  into 
the  composition  of  the  plant,  it  must  first  diffuse  itself 
into  the  tissues  of  the  leaves  and  other  green  parts.  The 
leaf  is  so  constructed  that  the  diffusion  of  carbon  dioxid 
readily  takes  place.  Numerous  stomata  lead  from  the 
epidermal  surfaces  into  the  air  spaces,  which  penetrate 
all  parts  of  the  leaf,  as  in  Fig.  1783.  By  means  of  this 
system  of  communication,  diffusion  results,  and  the 
carbon  dioxid  is  brought  into  contact  witn  a  large  ab- 
sorbing surface  of  living  cells.  Together  with  favor- 
able growth  conditions,  however,  the  utilization  of 
carbon  dioxid  depends  upon  the  leaf -green  (chlorophyll) 
and  sunlight.  The  green  chlorophyll  absorbs  a  con- 
siderable part  of  the  rays  of  sunlight,  and  by  means 
of  the  energy  thus  provided  carbon  dioxid  (CO2)  is 
forced  to  unite  with  a  portion  of  the  absorbed  water 
(H2O).  The  union  of  these  substances  is  accomplished 
by  an  obscure  process,  but  in  such  a  way  that  eventually 
carbon  and  the  elements  of  water  ( hydrogen  and 
oxygen )  are  united  in  the  form  of  a  carbohydrate. 
This  substance  is  first  readily  demonstrable  as  starch, 
—of  the  composition  C6Hi0O5.  In  this  process  of 
union,  or  synthesis,  there  is  an  excess  of  oxygen  fur- 
nished, and  it  is  this  oxygen  which  is  thrown  off  by 
the  leaves.  This  process  of  uniting  carbon  dioxid  and 
water  under  the  influence  of  chlorophyll  and  sunlight 
in  the  living  tissues  is  known  as  photosynthesis  — a 
building  up  of  higher  substances  by  sunlight.  The  pro- 
cess is  also  called  carbon  dioxid  assimilation.  Pho- 
tosynthesis and  respiration  are,  in  a  way,  reverse 
processes ;  in  the  former  carbon  dioxid  is  absorbed  in 
sunlight  and  oxygen  given  off;  in  the  latter,  as  pre- 
viously noted,  oxygen  is  constantly  absorbed  and  carbon 
dioxid  given  off.  However,  the  ordinary  plant,  as  a 
whole,  respires  but  feebly,  while  it  assimilates  carbon 
very  rapidly  in  sunlight.  The  result  is  that  by  night 
a  small  amount  of  carbon  dioxid  is  given  off  and  by 
day  a  large  amount  of  oxygen.  See  Photosynthesis. 

The  starch  made  in  sunlight  and  stored  in  the  cells  of 
the  leaves  is  in  the  form  of  insoluble  granules,  like 
commercial  starch.  In  order  to  be  utilized  by  the  pro- 
toplasm in  growth,  or  in  forming  further  plant  sub- 
stance, it  must  first  be  transformed,  or  digested.  This 
is  constantly  taking  place  in  the  leaves  by  means  of  an 
enzyme  called  diastase.  The  diastase  converts  the  starch 
to  a  soluble  substance,  a  form  of  sugar,  and  this  sugar 
may  then  be  used  immediately  in  building  up  more 
complex  organic  compounds  used  by  the  protoplasm,  or 
the  sugar  may  be  transported  to  some  storage  organ 


1783. 


A  cross-section  showing  the  cell  structure  of  a 
typical  leaf. 


of  the  plant,  such  as  root  (dahlia),  stem  (potato),  or 
thickened  leaf,  and  there  be  reconverted  to  starch  or 
changed  to  some  insoluble  or  more  complex  product. 
This  translocation  of  the  starch  formed  in  the  leaves 
by  day  may  be  so  thoroughly  effected  during  a  single 
night  that  none  will  remain  as  starch  by  the  next  day. 


PHYSIOLOGY 


PHYSIOLOGY 


1325 


An  unfailing  test  for  starch  is  a  blue  or  blue-black 
reaction  on  the  addition  of  a  weak  solution  of  iodine.  A 
bit  of  starch  paste,  or  the  cut  surface  of  a  potato  or 
other  starchy  area,  will  quickly  show  this  reaction.  In 
green  leaves  starch  may  be  tested  by  first  dissolving  out 
the  chlorophyll  in  alcohol  and  then  staining  the  leaf 
with  iodine.  In  the  same  way  one  examines  a  leaf  varie- 
gated with  white.  The  green  or  colored  parts  of  the 
leaf  alone  will  show  starch,  the  white  areas  showing  no 
blue  or  purplish  coloration,  demonstrating  that  they 
have  formed  no  starch. 

It  reqxiires  a  glass  apparatus,  such  as  is  shown  in 
Fiir.  1784,  to  demonstrate  that  a  land  plant  cannot  form 
starch  in  an  atmosphere  free  of  carbon  dioxid.  Over  a 
small  potted  plant  (or  better,  the  plant  may  be  trans- 
planted to  a  glass  jar  protected  at  the  top  by  rubber 
cloth)  is  placed  the  vessel  a,  cemented  to  the  glass 
plate,  6.  A  solution  of  caustic  potash  in  c  absorbs  the 
carbon  dioxid  in  the  vessel,  and  all  air  admitted  must 
pass  through  the  U-tube  d,  which  contains  at  e  pumice 
stone  soaked  with  caustic  potash.  This  plant  exposed 
to  direct  sushine  for  a  few  days  will  show  no  starch 
formation  on  testing  its  leaves.  In  a  short  time  it  will 
also  become  unhealthy  and  cease  to  grow. 

Not  only  does  chlorophyll  act  in  conjunction  with  sun- 
light for  the  manufacture  of  starch;  but,  in  general, 
sunlight  is  absolutely  necessary  in  order  that  chlorophyll 
may  be  normally  developed.  Seeds  germinated  in  a 
darkened  vessel  or  potato  sprouts  which  have  pushed 
into  growth  in  a  darkened  cellar  will  remain  yellow  or 
white.  Moreover,  the  plants  will  grow  long  and  slender, 
and  death  will  result  when  the  plantlet  can  no  longer 
draw  upon  the  parent  part  for  starchy  matters.  The 
total  dry  weight  of  such  plants  will  not  be  greater  than 
the  dry  weight  of  the  original  seed  or  tuber.  In  this 
connection  it  might  be  stated  that  fern  spores  require 
some  light  in  order  that  germination  may  occur,  while 
the  germination  of  ordinary  flowering  plants  is  slightly 
retarded  in  the  presence  of  light. 

The  sugar  into  which  starch  is  converted  for  translo- 
cation  is  abundant  in  the  leaves ;  and  it  is  also  trans- 
ferred to  all  living  parts  of  the  plant,  along  with  other 
organic  products,  besides  the  various  salts  in  solution 
which  have  come  up  to  the  leaves  from  the  soil.  Under 
the  influence  of  the  active  protoplasm  of  the  leaf -cells 
or  of  other  tissues,  more  complex  compounds  necessary 
in  growth  may  be  formed.  All  parts  of  the  ordinary 
plant  are  dependent  upon  the  roots  for  a  supply  of  the 
mineral  salts  and  nitrogen  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand, 
they  are  entirely  dependent  upon  the  leaves  for  the  first 
organic  substance,  and  for  much  prepared  food. 

Growth,  and  the  Differentiation  of  Structure.  — Plant 
growth  is  apparent  to  the  unaided  eye  as  change  in 
form  and  size  of  organs  and  tissues.  The  real  evi- 


1784.  An  apparatus  for  demonstrating  that  plants  cannot  form 
starch  in  the  absence  of  carbon  dioxid. 

dence  of  growth  is  in  the  multiplication  of  the  tissue 
cells,  or  of  constructive  changes  in  the  form  and  bulk 
'  these  cells.  Growth  may  be  so  rapid  that  it  may  be 
readily  measured,  or  it  may  proceed  so  slowly  or  by  such 
obscure  internal  modifications  that  very  little  external 
indication  of  the  complex  processes  will  be  manifest. 


Even  under  such  adverse  conditions  as  that  of  decidu- 
ous trees  in  winter,  some  slight  growth  may  be  taking 
place,  and  it  is  not  well  to  dissociate  from  the  idea  of  a 
living  plant  all  growth  phenomena.  Nevertheless  seeds 
and  other  air-dried  plant  parts  may  live  without  growth 
for  considerable  periods. 

The  growth  in  size  and  length  of  different  plant  or- 
gans is  very  various.  The  zone  of  growth  in  the  root  is 
just  back  of  the  tip,  so  that  if  an  ink  mark 
be  made  immediately  behind  the  tip  and 
another  a  quarter  of  an  inch  further  back, 
almost  the  entire  growth  extension  of  the 
root  will  take  place  within  the  region  thus 


1785.   A  beech  twig  in  winter 
condition. 


1786.  A  similar  twig 
when  growth  has 
begun  in  the 
spring. 


marked.  There  is  no  growth  in  the  very  tip,  because 
it  is  hard  and  protected  by  a  stout  cap  to  aid  in  forcing 
its  way  through  the  soil  and  around  hard  obstacles.  The 
region  of  greatest  cell  division  is  nearer  the  tip  than  the 
region  of  greatest  elongation.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
young  stems  of  annual  plants  and  the  rapid  elongation 
of  the  young  shoot  may  for  a  time  show  growth  through- 
out the  entire  extent.  The  winter  condition  of  a  beech 
twig  is  shown  in  Fig.  1785,  and  the  long,  delicate, 
overlapping  scales  of  the  buds  are  very  evident.  Each 
bud  is  an  incipient  branch,  as  is  readily  seen  in  the 
spring  when  the  buds  elongate  ;  the  delicate  scales 
separate  farther  and  farther  from  one  another,  each 
bearing  a  little  leaf  in  its  axil,  and  marking  a  now 
distinct  joint  or  node  in  the  new  branch.  Various 
stages  of  this  general  elongation  are  evident  from 
Fig.  1786.  Finally  as  the  branch  lengthens  through- 
out its  entire  extent,  the  scales  drop,  the  leaves  expand, 
the  older  nodes  cease  to  elongate,  and  the  wave  of  elon- 
gation follows  a  few  nodes  behind  the  terminal  bud. 

In  the  common  woody  plants  growth  in  diameter  is 
accomplished  by  means  of  a  distinct  but  thin  layer  of 
tissue  functioning  as  the  zone  of  cell  division,  or  cam- 
bium. The  cambium  is  located  just  between  the  wood 
and  bark.  In  fact,  it  divides  a  complete  ring  of  fibro- 
vascular  bundles  into  an  inner  or  woody  portion  (xylem) 
and  an  outer  or  bast  and  sieve-tube  portion  (phloem). 
Each  year  it  gives  rise  on  the  inner  side  to  a  layer  of 
wood  and  on  the  outer  side  to  a  layer  of  bark,  thus  each 
year  covering  up  and  pushing  to  the  center,  as  it  were, 
the  old  wood,  and  pushing  outward  the  old  bark  as  a 
protective  covering.  By  this  process  the  inner  wood 
retains  its  former  dimensions,  but  the  bark  must  con- 
stantly expand  to  cover  the  increasing  diameter  of  the 
tree,  and  so  it  breaks  into  rifts  and  ridges  of  various 
forms,  or  else  peels  off  periodically.  The  differentiation 
of  the  tissues  in  different  parts  denotes  different  physi- 
ological functions.  Thus  the  woody  part  of  the  young 
rings  conducts  the  water  and  other  soil  foods,  and 
through  the  woody  bundles  of  the  leaf-stalk,  veins,  and 
veinlets  it  is  distributed  throughout  the  plant  body. 
The  bark  or  phloem  portion  of  the  bundles  is  largely 


1326 


PHYSIOLOGY 


PHYSIOLOGY 


concerned  in  the  conduction  of  the  digested  or  leaf- 
formed  foods  to  other  parts. 

Seed  Production. — So  far  as  we  know,  the  ultimate 
function  of  a  plant  in  nature  is  to  produce  seeds  or  to 
reproduce  its  kind.  It  matters  not  how  far  the  horti- 
culturist may  have  diverted  this  natural  function  in 
particular  instances,  in  general  the  sum  of  the  physi- 
ological activities  is  directed  to  seed-production.  Much 
energy  is  directed  to  the  development  of  form  and  color 
in  the  flower,  also  of  fragrance  and  odor,  and  there  are 
deep-seated  physiological  processes  connected  with  pol- 
len and  ovule  production,  with  pollination,  fertilization 
(see  p.  579),  and  the  subsequent  development  of  the 
seed. 

Seeds  are,  as  a  rule,  richer  in  nitrogenous  matter 
than  other  parts  of  the  plant.  Likewise,  in  phosphorus 
and  magnesium  salts  there  is  a  marked  increase  in  the 
seed.  ,Of  these  last-named  substances,  there  is  a  migra- 
tion, as  it  were,  from  the  older  parts  to  the  region  of 
seed  formation,  and  finally  to  the  seed.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  salts  of  lime  gradually  increase  in  quantity  in 
the  older  tissues,  particularly  in  the  old  assimilatory 
tissues. 

The  Living  Protoplasm  the  Seat  of  Vital  Action.— 
Physiological  activities  cannot  be  thoroughly  studied  by 
the  use  of  the  plant  as  a  whole  or  by  the  use  of  the 
•organs  as  particular  parts  of  a  complex  whole.  The 
final  seat  of  all  the  plant  activities  resides  in  the  living 
protoplasm  of  the  cells  composing  the  plant.  Except  as 
serving  purely  mechanical  purposes,  the  old  heart  wood 
and  bark  of  trees  are  inactive,  and  they  contain  no  liv- 
ing substance.  They  are  made  merely  of  the  hardened 
walls  of  cells  which  once  constituted  living  parts.  The 
actual  living  parts,  such  as  the  leaves,  buds,  flowers, 
fruits,  and  young  wood,  are  composed  of  living  cells.  The 
most  essential  part  of  a  living  cell  is  the  protoplasm,  a 
semi-fluid,  viscid  substance  which  constitutes  the  living 
material  in  all  organisms.  A  definite  layer  of  the  pro- 
toplasm surrounds  the  inner  surface  of  the  cell  wall, 
and  protoplasmic  strands  radiate  throughout  the  cell, 
in  which  is  also  differentiated  a  denser  and  absolutely 
•essential  part  termed  the  nucleus.  In  addition  the  cell 
•contains  an  abundance  of  cell  sap,  or  water,  holding  in 
solution  certain  food  substances.  The  cell  wall  is  a 
mechanical  support,  and  as  a  physiological  agent  it  is 
quite  dependent  upon  the  protoplasm.  In  conjunction 
with  the  wall  layer  of  protoplasm,  the  cell  sap  absorbs 
water  osmotically  from  weaker  solutions  outside,  and  by 
the  same  process  solutions  are  passed  from  cell  to  cell 
.and  diffused  throughout  the  growing  parts.  When  trans- 
piration is  proceeding  it  is  some  of  this  water  of  the  cell 
sap  which  is  given  off  through  the  leaves  into  the  air. 
As  a  result  of  this  loss  of  water  the  protoplasm  con- 
tracts away  from  the  cell  wall  and  the  rigidity  (turgor) 
of  the  cell  is  lost.  Thus  the  cells  and  the  tissues  lose 
strength,  and  the  plant  becomes  flaccid  and  wilted. 

It  is  by  means  of  the  chlorophyll,  but  it  is  not  the 
•chlorophyll  alone  which  has  to  da  with  the  formation  of 
starch  from  carbon  dioxid.  The  chlorophyll  is  imbed- 
ded in  the  living  substance,  forming  definite  chlorophyll 
bodies;  and  it  is  only  when  associated  with  living  matter 
that  it  can  perform  its  functions. 

The  Plant  is  Affected  by  External  Conditions  :  It  is 
Irritable.— When  a  seed  is  put  to  germinate,  the  first 
requisite  is  that  it  shall  imbibe  water  and  swell.  Oxy- 
gen is  at  hand,  and  if  the  necessary  temperature  pre- 
vails the  protoplasm  is  awakened  to  activity,  and  new 
growth  is  incited.  The  protoplasm  increases  in  bulk  in 
existing  cells,  and  then  cell  division  begins.  At  first 
the  embryo  draws  upon  the  seed  for  its  food  supply, 
and  is  able  to  establish  itself  in  the  soil.  A  differentia- 
tion into  tissues  and  organs  having  different  functions 
has  already  occurred.  Moreover,  as  soon  as  growth  be- 
gins, the  influences  of  external  agencies  assert  them- 
selves. The  first  shoot  does  not  wander  about  in  the 
soil,  but,  directly  against  the  force  of  gravity  (nega- 
tively attracted),  it  directs  itself  upward.  In  an  exactly 
contrary  manner,  the  first  root  attracted  by  the  stimulus 
of  gravity  (positively  attracted)  directs  itself  down- 
ward. Only  the  overthrow  or  overbalancing  of  gravity 
by  some  superior  stimulus  can  prevent  this  reaction. 
If  a  pot  containing  a  seedling  be  placed  upon  its  side, 
the  stem  will  actually  curve  when  some  growth  has 


already  occurred,  bending  itself  directly  upward,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  1787.  The  root  will  form  a  curve  in  its 
growth,  and  again  grow  downward.  The  response  of 
growing  organs  to  the  stimulus  of  gravity  is  called  geot- 
ropism.  Geotropism  acts  upon  the  active  growing  part 
and  by  means  of  the  living  protoplasm. 

The  relation  of  the  plant  to  light,  or  the  light  stim- 
ulus, is  one  of  the  most  pronounced  phenomena  in 
nature.  In  a  dark  chamber 
young  shoots  will  direct 
themselves  or  grow  directly 
toward  light  admitted  through 
a  small  slit.  Note  how  the 
seedling  bends  toward  the 
light  in  Fig.  1788.  If  exposed, 
the  roots  would  direct  them- 
selves in  a  contrary  manner. 
Even  the  mature  leaves  of  all 
plants  will  turn  or  lean  toward 
the  source  of  light.  This  may 


1787.  1788.  Young  seedling  showing 

Negative  geotropism  of  root-hairs,  and  also  stem 

the  young  stem.  bending  towards  the  light. 

be  well  observed  outside  when  the  sun  is  low,  and  at 
any  time  of  day  with  a  window  garden.  An  interesting 
case  of  the  response  to  light  is  to  be  found  in  the  wild 
lettuce  (Lactuca  Scariola),  which  is  known  as  a  com- 
pass plant.  In  sunlight  this  plant  holds  its  leaves  in 
a  vertical  plane,  one  row  of  leaves  pointing  north  and 
the  other  south.  This  provision  may  be  to  avoid  the  full 
rays  of  the  midday  sun,  and  yet  to  secure  the  best  ad- 
vantage of  the  less  intense  forenoon  and  afternoon  sun- 
shine. The  response  of  plant  organs  to  the  stimulus  of 
light  is  known  as  heliotropism. 

In  the  same  way  plant  organs  will  be  stimulated  to 
grow  towards  or  away  from  air  (aerotropism),  a  certain 
degree  of  moisture  (hydrotropism),  a  definite  tempera- 
ture (thermotropism),  nutrient  substances  or  other 
chemical  agents  (chemotropism)  mechanical  irritation 
(thigmotropism)  and  other  stimuli.  In  all  of  these  ways 
the  plant  is  active  and  irritable.  In  all  cases  it  is  the 
active  protoplasm  which*  is  concerned  in  determining 
the  nature  of  the  response. 

Temperature  has  a  marked  effect  upon  all  living  pro- 
cesses and  it  deserves  particular  mention.  It  may  limit 
either  by  too  great  heat  or  too  intense  cold  each  of  the 
particular  vital  activities.  There  are  three  critical  tem- 
peratures for  growth,  a  maximum  or  higher  tempera- 
ture, a  minimum  or  lower  temperature  beyond  which  on 
either  side  no  growth  takes  place,  and  the  optimum,  or 
that  intermediate  grade  which  brings  to  the  best  devel- 
opment all  of  the  faculties  of  the  plant.  Sometimes  the 
optimum  as  reckoned  by  the  amount  of  growth  would 
not  correspond  to  the  optimum  for  flower  or  seed  pro- 
duction, a  fact  well  recognized  in  greenhouse  culture. 
The  growth  optimum  may  also  be  a  temperature  at 
which  the  plant  is  more  readily  attacked  by  parasitic 
diseases.  Particular  varieties  or  species  vary  greatly  as 
to  their  susceptibility  to  disease  at  different  tempera- 
tures. Often  it  is  of  more  value  to  know  the  tempera- 
ture at  which  the  general  sanitary  conditions  for  a  plant 
are  an  optimum,  rather  than  to  know  the  optimum  for 
growth  alone.  The  absorption  of  water  by  the  root- 
hairs,  the  manufacture  of  starch  by  the  leaves,  transpira- 
tion, and  other  processes  are  to  a  large  extent  depen- 
dent upon  the  temperature.  Hot,  dry  winds  of  the  sum- 
mer-time often  cause  serious  injury  to  trees,  owing  to 
the  rapid  transpiration  from  the  leaves.  In  dry  seasons 
this  is  very  likely  to  occur  with  the  Norway  maple. 
Fig.  1789  represents  an  injury  of  this  kind.  As  a  rule, 


PHYSIOLOGY 


PHYSOCARPUS 


1327 


tne  leaves  on  that  side  of  the  tree  from  which  the  wind 
comes  are  much  more  injured  than  others. 

The  annual  fall  of  the  leaf  in  deciduous  trees  is  usu- 
ally a  matter  of  temperature,  although  drought  and 
other  conditions  may  also  cause  periodic  defoliation. 
It  would  cost  much  labor  to  protect  the  large  green  sur- 
faces during  the  winter  and  it  is  economy  to  part  with 
a  portion  of  the  structure.  The  cool  days  of  autumn 


1789.   A  cluster  of  leaves  of  the  Norway  maple  injured  by 
hot  winds. 

chill  the  root-hairs  and  irritate  the  assimilatory  organs. 
The  former  cease  to  perform  their  normal  absorptive 
functions,  and  from  the  leaf  are  gradually  withdrawn 
the  substances  which  are  readily  made  soluble.  The 
cell  walls  and  the  less  useful  parts  are  left,  and  by  the 
formation  of  a  distinct  corky  layer  across  the  leaf-stalk, 
where  it  is  attached  to  the  main  stem,  the  plant  cuts  off 
its  assimilatory  organs  by  a  natural  process,  so  that  no 
wound  or  injury  except  the  well- healed  leaf -scar  shall 
mark  its  fall.  In  this  process  the  chlorophyll  is  oxidized 
and  changes  from  green  to  some  other  color,  as  yellow 
or  red ;  and  often  it  is  by  this  means  that  the  beautiful 
autumn  colors  are  developed.  These  colors  also  serve 
very  likely  as  a  protection  to  shield  twigs  and  trunks 
from  the  hot  autumn  sunshine.  Likewise,  the  twigs 
themselves  may  be  provided  with  color  for  the  same 
purpose. 

The  old  leaves  are  dropped  in  the  autumn,  but  al- 
ready a  new  set  of  modified  leaves  in  the  form  of  bud- 
scales  have  been  formed,  in  turn  to  be  defoliated  the 
next  spring,  after  serving  a  term  of  winter  protection. 
Deciduous  trees  then  shed  their  summer  leaves  when 
growth  ceases  and  their  winter  leaves  when  growth  is 
awakened. 

Plants  such  as  the  squash  and  potato  may  be  killed 
by  a  degree  of  cold  less  than  the  freezing  point.  It  is 
because  the  protoplasm  of  the  cells  is  stimulated  to 
give  up  its  water  into  the  spaces  between  the  cells,  and 
then  not  being  held  by  the  protoplasm,  this  water  is 
readily  evaporated  and  the  plant  dies  from  being  dried 
out.  In  the  same  way  a  plant  may  wilt  and  eventually 
be  much  injured  if  cold  water  is  applied  to  its  roots.  In 
general,  freezing  consists  in  the  drying  out  of  the  pro- 
toplasm and  the  formation  of  ice  crystals  between  the 
cells.  The  plant  may  recover  if  the  protoplasm  can 
gradually  reabsorb  this  water:  it  will  die  if  the  water  is 
not  reabsorbed. 

The  effect  of  temperature  upon  orders  and  species  of 
plants  is  very  evident  in  the  differing  character  of  the 
vegetation  in  different  life  zones.  Temperature  is  not 
alone  the  cause  of  the  difference,  but  it  is  the  principal 
factor.  In  the  tropics  succulent  plants  predominate, 
and  gigantic  leaf  surfaces  abound  as  accommodation 
to  the  great  moisture  content  of  air  and  soil.  In  the 
temperate  regions  there  is  a  degree  of  heat  encouraging 
perfection  of  size  in  woody  development  coupled  with  a 
considerable  luxuriance  of  foliage,  as  well  as  a  large 
development  of  herbaceous  plants.  In  arctic  regions 
the  more  succulent  green  growth  is  entirely  suppressed, 
n  general  smaller  woody  forms  abound,  and  even  the 
texture  of  leaves  and  fruit  is  expressive  of  hardiness. 

Plants  along  the  seacoast  differ  from  those  farther 
nland,  the  salt  spray  having  a  very  injurious  effect 
upon  those  which  have  not  become  resistant  to  it. 

84 


Around  the  edges  of  ponds  and  lakes  there  is  a  struggle 
for  position,  and  as  a  rule  the  differing  capacities  of  the 
plants  to  thrive  in  differing  depths  of  water,  or  degrees 
of  moisture,  cause  them  to  be  arranged  in  definite 
colonies  or  zones. 

The  sum  of  the  responses  to  these  and  other  stimuli 
determine  the  form  and  character  of  the  plant,  and 
determine  whether  it  shall  very  closely  resemble  its  an- 
cestors, or  whether  it  shall  have  characteristics  vary- 
ing slightly  from  them.  From  the  same  parent  a  dande- 
lion of  the  mountain-side  will  differ  somewhat  from  the 
dandelion  of  the  lowland  meadow.  External  agents, 
under  which  category  cultivation  is  an  important  factor 
with  domesticated  plants,  act  not  only  slightly  to  change 
individuals,  but  in  time  to  change  varieties  and  species. 
Working  from  one  generation  to  another,  in  conjunction 
with  natural  or  artificial  selection,  external  agencies 
develop  new  forms  and  habits  as  the  plant  adapts  itself 
more  perfectly  to  these  conditions.  In  this  way  plants 
vary  as  individuals,  and  in  time  as  races  or  species. 
These  variations  are  but  slight  from  one  generation  to 
another,  but  it  is  safe  to  say  that  there  are  few  culti- 
vated plants  to-day  which  resemble  exactly  their  ances- 
tors of  the  Linnaean  times. 

Literature.— Among  works  upon  plant  physiology  may 
be  mentioned  Sorauer's  "A  Treatise  on  the  Physiology 
of  Plants,"  translated  by  Weiss  (Longmans,  Green  & 
Co.) ;  Detmer's  "Practical  Plant  Physiology,"  translated 
by  Moor  (The  Macmillan  Company);  and  Pfeffer's 
"Physiology  of  Plants,"  translated  by  Ewart  (Clarendon 
Press).  The  first  mentioned  is  intended  for  the  use  of 
gardeners,  and  the  others  are  technical  treatises.  Such 
books  as  "Living  Plants  and  Their  Properties,"  by 
Arthur  &  MacDougal;  "The  Survival  of  the  Unlike," 
by  L.  H.  Bailey;  "A  Theory  of  Horticulture,"  by  Lind- 
ley;  "Plant  Relations,"  by  J.  M.  Coulter;  and  other 
similar  works  may  be  consulted  with  much  profit. 

B.  M.  DUGGAR. 

PHYSOCABPUS  (Greek,  physa,  bladder,  and  karpos, 
fruit;  alluding  to  the  inflated  capsules).  Syn.,  Opulds- 
ter.  Rosacecp,  tribe  Spirceece.  NINEBABK.  Hardy  orna- 
mental deciduous  shrubs,  of  spreading  or  erect  habit, 
with  stipulate,  alternate,  petiolate  and  mostly  3-lobed 
Ivs.  and  with  umbel-like  heads  of  whitish  fls.  appearing 
late  in  spring,  terminal  on  short  branchlets  along  the 
stems  and  followed  by  clusters  of  small  pods,  inflated 
in  some  species  and  often  assuming  a  bright  red  color 
late  in  summer.  Thev  are  well  adapted  for  shrubberies 


1790!  Ninebark-Physocarpus  opulifolius  (X  %). 

and  grow  in  almost  any  soil.  Prop,  easily  by  either 
hardwood  or  greenwood  cuttings,  also  by  seeds.  Five 
species  in  N.  America  and  Amurland,  allied  to  Spiraea 
and  formerly  mostly  referred  to  this  genus,  but  distin- 


1328 


PHYSOCARPUS 


PHYTEUMA 


guished  by  the  stipulate  Ivs.  and  the  often  inflated  pods 
dehiscent  along  both  sutures  and  containing  one  or  few 
shining  yellowish  seeds,  the  bark  peeling  off  in  thin 
strips.  Also  sometimes  united  with  Neillia. 

opulifolius,  Maxim.  (Spiraea  opulifdlia,  Linn.  Opu- 
Idster  opulifolius,  Kuntze).  NINEBARK.  Fig.  1790. 
Shrub,  to  10  ft.  high,  with  wide-spreading  and  recurv- 
ing branches  :  Ivs.  roundish  ovate,  usually  cordate  at 
the  base,  3-lobed,  with  the  lobes  crenately  dentate,  1-3 
in.  long,  usually  glabrous  beneath:  corymbs  1-2  in. 
broad,  many-fld. :  pedicels  and  calyx  glabrous  or  pubes- 
cent: pods  3-5,  inflated,  much  longer  than  calyx-lobes. 
June.  Quebec  to  Ga.,  west  to  Manitoba  and  Kansas. 
B.B.  2:195.-Var.  lutea,  Kirchn.  (var.  aurea,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  bright  yellow  at  first,  changing  to  golden  bronzy 
yellow.  Var.  nana,  Kirchn.  Dwarf  form  with  smaller, 
less  lobed,  dark  green  Ivs. 

Anmr6nsis,  Maxim.  (Spir&a  Amurtnsis,  Maxim.  Op- 
ulaster Amurensis,  Kuntze).  Similar  to  the  former, 
higher  and  of  more  vigorous  growth  :  Ivs.  3-5-lobed, 
with  acute  or  acuminate,  doubly  serrate  lobes,  usually 
pubescent  beneath,  2-5  in.  long:  fls.  large,  with  grayish 
tomentose  pedicels  and  calyx:  pods  tomentose,  only 
one-third  longer  than  calyx-lobes.  June.  Amurland. 

P.  capitatus,  Kuntze  (Spiraea  capitata,  Pursh.  Opulaster 
capitatus,  Kuntze.  S.  opulifolia,  var.  mollis,  Torr.  &  Gray). 
Closely  allied  to  O.  opulifolia.  To  20ft.:  Ivs.  somewhat  larger, 
with  serrate,  more  elongated  lobes,  tomentose  beneath:  pedi- 
cels and  calyx  tomentose.  Ore.  to  Calif. — P.  malvaceus,  Kuntze. 
(O.  pauciflorus,  Heller.  Neillia  malvacea,  Greene).  To  5  ft.: 
Ivs.  slightly  3-lobed,  with  crenately  and  obtusely  toothed  lobes, 
usually  pubescent:  corymbs  rather  few-fld.:  pods  2-3,  not  in- 
flated, tomentose,  about  as  long  as  sepals.  Wyo.,  Idaho.  B. 
M.  7758  (as  Neillia  Torreyi).— P.  monogynus,  Coult.  (Opulaster 
monogynus,  Kuntze.  Spiraea  monogyna,  Torr.  Neillia  Torreyi, 
Wats.).  Similar  to  the  preceding,  to  3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  smaller, 
%-l>2  in.  long,  incisely  3-lobed,  with  incisely  serrate  lobes,  usu- 
ally glabrous:  pods  1-2.  Colo,  to  Calif .  G.F.  2:5. 

ALFRED  REHDEB. 

PHYSOSTEGIA  (Greek,  bladder  and  covering;  refer- 
ring to  the  inflated  fruiting  calyx).  Labidtce.  FALSE 
DRAGON-HEAD.  Three  or  4  species  of  hardy  herbaceous 
perennials,  native  to  America,  with  spikes  of  gaping 
fls.  of  purple,  rose  color  or  white.  P.  Virginiana,  the 
dominant  and  most  variable  type,  is  frequent  in  gar- 
dens and  is  sometimes  called  the  Obedient  Plant  be- 
cause its  corolla  will  stay  for  a  while  in  whatever  posi- 
tion it  is  turned,  to  the  right  or  left.  This  plant  and  its 
varieties  have  had  at  least  7  colored  plates  devoted  to 
them,  a  large  number  for  any  labiate.  P.  Virginiana 
is  an  elegant  plant  when  well  grown  and  it  does  best  in  a 
strong,  rather  moist,  fertile  soil.  It  forms  large  clumps 
3-4  ft.  high  and  blooms  in  July  and  Aug.  Requires  fre- 
quent division  or  replanting. 

Generic  characters:  calyx  bell-shaped,  swollen  and 
remaining  open  in  fr.,  membranous,  10-nerved;  teeth 
5,  equal;  corolla  2-lipped,  inflated  above;  upper  lip  con- 
cave, rounded,  entire;  lower  lip  3-lobed,  the  middle  lobe 
commonly  notched ;  stamens  4,  didynamous  ;  anther 
cells  parallel. 

Virginiana,  Benth.  (P.  Virginica,  Hort.).  Fls.  an 
inch  long,  ranging  from  purplish  red  through  rosy  pink 
and  lilac  to  white.  B.M.467.  Mn.  7:81.  F.R.  5:55.  Var. 
alba,  Hort.,  is  a  recent  and  beautiful  white-fld.  form. 
R.H.  1898:336. 

Var.  speciosa,  Gray,  is  a  tall  form  with  very  acutely 
serrate  lanceolate  Ivs.  and  dense-panicled  spikes.  A 
Texan  form  with  erect,  imbricated  fls.  B.M.  3386  (P. 
imbricata). 

Var.  denticulata,  Gray  (P.  denticuldtum,  Ait.).  A 
lower  and  more  slender  form  with  crenulate  denticulate 
or  obscurely  serrate  Ivs.  and  more  slenderer  loosely-fld. 
spikes.  Middle  Atlantic  states.  B.M.  214. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY  and  W.  M. 

PHYSftRUS  (Greek,  bladder  and  tail;  from  the  purse 
or  pouch-like  spur).  Orchidacece.  A  genus  of  about 
20  species  belonging  to  the  category  of  Goodyera  and 
Anoectochilus,  and  cult,  for  their  foliage.  Stem  simple, 
erect,  leafy:  Ivs.  petiolate,  ovate  to  lanceolate:  fls.  small, 
in  a  terminal  raceme;  petals  and  dorsal  sepals  cohering, 
galeate;  lateral  sepals  free;  labellum  spurred,  strongly 
concave  above  the  entrance  of  the  spur  and  abruptly/ 


contracted,  middle  lobe  spreading  or  recurved;  column 
short.  Natives  of  the  warm  regions  of  Asia  and  Amer. 
The  American  species  have  their  Ivs.  mostly  spotted. 

querceticola,  Lindl.  (Goodyera  quercicola,  Chapm.). 
Stem  aseending,  6-12  in.  high:  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong- 
ovate,  thin,  on  slender  petioles,  spotted  with  silver-gray: 
spike  densely  fld.:  sepals  and  petals  oblong,  obtuse: 
labellum  concave,  ending  in  a  broadly  ovate,  acuminate 
and  recurved  point;  spur  pouch-like.  Aug.  Low  shady 
woods,  Fla.  and  westward.  HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PHYTELEPHAS  (Greek,  elephant  plant;  referring 
to  the  hard  white  seeds  which  can  be  worked  like  ivory). 
Palmdcece.  Prostrate  or  ascending  palms  of  doubtful 
relationship, referred  by  some  authorities  toPandanacece. 
They  are  dioecious,  the  fls.  densely  crowded  in  catkin- 
like  spadices,  without  any  perianth  :  leaf  -  segments 
acuminate.  Species  15.  South  America. 

macrocarpa,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  IVORY-NUT  PALM.  Caudex 
low:  Ivs.  very  long,  pinnate.  Peru,  Venezuela.  Gn.  24, 
p.  468.  — Once  adv.  by  Pitcher  &  Manda.  Furnishes 
the  vegetable  ivory  of  commerce.  Sometimes  called 
Negro's  Head.  JARED  G>  SMITH> 

PHYTEtTMA  (old  Greek  name,  meaning  simply  "a 
plant,"  used  by  Dioscorides  for  some  mignonette-like 
herb).  Campanuldcece.  HORNED  RAMPION.  Phyteumas 
are  hardy  herbaceous  perennials,  used  for  borders  or 
alpine  gardens.  (See  Figs.  1791,  1792.)  The  fls.  are 
mostly  shades  of  blue,  more  or  less  purple,  rarely  white. 
There  are  two  styles  of  inflorescence,  the  globular  and 
the  long-and-narrow,  the  former  being  the  more  interest- 
ing. The  showy  feature  of  P.  comosum,  at  first  glance, 
seems  to  be  a  group  of  colored  and  much  elongated 
pistils;  but  these  pistil-like  bodies  are  really  corollas 
which  usually  show  slits  at  their  inflated  base  and  are 
narrowed  above  into  a  very  slender  tube  from  which  the 
style  and  stigmas  are  much  exserted.  In  P.  comosum  the 
corolla  never  opens,  but  in  all  the  others  it  finally  splits 
at  the  top,  making  a  spreading  or  wheel-shaped  flower. 
The  tubular  stage  seems  the  most  attractive  in  the 
round-clustered  species  and  the  open  stage,  perhaps,  ic 
the  oblong-clustered  species.  Phyteumas  are  natives  of 
the  Mediterranean  region;  about  50  species.  These 
plants  are  little  known  in  this  country,  but  the  follow- 
ing account  is  given  because  the  plants  are  worthy  and 


1791.    Phyteuma  comosum  ( 
A  tufted  alpine  plant  growing  in  a  crevice. 

because  the  species  are  much  confused  amongst  horti- 
culturists. None  of  the  species  seem  to  be  regularly  in. 
the  American  trade. 

Phyteumas  generally  seed  freely  and  may  also  be 
prop,  by  division,  which  is  best  performed  in  spring 
after  growth  begins.  They  thrive  in  ordinary  garden 


PHYTKOIA 


PHYTEUMA 


1329 


soil  in  either  border  or  rockery.  A  very  critical  review 
of  Phyteumas  from  the  garden  standpoint  is  given 
by  «D.  K."  in  Gn.  28,  pp.  91,  92  (1885),  from  which 
the  following  points  are  abstracted.  The  smallest 
species,  as  P.  linmile  and  pauciflorum,  should  be 
planted  by  themselves  or  with  other  very  dwarf  alpines, 
so  that  they  will  not  be  smothered  by  taller  and  coarser 
subjects.  The  tallest,  most  robust  and  easiest  species 
is  P.  campanuloides,  large  clumps  of  which  attain  3  ft. 
in  diam.  and  grow  2  ft.  high.  Such  a  clump  makes  a 
fine  centerpiece  for  a  flower-bed  and  blooms  through  July 
and  Aug.  Similar  to  it  but  inferior  is  P.  limonifolium, 
with  lighter  blue  fls.  Both  have  oblong  inflorescences, 
as  also  do  P.  Halleri  and  P,  spicatum;  the  former 
growing  a  foot  high  in  dry,  sunny  spots  in  a  south- 
ern border,  the  latter  attaining  1%  ft.  on  sunny  rock- 
work. 

At  the  other  extreme  as  regards  habit,  ease  of  culture 
and  style  of  inflorescence,  is  P.  comosum,  which  in 
rockeries  requires  renewal  every  few  years.  A  stock 
should  therefore  be  constantly  kept  in  pots.  In  the 
rockery  it  likes  a  shady  position  and  in  winter  the  crown 
should  be  covered  with  coarse  sand;  water  freely  from 
the  time  growth  starts  until  flowering  begins.  Treated 
as  a  pot-plant  it  is  more  easily  managed;  use  light  soil 
well  mixed  with  pieces  of  sandstone  about  the  size  of 
marbles  and  wedge  the  roots  tightly  between  very  hard 
stone ;  plunge  the  pots  in  cool  material  and  give  partial 
shade. 

Of  the  other  round-clustered  types  the  following  are 
very  much  alike:  P.  orbiculare,  Scheuchzeri,  Charmelii 
and  Michelii.  P.  hemisphcericum  thrives  best  in  dry, 
stony  places,  particularly  in  the  cracks  of  a  crumbling 
brick  wall,  or  on  a  steep  slope  with  a  southern  exposure. 
It  grows  1-6  in.  high. 

The  botanical  account  following  is  mainly  derived 
from  DC.  Prod.  7:450  and  Koch,  Syn.  Flor.  Germ.  ed. 
III.  2:402.  DeCandolle  adopts  the  3  sections  made  by 
G.  Don,  of  which  Section  SYNOTOMA  contains  only  the 
unique  P.  comosum.  Section  II,  HEDBANTHUM,  and 
Section  III,  PODANTHUM,  are  distinguished  by  the  pores 
of  the  capsule,  which  are  always  3  in  the  latter  and 
situated  near  the  apex,  while  in  the  former  they  may  be 
2  or  3  and  situated  near  the  middle.  To  Section  III 
belong  species  1,  7  and  8;  to  Section  II  belong  all  the 
others  except  P.  comosum. 


Austriacum,  15. 
betonicsefolium,  5. 
Campanula,  1. 
campamiloides,  9. 
canescens,  1. 
Charmelii,  14,  16. 
comosum,  2. 

confusum,  15. 
globularisefolinm, 
11. 
Halleri,  7. 
hemisphsericum,  12. 
humile,  13. 
limonifolium,  8. 

Michelii,  4. 
orbiculare,  15. 
pauciflorum,  10. 
Scheuchzeri,  17. 
scorzonerifolium,  3. 
Sieberi,  14. 
spicatum,  6. 

A.  In  florescence  a  raceme  or  pan- 


1. 


canescens 
comosum 


AA.  Inflorescence  an  umbel  ......  2. 

4AA.  Inflorescence  a  spike. 

B.  Fruiting   spikes    long  and 

narrow,  cylindrical. 
C.  Flowering  spikes  round- 

ish or  oval. 
D.  Stigmas  2. 

E.  Root  -Ivs.   long- 

stalked  ...........  3.  scorzonerifolium 

EE.  Root-lv  s  ,    short- 

stalked.       .......  4.  Michelii 

DD    Stigmas  3  ............  5.  betonicaefolium 

cc.  flowering  spikes  oblong 

or  nearly  so. 
D.  Spikes  dense. 


Color  of  fls.  whitish 
or    yellowish, 


greenish  at  tip 

EE.   Color   of    fls.    dark- 
violet,   rarely 

white 7. 

DD.  Spikes  loose 

E.  Fls.  light  blue:  stem 

branched 8. 

EE.  Fls.  dark  violet: 

stem  not  branched.  9. 


spicatum 
Halleri 

limonifolium 
campanuloides 


JB.  Fruiting  sjtikes  little  elon- 
gated, merely  oval. 

c.  No.  of  fls.  about  5 10.  pauciflorum 

cc.  No.  of  fls.  about  12 11.  globulariaefolium 

D.   Cpper  Ivs.  entire 12.  hemisphaericum 

DD.    Upper  Ivs.   remotely 

denticulate 13.  humile 

DDD.   Upper  Ivs.  crenate 14.  Sieberi 

ccc.  No.  of  fls.  15  or  more. 
D.  Bracts   u-ith  an  ovate 

base 15.  orbiculare 

DD.  Bracts  linear. 

E.  Height  %  ft 16.  Charmelii 

EE.  Height  1  ft 17.  Scheuchzeri 


1792.   Two  other  types  of  inflorescence  in  Phyteuma  (X  K). 
The  loose-spiked  P.  limonifolium  and  the  denser  P.  scorzoneri- 
folium. 

1.  canescens,  Waldst.  &  Kit.  (Campanula  Americana, 
Hort.,  not  Linn.).     Scabrous:   stem  unbranched:   Ivs. 
sessile  ;    lower  ones   ovate,  crenate-serrate,    narrowed 
at  base;  upper  ones  nearly  entire:  fls.  blue,  short-pe- 
duncled,  solitary,  sparse.    Hungary,  Caucasus. 

2.  comosum,  Linn.    Fig.  1791.   The  only  species  in  the 
genus  with  umbellate  inflorescence,  and  in  which  the 
corollas  are  not  finally  split  at  the  apex.    A  decumbent, 
unbranched,  glabrous  plant  native  to  the  Alps:  fls.  pale 
lilac  below,  darker  purple  above.    B.M.  6478.    G.C.  II. 
14 : 177.    Gn.  18,  p.  245,  copied  in  Gn.  28,  p.  91 ;  44,  p.  554, 
and   R.H.  1882,  p.  452.    G.C.  II.  26:81,  copied   in   I.H. 
34:11. 

3.  scorzonerifolium,  Vill.     Fig.   1792.     This   and   P. 
betonicce.folium  should  probably  be  regarded  as  botani- 
cal varieties  of  P.  Michelii.  but  for  clearness  and  for 


1330 


PHYTEUMA 


PHYTOLACCA 


horticultural  purposes  they  may  be  considered  as  dis- 
tinct species.  A  native  of  the  Alps  with  fls.  of  sky-blue 
(B.M.  2066,  erroneously  as  P.  betonicoe folium)  or  pur- 
plish blue  (B.M.  2271). 

4.  Mich61ii,  All.   This  may  also  be  distinguished  from 
P.  scorzonerifolium  and  P.  betoniccefolium  by  having 
the  calyx  pilose  at  the  middle,  it  being  glabrous  in  the 
other  two.    A  native  of  Mt.  Cenis  in  Sardinia,  with  Ivs. 
never  cordate.   Color  of  fls.  not  stated,  probably  blue. 

5.  betonicaefdlium,Vill.  Root-lvs.  cordate, long-stalked: 
bracts  fewer  than  in  P.  Michelii  and  probably  not  re- 
flexed.     Eu.     Not  B.M.  2066,  which  is  P.   scorzoneri- 
folium.    Color  of  fls.  not  stated. 

6.  spicatum,  Linn.     The  color  of  the  fls.  (whitish  or 
yellowish,  green  at  tips)  is  highly  characteristic:  lower 
Ivs.  doubly  crenate-serrate,  long-stalked,  cordate:  spike 
oblong,  2-3  in.  long.    Eu.    B.M.  2347. 

7.  Halleri,  All.    Lower  Ivs.  doubly  and  coarsely  ser- 
rate, long-stalked:  spike  ovoid -oblong;  fls.  dark  violet 
to  white.    Eu. 

8.  limonifdlium,  Sibth.  &  Sm.  Fig.  1792.  This  may  be 
distinguished  from  P.  campanuloides  by  the  stem-lvs., 
which  are  fewer  and  pass  into  bracts:  fls.  light  blue. 
The  inflorescence  is  more  sparse,  but  very  dainty.    Mt. 
Olympus,  Dalmatia,  near  Naples.    B.M.  2145  (P.  stricta). 
L.B.C.  7:667  (P.  virgata). 

9.  campanuloides,  Bieb.    Sufficiently  distinguished  in 
the  key  and  under  No.  8.     Caucasus,  Armenia.     B.M. 
1015  shows  a  stalk  with  over  60  fls.,  while  P.  limoni fo- 
lium has  only  12-30.    Fls.  dark  violet. 

10.  paucifldrum,    Linn.     Very    dwarf:    Ivs.    entire; 
root-lvs.  short,  obovate-lanceolate :  bracts  ciliate,  entire 
or  subdentate  at  base,  never  dentate  at  apex.    Western 
Alps  and  Pyrenees.    Fls.  violet,  according  to  Koch. 

11.  globulariaefdlium,    Sternb.   &   Hop.     Probably   a 
var.  of  P.  pauciflorum  with  larger  stems,  root-lvs.  2-4 
lines  longer  and  thrice  as  wide,  and  the  bracts  always 
entire  at  the  base.    Austrian  Alps.    Fls.  violet. 

12.  hemispheericum,  Linn.     Lvs.  erect;  root-lvs.  sub- 
entire,  linear  or  lanceolate-linear,  much  or  little  shorter 
than  the  stem:  bracts  ciliate,  subentire:  fls.  blue,  white 
or  yellowish.    Alps  and  Pyrenees. 

13.  humile,  Schleich.    Root-lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  upper  ones  remotely  denticulate: 
bracts  narrowly  lanceolate  from  an  ovate  base,  sharply 
toothed.    Eu.    Gn.  28:502.    Fls.  blue. 

14.  Sieberi,    Spreng.    (P. 
Charmelii,  Sieb.,  not  Vill.). 
Lvs.  cordate,  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate,   crenate:    bracts 
ovate,    acuminate,     sharply 
serrate.   Eu.  Fls.  violet,  ac- 
cording to  Koch. 

15.  orbiculare,  Linn.    (P. 
confusum,   Kern.     P.  Aus- 
Macum,    G.     Beck).     Lvs. 
crenate ;    root-lvs.    cordate 
or  ovate;    upper  stem-lvs. 
linear :    bracts    subserrate. 
Eu.   B.M.  1466  (P.  cordata)', 
fls.  purple.    L.B.C.  2:122.— 
A  very  variable  species  with 
forms  ranging  from  2-20  in. 
high. 

16.  Charm61ii,   Vill.,    not 
Sieb.    Probably  a  botanical 
variety   of  P.    ScheucTizeri. 
Bracts  3-6  lines  long,  erect 
or  spreading.     Alps.     Here 
probably  belongs  the  cut  la- 
Deled    P.   comosum   in   Gn. 

19,  p.  419;  44,  p.  554;  and  P.  orbiculare,  Gn.  28,  p.  90. 

17.  Scheuchzeri,  All.   Bracts  18-24  lines  long,  reflexed 
or  spreading.     This  and  No.  16  differ  from  Nos.  10-15 
inclusive  in  having  few,  narrow,  unequal  bracts  instead 
of  many  broad    ones  which  are  about  equal.     S.  Eu. 
B.M.  1797  (fls.  purple). 

P.  Balbtsii,  DC.,  is  near  P.  spicatum:    stem  4-6  in.  high- 
root-lvs.  cordate:  spike  white,  about  9-1?  lines  long  in  flower: 


bracts  few,  linear,  shorter  than  the  fl.:  color  of  fls.  not  stated. 
Piedmont.— P.  Carestice  of  Bir.  is  P.  humile,  JSo.  13,  but  P.  Ca 
restise  of  Vill.  is  P.  serratum,  a  species  probably  nowhere  in 
cult.,  and  scarcely  to  be  told  from  P.  humile  unless  it  has  a 
larger  stem,  little  wider  Ivs.  and  calyx  glabrous  instead  of  mi- 
nutely ciliate.— P.  laxiflbrum,  R.  Beyer  and  P.  Schellanderi,  are 
offered  by  the  National  Arboretum  at  Zoeschen.  -yy  j^ 

PHYTOLACCA  (a  hybrid  name:  Greek,  phytos,  plant, 
and  French  lac,  lake;  referring  to  the  crimson  berries). 
PhytolaccticecK.  P.  decandra,  our  common  Pokeberry, 
is  sometimes  offered  by  dealers  in  native  plants  and  its 
young  asparagus -like  shoots  are  sometimes  used  as  a 
pot  herb.  Its  flattish  berries  yield  a  crimson  juice  of 
a  very  distinct  hue,  but  it  has  never  been  fixed  for 
dyeing  purposes.  Children  sometimes  make  red  ink 
from  the  berries  for  amusement.  Pokeberry  is  some- 
times a  troublesome  weed.  It  is  thoroughly  natural- 
ized in  Europe.  It  has  been  used  to  give  color  to  pale 
wines,  but  its  use  for  this  purpose  is  injurious  and  in 
Portugal  is  prohibited  by  royal  decree.  The  roots  are 
emetic,  purgative  and  somewhat  narcotic.  The  word 
"poke"  is  supposed  to  come  from  the  American  Indian 
word  pocan,  which  apparently  referred  to  any  plant 
yielding  a  red  or  yellow  dye,  as  pokeweed  or  bloodroot. 
In  President  Polk's  campaign  his  followers  wore  leaves 
of  pokeweed. 

In  collecting  young  shoots  for  greens,  care  must  be 
taken  not  to  include  any  portion  of  the  root,  as  this 
would  give  a  bitter  taste  and  might  cause  serious  ill- 
ness. Small  pieces  of  the  root  eaten  by  mistake  for 
horse-radish  or  turnip  have  caused  serious  and  in  some 
instances  fatal  cases  of  poisoning.  The  seeds  are  also 
poisonous. 

Phytolacca  is  a  genus  of  about  10  species  of  tropical 
shrubs,  herbs  or  trees,  sometimes  climbers:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, sessile  or  petiolate,  acute  or  obtuse,  entire:  fls. 
small,  greenish  white,  borne  in  long  racemes  which  are 
at  first  terminal  but  by  further  growth  of  the  stem  come 
opposite  the  Ivs.;  calyx  of  4  or  5  persistent  rounded 
sepals;  stamens  5-15:  ovary  of  5-15  distinct  or  some- 
what united  carpels :  fr.  a  fleshy  berry ;  seeds  1  in  each 
cavity. 


1793.  Pokeweed — Phytolacca  decandra 


decandra,  Linn. 
POKEBERRY.  POKE- 
WEED  .  POKEROOT. 
Also  called  Scoke, 
Garget,  Pigeon  berry 
and  Inkberry.  Fig. 
1793.  A  glabrous, 
strong-smelling,  per- 
ennial herb,  4-12  ft. 
high:  root  large:  Ivs. 
oblong-lanceolate  or 
ovate-lance  olate, 
acute,  petiolate  : 
racemes  2-8  in.  long:  stamens  10:  ovary  10-celled;  ber- 
ries nearly  %  in.  across,  ripe  Aug  -Oct.  Me.  to  Minn., 
south  Fla.  to  Tex.  B.M.  931.  D.  93.  Gn.  21,  p.  179. 
Mn.  1,  p.  53.  — Common  in  clearings.  A  variegated  form, 
once  cult,  for  ornament,  is  shown  in  R.H.  1887,  p.  16, 
the  Ivs.  light  green  above  often  shaded  rose  and  more 
or  less  margined  white,  beneath  pale  rose  to  violet. 
LYSTER  H.  DEWEY  and  W.  M. 


PICEA 


PICEA 


1331 


FlCEA  (ancient  Latin  name  derived  frovapix,  pitch). 
Coniferce.  SPRUCE.  Ornamental  evergreen  trees  of 
pyramidal  habit  with  spreading  whorled  branches  clothed 
densely  with  acicular  spirally  arranged  Ivs.  About  18 
species  in  the  colder  and  temperate  climates  of  the  north- 
ern hemisphere  from  the  arctic  circle  to  the  high  moun- 
tains of  the  temperate  regions.  Pyramidal  trees,  some- 
times dwarfed:  Ivs.  usually  4-angled,  with  white  lines 
formed  by  numerous  stomata  arranged  in  rows  and  on  all 
4  sides,  or  compressed  and  stomatiferous  only  on  the  up- 
per side,  which,  on  the  lateral  branchlets,  by  twisting  of 
the  leaf-stalk  appears  to  be  the  lower  one,  sessile  and 
jointed  at  the  base  to  a  short  stalk  projected  from  a  promi- 
nent cushion,  called  a  pulvinus:  fls.  monoecious,  catkin- 
like,  terminal  or  axillary ;  the  staminate  yellow  or  red, con- 
sisting of  numerous  spirally  arranged  anthers  with  the 
connective  enlarged  at  the  apex  and  scale-like  the  pistil- 
late greenish  or  purple,  consisting  of  spirally  arranged 
scales  each  subtended  atthebase  by  asmall  bract  and  bear- 
ing two  ovules  at  the  inner  side:  cones  pendulous  or 
spreading,  with  persistent  scales  not  separating  from  the 
axis  after  shedding  the  seeds,  which  are  provided  with  a 
large  and  thin  obovate  or  oblong  wing.  The  names  Picea 
and.  Abies  are  often  exactly  transposed  by  horticultur- 
ists and  others.  As  now  understood,  Picea  is  distin- 
guished by  hanging  or  wide-spreading  cones,  cone-bracts 
much  shorter  than  the  scales,  leaves  4-angled  in  cross- 
section  and  jointed  to  a  distinct  base.  Abies  has  erect 
cones,  the  bracts  mostly  equaling  orexceeding  the  scales, 
and  the  leaves  mostly  flattened  or  keeled  only  on  one  side. 

The  catkin-like  fls.  of  the  Spruce  appear  in  spring  and 
are  often  very  conspicuous  by  their  bright  red  color. 
These  are  followed  by  usually  pendent  cones,  green 
or  purple  before  ripening  and  light  to  dark  brown  at 
maturity.  The  Spruces  are  not  only  highly  ornamental 
but  also  very  valuable  forest  trees,  and  as  inhabitants 
of  cooler  climates  they  are  especially  adapted  for  culti- 
vation in  northern  regions.  All  are  hardy  north  except 
P.  Smith  iana  and  P.  Sitchensis,  but  do  not  resist 
heat  and  drought  well;  some,  however,  as  P.  pungens, 
orientalis,  excelsa,  and  also  P.  alba  and  perhaps  P. 
Omorika,  endure  drought  better  than  most  others.  For 
ornamental  park  planting  the  Spruces  belong  to  the  most 
valuable  evergreens  on  account  of  the  symmetrical  habit 
and  rapid  growth  of  most  species.  Only  a  few,  like  P. 
orientalis,  obovata,  Omorika,  and  polita,  are  of  slower 
growth  and  therefore  well  suited  for  smaller  parks  and 
gardens;  and  so  are  the  numerous  horticultural  forms, 
which  are  mostly  dwarf  and  slow-growing  and  some- 
times more  interesting  and  curious  than  beautiful.  The 
Spruces  are  often  planted  as  shelters  and  wind-breaks, 
and  also  used  for  hedges,  especially  P.  excelsa,  which 
makes  a  very  dense  and  durable  hedge  when  regularly 
trimmed.  P.  polita  is  also  recommended  as  a  good 
hedge  plant  and  seems  well  adapted,  with  its  rigid, 
spiny  Ivs.  The  Spruces  thrive  best  in  moderately  moist, 
sandy  loam,  but  will  grow  in  almost  any  kind  of  soil 
provided  it  contains  enough  moisture;  wet  and  dry 
soils  are  equally  unfavorable.  Slopes  of  northern  aspect 
are  well  suited  for  Spruces,  and  they  thrive  better  in 
shady  positions  than  most  other  conifers.  As  the  roots 
mostly  spread  horizontally  near  the  surface,  the  Spruces 
will  grow  in  shallow  soil  and  are  easily  transplanted 
even  as  rather  large  plants ;  they  may  be  moved  with 
success  at  any  time  of  the  year  except  when  the  young 
shoots  are  growing,  but  if  possible  avoid  transplanting 
shortly  before  dry  weather  is  expected  to  set  in. 

Propagated  by  seeds,  which  ripen  in  fall  and  are  usu- 
ally kept  dry  and  cool  during  the  winter  and  sown  in 
spring  outdoors  in  prepared  beds  or  in  frames  or  boxes. 
The  young  seedlings  should  be  shaded  and  watered  in 
dry  weather  and  may  remain  a  year  or  two  before  be- 
ing transplanted  in  nursery  rows  when  not  sown  too 
thickly.  Varieties  and  rarer  kinds  are  often  increased 
by  layers  or  by  grafting  on  seedling  stock  of  P.  excelsa. 
Picea  alba  is  used  for  forms  of  this  species  and  for  P. 
nigra  and  rubra.  Veneer-grafting  in  spring  or  August  in 
the  greenhouse  is  usually  employed,  less  commonly  cleft- 
grafting  with  half-hardened  wood.  The  dwarf  forms 
grow  readily  from  cuttings  under  glass  in  August  or  fall 
and  given  slight  bottom  heat  in  early  spring;  also  most 
other  forms  and  species,  especially  those  with  thinner 
and  finer  branches,  can  be  raised  from  cuttings. 


The  Spruces  are  important  timber  trees.  The  soft  and 
light,  straight-grained  wood  is  much  used  for  construc- 
tion, the  interior  finish  of  houses  and  for  fuel,  also  for 
ship-building;  but  it  is  not  durable  in  the  ground.  The 
bark  of  some  species  is  used  for  tanning  leather,  and 
the  resinous  exudations  are  sometimes  employed  in 
medicine.  From  the  Ked  and  Black  Spruce,  Spruce 
beer  is  made  by  boiling  the  branches  with  honey. 
Spruces  are  often  known  in  nurseries,  especially  in  this 
country,  under  the  name  of  Abies.  ALFRED  REHDER. 


1794.  Cones  of  Piceaa  (X        . 

Largest  one,  P.  pungens ;  lowest  one,  P.  alba;  upper  right 

hand,  P.  nigra,  var.  brevifolia. 

The  Piceas  embrace  some  of  the  most  useful  as  well 
as  ornamental  trees  of  the  Conifer  family.  They  cover 
a  great  variety  of  forms,  from  the  stiff -branched,  sturdy 
and  rugged  P.  pungens  to  the  lithe,  graceful  and  droop- 
ing P.  JBreweriana.  The  American  species  comprise 
P.  alba,  nigra,  rubra,  pungens,  JSngelmanni,  Breiv- 
eriana  and  Sitchensis.  The  grand  and  towering  Douglas 
Spruce  and  the  graceful  Hemlock  Spruce,  so  called,  are 
not  true  Spruces  and  will  not  be  noticed  in  this  article. 

Picea  alba,  the  White  Spruce,  is  a  native  of  the 
northern  parts  of  America  and  is  justly  thought  to  be 
one  of  our  best  conifers,  a  compact  and  upright  grower 
of  great  longevity;  trees  growing  at  Waukegan,  111., 
over  fifty  years  old  are  still  well  branched  at  the  bottom, 
retain  their  pyramidal  form  and  annually  make  an 
upward  growth.  They  are  the  most  aromatic  of  the 
Piceas;  in  fact,  this  odor  is  often  used  to  identify  them 
while  young  from  the  Norway  Spruce  or  Engelmann's 
Spruce.  They  grow  on  a  great  variety  of  soils,  bear 
crowding  well  and  also  will  stand  severe  pruning;  hence 
are  used  for  wind-breaks  and  hedges.  They  vary  con- 
siderably in  color,  some  of  them  fairly  rivaling  the  blue 
form  of  the  P.  pungens.  This  tree,  being  a  native  of  a 
cold  climate,  is  subject  to  the  ravages  of  the  red  spider 
in  a  warm  climate  and  should  not  be  planted  south  of 
Philadelphia  or  St.  Louis.  There  is  a  variety  of  P.  alba 
found  in  the  Black  Hills  that  stands  extreme  drought 
better  than  the  northern  form  and  is  largely  planted  on 
the  dry  prairies  of  Nebraska  and  the  Dakotas.  It  does 
not,  however,  do  as  well  in  northern  Illinois  or  farther 
east  as  the  northern  variety. 

Picea  Engelmanni,  one  of  the  gems  of  Colorado, 
resembles  P.  alba  more  than  it  does  its  near  neighbor 
P.  pungens,  being  of  finer  foliage  and  not  as  stiff- 
branched  as  the  latter.  It  is  one  of  the  few  conifers 
that  will  stand  the  extreme  cold  of  St.  Petersburg, 
Russia,  but  on  our  western  prairies  it  soon  loses  its 
lower  branches,  as  it  seems  to  be  unable  to  withstand 
the  hot  and  drying  winds  of  that  section  in  late  sum- 
mer and  early  autumn.  In  the  eastern  states,  however, 
it  does  not  have  this  fault,  as  the  cooler  and  more 
humid  air  seems  to  better  agree  with  it. 

Another  Colorado  conifer,  Picea  pungens  (the  blue 
form  being  called  by  some  the  "Queen  of  the  Piceas  "),  is 
a  striking  and  noble  tree,  seeming  to  be  hardy  wherever 
tested  and  on  all  varieties  of  soil.  Strong,  sturdy,  and 
upright  in  growth,  its  form  alone  would  make  it  a  strik- 
ing figure  in  any  landscape.  Its  beautiful  color  varies 
from  a  light  silvery  hue  in  some  specimens  to  a  dark 
blue,  almost  purple  in  others.  In  some  specimens  the 
branches  are  in  distinct  and  regular  whorls,  resembling 
Araucaria  excelsa.  Undoubtedly  the  oldest  and  finest 
specimens  of  this  grand  tree  are  found  on  the  former 
grounds  of  the  late  Robert  Douglas,  at  Waukegan,  111. 
These  trees  are  now  25  to  30  ft.  high  and  show  no  signs 


1332 


PICEA 


PICEA 


of  weakness  anywhere,  being  one  mass  of  foliage  from 
the  ground  upward.  The  green  form  of  P.  pungens  is 
an  excellent  tree,  but  is  not  as  much  appreciated  by 
planters  and  lovers  of  trees  as  it  should  be,  as  it  is 
always  compared  to  its  more  striking  variety,  the  Blue 
Spruce.  There  is  a  fine  specimen  growing  on  the  above 
grounds,  even  larger  than  the  blue  form,  which  does 
not  suffer  in  comparison  with  its  near  neighbors,  Abies 
concolor,  A.  Fraseri,  P.  Engelmanni,  Tsuga  Cana- 
densis  or  Hemlock  Spruce,  Pseiidotsuga  Douglasii  or 
Douglas  Spruce,  and  Pinus  Strobus,  all  large  and  fine 
specimens,  equal  to  any  in  the  middle  west. 

Picea  nigra,  or  Black  Spruce,  is  undoubtedly  the 
poorest  tree  of  the  genus  from  a  landscape  gardener's 
point  of  view.  It  has  very  short  needles  and  is  greatly 
disfigured  by  its  cones,  which  hang  on  for  several 
years.  It  begins  seeding  when  very  young  and  is  an 
exceedingly  slow  grower.  Some  good  specimens  of  it 
are  found,  however,  in  the  East,  but  in  very  restricted 
localities.  P.  rubra,  long  thought  to  be  a  variety  of 
the  preceding,  is  a  much  better  tree  in  every  respect, 
resembling  P.  excelsa  in  color  and  form.  It  seems  to 
be  a  short-lived  tree,  especially  in  the  West.  This  tree 
is  undoubtedly  the  least  known  of  the  American  Piceas. 
P.  Sitchensis  of  the  Pacific  coast  strongly  resembles  P. 
pungens ;  in  fact,  when  the  latter  was  first  introduced 
it  was  thought  to  be  a  variety  of  P.  Sitchensis.  It  has 
much  finer  branches  and  needles  than  P.  pungens,  varies 
in  coloring  as  much  as  the  latter,  and  where  hardy 
makes  a  very  fine  tree.  Unfortunately  it  is  not  hardy  in 
any  of  the  northern  states.  Unlike  P.  pungens,  it  will 
not  stand  close  planting,  as  the  needles  fall  off  badly 
where  the  branches  are  rubbed  together  by  the  wind  or 
strike  other  objects. 

Without  doubt  the  most  graceful  and  elegant  Picea  is 
P.  Breweriana,  or  Weeping  Spruce,  a  native  of  the 
Siskiyou  and  Coast  Ranges  of  mountains  in  northern 
California  and  Oregon.  It  has  the  true  Spruce  form, 
tall  and  symmetrical,  with  horizontal  branches  and  a 
beautiful  dark  green  color.  In  its  general  features  it 
resembles  a  well-grown  specimen  of  the  Norway  Spruce, 
but  its  distinguishing  beauty  is  in  the  long,  pliant, 
pendulous  branchlets  which  hang  straight  down  from 
the  branches  to  a  length  of  6  to  8  ft.  and  no  larger 
around  than  a  lead  pencil.  It  has  a  stately  grace  in 
calm  weather,  but  its  characteristic  impressiveness  is 
seen  only  when  the  long,  flexible  branches  are  undulat- 
ing in  a  light  breeze  or  streaming  before  a  gale.  The 
bark  is  smooth  and  reddish  in  color,  adding  to  its 
beauty  where  glimpses  of  it  can  be  seen  through  the 
green  foliage.  It  grows  only  at  high  elevations  in  its 
native  habitat  and  on  the  northern  slope  of  the  moun- 
tains where  the  annual  fall  of  snow  is  15-25  ft.,  as  the 
winter  trip  of  the  mail-carrier  shows.  The  cones  are 
from  2.%  to  3%  in.  long,  of  a  purplish  color,  and  as  they 
grow  only  on  the  tips  of  the  branches  they  add  greatly 
to  its  beauty.  Unfortunately  this  beautiful  tree  has 
not  proved  satisfactory.  Out  of  over  300,000  seedlings 
raised  in  1893,  only  one  plant  is  now  alive;  it  is  grow- 
ing on  the  writer's  grounds  and  is  scarcely  6  in.  tall, 
having  cost  over  $100  per  inch,  and  this  is  doubtless  the 
largest  specimen  in  cultivation. 

Of  the  foreign  Piceas  P.  excelsa  is  most  popular; 
in  fact  is  the  best  known  and  most  largely  planted  of 
any  of  the  genus.  It  makes  a  large,  fine-looking  tree, 
grows  in  a  great  variety  of  soils,  is  hardy  throughout 
most  of  North  America,  is  the  most  rapid  grower  of  any 
of  the  Piceas,  and  stands  close  planting  very  well.  It  is 
used  more  than  any  other  tree  for  wind-breaks  and 
shelter-belts.  It  bears  pruning  well.  Hedges  of  this 
species  and  P.  alba  that  have  been  planted  more  than 
25  years  are  growing  on  the  Douglas  grounds  that  are 
now  6  ft.  high  and  8  ft.  across  the  base.  One  fine  speci- 
men tree  on  these  grounds  measure's  about  52  ft.  high 
and  55  ft.  from  tip  to  tip  of  its  lower  branches.  Other 
foreign  species,  but  not  as  well  known  nor  as  thoroughly 
tested  as  the  preceding,  are  P.  obovata,  a  close,  com- 
pact-growing tree  dark  green  in  color.  P.  Smithiana  or 
P.  Morinda  is  one  of  the  handsomest  of  the  Piceas,  but 
is  not  hardy  in  the  northern  states,  plants  from  seed 
collected  at  an  elevation  of  8,000  ft.  on  the  Himalaya 
mountains  not  proving  hardy.  Fine  specimens  of  this 
tree  are  found  in  California,  where  it  is  justly  pr;aed. 


There  are  several  species  of  Picea  from  China  and 
Japan  that  will  doubtless  prove  hardy  in  the  eastern 
states.  All  Piceas  will  stand  the  pruning  knife,  but 
this  should  be  used  not  later  than  July  1  in  the  northern 
states  and  earlier  farther  south.  They  are  propagated 
from  seed  the  same  as  Larix;  and  their  varieties,  of 
which  there  are  a  great  number,  are  either  grafted  or 
raised  from  cuttings  over  bottom  heat. 

THOMAS  H.  DOUGLAS. 

Note  on  the  Grafting  of  Piceas.— In  the  writer's  ex- 
perience, Picea  alba  is  a  good  stock  on  which  to  graft 
the  finer  varieties  of  Spruce  or  those  having  four-sided 
leaves.  Pot  the  stock 
the  last  of  August, 
keep  in  shaded  frame, 
syringe  till  danger  of 
wilting  is  over  and 
harden  gradually.  Be 
careful  not  to  keep  the 
earth  in  the  pots  too 
wet,  as  roots  are  lia- 
bletorot.  Place  the 
stocks  in  greenhouse 
after  light  frosts,  and 
graft  as  soon  as  roots 
have  started  —  about 
last  of  January  gen- 
erally. Do  not  wait 
until  buds  have  made 
much  growth,  for  then 
the  sap  will  be  run- 
ning  strongly  to  the  1795.  Picea  excelsa— Norway  Spruce, 
upper  buds,  leaving 

the  cion  to  remain  dormant.  When  stock  and  cion  are 
of  same  size,  the  veneer-graft  can  be  used.  In  larga 
stocks,  use  slit-  or  side-graft.  Be  sure  that  the  knife 
is  sharp  enough  to  shave  dry  wood.  Cut  the  cion  in 
elongated  wedge-shape ;  place  it  in  the  cleft  by  twist- 
ing the  stock  with  left  hand,  fitting  the  cion  exactly 
with  the  right.  Be  careful  to  wax  well,  as  a  hole  the 
size  of  a  pin  left  on  the  cut  surface  will  be  fatal  to  the 
cion.  Place  the  grafted  plants  in  a  close  frame  until 
the  cion  is  well  started.  Syringe  from  two  to  three 
times  a  day,  shading  when  too  hot.  Give  air  gradually 
until  well  hardened.  Do  not  cut  back  the  stock  for  one 
year,  as  the  cion  may  make  second  growth  and  winter- 
kill. If  cion  should  die,  do  not  use  the  stock  again  until 
after  a  year's  rest,  as  two  consecutive  pottings  will 
usually  ruin  the  plant;  this  holds  good  only  with  Tsuga 
and  Picea  alba.  The  above  method  can  be  used  with 
equal  success  on  Pinus,  Abies,  Juniperus  and  other 
evergreens  propagated  by  grafting.  33.  p  DREW. 

INDEX. 
For  names  not  found  here  or  in  the  supplementary  list,  con- 


suit  Abies  and  Tsuga 

Abies,  5. 

elata,  5. 

Omorika,  15. 

acicularis,  14. 

Ellwangeriana,  5. 

orientalis,  6. 

acutissima,  1. 

Engelmanni,  10. 

Parry  ana,  11. 

Ajanensis,  13. 

excelsa,  4,  5. 

parviformis,  5. 

alba,  9. 

Finedonensis,  5. 

pendula,  5,  9. 

Alcockiana,  13,  14. 

glauca,  9,  10,  11. 

polita,  1. 

alpestris,  5,  15. 
argentea,  9,  10,  11. 

Gregoryana,  5. 
Hnndoensis,  13. 

procumbens,  5. 
pseudopungens,  10. 

aurea,  9. 

inversa,  5. 

pumila,  5,  8. 

Barryi,  5. 

Jezoensis,  13. 

pungens,  11. 

bicolor,  1,  14. 

Khutrow,  2. 

pygmaea,  5. 

brevifolia,  8. 

Mariana,  8. 

pyramidalis,  5. 

Breweriana,  16. 

Maxwell!  ,  5. 

rubens,  7. 

Canadensis,  9. 

medioxima,  5. 

rubra,  7,  9. 

Clanbrasiliana,  5. 

Menziesi,  11,  12. 

Schrenkiana,  3. 

coerulea,  9,  11. 

miniata,  5. 

Sitchensis,  12. 

commutata,  10,  11. 

minuta,  5. 

Smithiana,  2. 

compaeta,  5. 

monstrosa,  5. 

speciosa,  12. 

conica,  5. 

Morinda,  2. 

tabulseformis,  5. 

denudata,  5. 

muricata,  5. 

Torano,  1. 

diffusa,  5. 

nana,  9. 

viminalis,  5. 

Doumetti,  8. 

nigra,  8. 

virgata,  5,  8. 

dumosa,  5. 

obovata,  3,  4. 

viridis,  11. 

A.  Lvs.  quadrangular,  all  4  sides  with 

stomata. 

B.  Scales  of  cone  obovate  or  orbicu- 
lar, rounded,  closely  appressed 
before  ripening. 
C.   Cone  2y<i-6  in.  long. 


PICEA 


PICEA 


1333 


D.  Lvs.  spreading,   very  rigid, 

sharply  pointed 1.  polita  •*" 

DD.  Lvs.  pointing  forward,   not 

very  rigid. 

".  Length  of  Ivs.  %—2  in.,  or 
s  ometimes  a  little 
shorter  in  No.  3:  young 
branch  lets  glabrous, 

grayish  yellow 2.  Smithiana 

3.  Schrenkiana 

EE.  Length  of  Ivs.  %-l  in., 
shorter  only  in  dwarf 
vars.:  young  branchlets 

brown 4.  obovata 

5.  excelsa 

BEE.  Length  of  Ivs.  2Yz-5  lines.  6.  orientalis 
CO.  Cones  %-2  in.  long. 

D.  Young  branches  pubescent ..   7.  rubra 

8.  nigra 
DD.  Young    branches    glabrous, 

light  brownish  yellow 9.  alba  ... 

BB.  Scales  of  cone  oblong  or  rhom- 
boidal,  erose  at  the  margin  and 
usually  striate  and  undulate, 
thin,  very  loosely  appressed  or 

slightly  spreading 10.  Engelmanni 

11.  pungens,, 

AA.  Lvs.   more   or   less    flattened,   with 

white    lines    on    the   upper   side, 

green  on  the  lower  one. 

^      B.  Cone  -  scales   rhomboidal,    erose- 

denticulate,    loose:    Ivs.    much 

flattened 12.  Sitchensis 

13.  Ajanensis  - 

_g  B.  Cone-scales  orbicular  or  obovate, 
closely  appressed:    Ivs.   quad- 
rangular, somewhat  flattened.. 14:.  bicolor 
c.  Branchlets  rather  short,  not  or 

little  pendulous 15.  Omorika 

cc.  Branchlets  very  long  and  slen- 
der, pendulous. 16.  Breweriana 

1.  polita,    Carr.    (P.    Tordno,    Koehne.      P.  bicolor, 
Hort.,  not  Maxim.).      Tree,  to  90  ft.,  forming  a  dense, 
broad  pyramid,  with  rigid  stout  branches  when  young, 
older  trees  with  the  habit  of  P.  excelsa,  with  somewhat 
pendulous  branches:  young  branches  thick,  glabrous, 
yellowish   brown:  Ivs.  rigid,  thicker  than   broad,  often 
falcate,  shining  dark  green,  K-l  in.  long:  pistillate  fls. 
green,  staminate  yellowish:  cone  oblong,  4-5  in.  long, 
brown,  glossy;    scales  with  finely  denticulate  margin. 
Japan.     S.Z.  2:111.     G.C.  II.  13:233;  III.  21:251.     Gn. 
13.  p.  239.  — One  of  the  most  distinct  Spruces;  of  very 
striking  appearance  with  its  rigid  spiny  Ivs.  spreading 
in  all  directions  from  the  stout  branches. 

2.  Smithiana,  Boiss.  (P.  Morinda,  Link.     P.  Khut- 
row,   Carr.).      Tree,   to    150   ft.,   with    wide-spreading 
branches     and     slender     pendulous    branchlets  :    Ivs. 
crowded,  usually  thicker  than  broad,  acute,  bright  or 
dark  green,  %-2  in.  long:  pistillate    fls.  purple:  cones 
5-7  in.  long,  dark  brown  and  glossy;  scales  suborbicu- 
lar.  with    entire   margin,  firm.     Himalayas.     G.C.   II. 
24:393.    Gn.  19,  p.  359;  35,  p.  599;  39,  p.  72.  — One  of  the 
most  graceful  Spruces;   tender  in  New  England.     The 
young  growth  starts  very  early  and  is  liable  to  be  in- 
jured by  frost  in  spring,  especially  when   planted  in 
wann  and  damp  situations. 

3.  Schrenkiana,    Fisch.    &    Mey.    (P.   obovata,    var. 
Schrenkiana,  Carr. ).    Tall  pyramidal  tree,  with  pendu- 
lous branchlets,  somewhat  similar  in  habit  to  P.  excelsa: 
Ivs.  equally  4-sided,  acute,  somewhat  dull  green,  %-!% 
in.  long,  on  young  plants  often  slightly  shorter:  cones 
cylindric-ovate,  3-4  in.  long;  scales  with  entire  margin. 
Cent,  Asia.  —  Said  to  be  very  similar  in  habit  to  P.  Smith- 
iana.   But  recently  introduced  and  only  small  plants 
are  known  in  cultivation;  quite  hardy. 

4.  obovata,  Ledeb.  (P.  exctlsa,  var.  obovata,  C.  Koch). 
Tree,  to  100  ft.,  similar  in  habit  to  the  following,  with 
somewhat     pendulous    branchlets  :      young    branches 
brown,  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent:  Ivs.  quadrangu- 
lar, acute,  dull  or  bluish  green,  %-%  in.  long:  pistillate 
fls.  purple :  cone  oblong-ovate,  light  brown,  about  2%  in. 


long;  scales  with  entire  margin.  N.  Eu.  to  Kamschatka 
and  Manchuria.  Gn.  20,  p.  91.  R.H.  1894,  p.  274.  Mn. 
5,  p.  189.  — Of  slower  growth  than  P.  excelsa  and  more 
graceful. 

5.  exc61sa,    Link.     (P.     Abies,    Karst.).      NORWAY 
SPRUCE.    Figs.  1795-7.     Tree,  to  150  ft.,  with  spreading 
branches  and  usually  pendulous  branchlets:  bark  red- 
dish brown:  young  branches  brown,  glabrous  or  pubes- 
cent: Ivs.  quadrangular,  acute,  dark  green  and  usually 
shining,    %-l    in.   long:    staminate   and   pistillate   fls. 
bright   purple:    cones    cylindric-oblong,  4-7    in.    long, 
light   brown;    scales    obovate,   with    erose-denticulate 
margin.     N.  and  M.  Eu.     Em.  1:102.     Mn.  4,  p.  185;  6, 
p.  85.  — This  tree  is  extensively  planted  as  an  ornamen- 
tal tree  in  the  northern  and  eastern  states;  it  is  of  rapid 
growth  and  is  a  handsome  tree,  with  its  graceful  habit 
and  dark  green,  dense   foliage,  but,  like  many  Spruces 
and  firs,  loses  much  of  its  beauty  when  it  grows  old, 
and  usually  after  30  years  it  becomes  thin  and  ragged 
in  the  top.     It  is  one  of  the  best  conifers   to  plant  for 
shelters  and  wind-breaks.     The  Norway  Spruce  is  very 
variable,  and  a  great  number  of  garden  forms  are  in 
cultivation.    Some  of  the  best  known  are  the  following: 
Var.  Barryi,  Hort.     Dark   green,  with  vigorous,  thick 
branches   and   short  branchlets.    Var.   Glanbrasiliana, 
Loud.     A   dwarf,  compact  form,  with   short,  crowded 
branchlets    and    small,  %"-%-in.   long  Ivs.     There   are 
many  other  dwarf  forms,  differing  somewhat  in  habit 
and  foliage,  as  vars.  compact  a,  conica,  diffusa,  dumdsa, 
Ellwangeri&na,  Gregoryana,  Maxwelli  (Fig.  1798),  mu- 
ricata,  parvifbrmis,  prociimbens,  pumila,  pygmaea,  tab- 
ulaefdrmis.     Var.  Finedonensis,  Gord.     Lvs.  pale  yellow 
at  first,  becoming  bronzy  brown  and  finally  green.   Var. 
inversa,   Carr.     With   drooping    branches    closely   ap- 
pressed to  the  stem.  Gng.  6:100.   Var.  monstrosa,  Loud. 
A  form  with  few,  thick  branches  clothed  with   rigid, 
thick  Ivs.     Var.  pendula,  Loud.     With  irregularly  dis- 
posed pendulous  branches  and  branchlets.     Var.  pyra- 
midalis,  Carr.     With  the  branches  ascending  at  narrow 
angles,  forming  a  narrow  pyramid.    Mn,  6,  p.  87.     Var, 
viminalis,  Willd.     Branches  in  remote  whorls,  almost 
horizontal,  with  very  long  and  slender  branchlets  with- 
out  or  with  very    few   lateral 

branchlets.  Var.  virgata,  Jacq. 
(denudata,  Carr.).  Sparingly 
branched,  with  long  and  slender 
branches  destitute  of  branch- 
lets,  spreading,  usually  the  low- 
er ones  pendulous  and  the  upper 
ones  ascending.  R.  H.  1854, 
p.  102.  P.  excelsa,  var.  elata, 
Hort.,  is  probably  a  seedling  of 
this  variety  and  an  intermedi- 
ate form  toward  the  type.  Gn. 
3:177.  There  are  also  some 
forms  with  variegated  and  yel- 
low foliage.  Two  geographical 
forms  of  slow  growth  and  dense 
habit  are  var.  alpestris,  Brtigg., 
from  the  high  Alps,  in  habit  and 
foliage  resembling  P.  alba,  and 
var.  medi6xima,  Nyl.,  from  N. 
Eu.,  in  habit  and  appearance 
similar  to  P.  orientalis.  P. 
miniata,  mentioned  in  the 
genus  Abies  in  the  supplement- 
ary list  as  A.  miniata,  is  a  mis- 
print for  A.  minuta,  which  is 
a  synonym,  of  P.  excelsa,  var. 
pygmcea. 

6.  orientalis,  Carr.     Tree,  to  (X  %.) 
120    ft.,    with    ascending     and 

spreading  branches  and  somewhat  pendulous  branch- 
lets  :  young  branches  brown,  pubescent :  Ivs.  thick, 
obtuse,  dark  green  and  shining,  crowded  and  more 
or  less  appressed  to  the  branches:  fls.  carmine:  cone 
cylindric-ovate,  2%-3%  in.  long,  less  than  1  in.  thick: 
scales  orbicular,  entire  at  the  margin.  W.  Asia,  Cau- 
casus. G.C.  II.  21:308;  25:333;  III.  3:754.  A.  G. 
19:649.  Mn.  5,  p.  189.  V.  20: 185. -A  very  graceful 
Spruce  with  dark,  glossy  foliage;  of  slow  growth  and 
therefore  valuable  for  smaller  gardens.  It  holds  its 
lower  limbs  for  many  years. 


1796. 
Cone  of  Norway  Spruce. 


1334 


PICEA 


PICEA 


7.  rubra,  Link  (P.  acutissima,3.  G.  Jack.    P.  rubens, 
Sarg.).     RED  SPRUCE.     Tree,  to  80  ft.  or  occasionally 
to  100  ft.,  with  short  and  slender  branches  forming  a 
narrow  pyramidal  head,  with  red-brown  bark  :    young 
branches  reddish  brown:    Ivs.  quadrangular,  acute  or 
mucronate,  dark  or  bright  green,  shining,  about  %  in. 
long  :    fls.  purple  :    cones  oblong,  l%-2  in.  long,  light 
reddish  brown,  glossy;  scales  obovate,  rounded  and  en- 
tire or  slightly  erose  at  the  margin.     From  Canada  to 
N.  C.,  along  the  Allegheny  Mts.     S.S.  12:597. -Hand- 
some tree,  but  requires  cool  and  moist  situation  and  is 
less  drought-enduring  than  most  others. 

8.  nigra,  Link  (P.  Maritina,  Britt.,  Sterns  &  Pogg.). 
Fig.  1799.    Tree,  usually  to  20-30  ft.  or  occasionally  to 
100  ft.,  with  slender,  often  pendulous  branches  forming 
a  narrow,   irregular  head:    bark  gray -brown:  young 


1797.    Shedding  of  the  leaves  of  Norway  Spruce. 


brown  and  glossy,  l%-2  in.  long;  scales  orbicular,  with 
usually  entire  margin,  thin  and  flexible.  From  Labra- 
dor to  Alaska,  south  to  Mont.,  Minn,  and  N.  Y.  S  S 
12:598.  G.F.  8:223;  9:355.  F.S.  21:2251. -A  decorative 
species  of  dense  habit  when  young  and  with  rather  light 
bluish  green  foliage ;  it  endures  heat  and  drought  much 
better  than  the  two  preceding  species.  The  most  im- 
portant garden  form  is  var.  caerulea,  Carr.  (var.  argtntea 
and  var.  glauca,  Hort.  Abies  rubra,  var.  violacea, 
Loud.).  Of  dense  habit,  with  light  bluish  green  or 
almost  silvery  gray  foliage.  Var.  aurea,  Beissn.,  has 
yellow  foliage.  Var.  nana,  Loud.  Dwarf,  forming  a 
dense  round  bush.  Var.  pendula,  Beissn.  With  pendu- 
lous branches. 

10.  Engelmanni,  Engelm.  (Abies  commutata,  Murr. ). 
Tree,  to  150  ft.,  with  slender  spreading  branches  in 
closely  arranged  whorls,  forming  a 
dense  and  narrow  pyramid  in  young 
trees  :  winter-buds  with  brownish 
yellow  usually  appressed  or  little 
spreading  scales:  young  branches 
pale  brownish  yellow,  pubescent: 
Ivs.  slender,  straight  or  slightly 
incurved,  acute,  bluish  green  to 
steel-blue,  K-l  in.  long,  without 
resin  canals,  of  a  strong  aromatic 
odor  when  bruised:  fls.  purple: 
cones  oval-  to  cylindric  -  oblong, 
light  brown,  l%-3  in.  long;  scales 
rhomboidal,  narrowed  and  truncate 
or  rarely  acute  at  the  apex.  From 
Alberta  and  Brit.  Col.  to  Ariz,  and 
N.  M.  S.S.  12:599. -A  very  orna- 
mental tree,  varying  in  the  color 
of  foliage.  Var.  glauca,  Hort.,  has 
bluish  or  steel-blue,  and  var.  ar- 
gentea,  Hort.,  silvery  gray  foliage. 
P.  psendopuugens,  Dieck,  seems 
not  to  differ  from  typical  P.  Engel- 
manni.  P.  Enqelmanni  is  said  to 
be  sold  for  P.  pungens.  It  is  more 
common,  and  its  seeds  are  there- 
fore more  readily  secured. 


The  picture  shows  the  extremities  of  a  limb  that  is  eight  years  old.  The  part 
between  the  tip  and  A  is  last  season's  growth;  between  A  and  B  it  is  two  years  old  ; 
and  beyond  B  is  a  part  that  grew  three  seasons  ago.  The  section  beyond  C  is  six 
years  old;  from  C  to  D  is  seven  years  of  age.  The  four  years'  growth  of  this  limb 
not  shown  in  the  drawing  was  as  densely  covered  with  foliage  as  is  the  part  shown  in 
the  upper  figure;  but  there  are  not  many  leaves  between  C  and  D  (seven  years  old) 
and  none  on  the  eight-year-old  wood  (except  those  on  the  branchlets,  and  these  are 
younger).  This  shows  that  the  leaves  persisted  six  or  seven  years. 

branches  brown  or  yellowish  brown:  Ivs.  quadrangular, 
obtusish,  dull  dark  or  bluish  green,  bloomy  especially  on 
the  upper  side,  %-%  in.  long  :  fls.  purple:  cones  oval- 
oblong,  globose-ovate  when  open,  dull  grayish  brown, 
%-l%  in.  long  ;  scales  rounded  and  finely  denticulate 
at  the  margin.  From  Can.  to  Va.,  Minn,  and  Brit.  Col. 
S.S.  12:596. — Very  variable  in  habit;  cone-bearing  trees 
often  only  a  few  ft.  high  when  growing  in  swamps.  The 
most  ornamental  garden  form  is  var.  Doumetti,  Carr., 
with  ascending  crowded  branches  forming  a  dense  conical 
pyramid.  A  similar  form,  somewhat  broader  at  the  base 
and  with  more  light  bluish  green  foliage,  is  var.  Mari- 
ana, Beissn.  G.C.  III.  11:80.  Var.  brevifdlia,  Rehd. 
(P.  brevifdlia,  Peck).  Fig.  1794.  Small  tree,  with  short 
spreading  branches  forming  an  irregular  and  narrow 
head:  Ivs.  usually  %-%  in.  long,  bluish  green:  cones 
%-l  in.,  seeds  1-12  in.  long.  Of  little  ornamental  value. 
V.  23:291.  A.G.  23:  201,  203.  Var.  virgata,  Rehd.,  is 
a  sparingly  branched  form  with  long  and  slender 
branches  destitute  of  branchlets,  very  similar  to  P. 
cxcelsa,  var.  virgata.  G.F.  8:45.  Var.  pumila,  Hort.,  is 
a  dwarf,  compact,  cushion-like  form  of  very  dark  green 
color. 

9.  alba,  Link  (P.  Canadtnsis,  Britt.,  Sterns  &  Pogg.). 
Fig.  1794.  Tree,  usually  60-70,  sometimes  to  150  ft., 
with  ascendent  branches  and  usually  pendent  branch- 
lets  :  bark  light  brownish  gray:  Ivs.  slightly  curved, 
acute  or  acutish,  more  or  less  bluish  green,  %-%  in. 
long,  of  a  strong,  aromatic  odor  when  bruised  :  fls. 
pale  red  or  yellowish  :  cones  cylindric-oblong,  light 


11.  pungens,  Engelm.  (P.  Par- 
ryana,  Sarg.  Abies  M6nziesi, 
Engelm.,  not  Lindl.).  Fig.  1794, 
1798.  Tree,  80-100,  or  occasionally 
to  150  ft.,  with  horizontal  stout 
branches  in  rather  remote  whorls, 
forming  a  broad,  regular  pyramid: 
winter-buds  with  brownish  yellow 
usually  reflexed  scales  :  young 

branches  glabrous,  bright  yellowish  brown:  Ivs.  rigid, 
incurved,  spiny  -  acuminate,  bluish  green  to  silvery 
white  or  rarely  dull  green,  %  to  one  and  one-fifth  in. 
long,  with  2  resin  canals:  cones  cylindric-oblong,  light 
brown  and  glossy,  2%-4  in.  long;  scales  rhomboidal, 
narrowed  and  erose  at  the  apex.  Wyo.  to  Colo,  and 
Utah.  S.S.  12:600.  G.C.  II.  20:725;  III.  10:547.  Mn.  7, 
p.  51.  Gng.  7:49.  S.H.  2:273.  F.  1884,  p.  5.  G.M.  40:35. 
—A  very  handsome  and  very  hardy  tree  of  symmetrical 
habit,  with  light,  sometimes  almost  silvery  white  foli- 
age. According  to  the  different  shades  of  color  of  the 
foliage,  vars.  argentea,  coerulea  and  glauca,  Hort.,  are 
distinguished.  Var.viridis,  Regel  (P.  commutata,  Hort.), 
is  the  form  with  green  Ivs.  A  dwarf  compact  form  of 
this  species  originated  about  10  years  ago  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretrum. 

12.  SitchSnsis,  Carr.  (Abies  Mtnziesi,  Lindl.).  TIDE- 
LAND  SPRUCE.  SITKA  SPRUCE.  Tree,  usually  100  ft.,  oc- 
casionally 200  ft.  high,  with  slender  horizontal  branches, 
forming  a  broad  pyramid  in  young  trees ;  in  old  trees 
the  upper  branches  short  and  ascending,  the  lower  ones 
slender  and  spreading,  clothed  with  slender  branchlets : 
bark  bright  or  dark  red-brown :  young  branches  rigid, 
light  brownish  yellow,  glabrous  :  Ivs.  bright  green, 
shining  and  rounded  on  the  lower  side,  flat,  slightly 
ridged  and  silvery  white  on  the  upper  side,  sharply 
acute  or  acuminate,  %-l  in.  long:  staminate  fls.  red: 
cones  cylindric-oval,  pale  yellowish  or  reddish  brown, 
2%-4  in.  long;  scales  rounded  at  the  apex  and  erose. 
Alaska  to  Calif.  G.C.  II.  25:728,  729.  S.S.  12:602.  G.F. 


PICEA 


PIERIS 


1335 


4:211(erroneously  named  Douglas  Fir).  M.D.G.  1896:403. 
—A  very  ornamental  tree,  especially  attractive  by  the 
contrasting  colors  of  the  foliage,  but  it  can  hardly  be 
grown  successfully  in  the  eastern  states;  it  does  not 
stand  the  hot  summers  well,  and  is  probably  not  hardy 
farther  north  than  Mass.  Var.  specibsa,  Beissn.,  is  of 
slower  growth  and  more  compact  habit,  with  more  as- 
cending branches  and  shorter,  more  rigid  Ivs. 

13.  Ajanensis,  Fisch.  (Abies  Jezotnsis, 
Sieb.   &  Zucc.  P.  Hondotnsis,  Mayr.     P. 
Alcockiana,   Veitch  partly).     Tree,  100- 
150  ft.  or  occasionally  higher,  with  hori- 
zontally spreading  slender  branches :  bark 
dark    gray  :     young    branches    glabrous, 
shining,    yellowish     brown   or    yellowish 
green:  Ivs.  slightly  curved,  acute  or  ob- 
tuse, slightly  ridged  on  both  sides,  dark 
green   and  shining   below,   silvery  white 
above,  %-%  in.  long:  fls.  carmine:  cones 
oblong,    light   brown,     l%-3}^   in.    long; 
scales     oval -oblong,    erose.      E.   Siber., 
Amurland,  Sachatin,   Yeso.     B.  M.  6743. 

G.C.  II.  13:  115,  212;  III.  3,  p.  53.  Gt.  38,  p.  217, 
figs.  2-5.— Similar  to  the  preceding  and  highly  orna- 
mental, hardier:  Ivs.  somewhat  broader  and  shorter 
and  less  sharply  pointed  than  in  the  preceding.  P. 
Ajanensis  and  P.  Hondoensis  are  considered  by  Mayr 
as  two  distinct  species:  the  first  has  yellowish  green 
branches  and  on  older  plants  the  slightly  swollen  leaf- 
cushions  are  recurved;  the  latter  has  light  reddish 
brown  branches,  the  leaf -cushions  on  the  upper  side  of 
the  branches  are  much  swollen,  pointing  forward,  with 
two  small  furrows  below  the  apex,  the  Ivs.  somewhat 
shorter  and  the  bracts  of  the  scales  somewhat  narrowed 
near  the  middle. 

14.  Alcockiana,    Carr.    (P.   hicolor,  Mayr.  Abies    bi- 
color,    Maximowicz).      Tree,   80-150   ft.,    with   slender 
spreading    branches  :     bark     grayish    brown:     young 
branches  dull  reddish  brown,  sometimes  finely  pubes- 
cent:  Ivs.  somewhat  curved,  dark  green  above  with  two 
bluish   lines    below,  sharply  acuminate,  %-/4  in.  long: 
cones  oblong,  brown,  purple   before  ripening,  3—4  in. 
long;  scales  obovate,  finely  denticulate  at  the  often  re- 
curved margin.    Japan.    G.C.  II.  13,  p.  213.— Handsome 
tree,  with  more  slender  branches   than   the  preceding 
and  of  more  rapid  growth.     Sometimes  cult,  under  the 
name  P.  Alcockiana  nova  and  P.*acicularis. 

15.  Omorlka,  Bolle  (Plnus  Omorlka,  Pancic.).    Tree, 
to  100  ft.  or  higher,  with  rather  short  spreading  and  as- 
cending branches    forming  a  narrow  pyramidal  head: 
young   branches   brown,  pubescent  :    Ivs.  compressed, 
ridged   on   both    sides,  obtuse  and  mucronulate,  dark 
green  and  shining  below,  with  whitish  lines  above,  %- 


16.  Breweriana,  Wats.  Tree,  80-120  ft.  high,  with  the 
branches  at  the  top  slightly  ascending,  the  lower  ones 
horizontal  or  pendulous,  with  whip  -  like  pendulous 
branchlets  often  7  or  8  ft.  long,  furnished  with  similar, 
slender  lateral  branchlets;  young  branches  reddish 
brown,  pubescent:  Ivs.  straight  or  slightly  curved,  ob- 
tuse, rounded  and  dark  green  at  the  lower  surface,  al- 
most flat  and  with  white  lines  above,  54-1  in.  long: 


1798.  Picea  pungens. 

Th«  two  small  tufts  at  the  right  are  P.  excelsa,  var. 
Maxwelli. 


%  in.  long:  fls.  purple:  cones  ovate-oblong,  cinnamon- 
brown,  glossy,  l%-2%  in.  long;  scales  almost  orbicular, 
with  finely  denticulate  margin.  S.  E.  Eu.  G.C.  II. 
21:308;  III.  21:153.  Gt.  47,  p.  177.-Handsome  tree  of 
rather  slow  growth,  forming  a  dense  and  narrow  pyra- 
mid when  young;  very  hardy. 


staminate  fls.  purple:  cones  oblong,  2%-5  in.  long,  light 
orange-brown;  scales  obovate,  with  entire  margin.  Sis- 
kiyou  Mts.  in  Ore.  and  N.  Calif.  S.S.  12:601.  G.F. 
3:66,  67;  5:595.  G.C.  II.  25:497.— One  of  the  most  dis- 
tinct Spruces,  but  it  has  not  yet  been  successfully  cul- 
tivated in  the  eastern  states. 

P.  Columbiana,  Lemm.,  is  a  form  of  P.  Engelmanni,  of 
smaller  size,  with  smaller  cones  and  scaly  brown  bark.— P. 
Olehni,  Mast.  Tree,  to  150  ft.,  allied  to  P.  bicolor,  but  Ivs. 
shorter,  about  34~%  in.  long  and  comparatively  broad:  cones 
1-2  in.  long.  Amurland,  Sachalin,  Yeso.  G.C.  II.  13:301.— P. 
Maximowiczi,  Regel.  Allied  to  P.  polita,  but  much  smaller  in 
every  part:  Ivs.  about  %,  cones  2  in.  long,  smaller  in  cult, 
plants.  Japan.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

PICKEREL-WEED.    Pontederia. 
PICOTEE.     See  Carnation. 

PICRASMA  (Greek,  pikrasmos,  bitterness;  referring 
to  the  bitter  bark  and  wood ) .  Including  Picrcena .  Sima- 
rubdcece.  Trees  and  shrubs,  with  alternate,  odd-pinnate 
Ivs.,  yellowish  green  fls.  in  axillary,  long-peduncled, 
loose  cymes  and  subglobose,  dry,  berry-like  fr.  About 
8  species  in  S.  and  E.  Asia  and  W.  India.  Only  P. 
ailanthoides,  Planch.  (P.  Japonica,  Gray),  seems  to  be 
in  cult.  It  is  an  upright  shrub,  almost  glabrous  except 
the  tomentulose  inflorescence:  Ivs.  with  4-8  pairs  of 
Ifts. ;  Ifts.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  crenately 
serrate,  2%-3%  in.  long:  fr.  pea-sized,  bright  red, 
with  1  seed.  N.  China,  Japan.  This  is  probably  the 
hardiest  species  of  the  genus,  but  has  proved  only  half- 
hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum.  Farther  north  it  may 
be  of  value  on  account  of  its  orange  and  scarlet  fall 
coloring  and  the  bright  red  fruits.  It  is  sometimes 
united  with  P.  quassioides.  Benn.,  from  Himalaya  and 
China.  Wood  and  bark  are  exceedingly  bitter.  The 
wood  of  some  species,  especially  P.  excelsa,  Planch., 
from  Jamaica,  is  used  in  medicine  like  that  of  Quassia. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

PICTURES.     See  Photography. 

PIE-PLANT.     See  Rhubarb. 

PIERIS  (a  mythological  name).  Including  Portuna. 
Ericacece.  Ornamental  evergreen  or  deciduous  shrubs 
or  rarely  small  trees,  with  alternate  short-petioled  Ivs. 
and  handsome  usually  white  fls.  in  often-panicled  ra- 
cemes or  in  racemose  axillary  fascicles.  The  evergreen 
P.  floribunda  and  the  deciduous  P.  Mariana  are  hardy 
North  and,  like  the  other  species,  are  valuable  for  the 
earliness  of  their  flowers.  The  most  beautiful  are 
P.  Japonica  and  P.  formosa,  with  long  drooping  or  nod- 
ding racemes  of  white  fls.  arranged  in  terminal  panicles; 
the  first  thrives  still  in  Mass.,  but  the  fls.  are  usually 
winter-killed,  while  P.  formosa  can  be  grown  only  South. 
They  are  easily  forced,  and  P.  Japonica  especially 
may  be  recommended  for  this  purpose ;  it  makes  a  very 
handsome  and  graceful  pot-plant  for  inside  decoration 
with  its  slender  racemes  of  pure  white  flowers  hanging 
over  the  glossy  bright  green  foliage.  The  species  of 
Pieris,  like  other  Ericaceae,  grow  well  in  a  moderately 


1336 


PIERIS 


moist,  well-drained  and  porous  soil,  but  dislike  lime- 
stone and  heavy  clay;  a  partly  shaded  situation  suits 
them  best.  Prop,  by  seeds  treated  like  those  of  Azalea 
or  Rhododendron;  also  by  layers,  and  the  evergreen 
ones  by  cuttings  of  almost  ripened  wood  in  August 
under  glass,  kept  during  the  winter  in  a  cool  green- 
house. They  root  very  slowly;  cuttings  taken  from 
forced  plants  root  more  readily.  About  10  species  in 
N.  Amer.  and  in  Asia  from  Himal.  to  Japan.  Calyx- 
lobes  valvate  or  distinct;  corolla  globose  or  urceolate; 
stamens  10  ;  anthers  obtuse,  with  a  pair  of  awns  near 
the  base  or  the  filaments  2-toothed  below  the  apex:  cap- 
sule with  5  dehiscent  valves  ;  seeds  linear-oblong,  not 
winged,  with  membranaceotis  testa.  Often  included 
under  Andromeda.  Closely  allied  to  Lyonia,  but  dis- 
tinguished by  its  awnless  anthers,  and  to  Zenobia,  which 
has  the  anthers  4-awned  at  the  apex.  The  foliage  of 
some  species  is  said  to  be  poisonous  to  cattle. 

A.    Lvs,  evergreen. 
B.    Flowers  in  terminal  panicles  formed  the  previous 

year  and   remaining   naked 'during   the   winter: 

capsule  globose,  without  ridges. 

floribunda,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Andrdmeda  floribunda, 
Pursh.  Portuna  floribunda,  Nutt.).  Fig.  1800.  Dense 
shrub,  2-6  ft.  high:  branches  and  petioles  with  strigose 
brown  hairs:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong  -  lanceolate,  acute, 
minutely  serrulate  and  setosely  ciliate,  otherwise  gla- 
brous, l%-2%  in.  long:  fls.  nodding,  in  terminal  dense 
upright  panicles  1K-4  in.  long;  corolla  ovate,  strongly 
5-angled,  white,  34  in.  long.  April,  May.  Va.  to  Ga.,  in 
the  Alleghany  Mts.  B.M.  1566.  B.R.  10:807.  M.D.G. 
1898:333.  — Very  desirable  evergreen  shrub  for  its  hardi- 
ness and  earliness  of  the  fls. 

Japdnica,  D.  Don  (Andrdmeda  Japdnica,  Thunb.). 
Fig.  1801.  Shrub,  with  spreading  branches  or  some- 
times small  tree  to  30  ft. :  branches  glabrous  :  Ivs. 
crowded  at  the  ends  of  branches,  obovate-lanceolate  or 
oblanceolate,  crenately  serrulate,  cuneate  at  the  base, 
glabrous,  1%-2K  in.  long  :  fls.  in  pendulous  panicles, 


.  long;  corolla  ovate,  not  angled,  34  in.  or  slightly 
longer,  April,  May.  Japan.  R.B.  11:10.  B.H.  21:19. 
Gn.  12:98  and  p.  424;  50,  p.  307;  57,  p.  399.  G.C.  II.  17:797. 
M.D.G.  1898: 544. -Var.  albo-marginata,  Hort.  Lvs. 
with  whitish  margin  and  smaller.  Var.  pygmeea,  Maxim. 


PILEA 

Dwarf  form  with  small  linear-oblanceolate  Ivs.  Japanese 
botanists  speak  of  a  variety  with  the  racemes  a  foot  and 
more  long;  this  form  seems  to  be  not  yet  introduced, 
P.  Japonica  is  one  of  the  most  graceful  early-blooming 
evergreens. 


1801.  Pieris  Japonica  (X 


BB.   Fls.  in  axillary  clusters,  forming   terminal   leafy 
racemes. 

nitida,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Andrdmeda  nitida,  Bartr. 
A.  coriacea,  Ait.).  FETTER-BUSH.  Shrub,  2-6  ft.  high, 
with  triangular  branches,  quite  glabrous:  Ivs.  obovate 
or  broadly  elliptic  to  oblong,  narrowed  at  both  ends, 
bright  green  and  shining  above,  entire  and  slightly  rev- 
olute  at  the  margin,  l%-3  in.  long:  corolla  cylindric- 
ovate,  white  to  pink,  34-%  in.  long:  capsule  ovoid  glo- 
bose, with  ridges  at  the  sutures.  March-May.  N.  C.  to 
Fla.  and  La.  B.M.  1095.  -Var.  rubra,  Lodd.  Fls.  deep 
pink.  L.B.C.  7:672. 

AA.    Lvs.  deciduous. 

Mariana,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Andrdmeda  Mariana, 
Linn.  Lyonia  Mariana,  D.  Don.  Leucbthoe'  Mariana, 
DC.).  STAGGER-BUSH.  Shrub,  2-4  ft.  high,  glabrous  or 
nearly  so:  Ivs.  oval  to  oblong,  obtuse  or  acute,  usually 
cuneate  at  the  base,  entire,  1-3  in.  long:  fls.  nodding, 
in  axillary  clusters  on  leafless  branches  of  the  previous 
year,  forming  2-5  in.  long  racemes;  corolla  cylindric- 
campanulate,  white  or  pale  pink,  almost  %  in.  long: 
capsule  ovate-pyramidal.  April-June.  R.  I.  to  Fla. 
B.M.  1579. 

P.  formbsa,  D.  Don.  Evergreen  shrub  or  small  tree,  to  12  ft., 
allied  to  P.  Japonica:  Ivs.  scattered,  broader,  elliptic,  3-5  in. 
long:  panicles  6  in.  or  more  long.  April,  May.  Himalayas. 
Gu.  54,  p.  77.  G.C.  II.  15:569.—  P.  ovalifblia,  D.  Don.  Decidu- 
ous shrub  or  tree,  to  40  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  to  elliptic,  entire,  pubes- 
cent on  the  veins  beneath,  2-6  in.  long  :  fls.  ovate,  white,  in 
simple  lateral  racemes,  2-6  in.  long.  June.  Himalayas  to  Japan. 
About  as  hardy  as  P.  Japonica.—  P.  phillyeatfblia,  DC.  Ever- 
green shrub,  1-2  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong,  serrulate  near  the 
apex,  1-2  in.  long:  racemes  axillary,  4-12-fld.:  corolla  ovoid, 
white.  Feb.,  March.  W.  Fla.  B.R.  30:36. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

PIGEON  BERRY.     Phytolacca  decandra. 

PIGEON  PEA.     Cajanus  Indicus. 
PIGEON  PLUM.     See  Coccoloba. 
PIG-NUT.     See  Hicoria. 


PIGWEED. 

tus. 


Species  of  Chenopodium  and  Amaran- 


PILEA  (pileus,  a  Roman  cap;  one  of  the  segments  of 
the  perianth  in  the  first  described  species  covering  the 
akene).  Urticacece.  Many  tropical  and  some  temperate- 
region  herbs  (rarely  shrubby),  annual  or  perennial,  of 
various  habit.  Most  of  them  are  weedy  plants,  but 
forms  of  one  or  two  species  are  grown  in  greenhouses 
for  their  compact  fern-like  sprays  and  for  the  interest- 
ing phenomenon  of  forcibly  discharging  the  pollen, 
whence  the  name  Artillery  Plant.  The  species  are 
widely  distributed  in  the  Old  and  New  World.  The 


PILEA 


PILOCEREUS 


1337 


flowers  are  monoecious  or  dioecious,  mostly  very  small 
and  in  axillary  clusters;  stamens  3-4,  and  the  sepal - 
lobes  in  the  staminate  fls.  of  the  same  number;  sepai- 
lobes  of  pistillate  fls.  3,  the  ovary  3-angled  and  erect 
and  bearing  a  sessile  tufted  stigma,  with  3  scale-like 
staniinodiums :  fr.  an  akene,  ovate  or  nearly  orbicular, 
compressed,  more  or  less  invested  in  the  perianth. 
There  are  150  or  more  species  of  Pilea,  one  of  which, 
P.pumila,  is  a  small  nettle-like  plant  growing  in  the 
northern  states. 

The  Artillery  Plants  of  the  gardens  are  small  branchy 
half-succulent  herbs,  usually  grown  in  pots  and  allowed 
to  reach  a  foot  or  so  in  height.  The  gracefully  curving 
fronds  of  small  ovate  or  obovate  shining  leaves  are 
much  prized.  They  are  easy  to  grow,  being  propagated 
by  cuttings.  They  thrive  best  when  given  an  abun- 
dance of  water.  Sometimes  they  are  used  as  edgings  in 
orchid  houses,  to  screen  the  pots  with  green,  and  they 
also  tend  to  equalize  the  moisture  conditions  and  thereby 
contribute  to  the  welfare  of  the  orchids. 

When  the  staminate  flowers  open,  the  pollen  is  usually 
discharged  forcibly  and  visibly.  If  a  plant  is  put  in  a 
sunny  place  when  the  pollen  is  ripe,  it  may  set  up 
a  vigorous  bombardment,  particularly  if  the  foliage  is 
sprayed.  (See  I.  H.  1,  p.  64  (1854)  for  an  account  of  this 
phenomenon.)  The  Artillery  Plant  is  seen  in  nearly 
every  greenhouse,  but  whether  there  is  more  than  one 
species  in  common  cultivation  it  is  difficult  to  deter- 
mine, for  specific  characters  are  difficult  to  draw.  The 
Ivs.,  although  opposite,  are  unequal.  Usually  the 
branchlets  develop  alternately  on  the  branch. 

microphylla,  Liebm.  (P.  miiscbsa,  Lindl.  P.  calli- 
trichioldes  of  some  authors).  Monoecious:  small,  rather 
weak  plant:  Ivs.  less  than  %  in.  long  as  a  rule,  some- 
times very  small:  fl. -clusters  mostly  sessile  or  nearly  so. 
S.  Amer. 

serpyllifdlia,  Wedd.  (P.  muscbsa,  Hort.  in  part.  P. 
caUitrichioldes  of  some).  Fig.  1802.  Dioecious:  plant 
usually  stronger  and  more  upright:  Ivs.  usually  more 
than  %  in.  long,  and  fl. -clusters  more  peduncled.  Mex. 
Seems  to  be  the  commoner  species,  but  it  is  difficult  to 
determine  them.  j^  jjt  B 


1802.   Artillery  Plant— Pilea  serpyllifolia. 
Separate  spray  natural  size. 

PILOCABPTJS  (Greek,  pilos,  a  cap,  and  karpos,  a 
fruit,  from  the  shape  of  the  fruit) .  Butacece.  Shrubs  or 
small  trees,  sometimes  attaining  10  ft.,  with  pinnately 
compound  Ivs.  of  1-4  pairs  and  a  terminal  leaflet;  the 
Ifts.  opposite,  but  the  Ivs.  usually  alternate:  fls.  in 
elongated  racemes;  petals  4-5,  valvate;  stamens  4-5: 
ovary  4-5-lobed,  not  tubercled.  The  plants  of  the  genus 
form  the  source  of  the  alkaloid  "pilocarpine,"  and  to- 
gether with  plants  of  several  other  genera,  the  basis  of 
the  drug  "Jaborandi."  Seventeen  species,  natives  of 
tropical  America,  principally  Brazil. 

pennatifdlius,  Lena.  Branchlets  glabrous  or  puberu- 
lent:  Ivs.  alternate,  1-1%  ft.  long;  Ifts.  2  or  3  pairs,  be- 
sides the  terminal  one,  3-9  in.  long,  oblong ;  apex 
rounded  or  emarginate,  coriaceous,  yellowish  green: 
raceme  spike-like,  many-fld.  (about  100);  rachis  stout, 
pedicels  stout,  horizontal,  with  2  small  greenish  tooth- 


snaped  bracts  at  their  bases:  fls.  reddish  brown,  rotate. 
Brazil.  B.M.  7235.  — Int.  into  Calif,  by  Dr.  Pranceschi, 
and  said  to  be  hardy  in  the  open  wherever  the  lemon 
can  be  successfully  grown. 

P.  Jaborandi,  Holmes,  has  been  described  as  P.pennatifolius, 
by  Benth.  &  Trim.,  but  is  distinguished  from  it  by  shorter  Ivs. 
and  Ifts.,  stiffly  pubescent  branchlets  and  stems,  more  openly 
fid.  racemes,  with  slender  rachis  and  pedicels,  and  the  presence 
of  2  inconspicuous  bracteoles  above  the  middle  of  the  flower 
pedicels.  B.M.  7483.  ARNOLD  V.  STUBENRAUCH. 

PILOCfiREUS  ( Latin, pilus, hair).  Cactacece.  Asome- 
what  hetereogeneous  assemblage  of  forms  differing  from 
related  species  principally  by  the  presence  in  the  fruit- 
ing area  of  different  or  more  copious  and  lengthened 
hairs  or  bristles,  in  some  of  the  species  aggregated  in  a 
circumscribed  area  and  termed  a  cephalium.  For  cul- 
ture, see  Cactus. 

INDEX. 

Brunnowii,  5.  floccusus,  6.  Royeni,  6. 

Celsianus,  5.  fossulatus,  5.  Sargentianus,  1. 

chrysomallus,  9.          Haagei,  11.  Schottii,  1. 

Columna-Trajani.S.    Hoppenstedtii,  4.         scoparius,  2. 
Dautwitzii,  11.  Houlletii,  7.  senilis,  10. 

exerens,  12.  polylophus,  3.  virens,  12. 

A.  Fruiting  area  circumferential,  of  lengthened  bristles 
or  weak  spines,  without  woolly  hairs:  no  hairs  on 
areolce  of  young  shoots. 

1.  Sch6ttii,  Lem.  (P.  Sargentianus,  Ore.).    Fig.  1803. 
Branching  from  the  base.  10-15  ft.  high,  glaucous :  ribs 
4-10,  commonly  5 ;  spines  4-7,  very  short,  thickened  at 
base :  areolaa  of  the  fruiting  area  bearing  very  copious 
and  long  (1-3  in.)  stiffish  twisted  bristles:    fls.  small, 
pinkish,  about  1  in.  long:  fr.  soft,  edible,  the  size  and 
somewhat  the  color  of  an  olive.    North  Mexico  and  Baja, 
California.    G.F.  4:437. 

2.  scoparius,  Poselg.   Tree-like,  richly  branched,  25  ft. 
high,  1  ft.  in  diam. :  radial  spines  12-15,  very  short,  cen- 
trals 7-8,  not  much  longer;  in  the  flowering  branches 
the  spines  change  to  longer  stout  bristles  and  the  areolae 
are  closer  together,  forming  a  bristly  cephalium:  fls. 
small,  bell-shaped,  reddish :  fr.  size  of  a  hazelnut.    Near 
Vera  Cruz,  Mex. 

3.  polyldphus,  Salm-Dyck  (Cereus  Nickelsii,  Hort.). 
Columnar,  attaining  a  height  of  50  ft.  and  a  diam.  of  1% 
ft.,  rarely  branching:  ribs  10-22,  sharp-angled,  shallow, 
the  old  stems  perfectly  cylindrical:   spines  small  and 
bristle-like,  less  than  %  in.  long;   radials  5-6;  central 
usually  1 ;    spines  of  the  flowering  area  2-3  in.  long, 
crowded:  fls.  large,  trumpet-shaped,  dark  red:  fr.  red, 
scaly.    Mex. 

AA.  Fruiting  area  lateral,  of  dense  tufts  of  wool  in 
which  the  flowers  are  imbedded :  young  shoots 
lanuginous,  except  in  P.  Hoppenstedtii. 

4.  Hoppenstedtii,  Web.     Columnar,  simple,  slender, 
reaching  a  height  of  30  ft. :  ribs  numerous,  more  than 
16:   radial  spines   14-18,  very  short;   centrals   5-8,  the 
lower  longest  one  reaching  3  in. ;  all  the  spines  at  first 
yellowish,  then  white :  cephalium  of  1-2  in.  long  tufts  of 
yellowish  hairs,  forming  a  narrow  bract  on  the  north 
side  of  the  plant :  fls.  3  in.  long,  bell-shaped,  whitish, 
with  rosy  tips.    Mex. 

5.  Celsianus,  Lem.  (P.  fossuJdtus,  Lab.).    Columnar, 
in  the  gardens  simple,  hardly  more  than  4  ft.  high,  3  in. 
in  diam.:  ribs  10-17,  bright  green;  areolse  bearing  long 
(2  in.)  white  hair  ;    radial  spines  usually  9,  the  lower 
one,  the  longest,  less  than  1  in.  long;  central  usually  1, 
sometimes  4,  the  longest  sometimes  3  in.  long,  all  yellow: 
fls.  not  known.    Andes  of  Bolivia. 

Var.  Brunnowii,  Schum.  (P.  Brunnowii,  Haage  Jun.). 
Stem  stouter:  wool  brownish,  more  copious  ;  spines 
stronger  and  darker. 

6.  Eoy6ni,  Riimpl.  (P.  floccbsus,  Lem.).     Columnar, 
branching,  reaching  15  ft.  in  height,  2-3  in.  in  diam. : 
ribs  9-10,  obtuse  bluish  pruinose:   spines  12-16,  rigid, 
divaricate,  bright  amber-yellow,  the  inner  ones  larger, 
nearly  an  inch  long:  on  the  sterile  branches  long  hairs 
are  found  on  areolae,  on  the  fertile  bract  these  are  more 
numerous  and  aggregated  :    fls.  and  fr.  as  in  the  last 
species,  but  lighter  in  color.    Island  of  St.  Croix. 


1338 


PILOCEREUS 


7.  Houllecii,  Lem.   Tree-like,  attaining  40  ft.  in  height : 
branches  divaricate ;  cultivated  plants  usually  3-4  in.  in 
diam:   ribs  6-8,  rounded,  glaucous  ;    radial  spines  7-9, 
spreading  K  in.  long,  honey  yellow,  central  twice  as 
long  and  stronger:  areolse  of  the  sterile  stem  with  more 
or  less  hairs,  which  in  the  fruiting  area  are  very  numer- 
ous, making  a  shaggy  tract  sometimes  1  ft.  long:  fls.  3 
in.  long,  imbedded  in  the  wool,  turbinate,  greenish  red 
outside,  rose-red  within:  fr.dark  red,  depressed-globose. 
Mexico.    R.H.  1862,  pp.  427-430. 

AAA.   Fruiting  area  a  prominent  cephalium  composed  of 
dense    locks    of  woolly   hairs   intermixed  with 
bristles,    unilateral    except    sometimes    in    P. 
chrysomallus. 
B.   Long  hairs  absent  except  in  the  cephalium. 

8.  Columna-Trajani,  Salm-Dyck.   Tree-like,  attaining 
a  height  of  50  ft.  and  a  diam.  of  over  2  ft.,  simple  below: 

areolse  large,  elliptic  ;  radial 
spines  10-12,  the  upper  very 
short,  the  lower  longest,  nearly 
an  inch  long  ;  centrals  2,  the 
upper  an  inch  long,  the  lower 
4-5  in.:  fls.  about  2  in.  long, 
scarcely  projecting  from  the 
unilateral  woolly  and  bristly 
cephalium.  Mex.  R.H.  1890,  p. 
129.  The  specific  name  refers  to 
the  famous  Trajan's  Column. 

BB.  Long  hairs  covering  all  but 
the  oldest  parts  of  the 
plant. 

9.  chrysomallus,  Lem.    Tree- 
like, with  erect  branches,  reach- 
ing a  height  of  30  ft. :  ribs  in 
cultivated    plants    13  :     areolae 
with  long  hairs ;    radial   spines 
11-13,  the  upper  %  in.  long,  the 
lower  twice  as  long;  centrals  4, 
still  longer;   all  the  spines  am- 
ber-yellow,   becoming    brown : 
cephalium    terminal    or    some- 
times unilateral,  a   foot    long, 
woolly  and  setose.    Mex. 

10.  senllis,  Pfeiff.    OLD  MAN 
CACTUS.    Columnar,  reaching  a 
height  of  35  ft.  and  a  diam.  of 
1   ft.,    branching   at   the    very 
base,    the   branches    becoming 
parallel   with  the  parent:    ribs 
20-30,  very  little  elevated ;  areolse 
bearing   20   to   30   white,  wavy 
bristles  2-5  in.  long;    later  ap- 
pear also,  at  first  1,  then  3-5 
strong,   yellowish   spines  :    fls. 
very  numerous   in  the  cephal- 
ium, nearly  4  in.  long,  red  out- 
side, reddish  white  within:  fr. 

Central  Mex.    R.H.  1889,  p.  568;  1890, 


Pilocereus  Schottii. 


violet,  2  in.  long, 
p.  128. 

11.  Dautwiztii,  Haage  (P.  Hadgei,  Poselg.).    Colum- 
nar, reaching  5  ft.  in  height,  4  in.  in  diam. :  ribs  25-30, 
low,  obtuse  :    areolse  close   together,  bearing   over   20 
needle-like,  spreading  and  interlocking  spines,  and  also 
copious  long,  white,  curled  hairs  which  cover  the  whole 
upper  part  of  the  plant,  like  a  spider's  web:  cephalium 
and  fl.  not  certainly  known.  Northern  Peru.  G.C.  1873:7. 
F.S.  21:2163. 

AAAA.    Fruiting  areolce  and  younger  parts  of  the  plant 
bearing  short  hairs,  but  cephalium  wanting. 

12.  exerens,  Schum.  (P.  vlrens,  Lem.).    Branching  at 
base,  3-4   ft.  high,  2-3  in.  in   diam.,  tapering   above: 
ribs  4-6,  obtuse,  the  sterile  shoots  with  short,  sparse, 
woolly  hairs  at  the  top;    spines  commonly  7  radials, 
very  short,  1-3  centrals  4  times  as  long;  woolly  hairs 
much  more  abundant  on  the  blooming  plant:  fls.  about 
3  in.  long,  trumpet-bell-shaped,  without  wool  or  spines. 
Brazil.  KATHARINE  BRANDEGEE. 

PILOGYNE.     See  Melothria. 


PIMELEA 

PILtMNA.     See  Trichopilia. 

PIMELEA  (Greek,  fat;  referring  to  the  fleshy  seeds). 
Thymelceacece.  RICE  FLOWER.  A  genus  comprising 
many  showy  species,  and  confined  almost  exclusively 
to  Australia  and  neighboring  islands.  They  are  mostly 
delicate  shrubs,  fitted  only  for  greenhouse  culture, 
though  reported  to  be  hardy  in  the  open  wherever  the 
lemon  can  be  successfully  grown.  Lvs.  nearly  always 
opposite,  always  simple  and  entire:  inflorescence  usii- 
ally  a  terminal  head  or  cluster,  never  umbellate,  often 
with  an  involucre  of  4  or  more  bracts  at  the  base :  per- 
ianth tubular,  with  a  spreading  (rarely  erect)  4-lobed 
limb:  stamens  2,  inserted  in  the  throat  opposite  the  2 
outer  perianth-lobes :  ovary  1-celled :  fr.  a  small  drupe. 
Of  the  many  species,  only  three  (P.  decussata,  P.  li- 
gustrina  and  P.  spectabilis)  have  been  actually  intro- 
duced into  the  U.  S.,  but  there  are  so  many  other  very 
showy  species,  some  of  which  are  already  in  the  Old 
World,  that  in  all  probability  more  will  soon  be  found 
in  our  collections  for  greenhouse  culture.  For  the  lat- 
ter the  soil  should  be  a  mixture  of  peat  and  loam,  with 
enough  sharp  sand  added  to  make  it  "gritty,"  and  spe- 
cial care  given  to  insure  perfect  drainage.  After  bloom- 
ing, the  plants  should  be  cut  back  severely  to  stimulate 
new  growth.  They  can  be  propagated  from  either  seeds 
or  cuttings.  Ernest  Braunton  writes:  "P.  decussata 
is  an  elegant  little  shrub,  of  uncertain  existence.  In 
southern  Calif,  it  attains  a  height  of  3  ft.,  with  the 
same  width  at  the  top,  flowers  magnificently  and  then 
dies.  In  northern  Calif,  it  does  the  same.  In  the  open 
ground  it  lives  3-5  years,  and  must  have  shade." 

ARNOLD  V.  STUBENRAUCH. 

Cuttings  of  well-ripened  wood  of  P.  spectabilis  and 
P.  decussata  root  freely  at  60°  placed  under  a  bell-glass, 
in  a  shaded  house.  They  are  not  strong  growers  and 
must  not  be  over-potted.  During  the  summer  they  do 
best  when  plunged  outside  but  covered  with  lath  racks. 
They  may  be  kept  with  auriculas.  During  the  winter 
they  may  be  kept  with  ericas  at  40-45°  at  night,  and  they 
will  come  in  at  Easter  without  forcing.  They  are  rather 
slow-growing  plants  for  a  commercial  man,  but  they 
probably  will  become  profitable.  P.  decussata,  espe- 
cially, is  one  of  the  finest  of  pink  greenhouse  shrubs. 

H.  D.  DARLINGTON. 

The  following  are  all  natives  of  Australia,  except 
when  otherwise  stated : 


arenaria,  9. 
decussata,  13. 
drupacea,  2. 
ferruginea,  13. 
glauca,  6. 
graciliflora,  8. 


INDEX. 

hypericina,  3. 
imbricata,  16. 
ligustrina,  4. 
linifolia,  7. 
longiflora,  1. 
nivea,  12. 


rosea,  10. 
spathulata,  15. 
speetabilis,  14. 
suaveolens,  5. 
sylvestris,  11. 


A.  Involucral  Ivs.  absent 1. 

AA.  Involucral  Ivs.  reduced  to  2  small 

bracts 2. 

AAA.  Involucral  Ivs.  4-8. 

B.  Lvs.  distinctly  penniveined. 

c.  Fls.  white 3. 

4. 

cc.  Fls. rose-colored  or  yellowish.  5. 
BB.  Lvs.  not  penniveined   or   very 

obscurely  so. 

C.  Color  of  involucral  Ivs.  green. 
D.  Fls.  white. 

E.  Perianth  -  tube  cylindri- 
cal   6. 

7. 
EE.  Perianth-tube   wider   at 


longiflora 
drupacea 


hypericina 
ligustrina 
suaveolens 


top. 


EEE.  Perianth-tube  narrower 

at  top 9. 

DD.  Fls.  rose-colored. 

E.  Perianth-tube    cylindri- 
cal  10. 

BE.  Perianth-tube   ivider   at 

top 11. 

DDD.  Fls.    white    and    pink    in 

same  head 12. 


glauca 
linifolia 

graciliflora 
arenaria 

rosea 

sylvestris 

nivea 


PIMELEA 


PIMENTA 


1339 


CC.  Color  of  involucral  Ivs.  pink 
or  red,  or  tinged  only  at 
margin. 

D.  Fls.  rose-colored 13.  ferruginea 

DD.  Fls.    u'hite    and    pink    in 

same  head 14.  spectabilis 

DDD.  Fls.  pale  yellow 15.  spathulata 

AAAA.  Involucral  Ivs.  8  or  usually  more 

than  8 16.  imbricata 

1.  longifldra,  R.  Br.  Stems  4  ft.  or  more  high,  slender, 
very  leafy:  Ivs.  sometimes  alternate,  linear,  hairy:  fls. 
pure  white,  hairy  externally,  long  and  slender:  heads 
globose,  many-fld.:  anthers  yellow,  not  exserted.    B.M. 
•281. 

2.  drupacea,  Labill.    A  straggling  shrub  6-8  ft.  high 
or  lower:  branches  leafy:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-elliptical 
or  oblong-linear,   glabrous  above,  slightly  silky  hairy 
beneath,   distinctly  penniveined  :    fls.  white  or  tinged 
with  pink,  silky  hairy,  small;  anthers  yellow,  hardly  ex- 
serted: heads  sessile,  few-fld.    L.B.C.  6:540. 

3.  hypericina,  A.  Cunn.    Stem  slender,  3  ft.  or  more 
high:  branches  not  very  leafy:  Ivs.  elliptically  oblong, 
smooth  :    fls.    hermaphrodite    and    female   on   distinct 
plants,  very  hairy  externally;  hermaphrodite  fls.  longer 
and  more  slender:  heads  many-fld.  and  crowded.  — Very 
similar  to  P.  ligustrina,  in  fact  placed  as  a  variety  of 
it  in  Flora  Australiensis ;  distinguished  in  having  more 
involucral  Ivs.  much  shorter  than  the  fls.  and  silky  pu- 
bescent or  hoary.    B.M.  3330. 

4.  ligustrina,  Labill.    Erect,  5-6  ft.  high:   Ivs.  ovate 
to  oblong  or  elliptical:  involucral  Ivs.  4,  very  rarely  5 
or  6,  as  long  as  the  fl. -tubes,  glabrous:  fls.  sometimes 
female  only,  silky  hairy.    Int.  into  Calif.,  where  it  is 
said  to  do  very  well.    B.R.  21:1829. 

5.  suaveolens,  Meissn.    Erect,  usually  less  than  1  ft. 
high,  sometimes  branching  at  base  only:  branches  very 
leafy:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate  to  oblong-linear;  involucral 
Ivs. "4-8,  usually  as  long  as  the  fls.  and  ciliate:  fls.  yel- 
lowish when  fresh,  usually  hairy;  heads  globular,  very 
large  and  many-fld.    B.M.  4543  (as  P.  macrocephala) . 

6.  .glauca,  R.  Br.     Erect,   much  branched,  K-1%  ft. 
high:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate  or  almost  linear; 
involucral   Ivs.  usually  4,  shorter  than   fls.:   fls.  silky 
hairy:  heads  globular,  not  many-fld.    L.B.C.  17:1611. 

7.  linifdlia,  Sm.    Erect,  from  less  than  1  to  3  ft.  high: 
branches  slender,  bark  ferruginous,  not  very  leafy:  Ivs. 
linear  or  oblong;    involucral  Ivs.  4,  nearly  as  long  as 
fls.:  heads  terminal,  globular,  erect.    B.M.  891. 

8.  gracilifldra,  Hook.     Erect,  slender,  2%  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  dotted  above;  involucral  Ivs.  6,  shorter 
than  fls.:  fls.  long,  slender,  glabrous.— Very  similar  to 
P.  si/Ivestris,  and  described  as  the  same  in  PL  Anat. ; 
distinguished  from  it  by  narrower  Ivs.  dotted  above,  and 
more  slender  pure  white  fls.    B.M.  3288. 

9.  arenaria,  A.  Cunn.     Small,  erect  shrub,  dichoto- 
mously  branched:  Ivs.  ovate,   obscurely  downy  above, 
silky  hairy  beneath;  involucral  Ivs.  not  different  from 
stem-lvs.:  fls.  silky  on  outside;  anthers  and 'style  not 
protruded   beyond   perianth-tube :    heads   few-fld.   and 
sessile.    New  Zealand.    B.M.  3270. 

10.  rosea,  R.  Br.     Erect,  small  :    branches   sparsely- 
leafy:    Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  glabrous   on  both   sides; 
involucral  Ivs.  4,  as  long  as  fls.,  ciliate  on  margins:  fls. 
with  long  spreading  hairs  on  lower  portion  of  tube, 
silky  on  upper  portion.  — Very  closely  allied  to  P.  fer- 
ruginea.     B.M.  3721  (as  P.  ffendersoni).     B.M.  1458. 
L.B.C.  1:88. 

11.  sylv6strls,  R.  Br.     Shrub,  2-3  ft.  high,  copiously 
branched :  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  glaucous ; 
involucral  Ivs.  4-6,  smaller  than  stem-lvs.,  shorter  than 
fls.:  fls.  quite  glabrous;  stamens  and  style  very  much 
protruded:  heads  large  and  many-fld.    B.M.  3276.    B.R. 
19:1582.     L.B.C.  20:1965. 

12.  nlvea,  Labill.     Erect,  bushy  or  straggling,  6  ft. 
or  more  high :  branches  and  under  side  of  the  Ivs.  white, 
with  a  dense  tomentum :  Ivs.  ovate  or  orbicular,  glabrous 
above;    involucral  Ivs.  4-6,  larger  than  stem-lvs.:  fls. 
tomentose  or  silky:  heads  globular,  terminal,  many-fld. 
B.R.  24:24  (as  P.  incana).    F.C.  1:9. 


13.  ferruginea,     Labill.     (P.     decussata.     R.     Br.). 
Stunted,  much  branched,  from  less  than  1-3  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong,  firm;  involucral  Ivs.  4,  orbicular, 
glabrous,  shorter  than  the  fls. :  fls.  hairy,  lower  portion 
hispid,  upper  silky:  heads  terminal,  globular.     Cult,  in 
Calif.     L.B.C.  13:1283;  18:1708  (as  P.  diosmifolia). 

14.  spectabilis,    Lindl.      Erect,   3-4    ft.   high  :    Ivs. 
crowded,   linear-oblong  or  lanceolate  :    involucral   Ivs. 
4-6,  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  half  as  long  to  nearly  as 
long  as  the  fls.,  usually  tinged  only  at  margins  :  fls. 
white  after  expansion,  hairy  outside;  heads  very  large, 
globular,  many-fld.     B.R.  27:33.     B.M.  3950. -A  very 
handsome,    showy   plant,  cult,    by   H.   D.    Darlington, 
Flushing,  L.  I. 

15.  spathulata,  Labill.    Much  branched,  2-3  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  linear  to  linear-oblong;  involucral  Ivs.  ovate,  gla- 
brous, sometimes  not  colored:  fls.  silky  hairy,  much  re- 
sembling P.  lini folia:  heads  large,  globular,  many-fld. 
and  nodding.     F.C.  2:72  (as  P.  cernua). 

16.  imbricata,  R.  Br.     Small,  erect,  much  branched, 
from  less  than  Yz-\%   ft.  high,  usually  clothed  with 
long,  silky  hairs,  but  sometimes  glabrous :  Ivs.  usually 
crowded,  alternate    or    opposite,    oblong- lanceolate    to 
linear;  involucral  Ivs.  similar  to  stem-lvs.,  much  shorter 
than  fls. :    fls.  white,  outside  hairy  ;    tube  cylindrical, 
heads  terminal,  globular,  many-fld.     B.M.  3833  (as  P. 
nana).  ARNOLD  V.  STUBENRAUCH. 

PIMENTA  (from  the  Spanish  pimento,  allspice). 
Myrtacece.  The  genus  containing  the  Allspice  is  a 
group  of  4  species  of  highly  aromatic  trees  native  to  the 
West  Indies,  with  large,  leathery',  feather-veined,  long- 
stalked  Ivs.  which  are  black-dotted  beneath,  and  numer- 
ous small  white  fls.  borne  in  terminal  or  axillary,  tri- 
chotomous  cymes.  As  a  genus  Pimenta  is  distinguished 
from  its  near  allies  (Eugenia,  Myrtus)  by  the  circular 
or  spiral  embryo  and  the  2-celled  ovary  with  1-6  ovules 
pendulous  from  the  apex  of  each  cell.  Other  generic 


1804.    Allspice-Pim±nta  officinalis  (X  %). 

characters:  calyx-tube  top-shaped;  petals  4-5;  stamens 
numerous:  drupe  1-2-seeded. 

Allspice  is  the  unripe  berry  of  P.  officinalis,  which  is 
gathered  and  dried  in  the  sun.  Its  name  comes  from  the 
idea  that  Allspice  combines  the  flavors  of  clove,  cinna- 
mon and  nutmeg.  Allspice  is  common  in  the  wild  in 
Jamaica,  inhabiting  limestone  soil.  It  is  more  exten- 
sively cult,  in  Jamaica  than  anywhere  else.  It  is  cult, 
up  to  4,000  ft.  The  plant  is  not  offered  in  the  American 


1340 


PIMENTA 


PINE 


trade,  but  there  seems  no  reason  why  it  could  not  be 
cult,  in  Porto  Rico. 

officinalis,  Lindl.   (P.   vulg&ris,  Lindl.).     ALLSPICE. 
PIMENTO.  Figs.  1804,  1805.  Distinguished  from  the  other 


1805.  Flowers  of  Allspice  (X  2). 

species  by  the  oblong  Ivs.,  4-lobed  calyx  and  globose 
drupe.  Tree,  30-40  ft.  high:  Ivs.  2-6  in.  long;  petiole 
K  in.  long:  fls.  3  lines  long:  drupe  3  lines  thick.  The 
male  Pimento  is  a  form  with  the  female  organs  less  de- 
veloped. B.M.  1236  (as  Myrtus  Pimenta,  var.  longi- 
folia). 

P.  Acris,  Kostel,  called  Bayberry,  Black  Cinnamon  and  Wild 
Clove,  where  cult,  in  the  Orient,  is  distinguished  by  the  5- 
lobed  calyx,  ovoid  drupe  and  the  veins  of  the  Ivs.  rather  promi- 
nent above.  B.M.  3153  (as  Myrcia  acris).  Yields  oil  of  myrcia, 
the  basis  of  bay  rum.— P.  Pimento,  Griseb.,is  distinguished 
by  the  obovate  Ivs.,  5-lobed  calyx,  ovate-oblong  drupe  and  Ivs., 
with  veins  obsolete  above. 

PIMPEKNELL.    Properly  Anagallis. 

PIMPINELLA  (possibly  from  Latin  bipinnula,  bi- 
pinnate).  Umbelli ferae.  About  70  species  of  herbs,  one 
of  which  has  been  described  under  Anise.  Lately  P. 
integerrima,  Gray,  has  been  offered  by  one  dealer  in 
hardy  native  plants.  It  differs  from  Anise  in  being  a 
perennial  plant  with  Ivs.  2-3-ternate  and  segments  en- 
tire. B.B.  2:526. 


1806.  Pinanga  Kuhlii. 

PIN ANGA  (Malay  name).  Palmclcece.  About  25  spe- 
cies of  slender,  spineless,  bamboo-like  palms  from  In- 
dia and  the  Malay  Archipelago.  Lvs.  terminal,  un- 
equally lobed  or  pinnatisect,  or  simple  and  bifid  at  the 
apex;  segments  plicate,  many-nerved,  the  lower  ones 


acuminate,  the  upper  confluent,  the  margins  not  thick- 
ened, recurving  at  the  base;  rachis  acute  above,  convex 
below;  petiole  convex  above;  sheath  elongated:  spadix 
usually  small,  very  simple:  peduncle  short:  branches  in 
groups;  spathe  1,  symmetrical,  swollen  or  compressed 
and  2-winged:  fls.  rather  small:  fr.  ovoid  or  elliptical, 
orange  or  red.  For  culture,  see  Palms. 

Kuhlii,  Blume.  Fig.  1806.  Stems  tufted,  20-30  ft. 
high,  slender:  Ivs.  3-4  ft.;  Ifts.  many,  1-2  ft.,  falcate- 
linear  to  linear-lanceolate,  finely  acuminate,  strongly 
2-3-ribbed,  upper  confluent;  petiole  variable  in  length,, 
somewhat  scurfy:  fr.  %  in.  long,  shortly apiculate.  Su 
matra,  Java. 

gracilis,  Blume  (ArZca  grdcilis,  Eoxb.).  Stems  6- 
20  ft.  high,  3-4  lines  in  diam.,  thickening  upwards, 
usually  gregarious:  Ivs.  3-4  ft.  long,  sparingly  pinnate; 
petiole  and  sheaths  scurfy;  Ifts.  inserted  by  a  very 
broad  base,  1  ft.  or  more  long,  the  lower  ones  2-3- 
ribbed,  finely  acuminate,  the  upper  3-5  in.  wide,  many- 
ribbed:  fr.  %  in.  long,  scarlet  or  orange,  smooth,  taper- 
ing to  the  tip.  Himalayas,  Burma.  JARED  Q.  SMITH. 

PINCENECTlTIA.     See  Nolina. 

PINCKNEYA  (Charles  Cotesworth  Pinckney.  of  South 
Carolina,  1746-1825,  distinguished  statesman  and  gen- 
eral of  the  American  Revolution).  RuMcicece.  This  in- 
cludes the  Fever  Tree  or  Georgia  Bark,  a  tall  shrub  or 
small  tree  with  fls.  in  large  terminal  cymes,  native  to 
the  marshy  banks  of  streams  in  the  pine  barrens  from 
S.  C.  to  Fla.  Its  showy  flower-cluster  attains  a  breadth 
of  4  in.  and  depth  of  3  in.,  with  as  many  as  20  fls.,  each 

1  in.  long,  tubular,  white,  speckled  red,  with  5  revolute 
lobes.     But  the  distinctive  feature  of  the  Fever  Tree, 
both  botanically  and  horticulturally,  is  the  presence  of 
5  or  more  large,  showy  colored  floral  leaves.    These  are 

2  in.  long,  1-1%  in.  wide,  oval  or  roundish,  acute,  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  and  peach-yellow  margined  with  rosy 
red.    The  interesting  feature  of  these  floral  Ivs.  is  that 
they  are   not   bracts,  but    modifications  of  one  of  the 
calyx-lobes,  which  are  normally  small  and  awl-shaped. 
Only   one   other  species  of   this    genus   is   known,  P. 
ionantha   from   Colombia.     The  Fever  Tree   has   been 
cult,  in  Europe  under  glass,  but  it  is  rarely  successfully 
cult,  in  America. 

pubens,  Michx.  GEORGIA  BARK.  FEVER  TREE.  BITTER 
BARK.  Attains  25  ft.:  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong,  acute,  4x1% 
in.;  midrib  rosy:  calyx  5-lobed;  lobes  deciduous  or  one 
of  them  in  the  outer  fls.  often  transformed  into  a  showy 
floral  If.;  corolla  hairy;  stamens  5,  exserted,  stigma  ob- 
tuse: capsule  globose,  papery,  2-celled;  seeds  numer- 
ous, in  2  rows,  horizontal,  winged.  F.S.  19:1937.  S.S. 
5:227-8.  —  Pinckney a  pubens  grows  in  low  marshy  woods 
and  on  borders  of  swamps.  It  thrives  best  when  shaded1 
;jy  other  trees.  Seedlings  require  very  rich  moist  soil 
and  should  always  be  grown  under  shade.  They  are 
difficult  to  keep  alive  if  exposed  to  direct  sunlight  until 
4  or  5  feet  high;  then  give  partial  shade. 

P.  J.  BERCKMANS  and  W.  M. 

PINE.  What  the  apple  is  among  the  fruits,  what 
the  oak  is  among  the  broad -leaved  trees  of  the  tsmperate 
zone,  the  Pines  represent  among  the  conifers,  excel  ling- 
all  other  genera  in  this  most  important  family  in  num- 
ber of  species,  in  fields  of  distribution,  in  extent  of  area 
occupied,  in  usefulness  and  importance  to  the  human 
race.  No  other  trees  of  the  temperate  zone  have  con- 
tributed so  much  to  the  building  up  of  civilization  and 
no  other,  it  may  be  predicted,  will  continue  longer  to  fill 
the  important  place  in  the  household  of  civilized  man; 
for  not  only  do  they  in  a  number  of  species  furnish  the 
most  satisfactory  qualities  of  wood  for  structural  pur- 
poses, but  their  frugality  in  regard  to  soil  conditions, 
will  preserve  them  a  place  as  wood-producers  in  many 
of  the  poor  sites,  when  the  lands  fit  for  agricultural  use 
have  all  been  turned  over  to  food  production. 

Among  the  70  or  more  well-distinguished  species- 
over  600  species  and  varieties  of  Pinus  have  been 
described— all  inhabitants  of  the  northern  hemisphere, 
ranging  from  the  arctics  through  plains  arid  moun- 
tains to  near  the  equator,  occurring  in  the  tropics 
at  least  on  high  mountains,  a  variety  of  adaptation,  of 
form,  of  usefulness,  may  be  found  to  satisfy  every 
requirement;  and  since  more  than  half  the  number  of 


PINE 


PINE 


1341 


species  (about  40)  aie  indigenous  to  North  America  or 
the  United  States,  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  go  out  of 
our  own  country  for  plant  material. 

For  economic  importance  as  well  as  a  combination  of 
points  of  excellence  in  all  directions,  ornamental  as  well 
as  useful,  rapidity  and  quantity  of  production  and 
adaptability  to  climate  and  soil,  the  chief  place  belongs 
to  our  White  Pine  (P.  Strobus),  and  next  in  importance 
stands  the  Longleaf  Pine  (P.  palustris)  of  our  southern 
states.  The  Red  Pine  (P.  resinosa),  the  Shortleaf  (P. 
echinata),  the  Loblolly  (P.  Tceda),  with  the  Cuban  Pine 
(P.  Cubensis),&dd  their  stores  to  the  enormous  quanti 
ties  furnished  annually  by  the  first  and  second.  In  our 
western  mountains  the  Bull  Pine  (P.  ponderosa),  the 
Sugar  Pine  (P.  Lambertiana) ,  and  the  Silver  Pine  (P. 
»i<»tficola)  are  our  large  timber  Pines;  and  in  Mexico  P. 
Ayacahuite  replaces  our  White  Pine,  and  P.  Arizonica 
and  Montezumce  are  the  important  yellow  Pines.  In  our 
Philippine  possessions  one  species,  Pinus  insularis, 
forms  important  mountain  forests.  In  Europe  the  Scotch 
Pine  (P.  sylvestris)  furnishes  the  bulk  of  supplies, 
with  P.  Laricio  in  the  more  southern  countries.  In 
Japan  and  northern  China  P.  densiflora  and  Thunbergi 
and  in  the  Himalayas  P.  excelsa  and  long i folia  are  the 
important  species. 

Besides  the  timber,  several  of  the  species  furnish  from 
their  resinous  contents  naval  stores,  turpentine,  tar  and 
pitch,  the  bulk  of  which  is  now  still  derived  from  our 


1807.    Pinus  ponderosa. 
Young  trees  in  Colorado. 

own  Longleaf  Pine.  Pine  wool  is  made  from  the  leaves 
of  this  and  other  species,  essential  oils  are  distilled 
from  leaves  and  young  shoots  and  used  medicinally,  and 
tbe  seeds  of  the  Nut  Pines  are  used  for  food  and  flavors. 
While  the  economic  importance  of  the  genus  can  hardly 
be  overrated,  the  ornamental  value  is  undoubtedly  less 
than  that  of  other  genera  like  the  spruces  and  firs. 
Nevertheless,  at  least  interest  and  picturesqueness,  if 
not  beauty  and  symmetry  of  form,  attach  to  a  large 
number  of  species. 

Choice  of  material  for  planting  with  such  a  wealth  of 
species  is  difficult;  yet  climatic  limitations  reduce  the 
number  that  may  be  grown  within  each  climatic  zone, 
and  further  assistance  in  the  choice  maybe  found  in  the 
fact  that  the  botanical  division  of  the  species  into  three 
groups;  viz.,  White  Pines,  Yellow  Pines  (so  called  from 
the  color  of  the  wood)  and  Nut  Pines,  denotes  at  the 
same  time  differences  of  habit  and  form. 

In  no  other  group,  perhaps,  is  it  so  necessary  to  keep  in 
mind  that  form  and  habit  change  through  the  different 
periods  of  life  from  the  juvenile  through  the  adolescent 
to  the  virile  and  senile  stages  of  development;  while 
symmetrical  and  pleasing  in  their  youth  and  grand  or 
picturesque  in  their  age,  in  their  intermediate  stages 
the  trees  may  be  stratridiiiir  and  unsightly.  Starting  in 
its  youth  with  the  pyramidal  aspiring  habit  of  all  the 


conifers,  the  shaft  dominating  over  the  branch  system 
and  the  latter  surrounding  the  former  in  regular  whorls, 
later  on  the  symmetry  is  disturbed  and  finally  the 
towering  old  Pine  may  have  its  bole  split  up  into  many 
stout  branches  and  the  crown  may  have  broadened  and 
flattened  or  rounded  off  in  the  umbrella-like  fashion 
which  the  Stone  Pine  (P.  Pinea)  exhibits  so  strikingly 
in  the  Italian  landscape.  This  flattening  of  crown  is 
characteristic  of  most  Yellow  Pines,  while  the  pinons  or 
Nut  Pines  have  a  tendency  to  the  broom-like  or  apple 
tree  appearance.  Of  our  eastern  species,  the  White  Pines 
alone  preserve  to  some  extent  the  conical  habit  of  the 
crown  in  imitation  of  the  spruces  with  more  or  less 
symmetrical  horizontally  spreading  branches,  which 
render  them  pleasing  objects  throughout  all  periods  of 
life.  On  the  Pacific  coast  a  number  of  species  preserve 
the  conical  form. 

In  the  choice  and  combination  of  plant  material  we 
should  keep  in  mind  that  the  Pines  are  essentially 
light-needing  species,  hence  do  not  bear  overtopping  or 
crowding  unless  they  have  a  chance  by  their  rapid 
growth  in  height  to  escape  from  the  pressure  of  their 
shade-making  neighbors ;  the  White  Pines,  especially  P. 
Strobus  with  its  denser  foliage,  is  more  tolerant  of  shade 
than  others;  the  dwarf  P.  montana  is  also  tolerably 
shade-enduring. 

In  each  of  the  three  groups  there  are  rapid  growers 
(in  height)  and  slow  growers,  although  all  are  slow  dur- 
ing the  first  2-7  years. 

Our  common  White  Pine  (P.  Strobus)  and  the  Cuban 
Pine  (P.  Cubensis),  with  the  European,  Scotch  and 
Austrian  Pines,  are  good  examples  of  the  first  class, 
making  under  favorable  conditions  annual  shoots  of  1-2 
ft.  for  a  number  of  years;  while  the  Swiss  Stone  Pine 
(P.  Cembra)  and  other  Pines  of  high  altitudes,  like  P. 
flexilis  and  albicaulis,  are  examples  of  slow  growers. 
There  are  persistent  growers  reaching  great  heights, 
and  laggards,  remaining  dwarfs  or  medium-sized  trees; 
again  our  king  of  Pines,  the  common  White  Pine,  and 
its  giant  congener  the  Sugar  Pine,  with  the  Bull  Pine  in 
favorable  situations,  take  first  rank,  the  first  with  a 
maximum  height  of  160  ft.  and  more,  the  last  with 
over  200  ft.,  while  many  of  the  so-called  Scrub  Pines, 
like  P.  Virginiana,  serotina,  divaricata,  etc.,  the  Alpine 
White  Pines  P.  flexilis ,  aristata,  Peuce,  pungens, 
densiflora,  and  most  Nut  Pines  reach  rarely  over  40  ft. ; 
some,  like  P.  Koraiensis,  Stingeana,  montana,  with  sev- 
eral of  the  nurserymen's  varieties,  remaining  actually 
dwarfs  and  maintaining  a  compact,  bushlike  appearance 
for  a  long  time. 

In  regard  to  foliage,  quite  a  large  variety  can  be  had. 
For  grace  and  elegance  nothing  better  again  than  our 
five-needled  silver-lined  White  Pine  can  be  suggested, 
although  P.  excelsa  from  the  Himalayas,  with  its 
slenderer  and  longer  branches  and  more  drooping  foli- 
age, and  the  dwarfs  P.  Pence  from  Macedonia  and  P. 
Koraiensis,  with  their  denser  and  more  compact 
crowns,  and  some  others  of  the  White  Pine  tribe,  may 
vie  with  it.  Among  the  Yellow  Pines  our  own  almos't 
entirely  overlooked  P.  glabra  deserves  mention  in  this 
connection,  where  the  climate  permits  its  Use,  as  well 
as  the  interesting  Sand  Pine,  P.  clausa. 

For  richness,  fulness  and  vigor  of  foliage,  our  Red 
Pine  (P.  resinosa)  outranks  even  the  much-planted 
more  somber  Austrian  Pine,  and  for  interest  in  devel- 
opment nothing  can  compete  with  our  Longleaf  Pine 
(P.  palustris).  With  its  needles,  which  in  young  speci- 
mens exceed  a  foot  in  length,  surrounding  in  dense, 
graceful  tufts  the  big  silvery  buds  at  the  tip  of  the 
candelabra-like  branches,  P.  palustris  offers  a  most 
striking  appearance.  Unfortunately,  it  is  not  adapted 
for  planting  north  of  the  32d  degree. 

The  thin,  grayish,  short  foliage  of  the  frugal  Bank- 
sian  Pine  and  of  several  other  of  our  Scrub  Pines,  and 
the  stouter  also  grayish  foliage  of  the  Scotch  Pine,  make 
a  pleasing  color  contrast  against  the  somber  dark  back- 
ground of  spruces  and  firs,  while  the  short,  stiff  needles 
of  the  Nut  Pine  P.  edulis  and  the  interesting  one-needle 
Pine  (P.  monophylla)  resemble  the  spruce  foliage.  Color 
of  bark  varying  in  species  from  silvery  gray  through 
red  and  yellow  tints  to  almost  black,  and  character  or 
size  of  cones  from  the  diminutive  globose  forms  of 
P.  contorta  to  the  long,  pendulous  cones  of  the  Sugar 


1342 


PINE 


PINE 


Pine  2  ft.  in  length  and  the  hooked  ponderous  cones  of 
P.  Torreyana  and  Sabiniana,  may  also  influence  choice 
of  material. 

With  wide  range  of  distribution  and  hence  adaptive- 
ness  as  far  as  climate  is  concerned,  we  have  our  Short- 
leaf  Pine  (P.  echinata),  which  is  found  from  Massa- 
chusetts to  Texas,  and"  in 
the  West  our  Bull  Pine 
(P.  ponderosa),  which 
ranges  from  the  moist 
Pacific  coast  in  Washing- 
ton to  the  dry  slopes  of 
Arizona.  In  Europe,  the 
Scotch  Pine  comes  nearest 
to  such  wide  distribution. 
Besides  our  own  northern 
species,  there  have  been 
found  hardy  in  our  north- 
eastern states  the  Scotch 
and  Austrian  Pines  P. 
Hungeana,  Cembra,  Kora- 
iensis,  montana,  Thun- 
bergi,  while  the  Mexican 
Pines  and  those  of  south- 
ern Asia  will  endure  only 
the  light  frosts  of  our 
southern  states.  Yet  in 
the  parks  of  Washington, 
D.  C.,  the  following  Pines 
are  to  be  found :  P.  Stro- 
buSj  Cembra,  excels  a, 
£/ambertiana ,  A  yacahtiite , 
Koraiensis,  palustris, 
Tceda,  ponderosa,  rigida, 
Laricio,  glabra,  Virgini- 
ana,  echinata,  montana,  Pinaster,  edtilis,  pungens, 
sylvestris,  Massoniana;  and  the  probability  is  that  most 
of  the  other  species  could  find  a  place  there  to  live  if 
not  to  thrive.  Figs.  1807-1809  show  how  a  species  may 
vary  under  different  conditions. 

The  list  of  species  hardy  in  the  Arnold  Arboretum 
(Boston)  comprises  the  following: 

1.  Thriving  well. 

Bungeana,  Lambertiana,  resinosa, 

Cembra,  Laricio,  rigida, 

densiflora,  montana,  Strobus, 

divaricata,  monticola,  sylvestris, 

echinata,  parviflora,  Thunbergi, 

Jeffreyi,  Peuce,  Virginiana. 

Koraiensis,  pungens, 

P.  excelsa  and  P.  ponderosa  pendula  thrive  well  in  a 

sheltered  place,  but  are  probably  not  quite  hardy  here. 

2.  Hardy,  but  not  of  promising  growth. 

Balfouriana,  var.  aristata,  flexilis, 

contprta,  var.  Murrayana,  monophylla. 

edulis, 

In  the  interior  middle  states  the  number  which  would 
stand  the  extremes  of  drought  and  cold  would  probably 
be  reduced;  a  partial  list  found  in  the  Missouri  Botani- 
cal Garden  is  given  below: 

The  best  are  given  first.  All  of  the  later  ones  on  the 
list  die  out  sooner  or  later,  as  the  city  smoke  is  very 
detrimental  to  coniferse.  None  do  very  well  on  that 
account. 


Pinus  ponderosa. 
A  mature  tree  60-90  ft.  high,  in 
dry  and  shallow  Colorado  soil. 


Mughus(P.Pumilio)," 

Austriaca, 

Strobus, 

Cembra, 

rigida, 


3  best. 


Virginiana 

resinosa, 

Laricio, 

sylvestris, 

ponderosa. 


For  seaside  planting  P.  rigida  has  shown  itself  most 
fit,  and  of  foreigners  in  proper  climate  P.  Pinaster  and 
Halepensis,  while  P.  contorta  on  the  northwest  coast 
and  the  frugal  P.  radiata  on  the  southwest  coast  are 
the  seacoast  trees  par  excellence. 

The  Pines  are  essentially  inhabitants  of  the  poor  sandy 
soils  and  dry  situations,  their  stout  root  system  enabling 
them  to  seek  the  scanty  water  supplies  where  other 
species  find  it  difficult.  Some,  like  the  White  Pine,  are 
adapted  to  a  variety  of  soil  conditions,  but  only  a  few 
can  endure  a  surplus  of  water:  P.  resinosa  will  follow 
the  White  Cedar  into  the  swamp  and  thrive  there  as 
well  as  with  the  Banksian  Pine  on  the  poorest  gravels ; 


P.  rigida  is  at  home  both  in  wet  and  dry  places;  the 
Scotch  Pine  of  the  Baltic  sand  plains  may  be  found  in 
the  peat  bogs,  but  only  eking  out  a  miserable  existence, 
while  P.  Tceda,  the  Old  Field  Pine,  makes  magnificent 
trees  in  the  southern  swamp,  and  with  its  slow  growth 
under  such  conditions  an  excellent  timber.  Pinus  con- 
torta  and  serotina  also  are  indifferent  to  water  conditions 
at  the  root;  so  is  the  Cuban  Pine,  but  P.  palustris  be- 
lies its  name,  for  it  is  only  very  rarely  found  in  poorly 
drained  places  and  does  not  thrive  there. 

The  propagation  of  Pines  does  not  offer  any  difficul- 
ties. The  seed  usually  has  a  high  germination  percen- 
tage in  most  species  if  kept  dry  and  cool,  and  it  retains 
vitality  for  several  years,  deteriorating  of  course  some- 
what from  year  to  year.  To  avoid  deterioration  in 
transoceanic  shipments,  packing  in  charcoal  dust  has 
been  found  very  serviceable.  While  most  of  the  Pine 
seeds  sprout  readily,  the  White  Pine,  with  some  others, 
has  the  bad  habit  of  lying  over  for  one  year  in  part, 
unless  treated  to  a  hot-water  bath  for  24  hours  before 
sowing;  or  perhaps  by  sowing  in  the  fall  immediately 
after  coming  out  of  the  cone,  which  is  during  the  first 
two  weeks  of  September.  The  seeds  should  be  sown  in 
light  mold  early,  rather  thinly  to  permit  a  good  root 
system  to  develop,  covering  then  thinly  according  to 
size  of  seed  not  over  %  inch,  which  is  best  done  by 
sifting  sand  over  the  seed  with  a  sieve.  During  the 
first  year  special  care  is  necessary  to  regulate  the  water 
supply  and  transpiration  for  the  young  seedlings ;  they 
want  to  be  kept  humid,  not  wet,  but  resent  drought  as 
much  as  a  surfeit;  and  especially  sudden  changes  from 
drought  to  wet  are  likely  to  produce  "damping-off."  To 
prevent  too  rapid  transpiration  the  familiar  lath  screens 
should  be  applied. 

To  prevent  the  formation  of  excessively  long  tap- 
roots which  some  species  are  wont  to  form,  mechanical 


1809.    Pinus  ponderosa. 

Giant  specimens  225  ft.  high,  grown  in  the  deep,  moist 
soil  of  the  Yosemite  valley. 

means  may  be  adopted;  but  the  best  plan  is  to  manure 
near  the  surface,  so  that  fibrous  roots  will  be  formed. 
Such  manure  consists  of  one-third  steamed  bone  meal 
and  two-thirds  ammonia  superphosphate.  Root-pruning 


PINE 


PINEAPPLE 


1343 


and  transplanting  in  nursery  rows  when  1  or  2  years  old 
is  practiced  to  secure  a  stocky  root  system.  In  Ger- 
many one-year-old  Scotch  Pines  are  planted  by  the  mil- 
lion for  forest  purposes,  but  for  ornamental  purposes 
older  plants  are  to  be  used ;  yet  it  is  safest  not  to  use 
them  older  than  3  or  4  years  for  permanent  situations. 
In  the  third  year  usually  the  first  branching  occurs,  in- 
dicating that  the  root  system  is  not  well  established. 

In  transplanting,  the  utmost  care  must  be  taken  not 
to  expose  the  roots  to  drying  influences,  a  thin  loam 
puddle  answering  best  to  keep  them  moist.  While 
transplanting  can  be  done  at  any  time  of  the  year,  it  is 
safest  to  do  so  in  early  spring,  except  when  a  droughty 
season  is  apt  to  follow,  when  fall  planting  is  to  be  pre- 
ferred. 

A  large  number  of  nurserymen's  varieties,  dwarf  and 
pendulous,  varicolored,  etc.,  have  been  developed,  es- 
pecially from  P.  sylvestris  and  P.  Strobus.  The  most 
interesting  freaks  perhaps  are  those  bushy  forms  de- 
rived from  P.  Canariensis  and  Pinea  produced  by  lay- 
ering, in  which  single  needles  instead  of  the  usual  bun- 
dles of  two  in  one  sheath  are  produced,  imitating  the 
primary  single  needles  of  seedlings.  The  manner  in 
which  nurserymen's  varieties  are  propagated  by  grafts 
or  cuttings  is  discussed  under  Pinus. 

According  to  the  nature  of  the  Pines,  if  there  is  choice 
of  location  possible  the  well-drained  situations,  even 
dry  ones,  should  be  reserved  for  them.  They  belong, 
with  few  exceptions,  to  the  hill-tops  not  the  bottoms,  to 
the  sands  not  clay  soils,  and  will  stand  southern  expo- 
sures better  than  the  spruces. 

Pines  are  frugal  by  nature,  and  can  stand  poverty  bet- 
ter than  surfeit,  —  nevertheless  they  respond  best  to 
medium  conditions,  namely,  a  mellow  surface  and  well- 
drained,  deep,  loamy  sand,  not  too  rich  in  organic 
matter  and  loose  enough  to  permit  the  natural  develop- 
ment of  the  heavy  tap-root  system.  Under  such  condi- 
tions the  peculiar  rich  foliage  gives  most  satisfaction  and 
the  rank,  luxuriant  growth  which  leads  to  poor  form 
is  checked;  disease  from  fungi  is  obviated;  the  cot- 
tony scale  (almost  the  only  enemy  of  the  White  Pine)  is 
more  readily  fought,  and  injuries  from  caterpillars  and 
beetles  are  more  readily  repaired. 

To  prune  evergreens,  and  especially  Pines,  requires 
an  artist,  or  else  the  result  will  be  malformation:  the 
best  plan  is  to  correct  form  by  breaking  out  the  center 
bud  from  such  shoots  as  project  beyond  proper  limits; 
thereby  also  a  more  compact  growth  is  induced,  which 
in  the  Pines  with  their  open  habit  is  desirable.  If  it  be- 
comes necessary  to  top  the  branches,  the  cut  must  remove 
also  the  bolster  at  the  base  of  the  branch;  the  resinous 
exudation  will  prevent  decay,  and  the  cambium  soon 
covers  the  scar  if  the  cut  has  been  made  properly.  For 
hedge  planting  the  Pines  furnish  no  specially  desirable 
material,  being  light-needing  and  therefore  thinning  out 
soon  in  the  interior;  yet  the  White  Pine  will  stand  as  a 
hedge  for  a  considerable  time  and  also  the  dwarf  P. 
montana.  Perhaps  some  others  may  answer  the  pur- 
pose. 

For  the  botany  of  the  Pines,  see  Pinus. 

B.  E.  FEBNOW. 

PINEAPPLE.  The  Pineapple  (see  Ananas)  is  indig- 
enous to  America.  It  produces  one  of  the  most  de- 
licious fruits  now  regularly  on  our  markets.  The  finest 
qualities  are  developed  when  the  fruit  is  permitted  to 
ripen  naturally  upon  the  plant.  For  distant  markets 
the  crop  has  to  be  gathered  in  varying  degrees  of  un- 
ripeness to  suit  the  time  required  in  transit. 

The  amount  of  importations  reached  its  maximum  in 
1894;  viz.,  $750,000  worth.  Since  that  time  there  has 
been  a  rapid  decline.  But  for  a  succession  of  severe 
winters  our  own  needs  would  be  supplied  from  home- 
grown fruit.  In  1894,  4,000,000  "apples  "  were  marketed 
from  Florida  plantations ;  this  amount  was  largely  re- 
duced by  the  freezes  of  1894  and  1895.  The  freeze  of 
Feb.,  1899,  again  reduced  the  output,  so  that  the  crop 
of  1900  only  approximated  that  of  1894.  As  a  result  of 
these  freezes,  the  plantations  are  now  more  carefully 
protected  by  sheds  and  by  being  placed  in  frost-favored 
locations.  The  year  1850  seems  to  be  the  earliest  date 
it  which  Pineapple-growing  was  attempted  in  the  U.  S. 
This  attempt  was  made  near  St.  Augustine,  Fla.,  ac- 
cording to  Taylor.  In  1860  planting  was  commenced  on 

85 


the  Keys,  but  the  want  of  facilities  for  rapid  transpor- 
tation and  the  more  favored  Cuban  and  Porto  Rican 
plantations  made  the  development  slow.  In  1897, 
$15,000  worth  was  imported  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
but  these  islands  will  not  offer  enough  fruit  to  seriously 
affect  the  eastern  market,  though  the  importations  will 
increase  largely. 

Profits.  —  Good  Pineapple  land  may  usually  be  obtained 
from  $1.50  to  $60  per  acre,  the  higher-priced  land  being 
in  favored  locations,  at  railway  stations  and  near  settle- 
ments. The  cost  of  clearing  and  preparing  varies  from 
$20  to  $j80  per  acre,  according  to  the  cost  of  labor  and 
the  character  of  the  growth  on  the  land. 

From  8,000  to  15,000  plants  are  needed  to  the  acre, 
varying  with  the  variety  and  the  notion  of  the  planter. 
The  price  of  plants  in  the  field  varies  from  $3  per  1,000 
for  Red  Spanish  to  $350  per  1,000  for  the  finer  varieties. 
The  cost  of  cultivating  and  fertilizing  an  acre  for  one 
year  varies  from  about  $20  to  $150.  It  takes  about  18 
months  from  the  time  of  setting  out  to  the  maturing  of 
the  first  crop,  which  yields  50-350  crates  per  acre.  Under 
favorable  circumstances  the  second  crop  may  be  double 
that  of  the  first.  By  careful  attention  the  plantation 
may  be  continued  for  8  or  10  years  without  resetting; 
the  second  or  third  crop  frequently  bearing  the  maxi- 
mum amount  of  fruit. 

When  a  common  variety  is  planted  the  returns  are 
mainly  from  the  sale  of  fruit,  but  with  fancy  varieties 
the  sale  of  plants  constitutes  the  main  source  of  returns. 
Four  hundred  dollars  or  more  per  acre  has  been  realized 
frequently  for  a  crop  of  the  commonest  varieties;  in 
this  case  increase  in  plants  cannot  be  considered  as  of 
much  value.  The  value  of  a  crop  of  fancy  fruit  is  about 
double  that  of  the  common,  and  $1,000  worth  of  plants 
may  be  sold  without  detriment  to  the  plantation,  if  it  is 
a  variety  that  is  in  demand.  From  this  must  be  sub- 
tracted the  cost  of  transporting  to  the  markets,  which 
varies  more  or  less  with  the  distance  the  fruit  is  hauled. 
This  cost  varies  with  the  quantity  shipped,  from  $20  to 
$80  or  more  per  acre. 

Soil.  —  The  Pineapple  thrives  in  a  variety  of  soils, 
but  whatever  be  its  texture  it  must  not  be  moist  or  wet. 
The  Pineapple  plant  will  survive  air-drying  for  months, 
but  decays  rapidly  in  a  moist  atmosphere.  The  great- 
est acreage  is  located  upon  dry,  sandy  land,  formerly 
overgrown  with  spruce-pine  (Pinus  clausa)  or  a  mix- 
ture of  spruce-pine  and  hardwood.  Chemical  analyses 
of  the  soil  from  Pineapple  fields  show  an  exceedingly 
small  fraction  of  a  per  cent  of  the  essential  fertilizer 
ingredients  present.  A  physical  analysis  shows  that 
the  water  content  is  very  low.  A  considerable  acreage 
is  located  on  the  Florida  Keys.  Here  there  is  only  a 
small  amount  of  leaf -mold,  often  not  more  than  an  inch 
on  the  average,  covering  a  coralline  rock.  But  for  the 
fact  that  Pinapples  actually  grow  and  make  crops  on 
such  soil  it  would  seem  entirely  incredible. 

Fertilizers.  —With  conditions  of  soil  as  described 
above,  it  is  imperative  to  fertilize,  and  under  the  exist- 
ing conditions  in  the  Pineapple  belt  there  is  no  other 
remedy  than  the  addition  of  commercial  fertilizers, 
and  nothing  better.  While  much  is  still  to  be  learned 
about  fertilizing  this  crop,  it  is  fairly  well  established 
that  for  Pineapples  on  spruce  pine  land  dried  blood, 
ground  bone,  and  nitrate  of  soda  are  good  sources  of 
nitrogen;  that  low-grade  sulfate  of  potash,  carbonate 
of  potash  and  high-grade  sulfate  of  potash  are  good 
sources  of  potash;  that  acid  phosphate  should  be  used 
in  small  quantities  only  or  avoided,  using  pulverized 
bone  instead.  A  good  plan  for  fertilizing  is  to  drop  a 
small  handful  of  cotton-seed  meal  into  the  bud  imme- 
diately after  setting  out.  In  October,  apply  about  600 
Ibs.  blood  and  bone  and  400  Ibs.  lowgrade  sulfate  of 
potash  (not  kainit)  per  acre,  or  the  equivalent  of  these 
fertilizers  in  some  of  the  forms  mentioned  above.  A 
second  application  may  be  made  in  the  following  Feb- 
ruary; at  this  time  the  amount  may  be  increased  10  to 
25  per  cent,  according  to  the  growth  the  plants  have 
made.  A  third  application  may  be  made  in  June  or 
July;  and  if  the  plants  have  grown  vigorously  a  still 
further  increase  in  amount  may  be  made.  A  fourth 
application  may  be  made  in  October,  increasing  the 
amount  if  the  plants  have  grown  vigorously.  The  suc- 
ceeding applications  may  be  made  at  the  time  suggested 


1344 


PINEAPPLE 


PINEAPPLE 


above,  and  the  increasing  and  decreasing  of  the  amounts 
may  be  determined  by  the  progress  of  the  plants.  As 
the  average  spruce-pine  Pineapple  land  is  not  suffi- 
ciently fertile  to  grow  a  full  crop  of  Pineapples,  much 
more  depends  upon  proper  fertilizing  than  any  other 
one  operation. 

Propagation.  —  This  plant  is  propagated  by  means  of 
crowns,  slips,  suckers  and  rattoons.  The  crown  is  the 
leafy  portion  of  the  fruit  as  found  in  the  market.  Just 
below  the  fruit  small  plants  form,  which  are  left  in  the 
field  when  the  fruit  is  gathered;  these  are  known  as 
slips.  In  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.  buds  occur;  those  that 
develop  near  the  ground  make  strong  plants  in  a  few 
months  and  are  known  as  suckers.  A  strong  plant  will 
mature  an  "  apple  "  in  June  and  produce  2-5  suckers  by 
the  middle  of  September.  Buds  which  develop  from  a 
portion  of  the  plant  under  ground  and  form  a  root  sys- 
tem independent  of  th,e  parent  plant  are  known  as  rat- 
toons.  Crowns  are  not  planted  extensively,  as  they  re- 
main on  the  fruit  when  marketed.  Good  strong  suckers 
are  usually  employed  for  planting  out.  Rattoons  are 
left  in  the  field  to  replace  the  plants  which  have  borne 
a  crop,  but  they  are  not  sufficiently  numerous  to  make 
a  full  stand;  hence  some  of  the  suckers  must  be  left 
also.  Slips  require  a  year  longer  than  suckers  to  ma- 
ture a  crop.  According  to  Webber,  it  takes  10-12  years 
to  mature  a  plant  from  seed.  Plants  are  raised  from 
seed  only  for  breeding  purposes. 

Preparation  of  the  Land.  —  If  spruce-pine  land  is  pre- 
pared it  is  cleared  of  all  stumps,  wood,  roots  and  any 
other  organic  material,  and  is  plowed  deep  and  leveled 
off  smoothly.  The  fields  are  then  laid  off  in  beds  of  6  or 
8  rows  wide,  depending  on  the  variety.  The  beds  should 
be  narrow  enough  to  permit  fertilizing  and  working  with 
a  scuffle  hoe  without  entering  the  beds,  as  breaking  the 
Ivs.  is  very  detrimental.  For  Red  Spanish  the  rows  are 
made  18-20  in.  apart;  for  Queens  20-22  in.;  for  Porto 
Ricos  30-36  in.  They  are  usually  placed  in  checks  of 
about  the  same  distances. 

The  methods  employed  on  the  Keys  are  quite  different. 
The  land  is  cleared  by  cutting  off  the  trees,  shrubs, 
etc.,  which  are  allowed  to  dry  and  are  then  burned.  The 
plants  are  then  set  out  with  a  grubbing  hoe ;  they  must 
be  set  out  irregularly,  as  the  rocky  soil  does  not  furnish 
root-hold  everywhere.  Such  fields  become  exhausted  in 
a  few  years  and  have  to  be  abandoned. 

Tillage.— This  operation  consists  in  running  over  the 
ground  with  a  scuffle  hoe.  Where  the  plantation  is  set 
out  in  beds  the  handle  of  the  hoe  is  long  enough  to  per- 
mit cultivating  to  the  middle  without  the  laborer  enter- 
ing the  bed.  Only  about  an  inch  of  the  surface  soil  is 
agitated,  usually  immediately  after  the  fertilizer  has 
been  applied.  Weeds  are  not  troublesome,  excepting  in 


plants  the  greatest  care  should  be  exercised  to  avoid 
breaking  the  Ivs.,  which  are  very  brittle. 

Marketing.  — The  fruit  is  picked  a  week  before  it 
would  mature.  It  is  packed  at  once  into  barrel  (12x20 
x36  in.)  and  half-barrel  (12x10x36  in.)  crates,  usually 
in  the  latter,  the  different  sizes  being  packed  in  separate 
crates  and  designated  as  18's,  24's,  30's,  36's,  42's,  48'a 
and  54's,  according  to  the  number  required  for  a  half- 


1810.   The  Queen  Pineapple. 

fields  that  have  been  cxiltivated  a  long  time.  Under 
shede  tillage  is  more  frequent  and  appears  to  be  more 
necessary.  On  the  Keys  no  tillage  is  possible,  but  tall- 
growing  weeds  and  such  ligneous  plants  as  may  spring 
up  are  cut  off.  In  all  of  the  work  among  Pineapple 


1811.  The  Enville  Pineapple. 

barrel  crate.  The  fruit  must  be  handled  without  being 
bruised  and  packed  firmly  to  prevent  its  abrasion 
in  transit.  To  protect  the  fruit  each  one  is  wrapped 
separately  in  brown  paper. 

Varieties.  —  Since  the  propagation  is  carried  on  by 
means  of  offsets,  the  varieties  are  fairly  stable  and 
quite  definitely  marked.  The  variety  most  extensively 
grown  is  called  Red  Spanish,  Spanish  or  Reds.  It  has 
a  medium-sized  apple,  and  is  a  hardy  plant.  Abachi 
(Abakka),  Blood,  Queen  (Fig.  1810),  Sugar  Loaf,  En- 
ville (Fig.  1811)  and  White  Antigua  are  varieties  that 
produce  medium-sized  apples  of  excellent  quality. 
Black  Jamaica,  Black  Prince,  and  Prince  Albert  pro- 
duce large  apples  of  excellent  quality.  Smooth  Cayenne 
produces  a  large  apple  of  good  quality.  Porto  Rico 
produces  a  very  large  apple  of  good  quality.  There  are 
other  varieties  grown  more  or  less  extensively  and  other 
names  for  the  above-named  varieties,  but  the  foregoing 
have  been  officially  recognized  by  the  Florida  State 
Horticultural  Society. 

Pineapple  Sheds.  — It  has  been  found  very  advan- 
tageous to  build  a  shelter  for  "pines";  in  the  winter  a 
shed  protects  the  plants  from  too  great  radiation  of 
heat,  and  in  the  summer  it  reduces  the  intensity  of  the 
sun.  The  original  object  of  the  shelter  was  to  protect 
the  plants  from  frosts  and  freezes.  Pineapple  plants 
freeze  at  32°  F.  This  degree  of  cold  does  not  kill  the 
heart  of  the  plant,  but  only  the  larger  portion  of  the  Ivs. 
Pines  under  sheds  have  passed  through  a  temperature 
of  25°  F.  without  serious  injury.  The  roof  of  a  shed  is 
usually  flat,  or  undulating  with  the  surface  of  the  land. 
The  height  varies  with  the  desires  of  the  individual,  but 
is  usually  about  eight  feet  above  the  ground. 

In  Fig.  1812  the  roof  is  slightly  less  than  7  ft.  from 
the  ground.  The  stringers  running  crosswise  in  the 
figure  are  I%x3x21;  those  running  lengthwise  are 
1%  x  1>£  x  15.  The  material  for  the  roof  is  cypress 
plastering  lath  of  usual  length  and  width.  The  stringers 
running  lengthwise  are  46  in.  apart.  The  openings  be- 
tween the  lath  are  just  the  width  of  a  lath.  The  amount 
of  lumber  needed  (per  acre)  is  about  as  follows: 

414  posts  (352  for  roof,  72  for  sides)  4'x  4'  x  8°. 
160  pieces  1%'  x  3'  x  20°. 

960  pieces  (840  for  roof,  120  for  sides)  1%'  x  1%'x  15°. 
80,000  lath  (75,000  for  roof,  5,000  for  sides)  %'x  1'  x  4°. 

It  takes  about  9,000  feet  of  lumber  for  the  above  ma- 
terial exclusive  of  the  lath.  All  lumber  must  be  first- 
class  and  free  from  knots.  This  can  still  be  reduced  bv 
about  2,500  feet  by  using  wire  in  place  of  the  1/4'  x  1%* 
x  15°  and  weaving  the  lath  in  this.  Under  the  most 


PINEAPPLE 


PINGUICULA 


1345 


favorable  circumstances  such  a  shed  can  be  erected  for 
$450  per  acre,  but  this  is  about  the  cheapest  and  lightest 
form  that  will  withstand  the  elements. 

Diseases  and  Insect  Enemies.  — (I)  Heart  rot;  bitter 
heart:  The  cause  of  this  disease  is  not  known,  but  it 
seems  to  be  more  prevalent  during  a  rainy  season  than 
during  a  dry  one.  It  manifests  itself  by  the  portion 
around  the  heart  taking  on  a  water-soaked  appearance. 
This  condition  progresses  outward  until  the  whole  ap- 
ple is  involved.  It  is  not  necessarily  accompanied  by 
rotting,  though  this  usually  follows.  The  whole  apple 
becomes  bitter,  even  before  it  is  entirely  involved. 
When  this  disease  is  present  in  a  field  the  fruit  should 
be  marketed  as  soon  as  possible,  that  the  apples  may  be 
consumed  before  becoming  badly  affected. 

(2)  Sanding:  This  disorder  occurs  immediately  after 
setting  out,  especially  if  a  long  dry  spell  occurs  at  this 
time.    It  is  produced  by  sand  being  blown  into  and  fill- 
ing the  bud  of  plants.     Immediately  after  setting  out 
drop  into  the  bud  a  small  handful  of  cotton-seed  meal, 
or  the  same  amount  of  a  mixture  of  1  part  ground  to- 
bacco stems  and  3  or  4  parts   cotton-seed  meal.     This 
soon  forms  a  firm  plug  in  the  bud,  keeping  out  sand  but 
not  interfering  with  growth.    Blood  and  bone,  or  blood, 
bone  and  tankage,  may  also  be  used. 

(3)  Spike;  longleaf :    This  disease  manifests  itself  by 
the  Ivs.  failing  to  expand  at  the  base,  thus  giving  the 
plant  a  contracted  appearance.     The  outer  portion  of 
the  leaf  spreads  from  the  center  of  the  plant,  but  usu- 
ally fails  to  take  on  a  broad,  flat,  healthy  appearance. 
Experiments  have  proved  that  this  disease  may  be  pro- 
duced by  improper  use  of  commercial  fertilizers,  though 
the  disease  has  occurred  where  no  fertilizer  had  been 
used.     Abundant  evidence  is  at  hand  to  show  that  the 
disease  is  not  due   to  an  organic  agent  but  rather  to 
untoward  condition  in  the  soil.     Change  the  fertilizer, 
avoiding  acid  phosphate,  kainit  and  cotton-seed  meal  in 
large  quantities,  and  give  protection  as  by  a  Pineapple 
shed  (spike  is  a  rare  thing  under  sheds). 

(4)  Blight;  wilts:    This  disease  occurs  in  a  sporadic 
manner,  usually  without  any  apparent  regularity.     In 
some  varieties  the  first  intimation  of  blight  is  by  the 
outer  end  of  Ivs.  turning  red,  and  later  by  the  tips  wilt- 
ing.    This  wilting  progresses  until  the  entire  plant  has 
dried  up.     According  to  Webber  the  direct  cause  is  a 
soil-inhabiting  fungus  which  attacks  the  roots.    Remove 
the  wilted  plants  and  set  in  healthy  ones.    If  the  plants 
are  of  valuable  varieties  trim  off  all  diseased  roots  and 
much  of  the  stem,  together  with  larger  Ivs.,  and  reset. 


1812.   Pineapple  shed  in  Florida. 

It  is  probable  that  the  fungus  will  not  survive  until  the 
roots  again  penetrate  the  soil. 

(5)  Red  spider  (Stigmceus  Floridanus,  Banks) :  This 
species  attacks  the  tender  white  portion  at  the  base  of 
the  Ivs.  The  effect  upon  the  plant  is  greatly  out  of  pro- 
portion to  the  small  amount  of  injury  to  the  parts 
attacked.  In  later  stages  the  Ivs.  rot  off  at  the  place 


attacked.  Drop  a  small  handful  of  tobacco  dust  into 
the  bud  of  the  plants.  Subsequent  rains  and  dews 
leach  the  tobacco  and  carry  the  solution  down  to  the  red 
spider.  If  they  are  not  all  dead  in  a  week  or  ten  days, 
repeat  the  dose. 

(6)  Scale    insect   (Diaspis    bromeliece) :    This    scale 
insect  becomes  troublesome    in   dry  localities   and   in 
greenhouses.    The  insect  usually  attacks  the  lower  sur- 
face of  the  leaf,  but  each  point  of  attack  shows  through 
as  a  yellow  spot   on   the   upper  surface.     Spray  with 
resin   wash,    resin    compound,    kerosene    emulsion    or 
whale-oil  soap. 

(7)  Mealy  bugs  (Dactylopius  citri  and  other  species) : 
These  insects  attack  the  base  of  the  Ivs.  just  at  or  below 
the  ground  level;  also  the  bud,  and  when  fruit  matures 
they  multiply  in  great  numbers  among  the  slips  and  in 
the  eyes  of  the  fruit  itself.     The  remedy  is  the  same  as 
for  scale  insects,  but  it  is  very  difficult  to  make  the 
application  effective.    When  the  mealy  bugs  are  present 
before  the  fruit-bud  forms  much  good  can  be  done  by 
applying  a  large  handful  of  tobacco  dust  in  the  axils  of 
the  Ivs. 

Pineapple  culture  is  also  discussed  under  Florida. 

P.  H.  ROLFS. 
PINEAPPLE  AIE-PLANT.    Tillandsia  utriculata. 

PINEAPPLE  FLOWEE.    Eucomis  punctata. 

PINE,  DAMMAE.    See  Agathis. 

PINE,  KAURI.    See  Agathis. 

PINE,  MOEETON  BAY.   See  Araucaria. 

PINE,  NOEFOLK  ISLAND.     See  Araucaria. 

PINE,  SCEEW.    See  Pandanus. 

PINELLIA  (after  Pinelli).  Aracece.  Three  species 
of  hardy  perennial  tuberous  herbs,  native  to  China  and 
Japan.  Foliage  appearing  with  the  fls. :  Ivs.  3  or  pedat- 
isect:  peduncle  solitary:  spathe  marcescent :  fls.  monoe- 
cious in  the  appendiculate  spadix,  all  fertile;  perianth 
none;  male  fls.  with  1  stamen;  female  fls.  one-sided: 
ovary  1-celled;  ovule  solitary,  orthopterous.  See  Engler, 
in  DC.  Mon.  Phan.  2:565. 

tuberlfera,  Ten.  Adult  Ivs.  3-cut,  the  middle  segment 
13^-2  times  longer  and  wider.  China.  —  There  is  a  variety 
with  narrower  leaf-segments  and  another  with  Ivs.  cut 
into  5  segments. 

PINEY.    Old-fashioned  name  of  Peony. 

PINGUfCULA  (diminutive  of  Latin  pinguis,  fat;  re- 
ferring to  the  succulent  and  greasy  foliage).  Lentibul- 
aridcece.  BUTTERWORT.  About  30  species  of  small, 
swamp-loving  herbs  of  carnivorous  habits  with  pretty 
long-spurred  fls.  something  like  a  snapdragon.  They 
grow  in  tufts  or  rosettes  with  several  scapes  less  than 
a  foot  high,  each  bearing  a  solitary  flower.  The  Ivs. 
are  more  or  less  short,  thick,  succulent,  and  densely 
covered  with  crystalline,  glandular  hairs,  which  give 
the  Ivs.  their  buttery  feeling.  Small  insects  are  caught 
on  these  sticky  hairs,  and  the  margins  of  the  Ivs.  roll  in 
and  cover  them.  D.  T.  Macdougal  writes:  "A  digestive 
fluid,  probably  a  trypsin,  exudes  from  the  surface  of  the 
leaf  which  dissolves  the  bodies  of  the  insects,  allowing 
the  substances  of  which  they  are  composed  to  be  ab- 
sorbed by  the  leaf.  The  leaves  of  Pinguicula  also  con- 
tain vegetable  rennet,  and  Linnaeus  mentions  that  the 
leaves  of  P.  vulgaris  were  used  by  the  Lapland  tribes 
for  curdling  milk,  and  Pfeffer  says  the  same  custom 
prevails  among  the  peasantry  of  the  Italian  Alps." 

Pinguiculas  make  dainty  flowering  plants  in  pots; 
although  natives  of  northern  countries,  they  can  scarcely 
be  considered  hardy  subjects,  as  they  require  special 
treatment.  The  choicest  species  are  undoubtedly 
P.  lutea  and  P.  caudata.  P.  lutea,  a  native  of  our  low 
pine -barrens  from  N.  C.  to  Fla.  and  La.,  is  unique 
in  the  genus  by  reason  of  its  yellow  fls.,  while  P. 
caudata,  with  its  rich  purple  fls.,  is  the  finest  of  all 
those  which  range  from  violet  and  purple  through  rose 
and  lilac  to  whitish.  The  charm  of  P.  caudata,  aside. 


1346 


P1NGUICULA 


PINUS 


from  its  color,  lies  in  its  extraordinarily  long  spur, 
which  attains  2  in.,  while  the  5-lobed  limb  reaches  an 
equal  length.  These  plants  are  scarcely  known  in 
America  outside  of  botanic  gardens.  F.  W.  Burbidge 
has  given  a  detailed  account  of  his  success  with  P. 
caudata  in  Gn.  22,  p.  309:  The  spring  and  summer  foli- 
age are  scarcely  recognizable  as  belonging  to  the  same 
plant.  In  early  spring  the  Ivs.  are  numerous,  small, 
short,  thick  and  pointed,  forming  a  dense  rosette  like 
an  Echeveria;  in  midsummer  the  Ivs.  are  large,  thin, 
obovate  and  lax.  The  plant  blooms  freely  in  both 
stages,  but  produces  the  largest  fls.  later.  In  the  fall 
the  foliage  again  becomes  a  bulb-like  mass  of  fleshy 
Ivs.,  and  so  rests  all  winter.  Burbidge  found  that 
the  plants  can  be  readily  propagated  by  these  fleshy 
Ivs.,  each  one  producing  a  new  plant,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  bulb  scales  of  certain  common  lilies.  These  leaf 
cuttings  were  placed  by  Burbidge  in  the  live  sphagnum 
of  orchid  baskets.  Young  plants  were  potted  in  2%-in. 
pots  of  live  sphagnum,  using  small  crocks  only.  These 
small  pots  may  then  be  plunged  in  small  shallow 
orchid  pans  to  prevent  extremes  of  moisture  and  hung 
up  in  the  cool  end  of  a  Cattleya  house.  Burbidge  has 
also  grown  P.  hirtiflora  in  pans  of  sphagnum  standing 
in  a  saucer  of  water  and  treated  to  the  hottest  sunshine. 
The  fls.  are  said  to  last  8  or  9  weeks. 

Pinguicula  belongs  to  the  same  family  with  Utric- 
ularia,  a  group  composed  largely  of  aquatic  plants 
which  capture  minute  creatures  in  little  bladders  that 
are  developed  on  the  thread-like  Ivs.  Pinguicula  differs 
in  the  more  terrestrial  habit,  the  4-5-parted  calyx, 
spreading  position  of  the  posterior  lip  of  the  corolla 
and  also  in  the  anthers.  Pinguicula  is  one  of  the  very 
few  dicotyledonous  plants  with  only  1  seed-leaf.  The 
fls.  of  Pinguicula  are  often  reversed  before  and  during 
anthesis. 
i,  A.  Color  of  fls.  yellow. 

lutea,  Walt.  Unique  in  the  genus  by  reason  of  its 
yellow  fls.  and  nearly  regular  (not  2-lipped)  corolla. 
Exceedingly  variable  in  the  size  of  all  its  parts,  and  in 
the  obtuse  toothing  of  the  corolla-lobes.  Scapes  5-12  in. 
high:  fls.  %-l>2  in.  long  and  broad;  spur  curved,  about 
as  long  as  the  rest  of  the  corolla;  throat  spotted  and 
belly  lined  with  red ;  palate  very  prominent  and  densely 
bearded.  Low  pine  barrens,  N.  C.  to  Fla.  and  La.  B.M. 
7203  (most  of  the  lobes  4-cut,  the  middle  cut  being 
deeper).  B.R.  2:126  (2  upper  lobes  once-cut,  3  lower 
lobes  4-cut). 

AA.  Color  of  fls.  purple  to  lilac. 
B.  Spur  S  or  4  times  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the  corolla. 

caudata,  Schlecht.  Scapes  5-7  in.  high:  fls.  deep 
bright  violet-purple,  attaining  2  in. ;  lobes  all  rounded 
except  the  middle  one  of  the  lower  lip,  which  is  retuse. 
Mexico.  B.M.  6624.  Gn.  23,  p.  309. 

BB.  Spur  about  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the  corolla, 
c.  Fls.  %-l  in.  long  and  broad. 

grandifldra,  Lam.  Scapes  3-8  in.  long:  fls.  "blue, 
rarely  purplish  violet,"  according  to  DC.,  10-15  lines 
long,  9  lines  broad  (3  or  4  times  longer  than  in  P.  vul- 
garis);  lobes  undulate;  palate  with  1  or  2  white  spots; 
spur  straight,  a  trifle  shorter  than  the  broadly  funnel- 
shaped  tube.  Western  Eu.  G.C.  III.  10:373. -Accord- 
ing to  Bentham,  this  is  a  large-fld.  var.  of  P.  vulgaris, 
with  longer  spur  and  broader  lobes,  which  in  the  west- 
ern part  of  Eu.  passes  into  the  common  form. 

hirtifldra,  Tenore.  Scapes  3-4  in.  high :  fls.  8  lines  long 
and  broad,  lilac  or  rose  (blue  according  to  Tenore,  and 
shown  as  purple  in  B.M.),  with  a  white  tube;  spur 
straight  or  curved,  about  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the 
corolla.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  6785.  Gn.  25,  p.  290.— Possibly 
distinguished  from  P.  grandiflora  by  the  color  of  the 
tube,  which  is  white  outside  and  yellow  in  the  throat. 
According  to  Burbidge  there  is  a  var.  with  pure  white  fls. 

cc.  Fls.  %in.  long  and  broad. 

vulgaris,  Linn.  According  to  Hooker,  this  differs  from 
P.  hirtiflora  in  the  bright  blue  color  and  the  retuse 
lobes  of  the  corolla,  as  also  in  the  less  globose  capsule: 
scapes  1-5  in.  high:  fls.  bluish  purple  ("blue,"  writes 
Hooker),  about  6  lines  long;  spur  nearly  straight,  about 


2  lines  long  or  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the  corolla.  Wet 
rocks,  Eu.,  Asia,  N.  Amer.  Gn.  57,  p.  335.  — Sometimes 
called  Labrador  Violet.  -^y  ]yj 

PINK.     See  Dianthus;  also  Carnation. 

PINK  MULLEIN,     lychnis  Coronaria. 

PINKKOOT.     Spigelia. 

PINKSTEB  FLOWEK.    A  wild  Azalea,  A.  nudiflora. 

PlNUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Coniferce.  PINE.  PINE- 
TREE.  Evergreen  resiniferous  trees,  usually  tall,  rarely 
shrubby,  with  spreading  branches  forming  a  pyramidal 
or  round-topped,  in  old  age  often  very  picturesque 
head,  and  clothed  with  acicular  Ivs.  in  clusters  of  2-5, 
rarely  solitary:  fls.  catkin-like,  appearing  in  spring; 
staminate  yellow  or  purple,  often  conspicuous  by  their 
abundance;  pistillate  greenish  or  purplish,  developing 
into  subglobose  to  cylindric,  usually  brown  cones,  which 
sometimes  attain  18  or  more  inches  in  length,  ripening 
mostly  not  before  the  second  or  rarely  the  third  year. 
The  Pines  are  among  the  most  important  timber  trees 
of  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  many  of  them  are  val- 
uable for  the  decoration  of  parks  and  gardens. 

A  great  number  of  the  species  are  hardy  north. 
Among  the  hardiest  are  P.  Strobus,  Cembra,  parviflora, 
Bungeana,  Koraiensis,  rigida,  divaricata,  Thunbergi, 
resinosa,  sylvestris  and  montana.  The  Mexican  species 
and  those  from  southern  Asia  stand  only  a  few  degrees 
of  frost.  The  degree  of  hardiness  is  mentioned  with 
the  description  of  each  species. 

Young  Pines  are  with  few  exceptions  of  more  or  less 
regular,  pyramidal  habit;  but  in  old  age  they  are  often 
very  picturesque,  especially  P.  Strobus,  radiata,  rigida, 
Pinea,  Cembra,  Laricio,  parviflora  and  others.  Of  very 
graceful  habit,  with  slender  branches  and  drooping  foli- 
age, are  P.  excelsa,9Ayacahuite,  Hfonteztimw ,  longifolia, 
and  Canariensis,  but  they  are  all,  except  the  first 
named,  very  tender.  The  very  large  cones  of  some 
species,  as  P.  Lambertiana,  Ayacahuite,  Sabiniana  and 
Coulteri,  are  a  conspicuous  ornament.  Most  species  are 
of  vigorous  growth  when  young,  but  the 
foreign  species  usual Jy  grow  rather 
slowly  and  are  therefore  well  suited  for 
smaller  gardens,  especially  P.  Koraien- 


1813.  1814. 

Staminate  cone  Pistillate  flowers  (enlarged)  of  Austrian  Pine; 

of  Pinus  rigida.  also  a  young  pistillate  cone  natural  size. 

(X  2.)  a,  front  view  of  two  ovules;  c,  side  view. 

sis,  Peuce,  Bungeana,  parviflora;  the  American  P. 
aristata  and  flexilis  may  also  be  recommended  for  this 
purpose.  For  planting  rocky  slopes  P.  divaricatat 
rigida,  Virginiana  and  some  western  species  are  valu- 
able ;  and  if  dwarf  forms  are  desired  P.  montana  is  one 
of  the  best,  thriving  in  more  shaded  positions  and  as 
undergrowth  in  open  woods  better  than  any  other  spe- 
cies. 

The  Pines  are  not  very  particular  as  to  the  soil,  and 


PIXUS 


PIN  US 


1347 


in  their  native  habitats  they  usually  occupy  the  less 
fertile  situations,  as  dry  uplands  and  sandy  plains. 
Some,  as  P.  rigida,  Cubensis  and  Toeda,  can  be  grown 
both  in  dry  and  in  swampy  ground.  Pimis  palustris  is 
very  unhappily  namedr.  since  it  almost  never  grows  in 
swamps.  Pines  are  much  used  for  the  afforestation  of 
barren  sandy  plains  and  dry  rocky  mountain  slopes. 
For  seaside  planting  P.  ins  ignis,  Pinaster,  Halepensis 
and  also  P.  rigida  are  valuable. 

Pines  cannot  be  transplanted  successfully  when  old 
on  account  of  their  long  tap-roots,  and  only  younger 
nursery-grown  trees  should  be  used  for  planting.  As 
•they  cannot  usually  be  taken  up  with  a  good  ball  of 
earth,  it  is  well  to  immerse  the  roots  in  a  loam  puddle 
immediately  after  the  trees  are  dug  up.  Pines  are 
propagated  by  seeds  sown  in  spring  either  in  prepared 
beds  or  frames  or  in  boxes  or  pans ;  the  seeds  should  be 
covered  only  slightly  with  fine  soil,  but  the  larger  ones 
about  a  quarter  of  an  inch,  and  the  young  seedlings 
shaded  and  watered  when  necessary.  Varieties  and 
rarer  kinds  are  grafted  on  their  types  or  allied  species, 
usually  by  veneer-grafting  on  potted  stock  in  the  green- 
house in  winter.  Cuttings  even  of  the  dwarf  forms 
do  not  root  readily;  the  easiest  to  root  are  young  shoots 
with  primary  foliage,  as  they  sometimes  appear  on 
older  branches  or  on  the  trunk. 

The  Pines  belong  to  the  most  important  timber  trees 
in  their  native  countries;  these  are  in  eastern  N. 
America  P.  palustris,  Strobus  and  echinata;  in  the 
western  states  P.  Lambertiana,  monticola  and  pon- 
derosa;  in  Europe  P.  sylvestris  and  Laricio;  in  eastern 
Asia  P.  Thunbergi  and  densiflora,  and  in  the  Himalayas 
P.  excelsa.  From  the  resinous  secretions  of  many 
species,  chiefly  P.  palustris,  Ciibensis,  Pinaster,  Hal- 
epensis and  longifolia,  turpentine,  tar  and  pitch  are 
obtained.  An  essential  oil  used  medicinally  is  distilled 
from  the  Ivs.  and  young  shoots  of  several  species. 
Edible  seeds  are  produced  by  some  species,  in  America 
by  P.  edtilis  and  cembroides;  in  Europe  by  P.  Pinea  and 
Cembra,  in  E.  India  by  P.  Gerardiana.  Mats  similar 
to  Cocoa  mats  are  manufactured  from  the  Ivs.  of  P. 
paliistris  and  Pine  wool  for  stuffing  mattresses  is  made 
from  Ivs.  of  European  and  American  species. 

About  75  species  are  known,  distributed  through  the 
northern  hemisphere  from  the  arctic  circle  to  Mexico 
and  the  West  Indies,  N.  Africa  and  the  Malayan  Archi- 
pelago; in  the  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  they  are 
confined  to  the  mountains.  Resinous  trees,  rarely 
shrubs;  winter-buds  covered  with  imbricate  scales:  Ivs. 
of  2  kinds;  the  primary  Ivs.  are  spirally  arranged  and 
as  they  appear  on  young  seedling  plants  and  occasion- 
ally on  shoots  from  the  old  wood,  are  green  and 
subulate,  but  commonly  they  are  reduced  to  small 
scarious  bracts  bearing  in  their  axils  the  acicular,  semi- 
terete  or  triangular  secondary  Ivs.  borne  on  an  unde- 
veloped branch  let  in  clusters  from  2-5,  rarely  reduced 
to  1,  surrounded  at  the  base  by  sheaths  of  8-12  bud- 
scales:  fls.  monoecious;  the  staminate  ones  axillary, 
clustered  at  the  base  of  the  young  shoots,  catkin-like, 
yellow,  orange  or  scarlet,  composed  of  spirally  arranged 
numerous  2-celled  anthers  with  the  connective  enlarged 
and  scale-like  at  the  apex  (Fig.  1813);  pistillate  lateral 
or  subterminal,  greenish  or  purplish,  consisting  of 
numerous  spirally  arranged  scales  each  in  the  axil 
of  a  small  bract  and  bearing  2  ovules  inside  near  the 
base  (Fig.  1814) :  cone  subglobose  to  cylindric,  with 
woody  scales  closely  appressed  before  maturity  and 
tightly  enclosing  the  seeds,  which  are  usually  furnished 
with  a  long  thin  wing,  but  in  some  species  are  wing- 
less or  short-winged;  the  apex  of  the  scales  is  usually 
more  or  less  thickened  and  the  exposed  part,  which  is 
usually  rhombic  in  outline  and  termed  apophysis,  is 
often  protracted  into  prominent  bosses  or  knobs;  the 
apophysis  is  terminated  by  the  umbo,  usually  differing 
in  color  and  ending  mostly  in  a  spine  or  prickle.  In  P. 
Strobus  and  the  allied  species  the  apophysis  is  flat  and 
thin,  and  bears  the  spineless  umbo  at  the  upper  end, 
while  in  most  other  Pines  the  apophysis  is  thickened 
and  transversally  keeled  and  bears  the  umbo  in  the 
middle.  These  differences  belong  to  the  most  impor- 
tant characters  in  the  grouping  of  the  species :  other  val- 
uable characters  are  furnished  by  the  structure  of  the 
Ivs.,  which  contain  either  1  or  2  fibre-vascular  bundles 


and  usually  2  or  more  resin-ducts,  being  either  pe- 
ripheral, i.  e.,  situated  beneath  the  epidermis;  or  par- 
enchymatous,  i.  e.,  enclosed  by  the  tissue  of  the  leaf; 
or  internal,  i.  e.,  near  the  fibro-vascular  bundles; 
strengthening  cells,  i.  e.,  cells  with  thickened  walls,  are 


1815.  Pinus  Strobus. 

Leaf  with  a  single  fibro-vascular  bundle  (a),  usually 
two  peripheral  resin-ducts  (6) ;  strengthening  cells  (c) 
only  beneath  the  epidermis  ;  stomata  (d)  only  on  the 
two  inner  sides. 

mostly  present  beneath  the  epidermis  and  often  sur- 
round the  resin-ducts,  sometimes  also  along  the  fibro- 
vascular  bundles.  (See  Figs.  1815-1818).  Thenumberof 
the  fibro-vascular  bundles  and  the  position  of  the  resin- 
ducts  can  be  readily  seen  with  a  common  magnifying 
glass  in  thin  cross-sections  made  with  a  sharp  razor 
from  the  middle  of  the  leaf  and  placed  on  a  glass-plate. 
In  the  following  enumeration  the  species  are  grouped 
according  to  Mayr's  classification,  with  a  few  slight 
changes;  his  names  of  his  sections,  however,  are 
omitted,  since  they  are  mostly  not  well  chosen,  and  the 
sectional  and  subsectional  names  of  Engelmann  sub- 
stituted as  far  as  his  groups  could  be  brought  in  accord- 
ance with  those  of  Mayr.  To  facilitate  the  determination 
of  the  cultivated  species  a  key  is  given  to  determine 
plants  without  cones.  Good  illustrations  are  found  in 
Sargent,  Silva  of  N.  America,  vol.  11 ;  Lambert,  Descrip- 
tion of  the  genus  Pinus ;  Lawson,  Pinetum  Britannicum ; 
Forbes,  Pinetum  Woburnense;  Antoine,  Die  Coniferen. 
For  the  horticultural  vars.  see  Beissner,  Nadelholz- 


-   -C 


1816.   Pinus  Coulteri. 

Leaf  with  two  fibro-vascular  bundles  (a);  several 
parenchymatous  resin-ducts  (b) ;  strengthening  cells  (c) 
around  the  resin-ducts,  several  layers  bMpath  tLe  epi- 
dermis and  along  the  inner  and  the  outer  side  of  the 
fibro-vascular  bundles;  stomata  (d)  all  around. 

kunde  and  the  new  edition  by  A.  H.  Kent  of  Veitch's 
Manual  of  the  Coniferae.  Among  other  important  works 
may  be  mentioned  E.  A.  Carriere'%Trait6  General  des 
Coniferes,  2d  edition,  1867;  Heinrich  Mayr's  Die 
Waldungen  von  Nordamerika,  1890;  Englerand  PrAtl's 
Die  Natiirlichen  Pflanzenfamilien  II  Teil,  1.  Abteilung, 
pages  70-74  (Leiferung  3  and  4);  G.  Engelmann's 
vision  of  the  Genus  Pinus,  in  Transactions  01 
Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis  published  in 
Maxwell  T.  Masters  in  Journal  of  the  Linnean  Soci 
volumes  22  (1886)  and  27  (1889);  Conifer  Conferenc 
Journal  Royal  Horticultural  Society,  volume  14  ( 1[ 

For  a  fuller  account  of  the  relative  value  of  speciep  of 
Pinus  and  their  culture,  see  Pine. 


1348 


PINUS 


PINTJS 


^  C 


o. 


1817.  Pinus  palustris. 

Leaf  with  two  fibre- vascular  bundles  (a);  several  in- 
ternal resin-ducts  (b) ;  one  layer  of  strengthening  cells 
(c)  beneath  the  epidermis  and  on  the  inner  sid»  of  the 
nbro-vascular  bundles ;  stomata  (d)  all  around. 


1818.  Pinus  echinata. 

Leaf  with  two  fibro-vascular  bundles  (a)  and  several 
parenchymatous  resin -ducts  (b);  only  one  layer  of 
strengthening  cells  (c)  beneath  the  epidermis;  stomata 
(d)  all  around. 


INDEX. 

alba,  3. 

Graezelieri,  4. 

—  parviflora,  8. 

albo-terminata,  43. 

Halepensis,  41. 

pendula,  20,  44. 

argentea,  44. 

Hamiltoni,  37. 

Peuce,  2. 

aristata,  15. 

heterophylla,  22. 

Pinaster,  37. 

attenuate/,,  26. 

horizontalis,  36. 

Pinea,  39. 

aurea,  43,  44. 

inops,  30. 

Pithyusa,  41. 

australis,  23. 

insignis,  27. 

ponderosa,  20. 

Austriaca,  36. 

Jeffreyi,  19. 

prostrata,  3. 

Ayacahuite,  6. 

Koraiensis,  9. 

pumila,  10,  44. 

Balfouriana,  15. 

Lambertiana,  5. 

Pumilio,  45. 

Banksiana,  31. 

Laricio,  36. 

pungens,  34. 

Benthamiana,  20. 

Lemoniana,  87. 

pygmcea,  3,  36. 

Bolanderi,  33. 

Loudoniana,  6. 

pyramidalis,  3,  44. 

brevifolia,  3. 

longifolia,  25. 

Pyrenaica,  '36  and 

Bungeana,  11. 

macrocarpa,  18. 

suppl. 

Buonapartea,  6. 

Mandshurica,  9. 

quadrifolia,  12. 

Boursieri,  33. 

maritima,  37. 

radiata,  27. 

Calabrica,  36. 

Massoniana,  38,  42 

,     resinosa,  40. 

Canariensis,  24. 

minor,  37. 

rigida,  28. 

Garpatica,  45. 

mitis,  29. 

rostrata,  45. 

Cebennensis,  36. 

monophylla,  14. 

rotundata,  45. 

—Cembra,  10. 

Monspeliensis,  36. 

Roxburghi,  25. 

clausa,  32. 

montana,  45. 

Sabiniana,  17. 

columnaris,  44. 

Monterey  ensis,  27. 

Salzmanni,  36. 

compacta,  44. 

monticola,  4. 

scopulorum,  20. 

coiitorta,  33. 

—  Mughus,  45. 

Sibirica,  10. 

Coulteri,  18. 

muricata,  35. 

Sinensis,  42. 

Oubensis,  22; 

Murrayana,  33. 

—  Strobus,  3. 

densiflora,  43. 

nana,  3. 

_sylvestris,44. 

divaricata,  31. 

NepaUnsis,  1. 

Taeda,  21. 

Don-Pedrii,  6. 

nigra,  36. 

Thunbergi,  38. 

echinata,  29. 

nigricans,  36. 

Torreyana,  16. 

edulis,  13. 

nivea,  3. 

tuberculata,  26. 

miiotii,  22. 

Oculus  draconis, 

umbraculifera,  3. 

excelsa,  1. 

38,  43. 

uncinata,  45. 

fastigiata,  3,  44. 

Pallasiana,  36. 

variegata,  38.  43. 

flexilis,  7. 

palustris,  23. 

Virginiana,  30. 

Fremontiana,  14. 

Parryana,  12. 

zebrina,  1. 

KEY  FOR  DETERMINING  PINES  WITHOUT  CONE-S  (compare 

Figs.  1815-1818). 

A.  Number  of   Ivs.  5,   only   occa- 
sionally 8  or  4. 

B.  Sheaths   deciduous:    fibro- 
vascular  bundle  1. 
C.  Edges  of  Ivs.  serrulate. 
D.  Length  of  Ivs.  IV^-S  in. 
E.  Branchlets  glabrous  or 

nearly  so. 
p.  The  Ivs.  6-8  in.  long: 

branch-lets  glaucous.  1.  excelsa 
FP.  The  Ivs.  3-5  in.  long: 
bran chl et  s     not 
glaucous. 
Q.  Tree  a  rather  dense 

pyramid 2.  Peuce 

GG.  Tree  an  oipen  pyra- 
mid    3.  Strobus 

EE.  Branch  le ts    densely 

brownish  tomentose  . .  10.  Cembra 
BEE.  Sranchlets  pubescent 

or  pubemlous. 
F.  Ne edles  slender, 
somewhat    pendu- 
lous, 4-6  in.  long...  6.  Ayacahuite 
FF.  Needles  stiff, 1V^  in. 
long. 


G.  Sack  of  Ivs.  with  • 

fine  white  lines...  5.  Lambertiana 
GG.  Back   of  Ivs.   us^^- 

ally  not  lined. 
H.  Color  of  Ivs.  blu- 
ish   or    dark 

green 4.  monticola 

HH.  Color  of  Ivs  . 

bright  green 9.  Koraiensis 

DD.  Length  of  Ivs.  %-!%  in.: 
Ivs.  iisually  twisted, 
forming  brlish  -  like 
tufts  at  the  end  of  the 

branchlels 8.  parviflora 

CO.  Edges  of  Ivs.  entire. 

D.  Lvs.  l%-8  in.  long 7.  flexilis 

DD.  Lvs.  1-lVz  in.  long 15.  Balfouriana 

BB.  Sheaths  persistent:    fibro- 
vascular    bundles    2:    Ivs. 

8-12  in.  long,  rigid 16.  Torreyana 

AA.  Number  of  Ivs.  8,  or  4  or  1,  only 

occasionally  2  or  5. 
B.  Usually  solitary,  sometimes 

in  2's 14.  monophylla 

BB.  Usually  4,  sometimes  8  or  5..  12.  Parryana 
BBB.  Usually  8,  occasionally  2. 
c.  Fibro  -vascular  biindle   1: 

sheaths  deciduous. 
DV  Margin  of  Ivs.  entire:  Ivs. 

%-iyz  in.  long 13.  edulis 

DD.  Margin  of  Ivs.  serrulate: 

Ivs.  2-4  in.  long 11.  Bungeana 

cc.  Fibro-vascular  bundles  2: 

sheaths  persistent. 
D.  Branchlets  glaucous:  Ivs. 
bluish  or  grayish  green. 
(See  also  No.  21.) 
E.  Habit  of  Ivs.  slender, 

drooping 17.  Sabiniana 

EE.  Habit  of  Ivs.  straight, 

stiff. 

p.  Buds  very  resinous: 
Ivs.  6-12  in.  long, 
dark  bluish  green.. .18.  Ooulteri 
FF.  Buds  not  or  little 
resinous:  lvs.5-8in. 
long ,  pale  bluish 

green 19.  Jeffreyi 

DD.  Branchlets  not  glaucous: 
Ivs.  dark  yellow  or 
bright  green. 
E.  Habit  of  Ivs.   slender, 

drooping. 

p.  Mesin  -  ducts  inter- 
nal  23.  palustris 

PF.  Jfesin  -  ducts    paren- 
chymatous: buds 

brown 24.  Canariensik 

FFF.  Kesin  -  ducts  periph- 
eral:   biids    bright 

chestnut-brown 25.  longifolia 

EE.  Habit  of  Ivs.  stiff. 
p.  Length  of  Ivs.  6-12 in. 


PINUS 


PINUS 


1349 


G.  Buds  cyli  n  d  r  i  c, 
with  spreading 
scales  little  or  not 
resinous:  Ivs.  8-13 
in.  long,  dark 
green,  in  Ps  and 

3's 22.  Cubensis 

GG.  Buds  oblong -ovate, 
resinous:  Ivs.  6-9 
in.  long,  light  or 
slightly  bluish 

green 21.  Taeda 

GOG.  Buds  ovate, acumi- 
nate,resinous:  Ivs. 
5-11  in.  long,  dark 
yellowish  green... 20.  ponderosa 
FF.  Length  of  Ivs.  3-7  in. 

(See  also  No.  29.) 
G.  Character    of    Irs. 

slender. 

H.  Foliage  pale  yel- 
lowish or  bluish 
green:  bitds  ob- 
long -ovate , 

dark  brown 26.  tuber culata 

HH.  Foliage  bright 

green:    buds 

ovate,    bright 

chestnut-brown. 27.  radiata 

GG.  Character  of  Ivs  . 

stout. 

H.  Form  of  buds 
thick,  ovate, 
acute  or  acumi- 
nate ..  ...20. 


HH.  Form  of  buds  ob- 
long-ovate  28. 

AAA.  Number  of  Ivs.  2. 

B.  Branchlets  glaucous. 

c.  Buds  very  resinous 30. 

CO.  Buds  not  or  little  resinous. 
D.  Hue  of  Ivs.  dark  bluish 

green 29. 

DD.  Hue  of  Ivs.  bright  green.  A3. 
BB.  Branchlets  not  glaucous. 
c.  Length  of  Ivs.  1-3%  in. 
D.  Branch  let s  brown  or 
orange:  resin-ducts 
parenchymatous. 
E.  Character  of  Ivs.  slen- 
der: branchlets  brown.32. 
EE.  Character  of  Ivs.  stout, 
twisted:  branchlets 
orange    or    orange- 
brown. 
F.  Lvs.  l-SYi  in.  long. 

G.  Resin-ducts  1  or  2.33. 
GG.  Resin-ducts  2-5  ...34. 
FF.  Lvs.  Yv-1  in.  long  ...31. 
DD.  Branchlets  dull  greenish 
yellow  or  greenish 
brown:    resin-ducts  pe- 
ripheral. 

E.  Character  of  h>s.  slen- 
der: buds  not  resin- 
ous   41 

EE.  Character  of  Ivs.  stoiit: 
buds  coated  with  resin . 

F.  Generally  a  tree 44. 

FF.  Generally  a  shrub..  .45. 
CC.  Length  of  Ivs.  3-9  in. 

D.  Color  of  buds  ichitish  or 

grayish  white 38. 

DD.  Color  of  buds  brown.  (See 

also  No.  41.) 

E.  Scales  of  the  oblong 
brids   with  re  flexed 
tips,  chestnut -brown. 
F.  Habit    of    Ivs.    very 

slender  and  thin..A2. 
FF.  Habit  of  Ivs.  stiff  and 
rigid. 


ponderosa, 
\ar.scopulorum 

rigida 
Virginians 


echinata 

densiflora 


clausa 


contorta 
pungens 
divaricata 


Halepensis 


sylvestria 
montana 


Thunbergi 


Massoniana 


G.  Buds  resinous 35.  muricatt 

GG.  Buds  not  resinous . 
H.  Resin-ducts  par- 
enchymatous .. .37.  Pinaster 
HH.  Resin -ducts  pe- 
ripheral  39.  Pinea 

WE.  Scales  of  the  thick 
ovate-acuminate  buds 
with  the  tips  not  re- 
flexed,  light  brown, 
resinous. 

F.  Foliage  lustrous, 
resin-ducts  periph- 
eral  38.  resinosa 

FF.  Foliage  dull :  resin- 
ducts  parenchyma- 
tous   36.  Laricio 

KEY  BASED  ON  CONES  AND  SEEDS. 

A.  Cone-scales  thin  at  the  apex, 
with  a  marginal  obtuse  umbo: 
number  of  Ivs.  d:  sheaths  de- 
ciduous: fibro- vascular 
bundle  1:  wood  soft  and  light.. 
STROBUS. 

B.  Wings  longer  than  seed:  cones 
long  and  slender:  resin- 
ducts  of  Ivs.  peripheral. 
Eustrobi. 
C.  Scales  with  broad,  rounded 

apex. 

D.  Lvs.  slender:  branchlets 
usually  glabrous 1. 


2. 
3. 

DD.  Lvs  .  stout  :    branchlets 
puberulous  or  pubescent.  4. 
5. 


excelsa 
Peuce 

Strobus 

monticola 
Lambertiana 


cc.  Scales  with  elongated  and 
tapering,  at  last  recurved 
apex  .....................  6.  Ayacahuite 

BB.  Wings  shorter  than  seeds  or 
wanting:  cones  more  or  less 
ovate,  with  thickened  scales. 
Cembrce. 

c.  Margin  of  Ivs.  entire: 
branchlets  glabrous,  light 
brown  ..........  .  .........  7.  Hexilis 

CC.  Margin   of   Ivs.   serrulate: 

branchlets  pubescent. 
D.  Seeds  with  narrow  wing: 

resin-ducts  peripheral.  .  8.  parviflora 
DD.  Seeds  wingless:  resin- 

ducts  parenchymatous..  9.  Koraiensis 

10.  Cembra 

AA.  Cone-scales  more  or  less  thick- 
ened at  the  apex,  with  the  often 
spiny  umbo  in  the  middle  of  the 
transversely    ridged    apophy- 
sis.     PINASTER. 

B.  Sheaths  caducous  or  curling 
back  and  tardily  deciduous: 
fibro  -  vascular   bundle    1  : 
resin-ducts  peripheral. 
c.  Seeds  short-winged  :  num- 
ber of  h's.  1-4,  only  occa- 
sionally 5. 

D.  Margin  of  Ivs.  serrulate, 
S;  sheaths   caducous. 
Gerardiance  ............  11.  Bungeana 

DD.  Margin    of    Ivs.   entire  ; 
sheaths  curling  back  and 
falling  offend  of  the  first 
year.    Cembroides. 
B.  Number  of  Ivs.  3-5  ----  12.  Parryana 

EE.  Number  of  Ivs.  1-3  ____  13.  edulis 

M.  monophylla 

CO.  Seeds  with  long  wing:  num- 
ber of  Ivs.  5:  margin  entire. 
BalfouriancB  .............  15.  Balfouriana 

BB.  Sheaths  persistent:  fibre-vas- 
cular bundles  2:  margin  of 
Ivs,  serrulate, 


1350 


PINUS 


PINUS 


c.  Number  of   Ivs.  5:    resin- 
ducts    parenchymatous . 

Pseudostrobi 16. 

CO.  Number  of  Ivs.  3,  occasion- 
ally 4-5:  resin-ducts  usu- 
ally parenchymatous. 
Tcedce. 

D.  Branchlets  glaucous: 
color  of   Ivs.   bluish   or 
grayish  green. 
E.  Lvs.  slender,  drooping  .17. 
EE.  Lvs.  stout, 6-12 in.  long: 
seeds  long  -winged....  18. 
19. 

DD.  Branchlets  not  glaucous: 
color  of   Ivs.   dark  yel~ 
lowish  or  bright  green. 
E.  Length  of  Ivs.  5-12  in.: 

Ivs.  stout 20. 

21. 
22. 
EE.  .Length  of  Ivs.  8-18  in.: 

Ivs.  slender,  drooping.23. 
24. 
25. 

BEE.  Length  of  Ivs.  3-7  in.: 
Ivs.  stout.  (See  also 
No.  20  var. ) 

p.  Cones  very  oblique, 
SYz-6in.  long:  length 
of  Ivs.  usually  4-6 

in 26. 

27. 

pp.  Cones  not  oblique,  2-4 
in.  long :    length   of 
Ivs.  iisually  3-4  in. .28. 
ccc.  Number  of  Ivs.  2. 

D.  Resin-ducts  parenchyma- 
tons  :  cones  mostly  be- 
tween the  whorls. 

Lariciones 29. 

E.  Branchlets  glaucous  .  .30. 
EE.  Branch  lets   not  glau- 
cous. 

p.  Lvs.  1-3Y?.  in.  long, 
o.  Cones  not  prickly.. 31. 

GG.  Cones  prickly 32. 

33. 
34. 

pp.  Lvs.  $%-7  in.  long. 
G.  Winter-buds  brown.35. 
36. 
37. 

GG.  Winter-buds  gray- 
ish white  or  silvery 
white,  oblong,  not 
resinous,  only  tips 
of  scales  often 

light  brown 38. 

DD.  Resin-ducts  peripheral : 
cones  usually  appearing 
at  the  whorls.  Sylves- 
tres. 

E.  Length  of  Ivs.  2^-8  in. 
p.  Seeds  short-winged, 

%  in.  long 39, 

pp.  Seeds  long -winged. 
G.  Branchlets   not 

glaucous 40. 

41. 
42. 

GG.  Branchlets  glau- 
cous  43. 

EE.  Length  of  Ivs.  %-%%  in. 44. 
45. 
I.  STROBUS. 


Torreyana 


Sabiniana 

Coulteri    */ 
Jeffreyi 


ponderosa 

Tseda 

Cubeiisis 

palustris 

Canariensis 

longifolia 


tuberculata 
radiata 


rigida 


echinata 
Virginiana 


divaricata 
clausa 
contorta 
pungens 

muricata 

Laricio 

Pinaster 


Thunbergi 


Pinea 


densiflora 
sylvestris 
montana 


green,  6-8  in.  long:  cones  cylindric  on  1-2  in.  long 
stalks,  6-10  in.  long:  seed  brown,  4  lines  long.  Himal. 
Gn.  31,  p.  195.  A.G.  19:149.  — Handsome  tree,  of  some- 
what loose  habit,  with  graceful  pendulous  foliage,  hardy 
as  far  north  as  Mass,  in  sheltered  po- 
sitions. Var.  zebrina,  Bailly,  has  the 
Ivs.  with  a  whitish  zone  near  the  tip. 

2.  Peuce,  Griseb.  (P.  excttsa,  var. 
Peuce,    Griseb.).       Attains    50    ft., 
with  ascending  short  branches  form- 
ing a  narrow  dense  pyramid:  branch- 
lets  greenish,  glabrous,  not  glaucous : 
winter-buds  ovate:  Ivs.  straight,  blu- 
ish green,  3-4  in.  long:  cones  short- 
stalked,    cylindric,    3%-6    in.    long, 
with    obovate   scales:    seed  4    lines 
long.      S.    E.    Eu.—  An   ornamental 
hardy  Pine  of  dense,  regular  habit 
and  slow  growth;  forms  a  narrower 
and  denser  pyramid  than  No.  3. 

3.  Strdbus,    Linn.     WHITE    PINE. 
Figs.  1815,  1819,   1820.     Attains  100, 
occasionally  150  ft.,  with  horizontal 
branches  in  regular  whorls  forming 
a  symmetrical  open  pyramid.    In  old 
age  the  head  is  usually  broad  and 
open   and    often    very    picturesque. 
Branchlets  greenish  or  light  green- 
ish brown,  glabrous  or  slightly  pu-  1819i  Pinus  Strobus. 
berulous  :  winter-buds  ovate,  acum-  (v  V  1 
inate:  Ivs.  soft,  bluish  green,  2-4  in. 

long  (or  3%-5) :  cones  on  stalks  %-l  in.  long,  cylindric, 
slender,  often  curved,  2-4  in.  long,  with  oblong-obovate 
scales :  seed  red-brown,  mottled  with  black,  3  lines  long. 
Newfoundland  to  Manitoba,  north  to  Ga.,  111.  and  Iowa. 
8.8.11:538,539.  A.G.  12:645;  13:1.  Gn.  30,  p.  404. -Very 
valuable  ornamental  hardy  Pine  of  rapid  growth,  sym- 
metrical when  young,  picturesque  in  old  age :  no  tree  is 
better  adapted  to  break  up  the  monotonous  sky-line  of 
plantations  in  northern  parks.  There  are  a  number  of 
garden  forms  occasionally  cultivated.  Var.  alba,  Loud, 
(var.  nivea,  Carr. ).  Low  form  of  irregular  habit,  with 
almost  silvery  white  foliage.  Var.  brevifdlia,  Loud, 
(var.  ndna,  Knight.  Var.  pygmoza,  Hort.).  Dwarf, 
compact,  round  bush,  with  short  Ivs.  Var.  fastigiata, 
Beissn.  (var.  pyramidalis,  Hort.).  With  ascending 
branches,  of  narrow  pyramidal  or  columnar  habit.  Var. 
prostrata,  Arb.  Kew.  Dwarf,  procumbent  form,  diffuse 
and  trailing  on  the  ground.  Var.  umbraculifera,  Knight. 
Dwarf ,  flat-topped  bush,  with  short  Ivs.  R.H.  1869,  p. 
38.  There  are  also  forms  with  variegated  and  with  yel- 
low foliage. 

4.  monticola,  Don.     MOUNTAIN  WHITE  PINE.    Tree,  to 
100    or  occasionally   150    ft.,  with   slender,  spreading, 
somewhat  pendulous  branches  forming  a  narrow  open 


1.  Eustrobi. 

1.  exc61sa,  Wall.  (P.  NepaUnsis,  Chambr.).  Attains 
150  ft.,  with  spreading  and  slightly  ascending  branches 
forming  a  broad  open  pyramid  :  branchlets  greenish, 
glabrous,  glaucous:  winter -buds  cylindric  -  obovate, 
acute:  Ivs.  slender,  flaccid,  drooping,  grayish  or  bluish 


1820.  Pinus  Strobus  (X 


pyramid:  branchlets  puberulous,  yellowish  or  reddish 
brown  :  winter  -buds  ovate,  acute  :  Ivs.  stiff,  bluish 
green  and  glaucous,  1/^-4  in.  long,  with  few  inconspic- 
uous or  no  lines  on  the  back:  cones  short  -peduncled, 
cylindric,  slender,  slightly  curved,  5-11  in.  long,  yellow- 


PIN  US 


PINUS 


1351 


ish  brown  ;  scales  pointed  by  the  slightly  thickened 
umbo:  seed  red-brown,  mottled  with  black,  %  in.  long. 
Brit.  Col.  to  Idaho  and  Calif.  S.S.  11:540,541.  G.F. 
5:5,  7.  R.H.  1869,  p.  126  (as  P.  Groezelieri).- Similar  to 
P.  Strobus,  but  forming  a  somewhat  narrower,  more 
slender  pyramid ;  hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass. 


1821.  Pinusflexilis(X^). 


5.  Lambertiana,  Dougl.  SUGAK  PINE.  Pig.  1823.  Tree, 
to  200  or  220  ft.,  with  spreading  somewhat  pendulous 
branches  forming   a  narrow  open  pyramid  ;    old  trees 
usually   with   flat-topped  wide-spreading    open    head: 
branchlets  brown,  pubescent:    winter-buds  oblong-obo- 
vate,  apiculate:  Ivs.  stout,  sharply  pointed,  dark  bluish 
green,  3-4  in.  long,  with  conspicuous  white  lines  on  the 
back:  cones  on  peduncles  2-3%-in.  long,  cylindric,  often 
slightly  curved,  light   brown,  lustrous,  10-20  in.  long: 
seed  about   %   in.  long,  dark  brown  or  nearly  black. 
Ore.  to  Mex.    S.S.  11:542,  543.   Gn.  31,  p.  152,  153.  G.C. 

I.  23:11;  III.  1:769. -One  of  the  tallest  trees  of  the 
Pacific  coast;  in  the  eastern  states  it  is  hardy  as  far 
north  as  Mass.,  but  grows  only  slowly;  has  handsome 
dark  foliage. 

6.  Ayacamiite,  Ehrenb.  (P.  Buonapdrtea,  Roezl.     P. 
Don-Pedrii,  Roezl.  P.  Loudonidna,  Gord.).  Tree,  to  100 
ft.,  with  spreading,  slender  branches:    branchlets  yel- 
lowish brown,  finely  pubescent:  Ivs.  slender  and  some- 
what pendulous,  bluish  green,  4-6  in.  long:  cones  short- 
stalked,  cylindric  conical,  gradually  narrowed  toward  the 
apex,  often  slightly  curved,  brownish  yellow,  9-15  in. 
long:  seeds  about  %  in.  long,  gray-brown,  mottled  dark 
brown.     North  Mex.     G.C.  II.  18:493;  III.  20:751,753. 
Gn.  25,  pp.  192,  193.  — Handsome  tree,  somewhat  resem- 
bling the  White  Pine,  but  foliage  more  slender,  especially 
ornamental  with  its  large  cones.    Not  hardy  north. 

2.  Cembrce. 

7.  flSxilis,  James.    LIMBER  PINE.    Fig.  1821.    Tree,  to 
50,  occasionally  to  80  ft.,  with  stout  horizontal  branches 
forming  a  narrow  open  pyramid,  in  old  age  with  low, 
broad,  round-topped  head:   winter-buds  broadly  ovate, 
slender-pointed:  Ivs.  rigid,  acute,  dark  green,  l%-3  in. 
long:  cones  ovate  to  cylindric-ovate,  light  brown,  3-6, 
rarely  10  in.  long;    scales  rounded  at  the  apex,  tipped 
with  an  obtuse,  dark  umbo,  the  lower  ones  elongated 
and  reflexed:    seeds  dark  brown,  mottled   with  black, 
A-%  in.  long,  with  narrow  wing.   Alberta  to  Calif,  and 
New  Mex.    8.8.11:546,547.     G.F.  10: 165. -Hardy  Pine 
of  slow  growth;  seems  to  be  best  adapted  for  ornamen- 
tal planting  on  rocky  slopes. 


8.  parvifldra,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.    Tree,  to  80  ft.,  of  dense, 
pyramidal    habit,    with    slender,   horizontal    branches: 
branchlets    light    greenish    brown,    puberulous:     Ivs. 
crowded,  rather  stiff,  usually  twisted,  forming  brush- 
like  tufts  at  the  end   of  the  branchlets,  bluish  green, 
%-!%  in.  long  :    cones   ovate   or   oblong-ovate,  almost 
sessile,  reddish  brown,  2-3  in.  long:  seeds  dark  brown, 
hardly  %  in.  long.    Japan.    S.Z.  2:115.  — Hardy  and  very 
ornamental  Pine,  bearing   numerous  decorative  cones 
when  older.    Cultivated  plants  are  often  grafted  and  as- 
sume a  more  irregular  habit.    In  Japan  it  is  often  culti- 
vated in  pots  and  dwarfed.   A.G.  14:212. 

9.  Koraiensis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (P.  Mandshurica,  Rupr.). 
Pyramidal  tree,  to  100  ft.:   branchlets  with  yellowish 
brown  pubescence:    winter-buds  oblong-ovate,   acumi- 
nate, dark  chestnut-brown:    Ivs.  straight,  dark  green 
and  glossy  on  the  back,  bluish  white  on  the  inner  sides, 
2%-4  in.  long:  cones  almost  sessile,  conic-ovate,  yellow- 
ish brown,  4-6  in.  long;  scales  rhombic-obovate,  with  re- 
curved obtuse  apex :  seed  over  %  in.  long,  brown,  sharply 
edged.   Japan,  Corea.    S.Z.  2:116.  Gng.  6:1.  — In  cultiva- 
tion of  slow  growth,  forming  a  rather  dense,  broad  pyra- 
mid, with  handsome  foliage.   One  of  the  best  hardy  Pines 
for  smaller  gardens. 

10.  Cembra,  Linn.    Swiss  STONE  PINE.    Tree,  to  70 
or  occasionally   120  ft.,  with   spreading  usually   short 
branches  forming  a  narrow,  dense  pyramid,  in  old  age 
often  with  very  picturesque  broad,  open,  round-topped 
head:    branchlets  coated  with  dense  yellowish  brown 
tomentum:  winter-buds  globose-ovate,  long  acuminate: 
Ivs.  straight,  dark  green  on  back,  bluish  white  inside, 
2-3^  in.  long:    cones   short-peduncled,  ovate,  obtuse, 
light   brown,  2%-3%   in.   long;    scales   broadly   ovate, 
rounded  at  apex,  apophysis  much  broader  than  high: 
seed  V*  in.  long.   M.  European,  Alps  to  N.  Russia  and  N. 
Asia.     G.C.  II.  17:80,  81;  III.  24:459.     Gn.  19,  p.  369; 
28,  p.  175,  182.    Gt.  45,  p.  205. -Handsome  hardy  Pine 
of  slow  growth   and   symmetrical  habit  when  young. 
Var.  Sibirica,  Loud.,  has  shorter  Ivs.  and  longer  cones, 
and  is  of  narrower  habit  and  more  vigorous  growth. 
Var.  pfcmila,  Pall.    See  P.  pumila  in  suppl.  list. 

II.  PINASTER. 
3.  Gerardiance. 

11.  Bungeana,  Zucc.   LACE  BARK  PINE.  WHITE  BARK 
PINE.     Tree,  to  80  or  100  ft.,  with  long  and  slender 
branches :  bark  flaky,  light  gray :  young  branches  gray- 
ish green,  glabrous:  Ivs.  rigid,  acute,  light  green,  2-4 
in.  long:  cones  almost  sessile,  conic-ovate,  light  yellow- 


1822.   Pinus  edulis  (X  %). 


ish  brown,  2-3  in.  long;  apophysis  much  broader  than 
high,  ridged,  with  a  triangular  pointed  and  recurved 
umbo:  seed  dark  brown,  with  narrow  wing,  %-%  in. 
long.  N.  China.  G.C.  II.  18:9.—  Hardy  slow-growing 
tree  of  bushy  habit  in  cultivation  and  with  rather  sparse 
light  green  foliage. 


1352 


PINUS 


4.   Cembroides. 


12.  Parry  ana,  Engelm.  (P.quadrifdlia, 
Sudw.).   NUT  PINE.    PINNON.  Tree,  to  40 
ft., with  stout,  spreading  branches,  form- 
ing a  regular  pyramid  but  usually  round- 
topped  and  irregular  in  old  age:  branch- 
lets    puberulous,    light    grayish    brown: 
Ivs.  3-5,  usually  4,  rigid,  incurved,  pale 
glaucous   green,   !%-!%  in.  long:    cone 
subglobose,    l%-2    in.    broad,    chestnut- 
brown,  lustrous  ;   apophysis  thick,  pyra- 
midal, conspicuously  keeled;  umbo  with 
minute  recurved  prickle:    seed  about  % 
in.  long.    Calif.    S.S.  11:549. -Not  hardy 
north. 

13.  6dulis,  Engelm.     NUT  PINE.    Fig. 
1822.    Small  tree,  10-20  or  occasionally  to  40 
ft.,  with  horizontal  branches,  bushy  when 
young,  with  low,  round-topped  head  in  old 
age:  branchlets  light  yellowish  brown,  pu- 
berulous at  first:  Ivs.  2-3,  rigid,  dark  green, 
/4-l%  in.  long:  cones  almost  sessile,  broadly 
ovate,  greenish  yellow,  lustrous,  about  1% 
in.  long  ;    apophysis    pyramidal,    strongly 
keeled  ;    umbo   with  minute  recurved  tip: 
seed  %  in.  long,  with  narrow  wing  remain- 
ing attached  to  the  scale.     Colo,  to   North 
Mex.  and  Tex.    S.S.  11:552. -Hardy  as  far 
north   as    Mass.,    forming  a   slow-growing 
and  compact  bush.    The  seeds  are  an   im- 
portant article  of  food  among  the  Indians. 

14.  monophylla,  Torr.  &  Frem.    (P.  Fre- 
monti&na,  Endl.).  Tree,  15-20,  occasionally 
to  50  ft.,  similar  to  the  preceding:  branch- 
lets   light   orange,    glabrous:    Ivs.   usually 
solitary,   sometimes  2,  terete,   rigid,    spin- 
escent,    glaucous    green,    %-!%   in.    long; 
cones    broadly   ovate,    light    brown,    l%-2 
in.   long;    apophysis   depressed-pyramidal, 
ridged,  the  flattened  umbo  with  a  minute 
incurved    tip:  seed    %   in.  long.    Calif,  to 
Colo,  and  Ariz.    S.S.  11:  551.    G.C.  II.  20: 
44:  26:137.— Of  slow  growth,  hardy  as  far 
north  as  Mass.    The  solitary  leaf  has  been 
believed  to  consist  of  two  connate  ones,  but 
this  is  certainly  not  the  case,  as  the  one 
nbro-vascular  bundle  plainly  shows. 

5.  Balfouriance. 

15.  Balfouriana,  Jeffrey.   FOXTAIL   PINE. 
Tree,  to  40,  occasionally  90  ft.,  narrow  pyr- 
amidal when  young,  irregular  and  open  in 
old  age:  branchlets  dark  brown,  puberulous 
at  first:  Ivs.  crowded,  incurved  and  pressed 
against    the    branches,    rigid,    acute,    dark 
green  on  the  back,  white  inside,  1-1%  in. 
long,  remaining  for  10  or  12  years   on  the 
branches  ;    cones   pendulous,   subcylindric, 
dark  purplish  brown,  3%-5  in.  long;  apophy- 
sis flattened,  the  concave  oblong  umbo  with 
minute   incurved  prickle:  seed  /<$  in.  long, 
Calif.    S.S.  11:553. -Not  hardy  north.    Var. 
aristata,  Engelm.  (P.  arist&ta,  Engelm.). 
Bushy  tree,  occasionally  to  50  ft.,  sometimes 
a    semi  -  prostrate    shrub  :     branchlets    of 
lighter  color  and  almost  glabrous:  Ivs.  with 
less  conspicuous  white  lines  inside :    cones 
cylindric-ovate,   3-3%   in.   long;   apophysis 
elevated  ;    umbo  with  a   slender   incurved 
spine  to  ^  in.  long.   Calif,  to  Utah  and  Ariz. 
S.S.  11:554.      G.C.  III.   20:719.-Hardy  as 
far  north  as  Mass. ;   in  cultivation  usually 
a  handsome   low,  bushy   shrub  of   distinct 
habit:    Ivs.  often   sprinkled  with   resinous 
dots. 

6.  Pseudostrobi. 

16.  Torreyana,   Parry.     SOLEDAD    PINE. 
Tree,  to  40  or  occasionally  to  60  ft.,  with 
spreading     and     sometimes     ascending 
branches:   branchlets  greenish  or  purplish, 

bloomy,  glabrous:  Ivs.  rigid,  dark  green,  8-    ot^^ZmblXiana. 
13    in.  long:    cones   broadly  ovate,  4-6   in.    pzlustris,  radiata.   (X  1-5.) 


1823.    Cones  of  Pines. 
Beginning  at  the  top :    P. 


PINUS 

long,  chocolate-brown  ;  apophysis  low- 
pyramidal,  umbo  elongated  and  reflexed 
with  short  spiny  tip:  seeds  %  in.  long, 
short-winged.  S.Calif.  8.8.11:557,558. 
—  Rarely  cult. ;  not  hardy  north. 

7.   Twdce. 

17.  Sabiniana,   Dougl.     DIGGER  PINE. 
BULL  PINE.     Tree,  to  50  or  occasionally 
80  ft.,  usually  divided  into  several  stems, 
with  short  crooked  branches,  the  lower 
ones  pendent,  the  upper  ones  ascending, 
forming  a  round-topped  head:    Ivs.  slen- 
der, flexible,  pale  bluish  green,  8-12  in. 
long:  cones  pendent  on  about  2-in.  long 
stalks,    oblong-ovate,    light    red-brown, 
6-10  in.  long  ;    apophysis  pyramidal, 
sharply  keeled,  flattened  at  the  straight  or 
incurved  apex,  the  lower  scales  with  much 
recurved  apex:    seeds    %   in.    long,    short- 
winged.    Calif.    8.8.11:569.  G.C.  111.4:43; 
5:45.  F.S.  9:964.— Not  hardy  north.  Distinct 
Pine  of   loose  habit  and  with   sparse  pale 
foliage.    The  seeds  are  edible. 

18.  Cdulteri,  Don  (P.  macrocdrpa ,  Lindl. ) . 
PITCH  PINE.   Fig.  1823.    Tree,  to  80  ft.,  with 
stout  branches,  pendulous   below   and   as- 
cending above,  forming  a  loose  pyramidal 
head  :    winter-buds  oblong-ovate,  resinous: 
Ivs.   stout,   acuminate,   dark  bluish  green, 
6-12  in.  long:  cones  short-stalked,  pendent, 
cylindric-ovate,  yellowish  brown,   9-14    in. 
long;    apophysis  elongated-pyramidal,  nar- 
rowed   into    the   compressed    spiny- tipped 
straight  or  incurved  umbo:  seed  %  in.  long. 
Calif.     S.S.   11:571,   572.     G.C.  II.   23:409, 
413  ;    III.   4: 765. -Not  hardy  north.      Old 
trees  are  often  very   picturesque  and  the 
large  cones  are  conspicuous  and  ornamental. 

19.  J6ffreyi,   Murray  (P.  ponderosa,  var. 
Jeffreyi,  Vasey).    JEFFREY'S   PINE.     Tree, 
to  120  or  occasionally  to  180  ft.,  with  short 
spreading  or  often  pendulous  branches,  the 
uppermost  ascending,  forming  an  open  pyr- 
amidal  and    sometimes   narrow  spire  -  like 
head  :     young     branches    fragrant     when 
broken  :  winter-buds  oblong-ovate,  not  res- 
inous: Ivs.  stout,  acute,  pale  bluish  green, 
5-8  in.  long:  cones  conic-ovate,  light  brown, 
6-12  in.  long;  apophysis  depressed,  keeled; 
umbo   elongated   into   a    slender   recurved 
spine :  seed  about  %  in.  long.  Ore.  to  Calif. 
S.S.  11:562,    563.     G.C.   II.    22:813;    III. 
5:361,  369.    G.F.  5: 185. -Distinct  and  orna- 
mental   Pine   of    symmetrical    habit   when 
young,  hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass.    Among 
the  hardier  species  this  Pine  has  the  long- 
est Ivs. 

20.  ponderdsa,  Dougl.  (P.  SentJiamiAna , 
Hartw.).  YELLOW  PINE.    BULL  PINE.  Figs. 
1807-9.    Tree,  to  150,  occasionally  to  230  ft., 
with  stout  spreading  and  often  pendulous 
branches  usually  ascending  at  the  ends  and 
forming  a  narrow,  spire-like  head:  branch- 
lets  reddish  brown,  fragrant  when  broken : 
winter-buds  oblong-ovate  or  ovate,  resinous : 
Ivs.  acute,  dark  green,  5-11  in.  long:  cones 
almost  sessile,  often  in  clusters,  ovate-ob- 
long, light  reddish  or  yellowish  brown  and 
lustrous,  3-6  in.  long;  apophysis  depressed- 
pyramidal  or  flattened,  with  a  broadly  tri- 
angular umbo  terminated  by  a  stout,  usu- 
ally recurved  prickle  ;    lower  scales   with 
more   elongated   apex  :    seed   %   in.    long. 
Brit.   Col.  to  Mex.,  east  to  Neb.  and  Tex. 
S.S.  11:560,  561.    G.  F.  8:395.    G.C.   III.   8: 
557,  561,  569. -One  of  the  tallest  and  most 
important    Pines    of   the    western    states. 
Hardy  as  far  north   as  New  York,  and  in 
sheltered  positions  to  Mass.    Var.  p6ndula, 
H.W.  Sarg.,  has   drooping  branches.   Var. 
scopuldrum,    Engelm.    (P.   scopulbrum, 
Lemm.),  is  a  geographical  var.,  smaller  in 


PIN  US 


PINUS 


1353 


every  part:  usually  to  75  ft.  high:  Ivs.  5-7  in.  long, 
sometimes  in  2's :  cones  smaller,  ovate.  S.  Dakota  to  N. 
Mex.  and  Tex.  S.S.  11:564.  G.C.  II.  9: 797. -Somewhat 
hardier  than  the  type. 


1824.  Pinus  riglda  (X  %). 


21.  T«da,  Linn.    LOBLOLLY  PINE.    OLD  FIELD  PINE. 
FRANKINCENSE  PINE.    Tree,  to  100,  occasionally  to  170 
ft.,  with  spreading  branches,  the  upper  ascending,  form- 
ing a  compact,  round-topped  head :  branchlets  yellowish 
brown,  sometimes  slightly  bloomy:  winter-buds  oblong, 
resinous :  Ivs.  slender  but  stiff,  acute,  bright  green,  6-9 
in.  long:   cones  sessile,  spreading,  conic-oblong,  light 
reddish  brown,  3-5  in.  long;  apophysis  flattened  or  de- 
pressed-pyramidal; umbo  small,  with  short,  triangular, 
recurved  spine,  lower  scales  not  elongated:  seed  %  in. 
long.   Del.  to  Fla.  and  Tex.    S.S.  11:577,  578. -Not  hardy 
north  and  rarely  cult,  for  ornament. 

22.  Cub6nsis,    Griseb.    (P.    JieteropJiylla,    Sudw.     P. 
Ellioitii,    Engelm.).       SLASH    PINE.      SWAMP    PINE. 
Tree,   to   100   or   120  ft.,  with   horizontally   spreading 
branches   forming  a  round-topped  broad  and  compact 
head:  branchlets  orange-brown:  winter-buds  cylindric, 
light  brown:  Ivs.  dark  green  and  lustrous,  acute,  in  3's 
and  2's,  8-12  in.  long,  with  internal  resin-ducts:  cones 
short-peduncled,  conic-oblong,  dark  brown  and  glossy, 
3-6/<2  in.  long;  apophysis  flattened,  keeled;  umbo  small, 
with  minute  recurved  prickles :  seed  %-K  in.  long.   Ga. 
to  Fla.,  near  the  coast.     S.S.  11:591,  592.  — Handsome 
Pine,  with  compact  broad  head,  hardy  only  south. 

23.  palustris,    Mill.    (P.   anstrdlis,   Michx.).     LONG- 
LEAFED  PINE.    SOUTHERN  PINE.    Fig.  1823.  Tree,  to  100 
or   120   ft.    with   ascending   branches   forming  an  ob- 
long open  head :  branchlets  orange-brown ;  winter-buds 
whitish,  oblong:  Ivs.  crowded,  forming  tufts  at  the  end 
of  branchlets,  dark  green,  8-18  in.  long,  with  internal 
resin-ducts:  cones  almost  sessile,  cylindric,  dull  brown, 
6-10  in.  long;  apophysis  flattened;   umbo  dark  brown, 
with  triangular,  reflexed  short  spines:  seed  almost  %  in. 
long.  Va.  and  Fla.,  to  Miss,  along  the  coast.   S.S.  11:589, 
590.  G.F.  10:115.— Very  important  timber  tree,  but  rarely 
planted  for  ornament;  hardy  only  south     Branches  are 
imported  in  great  quantities  into  the  northern  cities  in 
midwinter  and  used  for  decorations  on  account  of  their 
large,  handsome  foliage. 

24.  Canari6nsis,  C.  Sm.    Tree,  to  80  ft.,  with  slender 
branches  forming  a  broad,  round-topped  head :  branch- 
lets  yellowish:  Ivs.  slender,  spreading  and  pendulous, 
light  green  and  lustrous,  9-12  in.  long,  with  parenchy- 
matous  resin-ducts:  cones  cylindric-ovate,  4-8  in.  long; 
apophysis    low -pyramidal,    irregularly   4 -sided,    light 
brown  and  glossy,  with  obtuse  umbo:  seed  %  in.  long. 
Canary  Isl.    G.C.  III.  3:721. -Handsome  Pine,  cult,  in 
Calif,  and  in  colder  regions,  sometimes  in  the  green- 
house. 

25.  longifdlia,  Lamb.  (P.  R6xburgU,  Sarg.).    Tree, 
to  100  ft.  or  more,  with  round-topped  symmetrical  head: 
branchlets  light  yellow  brown :  winter-buds  oblong,  light 


chestnut-brown,  not  resinous:  Ivs.  slender,  pendulous, 
light  green,  8-12  in.  long,  with  peripheral  resin-ducts: 
cones  short-stalked,  conic-ovate,  4-7  in.  long;  apophysis 
elongated  -  pyramidal,  compressed,  more  or  less  re- 
curved; umbo  obtuse:  seed  %-l  in.  long.  Himal.  — Im- 
portant forest  tree  in  its  native  country.  Not  hardy 
north,  but  cult,  in  Calif.  Very  decorative  as  a  young 
plant,  with  its  long  drooping  light  green  foliage. 

26.  tuberculata,  Gord.  (P.  attenudita,  Lemm.).    KNOB- 
CONE  PINE.     Tree,  usually  20,  occasionally  to  100  ft., 
with  slender  horizontal  branches  ascending  at  the  ends, 
forming   a   broad   pyramid,    with   open,    round-topped 
head  in  old   age:    bark  thin,    scaly:    young  branches 
slender,  dark  orange-brown:  winter-buds  oblong-ovate, 
dark  brown :  Ivs.  slender,  acuminate,  pale  yellowish  or 
bluish  green,  3-7,  usually  4-5  in.  long:   cones    short- 
stalked,  usually  in  clusters,  elongated-conical,  3%-6  in. 
long,  upper  scales  with  pyramidal  apex;   umbo  promi- 
nent, sharply  pointed  and  recurved,  lower  scales  with 
depressed  apex  and  small  prickly  umbo:   seed  %   in. 
long.    Ore.  to  Calif.    8.8.11:575,576.    G.C.  II.  24:784, 
785.    F.S.  5,  p.  517c.  — Of  little  ornamental  value  and  not 
hardy  north.     Usually  a  bushy  tree  with    sparse   dull 
foliage. 

27.  radiata,  Gord.    (P.  insignis,  Dougl.  P.  Monterey- 
tnsis,Hort.).    MONTEREY  PINE.    Fig.  1823.    Tree,  to  80 
or  100  ft.,  with  stout,  spreading  branches   forming  an 
irregular   open,   round-topped   head:    bark  thick,   fur- 
rowed: branchlets  brown:  buds  ovate,  bright  chestnut- 
brown:   Ivs.  acute,  bright  green,  4-6  in.    long:  cones 
short-stalked,  conic-ovate,  upper  scales  with  elevated, 
rounded,   almost   hemispherical  and  obscurely  keeled 
apex;  umbo  small,  with  minute  straight  or  recurved 
prickle,  lower  scales  with  almost  flattened  apex:  seed 
black,  %  in.  long.     S.  Calif.     S.S.  11:573,  574.     F.S.  6, 

&44.     G.C.  III.  9:336,  341.     Gn.  36,  p.  47;  49,  p.  312.- 
andsome  species  with  bright  green  foliage  and  of  rapid 
growth  and  bushy  habit  when  young;  valuable  for  sea- 
side planting.    Not  hardy  north. 

28.  rlgida,  Mill.    PITCH  PINE.    Figs.  1813,  1824-1827. 
Tree,  to  80  ft.,  with  horizontally  spreading  branches 
forming  an  open,  irregular  pyramid  :   branchlets  light 
brown :    winter-buds  ovate  or    ovate-oblong,  chestnut- 
brown:  Ivs.  stiff  and  spreading,  acuminate,  dark  green, 


1825.  Pinus  rigida.  with  young  cones  (X 


2-5  in.  long:  cones  almost  sessile,  often  in  clusters, 
ovate,  light  brown,  2-4  in.  long;  apophysis  little  ele- 
vated; umbo  triangular,  ending  in  a  slender,  recurved 
prickle :  seed  dark  brown,  K  in.  long.  New  Brunswick 
to  Ga.,  west  to  Ontario  and  Ky.  S.S.  11:579.  G.F, 
4:402;  10:195.  Gn.  31,  p.  128,  132.  M.D.G.  1896:301.- 


1354 


PINUS 


PINUS 


Hardy  Pine  of  rapid  growth  when  young  and  easily 
raised  from  seed;  grows  on  dry  and  sterile  soil.  As  an 
ornamental  plant  it  may  be  used  on  dry  and  rocky 
slopes,  where  it  becomes  often  very  picturesque  when 


1826.  Pinus  rigida,  recent  cone  (X  %). 

older.     It  sprouts  readily  from  stumps  if  cut  down  or 
destroyed  by  fire. 

8.  Lariciones. 

29.  echinata,  Mill.  (P.  mltis,  Michx.).     SPRUCE  PINE. 
YELLOW  PINE.   Tree,  to  100  or  120  ft.,  with  slender  often 
pendulous  branches  in  regular  whorls :  winter-buds  ob- 
long-ovate,  brown:    Ivs.    slender,   acute,   dark  bluish 
green,   sometimes    in  3's,  3-5  in.  long  :    cones   short- 
stalked  or  almost  sessile,  conic-oblong,  dull  brown,  1%- 
2  in.  long;  apophysis  flattened  ;  umbo  little  elevated, 
with  short  straight   or  curved  prickle:  seeds  one-fifth 
to  y±  in.  long.    N.  Y.  to  Fla.,  west  to  111.  and  Tex.    S.S. 
11:587. —Handsome  tree,  with  broad,  oval   head,  hardy 
as  far  north  as  Mass. 

30.  Virginiana,  Mill.  (P.  inops,  Ait.).     SCRUB  PINE. 
JERSEY  PINE.   Tree,  to  40,  or  sometimes  to  100  ft.,  with 
slender  horizontal  or  pendulous  branches  in  remote  and 
irregular  whorls,  forming  a   broad,  open  pyramid   or 
sometimes  flat-topped :  winter-buds  oblong,  dark  brown : 
Ivs.  stiff,  twisted,  spreading,  acutish,  lK-2%  in.  long: 
cones    conic-oblong,  reddish   brown,   l%-2%  in.  long; 
apophysis  little  elevated,  with  a  broad,  depressed-pyra- 
midal umbo  ending   in  a  short  recurved  prickle:  seed 

pale  brown,  %  in.  long.  N.Y.  to 
S.  C.,  west  to  Ky.  and  Ind.  S.S. 
11:581.— Hardy  as  far  north  as 
Mass.,  but  of  little  ornamental 
merit.  Valuable  in  the  Middle 
States  for  covering  dry  and  bar- 
ren soil. 

31.  divaricata,  Dum.-Cours.(P. 
Banksidna,  Lamb.).  Tree,  to  70 
ft.,  but  usually  lower  and  some- 
times shrubby,  with  slender, 
spreading  branches,  forming  a 
broad,  open  head  :  branchlets 
yellowish  to  purplish  brown  : 
winter-buds  oblong-ovate,  light 
brown,  very  resinous:  Ivs.  stiff, 
twisted,  spreading,  acute  or  ob- 
tusish,  'dark  or  bright  green, 
about  1  in.  long:  cones  conic-ob- 
long, usually  curved,  pale  yellow- 
brown  and  lustrous,  unarmed,  1K-2  in.  long,  remaining 
on  the  tree  for  12  or  15  years;  apophysis  flattened,  with 
a  transverse  line  and  a  small  dark  obtuse  timbo:  seed 
black,  %  in.  long.  Hudson  bay  to  N.  Y.,  west  to  Minn. 


1827. 

Old  cone  of  Pitch  Pine 
—Pinus  rigida  (X  %). 


S.S.  11:588.  — The  most  northern  of  all  American  Pines- 
and  quite  hardy,  but  not  of  much  ornamental  value. 

32.  elausa,   Sarg.  (P.  inops,   var.  clausa,  Engelm.). 
SAND  PINE.     SPRUCE  PINE.     Figs.  1828,  1829.     Tree,  to 
20,   occasionally    to    70    ft.,  with    slender,    spreading 
brancjaes:   branchlets   red-brown:  winter-buds   oblong, 
obtuse,  nofc  or  little  resinous:  Ivs.  slender  and  flexible, 
acute,  dark  green,  2-3  in.  long:    cones    short-stalked, 
often  oblique  at    the  base,  conic-ovate,  dark  reddish 
brown,  2-3%  in.  long,  remaining  closed  for  3  or  4  years 
after  ripening  and    often  becoming  enveloped   by  th& 
growing  wood  of  the  stem;  apophysis  depressed  pyra- 
midal, conspicuously  keeled;  umbo  with  a  short,  stout 
spine.    Fla.  and  Ala.  near  the  coast.    S.S.  11:582.    G.F. 
5:161.— Little  known  in  cultivation  and  not  hardy  north. 

33.  cont6rta,  Dougl.   (P.  JBoldnderi,  Parl.).     SCRUB 
PINE.     Tree,  to  20,  occasionally  to  30  ft.,  with  rather 
stout   branches    forming    a   round-topped    compact   or 
open  head,  or  a  tree,  to  80  and  occasionally  150  ft.,  with 
a  narrow  pyramidal  head:    branchlets   light  orange  or 
orange-brown:    buds  ovate,  dark  chestnut-brown,  resi- 
nous: Ivs.  stiff,  twisted,  acutish,  dark  green,  1-3%  in. 
long:  cones  ovate  or  conic-ovate,  oblique  at  the  base, 
1-2  in.  long,  light  yellowish  brown  and  lustrous,  scales 
of  the  upper  side  with  elevated,  pyramidal  apex,  the 
dark  umbo  ending  in  a  slender  incurved  spine.     Alaska 
to  Calif.,   west  to   Mont,   and    Colo.- Var.  Bolanderi,. 
Koehne,  the  typical  form,  is  a  low  tree,  with  shorter,. 
1-2-in.  long  Ivs.  and  with  very  oblique  cones,  often  re- 
maining closed  for  several  years  after  maturity.     S.S. 
11:567.     G.C.  II.  19:45.     Var.  Murrayana,  Engelm.  (P. 
Murray  ana ,  Murr.   P.  Soursieri,  Carr. ),  is  the  form  in 
the  Rocky  Mts.,  and  a  taller  tree  of  pyramidal  habit, with 
longer,  l%-3K-in.  long  Ivs.,  less  oblique  cones,  opening, 
usually  soon  after  maturity.    S.S.  11:568.   G.C.  1869:191 
and  R.H.  1869,  p.  278  (as  P.  Tamrac).     R.H.  1854,  p. 
226.    In  cultivation  it  is  usually  a  bushy,  low  tree  and 
seems  hardy  north. 

34.  pungens,  Michx.     TABLE  MOUNTAIN  PINE.     POV- 
ERTY PINE.     Tree,  to   30,  occasionally  to   GO  ft.,  with 
stout  spreading  branches  forming  a  broad,  open,  often, 
flat-topped  head:  branchlets  light  orange:  winter-buds- 
oblong,  obtuse,  dark  chestnut-brown:  Ivs.  stout,  twisted, 
sharply  pointed,  dark  green,  1^-2%  in.  long  :    cones- 
conic-ovate,  oblique  at  the  base,  light  brown,  2%-3%  in. 
long;  apophysis  pyramidal   and   conspicuously  keeled, 
the  conical  elongated  umbo  ending  in  a  stout  curved 
spine:  seed  light  brown,  %  in.  long.    N.  J.  to  N.  C.  and 
Tenn.     S.S.  11:584.— Hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass.,  but 
of  little  ornamental  value. 

35.  muricata,  Don.    PRICKLE-CONE  PINE.    Tree,  to  50, 
occasionally  to  90  ft.,  with   stout,  spreading  branches. 


1828.   Cone  of  Pinus  clausa,  grown  over  by  the  branch  (X%). 

forming  a  regular  pyramid  in  young  trees,  in  old  age 
usually  round-topped  and  compact:  branches  orange- 
brown:  winter-buds  ovate,  dark  brown,  resinous:  Ivs. 
stiff,  usually  twisted,  acute,  dark  green,  4-7  in.  long: 
cones  usually  clustered,  oblong-ovate,  oblique  at  the 
base,  chestnut-brown,  2-3%  in.  long;  scales  of  the  upper 
side  with  elongated  conical  apex  terminated  by  a  dark 
triangular  spiny  umbo,  scales  of  the  lower  side  more 
flattened,  with  slender  straight  spines;  the  cones  usu- 
ally remain  closed  for  several  years  after  maturity; 


PIN  US 


PIN  US 


1355 


seeds  almost  black,  %  in.  long.  Calif.  S.S.  11:585,  586. 
G.P. 10:235.  F.S.  5,  p.517.  G.C.  II.  21:48,  49,  5.'}.- Hand- 
some Pine,  with  regular,  pyramidal  head  ;  not  hardy 
north. 

3G.  Laricio,  Poir.  CORSICAN  PINE.  Tree,  to  100  or 
occasionally  150  ft.,  with  stout,  spreading  branches  in 
regular  whorls  forming  a  symmetrical  pyramid,  in  old 
Age  sometimes  broad  and  flat-topped:  branchlets  usu- 
ally light  brown  :  buds  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  light 
brown,  resinous:  Ivs.  stiff,  acute,  dark  green,  3K-6K 
in.  long:  cones  sessile,  ovate,  yellowish  brown,  glossy, 
usually  2-3 %  in.  long;  apophysis  depressed,  conspicu- 
ously keeled;  umbo  flattened,  obtuse  or  with  a  very  short 
prickle:  seeds  gray,  34  in.  long.  S.  Eu.  to  W.  Asia.— 
Very  variable  and  usually  the  following  4  vars.  are 
distinguished  :  Var.  Austriaca,  Endl.  (var.  nlgricans, 
Parl.  P.  Austriaca,  Hoss.  P.  nlgra,  Hort.).  AUSTRIAN 
PIKE.  Pigs.  1814,  1830.  Tall  tree,  with  broadly  ovate 
head  and  very  dark  green,  rigid  foliage:  branchlets 
grayish  brown.  S.E.  Eu.,  from  Austria  to  Dalmatia 
and  Roumania.  Gn.  19,  p.  477;  38,  p.  113.  Mn.  10,  p.  170. 
R.H.  1894,  p.  271.  Var.  Calabrica,  Delam.  Tall  tree,  with 
shorter  ascending  branches  forming  a  narrower,  less 
dense  head  :  Ivs.  of  lighter  green :  branchlets  light 
brown.  Italy,  Sicily.  Gn.  27,  p.  321;  29,  p.  104;  36,  p. 
523;  52,  p.  219.  G.C.  II.  21:15;  III.  4:693,  705.  Var. 
Pallasiana,  Endl.  Tall  tree,  with  long  and  stout 
branches:  Ivs.  dark  green  and  glossy:  cones  light 
brown,  about  4  in.  long.  W.  Asia.  G.C.  II.  20:785; 
21:481.  Var.  Cebennensis,  Gren.  &  Godr.  (P.  Sdlzmanni, 
Dun.  P.  Monspeli6nsis,  Salzm.  P.  Pyrenaica,  Hort., 
not  Lapeyr.  P.  Cebennensis,  Hort.  P.  horizontalis, 
Hort.).  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  branchlets  orange-colored: 
Ivs.  slender,  to  6%  in.  long  :  cones  small,  about  2  in. 
long.  Var.  pygmaea,  Rauch.  Dwarf,  dense,  bushy  form. 
The  first-named  var.  is  the  hardiest  and  hardy  north, 
while  the  others  are  at  least  hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass. 
They  are  of  rapid  growth  and  conspicuous  by  their 
large,  dark  green  foliage.  Var.  Cebennensis  is  espe- 
cially very  handsome  as  a  young  plant,  with  its  long, 
•dense  leaves. 

37.  Pinaster,  Ait.  (P.  maritima,  Poir.).  CLUSTER 
PINE.  Tree,  to  100  ft.,  with  spreading  or  sometimes 
pendulous  branches  forming  a  pyramidal  head :  branch- 
lets  bright  reddish  brown:  buds  oblong-oval,  brown,  not 
resinous:  Ivs.  stiff,  acute,  usually  twisted,  glossy  green, 
5-9  in.  long:  cones  short-peduncled,  clustered,  conic- 
oblong,  light  brown  and  glossy,  4-7  in.  long;  apophysis 
pyramidal,  conspicuously  keeled  with  prominent  tri- 
angular, acute  umbo:  seed  grayish  brown,  %  in.  long. 
S.  Eu.,  near  the  coast.  Gn.  14,  p.  20.  — Handsome  Pine 
of  regular,  pyramidal  habit  and  rapid  growth,  but  not 
hardy  north.  In  England  it  is  much  used  for  seaside 
planting  and  the  vars.  Hamilton!,  Parl., 
var.  Lemoniana,  Endl.,  and  var.  minor, 
Loisel.,  are  occasionally  cult,  in  English 
gardens. 


Several  horticultural  vars.  have  been  introduced  from 
Japan:  one  of  the  most  distinct  is  var.  Oculus-draconis, 
Mayr,  each  leaf  beiiiir  marked  with  2  yellow  bands  and 
therefore  the  tufts  of  the  Ivs.  at  the  end  of  the  branches 


1829.    Cone  of  Pinus  clausa.    Natural  size. 

38.  Thiinbergi,  Parl.  (P.  Massonidna,  Sieb.  &  Zucc., 
not  Lamb.).  JAPANESE  BLACK  PINE.  Tree,  to  100  ft.  or 
occasionally  120  ft.,  with  spreading,  often  somewhat 
pendulous  branches,  forming  a  broad,  pyramidal  head: 
branchlets  orange  -  yellow,  the  winter  buds  oblong, 
grayish  or  silvery  white  :  Ivs.  stiff,  sharply  pointed, 
bright  green,  3-4%  in.  long:  cones  short-stalked,  conic- 
>vate,  grayish  brown,  2-3  in.  long;  apophysis  flattened, 
'ith  small,  depressed  umbo,  obtuse  or  with  a  minute 
prickle:  seed  grayish  brown,  %  in.  long.  Japan.  G.C. 
.23:345.  S.Z.  2: 113.  -Handsome  tree  and  hardy  north. 


1830.  Austrian  Pine— Pinus  Laricio,  var.  Austriaca  (X  %). 

if  seen  from  above,  show  alternate  yellow  and  green 
rings,  hence  the  name  Oculus-draconis  (dragon-eye). 
Var.  variegata  has  the  Ivs.  partly  yellow  or  occasionally 
wholly  yellowish  white.  There  are  also  similar  forms  in 
P.  densi flora,  which  may  be  distinguished  by  the  brown 
color  of  the  winter  buds. 

9.  Sylvestres. 

39.  Pinea,  Linn.  STONE  PINE.  Tree,  to  80  ft.,  with 
long,  horizontally  spreading  branches  forming  in  older 
trees  a  broad,  flat-topped  head:  branchlets  pale  brown: 
buds  with  revolute  scales,  oblong-ovate,  not  resinous: 
Ivs.  rigid,  acute,  bright  green,  5-8  in.  long:  cones  broadly 
ovate,  chestnut-brown,  4-5%  in.  long  ;  apophysis  de- 
pressed-pyramidal, radiately  ridged;  umbo  flat,  obtuse: 
seed  reddish-brown,  %  in.  long,  edible.  S.  Eu.  G.C.  II 
20:45;  III.  4:604,  605.  Gn.  27,  p.  245-247;  50,  p.  460.- 
Tree  of  picturesque  habit,  with  a  trunk  usually  desti- 
tute of  branches  for  a  considerable  height 
and  with  a  wide-spreading  parasol-like  head. 
Not  hardy  north;  in  warmer  regions  often 
cultivated  for  its  edible  seeds. 

40.  resindsa,  Ait.  RED  PINE.  NORWAY 
PINE.  Tree,  to  70,  occasionally  to  150  ft., with 
stout  spreading  and  sometimes  pendulous 
branches  forming  a  broad  pyramidal  head 
when  young  and  an  open  round-topped  one 
in  old  age:  branchlets  orange-color:  buds 
ovate,  acuminate,  light  brown,  resinous:  Ivs. 
slender  and  flexible,  acute,  dark  green  and 
lustrous,  4-6  in.  long :  cones  subsessile, 
conic-ovate,  light  brown,  I%-2%  in.  long  ; 
apophysis  flattened,  conspicuously  keeled, 
obtuse,  with  small  dark  unarmed  umbo ;  seeds  dark 
brown,  %  in.  long.  Newfoundland  to  Manitoba,  south 
to  Pa.  and  Minn.  S.S.  11:550,551.  A. G.  12:645. -One 
of  the  most  ornamental  Pines  for  northern  parks,  quite 
hardy  and  of  vigorous  growth.  Lumber  tree. 

41.  Halep6nsis,  Mill.  ALEPPO  PINE.  Tree,  to  60  ft., 
with  short  branches  forming  an  open,  round-topped 
head:  branchlets  slender,  yellowish  or  light  greenish 
brown:  winter-buds  small,  cylindric,  not  resinous:  Ivs. 
sometimes  in  3's,  slender,  bluish  or  dark  green,  2%-4 
in.  long:  cones  conic-ovate  or  conic-oblong,  yellowisk 


1356 


PINUS 


P1NUS 


brown,  unarmed,  2%-3/<2  in.  long;  apophysis  flattened, 
with  a  transversal  line  and  a  little  or  not  elevated 
obtuse  umbo:  seed  %  in.  long.  Mediterranean  region. 
G.  C.  II.  22:553;  III.  3:629.-Not  hardy  north  and  of  little 
ornamental  value,  but  recommended  for  seaside  plant- 
ing. Trunk  usually  slender  and  destitute  of  branches 
for  a  considerable  height:  foliage  thin  and  sparse,  in 
tufts  at  the  end  of  branchlets.  Var.  Pithyusa,  Stev.,  is 
a  smaller  tree  with  slenderer  branches,  longer  Ivs.  and 
smaller  cones.  W.  Asia. 

42.  Masspniana,  Lamb.   (P.  Sinensis,  Lamb.).    Tree, 
to  80  ft.,  with  slender,  spreading  branches:  branchlets 
yellowish   brown:    Ivs.   very   slender   and    thin,    light 
green,  5-8  in.  long:  cones  oblong-ovate  or  ovate,  dull 
brown,  2-3  in.  long;  apophysis  flattened,  slightly  keeled, 
with  a  small,  flat,  unarmed  umbo:   seed  1-5  in.  long. 
China. — Not  hardy  north  and  rarely  cult.    Often  con- 
founded with  P.  Thunbergi  and  P.  densiflora. 

43.  densiflora,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.     JAPANESE  RED  PINE. 
Tree,  to  100  ft.,  with  spreading  branches  forming  an 
irregular,  rather  broad  head :  branchlets  orange-yellow, 
bloomy:     buds     oblong -ovate,    chestnut -browns  Ivs. 
slender,    acute,   bright  bluish   green,    2%-5  in.   long: 
cones   short  -  stalked,  conic  -  ovate   to   oblong,    grayish 
brown,  somewhat  oblique  at  the  base,  about  2  in.  long; 
apophysis    flattened    and   slightly  ridged,   those   near 
the  base  sometimes  elongated ;  umbo  small,  with  a  short 
prickle  or  obtuse:  seed  grayish  yellow,  %  in.  long.   Jap. 
S.Z.  2:112.  —  Ornamental  hardy  tree,  rapidly  growing 
when  young,  often  very  picturesque  when  older.    Many 
garden  forms  are  cult,  in  Japan,  several  of  them  with 
variegated  Ivs.    The  best  are  perhaps  var.  aurea,  Mayr, 
with  yellow  foliage;  var.  albp-terminata,  Mayr,  with  the 
tips  of  the  Ivs.  yellowish  white,  and  var.  Oculus  draconis, 
Mayr,  like  var.  variegata,  Mayr,  similar  to  the  vars.  of 
the  same  name  under  P.  Thunbergi. 

44.  sylv6stris,  Linn.  SCOTCH  or  SCOTS  PINE.  Fig.  1831. 
Tree,  to  70  or  occasionally  120  ft.,  with  spreading,  often 
somewhat  pendulous  branches,  pyramidal  when  young, 
with  broad  and  round-topped  often  picturesque  head  in 
old  age:  branchlets  dull  grayish  yellow:   winter-buds 
oblong-ovate,  brown,  resinous:  Ivs.  rigid,  acute,  twisted, 
bluish    green,    1K-3   in.    long:    cones    short  -  stalked, 
conic-oblong,    grayish   or   reddish   brown,    l%-2%   in. 
long;  apophysis  little  thickened,  slightly  keeled,  only 
those  near  the  base  elongated;  umbo  small,  obtuse:  seed 
dark  gray,  1-6  in.  long.    Eu.  to  W.  and  N.  Asia.    Gn.  36, 
p.  167;  38,  p.  455;  49,  p.  296. -One  of  the  most  impor- 
tant timber  trees  of  Europe.    It  is  quite  hardy,  but  has 
little  to  recommend  it  as  an  ornamental  tree.     Several 
geographical  and  garden  forms  have  been  distinguished. 
Var.  argentea,  Stev.    Foliage  light  bluish  green,  with 
silvery  hue.     Var.  aurea,  Hort.,  with  the   young  Ivs. 
golden    yellow.     Var.    colunmaris    compacta,    Bailly. 


45.  montana,  Mill.  Swiss  MOUNTAIN  PINE.  Very  vari- 
able in  habit,  usually  low,  often  prostrate  shrub,  some- 
times pyramidal  tree  to  40  ft.,  similar  to  the  preceding; 
branchlets  usually  of  darker,  brownish  color:  Ivs.  bright 
green,  acutish,  stout,  crowded,  %-2  in.  long:  cones  ovate 
or  conic-ovate,  %-2%  in.  long;  apophysis  often  pyra- 
midal; umbo  light  gray,  surrounded  by  a  blackish  ring. 


1831.  Scotch  Pine— Pinus  sylvestris  (X 


Dwarf,  dense,  columnar  form.  E.H.  1889,  p.  393.  Var. 
fastigiata,  Carr.  (var.  pyramid&Us ,  Hort.).  Of  pyra- 
midal habit.  N.  3:146.  Var.  p6ndula,  Hort.  With  pen- 
dulous branches.  Var.  pumila,  Hort.  Dwarf  globose 
bush 


1832.  Mugho  Pine— Pinus  montana,  var.  Mughus. 

Mts.  of  M.  Eu.  Gn.  30,  p.  225.  Mn.  5,  p.  49.  — Handsome 
hardy  low  shrub  with  ascending  branches  densely 
clothed  with  bright  green  foliage ;  ornamental  as  single 
specimens  or  for  covering  rocky  slopes  and  as  under- 
growth in  open  woods.  A  very  variable  species  which 
has  been  divided  according  to  the  cones  into  the  follow- 
ing 3  vars.  or  subspecies.  Var.  uncinata,  Willk.  (in- 
cluding var.  rostrdta  arid  rotunddta,  Ant.).  Cone  very 
oblique,  usually  deflexed;  apophysis  pyramidal,  with 
often  reflexed  umbo.  Often  arborescent.  Var.  Pumilio. 
Willk.  (P.  Pumilio,  Hsenke.  P.  Carpdtica,  Hort.). 
Cone  regular,  stfbglobose  to  ovate,  before  maturity 

rucous   and   usually  violet-purple,  ripe  yellowish   or 
k  brown.    Var.  Mughus,  Willk.  (P.  Mughus,  Scop.). 
Fig>   1832.     Cone  regular,   conical  or  conic-oval,  with 
usually  prickly  umbos,  not  bloomy,  yellowish  brown  be- 
fore ripening,  cinnamon-brown  when  ripe. 

P.  Abies,  Linn.=Picea  exeelsa.— P.  albicaulis,  Engelm.  Py- 
ramidal tree,  to  30,  rarely  60  ft.,  sometimes  shrubby:  allied  to 
P.  flexilis:  bark  whitish  or  light  brown:  cones  smaller,  l%-3% 
in.,  subglobose  or  oval,  purplish  brown.  Brit.  Col.  to  Calif,  and 
Wyo.  S.S.  11:548.  G.C.  II. 24:9.  Probably  as  hardy  as  P.  flexi- 
lis.—P.  JJeperms,Poir.=P.Halepensis.— P.  Arizonica,  Engelm. 
Tree,  to  100  ft.,  with  pyramidal  or  open,  round-topped  head: 
allied  to  P.  Torreyana :  Ivs.  shorter,  5-7  in.  long :  cones 
smaller,  2-2%  in.,  with  recurved  spines.  Ariz.  S.S.  11:559.— P. 
Armdndi,  Franch.  Chinese  species,  allied  to  P.  parviflora. 
Young  plants  without  name,  raised  from  Chinese  seed  in  the 
Arnold  Arboretum,  seem  to  belong  here:  similar  in  foliage  to 
P.  Koraiensis,  but  branchlets  glabrous:  Ivs.  3-4%  in.  long,  with 
peripheral  resin-ducts.  Has  proved  hardy  and  promises  to  be- 
come an  ornamental  Pine.— P.  Brittia,  Ten.=P.  Pyrenaica. — 
P.  cembroldes,  Zucc.  (P.  osteosperma,  Engelm.).  Bushy  tree, 
with  round-topped  head,  to  30,  rarely  to  60  ft. :  allied  to  P.  edu- 
lis:  Ivs.  slenderer,  bright  green,  l%-2  in.  long:  cones  somewhat 
larger.  Ariz,  to  Calif .  and  Mex.  S.S.  11:550.  Q-.F.  4:353.  F.S. 
4,  p.  325  b.— P.  Chihuahudna,  Engelm.  Allied  to  P.  ponderosa, 
but  very  distinct  by  its  deciduous  sheaths:  tree,  to  40,  rarely 
60  ft.:  Ivs.  slender,  pale  green,  2%-4  in.  long:  cones  broadly 
ovate,  l%-2  in.,  with  small,  recurved  prickles.  Calif,  to  N.  Mex. 
and  Mex.  S.S.  11:566.  G.F.  8:24.  Tender  and  of  little  orna- 
mental value.— P.  Gerardiana,  D.  Don.  Tree,  to  60  ft.,  with 
broad,  round-topped  head:  allied  to  P.  Bungeana:  Ivs.  bluish 
green,  2%-4  in.  long:  cones  6-9  in.  long,  with  the  tips  of  scales 
reflexed:  seeds  short-winged,  to  1  in.  long,  edible.  Himal.  Not 
hardy  north.— P.  gldbra,  Walt.  CEDAR  PINE.  SPRUCE  PINE. 
Pyramidal  tree,  to  80,  rarely  120  ft.:  allied  to  P.  echinata:  Ivs. 
dark  green,  l%-3  in.  long:  cones  broadly  to  oblong-ovate,  I%- 
2  in.  long.  S.  C.  to  Fla.  and  La.  S.S.  11:583.  Hardy  only  south. 
— P.  Gordonidna,  Hartw.  =  P.  Montezumse.  —  P.  Grenvillece, 
Gord.=Montezum8B.— P.  Heldreichi,  Christ.  Small  tree,  allied 
to  P.  Laricio:  Ivs.  3^4  in.  long:  cone  3  in.  long,  with  impressed 
dull  umbo  furnished  with  a  small  curved  prickle.  Greece.  G.C. 
II.  21:740.— P.  insularis,  Endl.  Tall  tree:  Ivs.  3,  flaccid  and 
very  slender,  7-9  in.  long:  cones  conic-ovate,  2/^-3  in.  long; 
scales  with  low  pyramidal,  sharply  keeled  apex  and  obtuse  or  on 
the  upper  scales  mucronulate  umbo.  Philippine  Islands.  Not 
yet  introduced.— P.  latifolia,  Sarg.  (P.  Mayriana,  Sudw.).  Tree, 
to  60  ft.,  allied  to  P.  ponderosa:  Ivs.  12-15  in.  long  and  1-16  in. 
wide:  cones  oblique  at  the  base,  3-4  in.  long.  Ariz.  S.S.  11:565. 
G.F.  2:496;  8:25.  Not  hardy  north.— P.  latisqudma,  Engelm. 
Allied  to  P.  Parryana:  Ivs.  5,  slender,  l%-2  in.  long:  conea 
peduncled,  cylindric-ovate,  3-4  in.  long;  apophysis  depressed 
and  obtuse.  Mex.  G.C.  II.  18:713.— P.  leucodermis,  Ant.  Tree, 
to  80  ft.,  with  pyramidal  head:  allied  to  P.  Laricio:  bark  light 
gray:  Ivs.  dark  green,  2-4  in.  long:  cones  oblong-ovate,  light 


PINUS 


PIQUERIA 


1357 


grayish  brown,  dull,  about  3  in.  long.  S.  E.  Eu.  Probably  hardy 
north.— P.  Mayridna,  Sudw.=P.  latifolia.  —  P.  macrophylla, 
Lindl.,  not  Carr.=P.  Montezumae.— P.  Montezftrnce,  Lamb.  (P. 
Gordoniaua,  Hartw.  V.  Ureuvilleze,  Gord.  P.  macrophylla, 
Lindl..  not  Carr.).  Tree,  to  80  ft.  and  more:  allied  to  P.  Tor- 
reyana:  Ivs.  slaucous  or  green,  7-16  in.  long:  cones  4-14 in.  long, 
light  brown;  apophysis  depressed  pyramidal,  with  a  short,  re- 
curved spine.  Mex.  G.C.  III.  8:465-467,  475;  15:271,273.  Gn. 
56,  p.  481;  58,  p.  397.  Very  variable  species,  as  the  numerous 
(about  70)  synonyms  show.  Not  hardy  north.— P.  osteosperma, 
Engelm.  =  P.  cembroides. — P.  pdtula,  Schiede.  Allied  to  P. 
Tseda:  tree,  to  80  ft.:  Ivs.  sometimes  4  or  5,  drooping,  light 
green  7-9  in.  long:  cones  oblong-ovate,  oblique,  with  depressed 
knobs,  4  in.  long.  Mex.  G.C.  II.  23:108,  109,  117;  III.  9:435. 
Graceful  tree,  but  not  hardy  north.— P.  pentaphylla,  Mayr. 
Allied  to  P.  parviflora,but  seeds  long-winged,  two-fifths  in.  long: 
Ivs.  stouter  and  longer,  with  conspicuous  white  lines  inside: 
cones  2%-4  in.  long.  Japan.  Probably  as  hardy  as  P.  parvi- 
flora.— P.  Plcea,  Linn.=Abies  Picea.— P.  pumila,  Regel.  (P. 
Cembra,  var.  pumila,  Pall.).  Shrubby,  often  procumbent,  allied 
to  P.  Cembra,  but  resin-ducts  of  Ivs.  peripheral:  Ivs.  l/4~3  in. 
long:  cone  1%  in.  long:  seed  two-fifths  in.  long.  N.  E.  Siberia 
to  Japan.  Hardy.— P.  Pyrendica,  Lapeyr.  (P.  Brutia,  Ten.). 
Tree,  to  50  ft.:  allied  to  P.  Halepensis:  Ivs.  twice  as  long,  5-7 
in.,  bright  green:  cone  oblong,  2-4  in.  long,  with  rugose  de- 
pressed knobs.  S.  Eu.,  W.  Asia.  G.C.  III.  4,  p.  268.  Not  hardy 
north ;  often  confounded  with  P.  Laricio,  var.  Salzmanni, 
from  which  it  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  greenish  to  reddish 
brown  branchlets. — P.  reflexa,  Engelm.=P.  strobiformis. — P. 
serotina,  Michx.  POXD  PINE.  MARSH  PINE.  Tree,  to  50,  occa- 
sionally to  80  ft. ;  allied  to  P.  Taeda:  Ivs.  dark  yellowish  green: 
cones  2%-3  in.  long,  with  slender,  incurved  deciduous  prickles, 
remaining  closed  for  1  or  2  years  after  maturity.  N.  C.  to  Fla. 
S.S.  11:580.  Not  hardy  north.-P.  st.obiformis,  Engelm.  (P. 
reflexa,  Engelm.).  Tree,  to  100  ft.;  allied  to  P.  flexilis:  Ivs.  re- 
motely and  minutely  serrulate  or  almost  entire,  slender,  2%-4 
in.  long:  cones  5-9  in.  long,  with  reflexed  knobs.  Ariz.  S.S. 
11:544,545.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

PlPER(  the  ancient  Latin  name).  Piperacece.  PEPPER. 
A  vast  genus  (probably  600-700  species)  of  both  the  Old 
and  New  Worlds,  mostly  in  the  tropics,  a  few  of  which 
are  in  cultivation  in  this  country  as  greenhouse  foliage 
plants.  In  choice  collections  one  is  likely  to  find  several 
other  species,  but  as  they  seldom  fruit  it  is  very  difficult 
to  determine  their  species.  In  the  following  list  appear 
all  the  names  that  occur  in  the  American  trade.  Piper 
is  an  exceedingly  difficult  genus  to  the  systematist  be- 
cause of  the  great  numbers  of  species,  the  variation  of 
foliage  in  the  same  plant  at  different  epochs,  the  diffi- 
culty of  matching  the  sexes  of  the  same  species,  the 
imperfect  specimens  in  herbaria,  and  the  scarcity  of 
good  studies  of  the  plants  in  the  wild.  In  nearly  all 
cases,  Pipers  are  dioecious.  The  flowers  are  very  minute, 
and  are  borne  beneath  decurrent  bracts  in  slender, 
erect  or  drooping,  axillary  spikes;  perianth  none;  sta- 
mens usually  1-4:  ovary  1-loculed,  with  a  solitary  erect 
ovule.  The  fruit  is  a  small  globular  drupe  or  berry.  The 
leaves  are  alternate,  stipulate,  usually  entire.  Pipers  are 
mostly  climbing  shrubs,  but  some  are  trees  and  some 
herbs.  The  Pepper  of  commerce  is  the  product  of  P. 
nigrum.  For  Red  Pepper  and  Chile  Pepper,  see  Capsi- 
cum and  Pepper. 

Pipers  are  easy  of  cultivation.  Most  of  those  known 
in  our  houses  require  a  warm-house  temperature  and  a 
humid  atmosphere.  Easily  multiplied  by  cuttings  of 
the  firm  wood.  They  are  grown  for  the  decorative  value 
of  their  drooping  or  bushy  sprays. 

A.  Plant  erect  and  bushy. 

excelsum,  Forst.  Glabrous  shrub,  reaching  20  ft.  in 
some  of  its  native  places:  Ivs.  cordate-orbicular  to 
ovate,  stalked,  short-acuminate,  7-9-nerved  from  the 
base,  the  blade  2-4  in.  across:  spikes  solitary  or  in  2's, 
short-peduncled,  the  staminate  ones  2-3  in.  long  and  the 
bracts  peltate,  the  stamens  2  or  3;  pistillate  spikes 
shorter,  the  fls.  with  3  stigmas.  New  Zealand  and  other 
South  Pacific  islands. -Offered  in  Calif.  Lvs.  aromatic. 

AA.  Plant  climbing,  or  drooping  when  not  given  sup- 
port. 

B.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  deciduous. 

Futokadsura,  Sieb.  JAPANESE  PEPPER.  Clinging 
closely  to  walls  by  its  aerial  roots :  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate 
and  acuminate,  cordate  at  base,  glabrous:  fls.  greenish: 
berries  red.  Japan.  — Handsome  plant,  standing  con- 
siderable frost. 


BB.  Lvs.  broadly  ovate  or  roundish,  evergreen. 

nigrnm,  Linn.  BLACK  PEPPER.  Plant  woody  below; 
stem  strong,  terete,  emitting  roots,  tall-climbing,  gla- 
brous: Ivs.  thickish,  stalked,  broadly  ovate-oblong  or 
nearly  orbicular,  the  base  usually  rounded  and  oblique, 
5-9-nerved  above  the  base,  the  nerves  alternate:  fls. 
sometimes  polygamous  but  usually  dioecious:  fr.  glo- 
bose, red.  Old  World  tropics,  but  now  widely  dispersed 
in  warm  countries.  B.M.  3139.  — Occasionally  grown  in 
hothouses,  particularly  amongst  collections  of  economic 
plants.  In  the  wild  it  is  a  strong  climber,  rooting  at  the 
nodes,  sometimes  reaching  20  ft.  in  height.  The  dried 
berries,  which  are  collected  before  ripe,  are  black  and 
wrinkled,  and  constitute  the  Black  Pepper  of  commerce. 
When  the  outer  skin  is  removed  from  the  fruit,  the 
product  is  White  Pepper.  The  commercial  Pepper 
comes  mostly  from  the  eastern  tropics. 

ornatum,  N.  E.  Br.  Climbing,  10-15  ft.  tall,  glabrous, 
rooting  at  nodes:  Ivs.  glabrous  "and  directed  to  one 
side;"  petioles  slender  and  nearly  terete,  the  blade  pel- 
tate, ovate-orbicular,  with  a  short,  rather  blunt  point, 
the  nerves  7  but  not  prominent  above  and  uniting  in 
loops  on  the  margin,  the  upper  surface  of  the  young  Ivs. 
shining  green  and  covered  with  pinkish  spots,  the  old 
Ivs.  duller  and  whiter-spotted.  Celebes. 

metallicum,  Lindl.  Lvs.  thick,  rounded,  handsome 
metallic  green.  Borneo. 

P.  Betle,  Linn.  BETEL  (which  see).  Climb  ing,  nearly  or  quite 
glabrous:  Ivs.  large  and  thick,  ovate-oblpng-acuminate,  usually 
oblique  at  base,  strongly  5-7-nerved:  spikes  often  4-6  in.  long: 
fr.  very  fleshy,  often  cohering  into  a  long-cylindrical  mass. 
Eastern  tropics.  B.M.  3132.  Lvs.  chewed  by  natives,  and  the 
plant  much  cultivated.— P.  Cubeba,  Linn.  (Cubeba  officinalis, 
Raf.).  CUBEB.  Climbing  or  tree-like:  Ivs.  g'abrous,  oval, 
short-acuminate,  obliquely  cordate,  the  upper  ones  smaller 
and  oval-oblong :  fr.  resembling  those  of  P.  nigrum,  but 
stalked.  E.  Indies.  The  fr.  is  employed  in  medicine.— P.  por- 
phyrophyllum,  N.  E.  Br.  (Cissus  porphyrpphylla,  Lindley, 
and  of  horticulturists).  Handsome  climbing  foliage  plant 
with  broadly  cordate-oval  short-pointed  Ivs.  that  are  purple 
beneath  and  bronzy  green  and  pink-spotted  along  the  veins 
above.  Probably  E.  Indies.  F.  S.  14:1491.  R.H.  1883,  p.  560. 
Lowe,  59.— P.  rubronodbsum,  Bull.  Shrub,  with  red-jointed 
roughish  stems  :  Ivs.  cordate-ovate,  somewhat  blistered,  sil- 
very gray,  the  petiole  pubescent.  Colombia.— P.  rubrovenbsum, 
Hort.  Climbing:  Ivs.  cordate-ovate  acuminate,  marked  with 
rose-colored  dots  and  streaks  along  the  veins.  Very  like  P.  or- 
natum. and  perhaps  not  distinct.  Papua.  I.H.  34:33. 

L.  H.  B. 

PIPPERIDGE  s  an  English  name  of  the  Barberry; 
for  Pepperidge,  see  Nyssa. 

PIPSISSEWA.    See  Chimaphitd. 

PIPTADENIA  (Greek,  falling  gland;  referring  to 
the  anther).  Leguminosce .  About  45  species  of  shrubs 
or  trees,  with  or  without  prickles:  Ivs.  bipinnate:  pe- 
duncles axillary,  solitary  or  clustered :  fls.  small,  white, 
sessile,  in  cylindrical  spikes  or  globose  heads ;  petals 
usually  connate  to  the  middle,  valvate  ;  stamens  10, 
free:  pod  straight  or  curved,  flat,  2-valved;  valves  en- 
tire, not  septate  within. 

Cebil,  Griseb.,  from  the  Argentine  Republic,  is  a  fast- 
growing  unarmed  tree,  attaining  60  ft.,  int.  by  Fran- 
ceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. ,  for  its  economic  interest. 
It  is  valued  in  its  native  land  for  tan  bark.  Pinnae  12- 
16-paired ;  Ifts.  24-40-paired :  fls.  white,  in  globose 
heads  about  %  in.  in  diam.  including  the  stamens:  pe- 
duncles %-l  in.  long:  corolla  funnel-shaped,  IK  lines 
long;  stamens  10,  distinct,  long-exserted :  pod  6-8  in. 
long,  8-10  lines  wide,  straight  but  sinuate  between  the 
seeds-  J.  B.  S.  NORTON. 

PIQUERIA  (A.  Piquerio,  Spanish  botanist  of  eigh- 
teenth century).  Compdsitce.  Under  the  name  of  Stevia 
serrata  or  S.  serratifolia,  florists  grow  Piqueria  tri- 
n6rvia,  Cav.  (Fig.  1833),  for  its  small  white  fragrant 
flowers  and  for  bedding.  It  resembles  a  small  Eupa- 
torium  in  foliage  and  flowers.  The  small  heads  are 
borne  in  small  panicled  corymbs,  each  cluster  terminat- 
ing a  siender  axillary  branch  or  peduncle.  The  leaves 
are  opposite,  lanceolate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  serrate- 
dentate,  very  short-stalked.  There  is  a  dwarf,  compact 
form  (var.  nana,  Hort.),  and  also  one  with  broadly 


1358 


PIQUERIA 


PISTIA 


white-edged  leaves  (var.  variegata,  Hort.,  Pig.  1834), 
which  are  much  used  for  bedding  out.  The  Piqueria 
endures  both  sun  and  shade,  and  thrives  with  even  in- 
different treatment.  For  flowers,  it  is  much  prized  in 
winter,  when  delicate  white  sprays  are  not  abundant. 
It  demands  the  general  treatment  given  zonal  gera- 
niums. Prop,  by  cuttings  with  great  ease,  and  begin- 
ning to  bloom  when  only  2  or  3  in.  high.  It  often  blooms 
in  the  cutting-bed.  It  also  grows  readily  from  seeds, 


1833. 

Piqueria  trinervia  (X  %). 

Known  to  florists  as 

Stevia  serrata. 


1834. 

Marginate  form  of  Piqueria 
trinervia. 


which  are  handled  by  seedsmen.  Frequent  pinching 
will  keep  the  plants  within  bounds  and  contribute  to 
floriferousness.  Plants  allowed  to  grow  as  they  will 
soon  become  straggly  and  wiry.  For  winter  bloom  the 
plants  may  be  handled  in  pots  or  grown  in  beds.  A 
stock  of  compact  pot-plants  kept  in  a  cool  corner  is  very 
useful  for  filling  vacancies  in  the  house. 

Piqueria  trinervia  is  native  in  Mexico.  It  is  per- 
ennial. B.  M.  2650.  The  genus  contains  about  10  species 
of  herbs  or  bushes,  all  of  tropical  America.  The  heads 
contain  3-5  whitish  tubular  fls. :  torus  plane  or  convex, 
naked:  pappus  none  or  very  short:  akene  4-5-angled. 

L.  H.  B. 

Usually  the  best  way  to  manage  to  produce  good  flow- 
ering plants  of  Stevia  in  midwinter  is  to  save  a  few 
old  plants  after  the  flowers  are  cut  at  New  Years.  Cut 
off  the  old  stems  5  or  6  inches  above  the  pots  and  stand 
the  plants  in  any  cool  house.  The  plant  .needs  the  cool- 
est house  at  all  times ;  40°  at  night  during  the  winter 
will  grow  it  better  than  a  higher  temperature,  but,  for 
all  that,  it  does  not  endure  the  slightest  frost.  About 
March  1,  these  old  plants  will  have  sent  out  any  num- 
ber of  small  growths  from  the  base  of  the  stems. 
These  root  very  readily  in  a  cool  propagating  house. 
They  should  then  be  grown  along,  first  in  2-  and  after- 
ward in  3-inch  pots,  until  the  first  of  June,  when  they 
should  be  planted  out  in  the  open  ground.  It  need  not 
be  very  rich  ground,  for  they  are  very  rampant  growers. 
Give  every  plant  2  feet  of  space.  They  seldom  need 
any  artificial  watering  during  summer,  but  they  should 
have  frequent  pinching  to  produce  bushy  plants.  The 
more  shoots,  the  more  flowers  will  be  secured.  Before 
there  is  any  danger  of  frost  in  the  fall,  the  plants 
should  be  lifted  and  put  into  6-,  7-,  or  8-inch  pots.  They 
lift  well,  and  if  stood  in  the  shade  and  kept  syringed 
for  a  few  days  they  will  show  no  bad  results  of  the  lift- 
ing. A  position  at  the  north  side  of  a  shed  or  wall  is 
much  better  for  them  for  the  next  month  than  under 
glass,  but  always  have  them  in  a  position  where  they 
can  be  protected  in  case  of  a  frost.  By  the  end  of  Oc- 
tober, if  frost  is  escaped,  put  them  in  the  lightest  and 
coolest  house  available.  If  kept  cool  these  very  desir- 
able sprays  of  flowers  will  be  in  perfection  at  Christ- 
mas, and  that  is  the  time  they  are  most  valuable.  Al- 


though classed  as  a  common,  cheap  flower,  there  is  a 
grace  about  Stevias  that  makes  them  indispensable  for 
many  of  our  flower  arrangements,  and  we  consider  them 
a  very  needful  florist's  plant.  WM.  SCOTT 

PIRONNEAVA.    See^chmea. 

PISClDIA  (Latin,  fish  and  kill).  Legiimlndsce.  A 
genus  of  1  or  2  species,  including  the  Fish-poison  tree 
of  the  American  tropics,  or  Jamaica  Dogwood.  The 
leaves,  bark  and  twigs  of  this  tree  when  thrown  into 
the  water  intoxicate  or  stun  the  fish  so  that  they  can 
be  caught  readily.  (For  the  plant  used  in  China  for 
this  purpose,  see  Cocculus.)  The  bark  has  also  been 
used  in  medicine  for  its  hypnotic  effect.  Botanically 
this  genus  is  close  to  Lonchocarpus,  differing  mainly 
in  the  pod,  which  is  long,  thickish  and  longitudinally 
4-winged.  Generic  characters  :  calyx-teeth  5,  short, 
broad :  wings  adhering  to  the  falcate  keel :  vexillar  sta- 
men free  at  the  very  base,  but  grown  together  at  the 
middle  with  the  others  into  a  closed  tube:  ovary  ses- 
sile, many-ovuled. 

Erythrina,  Linn.  FISH-POISON  TREE.  JAMAICA  DOG- 
WOOD. Lfts.  7-11,  opposite,  oblong  or  elliptical,  pointed 
or  blunt:  fls.  purplish  white,  %  in.  across:  pod  2-4  in. 
long,  4  lines  broad;  seeds  6-8,  black.  Trop.  Amer.,  es- 
pecially common  in  Jamaica. 

PISTACHIO.    See  Pistacia. 

PISTACIA  (derived  indirectly  from  ancient  Persian 
pista).  Anacardiacece.  P.  vera  produces  the  Pistachio- 
nuts  of  commerce,  which  are  much  used  in  confection- 
ery and  flavoring.  The  so-called  nut  is  really  the  seed 
or  kernel  of  a  dry  drupe.  The  seed  is  green,  and  has  a 
highly  peculiar  flavor.  P.  Terebinthus  exudes  from  its 
stem  the  fragrant  Cyprian  or  Scio-turpentine  used  in 
medicine  as  early  as  the  time  of  Hippocrates.  Pistacia 
is  a  genus  of  about  10  species  of  trees,  found  from  the 
Mediterranean  region  to  Afghanistan,  with  1  species  in 
the  Canaries  and  1  in  Mexico.  Lvs.  alternate,  evergreen 
or  deciduous,  odd-pinnate:  fls.  small,  in  axillary  pani- 
cles or  racemes,  dioecious  and  without  petals;  males 
with  5-cut  calyx  and  5  stamens;  females  3-4-cut  and 
with  3-cut  style:  ovary  1-celled.  Engler,  DC.  Monogr. 
Phaner.  4:284-293  (1883). 

vera,  Linn.  PISTACHIO-NUT.  Small  tree  attaining  20 
ft. :  Ifts.  3  or  5:  fr.  large,  oblong,  acute.  Mediterranean 
region  and  Orient.  Cult,  in  S.  California,  Calif.  May 
be  grafted  on  P.  Terebinthus. 

P.  Terebinthus,  Linn.  A  small  turpentine-producing  tree: 
Ifts.  9-13,  mucronate;  petiole  not  winged:  stamens  pink:  stig- 
mas red:  fr.  small,  roundish.  Southern  Europe,  Mediterra- 
nean region.  In  the  European  form  the  terminal  1ft.  is  about 
as  long  as  the  others,  but  in  the  oriental  form  it  is  mimtte  or 
lacking.  Mentioned  in  the  lists  of  Amer.  Pomological  Society 
as  a  cultivated  fruit,  as  is  also  P.  vera. 

PlSTIA  (probably  from  Greek,  pistos,  watery;  refer- 
ring to  its  aquatic  nature).  Ardcece.  WATER  LETTUCE 
or  TROPICAL  DUCKWEED  is  a  small,  tender,  perennial 
floating  herb  desirable  for  aquaria.  It  forms  a  loose 
rosette  of  Ivs.  and  has  long,  slender,  feathery  roots. 
The  plant  sends  out  runners  on  which  may  sometimes 
be  seen  young  plants  in  all  stages  of  development.  A 
healthy  plant  measures  about  6  in.  across.  The  Ivs.  are 
generally  more  or  less  wedge-shaped,  2-5  in.  long,  pea- 
green,  velvety  to  the  touch,  and  covered  beneath  with  a 
sort  of  mealy  down.  The  Pistia  rosette  has  been  com- 
pared to  a  half -grown  lettuce  plant  before  the  head  has 
formed.  Like  many  other  aquatics,  the  Water  Lettuce 
has  an  immense  range.  It  is  found  in  fresh  waters 
throughout  the  tropics,  and  in  America  is  said  to  be 
native  as  far  north  as  North  Carolina. 

Water  Lettuce  is  commonly  grown  outdoors  in  sum- 
mer in  collections  of  tender  aquatics,  and  also  in 
aquaria.  The  summer  temperature  of  the  water  should 
be  70°-80°  F.  Although  it  grows  well  when  floating  free 
in  several  feet  of  water,  it  seems  to  do  better  when 
placed  in  shallow  water  where  the  roots  may  reach  the 
soil.  Larger-sized  plants  may  be  secured  by  using  a 
thin  layer  of  rich  soil  or  well-rotted  manure  in  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel.  Soft  water  is  said  to  be  essential. 
Running  water  is  not  necessary.  The  plants  should  be 


PISTIA 


PITCHER    PLANTS 


1359 


shaded  during  the  middle  of  the  day  in  summer,  or  the 
foliage  is  likely  to  become  yellow  and  sickly-looking. 
In  winter  the  plants  are  liable  to  some  decay. 

Botanically,  the  genus  Pistia  is  unique.  The  latest 
monographer  of  the  aroids  (Engler;  in  DC.  Monogr. 
Phaner.  2, 1879)  makes  Pistia  the  sole  representative  of  a 
subfamily,  one  of  his  10  primary  natural  divisions  of  the 
Arum  family.  He  regards  the  Pistias  as  all  one  species, 
though  9  or  more  have  been  described.  He  recognizes 
4  well-marked  varieties,  based  upon  the  shape  of  the 
Ivs.,  which  he  calls  cuneata,  spathulata,  obcordata  and 
linyuiformis.  After  the  continental  fashion  Engler 
takes  no  one  of  these  as  a  type  to  which  the  others  are 
referred.  It  is  probable  that  the  form  with  obcordate 
Ivs.  is  the  one  chiefly  cult,  in  American  water  gardens. 
Generic  characters:  fls.  unisexual;  spadix  without  ap- 
pendage, adnate  to  the  back  of  the  spathe;  male  fls.  in 
whorls,  with  2  very  short  stamens  which  are  much 
grown  together  and  inserted  at  the  apex  of  the  spadix; 
female  fls.  solitary:  ovary  1-celled;  ovules  numerous, 
orthotropous,  in  4—6  series  ;  fr.  baccate,  irregularly 
breaking  open,  normally  with  many  seeds. 

Stratidtes,  Linn.  WATER  LETTUCE.  TROPICAL  DUCK- 
WEED. Tender  perennial  aquatic  herb  described  above. 
The  small  white  fls.,  though  inconspicuous  and  borne 
at  the  bottom  of  the  cup  of  Ivs.,  are  large  enough  to 
show  at  a  glance  their  relation  to  the  Arum  family. 
H.M.  4564.  F.S.  6:625.  W.  M< 

Pi  SUM  (Greek  and  Latin  name  of  pea).  Legumi- 
ndsce.  About  6  species  of  mostly  climbing  herbs  of  the 
Mediterranean  region  and  eastward,  one  of  which,  P. 
tut  i  rum,  is  the  common  Pea.  Calyx-tube  oblique  at  the 
base,  the  lobes  more  or  less  leafy;  standard  obovate  or 
orbicular  ;  wings  adhering  to  the  keel  ;  style  mostly 
rigid,  widened  above,  bearded  down  the  inner  margin: 
Ifts.  1-3  pairs,  the  leaf  ending  in  a  tendril  or  point,  the 
stipules  conspicuous.  Annual  or  perennial,  of  easy  cul- 
ture. Hardy. 


smooth,  as  also  the  ovate  seeds.  Asia  Minor,  Persia.— 
The  Orobus  formosus  that  has  appeared  in  the  trade 
seems  not  to  be  this  plant,  for  the  cult,  plant  is  de- 
scribed as  having  "dense  spikes  of  purple  flowers."  It 
is  not  known  to  the  writer  whether  the  true  P.  formosum 


is  in  the  trade. 


L.  H.  B. 


1835.   Pisum  sativum  (X  %)'. 

sativum,  Linn.  GARDEN  PEA.  Fig.  1835.  Annual, 
glabrous  and  glaucous,  tendril -climbing:  stipules  large 
and  leafy  (usually  as  large  as  Ifts.) :  Ifts.  oval  or  ovate, 

-:!  pairs,  the  leaf  ending  in  tendrils:  fls.  few,  on  an 
axillary  peduncle,  white  :  seeds  globular.  Eu.,  Asia. 
See  Pea. 

Var.  arvense,  Poir.  (P.  arvSnse,  Linn.).  FIELD  PEA. 
*'N.  usually  bluish  or  dull  white,  with  purple  wings: 
seeds  angular,  often  gray.  Grown  for  forage. 

formdsum,  Stev.  (Orobus  formdsus,  Stev.  Ldthyrus 
Mgidug,  Schott  &  Ky.  Pisum  Ancheri,  Jaub.  &  Sp.). 
Perennial,  1-2  ft.  tall,  not  climbing:  stipules  sagittate- 
ovate:  Ifts.  1  pair,  small,  ovate-rhomboid,  entire,  mu- 
cronate:  peduncles  1-fld.,  the  fls.  purplish:  legume 


PITANGA.   Eugenia  Micheli. 

PITCAlRNIA  (W.  Pitcairn,  a  London  physician). 
Bromeliacece.  Mez,  the  most  recent  monographer  of 
the  bromeliads  (DC.  Monogr.  Phaner.  9),  admits  134 
species  of  Pitcairnia.  They  are  American,  mostly  tropi- 
cal. In  choice  collections,  various  species  of  Pitcairnias 
may  be  expected,  but  very  few  of  them  are  in  the  Ameri- 
can trade.  They  are  billbergia-like,  very  short-stemmed 
perennial  herbs  or  subshrubs  with  dense  rosettes  of  nar- 
row, often  prickly-margined  leaves,  and  a  central  spike 
or  raceme  of  long-tubular  red,  yellow  or  nearly  white 
flowers.  The  fls.  are  perfect;  sepals  3,  free;  petals  3, 
unguiculate,  erect  or  spreading  at  the  apex,  usually  with 
2  small  scales  at  the  base;  stamens  6,  free,  with  linear 
anthers:  fr.  a  3-valved  capsule,  with  numerous  seeds. 
See  also  Baker  in  Journ.  Bot.  1881.  For  pictures  of  two 
Mexican  species,  P.  Jaliscana  and  P.  Palmeri,  see  G.F. 
1:197  and  211.  P.  farinosa  is  an  undetermined  trade 
name.  For  other  species,  see  Puya. 

For  culture  of  Pitcairnias,  follow  advice  given  under 
Billbergia. 

corallina,  Lind.  &  Andre".  Stemless:  outer  Ivs.  hard 
and  dry,  without  marginal  spines,  the  inner  ones  with 
brown-spined  petioles  and  broad  plicate  recurved  blades 
which  are  somewhat  scurfy  on  the  back :  peduncle  about 
1  ft.  long,  bright  red,  the  raceme  of  about  equal  length 
and  drooping:  fls.  coral-red,  about  3  in.  long,  the  calyx 
part  comprising  about  one-third  of  this  length ;  stamens 
as  long  as  the  petals,  with  white  filaments;  stigmas 
twisted.  Colombia.  R.H.  1875:250.  B.M.  6600.  — Per- 
haps the  best  species. 

Moritziana.Koch  (P.Klotzschiana,Baker).  Stemless: 
Ivs.  linear,  in  a  rosette,  12-18  in.  long,  usually  spineless 
and  the  petiole  short  or  none :  raceme  1  ft.  or  less  long, 
on  a  leafy  peduncle  of  about  the  same  length :  fls.  red 
or  yellowish,  usually  not  3  in.  long.  Guatemala. 

caerulea,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Puya  ccerulea,  Lindl.). 
Foliage  pineapple-like,  with  linear  very  acute  Ivs.  2  ft. 
long,  which  are  spinose-dentate  and  nearly  glabrous: 
peduncle  3-4  ft.  tall,  the  bracts  membranaceous,  the  in- 
florescence somewhat  branched  but  not  loose :  fls.narrow- 
tubular,  the  petals  blue  and  oblong-obtuse,  the  sepals 
much  shorter  and  green  and  obtuse;  alternate  stamens 
shorter.  Chile.  B.R.  26:11. 

alp6stris  (P.  ccerulea,  Baker.  Puya  Whytei,  Hook.  f. 
Puya  alpSstris,  Poepp. ) .  Flower-cluster  much  branched 
or  panicled,  with  bracts  more  serrate  than  in  P.  ccerulea: 
fls.  very  large  and  showy,  with  a  flaring  mouth,  dull 
metallic  blue.  Chile.  B.M.  5732. -A  plant  in  bloom  has 
the  habit  of  a  yucca.  This  and  P.  ccerulea  will  probably 
stand  considerable  frost. 

heteropltflla,  Beer  (P.  Morrtnii,  Lam.  Puya  hetero- 
phylla,  Lindl.).  Stemless:  Ivs.  of  two  kinds,  the  outer 
ones  narrow  and  spiny,  brown,  and  being  the  termina- 
tion of  bulb-like  scales,  the  later  ones  being  longer 
(16-24  in.)  and  green  and  entire:  fls,  flesh  color  or  light 
red,  in  a  close  oblong  spike  that  is  shorter  than  the 
green  Ivs.,  the  latter  arising,  however,  from  separate 
shoots.  Mex.  to  Venezuela  and  Ecuador.  B.R.  26:71. 
—  Odd-  L.  H.  B. 

PITCHER  PLANTS  are  carnivorous  plants  bearing 
pitchers  which  in  some  cases  contain  a  liquid  secreted 
by  the  plant  by  the  aid  of  which  the  plant  digests  the 
bodies  of  insects.  The  native  Pitcher  Plants  of  our 
northern  and  southern  states  are  Sarracenias.  The  Cali- 
fornia Pitcher  Plant  is  described  under  Darlingtonia.  The 
favorite  Pitcher  Plants  of  greenhouses  are  Nepenthes. 
All  these  plants  have  a  morphological  resemblance  in 
their  pitcher  -  bearing  foliage,  but  their  flowers  and 
seeds  are  so  apparently  unlike  that  they  suggest  deriva- 
tion from  widely  different  parts  of  the  vegetable  kingdom. 
The  genus  Nepenthes  might  possibly  be  derived  from  the 
Aristolochia  family,  being  a  degenerate  along  one  line, 


1360 


PITCHER    PLANTS 


PITTOSPORUM 


while  the  parasitic  Cytinaceae  might  be  regarded  as 
having  degenerated  along  another  .line  from  the  same 
source.  The  Australian  genus  Cephalotus,  which  has  a 
pitcher  strikingly  like  the  pitchers  of  Nepenthes,  may 
be  a  wayward  relative  of  the  Saxifrage  family.  Sar- 
racenia,  Darlingtonia  and  the  Venezuelan  genus  Heli- 
amphora  seem  to  be  more  closely  allied  to  one  another 
than  to  the  others  and  make  up  the  Sarraceniaceae. 
These  are  similar  in  stamens,  style  and  seed  to  the 
poppy  family. 

PITHECOCTENIUM  (Greek,  monkey's  comb;  from 
the  fruit,  which  is  covered  with  spurs  or  warts).  Big- 
noniacece.  About  23  species  of  tropical  American  bigno- 
nia-like  climbers,  with  racemes  of  rather  large,  trumpet- 
shaped  white  fls.  They  are  mostly  natives  of  Brazil  or 
Mexico.  They  belong  to  a  group  of  genera  character- 
ized by  having  a  short  and  thick  capsule  (ovoid  or  ob- 
long), and  the  seeds  arranged  more  or  less  distinctly  in 
2  or  more  rows,  while  Bignonia  belongs  to  a  group  of 
genera  characterized  by  a  long,  linear  capsule  and  seeds 
arranged  in  a  single  row.  Generic  characters:  calyx 
truncate  or  minutely  5-toothed;  corolla-tube  gradually 
swollen  above  the  cylindrical  base,  often  incurved, 
limb  somewhat  2-lipped,  lobes  5,  rounded,  spreading; 
stamens  4,  didynamous,  fixed  to  the  cylindrical  part  of 
the  tube  :  capsule  densely  covered  with  prickles  or 
warts.  The  Ivs.  have  3  Ifts.,  or  the  terminal  one  is 
sometimes  lacking  or  transformed  into  a  tendril  as  in 
the  2  species  below.  The  following  are  cult,  in  S.  Calif. 

A.    Fls.  completely  white. 

clematideum,  Griseb.  (Anemopcegma  clematideum, 
Griseb.  Bigndnia  dlba,  Hort.  not  Aubl.,  according  to 
Franceschi).  Lvs.  sometimes  with  3  Ifts.,  sometimes 
with  2  Ifts.  and  a  tendril;  Ifts.  ovate,  suddenly  con- 
tracted into  a  long,  blunt  acumen,  very  shortly  wedge- 
shaped  at  the  base:  cymes  terminal,  few-fld.,  racemi- 
form  or  corymbiform.  Argentine.  — Grisebach  says  his 
Anemopcegma  clematideum  must  be  transferred  to 
Pithecoctenium  because  of  the  sessile,  muricate  cap- 
sule, the  septum  slightly  reduplicate  at  the  margin  and 
the  hilum  of  the  seeds  linear,  although  it  approaches 
the  smooth  seed  of  Anemopaegma.  (Anemop.aegma  dif- 
fers from  Pithecoctenium  in  having  a  smooth  capsule 
and  seeds  in  a  single  series.) 

AA.    Fls.  while,  yellow -throated. 

muricatum,  Moq.  Lfts.  cordate,  acute:  fls.  in  a  ter- 
minal, many-fid,  raceme  ;  corolla  1  in.  long:  fr.  3  in. 
long.  Mex. 

P.  buccinatbrium,  Mairet.    See  Bignonia.  ^   ]\j 

PITHECOLC-BIUM  (Greek,  monkey's  ear).  Legumi- 
nosoe.  A  hundred  or  more  species  of  tropical  shrubs  or 
trees,  with  or  without  stipular  spines:  Ivs.  bipinnate: 
fls.  usually  white,  pentamerous,  or  rarely  hexamerous ; 
corolla  tubular  or  funnel-shaped ;  stamens  few  or  very 
many.  For  distinction  from  near  allies,  see  Inga. 
These  plants  are  cult,  in  the  South,  especially  Calif., 
for  shade  and  forage. 

A.    Plants  spiny. 
B.   Lfts.  1  pair. 

dulce,  Benth.  (Inga  dulcis,  Willd.,  not  Mart.).  Small 
tree:  Ivs.  bipinnate;  pinnae  2  pairs;  Ifts.  usually  1  pair, 
much  narrower  on  one  side  of  the  midrib  and  with  a 
nearly  straight  margin,  the  other  side  broader,  obtuse, 
but  with  a  minute  point  at  the  tip  on  the  upper  surface, 
and  a  small  gland  between  the  forking  petioles ;  petioles 
hairy,  shorter  than  the  Ifts.:  stipular  spines  very  short 
and  straight:  racemes  terminal :  fls.  white:  pod  twisted, 
red,  glabrous.  Mexico,  Philippines.  Consult  Inga. 

BB.  Lfts.  5-10  pairs. 

Mexicanum,  Rose.  Tree,  15-20  ft.  high:  Ivs.  with 
straight,  stipular  spines  (sometimes  wanting)  1  line 
long;  pinnae  2-5  pairs;  Ifts.  5-10  pairs:  inflorescence 
paniculate:  fls.  in  heads,  pedicelled.  Mexico,  where  it 
is  commonly  called  chino.—J.  N.  Rose  says  that  it  has 
much  the  habit  of  the  Mesquit,  is  valuable  for  its  wood 
and  is  rapidly  becoming  exterminated. 


BBB.  Lfts.  10-20  pairs. 

breviidlium,  Benth.  Shrub:  pinnse  3-5  pairs;  Ifts. 
10-20  pairs,  oblong-linear,  2-3  lines  long.  Along  the 
Rip  Grande  in  Texas,  where  the  evergreen  foliage  is 
said  to  be  readily  eaten  in  winter  by  sheep  and  goats. 
—Franceschi  says  the  whitish  fls.  are  much  sought  bv 
bees. 

AA.    Plants  spineless. 

Saman,  Griseb.  Tall  tree:  pinnae  2-6  pairs;  Ifts.  2-7 
pairs,  obliquely  obovate  or  obovate-oblong:  corolla  yel- 
lowish ;  stamens  light  crimson.  The  fls.  are  balls  of  red 
stamens  an  inch  or  two  in  diameter.  Trop.  Amer.  G.C. 
III.  11:557.  — Called  Rain-tree  because  it  bursts  into  leaf 
and  flower  at  the  beginning  of  the  rainy  season.  A  rapid- 
growing  tree  planted  throughout  the  tropics  for  its  dense 
shade  and  also  because  its  pods  filled  with  rich  sugar 
pulp  are  eagerly  eaten  by  cattle  and  horses.  ^  jyj 

PITS  will  be  discussed  under  Winter  Protection. 

HTT6SPORT7M  (Greek,  pitch  seed;  in  allusion  to 
the  resinous  coating  of  the  seeds).  Pittosporacece. 
About  100  species  of  hardy  or  half-hardy  evergreen 
shrubs  or  small  trees,  met  with  chiefly  in  the  southern 
hemisphere  and  largely  in  Australasia.  Lvs.  alternate, 
mostly  entire,  the  terminal  ones  in  subverticillate  ro- 
settes: fls.  mostly  solitary  or  umbellate  in  the  axils  of 
the  terminal  Ivs.,  regular,  the  parts  in  5's;  sepals  dis- 
tinct or  connate  at  base;  petals  connivent  or  cohering 
at  base:  ovary  1-celled;  placentae  3,  parietal;  style  1; 
stigma  1  :  fr.  a  globular  woody  pod,  2-many-seeded. 
Handsome,  often  fragrant  evergreen  shrubs  cult,  in  the 
greenhouse  at  the  East,  in  the  open  in  Calif,  and  the 
South.  Prop,  by  seeds,  or  cuttings  of  the  half-ripened 


wood. 


J.  BURTT  DAVY. 


Pittosporums  at  Los  Angeles:  P.  undulatum  is  used 
considerably  for  hedges,  for  which  purpose  it  is  very 
good.  A  specimen  in  Singleton  Court  about  25  years 
old  is  more  than  25  ft.  high.  It  seeds  very  profusely 
each  year,  and  the  blossoms  are  very  sweet  in  smell 
and,  owing  to  their  great  number,  make  a  fine  show. 
This  tree  is  nearly  as  far  through  the  top  as  it  is  high. 
P.  nigricans  or  P.  eugenioides  do  not  grow  as  com- 
pact. The  undersigned  knows  of  some  specimens  of 
P.  eugenioides  that  are  35  ft.  high  and  12  ft.  through 
the  top.  The  only  other  kinds  at  all  common  here  are 
P.  viridiflorum,  crassifolium,  Tobira  and  its  var. 
variegatum  and  P.  tenui folium.  The  latter  is  similar 
to  what  goes  here  under  the  names  of  P.  eugenioides 
or  nigricans,  except  that  the  Ivs.  are  about  one-third 
the  size.  P.  revolutum  and  rhombifolium  are  less 
known  in  cultivation  here. 


ERNEST  BRAUNTON. 


crassifolium,  1. 
eugenioides,  3. 
nigra,  2. 
nigricans,  2. 
phillyraeoides,  4. 


INDEX. 

Balphii,  1. 
revolutum,  6. 
rhombifolium,  7. 
tenuifolium,  2. 
tetraspermum,  9. 


Tobira,  10. 
undulatum,  8. 
variegatum,  10. 
viridiflorum,  5. 


A.  Fls.  chocolate  to  almost  black:  seeds  black. 

1.  crassifdlium,  Soland.  (P.  Rdlphii,  Kirk?).    KARO. 
Tall  shrub  or  small  tree  of  pyramidal  growth,  rarely  ex- 
ceeding 30  ft. :  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  very  obtuse,  thick  and 
leathery,  glabrous  and  dark  green  above,  clothed  beneath 
with  dense  white  tomentum:  pedicels  /4-1  in.  long:  fls. 
%  in.  long;  sepals  linear,  densely  pubescent:  fr.  1  in. 
long;  seeds  ripen  in  about  five  months.    March,  April. 
New  Zealand.     G.C.  111.26:205.     F.S.  21:2151.     B.M. 
5978. — Useful   for  ornamental   planting   on   account  of 
its  pale,  somewhat  glaucous  foliage:    hardy  and  espe- 
cially valuable  for  wind-breaks  along  the  coast,  with- 
standing the  severest  gales  and  uninjured  by  the  ocean 
spray. 

2.  tenuifdlium,  Gaertn.  (P.  nigricans,  Hort.    P.  nlgra, 
Hort.  ? ) .   TAWHIWHI.    Small  tree,  20-40  ft.  high,  of  sym- 
metrical and  compact  growth:  Ivs.  1/^-2  in.  long,  acute, 
thin,  dull  green,  glabrous  and  shining:  pedicels  %  in. 
long:  fls.  %  in.  long;  sepals  oblong,  acute,  glabrous: 
fr.  K  in.  long;  seeds  black.  April.  New  Zealand.  — Used 
in  Calif,  for  clipped  hedges  and  mass  planting. 


PITTOSPORUM 


PLACEA 


1361 


AA.   /V.s.  yellow  or  greenish  ;/•  l/mc. 
B.  Plant  <j Id brous  throughout:   sepals  very  short. 

3.  eugenioldes,  A.  Cunn.    TARATA.    Small  tree,  20-40 
ft.  high  :  Ivs.  bright  yellowish  green,  shining,  handsome, 
3-4%  in.  long,  acute;  margins  often  undulate:   fls.  %  in. 
long  or  less,  partially  monoecious  or  dioecious;  sepals 
very  acute:  fr.  %  in.  long,  apiculate;   seeds  mature  in 
about  12  months.    April.    New  Zealand.  — In  Calif,  the 
most  extensively  cult,  species,  much  used  for  clipped 
hedges  and  ornamental  shrubbery;  hardy;  growth  rapid. 
A  variegated  variety  is  cult,  in  Europe. 

4.  phillyraeoldes,  DC.    Small,  graceful  tree  or  slender 
shrub  with  the  habit  of  a  weeping  willow:  Ivs.  2-4  in. 
long,  with  a  small  hooked  point:    fls.  %  in.  long,  soli- 
tary, yellow,  often  dioecious;    sepals  very  obtuse:    fr. 
>«  in.  long,  oval,  much  compressed,  yellow;  seed  dark 
or  orange-red.    Deserts  of  interior  Australia. 

5.  viridifldrum,  Sims.     CAPE  PITTOSPORUM.      Shrub, 
6  ft.  high  :    Ivs.  obovate,  obtuse  and  retuse,  glabrous, 
shining  and  reticulate  beneath  :    fls.  in  somewhat  glo- 
bose panicles,  greenish  yellow,  jasmine-scented:    pedi- 
cels glabrous.    Cape  Colony.    B.M.  1684.— Int.  by  Fran- 
ceschi,  as  also  was  No. -4. 

BB.  Plant  with  lower  side  of  Ivs.,  young  shoots  and 
pedicels  densely  clothed  with  rusty  tomentum : 
sepals  %  in.  long. 

6.  revolutum,    Dryand.     Tall    shrub  :    Ivs.  2%-3  in. 
long,  1-13^  in.  wide,  acutish:    fls.  K  in.  long,  yellow; 
sepals   acuminate,  tips   recurved:    fr.    %-%    in.    long, 
rough  outside;  seeds  red  or  brown.    Feb. -April.    Aus- 
tralia.    B.R.  3:186. 

AAA.    Fls.  white,  greenish  tvhite  or  yelloivish  white. 
B.    Lvs.  acute  or  acuminate. 

7.  rhombifolium,  A.   Cunn.     QUEENSLAND    PITTOSPO- 
RI*M.    Tree,  60-80  ft.,  or  when  grown  as  a  pot  shrub  4-5 
ft.  high :    Ivs.  rhomboid-oval,  coarsely   and   irregularly 
toothed  from  the  middle  up ;  veins  prominent  on  both 
sides:    fls.  in  a  corymb  resembling  that  of  a  Cornus; 
sepals  obtuse;  petals  and  capsule  %  in.  long:  seeds  2-3, 
black.     Queensland.— Franceschi   says  that  the  hand- 
some yellow  berries  persist  all  winter  in  S.  Calif. 

8.  undulatum,  Vent.   MOCK  ORANGE.   Fig.  1836.   With 
u x  ;t  shrub  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  oval-oblong  to  lanceolate, 
entire,  flat  or  undulate,  rich  deep  green,  margins  often 


ns.  yellowish;  sepals  minute,  pubescent,  lanceolate* 
acuminate;  petals  linear:  capsule  4-seeded.  Feb.,  Mar- 
India.— Int.  by  Franceschi,  1897,  who  says  it  has  very 
rich  foliage,  silky  white  in  the  new  growth. 


1836.    Pittosporum  undulatum  (X 


undulate,  veins  inconspicuous :  inflorescence  not  corym- 
bose: fls.  intensely  fragrant  at  night;  sepals  acumi- 
nate; petals  5-6  lines  long:  capsule  %  in.  long;  seeds 
numerous,  light  brown.  Spring.  Australia.  B.R.  1:16. 
9.  tetraspennum,  Wight  &  Am.  MADRAS  PITTOSPO- 
RUM.  Lvs.  elliptic-oblong,  acute,  margins  slightly 
waved  and  recurved  :  peduncles  1-2-fld.,  pubescent: 


1837. 

Pittosporum  Tobira,  var.  varie- 
eatum  (X  %). 


BB.   Lvs.  very  obtuse  or  retuse. 

10.  Tobira,  Dryand.  TOBIRA.  JAPANESE  PITTOSPO- 
RUM. Winter-flowering  shrub:  Ivs.  obovate,  glabrous, 
dark  green  above,  pale  beneath:  fls.  in  a  terminal  ses- 
sile umbel,  pure  white,  fragrant.  China  and  Japan. 
Withstands  some  frost.  Var.  variegatum,  Hort.  (Fig. 
1837),  has  Ivs.  variegated  with  white.— In  the  East  this 
variety  is  the  favorite  Pittosporum,  as  it  makes  a  good 
house  plant.  The  typical  form  is  also  cult,  in  Fla. 

J.  BURTT  DAVY. 

PIXY  or  Flowering  Moss  is  Pi/xidanthera  barbulata. 

PLAGE  A  (possibly  derived  from  a  Chilean  name). 
Amaryllidacece.  Five  species  of  rare  and  beautiful 
Chilean  bulbs,  of  difficult  culture  bearing  showy  fls. 
something  like  an  Amaryllis  (Hippeastrum),  the  colors 
being  white  or  yellow,  streaked  with  red.  Botanically 
the  peculiar  feature  of  Placea  is  its  cup  or  corona, 
which  is  smaller  than  that  of  Narcissus  and  red,  instead 
of  yellow  or  white.  The  beauty  of  the  Placeas,  how- 
ever, is  of  the  Hippeastrum  type,  though  the  fls.  are 
not  so  symmetrical,  for  at  first  sight  it  looks  as  if  two 
of  the  perianth-segments  were  torn  away.  Placeas  are 
generally  classed  as  autumn-flowering  bulbs.  Though 
natives  of  the  Andes  at  considerable  elevations  they 
are  not  hardy.  The  bulbs  are  said  to  lie  deep  in  the 
ground  in  their  native  country,  and  pot  culture  is 
generally  considered  unsuitable  for  deep-lying  bulbs. 
There  is  probably  nothing  in  the  genus  finer  than 
P.  ornata  as  depicted  in  The  Garden,  with  its  umbel 
of  4  fls.  each  3  in.  across,  and  painted  with  red  on  a 
white  ground,  while  each  perianth  has  a  strong  green 
stripe  up  the  middle.  Yet  Lemaire  declares  that  his 
P.  grandiflora  has  imich  larger  flowers,  the  other 
parts  of  the  plant  being  three  times  as  large  as  in 
P.  ornata.  P.  ornata  was  the  first  species  discovered, 
but  Miers,  who  found  it  in  1824,  lost  all  his  bulbs  by 
shipwreck,  together  with  the  greater  part  of  his  collec- 
tions. 

"Placea,"  says  Max  Leichtlin,  in  Gn.  54,  p.  510,  "is 
one  of  those  bulbs  which  will  not  be  pot-bound.  I  either 
plant  them  in  a  walled  frame  which  is  kept  free  of 
frost,  or  in  a  low  house  which  has  a  border  on  the  south 


1362 


PLACEA 


PLANTAGO 


side,  and  is  kept  at  37°  or  40°  F.  at  night,  and  leave 
them  alone.  They  go  to  rest  about  August  and  push 
up  about  December,  flowering  in  May.  In  a  pot  they 
ought  to  have  their  exact  time  of  rest,  and  must  be 
buried"  in  the  soil,  which  ought  to  be  very  rich,  but  in 
pots  they  are  not  certain  to  flower.  They  must  be 
planted  with  at  least  an  inch  of  soil  over  their  necks, 
and  they  prefer  a  loose  soil.  I  use  thoroughly  decom- 
posed cow  manure  (three  and  four  years  old),  mixed 
during  decomposition  with  one-third  silver  sand." 

Generic  characters:  perianth  funnel-shaped,  with 
scarcely  any  tube ;  corona  funnel-shaped,  inserted  at  the 
base  of  the  segments,  deeply  cut,  the  divisions  notched, 
stamens  inserted  inside  the  corona:  ovary  top-shaped, 
3-celled;  ovules  many,  superposed:  style  declinate: 
stigma  capitate,  obscurely  3-lobed. 

ornata,  Miers.  Bulb  1  in.  thick:  Ivs.  2,  linear,  appear- 
ing with  the  fls.:  scape  6-9  in.  high:  umbel  4-6-fld.: 
perianth-segments  1-1%  in.  long.  B.R.  27:50.  Gn. 
54:1202. 

P.  grandiflbra,  Lena.,  is  thrice  as  big  nsP.  ornata,  more  flor- 
iferous,  and  is  essentially  distinguished  by  its  perianth-seg- 
ments, which  are  more  acuminate  and  sharp- pointed.  I.H. 
15:574.  F.S.  20:2047  (erroneously  as  P.  ornata).  w.  jyj. 

PLAGIANTHUS  (Greek,  obliqtie  flower).  Malvacece. 
About  11  species  of  tender  shrubs  and  herbs  from  Aus- 
tralia, New  Zealand  and  Van  Dieman's  Land,  with  large 
or  small  white  5-petaled  flowers.  They  are  hardy  in  the 
most  favored  parts  of  England.  The  finest  species  is 
P.  Lyalli,  which,  however,  is  not  easily  prop,  by  cut- 
tings. This  species  is  grown  as  a  pot  plant  or  for 
cutting.  The  house  treatment  given  Daphne  will  suit 
it  well.  None  of  the  species  is  offered  in  America. 
They  are  known  as  "Ribbon  Trees." 

Generic  characters:  Bractlets  none  or  distant  from 
the  calyx:  calyx  5-toothed  or  cut ;  column  of  stamens 
divided  at  the  apex  into  many  filaments :  cells  of  ovary 
2-5,  rarely  1  or  many:  ovules  solitary,  pendulous;  car- 
pels in  a  single  series  :  style-branches  longitudinally 
stigmatose  within.  Foliage  and  inflorescence  various. 
Distinguished  from  Abutilon  by  the  number  of  ovules. 

A.    Fls.  large,  1-1%  *w.  across. 

Itfalli,  Hook.  Small  branching  tree,  20-30  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  2-4  in.  long,  cordate-ovate,  doubly  crenate,  pale  or 
white  beneath;  petiole  1-1%  in.  long:  fls.  1-1%  in. 
across,  numerous,  drooping,  in  axillary  clusters  of  3-5; 
styles  pink;  calyx  campanulate.  July.  B.M.  5935.  Gn. 
44:917.  G.C.  III.  4:209.  — Said  to  be  evergreen  below 
3,000  ft.  in  New  Zealand,  deciduous  above. 

AA.   Fls.  small,  %  in.  across  or  less. 

Lampenii,  Booth.  Botanically  only  a  variety  of  P. 
pulchellus,  but  horticulturally  incomparably  superior. 
Shrub,  attaining  6-8  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  4-5  x 
%-l  in.,  sharply  serrate:  fls.  in  short,  axillary  leafy 
panicles,  very  numerous  and  crowded  ;  styles  very 
small.  Van  Dieman's  Land.  G.C.  II.  22:201. 

pulchellus.  Gray  (Abutilon  pulche'llum,  Sweet.  A. 
piilchrum,  Don).  Tall  shrub:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  cordate, 
acuminate,  2-3  in.  long,  coarsely  crenate:  fls.  few, 
clustered  along  rachis  of  axillary  racemes:  ovary 
5-celled.  Australia.  B.M.  2753  (Sida  pulchella). 

H.  A.  SIEBRECHT  and  W.  M. 

PLAGIOBOTHRYS  (Greek,  plagios,  sideways,  and 
bothros,  pit  or  hollow;  wherefore  the  name  should  have 
been  written  PlagiobotTirus ).  Borraginacece.  Nine  spe- 
cies of  low-growing,  commonly  diffuse  annuals  from 
western  America,  with  small  white  fls.  Here  belongs  P. 
nothofiilvus,  Gray,  which  was  once  advertised  by  Breck 
under  its  synonym  JSritrichium  nothofulvum,  Gray. 
This  plant  has  no  horticultural  standing  and  is  no 
longer  advertised.  See  Gray's  Syn.  Flora  of  N.  Amer. 

PLANERA  (after  J.  J.  Planer  (1743-1789),  professor 
of  medicine  at  Erfurt;  author  of  several  books  on  bot- 
any). Urticacew.  WATER  ELM.  Monotypic  genus,  allied 
to  Ulmus  and  Celtis:  Ivs.  pinnately  veined,  alternate: 
fls.  polygamous,  with  deeply  4-5-lobed  calyx;  staminate 
fls.  short-stalked,  in  clusters  at  the  base  of  the  young 


branchlets,  with  4-5  stamens ;  pistillate  or  perfect  ones 
on  rather  slender  stalks,  1-3  in  the  axils  of  .the  lower 
Ivs. :  fr.  a  small  muricate  nut.  The  only  species  is  P. 
aquatica,  Gmel.  (Andnymus  aqudticus,  Walt.  P.  uhn-i- 
fdlia,  Michx.).  Small  tree,  sometimes  to  40  ft.:  Ivs. 
short-petioled,  somewhat  unequal  at  the  base,  ovate  to 
ovate-oblong,  unequally  serrate,  glabrous  at  length  and 
somewhat  leathery,  l%-2%  in.  long;  fr.  oval,  %  in. 
long,  with  irregularly  crested  fleshy  ribs.  April,  May. 
S.  111.  and  Ky.  to  Fla.  and  Tex.  S.S.  7:316.  This  tree 
is  not  in  general  cultivation  and  has  little  to  recom- 
mend it  as.  an  ornamental  plant.  It  would  not  prove 
hardy  north.  It  will  probably  thrive  best  in  moist  soil 
and  be  prop,  by  seeds  sown  soon  after  ripening  in  May 
and  by  layers.  The  plants  sometimes  cult,  under  the 
name  of  P.  aquatica  belong  either  to  Ulmus  campestris, 
var.  viminalis,  U.  Cliinensis,  or  U.  alata,  to  which  the 
true  Planera  is  similar  in  foliage,  or  to  some  other  small- 
leaved  elm. 

P.  acuminata,  Lindl.=Zelkowa  Keaki.— P.  carpinifolia,  Wats. 
=Zelkowa  carpinifolia.— P.  Japonica,  var.  Verschaffelti,  Hort. 
=Zelkowa  Japonica,  var.  Verschaffelti.— P.  Keaki,  C.  Koch= 
Zelkowa  Keaki.— P.  repens,  Hort.=Ulmus  pumilaor  Chinensis. 
—P.  Richardi,  Michx.=Zelkowa  carpinifolia. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

PLANE -THEE.     See  Platanus. 

PLANER- TREE.     Planera. 

PLANT  (Latin,  planta).  A  plant  is  a  living  organism 
consisting  of  one  or  more  cells,  some  of  which,  in  most  of 
the  higherforms,  contain  agreen  substance— chlorophyll 
—  by  the  aid  of  which  they  are  able  in  the  light  to  con- 
struct carbohydrate  food-matters  (as  sugar,  starch,  etc.) 
from  carbon  dioxid  and  water.  The  cell  protoplasm 
assimilates  or  uses  these  carbohydrates  and  is  nour- 
ished by  them,  and  from  the  elements  they  furnish  it 
is  able  to  make  cellulose,  the  substance  which  walls 
it  in,  and  gives  strength  and  solidity  to  the  plant. 
Animals  do  not  (as  a  rule,  at  least)  have  chlorophyll, 
and  cannot  construct  carbohydrates  from  carbon  dioxid 
and  water.  Some  plants  have  the  habit  of  absorb- 
ing their  carbohydrates  ready-made  from  other  organ- 
isms, and  they  are  destitute  of  chlorophyll,  as  in  case 
of  the  fungi,  lichens,  bacteria,  and  some  flowering 
plants  (e.  g.,  dodder,  Indian  pipe,  beech  drops,  etc.). 
Such  plants  are  more  or  less  degenerated,  and  are  phys- 
iologically like  animals,  but  they  still  retain  enough  of 
the  typical  plant  structure  so  that  we  are  rarely  at  a 
loss  where  to  place  them.  Green  plants  absorb  carbon 
dioxid  from  the  air,  and  in  the  process  of  carbohydrate 
formation  they  give  off  a  certain  quantity  of  oxygen. 
However,  in  the  further  chemical  activities  of  their  cells 
oxygen  is  absorbed  and  carbon  dioxid  is  given  off.  In 
the  plants  which  are  not  green  (and  in  animals,  also)  the 
first  process  is  wanting,  while  the  second  takes  place. 
These  facts  have  given  rise  to  the  view  that  plants  and 
animals  are  quite  opposite  in  their  physiological  rela- 
tions to  the  surrounding  air.  They  should  not  be  con- 
trasted, however,  in  this  way;  it  is  more  exact  to  say  that 
green  plants  have  two  important  nutritive  functions, 
namely  (1)  carbon  absorption  and  fixation  (technically, 
photosynthesis),  and  (2)  the  assimilation  of  food  mat- 
ters. Respiration— in  the  process  of  which  oxygen  is 
absorbed  and  carbon  dioxid  is  given  off— occurs  in  all 
plants  and  animals.  C-  E>  BESSEY. 

PLANTAGO  (the  Latin  name)  comprises  some  200  or 
more  species  of  annual  or  perennial  herbs  or  subshrubs 
occurring  in  many  parts  of  the  world.  It  is  a  weedy 
genus,  and  only  two  or  three  species  have  any  economic 
or  commercial  value  worth  mentioning.  They  are  gen- 
erally known  as  Plantains,  although  this  name  is  also 
applied  to  certain  bananas  (see  Musa) ,  which  are  plants 
of  widely  different  kind.  Plantago  lanceolata,  or  Rib- 
wort, is  sometimes  used  in  pasture  mixtures  abroad,  be- 
cause it  affords  more  or  less  spring  pasturage  on  dry 
and  sterile  soils.  The  seed  is  offered  by  American 
seedsmen  for  feeding  birds,  but  not  for  sowing.  In 
this  country,  however,  it  is  one  of  the  vilest  of  lawn 
weeds,  thriving  in  our  hot,  dry  soils  when  grass  kills 
out.  The  only  remedy  for  it  is  to  secure  a  better  stand  ' 
of  grass,  and  this  is  made  possible  by  making  the  ground 


PLANTAGO 


PLANT  -  BREEDING 


1363 


rich  and  so  treating  it  that  it  will  hold  moisture.  Plan- 
tago  Coronopus,  the  Bucks-horn  Plantain,  native  to  Eu- 
rope, Asia  and  North  Africa,  is  sometimes  eaten  as  a 
pot-herb  (see  p.  697).  It  is  a  low  perennial,  with  linear- 
lanceolate  often  pinnatifid  leaves.  It  is 
not  in  the  American  trade.  P.  cordata, 
of  the  eastern  United  States,  is  offered 
by  one  or  two  dealers  in  native  plants  as 
a  subject  for  colonizing  in  bogs  and  mar- 
gins of  ponds.  It  is  perennial,  with  a 
stout  rootstock,  large  cordate-orbicular 
shining  leaf-blades,  and  a  slender  spike 
rising  1-2  ft.  high  and  bearing  small  pink- 
ish flowers  with  exserted  style  and  sta- 
mens. P.  major  (Fig.  1838)  is  a  very  com- 
mon dooryard  weed.  There  are  about  20 
native  or  naturalized  species  in  North 
America.  Plantago  is  the  typical  genus 
of  the  Plantaginacece,  a  family  that  con- 
tains two  other  genera,  both  monotypic.— 
Littorella  in  Europe  and  northern  North 
America,  and  Bougueria  in  the  Andes  of 
Peru  and  Chile.  L.  jj.  B. 


PLANTAIN.     See  Plantago  and  Musa. 


• 


PLANTAIN  LILY.    Funkia. 


I'LANTAIN,  RATTLESNAKE,    Hiera- 
m  venosum. 

PLANTAIN,  WILD.    Heliconia  Bihai. 


PLANT-BREEDING.  Practical  agri- 
culturists the  world  over  have  long  rec- 
ognized that  animals  can  be  greatly  im- 
proved by  intelligent  breeding,  but  it  is 
only  within  the  last  century  that  it  has 
come  to  be  recognized  that  plants  can  be 
improved  in  the  same  way.  Even  yet  some 
of  the  fundamental  principles  of  plant- 
breeding  are  not  generally  understood  and 
require  to  be  demonstrated  experiment- 
ally. Within  recent  years,  however,  gen- 
eral interest  has  been  awakened  in  the 
subject,  particularly  in  this  country,  and 
doubtless  results  of  the  greatest  interest 
will  soon  be  attained. 

Practical  plant-breeding  may  be  said  to 
have  begun  with  the  work  of  Thomas  An- 
drew Knight  and  Jean  Baptiste  Van  Mons 
in  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury. Knight  was  the  first  to  show  the 
practical  value  of  hybridization  in  the 
production  of  new  sorts  and  races.  As 
early  as  1806  he  wrote:  "New  varieties  of 
every  species  of  fruit  will  generally  be 
better  obtained  by  introducing  the  farina 
of  one  variety  of  fruit  into  the  blossoms 
of  another  than  by  propagating  from  a 
single  kind."  The  other  most  important 
factor  of  plant-breeding,  that  of  selection, 
was  first  established  by  Van  Mons,  a  Bel- 
gian horticulturist  who  worked  mainly 
with  pears.  (See  Essay  5,  "Survival  of  the  Unlike," 
Bailey.)  Since  this  time  many  investigators  have  given 
time  and  thought  to  the  ways  in  which  plants  may  be 
improved,  until  at  present  we  have  established  a  fairly 
definite  system  which  may  be  followed,  with  slight 
variation,  in  the  amelioration  and  improvement  of  any 
plant. 

The  plant-breeder  must  first  of  all  recognize  that  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  plant  he  desires  to  improve 
is  of  primary  importance.  The  time  for  haphazard  ex- 
perimenting has  long  since  gone  by,  and  the  experi- 
menter may  simply  waste  his  time  if  his  efforts  are  not 
well  directed.  If  it  is  apples  or  wheat  that  he  desires  to 
improve,  all  of  the  varieties  of  apples  and  wheat  should 
studied  and  their  qualities  recognized.  The  experi- 
menter should  always  have  in  view  a  definite  improve- 
ment which  he  wishes  to  obtain,  and  the  varieties  which 
exhibit  this  feature  in  the  highest  degree  should  be 
selected  for  the  work.  If  working  from  the  utilitarian 


1838. 

Spike  of  Plan- 
tago major  — 
commonPlan- 
tain.  Nat.size. 


standpoint,  the  desirability  of  having  a  definite  aim  in 
view  can  hardly  be  overestimated,  as  it  is  only  in  this 
way  that  the  breeder  can  be  guided  in  his  selection  of 
the  parent  stock  or  stocks. 

Systematic  plant-breeding  includes  two  processes 
largely  distinct  in  their  nature:  (1)  The  production  of 
variations,  and  (2)  the  fixation  and  augmentation  of 
desirable  variations  by  methodical  selection. 

In  order  to  improve  a  plant  it  must  be  induced  to  vary 
in  the  required  direction.  If  this  variation  is  brought 
about  by  some  environmental  change  the  same  condi- 
tions are  maintained  through  another  generation,  and  the 
plants  showing  the  greatest  variation  in  the  required 
direction  are  again  selected,  thus  gradually  leading  to 
a  progressive  improvement  in  the  character  desired. 
If  the  variation  is  produced  by  hybridization  it  must  be 
fixed  and  rendered  hereditary  by  a  similar  process  of 
selection.  Thus,  whether  breeding  by  selection  alone 
or  by  hybridization,  these  two  factors  of  breeding  enter 
into  the  process. 

VARIATIONS,  How  PRODUCED.  —  In  general,  plants 
reproduce  their  main  characters  unchanged.  The  sta- 
bility of  the  races  of  our  cultivated  plants  and  natural 
species  depends  upon  this  law  of  heredity,  which  has 
been  expressed  in  the  aphorism  "like  produces  like." 
Plants,  however,  are  not  fixed  and  stable  beings,  but 
are  eminently  plastic  and  variable.  Every  individual 
differs  from  every  other  individual  in  some  way,  just 
as  every  individual  animal  differs  from  every  other 
individual  of  the  same  race.  These  individual  vari- 
ations which  enable  us  to  recognize  one  plant  from 
another,  or  one  animal  from  another,  and  which  are 
inherent  in  the  being  itself  and  not,  so  far  as  can  be 
determined,  dependent  upon  environment,  are  what 
Darwin  termed  "indefinite  variations,"  and  are  now  gen- 
erally known  as  "congenital  variations."  If  we  examine 
a  row  of  nursery  trees  of  apple  or  peach  we  find  that 
every  individual  may  be  clearly  recognized  by  some 
distinctive  character.  Some  trees  grow  erect  and  col- 
umnar, some  low  and  spreading,  some  branch  low,  some 
high,  some  have  large  leaves,  some  small  leaves,  and  by 
a  careful  examination  numerous  other  distinguishing 
characters  can  be  found.  It  is  on  these  individual 
variations  that  the  improvement  of  plants  by  selection 
mainly  depends. 

It  has  been  found  by  breeders  of  both  plants  and 
animals  that  individuals  vary  greatly  in  the  power  of 
transmitting  their  characters  to  their  offspring,  and 
this  is  one  of  the  most  important  factors  in  plant- 
breeding.  As  an  illustration,  ten  individual  cotton 
plants  may  be  selected  which  produce  an  exceptionally 
long  lint  of  comparatively  the  same  character.  If  the 
seeds  from  each  of  these  ten  select  plants  are  planted 
separately  it  will  be  found  that  the  ten  plants  vary 
greatly  in  their  ability  to  transmit  this  character  of 
producing  long  lint  to  their  offspring.  The  entire  prog- 
eny of  one  plant  may  revert  and  produce  a  much 
shorter  staple  than  the  parent  form.  On  the  other 
hand,  one  of  the  original  ten  plants  may  have  the  power 
of  inheritance  strongly  developed  and  transmit  to  the 
great  majority  of  its  progeny  the  quality  of  producing 
long  lint;  It  is  to  the  progeny,  then,  of  this  individual 
that  the  breeder  must  look  in  order  to  fix  a  new  race  of 
long-staple  cotton.  The  strength  of  the  hereditary  ten- 
dency is  thus  of  the  greatest  importance  to  the  breeder. 

Another  form  of  variation  probably  important  to  the 
plant-breeder  is  that  caused  as  a  direct  result  of  envi- 
ronment and  termed  by  Darwin  definite  variation,  be- 
cause all  plants  subject  to  the  same  environment  tend 
to  vary  in  the  same  direction.  As  an  illustration,  plants 
removed  from  a  low  altitude  to  a  high  altitude  become 
dwarfed  in  stature  and  the  flowers  become  larger  and 
usually  brighter  colored.  Transferring  the  plant  to  the 
seacoast  and  growing  it  under  maritime  conditions  usu- 
ally results  in  the  leaves  becoming  thicker  and  the 
whole  plant  more  succulent.  If  such  plants  are  trans- 
ferred back  to  the  interior,  away  from  all  effects  of  the 
sea,  the  next  year  they  usually,  if  not  always,  revert 
entirely  to  their  original  characters.  If,  however,  they 
are  grown  in  a  maritime  region  for  several  generations 
and  the  seed  is  selected  every  year  from  the  most  suc- 
culent individuals,  it  is  believed  that  a  succulent  sort 
may  be  originated  more  quickly  than  in  any  other  way. 


1364 


PLANT -BREEDING 


PLANT - BREEDING 


How  valuable  this  factor  of  environment  is  in  the  origi- 
nation of  newly  cultivated  sorts  yet  remains  to  be  dem- 
onstrated scientifically,  but  some  practical  plant-breed- 
ers contend  that  it  is  a  factor  of  very  great  importance. 


The  first  plant  selected 


1839.   Diagram  illustrating  method  of  selecting  cotton. 

Occasionally  individuals  "sport,"  as  gardeners  say, 
and  plants  entirely  different  from  the  type  of  the  race 
are  produced.  These  variations  are  usually  very  marked 
ones  and  no  definite  cause  for  their  appearance  is  yet 
known.  Many  valuable  races  of  cultivated  plants  owe 
their  origin  to  variation  of  this  sort.  For  instance,  the 
Cupid  type  of  the  sweet  pea,  a  dwarf  race,  originated 
as  a  seedling  sport  from  the  Emily  Henderson,  an  ordi- 
nary tall  sort,  and  certain  other  sweet  peas,  the  writer 
is  informed,  show  a  tendency  to  sport  in  this  way. 
Another  variation  of  similar  kind  is  the  change  in 
character  of  certain  parts  or  branches  of  individuals, 
known  as  bud-sporting.  Bud-sports  have  proved  par- 
ticularly valuable  in  producing  new  sorts  of  chrysan- 
themum and  other  plants  cultivated  for  their  flowers. 
There  appears  to  be  no  way  in  which  the  breeder  can 
induce  seedling-  or  bud -sports,  and  the  only  course 
seems  to  be  to  watch  carefully  for  their  occurrence  and 
be  ready  to  utilize  them  whenever  they  appear. 

The  most  fertile  way  of  securing  variations  is  by  the 
intermingling  of  species  and  varieties  by  hybridization. 
By  blending  distinct  types  of  different  species  or  races 
in  this  way,  individuals  of  almost  any  grade  of  inter- 
mediacy  between  the  two  parents  can  be  obtained  and 
those  having  valuable  combinations  of  characters  se- 
lected and  sometimes  fixed  into  stable  races.  Cross- 
ing in  general  is  probably  the  most  active  agency  in 
procuring  variation,  and  is  thus  of  the  highest  impor- 
tance to  the  plant-breeder,  inasmuch  as  the  production 
of  the  initial  variation  of  a  desired  kind  and  in  a  de- 
sired direction  is  the  most  difficult  achievement. 

IMPROVEMENT  BY  SELECTION.— Improvement  by  selec- 
tion depends  upon  the  principle  of  gradually  augment- 
ing a  quality  by  selecting  seed  each  year  from  that 
individual  which  by  comparison  with  numerous  other 
individuals  is  found  to  exhibit  the  character  desired  in 


1840.  Improvement  of  Sea  Island  Cotton  by  selection. 

Ordinary  type  on  left,  and  selected  type  on  right. 

the  greatest  perfection  or  highest  degree.  By  this  con- 
stant selection  of  seed  from  the  best  individual,  it  has 
been  found  that  the  desired  quality  can  be  secured  in 
more  and  more  marked  degree  the  longer  the  selection 
is  continued.  It  is  to  this  cumulative  power  of  selec- 


tion that  the  great  improvement  in  many  of  our  cul- 
tivated plants  is  due,  and,  in  general,  selection  may 
be  considered  a  fundamental  factor  in  the  successful 
cultivation  of  any  crop,  as  it  is  necessary  not  only  to 
improve  a  race  but  to  retain  it  true  to  type  and  in  vig- 
orous productive  condition. 

The  most  marked  instance  known  to  the  writer  of  the 
improvement  of  a  plant  by  selection  alone  and  the  de- 
pendence of  an  entire  industry  on  this  factor,  is  that  of 
the  sea  island  cotton.  Every  successful  grower  of  sea 
island  cotton  selects  his  seed  each  year  with  the  great- 
est care,  and  pursues  year  after  year  a  definite  process 
of  continuous  selection.  In  beginning  selection,  the 
general  crop  is  examined  and  a  number  of  individuals 
selected  which  seem  from  general  appearance,  vigor, 
productiveness,  etc.,  to  be  superior  plants.  These  su- 
perior plants  are  then  subjected  to  a  very  critical  exami- 
nation as  to  (1)  vigor,  (2)  productiveness,  (3)  season, 
(4)  covering  and  size  of  seed,  (5)  character  of  staple,  etc. 
Under  the  last  heading,  "character  of  staple,"  attention 
is  given  to  (a)  length,  (6)  strength,  (c)  silkiness,  (d) 
fineness,  (e)  uniformity  of  length  and  (f)  proportion  of 
lint  to  seed.  etc.  Finally,  considering  all  of  the  above 


C5 


1841.  Improvement  of  corn  by  selection. 

Boone  County  White  corn  on  left,  and  original  type  from  which 
it  was  developed  by  selection  on  right. 

points  carefully,  the  individual  which  is  found  to  be  su- 
perior to  all  others  is  selected.  The  seed  from  this  is 
saved  and  planted  the  next  year  in  a  select  patch  and 
will  usually  yield  some  500  individuals. 

The  second  year  a  single  superior  plant  is  selected 
with  the  same  care  from  among  the  500  plants  grown 
from  the  seed  of  the  plant  selected  the  first  year.  The 
seed  of  the  remaining  individuals  of  the  500  plants  is 
retained  to  plant  a  special  seed  patch  the  third  year. 

The  third  year  the  seed  of  the  specially  selected  plant 
of  the  preceding  year  is  grown  by  itself,  producing 
some  500  plants,  from  among  which  a  single  superior 
individual  is  again  selected.  The  seed  of  the  remaining 
500  plants  is  again  retained  to  plant  a  special  seed  patch 
the  fourth  year.  Further  than  this,  in  the  third  year 
the  seed  of  the  500  plants  grown  the  previous  year  is 
planted  by  itself  and  will  produce  a  patch  of  some  5 
acres  in  extent,  which  will  yield  sufficient  seed  to  plant 
the  general  crop  in  the  fourth  year  of  the  selection. 
(Compare  Fig.  1839.  )  In  succeeding  years  this  policy  is 
continued,  the  general  crop  being  grown  continuously 
from  seed  of  a  higher  and  higher  grade  of  selection. 
Under  this  continuous  selection  the  quality  and  length 
of  the  staple  has  been  continuously  improved  (Fig. 
1840),  and  the  yield  increased,  so  that  the  growers  to- 
day are  producing  more  cotton  than  ever  before  and  of 
a  better  quality.  Corn  (Fig.  1841),  wheat,  and  very  many 
of  our  races  of  other  cultivated  plants  have  been  im- 
proved in  a  similar  manner,  and  many  of  our  most  valu- 
able races  to-day  are  simply  types  gradually  ameliorated 
through  years  of  continuous  selection. 

In  a  similar  manner  selection  may  be  used  to  improve 
any  character  of  a  plant,  as  the  shape  or  color  of  a 
flower,  acidity  of  the  fruit,  sugar  content  of  the  root  (as 
in  the  beet),  protein  content  of  the  seed  (as  in  corn  and 


PLANT  -  BREEDING 


PLANT -BREEDING 


1365 


wheat),  etc.  The  necessity  of  intelligent  selection  of 
plants  from  which  seed  is"  to  be  taken  can  hardly  be 
overestimated. 

In  all  of  our  orchard  fruits  selection  has  played  a 
most  important  part,  though  here  the  process  is  slightly 
different,  as  the  selection  is  usually  limited  to  a  single 
generation,  the  best  individual  among  many  seedlings 
being  selected  and  propagated  by  buds  or  grafts  so  that 
further  selection  to  fix  and  retain  its  qualities  are  un- 
necessary. In  this  way  was  produced  the  famous  Con- 
cord grape,  the  Dana  Hovey  pear,  the  Wealthy  apple, 
etc.  It  must  not  be  understood,  however,  that  continu- 
ous selection  would  not  give  valuable  results  among 
orchard  fruits  also.  Some  of  our  good  select  seedling 
varieties  are  seedlings  of  select  seedlings,  and  the  pro- 
cess is  thus  a  continuous  one,  though  carried  on  largely 
by  different  experimenters  owing  to  the  long  time  re- 
quired to  secure  fruits. 

The  character  of  the  individual  as  a  whole  is  a  factor 
of  prime  importance  in  selection,  and  should  be  clearly 
recognized  by  every  one  striving  for  improved  or 
pedigree  plants.  The  aim  should  not  be  to  select  the 
single  best  fruit,  but  to  select  fruit  from  the  best  indi- 
vidual plant.  If  one  is  selecting  to  decrease  the  num- 
ber of  seed  he  would  probably  entirely  fail  should  he 
depend  upon  examining  a  number  of  fruits  without  ref- 
erence to  the  plants  on  which  they  grew,  and  selecting 
that  one  for  propagation  which  was  found  to  contain  the 
fewest  seed.  He  should  examine  the  fruit  on  numerous 
trees,  and  then  take  seed  for  planting  from  that  tree 
which  by  the  examination  of  many  fruits  is  found  to 
show  the  most  decided  general  tendency  toward  seed- 
lessness. 

Limitations  of  Selection.  —  Selection  is  by  many  horti- 
culturists considered  to  have  been  the  most  important 
factor  in  the  development  of  our  cultivated  plants,  and 
some  go  so  far  as  to  assert  that  all  other  factors  are 
of  minor  importance.  Both  crossing  and  selection, 
however,  have  their  definite  and  distinct  places  in  any 
rational  system  of  plant-breeding.  When  used  alone  in 
the  improvement  of  plants,  selection  depends  upon  the 
adding  up  of  small,  insignificant  variations  through 
many  generations,  which  in  the  end  may  possibly 
result  in  marvelous  differences ;  but  by  this  method  the 
breeder  has  no  way  to  force  the  change,  and  must  be 
satisfied  with  slight  variation  and  long-continued  selec- 
tion. When  marked  changes  and  new  creations  are 
desired  it  is  to  crossing  or  to  chance  sports  that  at- 
tention must  be  directed. 


1842.  Aquilegia  flowers,  illustrating  the  process  of 
emasculation. 

a,  mature  bud  showing  stage  which  should  be  selected 
for  emasculation;  b,  similar  bud  with  the  tips  of  the 
corolla  pried  apart  and  the  stamens  removed;  c,  a  bud 
opened  naturally,  too  old  to  operate  on ;  d,  a  bud  of  the 
stage  shown  in  a  and  b,  with  corolla  removed  to  show 
the  internal  organs :  e,  a  bud  the  same  as  in  d,  but  with 
the  stamens  removed;  f,  the  same  as  e,  but  older,  at  the 
age  when  pollination  normally  takes  place;  g,  pistil 
shortly  after  fecundation,  the  remnants  of  the  stamens 
having  fallen  away. 

IMPROVEMENT  BY  MEANS  OF  CROSSING.— Aside  from 
selection,  crossing  has  played  the  most  important  role 
in  the  formation  of  the  varieties  and  races  of  our  culti- 
vated plants,  but  the  results  obtained  are  in  many  cases 
closely  connected  with  selection.  In  the  production  of 


1843.  Plant  of  Aquilegia  with 
flowers  covered  with  bags 
in  hybridization  work. 


new  and  novel  races  it  is  to  the  crossing  of  mark- 
edly different  species  or  races  that  the  breeder  must 
look.  In  this  way  plants  may  be  obtained  combining 
the  good  qualities  of  two  distinct  sorts,  with  an  elimi- 
nation of  the  undesirable  features.  In  plants  which  are 
propagated  by  vegetative  parts,  such  as  buds,  grafts, 
cuttings,  etc.,  a  desirable  variation  obtained  by  cross- 
ing may  be  propagated  di- 
rectly without  further  im- 
Erovement.  This  is  the  case 
i  apples,  pears,  oranges, 
and  all  orchard  fruits.  In 
the  case  of  plants  propa- 
gated by  seed,  however,  a 
valuable  hybrid  must  be 
inbred  and  selected  for 
several  generations  until  a 
fixed  type  is  produced. 

The  process  of  crossing 
or  hybridizing  plants  is 
neither  difficult  nor  mysteri- 
ous. It  is  simply  necessary 
to  recognize  that  plants,  like 
animals,  bear  male  and  fe- 
male organs.  In  plants, 
however,  the  male  and  fe- 
male elements  are  most  com- 
monly borne  on  the  same 
individual  and  in  the  same 
flower.  In  some  cases,  as 
in  the  castor  bean,  corn, 
etc.,  both  sexes  are  borne 
on  the  same  plant  but  in 
different  flowers,  while  in 
other  cases,  as  in  the  date  palm,  hemp,  box  elder,  etc., 
the  sexes  are  on  different  plants. 

If  the  plant  to  be  operated  on  has  the  stamens  and 
pistils  (male  and  female  organs)  in  the  same  flower, 
buds  must  be  selected  and  the  stamens  removed  before 
they  burst  and  discharge  the  pollen.  This  is  necessary 
in  order  to  prevent  self-fertilization.  In  some  in- 
stances, as  in  the  case  of  the  columbine,  this  can  be 
done  very  easily  by  simply  selecting  a  bud  just  before 
it  opens  (Fig.  1842)  and  prying  the  tips  of  the  petals 
apart  so  that  the  stamens  may  be  pulled  off  with  small 
pincers  or  forceps.  The  bud  should  then  be  inclosed 
in  a  small  paper  bag  until  the  pistil  matures  normally, 
when  the  bag  may  be  removed  and  the  pollen  dusted 
over  the  pistil  (female  organ).  After  this  the  bag  must 
again  be  put  over  the  flower  to  prevent  other  pollen 
from  being  brought  in  by  insects,  etc.  Fig.  1843.  In 
some  cases  the  pollen  may  be  placed  on  the  immature 
pistil  without  injury  when  the  flower  is  emasculated, 
and  this  is  a  great  saving  of  time  when  it  can  be  done. 
However,  in  experiments  conducted  by  C.  P.  Hart- 
ley, of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  it  has 
been  demonstrated  that  in  some  plants  the  pollination 
of  immature  pistils  produces  injury  and  thus  cannot 
be  practiced  in  all  cases. 

In  some  instances,  as  in  the  apple,  pear,  cotton,  etc., 
it  is  difficult  to  pry  the  petals  apart  to  remove  the  sta- 
mens, and  in  such  cases  the  corolla  may  be  cut  off 
without  injury,  in  this  way  exposing  the  organs  so  that 
the  stamens  can  be  easily  removed  (Fig.  1844). 

In  striving  to  secure  a  certain  combination  of  the  good 
characters  of  any  two  sorts,  very  numerous  crosses 
between  them  should  be  made  in  order  to  furnish  the 
breeder  greater  range  of  selection.  Indeed  at  every 
step  the  success  of  the  plant-breeder  depends  on  han- 
dling large  numbers.  True,  the  desired  variation  may 
be  secured  in  a  small  batch  of  crosses,  but  the  chance 
of  success  is  increased  in  proportion  to  the  number 
handled.  In  his  experiments  Burbank  has  found  that 
in  peaches  about  one  desirable  variety  of  superior  ex- 
cellence is  obtained  from  each  1,000  seedlings  tested, 
while  in  raspberries  and  blackberries  only  about  one 
sort  in  20,000  has  proved  to  be  worthy  of  retention. 

In  the  crossing  of  races  and  species  the  hybrids  in 
the  first  generation  are  usually  nearly  alike,  exhibiting 
in  general  the  same  intermediate  characters.  In  the  sec- 
ond generation  of  these  hybrids,  however,  there  is  al- 
most invariably  greater  variation,  and  it  is  usually  from 
the  plants  of  this  generation  that  the  most  valuable 


1366 


PLANT -BREEDING 


PLATANUS 


types  can  be  selected.  It  is  thus  important  that  the 
hybrids  of  the  first  generation  should  be  inbred  with 
their  own  pollen  or  with  pollen  of  the  hybrids  of  the 
same  combination,  and  numerous  individuals  of  the  sec- 
ond generation  obtained  in  which  plants  showing  the 
desired  combination  of  characters  are  more  likely  to 
be  found. 

One  of  the  most  prominent  characters  of  crosses  is 
their  extreme  vigor,  which  is  particularly  marked  in 
racial  and  specific  hybrids  where  the  parents  are  widely 
distinct  in  characters  (Fig.  1845).  In  crosses  of  closely 
related  sorts,  which  are  reproduced  by  buds,  cuttings, 
slips,  etc.,  and  which  do  not  ordinarily  remain  true  to 
type  when  propagated  by  seed,  the  increase  in  vigor  is 
not  commonly  so  marked. 

Sterility,  which  is  a  common  character  of  hybrids  of 
very  distinct  species  and  races,  may  prove  a  detriment 
in  certain  cases;  but  it  is  seldom  that  all  of  the  hybrids 
of  any  combination  are  completely  sterile,  and  in  most 
instances  of  this  sort  complete  fertility  can  probably  be 
secured  by  selection. 

The  improvements  which  can  be  secured  by  means  of 
crossing  are  almost  innumerable,  and  many  of  them,  so 
far  as  we  are  informed,  can  be  secured  in  no  other  way. 
Such  is  the  production  •  of  fragrant  varieties  from  odor- 
less types  as  has  been  accomplished  in  the  case  of  pan- 
sies,  and  the  blending  and  changing  of  colors  of  flowers 
and  fruits.  Increased  hardiness  and  adaptability  to 
growth  in  warmer  climates  might  possibly  be  secured 
by  simple  selection  through  a  long  series  of  years ;  but 
they  can  doubtless  be  most  quickly  secured  by  crossing 
tender  and  hardy  sorts  or  species,  when  plants  can  be 
obtained  which  possess  these  opposite  qualities. 

Fixation  of  Crosses.  — In  plants  which  are  propagated 
by  vegetative  parts  no  fixation  is  necessary,  but  in  those 
which  are  propagated  by  seed,  all  crosses  that  are 
found  to  possess  desirable  qualities  must  be  fixed  by 
selection  into  stable  races  reproducing  these  qualities 
true.  Usually,  a  large  majority  of  the  progeny  of  a  cross 
will  revert  toward  one  of  the  parents,  and  may  not 
show  the  characters  desired.  In  order  to  render  the  de- 
sired qualities  hereditary,  the  cross  must  be  inbred 
with  its  own  pollen  or  the  pollen  of  another  cross  of 
the  same  parentage  which  exhibits  the  same  characters, 
and  a  large  number  of  plants  grown  from  the  seed  thus 
produced.  These  plants  must  then  be  carefully  exam- 
ined and  individuals  selected  for  further  work  which 
have  reproduced  the  desired  characters  in  the  highest 
degree.  These  individuals  must  be  again  inbred  and  the 
process  continued  for  several  generations  until  all  of  the 
plants  are  reproduced  true  to  the  desired  type.  This, 
in  most  cases,  requires  from  five  to  six  generations  of 
careful  selection.  The  time  used  in  selecting  to  fix  the 
type  is  by  no  means  lost,  as  meanwhile  careful  attention 
can  be  given  to  increasing  the  fruitfulness  so  that  this 
factor  also  mav  be  greatly  improved. 


this  way.  In  orchard  fruits,  carnations,  violets,  pota- 
toes, etc.,  careful  attention  should  thus  be  given  to  the 
buds  or  cuttings  used  in  propagation.  By  a  careful 
selection  of  violet  cuttings  from  those  plants  which 
were  found  to  produce  the  greatest  number  of  good 
flowers,  P.  H.  Dorsett  has  greatly  increased  the  average 


a  &  c  ._..— 

1844.  Cotton  flowers,  illustrating  the  process  of  emasculation- 

a,  mature  bud  showing  the  stage  which  should  be 
selected  for  emasculation ;  6,  a  similar  bud  with  the 
corolla  cut  off  ready  to  emasculate ;  c,  a  similar  bud 
with  the  stamens  removed,— emasculated. 

THE  SELECTION  OP  VEGETATIVE  PARTS.— Within  re- 
cent years  some  attention  has  been  given  to  the  im- 
provement of  plants  by  the  selection  of  buds,  cuttings, 
etc.,  and  the  results  obtained  by  certain  practical  in- 
vestigators indicate  that  much  may  be  accomplished  in 


F  H  M 

1845.  Increase  in  size  of  cotton  bolls  caused  by  hybridization. 

F,  Sea  island  cotton  used  as  the  female  parent ;  If, 
hybrid  ;  M,  Klondike,  a  variety  of  upland  cotton  used 
as  the  male  parent. 

yield  of  his  plants  and  believes  that  an  increased  yield 
of  nearly  100  per  cent  is  perfectly  possible  by  careful 
attention  to  this  factor  alone.  Here,  again,  it  is  not  in- 
creased yield  merely  which  can  be  improved,  but  various 
other  qualities  as  well. 

The  literature  of  plant-breeding  is  mainly  scattered 
through  periodicals  and  is  difficult  of  access.  The  prin- 
cipal work  treating  the  subject  in  a  general  way  is 
Professor  Bailey's  "Plant-Breeding"  (The  Macmillan 
Company,  New  York,  1895).  The  following  are  a  few  of 
the  most  important  general  papers:  "The  Production  et 
Fixation  des  varie'te's  dans  les  ve"ge"taux,"  by  E.  A.  Car- 
riere,  Paris,  1865;  "Die  Pflanzenmischlinge,"  by  W.  O. 
Focke,  Berlin,  1881;  "A  Selection  from  the  Physiologi- 
cal and  Horticultural  Papers  of  Thomas  Andrew  Knight, 
published  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Royal  and  Horti- 
cultural Societies,"  London,  1841;  "Hybrids  and  their 
Utilization  in  Plant-Breeding,"  by  W.  T.  Swingle  and 
H.  J.  Webber;  Year-book,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, 1897;  "Sur  la  Production  et  la  Fixation  des 
Varietes  dans  les  Plantes  d'Ornement,"  by  Jean  Bap- 
tiste  Verlot,  Paris,  1865;  "The  Improvement  of  Plants 
by  Selection,"  Yearbook,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture, 1898;  "Hybrid  Conference  Report,"  Journal  Roy. 
Hort.  Society,  vol.  xxiv,  April,  1900  ;  "  Survival  of  the 
Unlike,"  by  Bailey.  HERBERT  J.  WEBBER. 

PLANT  CELLAKS  will  be  treated  under  Winter  Pro- 
tection. 

PLATANUS  (its  ancient  Greek  name).  Platandcece. 
PLANE-TREE.  BUTTONWOOD.  Ornamental  deciduous 
trees  with  alternate,  petioled,  rather  large,  palmately 
lobed  Ivs.  and  small  greenish  flowers  in  globular,  soli- 
tary or  racemose,  slender-stalked  and  drooping  heads, 
followed  by  similar  heads  of  fruits  remaining  on  the 
branches  during  the  winter.  The  smooth,  light-colored 
often  almost  creamy  white  bark  of  the  branches  and 
limbs,  usually  mottled  by  darker  blotches  of  the  older 
bark,  which  peels  off  in  large  thin  plates,  gives  the 
tree  a  very  characteristic  appearance  in  winter,  while  in 
summer  the  Plane-tree,  with  its  large  head  of  dense 
bright  green  foliage  and  with  its  massive  trunk,  is  a 
beautiful  and  majestic  shade  tree.  The  native  Platanus 
occidentalis  is  hardy  north  and  P.  orientalis  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Mass.,  while  the  southwestern  and  Mexican 
species  cannot  be  cult,  in  the  North.  From  time  imme- 
morial the  Oriental  Plane,  which  was  well  known  to  the 
ancient  Greek  writers,  has  been  famous  for  the  large 


PLAT  AN  US 


PLATANUS 


1367 


size  it  attains— trunks  of  150  ft.  diameter  and  more  are 
reported  to  exist— and  has  been  planted  as  a  shade  tree 
in  W.  Asia  and  S.  Europe,  and  to-day  it  is  still  one  of 
the  favorite  street  trees  throughout  the  temperate  re- 
gions of  Europe.  It  has  also  been  recognized  in  this 
country  as  one  of  the  best  street  trees,  even  to  be  pre- 


1846.  Plane-tree -Platanus  occidentalis. 

ferred  to  the  native  Plane,  which,  unfortunately,  suffers 
from  the  attacks  of  a  fungus, Gloeosporium  nervisequum, 
while  the  Oriental  is  not  injured  by  it.  The  Plane-trees 
stand  pruning— even  severe  pruning— well.  To  what 
extent  they  are  sometimes  pruned  in  European  cities 
without  losing  their  vitality  is  shown  in  an  interesting 
illustration  in  "Forest  Leaves, "vol.  3,  p.  97.  They  are 
also  easily  transplanted  even  as  larger  trees.  They  grow 
best  in  a  deep  and  rich,  moist  soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown 
in  spring  and  only  slightly  covered  with  soil  and  kept 
moist  and  shady;  also  by  cuttings  of  ripened  wood  and 
by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass  in  June  taken  with  a 
heel  and  sometimes  by  layers.  Varieties  are  also  occa- 
sionally grafted  in  spring  on  seedlings  of  one  of  the 
species.  The  stellate  hairs  of  the  young  Ivs.  when  de- 
tached by  the  wind,  sometimes  float  in  great  quantities 
in  the  air  and  are  liable  to  cause  irritation  and  some- 
times inflammation  of  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  eye, 
nose  and  mouth.  But  as  this  is  likely  to  occur  only  dur- 
ing a  very  limited  period  late  in  spring  it  can  hardly  be 
considered  as  a  serious  objection  to  the  use  of  Platanus 
as  a  street  tree. 

Six  or  7  species  of  Platanus  are  known  in  N.  America 
south  to  Mexico  and  from  southeast  Europe  to  India. 
Trees  with  the  bark  exfoliating  in  thin  plates; 
only  at  the  base  of  older  trunks  the  bark  is 
persistent,  of  darker  color  and  furrowed. 
Stipules  conspicuous,  usually  connate  into  a 
tube,  with  spreading  leaf -like  margin;  peti- 
ole with  the  enlarged  base  inclosing  the  ax- 
illary bud:  Ivs.  palmately  veined,  covered 
densely  with  stellate  hairs  when  young:  fls. 
monoecious,  in  dense,  globular  heads,  stami- 
nate  and  pistillate  similar,  but  on  separate 
peduncles;  sepals  and  petals  3-8;  staminate 

•ith  IJ-8  stamens,  pistillate  with  3-8  pistils 
with  elongated  styles:  fr.-heads  consisting 
<>f  numerous  narrowly  obconical,  one-seeded 
nutlets  surrounded  at  the  base  by  long  hairs. 

occidentalis,  Linn.  BUTTONWOOD.  BUT- 
TON-HALL,. AMERICAN  PLANE-TREE.  Also 
wrongly  called  SYCAMORE.  Figs.  1846,  1847. 
Large  tree,  attaining  130  or  occasionally  170 
ft.,  with  a  round-topped  oblong  or  broad  head 
and  with  a  trunk  10  ft.  or  exceptionally  more 
in  diam.,  often  of  considerable  height:  bark 
limb  and  branches  of  very  light  often  al- 
most creamy  white  color,  at  the  base  of  the 

ranks  dark  brown,  fissured:  stipules  large, 

i  toothed  margin  :    Ivs.  as  broad  or  broader  than 

ong,  truncate  or  cordate,  rarely  cuneate  at  the  base, 
sually  3-,   sometimes  5-lobed,  with   shallow  sinuses; 

obes  shorter  than  broad,  coarsely  toothed   or  entire, 


floccose-tomentose  when  young,  at  maturity  only  pubes- 
cent on  the  veins  beneath,  4—9  in.  broad:  fr.-heads  soli- 
tary, rarely  in  2's,  on  3-6-in.  long  peduncles,  about  1  in. 
across  or  more,  comparatively  smooth  at  length;  nutlets 
with  obtuse  apex,  with  the  rest  of  the  style  one-six- 
teenth inch  long  or  shorter.  May.  Maine  to  Ontario  and 
Minn.,  south  to  Fla.  and  Tex.  S.S.  7:326,327.  G.F. 
2:354,  355;  9:55.  Em.  1:261,  263.  Gng.  4:343.  Mn.  3,  p. 
69;  5,  p.  205,  209.  — The  most  massive  and  perhaps  the 
tallest  of  all  deciduous  trees  of  N.  America  and  an  excel- 
lent street  and  park  tree  where  it  is  not  injured  by  fun- 
gous diseases.  There  are  several  vars.  in  cultivation: 
Var.  Hispanica,  Janko  (P.  Hispdnica,  Lodd.).  Lvs. 
large,  3-5-lobed,  with  very  shallow  sinuses,  coarsely 
toothed,  usually  cordate  at  the  base.  Gn.  1,  p.  588; 
20,  p.  370.  Var.  pyramid&lis,  Jaen.  (P.  pyramidalis, 
Bolle).  Of  pyramidal  habit:  Ivs.  usually  3-lobed,  often 
longer  than  broad,  with  usually  rounded  base.  Var.  tu- 
bifera,  Jaen.  (P.  suptrba,  Hort.).  With  very  conspicu- 
ous elongated,  tubular  stipules.  There  are  also  some 
forms  with  variegated  Ivs.  Var.  Suttneri,  Hort.,  with 
the  Ivs.  spotted  and  marked  white,  and  var.  aureo-vari- 
egata,  Hort.  (var.  Kelseyana,  Jaen.),  with  yellow  varie- 
gated leaves. 

orientalis,  Linn.  ORIENTAL  PLANE.  Tree,  to  80  ft., 
with  usually  very  broad  and  round  head  on  a  compara- 
tively short  trunk  :  bark  of  dull  grayish  or  greenish 
white  color;  stipules  small,  usually  with  entire  margin: 
Ivs.  usually  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  deeply  5-7- 
lobed,  rarely  3-lobed,  with  the  sinuses  reaching  almost 
to  or  below  the  middle;  lobes  longer  or  much  longer 
than  broad,  coarsely  toothed  or  entire,  glabrous  or 
nearly  so  at  maturity,  4—8  in.  long:  fr.-heads  2-4  on  long, 
drooping  stalks,  bristly,  the  nutlets  narrowed  at  the 
apex  into  a  persistent  style  to  2  lines  long.  May.  S.  E. 
Eu.  to  India.  G.F.  4:91.  G.C.  III.  23:25,  27.  Gn.  1,  p. 
550;  20,  p.  369,  371,  373.— A  variable  species,  of  which 
the  most  important  forms  are  the  following :  Var.  aceri- 
fdlia,  Ait.  (P.  acerifolia,  Willd.  P.  intermedia,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  less  deeply  lobed,  the  sinuses  rarely  reaching  -be- 
low the  middle ;  lobes  usually  5,  the  middle  one  only 
little  longer  than  broad:  fr.-heads  usually  in  2's.  Gn. 
1,  p.  588;  20,  p.  371  and  probably  1,  p.  486  and  20,  p.  370 
(as  P.  occidentalis).  This  form  resembles  in  foliage 
the  American  Plane,  and  is  also  of  more  pyramidal  habit 
than  the  Oriental  Plane,  which  in  its  typical  form  has 
a  broad  head,  with  wide-spreading  branches  deeply 
divided,  5— 7-lobed  Ivs.,  and  the  fr.-heads  often  in  3's 
and  4's.  It  is  often  considered  a  distinct  species,  and 
some  have  ventured  the  opinion  that  it  may  be  a  hybrid 
between  P.  occidentalis  and  P.  orientalis,  as  it  is  in 
some  characters  intermediate  between  the  two,  but  the 
fr.  does  not  differ  from  that  of  the  latter.  The  var. 


1847.  Platanus  occidentalis  (X 


acerifdlia,  which  is  the  so-called  London  Plane,  seems 
hardier  and  is  more  generally  planted  under  the  name 
of  the  Oriental  Plane  than  the  typical  P.  orientalis. 
Var.  digitata,  Janko  (P.  umbraculifera,  Hort,,  var.  la- 


1368 


PL AT AN US 


PLATYCERIUM 


ciniata,  Hort. ).  Lvs.  cuneate  or  truncate  or  cuneate 
at  the  base,  deeply  5-lobed,  with  narrow,  elongated, 
coarsely  toothed  lobes.  Gn.  1,  p.  572,  573;  20,  p.  371. 
Var.  undulata,  Ait.  (var.  cuneata,  Loud.  P.  cuneata, 
Willd.).  Often  shrubby  :  Ivs.  short-stalked,  smaller, 
usually  deeply  3-lobed  and  cuneate,  with  narrow-toothed 
lobes.  Gn.  1,  p.  618;  20,  p.  371. 

P.  racemdsa,  Nutt.  (P.  California,  Benth.).  Tree,  to  100  or 
120  ft.,  with  a  trunk  often  divided  into  several  stems:  Ivs.  usu- 
ally cordate  or  truncate,  deeply  3-5-lobed,  with  ovate-lanceo- 
late, mostly  entire  lobes,  pale-tomentose  beneath,  6-10  in.  long: 
fr. -heads  bristly,  sessile  on  the  slender  stalk,  racemose.  Calif. 
S.S.  7:328.— P.  vulgaris,  Spach,  comprises  all  species  of  the  ge- 
nus. —  P.  Wrlghtii,  Wats.  Tree,  to  80  ft.,  often  divided  into 
several  stems  :  Ivs.  usually  cordate  or  truncate,  deeply  3-7- 
lobed,  with  lanceolate,  acuminate,  entire  or  dentate  lobes,  to- 
mentose  beneath  or  nearly  glabrous  at  length,  6-8  in.  long: 
fr. -heads  racemose,  rather  smooth,  each  on  a  short  stalk.  New 
Mex.  and  Ariz,  to  Calif.  S.S.  7:329. 

The  other  species,  as  P.  Mexicana,  Moric.,  which  is  some- 
times planted  as  a  street  tree  in  Mexico,  P.  Lindeniana,  Mart. 
&  Gal.,  and  P.  glabrdta,  Fernald,  all  natives  of  Mex.,  are  not 
.yet  introduced.  ALFRED  REHDEB. 

PLATYCABYA  (platys,  broad,  carya,  nut;  alluding 
to  the  shape  of  the  fruit).  Syn.,  Fortunea.  Juglanda- 
cece.  A  monotypic  genus  distinguished  from  all  other 
Juglandaceae  by  its  fertile  fls.  forming  an  upright  cone- 
like  spike.  Small  deciduous  tree:  the  branches  with 
solid  pith:  winter-buds  with  imbricate  scales:  Ivs.  odd- 
pinnate,  similar  to  those  of  Hicoria  Pecan,  but  smaller; 
staminate  catkins  axillary;  pistillate  terminal,  solitary: 
fr.  a  small,  winged  nut  in  the  axils  of  densely  imbri- 
cated, rigid  and  sharply  pointed  lanceolate  bracts  form- 
ing a  terminal  upright  cone.  Rarely  cult,  and  probably 
not  hardy  north  of  the  Middle  States.  It  has  graceful 
and  interesting  foliage,  but  its  ornamental  value  is  not 
great.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  by  layers,  probably  also  by 
grafting  on  Hicoria. 

strobilacea,  Sieb.  and  Zucc.  (Fortunea  SinSnsis, 
Lindl.).  Small  tree,  with  upright  glabrous  branches: 
Ivs.  8-12  in.  long;  Ifts.  9-17,  sessile,  oblong-lanceolate, 
falcate,  acuminate,  doubly  serrate,  pubescent  only  on 
the  midrib  beneath,  3-4  in.  long:  fr.-bearing  cone  about 
1-1%  in.  long,  oval,  brown.  Summer.  Japan,  China. 
:S.Z.  2:149.  F.S.  4,  p.  326b.  R.H.  1888,  p.  88. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

PLATYCERIUM  (Greek,  broad  horn;  alluding  to  the 
shape  of  the  Ivs.).  Polypodiacece.  STAG-HORN  FERN. 
An  anomalous  genus  of  ferns  with  irregularly  lobed 
thick  Ivs.  with  the  sori  forming  irregular  patches  over 
one  or  both  surfaces.  The  sterile  Ivs.  are  flat,  rounded 
expansions  closely  adherent  in  layers  to  the  substratum. 
In  their  native  forests  these  ferns  grow  to  the  surface 
of  trees  and  old  plants  and  often  form  enormous  nests. 

Eight  kinds  of  Platycerium  are  offered  for  sale  in 
America.  The  word  "disk,'  as  used  below,  refers  to  the 
widest  unbranched  portion  of  the  fertile  frond. 

A.  Plants  not  forked  like  a  stag  hom...l.  Angolense 
JLA..  Plants  resembling  a  stag  horn. 

B.  Sori  borne  on  a  special  receptacle 

described  under  No.  2 2.  biforme 

BB.  Sori  borne  on  the  last  forks  or  near 

their  base. 
c.  Barren   fronds   stag -horn -like 

above. 

D.  Fertile  fronds  in  pairs. 
E.  Plants  glabrous  or  nearly 

so 3.  grande 

EE.  Plants  pubescent,  with  yel- 
lowish wool 4.  Wallichii 

DD.  Fertile  fronds  in  3* s 5.  Willinckii 

CC.  Barren  fronds   not   stag -horn- 
like, entire  or  merely  lobed. 
D.  Segments  and  simises  of  the 

fertile  fronds  very  broad... 6.  jfithiopicum 
.DD.  Segments  and  sinuses  narrow. 
E.   Unbranched  portion  of  fer- 
tile fronds  very  long  and 

narrow 7.  Hillii 

EE.  Unbranched  portion  of  fer- 
tile fronds  moderately 
long 8.  alcicorne 


1.  Angolense,  Welw.  (P.  JEthiopicum,  var.  Angolense, 
Welw.).     Fertile   fronds  wedge-shaped  in  outline  and 
merely  wavy  at  the  margin.    It  is  also  distinct  by  reason 
of  ,f  elt-like  covering  of  rust-colored  wool  on  the  lower  side 
of  the  fronds.   Barren  fronds  large,  erect;  fertile  fronds 
attaining  a  length  of  18  in.  and  a  width  of  9  in.  at  the 
top:  spore-mass  nearly  as  broad  as  the  frond.    Angola 
(West  Africa).    G.C.  III.  23:155  (repeated  in  28:444). 

2.  biforme,  Blume.    According  to  Blume's  plate  and 
description,  this  differs  from  all  other  kinds  in  having 
the  spores  borne  on  a  special  appendage,  which  is  kid- 
ney-shaped and  attached  below  the  first  fork.     Blume 
says  there  are  2   such   appendages  ;    that  the   barren 
fronds  are  roundish,  entire  below,  lobed  above:  fertile 
fronds  3-5  ft.   long,   many  times   forked,  pale   green. 
Java.  — The  fertile  fronds  of  P.  biforme  are  said  to  grow 
15  ft.  long  sometimes.     The  picture  in  Gn.  4,  p.  295, 
labeled  P.  biforme  seems  to  be  distinct  and  anomalous, 
though  somewhat  like  P.  grande. 

3.  grande,  J.  Smith.    Fig.  1848.     This  may  be  readily 
distinguished  from  P.  alcicorne  by  its  barren  fronds, 
which  are  also  stag-like,  while  those  of  P.  alcicorne  are 
not.    Barren  fronds  stalkless ;  segments  blunt,  spongy, 
pale  green,  tomentose:  fertile  fronds  in  pairs,  3-6  ft. 
long:  sori  not  at  the  base  of  every  ultimate  fork  but 
against  the  upper  edge  of  the  disk,  with  an  infertile 
fork  projecting  beyond  on  either  side.    North  Australia. 
G.C.    1872:1137;  III.  8:97  (good,  repeated  in  III.  10:698 
and  28:433).     Gng.  5:169  (same    as    A.F.   6:701).     F. 
1850:47  (same    as   F.S.  6,  p.  156).     Not   G.M.  40:135, 
which  is  P.  ^Kthiopicum.    Mn.  1,  p.  77  (erroneously  as 
P.  alcicorne). 

4.  Wallichii,  Hook.    As  in  P.  grande,  the  sori  are 
borne  not  at  the  base  of  the  ultimate  forks,  but  on  a 
disk  which  is  not  squared  off  at  its  upper  surface  but 
rounded  and  projecting  into  the  angle  between  the  forks. 
Sori    roundish.     Malay   Peninsula.     G.C.    III.    28:435. 
Hook.    Fil.  Exot.,  plate  97. 

5.  Willinckii,  Moore.    Distinguished  from  P.  grande 
by  the  sori,  which  nearly  fill  the  last  forks  but  do  not 
approach  the  base  of  the  sinus.    The  fronds  are  thinly 
furnished  with  minute  stellate  hairs,  at  length  glabrous 
and  pale  green.    Moore  says :  "fertile  fronds  in  3's,  elon- 
gate, pendent,  with  scarcely  any  disk,  bipartite  for  about 
two-thirds  of  their  length,  one  of  the  margins  of  each 
primary  branch  entire,  the  other  bearing  numerous  lobes 
in  about  three  series  on  a  dichotomous  plan."    Strong 
features  of  this  plant  are  the  length,  narrowness  and 
acuteness  of  the  forks,  and  also  the  narrowness  of  the 
"disk "or  unbranched  portion  just  below  the  primary 
forks.   Java.    G.C.  II.  3:303  (repeated  in  III.  10:701  and 
28:431.    A.G.  15:111.     Gn.  10,  p.  383  (repeated  in  Gn. 
30,  p.  300). 

6.  -ffithidpicuni,  Hook.  (P.  Stemmaria,  Beauv.).    Bar- 
ren fronds  rounded;  fertile  fronds  2-3  ft.  long,  clus- 
tered, pendent,  twice   dichotomous  (not  twice  trichot- 
omous,  as  some  writers  say) :  sorus  a  V-shaped  patch 
surrounding    the    sinus.     Guinea,   Angola.     Hooker's 
Garden  Ferns,  plate  9.   A.G.  15:111.  G.M.  40:135  (erro- 
neously as  P.  grande).  —  The  fronds  are  said  to  be  cov- 
ered below  with  a  thin  cottony  down. 

7.  Hillii,  Moore  (P.  alcicdrne,  var.  Hillii).     Barren 
fronds  like  P.  alcicorne,  but  the  fertile  fronds  are  erect, 
the  unbranched  portion  longer,  the  forks  more  numer- 
ous   and    compact,  the   segments   shorter    and    more 
acute.     Fronds  clustered  thinly,  covered  when  mature 
with   white   stellate   hairs:    sori  in   oval  or  roundish 
masses,  not  at  the  base  of  the  sinus  but  near  the  base 
of  each  of  the  last  segments.    The  upper  third  of  the 
fertile  frond  is  « 15-18  in.  across,  3-parted,  the  central 
segment  with  1  or  2  side  lobes  near  the  apex,  the  2  lat- 
eral segments  broader  and  twice  or  thrice  forked  into 
5-10  ultimate  lobes."   T.  Moore.    Queensland.     G.C.  II. 
10:51,  428,  429.    J.H.  III.  32:497. 

8.  alcic6rne,  Desv.     Barren  fronds  rounded,  convex, 
wavy  margined;  fertile  fronds  clustered,  attaining  2-3 
ft.,  2-3  times  dichotomous,  the  unforked  portion  erect, 
the  segments  pendent,  rather  narrow  and  sharply  cut, 
under  surface  covered  with  thin  cottony  down:  sori  in 
irregular    masses,  filling   the   last    forks  and    a  space 
across  their  bases,  shown  in  B.R.  3:262,  263  (as  Acros- 
ticJnim  alcicorne).    Temperate  Australia.   A.G.  14:153; 


PLATYCEBIUM 


PLAT  YC  LIN  IS 


1369 


15:111.    On.  51,  p. 'J.VJ.    G.C.  III.  10:097.     Not  Mn.  1,  p. 
11,  which  is  really  P.  grande. 

Var.  majus,  Moore,  is  stronger-growing,  more  up- 
right, and  with  thick,  leathery,  dark  green  fronds.  Ac- 
cording to  F.  L.  Atkins,  the  fertile  fronds  are  more 
broadly  cut  than  the  type  and  seldom  forked  more  than 
once.  Polynesia.  Veitch's  Catalogue  1873,  p.  13. 

W.  M. 

No  private  conservatory  should  make  any  pretensions 
to  rank  in  the  first  class  that  does  not  take  pride  in  at 
least  one  well-grown  specimen  of  Platycerium.  The 
Stag-horn  Ferns  are  amongst  the  most  beautiful  and 
distinct  of  ferns— perhaps  the  most  striking  of  all— be- 
cause of  their  noble,  antlered  appearance  and  their 
epiphytal  habit.  They  have  two  kinds  of  fronds,  bar- 
ren and  fertile,  the  former  being  rounded  disks  which 
clasp  the  tree  trunk,  while  the  fertile  fronds  generally 
hang  down  and  look  like  antlers.  Occasionally  the 
barren  fronds  are  more  or  less  antlered,  as  in  P. 
grande,  but  never  give  so  perfect  a  suggestion  as  do 
the  fertile  fronds.  The  species  are  all  tropical,  except 
P.  alcicorne,  which  is  therefore  the  easiest  to  grow  and 
the  commonest  in  cultivation.  This  species  can  endure 
a  night  temperature  of  50°  F.  or  even  less.  The  glory 
of  the  genus,  however,  is  P.  grande  (Fig.  1848).  The 
barren  fronds  are  exceptionally  large,  rounded  and 
wavy  margined  at  the  base,  deeply  cut  above,  forming 
an  erect  or  arching  background  to  the  pendent  fertile 
fronds,  which  fork  more  times  and  have  much  narrower 
segments  than  the  barren  fronds.  Unfortunately  this 
is  the  only  species  that  does  not  produce  suckers  at  the 
roots,  by  which  all  the  others  are  easily  propagated.  It 
alone  must  be  raised  from  spores,  a  long  and  anxious 

Erocess.  The  only  kind  that  has  an  erect  and  rigid 
abit  is  P.  Hillii,  which  therefore  is  grown  in  pots, 
while  all  the  others  may  be  grown  on  a  block  of  wood, 
and  some  in  baskets.  P.  biforme  differs  from  all  others 
in  having  a  separate  and  specialized  structure  on  which 
the  sori  are  borne,  the  other  kinds  bearing  their  spore- 
masses  on  the  under  surface  of  the  fertile  fronds  at  or 
near  the  last  forks.  P.  biforme,  though  advertised  in 
America,  is  probably  nowhere  in  cultivation  in  the 
world.  There  is  an  improved  form  of  the  common 
type  known  as  P.  alcicorne,  var.  majus,  which  is 
stronger-growing  and  has  thicker  fronds,  enabling  it 
to  endure  a  drier  atmosphere.  It  is  therefore  one  of 
the  best,  if  not  the  best,  for  exhibition  purposes.  At 
the  other  extreme  from  the  slender  grace  of  P.  alci- 
corne and  the  rest  is  the  bold  and  broad  style  of 
P.  ^Ethiopicum.  P.  Angolense  is  the  only  one  which 
bears  no  resemblance  to  antlers. 

All  the  species  require  a  moist  atmosphere,  though 
the  humidity  should  be  reduced  during  the  winter. 
With  the  exception  of  P.  alcicorne  they  all  require  a 
high  temperature.  All  need  perfect  drainage,  and  in 
winter  they  should  not  have  too  much  direct  syringing, 
for  they  need  a  slight  rest  and  are  likely  to  spot  or 
damp-off  if  water  remains  on  the  foliage  too  long. 
P.  ^Ethiopicum  is  said  to  be  particularly  sensitive. 
Stag-horn  Ferns  are  often  grown  on  pieces  of  tree-fern 
stem.  They  are  fastened  to  such  support  or  to  a  board 
by  means  oi  wire,  having  first  furnished  the  roots  with 
a  slit  piece  of  peat  for  root-hold  and  some  sphagnum 
moss,  to  which  may  be  added  a  little  bonemeal  for  food 
and  some  charcoal  for  drainage.  A  little  moss  may  be 
added  every  year  or  two.  Eventually  the  barren  fronds 
will  entirely  cover  this  material  and  the  plants  should 
then  be  left  undisturbed  for  years.  A  Stag-horn  Fern, 
with  antlers  spreading  6  or  8  feet,  is  a  sight  never  to 
W.  H.  TAPLIN  and  F.  L.  ATKINS. 

PLATYCLlNIS  (Greek,  broad  bed;  in  allusion  to  the 
clinandrium).  Orchidacece.  Plants  with  small,  closely 
crowded  pseudobulbs,  each  with  a  single,  narrow,  ever- 
green leaf.  The  flowers  are  borne  in  graceful,  drooping 
racemes  6-10  in.  long.  They  are  small  and  not  showy, 
but  the  thread-like  racemes  arching  from  among  the 
lensely  tufted  green  foliage  give  the  plants  a  pleasing 
appearance.  Sepals  and  petals  spreading;  labellum  3- 
obed;  column  short,  with  an  erect-toothed  clinandrium 
and  a  large,  narrow,  erect  wing  on  each  side  of  the 
clirmndrium.  About  20  species  in  India,  China  and  the 
Malay  Islands.  HKINRICH  HASSELBRING. 


1848.  Platycerium  grande. 


The  several  species  of  Platyclinis  are  all  small,  com- 
pact-growing plants,  requiring  but  little  root-space. 
They  are  of  easy  culture  and  readily  adapt  themselves 
to  either  pot  or  basket  culture,  the  latter  being  prefer- 
able for  those  with  pendulous  flower-scapes.  The  roots 
do  not  like  being  disturbed,  but  when  repotting  is  neces- 
sary it  is  best  to  do  it  just  after  the  flowering  period. 
The  compost  should  consist  of  equal  parts  chopped  live 
sphagnum  moss  and  clean  peat  fiber.  The  roots  should 
be  carefully  distributed  and  the  compost  pressed  gently 
but  firmly  in  around  them,  leaving  the  surface  slightly 
convex  when  finished.  At  least  two-thirds  of  the  space 
should  be  devoted  to  free  drainage  with  potsherds  or 
bits  of  charcoal. 

A  shaded  location  and  moist  atmosphere,  with  a  tem- 
perature of  60-65°  F.  by  night  and  70-75°  by  day,  will 
afford  them  satisfactory  growing  conditions.  They  re- 
quire a  liberal  supply  of  water  at  the  roots,  with  occa- 
sional syringing  overhead  in  bright  weather  when  grow- 
ing, and  should  never  be  allowed  to  remain  long  dry 
even  when  at  rest.  The  plants  frequently  produce  side 
growths  from  the  old  pseudobulbs,  which  may  be  re- 
moved after  the  growths  are  matured,  leaving  three  or 
more  of  the  old  pseudobulbs  attached  to  each  piece, 
thus  increasing  the  stock.  When  no  natural  break 
occurs,  however,  the  plants  may  often  be  induced  to 
break  by  slightly  twisting,  or  notching  the  rhizome 
with  a  sharp  knife,  thereby  retarding  the  flow  of  sap  at 
that  point.  EGBERT  M.  GREY. 


glumacea,  Benth.  (Dendrochllum  glumaceuntf 
Pseudobulbs  crowded,  forming  dense  spreading  masses, 
the  young  ones  clothed  with  red  scales:  Ivs.  solitary, 
broadly  lanceolate,  tapering  to  a  petiole  which  is  en- 
closed by  the  sheath:  peduncle  from  the  top  of  the 
pseudobulb,  slender,  bearing  a  long,  drooping  spike  of 
small  white  fls.:  sepals  and  petals  spreading,  oblong, 
acuminate;  middle  lobe  of  the  labellum  rotund,  curved, 
base  with  2  fleshy  ridges.  Spring.  Philippines.  B.M. 
4853.  G.C.  III.  18:552. 

filif6nnis,  Benth.  (Dendrochlhim  filiforme,  LindL). 
Pseudobulbs  crowded  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  :  flower- 
stem  thread-like,  bearing  a  long,  pendulous  raceme  of 


1370 


PLATYCLINIS 


PLATYSTEMON 


small,  pale  yellow  fls. :  sepals  and  petals  obovate;  la- 
bellum  cuneate-rotund,  auriculate  at  the  base.  Summer, 
Philippines.  I.H.  25:323  (as Dendrochihim  glumaceum) . 
G.F.  2:485. 

Cobbiana,  Hemsl.  (Dendrochllum  Oobbianum,  Reichb. 
f . ) .  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate :  fls.  in  a  zigzag  raceme,  pale 
yellow,  with  an  orange  lip ;  sepals  and  petals  triangular- 
oblong  ;  labellum  cuneate-f an- shaped,  retuse.  Nov., 
Dec.  Philippines.  HEINBICH  HASSELBRING. 


1849. 
Platycodon  grandiflorum. 


PLATYCODON  (Greek, 
platys,  broad,  and  kodon, 
bell  ;  referring  to  the 
shape  of  the  flower). 
Campanulacece.  A  mono- 
typic  genus  of  very  handsome 
hardy  herbaceous  perennials,  with 
blue  or  white  bell-shaped  flowers; 
hence  the  name  "  Chinese  "  or  "Jap- 
anese Bellflower."  This  plant  was 
first  placed  in  Campanula  by  Jac- 
quin  and  later,  by  Schrader,  in 
Wahlenbergia;  and  it  is  still  some- 
times cult,  under  these  names.  In 
1830  it  was  given  a  new  genus 
(Platycodon)  by  A.  DeCandolle.  It 
is  distinguished  from  Campanula 
by  its  broadly  cup-shaped  flowers, 
the  stamens  dilated  at  the  base,  and 
the  capsule  opening  at  the  top  and 
not  at  the  sides.  From  Wahlenber- 
gia it  differs  in  the  valves  of  the 
capsule  being  opposite  to  the  calyx- 
lobes  instead  of  alternate  with 
them  Several  supposed  species  have  been  described  at 
different  times,  but  there  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  the 
genus  is  distinctly  monotypic  and  that  all  forms  can  be 
referred  as  forms  of  the  type  P.  grandiflorum,  which 
has  been  widely  distributed  and  thereby  greatly  modi- 
fied. It  has  been  found  in  a  wild  state  from  Dahuria  to 
Manchuria,  in  China,  in  Siberia,  Corea  and  Japan. 

Platycodon  requires  a  medium  sandy  loam,  and  does 
not  succeed  in  either  extremely  stiff  or  sandy  soils.  It 
is  particularly  sensitive  to  ill-drained  soils.  Under  suit- 
able soil  conditions  it  is  perfectly  hardy  and  will  even 
stand  considerable  neglect.  It  is  desirable  to  keep  the 
stems  tied  during  the  season,  for  if  once  allowed  to  fall 
they  can  never  be  raised  without  breaking.  In  autumn 
the  old  stems  should  not  be  cut  away,  but  the  plant  al- 
lowed to  die  off  naturally ;  otherwise  the  crown  may  be 
injured.  It  can  be  propagated  either  by  division  or  by 
seeding,  the  latter  being  more  surely  successful  and 
therefore  preferable;  besides,  a  greater  variety  of  flow- 
ers is  obtained  in  this  way.  More  care  and  skill  are 
necessary  in  propagation  by  division,  because  of  the 
fleshy  rootstock.  It  is  best  accomplished  in  spring, 
when  the  plant  is  breaking  into  new  growth. 


grandifldrum,  DC.  (Campanula  grandiflora,  Jacq. 
Wahlenbergia  grandiflora,  Schrad.).  CHINESE  or  JAP- 
ANESE BELL-FLOWER.  BALLOON  FLOWER.  Fig.  1849. 
Plant  1-2  ft.  high,  forming  a  dense,  branching  bush  of 
upright  habit:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  gla- 
brous, unequally  toothed:  fls.  large  and  open,  attaining 
3  in.  in  diam.,  produced  from  tips  of  branches,  inflated 
in  the  bud,  hence  sometimes  called  "balloon  flower"; 
corolla  5-lobed,  blue,  pale  blue-white,  or  variegated. 
June,  July.  G.C.  III.  28:223.  J.H.  III.  30:123.  F.S.  22: 
2332.  B.M.  252.  — Var.  album.  A  white-flowering 
form.  Var.  autumnale.  Later-flowering  form  from 
Manchuria.  Gn.  45,  p.  462.  R.H.  1848:361;  1853: 
547. 

Var.   Jap6nicum   (P.   Japdnicum,  Hort.)   is    of 
stronger  and  bushier  growth  and  freer-flowering. 
The  flowers  average  2%  in.  across ;  the  inner  and 
outer  lobes  alternate  with  one  another,  giving  the 
flower  the  appearance  of  a  10-pointed   star.  — This  va- 
riety was  first  procured  by  Dreer  in  1895  from  Leonard 
Lille,  Lyons,  France,  who  offered  it  as  a  novelty  that 
season.     It  proved  to  be  a  first-class  and  desirable  sort 
and  has  been  tested  by  Dreer  since,  who  considers  it 
one  of  the  good  hardy  perennials. 

Var.  Mariesi  (P.  Mariesi,  Hort.).  Recently  introduced 
into  England  from  Japan  by  Maries,  and  supposed  to  be 
identical  with  var.  glaucum  of  Siebold.  It  does  not  ex- 
ceed 1  ft  in  height :  growth  stouter  and  more  compact : 
Ivs.  thicker  than  in  the  type:  fls.  are  as  large  or  larger 
than  the  type  and  varying  in  color  from  deep  purplish 
blue  to  pale  blue  or  lavender  and  white.  G.C.  III.  14:163. 
G.M.  37:35.  J.H.  III.  35:29.  Gn.  27:483;  45:964.-Var. 
semi-plenum.  Fls.  semi-double,  and  varying  in  color 
from  purple  to  white  ;  said  to  have  been  developed 
from  var.  album.  Var.  striatum.  A  garden  form  with 
blue  or  white  fls.,  striped  with  white  or  blue. 

ARNOLD  V.  STUBENRAUCH. 

PLATYCRATER  (Greek,  platys,  broad,  and  crater, 
bowl;  alluding  to  the  broad,  enlarged  calyx  of  the  ster- 
ile fls.).  Saxifragaceoe,.  A  monotypic  genus  allied  to 
Hydrangea.  The  species  is  a  prostrate  shrub,  with  op- 
posite serrate  Ivs.  and  white,  comparatively  large  fls.  in 
long-peduncled,  loose  cymes,  the  marginal  ones  sterile 
and  with  enlarged  calyx;  petals  4;  stamens  numerous: 
fr.  a  2-celled  many-seeded  dehiscent  capsule.  It  is  not 
hardy  north,  and  of  little  decorative  value.  It  thrives 
best  in  rather  moist,  porous  soil  and  partly  shaded  po- 
sition and  is  easily  prop,  by  seeds,  greenwood  cuttings 
under  glass,  or  layers. 

arguta,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Prostrate  shrub:  Ivs.  oblong 
to  oblanceolate,  cuneate  at  the  base,  acuminate,  glabrous 
except  on  the  veins  beneath,  thin,  light  green,  3-6  in. 
long:  cymes  3-10-fld.,  on  a  1-2-in.  long  peduncle:  fls. 
slender-pedicelled,  the  sterile  ones  apetalous,  1  in. 
across,  with  broad,  obtuse  sepals;  fertile  smaller,  with 
lanceolate  sepals  half  as  long  as  the  oblong-ovate  petals. 
July.  Japan.  S.Z.  1:27.  Gt.  15:516.  — Usefut^fe^ rock- 
work  in  greenhouses.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

PLATYLOMA  is  a  name  for  ferns  of  the  genus  Pellcea 
which  have  a  narrow  indusium  and  a  broad  sorus.  For 
Platyloma  Sridgesii  and  P.  falcata,  see  Pellcea. 

PLATYSTEMON  (Greek  words  referring  to  the  dilated 
filaments).  Papaverdcece.  CREAM  CUPS.  A  half-hardy 
annual  growing  about  a  foot  high  and  bearing  6-petaled 
pale  yellow  fls.  1-1  %  in.  across.  This  plant  is  improp- 
erly called  California  Poppy  in  some  catalogues.  It  is 
inferior  to  the  common  and  California  poppies  in  hardi- 
ness, in  strength  and  variety  of  color,  and  in  size  of  fls., 
but  it  is  interesting  botanically  in  four  respects:  (1)  It 
is  unique  in  the  poppy  family  in  its  fruit,  which  is  not 
a  capsule  but  is  composed  of  numerous  carpels  that 
separate  at  maturity  into  linear  parts,  which  are  monili- 
form  (i.e.,  compressed  at  intervals  like  the  links  of  a 
necklace),  each  joint  containing  a  single  seed.  (2)  It  is 
remarkable  for  the  dilation  of  the  filaments  of  the  an- 
thers, which  are  numerous  and  separate.  (3)  It  is  one 
of  the  few  abnormal  members  of  the  poppy  family  with 
entire  Ivs.  (4)  The  petals  are  not  shed  quickly,  as  in 
the  common  poppies,  but  they  wither  and  remain  closed 


PLATYSTEMOX 


PLEIONE 


1371 


over  the  forming  fruit.  Platystemon  grows  wildjthrough- 
out  California,  except  in  the  mountains,  and  is  said  to 
prefer  a  loose  soil.  See  Annuals. 

Calif6rnicus,  Benth.  CREAM  CUPS.  Lvs.  mainly  oppo- 
site, sessile,  ligulate,  hispid:  fls.  light  yellow  to  cream 
color  or  white,  rarely  roseate;  sepals  3.  B.M.  3579.  B. 
R.  20 : 1679.  B.  2 :65.  Gn.  30,  p.  313. —The  smooth-fruited 
form  figured  as  P.  leiocarpum  in  P.O.  2  :7<!  and  B.M.  3750 
is  said  by  the  Synoptical  Flora  to  be  "a  mere  state." 

W.  M. 

PLATYSTlGMA  (Greek,  broad  stigma).  Papaveracece. 
Low,  slender  California  annuals  with  pale  yellow  fls. 
less  than  1  in.  across.  They  are  among  the  few  plants 
of  the  poppy  family  with  entire  Ivs.  They  are  closely 
allied  to  Platystemon,  but  differ  in  having  the  filaments 
scarcely  dilated,  3  stigmas  instead  of  many,  and  the  fr. 
a  capsule  which  is  3-valved  at  the  apex.  Other  generic 
characters:  fls.  commonly  trimerous;  stamens  numer- 
ous, free;  stigmas  not  confluent.  Four  species  from 
Calif,  and  Oregon.  P.  lineare  is  the  only  one  with  thick 
stigmas  and  also  differs  in  its  tufted  habit,  the  others 
having  leafy  and  branching  stems.  It  is  figured  in 
:::,7.~)  with  pale  yellow  fls.;  in  B.R.  23:1954  it  is  s 
with  3  white  petals  alternating  with  yellow  ones.  P 
stigmas  seem  never  to  have  been  offered  for  sale  in 
America. 

PLATYTHECA  (Greek,  broad  anther  cells).  Treman- 
dracew.  A  heath-like  Australian  shrub,  with  foliage  like 
a  bed-straw  (or  Galium)  and  many  5-pointed  starry  blos- 
soms of  light  purple  borne  toward  the  end  of  the 
branches.  Each  flower  is  about  1  inch  across,  and  its 
center  is  marked  with  a  star  of  red.  Platytheca  belongs 
to  a  small,  beautiful  and  distinct  family  of  Australian 
shrubs,  composed  of  3  genera,  of  which  Tetratheca  is 
the  dominant  type.  The  Tremandra  family  resembles 
the  Polygala  family  in  the  structure  of  the  capsule,  but 
differs  in  the  regularity  and  estivation  of  the  flower;  it 
resembles  the  Pittosporaceae  in  having  a  very  small  em- 
hryo  immersed  in  copious  albumen,  and  particularly  the 
genus  Cheiranthera  in  having  anthers  which  open  by  a 
pore  at  the  top.  The  three  genera  of  Tremandraceae  are 
distinguished  from  one  another  by  the  anthers;  Tre- 
mandra  differs  from  the  other  two  in  having  the  anthers 
jointed  with  the  filaments  ;  in  Platytheca  the  anthers 
have  4  cells  all  in  the  same  plane;  in  Tetratheca  the 
anthers  are  2-celled  or  4-celled,  with  2  cells  in  front  of 
the  2  others. 

Other  generic  characters  of  Platytheca:  floral  parts 
in  5's;  stamens  in  2  distinct  series,  with  4  parallel  cells 
in  a  single  plane  contracted  into  a  tube  at  the  top :  cap- 
sule opening  loculicidally  at  the  edge,  with  the  4  valves 
splitting  septicidally:  seeds  glabrous,  without  appen- 
dage. Only  one  species. 

galioides,  Steetz.  (P.  verticilldta,  Baill.).  Lvs.  linear, 
%  in.  long,  about  10  in  a  whorl,  hairy.  Said  to  bloom  in 
June.  P.M.  13:171  (as  Tetratheca  verticillata).—This 
plant  deserves  to  be  better  known.  Cuttings  of  half- 
ripened  wood  root  freely  under  a  bell-glass  in  a  shaded 
house  at  60°.  Cuttings  rooted  in  February  or  March 
will  make  good  plants  in  5-inch  pots  in  one  year.  In 
summer  keep  them  plunged  outside,  but  covered  with 
.-haded  sash.  By  trimming  frequently  they  will  make 
well-shaped  plants,  needing  no  supports.  Kept  in  a 
coolhouse  (45°)  during  winter,  they  will  be  covered  with 
bloom  in  March  and  April.  The  flowers  last  but  a  short 
time,  but  the  plant  is  so  free  that  it  is  always  covered 
H.  D.  DARLINGTON  and  W.  M. 

PLECTOCOMIA  (Greek,  plaited  hair;  application  ob- 
scure). Palmacece.  Six  species  of  East-Indian  climbing 
palms  which  fruit  once  for  all  and  then  die.  One  of  the 
most  interesting  species  is  P.  Khasyana,  which  is  fig- 
ured in  B.M.  5105  under  the  erroneous  title  of  P.  Assam- 
ica.  This  species  has  a  slender  stem  60-80  ft.  long, 
and  about  as  thick  as  a  man's  arm,  being  slightly 
thicker  above  than  at  the  base.  The  Ivs.  attain  30  ft. 
and  are  pinnate  only  in  the  lower  half,  the  rest  of  the 
leaf  being  a  long,  whip-like  extension  of  the  rachis  of 
the  leaf.  A  singular  feature  of  this  palm  is  the  device 
by  which  it  climbs.  This  consists  of  a  series  of  com- 


pound spines  shaped  like  a  downward-pointing  iiuman 
hand,  the  back  of  the  hand  being  yellow  and  the  5 
or  6  fingers  composed  of  brown  spines.  These  organs 
are  scattered  all  along  the  lower  side  of  the  flattened 
rachis.  They  hook  on  the  branches  of  trees  and  thus 
enable  the  palm  to  climb  for  light. 

"A  yet  more  wonderful  provision  of  nature,"  says 
Hooker,  "is  observed  in  the  young  and  yet  unfolded 
leaves  of  these  plants  during  the  period  when  they  in- 
sert themselves  upwards  among  the  branches  of  the 
forests,  for  then  these  spines  are  upright  and  lie  flat 
against  the  stalk  of  the  leaf,  not  becoming  reflexed  till 
they  are  needed  as  a  means  of  support."  Probably  all 
the  species  possess  these  flagelliform  leaves  and  re- 
markable spines.  The  whip-like  leaf-tips  may  act  as  ten- 
drils. The  genus  is  little  known  to  cultivators,  and  only 
one  species  is  offered  in  the  U.  S.  The  genus  is  allied 
to  the  rattans  (Calamus),  which  also  are  climbers. 
William  Watson  writes  that  the  fruit  of  a  Plectocomia 
is  a  shell  composed  of  many  small,  tightly  overlapping 
scales,  inclosing  a  round  seed  which  has  a  solid  whitish 
albumen  almost  as  hard  as  ivory.  Watson  adds  that 
young  plants  are  ornamental,  but  their  spiny  Ivs.  are  a 
drawback,  and  the  Ivs.  are  much  more  easily  broken 
than  those  of  most  palms. 

elongata,  Mart.  Lvs.  very  large;  Ifts.  1-1K  ft.  x2  in., 
sparsely  white  powdery  beneath,  with  3  very  slender 
parallel  nerves  or  cost®.  Penang,  Sumatra,  Java.— 
Offered  in  1890  by  Reasoner  Bros. 

PLECTOPOMA.  A  few  species,  now  apparently  much 
hybridized,  all  referred  to  Gloxinia. 

PLECTEANTHUS  (Greek,  spurred  flower).  Labiate. 
A  large  and  uninteresting  genus  of  herbs  and  sub- 
shrubs,  widely  scattered,  bearing  rather  small  or  small- 
ish fls.j  ranging  from  blue  and  purple  to  lilac.  There 
are  said  to  be  some  species  with  fls.  nearly  an  inch  long. 
The  genus  is  closely  allied  to  Coleus,  being  distin- 
guished by  having  the  stamens  free  instead  of  united  at 
the  base  into  a  tube,  which  is  distinct  from  the  corolla. 
In  other  respects  the  genus  has  wide  limits  of  variation. 
Sixty-six  species  are  described  in  DC.  Prod.  12:55 
(1848).  Sometimes  called  Cockspur-flower. 

fruticdsus,  L'He'rit.  South  African  shrub,  3-4  ft. 
high:  Ivs.  4  in.  or  more  long,  petiolate,  broadly  ovate, 

f"  ly  dentate :   racemes  laxly  panicled :  whorls  about 
d.:    fls.  blue;  pedicles   1%    in.  long;   corolla-tube 
•ed  above  the  base:  fruiting  calyx  decimate.  — Said 
an  elegant  shrub.   Ernest  Braunton  has  a  specimen 
at  Los  Angeles,  which  is  4  ft.  high  and  6  ft.  through. 

PLECTEONIA  (Greek,  cockspur ;  referring  to  the 
spines).  Jtubidcece.  About  70  species  of  shrubs  or 
small  trees,  found  in  the  Old  World,  mostly  in  the  trop- 
ics. They  are  more  or  less  spiny  and  have  somewhat 
funnel-shaped,  5-parted  fls.,  with  reflexed  segments  val- 
vate  in  the  bud,  and  a  hairy  or  naked  throat.  Calyx 
obovate  or  oblong;  stamens  5,  in  the  throat;  style 
short;  stigma  subcapitate,  of  2  approximate  lamellae: 
berry  obovate-oblong,  compressed,  didymous,  2-stoned : 
stones  indehiscent,  1-seeded. 

spindsa,  Klotzsch.  Very  spiny  South  African  shrub, 
5-8  ft.  high:  Ivs.  fasciculate,  oval  or  obovate,  obtuse, 
entire,  1-1/4  in.  long:  racemes  or  panicles  shorter  than 
the  Ivs.:  peduncles  axillary,  5— 12-fld.:  corolla-tube 
shorter  than  the  limb;  throat  naked.  Int.  by  Frances- 
chi,  Santa  Barbara. 

PLEIONE  (from  Greek  mythology;  Pleione,  mother 
of  the  Pleiads).  OrcTiidacece.  A  small  genus  closely 
related  to  Ccelogyne,  but  having  annual  deciduous  Ivs. 
and  pseudobulbs.  Natives  of  the  mountains  of  India, 
extending  to  elevations  where  snow  and  frost  are  not 
uncommon.  Few  species  are  cultivated  in  America. 
See  Orchid. 

maculata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  round,  flattened,  de 
pressed  at  the  top,  forming  a  fleshy  ridge  around  the 
summit:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  from  inflated  sheaths:  fls.  pre- 
ceding the  Ivs.,  on  short  peduncles;  sepals  and  petals 
lanceolate,  spreading,  white;  labellum  funnel-shaped, 
with  5-7  fringed  lamellae  extending  the  entire  length  of 


1372 


PLEIONE 


PLUM 


the  labellums,  side  lobes  streaked  with  purple,  middle 
lobe  ovate,  wavy,  white,  spotted  with  purple  and  yellow. 
The  Ivs.  fall  in  Sept.;  fls.  in  Nov.  B.M.  4691.  F.S. 
14:1470.  F.  1851:97  (all  as  Ccelogyne  maculataJ.-Var. 
Bermanica  was  once  offered  by  Wm.  Mathews. 

prsecox,  D.  Don  (P.  Wallichidna,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.). 
Fig.  1850.  Pseudobulbs  flask-shaped,  depressed,  dull 
green,  warted  and  covered  with  a  network  of  the  old 
split  sheaths  :  Ivs.  broadly  lanceolate,  plicate:  fls. 
large,  on  short  peduncles  ;  sepals  long  lanceolate, 
spreading,  pink ;  petals  similar  but  narrower;  labellum 
trumpet-shaped,  indistinctly  lobed,  pink,  white  and  yel- 
low in  the  throat;  disk  with  longitudinal  fringed  lamel- 
lae, margin  dentate-fimbriate.  Oct.,  Nov.  B.M.  4496. 
B.R.  26-24.  P.M.  6:25  (all  as  Ccelogyne  Wallichiana). 


1850.  Pleione  praecox  (X 


Lagenaria,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.  Pseudobulbs  clustered  and 
depressed,  as  in  the  other  species,  dull  green,  mottled 
with  brown:  fls.  about  4  in.  across,  rose-lilac;  sepals 
and  petals  narrowly  lanceolate  ;  labellum  convolute, 
crisp  on  the  margin,  pale  lilac,  blotched  with  yellow 
and  deep  crimson  in  the  throat  and  having  several  yel- 
!ow  crests.  Aug.-Nov.  Himalaya  Mts.  B.M.  5370.  F.S. 
28:2386.  I.H.  14:510  (all  as  Ccelogyne  Lagenaria).  Gn. 
51,  p.  64. 

Keichenbachiana,T.  Moore.  Pseudobulbs  5-8-grooved, 
flask-shaped  but  suddenly  contracted  at  the  top  :  scape 
1-2  in.  long,  closely  sheathed:  sepals  and  petals  linear- 
oblong,  pale  purple  to  white;  labellum  nearly  white, 
middle  lobe  white  with  few  pale  purple  spots,  with  3 
crests  ;  margin  ciliate  -  toothed.  Autumn.  Rangoon. 


B.M.  5753. 


HEINRICH  HASSELBBING. 


PLEBOMA.    See  Tibouchina. 
PLEUEISY  BOOT  is  Asclepias  tuberosa. 

PLEUROTHALLIS  (Greek,  lateral  branch;  referring 
to  the  inflorescence,  which  arises  from  the  axil  of  the 
leaf).  Orchidacece.  One  of  the  largest  of  the  genera  of 
orchids  containing  about  400  species,  dispersed  in  the 
region  extending  from  Brazil  and  Bolivia  to  Mexico  and 
the  West  Indies.  On  account  of  their  small,  inconspicu- 
ous flowers  these  plants  are  of  no  horticultural  value, 
and  not  generally  cultivated.  Stems  clustered  on  the 
rhizome,  sheathed  with  scales  below  and  bearing  a 
single  leaf  at  the  summit:  fls.  in  a  nodding  raceme  from 
the  axil  of  the  leaf;  sepals  free  or  the  lateral  ones 
united  at  the  base;  petals  smaller;  labellum  free,  simi- 
lar to  the  petals  or  3-lobed;  column  short,  without 
lateral  branches. 


Roezlii,  Reichb.  f.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  4-10  in. 
long:  flower-stem  often  a  little  longer  than  the  Ivs. :  fls. 
purple-brown,  in  a  one-sided  raceme.  Colombia. 

ornata,  Reichb.  f.  A  very  small  cespitose  plant  with 
Ivs.  scarcely  1  in.  long:  fls.  opening  successively  on 
erect,  zigzag  racemes  a  few  inches  long,  inconspicuous, 
yellow  with  brown  spots.  B.M.  7094.  — The  plant  is 
easily  distinguished  by  the  sepals,  which  are  fringed 
with  silvery  pendulous  hairs. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PLUM.  Plate  XXX.  It  is  probably  more  difficult  to 
give  specific  practical  advice  for  the  management  of  the 
Plum  than  for  any  other  common  fruit.  This  is  because 
the  cultivated  Plums  represent  several  distinct  species 
which  are  not  equally  adapted  to  all  parts  of  the  coun- 
try, and  the  same  remarks  will  not  apply  to  them  all. 
There  is  no  country  in  which  the  domesticated  Plum 
flora  is  so  complex  as  in  North  America,  for  we  not 
only  grow  the  specific  types  of  Europe  and  of  Japan, 
but  also  species  that  are  peculiar  to  our  own  country. 
In  the  northeastern  states  and  on  the  Pacific  slope  the 
European  or  Domestica  types  are  the  leading  Plums.  In 
these  same  areas  and  also  in  the  South  and  in  parts 
of  the  mid-continental  region,  the  Japanese  Plums  are 
now  popular  and  are  gaining  in  favor.  In  the  cold 
North,  in  the  great  interior  basin,  and  also  in  most 
parts  of  the  South,  various  native  types  now  consti- 
tute the  leading  cultivated  Plums.  These  native  Plums 
are  developed  from  wild  species  of  the  country,  and 
they  are  unknown  in  cultivation  (except  in  botani- 
cal or  amateur  collections)  in  any  other  part  of  the 
world.  These  have  been  developed  chiefly  within  a  half 
century,  although  a  few  varieties  are  older  than  this. 
For  a  history  of  this  evolution,  see  "Sketch  of  the  Evo- 
lution of  our  Native  Fruits." 

The  Plums  cultivated  in  North  America  belong  to  the 
following  groups  ( see  Primus ) : 

1.  Domestica  or  European  types,  Prunus  domestica. 
Native  to  western  Asia.    Comprises  the  common  or  old- 
time  Plums,  such  as  Green  Gage,  Lombard,  Bradshaw, 
Yellow  Egg,  Damsons,  and  the  like.   The  leading  Plums 
from  Lake  Michigan  eastward  and  north  of  the  Ohio, 
and  on  the   Pacific   slope.     Figs.   1851  to   1856  are  of 
this    species.     Of  late   years,  hardy  races  of  Primus 
domestica  have  been  introduced"  from  Russia.    These 
have  value  for  the  colder  parts  of  the  plum -growing 
regions.    Figs.  1853-5  show  representative  forms  of  the 
Russian  type. 

2.  The  Myrobalan  or  cherry-Plum  type,  Primus  ceras- 
ifera.    Native  to  southeastern  Europe  or  southwestern 
Asia.   Much  used  for  stocks  upon  which  to  bud  Plums, 
and   also   the    parent    of    a    few   named   varieties,    as 
Golden  Cherry  ;    and    DeCaradeuc  and   Marianna  are 
either  offshoots  of  it  or  hybrids  between  it  and  one  of 
the  native  Plums. 

3.  Japanese  types,  Prunus  triflora.    Probably  native 
to  China.   The  type  seems  to  be  generally  adapted  to  the 
United  States,  and  will  certainly  be  of  great  value  to 
both  the  South  and  North.    This  species  first  appeared 
in  this  country  in  1870,   having  been  introduced   into 
California  from  Japan.    For  historical  sketch,  see  Bull. 
62,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.  (1894);  also  Bull.  106  (1896). 

4.  The   Apricot    or   Simon   Plum,   Prunus    Sitnonii. 
Native  to  China.    Widely  disseminated  in  this  countrjr, 
but  little  grown  except  in  parts  of  California.    Intro- 
duced about  1881. 

5.  The  Americana  types,  Primus   Americana.     The 
common  wild  Plum  of  the  North,  and  extending  west- 
ward to  the  Rocky  mountains  and  southward  to  the 
Gulf  and   Texas.    Admirably  adapted   to  climates  too 
severe  for  the  Domestica  Plums,  as  the  Plains  and  the 
upper  Mississippi  valley.    See  Cornell  Bulletin  38  for 
an  early  account  of  the  native  Plums.    Fig.  1857. 

6.  The  Wild  Goose  or  Hortulana  types,  Prunus  Jiort- 
ulana.     A  mongrel   type  of   Plums,   comprising   such 
kinds  as  Wild   Goose,  Wayland,   Moreman,  Miner  and 
Golden    Beauty.    These  are   no  doubt    hybrids  of  the 
last  and  the  next. 

7.  The  Chickasaw  types,  Prunus  angustifolia  (or  P. 
Chicasa).     Native  to  the   southern   states,   and   there 
cultivated  (from  southern  Pennsylvania  southwards)  in 
such   varieties    as    Newman,    Caddo   Chief    and    Lone 
Star. 


PLUM 

8.  The  Sand  Plum,  Print  us  (in(/ustifoUa,  var.  Watsoni. 
Native  to  Kansas  and  Nebraska.    A  bush-like  species, 
little  known  in  cultivation.    A  hybrid  of  this  and  the 
Western  Sand  Cherry  is  the  Utah  Hybrid  Cherry. 

9.  The  Beach  Plum,  Pnntttx  marithna.  Native  to  the 
coast  from  New  Brunswick  to  Virginia.    In  cultivation 
represented   by   the  unimportant   Bassett's  American; 
also  as  an  ornamental  plant. 

10.  The    Pacific    coast     Plum,     Prunus    subcordata. 
Native  to  Oregon  and  California.    Sparingly  known  in 
cultivation,  chiefly  in  the  form  known  as  the   Sisson 
Plum  (var.  Kellogg ii.) 

The  Plum  of  history  is  Primus  domestica.  It  is  to 
this  species  that  general  pomological  literature  applies. 
It  gives  us  the  prunes  (which  see).  Perhaps  it  would 
be  serviceable  to  classify  the  Domestica  Plums  into  five 
general  groups,  although  any  classification  is  arbitrary 
at  certain  points : 

(a)  Prunes,  characterized  by  sweet  firm  flesh,  and 
capable  of  making  a  commercial  dried  product.    They 
may  be  of  any  color,  although  blue-purple  prunes  are 
best   known.    Some  of  the  prunes  are  grown  in  the 
East  as  ordinary  market  Plums,  being  sold  in  the 
fresh  state.    Almost  any  Plum  can  be  made  into  dried 
prunes,  but  the  varieties  used  commercially  for  this 
purpose  constitute  a  more  or  less  distinct  class  of  firm 
and  thick-fleshed  kinds.    In  the  East,  prune  is  nothing 
more  than  a  varietal  name.     See  Prune. 

(b)  Damsons,  comprising  very  small,  firm  Plums  of 
various  colors,  generally  borne  in  clusters,  the  leaves 
mostly  small.    The  run-wild  Plums  of  old  roadsides 
and    farmyards    are    mostly   of    the    Damson    type. 
Fig.  1856. 

(c)  The   green   gages,    comprising   various    small, 
green  or  yellow-green  Plums,  of  spherical  form  and 
mostly  of  high  quality.    Reine  Claude  is  the  common- 
est  representative  of  this   group  in  the  East.     The 
name  Green  Gage  often  stands  for  a  group  rather  than 
for  a  variety. 

(d)  Large  yellow  Plums,  such  as  Coe  Golden  Drop, 
Washington,  and  the  like. 

(e)  Large    colored    Plums,    including  the   various 
red,  blue,  and  purple  varieties,  like  the  blue  prunes, 
Lombard,  Bradshaw,  Quackenboss,  etc. 

The  Japanese  Plums  (Prunus  tri flora)  differ  from 
the  Domesticas  in  having  longer,  thinner,  smooth  and 
mostly  shining  leaves,  smooth  twigs,  a  greater  tendency 
to  the  production  of  lateral  fruit-buds  on  the  annual 
growth,  and  mostly  rounder  or  shorter  fruits  with  col- 
ors running  more  to  cherry-reds  and  light  yellows. 
Most  of  the  varieties  are  as  hardy  as  the  Domestica 
series.  The  Japanese  varieties  are  important  because 
they  add  variety  to  the  list,  and  especially  because  they 
are  rich  in  very  early  kinds,  and  the  fruit  is  so  firm  that 


PLUM 


1373 


1851.    Plum-Peter  Yellow  Gage  (X 


it  carries  well;  aside  from  this,  the  trees  are  vigorous 
and  very  productive,  and  they  are  less  liable  to  injuries 
from  black-knot  and  curculio  than  the  Domesticas  are. 

The  native  Plums,  chiefly  offspring  of  Prunus  Amer- 
icana, P.  angustifolia  and  P.  hortulana  (the  last  name 


now  believed  to  represent  a  hybrid  class),  represent  a 
wide  range  of  varieties.  Those  from  Prunus  Americana 
parentage  are  very  hardy  and  are  adapted  to  regions  in 
which  the  Domestica  and  Japanese  types  are  tender, 
as  in  northern  New  England,  parts  of  Canada,  and  the 
northern  Plains  states.  Those  partaking  strongly  of 
P.  angustifolia  parentage,  and  the  greater  part  of  the 


1852.  Plum— Fellenbere  or  I 


Hortulanas,  thrive  well  in  the  South,  where  the  climate 
is  too  continuously  hot  for  other  Plums  or  where  the 
fruit-rot  fungus  is  too  prevalent. 

Plum -grow  ing.— The  Plum  thrives  on  a  variety  of 
soil's.  The  Domesticas  generally  do  best  when  planted 
upon  clay  loam.  They  usually  thrive  best  on  lands 
which  are  suited  to  pears,  or  on  the  heavier  lands  to 
which  apples  are  adapted.  Yet  there  are  many  varie- 
ties which  grow  well  on  lands  that  are  comparatively 
light  or  even  almost  sandy.  The  Americanas  thrive 
best  in  a  rather  moist  soil,  and  mulching  is  often  very 
favorable  to  the  size  and  quality  of  the  fruit. 

The  stocks  upon  which  Plums  are  grown  are  very  va- 
rious. By  far  the  greater  number  of  the  trees  in  the 
North  are  now  grown  upon  the  Myrobalan  stock,  which 
is  a  species  of  rather  slow-growing  Plum,  native  to 
southeastern  Europe  and  southwestern  Asia.  This  is 
the  stock  that  is  sometimes  recommended  in  the  older 
fruit  books  for  the  making  of  dwarf  trees;  but  unless 
the  top  is  kept  well  headed  in,  the  trees  generally  make 
normal  growth  upon  it.  Trees  grown  upon  this  root  are 
usually  larger  and  finer  at  one  or  two  years  of  age  than 
those  grown  upon  other  Plum  stocks,  and  the  probability 
is  that  they  are  nearly  as  useful  from  the  grower's  stand- 
point as  any  other.  However,  there  are  some  varie- 
ties that  overgrow  the  Myrobalan,  and  the  stock  is 
likely  to  sprout  from  the  ground  and  thereby  cause 
trouble.  Probably  the  most  ideal  stock  for  Domesticas, 
from  the  standpoint  of  the  grower,  is  the  Domestica 
itself,  but  seeds  of  it  are  more  difficult  to  secure,  the 
stock  is  more  variable  and  it  is  more  likely  to  be  injured 
in  the  nursery  row  by  leaf  fungi;  therefore,  as  a  matter 
of  practice,  the  Myrobalan  has  very  generally  supplanted 
it.  In  the  southern  states  the  peach  is  largely  used  as 
a  stock  upon  which  to  grow  Plums,  and  it  seems  to  be 
gaining  favor  in  the  North.  It  is  undoubtedly  a  very 
excellent  stock  for  sandy  lands,  and,  in  fact,  is  proba- 
bly better  for  such  lands  than  the  Myrobalan  itself. 
Some  varieties— of  which  Lombard  and  French  Dam- 
son are  examples— do  not  take  well  on  the  peach.  The 
Japanese  Plums  are  commonly  worked  upon  the  peach. 
The  Marianna  stock,  which  is  much  recommended  in 
the  South,  has  not  found  favor  in  the  North.  Some 
varieties  of  Plums  are  such  slow  and  crooked  growers 
in  the  nurseries  that  it  is  advisable  to  top-graft  or 
bud  them  on  some  strong  and  straight  stock.  The  Lom- 
bard is  no  doubt  the  best  stock  for  this  purpose  now 
grown  by  nurserymen.  The  old  Union  Purple  is  one  of 
the  best  stocks,  but  it  is  not  much  grown  at  the  present 


1374 


PLUM 


PLUM 


time.  Reine  Claude,  German  Prune,  Copper,  are  prob- 
ably best  when  top-worked  on  some  strong  stock.  For 
many  native  varieties,  seedlings  of  vigorous  natives,  as 
of  Golden  Beauty  and  Wayland,  make  excellent  stocks. 
Americanas  should  be  worked  on  their  own  seedlings, 
at  least  in  the  North.  In  the  South  they  are  often 
budded  on  Marianna. 

Plum  trees  are  usually  planted  when  two  years  old 
from  the  bud,  although  some  of  the  strong-growing 
kinds  may  be  planted  at  a  year  old  with  the  very  best 
results.  As  a  rule,  Plum  trees  are  planted  about  as  far 
apart  as  peaches  are,  that  is,  from  15  to  20  feet  apart 
each  way.  Many  growers  prefer  to  plant  them  closer  one 
way  than  the  other  and  eventually  to  stop  cultivation  in 
one  direction.  If  this  system  is  used,  they  may  be  placed 
18  or  20  feet  apart  one  way,  and  from  8  to  12  feet  the 
other  way.  When  planted,  the  trees  are  pruned  in  essen- 
tially the  same  way  that  apple  trees  are.  It  is  generally 
advisable  to  start  tops  as  low  as  possible  and  yet  allow 
of  the  working  of  the  curculio  catcher  below  them.  This 
means  that  the  limbs  should  start  from  3  to  4  feet  above 
the  ground.  With  the  modern  implements  and  methods 
of  tillage,  there  is  little  inconvenience  in  working  the  land 
if  tops  are  started  as  low  as  this.  The  subsequent  prun- 
ing of  the  Plum  tree  has  no  special  difficulties.  About 
four  or  five  main  limbs  are  allowed  to  form  the  frame- 
work of  the  top,  and  in  most  varieties,  especially  those 
which  are  not  very  tall  growers,  the  central  trunk  or 
leader  may  be  allowed  to  remain.  The  fruit  of  the 
Domesticas  is  borne  mostly  on  spurs,  as  shown  in  Fig. 
1858.  These  spurs,  therefore,  should  not  be  removed 
unless  it  is  desired  to  thin  the  fruit.  In  the  Americanas 
and  the  Japanese  varieties,  the  fruit  is  borne  both  on 
spurs  and  on  the  annual  axial  growth. 

Insects  and  Diseases.— The  black-knot  is  one  of  the 
most  serious  Plum  diseases.  It  is  best  kept  in  check  by 
systematically  cutting  it  out.  The  grower  should  go 
over  his  orchard  for  it  in  the  summer  time  and  again  as 
soon  as  the  leaves  fall.  If  trees  are  thoroughly  sprayed 
every  year  with  Bordeaux  mixture  for  the  leaf -blight 
fungus,  the  black-knot  will  make  comparatively  little 
headway  in  the  orchard. 

The  blight,  which  causes  the  leaves  to  fall  in  August 
or  September,  is  one  of  the  most  serious  diseases  in 
the  Plum  orchard;  but  the  disease  can  readily  be  kept 
in  check  by  thorough  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture 
two  or  three  times  during  the  summer.  The  mixture  for 
spraying  Plums  should  be  weaker  than  for  apples,  par- 
ticularly for  the  Japanese  varieties. 

The  fruit-rot  is  the  work  of  a  fungus.  Many  times 
the  dead  and  dried  fruit  may  be  seen  hanging  on  the 
tree  all  winter,  as  shown  in  Fig.  1859;  and  in  such  cases 
it  is  very  likely  that  the  fruit-spur  may  be  killed,  as  the 
upper  one  in  the  picture  has  been.  In  handling  this 
disease,  the  first  consideration  is  the  fact  that  some 


1853.  Early  Red,  one  of  the  Russian  Plums  (X  %). 

varieties  are  much  more  susceptible  to  it  than  others. 
The  Lombard  is  one  of  the  worst.  Again,  if  the  fruit 
grows  in  dense  clusters,  the  disease  is  more  likely  to  be 
severe.  The  thinning  of  the  fruit,  therefore,  is  one  of 
the  very  best  preventives  of  the  spread  of  the  disease, 
and  at  the  same  time,  also,  one  of  the  most  efficient 
means  of  increasing  the  size,  quality  and  salableness  of 


the  product.  Thorough  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mix- 
ture is  a  specific  for  the  trouble. 

The  curculio,  which  causes  wormy  fruit,  can  be  held 
in  check  by  the  jarring  process,  as  described  under 
Peach. 

For  literature  on  Plums,  see  Waugh's  "Plums  and 
Plum  Culture  ;  "  Bulletins  by  Waugh,  Goff  and  Craig, 
chiefly  on  Native  Plums.  Bull.  131,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta. 


1854.   Moldavka,  a  Russian  Plum  (X  %). 

(from  which  the  above  account  is  adapted);  bulletins 
of  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.  on  Japanese  Plums,  and  also  No. 
38  on  Native  Plums.  j^  H.  B. 

CULTIVATION  OF  NATIVE  PLUMS.— Approximately  300 
varieties  of  Plums,  derived  chiefly  from  6  native  types, 
are  now  propagated  by  American  nurserymen  and 
planted  in  American  orchards.  A  large  number  of 
these  varieties  are  comparatively  worthless,  and  must 
presently  be  discarded.  A  creditable  minority,  however, 
has  qualities  of  absolute  and  considerable  merit,  and 
may  be  looked  on  as  permanent  additions  to  our  pomo- 
logical  wealth.  The  native  varieties  are  now  propagated 
and  planted  by  thousands  annually,  both  for  home  use 
and  for  market.  For  certain  culinary  purposes  many  of 
the  natives  are  superior;  and  in  many  places,  particu- 
larly in  states  of  middle  latitude,  they  are  the  most 
profitable  market  Plums  grown. 

The  Americana  Plums  are  especially  qualified  to  with- 
stand the  severity  of  northern  winters.  They  are  su- 
perlatively hardy.  They  are  practically  the  only  Plums 
grown  in  the  cold  northwestern  states  (except  the  com- 
paratively unimportant  Nigras  and  the  Miners)  and  their 
usefulness  in  i  jrthern  New  England  and  middle  Canada 
is  limited  only  by  the  extent  to  which  they  are  known. 
Their  cultivation  has  been  developed  to  a  special  degree 
in  Iowa,  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  and  adjacent  states.  For 
this  region  they  must  be  propagated  always  on  Americana 
stock.  This  stock  has  other  advantages  besides  its  har- 
diness, and  it  is  rapidly  coming  into  extensive  use  for 
all  sorts  of  Plums  in  the  northwest.  The  sand  cherry 
is  sometimes  used  as  a  stock,  but  has  not  yet  passed  the 
experimental  stage.  It  dwarfs  Americana  Plums  worked 
on  it.  It  is  perfectly  hardy. 

The  Americana  Phims  are  wayward  and  awkward 
growers.  With  many  varieties  it  is  impossible  to  make 
a  comely  orchard  tree.  They  do  not  appear  to  take 
very  kindly  to  pruning;  and  the  usual  method  has  been 
to  let  them  very  much  alone.  Careful  pruning  dur- 
ing the  first  few  years,  directed  with  a  view  to  forming 
an  open  top  on  comparatively  few  supporting  main 
branches,  will  do  something  toward  shaping  the  trees; 
but  with  our  present  knowledge,  no  extensive  pruning 
can  be  recommended  for  mature  trees.  The  method 
of  heading-in,  as  often  practiced  with  the  Domestica 
Plums,  is  especially  unadapted  to  the  Americanas. 

The  Americana  Plums  are  early  and  very  prolific 
bearers.  Overbearing  is  a  habit  and  a  serious  fault  with 
most  varieties.  Extensive  thinning  of  the  fruit  is  in- 
dispensable. The  trees  are  sometimes  severely  attacked 
by  shot-hole  fungus,  and  thorough  spraying  with  Bor- 
deaux mixture  is  necessary.  The  fruit-rot  (monilia)  at- 
tacks all  the  native  Plums  more  or  less,  and  must  be 
controlled  by  Bordeaux  mixture.  See  Spraying. 

The  Nigra  group  has  two  or  three  important  varie- 
ties of  superior  hardiness,  as  Cheney  and  Aitkin.  In 
general  they  bloom  earlier,  and  fruit  less  heavily  than 
the  Americanas.  Their  habits  and  culture  are  the  same. 


PLUM 


PLUM 


1375 


The  Miner-like  varieties  are  hardly  to  be  distin- 
guished from  the  Americanas  in  any  way.  They  have 
practically  the  same  geographical  range,  and  may  be 
given  the  same  treatment  in  the  orchard. 

The  Wayland  group  includes  several  varieties  of 
great  value,  especially  for  the  South.  Of  these  Way- 
land,  Golden  Beauty,  Moreman,  Benson,  and  Kanawha 
may  be  mentioned.  They  are  not  to  be  recommended 
generally  for  localities  north  of  Massachusetts  and  Ne- 
braska, their  northern  limit  being  determined  less  by 
their  non-hardiness  than  by  the  very  late  ripening.  This 
habit  of  late  ripening,  combined  with  very  late  bloom- 
ing, makes  them  desirable  for  late  marketing,  particu- 
larly in  southern  markets.  They  are  very  prolific  and 
constant  bearers.  The  trees  are  free-growing,  usually 
of  rather  spreading  habit,  and  will  bear  heading-back 
better  than  the  Americanas.  The  pruning  knife,  if  used 
in  season  and  with  good  judgment,  will  assist  in  mak- 
ing comparatively  open-headed  and  amiable  trees  of 
these  varieties. 

The  Wild  Goose  group  includes  varieties  like  Wild 
Goose,  Milton,  Wooton,  and  Whitaker,  specially  adapted 
to  the  latitude  of  Maryland,  Kentucky  and  Kansas.  The 
same  varieties  succeed  only  less  well  southward;  but 
are  not  generally  valuable  to  the  north  of  this  line.  For 
the  section  named,  the  varieties  of  this  class  have  un- 
questionably been  the  most  profitable  Plums  grown  up 
to  the  present  time.  They  are  propagated  chiefly  on 
peach,  Marianna  and  Myrobalan.  These  stocks  are  all 
fairly  satisfactory,  though  not  equally  good  for  all  va- 
rieties ;  but  when  peach  stocks  are  used  the  union 
should  be  made  by  whip-grafting  on  the  peach  root. 
Otherwise  the  peach  stock  comes  above  the  ground  and 
is  a  prey  to  the  peach  borer.  The  trees  are  mostly 
rapid,  willowy,  rather  zigzag  growers;  and  are  amena- 
ble to  the  pruning  knife  in  about  the  same  degree  as 
the  Wayland-like  varieties  already  mentioned.  Whit- 
aker makes  an  open-headed  tree  without  much  trouble. 
So  does  Sophie.  Wild  Goose  is  more  inclined  to  be  thick 
and  thorny  in  the  top,  but  may  be  thinned  carefully  to 
make  an  accessible  head.  Milton  is  much  like  Wild 
Goose.  Wooton  makes  a  fine  vase-form  top,  which,  with 
a  little  timely  pruning,  is  almost  ideal.  Wilder,  James 
Vick,  and  some  others,  are  prone  to  make  thick,  bushy, 
thorny  tops,  and  are  hard  to  manage.  These  varieties 
are  all  considerably  subject  to  shot-hole  fungus,  which 
often  strips  them  of  their  foliage  in  midsummer.  They 
are  mostly  thin-skinned  and  liable  to  crack  at  ripening 
time,  especially  if  the  weather  is  wet.  They  should  be 
picked  rather  green  for  shipment,  the  point  to  be  ob- 
served being  that  they  have  attained  their  full  size, 
rather  than  that  they  are  dead  ripe. 

The  Chicasaw  varieties  are  very  effective  pollinizers 
for  all  the  Wild  Goose  and  Japanese  varieties  blooming 
at  the  same  time;  but  very  few  of  them  have  sufficient 
value  in  themselves  to  make  them  profitable  orchard 
trees.  A  few  varieties,  like  Munson  and  McCartney, 
are  still  planted  for  their  own  fruit;  but  in  general 
they  have  been  displaced  by  other  types  of  Plums.  The 
trees  are  mostly  bushy,  thorny  and  thick-topped,  some- 
times so  thick  and  thorny  that  the  blackbirds  can 
hardly  get  in  to  steal  the  fruit.  It  is  difficult  to  prune 
them  enough  to  make  really  satisfactory  trees.  The 
Chicasaw  Plums  are  specially  adapted  to  the  southern 
states,  though  Pottawattamie,  an  exceptionally  hardy 
variety,  succeeds  as  far  north  as  southern  Iowa  and 
central  Vermont.  They  propagate  readily  on  any  kind 
of  stocks. 

Other  types  of  native  Plums,  such  as  the  Sand  Plum, 
the  Beach  Plum,  the  Pacific  Plum,  etc.,  are  not  suffi- 
ciently numerous  in  cultivation  for  their  treatment  to 
have  been  determined. 

Hybrid  Plums  of  various  strains  are  now  beginning 
to  come  to  the  fore.  Most  of  these  hybrid  varieties 
resemble  rather  strongly  one  or  the  other  of  their  par- 
ent species;  and  the  best  that  can  be  said  regarding 
their  culture  at  this  early  day  is  that  they  may  be  safely 
treated  like  the  varieties  which  they  most  closely  re- 
semble. Wickson,  President  and  perhaps  Climax,  with 
some  others,  resemble  the  Simon  Plum,  and  ought  to 
have  much  the  same  treatment,  that  is,  practically  the 
same  treatment  as  the  Japanese  varieties.  Gonzales, 
Excelsior,  Golden  and  Juicy,  on  the  other  hand,  resem- 

87 


ble  the  Wild  Goose  type,  and  may  have  the  same  general 
treatment  as  Wild  Goose. 

All  the  native  Plums,  with  very  unimportant  excep- 
tions, require  cross-pollination.  For  the  most  part, 
however,  they  are  fully  inter-fertile,  so  that  a  given  va- 
riety will  pollinate  any  other  variety,  providing  the  two 
bloom  at  the  same  time.  Simultaneous  blooming  is  of 
chief  importance  in  adjusting  varieties  to  one  another 
for  cross-pollination.  To  determine  which  varieties 
bloom  together,  careful  observations  should  be  made  in 
the  orchard  and  recorded,  or  recourse  must  be  had  to 
the  published  tables.  Pollination  is  effected  chiefly, 
if  not  exclusively,  by  the  bees,  so  that  their  presence 
should  be  encouraged. 

Most  of  the  native  Plums  make  comparatively  small 
trees,  so  that  they  may  be  set  somewhat  close  together 
in  orchard -planting,  say  12  to  20  feet  apart,  usually 
about  15  feet.  Some  varieties,  particularly  in  the 
South,  need  20-30  ft.  space.  Putting  a  Plum  orchard 
down  to  grass  is  not  admissible  under  any  circum- 
stances; but  cultivation  should  cease  with  the  first  of 
July,  or  certainly  by  the  middle  of  July ;  for  the  native 
Plums  are  especially  liable  to  make  too  much  late  sum- 
mer growth.  High  manuring  of  the  soil  is  not  usually 
necessary,  or  even  desirable :  yet  something  consider- 
ably short  of  starvation  will  be  found  the  best  treat- 
ment for  native  Plums.  F.  A.  WAUGH. 

THE  PLUM  IN  CALIFORNIA.  —  The  cultivation  of  the 
Plum  in  California  differs  widely  from  that  in  the 
other  Plum  -  producing  sections  of  the  U.  S.  Here 
the  dreaded  curculio  is  unknown,  and  while  the  equally 
dangerous  black  -  knot  has  been  found  infesting  a 
native  wild  cherry  ( P.  demissa  )  it  has  never  been 
observed  in  cultivated  orchards.  The  former  has  been 
kept  out  by  rigid  inspection  and  quarantine  regula- 
tions, and  the  latter  is  undoubtedly  held  in  check  by 
the  existing  climatic  conditions  — excessive  dryness  be- 
ing unfavorable  to  its  development.  Here,  then,  the 
most  delicate  varieties  of  the  Old  World  find  a  very 
congenial  home,  and  therefore,  unlike  the  prevailing 
custom  of  much  of  the  eastern  Plum-growing,  form  the 
basis  of  practically  all  orchard  planting.  In  early  min- 
ing days  the  California  native  Plum  (Prunus  subcor- 
data)  was  frequently  cultivated,  and  before  the  introduc- 
tion of  European  standard  varieties  attempts  were  made 
to  improve  the  fruit  by  the  usual  methods  of  selection. 
Some  very  promising  results  were  obtained;  but  since 
the  demonstration  of  the  great  success  of  the  more 
delicate  and  higher-flavored  varieties,  there  has  been 
little  incentive  to  the  use  of  the  native  species.  There 
are  two  varieties,  the  type  being  a  low  shrub,  rarely 
over  3  ft.  high,  branching  from  the  ground;  the  fruit 
oblong,  about  %  in.  long,  "almost  the  shape  and  color 
of  a  Damson  when  ripe,"  but  the  pulp  is  described  as 
"inferior."  The  other  variety  (Kelloggii)  forms  a  larger 
shrub,  from  10  to  15  ft.  high,  with  larger  fruit,  round, 
yellowish  in  color  and  much  more  acceptable,  both  for 
eating  and  preserving.  The  two  varieties  are  usually 
found  associated,  "growing  in  patches  at  the  heads  of 
ravines,  on  rocky  hillsides  and  in  open  woods."  The 
larger  variety  is  not  so  widely  distributed,  and  seems 
to  have  reached  its  highest  state  of  perfection  in  the 
Sierras,  where  (in  Sierra  county)  it  is  still  preferred  in 
the  local  markets,  and  where,  it  is  said,  the  imported 
varieties  "do  not  pay  for  the  picking." 

With  the  Plum  fruits  might  also  be  mentioned  the 
"oso  berry,"  or  so-called  "California  false  Plum"  (Nut- 
tallia  cerasifoi-mis ) ,  a  shrub  sometimes  15  ft.  high,  and 
found  "in  moist  places  and  the  north  sides  of  hills 
from  San  Luis  Obispo  northward."  The  bark  is 
smooth,  much  resembling  that  of  the  Plum  or  cherry; 
the  fruit  is  plum-like,  pulpy,  when  ripe  covered  with  a 
deep  blue  bloom,  handsome  in  appearance,  and  has 
been  used  in  the  kitchen  for  making  pies,  preserves, 
and  the  like,  though  it  is  rather  bitter  to  the  taste.  So 
far  as  known,  no  attempts  have  been  made  to  improve 
it  by  cultivation. 

It  seems  hardly  fair  to  make  a  distinction  between 
"Plums"  and  "prunes"  in  discussing  this  subject  from 
the  California  standpoint.  With  the  exception  of  the 
differences  in  the  preparation  for  market,  what  may 
be  said  of  the  Plum  applies  as  well  to  the  prune ;  for 
a  prune  is  simply  a  Plum  which  dries  sweet  without 


1376 


PLUM 


PLUM 


removing  the  pit.  In  most  of  the  varieties  of  Plums 
there  occurs  a  fermentation  around  the  pit  in  the  pro- 
cess of  drying,  which  prevents  their  being  successfully 
dried  without  its  removal;  these  are  known  as  "Plums." 
The  prune  varieties  are,  however,  much  sweeter  and 
contain  less  acid ;  but  the  main  distinction  is  in  their 
adaptability  of  drying  whole.  As  California  has  to  find 
distant  markets  for  most  of  her  immense  fruit  crops,  it 
follows,  then,  that  by  far  the  greater  portion  of  her 
Plum  areas  are  devoted  to  the  production  of  prunes. 
Some  pitted  dried  Plums  have  been  prepared,  but  the 
small  favor  with  which  they  have  been  received  does 
not  warrant  the  extra  expense  and  labor  of  pitting. 
Some  varieties  are  canned,  and  marketed  in  that  way; 
but  by  far  the  greater  portion  of  the  real  Plum  product 
is  marketed  in  the  fresh  (not  canned)  state  both  in  local 
and  distant  cities.  See  Prune. 

The  Plum  has  an  exceedingly  wide  range  in  Califor- 
nia. It  is  not  limited  to  any  particular  region  of  the 
state,  but  is  thrifty  and  healthy  on  the  immediate  coast, 
in  the  interior  and  coast  valleys  and  well  up  into  the 
foothills.  This  is  perhaps  most  strikingly  shown  by 
the  fact  that  every  county  in  the  state,  except  two,  per- 
haps (one  being  the  city  of  San  Francisco),  contains 
Plum  or  prune  orchards,  or  both.  When  it  is  considered 
that  this  covers  an  area  of  nearly  160,000  square  miles, 
extending  through  9%  degrees  of  latitude,  a  fair  esti- 
mate of  the  adaptability  of  this  fruit  to  varying  condi- 
tions of  soil  and  climate., will  be  obtained.  By  choosing 
varieties  ripening  in  succession,  the  California  Plum 
season  may  be  extended  from  May  to  December.  It  is 
not  surprising,  then,  that  the  acreage  devoted  to  Plums 
and  prunes  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  state,  reaching  a 
total  of  nearly  55,000  acres,  an  aggregate  of  nearly 
6,000,000  trees,  of  which  about  seven-eighths  are  prunes. 
Alameda  county  leads  in  the  acreage  of  Plums  with 
2,000  acres  and  Santa  Clara  in  prunes  with  8,000  acres. 
This  great  industry  has  developed  since  the  discovery  of 
gold.  The  early  Mission  plantings  (1769-1823)  included 
varieties  of  European  Plums,  a  few  of  which  were  able 
to  survive  after  the  abandonment  of  the  Missions  in  1834 


1855.  Voronesh  Yellow,  a  Russian  Plum  of  recent  introduction. 

(X  %.)     (See  page  1372.) 

by  reproducing  themselves  by  suckers.  One  variety 
found  at  Mission  Santa  Clara  was  grown  and  marketed 
as  the  "Mission  Prune  "  as  late  as  1870.  The  introduction 
of  improved  Plum  varieties,  however,  dates  back  to  1851, 
when  the  first  grafted  fruit  trees  were  brought  to  the 
state  by  Seth  Lewelling  from  Oregon,  where  he  and  his 
brother  had  established  nurseries  in  1847.  Prior  to  this 
introduction,  however,  the  miners  were  supplied  with 
fruit  of  the  native  Plums,  and  it  is  probable,  therefore, 
that  the  need  of  introduced  varieties  of  this  fruit  was 
not  at  first  felt;  hence,  the  adaptability  of  Calif orna  to 
the  production  of  the  superior  imported  varieties  was 
not  recognized  until  some  years  later.  The  first  impor- 
tation of  prune  cions  from  France  by  the  U.  S.  Patent 
Office  in  1854  did  not  reach  California.  It  was  not  until 
two  years  later  that  Pierre  Pellier  brought  with  him  to 


San  Francisco  a  small  package  of  cions  from  the  fa- 
mous prune  district  of  Agen,  in  France.  Notwithstand- 
ing their  long,  perilous  journey,  the  precious  cuttings 
arrived  in  fairly  good  condition  and  were  at  once  sent  to 
Pellier's  brother,  Louis,  who  had  already  established  a 
nursery  and  fruit  garden  in  the  Santa  Clara  valley, 
upon  a  portion  of  the  site  of  the  present  city  of  San 
Jose".  From  these  cuttings  a  number  of  trees  were  pro- 
duced which  succeeded  admirably,  and  eventually  were 
distributed  through  different  sections  of  the  state,  but 
principal] y  in  the  Santa  Clara  valley,  which  to  this  day 
remains  the  center  of  the  California  prune  industry.  In 
1863  the  first  California-grown  and  -cured  prunes  were 
exhibited  at  the  State  Fair  in  Sacramento ;  but  it  was 
not  until  1870  that  planting  on  a  commercial  scale  was 
begun.  Through  the  seventies,  and  especially  after 
1878,  numerous  orchards  were  set  out,  until  in  1881  some 
of  the  larger  growers  were  producing  between  five  and 
six  tons  of  cured  fruit.  Since  1881  the  growth  of  the 
prune  industry  has  been  marvelous,  until  now  there  are 
growers  whose  annual  products  reach  hundreds  of  tons. 
The  total  output  of  the  state  was  over  125,000,000  pounds 
in  1900,  with  many  young  trees  not  yet  in  bearing.  In 
1888  the  United  States  imported  83,000,000  pounds  of 
Plums  and  prunes,  Since  that  time  the  importations 
have  steadily  declined  until  at  present  they  are  less  than 
800,000  pounds.  The  home  product,  the  greater  part  of 
which,  it  is  safe  to  say,  comes  from  California,  is  thus 
gradually  replacing  the  foreign-grown  article. 

Considerable  difficulty  was  at  first  encountered  in 
the  selection  of  the  proper  grafting  stocks.  Naturally 
the  native  species  were  the  first  to  suggest  themselves 
and  were  used  to  some  extent.  But  they  were  soon  found 
to  be  unsatisfactory,  mainly  on  account  of  their  persist- 
ent habit  of  suckering,  and  dwarfing  effect.  The  oso- 
berry,  or  False  Plum,  has  also  been  used :  it  also  dwarfs 
the  trees  and  causes  earlier  ripening  of  the  fruit.  Many 
other  American  varieties  have  been  tried  as  grafting 
stocks,  but  the  persistent  root-cutting  brought  about  by 
the  necessary  summer  cultivation  in  this  state  causes 
such  heavy  suckering  that  they  have  been  abandoned. 
Peach,  apricot  and  almond  roots  and  suckers  of  the 
Mission  Prune  and  Damson  were  used,  but  consider- 
able difficulty  was  again  encountered.  The  peach  has 
proved  the  best.  The  apricot  and  almond  can  only  be 
used  in  special  cases,  and  double-working  is  almost 
always  necessary;  for,  although  some  Plums  "take" 
and  grow  on  these  stocks,  the  union  is  frequently  im- 
perfect, and  instances  are  on  record  where  the  trees 
have  broken  off  at  the  graft  after  reaching  the  bearing 
stage.  The  introduction  of  the  Myrobalan  or  French 
cherry-plum  (Prunus  cerasifera)  and  its  adoption  as  a 
grafting  stock  for  Plums  and  prunes  have  greatly  sim- 
plified matters  for  the  California  orchardist.  It  does  not 
sucker,  and  experience  has  shown  that  in  California  it 
succeeds  in  low,  moist  lands,  in  comparatively  dry  soils 
and  in  stiff  upland  clay  soils.  It  thus  has  become  the  all- 
round  Plum  stock  in  California;  despite  the  dwarfing 
habit  attributed  to  it  by  some,  it  has  proved  sufficiently 
free-growing  in  this  state  to  suit  all  purposes,  and  to 
form  a  good  foundation  for  full  standard  trees.  On  deep, 
mellow  loam  soils,  specially  adapted  to  the  peach,  that 
root  is  still  preferred  for  Plum  stock;  but  many  varie- 
ties, e.g.,  the  Columbia,  Yellow  Egg  and  the  Washing- 
ton, do  not  unite  well  with  it,  and  cannot,  therefore,  be 
worked  directly  upon  it.  This  is  equally  true  of  the 
almond,  which  is  used  in  loose,  warm  or  rocky  foothill 
soils,  and  the  deep,  light  valley  loams  where  some  ex- 
cellent results  with  its  use  as  a  stock  for  the  French  and 
Fellenberg  prune  have  been  reported.  The  Myrobalan, 
then,  is  used  almost  entirely,  except  in  special  cases ;  but 
lately  some  murmurings  of  dissatisfaction  with  its  last- 
ing qualities  (supposedly  from  the  use  of  cuttings) 
have  been  heard;  so  that  the  question  of  an  all-satis- 
factory grafting  stock  for  the  Plum  in  California  may 
be  still  considered  an  open  one. 

There  has  been  much  discussion  over  the  desirability 
of  propagating  the  Myrobalan  stock  from  cuttings  or 
seeds.  It  is  said  that  the  roots  from  a  cutting,  be- 
ing fibrous  and  coming  from  one  point,  cannot  form 
a  proper  system  for  the  support  of  the  tree,  though 
some  old  orchards  worked  on  cutting  roots  are  still 
thrifty.  It  must  be  admitted  that  the  seedling  gives  ft 


PLUM 


PLUM 


1377 


much  more  spreading  and  strong  supporting  system  of 
roots.  This  has  come  to  be  generally  recognized, 
and  seedlings  are  now  usually  the  rule.  This  is  all- 
important  in  California,  for  there  the  roots  of  all  plants 
must  necessarily  go  deep  for  their  moisture  and  nour- 
ishment. In  fact,  deep-rooting  is  the  rule  beyond  all 
common  expectation;  thus  almond  roots  the  thick- 
ness of  one's  thumb  have  been  found  at  a  depth  of  22 
feet— one  of  the  many  instances  of  the  characteristic 
conditions  of  California  agricultural  practice 

Propagation  is  by  both  buds  and  grafts.  The  usual 
practice  is  to  bud  the  young  stock  in  July  and  August, 
and  then  in  January  and  February  following  all  those 
which  have  not  taken  can  be  grafted,  thus  securing  two 
chances.  When  peach  or  almond  is  used  as  stock, 
budding  alone  is  done,  as  these  stocks  have  been  found 
to  take  the  graft  poorly.  The  trees  are  not  allowed  to 
remain  in  nursery  longer  than  one  year  after  budding, 
and  in  many  cases  are  set  out  the  spring  following,  as 
"dormant  buds."  In  California  the 
necessity  of  deep  and  thorough  prepa- 
ration of  the  land  before  planting  the 
young  trees  cannot  be  too  strongly  em- 
phasized ;  for  here  the  young  tree 
must  have  every  facility  for  getting 
its  roots  deeply  and  firmly  established 
at  the  beginning,  in  order  to  enable  it 
to  withstand  successfully  the  heat  and 
drought  of  the  long,  arid  summer. 
There  has  been  much  difference  of 
opinion  as  to  the  proper  distance  for 
setting  the  trees  apart  and  the  mode 
of  laying  out  the  orchard.  In  early 
days  the  tendency  was  to  rather  close 
planting,  in  some  cases  as  close  as  16 
feet ;  but  experience  soon  demonstrated 
the  undesirability  of  too  close  proxim- 
ity, and  later  plantings  were  made  with 
wider  distances,  until  from  20  to  24 
feet  has  come  to  be  the  rule.  The  lay- 
ing out  of  orchards  has  caused  much 
discussion,  some  asserting  that  the 
quincunx,  hexagonal,  and  triangular 
systems  secure  better  use  of  the  land 
and  allow  better  access  to  plow  and 
cultivator  than  do  the  planting  in 
squares.  The  square  system,  how- 
ever, has  come  to  be  most  generally  used.  The  style 
of  tree  was  the  next  point  of  contention  among  the 
growers;  but  experience  soon  decided  in  favor  of  the 
low-headed  tree  of  the  vase-form,  with  rather  more 
branches  than  usual.  The  early,  high-headed,  sprawl- 
ing trees  have  now  practically  disappeared  from  the 
California  orchards,  notwithstanding  the  strong  ob- 
jections at  first  offered  against  the  low  trees  on  the 
score  of  impeding  easy  cultivation.  The  prejudices 
have  been  overcome  by  the  appreciation  of  the  many 
advantages  of  a  low,  "stocky"  tree,  and  the  introduc- 
tion of  improved  implements.  The  rule  now  is  to  cut 
back  the  young  trees  at  planting  to  from  18  to  24  inches. 
Until  the  top  is  formed  the  stems  are  protected,  by 
whitewashing  or  wrapping  with  burlap,  from  the  hot 
afternoon  sun.  The  first  year  from  3  to  5  branches  are 
allowed  to  grow  from  the  stem,  and  these  used  to  form 
the  main  limbs  of  the  tree.  From  this  time  the  prun- 
ing is  done  according  to  the  usual  methods  for  the 
vase-form  tree,  with  the  exception  perhaps  that  se- 
verer cutting-back  is  practiced  at  first  in  order  to  give 
strength  and  stockiness  to  the  limbs.  In  California 
the  Plum  is  a  most  remarkable  grower,  often  send- 
ing out  shoots  10  feet  long  in  one  season  and  prone 
to  overbear ;  and  when  anything  but  the  severest 
shortening-in  system  during  the  first  two  seasons,  at 
least,  is  adopted,  the  trees  very  soon  break  down  with 
their  loads  of  fruit.  This  has  been  emphasized  again 
and  again  in  some  of  tne  earlier  improperly  pruned 
orchards,  where  even  propping  proved  ineffectual;  the 
branches  break  at  the  bearing  of  the  props,  and  when 
they  do  not  break  are  so  badly  damaged  from  sunburn 
(to  which  the  bark  is  extremely  sensitive)  that  the  tree 
is  irreparably  injured.  After  the  third  or  fourth  sea- 
son the  growth  of  wood  is  much  less  and  usually  the 
pruning  operations  are  confined  to  keeping  the  tree  in 


shape,  removal  of  dead  or  damaged  branches  and  short- 
ening-in the  current  season's  growth  to  keep  the  young 
twigs  in  a  vigorous  growing  condition  and  to  prevent 
overbearing. 

One  interesting  exception  to  the  usual  practice  might 
be  mentioned  here.  On  some  very  rich,  moist  bottom- 
lands of  the  San  Joaquin  valley  the  long,  slender 
branches  are  not  cut  back ;  in  fact,  they  are  encouraged 
by  pruning  back  to  the  crown.  The  long,  arching  "canes" 
are  allowed  to  remain  until  they  have  produced  a  crop 
(which  they  do  in  the  second  season  with  the  greatest 
profusion),  the  ends  resting  upon  the  ground  as  the  fruit 
gains  weight.  When  these  droop  too  low,  they  are  cut 
back  to  the  crown,  when  others  will  be  produced  to  take 
their  places.  In  this  way  enormous  crops  of  fruit  are 
produced  on  these  lands,  where,  with  ordinary  treatment, 
the  trees  would  run  entirely  to  wood. 

Thorough  and  persistent  tillage  is  one  of  the  first 
principles  of  the  California  orchardist,  for  with  him 


1856.    Damson  Plum  (X  54).    (See  page  1373.) 

the  absence  of  summer  rains  makes  the  conservation 
of  the  winter  rainfall  an  absolute  necessity.  Even 
in  the  summer-irrigated  districts  the  soil  is  tilled  and 
kept  loose  as  soon  as  it  is  in  proper  condition,  and  no 
weeds  allowed  to  rob  the  trees  of  the  precious  fluid.  Up 
to  three  years  ago,  practically  all  the  prune  and  Plum 
crop  was  produced  without  summer  irrigation.  Winter 
irrigation  was  often  practiced  and  the  water  conserved  in 
the  soil  by  the  usual  methods  of  tillage.  But  the  season  of 
1897-8  was  one  of  the  driest  in  the  history  of  the  state, 
with  less  than  one-third  of  the  usual  amount  of  rainfall. 
The  use  of  summer  irrigation  was  in  some  instances  the 
only  salvation  of  the  trees.  The  installation  of  pumping 
plants  and  irrigation  systems  thereby  received  a  great 
impetus,  until,  to-day,  many  orchards  of  importance 
are  thus  equipped,  and  the  use  of  summer  irrigation  bids 
fair  to  remain  a  permanent  practice,  at  least  in  the  pro- 
duction of  prunes. 

As  yet  the  California  Plum-grower  (and  this  indeed  is 
generally  true  for  all  deciduous  fruits)  has  hardly  felt 
the  need  of  extensive  fertilization.  The  soils  of  the  arid 
regions  generally  possess  such  high  intrinsic  fertility, 
and  the  tree-roots  have  such  great  depths  from  which 
to  draw  the  nourishment  and  sustenance,  that  thus  far 
they  have  been  able  to  produce  the  enormous  crops  taken 
from  the  land  without  replenishment  of  the  natural  sup- 
plies. In  some  of  the  older  orchards,  however,  the  need 
of  fertilization  is  beginning  to  be  felt.  In  a  great  many 
the  main  deficiency  has  been  found  to  be  vegetable  mat- 
ter, and,  consequently,  nitrogen.  The  extremely  fine 
tilth  which  has  been  maintained  has  resulted  in  the  de- 
struction of  all  natural  green  growth  and  the  "burning 
out "  of  the  humus,  and  has  necessitated  the  call  for  a 
green-manure  crop.  This  problem  is  rendered  more  dif- 
ficult in  California  by  the  fact  that  any  such  crop  must 
be  produced  during  the  winter  months  and  be  ready  to 


1378 


PLUM 


PLUM 


plow-in  with  the  beginning  of  tillage  in  March ;  for  no 
summer-growing  crop  can  be  allowed  in  the  orchard. 
The  matter  has  been  under  investigation  at  the  Califor- 
nia Experiment  Station  for  some  years,  and  after  many 
trials  of  native  and  exotic  legumes,  three  species  of 
European  lupins  (L.  pilosus,  var.  roseus  and  var. 


1857.  Flowers  of  native  plums. 
Prunus  Americana  on  the  left ; 
P.   angustifolia     on    the    right. 
(See  page  1374.) 


1858.  Fruit-spurs  of  a 
Domestica  Plum. 

The  letters  indicate  the 
termination  of  annual 
growths.  (See  page  1374.) 


cceruleus,  I/,  angustifolius) ,  and  the  "hairy  vetch  "  (  Vicia, 
villosa )  have  been  found  to  be  the  most  promising.  From 
numerous  analyses  of  California  soils,  Professor  Hil- 
gard  has  found  them  generally  well  supplied  with  lime 
and  potash,  with  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  not  over- 
abundant. It  is,  then,  these  latter  which  will  have  to  be 
supplied  first,  and  such  has  been  the  advice  given  to 
growers. 

As  mentioned  above,  the  Plum  has  few  serious  ene- 
mies in  California,  and  none  which  cannot  be  held  in 
check  by  spraying  and  other  treatment.  Upon  the  leaves 
the  Plum  aphis  and  the  canker  worm  have  given  some 
trouble.  Lately,  the  "peach  moth"  has  been  found  at 
work  on  the  prune  trees,  but  not  to  any  serious  extent. 
The  trees,  too,  are  sometimes  subject  to  the  attacks  of 
scale  inse.cts;  the  black  scale  (JJecanium  olea),  apricot 
scale  (L.  Armeniacum),  frosted  scale  (L,  pruinosum) 
and  pernicious  scale  (Aspidiotus  perniciosus)  being  the 
most  frequent;  all  of  which,  however,  the  California 
fruit-grower  has  learned  to  keep  in  check,  and  in  some 
cases  even  to  eradicate.  The  crown  root-knot  has  also 
caused  considerable  trouble.  The  cause  of  this  disease 
has  been  lately  demonstrated  by  Tourney  to  be  a  "slime 
mold"  (Dendrophagus  globosus).  Relief  has  been  se- 
cured by  cutting  off  the  knots  and  painting  the  wounds 
with  Bordeaux  mixture. 

In  California  some  fruit  is  usually  borne  the  third 
year;  in  the  fourth  a  fairly  profitable  crop  is  expected; 
the  fifth  from  50  to  60  pounds  per  tree  should  be  pro- 


duced, which  ought  to  double  in  the  sixth,  and  after 
that  from  150  to  300  pounds  is  the  rule.  These  figures 
apply  mostly  to  the  prunes ;  many  of  the  Plums  are  two 
or  three  years  later  in  coming  into  full  bearing.  From 
200  to  300  pounds  are  considered  the  average  at  full  bear- 
ing in  the  Santa  Clara  valley.  In  some  instances  600  and 
even  800  pounds  have  been  produced,  and  a  6-year-old 
tree  at  Visalia  (San  Joaquin  valley)  is  credited  with 
1,102  pounds  of  fruit  in  one  season. 

It  would  be  impossible  to  enumerate  a  full  list  of  the 
varieties  actually  in  successful  cultivation  within  the 
state.  Such  a  list  would  probably  include  every  note- 
worthy variety  of  Domestica  Plum.  Many,  however, 
despite  excellence  of  quality  and  flavor,  are  suited 
only  for  home-growing,  or  at  most  for  local  markets,  on 
account  of  poor  shipping  qualities.  For  this  reason 
the  mimber  of  varieties  planted  on  a  large  scale  is 
being  constantly  reduced. 

Experience  has  demonstrated  the  superiority  of  some 
varieties  for  certain  climatic  regions  and  general  market 
conditions,  and  these  have  come  to  be  recognized  as 
standard.  At  the  head  of  the  list  stands  the  Prune 
d'Agen,  the  originally  introduced  French  prune,  which 
has  proved  itself  adapted  to  more  varying  conditions 
than  any  other  variety,  and  is  therefore  perhaps  the 
most  generally  planted  variety  of  fruit  in  the  state. 
For  some  time  its  identity  as  the  true  French  prune  was 
disputed ;  but  from  authentic  samples  submitted  to 
them,  French  experts  have  declared  it  to  be  of  the 
true  d'Ente  type  of  the  Agen  district,  both  in  botanical 
characters  and  in  sweetness  and  flavor.  It  is,  of  course, 
used  chiefly  for  curing.  In  the  same  category  belong 
the  Robe  de  Sergeant,  Imperial  Epineuse,  Silver  and 
Sugar— all  standard  drying  prune  varieties.  The  Robe 
de  Sergeant  has  been  supposed  by  some  to  be  a  syno- 
nym of  the  Prune  d'Agen,  and  is  so  considered  in 
France ;  but  in  California  it  is  grown  as  a  distinct  va- 
riety. The  fruit  is  larger,  usually  more  highly  flavored, 
and  has  commanded  higher  prices  in  the  San  Francisco 
market.  The  tree,  however,  has  not  proved  so  widely 
adaptable,  and  is  in  disfavor  in  the  coast  valleys  on 
account  of  defective  bearing;  in  the  interior  it  is  more 
satisfactory.  The  Silver  prune  (an  Oregon  seedling  of 
Coe  Golden  Drop)  is  also  a  defective  bearer  in  some 
districts,  and  is  used  mostly  in  the  preparation  of 
"bleached  prunes,"  for  which  it  has  proved  quite  profit- 
able, in  some  instances.  It  is  sometimes  marketed  in 
the  fresh  state  also.  The  Imperial  Epineuse  is  a  recently 
introduced  French  variety  and  is  fast  becoming  very 
popular.  So  far  as  tried  it  has  proved  very  profitable, 
especially  in  the  Santa  Clara  valley,  where  many  or- 
chards have  been  grafted  over  to  it.  The  fruit  is  very 
large  and  handsome,  and  actual  analysis  has  shown  it 
to  contain  2  per  cent  more  sugar 
than  the  ordinary  French.  It 
must  be  distinguished,  how- 
ever, from  the  "Imperial,"  a  va- 
riety very  much  inferior  in 
flavor  and  sweetness  and  not 
nearly  so  satisfactory.  Luther 
Burbank's  new  Sugar  prune 
(introduced  two  years  ago) 
bases  its  claims  upon  superior 
sweetness  and  flavor,  together 
with  fair  medium  size.  It  has 
not  yet  been  long  enough  under 
trial,  however,  to  justify  any 
remarks  regarding  its  merits  as 
a  commercial  variety.  The  Ger- 
man prune,  Italian  (Fellenberg) , 
Golden  prune,  Hungarian 
(Pond  Seedling),  and  Tragedy 
are  varieties  sometimes  used  for 
curing,  but  are  frequently 
shipped  green  as  "Plums."  Of 
these  the  German  is  perhaps 
the  most  extensively  used.  The 
Italian  succeeds  well  along  the 
coast  in  places  liable  to  fogs 
or  sea  winds,  where  the  French  is  not  at  its  best. 
It  is  valuable  as  a  late  variety,  and  is  said  to  dry 
excellently,  as  does  also  the  Golden,  an  Oregon  seed- 
ling. The  fruit  of  the  Hungarian  (Pond)  is  very  hand- 


1859.  Plum  rot. 
The  mummy  Plums  hang 
on  it-he  tree  all  winter. 
(See  page  1374.) 


PLUM 


PLUMBAGO 


1379 


some  and  showy,  and  is  rated,  on  its  style,  a  good  seller 
in  both  the  local  and  distant  markets.  "  The  Tragedy— a 
seedling  of  the  old  Mission  prune  —  belongs,  together 
with  the  Clyman  (a  California  seedling),  Giant  (Bur- 
bank's)  ,  Royal  Hative,  Simon  and  Peach,  to  the  list  of  va- 
rieties most  popular  for  early  market  —  especially  for 
eastern  shipment.  For  canning,  Coe  Golden  Drop  and 
the  Imperial  Gage  are  the  most  popular.  The  Brad- 
shaw,  Columbia,  Damson,  Duane  Purple,  Green  Gage, 
Jefferson,  Washington,  and  Yellow  Egg  are  all  highly 
regarded,  and  planted  more  or  less  widely,  as  they  suit 
the  different  climatic  regions.  Many  of  the  Japanese 
Plums  are  represented  in  California  orchards.  The 
most  prominent  of  these  has  been  the  Kelsey,  the 
pioneer  in  this  country  of  this  class  of  fruits.  In  the 
interior  valleys  it  is  in  some  disfavor  on  account  of  its 
failure  to  develop  color  in  these  sections;  but  where  it 
colors  well  it  is  profitable  for  shipping,  and  is  highly 
regarded  everywhere  for  domestic  use ;  lately  the  Bur- 
bank  and  Wickson  are  largely  replacing  it.  The  Abun- 
dance and  Red  June  are  very  popular  for  early  ship- 
ment, while  the  Satsuma,  Burbank,  Normand,  and 
Wickson  (a  Burbank  hybrid)  are  all  highly  esteemed, 
especially  for  local  market  and  domestic  use. 

During  the  past  ten  years  elaborate  investigations  of 
the  composition  and  food  value  of  different  fruits  grown 
in  the  state  have  been  carried  on  at  the  California 
Experiment  Station.  Many  interesting  results  have 
been  obtained,  tending  to  show  the  vast  influences  of 
differing  soil  and  climatic  conditions  upon  the  character 
and  quality  of  the  crops.  Herein,  too,  may  perhaps  be 
found  some  explanation  for  the  reason  why  the  home- 
grown fruits  have  so  readily  displaced  the  foreign  in 
the  markets  of  our  country  ;  for  the  analyses  have 
shown  that  our  fruits  are  sweeter,  more  nutritious  and 
contain  less  mineral  matter  than  the  European.  In  the 
average  sugar  percentages  represented  in  the  analysis 
of  the  juice,  the  figures  are  18  per  cent  to  6.15  per  cent 
or  about  as  3  to  1  in  favor  of  the  California  prune.  In 
albuminoids,  or  flesh-forming  substance,  the  average 
percentages  stand:  for  prunes,  Californian  1.01  per 
cent,  European  .78  percent;  for  Plums,  Californian  1.13 
per  cent,  European  .40  per  cent.  Here  it  may  be  men- 
tioned that  the  California  analyses  have  shown  the  fig 
to  stand  highest  in  nutritive  value,  the  apricot  and 
Plum  second,  and  the  prune  and  orange  about  equal  for 
third  place.  The  figures  for  soil  ingredients  withdrawn 
show  the  California  crop  to  contain  less  than  the 
European,  comparing  as  follows:  European  6.30  pounds 
of  ash  per  1,000  pounds  of  fruit,  Californian  4.86;  for  a 
crop  of  30,000  pounds,  189  pounds  for  European  and 
145.80  for  Californian.  The  amounts  of  important  soil 
ingredients  withdrawn  per  1,000  Ibs.  in  California  are: 
of  potash  3.1  pounds,  lime  .25  pound,  phosphoric  acid 
.95  pound  and  nitrogen  1 .62  pounds.  From  these  figures, 
the  actual  draft  of  the  crop  can  be  determined,  and  this, 
with  the  knowledge  of  the  amounts  of  available  plant- 
food  in  the  soil,  together  with  a  consideration  of  its 
physical  conditions,  forms  the  basis  of  an  intelligent 
judgment  of  fertilization  requirements. 

See  Wickson's  "California  Fruits  and  How  to  Grow 
Them,"  the  Reports  of  the  California  State  Board  of 
Horticulture,  and  the  Reports  and  Bulletins  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Experiment  Station. 

ARNOLD  V.  STUBENRAUCH. 

PLUM,  CHEERY.   Prunus  cerasifera. 

PLUM,  COCOA.    Chrysobalamus  Icaco. 

PLUM,  DATE.   Diospyros. 

PLUM,  GOVERNOR'S.   See  Flacourtia  Hamontchi. 

PLUM,  JAPAN.  Properly  Prunus  tri flora  ;  improp- 
erly applied  to  the  Loquat,  Erlobotrya  Japonica. 

PLUM,  MARMALADE.   Lucuma  mammosa. 

PLUMBAGO  (from  Latin  for  lead;  because  of  some 
old  tradition).  Plumbaginacece.  LEADWORT.  About  10 
species  of  subshrubs  or  herbs,  sometimes  climbing,  in- 
habiting warm  countries,  chiefly  of  Europe,  Asia  and 
Africa.  Leaves  usually  alternate  and  entire,  various: 
flowers  spicate  or  racemose  on  the  ends  of  the  branches, 


gamopetalous,  salverform,  the  tube  usually  slender, 
the  corolla  blue,  violet,  rose  or  white;  calyx  tubular, 
5-toothed  and  somewhat  angled,  glandular;  stamens  5, 
free  from  the  corolla-tube :  ovary  attenuated  at  the  top, 
the  single  style  with  5  stigmas :  fr.  a  membranaceous  5- 
valved  capsule.  For  P.  Larpentce,  consult  Ceratostigma. 
Two  species  of  shrubby  Plumbagos,  P.  Capensis  and 
P.  rosea,  are  deservedly  well  known.  In  the  middle 
and  northern  states  they  are  treated  as  greenhouse  pot- 
plants  and  are  usually  turned  out  to  flower  in  summer. 
They  are  readily  propagated  by  cuttings  taken  either  in 
the  fall  from  plants  growing  in  the  open  or  in  the  spring 
from  stock  plants.  They  require  an  intermediate 
temperature. 

A.  Fls.  blue  or  white. 

Cap6nsis,  Thunb.  Fig.  1860.  Climbing  shmb  but  a 
straggling  upright  plant  as  grown  under  glass,  some- 
what glaucous,  glabrous  except  in  the  inflorescence: 


I860.  Plumbago  Capensis  (X  %). 

Ivs.  scattered,  oblong-ovate  to  oblong-spatulate,  nearly 
or  quite  obtuse,  narrowed  into  a  short  petiole :  racemes 
relatively  short,  the  fls.  sometimes  appearing  as  if  um- 
belled:  fls.  azure-blue,  with  a  very  slender  tube  1%  in. 
long  and  several  times  longer  than  the  glandular-hairy 
cylindrical  calyx-tube,  the  corolla-lobes  obovate  and 
phlox-like.  S.Africa.  B.M.2110.  B.R.  5:417.  Gn.44,p. 
380;  46,  p.  245;  48,  p.  344;  58,  p.  20.  Var.  alba,  Hort., 
has  white  flowers.— A  well-known  greenhouse  plant. 
Old  plants  turned  into  the  soil  in  late  spring  in  a  sunny 
exposure  bloom  profusely  until  frost.  Plants  struck 
from  fall  cuttings  also  give  good  bloom  the  following 
summer,  but  younger  plants  usually  do  not  bloom  so 
well.  Plants  can  be  kept  in  a  cellar  during  winter,  or 
they  may  be  grown  under  glass  for  spring  and  summer 
bloom.  It  is  an  excellent  rafter  plant.  In  southern 
California  it  climbs  trees  15  or  20  ft.  high  if  undis- 
turbed. 

Zeylanica,  Linn.  Half -climbing,  glabrous  except  the 
inflorescence,  which  is  glandular-hairy:  Ivs.  ovate  ob- 
tuse or  acute,  the  base  of  the  short-winged  petiole  clasp- 
ing tb,e  stem:  fls.  white,  shorter  than  in  the  above,  the 
exserted  part  of  the  tube  scarcely  longer  than  the  obovate 
retuse  corolla-lobes,  the  calyx  glandular-hairy.  Tropics 
of  Asia  and  Africa,  and  east  to  Australia  and  Hawaii. 
B.R.  32:23. -Little  grown  now,  as  it  is  inferior  to  the 


1380 


PLUMBAGO 


POA 


white-fld.  form  of  P.   Capensis.     Distinguished  from 
that  species  by  its  shorter  fls.  and  different  Ivs. 

scandens,  Linn.  Trailing  or  climbing,  glabrous :  co- 
rolla white  with  mucronate  lobes,  the  tube  twice  longer 
than  the  glandular-hairy  calyx-tube:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceo- 
late to  oblong-lanceolate,  pointed,  stalked.  Trop.  Amer. 

AA.  Fls.  red. 

rosea,  Linn.  (P.  sanguinea,  Hort.?).  Stem  zigzag, 
more  or  less  climbing,  glabrous  even  in  the  inflores- 
cence: Ivs.  large,  ovate-elliptic,  the  short  petiole  some- 
what clasping:  fls.  purplish  red,  in  long  racemes,  the 
corolla-lobes  little  if  any  exceeding  the  exserted  part  of 
the  tube,  the  calyx  glandular-hairy.  S.  Asia.  B.M.  230. 
—  Var.  coccinea,  Hook.  (P.  coccinea,  Salisb.),  is  a  form 
with  larger  scarlet  fls.  B.M.  5363.  Gng.  1:183.  This  is 
the  form  chiefly  cultivated.  Like  P.  Capensis,  this  spe- 
cies is  useful  for  summer  bedding.  It  is  also  an  excel- 
lent subject  for  winter  blooming  in  pots.  jj>  jj^  g 

PLUME  GRASS.     Eriantlms  Ravennce. 

PLUMfiEIA  (Charles  Plumier,1646-1706,distinguished 
French  botanist;  wherefore  the  genus  should  have  been 
spelled  Plumieria).  Apocynacece.  This  includes  the 
showy  tropical  tree  known  as  Frangipani,  properly  P. 
rubra.  Plumerias  are  amongst  the  most  fragrant  of 
tropical  flowers,  vying  in  this  respect  with  the  jessa- 
mine, Cape  Jasmine  and  tuberose.  They  have  large, 
waxy,  funnel-shaped  fls.  with  5  spreading  lobes  of  white, 
yellow,  rose-purple  or  combinations  of  the  three  colors. 
Choice  specimens  have  been  known  to  bear  clusters  9  in. 
across,  composed  of  more  than  20  fls.  each  3%  in.  across. 
There  are  about  40  species,  all  tropical  American,  of 
which  2  kinds  at  present  are  offered  in  S.  Calif,  and  2 
in  S.  Fla.  They  are  considerably  cult,  in  all  tropical 
lands.  The  word  Frangipani  is  supposed  to  be  from  the 
French,  franchipanier,  coagulated  milk,  referring  to 
the  tenacious  white  juice  which  exudes  plentifully  from 
the  wounded  plant.  All  species  are  likely  to  be  called 
Frangipani.  Plumerias  are  essentially  summer-growing 
plants.  Keep  rather  dry  in  winter.  Prop,  by  cuttings 
in  February  or  March. 

In  general,  the  Ivs.  are  alternate,  penninerved,  the 
primary  veins  joined  to  a  nerve  running  parallel  with 
the  margin  :  fls.  in  terminal  2-3-chotomous  cymes  : 
bracts  usually  large  and  covering  the  young  buds  but 
deciduous  long  before  anthesis ;  corolla-tube  cylindrical 
throughout;  stamens  included,  near  the  base  of  the 
tube;  disk  wanting  or  fleshy  and  covering  the  tube  of 
the  calyx:  ovules  in  many  series:  follicles  2.  The  spe- 
cies are  much  confused  and  imperfectly  understood. 

A.    Fls.  more  or  less  rosy. 

rubra,  Linn.  FRANGIPANI.  Low  tree  or  shrub:  Ivs. 
5-8  in.  long:  cymes  spreading  :  corolla-lobes  broadly 
oval,  longer  than  the  tube.  Mex.  to  Guiana  and  Ecua- 
dor ;  naturalized  in  West  Indies.  B.R.  10:780  (fls. 
chiefly  golden,  only  the  tips  bright  rose).  B.M.  279. 

AA.    Fls.  chiefly  white  or  yellow. 
B.    Lvs.  narrow,  oblong -linear. 

alba,  Linn.  Lvs.  rounded  or  acuminate  at  top,  revo- 
lute  at  margin,  tomentose  beneath ;  veins  rectangular- 
transverse:  fls.  white.  W.  Indies.  P.  hypoleuca,  Gas- 
parr,  is  probably  a  color  variety,  with  yellow  flowers. 

BB.  Lvs.  wedge-shaped  to  lanceolate. 
acutifdlia,  Poir.  (P.  acuminata,  Ait.).  Lvs.  acumi- 
nate, often  1  ft.  or  more  long,  3  in.  wide,  broadly  lan- 
ceolate, with  a  long  tapering  base:  corolla-lobes  oval. 
Mex.  B.M.  3952  (fls.  white,  much  flushed  from  the  cen- 
ter with  pale  yellow).  P.  acuminata  of  B.R.  2:114,  with 
its  narrow  oblong  lobes  and  close,  well-defined  golden 
center,  must  be  a  different  species.  -yy  -^ 

POA  (ancient  Greek  name  for  grass  or  fodder).  Gra- 
minecp.  About  100  species,  natives  of  temperate  and 
cold  regions,  mostly  perennial  grasses  of  low  growth. 
Several  species  are  cult,  for  forage  or  ornament.  Spike- 
lets  2-6-fld.,  in  open  panicles,  empty  ghimes  shorter 
than  the fl. -glumes,  awnless;  fl. -glumes  keeled  on  back, 


membranaceous,  scarious  margined,  pointless,  5-nerved, 
often  clothed  with  soft  hair. 

arachnifera,  Torr.  TEXAS  BLUE  GRASS.  Culm  2-3  ft. 
high:  panicle  contracted,  3-8  in.  long:  spikelets  K  in. 
long ;  first  empty  glume  1-nerved,  second  3-nerved ; 
fl. -glume  copiously  webby  hairy  at  base.  A  native  of 
Texas,  where  it  is  a  valuable  forage  grass.  — It  propa- 
gates by  rhizomes  and  forms  a  dense  sod.  Recom- 
mended as  a  winter  pasture  grass  in  the  South.  Easily 
distinguished  from  the  other  species  by  its  contracted 
panicle  and  large  spikelets. 

prat6nsis,  Linn.  KENTUCKY  BLUE  GRASS.  JUNE 
GRASS.  Fig.  1861.  Panicle  pyramidal,  open,  usually 
3-4  in.  long:  spikelets  3-6-fld.,  %  in.  long;  lower  empty 
glume  1-nerved,  second  3-nerved:  fl. -glume  hairy  at 


1861.  June-crass— Poa  pratensis  (XK).    Flower  enlarged. 

base:  culm  usually  1-2  ft.  high,  forming  a  sod  with  its 
copious  rootstocks,  its  long,  soft  radical  Ivs.  forming  an 
abundance  of  foliage.  Native  in  the  cooler  regions  of 
the  northern  hemisphei'e.— A  common  pasture  grass 
through  the  middle  portions  of  the  United  States.  Its 
most  important  horticultural  use  is  for  lawns,  for 
which  purpose  its  habit  and  aggressiveness  are  emi- 
nently adapted. 

trivialis,  Linn.  ROUGH-STALKED  MEADOW  GRASS. 
Resembles  P.  pratensis,  from  which  it  differs  by  hav- 
ing no  creeping  rootstocks,  taller  stems,  branches  of 
panicle  more  slender  and  spreading,  usually  only  2-fld. 
spikelets,  and  lateral  nerves  of  fl. -glume  much  more 
conspicuous.  Native  of  Europe,  where  it  is  a  prominent 
pasture  grass,  and  rather  sparingly  cult,  in  this  coun- 
try, where  it  is  recommended  for  wet  pastures.  A  va- 
riegated form  is  described.  F.S.  16:1695. 

compressa,  Linn.  Known  in  the  trade  as  CANADA 
BLUE  GRASS  (though  it  is  probably  not  native  to  Can- 
ada) and  ENGLISH  BLUE  GRASS,  but  the  latter  name  is 
often  applied  to  Festuca  pratensis.  Distinguished  from 
P.  pratensis,  which  it  resembles,  by  its  blue-green  foli- 
age, distinctly  flattened  culms,  and  its  short  and  much 
contracted  panicles.  Spreads  by  rhizomes.  Native  of 
Europe  and  extensively  naturalized  in  this  country,  be- 
ing found  in  open  and  rather  sterile  soil.— It  is  of  little 
value  as  a  pasture  grass  except  possibly  on  sterile  soil. 

nemoralis,  Linn.  WOOD  MEADOW  GRASS.  A  tufted 
perennial  without  running  rootstocks.  Panicle  long  and 
narrow,  with  short  branches:  culms  1-3  ft.:  empty 
glumes  3-nerved,  acuminate.  Native  of  Europe  and 
cooler  parts  of  America.  — It  is  recommended  for  pasture 
or  lawn  in  shaded  situations. 

P.  amdbilis  ,IAnn.  See  Eragvostis  spectabilis.— P.  aquatica, 
Linn.  See  Glycerin  grandis.  ^.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 


PODACHJ2NIUM 


PODOLEPIS 


1381 


,  meaning  foot-shaped  akene ) . 
Composite.  Two  species  of  Mexican  shrubby  composites 
cult,  chiefly  for  their  large  and  fragrant  Ivs.  The  Us. 
are  sometimes  hidden  under  the  foliage.  The  heads  are 
about  1  in.  across,  with  white  rays  and  yellow  disk, 
about -20  or  more  in  terminal  flat-topped  clusters,  borne 
in  winter  and  spring.  P.  panicvlatum  is  a  rare  and 
costly  stove  plant.  The  distinguishing  feature  of  Po- 
dachaenium  is  the  shape  of  the  akene,  it  being  con- 
tracted at  the  base  into  a  2-winged  stipe  suggesting  the 
shape  of  a  foot. 

Podachaeniums  may  be  cultivated  much  like  Ixoras. 
They  do  best  in  a  warmhouse.  In  the  South  they  thrive 
in  the  open.  They  are  useful  for  their  large  and  sweet- 
scented  foliage.  Prop,  by  cuttings  of  half-ripe  wood. 

paniculatum,  Benth.  (Ferdindnda  £minens,  Hort- 
Znlu~ania  eniinens,  Hort.  Cosmophyllum  cacalicefd- 
liitm,  C.  Koch).  Slightly  branched,  9-15  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
distant,  long-stalked,  -roundish  in  outline,  angled  or 
with  few,  distant,  shallow,  wide-angled  teeth,  scabrous 
above,  pubescent  beneath.  Mex.,  Guatemala.  E.H. 
18G2,  p.  110.  H.  A.  SIEBRECHT  and  W.  M. 

PODALtKIA.     See  Baptisia. 

PODOCARPUS  (Greek  pous,  podos,  foot,  and  karpos, 
fruit ;  alluding  to  the  conspicuous  fleshy  foot-stalks  of 
most  species).  Including  Nageia,  Prumndpitys  and 
Stachy  carpus.  Coniferce.  Ornamental  evergreen  trees 
or  rarely  shrubs,  with  alternate  or  sometimes  opposite 
and  often  2-ranked  sessile  or  short-stalked  Ivs.,  small 
fls.,  the  staminate  catkin-like  and  yellow,  the  pistillate 
greenish  and  inconspicuous,  and  with  rather  small, 
berry-like  fr.  borne  on  usually  much  thickened  fleshy 
foot-stalks  of  dark  purple  or  purplish  violet  color. 
They  are  but  rarely  cult,  in  this  country  and  only 
adapted  for  the  southern  states  and  California,  except 
P.  alpina,  which  is  the  hardiest  and  may  probably 
thrive  as  far  north  as  Philadelphia,  or  even  farther. 
They  grow  best  in  well-drained  loamy  soil.  In  the 
North  they  are  sometimes  grown  as  pot-plants  in  green- 
houses on  account  of  their  handsome  foliage;  a  sandy 
compost  of  loam  and  peat  will  suit  the  potted  plants. 
Prop,  by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  almost  ripened  wood 
under  glass;  they  are  also  sometimes  grafted  on  any  of 
the  species  which  can  be  had  in  quantity. 

The  genus  has  more  than  40  species,  chiefly  in  tropi- 
cal and  subtropical  mountains  of  S.  America,  W.  India, 
Asia,  Africa  and  Australia.  Resinous  trees,  with  linear 
to  elliptic  entire  Ivs. :  fls.  monoecious  or  dioecious,  ax- 
illary or  subterminal,  solitary  or  in  spikes;  the  stam- 
inate catkin  -  like,  consisting  of  spirally  disposed  2- 
celled  anthers ;  the  pistillate  consisting  of  a  scale  en- 
closing the  ovule,  with  several  bracts  at  the  base,  which 
become  usually  much  thickened  at  maturity,  and  form 
a  fleshy  receptacle  bearing  at  the  top  the  globular  or 
ovoid  drupe- or  nut-like  seed:  cotyledons  2.  Some  spe- 
cies with  the  fls.  in  spikes  and  the  fr.  without  fleshy 
receptacle  are  referred  by  some  botanists  to  Prumnop- 
itys  (Stachycarpus).  Many  species  are  valuable  tim- 
ber trees  in  their  native  countries,  and  the  fleshy  seed- 
stalks  of  some  are  eaten. 

A.    Lvs.  3-8  in.  long. 

macrophylla,  Don.  Tree,  attaining  50  ft.,  with  ascend- 
in^  branches:  buds  and  young  unfolding  Ivs.  pinkish: 
Ivs.  alternate,  linear-lanceolate,  sometimes  falcate,  ob- 
tusish  or  acute,  bright  green  and  glossy  and  with  a 
prominent  midrib  above,  pale  beneath,  3-5  in.  long, 
about  Y<i.  in.  wide:  fls.  dioecious,  staminate  ones  cylin- 
dric,  y\-\Vz  in.  long:  fr.  ovoid,  %-%  in.  long,  greenish, 
bloomy,  borne  on  a  fleshy  dark  purplish  violet  recep- 
tacle. Japan.  S.Z.  2:133. 

Japdnica,  Sieb.  Closely  allied  to  the  preceding  and 
probably  a  variety  of  it.  Of  lower  growth:  buds  whit- 
ish, young  Ivs.  greenish:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  acute, 
4-8  in.  long:  fls.  and  fr.  unknown.  Cult,  in  Japan. 
-Sometimes  Cephalotaxus  pedunculata,  var.  fastigiata 
is  cult,  under  this  name. 

AA.    Lvs.  %-!%  in.  long 

nubigena,  Lindl.  Tree  or  shrub  in  cultivation:  Ivs. 
spreading,  crowded,  linear-lanceolate,  acute  and  mucro- 


nate,  pungent,  somewhat  revolute  at  the  margins,  dark 
green  and  with  a  prominent  midrib  above,  with  2  white 
bands  beneath,  1-1%  in.  long:  fls.  dioecious,  the  stami- 
nate clustered,  %-l  in.  long:  fr.  ovoid,  %  in.  long,  on 
a  fleshy  receptacle,  very  short-stalked.  Chile.  P.F.G. 
2:162.  G.C.  III.  10:171. 

alpina,  R.  Br.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  attaining  15  ft., 
with  spreading  branches  :  Ivs.  indistinctly  2-ranked, 
linear  to  linear-oblong,  obtuse,  mucronulate,  dark  green, 
grooved  or  flat  above,  pale  green  beneath,  K-%  in.  long: 
fls.  dioecious,  the  staminate  solitary  or  clustered,  about 
%  in.  long:  fr.  small,  on  a  fleshy  receptacle.  Australia. 

P.  Andlna,  Poepp.  (Prumnopitys  elegans,  Phil.  Stachycar- 
pus Andina,  Van  Tiegh.).  Tree,  attaining  20  ft.,  with  upright 
or  somewhat  spreading  branches  :  Ivs.  indistinctly  2-ranked, 
linear,  dark  green  above,  slightly  glaucous  beneath,  %-!%  in. 
long:  fls.  in  spikes;  receptacle  not  fleshy.  Chile.— P.  Bidwilli, 
Hoibr.=P.  Totara.— P.  Ohillna,  Rich.  (P.  saligna,  Don).  Tree, 
attaining  60  ft.,  allied  to  P.  macrophylla:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate, 
acute,  slightly  falcate,  3-4%  in.  long:  staminate  fls.  clustered, 
about  1  in.  long.  Chile,  Peru. — P.  Chinensis,  Wall.  (P.  macro- 
phylla, var.  Maki,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  Closely  allied  to  P.  macro- 
phylla, but  a  lower  tree  or  sometimes  shrub,  with  somewhat 
spreading  branches:  Ivs.  shorten,  l%-3%  in.  long:  staminate 
fls.  shorter.  China ;  cult,  in  Japan.  S.Z.  2:134.  R.H.  1848:41. 
—P.  coriacea,  Rich.  Tree,  attaining  50  ft.,  with  spreading 
branches;  allied  to  P.  macrophylla:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
2-4  in.  long:  fr.  ovoid.  Jamaica.  Sometimes  Cephalotaxus 
drupacea  is  cult,  under  this  name.  —  P.  elongata,  L'Herit. 
Tree,  attaining  70  ft.,  with  whorled  spreading  branches;  allied 
to  P.  macrophylla  :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  acute,  about  2  in. 
long-:  staminate  fls.  solitary  or  clustered,  about  %  in.  long:  fr. 
globose,  %  in.  across.  S.  Africa.— P.  Jamaicensis,  Hort.=P. 
Purdieana.— P.  Koraiana,  Sieb.=  Cephalotaxus  pedunculata, 
var.  fastigiata.— P.  Nageia,  R.  Br.  (Nageia  Japonica,  Gaertn.). 
Tree,  attaining  90  ft.,  with  spreading,  sometimes  pendulous 
branches:  Ivs.  mostly  opposite,  ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate, 
short- acuminate,  2-3%  in.  long,  bright  green  and  glossy:  fr.  % 
in.  across,  subglobose.  Japan.  S.Z.  2:135.— P.  neriifblia,  Don 
(P.  macrophylla,  Wall.,  not  Don).  Tree,  allied  to  P.  macro- 
phylla, with  whorled  spreading  branches:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, dark  green  above,  slightly  glaucous  beneath,  4-8  in. 
long:  staminate  fls.  solitary,  1  in.  or  more  long.  Himalayas. 
B.M.  4655.  F.S.  8:768.— P.  Purdieana,  Hook.  Tree,  to  120  ft., 
with  whorled  horizontal  branches:  allied  to  P.  macrophylla: 
Ivs.  oblaneeolate,  obtuse,  mucronulate,  bright  green,  2-5  in. 
long,  %  in.  wide.  Jamaica.— P.  saligna,  Don=P.  Chilina.— P. 
spicdta,  R.  Br.  (Prumnopitys  spicata,  Mast.).  Tree,  attaining 
80  ft.:  Ivs.  2-ranked,  linear,  obtusish,  sessile,  %-%  in.  long:  fls. 
in  spikes;  receptacle  not  thickened.  New  Zealand.— P.  taxifb- 
lia,  Kunth.  (Prumnopitys  taxifolia,  Mast.).  Tree,  attaining  60 
ft.,  with  spreading  branches:  Ivs.  2-ranked,  linear,  acute  or  ob- 
tuse, abruptly  narrowed  into  a  short  petiole:  fls.  in  spikes:  no 
thickened  receptacle.  Peru,  Columbia.— P.  Totara,  Don.  Tree, 
attaining  90  ft.  with  spreading  branches:  allied  to  P.  alpina: 
Ivs.  linear,  acute  or  acuminate,  %-!%  in.  l^ng.  New  Zealand. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

POD6LEPIS  (Greek,  foot  and  scale;  referring  to  the 
unusual  fact  that  the  involucral  scales  have  a  foot- 
stalk or  claw).  Compdsitce.  About  16  species  of  Aus- 
tralian herbs  with  yellow,  pink  or  purple  rays,  a  few  of 
which  are  cult,  as  half-hardy  annuals,  growing  6-12  in. 
high  and  bearing  fls.  which  are  chiefly  interesting  as 
representing  an  intermediate  stage  between  the  common 
type  of  composite  with  showy  rays  and  the  "ever- 
lasting flowers,"  like  Helichrysum,  in  which  the  rays  are 
aborted  and  the  showy  parts  are  the  stiff  involucral 
scales.  In  Podolepis  the  involucral  scales  are  generally 
colored,  but  are  thin  and  nearly  transparent,  and  over- 
lap one  another  instead  of  standing  out  like  petals. 
The  genus  belongs  to  an  unfamiliar  group  of  composites 
from  Australia  and  the  Cape. 

The  following  species  are  annuals  with  linear  or  lan- 
ceolate Ivs.  and  hemispherical  involucres  %-%  in.  in 
diameter.  They  need  a  porous  soil  with  full  exposure 
to  the  sun,  and  they  also  do  well  in  pots.  See  An- 
nuals. 

A.  Color  of  rays  yellow. 
B.  Involucral  bracts  acute. 

canescens,  A.  Cunn.  (P.  af finis,  Sond:).  Rarely  much 
exceeding  1  ft. :  involucral  bracts  slightly  or  not  at  all 
rugose;  claws  with  broad  scarious  margins:  rays  3-4- 
lobed,  slightly  longer  than  the  disk-fls. 

BB.  Involucral  bracts  acuminate. 

aristata,  Benth.  (P.  clirysdntha,  Endl.).  Often  ex- 
ceeding 1  ft. :  involucral  bracts  not  rugose,  usually  end- 


1382 


PODOLEPIS 


POGONIA 


ing  in  a  rigid  point  or  awn,  the  claws  of  the  inner  ones 
narrow  and  glandular:  rays  longer  than  the  disk-fls., 
3-4-lobed.  R.H.  1857,  p.  263. 

AA.  Color  of  rays  purple  or  lilac. 

grracilis,  Grab.  Often  exceeding  1  ft.:  involucral 
bracts  obtuse;  claws  narrow,  glandular:  rays  entire  or 
2-lobed,  %  in.  long:  pappus  not  thickened  upwards.  B. 
M.  2904  (disk-fls.  mostly  purple,  some  yellow). 

W.  M. 

PODOPHt'LLUM  (from Tournefort's  anapodophyllum , 
duck's-foot-leaf ;  from  a  fancied  resemblance  in  the  foli- 
age). Berberidacece.  MAY  APPLE.  MANDRAKE.  Nearly 
every  American  boy  knows  of  a  colony  of  Mandrakes  and 
has  eaten  May  Apples.  The  "  apples  "  are  yellowish,  egg- 
shaped  fruits  about  2  in.  long,  and  have  a  rather  mawk- 
ish taste.  The  leaves  are  very  distinct,  being  shaped 
like  a  round  shield  with  5-7  lobes.  Mandrakes  have  two 
kinds  of  Ivs.,  the  big  solitary  ones,  and  the  smaller  ones 
in  pairs.  The  large  centrally  peltate  leaves  have  no 
flower  underneath.  The  flowers  are  nodding  white  wax- 
likel  cups  which  spring  from  the  fork  of  the  stem.  They 
have  a  rather  unpleasant  smell.  There  is  a  white  butter- 
fly which  comes  at  nightfall  and  probably  pollinates  the 
May  Apples.  One  sometimes  finds  Mandrake  blossoms 
that  seem  to  be  double,  but  just  as  he  is  about  to  pick 
the  extra  petals,  a  butterfly  flies  away. 

Some  parts  of  the  Mandrake  plant  are  emetic  and  poi- 
sonous. Extract  of  Podophyllum  is  common  in  drug 
stores.  Mandrakes  are  common  in  rich  woods  and  copses 
throughout  the  eastern  United  States.  A  colony  of  them 
is  most  desirable  for  a  wild  garden.  They  are  offered  by 
several  dealers  in  hardy  herbaceous  perennials.  They 
are  of  easy  culture,  requiring  deep,  rich  soil  and  partial 
shade.  They  are  useful  only  for  spring  effects,  how- 
ever, as  the  foliage  dies  down  by  midsummer  or  before. 
Later  -  growing  vigorous  perennials,  as  Polygonatum 
giganteum,  may  be  associated  with  a  planting  of  Man- 
drake, to  occupy  the  ground  in  the  later  part  of  the 
season.  P.  Emodi  requires  a  moister  situation,  and 
some  prefer  a  peaty  soil  for  it.  Prop,  by  division  or 
by  seed.  What  we  call  the  Mandrake  is  not  the  Man- 
drake of  Old  World  history  and  romance,  for  which  see 
Mandragora. 

Podophyllum  is  a  genus  of  four  species,— one  Ameri- 
can, one  Himalayan  and  two  from  China.    Hardy  per- 
ennial herbs:  sepals  6,  petal-like;  petals  6-9;  stamens 
as  many  or  twice  as  many  as  the  petals ; 
pistil    1   (rarely    several) :    berry    with 
many    seeds,    which    are    inclosed    in 
fleshy  arils. 

A.  Fruits  yellowish. 

peltatum,  Linn.  MAY  APPLE.  MAN- 
DRAKE. Pig.  837,  Vol.  II.  Height  1-1% 
ft.:  Ivs.  dark  green,  nearly  1  ft.  across, 
5-7-lobed,  each  lobe  2-cleft:  fls.  about  2 
in.  across.  Also  called  Wild  Lemon  and 
Hog  Apple.  B.M.  1819.  Gn.  21,  p.  127. 
D.  131.  B.B.2:92.  Nature's  Garden  186. 
—  Blooms  in  April  and  fruits  in  May. 

AA.  Fruits  deep  red. 
Emddi,  Wall.  Lvs.  3-5-lobed:  fls. 
white  or  pale  rose:  fr.  large  as  a  hen's 
egg,  brilliant  red.  Himalayas.  G.  C. 
II.  18:241.  — The  foliage  is  a  tine  bronzy 
red  in  early  spring. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY  and  W.  M. 


PODOSTlGMA  (Greek  words  referring 
to  the  fact  that  the  stigma  has  a  foot  or 
stalk).  Asclepiadacece.  This  includes  a 
half  -  hardy  tuberous  -  rooted  perennial 
herb  which  grows  a  foot  high  or  less 
in  low  pine  barrens  from  N.  C.  to  Fla. 
and  bears  in  summer  small  greenish 
yellow  fls.  The  genus  is  closely  allied 
to  Asclepias,  and  is  distinguished  by 
having  the  hoods  remote  from  the  an- 
thers at  the  base  of  the  long  column, 
while  in  Asclepias  the  hoods  are  ap- 


proximate to  the  anthers.     See  Chapman's  Flora  of  the 
southern  U.  S.  and  Gray's  Syn.  Flora  of  N.  Amer. 

pub6scens,  Ell.  Lvs.  opposite,  linear-lanceolate,  nearly 
sessile  :  peduncles  terminal  and  axillary,  umbellately 
several-fld.  The  only  species.  — Adv.  by  Gillett  in  1881, 
but  presumably  not  hardy  north. 

POGONIA  (Greek,  beard;  alluding  to  bearded  label- 
lum).  Orchidacece.  A  genus  of  hardy  terrestrial  or- 
chids: mostly  small,  perennial  herbs,  with  erect  slender 
stems:  fls.  solitary  or  in  racemes  ;  sepals  and  petals 
free,  erect  or  ascending;  labellum  sessile,  with  broad 
base,  spurless,  with  longitudinal  ridges.  Pogonias  are 
delicate  plants  requiring  care  in  planting.  The  wood- 
land species  should  have  rich  leaf-mold,  with  deep 
shade;  the  swamp  species  require  peat  or  suitable  light 
rich  soil,  moist  yet  not  wet.  All  the  species  are  prefer 
ably  planted  in  spring. 

A.    Sepals  and  petals  nearly  equal  in  length. 

B.    Lip  crested. 

ophioglossoides,  Ker.     Stem  8-15   in.   high,  slender 
1-3-lvd.:  Ivs.  1-3  in.  long,  lanceolate  01  ovate:  fls.  soli 
tary  or  in  pairs,  fragrant,  pale  rose,  subtended  by  a  fo 
liaceous  bract.    June,  July.    In  meadows  and  swamps 
U.  S.  and  Japan.     B.B.  2:148.     G.F.  10:485.     V.  2:269; 
11:229.  — This  seems  to  be  the  only  species  that  can  be 
grown  with  success.     It  thrives  in  wet  moss  in  boxes  of 
sphagnum.     Usually  it  is  better  to  transplant  from  thfr 
wild  each  year  than  to  attempt  to  propagate  the  plants 
Sometimes  they  can  be  colonized  in  wet  meadows. 

BB.   Lip  not  crested. 

pendula,  Lindl.  Root  tuberous,  sometimes  clustered : 
stem  3-8  in.  high,  bearing  2-8  small  ovate  Ivs.  and  1-7 
pale  purple  fls.  Aug.,  Sept.  Rich  woods,  Canada  to 
Fla.  and  west.  B.R.  11:908.  B.B.  1:467. 

AA.    Sepals  longer  than  the  petals. 

c.    Stem  bearing  single  leaf. 

diyaricata,  B.  Br.  Stem  1-2  ft.  high,  slender,  bearing 
a  solitary  fl.:  fl.  1  in.  long;  sepals  dark;  petals  flesh- 
colored;  lip  as  long  as  petals,  greenish,  veined  with 
purple.  July.  Swamps,  N.  J.  to  Fla.  B.B.  1:468. 

CO.    Stem  bearing  whorl  of  Ivs.  at  the  top. 
verticillata,  Nutt.    Stem  8-15  in.  high,  bearing  whorl 
of  5  obovate  sessile  Ivs.  at  its  summit:  fl.  solitary,  ter- 


1862.  Royal  Poinciana— Poinciana  regia. 


POGONIA 


POISONOUS    PLANTS 


1383 


minal;  sepals  l%-2  in.  long,  linear,  dark  purple;  petals 
nearly    1    in.   long,    linear.     May,  June.     Moist,    rich, 
shaded  positions,  Ont.  to  Wis.  and  Fla.    B.B.  1:468. 
HEINRICH  HASSELBRING  and  F.  W.  BARCLAY. 


1863.  Poinciana  regia  (X  M). 

POGOSTEMON  (Greek,  bearded  stamen).  LaUatce. 
This  includes  the  plant  which  produces  the  well-known 
perfumes  called  Patchouli,  or  in  India  Pucha-pat.  Pat- 
chouli has  a  peculiar,  dry  moldy  smell  and  is  one  of 
the  commonest  perfumes  in  India.  In  the  forties  its 
presence  was  considered  the  sure  test  of  a  genuine  In- 
dian shawl,  but  the  French  manufacturers  of  imitation 
Indian  shawls  imported  the  perfume  in  the  fifties. 
Patchouli  is  no  longer  fashionable.  Fuller  accounts 
of  it  will  be  found  in  the  «  Cultural  Industries  of  Queens- 
land," V.  8:247  and  Gn.  27,  p.  447.  The  plant  has  no 
ornamental  value.  Live  plants  were  introduced  into 
America  by  Franceschi,  of  Santa  Barbara,  and  were 
offered  in  1900  in  the  East. 

Pogostemon  is  a  genus  of  about  30  species,  24  of  which 
are  distinguished  in  Flora  of  British  India  4:631.  Herbs 
or  subshrubs:  Ivs.  opposite,  rarely  in  3's:  fls.  small, 
in  solitary  or  panicled  spikes  formed  of  many  dense 
whorls;  calyx  subequally  4-5-toothed;  corolla-tube  ex- 
serted  or  included;  limb  sub-2-lipped;  lobes  4,  lower 
usually  longest;  stamens  4,  exserted,  straight  or  decli- 
nate;  filaments  usually  bearded;  anther  cells  confluent. 

Heyneanus,  Benth.  (P.  Patchouly,  ^Pellet).  PAT- 
CHOULI PLANT.  Herb,  2-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  long-stalked, 
ovate,  acute,  acuminate  or  obtuse,  crenate,  simply  or 
doubly  toothed:  spikes  terminal  and  axillary,  forming 
a  panicled  inflorescence :  whorls  usually  separate,  form- 
ing interrupted  spikes  :  fls.  whitish,  tinged  purple. 
India. 

POINCIANA  (M.  de  Poinci,  governor  of  the  Antilles 
in  the  seventeenth  century).  Leguminbsce.  Small, 
mostly  broad-topped  unarmed  trees,  with  large  and 
graceful  bipinnate  Ivs.  with  numerous  small  Ifts.  and 
with  no  stipels  and  inconspicuous  stipules:  fls.  very 


very  showy,  orange  or  scarlet,  in  large,  corymbose  ra- 
cemes, not  papilionaceous,  the  5  petals  clawed  and 
eroded  or  even  flmbriate  on  the  margin,  the  stamens  10 
and  free  and  exserted:  fr.  long  and  flat.  There  are  2  or 
3  species  of  Poinciana,  all  native  to  the  oriental  trop- 
ics. The  genus  has  been  confounded  with  Caesalpinia, 
but  the  calyx-segments  are  valvate,  whereas  they  are 
strongly  imbricate  (or  overlapping)  in  Cwsalpinia. 
The  P.  pulcherrima,  known  as  Barbadoes  Pride  and 
Bird-of-Paradise  Flower,  is  Ccesalpinia  pulcherrima. 
P.  Gilliesii  is  C.  Gilliesii.  P.  data,  Linn.,  native  to 
India,  Arabia  and  tropical  Africa,  is  planted  in  the  Old 
World,  but  is  not  in  the  American  trade.  It  reaches  a 
height  of  20-30  ft.,  with  the  petals  scarcely  exserted 
beyond  the  calyx. 

regia,  Boj.  Figs.  1862,  1863.  ROYAL  POINCIANA. 
PEACOCK  FLOWER.  FLOMBOYANT.  Rapid-growing  tree, 
reaching  20-40  ft.,  and  making  a  wide-spreading  pic- 
turesque top:  Ivs.  1-2  ft.  long,  with  10-20  pairs  of  pin- 
nae, each  pinna  with  numerous  oval  leaflets :  fls.  3-4  in. 
across,  bright  scarlet  (upper  petal  striped  with  yellow 
and  more  cuneate),  the  obovate  petals  very  prominently 
clawed  (or  narrow  below) :  pod  6  in.  to  2ft.  long.  Mada- 
gascar. B.M.  2884.— Now  a  popular  tree  in  frostless 
countries,  as  in  S.  Fla.,  S.  Calif.,  Bermuda,  and  the 
West  Indian  Islands.  It  is  deciduous.  One  of  the  most 
striking  of  tropical  trees.  Sometimes  seen  under  glass  in 
the  North.  Ccesalpinia  pulcherrima  is  often  confounded 
with  it;  but  that  plant  is  a  shrub  or  at  most  only  a 
small  tree,  with  strongly  overlapping  calyx-segments  in 
the  bud,  smaller  fls.,  and  very  long-exserted  stamens. 

L.  H.  B. 

POINSETTIA.  Euphorbia  pulcherrima.  Annual  P, 
is  E.  heterophylla. 

POIREA  is  a  catalogue  error  for  Poivrea. 

POISON  BEERY,  Oestrum, .  P,  Dogwood,  Rhus  vene- 
nata. P,  Elder,  Rhus  venenata.  P.  Hemlock,  Coniuw, 
maculatum.  P.  Ivy,  Rhus  Toxicodendron.  P.  Oak,  R. 
Toxicodendron.  P,  Sumac,  Rhus  venenata. 

POISONOUS  PLANTS.  Very  few  plants  are  poisonous 
to  the  touch.  The  only  ones  in  the  northeastern  states 
are  Poison  Ivy  and  Poison  Sumac.  The  former  is  a  root- 
climbing  vine  (R.  Toxicodendron)  with  ternate  leaves 
(Fig.  1864),  and  the  latter  is  a  tree-like  bush  (Rhus 
venenata)  with  pinnate  leaves  and  entire  leaflets  (Fig. 
1865).  Poison  Ivy  is  sometimes  confounded  with  Vir- 


1864.  Leaf  of  Poison  Ivy  (X  K). 

ginia  Creeper,  but  the  latter  usually  has  5  leaflets,  it  is 
a  much  taller  vine  and  it  climbs  by  means  of  tendrils 
(Fig.  1866).  Poison  Ivy  is  much  commoner  than  Poison 
Sumac.  The  latter  is  confined  to  swamps.  There  are 


1384 


POISONOUS    PLANTS 


POLEMONIUM 


many  remedies  for  poisoning  by  Poison  Ivy.  One  of 
the  best  is  an  alcoholic  solution  of  sugar  of  lead.  Ex- 
tract of  grindelia  (sold  at  drug-stores)  is  sometimes 
used.  Many  plants,  even  amongst  the  common  gar- 
den species,  are  poisonous  when  eaten,  but  it  does  not 


1865.  Poison  Sumac  (X  K). 


follow  that  they  are  dangerous.  People  do 
not  eat  them.  See  V.  K.  Chesnut,  "Thirty 
Poisonous  Plants  of  the  U.  S.."  Farmers' 

Bull.  86,  U.   S.   Dept.  Agric.;    and  Bull.   20,   Div.   of 

Botany. 

POtVREA  (N.  Poivre,  1719-1786;  intendant  of  Mauri- 
tius). Combretacece.  This  includes  a  South  African 
shrub  with  orange-red  fls.  cult,  in  S.  Fla.  The  genus  is 
referred  by  Bentham  and  Hooker  to  Combretum,  a  large 
genus  containing  some  handsome  plants  that  are  little 
known.  Poivrea  differs  from  the  other  Combretums 
chiefly  in  the  convolute  cotyledons.  Generic  characters 
of  Poivrea  (from  Flora  Capensis) :  calyx  5-lobed;  petals 
5;  stamens  10,  protruded:  ovary  2-3-ovuled:  fr.  oval  or 
oblong  or  5-winged;  seed  solitary,  pendulous,  5-angled. 
Mostly  climbing  shrubs:  Ivs.  opposite  or  alternate,  en- 
tire: spikes  axillary  and  terminal. 

bractedsa,  Hochst.  Unarmed  shrub  8-10  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
opposite  or  in  3's,  2%-3  x  1-1%  in.:  petals  clawed,  red- 
dish, 4  lines  long:  fr.  oval,  indistinctly  5-angled.  Called 
"Hiccup-nut"  in  Cape  Colony. 

POKER  PLANT.     Kniphofia. 
POKE  WEED.     See  Phytolacca. 

POLEMONIUM    (ancient   name,   probably  not  from 
Greek  polemos,  war,  but  rather  the  philosopher  Pole- 
man).    Polemonidcece.   This  includes  the  JACOB'S  LAD- 
DER,   P.   cwruleum,    an    old-fashioned    inhabitant   of 
cottage  gardens,  which  owes  its  popular  name  to  the 
regular   manner   in  which  the   numerous   leaflets   are 
arranged  on  the  long  leaves.     It  is  a 
hardy  perennial  herb,  growing  1-3  ft. 
high  and  bearing  5-lobed,  bell-shaped 
fls.  of  blue  or  white,  and  about  an  inch 
across.     Probably  the   finest  species, 
however,  is  the  plant  known  to  all  gar- 
deners as  P.  Richardsonii,  which  is  a 
form  of  P.  humile  that  has  doubled  or 
trebled  in  size  in  cult.    A  fine  speci- 
men of  P.  Richardsonii  may  have  a 
terminal  cluster  6%  in.  across  and  5 
in.    deep,   with    24    fls.    each   1%   in. 
across.     P.  confertum  differs  from  all 
others  in  the  great  density  of  its  in- 
florescence,   and   by   connoisseurs    in 
alpine    plants    may    be    regarded    as 
the  finest  of  the  genus.    Most  of  the 
yellow -fid.  forms   are   disappointing. 
Polemoniums    are  of  easy  culture  in 
any  deep,  rich,  loamy  soil.    P.  ccerti- 
leum  and  P.  reptans  do  well  in  partly 
shaded  places  not  too  dry.    They  are 
easily    raised    from    fall-sown    seed. 
Also  prop,  by  division.     They  are  im- 
patient of  soil  on  the  leaves,  as  is 
likely  to  occur  during  rain.    Flowers  of  P.  Richard- 
sonii  are  fragrant  and  fine  for  cutting. 

Polemonium  is  a  genus  of  about  10  species  of  herbs 
natives  of  the  north  temperate  zone  and  the  mountains 
of  Mexico  and  Chile.  Perennials,  rarely  annuals,  tall  or 


dwarf,  usually  viscid,  often  with  a  creeping  rhizome 
which  is  thick  or  slender:  Ivs.  alternate,  pinnatisect: 
fls.  blue,  violet,  white  or  yellowish;  calyx  increasing 
after  anthesis;  corolla  shortly  funnel-shaped,  broadly 
bell-shaped  or  subrotate;  lobes  obovate:  ovules  2-12; 
capsule  3-valved.  Closely  allied  to  Gilia  and  distin- 
guished by  the  declinate  stamens  and  the  filaments 
pilose-appendaged  at  the  base. 

A.  Color  of  fls.  blue  or  white. 

B.  Corolla-tube  longer  than  lobes:  inflor- 
escence a  dense  head. 

cenfertum,  Gray.  Sticky,  smelling  of  musk, 
9-18  in.  high,  from  a  tufted  rootstock:  Ifts. 
very  small  and  so  crowded  as  to  seem  whorled : 
fls.  honey-scented,  deep  blue,  %-l  in.  long; 
corolla  narrowly  funnel-shaped  ;  filaments 
naked  or  nearly  so  and  not  dilated  at  base. 
Rockies  and  Sierras.  Gn.  10:48.  G.  C.  II. 
24:12;  III.  27:237.  -  Intermediate  between 
Polemonium  and  Gilia. 

BB.  Corolla-tube  shorter  than  lobes:  inflorescence  open. 

c.  Plants  with  thickened  rootstocks:  Ifts.  seldom  %  in. 
long. 

humile,  Willd.  (P.  Richard  sonii,  Grab.).  Low,  slender 
plant  from  somewhat  creeping  rootstocks:  Ifts.  15-21, 
2-6  lines  long:  fls.  bell-shaped,  blue  or  purplish.  July, 
Aug.  Arctic  regions.  B.M.  2800  (yellow  eye).  G.C.  II. 
19:793.  B.R.  15:1304  (small  fls.,  white  eye).  — It  has 
the  odor  of  ripened  grapes. 

Var.  pulchellum,  Gray.  Differs  in  having  smaller  fls. 
ranging  from  violet  and  lavender  to  nearly  white  and  in 
the  viscid  pubescence,  which  is  minute.  Arctic  coast. 
P.  pulchtrrimum ,  Hook.,  B.M.  2979,  is  a  more  viscid, 
diffuse  and  smaller-fld.  form  with  narrower  corolla-lobes. 

CC.  Plants  with  slender  rootstocks  or  roots:  Ifts.  larger. 

D.  Height  1-3  ft.:  Ifts.  numerous. 
E.  Herbage  scarcely  if  at  all  scented. 
caeruleum,  Linn.    JACOB'S  LADDER.    CHARITY.    Fig. 
1867.     Height  1-3  ft.:  Ifts.  9-20  lines  long:    fls.  blue, 
numerous  in  a  thyrse,  1  in.  or  less  across;   style  ex- 
serted.   May,  June.    Wet  or  moist  ground,  N.  Asia,  Eu.. 
N.  Amer.   Var.  album,  Hort.  (P.  album,  Hort.    Bridge- 
man),   with  white  fls.,   is   almost  as 
popular  as  the  type.— A  form  with  va- 
riegated Ivs.  is  said  to  be  more  con- 
stant and  decided  in  the  north  of  Eng- 
land than  in  the  south. 


1866.  Leaf  of  Virginia  Creeper— 

Ampelopsis  quinquefolia  (X  %). 
To  compare  with  Poison  Ivy,  with  which  it  is 
sometimes  confounded. 


BE.  Herbage  strong -scented. 
foliosissimum,  Gray.  More  viscid  than  P.  cceruleum, 
leafier,  with  broader  Ifts.  and  the  style  not  exserted. 
Fls  commonly  white  or  cream-colored,  rarely  violet. 
Rocky  Mts.  Cult,  in  1890  by  Vick,  but  perhaps  never 
offered  in  America. 


POLEMONIUM 

DD.  Heignt  1  ft.  or  less:  Ifts.  fewer,  5-15. 
reptans,  Linn.  Slender,  weak  and  diffuse  but  never 
creeping;  foliage  not  viscid  or  glandular:  fls.  light 
blue,  Yz  in.  across,  in  a  sort  of  loose  panicle.  Open 
woods,  N.  Y.  to  Ala.,  west  to  Mo.  and  Minn.  Apr.,  May. 
B.M.  1887. -Said  to  be  an  easy  prey  to  snails, especially 
in  winter,  when  they  attack  the  rootstocks. 

Var.  Himalayanum,  Baker  (P.  prowdtVWrum,  Hort., 
not  Benth.  P.  ccerftleum,  var.  grandiflorum,  J.  W.  Man- 
ning). Fls.  IK  in.  across,  lilac-blue  or  darker,  the 
rounded  lobes  nearly  %  in.  across;  calyx  and  axis  of 
panicle  very  hairy.  Himalayas.  Described  in  G.C.  111. 
1:766. 

AA.  Color  of  fls.  yellowish  or  flesh  color. 

B.  fls.  salmon  or  flesh  color. 

carneum,  Gray.  Rather  stout,  1-2  ft.  high:  Ifts.  5-15, 
often  1%  in.  long:  fls.  fading  to  purplish,  1-1>£  in. 
across.  Mountain  woods,  Calif.  -  Offered  by  Pilkington, 
Oregon,  1892,  but  probably  not  in  cult.  now.  Closely 
Allied  to  P.  reptans. 

BB.  Fls. 


POLIANTHES 


1385 


paucifldrum,  Wats.  Height  1-2  ft. :  Ifts.  16-24,  about 
1  in.  long:  fls.  tubular,  the  tube  1-1%  in.  long,  much 
longer  than  the  lobes.  Mex.  — The  color  is  said  to  be 
a  good  clear  yellow,  tinged  red  outside,  but  they  are 
probably  only  cream-colored  at  best.  Offered  by  J.  W. 
Manning  in  1892,  but  subsequently  dropped. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY  and  W.  M. 

POLIANTHES  (name  discussed  below).  Amaryl- 
Udacece.  TUBEROSE.  Every  one  knows  the  waxy  white 
Tuberose,  a  single  flower  of  which  will  scent  a  whole 
house.  It  belongs  to  a  genus  of  one,  or  at  least  of  very 
few,  species.  It  is  placed  in  the  sub-family  of  which 
the  Century  Plant  (Agave)  is  the  type,  but  differs  in 
not  having  thick,  fleshy  spiny  leaves.  From  its  near- 
est allies  (Prochnyanthes,  Beschorneria,  Doryanthes) 
it  is  distinguished  as  follows:  perianth  white;  tube 
long,  narrowly  funnel-shaped,  curved;  segments  short, 
subequal;  stamens  affixed  at  the  middle  of  the  tube, 
not  exserted:  ovary  3-celled,  free  at  apex:  stigmas  3, 
ovate,  falcate:  fr.  crowned  by  the  persistent  perianth; 
seeds  flat.  Baker,  Amaryllideae,  1888. 

The  name  Polianthes  was  given  to  the  Tuberose  by 
Linnaeus  in  1753  in  his  Species  Plantarum, which  is  usu- 
ally taken  as  the  beginning  of  nomenclature.  Unfor- 
tunately he  wrote  "Polyanthes"  in  an  earlier  work, 
published  in  1737.  This  was  probably  a  slip  of  the 
pen.  Many  writers  have  changed  the  spelling  to  Polyan- 
thus, supposing  that  Linnaeus  had  in  mind  the  idea  of 
"  many-flowered,"  from  polys  and  anthos.  Others  have 
supposed  he  derived  it  from  polls,  a  city.  It  seems 
probable,  however,  as  Bentham  and  Hooker  suggest, 
that  Linnaeus  had  in  mind  polios,  "shining,"  "white," 
which  is  much  more  applicable  to  the  Tuberose  than 
are  the  other  derivations.  Consult  Polyanthus  for  other 
meanings  of  the  word  Polyanthus. 

The  name  "Tuberose  "  is  derived  from  tuberosa,  this 
plant  being  the  tuberous  hyacinth  as  distinguished  from 
the  bulbous  hyacinth.  The  name  therefore  is  tuber-ose, 
not  tube-rose. 

tuberdsa,  Linn.  TUBEROSE.  Figs.  1868,  1869.  Root- 
stock  tuberous:  basal  Ivs.  6-9  to  a  stem,  linear,  1-1K  ft. 
long,  spotted  red-brown  on  back:  stem  2-3  ft.  high,  with 
8-12  reduced  Ivs. :  fls.  l%-2%  in.  long,  borne  in  pairs  in 
a  lax  spike ;  segments  %-%  in.  long.  Mexico.  B.M.  1817. 
B.R.  1:63.  R.H.  1882,  p.  429.  F.  1881,  p.  27.  Gn.  47, 
p.  330. 

"Polyanthus  maciilata"  figured  in  Blanc's  catalogue  is, 
judging  from  the  picture,  a  species  of  Agave  of  the  section 
Manfreda,  and  not  Polianthes  maculata.  Von  Martius.  Von 
Martins'  name  is  not  accounted  for  by  Baker,  but  according 
to  the  original  description  it  is  a  plant  with  a  tuber -like 
bulb:  stem  \-l%  ft.  high:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  obovate-lanceolate, 
marked  with  round  or  elliptic  spots:  fls.  sessile,  in  a  simple 
spikn,  greenish  yellow,  spotted  purple.  It  is  probable  that  P. 
'naculata  of  Von  Martius  belongs  to  another  genus.  ^y  ]^J 

There  are  only  two  objections  to  the  Tuberose:  its 
odor  is  too  powerful  for  many  people,  and,  like  the 
calla  lily,  it  has  funereal  associations.  Hence  fashion  has 


deserted  it,  at  least  in  America.  Nevertheless  6,000,000 
bulbs  a  year  are  now  grown  in  America,  and  a  fifth  of 
them  (1,200,000)  are  used  in  this  country.  The  Tuber- 
ose is  more  popular  than  ever  in  Europe.  It  will  always 
be  a  standard  florists'  flower,  for  the  people  love  it, 
whatever  fashion  may  decree. 


1867.     Polemonium  cceruleum. 

Tuberoses  in  the  Home  Garden.— Although  every 
florist  has  Tuberoses  and  they  are  cheaper  now  than 
ever,  thousands  of  people  like  to  have  a  Tuberose  grow- 
ing in  their  own  garden.  The  bulbs  are  best  procured 
in  spring  and  planted  outdoors  after  all  danger  of  frost 
is  over.  The  common  tall-growing  double  sort  is  pre- 
ferred for  this  purpose,  largely  because  the  fls.  open 
better  during  the  unfavorable  dry  weather  which  we 
often  have  in  October.  Cover  the  bulb  about  an  inch 
with  fine,  light  soil.  A  bulb  planted  out  June  1  will 
bloom  in  late  summer  or  fall.  Before  frost  comes  take 
up  the  bulbs  and  store  them  over  winter  in  a  rather 
warm  (50°  F.) ,  dry  place  where  no  frost  will  touch  them. 
If  kept  moist  and  cool  during  winter  the  bulbs  are  likely 
to  rot  at  the  center.  Sound  tubers  will  always  be  green 
at  top  or  show  some  sign  of  life  at  the  growing  point. 
The  others  are  not  worth  planting.  Tn  the  far  North 
where  the  season  is  short,  Tuberose  bulbs  may  be 
started  indoors  about  the  middle  of  May,  the  tubers 
being  placed  on  a  layer  of  damp  moss. 

Historical  Sketch.  — The  first  date  of  interest  in  the 
history  of  a  garden  favorite  is  usually  the  time  when 
live  plants  first  reached  European  gardens  and  showed 
signs  of  popularity.  The  Tuberose  reached  Europe  some 
time  before  1530.  Though  a  native  of  Mexico,  it  came 
to  Europe  from  India  and,  like  many  other  tropical 
American  plants  of  high  importance,  it  was  long  sup- 
posed to  be  native  to  the  Orient.  Thus  as  late  as  1629 
Parkinson  calls  it  Hyacinthus  Indicus.  The  plant  was 
brought  to  Europe  by  a  Catholic  priest,  and  the  priests 
refused  all  applications  for  bulbs  until  1594.  The  first 


1386 


POLIANTHES 


POLIANTHES 


double-flowered  form  was  secured  from  seed  about  1780- 
1790  by  one  de  la  Cour  of  Leyden,  Holland,  who  for 
many  years  destroyed  all  his  surplus  bulbs  in  order  to 
be  the  sole  possessor  of  the  double-flowered  Tuberose. 

The  Tuberose  reached  the  zenith  of  its  fame  about 
1870,  while  the  equally  waxy  Camellia  and  the  formal 
Dahlia  were  still  fashionable.  In  1865  Peter  Henderson 
sold  $1,500  worth  of  Tuberoses  from  a  glasshouse 
10  x  100  ft.  Wm.  Scott,  of  Buffalo,  writes  that  he  can 
remember  when  it  was  as  much  trouble  to  procure  a 
dozen  Tuberose  bulbs  "  as  it  would  be  now  to  get  a  young 
kangaroo  from  Tasmania."  "Twenty -five  years  ago," 
he  continues,  "the  Tuberose  was  a  flower  of  the  first 
importance,  but  how  are  the  mighty  fallen!" 

In  recent  times  the  greatest  improvement  in  the  Tuber- 
ose is  represented  by  the  Pearl,  a  dwarf  variety  which 
originated  with  John  Henderson,  of  Flushing,  L.  I., 
in  1865.  It  was  introduced  by  Peter  Henderson  in  1867. 
Being  a  foot  shorter  than  the  common  double  type,  it  is 
the  best  form  for  greenhouse  culture;  also  the  fls.  are 
more  numerous  and  nearly  twice  the  size. 

Tuberose  Culture  by  Northern  Florists.  — Tuberoses 
are  chiefly  grown  by  American  florists  for  summer  and 
fall  bloom.  It  is  a  very  difficult  operation  to  force 
Tuberoses  so  as  to  bloom  from  January  to  March,  but 
they  can  be  forced  with  comparative  ease  to  bloom  from 
April  to  June.  Also  flowers  may  readily  be  secured  for 
November  and  December  by 
retarding  the  bulbs. 

In  forcing,  the  bulbs  are 
started  about  the  first  of 
January,  being  placed  close 
together  in  boxes  only  3  in. 
deep,  with  2  inches  or  so  of 
moss  on  the  bottom.  These 
boxes  are  placed  over  the 
pipe  where  a  temperature  of 


1868.  Polianthes  tuberosa— 
Tuberose  (X  %). 

75°  may  be  maintained.  In  four 
or  five  weeks  the  tubers  will 
have  sent  roots  all  through  the 
moss,  and  they  should  then  be 
potted  in  4-  or  5-in.  pots,  or 
planted  in  a  bench  containing  4 
or  5  inches  of  soil.  The  tem- 
perature should  never  be  less 
than  75°,  and  80°  is  better.  For 
May  and  June  bloom,  succes- 
sional  batches  may  be  planted 

at  intervals  of  three  or  four  weeks  after  New  Years. 

The  las*  crops  will  usually  be  the  best. 
For  November  bloom  the  bulbs  are  retarded  in  some 

cool,  dry  place  until  the  middle  of  August.   The  second 


batch  should  not  be  planted  until  the  middle  of  Sep. 
tember.   This  will  produce  December  bloom. 

For  summer  blooming  in  the  open  ground,  the  form 
known  as  the  "Tall  Double  "  is  the  most  to  be  preferred. 
In  this  variety,  the  flowers  open  better  and  are  a  clearer 
and  purer  white  than  those  of  the  Pearl.  The  Albino  is 
a  single  white  Tuberose  blooming  in  July  and  August. 
It  is  a  very  floriferous  variety,  with  flowers  that  lack 
the  brown  or  stained  tint  of  some  of  the  older  forms. 
The  odor  is  less  powerful,  and  therefore  more  pleasant, 
than  that  of  the  ordinary  Tuberose. 

Tuberose  Culture  in  Europe.— In  Europe  there  is 
demand  for  Tuberoses  the  year  round.  The  Natal-grown 
bulbs  arrive  in  September,  while  the  American-grown 
bulbs  do  not  reach  Europe  until  December  or  even  Jan- 
uary. The  former  are  forced,  and  the  latter  retarded. 
In  an  excellent  review  of  Tuberose  culture  in  Gn. 
47:330,  "Southron"  says:  "No  manure  is  needed  in  the 
soil,  otherwise  it  will  tend  to  produce  a  superabundant 
leaf -growth ;  but  manure  water  will,  if  given  after  the 
spikes  are  fairly  started,  greatly  assist  the  bulbs  in  de- 
veloping the  flowers.  In  private  gardens  the  one  great 
trouble  oftentimes  is  that  of  red  spider."  *  *  *  "The 
Tuberose  makes  one  of  the  prettiest  buttonhole  bou- 
quets imaginable."  *  *  *  "Where  many  suckers  appear 
around  the  crown-growth,  it  is  a  good  plan  to  thin  them 
out,  otherwise  the  flower-spike  will  be  weakened.  Per- 
sonally, I  have  had  a  preference  for  growing  the  Tuber- 
ose in  the  long  pots,  oftentimes  termed  hyacinth  pots; 
these  take  less  room  and  are  quite  large  enough." 

PETER  HENDERSON  &  Co. 

Commercial  Production  of  Tuberose  Bulbs.  —  Tuberose 
bulbs  were  formerly  grown  extensively  for  commercial 
purposes  in  Italy,  and  are  grown  in  a  small  way  at  the 
present  time  in  South  Africa,  though  the  African  bulbs 
are  not  in  much  favor  with  European  florists  because 
the  bulbs  ripen  and  are  shipped  in  midsummer  and  a 
great  number  fail  to  bloom.  None  of  the  foreign-grown 
bulbs  are  imported  into  the  United  States  and,  owing  to 
the  superiority  of  the  American-grown  Tuberoses  and 
the  low  price  at  which  they  are  produced,  they  have 
driven  the  Italian-grown  bulbs  out  of  the  American 
market.  About  80  per  cent  of  the  American  crop  is 
exported.  Practically  the  entire  product  of  this  country 
is  grown  in  a  limited  area  in  the  southeastern  part  of 
the  state  of  North  Carolina. 

Tuberose  bulb  culture  in  the  southern  states  was  first 
attempted  by  F.  A.  Newbury  in  Duplin  county,  N.  C.v 
in  1868.  Beginning  with  a  dozen  bulbs,  he  propagated 
stock  until,  in  1888,  the  yield  was  about  1,000,000  bulbs. 
During  these  years  the  crop  was  cultivated  entirely  by 
hand  and  consequently  was  very  expensive.  The  prices 
received  at  first  were  $40  per  1,000,  but  since  then 
prices  have  declined  each  year  as  quantity  increased 
until,  in  1888,  bulbs  were  selling  at  $6  to  $8  per  1,000. 
In  1888  H.  E.  Newbury,  a  brother,  bought  out  the 
business,  and  he  and  J.  F.  Groom,  another  grower 
who  had  propagated  considerable  stock,  extended  the 
business  very  greatly,  introducing  less  expensive  meth- 
ods of  cultivation.  By  use  of  the  horse-plow  they 
were  enabled  to  greatly  reduce  the  selling  price  and 
stimulate  demand  for  bulbs,  so  that  the  crop  of  1900, 
within  a  radius  of  20  miles  of  one  point  (Magnolia,  N., 
C.),  amounted  to  6,000,000  bulbs,  selling  at  wholesale  in 
car-load  lots  at  $3.50  per  1,000.  This  yield  is  secured 
from  over  300  acres. 

The  soil  in  the  section  around  Magnolia,  which  seems 
so  especially  adapted  to  the  culture  of  Tuberose  bulbs, 
is  a  light,  sandy  surface  with  a  porous  clay  subsoil  at 
a  depth  varying  from  2  to  8  ft.,  with  the  bottom  lands 
a  dark  but  porous  sandy  formation.  In  wet  or  rainy 
seasons  the  bulbs  thrive  best  on  the  uplands,  and 
in  dry  seasons  best  on  the  dark  moist  bottoms,  though 
they  withstand  equally  well  a  great  deal  of  wet  or 
drought. 

The  crop  is  set  in  April,  after  the  soil  has  been 
thoroughly  pulverized.  It  is  then  laid  off  in  rows  or 
furrows  22  in.  apart;  into  these  is  sowed  fertilizer  at 
the  rate  of  600  Ibs.  to  the  acre.  About  400  Ibs.  of  cotton- 
seed meal  and  20  bus.  of  good  wood  ashes  to  the  acre 
have  given  the  best  results,  though  any  reliable  fer- 
tilizer with  a  good  percentage  of  potash  is  all  right. 


POLIANTHES 


POLLEN 


1387 


The  fertilizer  is  thoroughly  mixed  with  the  soil  by  run- 
ning a  plow  with  point  only  in  the  furrow.  Into  this  the 
sets  or  "seed, "as  they  are  called,  are  carefully  placed 
upright  by  hand  and  covered  with  plow.  Usually  the 
bulblets  are  rather  slow  in  starting  off,  and  just  as  they 
begin  to  break  through,  the  soil,  which  has  become 


1869, 
Bulb  of  Polianthes  tuberosa. 


hardened  or  crusted,  is  raked  or  broken  up.  This  assists 
the  plant  in  getting  up  and  also  destroys  any  growth 
of  grass  which  may  have  started.  Cultivation  is  done 
chiefly  with  a  cotton  plow,  using  the  sweeps  to  put 
earth  to  the  plant  and  destroying  any  grass  in  the  rows. 
Tillage  is  required  every  two  weeks  until  August:  an 
occasional  hoeing  between  plants  by  hand  is  necessary 
in  order  to  loosen  the  soil  and  destroy  weeds  and  grass 
not  reached  by  the  plow.  The  crop  is  matured  and 
gathered  between  Oct.  15  and  Nov.  15.  The  tops  by 
this  time  have  reached  a  length  of  18  or  20  in.;  these 
are  cut  off  at  the  ground  with  a  sharp  weeding  hoe  and 
the  bulbs  are  plowed  out  very  much  as  potatoes  are. 
Women  then  lift  out  and  shake  off  the  earth,  and  the 
offsets  are  removed  by  hand.  These  sets  are  the  seed- 
stock  for  next  season.  The  bulbs  are  graded  as  to  size, 
carried  to  curing  houses,  and  by  some  placed  on  shelves 
to  dry  or  cure  out.  The  bulbs  must  be  stirred  or  have 
their  position  changed  every  few  days  to  prevent  mold 
and  rot.  This  stirring  wears  or  breaks  off  the  roots  and 
tops  of  a  good  percentage  of  the  bulbs,  making  a  less 
sightly  bulb,  though  not  injuring  its  flowering  property. 
The  better  and  more  modern  way  is  to  gather  them  by 
the  roots  in  bunches  of  about  10,  tie  them  together  with 
a  small  cord  and  hang  them  upon  frames,  walls  and 
overhead  of  house  and  allow  them  to  cure  without  dis- 
turbing them  during  the  process  of  drying.  While  this 
would  seem  a  rather  expensive  way,  it  really  costs  but 
a  few  cents  per  thousand,  being  done  by  small  negro 
children  at  nominal  wages.  In  recent  years  artificial 
heat  of  80°-100°  by  means  of  furnace  and  flues  similar 
to  those  used  in  tobacco  barns  has  been  introduced,  to 
hasten  curing.  Pour  to  eight  weeks  are  required  to 
properly  cure  the  bulbs  for  shipping,  so  that  the  first 
shipments  begin  to  move  about  Dec.  1  to  10.  Before 
shipment  the  bulbs  are  again  sorted  in  order  to  get  out 
any  undersized  bulbs  that  may  have  been  overlooked; 
they  are  also  counted  and  packed  in  paper-lined  barrels, 
holding  from  700  to  1,300,  the  number  varying  with  size 
of  bulbs  and  size  of  barrels.  About  200  bbls.,  or  150,000 
to  175.000  bulbs,  constitute  a  car-load.  The  bulk  of  the 
exports  go  through  New  York  dealers,  several  of  whom 
handle  half  a  million  or  more  each.  A  few  are  exported 
direct. 

Dwarf  Pearl  is  the  variety  mostly  grown.    This  sends 
up  a  flowering  stem  about  15  inches  long,  the  blossom 


being  double.  The  Tall  Double  is  similar,  except  that 
the  flowering  stem  is  longer,  about  24  inches  or  over. 
The  White  or  Orange  Flower  has  a  long  stem,  with  the 
blossom  single  or  resembling  the  blossom  of  an  orange 
tree.  The  Albino,  a  freak  from  the  Pearl,  is  a  dwarf 
single  or  orange-flowered  variety,  but  its  tendency  in 
other  latitudes  is  to  go  back  to  the  double  type,  and  con- 
sequently is  likely  to  disappoint  the  grower  who  expects 
a  single  blossom.  The  foliage  of  all  the  above  is  a  rich 
green.  The  variegated-leaved  variety  has  a  beautiful 
stripe  of  golden  or  silver  hue  on  the  outer  edge  of  the 
foliage.  The  blossom  is  single  and  the  habit  is  dwarf. 
The  Tuberose  is  treated  as  an  annual  and  has  to  be  re- 
placed each  season. 

A  "number  one"  bulb  (referring  to  size)  is  not  less 
than  4  inches  in  circumference  and  measures  up  to  6 
inches  and  over;  "mammoth"  bulbs  are  6  to  8  inches  in 
circumference.  Only  a  very  small  part  of  the  crop  will 
attain  such  measurement.  A  "number  two  "  bulb  is  less 
than  4  in.  and  over  3  in.  in  circumference,  and  while  in 
the  South  these  will  bloom  as  well  as  the  larger  bulbs 
they  are  not  much  sought  by  the  northern  dealers. 
The  Tuberose  is  a  rather  slow  grower;  hence  in  the 
North,  where  the  frosts  are  much  earlier  than  South, 
it  is  likely  to  get  caught  before  its  spike  of  bloom 
matures.  To  succeed  in  getting  flowers  in  the  North 
they  should  be  started  in  pots  under  glass  or  in  rooms 
free  of  frost  in  April  and  transplanted  to  open  ground 
in  early  June.  The  soil  should  be  deeply  pulverized. 
Select  a  sandy  loam  if  possible,  and  fertilize  with 
manure  containing  a  good  percentage  of  potash.  Keep 
the  earth  about  the  plant  thoroughly  stirred  and  do  not 
let  the  plant  suffer  for  moisture.  H.  E.  NEWBURY. 

POLLEN.  All gymnosperms  (conifers,  etc.)  and angio- 
sperms  (true  flowering  plants)  normally  reproduce  by 
means  of  seeds.  For  the  fertilization  of  the  ovule,  in 
order  that  seed  may  result,  the  intervention  of  the  pol- 
len is  necessary.  The  "dust  of  the  flower"  is  therefore 
of  far  more  interest  to  the  horticulturist  than  this  old 
popular  name  would  imply.  Studies  in  hybridization 
and  self-sterility  have  long  made  evident  the  practical 
importance  of  a  knowledge  of  pollen.  Every  plant  pro- 
vides for  the  production  of  this  substance,  and  usually 
in  definite  pollen-bearing  leaves  termed  stamens.  The 
stamens  are  organs  of  the  flower,  and  as  essential  as 
the  carpels.  The  pollen  is  produced  in  definite  sacs 
or  compartments  of  the  anther,  located  usually  at  the 
tip  of  the  stamen;  and  when  the  pollen  is  ripe,  or  ma- 
ture, the  fine  grains  are  set  free  in  quantity  by  the  rup- 
ture of  the  inclosing  sacs.  The  abundance  of  pollen 
produced  may  suggest  wasteful  management  of  the 
plant's  resources ;  but  a  liberal  supply  of  this  substance 
is  necessary.  Although  it  requires  but  a  single  one  of 
the  small  grains  to  fertilize  a  single  ovule  and  produce 
a  seed,  pollen-grains  are  produced  often  a  thousandfold 
more  abundantly  than  ovules.  The  best  offspring  are 
produced  when  cross -fertilization  occurs,  and  in  the 
transfer  of  pollen  from  plant  to  plant  it  is  only  a 
small  part  which  can  reach  its  proper  destination. 
There  are  many  chances  and  such  great  losses  that 
abundance  of  pollen  is  a  necessary  provision. 

In  general,  flowers  are  pollinated  by  the  wind  and  by 
insects;  that  is,  pollen  is  transported  by  these  two 
agencies.  Flowers  principally  dependent  upon  the  wind 
for  pollination  are  termed  anemophilous,  while  those 
visited  by  insects  are  designated  entomophilous.  These 
distinguishing  terms  may  also  be  applied  to  the  pollen 
itself.  Anemophilous  pollen  is  of  a  more  or  less  spheri- 
cal form,  readily  yielding  to  the  wind,  and  correlated 
with  this  is  a  dry  and  inadherent  outer  surface.  Such 
is  the  case,  for  example,  in  the  various  families  to 
which  the  oak,  willow,  grasses,  pine,  etc.,  belong,  all  of 
which  plants  are  devoid  of  any  stock  of  brilliant  color 
or  rich  odors  that  might  attract  bug,  moth,  butterfly,  or 
bee.  The  pollen  of  the  pine  h  as  even  developed  bladders, 
so  as  to  be  borne  more  lightly  upon  the  wind.  On  the 
other  hand,  those  plants  largely  dependent  upon  the 
visits  of  insects  for  pollination  may  have  the  pollen- 
grains  provided  with  some  kind  of  spines,  ridges, 
furrows,  or  viscid  coatings  that  they  may  the  more 
readily  adhere  to  hairy  limbs  or  other  surfaces  of  the 
insect  which  may  come  in  contact  with  them.  Here, 


1388 


POLLEN 


POLLINATION 


then,  is  to  be  found  a  reason  for  the  beauty  and  special- 
ization of  external  wall.  In  entomophilous  pollen  the 
elliptical  form  of  grain  predominates,  but  the  general 
shape  is  extremely  various;  and  the  plants  producing 
such  pollen  are  usually  provided  with  beauty  of  flower, 
fragrance,  or  other  insect  attraction. 

In  order  that  the  pollen  which  has  been  trans- 
ported to  the  stigma  may  be  effective,  it  must  be 
healthy.  Experiments  have  shown  that  weak,  poorly 
nourished  orchard  trees  often  produce 
ineffective  pollen.  The  nature  of  the 
season  may  also  have  great  influence 
upon  its  character,  continued  rains 


1870. 

Pollen  grains  of 

Primula     ob- 

conica  (below) 

and  sal  via. 

Magnified. 


1871. 
Pollen  grains  of 

Browallia. 
Magnified. 


1872. 

Oddly    marked 
Pollen     grain 
of    Schaueria 
flavicoma, 
Magnified. 


causing  great  losses  by  preventing  the  maturity  of  this 
product  as  well  as  by  mechanical  injury  and  by  pre- 
cluding the  winged  carriers.  Most  plants  have  some 
special  pro  vision  for  the  protection  of  the  pollen  against 
rain;  that  is,  either  by  the  closing  of  the  flower  under 
moist  conditions,  or  by  the  location  of  the  anthers  in  a 
sheltered  tube,  under  projecting  hairs,  lobes,  or  other 
corolla  appendages. 

The  individual  particles  of  pollen  are  in  the  form  of 
delicate  grains  only  readily  visible  in  some  quantity,  as 
in  powdery  masses.  At  the  time  when  they  are  set  free, 
the  grains  are  generally  entirely  distinct  from  one 
another,  to  be  blown  about  by  an  accidental  wind  or 
carried  by  visiting  insects.  In  some  cases,  however, 
the  grains  are  bound  together  loosely  or  by  means  of 
delicate  glutinous  threads  (Rhododendron);  they  may 
be  closely  united  into  4's  (heath  family);  or  the  whole 
tissue  of  an  anther  or  its  divisions  may  remain  intact  as 
pollinia  (some  orchids,  milk-weed,  etc.).  A  particular 
species  of  plant  will  produce  pollen  quite  constant  in 
form  and  attire;  but  an  aggregation  of  cultivated  varie- 
ties originated  from  a  single  species  may  show  consider- 
able variation  in  this  regard.  Nevertheless,  form,  size, 
color,  surface  markings,  texture  of  wall,  and  trans- 
lucency  of  contents  are  not  fixed  qualities  even  for  re- 
lated genera  or  species.  See  Figs.  1870-3  for  different 
forms  of  pollen. 

When  the  healthy  pollen  of  one  plant  falls  upon  the 
ripe  stigma  of  a  plant  of  the  same  species,  the  grains 
germinate  in  the  sugary  excretion  of  the  stigma  by  the 
protrusion  of  a  tube  which  penetrates  the  style  and 
effects  fertilization  as  described  under  Fertilization. 
Furthermore,  it  is  well  known  that  while  the  flowers 
of  many  plants  may  be  readily  fertilized  by  their 
own  pollen,  the  offspring  are  stronger  when  pollen 
from  another  plant  or  another  variety  have  had  access 
to  the  flower.  Sometimes  pollen  from  a  foreign  variety 
is  absolutely  essential  to  the  best  fruit  formation.  This 
is  particularly  true  of  certain  varieties  of  the  pear.  A 
poor  quality  of  fruit  can  be  prevented  only  by  growing 
together  different  varieties.  Again,  although  a  plant 
may  readily  pollinate  itself,  yet  the  pollen  from  another 
plant  or  variety  may  be  prepotent  over  its  own.  That  is 
to  say,  if  the  plant  be  pollinated  by  its  own  pollen  along 
with  that  of  a  foreign  variety,  that  of  the  foreign  vari- 
ety will  usually  effect  fertilization.  This  can  be  ex- 
plained only  on  physiological  grounds,  and  at  present 
merely  from  a  theoretical  point  of  view.  Any  pollen 
penetrates  and  effects  fertilization  because  it  is  at- 
tracted, first  by  substances  in  the  style,  and  later  by 
the  egg-cell  itself.  When  a  foreign  variety  is  prepotent 
it  is  so  because  it  is  more  readily  attracted,  due,  we  may 


say,  to  a  greater  difference  of  potential  between  the 
two  elements,  the  two  elements  from  the  same  plant 
being  more  in  equilibrium  and  less  markedly  attractive, 
As  regards  pollen  from  a  foreign  species,  it  seems  to  be 
the  rule  that  hybridization  does  not  occur  so  readily, 
and  we  must  then  assume  that  the  differences  have  be- 
come so  great  as  to  cause  repulsion. 

The  detailed  development  of  pollen  is  highly  interest- 
ing and  instructive  on  morphological  grounds,  but  in 
this  place  a  very  brief  account  of  the  formation  of  the 
grains  will  suffice.  The  developmental  phases  in  Big- 
nonia  venusta  will  serve  as  an  example.  A  cross-section 
of  the  young  flower-bud  will  show  that  in  the  anther-sac 
regions,  semicircular  layers  of  large  well  -  nourished 
cells  ( called  archesporial  cells )  are  differentiated. 
These  cells  divide  and  the  layer  increases  in  extent, 
yet  in  this  case  it  is  always  only  one  cell  in  thickness. 
When  these  cells  have  finally  attained  considerable  size 
and  provided  themselves  with  a  thick  wall,  they  divide 
more  or  less  simultaneously;  and  then  each  of  these 
daughter-cells  divides  again  by  a  division  following 
quickly  upon  the  first.  Each  cell  has  then  formed  four 
new  cells  within  its  original  walls.  The  new  cells  re- 
main thus  united  in  4's  until  each  is  provided  with  a 
stout  wall  of  its  own,  and  then  they  separate.  Each  cell 
is  then  an  immature  pollen  -  grain,  and  technically  a 
spore,  that  is,  exactly  homologous  with  the  microspores 
of  the  vascular  cryptogams.  As  a  rule,  before  these 
p.ollen-grains  are  set  free,  another  change  occurs  de- 
noting maturity.  This  consists  in  the  division  of  the 
nucleus  of  the  spore  in  such  a  way  that  two  cells  of 
unequal  size  result  (in  some  conifers  several  small  cells 
are  formed).  On  germination  the  large  cell,  which  now 
incloses  the  smaller,  protrudes  the  tube  which  pene- 
trates the  style;  whereas  the  nucleus  of  the  small  cell 
divides  into  two,  and  one  of  these  fuses  with  the  egg- 
cell  in  the  ovule,  thus  fertilizing  it. 

Allied  topics  are  discussed  under  Pollination,  Self- 
sterility,  Flower,  and  Hybrids.  B.  M<  DUGGAR. 

POLLINATION.  In  botanical  usage,  Pollination  is 
the  transfer  of  pollen  from  the  anther  to  the  stigma.  In 
horticultural  usage,  particularly  with  reference  to  orchard 
fruits,  the  term  is  often  applied  in  a  general  way  to  desig- 
nate all  the  influences  concerned  in  the  setting  of  fruit. 
Aside  from  those  cases  in  which  the  stamens  and  pistils 
are  so  intimately  associated  that  the  pollen  falls  directly 
on  the  stigma,  flowers  are  pollinated  mainly  in  two  ways: 
by  wind  and  by  insects.  The  grasses,  sedges  and  pines 
afford  examples  of  wind-pollinated  plants.  The  flowers 
of  wind-pollinated  plants  are  usually  inconspicuous 
and  without  nectar  or  fragrance.  They  produce  a  great 


1873.     Pollen   grains   of   Abutilon  striatum   (above), 

Bedding  geranium  (Pelarganium  hortorum,  on  right), 

Chrysanthemum  (on  lower  left).    All  magnified. 

abundance  of  light,  dry  pollen,  which  is  wafted  away  by 
the  slightest  breeze  and  is  often  carried  many  miles  by 
a  strong  wind.  The  pistils  of  these  plants  are  usually 
long  and  feathery,  and  thus  are  well  adapted  to  catch 
the  flying  pollen.  For  the  benefit  of  those  who  are  un- 
informed in  botany,  it  may  be  said  that  pollination  is 
concerned  primarily  with  the  "essential  organs"  of  the 


POLLINATION 

flower, —the  stamens  and  pistils  (see 
Flo icrr ;  also  Fig.  1874).  The  sta- 
mens bear  the  pollen  in  their  anthers, 
and  they  die  after  the  pollen  is  shed. 
The  pistils  bear  the  ovary  or  seed- 
case,  the  style,  and  the  stigma.  On 
the  stigma  the  pollen  falls.  In  some 
plants  these  organs  are  separated  in 
different  flowers  or  even  on  different 
plants. 

The  flowers  of  insect-pollinated 
plants,  on  the  other  hand,  are  usually 
characterized  by  being  showy  and  having 
nectar  or  fragrance,  or  both.  The  pollen 
is  more  or  less  moist  or  sticky,  so  that  it 
is  not  easily  blown  away.  An  insect  is 
attracted  to  these  flowers  by  the  showy 
colors  and  the  perfume,  two  things  which 
bespeak  the  presence  of  nectar.  As  the 
insect  reaches  down  for  the  nectar,  which 
is  near  the  bottom  of  the  flower,  some 
parts  of  its  body  are  almost  sure  to  become 
dusted  with  pollen.  When  the  insect 
visits  another  flower  some  of  this  pollen 
may  be  brushed  upon  the  stigma,  and 
a  fresh  supply  received.  This  pollen  may 
likewise  be  carried  to  another  flower,  and  so 
on.  Thus  "  cross-pollination,"  or  the  trans- 
fer of  pollen  from  the  anthers  of  one 
flower  to  the  pistil  of  another,  is  accom- 
plished. Many  flowers,  notably  the  or- 
chids, have  special  modifications  of  struc- 
ture apparently  developed  for  the  purpose 
of  securing  cross-pollination  by  insects, 
and  preventing  self-pollination.  The 
bodies  of  some  insects  also  have  corre- 
sponding adaptations  which  insure  the 
cross-pollination  of  certain  flowers  which 
they  are  in  the  habit  of  visiting  most  fre- 
quently. This  correlation  between  flowers 
and  their  insect  visitors  has  been  the  sub- 
ject of  extended  observation.  "Fertiliza- 
tion of  Flowers,"  by  Hermann  Miiller, 
contains  a  bibliography  of  the  subject  up 
to  1886.  For  the  distinction  between  fer- 
tilization and  pollination,  see  the  article 
Fertilization,  page  579. 

The  value  of  crossing  to  plants  was  first 
clearly  proved  by  Charles  Darwin  in  1859. 
From  the  observations  of  Kb'lreuter, 
Sprengel,  Knight,  and  his  own  exhaustive 
experiments,  Darwin  showed  that  con- 
tinued self-fertilization  is  likely  to  result 
in  inferior  offspring;  while  cross-fertili- 
zation, within  certain  limits,  gives  greater 
vigor  to  the  offspring.  Cross-fertilization 
between  different  flowers  on  the  same 
plant  has  usually  no  appreciable  advan- 
tage. The  reason  for  this  is  that  the 
plant  resulting  from  the  union  of  two 
unlike  parents,  as  in  cross-fertilization 
between  flowers  on  different  plants,  is 
more  variable  than  the  plant  resulting 
from  self-fertilization  or  crossing  be- 
tween different  flowers  on  the  same  plant, 
and  hence  has  better  chance  of  fitting 
itself  to  new  conditions.  Plants  are  end- 
lessly modified  to  secure  cross  -  fertili- 
zation and  avoid  self-fertilization.  The 
principal  means  by  which  this  end  is 
gained  are:  (1)  Special  contrivances  in 
the  structure  of  the  flower,  which  favor 
cross-pollination.  (2)  A  difference  in  the 
time  at  which  the  poileu  matures  and  the 
stigma  becomes  receptive  in  the  same  flow- 
er (dichogamy).  This  condition  is  very 
noticeable  in  some  varieties  of  orchard 
fruits.  The  prematurity  of  the  pistil  is 
more  common  than  the  prematurity  of  the 
stamens.  (3)  Self -sterility,  which  is  the 
inability  of  a  flower  to  set  fruit  with  its 
own  pollen.  It  might  be  expected  that 
self-sterility  would  naturally  result  from 


POLLINATION 


1389 


1874.    Structure  of  the  Flower, 
to  illustrate  Pollination. 

1.  Top.— The  structure  of  a 
plum  blossom:    se.  sepals;  p. 
petals;  sta. stamens;  o.  ovary; 
*.  style;  st.  stigma.  The  pistil 
is    composed    of   the    ovary, 
style  and  stigma.    It  contaius 
the  female  part.  The  stamens 
are  tipped  with    anthers   in 
which    the   pollen,    or    male 
part,  is  borne.    The  ovary,  o, 
ripens  into  the  fruit. 

2.  Fuchsia.showing  ovary  at 
a,  3  stamens  (one  is  removed) 
and  the  projecting  style. 

3.  Buttercup,  showing  many 
small  pistils  in  the  center  and 
stamens  surrounding  them. 

4.  Bottom.— Phlox,  showing 
the  3-parted  stigma,  and  the 
stamens  included  in  the  tube. 


continued  cross-pollination  by  the 
h'rst  two  means,  but  there  is  little 
evidence  that  the  self-sterility  now 
noticeable  in  plants  was  developed  in 
this  way.  Self-sterility  is  not  usu- 
ally due  to  a  deficiency  in  the  pollen 
or  to  defective  pistils.  The  pollen 
grains  often  germinate  on  the  stigma, 
but  fertilization  does  not  take  place. 
The  embryological  reasons  for  this 
are  not  clearly  understood.  About 
sixty  species  of  plants  are  known  to  be 
more  or  less  self -sterile.  (4)  The  separa- 
tion of  the  sexes  in  different  flowers  or  on 
different  individuals.  It  is  thought  by 
some  that  there  is  a  gradual  evolution 
among  some  kinds  of  plants  toward  uni- 
sexuality,  and  that  adaptations  for  insect- 
pollination,  dichogamy  and  self  -  sterility 
are  steps  in  this  process. 

Self-sterility  is  common  in  varieties  of 
orchard  fruits,  particularly  in  pears  and 
plums,  and  in  grapes.  Whenever  isolated 
trees  or  large  blocks  of  a  single  variety 
blossom  full,  year  after  year,  but  drop 
most  of  the  fruit  before  it  is  half -grown, 
the  trees  may  be  self  -  sterile,  provided 
the  failure  cannot  be  attributed  to  fungous 
disease,  insect  attack,  frost  or  other  in- 
jury. Familiar  examples  of  self-sterile 
varieties  are  :  Wild  Goose  and  Miner 
plums,  Kieffer  and  Bartlett  pears  and 
Esopus  Spitzenburg  apple.  Self-sterility 
in  orchard  fruits  does  not  usually  result 
from  defectiveness  of  pollen  or  pistil,  but 
from  a  lack  of  affinity  between  the  two. 
It  is  not  a  constant  factor  in  any  variety, 
but  seems  to  be  as  easily  influenced  by  the 
conditions  under  which  the  tree  is  grown 
as  is  the  size,  shape  or  color  of  the  fruit. 
The  adaptation  of  a  variety  to  soil  and  cli- 
mate has  much  to  do  with  its  self -sterility. 
Therefore,  a  variety  is  often  self-sterile  in 
one  place  and  self -fertile  in  another. 

A  self-sterile  tree  often  may  be  made 
fruitful  by  planting  near  it  trees  of  an- 
other variety  to  supply  pollen,  or  by  top- 
grafting  part  of  the  tree  with  cions  of 
another  variety.  Thus,  Miner  bears  freely 
if  planted  with  De  Soto,  and  Kieffer  with 
Le  Conte.  No  benefit  is  derived  from 
planting  in  an  orchard  of  one  variety  new 
trees  of  the  same  variety.  There  are  two 
important  points  to  be  considered  in  the 
choice  of  a  pollinizer.  First,  the  two 
varieties  must  blossom  together,  so  that 
cross-pollination  by  wind  or  insects  may 
take  place.  Second,  there  must  be  an 
affinity  between  the  two,  so  that  the  pistils 
of  the  self-sterile  variety  will  accept  the 
pollen  of  the  other  and  develop  into  good 
fruit.  Such  affinity  can  be  determined  only 
by  experiment.  In  a  large  orchard  of  a 
self-sterile  variety  which  is  valuable  for 
market,  every  third  -or  fourth  row  should 
be  the  pollinizer. 

Orchard  Pollination,  however,  is  a  larger 
problem  than  the  detection  of  varieties 
which  are  inclined  to  be  unfruitful  when 
planted  alone,  and  discovering  what  are 
the  best  pollinizers  for  them.  Experi- 
ments in  crossing  and  observations  in 
orchards  have  indicated  that  nearly  all 
varieties  of  orchard  fruits,  whether  self- 
sterile  or  not,  will  produce  better  fruit 
with  pollen  other  than  their  own.  The 
Baldwin  apple  will  usually  bear  good  fruit 
if  planted  alone,  but  it  will  bear  better 
fruit  if  the  right  variety  is  planted  with  it. 
The  probability  is  that  most  of  our  leading 
commercial  varieties  commonly  planted  in 
large  blocks  will  produce  enough  better 
fruit  by  a  judicious  intermingling  of  one 


1390 


POLLINATION 


POLYGALA 


or  two  other  varieties  to  more  than  offset  the  slight 
inconvenience  in  orchard  management  occasioned  by 
this  mixing.  The  chief  economic  problem  for  the  experi- 
menter, therefore,  is  to  determine  what  commercial 
varieties  may  be  planted  together  with  best  results; 
and  the  rational  course  for  the  fruit-grower  is  to  prac- 
tice mixed  planting  on  the  basis  of  such  experiments. 

S.  W.  FLETCHER. 

POLYANTHUS.  In  common  speech  Polyanthus 
means  the  florists'  flowers  supposed  to  be  derived 
chiefly  from  Primula  elatior  or  its  allies.  The  "Poly- 
anthus Narcissus"  of  trade  catalogues  is  one  of  the 
forms  of  Narcissus  Tazetta,  an  old  synonym  of  which 
was  Narcissus  Polyanthos.  Polyanthus  may  also  mean 
the  tuberose,  Polianthes,  which  see.  There  is  no  genus 
known  as  Polyanthus. 

POLYBOTRA.    See  Acrostichum. 
POLYCALYMMA.   See  Myriocephalus. 

POLYGALA  (Greek,  much  milk;  from  the  old  idea 
that  some  species  increased  the  flow  of  milk).  Poly- 
galacece.  MILKWORT.  Polygala  is  a  genus  of  over  200 
widely  distributed  species.  Sepals  5,  the  two  lateral 
ones,  or  "wings,"  much  larger  than  the  rest  and  colored ; 
petals  rarely  5  and  alternate  with  the  sepals,  or  com- 
monly reduced  to  3  (an  odd  anterior  one  and  a  dorsal 
pair),  united  below  into  a  dorsally  cleft  tube  ;  lower 
petal,  or  keel,  concave,  often  crested  or  beaked;  sta- 
mens 8 ;  filaments  more  or  less  connate  into  a  tube  : 
capsule  2-celled,  wing-margined  or  wingless ;  seeds  soli- 
tary in  the  cells.  Monographed  by  Chodat  in  Me"m.  Soc. 
Phys.  Hist.  Nat.  Genev.  (1,  p.  2,  No.  2).  For  the  Ameri- 
can species,  see  Eobinson,  Gray's  Syn.  Fl.  Vol.  I,  p.  449. 

In  the  culture  of  Polygalas  there  are  three  points  of 
view.  There  are  hardy  and  tender  species,  and  the 
latter  are  sometimes  cultivated  under  glass,  sometimes 
outdoors  in  the  South,  as  in  S.  Calif.  Of  the  hardy 
group,  P.  paucifolia  is  excellent,  because  of  its  fringed 
flowers.  Of  the  European  kinds  P.  Chamcebuxus  is  the 
best,  and  var.  purpurea  is  probably  the  best  form  of  it. 
Referring  to  our  native  species,  F.  W.  Barclay  writes : 
"Polygalas  are  mainly  plants  of  low  moist  lands,  and 
the  majority  of  species  are  best  grown  in  sandy  peat, 
or  any  rather  light  soil,  in  partially  shaded  "positions 
not  given  to  severe  dryness  at  any  season.  Seed  may 
be  sown  in  fall  or  early  spring.  P.  lutea  is  perhaps  our 
handsomest  native  species,  but  it  is  not  advertised  for 
sale.  It  needs  sunlight."  P.  paucifolia  can  be  prop, 
by  division. 

There  are  40  or  more  North  American  species,  but 
most  of  them  are  not  showy  plants  and  they  offer  little 
inducement  to  the  cultivator.  Some  of  them— as  re- 
corded below— are  offered  by  dealers  in  native  plants, 
but  these  are  not  necessarily  the  best.  The  only  spe- 
cies that  are  generally  known  to  cultivators  are  exotic. 

The  Cape  species  are  much-branched  shrubs,  2-4  ft. 
high  or  more,  with  large  fls.  borne  in  subterminal 
racemes.  In  the  good  old  days  when  heaths  were 
much  grown  for  exhibition  14  colored  plates  of  Polyg- 
alas appeared  in  the  Botanical  Magazine,  13  in  the 
Botanical  Cabinet,  and  7  in  the  Botanical  Register. 
Ernest  Braunton  writes  that  "P.  myrtifolia  and  its  va- 
rieties are  very  commonly  cult,  in  Calif.,  particularly 
the  one  known  in  gardens  as  P.  Dalmacinaor  P.Dalma- 
tiana;  this  flowers  all  the  time  and  is  very  popular." 
The  popularity  of  P.  Dalmaisiana  in  Calif,  is  an  ex- 
ample of  the  persistence  of  a  good  thing  in  gardens, 
though  almost  unknown  to  botanists.  This  name  is  not 
to  be  found  in  any  of  the  standard  authorities,  except 
Nicholson's  Dictionary.  Nor  is  it  known  to  be  adver- 
tised in  America.  The  spelling  Dalmatiana  shows  that 
some  gardeners  have  thought  the  name  a  geographical 
one.  The  plant  was  named  after  M.Dalmais,a  French  gar- 
dener, who  raised  it  from  seed  in  1839.  It  was  described, 
with  colored  plates,  in  Rev.  Hort.  1844:193  and  the 
Florist's  Journal  1846:177,  and  Garten  Flora  5:161.  In 
the  first-named  place  it  is  stated  to  be  a  hybrid  be- 
tween "P.  grandiflora  and  P.  cordifolia."  In  modern 
nomenclature  this  probably  means  P.  myrtifolia,  var. 
grandiflora  x  P.  oppositifolia,  var.  cordata.  The  pic- 


tures, however,  do  not  seem  to  show  any  trace  of  the 
latter  parent.  As  known  in  the  trade,  P.  Dalmaisiana 
is  a  free-blooming  plant  with  rosy  or  purplish  flow- 
ers. H.  D.  Darlington  writes  that  he  has  received 
it  under  three  or  four  different  names,  and  adds:  "It 
makes  a  good  pot-plant,  but  is  somewhat  bare  of  foliage. 
It  blooms  from  the  ends  of  the  ripened  growth.  It  can 
be  had  in  flower  almost  any  time.  The  odd  color  and 
shape  of  the  flowers,  and  its  free  blooming,  make  it 
very  attractive.  It  roots  only  fairly  well  from  cuttings. 
Usually  it  propagates  better  by  layering.  Put  in  rich 
loam  with  well-rotted  manure.  It  will  stand  consider- 
able frost." 

A.  Plants  hardy. 

B.  Fls.  showy,  Vz-zA  in.  long. 

c.  Keel  beautifully  fringed 

cc.  Keel  merely  4-lobed 

BB.  Fls.  not  showy. 

c.  Inflorescence   a   spike:    fls.  not 

pedicelled 

cc.  Inflorescence    a    raceme:    fls. 

pedicelled 

AA.  Plants  tender. 

B.  Habit  shrubby,  erect,  2-3  ft.  high  or 
more. 

c.  Lvs.  opposite 

cc.  Lvs.  alternate. 

D.  Lateral  petals  2-cut 

DD.  Lateral  petals  not  %-cut 


paucifolia 
Chamaebuxus 


BB.  Habit  dwarf,  1  ft.  or  less  high 


Senega 
polygama 

oppositifolia 

myrtifolia 
virgata 
apopetala 
amatymbica 


paucifdlia,  Willd.  FLOWERING  WINTERGREEN.  GAY- 
WINGS.  FRINGED  MILKWORT.  FRINGED  POLYGALA.  Fig. 
1875.  Trailer,  3-6  in.  high:  upper  Ivs.  clustered,  ovate, 
1)^  in.  long;  lower  Ivs.  distant,  small  and  becoming 
mere  bracts  at  the  base:  fls.  bright  rosy  purple,  vary- 
ing to  white,  1-4  in  the  axils  of  the  upper  Ivs.  or  appear- 
ing terminal.  May,  June.  New  Brunswick  to  Winni- 
peg, and  Ga.  Prefers  moist  woods  and  sphagnum  bogs. 
B.M.  2852  (petals  white).  B.B.  2:361. -Var.  alba  was 
once  offered  by  F.  G.  Pratt,  Concord,  Mass.,  where  it 
grows  wild.  One  sometimes  finds  violet-fid,  forms. 
The  species  bears  cleistogamous  fls. 

Chamaebuxus,  Linn.  BOX-LEAVED  MILKWORT.  Ever- 
green trailer:  upper  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  elliptical,  mucro- 
nate;  lower  Ivs.  smaller,  obovate:  peduncles  axillary 
and  terminal,  about  2-fld. :  fls.  as  many  as  10  on  a  stalk, 
typically  yellow,  more  or  less  reddish  toward  the  end  of 
the  keel ;  stamens  united  only  at  the  base.  April-June. 
Europe,  low  heaths  and  woods  to  highest  Alps.  L.B.C. 
6:593.  B.M.  316  (wings  white:  petals  white  at  base, 
yellow  or  red  at  tip).  — Var.  purpurea  has  purnle  wings, 
set  off  by  yellow  petals.  Gn.  13:109;  30:557  (charming: 
wings  rosy  pink). 

Senega,  Linn.  SENECA  SNAKEROOT.  MOUNTAIN  FLAX. 
Height  1  ft.  or  less:  Ivs.  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  white  or 
greenish,  1%  lines  long;  crest  small,  few-lobed.  May, 
June.  Rocky  woods,  New  Brunswick  to  Rockies,  south 
N.  C.toMo.  B.B.  2:360.  L.B.C.  14:1380.  B.M.  1051.- 
Bears  no  underground  flowers. 

polygama,  Walt.  Height  1  ft.  or  less:  Ivs.  1  in.  or  less 
long:  fls.  purple  or  rose,  rarely  nearly  white,  2-3  lines 
long;  crest  relatively  large,  laciniate.  June,  July.  Dry 
soil,  Nova  Scotia  to  Lake  of  the  Woods,  south  Fla. 
to  Tex.  B.B.  2:360.  — Bears  numerous  underground 
flowers. 

oppositifolia,  Linn.  Probably  the  only  species  in  the 
genus  with  opposite  Ivs.;  an  abnormal  thing  in  the 
whole  family.  Tall,  slender  shrub:  racemes  few-fld.: 
fls.  large,  purplish.  S.  Afr.— Harvey  gives  8  botanical 
varieties,  of  which  probably  the  commonest  in  cult,  is 
var.  cordata,  Harv.  (P.  cordifolia,  Thunb.,  not  Presl.). 
Glabrous  or  downy:  Ivs.  broadly  cordate,  acute  or  acu- 
minate. For  pictures  of  the  species  and  its  vars.,  see 
B.M.  492;  2438.  B.R.  8:636;  14:1146,  and  L.B.C.  12:1189 
(all  under  various  names). 

myrtifdlia,  Linn.  Readily  told  from  P.  virgata,  its- 
inflorescence  being  a  few-fld.,  leafy  raceme,  while  that 
of  P.  virgata  is  many-fld.  and  leafless.  Densely 


POLYGALA 


POLYGON AT UM 


1391 


branched  shrub,  3-8  ft.  high,  with  large,  showy  tts.  near 
the  ends  of  the  branches:  Ivs.  flat,  variable  in  shape, 
but  not  subulate:  lateral  petals  2-lobed,  the  posterior 
lobe  ear-shaped,  reflexed.  S.  Africa.— Var.  grandiflora, 
Hook.  (P.  grandiflora,  Hort.  and  L.B.C.  13:1227,  not 


1375.    Polygala  paucifolia.    Natural  size. 

Walt.).  Fls.  over  1  in.  long.  B.M.  3616.  B.R.  8:669. 
P.  Dalmaisiana,  which  is  very  like  this,  is  discussed 
above. 

virgata,  Thunb.  Glabrous  shrub,  2-5  or  even  15  ft. 
high,  with  rod- like  branches  terminating  in  many-fld., 
leafless  racemes  of  purple  or  flesh-colored  fls.:  anterior 
sepals  distinct:  wings  obtuse.  S.  Afr.  — The  typical 
form  is  advertised  in  S.  Calif.,  but  in  Eu.  probably  the 
only  form  cult,  is  var.  speciosa,  Harv.  (P.  specidsa, 
Sims).  Glabrous:  lower  Ivs.  obovate  or  cuneate,  upper 
more  linear,  all  obtuse:  raceme  long  and  lax:  bracts 
soon  deciduous.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  1780.  L.B.C.  7:621. 
B.R.  2:150.  B.  1:43. 

apopetala,  T.  S.  Brandegee.  Frutescent,  2-3  ft. 
high:  branches  slender,  pubescent:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  en- 
tire, obtuse,  alternate,  remote,  short-petioled,  nearly 
glabrous:  fls.  large,  pink,  on  slender  pedicels  %  in.  or 
more  long;  sepals  4,  the  upper  and  lower  small,  equal, 
cymbiform,  margins  ciliate,  the  lateral  very  large, 
nearly  orbicular;  petals  5,  separate,  upper  strap-shaped, 
two-thirds  as  long  as  keel,  lateral  pointed,  less  than  one- 
half  as  long,  embraced  with  the  8  stamens  by  the  large 
cymbiform  keel,  which  is  opened  on  the  upper  and 
lower  edge  and  not  cristate,  or  appendaged:  seeds  2, 
large, 'ovoid,  pubescent.  Lower  Calif. 

amatymbica,  Eckl.  &  Zeyn.  (P.  acuminata,  E.  Mey. 
&  Hort.  (?),  not  Willd.).  Densely  tufted,  erect,  3-6 
in.  high:  Ivs.  lanceolate  acuminate, pungently  mucro- 
nate:  racemes  lateral,  few-fld.,  spreading  or  reflexed: 
fls.  small,  wings  green,  keel  and  petals  flesh  color  to 
purple;  keel  with  a  many-parted  crest.  S.  Afr.— P. 
acuminata  of  the  trade  is  probably  not  P.  acuminata, 
Willd.,  which  is  Badiera  acuminata.  Badiera  differs 
from  Polygala  in  having  2  of  the  sepals  only  a  little 
larger  than  the  others,  instead  of  much  larger.  \^  ]yjt 

POLYGON ATUM  (Gree\s.,many-jointed;  probably  re- 
ferring to  the  stem).  Liliacew.  SOLOMON'S  SEAL.  About 
20  species  of  hardy  herbaceous  perennials  of  graceful 
habit,  their  unbranched  arching  stems  bearing  pen- 
dulous, tubular  greenish  fls.,  which  are  succeeded  by 
handsome  dark  blue  berries.  The  name  Solomon's  Seal 
is  connected  with  the  horizontal  rootstocks  which  are 
scarred  by  the  death  of  the  annual  stems,  each  scar 

88 


being  likened  to  seal  (see  Smilacina).  The  stems  are 
leafy  above,  the  Ivs.  ovate  or  lanceolate,  alternate, 
opposite  or  whorled:  fls.  greenish  or  pinkish,  1-10  in  the 
axils.  The  genus  is  distinguished  from  its  nearest  allies 
by  the  cylindrical  perianth-tube  with  short  lobes  and 
small  undivided  style.  The  species  are  natives 
of  the  north  temperate  zone. 

Polygonatums  are  best  suited  for  partially  or 
wholly  shaded  positions,  though  they  do  well  in 
the  open  in  a  well-prepared  border.  They 
like  a  deep,  rich  soil  not  subject  to  drought. 
Easily  prop,  by  division.  They  are  among  the 
best  subjects  for  wild  gardening.  P.  multi- 
flortim  is  used  abroad  considerably  for  forc- 
ing and  for  house  plants.  Our  native  species 
are  presumably  equally  desirable  for  all  pur- 
poses. The  Solomon's  Seal  of  English  literature 
is  P.  multiftorum,  which  is  probably  the  com- 
monest species  native  to  Europe.  There  are  sev- 
eral Himalayan  and  Japanese  species.  The  com- 
mon Solomon's  Seal  of  our  nurseries  is  the 
European,  P.  Mttitf/ZonMft,  the  American  kinds 
being  listed  only  by  specialists  in  native  plants. 
The  others  here  described  are  offered  by  Dutch 
bulb-growers.  For  extended  articles  on  the  forc- 
ing of  P.  multiflorum,  see  Gn.  26,  p.  236  (or  V. 
7:337)  ;  30,  p.  49,  and  F.R.  3:594. 

A.  Lvs.  all  whorled. 

verticillatum,  All.  Stem  2-3  ft.  high  :  Ivs.  in 
whorls  of  4—8,  linear,  3-6  in.  long:  fls.  in  2's  or 
3's.  Eu.,  Himalayas.  P.  macrophyllum,  Link., 
is  perhaps  a  distinct  var.  with  more  robust 
habit  and  larger  Ivs. 

AA.  Lvs.  alternate. 
B.  Perianth  2-3  lines  thick. 
C.  Height  1-1Y*  ft.:  fls.  1  or  2  in  the  axils. 
officinale,  All.    Lvs.  oblong,  2-3  in.  long,  firmer  than 
those  of  P.  multiflorum:   perianth-segments  greenish. 
Eu.,  Siberia.    P.  ambiguum,  Link.,  is  offered  as  a  dis- 
tinct form  by  Krelage. 

CO.  Height  2-4  ft.:  fls.  1-5  in  the  axils. 

latifdlium,  Desf.  (P.  Thunbergi,  C.  Morr.).  Lvs.  ob- 
long, 3-6  in.  long  :  perianth-segment  greenish.  Eu., 
Asia.  —  Intermediate  in  habit  between  P.  officinale  and 
multiflorum  but  with  earlier  fls. 


BB.  Perianth  l%-2  lines  thick. 

c.  Plant  glabrous. 
D.  Filaments  densely  pilose. 

multifldrum,  All.  Fig.  1876.  Height  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  ob- 
long, 3-6  in.  long  :  perianth-tube  white  ;  segments 
greenish.  Eu.,  N.  Asia,  Himalayas.  Gn.  26,  p.  236;  30, 
p.  49.  V.  7:337.  —  Var.  fibre  rdseo,  Hort.,  has  rosy 
fls.  There  are  said  to  be  varieties  with  double  fls. 


1876.  A  colony  of  Solomon's  Seal  in  a  wild  garden — 
Polygonatum  multiflorum. 

and  variegated  foliage.  The  type  seems  to  be  more 
graceful  than  the  varieties.  This  is  the  common  Solo- 
mon's Seal  of  Europe,  where  it  is  also  called  Lady's 
Seal  and  David's  Harp. 


1392 


POLYGONATUM 


DD.  Filaments  somewhat  flattened,  smooth,  not 

roughened. 

giganteum,  Dietr.  Taller  and  more  robust  than  P. 
biflorum,  1-8  ft.  high:  Ivs.  1^-6  in.  long,  3-4  in.  wide: 
fls.  1-8  in  the  axils.  May-July.  Moist  woods,  Rhode 
Island  to  Manitoba,  south  Ga.,  La.,  to  New  Mex.  and 
Utah. 

CO.  Plant  with  Ivs.  pubescent  beneath. 
bifldnun,  Ell.    Height  8  in.-3  ft. :   Ivs.  2-4  in.  long, 
^-2  in.  wide:    fls.   often   2   in   axils,   sometimes   1-4. 
April-July.    Woods,  New  Brunswick  to  Mich.,  south  to 
Fla.   Mn.  8:49.  W.  M. 

POLYGONELLA  (diminutive  of  Polygonum).  Poly- 
gonacece.  About  7  species  of  American  plants  closely 
allied  to  Polygonum  and  of  no  horticultural 
standing.  P.  parvi folia  was  offered  by  Gil- 
lett  in  1881,  but  it  is  probably  not  hardy 
north.  The  genus  differs  from  Polygonum 
in  having  only  the  inner  sepals  erect  and 
the  calyx  enlarged  in  fruit,  while  in  Poly- 
gonum all  the  sepals  are  erect  and  the  calyx 
is  not  enlarged  in  fruit. 

parvifdlia,  Michx.  Diffuse  shrub : 
Ivs.  wedge-shaped,  vertical,  those 
on  sterile  shoots  imbricated:  ra- 
cemes %-l  in.  long,  very  numerous, 
in  an  oblong  or  corymbose  panicle: 
fls.  white,  yellowish  or  rose  color; 
filaments  all  alike;  stigmas  nearly 
sessile.  Aug.,  Sept.  Dry  sandy 
soil,  Pla.  to  N.  C. 


POLYGON  UN 

INDEX. 

affine,  9. 

cuspidatum,  11. 

Persicaria,  4 

amphibium,  6. 

elegans,  5. 

pumilum,  3. 

amplexicaule,  10. 

Hartwrightii,  7. 

Sachalinense,  12 

arenarium,  5. 

lanigerum,  8. 

Sieboldi,  11. 

Baldschuanicum,  2. 
Brunonis,  9. 

multiflorum,  10  and 
suppl.  list. 

speciosum,  10. 
variegatum,  3. 

cilinode,  1. 

orientale,  3. 

Zuccarinii,  11 

compactum,  11. 

oxyphyllum,  10. 

1877.  Common  Doorweed  or  Knotweed,  the  details  enlarged 
— Polygonum  aviculare. 

POLYGONUM  (Greek  for  many -jointed).  Polygo- 
nacecB.  JOINTWEED.  KNOTWEED.  Mostly  herbs,  annual 
or  perennial,  with  small  flowers  in  racemes,  spikes  or 
heads  (sometimes  solitary).  Flowers  apetalous;  calyx 
gamosepalous,  4-5-parted;  stamens  5-9,  sometimes  ex- 
serted:  ovary  1-loculed,  with  2-3-parted  style  or  stigma 
(latter  capitate),  ripening  into  a  triangular  or 
lenticular  akene.  Above  each  joint,  the  stem  is 
prominently  sheathed.  Polygonum  is  closely 
allied  to  Rumex,  the  docks,  and  also  to  Fago- 
pyrum,  the  buckwheats.  Rumex  differs  in  uni- 
formly having  a  6-parted  calyx,  some  of  the 
lobes  often  bearing  a  grain-like  tubercle  on  the 
back,  the  stigmas  tufted.  Fagopyrum  differs  in  having 
an  akene  surpassing  the  calyx  and  in  details  of  the 
embryo.  Most  Polygonums  are  weedy  plants,  and  only 
a  very  small  proportion  are  of  merit  for  cultivation. 
One  of  the  commonest  species  is  the  Doorweed  (Fig. 
1877),  Polygonum  aviculare.  It  is  a  decumbent  wiry 
small-leaved  annual  or  perennial,  growing  along  walks 
and  in  other  hard,  dry  soil,  where  it  makes  a  sod-like 
mat.  The  axillary  flowers  are  very  small,  and  seldom 
seen  by  others  than  botanists.  Other  Polygonums  are 
the  common  Smartweeds  of  swales  and  damp  grounds. 
For  monograph  of  Polygonum,  see  Meisner,  DC.  Prodr. 
14  (1856).  For  our  native  and  introduced  species,  see 
Small,  "Monograph  of  the  North  American  species  of 
the  genus  Polygonum,"  in  Mem.  Dept.  Bot.  Columbia 
College,  1895.  The  species  are  perhaps  200,  of  very 
wide  distribution  from  arctic  to  tropical  countries. 

Most  of  the  cultivated  Polygonums  are  hardy  border 
plants,  requiring  no  special  skill  or  care.  They  are  prop- 
agated by  seed  and  division,  chiefly  the  latter.  Some 
of  the  cultivated  kinds  are  annual,  as  P.  orientale,  and 
this  species  is  the  only  one  that  is  known  as  a  familiar 
flower-garden  plant  in  this  country.  Several  of  the 
species  are  amphibious  and  are  quite  useful  for  bog 
gardens. 


A.  Plant  twining. 

1.  cilinode,  Michx.  Slender  somewhat  downy  climber, 
mostly  perennial:  Ivs.  cordate-ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate, 
more  or  less  angular  or  halberd-shaped  at  base:  stem 
bearing  a  ring  of  retrorse  bristles  at  the  base  of  each 
sheath  (whence  the  specific  name):  fls.  white,  in  loose- 
panicled  racemes  from  the  upper  axils.     Nova  Scotia' 
south  and  west.  — Sold  as  a  cover  plant  for  rocks  and  as 
a  denizen  of  shrub-masses. 

2.  Baldschuanicum,  Regel.  Tall  perennial  climber  be- 
coming woody  at  the  base:  Ivs.  cordate-oval  or  hastate, 
acuminate,  slender-petioled:  fls.  small  but  very  numer- 
ous in  terminal  erect  or  drooping  panicles,  rose-colored: 
fruiting  calyx  small,  3-sided,  at  first  whitish  and  then 
becoming  rose-colored:  akene  shining  black.    Bokhara. 
G.C.III.16:656;  21:17.  Gn.  55,  p.  454.  Gng.  5:181.  B.M. 
7544.  —  Offered  by  one  American  dealer  and  listed  in 
the  American  catalogues   of  European  dealers.     De- 
scribed as  a  very  vigorous  and  decorative  hardy  plant, 
climbing  20  ft.  high.     It  was  first  described  by  Regel 
in  1884. 

AA.  Plant  erect,  or  at  least  not  climbing. 

B.  Annual  plants  of  erect  habit,  to  be  treated  as  flower- 
garden  subjects. 

3.  orientale,   Linn.      PRINCE'S  FEATHER.     KISS-ME- 
OVER-THE-QARDEN-GATE,  Fig.  1878.  Tall-growing,  much 
branched  above,  hairy  :    Ivs.  large,  ovate  or  cordate- 
ovate  or  broad-oblong,  acuminate:   sheaths  short,  cili- 
ate  and  sometimes  bordered  at  the  summit:  fls.  bright 
pink,  in  close,  cylindrical  spikes  that  are  arranged  in 
open  panicles,  the  stamens  7  and  the  akene  lenticular. 
India.     B.M.  213.— An   attractive   old-fashioned  plant 
growing  as  high  as  the  fence.    It  is  most  easy  of  culti- 
vation.   In  fact,  it  usually  self-sows  in  old  gardens.    In 
some  places  it  has  run  wild.    There  are  horticultural 


1878.  Polygonum  orientale  (X  M) 


POLYGON UM 


POLYGON™ 


1393 


1879. 

Lady's  Thumb 
—  Polyeonum 
Persicaria. 

Much   reduced. 


varieties,  as  var.  variegatum,  Hort., with  foliage  marked 
with  yellowish  white,  and  var.  pumilum,  Hort.,  with 
compact  habit  and  the  stature  half  that  of  the  type. 

4.  Persicaria,  Linn.  LADY'S  THUMB.  Fig.  1879.  One 
of  the  Smartweeds,  but  sold  by  seedsmen  as  a  suitable 
plant  for  backgrounds;  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  erector 
somewhat  diffuse,  1-2  ft.  tall:  Ivs.  lance- 
olate to  linear-lanceolate,  slightly  cili- 
ate,  usually  with  a  triangular  or  cres- 
cent-shaped spot  near  the  middle  of  the 
blade  ( whence  the  name  Lady's  Thumb ) : 
sheaths  short,  hairy  on  the  margin:  fls. 
in  short  spikes,  pink  or  greenish  purple, 
the  stamens  6  and  the  akene  lenticular 
or  triquetrous.  Eu.  — Naturalized  every- 
where about  dwellings. 

5.  arenarium,  Waldst.  &  Kit.  (P.  £le- 
gans,  Ten.).     Dwarf  species  with  slen- 
der wiry  branches  and  long  internodes: 
Ivs.  small,    linear-lanceolate,    1-nerved, 
bearing  great  numbers  of  little  whitish 
fls.  along  the  stem,  the  terminal  clusters 
leafless.    S.  Eu.  — Offered  in  Calif.,  for 
rockeries  and  bouquets. 

BB.  Perennial  plants  of  various  habit, 

usually  ivith  strong  rootstocks. 
c.  Native  smartweed-like  plants,  some- 
times  offered    for  naturalizing   in 
bog  gardens. 

6.  amphibium,  Linn.   Much  spreading 
and  creeping,  rooting  at  the  joints,  at 
first  more   or   less   pubescent    but    be- 
coming  glabrous   with   age:    Ivs.   rather  thickish  and 
large,  oblong,  elliptic  or  lance-elliptic,  mostly  obtuse  or 
very  nearly  so:    sheaths  short,  usually  not  fringed  or 
bordered  at  the  summit:    fls.  light  rose-colored,  in  a 
short,  dense,  terminal  spike,  the   stamens  5  and  ex 
serted,  and  the  akene  lenticular.     In  water  or  bogs, 
across   the   continent.— When    growing   in   water,   the 
floating  leaves  become  long-petioled. 

7.  Hartwrightii,  Gray.    Differs  from  the  last  in  hav- 
ing many  narrow-lanceolate  Ivs.,  bordered  and  fringed 
sheaths, "and  hispid  stems.    Muddy  places,  across  the 
continent. 

co.  Erotic  plants,  used  mostly  for  borders,  and  appear- 
ing regularly  in  the  trade. 
D.    WJwle  plant  white-woolly. 

8.  lanigerum,  R.  Br.    Stems  thick,  creeping  at  the 
base,  but  the  tops  erect  and  standing  2-5  ft.  high,  much 
branched:  Ivs.  narrow-lanceolate  and  more  or  less  re- 
curved, acuminate,  covered  with  down  of  the  color  of 
old  silver:  sheaths  short,  not  ciliate:  fls.  small,  red  or 
copper-colored  (varying  to  white) ,  in  racemes  on  slender 
forking  peduncles,  the  stamens  6,  and  the  akene  flat  and 
shining  black.    Tropics  of  Old  World  and,  according  to 
Hooker,  of  America.    R.H.  1891,  p.  567.  — Lately  intro- 
duced for  subtropical  gardening,  and  not  yet  tested  in 
the  North.   It  probably  will  not  endure  northern  winters 
even  with  good  protection,  but  it  is  readily  propagated 
each  year  from  cuttings  taken  from  plants  carried  over 
winter  for  that  purpose. 

DD.   Whole  plant  green  or  grayish,  not  white-woolly. 

E.    Fls.  pink  or  red  (sometimes  varying  to  white),  in 
erect  spikes :   plants  grown  for  their  flowers. 

9.  affine,  Don    (P.    Brunonis,   Wall.).     Tufted    gla- 
brous plant,  with  flowering  stems  1  ft.  or  less  high, 
from  a  woody  prostrate  rootstock:  Ivs.  mostly  radical, 
oblanceolate    to    spatulate   to    lance-oblong :     sheaths 
rather   long,   split    or   entire:    fls.  bright  rose-red,  in 
dense,  erect,  terminal  spikes  2-3  in.  long,  the  stamens 
8,  the  akene  trigonous.    Himalaya,  at  elevations  of  9,000 
to  14.000  ft.    B.M.  6472. -An  excellent  little  plant  for 
cool  places,  blooming  in  autumn. 

10.  amplexicaule,  Don  (P.  o.ri/ ph yllum,  Wall.    P.spe- 
cidsum,    Meisn.     P.    tnnltiflomm,   Hort.).     MOUNTAIN 
FLEECE.     Strong-growing  tufted  green-stemmed  plant 
2-3  ft.  tall,  from  a  woody  rootstock:    Ivs.  cordate-ovate 
to  cordate-lanceolate,    short-petioled    or  clasping,  the 


margin  wavy  and  crenulate,  long-acuminate  :  sheaths 
long  and  split  or  lacerate:  fls.  rose-red  or  white,  rather 
large,  in  strict,  long-peduncled  spikes  2-6  in.  long,  the 
stamens  8  and  exserted,  the  akene  trigonous.  Hima- 
laya, from  6,000  to  13,000  ft.  altitude.  B.R.  25:46.  B.M. 
6500.— An  excellent  border  perennial,  blooming  in  mid- 
summer. Some,  at  least,  of  the  plants  that  have  been 
cult,  as  Mountain  Fleece  are  a  native  Polygonum  (P. 
emersum),  which  grows  nearly  throughout  North 
America,  including  Mexico. 

Et.    Fls.  white  or  greenish,  in  axillary  clustered  ra- 
cemes :    plants   not    grown    for    their   flowers. 
(More  or  less  dioecious  or  polygamous.) 
11.  Sieboldi.DeVriese  (P.  cuspiddtum.  Sieb.  &  Zucc., 
notWilld.    P.  Zuccarinii,  Small).    Fig.' 1880.    Strong, 
stout,  handsome  bushy  perennial  (stalks  dying  to  the 
ground   in  winter),  growing  3-5  ft.  high,  the    stems 
gracefully  curving  outward:    Ivs.  short-bval  to  orbicu- 
lar-ovate, truncate  or  slightly  cordate  at  base,  abruptly 


1880.  Polyeonum  Sieboldi  (P.  cuspidatum)  (X  K). 

pointed,  the  strong  side  nerves  uniting  in  marginal 
loops:  sheaths  short  and  flaring,  deciduous:  fls.  small 
and  whitish,  very  numerous  in  slender-panicled  ra- 
cemes, the  stamens  8,  and  the  akene  trigonous.  Japan. 
B.M.  6503.  R.H.  1858,  p.  631;  1894,  p.  54.  Gn.  26,  p. 
317;  49,  p.  238.— A  very  effective  plant  for  bold  mass 
effects,  perfectly  hardy  in  the  northern  states,  and  now 
frequently  planted.  It  is  everywhere  known  in  the 
trade  as  P.  cuspidatum.  It  produces  clouds  of  bloom. 
Var.  compactum  is  cult. 

12.  Sachalinense,  Schmidt.  SACALINE.  Fig.  1881. 
Exceedingly  vigorous  plants,  spreading  rapidly  from 
the  tips  of  strong  underground  shoots,  the  reddish  gla- 
brous dead  stalks  often  standing  8-12  ft.  high  through 
the  winter:  Ivs.  very  large,  frequently  1  ft.  or  more 


1394 


POLYGONUM 


POLYPODIUM 


long,  soft  dull  green,  the  blade  oval-oblong,  l%-2  times 
as  long  as  broad,  shallow-cordate  at  base,  scarcely 
pointed, the  prominent  side  veins  uniting  by  the  ends: 
fls.  greenish,  in  relatively  small  axillary  clusters,  the 
akene  trigonous.  Island  of  Sachalin,  north  of  Japan,  in 
Russian  territory.  B.M.  6540.  R.H.  1876,  p.  36;  1893, 
pp.  394,  395;  1894,  p.  55.  Gn.  21,  p.  280.  G.C.  II.  26:813 


1881.   Sacaline— Polygonum  Sachalinense  (X  /•»). 

and  III.  14:159  (in  fr.).  G.M.  31:176.  V.  17:161. -Re- 
cently introduced  (in  N.  Amer.  in  1894)  for  forage  and 
for  ornament.  It  is  inveterately  persistent  when  once 
established,  and  may  easily  become  a  pest.  For  forage 
it  has  little  merit  where  other  things  can  be  grown,  for 
it  is  too  coarse.  For  planting  in  rough  places,  where  a 
thick  cover  is  required,  it  is  one  of  the  best  of  all  her- 
baceous perennials.  It  is  perfectly  hardy  in  the  North 
and  seems  to  thrive  anywhere.  P.  Sieboldi  was  once 
distributed  as  Sacaline,  but  that  species  is  much 
smaller,  with  smaller,  shorter  and  square-based  leaves, 
and  with  more  profuse  bloom. 


P.  compdctum,  Hook.,  is  much  like  P.  Sieboldi,  but  "dif- 
fers in  its  dwarf  size,  decumbent  lowly  habit,  small  rigid 
leaves,  with  waved  margins,  and  strict  erect  simple  female  ra- 
cemes." Japan.  B.M.  6476.— P.  multiflorum,  Thunb.  Tuber- 
ous-rooted climber,  with  reddish  stems :  Ivs.  cprdate-ovate- 
acute,  shining:  fls.  small  and  whitish,  in  spreading  panicles. 
China  and  Japan.  —  P.  platycaulon,  Hort.  =  Muehlenbeckia 
Platyclados.— P.  sphcerostachyum,  Meisn.  Allied  to  P.  affine, 
from  which  it  differs  in  the  "dense  broad  cylindric  or  globose 
spike  of  blood-red  pendulous  flowers."  Himalaya.  B.M.  6847. 
—P.  vaccinifolium,  Wall.  Rock  plant  allied  to  P.  affine:  fls. 
bright  rose-colored,  in  many  slender  spikes:  Ivs.  rather  numer- 
ous on  the  stems,  short,  ovate -acute  :  decumbent,  the  stems 
2  ft.  or  less  long.  Himalaya,  up  to  16.500  ft.  B.M.  4622.  Gn.  39, 
p.  543;  43,  p.  501;  45,  p.  159.  L.  H.  B. 

POL'J'MNIA  (the  muse  Polyhymnia).  Comp6sita>, 
About  10  species  of  American  composites,  mostly  coarse, 
viscid  and  heavy-scented,  the  North  American  species 
being  perennial  herbs,  the  South  American  shrubby  or 
tree-like.  They  have  loose  panicles  of  yellow  or  whitish 
fls.  borne  in  summer.  For  further  description,  see 
Gray's  Manual,  Britton  and  Brown's  Illustrated  Flora, 
etc. 

Canadensis,  Linn.  CANADA  or  SMALL-FLOWERED  LEAF 
CUP.  Height  2-5  ft. :  Ivs.  deltoid-ovate  to  hastate,  thin, 
deeply  angulate-lobed;  lobes  dentate,  4-10  in.  long: 
heads  few  in  terminal  clusters,  4-6  lines  broad:  rays 
minute  or  none.  June-Sept.  Damp,  rich,  shaded  places, 
western  Ont.  to  Minn.,  south  N.  C.  to  Ark.  B.B.  2:405. 
— Var.  radiata,  Gray,  with  whitish  rays  sometimes 
%  in.  long,  is  also  offered  by  one  dealer  in  native 
plants. 

POLYPODIUM  (Greek,  many  feet;  alluding  to  the  ex- 
tensive rootstocks).  Polypodiacew.  A  genus  of  ferns 
with  naked  rounded  sori,  and  with  the  Ivs.  jointed  to 
the  rootstocks,  leaving  a  scar  when  they  separate.  As 
here  treated  the  veins  may  be  free  or  united  to  form 
areolre.  The  genus  is  a  very  extensive  one,  growing  in 
all  parts  of  the  world,  and  has  frequently  been  divided 
into  a  series  of  genera  based  on  habit  and  the  nature  of 
venation,  which  is  probably  a  more  logical  treatment; 
some  of  these  genera,  indeed,  as  Phymatodes  and  Phle- 
bodium,  have  been  here  separated;  the  genus  would  be 
more  homogenous  were  others  placed  by  themselves. 
For  culture,  see  Fern. 

A.   Veins  free:  Ivs.  once  pinnate. 
B.  Sori  large,  conspicuous. 

vulgare,  Linn.  WALL  FERN.  POLYPODY.  Figs.  1881-3. 
Lvs.  4-10  in.  long,  on  pale  stalks  half  their  length,  1-3  in. 
wide,  cut  nearly  or  quite  to  the  rachis  into  entire  or 
slightly  toothed  blunt  pinnae.  New  England  to  Ala.  and 
westward  to  Ore.;  also  common  throughout  Europe, 
where  many  forms  are  in  cult.  Var.  Cambricum  (Fig. 
1884)  occurs  in  New  York  and  New  England. 

falcatum,  Kellogg.  Lvs.  12-15  in.  long,  4-8  in.  wide, 
on  long,  straw-colored  stalks;  pinnae  numerous,  taper- 
ing to  a  slender  point,  sharply  ser- 
rate. Calif,  to  Wash. 

BB.  Sori  smaller:  Ivs.  elastic,  often 
elongated. 

Plumula,  HBK.  Lvs.  9-18  in.  long, 
narrow  lanceolate,  1-2  in.  wide  ; 
pinn»  numerous,  narrow,  entire, 
blunt,  the  lower  pairs  scarcely 
smaller  than  those  above  ;  stalks 
blackish.  Fla.  and  trop.  Amer. 

pectination,  Linn.  Lvs.  elliptic- 
lanceolate,  1-2%  ft.  long,  2-6  in. 
wide,  cut  to  the  rachis  into  horizon- 
tal entire  or  toothed  pinnae,  the  lower 
ones  gradually  reduced  to  short, 
triangular  lobes.  Fla.  and  trop. 
Amer. 

AA.    Veins  uniting,  forming  regular  areolce  each  ivith  a 
single  free  included  veinlet. 
0.  Lvs.  simple,  undivided. 

vacciniifolium,  Langs  &  Fisch.  Lvs.  of  2  sorts  rising 
from  slender,  wide-creeping  rootstocks  ;  sterile  Ivs. 
roundish  or  elliptic;  sporophylls  linear  or  ligulate,  with 
large  sori  in  a  single  row.  Tropical  Amer.,  from  the 
West  Indies  southward. 


1882. 

Sori  and  a  single 
sporangium  of 
Polypodium  vul- 
gar e. 

Sori  about  natural 
size. 


POLYPODU'M 


POLYSTICHUM 


1395 


oc.  Lvs.  pinnate. 

D    Fronds  covered  with  flat  scales  underneath. 
polypodioides,  A.  S.  Hitchcock.     Lvs.  2-6  in.  long,  an 
inch  or  more  wide,  with  entire  pinnae;  veins  indistinct, 
from  the  thick  texture.    Va.  and  southern  111.  to  Brazil; 
commonly  growing  on  trees  in  the  southern  states. 


1883.   Polypodium  vulgare  (X 

DD.  Fronds  smooth  beneath. 
E.  Pin  nee  broad  at  base  and  often  confluent. 

Califdrnicum,  Kaulf.  Lvs.  4-9  in.  long,  1-5  in.  wide, 
cut  into  finely  toothed  pinnae  which  are  mostly  confluent 
at  the  base.  California.  — Has  much  the  habit  of  the 
European  forms  of  P.  vulgare. 

Catharinae,  Langs.  &  Fisch.  Lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  3-5  in. 
wide,  with  numerous  nearly  opposite  pinnae  which  are 
dilated  at  the  base,  contracted  just  above  the  base,  and 
slightly  enlarged  and  bluntly  rounded  at  the  tip;  sori 
large  near  the  midrib.  Brazil. 

EE.  Pinnce  narrowed  and  distinct  at  base 
fraxinifdlium,  Jacq.    Lvs.  2-4  ft.  long,  12-18  in.  wide, 
on  firm  stalks  1-2  ft.  long;  pinnae  4-9  in.  long,  with  a 
tough,  somewhat  leathery  texture  and  entire  margin. 
Columbia  to  Brazil  and  Peru, 
subauriculatum ,      B 1  u  m  e . 
Stalks  6-12  in.  long,  glossy, 
from    wide -creeping    root- 
stocks:  Ivs.  2-3  ft.  long,  8-12 
in.  wide;  sori  in  a  single  row 
immersed  in  the  leaf.    India 
to  Australia. 


AAA.  Veins  (primary)  dis- 
tinct from  midrib  to  the 
edge, connected  by  parallel 
transverse  veinlets  form- 
ing rows  of  similar 
areolce. 

B.   I/vs.  elongate,  simple, 
smooth  beneath. 

Phyllitidis,  Linn.  Lvs.  1-3 
ft.  long,  1-4  in.  wide,  with  an 
acute  point,  and  the  lower 
part  narrowed  gradually; 

-ows  of  6-12,  usu- 

'aTIy'witn'  Wfi^j/m^h.  Fla.-  to 
Brazil.  — This  species  might 
more  justly  be  placed  in  the 
genus  Campyloneuron. 
BB.  ir.s.  icith  under  surface 
tomentose. 

Lingua,  Swz.  Lvs.  4-8  in. 
long,  1-4  in.  wide,  the  apex 
often  cuspidate,  the  base  nar- 
rowed or  rounded;  upper  sur- 
face naked,  the  lower  matted 
with  reddish  cottony  brown; 
sori  in  close  rows  of  4-6  each. 
Japan  to  Ceylon.  — This  spe- 
cies and  the  next  are  often  placed  in  the  genus  Nipho- 
bolus. 

tricuspe,  Swz.    Lvs.  hastate,  2-4  in.  each  way,  with  a 
central  lanceolate-triangular  lobe  and  spreading  lateral 


1884.  Polypodium  vulgare, 

var.  Cambricum. 
A  crested  or  much -cut 
form,  from  a  specimen 
found    in    New  Hamp- 
shire. (X^.) 


ones  which  are  more  or  less  auricled  at  the  base.    Ja- 
pan and  Corea. 

P.  aureum.  See  Phlebodium.— P.  Dryopteris.  See  Phegop- 
teris  Dryopteris.— P.  glaucum.  See  Phymatodes.  — P.  hexa- 
gonopterum.  See  Phegopteris.— P.  Kerandreanum.  See  Phe- 
gopteris.— P.  muscefblium.  See  Phymatodes.  —  P.  nigrescens. 
See  Phymatodes.— P.  Phegopteris.  See  Phegopteris  Polypo- 
dioides.—P.  Phymatodes.  See  Phymatodes.— P.  plumbsum  is 
a  form  of  Asplenium  filixfoamina.— P.  quercifblium.  See  Dry 
naria.— P.  rigidulum.  See  Drynaria.— P.  Swdrtzii.  See  Phy- 
matodes.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

POLYPODY.   See  Polypodium. 

POLYPTERIS  (Greek  words  meaning  many -winged 
or  feathered;  referring  to  the  pappus).  Compdsitw. 
This  includes  a  handsome,  rosy-fld.  hardy  annual  known 
to  the  trade  as  Palafoxia  Hookeriana.  Polypteris  is  a 
genus  of  4  species  of  North  American  herbs:  Ivs.  mostly 
entire,  alternate  or  the  lower  opposite,  and  lax  corym- 
bosely  panicled  heads  of  fls.  borne  in  summer  and  au- 
tumn: involucre  broadly  bell-shaped  or  top-shaped; 
bracts  commonly  in  2  series,  more  or  less  colored  and 
petal-like  toward  the  tips:  rays  wanting  except  in  P. 
Hookeriana:  akenes  linear  to  club-shaped,  4-sided: 
pappus  of  6-12  equal  scales.  Distinguished  from  Pala- 
foxia by  the  colored  tips  of  the  involucral  bracts  and  the 
deeply  divided  limb  of  the  corolla.  Monographed  in 
Gray's  Synoptical  Flora. 

Hookeriana,  Gray  (Palafdxia  Hookeriana,  Torr.). 
Annual  1-4  ft.  high:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  mostly  3-nerved 
below:  heads  1  in.  or  more  across;  rays  8-10,  deeply 
3-cleft.  Sandy  plains,  Neb.  to  Tex.  B.M.  5549.— Hand- 
some plant;  sometimes  treated  as  an  everlasting. 

POLYSCIAS  (many  and  shade;  referring  to  the 
abundant  foliage).  Araliacece.  Large  shrubs  or  trees, 
glabrous,  of  about  8  species  of  India,  Africa  and  Malaya. 
Lvs.  pinnate,  with  thick  entire  leaflets:  fls.  small, 
usually  5-merous  (sometimes  4-merous),  the  calyx 
truncate  or  toothed,  the  petals  valvate,  the  ovary  5-8- 
loculed,  the  styles  usually  of  the  same  number  and 
distinct.  Polyscias  is  allied  to  tropical  Aralias  and 
Panax,  and  the  culture  is  the  same  as  for  those  plants. 
For  further  botanical  discussion,  see  Panax. 

paniculata,  Baker  (Termindlia  tlegans,  Hort.). 
Erect,  glabrous  shrub:  Ivs.  pinnate,  usually  with  7 
Ifts.,  of  which  the  terminal  one  is  7-9  in.  long,  oblong 
and  obtuse,  shining.  Mauritius. — This  is  another  ex- 
ample of  the  confusion  which  arises  from  the  naming 
of  garden  plants  before  their  flowers  or  fruits  are 
known.  For  several  years  this  plant  was  supposed  to 
be  a  Terminalia,  but  now  it  is  known  to  belong  to  a 
wholly  different  family.  Another  example  is  Aralia 
Chabrieri  of  the  gardens,  which  belongs  to  the  Celas- 
tracese  (Elseodendron). 

pinnata,  Forst.  (Aralia  latifdlia,  Wight  &  Arn.). 
Leaflets  orbicular,  either  nearly  entire  or  with  small  and 
remote  teeth,  the  base  heart-shaped.  Malaya.— The 
writer  does  not  know  that  the  Aralia  latifolia  of 
gardeners  is  the  above  plant,  as  he  has  not  seen  it. 
Aralia  latifolia  of  the  trade  is  described  as  "very  bold 
and  rich  in  appearance;  green  and  pale  yellow  leaves." 

L.  H.  B. 

POLYSTACHYA  (Greek,  referring  to  the  many  spike- 
lets).  Orchiddcece.  About  40  species  of  tropical  epiphy- 
tic orchids,  none  of  which  have  showy  fls.  P.  luteola,  a 
native  of  the  West  Indies,  has  minute  greenish  yellow 
fls.  and  has  probably  been  cult,  in  America,  but  is  not 
worth  while.  Sepals  connivent  or  subpafcent;,  the  lateral 
ones  connate  with  the  short  foot  of  the  column  into  a 
mentum:  column  short:  flowering  stems  short,  few- 
leaved,  pseudobulbous.  See  Orchid. 

luteola,  Hook.  (Dendrbbium  polystachyon,  Sw.). 
Height  6-12  in.:  Ivs.  oblong-linear  or  lanceolate-oblong, 
exceeded  by  the  stem;  lip  3-lobed  to  the  middle. 

POLYSTICHUM  (Greek,  many  rows;  referring  to  the 
sori).  Polypodiacece.  A  genus  of  ferns  mostly  of  tem- 
perate regions  with  free  veins  and  the  roundish  sori 
covered  by  indusia  that  are  peltate  and  attached  to  the 
leaf  by  a  short  central  stalk.  They  are  mostly  easily 
grown  and  thrive  best  in  shade.  Some  of  the  species  do 


1396 


POLYSTICHUM 


POMEGRANATE 


1885.     Details  of  sporophylls  of 

Polystichum  acrostichoides. 

a,  sori;  b,  iudusium. 


well  in  living  rooms.  All  the  species  have  also  been 
Described  under  the  genus  Aspidium.  For  culture,  see 
Ferns. 

A.   Lvs.  simply  pinnate  throughout. 
B.   Lower  pinnce  gradually  reduced  to  mere  lobes. 

Lonchltis,  Roth.  (Aspidium  Lonchltis}.  HOLLY  FERN. 
Lvs.  9-20  in.  long,  rigid,  the  pinnae  broadly  lanceolate- 
falcate,  the  lowest  trian- 
gular.  North  Europe 
and  America,  mostly  in 
high  latitudes. 

BB.  Lower  pinnce  scarce- 
ly if  any  smaller 
than  those  above. 

acrostichoides,  Schott 
(Aspidium  acrosticho- 
ides, Swz.).  CHRISTMAS 
FERN.  Figs.  1885,  1886. 
Growing  in  dense 
crowns,  with  stalks  6-8 
in.  high,  the  pinnae  lin- 
ear-lanceolate, somewhat 
falcate,  and  serrulate 
with  appressed  teeth; 
spire-bearing  pinnae 
contracted,  with  con- 
fluent sori.  Eastern 
United  States.  —  One  of 
our  commonest  species. 

munitum,  Kaulf.  (As- 
pidium munltum, 
Kaulf. ) .  Stalks  4-12  in.  long,  chaffy  at  base  or  through- 
out; pinnae  long,  linear-acuminate,  serrate  or  doubly  ser- 
rate ;  sori  in  a  single  row  midway  from  midrib  to  mar- 
gin. Utah  northward  and  westward. 

lepidocaulon,  Hook.  Stipes  densely  clothed  with  large, 
heart-shaped  scales:  Ivs.  short,  with  12-15  pairs  of  pin- 
nae, unequal- sided,  scarcely  toothed:  sori  usually  in  two 
rows.  Japan. 

AA.  Lvs.  with  auricles  of  pinnce  forming  distinct  leaf- 
lets. 

viviparum,  Fe"e.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  4-6  in  wide,  with 
numerous  lanceolate  pinnae;  lower  basal  margin  ob- 
liquely truncate;  sori  in  2  or  4  rows.  West  Indies. 

AAA.  Lvs.  Mpinnate  in  the  lower  two-thirds, 
c.  Pinnules  auricled. 

pculeatum,  Roth.  (Aspidium  aculedtum,  Swz.).  Lvs. 
2  ft.  or  more  long,  6-8  in.  wide;  pinnules  twice  as  long 
as  wide,  with  very  conspicuous  basal  auricles.  Eu.  and 
Calif.  — P.  proliferum,  Hort.,  is  an  Australian  form  pro- 
ducing buds  on  the  leaves. 

angulare,  Willd.  Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  rather  narrowly 
lanceolate;  pinnules  nearly  triangular,  two-thirds  as 
broad  as  long,  more  or  less  incised.  Europe. 

Braunii,  Lawson.  Lvs.  18-24  in.  long,  narrowly  ellip- 
tic-lanceolate; pinnules  7-10  pairs  to  each  pinna, 
broad,  the  upper  basal  edge  parallel  with  the  rachis. 
Eu.,  and  mountain  regions  of  eastern  America. 

cc.   Pinnules  scarcely  auricled. 

Richardi,  Hook.  Lvs.  9-18  in.  long,  ovate-deltoid, 
with  12-15  pairs  of  pinnae;  pinnules  Deeply  toothed, 
texture  coriaceous.  New  Zealand. 

amabile,  Blume.  Lvs.  1  ft.  or  more  long,  6-9  in.  wide, 
•with  a  lanceolate  terminal  pinna  and  3-6  pairs  of  lateral 
ones  ;  pinnules  subrhomboidal,  the  upper  and  outer 
portions  sharply  spinulose  serrate.  India,  Japan  and 
East  Indies. 

AAAA.   Lvs.  more  than  once  pinnate  in  the  lower 
pinnce, 

Capense,  J.  Sm.  (P.  coriaceum,  Swz.).  Stalks  1-2  ft. 
long:  Ivs.  1-3  ft.  long,  subdeltoid,  the  segments  lanceo 
late  and  bluntly  lobed,  the  teeth  not  mucronate,  S, 
Africa,  S.  America  and  New  Zealand, 

aristatum,  Swz.  Stalks  scattered,  12-18  in.  long, 
scaly  below  :  Ivs.  1-2  ft.  long,  9-12  in,  wide,  3-4-pin- 


natifld,  the  lower  pinnae  largest ;  texture  firm,  glossy: 
sori  in  2  rows  near  the  midrib.     Japan  to  Ceylon  and 


Australia. 


L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 


POMADERRIS  (Greek  words  said  to  refer  to  the 
membranous  covering  of  the  fruit).  Khamnacece.  Here 
belongs  the  Victorian  Hazel,  P.  apetala.  According 
to  Bentham  this  is  a  shrub  3-6  ft.  high,  but  Von  Muel- 
ler, in  his  "Select  Extra  -  Tropical  Plants,"  says  it  is 
"a  tree  attaining  a  height  occasionally  of  60  feet,  but 
mostly  smaller,  The  foliage  is  devoured  with  avidity  by 
pasture  animals,  often  in  preference  to  ordinary  good 
feed.  The  genus  contains  several  other  large-leaved 
species."  The  genus  is  confined  to  Australia  and  New 
Zealand,  and  18  species  are  described  in  the  Flora  Aus- 
traliensis.  They  are  mostly  shrubs  with  foliage  mat- 
ted with  white  felt  beneath  and  very  small  and  numerous 
fls.  in  umbel-like  cymes  forming  terminal  panicles  or 
corymbs.  Calyx-tube  entirely  aduate  to  the  ovary,  the 
limb  5-parted,  deciduous  or  reflexed;  petals  either  con- 
cave or  flattish  or  none;  stamens  5,  the  filaments  long 
and  usually  suddenly  inflected  and  alternate  near  the  top ; 
disk  annular,  never  very  prominent;  style  3-cleft, 
rarely  almost  entire:  capsule  septicidally  3-valved. 

apetala,  Labill.  Lvs.  2-4  in.  long,  irregularly  crenate 
and  rugose:  calyx  stellate-tomentose  or  hoary,  with  a 
very  short  tube :  cymes  rather  loose,  numerous  in  much- 
branched  panicles  :  petals  none.  Australia.  Cultivated 
in  California  for  ornament.  See  Kulingia.  ^y  ^ 

POMEGRANATE,  the  vernacular  of  Punica  Grana- 
tum,  a  small  tree  of  southern  Asia,  grown  both  for 
ornament  and  for  its  edible  fruit.  Fig.  1887.  See 
Punica.  It  is  somewhat  grown  in  the  open  in  the 
southern  states,  and  also  as  a  pot-  or  tub-plant  in 
greenhouses  in  the  North. 

The  natural  habit  of  the  Pomegranate  is  of  rather 
bushy  growth,  but  by  careful  training  a  tree  15-20  ft. 
may  be  produced.  This,  however,  seems  possible  only 
in  the  extreme  southern  sections  of  the  United  States. 
A  great  many  shoots  spring  from  the  base  of  the 
plant;  these  should  be  cut  out,  as  it  is  contended  that 
they  withdraw  the  nutriment  which  should  go  to  the 
fruit-bearing  stems.  The  branches  are  slender,  twiggy, 
nearly  cylindrical,  somewhat  thorny;  Ivs.  lanceolate, 
long,  narrow,  glossy  green  and  with  red  veins;  fls.  with 
a  red  colored,  thick,  fleshy  calyx,  crowned  with  bright 
scarlet,  crumpled  petals  and  numerous  stamens.  The 
fruit  is  globular,  topped  with  a  crown-like  calyx,  and 
the  interior  consists  of  numerous  seeds  enveloped  in  a 
bright,  crimson-colored  pulp,  seeds  being  arranged  in 
segments,  separated  by  a  thin  skin,  and  very  acid  in 
the  typical  variety.  -A  cooling,  acescent  drink  is  made 


1886.   Christmas  fern— Polystichum  acrostichoides 


POMEGRANATE 


POMELO 


1397 


from  the  pulpy  seeds,  with  the  addition  of  water  and 
sugar.  This  is  much  used  at  the  South,  and  is  espe- 
cially grateful  in  fevers.  The  plant  is  injured  by  a  cold 
of  from  8  to  15°  above  zero,  hence  it  is  not  hardy  above 
the  34th  degree  of  latitude  north.  For  higher  latitudes 
it  should  be  cultivated  in  tubs,  and  given  a  conserva- 
tory during  winter.  For  some  sections  of  the  South  it 
is  used  for  hedges.  The  fruit  begins  to  ripen  about 
September  and  can  be  kept  for  several  weeks. 

The  Pomegranate  is  multiplied  by  hardwood  cuttings 
planted  in  open  ground  during  February,  or  by  layers 


1887.  Pomegranate  (X 


ana  also  oy  softwood  cuttings  during  summer.  As  the 
plant  forms  many  shoots,  these  are  often  used,  as  they 
usually  are  provided  with  rootlets. 

The  Pomegranate  is  supposed  to  have  been  intro- 
duced into  southern  Europe  by  the  Carthaginians, 
whose  Latin  name  of  "Punicus"  was  thus  given  and 
derived.  We  also  find  a  reference  in  the  sacred  scrip- 
tures. Theophrastus  described  it  300  years  before  the 
Christian  era,  and  Pliny  considered  it  one  of  the  most 
valuable  fruits,  both  as  to  its  beauty  and  medicinal 
properties.  The  bark  of  the  root  is  a  well-known  as- 
tringent employed  in  therapeutics,  in  dysentery  and 
diarrhoea;  the  rind  of  the  fruit  when  boiled  has  for 
many  generations  past  been  the  remedy  for  tenia,  and 
a  jet-black,  smooth  writing  ink  is  also  made  of  it. 

The  Pomegranate  is  a  native  of  some  parts  of  Asia, 
and  by  some  botanical  authors  is  said  to  be  also  found  in 
northern  Africa  and  China.  Although  of  such  ancient 
origin  and  cultivation,  there  are  but  few  varieties  of 
the  fruit-bearing  section  disseminated  in  this  country 
and  Europe,  but,  according  to  Firminger,  several  fine 
varieties  have  been  grown  in  Bengal  from  seed  brought 
from  Cabul,  one  being  seedless,  another  growing  to  the 
size  of  "an  ordinary  human  head,"  and  still  another  as 
large  as  a  small  shaddock. 

VARIETIES  GROWN  FOR  FRUIT. 

Acid  or  Wild.—  With  a  sharp  acid  pulp:  fruit  often  very 
large,  from  .3-4  in.  in  diam.  and  with  a  bright-colored  rind. 

Sweet.—  Fruit  usually  somewhat  smaller  than  the  Acid  and 
with  a  darker-colored  rind;  pulp  sweet. 

Subacid.—  Differs  only  from  the  Sweet  in  the  more  acidulated 
pulp. 

Spanish  Ruby.—  As  cultivated  in  Louisiana  seems  to  be 
only  a  form  of  the  Subacid.  Fruit  large  and  bright-colored 
with  deep  crimson  pulp.  It  is  considered  the  best  of  its  class. 
•'f.—A  form  of  the  Acid  variety,  of  very  low  and  bushy 
growth:  fls.  single:  fr.  from  l>£-2  in.  in  diam.;  pulp  very 
acid.  This  can  be  grown  in  a  pot,  as  it  fruits  quite  abundantly. 

All  these  varieties  are  very  ornamental  from  their  abun- 
dant yield  of  bright  scarlet  flowers,  which  are  produced  upon 
the  extremities  of  the  young  branches  of  the  same  year's 
growth.  When  the  plant  is  grown  in  a  tree  form,  the  branches 
should  be  annually  cut  back  after  the  leaves  drop. 

VARIETIES  GROWN  FOR  ORNAMENT  (NON-FRUITING). 

Double  Red.—  With  a  very  large  calyx,  from  which  protrude 
numerous  large  bright  scarlet  petals,  larger  than  those  of  the 
common  single  type.  These  are  produced  in  abundance  during 
summer  and  fall  and  resemble  a  bright  scarlet  pompon. 

Double  Yellow.—  Similar  to  the  above  in  shape  of  flowers, 
but  latter  are  of  a  pale  yellow  color. 


Double  Variegated,  or  Legrellei.—A  very  handsome  variety 
with  very  large  fls.,  the  petals  being  striped  and  mottled  with 
yellow  and  scarlet. 

Double  Dwarf,  or  Punica  nana  racemosa.—Of  dwarf 
growth,  with  bright  scarlet,  double  flowers  which  are  borne  in 
clusters.  This  is  especially  desirable  for  growing  in  pots,  as  its 
flowers  are  abundant  and  lasting.  p.  j  BERCKMANS. 

POMELO.  Also  known  as  Ptimelo,  Pumelow,  Pom- 
pelos,  Grape-fruit,  Forbidden  Fmit,  Fruit  of  Paradise; 
by  the  French  as  Pompelmouse,  and  by  the  Spanish  and 
Dutch  as  Pompelmoes.  Pomelo  is  a  contraction  of 
pom  urn  tnelo,  the  melon  apple.  Fig.  1888.  This  desir- 
able fruit  is  botanically  Citrus  Decumana  (see  p.  324, 
Vol.  I).  Macfadyen,  in  his  Flora  of  Jamaica,  made  it  a 
separate  species  under  the  name  of  Citrus  Paradisi  (see 
G.  F.  9:163),  but  this  name  has  not  been  retained.  C. 
Decumana  includes  both  the  Pomelos  and  the  Shad- 
docks. 

Citrus  Decumana  is  a  native  of  the  Malayan  and 
Polynesian  Islands,  but  is  now  extensively  cultivated  in 
India,  the  West  Indies,  Florida,  California,  and  in  most 
tropical  and  semi-tropical  countries.  It  is  a  handsome 
tree,  about  25  to  30  ft.  high,  with  suberect  branches. 
Lvs.  large,  oval  or  ovate-oblong,  crenulated,  and  usually 
emarginate,  with  scattered  pubescence  along  the  mar- 
gins; petiole  slightly  broadly  winged:  fls.  large,  white; 
stamens  16-24:  fr.  usually  pale  lemon-color,  either 
globose  or  pyriform,  the  best  varieties  being  about 
twice  the  size  of  a  good  orange;  pulp  pale  yellow  or 
greenish  white.  The  pear-shaped  form  is  not  now  cul- 
tivated, and  the  very  large,  thick-skinned  varieties  with 
coarse  flesh  are  undesirable.  One  of  the  best  varieties  of 
Pomelo  or  Grape-fruit  known  is  grown  in  the  hills  of 
Jamaica,  and  of  late  years  has  been  very  extensively 
planted  throughout  the  island.  It  is  a  fruit  about  16 
inches  in  circumference,  pale  lemon-color,  with  smooth 
skin  and  oil  glands  very  noticeable  but  below  the  surface. 
The  pulp  is  pale  yellow  or  greenish  white,  subacid  in 
flavor,  or  fairly  sweet  when  the  fruit  is  quite  ripe.  The 
fruits  are  borne  usually  in  clusters  of  from  3  to  15,  hence 
the  name  Grape-fruit  (in  clusters  or  bunches  like 
grapes),  by  which  it  is  known  in  Jamaica.  This  fruit 
commands  a  ready  sale  at  highly  remunerative  prices  in 
the  New  York  and  other  markets.  Many  varieties  t>* 


Pomelo  or  grape-fruit  (X  %). 


Pomelo  are  now  cultivated,  the  majority  of  these  having 
originated  in  California  or  Florida. 

The  Pomelo  is  much  esteemed  as  a  dessert  fruit,  and 
has  the  reputation  of  being  an  excellent  digestive.  It 
contains  sugar  and  citric  acid,  with  much  essential  oil 
in  the  peel.  In  Jamaica  this  fruit  tree  is  propagated 
from  seeds,  or  by  budding  on  the  rough  lemon  stock. 
It  grows  in  company  with  the  orange,  and  requires  the 
same  treatment;  it  is  not,  however,  so  liable  to  disease 
as  the  orange,  nor  is  it  so  much  affected  by  scale  and 
other  troublesome  insects. 


139b 


POMELO 


POMOLOGY 


Shaddock.—  Although  botanically  the  Pomelo  and 
Shaddock  are  of  one  species,  as  known  horticulturally  in 
Jamaica  they  are  very  different.  The  Shaddock  is  a 
smaller  tree  than  the  Pomelo,  with  larger  leaves,  but 
the  greatest  difference  is  in  the  fruit.  Whilst  one  is 
an  esteemed  and  valuable  dessert  fruit,  the  other  is 
hardly  ever  used,  and  is  not  exported.  There  are 
two  varieties  of  Shaddock, — one  with  a  globose  fruit 
and  flesh  of  a  pale  color,  the  other  pear  shaped,  with 
crimson  flesh.  In  both,  the  fruits  are  very  large,  often 
weighing  15  or  16  pounds;  the  rind  is  exceedingly 
thick,  the  vesicles  are  large  and  distinct,  but  the  flesh 
is  dry  and  coarse,  except  in  occasional  varieties.  The 
Shaddock  is  said  to  have  been  brought  to  the  West 
Indies  by  Captain  Shaddock. 

Hog  Shaddock. — This  variety  is  very  like  the  pear- 
shaped  Shaddock  in  appearance,  and  it  is  probably  a 
hybrid  between  the  Shaddock  and  the  citron,  or  the 
rough  lemon.  It  is  of  no  value  whatever  as  a  fruit, 
being  intensely  bitter,  but  it  is  used  for  the  purpose  of 
cleaning  floors  to  kill  fleas,  which  are  troublesome  in 
some  houses  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year.  The  Hog 
Shaddock  is  said  to  make  an  excellent  stock  on  which  to 
bud  Pomelo.  W.  HARRIS. 

THE  POMELO  IN  FLORIDA.— In  no  place  in  the  world 
has  the  culture  of  the  Pomelo  reached  such  perfection 
as  in  Florida.  Indeed,  the  improvement  of  the  fruit  and 
extension  of  its  cultivation  in  that  state  has  led  to  its 
establishment  as  an  important  commercial  fruit.  Its 
cultivation  as  a  market  fruit  has  been  extended  from 
Florida  to  California  and  Jamaica,  and  it  is  only  in  these 
localities  as  yet,  so  far  as  the  writer  is  informed,  where 
any  of  its  varieties  are  grown  on  a  commercial  scale.  In 
most  foreign  countries  the  pear-shaped  Pomelos,  or 
Shaddocks  as  they  are  more  properly  called,  are  con- 
sidered superior  to  the  round  varieties,  but  in  this  coun- 
try the  industry  has  been  built  up  with  the  round  types, 
varieties  of  which  have  been  developed  that  are  much 
sweeter  and  of  better  quality  and  flavor  than  any  of  the 
pear-shaped  forms  or  Shaddocks.  The  good  varieties 
grown  for  the  market  in  Florida  are  almost  entirely  of 
native  origin,  though  one  fairly  good  sort— the  Pernam- 
buco— was  introduced  from  South  America. 

In  Florida  the  Pomelo  is,  in  general,  cultivated  and 
manured  the  same  as  the  orange.  The  trees  grow  rather 
larger  than  the  orange,  however,  and  should  be  given 
considerable  space.  They  are  ordinarily  planted  about 
30  feet  apart.  Pomelo  seedlings  from  fruits  of  good 
quality  usually  produce  good  marketable  fruits,  but  the 
differentiation  of  varieties  has  progressed  far  enough 
so  that  advanced  horticulturists  recommend  budding  or 
grafting  in  order  to  secure  fruit  of  the  best  quality. 
(For  a  short  description  of  the  varieties  commonly 
grown  see  Citrus  Decumana.)  The  Pomelo  is  usually 
budded  either  on  its  own  stock  or  on  that  of  the  sweet 
orange  or  sour  orange.  Many  growers  think 
that  it  gives  best  results  when  budded  on 
its  own  stock,  and  this  is  very  extensively 
practiced  in  Florida.  The  Pomelo  is  more 
easily  injured  by  cold  than  the  orange, 
and  in  the  freeze  of  1894-5  in  Florida  all 
trees  in  the  northern  and  central  part  of 
the  state  were  killed  to  the  ground.  Since 
this  time  large  plantings  have  been  made  in 
southern  Florida,  and  in  a  few  years  a  much 
larger  crop  will  be  produced  than  ever  be- 
fore. Considerable  quantities  of  the  fruit 
are  also  being  produced  in  California. 

H.  J.  WEBBER. 

FOMME  BLANCHE.   Psoralea  esculenta. 


POMOLOGY  (Literally,  science  of  fruits}. 
All  those  subjects,  both  practical  and  scien- 
tific, that  have  to  do  with  the  growing  of 
fruits  are  assembled  under  the  term  Po- 
mology. It  is  synonymous  with  Fruit-grow- 
ing. There  has  been  an  effort  to  divorce 
the  terms  Pomology  and  Fruit-growing, 
making  the  former  comprise  the  scientific 
and  classificatory  subjects  and  the  latter  the 
practical  subjects;  but  such  division  is  ar- 
bitrary and  is  opposed  to  usage.  The  word 


A  pome,  as  the  term 
is  now  understood. 


"growing "  can  no  longer  be  held,  when  used   in  such 
connection,  to  designate  merely  the  planting  and  care 
of  fruit-plants,  for   all   good  practice   is  indissolubly 
associated  with  scientific  knowledge  and  theory.    Fruit- 
growing is  a  more  familiar  and  homely   term  than  the 
Latin-Greek  word  Pomology,  and  for  that  reason  it  has 
seemed  to  some   persons   to  be   less   adaptable  to  the 
formal  presentation  of  the 
knowledge  connected  with 
fruits.     It    is    significant, 
however,  that  with  the  ex- 
ception   of    Prince's    "Po- 
inological  Manual,"  none  of 
the  fruit  books  that  have 
done  much  to  mold  public 
opinion  in    America  have 
been  known  as  Pomologies, 
notwithstanding    the    fact 
that  the  greater  number  of 
idem  have  given  great  at- 
tention to  formal  descrip- 
tions   of    varieties.      The 
term  Pomology  is  founded 
on     the    Latin    pomum,   a 

word  that  was  used  generically  for  "fruit."  In  later 
Latin  it  came  to  be  associated  more  particularly  with 
the  apple-like  fruits.  The  word  is  preserved  to  us  in  the 
French pomme,  meaning  "apple, "and  in  other  languages 
of  Latin  derivation.  In  English  we  know  it  as  pome,  a 
botanical  term  used  to  designate  fruits  that  have  the 
peculiar  morphological  structure  of  the  apple  and  pear. 
This  use  of  the  term  is  explained  under  the  article  Py- 
rus.  A  pome  is  shown  in  Fig.  1889.  The  "core,"  inside 
the  light  dotted  line,  is  the  ripened  carpels;  the  flesh, 
outside  this  line,  is  the  thickened  torus  or  receptacle,  on 
the  top  of  which  the  calyx  or  "eye  "  is  borne.  However, 
the  root  of  the  word  Pomology  is  derived  from  the  Latin 
vomum  rather  than  from  the  botanical  pome. 

The  limitations  of  pomology,  as  an  art  and  science, 
depend  on  the  use  of  the  word  "fruit."  This  word,  as 
used  by  the  horticulturist,  is  impossible  of  definition. 
Products  that  are  classed  with  fruits  in  one  country 
may  be  classed  with  vegetables  in  another.  To  the 
horticulturist  a  fruit  is  a  product  that  is  closely  asso- 
ciated, in  its  origin,  with  the  flower.  As  used  in  this 
country,  a  fruit  is  the  product  of  a  bush  or  tree  or 
woody  vine,  the  most  marked  exception  being  the  straw- 
berry. Most  fruits  may  be  grouped  under  three  gen- 
eral heads,— orchard  or  tree  fruits,  vine  fruits  (of 
which  the  grape  is  the  type),  and  small  fruits.  Of  the 
orchard  fruits,  the  leading  groups  are  the  pome  fruits 
(apples,  pears,  etc.),  drupe  fruits  (peaches,  plums, 
cherries,  etc.),  and  the  citrous  fruits  (oranges,  lemons, 
etc.).  The  species  of  fruits  that  are  fairly  well  known 
in  North  America  are  not  less  than  150,  but  the  impor- 
tant commercial  species  are  not  more  than  40. 


1890.   Apple  orchard  at  bearing  aere,  as  seen  in  the  northeastern  states* 


POMOLOGY 


POMOLOGY 


1399 


Fruit-growing  is  the  most  important  and  charac- 
teristic horticultural  interest  of  North  America.  In 
fact,  North  American  pomology  may  justly  be  said  to 
be  the  best  and  most  progressive  in  the  world  if  excel- 
lence is  measured  by  commercial  standards,  quantity  of 
product,  and  the  quickness 
and  precision  with  which 
scientific  theory  and  discov- 
ery are  applied  to  it.  Most 
remarkable  examples  of  the 
quick  assimilation  and  ap- 
plication of  theoretical 
teachings  are  afforded  by 
the  readiness  with  which 
fruit-growers  within  the  last 
decade  have  adopted  the 
ideas  associated  with  tillage, 
spraying,  pollination,  ferti- 
lizing and  pruning.  Yet, 
great  as  have  been  the  ad- 
vances, progress  has  only 
begun:  one  advance  leads 
to  another.  Pictures  of  typi- 
cal American  fruit-planta- 
tions may  be  found  under 
Grape,  Horticulture,  Olive, 
Orange,  New  York,  Peach, 
Plum,  etc.,  and  others  are 
shown  in  Figs.  1890-1895. 

The  American  ideals  in 
Pomology  are  quite  unlike 
the  European.  The  Ameri- 
can aims  at  uniformity  over 
large  areas.  The  European 

gives  more  attention  to  special  practices,  particularly  in 
training  of  fruit-trees.  This  is  well  illustrated  in  Amer- 
ican nurseries  as  contrasted  with  European  nurseries 
(see  Nursery).  The  American  merely  prunes  his  fruit 
trees  in  the  nursery:  he  does  not  train  them.  The 
American  ideal  in  nursery  stock  is  shown  in  Fig.  1896. 
See  Pruning. 

In  nearly  all  parts  of  the  country  the  extension  of 
fruit-growing  is  the  most  radical  change  of  base  now 
taking  place  in  farming  operations.  '  This  growth  of 
the  fruit  business  is  possible,  because  the  consumption 
of  fruit  is  increasing  amongst  all  people,  the  facilities 
for  transportation  have  been  improved,  scientific  dis- 
covery has  insured  the  production  of  good  crops,  and 
because  many  other  kinds  of  farming  have  been  rela- 
tively unprofitable.  Unfortunately,  there  are  no  com- 
plete statistics  yet  published  of  the  pomological  re- 
sources of  the  United  States  or  Canada. 

Whilst  the  phenomenal  development  of  American 
pomology  has  been  due  in  great  measure  to  climatic  and 


of  the  Cultivation  of  Fruit  Trees  "  in  1817,  and  followed 
by  Thacher's  "American  Orchardist"  in  1822.  These 
pioneer  writings  gave  much  of  their  space  to  orchard 
management,  with  little  mere  compilation  of  descrip- 
tions of  varieties.  Subsequent  volumes,  for  nearly 


1891.  Young  plum  orchard,  showing  clean  tillage  and  high- 
heading. 

Some  growers  head-in  vigorous  young  trees  like  the 
above,  but  others  prefer  to  let  them  take  their  natural 
course,  keeping  the  heads  open  rather  than  thick  and 
flose.  Neither  method  is  best  under  all  circumstances. 
See  Pruning. 

economic  conditions,  it  also  has  been  hastened  by  book 
writings.  No  less  than  fifty  authors  have  contributed 
books  of  greater  or  less  size,  either  on  the  general  sub- 
ject or  on  special  fruits,  beginning  with  Coxe's  "View 


1892.   Double  planting,  showing  bush-fruits  growing  between  the  trees. 

This  is  to  be  discouraged  as  a  general  practice,  but  it  may  be  successful  when  high  culture 
and  extra  care  are  given. 

fifty  years,  were  in  large  part  compilations  and  colla 
tions  of  accounts  of  varieties.  To  this  latter  class 
belong  the  works  of  Prince,  Kenrick,  Downing,  Thomas, 
Warder.  It  is  only  in  the  present  time  that  we  have 
come  to  treat  the  subject  fundamentally,  by  giving  the 
weight  of  discussion  to  principles  of  orchard  manage- 
ment. For  further  discussion  of  books,  see  the  article 
Horticulture. 

The  evolution  of  our  pomology  is  well  illustrated  in 
the  radical  change  of  ideals  within  the  last  quarter 
century.  These  new  points  of  view  may  be  arranged 
conveniently  under  seven  general  heads: 

1.  The  most  important  point  of  view  connected  with 
our  commercial  pomology  is  the  fact  that  there  is  a 
horticultural  industry  as  distinguished  from  a  general 
agricultural  industry.  At  the  opening  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  our  agriculture  was  more  or  less  homo 
geneous,  largely  because  the  extent  of  it  was  limited 
and  because  there  was  little  demand  for  other  than 
the  few  staple  commodities.  The  horticulture  of  that 
time  was  confined  chiefly  to  a  small  area  about  the 
homestead.  A  few  vegetables,  flowers  and  fruits  in  a 
small  plantation,  with  here  and  there  a  single  green- 
house, represented  the  horticultural  effort  of  the  time. 
At  the  present  day  we  conceive  of  whole  states  and 
of  entire  geographical  areas  as  horticultural  regions. 
Persons  now  buy  farms  with  the  explicit  purpose  of  de- 
voting them  to  the  production  of  fruits  or  other  horti- 
cultural products.  Even  fifty  years  ago  horticulture 
was  largely  an  amateur's  avocation,  but  to-day  it  is  one 
of  the  leading  commercial  occupations  of  the  country, 
and  the  most  important  single  factor  in  it,  in  America, 
is  pomology.  With  this  rise  of  the  horticultural  indus- 
tries came  a  demand  for  new  knowledge  respecting  a 
host  of  subjects  which  were  undreamed  of  even  as  late 
as  a  half  century  ago.  The  cotemporary  progress  in 
pomology  is  largely  a  breaking  away  from  the  old 
ideals.  Those  persons  who  are  still  laggards  are  the 
ones  who  are  holding  to  the  point  of  view  of  a  genera- 
tion ago.  Practices  that  were  good  enough  for  amateur 
purposes,  or  for  the  incidental  and  accidental  fruit- 
growing of  our  fathers,  may  be  wholly  inadequate  to  the 
new-time  conditions.  At  the  opening  of  the  century 
there  was  practically  no  commercial  orcharding.  The 
apple  was  grown  somewhat  extensively  in  many  parts  of 
the  country,  particularly  in  New  England,  but  it  was 
used  chiefly  for  the  making  of  cider.  Small-fruit  grow- 
ing, as  a  business,  had  not  developed.  In  fact,  com- 
mercial strawberry-growing  may  be  said  to  have  begun 


1400 


POMOLOGY 


POMOLOGY 


1893.  A  vineyard  of  American  grapes  (New  York). 

Picking-crates  are  shown  in  the  foreground. 

with  the  introduction  of  the  Hovey  in  1836,  although 
there  were  market  plantations  of  small  extent  about 
some  of  the  larger  towns.  The  commercial  culture  of 
blackberries  and  rasp- 
berries, although  it  be- 
gan about  the  middle  of 
the  century,  did  not  ac- 
quire distinct  import- 
ance until  after  the 
reaction  from  the  Civil 
War.  The  very  fact  that 
there  is  a  horticultural 
industry  is  a  most  im- 
portant innovation  in 
our  agricultural  status. 
2.  With  the  rise  of 
commercial  pomology 
there  have  developed  all 
those  questions  which 
are  related  to  market- 
ing. The  new  market 
ideals  cluster  about 
three  centers:  (1)  The 
demand  for  special  pro- 
ducts for  special  uses, 

(2 )  the  growing  demand 
for  small  packages,  and 

(3)  the  remarkable  evolution  of  transportation  facili- 
ties, and  of  cold  storage.   There  has  arisen  an  increased 
desire  for  special   grades  and  for  particular  kinds  of 
fruit.    The  fruits  that  were  current  fifty  years  ago  may 
not  be  good  enough  for  the  markets  of  to-day.     Com- 
mercial pomology  rests  on  the  fact  that  more  people  are 
consuming  fruits.    Many  of  these  people  buy  only  in 
small  lots  for  present  consumption.    They  go  to  the 
market  often.    They  have  no  facilities  for  storing  the 
fruit,  and  they  do  not  buy  for  the  purpose  of  selling. 
Therefore  the  small  package  has  come  to  be  increas- 
ingly   more    important.    Fig.    1897.    Within   the    last 
twenty-five  years  there  has  been  an  increasing  demand 
for  a  package  that  can  be  given  away  with  the  fruit. 
This  demand  for  the  small  and  individual  package  may 
be  expected  to  increase  with  all  the  better  kinds  of 
fruits  or  with  those  that  appeal  to  the  personal  cus- 
tomer.   This  is  true  in  all  lines  of  trade.    Twenty-five 
years  ago  boots  and  shoes  were  distributed  in  large 
board  cases,  but  now  each  pair  is  sold  in  a  neat  card- 
board box.    We  are  still  too  conservative  in  respect  to 
the  handling  of  apples  in  barrels.    In  the  general  trade 
and  for  the  staple  varieties  of  apples  the  barrel  may  be 
the  best  package,  but  for  the  personal  customer  and 
particularly  with  all  the   finer  or  dessert  varieties,  a 
small  package  must  come   into  use.    It  is,   in  fact, 
a  question  whether  the  bushel  box  would  not  be  better 
for  even  the  staple  apple  trade.     In  most  parts  of  the 
world,  except  in  the  central  and  eastern  part  of  the 
United  States,  apples  are  not  handled  in  barrels.    The 


1894.  Harvest  time  in  the  apple  orchard. 


very  fact  that  the  grower  must  give  attention  to  his 
package  as  well  as  to  the  growing  of  his  crop,  forces 
him  to  adopt  a  new  point  of  view  in  his  fruit-grow- 
ing. 

3.  Modern  commercial  orcharding  has  developed 
the- tillage  ideal.  Under  the  old  regime  the  tree  was 
able  to  take  care  of  itself  and  to  bear  a  produce  good 
enough  to  meet  the  uncritical  demands.  Nowadays, 
however,  the  tree  must  receive  the  very  best  of  care, 
for  we  desire  annual  crops  of  great  quantity  and  of 
the  best  quality.  Therefore  the  plant  must  be  sup- 
plied with  abundance  of  plant-food  and  moisture. 
Time  was  when  it  was  thought  that  the  mere  appli- 
cation of  chemical  plant-food  to  the  soil  would  be 
sufficient  to  make  a  plant  productive.  It  is  now  un- 
derstood, however,  that  plant-food  is  only  one  of  the 
requisites  of  good  growth.  The  soil  must  be  deep 
and  loose  and  fine,  so  that  it  will  hold  moisture  and 
promote  all  those  chemical  and  biological  activities 
which  make  the  land  productive.  In  former  times 
the  best  attention  in  tillage  was  given  to  the  annual 
crops.  The  orchard  was  usually  in  neglect.  This 
was  because  the  fruit  plantation  had  small  commer- 
cial importance.  Now  that  the  fruit  plantation  has 
risen  to  first  importance,  in  many  cases,  it  must  be 
given  as  good  care  as  any  farm  crop.  In  recent 
years  there  has  been  great  development  of  special 
tools  and  implements  for  the  tillage  of  orchard  lands. 
Greater  attention  is  given  to  the  original  preparation  of 

the  land,  so  that  plant- 
ers no  longer  ask  how 
large  the  hole  must  be 
to  receive  a  tree,  but 
accept  Warder's  advice 
that  the  hole  should  be 
as  large  as  the  orchard. 
The  philosophy  of  or- 
chard tillage,  as  un- 
derstood by  the  best 
teachers  and  for  most 
parts  of  the  country,  is 
(1)  to  prepare  the  land 
thoroughly  at  the  out- 
set, (2)  to  give  frequent 
light  surface  tillage  in 
the  early  part  of  the  sea- 
son or  until  the  crop  is 
nearly  or  quite  grown, 
and  then  (3)  to  cover  the 
land  with  some  crop 
that  will  remain  on  the 
ground  over  winter  and 
can  be  plowed  under  in 

spring.  If  the  land  has  been  well  prepared  it  is  not 
necessary  to  plow  it  deep  after  the  first  two  or  three 
years,  unless  one  is  turning  under  a  heavy  cover-crop. 


1895.   Lunch  time  in  the  apple  harvest. 


POMOLOGY 


POMOLOGY 


1401 


The  surface  tilth  may  be  secured  by  breaking  the  top- 
soil  early  in  spring  with  a  cutaway  harrow,  gang  plow 
or  other  surface-working  tools.  This  may  not  be  pos- 
sible, however,  on  very  heavy  lands.  The  cover-crop 
adds  humus  and  protects  the  land  from  puddling  and 
baking  in  the  winter.  If  it  is  a  leguminous  crop"  it  also 
adds  a  store  of  available  nitrogen.  It  is  possible,  in 
many  cases,  to  use  cover-crops  so  freely,  particularly 
of  the  leguminous  kind,  that  the  land  becomes  too  rich 
in  nitrogen  and  the  fruit  plants  make  too  heavy  growth. 
Usually  the  cover-crop  is  plowed  under  in  spring  at  the 
very  earliest  opportunity  in  order  to  save  the  soil  moist- 
ure. It  is  by  no  means  the  universal  practice  to  use 
cover-crops  on  fruit  lands,  but  the  idea  has  come  to 
stay,  and  the  grower  may  adopt  it  or  not  as  his  judg- 
ment dictates.  In  order  to  facilitate  the  economical 
and  efficient  tillage  of  fruit  lands,  it  is  coming  to  be  the 
practice  to  devote  the  land  wholly  to  the  fruits.  With 
plums  and  pears  and  some  other  orchard  fruits,  it  is 
often  allowable  to  use  the  land  for  the  first  two  or  three 
years  for  annual  crops,  but  these  crops  should  gradu- 
ally diminish  and  every  caution  should  be  taken  that 
they  do  not  interfere  with  the  care  of  the  trees.  Apple 
orchards,  when  the  spaces  are  40  feet  apart,  may  be 
cropped  for  six  or  eight  years  without  injury,  providing 
good  tillage  and  other  efficient  treatment  are  given. 
One  reason  for  allowing  orchards  to  stand  in  sod  in  the 
old  times  was  that  it  was  difficult  to  plow  beneath 
full-grown  trees.  Those  persons  who  desired  to  plow 
and  till  their  orchards,  therefore,  advocated  very  high 
pruning.  The  difficulty  with  these  old  orchards  was 
the  fact  that  the  land  was  allowed  to  run  into  dense 
sod.  Heavy  plowing  in  an  old  orchard  indicates  that 
the  plantation  has  been  neglected  in  previous  years. 
Orchards  that  have  been  well  tilled  from  the  first  do 
not  require  much  laborious  tillage,  and  the  roots  are 
low  enough  to  escape  tillage  tools.  In  recent  times, 
there  has  been  an  evolution  of  tillage  tools  which  will  do 
the  work  without  necessity  of  pruning  the  tops  very 
high.  Within  the  last  ten  years,  at  least  in  the  eastern 
states,  the  practice  of  tilling  orchards  has  increased 
rapidly.  At  first  it  was  advised  by  a  few  growers  and 
teachers,  but  the  movement  is  now  so  well  established 
that  it  will  take  care  of  itself,  and  in  the  commercial 
orchards  of  New  York  state,  at  least,  the  man  who  does 
not  till  his  orchard  is  the  one  who  needs  to  apologize. 
On  the  Pacific  coast,  the  importance  of  tillage  is  uni- 
versally recognized,  because  of  the  dry  summer  cli- 
mate. The  necessity  of  tilling  orchards  has  forced  a 
new  ideal  on  the  pomologist;  and  when  he  goes  to  the 
expense  of  tilling  he  feels  the  necessity  of  giving 
sufficient  care  in  other  directions  to  insure  profitable 
returns  from  his  plantation. 

4.  More   and   more,   as  competition   increases,  is   it 

ary  to  give  attention  to  pruning.  It  is  unfortu- 
nately true  that  trees  will  bear  without  pruning.  This, 
therefore,  puts  a  premium  on  neglect.  The  old  practice 
allowed  the  tree  to  grow  at  will  for  three  or  four  years 
and  to  become  so  full  of  brush  that  the  fruit  could  not 
be  well  harvested,  and  then  the  top  was  pruned  vio- 
lently. The  result  was  that  the  tree  was  set  into  redun- 
dant" growth  and  was  filled  with  water-sprouts.  This 
tended  also  to  set  the  tree  into  wood-bearing  rather 
than  into  fruit-bearing.  By  the  time  the  tree  had  again 
settled  down  to  fruit-bearing  the  orchardist  went  at  it 
with  ax  and  saw  and  a  good  part  of  the  top  was  taken 
away.  It  is  now  understood  that  the  ideal  pruning  is 
that  which  prunes  a  little  every  year  and  keeps  the  tree 
in  a  uniformly  healthy  and  productive  condition.  The 
pruning  of  trees  has  now  come  to  be  a  distinct  ideal,  and 
this  ideal  must  gain  in  definiteness  and  precision  so 
long  as  fruit  trees  are  grown.  See  the  article  Pruning. 

5.  Now  that  there  is  demand  for  the  very  best  prod- 
ucts, it  is  increasingly  more  important  that  fruits  be 
thinned.     The  thinning  allows  the  remaining  fruits  to 
grow  larger  and  better,  it  saves  the  vitality  of  the  tree, 
and  it  gives  the  orchardist  an  opportunity  to  remove  the 
diseased  specimens  and  thereby  to  contribute  something 
toward  checking  the  spread  of  insects  and  fungi.    Thin- 
ning is  exceedingly  important  in   all  fruits  that  are 
essentially  luxuries,  as  peaches,  apricots  and  pears.     It 
is  coming  also  to  be  more  and  more  important  for  apples 
and  for  others  of  the  cheaper  fruits.    In  the  thinning  of 


fruits,  there  are  always  two  rules  to  be  kept  in  mind: 
(1)  Remove  the  injured,  imperfect  or  diseased  speci- 
mens; (2)  remove  sufficient  fruit  so  that  the  remaining 
specimens  stand  at  a  given  distance  from  each  other. 
How  far  apart  the  fruit  shall  be,  will  depend  on  many 


1896.   The  American  ideal  in  nursery  stock.— large,  straight, 
uniform,  high-topped  trees. 

conditions.  With  peaches  it  is  a  good  rule  not  to  allow 
them  to  hang  closer  than  four  or  five  inches  (sometimes 
7  or  8  in.),  and  in  years  of  heavy  crops  they  may  be 
thinned  more  than  this.  This  amount  of  thinning  often 
removes  two  -  thirds  of  the  fruits.  It  nearly  always 
gives  a  larger  bulk  of  fruit,  which  brings  a  higher  price. 


1402 


POMOLOGY 


POMOLOGY 


Thinning  is  usually  performed  very  early  in  the  season, 
before  the  vitality  of  the  tree  has  been  taxed. 

6.  Spraying  of  fruit  plantations  has  now  come  to  be  a 
definite  ideal.     Within  the  last  ten  years  it  has  come  to 
be  an  established  orchard  practice;  no  good  orchardist 
is  now  without  his  spraying  apparatus  any  more  than 
he  is  without  his  tillage  tools.   When  spraying  was  first 
advised,  the  practice  seemed  to  be  so  revolutionary  that 
great  emphasis  had  to  be  laid  on  its  importance  in  order 
to  induce  people  to  undertake  it;  therefore  it  may  have 
been  emphasized  more  than  its  importance  justified. 
This,  however,  is  necessary  with  all  new  enterprises. 
How  and  when  to  spray  and  what  materials  to  use  are 
matters  that  will  always  be  discussed,  because  the  prac- 
tices must  vary  with  the  season,  the  kind  of  fruit,  the 
geographical  region,  the  insects  and  fungi  to  be  com- 
bated.    Spraying  may  not  be  necessary  every  year,  and 
certainly   not  equally   necessary   in   all    geographical 
regions;  but  the  fact  that  spraying  is  necessary  as  a 
general  orchard  practice  is  now  completely  established. 
Fig.  1898.    See  Spraying. 

7.  Perhaps  the  most  gratifying  modern  development 
in  our  pomology  is  the  demand  for  instruction  in  funda- 
mental principles.   Years  ago,  the  pomologist  was  satis- 
fied if  he  had  definite  directions  as  to  how  to  perform 
certain  labor.    He  was  told  what  to  do.    At  the  present 
time,  the  pomologist  wants  to  be  told  what  to  think. 
There  seems  to  be  a  tendency  in  horticultural  meetings 
to  drop  the  discussion  of  the  mere  details  of  practice 
and  to  give  increasingly  more  attention  to  the  funda- 
mental reasons  and  the  results  that  are  to  be  expected 
from  any  line  of  practice.   Knowing  why  a  thing  should 
be  done  and  what  the   results   are  likely  to  be,  the 
pomologist  can  work  out  the  details  for  himself,  for 
every  fruit  plantation  and  every  farm  is  a  law  unto 
itself. 

SYSTEMATIC  POMOLOGY.— The  classifying  and  describ- 
ing of  the  kinds  of  fruits  is  a  particular  kind  of  pomolo- 
gical  knowledge  that  is  left  to  specialists,  who  are  for  the 
most  part  writers.  With  the  augmentation  in  numbers  of 
varieties,  it  becomes  increasingly  more  important  that 
the  most  careful  attention  be  given  to  describing  them 
and  to  assembling  them  into  their  natural  groups  in  or- 
der that  similar  kinds  may  be  compared  and  that  it  may 
be  possible  to  determine  the  name  by  analyzing  the  spe- 
cimen. Necessarily,  all  classificatory  schemes  for  varie- 
ties are  very  imperfect  since  the  varieties  often  differ 
by  very  slight  characters,  and  these  characters  may 
vary  in  different  regions  and  under  varying  conditions. 
Theoretically  the  most  perfect  classification  is  one 
that  considers  characters  of  flowers  as  well  as  of 
fruits,  but  such  schemes  are  usually  impracticable  be- 


1897.  The  small  gift  fruit  package.— Scene  at  a  railway  station. 

cause  fruit-growers  cannot  secure  flowers  and  fruits  at 
the  same  time.  For  examples  of  classificatory  schemes 
the  reader  may  consult  the  various  fruit  manuals,  but 
the  following  examples  will  show  something  of  the 
range  and  method  connected  with  the  problem: 


The  following  is  John  J.  Thomas'  scheme  for  classi- 
fying peaches : 

Division  I.    FREESTONES  or  MELTERS. 
Class  I.    Flesh  pale  or  light-colored. 

Section  I.      Leaves  serrated,  without  glands. 

Section  II.    Leaves  crenate,  with  globose  glands. 

Section  III.  Leaves  with  reniform  glands. 
Class  II.    Flesh  deep  yellow. 

Section  I.     Leaves  crenated,  with  globose  glands. 

Section  II.  Leaves  with  reniform  glands. 
Division  II.    CLINGSTONES  or  PAVIES. 
Class  I.    Flesh  pale  or  light-colored. 

Section  I.      Leaves  serrated,  without  glands. 

Section  II.     Leaves  crenate,  with  globose  glands. 

Section  III.  Leaves  with  reniform  glands. 
Class  II.    Flesh  deep  yellow. 

Section  I.     Leaves  serrate,  without  glands. 

Section  II.  Leaves  with  reniform  glands. 
Class  III.    Flesh  purplish  crimson. 

Section  I.  Glands  reniform. 

Following  is  John  A.  Warder's  scheme  for  classifying 
apples,  adopted  "after  a  long  and  careful  consideration 
and  study  of  this  subject."    See  Fig.  1899. 
Class  I.    Oblate  or  flat,  having  the  axis  shorter  than  the  trans- 
verse diameter. 
Order  I.    Regular. 
Order  II.  Irregular. 
Section  1.    Sweet. 
Section  2.    Sour. 

Subsection  1.    Pale  or  blushed,  more  or  less,  but  self- 
colored  and  not  striped. 
Subsection  2.    Striped  or  splashed. 
Subsection  3.    Russeted. 

Class  II.    Conical,  tapering  decidedly  toward  the  eye,  and  be- 
coming ovate  when  larger  in  the  middle  and  tapering  to 
each  end,  the  axil  diameter  being  the  shorter. 
Orders  I  and  II. 
Sections  1  and  2. 

Subsections  1,  2  and  3. 

Class  III.    Round,  globular  or  nearly  so,  having  the  axial  and 
transverse    diameters    about    equal,   the    former   often 
shorter  by  less  than  one-quarter  of  the  latter.    The  ends 
are  often  so  flattened  as  to  look  truncated,  when  the 
fruit  appears  to  be  cylindrical  or  globular-oblate. 
Orders,  Sections  and  Subsections  as  above. 
Class  IV.    Oblong,  in  which  the  axis  is  longer  than  the  trans- 
verse diameter,  or  appears  so.    These  may  also  be  trun- 
cate or  cylindrical. 
Orders,  Sections  and  subsections  as  above. 

Robert  Hogg's  classification  of  Pears  ("Fruit  Man- 
ual," 5th  ed.,  London)  is  as  follows: 

A.  The  length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to  the  base  of  the 
cells  greater  than  from  the  base  of  the  cells  to  the  base  of  the 
eye. 

Section  1.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to  the  base  of 
the  eye  greater  than  the  lateral  diameter. 

Section  2.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to  the  base  of 
the  eye  less  than  the  lateral  diameter. 

Section  3.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  of 
the  base  of  the  eye  equal  to  the  lateral  diameter. 

B.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to  the  base 
of  the  cells  less  than  from  the  base  of  the  cells  to  the 
base  of  the  eye. 

Section  1.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to 
the  base  of  the  eye  greater  than  the  lateral  dia- 
meter. 

Section  2.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to 
the  base  of  the  eye  less  than  the  lateral  diameter. 

Section  3.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to 
the  base  of  the  eye  equal  to  the  lateral  diameter. 

C.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to  the  base 
of  the  cells  equal  to  that  from  the  base  of  the  cells  to 
the  base  of  the  eye. 

Section  1.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to 
the  base  of  the  eye  greater  than  the  lateral  diam- 
eter. 

Section  2.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to 
the  base  of  the  eye  less  than  the  lateral  diameter. 

Section  3.  Length  from  the  base  of  the  stalk  to 
the  base  of  the  eye  equal  to  the  lateral  diameter. 

A  stable  and  attractive  systematic  pomology 
must  give  careful  attention  to  the  names  of  va- 
rieties.  In  North  America  much  has  been  done, 
particularly  under  the  auspices  of  the  Ameri- 
can Pomological  Society,  to  simplify  and  cod- 
ify the  ideas   associated  with  the  nomencla- 
ture of  fruits.    The  latest  set  of  rules  for  the  naming 
of  horticultural  varieties  is  that  proposed  by  the  Cor- 
nell Horticulturists'  Lazy  Club,  and  first  published  in 
American  Gardening  Oct.  15,  1898  (see  also  Waugh's 
pamphlet  on  "Horticultural  Nomenclature") : 


POMOLOGY 


POMOLOGY 


1403 


•'•."•V  ./Jf# 

«3G 


1.  The  names  of  a  variety  of  fruit  shall  consist  of  one  word, 

W  laTln  seSnTnames,  simplicity,  distinctiveness  and  con- 
venience  are  of  paramount  importance.  Pitmaston  Green 
Gage  and  Louise  Bonne  de  Jersey  are  neither  simple  nor 
convenient.  Gold,  Golden,  Golden  Drop,  Golden  Beauty  and 
Golden  Prune,  all  given  to  different  varieties  of  plums,  are 


1898.  Various  spraying  rigs. 

1.  A  tall  platform  rig, -to  enable  one  to  spray  very  hieh  trees.    2.  A  simple  barrel  outfit  for  small  orchards  and 
small  trees.    3.  Compressed  air  outfit.    4.  A  low  rig,  with  barrel. 

PROPOSED  CODE  FOR  POMOLOGICAL  NOMENCLATURE.  suture,  or  the  groove  on  the  side  of  plums  and  other 

fruits;  corrugated  or  furrowed  sides. 

If  descriptions  are  to  be  accurate  and  comparable, 
they  should  characterize  all  the  leading  or  designative 
attributes  of  the  fruit,  and  to  a  less  extent  of  the  plant 
as  a  whole.  Many  persons  who  are  called  on  to  describe 
varieties  have  adopted  "forms "or  regular  outlines,  in 
order  that  all  characterizations  in  any  one  fruit  shall  be 
comparable.  The  following  forms,  adopted  by  Professor 

(b)  The  use  of  such  general  terms  as  seedling,  hybrid,  pip-        Craig,  illustrate  the  points  that  a  good  description  should 
pin,  buerre,  damson,  etc.,  is  not  admissible. 

(c)  Nouns  must  not  be  used  in  the  possessive  form.    Me- 

Intosh's  Red,  Crawford's  Early,  Bubach's  No.  5,  must  be        flame 

written  Mclntosh  Red,  Crawford  Early  and  Bubach.  form  ^ze 

The  name  of  no  living  horticulturist  should  be  applied  to 
a  variety  without  his  consent.  cavity stem 

(d)  Numbers  are  to  be  considered  only  as  temporary  expe- 
dients, to  be  used  while  the  variety  is  under  trial.  suture apex 

(e)  An  author  publishing  a  new  variety  should  use  the        sjc^n  color 
name  given  by  the  originator,  or  by  the  introducer,  or  else 

should   choose  the  oldest  discoverable  local  name,  provid-        flesh juice 

ing  such  name  may  be  conformed  to  these  rules  without  loss 

of  identity.  8tone quality 

2.  In  the  full  and  formal  citation  of  a  variety  name,  the        flavor season 

name  of  the  author  who  first  published  it  shall  also  be  given. 

(a)  Names  would  then  take  such  forms  as  the  following:  TREE 

Summer  Queen,  Coxe,  or  Sophie  (J.  W.  Kerr,  Cat.,  1894);  or  GENERAL  NOTES 

America,  Burbank.  New  Creations,  1898,  p.  5. 

(b)  It  is  expected  that  such  citations  of  names  will  be  used        

only  in  elaborate  works  on  pomology,  in  scientific  publica- 
tions, or  in  cases  where  they  are  necessary  for  clear  discrimi •. 

nation  of  synonyms. 

Priority. 

3.  No  two  varieties  in  the  same  group  shall  have  the  same  

name.  ;uid  the  name  first  published  for  a  variety  must  always  Specimens  received  from Describedby Date 

be  used  to  designate  it.    All  names  subsequently  published 

must  stand  as  synonyms.  CHERRY Cfroup. 

(a)  The  term  "group"  as  here  used  shall  be  held  to  desig- 
nate the  large  general  groups  specified  by  words  in  common 
language,  such  as  raspberry,  plum,  apricot.  \arne 

Publication.  8ize ...form... 

4.  Pxiblication  consists  in  the  public  distribution  of  a  printed  7 

name  and  description,  the  latter  giving  distinguishing  char-  or skin 

acters  of  fruit,  tree,  etc.,  or  in  the  publication  of  a  new  name  cavity  stem 

for  a  variety  properly  described  elsewhere. 

(a)  Such  a  publication  may  be  made  in  any  book,  bulletin,  basin calyx 

report,    trade    catalogue  or  periodical,  providing  the  issue 

bears  the  date  of  its  publication,  and  is  generally  distributed  fle8tl quality 

among  nurserymen,  fruit-growers  and  horticulturists.  texture  core 

Revision.  seed... 

5.  No  one  is  authorized  to  change  a  name  for  any  reason  ex- 
cept when  it  conflicts  with  these  rules.  

TREE 

There  are  relatively  few  special  technical  terms  used  GENERA  I 
in  the  descriptions  of  pomological  fruits.     The  greater 

part  of  them  pertain  to  the  pome  fruits.     The  diagrams        

(Pigs.  1899,   1901)    illustrate    some    of    these    terms: 
Spherical,  nearly  or  quite  globular,  the  two  diameters 

being  approximately  equal;  conical,  longitudinal  diame 

ter  equaling  or  exceeding  the  transverse  diameter,  and        

the  shoulders  or  apex  somewhat  narrowed;  ovate,  broad- 
conical,  the  base  more  rounded;   oblong,  longitudinal 

diameter  distinctly  the  longer,  but  the  fruit  not  tapering;        APPLE 

oblate,  distinctly  flattened  on  the  ends.     In  Fig.  1900  is 

shown  the  typical  form  of  the  pear,  a  shape  known  as  The  sources  of  American  pomology  — of  the  species 

pyriform.     In  the  true  Japanese  or  Sand  pears,  the  and  races  of  fruits  that  we  cultivate— are  chiefly  four: 

fruit  is  usually  apple-form.  (Fig.  1680. )  In  Fig.  1901  are  (1)  Original  or  early  importations  of  western  Asian  and 

shown  special  parts  of  the  fruit:    basin,  the  depression  European  fruits;   (2)  oriental  types,  from  the  China- 

at  the  apex,  in  which  is  the  calyx  or  eye;  cavity,  the  Japanese  region;   (3)  the  introduction  in  recent  years  of 

depression  at  the  base,  in  which  is  the  stem  or  stalk;  fruits  from  the  Russian  region  ;    (4)  the  development 


1404 


POMOLOGY 


POMOLOGY 


of  native  species.  In  the  first  group  are  included  the 
prevailing  types  of  apples,  pears,  quinces,  cherries,  do- 
mestica  plums,  olives,  currants,  some  of  the  gooseber- 
ries. In  the  second  group  are  citrous  fruits,  peaches, 
apricots,  Japanese  plums,  kaki,  and  others,  many  of 
them  having  come  to  us  by 
way  of  Europe.  In  the  third 
class  — the  Russian  fruits- 
are  types  of  orchard  fruits 
of  such  recent  introduction 
amongst  us  that  we  have 
not  yet  ceased  disputing 
about  their  merits  and  de- 
merits ;  therefore  a  special 
review  of  the  subject  is 
made  below.  The  fourth 
class— the  native  fruits— in- 
cludes the  grapes  of  the  east- 
ern states,  blackberries, 
raspberries,  many  gooseberries,  strawberries  (of  Chilean 
origin),  many  plums,  cranberries,  and  a  few  apples. 
Histories  of  these  fruits  may  be  found  in  the  writer's 
"Sketch  of  the  Evolution  of  our  Native  Fruits." 

L.  H.  B. 

RUSSIAN  FRUITS. — The  Russian  apples  and  their  close 
relatives,  the  Siberian  crabs  and  their  hybrids,  consti- 
tute the  hardiest  types  of  pomaceous  fruits  in  cultiva- 
tion. It  was  the  demand  for  hardy  varieties  for  the 
northwestern  states  and  Canada  that  led  to  their  whole- 
sale introduction  into  this  country. 


uted  throughout  Ohio,  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota.  It 
would  appear  that  during  the  last  half  century  —  which 
practically  covers  the  pomological  history  of  the  West— 
the  periodicity  of  "hard''  or  "test"  winters  has  been 
more  or  less  regular.  When  the  normal  or  "mild" 


/-^ 


1900.   The  pyriform  shape,  typical  of  the  fruits  of  Pyrus 
communis. 


Historical. — There  are  four  varieties  of  Russian  ap- 
ples that  may  be  looked  on  as  American  pioneers;  these 
are  Alexander,  Tetofsky,  Duchess  (Borovitsky)  and 
Red  Astrachan.  These  varieties  were  imported  by  the 
Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society  from  the  London 
( England )  Horticultural  Society  about  1835.  They 
were  brought  to  England  from  Russia  in  the  early  part 
of  the  last  century  by  the  executive  of 
the  latter  society.  Dr.  Hogg  is  author- 
ity for  the  statement  that  Alexander 
was  cultivated  for  50  years  in  England 
prior  to  1808.  Robert  Manning,  super- 
intendent of  the  test  garden  of  the 
Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society 
at  Salem,  described  these  varieties 
from  home-grown  American  specimens 
in  1839.  Their  productiveness  and  the 
handsome  appearance  of  the  fruit  at- 
tracted attention.  Through  the  efforts 
of  Dr.  Warder  and  other  western  po- 
mologists  they  were  rapidly  distrib- 


1899.   The  forms  of  fruits. 
Showing,  respectively,  spherical,  conical,  ovate,  oblong  and  oblate  forms. 


winter  obtains,  the  apples  of  the  New  England  states  or 
their  descendants  do  not,  as  a  rule,  suffer  injury  except 
in  the  colder  parts  of  Minnesota.  These  mild  winters 
have  followed  each  other  with  delusive  regularity  for 
periods  of  ten,  fifteen  or  eighteen  years.  Under  these 
conditions  fruit-growers  have  been  prone  to  efface  from 
their  memories  the  effects  of  the  last  "test  winter  "  and 
have  planted  freely  of  the  American  type.  With  this 
type  have  been  usually  mingled  Alexander,  Oldenburg 
and  Red  Astrachan.  It  has  been  invariably  noted  that 
after  the  visitation  of  an  exceptionally  cold  winter 
varieties  of  the  Oldenburg  or  Alexander  types  were 
usually  unharmed,  while  Greening,  Janet,  and  Baldwin 
were  killed.  "Test  winters"— the  name  has  more  or 
less  local  adaptation  in  the  West— visited  the  north- 
western states  in  1855-6,  1872-3,  1885-6,  and  lastly  in 
1898-9.  Thus  it  is  that  Oldenburg  (Duchess)  has  be- 
come a  standard  of  hardiness  among  apples  in  the 
colder  parts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Impor- 
tations of  cions  were  made  by  nurserymen  and  fruit- 
growers between  1867  and  1875,  but  the  main  introduc- 
tion was  made  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
in  1870  at  the  urgent  request  of  the  State  Agricultural 
Society  of  Minnesota,  which  began  the  agitation  as 
early  as  1867.  This  importation  consisted  of  young 
trees  secured  through  the  cooperation  of  Dr.  Edward 
Regel,  director  of  the  Imperial  Botanic  Gardens  at  St. 
Petersburg.  The  trees  were  planted  on  the  grounds 
of  the  Agricultural  Department  at  Washington.  The 
collection  consisted  of  about  300  varieties.  They  were 
taken  charge  of  by  the  late  William  Saunders,  superin- 
tendent of  gardens  and  grounds.  All  available  cions 
were  cut  and  distributed  annually  for  five  years.  They 
attracted  considerable  attention  in  the  colder  apple- 
growing  regions.  Subsequent  importations  of  cions 
and  trees  were  made  by  the  Iowa  Agricultural  College 
between  1875  and  1880.  In  1882  Charles  Gibb,  of  Ab- 
botsford,  Canada,  accompanied  by  Prof.  J.  L.  Budd,  of 
the  Iowa  Agricultural  College,  went  to  Russia  and  spent 
the  summer  in  investigating  these  fruits.  Large  impor- 
tations of  apples,  plums,  pears  and  cherries  followed. 
In  these  later  importations  the  east-European  fruits 
were  collected  without  discrimination,  and  in  most  in- 
stances have  been  erroneously  regarded  in  this  country 
as  authentic  Russians. 

Apples:  Characteristics  and  Nomenclature .  —  It  is 
now  very  difficult  to  say  which  are  Russian  apples  and 
which  German,  Polish  or  Swedish.  If  we  were  to  select 
the  Astrachan  variety  as  a  type  of  the  Riissian  apple, 
which  in  all  probability  would  be  a  correct  basis,  only 


1901.   Illustrating  special  terms  used  in  describing  fruits. 
Showing,  respectively,  basin,  cavity,  suture,  corragation. 


POMOLOGY 


POMOLOGY 


1405 


a  comparatively  small  number  of  varieties  could  be 
grouped  about  it.  But  this  is  only  one  of  the  several 
apparently  authentic  groups  which  might  be  erected 
upon  certain  characteristics  of  tree.  In  addition  to 
Astrachan  we  might  cite  (1)  Hibernal  type:  trees  vigor- 
ous growers,  with  open  spreading  tops,  and  very  large, 
leathery  leaves.  (2)  Oldenburg  type:  moderate  growers, 
with  compact,  round-topped  heads;  Ivs.  of  medium  size. 
(3)  Longfield  type:  slow  growers;  branches  horizontal 
or  pendulous;  Ivs.  whitish  and  woolly  underneath. 
The  Longfield  apple,  now  one  of  the  most  popular  of 
the  Russians,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1902.  (4)  Transparent 
and  Tetof sky  type:  trees  pyramidal;  bark  yellow,  with 
numerous  spurs;  Ivs.  large,  light  green.  (5)  Anis  type: 
trees  upright,  spreading  or  vase-shaped;  Ivs.  medium, 
veins  reddish.  It  would  seem  reasonable  to  suppose 
that  the  Anis  family  was  derived  from  the  Astrachan 
type.  The  flesh  of  the  fruit  of  the  various  types  is  very 
similar. 

These  represent  the  principal  types  of  Russian 
apples.  The  fruit  they  bear  in  this  climate  matures  in 
the  summer,  autumn  or  early  winter.  It  does  not  ap- 
pear that  any  of  the  especially  hardy  varieties  of  un- 
doubted north  or  east  Russia  origin  are  winter  kinds 
when  grown  in  the  Mississippi  valley.  Such  late-keep- 
ing kinds  as  give  promise  of  commercial  value  appear 
to  have  originated  in  the  Baltic  provinces  or  to  have 
been  transported  at  an  early  date  from  the  countries  tr> 
the  west.  These  types— the  Synaps  for  instance— have 
characteristically  small  leaves,  slender  twigs,  and  are 
less  hardy  than  members  of  the  groups  cited  above. 

The  "bloom,"  or  glaucous  covering,  of  the  Russian 
apple  is  characteristic.  It  does  not  persist  to  the  same 
extent,  however,  under  all  climatic  conditions.  In  east- 
ern Quebec  it  fails  to  develop  to  the  same  extent  that  it 
does  under  the  drier  atmospheric  conditions  of  the  east- 
ern states.  As  additional  proof  that  this  pruinose  bloom 
is  an  immediate  climatic  effect,  we  have  but  to  com- 
pare the  Colorado  Spy  with  that  grown  in  New  York. 
The  smooth,  thin  skin  and  abundant  bloom  of  the  Colo- 
rado apple  is  characteristic  in  a  greater  or  less  degree 
of  all  varieties  produced  in  the  dry  regions  adjacent 
to  the  Rockies,  as  it  is  of  the  Russian  apples  in  the 
more  arid  portions  of  that  country. 

The  names  of  Russian  apples  are  much  confused. 
There  is  no  pomological  society  in  Russia  to  assist  the 
fruit-grower  in  eliminating  synonyms;  on  the  other 
hand,  the  factors  conducive  to  confusion  are  strongly  in 
evidence.  These  are  illiteracy  on  the  part  of  the  grower 
and  the  practice  of  propagating  fruit  trees  from  the 
seed  instead  of  by  grafting.  Gibb  says  "nomenclature 
in  Russia  is  hopelessly  confused.  Different  names  are 
given  to  the  same  apples  in  different  localities,  the 
same  name  to  different  apples  growing  in  adjacent 
districts." 

Fruit-growers  of  the  West,  realizing  that  Americans 
should  have  a  uniform  system,  at  least  in  the  nomen- 
clature of  these  varieties,  called  a  meeting  made  up  of 
interested  representatives  of  the  fruit-grower's  asso- 
ciations of  South  Dakota,  Minnesota,  Iowa  and  Wis- 
consin. These  delegates,  collectively  styled  the  "Rus- 
sian Apple  Nomenclature  Commission,"  met  at  La 
Crosse,  Wis.,  Aug.  30-31,  1898.  They  decided  that  it 
would  be  wise  to  attempt  a  grouping  to  be  based  upon 
"family  resemblance."  In  accordance  with  this  the  fol- 
lowing statement  was  adopted:  "The  varieties  here 
grouped  as  members  of  the  same  families,  while  in  a 
few  cases  differing  somewhat  in  characteristics  of  tree, 
are  so  nearly  identical  in  fruit  that  for  exhibition  and 
commercial  purposes  they  are  practically  the  same  and 
should  be  so  considered."  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  a 
commission  on  nomenclature  should  take  such  a  radical 
stand  as  this,  because  the  characteristics  of  a  variety 
cannot  be  changed  by  voting  to  call  it  by  the  same  name 
as  the  other  member  of  the  group  which  it  most 
resembles  and  almost,  though  not  quite,  duplicates. 
The  trend  of  modern  pomology  is  to  preserve  small 
differences,  to  differentiate  rather  than  blend.  The  work 
of  the  future  will  consist  in  large  part  in  studying 
small  differences  with  a  view  of  finding  closer  adapta- 
tions. The  propriety  of  ignoring  Russian  nomenclature 
and  the  rule  of  priority  is  questionable,  but  in  a 
measure  is  defensible  on  the  grounds  of  a  confused 


Russian  nomenclature  and  the  unpronounceableness  of 
Russian  names.  The  findings  of  the  committee  have  on 
the  whole  met  with  the  approval  of  those  interested  in 
Russian  apples. 


1902.   Longfield,  one  of  the  popular  Russian  apples 


Cherries.  —  These,  next  to  the  apples,  constitute  the 
most  clearly  defined  group  of  Russian  fruits;  yet  many 
cherries  commonly  called  Russian  are  in  reality  Polish, 
Silesian  or  German.  The  typical  cherry  of  northern  Rus- 
sia is  represented  by  the  Vladimir  type.  Fig.  1903.  This 
was  first  introduced  into  America  as  a  distinct  variety. 
Later  importations  and  experience  demonstrated  that 
Vladimir  was  a  type,  not  a  variety.  This  type  appears 
to  have  been  grown  in  Russia  for  centuries  from  seed 
and  sprouts.  In  this  way  a  special  class  has  been  de- 
veloped. The  Vladimir  type  is  characterized  by  its 
dwarf  stature—  5-8  feet  high—  its  peculiarly  rounded 
and  compact  top,  its  dark  red,  meaty-fleshed  fruit. 
Koslov-morello  is  evidently  a  light-colored  juicy  variety 
of  Vladimir.  The  characteristics  of  the  tree  are  the 
same  as  Vladimir,  although  when  grown  from  seed  in 
this  country  the  seedlings  exhibit  considerable  varia- 


1903.  Vladimir,  one  of  the  typical  Russian  cherries  (X  %). 
The  fruit  is  somewhat  tapering  to  the  stein. 

tion.  The  amarelles  and  weichsels  of  Germany  have 
been  grown  in  Russia  for  centuries,  generally  from  seed, 
and  have  b^ome  specialized  forms.  Cherries  of  the 
Vladimir  and  Koslov-morello  types  are  the  hardiest  of 


1406 


POMOLOGY 


POPE'S    HEAD 


the  cherries.  The  Vladimirs  have  not,  as  a  rule,  been 
productive  in  this  country.  The  fruit-buds  appear  to 
be  sensitive  to  cold  and  as  easily  injured  as  some  of  the 
recognized  tender  types  of  cherries.  Although  the  trees 
are  hardy,  the  introduction  of  this  type  has  not  extended 
the  area  of  commercial  cherry-growing  in  this  country 
farther  north  than  the  regions  already  outlined  by  the 
profitable  cultivation  of  Early  Richmond. 

Plums.  —  The  plums  imported  from  Russia  do  not 
differ  materially  from  those  of  the  domestica  type  in 
cultivation  in  this  country.  The  trees  are  probably 
somewhat  hardier  than  Lombard  or  Green  Gage,  but 
the  fruit-buds  are  subject  to  winter  injury  wherever 
Lombard  is  uncertain.  In  the  main  they  have  been  un- 
productive. Among  the  most  widely  tested  varieties  are 
Early  Red,  Moldavka  and  Merunka,  all  of  the  Lombard 
type.  See  Figs.  1853-5. 

Pears, — These  are  hardy  handsome  trees,  but  none 
bear  fruit  of  good  quality.  Where  blight  is  prevalent 
they  are  extremely  susceptible;  while  uninjured  by  ex- 
treme cold,  blight  kills  them  off  rapidly.  Among  the 
hardiest  of  the  class  are  Bessimianka  (meaning  seed- 
less, which  is  only  partly  true),  Gakovsky  and  Tonko- 
vietka.  These  thrive  wherever  the  climate  admits  of 
the  cultivation  of  the  Oldenburg  apple.  The  fruit 
ripens  in  August,  and  rots  at  the  core  if  allowed  to 
mature  on  the  tree. 

Apricots  were  brought  to  Nebraska  and  Kansas  by 
Russian  Mennonites  about  twenty-five  years  ago.  A 
few  of  those  named  and  distributed  are  likely  to  be 
retained  in  the  fruit  lists  of  the  West. 

Russian  mulberries  (Fig.  1904)  have  been  widely 
sold  as  fruit-bearing  plants  by  enterprising  agents,  but 
their  use  to  the  fruit-grower  should  be  restricted  to 
hedging  and  the  formation  of  wind-breaks.  For  these 
purposes  they  are  valuable  in  the  colder  and  more  rig- 
orous regions. 

Peaches.  — So-called  hardy  Russian  peaches  are  sold, 
but  they  really  belong  to  Bokara  or  Turkestan.  The 
peaches  of  the  Baltic  provinces  do  not  differ  essentially 
from  the  ordinary  Persian  strain  in  form  or  hardiness. 

The  introduction  of  the  Russian  fruits  has  given  us 
hardy  types  from  which  to  breed  varieties  for  northern 
latitudes.  In  Iowa,  Minnesota  and  Wisconsin  this  work 
is  under  way.  Seedlings  and  hybrids  are  appearing 
each  year,  which  may  be  considered  valuable  additions 
to  the  fruit  lists  of  these  regions. 

Literature.  —  But  two  books  appear  to  have  been 
written  on  Russian  pomology  up  to  1868,  one  by  Nicolai 
Krasno  Glasov,  1848,  the  other  by  Dr.  Regel,  director  of 
the  Imperial  Botanic  Gardens,  St.  Petersburg,  in  1868. 
The  latter  is  called  "Russkaya  Pomologaya."  It  con- 


1904.   Russian  mulberry  (X 
The  plant  is  very  variable  in  character  of  f  ruit  and  in  shape  of 
leaves.    See  Morus. 

tains  a  description  of  225  varieties  of  apples,  nearly 
all  of  Russian  origin.  A  wood-cut  of  each  appears,  in 
addition  to  144  colored  plates.  Gibb  calls  it  "a  grand, 
good  fundamental  work."  American  literature  on  Rus- 
sian fruits  is  mainly  confined  to  three  sources:  the 
reports  of  the  Montreal  Horticultural  Society,  publica- 


tions of  the  Division  of  Pomology,  Department  of  Ag- 
riculture, Washington,  and  Bulletins  of  the  Horticul- 
tural Department  of  the  Iowa  Agricultural  College.  To 
Charles  Gibb,  Abbotsford,  Can.  (Quebec),  we  are  in- 
debted for  the  faithful  and  accurate  translation  of  the 
names  given  in  the  collection  imported  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  in  1870.  This  was  adopted  by  the 
American  Pomological  Society  in  1885.  JOHN  CRAIG. 

POND-APPLE  is  Anona  glabra.  Pond  Lily.    Nuphar. 
Pond-weed.    Potamogeton. 


1905.  Pickerel-weed— Pontederia  cordata. 

PONTEDERIA  (G.  Pontedera  was  an  Italian  botanist, 
1688-1757).  Pontederiacece.  According  to  Engler  (DC. 
Monogr.  Phaner.  4,  p.  531)  there  are  two  species  of 
Pontederia.  P.  cordata,  with  several  varieties,  occurs 
in  both  North  and  South  America;  P.  rotundifolia  is 
native  from  Nicaragua  to  Argentina.  Perennial  herbs 
of  bogs  and  ponds,  with  strong  horizontal  rootstocks, 
short  spikes  of  showy  blue  flowers  and  mostly  cordate- 
oblong  or  ovate  mostly  shining  leaves.  The  North 
American  P.  cordata,  Linn.,  PICKEREL-WEED  (Fig.  1905), 
is  common  east  of  the  Plains  region  on  the  borders  of 
ponds  and  along  the  margins  of  slow  streams.  It  is  a 
strong-growing  perennial,  standing  in  clumps  and  send- 
ing up  several  strong  stems  (from  well-established 
plants)  2-4  ft.  tall,  each  stem  bearing  1  cordate-ovate 
leaf-blade  and  usually  several  leaf-sheaths:  fls.  light 
blue,  somewhat  2 -lipped,  with  6  linear -oblong  and 
spreading  lobes,  the  middle  upper  lobe  yellow-spotted 
at  the  base  inside;  stamens  6,  trimorphous;  ovary  with 
3  locules,  2  of  which  develop  no  seeds:  fr.  a  1-seeded 
utricle.  Pontederias  are  well  worth  cultivation  in  bog 
gardens  and  shallow  ponds,  and  P.  cordata  is  offered 
by  dealers  in  native  plants.  It  thrives  best  in 
water  10-12  in.  deep.  It  transplants  with  ease. 
Propagated  mostly  by  division.  It  grows  as  far 
north  as  Nova  Scotia  and  Minnesota,  and  there- 
fore is  perfectly  hardy  in  all  parts  of  the  coun- 
try. B.M.  1156.  G.W.F.45.  Mn.  7:1.  V.  2:196; 
3:336.  For  P.  crassipes,  see  Eichhornia  speciosa. 

L.  H.  B. 

PONTHIEVA  glanduldsa  is  a  West  Indian  terrestrial 
orchid  with  small  greenish  flowers.  It  was  advertised  in 
1881  by  E.  Gillett,  of  Southwick,  Mass.,  but  it  is  prob- 
ably not  hardy  North,  and  does  not  appear  to  be  in  the 
trade  now.  It  is  figured  in  B.M.  842  as  Neottia  gland- 
ulosa. 

POOR  MAN'S  WEATHER  GLASS.  Anagallis  ar- 
vensis. 

POOR  ROBIN'S  PLANTAIN.    Erigeron  bellidifoliu* , 
POP  CORN.     See  Corn. 
POPE'S  HEAD.     Melocactus. 


POPINAC 


POPULUS 


1407 


POPINAC  is  Acacia  Farnesiana. 

POPLAR.     See  Populus. 

POPLAR,  YELLOW.    Liriodendron. 

POPPY.  Papaver.  California  P.  is  Eschscholzia. 
Celandine  P.  Stylophorum.  Corn  P.  Papaver  Bhoeas. 
Horned  P.  is  Glaucium.  Opium  P.  is  Papaver  somni- 
fermn.  Prickly  P.  See  Argemone.  Shirley  P.  is  the 
finest  strain  of  Papaver  Wioeas.  Tulip  P.  Hunne- 
mannia.  Welsh  P.  See  Meconopsis  Cambrica. 

POPPY  MALLOW  is  CaUirhoe. 


1906.    Staminate  catkins  of  Populus  tremuloides  (X 


POPULUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  POPLAR.  ASPEN. 
From  20  to  25  soft-wooded  trees  of  mostly  small  or 
medium  size  in  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  which, 
with  Salix,  comprise  the  family  Salicdcece.  The  Poplars 
are  dioecious,  with  both  staminate  and  pistillate  flowers 
naked  and  in  slender  mostly  drooping  catkins  in  which 
the  scales  are  cut  or  cleft  at  the  apex:  stamens  few  or 
many,  usually  numerous,  on  distinct  filaments :  pistillate 
fls.  comprising  a  single  1-loculed  mostly  sessile  ovary 
with  short  style  and  2-4  often  lobed  long  stigmas :  fr. 
a  small  2-4-valved  capsule,  containing  cottony  seeds: 
Ivs.  alternate,  stalked,  mostly  broad:  buds  scaly,  often 
resinous.  The  Poplar  of  lumbermen  is  the  tulip-tree. 
(See  Liriodendron.) 

The  Poplars  are  amongst  the  easiest  of  all  trees  to 
grow.  They  grow  readily  from  hardwood  cuttings,  as 
willows  and  currants  do.  The  weeping  varieties  are 
grafted  head-high  on  erect  kinds,  P.  grandidentata 
being  much  used  as  a  stock.  Poplars  thrive  in  almost 
any  soil,  although  the  Cottonwood  is  most  at  home  in 
lowlands  and  along  streams,  at  least  in  the  East.  For 
shelter-belts  they  are  very  useful  because  of  their  rapid 
growth  and  great  hardiness.  In  the  prairie  states  some 
of  the  Russian  Poplars  (particularly  the  form  known 
as  P.  Certinensis)  are  now  popular,  because  they  with- 
stand the  trying  winters.  The  Poplars  are  also  useful 
for  temporary  shelter  for  other  trees  and  bushes.  In 
this  respect  the  common  Aspen  (P.  tremuloides)  is  one 
of  the  most  valuable  of  all  trees  in  the  reforestation  of 
American  lands.  It  springs  up  quickly  in  clearings, 
and  during  its  comparatively  short  life  holds  the  soil 
and  protects  other  vegetation  and  finally  contributes  its 
own  substance  to  the  maintenance  of  the  stronger 
forests.  In  this  way  it  has  exerted  a  most  powerful 
effect  upon  the  configuration  of  our  forest  areas  and 
upon  the  fertility  of  the  land  from  remote  time.  The 
same  qualities  make  it  valuable,  in  many  instances,  in 
extensive  ornamental  plantings. 

The  fault  in  the  planting  of  Poplars  is  the  tendency 
to  plant  too  many  and  to  allow  them  to  give  character 
to  the  place.  About  summer  resorts,  for  example, 
Poplars  and  willows  are  used  much  too  freely.  They 
give  the  place  a  look  of  cheapness.  They  are  planted  in 


such  places  because  they  grow  rapidly  and  thrive  in  un- 
favorable conditions;  but  it  is  better  to  use  them  for 
temporary  effects,  allowing  better  trees,  that  are  planted 
with  them,  gradually  to  take  their  places.  The  legiti- 
mate use  of  Poplars  in  ornamental  grounds  is  the  pro- 
duction of  minor  or  secondary  effects.  As  a  rule,  they 
are  less  adapted  to  isolated  planting  as  specimen  trees 
than  to  use  in  composition, — as  parts  of  general  groups 
of  trees,  where  their  characters  will  serve  to  break  the 
monotony  of  heavier  foliage.  The  Poplars  are  gay 
trees,  as  a  rule,  especially  those,  like  the  Aspens,  which 
have  a  trembling  foliage.  Their  leaves  are  bright  and 
the  tops  thin.  A  few  of  them  in  judicious  positions 
give  a  place  a  sprightly  air.  This  is  particularly  true 
of  the  common  Aspen,  or  Populus  tremuloides,  of  our 
woods  (Figs.  1906,  1916).  Its  light  dancing  foliage  and 
silver-gray  limbs  are  always  cheering  and  its  autumn 
color  is  one  of  the  purest  golden  yellows  of  our  land- 
scapes. It  is  well  to  have  a  tree  of  it  standing  in  front 
of  a  group  of  maples  or  evergreens.  Its  whole  attitude 
is  then  one  of  familiarity. 

The  Cottonwood  is  perhaps  the  best  of  all  our  Poplars 
as  a  single  specimen.  It  makes  a  noble  tree,  spreading 
its  gray  branches  far  and  wide.  But  like  the  Aspen,  it 
is  cheerful  and  restive.  One  is  not  moved  to  lie  under 
it,  as  he  is  under  a  maple  or  an  oak.  Its  leaves  rustle 
with  the  lightest  movement  of  air.  The  ripple  of  its 
foliage  recalls  the  play  of  wavelets  on  a  pebbly  shore. 
The  day  is  never  so  dark  but  the  Cottonwood  reflects  a 
flood  of  light. 

Some  of  the  forms  of  the  black  Poplar  of  Europe 
are  especially  satisfactory  for  the  production  of  lively 
effects  in  planting.  Of  these,  none  is  better  than  the 
form  known  to  nurserymen  as  Populus  elegans.  It  has 
a  most  pleasing  light  and  tremulous  foliage,  the  effect 
of  which  is  heightened  by  a  twiggy  character  of  growth 
and  a  reddish  cast  to  the  leaf-stalks  and  young  shoots. 
It  is  an  elegant  tree,  and  well  adapted  to  planting  in 
front  of  heavier  foliage  in  the  most  conspicuous  part 
of  the  grounds. 

Some  of  the  silver-  or  white-leaved  Poplars  produce 
the  most  striking  contrasts  of  foliage,  especially  if  set 
near  darker  trees.  Belles'  Poplar  (Populus  Bolleana 
of  the  nurseries)  is  one  of  the  best  of  these  trees.  Its 
habit  is  something  like  that  of  the  Lombardy.  The 
upper  surface  of  the  deeply  lobed  leaves  is  dark  dull 
green,  while  the  under  surface  is  almost  snowy  white. 
Such  emphatic  trees  as  this  should  generally  be  par- 


1907.  A  good  clump  of  Lombardy  Poplar. 

tially  obscured,  by  planting  them  amongst  other  trees  so 
that  they  appear  to  mix  with  the  other  foliage,  or  else 
they  should  be  seen  at  some  distance.  Other  varieties 
of  the  common  white  Poplar  or  Abele  are  occasionally 
useful,  although  most  of  them  sprout  badly  and  may 
become  a  nuisance.  The  Lombardy  Poplar  is  probably 


1408 


POPULUS 


POPULUS 


the  most  striking  and  distinct  tree  that  is  suited  to 
planting  in  the  North.  As  single  specimens  scattered 
here  and  there  in  mixed  plantings,  or  when  seen  over 


1908.  Populus  viminalis  above  and 
P.  angustifolia  below  (X  M). 


or  behind  buildings,  it  may  be  most  picturesque  and 
satisfactory;  but  the  tendency  is  to  plant  it  too  freely. 
Fig.  1907.  The  very  fact  that  it  is  emphatic  is  the 
reason  why  it  should  be  planted  sparingly  when  artistic 
effects  are  desired.  The  catkins,  particularly  the 
staminate  ones,  are  usually  attractive,  as  they  appear 
in  early  spring;  but  they  are  of  short  duration.  In  the 
following  account,  the  species  are  distinguished  by 
characters  of  foliage  and  habit,  as  these  are  the  features 
chiefly  known  to  horticulturists.  The  following  sketch 
includes  all  the  Poplars  known  to  be  offered  by  Ameri- 
can nurserymen.  Some  of  the  Japanese  and  Siberian 
forms,  however,  are  in  need  of  careful  study.  One  of 
the  forms  known  as  "Japanese  Poplar"  may  be  referable 
to  P.  sitaveolens,  Fiech.,  a  species  which  is  united  with 
P.  balsamifera  by  some  authors.  P.  suaveolens  is 
native  to  Amurland  and  Japan.  For  literature,  see 
Wesmael,  DC.  Prodr.  16,  pt.  2,  pp.  323-331;  Sargent, 
Silva  of  North  America,  vol.  9  (quoted  below  as  S.'S.) ; 
Bailey,  Bull.  68,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.,  from  which  the  fol- 
lowing account  of  the  cultivated  species  is  adapted. 


acuminata,  2. 
alba,  12. 
angustifolia,  2. 
argentea,  12. 
Atheniensis ,  9. 
balsamifera,  1,  ! 
Bereolensis,  6. 
betulifolia,  7. 
Bolleana,  12. 
Canadensis,  5. 
eandicans,  3. 
canescens,  7,  12, 
Carolina,  5. 
Caroliniana,  5. 
Carolinensis,  5. 
Certinensis,  6. 
crispa,  1. 


deltoides,  5. 
dilatata,  1. 
Dudleyi,  1. 
elegans,  7. 
fastigiata,  7. 
Grceca,  9,  10. 
grandidentata,  10. 
heterophylla,  10. 
Hudsonica,  7. 
intermedia,  3. 
Italica,  7. 
latifolia,  3. 
laurifolia,  3,  6. 
Lindleyana,  1. 
macrophylla,  3. 
monilifera,  5. 
nigra,  7,  10. 


nivea,  12. 
Nolestii,  3. 
Ontariensis,  3. 
Pannonica,  7. 
Petrovski,  6. 
Polonica,  1. 
pyramidalis  1,  7. 
pyramidata,  7. 
rotundifolia,  11. 
salidfolia,  1. 
Sibirica,  3. 
Sieboldi,  11. 
Simonii,  4. 
tremula,  8. 
tremuloides,  9. 
viminalis,  1. 
Wobsky,  3. 


A.    Terminal  buds  large  and  long,  glutinous-sticky  and 

with  a  balsamic  odor.— BALSAM  POPLARS. 

B.    Petioles  terete  or  channelled  (not  flattened), 

c.   Sranchlets  sharply  angled. 

1.  viminalis,  Lodd.  (P.  Lindleyana,  Booth.    P.  salici- 
fdlia,  crispa,  Dudleyi,  pyramidalis  suaveolens,  Hort. 
P.    balsamifera,  var.   viminalis,   Loud.).      Fig.    1908. 
Small  or  medium-sized  tree,  of  slender  growth  and  with 
a  somewhat  weeping  habit  when  old:  Ivs.  broad-lanceo- 
late, willow-like,  finely  serrate,  often  crinkled  on  the 
margin.     Asia.  — This  is  very  like  the  native  Populus 
angustifolia,  which   it  represents    in   Europe,   but  is 
readily  distinguished  by  its  angled  or  furrowed  stems, 
and  less  tapering  and  crisped  leaves  which  are  conspic- 
uously finely  reticulated  and  whitened  beneath.    The 
color  of  its  foliage  is  grayish  green,  and  in  this  respect 
it  affords  a  contrast  to  the  native  species.    P.  angusti- 
folia seems  to  be  rather  the  better  tree  of  the  two,  al- 
though the  viminalis  has  a  more  striking  appearance. 

cc.   J3ranchlets  terete  (or  sometimes  grooved  on  strong 

growths). 
D.   Leaves  long  and  narrow. 

2.  angustifdlia,  James.    Fig.  1908.    Small  pyramidal 
or  conical  tree  (reaching  60  ft.  in  the  wild),  with  slen- 
der twigs  and  small  buds,  and  soft  clear  green  foliage: 
Ivs.  small  for  the  genus,  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate, 
short-stalked,  green  on  both  surfaces,  finely  and  evenly 
serrate :  catkins  short,  densely  flowered  :  ovary  some- 
what 2-lobed.     Interior  region  from  Assiniboia  to  Ne- 
braska and  Arizona,  and  westward.    S.S.  9:492.  — Com- 
mon street  tree  in  parts  of  the  West,  and  sometimes 
planted  in  the  East  for  ornament.  — A  related  species  of 
similar  ranges  is  P.  acuminata,  Rydberg,  differing  in 
having  long-petioled,   rhomboid-lanceolate,   acuminate 
Ivs.,  which  are  serrate  only  at  the  middle.    It  will  prob- 
ably appear  in  cultivation. 

DD.   Lvs.  mostly  broad-lanceolate  to  ovate  or  rounded. 

3.  balsamifera,  Linn.    BALSAM  POPLAR.    TACMAHAC. 
Fig.  1909.     Tall  upright  tree,  with  a  narrow  straight 
top :  Ivs.  thick  and  firm,  erect,  whitened  beneath,  usually 
smaller  than  in  most  other  Poplars  of  this  group,  in 
shape  ovate-lanceolate  or  oval,  tapering  towards  the  top 
and  sometimes  at  the  base,  finely  and  obtusely  toothed, 
dark  green  above,  but  whitish  or  rusty  beneath:  catkins 


1909.   Populus  balsamifera  (X  K). 

drooping,  slender  but  rather  densely  fld.,  appearing  in 
very  early  spring.  Newfoundland  to  British  Columbia, 
and  southward  into  the  northern  tier  of  states;  Asia. 


POPULUS 


POPULUS 


1409 


S.S.  9:490.  — The  native  form  is  occasionally  seen  about 
farm  buildings  and  roadsides,  where  it  makes  a  durable 
and  interesting  tree;  but  it  is  rather  too  stiff  for  the 
pleasantest  effects  and  too  narrow  for  the  best  shade. 
The  dull  whiteness  of  the  under  side  of  the  leaves  af- 


1910.  Populus  balsamifera,  var.  latifolia  (X 


fords  a  pleasant  variety  and  contrast  in  its  foliage,  and 
the  fragrance  of  the  resinous  buds  in  spring  is  agreeable 
to  most  persons.  It  is  a  desirable  tree  for  occasional 
planting,  but,  like  the  Lombardy,  it  generally  appears 
to  best  advantage  when  placed  amongst  other  trees.  It  is 
a  hardier  tree  than  the  Lombardy,  and  does  not  run 
quickly  to  such  extravagant  heights.  In  cultivation 
from  Russian  sources,  it  is  known  as  Nos.  16  and  26 
Voronesh  and  32  Riga.  The  Balsam  Poplar  is  probably 
the  most  variable  of  Poplars.  In  cultivation  in  this 
country  it  is  represented  by  at  least  three  well-marked 
botanical  varieties,  differing  from  the  species  and  from 
each  other  in  the  habit  of  growth,  shape  and  color  of 
leaves  and  character  of  twigs. 

Var.  intermedia,  Loudon  (P.  laurifblia  of  American 
horticulturists,  not  of  botanists.  P.  Sibirica  pyrami- 
ddlis,  Hort.).  A  comparatively  slow-growing  tree  of 
close,  upright  habit:  Ivs.  very  thick  and  hard,  finely  ser- 
rate, oval  in  outline,  and  prominently  whitened  beneath, 
commonly  rather  small  for  this  group:  twigs  hard  and 
cylindrical.  N.  Asia.  —  It  is  considered  to  be  a  valuable 
tree  for  hot  and  dry  interior  climates;  and  it  also  has 
distinct  merit  for  ornamental  planting.  It  eventually 
becomes  a  large  tree.  The  Populus  lauri  folia  and  P. 
Sibirica  pyramidalis  of  American  nurserymen  are, 
apparently,  only  minor  variations  of  this  type.  These 
trees  are  amongst  the  recent  introductions  of  Russian 
Poplars. 

Var.  latifdlia,  Loudon  (P.  NoUstii  and  P.  Wobsky, 
Hort.).  Fig.  1910.  Includes  forms  with  ovate  or  cor- 
date-ovate rather  blunt-pointed  leaves,  cylindrical  twigs 
(or  slightly  ridged  on  strong  shoots)  and  the  general 
habit  of  the  Balsam  Poplar.  Asia.  —  The  Ivs.  are  usually 
large  and  thick,  shining  green  above  and  dull  white  be- 
neath, in  shape  and  texture  somewhat  like  the  next 


1911.   Populus  balsamifera,  var.  candicans  (X  1-5). 

variety.  The  Nolestii  Poplar  is  now  sold  by  eastern 
nurserymen  as  an  ornamental  tree.  Its  strong  habit  and 
dark  foliage  adapt  it  admirably  to  planting  near  the  rear 
borders  of  grounds.  The  Wobsky  Poplar  is  one  of  the 
recent  Russian  introductions,  with  somewhat  the  habit 


of  a  cherry  tree,  and  is  much  prized  in  the  Northwest. 
The  Rasumovskoe  Poplar  appears  to  be  of  the  same  type. 
Var.  candicans,  Gray  (P.  candicans,  Ait.  P.  Ontari- 
tnsis  and  P.  macrophylla,  Hort.).  BALM  OF  GILEAD. 
Fig.  1911.  Strong-growing  spreading  native  tree,  fre- 
quently planted,  and  esteemed  for  its  vigor  and  hardi- 
ness and  the  resinous  fragrance  of  its  large  buds  in 
spring-time:  Ivs.  broad  and  heart-shaped,  green  above 
and  veiny  and  rusty-white  beneath,  the  leaf-stalk  usu- 
ally hairy  and  somewhat  flattened.  New  Brunswick  to 
N.  J.  and  W.  to  Minn.  S.S.  9:491.  Gn.  29,  pp.  125,  126. 
—  It  is  very  different  from  the  Balsam  Poplar  in  method 
of  growth,  as  it  has  none  of  the  pyramidal  or  spire-like 
tendency  of  that  species,  but  usually  makes  a  broad  and 
irregularly  spreading  top.  While  the  tree  is  common  in 
cult.,  it  is  rare  wild.  In  the  early  days,  however,  it  was 
found  in  very  large  trees  in  Michigan  and  other  western 
states,  and  was  used  for  sawing  timber;  and  small  iso- 
lated natural  groves  of  it  are  still  to  be  seen.  The 
Balm  of  Gilead  makes  a  good  street  tree,  and  is  perhaps 
the  best  of  the  Poplars  for  shade.  Well-grown  trees 
have  the  darkest  and  richest  foliage  of  any  common 
Poplar,  and  this  character  makes  the  tree  valuable  in 
heavy  groups  about  the  borders  of  a  place.  The  top  is 
liable  to  become  open  and  broken  with  age,  however, 


1912.  Populus  deltoides  below.  P.  laurifolia  above  (X  V±\ 

and  the  tree  often  sprouts  profusely.  It  is  not  well 
adapted  to  smoky  and  dusty  locations,  as  it  soon  be- 
comes grimy.  Probably  a  good  species. 

4.  Simonii,  Carr.    A  strong,  strict  tree  with  Ivs.  dif- 
fering from  those  of  the  Balm  of  Gilead  in  having  a 
rounded  or  tapering  base  and  much  finer  teeth,  but 
otherwise  they  are  much  alike.    The  shoots  are  reddish 
brown  and  spotted,  and  deeply  grooved.     China.  — Int. 
into  France  about  1861  by  M.  E.  Simon,  and  somewhat 
planted  in  this  country.    Some  authors  consider  this  to 
be  only  a  form  of  P.  balsamifera,  and  if  the  Balm  of 
Gilead  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  form  of  that  species,  per- 
haps this  should  be.    For  horticultural  purposes,  how- 
ever, it  seems  to  be  distinct.    It  has  been  planted  as  far 
north  as  Manitoba  with  entire  success.   It  is  a  very  rapid 
grower.    Useful  where  quick-growing  wind-breaks  are 
desired. 

BB.  Petioles  usually  distinctly  flattened,  so  that  the 

leaves  turn  easily  in  the  wind. 

C.    Leaves    large,  for  the  most  part  as  long  as,  or 
longer  than,  broad. 

5.  deltoides,  Marsh.   (P.  monilifera,  Ait.     P.  Oana- 
densis,  Moench).   COTTONWOOD.    Fig.  1912.    Becoming 
a  large,  much-branched  picturesque  tree,  with   deeply 
furrowed  gray-brown  bark :  Ivs.  large,  triangular-ovate, 
mostly  truncate  or  nearly   straight  on  the  base,  ab- 
ruptly acuminate,  coarsely  crenate-dentate  but  the  mar- 
gin plane  or  flat,  the  petiole  long,  much  flattened  near 


1410 


POPULUS 


POPULUS 


the  blade  and  commonly  with  2  or  3  glands  at  the  top, 
the  stipules  small  and  falling  early:  catkins  long  and 
loosely  flowered  :  fruit  an  ovoid  acute  capsule.  Gen- 
erally distributed  from  Quebec  to  the  Rocky  Mts.  and 


1913.  Populus  deltoides,  var.  Carolinensis  (X 

south  to  Fla.,  mostly  in  moist  lands  or  along  the  moun- 
tains. S.S.  9:494,  495.  -Variable.  Some  of  the  forms 
are  fairly  distinct  in  foliage  and  aspect,  and  they  ap- 
pear to  be  associated  with  particular  horticultural 
names  in  the  nurseries.  Some  of  the  most  ornamen- 
tal specimens  of  Cottonwood  are  those  with  reddish 
leaf-stalks  and  midribs.  Taking  all  things  into  con- 
sideration, the  Cottonwood  is  probably  the  best  of  the 
Poplars  for  general  ornamental  planting.  It  grows 
rapidly  and  in  almost  every  soil,  and  yet  it  possesses 
elements  of  strength  and  durability  which  most  of  the 
Poplars  lack.  Its  foliage  is  always  bright  and  glossy, 
and  the  constant  movement  of  the  broad  rich  green 
leaves  gives  it  an  air  of  cheeriness  which  few  trees 
possess.  The  tree  has  been  much  used  upon  the 
prairies  and  in  nearly  all  western  towns,  much  too  abun- 
dantly for  good  landscape  effects.  The  rapid  growth  of 
the  tree  gives  a  feeling  of 
luxuriance  to  plantations 
even  when  most  other 
trees  appear  to  be  weak 
or  starved.  The  Cotton- 
wood  thrives  best  on 
rather  low  lands,  and  yet 
it  is  generally  an  admir- 
able tree  upon  high  and 
dry  areas.  There  is  a 
golden-leaved  form  of 
the  Cottonwood  known 
as  variety  Van  Geertii 
or  var.  aurea.  This  is 
one  of  the  best  of  yellow- 
leaved  trees,  and  gener- 
ally holds  its  color 
throughout  the  season. 
Like  all  trees  of  this  un- 
usual character,  it  should 
be  used  cautiously,  and 
the  best  effects  are  ob- 
tained when  it  is  planted 
against  a  group  of  trees 


1914    Popu,usniera   var   Italica- 

Lombardy  Poplar  (X  *).  from  the  other  foliage. 
Var.  Carolinensis  (P.  Carolinensis,  Willd.  P.  Caro- 
llna  and  Caroliniana,  Hort.).  CAROLINA  POPLAR.  Fig. 
1913.  A  very  distinct  tree  in  habit  of  growth,  making  a 
straight  upright  or  pyramidal  head:  Ivs.  usually  less 
distinctly  deltoid  and  more  gradually  taper  -  pointed 


than  in  P.  deltoides.  Native.  — The  Carolina  Poplar  is 
much  planted,  and  nurserymen  consider  it  to  be  dis- 
tinct from  the  Cottonwood.  It  differs  in  strict,  straight 
appearance,  and  it  is  a  most  vigorous  grower.  It  is 
much  planted  in  Europe,  where  it  is  known  as  the 
Swiss  Poplar.  Its  botanical  position  needs  to  be  inves- 
tigated. 

6.  laurifdlia,  Ledeb.  (P.  balsamifera,  var.  laurifolia, 
Wesm.    P.  Certinensis,  P.  Petrovski,  P.  Bereolensis, 
Hort.).  CERTINENSIS  POPLAR.    Fig.  1912.  A  very  rapid- 
growing  and  hardy  tree,  with  a  strong  central  leader  and 
a  very  heavy,  dense  foliage.   Differs  from  P.  deltoides 
as  follows:  Ivs.  broad-ovate  in  outline,  with  a  rounded 
or  tapering  base  and  rather  short  point  at  the  apex ;  the 
margin  rather  closely-toothed,  wavy;    leaf -stalk  com- 
paratively short,  only  moderately  flattened,  glandless  at 
the  top;  stipules  present  and  conspicuous:   bud  long: 
shoots  slightly  hairy.   Siberia. -The  foliage  on  the  old 
wood  or  upon  slow-growing  shoots  is  very  unlike  that 
upon  the  vigorous  branches,  and  is   almost  identical 
with  that  of  the  Balsam  Poplar,  being  broadly  oval,  with 
finely  serrate  margins,  and  whitish  beneath.  The  twigs, 
also,  are  cylindrical.  But  the  strong  shoots  are  strongly 
angled  or  grooved  and  the  foliage  is  much  like  that  of 
the  native  Cottonwood  but  darker;   and  the  growth  is 
more  close  and  erect.    The  sketch  in  Fig.  1912  distin- 
guishes the  leaves.   The  Certinensis  Poplar  is  a  more 
rugged  tree  than  the  Cottonwood,  with  healthier  foliage 
in  the  presence  of  leaf-rust,  and  its  wood  is  said  to  be 
valuable.    It  is  now  much  planted  in  the  Northwest, 
and  deserves  to  be  widely  distributed.  Its  effect  in  the 
landscape  is  considerably  unlike  that  of  the  Cottonwood. 
Its  leaves  stand  out  more  horizontally,  while  those  of 
the  Cottonwood  hang  loosely  and  often  vertically  and 
therefore  give  the  tree-top  a  heavier  look.  The  terminal 
spray  of  the  two  is  particularly  distinguishable  in  this 
regard.  The  leaves  of  Certinensis  upon  the  strong,  erect 
shoots  stand  almost  at  right  angles  to  the  shoot,  and, 
at  some  distance,  therefore,  present  only  their  ruffled 
edges  to  the  eye,  producing  a  unique  and  picturesque 
effect. 

CO.   Leaves  relatively  small,  mostly  as  broad  as,  or 
broader  than,  long. 

7.  nigra,   Linn.    BLACK  POPLAR.    Tree  of  medium 
to  large  size,  with  leaves  somewhat  resembling  those  of 
the  Cottonwood,  but  generally  smaller  and  much  less 


1915.  Populus  Tremula  (X 


deeply  toothed,  shorter  in  proportion  to  their  width  and 
often  with  a  tapering  or  rounded  base;  leaf  -stalk 
much  flattened,  so  that  the  foliage  moves  freely  in  the 
wind.  Eu.,  Siberia.  —  The  tree  usually  has  a  pyra- 
midal habit  of  growth  and  a  dark  cast  to  the  foliage. 
It  is  a  less  lustrous  tree  than  the  Cottonwood  and  grows 
more  slowly.  Specimens  were  found  escaped  along  the 
Hudson  by  Michaux,  who  thought  it  an  American  spe- 
cies and  published  it  early  in  the  century  as  Populus 
ffudsonica.  Pursh,  in  1814,  published  it  again  as  the 
"birch-leaved  Poplar,"  Populus  betulifolia,  from  trees 
found  near  Lake  Ontario.  Although  it  was  found  half 
wild  in  New  York  about  a  century  ago,  it  does  not 
appear  to  have  increased  itself  in  America,  for  it  is 


POPULUS 


POPULUS 


1411 


rarely  seen,  even  in  cultivated  grounds.  It  is  some- 
times spontaneous  in  the  East.  The  tree  known  in  the 
West  as  Populus  betulifolia  is  only  a  robust  form  of 
the  European  P.  nigra.  Variable  in  cult,  and  grown  in 
European  collections  under  a  variety  of  names.  With 
the  exception  of  var.  Italica,  these  forms  are  little 
known  in  this  country. 


1916.  Populus  tremuloides  (X  %). 

Var.  elegans,  Bailey  (P.  elegans  of  nurserymen),  is 
a  tree  of  pronounced  strict  or  pyramidal  habit,  but  con- 
siderably broader  than  the  Lombardy  Poplar :  foliage 
small  and  light-colored  and  very  versatile  in  a  breeze, 
with  a  handsome  reddish  tint  to  the  leaf-stalks  and 
young  shoots.  It  is  worth  growing  in  every  well-kept 
place,  especially  if  placed  against  a  planting  of  heavier 
foliage.  Populus  canescens  of  some  American  nur- 
serymen is  very  like  this,  although  it  has  less  color 
and  brightness. 

Var.  Italica,  Du  Roi  (var.  pyramidalis,  Spach.  P. 
Italica,  Moench.  P.  dilatdta,  Ait.  P.  fastigidta,  Desf. 
P.  pyramiddlis,  Rozier.  P. pyramiddta,  P. Panndnica, 
P.  Polbnica,  Hort.).  LOMBARDY  or  ITALIAN  POPLAR. 
Figs.  1907,  1914.  Differs  from  the  typical  Black  Poplar 
(P.  nigra)  in  its  tall,  narrow  growth,  glabrous  young 
shoots,  a  confirmed  habit  of  suckering  from  the  root 
and  generally  a  more  tapering  base  to  the  leaves.  It  is 
one  of  the  characteristic  trees  of  parts  of  Italy,  and  it 
is  from  one  of  the  Italian  provinces,  Lombardy,  that 
its  common  name  is  derived.  The  tree  is  probably  na- 
tive in  Asia,  however.  With  age,  the  Lombardy  Pop- 
lar becomes  one  of  the  most  striking  and  picturesque 
of  trees,  particularly  when  some  of  the  sprouts  are 
allowed  to  grow  about  the  old  stock,  as  in  Fig.  1907.  In 
the  northernmost  states  it  is  not  long-lived. 


1917.  Populus  grandidentata  (X 


AA.    Terminal    buds  relatively  small,  not  glutinous, 

often  pubescent.    ASPENS  and  WHITE  POPLARS. 
B.    Mature  Ivs.  usually  green,  greenish  or  brown  be- 

neath. 

8.  tremula,  Linn.  EUROPEAN  ASPEN.  Fig.  1915. 
Open-headed,  light-leaved  tree,  becoming  50-60  ft.  tall: 
Ivs.  small  and  thin,  round-oval,  more  or  less  whitened 
beneath  when  young,  bordered  with  deep  and  rounded 


incurved  teeth;  the  leaf-stalks  long,  slender  and  flat- 
tened, giving  a  restless  motion  to  the  foliage:  leaf -buds 
small.  Widely  distributed  in  Europe  and  Asia,  in  this 
country  known  chiefly  in  its  weeping  form  (var.  pen- 
dnla).—The  weeping  form  of  the  European  Aspen  is 
perhaps  the  best  weeping  tree  amongst  the  Poplars. 
The  spray  is  light,  airy  and  fountain-like,  quite  unlike 
the  more  common  weeping  forms  of  our  native  Populus 
grandidentata,  which  present  a  stiff,  angular  form,  a 
combination  that  is  rarely  pleasing.  A  characteristic 
feature  of  this  tree  is  the  profusion  of  its  very  long 
catkins  that  appear  in  earliest  spring,  even  before  our 
native  Poplars  are  in  bloom.  The  staminate  or  male 
catkins  are  particularly  pleasing,  and  planters  should 
select  that  sex,  if  possible. 

9.  tremuloides,  Michx.   (P.  AthenUnsis   and  Grceca, 
Hort.).    AMERICAN  ASPEN.    Figs.  1906,  1916.   Very  like 
P.  tremula,  but  the  Ivs.  are  usually  less  circular  and 
more  abruptly  acuminate,  the  margins  are  small-crenate 
rather  than  deeply  toothed,  and  the  Ivs.  are  green  on 
the  under  side.    Generally  distributed  in  North  America 
north  of  Pennsylvania  and  Kentucky,  and  extending  to 
Mexico  in  the  mountains.     S.S.  9:487. -One  of  the  first 
trees  to  spring  up  in  clearings.   The  bark  of  the  young 
trees  is  whitish  gray,  rendering  the  saplings  very  con- 
spicuous in  a  coppice.     In  woods  the  tree  is  said  some- 
times to  reach  a  height  of  100  ft.,  but  it  is  usually  much 
smaller  than  this.     There  appear  to  be  no  horticultural 
varieties. 

10.  grandidentata,  Michx.    (P.    Grceca   ptndula,  P. 
nigra  pendula  and  Parasol  de  St.  Julien  of  nursery- 
men).   LARGE-TOOTHED 

ASPEN.  Fig.  1917.  Tall, 
straight  tree,  becoming 
75  ft.  high,  known  in 
cultivation  in  various 
weeping  forms.  Distin- 
guished from  P.  trem- 
ula by  much  larger  and 
thicker  Ivs.,  which  are 
bluish  or  rusty  white  be- 
neath, more  ovate  in  out- 
line, with  larger  and 
more  spreading  teeth, 
stouter  leaf-stalks  and 
larger  leaf-buds.  Nova 
Scotia  to  Minn,  and 
Tenn.  S.  S.  9:488. -In 
its  normal  or  erect  form 
it  is  rarely  cultivated, 
but  the  weeping  kinds, 
under  a  variety  of  names, 
are  frequently  seen.  Most,  and  perhaps  all,  of  these 
varieties  originated  in  Europe,  where  the  tree,  like  the 
Cottonwood  and  the  common  Aspen,  were  early  intro- 
duced. The  habit  of  the  tree  is  too  stiff  and  the  foli- 
age rather  too  heavy  to  make  the  best  weeping  subjects, 
however.  One  of  the  best  of  these  weeping  forms  is 
that  known  as  Parasol  de  St.  Julien.  The  winter  twigs 
of  the  weeping  varieties  have  a  characteristic  weak  or 
zigzag  growth.— P.  heterophylla ,  Linn.,  a  tall  tree  of 
the  eastern  U.  S.,  may  be  in  cult.,  although  it  does  not 
appear  in  trade  lists.  It  has  cordate-ovate,  obtuse, 
crenate  Ivs.,  with  terete  petioles,  the  young  parts  and 
the  Ivs.  white-tomentose.  It  is  mostly  an  inhabitant  of 
swamps. 

11.  Sieboldii,  Miq.  (P.  rotundifdlia,  Hort.)   Fig.  1918. 
Tree,  20-30  ft.,  of  spreading  habit,  with  rather  dark  and 
heavy  foliage:  Ivs.  large,  round-ovate,  with  a  short  tri- 
angular subacute  apex,  nearly  or  quite  truncate  at  the 
base,  dentate-serrate,  with  shallow  incurved  teeth,  more 
or  less  whitened  beneath.    Japan.— Hardy  in  western 
New  York. 

BB.   Mature  Ivs.  usually  white  tomentose  beneath,  at 
least  in  the  cultivated  forms. 

12.  alba,  Linn.  WHITE  POPLAR.  ABELE.  Large,  much- 
branched  tree,  with  whitish  bark  on  the  young  branches: 
Ivs.  much   like  those   of  Popiilus   grandidentata,  but 
smaller,  usually  thicker  and  more  angular,  the  under 
surface— especially  early  in  the  season— woolly  white. 
Eu.  and  Asia.— The  typical  form  of  Populus  alba  is  less 


1918.  Pooulus  SieboldiKX  %). 


1412 


POPULUS 


PORTO    EICO 


grown  here  than  the  varieties  with  lobed  and  very  white- 
bottomed  (and  sometimes  variegated)  leaves. 

Var.  nivea,  Wesm.  (P,  nivea,  Willd.  P.  arggntea, 
Hort.)-  This  is  the  commonest  form  of  white  Poplar  in 
this  country.  It  is  known  by  the  snow-white  under  sur- 
faces of  its  foliage  and  the  3-  or  5-lobed  maple-like 
leaves.  It  is  far  too  frequent  about  old  yards,  where  its 
inveterate  brood  of  suckers  make  it  a  perpetual  nui- 
sance. It  is  sometimes  called  Silver  Maple,  from  the 
resemblance  of  its  foliage  to  that  of  the  maple.  As  a 
street  tree  in  cities  it  is  particularly  offensive,  for  the 
cottony  covering  of  the  under  side  of  the  leaves  and  of 
the  shoots  holds  soot  and  dust,  and  it  looks  repulsively 
dirty.  Useful  for  foliage  effects  in  large  plantings. 


1919.  Populus  alba,  var.  canescens  above,  and 
var.  Bolleana  below  (X  %). 


Var.  canescens,  Loudon.  Fig.  1919.  Leaves  broad  or 
nearly  circular  in  general  outline,  prominently  notched 
but  not  lobed,  the  under  surfaces  and  the  young  shoots 
very  gray-woolly.  This  tree  is  met  with  occasionally. 
Its  horticultural  value  is  not  greatly  different  from  that 
of  var.  nivea.  By  some  thought  to  be  a  hybrid  of  P. 
alba  and  P.  Tremula. 

Var.  Bolleana, Lauch.  (P. Bolleana ) .  BOLLES'  POPLAR. 
Fig.  1919.  A  very  tall,  narrow-topped  tree,  with  cottony 
Ivs.  rather  more  deeply  lobed  than  those  of  the  var. 
nivea.  The  tree  was  introduced  into  Europe  in  1875 
from  Turkestan,  and  it  was  named  for  Dr.  C.  Bolle,  an 
arboriculturist.  It  bears  about  the  same  relation  to 
Populus  alba  that  the  Lonibardy  Poplar  bears  to  Popu- 
lus nigra.  Its  fastigiate  habit,  combined  with  the  white 
foliage  and  shoots,  makes  it  a  most  emphatic  tree,  and 
there  is  great  danger  of  planting  it  too  freely.  Seems 
to  be  short-lived.  L.  jj.  B. 

POKTO  RICO  as  a  Field  for  Horticulture.  Porto  Rico 
(Fig.  1920)  is  aland  of  perpetual  summer,  awaiting  only 
the  skill  of  the  experienced  grower  to  blossom  into  an 
exotic  fruit  garden  for  our  eastern  states.  It  is  our 
only  bit  of  tropical  soil  on  the  Atlantic  side  of  the  con- 
tinent, and  now  possesses  tariff  protection  for  the  fruit- 
grower and  vegetable  -  gardener  which  amounts  to  a 
handsome  profit  in  itself.  As  compared  with  Florida, 
the  climate  and  the  soil  are  in  favor  of  Porto  Rico,  while 


in  the  matter  of  transportation,  San  Juan  already  has 
the  advantage  of  most  Florida  points. 

CLIMATE.  — Porto  Rico  is  more  healthy  than  most  other 
regions  of  the  same  latitude,  because  it  has  more  hills 
and  mountains,  is  more  breezy,  and  because  of  its  in- 
numerable streams  of  pure  water. 

The  seasons  are  marked  by  the  spring  rains  beginning 
about  May  1,  and  the  fall  rains  closing  about  Nov.  1, 
although  in  some  parts  rain  falls  every  month  in  the  year. 
In  the  absence  of  irrigation,  planting  depends  on  these 
periods.  Tobacco  and  vegetables  succeed  best  when 
planted  in  the  fall,  as  the  direct  sun  and  pouring  rains, 
liable  to  come  in  the  summer  months,  injure  them.  A 
sharp  range  of  mountains,  from  2,000  to  3,500  ft.  high, 
traverses  the  length  of  the  island  a  few  miles  from  the 
south  coast,  and  all  the  remainder  of  the  area,  except 
the  river  bottoms,  and  a  coast  fringe  of  alluvial  plain, 
varying  from  a  mere  beach  up  to  five  miles  in  width, 
is  intricate  mountain  and  hill,  threaded  by  countless 
streams. 

This  topography  creates  great  local  climatic  differ- 
ences, a  cooler  and  more  moist  temperature  in  the  in- 
terior, with  bright,  clear  weather  on  the  sheltered 
coasts.  At  sea-level  the  mercury  rarely  falls  to  60°  in 
winter  nights  and  in  summer  days  rarely  exceeds  95°. 
The  yearly  average  night  temperature  is  about  70°  and 
that  of  the  day  about  85°.  The  nights  are  always  com- 
fortable for  sleeping.  Lack  of  food  and  medicines  and 
exposure  to  rains  are  responsible  for  most  of  the  illness 
in  Porto  Rico. 

PRODUCTS.  — Coffee,  sugarcane,  stock-raising,  the  cul- 
tivation of  vegetables,  and  fruit-growing  are  the  leading 
industries  of  the  island,  their  relative  importance  being 
in  the  order  named.  Coffee  and  tobacco  are  not,  strictly 
speaking,  horticultural  products,  and  yet,  as  their  cul- 
tivation is  more  nearly  that  of  the  orchard  and  garden 
than  that  of  the  field,  a  few  observations  about  them,  of 
a  general  character,  seem  to  be  in  place. 

Coffee.  —  The  growing  of  coffee  presents  some  attrac- 
tions to  the  American  horticulturist  commanding,  say, 
$20,000,  or  upwards.  The  climate  of  the  hilly  and 
mountainous  interior,  where  coffee  luxuriates,  is  cooler 
and  more  refreshing  than  that  upon  the  low  cane  belt 
bordering  the  sea.  Coffee  is  a  staple.  It  improves  with 
age  and  can  be  transported  over  a  mountainous  trail, 
and  hence  is  sure  of  a  market.  The  disadvantages  are 
the  low  value  of  the  product  under  present  market  con- 
ditions, the  considerable  cost  for  machinery  if  the  price 
for  cleaned  and  assorted  coffee  is  to  be  obtained,  and 
the  fact  that  coffee  is  on  the  free  list.  A  new  market 
will  be  opened  in  the  United  States  when  the  fine  aroma 
of  Porto  Rican  coffee  becomes  known.  Better  system 
in  cultivation  and  a  cheaper  means  of  transportation 
will  improve  the  status  of  the  business,  but  the  writer 
is  convinced  that  this  industry  will  not  advance  as  will 
that  of  the  higher-priced,  protected  products  like  sugar, 
tobacco,  oranges,  pineapples  and  vegetables. 

Tobacco.  —  The  backwardness  of  the  tobacco  business 
seems  to  be  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  it  has  been 
chiefly  in  the  hands  of  the  peasant  class,  lacking  the  cap- 
ital and  special  knowledge  to  perfect  it.  The  curing,  as- 
sorting and  marketing  of  tobacco  have  not  been  reduced 
to  a  fine  art  as  they  have  in  the  Vuelta  Abaja  district  of 
Cuba.  There  can  be  no  doubt  of  the  fact  that  there  are 
districts  in  Porto  Rico  where  climate  and  soil  are  ad- 
mirably adapted  to  the  production  of  a  high-grade  leaf. 
This  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  in  years  of  shortage  of 
the  tobacco  crop  in  Cuba,  Porto  Rico  tobacco  has  been 
extensively  exported  to  Havana,  re-cured  and  re-sorted, 
and  the  finer  quality  sold  as  Havana  leaf.  Cayey  is  the 
center  of  the  best  tobacco  section  of  the  island.  There 
are  a  number  of  tobacco  farms  and  very  many  small  peas- 
ant's patches  in  this  vicinity.  Caguas  and  Comerio,  not 
far  distant,  are  lesser  centers  of  the  business.  There  is  a 
bright  future  for  the  experienced,  progressive  tobacco- 
grower.  Success  may  be  expected  with  a  moderate  capi- 
tal, as  returns  are  quick,  the  value  of  an  acre's  prod- 
uct is  large,  and  the  tariff  conditions  are  extremely 
favorable  for  the  Porto  Rican  as  compared  with  the 
Cuban,  Sumatran  or  Mexican  grower. 

Fruit- Growing  in  General.  —  Probably  the  most  invit- 
ing field  for  the  horticulturist  in  Porto  Rico  is  the  cultiva- 
tion of  the  various  tropical  and  subtropical  fruits, particu- 


PORTO    RICO 


PORTO    RICO 


1413 


larly  the  orange  and  other  citrous  fruits,  and  the  pine- 
apple. The  growth  of  the  trade  in  tropical  fruits  from 
the  British  West  Indies,  chiefly  Jamaica,  without  any 
help  from  tariff  legislation,  would  show  what  can  be 
done  in  Porto  Rico  under  present  circumstances.  In 
1895  these  islands  shipped  us  fruits  and  nuts  to  the 
amount  of  $1,816,751,  and  in  1899  to  the  amount  of 


in  the  Yearbook  of  the  Department  or  Agriculture  for 
1895,  that  "The  best  pineapple  regions  in  the  world 
have  a  mean  temperature  of  from  75  to  80°,"  which  is 
that  of  Porto  Rico.  Fig.  1923.  The  varieties  grown  are 
the  Pan  de  Azucar,  Sugar  Loaf,  a  very  sweet  yellow- 
fleshed  variety,  and  the  Cabezona,  Porto  Rico,  the 
large  and  vigorous  sort  which  originated  near  Lajaz. 


1920.  Outline  map  of  the  island  of  Porto  Rico. 


$3,783,488.  Costa  Rica  in  the  same  interval  increased 
her  trade  with  us  in  these  products  from  $362,945  to 
$972,098,  and  Santo  Domingo  from  $16,684  to  $152,535. 
The  increase  in  the  value  of  oranges  shipped  by  the 
British  West  Indies,  chiefly  Jamaica,  was  from  $173,396 
in  1895  to  $553,751  in  1899,  and  this  in  spite  of  the 
increase  of  the  adverse  tariff,  raised  to  a  cent  a  pound 
in  1897.  It  is  a  significant  fact  that  this  great  business 
in  tropical  fruits,  scarcely  more  than  begun  twenty  years 
ago,  is  conducted  by  Americans  and  under  stable  Brit- 
ish rule  rather  than  in  the  Spanish  Antilles. 

Porto   Rico  produces  some  oranges  as   fine  as  any 

frown  in  Jamaica,  but  not  in  the  same  quantity,  as  the 
panish  authorities  have  not  been  as  assiduous  as  the 
British  in  fostering  desirable  fruits  in  their  colonies. 
Then,  too,  a  regular  service  of  well-ventilated  banana 
steamers  was  established  in  Jamaica  when  the  great 
Florida  freeze  of  1894-5  gave  her  an  opportunity  in  the 
orange  business.  The  conditions  are  now  all  favorable 
in  Porto  Rico  for  the  growth  of  citrous  fruits  in  their 
perfection.  Repeated  destructive  freezes  in  Florida 
have  ruined  the  hopes,  once  entertained,  for  that  state 
as  a  sure  orange-producing  section.  Floridians  are  re- 
moving to  Porto  Rico,  and  this  movement  will  increase 
now  that  Porto  Rico  is  sure  of  a  just,  progressive  gov- 
ernment and  a  stable  market. 

Two  lines  of  steamers  furnish  excellent  weekly 
communications  in  both  directions,  between  San  Juan 
and  New  York.  Better  transportation  facilities  between 
the  seaports  and  the  interior  are  required  before  the 
fruit  industry  can  prosper  there.  The  highways  build- 
ing and  to  be  built  and  the  extensive  system  of  trolley 
railroads  now  projected,  will  supply  this  missing  condi- 
tion as  fast  as  the  fruit  can  be  produced. 

Oranges  thrive  in  all  sections  of  Porto  Rico,  a  shelter 
from  the  prevailing  winds  and  a  well-drained  soil  being 
the  favoring  conditions.  They  are  most  plentiful  in  the 
Mayaguez  district.  Several  Americans  are  engaged  in 
this  business  near  Bayamon,  and  also  in  the  vicinity  of 
Toa  Alta,  Fajardo,  Humacao,  Jobos  Bay,  Panuelas,  and 
in  other  sections  with  encouraging  prospects,  and  a 
considerable  acreage  will  be  planted  in  1901, 

Pineapples.  —  Porto  Rico  is  justly  famed  for  the  ex- 
cellence and  size  of  its  pineapples.  Webber  writes, 
in  "Pineapple  Industry  in  the  United  States, "published 


Grown  upon  virgin  soil  on  the  rich  but  stony  hillsides 
of  its  native  habitat,  the  last  pineapple  is  a  revelation 
to  the  eye  and  delight  to  the  palate. 

Some  difficulty  has  been  experienced  in  carrying  pine- 
apples from  Porto  Rico  to  New  York.  This  is  due  to 
rough  handling,  carting  over  infamous  roads,  poor 
packing  and  inadequate  ventilation  on  ship.  More 
carefully  handled  shipments  made  during  the  past  year 
turned  out  well. 

Bananas  and  Plantains.  — This  noble  race  of  tropical 
fruits  grows  upon  the  island  in  great  variety  and  lux- 
uriance. Among  the  forms  seen  are  the  Apple,  the  Fig, 
the  Date,  the  large  red,  and  our  common  yellow  banana 
known  as  the  Aspinwall  or  Johnson,  as  well  as  the  large 
plantains,  which  are  chiefly  used  for  cooking  as  vege- 
tables. There  is  no  strong  probability  of  a  large  export 
trade  in  bananas  being  developed  in  Porto  Rico  in  the 
near  future,  as  they  are  admitted  to  the  United  States 
free  of  duty.  The  best  banana  lands  must  be  compara- 
tively close  to  the  coast,  and  such  lands  are  likely  to  pay 
better  in  sugar  cane.  Some  of  the  rarer  sweet  varieties 
may  be  handled  to  advantage,  particularly  the  Fig  and 
Apple  varieties.  In  connection  with  coffee-growing,  if 
the  grower  is  close  to  a  good  market,  the  sale  of  ba- 
nanas might  be  made  the  source  of  a  good  revenue. 

TJie  Cocoamit  Palm.— This  graceful  and  valuable  tree 
grows  abundantly  along  the  Porto  Rican  seacoast.  The 
ripe  nuts  are  exported  to  a  limited  extent.  Cocoanut  oil, 
cocoanut  butter  and  desiccated  cocoanut  are  valuable 
products  easily  prepared.  From  the  fiber  paper  brushes 
and  mattresses  are  made.  The  wood,  after  hardening, 
makes  excellent  canes.  From  the  half -ripened  fruit  the 
"coco  de  agua,"  or  water-cocoanut,  a  clear  drink,  is 
obtained,  which  taken  direct  from  the  shell  is  a  health- 
ful and  refreshing  beverage. 

Other  Fruits.  — There  are  numerous  tropical  fruits  of 
greater  or  less  value,  some  of  which  will  ultimately  be- 
come articles  of  wide  consumption  by  the  fruit-lovers 
of  the  North.  Mangoes,  pomegranates,  aguacate  or  alli- 
gator pears,  are  already  sold  in  the  fruit  stores  of  our 
large  cities.  The  luscious  "anones"  (Anona  sguamosa 
and  A.  muricata),  the  pink-and-white-fleshed  star  ap- 
ple, and  the  large  "corazones"  (Anona  reticulata)  are 
delicious  fruits,  especially  with  a  touch  of  lime  or  lemon 
juice  to  give  them  life.  Somewhat  similar  in  taste,  but 


1414 


PORTO    RICO 


PORTO    RICO 


smaller,  is  the  "nispero"  or  sapodillo,  which,  with  its 
brown  skin,  resembles  a  rusty  colored  pear.  The 
"lechoza,"  or  tropical  pawpaw,  is  a  valuable  fruit.  The 
tree  has  a  straight  trunk,  surmounted  by  a  crown  of 
enormous  spreading  leaves,  under  which  the  good-sized 
fruit  is  borne  in  a  cluster. 

The  "guayaba"  or  guava,  which  grows  abundantly 
throughout  the  island,  is  used  for  making  jelly  and  paste. 
The  business  of  jelly-making  and  of  preserving,  canning 
and  drying  fruits  will  be  developed.  The  "naranja,"  or 
sour  orange,  is  particularly  valuable  for  marmalade. 


producing  starch  than  cassava,  which  is  now  manufac- 
tured in  a  crude  way  in  some  sections  of  the  island  and 
exported  to  a  limited  extent. 

Other  Possible  Resources.— The  cacao,  or  cocoa  tree,' 
is  grown  in  Porto  Rico  and  the  product  manufactured  and 
exported,  but  only  to  a  limited  extent.  Our  imports  of 
this  product  from  the  British  West  Indies  have  increased 
from  $1,262,191  in  1895  to  $2,107,150  in  1899,  which  indi- 
cates the  possibilities  of  expanding  the  trade.  Another 
possibility  of  profit  for  the  island  lies  in  utilizing  cer- 
tain steep,  dry  chalk  ridges,  now  of  little  value,  for  the 
cultivation  of  the  "mag- 
uey,"the  agave  from  which 
the  sisal  is  obtained.  The 
importation  of  this  fiber 
from  the  British  West  In- 
dies has  increased  from 
$2,734,909  to  $4,771,989. 
Arnatto  or  "achote"  finds 
a  congenial  home  in  Porto 


1921.    Porto  Rican  plantation  or  farm. 


Preserved  ginger,  so  largely  imported  into  the  United 
States,  could  be  profitably  prepared,  as  the  root  is  now 
raised  and  exported. 

Vegetables. — That  vegetables  can  be  grown  in  Porto 
Rico  in  the  winter  or  "dry  season"  and  sold  in  New  York 
at  remunerative  prices  was  demonstrated  last  season. 
The  writer  had  charge  of  an  experimental  garden  in 
which  a  third  of  an  acre  each  was  devoted  to  growing 
tomatoes  and  eggplants.  Although  the  seed  was  not 
sown  until  December,  three  months  too  late  for  a  full 
season,  satisfactory  shipments  were  made  in  April  and 
May  which  brought  the  full  market  price.  There  are 
aphids,  caterpillars  and  mites  to  be  fought,  so  that  the 
grower  must  be  prepared  with  insecticides. 

The  soils  of  Porto  Rico  average  richer  than  those  of 
our  Atlantic  seaboard,  but  for  the  production  of  vege- 
tables of  high  quality,  intensive  culture  is  required. 
The  stimulating  character  of  the  climate  is  such  that 
there  is  a  tendency  for  vegetables  to  branch  unduly,  so 
that  unless  high  fertilization,  frequent  cultivation  and 
severe  pruning  are  employed  the  quality  and  size  of  the 
fruit  soon  deteriorates  and  is  worthless  for  shipments. 
The  heavy  rainfalls  of  spring  and  fall  interfere  with  the 
setting  of  fruit,  so  that  the  season  for  marketing  vege- 
tables in  the  north  must  be  from  about  December  15  to 
May  15.  Absolute  immunity  from  frost  or  even  a  check 
from  cool  nights  is  the  great  vantage  ground  for  winter 
gardening  on  the  island.  Vegetables  must  be  shielded 
from  the  drying  effects  of  the  stiff  northeast  trade-winds, 
and  it  is  probable  that  a  shade  will  be  required  for  suc- 
cess in  melon  and  cucumber  culture.  A  skilful  gar- 
dener, acquainted  with  the  climate,  may  expect  to  pro- 
duce $500  to  $1,000  worth  of  tomatoes  or  eggplants  per 
acre.  Fig.  1924. 

At  the  present  time  San  Juan  is  the  only  port  with 
good  shipping  facilities  for  perishable  products  such  as 
vegetables.  Beans,  melons  of  every  kind,  cucumbers, 
peppers,  okra,  sweet  potatoes,  peanuts,  etc.,  thrive  in 
this  genial  clime.  The  more  hardy  vegetables,  such  as 
Irish  potatoes,  cabbage,  lettuce,  radishes,  beets,  and 
peas  succeed  in  the  fall  and  winter,  especially  in  the 
hill  country. 

Native  Vegetables.  — Besides  the  several  varieties  of 
"batatas,"  or  sweet  potatoes,  largely  used  in  Porto 
Rico,  there  are  several  kinds  of  the  larger  tropical 
yams.  The  dark  green  foliage  of  these  plants  has  a 
rich  beauty,  trailing  from  their  pole  supports.  The 
roots  of  the  broad-leaved  "yautias,"  or  colocasias,  pop- 
ularly called  elephant's  ears,  are  also  extensively  used 
by  the  peones  for  food.  The  cassava,  both  the  sweet 
and  bitter  varieties,  flourish  in  Porto  Rico.  The  former 
is  a  valuable  food  for  both  man  and  beast.  The  roots 
are  excellent  baked.  There  is  no  better  source  for 


Rico,  and  should  be  made 
to  yield  a  profit.  The  cas- 
tor oil  plant  bears  abun- 
dantly, and  its  bean  is  ex- 
ported. The  bean  of  a 
valuable  leguminous 
plant,  "hedionda,"  is  used 
by  the  natives  as  a  substi- 
tute for  coffee  and  also  to 
mix  with  it.  This  plant 
seems  to  have  a  secondary  value  in  improving  the  soil 
as  a  gatherer  of  nitrogen.  The  camph'or,  the  rubber, 
the  nutmeg,  allspice  or  pimento,  and  other  spice-pro- 
ducing trees,  and  the  vanilla  may  all  be  grown  perhaps 
with  profit  on  the  island. 

ECONOMIC  CONSIDERATIONS. — Under  the  Porto  Rican 
law  of  May  1,  1900,  all  merchandise  coming  into  the 
United  States  from  Porto  Rico,  and  coming  into  Porto 
Rico  from  the  United  States,  shall  pay  15  per  cent  of 
the  duties  required  to  be  paid  upon  like  articles  im- 
ported from  foreign  countries.  All  the  duties  men- 
tioned above  are  to  cease  March  1,  1902,  or  at  an  earlier 
date  by  certain  action  of  the  Legislature  of  Porto  Rico. 
The  present  duties  are  so  insignificant  compared  with 
those  of  other  countries  and  their  tenure  so  brief  and 
uncertain  that  for  our  purpose  of  a  business  forecast, 
we  may  properly  assume  free  trade  as  established. 

The  grower  of  oranges  and  other  citrous  fruits  has 
the  advantage  of  one  cent  per  pound  over  the  foreign 
grower,  which,  on  a  crop  of  300  boxes  per  acre,  would 
amount  to  about  $200.  On  pineapples  crated,  the  duty 
is  7  cents  per  cubic  ft.,  or  35  cents  for  a  standard  crate, 
or  a  gain  of  at  least  $~>0  per  acre  for  a  fair  crop.  On 
pineapples  in  bulk  the  duty  is  $7  per  1,000,  a  gain  of 
$30  to  $50  an  acre. 

The  duty  on  vegetables  is  25  per  cent  on  their  listed 
valuation.  This  is  an  advantage  of  from  $40  to  $75  an 
acre  on  tomatoes  or  eggplants. 


1922.  Characteristic  rural  scene  in  Porto  Rico. 


Foreign  tobacco  wrappers  pay,  if  un stemmed,  $1.85 
per  pound,  and  if  stemmed,  $2.50  per  pound,  and  fillers 
35  cents  if  unstemmed  and  50  cents  if  stemmed. 

Palms,  orchids,  bulbs  and  all  greenhouse  plants  pay 
25  per  cent,  seeds  30  per  cent,  dried  fruits,  desiccated 
cocoanut,  etc.,  pay  2  cents  per  pound  ;  manufactured 


PORTO    RICO 

chocolate  from  15  per  cent  to  50  per  cent,  according  to 
quality;  castor  oil  beans  and  other  oil  seeds  25  percent; 
castor  oil  35  cents  per  gallon ;  bay  rum  and  bay  water 
$1.50  per  gallon.  Starch  pays  1%  cents  per  pound,  rice 
2  cents  per  pound ;  while  sugar  pays  -ffo  cents  per  pound 
if  not  over  No.  16  Dutch  standard  in  color,  and  ly^ 
cents  per  pound  if  above  that  standard. 

Labor.  —  Gen.  Roy  Stone  in  an  article,  "Porto  Rico 
and  Its  Future,"  in  Munsey's  magazine  for  August, 
1900,  testifies  from  large  experience  to  the  effectiveness 
of  the  Porto  Rican  native  laborers,  and  the  writer  con- 
siders them  material  for  excellent  gardeners,  possess- 
ing as  much  quickness  and  natural  intelligence  as  the 
better  class  of  Hindoos  he  has  employed  for  like  labor 
in  Jamaica. 

There  are  good  opportunities  in  Porto  Rico  awaiting 
the  capitalist  and  the  horticulturist,  for  it  is  a  field 
in  which  every  dollar  intelligently  invested  in  tropical 
production  is  almost  sure  of  a  rich  return.  The  island  is 
abjectly  poor  to-day.  It  has  but  $3,600,000  for  a  popula- 
tion of  nearly  a  million,  and  all  of  this  but  $600,000  is  in 
the  hands  of  the  merchants  and  bankers,  who  will  do 
nothing  to  develop  the  country. 

AUTHORITIES  ON  PORTO  Rico.  — Valuable  works  bear- 
ing on  our  subject  are:  A  bulletin,  "Agriculture  in  Porto 
Rico,"  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  by  Gen.  Roy 
Stone,  reprinted  from  the  year  book  of  1898;  a  book  on 
Cuba  and  Porto  Rico  by  Mr.  Robert  T.  Hill,  and  the  full 
and  informing  volume  of  Mr.  William  Dinwiddie, 
"Puerto  Rico,  its  Conditions  and  Possibilities."  For 
statistics,  see  Bull.  13,  section  of  Foreign  Markets,  U. 
S.  Dept.  Agric.  on  Trade  of  Puerto  Rico,  84  pp.,  by 
Frank  H.  Hitchcock,  1898.  F>  M>  PENNOCK. 

GENERAL  NOTES  ON  PORTO  Rico.  — The  following  notes 
are  selected  from  the  "Report  on  the  Census  of  Porto 
Rico,  1899,"  compiled  under  the  direction  of  Lt.-Col. 
J.  P.  Sanger  and  published  by  the  War  Department. 

Most  of  the  area  of  Porto  Rico  is  held  as  farms,  and 
a  large  portion,  more  than  one-fifth,  is  under  cultivation. 
The  forested  areas  are  small  and  are  almost  entirely 
confined  to  the  higher  parts  of  the  mountains.  The 
largest  of  these  tracts  is  on  El  Yuuque,  in  the  Sierra 
Luquilla.  Here  are  found  small  tracts  of  primeval  for- 
est, composed  of  large  trees  of  a  variety  of  species,  sev- 
eral of  which  are  of  great  value,  such  as  Spanish  cedar, 
ebony  and  sandalwood,  besides  many  others  as  yet 
unknown  to  American  markets.  Timber  is,  however, 
very  scarce,  and  most  of  that  used  in  building  is  im- 
ported. 

Lying  in  the  tropics,  the  island  is  within  the  region 
of  the  southwest  trades,  which  blow  with  great  regu- 
larity. The  annual  temperature  at  San  Juan,  on  the 
north  coast,  ranges  in  different  years  from  78  to  82°  F. 
The  mean  monthly  temperature  ranges  from  75°  in  Jan- 
uary to  82°  in  August.  The  maximum  temperature  on 
record  is  99°,  and  the  minimum  57°,  indicating  a  very 
sliarht  range  and  a  uniform  climate.  The  only  difference 
of  temperature  to  be  observed  throughout  the  island  is 
due  to  altitude,  the  highlands  of  the  interior  having  a 


PORTO    RICO 


1415 


1923.  Pineapple  plantation  in  Porto  Rico. 

mean  annual  temperature  as  low  as  72°  F.  Serious 
storms  occur,  and  occasional  earthquakes,  but  the  latter 
are  not  violent,  doing  but  little  damage.  The  annual 
rainfall  at  San  Juan  averages  60  inches,  about  the  same 
as  at  New  Orleans,  and  nearly  two-thirds  of  this  falls  in 
the  summer  and  autumn.  The  annual  relative  humidity 
at  the  capital  is  very  high,  averaging  not  far  from  80 


per  cent.  The  annual  rainfall  increases  eastward  from 
San  Juan,  until  near  the  northeast  corner  of  the  island 
it  exceeds  100  inches.  It  increases  also  upon  the  high- 
lands of  the  interior,  reaching  a  maximum  upon  the  di- 
viding ridge  of  nearly  100  inches.  The  south  slope  of 
the  island,  on  the  other  hand,  is  much  drier,  both  rain- 


1924. 

Tomato-growing  in  Porto  Rico. 
The  plants  are  tied  to  cords 
s\ipported  on  stakes. 


fall  and  atmospheric  moisture  bein-g  less,  so  much  so 
that  in  some  regions  irrigation  is  necessary  for"  cultiva 
tion  of  crops. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  Porto  Rico  has  for  centuries 
maintained  a  dense  population  almost  entirely  supported 
by  agriculture,  a  large  portion  of  its  surface  is  under 
cultivation,  and  only  a  trifling  proportion  remains  in  its 
natural  condition.  Hence  little  of  its  vegetation  is  in- 
digenous. The  native  fauna  of  the  island  is,  owing  to 
the  same  cause,  very  limited.  There  are  no  large  mam 
mals  except  such  as  are  domesticated.  It  is  said  that 
there  are  no  noxious  reptiles  and  few  insect  pests. 

Of  the  total  area  of  Porto  Rico— 3,606  square  miles— 
2,743  square  miles  were  included  within  farms.  This  is 
76  per  cent,  or  more  than  three-fourths  of  the  area  of 
the  island.  The  area  under  cultivation  was  747  square 
miles,  or  not  less  than  21  per  cent  of  the  entire  area  of 
the  island.  These  figures  are  in  strong  contrast  with 
those  for  Cuba,  of  which  29.9  per  cent  only  were  in- 
cluded within  farms  and  only  3  per  cent  of  the  area  of 
the  island  was  under  cultivation.  They  approach  more 
nearly  the  condition  of  things  in  the  United  States, 
where  in  1890  16  per  cent  was  under  cultivation.  Yet, 
considering  the  density  of  the  rural  population,  which 
is  far  beyond  that  of  any  part  of  the  United  States,  the 
proportion  of  cultivated  land  is  small.  To  illustrate 
this,  consider  the  case  of  Illinois,  in  which  the  number  of 
rural  inhabitants  to  a  square  mile  was  in  1890  but  42,  or 
less  than  one-fifth  as  great  as  in  Porto  Rico,  while  more 
than  seven-tenths  of  its  area  was  under  cultivation. 

The  total  number  of  farms  in  Porto  Rico  was  39,021; 
the  total  area  was  1,757,774  cuerdas  (practically  equiva- 
lent to  an  acre) ;  the  average  farm  had  an  area  of  but 
45  cuerdas,  or  acres;  the  cultivated  land  comprised 
477,987 cuerdas,  an  average  to  a  farm  of  only  12  cuerdas. 
In  the  United  States  in  1890  the  average  farm  contained 
137  acres,  of  which  78  acres  were  improved.  In  Cuba 
the  average  farm  had  an  area  of  142  acres,  of  which, 
however,  only  about  13  acres  were  under  cultivation. 

The  only  measure  of  agricultural  products  which  was 
obtained  by  the  census  consisted  in  the  area  cultivated 
in  each  crop.  Measured  in  this  way,  the  following  table 
shows  the  relative  importance  of  each  such  crop,  ex- 


1416 


PORTO  RICO 


PORTULACA 


pressed  in  percentages  of  the  total  area  of  cultivated 

land: 

Per  cent. 

Coffee 41 

Sugar  cane 15 

Bananas 14 

Sweet  potatoes 8 

Indian  corn 4 

Malangas  [Colocasia,  Xanthosoma  ?] 2 

Rice 2 

Cocoanuts 1 

Tobacco 1 

From  the  above  it  is  seen  that  coffee  is  much  the  most 
important  crop  of  the  island ;  that  sugar  cane  is  of  much 
less  relative  importance  than  in  Cuba,  and  that  tobacco, 
which  is  one  of  the  leading  crops  of  Cuba,  is  here  of 
trifling  importance. 

To  illustrate  the  tenure  of  land  under  different  crops 
and  the  race  of  the  occupant,  the  following  table  is  pre- 
sented, showing,  for  different  tenures  and  races  in  per- 
centages, the  proportion  which  was  planted  in  each  of 
the  different  crops  above  enumerated: 


White 
Crop.         owners. 

Tobacco 1 

Sugar  cane 14 

Rice 2 

Sweet  potatoes.    7 

Malangas 2 

Yams 

Bananas 15 

Cocoanuts 1 

Coffee 47 

Indian  corn 4 


White        Colored      Colored       Oth- 

renters.      owners,      renters.        ers. 

312 


It  is  seen  from  the  above  table  that  of  the  cultivated 
area  owned  by  whites  47  per  cent,  or  nearly  half,  was 
planted  in  coffee.  Bananas  occupied  15  per  cent,  and 
sugar  cane  14  per  cent.  Of  the  area  rented  by  whites, 
on  the  contrary,  47  per  cent  was  planted  in  sugar  cane 
and  but  18  per  cent  in  coffee.  This  distribution  of  crops 
among  the  areas  owned  by  negroes  was  wider,  coffee 
occupying  nearly  one-third  of  the  area,  while  sugar 
cane,  the  second  most  important  crop  in  the  island, 
occupied  only  2  per  cent.  Among  colored  renters  the 
areas  were  also  widely  scattered. 

PORTULACA  (Latin  name,  of  uncertain  history), 
Portulacacece.  PURSLANE.  Low,  fleshy,  often  trailing, 
annual  or  perennial  herbs,  of  perhaps  20  species,  in 
tropical  and  temperate  regions,  mostly  American.  Lvs. 
mostly  alternate,  thick,  sometimes  terete,  entire  :  fls. 
mostly  terminal,  usually  with  5  distinct  petals  and  with 
several  to  many  stamens,  both  borne  on  the  calyx  or 
receptacle-rim:  fr.  a  small,  conical,  circumscissile  cap- 
sule (Fig.  1917),  containing  many  small  seeds.  The 
flowers  of  Portulaca  open  in  direct  sunshine,  but  close 
in  shadow.  Two  annual  species  are  in  cultivation,  both 
thriving  in  the  hottest  exposures. 

grandifldra,  Hook.  ROSE  Moss.  Figs.  1925-6.  Stem 
slender  and  terete,  prostrate  or  ascending,  not  rising 
over  6-10  in.,  hairy  in  tufts  at  the  joints:  Ivs.  scattered 

or  somewhat  clustered, 
short  and  terete :  fls, 
large  (usually  1  in.  or 
more  across  in  the  cult, 
forms),  terminal  and 
subtended  by  clustered 
Ivs.,  in  many  bright  col- 
ors, soon  withering  : 
seeds  small,  metallic- 
gray  or  gray-black.  Bra- 
zil and  S.  B.M.  2885. 
R.H.  1877:90.  Gn.45,  p. 
436.  — Said  to  be  peren- 
nial under  glass.  Runs 
into  many  garden 
forms,  as:  Var,  Thel- 
lusonii,  Hort.  (P.  TUl- 
lusoni,  Lindley),  with  handsome  orange-scarlet  fls. 
B.  R.  26:31.  R.H.  1852:5.  Var.  splendens,  Hort.  (P. 
Gllliesii,  Hook.),  light  red-purple.  B.M.  3064.  Var. 
albiflora,  Hort..  clear  white.  Var.  sulphurea  or  Th6r- 
burni,  Hort.,  dark  yellow.  Var.  caryophylloides,  Hort., 


1925.  Capsule  of  Portulacea 
graridiflora  (X  %). 


red,  striped  white.  Var.  Bedmanni,  Hort.,  clear  white 
and  purple  striped.  Colors  of  the  cultivated  Portulacas 
range  from  pure  white  to  yellow,  rose,  scarlet,  deep  red, 
and  almost  purple,  with  many  striped  forms.  There  are 
also  many  full  double  strains.  The  Rose  Moss  is  most 


1926.  Portulaca  grandiflora  (X 


easy  of  culture  if  it  is  given  a  hot  and  rather  dry  soil. 
It  needs  full  sun.  The  seeds  require  a  rather  high  tem- 
perature for  germination,  and  therefore  they  are  sown 
rather  late,— not  until  corn-planting  time.  Sometimes 
they  are  started  indoors,  but  usually  they  are  sown  di- 
rectly where  the  plants  are  to  stand.  The  soil  need  not 
be  rich.  The  plant  makes  excellent  edgings,  and  is  good 
for  growing  in  dry  rockwork.  A  large  patch  of  it  gives 
a  brilliant  display  of  color  in  sunny  weather,  but  the 
flowers  do  not  open  in  dull  weather.  Seed  of  the  dou- 
ble varieties  produces  more  or  less  single- flowered 
plants,  unless  saved  from  cuttings  of  double-flowered 
plants,  but  the  singles  usually  bloom  earlier  than  the 
doubles.  Let  the  plants  stand  10-12  inches  apart.  They 
are  tender  to  frost.  The  plant  often  self-sows, and  in  some 
places  it  persists  about  old  gardens.  Portulaca  grandi- 
flora  was  first  described  by  Hooker  in  1829  in  the  Botani- 
cal Magazine.  The  flowers  were  described  as  "orange- 
colored,  or  of  a  very  bright  reddish  purple."  The  plant 
was  "discovered  by  Dr.  Gillies,  growing  in  light  sandy 
soil,  in  various  situations  between  the  Rio  del  Saladillo, 
or  western  boundary  of  the  Pampas,  and  the  foot  of  the 
mountains  near  Mendoza.  On  the  western  side  of  Rio 
Desaguardero  plants  were  in  great  profusion,  giving  to 
the  ground  over  which  they  were  spread  a  rich  purple 
hue,  here  and  there  marked  with  spots  of  an  orange 
color,  from  the  orange-colored  variety  which  grew  in- 
termixed with  the  others." 


19/7.  Portulaca  oleracea,  the  common  Purslane  (X  %). 


oleracea,  Linn.  PURSLANE.  PUSLEY  Figs.  1927, 1928. 
A  common  trailing  weed  in  sandy  ground,  Sut  also  cul- 
tivated in  improved  strains  as  a  pot-herb:  Ivs.  small, 
spatulate  or  narrow-obovate,  very  obtuse,  thick,  dull 
green  or  reddish:  fls.  small,  yellow  the  7-12  stamens 
sensitive  to  a  touch.  Widely  distributed  in  many  coun- 


PORTULACA 


POTATO 


1417 


tries;  probably  native  to  the  southwestern  parts  of  the 
U.  S.,  but  it  is  considered  that  it  is  introduced  into  the 
East  and  North.  In  sandy  and  loamy  soils  it  is  one  of 
the  commonest  and  most  persistent  of  weeds,  but  it  is 
little  known  on  heavy  lands.  The  common  wild  plant  is 
prized  for  "greens"  in  some  regions,  but  the  French  up- 
right forms  (Fig.  1928)  are  much  better,  as  they  are 
larger  and  more  tender;  these  improved  varieties  look 
very  different  from  the  common  "  Pusley  " ;  they  are  easy 
of  culture.  For  a  discussion  respecting  the  nativity  of 
Purslane  in  North  America,  see  Gray  &  Trumbull,  Amer. 
Jour.  Sci.  25,  p.  253.  L.  H.  B. 


1928.  Portulaca  oleracea,  the  cultivated  upright  form  (X  %). 

POSOQUfiKIA  (from  a  native  name  in  Guiana). 
Rubiacece.  About  a  dozen  tropical  American  glabrous 
trees  and  shrubs  with  thick  opposite  entire  Ivs.,  tubular 
fragrant  white,  rose  or  scarlet  fls.  in  terminal  corymbs, 
and  a  berry-like  fruit.  The  fls.  are  5-merous:  ovary 
1-2-loculed,  the  style  with  2-parted  stigma.  Several 
species  are  mentioned  in  Old  World  horticultural  litera- 
ture, all  warmhouse  plants,  but  only  one  has  appeared 
in  the  American  trade,  P.  longifldra,  Aubl.  (sometimes 
erroneously  written  P.  longifolia).  This  species  is  na- 
tive to  French  Guiana.  It  is  a  handsome  free-flowering 
bush  5-8  ft.  high :  Ivs.  oblong-acuminate,  narrowed  at 
the  base,  thick  and  shining:  fls.  12  or  more  in  a  cluster, 
3-5  in.  long,  waxy  white,  very  fragrant,  the  slender  tube 
curved,  hairy  in  the  throat.  Prop,  by  cuttings  of  ripen- 
ing wood.  L.  H.  B. 

POT,     See  Potting  and  Pots. 

POTAMOGETON  (compound  of  Greek  words  signify- 
ing that  these  are  river  plants) .  Naiadacew.  POND- 
WEED.  A  rather  large  genus  (50  or  CO  species)  of 
aquatic  plants  in  temperate  and  sometimes  in  tropical 
regions,  a  few  of  which  are  sometimes  grown  in  aquaria 
and  ponds.  Nearly  40  species  are  native  to  North 
America.  They  are  weedy  plants,  attaching  themselves 
to  the  bottom  in  ponds,  lake  margins  and  in  shallow 
streams,  and  holding  their  small  spikes  of  inconspicuous 
flowers  above  the  water  in  midsummer.  In  many  of  the 
species  there  are  two  kinds  of  leaves,  the  narrow  sub- 
merged ones  and  the  broad  floating  ones.  The  small 
perfect  flowers  have  4  greenish  perianth-segments,  4  sta- 
mens, and  usually  4  sessile  1-ovuled  ovaries:  fr.  a  nut- 
let with  a  coiled  or  hooked  embryo.  The  Potamogetons 
are  very  difficult  plants  for  the  systematic  botanists, 
and  it  is  not  worth  while  to  describe  any  of  the  species 
here.  There  are  none  which  are  generally  known  in  the 
trade.  They  are  likely  to  be  weeds  in  lilf  ponds.  For 
the  Amer.  species,  see  Morong,  Mem.  Torr.  Club.  3,  No. 


2;  also  the  current  manuals.  Three  species  have  come 
into  slight  notice  in  American  gardens:  P.  crispus, 
Linn.,  and  P.  natans,  Linn.,  natives,  and  P.  densus, 
Linn.,  European.  Easily  grown.  L  jj.  g< 

POTASH.     See  Fertilizers  and  Fertility. 

POTATO  is  one  of  the  most  widely  cultivated  and 
valuable  of  esculent  tubers.  It  is  Solatium  tiiberosum 
of  the  botanists,  and  is  allied  to  several  powerful  nar- 
cotics, such  as  tobacco,  henbane  and  belladonna,  and 
also  to  the  tomato,  eggplant  and  capsicum.  The  Potato 
is  a  native  of  the  elevated  valleys  of  Chile,  Peru  and 
Mexico,  and  a  form  of  it  is  found  in  southern  Colorado 
(see  Solatium).  It  probably  was  carried  to  Spain  from 
Peru  early  in  the  sixteenth  century.  It  seems  to  have 
been  introduced  into  Europe  as  early  as  1505.  Sir  Wal- 
ter Raleigh,  in  1585,  is  said  to  have  brought  back  the 
Potato  from  the  "new  country."  Recent  investigation, 
however,  seems  to  give  the  credit  of  introducing  the 
Potato  into  England  to  Sir  Francis  Drake,  in  1586.  As 
Batatas  Virginiana  it  was  figured  and  described  by 
Gerarde  in  1597.  It  is  probable  that  these  circum- 
stances led  to  erroneously  giving  the  credit  of  intro- 
ducing the  Potato  to  Raleigh  instead  of  to  Sir  John 
Hawkins.  The  wild  varieties  in  their  native  habitat 
still  bear  a  close  resemblance  to  cultivated  varieties 
except  for  the  enlarged  vine  and  abnormal  development 
of  the  tubers  in  the  latter.  During  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury the  Potato  was  cultivated  in  gardens  in  several 
European  countries.  It  was  recommended  by  the  Royal 
Society  of  London  in  1663  for  introduction  into  Ireland 
as  a  safeguard  against  famine.  The  cultivation  of  the 
Potato  as  a  field  crop  became  somewhat  common  in  Ger- 
many soon  after  1772,  at  which  time  the  grain  crops 
failed  and  Potatoes  were  a  welcome  substitute  for  the 
bread-corn.  It  was  near  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth 
century  before  it  acquired  any  real  importance  in  Eu- 
rope, outside  of  Ireland  and  a  few  restricted  localities 
in  other  countries.  As  late  as  1771  only  a  white  and  red 
variety  were  mentioned  in  one  of  the  most  important 
English  works  on  gardening.  The  plants  were  enor- 
mously productive,  but  the  tubers  were  poor  in  quality, 
so  poor  in  fact  that  their  chief  use  was  as  food  for 
domestic  animals;  and  only  when  the  bread-corns 
failed  were  they  used  to  any  extent,  and  even  then  as  a 
substitute.  By  1840  the  Potato  had  been  largely  substi- 
tuted in  Ireland  for  the  cereals  and  other  similar  food 
crops,  as  the  yield  of  Potatoes  in  weight  exceeded  by 
twenty  to  thirty  times  the  yield  of  wheat,  barley  or  cats 
on  an  equal  amount  of  land.  This  large  dependence  on 
a  single  food  crop  finally  resulted  in  a  wide-spread 
famine.  The  Potato  blight  which  appeared  in  the  United 
States  in  1845  devastated  Ireland  in  1846.  During  two 
years,  1846  and  1847,  a  conservative  estimate  places  the 
numbers  who  perished  for  want  of  food  or  from  dis- 
eases caused  by  a  meager  diet  of  unhealthy  and  unnu- 
tritious  food  at  600,000.  By  1848  the  plague  had  virtually 
disappeared. 

The  roots  of  the  Potato  are  distinct  from  the  tubers. 
Usually,  two  to  four  roots  start  from  the  stalk  at  the 
base  of  each  underground  stem  which,  when  enlarged 
at  the  end,  forms  the  Potato.  See  Fig.  1929.  Roots  may 
also  start  where  underground  stems  are  wanting.  The 
Potato  is  a  perennial  plant.  The  accumulated  starch  in 
the  tubers  furnishes  an  abundant  supply  of  nourish- 
ment for  the  plants  growing  from  the  eyes  or  buds  un- 
til they  are  well  above  ground.  So  much  food  is  stored 
that  not  infrequently  small  young  tubers  are  formed  on 
the  outside  of  Potatoes  left  in  the  cellar  during  the 
summer.  Potatoes  grow  from  two  to  even  three  feet 
high,  have  smooth,  herbaceous  stems,  irregularly  pin- 
nate leaves,  and  wheel-shaped  flowers  (Fig.  1930)  vary- 
ing in  breadth  from  1  to  1%  inches  and  in  color  from 
bluish  white  to  purple.  They  bear  a  globular  purplish 
or  yellowish  fruit  or  seed-ball  of  the  size  of  a  goose- 
berry, containing  many  small  seeds. 

The  dry  matter  of  Potatoes  is  composed  largely  of 
starch.  Being  deficient  in  nitrogen,  the  Potato  is  ill- 
adapted  for  an  exclusive  diet,  and  should  be  used  in 
connection  with  food  containing  a  high  percentage  of 
proteids,  such  as  lean  meats,  peas,  beans  and  egrgrs. 
The  lack  of  vegetable  fats  may  be  supplied  by  butter, 


1418 


POTATO 


POTATO 


gravy,  and  oaten  meal.     The  composition  of  the  Potato 

varies  widely.   An  average  of  136  analyses  is  as  follows: 

Water.     Ash.      Protein.  Starch.   Fat. 


Potatoes  ...............       78 

Oatmeal  ..............         7.9 

Graham  Hour  .........       13.1 


1.8 


2.2 
14.7 
11.7 


18  .1 

67.4       7.1 
69.8       1.7 


The  nutritive  ratio  of  wheat  is  1  to  5.37,  almost  per- 
fect; that  of  Potatoes  1  to  18.  29,  entirely  too  wide.  Many 
foods,  in  their  natural  state,  as  Potatoes,  are  more  or 
less  deficient  in  mineral  matter.  Notable  among  these 
are  rice  and  wheaten  flour—  the  former  containing  but 
0.4  per  cent  and  the  latter  0.5  per  cent  of  ash. 

Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  Potato  alone  forms 
an  unbalanced  ration,  it  is  used  more  universally  as  a 
food  than  any  other  esculent  vegetable  in  localities 
adapted  to  its  growth.  Potatoes  contain  a  small  amount 
of  a  somewhat  poisonous  substance.  When  exposed  to 
the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  for  some  time  and  "greened," 
the  deleterious  substance  is  so  greatly  increased  that 
the  water  in  which  they  are  boiled  is  not  infrequently 
used  to  destroy  vermin  ou  domestic  animals.  In  any 
case  the  water  in  which  Potatoes  are  cooked  should  not 
be  used  in  the  preparation  of  other  foods. 

There  are  many  hundred  varieties  of  Potatoes.  New 
varieties  are  constantly  supplanting  the  old  ones.  As 
new  varieties  are  usually  produced  under  superior  con- 
ditions, when  they  are  placed  in  field  culture  and  under 
more  difficult  conditions  they  tend  to  degenerate.  Old 
varieties  which  have  "run  out"  of  ten  find  their  way  into 
a  locality  where  conditions  are  superior.  Here  their 
valuable  qualities  may  be  restored  or  even  increased, 
and  they  are  then  generally  reintroduced  under  a  new 
name  (see  Bailey,  "Survival  of  the  Unlike,"  for  discus- 
sion of  the  running  out  of  Potatoes).  Usually  new 
varieties  are  secured  from  seeds,  but  the  seeds  of  a 
single  ball  cannot  be  depended  upon  to  propagate  the 
parent  type.  The  tubers  of  the  most  promising  seed- 
ling varieties  are  planted,  placed  under  superior  condi- 
tions, and  out  of  many  hundred  varieties  tested,  a 
single  one  may  (prove  to  be  worthy  of  introduction. 
The  world  owes  much  to  Rev.  Chauncey  E.  Goodrich,  of 
Utica,  N.  Y.,  for  his  painstaking  efforts  not  only  to  im- 
prove the  Potato,  but  also  for  originating  and  introduc- 
ing several  valuable  varieties.  The  acquired  habit  of 
producing  enlarged  underground  stems  has  been  so 
greatly  accentuated  that  the  normal  tendency  to  pro- 
duce seed-balls  has  been  nearly  obliterated,  especially 
in  the  early  varieties.  The  Potato  is  sensitive  to  frost 
and  therefore  must  complete  its  growth  in  most  locali- 
ties in  from  three  to  six  months.  The  period  of  devel- 
opment may  be  shortened  by  exposing  the  seed  Pota- 
toes to  the  more  or  less  direct  rays  of  the  sun  in  a  tem- 
perature of  about  60°  for  one  to  two  weeks  before 


.•/-//: 


1929.  Underground  parts  of  Potato  plant. 

Showing  the  fibrous  roots  and  the  stems  ending  in  tubers. 

The  old  seed-piece  is  seen  near  the  bottom. 

planting.  Some  of  the  starch  is  transformed  into  sugar, 
which  causes  the  eyes  or  buds  to  develop  into  minia- 
ture, short,  tough  plants  or  "rosettes,"  which  results, 
when  the  Potatoes  are  planted,  in  hastening  growth  and 
shortening  the  period  between  planting  and  harvesting. 
Some  varieties,  when  thus  treated  and  planted  in  warm, 
rich,  sandy  soil,  produce  merchantable  tubers  in  six 


weeks.  In  cutting  Potatoes  for  planting,  each  eye  shou>a 
be  supplied  with  an  abundance  of  food  to  start  the 
young  plants  off  vigorously:  the  pieces  should  be  as 
large  as  possible  and  yet  not  bear  more  than  one  or  two 
eyes  (Fig.  1931).  While  the  late  varieties  thrive  best 
in  a  moist,  cloudy  climate  and  in  a  rich,  loamy  soil, 
Potatoes  may  be  successfully  produced  in  light  soils 


1930.  Flowers  and  foliage  of  Potato  (X  %). 

and  under  cloudless  skies.  Dryish,  sandy  or  sandy 
loam  soils  not  only  produce  earlier  Potatoes  than  cold, 
damp  lands,  but  tubers  of  a  better  quality.  "Mealy" 
Potatoes  contain  less  moisture  than  do  those  which 
remain  somewhat  hard  when  cooked.  Americans  prefer 
the  former;  most  Europeans  the  latter. 

For  market-gardening,  varieties  such  as  Early  Rose 
are  planted  2  to  3  inches  deep  in  dry,  warm  soils,  as 
soon  as  danger  from  frost  has  passed.  Level  tillage  is 
practiced  until  the  vines  are  nearly  full  grown,  when 
the  rows  are  slightly  hilled  by  passing  an  implement, 
provided  with  a  single  large  shovel  with  or  without 
wing-attachments,  between  the  rows.  A  threefold  ef- 
fect is  secured  :  weeds  are  destroyed  ;  the  land  is 
raised  into  ridges,  whereby  the  soil  is  made  warmer  and 
drier,  thus  inducing  early  fruitage  ;  the  young  Pota- 
toes are  prevented  from  becoming  green  by  exposure  to 
the  sun.  Most  early  varieties  have  a  tendency  to  set 
tubers  near  the  surface.  Sandy  lands,  which  are  well 
suited  to  raising  early  Potatoes,  are  too  frequently  de- 
ficient in  plant-food,  and  resort  is  had  to  either  barn 
manure  or  chemical  fertilizers.  The  former,  especially 
if  not  fully  rotted,  increases  the  tendency  to  produce 
rough  or  scabby  Potatoes,  while  the  use  of  chemical 
manures  containing  but  a  small  percentage  of  nitrogen 
tends  to  produce  smooth  tubers  of  a  high  quality.  A 
liberal  dressing  for  an  acre  is  20  Ibs.  of  ammonium  sul- 
fate,  80  Ibs.  of  dried  blood,  150  Ibs.  of 
acid  phosphate  and  150  Ibs.  of  muriate 
of  potash.  These  would  furnish  17,  21 
and  75  Ibs.,  respectively,  of  the  plant- 
foods  named.  These  concentrated  fer- 
tilizers should  be  thoroughly  mixed 
and  incorporated  with  the  soil  by  pass- 
ing a  small  single-shoveled  plow  along 
the  open  marks  made  to  receive  the  1931. 

seed  Potatoes.     Market  -  gardeners  A  good  cutting  or 
often  use  wood  ashes  at  the  rate  of  50        seed-piece, 
to  80  bushels  per  acre. 

Frequently  a  second  crop  follows  the  early  Potatoes. 
In  any  case  a  cover-crop  (peas,  clover  or  winter  vetches) 
should  be  sown  after  the  Potatoes  are  dug  if  no  second 
harvest  crop  follows;  if  it  does  follow,  then  a  cover- 
crop  may  be  sown  at  or  just  before  the  last  inter-cul- 
ture is  given.  In  any  case,  provide  some  kind  of  a 
cover-crop  to  digest  the  plant-food,  to  afford  humus 
and  conserve  nitrogen  for  succeeding  Icrops,  and  to 
cover  the  land  during  the  rainy  and  cold  winter  periods 
when  the  soil  would  otherwise  be  idle  and  losing 
fertility. 

Late  Potatoes  are  planted  three  or  four  weeks  after 


POTATO 


POTATO 


1419 


the  early  ones  and  about  two  inches  deeper.  Inter-til- 
lage should  be  given  about  every  ten  days,  keeping  the 
ground  practically  level,  and  be  continued  late  in  the 
season,  that  an  earth-mulch  'may  be  kept  intact  to  con- 
serve moisture  during  the  hot,  dry  period  when  the 
young  tubers  are  forming.  Three  to  four  tillings  may 
suffice  for  early  Potatoes,  six  to  seven  for  late  varieties. 


1932.  Potato  blight. 
True  or  late  blight  on  the  left;  early  blight  on  the  right. 

The  yield  per  acre  of  Potatoes  in  the  United  States  is 
meager,  88.6  bus.  being  the  average  for  1899.  Under 
favorable  soil  and  climatic  conditions,  with  rational 
methods  of  procedure,  200  to  400  bus.  are  not  uncom- 
mon, and  under  superior  conditions  more  than  1,000 
bus.  per  acre  have  been  secured.  H.  C.  Pierson,  of  Pit- 
cairn,  N.  Y.,won  first  prize  for  the  largest  amount  of 
Potatoes  grown  from  one  pound  of  seed  in  a  single  sea- 
son. By  dividing  the  eyes  and  planting  them  in  the 
greenhouse  in  the  winter,  and  after  a  little  time  re-di- 
viding them,  and  this  continued  until  many  plants  were 
secured,  he  was  enabled  to  raise  2,558  Ibs.  of  Potatoes 
in  the  open  from  one  pound  of  seed,  being  an  increase 
of  more  than2,500  fold.  A.  P.  Rose,  of  Penn  Yan,  N.  Y., 
and  C.  F.  Thompson,  of  Lee,  N.  H.,  secured,  by  simi- 
lar methods,  2,349  Ibs.  and  2,118  Ibs.  respectively.  The 
low  average  yield  is  due,  in  part,  to  the  ravages  of  the 
many  enemies  of  the  Potato  plant,  which,  uncontrolled, 
sometimes  destroy  the  crop,  and  usually  seriously  dimin- 
ish the  yield.  In  the  United  States  the  Potato  is  not  so 
universally  used  as  in  Europe,  though  its  use  as  a  food 
is  steadily  increasing.  The  average  annual  'production 
in  the  U.  S.  from  1881  to  1890  was  169,809,053  bus., 
while  the  yield  in  1899  was  228,783,232  bus.,  which  sold 
for  an  average  price  of  thirty-nine  cents  per  bushel. 
New  York  stands  first  in  Potato  production,  producing 
28,707,976  bus.  of  the  total  yield.  The  crop  of  Europe 
aggregates  more  than  the  entire  wheat  crop  of  the 
world.  The  average  production  of  the  European  coun- 
tries from  1881  to  1890  was:  France,  396,746,138  bus.; 
Austria,  306,984,697  ;  Germany,  891,732,040  ;  Russia, 
300,315,070;  the  United  Kingdom,  228,093,397  bus.  In 
1898  the  United  States  exported  581,833  bus.  and  im- 
ported 530,420  bus.  For  further  information,  consult 
the  Experiment  Station  bulletins,  Carman's  "New  Po- 
tato Culture"  and  Terry's  "A  B  C  of  Potato  Culture"; 
also  bulletins  and  reports  of  various  experiment  sta- 
tions. 

The  most  common  enemy  to  the  Potato  plant,  the  Col- 
orado Potato  bug,  is  easily  destroyed  by  applications  in 
a  powder  or  in  a  liquid  of  Paris  green  to  the  vines 
when  the  bugs  first  appear.  The  fungus  Phytophthora 
infestans  causes  the  true  blight  (Fig.  1932),  which  re- 
sults in  the  potato-rot.  The  true  blight  may  be  kept  in 
check  by  frequent  and  thorough  sprayings  with  Bor- 
deaux mixture.  It  is  always  well  to  incorporate  Paris 
green  with  the  mixture  that  any  remaining  bugs  may 
be  destroyed.  The  Bordeaux  mixture  is  also  useful  in 
protecting  in  part  the  plants  from  the  flea-beetle.  Two 


or  three  applications  are  usually  made  during  the 
summer.  The  early  blight  is  more  common  than  the 
true  or  late  blight.  It  causes  the  shriveling  and  death 
of  the  foliage  (Fig.  1932).  It  is  usually  the  combined 
result  of  several  causes,  chief  amongst  which  are  fungi, 
flea-beetle,  drought.  Thorough  good  care  and  spraying 
with  Bordeaux  mixture  are  the  best  treatments.  A  good 
Potato  field  should  look  like  that  in  Fig.  1933  (adapted 
from  American  Agriculturist) ;  and  the  picture  also 
shows  a  good  spraying  rig.  j  p  ROBERTS. 

POTATO  CULTURE  AT  NORFOLK.— The  Irish  Potato  crop 
at  Norfolk,  Va.,  reaches  about  a  half  million  barrels 
annually.  It  is  planted  in  February  and  March,  and 
marketed  in  June  and  July — say  from  June  20  to  July  20. 

The  land  for  Potatoes  ranges  from  a  sandy  loam  to 
a  clayey  loam,  all  on  a  subsoil  of  clay.  Some  years 
the  higher  sandy  lands  do  the  best,  sometimes  the  lower 
more  clayey  lands  give  the  best  results,  depending  on 
the  amount  and  distribution  of  the  rainfall,  which  is 
generally  from  4  to  6  inches  per  month.  The  land  is 
plowed  with  a  two-horse  plow,  in  October,  November, 
or  December,  and  then  lies  until  some  time  in  January 
or  February,  depending  on  the  character  of  the  winter. 
It  is  then  replowed,  and  harrowed  down  level  and 
smooth;  as  the  land  is  mellow  it  all  works  down  as 
pliable  and  as  fine  as  the  best  of  garden  soil.  If  Pota- 
toes are  to  be  grown  alone  on  the  land,  the  rows  are  laid 
out  with  a  single  plow,  turning  out  a  furrow,  nearly 
down  to  the  subsoil,  and  2%  ft.  apart.  Fertilizer  to  the 
amount  of  800  or  1,000  Ibs.  to  the  acre  is  drilled  into 
the  furrows,  and  a  little  plow  with  a  sort  of  subsoil 
attachment  is  run  in  the  row  to  mix  the  fertilizer  with 
the  earth,  and  to  stir  up  the  hard  soil  at  the  bottom  of 
the  furrow. 

The  seed  Potatoes  are  cut  to  one  eye,  and  dropped 
about  12  to  15  in.  apart,  and  then  covered  with  a  small 
turning  plow  with  two  furrows.  As  soon  as  the  Potato 
begins  to  sprout  well,  and  before  it  has  made  its  ap- 
pearance, a  smoothing  harrow  is  run  across  the  rows, 
cutting  off  the  top  of  the  ridges  and  bringing  the  Potato 
sprouts  near  to  the  surface.  This  kills  all  the  early 
growth  of  weeds  and  leaves  the  land  in  good  condition 
for  the  tender  plants  to  break  through.  As  soon  as  the 
rows  can  be  followed,  a  single  plow  is  run  along  the 
sides  of  the  row,  turning  the  earth  away  from  the  row 
on  both  sides.  Then  a  Breed  or  a  Hallock  weeder,  or 
any  other  good  weeder,  is  run  over  the  field,  crossing 
the  rows  as  far  as  possible  at  right  angles.  This  leaves 
the  land  free  from  grass  or  weeds ;  and  the  remainder 


1933.   Spraying  Potatoes. 

of  the  cultivation  consists  in  turning  the  dirt  well  to 
the  rows;  then  a  short  campaign  against  the  potato 
bug,  and  the  crop  is  made.  About  half  of  the  seed  used 
is  home-grown.  To  secure  this  home  seed,  a  second  crop 
of  Potatoes  is  grown,  using  seed  taken  from  the  first 
crop,  planting  about  August  1.  This  second  crop  stands 
until  the  first  autumn  frosts,  say  some  time  in  No- 
vember, and  then  it  is  plowed  out,  and  the  larger 


1420 


POTATO 


POTENTILLA 


Potatoes  are  used  for  market,  the  smaller  ones  for 
seed.  Many  people  prefer  this  to  the  seed  purchased 
from  Maine  or  Michigan.  The  seed  is  cut  to  one  eye, 
and  about  two  barrels  is  necessary  to  use  in  planting 
one  acre.  Some  farmers  apply  less  fertilizer,  provided 
their  land  is  in  good  heart  or  productive  condition; 
some  apply  a  part  of  the  fertilizer  at  the  bottom  of  the 
drill,  and  the  balance  at  the  side  of  the  row  when  the 
dirt  is  turned  away  from  the  row.  One  good  thorough 
application  of  Paris  green  or  London  purple  at  the 
right  time  destroys  the  bug,  although  most  farmers 
have  to  go  over  their  fields  two  or  more  times. 

In  digging,  most  farmers  use  the  common  two-horse 
plow,  running  the  plow  under  the  row  and  lifting  all 
the  Potatoes  out,  still  attached  to  the  vine,  as  the 
vine  is  always  green  at  time  of  digging,  and  the  Pota- 
toes are  firmly  attached  thereto.  The  hands  then  fol- 
low and  lift  up  the  vines  with  the  Potatoes  attached, 
Cthe  Potatoes  in  barrels  at  10  cents  per  barrel, 
rels  are  then  headed  up,  by  firmly  nailing  on  a  can- 
vas cover,  and  placed  in  farm  wagons  to  be  hauled  to 
the  city  or  to  some  near-by  watercourse  or  railway, 
for  shipment  to  the  great  markets  in  the  U.  S.  east  of 
the  Mississippi  and  north  of  the  Ohio,  and  all  the  At- 
lantic seaboard  markets.  The  cost  of  barrel  is  about 
20  cents  each,  including  the  cover.  The  freight  is  18 


1934.  Potato-growing  in  the  Dismal  Swamp,  Va. 

cents  per  barrel  to  Baltimore  and  Washington,  20  cents 
to  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  and  about  30  cents  to 
Boston.  The  Potatoes  are  handled  by  commission  men 
at  the  different  markets  at  8  per  cent  commission. 

The  yield  will  run  from  40  to  60  and  even  to  80  bar- 
rels to  the  acre  and  the  price  from  $1  to  $3  per  bar- 
rel; the  yield  depending,  of  course,  upon  the  soil,  the 
season,  and  the  cultivation;  the  price  depending  on  the 
old  crop  on  hand,  the  condition  of  the  consuming  masses, 
whether  it  is  the  year  of  presidential  election  or  not,  and 
the  character,  condition,  and  earliness  of  the  Potato 
sections  coming  in  competition  with  this  section. 

Sometimes  the  Potato  rows  are  made  farther  apart 
and  berries  are  set  in  between  the  rows.  Often  the  Po- 
tato crop  is  followed  by  corn  the  same  season,  making 
two  fine  staple  farm  crops  from  the  same  land  the  same 
season.  Sometimes  these  second  crops  of  corn  are  sown 
full  of  cow-peas  at  the  last  working  of  the  corn,  and 
then  such  a  mass  of  vegetation  is  grown  that  it  is  almost 
impossible  to  turn  it  under  after  the  corn  is  harvested. 
Some  of  the  finest  Potato  land  is  found  on  the  margins 
of  the  famous  Dismal  Swamp,  a  few  miles  south  of  Nor- 
folk, Va.  Fig.  193 1.  Whenever  the  seasons  are  a  little  in- 
clined to  be  dry,  such  land  turns  out  the  finest  and  nicest 
Potatoes  to  be  found  anywhere.  One  grower,  whose  farm 
has  been  reclaimed  from  what  was  once  the  "Swamp," 
has  raised  as  high  as  25,000  barrels  in  a  single  season. 
A  navigable  arm  of  the  sea  ran  to  within  a  half  mile  of 
his  "Potato  patch,"  and  a  "tram  railway"  run  by  mule- 
power  enabled  him  to  put  his  Potatoes  into  market  as 
easily  and  as  expeditiously  as  the  man  beside  him  who 
grew  250  barrels.  The  scarcity  of  labor  will  eventually 
compel  the  use  of  the  improved  machinery;  and  the 


probability  is  that  the  acreage  devoted  to  Potatoes  is  to- 
be  lessened  instead  of  increased.  A.  JEFFERS. 

POTATOES  IN  THE  SOUTH.— It  is  an  easy  matter  to  grow 
an  early  or  spring  crop  of  Irish  Potatoes  in  the  South, 
provided  the  seed  tubers  can  be  had.  As  the  crop 
matures  early,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  keep  the  tubers 
over  the  summer  and  through  the  succeeding  winter  in 
order  to  plant  in  the  following  spring.  Therefore  it  is 
a  common  practice  to  import  seed  from  the  North.  This 
difficulty  of  keeping  the  seed  Potatoes  is  obviated  if  a 
second  or  fall  crop  is  grown ;  and  this  fall  crop  may  also 
be  made  to  afford  a  staple  supply  of  food.  The  great- 
est problem  in  Irish  Potato-growing  in  the  extreme 
South  is  the  raising  of  the  fall  crop,  although  the  matter 
is  not  difficult  if  a  few  underlying  principles  are  kept  in 
mind.  This  article  is  devoted  to  the  growing  of  the 
second  or  fall  crop. 

Under  favorable  conditions  profitable  crops  are  grown 
in  the  southern  states  during  late  summer  and  fall. 
Dry,  hot  weather  frequently  prevails  during  the  early 
part  of  this  period;  hence  the  necessity  of  having  the 
soil,  before  planting,  in  a  condition  to  receive  and 
to  retain  the  greatest  amount  of  moisture.  Heating 
manures  or  other  materials  that  will  cause  rapid  fer- 
mentation should  not  be  applied  to  the  soil  just  at 
planting  time  nor  during  the  first  month  after  planting. 
Land  that  was  thoroughly  prepared,  highly  fertilized 
and  well  tilled  in  some  spring  crop  like  cabbage  or 
onions,  gives  much  better  results  than  similar  soil 
broken  and  fertilized  only  a  short  time  before  plant- 
ing. Cool,  moist,  valley  lands  are  better  adapted  to  the 
fall  crop  of  Potatoes  than  are  the  drier,  warmer  hill- 
sides. 

Dormant  tubers  of  the  previous  year's  crop  would 
doubtless  insure  the  best  stand;  but,  as  these  are  diffi- 
cult to  obtain,  the  majority  of  growers  select  seed  Pota- 
toes from  the  spring  crop,  which  matures  two  or  three 
months  before  time  to  plant  the  second  crop.  Some 
growers  prefer  to  let  seed  Potatoes  remain  in  the  soil 
where  they  grew  until  ready  to  plant  the  second  crop; 
others  dig  as  soon  as  the  spring  crop  is  matured,  spread 
the  Potatoes  thinly  over  a  surface  protected  from  sun 
and  rain,  and  cover  lightly  with  straw  or  leaf -mold. 

In  latitude  33°,  August  1  to  August  15  is  sufficiently 
early  to  plant.  If  dry,  hot  weather  prevails  it  is  fre- 
quently advantageous  to  sprout  the  tubers  before 
planting;  otherwise  they  may  lie  in  the  ground  several 
weeks  perfectly  dormant.  This  sprouting,  or  starting 
the  buds,  is  easily  done  by  the  following  method: 
Spread  the  Potatoes  in  a  cool,  shaded  place,  cover  to 
the  depth  of  3  or  4  inches  with  garden  loam,  sand  or 
leaf -mold,  and  keep  moist  (not  wet)  for  about  a  fort- 
night, or  until  the  sprouts  are  an  eighth  to  a  quarter  of 
an  inch  long. 

As  a  rule,  conditions  for  starting  Potato  plants  into 
vigorous  growth  are  much  more  favorable  in  the  spring 
than  in  August.  The  plantlet  must  draw  its  suste- 
nance from  the  mother  tuber  until  it  is  able  to  imbibe 
food  from  the  soil;  hence  the  practice  of  cutting  tubers 
into  larger  pieces  for  the  summer  planting  than  was 
necessary  in  the  spring  seeding.  Cover  a  little  deeper 
than  would  be  proper  for  spring  seeding;  otherwise  the 
manner  of  planting  the  early  and  the  late  crop  is  the 
same.  With  proper  care  in  preparation  of  land,  very 
little  cultivation  is  necessary.  Once  the  plants  are 
started  into  vigorous  growth  (which  comes  with  the 
advent  of  cool  weather),  the  crop  develops  more  rap- 
idly in  the  fall  than  in  the  spring.  It  is  seldom  neces- 
sary to  dig  before  December  1.  Keeping  qualities  are 
excellent.  For  table  use  they  are  equal  to  those  from 
spring  harvest,  or  even  better  the  early  crop.  As 
seed  Potatoes  they  are  preferred  for  spring  planting. 

A.  B.  McKAY. 

POTATO,  AIE.     Dioscorea  bulbifera. 

POTATO  ONION.     See  Onion. 
POTATO,  SWEET.     See  Sweet  Potato. 

POTENTtLLA  (diminutive  of  Latin  potens,  power- 
ful; referring  to  the  medicinal  properties).  RoscLcece. 
CINQUEFOIL.  FIVE-FINGER.  A  large  genus  of  perennial, 
rarely  annual,  herbs  or  shrubs  found  throughout  the 


POTENTILLA 


POTENTILLA 


1421 


north  temperate  and  frigid  zones,  and  characterized  by 
their  compound  leaves,  5  bracteoles  borne  at  the  base  of 
the  5  sepals,  which  in  turn  are  borne  upon  the  edge  of 
a  cup-shaped,  dry  receptacle;  stamens  10-30,  together 
with  the  5  rounded  petals  inserted  upon  the  margin  of 
the  receptacle:  pistils  many,  in  fruit  becoming  minute 
akenes;  styles  deciduous.  Those  in  cultivation  are  all 
hardy  perennial  plants  suitable  for  border  planting. 
The  most  valuable  double-fid,  forms  are  hybrids 

K.  M.  WIEGAND. 

The  American  Potentillas  are  generally  rather  un- 
attractive plants  with  small  flowers.  They  are,  as  a 
rule,  very  tenacious  of  life  and  do  well  with  ordinary 
care.  P.  fruticosa,  a  handsome  and  distinct  low  shrub, 
prefers  moist  positions,  but  will  grow  in  even  very 
dry  soil.  Where  thoroughly  established  in  moist  soil  it 
is  difficult  to  eradicate.  P.  argentea  should  be  given  a 
dry  soil,  preferably  about  rocks.  It  is  tenacious  of  life 
and  is  quite  attractive.  P.  Hippiana,  a  western  species 
with  comparatively  large  foliage  of  decided  gray  color, 
is  hardy  east.  It  is  a  good  perennial  preferring  dryish 
soil.  P.  tridentata  is  an  attractive  evergreen  species 
forming  thick  mats.  It  does  well  in  any  fairly  rich  soil 
in  open  or  partially  shaded  positions.  Potentillas  are 
prop,  by  division  or  seed,  the  hybrids  only  by  division. 
P.  fruticosa  may  be  increased  by  greenwood  cuttings. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

Hybrid  Potentillas  have  nearly  all  the  good  qualities 
we  look  for  in  a  border  plant,  — handsome  foliage  and 
free  -  blooming  habit.  They  continue  in  bloom  from 
spring  until  autumn,  although  most  profusely  in  June 
and  July.  They  cannot  be  said  to  be  reliably  hardy  in 
the  latitude  of  Boston,  probably  not  above  Washington. 
They  do  not  grow  over  two  feet  and  seldom  need  stak- 
ing. A  heavy  soil  suits  them  best.  Choice  varieties  are 
propagated  by  division  of  the  rootstock  in  spring;  cut- 
tings will  not  root.  They  run  mostly  in  shades  of 
maroon,  scarlet  and  orange,  often  beautifully  banded 
with  yellow.  They  bear  seed  freely,  and  when  carefully 
hybridized  we  may  get  a  very  fine  strain  with  a  good 
proportion  of  double  ones.  Seedlings  bloom  the  second 
year.  Some  of  the  species  make  neat  rock  plants,  es- 
pecially P.  tridentata,  P.  verna  and  P.  argentea,— the 
last,  though  common,  is  valuable  in  places  in  which 
other  plants  will  not  grow.  T.  D.  HATFIELD. 


1.  fruticdsa,  Linn.  Fig.  1935.  Much-branched,  5  in. 
to  4  ft.  high,  with  peculiar  shreddy  bark:  Ivs.  all  pin- 
nate; Ifts.  3-7,  small  (6-12  lines  long),  oblong-linear, 
acute,  silky  with  revolute  margins:  fls.  numerous, 
bright  yellow,  showy,  8-16  lines  broad;  style  lateral: 
akenes,  receptacle  and  disk  all  long-hairy.  Swamps  and 


INDKX. 

Andre,  Dr.,  16. 

Gordon!,  5. 

O'Briana,  16. 

argentea,  15. 

gracilis,  14. 

palustris.     See 

Co- 

argyrophylla,  8. 

grandiflora,  7. 

marum. 

atrosanguinea,  8. 

Hamlet,  16. 

perfects,  16. 

tricolor,  16. 

Hapwoodiana,  16. 

purpurea,  16. 

cardinale,  16. 

Hippiana,  2. 

Pyrenaica,  12. 

coccinea,  9. 

hybrida,  16. 

Rollinson,  Wm., 

16. 

Daudin,  16. 

insignis,  8. 

rupestris,  4. 

Eldorado,  16. 

Ivesia,  5. 

Russelliana,  16. 

Emile,  16. 

laciniata,  13. 

Salter,  Jeane,  16 

formosa,  9. 

laciniosa,  13. 

Thurberi,  10. 

fruticosa,  1. 

Lemoine,  16. 

tridentata,  6. 

glandnlosa,  3. 

Mars,  16. 

verna,  11. 

Gloire  de  Nancy,  16. 

Nepalensis,  9. 

versicolor,  16. 

Vesuve,  16. 

Basal  leaves  pinnate. 

B.  Stem  shrubby    1.  fruticosa 

B.  Stem  herbaceous. 

c.  Lvs.  silky,  tomentose  beneath.  2.  Hippiana 
CC.  Lvs.  green  on  both  sides. 

D.  Lfts.  large,  1  in.  long,  den- 
tate    3.  glandulosa 

4.  rupestris 
DD.  Lfts.  minute,  %-%  in.  long, 

much  divided 5.  Gordon! 

Basal  Ivs.  palmately  8-7-foliolate. 
B.  Lfts.  S. 

c.  Fls.  white 6.  tridentata 

cc.  Fls.  yellow  or  red 7.  grandiflora 

8.  argyrophylla 

B.  Lfts.  5-7 9.  Nepalensis 

c.  Fls.  red  or  purple 10.  Thurberi 

cc.  Fls.  yellow.  11.  verna 

D.  Lvs.  green  beneath 12.  Pyrenaica 

13.  laciniosa 

14.  gracilis 
DD.  Lvs.  white  beneath 15.  argentea 


1935.  Potentilla  fruticosa  (X  %). 

rocky  places,  N.  Amer.,  Eu.,  Asia.  J.  H.  III.  31:602. 
D.  121.— A  useful  shrub,  flowering  throughout  the 
summer. 

2.  Hippiana,  Lehm.    Stem  erect,  stout,  1-2  ft.  high, 
silky,   erect-branched    above;     stipules     large,   ovate- 
lanceolate,  subentire:  basal  Ivs.  rather  large  ;  Ifts.  3-5 
pairs,  whitish  silky  above,  tomentose  beneath,  decreas- 
ing in  size  toward  base  of  leaf,  obovate-cuneate,  1-2%  in. 
long,  obtusely  toothed ;  cauline  Ivs.  several  and  similar: 
fls.   deep   yellow,   %-l  in.  broad,   cymose;    bracteoles 
nearly   equaling    the   calyx,  acute;   petals  slightly  ex- 
ceeding the  sepals,  retuse.   Western  America. 

3.  glanduldsa,  Lindl.    Strict,  1-2  ft.  high,  slender, 
viscid  and  glandular-hairy,  erect,  branched  above:  Ivs. 
mostly  basal,  4-6  in.  long;  Ifts.  3-4  pairs,  1-1  %  in.  long, 
obovate,  obtusish,  coarsely  serrate-dentate,  nearly  gla- 
brous;  cauline  Ivs.  3-parted  :  fls.  rather  large,  yellow 
petals  entire,  equaling  the  long-acuminate  sepals;  styles 
thickened  below,  inserted  at   base   of  carpel:    akenes 
glabrous.    Western  U.  S.;    grows  well  in  dry,  sterile 
ground. 

4.  rup6stris,  Linn.    Very  similar  to  the  last,  slightly 
stouter:  fls.  larger,  nearly  white;    petals  entire,  much 
exceeding  the  calyx.    June,  July.    Eu.  — Grows  well  in 
dry,  sterile  soil. 

5.  G6rdoni,  Baill.  (Ivesia   G6rdoni,  Torr.  &  Gray). 
Root  stout:  caudex  woody  and  cespitose:  stems  erect, 
4-12  in.  high,  and,  like  the  Ivs.,  glandular  -  pubescent 
or  glabrous:    Ivs.  mostly  basal,  numerous;  Ifts.  10-20 
crowded  pairs;  cauline  Ivs.  few,  very  small:  fls.  small 
and  inconspicuous  in  a  crowded  cyme;  petals  yellow, 
spatulate,  shorter  than  the  sepals;  stamens  only  5;  pis- 
tils 1-5.  Western  U.  S. ;  forms  dense  mats  in  dry  soil. 
—Possibly  generically  distinct. 

6.  tridentata,  Soland.    Often  woody  at  the  base,  1-12 
in.  high,  slender:  branches  erect-spreading,  appressed- 
pubescent:  Ivs.  mostly  basal,  long-petioled ;   Ifts.  %-l 
in.  long,  oblanceolate,  truncate  and  2-5-toothed  at  the 
apex,  cuneate  and  entire  below,  coriaceous,  dark  green, 
paler  beneath:  fls.  several,  small,  3-5  lines  broad,  in  a 
terminal,  nearly  naked  cyme;    petals  oval,  entire,  ex- 
ceeding the  calyx;    style  lateral,  filiform:  akenes  and 
receptacle  villous.    June,  July.     Northern   N.  Amer., 
Greenland,  Scotland.  — Good  for  dry  banks  and  rockeries. 


1422 


POTENTILLA 


POTHOS 


7.  grandiflora.Linn.    Stem  leafy,  10-20  in.  high,  erect, 
branched,  villous:    caudex    nearly    simple:    Ivs.   with 
appressed-hairy  petioles  exceeding  the  broadly  obovate- 
cuneiform,  dentate,  1-1% -hi.  long  Ifts.,  which  are  green 
and  pilose-silky  on  both  sides:  fls.  numerous,  %-%  in. 
in  diam. ;  petals  broad,  emarginate,  much  exceeding  the 
acute  sepals;    akenes    glabrous,   rugulose:    receptacle 
hairy.    June,  July.     Eu.,  North  Asia.— A  good  border 
plant.     Differs  from  the  next  in  the   smaller,  broader 
leaflets,  green  beneath,  and  the  rugulose  carpels. 

8.  argyrophylla,  Wall.  (P.  insignis,  Royle).    Tall  and 
leafy,  2-3  ft.  high,  stout,  silky-hairy  or  pubescent:  Ivs. 
large,  long-petioled;  Ifts.  2-3  in.  long,  elliptic-ovate  or 
obovate,  acutely  toothed,  white    beneath,   silky-hairy, 
rarely  glabrous   above:     fls.    yellow,  %-!%  in.   broad, 
long,    slender -pedicelled;     sepals     acuminate;     petals 
large,  obcordate,  exceeding  the  calyx-  akenes  smooth; 
style    sub-terminal,    receptacle    villous.      June,    July. 
Himalayas.     Var.  atrosanguinea,  Hooker  (P.  atrosan- 
guinea, Lodd.).— Fls.  red  or  purple,  same  range.    One 
of  the  most  common  species  in  cultivation  and  exten- 
sively hybridized  with  P.  Nepalensis,  giving  rise  to 
most  of  the  hybrid  Potentillas  of  the  trade. 

9.  Nepalensis,  Hook.   (P.  formbsa,  Don.    P.  coccinea, 
Hoffm.).   Erect,  1K-2  ft.  high,  from  a  woody  rootstock, 
few-fid.,  clothed  with  long,  soft,  spreading  hairs,  leafy- 
branched:  lower  Ivs.  5-7-foliate,  often  12  in.  long;  Ifts. 
(2-3  in.  long)  obovate  or  elliptic-obovate,  acute  or  obtuse, 
coarsely  serrate,  green,  base  entire:  fls.  8-12  lines  broad, 
purple;  petals  obcordate,  twice  the  length  of  the  acute 
sepals;    bracteoles   obtuse:    akenes   minute,   glabrous, 
wrinkled;    receptacle   hairy.     May,  June.    Himalayas. 
—A  fine  species. 

10.  Thiirberi,  Gray.     Similar  to  the   last,  but  stem 
ascending,   more   slender    and   finely  pubescent:    Ivs. 
little  paler  beneath,   1-2  in.  long,  coarsely  toothed  or 
almost  crenate,  thinner,  smaller  and  less  veiny:   brac- 
teoles lanceolate,  acute.    June,  August.    Southwestern 
U.  S.  —  Good  for  border  planting. 

11.  v6rna,   Linn.     Stems  4-10  in.  long,  spreading  or 
procumbent,    sometimes    creeping,    forming     a    thick 
turf,  much  branched  from  the  base,  more  or  less  hispid: 
radical  Ivs.  small;  Ifts.  5-7,  broadly  obovate-cuneiform, 
dentate,  4-6  lines  long:  upper  Ivs.  sessile,  ternate:  fls. 
many,  of  medium  size,  obscurely  cymose;  petals  obcor- 
date, little  exceeding  the.  calyx;    bracteoles  similar  to 
the  sepals;    akenes  smooth;    receptacle  hairy.     April, 
May.    Dry  or   stony  places,  Europe.  — For  banks   and 
rockeries. 

12.  Pyrenaica,  Ram.    Stem  branched  below,  6-15  in. 
long,  decumbent  at  base,  then  ascending:  radical  Ivs. 
long-petioled,  hirsute  or  nearly  glabrous;  Ifts.  oblong, 
toothed  above  with  subacute  teeth,  terminal  tooth  of 
equal  size;  stem-lvs.  few,  similar:  Ivs.  numerous;  sepals 
and  bracteoles  similar,  acutish ;  petals  longer  than  the 
calyx,  obcordate:    carpels    smooth;    receptacle    hairy. 
Aug.    Europe.— Larger  than  the  last  and  less  prostrate: 
Ifts.  larger,  more  oblong:  fls.  larger. 

13.  lacinidsa,    Wald.    &   Kit.    (P.    laciniata,   Amer. 
Hort.  ?).    Erect  and  forming  clumps  1-2  ft.  high,  spar- 
ingly hirsute,  reddish:  Ivs.  with  5-8  broadly  oblanceo- 
late-oblong,  2-3-in.  long,  deeply  laciniate-pinnatifid  and 
pilose  Ifts. :  fls.  in  much -branched  cymes ;  sepals  lanceo- 
late; petals  bright  yellow,  emarginate,  much  longer  than 
the  calyx:    akenes  rugose;    style  terminal.    Hungary; 
grows  well  in  dry  ground.  — Closely  related  to  P.  recta. 
Differs  from  the  two  preceding  in  the  larger  size,  stiff, 
erect  habit,  larger  Ivs.  and  rugose  akenes. 

14.  gracilis,  Dougl.   Erect  and  rather  tall  (about  2  ft. 
high),  more  or  less  whitened  with  silky  hairs  and  to- 
mentum:     basal    Ivs.  long-petioled;    Ifts.    obovate    or 
oblanceolate,  1-2  in.  long,  deeply  and  regularly  incised- 
dentate,  silky  above,  rarely  glabrous,  white -tomentose 
beneath;  stem-lvs.  similar  but  smaller:  fls.  many  in  a 
terminal  cyme;  corolla  6-9  lines  broad,  showy;    petals 
obcordate,   exceeding  the    acuminate   sepals:     carpels 
glabrous.   Western  N.  Amer.  — Some  specimens  in  cult, 
may  be  P.  Blaschkeana,  Turc. 

15.  arg6ntea,  Linn.   Ascending  or  procumbent,  tufted, 
branched   from   the   base,  4-12  in.  long,  more   or   less 
white-tomentose,  leafy:  Ifts.  6-12  lines  long,  obovate- 


oblanceolate,  cuneate,  deeply  incised  with  narrow  teeth 
and  revolute  margins,  dark  green  above,  white  beneath: 
fls.  few,  cymose,  2-4  lines  broad;  sepals  ovate-acute, 
slightly  shorter  than  the  rounded  petals ;  styles  filiform, 
terminal:  akenes  glabrous.  May-Sept.  Dry,  sterile  soil 
throughout  the  whole  north  temperate  zone. 

16.  Hybrid  Potentillas,  originally  from  P.  argyro- 
phylla, var.  atrosanguinea,  and  P.  Nepalensis  (see 
Gn.  16:207):  Single-flowered.  —  Hapwoodiana,  Ifts.  5-6, 
petals  at  base  deep  rose,  at  center  pale  rose,  margins 
whitish;  Russelliana,  scarlet-fire-red,  large:  Ifts.  3. 
Double- f low ered.  —  Ricolor  Plena,  orange  and  vermilion ; 
Cardinale,  brilliant  cardinal;  Dr.  Andre",  golden  yel- 
low, suffused  with  vermilion;  Eldorado,  purple  suf- 
fused with  yellow;  Emile,  bright  bronzy  red;  Gloire 
de  Nancy,  golden  yellow;  Hamlet,  dark  carmine; 
Hybrida,  name  applied  to  various  hybrids,  R.  H.  1890,  p. 
305;  Jeane  Salter,  orange  shaded  scarlet;  Le  Vesuve, 
floriferous,  light  red  margined  with  yellow  or  scarlet; 
Mars,  dark  velvety  red;  M.  Daudin,  beautiful  amber; 
O'Briana,  pink  and  salmon;  Perfecta,  maroon  shaded 
lemon;  Purpurea,  deep  purple;  Purpurea  lutea  plena, 
dark  purple,  double;  Versicolor,  carmine  and  yellow- 
flaked;  Victor  Lemoine,  light  red  striped  with  yellow; 
Wm.  Rollinson,  mahogany  brown  suffused  with  orange. 

P.  anserlna,  Linn.  SILVER-WEED.  Spreading  by  runners, 
low,  white-tomentose:  Ivs.  radical,  pinnate:  fls.  yellow. 
Gravelly  lake  shores.  Very  decorative.  Eu.,  N.  Amer.— P. 
Canadensis,  Linn.  Prostrate  or  creeping:  Ivs.  green,  palmately 
3-5-foliolate:  ns.  few,  yellow.  N.  Amer.  Good  for  dry,  sterile 
soil.  Mn.  3:38.— P.  Milleri,  Hort.  A  trade  name  not  deter- 
mined. Woolsonsays,  "Colorado;  12-18  in.  high.  Plant  densely 
white-tomentose,  branching.  Fls.  bright  yellow,  a  half  inch  or 
more  across."— P.  recta,  Linn.  Close  to  P.  laciniosa,  tall,  with 
handsome  palmate  foliage:  fls.  deep  yellow,  worthy  of  cult. 
Eu.— P.  Salesovidna.  See  B.M.  7258.— P.  sulphured,  Lam. 
Similar  to  P.  recta,  but  fls.  pale  yellow  and  larger.  Fine  deco- 
rative plant.  Eu.,  introduced  in  Amer.  K.  M.  WlEGAND 

POTfiRIUM  (Greek  for  drinking  cup;  because  the 
foliage  of  one  species  was  used  in  the  preparation  of  a 
medicinal  drink).  Bosdcew.  Linnaeus  placed  certain 
rosaceous  plants  in  the  genera  Poterium  and  San- 
guisorba,  the  latter  having  precedence  of  publication. 
Many  subsequent  authors  have  united  these  genera,  and 
they  are  so  treated  in  Gray's  Manual.  Focke,  however 
(Eiigler  and  Prantl,  Die  Natiirlichen  Pflanzenfamilien), 
re-defines  the  genus  Poterium  to  include  one  species, 
the  P.  spinosum  of  South  Europe,  allowing  the  other 
species  to  remain  in  Sanguisorba.  As  thus  understood, 
Poterium  is  monoecious,  the  lower  fls.  in  the  spike 
staminate,  the  upper  pistillate,  the  stamens  many  and 
hanging,  the  styles  2,  the  fr.  somewhat  fleshy,  colored, 
and  inclosed  in  the  calyx,  the  leaves  pinnate.  P.  spinosum, 
Linn.,  is  a  small  spiny  shrub  with  nearly  glabrous 
serrate  leaflets,  somewhat  downy  branches,  small  green- 
ish fls.  in  oblong  spikes  and  reddish  berry-like  fr.  It  is 
offered  in  S.  Calif.  Grows  3  ft.,  the  branchlets  ending 
in  spines.  Said  to  be  a  very  interesting  ornamental 
under-shrub. 

For  P.  Canadense  and  P.  Sanguisorba,  see  Sanguis- 
orba.  L.  H.  B. 

POTHOS  (Potha  is  said  to  be  a  Ceylonese  name). 
Aracece.  Between  30  and  40  tall-climbing  branching 
shrubs  (more  or  less  herbaceous  as  known  in  cultiva- 
tion) of  the  oriental  tropics;  leaves  thick  and  often 
shining,  entire  or  lobed,  sometimes  blotched  or  varie- 
gated. The  species  are  warmhouse  foliage  plants,  re- 
quiring the  same  general  treatment  as  Philodendron 
(which  see).  Five  names  are  in  the  American  trade, 
but  not  all  of  them  belong  to  Pothos.  In  fact,  the  genus 
Pothos  is  very  ill-defined  in  cultivation  because  species 
are  named  before  flowers  and  fruits  are  known  and 
determinations  are  often  wrongly  made.  Some  of  them 
are  to  be  referred  to  Scindapsus  and  others  perhaps  to 
Rhaphidophora.  The  fls.  are  small  and  perfect,  crowded 
on  a  spadix,  with  6  perianth-segments  and  6  stamens, 
the  ovary  3-loculed  and  with  a  rounded  or  mushroom- 
like  sessile  stigma:  fr.  a  1-3-seeded  berry:  spathe 
usually  persistent  and  wide-spreading  or  deflexed  at 
maturity.  Rhaphidophora  has  an  oblong  or  linear  stigma. 
The  species  of  Pothos  send  out  cord-like  roots  that  cling 
to  damp  walls.  For  P.  argyrwa,  see  Scindapsus  pictus, 
var.  For  monograph,  see  Engler.  DC.  Monogr.  Phaner.  2. 


POTHOS 


POTS 


1423 


A.    J/vs.  green,  not  banded  or  mottled. 

celatocaulis,  N.  E.  Brown.  Rapid-growing  climber, 
with  stems  flat  on  the  under  side  and  lying  close  to  its 
support:  Ivs.  distichous  and  overlapping,  broad-elliptic, 
somewhat  oblique,  sessile,  strongly  many-veined,  dark 
velvety  green.  Borneo.  F.S.  23:2419,  2420.  I. H.  30:496. 
—First  described  in  1880  in  England.  A  very  odd 
plant. 

nitens,  Bull.  Lvs.  obliquely  ovate-acute,  cordate  at 
base,  shining  purplish  green.  Malaya. 

AA.    Lvs.  mottled  or  banded. 

aureus,  Linden.  Fig.  1936.  Strong  evergreen  climber 
with  cordate-ovate-acute  Ivs.,  which  are  variously 
blotched  and  mottled  with  yellowish  white,  the  body 
color  being  bright  green.  Solomon  Isl.  I.H.  27:381. 
S.H.  1:334.  — The  generic  position  of  this  plant— which 
is  one  of  the  commonest  ones  in  cult.  — is  in  doubt.  It 
probably  belongs  to  Rhaphidophora,  possibly  to  Scindap- 
sus.  In  a  dark  place  the  handsome  markings  of  the 
leaves  tend  to  disappear.  Branches  will  grow  in  water 
for  a  time.  Prop,  by  cuttings  or  layers. 

arg6nteus,  Bull.  Lvs.  obliquely  ovate-acuminate,  sil- 
very gray,  with  a  deep  green  margin  and  a  deep  green 
band  along  the  midrib.  Borneo.  L.  H.  B. 

POTHUAVA.    See^chmea. 

POT  MARIGOLD.    See  Calendula. 

POTS.  Before  beginning  an  historical  sketcn  of  the 
manufacture  of  flower  pots  in  America  the  writer  may 
perhaps  be  pardoned  for  stating  that  the  firm  which  he 
represents  is  one  of  the  thirty -one  firms  eligible  to  the 
Century  Club,  which  consists  of  firms  that  have  had  an 
uninterrupted  ancestral  record  of  one  hundred  years  or 
more  in  the  same  business.  Other  memberships  in  the 
Century  Club  of  interest  to  horticulturists  are  those  of 
J.  M.  Thorburn  &  Co.,  of  New  York,  and  D.  Landreth 
&  Co.,  of  Philadelphia.  The  business  of  making  flower 
pots  has  been  in  the  direct  line  of  the  writer's  family 
for  four  generations  without  a  break,  and  this  indicates 
the  age  of  the  business  in  this  country. 

The  first  entry  in  our  oldest  account  book  reads  as 
follows:  Weston,  April  19,  1775,  Lemuel  Jones,  to  Ware, 
debtor:  0£  2s.  8d.  From  1788  to  1810,  a  period  of  21 
years,  we  have  a  continuous  account.  The  charges  dur- 
ing that  entire  term  cover  about  as  many  pages  as  we 
now  often  use  in  a  day ;  and  the  amount  in  dollars  and 
cents  does  not  compare  with  single  sales  of  the  year 
1900.  Through  all  the  years  up  to  1807  the  term  "flower 
pots  "  does  not  once  appear,  and  the  writer  very  much 
regrets  that  the  first  sale  of  flower  pots  and  the  name 
of  the  purchaser  cannot  be  found. 

The  readers  of  thk  article  who  can  remember  the  year 
1861  will  recall  the  depressed  condition  of  business  after 
war  was  actually  declared.  The  members  of  the  Hews 
firm  felt  sure  that  there  would  be  no  demand  for  flower 
pots,  they  being  more  of  a  luxury  than  a  necessity,  and 
that  the  factory  must  close.  At  that  time  the  writer 
succeeded  in  getting  permission  to  make  his  first  ven- 
ture as  salesman  "on  the  road."  Going  first  to  C.  M. 
Hovey,  he  secured  what  was  a  good  order  for  those 
times,  some  10,000  or  more  pots  for  the  spring  trade  of 
1862.  Not  once  after  that,  during  the  Civil  War,  was 
the  firm  able,  during  the  spring  and  fall  rush,  to  fill  all 
their  orders  for  flower  pots.  It  is  not  that  these  orders 
were  remarkably  large  or  numerous,  but  they  were  be- 
yond the  capacity  of  the  firm. 

The  writer's  own  records  go  back  to  1866.  At  that 
time  prices  were  a  third  or  a  half  higher  than  they  are 
to-day,  which  is  more  than  the  writer  would  be  willing 
to  admit  of  the  relative  excellence  of  the  goods.  We 
first  got  fairly  under  way  with  machinery  for  making 
small  flower  pots  in  1869.  The  father  of  the  under- 
signed, always  disposed  to  be  a  little  cautious,  thought 
that  we  should  overstock  the  country  and  ruin  the 
prices.  We  did  in  that  year  what  we  thought  was  a 
wonderful  business  in  flower  pots.  We  exceeded  it  by 
a  third  in  the  month  of  October,  1894. 

Until  about  1864  or  1865  common  flower  pots  through- 
out the  world  had  always  been  made  by  hand  on  the 

90 


potter's  wheel.  There  had  been,  indeed,  many  different 
forms  of  this  wheel,  but  it  had  always  been  propelled  by 
hand  or  foot  power.  When,  in  the  early  fifties,  a  wheel 
was  made  to  be  propelled  by  the  foot,  with  two  sizes  of 
pulleys  and  a  balance  wheel  whereby  the  speed  of  the 


1936.    Pothos  aureus  of  the  horticulturists  (X  %).' 

wheel  was  increased  in  the  proportion  of  three  to  one, 
it  was  thought  that  perfection  had  been  reached.  Much 
time,  though  very  little  money,  had  been  spent  previous 
to  the  fifties  in  attempts  to  make  a  pot  machine.  It  was 
left  to  William  Linton,  of  Baltimore,  an  experienced 
practical  potter,  to  perfect  and  patent  the  first  machine. 
From  him  we  purchased  two  machines  and  the  exclusive 
right  to  use  them  in  Massachusetts.  In  a  short  time  we 
were  able  to  make  great  improvements  on  his  patent. 
America  was  far  ahead  of  Europe  in  this  kind  of 
machinery,  as  also  in  improved  machinery  in  general. 
It  is  probably  safe  to  say  that  from  time  immemorial 
down  to  about  the  year  1863,  flower  pots  had  always 
been  made  in  one  general  way— by  hand,  on  a  potter's 
wheel. 

The  machine  made  only  small  pots,  up  to  about  5  inches 
in  diameter:  and  while  it  had  previously  taken  an  ex- 
perienced man  to  make  his  thousand  3-inch  pots  in  10 
hours,  a  smart  boy  without  any  previous  experience 
whatever  could  make  three  thousand  on  the  machine  in 
the  same  time. 

When  the  standard  pot  was  adopted,  about  10  years 
ago,  the  hand  process  was  practically  abandoned  in 
the  principal  potteries  in  favor  of  what  is  technically 
called  the  jigger.  This  is  a  revolving  disk  propelled  by 
machinery.  These  disks,  or  jigger-heads,  are  made  of 
different  sizes  and  fitted  with  various  rings.  Plaster 
molds  are  made  in  very  large  numbers  for  each  size  of 
pots,  and  the  larger  standard  pots  (6-12-inch)  are  all 
made  at  the  present  time  in  these  molds.  With  us, 
pots  from  12-24  in.  in  diam.  are  made  as  of  yore  by 
hand  on  the  wheel. 

The  making  of  the  pot  is  not  its  only  cost:  previous 
to  that  comes  the  preparation  of  the  clay.  The  hundred 
years  from  1765  to  1865  saw  no  improvement  in  the  pro- 
cess of  preparing  it  for  use.  It  was  ground  in  a  wooden 
tank  or  tub,  propelled  by  an  ox.  The  various  other 
processes  remained  as  crude  in  1865  as  they  had  been 
the  century  previous:  the  drying,  firing,  and  all  con- 
nected with  the  manufacture.  The  capacity  of  our 
flower  pot  drying-rooms  of  to-day  far  exceeds  the  entire 
product  of  any  one  year  prior  to  1865.  At  that  time  the 
custom  of  using  wood  for  drying  and  firing  pots  still 
continued.  It  required  three  cords  of  white  pine  and 
from  thirty  to  forty  hours'  labor  to  thoroughly  fire  a 


1424 


POTS 


POTTING 


small  furnace.   To-day  three  tons  of  bituminous  coal  will 
fire  five  times  as  much  pottery  in  fifteen  hours. 

It  is  a  very  common  saying  that  one  flower  pot  is  as 
good  as  another,  provided  it  will  hold  together  long 
enough  to  grow  the  plant.  This  is  equivalent  to  saying 
that  one  rose  is  as  good  as  another.  The  late  C.  M. 
Hovey  has  often  said  to  the  writer,  "Mr.  Hews,  I  want 
all  perfect  pots.  Suppose  I  am  potting  a  choice  plant 
which  will  be  worth  two  or  three  dollars.  I  want  a  good 


1937.  Pots  of  various  sizes. 
All  are  "standard"  pots  except  the  rimless  one  at  the  right,  which  is  a  "rose  pot." 


uniform  firing,  and  of  a  smooth  surface  inside  as  well 
as  out.  It  must  also  be  of  right  porosity,  a  condition 
which  can  be  attained  by  the  proper  mixture  of  clay. 
Moreover,  a  machine-made  pot  should  have  a  smooth 
rim  on  the  inside,  so  that  the  man  standing  at  his 
bench  potting  thousands  of  plants  per  day,  as  is  being 
done  constantly  in  large  establishments,  may  have  some 
flesh  on  his  thumbs  at  night.  Such  a  pot  must  also 
be  able  to  stand  transportation  and  years  of  usage  if 
necessary.  "  Standard  "  flower  pots,  such 
as  are  now  used  by  American  florists, 
are  shown  in  Figs.  1937. 

The  writer  often  asks  himself,  "Will 
the  demand  for  flower  pots  in  the  next 
quarter  century  increase  in  the  same 
ratio  as  in  the  past  quarter?"  In  1869 
we  manufactured  700,000  pots;  in  1894, 
7,000,000,  or  ten  times  as  many  after  a 
lapse  of  25  years.  If  the  same  factory 
can  in  1920,  another  25  years  later,  pro- 
duce and  sell  70,000,000,  we  shall  verily 
be  living  in  a  land  of  flowers ! 


straight  pot  for  it,  but  I  am  obliged  to  pull  the  pile  over 
before  I  can  find  one.  When  I  do  find  one  it  is  sure  to 
be  of  such  a  soft  burn  that  it  will  hardly  hold  together." 
We  would  then  examine  some  of  the  choice  subjects  in 
his  greenhouse,  and  they  were  sure  to  be  in  warped  and 
cracked  pots.  "Such  a  pot  spoils  the  sale  of  a  plant 
unless  I  repot  it."  This  was  before  the  day  of  standard 
pots.  When  the  Society  of  American  Florists  met  at 
Washington  in  1892  the  writer  spent  several  hours  in  the 
greenhouses  of  the  various  departments.  To  say  that 
many  of  the  flower  pots  looked  as  if  they  belonged  to 
that  class  of  pottery  found  in  the  Indian  mounds  of 
Mexico  would  be  a  reflection  on  the  aborigines.  The 
poor  preparation  of  poor  materials  is  a  feature  of 
the  thousands  of  inferior  flower  pots  that  flood  our 
markets.  The  practical  florists  were  long  ago  convinced 
that  the  best  pots  are  the  cheapest. 

Grades  of  clay  used  in  the  manufacture  of  flower  pots 
are  almost  as  numerous  as  the  banks  in  which  they  are 
found,  and  require  many  different  methods  of  treatment. 
To  separate  the  stones  from  the  clay  has  always  been  a 
very  perplexing  as  well  as  expensive  problem.  The  clay  is 
first  plowed  by  means  of  a  horse  and  capstan,  whereby  one 
horse  will  do  the  work  of  twenty  men  with  picks.  This 
clay  is  then  loaded  in  dump  carts  and  carried  to  the 
mill,  where  it  is  shoveled  through  a  disintegrator,  which 
expels  the  larger  stones  and  crushes  the  smaller  ones. 
It  then  falls  on  an  endless  belt  and  is  carried  to  a 
revolving  drier.  This  is  a  new  western  device,  where, 
by  the  use  of  crude  petroleum  for  heat,  we  evaporate 
from  20  to  25  per  cent  of  moisture  from  the  clay,  and 
while  it  passes  through  a  direct  blaze  of  white  beat 
there  is  sufficient  moisture  all  the  time  to  prevent  it 
from  burning.  (Burning  of  the  clay  at  this  stage  would 
make  it  worthless.)  To  demonstrate  this  point  beyond 
question,  paper  and  dry  shavings  were  passed  through 
with  the  clay,  and  they  came  out  without  even  scorch- 
ing. 

From  the  drier,  the  clay  goes  into  large  bins,  where  it 
must  remain  24  hours,  so  that  portions  of  it  which  have 
become  too  dry  and  hard  may  absorb  the  moisture  from 
that  not  dry  enough.  From  these  bins  it  is  carried  to 
whippers,  which  beat  the  clay  without  further  crushing 
the  stone.  From  the  whipper  it  goes  to  the  revolving 
screens,  and  thence  to  the  elevators. 

The  next  process  is  mixing,  or,  as  we  term  it,  "pug- 
ging." This  is  all  done  by  machinery.  From  one  ma- 
chine the  clay  comes  out  very  soft  and  plastic,  to  be 
worked  into  plaster  molds.  From  the  other  the  clay 
comes  out  into  hard  cubes  for  the  iron  molds  of  the 
machine.  The  pot  machine  and  the  jigger  of  to-day 
each  does  the  work  of  from  six  to  eight  men  at  the 
wheel,  even  at  as  late  a  date  as  1885. 

The  difference  in  cost  between  a  good  and  a  poor  pot 
is  very  slight,  and  if  the  florist  will  demand  and  accept 
nothing  but  a  first-class  pot,  a  standard  in  quality  as 
•well  as  size  will  soon  be  reached.  To  be  standard  in 
quality  a  pot  must  be  of  clay  properly  prepared,  be  of 


A.  H.  HEWS. 

POTSHERDS.     Gardener's  name  for 
broken  pots  and  crocks,  a  material  used 
in  the  bottom  of  pots,  pans,  boxes,  etc.,  to  afford  drain- 
age.    Coal  clinkers,  gravel,  etc.,  are  often  used  for  the 
same  purpose. 

POTTING.  The  first  stage  in  the  life  of  the  plant  is 
when  the  seedling  is  transplanted  from  the  seed-bed  or 
the  cutting  is  put  in  the  cutting  bench.  It  is  only  when 
either  is  potted  that  it  can  truly  be  said  to  take  on  the 
dignity  of  a  plant.  It  is  then  out  of  swaddling  clothes 
and  enters  the  ranks  of  its  big  brothers  and  sisters, 
on  the  way  to  making  its  bow  in  society ;  to  live  per- 
chance in  the  window  of  the  tenement  or  on  the  fire 
escape ;  mayhap  to  refresh  the  eye  of  the  patient  in  the 
sick  room ;  or  to  lose  its  identity  in  rows  of  its  fellows 
in  great  glass  houses  where  the  blossoms  are  garnered 
and  sent  to  market ;  perhaps  to  take  its  place  in  row 
upon  row  of  its  kind  and  make  an  arabesque  pattern 
or  gay  border,  and  so  delight  the  eye  or  regale  the 
senses  with  sweet  odors. 

The  mechanical  operation  of  potting  includes  also 
"shifting,"  i.  e.,  transferring  the  plant  from  a  small  to 
a  larger  pot.  Repotting  signifies  the  same,  generally 
speaking,  as  shifting;  but  speaking  technically  it 
means  shaking  out  an  established  plant  and  putting  it 
in  a  pot  of  the  same  size  or  one  smaller,  according  to 
its  needs.  The  actual  operation  of  potting  is  very  sim- 
ple, and  yet  it  must  be  well  done  to  give  the  young- 
plant  a  fair  start  in  life.  Careless  potting  is  respon- 
sible for  many  losses  in  plants.  The  vast  majority  of 
rooted  cuttings  and  seedlings  should  be  potted  in  2-inch 
pots,  and  it  is  essential,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
rooted  cuttings,  that  it  be  done  at  the  proper  stage  of 


Pern  pans. 

A  form  of  pottery  useful  for  small  bulbs  and  many  shallow- 
rooted  subjects  of  which  spreading  masses  are  desired. 

development  of  the  roots.  When  the  roots  are  from  one- 
eighth  to  one-fourth  of  an  inch  long  they  may  be  said 
to  be  at  their  best  for  potting.  If  sooner,  the  plants  are 
not  likely  to  develop  as  rapidly  in  the  pot  as  if  left  in 
the  cutting  bench ;  if  later,  they  are  harder  to  handle, 
injury  is  liable  to  result,  and  they  do  not  as  readily 
recover  from  the  shock  incidental  to  the  change.  The 


POTTING 


POTTING 


1425 


operation  of  potting  as  practiced  in  commercial  florists' 
establishments  is  as  follows  ,  The  soil  having  been  pre- 
pared,the  workman  places  the  empty  pots  at  his  left  hand, 
the  cuttings  in  front  of  him,  and  an  empty  "flat"  to  re- 
ceive the  potted  plants  at  his  right.  With  a  simultaneous 
movement  he  takes  an  empty  pot  in  his  left  hand  and  a 
handful  of  soil  in  his  right.  He  "  sets  "  the  pot  in  front 
of  him,  fills  it  with  soil,  and  while  doing  so  reaches  for 
the  cutting,  retaining  a  small  portion  of  soil  in  his 
hand.  With  the  index  finger  of  the  right  hand  he 
makes  a  hole  in  the  center  of  the  pot  of  soil,  inserts 
the  cutting,  drops  the  portion  of  soil  which  he  retained 
in  his  right  hand  into  the  hole,  takes  the  pot  between 
the  index  and  middle  fingers  of  both  hands  to  steady  it 


1939.   Pott;ng  a  cutting. 
The  moment  when  the  thumbs  come  into  play. 

and  obtain  leverage,  places  his  thumbs  on  each  side  of 
the  cutting  and  parallel  with  his  body  (Fig.  1939),  the 
right  on  the  side  away  from  his  body,  the  left  on  the 
other  side,  and  presses  evenly  and  firmly;  then  shifts 
his  thumbs  so  that  they  are  at  right  angles  with  his 
body  and  presses  again;  transfers  the  potted  plant  with 
his  right  hand  to  the  "flat,"  placing  it  with  a  little  force 
to  level  the  loose  soil  on  top,  reaching  for  another 
empty  pot  with  his  left  hand  as  he  does  this,  and  re- 
peats the  movements.  It  is  marvelous  how  rapidly 
these  motions  are  made  by  expert  workmen,  and  the 
work  can  be  done  as  well  rapidly  as  slowly  when  the 
cuttings  are  in  the  proper  condition  as  to  root-develop- 
ment already  described.  There  was  a  time  when  5,000 
per  day  of  10  hours  was  considered  the  maximum,  and 
it  is  still  good  work  for  the  average  workman.  James 
Markey,  an  employe  of  the  late  Peter  Henderson,  re- 
peatedly potted  10,000  verbena  cuttings  with  two  boys 
to  assist  in  taking  away  the  plants  as  potted,  supplying 
him  with  empty  pots  and  cuttings,  the  requisite  quan- 
tity of  soil  having  been  previously  placed  on  the  bench, 
The  writer  was  his  only  assistant  when  he  made  his 
first  great  effort  at  "breaking  the  record,"  when  he  suc- 
ceeded in  potting  7,500  in  10  hours.  Upon  one  occasion 
he  potted  11,500  verbena  cuttings  in  a  day  of  10  hours, 
which  is  the  highest  number  ever  reached. 
At  a  potting  contest  held  in  Madison  Square 
Garden  in  New  York  city  in  1892,  George 
Martin  potted  1,373  cuttings  in  one  hour, 
the  material  used  being  arborvitae  cuttings 
without  roots. 

The  " standard  " pots  (Fig.  1937),  cannot  be 
handled  as  rapidly  as  those  without  rims, 
for  the  reason  that  the  lower  edges  of  the 
rim  are  sharp  and  rough  and  make  the  fin- 
gers of  the  workman  sore.  Consequently 
the  pots  without  rims  are  to  be  preferred 
The  essentials  in  good  potting  are  to  put  the 
cutting  in  the  center  of  the  pot  and  at  the 
proper  depth,  to  firm  the  soil  thoroughly  and 
evenly,  and  to  leave  one-fourth  of  an  inch, 
or  a  little  less,  between  the  top  of  the  soil  and 
the  upper  edge  of  the  pot  to  receive  water. 
Included  in  potting  is  the  care  of  the 
plants  immediately  after  being  potted  and 
until  they  have  taken  root  in  the  pots.  First 
in  importance  is  the  "setting"  of  the  plants 
on  the  bench;  care  should  be  taken  that 
they  are  "set"  perfectly  level  so  that  they 
will  hold  water.  They  should  be  watered 
thoroughly  and  shaded  as  soon  as  they  are 
set.  The  best  method  of  shading  when  large  quanti- 
ties are  potted  is  by  the  use  of  lath  shutters.  These 
are  made  by  nailing  common  laths  on  three  paral- 
lel pieces  of  furring  strip,  allowing  one  inch  space  be- 
tween the  laths.  They  may  be  made  any  length, 


1940. 

Implement 
for  firming 
the  soil  in 
large  pots. 


three  feet  being  a  very  convenient  size.  Inverted  pots 
of  a  sufficient  height  to  clear  the  young  plants  make 
very  handy  supports  for  these  shutters.  During  late 
spring  and  summer  it  will  be  necessary  to  supplement 
this  method  of  shading  by  covering  the  shutters  with 
paper  or  muslin,  the 
muslin  being  preferred. 
Sew  the  muslin  in  10- 
yard  lengths,  giving 
pieces  2  yards  wide. 
Sprinkle  the  muslin  co- 
piously at  intervals  as  it 
becomes  dry.  This  care 
must  be  kept  up  for  3-6 
days  according  to  con- 
ditions ;  the  shutters 
should  be  put  over  the 
plants  early  in  the  morn- 
ing, first  watering  the 
plants  ;  an  hour  or  so 
later  the  muslin  should 
be  put  on  provided  the 
sun  is  shining  brightly. 
After  the  second  day  the 
period  for  covering  the 
plants  should  be  short- 

SfZSfSEZSi    nh   '^Pou^anorchU, 

The  pot  is  cut  in  two  to  show  the 


are  s- 
ficiently    established    to 

get  along  without  them.  An  important  detail  is  to  have 
about  half  an  inch  of  sand  on  the  bench  to  retain  mois- 
ture and  allow  for  the  proper  "  setting "  of  the  plants. 
Another  very  important  detail,  in  case  new  pots  are 
used,  is  to  thoroughly  saturate  them  with  water  before 
filling,  allowing  sufficient  time  for  the  water  to  evaporate 
from  the  surface  before  using.  It  is  bad  practice  to 
work  with  wet  pots,  and  worse  still  with  wet  soil.  A 
good  test  of  the  proper  amount  of  moisture  in  soil  for 
potting  is  when  it  molds  in  the  hand  only  under  strong 
pressure.  Another  essential,  in  case  old  pots  are  used, 
is  to  see  that  they  are  clean  inside  at  all  events;  they 
should  be  clean  outside  as  well,  but  if  any  old  soil  is 
found  adhering  to  the  inside  of  the  pot  it  should  be 
cleaned  out  and  thrown  away. 

Potting  large  plants  from  the  open  ground,  such  as 
carnations,  roses,  geraniums,  shrubs,  etc.,  is  an  entirely 
different  operation  from  the  foregoing.  These  all  re- 
quire pots  5  inches  in  diameter  and  over,  and  sufficient 
pressure  cannot  be  given  with  the  thumbs  to  properly 
firm  the  soil.  It  is  necessary,  therefore,  to  use  a  stick 


1942.  "Shifting  "an  established  plant  into  a  larger  pot. 

about  an  inch  wide,  and  sharpened  down  to  one-fourth 
of  an  inch  at  the  end.  (Fig.  1940.)  The  handle  should 
be  round,  and  in  a  large  place  where  much  heavy  pot- 
ting and  shifting  are  done  it  pays  to  have  some  of  these 
sticks  in  regular  tool  stock.  After  the  plant  is  placed 
in  the  pot  and  the  latter  filled  with  soil,  take  the  stem 
of  the  plant  at  the  surface  between  the  index  fingers 
and  thumbs,  the  other  fingers  extended  down  the  sides 
of  the  pot,  lift  the  pot  about  an  inch  and  set  it  back 
with  a  smart  shock,  at  the  same  time  pressing  the  plant 


1426 


POTTING 


POTTING 


1943.  A  plant  may  be  turned  out 
of  its  pot  to  ascertain  if  it 
needs  a  "shift." 


down  and  steadying  it;  this  settles  the  soil  considerably 
in  the  pot.  Next  take  the  stick  described  above  and 
run  it  around  the  inside  edge  of  the  pot  twice  or  so  to 
pack  the  soil,  add  more  soil  to  fill  up,  finish  by  pressing 
evenly  and  firmly  the  entire  surface  witli  the  thumbs, 
allowing  half  an  inch  of 
space  between  the  surface 
of  the  soil  and  the  upper 
edge  of  the  pots  to  hold 
water.  What  has  been 
said  about  new  and  clean 
pots  applies  with  even 
greater  force  to  large  pots. 
The  potting  of  orchids  is 
a  radically  different  opera- 
tion from  the  potting  of 
purely  terrestrial  plants, 
about  which  the  preceding 
has  been  written.  Take 
Cattleyas  as  an  example. 
Being  epiphytes,  they  do 
not  require  soil  in  which 
to  grow.  Put  them  in 
as  small  pots  as  possible. 
The  material  for  potting 
best  suited  to  these  and 
most  orchids  is  fibrous 
peat  and  live  sphagnum 
moss  in  equal  proportions, 
adding  a  small  portion  of 
broken  charcoal.  If  fresh- 
ly imported  pieces  are  to 

be  potted,  cut  away  all  the  old,  dead  roots,  pseudobulbs 
and  leaves.  If  the  formation  of  the  piece  is  uneven  it 
should  be  cut  in  two,  so  as  to  combine  the  parts  thus 
separated  into  a  more  symmetrical  whole,  with  the 
growths  pointing  to  the  center.  Have  the  pot  thoroughly 
clean,  fill  it  about  half  with  clean  "crocks"  and  small 
pieces  of  charcoal,  adjust  the  piece  in  the  center  of  the 
pot,  distributing  evenly  any  roots  which  remain;  but 
first  spread  a  layer  of  moss  over  the  "crocks,"  then  press 
the  preparation  of  peat  and  moss  evenly  and  moderately 
firm  around  the  piece  and  in  the  interstices  between  the 
roots,  finishing  up  high  around  the  center;  insert  some 
small-sized  stakes  at  the  proper  places  to  support  the 
piece,  tie  the  growth  to  them,  and  the  job  is  finished. 
Fig.  1941  will  show  better  than  words  can  describe  how 
the  plant  should  look  after  it  is  potted. 

Repotting,  when  necessary,  is  almost  identical  in  its 
details  with  potting  itself.  The  spring  is  the  best 
time  to  do  it,  even  with  species  which  flower  in  the  fall. 
Carefully  remove  all  the  old  crocks  and  other  material, 
so  as  not  to  injure  the  roots,  a  pointed  stick  being  the 
best  implement  for  the  purpose.  Then  replace  as  care- 
fully with  new  material  in  a  clean  pot.  The  undersigned 
dwells  upon  cleanliness 
repeatedly,  for  herein  lies 
the  great  essential  in  suc- 
cessful plant  -  growing. 
Potting  orchids  in  bas- 
kets, which  sounds  para- 
doxical, is  identical  with 
potting  them  in  pots  as 
far  as  the  essential  de- 
tails of  manipulation  are 
concerned.  The  potting 
of  bulbs  is  discussed  un- 
der Bulb. 

"Shifting"  is  the  tech- 
nical term  used  in  the 
florist's  trade  when  plants 
are  transferred  to  larger 
pots.  See  Fig.  1942.  When 
the  plant  exhausts  the  soil 
in  the  small  pot  it  must 
be  put  in  a  larger  one  to 
maintain  growth.  The 
trained  eye  detects  at  a 
glance  by  the  appearance 

of  the  plant  when  it  requires  a  "shift."  Those  lacking 
such  training  can  discover  it  by  turning  the  plant  out  of 
the  pot  and  examining  the  roots.  (See  Fig.  1943.)  If 
the  outside  of  the  ball  of  soil  on  the  lower  portion  is 


1944.  Repotting  a  sickly  plant. 

The  "shoulder"  is  rubbed 
off  as  at  b,  replaced  by  fresh 
soil  and  the  whole  ball  of 
earth  reduced  in  size.  (Only 
a  fraction  of  the  plant's 
height  is  shown.) 


well  netted  with  roots  as  in  Fig.  1943,  and  particularly 
if  most  of  them  have  lost  the  fresh  creamy  white  color 
of  healthy  "working"  roots,  then  the  plant  must  be  at 
once  shifted,  or  it  will  soon  reach  that  stage  which  is 
the  bane  of  the  careless  plant- grower;  viz.,  "pot- 
bound." 

"Knocking  out"  is  the  technical  term  used  by  florists 
to  describe  the  turning  of  a  plant  out  of  a  pot.  The  best 
way  to  do  this  is  to  take  the  pot  in  the  right  hand, 
invert  it  in  passing  it  to  the  left,  as  the  plant  should  be 
placed  between  the  index  and  middle  fingers  of  the  left 
hand,  give  the  pot  a  smart  tap  on  its  rim  on  the  edge 
of  the  bench  and  the  ball  of  soil  is  separated  from  the 
pot;  place  the  plant  in  a  flat  ready  for  the  purpose,  and 
repeat.  One  tap  is  all  that  is  necessary  in  ninety-nine 
cases  out  of  a  hundred.  It  is  bad  practice  to  get  into  the 
habit  of  giving  a  series  of  taps,  as  it  makes  slow  work. 
We  are  considering  now  the  first  shift,  i.  e.,  from  a 
2-inch  to  a  3-inch  pot. 

The  plants  having  been  knocked  out,  the  next  opera- 
tion is  to  "shoulder"  them.  This  consists  of  removing 
the  shoulder  or  edge  of  the  ball  of  soil  with  the  thumb 
and  forefinger  down  to  where  the  roots  begin.  Fig.  1944. 
The  object  of  this  is  obvious,  to  remove  leached-out  soil 
and  supply  a  fresh,  nutritious  portion  in  its  place,  so  as 
to  get  the  greatest  possible  advantage  from  shifting. 
Everything  being  made  ready,  the  operator  proceeds  by 
putting  a  portion  of  soil  in  the  bottom  of  the  pot  suffi- 
cient to  raise  the  ball  of  soil  flush  with  the  edge  of  the 
pot.  As  this  is  being  done,  reach  for  the  plant  with  the 
left  hand  and  put  it  in  the  center  of  the  pot;  simultane- 
ously take  a  handful  of  soil  in  the  right  hand  and  fill 
the  pot,  then  grasp  the  pot  between  the  index  and 
middle  fingers  of  each  hand,  place  the  thumbs  on  each 
side  of  the  plant  at  right  angles  with  the  body,  lift  the 
pot  about  a  half-inch 
and  set  it  back  on  the 
bench  with  a  smart  rap, 
pressing  with  the 
thumbs  at  the  same 
time;  change  the 
thumbs  to  right  angles 
with  their  former  posi-i 
tion  and  press  again, 
then  change  so  as  to 
press  where  they  have 
not  touched  already  ; 
three  pressures  of  the 
thumbs  and  the  rap  on 
the  bench,  and  the  op- 
eration is  done.  A 
smart  operator  with  1945>  Good  and  bad  potting. 
two  boys  will  shift  5,-  The  cutting  should  be  placed  in  the 
000  plants  in  10  hours.  center. 

This  amount  of  work  is 

made  possible  only  by  eliminating  all  unnecessary  mo- 
tions and  making  them  synchronous  with  each  hand  in 
reaching  for  soil,  pot  and  plant  as  described.  One  hand 
should  not  be  idle  while  the  other  is  employed.  See 
Figs.  1945-9  for  good  and  bad  examples  of  potting. 

Be  careful  in  shifting  not  to  set  the  plants  too  deep. 
The  tendency  of  roots  is  downward,  and  only  enough  of 
the  stem  to  steady  the  plant  in  the  pot  should  be  in  the 
soil.  Plants  set  too  deeply  in  the  pots  are  easily  over- 
watered,  because  so  much  soil  is  not  within  the  influ- 
ence of  root  action.  A  few  plants  which  root  from  the 
crown,  like  lilies,  should  be  set  deeper  than  such  plants 
as  roses,  geraniums,  fuchsias,  palms  and  all  plants 
whose  root  action  is  mainly  downward. 

Do  not  give  too  great  a  shift  at  one  time;  that  is,  do 
not  attempt  to  shift  from  a  2-inch  pot  to  a  5-  or  6-inch. 
As  a  rule,  an  inch  at  a  time  is  best,  especially  for  com- 
mercial purposes,  where  plants  are  grown  to  be  shipped 
some  distance.  In  private  places  soft-wooded  plants 
may  be  shifted  in  spring  from  2-  to  4-inch  pots  and 
from  4-  to  6-inch,  as  the  question  of  shipping  does  not 
enter.  But  it  would  not  be  safe  even  with  these  to  do 
the  same  in  late  fall  when  growth  is  slower  and  the  days 
are  growing  shorter.  Hard-wooded  plants,  such  as 
palms,  azaleas,  etc.,  and  even  roses  should  never  be 
shifted  more  than  an  inch  at  a  time;  in  fact,  it  is  better 
not  to  shift  them  later  than  September  in  any  case. 
The  spring  is  the  best  time  to  do  it. 


POTTING 


PRENANTHES 


1427 


Drainage  is  necessary  in  all  pots  over  4-inch  and  for 
hard-wooded  plants  even  that  size  is  better  drained. 
This  is  technically  called  "crocking,"  i.  e.,  placing  pots- 
herds in  the  bottom  of  the  pot  to  allow  the  quick  pas- 
sage of  water  and  admit  air  to  the  roots.  Place  a  large 
piece  over  the  hole  in  the  bottom  of  the  pot  and  the 
remainder  in  smaller  pieces.  There  are  usually  enough 
broken  pots  around  a  place  to  supply  the  needs.  Char- 
coal is  an  excellent  material  for  supplying  pot  drainage, 
none  better.  An  inch  or  so  of  drainage  is  sufficient  in 
a  5-  or  6-inch  pot,  two  inches  or  so  for  all  sizes  above 
these.  A  bottom  of  broken  stone,  cinders  or  gravel  is 
essential  upon  which  to  stand  the  pots,  as  such  a  stratum 
accelerates  drainage,  while  at  the  same  time  providing 
a  moist  surface  so  beneficial  to  plants  in  a  greenhouse. 

A  few  words  of  caution  may  not  be  out  of  place 
before  closing  this  branch  of  the  subject.  Never  shift 


plants  well  set  with  good  flowers  are  wanted;  and  in 
these  days  such  plants  will  bring  enough  in  the  best 
markets  to  pay  for  the  space  and  trouble.  For  2-  and 
3-inch  pots  use  sifted  soil,  but  for  4-inch  and  over  soil 
well  broken,  but  having  plenty  of  fiber  from  sod  in  it, 
should  be  used.  Always  water  plants  thoroughly  after 
shifting  so  as  to  soak  the  soil  to  the  bottom,  and  do  not 
water  again  until  they  show  dryness  half  way  down  the 
pot  on  the  outside,  PATRICK  O'MARA. 

POURRETIA.    SeePwt/a. 
FOURTHLffiA  villosa.    See  Photinia. 
PRAIRIE  CLOVER.   Petalostemon. 
PRAIRIE  DOCK.    Silphium  terebinthinaceum. 


1946.  Too  deep. 


1947.   Too  high. 


1948.  Pot  too  full. 


1949.  Good. 


plants  while  the  ball  of  soil  is  wet;  it  should  be  dry 
enough  to  crumble  readily  to  the  touch.  Never  shift 
into  dirty  pots ;  it  will  pay  to  clean  them,  especially  the 
inside,  Never  shift  a  pot-bound  plant  without  loosen- 
ing the  soil  on  the  surface  of  the  ball.  A  few  smart 
raps  with  the  closed  fist  will  do  it;  or  better  still  repot 
as  now  described. 

Repotting  is  necessary  frequently  when  plants  have 
become  pot-bound,  or  when  from  any  cause  they  appear 
to  require  it;  such,  for  instance,  as  debility  from  over- 
shifting,  over-watering  or  neglect  of  any  kind.  In 
such  cases  the  soil  should  be  washed  from  the  roots 
almost  entirely  and  the  plant  put  into  a  pot  a  size  or 
two  smaller  than  it  has  been  growing  in,  taking  care  to 
firm  the  soil  well,  and  if  a  shrubby  plant  prune  it  back 
according  to  its  needs  and  condition.  Shade  such 
plants  until  danger  of  wilting  is  past  and  water  spar- 
ingly until  new  and  vigorous  growths  appear,  showing 
that  the  subjects  have  regained  their  normal  health. 

There  are  a  few  cultural  details  intimately  associated 
with  potting  which  may  with  profit  be  added  as  a 
closing  paragraph.  The  high,  narrow  pot  shown  on 
the  extreme  right  of  the  line  of  pots  in  Fig.  1937  is  fre- 
quently used  for  roses  and  palms  by  some,  especially 
for  Cocos  Weddelliana,  which  makes  a  long  tap-root 
and  which  it  is  almost  invariably  fatal  to  break.  It  is 
feasible,  however,  to  avoid  this  if  the  seeds  are  sown 
in  6-inch  pots,  using  4  inches  of  clinkers  as  a  bottom. 
These  check  the  downward  growth  and  induce  develop- 
ment of  fibrous  roots  in  the  soil,  so  that  the  tap-root 
may  be  cut  off  below  them  and  the  ordinary  2-inch  pot 
used  with  safety.  It  is  not  necessary  to  use  the  deep 
pot  for  roses  in  any  case.  Plants  which  exceed  the 
diameter  of  the  pot  should  be  given  room  to  allow  for 
development.  The  best  market  growers  plunge  the 
pots  in  soil  to  half  their  depth,  as  it  is  necessary  in  the 
spring  months  because  of  the  rapid  evaporation  of 
water.  This  refers  especially  to  geraniums,  fuchsias, 
heliotropes,  petunias,  etc.  Care  must  be  taken,  how- 
ever, to  lift  them  occasionally  so  as  to  prevent  the  roots 
from  getting  hold  in  the  soil  through  the  hole  in  the 
bottom  of  the  pot  Ten  inches  apart  from  center  to 
center  for  such  plants  will  not  be  too  much  if  stocky 


PRENANTHES  (Greek  words,  meaning  drooping 
blossom).  Comp6sitce.  RATTLESNAKE  ROOT.  A  genus 
of  about  16  species  of  tall  perennial  herbs,  of  which  10 
are  natives  of  North  America.  A  few  species  are  offered 
by  collectors.  Prenanthes  are  leafy-stemmed  plants 
with  dull  colored  heads  borne  in  spike-like  terminal 
panicles.  Lvs.  alternate,  lower  ones  petiolate,  sagittate, 
cordate,  often  much  divided;  upper  ones  auriculate  and 
much  narrower  and  smaller  heads:  5-30-fld. :  akenes 
terete,  4-5-angled,  usually  striate.  The  species  are  ex- 
tremely variable.  They  are  of  easy  culture  in  any  good 
soil. 

A.    Involucre  glabrous. 

B.    Heads  5-7-fld.:  involucre  very  narrow,  only  1  line 
thick. 

altfssima,  Linn.  A  variable  species.  Stem  3-7  ft., 
slender:  fls.  greenish  yellow;  pappus  straw-colored  or 
whitish.  July-Oct.  In  open  or  shade,  Canada  to  Ga. 
and  Tenn. 

BB.    Heads  8-16-fld.:  involucre  broader,  l%-3  lines 

thick, 
c.   Pappus  deep  cinnamon-brown. 

Alba,  Linn.  Stem  2-5  ft.  high,  usually  purplish:  in- 
florescence thyrsoid-paniculate :  fls.  dull  white.  Aug., 
Sept.  Open  woods  and  sandy  soil,  Canada  to  Ga.  and 
111.  B.B.  3:289.  Mn.  3:161. 

cc.    Pappus  straw-colored. 

serpentaria,  Pursh  (Ndbalus  Frazeri,  DC.).  Stem 
usually  about  2-4  ft.  high,  sometimes  purple  spotted: 
fls.  purplish,  greenish  white  or  yellowish.  July-Oct. 
Ont.  to  Fla.  and  Ky.  B.B.  3:289. 

AA.    Involucre  hirsute-pubescent. 

racemosa,  Michx.  Stem  6  in.  to  2  ft.  high:  stem-lvs. 
mainly  sessile,  while  they  are  mostly  petiolate  in  the 
other  species  here  described:  fls.  purplish.  Aug.,  Sept. 
Moist  open  places,  Canada  to  N.  J.  and  Colo.  B.B. 
3:291-  F.  W.  BARCLAY. 


1428 


PRESTONIA 


PRIMULA 


PKESTONIA  (probably  named  after  Charles  Preston, 
a  correspondent  of  Ray).  Apocynacece.  About  30  spe- 
cies of  tall  climbers  from  tropical  America.  P.  venosa 
is  a  tender  foliage  plant  once  offered  in  America  as 
Ecliites  nutans.  Prestonia  differs  from  Echites  in  hav- 
ing a  callous  ring  inside  the  corolla-tube  at  the  throat 
and  often  5  linear,  erect  scales  below.  Other  generic 
characters ;  calyx  with  5  entire  or  lacerated  scales  inside 
at  the  base:  corolla  salver-shaped,  the  tube  constricted 
at  the  throat;  lobes  5;  ovary  with  2  distinct  carpels; 
seeds  comose  at  the  apex. 

The  following  points  are  adapted  from  Lowe's  Beauti- 
ful Leaved  Plants :  P.  venosa  is  cultivated  for  the  net- 
work of  crimson  veins  on  its  foliage.  The  plant  blooms 
rarely,  and  its  fls.  are  far  inferior  to  Echites  or  Dipla- 
denia.  When  properly  cultivated  it  makes  a  charming 
subject,  but  if  neglected  it  is  as  worthless  as  a  weed. 
It  can  hardly  be  propagated  by  cuttings;  the  fleshy 
roots  are  cut  into  pieces  1-2  in.  long.  The  plant  de- 
mands a  temperature  of  85°  F.,  with  an  atmosphere  as 
moist  as  possible.  Foliage  should  never  be  syringed. 
Young  plants  should  be  raised  every  season,  as  older 
plants  become  unsightly.  The  plant  was  formerly  con- 
siderably grown,  being  trained  to  a  balloon-shaped  wire 
trellis.  Needs  warmth  to  bring  out  the  markings. 

vendsa,  Mottet  (Echites  nutans,  Anders.  Hcemadic- 
tyon  vendsum,  Lindl.),  Lvs.  opposite,  ovate-lanceo- 
late, villous  beneath:  fls.  yellow,  in  pedunculate  pani- 
cles: corolla-lobes  roundish,  wavy.  St.  Vincent  in  the 
West  Indies.  B.M.  2473.  Lowe  58.  W.  M. 

PRICKLY  ASH,  Xanthoxylum.  P.  Comfrey,  Sym- 
phytum  asperrimum.  P.  Pear,  Opuntia.  P.  Poppy, 
Argemone. 

PEIDE  OF  INDIA.    Melia  Asederach. 
PEIM.     See  Ligtistrum. 

PRIMROSE.  Primula.  Arabian  P.  is  Arnebia  cor- 
nuta.  Cape  P.  is  Streptocarpus .  Common  P,  is  Pri- 
mula vulgaris.  English  P.  is  Primula  vulgaris. 
Evening  P.  See  CEnothera. 

PEIMEOSE  PEEELESS.    Narcissus  biflorus. 

PElMULA  (Primula  veris,  the  "first  in  spring,"  was 
an  old  appellation  of  one  or  more  of  the  species). 
Primuldcece.  PRIMROSE.  Low  herbs,  mostly  spring- 
blooming,  with  monopetalous  salverform  fls.  in  clusters 
on  scapes  that  arise  from  a  radical  cluster  of  leaves,  the 
fls.  usually  showy  (pink,  lilac,  purple,  yellow,  white), 
with  a  tube  usually  surpassing  the  5-toothed  or  5-cleft 


1950.  Polyanthus  flowers,  to  show  dimorphism. 

calyx;  corolla  with  5  spreading  lobes,  which  are  usually 
notched  or  retuse  at  the  end  and  more  or  less  narrowed 
at  the  base ;  stamens  5,  affixed  to  the  corolla-tube :  ovary 
1-loculed,  with  many  ovules  on  an  axile  placenta,  and  1 
undivided  filiform  style  and  a  capitate  stigma.  The 
flowers  of  some  Primulas  are  strongly  dimorphic  or 
trimorphic,— the  stamens  and  pistils  of  different  lengths 


in  different  flowers  of  the  same  species.  Fig.  1950.  See 
Darwin's  work,  "The  Different  Forms  of  Flowers  on 
Plants  of  the  Same  Species."  This  polymorphism  is 
associated  with  cross-pollination.  Primulas  are  natives 
to  the  north  temperate  zone,  only  one  being  known  in 
the  cold  parts  of  southern  South  America,  and  one  in 
Java.  They  are  mostly  boreal  or  alpine  plants.  About 
a  dozen  are  native  to  the  colder  parts  of  North  America. 
The  greatest  extension  of  the  alpine  section  occurs  in 
the  Himalaya  region,  in  which  there  are  more  than  40 
species.  There  are  several  showy  Chinese  species, 
some  of  which  are  now  in  general  cultivation.  The 
total  number  of  species  is  usually  placed  at  80-100,  but 
Pax,  the  latest  monographer  (Monographische  Ubersicht 
Uber  die  Arten  der  Gattung  Primula,  Leipzig,  1888, 
and  in  Engler's  Bot.  Jahrbucher  vol.  10),  admits  145 
species. 

The  outdoor  Primulas  should  be  protected  from 
the  midday  sun.  Give  a  covering  of  mulch  in  winter. 
They  are  amongst  the  finest  of  all  hardy  plants. 
Primulas  are  mostly  perennial.  Several  cultural  groups 
may  be  recognized:  (1)  The  alpine  section  affords 
some  of  the  most  useful  plants  for  rock  and  alpine 
gardens.  The  relatively  little  attention  given  to  alpine 
gardens  in  this  country  is  the  reason  for  the  ne- 
glect of  these  charming  spring  -  flowering  plants.  (2) 
The  polyanthus  class,  comprising  fully  hardy  spring- 
flowering  plants,  suitable  for  culture  under  ordinary 
garden  conditions,  and  always  popular  in  this  country. 
To  the  same  class  belong  the  true  cowslip  (P.officinalis) 
and  the  oxlip  (P.  elatior),  but  these  are  rarely  seen  in 
our  gardens  in  their  pure  form.  All  are  easily  propa- 
gated by  division.  (3)  Yellow-flowered  or  purple-flowered 
verticillate  -  clustered  outdoor  species,  of  the  P.  im- 
perialis  and  P.  Japonica  type,  some  of  which  are  hardy 
even  in  the  northern  states  with  some  winter  protection. 
(4)  The  true  greenhouse  species,  represented  by  the  old 
P.  Sinensis  (Chinese  Primrose),  the  more  recent  P. 
obconica  and  the  still  more  recent  P.  Forbesl.  These 
are  Chinese  species.  The  colors  are  of  the  cyanic 
series.  (5)  The  auriculas  of  gardens,  developed  from 
P,  Auricula.  In  the  auricula  and  cowslip  groups  hy- 
brids are  many,  but  elsewhere  in  the  genus  good  hy- 
brids seem  to  be  few. 

The  hardy  Primulas  are  usually  treated  as  alpine  or 
rockwork  plants,  to  which  their  small  stature,  tufted 
habit,  and  love  of  cool  partially  shaded  places  admir- 
ably suit  them.  The  reader  who  wants  a  long  list  of  the 
species  that  are  suited  to  alpine  and  rock  gardens  should 
consult  Correvon's  "Les  Plantes  Alpines  et  de  Rocail- 
les,"  Paris,  1895.  For  the  present  purpose,  the  writer 
selects  a  list  of  twelve  species  recommended  by  Selfe- 
Leonard  for  alpine  gardens  in  England  (Journ.  Royal 
Hort.  19,  p.  52  (1895):  1.  "The  golden  yellow  P.  Au- 
ricula, which  has  the  additional  interest  that  it  is  cer- 
tainly one  of  the  original  parents  of  our  florists'  Auricu- 
las."—2.  "That  loveliest  of  white  alpine  Primulas,  P. 
viscosa,  var.  nivalis,  not  to  be  confounded  with  the 
rarely  seen  P.  nivalis  of  the  Himalayas."  P.  viscosa, 
All.,  is  a  variable  species  with  rosettes  of  obovate  or 
nearly  orbicular  Ivs.  that  are  toothed  above,  and  short 
scapes  bearing  umbels  of  mostly  purple  or  rose  fls., with 
corolla-lobes  deeply  2-lobed.  Eu.— 3.  P.  rosea  and  its 
vars.  grandiflora  and  splendens  (see  No.  21).— 4.  "If 
you  want  a  large  and  robust  alpine  species  with  crimson 
flowers  to  match  with  P.  viscosa,  var.  nivalis,  take  P, 
viscosa,  var.  major"  (=P.  Peyritschii,  Stein,  but  it  is  a 
hybrid  of  P.  Auricula  and  P.  viscosa).  — 5-9.  "So  great 
is  the  number  of  fine  forms  and  hybrids  of  this  well- 
known  P.  viscosa  that  the  next  five  of  my  items  must 
be  taken  from  their  ranks,  viz. :  P.  ciliata  (of  gardens), 
with  a  good  blue-purple  flower;  P.  ciliata,  var.  purpur- 
ata,  a  brilliant  red  or  crimson -pur  pie:  P,  Balfouri,  a 
beautiful  Scotch  hybrid  of  a  rare  tone  of  color;  P.  Lind- 
sayana,  a  scarce  and  fine  hybrid  from  the  same  north- 
ern gardens,  I  think;  and  P.  ciliata,  var.  coccinea,  of  a 
rare  red  shade."— 10,  P.  spectabilis,  Tratt,,  P.Wulfeni- 
ana,  Schott,  or  P.  Clusiana,  Tausch.,  all  from  the  Alps. 
These  are  considered  to  be  forms  of  one  species  by 
some  writers,  but  Pax  keeps  them  distinct.  They  are 
all  members  of  the  Auricula  group.  — 11.  P.  glaucescens, 
Mor.  (P.  calycina,  Duby),  one  of  the  Auricula  group. 
Alps. -12.  "That  perhaps  most  satisfactory  of  all,  for 


PRIMULA 


PRIMULA 


1429 


either  open-air  rockery  or  frame,  the  charming  P. 
marginata,  Curt.,  of  the  Maritime  Alps."  It  is  a  com- 
pact plant  with  oblong  or  oval  deeply  dentate  white- 
margined  Ivs.  and  purplish  fls.  B.M.  191.  L.B.C.  3:270. 
For  horticultural  accounts  of  Primulas,  see  Journ. 
Royal  Hort.  Soc.  1886,  1891  and  1895;  Himalayan  Prim- 
roses, Gn.  16,  pp.  534-535  ( W.  Munro) ;  Indian  Primroses, 
On.  41,  pp.  580-582;  Hardy  Primulas,  Gn.  50,  pp.  372-376 
(F.  W.  Meyer) ;  Primroses  and  their  allies,  G.  C.  III.  27,. 
p.  325,  et  seq.  (R.  Lindsay).  For  Mexican  Primrose,  see 
(Enothera.  L.  H.  B. 

The  genus  Primula  contains  many  charming  and 
beautiful  species ;  they  not  only  brighten  our  gardens  in 
spring  and  summer,  but  all  through  the  winter  we 
can  enjoy  the  blossoms  of  many  showy  species  in  our 
greenhouses.  There  are  many  species  that  can  not  be 


volved  in  obscurity,  although  some  think  it  is  a  cross 
between  the  primrose  and  the  cowslip.  It  is  a  favorite 
garden  plant  and  deserves  to  be  so.  Its  flowers  have 
charmingly  rich  colors.  They  are  most  generally  used 
as  spring  bedding  plants.  When  used  in  this  way  they 
ought  to  be  planted  in  beds  where  they  are  partially 
shaded  during  the  hottest  part  of  the  day  and  a  liberal 
supply  of  water  given  to  them,  as  they  are  very  im- 
patient of  drought.  When  they  are  through  blossom- 
ing they  may  be  removed  from  the  beds,  to  make  room 
for  summer  bedding  plants,  to  some  moist  shady  place 
where  they  can  remain  until  fall.  They  are  then 
divided  and  planted  in  coldframes  for  the  winter. 
In  spring  they  are  transplanted  from  there  to  the  beds 
again.  In  sheltered  parts  of  the  rock  garden  they  can 
be  grown  successfully.  They  take  kindly  to  pot  culture, 
and  many  of  them  are  grown  in  this  way  to  decorate 


1951.   Primula  Sinensis  (X  %).    A  young  plant,  as  the  flowers  are  beginning  to  appear. 


grown  in  the  North,  owing  to  the  cold  winters  and  dry, 
hot  summers  with  which  we  have  to  contend.  Neverthe- 
less, with  some  care  a  large  number  of  choice  species  can 
be  grown.  There  are  some  which  grow  luxuriantly  out 
of  doors;  others  can  be  grown  in  coldframes  with  a 
northern  aspect;  and  a  large  number  are  some  of  our 
showiest  greenhouse  plants  for  winter  decoration. 

The  species  of  Primula  are  generally  raised  from 
seed,  but  varieties  which  do  not  come  true  from  seed 
are  increased  either  by  division  or  cuttings.  The  seeds 
of  hardy  Primroses  should  be  sown  soon  after  they  are 
collected,  as  their  vitality  is  impaired  if  they  get  too  dry. 

The  European  Primrose,  Primula  vttlgaris,vrith  many 
of  its  garden  forms,  thrives  admirably  in  a  moist,  deep, 
light  soil,  with  partial  shade,  and  a  slight  protection 
of  dry  leaves  or  meadow  hay  in  winter.  It  is  easily  raised 
from  seed.  A  good  strain  is  important,  if  some  of  the 
very  best  varieties  are  to  be  obtained.  The  cowslip, 
P.  officinalis,  and  the  oxlip,  P.  elatior,  grow  under  the 
same  conditions  as  the  above.  The  polyanthus  has 
been  in  cultivation  for  many  years,  yet  its  origin  is  in- 


conservatories  in  spring.  Of  late  years  the  Primrose 
and  polyanthus  have  been  forced  in  spring  by  florists 
for  cut-flowers,  those  with  fine  yellow  blossoms  being 
most  in  demand.  The  polyanthus  can  be  raised  from 
seed,  but  some  of  the  fine  varieties  are  best  propagated 
by  division. 

The  common  auricula,  P.  Auricula,  is  best  grown  in 
pots  in  a  cool  greenhouse  or  in  coldframes.  In  a  pro- 
tected corner  under  the  shade  of  some  hemlocks  at  the 
Harvard  Botanic  Garden,  there  has  been  a  good  clump 
of  this  plant  growing  and  blossoming  annually  for  the 
past  ten  years.  See  Auricula,  vol.  I. 

P.  auriculata,  a  pretty  little  Asia  Minor  species,  can 
be  grown  in  a  warm  sheltered  position.  P.  cortusoides 
blossoms  very  early  in  spring,  and  requires  slight  pro- 
tection and  a  warm  position.  There  are  many  varieties 
of  this  plant.  P.  farinosa  is  a  beautiful  native  plant 
requiring  a  stiff  loam  and  a  damp  situation  with  shade 
during  the  warmest  part  of  the  day.  P.  denticulata 
comes  from  the  Himalayan  Mountains  and  is  quite  hardy 
in  the  rock  garden,  grown  in  a  moist,  deep,  rich,  loamy 


1430 


PRIMULA 


PRIMULA 


soil.  There  are  many  varieties  of  this  species,  but  the 
handsomest  is  P.  denticulata,  var.  Cachemiriana.  The 
form  with  white  flowers  is  also  pretty.  Care  should  be 
taken  that  this  species  and  its  varieties  are  planted  in 
a  slightly  elevated  position  where  water  will  not  settle 
around  the  plants  in  winter.  If  grown  in  a  low,  damp 
position,  the  crowns  are  liable  to  rot  in  winter.  In  a 
warm  sheltered  position  in  the  rock  garden  P.  capitata 
may  be  grown,  but  must  be  well  sheltered  from  the  hot 
summer  sun.  P.  Japonica  is  a  splendid  hardy  plant  and 
grows  vigorously  in  a  rich,  deep,  moist  soil.  When  the 
plants  become  established  they  self-sow  themselves.  It 
also  makes  a  good  plant  to  force  in  pots  in  the  spring. 
The  seed  of  this  plant  ought  to  be  sown  as  soon  as  ripe; 
if  this  is  not  done  they  never  come  so  evenly,  and  also 
require  a  long  time  to  germinate.  The  native  Primula 
Mistassinica  is  a  charming  dwarf  Primrose;  to  be  suc- 
cessful with  it  the  requirements  are  a  very  damp  place 
and  not  too  much  shade.  P.  rosea,  &  Himalayan  species 
with  good  qualities,  can  be  grown  in  a  sheltered  place, 
but  must  be  given  a  covering  of  dried  leaves  in  the 
winter.  P.  Sieboldii  is  a  distinct  Japanese  plant  and 
is  an  exceedingly  showy  Primrose  when  grown  under 
proper  conditions.  There  are  many  named  varieties 
of  this  plant,  the  best  being  Lilacina,  Magenta  Queen, 
Rosea  alba,  Rosea  striata  and  Violacea.  A  light  soil 
well  enriched  with  decayed  leaf -mold,  a  sheltered 
position  with  partial  shade  and  a  covering  of  dried 
leaves  in  the  winter  are  the  requirements  necessary 
for  success  with  this  Primrose  and  its  varieties.  This 
plant  makes  an  excellent  pot-plant  and  is  easy  to  force 
in  spring. 

There  are  a  number  of  species  of  Primula  that  are 
grown  in  the  greenhouse,  but  the  most  popular  is  P. 
Sinensis.  By  selection  and  crossing  there  are  many 
improved  varieties  from  the  pale  pink  plant  that  was 
introduced  in  1820.  Every  shade  of  color  from  pure 
white  to  deep  crimson  and  even  deep  blue  is  obtained  in 
the  flowers  and  also  great  variety  in  form  and  double- 
ness.  Not  only  has  the  flower  been  improved,  but  there 
is  a  great  variety  to  be  had  in  foliage.  The  double 
forms  are  increased  by  cuttings ;  semi-doubles  are  raised 
from  seed.  The  named  varieties  are  raised  from  seed 
sown  annually  and  they  come  true  to  color.  There  are 
several  strains  of  seed  which  receive  separate  names, 
but  to  get  a  good  strain  is  important,  ft  requires  as 
much  time  and  labor  to  raise  plants  from  a  poor  strain 
as  from  a  good  one.  The  good  strain  costs  a  little  more 
to  begin  with,  but  the  superior  quality  of  the  blossoms 
and  plants  pays  in  the  end.  The  first  week  in  April 
is  a  good  time  to  sow  the  seed  in  order  to  get  plants 
to  flower  early  the  following!  winter,  and  about  the 
middle  of  May  for  a  second  batch  to  succeed  the  first 
sowing.  Sow  the  seeds  in  well-drained  shallow  pans. 
Use  finely  sifted  leaf-mold,  loam  and  sand  in  equal 
parts.  Cover  the  seeds  lightly  and  place  the  pans 
when  well  watered  in  a  temperature  of  about  60°  Fahr. 
Sometimes  the  seed  does  not  germinate  evenly;  the  best 


they  may  be  potted  off  singly  into  3-inch 
pots,  using  a  compost  slightly  rougher  than  the  one 
used  in  the  seed-pans.  When  the  small  pots  are  filled 
with  roots  the  plants  may  be  shifted  into  larger  ones, 
the  final  shift  being  into  6-inch  pots,  using  a  com- 


1952.    Single  and  semi-double  Chinese  Primroses. 
Natural  size. 

thing  to  do  then  is  to  prick  off  all  the  young  plants  into 
fresh  soil  similar  to  the  above.  Shake  a  little  fresh  soil 
over  the  seed-pan  again  and  place  it  in  the  same  tem- 
perature, and  very  soon  the  remainder  of  the  seed  will 
germinate.  When  the  yo\ing  plants  have  three  or  four 


1953.   Primula  obconica  (X  K). 

post  of  good  fibrous  loam,  rotten  cow  manure,  leaf -mold 
and  sand.  When  given  the  final  potting  care  should  be 
taken  that  the  base  of  the  plant  rests  on  the  soil,  but  it 
should  not  be  buried.  If  the  plant  is  not  potted  right 
it  will  be  loose  at  the  crown.  When  this  is  the  case  the 
only  remedy  is  to  place  three  small  stakes  in  a  triangle 
round  the  crown;  this  helps  to  keep  the  plant  steady 
when  top-heavy  with  blossoms  and  foliage.  When  the 
pots  are  full  of  roots,  weak  liquid  manure  made  from 
fresh  cow  manure  may  be  given  once  a  week.  During 
the  summer  they  require  shade  and  should  be  grown  in  a 
cool  greenhouse  or  frame,  where  they  ought  to  have 
plenty  of  air  at  all  times.  In  winter  a  temperature  of 
45°  F.  suits  them  well,  and  they  last  much  longer  in 
blossom  than  if  kept  warmer.  This  Primrose  is  seldom 
troubled  with  insect  pests.  Some  of  the  best  and  most 
distinct  varieties  are  Russell's  Queen  of  Whites,  Alba 
magnifica,  Princess  Louise,  Cheswick  Red  Improved, 
Comet,  Rubra  superbissima.  The  best  blue  out  of  a 
number  we  have  tried  is  Farquhar's  Improved  Blue. 
The  semi-doubles  can  be  had  in  good  distinct  colors,  but 
the  old  double  white  is  the  best  double  Chinese  Prim- 
rose and  should  be  more  grown  than  it  is  at  present. 

Button's  Primula  stellata  is  without  doubt  one  of  the 
finest  and  most  graceful  Primroses  we  have  for  green- 
house or  conservatory  decorations.  The  form  with  white 
flowers  is  the  most  pleasing;  but  the  red  and  pink 
shades  are  also  attractive.  The  foliage  is  like  that  of 
P.  Sinensis,  but  the  flowers  are  far  more  graceful  and 
produced  in  whorls  on  long,  erect  stems.  This  plant  will 
blossom  from  November  to  May.  It  requires  the  same 
treatment  as  the  Chinese  Primrose,  only  the  seeds  can 
be  sown  a  little  earlier. 

Primula  floribunda  is  a  charming  winter-flowering 
greenhouse  plant  from  western  Himalayas.  Its  yellow 
flowers  are  produced  on  stems  from  four  to  six  inches 
long.  There  is  an  improved  form  which  has  larger 
blossoms  than  the  type.  This  plant  is  easily  raised 


PRIMULA 


PRIMULA 


1431 


from  seed.  Primula  Forbesi  comes  from  China.  It  is 
a  dwarf,  compact  plant,  and  its  lilac  flowers  are  produced 
in  whorls  on  long,  wiry  stems,  as  they  are  in  P. 
Japonica.  It  can  be  raised  from  seed  or  increased  by 
division.  P.  obconica  is  a  very  showy  plant  and  will 
produce  blossoms  almost  continually.  It  would  make  a 
valuable  florists'  plant  if  it  was  not  that  it  is  slightly 
poisonous  to  the  touch.  It  has  been  greatly  improved 
since  its  introduction  in  1882.  The  best  form  now  in 
cultivation  is  P.  obconica,  var.  gr  and  i  flora  fimbriata. 
Young  plants  are  easily  obtained  from  seed  and  can 
be  grown  in  the  greenhouse  in  one  summer  until  they 
are  large  enough  for  8-inch  pots.  Primula  verticillata 
is  a  desirable  greenhouse  plant  with  yellow  flowers 
which  are  produced  in  whorls  on  the  stems.  It  has 
handsome  foliage  covered  with  a  white  mealy  powder. 
If  this  powder  is  washed  off  with  careless  watering  the 
plants  are  never  so  handsome.  ROBERT  CAMERON. 

Running  Notes  on  Primula.—  Of  the  greenhouse 
species,  P.  Sinensis  is  the  old  stand-by.  The  single 
forms  are  easily  grown  from  seed.  It  requires  about 
seven  months  from  date  of  sowing  to  bloom.  For  fall 
flowering,  sow  in  March.  Soak  seeds  24  hours  in  water. 
This  will  insure  a  more  even  germination.  Then  sow 
in  pans  filled  with  light  sandy  soil,  covering  the  seeds 
only  very  thinly  with  sand  ;  temperature  70°  F.  Keep 
pans  always  moist  and  shady.  In  two  or  three  weeks' 
time,  in  case  seeds  were  fresh,  which  is  most  essential, 
the  young  seedlings  need  pricking  out.  For  that  pur- 
pose flat  boxes  or  earthen  pans  filled  with  a  mixture  of 
two  parts  peat  and  one  part  common  garden  soil  are  the 
best;  do  not  take  pots,  because  they  are  too  deep  and 
do  not  dry  out  fast  enough.  Keep  shady;  temperature 
70°.  When  large  enough,  transplant  in  thumb-pots  very 
loosely  and  not  too  deep.  Mixture  of  soil  and  the  tem- 
perature should  be  the  same  as  previously  advised.  Keep 
plants  shifted  into  larger  pots  as  fast  as  they  require  it. 
Do  not  let  them  get  root-bound.  Make  the  soil  heavier 
at  each  transplanting.  At  the  last  shift,  which  should  be 
from  five  to  six  months  from  date  of  sowing,  use  liberally 
of  cow  manure  and  bone-meal.  Through  the  whole  sum- 
mer plants  should  be  kept  shady  and  cool,  syringing 
overhead  twice  a  day.  Get  them  accustomed  to  the 
sun  in  fall.  Temperature  in  winter  50°  to  60°  F.  Double 
Primulas  can  be  propagated  by  cuttings  in  moss  at  a 
temperature  of  70°  to  80°  F.  After  they  are  rooted,  treat 
them  the  same  as  seedlings.  The  best  time  for  propa- 
gating is  in  February  and  March.  We  need  hybrids  of 
this  Chinese  Primrose  with  other  greenhouse  species. 
The  writer  has  succeeded  in  making  a  promising  cross 
of  P.  Sinensis  and  P.  obconica.  This  is  figured  in 
American  Agriculturist,  March,  1900. 

Primula  obconica  and  the  form  known  as  P.  obconica 
hybrida  should  have  treatment  exactly  as  for  P.  Si- 
nensis. P.  Forbesi  is  a  small  lilac-flowered  greenhouse 
species,  requiring  the  treatment  given  P.  Sinensis.  It 
is  now  becoming  well  known. 

Primula  Auricula,  the  Primrose  of  the  Alps,  has 
flowers  variously  colored,  mostly  yellow.  Hardy  or 
half-hardy,  needs  light  soil,  plenty  of  air  and  sunshine; 
good  for  rockwork.  The  Auricula  has  never  become 
popular  in  America. 

Primula  cortusoides  and  P.  Sieboldi  are  beautiful 
species  of  Siberia,  of  dark  rose  color.  Hardy;  give 
plenty  of  air  and  a  very  sunny,  rather  dry  exposure. 
Very  satisfactory  spring  flowers. 

Primula  capitata  has  flowers  violet-blue  in  dense 
heads.  It  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  species  of  the 
Himalayan  region.  It  is  difficult  to  cultivate  here,  be- 
cause it  needs  a  very  cool  temperature.  Sow  seed  in  cold- 
frame,  prick  out  as  soon  as  up,  keep  on  growing  outside 
in  a  cool  place  through  the  summer.  In  fall  they  may  be 
potted,  and,  kept  in  the  coldframe  through  winter;  they 
will  be  beautiful  pot-plants  in  spring.  It  is  a  good  plant 
for  rockeries  if  it  gets  a  place  which  is  sheltered  from 
the  sun  and  yet  not  shady.  P.  denticulata  and  var. 
Cachemiriana  are  hardy.  Give  a  moist,  sunny  place. 

Primula  Stuartii  has  dark  yellow  flowers.  This  beau- 
tiful species  is  half-hardy;  it  needs  a  light  soil,  but  not 
dry,  with  full  sun.  Covered  with  a  box  over  winter,  it 
will  come  through  safely.  It  is  rarely  seen  in  this 
country.  ADOLF  JAENICKE. 


acaulis,  15. 

erosa,  19. 

prcenitens.  1. 

alba,  17. 

farinosa,  22. 

prolifera,  4. 

amoena,  10. 

filicifolia,  7. 

pulcherrima,  17. 

Auricula,  1. 

fimbriata,  7,  8. 

purpurea,  17. 

auriculata,  20. 

ttoribunda,  2. 

pusilla,  23. 

Boveana,  3. 

Forbesi,  11. 

rosea,  8,  21. 

Cachemiriana,  17. 

grundinora,  8,  10,  21. 

Rusbyi,  20. 

capitata,  18. 

imperialis,  5. 

Sibirica,  24. 

Oashemiriana,  17. 

Japonica,  6. 

Sieboldi,  10. 

caulescens,  15. 

Kashmiriana,  24. 

Simensis,  3. 

Chinensis,  7. 

longifolia,  20. 

Sinensis,  7. 

cortusoides,  9. 

Mistassinica,  23. 

stellata,  7. 

Oourti,  3. 

obconica,  8. 

Stuartii,  27. 

Cowslip,  13. 

officinalis,  13. 

variabilis,  16. 

Cusickiana,  25. 

Oxlip,  14. 

verticillata.  3. 

denticulata,  17. 

poculiformis,  8. 

vinciflora,  12. 

elatior,  14. 

Polyantha,  16. 

vulgaris,  15. 

KEY  TO  THE  GROUPS. 

A.  Young  leaves  involute   (rolled  in- 
wards or  upwards ) . 
B.  Lvs.  thick:  fls.  umbellate:  invo- 

lucral  bracts  usually  not  leafy .  1.  AURICULA 
BB.  Lvs.  thin:  fls.verticillate:  bracts 

leafy 2.  FLORIBUND.K 

AA.  Young  Ivs.  revolute   (rolled   back- 
wards ) . 

B.  Plant  large,  with  yellow  or  pur- 
ple fls.  in  successive  whorls  . .  3.  PRO  LIFERS 
BB.  Plant    with    fls.    in   umbels    or 
heads,  or  if  in  whorls  the  plants 
small  and  slender  (as  grown 
under  glass)  and  the  fls.  lilac 
to  white. 
c.  Lvs.  lobed,  the  lobes  dentate  or 

crenate 4.  SINENSES 

cc.  Lvs.  not  lobed,  or  only  indis- 
tinctly so. 

D.  Calyx  enlarging  after  flow- 
ering, leafy 5.  MONOCARPIO« 

DD.  Calyx  not  enlarging. 

E.  Fls.  not  bracied 6.  BARBATE 

BE.  Fls.  bracted,  either  soli- 
tary or  many. 
F.  Foliage  distinctly  pi- 
lose or  pubescent. 
G.  Each  flower  dis- 
tinctly stalked 7.  VERNALES 

GG.  Each  flower  sessile 

or  very  nearly  so.  8.  CAPITATE 
FF.  Foliage  glabrous  or 
only   minutely  pu- 
bescent. 

G.  Invohtcral   bracts 

gibbous    or   eared 

at  the  base. 

H.  Capsule   globose, 

included  in  the 

calyx 9.  AURICULATA 

HH.  Capsule    oblong  - 
cylindrical,  ex- 

serted 10.  FARINOSE 

GG.  Invo lucra I  bracts 
not  gibbose  nor 
eared:  capsule 
cylindrical :  peti- 
ole narrowly 
winged 11.  NIVALES 

1.  AURICULA. 

1.  Auricula,  Linn.  AURICULA.  See  p.  118  and  Fig. 
171,  Vol.  I.  Low,  with  a  radical  rosette  of  thick  obovate- 
cuneate  glabrous  or  pubescent  mealy  Ivs.  2  or  3  inches 
long,  which  are  often  crenate  on  the  upper  part:  scales 
3-6  in.  long,  erect,  prominently  exceeding  the  Ivs. :  fls. 
in  an  umbel,  sometimes  as  many  as  20,  bright  yellow  and 
fragrant,  short-stalked,  subtended  by  minute  oval  mealy 
bracts,  the  segments  obovate-cuneate  and  emarginate: 
stamens  dimorphous.— This  description  represents  the 
wild  form  as  understood  and  described  by  J.  G.  Baker 
in  B.M.  6837.  "It  is  one  of  the  most  widely  spread  of 
all  the  species,"  Baker  writes,  "as  it  extends  in  a  wild 
state  from  Dauphine  and  the  Jura  on  the  west  through 


1432 


PRIMULA 


PRIMULA 


Switzerland  to  Lombardy,  the  Tyrol,  Hungary  and 
Transylvania."  In  cultivation,  the  plant  has  run  into 
flowers  of  many  colors.  It  is  possible  that  some  of 
these  forms  are  hybrid  progeny  with  related  species. 
Baker  writes  :  "What  the  relation  is  of  this  widely- 
spread  wild  type  to  the  multiform  races  of  the  garden 


1954.   Primula  cortusoides  (separate  fls.  X 


Auricula  is   a   subject  that  still   remains  to  be  fully 
worked  out."  Pax  mentions  various  natural  hybrids. 

2.  FLORIBUND.E. 

2.  floribunda,  Wall.    Hairy:    Ivs.  rather  thin,  3-6  in. 
long,  ovate  or  elliptic  or  obovate,  with  a  broad  petiole, 
strongly  nerved  and  reticulated,  the  margins  coarse- 
toothed:  scales  slender  but  erect,  10  in.  or  less,  bearing 
loose  whorls  that  are  subtended  by  three  or  four  leaf- 
like  toothed  bracts  :  fls.  small,  golden  yellow,  the  slender 
tube  exserted  beyond  the  deep-cleft  calyx,  the  segments 
obcordate   and   entire.     Himalaya.     B.M.    6712,   where 
Hooker  remarks:  "The  plant  here  figured  is  found  at 
lower  elevations  in  the  Himalayas  than  any  other  of  the 
numerous  species  that  inhabit  that  rich  region,  occur- 
ring between  2,500  and  6,500  ft.  along  the  whole  division 
of  the  range  which  extends  from  Kumaon  to  Kashmir.'' 
Also  in  Afghanistan.    B.M.  6712.    Gn.  41:863.    G.C.  III. 
27:195.   R.H.  1895,  p.  400-1.    Gt.  45:1424;  47,  p.  221. 

3.  verticillata,  Forsk.    Plant  growing  about  1  ft.,  bear- 
ing yellow  fls.  in  leafy  whorls  :  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  oblong- 
lanceolate:  bracts  1  -nerved:  cal  yx  broad  lycampanulate, 
deeply  5-parted,  the  segments  linear  and  entire:  corolla- 
tube  about  5  times  longer  than  calyx,  the  segments  ob- 
long and  obtuse  and  emarginate  and  the  base  scarcely 
contracted.    Arabia.  —  Probably  not  in  cultivation,  the 
plant  known  under  this  name  in  gardens  being  the  fol- 
lowing : 

Var.  Boveana,  Mast.  (P.  Soveana,  Decne.  P.  verticil- 
lata,  Hort.).  Lvs.  broadly  spatulate:  bracts  3-nerved: 
calyx  cylindrical-campanulate,  with  5  deep  dentate  lobes 
or  divisions:  corolla-tube  2-3  times  exceeding  the  calyx, 
the  segments  rounded  and  crenulate,  contracted  at  the 


base,  and  sometimes  bearing  a  dark  spot  in  the  center. 
Mt.  Sinai,  etc.  B.M.  2842.— An  interesting  plant  with 
slender-tubed  light  yellow  fls.  about  %  in.  long,  borne 
on  slender  pedicels  in  a  whorl  of  sharp-toothed  bract- 
Ivs.,  the  whorls  2  or  3  and  standing  well  above  the  ro- 
sette of  sharp-toothed  root-lvs. 

Var.  Simensis,  Mast.  (P.  Simensis,  Hochst.  P. 
Courti,  Hort.).  ABYSSINIAN  PRIMROSE.  Taller, 
and  stouter,  growing  18  or  20  in.  tall,  with  root- 
lvs.  nearly  1  ft.  long:  root-lvs.  oblong-lanceolate, 
mealy:  lower  bracts  oblong  and  3-nerved,  the 
upper  ones  smaller  and  1-nerved:  calyx  broadly 
campanulate,  the  lobes  deltoid-lanceolate  and  en- 
tire: corolla-tube  3-4  times  longer  than  the  calyx 
and  more  or  less  mealy,  the  5  segments  obovate 
and  entire,  emarginate  at  the  end,  contracted  at 
the  base.  Abyssinia.  B.M.  6042  (as  P.  verticil- 
lata, var.  Sinensis).—A striking  plant,  with  large 
salverform  yellow  fls.,  the  corolla-tube  nearly  2 
in.  long.  Whorls  2  or  3,  many-fld.  Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  P.  Sinensis  (No.  7),  a  wholly  differ- 
ent plant. 

3.  PROLIFERJE. 
A.    Flowers  yellow. 

4.  prolifera,  Wall.  Stout,  striking  species  with 
scape  often  18  in.  high :  plant  green,  not  mealy : 
Ivs.  many,  long  -  oblanceolate,  often  more  than  1  ft. 
long,  obtuse,  entire  or  finely  toothed:  fls.  in  successive 
whorls  on  the  slender  erect  scape,  pale  yellow,  the  tube 
much  exceeding  the  short-toothed  calyx,  the  lobes  flat 
and  shallowly  obcordate.  Bengal.  B.  M.  6732.— Not 
known  to  be  in  cult.,  but  inserted  here  to  distinguish 
it  from  P.  imperialis,  with  which  it  was  once  confused. 

5.  imperialis,  Jungh.     The  noblest  of  cultivated  Pri- 
mulas, the  scape  rising  3%  ft.,  and  bearing  five  or  six 
whorls  of  deep  yellow  flowers  of  firm  substance.  — Once 
confounded  with  P.  prolifera,  from  which  it  differs,  ac- 
cording to  Hooker,  in  "the  more  robust  habit,  the  thicker 
texture,  broader  midrib,  close  reticulate  nervation,  and 
bullate  surface  of   the  foliage  and   its  deeper   colored 
flowers."   The  leaves  are  sometimes  1%  ft.  long;  they 
are  long-oblong-oblanceolate  in  outline,  obtuse,  the  mar- 
gins beset  with  many  small  very  sharp  teeth,  and  the 
surface  much  blistered  and  reticulated:    fls.  deep  yel- 
low or  almost  orange,  %  in.  across,  the  tube  %  in.  long 
and  much  exceeding  the  short-toothed  calyx.     Mts.  of 
Java.     B.M.  7217.     Gn.  40:823.     G.M.  34:758-9.      Not 
hardy  north. 

AA.    Flowers  purple  (or  white). 

6.  Jap6nica,  Gray.    Scape  1-2  ft.  tall,  bearing  several 
superimposed  whorls  of  clear   purple    fls. :    plant  gla- 
brous, not  mealy:  Ivs.  oblong-obovate  or  spatulate,  ob- 
tuse, convex  above,  much  reticulated,  the  margins  with 
small  teeth:  fls.  12  or  more  in  each  whorl,  about  1  in. 
across,  the  lobes  obcordate,  the  corolla-tube  nearly  three 
times  as  long  as  the  short  calyx-lobes,  all  the  fls.  promi- 
nently stalked.     Japan.      B.M.  5916.      F.S.  19:1950-1. 
I.H.  18:69.    Gn.  29,  p.  382.     R.H.  1871:570;  1895,  p.  424. 
F.M.     1871:537-8;    1872:9. -There   are    white-flowered 
forms.    Blooms  early  in  summer  to  midsummer.    Makes 
a  noble  plant  in  deep  moist  soil  and  a  shaded  place. 
Hardy  at  the  North. 

4.    SlNENSES. 

A.    Calyx  loose  and  large,  often  inflated. 
B.   Lvs.  deep-lobed. 

7.  Sinensis,  Sabine  (P.  Chinensis,  Hort.).     CHINESE 
PRIMROSE.   Figs.  1951, 1952.   Trunk  short  and  woody,  but 
as  known  in  gardens  the  plant  is  practically  stemless, 
the  ample  foliage  and  the  strong  short  scapes  arising 
directly  from  the  surface  of  the  ground  or  very  near  it: 
whole   plant    soft-hairy :    Ivs.   oblong-ovate    to    nearly 
round-ovate,  soft  and  usually  limp,  several-lobed   and 
the  lobes  toothed,  long-petioled :  scapes  erect,  several: 
fls.  now  of  many  colors,  several  to  many  in  an  umbel, 
large  and  showy,  salverform,  the  segments  obcordate: 
calyx  inflated.     China.     Winter  bloomer,  as  grown  in 
greenhouses.    B.M.  2564.    B.R.  7:539  (as  P.  prcenitens). 
F.S.  22:2334-37.  I.H.  32:551;  35:42.   Gn.  51:1124  and  p. 
469.    G.C.  III.  25:181,203,205.     Gng.  2:91.    A. F.  8:623, 


PRIMULA 


PRIMULA 


1433 


625,  671.  F.R.  4:29. -The  Chinese  Primrose  is  now  ex- 
ceedingly variable.  There  are  double-tid.  forms  of  vari- 
ous shapes  and  colors  and  of  various  degrees  of  dou- 
bling. For  pictures  of  various  double  and  half-double 
forms,  see  R.H.  1867:250,  330.  F.S.  20:2145.  I.H. 
31:512;  35:42;  38:126.  The  normal  form  of  this  Prim- 
rose has  a  somewhat  flat-topped  flower-cluster,  but 
there  are  forms  with  pyramidal  and  elongated  clusters. 
Var.  stellata  (P.  stellata,  Hort.)  is  a  form  with  hand- 
some star-like  long-stemmed  fls.  in  successive  whorls  or 
tiers  in  a  long  open  cluster:  recent.  Gn.  53,  p.  229; 
57,  p.  52.  A.G.  18:201;  20:384-5.  A.F.  12:605.  Gng. 
5:167.  Pretty.  Primula  Sinensis  was  introduced  into 
England  from  Chinese  gardens  in  1820,  but  it  was  not 
until  1879  that  the  original  wild  form  was  known  to  bota- 
nists. For  accounts  and  pictures  of  this  wild  Primrose 
as  grown  in  English  gardens,  see  essay  by  Sutton  in 
Journ.  Royal  Hort.  Soc.  13:99  (1891).  G.C.  III.  5:115; 
8:564;  9:209;  11:13  (figure  reproduced  in  A.G.  13:245). 
Gn.  49:1058.  B.M.  7559.  The  native  color  of  the  Chi- 
nese Primrose  seems  to  be  on  the  order  of  pink,  but 
there  are  many  colors  in  the  cult,  forms,— from  pure 
white  to  red.  There  are  now  crested  or  fringed  forms 
(var.  fimbriata,  Hort.),  and  those  with  a  frill  or  extra 
corolla  projecting  from  the  throat  (Fig.  1952).  Gt. 
43:1402;  45:1432;  46,  p.  192.  The  Ivs.  are  variable  in 
shape  and  depth  of  lobing.  Some  forms  have  crisped 
leaves  (var.  filicifdlia,  Hort.).  The  improvement  of  P. 
Sinensis  has  taken  place  without  the  influence  of  hy- 
bridization with  other  species. 

BB.    Lvs.  scalloped  or  sinuate,  not  lobed. 

8.  obcdnica,  Hance  (P.  poculifdrmis ,  Hook.).  Fig. 
1953.  Slender,  with  loose-hairy  leaves  (the  sharp  hairs 
often  irritating-poisonous):  Ivs.  all  radical,  ovate-ob- 
long or  round-oblong,  long-petioled,  scallop-toothed  and 
very  finely  serrate :  scapes  many, 
4-10  in.  tall:  fls.  small,  lilac  or 
light  purple,  several  to  many  in 
umbels,  on  long -spread  ing  or 
somewhat  drooping  pedicels,  the 
segments  obcordate;  calyx  wide 
open  and  shallow-toothed.  China. 
B.M.  6582.  Gn.  26:456  and  p. 
206;  29,  p.  241;  51,  p.  317.  G.C. 
III.  9:401  (house).  Gt.  43,  p.  138. 
F.R.  1:941. —Of  late  years  this 
species  has  become  a  popular  win- 
ter-blooming pot-plant.  The  fls. 
are  nearly  or  quite  an  inch  across 
in  well-grown  specimens.  There  is 
a  var.  grandiflora,  Hort.,  with  fls. 
nearly  or  quite  1%  in.  across.  Gn. 
51:1116.  R.H.  1892,  p.  114.  Gt.  46, 
p.  193.  S.H.2,p.  52.  A.F.  13:1063, 
Gng.  6 :245.  Some  of  the  large-fld. 
forms  have  somewhat  lacerated 
or  fringed  petals  (var.  fimbriata, 
Hort.).  Var.  rdsea,  Hort.,  has 
rose -colored  fls.  P.  obconica  is 
very  easily  grown.  Prop,  by  seed. 

AA.  Calyx  narrow  and  ordinary. 
9.  cortusoides,  Linn.  Fig.  1954. 
Lvs.  in  a  rosette  on  the  ground, 
rather  large  and  soft,  loose  hairy 
(at  least  on  the  midrib  and  pe- 
tioles), ovate-oblong  or  cordate- 
oblong,  irregularly  many -notched : 
scapes  few  to  several,  6-12  in.  tall, 
very  straight,  hairy  :  fls.  rose- 
colored,  about  1  in.  across,  pedi- 
celled,  in  a  loose,  many-fld.  um- 
bel, the  segments  obovate  and 
deeply  notched  or  even  lobed. 
Siberia.  B.M.  399.  R.  H.  1859,  p. 

1955.   Primula  Forbesi.    319.    Gn.  29,  p.  382.— A  handsome 
(X%.)  hardy  species,  blooming  in   May 

in  the  northern  states. 
10.  Sieboldi,    Morr.    (P.    cortusoides,     var.    amoena, 

Lindl.,  var.  grandiflbra,  Lem.,  and  var.  Sieboldi,  Hort. 

P.  amoena,  Hort.).    Looks  like  a  large  and  robust  form 

Of  P.  cortusoides,  with  fls.  1%   to  nearly  2  in,  across, 


the  throat  usually  striped  and  the  limb  in  various  colors, 
from  pure  white  to  deep  purple-rose.  Japan:  perhaps  a 
cultivated  state  of  the  above.  B.M.  5528.  I.H.  16:599. 
Gn.  29,  p.  382;  35,  p.  335;  36:721.  Gng.  8:241-2.  R.H. 
1892:300.  — The  fls.  are  two  to  three  times  larger  than 
those  of  P.  cortusoides.  In  some  forms  the  fls.  are 
fringed.  Blooms  in  late  spring.  Hardy  North. 

5.  MONOCARPIC^:. 

11.  F6rbesi,  Franch.  BABY  PRIMROSE.  Figs.  1955, 1956. 
Annual:  slender  and  delicate  species,  with  something 
of  the  habit  of  P.  obconica:  loosely  hairy,  at  least  on 
the  Ivs.  and  lower  part  of  the  scape:  Ivs.  small,  1-2  in. 


1956.   Primula  Forbesi,  the  Baby  Primrose,  at  the  beginninE 
of  its  blooming  season. 

long,  oval-oblong  to  cordate-oblong,  shallowly  sinuate- 
toothed,  minutely  serrulate :  scapes  very  slender,  6-14 
in.  high,  often  bent  above  the  whorls:  fls.  small  (about 
Yz  in.  across),  light  lilac,  slender -pedicelled,  appearing 
in  successive  umbels  or  whorls,  the  segments  obcordate, 
calyx  sharp-toothed,  small,  somewhat  loose.  China. 
B.M.  7246.  R.H.  1892,  p.  259.  G.C.  III.  14:685.  A.F. 
14:757.  Gng.  7:149.  F.E.  11:72.— Although  first  de- 
scribed so  recently  as  1886,  and  first  exhibited  in  London 
in  1891,  this  plant  is  now  one  of  the  most  popular  of  con- 
servatory plants  in  America.  It  is  a  most  profuse  bloomer, 
beginning  to  flower  when  not  more  than  2  or  3  in.  high 
and  continuing  until  the  scapes  reach  a  height  of  10-12 
inches.  It  is  particularly  well  adapted  to  growing  in  pans. 
It  is  easily  grown  from  seeds,  and  blooms  well  all  win- 
ter. Unless  given  plenty  of  light  and  room,  the  scapes 
become  weak  and  crooked. 

6.  BARBATE. 

12.  vincifldra,  Franch.  Perennial,  with  a  short  rhi- 
zome: Ivs.  thin,  oblong  or  oval,  densely  overlapping 
and  forming  a  narrow  erect  crown,  all  erect  or  nearly 
so,  the  upper  ones  larger,  all  entire  but  ciliate,  covered 
with  reddish  glands:  scape  short:  fl.  solitary,  purple- 
violet  or  blue,  1%  in,  across,  the  tube  cylindrical  or 


1434 


PRIMULA 


long-obconic,  hairy,  the  segments  well  separated  and 
broadly  obcordate;  calyx  small,  not  inflated.  China. 
G.C.  III.  1:574.— A  most  odd  species,  with  vinca-iike  fls, 

7.  VERNALES. 

This  is  a  group  of  spring-flowering  plants  to  which 
the  polyanthus  and  the  true  cowslip  belong.  They  are 
much  varied  and  hybridized,  and  the  botany  of  them  is 
therefore  much  confused.  What  Linnaeus  called  P.  veris 
(meaning  the  vernal  or  spring  Primula)  is  now  dismem- 
bered into  P.  officinalis,  P.  elatior  and  P.  vulgaris. 


1957.  Primula  officinalis  (X  %). 


A.  Scape  strong  and  projecting  above  the  Ivs.,  bearing 

an  umbel. 

B.  Fls.  small,  the  limb  of  the  corolla  concave  or  cup- 
like. 

13.  officinalis,  Jacq.    COWSLIP.    Fig.  1957.    Stemless, 
minutely  soft-pubescent:  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong,  abruptly 
contracted  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  the  petiole  winged, 
the  limb  unevenly  denticulate  or  sometimes  erose  :  scape 
6-12  in.  tall,  bearing  about  6-12  fls.  in  a  close  umbel,  all 
the  fls.  pointing  or  drooping  to  one  side:  fls.  bright  light 
yellow,  the  tube  about  the  length  of  the  half  -acute  lobes 
of  the  loose  large  calyx,  the  limb  expanding  little  be- 
yond the  bulge  of  the  calyx  (about  Yi-%  in.  across). 
Central  and  northern  Europe,  and  long  in  cultivation. 

BB.  Fls.  larger,  opening  wide  and  nearly  flat. 

14.  elatior,  Jacq.    OXLIP.   Very  like  the  last,  but  the 
expanded  fls.  twice  broader,  and  the  calyx  narrow  (not 
inflated)  and  with  acuminate  lobes:  usually  somewhat 
taller:  Ivs.  very  rugose.    Europe,  particularly  in  moun- 
tains and  in  the  northern  parts. 

AA.  Scape  usually  short  or  almost  none,  the  umbels 
therefore  borne  in  the  foliage  and  the  fls.  standing 
singly  on  the  long  rays  (exceptions  in  No.  16). 

15.  vulgaris,  Huds.  (P.  acaulis,  Jacq.).    PRIMROSE. 
Leaves  many,  tufted,  sessile  or  tapering  to  a  narrow 
base,  long  oblong-obovate  and  obtuse  (6-9  in.  long),  ru- 
gose, irregularly  shallow-toothed  and  denticulate  :  fls.  1 
in.  or  more  across,  pale  yellow,  the  limb  flat,  usually 
not  equaling  the  leaves,  borne  on  long,  slender  pedicels; 
calyx  not  inflated,  the  lobes  acute  or  acuminate.    There 
are  double-fld.  forms.    B.M.  229.    Gn.  29,  p.  385.    R.H. 
1880:90.—  Var.  caulescens,  an  occasional  state,  has  some 
of  the  scapes  more  or  less  prolonged.    Europe,  widely 


PRIMULA 

distributed.  For  pictures  of  various  forms  of  P.  vul- 
garis, see  Gn.  54:1184  and  pp.  142,  143;  7,  pp.  319,  345: 
11,  p.  127;  12:101.  A.F.  13:1102.  Gng.  6:245.  R.H; 
1898:12. 

16.  Polyantha,  Hort.    POLYANTHUS.    Figs.  1950,  1958, 
1959.  A  garden  group  supposed  to  be  hybrids  of  P.  offici- 
nalis or  P.  elatior  and  P.  vulgaris,  although  many  bota- 
nists refer  it  to  P.  elatior  direct.    Some  consider  it  to  be 
adirect  development  of  P.  vulgaris.  Whatever  its  origin, 
the  group  is  distinct  for  garden  purposes,  and  it  is  the 
commonest  form  of  hardy  Primula  known  in  American 
gardens.    The  fls.  are  several  to  many  in  an  erect  umbel 
terminating  a  scape  that  usually  stands  well  above  the 
long  Ivs. ;  the  colors  are  mostly  yellow  and  red-and-yellow. 
There  is  a  form  with  one  corolla  inside  the  other,  known 
as  Duplex  orHose-in-Hose.  The  Polyanthus  is  perfectly 
hardy,  blooming  in  earliest  spring.     Prop,  usually  by 
division.     P.  variabilis,  as  used  in  horticultural  litera- 
ture, usually  refers  to  this  Polyanthus  group  or  to  plants 
of  similar  origin. 

8.  CAPITATJE. 

17.  denticulata,  Smith.     Scapes  4-18  in.  tall,  bearing 
a  dense  umbel  or  head  of  pale  purple   fls. :  Ivs.  in  a 
rosette  on  the  crown,  usually  not  full  grown  until  the 
flowers   are   past,  and   surrounded   beneath   by   short, 
broad,  thick,  leaf -like  bracts ;  leaf-blades  oblong-obovate 
or   spatulate,  usually  narrowed   into   a  winged    stalk, 
sharply  denticulate,  more  or  less  mealy:    corolla-tube 
about  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx-teeth,  the  corolla-lobes 
obcordate.    Himalaya  region,  7,000  to  13,000  ft.,  and  said 
by  Hooker  to  be  "the   commonest  Himalayan  Primula, 
and  very  variable."    B.M.  3959.     B.R.  28:47.     Gn.  11, 
p.  127;  29,  p.  382;  35,  p.  529;  41,  p.  588. -A  hardy  plant, 
usually   treated   as    a   rockwork    subject.       Blooms   in 
earliest  spring.     Var.  purpurea,  Hort.,  has  dark  purple 
fls.    Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls.    Gn.  50,  p.  372.   Var. 
pulcherrima,  Hort.,  is  very  robust,  with  deep  purple  fls. 
in  dense  heads. 

Var.  Cachemiriana,  Hook.  f.  (P.  Cachemiridna, 
Munro.  P.  Cashmeriana,  Hort.).  Lvs.  nearly  or 
quite  full  grown  when  the  fls.  are  in  bloom,  usually 
more  mealy  (yellow-mealy  beneath  and  sometimes  on 
top) :  fls.  rich  purple  with  yellow  center.  Western 
Himalayan  region.  R.H.  1880:330.  P.  Sibirica,  var. 
Kashmiriana  (B.M.  6493)  is  a  different  plant.  See 
No.  24. 

18.  capit&ta,  Hook.     Much  like  P.  denticulata,  but 
Ivs.  appearing  with  the  fls.  and  the  fleshy  leaf-bracts 
few  or  none:  according  to  Hooker,  it  "has  finely  den- 
ticulate leaves,  often   snow-white  with  meal  beneath, 
but   sometimes   not   so;  a  tall   also   mealy   scape   and 
globose  densely  crowded  head  of  sessile  flowers  which 
open  slowly,  and  the  uppermost  unexpanded  ones  are 
depressed  and  imbricate  over  one  another  like  the  tiles 
of  a  house.    The  corolla  is  of  very  deep  purple-blue,  the 
tube  and  calyx  both  short."    Eastern  Himalaya.    B.M. 
4550,  6916  B.      F.S.  6:618.      Gn.   16:210;    29,  p.  382; 
45,  p.  503;  50,  p.  373;  54,  p.  467.     J.H.  III.  32:209. 

19.  erdsa,  Wall.  (P.  capitdta,  var.  crispa,  Hort.    P. 
denticulata,  var.  erdsa,  Duby).     Differs  from  P.  dentic- 
ulata, according  to  Hooker,   "in   its   much    slenderer 
habit,  in  always  (except  on  young  parts)  wanting  the 
meal  on  the  leaves,  which  are  developed  at  flowering 
time,  are  translucent  with  strongly  erose  and  denticu- 
late margins,  and  have  a  strongly  reticulated  surface, 
and  the  petioles  are  often  red;  the  umbels  are  loose  or 
dense-flowered,  and  the    flowers   in  our  garden  speci- 
mens are  of  a  far  deeper  purple  than  is  usual  in  P.  den- 
ticulata."   Hooker  says  that  the  Ivs.  are  sometimes  18 
in.  long.  Temperate  Himalaya.  B.M.  6916A.  — This  name 
does  not  appear  in  the  Amer.  trade,  but  the  species  is 
very  likely  to  pass  as  P.  denticulata  or  P.  capitata. 

9.  AURICULA T^;. 

20.  auriculata,  Lam.  (P.  longifdlia,  Curt.).     Scapes 
4-10  in.  tall,  from  a  rosette  of  oblong-obovate  smooth 
irregularly  denticulate  Ivs. :    fls.  in  a  rounded  head  or 
umbel,  purplish,  with  a  whitish   eye,  the  tube  1  in.  or 
more  long  and  much  exceeding  the  calyx,  the  involu- 
cral  scales  more  or  less  auriculate.     Mts.  of  Greece  to 
Persia.    B.M.  392. 


PRIMULA 


PRINCE 


1435 


21.  rdsea,  Royle.     Tufted,  4-8  in.  tall,  glabrous,  not 
mealy:  Ivs.  many,  oblong-obovateor  oblanceolate,  crenu- 
late  or  small-toothed:  lis.  few  to  many  in  a  rather  loose 
head  (each  flower  distinctly  stalked),  rose-red,  more  or 
less   drooping,  the  tube  somewhat  exceeding  the  long 
sharp  calyx-teeth,  the  lobes  obcordate.     Western  Hima- 
laya.   B.M.  6437.     Gn.  50:1091,  the  large-fld.  form  (var. 
grandiflora) ;  16:187;    29,  p.  382;    31,  p.  597;    39,  p.  417. 
G.C.  II.  19:540.     F.M.  1879:360.     R.H.  1880:330.-One 
of  the  best  of  the  alpine  Primulas. 

10.  FARINOSE. 
A.    Plant  mealy,  at  least  ^vhen  yonny. 

22.  farinosa,  Linn.     Scapes  9  in.  or  less  tall:  Ivs.  ob- 
long-obovate,  spatulate  or  cuneate-lanceolate,  tapering 
into  a  short  flat  petiole,  denticulate :  umbel  mostly  f ew- 
fld.,  bearing  pretty  lilac  or  flesh-colored  fls.,  with  a  yel- 
lowish eye,  the  corolla-lobes  obcordate  and  separate  at 
the  base  and  %  in.  or  less  long.     Generally  distributed 
in  boreal  and  alpine  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere, 
in  N.  Amer.  occurring  in  Maine,  on  Lake  Superior  and 
in  the  mountains  as  far  south  as  Colorado.     Gn.  29,  p 
385. 

AA.    Plant  green  or  very  nearly  so. 

23.  Mistassinica,  Michx.  (P.  farinosa,  var.  Mistassin 
ica,  Pax.    P.  pusilla,  Hook.).     Plant  small  and  slen- 
der, with  only  mere  traces    of  mealiness  if  any  :    Ivs. 
only  K  in.  long,  stalked  or  not,  spatulate  or  obovate, 
toothed  or  repand:  scape  about  6  in.  tall,  with  few  fls., 
the  latter  flesh-colored  and  shorter  than  in  P.  farinosa. 
Arctic  America,  and    south  to  northern  New  England, 
central  New  York,  Lake  Superior,  etc.    B.M.  2973,  3020. 

24.  Sibirica,  Jacq.     Plant  wholly  green,  the  scapes  6 
or  7  in.  or  less  high  :    Ivs.  thickish,  oval,  obovate  or 
round-ovate,  nearly  or  quite  entire,  about  %  in.  long: 
fls.  few,  lilac  or  pink,  the  corolla-lobes  obcordate  and 
about  %  in.  long:  involucral  bracts  almost  spurred  at 
base.    Arctic  and  alpine  regions  of  the  northern  hemi- 
sphere.   B.M.  3167,  3445  (the  latter  as  var.  integerrima). 

Var.  Kashmiriana,  Hook.,  has  fls.  smaller,  the  corolla- 
tube  scarcely  exceeding  the  calyx,  and  the  corolla-lobes 
narrower.  B.M.  6493.  Western  Himalaya.  Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  P.  denticulata.v&r.  Cachemiriana,  No.  17. 


so:  involucre  bracts  2  or  3,  conspicuous,  unequal: 
corolla-lobes  retuse,  the  tube  little  if  any  exceeding  the 
calyx-lobes.  Early  spring.  Eastern  Oregon.  — Offered 
by  dealers  in  native  plants 


1958.    Polyanthus— Primula  Polyantha  (X  %). 

11.   NlVALES. 

A.    Fls.  purplish  or  white, 

25.  Cusickiana,  Gray.  Scapes  6  in.  or  less  tall,  each 
bearing  2—1  violet  or  white  fls, :  Ivs.  oblong-spatulate  or 
narrow-oblong,  about  2  in.  long,  entire  or  very  nearly 


1959.  Polyanthus— Primula  Polyantha. 

26.  Kusbyi,  Greene.    Larger  than  P.  Cusickiana,  the 
Ivs.  2-5  in.  long,   denticulate:  scapes  sometimes  1  ft. 
tall,  6-10-fld.,  the  fls.  deep  purple  with  yellow  eye:  in- 
volucre bracts  3  or  more,  subulate  or   ovate:    corolla- 
lobes  obcordate,  the  corolla-tube  longer  than  the  calyx. 
Mts.  in   New  Mex.  and   Ariz.    B.M.  7032. -Offered  by 
dealers  in  native  plants. 

AA.    Fls.  yellow. 

27.  Stuartii,  Wall.  An  exceedingly  variable  Himalayan 
species  with  drooping  yellow  fls.  in  a  terminal  umbel: 
radical  Ivs.  5-10,  narrowly  oblanceolate,  acute,  sharp- 
serrate   or   sometimes   entire,  yellow,  mealy  beneath: 
scape  12-18  in.  tall,  bearing  a  mealy-covered  inflores- 
cence: fls.  light  yellow,  with  tube  twice  the  length  of 
the  usually  acute-lobed  calyx,  the  lobes  orbicular  and 
emarginate  or  sometimes  orbicular  and  entire.     B.M. 
4356.      G.C.  II.  19:824;  25:528.     Gn.  29,  p.  382. -Fls.  1 
in.  or  more  long.  L.  H.  B. 

PRINCE,  WILLIAM,  the  second  proprietor  of  the 
Prince  Nursery  at  Flushing,  L.  I.  (New  York),  was  born 
about  1725,  and  died  in  1802.  The  nursery,  which  was 
perhaps  the  first  large  commercial  one  in  America,  was 
established  about  1730  by  his  father,  Robert  Prince.  The 
Huguenots  who  settled  at  New  Rochelle  and  on  the  north 
shore  of  Long  Island  brought  with  them  a  variety  of 
French  fruits,  and  the  interest  thus  created  in  horticul- 
ture resulted  in  the  establishment  of  this  first  nursery. 
For  a  number  of  years  attention  was  confined  chiefly 
to  the  fruit  trees  with  which  to  stock  the  new  country, 
and  it  was  only  when  more  settled  conditions  came 
that  the  culture  of  ornamental  trees  and  shrubs  was 
introduced.  Under  William  Prince  the  nursery  grew 
rapidly  in  importance  until  the  war  of  the  Revolution. 
One  of  the  early  advertisements  reads  as  follows,  under 
date  of  September  21,  1767: 

"For  sale  at  William  Prince's  nursery,  Flushing,  a 
great  variety  of  fruit  trees,  such  as  apple,  plum,  peach, 
nectarine,  cherry,  apricot  and  pear.  They  may  be  put 
up  so  as  to  be  sent  to  Europe.  Capt.  Jeremiah  Mitchell 
and  Daniel  Clements  go  to  New  York  in  packet  boats 
Tuesdays  and  Fridays." 

The   extension   to   ornamental   branches    is   seen   in 


1436 


PRINCE 


PRINCE 


an  advertisement  in  the  New  York  "Mercury"  of  March 
14,  1774,  which  reads  as  follows: 

"William  Prince,  at  his  nursery,  Flushing  Landing, 
offers  for  sale— 

110  large  Carolina  Magnolia  flower  trees,  the  most 
beautiful  trees  that  grow  in  America,  four  feet  high. 

50  large  Catalpa  flower  trees ;  they  are  nine  feet  high 
to  the  under  part  of  the  top  and  thick  as  one's  leg. 

30  or  40  Almond  trees  that  begin  to  bear. 

2,500  white,  red  and  black  Currant  bushes. 

50  Fig  trees. 

Lisbon  and  Madeira  Grape  vines. 

5,000  Hautboy,  Chili,  large  English  and  American 
Strawberry  plants. 

1,500  white  and  1,000  black  Mulberry  trees. 

Also  Barcelona  Filbert  trees." 

The  establishment  had  attained  such  public  im- 
portance that  when  the  British  took  possession  of 
Flushing,  August  29,  1776,  after  their  victory  at  the 
battle  of  Long  Island,  the  commanding  officer,  General 
Howe,  placed  a  guard  over  the  nursery  to  protect  it 
from  depredations,  and  this  was  continued  until  all 
danger  was  past.  The  extent  of  the  business,  as  well  as 
the  paralyzing  effect  of  the  war,  is  shown  from  an 
advertisement  of  Mr.  Prince,  shortly  after  the  British 
occupation,  offering  30,000  young  cherry  trees  for  sale 
as  hoop-poles,  the  only  use  to  which  they  could  be  put 
during  the  Revolution.  The  loss  of  domestic  business 
was  largely  compensated  by  the  great  demand  for 
American  native  trees  and  shrubs  wanted  by  the  officers 
of  the  British  army  to  be  sent  to  friends  in  England 
and  Germany. 

A  return  of  peace  brought  with  it  increased  trade,  to 
make  good  the  depredations  of  the  soldiery  as  well  as 
to  re-stock  the  orchards  of  those  who  for  seven  years 
past  had  paid  more  attention  to  the  science  of  war  than 
to  the  pursuits  of  horticulture;  and  a  catalogue  of  1794, 
still  preserved,  contains  fully  as  many  varieties  of  fruit 
as  those  of  some  nurseries  of  the  year  1900,  over  a  cen- 
tury later;  apricots  and  nectarines,  for  instance,  each 
being  represented  by  ten  varieties. 

Not  only  was  everything  of  merit  imported,  but  the 
origination  of  new  varieties  by  a  careful  selection  of 
seedlings  was  enthusiastically  carried  on.  Two  plums, 
still  well  known,  date  from  this  period,  Prince's  Yellow 
Gage  being  originated  in  1783  and  the  Imperial  Gage  in 
1794.  The  "Treatise  on  Horticulture"  mentions  that  in 
1790  no  less  than  twenty-five  quarts  of  green  gage  pits 
were  planted,  from  which  seedlings  were  obtained  of 
every  color  and  shape,  it  being  probable  that  the  Wash- 
ington plum  was  originated  in  that  year.  Before  the 
death  of  this  William  Prince,  the  nursery  business  had 
been  taken  up  by  his  sons,  William  and  Benjamin;  the 
former  on  new  ground,  called  the  Linnean  Botanic 
Garden  and  Nursery,  and  the  latter  at  the  original 
place,  called  "The  Old  American  Nursery." 

William  Prince,  third  proprietor  of  the  Prince  Nur- 
series at  Flushing,  was  born  Nov.  10,  1766  ;  married 
Mary  Stratton,  Dec.  24,  1794,  and  died  April  9,  1842. 
During  his  lifetime  the  Prince  Nursery  was  one  of  the 
centers  of  horticultural  and  botanic  interest  in  America, 
and  reached  the  height  of  its  fame.  He  continued  the 
work  of  his  father  in  the  introduction  of  all  foreign  trees 
and  plants  of  value,  the  discovery  of  unknown  American 
species  and  the  creation  of  new  varieties  from  seed. 
One  of  the  trees  introduced  to  great  popularity  in  the 
younger  days  of  William  Prince  the  second  was  the 
Lombardy  poplar,  of  which  he  advertised  in  1798  no 
less  than  10,000  trees  10-17  ft.  in  height.  For  several 
years  the  Lombardy  poplar  was  the  fashionable  shade 
tree.  Long  avenues  of  them  were  planted  by  the 
wealthy;  and  their  leaves  were  considered  valuable  for 
fodder.  In  1806  the  tide  turned,  owing  to  a  belief  that 
they  harbored  a  poisonous  worm,  and  thousands  were 
cut  down  and  burned. 

In  1793  William  Prince  bought  from  Bayard,  LeRoy 
and  Clarkson,  the  property  on  the  north  side  of  Bridge 
street  in  Flushing,  across  from  the  old  nursery,  con- 
taining eighty  acres,  and  it  was  soon  transformed  into 
a  place  of  arboreal  beauty.  For  fully  fifty  years  the 
nursery  was  carried  on  much  less  for  profit  than  from 
a  love  of  horticulture  and  botany.  It  was  designed  to 


contain  every  known  kind  of  tree,  shrub,  vine  and  plant 
known  to  England  or  America  that  possessed  any  hor- 
ticultural merit.  In  Europe  probably  the  only  one  of 
the  same  character  was  that  of  the  London  Horticul- 
tural Society.  When  the  great  Northwest  was  explored 
by  Lewis  and  Clark,  many  of  the  botanical  treasures 
found  a  home  at  the  Flushing  Nurseries.  Among  them 


the  Mahonia  became  very  popular,  the  earlier  specimens 
being  sold  at  $20  each. 

The  catalogues  from  1815  to  1850  ranked  among  the 
standard  horticultural  publications  of  the  country.  The 
number  of  varieties  of  fruits  cultivated  seems  scarcely 
credible  in  these  days,  when  many  nurseries  are  con- 
ducted solely  for  profit,  and  only  the  trees  or  plants 
which  find  a  ready  sale  are  propagated.  The  collection 
of  roses  at  one  time  embraced  over  800  kinds ;  of  dah- 
lias over  350  varieties;  the  collections  of  camellias,  of 
citrous  fruits  and  of  grapes  were  enormous,  while  the 
marvelous  variety  of  the  ordinary  fruits  can  be  seen 
from  the  "Pomological  Manual,"  The  "Treatise  on  Hor- 
ticulture" mentions  that  at  that  time  (1828)  the  nursery 
contained  more  than  20,000  plums,  of  140  varieties, 
while  the  apricots  numbered  35  and  the  grapes  about 
240  varieties.  The  catalogue  of  1845,  which  enumerates 
only  the  best  varieties,  contains  350  kinds  of  apples, 
300  of  pears,  120  of  cherries,  200  of  plums  and  160  of 
peaches. 

In  1828  Mr.  Prince  wrote  and  published  the  "  Treatise 
on  Horticulture,"  which  was  the  first  work  of  the  kind 
produced  in  America.  Mr.  Prince  was  a  man  of  great 
energy  of  purpose,  of  excellent  judgment,  with  a  love 
for  scientific  studies,  and  possessed  of  a  most  amiable 
character.  By  indefatigable  effort  he  succeeded  in  hav- 
ing roads  and  bridges  built  which  shortened  the  dis- 
tance to  New  York  fully  one-half,  and  soon  after  the  in- 
vention of  steamboats  he  had  a  regular  line  of  boats  es- 
tablished between  Flushing  and  New  York.  He  was  a 
zealous  churchman,  avestryman  of  St.  George's  church, 
Flushing,  as  early  as  1798,  and  continued  in  the  vestry 
32  years,  during  14  of  which  he  was  warden.  In  the 
words  of  Mandeville's  History  of  Flushing,  he  was 
"universally  esteemed  in  life  and  regretted  in  death. * 


PRINCE 


PRITCHARDIA 


1437 


William  Jfobert  Prince  (Fig.  1960),  fourth  proprietor 
of  the  Prince  Nursery,  at  Flushing,  was  born  November 
6,  1795;  married  Charlotte  C.  Collins,  daughter  of  Gov- 
ernor Collins,  of  Rhode  Island,  October  2, 1826,  and  died 
March  28, 1869.  He  inherited  his  father's  love  of  botany 
and  his  great  energy.  He  was  connected  with  the  Ameri- 
can Institute,  National  Pomological  Society,  Massachu- 
setts Horticultural  Society  and  macy  other  important  or- 
ganizations, in  whose  transactions  he  took  a  prominent 
part.  In  1830  he  wrote,  with  the  assistance  of  his  father, 
the  "Treatise  on  the  Vine,"  a  work  of  high  importance. 
In  1831  he  issued  the  "Pomological  Manual"  in  two  vol- 
umes, an  important  treatise  on  all  fruits  except  apples. 
In  1846  he  published  the  "Manual  of  Roses."  In  his 
later  days  Mr.  Prince  received  the  honorary  degrees  of 
M.D.  and  LL.D. 

When  a  boy  he  was  sent  for  a  year  to  Canada  in  order 
to  become  proficient  in  French,  as  there  were  then  no 
schools  of  languages  in  New  York,  and  the  European 
correspondence  was  an  important  feature  in  the  horti- 
cultural business.  In  his  early  manhood  he  botanized 
through  the  entire  line  of  Atlantic  States  in  company 
with  Professor  Torrey,  of  Columbia  College,  and  Pro- 
fessor Nuttall,  of  Harvard.  In  California,  during  1849 
and  1850,  while  others  were  searching  only  for  gold,  he 
was  making  collections  of  the  trees  and  wild  flowers  of 
that  country.  The  oldest  cedar  of  Lebanon  in  the  United 
States,  as  well  as  the  oldest  Chinese  magnolias,  salis- 
burias,  Mt.  Atlas  cedars,  paulownias  and  purple  beeches 
are  to  be  found  to-day  in  the  grounds  of  the  Prince 
homestead,  together  with  many  other  unique  specimens. 
When  the  disease  of  the  Irish  potato  caused  a  fear  that 
it  would  have  to  be  replaced  by  some  other  vegetable, 
he  imported  the  Chinese  yam  or  potato  (Dioscorea  Ba- 
tatas), paying  $600  for  the  tubers  contained  in  the  first 
consignment,  — a  consignment  which  could  be  placed  in 
a  small  box.  About  the  same  time  he  introduced  sor- 
ghum, or  Chinese  sugar  cane.  He  was  unwearied  in  his 
endeavors  to  promote  silk  culture  in  the  United  States. 
He  imported  not  only  the  silkworms  but  the  mulberry 
trees  to  feed  them,  and  built  a  large  cocoonery  for  their 
accommodation.  He  had  vast  plantations  of  mulberries 
in  different  places.  He  was  offered  $100,000  for  the  one 
near  Norfolk,  Va.  It  is  a  curious  circumstance,  illus- 
trating the  general  interest  in  mulberry  culture  at  that 
time,  that  cuttings  of  the  Morus  multicaulis  were  used 
as  currency  in  all  the  stores  in  the  vicinity  of  Flushing, 
passing  current  everywhere  at  the  rate  of  12 %  cents 
each.  Mr.  Prince's  familiarity  with  the  French  lan- 
guage greatly  facilitated  his  intercourse  with  European 
horticulturists,  and  he  was  in  constant  communication 
with  French,  Belgian,  Dutch  and  German  nurseries. 

At  the  time  of  his  marriage  he  purchased  additional 
property  adjoining  the  nursery  of  his  father,  and  sub- 
sequently added  three  other  large  areas  to  the  nursery 
establishment.  He  was  always  more  of  a  horticulturist 
and  botanist  than  business  man,  and,  as  in  his  father's 
days,  the  Linnean  Botanic  Nursery  continued  to  be 
celebrated  for  its  great  variety  of  vegetable  life  rather 
than  a  commercial  establishment.  He  was  a  vigorous 
and  prolific  writer,  and  down  to  the  time  of  his  death 
was  a  constant  contributor  to  horticultural  literature. 

L.  B.  PRINCE. 

PRINCE  EDWARD  ISLAND.     See  Canada. 

PRINCE'S  FEATHER.    Amaranthus  and  Celosia. 
PRlNOS.     See  Ilex. 

PRlONIUM  (Greek,  saw;  referring  to  leaves,  which 
are  sword-shaped,  with  serrate  edges).  Juncacece.  A 
genus  of  one  species,  a  tender  aquatic  plant  from  S. 
Africa,  where  it  grows  in  great  masses  in  running  water. 
This  is  one  of  the  few  plants  of  the  rush  family  having 
the  Ivs.  crowded  at  the  top  of  an  erect,  woody  stem  5-6 
ft.  high.  Generic  characters:  ovary  sessile,  globose, 
3-celled  ;  ovules  axile,  usually  2  in  a  cell  :  stigmas  3, 
sessile,  spreading:  capsule  rigid,  3-valved;  seeds  usu- 
ally only  1  in  each  cell.  For  further  description,  see 
Flora  Capensis  7:28.  This  plant  may  be  grown  in  a  pot 
placed  in  a  pan  of  water,  and,  if  desired,  may  be  planted 
out  for  the  summer  in  a  wet  position. 


Palmita,  E.  Mey.  Stem  stout,  often  forked,  2-4  in. 
in  thickness,  reaching  a  length  of  5-6  ft.:  Ivs.  linear, 
rigid,  glabrous,  3-4  ft.  long,  in  dense  rosette  at  summit 
of  stein:  inflorescence  a  large,  dense,  terminal  panicle 
on  long  peduncle:  perianth  and  bracts  %  in.  long. 
B'M-  57-2'  F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

PRITCHARDIA  (W.  T.  Pritchard,  British  consul  at 
Fiji  in  1860).  Palmdcece.  Nine  species  of  spineless  fan 
palms  from  small  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  True 
Pritchardias,  according  to  Wm.  Watson,  differ  from  all 
other  fan-leaved  palms  in  the  form  of  the  blade,  which 
is  cuneate  in  outline;  the  Ivs.  are  also  exceptionally  soft 
and  pliant.  The  best  of  the  genus,  probably,  is  P.  Pa- 
cifica, which  is  remarkable  for  its  fibrous,  fluffy  leaf- 
stalks. Pritchardia  is  allied  to  several  genera  mentioned 
under  Licuala  (which  see),  being  distinguished  as  fol- 
lows: ovary  3-cornered  or  3-lobed,  narrowed  into  a 
strong  style:  corolla  with  persistent  tube  and  decidu- 
ous segments:  embryo  subbasilar.  The  genus  was 
monographed  by  Beccari  in  Malesia,  vol.  3  (1890).  The 
best  horticultural  account  is  that  of  Wm.  Watson  in 
G.C.  III.  13:332  (1893).  The  species  in  the  supplemen- 
tary list  below  are  very  imperfectly  known. 

A.  Fr.  black-purple,  globose,  6  lines  thick. 
Pacifica,  Seem.  &  Wendl.  Fig.  1961.  Trunk  attain- 
ing 30  ft.  high,  10-12  in.  thick,  straight,  smooth:  Ivs. 
4%  ft.  long,  3%  ft.  wide,  densely  covered  when  young 
with  whitish  brown  tomentum,  finally  glabrous  ;  seg- 
ments about  90  ;  petiole  3%  ft.  long.  Samoa,  Fiji. 
I.H.  21:161.  F.S.  22:2262.-The  illustration  (Fig.  1961) 
is  adapted  from  Martius. 

AA.  Fr,  yellow  or  red,  9  lines  thick. 
Gaudichaudii,  H.  Wendl.  (P.  macrocdrpa,  Linden). 
Trunk  20  ft.  high,  1  ft.  thick:  Ivs.  roundish,  3-4  ft. 
long,  covered  beneath  with  pale  brown  matted  wool, 
slit  for  about  1  ft.  into  about  60  segments ;  petioles  2-3 
ft.  long.  Hawaiian  Islands.  I.H.  26:352. 


1961.  Pritchardia  Pacifica. 

AAA.  Fr.  greenish,  globose,  15-20  lines  thick, 
Martii,  H.  Wendl.  Trunk  generally  not  exceeding 
5-6  ft.,  but  as  thick  as  in  P.  Gandachaudii:  Ivs.  glabrous 
and  glaucous  below,  not  woolly;  segments  about  40,  not 
as  deep;  petioles  longer.  Hawaiian  IsL  — Cult,  in  S. 
Calif. 

P.  Borneensis,  Hort.,  was  introduced  in  1891  by  Linden,  but 
seems  unknown  to  botanists.— P.  filamentbsa,  Hort.,  is  presum- 


1438 


PRITCHABDIA 


PROTEA 


ably  a  catalogue  error  for  P.  filifera.— P.  filifera,  Linden,  is 
Washingtonia  fllifera.— P.  grandis,  Bull,  is  Licuala  grandis.— 
P.  Periculorum,  Wendl.,  is  said  to  be  characterized  by  its  dark 
brownish  petioles  and  obliquely  spherical  fr.  Pomotu  Isl.— 
P.  Thurstoni,  Drude,  is  said  to  be  distinguished  by  its  long 
slender  tt.-stalks  like  fishing  rods  bearing  a  thyrse-like  inflor- 
escence. W.  M. 

PEIVET,     See  Z/igustrum. 

PRIVET,  MOCK.     See  Phillyrea. 

PROBOSCIS  FLOWER.    Martynia  proboscidea. 

PROCHNYANTHES  (Greek,  kneeling  and  flower; 
referring  to  the  sudden  bend  in  the  flower  which  is 
likened  to  a  knee).  Amaryllidacece.  A  genus  closely 
related  to  Polianthes  and  Bravoa,  differing  chiefly  in  the 
shape  of  the  flowers.  Stems  slender,  from  oblong 
tubers  which  crown  short,  thick  rootstock:  Ivs.  mostly 
basal;  inflorescence  a  lax  spike  or  raceme:  fls.  always 
in  pairs,  tubular  below,  abruptly  bent  at  the  middle, 
bell-shaped  above;  stamens  6,  included:  fr.  3-celled, 
many-seeded.  Native  of  western  Mexico.  A  genus,  dis- 
covered by  Dr.  E.  Palmer  in  1886,  of  which  two  species 
have  been  described.  It  has  been  misspelled  Prochy- 
nanthes. 

viridSscens,  Watson.  Stems  4-6  ft.  high :  Ivs.  mostly 
basal,  numerous,  1-2  ft.  long,  2-3  in.  broad,  erect:  fls. 
5-30  pairs,  brownish;  pedicels  nearly  wanting  to  1%  in. 
long.  Until  recently  supposed  to  be  a  very  rare  species, 
known  only  from  near  Guadalajara,  Mexico,  but  found 
by  the  writer  to  be  very  common  in  the  mountains  of 
the  states  of  Jalisco,  Durango  and  Zacatecas.  Not  yet 
in  the  trade,  but  it  is  a  plant  that  deserves  to  be  intro- 
duced. 

P.  Bulllana,  Baker.  Hardly  differs  from  the  above  but  de- 
scribed as  having  larger  fls.,  which  are  sessile  instead  of  hav- 
ing a  long  pedicel:  fls.  brownish  green.  The  fls.  are  not  jointed 
at  the  pedicel  as  Baker  says.  B.M.  7427.— P.  viridifldra  men- 
tioned under  B.M.  7427  is  a  mere  slip  of  the  pen  for  P.  viri. 
descens.  «  j.  N.  ROSE. 

PROMEN2E A  (named  presumably  after  the  prophetess 
of  Dodona).  Orchidaceat.  A  genus  of  small  herbs  with 
the  habit  of  Odontoglossum  but  having  Ivs.  of  paler 
green.  It  is  one  of  the  many  genera  formerly  united 
with  Zygopetalum.  Lvs.  conduplicate  in  the  bud: 
pseudobulbs  evident :  inflorescence  originating  above 
the  annual  leafy  axis,  1-2-fld.:  sepals  and  petals  sub- 
equal,  spreading,  the  lateral  sepals  forming  a  mentum 
with  base  of  the  column:  labellum  movably  joined  to 
the  base  of  the  column.  For  culture,  see  Zygopetalum. 

citrina,  Donn.  (Zygopetalum  xanthlnum).  A  little 
orchid  with  small  ovate  pseudobulbs  and  lanceolate  Ivs. 
2-3  in.  long:  fls.  pale  lemon-yellow;  labellum  3-lobed, 
with  crimson  spots  in  the  throat;  column  streaked  with 
red.  June.  Brazil.  Gn.  20,  p.  61. 

graminea,  Lindl.  Lvs.  about  6  in.  long,  lanceolate, 
faintly  striate,  jointed  to  the  equitant  bases:  scapes 
3-5,  clustered:  fls.  dirty  yellow,  spotted  with  brown; 
sepals  and  petals  oblong  -  lanceolate  ;  labellum  oval, 
crisp  and  toothed  on  the  margin,  shaded  with  rose  and 
blotched  with  crimson-brown.  Spring.  Brazil.  B.M. 
5046.  G.C.  II.  23:636.— On  account  of  the  absence  of 
pseudobulbs  this  species  is  now  generally  placed  in  the 
genus  Keffersteinia. 

stapelioides,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  4-angled,  1-2-lvd. : 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  spreading,  pale  glaucous,  reticulate: 
peduncle  2-fld.:  fls.  green  outside,  yellowish  inside, 
speckled  and  banded  purple.  Brazil.  B.R.  25:17. 

HEINRICH  HASSELBRING. 

PROPAGATION.  See  Cuttage,  Graftage,  Layerage, 
Nursery,  Seedage. 

PROSARTES.     See  Disporum. 

PROSOPIS  (meaning  obscure).  Legumlnbsce.  A  genus 
of  about  18  species  of  tender  trees  and  shrubs  includ- 
ing the  Mesquit  and  the  Screw  Bean,  two  forage  plants 
of  considerable  value  in  the  arid  regions  of  S.  Calif,  and 
the  Southwest.  The  species  of  Prosopis  may  be  spiny 
or  not,  the  spines  axillary,  solitary  or  in  pairs,  or  some- 
times only  the  stipules  spinescent:  Ivs.  bipinnate,  the 


pinnae  in  1  or  2,  rarely  many,  pairs;  Ifts.  few  or  many: 
fls.  small,  in  cylindrical  spikes  or  globose  heads. 

The  Mesquit,  P.  juliflora  or  P.  dulcis,  is  a  thorny 
shrub  which  ordinarily  grows  only  a  few  feet  high  in  the 
desert,  but  under  favorable  circumstances  it  makes  a 
tree  60  ft.  high.  It  ranges  from  California  to  Texas  and 
south  to  Buenos  Ayres.  It  is  also  called  Algaroba  and 
Cashaw.  It  was  extensively  planted  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  many  years  ago  by  the  missionaries.  In  great 
stress  of  circumstances  it  has  been  known  to  send  its 
roots  down  a  depth  of  60  ft.  It  is  suitable  for  hedges. 
The  sweetish  pods  are  eaten  chiefly  by  cattle.  Seeds  and 
plants  are  offered  in  S.  Calif. 

A.  Plant  spiny:  pod  straight  or  sickle-shaped.  • 
julifldra,  DC.  (P.  dulcis,  Kunth).  MESQUIT  or  MES- 
QUITE.  Plant  with  stout  axillary  spines  or  often  un- 
armed: Ifts.  6-30  pairs,  linear,  /4-1/lj  in.  long:  spikes 
cylindrical,  2-4  in.  long:  pod  %->a  ft.  long  or  more.— 
The  Californian  form  is  said  to  bear  smaller  pods  than 
the  tropical  form,  and  to  be  hardier. 

AA.    Plant  less  spiny  :  pod  spirally  twisted  in  nu- 
merous turns. 

pubescens,  Benth.  SCREW  BEAN.  TORNILLO.  Plant 
merely  spinescent  on  petioles:  Ifts.  5-8  pairs,  oblong, 
%-%  in.  long:  spikes  globose  to  cylindrical,  1K-2  in. 
long:  pod  1-2  in.  long.  Tex.,  Calif.,  Mex.  ^  ^ 

PROSTANTHERA  (Greek,  to  add  to,  and  anther;  re- 
ferring to  the  connectives  of  the  anthers  being  spurred 
or  crested  beneath).  Labiatce.  About  40  species  of 
Australian  shrubs  or  subshrubs,  with  resinous  glands, 
and  commonly  strong-scented.  Fls.  borne  in  spring  or 
summer,  solitary,  axillary  or  opposite  in  terminal  ra- 
cemes; calyx-tube  usually  striate,  the  limb  2-lipped; 
corolla  -  tube  short,  dilated  into  broad  bell  -  shaped 
throat ;  stamens  4,  in  pairs ;  anthers  with  2  perfect 
cells  ;  the  connective  not  elongated  but  prominent  at 
the  back,  sometimes  cristate  and  usually  tipped  with  a 
crest  of  short  points  or  hairs,  though  occasionally  the 
appendages  are  very  short  or  wanting.  Flora  Austra- 
liensis  5:91  (1870). 

nivea,  A.  Cunn.  A  beautiful  shrub,  3-6  ft.  high,  gla- 
brous except  the  corolla  or  with  a  few  appressed  hairs: 
stem  and  branches  slender,  twiggy,  upper  ones  4-angled . 
Ivs.  %-l%  in.  long,  oblong-lanceolate  or  linear,  entire, 
pale  green;  margins  involute,  especially  on  older  Ivs.: 
fls.  snow-white  or  tinged  with  blue;  pedicels  short;  ca- 
lyx about  %  in.  long,  green;  corolla  %-/4  in.  across. 
Rocky  hills,  N.  S.  Wales  and  Victoria.  B.M.  5658. -A 
tender  shrub,  which  can  be  safely  grown  only  where  the 
lemon  is  hardy.  Introduced  by  Franceschi,  Santa  Bar- 
bara. F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

PROTEA  (from  Proteus,  the  sea-god,  who  changed 
into  many  forms ;  alluding  to  the  baffling  diversity  of 
the  species).  Proteacece.  Proteas  are  tender  shrubs 
which  are  among  the  most  attractive  and  characteristic 
plants  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  — a  region  whose  plant 
life  is  unique.  Their  flower-heads  are  said  to  look  like 
a  "glorified  artichoke."  Indeed  P.  cynaroides  (Fig. 
1962)  is  named  from  this  very  resemblance.  (Cyna- 
roides means  cynara-like ;  and  Cynara  is  the  artichoke. ) 
It  has  bright  pink  flower-heads  which  last  several 
months.  The  structure  of  the  flower-heads  is  the  dis- 
tinctive feature  of  the  whole  family  of  the  Proteacese. 
The  showy  parts  of  the  flower-head  are  the  bracts, 
which  are  often  rigid,  colored,  and  overlap  one  another 
like  the  scales  of  a  hard  cone  or  an  artichoke.  "When 
the  heads  of  P.  cynaroides  first  open,"  says  Watson, 
"they  are  full  of  honey  and  ace  known  to  the  Boers  as 
honey-pots."  This  honey  is  collected  and  made  into  a 
kind  of  sugar.  The  blooming  of  the  "honey-pots"  is  a 
great  occasion  for  picnics.  Watson  saw  large  bushes  of 
P.  speciosa  at  the  Cape,  which  he  declared  were  quite 
as  effective  as  big  specimen  rhododendrons.  "Fifty 
years  ago,"  writes  Watson  in  1891,  "there  were  about  30 
species  of  Protea  included  among  popular  greenhouse, 
plants  in  England ;  now  one  may  safely  say  there  is  not 
one,  the  few  really  under  cultivation  being  only  in 
botanical  collections."  In  1881  Hooker  wrote:  "That 
these  and  many  other  plants  requiring  like  treatment 
will  be  reintroduced,  and  will  be  the  wonders  of  the 


THE  \ 

UNIVERSITY 

/ 


PROTEA 


PROTOPLASM 


1439 


shows  for  many  successive  seasons,  is  as  certain  as  that 
they  were  once  the  glories  of  the  old  flue-heated  houses 
that  our  forefathers  called  stoves,  in  which  orchids 
quickly  perished,  and  Banksias  and  Proteas  throve 
magnificently."  Over  40  colored  plates  of  Proteas  have 
been  published,  of  which  23  appeared  in  Andrews'  Bot. 
Rep.  between  1797  and  1811. 

The   interest   in   proteaceous  plants   is    growing    in 
southern  California.     Proteads  have  •  a  reputation   for 
being  difficult  to  cultivate   away  from  the   Cape,  but 
Hooker's  statement  seems  to  indicate  that  their  culture 
is  not  so  much  difficult  as  special.    Under  glass  they  are 
said  to  require   a  coolhouse  which  is  airy  and  sunny. 
"The  one  great   danger  to  cultivated  Proteads,"  says 
Watson,  "is  excessive   watering,    and  to 
guard  against  this  it  is  found  to  be  a  good 
plan,  in  the  case  of  delicate   species,  to 
place  the  pot  in  which  the  plant  is  grow- 
ing  inside   a   larger  one,   filling  up   the 
space  between  with  silver  sand.    The  lat- 
ter is   always  kept  moist."    Many  of  the 
species  need  staking,  as   the    shoots  are 
quick  to  break  off  at  the  base  if  unsup- 
ported. 

The  family  Proteaceae  contains  14  gen- 
era, of  which  10  are  typical  of  southern 
Africa  and  4  of  Australia.    According  to 
Bentham  and  Hooker,  the  family  is  as  dis- 
tinct as  possible  and  has  never  been  con- 
fused by  any  one  with  anything  else.  The 
most  popular  member  of  the  family  for 
greenhouse  culture  in  America  at  present 
is  the  Silk  Oak,  or  Grevillea.  In  southern 
California  the  interest  in  the  family  is  now 
centered   on  the  Silver  Tree,   Leucaden- 
dron,  which  is  the  characteristic  tree  about 
Cape  Town  and  practically  the  only  native 
tree  of  any  kind  growing  there  in  quantity.    Proteas 
ripen  seeds  freely,  and  seeds  can  be  easily  procured 
from  the  Cape.    Of  recent  years  the  two  species  which 
have  attracted  the  most  attention  in  the  horticultural 
world  are  P.  cynaroides  (G.F.  8:35.     G.C.  III.  17:773. 
G.M.  38:407.    Century  Book  of  Gard.  310),  and  P.  nana 
(B.M.  7095.    G.F.  4:413.   G.M.  35:268,  269). 

The  Australian  Proteaceae  are  monographed  in  the 
Flora  Australiensis.  Good  horticultural  accounts  are 
those  of  Wm.  Watson  in  G.F.  8:34  and  4:412,  which 
have  been  liberally  quoted  above.  ^  jn. 

PROTEADS.     Same  as  Proteacece. 

PEOTECTION,  as  used  by  the  gardener,  is  an  indefi- 
nite term.  A  plant  may  need  protection  from  living 
agencies,  as  animals,  birds,  insects,  or  plants  (includ- 
ing fungi  and  weeds)  — or  it  may  need  protection  from 
the  weather,  —  heat,  cold,  rain,  drought.  Generally, 
however,  the  gardener  means  by  "protection,"  winter- 
protection,  which  again  covers  two  very  distinct  ideas. 
Most  Cape  bulbs,  for  instance,  are  ruined  if  they  are 
frozen;  tulips  are  not.  Yet  Cape  bulbs  can  sometimes 
be  wintered  outdoors  if  they  are  protected  by  a  cover- 
ing heavy  enough  to  keep  out  frost.  Strawberries,  on 
the  contrary,  are  covered  after  frost  with  a  light  mulch, 
which  is  designed  merely  to  keep  the  plants  from  being 
heaved  by  alternate  freezing  and  thawing.  These  are 
th#  main  objects  of  winter  protection  in  the  East,  at 
least  with  herbs.  In  the  prairie  states  the  fruit  trees 
also  need  protection  from  the  hot,  drying  winds  of  sum- 
mer and  from  sun-scald,  which  are  not  the  important 
considerations  with  eastern  fruit-growers.  See  Winter 
Protection.  Allied  topics  are  discussed  under  Green- 
house, Coldframes  and  Hotbeds;  Insects,  Insecticides, 
Fungicides  and  Weeds;  Transplanting. 

PROTOPLASM.  A  substance,  sometimes  called  the 
physical  basis  of  life,  apparently  universally  present 
and  functional  in  all  living  bodies,  plants  and  animals 
alike.  It  varies  greatly  in  consistence,  owing  to  the 
proportional  amount  of  water  contained,  from  a  semi- 
fluid to  a  firm  solid;  and  its  chemical  composition  is 
constantly  changing  by  its  own  constructive  and  destruc- 
tive activitv.  The  slimy  substance  observed  when  bark 

91 


is  separated  from  rapidly  growing  stems  is  mainly  pro- 
toplasm, and  is  a  good  illustration  of  its  condition  in 
young  tissues  and  of  its  appearance  in  quantity. 

As  usually  seen  under  the  microscope  in  the  cells  of 
living  plants,  protoplasm  is  a  mucilaginous  or  plastic 
mass,  nearly  transparent,  colorless  or  gray  from  the 
numerous  fine  embedded  granules,  and  often  exhibits 


1962.  Protea  cynaroides  (X  H). 

streaming  or  other  kinds  of  motion.  It  fills  very  young 
and  actively  forming  cells  completely  full,  like  thin 
jelly  in  a  glass  flask.  But  as  growth  continues  bubbles 
of  clear  water  appear,  which  soon  enlarge  and  then 
coalesce,  so  that  at  length  the  protoplasm  becomes  a 
thin  lining  to  the  cell-wall  and  incloses  a  central  body 
of  water.  Not  unf requently,  however,  several  strings 
or  bands,  more  or  less  branched,  of  the  soft  substance 
stretch  through  the  water  across  the  cell,  and  in  these 
may  often  be  observed  streams  of  moving  granules. 
The  protoplasmic  layer  or  lining  as  described  remains 
as  long  as  the  cell  lives  and  is,  in  fact,  the  only  part  of 
the  cell  which  exhibits  any  of  the  phenomena  of  vitality. 
When  it  disappears,  as  it  does  from  the  heart-wood  and 
outer  bark  of  trees  and  often  of  other  plants,  the  tissues 
are  lifeless,  and  any  functions  they  subsequently  per- 
form are  solely  mechanical  or  physical. 

In  living  cells  of  all  plants  (except,  perhaps,  certain 
algae  and  fungi)  there  is  a  specialized  and  very  impor- 
tant portion  of  the  cell-protoplasm,  usually  spheroidal  or 
disk-form,  called  the  nucleus.  The  whole  protoplasmic 
mass  is  capable  of  absorbing  nutriment  and  of  appro- 
priating it  in  its  own  growth,  and  it  is  all  sensitive  to 
external  agents  or  stimuli,  like  heat,  light,  mechanical 
shock,  etc.;  but  the  nucleus  is  essential  to  cell-multi- 
plication and  to  reproduction.  No  new  cells  are  ever 
formed,  unless  in  the  plants  excepted  above,  without 
the  active  aid  of  these  minute  but  peculiarly  endowed 
bodies;  hence  no  growth,  beyond  the  simple  enlarge- 
ment of  cells  previously  formed,  can  take  place  with- 
out them.  Cells  increase  by  the  self -division  of  those 
already  existing,  and  in  this  the  nuclei  are  the  active 
agents.  Two  new  cells  are  actual,  though  enlarged, 
halves  of  one  former  cell;  the  young  cells,  therefore, 
repeat  the  characteristics  of  the  old  one  as  nearly  as  any 
such  transmission  can  take  place.  In  sexual  reproduc- 
tion there  is  a  definite  and  essential  coalescence  of  two 
nuclei  into  one,  and  the  result  springing  from  the  latter 
is  necessarily  a  union  of  the  characteristics  of  both 
parents;  but  in  other  cell-formations  there  is  no  such 
chance  for  departure  from  the  preexisting  type.  This 
explains  why  the  characteristics  of  stock  and  ciou  do 
not  become  mixed  however  intimate  the  union;  the 
tissues  adhere  together  and  nutrient  fluids  pass  up  or 
down,  but  there  is  no  intermingling  beyond  this.  No 
cell  becomes  half-and-half  of  stock  and  cion.  Each  pre- 


1440 


PROTOPLASM 


PRUNE 


serves  its  individuality,  through  the  self-partition  of 
a  single  nucleus,  no  matter  how  near  a  neighbor  of 
another  kind  it  may  have,  nor  what  that  neighbor  is. 
The  only  reciprocal  influences  exerted  are  such  as  might 
come  from  soil  or  from  physical  conditions. 

If  we  cannot  say  that  protoplasm  is  the  physical  basis 
of  life  from  the  reasoning  that  the  latter  is  something 
apart  from  material  substance,  we  must  attribute  to 
this  seemingly  unorganized,  unstable  something  all 
those  properties  and  activities  which  distinguish  living 
things  <from  dead  bodies.  All  that  plants  do  as  liv- 
ing things,  protoplasm  does.  Do  they  select  and 
assimilate  food  and  bring  dead  matter  into  the  bonds  of 
vitality?  Do  they  manufacture  organic  substances— 
starches,  sugars,  oils,  spices,  fibers,  etc.?  Are  they 
sensitive  or  do  they  possess  irritability?  Are  they 
capable  of  response  to  stimuli  by  movement  or  other- 
wise? Have  they  the  power  of  growth  and  of  reproduc- 
ing their  kind?  Then  protoplasm  is  present  and  is 
performing  its  wonderful  operations. 

T.  J.  BUBBILL. 

PRUMNtiPITYS.    See  Podocarpus. 

PRUNE.  Prunes  are  the  dried  fruit  of  certain  varie- 
ties of  plums  (Pig.  1963) .  Any  plum  that  can  be  success- 
fully cured,  without  removing  the  pit,  into  a  firm,  long- 
keeping  product,  may  be  used  for  making  Prunes.  The 
chief  requisite  for  a  good  Prune-making  plum  is  that  it 


1963.  Prunes  (X  nearly  K). 
California  Prune  on  the  left  (Imperiale  Epineuse);  common  commercial  on  the  right. 

have  a  large  proportion  of  solids,  more  particularly  a 
large  amount  of  sugar.  Prunes  are  much  valued  in 
cookery,  making  a  nutritious  food  having  demulcent  and 
laxative  qualities.  Extra  fine  Prunes  are  sometimes 
called  prunelles;  these  are  often  packed  in  mass  as  are 
dates  and  are  sold  as  a  confection. 

Until  within  the  last  decade,  France  was  the  leading 
Prune-producing  region  of  the  world;  now  first  rank 
must  be  given  to  California.  The  average  yearly  output 
in  that  state  for  the  last  five  years  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury would  be  about  85,000,000  pounds,  with  a  capacity 
at  the  close  of  the  period  to  produce  an  average  crop  of 
130,000,000  pounds.  France  ranks  second,  with  a  yearly 
average  for  the  period  given  above  of  about  70,000,000 
pounds,  a  capacity  which  is  being  increased  but  little. 
The  Pacific  northwest,  Oregon,  Washington  and  Idaho, 
is  third  in  importance  in  the  Prune  industry  with  a  pro- 
ducing capacity  at  the  end  of  the  century  of  about 
30,000,000  pounds  per  year;  this  will  be  considerably 
increased  from  year  to  year.  Bosnia,  Servia,  Germany 
and  Spain  are  other  Prune-producing  countries.  The 
most  highly  reputed  Prunes  come  from  the  valley  of  the 
Loire  in  France,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  these  are  superior 
in  quality  to  the  best  grades  from  California  and  the 
Pacific  northwest. 

Attempts  have  been  made  to  start  the  Prune  industry 
in  many  regions  other  than  those  mentioned,  but  although 
it  has  not  been  found  difficult  to  grow  the  trees  and  pro- 
duce an  abundance  of  fruit,  the  climatic  conditions  have 
proved  too  unfavorable  for  curing  the  product,  and  the 
attempts  have  for  the  most  part  failed.  Notable  excep- 
tions are  parts  of  Australia  and  South  Africa,  regions 
which  may  some  time  compete  with  those  mentioned 
above. 

The  growth  of  the  Prune  industry  in  America  is  one 
of  the  most  remarkable  industrial  phenomena  of  agri- 
culture. An  attempt  was  made  by  the  United  States 
Patent  Office  to  start  the  industry  in  1854  on  the  Atlantic 
coast  by  the  distribution  of  cions  of  Prune  d'Agen 


and  Prune  Sainte  Catherine,  but  though  the  fruit  was 
produced  it  could  not  be  cured,  and  the  infant  industry 
soon  died.  In  1856,  Louis  Pellier,  of  San  Jose",  Cali- 
fornia, had  shipped  from  Agen,  France,  cions  of  the 
Prune  d'Agen.  The  fruit  was  small,  and  to  distin- 
guish it  from  a  larger  plum,  the  Hungarian,  supposed 
to  have  come  from  Agen,  this  was  called  the  Petite,  the 
name  now  most  commonly  given  to  this  the  leading 
Prune  of  the  country.  The  first  cured  Prunes  were  ex- 
hibited at  the  California  State  Fair  in  1863.  The  first 
commercial  orchard  was  planted  in  1870.  In  1880  the 
output  per  annum  was  about  200,000  pounds;  in  1890 
16,000,000  pounds,  80  times  as  great  as  in  1880,  and  now, 
in  1900,  the  average  capacity  is  certainly  not  less  than 
130,000,000  pounds,  valued  by  the  producers  at  $4,550,000. 
There  are  three  methods  of  curing  Prunes:  sun-dry- 
ing, as  is  practiced  in  California  and  some  parts  of 
Europe;  curing  in  evaporators,  the  method  in  vogue  in 
the  Pacific  northwest  and  parts  of  California;  third,  sun 
drying  or  evaporating  after  the  fruit  has  been  partially 
cooked,  chiefly  practiced  in  the  European  countries. 
Without  doubt  sun-drying  is  the  most  economical  and 
profitable  process  where  proper  climatic  conditions  pre- 
vail. Some  think  that  a  better  product  may  be  produced 
by  the  use  of  evaporators,  the  slight  chemical  changes 
taking  place  more  perfectly,  so  that,  as  a  rule,  the  fruit 
looks  better,  keeps  longer,  is  not  so  tough,  and  has  a  more 
natural  flavor  than  the  sun-dried  Prune.  The  half-cook- 
ing is  but  little  advocated  in  the 
more  progressive  Prune  regions, 
for  the  reason  of  economy ;  the  pro- 
duct is  much  darker  colored,  more 
tender,  and  perhaps  more  palatable, 
having  a  cooked  flavor  liked  by 
many.  In  California,  evaporators 
are  not  now  used  in  the  leading 
Prune  districts. 

The  method  of  treatment  in  cur- 
ing Prunes  varies  greatly,  but  in 
general  it  would   be  about  as  fol- 
lows:   The  fruit  is  allowed  to  re- 
main on  the  trees  until  ripe  enough 
to   fall  to   the  ground,   the   maxi- 
mum   proportion  of    solids   being 
then   produced.     It    is   then   passed    over   graders  in 
order   to    remove   all   rubbish    and    to    secure   several 
sizes,   evenness  in   size  being  essential  to  attain  uni- 
formity  in  curing,   since  the   small    fruits   dry  more 
rapidly  than  the  large  ones.    Machines  run  by  hand  or 
by  power  do  the  grading.    Before  going  to  the  drying 
grounds  or  to  the  evaporators  the  green  product  must 
be  dipped  in  boiling  lye  or  pricked  by  needles  in  a  prick- 
ing machine,  to  check  and  make  tender  the  tough  skin, 
thus  allowing  the  moisture  more  readily  to  escape.    The 
first  method  is  in  most  general  favor.     The  dipping 
consists  of  immersing  the  fruit  for  a  minute  or  less  in 
a  solution  of  lye  in  the  proportion  of  one  pound  of  com- 
mercial lye  to  from  ten  to  fifty  gallons  of  water  main- 
tained at  the  boiling  point.     The  fruit  is  carried  me- 
chanically, as  by  an  endless  chain,  through  a  vat,  or 
is  placed  in  wire  baskets  for  the  dipping.     After  a 
thorough   rinsing  the  Prunes  are  placed  on  wooden  or 
wire-bottomed  trays  and  are  then  ready  for  the  ground 
or  for  the  evaporator. 

In  the  sun  the  time  of  exposure  varies  from  five  to 
twelve  days,  depending  upon  the  climatic  conditions,  the 
size  and  the  variety  of  the  fruit.  Treatment  in  an  evap- 
orator varies  with  the  make  of  the  machine.  In  general, 
the  temperature  in  the  evaporator  should  be  from  120° 
to  140°  at  the  start,  to  be  increased  to  from  160°  to  180° 
when  the  Prunes  are  taken  out.  Too  much  heat  at  first 
causes  the  cells  of  the  fruit  to  burst,  producing  drip 
and  discoloration.  Other  important  factors  entering 
into  the  process  of  evaporation  are  the  circulation  of 
air  in  the  machine,  convenience  and  cost  of  fuel  and 
power.  The  time  required  for  curing  ranges  from  12 
hours  for  a  small,  heavy  Prune  to  48  hours  for  a  large, 
juicy  one.  Much  depends  on  the  machine.  A  common 
fault  is  to  hasten  the  process  too  much.  If  not  cured 
enough,  fermentation  and  mold  result;  if  too  much, 
the  weight  is  lessened,  the  quality  is  injured,  the  Prune 
is  harsh  and  coarse,  and  has  a  dried-up  appearance, 
When  sufflciently  dried  the  Prunes  are  put  in  bins  r>r 


PRUNE 


PRUNING 


1441 


piles  to  sweat,  which  takes  from  one  to  three  weeks; 
they  are  then  ready  for  the  finishing  processes— grading 
and  packing.  In  grading,  the  Prunes  are  separated  into 
sizes  indicating  the  number  of  Prunes  required  to  make  a 
pound,  as  30s  to  40s,  40s  to  50s  and  so  on  to  the  smallest 
size,  120s  to  130s.  Processing  is  done  by  dipping  the 
Prunes  in  boiling  water  and  glycerine,  or  by  steaming, 
or  by  using  some  special  preparation  in  the  final  dip,  or 
by  rattling  in  a  revolving  cylinder.  Processing  is  repu- 
table if  it  adds  beauty  to  the  color,  or  kills  insect  eggs,  or 
sterilizes  the  Prunes ;  it  is  disreputable  when  the  object 
is  to  secure  weight.  Packing  is  an  art  which  must  be 
learned  by  experience  and  is  varied  to  suit  the  taste  of 
producer  and  consumer.  The  best  Prunes  are  packed  in 
boxes,  though  much  of  the  product  is  put  up  in  sacks. 
Lining  with  paper,  filling,  facing,  pressing  and  label- 
ing are  important  details.  A  well-cured  Prune  is  soft 
and  spongy,  the  pit  is  loose  but  does  not  rattle  ;  the 
skin  is  bright,  lively  and  free  from  drippings  and  exu- 
dations ;  the  flesh  should  be  meaty,  elastic,  and  of  bright 
color. 

All  light-colored  Prunes  are  bleached  with  sulfur 
fumes.  The  process  injures  the  quality  of  the  Prunes, 
and  makes  the  product  somewhat  poisonous,  but  the 
market  is  sometimes  better  for  a  light-colored,  sul- 
fured  Prune  than  for  the  darker  unsulfured  ones.  In 
other  cases,  however,  the  dark  Prunes  find  the  best 
market.  The  sulfuring  is  done  by  placing  the  trays  of 
fruit,  cured  or  uncured,  in  a  small  chamber  in  which 
sulfur  is  ignited  by  hot  coals,  or  otherwise,  the  fumes 
distributed  by  ventilators,  and  the  fruit  allowed  to  be 
fumigated  for  from  a  half  hour  to  two  hours. 

In  curing,  if  all  conditions  are  not  right,  several  diffi- 
culties are  encountered.  In  a  poor  evaporator,  the  fruit 
drips,  i.  e.,  a  syrupy  liquid  oozes  from  the  Prunes  in 
the  process  of  curing.  If  a  poor  product  is  produced,  or 
if  the  conditions  for  keeping  are  poor,  the  Prunes  be- 
come covered  with  globules  of  sugar,  rendering  them 
sticky  and  destroying  the  luster— called  sugaring. 
Fruit  grown  on  poor  soil,  or  on  unhealthy  trees,  or 
picked  before  ripe,  may  cure  into  small  Prunes  of  an 
abnormal  shape,  called  "frogs; "or  they  may  ferment 
and  swell  up  in  large,  soft  Prunes  called  "bloaters." 

VARIETIES.  — There  is  much  confusion  regarding  the 
nomenclature  of  the  Prune-making  plums.  In  the  seat 
of  the  industry  the  green  fruits  as  well  as  the  cured  are 
called  Prunes,  and  the  names  of  the  varieties  are  in 
many  cases  different  from  those  given  in  other  than  the 
Prune-producing  regions.  For  several  of  the  leading 
Prunes  there  are  a  number  of  synonyms,  and  some  sorts 
have  not  a  few  distinct  races.  Each  region,  as  a  rule, 
has  a  favorite  sort  grown  almost  to  the  exclusion  of  all 
others.  The  following  is  a  discussion  of  the  varieties  of 
Prune-making  plums  now  well  known  in  America. 

Petite  Prune  (syns.,  Prune  d'Agen,  Prune  d'Ente, 
French,  California,  Robe  de  Sergeant,  etc.).  — Of  medium 
size,  egg-shaped,  violet-purple;  flesh  greenish  yellow, 
sugary,  rich  ;  trees  hardy,  very  prolific,  sure  bearers. 
Well  cured,  it  is  of  a  lively,  bright  amber  color.  This  is 
the  Prune  most  widely  grown  in  California.  It  has  a 
large  proportion  of  solids,  cures  the  easiest  of  any 
Prune,  and  shrinks  but  little  in  curing.  In  cooking,  but 
little  sugar  is  needed;  hence  it  is  the  poor  man's  Prune. 
There  are  several  types  of  this  variety,  differing  mostly 
in  size  and  shape,  due  largely  to  varying  soils  and  cli- 
mates. It  is  at  present  the  favorite  in  the  market. 

Italian  Prune  (syns.,  Fellenberg,  German  Prune, 
Swiss  Prune).  — Large  size,  oval,  dark  purple;  flesh  yel- 
lowish, juicy,  subacid,  delicious  ;  trees  somewhat  ten- 
der, subject  to  disease,  capricious  bearers.  Ctired,  the 
fruit  is  very  dark  red,  approaching  black  in  color.  This 
is  the  leading  sort  in  the  Pacific  northwest,  more  than 
four-fifths  being  of  this  variety;  but  it  is  now  found 
that  it  is  difficult  to  grow,  and  that,  while  a  better  sort 
has  not  yet  been  found  for  that  region,  yet  one  that 
would  produce  as  good  a  fruit  without  the  weaknesses 
of  the  Italian  tree  is  very  desirable. 

Silver  Prune  (syn.,  Coe  Golden  Drop).  Very  large, 
oval,  one  side  enlarged,  necked,  light  yellow,  dotted 
with  red;  flesh  yellow,  firm,  juicy,  sweet,  rich;  tree  pre- 
carious grower,  but  very  productive  when  all  conditions 
are  favorable.  Properly  cured,  the  Silver  is  of  a  beau- 
tiful golden  hue.  The  cured  product  is  larger  than  that 


of  any  other  variety,  is  of  superior  flavor,  and  brings 
the  highest  market  price.  Must  be  bleached.  Always  in 
demand  as  a  fancy  product. 

Most  of  the  other  varieties  now  grown  are  sold  when 
cured  as  one  of  the  above  three  varieties.  All  black 
Prunes  are  sold  as  Italians;  all  amber  ones  as  Petite; 
and  all  light-colored  ones  as  Silver.  The  Italian  will 
usually  grade  three  or  four  sizes  higher  than  the  Pe- 
tite, and  the  Silver  two  or  three  sizes  higher  than  the 
Italian.  The  price  paid  the  producer  is  usually  from 
one-tenth  to  one-half  cent  greater  for  each  higher 
size.  Extras,  as  the  very  large  sizes  of  any  variety  are 
called,  command  an  additional  premium.  The  follow- 
ing is  a  list  of  plums  grown  more  or  less  for  Prune- 
making:  Green  Gage,  which  makes  a  fancy  product; 
Yellow  Egg,  sells  as  the  Silver  when  evaporated;  Ger- 
man Prune,  a  class  name  for  several  races  making  a 
product  much  like  the  Italian;  Hungarian  Prune,  a 
very  large  sort  making  a  fancy  product,  but  hard  to 
cure;  Robe  de  Sergeant,  much  like  the  Petite  and  con- 
sidered the  same  by  some;  Bulgarian  Prune,  of  the 
Italian  class;  Tragedy  Prune,  a  very  early  sort  of  the 
Italian  type;  Golden  Prune,  much  like  the  Silver  and 
possibly  better;  Champion  Prune,  an  early  strain  of  the 
Italian.  The  Willamette,  Pacific,  Tennant,  Steptoe,  and 
Dosch,  are  all  of  the  Italian  type;  the  Dosch  has  much 
to  recommend  it  as  a  substitute  for  the  Italian.  St. 
Martin's  Quetsche  is  a  late  sort  which  sells  as  the  Sil- 
ver, as  do  also  the  Brignole  and  Datte  de  Hongrie.  The 
Giant,  one  of  Burbank's  seedlings,  is  much  like  but 
larger  than  the  Petite.  Imperiale  Epineuse  is  popular 
in  California  (Fig.  1963).  Sugar  Prune,  one  of  Burbank's 
seedlings,  is  also  becoming  popular. 

See  also  Plum  and  Evaporation  of  Fruits. 

U.  P.  HEDRICK. 

PRUNELLA.     See  Brunella. 

PRUNING.  Under  this  denomination  are  comprised  a 
multitude  of  practices  and  ideals.  It  is  impossible  to 
give  any  advice  for  pruning  until  one  has  analyzed  the 
subject  and  knows  the  objects  for  which  he  is  to  work 
and  the  underlying  principles  on  which  his  practices 
must  rest.  The  larger  part  of  the  writing  on  pruning 
gives  mere  advice  or  direc- 
tions, or  details  some  per- 
son's experience,  without 
analyzing  or  elucidating  the 
subject.  The  practice  must 
differ  with  every  person  and 
every  condition:  the  princi- 
ples are  universal.  The 
ideals  that  are  associated 
with  pruning  may  be 
grouped  around  three  cen- 
ters :  ( 1 )  pruning  proper,  or 
the  removal  of  a  part  of  a 
plant  for  the  purpose  of  bet- 
tering the  remaining  part  or 
its  product;  (2)  training,  or 
the  disposition  or  placing  of 
the  individual  branches,  a 
practice  which  is  ordinarily 
coincident  with  pruning  pro- 
per; (3)  trimming,  or  the 
shaping  of  a  plant  into  some 
definite  or  artificial  form. 

The  principles  that  under- 
lie pruning  proper  may  be- 
associated  with  two  ideals— 
the  lessening  of  the  struggle 
for  existence  amongst  the 
parts  of  a  plant,  and  the  cut- 
ting away  of  certain  parts 
for  the  purpose  of  producing 
some  definite  effect  in  the 
formation  of  fruit-buds  or 
leaf -buds  or  in  modifying  the  habit  of  the  plant.  There 
are  more  branches  in  the  top  of  any  plant  than  can  per- 
sist; therefore  there  is  struggle  for  existence.  Those 
which  have  the  advantage  of  position,  persist.  Nature 
prunes.  Dying  and  dead  branches  in  any  neglected 
tree-top  are  illustrations  of  this  fact.  Whenever  the 
struggle  for  existence  is  greatly  lessened,  the  remain- 


1964. 

More  limbs  have  perished 
than  have  survived.— 
Nature's  pruning. 


1442 


PRUNING 


PRUNING 


ing  branches  receive  a  greater  proportion  of  the  plant's 
energy,  and  they  therefore  make  stronger  growth  or  are 
more  productive  in  flowers  and  fruit.  Pruning  is  essen- 
tially a  thinning  process. 

In  itself  pruning  is  not  a  devitalizing  process ;  it  is 
only  devitalizing  when  it  is  carried  to  excess  or  when 
the  wounds  do  not  heal  and  disease  sets  in.  It  is  rather 
an  invigorating  process,  since  it  allows  more  nourish- 
ment to  be  distributed  to  the  remaining  parts  of  the 
plant.  The  notion  that  pruning  is  devitalizing  arises 
from  false  analogy  with  animals,  which  suffer  shock  or 
injury  when  parts  are  removed.  The  fact  that  pruning 
is  not  a  devitalizing  process  is  proved  by  every  tree. 
The  tree  is  a  record  of  successive  prunings.  Note  the 
number  of  branches  on-  the  seedling  tree  in  the  nursery 
row  or  in  the  forest,  and  then  consider  that  all  these 
branches,  with  the  exception  of  the  leader  itself,  will 
probably  perish  in  the  course  of  time.  The  forest  tree 
develops  a  bole  because  the  side  limbs  are  pruned  away 
by  natural  causes.  Fig.  1964.  Knots  are  records  of  na- 
ture's pruning.  In  the  greater  number  of  <jases  the 
limbs  die  and  are  removed  when  still  very  young,  and 
they  leave  small  record  in  the  grain  of  the  wood;  but  all 
visible  knots  are  histories  of  the  removal  of  large 
branches.  As  a  rule,  it  is  only  when  the  knots  become 
knot-holes  that  injury  results.  A  knot-hole  means  de- 
cay, and  this  decay  may  extend  into  the  heart  of  the 
tree,  finally  causing  it  to  become  hollow.  A  black  or 
decayed  heart  is  always  an  indication  of  disease.  The 
disease  originates  on  the  outside  of  the  plant:  it  is  the 
result  of  inoculation.  This  inoculation  takes  place 
through  some  bruised  or  broken  part;  it  is  usually  an 
inoculation  of  filamentous  fungi.  These  fungi  gain  a 
foothold  in  the  dead  and  dying  cells  of  the  wound,  and 
as  they  grow  they  are  able  to  destroy  the  living  cells  and 
therefore  to  produce  decay.  The  larger  the  wound,  the 
greater  is  the  liability  to  infection.  It  is  very  important, 
therefore,  in  the  pruning  of  trees,  that  the  wounds  shall 
be  as  small  as  possible.  This  means  that  the  best 
pruning  is  that  which  is  practiced  annually,  so  that 
none  of  the  branches  to  be  removed  attain  large  size. 
This  annual  pruning  is  also  most  desirable  for  other 
reasons,  as  may  be  seen  below. 

Woody  plants  should  always  be  pruned  when  they  are 
transplanted.  This  is  because  the  roots  are  pruned  in 
the  very  process  of  removal, 
and  the  tops  should  be  re- 
duced in  proportion.  For 
some  time  after  the  plant  is 
transplanted,  it  has  no  vital 
connection  with  the  soil, 


1965.    Pruning  at  time  of 
transplanting. 


1966.   Pruning  of  the  young  tree 
on  transplanting. 


and  if  all  the  top  is  allowed  to  remain  there  is  much 
evaporation  from  it  and  a  dissipation  of  the  energies  of 
the  plant.  How  much  of  the  top  shall  be  removed  de- 
pends on  how  much  of  the  roots  was  removed  in  digging, 


and  also  on  the  personal  ideals  and  desires  of  the  opera- 
tor. It  is  a  general  practice  to  cut  back  the  top  of  a 
plant  at  least  one-half  upon  transplanting  ;  in  some 
cases  still  more  of  the  top'  is  removed.  Quite  another 
question  is  the  particular  form  in  which  the  top  shall 
be  left.  Some  grow- 
ers prefer  to  remove 
all  side  branches, 
if  it  is  a  fruit  tree, 
and  leave  a  straight 
whip.  Fig.  1965.  They 
are  then  free  to  start 
the  new  branches 
where  they  like.  This 
is  the  better  practice 
with  very  young 
trees,  and  it  is  one 
that  is  nearly  always 
employed  with  peach 
trees.  If  the  trees  are 
three  years  old  and 
well  branched,  most 
persons  prefer  to 
leave  three  or  four 
of  the  main  branches 
to  form  the  starting 
point  of  the  future 
top.  Fig.  1966.  These 
branches  may  be 
headed  back  half  or 
more  of  their  length. 
Of  late  years  a 
method  of  very  se- 
vere pruning  has 
come  into  notice  un- 
der the  name  of  the 
Stringfellow  or  stub- 
root  system,  taking 
its  name  from  H.  M. 
Stringfellow  of 
Texas,  who  has  writ- 
ten much  concern- 
ing it.  The  fullest 
Sresentation  of  Mr. 
tringfellow's  ideas 

rH  b,en!°UxTd  inrrhiS  1967-  Youne  **&*  tree. 

ttuttur™6  It***™  The,markS  Sb°W  wMch  limbs 

M^t$£lp£    may  be  removed  to  advantaee- 

the  roots  be  cut  away  and  that  the  top  be  shortened  to  a 
straight  stick  one  or  two  feet  long,  without  side  branches. 
It  is  the  supposition  that  when  trees  are  reduced  to  their 
lowest  terms  in  this  way,  the  new  root-branches  that 
arise  will  take  a  more  natural  form  and  the  tree  will 
assume  more  of  the  root  character  of  a  seedling.  This 
method  of  transplanting  has  met  with  good  success  in 
many  places.  The  fundamental  theories  on  which  it  is 
founded,  however,  have  not  been  demonstrated.  This 
system  is,  in  fact,  a  matter  of  local  practice  rather  than 
of  principle.  In  a  great  majority  of  cases,  it  will  be 
found  to  be  better,  particularly  in  trees  that  are  three 
years  or  more  old,  to  prune  them  only  moderately,  allow- 
ing a  part  of  the  original  root  system  and  a  part  of  the 
top  to  remain. 

Pruning  Fruit  Trees.  —  Fruit  trees  are  pruned  for 
the  purpose  of  enabling  them  to  produce  a  superior 
quality  of  fruit.  They  are  not  pruned  primarily  to 
make  them  assume  any  definite  or  preconceived  shape. 
It  is  best,  as  a  rule,  to  allow  each  variety  of  tree  to  take 
its  own  natural  or  normal  form,  only  pruning  it  suffi- 
ciently, so  far  as  shape  is  concerned,  to  remove  any  un- 
usual or  unsymmetrical  growths. 

(1)  The  fundamental   conception   in  the  pruning  of 
fruit  trees  is  to  reduce  the  struggle  for  existence,  so 
that  the  remaining  parts  may  produce  larger  and  finer 
fruits. 

(2)  The  result  of  pruning  fruit  trees  should  be  to 
keep  the  tree  in  bearing  condition,  not  to  force  it  into 
such  condition.     If  the  tree  has  received  proper  care 
from  the  time  it  is  planted,  it  should  come  into  bearing 
when  it  reaches  the  age  of  puberty.   Pruning,  therefore, 
is  merely  a  corrective  process  and   keeps  the  tree  in 
proper  bearing  condition.     When  trees  have  been  much 


PRUNING 


PRUNING 


1443 


neglected,  pruning  may  be  the  means  of  reinvigorating 
them  and  setting  them  into  a  thriftier  condition.  In 
such  cases  it  is  one  of  the  means  of  renovating  the 
tree,  as  tilling,  fertilizing  and  spraying  are. 

(3)  Heavy  pruning  of  the  top  tends  to  produce  wood. 
This  is  because  the  same  amount  of  root  energy  is  con- 
centrated    into     a     smaller 

amount  of  top,  thereby  caus- 
ing a  heavier  growth.  This 
is  particularly  true  if  the 
pruning  is  done  when  the 
plant  is  dormant. 

(4)  Heavy  pruning  of  the 
root  tends  to  lessen  the  pro- 
duction of  wood,  because  the 
same  amount  of  top  receives 
a  less  supply  of  soil  water 
with    its   content  of   plant- 
food. 

(5)  Trees   which   grow 
much  to  wood  are  likely  to  be 

relatively  unproductive.  It  is  an  old  maxim  that  check- 
ing growth  induces  fruitfulness,  so  long  as  the  plant 
remains  healthy.  If  the  tree  is  thrown  into  redundant 
growth  every  two  or  three  years  by  very  heavy  pruning, 
it  tends  to  continue  to  produce  wood  at  the  expense  of 
fruit.  When  a  tree  is  to  be  brought  into  bearing  condi- 
tion by  general  good  treatment,  the  aim  should  be  to 
keep  it  in  that  condition  by  a  relatively  light  annual 
pruning.  Violent  pruning  is  allowable  only  when  trees 
have  been  neglected  and  it  is  necessary  to  bring  them 
back  into  bearing  condition  or  to  renew  their  tops. 

(6)  The  operator  should  know  where  the  fruit-buds 
are  borne  before  undertaking  the  pruning  of  any  fruit 
tree;  otherwise  he  may  destroy  too  many  of  them.     If 
he  knows  the  position  of  the  fruit-buds,  he  may  prune 
in  such  manner  as  to  thin  the  fruit  even  without  the 
removal  of  much  wood,  and  thereby  to  reduce  the  strug- 
gle for  existence  to  a  minimum.     Every  species  of  tree 
has  its  own  method  of  fruit-bearing.    The  pear  bears 
its  fruit  largely  on  old  spurs.     The  peach  bears  on  the 
wood  of  the  last  season's  growth.    In  order  to  thin  the 
fruit  of  the  pear  by  pruning,  therefore,  it  is  necessary 
to  remove  part  of  the  spurs.     In  the  peach  it  is  neces- 
sary to  cut  out  or  to  cut  back  a  part  of  the  previous 
year's  growth.     Each  species  of  plant  is  a  law  unto  it- 
self in  these  regards. 

(7)  Heading-in  tends  to  promote  fruitfulness,  par- 
ticularly in  those  trees  that  are  growing  over-rapidly. 
If    the   heading-in   is   very    severe,    however,    it    may 
amount  to  a  heavy  pruning,  and  in  that  case  it  may 


never  headed-in,  provided  they  are  otherwise  well 
pruned  and  well  cared  for.  Whether  one  shall  head-in 
his  fruit  trees  or  not,  is  a  personal  question.  If  the 
trees  are  growing  too  rapidly,  it  is  well  to  head  them  in 
in  order  to  check  their  ambition.  This  is  particularly 
necessary  when  trees  are  growing  on  heavy  or  very 


1968.   A  New  York  cherry-grower's  ideal  of  a 
Montmorency  cherry  tree. 

Perhaps  the  large  branch  on  the  front  side  should  have  been 
removed  when  the  tree  was  young. 

set  the  plant  into  wood-bearing  rather  than  into  fruit- 
bearing.  It  is  not  to  be  supposed,  however,  that  head- 
ing-in is  necessarily  to  be  advised  in  order  to  make 
trees  bear.  They  may  bear  just  as  well  if  they  are 


1969.  Cordon  training. 

An  apple  tree  (grafted  on  dwarf  stock)  trained  in  two  branches  on  a  horizontal  wire  running 
only  two  feet  above  the  ground.    Each  year  the  growths  are  cut  back  to  spurs. 

fertile  soil  and  tend  to  overgrow.  In  such  case,  cut- 
ting off  the  strongest  leaders  and  leaving  the  weaker 
ones  may  induce  greater  fruitfulness.  When  trees  are 
planted  too  close  together,  it  may  also  be  necessary  in 
order  to  prevent  the  plantation  from  becoming  too 
thick.  Some  people  like  a  low-headed  and  rounded 
top;  this  is  a  question  of  personal  ideals.  If  the  or- 
chardist  desires  such  form,  it  is  necessary  to  head-in 
the  tree.  It  should  be  remembered  that  the  more  a  tree 
is  headed-in  the  thicker  it  tends  to  become  in  the  crown 
and  the  more  inside  pruning  is  necessary.  Whenever 
there  is  danger  of  fruit  rot,  as  in  plums  and  early 
peaches,  it  is  a  question  whether  the  thick  form  of  top 
is  the  most  advisable. 

(8)  Pinching-in  the  annual  growths  in  early  summer 
tends  to   augment  the  development  of  fruit-buds,  al- 
though these  buds  may  not  be  developed  the  very  year 
in  which  the  pinching-in  is  done.  This  is  a  special  prac- 
tice, however,  which  can  be  employed  only  on   small 
areas   and   with   particular  trees.     It   is  essentially  a 
garden  practice  and  not  an  orchard  practice.     In  the 
orchard,  one  must  depend  for  fruitfulness  upon  the 
general  good  care  of  the  plantation,  and  in  this  care 
pruning  is  one  of  the  essential  factors. 

(9)  Pruning  fruit  trees  usually  resolves  itself  into  a 
thorough  and  systematic  thinning  out  of  the  weak,  im- 
perfect and  interfering  branches.     Thereby,  the  energy 
of  the  plant  is  saved  and   is  deflected  to  those  parts 
that  are  capable  of  bearing  a  useful  product.     The  sun 
and  air  are  admitted.     The   tree  becomes  manageable 
for  spraying  and  for  picking.     All  the  fruits  have  an 
opportunity  to  develop.    How  much  or  how  little  to  thin 
is  wholly  a  local  question.     In  humid  climates,  much 
thinning  may  be  necessary.     In  dry,  hot  climates,  as  on 
the  Plains,  but  little  thinning  is   allowable,  else   the 
branches  may  sun-scald.     Figs.  1967  and  1968  illustrate 
two  pruning  ideals.     Consult,  also,  the  pictures  in  the 
various  fruit  articles  in  this  work. 

(10)  Scraping  the  rough  bark  from  old  trunks  may  be 
a   desirable   practice,    since   it   destroys   the   breeding 
places  of  insects  and  fungi.     Trees  that  have  been  con- 
tinuously  thrifty,    however— that    have   received   uni- 
formly good   tillage,    fertilizing,   pruning,    spraying— 
rarely  need  to  be  scraped,  as  the  bark  remains  rela- 
tively smooth  and  firm.  Only  the  loose  outer  bark  should 
be  removed.    On  ornamental  trees,  the  bark  is  a  part  of 
the  characteristic  beauty,  and  it  should  not  be  scraped. 
Although  not  a  pruning  question,  this  is  closely  asso- 
ciated with  pruning  practices. 

Pruning  Ornamental  Plants.  —  Ornamental  trees  and 
shrubs  are  pruned  for  three  purposes:  (1)  to  enable 
them  to  produce  greater  quantity  of  bloom;  (2)  to  make 
them  take  some  desired  form;  (3)  to  remove  unusual  or 
straggling  growths. 

The  pruning  of  ornamental  trees  and  shrubs  for  the 
production  of  flowers  is  controlled  largely  by  the 
flower-bearing  habit  of  the  plant.  Most  early-blooming 
plants  develop  their  flower- buds  the  year  before.  Heavy 
pruning,  therefore,  particularly  heading-in,  when  the 
plants  are  dormant,  cuts  off  the  flower-buds  and  the 
amount  of  bloom  is  lessened.  If  these  plants  are 
pruned  just  after  the  flowers  are  passed  in  spring  the 


1444 


PRUNING 


PRUNING 


best  results  will  be  secured,  since  the  new  growths  will 
then  develop  flower-buds  for  the  year  following.  It  may 
be  advisable,  however,  to  prune  such  plants  in  win- 
ter for  the  purpose  of  thinning  them,  thereby  allowing 
the  flower-buds  which  remain  to  produce  larger  bloom. 


1970.  Apple  tree  trained  on  an  espalier. 

In  most  ornamental  plants,  however,  it  is  the  number 
of  flowers  rather  than  the  size  of  each  which  is  desired. 

Plants  that  bloom  late  in  the  season,  like  hydrangea 
and  most  species  of  clematis,  make  their  flower-buds 
on  shoots  which  arise  that  very  season.  With  such 
plants,  it  is  well  to  prune  rather  heavily  while  they  are 
dormant  in  order  to  cause  them  to  throw  up  a  profusion 
of  strong  shoots  in  the  spring.  These  shoots  will  bear 
that  summer.  Lists  of  plants  in  these  two  categories 
will  be  found  in  the  appendix  to  the  second  edition  of 
"The  Pruning-Book." 

Pruning  to  make  the  plant  assume  some  definite  form 
is  essentially  a  method  of  shearing  or  heading-in. 
If  it  is  desired  to  have  a  very  regular  and  definite 
shape,  it  is  well  to  shear  the  plant  at  least  two  or 
three  times  a  year  in  order  to  keep  down  the  ex- 
uberant growths.  It  is  a  common  practice  to  shear 
the  plants  only  in  the  winter,  but  if  this  shearing 
is  somewhat  violent,  as  is  usually  the  case,  the 
plant  throws  up  numerous  strong  shoots  very  early 
in  spring  and  it  remains  shapeless  during  a  large 
part  of  the  growing  season. 

Training.—  There  is  relatively  little  careful 
training  of  plants  in  North  America,  largely  be- 
cause of  the  expense  of  the  skilled  labor  which  is 
necessary  to  perform  it.  Land  is  also  relatively 
cheap,  and  room  can  be  given  for  the  natural  de- 
velopment  of  most  plants.  In  the  Old  World,  fruit 
plants  must  be  grown  in  very  small  areas,  and  it 
may  be  necessary  to  train  them  on  walls,  sides  of 
buildings,  or  on  trellises  of  various  kinds.  Trained 
fruit  trees  may  generally  be  referred  to  one  of 
three  categories:  the  wall  tree,  which  is  trained 
against  a  continuous  surface;  the  espalier,  which 
is  trained  on  a  trellis,  the  branches  starting  at 
nearly  right  angles  from  a  central  shaft;  the  cor- 
don, or  training  to  a  single  or  double  strand  near 
the  ground.  Properly,  an  espalier  is  a  trellis;  but 
the  word  is  commonly  used  for  the  plant  that  is 
trained  on  the  trellis.  There  are  many  variations 


in  the  methods  of  training  and  pruning  in  each  of  these 
three  classes,  and  the  methods  are  such  as  can  scarcely 
be  well  elucidated  in  writing.  The  Old  World  literature 
is  replete  with  instructions.  In  recent  American  litera- 
ture, the  fullest  account  is  to  be  found  in  "The  Pruning- 
Book."  In  order  that  trees  maybe  well  trained  on  walls, 
espaliers  and  cordons,  it  is  necessary  that  the  training 
be  begun  in  the  nursery.  The  Old  World  nurseries 
grow  plants  which  are  trained  for  various  uses,  but  the 
American  nurseries  do  not.  If,  therefore,  the  American 
is  to  train  trees  in  any  of  these  formal  shapes,  he  should 
secure  specimens  that  are  not  more  than  one  year  from 
the  bud  or  graft,  and  begin  the  training  himself.  The 
illustrations  (Figs.  1969-71)  suggest  some  of  the  special 
methods  of  training  fruit  trees. 

When  to  Prune.  — It  will  be  gleaned  from  the  above 
remarks  that  the  time  of  pruning  depends  on  many 
circumstances,  and  chiefly  on  the  result  which  it  is  de- 
sired to  reach.  So  far  as  the  healing  of  the  wound  is  con- 
cerned, it  is  usually  best  to  prune  when  the  vegetative 
activities  begin  in  spring  so  that  the  wound  is  quickly 
covered  or  «  headed."  For  the  purpose  of  checking  growth 
and  producing  other  definite  results,  it  may  be  neces- 
sary to  prune  at  other  times  of  the  year.  As  a  general 
rule,  however,  the  best  time  to  prune  is  in  late  winter 
and  early  spring,  when  labor  can  be  had  and  before  the 
rush  of  spring  work  comes  on.  The  colder  and  drier  the 
winter  climate,  the  later  the  pruning  should  be  delayed. 

The  wound  made  by  severing  a  branch  heals  by  means 
of  a  callus  which  forms  from  the  growing  tissue  between 
the  bark  and  wood.  Fig.  1972.  This  tissue  rolls  over 
the  wound,  finally  joining  in  the  center  and  completely 
covering  the  old  wood.  The  old  wood  itself  takes  no 
part  in  the  healing  process;  in  fact,  it  dies.  When  the 
healing  is  complete,  the  old  wood  is  merely  covered  and 
preserved  from  external  injury  and  infection,  much  as 
fruit  in  a  jar  is  preserved  by  being  protected  with  a 
cover.  There  is  no  dressing  that  will  hasten  the  heal- 
ing process  except  as  it  keeps  the  wood  from  decay.  In 
other  words,  the  whole  object  of  dressing  a  wound  is  to 
protect  it.  The  dressing  prevents  bacteria  and  fungi 
from  securing  a  foothold  and  thereby  prevents  the  rot. 
Wounds  that  are  exposed  for  some  years  nearly  always 
become  unsound  at  the  center  because  of  the  intrusion 
of  these  organisms,  and  even  if  the  wounds  should  sub- 
sequently heal  over,  the  infection  may  still  extend  down 
the  heart  of  the  tree  and  finally  cause  its  death.  The 
best  covering  for  a  wound  is  one  that  protects  it  best 
from  microbes  and  fungi  and  which  persists  the  long- 
est. Ordinarily,  good  white  lead  paint,  applied  heavily 
and  renewed  occasionally,  is  the  best  protection.  Graft- 
ing wax  may  afford  a  good  protection,  if  it  is  applied 
hot  so  that  it  soaks  into  the  tissue.  If  it  is  merely 
spread  over  the  surface,  it  soon  blisters,  and  become? 
loose  and  affords  relatively  little  protection. 


1971.  Pear  trees  trained  on  a  wall. 

When  once  the  wall  is  covered,  the  tree  is  never  allowed  to  in- 
crease in  surface  area.  It  is  cut  back  to  spurs  each  year,  much  as 
grape-vines  may  be  treated. 


PRUNING 

The  rapidity  with  which  wounds  heal  depends  very 
largely  011  their  position  on  the  tree  and  the  way  in 
which  they  are  made.  Wounds  along  the  main 
branches,  which  are  the  leading  avenues  for  distribu- 
tion of  food,  heal  more  speedily  than  those  on  the 
weaker  side  branches,  The  closer  the  wound  sits  to  the 
branch,  the  more  quickly 
will  it  heal.  Fig.  1973.  If  a 
stub  is  left  several  inches 
long  (Fig.  1975),  it  seldom 


PBUNUS 


1445 


therefore,  where  they  make  great  display,  but  their  short 
season  of  bloom  and  the  very  ordinary  foliage  of  most 
of  them  have  limited  the  planting  of  the  ornamental 
kinds.  Some  of  the  ornamental  species  are  not  grown 
on  their  own  stocks,  but  are  worked  on  stocks  that  can 
be  grown  easily  and  cheaply  and  of  which  seeds  can  be 
obtained  in  abundance.  The  commonest  stocks  for  the 
ornamental  kinds  are  the  plum  (P.  domestica),  peach 
and  sweet  cherry.  On  the  plum  are  grown  the  dwarf 
almonds  and  the  double-flowering  and  fancy-foliage 


1972.  The  healing  tissue 
arises  from  the  side  of 
the  wound,  not  from 
the  hard  wood. 


1973.  A  well-covered 

wound. 

The  pruning  was  prop- 
erly done,  no  stub  being 
left. 


1974.  The  stub  is  longer 
than  necessary,  although 
the  fault  is  not  a  flagrant 
one. 


1975.  Common  fault  in  pruning 
This  wound  cannot  heal  un- 
til the  stub  rots  away,  and  by 
that  time  the  tree  may  be 
irreparably  diseased. 


heals  until  it  rots  back  to  the  main  branch  or  trunk;  and 
by  that  time  the  decayed  heart  may  have  extended  deep 
into  the  tissue  of  the  tree.  It  is  a  common  notion  that 
a  limb  should  be  cut  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  of 
the  limb  itself  and  beyond  the  bulge  at  its  base.  It  is  a 
better  plan,  however,  to  make  the  wound  parallel  to  the 
direction  of  the  branch  or  trunk  that  remains,  and  close 
to  it.  This  wound  may  have  a  somewhat  larger  super- 
ficial area,  but  it  is  much  nearer  the  source  of  the  heal- 
ing food  supply  and  therefore  becomes  covered  more 

quickly.  L.  H.  B. 


(ancient  Latin  name  of  plum).  Rosaceoe. 
PLUM,  CHERRY,  PEACH,  APRICOT,  ALMOND,  etc.  About 
75  species  of  pink-flowered  or  white-flowered  shrubs  and 
small  trees  of  wide  distribution,  but  most  abundant  in 
the  north  temperate  zone.  Lvs.  alternate,  simple,  usu- 
ally serrate:  fls.  mostly  in  spring,  sometimes  preceding 
the  leaves,  either  solitary  or  in  clusters,  perfect,  the 
pistil  single,  the  stamens  numerous  and  perigynous,  the 
petals  and  calyx-lobes  5:  fr.  a  drupe,  usually  1-seeded 
by  the  abortion  of  one  of  the  two  ovules.  Fig.  1976.  The 
genus  as  here  outlined  includes  several  well-marked 
groups,  some  of  which  are  regarded  as  distinct  genera 
by  many  authors.  In  their  extreme  or  typical  forms, 
these  subgenera  are  very  distinct,  but  there  are  so  many 
intergradieut  forms  that  it  seems  unwise  to  keep  them 
distinct  as  genera.  The  tendency  of  plant-breeding  is 
to  still  further  obliterate  the  differences  by  means  of 
hybridization.  At  best,  the  genus  is  polymorphous, 
but  the  general  experience  is  that  confusion  is  increased 
rather  than  decreased  by  the  effort  to  make  two  or  more 
genera  from  it.  Many  of  the  forms  that  appear  to  be 
very  distinct  in  their  extremes,  connect  by  insensible 
gradations  in  intermediate  ranges.  The  dominant  East 
American  species,  for  example,  shade  off  into  marked 
forms  in  the  West  and  Southwest  (see  Waugh,  12th  Rep. 
Vt.  Exp.  Sta.,  p.  231-239). 

Horticulturally  ,  Prunus  is  one  of  the  most  important  of 
all  genera.  It  includes  the  stone-fruits,—  peaches,  plums, 
cherries,  apricots,  almonds.  It  is  also  prolific  of  orna- 
mental subjects,  as  double-flowered,  variegated  -leaved, 
colored-leaved  and  weeping  forms.  Most  of  the  culti- 
vated species  are  hardy  in  the  latitude  of  Philadelphia 
and  many  are  hardy  in  Ontario.  All  are  of  easy  culture. 
Nearly  all  the  species  are  spring-flowering.  Only  P. 
aciila.  amongst  the  cultivated  kinds,  blooms  as  late  as 
midsummer.  They  are  very  useful  for  spring  gardens, 


plums.  The  myrobalan  plum  (P.  cerasifera)  is  some- 
times used  for  the  same  purpose.  Peach  stocks  may  be 
used  for  the  same  species,  as  a  rule;  and  they  are  also 
employed,  particularly  in  the  South,  for  many  fruit- 
bearing  plums.  The  sweet  cherry  (P.  Avium)  is  a  good 
stock  for  the  various  kinds  of  double-flowered,  weeping 
and  fancy-leaved  cherries.  It  is  an  important  point  in 
the  growing  of  these  grafted  Prunuses  to  remove  all 
sprouts  from  the  stock  as  soon  as  they  appear.  This  is 
particularly  true  of  the  dwarf  almonds,  since  the  stocks 
are  usually  stronger-growing  species  and  tend  to  sucker 
from  the  root.  It  is  a  question  whether  it  would  not  be 
better  to  propagate  these  dwarf  species  from  layers  or 
cuttings  in  case  seedlings  of  their  own  species  cannot 
be  had.  Own-rooted  plants  can  be  secured  by  root- 
grafting  with  a  long  cion  (see  Fig.  943,  Vol.  I). 

In  North  America  there  has  been  a  most  remarkable 
contemporaneous  evolution  of  fruit-bearing  plums  from 
the  native  species.  Several  hundred  orchard  varieties 
have  been  described,  and  the  trees  are  grown  commer- 
cially over  a  wide  range  of  country  in  the  South,  in  the 
Mississippi  valley  and  on  the  Plains,  — in  regions  in 
which  the  common  Prunus  domestica  does  not  thrive. 
Systematic  knowledge  of  these  domesticated  native 
plums  dates  from  1892  (Bull.  62,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.). 


1976.  Flowers  of  plum.    Natural  size. 
The  ovary,  or  young  plum,  with  the  ovule  inside,  is  at  o. 

For  the  latest  knowledge  of  the  subject,  the  reader 
should  consult  experiment  station  literature,  particularly 
the  writings  of  Waugh  and  Goff.  See,  also,  "Evolution 
of  our  Native  Fruits." 

For  fuller  information  on  the  fruit-bearing  members 
of  the  genus,  see  A  Imond,  Apricot,  Cherry,  Nectarine, 
Peach,  Plum,  Prune. 


1446 


PRUNUS 


PRUNUS 


INDEX  TO  THE  LATIN  NAMES. 


acida,  28. 

frutieosa,  18. 

paniculata,  25. 

acuti  folia,  5. 

Galatensis,  7. 

pedunculata,  39. 

Alberti,  31. 

Georgica,  37. 

pendula,  18,  24,  27, 

Allegheniensis,  11. 

glandulosa,  13. 

29. 

Americana,  10. 

gracilis,  13. 

Pennsylvanica,  21. 

Amygdalus,  41. 

Gravesii,  13. 

Persiea,  42. 

angustifolia,  14,  27, 

Qrayana,  31  and 

persicaeflora,  28. 

32,  33. 

suppl.  list. 

Petzoldi,  39. 

argentea,  40. 

Hattan,  8. 

Pissardi,  5. 

Armeniaca,  1,  2,  3. 

heterophylla,  27. 

Planteriensis,  5. 

ascendens,  24. 

hortensis,  25. 

platycarpa,  42. 

asplenifolia,  27,  29. 

hortulana,  15. 

Pseudo-Cerasus,  25. 

atropurpurea,  5, 

ilicifolia,  35. 

Puddum,  25,  26. 

aucubcefolia,  31. 

incana,  36. 

pumila,  16. 

aurea,  31. 

injucunda,  12. 

pumila,  Hort.,  18,38. 

austera,  28. 

insititia,  1. 

pyramidalis,  27. 

Avium,  27. 

integrifolia,  35. 

ranunculiflora,  28. 

Bertini,  33. 

Italica,  7. 

reflexa,  18. 

Besseyi,  16. 

Itosakura,  24. 

regalis,  27. 

JBigarella,  27. 

Japonica,  33,  38. 

Rhexii,  28. 

Brigantiaca,  1. 

Japonica,  Hort.,  8, 

rivularis,  15. 

camelliseflora,  42. 

18,  24,  25. 

rosea,  24. 

camellisefolia,  33. 

Juliana,  27. 

rotundifolia,  33. 

campestris,  37. 

Kelloggii,  9. 

salicifolia,  27,  29,  30. 

Capollin,  29. 

Isevis,  42. 

Schipkaensis,  33. 

Oaproniana,  25,  28. 

Lannesiana,  25. 

semperflorens,  23. 

Oapuli,  29. 

latifolia,  33. 

serotina,  29. 

Caroliniana,  34. 

Laurocerasus,  33. 

serratifolia,  25. 

Carthagena,  29. 

Lindleyi,  39. 

serrulata,  25. 

cartilaginea,  29. 

Lusitanica,  32. 

Sibirica,  2. 

Caucasiea,  33. 

macrocarpa,  41. 

Sibirica,  Hort.,  18. 

cerasifera,  5.  „ 

macrophylla,  27. 

Sieboldi,  25. 

Cerasus,  28. 

Mahaleb,  20. 

Simonii,  44. 

Cereola,  7. 

maliformis,  7. 

Sinensis,  38. 

Ghamcecerasus,  18. 

maritima,  13. 

spinosa,  6. 

Chicasa,  14. 

marmorata,  31. 

subcordata,  9. 

Cochincninensis,  37. 

microphylla,  33. 

subhirtella,  24. 

Colchica,  33. 

Mineri,  15. 

Syriaca,  7. 

communis,  7,  41. 

mollis,  10. 

Texana,  10. 

commutata,  31. 

Mume,  4. 

tomentosa,  19. 

cuneata,  16. 

Myrobalana,  5. 

triflora,  8. 

Damascena,  7. 

myrtifolia,  32. 

triloba,  39. 

dasycarpa,  3. 

nana,  30,  37. 

umbellata,  12. 

Davidiana,  43. 

necturina,  42. 

Utahensis,  17. 

Decumana,  27. 

nicotiancefolia,  27. 

variegata,  18,  28,  29. 

demissa,  30. 

nigra,  10. 

virgata,  39. 

divaricata,  5. 

occidentalis,  35. 

Virginiana,  30. 

domestica,  5,  7. 

ceconomica,  7. 

vulgaris,  28,  42. 

donarium,  25. 

orientalis,  40. 

Watereri,  25. 

Duracina,  27. 

orthosepala,  15. 

Watsoni,  14. 

emarginata,  22. 

Padus,  31. 

Waylandi,  15. 

Focke  (Engler  &  Prantl,  Pflanzenf amilien )  makes  7 
subgenera  in  Prunus,  5  of  which  may  be  admitted  here : 
A.  Lvs.  convolute  in  the  bud  (f.  e.,  rolled 
up,  showing  well  as  the  Ivs.  begin  to 
emerge  from  the  bud):  ovary  usually 
furrowed  lengthwise.  There  are  ex- 
ceptions in  some  of  the  American 
native  plums  (Nos.  10,  11,  14,  15)  in 
which  the  Ivs.  are  conduplicale  in 
vernation:  these  species  and  their 
allies  are  intermediate  between  the 

true  plums  and  the  cherries 

I.  PRUNOPHORA  (Nos.    1-15) 
AA.  Lvs.   folded  or  conduplicate  (trough- 
shaped,  folded  lengthwise  along  the 
midrib)  in  the  bud. 

B.  Fruit  very  juicy,  glabrous  or  only 
very  slightly  hairy:  stone  smooth 
or  roughish. 

C.  Fls.  in  fascicles  or  cymes 

II.  CERASUS  (Nos.  16-28) 

CO.  Fls.  in  racemes III.  PADUS  (Nos.  29-35) 

BB.  Fruit  normally  soft-hairy  (except  in 
42  var.):  stone  or  pit  often  fur 
rowed  and  pitted. 

c.  Flower-cup  (usually  called  calyx- 
tube)  tubular 

IV.  OH AM^: AMYGDALUS  (Nos.  36-37) 
cc.  Flower -cup    short   and   wide- 

spreading V.  AMYGDALUS  (Nos.  38-44) 

For  horticultural  purposes,  these  five  main  groups  may 
be  illustrated  as  follows : 

1.  Plums  and  apricots I.  PRUNOPHORA 

2.  Common  or  fascicled  cherries  .11.  CERASUS, 

3.  Racemose  cherries III.  PADUS. 

4.  Dwarf  almonds IV.  CHAM^EAMYGDALUS 

5.  Almonds  and  peaches V.  AMYGDALUS 


SUBGENUS  I.     PRUNOPHORA.     Apricots  and  Plums. 

Fruit  sulcate,  glabrous  and  usually  glaucous  (except 
in  the  apricots),  the  stone  compressed  and  usually 
longer  than  broad  and  smooth  or  nearly  so:  fls.  solitary 
or  in  umbel-like  cymes,  mostly  appearing  before  the  Ivs. 
or  with  them:  Ivs.  mostly  convolute  in  vernation,  gen- 
erally ovate  or  lance-ovate. 

A.   APRICOTS,  —  the  fls.  solitary  or  hi  2's,  before  the  Ivs. 
and  the  fr.  velvety   (at  least   until  ripe):    stone 
usually  silicate  on  the  margin:  peduncle  separat- 
ing from  the  mature  fruit. 

1.  Armeniaca,   Linn.   (Armeniaca    vulgaris,   Lam.). 
COMMON  APRICOT.    Figs.  113-117.    Small  round-topped 
tree  with  reddish  bark  much  like  that  of  the  peach  tree : 
Ivs.  ovate  to  round-ovate,  sometimes  slightly  cordate  at 
the    base,  abruptly  short  -  pointed,  glabrous    (at   least 
above),  closely  serrate,  the  stalks  stout  and  gland-bear- 
ing: fls.  pinkish,  solitary  and  sessile  or  very  nearly  so, 
appearing   from   lateral   buds   of    last    year's    growth 
(sometimes  on  short  year-old  spurs)  before  the  Ivs.:  fr. 
variable,  nearly  smooth  when  ripe,  short-stalked  like  a 
peach,  usually  somewhat  flattened,  mostly  yellow  and 
overlaid  more  or  less  with  red,  the  stone  flat  and  smooth, 
ridged  or  sulcate  on  one  edge.     Said  by  Focke  to  be 
native  of  Turkestan  and  Mongolia;  by  some  regarded 
as  Chinese.    It  early  reached  Europe,  where  it  was  once 
supposed  to  be  native  of  Armenia,  whence  the  name 
Armeniaca.     The  Russian  Apricot  is   a  hardy  race  of 
this  species.     See  Apricot  and  Figs.  113-117  in  Vol.  I. 
The   smooth -fruited  Apricot,  P.  Brigantiaca,  Vill.,  is 
regarded   by  Dippel    as   a  form  of  this   species,  var. 
Brigantiaca,  Dipp.    Shrub  or  small  tree,  with  smaller 
Ivs.  and  smaller  smooth  subacid  fruit.     Probably  a  cul- 
tural variety.     Run  wild  in  southern  France  and  Pied- 
mont. 

2.  Sibirica,  Linn.  (P. 
Armeniaca,  var.  Sibir- 
ica, K.  Koch).    SIBER- 
IAN APRICOT.  Fig.  1977. 
Bush  or  small  tree :  Ivs. 
ovate  to  narrow-ovate, 
long  pointed,   strongly 
and    often    incisely 
toothed:    fls.  white  or 
pink,   appearing   early 
in  the  season  and  usu- 
ally in  great  profusion : 
fr.  globular,     rarely 
more    than    %    in.    in 
diam.,   yellow   with   a 
reddish  cheek,  scarcely 

fleshy,  practically  inedible.  Mongolia,  Dahuria.    L.B.C. 
17:1627.  — Sometimes  planted  as  an  ornamental  bush. 

3.  dasycarpa,  Ehrh.  (P.  Armeniaca,  var.  dasycarpa, 
K.  Koch).     PURPLE  or  BLACK  APRICOT.     Small  tree,  of 
the  stature  of  the  common  Apricot:  Ivs.  smaller  and 
narrower,  mostly  elliptic-ovate,  finely  and  closely  ser- 
rate, thin,  dull  green,  the  stalks  slender  and  nearly  or 
quite  glandless:  fls.  large  and  long-stalked,  showy:  fr. 
globular  and  plum-like  on  a  distinct  stem,  pubescent  at 
maturity,  dark  purple,  the  flesh  soft  and  sourish ;  stone 
fuzzy.     Probably  native  to  Manchuria.     B.R.  15:1243. 
L.B.C.  13:1250.  — Sometimes  planted,  mostly  as  an  orna- 
mental tree,  for  the  fruit  has  little  value  compared  to 
that  of  the  common  Apricot.    Hardy  in  the  North.    Has 
every  appearance  of  being  a  distinct  species. 

4.  Mume,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  JAPANESE  APRICOT.   Fig.  1978. 
Tree  of  the  dimensions  of  the  common  Apricot,  but  the 
bark  greenish  or  gray  and  the  foliage  duller  in  color: 
Ivs.  relatively  small,  narrow-ovate  to  nearly  round-ovate, 
long-pointed,  finely  and  sharply  serrate,  more  or  less 
scabrous,  lighter  colored  beneath,  the  petioles  mostly 
gland-bearing:    fls.  sessile  or  nearly  so,  fragrant:    fr. 
mostly  smaller  than  that  of  P.  Armeniaca,  yellow  or 
greenish,  the  dry  flesh  adhering  to  the  pitted    stone. 
Japan,  where  it  is  much  grown  for  its  flowers.     Gn. 
50:1081.    R.H.  1885:564.  — Planted  to  some  extent  in  the 
South,  particularly  in  the  form   known  as   Bungo  or 
Bongoume  Apricot  or  plum,  but  of  minor  value.     When 
top-worked  on  plum,  it  withstands  the  winters  of  cen- 


1977.   Prunus  Sibirica  (X 


PRUNUS 


PRUNUS 


1447 


tral  New  York,  but  will  not  bear.  The  Apricot  cult,  as 
Chinese  or  Shense  is  also  of  this  species.  Many  double- 
fld.  forms  in  Japan. 


1978.  Prunus  Mume  (X 


AA. 


PLUMS,  —  the  fls.  mostly  in  cymes,  in  most  species 
appearing  with  the  Ivs.  in  the  North  (before  the 
Ivs.  in  the  South),  and  the  fr.  smooth  and  glau- 
cous:  stone  not  prominently  sulcate:  peduncle 
slender,  remaining  with  the  fruit. 

B.  Eur.-Asian  Plums:  Ivs.  relatively  broad,  usually 
prominently  reticulated  and  more  or  less  pubescent 
(at  least  beneath),  the  young  twigs  mostly  pu- 
bescent. 

c.  Flower-stems  glabrous. 

5.  cerasifera,  Ehrh.  (P.  domestica,  var.  Hfyrobalan, 
Linn.  P.  Myrobalana,  Loisel.).  MYROBALAN  PLUM. 
CHERRY  PLUM.  Slender  twiggy  grower,  often  thorny, 
the  twigs  usually  soon  becoming  glabrous:  Ivs.  rather 
small  and  thin,  rather  light  green,  becoming  nearly  or 
quite  glabrous,  short-ovate  and  short-pointed,  finely  ser- 
rate: tts.  rather  small,  white  or  blush,  slender-stalked: 
fr.  small  (usually  1  in.  or  less  in  diam.),  globular  and 
cherry-like,  depressed  about  the  stem,  yellow  or  red, 
the  flesh  soft,  juicy  and  sweet-flavored.  Probably  na- 
tive to  the  Caucasus  and  southwestern  Asia.  B.M.  5934. 
Gn.  33,  p.  252.  J.H.  III.  28:267. -The  Myrobalan  Plum 
is  extensively  used  in  this  country  as  a  stock  on  which 
to  bud  the  domestica  Plums,  the  seedlings  being  im- 
ported in  great  quantities  from  Europe.  It  is  a  smaller 
tree  than  P.  domestica,  with  much  more  slender  growth, 
smoother  twigs  and  leaves,  smaller  and  mostly  earlier 
flowers  and  smaller,  softer  fruit  with  a  depression 
about  the  stem.  It  tends  to  dwarf  the  domestica 
Plums,  but  its  influence  in  this  direction  is  not  suf- 
ficient to  discourage  its  use  as  a  stock.  Its  advantages 
as  a  stock  are  its  cheapness,  the  ease  with  which  all  do- 
mestica varieties  "take"  on  it,  and  the  readiness  with 
which  it  can  be  grown 
in  the  nursery  row.  It  is 
not  used  to  any  extent 
as  stocks  for  other  Plum  s 
than  the  domestica  s. 
Spontaneous  trees  are 
sometimes  found  about 
old  nursery  grounds,  and 
it  occasionally  appears 
in  orchards  when  the  top 
of  a  Plum  tree  dies  and 
sprouts  arise  from  the 
root.  There  are  also  a 

few  varieties  propagated  for  the  early  juicy  fruits,  but 
they  are  little  known.  It  makes  a  good  ornamental  tree. 
The  Marianna,  much  used  for  stocks  of  many  kinds  of 
Plums  in  the  S.  (and  growing  from  cuttings),  is  per- 
haps a  hybrid  of  this  species  with  P.  hortulana  or  P. 
angustifolia.  There  are  several  cultivated  forms  of 
P.  cerasifera,  one  of  the  best  being  the  plant  known  as 
P.  Planteriensis,  Hort., with  full  double  white  and  red  fls. 


1979. 
Prunus  spinosa. 

(XX.) 


There  are  also  forms  with  yellow-  and  white-variegated 
leaves,  and  a  weeping  form  (var.  pendula).  A  form 
with  narrow  willow-like  Ivs.  (var.  acutifolia)  is  also 
advertised.  A  form  with  twisted  or  contorted  foliage  is 
shown  in  R.H.  1895,  p.  201. 

Var.  atropurptirea,  Dipp.  (P.  Pissdrdi,  Hoit  P.  ce- 
rasifera, var.  Pissdrdi,  Bailey).  A  handsome  form  with 
purple  Ivs.  and  dark  wine-red  fruits.  — Introduced  into 
France  by  Pissard,  gardener  to  the  Shah  of  Persia,  and 
first  fully  described  in  Revue  Horticole  in  1881.  It  is  a 
cultural  form  of  P.  cerasifera.  It  is  one  of  the  best  of 
all  small  purple-leaved  trees,  holding  much  of  its  color 
in  the  American  summers.  It  seems  to  be  hardy  where- 
ever  the  common  Plum  will  stand.  The  best  color  is 
secured  on  the  strong  growths ;  therefore  it  is  well  to 
head  back  the  tree  frequently.  R.H.  1881 :190;  1884:396. 
G.C.  III.  1:416.  Gn.  32:613;  55,  p.  314.  J.H.  III.  28:287. 
G.M.  31:190-1. 

Var.  divaricata  (P.  divaricdta,  Ledeb.).  Branching- 
from  the  base,  the  branches  wide-spreading  and  some 
of  them  nearly  or  quite  prostrate:  Ivs.  broader  towards 
the  base:  fr.  not  depressed  about  the  stem,  yellow. 
Macedonia  to  N.  Persia.  B.M.  6519. 

6.  spinosa,  Linn.    BLACKTHORN.   Fig.  1979.    Low  and 
spreading,  making  a  very  thick  thorny  top,  the  young 
growths  distinctly  pubescent:    Ivs.  small,  oblong-obo- 
vate  or  elliptic-ovate,  very  numerous  on  the  branches, 
nearly  or  quite  obtuse,  very  finely  and  closely  serrate: 
fls.  white,  small,  borne  singly  or  in  pairs  (or  sometimes 
in  3's)  and  often  on  the  thorns:  fr.  little  larger  than  a 
very  large  pea,  very  deep  glaucous -blue,  usually  per- 
sisting until  winter,  scarcely  edible.    Middle  and  south- 
ern Europe  and  N.  Africa  to  N.  Persia  and  Siberia. 
—  Sometimes   planted   in   this   country,  chiefly   in   the 
double-fld.  form  (Gn.  59,  p.  76).    It  is  an  excellent  bush 
or  small  tree  for  protecting  the  borders  and  corners  of 
drives  and  walks.     The  short,   stiff,  thorny  branches 
make  a  good  barrier.    Perfectly  hardy  where  the  Plum 
can  be  grown.    It  is  not  impossible  that  this  species  is 
the  original  of  the  domestica  Plum.   The  little  fruits  are 
usually  astringent,  but  there  is  a  sweet-fruited  form. 

cc.   Flower-stems  usually  more  or  less  hairy. 

7.  domestica,  Linn.  (P.  communis,  Huds.).    COMMON 
GARDEN  PLUM.     Figs.  1851-55.     Plate  XXX.     Strong- 
growing  small  tree  with  pubescent  twigs:  Ivs.  large  and 
thick,  dull  green,  much  reticulated,  pubescent  beneath, 
ovate  or  obovate,  coarsely  and  irregularly  serrate:  fls. 
white,  large,  usually  in  clusters:  fr.  various,  but  firm 
in  texture  and  usually  not  depressed  about  the  stem; 
stone  large,  slightly  rough  or  pitted.  — Native  country 
unknown,  and  very  likely  derived  from  P.  spinosa.    It 
it  exists  in  a  truly  wild  state,  it  is  to  be  sought  in  the 
Caucasus  and  trans-Caucasus  regions.    It  is  run  wild  in 
many  parts  of  the  world.    Focke  says  that  P.  domestica 
is  unknown  in  an  originally  wild  state,  and  that  the 
typical  form  of  the  species  is  the  prune  (Zwetsche),  P. 
ceconomica,  Borkh.    There  are  various  forms  of  P.  do- 
mestica grown  for  ornament, 
as  double-flowered,  yellow- 
leaved   and   variegated-lvd. 
As  a  fruit  plant  it  is  widely 
variable.     It  is  the   parent 
species  of  the  old-time  or 
common   Plums,  as   distin- 
guished from  the  Japanese 
and  native  Plums.  The  syn- 
onymy of  the  main  varietal 
groups  is  shown  by  Waugh, 


Bot.  Gaz.  26,  pp.  417-427  (Dec.,  1898),  and  27,  pp.  478-481. 
Var.  Damascena,  Linn.  (P.  insititia,  Linn.  P.  Itdlica, 
Borkh.).  DAMSON.  Fig.  1856.  A  form  with  small  foli- 
age and  small  firm  fruits  borne  mostly  in  clusters.— 
Damson  is  a  general  name  for  small-fruited  arid  small- 


1448 


PRQNUS 


PRUNUS 


leaved  forms  of  the  Plum.  When  the  Plum  runs  wild 
it  usually  reverts  to  this  form.  Some  of  the  Damsons 
(as  the  French,  Shropshire,  Farleigh)  are  commercial 
orchard  varieties,  being  used  for  culinary  purposes. 
There  is  much  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  systematic 
position  of  the  Plum  designated  by  Linnaeus  as  P.  in- 
sititia,  but  it  is  clear  that  it  is  intermediate  between 
P.  domestica  and  P.  spinosa.  It  is  probably  one  stage 
in  the  reversion  of  the  Plum  towards  P.  spinosa.  It 
seems  to  be  indistinguishable  from  var.  Damascena, 
when  this  variety  is  taken  in  its  large  sense. 

Other  forms  of  Plums  have  received  Latin  class- 
names,  as  var.  maliformis,  Linn.  (P.  Syrlaca,  Dipp.), 
including  the  Mirabelle  (a  small-leaved  form  with 
small  yellow  fruit,  not  unlike  the  Damsons)  and  others; 
var.  Cereola,  Linn.,  the  Green  Gages  or  Reine  Claudes; 
var.  Galatensis,  Auth.,  the  Prunes. 

BB.  Oriental  Plums:  Ivs.  relatively  longer  (mostly 
oblong -obovate),  not  roughened  or  pubescent,  often 
shining,  the  young  twigs  glabrous  or  nearly  so. 

8.  trifldra,  Roxbg.  (P.  Japonica,  Hort.,  not  Thunb. 
P.  ffdttan,  Tamari).  JAPANESE  PLUM.  Fig.  1980.  Plate 
XXX.  Strong-growing  small  tree,  with  smooth  often 
shining  reddish  or  cinnamon-brown  twigs :  Ivs.  mostly 
oblong  -  obovate,  abruptly  but  prominently  pointed, 
closely  obtuse-serrate,  the  veins  looping  near  the  mar- 
gin, bright  often  shining  green  above  and  dull  beneath : 
fls.  few  from  each  bud  (most  commonly  about  3),  showy, 
white  or  very  nearly  so,  slender-stalked:  fr.  various, 
mostly  large  and  firm,  yellow  or  light  red  (never  blue- 
purple)  with  pronounced  suture  and  tending  to  be 
pointed  at  the  apex,  R.H.  1895 : 160.— Probably  Chinese, 
but  introduced  into  this  country  from  Japan  (in  1870), 
and  now  widely  distributed  and  much  grown  for  its  fruit. 
The  Japanese  Plum  is  hardy,  in  some  of  its  varieties, 
as  far  north  as  Ottawa.  It  is  prized  because  of  its 
great  productiveness,  long-keeping  qualities  and  beauty 
of  its  fruit,  and  its  relative  immunity  from  black-knot. 
As  a  class,  the  fruit  is  of  lower  quality  than  the 
domestica  Plums.  The  season  of  the  Japanese  Plums 


begins  considerably  in  advance  of  the  domesticas  and 
holds  nearly  as  late.  The  greater  number  of  the  varie- 
ties are  clingstones,  but  there  are  some  freestones 
among  them.  A  race  of  hybrids  with  P.  hortulana  and 
P.  angustifolia  is  now  appearing. 


1981.    Prunus  Americana,  as  it 

grows  wild  in  New  York  (X  1-5), 
See  No.  10. 


BBB. 


1980.  Prunus  triflora— Japanese  Plum. 
From  specimens  in  the  herbarium  at  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew. 


American  or  native  Plums:  Ivs.  relatively  narrow 
and  smooth  and  the  young  growth  glabrous  (P. 
subcordata  and  P.  Americana  partial  excep- 
tions), the  fruit  comparatively  small  and  in 
shades  of  yellow  and  red,  never  deep  blue- 
purple. 

C.  Lvs.  mostly  broad  and  thick,  pubescent  or  roughish 
beneath,  very  sharply  serrate  or  even  jagged:  fr. 
thick-skinned. 

9.  subcordata,  Benth.     Small  tree  or  bush,  usually 
only  a  few  feet  high:  Ivs.  round-ovate,  obtuse,  broad  or 
subcordate  at  base,  either  sharply  or  obtusely  serrate, 
thick,  soft-pubescent  beneath :  fls.  white  fading  to  rose, 
less  than  1  in.  across,  in  clusters  of  4  or  less  and  appear- 
ing before  the  leaves :  f r.  globular  or  short-oblong,  usu- 
ally dark  red,  in  the  largest  wild  forms  somewhat  over 
1  in.  in  diam.,  the  flesh  subacid  and  clinging  to  the  flat 
smooth  stone.    High  lands  and  mountains,  N.  Calif,  and 
Oregon.     S.S.  4:154.  — The  fruit  is  gathered  for  domes- 
tic uses,  and  the  tree  is  sometimes  planted  about  settle- 
ments.   It  varies  much,  and  the  greater  part  of  the 
trees  do  not  produce  agreeable  fruit.     In  many  cases  it 
is  only  a  tree-like  bush.     The  bark  is  blackish,  and  is 
sometimes  pubescent  on  young  shoots. 

Var.  Kelloggii,  Lemmon.  SISSON  PLUM.  Taller  and 
more  slender:  bark  ash-gray:  Ivs.  not  cordate,  orbicu- 
lar or  elliptical,  nearly  glabrous :  f  r.  larger  ( 1  in.  or  more 
long),  ovate,  yellow  or  red,  the  flesh  soft  and  palatable. 
Northern  California.  Much  recommended  by  Mr.  Sisson, 
near  Mt.  Shasta,  whose  name  it  bears.  This  Plum  is 
now  planted  in  many  places  in  California.  It  is  superior 
to  P.  subcordata  itself.  The  tree  rarely  exceeds  15  ft. 
in  height  and  4-6  in.  in  diameter  of  trunk. 

10.  Americana, Marsh. ( P.  Texana,Scheele).  Fig.  1981. 
Plate  XXX.    Small,  twiggy,  spreading,  usually  thorny 
tree  with  gray  branches  or  gray -brown  twigs:  Ivs.  obo- 
vate, oblong-obovate  or  sometimes  oblong-ovate,  acumi- 
nate, thickish,  the  margins  mostly  sharp-serrate  or  some- 
times almost  incised,  not  glossy,  strongly  reticulated 
beneath  and  pubescent  on  the  veins:  fls.  large,  white, 
slender-stalked,  the  calyx-lobes  entire  and  pubescent  on 
the  inside,  appearing  in  small  clusters  in  advance  of 
the  Ivs. :    fr.  various,  but  mostly  small  and  hard,  the 
skin  tough  and  glaucous  and  not  shining,  yellow  and 
variously  overlaid  with  red;  stone  turgid.     Woods  and 
copses,  New  York  to  Colorado  and  Texas.    It  sometimes 
reaches  a  height  of  15-20  ft.    S.S.  4: 150. -In  the  East, 
the  fruits  are  usually  austere,  and  often  fit  for  eating-; 


PRUNUS 


PRUNUS 


1449 


but  in  the  West  edible-fruited  forms  are  found  in  abun- 
dance. It  is  the  most  prolific  source  of  cultivated  native 
Plums  for  the  cold  North. 

Var.  nlgra,  Waugh  ( P.  n  Igra ,  Aiton ) .    CANADA  PLUM. 
Fig.  1982.    Lvs.  mostly  broader,  the  petioles  bearing  2 
glands  near  the   top:    fls.  larger,  on  slender  dark   red 
pedicels,  the  calyx-lobes  glandular-serrate  and 
glabrous  on  the  inside:    fr.  mostly  somewhat 
oblong  and  orange-red,  the  stone  large  and  much 
compressed.    Newfoundland  to  Assiniboia,  and 
in  New  England,  and  probably  descending  into 
the  northern  Mississippi  valley.    S.S.  4:149. — 
A  more  showy  tree  than  P.  Americana,  bloom- 
ing earlier,  and  in  its  extreme  forms  appearing 
to  be  very  distinct,  but  there  are  all  grades  of 
intermediate  forms.    It  has  given  rise  to  some 
of  the  best  fruit-bearing  varieties,  such  as  the  Cheney. 

Var.  m611is,  Torrey  &  Gray.  Lvs.  and  shoots  soft- 
puhrseent  or  sometimes  almost  tomentose.  Iowa  to 
Texas.  — To  this  form  belong  the  Wolf  and  Van  Buren 
Plums.  There  is  also  a  double-fld.  variety. 

cc.  Lvs.  mostly  as  narrow  as  lanceolate-ovate,  or  else 
vntall  and  shortish,  thin  or  thinnish  (except  P.  mari- 
tima), finely  and  usually  evenly  serrate,  becoming 
glabrous  or  nearly  so  (except  in  forms  of  P.  umbellata 
and  P.  maritima)  beneath  at  maturity:  fr.  mostly 
thick-skinned. 

11.  Allegheniensis,  Porter.    ALLEGHENY  PLUM.    Fig. 
1983.    Tree  12-15  ft.,  or  oftener  a  straggling  bush,  usu- 
ally not  thorny,  the  young  growth  reddish  and  glabrous : 
Ivs.  lance-ovate  to  elliptic-obovate,  prominently  acumi- 
nate, sharply  fine-serrate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  be- 
neath but  becoming  glabrous  with  age :  fls.  small  ( %  in. 
across),  white,  in  clusters  of  2-5,  appearing  with  the 
Ivs.,  the  calyx  minutely  pubescent,   the  petals  round- 
obovate:    fr.   globular,   %   in.   or  less  in  diam.,   dark 
purple  with  a  heavy  bloom,  acid  in  flavor  and  often  aus- 
tere.   Mts.  of  Pa.    S.S.  4:153.    G.F.  3:429,  from  which 
Fig.  1983  is  reduced.  — In  a  very  limited  way  the  species 
has  come  into  botanic  gardens  and  collections.    As  an 
ornamental  subject  it  has  merit,  for  it  bears  profusely 
of  flowers  and  fruit.  The  Plums,  or  "  sloes,"  are  collected 
from  the  wild  for  the  making  of  pies  and  preserves. 

12.  umbellata,  Ell.    BLACK  SLOE  of  the  South.    Hoo 
PLUM  (this  name  is  also  applied  to  forms  of  P.  Ameri- 
ca na  and  P.  gracilis ) .  Twiggy  small  tree  ( 10-20  ft. ) ,  with 
very  slender  glabrous  branchlets :  Ivs.  small  (2  in.  or  less 
long),    light   green   and   rather   thin,    oblong,    oblong- 
ovate,  oblong   obovate,  or  sometimes  broadly  elliptic- 
ovate,  obtuse  or  nearly  so,  closely  serrulate,  sometimes 
very  closely  pubescent  beneath  even  at  maturity:   fls. 
small  to  medium  in  size,  in  few-flowered  umbels,  appear- 
ing with  or  just  before  the  Ivs.:  fr.  small,  globular, 
slender-stalked,  from  pure  yellow  to  orange-yellow  and 
red-blotched,   thinly  glaucous,  the   flesh   usually  sour 


shape.  The  foliage  suggests  P.  cerasifera.  A  species 
recently  described,  P.  injucunda,  Small,  from  Stone 
Mountain,  Ga.,  and  not  in  the  trade,  is  distinguished 
from  P.  umbellata  by  its  "more 
rigid  habit  and  the  foliage,  in- 
cluding the  branchlets,  is  vel- 
vety-tomentose.  In  place  of  the 
subglobose  drupe  of  P.  umbella- 
ta, we  find  an  oblong  fruit  of  an 
extremely  bitter  taste.  The  stone 
is  correspondingly  lengthened." 


1983.  Primus  Alleeheniensis  (X  %). 


and  hitter  and  free  from  the  stone.  Near  the  coast 
from  S.  Car.  to  Tex.  S.S.  4:155. -Not  introduced  as  a 
fruit-plant,  but  sometimes  planted  for  the  profusion  of 
its  white  flowers.  The  fruit  is  not  unlike  a  Cherry  in 


1982.  Prunus  Americana,  var.  nigra  (X  >•>.). 


13.  maritima,  Wangh.  BEACH  PLUM.  Fig.  1984.  De- 
cumbent straggling  more  or  less  thorny  bush  with  rough 
and  warty  branches  and  slightly  pubescent  young 
growth:  Ivs.  oval  or  obovate-oval,  short-acute  or  nearly 
obtuse,  closely  serrate,  dull  green,  often  somewhat 
pubescent  beneath:  fls.  small,  slender-stalked,  in  few- 
flowered  umbels  preceding  the  Ivs. :  fr.  about  %  in.  in. 
diam.,  depressed-globular  (somewhat  flattened  at  the 
ends),  with  a  slight  cavity  about  the  stem,  mostly  deep 
dull  purple  when  ripe  and  covered  with  a  heavy  bloom, 
the  flesh  brittle  and  mostly  sweet  and  juicy  and  free 
from  the  small,  turgid,  cherry-like  stone  (which  is 
pointed  at  both  ends),  the  skin  thick,  tough  and  more 
or  less  acrid.  Sands  of  the  seashore,  New  Brunswick  to 
Virginia;  also  at  the  head  of  Lake  Michigan.  Gng.  4 :257 
(bush  in  bloom). — The  main  stems  are  decumbent,  and 
strong  shoots  stand  upright  to  a  height  of  2-6  ft. ,  or  some- 
times even  10-12  ft.  P.  maritima  is  a  handsome  plant  in 
cultivation  because  of  the  great  profusion  of  its  early 
spring  bloom,  and  the  fruits,  when  produced,  are  also 
ornamental.  As  a  fruit  plant  it  is  known  in  the  variety 
Bassett  American,  which,  however,  has  never  become 
popular  because  of  its  small  size.  The  species  is  very 
variable,  and  no  doubt  several  botanical  varieties  could 
be  distinguished.  Yellow-fruited  forms  are  known. 

Species  related  to  P.  maritima,  but  not  in  the  trade, 
are  P.  Gravesii,  Small,  Connecticut,  with  orbicular  very 
obtuse  and  often  apiculate  Ivs.  and  stone  pointed  only  at 
base.  P.  gracilis,  Engelm.  &  Gray,  Tenn.  to  Kans,  and 
Tex.,  a  shrub  not  more  than  4  or  5  ft.  tall,  soft-pubescent, 
with  small,  oval-lanceolate  Ivs.  and  very  small  nearly 


1450 


PRUNUS 


PRUNUS 


globose  fr. ;  P.  glanduldsa,  Torr.  &  Gray,  Tex.,  a  low 
bush  with  very  crooked  and  pubescent  branches,  very 
small,  oval-obtuse  Ivs.,  and  a  small  velvety  fruit. 

ccc.  Lvs.  mostly  narrow  and  peach-like,  firm  and 
more  or  less  shining,  glabrous,  the  young 
growths  not  pubescent :  fr.  thin-skinned. 

14.  angustifdlia,  Marsh.  (P.  Chicdsa,  Michaux  ?). 
CHICKASAW  PLUM.  MOUNTAIN  CHEERY.  Fig.  1985. 
Plate  XXX.  Small,  bushy -topped  twiggy  tree,  with 
slender  zigzag  reddish  branches:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  ob- 
long-lanceolate and  conduplicate  (trough-like),  shining, 
finely  and  closely  serrate:  fr.  small  and  early,  cherry- 
like,  slender-stemmed,  red  or  yellow  and  yellow-dotted, 
shining,  thinly  glaucous,  the  flesh  soft  and  juicy  and 
clinging  to  the  small,  rough  stone.  Del.,  south  and 
west,  being  abundant  in  the  sandy  thickets.  S.S. 
4:152.— This  species  has  given  rise  to  several  worthy 
pomological  varieties,  as  Newman  and  Lone  Star.  It  is 
not  hardy  in  New  York.  It  sometimes  reaches  a  height 
of  20-25  ft.,  but  it  is  often  a  small,  bushy  tree.  It  is 
supposed  that  Michaux  had  this  plant  in  mind  when  he 
made  the  name  P.  Chicasa.  The  specimens  in  his  her- 
barium (in  Paris)  are  P.  hortulana,  however;  but  they 
are  marked  with  an  interrogation  point,  as  if  he  were 
not  sure  of  them,  and  they  may  not  represent  his  idea 
of  the  species. 

Var.  Watsoni,  Waugh  (P.  Wdtsoni,  Sarg.).  SAND 
PLUM.  Fig.  1986.  Bush,  3-6  ft.  high,  with  more  zigzag 
twigs  than  in  P.  angustifolia,  more  spiny,  the  Ivs.  and 


See  No.  13. 


fls.  smaller,  the  fr.  with  thicker  skin.  Dry  regions  of 
Nebraska,  Kansas  and  Oklahoma,  and  planted  by  the 
settlers,  who  prize  it  for  its  fruit.  G.F.  7:135. 

15.  hortulana,  Bailey.  WILD  GOOSE  PLUM.  Fig.  1987. 
Mostly  taller  tree  than  P.  angustifolia,  with  straighter 
twigs,  not  thorny  :  Ivs.  plane  or  flat,  closely  and  ob- 
tusely-glandular serrate:  fr.  globular,  glossy  and  thinly 
glaucous,  lemon  •  yellow  to  red,  juicy,  the  thin  flesh 
clinging  to  the  small  rough  stone.  S.S.  4:151. —  A 
group  of  hybrids  of  P.  Americana  and  P.  angusti- 
folia, but  occurring  in  the  wild  from  Maryland  and 
Virginia  to  Texas.  In  orchards  it  is  represented  by 
many  varieties,  of  which  the  Wild  Goose  is  the  best 
known.  One  branch  of  the  species-group,  var.  Mineri, 
Bailey,  is  near  to  P.  Americana,  and  represents  the 
northward  extension  of  the  group:  it  is  known  by  its 
thicker  and  duller  Ivs.  which  are  very  veiny  below  and 
coarsely  toothed  and  somewhat  obovate  in  outline,  and 
by  a  late  firm  fruit.  To  this  form  belong  the  Miner, 
Langsdon,  Clinton,  Forest  Rose.  Another  branch  of  the 


hortulana  group,  var.  Waylandi  (Fig.  1988),  is  char- 
acterized by  strong  growth,  straight  dark-colored  twigs,, 
broad,  heavy,  coarsely  toothed  shining  Ivs.  with  2-6= 
glands  on  the  petioles,  late  blossoming,  and  thin-skinned 
fr.  of  good  flavor.  This  form  is  common  in  the  middle- 
South  and  Texas.  It  is  represented  in  cultivation  by 
many  excellent  varieties,  as  Wayland,  Golden  Beauty, 
Moreman,  Reed,  Garfield,  Cumberland  and  others.  This 


1985.  Leaf  of  Prunus  augustifolia.    Natural  size. 

is  apparently  the  "Prunus  spec.  Texas"  described  and 
figured  by  Dippel  in  Laubholzkunde,  3,  p.  626.  Waugh 
has  suggested  that  P.  rivularis,  Scheele,  is  this  Way- 
land  type  of  Plums.  Two  sheets  of  Lindheimer's  speci- 
mens, duplicates  of  those  on  which  Scheele  founded 
the  species,  are  in  the  Gray  Herbarium.  They  repre- 
sent a  small,  crabbed-growing  bush  with  small  con- 
duplicate  Ivs.  that  are  hairy  beneath,  and  very  small 
slender-stalked  fls.  just  preceding  the  Ivs.  It  is  very 
doubtful  if  they  can  be  held  to  represent  the  Wayland 
Plums.  They  are  rather  to  be  compared  with  P.  ortho- 
sepala,  Koehne. 

Prunus  orthosepala,  Koehne,  from  southern  Texas 
(G.  F.  7,  p.  184,  Fig.  34)  is,  according  to  Sargent,  "rather 
closely  related  to  Prunus  hortulana,  from  which  it  can 
be  distinguished  by  the  smaller  number  of  glands  on 
the  petioles,  by  the  eglandular  calyx-lobes,  the  dark- 
colored  fruit  and  smoother  stone."  It  is  a  twiggy  shrub 
growing  4  or  5  ft.  high.  Lvs.  oblong-ovate,  acuminate, 
coarsely  serrate,  shining  above,  pilose  beneath:  fls. 
white  or  tinged  pink,  appearing  with  the  opening  of  the 
leaf -buds:  fr.  globose,  1  in.  in  diam.,  dark  blue  or  nearly 
black,  glaucous,  the  flesh  yellow  and  of  good  quality. 
This  plant  must  be  further  studied  before  its  botanical 
position  can  be  determined.  Possibly  it  is  a  geographi- 
cal form  of  the  Sand  Plum  or  the  Hortulana  group,  al- 
though the  hairiness  of  the  Ivs.  beneath  distinguish  it. 
Not  in  the  trade. 

SUBGENUS  II.    CERASUS.     Cherries. 

Fruit  globular  or  oblong,  not  sulcate,  glabrous  and' 
usually  not  glaucous,  the  stone  turgid  (usually  nearly 
globular),  and  rarely  conspicuously  longer  than  broad 
and  smooth:  fls.  in  umbel-like  fascicles  (mostly  solitary 
in  P.  tomentosa ) ,  mostly 
with  or  immediately  pre- 
ceding the  leaves. 

A.  Plant  dwarf,  usually 
only  a  bush,  with 
no  central  trunk. 

16.  pumila,  Linn.  SAND 
CHERRY.  DWARF 
CHERRY.  Fig.  1989.  De- 
cumbent at  the  base  when 
old, but  the  young  growth 
strictly  erect  and  often 
reaching  5-8  ft.  in  height, 
the  slender,  twiggy 
growth  reddish  and  gla- 
brous :  Ivs.  narrowly  ob- 
lanceolate,  acuminate, 
short-pointed  or  nearly 
obtuse,  the  margins 
above  very  closely  ser- 
rate, dull  green  above 
and  whitish  green  be- 
neath: fls.  small,  in  2-5- 
fld.  umbels,  the  pedicels 
slender:  fr.  nearly  glob- 


1986.   Prunus  angustifolia,  var. 


ular,    purple  -  black,     on    Watsoni.— The  Sand  Plum (X%). 


PBUNUS 


1451 


slender  stems.  On  sandy  and  rocky 
inland  shores  from  Maine  to  the 
District  of  Columbia  and  Winne- 
peg.  — The  fruit  is  small  and  usually 
scarcely  edible,  the  flesh  being 
astringent.  The  species  is  com- 
mon on  dunes  of  the  Great  Lakes. 
It  is  in  cult,  as  an  ornamental  plant, 
for  which  it  is  worthy,  although  it 
is  much  attacked  by  the  twig  blight 
(caused  by  the  fungus  Monilia). 

Var.  cuneata  (P.  cuneata,  Raf.).  Fig.  1990.  More 
erect  from  the  base:  Ivs.  thin,  oval,  short-obovate  or 
spatulate,  strongly  toothed:  fls.  larger.  Bogs  and  cool 
woods  in  the  northern  states.  Not  in  the  trade,  so  far 
as  known. 

Var.  Besseyi,  Waugh  (P.  Bfsseyi,  Bailey).  WESTERN 
SAND  CHERRY.  Figs.  1991, 1992.  Known  from  P.  pumila 
by  its  more  prostrate  habit,  Ivs.  spreading  (more  erect 
in  P.  pumila),  broad  and  thick,  usually  elliptic,  elliptic- 
oval,  or  elliptic-lanceolate:  stipules  on  strong  shoots, 
large  and  green,  serrate:  fr.  nearly  or  quite  twice 
larger,  on  short  stalks,  usually  sweet  or  at  least  edible. 
—  This  is  the  Sand  Cherry  of  the  Plains  and  the  West, 
ranging  from  Kansas  to  Manitoba  and  west  to  Utah  and 
Colorado.  The  original  of  the  Improved  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Cherry,  a  plant  grown  for  its  large  sweet  fruit.  In 
its  extreme  form  this  plant  looks  to  be  distinct,  but  it 
seems  to  intergrade  imperceptibly  into  P.  pumila. 

17.  Utahensis,  Dieck.     UTAH  HYBRID  CHERRY.     Ap- 
parently a  hybrid  of  P.  Watsoni  and  P.  pumila,  var. 
Besseyi.    A  small,  tree-like  bush :  Ivs.  lance-elliptic  to 
oblong-ovate,  short-pointed  or  nearly  blunt,  finely  ser- 
rate, slightly  conduplicate,  glossy  above  and  much  re- 
ticulated  beneath  :    fr.    cherry-like,   somewhat    larger 
than  that  of  Besseyi  (about  %  or  %  in.  in  diam.),  of 
deep  mahogany  color,  with  a  thin  plum-like  bloom,  a 
thin  flesh  and  a  relatively  large  cherry-like  stone.— Ap- 
pears to  have  been  raised  about  40  years  ago  from  seed 
of  P.  pumila,    var.    Besseyi    (P.  Watsoni 

grew  near)  by  J.  E.  Johnson,  in  Nebraska. 
Mr.  Johnson  subsequently  moved  to  Utah, 
whence  the  fruit  was  distributed.  It  has 
little  value  as  a  fruit-plant,  but  it  is  an  at- 
tractive ornamental  subject,  both  in  flower 
and  fruit. 

18.  fruticdsa,    Pall.    (P.   Chamazcerasus, 
Jacq.    P.  pumila,  Hort.    Cerasus  Sibirica, 
Hort. ) .  DWARF  CHERRY,  or  GROUND  CHERRY 
of  Europe.     Spreading   bush,  2-4  ft.  high, 
with  slender  glabrous  branchlets :  Ivs.  vary- 
ing from  obovate  to  oblanceolate  and  lance- 
olate, the  apex  acuminate  or  sometimes  al- 
most  obtuse,    closely    serrulate,    thickish, 
shining  above,  the  petiole  short:  fls.  white, 
in  nearly  or  quite  sessile  umbels:  fr.  small, 
globular,  purple-red,  very  sour.    Highlands  and  rats,  ot 
Germany,  Austria-Hungary  and  southern  Russia. 

Var.  pendula,  Hort.  (Primus,  and  Cerasus,  Japonica 
pendula,  Hort.),  is  a  most  ornamental  form  with  droop- 
ing branches,  excellent  for  top  -  working  on  standard 
stocks  (Fig.  1993).  This  is  sometimes  confounded  with 
P,  temperflorent,  but  is  distinguished  at  once  by  its 


1987. 
Wild  Goose— Pro nus  hortulana. 

(XK.) 
See  No.  15. 


foliage,  its  early  blooming,  its  fls.  in  clusters,  and  its 
dwarf  habit.  This  is  the  form  of  P.  fruticosa  that  is 
chiefly  known  in  this  country.  A  similar  pendulous 
form,  but  with  larger  and  more  crenate- serrate  Ivs.,  is 
known  as  P.  reflexa,  Hort.;  perhaps  a  hybrid  of  P. 
fruticosa  and  P.  semperflorens .  Var.  variegata,  Hort., 
has  Ivs.  marked  with  yellowish  white. 

AA.  Plant  a  tree  or  tree-like. 

B.  Trees  grown  only   for  ornament  or  for  stocks  (not 
pomological  species). 

C.  Flower-clusters  simple,  sessile  or  very  nearly  so. 
D.  Lvs.  tomentose  beneath. 

19.  tomentdsa,  Thunb.  Small  tree,  or  sometimes  a 
tree-like  bush,  the  young  growths  pubescent-tomen- 
tose:  branches  close-jointed,  causing  the  Ivs.  and  fls.  to 
be  numerous:  Ivs.  broad-oval  to  short-obovate,  short- 
stalked,  abruptly  contracted  into  a  short  point,  the 
margins  incisely  and  sometimes  unequally  serrate,  dull 
and  rugose  above,  densely  pubescent  -  tomentose  be- 
neath: fls.  small,  sessile,  usually  1  or  2  at  a  joint,  pink- 
ish, appearing  just  before  the  Ivs. :  fr.  light  red,  globu- 
lar, the  size  of  a  very  small  cherry,  sessile  or  very 
short-stalked,  sparsely  hairy,  said  to  be  eaten  in  Japan 
but  too  small  to  be  of  much  importance  for  food.  N. 
China  and  Manchuria.  A.G.  12:77.  G.F.  5:581. -A 
very  worthy  hardy  small  tree,  making  a  very  dense  top, 
and  quite  unlike  most  other  Cherries  in  appearance. 


Prunus  hortulana.  var.  Waylandi  (X 


DD.   Lvs.  glabrous  or  nearly  so. 
E.  Shape  of  Ivs.  roundish,— nearly  as  broad  as  long: 

fl. -clusters  on  the  ends  of  the  branchlets. 
'  20.  Mahaleb,  Linn.    MAHALEB  CHERRY.    ST.  LUCIE 
CHERRY.   Small,  slender  tree  with  hard  glabrous  branch- 
lets:  Ivs.  light  green,  round-ovate  to  orbicular,  abruptly 
very  short-pointed,  often  suboordate  at  base,  the  mar 


1452 


PRUNUS 


1989.  Prunus  pumila— Sand  Cherry  (X  }£).    No.  16. 

gins  closely  callous-serrate:  fls.  small,  fragrant,  white, 
in  small  terminal  'umbels  in  May  and  June  (in  New 
York),  appearing  when  the  tree  is  in  nearly  full  leaf:  fr. 
very  small,  dark  red,  not  edible.  Middle  and  southern 
Europe  and  the  Caucasus.  — Extensively  imported  for 
cherry-tree  stocks,  and  sometimes  run  wild. 

EE.  Shape  of  Ivs.  distinctly  longer  than  broad:  fl.-clus- 

ters  mostly  lateral. 

F.  Native  Bird  Cherries,  bearing  very  small  white  fls.  . 
and  a  profusion  of  very  small  red  fruits. 

21.  Pennsylvanica,  Linn.    COMMON  WILD  BIRD  or  PIN 
CHERRY.    Fig.  1994.    Shallow- rooted  tree  with  slender 
red  -  barked  branches, 

25-40  ft.  high  and  some- 
times 1%  ft.  in  diam.  of 
trunk:  Ivs.  oblong-lan- 
ceolate -  acuminate, 
light  green  and  rather 
thin,  closely  sharp-ser- 
rate: fls.  small,  white, 
slender  -  stalked,  ap- 
pearing with  the  Ivs., 
in  2's  or  3's:  fr.  the 
size  of  a  pea,  light 
cherry -red,  the  flesh 
thin  and  sour  and 
somewhat  p  u  c  k  e  r  y : 
stone  oblong.  Sandy 
and  rocky  lands,  New- 
foundland to  British 
Columbia,  and  south  in 
the  mountains  to  Colo- 
rado and  N.  Carolina. 
S.S.  4:156.— Where  the  tree  grows  naturally,  it  often 
sprouts  inveterately  and  becomes  a  nuisance.  When 
bruised,  the  wood  has  a  strong  peach-like  odor.  It  is 
an  interesting  ornamental  tree,  however.  In  poor  soils, 
it  is  often  litLle  more  than  a  bush.  On  large  trunks 
the  bark  tends  to  peel  in  transverse  strips. 

22.  emarginata,  Walp.     Sometimes  40  ft.  high  :  Ivs. 
oblong-ovate   or  oblanceolate,    mostly    obtuse,   closely 
serrate,  often  somewhat  pubescent  beneath:  fls.  tinged 
green,  appearing  with  the  Ivs.  in  6-12  ft.  glabrous  or 
pubescent  corymbs:  fr.  larger  than  that  of  P.  Pennsyl- 
vania, almost  black  when  ripe,  the  flesh  thin  and  bit- 
ter: stone  ovoid.    High  lands  from  Montana  to  British 
Columbia  and  California.     S.S.  4:157.  — Sometimes  of- 
fered as  an  ornamental  tree.  \ 

FF.  Exotic  Cherries,  bearing  showy  white  or  pink  fls.  in 
rather  profuse  clusters,  the  fruits  larger  (when 
produced). 

23.  semperfldrens,    Ehrh.     EVERBLOOMING    CHERRY. 
ALL-SAINTS'  CHERRY.    Fig.  1995.    Small  tree  or  a  bush, 
usually  top-worked  on  other  stock,  with  a  straggling  or 
drooping  habit,  the  slender  twigs  glabrous :  Ivs.  oval  to 
oblong -obovate,    short-pointed    (or   acuminate   on   the 
strong  shoots),   irregularly  dentate,   rather   hard   and 
firm  in  texture :  fls.white,  on  long,  axillary  and  terminal 
peduncles  from  May  till  September:   fr.  like  a  small 
pie  Cherry,  but  mostly  longer-stalked  and  smaller,  dark 
red.  — Probably  a  cultivated  offshoot  of  the  pie  or  Mo- 
rello  Cherry,  P.  Cerasus.    By  some  its  parent  species 
is  thought  to  be  distinct  from  P.  Cerasus,  and  is  sepa- 
rated as  P.  acida,  Koch.    See  No.  28.    R.H.  1877:50.    Gn. 
50,  p.  313.    Its  habit  of  blooming  all  summer  makes  it  a 


1990.  Prunus  pumila,  var.  cuneata. 
(X%.)  No.  16. 


PRUNUS 

desirable  ornamental  subject.  The  leaves  resemble 
those  of  P.  Cerasus,  except  that  they  are  smaller. 
Known  in  France  as  Cerisier  de  la  Touis saint  ("All 
Saints'  Cherry").  There  is  a  form  with  yellow-varie- 
gated Ivs. 

24.  pendula,  Maxim.   (P.  subhirttlla ,  Miq.,   in   part. 
C6rasusp6ndula,  Sieb.  C.  Itosakura,  Sieb.  C.  Japdnica 
and  var.  rdsea,  Hort.).    ROSE-BUD  CHERRY.    JAPANESE 
WEEPING  ROSE-FLOWERED  CHERRY.     Fig.  1996.    Small 
tree,  with  drooping  crooked  branches:  Ivs.  ovate  to  ob 
long-ovate,  acuminate,  very  sharp-serrate,  usually  pubes- 
cent beneath  (at  least  on  the  strong  shoots) :  fls.%-1  in. 
across,  on  long  minutely   pubescent   stalks,   in   small 
clusters  from  lateral  buds  before  the  Ivs.  appear,  rose- 
pink,  the  petals  notched  at  the  tip,  the  calyx-tube  fun- 
nelform  and  red  :  fr.  very  small,  globular,  black-red, 
somewhat  astringent.    Japan.     R.H.  1876,  p.  328.     Gn. 
50:1095.      G.F.  1:198;    2:487   (old   tree).     Gng.    2:269. 
M.D.G.  1890:320-1.    Var.  ascendens,  Makino,  is  an  up- 
right form.     B.M.  7508.    M.D.G.  1900:319,  320. -One  of 
the  handsomest  of  early-flowering  trees,  producing  its 
chaste  pink  flowers  in  profusion.     Usually  top-worked 
on  P.  Avium.     Hardy  in  central  New  York.     Miquel's 
name,  subhirtella,  is  older  than  Maximowicz's  pendula, 
but  Miquel  confused  two  species,  and  it  seems  to  be  de 
sirable  to  drop  the  name. 

CO.  Flower-clusters  from  lateral  winter-buds,  pedun- 
cled  and  bearing  2-5  fls.,  with  prominent  ser- 
rate bracts  at  the  forks. 

25.  Pseudo-C6rasus,  Lindl.    (P.  Puddum,  Miq.,    not 
Roxbg. ).     JAPANESE  FLOWERING  CHERRY.     Figs.  1997, 
1998.    Strong-growing  tree,  like  a  Sweet  Cherry:    Ivs. 
ovate    to    oblong-ovate,    long  -  acuminate,  glabrous    or 
nearly  so,  the  margin  deeply  sharp-serrate  or  toothed, 
the   stipules  usually   large   and    serrate  on   the  young 
growths:    fls.  large,  pink  or  blush,  appearing  with  the 
first  Ivs.  or  slightly  in  advance  of  them,  on  glabrous  or 
hairy  pedicels,  the  peduncle  branching:    fr.  spherical, 
small,  very  dark    red,  subacid,  somewhat    astringent. 
China,  Japan,  Manchuria.     G.C.  III.  7:609;  19:467,  517. 
Gn.  50,  p.  318;    56:1244  and  pp.  5,  8.     J.H.  III.  34:139. 
G.F.  10:463.    A.G.   12:402-3.  — The  botanical   status  of 
the  trees  cultivated  under  this  name  is  not  well  under- 
stood.  It  is  by  no  means  certain  that  all  of  these  plants 
belong  to  P.  Pseudo-Cerasus  as 

described  by  Lindley.  Our  knowl- 
edge of  the  group  is  yet  too  im- 
perfect to  warrant  a  thorough 
revision. 

Var.  hort6nsis,  Maxim.  (Cera- 
sus serratifblia,  Lindl.  C.  serru- 
ldta,Hort.  C.  Lannesiana,  Carr. 
P.  donarium,  Sieb.).  This  is  the 
famous  ornamental  Cherry  of 
Japan,  where  it  is  cultivated  in 
many  forms,  some  of  them  being 
full  double.  It  differs  from  the 
type  in  having  somewhat  nar- 
rower Ivs.,  with  smaller  serra- 
tures  and  large  fls.  It  is  now  fre- 
quently planted  in  this  country, 
particularly  the  double-fld.  forms, 
but  it  is  not  quite  as  hardy  as  the 


1991.  Western  Sand  Cherry— Prunus 
pumila,  var.  Besseyi  (X  M).  No.  16. 


1992.  Prunus  pumila.  var. 

Besseyi  (XK). 


PRUNUS 


PRUNUS 


1453 


Sweet  ('berry  (Prun us  Avhttn).  Fls. 
white  or  blush,  showy.  R.H.  1873:351 
(as  Cerasus  Joannes  iana)  ;  1875:  390 
(erroneously  &s  C.Juliana  var.) ;  1877: 
390.  F.S.  21:2238-9  (as  Cerasus  Ca- 
proniana  var.).  Gn.  52,  p.  408. 

Var.  Sidboldi,  Maxim.  (Ce'rasus  Sie- 
boldi,  Carr.  C.  Japdnica,  Hort.  of 
some.  C.  Wdtereri,  Hort.  P.  panicu- 
lata,  Hort.,  not  Thunb.).  Differs  in 
having  young  Ivs.  pubescent,  and  the 
shoots  pubescent  even  until  fall,  the 
Ivs.  relatively  short  and  broad.  Not 
uncommon  in  cult.  B.R.  10:800.  R.H. 
1866:371. 

26.  Puddum,  Roxbg.     A  Himalayan 
representative  of  P.  Pseudo-Cerasus, 
described  by  Hooker  as   a  large  tree 
of  brilliant  appearance  in  flower,  gla- 
brous   except    the   puberulous   young 
shoots,  the  rose-red  or  white  flowers 
solitary,    fascicled    or    umbelled,    the 
calyx-tube  narrowly  campanulate  and 
the   petals  obovate  or  linear -oblong: 
Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late, caudate-acuminate,  sharply   ser- 
rate, glabrous,  3-5-in.  long,  the  petiole 
with  2-4  glands:  fr.  oblong  or  ellipsoid, 
obtuse  at  both  ends,  with  scanty  yel- 
low or  reddish  acid  flesh :   stone  bony 
and   furrowed.     Temperate  Himalaya, 
3,000-8,000  ft.  — The  name  is  catalogued 
in  Southern  Calif.,  with  the  statement 
that  the  tree  "blossoms  in  November 
and  ripens  its  fruit  in  April."   Hooker 
(Fl.  Brit.  India)  places  it  with  species 
having  "flowers  appearing  before  the 
leaves." 

BB.  Trees  grown  for  fruit  (pomologi- 
cal  species),  but  known  also  in 
ornamental  forms. 

27.  Avium,  Linn.     SWEET  CHERRY. 
MAZZARD.     Figs.  426,  428,    431,    1999. 
Tall,  robust  tree  with  red-brown  bark, 
the  young  trees  with  a  strong  central 
leader  and  pyramidal  growth,  the  old 
seedling  trees  sometimes  becoming  2 
ft.  and  more  in  diameter  (see  Fig.  428, 
Vol.  I) :  Ivs.  generally  oblong-ovate  and 
gradually  taper-pointed,  dull  and  soft 
in  color  and  texture,  hanging  as  if  limp 
on  the  young  growths:    fls.  in  dense 
clusters  on  lateral  spurs  and  appearing 
with   the  hairy  strongly  conduplicate 
young  Ivs.,  the  scales  of  the  fl.-buds 
large  and    persistent   for  a  time:    fr. 
globular,  depressed-globular  or  heart- 
like,    mostly    sweet,    yellow    or    red. 
Europe  and  Western  Asia.— The   par- 
ent species  of  the  many  Sweet  Cher- 
ries (and  also  of  the  May  Duke  class), 


1993.  Weeping  dwarf  cherry  of  Europe,  grafted  on  Morello  stock. 

One  of  the  best  of  the  small  ornamental  species,  and  known  under  several  names 

in  nurseries. — Prunus  fruticosa,  var.  pendula.    See  No.  18. 


and  now  run  wild  in  many  parts  of  the  East.  The  run- 
wild  and  common  seedling  forms,  with  small  fruits,  are 
known  under  the  general  name  of  Mazzard  Cherries. 
Mazzard  stocks,  mostly  imported,  are  used  as  stocks  for 
Cherries,  although  Mabaleb  is  more  popular  with  prop- 
agators because  (like  the  Myrobalan  Plum)  it  is  easier 
and  cheaper  to  grow,  runs  more  uniform  and  is  capable 
of  being  budded  through  a  long  season.  There  are 
many  ornamental  forms  of  the  P.  Avium,  as:  var. 
pyramidalis,  Hort.,  tree  making  a  pyramidal  crown;  var. 
pendula,  Hort.,  with  drooping  branches;  var.  variegata, 
Hort.,  with  yellow  and  dull  white  markings  on  the 
foliage;  also  various  cut-leaved  and  double-fld.  forms. 
To  this  species  are  to  be  referred  such  garden  names 
as  P.  angustifolia,  asplenifolia,  heterophylla,  salici- 
folia. 

Var.  Juliana,  Hort.  (Ce'rasus  Juliana,  DC.).  HEART 
or  GEAN  CHERRIES.  Fruit  heart-shaped,  with  soft  flesh, 
as  in  the  varieties  Governor  Wood,  Black  Tartarian, 
Black  Eagle.  These  are  the  Guigniers  and  Heaumiers 


of  the  French.  A  weeping  form  is  known  as  P.  Juliana, 
var.  vendula. 

Var.  regalis,  Bailey  ( C.  regalis,  Poit;  &  Turp.) .  DUKE 
CHERRIES.  Differ  from  the  Heart  Cherries  in  having  an 
acid  flesh  (and  for  that  reason  often  erroneously  referred 
to  P.  Cerasus ) .  May  Duke  is  the  leading  representative. 

Var.  Duracina,  Hort. ( C.  Duraclna,  DC.  C.  Bigartlla, 
Roem.).  BIOARREAU  CHERRIES.  Distinguished  by  the 
firm  breaking  flesh  of  the  fruit,  which  is  mostly  of  light 
color.  Here  belong  the  Windsor,  Yellow  Spanish,  Na- 
poleon. 

Var.  Decumana,  Dipp.  (C.  Dectimdna,  Delaun.  P. 
macrophylla,  Poir.  P.  nicotians fdlia ,  Thomps.).  Lvs. 
very  large  (sometimes  nearly  1  ft.  long),  somewhat 
heart-shaped.  Grown  for  ornament. 

28.  C6rasus,  Linn.  (Ce'rasus  vulgaris,  Mill.  C.  Capron- 
iana,  DC.  P.  dcida,  Gsertn.,  not  K.  Koch.  P,  austera, 
Ehrh. )  SOUR.  PIE,  or  MORELLO  CHERRY.  Figs.  427, 429, 
430.  Rather  low,  round-headed  tree  with  gray  bark  and 


1454 


PRUNUS 


no  central  leader  (compare  Figs.  426  and  427,  Vol.  1): 
Ivs.  ovate -obov ate  or  short-ovate,  abruptly  short-pointed, 
stiff  and  parchment-like  and  more  or  less  glossy  above, 
light  or  gray-green:  fls.  in  small  clusters  from  lateral 
buds  mostly  in  advance  of  the  Ivs.,  the  scales  of  the 
fl.-buds  small:  fr.  roundish  or  depressed-globular,  red, 
soft-fleshed,  acid:  stone  globular.  Native  to  Asia  Mi- 
nor and  perhaps  to  southeastern  Europe.— P.  Cerasus 
is  the  common  Pie  Cherry  of  old  yards.  It  escapes  into 
fence-rows  and  other  waste  places,  forming  dense 
thickets,  as  the  Plum  does.  It  sprouts  from  the  root. 
The  various  Morellos  belong  here;  also  the  Montmo- 
rency,  Louis  Phillippe,  and  others.  There  are  at  least 
two  well-marked  groups  of  these  pomological  Cherries— 
those  with  uncolored  juice  (Amarelles,  thePrumts  acida 
of  some),  and  those  with  colored  juice  (Morellos  or 
•Griottes ) .  To  the  former  group  belong  the  Montmorency, 
Early  Richmond,  and  several  early  varieties.  The 
Prunus  acida  of  Karl  Koch  (Cerasus  acida,  Dumort.) 
is  a  bush-like  plant  with  slender  pendulous  branches 
and  smaller  Ivs.,  the  petioles  usually  gland-bearing  (less 
so  in  P.  Cerasus),  the  fruit  dark  red  and  sour,  the  stone 
•ovoid;  of  this  plant  P.  semperflorens  (No.  23)  is  a  form. 
It  is  generally  considered,  however,  that  this  P.  acida, 
including  P.  semperflorens,  is  a  derivative  from  P. 
Cerasus.  Even  if  it  is  a  distinct  species,  the  name  P. 
•acida  of  Koch  cannot  stand,  for  it  is  antedated  by  the 
P.  acida  of  Ehrhart;  P.  semperflorens,  Ehrh.,  therefore, 
must  hold  as  the  species-name.  Ornamental  forms  of 
P.  Cerasus  are:  Var.  ranunculifldra,  Hort.  (C.  Rhexii, 
Hort.j.  Fls.  full  double,  white,  F.  S.  17:1805.  Var. 
persicaefldra,  Hort.  Fls.  full,  double,  light  rose  or  pink. 
Var.  variegata,  Hort.  Lvs.  variegated  with  yellow  and 
•dull  white. 

SUBGENUS  III.    PADUS  (including  Laurocerasus). 

Fruit  small  and  globular,  rarely  used  for  eating:  fls. 
white,  small,  in  distinct  racemes,  not  preceding  the  Ivs., 
or  arising  from  the  axils  of  persistent  Ivs.  of  the  year 
before. 

A.    Padus  proper:  Ivs.  deciduous:  fls.  on  leafy  shoots 

of  the  season. 

B.    Calyx-lobes  persistent  at  the  base  of  the  fr.:  fls.  ap- 
pearing relatively  late  in  the  season:  large  trees. 

29.  serdtina,  Ehrh.  WILD  BLACK  CHERRY.  Strong, 
straight  tree,  reaching  100  ft.,  with  very  dark  brown 
bitter-aromatic  bark:  Ivs.  oblong,  lance-oblong  or  ob- 
long-ovate, tapering  to  a  point,  thickish  and  firm,  shin- 
ing above,  with  many  small  incurved  callous  teeth:  fls. 
in  long,  loose  racemes,  appearing  when  the  Ivs.  are 
nearly  full  grown:  fr.  size  of  a  pea;  purple-black,  bit- 
terish, ripening  in  late  summer  and  September.  Gen- 
erally distributed  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Dakota,  south  to 
Fla.  and  Texas.  S.S.  4:159.— A  valuable  timber  tree, 
furnishing  lumber  for  cabinet  work  and  house  finish- 
ings ;  also  a  fine  lawn  tree.  It  is  much  used  in  forestry 


1994.  Prunus  Pennsylvania  (X  %).    No.  21. 


plantings.  Var.  pendula,  Hort.,  has  drooping  branches. 
Var.  variegata,  Hort.,  has  yellow-marked  Ivs.  'Var. 
cartilaginea,  Hort.  (var.  Carthagena,  Hort.,  by  error. 
P.  cartilaginea,  Lehm.),  is  a  handsome  form  with  very 
long,  shining  Ivs.  Var.  asplenifdlia,  Hort.,  has  narrow, 
•deeply  toothed  Ivs. 


PRUNUS 

Var.  salicifdlia,  Koehne  (P,  salicifdlia,  HBK  P. 
Cdpuli,  Cav.  Cerasus  Cdpollin,  DC.).  CAPULIN.  Lvs. 
narrower  (usually  narrowly  lanceolate),  smooth  and 
shining,  usually  more  leathery.  Western  Tex.,  Ariz., 
New  Mex.,  Mex.  and  south.  R.H.  1888,  p.  137;  1893:496. 


1995.  Prunus  semperflorens  (X  %).    No.  23. 

BB.    Calyx-lobes  not  persistent  on  the  fr.:  fls.  early: 
small  trees. 

30.  Virginiana,  Linn.     CHOKE  CHERRY.      Fig.  2000. 
Bush  or  sometimes  a  small  tree  30  ft.  tall,  with  rough 
speckled  bark  and  a  strong  odor  when  bruised:    Ivs. 
thin,   oval-oblong   or   obovate,  abruptly   pointed,  very 
sharply  serrate,  with  spreading  or  at  least  not  incurved 
teeth:    fls.  in  short,  dense  racemes  in  spring  with  the 
Ivs.:  fr.  size  of  pea,  in  summer,  red  or  amber-colored 
(the    latter  var.  leucocdrpa,  Wats.),  puckery  :    stone 
smooth.      Generally   distributed   over   northern   North 
America  to  the  Arctic  circle  and  occurring  in  the  moun- 
tains of  Mex.    S.S.  4:158.— Now  and  then  a  large-fruited 
variety  is  found,  fit  for  eating.    Sometimes  planted  for 
ornament.  There  is  a  weeping  form,  var.  p6ndula,Hort. ; 
a  dwarf  form,  var.  nana,  Hort. ;  a  narrow-lvd.  form,var. 
salicifdlia,  Hort.    The  fruit  is  usually  unfit  for  eating, 
but  forms  are  known  with  edible  fruit. 

Var.  demissa,  Torr.  (P.  demissa,  Walp.).  Lvs.  more 
rounded  or  even  subcordate,  somewhat  pubescent, 
thicker:  fr.  dark  red  or  purple-black,  large  and  edible. 
Nebraska  and  Dakota,  west  and  south.  — Considered  by 
Bessey  (Nebr.  Hort.  1895,  p.  164)  to  be  worthy  of  im- 
provement as  a  fruit  plant.  He  thinks  it  more  nearly 
related  to  P.  serotina  than  to  P.  Virginiana. 

31.  Padus,  Linn.   EUROPEAN  BIRD  CHERRY.  Very  like 
P.  Virginiana,  but  has  larger  fls.  on  longer  pedicels,  in 
longer  and  looser  often  drooping  somewhat  leafy  ra- 
cemes:   fls.  appearing  a  week  later:  stone  rough.     Eu- 
rope and  Asia.    Gn.  53,  p.  92.— Common  in  cult,  in  many 
forms:  var.  pendula,  Hort.,  drooping;  var.  variegata, 
Hort.,  in  several  forms,  as   aurea,  aucubce  folia,  mar- 
morata,  Alberti.  Var.  commutata,  Dipp.    (P.  Gray  ana, 
Hort.,  not  Maxim.)  is  noteworthy  because  it  is  one  of 
the  earliest  of  all  trees  to  leaf  out  in  spring.     G.F. 


PRUNUS 


PRUNUS 


1455 


1:295.    There  is  a  double-fld.  form.    Variable  in  its  foli- 
age.    Makes  a  shapely  tree  10-20  ft.  tall. 

AA.  Laurocerasus:  Ivs.  persistent  (evergreen)  :  fls.  in 
spring  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.  of  the  previous 
year.— Laurels. 

B.   Racemes  longer  than  the  Ivs. 

32.  Lusitanica,  Linn.     PORTUGAL,  LAUREL.     Tree,  20 
ft.  tall,  but  usually  grown  as  a  tub  plant  and  compara- 


1996.  Prunus  pendula,  the  rose-bud  cherry  (X  %).     No.  24. 

ble  to  Laurus  nobilis  :  Ivs.  thick  and  leathery,  ovate- 
lanceolate  to  long-lanceolate,  sharp-serrate:  fls.white,  in 
racemes  that  exceed  the  Ivs.,  appearing  in  late  spring 
or  early  summer:  fr.  round-oval,  nearly  black,  small. 
Spain  and  Portugal  and  Canaries.  — It  is  a  small  tree  in 
its  native  places,  but  becomes  a  bush  farther  north.  It 
is  sometimes  planted  in  the  open  ground  in  our  southern 
states,  but  in  northern  parts  it  is  a  tub  plant.  There 
is  a  form  with  variegated  Ivs.,  another  (var.  angus- 
tifdlia,  Hort.)  with  narrow  Ivs.,  and  another  (var. 
myrtiidlia,  Hort. )  with  small  Ivs.  and  compact  habit. 

BB.  Racemes  not  longer  than  the  Ivs. 
c.  Calyx-lobes  toothed  or  undulate. 

33.  Laurocerasus,  Linn.  CHERRY  LAUREL.  ENGLISH 
LAUREL.  Bush  or  small  tree  (reaching  10  ft.)  with  hand- 
some evergreen  foliage:  Ivs.  coriaceous  and  glossy, 
short-stalked,  oval,  lanceolate,  oblong-elliptic  or  oblan- 
ceolate,  narrowed  into  a  short  point,  remotely  serrulate, 
with  2-4  glands  at  the  base  of  the  blade:  fls.  small, 
white,  in  axillary  or  terminal  short  racemes  in  spring, 
the  calyx-lobes  3-toothed:  fr.  ovoid-acute,  small,  black- 
ish. Southeastern  Europe  to  N.  Persia.  Gn.  50,  p.  313.-- 
One  of  the  most  popular  broad-leaved  evergreen  plants 
in  Europe,  and  somewhat  planted  in  the  southern  states. 
It  is  also  grown  in  tubs  and  used  for  house  decoration. 
Some  of  the  forms  will  stand  as  far  north  as  Washing- 
ton, and  var.  Schipkaensis  is  hardy  in  central  New 
York.  When  grown  in  the  open,  the  Cherry  Laurel 
should  be  allowed  to  ripen  its  wood  thoroughly  before 
winter  sets  in.  Protection  from  severe  winds  is  always 
desirable.  The  plant  may  be  propagated  by  means  of 
long  cuttings  of  ripe  wood;  also  by  layers.  Named  va- 
rieties are  worked  on  common  stocks.  The  Cherry 
Laurel  is  very  variable.  Some  of  the  horticultural 

92 


forms  are  as  follows:  Var.  angnstifdlia,  Ivs.  very  long 
and  narrow,  and  plant  hardy  as  far  north  as  Washing- 
ton; var.  Bertini,  with  very  broad  leaves;  var.  camel - 
liaefolia,  with  recurved  leaves;  var.  Caucasica,  and  var. 
Colchica,  with  slender  twigs  and  dark  foliage  which  is 
gray-green  beneath,  also  hardy;  var.  Jap6nica,  a  nar- 
row-leaved form,  like  var.  angustifolia;  var.  latifdlia, 
with  broad  Ivs.,  hardy  at  Washington;  var.  microphylla, 
with  small,  narrow  Ivs.,  only  4-5  in.  long;  var.  rotundi- 
fdlia,  with  short-oblong  blunt  Ivs.  Gn.  28,  p.  405.  Var. 
Schipkaensis,  with  small,  nearly  or  completely  entire 
Ivs.  dark  green  above  and  very  light  green  beneath, 
hardy  in  New  York;  var.  variegata,  Ivs.  marbled  or 
blotched  with  dull  white. 

34.  Caroliniana,  Ait.    WILD  ORANGE.   MOCK  ORANGE 
of  the  South.    Tree,  20-40  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate- 
acuminate,    usually   entire     but    sometimes    remotely 
spinose-serrulate.  thick,  dark  green  and  shining  above, 
the  margins   usually    somewhat   revolute:    fls.  cream- 
colored,  in  short  rather  close  racemes,  the  calyx-lobes 
with  undulate  margins :  fr.  %  in.  long,  oblong-pointed, 
black  and  shining.    S.  Car.  to  Fla.  and  Tex.   S.S.  4:160. 
—A  handsome  evergreen,  prized  for  planting   in  the 
South.    Blooms  from  Feb.  to  April. 

co.    Calyx-lobes  entire. 

35.  ilicifdlia,  Walp.    ISLAY.    SPANISH  WILD  CHERRY. 
MOUNTAIN  EVERGREEN  CHERRY.    Fig.  2001.    Evergreen 
bush  or  small  tree,  rarely  becoming  30  ft.  tall,  with  a 
dense  crown:  Ivs.  holly-like,  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate, 
obtuse,   acute  or   sometimes   even   acuminate,  mostly 
broad  and  sometimes  rounded  at  the  base,  the  margins 
coarsely  spiny -toothed,  the  blade  thick   and   shining: 
fls.  white,  in  slender  racemes   less  than  2  in.  long  in 
spring,  about  %  in.  across :  fr.  rather  large  ( sometimes 
%  in.  long),  nearly  globose,  purple   or   nearly   black; 
stone  ovate.    San  Francisco  to  Lower  Calif.    Gn.  3,  p. 
131.     S.S.  4:162.     G.F.  5:475    (tree). -A  most  worthy 
garden   plant. 

Var.  integrifdlia,  Sudw.  (P.  occidentd Us,  Hort.,  not 
Swartz).  CATALINA  CHERRY.  Lvs.  longer  and  more 
acuminate,  usually  entire:  fr.  larger.  Islands  off  the 
coast  of  southern  California  and  rarely  on  the  mainland. 
S.S.  4:163.  — Considered  to  be  more  desirable  as  a  gar- 
den plant  than  the  type.  It  grows  rapidly  under  culti- 
vation, making  a  compact,  very  dark  green  crown. 
Useful  also  in  pots  and  tubs.  P.  occidentalism  Swartz, 
a  different  plant,  grows  from  Cuba  to  Trinidad.  It  is 
not  in  the  trade,  although  it  is  mentioned  in  a  recent 
list  of  "  seeds  and  plants  imported  for  distribution  in 
cooperation  with  the  agricultural  experiment  stations  " 


1997.  Prunus  Pseudo-Cerasus  (X  %).    No.  25. 

by  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.  Grisebach  describes  it  as 
a  high  tree:  Ivs.  oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  rounded  at  the 
base,  bluntish,  with  2  glandular  spots  at  the  base  be- 
neath: racemes  lateral,  puberulous  or  glabrous:  fr. 
ovoid,  slightly  apiculate,  nearly  1  in.  long,  purple.  The 
fruit  is  said  to  be  "of  very  fine  flavor." 


1456 


PRUNUS 


1998.  Japanese  Flowering  Cherry— 
Prunus  Pseudo-Cerasus  (X  %).    No.  25. 

SUBGENUS  IV.      CHAM^AMYGDALUS  (including  Micro- 

cerasus).     Dwarf  Almond. 

Fruit  small,  either  firm  or  juicy,  glabrous  or  pubes- 
cent: plant  dwarf,  with  sessile  flowers  solitary  or  in 
pairs  preceding  the  Ivs.,  the  stamens  20  or  more,  the 
calyx-tube  tubular:  Ivs.  conduplicate. 

36.  incana,    Decne.    (C6rasus  incdna,   Spach. 
Amygdalas  incdna,  Pall.     A.  ndna,  var.  incdna, 
Loud.).     Shrub  of  medium  size:   Ivs.  small,  the 
petiole  short  and  soft-hairy  and  glandless  or  bear- 
ing glands  at  the  very  top,  the  blade  obovate- 
oblong,  elliptic  or  lance-elliptic,  short-pointed  or 
obtuse,  finely  sharp-toothed,  white -tomentose  beneath: 
fls.  mostly  in  2's,  appearing  with  the  Ivs.  or  just  in  ad- 
vance of  them,  light  rose-color,  about  K  in.  across,  the 
petals  emarginate:    fr.  bright  red,  the  size  of  a  pea, 
smooth,  juicy.    Southeastern  Eu.  and  western  Asia.    R. 
H.  1853:281.  B.R.  25:58.  Gt.  44,  p.  243  (leaf ). 

37.  nana,  Stokes  (Amygdalus 
ndna,  Linn.).    RUSSIAN  ALMOND. 
Pig.  2002.     Bush,  3  to  5  ft.  high: 
flowers  solitary,  appearing  a  little 
in  advance  of  the  leaves,  sessile, 
pink   and    showy :     Ivs.  narrowly 
elliptic  or  elliptic  lanceolate,  2  or 
3  in.  long,  thick  and  rather  stiff, 
scarcely  pointed,    lighter    colored 
and  the  veins  prominent  beneath, 
smooth,  the  edges  set  with  sharp, 
spreading,  saw-like  teeth:  fls.  usu- 
ally solitary,  rose-color,  nearly  1  in. 
across,  with  or  just  preceding  the 
Ivs.:  fruit  small  and  hard,  pubes- 
cent, bitter,  with  a  large,  wrinkled, 
sharp-pointed,   somewhat  cordate, 
unequal  •  sided    pit.     Russia    and 
Western  Asia.    B.M.  161.    L.B.C, 
12:1114.  — This   plant  has  been  in- 
troduced into  this  country  recently 
as  a  fruit  plant,  although  it  pos- 
sesses little  merit  for  that  purpose. 
It  is  cultivated  in  Europe  for  its 

flowers,  and    it  has    been   thought    1999.  Prunus  Avium. 
that  the  Flowering  Almond  of  our        (x  %.)    No.  27. 


PRUNUS 

gardens  belongs  to  it;    but  our  Flow- 
ering Almonds  are  Prunus  Japonica 
and    P.    triloba,    a    correction   which 
was  made  in   the   revised   edition   of 
Gray's  "Field,  Forest  and  Garden  Bot- 
any."   This    Russian   Almond  is  very 
hardy,    enduring   the   climate  of    the 
northern  prairie  states,  where  it  ripens 
its  little  almond-like  fruits  in  July.   A 
small-fruited  form  of  the  Apricot  (P. 
Armeniaca)  has  lately  been  in- 
troduced as   Russian   Almond. 
Primus   nana  is   cultivated  in 
two  or  three  forms.    Var.  cam- 
pestriB  has  white  fls.  of  larger 
size.    Var.   Georgica  has   dark 
rose-colored  somewhat  smaller 
fls.  and   narrower,  longer    Ivs. 
Var.  Cochinchinensis  is  a  larger 
plant  with  white  fls. 

SUBGENUS  V.    AMYGDALUS. 

Almonds  and  Peaches. 
Fruit   sessile,    large,   mostly 
pubescent  :    fls.    solitary   from 
lateral    buds   on    the   previous 
year's  growth,  appearing  in  ad- 
vance of  the  Ivs.,  the  latter  conduplicate  in  the  bud. 

A.  Plant  low  and  bushy:  Flowering  Almonds. 
.  Jap6nica,  Thunb.  (P.  nana  of  American  gardens. 
Sinensis,  Hort.  Amygdalus  pumila,  Sims).  Figs. 
2002, 2003.  Bushy  plant,  rarely  over  5  ft.  high :  Ivs.  ovate- 
lanceolate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  not  at  all  in- 
clined to  be  lobed,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  very  strongly 
veined  beneath,  closely  and  almost  obtusely  serrulate: 
fls.  solitary  or  in  2's  and  3's,  rose-colored  or  blush, 
stalked  (the  stalks  lengthening),  appearing  with  the 
Ivs.:  fr.  globular  or  short-oblong,  %  in.  in  diam., 
smooth  and  shining,  wine-red.  Cult,  from  Japan,  but 
probably  native  to  China.  B.M.  2176.  R.H.  1852:301; 
1873,  p.  457;  1874,  p.  453;  1876:290;  1884:156;  1886,  p. 
416;  1887,  p.  136;  1890:468.  Gn.  38,  p.  605;  50,  p.  313.- 
This  is  the  commonest  Flowering  Almond  of  our  gar- 
dens, giving  a  profusion  of  attractive  bloom  in  earJy 


2000.  Prunus  Virginiana. 
(X34)    No.  30. 


spring.    Hardy.   It  is 
known     in     gardens 
only   in    the    double 
form.    There  is  con- 
siderable doubt  as  to 
the  application  of  the 
two  names  P.  Japon- 
ica  and  P.  Sinensis. 
Carriere  supposes 
(R.H.    1874,    p.  451) 
that    there    are    two 
species,  and  he  says 
that  the   true  P.  Si- 
nensis is  worth  culti- 
vating for  the  edible  qualities  of  its  fruit  as 
well  as  for  its  flowers.    Until  the  question  is 
cleared  up  by  further  investigations  of  abo- 
riginal types,  the  writer  prefers  to  leave  the 
subject  as  above,  thereby  agreeing  with  most 
writers  on  these  plants. 

39.  trfloba,  Lindl.  (Amygdalus  pedunculdta,  Bunge, 
AmygdaUpsis  Lindleyi,  Carr.  Prundpsis  Lindleyi. 
Andre").  FLOWERING  PLUM.  Fig.  2002.  Differs  from  the 
last  in  having  broadly  ovate  or  obovate  soft-hairy  Ivs., 
which  are  abruptly  pointed,  coarsely  doubly  serrate, 
tending  to  be  lobed  above  (on  strong  shoots):  fls.  soli- 
tary and  mostly  in  advance  of  the  Ivs.,  pink  or  rose-col- 
ored, sometimes  white,  usually  double:  fr.  small,  red- 


PRUNUS 

hairy  when  young,  but  becoming  glabrous.  China. 
l.H.  8:308.  F.S.  15:1532.  R.H.  1862:91;  1884:396.  Gn.  21, 
p.  275;  28:512;  55,  p.  374.  Gng.  5:165;  6:290;  8:196.-A 
most  desirable  bush,  hardy  in  central  New  York  and 
Ontario.  It  is  sometimes  grown  as  a  standard  by  being 
worked  on  Plum,  but  it  is  then  short-lived.  Both  this 
and  P.  Japonica  are  commonly  worked  on  Plum,  but 
better  results  are  to  be  expect ed  from  own-rooted  plants 
(got  by  layering  or  root-grafting). 

Var.  P6tzoldi  (P.  Petzoldi,  Koch.  P.  virgdta,  Hort.). 
Branchlets  and  adult  Ivs.  glabrous,  the  Ivs.  ovate  or 
elliptic :  fls.  smaller,  rose-color.  China. 

40.  orientalis,    Koahne  (Amygdalus  orientdlis,   Mill. 
A.  argentea,  Lam.).     Shrub,  3^-8  ft.  high:    Ivs.  small, 
nearly  or  quite  sessile,  oval,  oblong  or  narrow  obovate, 
nearly   obtuse   or   short -pointed,  entire:    fls.  solitary, 
nearly  1  in.  across,  light  rose-color,  with  or  just  pre- 
ceding the  Ivs.:    fr.  ovate  or  oblong,  thinly  pubescent 
but  becoming  glabrous.  Asia  Minor,  etc.   L. B.C.  12:1137. 

AA.    Plant  a  tree  or  tree-like. 
B.    Fr.  hard,  splitting  at  maturity. 

41.  Amygdalus,  Stokes  (Amygdalus  communis,  Linn.). 
ALMOND.     Figs.  63,  64.     Peach-like  tree,  10-25  ft.  tall, 
with  gray  bark:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  firm  and  shining,  very 
closely  serrate:  fls.  large  (1  in.  and  more  across),  soli- 
tary and  appearing  before  the  Ivs.,  pink,  showy:  fr.  a 
large  compressed  drupe  with  hard  flesh,  splitting  open 
at  maturity  and  liberating  the  pitted  stone  (or  Almond). 
Asia.    Gn.  50:1088  (var.  macrocarpa);  54:1183.  — Grown 
as  an  ornamental  tree,  but  chiefly  for  the  nuts  (or  pits 
of   the   fruit).     There   are   double-fld.,  white-fld.,  and 
variegated-lvd.  forms;  also  weeping  forms.  Var.  macro- 
carpa is  an  early-blooming  erect-growing  form  with  fls. 
2  in.  across  and  very  showy.    See  Almond. 


PRUNUS 


1457 


2001.    Primus  ilicifolia  (X  %).     No.  35. 

BB.    Fr.  soft,  not  opening  or  splitting. 

42.  Persica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (Amygdalus  Persica,  Linn. 
Ptrsica  rulgdris,  Mill.).  PEACH.  Figs.  1661-6. 
Much  like  the  Almond  in  botanical  characters  and  by 
some  thought  to  be  derived  from  that  plant,  but  now 
generally  agreed  to  be  an  original  species  and  to  be 
native  to  China:  Ivs.  broad-lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late, coarsely  serrate:  fls.  solitary,  pink,  appearing  be- 
fore the  Ivs. :  fr.  soft,  pubescent  at  maturity,  the  stone 
deep-pitted  and  very  hard.  Widely  cultivated,  especially 
in  North  America,  where  it  thrives  under  a  great  variety 
of  conditions.— There  are  two  well-marked  forms,  the 
clingstones  or  pavies  (Persica  vulgaris  of  Risso),  and 
the  freestones  (Persica  domestica  of  Risso).  There  are 
many  ornamental  forms  of  the  Peach  tree:  double-fld. 
Fig.  1665  (F.S.  10:969;  13:1299,  1300.  R.H.  1852:221); 
white-fld.,  dark-fld.,  etc.;  purple-lvd.;  variegated-lvd.; 
dwarfs.  One  of  the  best  of  these  fancy  forms  is  var. 


cfimeUur flora,  with  its  subvariety  plena,  the  former 
with  very  large  carmine  fls.  and  the  latter  with  double 
fls.  There  are  forms  (var.  versicolor)  with  different 
colors  of  fls.  on  different  branches  of  the  same  tree. 


2002.  Dwarf  almonds  (X  Y*). 

Prunus  nana  at  left;  P.  Japonica  in  middle;  P.  triloba 
at  right.    Nos.  37-39. 

Var.  laeyis,  Gray  (Amygdalus  Ptrsica  necturlna, 
Ait.  Persica  ftevis,  DC.  Prunus  Persica,  var.  nectu- 
rlna,  Maxim. ).  NECTARINE.  Fig.  1464.  Fruit  smooth, 
usually  smaller:  Ivs.  usually  more  strongly  serrate. 
The  Nectarine  has  sprung  from  the  Peach,  both  through 
seed  and  bud-variation.  There  are  two  types,  as  in  the 
Peach:  clingstones  or  brugnons  {Persica  Icevis  of 
Risso),  and  freestones  (Persica  violacea  of  Risso). 
The  Nectarine  is  not  generally  cultivated  in  this  coun- 
try, although  it  is  popular  in  California. 

Var.  platycarpa,  Bailey  (Ptrsica  platycdrpa,  De- 
caisne).  FLAT  PEACH,  or  PEEN-TO.  Fig.  1660.  Much 
flattened  endwise,  and  scarcely  thicker  than  the  pit. 
From  China.  R.H.  1870-1:111.  Trans.  Lond.  Hort.  Soc. 
4:512.  — Grown  in  the  southern  states,  where  it  has 
given  rise  to  various  globular  Peaches.  The  Peen-to 
originated  in  1869,  with  P.  J.  Berckmans,  Augusta,  Ga., 
from  seeds  sent  from  Australia,  where  it  was  probably 
introduced  from  China. 

43.  Davidiana,   Franch.   (Ptrsica  Davidiana,   Carr. 
Prunus  Persica,  var.  Davidiana,  Dipp.).    Fig.  2004. 
Slender,  willow-like  tree:    Ivs.  narrower  and   smaller 
than  those  of  the  Peach,  tapering  from  near  the  base 
into  very  long  points,  very  sharp-serrate,  light  green, 
willow -like:    fls.  appearing  very  early,  1  in.  or  more 
across,  white  or  blush,  solitary:  fr.  nearly  globular,  the 
suture  prominent,  about  1  in.  in  diameter,  pubescent, 
grayish  or  yellowish:  stone  small  and  nearly  spherical, 
ruminated,    free   from    the 

whitish  dry  flesh.  China. 
R.H.  1872,  p.  75.  G.F.  10: 
503.  Gt.  44:1412.  G.C.  III. 
11:  529.  Gn.  50,  p.  165.- 
Somewhat  grown  as  an  orna- 
mental subject.  Hardy  in 
New  York,  but  the  flower- 
buds  are  usually  killed.  It 
blooms  very  early,  much  in 
advance  of  Peaches.  By 
some  thought  to  be  a  form 
of  the  Peach  species,  but  as 
known  in  this  country  it 
seems  to  have  specific  char- 
acters. 

44.  Simdnii,  Carr.  (Persica 
Simbnii,  Decaisne).    SIMON 
or  APRICOT  PLUM.    Fig.  2005. 

tigiate  tree  :  Ivs.  rather  long-oblanceolate  or  lance-ob- 
ovate,  rather  thick  and  heavy,  dull,  very  veiny  below, 
finely  but  unevenly  obtuse  -  serrate,  conduplicate  or 
trough-shaped  in  habit :  fls.  nearly  white,  on  short 


2003.   Prunus  Japonica. 
Natural  size.    No.  38. 

A  straight-growing,  fas- 


1458 


PRUNUS 


PSEUDOLARIX 


stalks,  often  two  or  three  together,  preceding  the 
leaves:  fr.  1  or  2  in.  in  diameter,  flattened  lengthwise, 
very  firm  in  texture,  perfectly  smooth,  handsome  ma- 
roon-red, possessing  a  deep  suture,  the  yellow  flesh 
closely  adhering  to  the  small,  spongy-roughened  nearly 
orbicular  pit.  Named  in  honor  of 
Eugene  Simon,  who  sent  pits  from 
China  to  France,  prior  to  1872. 
China.  R.H.  1872: 110. -Introduced 
into  the  United  States  about  1880, 
or  shortly  after.  Although  much 
advertised  by  nurserymen,  it  has 
not  attractsd  great  attention  from 
fruit-growers  in  the  East.  Upon 
the  Pacific  slope  it  is  popular.  The 
fruit  is  usually  bitter,  with  an 
almond-like  astringency,  but  some- 
times it  is  very  palatable.  The  tree 
is  very  hardy  and  vigorous  some- 
what north  of  the  limit  of  peach - 
growing,  but,  except  in  the  Pacific 
region,  it  does  not  appear  to  be 
uniformly  productive.  The  fruit 
is  handsome,  with  a  pleasing  odor, 
and  it  keeps  a  long  time.  The  tree 
is  conspicuous  for  its  narrow,  erect 
growth.  The  flowers  are  borne  on 
short  spurs  on  wood  two  and  more 
years  old;  also  singly  on  the  last 
year's  growth. 

P.  Cocomilia,  Tenore.  Allied  to  P.  cerasifera.  Bush  or 
small  tree,  with  thorny  branches:  Ivs.  oval  or  obovate,  taper- 
ing below,  somewhat  pointed,  glabrous  on  both  sides:  fr. 
small  and  yellow.  Italy. — P.  Graydna,  Maxim.  Allied  to  P. 
Padus.  "It  is  a  small  tree,  20-30  ft.  high,  with  a  slender  trunk, 
ample,  membranaceous,  long-pointed,  setaceo-serrate  Ivs.,  bi- 
glandular  at  the  base  but  without  glands  on  the  petioles,  a 
peculiarity  which  best  distinguishes  this  species  from  P.  Padus, 
although  the  hair-like  teeth  of  the  leaves  are  characteristic 
and  apparently  constant."  Sargent,  Forest  Flora  of  Japan.— 
P.  Jacquemdntii,  Hook.  f.  Subgenus  Amygdalus.  Dwarf  (6- 
10  ft.),  with  small  ovate,  ovate-lanceolate  or  elliptic,  acumi- 
nate, serrulate  Ivs. :  fls.  pink,  Yf%  in.  across,  solitary  or  in  pairs, 
short-stalked,  appearing  as  the  Ivs.  burst:  fr.  globose,  red, 
juicy,  small.  Northwestern  Himalaya,  9,600  to  12,000  ft.  B.M. 
6976.  G.C.  III.  22:23.  Gt.  44,  p.  243  (leaf).  — P.  Madckii, 
Rupr.  Somewhat  allied  to  P.  Padus,  but  the  fls.  appearing  on 


bly  serrate :  racemes  glandular  and  bearing  conspicuous 
bracts,  appearing  with  the  Ivs.:  fls.  white,  %  in.  across, 
stalked:  fr.  less  than  Y±  in.  long,  in  midsummer.  Japan.  U.F. 
6:195  and  Forest,  Fl.  Japan  12.— P.  Miqueliana,  Sarg.  "A 
second  species  of  Prunus  (Fig.  37),  very  similar  in  general  ap 


2005.  Prunus  Simonii  (X 


2004.  Prunus  Davidiana  (X  %).    No.  43. 

the  ends  of  leafless  shoots:  fls.  white,  long-stalked,  less  than 
Kin.  across,  the  racemes  2-3  in  long:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  elliptic 
or  obovate,  serrate.  Manchuria.  —  P.  Maximbwiczii,  Rupr. 
Subgenus  Padus;  25-30  ft.:  young  growth  rusty -pubescent: 
ivs,  elliptic  or  elliptic  -  ohnvate,  long  -  stalked,  coarsely  dou- 


pearance  to  Prunus  pendula  [P.  subhirtella] ,  is  confounded 
with  it  in  gardens  here.  It  has  the  same  general  habit  and  the 
same  long,  pendulous  branches,  but  the  bark  is  darker,  and 
hardly  to  be  distinguished  from  that  of  the  common  cherry 
tree.  The  fls.  are  corymbose  on  short,  leafy  branches,  and  the 
pedicels  are  conspicuously  bracted  at  the  base,  and,  as  well  as 
the  shorter  and  paler  calyx-tube,  are  covered  with  a  few  scat- 
tered hairs.  The  petals  are  more  narrowly  ovate  than  those  of 
the  last  species,  entire  and  rarely  truncate,  much  paler  pink  or 
nearly  white  in  color.  The  ovary  is  quite  smooth,  but  the 
style  is  densely  coated  with  hairs.  The  Ivs.,  which  appear 
shortly  after  the  opening  of  the  flowers,  are  broader,  thinner 
and  more  deeply  and  irregularly  cut  on  their  margins  and  are 
only  6-8-ribbed.  They  are  pubescent  on  the  under  side,  as  well 
as  the  petioles  and  young  shoots,  and  have  two  conspicuous 
orange-colored  glands  at  the  base  of  the  blade.  Their  larger 
stipules  are  three-lobed  and  glandular.  The  corymbose  in- 
florescence of  this  plant,  the  forked  stipules  and  the  texture 
and  color  of  the  young  leaves  point  to  some  form  of  Prunus 
Pseudo-Cerasus,  but  the  style  is  conspicuously  hairy,  and  I 
therefore  very  doubtfully  refer  it  to  Maxim owicz's  Prunus 
Miqueliana,  authentic  specimens  of  which,  however,  I  have 
not  been  able  to  examine."  Sargent,  in  G.F.  1,  p.  196  and 
fig.  This  plant  appears  not  to  be  the  P.  Miqueliana  of  Maximo- 
wicz,  but  a  form  of  P.  pendula  (P.  pendula,  var.  carnea.  Rehd., 
M.D.GK  1900:320).—  P.  prostrdta,  Labill.  Closely  allied  to  P. 
incana.  Very  dwarf,  with  small  round  -oval  Ivs.,  whitish  be- 
neath :  fls.  small,  bright  pink,  appearing  with  the  Ivs.:  fr. 
small,  ovoid.red, glabrous.  B.R. 2:136.  Gt.  44, p. 243 (leaf):  1414. 
R.H.  1870-1:371.  -P.  sphcerocdrpa,  Swartz.  Evergreen,  allied  to 
P.  Caroliniana:  small  tree:  Ivs.  elliptic  to  oblong-ovate,  entire: 
fls.  small,  white,  in  racemes  shorter  than  the  Ivs.:  fr.  %in.  or 
less  long,  orange-brown.  S.  Fla.  to  Brazil.  S.S.  4:161.— P. 
Ssibri,  Schmidt.  "A  much  more  common  tree  [than  P.  Padus] 
in  Yezo  and  in  the  elevated  forests  of  Hondo  is  Prunus  Ssiori, 
another  Bird  Cherry,  always  easily  distinguished  by  its  pale, 
nearly  white  bark.  It  is  a  handsome  glabrous  tree,  with  oblong 
membranaceous  Ivs.  and  long,  graceful  racemes  of  small  fls., 
and  is  well  worth  introducing  into  our  plantations  as  an  orna- 
mental plant.  It  also  grows  in  Saghalin,  where  it  was  dis- 
covered by  Schmidt,  in  Manchuria,  and  in  western  China." 
Sargent,  Forest  Flora  of  Japan.  £,_  jj.  g. 

PSEUDOLARIX  (Greek,  psetidos,  false,  and  Larix; 
being  similar  to,  but  not  a  true  Larch).  Coniferce. 
GOLDEN  LARCH.  A  genus  of  one  species,  a  tall,  pyra- 
midal tree  with  horizontally  spreading  whorled  branches ; 
the  linear  leaves  appear  in  dense  clusters  on  short  spurs, 
but  those  of  the  leading  shoots  are  scattered  and  spirally 
arranged.  It  is  a  beautiful  tree  with  its  long,  spreading 
branches  pendulous  at  the  extremities  and  clothed  with 
light  green  feathery  foliage  turning  to  a  clear  yellow  in 
fall.  The  tree  seems  to  remain  free  from  insect  pests 
and  fungous  diseases  and  is  hardy  in  Mass,  and  prob- 
ably farther  north.  It  requires  a  sunny,  open  position 
and  a  well-drained,  moderately  moist  soil;  it  does  not 
thrive  nor  look  well  if  crowded  by  other  trees.  The 
Golden  Larch  should  be  raised  only  from  seeds.  If 


PSEUDOLARIX 


PSEUDOTSUGA 


1459 


grafted  on  its  own  roots  or  on  the  common  Larch,  as  it 
is  sometimes  done,  it  rarely  grows  into  a  symmetrical 
tree.  Pseudolarix  is  known  wild  only  from  a  restricted 
region  in  N.  China,  where  it  grows  in  the  mountains  at 
an  altitude  of  about  3,000  ft.  It  is  closely  allied  to 
Larix,  but  differs  by  the  stalked,  pendulous,  clustered, 
staminate  fls.  and  by  the  deciduous  cone-scales,  which 
separate  from  the  axis  at  maturity  as  in  the  fir. 


2006.  Pseudolarix  Ksempferi  (X 


Kaempferi,  Gord  Fig.  2006.  (L&rix  Kcempferi,  Port. 
Laricdpsis  Kcempferi,  Kent).  Tree,  becoming  130  ft. 
high:  Ivs.  linear-acuminate,  soft,  light  green,  bluish 
green  beneath,  l%-3  in.  long  and  1-1%  lines  broad: 
staminate  fls.  yellow,  about  %  in.  long,  slender-stalked; 
pistillate  fls.  about  %  in.  long:  cone  ovate,  reddish 
brown,  2%-3  in.  long,  l%-2  in.  broad;  scales  triangular, 
ovate-lanceolate,  cordate  at  the  base,  emarginate  at  the 
apex,  woody:  bracts  ovate-lanceolate,  much  smaller 
than  the  scales,  each  scale  with  2  seeds  with  the  wings 
as  long  as  the  scale.  F.  S.  17:1777-78.  K.  H.  1868:331; 
1871,  p.  608,  609.  G.C.  II.  19:88.  Gn.  8,  p.  325;  29,  p.  397. 
—  Var.  nana,  Beissn.  Dwarf  form,  cult,  in  China  and 
Japan;  without  much  decorative  value. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

PSEUDOPHCENIX  (Greek,  false  Phcenix).  Palmdcece. 
A  genus  of  one  species,  a  pinnate-leaved  palm  discov- 
ered in  1886  on  one  of  the  Florida  Keys  and  distinguished 
from  all  other  North  American  palms  by  its  scarlet- 
orange  fruit,  which  is  about  the  size  of  a  cherry.  This 
palm  is  cult,  in  S.  Calif.  Generic  characters:  female 
fl.  with  calyx  small,  spreading,  somewhat  denticulate; 
petals  3,  ovate,  obtuse,  green,  bent  back;  staminodia  6, 
distinctly  dark  purple  at  the  top:  fr.  an  orange-colored 
drupe,  stipitate,  containing  1-3  globular  carpels. 

Sargenti,  H.  Wendl.  Trunk  slender,  20-25  ft.  high, 
10-12  in.  thick:  Ivs.  abruptly  pinnate,  4-5  ft.  long; 
pinnae  lanceolate,  acuminate,  12-16  in.  long,  bright  green 
above,  glaucous  beneath,  folded  backward  at  the  very 
base:  spadix  appears  from  among  the  Ivs.;  main  and 
secondary  branches  light  yellow-green  and  flattened: 
fr.  usually  3-lobed,  %-%  in.  thick,  bright  orange-scarlet. 
FloridaKeys.  G.F.  1:353.  S.S.  10:506. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

PSEUDOTStTGA  (Greek  false  Tsuga).  Conlferae. 
Tall  evergreen  trees,  of  symmetrical  pyramidal  habit, 
with  regularly  whorled  branches  clothed  with  linear  flat- 
tened Ivs..  which  are  more  or  less  2-ranked  and  whit- 
ish beneath:  fls.  forming  orange  or  reddish  catkins: 
cones  pendulous,  medium-  sized,  of  somewhat  bristly 
appearance  on  account  of  the  protruding  bracts.  The 
Douglas  Spruce,  which  is  the  only  species  well  known 
in  cultivation,  is  one  of  the  tallest  and  most  important 


forest  and  timber  trees  of  western  North  America,  and 
in  its  forms  of  the  higher  altitudes  it  is  hardy  as  far 
north  as  Canada.  When  it  finds  a  congenial  home  it  is 
among  the  most  desirable  conifers  for  park  planting 
and  it  grows  rapidly.  It  thrives  best  in  a  porous  sandy 
loam,  and  its  cultivation  does  not  differ  from  that  of 
Abies  and  Picea,  which  see.  Varieties  may  be  grafted 
on  the  type. 

The  genus  has  three  species  in  W.  N.  America  and  in 
Japan.  Pyramidal  trees,  closely  allied  and  very  similar 
in  foliage  to  Abies,  from  which  they  are  chiefly  distin- 
guished by  their  cones  falling  off  as  a  whole  at  maturity, 
like  those  of  Picea.  The  Ivs.  contain  but  one  fibro-vas- 
cular  bundle  and  are  not  decurrent  at  the  base.  The 
bracts  of  the  cone  are  rather  large  and  more  or  less  ex- 
serted,  2-lobed  at  the  apex,  with  the  midrib  produced 
into  a  subulate  awn.  Without  cones  the  genus  may  be 
distinguished  from  Abies  by  its  more  slender  and  flexi- 
ble Ivs.,  and  especially  by  its  elongated  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate  acute  and  not  resinous  winter-buds.  The 
light  red  or  yellow  wood  is  hard  and  durable  and  much 
used  for  construction,  for  railway  ties  and  for  masts. 
The  bark  is  sometimes  used  for  tanning  leather. 

Douglasii,  Carr.  (P.  mucron&ta,  Sudw.  P.  taxifdlia, 
Britt.  P.  Lindleyana,  Carr.  Abies  Dotiglasi,  Lindl. 
Abietia  Dotiglasii,  Kent).  DOUGLAS  SPRUCE.  RED 
FIR.  Fig.  2007.  Pyramidal  tree,  attaining  200  ft.  and 
sometimes  more,  with  a  trunk  becoming  12  ft.  in  diam. 
clothed  with  ridged  dark  red-brown  bark  :  branches 
horizontal,  with  pendulous  branchlets  :  Ivs.  linear, 
straight  or  curved,  obtuse,  slender  and  flexible,  dark 
green  or  bluish  green,  %-lM  in.  long  :  staminate  cat- 
kins orange,  pistillate  reddish:  cones  pendulous,  oval- 
ovate,  with  broad  rounded  scales  and  much  exserted 
bracts,  2-4)^  in.  long;  seed  %  in.  long,  with  broad 
wing,  light  reddish  brown.  Brit.  Col.  to  Mex.,  west  to 
Mont,  and  Colo.  S.S.  12:607.  G.F.10:295.  Gn.31,  p.288. 
R.H.  1868:151.  — The  most  important  of  theformsin  cul- 
tivation are  the  following:  Var.  compacta,  Beissn.  Of 
dense  compact  habit.  Var.  fastigiata,  Carr.  (var.  spar- 
sifdlia,  Carr.).  Dense  conical  pyramid  with  numerous- 
ascending  branches  and  with  shorter  Ivs.  Var.  glauca, 
Beissn.  With  bluish  green  or  almost  silvery  white  foli- 
age. Hardier  than  the  type,  but  of  slower  growth :  from 
Colorado.  This  form  is  best  adapted  for  cultivation  in 
the  eastern  states.  Var.  glauca  pendula,  Beissn.,  has 
pendulous  branches  and  glaucous  foliage.  Var.  glauces- 
cens,  Beissn.  (P.  glauc6scens,B&illy),  is  hardly  different 
from  var.  glauca.  R.H.  1895:88.  Var.  p6ndula,  Neum. 
With  pendulous  branches  and  dark  green  foliage.  Var. 


2007.  Douglas  Spruce— Pseudotsuga  Douglasii  (X  1-5). 

Stalrii,  Gord.  With  whitish  variegated  foliage ;  of  little 
ornamental  value.  Var.  taxifdlia,  Loud.  Of  slower 
growth,  forming  a  broad  dense  pyramid,  with  longer  and 
darker  green  Ivs.  and  the  cones  with  shorter  bracts. 


1460 


PSEUDOTSUGA 


P,  Japonica,  Beissn.  (Tsuga  Japouica,  Shirass.).  Tree,  to  60 
ft.,  similar  to  P.  Douglasi,  but  Ivs.  shorter  arid  broader  and 
cones  smaller,  with  strongly  retiexed  bracts.  Japan.  But  re- 
cently introduced,  and  hardiness  not  yet  proved ;  probably  as 
hardy  as  the  hardier  forms  of  P.  Douglasi.— P,  macrocdrpa, 
Mayr  (P.  Douglasi,  var.  macrocurpa,  Engelm.).  Tree,  to  60  or 
80  ft.,  with  remote  and  usually  pendulous  branches :  Ivs.  acute, 
bluish  gray:  cones  4-6%  in.  long,  with  shorter  bracts;  seeds  % 
in.  long.  S.  Calif.  S.S.  12:608.  G.F.  10:25.  Seems  not  yet  in- 
troduced; not  hardy  north,  and  inferior.— P.  Davidiana,  Bertr. 
^Keteleeria  Davidiana,  Beissn.,  and  P.  Jezoensis,  Bertr.=Kete- 
leeria  Fortune!,  Carr.  Keteleeria  certainly  constitutes  a  dis- 
tinct genus  and  cannot  be  united  with  either  Abies,  Picea, 
Tsuga  or  Pseudotsuga.  It  is  chiefly  distinguished  by  the  stami- 
nate  fls.  being  arranged  in  clusters  like  those  of  Pseudolarix, 
but  are  only  short  -  stalked :  cones  upright,  with  persistent 
scales;  bracts  enclosed,  half  as  long  as  the  scales:  Ivs.  similar 
to  those  of  Abies  but  pale  green,  not  whitish  beneath,  pointed 
or  obtuse,  rigid.  In  old  age  the  head  becomes  broad  and  flat- 
topped  as  in  Cedrus  Libani,  in  young  trees  it  is  regular,  pyra- 
midal, with  whorled  branches.  The  germination  is  very  differ- 
ent from  that  of  most  other  conifers,  but  similar  to  Ginkgo 
and  Araucaria,  as  the  two  cotyledons  remain  in  the  ground  in- 
closed in  the  seed  and  do  not  become  green.  None  of  the  3  or  4 
Chinese  species  seems  to  be  in  cultivation  in  this  country, 
where  they  would  probably  not  be  hardy  north  of  the  middle 
states,  but  P.  (Keteleeria)  Fortune!,  Carr.,  has  been  successfully 
cult,  in  S.  Europe.  The  Ivs.  of  this  species  are  about  1  in.  long, 
rigid,  pointed  on  the  lower  branches,  obtuse  on  the  upper  ones: 
cone  3-6  in.  long.  F.S.7,p.  223  (as P.  Jezoensis).  R.H.  1866:451. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  layers  and  cuttings  and  by  grafting  on  Abies 
Picea;  it  will  probably  also  grow  grafted  on  Pseudotsuga. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

The  Douglas  Spruce  is  a  tree  for  the  million.  It 
•would  be  difficult  to  overrate  its  beauty.  As  a  forest 
tree  it  perhaps  produces  a  greater  crop  of  lumber  per  acre 
than  any  other  species.  It  probably  grows  faster  than  any 
other  conifer.  Indeed,  the  complaint  is  sometimes 
made  that  it  grows  too  fast  to  make  a  compact  lawn 
tree.  It  is  desirable  to  have  groups  of  Douglas  Spruce, 
because  the  foliage  is  so  soft  that  single  specimens  are 
sometimes  injured  by  high  winds.  Specimens  planted 
on  the  prairies  without  protection  from  hot  winds  may 
sometimes  have  their  buds  injured  by  late  spring  frosts. 
It  is,  of  course,  a  mistake  to  use  the  Douglas  Spruce 
for  a  wind-break.  The  Douglas  Spruce  is  generally 
prop,  by  seeds.  Seeds  of  conifers  gathered  on  the 
Pacific  slope  are  tender,  while  those  gathered  in  Colorado 
produce  hardy  trees  which  endure  both  drought  and 
cold.  Unlike  the  firs,  the  Douglas  Spruce  has  fine,  fibrous 
roots  like  the  Norway  Spruce  and  transplants  as  readily. 
The  writer  has  transplanted  many  stocky  young  trees 
growing  in  the  open  to  the  nursery  and  has  saved  90  per 
cent  of  them.  They  seemed  to  thrive  as  well  as  nur- 
sery-grown Norway  spruces  of  the  same  size.  The 
yield  of  seed  from  a  wagon-load  of  cones  is  light,  and  it 
is  somewhat  difficult  to  grow  seedlings.  In  some  cir- 
cumstances it  will  be  cheaper  in  the  end  to  procure 
young  trees.  The  Douglas  Spnice  is  remarkable  for  its 
wide  variation  in  form  and  color.  The  needles  may  be 
short  or  long,  light  green,  dark  green,  or  have  a  bluish 
or  silvery  cast.  The  deep  blue  and  silvery  foliage  is 
characteristic  of  the  deep  gorges  of  high  altitudes. 

C.  S.  HARRISON. 

We  have  found  the  Douglas  Spruce  one  of  the  easiest 
of  all  conifers  to  grow  from  seed.  However,  the  seed 
rapidly  loses  its  germinating  powers,  in  this  respect 
partaking  of  the  firs  more  than  of  the  spruces.  As  it  is 
now  being  grown  and  disseminated,  it  is  not  to  be 
recommended  for  general  planting.  Seed  from  trees 
growing  in  the  valleys  and  foothills  of  Colorado  will  not 
produce  trees  that  are  hardy  north  of  the  Ohio  river. 
As  trees  growing  in  those  localities  are  easy  of  access,  a 
larger  part  of  the  seed  is  collected  from  them.  There  is 
considerable  difference  between  trees  grown  from  valley 
and  mountain  seeds.  The  former  have  short  green 
leaves  and  a  stunted  look,  compact  growth,  showing 
none  of  the  bold  and  striking  effect  of  those  from  a 
high  elevation.  The  latter  have  longer  leaves,  more 
glaucous  appearance  and  great  rapidity  of  growth.  The 
valley  trees  brown  in  winter;  the  mountain  trees  do 
not.  Many  of  the  latter  have  a  spreading  and  weeping 
habit,  partaking  more  of  the  characteristic  of  the  hem- 
lock. The  valley  trees  have  more  of  the  habit  of  Picea 
orientalis,  but  not  as  good  color.  Unless  more  care  is 
taken  in  collecting  seeds  of  this  tree,  it  will  soon  fall 

into  disrepute.  THOS.  H.  DOUGLAS. 


PSIDIUM 

PSlDIUM  (Greek,  psidion,  the  pomegranate),  Myr 
tdcece.  About  130  species  of  evergreen  trees  and  shrubs. 
Lvs.  opposite,  petiolate,  penniveined:  fls.  rather  large, 
white,  cymose  on  axillary  or  lateral,  1-3-  (rarely  many-) 
fid.  peduncles;  calyx  4— 5-lobed,  the  lobes  persistent; 
petals  4  or  5,  spreading:  berries  globose,  ovoid  or  pear- 
shaped,  usually  roughish,  often  crowned  with  the  calyx 
limb;  seeds  subreniform,  hard.  Natives  of  tropical  and 
subtropical  America;  some  species  have  become  natur- 
alized in  tropical  Asia  and  south  Africa.  Prop,  easily  by 
suckers,  cuttings  or  seeds. 

INDEX 

(s.  L.  refers  to  supplementary  list.) 

Araca,  2.  Guineense,  3.  pyriforme,  1. 

Cattleianum,  4.  lucidum,  4.  sapidissimum,  1. 

Guajava,  1.  polycarpum,  S.  L.  '  Sinense,  S.L. 

Guava,  1.  pomiferum,  1.  Thea,  s.  L. 

Guayavillas,  s.  L.        pyriferum,  1. 

A.   Branchlets  4-angled. 

1.  Guajava,  Linn.  (P.  pomiferum,  Linn.     P.  Guava, 
Eaddi).    LEMON  GUAVA.    Fig.  2008.   Shrub  or  small  tree, 
6-15  ft.  high :    Ivs.  oval  to  oblong-lanceolate,  bluntish, 
chartaceous,   glabrous    above,    puberulent    below:    pe- 
duncles 3  to  many-fid.,  pubescent:  fr.  globose,  yellow, 
aromatic,  somewhat   astringent.     June.     Grown  in   S. 
Calif,   and   valued   for  jellies   and  preserves:    several 
horticultural    varieties     are    offered    by    nurserymen. 
Var.   sapidissimum,   Jacq.,  has   similar   fruit   but  only 
1-fld.  peduncles.    Becomes   a  troublesome  weedy  plant 
in  moist  tropical  countries. 

Var.  pyriferum,  Linn.  (P.  pyriferum,  Linn.  P.  py- 
riforme, Griseb.).  COMMON  GUAVA.  Small  tree:  Ivs. 
acute:  peduncles  1-fld. :  fr.  small,  pear-shaped,  smooth- 
skinned,  yellowish  when  ripe,  aromatic,  sweet  and 
pleasant  to  the  taste.  Fls.  May-July:  fr.  July-Nov. 
B.R.  13:1079.  — The  source  of  the  well-known  Guava 
jelly  of  the  West  Indies.  The  fresh  fruit  makes  ex- 
cellent tarts  after  removing  the  small  stony  seeds.  To 
be  eaten  raw,  it  is  best  gathered  in  the  early  morning, 
according  to  Lindley,  as  it  is  then  more  agreeably  acid. 

A  A.    Branchlets  terete. 

2.  Araca,  Raddi.    BRAZIL  GUAVA.    Shrub  4-6  ft.  high : 
branchlets  hirsute:  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong,   obtuse,  above 
sub-velutinous  to  the  touch,  beneath  pubescently  sub- 
hirsute;    veins  reticulate,  somewhat  raised:  peduncles 
axillary,    1-3-fld. :    fr.   ovoid,    greenish    yellow;     flesh 
white.    Dry  uplands  of  Brazil.  — Offered  by  two  or  three 
dealers,  and  said  to  be  one  of  the  very  best  Guavas. 

3.  Guine6nse,  Swartz.   GUIANA  GUAVA.    Shrub  8-10  ft. 
high:  branchlets  pubescent-villous :  Ivs.  ovate,  glabrous 
above:    petioles   and   under  side  rusty-tomentose :  pe- 
duncles 1-3-fld.:      fr.  subrotund,    subpubescent,   deep 
yellow  outside;  flesh  red,  said  to  possess  an  exquisite 
flavor. 

4.  Cattleianum,  Sabine.    STRAWBERRY  GUAVA.    Shrub 
or  small  tree,  10-20  ft.  high :  branchlets  glabrous :  Ivs. 
opposite,  obovate,  coriaceous,  glabrous,  dark  green:  pe- 
duncles axillary,  opposite,  solitary,  1-fld.,  scarcely  equal- 
ing the  petioles:  fr.  nearly  spherical,  about  1  in.  long,  of 
a  fine  deep  claret  color,  with  a  tough  foveolate  skin,  re- 
sembling that  of  a  ripe  fig,  but  thinner;  pulp  fleshy,  soft 
and  juicy,  purplish  red  next  the  skin  but  white  at  center, 
sweet  and  acid,  with  a  strawberry-like  fragrance  and  fla- 
vor, hence  the  popular  name.  May.  Brazil.  B.R.  622.B.M. 
2501.     N.  3:238.  — Extensively  cultivated   in    S.  Calif.; 
hardy  outdoors  near  San  Francisco  and  probably  north- 
ward.    Var.   lucidum    (P.   lucidum,    Hort.).    YELLOW 
STRAWBERRY  GUAVA.    Has  a  larger  yellow  fruit,  said  to 
have  a  better  taste  than  the  purple-fruited  form.    Re- 
ported as  being  cultivated  extensively  in  Florida;  grown 
in  S.  Calif,  by  Franceschi. 

P.  Guayavillas,  Hort.  "Brazil;  a  distinct-looking  species, 
said  to  have  smaller  fruit  than  P.  Guajava  but  of  superior 
taste,"=  P.  Cujavillas]  Burm.  (?),  which  has  been  reduced  to  a 
form  of  P.  Guajava.— P.  polycarpum,  Lamb.  Small  shrub  with 
branchlets  terete,  hirsute:  Ivs.  subsessile,  ovate-oblong,  acute, 
pubescent  above,  scabrous  and  rugose  beneath :  peduncles  3-fld. : 
fr.  yellow  within,  edible,  considered  superior  in  flavor  to  the 
common  Guava,  but  rarely  larger  than  a  cherry.  S.  Amer.  and 
W.  Indies.— P.  Sinense,  recently  introduced  by  Mr.  Swingle, 
agricultural  explorer  for  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  not  yet 


PSIDIUM 

seen  by  uu.— P.  Thta,  Griseb.  Argentina.  Another  recent  in- 
troduction by  Mr.  Swingle.— Several  other  edible-fruited  spe- 
cies are  known,  but  are  not  introduced  in  this  country. 

Jos.  BURTT  DAVY. 

PSORALEA  (Greek,  warty;  referring  to  glands  on  the 
foliage).  Leyuminbsce.  SCURFY  PEA.  A  genus  of 
about  110  species  of  herbs,  shrubs  or  subshrubs  widely 
scattered  about  the  world,  30  being  North  American. 
Lvs.  glandular-dotted;  Ifts.  3  to  many  and  digitate  or  3 
and  pinnatr:  Hs.  purple,  blue,  rose  or  white, 
in  racemes  or  spikes;  calyx  not  enlarged  .  ^ 
after  flowering:  standard  ovate  or  orbicular, 
clawed;  wing  oblong  or  falcate  ;  keel  in- 
curved, obtuse:  oyary  sessile;  pod  ovoid, 
short,  indehiscent,  1-seeded.  Useful  border 
plants. 

A.  Plants  hardy. 
B.  No.  of  Ifts.  7. 

subacaulis,  Torr.  & 
Gray.  Perennial  herb, 
stemless  or  nearly  so, 
about  1  ft.  high,  with  nu- 
merous, usually  purple  fls. 
in  ovate  or  oblong,  dense 
spikes:  Ifts.  7,  digitate, 
obovate-oblong,  1  in.  long : 
fl.-stem  longer  than  Ivs., 
rigid.  April-June.  Rocky 
hills,  Tenn. 

BB.  No.  of  Ifts.  S. 
c.  Li's,  digitately  com- 
pound. 

lanceolata,  Pursh.   Per- 
ennial     herb,      much 
branched,    glabrous   or 
nearly   so,   densely  dark- 
glandular,   1-2    ft.    high: 
Ifts.  sessile,  bright  green, 
entire,  linear  or   oblance- 
olate:  fls.  bluish  white,  3  lines  long.  June, 
July.     Kan.  to  N.  W.   Territory,  west  to 
Wash.,  etc.    B.B. 2:281. 

cc.  Lvs.  pinnately  compound. 

physddes,  Dougl.  Perennial  herb,  slen- 
der, 1-2  ft.  high:  Ifts.  ovate,  about  1  in. 
long:  fls.  in  short,  close  racemes;  calyx  % 
in.  long,  becoming  enlarged  and  inflated 
until  nearly  %  in.  long;  corolla  %  in.  long, 
white  or  purplish.  Mts.  of  coast  ranges, 
U.  S. 


PSORALEA 


1461 


or  lanceolate-linear,  acute,  commonly  10-15  lines  long 
by  about  1  line  wide:  Us.  axillary,  solitary  or  clustered, 
sessile  or  pedicelled,  blue  with  white  wings.  S.  Africa 
G.C.  III.  5:693.  J.H.  III.  33:591. 

The  following  points  concerning  the  Pomme  Blanche 
(which  is  also  called  Prairie  Apple,  Prairie  Turnip  and 
Indian  or  Missouri  Bread -root)  are 
taken  from  Goodale's  "Wild  Flowers  of 
America  " :  « I  n  the  autumn  the  top  of  the 


2008. 
Quava— Psidium  Guajava  (X  %)• 


BBB.    No.  of  Ifts.  5. 

esculenta,  Pursh.  POMME  BLANCHE.  Hardy  herba- 
ceous perennial  4-18  in.  high:  Ifts.  5  and  digitate,  short- 
stalked,  oval  or  obovate,  entire  obtuse,  narrowed  at  base, 
1-2  in.  long:  fls.  bluish:  spikes  dense,  l%-3  in.  long: 
root  large,  often  clustered,  starchy .  June.  Prairies, 
Manitoba  and  Dakota  south.  B.B.  2:284. 

AA.    Plants  tender,  citlt.  in  S.  Calif. 

B.    No.  of  Ifts.  S. 
c.    Habit  herbaceous. 

bituminosa,  Linn.  Perennial  herb,  1^-3  ft.  high,  ap- 
pressed  hirsute:  Ifts.  nearly  entire;  lower  ones  ovate, 
obtuse;  upper  ones  much  narrower,  acute:  peduncles 
longer  than  Ivs.;  fl. -heads  dense,  involucrate,  becoming 
elongated  in  fruit:  fls.  nearly  1  in.  long.  Spring  and 
early  summer.  Poor  soil,  Arabia. 

cc.    Habit  shrubby. 

glandulosa,  Linn.  Petioles  scabrous:  Ifts.  3, digitate, 
ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate:  fls.  blue  and  white,  in  usu- 
ally axillary  racemes.  Chile  and  Peru.  B.M.  990. 

BB.    No   of  Ifts.  7-11. 

pinnata,  Linn.  Arborescent  or  shrubby,  6-12  ft., 
densely  branched  and  leafy:  Ifts.  7-11,  pinnate,  linear 


plant  dies  and  separates  from  the  root,  near  the  ground, 
and  is  blown  about  the  prairies.  After  the  top  has  gone 
the  root  cannot  be  readily  found,  and  hence  the  Indians 
dig  them  in  August  for  their  winter  use.  TheToot  lies 
deep  in  the  ground  and  is  about  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg. 
The  outside  is  covered  with  a  thick  integument  almost 
as  tough  as  wood  and  of  a  dark  brown  color.  The  inside 
is  whitish  and  not  unlike  a  chestnut  in  appearance  and 
taste,  but  not  so  sweet.  The  Indian  women  dig  the  roots 
with  great  facility  by  means  of  a  pointed  stick  two  or 
three  feet  long."  The  roots  are  spindle-shaped  or  tur- 
nip-shaped. If  the  Indians  use  them  immediately,  they 
generally  roast  them  in  ashes.  They  are  also  dried  and 
stored  for  winter,  and  when  wanted  they  are  mashed 
between  stones,  mixed  with  water  and  baked  into  cakes 
over  the  coals.  The  root  was  frequently  found  in  the 
canoes  of  the  Indians  by  early  travelers  before  the  plant 
which  produced  it  was  known  to  white  men.  Nuttall 
wrote:  "The  taste  is  rather  insipid,  but  not  disagreeable 
either  raw  or  boiled.  Texture  laminated,  always  tena- 
cious, solid  and  never  farinaceous."  In  1846  the  Pomme 
Blanche  was  proposed  as  a  substitute  for  the  potato.  Its 
claims  to  consideration  are  discussed  in  "  Comptes  rendue 
de  1'Academie  des  Sciences,"  vols.  26,  29  and  30,  and  in 
wLe  Potager  d'un  Curieux,"  by  Paill^ux  and  Bois,  with 
the  result  that  it  is  believed  to  offer  no  possibilities  of 
advance  over  the  potato.  p  ^  BARCLAY. 


1462 


PSYCHOTRIA 


PTERIDIUM 


PSYCHOTKIA  (Greek,  life -preserving,-  referring  to 
medicinal  properties).  Rubiaceve,  About  500  tropical 
or  subtropical  shrubs,  small  trees  or  rarely  herbs  bear- 
ing small  fls.  in  terminal  or  rarely  axillary,  corymbose, 
paniculate  or  head-like  cymes:  ,lys.  opposite  or  rarely 
whorled:  calyx-limb  short,  various,  often  5 -toothed: 
corolla  usually  short,  5-,  rarely  4-lobed  :  fr.  a  drupe 
with  2  smooth  hemispherical  stones.  Grumilea,  which 
differs  only  in  having  ruminate  albumen,  is  included  in 
this  genus. 

A.   Fls.  yellow. 

Cap6nsis,  Vatke  (Grumilea  Capensls,  Sond.).  An 
evergreen  shrub  or  tree  with  shining  Ivs.  3-5x13^-2  in. 
and  fls.  in  trichotomous,  pedunculate  corymbs :  stipules 
coriaceous,  broad:  pedicels  appressed,  hairy,  bracteated 


2009.  Psychotria  undata. 

(XX.) 


at  the  base ;  ultimate  pedicel  bearing  a  6-12-fld.  umbel : 
calyx  yz  line  long:  corolla  3  lines  long,  yellow:  fr.  black. 
S.  Africa.  Cult,  in  S.  Fla. 

AA.   Fls.  white. 

undata,  Jacq.  Fig.  2009.  A  glabrous  shrub;  Ivs. 
papery,  elliptical,  costate-veiny :  stipules  large,  connate, 
dimidiate-sheathing,  obovate:  panicle  sessile,  triehoto- 
mous,  much  exceeded  by  the  Ivs.:  fls.  clustered,  white; 
corolla-lobes  shorter  than  tube.  Bahama,  Jamaica. 

P.  jasminiflbra,  Mast.  Shrubby:  bark  whitish:  Ivs.  3 In. 
long,  coriaceous,  pale  beneath;  nerves  obscure:  fls.  white,  \-\\i 
in.  long.  Braz.  G.C.  II.  12:201.  B.M.  6454. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

PTJBR6XYLON  (Greek,  sneeze-wood}.  Sapinddcece. 
P.  utile,  or  SNEEZE  WOOD,  is  a  forest  tree  of  great  value 
in  South  Africa.  It  has  been  introduced  to  S.  California 
by  Dr.  F.  Franceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  who  sends  the  fol- 
lowing notes  mainly  taken  from  C.  C.  Henkel's  "Tree 
Planting  in  the  Transkeian  Territories":  It  is  a  tree 
30-50  ft.  high,  with  a  straight  trunk  2-4  ft.  in  diam.  and 
a  beautiful  crown:  wood  extremely  heavy  and  hard, 
strong,  tough,  close-grained,  inelastic,  very  durable  in 
contact  with  the  ground,  easily  split;  used  for  piles  of 
bridges  and  jetties,  for  trucks  and  wagons,  doors  and 


window  frames,  fence-posts  and  lately  for  engraving. 
It  burns  readily  even  when  green.  It  takes  a  fine  polish 
like  mahogany.  Dr.  Franceschi  writes  that  the  seed 
possesses  short  vitality.  Of  several  thousand  seeds 
received  from  Kew  a  few  years  ago  not  one  germinated. 
Another  large  consignment  was  received  two  years  ago 
from  the  Cape,  but  only  a  few  seedlings  have  been  suc- 
cessfully raised  so  far.  The  tree  is  called  Sneezewood 
because  of  its  pungent  odor. 

Generic  characters :  fls.  polygamously  dioecious ;  sepals 

4,  obtuse;  petals  4;  disk  hypogynous,  annular,  glandu- 
lar; stamens  4,  alternate  with  the  petals  ;  styles  2,  or 
connate  in  one:   capsule  compressed,  2-lobed  at  apex, 
cordate  at  base,  2-celled,  2-seeded. 

titile,  Ecklon  &  Zeyher.  SNEEZEWOOD.  Lvs.  opposite; 
Ifts.  11-17,  decreasing,  entire:  racemes  axillary,  shorter 
than  Ivs.:  fls.  small,  white  or  yellowish.  S.  Afr. 

W.  M. 

PTARMICA.     Included  with  Achillea. 

FTELEA  (Greek  name  of  the  Elm  tree,  transferred  to 
this  genus  on  account  of  the  similarity  of  the  fruits). 
Hutdceae.    HOP  TREE.    Ornamental  deciduous  shrubs  or 
trees  with  alternate,  long-petioled,  usually  3-foliolate 
Ivs.  and  greenish  white  fls.  in  loose  terminal  corymbs, 
followed   by   flattened    usually    broadly 
winged  and  nearly  orbicular  fruits.    The 
one  species  chiefly  cult,  is  hardy  north— 
if    it    proves    tender,    as    it    sometimes 
does,  it  is  probably  raised  from  south- 
ern seed— and  is  a  small,  round-headed, 
rather  loosely  branched  tree  with  glossy 
green  foliage,  adorned  in  fall  with  nu- 
merous  clusters   of   light   green  fruits 
which  remain  on  the  branches  for  some 
time  after  the  Ivs.  have  fallen.  It  thrives 
best  in  a  porous,  moderately  moist  soil 
and  prefers  a  somewhat  shaded  position. 
Prop,  by  seeds  sown  in  fall;  the  varie- 
ties by  layers  or  by  grafting  in  spring  under  glass  or 
budding  in  summer  on  seedlings  of  the  type. 

The  genus  has  4  or  5  species  in  North  America,  south 
to  Mexico.  Lvs.  estipulate,  3-5-foliolate  ;  Ifts.  entire 
or  crenulate,  punctate  with  pellucid  dots:  fls.  small,  po- 
lygamous, in  terminal  corymbs;  lobes  of  the  minute 
calyx,  petals  and  stamens  4-5:  ovary  flattened,  2-celled, 
with  short  style:  fr.  a  2-seeded,  indehiscent,  small  flat- 
tened nut,  furnished  usually  with  a  broad  thin  wing. 
Bark  and  foliage  are  sometimes  used  medicinally  and 
emit  ( as  well  as  the  fruits)  when  bruised,  a  strong,  pun- 
gent odor  resembling  somewhat  that  of  the  hop,  for 
which  the  frs.  are  said  to  have  been  used  as  a  substitute 
—hence  the  name  Hop  Tree. 

trifoliata,  Linn.  HOP  TREE.  WAFER  ASH.  Fig.  2010. 
Shrub  or  small  round-headed  tree,  attaining  25  ft. :  Ifts. 
3,  sessile,  ovate  to  elliptic-oblong,  narrowed  at  both 
ends,  sometimes  acuminate,  the  lateral  ones  unequal  at 
the  base,  crenulate  or  entire,  dark  green  and  lustrous 
above,  pale  below,  glabrous  or  pubescent  when  young, 
3-5  in.  long:  fls.  %-%in.  across;  filaments  villous  be- 
low: fr.  about  1  in.  long,  broadly  winged.  June.  N.  Y. 
to  Fla.,  west  to  Minn.  S.S.  1:33,  34.  G.C.  III.  16:375. 
Several  varieties  are  in  cultivation,  of  which  var.  aurea, 
Hort.  (P.  aurea,  Hort.),the  GOLDEN  HOP  TREE,  with 
yellow  foliage,  is  the  best  known.  Var.  glauca,  Kirchn. 
(?  var.  pub^scens,  Pursh).  Lvs.  grayish  green,  pubes- 
cent when  young.  Var.  m611is,  Torr.  &  Gray  (P.  mdllis, 
Curtis.  P.  rhombifolia,  Heller).  Branchlets,  inflor- 
escence and  Ivs.  beneath  pubescent  or  tomentose.  N.  C. 
and  Fla.  to  Ariz.  More  tender  than  the  northern 
glabrous  form  and  rarely  cultivated. 

P.  angustifblia,  Benth.  (P.  Baldwin!,  Torr.  &  Gray).  Shrub, 
attaining  25  ft.,  with  smaller  and  narrower  Ifts.,  1-2%  in.  long: 
fls.  larger:  fr.  with  narrower  wing,  emarginate  at  the  base. 

5.  C.  to  Fla.,  and  Tex.  to  Colo.,  Calif,  and  Mex.— P.  dptera, 
Parry.    Shrub,  attaining  15  ft. :  Ifts.  very  small,  becoming  1  in. 
long:  corymbs  few-fld.:  fr.  wingless  or  nearly  so.    Calif.    G.F. 
3:333.    Both  last  named  species  are  not  hardy  north. 

,       ALFRED  REHDER. 

PTEKlDIUM  (Greek,  with  the  form  ofPteris).  Poly* 
podi&cece.  A  genus  of  large,  ternately  divided  ferns 
commonly  known  as  BRACKEN  or  BRAKES,  with  the 


PTERIDIUM 


PTERIS 


1463 


sporangia  borne  on  a  marginal  line-like  receptacle  as  in 
Pteris  (Fig.  2011)  and  covered  with  a  marginal  indu- 
sium,  but  with  an  additional  membranous  indusium 
within  the  receptacle.  Commonly  known  as  Pteris. 

aquilinum,  Kuhn.  Lvs.  scat- 
tered from  an  underground  rhi- 
zome, 2-9  ft.  high,  ternately  com- 
pound. Field  and  waste  places  in 
some  of  its  forms  throughout  the 
world.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 


2011.    Fruiting  pinnule 
of  common  brake.— 

Pteridium  aquilinum. 
Natural  size. 


PTfiRIS  (Greek  name  for  a 
fern,  from  a  word  meaning  wing; 
alluding  to  the  prevalence  of  pin- 
nate forms).  Polypodidcece.  A 
large  genus  of  widely  distributed  ferns  with  the  spor- 
angia borne  on  a  marginal  line-like  receptacle  that  con- 
nects the  free  ends  of  the  veins,  and  with  the  more  or 
less  altered  margin  of  the  leaf  rolled  over  to  form  a  con- 
tinuous indusium.  Many  of  the  forms  are  among  the 
commonest  species  of  ferns  in  the  trade  and  are  quite 
generally  used  for  table  decoration.  For  culture,  see 
Fern. 

INDEX. 

8.  L.  refers  to  supplementary  list. 


adiantoides,  8.  L. 

heterophylla,  8. 

regina,  s.  L. 

albo-lineata,  2. 

inequalis,  5. 

scaberula,  10. 

angustata,  3. 

internata,  8. 

semipmnata,  6. 

aquilina,  S.  L. 
argyrsea,  7. 

leptophylla,  13. 
longifolia,  1. 

serrulata,  3. 
Sieboldii,  s.  L. 

Bausei,  6. 

magnifica,  2. 

Smithiana,  9  . 

biaurita,  11. 

major,  2. 

Smithii,  9. 

Cretica,  2. 

maxima,  11. 

Suorardii,  8.  L. 

Chinensis,  S.  L. 

Mayii,  2. 

tremula,  9. 

cristata,  3,  11. 

nemoralis,  11. 

tricolor,  7. 

densa,  3. 

nobilis,  2. 

variegata,  9. 

ensiformis,  4. 

Ouvrardi,  3. 

Victoriae,  4. 

geranifolia,  s.  L. 

palmata,  s.  L. 

voluta,  3. 

Gilbertii,  3. 

plumosa,  s.  L. 

Wallichiana,  12. 

hastata,  s.  L. 

quadriaurita,  7. 

Wimsetti,  s.  L. 

A.  Veins  free  throughout. 

B.  Lvs.  simply  pinnate,  the  lower 

pinnce  not  divided 1. 

BB.  Lvs.    simply   pinnate,    but    the 

lower  pinnae  forked 2. 

3. 
4. 

BBB.  Lvs.  ivith  lowest  pinnce  pinnate.  5. 

6. 

BBBB.  Lvs.  with  lowest  pinnce  Mpin- 
n at  if  id. 

c.  Lowest  pinnce  enlarged 7. 

8. 
9. 

cc.  Lowest  pinnce  not  enlarged  ..10. 
AA.   Veins  free,  except  for  a  single  low 

arch  next  the  midvein 11. 

12. 
AAA.  Veins    uniting,    forming    copious 

meshes  ..  ..13. 


longifolia 

Cretica 

serrulata 

ensiformis 

inaequalis 
semipinnata 


quadriaurita 
heterophylla 
tremula 
scaberula 

biaurita 
Wallichiana 

leptophylla 


1.  longifolia,  Linn.     Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  4-9  in.  wide, 
lanceolate,  often  narrowed  below;  pinnae  20-30  on  each 
side,   linear,  entire.     Tropical   regions  all  around  the 
world,  extending  to  southern  Florida.     Var.  Mariesii, 
Hort.    Fronds  shorter  and  pinnules  straighter,  the  plant 
keeping  closer  to  the  pot;  a  good  horticultural  form. 

2.  Cretica,  Linn.    Lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  on  slender,  straw- 
colored  stalks,  consisting  of  a  terminal  pinna  and  2-6 
opposite  sessile  pairs,  the  upper  often  decurrent,  the 
lower  pairs  cleft  nearly  to  the  base  into  2  or  3  pinnules. 
Quite  generally  distributed  in  tropical  regions,  extend- 
ing to  central  Florida.     Many  varieties  are  in  cult.,  of 
which  var.  albo-lineata,  Hort.  (Fig.  2012),  is  one  of  the 
finest,  with  broader  pinnae  and  a  broad,  central,  whitish 
band.    Var.  major  and  var.  n6bilis  are  larger  horticul- 
tural forms,  and   var.  magnifica    and   var.  Mayii  (P. 
Mayii)   are  still  more  developed. 

3.  serrulata,  Linn.  f.     Lvs.  3-12  in.  long,  on  slender 
brownish  stalks,  consisting  of  a  terminal  pinna  and  5-6 
pairs  of  lateral  ones,  the  upper  ones  decurrent  and  the 
lower  forked  into  2  or  3  branches  or  with  second  branch 
above  the  basal  one ;  pinnae  narrow,  the  indusium  not  ex- 


tending to  the  apices, which  are  sharply  serrulate.  China 
and  Japan.  — Many  monstrous  and  distorted  forms  appear 
in  cult.,  giving  rise  to  such  varietal  names  as  angustata, 
cristata,  cristata  nana  compacta,  cristata  variegata, 
densa,  Gilbertii,  Ouvrardi  (P.  Ouvrardi,  Hort.),  voluta, 
etc.,  but  these  cannot  be  regarded  as  true  varieties  in 
any  scientific  se^ase. 

4.  ensifbrmis,  Burm.    Lvs.  of  2  sorts,  the  sterile  with 
elliptic  or  elliptic-lanceolate  segments,  the  lower  pinnae 
5-7-parted,   the   upper   gradually  simpler;    sporophylls 
similar  but  taller  and  with  longer  and  much  narrower 
divisions.    India  to  Polynesia;  often  confused  with  the 
preceding  species,  as  both  are  more  or  less  common  in 
cult.   Var.  Victdriae  (P.  Victoria,  Hort.)  is  a  garden  va- 
riety with  leaves  variegated  with  white. 

5.  inaequalis,  Baker.     Lvs.   ovate  -  deltoid,   18-24  in. 
long,  10-15  in.  wide,  with  4-5  pairs  of  pinnate  or  pinnati- 
fid  pinnae  followed  by  2-3  pairs  of  broadly  linear  simple 
ones  and  ending  in  a  long,  terminal,  irregularly  pin- 
natifid  portion;  divisions  of  the  lower  sides  of  the  pin- 
nae uniformly  much  longer  and  larger  than  the  upper 
ones.    China  and  Japan. 


2010.  Ptelea  trifoliata.  the  Hop  Tree,  in  fruit  (X 


6.  semipinnata.  Linn.    Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  the  upper 
portion  simply  pinnate  with  decurrent  pinnae,  the  4  or 
more  lowest  pinnatifid  on  the  lower  side,  the  upper  side 
of  the  secondary  rachises  bordered  by  a  narrow  lamina. 
India,  China,  Japan  and  the  East  Indies.—  Var.  Bausei, 
(P.  Bausei,  Hort.)  is  a  garden  form. 

7.  quadriaurita,  Retz.     Lvs.  up  to  2-3  ft.  long,  on 
strong,  pale  stalks,  with  a  terminal  central  pinna  cut 
down  to  the  rachis  into  numerous  linear-oblong  lobes, 
and  below  this  several  similar  pinnae  on  each  side,  the 
lowest  of  which  are  usually  again  compound  with  simi- 
lar but  smaller  ones  branching  from  the  lower  side  at 
base.   All  tropical  regions.—  Var.  argyraea  (P.  argyrcea, 
Moore)  is  a  form  with  a  white  band  down  the  centers 
of  the  pinnae.   Var.  tricolor  (P.  tricolor,  Linden)  is  simi- 
lar but  has  a  tinge  of  red  in  addition. 

8.  heterophylla,  Linn.  Lvs.  6-8  in.  long,  on  pale  stalks, 
of  2  sorts  ;  sterile  Ivs.  elliptic,deeply  incised  ;  sporophylls 
narrowly  linear-elliptic,  with  broad  indusia  and  sterile 
apices  ending  in  2-3  teeth;  both  sorts  bipinnate  in  the 
lower  portions.     West  Indies   to   Brazil.     Sometimes 
referred  to  a  distinct  genus,  Anopteris.   Var.  internata 
(P.  internata,  Moore)  is  a  garden  variety  with  smaller 
sporophylls  and  broader  segments. 


1464 


PTERIS 


PTEROCARYA 


9.  tr6mula,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  2-4  ft.  long,  on  polished 
chestnut-brown  stalks;  upper  pinnae  simply  pinnate, 
lower  often  much  compound:  sori  copious,  sometimes 
filling  up  the  whole  segment  except  the  rachis.  Australia, 
New  Zealand.— Many  forms  occur  in  cult,  as  var.  Smith - 
iana  (P.  Smithii,  Hort.),  variegata,  etc. 


2012.    Pteris  Cretica,  var.  albo-lineata. 

10.  scab6rula,  Richard.    Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  on  brown- 
ish scabrous  stalks,  lanceolate-ovate  in  outline,  tripin- 
nate  or  quadri-pinnatifid  throughout;    rachis  flexuous, 
scabrous;  sori  at  maturity  covering  nearly  the  entire 
surface  of  the  narrow  lanceolate  segments.    New  Zea- 
land. 

11.  biaurita,  Linn.  (P.  maxima,  Baker.  P.nemordlis, 
Willd.).    Lvs.  15-30  in.  long,  with  a  terminal  pinna  6-9 
in.  long  cut  into  narrow  round-pointed  divisions  on  7-10 
pairs  of  similar  lateral  ones,  the  lowest  pair  bearing  a 
fork  on  the  lower  basal  side.     All  tropical  regions.— 
Habit  very  like  P.  quadriaurita,  from  which  it  differs 
chiefly  in  the  venation.    Var.  cristata  (P.  maxima,  var. 
cristata,  Hort.)  is  a  cult.  form. 

12.  Wallichiana,  Agardh.     Lvs.   tripartite,  with  the 
lateral  divisions  again  forked,  the  central  one  reaching 
2  ft.  long,  with  numerous  lanceolate  sessile  opposite 
pinnules,   cut  again  into  numerous  narrow  lobes   one- 
eighth  in.  wide.  India,  Japan  and  the  Philippine  Islands. 

13.  leptophylla,  Swz.    Lvs.  deltoid,  9-12  in.  each  way, 
on   straw-colored    stalks  ;  upper   pinna   simple,    those 
below  pinnatifid  to  a  winged  rachis,  the  lowest  similarly 
bipinnatifld  at  the  base;  veins  fine;    sori  not   reaching 
the  tips  of  the  segments.    Brazil. 

The  following  are  mostly  synonyms  and  trade  names  that 
cannot  be  accounted  for  by  the  writer:  P.  adiantoldes.—P. 
aquillna.  See  Pteridium.— P.  Chinensis  is  possibly  a  var.  of 
P.  serrulata.— P.  geranifblia  is  a  species  of  Doryopteris.— P. 
hastdta  =  Pellaea  hastata.— P.  palmdta  possibly  referable  to 
Doryopteris.— P.  plumbsa.—P.  regina.—P.  Sieboldii.—P.  Suor- 
drdii.-P.  Wimsetti.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

PTEEOCABYA  (Greek,  pteros,  wing,  and  karya,  nut; 
referring  to  the  winged  nuts).  Juglanddcece.  Orna- 
mental deciduous  trees,  with  large,  alternate,  pinnate 
Ivs.,  rather  inconspicuous  greenish  fls.  in  pendulous 
catkins,  and  long,  pendulous  racemes  of  small,  winged 
fruits.  The  three  cultivated  species  are  hardy  as  far 
north  as  Massachusetts,  except  some  tender  varieties  of 
P.  stenoptera.  They  are  handsome  trees  of  rapid  growth, 
with  graceful  dark  green  foliage,  decorated  in  summer 
and  fall  with  the  long,  drooping  racemes  of  light  green 
fruits.  They  thrive  best  in  rich  and  moist  soil,  but  also 


grow  in  drier  localities.    Propagated  by  seeds  sown  iu 
fall  or  stratified,  and  by  layers  and  suckers. 

A  genus  of  about  7  species  in  the  Caucasus  region 
China  and  Japan.  Branches  with  lamellose  pith:  Ivs. 
odd-pinnate,  with  almost  sessile  Ifts. :  fls.  monoecious,  in 
pendulous  catkins,  appearing  with  the  Ivs.;  staminate 
catkins  rather  dense,  fls.  consisting  of  3  connate  bracts, 
1-4  sepals  and  6-18  stamens;  pistillate  catkins  slender, 
the  1-celled  ovary  enclosed  in  a  connate  involucre  elon- 
gated into  a  4-toothed  beak,  stigmas  2:  fr.  a  small  1- 
seeded,  winged  nut,  4-celled  at  the  base.  In  germination 
the  4-lobed  cotyledons  are  borne  above  the  ground  and 
become  green,  while  in  Juglans  and  Hicoria  they  remain 
inclosed  in  the  nuts. 
A.  Winter-buds  naked,  iisually  several  in  each  axil. 

fraxinifdlia,  Spach.  (P.  Caticdsica,  C.  A.  Mey.).  Tree, 
to  60  ft.,  with  spreading  branches,  of  ten  rising  in  several 
stems  from  the  ground:  Ivs.  8-15  in.  long,  with  glabrous 
terete  rachis;  Ifts.  11-25,  oblong  to  oblong-lanceolate, 
acute  or  acuminate,  serrate,  pubescent  only  in  the  axils 
of  the  veins  beneath,  2-4  in.  long:  stamens  10-16:  fr. 
with  semi-orbiculate  wing,  about  %  in.  broad,  in  racemes 
to  18  in.  long.  W.  Asia.  Gn.  34,  p.  219.  G.C.  III.  4:381. 
—P.  Spachidna,  Lav.  (P.  duMosa,  Lav.),  is  hardly  dif- 
ferent, except  that  it  is  more  shrubby  and  tender. 

stendptera,  DC.  (P.f  Sine"nsis,  Hort.  P.  Japdnica, 
Hort.).  Fig.  2013.  Tree,  similar  to  the  preceding:  Ivs. 
6-12  in.  long,  with  the  rachis  winged  and  pubescent  be- 
neath; Ifts.  11-21,  oblong,  acute,  serrate,  pubescent  be- 
neath on  the  midrib,  2-4  in.  long:  stamens  6-10:  fr. 
with  oblong  or  oval-oblong,  usually  upright  wings  di- 
verging at  a  narrow  angle.  China.  — This  is  a  variable 
species,  and  the  varieties  are  of  different  degrees  of 
hardiness.  The  form  cultivated  in  the  Arnold  Arboretum 
has  proved  as  hardy  as  the  preceding  species. 
AA.  Winter-buds  covered  with  2-3  dark  brown,  large 
scales,  falling  off  early  in  spring:  accessory 
buds  wanting. 

rhoifdlia,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (P.  sorbifdlia,  Sieb.  &  Zucc. 
P.  Icevigata,  Hort.).  Tree,  attaining  80  ft.,  with  spread- 
ing branches:  Ivs.  8-15  in.  long,  with  terete-pubescent 
or  almost  glabrous  rachis;  Ifts.  11-21,  oblong  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath 


2013.  Pterocarya  stenoptera  (X  1-5). 

or  almost  glabrous,  2-4  in.  long:  fr.  with  a  broad 
rhombic  wing,  about  1  in.  across.  Japan.  S.Z.  2:150.— 
This  species  is  an  important  forest  tree  in  Japan  and 
has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

A.LFKED  REHDER. 


PTEROSPERMUM 

PTEROSPERMUM  (Greek,  winged  seed).  Stercu- 
liac?(f.  A  genus  of  about  15  species  of  trees  or  shrubs 
from  tropical  Asia.  Lvs.  2-ranked,  leathery,  simple  or 
lobed:  peduncles  1-3,  terminal:  bractlets  entire  or  lacini- 
ate,  persistent  or  not:  sepals  5,  more  or  less  connate; 
petals  5,  deciduous  with  calyx:  staminal  column  short, 
bearing  3  linear,  2-celled  anthers  between  each  pair  of  the 
5  ligulate  staminodia:  ovary  inserted  at  summit  of  stami- 
nal column,  3-5-celled ;  style  entire ;  stigma  5-furrowed ; 
ovules  many:  capsule  somewhat  woody,  terete  or  .^-an- 
gled. Flora  of  British  India  1:366. 

acerifdlium,  Willd.  Large  tree:  Ivs.  10-14  in.  x  6-12 
in.,  roundish  or  oblong,  often  lobed,  palmately  5-7- 
nerved;  nerves  prominent  beneath :  bractlets  laciniate: 
fl.-buds  oblong,  obtuse,  5-angled,  rusty  tomentose:  fls. 
5-G  in.  across,  pure  white,  fragrant;  sepals  linear-ob- 
long, thick;  petals  linear -oblong:  capsule  4-6  in.  long, 
5-celled  ;  seeds  many  ;  wing  large,  thin.  B.M.  620. 
Cult,  in  S.  Calif.  p>  w>  BARCLAY. 

PTEROSTYRAX  (Greek,  pteros,  wing  ;  alluding  to 
the  winged  or  ribbed  fruit,  by  which  it  is  distinguished 
from  the  allied  genus  Styrax).  Styracacece.  Ornamen- 
tal deciduous  trees,  witlfrather  large,  alternate,  denticu- 
late Ivs.  and  white  fls.  in  showy  pendulous  panicles, 
followed  by  small  rather  inconspicuous  fruits.  They  are 
only  precariously  hardy  as  far' north  as  Mass,  in  shel- 
tered positions.  In  June  they  are  very  attractive,  with 
their  graceful  drooping  panicles  of  numerous  deutzia- 
like  fragrant  flowers.  They  thrive  best  in  a  moderately 
moist  sandy  loam  and  are  prop,  by  seeds  or  layers  and 
also  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass.  About  3  spe- 
cies in  China  and  Japan.  Small  trees:  fls.  in  large  pan- 
icles terminal  on  short  branchlets  ;  calyx  5-toothed; 
corolla  5-parted  almost  to  the  base;  stamens  10,  some- 
what longer  than  the  corolla  and  slightly  exceeded  by 
the  slender  style  :  ovary  3-celled :  fr.  a  ribbed  or 
winged,  1-  to  2-seeded  nut.  Sometimes  united  with 
Halesia,  from  which  it  is  distinguished  chiefly  by  the 
panicled  drooping  inflorescence  and  the  5-merous  fls. 

hispida,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (HaUsia  hispida,  Mast.).  Fig. 
2014.  Tree,  attaining  25  ft.,  with  slender  spreading 
branches  forming  an  open  head:  Ivs.  short -petioled, 
ovate  to  oblong,  narrowed  at  the  base,  acute  or  acumi- 
nate, almost  glabrous  or  pubescent  on  the  veins  be- 
neath, light  green  above,  grayish  green  beneath,  4-7  in. 
long:  panicles  4-6  in.  or  more  long:  fls.  creamy  white, 
fragrant,  about  ^  in.  long:  fr.  10-ribbed,  thickly  cov- 
ered with  bristly  hairs,  %  in.  long.  June.  Japan.  G.C. 
II.  22:177.  Gn.*8,  p.  243;  26,  p.  23;  34,  p.  111.  R.H. 
1875,  p.  308.  G.F.  5:389.  M.D.G.  1899:353. 

corymbosa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (HaUsia  corymbdsa, 
Nichols.).  Small  tree,  closely  allied  to  the  preceding: 
Ivs.  broader,  oval  or  ovate,  sparingly  stellate-pubescent 
on  both  sides;  panicle  broader:  fr.  with  4—5  narrow 
wings,  tomentulose.  June.  Japan.  — Seems  to  be  more 
tender  than  the  preceding  and  is  but  rarely  cultivated. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

PTERCXYLON.    See  Ptceroxylon. 

PTILOMERIS  is  considered  by  Gray  as  a  subgenus 
of  Baeria.  P.  coronaria,  Nutt.,  is  the  plant  known  to 
the  trade  as  Shortia  Californica.  It  is  described  and 
figured  in  this  work  under  Actinolepis. 

PTILOTUS  exaltatus.    See  Triclinium. 

PTYCHORAPHIS  (Greek,  folded  and  raphe).  Pal- 
tnd<:r(t.  A  genus  of  3  species  of  Malayan  palms.  Of 
P.  augusta,  Wm.  Watson  writes:  "It  is  as  graceful  as 
Cocos  Weddeliana  or  Geonoma  gracilis,  and  it  grows 
as  freely  under  cultivation  as  either  of  these  popular 
palms."  This  rare  palm  has  been  offered  in  America 
but  is  not  known  to  be  cultivated.  The  genus  contains 
3  species,  one  from  Singapore,  one  from  the  Philippines 
and  one  from  Nicobar. 

The  genus  is  placed  next  to  Rhopaloblaste  by  Drude 
in  Engler  and  Prantl's  Natiirlichen  Pflanzenfamilien 
and  distinguished  by  the  ridge  of  the  forked  raphe  and 
deeply  ruminate  seed,  while  the  rumination  of  the 
upper  parts  of  the  seed  is  flattish. 


PUERARIA 


augnista,  Becc.  Trunk  becoming  80-100  ft.  high, 
slender,  smooth:  Ivs.  becoming  8-12  ft.  long;  pinna- 
2-.'{  ft.,  linear,  acuminate,  bright  green:  fr.  elliptical- 
oblong,  red:  seed  grooved  on  one  side.  Xicobar. 

F.  -W.  BARCLAY. 


2014.  Pterostyrax  hispida  (X  %). 

PTYCHOSPERMA  (Greek  words,  probably  referring 
to  the  ruminate  albumen  of  the  seed).  Palmdcece.  The 
following  names  have  appeared  in  American  trade  cat- 
alogues: Ptychosperma  Alexandra,  Cunning hamiana 
and  Seemannii.  These  are  all  referred  below  to  other 
genera.  For  P.  eleffans,  consult  Seaforthia. 

P.  alba,  Scheff.  See  Dictyospenna  alba.— P.  Alexandra,  F. 
Muell.  See  Archontophoenix Alexandras.— P.  Cunninghamidna, 
H.  Wendl.  See  Archontophcenix  Cunningham!!.— P.  elegant, 
Blume.  Consult  Seaforthia.— P.  Btimphii.  Consult  Drymo- 
phlaeus.— P.  Se&mannii.  See  Balaka. 

PUCCOON.     Lithospermum. 
PUCCOON,  BED.    Sanguinaria. 
PUCCOON,  YELLOW.    Hydrastis. 
PTJCHA-PAT.    Name  in  India  of  Patchouli. 
PUDDING  BERRY.     Cornus  Canadensis. 

PUERARIA  (M.  N.  Puerari,  botanist  of  Geneva). 
Legumindsce.  Ten  twining  Asian  herbs  or  shrubs, 
closely  allied  to  Dolichos  and  Phaseolus,  but  differing 
among  other  things  in  the  beardless  style,  tumid  nodes 
of  the  raceme?  and  monadelphous  stamens.  Lvs.  3-foli- 
olate  and  stipellate,  the  Ifts.  sometimes  lobed :  fls.  often 
large,  pea-shaped,  in  long  and  dense,  often  compound, 
racemes;  standard  usually  spurred  at  the  base,  about 
equaling  the  wings  and  keel :  pod  flattish,  linear,  many- 
seeded. 

Thunbergiana,  Benth.  (Dblichos  Japdnicus,  Hort. 
Pachyrlzus  Thunbergidnus,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.).  KUDZU 
VINE.  Perennial  with  large  tuberous  starchy  roots, 
making  a  most  remarkably  vigorous  growth  of  slender, 
hairy,  twining  stems :  Ifts.  rhombic-ovate  to  nearly  or- 
bicular-ovate, variously  lobed,  but  the  margins  entire 
and  ciliate:  fls.  pea-shaped,  purple,  in  axillary  spikes 
late  in  the  season,  not  showy:  pod  large  and  flat. 
Japan  and  China.  A.G.  13:387;  21;  505.  ".G.F.  6:505. 
R.H.  1891,  p.  31.  Gt.  45:1429.— A  hardy  vine  remark- 
able for  the  great  rapidity  of  its  growth,  and  most  use- 


1466 


PUERARIA 


PURSLANE 


ful  for  covering  arbors  and  verandas.  From  a  well- 
established  root,  vines  will  grow  40-60  ft.  in  a  single 
season,  producing  a  profusion  of  very  large  Ivs.  In  the 
North  the  plant  dies  to  the  ground  in  the  winter,  but  in 
the  South  the  top  becomes  woody.  The  large  fleshy  root 
assumes  most  curious  shapes,  the  main  branches  often 
being  4-5  ft.  long.  Georgeson  writes  of  the  plant  in 
Japan:  "The  roots  are  fleshy  and  yield  starch  of  excel- 
lent quality ;  the  tough  fiber  of  the  inner  bark  is  manu- 
factured into  a  sort  of  cloth  which  combines  fineness  with 
remarkable  strength;  and  in  certain  situations  the  vine 
is  unparalleled  for  ornament  and  shade."  The  fls.  are 
mostly  borne  on  the  woody  stems,  but  these  stems  usu- 
ally do  not  persist  north  of  Philadelphia,  and  even  rarely 
there.  With  age,  the  tops  are  more  likely  to  survive  the 
winter.  Prop,  by  division  of  the  roots,  or  by  seeds  when 
they  can  be  had;  also  by  cuttings  and  layers.  L.  pj.  B. 

PUFF-BALLS.    See  page  1045. 

PULMONARIA  (Latin,  lung;  the  herb  having  been 
considered  a  remedy  for  diseases  of  the  lungs).  Bor- 
ragindcece.  LUNGWORT.  About  6  species  of  mostly 
European  perennial  herbs,  with  creeping  rootstocks  and 
rather  large,  blue  or  purple  fls.  in  terminal  cymes. 
Calyx  tubular-bell-shaped,  5-toothed  or  cleft  to  the 
middle  only;  corolla-tube  straight,  naked  or  pilose; 
limb  5-lobed;  stamens  included  in  corolla-tube:  nuts 
smooth.  Mertensia  has  a  short,  open,  more  deeply-cleft 
calyx,  exserted  stamens, 
and  slightly  fleshy  nuts. 
Pulmonarias  are  of  easy 
cultivation,  preferring 
light  soil,  not  very  dry, 
in  open  or  partially 
shaded  positions.  They 
are  readily  propagated 
by  division.  Divide  the 
clumps  every  two  or 
three  years. 

A.  Lvs.  white-spotted. 
B.  Plant  very  glandular. 
saccharata,  Mill. 
BETHLEHEM  SAGE.  Fig. 
2015.  Height  6-18  in. 
stem  setose-hairy,  with 
articulate  glands :  radical 
Ivs.  oval  -  acuminate  at 
both  ends,  slightly  de- 
current,  larger  than  in 
following  species :  fls. 
whitish  or  reddish  vio- 
let. April,  May.  In  shady 
places,  Europe. 

BB.  Plant  rough -hairy 
but  slightly  if  at  all 
glandular. 

officinalis,   Linn.    (P. 
mactildta,  F.  G.  Dietr.). 
Height  6-12  in.:  radical 
Ivs.  in    distinct  tufts, 
ovate -oblong   to   nearly 
linear,  on  long  footstalks, 
2015.  Pulmonaria  saccharata.     coarsely   hairy,  more  or 
(X  %.)  less  spotted:    fls.  in  ter- 

minal forked  cymes^  red 
fading  to  violet.    April.    Woods,  Europe. 

AA.   Lvs.  entirely  green. 

angustifolia,  Linn.  Height  6-12  in. :  stem  setose- 
hairy,  having  a  few  glands:  radical  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceo- 
late to  lanceolate,  decurrenton  petiole:  fls.  blue.  April, 
May.  Woods,  Europe. 

P.  Alba,  Hort.  Saul,  is  presumably  Mertensia  Sibirica,  var. 
alba.— P.  Sibirica.  See  Mei'tensia  Sibiriea. — P.  Virginica.  See 
Mertensia  pulmonarioides.  ji\  "^  BARCLAY. 

PULSATlLLA.     See  Anemone. 
PULSE.     See  Legumes. 


PULTEN2EA  is  one  of  many  genera  of  Australian 
shrubs  of  the  legume  family  with  clusters  of  yellow 
pea-shaped  flowers.  Pultenreas  are  practically  unknown 
in  American  floriculture.  Seventy-five  species  are  dis- 
tinguished in  Flora  Australiensis  2:107-140  (1864).  For 
general  purposes  these  plants  are  presumably  inferior 
to  Cytisus  Canariensis. 

PUMPKIN.     See  Squash. 

PUNICA  (Punicus,  Carthaginian:  hence  Malumpuni- 
cum,  "apple  of  Carthage,"  an  early  name  of  the  Pome- 
granate). Lythrdcece.  Genus  of  1  species. 

Granatum,  Linn.  POMEGRANATE,  which  see.  A  large 
deciduous  shrub  or  small  tree,  with  mostly  opposite  or 
clustered  oblong  or  obovate  obtuse  entire,  glabrous  and 
more  or  less  shining  Ivs.:  fls.  axillary,  solitary  or  in 
small  clusters,  orange-red,  showy;  calyx  tubular,  the 
short  lobes  5-7  and  persistent  on  the  top  of  the  fruit  (as 
on  an  apple) ;  petals  equal  in  number  to  the  calyx-lobes, 
inserted  between  the  lobes,  lanceolate  to  obovate, 
wrinkled:  ovary  imbedded  in  the  calyx-tube  (or  recep- 
tacle-tube), comprising  several  locules  or  compartments 
in  two  series  (one  series  above  the  other),  ripening  into 
a  large,  juicy,  many-seeded  pome-like  berry.  Persia  to 
N.  W.  India.— A  handsome  plant,  with  showy  fls.  1  in. 
across  in  summer.  Hardy  as  far  north  as  Washington 
and  Baltimore.  It  is  also  grown  as  a  conservatory 
plant,  blooming  in  winter  as  well  as  in  summer.  For 
ornament,  the  double-flowering  kinds  are  the  most 
popular  (F.S.  13:1385,  as  P.  Granatum  Legrellei). 
There  are  many  named  varieties.  The  treatment  of  the 
fruit-bearing  varieties  is  discussed  under  Pomegranate. 

Var.  nana,  Hort.  (P.  nana,  Linn.).  Dwarf  Pome- 
granate, seldom  growing  higher  than  a  man,  and  usually 
treated  as  a  pot-plant  in  the  North.  It  is  the  best  kind 
for  greenhouse  use.  The  double-fld.  form  is  most  com- 
mon. B.M.  634.  It  is  as  hardy  as  the  species,  and  is 
suitable  for  outdoor  work  where  the  climate  is  not  too 
severe.  On  the  Pacific  coast  it  is  grown  as  a  hedge 
plant  as  far  north  as  San  Francisco.  Both  this  and  the 
species  are  easily  grown  by  cuttings  of  dormant  wood, 
as  currants  are,  but  the  cuttings  should  be  started  in- 
doors with  some  heat.  jj>  jj.  B. 


PURIFICATION    FLOWER. 

Galanthus  nivalis. 


Same    as    snowdrop, 


PURPLE  CONE-FLOWER.     EcMnacea. 
PURPLE  WREATH.     Petrea. 

PURSHIA  (after  F.  T.  Pursh,  or  Pursch,  as  is  the 
original  spelling  of  his  name  (1774-1820);  born  at 
Grossenhain,  in  Saxony,  not  at  Tobolsk,  in  Siberia,  as 
is  frequently  stated ;  traveled  in  this  country  and  wrote 
a  flora  of  North  America.)  Itos&cece.  Low  deciduous 
spreading  shrub  with  alternate,  mostly  fascicled,  small, 
cuneate  and  tridentate  Ivs.,  rather  small,  solitary,  yel- 
lowish fls.  and  inconspicuous  fruits.  Of  little  ornamen- 
tal value  with  its  sparse  grayish  or  bluish  green  foliage 
and  its  rather  inconspicuous  fls.,  and  but  rarely  culti- 
vated. Probably  hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass.,  requiring 
sunny  position  and  well-drained  peaty  soil;  an  excess 
of  moisture,  especially  during  the  winter,  proves  fatal 
to  it.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  probably  by  layers.  But  one 
species,  native  of  western  N.  America  and  allied  to  Cer- 
cocarpus:  petals  5;  stamens  numerous;  pistils  1  or 
sometimes  2 :  f r.  a  pubescent  leathery  akene  exceeding 
the  persistent  calyx. 

tridentata,  DC.  Diffusely  branched  shrub,  attaining 
5,  rarely  10  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate-obovate,  3-lobed  at  the 
apex,  whitish  pubescent  beneath,  %-%  in.  long:  fls. 
solitary  on  short  branchlets,  almost  sessile,  yellowish, 
about  %  in.  across:  fr.  ovate-oblong,  acuminate.  April 
-July.  Ore.  to  Wyoming,  New  Mex.  and  Calif.  B.R. 
17:1446.  — Var.  glanduldsa,  Jones  (P.  glandulosa,  Cur- 
ran),  is  glandular  and  has  very  small,  almost  glabrous 
Ivs.,  sometimes  pinnately  5-lobed.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

PURSLANE.     Portulaca  oleracea. 
PURSLANE,  WINTER.     Montia  perfoliata. 


PUSCHKINIA 


PVRACANTHA 


1467 


PUSCHKtNIA  (Count  M.  Puschkin,  Russian  poet), 
Liliacece.  A  genus  of  2  species  of  hardy  spring-bloom- 
ing bulbs  from  S.  Asia,  with  clusters  of  small  6-lobed 
white  fls.,  each  narrow  lobe  being  prettily  lined  with 
blue.  A  good  specimen  may  have  as  many  as  10  tis., 
each  %  in.  across.  The  peculiar  feature  of  the  genus 
is  the  crown  011  which  the  stamens  are  borne.  This  is 
a  white  body  of  petal-like  texture,  having  6  lobes,  each 
of  which  is  variously  toothed.  The  genus  is  allied  to 
Scilla  and  Chionodoxa.  Lvs.  2-3,  linear,  surrounding 
the  lower  part  of  the  scape.  Excellent  early  plants. 

scilloldes,  Adams  (Addmsia  scilloldes,  Willd.). 
Height  4-12  in.:  bulb  globular,  about  %  in.  thick:  Ivs. 
as  long  as  scape,  K-l  in.  wide:  raceme  1-10-fld.;  pedi- 
cels slender,  erect:  perianth  usually  bluish  white;  di- 
visions elliptic-oblong,  three  times  as  long  as  the  tube ; 
crown  one-third  as  long  as  divisions,  cleft  to  middle 
into  truncate  or  retuse  teeth.  Var.  Liban6tica,  Boiss. 
(P.  Liban6tica,  Zucc.),  differs  from  the  type  in  having 
divisions  of  perianth  K  in.  long  and  the  teeth  of  the 
crown  more  acute  and  bifid.  Gn.  32,  p.  5;  54,  p.  219. 
B.M.  2244.  F.S.  21:2220  (as  P.  sicula). 

F.  W.  BARCLAY  and  W.  M. 

PUTRANJlVA  (meaning  obscure).  Euphorbiacece. 
A  genus  of  2  species  of  tender  evergreen  trees  native 
of  India.  Lvs.  alternate,  undivided,  entire  or  serrulate: 
fls.  axillary,  small,  yellow  or  white,  monoecious  or 
dioecious,  the  female  subsolitary,  the  male  clustered  ; 
stamens  1-3  :  ovary  2-3-celled  :  drupe  1 -celled.  Flora 
of  British  India,  5:336. 

Roxburgh!!,  Wall.  INDIAN  AMULET  PLANT.  A  mod- 
erate-sized tree,  nearly  glabrous:  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long, 
obliquely  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  serrulate:  fls.  small, 
yellow;  sepals  of  male  fl.  3-5,  of  female  5-6:  fr.  globose 
to  ovoid,  size  of  a  cherry  or  smaller,  white  tomentose. 
Cult,  in  S.  Fla.  p.  w.  BARCLAY. 

PUTTY-ROOT.    Corallorhiza. 

PUYA  (Chilean  name).  Bromeliacece.  Forty-four 
species,  according  to  Mez  (DC.  Monogr.  Phaner.  9)  of 
large  terrestrial  xerophytic  South  American  brome- 
liads,  allied  to  Pitcairnia  (differing  in  having  a  fully 
superior  rather  than  partially  superior  ovary).  For 
culture,  see  also  Billbergia.  Puya  ccerulea,  P.  Whytei 
and  P.  heterophylla  are  here  referred  to  Pitcairnia. 
Puya  also  includes  the  plants  known  in  trade  as 
Pourretia. 

A.  Fls.  yellow. 

Chilensis,  Molina  (Pitcairnia  coarctata,  Pers.,  and  P. 
Chilensis,  Lodd.).  Becoming  4-5  ft.  or  more  high, 
sometimes  branching:  Ivs.  in  tufts,  2-4  ft.  long,  very 
narrow,  often  recurved,  the  margins  armed  with  strong 
recurved  spines  or  thorns,  glaucous:  blossoms  in  a 
branching,  hoary,  bracted  inflorescence  rising  3-5  ft. 
from  the  top  of  the  caudex,  the  fls.. large  (2  in.  across), 
sessile  or  nearly  so,  the  3  lanceolate  sepals  greenish 
and  "he  obovate-oblong  much-exserted  petals  yellow  or 
greenish  yellow,  the  6  erect  stamens  shorter  than  the 
petals,  the  stigma  3-branched.  Chile.  B.M.  4715.  F.S. 
9:869-70.  G.C.  III.  7:685. -A  striking  and  mammoth 
bromeliad,  making  a  yucca-like  mass  of  foliage  and 
projecting  above  it  a  very  showy  inflorescence. 

AA.  Fls.  white  or  rose-color. 

gigas,  Andre.  Still  larger  than  the  latter,  sending  its 
titanic  spikes  20  to  30  ft.  into  the  air,  from  a  rosette  of 
hard  and  thick  spiny -toothed  agave-like  Ivs. :  inflores- 
cence simple,  dense,  club-shaped,  terminating  the  tall, 
erect,  bracted  scape:  Ivs.  green  above  and  white  be- 
neath, the  spines  black  and  hooked:  fls.  white,  passing 
into  rose.  Colombia,  10,000  ft.  R.H.  1881,  p.  315,  and 
Gn.  21,  p.  309.  — Can  probably  be  handled  like  agaves. 

L.  H.  B. 

Puyas  and  Pitcairnias  are  mostly  warmhouse  plants, 
requiring  the  general  treatment  given  Musas,  Dieffen- 
bachias  and  Marantas.  They  prefer  a  fairly  heavy 
loam,  and,  except  when  in  bloom,  a  constant  supply  of 
moisture.  When  in  bloom,  the  plant  should  be  elevated 
on  a  pedestal  or  inverted  pots  in  order  to  protect  it 


from  excessive  moisture   and  to  allow  the  scape  full 
opportunity  to  expand.     Propagated  by  division. 

H.  A.  SIEBRECHT. 

Puyas  and  Pitcairnias  are  generally  found  in  collec- 
tions of  bromeliads  and  are  usually  grown  in  moist 
tropical  houses.  The  native  home  of  the  Puyas  is  on 
the  steep,  stony  slopes  of  the  Cordilleras  at  high  alti- 
tudes with  little  other  vegetation  for  company  except 
some  species  of  Cereus.  This  would  indicate  that  drier 
and  cooler  conditions,  or  such  as  we  give  Cacti  and  suc- 
culents, would  suit  them  best,  yet  they  thrive  equally 
well  in  the  tropical  house.  Indeed,  the  writer  has 
found  most  of  the  family  Bromeliaceae  very  accom- 
modating not  only  to  temperature  and  moisture  condi- 
tions, but  to  soils  and  methods  of  growing  them;  for 
instance,  many  of  the  Tillandsias  may  be  grown  on 
blocks  of  wood  as  epiphytes,  yet  they  do  equally  well 
grown  in  pots.  But  what  perhaps  is  more  remarkable 
is  the  fact  that  several  of  the  stronger-growing  Brome- 
liads appear  to  grow  equally  well  either  in  a  strong 
loamy  mixture,  or  a  mixture  of  chopped  -fern  root  and 
charcoal.  The  writer  has  pineapples  growing  in  both 
mixtures  with  equal  success.  But  the  most  rational 
treatment  is  to  give  all  the  Bromeliads  conditions  and 
soil  similar  to  the  environment  in  which  they  are  found 
in  their  native  habitat,  yet  according  to  the  experience 
of  the  writer  few  plants  possess  such  remarkable  adap- 
tability to  changed  conditions  as  do  these  plants. 

E.  J.  CANNING. 

PYCNANTHEMUM  (Greek,  dense  and  blossom;  re- 
ferring to  compact  flower-heads).  Labiatce.  MOUNTAIN 
FRUIT.  Hardy  aromatic  perennial  herbs  with  branching 
stems  and  white  or  purplish  fls.  in  terminal  or  sometimes 
also  axillary  clusters,  borne  in  late  summer.  Calyx  2- 
lipped  or  5-toothed,  naked  in  the  throat;  corolla 2-lipped ; 
stamens  4,  straight  and  spreading,  or  connivent  under 
the  upper  lip;  the  upper  pair  shorter  or  abortive:  an- 
thers 2-celled.  The  genus  differs  from  Monarda  in  hav- 
ing smaller  and  canescent  fl. -heads.  Pycnanthemums 
are  mint-like  plants  of  easy  culture  in  any  good  soil. 
The  following  grow  1-3  ft.  high,  and  bear  fl.-heads  %  in. 
across  or  less  from  July  to  September.  Lvs.  entire,  gla- 
brous or  pubescent,  nearly  sessile. 

A.    Lvs.  lanceolate  or  linear-lanceolate:  calyx-teeth 
ovate-triangular. 

lanceolatum,  Pursh.  Stem  rather  stout:  Ivs.  fragrant, 
firm,  acuminate  at  apex,  rounded  or  narrowed  at  base, 
1-2  in.  long,  2-5  lines  wide.  Dry  fields,  Canada  to  Ga.t 
west  to  Minn.  B.B.  3:112. 

AA.   Lvs.  linear:  calyx-teeth  subulate,  bristle-tipped. 

linifdlium,  Pursh.  Stem  slender:  Ivs.  1-2  in.  long, 
%-lK  lines  wide.  In  fields,  Mass,  to  Fla.,  Ont.,  Minn, 
and  Texas.  B.B.  3:111. 

P.  Monardella,  Michx.,  is  properly  Monarda  Clinopodia, 
Linn.  A  perennial  herb  with  a  slender,  usually  simple  stem 
1-3  ft.  high.  Lvs.  lanceolate  to  ovate,  membranaceous,  bright 
green,  slender-petioled,  2-4 in.  long:  fl.-heads  solitary,  terminal: 
corolla  yellowish,  1  in.  long  or  less.  June-Aug.  Fields,  Ont.  to 
Ga.  B.B.  3:102.— P.  vulgdre,  offered  by  Jacob  W.  Manning  in 
1892,  was  raised  from  seed  received  from  Wm.  Thompson,  of 
Ipswich,  Eng.  J.  Woodward  Manning  writes  that  this  plant 
is  properly  Origanum  vulgare,  which  see. 

F.  W.  BARCLAY. 

PYRACANTHA  (Greek  pyr,  fire,  and  akanthos,  thorn ; 
alluding  to  the  bright  red  fruits).  Bosacece.  Ornamen- 
tal evergreen  thorny  shrubs,  with  alternate  rather 
small  and  narrow  crenulate  Ivs.,  white  fls.  in  corymbs, 
and  bright  red  fruits.  P.  coccinea  is  hardy  as  far  north  as 
Mass,  in  sheltered  positions.  It  is  a  handsome  low  ever- 

freen  shrub,  especially  when  loaded  with  its  bright  red 
ruits,  these  remaining  on  the  branches  all  winter  if  not 
eaten  by  birds,  which  are  fond  of  them;  it  is  also  pretty 
in  spring  with  its  numerous  corymbs  of  white  fls.  It  is 
well  adapted  for  planting  on  rocky  slopes  or  sunny 
rockeries  or  for  borders  of  shrubberies ;  it  may  also  be 
used  for  low  ornamental  hedges  or  for  covering  walls, 
as  it  stands  pruning  well  and  is  easily  trained  into  any 
desired  shape.  It  thrives  in  almost  any  kind  of  well- 
drained  soil,  including  limestone,  and  prefers  sunny  po- 
sitions. Prop,  by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  ripened  wood 
in  fall  under  glass,  kept  during  the  winter  in  a  temper- 


1468 


PYRACANTHA 


PYROLA 


ate  greenhouse;  also  by  layers  and  sometimes  by  graft- 
ing on  Hawthorn  or  Cotoneaster.  Pyracantha  is  a  genus 
of  2  species  from  southeast  Europe  to  the  Himalayas; 
closely  allied  to  Cotoneaster  but  easily  distinguished  by 
the  crenulate  Ivs.  and  the  thorny  branches,  also  by  the 
more  conspicuous  stipules.  From  Cratsegus  it  is  chiefly 
distinguished  by  the  structure  of  the  ovary,  which  con- 
tains 2  equal  ovules  in  each  cell,  while  in  Crataegus  each 
cell  contains  only  one  fertile  ovule  and  a  second  imper- 
fect and  smaller  one.  Corymbs  many-fld.;  stamens 
about  20,  with  yellow  anthers :  f r.  red  or  orange,  rarely 
white,  with  5  stones. 

coccinea,  Roem.  (Cotonedster  Pyracdntha,  Spach. 
Cratvegus  Pyracdntha,  Borkh.  MSspihis  Pyracdntha, 
Linn.).  Fig.  2016.  Shrub,  attaining  6  ft.,  rarely  20  ft., 
with  numerous  short  spines :  young  branchlets  and  peti- 
oles grayish  pubescent:  Ivs.  oval-oblong  to  oblanceo- 
late,  acute,  crenate,  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent  when 
young,  %-l/4  in.  long:  corymbs  pubescent,  many-fld., 
about  1%  in.  broad  :  fls.  small,  white  :  fr.  numerous, 
bright  red,  about  one-fifth  in.  across.  May,  June.  Italy 
to  W.  Asia.-Var.  Lalandi,  Dipp.  (Cotonedster  crenu- 
Idta,  Hort.,  not  Wenzig),  is  of  more  vigorous  growth, 
with  slender  branches :  Ivs.  less  deeply  crenate:  corymbs 
larger:  fr.  bright  orange-red.  Well  suited  for  covering 
walls  and  said  to  be  hardier  than  the  type.  Var.  pauci- 
flora,  Dipp.  Of  low,  dense  habit  and  very  thorny:  co- 
rymbs small:  fr.  yellowish  red.  Hardy  and  well  suited 
for  hedges.  Var.  fructu  albo  is  a  form  with  white  or 
yellowish  fruits. 

crenulata,  Roem.  (Cotonedster  crenuldta,  Wenzig. 
Cratcegus  crenuldta,  Roxb.).  Closely  allied  to  the  pre- 
ceding: branchlets  and  petioles  rusty-pubescent,  gla- 
brous at  length:  Ivs.  narrower,  oblong  to  oblanceolate, 
obtuse  or  acutish,  more  leathery,  bright  green  and  glossy 
above,  1-2  in.  long:  corymbs  glabrous :  fr.  globose, bright 
orange-red.  May,  June.  Himal.  B.R.  30:52.  — More  tender 
than  the  preceding,  with  handsomer,  glossier  foliage. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


section  Hoffmann  places  the  florists'  chrysanthemums 
(generally  said  to  be  the  product  of  C.  Indicum  X 
Sinense);  also  Pyrethrum  roseum;  also  the  white 
weed  or  oxeye  daisy,  C.  Leucanthemum  ;  the  costmary, 
C.  Balsamita,  var.  tanacetoides ;  and  C.  cineraricefolium 
and  corymbosum.  Here  also  belong  the  Golden  Feather, 


2016.    Pyracantha  coccinea  (X 


PYRETHRUM  in  garden  literature  and  language 
nearly  always  means  Pyrethrum  roseum,  the  handsome 
summer-blooming  hardy  perennial  composite,  with  finely 
dissected  foliage,  pictured  on  page  312  of  this  work, 
Fig.  463.  It  is  a  favorite  border  plant  in  Europe,  but 
little  known  in  America,  although  it  has  several  hun- 
dred varieties.  It  requires  special  culture,  for  which 
see  p.  310.  Nearly  all  the  Pyrethrums  with  personal 
names,  as  Ajax,  Ceres,  etc.,  are  forms  of  this  species. 
These  varieties  are  also  listed  in  catalogues  as  hybrid 
Pyrethrums  or  P.  hybridum.  Although  the  genus 
Pyrethrum  was  long  ago  reduced  to  the  rank  of  a  mere 
section  of  Chrysanthemum,  the  name  Pyrethrum  is  still 
prominent  in  our  nursery  catalogues,  and  it  has  become 
thoroughly  established  in  the  English  language  as  the 
common  or  popular  name  of  Pyrethrum  roseum  and  its 
varieties,  which  are  now  referred  by  botanists  to  Chrys- 
anthemum coccineum. 

In  Engler  and  Prantl's  Naturlichen  Pflanzenfamilien, 
Hoffmann  makes  eight  sections  of  Chrysanthemum. 
Among  these  the  section  Pyrethrum  is  distinguished, 
chiefly,  though  not  entirely,  by  the  fact  that  the  plants 
are  perennial  and  by  the  5-10-ribbed  akene.  In  this 


2017.   Golden  Feather. 

A  common  bedding  plant  with  yellow  foliage,  often 
catalogued  as  Pyrethrum  parthenifolium,  var.  aureum. 
See  p.  311,  species  No.  4. 

Figs.  2017,  459,  the  well-known  bedding  plant  with 
golden  foliage,  and  C.  uliginosum,  which  has  attracted 
considerable  notice  within  recent  years.  ^.  M. 

PYBOLA  (name  said  to  be  derived  from  Pyrus,  name 
of  the  pear  tree).  Ericaceae.  WINTERGREEN.  SHINLEAF. 
Perennial  evergreen,  stemless  herbs,  with  a  cluster  of 
orbicular  or  elliptical  leaves  attached  to  the  top  of  the 
branching,  slender,  underground  rootstocks:  scape 
angular  and  scaly-bracted,  bearing  racemes  of  white, 
greenish  or  purple,  nodding  fls.  in  summer.  Fls.  slightly 
irregular;  sepals  5,  imbricated;  petals  5;  stamens  10; 
style  declined  or  straight:  capsule  5-lobed,  splitting 
from  below  upwards,  bearing  numerous  small  seeds. 
The  genus  has  about  a  dozen  species  and  several  varie- 
ties, found  in  the  north  temperate  zone  from  Great 
Britain  to  Asia  and  North  America  south  to  Mexico. 
About  10  species  occur  in  North  America.  They  grow 
naturally  in  rather  poor  sandy  uplands  and  in  bogs. 
Like  many  other  members  of  the  heath  family,  Winter- 
greens  are  difficult  to  cultivate  and  will  not  succeed  in 
garden  soil.  In  removing  them  from  the  woods,  care 
should  be  taken  to  secure  a  large  ball  of  earth.  They 
may  then  succeed  in  the  shade  of  evergreens  and  upon 
rockeries  in  peaty  soil.  The  species  are  scarcely  in 
general  cult. ;  they  are  offered  by  dealers  in  native 
plants.  P.  rotundifolia  is  probably  more  cult,  than  the 
others.  For  a  fuller  botanical  account,  see  Gray's  Syn. 
Flora  N.  Amer. 

A.   Fls.  greenish;  style  straight. 

secunda,  Linn.  Height  about  6  in.:  Ivs.  thin,  ovate, 
crenate,  1-1%  in.  long:  fls.  small,  in  a  one-sided,  dense, 
spike-like  raceme.  North  Atlantic  states  to  Lab.,  Rocky 
Mts.  to  arctic  regions,  N.  Europe  to  Japan. 

AA.   Fls.  greenish  white  ;  style  curved  downward. 

chlorantha,  Swartz.  Height  5-10  in. :  Ivs.  small,  or- 
bicular, dull,  shorter  than  the  petiole:  fls.  few;  anther 
cells  with  beaked  tips.  Lab.  to  Pa.,  Rocky  Mts.,  north 
to  subarctic  regions. 

elliptica,  Nutt.  Height  8-10  in. :  Ivs.  broadly  oval  or 
oblong,  thin,  dull,  serrulate,  2-2%  in.  long,  longer  than 
the  petiole;  loosely  5-10-fld.  Canada  to  Brit.  Col.  and 
through  N.  Atlantic  states  to  New  Mex.,  Japan. 

picta,  Smith.  Height  5-10  in.:  Ivs.  thick,  broadly 
ovate  to  spatulate,  blotched  with  white  above,  dull, 
longer  than  the  petioles.  Pacific  slope. 

AAA.   Fls.  white  to  pink  or  purple. 
rotundi!61ia,  Linn.     Height   5-12  in. :    Ivs.  orbicular, 
about  2  in.  long,  thick,  shining  above,  shorter  than  the 
petioles:  fls.  numerous:  bracts  conspicuous.     Var.  uli- 


PYROLA 


PYRUS 


1469 


ginosa,  Gray,  with  pink  or  rose-colored  fls.  and  subcor- 
date  to  obovate,  dull  Ivs.,  occurs  in  swamps,  Arctic 
regions,  and  as  far  south  as  Ga.,  New  Mrx.  and  Calif. 
Var.  asarifolia,  Hook.,  with  purple  fls.  and  round  kid- 
ney-shaped to  ovate-orbicular  Ivs.,  occurs  northward. 

C.  F.  WHEELER. 
PYEOLA,  One-flowered.    Moneses  grandiflora. 

PYKU8  (Latin  name  of  pear  tree).  Sometimes  spelled 
Pirns.  Kosacece.  POME  FRUITS.  Flowers  normally 
perfect,  regular,  in  spring;  torus  urn-shaped  and  at- 
tached to  the  carpels  and  finally  closing  over  them,  and 
with  them  becoming  fleshy  in  fruit;  calyx-lobes  5  and 
persistent  upon  the  top  of  the  young  fruit,  or  in  some 
cases  falling  away  at  partial  maturity;  petals  5,  white  or 
red;  stamens  20  or  more;  pistils  2  to  5,  crowning  a 
2-  to  5-loculed  ovary  in  which  the  locules  are  usually 
2-seeded.  Fig.  2018.  Pyrus  is  a  polymorphous  genus, 
comprising  some  30  to  50  species  in  the  northern  hemi- 
sphere. Trees  or  shrubs,  with  alternate  leaves  which  are 
simple  in  the  common  species  but  compound  in  P. 
heterophylla  and  rarely  in  some  of  the  apple  tribe.  The 
species  are  cultivated  for  their  edible  fruits  and  for 
ornament.  Apples  and  Pears  are  the  leading  species. 
The  species  are  mostly  sma'l  trees,  bearing  clusters  of 
showy  white  or  blush  flowers  with  the  leaves  or  in 
advance  of  them.  They  are  natives  of  the  northern 
hemisphere,  mostly  of  cool  temperate  parts,  and  the 
greater  part  of  them  are  hardy  in  the  northern  states. 
They  are  of  easy  culture.  '  The  pear-like  species  may 
be  worked  on  Pear  stocks,  and  the  apple-like  species  on 
Apple  stocks. 

The  fruit  of  Pyrus  is  of  the  kind  known  to  botanists 
as  a  pome.  The  morphology  of  the  pome  is  still  a  sub- 
ject of  dispute,  although  most  botanists  now  agree  in 
considering  it  to  be  a  hollow  torus  (receptacle)  in  which 
the  ovary  is  imbedded.  Fig.  2019  illustrates  the  theo- 
retical structure.  The  ovary  is  at  b,  wholly  inclosed  in 


ity  like  an  apple,  the  flesh  bearing  grit  cells;    styles 
usually  free  or  not  united  at  the  base.     (Nos.  1-5.) 

Of  these  plants  there  are  perhaps  15  to  20  species, 
natives  to  south-central  Europe  and  Asia,  with  the 
greatest  expansion  in  the  Grecian -Asia  Minor-Syrian 


2018.   Flowers  of  apple. 
The  ovaries  are  shown  in  the  section,  an  ovule  being  at  O 

the  fleshy  torus  a.  Most  of  the  edible  part  of  the  Apple 
or  Pear,  therefore,  is  considered  to  be  torus,  whereas 
the  core  is  ovary.  This  ovary  is  of  five  carpels  or  cells, 
as  shown  in  the  cross-section,  Fig.  2020.  It  was  formerly 
held  that  the  edible  part  is  largely  calyx-tube,  but  vari- 
ous morphological  considerations  have  inclined  students 
to  regard  it  as  stem  rather  than  calyx.  One  of  these 
reasons  is  the  fact  that  Apples  sometimes  bear  a  rudi- 
mentary leaf  (as  in  Fig.  2021),  an  organ 
which  is  commonly  borne  only  by  stems. 
There  are  the  widest  differences  of 
opinion  as  to  the  generic  limits  of  this 
group  of  plants.  What  is  regarded  by 
Bentham  &  Hooker  as  one  genus  is  re- 
garded by.  others  as  10  or  12  genera  (see, 
for  example,  E.  Koehne,  "Die  Gattung 
der  Pomaceen,"  Wissensch.  Beil.  zum 
Program  des  Falk-Realgymnasiums, Ber- 
lin, 1890).  In  the  present  work,  some  of 
these  species  ( the"  quinces )  are  set  off 
as  Cydonia,  the  medlar  as  Mespilus, 
and  the  mountain^ashes,  chokeberries 
and  their  kin  as  Sorbus.  This  restricts 
Pyrus  to  the  pear-like  and  apple-like 
species. 

1.  PEARS.  —  (Pyrophorum).  Fruit  either 
with  a  conical  base  or  possessing  a  cav- 


2019. 
Diagram  of  a 

pome  (pear). 

Showing  the 
torus  part  at  a 
and  the  ovary 
part  at  b. 


2020.  Section  of  a  pome  (apple). 

Showing  the  interior  or  ovary  part  and  the  exterior 

or  torus  part. 

region.  Of  this  particular  region,  Bossier  (Flora 
Orientalis)  reduces  the  species  to  eight,  P.  communis, 
P.  cordata,  P.  amygdaliformis,  P.  elceagri  folia,  P. 
salici folia,  P.  Syriaca,  P.  Boveana,  P.  glabra.  Some 
of  these  have  fruits  of  comestible  value,  and  it  is  not 
impossible  that  they  may  be  worthy  of  amelioration. 
The  best  horticultural  account  of  the  species  of  Pears, 
with  particular  reference  to  their  pomological  values, 
will  be  found  in  vol.  1  of  Decaisne's  «Le  Jardin 
Fruitier  du  Museum,"  where  superb  plates  are  given. 
2.  APPLES  (Mains).— Fruit  with  a  sunken  base  or 
"cavity,"  the  flesh  without  grit  cells;  styles  more 
or  less  united  below  (Nos.  6-19). 

There  are  probably  20  good  species  of  this  sub- 
genus,  of  wide  distribution.  The  common  Apple, 
P.  Mains,  is  probablylndigenous  in  southwestern 
Asia.  In  Siberia,  China  and  Japan,  several  spe- 
cies are  native,  of  which  the  best  known  are  the 
smooth-growing  Crab  trees  with  small  fruits  that 
shed  their  calices.  In  North  America  is  another 
set,  represented  by  the  Garland  Crab,  P.  coro- 
naria  of  the  East,  the  Narrow-leaved  Crab,  P. 
angustifolia  of  the  Southeast,  the  Prairie  States 
Crab,  P.  loensis,  and  the  far  western  Crab,  P. 
fusca.  It  is  difficult  to  find  good  characters  to 
separate  the  small-fruited  Apples,  particularly 
the  Asiatic  forms.  Carriere  attempted  to  solve 
thedifficulty  (Pommiersmicrocarpes,  Paris,  1883) 
by  referring  them  all  to  one  polymorphous  species- 
group,  Mains  microcarpa.  Although  Pyrus  and  Malus 
are  very  closely  related  botanically,  they  hold  their  dis- 
tinctions with  much  persistency  and  they  do  not  inter- 
hybridize.  Many  writers  prefer  to  keep  the  genera  dis- 
tinct, but  the  characters  of  separation  are  too  minute 
and  technical  for  ordinary  di- 
agnostic purposes.  It  does  not 
follow  that  characters  have 
generic  value  merely  because 
they  are  constant.  The  marks 
that  separate  Malus  from  Py- 
rus are  not  readily  determin- 
able  on  the  herbarium  sheet, 
and  are  therefore  of  relatively 
little  value  to  the  systematist, 
for  whom  generic  lines  are 
chiefly  erected.  Their  distinct- 
ness is  further  shown  by  their 
relations  to  inter-grafting,  al- 
though the  graf  tage-relation  is 
not  coincident  with  the  classi- 
fication-relation. It  is  usually 
impossible  to  graft  the  pear  -  species  on  the  apple- 
species  with  any  degree  of  success;  yet  pears  thrive  on 
quinces  and  also  on  hawthorns,  which  are  well  marked 
genera. 


2021.    A  pome  bearing  a 
rudimentary  leaf  (at  A). 


1470 


PYRUS 


INDEX. 

acerba,  10. 

domestica.    See 

Parkmani,  8. 

Achras,  1. 

Sorbus. 

Pollveria,  5. 

Americana.    See 

elaeagrifolia,  5. 

prunifolia,  9. 

Sorbus. 

floribunda,  7. 

Pyraster,  1. 

amygdalifcrmis,  5. 

fusca,  14. 

Ringo,  12. 

angustifolia,  16. 

Germanica.    See 

rivularis,  14. 

arbutifolia.    See 

Mespilus. 

Riversii,  11. 

Sorbus. 

Halliana,  8. 

salicifolia,  4. 

Aria.    See  Sorbus. 

heterophylla,  1,  5. 

sambudfolia. 

See 

Astracanica,  10. 

hybrida.     See  Sor-. 

Sorbus. 

Aucuparia.    See 

bus. 

Scheideckeri,  1 

Sorbus. 

loensis,  17. 

sempervirens  , 

16. 

auricularis,  5. 

Japonica,  3.    See 

Sieboldii,  3,  6. 

baccata,  9. 

also  Cydonia. 

Sikkimensis,  19. 

betulifolia,  5. 

Kaido,  13. 

Simonii,  3. 

Bollwylleriana,  5. 

Kotschyana,  5. 

Sinaica,  5. 

cerasifera,  9. 

Mains,  10. 

Sinensis,  3,  11 

Cathayensis.    See 

Maulei.    See  Cy- 

Soulardi, 18. 

Oydonia. 

donia. 

spectabilis,  11, 

communis,  1. 

Miyabei.    See    Sor- 

Toringo, 6. 

coronaria,  15. 

bus. 

torminalis.    S 

iee 

crataegifolia,  19. 

Michauxii,  5. 

(Sor&ws. 

Cydonia.    See  Cy- 

nigra.    See  Sorbus. 

Tschonoskii,  5 

donia. 

nivalis,  2. 

Ussuriensis,  3 

dioica,  10. 

Paradisiaca,  10. 

A.  PYROPHORUM  or  PYRUS  PROPER  :  fr.  with  gramilar 
or  gritty  flesh  (unless  ripened  off  the  tree); 
styles  usually  free  to  the  base. 

1.  communis,  Linn.  COMMON  PEAR.  Pigs.  1684-89, 
2022.  Strong,  upright  tree,  living  to  a  great  age  and 
sometimes  attaining  a  height  of  75  ft.,  the  pedicels  and 
sometimes  the  young  growth  pubescent,  but  all  parts 
becoming  glabrous:  Ivs.  mostly  oblong-ovate,  with  a 
prominent  point,  hard  in  texture  and  veiny,  bright 
green,  the  serratures  small  and  much  appressed  and 
obtuse,  or  sometimes  the  leaf  is  almost  entire :  fls.  in 
umbel-like  clusters  on  slender  (2  to  3  in.)  pedicels, 
white,  appearing  with  the  Ivs.;  calyx  persistent:  fr. 
very  various  under  cultivation,  usually  tapering  to  the 
stem,  the  flesh  generally  with  gritty  concretions.  Na- 
tive to  southern  Europe  and  Asia,  where  it  has  been 
cultivated  from  the  earliest  times.  — Probably,  indige- 
nous as  far  east  as  Kashmir.  In  the  Syrio-Persian  region 
are  several  very  distinct  Pyruses  of  the  Pear  group,  a 
number  of  which  may  be  outlying  forms  of  P.  commu- 
nis. In  the  wild  in  Europe,  various  thorny  and  small- 
fruited  forms  are  known,  two  of  which  are  often  sepa- 
rated under  Latin  names  :  Var.  Achras,  Wallr.,  with 
ovate-acuminate  long -stalked  Ivs.  which,  with  the  ca- 


2022.  Pyrus  communis  (X 


lyx-tube,  are  tomentose  when  young,  and  the  fr.  taper- 
ing at  the  base.  Var.  Pyraster,  Wallr.,  with  roundish 
acute,  strongly  serrate  Ivs.,  which,  with  the  calyx-tube, 
are  glabrous  when  young,  the  fruit  rounded  at  the  base. 


PYRUS 

There  are  forms  of  P.  communis  with  variegated  foli- 
age (var.  variegata),  lobed  (var.  trilobata)  and  cut 
leaves  (var.  heterophylla). 


2023.  Pyrus  Toringo  (X  %).     See  No.  6. 

2.  nivalis,  Jacq.    SNOW  PEAR.    Shoots  grayish  pubes- 
cent:   Ivs.  oval  to  obovate-oval,  obtuse  or  short-acute, 
entire,    gray-pubescent:    fls.   large,  white,  showy:    fr. 
small,  roundish  pyriform,  late-ripening,  acid,  becoming 
sweet  when  overripe.     Southern  France,  southern  Ger- 
many, northern    Italy,  Austria.  — The  Snow  Pear   is   a 
small  tree,  with  thick  shoots  that  are  white-  or  gray- 
hairy  when  young.    It  is  grown  in  parts  of  Europe,  par- 
ticularly in  France,  for  the  making  of  perry  or  Pear 
cider,  the  greater  part  of  such  varieties   being  of  this 
species.     By  some  writers  it  is  considered  to  be  a  form 
of  P.  communis.    It  is  not  known  to  be  in  cultivation  in 
this  country,  but  it  would  not  be  strange  if  some  of  the 
imported  Pear  stocks  were  of  this  species.     Said  to  be 
called  Snow  Pear  because  the  fruits  are  fit  for  eating 
after   snow  falls.     This  is  the  Poire  Sauger   ("sage- 
leaved  Pear")  of  the  French. 

3.  Sinensis,  Lindl.  (P.  communis,  var.  SinSnsis,  Koch. 
P.  Ussuriensis,  Maxim.  P.  Simonii,  Carr.    P.  Sieboldii, 
Carr.     P.  Japdnica,  Hort.).    SAND   PEAR.     JAPANESE 
and  CHINESE  PEAR.    Fig.  1680.     A  very  rapid-growing 
tree,  with  strong,  thick  shoots :  Ivs.  broadly  ovate  and 
long-pointed,  very  dark  green,  the  margins  thickly  fur- 
nished with  very  sharp,  sometimes  almost  bristle-like 
teeth:    fls.  large,  appearing  rather  in  advance   of  the 
foliage :  fr.  hard  and  usually  roughish,  commonly  with 
a  depression  or  "cavity"  about  the  stem,  the  flesh  tough 
and  gritty  and  poor  in  flavor,  the  calyx  usually  falling 
before  maturity.    Native  to  China.    B.R.  15:1248.    R.H. 
1872,  p.  28;  1880:110.   G.C.  III.  28:298.  — Known  in  this 
country  in   a  number  of  varieties,  as  Chinese   Sand, 
Japanese  Sand,  Hawaii,  Madame  von  Siebold,  Mikado, 
Diamyo,  Gold  Dust.     The  fruits  are  often  remarkably 
apple-like,  especially  in  the  russet  varieties,  but  they 
are  distinguished  by  the  long  stem  and  pear-like  flesh. 


PYRUS 


PYRUS 


1471 


It  is  little  prized  for  its  fruit,  although  the  pears  are  useful 
for  preserving  and  some  of  the  varieties  are  showy  and 
the  fruits  are  good  keepers;  it  is  used  for  stocks  upon 
which  to  work  the  common  Pear,  and  it  has  given  good 
results  in  hybridizing.  It  is  an  excellent  ornamental 
tree,  being  a  clean  grower  of  great  vigor.  Kleffer, 
Le  Conte  and  others  are  hybrids  of  P.  communis  and 
P.  SineHsis  (Figs.  1681-3).  This  type  has  a  stronger 
growth  than  the  common  Pears,  the  leaves  are  usually 
broader  and  darker  green,  with  closely  and  mostly  ob- 
tusely serrate  edges,  the  fruit  is  more  or  less  pyriform 
and  of  better  flavor  than  that  of  P.  Sinensis,  and  the 
calyx  is  either  persistent  or  deciduous.  Seedlings  of 
Kieffer  often  produce  the  sharply  toothed  leaves  of  P. 
Sinensis. 

4.  salicifdlia,  Pall.    Small  tree,  becoming  20  ft.  tall: 
Ivs.  willow-like  (whence  the  name),  linear-lanceolate  or 
lanceolate,  obtuse    or  short-acuminate,  entire  or  very 
nearly  so,  hoary  beneath:  fls.  white,  in  corymbs,  short- 
pedicelled:  fr.  round-pyriform,  short-stemmed,  yellow 
or  greenish.    Siberia.    G.C.  II.  14:145.— A  showy  spring- 
flowering  small  tree,  hardy  in  the  northern  states,  and 
worthy  of  being  better  knovn. 

5.  The  following  species  of  the  section  Pyrophorum  (Pears) 
may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the  trade,  and  some  of  them  are 
now  growing  in  private  collections  in  this  country.  P.  auricu- 
laris, Knoop  (P.  Pollveria,  Linn.     P.  Bollwylleriana,  DC.). 
Differs  from  the  Pear  in  having  softer  more  irregular  Ivs., 
which  are  deeply  serrate  and  sometimes  almost  jagged,  pubes- 
cent beneath  at  maturity:  fr.  small  (%-l/^  in.  long),  pyriform, 
orange-red,  hard  and  usually  austere.     Long  ago  discovered  in 
cultivation  in  France.     Regarded  as  a  hybrid,  probably  of  P. 
communis  and  P.  Aria  (see  Sorbus).    Commonly  planted  in 
European  collections.   B.R.  17:1437.    L.B.C.  11:1009.— P.  amyg- 
daliformis,  Vill.    Much  like  P.  nivalis,  but  the  Ivs.  broad-el- 
liptic or  lance-elliptic  and  at  maturity  nearly  or  quite  glabrous 
beneath:  fls.  white:  fr.  small  and  green,  hard,  top-shaped.   S.E. 
Eu.   and  Asia.     B.  R.  18:1484  (as  P.  nivalis).— P.  betulifdlia, 
Bunge.    Tree,   to  20  ft.:    Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,   long-stalked, 
sharp-serrate,  becoming  shining  green  above,  pale  tomentose 
beneath:  fls.  white,  %  in.  across:  fr.  nearly  globular,  size  of  a 
pea.  brown  and  dotted,  the  calyx  falling.    N.  China.    Hardy  in 
N.England.    R.H.  1879,  pp.  318,  319.    G.F.  7:225.    A.F.  13:1396. 
Gng.  6:309.    A  worthy  plant  for  ornament,  bearing  a  profusion 
of  fls.  in  advance  of  the  Ivs.— P.  Bollwylleriana,  DC.    See  P. 
auricularis,  above. — P.  elceagrifblia.  Pall.   Small  spiny  tree,  the 
young  shoots  tomentose:  Ivs.  lanceolate  to  oblong-lanceolate, 
short-acuminate,  entire,  usually  silky-tomentose:  fls.  small,  on 
densely  toraentose  pedicels:   fr.  globose-turbinate.  glabrous, 
the  calyx  persistent.     Caucasus,  S.  Russia.   Var.  Kotschyana, 
Boiss.  (P.  Kotschyana,  Boiss  ),  is  usually  spineless,  the  foliage 
larger  (3 in.  long),  the  fr.  larger  (about  1  in.  in  diam.)  and  glo- 
bose.   The  specific  name  was  first  written,  by  Pallas,  eleeagri- 
folia  (not  elaeagnifolia),  because  he  considered  elaeagrus  to  be 
the  proper  spelling  of  the  name  of  the  oleaster  genus,  it  having 
been  spelled  that  way  by  Dioscorides.— P.  heterophylla,  Regel 


Linn.=«P.  auricularis,  above.—/*.  Ninaica,  Thouin,  is  referred  to 
P.  amygdaliformis  by  Boissier.— P.  Tschonoskii,  Maxim.  Tree, 
30-40  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  acuminate,  coarsely  serrate,  with  sharp 
teeth,  shining  and  pilose  above,  somewhat  tomentose  beneath: 
fr.  obovoid;  calyx-lobes  persistent,  white-tomentose,  1  in.  or 
less  in  diam.,  yellow  with  a  rosy  cheek.  Japan.  G.F.  7:55. 
Sargent,  Forest  PI.  Japan  U. 


2024.  Pyrus   baccata  (XX). 
See  No.  9. 


AA.    MALUS,  THE  APPLES:   fr.  usually  without  grit-cells; 

styles  usually  united  at  the  base. 

B.    Oriental  (Old    World)    species:    Ivs.  mostly  finely 
and  evenly  serrate  and  not  lobed  except  on  strong 
shoots:    calyx  either  persistent  on  the  fr.  or  ca- 
ducous. 
C.    Calyx  deciduous,  leaving  the  apex  of  the  fr.  naked. 

(Figs.  2023,  2024.) 

D.  Lvs.  on  summer  shoots  more  or  less  lobed. 
6.  Torfngo,  Sieb.  (P.  Sieboldii,  Regel,  not  Carr.). 
TORINGO  or  DWARF  CRAB.  Fig.  2023.  Shrub  or  dwarf 
tree,  nearly  glabrous:  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate  in 
outline,  bright  dark  green  above  and  thinly  pubescent 
below,  becoming  colored  in  the  fall,  strongly  notched  or 
lobed  on  either  side  at  or  below  the  middle,  the  middle 
lobe  often  notched  again  near  the  top,  the  remaining 
margins  sharply  dentate:  fls.  small,  white  or  blush,  on 
slender  stems :  f r.  the  size  of  a  pea,  shedding  its  calyx. 
Japan.  R.H.  1870:451;  1881,  p.  296.  Gn.  34,  p.  206. 


2025. 
Pyrus  Malus.  the  apple. 


&  Schmalh.  Small  tree,  with  very  variable  foliage,  some  plants 
"having  Ivs.  that  are  smooth  at  the  margin:  others  are  slit  and 
almost  of  thread-like  form;  but  the  majority  exhibit  forms  in- 
termediate between  thes^  two  extremes."  Lvs.  usually  ovate 
in  outline,  but  mostly  pinnatifid  and  the  segments  again 
toothed.  K.  Turkestan.  G.C.  III.  7:115.-P.  Michauxii,  Bosc, 
is  referred  to  P  -imygdaliformis,  by  Boissier.— P.  Pollveria, 

93 


M.D.G.  1899:456.  Carriere,  "Pommiers  Microcarpes," 
pp.  43,62.— Grown  mostly  f  or  ornament,but  lately  recom- 
mended as  a  hardy  stock  upon  which  to  dwarf  the 
Apple.  In  Japan,  the  little  fruits  are  gathered  after  frost 
and  preserved.  Upon  the  fruit-spurs,  the  leaves  are 
sometimes  only  toothed,  but  upon  barren  or  strong 


1472 


PYfcUS 


PYRUS 


shoots  they  are  prominently  lobed  and  suggest  the  leaves 
of  hawthorns.  Closely  allied  to  P.  baccata,  and  to  P. 
floribunda  of  the  gardens.  Sargent  writes  (Forest 
Flora  of  Japan,  p.  40)  that  P.  Toringo  "is  a  common 
and  widely  distributed  plant  in  Japan,  growing  from 


2026.  Pyrus  spectabilis  (X  %).    No.  11. 

the  sea-level  in  Yeddo  to  elevations  of  several  thousand 
feet  in  central  Hondo,  usually  in  moist  ground  in  the 
neighborhood  of  streams."  It  varies  from  a  low  bush  to 
a  tree  30  ft.  high.  The  leaves  are  exceedingly  variable. 

DD.   Lvs.  on  summer  shoots  not  lobed. 
E.    Vernation  (Ivs.  in  bud)  conduplicate. 

7.  floribunda,  Nichols.  (P.  Mdlus  floribunda,  Hort. 
Mdlus  floribunda,  Sieb.  M.  microcdrpa  floribunda, 
Carr.).  FLOWERING  CRAB.  Shrub  or  sometimes  a 
small  tree,  often  thorny :  young  growths  glabrous 
or  very  soon  becoming  so:  Ivs.  ovate  and  usually 
acuminate,  the  petioles  rather  thick  and  reddish  and 
usually  not  much  if  any  more  than  1  in.  long  on  the 
leading  young  shoots,  the  margins  finely  but  very 
sharply  serrate,  usually  tbickish,  shining  above  and 
glabrous  (or  soon  becoming  so)  beneath:  fls.  rose  or 
rose-red,  appearing  with  the  Ivs.,  produced  in  great 
abundance  and  very  showy:  fr.  usually  about  the  size 
of  a  pea,  on  long,  slender  stalks,  red,  not  persisting  till 
winter.  Japan.  R.H.  1866:311;  1871:591;  1881,  p.  296. 
F.S.  15:1585.  G.F.  1:152;  2:523.  A.G.  13:437;  18:437. 
F.E.  9:573.  Gt.  47:1448  (var.  atrosanguinea).  M.D.G. 
1899:454.  Carriere,  "Pommiers  Microcarpes,"  pp.  44, 65. 
—One  of  the  best  of  all  early  sprkjg-flowering  bushes 
or  small  trees,  and  now  common  in  gardens.  The  semi- 
double  forms  often  receive  the  names  Halliana  and 
Parkmani.  A  recent  double-fid,  form  is  var.  Schei- 


deckeri   (Gng.  6:308.    A.F.   13:1398).     There   is   much 
doubt  as  to  the  proper  specific  disposition  of  this  plant. 

EE.    Vernation  convolute. 

8.  Halliana,  Voss  (P.  Parkmani,  Hort.    Mdlus  Hal- 
lidna,  Koehne).    Bush  or  small  tree,  6-15  ft.  tall,  with  a 
loose  open  crown:  Ivs.  long-ovate,  glabrous,  leathery: 
fls.  rose-colored,  usually  half-double  and  hanging  on 
slender  reddish  pedicels:   fr.  size  of  a  pea  or  somewhat 
larger,  brownish  red,  ripening  late  in  fall  and  contain- 
ing very  large  seeds.    Japan.     M.D.G.  1899:457.  — Per- 
haps an  offshoot  of  P.  baccata.    One  of  the  handsomest 
of  the  flowering  Apples. 

9.  baccata,  Linn.  (Mdlus  baccdta,  Desf.).     SIBERIAN 
CRAB.    Fig.  2024.     Small  spreading  tree,  with  a  com- 
pact crown,  smooth  in  all  its  parts;  growth  hard  and 
wiry:  Ivs.  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate  or  ovate-acuminate, 
thin  and  glabrous,  on  slender  petioles,  finely  and  nearly 
evenly  serrate,  bright   green:    fls.  appearing  with   the 
leaves  on  long  and  very  slender  (2  to  3  in.)  greenish 

pedicels,  typically  pure  white,  handsome: 
fr.  from  the  size  of  a  pea  to  %  in.  in  diame- 
ter, on  long,  hard  stems,  yellow  or  red  and 
firm  and  often  translucent  in  texture,  never 
becoming  mellow,  the  calyx  falling  away 
before  maturity.  Siberia  to  Manchuria  and 
the  Himalaya  region.  B.M.  6112.  M.D.G. 
1899:454. -Difficult  to  distinguish  from  P. 
floribunda:  larger,  becoming  a  distinct  tree, 
sometimes  as  large  as  a  large  Apple  tree:  Ivs.  with 
blunter  teeth,  and  usually  much  longer,  very  slender, 
hard,  glabrous  petioles  :  fls.  lighter  colored,  usually 
white;  vernation  convolute  (Ivs.  rolled  in  the  bud).  It 
runs  into  many  forms,  particularly  in  fruit. 

The  term  Crab  Apple  has  an  indefinite  application. 
In  general,  it  is  applied  in  this  country  -to  any  small, 
hard  sour  Apple,  particularly  to  such  as  cannot  be  used 
for  dessert.  All  the  indigenous  Apples  are  called  Crabs, 
and  sometimes  seedlings  of  the  common  Apple  are 
similarly  designated,  as  in  the  term  "Crab-stocks,  "which 
is  used  for  imported  seedling  stocks.  As  applied  to 
orchard  fruits,  it  comprises,  as  a  rule,  those  small  hard- 
fleshed  varieties  of  Apples  like  the  Transcendent  and 
Hyslop,  and  these  plants  are  further  distinguished  by 
smoothish  parts,  hard  twigs,  and  long  petioles  and 
fruit-stems.  These  types  of  Crabs  are  no  doubt  hybrids 
between  Pyrus  Malus  and  P.  baccata.  They  are  often 
referred  to  Pyrus  prunifolia  (Willdenow,  Phytogr.  i.  8 
(1794).  See  B.M.  6158),  which  is  apparently  a  deriva- 
tive of  P.  Malus  and  P.  baccata,  through  hybridization. 
The  writer  reaches  this  conclusion  after  having  exam- 
ined Willdenow' s  original  specimen,  yet  preserved  at 
Berlin.  The  fruit  of  P.  prunifolia  partakes  much  of 
the  brittle  and  trans- 
lucent texture  of  P. 
baccata,  but  it  is 
larger,  commonly 
more  f  arinaceou  s , 
and  the  calyx  is  per- 
sistent. Some  Crabs 
that  pass  as  Siber- 


2027.   Pyrus  Ringo  (XK).    Leaves  rather  narrow.    No.  12. 


Pyrus  Ringo  (X  %). 


PYRUS 


PYRUS 


1473 


2029.  Pyrus  Kaido  of  American 
horticulturists  (X  H). 


2030.  Fruit  of  Pyrus  Kaido  in  wincei.  2031.   Pyrus  coronaria  (X 


ian  belong  to  this  mongrel  class.  Some  of  the  so-called 
Crabs  are  only  small-fruited  forms  of  Pyrus  Malus,  be- 
ing distinguished  by  soft  woolly  leaves  and  short  pubes- 
cent leaf-stalks  and  fruit-stems.  Some  writers  consider 
P.  prunifolia  to  be  a  good  species.  By  some,  the  hy- 
brids of  P.  Malus  and  P.  baccata  are  referred  to  P. 
cerasifera,  Tausch. 

cc.-  {Jalyx  persistent  on  the  ripe  fruit. 

10.  Mains,  Linn.  (P.  Astracdnica  and  P.  acerba,  DC. 
Mdlus  communis,  DC.    Mdlus  Mdlus,  Britt.).    APPLE. 
Figs.  107-112,  2025.     A  round-headed  tree,  with  all  the 
growing  parts  and  under  surface  of  the  leaves  gray- 
woolly  :    Ivs.  ovate  or  orbicular-ovate,  mostly  pointed, 
soft  in  texture,  dull,  the  margins  irregularly  serrate,  on 
stout  petioles :  fls.  large  and  showy,  white  or  light  rose, 
in   close  clusters  on   short  woolly  pedicels,  appearing 
with  the  leaves:    fr.  very  various,  with  a  cavity  about 
the  stem,  a  homogeneous  flesh  and  persistent  calyx.— 
Cultivated   from  remote  antiquity,  and  believed  to  be 
native  to  southeastern  Europe  and  western  temperate 
Asia  to  the  Himalayas.     "  Indigenous- in  the  western 
hills  [of   the  Himalaya],  as  well    as  cultivated  up   to 
11,500   feet   in   Tibet,"  Hooker.     It   varies   into   many 
forms,  and  several  species  have  been  erected  upon  the 
different  types.     The  Paradise  Apple  (P.  Malus,  var. 
paradisiaca,  Linn.)    is   a  dwarf  form    known  in    this 
country  chiefly  as  a  stock  upon  which  to  graft  Apples 
that  it  is  desired  to  dwarf.    The  Bloomless  Apple  (P. 
dioica,  Willd.)  is  an  apetalous  form,  with  ten  to  fifteen 
styles,  2  rows  of  sepals,  a  superimposed  core  and   no 
stamens;  see  Amer.  Gard.  10,  p.  244,  279;  11,  p.  6  (figs.), 
624.    There  are  ornamental  forms,  with  variegated  Ivs. 
(Gt.  45:1425,  var.  aurea),  others  with  partially  double 
fls.,  others  with  drooping  habit. 

11.  spectabilis,   Ait.    (P.   Malus    spectdbilis,    Hort. 
Mains  spectdbilis,  Borkh.    M.  Sinensis,  Dum.).     CHI- 
NESE FLOWERING  APPLE.     Fig.  2026.     Small  tree,  with 
darker  colored  fls.  than  those  of  the  Apple  (the  opening 
fl.-buds  almost   coral-red),  and  blooming  earlier:    Ivs. 
narrower,  oval   to   oval-oblong,  slender-stalked,  nearly 
glabrous  on  both  surfaces  or  becoming  so,  usually  more 
closely  serrate  than  those  of  the  Apple  :    pedicels  and 
calyx-tube   nearly  or  quite  glabrous:    fr.  roundish  or 
round-oval,  without  a  cavity  at  the  base,  reddish  yellow, 
sour.     China,  and  perhaps  Japan.     B.M.  267.     L.B.C. 
18:1729.     Gn.  21,  p.  46.     Gng.  3:273.     G.F.   1:272. -A 
very  handsome  early-blooming  tree,  of  which  the  dou- 
ble-fld.   forms   are  most  prized.     P.  Malus    itself  has 
been  disseminated  under  the  name  of  P.  spectabilis. 
Hardy  in  the  northern  states.     Var.  Kiversii,  Hort., 
has  very  large  half -double  bright  rose-red  flowers. 

12.  Bingo,  Wenzig  (P.  spectdbilis,  var.  Ringo,  Koch. 
P.  Toringo,  var.  Ringo,  Nichols.    Malus  Ringo,  Sieb.). 


Figs.  2027,  2028,  Spreading  bush  or  small  tree,  all 
parts  more  pubescent  than  in  P.  spectabilis  :  Ivs.  usu- 
ally broader,  broad-oval  to  round-oval,  sharply  serrate, 
relatively  short-stalked:  fls.  large,  rose-colored,  in  few- 
fid,  clusters:  fr.  small,  somewhat  depressed  at  the  base 
about  the  stem,  about  %  in.  in  diam.  Japan.  Carriere, 
"Pom.  Microcarpes,"  p.  41,  as  P.  microcarpa  Ringo.— 
Very  doubtful  whether  a  distinct  species. 

13.  Kfcido,  Sieb.  (P.  spectdbilis,  var.  Kdido,  Nichols. 
Mdlus  Kaido,  Sieb.).  Figs.  2029,  2030.  By  some 
thought  to  be  a  hybrid  of  P.  spectabilis  and  P.  Ringo, 
and  by  others  considered  as  a  good  species.  It  is  not 
certain  that  the  P.  Kaido  originally  meant  by  Siebold  is 
the  P.  Kaido  of  American  horticulturists.  As  known 
here,  it-  is  very  like  P.  spectabilis,  bearing  most  pro- 
fusely of  red  fls.,  with  red  pedicels  and  calyx,  and  bold- 
ing  its  little  fruits  all  winter:  fr.  nearly  globular,  %-% 
in.  in  diam.,  mostly  holding  the  calyx  but  sometimes 
dropping  it  in  midsummer,— the  dropping  of  the  calyx, 
as  well  as  the  habit  of  growth,  suggesting  hybridity 
with  P.  floribunda.  It  comes  from  Japan.  It  is  a  most 
useful  plant,  being  one  of  the  most  showy  of  all  the 
oriental  flowering  apples. 


2032.   Wild  Crab  of  the  East.  Pyrus  coronaria  (X  %).    No.  15. 


1474 


PYRUS 


PYRUS 


2034. 
Pyrus  coronaria. 

(XK-) 


BB.    American  native   species:    Ivs.  for  the   most  part 
coarsely  toothed  and  more  or  less  lobed  or  notched: 
calyx  persistent  (exception  in  P.  fusca). 
c.    Calyx  deciduous  from  the  fruit. 

14.  fusca,    Raf.    (P.    rivuldris,  Dougl.).     Shrub    or 
small  tree,  sometimes  30-40  ft.  tall,  the  young  growths 
more  or  less  pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate- lanceolate,  acute  or 
acuminate,  very  sharply  and  strongly  serrate,  often  3- 
lobed  or  notched  on  the  strong  shoots,  pubescent  be- 
neath: fls.  white,  on  slender  pubescent  pedicels,  appear- 
ing when  the  Ivs.  are  nearly  or  quite  full  grown,  nearly 
or  fully  1  in.  across:    fr.  ob- 
long, %  in.  or  less  long,  yel- 
low  or    greenish,   the    calyx  - 

lobes  caducous.  N.  Calif,  to 
Alaska.  S.S.  4: 170. -Accord- 
ing to  Sargent, P. fusca  "grows 
usually  in  deep,  rich  soil  in 
the  neighborhood  of  streams, 
often  forming  almost  impen- 
etrable thickets  of  consider- 
able extent,  and  attains  its 
greatest  size  in  the  valleys  of 
Washington  and  Oregon.'' 
The  fruit  is  eaten  by  Indians. 
The  species  suggests  P. 
Toringo. 

cc.    Calyx  persistent. 

15.  coronaria,   Linn.    WILD 
CRAB  APPLE.  Figs.  2031-34.  A 

low,  bushy  tree, with  very  stiff,  crooked,  thorny  branches, 
the  young  growth  glabrous  or  becoming  so:  Ivs.  triangu- 
lar-ovate, on  the  spurs  short-ovate,  sharply  cut-serrate 
and  more  or  less  prominently  lobed  and  notched,  thin 
and  hard,  on  slender  but  stiff,  glabrous  petioles:  fls.  ap- 
pearing with  the  Ivs.,  rosy  red  or  blush  and  very  fra- 
grant, on  long  and  slender  (1%  to  2  in.),  stiff  pedicels 
which  are  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  fr.  about  an  inch  in 
diam.,  flattened  at  both  ends,  clear  yellowish  green 
without  spots  or  dots  and  often  with  a  tinted  cheek,  the 
stem  very  slender  and  smooth  and  set  in  a  regular  and 
uniform  shallow  cavity,  the  basin  (at  the  apex)  broad 
but  rather  deep  with  separated  corrugations  and  a 
small,  smooth  calyx,  the  flesh  hard,  sour  and  acerb. 
Wild  in  dryish  glades  and  rich  uplands  from  Ontario 
and  New  York  to  District  of  Columbia,  west  to  Kansas 
and  Missouri,  and  southward.  B.M.  2009.  B.R.  8:651. 
S.S.  4:167.  R.H.  1884,  p.  104.  Gn.  29,  p.  395;  34,  p. 
206.  — The  fruit,  which  is  produced  in  abundance,  was 
often  buried  by  the  early  settlers  for  use  in  the  spring, 
when  its  acerbity  was  largely  extracted;  and  it  was 
sometimes  used  for  cider.  It  is  also  useful  for  jellies 
and  preserves.  The  species  was  probably  never  intro- 
duced into  cultivation  for  its  fruit,  although  it  has  been 
long  grown  for  ornament  and  under  domestication  the 


2035.  Prairie  States  Crab— Pyrus  loensis  (X  %). 


Apples  are  often  twice  their  natural  size.  There  is  a 
form  with  semi-double  fls.  and  one  (var.  aucubcefolia) 
with  variegated  leaves.  An  attractive  species. 

16.  angustifolia,  Ait.  (P.  coronaria,  var.  angustifolia, 
Wenzig.    Mains  angustifolia,  Michx.    M.  sempervirens, 
Desf.    M.  microcdrpa  sempervirens,  Carr. ).    Lvs.  lance- 
oblong,  crenate-serrate  or  almost  entire,  not  lobed,  thick 
and  half  evergreen:  otherwise  very  like  P.  coronaria. 
Western  Pa.  to  Fla.  and  La.,  taking  the  place  of  P. 
coronaria.    B.R.  14:1207.    Carriere,  "Pom.  Microcarpes," 
pp.  21,  137.    S.S.  4:169.    R.H.  1877:410?-A  double-fid, 
form  of  what  appears  to  be  this  species  is  figured  in 
G.C.  III.  13:43. 

17.  Io6nsis,  Bailey  (P.  coronaria,  var.  loensis,  Wood). 
PRAIRIE  STATES  or  WESTERN  CRAB-APPLE.     Fig.  2035. 
Small  tree,  with  mostly  softer  wood,  the   parts  gray- 
woolly:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong  to  elliptic-obovate,  irregularly 
and  mostly  bluntly  toothed  and  the  larger  ones  marked 
with  right-angled  notches  of  shallow  lobes,  very  tomen 
tose  below  or  becoming  rusty  and  rarely  glabrate  with 
age,  the  petioles  short  and  stout  and  pubescent:  fls.  usu 
ally  upon  shorter  pedicels  which,  like  the  calyx,  are  to 
mentose :  fr.  oblong  or  at  least  never  flattened  length 
wise,  sometimes  angular,  larger  than  in  the  last  and 
clinging  later  to  the  tree,  dull  heavy  green  with  nu 
merous  light-colored  dots  on  the  skin,  the  surface  hav 
ing  a  greasy   feel,  the  stem  short  and  thick  as  com- 
pared with  No.  15  and  set  in  an  oblique  cavity,  the  basin 
narrow  and  shallow,  with  variable  corrugations  and  a 
closed  and  pubescent  calyx,  the  flesh  sour  and  austere. 
Wild  in  low  or  flat  lands  in  the  Mississippi  valley.    S.S. 
4:168  (frs.  too  flat).  — Fruits   appropriated  by  the   set- 
tlers, but  the  species  is  probably  not  in  cultivation  for 
its  fruit,  although  a  double-flowered  variety  has  been 
lately  introduced,  — Bechtel's  Crab,  sometimes  referred 
to  P.  angustifolia  (G.C.  III.  25:397). 

18.  Soulardi,  Bailey.     SOULARD   CRAB.     Figs.  2036, 

2037.  Natural  hybrid  of  P. 
Malus  and  P.  loensis :  a 
small  tree,  with  much  the  look 
of  an  Apple  tree,  and  woolly: 
Ivs.  large,  round-ovate  to  el- 
liptic-ovate or  oblong -ovate, 
either  rounded  or  tapering  at 
the  base,  often  very  blunt  or 
even  rounded  at  the  top,  most- 
ly bluntly  and  coarsely  serrate 
or  dentate  when  young,  ir- 
regularly crenate  -  dentate  at 
maturity,  with  a  tendency  to 
become  lobed,  on  short  pubes- 
cent petioles,  thick  and  often 
rugose  and  woolly  beneath: 
fls.  blush,  in  close  woolly  clus- 
ters like  those  of  the  Apple : 
fr.  often  2  in.  or  even  more 
in  diam.,  flattish  lengthwise, 
yellow  and  often  with  a  tinted  cheek, 
the  basin  shallow,  flesh  fairly  edible. 
Wild  in  the  Mississippi  valley  from 
Minnesota  to  Texas,  but  always  local. 
—Named  for  James  G.  Soulard,  Ga- 
lena, 111.,  who  introduced  the  first  VP 
riety  to  cultivation.  In  some 
forms  the  leaves  become  nearly 
smooth  late  in  the  season  and 
there  is  little  tendency  towards 
an  irregular  notching  or  lobing 
of  the  margins.  The  tree  is 
hardy  and  the  fruit  keeps  well 
and  is  useful  for  culinary  pur- 
poses. A  few  named  varieties 
are  grown  in  the  upper  Missis- 
sippi valley, where  trees  of  great 
hardiness  are  demanded.  For 
accounts  of  the  pomological  off- 
shoots of  our  native  Apples,  see 
Bailey,  "Evolution  of  our  Na- 
tive Fruits, "and  Craig  &  Hume, 
"Native  Crab  Apples  and  their 
Cultivated  V  ar  i  e  t  i  e  s,"  Iowa  2036.  Iv.ature  leaf  of  Pyrus 
Acad.  Sci.  1899.  Soulardi  (X  JO. 


PYRUS 

19.  The  above  sketch  (Nos.  6  to  18)  accounts  for  all  the  apple- 
like  species  known  to  be  in  the  American  trade,  although  there 
may  be  other  Latin  names  in  some  of  the  catalogues.  There 
are  few  remaining  spec-ies  of  the  Mains  section.— P.  crattegi- 
folia,  Targ.,  considered  by  some  writers  to  be  of  this  section, 
by  others  to  belong  to  Sorbus,  and  by  still  others  to  be  a  hybrid 
between  Pyrus  and  Sorbus,  is  a  bush  or  small  tree,  local  in  N. 


2037.    Pyrus  Soulardi  (X  %). 

Italy:  Ivs.  broad-ovate  in  outline,  with  several  sharp  lobes:  fls. 
white,  about  1  in.  across,  in  open  terminal  corymbs:  fr.  %  in. 
long,  elliptic-oblong,  red.  B.M.  7423.— P.  Sikkimensis,  Hook.  f. 
"  Very  similar  to  P.  baccata,  but  the  leaves  (which  attain  5x3 
in.)  are  more  acutely  serrate,  woolly  beneath  and  on  the  petiole 
and  on  the  midrib  above,  the  peduncles  and  calyx  are  also 
woolly.  *  *  *  I  suspect  it  will  prove  a  form  of  P.  baccata." 
—Hooker.  Himalayas,  7,000-10,000  ft  altitude.  B.M.  7430. 
G.M.  41:313.  L.  H.  B. 


IYXIDANTHERA  1475 

PYXIDANTHfiEA  <<;r«-ek,  box  and  anthem;  the 
anthers  open  transversely  like  the  lid  of  a  box). 
Diapensiaceop.  The  PYXIE,  FLOWERING  Moss  or  PINE- 
BARREN  BEAUTY  is  a  pretty  little  creeping  plant,  native 
only  to  New  Jersey  and  North  Carolina,  which  is 
covered  in  early  spring  with  small  white,  5-petaled 
flowers  and  pink  buds.  It  sometimes  blooms  side  by 
side  with  the  trailing  arbutus.  These  flowers  are  sold 
in  the  streets  of  Philadelphia,  but  the  Pyxie  is  scarcely 
cultivated.  It  grows  best  in  moist,  sandy  soil.  In 
partial  shade  and  soil  rich  in  vegetable  mold  the  buds 
are  pale  pink;  in  full  sunlight  and  poor  soil  the  buds  are 
reddish.  The  Pyxie  belongs  to  a  small  family  of  excep- 
tionally interesting  plants  remarkable  for  their  beauty, 
distinctness  and  geographical  distribution.  They  repre- 
sent a  vanishing  race,  and  there  are  many  different 
opinions  as  to  their  place  in  the  vegetable  kingdom.  As 
a  genus  Pyxidanthera  has  but  one  species,  and  its 
nearest  ally  is  Diapensia,  which  differs  in  having  the 
anthers  opening  longitudinally;  also  the  fls.  are  pe- 
duncled  in  Diapensia.  while  in  Pyxidanthera  each  flower 
is  solitary  at  the  end  of  a  short  branch.  Another  pecu- 
liar feature  of  the  Pyxie  is  the  sharp  point  at  the  end  of 
each  anther. 

Generic  characters:  sepals  5,  oblong,  obtuse,  reddish 
at  tip;  corolla  short-bell-shaped,  5-lobed;  lobes  obovate, 
erose,  persistent;  stamens  5,  inserted  in  the  sinuses; 
staminodes  none:  ovary  3-celled:  ovules  many  in  a  cell: 
capsule  loculicidal. 

barbulata,  Michx.  Creeping  shrub,  with  a  long  tap- 
root in  the  center  of  the  tutt:  Ivs.  narrow,  crowded, 
overlapping,  the  young  ones  woolly  at  the  base  within, 
whence  the  specific  name  "barbulata."  Fls.  March  to 
May.  B.M.  4592.  Mn.  8:33.  B.B.  2:583.  Gn.  27,  p.  209 
(from  Harper's  Mag.).  \Y.  M. 


2033.    Pyrus  coronaria  (X  %).    See  No.  15,  page  1474. 


Q 


QUACK  GBASS,   QUICK  GRASS:   QUITCH   GRASS. 

See  Agropyrum. 

QUAKING  GBASS.     Species  of  Briza. 
QUAMASH.     Camassia  esculenta. 
QUAMOCLIT.     See  Ipomcea. 

QUEEN  LILY.  This  name  has  been  proposed  for 
Phcedranassa;  also  for  Curcuma;  and  it  has  been  errone- 
ously used  for  Strelitzia. 

QUEEN  OF  THE  MEADOWS.  Ulmaria  pentapetala ,- 
also  Spircea. 

QUEEN  OF  THE  PRAIRIE.     Spircea  lobata. 

QUERCUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Ciipuliferce ,  OAK. 
Ornamental  deciduous  or  evergreen  trees,  rarely  shrubs, 
with  alternate,  petioled,  entire  or  lobed  Ivs.,  and  incon- 
spicuous monoecious  fls.,  the  staminate  ones  in  slender, 
pendulous,  rarely  upright,  catkins  (Fig.  2038);  the 
fruits,  or  "acorns."  consisting  of  a  globular  to  oblong 
nut,  inclosed  or  embraced  only  at  the  base,  or  rarely 
wholly,  by  a  cup-like  involucre.  The  deciduous  species 
are  mostly  hardy  north,  while  of  the  evergreen  ones 
none  seem  to  be  hardy  farther  north  than  Washington, 
D.  C. ;  some  half -evergreen  Oaks,  like  Q.  Turneri  and 
Q.  Macedonica,  will  probably  prove  hardy  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  New  York.  Most  of  the  Oaks  are  stately  trees  of 
noble  and  majestic  habit  with  stout,  wide-spreading 
branches;  some,  like  Q.  alba,  Garryana,  Virginiana 
and  cnrysolepis,  often  cover  a  space  more  than  100  ft.  in 
diameter;  others,  like  Q.  macrocarpa,  Prinus  and  tine- 
toria,  have  a  more  oval,  round-topped  head,  while  Q. 
palustris  and  imbricaria  form  symmetrical  broad  pyra- 
mids. A  very  few  hardy  species  are  shrubs,  generally 
called  Scrub  Oaks,  as  Q.  prinoides  and  Q.  llicifolia. 
Oaks  rank  among  our  most  valuable  park  and  avenue 
trees,  and  are  as  beautiful  when  grown  as  single  trees 
as  they  are  when  grouped  together  and  forming  groves 
and  woods.  As  avenue  trees  Q.  palustris,  rubra,  coc- 
cinea,  imbricaria  and  PJiellos  are  among  the  best,  the 
last-named  when  medium-sized  trees  are  desired ;  in  the 
southern  states,  Q.  laurifolia,  uliginosa  and  the  ever- 
green Q.  Virginiana  are  preferred.  The  shrubby  spe- 
cies, like  Q.  prinoides  and  Q.  ilicifolia,  may  be  used 
for  covering  rocky  hillsides  and  dry  ridges. 


2038.    Staminate  catkins  of  an  Oak— Quercus  pedunculata 
(X%.)    See  No.  29, 

Oak  leaves  are  always  beautiful.  They  have  many 
shades  of  green;  especially  attractive  are  some  with 
leaves  of  contrasting  colors,  the  under  side  being  silvery 
white,  the  upper  one  dark  green,  as  in  Q.Muhlenbergi, 
macrocarpa,  Micnauxi  and  some  foreign  evergreen  spe- 


cies. In  many  Oaks  the  leaves  show  a  handsome  pink 
or  crimson  color  when  unfolding,  and  some  species  as- 
sume brilliant  autumnal  tints.  Especially  beautiful  in 
autumn  are  Q.  coccinea  and  palustris,  with  the  foliage 
turning  brilliant  scarlet;  Q.  rubra,  imbricaria  and  Mi- 
chauxi,  which  turn  bright  or  dark  red;  Q.  alba,  violet  or 
vinous  purple;  Q.  lyrata,  scarlet  or  orange;  Q.  Phellos. 
pale  yellow;  Q.  Prinus,  orange  or  orange-brown;  Q 
cuneata  and  ilicifolia,  orange-brown  or  yellow;  Q.  stel- 
lata  and  nigra,  brown  or  dull  orange.  Some  of  the  for- 
eign species,  like  Q.  sessiliflora,  and  also  pedunculata, 
Cerris,  iawuginosa,  glandulifera  and  others,  retain  the 
green  color  until  late  in  fall.  Besides  our  native  ever- 
green species,  the  Japanese  Q.  acuta,  cuspidata  and 


2039.  Annual-fruited  Oak 
—Quercus  alba  (X  %). 

The  mature  acorn  is 
borne  on  the  wood  of  the 
season.  See  No.  28. 


glauca  are  among  the  best  evergreen  Oaks  for  cultiva- 
tion in  the  South;  the  European  Q.  Ilex  and  Suber  are 
also  handsome  evergreen  trees. 

Generally  the  Oaks  grow  best  in  a  moderately  moist, 
rich  soil,  including  heavy  clay;  some,  as  Q.  bicolor,  uli- 
ginosa,  alba,  Phellos,  falcata  and  Virginiana,  prefer 
moister  situations  and  grow  naturally  in  low  and  often 
even  in  swampy  ground;  while  others,  especially  the 
Red  Oaks,  like  Q.  rubra,  coccinea,  imbricaria,  Marilan- 
dica,  Prinus  and  stellata,  grow  well  in  drier,  rocky  or 
sandy  soil,  and  the  Scrub  Oaks  on  dry  and  barren  soiL 
The  Black  and  Red  Oaks,  and  especially  the  Pin  Oak, 
are  usually  easily  transplanted  and  large  trees  are 
moved  successfully,  while  the  White  Oaks  are  more 
particular  and  only  younger  nursery-grown  trees  can  be 
safely  transplanted. 

Oaks  are  prop,  usually  by  seeds  sown  immediately 
after  gathering  in  fall ;  this  is  especially  necessary  with 
Q.  alba,  Virginiana  and  some  other  White  Oaks  which 
sprout  as  soon  as  they  are  ripe;  but  only  the  root  is  pro- 
duced in  fall,  while  the  stem  does  not  appear  until  the 
following  spring.  The  seeds  of  Red  and  Black  Oaks, 
and  also  of  Q.  pedunculata,  if  not  sown  at  once  should 
be  stratified  and  sown  early  in  spring.  Acorns  should 
be  packed  in  earth,  moss  or  saw-dust  when  shipped  for 
a  great  distance.  Varieties  are  usually  grafted  on  potted 
stock  in  the  greenhouse  in  early  spring  or  sometimes  in 
August.  As  a  stock  Q.  pedunculata  is  preferred,  but 
Q.  rubra,  tinctoria  and  Prinus  are  also  employed.  It  is 
probably  safer  to  graft  varieties  of  White  and  of  Red 
Oak  each  on  stock  of  the  same  group.  The  evergreen 
species  are  sometimes  increased  by  layers  and  also  by 
cuttings. 

About  300  species  are  known,  distributed  through  the 
colder  and  temperate  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere 
and  in  the  mountains  of  the  tropics.  Almost  all  species 
are  trees,  but  sometimes  become  shrubby  in  high  alti- 
tudes or  in  dry  and  rocky  or  sandy  localities.  Lvs. 
short-petioled,  with  deciduous  stipules,  penninerved: 
fls.  monoecious;  the  staminate  in  slender,  pendulous  or 


(1476) 


QUERCUS 

erect  catkins  with  4-7-parted  calyx  and  4-12,  usually  6, 
stamens;  pistillate  in  1-many-fld.  spikes  in  the  axils  of 
the  young  Ivs.,  rarely  at  the  base  of  the  axillary  stami- 
nate  catkins,  each  flower  consisting  of  an  incompletely 
3-celled  ovary,  surrounded  by  imbricate 
bracts:  fr.  a  1-seeded  subglobose  to  oblong 
nut,  surrounded  at  the  base  or  sometimes  al- 
most inclosed  by  a  cup-like  involucre. 

The  numerous  species  have  been  divided 
into  different  subgenera.  All  American  spe- 
cies, except  Q.  d?nxi  flora,  belong  to  the  sub- 
genus  Lepidobalanus  (balanos  is  Greek  for 
"acorn"),  which  is  characterized  by  slender, 
pendulous,  staminate  catkins,  separate  axil- 
lary pistillate  spikes  and  a  cup  consisting  of 
bracts  of  various  shape  but  not  connate  into 
zones.  Q.  dens i flora  belongs  to  Pasania, 
which  has  erect  staminate  catkins,  some  bear- 
ing pistillate  tts.  at  their  base,  like  the  catkins 
of  Castanea.  Cyclobalanus  and  Cyclobala- 
nopsis  have  the  scales  of  the  cup  connate  into 
concentric  rings;  the  inflorescence  of  the  first 
being  similar  to  that  of  Pasania,  of  the  second 
to  Lepidobalanus.  Chlamydobalanus  is  much 
like  Cyclobalanus,  but  the  nut  is  wholly  in- 
cluded by  the  ovate  cup.  Of  Lithocarpus, 
with  the  nut  partly  connate  with  the  cup,  but 
otherwise  like  the  last-named  subgenus,  no 
species  is  in  cultivation.  The  oaks  of  the 
subgenus  Lepidobalanus  are  divided  into 
two  sections,  —  Leucobalanus  and  Melanoba- 
lanus.  In  the  former,  comprising  the  White 
Oak  tribe,  the  acorns  mature  the  first  year 
(Fig.  2039).  In  the  latter,  comprising  the 
Black  Oaks,  the  acorns  mature  the  second 
year  (Fig.  2040).  Besides  the  300  species, 
about  40  hybrids  have  been  recorded.  The 
latest  monograph  of  the  whole  genus  is  by 
A.  DeCandolle  in  Prodromus,  vol.  16,  2,  pp. 
1-108  (1864-1868).  Important  illustrated  works  on  Amer- 
ican Oaks  are  A.  Michaux,  "Histoire  des  Chenes  de 
1'Amerique  "  (1801),  with  36  plates ;  Kellogg  and  Greene, 
"Illustrations  of  West  American  Oaks"  (1889),  with  37 
plates;  Sargent," Silva  of  North  America,"  vol.  8  (1895), 
with  82  plates,  and  Liebmann,  "Chines  de  PAmerique 
tropicale"  (1869),  with  47  plates.  Most  of  the  European 
and  west  Asian  Oaks  are  figured  in  Kotschy,  Eichen 
Europas  und  des  Orients  (1862),  with  40  colored  plates. 


QUERCUS 


1477 


wagons,  tools  and  many  other  articles.  The  bark  of 
some  species,  in  America  that  of  Q.  velutina,  Prinus 
and  densiflora,  is  used  for  tanning  leather.  Cork  is 
obtained  from  the  bark  of  Q.  Suber  and  occidental™  in 


1,  Q. 


2041.   Leaves  and  acorns  of  various  Oaks. 
Phellot;  2,  Q.  alba;  S,  Q.  velutina;  4,  Q.  rubra;  5,  Q.  Prinut; 
6,  Q.  macrocarpa;  7,  Q.  bicolor. 

southern  Europe.  The  bark  of  a  few  species  has  also 
been  employed  in  medicine.  The  acorns  of  several  spe- 
cies are  edible,  in  America  especially  those  of  Q. 
Michauxi,  Emory  i  and  lobata;  in  Europe  those  of  Q. 
Ilex,  var.  Ballota  and  ^Egilops;  in  Japan  those  of 
Q.  glauca;  in  many  European  countries  the  acorns  of 
all  species  are  an  important  food  for  hogs.  In  eastern 
Asia  a  silkworm  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  different  species. 
A  parasitic  insect  living  on  Q.  coccifera  in  southern 
Europe  and  N.  Africa  yields  a  scarlet  dye.  Galls  caused 
by  the  puncture  of  certain  insects  are  used  for  tanning 
and  dyeing  and  are  now  chiefly  obtained  from  Q.  Ilex, 
var.  infectoria  in  western  Asia.  Some  of  the  above  men- 
tioned species  are  described  only  in  the  supplementary 
list,  p.  1483.  See  Oak. 


2  40.  Biennial-fruited  oak— 
Quercus  velutina  ( X  M ) . 

The  mature  acorn  is  borne 
on  two-year-old  wood:  that 
is,  the  acorn  does  not  ma- 
ture until  it  is  two  years 
old.  See  No.  6. 


The  Oaks  comprise  some  of  the  most  important  forest 
trees  of  the  northern  hemisphere.  The  wood  of  most 
species  is  strong,  tough,  hard  and  durable,  and  highly 
valued  for  many  purposes,  especially  ship-building, 
construction,  for  furniture,  and  in  the  manufacture  of 


INDEX. 

acuininata,  19. 

femina,  29. 

Occident  alis,  35. 

JUgilops,    31      and 

ferruginea,  10. 

olivaeformis,  23. 

suppl. 
agrifolia,  39. 

filicifolia,  29. 
Fordii,  36. 

palustri-  imbricaria, 
palustris,  1.         [12. 

alba,  28. 

Garryana,  26. 

Pannonica,  33. 

ambigua,  2. 

glandulifera,  17. 

pectinata,  29. 

aquatica,  9. 

grosseserrata,  16. 

pedunculata,  29. 

Austriaca,  34. 

Hartwissiana,  31. 

pendula,  29,  31,  32. 

Ballota,  36. 
Banisteri,  8. 

heterophylla,  29. 
Hindsii,  27. 

Phellos.  11. 
pinnatifida,  15.  28. 

bicolor,  22. 

humilis,     18       and 

platanoides,  22. 

Bungeana,  14. 

suppl. 

prinoides,  18. 

Californica,  5. 

Hungarica,  33. 

Prinus,  17-22. 

camata,  32. 

Ilex,  36. 

Pseudcegilops,  31. 

Castanea,  19. 

ilicifolia,  8. 

pubescent,  31. 

Cerris,  34. 

imbricaria,  12. 

purpurascens,  29. 

Chincapin,  18. 

Kelloggii,  5. 

purpurea,  29,  30. 

Chinensis,  14. 

laciniata,  29,  34. 

Pyrenaica,  32. 

chrysolepis,  38. 

lanuginosa,    16,    31 

repanda,  28. 

coccinea,  4. 

and  suppl. 

Robur,  29,  30. 

comptoniaefolia,  29. 

laurifolia,  13. 

rubra,  2. 

Concordia,  29. 

lobata,  27. 

sessiliflora,  30. 

conferta,  33. 

lyrata,  24. 

stellata,  25. 

contorts,  29. 

macrocarpa,  23. 

Suber,  35. 

crinita,  32. 

Marilandica,  10. 

Texana,  3. 

crispula,  16. 

Michauxi,  20. 

tinctoria,  6. 

cuneata,  7. 

minor,  25. 

Toza,  32. 

Daimio,  15. 

Mongolica,  16. 

uliginosa,  9. 

densiflora,  40. 

montana,  21. 

variabilis,  14. 

dentata,  15,  17. 

Muhlenbergi,  19. 

variegata,  29. 

digit  ata,  7. 

nana,  8. 

velutina,  6. 

falcata,  7. 

nigra,  9,  10. 

virem,  37. 

fastigiata,  29. 

obtusiloba,  25. 

Virginiana,  37. 

1478 


QUEECUS 


QUERCUS 


Staminate  catkins  slender,  pendu- 
lous :  pistillate  fls.  in  separate 
axillary  spikes  (For  AA,  see  spe- 
cies No.  40).    LEPIDOBALANUS. 
B.   Walls   of  nut  tomentose  on  the 
inner  surface:  Ivs.  lobed,  with 
bristle-tipped  teeth  and  lobes  or 
entire,  bristly-pointed,  but  not 
serrate  and  not  evergreen:  fr. 
ripening  the  second  year:  bark 
dark-colored,  not  scaly.  BLACK 
OAKS.     Melanobalanus. 
c.  Lvs.  ptnnatifid,  slender- 
stalked. 

D.  Lobes  of  Ivs.  usually 
toothed:  under  side 
glabrous  or  rarely  pu- 
bescent. 

B.  Cup  shallow,  saucer- 
shaped,  broader  than 
high 


EB.  Cup   ttirbinate  or  hemi- 
spherical    4. 

5. 
6. 

DD.  Lobes  of  Ivs.  entire  or  few- 
toothed:  under  side  whit- 
ish or  grayish  tomentose.  1. 


CC.  Lvs.  obovate,  3-5-lobed  at  the 
apex  or  almost  entire,  short- 
stalked.  . , 


8. 


10, 


palustris 

rubra 

Texana 

coccinea 

Kelloggii 

velutina 


cuneata 
ilicifolia 


nigra 
Marilandica 


CCC.  Lvs.  oblong  or  linear-oblong, 
entire,  rarely  remotely 
toothed .11.  Phellos 

12.  imbricaria 

13.  laurifolia 

B.  Walls  of  nut  glabrous  on  the  in- 
ner surface  (except  Nos. 38, 39) : 

Ivs.  sinuately  lobed  or  toothed, 
not  bristle -tipped,  rarely  ser- 
rate with  bristly  teeth;  the  ever- 
green Ivs.  sometimes  entire:  fr. 
ripening  the  first  year  (except 
Nos.  14,  38, 39) .  WHITE  OAKS. 
Leucobalanus. 
C.  Foliage  deciduous. 

D.  Lvs.   sinuately   dentate  or 

serrate. 

E.  Scales  of  cup   linear  or 
lanceolate,     spreading 

and  recurved 14.  variabilis 

15.  dentata 
BE.  Scales  of  cup  oppressed, 

imbricate. 

F.  Petioles  very  short:  Ivs. 
cordate  at  base,  al- 
most sessile 16.  Mongolica 

FF.  lr etioles  rather  slender; 

Ivs.    cuneate    or 

rounded  at  the  base. 

G.  Lobes  of  Ivs.  ac^lte..l7 


GG.  Lobes      of 
rounded. . . 


Ivs 


18. 
19. 

'20. 
21. 
22. 
DD.  Lvs.  pinnately  lobed. 

B.  Bark  separating  in  thin 
scales,  light  gray  or 
light  brown.  Ameri- 
can species. 

p.   Under  side  of  Ivs.  pu- 
bescent or  tomentose. 
G.  Length   of    Ivs.    5-8 
in.:  Ivs.  lyrate- 

pinnatifid 23. 

24. 
25. 


glandulifera 

prinoides 

Muhlenbergii 

Michauxi 

Frinus 

bicolor 


GG.  Length  of  Ivs .  2-6  in. 26.  Garryana 

27.  lobata 
FF.   Under  side   of  Ivs . 

glabrous 28.  alba 

BE.  Bark  furrowed  and 
ridged,  not  scaly,  usu- 
ally dark  brown  or 
dark  gray.  European 


pedunculata 
sessiliflora 

lanuginosa 

Toza 

conferta 


Cerris 


Suber 

Ilex 

Virginiana 

chrysolepis 

agrifolia 


densiflora 


F.  Cup  with  imbricate, ap- 

pressed  scales. 
G.  Lvs.  glabrous  beloiv.29. 
30. 

GG.  Lvs.   pubescent    be- 
low   31. 

32. 
33. 

FF.  Cup  with  elongated, 
spreading  and  re- 
curved scales 34. 

CC.  Foliage  evergreen,  dentate  or 

entire. 

D.  Lvs.  whitish,  tomentose  or 
tomentulose  beneath:  fr. 
ripening  the  first  year.. 35. 
36. 
37. 

DD.  Lvs.  soon  glabrous  beneath.38. 

39. 

AA.  Staminate  catkins  erect,  partly 
androgynous,  with  the  pistillate 
fls.  at  the  base.  Pasania...  ...40. 


1.  palustris,  Linn.    PIN  OAK.    Plate  XXI.    Figs.  150o, 
2043.    Tree,  to  80,  occasionally  120  ft.,  with  rather  short 
spreading  branches,  forming  a  symmetrical   pyramidal 
head,  becoming  irregular  and   oblong  in  older   trees: 
Ivs.  deeply  pinnatifid,  sometimes  almost  to  the  midrib; 
lobes  5-7,  oblong  or  .oblong-lanceolate,  toothed,  sepa- 
rated by  wide  sinuses,  bright  green  above,  light  green 
beneath,  with  axillary  tufts  of  hairs,  3-5  in.  long:  fr. 
short- stalked;  acorn  subglobose  or  ovoid,  %-%  in.  long, 
embraced  about  one-third  or  more  by  the  cup.    Mass,  to 
Del.,  west  to  Wis.  and  Ark.   S.S.  8:422,423.  Em.  1:167. 
A.G.  17:213.    Gng.  3:129.    Mn.  2:155;  6:27. -Handsome 
tree,  especially  when  young;   often  used  for  avenues; 
grows  rapidly  and  prefers  somewhat  moist  soil ;  foliage 
bright  red  in  fall.    The  tree  is  fibrous-rooted  and  trans- 
plants well. 

2.  rubra,   Linn,  (Q.  ambigua,    Michx.).      Fig.   2041. 
(4).    Tree,  to  80,  occasionally  150  ft.,  with  stout  spread- 
ing branches  forming  a  broad,  round -topped,  symmetri- 
cal head:  Ivs.  divided  about  half  way  to  the  middle  by 
wide  sinuses  into  7-9  triangular-ovate  or  ovate-oblong 
lobes,  dull  green  above,  light  green   and  pubescent  at 
first  beneath,  at  length  glabrous,  5-9  in.  long:  fr.  short  - 


macrocarpa 

lyrata 

stellata 


2042.  Acorns  of  Quercus  coccinea  (on  left)  and  Quercus 
velutina.    Natural  size. 

stalked;  acorn  ovoid,  1  in.  long,  embraced  only  at  the 
base  by  the  %-l  in.  broad  cup.  Nova  Scotia  to  Fla., 
west  to  Minn,  and  Tex.  S.S.  8:409,  410.  Em.  1:168. 
F.S.  17:1812-1813  -Beautiful  Oak  of  rapid  growth, 
growing  into  a  large,  majestic  tree,  with  usually  broad, 
round  head,  the  foliage  turning  dark  red  in  fall. 

3.  Texana,  Buckl.  TEXAN  RED  OAK.  Tree,  attaining 
200  ft.,  with  an  oblong  open  head:  Ivs.  almost  like  those 
of  Q.  coccinea,  with  axillary  tufts  of  ferrugineous  hairs 


QUERCUS 


QUERCUS 


1479 


beneath,  2-6  in.  long :  fr.  ovoid,  %-\  in.  long,  em- 
braced about  one-third  by  the  deeply  saucer-shaped  cup. 
Ind.  and  Iowa  to  Tex.  and  Fla.  S.S.  8:411.  G.F.  7:515, 
517.  -Tall  tree,  only  recently  introduced  into  cult. :  much 
like  Q.  coccinea  in  foliage  and  like  Q.  rubra  in  fruit,  but 
the  cup  somewhat  deeper  and  smaller  and  pale  grayish 
tomentose. 


2043.    Quercus  palustris  (on  the  left)  and  Q.  Phellos  (X 

4.  coccinea,  Muench.    SCARLET  OAK.    Fig.  2042,  2044. 
Tree,  to  80  ft., with  gradually  spreading  branches  forming 
a  round-topped  rather  open  head :  Ivs.  deeply  divided  by 
wide  sinuses  into  7-9  rather  narrow,  oblong  or  lanceo 
late,  few-toothed  lobes,  bright  green  and  glossy  above, 
light  green  and  glabrous  beneath,  4-8  in.  long:  fr.  short- 
stalked,   ovoid    to    oblong-ovate,    %-%   in. 

long,  embraced  about  one-half  bythe  almost 
glabrous  cup.  Me.  to  Fla.,  west  to  Minn, 
and  Mo.  8.8.8:412,413.  Em.  1:163.— Espe- 
cially valuable  for  its  brilliant  scarlet  fall 
coloring;  grows  well  in  dryish  situations. 

5.  K611oggii,   Newb.  (Q.  Califdrnica, 
Coop.).     CALIFORNIAN   BLACK   OAK.     Fig. 
2045.     Tree,    occasionally   to   100  ft.,   with 
stout  spreading  branches  forming  an  open, 
round-topped   head:    Ivs.  divided  about  to 
the  middle  by  wide  sinuses  into  usually  7 
oblong,    toothed    lobes,     pubescent     when 
young,  at  length  glabrous  and  glossy  above, 
yellowish  green  and  glabrous  or  floccose  be- 
neath, 3-6  in.  long:  fr.  short-stalked;  acorn  ovoid  or  ob- 
long,  mostly  rounded  at  the  top,  1-1%   in.   long,  em- 
braced about  one-third   or  one-half  by  the  deep  hemi- 
spherical glabrous  cup.    Ore.  to  Calif.  S.S.  8:416.    G.F. 
9:145. 

6.  velutina,  Lam    (Q.  tinctbria,  Bartr.).   BLACK  OAK. 
YELLOW  BARK  OAK.    Figs.  2040,  2041  (3),  2042.    Tree,  to 
80,  sometimes  to  150  ft.,  with  rather  slender  branches, 
spreading  gradually  into  a  narrow,  open  head  ;    bark 
very  dark  brown,  inner  bark  orange:  Ivs.  pinnatifid  to 
or   beyond  the  middle,  with  7-9  broad   toothed   lobes, 
dark  and  dull  green  above,  brownish  pubescent  beneath 
at  first,  glabrous  at  length,  except  in  the  axils  of  the 
veins,  4-10  in.  long:  fr.  short-stalked;  acorn  ovoid,  V<i-\ 
in.  long,  embraced  about  one-half  by  the  hemispherical 
densely  pubescent  cup.     Me.  to  .Fla.,  west  to  Minn,  and 
Tex.    8.8.8:414,415.     Em.  1:160.     G.F.  5:55. -Tree  of 
rapid  growth,   less  beautiful  than  the  preceding  spe- 
cies, but  the  wood  is  more  valuable;  it  flourishes  even  in 
rather  dry  soil,  and  the  foliage  turns  dull  red  or  orange- 
brown  in  fall. 

7.  cuneata,  Wangh.  (Q.  digitdta,  Sudw.     Q.  falcdta, 
Michx.).     SPANISH  OAK.    Tree,  to  70,  rarely  to  100  ft., 
with  stout  spreading  branches  forming  an  open,  round- 
topped  head:  Ivs.  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  5-7  entire  lan- 
ceolate and  often  falcate  lobes,  separated  by  broad  si- 
nuses, drooping,  dark  green  and  glabrous  above,  tawny 
or  grayish  tomentulose  beneath,  3-8  in.  long:  fr.  short- 
stalked  •,  acorn  subglobose,  %  in.  high,  embraced  one- 
half  by  the  turbinate  cup.    N.  J.  to  Fla.,  west  to  Mo. 
and    Tex.     S.S.   8:420.     G.F.   8:104.  — Handsome,  with 
peculiarly  distinct  foliage,  but  not  quite  hardy  north. 


8.  ilicifdlia,  Wangh.  (Q.  Bdnisteri,  Michx.    Q.  ndna, 
S:irg.).     BEAR  or  SCRUB   OAK.     Intricately  branched, 
spreading  shrub  to  10  ft.  high,  rarely  small  tree  to  20> 
ft.:   Ivs.  pinnately  lobed,  \\ith  usually!'  lin.ad  triangular 
lobes  on  each  side,  dark  green  and  glabrous  above, whit- 
ish tomentulose  beneath,  2-5  in.  long:  fr.  short-stalked; 
acorn  globose-ovoid,  %  in.  or  less  high,  embraced  about 
one- half  by  the  saucer- shaped  cup.    Me.  to  Va.,  west  to 
Ohio  and  Ky.    8.8.8:424.    Em.  1:170.— Growing  natur- 
ally on  dry  rocky  soil  and  forming  dense  thickets ;  it  may 
be  used  for  covering  barren  rocky  ridges  and  hillsides. 
Hybrids  with  Q.  coccinea  and  Q.  velutina   are  known 
(Rhodora,  3:24). 

9.  nigra,   Linn.    (Q.  aqudtica,  Walt.     Q.   n?i<ihioxnT 
Wangh.).    WATER  OAK.     Tree,  to  80  ft.,  with   rather 
slender  branches  forming  a  conical,  round-topped  head: 
Ivs.  obovate,  3-lobed  at  the  apex  or  sometimes  entire, 
rarely  pinnatifid  above  the  middle,  dull  bluish  green 
above,  paler  beneath,  soon  glabrous  except  axillary  tufts 
of  brown  hairs  beneath,  l%-3  in.  long:  fr.  short-stalked ; 
acorn  globose -ovoid,  %-%  in.  high,  embraced  one-fourth 
to  one-third  by  the  saucer-shaped  cup.    Del.  to  Fla., west 
to  Ky.  and  Tex.    S.S.  8:428.  — Of  rapid  growth  and  easily 
transplanted;  often  planted  as  avenue  tree  in  the  South, 
but  not  quite  hardy  north.    Usually  called  Q.  aquatica. 

10.  Marilandica,  Muench  (Q.  nigra,  Wangh.    Q.  fer- 
ruginea,  Michx.).    BLACKJACK.   JACK  OAK.  Tree,  to  30, 
sometimes  to  50  ft.,  with  short  spreading  branches  form- 
ing a  narrow,  round-topped  or  often  irregular  head:  Ivs. 
obovate,  3-5-lobed  at  the  broad  apex,  with  broad,  entire 
or  sparingly  toothed  lobes,  glabrous  and   dark  green 
above,  at  leirgth  glabrous  and  yellowish  green  beneath, 
brownish  tomentose  at  first:   fr.  short-stalked;    acorn 
ovoid-oblong,  %  in.  high,  embraced  one-third  to  two- 
thirds  by  the  turbinate  cup.    N.  Y.  to  Fla.,  west  to  Neb. 
and  Texas.     S.S.  8:426,  427.- Handsome  tree,  with  its 
large  glossy  foliage;  hardy  north.    Better  known  as  Q. 
nigra,  but  this  name  really  belongs  to  the  preceding 
species. 

11.  Ph611os,  Linn.   WILLOW  OAK.     Plate  XXI.     Fig. 
2043.    Tree,  to  50  ft.,  sometimes  becoming  80  ft.,  with 
rather  slender  branches  forming  a  conical,  round-topped 
head:    Ivs.   short-petioled,  linear-oblong,  bright   green 
and  glossy  above,  pubescent  below  when  young,  glabrous 
and  light  "green  at  length,  2-4  in.  long:  frs.  almost  ses- 
sile, acorn  subglobose,  %-%  in.  high,  embraced  about 
one-fourth  by  the  saucer-shaped  cup.    N.  Y.  to  Fla., west 
to  Mo.  and  Tex.    S.S.  8:435.    Gt.  29,  p.  221.    A. G.  17:195. 
R.H.  1898,  p.  149. -Beautiful  hardy  medium-sized  tree 


with   handsome   foliage   turning   pale   yellow   in   fall, 
prefers  moist  or  almost  swampy  soil. 

12.  imbricaria,  Michx.     SHINGLE  OAK.    Tree,  to  60, 
rarely  to  100  ft.,  with  slender  and  somewhat  pendulous 


1480 


QUERCUS 


QUERCUS 


2046.  Quercus  lobata  (X 

No.  27. 


branches,  of  pyramidal  habit  in  its  youth,  round-topped 
when  old:  Ivs.  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  dark  green 
and  glabrous  above,  grayish  tomentulose  beneath,  3-7  in. 
long:  fr.  short-stalked;  acorn  subglobose,  %  in.  long,  em- 
braced one-third  to  one-half  by  the  turbinate  cup.  Pa.  to 
Ga., west  to  Neb.  and  Ark.  S.S.  8:432.  A.G.  17:195.  Mn. 
6:91. -Beautiful  Oak  of 
symmetrical  habit  with 
handsome  glossy  foliage, 
turning  russet  -  red  in 
fall.  There  are  several 
hybrids  of  this  species 
and  No.  11  with  other 
Black  and  Red  Oaks  ; 
one  of  them  is  in  the 
trade  as  Q.  palustri- 
imbricdria,  Engelm.:  it 
has  oblong  -  lanceolate 
Ivs.,  entire  or  coarsely  toothed,  with  bristly  teeth,  soon 
glabrous,  4-6  in.  long:  cup  turbinate.  For  other  hy- 
brids of  this  group  see  S.S.  8:433,  434,  436,  437. 

13.  laurifdlia,  Michx.    LAUREL  OAK.    Tree,  to  60,  oc- 
casionally to  100  ft., with  comparatively  slender  branches 
forming  a  dense,  round -topped  head:  Ivs.  oblong  or  ob- 
long-obovate,  sometimes  slightly  lobed,  dark  green  and 
shining  above,  light  green  and  puberulous  at  first,  gla- 
brous at  length  below,  2-6  in.  long:  fr.  short-stalked; 
acorn  ovoid  or  subglobose,  about  %  in.  long,  embraced 
one-fourth  by  the  saucer-shaped  cup.  Va.  to  Fla.  and  La. 
S.S.  8:429,  430.  — Handsome  tree  with  almost  half-ever- 
green glossy  foliage,  often  planted  as  avenue  tree  in  the 
southern  and  Gulf  states ;  not  hardy  north. 

14.  variaMlis,  Blume  (Q.  Bungeana,  Forb.    Q.  CTii- 
nensis,  Bunge,  not  Abel).    Tree,  to  80  ft.:  Ivs.  slender- 
petioled,  oblong  to   oblong^lanceolate,  acuminate,  cre- 
nately  serrate,  with  bristle-like  teeth,  dark  green  and 
glabrous  above,  whitish  tomentulose  below,  3%-6   in. 
long:    fr.  almost  sessile;    acorn  subglobose,  not  much 
exceeding  the  large  cup;    scales  thick,  lanceolate,  re- 
curved.   N.  China,  Japan.— Handsome  tree  with  distinct 
foliage  almost  like  that  of  Castanea  crenata ;  has  proved 
hardy  in  Mass,  and  western  N.  Y. 

15.  dentata,  Thunb.  (Q.  Dalmio,  Hort.).    Tree,  to  80 
ft.,  with  broad,  round-topped  head:  Ivs.  short-petioled, 
obovate,  sinuately  toothed,  with  3-6  rounded  broad  teeth 
on  each  side,  dark  green  and  usually  glabrous  above  at 
length,  light  green  and  pubescent  beneath,   firm  and 
leathery,  to  12  in.  long:  fr.  almost  sessile;  acorn  ovate, 
%-%  in.  long,  embraced  one-half  by  the  large  cup ;  scales 
lanceolate,  thin,  spreading  and  recurved.   Japan.  — Re- 
markable for  its  large  Ivs.,  on  young  plants  to  1  ft.  long 
and  8  in.  broad;    hardy  north.    Var.  pinnatifida,  Mat- 
sum.   (Q.  pinnatifida,  Franch.  &  Sav. ).    Lvs.  divided 
almost  to  the  midrib  into  linear  lobes  with  crisp  irregu- 
lar margins;  interesting  form. 


2047.  White  Oak  (X%).    No.  28. 


16.  Mongolica,  Fisch  Tree,  to  100  ft. :  Ivs.  obovate 
or  obovate-oblong,  much  narrowed  below  the  middle, 
coarsely  toothed  with  acute  or  mucronulate  teeth,  bright 
green  above,  light  green  beneath,  with  long  hairs  along 


the  veins,  almost  glabrous  at  length,  3-7  in.  long:  fr. 
almost  sessile,  acorn  %-%  in.  high,  embraced  one-third 
by  the  cup.  Amurland,  N.  China,  Saghalin.  — There  are 
two  closely  allied  species  from  Japan,  Q.  crispula. 
Blume,  and  Q.  grosseserrata,  Blume,  which  are  almost 
indistinguishable  in  foliage  from  each  other  and  from 
this  species,  but  Q.  crispula  has  the  cup  somewhat 
deeper,  embracing  about  one-half  of  the  nut.  Both  have 
handsome  foliage  and  have  proved  hardy  in  the  Arnold 
Arboretum.  Under  the  name  of  Q.  Mongolica  a  form  of 
Q.  lanuginosa  is  sometimes  found  in  the  trade. 

17.  glandulifera,   Blume.     Tree,  to  40   ft.,  rarely  to 
70  ft.,  shrubby  in  cult.:  Ivs.  cuneate  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  oblong-obovate  to  oblanceolate,  acute,  with  6-10 
glandular-tipped,  acute  teeth  on  each  side,  light  green 
above,  glabrous,  whitish  or  grayish  green  beneath,  ap- 
pressed  silky  at  first,  almost  half -evergreen,  2/^-5  in. 
long:  fr.  peduncled,  usually  several;  acorn  ovate,  about 
Yz  in.  high,  embraced  one-third  to  one-half  by  the  cup. 
Japan.  — Half  evergreen  shrub  with  handsome  foliage, 
almost   hardy   north,   at   least   in   sheltered   positions. 
Sometimes  cult,  under  the  name  Q.  dentata.    Q.  glandu- 
lifera, Mast.,  is  Q.  Turneri  (see  suppl.  list). 

18.  prinoldes,  Willd.  (Q.CTiincapin,  Pursh.  Q.  Prlnus, 
var.  Chincapin,  Michx.).    CHINCAPIN  OAK.     Spreading 
shrub,  with  slender  stems,  usually  not  over  6  ft.  high, 
rarely  to  15  ft.  :  Ivs.  rather  short-petioled,  cuneate  at 
the  base,  ovate-oblong  or  oblong,  with  4-8  sometimes 
obtusish  teeth  on  each  side,  bright  green  above,  grayish 
tomentulose  beneath,  2%-5  in.  long:    fr.  sessile,  acorn 
oval,  about  %  in.  long,  embraced  one-half  by  the  cup. 
Maine  to  Ala.,  west  to  Minn,  and  Tex.    S.S.  8:378.  Em. 
1:158.  — Pretty  shrub  for  covering  dry  and  rocky  ridges. 
In  trade  sometimes  under  the  misleading  name  of  Q. 
humilis,  for  which  see  supplementary  list. 

19.  Muhlenbergi,  Engelm.  (Q.  Castanea,  Willd.,  not 
Ne'e.     Q.  acuminata,  Sarg.,  not  Roxb.    Q.  Prlmis,  var. 
acuminata, Michx.).   YELLOW  CHESTNUT  OAK.    Tree,  to 
100  or  occasionally  to  160  ft.,  with  rather  short  branches 
forming   a  narrow,  round-topped   head:    Ivs.  slender- 
stalked,  oblong  to  oblong-lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate, 
coarsely  toothed  with  acute,  glandular-tipped  teeth,  dark 
or  yellowish  green  above,  whitish  tomentulose  beneath, 
4-7  in.  long:    fr.  sessile   or   short-peduncled ;    acorns 
ovate,  M-%  in.  long,  embraced  about  one-half  by  the 
cup.    Tenn.  to  Va.,  west  to  Neb.  and  Tex.   S.S.  8:377.— 
Beautiful  tree  with  light  gray  bark  and  handsome  foli- 
age, glossy  above  and  silvery  white  beneath. 

20.  Michauxi,    Nutt.    (Q.    Prlnus,    var.    palustris, 
Michx.).    BASKET  OAK.     Cow  OAK.    Tree,  to   100  ft., 
with  round-topped,  rather  dense  head;  bark  light  gray, 
scaly:    Ivs.   obovate  or   obovate-oblong,  acute,   deeply 
crenulate-toothed,    with    obtuse,     mucronulate     teeth, 
bright  green  and  shining  above,  grayish  tomentulose 
beneath,  4—7  in.  long:  fr.  short-peduncled;  acorn  ovoid, 
1-1  %  in.  high,  embraced  about  one-third  by  the  tomen- 
tose  cup.     Del.  to  Fla.,  west  to  Ind.  and  Tex.     S.S. 
8:382,  383.-One  of  the  most  beautiful  of  the  Chestnut 
Oaks ;  prefers  moist  soil. 

21.  Prlnus,  Linn.  (Q.  Prlnus,  var.  monticola,  Michx. 
Q.  montana,  Willd.).     CHESTNUT  OAK.     ROCK  CHEST- 
NUT OAK.    Fig.  2041  (5).    Tree,  to  70,  or  occasionally  to 
100  ft.,  with  broad,  irregular  head   and  dark  brown, 
ridged  bark:    Ivs.  slender-stalked,  obovate   to   oblong- 
lanceolate,  coarsely  crenulate-toothed,  bright  or  yellow- 
ish green  above,  paler  beneath,  tomentulose  when  young, 
often  almost  glabrous  at  length,  5-8  in.  long:    fr.  soli- 
tary or  in  pairs,  on  peduncles  about  1  in.  long;  acorn 
ovoid,  1-1%  in.  high,  embraced  about  one-third  by  the 
cup.    Maine  and  Ontario  to  Ala.    S.S.  8:375,376.    Em. 
1:155  (as  Q.  Castanea)  and  156.    G.C.  III.  14:617.    G.F. 
1:510.— Handsome  Oak,  growing  well  in  rather  dry  soil. 

22.  bf color,  Willd.  (Q.  platanoldes,  Sudw.    Q.  Prlnus, 
var.  tomentdsa,  Michx.    Q.  Prlmis,  var.  discolor,  Michx. 
f.).     SWAMP  WHITE  OAK.    Fig.  2041  (7).     Tree,  to  70 
ft.,  rarely  to  100  ft.,  with  narrow,  round-topped,  open 
head  and  light  grayish  brown,  scaly  bark:  Ivs.  obovate 
to  oblong-obovate,  sinuately  dentate,  sometimes  lobed 
half-way  to  the  middle,  dark   green   and   dull   above, 
whitish  tomentulose  beneath,  4-7  in.  long:    fr.  solitary 
or  in  pairs  on  peduncles  l%-4  in.  long;    acorn  ovate- 


QUERCUS 

oblong,  1-1%  in.  high,  embraced  one-third  by  the  cup. 
Quebec  to  Ga.,  west  to  Mich,  and  Ark.  S.S.  8:380,  381. 
Em.  1:1515.  G.F.  4:24(1. -It  is  less  desirable  as  an  or- 
namental tree  than  many  other  species,  but  the  wood  is 
valuable.  The  light  gray  bark  separating  in  large  thin 
scales  and  the  numerous  small  branches  which  appear 
on  the  larger  limbs  and  often  on  the  trunk,  make  it  easy 
to  distinguish  from  allied  species. 

23.  macrocarpa,  Michx.    BUR  OAK.    MOSSY  CUP  OAK. 
Fiir.  L'041  (6).    Tree,  to  80,  sometimes  160  ft.,  with  large 
spreading    branches,   forming    a  broad,  round    head; 
bark  light  brown,  deeply  furrowed;    younger  branches 
sometimes  with  corky  wings :    Ivs.  obovate  or  oblong- 
obovate,  lyrate-pinnatifid,  with  4-10  pairs  of  lobes,  the 
lower  ones  smaller,  separated  by  wide  and  deep  sinuses, 
the  upper  ones  much  larger,  or  sometimes  the  Ivs.  are 
only  sinuately  dentate  above  the  middle,  bright  green 
and  shining  above,  grayish  or  whitish   tomentose   be- 
neath, 4-8  in.  long:    fr.  sessile  or  short-stalked;  acorn 
broadly  ovate  or  ovoid,  54-1%  in.  high,  embraced  about 
one-half  by  the  large  %-2  in.  wide  cup,  with  the  upper 
scales  awned  and  forming  a  fringe-like  border.    Nova 
Scotia  to  Pa.,  west  to  Manitoba  and  Tex.      S.S.  8:371, 
372.    Em.  1:149.    G.F.  2:500;    3:407.    Mn.  2:153.    Gng. 
4 :342.  -  Var.  olivaefbrmis,  Gray  ( Q.  olivcef6rm  is,  Michx.; . 
Lvs.  deeply  pinnatifld,  lobes  almost  all  narrow  and  sep- 
arated by  wide  sinuses;    cup  usually  elongated,  much 
higher  than  broad.    S.S.  8:373.  — The  Bur  Oak  is  of  vig- 
orous growth  and  becomes  a  stately  tree  and  is  of  pic- 
turesque appearance  in  winter  with  its  corky  branches. 
Crown  often  fan-shaped  until  tree  is  mature. 

24.  lyrata,  Walt.    OVERCUP  OAK.    SWAMP,  or  SWAMP 
POST  OAK.    Tree,  to  100  ft.,,  with  rather  small,  often 
pendulous    branches   forming    a    symmetrical,   round- 
topped   head:    Ivs.  obovate   to  obovate-oblong,  deeply 
lyrate  pinnatifid,  with  3-5  pairs  of  oblong  or  lanceolate 
lobes,  the  lower  ones  much  smaller,  separated  by  a  wide 

sinus  from  the  upper 
ones,  dark  green  and 
shining  above,  whitish 
tomentulose  beneath  or 
sometimes  light  green 
and  pubescent:  fr. 
short  -  stalked  ;  acorn 
globose,  %-l  in.  high, 
almost  entirely  en- 
closed by  the  large 
scaly  cup.  N.  J.  to 
Fla.,  west  to  Mo.  and 
Tex.  S.S.  8:374. -Lit- 
tle cultivated ;  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Massachu- 
setts ;  prefers  moist 
soil. 

25.  stellata,  Wangh. 
(Q.  obtusiloba,  Michx. 
Q.  minor,  Sarg.).  POST 
OAK.  Tree,  to  60,  rarely 
to  100  ft.,  with  broad, 
dense,  round  head,  and 
with  grayish  brown, 
deeply  fissured  bark: 
Ivs.  short  -  stalked, 
broadly  obovate,  lyrate-pinnatifid,  with  2  or  usually  3 
pairs  of  lobes,  the  middle  pair  being  much  larger,  undu- 
late, and  mostly  with  a  lobe  on  the  lower  side,  separated 
from  the  lower  pair  by  wide,  from  the  upper  pair  by 
narrower  sinuses,  dark  green  above,  brownish  tomen- 
rulose  beneath,  5-8  in.  long:  fr.  almost  sessile;  acorn 
ovoid,  %  in.  high,  embraced  one-third  to  one-half  by 
the  cup;  scales  lanceolate,  loosely  appressed.  Maine  to 
Fla.,  west  to  Mich,  and  Tex.  S.S.  8:368,369.  Em.  1:151. 
—Hardy  and  handsome  tree  with  dense  round  head, 
growing  naturally  in  mther  dry,  sandy  or  rocky  soil. 

26.  Garryana,  Dout>  OREGON  OAK.  Tree,  to  80, 
rarely  to  100  ft.,  with  ^ide-spreading  branches,  some- 
times shrubby;  bark  light  gray:  Ivs.  obovate,  pinnati- 
fid, with  broad,  obtuse,  entire  or  toothed  lobes,  dark 
green  above,  pubescent  and  yellowish  green  or  whitish 
below:  fr.  short-stalked;  acorn  ovoid,  about  1  in.  high, 
embraced  about  one-third  by  the  saucer-shaped  cup  ; 
-scales  usually  thin.  Wash,  and  Ore.  to  Calif.  S.S.  8:364, 


QUERCUS 


1481 


2048.  English  Oak— Quorcus  pedun 
culata.    Natural  size.     No.  29. 


365.  G.F.  7:495. -The  most  important  Oak  of  the  Pacific 
states  as  a  timber  tree. 

27.  lobata,  Ne'e  (Q.  Hlndnii,  Benth.).  VALLEY  or 
WKKIMNG  OAK  (WHITE  OAK  of  tin-  Pacific  st!iti-». 
Fig.  2046.  Tree,  to  100  ft.,  with  great,  wide-spreading 


2049.  Quercus  pedunculata.  var. 
filicifolia  (X  %).    No.  29. 


limbs  and  slender  drooping  branches:  Ivs.  oblong  or 
obovate-oblong,  with  3-5  pairs  of  sometimes  lobed-den- 
tate  lobes,  dark  green  and  stellate-pubescent  above  and 
usually  whitish  tomentulose  beneath,  2-4  in.  long  :  fr. 
almost  sessile;  acorn  elongated,  conical,  l%-2  in.  high, 
embraced  about  one-third  by  the  cup ;  lower  scales  tuber- 
culate,  upper  one  subulate.  Calif  S.S.  8:362.  G.P. 
3:611;  10:55, 202S  205. -Graceful wide-spreading tree,but 
has  not  been  cult,  successfully  outside  of  Calif. 

28.  alba,  Linn.  WHITE  OAK.  Plate  XXI.  Figs. 
1506,  2039,  2041(2),  2047.  Tree,  to  100  ft.,  with  stout 
spreading  branches  forming  abroad,  open  head:  bark 
light  gray:  Ivs.  obovate  or  oblong -obovate,  narrowed 
at  the  base,  with  3-8  pairs  of  rather  narrow  obtuse  and 
sometimes  toothed  lobes,  pubescent  when  young,  soon 
glabrous,  bright  green  above,  glaucescent  beneath:  fr. 
short-  or  long-stalked;  acorn  oblong-ovate,  1  in.  high, 
embraced  about  one-fourth 
by  the  shallow  cup;  scales 
closely  appressed.  Me.  to 
Fla.,  west  to  Minn,  and  Tex. 
8.8.8:356,357.  Em.  1:145. 
G.F. 3:91;  4:6,7;  5:259,450. 
—The  White  Oak  is  one  of 
the  noblest  trees  of  the 
northern  states  and  a  beau- 
tiful park  tree,  where  space 
can  be  allowed  for  its  full 
development ;  the  foliage 
assumes  a  beautiful  deep 
vinous  red  or  violet-purple 
color  in  fall.  Var.  repanda, 
Michx.,  is  a  form  in  which 
the  Ivs.  have  rather  shallow 
sinuses  and  the  fruits  are 
usually  short-stalked.  Var. 
pinnatifida,  Michx.,  has  the 
Ivs.  deeply  pinnatifid  with 
narrow  often  lobed  or 
toothed  lobes  and  the  fruits 

usually  slender-stalked.  S.S.  8:358.  Hybrids  of  this 
species  with  Q.  macrocarpa,  Prinns  and  stellata  are 
known.  S.S.  8:  359-361.  A  tree  of  the  hybrid  with  Q. 


2050. 

Acorn  of  Live  Oak— Quercus 
Virginiana;  oftener  known 
asQ.virena(X%).  No.  37. 


1482 


QUERCUS 


QUERCUS 


Prinus  was  found  in  the  nursery  of  John  Saul,  near 
Washington,  D.  C.,  and  has  been  distributed  as  Saul's 
Oak. 

29.  pedunculata,Ehrh.(^JEo&Mr,var.pedimcuZata,DC. 
Q.  Hbbur,  Linn.,  partly.  Q.  femina,  Mill.).  Figs.  2038, 
2048.  Tree,  to  120  ft.,  with  stout  spreading  branches 
forming  a  broad  round-topped  head:  Ivs.  short-petioled, 
auriculate  at  the  base,  oblong-obovate,  with  3-7  rounded 
lobes  on  each  side,  quite  glabrous,  dark  green  above, 
pale  bluish  green  beneath,  2%-5  in.  long:  fr.  1-7  on 
slender  peduncles;  acorn  ovate  or  ovate-oblong,  about  1 
in.  high,  embraced  about  one-third  by  the  hemispherical 
cup.  Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  W.  Asia.  G.C.  III.  24:201;  25:168. 
—More  than  40  varieties  are  cultivated  in  European 
nurseries  and  collections;  some  of  the  most  important 
are  the  following:  Var.  Concbrdia,  Lemaire.  Lvs. 
bright  yellow,  I.H.  14:537.  Var.  contdrta,  Hort.  A 
form  with  twisted  branches  and  crowded  Ivs.  of  ir- 
regular shape  ;  of  slow  growth.  Var.  iastigiata,  DC. 
With  upright  branches  forming  a  narrow  columnar 
head.  G.C.  II.  19:179.  Of  the  same  habit  are  var.  fas- 
tigiata cupressoldes,  Hort.,  with  narrower  Ivs.  Var. 


2051.   Variation  in  the  leaves  of  Live  Oak. 
(Quercus  Virginiana.)    No.  37.    Nearly  natural  size. 

fastigiata  aureo-punctatawith  yellowish  spotted  foliage. 
Var.  fastigiata  viridis  with  Ivs.  of  darker  green.  Var. 
heterophtflla,  Lond.  (var.  comptonice folia,  Hort.)  with 
narrow,  elongated,  slightly  or  crenately  lobed,  some- 
times almost  entire  leaves.  Var.  filicifdlia,  Lem.  (var. 
pectindta,  var.  lacinidta,  var.  asplenifblia,  var.  doumtti, 
Hort.).  Fig.  2049.  Lvs.  deeply  divided  often  almost 
to  the  midrib  in  narrow  linear  lobes,  with  crisp  mar- 
gins. G.C.  II.  14:632.  I.H.  1,  black  figure  not  num- 
bered opposite  plate  33.  R.H.  1894,  p.  17.  Var.  p6n- 
dula,  Loud.  With  pendulous  branches;  a  form  with 
more  slender  [and  more  decidedly  weeping  branches 
is  var.  Dauvtssei,  Hort.  Var.  purpurascens,  DC. 
(var.  purpurea,  Loud.).  With  the  Ivs.  bright  pur- 


ple when  young,  becoming  almost  green  at  length  or  as 
in  the  forms  distinguished  as  var.  atropurpurea  and  var. 
nigra,  Hort.,  the  color  is  more  intense  and  retained 
through  the  whole  summer.  F.S.  17:1783-84.  Var. 
variegata,  Endl.  There  are  a  number  of  variegated 
forms,  but  of  no  great  ornamental  value;  the  most  cult, 
are:  albo  -  variegata,  argenteo-picta,  aureo- variegata, 
Joreau6nsis  maculdta,  tricolor. 

30.  sessilifldra,  Salisb.   (Q.  Rbbur,  var.   sessilifldra, 
DC.  Q.  ltdbur,  Mill.).     Similar  in  habit  to  the  former, 
but  limbs  less  spreading  and  head  less  broad:  petioles 
K-/4  in.  long:  Ivs.  rounded  or  cuneate  at  base,  obovate 
or  obovate-oblong,  with  5-9  rounded  lobes  on  each  side, 
somewhat  glossy  above,  pale  and  glabrous  or  slightly 
pubescent   on  the  midrib  beneath.  2%-5  in.  long:    fr. 
almost  sessile,  usually  somewhat  larger  than  those  of 
the  preceding  species.    Europe,  W.  Asia  to  Persia.     A 
very  distinct  variety  is  var.  mespilifolia,  Wallr.,  with 
almost  entire  Ivs.     Var.  purpurea,  Hort.,  has  the  Ivs. 
purplish  when  young.  —  Q.  sessiliflora  is  less  common  in 
cult,  than  the  last.     Both  are   usually  called   English 
Oak  and  are  often  considered  as  mere  subspecies  of  Q. 
JRob^lr. 

31.  lanugindsa,  Thuill.  (Q.  puUscens,  Willd.).    Tree, 
to  40  ft.,  but  sometimes  remaining  shrubby:   branches 
tomentose  when  young:  Ivs.  pinnately  lobed  or  pinnati- 
fid,  with  4—8  pairs  of  obtuse  or  acute  lobes,  glabrous 
above,  pubescent  or  tomentose  and  grayish  green  be- 
neath, 2-4  in.  long:  fr.  almost  sessile;  acorn  ovoid,  K— 
1  in.  long,  enclosed  about  one-half  by  the  tomentose 
cup;  scales  closely  appressed.  M. and  S.Eu., W.Asia.— A 
very  variable  species,  often  shrubby,  growing  mostly  on 
dry,  rocky  and  often  on  limestone  soil ;  the  more  south- 
ern forms  of  it  are  tender.     Var.  Hartwissiana,  Dipp. 
(Q.  Hartwissidna,  Stev.).     Lvs.  small,  rather  acutely 
lobed,    yellowish    tomentose    beneath.     Var.    pendula, 
Jacq.  ( Q.  ^Egilops,  var.  pendula  and  Pseudaegilops  piu- 
dula,   Hort.),  with  pendulous    branches   and    densely 
tomentose  Ivs.,  resembles  the  following  species  and  is 
supposed  by  some  authors  to  be  a  hybrid  between  the 
two. 

32.  Tdza,  Bosc  (Q.  Pyrenaica,  Willd.    Q.  camdta  and 
crinlta,  Hort.).    Tree,  to  40  ft.,  with  slender  branches; 
branchlets    yellowish  tomentose:    Ivs.    pinnatifid    half 
way  to  the  middle  or  more,  with  rather  narrow  and  acute 
lobes,  pubescent  above,  yellowish  or  grayish  tomentose 
beneath,    3-5   in.   long:    fr.   short   or  long- peduncled; 
acorn  oblong,  embraced  one-third  to  one-half  by  the  to- 
mentose   cup  ;  scales  loosely  appressed,  rather  large. 
Spain,  S.  France.     Var.  pendula,  Dipp.,  with  pendulous 
branches.  — Somewhat  tender  north. 

33.  confe'rta,  Kit.  (Q.  Pann6nica,Hort.  Q.  Hungdrica, 
Hubeny).     Tree,  to  120  ft.,  with  gradually   spreading 
branches    forming   a   round-topped,    open    head;    bark 
rather  light  brown:    Ivs.  very  short-petioled,  auriculate 
at  the  base,  obovate,  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  5-7  pairs  of 
often  toothed  lobes,  dark  green  and  almost  glabrous  at 
length,  pale  and  tomentose  beneath,  4-7  in.  long:  fr. 
short-peduncled;    acorn  ovoid-oblong,  embraced   about 
one-third  by  the  cup;   scales  rather  large,  loosely  ap- 
uressed.    Italy.    S.  E.  Eu.    G.C.  II.  5:85. -Pretty  Oak 
with  handsome  dark  green  foliage;  hardy  in  Mass,  but 
seems  not  reliable  farther  north. 

34.  CSrris,  Linn.    TURKEY  OAK.    Tree,  to  120  ft.,  with 
rather  short  spreading  branches  forming  a  broad  pyra- 
midal at  length  often  irregular  open  head:  Ivs.  oblong 
or  obovate-oblong,  pinnatifid,  with  3-8  pairs  of  entire  or 
few-toothed   lobes,    dark   green   and    somewhat   rough 
above,  grayish  pubescent  or  almost  glabrous  beneath  at 
length:  fr.  short-stalked,  ripening  the  second  year;  acorn 
oblong-ovate,  to  1%  in.  long,  embraced  about  one-half  by 
the  large  mossy  cup.    S.E.  Eu.,W.  Asia.   Mn.  3:166.   Gn. 
27,  p.  476,  477.— Handsome  Oak  with  dark  green  foliage 
and  of  pyramidal  habit  when  young,  but  not  quite  hardy 
north.    Easily  recognized  even  in  winter  by  the  slender 
subulate  scales  surrounding  and  exceeding  the  winter- 
buds.    Var.  Austriaca,  Loud.    Lvs.  longer-petioled,  less 
deeply  lobed,  or  almost  sinuately  dentate  with  short, 
acute,  entire  lobes.    For  Q.  Austriaca  sempervirens,  see 
Q.  Turneri  in  supplementary  list.    Var.  laciniata,  Loud. 
Lvs.    deeply   pinnatifid,    often    almost    to    the    midrib 
divided  into  narrow  oblong  lobes.     There  are  hybrids 


QCJERCUS 

with  Q.  Sttber,  for  which  see  Q.  Lncombeana,  in  sup- 
plementary list. 

3.').  Suber,  Linn.  CORK  OAK.  Tree,  to  50  ft.,  with 
broad  round-topped  head  and  thick,  deeply  furrowed, 
spongy,  elastic4  hark:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong,  rounded  or 
subcordate  at  the  base,  remotely  serrate,  glabrous  above, 
whitish  tomentose  beneath, 1-3 ir. long:  fr. short-stalked; 
acorn  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  %-l/4in.  high, embraced  one- 
third  to  one-half  by  the  cup;  scales  thick,  usually  with 
short  and  often  recurved  tips. 
S.  Europe,  X.  Afr.  —  From  this 
species  cork  is  obtained;  it  is 
much  cultivated  for  this  pur- 
pose in  E.  India  and  recently 
a  No  in  California,  where  it 
seems  to  thrive  well.  Q.  occi- 
drntalix,  Gay,  seems  to  differ 
only  by  the  fr.  ripening  the 
second  "year  and  by  its  greater 
hardiness;  its  bark  is  not  distin- 
guished commercially  from  that 
of  the  true  Cork  Oak. 

36.  Ilex,    Linn.      HOLLY    or 
HOLM  OAK.    Tree,  to  GO  ft.,  with 
large,  round-topped  head;   bark 
not  corky:     Ivs.  very  variable, 
ovate    to    lanceolate,    remotely 
serrate    or    almost   entire    and 
with   revolute    margin,    dark 
green  above,  yellowish  or  whit- 
ish tomentose  beneath,  1-3  in. 
long  :    fr.   1-3,  usually  pedun- 
cled ;     acorn   ovate,    embraced 
about    one -half     by    the   cup; 
scales  thin,   appressed,    rarely 
slightly  spreading.    S.  Europe. 
M.D.G.  1898:275.   Var.  Ballota, 
DC.   (Q.  Ballota,  Desf.).   Lvs. 
smaller,    orbicular    or    broadly 
ovate;  the  sweet  acorn  is  often 
gathered  for  food.    Var.  F6rdii, 
Nichols.  (Q.Fordli,  Carr.).    Of 
pyramidal  habit  with  narrower 
and  smaller  Ivs.    R.H.  1861,  pp. 
114,  115;  1885,  pp.  352,  353.  Not 
to  be  confounded  with  Q.  Ford- 

iana,   Hemsl.,  a   Chinese    species    with    chestnut-like 
leaves. 

37.  Virginiana,  Mill.  (Q.  vlrens,  Ait.).     LIVE   OAK. 
Figs.  2050-52.     Tree,  to  50  or  rarely  to  70  ft.,  with  al- 
most horizontal  limbs,  forming  a  wide  spreading  head; 
sometimes  shrubby:  Ivs.  elliptic  or  oblong,  usually  en- 
tire, with  revolute  margin,  rarely  with  a  few  spiny  teeth 
above  the  middle,  dark  green  and  glossy  above,  whitish 
tomentulose  beneath,  1-3  in.  long:  fr.  peduncled;  acorn 
ovate,  about  1  in.  long,  embraced  about  one-third  by  the 
cup;  scales  thin,  appressed.    Va.  to  Fla.,  west  to  Mcx. 
8.8.8:394.395.   G.F.  1:476;  5:486,  487;  6:7;  8:235.   F.R. 
1:643.     Gng.  8:1. -One   of  the  most  beautiful  of  the 
American   Oaks   and   much   planted    as    a    shade    and 
avenue  tree  in  the  southern  states;  easily  transplanted 
and  of  rapid  growth ;  also  very  valuable  as  a  timber  tree. 

38.  chrys61epis,  Liebm.  CALIFORNIA  LIVE  OAK.   MAUL 
OAK.    Fig.  2053.    Tree,  to  50,  rarely  to  100  ft.,  with  wide- 
spreading   head    and    often  pendulous  branches  :    Ivs. 
short-petioled,   oval  to  oblong-ovate,   acute  and  spiny- 
toothed  or  entire,  bluish  or  yellowish  green  above,  glau- 
cous beneath  and  covered  with  fulvous  tomentum  when 
young,  1-4  in.  long:  fr.  short-stalked,  ripening  the  sec- 
ond year;  acorn  ovoid,  %-!%  in.  high,  embraced  about 
one-fourth  by  the  shallow  cup,  which  is  often  very  thick 
and  densely  fulvous-tomentose.     Ore.   to   Calif.     S.S. 
8:398,  399.  "G.F.  5: 127. -The  most  beautiful  of  the  Cali- 
fornian  Oaks. 

39.  a&rifdlia,  N<$e.    Fig.  2054.    Similar  in  habit  to  the 
former,  sometimes   shrubby:    Ivs.  broadly  oval  to  ob- 
long, sinuately  spiny-toothed,  usually  convex,  dull  green 
above,  light  green  below,  pubescent  at  first,  1/^-3  in. 
long:   fr.  usually  sessile;  acorn  conic-ovate,  often  elon- 
gated, to  1%  in.  long,  embraced  one-fourth  to  one-third 
by   the   cup:    scales   thin,   slightly   puberulous.     Calif. 
8.8.  8:403.    P.F.G.  2,  p.  44.    F.S.  7.  p.  138. 


QUERCUS 


1483 


40.  densifldra,  Hook.  &  Am.  TAN  BARK  OAK.  Ever 
green  tree,  to  70,  occasionally  to  100  ft.,  with  spreading 
branches  forming  a  dense,  broad,  round-topped  head: 
Ivs.  oblong-obovate  or  oblong,  acute,  remotely  dentate, 
with  short  acute  callous  teeth,  fulvous-tomentose  when 
young,  at  maturity  glabrous  and  pale  green  above,  rusty 
toiiii-ntose  beneath  and  finally  glabrous  and  bluish  white': 
fr.  peduncled;  acorn  ovoid  or  ovate,  %-!%  in.  long,  em- 
braced only  at  the  base  by  the  shallow  cup  coated  with 


2052.    Live  Oak,  with  Spanish  moss  hanging  from  the  branches. 
Audubon  Park,  New  Orleans.— Quercus  Virginiana. 


linear  spreading  scales.  8.  Ore.  to  Calif.  S.S.  8:438. 
G.F.  5: 523. -One  of  the  most  beautiful  Oaks  of  the  Pa- 
cific states.  The  only  representative  of  the  subgenus 
Pasania  in  America. 

The  species  in  the  following  list  are  not  hardy  north  except 
when  mentioned: 

Q.  acuta,  Thunb.  (Q.  Buergeri,  Blume).  Evergreen  small 
tree:  Ivs.  oblong  to  lanceolate,  abruptly  acuminate,  usually 
entire,  glabrous,  light  green  beneath,  4-7  in.:  cup  thick,  with 
the  scales  connate  into  concentric  riugs.  Jap.,  Corea.  Gn.  19, 
p.  285.— Q.  JEgilops,  Linn.  Evergreen  tree,  to  60  ft.:  allied 
to  Q.  Cerris:  Ivs.  lobed-dentate  with  acute  sinuses,  fulvous- 
tomentose  at  first:  cup  large,  with  spreading,  flat,  lanceolate 
scales,  not  much  to  one-half  shorter  than  acorn.  8.  Italy, 
Greece.— Q.  alnifblia,  Poech.  Evergreen  shrub:  Ivs.  orbicular 
or  oval,  dentate,  shining  above,  yellow-tomentose  beneath, 
1-2  in.  long:  cup  with  recurved  lanceolate  bracts;  acorn  1%  in. 
long.  Creta.  Gn.  18,  p.  486;  40,  p.  95.  A.G.  13:436.~g.  Jinergeri, 
Blume  =  Q.  acuta.-  Q.  bamlntsoKfdlia,  Fort.,  not  Hnnce.  =  Q. 
Vibrayana.— Q.  brevifblia,  Sarg.  ==•  Q.  cinerea.— Q.  castancefblia, 
C.  A.  Mey.  Half  evergreen  tree,  to  70  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceo- 
late, serrate,  tomentulose  beneath,  rarely  almost  glabrous. 
4-6  in  long:  cup  with  lanceolate  recurved  scales.  W.  Asia  to 
N.  Persia.  Not  or  only  half-hardy  north.— Q.  Cdtesbcei,  Michx. 
Tree,  to  60  ft.:  Ivs.  similar  to  those  of  Q.  cuneata,  but  rufous- 
tomentose  when  young,  glabrous  at  length,  except  axillary  tufts 
beneath,  very  short-petioled;  cup  turbinate.  N.  C.  to  Fla.  and 
La.  S.S.  8:417.— Q.  Chdpmani,  Sarg.  (Q.  obtusiloba,  var.  par- 
vifolia,  Chapm.).  Usually  shrub,  rarely  small  tree;  allied  to 
Q.  stellata:  Ivs.  obovate-oblong  and  entire  or  slightly  sinuately 
lobed  toward  the  apex.  S.  C.to  Fla.  S.S.  8:370.— Q.  Chinensis 
Abel  See  Q.  sclerophylla.— Q.  cintrea,  Michx.  BLUE  JACK. 
Small  tree:  allied  to  Q.  imbricaria,  but  Ivs.  tomentulose  be- 
neath, smaller,  elliptic  to  oblong-lanceolate,  half -evergreen: 
cup  saucer-shaped;  acorn  subglobose.  N.  C.  to  Fla.  and  Tex. 
S.S.  8:431.— Q.  coccifera,  Linn.  Evergreen  small  tree  or  shrub: 
Ivs.  oval  to  oblong,  spinose-dentate,  almost  glabrous,  1-2  in 
long:  cup  with  spreading  or  recurved  rigid  scales:  maturation 
biennial  S.  En.— Q.  cuspiddta,  Thunb.  Evergreen  tree,  to 
40  ft.,  with  slender  branches:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong,  acuminate, 
crenately  serrate  toward  the  apex  or  entire,  glabrous  at  length 
in.  long:  fr.  in  short  spikes;  cup  ovate,  enclosing  the 


1484 


QUERCUS 


QUILLAJA 


acorn.  S.Z.  vol.  I.  2.  G.C.  II.  12:233.  Very  desirable  evergreen 
tree  of  vigorous  growth.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.  Lvs.  smaller, with 
a  broad,  irregular,  creamy-white  margin.  G.C.  II.  12:233.— Q, 
Douglasi,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Tree,  to  60  ft.,  with  dense,  round- 
topped  head:  allied  to  Q.  Garryana,  but  Ivs.  bluish  green,  less 
deeply  lobed,  often  only  sinuately  dentate.  Calif.  S.S.  8:386. 
— Q.  durnbsa,  Nutt.  Evergreen  rigid  shrub  to  8  ft.  or  occa- 
sionally tree  to  30  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong  to  obovate,  entire  or  simiately 
toothed,  pubescent,  grayish  green,  %-2,  rarely  to  3  in.  long:  fr. 
usually  solitary  and  sessile;  acorn  oval,  %-!%  in.  long,  em- 
braced one-third  to  two-thirds  by  the  cup.  Very  variable. 
Calif.  S.  8.8:392.— Q.  Emoryi,Torr.  Evergreen  tree,  to  40  ft.: 


2053.  Quercus  chrysolepis. 
No.  38. 


2054.   Quercus  agrifolia. 
(XKJ   No.  39. 


allied  to  Q.  chrysolepis:  Ivs.  usually  cordate,  oblong-lanceolate, 
spiny-toothed,  soon  almost  glabrous,  1-2% in.  long:  acorn  ob- 
long, %-%in.  high.  Tex.  to  Ariz.  S.S.  8:397.— Q.  Esculus, 
Linn.  A  S.  European  form  of  Q.  sessiliflora,  with  the  Ivs.  pu- 
bescent when  young  and  deeply  pinnatifid:  synonym  to  Q. 
sessiliflora,  var.  aurea,  DC.— Q.  Fulhamensis,  Hort.  See  Q. 
Lucombeana. — Q.  Gdmbeli,  Nutt.  Small  tree  or  shrub,  very 
variable:  allied  to  Q.  alba:  Ivs.  smaller,  pale  or  yellowish 
green  and  usually  finely  pubescent  below:  fr.  smaller,  sessile. 
Colo,  to  Utah  and  Mex.  S.S.  8:366,  367.  Gt.44,  p.  7.—Q.  Geor- 
gidna,  Curtis.  Shrub,  6-8  ft.,  rarely  small  tree:  allied  to  Q. 
palustris:  Ivs.  smaller,  less  deeply  lobed  and  lobes  mostly 
entire.  Ga.  S.S  8:425.  Hardy.— Q.  gldbra,  Thunb.  Evergreen 
tree:  Ivs.  oblong,  obtusely  acuminate,  entire,  glabrous,  light 
green  beneath,  3-6  in.  long:  staminate  catkins  erect:  fr.  in 
spikes,  ripening  the  second  lyear:  the  oblong  nut  embraced 
about  one-third  by  the  cup.  Jap.  G.C.  II.  14:785;  III.  16:377. 
R.H.  1858,  p.  351.  S.Z.  vol.  I.  89.— Q.  glauca,  Thunb.  Half -ever- 
green tree,  to  40  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate 
above  the  middle,  glaucous  and  appressed  silky  beneath,  2-5  in. 
long:  staminate  catkins  pendulous,  panicled:  cup  with  the  scales 
connate  into  concentric  rings.  Jap. — Q.  Gramuntia,  Linn.=Q. 
Ilex.— Q.  Haas,  Kotschy.  Closely  allied  to  Q.  pedunculata: 
Ivs.  sparingly  stellate-pubescent  beneath,  larger:  fr.  larger.  E. 
Eu  ,  W.  Asia.  Hardy.— Q.  heterophylla,  Michx.  Supposed  hy- 
brid of  Q.  Phellos  and  Q.  velutina:  Ivs.  oblong,  narrowed  into 
the  petiole  sinuately  lobad  or  toothed  or  entire.  S.S.  8:436.— 
Q.  humuis,  Walt,  =  Q.  cinorei.— Q,  humilis,  Lam.  Half -ever- 
green shrub,  with  oval,  coarsely  aentate  Ivs. -grayish  tomen- 
tose beneath:  fr.  almost  sessile.  Portugal.  Sometimes  Q. 
prinoides  is  sold  under  this  name.— Q.  incdna,  Roxb.  Ever- 
green tree,  to  60  ft.:  allied  to  Q.  variabilis:  Ivs.  oblong-  to 
ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  mucronate-serrate,  with  14-20 
pairs  of  veins,  glossy  above,  whitish  tomentose  beneath,  3-6  in. 
long:  fr.  sessile;  acorn  about  1  in.  long,  at  first  almost  enclosed 
by  the  campanulate,  rather  thin  cup.  Himalayas.  Sometimes 
united  with  Q.  lanata.  Recently  advertised  by  Franceschi.— Q. 
infectoria,  Oliv.  =  Q.  Lusitanica,  var.  infectoria.— Q.  inversa, 
Lindl.  =  Q.  thalassica.— Q.  lanata,  Wall.  Evergreen  tree,  to 
80  ft.:  allied  to  Q.  incana:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  with  10-16 
pairs  of  veins,  remotely  toothed,  4-8  in.  long:  fr.  smaller,  cup 
hemispherical.  Himalayas.— Q.  lanugindsa,  Don  =  Q.  lanata. 
— Q.  Ledna,  Nutt.  Supposed  hybrid  of  Q.  imbricaria  and  velu- 
tina: Ivs.  oblong  or  obovate-oblong,  sinuately  toothed  or  entire, 
rounded  at  the  base.  S.S.  8:434.  Hardy.— Q.  Libani,  Oliv. 
Half-evergreen  shrub  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate,  coarsely 
serrate,  light  green  and  at  length  almost  glabrous  beneath, 
2-4  in.  long :  acorn  almost  wholly  enclosed ;  scales  little  spread- 
ing. Asia  Minor.  R.H.  1872,  p.  155;  1877,  p.  173  (not  p.  172, 
which  is  probably  Q.  ^Egilops).  Gn.  1,  p.  618.— Q.  Lucombeana, 
Sweet.  (Q.  Cerris,  var.  Lucombeana,  Loud.  Q.  Cerris,  var.  sub- 
perennis,  DC.).  Supposed  hybrid  of  Q.  Cerris  and  Q.  Suber. 
Half -evergreen  tree  to  70  ft.,  with  broad,  round  head:  Ivs.  oval- 
ovate,  coarsely  serrate,  tomentose  beneath,  2-3%  in.  long:  cup 
with  subulate  spreading  scales.  Probably  of  the  same  paren- 
tage as  Q.  Fulhamensis,  differing  by  symmetrical  pyramidal 
habit  and  more  corky  bark.  Gn.  27,  pp.  476-478.— Q.  Lusitdn- 
tea,  Lam.  Half -evergreen  tree,  sometimes  shrub:  Ivs.  oval  to 
ovate-lanceolate,  coarsely  and  deeply  serrate,  pubescent  be- 
neath, 1-2  in.  long:  cup  with  appressed  scales,  embracing  one- 
half  to  one-third  of  the  nut.  S.  Eu.  Var.  infectoria,  DC.,  is 
more  shrubby  and  has  the  Ivs.  less  pubescent  beneath.— Q. 
Maceddnica,  DC.  Evergreen  tree  or  shrub:  Ivs.  oval-oblong, 
serrate,  light  green  and  sparingly  pubescent  beneath,  l%-3  in. 
long;  cup  with  the  lower  scales  appressed,  the  middle  ones 
spreading  and  the  upper  ones  inversed,  almost  enclosing  the 
nut.  Macedonia,  Albania.— Q.  macranthera,  Fisch.  &  Mey. 
Tree,  to  50  ft.:  allied  to  Q.  conferta:  Ivs.  larger  and  less  deeply 
lobed,  with  8-10  ovate  lobes  on  each  side,  pubescent,  4-7  in. 


long.  Cauc.  to  N.  Persia.  Hardy.— Q.  viacrolepis,  Kotschy.  A 
variety  of  Q.  ^Egilops,  with  larger,  less  deeply  lobed  Ivs.  and 
the  scales  of  the  cup  large  and  strongly  recurved.  Greta.— Q 
oblongifblia,  Torr.  Evergreen  small  tree,  to  30  ft.,  with  spread- 
ing, often  contorted  branches:  allied  to  Q.  undulata.  Lvs. 
ovate  to  obovate,  entire  or  spiny-toothed,  glabrous,  bluish 
green,  1-3  in.  long:  cup  embracing  about  one-third  of  the  ovate 
nut.  Ariz,  to  Mex.  and  W.  Tex.  S.S.  8:388.  G.F.  1:140,— Q. 
pagodaefblia,  Ashe  (Q.  falcata,  var.  pagodaefolia,  Ell.).  Tree, 
to  100  ft.,  with  spreading  branches  forming  an  oval  or  oblong 
head;  closely  allied  to  Q.  cuneata:  Ivs.  with  7-11  narrowly  tri- 
angular lobes,  whitish  tomentulose  beneath.  Va.  to  N.  C.  to 
Ga.  in  swamps.— Q.  phillyrceoldes,  A.  Gray.  Evergreen  tree  or 
shrub,  with  broadly  oval  to  oblong-oval  Ivs.,  crenately  serrate, 
except  at  the  base,  glabrous,  1-2%  in.  long:  cup  with  appressed 
scales,  small.  Japan. — Q.  Pontica,  Koch.  Tree  or  shrub:  Ivs. 
oblong-oval,  serrate,  glabrous,  glaucescent  beneath,  4-6  in.  long: 
cup  with  ovate- lanceolate  scales,  enclosing  about  one-half  of 
the  nut.  Asia  Minor.  Gt.  40,  p.  510.  Hardy.— Q.  Pseudosuber , 
Santi.  Evergreen  or  half-evergreen  tree,  allied  to  Q.  Suber: 
bark  less  corky:  Ivs.  more  deeply  serrate,  thinner  and  less  to- 
mentose beneath:  cup  with  recurved  scales.  Italy,  N.  Afr. — Q. 
pumila,  Walt.  (Q.  Phellos,  var.  pumila,  Michx.  Q.  sericea, 
Willd.).  Half-evergreen  spreading  shrub,  to  12  ft.,  similar  to 
Q.  cinerea:  Ivs.  oblong  to  linear-oblong,  entire  or  coarsely 
toothed,  tomentulose  beneath,  glabrous  at  length:  acorn  sub- 
globose,  %in.  high;  maturation  annual.  N.  C.  to  Fla.  S.S. 
8:404.— Q.  Pyrami,  Kotschy.  Variety  of  Q.  ^Egilops,  with  the 
Ivs.  less  deeply  and  very  irregularly  lobed :  cup  embracing  one- 
third  of  the  acorn,  with  the  lower  scales  loosely  appressed,  the 
upper  ones  recurved.  Asia  Minor. — Q.  reticuldta,  Humb.  & 
Bonpl.  Half -evergreen  tree,  to  30  ft.,  or  shrub:  Ivs.  oval  or 
obovate,  spiny-dentate  toward  the  apex,  bluish  green,  tomen- 
tose and  reticulate  beneath,  1-5  in.  long:  fr.  in  slender-stalked 
spikes;  cup  with  appressed  scales.  Ariz,  and  N.  MJX  to  Me^-. 
S.S.  8:390.— Q.  rotunda,  Hort.  =  phillyreoides  -£.  ^eropnylla, 
Lindl.  Evergieen  tree:  Ivs.  oval  to  oblong-obovate  or  oblong, 
acuminate,  serrate  toward  the  apex,  glaucescent  beneath, 
2%-6  in.  long:  fr.  in  peduncled  spikes,  nut  not  much  exceeding 
the  cup;  bract  ovate,  anpressed.  N.China.  Paxt.  Flow.  Gard. 
1,  p.  37.  This  is  probably  the  Q.  Chinensis,  Abel  Sometimes 
Q.  Turneri  is  cult,  under  the  name  of  Q.  sclerophylla.— Q. 
sericea,  Willd.  =Q.  pumila.— Q.  serrdta,  Thunb.  Evergreen 
tree:  Ivs.  obovate-oblong  to  oblong,  acute,  serrate,  light  green 
and  glabrous  below,  2-8  in.  long:  fr.  sessile;  cup  with  large,, 
spreading  and  recurved  scales,  embracing  two-thirds  of  the 
nut.  Corea,  Jap.— Q.  Skinneri,  Benth.  Tree,  to  70  ft.:  Ivs. 
slender-stalked,  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  sinuately  serrate 
with  bristly  teeth,  glabrous,  3-6  in.  long:  fr.  sessile:  acorn 
subglobose,  large.  S.  Mex.,  Guat.  G.C.  1841:116.— Q.  thalassica, 
Hance.  Evergreen  tree:  Ivs.  elliptic  to  obovate-oblong,  acumi- 
nate, serrate  toward  the  apex  or  entire,  glaucous-tomentulose 
beneath,  3-5  in.  long:  fr.  in  short  spikes;  cup  with  appressed 
scales,  embracing  one-fourth  to  one-third  of  the  nut.  China. 
P.F.G.  '1,  p.  36.— Q.  Turneri,  Willd.  Half -evergreen  tree: 
supposed  hybrid  of  Q.  Ilex  and  Q.  pedunculata:  Ivs.  oval  to 
obovate-oblong,  with  4-8  ascending  teeth  on  each  side,  light 
green  and  almost  plpVrous  beneath  at  length:  frs.  few,  in  pe- 
duncled spikes,  scales  appressed.  Of  garden  origin.  Some- 
times cultivated  under  the  names  Q.  glandulifera,  Austriaca 
sempervirens,  Pseudosuber  and  sclerophylla.— Q.  undulata, 
Torr.  Small  tree  or  shrub:  allied  to  Q.  Douglasi,  with  smaller, 
less  deeply  lobed,  bluish  green  Ivs.  ptibescent  below:  nut 
smaller.  Colo.  to.  Ariz,  and  Tex.  S.S.  8:385.-Q.  Ungeri, 
Kotschy.  Variety  of  Q.  ^gilops:  Ivs.  smaller,  lobed:  cup 
with  recurved  scales,  not  much  shorter  than  acorn.  Asia  Minor. 
— Q.  Vibraydna,  Franch  &  Sav.  (Q.  bambusaefolia,  Fort.,  not 
Hance.).  Evergreen  tree,  to  50  ft.,  allied  to  Q.  glauca:  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  serrate,  glabrous  and  glaucous  beneath,  3-5  in.  long: 
acorn  oblong-ovate,  much  exceeding  the  lamellose  cup.  Jap. — 
Q.  Wtslizeni,  DC.  Evergreen  tree,  to  80  ft.:  allied  to  Q.  agri- 
folia:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  sinuately  dentate  or  en- 
tire, glabrous,  yellowish  green  beneath,  1-5  in.  long:  acorn  em- 
braced about  one-half  by  the  cup.  Colo,  to  Calif,  and  Tex. 

S.S.  8:406.  ALFRED   REHDER, 

QUESNfiLIA.    See  Billbergia. 
QUICKTHORN,    Cratcegus  Oxyacantha. 

QUILLAJA  (from  QuiUai,  the  Chilean  name,  which 
comes  from  quillean,  to  wash;  the  bark  of  the  tree  con- 
tains saponin,  an  alkaline  compound,  which  makes  it 
useful  as  soap).  Bosaceae.  A  genus  of  about  4  species 
of  extra-tropical  evergreen  trees,  mostly  American:  Ivs. 
simple,  entire  or  dentate,  shining,  coriaceous:  fls.  axil- 
lary and  terminal,  solitary  or  clustered  ;  calyx  coria- 
ceous, persistent,  with  5  valvate  lobes;  petals  5,  small, 
spatulate;  stamens  10:  fr.  5,  oblong,  obtuse,  follicles 
coherent  at  their  bases. 

Saponaria,  Molina.  SOAP  BARK  TREE.  A  large  tree: 
Ivs.  l%-2  in.  long,  ovate,  shining,  dentate,  short-peti- 
oled:  fls.  white,  about  %  in.  across,  usually  terminal, 
solitary  or  in  clusters  of  3-5  on  the  same  peduncle. 
Chile.  B.M.  7568. -Cult,  in  S.  Calif. 


QUINCE 

QUINCE.  Figs.  2055-9.  The  Quince  (see  Cydonia 
rulgaris)  is  an  interesting  and  peculiar  fruit.  Its  com- 
mercial status  has  changed  but  little  in  a  century. 
There  is  no  widespread  constant  demand  for  the  fruit. 
This  has  influenced  its  development;  varieties  have 
changed  but  little  and  methods  of  cultivation  are  gener- 
ally unstudied.  There  are  a  few  marked  examples  which 
illustrate  the  advantages  of  good  cultivation,  but,  unfor- 
tunately, the  belief  that  the  Quince  thrives  best  when 
neglected  prevails  to  such  an  extent  that  the  legitimate 
profits  of  the  industry  are  seldom  realized.  This  miscon- 
ception, coupled  with  the  fact  that  the  fruit  of  most 
varieties  cannot  be  eaten  raw— though  delicious  when 
cooked  — has  constantly  impeded  the  progress  of  Quince 
culture.  Times  are  changing,  however.  There  are  sev- 
eral notable  Quince  orchards  in  the  United  States  which 
are  being  managed  like  well-conducted  dwarf  pear  plan- 
tations. These  orchards  are  profitable.  The  Quince  is 
peculiar  in  the  manner  in  which  it  bears  the  fruit.  The 
flowers  resemble  apple  blossoms,  but  are  larger  and  more 
open,  white,  shaded  with  pink,  and  are  produced  singly  at 
the  extremities  of  the  twigs.  The  tree  is  highly  ornamen- 
tal when  in  flower,  and  again  when  decked  with  irregular 
golden  apple-  or  pear-shaped  fruits  the  display  is  of  rare 
beauty. 

The  habit  of  growth  is  slow;  the  branches  are  crooked 
and  distorted.  The  tree  rarely  exceeds  15  ft.  in 
height,  though  a  specimen  at  Geneva,  N.  Y.,  was  re- 
ported some  years  ago  to  be  30  ft.  high,  with  a  stem 
nearly  2  ft.  in  diameter.  The  leaves  are  oval,  entire, 
dark  green  above  and  downy  underneath,  hanging  on 
late  in  the  autumn.  In  constitution,  it  is  somewhat  less 
hardy  than  the  apple  and  pear.  Like  the  apple  and  pear, 
the  fruit  is  5-celled;  each  cell  contains  several  seeds 
invested  with  a  kind  of  mucilaginous  pulp,  differing  in 
these  respects  from  the  apple  and  pear,  which  usually 
have  2  free  seeds  in  each  cell.  The  flavor  of  the  fruit  is 
milder  in  warm  countries  than  in  cold.  Though  com- 
monly uneatable  raw,  the  Quince  has  been  esteemed  for 
at  least  2,000  years  for  the  making  of  marmalade. 


QUINCE 


1485 


2055.  Flower  of  Quince. 


It  is  borne  on  the  wood 
of  the  season,  not  from  an 
autumn  fruit-bud. 


Quince  marmalade  is  more  freely  manufactured  in  Eu- 
rope than  in  America.  Quinces  are  chiefly  canned  in  the 
United  States,  although  the  juice  is  used  in  flavoring 
various  manufactured  fruit  products  and  in  making  jelly. 
Boiled  Quinces,  served  hot  with  cream  or  butter  and 
sugar,  make  an  excellent  dessert. 

•  The  best  soil  for  Quinces   in  New  York  state  is  a 
heavy,  moist,  retentive  clay  loam.     Contrary  to  popu- 


lar notion,  it  should  be  well  drained.  The  best  orchards 
are  found  on  lands  naturally  or  artificially  drained. 
Sandy  land  grows  the  trees  quickly,  but  they  are  not 
long-lived  or  productive  in  their  later  years. 

On  light  soils  Quinces  may  be  planted  10  ft.  apart 
each  way;  on  heavy  soils,  particularly  in  the  East,  where 


2056.   The  orange  or  apple  Quince  (X  %). 

the  trees  are  longer  lived  than  in  the  West,  they  should 
not  be  planted  nearer  than  15  ft.  each  way  and  some 
persons  recommend  greater  distances.  Three-year-old 
trees  are  preferred  by  most  planters.  The  trees  begin 
to  bear  two  years  after  planting.  They  reach  full  bear- 
ing at  10  or  12  years.  The  Quince  is  snallow-rooted , 
therefore  deep  plowing  is  to  be  avoided.  Thorough 
tillage  is  just  as  necessary  as  with  the  peach  and 
plum;  adequate  fertilizing  is  also  essential  to  suc- 
cess. The  Quince  orchard  should  never  be  left  bare  of 
ground  cover  in  the  autumn.  A  cover-crop  (see  Cover- 
Crops  )  is  required  to  protect  the  roots  from  frost  injury 
during  winter.  Frequently  the  trees  arc  v.  eakened  by 
the  loss  of  surface  roots.  In  selecting  cover-crops  to 
obviate  this  possibility  those  which  can  be  easily  in- 
corporated with  the  soil  by  a  disk  or  spring-tooth  harrow 
are  preferable.  Cow-peas,  soy  beans  or  buckwheat, 
from  this  standpoint,  are  desirabk  plants.  Aside  from 
this  the  trees  may  need  nitrogenous  and  mineral  fertM 
izers.  Their  vigor  and  productiveness  may  be  accepted 
as  guides  to  the  proper  fertilizer  treatment.  If  me 
trees  lack  vigor,  apply  barnyard  manure,  supplement  it 
with  mineral  fertilizers,  as  potash  and  phosphoric  acid. 
These  can  be  broadcasted  in  the  fall  or  early  spring. 
When  readily  soluble  fertilizers  are  used  they  should 
be  applied  in  smaller  quantities  during  the  growing 


The  natural  form  of  the  Quince  tree  is  vase-shaped, 
or  globular  with  age.  Little  training  is  needed.  Prun- 
ing is  of  two  kinds:  that  which  removes  diseased, 
interfering  or  superfluous  branches  and  that  which 
influences  more  directly  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the 
fruit.  The  latter  consists  of  wheading-in"  strong-grow- 
ing shoots  each  year.  Heading-in  should  be  performed 
during  late  winter  or  early  spring.  Whether  this 
system  shall  be  carried  on  rigidly  year  after  year  will 
depend  on  the  character  of  the  growth.  It  is  also  to  be 
remembered  that  this  shortening  of  the  terminal  shoots 
is  in  effect  a  thinning  process  and  is  of  greatest  value 
where  trees  are  growing  very  rapidly ;  consequently  the 
extent  of  its  employment  is  a  matter  of  judgment  on 
the  part  of  the  operator.  Quinces  are  remarkably 
regular  bearers,  but  not  infrequently  the  fruit  is  ill- 
shaped  and  of  small  size,  due  to  overbearing  and  insect 
injury.  Heading-in  may  thus  be  more  satisfactorily  used 
to  thin  the  Quince  crop  than  other  pomaceous  fruits. 
As  the  trees  become  old,  they  are  likely  to  grow  ragged 
and  to  have  little  bearing  wood;  heading-in  may  correct 
this  fault. 

Among  the  most  serious  fungous  diseases  are  leaf 
blight,  rust  and  pear  blight.  Leaf  blight  (Entomospor- 
ium  maculatum)  produces  spots  on  the  foliage  and  fruit. 
The  leaves  drop  prematurely  and  the  fruit  is  small  and 
marred  by  black  spots.  Rust  (JRoestelia  aurantiaca),  a 


1486 


QUINCE 


QUISQUALIS 


form  of  the  fungus  causing  the  familiar  "cedar  apple" 
on  wild  red  cedars  is  one  of  the  most  common  diseases, 
but  is  of  less  economic  importance  than  leaf  blight. 
Rust  attacks  the  fruit,  blotching  it,  and  in  some  in- 
stances completely  enveloping  it  in  a  peculiar  orange- 


2057.   Quinces. 

colored  fringe-like  growth.  The  twigs  are  infested  by 
the  mycelium  of  the  fungus,  and  show  its  presence  by 
irregular  swellings.  Leaf  blight  and  rust  are  best  con- 
trolled by  using  Bordeaux  mixture.  Fire  blight  or  pear 
blight  is  the  most  dangerous  disease,  because  it  is 
always  prevalent  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  and  is  very 
difficult  to  control.  As  with  the  pear,  of  which  it  is  an 
enemy  of  first  importance,  the  only  remedy  is  the 
hygienic  one  of  preventing  infection  by  destroying 
the  infected  part.  This  must  be  done  promptly.  All 
diseased  branches  and  trees,  if  badly  attacked,  should  be 
cut  out  and  burned  at  once.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  Quinces 
are  not  ordinarily  attacked  in  the  limbs  or  on  the  trunks, 
so  that  the  removal  of  the  twigs  or  small  branches  often 
«uts  out  the  diseased  portions. 

The  stem  of  the  Quince  tree  is  attacked  by  borers, 
which  can  be  controlled  only  by  digging  them  out. 
The  fruit  is  attacked  by  codlin  moth;  this  is  best  treated 
with  arsenical  poisons  applied  in  spray  form.  The 
Quince  curculio  is  often  very  troublesome,  causing  the 
fruits  to  become  knotty.  The  best  remedy  is  to  catch 
the  insects  by  the  jarring  method  (Fig.  2059),  as  the 
plum  curculio  is  caught.. 

Comparatively  few  varieties  have  been  added  to  Quince 
lists  in  recent  years.  Bailey  says  in  his  bulletin  on  "  The 
Quince  in  Western  New  York"  (Bulletin  80  of  Cornell 
Experiment  Station),  which  appears  to  be  the  only 
experiment  station  publication  on  this  subject,  that 
Orange,  Champion,  Rea  and  Meech  are  the  leading 
varieties  in  New  York  state.  Among  the  newer  varie- 
ties, Fuller  andVanDeman  should  be  mentioned.  With 
Quinces,  as  with  other  fruits  for  which  there  is  not  a 
strong  and  constant  demand,  it  is  desirable  to  plant 
sufficient  variety  of  early  and  late  kinds  to  properly 
•cover  the  season. 

The  clear  yellow  and  delicate  skin  of  the  Quince 
shows  bruises  readily.  The  fruits  should  be  handled 


x3K^^-. 

i^^r 

2058.   New  York  Quince  plantation. 

carefully.  It  usually  pays  to  grade  the  fruit,  which  may 
be  shipped  according  to  quality  in  peck  or  15-pound 
grape  baskets,  in  bushel  kegs,  half  barrels  or  barrels. 
The  finer  grades  are  ordinarily  marketed  with  greatest 
profit  in  the  smaller  packages. 

Quinces  are  propagated  in  four  ways:    (1)  cuttings 


of  the  ripened  wood  and  also  from  pieces  of  roots  treated 
like  cuttings;  (2)  mound  layers;  (3)  root-grafting; 
(4)  budding.  Hardwood  cuttings  are  employed  by 
nurserymen  who  have  light,  warm  soils.  They  are 
handled  like  grape  cuttings,  and  made  like  currant 
cuttings.  In  mound  -  layering  the  old  plant  is  cut 
back  to  encourage  a  growth  of  sprouts  from  the  crown. 
A  mound  of  soil  is  thrown  about  them.  When  rooted 
they  are  detached.  Layer-grown  plants  are  not  the  most 
desirable  because  much  given  to  sprouting  when  set  in 
the  orchard.  When  root-grafting  is  employed,  pieces 
of  apple  roots  are  spliced  to  the  cions.  These  roots 
assist  the  cuttings  in  becoming  established,  and  often 
are  removed  when  the  nursery  tree  is  transplanted  at 
one  or  two  years,  or  perhaps  not  till  prepared  for  orchard 
setting.  Quince  stock  is  used  when  trees  are  propagated 
by  budding.  Angers  is  commonly  grown  from  seed  for 
this  purpose.  JOHN  CRAIG. 

QUINCE,  BENGAL,     See  ^Sgle. 
QUININE.     See  Cinchona. 
QUINOA.     See  Chenopodium  Quinoa 


2059.   Catching  the  curculio  in  a  New  York  Quince  orchard. 

QUISQUALIS  (name  discussed  below).  Comlretacecc. 
This  includes  the  RANGOON  CREEPER,  a  tender  woody 
plant  with  5-petaled  red  fls.,  remarkable  for  their  ex- 
tremely long  calyx -tube  (2-3  in.),  which  is  slender  and 
green  and  at  first  sight  might  be  mistaken  for  a  pedicel 
or  corolla-tube.  The  name  quisqualis  means  literally 
who?  what?  and  was  given  by  Rumphius  in  astonish- 
ment at  the  plant's  behavior,  for  it  is  said  to  grow  erect 
and  shrub-like  to  a  height  of  3  ft.,  when  it  throws  out 
from  the  base  a  new  growth  that  climbs  up  the  neigh- 
boring trees,  after  which  the  original  shrub  perishes. 
Many  other  interesting  statements  about  this  plant  are 
made  in  B.M.  2033. 

Quisqualis  is  a  genus  of  4  species  native  to  tropical 
Asia,  Natal,  Madagascar  and  Guinea.  Lvs.  mostly 
opposite  or  nearly  so,  oblong  or  ovate,  acuminate,  en- 
tire: fls.  changeable  in  color,  white  to  red;  stamens  10; 
ovary  1-celled;  ovules  3-4;  fr.  dry,  oblong,  leathery, 
5-cornered,  5-winged,  1-seeded. 

tndica,  Linn.  RANGOON  CREEPER.  Lvs.  4  in.  long, 
nearly  glabrous :  calyx-teeth  triangular,  acute,  not  acu- 
minates petals  rose  or  scarlet:  fr.  with  very  sharp 
angles  but  hardly  winged.  Malaya.  Widely  cult,  in 
tropics.  B.M.  2033.  B.R.  6:492.  R.H.  1868:50  (as 
Q.  pubescens).—  Quisqualis  Indira  is  cult,  in  northern 
hothouses.  For  best  results  it  should  be  planted  in  beds 
of  soil  composed  of  fibrous  loam,  peat  and  sand.  The  fls. 
appear  from  June  to  September,  and  last  well  when  cut. 
After  flowering  the  plant  should  be  cutback  severely  and 
water  applied  less  frequently  until  the  wood  is  ripened. 
New  growth  starts  the  following  spring.  If  the  plant  is 
kept  in  a  very  hot  and  humid  atmosphere  it  makes  a  ram- 
pant growth.  It  is  remarkably  free  from  insect  pests 
and  fungous  diseases.  Prop,  by  softwood  cuttings  in- 
serted in  sand  with  bottom  heat. 

EMIL  MISCHE  and  W.  M. 


Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture 


By   L.    H.    BAILEY,   of   Cornell  University 
Assisted  by  WILHELM  MILLER  and  many  expert  cultivators  and  botanists 

SECOND  EDITION  — 4    VOLS.—  OVER   2,800   ORIGINAL   ENGRAVINGS 

fTlHlS  great  work  comprises  directions  for  the  cultivation  of  horticul- 
_L  tural  crops  and  original  descriptions  of  all  the  species  of  fruits, 
vegetables,  flowers  and  ornamental  plants  known  to  be  in  the  market 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  "It  has  the  unique  distinction  of 
presenting  for  the  first  time,  in  a  carefully  arranged  and  perfectly 
accessible  form,  the  best  knowledge  of  the  best  specialists  in  America 
upon  gardening,  fruit-growing,  vegetable  culture,  forestry,  and  the 
like,  as  well  as  exact  botanical  information.  .  .  .  The  contributors 
are  eminent  cultivators  or  specialists,  and  it  is  expected  that  the  work 
will  include  fully  5,000  signed  contributions."  The  arrangement  is 
very  systematic,  clear  and  convenient  for  ready  reference. 

The  Cyclopedia  is  published  in 
four  handsome  quarto  volumes, 
embracing  about  2,000  pages,  with 
more  than  2,800  original  illustra- 
tions. It  is  carefully  printed  on 
specially  made  paper  of  a  per- 
manent character.  Vol.  I  (A  to 
D,  509  pages,  743  illustrations,  9 
plates),  Vol.  II  (E  to  M,  544 
pages,  710  illustrations,  14  plates) , 
Vol.  Ill  (N  to  Q,  432  pages,  606 
illustrations,  13  plates),  and  Vol. 
IV  (R  to  Z,  529  pages,  749  illus- 
trations, 20  plates),  complete  the 
entire  work. 

This  book  is  sold  only  by  sub- 
scription, and  orders  will  be  ac- 
cepted for  the  full  set  only,  at  $5 
per  volume.  Terms  and  further 
information  may  be  had  of 


.r=3ass= 


THE    MACMILLAN    COMPANY 
66  Fifth  Avenue,   NEW  YORK 


THE    GARDEN-CRAFT    SERIES 


The   Horticulturist's   Rule-Book 


A   Compendium  of  Useful  Information  for  Fruit- 
growers.    Truck -gardeners,    Florists,   and   Others 


By   L.    H.    BAILEY 

Professor     of     Horticulture     in     the     Cornell     University 
FOURTH  EDITION  — 312  PAGES  — 75   CTS. 


AVAST  mass  of  information  is  presented  in  this  handy  little  reference 
book,  arranged   so  carefully   and    indexed   so   completely  that  instant 
reference  may  be  made  to  any  one  of  the  two  thousand  entries.     The 
things  you  want  to  know  about  horticultural  work,  the   remedy  for  a  plant 
disease,  the  way  to  conquer  a  troublesome  insect  enemy  — all  are  concisely 
set    forth.      It    is    a    collection    of  verified    and    digested  facts,  in  compact 
form,   easy  "of   reference  and  comprehensive  in  range.      Now   in  its  fourth 
edition,  the  book  has  become   a  standard  reference  work. 

THE  HORTICULTURIST'S  EULE  -  BOOK 
presents  information  upon  such  matters 
as  recipes  for  insecticides  and  fungicides, 
descriptions  (with  remedies)  of  insects 
and  diseases,  weeds,  lawns,  grafting- 
waxes,  seed  and  planting- tables,  tables 
of  yields,  rules  for  greenhouse  heating 
and  management,  with  figures,  methods 
of  storing  produce,  tariff  and  postal 
rates,  rules  of  societies  for  naming  and 
exhibiting  specimens,  score -cards  and 
scales  of  points,  analyses  of  fertilizing 
substances,  lists  of  current  horticultural 
books  and  journals. 


INJURIOUS   INSECTS. 


41 


Semtdiet.—  Persistent  syringing  with  water  will  gen- 
•rally  destroy  them,  if  the  spray  is  applied  to  the  under 
surface.  Fumes  of  sulphur.  Sulphlde-of-soda  wash. 
Kerosene  emulsion  as  for  MJTKA. 

Rhubarb.  RHI.-BAEII-CURCULIO  (Lizits  conemut.  Say).— A 
gruh  three-fourths  inch  long  boring  into  the  crown  and 
rooU.  It  also  attacks  wild  docks. 

Remedy.  —  Burn  all  infested  plants,  and  keep  down  the 
docks. 

Root-Gall,  Crown-Gall.  — A  widespread  disease,  of  which 
the  cause  is  wholly  unknown.  It  occurs  upon  the  peach, 
apple,  pear,  raspberry,  blackberry,  and  other  plant*.  The 
swellings  are  hard  and  woody,  and  appear  both  at  the 
crown  of  the  plant  —  where  they  sometimes  attain  the  size 
of  one's  double  fists— and  on  the  small  roots. 

Remedy.  —  Nothing  is  surely  known  in  the  way  of 
remedy  except  to  destroy  badly  infested  trees.  It  is  rec- 
ommended to  dig  away  the  earth,  cut  off  or  pare  off  the 
knots,  and  to  paint  the  wounds  with  Bordeaux  mixture. 
Nursery  trees  should  be  inspected  for  the  galls. 

Root-Knot  (Hrttrof'cra  radicicola,  MINI. ).  —  A  disease  charac- 
terized by  the  knotting  and  contortion  of  the  roots  of  the 
peach,  orange,  and  many  other  plants.  The  knots  are  mostly 
rather  soft  swellings,  and  on  the  smaller  roots.  It  is  usually 
most  destructive  on  the  peach.  It  is  caused  by  a  nematode, 
or  true  worm.  Gulf  States.  Attacks  greenhouse  plants  in 
the  north. 

Preventive.  —  Plant  non-infested  plants  in  fresh  soil; 
bud  into  healthy  stocks.  Fertilize  highly,  particularly  with 
potassic  fertilizers.  Set  the  trees  eight  or  ten  inches  deep 
to  high  and  dry  soils.  Infested  small  trees  may  be 
remedied,  in  part  at  least,  by  transplanting  them  into 
highly  manured  holes  which  'have  been  prepared  contiguous 
to  them.  Does  not  lire  in  regions  where  the  ground 
freezes  deeply.  If  it  is  feared  in  greenhouses,  see  that  the 
soil  has  been  thoroughly  frozen  before  it  is  used.  Whin- 
wash  the  benches.  See  ROOT-GALL. 


"It  is  packed  from  cover  to  cover  with  a 
vast  amount  of  useful  information  for  every 
one  who  grows  fruit,  flowers,  or  plants  of 
any  kind.  All  kinds  of  useful  tables  are 
given,  which  are  very  convenient  to  any 
one,  whether  a  horticulturist  or  not." — Cali- 
fornia Fruit -Grower. 


THE    GARDEN-CRAFT    SERIES 

Garden  -  Making 

Suggestions   for  the   Utilizing  of  Home  Grounds 

By    L.    H.    BAILEY 

Aided    by    L.    R.   TAFT,    F.    A.   WAUGH,    and    ERNEST    WALKER 

FIFTH    EDITION  — 417    PAGES  — 256    ILLUSTRATIONS  —  $1 .00 

HERE  is  a  book  literally  "for  the  million"  who  in  broad  America 
have  some  love  for  growing  things.    "Every  family  can  have  a 
garden.    If  there  is  not  a  foot  of  land,  there  are  porches  or  win- 
dows.    Wherever  there   is  sunlight,  plants  may  be   made  to  grow; 
and  one  plant  in  a  tin -can  may  be  a  more  helpful   and  inspiring 
garden   to   some  mind  than  a  whole   acre   of  lawn   and  flowers   may 
be  to  another."     The  illustrations  are  copious  and  beautiful. 

While  it  presents  scientific  truths,  it  is  in  no  sense  a  mere  scientific  treatise.  It 
gives  in  simple  language  such  information  as  every  man  or  woman  who  buys  a  single 
packet  of  seed  or  attempts  to  grow  a  single  plant  is  in  need  of.  No  other  modern 
American  work  exists  which  covers  this  important  field.  It  forms  a  manual  of 
instruction  for  the  beginner  in  garden  work,  and  is  at  the  same  time  a  book  of  ref- 
erence for  the  skilled  craftsman.  It  is  profusely  illustrated  and  every  important 
operation  is  graphically  shown. —  Boston  Transcript. 

It  is  impossible  to  praise  too  highly  the  valuable  publications  issued  by  Prof. 
Bailey.  This  work  on  "  Garden  -  Making "  has  all  the  excellences  of  his  previous 
books,  together  with  many  features  which  will  recommend  themselves  to  every  one 
desiring  to  make  the  most  of  the  grounds  around  his  home. — New  Orleans  Picayune. 

The  Practical  Garden -Book 

Containing  the  Simplest  Directions  for  the  Growing  of 
the  Commonest  Things   about  the  House  and  Garden 

By   C.  E.  HUNN 

Gardener    to    the    Horticultural    Department    of    Cornell    University 

and   L.  H.  BAILEY 

THIRD   EDITION  — 250  PAGES  — MANY    MARGINAL   CUTS  — $1.00 

TLLUSTRATED  by  many  marginal  "thumbnail"  cuts.  This  is 
JL  the  latest  issue  of  the  Garden -Craft  series.  It  is  the  book  for  the 
busy  man  or  woman  who  wants  the  most  direct  practical  infor- 
mation as  to  just  how  to  plant,  prune,  train,  and  to  care  for  all  the 
common  flowers,  fruits,  vegetables,  ornamental  bushes  and  trees.  It 
has  articles  on  the  making  of  lawns,  borders,  spraying,  fertilizers, 
manures,  lists  of  plants  for  particular  purposes,  hotbeds,  window -gar- 
dening, etc.  It  is  all  arranged  alphabetically,  like  a  miniature  cyclo- 
pedia. It  does  not  contain  a  bit  of  theory  or  of  fine  writing,  but  is 
designed  for  those  who  have  no  time  to  go  into  the  whys  and 
wherefores,  and  who  want  directions  as  to  how  to  grow  plants. 


THE    GARDEN-CRAFT    SERIES 

The  Nursery-Book 

A     Complete    Guide    to    the    Multiplication    of    Plants 

By   L.    H.    BAILEY 

Professor  of   Horticulture   in   the    Cornell    University 
FIFTH   EDITION  — 365   PAGES  — 152  ILLUSTRATIONS  — $1.00 

THE  detailed  questions  of  propagation  are  answered  in  this  admirable  vol- 
ume, which  has  become  the  standard  work  of  reference  for  nurserymen. 
It  is   now  in  its  third  edition,,  and   has    been  thoroughly  revised   and 
greatly  extended.     It  is  intensely  practical,  and  fully  sets  forth  the  processes 
of   budding,   grafting,   seed-sowing,  etc.,  as   well  as    many  other  important 
items  of  nursery  work.     It  is  simply  essential  to  the  seedsman,  nurseryman, 
florist  or  grower  of  plants  in  any  walk  of  life.     As  with  all  Professor  Bailey's 
works,  there  are  unusually  complete  indexes  and  glossaries,  rendering  the 
book  most  convenient  in  use. 

THE  NURSEEY-BOOK  includes  Seedage  (Requisites  of  Germination,  Seed-Testing, 
Handling  and  Sowing  of  Seeds);  Separation  and  Division;  Layerage;  Cuttage  (Gen- 
eral Requirements  of  Cuttings,  Various  Kinds  of  Cuttings);  Graftage  (General  Con- 
siderations, Budding,  Grafting,  Inarching,  Grafting  Waxes) ;  Nursery  Management 
(Nursery  Lands,  Grades  of  Trees,  Storing  and  Trimming  Trees,  etc.);  The  Nursery 
List  (an  alphabetical  catalogue  of  about  1,500  plants,  with  directions  for  their 
multiplication). 

"This  book  should  be  in  the  home  of  not  only  every  horticulturist,  but  of  every 
family,  irrespective  of  occupation,  who  loves  flowers  or  ornamental  plants,  for  it  treats 
of  the  propagation  of  these  as  well  as  of  food  plants." — Michigan  Fruit- Grower. 


Plant-Breeding 


Being    Five    Lectures    upon    the    Amelioration    of    Domestic    Plants 

By  L.    H.   BAILEY 

Professor    of    Horticulture    in    the    Cornell   University 
293  PAGES  — 20  ILLUSTRATIONS  — $1.00 

A  WORK  of  unique  interest,  it  being  the  only  volume  upon  this  subject. 
When  one  considers  the  marvelous  changes  in  our  fruits,  vegetables  and 
flowers  within  a  generation,  through  the  work  of  man  in  turning  to  his 
purposes  the  impulses  of  nature,  the  great  interest  of  this  book  may  be  indi- 
cated.    It  tells  how  varieties  of  cultivated  plants  come  about,  and  further, 
how  one  may  engage  in  the  fascinating  work  of  originating  them.     The  grower 
who  gropes  in  the  dark  in  his  search  for  the  ideal  fruit  or  flower  may  here  find 
guidance  and  aid  in  the  principles  governing  the  work. 

PLANT -BREEDING  comprises  five  chapters:  The  Fact  and  Philosophy  of  Variation; 
The  Philosophy  of  the  Crossing  of  Plants ;  How  Domestic  Varieties  Originate ;  Bor- 
rowed Opinions,  being  translations  from  the  writings  of  Verlot,  Carriere,  and  Focke; 
Pollination,  or  How  to  Cross  Plants.  Chapter  III  contains  the  list  of  fifteen  rules  for 
plant -breeding,  which  De  Varginy,  the  eminent  French  writer,  has  called  "the  quin- 
decalogue  of  the  horticulturist." 


THE    GARDEN-CRAFT    SERIES 

The  Forcing-Book 

A    Manual    of  the    Cultivation    of   Vegetables    in    Glass    Houses 

By   L.    H.    BAILEY 

Professor    of    Horticulture    in    the    Cornell    University 
THIRD   EDITION  — 266   PAGES  — 88   ILLUSTRATIONS  —  $1 .00 

NO  subject  in  horticulture  has  more  rapidly  assumed  importance  than  that 
of  bringing  into  use  out  of  season  various  vegetables  and  fruits.     If  one 
stops  to  think  of  the  deprivation  there  would  be,  even  of  the  danger  to 
health,  in  the  cessation  of  this  "forcing,"  and  further,  if  an  idea-  is  gained  of 
the  extensive  business  done  in  out- of -season  products,  the  importance  of  this 
complete  little  manual  will  be  understood.      It  describes  forcing -houses  best 
adapted;  tells  what  crops  may  be  grown  and  marketed,  and  how  best  to  do  the 
work.    It  is  a  convenient  record  of  long  experience  and  careful  experimentation. 

THE  FORCING- BOOK  includes  Introductory  Suggestions  (Category  of  Forcing  Crops, 
Locations  for  Vegetable  Forcing,  Cost  of  Heat  and  Labor) ;  Construction  of  the  Forc- 
ing-House (Types  and  Forms  of  Houses,  Structural  Details,  Heating,  Cost);  Manage- 
ment of  the  Forcing-House  (Temperature,  Soils,  Fertilizers,  Watering,  Ventilating  and 
Shading,  Electric  Light,  Pollination,  Insects  and  Diseases) ;  Lettuce ;  Cauliflower; 
Radish;  Asparagus  and  Rhubarb;  Miscellaneous  Cool  Plants  (Celery,  Salads,  Onion, 
Beets,  Potato,  Pepino) ;  Tomato;  Cucumber;  Muskmelon;  Miscellaneous  Warm  Plants 
(Bean,  Eggplant,  Pepper,  Cyphomandra) ;  Summaries  of  the  Management  of  the 
Various  Crops. 

The  Pruning-Book 

A  Monograph  of  the  Pruning  and  Training  of  Plants  as  Applied  to  American  Conditions 

By   L.    H.   BAILEY 

Professor    of   Horticulture    in   the   Cornell   University 
FOURTH   EDITION— 545    PAGES  — 331    ILLUSTRATIONS  — $1.50 

UNTIL  the  appearance  of  this  book,  there  had  been  no  complete  and  con- 
sistent  discussion    of   pruning.     Professor   Bailey   considers   fully   the 
philosophy  of  the   subject,  showing  why  we   should  prune,  with   such 
statements  of  experience   and  observation   as   will   enlighten  the  reader.     It 
states  principles;    and  then  the  various  practices  of  pruning  are  considered 
in  full  detail,  and  a  vast  fund  of  carefully  collected  data  is  made  serviceable 
to  the  reader.     The  illustrations  are  numerous  and  remarkably  convincing. 

THE  PRUNING-BOOK  includes  the  Philosophy  of  Pruning  (Does  Pruning  Devitalize 
Plants?);  The  Fruit-bud  (The  Bud  and  the  Branch,  The  Leaf-bud  and  Fruit-bud, 
The  Fruit-spur,  Co-terminal  Fruit- bearing,  Grapes  and  Brambles,  How  to  Tell  Fruit- 
buds,  Summary  Synopsis) ;  The  Healing  of  Wounds  (Nature  of  Wound,  Suggestions  to 
the  Pruner,  When  to  Cut,  Dressings,  How  to  Mend  Trees) ;  The  Principles  of  Pruning 
(Top-pruning,  Root -pruning,  Variation  of  Habit,  Watersprouts,  Heading-in,  Obstruc- 
tions, Checking  Growth,  Girdling,  etc.,  General  Law);  Some  Specific  Advice  (Form  of 
Top,  Root-pruning,  Subsequent  Treatment,  Ringing  and  Girdling,  Pruning  Tools,  Re- 
marks on  Specific  Plants) ;  Some  Mode's  of  Training,  American  Grape  Training,  Vinifera 
Grape  Training. 


THE    RURAL    SCIENCE    SERIES 


The  Principles  of  Agriculture 

A   Text -Book  for  Schools  and  Rural  Societies 

Edited   by   L.  H.  BAILEY 

With  Contributions  from  His  Colleagues  in  the  Cornell  University 
THIRD    EDITION  — 300    PAGES  -  92    ILLUSTRATIONS  —  $1.25 

fTIHIS  is  an  attempt  to  analyze  the  complex  subject  of  agriculture,  and  to 
present  the  underlying  principles  and  factors  in  clear,  terse  English. 
Each  chapter  is  in  two  parts:  the  first  part,  or  the  principles,  is  in 
numbered  paragraphs  in  very  large  type  (the  size  used  in  "Lessons  with 
Plants");  the  second  part  contains  informal  suggestions  to  the  teacher  and 
pupil,  with  illustrations.  It  is  one  of  the  few  attempts  to  coordinate  all  the 
various  agricultural  subjects,  showing  the  relative  importance  and  position 
of  each.  It  is  a  skeleton  of  agricultural  -  science  and  practice.  Full  refer- 
ences are  made  to  such  literature  as  the  teacher  or  pupil  may  be  able  to 
secure. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  AGRICULTURE  comprises  the  following  subjects:  Introduction 
discussing  what  agriculture  is.  Part  I. —  The  soil,  containing:  The  Contents  of  the 
Soil;  The  Texture  of  the  Soil;  The  Moisture  in  the  Soil;  The  Tillage  of  the  Soil; 
Enriching  the  Soil  by  Farm  Resources;  Enriching  the  Soil  by  Commercial  Resources. 
Part  II.— The  Plant  and  the  Crop,  comprising:  The  Offices  of  the  Plant;  How  the 
Plant  Lives;  The  Propagation  of  the  Plant;  Preparation  of  the  Land  for  the  Seed; 
Subsequent  Care  of  the  Plant;  Pastures,  Meadows,  Forage.  Part  III. —  The  Animal 
and  Stock,  comprising:  The  Offices  of  the  Animal;  How  the  Animal  Lives;  The 
Feeding  of  the  Animal;  The  Breeding  of  the  Animal;  Management  of  Stock 


The  Soil 

Its  Nature,   Relations  and  Fundamental  Principles  of  Management 

By   F.  H.  KING 

Professor  of  Agricultural  Physics  in  the  University  of  Wisconsin 
303    PAGES  — 45   ILLUSTRATIONS  —  75    CENTS 

A    LUMINOUS   and   practical  discussion  of  the  soil  and   its  various   attri- 
J\^   butes.     As  an  understanding  of  the  soil  in  some  measure  is  of  vital 
necessity  to  success  in  even  the  most  limited  agricultural  operations, 
tbe  importance  of  a  work  like  this  cannot  easily  be  overestimated. 

"!T   is   a   book    which   progressive   farmers   will    come   to   regard   as   one   of  the 
essential  implements  of  farm  life." — Boston  Daily  Advertiser. 


THE   RURAL   SCIENCE   SERIES 

The  Fertility  of  the  Land 

A  Summary  Sketch  of  the  Relationship  of 
Farm  -  practice  to  the  Maintaining  and   Increasing  of  the  Productivity  of  the  Soil 

By   I.    P.    ROBERTS 

Director  of  the  College  of  Agriculture,  Cornell  University 
riFTH    EDITION  — 421    PAGES  — 45   ILLUSTRATIONS —  $1.25 

IS  work,  written  by  one  who  has  been  termed  "the  wisest  farmer  in 
I  America,"  takes  up  the  treatment  of  the  soil  from  the  standpoint  of  the 

farmer  rather  than  that  of  the  scientist.  It  embodies  the  results  of  years 
of  careful  experimentation  and  observation  along  practical  lines,  and  will  be 
found  helpful  and  inspiring  to  a  marked  degree.  No  other  one  book  could  be 
so  heartily  recommended  to  the  progressive  farmer  as  this  interesting  series 
of  talks — for  Professor  Roberts  seems  to  be  personally  addressing  the  reader. 

THE  FERTILITY  OF  THE  LAND  includes  A  Chat  with  the  Young  Farmer;  Inventory 
of  the  Land;  Evolution  of  the  Plow  (fully  illustrated);  The  Means  and  Philosophy  of 
Tilling  the  Land  (telling  how  and  why  we  should  plow,  harrow,  etc.);  Conserving 
Moisture;  Irrigation  and  Drainage;.  Manures  (in  four  unique,  illustrated  chapters); 
Nitrogen;  Potash  and  Phosphoric  Acid;  Lime  and  other  dressings;  Commercial  Fertil- 
izers; The  Use  of  Clovers,  Fallows  and  Rotations;  Appendix. 

"In  short,  the  book  will  be  found  helpful  to  the  farmer,  in  that  it  will  enable  him 
to  go  through  the  routine  of  his  everyday  work  with  intelligence,  and.  therefore-  with 
skill  and  the  assurance  of  wider  success." — Garden  and  Forest 

The  Spraying  of  Plants 

A  Succinct  Account  of  the  History,  Principles  and  Practice  of  the 
Application  of  Liquids  and  Powders  to  Plants  for  the  Purpose  of  Destroying  Insects  and  Fungi 

By   E.    G.   LODEMAN 

Late    Instructor   in    Horticulture    in   the    Cornell   University 
399   PAGES  — 92   ILLUSTRATIONS  — $1.00 

IN  these  days  this  subject  is  conceded  to  be  of  enormous  importance  to  the 
horticulturist ;  for  it  is  only  by  intelligent  spraying  that  many  large  fruit 
interests  are  saved  from  utter  extinction.     Professor  Lodeman  treats  the 
subject  both  historically  and  practically,  and  the  work  forms  the  only  complete 
manual  of  spraying,  being  admittedly  the   standard   authority.      Not  only  is 
spraying  discussed  in  its  relations  to  the  plant  or  tree  and  the  crop,  but  the 
diseases  and  insects  which  are  to  be  combated  are  most  fully  presented. 

THE  SPRAYING  OF  PLANTS  includes  in  its  first  part  a  complete  history  of  the  rise  of 
spraying,  both  in  this  country  and  abroad.  There  are  also  full  illustrated  accounts  of 
pumps  and  nozzles,  complete  recipes  of  formulas,  and  the  like.  The  second  part,  compris- 
ing 135  pages,  entitled  "Specific  Directions  for  Spraying  Cultivated  Plants,"  is  an  alpha- 
betical illustrated  account  of  the  various  insects  and  fungi,  with  methods  of  treating  them. 

"Mr.  Lodeman  has  gathered  the  results  on  an  immense  amount  of  experiments,  both 
in  Europe  and  America,  and  his  book  can  be  trusted  not  only  as  a  manual  of  practice, 
but  as  a  true  and  well -classified  record  of  our  knowledge  on  this  subject  at  the  present 
time." — Garden  and  Forest. 


THE    RURAL    SCIENCE    SERIES 

Bush -Fruits 

^ 

A  Horticultural  Monograph  of 
Raspberries,  Blackberries,  Dewberries,  Currants,  Gooseberries,  and  other  Shrub -like  Fruits 

By   FRED   W.  CARD 

Professor  of  Horticulture  in  Rhode  Island  Agricultural  College 
SECOND   EDITION— 537   PAGES- 113   ILLUSTRATIONS  —  $1 .50 

E  aim  of  this  book  is  twofold, —  to  give  all  necessary  instruction  on 
the  cultivation  of  the  bush -fruits,  and  to  provide  a  cyclopedia  of  ref- 
erence to  varieties,  species,  insects,  and  diseases.  Every  variety  of  the 
various  fruits  is  fully  described,  this  being  the  first  effort  to  collect  all 
information  about  varieties  of  all  these  fruits  since  the  time  of  the  Down- 
ings.  In  this  respect,  the  book  will  always  be  a  standard  authority.  The 
varieties  are  arranged  alphabetically  under  various  natural  classes  or  groups, 
but  a  very  full  index  refers  instantly  to  any  variety.  The  cultural  directions 
are  full  and  clear,  and  are  entirely  separated  from  the  descriptions  and  tech- 
nical matter.  Full  instructions  are  given  for  the  evaporating  of  berries. 
The  author  has  himself  had  long  experience  in  the  growing  of  the  fruits. 
The  book  is,  therefore,  both  a  manual  of  practice  and  a  work  of  reference, 
and  is  supplied  at  the  usual  price  of  either  one  alone. 

The  Principles  of  Fruit -Growing 

By  L.  H.  BAILEY 

Professor  of   Horticulture  in  the  Cornell  University 
FOURTH  EDITION— 516  PAGES— 120  ILLUSTRATIONS  — $1.25 

THERE  have  been  manuals  and  treatises  on  fruit-growing,  but  this  vol- 
ume   is    the  first    consistent    presentation    of   the   underlying  principles 
affecting  the  growth  of  the  various   fruits.     It  is   thus  unique,  and  it 
occupies  a  field  of  the  greatest  importance.     It  joins  science  and  practice, 
for  it  not  only  discusses  the  reasons  for  certain  operations,  but  presents  the 
most    approved    methods,    gathered    from    the    successful    fruit-growers    of 
America.     It  appeals  especially  to  the  horticulturist  who  is  willing  to  have 
his   brain  direct  and    supplement  the  work  of  his  hands,  and  to  acquire  a 
knowledge  of  principles  rather  than  a  mere  memorandum  of  their  application. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  FRUIT-GROWING  includes:  Introductory  Discussion,  comprising 
an  inventory  and  classification  of  fruits,  the  fruit  zones,  the  outlook  for  fruit-grow- 
ing; the  Location  and  its  Climate,  with  a  full  discussion  of  frosts;  the  Tilling  of 
Fruit  Lands;  the  Fertilizing  of  Fruit  Lands;  the  Planting  of  Orchards;  Secondary 
care  of  Orchards;  Diseases,  Insects  and  Spraying;  Picking  and  Packing  and  Storing 
Fruits,  Shipping,  etc.;  and  a  bibliography  of  American  writings  on  the  subject. 

"The  book  is  very  practical  in  its  treatment  of  the  subject  of  fruit-growing, 
after  a  brief  introductory  entering  at  once  into  the  discussion  of  the  location  of  the 
orchard,  following  that  with  the  tillage  of  fruit  lands,  dealing  with  the  planting  and 
care  of  fruits.  Taken  all  in  all,  it  is  the  most  complete  book  on  fruit-growing  at  a 
small  price  we  have  seen." —  Western  Rural. 


THE    RURAL    SCIENCE    SERIES 


Fertilizers 

The  Source,  Character  and  Composition  of  Natural,  Home-Made  and  Manufactured  Fertilizers; 
and  Suggestions  as   to  their   Use  for  Different  Crops  and  Conditions 

By   EDWARD    B.    VOORHEES 

Director  of  the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Stations,  and  Professor  of  Agriculture  in  Rutgers  College 
THIRD    EDITION  — 335    PAGES  — $1.00 

rnHIS  book  discusses  the  difficult  questions  of  fertilizers  in  such  plain  and 
untechnical  language  that  those  who  are  wholly  unlearned  in  chemistry 
can  use  it.  There  are  no  elaborate  tables.  The  book  instructs  upon 

the  fundamental  principles  of  the  use  of  fertilizers,  so  that  the  farmer  is 

able,  when  he  reads  it,  to  determine  for  himself  what  his  practice  shall  be. 

It  is  not  an  advocate  for  commercial  fertilizers,  but  tells  simply  and  directly 

what  the  truth  is  respecting  their  value. 

FERTILIZERS  includes  the  following :  The  Natural  Fertility  of  the  Soil,  and 
Sources  of  Loss  of  the  Elements  of  Fertility;  The  Function  of  Manures  and  Ferti- 
lizers, and  the  Need  of  Artificial  Fertilizers;  Nitrogenous  Fertilizers;  Phosphates; 
Superphosphates  and  Potash;  Miscellaneous  Fertilizing  Materials;  Purchase  of  Ferti- 
lizers; Chemical  Analyses  of  Fertilizers;  Methods  of  Use  of  Fertilizers;  Fertilizers 
for  Cereals  and  Grasses,  Potatoes,  Sweet  Potatoes,  Tomatoes  and  Sugar  Beets;  Green 
Forage  Crops;  Market -Garden  Crops;  Orchard  Fruits  and  Berries;  Fertilizers  for 
various  special  crops. 

The  Farmstead 

By   I.  P.  ROBERTS 

Director   of    the    College   of    Agriculture    at    Cornell    University 
350    PAGES  — 138    ILLUSTRATIONS -$1 .25 

rPHIS  "wisest  farmer  in  America"  is  also  a  most  delightful  and  practical 
writer  on  the  wide  subject  of  farm  life  and  practice.  In  this  book  he 
enters  a  new  field  and  goes  to  the  root  of  many  problems  that  have 
long  perplexed  farmers  and  their  families.  The  author's  genial  style  and 
shrewd,  clear,  unbiased  discussion  of  such  topics  as  "The  Selection  and 
Purchase  of  Farms,"  "The  Farm  as  a  Source  of  Income,"  "Locating  the 
House,"  "Planning  Rural  Buildings,"  "Building  the  House"  (including  in 
three  chapters  the  general  plans,  outside  covering,  painting,  etc.,  inside 
finish,  heating  and  ventilation),  "Water-supply  and  Sewage,"  "House-fur- 
nishing," "The  Home  Yard,"  "A  Discussion  of  Barns,"  etc.,  will  make  this 
book  a  great  favorite  in  its  series,  and  a  great  help  to  all  who  purchase 
new  farms  or  remodel  old  ones.  To  scores  of  farm -owners  it  will  be  a 
revelation  of  how  much  there  is  to  enjoy  on  the  farm  and  how  to  make 
the  most  of  it. 


THE    RURAL    SCIENCE    SERIES 


Milk  and  Its  Products 


A  Treatise  upon  the  Nature  and  Qualities  of  Dairy  Milk,  and  the  Manufacture  of 

Butter  and  Cheese 


By   HENRY   H.   WING 

Assistant  Professor  of  Dairy  Husbandry  in  the  Cornell  University 
FIFTH    EDITION  — 311    PAGES  —  33    ILLUSTRATIONS  —  $1.00 


IN  this  volume  the  whole  field  of  dairying  is  intelligently  consid- 
ered. The  production  and  character  of  the  lacteal  fluid  are  first 
discussed,  and  then  in  order  are  taken  up  the  marketing  of  milk, 
the  production  and  handling  of  butter,  cheese,  and  all  the  products 
of  the  dairy.  Although  the  book  is  up  to  date  in  its  science,  it  is 
none  the  less  a  complete  guide  to  modern  dairy  practice.  The  illus- 
trations serve  to  point  the  practical  recommendations  of  the  text. 
No  recent  work  on  dairying  has  been  so  well  received  as  this. 


84  Milk   and  lit   Products. 

these  strainers  should   be  cleansed   with    great   care, 
and  should  be  frequently  renewed. 

Treatment  after  limiting. —  So  soon  as  the  milk  is 
drawu^it  should  be  rapidly  brought  to  a  temperature 
slightly  below  the  surrounding  atmosphere.  While  it 
is  being  cooled  it  should  be  stirred  to  prevent  the 
cream  from  rising,  and  in  milk  that  has  been  cooled 
in  this  way  there  will  be  comparatively  little  tendency 
afterward  for  the  cream  to  separate  from  the  milk. 
Milk  so  treated  is  in  an  ideal  condition  for  consump- 
tion, even  though  the  .consumer  may  consider  the 
quality  poor  because  of  the  slight  tendency  of  the 
cream  to  form-  on  the  surface. 

Afratitm  nf  milk. — Milk  when  drawn  from  the  cow 
contains  a  certain  amount  of  dissolved  gases.  These 
gases  contain  more  or  less 
of  what  is  known  as  animal 
odor,  the  amount,  of  this 
odor  depending  very  largely 
upon  the  physical  condition 
of  the  animal  at  the  time 
the  milk  is  drawn.  Some- 
times the  amount  is  very 
slight  and  scarcely  notice- 
able, at  other  times  it  is  so 
great  as  to  be  extremely  of- 
fensive. These  gases  and 
the  accompanying  odor  are 
easily  removed  from  the 
milk  b.v  r.\]K>snre  of  the 


cooler   and 


MILK  AND  ITS  PRODUCTS  includes  chap- 
ters on:  Secretion  of  Milk;  Composition 
of  Milk;  Testing  of  Milk;  Ferments  and 
Fermentations  of  Milk,  and  their  Control; 
Market ^Milk ;  Separation  of  Cream ;  Ripen- 
ing of  Cream;  Churning;  Finishing  and 
Marketing  Butter;  Milk  for  Cheese -Mak- 
ing ;  Cheddar  Cheese -Making ;  Varieties 
of  Cheese;  By- Products  of  the  Dairy; 
Butter  and  Cheese  Factories ;  Statistics 
and  Economics  of  the  Dairy  Industry; 
Appendix,  comprising  useful  rules  and 
tests,  metric  system,  dairy  laws,  and 
references  to  dairy  literature. 

"The  book  is  a  mine  of  valuable  in- 
formation, and  ought  to  be  in  the  hands 
of  all  progressive  dairymen." — New  Eng- 
land Farmer. 


THE    RURAL    SCIENCE    SERIES 


Irrigation  and  Drainage 

Principles  and   Practice  of  their  Cultural   Phases 

By   F.  H.  KING 

Professor  of  Agricultural  Physics  in  the  University  of  Wisconsin 


502    PAGES— 163    ILLUSTRATIONS  —  $1 .50 


THIS  book  deals  in  a  most  clear  and  thorough  way  with  im- 
mediately practical  problems  from  the  farmer's,  fruit-grower's, 
and  gardener's  standpoint,  while  the  principles  which  underlie  them 
are  presented  in  a  concise  manner  that  will  be  most  helpful  in 
building  up  a  rational  practice  of  irrigation  culture  and  farm  drain- 
age. Special  effort  has  been  made  all  through  the  book  to  broaden 
ideas  of  general  soil  management,  even  where  neither  irrigation  nor 
drainage  is  practiced.  In  the  preparation  of  this  book  the  author 
personally  inspected  the  irrigating  ditches  and  practices  of  both 
humid  and  arid  climates  in  this  country  and  in  Europe,  so  that  the 
illustrations,  which  are  largely  photo -engravings,  are  also  of  a  most 
practical  nature. 


IRRIGATION  AND  DRAINAGE  includes  under 
Irrigation  Culture,  in  Part  I:  The  Extent 
and  Geographic  Range  of  Irrigation;  Con- 
ditions which  make  Irrigation  Imperative, 
Desirable,  or  Unnecessary;  The  Extent  to 
which  Tillage  May  Take  the  Place  of  Ir- 
rigation; The  Increase  of  Yield  Due  to 
Irrigation  in  Humid  Climates ;  Amount 
and  Measurement  of  Water  for  Irriga- 
tion; Frequency,  Amount  and  Measure- 
ment of  Water  for  Single  Irrigations ; 
Character  of  Water  for  Irrigation;  Alkali 
Lands;  Supplying  Water  for  Irrigation; 
Methods  of  Applying  Water;  Sewage  Irri- 
gation. Part  II,  Farm  Drainage,  includes 
Principles  of  Drainage,  divided  into  many 
subheads  and  treated  in  a  most  clear  and 
thorough  way;  and  Practical  Details  of 
Under-  draining. 


478 


Irrigation  and  Drainagt 


Referring  to  157,  which  is  a  profile  of  the  data  in 
the  table,  A  is  the  outlet  of  the  drain ;  the  first  stake 
Bet  is  marked  0,  the  second  50,  etc.,  up  to  600,  the 
numbers  expressing  the  number  of  feet  from  the  out- 
let. The  datum  plane  is  chosen  10  feet  below  tho 


»'i».  157.    DcUnnlnlBf  frad.  li»  and  depth  of  ditch. 

surface  of  the  irround,  at  station  0,  and  the  ground 
here  is  3  feet  above  the  bottom  of  the  drain,  which 
leaves  the  outlet  7  feet  above  datum,  as  stated,  in  the 
table,  which  is  also  the  elevation  of  the  grade. line  at 
this  place. 

Referring  to  the  table,  in  the  column  of  elevations 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  surface  of  the  ground  at  600 
feet  from  the  outlet  is  11.36  feet  above  datum  plane, 
while  the  outlet  is  7  feet  above,  making  a  total  fall  of 

11.36—7  =  4.36  feet. 
If  it  is  decided  to  give  the  drain  a  fall  of  .24  foot. 


THE    RURAL    SCIENCE    SERIES 


The    Principles   of    Vegetable  -  Gardening 

By   L.    H.   BAILEY 

458   PAGES— 144    ILLUSTRATIONS  —  $1.25 

TTEGETABLE-GABDENINa  books  are  usually  mere  alphabetic 
V  cyclopedias  of  directions.  This  book  states  the  reasons  wliy.  It 
discusses  fully  the  underlying  questions  regarding  soils,  fertilizing, 
tilling,  storing,  marketing,  controlling  insects  and  diseases,  and  other 
vital  present-day  problems.  It  treats  the  general  subject  of  truck - 
gardening  and  market -gardening ;  also  the  home  garden.  After 
these  general  matters  are  fully  discussed,  the  treatment  of  each 
vegetable  is  taken  up  and  the  principles  of  its  cultivation  con- 
sidered. 

The  classification  is  into  natural  cultural  groups,  so  that  it  is 
possible  to  state  all  the  principles  which  pertain  to  any  class  of 
vegetables,  without  much  repetition.  Thus,  root  crops  are  treated 
by  themselves;  so  are  salad  crops,  bulb  crops,  and  the  like.  Par- 
ticular attention  is  given  to  hotbeds  and  coldframes;  also  to  seeds 
and  seed -growing. 

Full  estimates  are  given  of  the  capital  required  for  market - 
gardening.  The  book  contains  a  complete  list  of  all  American 
books  on  vegetable -gardening. 

ABSTRACT    OF    CONTENTS 

PART  I  —  GENERAL  VIEW 

Chapter  I.     The  Lay -out  of  the  Plantation.  Chapter  V.     Seeds  and  Seedage. 

Chapter  II.    Glass.  Chapter  VI.   Subsequent    Management    of 
Chapter  III.  The  Soil  and  Its  Treatment.  the  Vegetable -Garden. 

Chapter  IV.  Vegetable -Gardening  Tools.  Chapter  VII.  Marketing  and  Storing. 

PART  II — VEGETABLE -GARDENING  CROPS 

Chapter  VIII.  Introductory  Discussion.  Chapter  XV,  Pulse  Crops. 

Chapter  IX.  Root  Crops.  Chapter  XVI.  Solanaceous  Crops. 

Chapter  X.  Tuber  Crops.  Chapter  XVII.  Cucurbitous  Crops, 

Chapter  XI.  Bulb  Crops.  Chapter  XVIII.  Sweet  Corn  and  Okra. 

Chapter  XII.  Cole  Crops.  Chapter  XIX.  Sweet  Herbs. 

Chapter  XIII.  Pot-Herb  Crops.  Chapter  XX.  Perennial  Crops. 

Chapter  XIV.  Salad  Crops. 


THE  RURAL  SCIENCE  SERIES 

Rural  Wealth  and  Welfare 

Economic   Principles  Illustrated  and  Applied  in   Farm   Life 

By   GEORGE   T.   FAIRCHILD,  LL.D. 

Ex-President    of    the    Agricultural    College    of    Kansas 
381    PAGES— 14   CHARTS  — $1.25 

THIS  is  the  first  important  American  effort  to  discuss  the  princi- 
ples of  economics  with  particular  reference  to  agriculture.  It  is 
the  result  of  a  lifetime  of  study  and  teaching  by  one  who  has  al- 
ways been  in  close  touch  with  rural  affairs,  because  nearly  all  his  life 
he  has  been  a  teacher  in  agricultural  colleges.  It  discusses  the  general 
rise  and  progress  of  agricultural  activity  as  related  to  the  development 
of  the  country  at  large,  and  shows  the  relation  of  farm  life  to  the 
production  of  wealth,  to  questions  of  education,  currency,  tariffs, 
wages,  markets,  labor  problems,  transportation,  social  conditions,  etc. 

RURAL  WEALTH  AND  WELFARE  includes  Introduction  (General  Welfare,  Nature  of 
Wealth).  Part  I  —  Productive  Industry,  comprising:  Aims  of  Industry;  Forces  in 
Production  of  Wealth;  Labor  Defined  and  Classified;  Capital  Defined  and  Classified; 
Personal  Attainments;  Combination  of  Forces  for  Individual  Efficiency;  Methods  of 
Association;  Exchange,  Advantages,  Limitations  and  Tendencies;  Value  the  Basis 
of  Exchange;  Exchange  —  its  Machinery;  Banks  and  Banking;  Deferred  Settlement 
and  Credit  Expansion;  Technical  Division  of  Labor;  Aggregation  of  Industry;  Special 
Incentives  to  Production;  Business  Security.  Part  II  —  Distribution  of  Wealth  for 
Welfare,  comprising:  General  Principles  of  Fair  Distribution;  Wages  and  Profits; 
Conflict  between  Wage -earners  and  Profit  -  makers ;  Proceeds  of  Capital;  Interest  and 
Rent;  Principles  of  Interest;  Principles  of  Land  Rent;  and  Part  III  —  Consumption 
of  Wealth,  comprising:  Wealth  used  by  Individuals;  Prudent  Consumption;  Impru- 
dent Consumption;  Social  Organization  for  Consumption;  Economic  Functions  of 
Government;  Economic  Machinery  of  Government;  Conclusion  and  Index. 


So  long  as  the  demand  warrants,  new  volumes  will  be  added  to 
the  RURAL  SCIENCE  SERIES.  Definite  arrangements  have  been  com- 
pleted for  the  following: 

FEEDING  OF  ANIMALS.    By  W.  H.  JORDAN,  of  New  York  State  Experiment  Station. 

In  the  press, 

FARM  POULTRY.    By  GEORGE  C.  WATSON,  of  Pennsylvania  State  College.   Inthepress. 
PHYSIOLOGY  OF   PLANTS.     By  J.  C.  ARTHUR,  Purdue  University. 
BREEDING  OF   ANIMALS.     Bv  W.  H.  BREWER,  of  Yale  University. 
PLANT   PATHOLOGY.     By  B.  T.  GALLOWAY  and  associates,  of  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric, 
THE   POME   FRUITS  (Apples,  Pears,  Quinces;.     By  L.  H.  BAILEY. 
CARE   OF   ANIMALS.     By  N.  S.  MAYO,  Connecticut  Agricultural  College. 


WORKS    BY    PROFESSOR    BAILEY 

The  Evolution  of  Our  Native  Fruits 

By   L.    H.    BAILEY 

Professor     of     Horticulture     in     the     Cornell     University 


412   PAGES  — 125    ILLUSTRATIONS  —  $2.00 


IN  this  entertaining  volume,  the  origin  and  development  of  the  fruits 
peculiar  to  North  America  are  inquired  into,  and  the  personality 
of  those  horticultural  pioneers  whose  almost  forgotten  labors  have 
given  us  our  most  valuable  fruits  is  touched  upon.  There  has  been 
careful  research  into  the  history  of  the  various  fruits,  even  in  the 
records  of  the  great  European  botanists  writing  of  American  economic 
botany.  The  conclusions  reached,  the  information  presented,  and  the 
suggestions  as  to  developments,  ably  set  forth  in  the  terse  style  of 
the  author  at  his  best,  cannot  but  be  valuable  to  any  thoughtful 
fruit-grower. 

THE  EVOLUTION  OF  OUR  NATIVE  FRUITS  discusses  The  Rise  of  the  American  Grape 
(North  America  a  Natural  Vineland,  Attempts  to  Cultivate  the  European  Grape,  The 
Experiments  of  the  Dufours,  The  Branch  of  Promise,  John  Adlum  and  the  Catawba, 
Rise  of  Commercial  Viticulture,  Why  did  the  Early  Vine  Experiments  Fail  ?  Synopsis  of 

the  American  Grapes) ;   The  Strange  History  of 

the  Mulberries  (The  Early  Silk  Industry,  The 
"Multicaulis  Craze,");  Evolution  of  Ameri- 
can Plums  and  Cherries  (Native  Plums  in 
General,  The  Chickasaw,  Hortulana,  Marianna 
and  Beach  Plum  Groups,  Pacific  Coast  Plum, 
Various  Other  Types  of  Plums;  Native  Cherries, 
Dwarf  Cherry  Group) ;  Native  Apples  (Indig- 
enous Species,  Amelioration  has  Begun) ;  Ori- 
gin of  American  Raspberry  -  growing  (Early 
American  History,  Present  Types,  Outlying 
Types) ;  Evolution  of  Blackberry  and  Dewberry 
Culture  (The  High -bush  Blackberry  and  Its 
Kin,  The  Dewberries,  Botanical  Names) ;  Various 
Types  of  Berry -like  Fruits  (The  Gooseberry, 
Native  Currants,  Juneberry,  Buffalo  Berry, 
Elderberry,  High -bush  Cranberry,  Cranberry, 
Strawberry) ;  Various  Types  of  Tree  Fruits  (Per- 
simmon, Custard  Apple  Tribe,  Thorn  -Apples, 
Nut -Fruits) ;  General  Remarks  on  the  Improve- 
ment of  our  Native  Fruits  (What  Has  Been 
Done,  What  Probably  Should  D,J  D  .:< 


428        THE    EVOLUTION    OF    OUR    NATIVE    FRUITS 

field   strawberry   in   the   improvement    of    the    garden 
varieties  has  evidently  been  very  small. 

A  full  discussion  of  this  strawberry  evolution  is 
made  in  Essay  XXV.,  "Survival  of  the  Unlike,"  and  it 
is,  therefore,  unnecessary  to  pursue  the  subject  here. 


Tl«.  113.    Plant  of  the  common  wild  «tr«wberrj.  showfn« 
the  runners  form  before  the  frail  i«  mi>tnr«d_ 


It  mny  be  said,  however,  that  there  are  three  leading 
groups  or  types  of  strawberries  native  to  North  Amer- 
ica.—the  Scarlet  or  Virginian  group,  the  Vesca  or  Old 


WORKS     BY     PROFESSOR     BAILEY 


The  Survival  of  the   Unlike 

A    Collection    of   Evolution    Essays    Suggested    by    the    Study    of   Domestic    Plants 

By   L.    H.    BAILEY 

Professor   of    Horticulture   in    the    Cornell    University 
FOURTH  EDITION— 515   PAGES  — 22  ILLUSTRATIONS  — $2.00 

TO  those  interested  in  the  underlying  philosophy  of  plant  life,  this 
volume,  written  in  a  most  entertaining  style,  and  fully  illustrated, 
will  prove  welcome.  It  treats  of  the  modification  of  plants  under 
cultivation  upon  the  evolution  theories,  and  its  attitude  is  char- 
acterized by  the  author's  well-known  originality  and  independence 
of  thought.  Incidentally,  there  is  stated  much  that  will  be  valuable 
and  suggestive  to  the  working  horticulturist.  It  may  well  be  called 
indeed,  a  philosophy  of  horticulture. 

THE  SURVIVAL  OF  THE  UNLIKE  comprises  thirty  essays  touching  upon  The  General 
Fact  and  Philosophy  of  Evolution  (The  Plant  Individual,  Experimental  Evolution, 
Coxey's  Army  and  the  Russian  Thistle,  Recent  Progress,  etc.) ;  Expounding  the  Fact  and 
Causes  of  Variation  (The  Supposed  Correlations  of  Quality  in  Fruits,  Natural  History 
of  Synonyms,  Reflective  Impressions,  Relation  of  Seed-Bearing  to  Cultivation,  Varia- 
tion after  Birth,  Relation  between  American  and  Eastern  Asian  Fruits,  Horticultural 
Geography,  Problems  of  Climate  and  Plants, 
American  Fruits,  Acclimatization,  Sex  in 
Fruits,  Novelties,  Promising  Varieties,  etc.); 
and  Tracing  the  Evolution  of  Particular  Types 
of  Plants  (The  Cultivated  Strawberry,  Battle 
of  the  Plums,  Grapes,  Progress  of  the  Carna- 
tion, Petunia,  The  Garden  Tomato,  etc.). 


"  Whatever  Professor  Bailey  writes  is  in- 
teresting reading.  He  has  the  rare  gift  of  an 
entertaining  style,  and  what  he  writes  people 
want  to  read.  All  his  previous  books  have 
been  widely  read,  and  this  will  prove  no 
exception  to  the  well-established  rule.  The 
secret  of  his  popularity,  if  there  be  any  secret 
about  it,  is  that  when  he  writes  he  has  some- 
thing new  to  say;  something  based  upon  ex- 
periences and  observations.  These  are  by  no 
means  all  his  own,  for  he  has  the  ability  to 
see  with  the  eyes  of  other  people,  as  well  as 
with  his  own.  He  is  thus  able  to  bring  into 
his  pages  a  rich  mass  of  new  matter,  which 
gives  them  additional  interest  and  value. 
— PROF.  E.  C.  BESSEY,  in  Science. 


116 


THE    SURVIVAL    OF    THE    VNI.IKE. 


tiv. 

plant  specifically  from  any  other  species  of  Lycopersicnm 
which  is  yet  described.  The 
leaflets  are  reduced  in  number, 
and  are  greatly  modified  in 
shape.  Even  the  inflorescence 
shares  in  the  transformation, 
for  the  flowers,  instead  of  being 
six  or  more,  as  they  are  in  its 
known,  ancestors,  are  reduced  to 
two  or  tnree-  K  De  Varigny 
were  to  experiment  for  centu- 
ries, he  could  scarcely  ex- 
pect to  produce  any  "new 
species"  which  should 
have  better  characters  than 
this  singular  race  of  to- 
matoes, the  origin  of  which 
is  so  well  known  that. we 
have  the  record  of  the 
year  in  which  it  origina- 
ted, and 

the  very  O.    P*w  like  type  of  ton.to. 

man  who  sowed  the  seed  from  which 
it  sprung.  This  curious  race  came 
in  suddenly,  without  any  premoni- 
tion, so  far  as  we  know,  of  its  ap- 
pearing, and  the  same  thing  has 
probably  not  originated  a  second 
time. 

The  other  type  to  which  I  refer- 
red, the  large-leaved  or  Mikado  race 
(variety     grandifolium) ,    gave     evi- 
'  dence  of  its  coming.     This  type  has 


WORKS     BY    PROFESSOR     BAILEY 


Lessons  With   Plants 

Suggestions   for  Seeing  and   Interpreting  Some  of  the   Common   Forms  of  Vegetation 

By   L.    H.    BAILEY 

Professor   of   Horticulture    in   the    Cornell   University 

With   delineations    from  nature   by   W.  S.  HOLDSWORTH 

of    the    University    of    Michigan 
SECOND   EDITION-491    PAGES-446  ILLUSTRATIONS -$1.10   NET 

WHILE  this  volume  does, not  ask  attention  as  a  manual  of  bot- 
any, it  is,  in  effect,  a  most  admirable  text -book  on  that  science. 
The  motive  of  the  book  is  the  cultivation  of  the  power  of  observa- 
tion and  the  ability  to  draw  proper  inferences  therefrom.  It  is  pure 
"  nature  study''  that  it  inculcates,  and  the  charm  of  its  manner  and 
method  will  be  felt  by  even  a  casual  reader.  The  numerous  beauti- 
ful illustrations  are  a  marked  feature  of  the  work. 

LESSONS  WITH  PLANTS  is  admirably  adapted  to  class  use  in  high  schools. 
It  includes  Studies  of  Twigs  and  Buds;  Studies  of  Leaves  and  Foli- 
age; Studies  of  Flowers;  Studies  of  the  Fructification;  Studies  of  the 
Propagation  of  Plants;  Studies  of  the  Behavior  and  Habits  or  Plants; 

Studies  of  the  Kinds  of  Plants;  Sug- 
gestions and  Reviews. 

"The  clear  text,  beautiful  illustra- 
tions, strong  binding  and,  most  im- 
portant of  all,  the  very  excellent 
arrangement  of  the  subject  matter, 
make  it  an  invaluable  adjunct  to  the 
working  materials  of  a  busy  teacher. 
Aside  from  its  value  as  a  thoroughly 
up-to-date  text -book,  it  is  equally 
indispensable  to  the  busy  teacher  as 
a  reference  book  on  account  of  the 
clear,  concise  and  unique  manner  of 
the  arrangement  of  its  contents." 
— Miss  L.  M.  ELLIOTT,  Grammar  School, 
No.  82,  New  York  City. 


404 


LXSSO.YS  vrira  PLAXTS 


n     direct    mcana  of  adaptation    to    circumstances  or  as  a  protection 
to  the    plant;     but    in   tbe   prewnt    utate   of    our  knowledge,   this  i» 

J  '       510.    The   flowei-s  of 
hepatica      have      been 
studied  in  Figs.  131  and 
153.      If,  however,  the 
artist  were  to  draw  the 
plant    at    night    or    in 
early  morning,  he  would 
make    a     picture    like 
Fig.   424.      The   entire 
flower  droops  by 
the    bending    of 
the    scape,    and 
it  straightens  up 
and   expands   in 
the       day-time. 
The     sleep      of 
plants,         then, 
,y    be     more     than     a 
simple    closing     of      the 
flowers. 

510o.      Is  it  common  for  early 
spring  flowers  to  close  or  to  droop 
Fio.  424.         at  nightf    The  -pupil  may  now  be 
Sleep  of  tbe      interested    to  explore   tbe   garden 
bepatlca.          with  a  lantern. 

511.    One    of    the    most    remarkable    movements 
in   plants    is    that  of    the   leaf  and    leaflets  of    the 


First  Lessons  With  Plants 


AN    ABRIDGMENT    OF    ABOVE 


111    PAGES— 116    ILLUSTRATIONS  — 40    CENTS    NET 


•• -v«x.irxuj  BELOW 


1    1939 


-.:_•  LD 


'129 


LIBRARY 


LD  21-95m-7,'37 


YE   19048 


.. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY